Skip to main content

Full text of "The Nation 1920 : Vol 111"

See other formats


/ 


43009 


UB* 


T 


on 


A  WEEKLY  JOURNAL  DEVOTED  TO 

POLITICS,  LITERATURE,  SCIENCE 

DRAMA,  MUSIC,  ART 

FINANCE 

FOUNDED  1865 

43009 


VOLUME    CXI 

FROM  JULY  1,  1920,  TO  DECEMBER  31,  1920 


THE  NATION,  Inc. 

20  VESEY  STREET,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  CXI 

JULY  1,  1920,  TO  DECEMBER  31,  1920 


(Nos.  2870-2895) 


The    following    key    is    used 

to    indicate 

the 

kind 

of    article : 

A 

Art 

BR 

Book    Review 

BRs 

Book    Reviews     (group 

of    books    under 

one    title) 

Cr 

Correspondence 

D 

Drama 

Dft 

Driftway 

EdA 

Editorial   Article 

EdP 

Editorial    Paragraph 

IRD 

International    Relations, 

Document 

IRFP 

International  Relations, 

Foreign    Press 

IRSA 

International  Relations, 

Signed    Article 

M 

Music 

P 

Poetry 

SA 

Signed   Article 

Book   reviews   are   indexed   separately   in 

the 

Book 

Review    Section. 

A 

Aaland  Islands : 

Settlement  of  dispute  between   Finland   and 

Sweden  by  the  League;   EdP 363 

Academic   Freedom  : 

Dictatorship    of    the    ?     D.    A.    Lyons; 

Cr     131 

Meddling    with    the   schools  ;    EdA 33 

More   about   academic    freedom.     H.    F.  ;    Cr     14 

Acting.    Note  on  acting.    L.  Lewisohn  ;  D 569 

Actors.     Strolling  players  ;  EdA 582 

Adams,  Faith : 

Question  to  democracy  ;  SA 524 

Reply   to   C.    D.    Rivers's   letter.    Question   to 

Faith    Adams     643 

Reply   to   Question   to   democracy   by   A.    H. 

Bird;    Cr    617 

Reply   to   Question    to   democracy    by    C.    D. 

Rivers ;    Cr    642 

Advertising : 

Deep    stuff ;     EdA 6 

Editorial    policy    and    advertising    as    shown 

by   the   Gorham    Co.;    EdP 721 

Africa.  Eternal  Africa.  W.  E.  B.  Du  Bois  ;  BRs  350 
Africa,  East.  Native  labor  in  East  Africa  :  IRD  600 
Africa,    South.      See    South   Africa. 

Against  treason.    J.   Drinkwater  ;   P 783 

Akins,    Zoe.     William    Marion    Reedy;    SA 155 

Alaska.     F.   O'Brien  ;   BRs 537 

Albania :    Two    ways   with    Albania.     H.    K.    Mo- 

derwell ;     SA 399 

Alien   land  laws  : 

California  passes  laws  prohibiting  Japanese 

ownership    of   land;    EdP 547 

No  more  race   discrimination;   EdA 146 

No  more  race  dis'  nminations :   Reply   to  by 

H.    P.    Perkins;    Cr T 350 

Alien   property.      See   Enemy   property. 
Aliens  : 

Protection  of  aliens  in  any  country;  EdP..    173 

"We  watch  them   furriners"  ;  Dft 348 

Alsberg,   Henry  G. : 

Russia's   industrial   problem;   SA 293 

Russian    impressions ;     SA 207 

Russo-Polish    peace ;    SA 587 

Social   reforms   in    Soviet   Russia ;    SA 319 

Soviet   domestic    program;    SA 238 

Tyranny    by    prophets ;    SA 268 

Will    Russia    drive    the    British    from    Asia? 

SA     179 

Amalgamated  clothing  workers  of  America.     See 

Clothing  trade. 
America  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness.     J.   Dos 

Passos  ;    S A 777 

American  drama  :  Underworld.  L.  Lewisohn  ;  D  383 
American    farm    bureau    federation :    Meeting    at 

Indianapolis  ;     EdP 765 

American    federation    of    labor : 

A.    F.    of    L.    and    Amalgamated    association 
of  steel  and  iron  workers  to  organize  the 

steel     industry;     EdP     17 1 

American  labor  is  pledged  to  Cox;  EdP..  286 
Laboi  demands  a  ban  on  immigration;  EdP  633 
Not      for      revolution      such      as      threatens 

Europe ;     EdP     392 

American   federation  of   teachers;   EdP 202 

American    fiction  : 

Fiction    and    its   producers;   EdA 396 

American    Legion: 

American   Legion'-!    indorsements    (at  Cleve- 
land   convention)  :    Cr 504 

K.  of  C.   offer  of   their   unexpended   balance 
to    the    Legion  ;    EdP 633 


K.  of  C.  offer  to  the  Legion.    J.  B.  Kennedy  ; 

Cr    732 

Leon  Soniat  Post  in  New  Orleans  expelled ; 

EdP     313 

Membership     not     representative     of     army 

and  navy  in  1917  and  1918;   EdP 392 

National    convention ;    EdP 392 

American    literature : 

Certain    neglected    books;    EdA 369 

Certain    neglected    books :    Where    to    obtain 

them;     NN 538 

Flower  of  Puritanism.    C.  Van  Doren  ;  SA.   649 
New    England    and   the   novel.     R.    Herrick ; 

SA     323 

American  poetry : 

Foreign  criticism  of  American  poetry  ;  EdP  437 
American    Red   Cross.     See   Red   Cross. 
American  Woolen  company: 

Great  woolen  strike.     G.   Soule  ;   SA 181 

Who  won't  buy  can't  work.     E.   Ogle;  Cr.  .      44 

Woolen    mills    closed;    EdP 87,    313 

Americanization,    in    pay   envelopes ;    Dft 131 

Ancon,   treaty   of.     Text ;    IRD 112 

Anderson,   George  Weston  : 

Yankee  verdict:   Judge  Anderson's   decision. 

L.    S.    Gannett ;    SA 7 

Anderson,  Maxwell : 

Epigrams    689 

Prometheus    bound ;     P 187 

Apes  : 

Apes    of    Gibraltar;    Dft 404 

Apple    crop,    1920 ;    EdP 259 

Arabia : 

Allies  fail  to  keep  promises  to  Arabia  ;  EdP  117 
Archibald,  Jean : 

Call   th»   doctor ;   D 354 

Argentine  Republic  : 

Quits  the   League  of   Nations;   EdP 677 

Arica : 

Bolivian  revolution  and  Tacna-Arica.     Lati- 

nus ;   SA    96 

Arica.     See  also  Ancon,  treaty  of. 
Armenia : 

Affairs  settled  through  intervention  of  Rus- 
sians while  Wilson  and  the  League  par- 
ley ;    EdP    678 

League    submits    Armenian    question    to    the 

mediation   of  friendly   powers;   EdP 678 

President  Wilson  accepts  task  of  diplomatic 

intervention  ;    EdP     678 

President  Wilson's  suggestion  for  Armenian 

loan;    EdP     720 

Armin  : 

Eight  per  cent  ale  and  eight  cent  milk  ;  Cr  325 
Armistice.      See    European    war — Armistice. 
Army.   United   States.      See  United   States — Army. 
Art — Exhibitions  : 

C.    R.    W.    Nevinson ;    A 674 

Art — Italian : 

Story  of  Jesus.  Picture  from  paintings  of 
Giotto,  Fra  Angelico,  Duccio,  Ghirlandaio, 

and    Barna   da    Siena;    BR 654 

Ashford,  Daisy: 

Young    visiters ;    D 736 

Asia  : 

Will    Russia    drive    the    British    from    Asia? 

H.    G.    Alsberg;    SA 179 

Atlanta   University.     E.   T.    Ware;   Cr 565 

Austin,    Mary  : 

Cantu    in    Baja    California;    SA 184 

New  York  :  Dictator  of  American  criticism  ; 

SA     129 

Austria  : 

Wants    to    join    Germany;    EdP 464 

Autumn  : 

Call  of  the  city  through  autumn's  beauty ; 
Dft    475 

B 

Babcock,   Elizabeth  : 

Passage.     P 300 

Bagger,  Eugene  S. : 

Central    European    conspiracy;    SA 552 

Importing    the    white    terror;    SA 99 

Return  of  the  Hapsburgs  ?     SA 374 

Baker,   Karle  Wilson  : 

Cocoons  ;     P     72 

Balakovich,    General;    EdP 546 

"gan.      See   Ireland. 

Baldwin,   Colin  : 

Right    to    talk    sedition;    Cr 187 

Balkan  s'ates  : 

Little   entente   agreement :    IRD 789 

Ballot : 

"Don't   throw   away  your   vote":   EdP 339 

Don't   throw  away   your   vote;   EdA "11 

R-niy  to:  Making  the  ballot  count.  C. 
Nagel.      Cr 349 


Reply  to  ;  Wherein  the  difference  lies.    H.  E. 

Kahn ;    Cr     505 

Making  the  ballot  count?     Reply  to  "Don't 
throw   away   your   vote."     C.    Nagel;   Cr.  .   349 
Banks  and  banking: 

Bank    closures    in    North    Dakota    and    Colo- 
rado ;    EdP     679 

Democracy   in   banking;   EdA 315 

Barnard,   Seymour : 

To  a   presidential   candidate;   P 187 

Barnett,  Major-General  George : 

Murder    will    out :    Major-General    Bamett's 

report   on    Haiti;    EdA 467 

Baruch,  Bernard : 

Review  of  book  on  the  Treaty  of  Versailles, 

by    J.    M.    Keynes;    EdP 764 

Baseball : 

Baseball    and    football;    EdA 610 

Baseball    scandal ;    EdA 395 

Baseball    vernacular  ;    Dft 43 

Bavaria : 

French    influence    in    Bavaria;    EdP 144 

Beard,   Charles   A. : 

What  a   budget   means  ;    BRs 275 

Beauty : 

"Murdering    beauty";    EdA 494 

Beer,    George   Louis    (appreciation).     G.    Frank; 

Cr    14 

Beethoven,   Ludwig  van  : 

Beethoven,    1770-1920.      H.    von    Hofmanns- 

thal  ;    SA     776 

Bell,   Bernard   Iddings : 

National   civic   federation   investigates  ;   EdP  721 
Benavente,   Jacinto : 

Receives   Nobel   prize ;   EdP 721 

Berkeley  Divinity  school :  m , 

Bolshevism    at    Middletown  ;    EdA 90 

Berman,   Herman  : 

Rights   of   conscience  ;    Cr 452 

Bernstein,   Herman  : 

Mandarin,  adapted  from  the  Viennese;  D.  .    623 
Bemstorff,   Count:  * 

Bernstorff   in   America.     N.    Hapgood ;   BR..    132° 
Beveridge,   Albert  J. : 

Repeating   American   history;   SA 270 

Bickett,  Thomas  W. : 

Prevents   lynching   in    North   Carolina ;   EdP  116 
Bird,    Aurelia   H. : 

Democracy     worthy     the     name.       Reply    to 

Faith    Adams ;    Cr 617 

Birth  control : 

Birth    control   and    the   world    crisis.      S.    A. 

Knopf;    SA    589 

General  federation  of  women's  club  indorses 

birth    control  ;    EdP 579 

Sorrowful     maidenhood.       Reply     to     S.     A. 

Knopf's    Birth   control ;   Cr 690 

Blake,  William  : 

William  Blake  the  man.    C.  Gardner;  BR..   107 
Blankenhorn,    Heber: 

Exhibit   A   in    re   Mr.    Colby;   Cr 476. 

Influence    in    the    Steel    report    summaries ; 

EdP    145 

Bliss.   Tasker   H. : 

Limitation    of    armaments;    EdP 719 

Limitation   of   armaments;   SA 727 

Blok,   Alexander: 

Scythians,     tr.     by     Babette      Deutsch     and 

Abraham    Yarmolinsky ;   P 271 

Boardman,  Mabel  T. : 

Commissioner   of   the   District   of   Columbia : 

EdP     312 

Bodenheim,   Maxwell: 

Criticism;    P    533 

Bok,  Edward: 

Americanization  of  Edward   Bok;   BR 783 

Bolivia  : 

Bolivian   revolution  and   Tacno-Arica.     Lati- 

nus ;    SA    96 

Truce   between    Chile   and    Bolivia;    IRD 113 

Bolivia.     See  also  Ancon,  treaty  of. 

"Bolsheviki   meeting   in   the   Garden":   Dft 348 

Bolsheviki.      See    Russia — History — Revolution — 

Bolsheviki. 
Bolshevism  : 

Exhibit    A    in    re    Mr.    Colby.       (Quotation 
from    N.    Y.    Evening    Post.)       H.     Blank 

enhorn  ;    Cr    476 

Irreconcilable    blind.     G.    Zilboorg ;    BR 423 

Bolshevism   at   Middletown:   EdA 90 

from  the  blue.     H.   Broun  ;   SA 128 

Bomb  plots : 

Have  the  bomb  plots  been   "framed"?     EdP  578 
Bonbright,  James  C. : 

High    finance  on    the   railroads;    SA 637 

Book   publication  : 

Cost   of    production    increases:    EdP 465 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


4* 


t3UtL 

Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


Book   reviews  : 

Pity  the  poor  reviewer  ;   Ed  A 290 

Books : 

How   are   lost   books   found  ?     EdP 766 

Books    and    reading : 

Catalogues    for    reading;    Ed  A 234 

Certain    neglected   books;    EdA 369 

Certain    neglected    books :    Where    to    obtain 

them ;    NN     538 

Boy  dreams.    R.   M.   Rilke ;   P 618 

Breckinridge,   Mrs.   Desha:      Obituary;   Dft 689 

Briey  Basin : 

French   guns   near  steel   furnaces;   Cr 44 

Brindell,    Robert    P.  ;    EdP 606 

Brindell,  Robert  P. : 

Building  scandal.     G.   Soule ;   SA 560 

Great  building  conspiracy.   V.  Harwood  ;   SA.    770 
Broun,   Heywood  : 

Bolt  from  the  blue  ;  SA 128 

Browne,   Porter  Emerson  : 

Bad    man ;    D 354 

Brubaker,  G.  Marianna  : 

Mr.  Wilson's  limited  democracy;  Cr 532 

Bruns,  Friedrich  : 

Max    Klinger;    SA 271 

Buck,    Robert  M. : 

Farmer-labor    party ;    SA 156 

Budget — United  States  : 

What  a  budget  means.     C.    A.   Beard;   BRs.   275 
Building   industry  : 

Building  scandal.     G.   Soule;   SA 560 

Exposure    of    the    building    scandal    by    the 
Lockwood    committee  ;    EdP 491 

Facts   revealed   by  legislative   inquiry ;   EdP .    606 

Great  building  conspiracy.    V.  Harwood  ;  SA  770 

Our    industrial    anarchists ;    EdA 768 

Responsible   for   building   conditions;    EdP..    313 
Burkinshaw,   Neil : 

Labor's   Valley   Forge ;   SA 639 

Butler,  Nicholas  Murray: 

More  about  academic  freedom.    H.   F.  ;  Cr.  .      14 
Buxton,  Horace : 

Up-to-date  supply  and  demand  ;  Cr 642 

C 

Cabell,    James    Branch  : 

Again    the    literary    censor:    suppression    of 

Cabell's    Jurgen  ;    EdA 343 

Cabinet — United    States.      See    United    States — 

Cabinet. 
California — Alien    land    laws.       See    Alien    land 

laws. 
California,    Lower: 

Cantu    in    Baja   California,      M.    Austin  ;    SA  184 
Callahan.  Tim  and  Mike: 

Callahan's   football   history;   Dft 616 

Campaign    funds :    EdP 257 

Arc   the   funds   lawfully   and   properly   used? 

EdP     278 

Canals.     See  Panama  canal. 

Cantor,    Bernard:     Obituary;   EdP 145 

Cantu,  Estaban  : 

Cantu    in    Baja   California.     M.    Austin  ;   SA   184 
Carnegie    Endowment    for    international    peace: 

(lift  of  $50,000  to  Westminster  Abbey;   EdP  679 
Carnot,   Paul: 

"How    to    save    two    million    French    women 

from    sterility":    EdP 117 

Carol,    Prince    of    Rumania;    Dft 

Carsey,    Ed.  : 

Single   tax  ;   Cr 506 

Carty,   James  : 

Dublin  ;  night  and  day  impressions  :  a   frag- 
ment      

Ireland's    republican    government;    SA.... 

•  ;   Cr 

Catholics.  ui    Catholics. 

Catalogues    for    reading  :    Ed  \       

Censorship  : 

Again    the    literary    censor ;    suppression    of 

Cain  Ms     Jurgen;     BdA    313 

Censorship    of    the    press.     See    Freedom    of    the 

press. 
Census — United    States: 

Dft 

City   population    in    1020;   EdP 393 

CentrnI    ! 

Central     European    conspiracy.      K.    S.     Hag- 

-    SA    652 

Economic    condition.      Industrial    collapse   of 

irai     Europe  ;     BdP 

Changing   drama.     E.    Eewisohn  ;    D 18 

Chapman,    Charles    E.  : 

Chilean    elections;    SA 446 

Child   of    Adam.     S.    Middletoa ;    P       218 

Child-Feeding      fund     of     the  ,     Digest; 

EdP     579 

Children,      Precocious  ;     Dft 593 

Chilil i  ■  and    hygiene  : 

Women    and    children    first:    EdA 

Children     Euro] 

Christmas     giving     for     Europe's     children; 

E.IP  766 

Hoover   asks    for   millions    to    feed    children  ; 

BdP     679 

Children — Germany  : 

American   soldiers   give   children    Christmas ; 

EdP     719 

Children   in    nerd.      W.    E.    Nies  ;   Cr 131 

Children    of    the   sun.      J.    Rorty  ;    I"  627 

Chile: 

Bolivian    revolution   and   Tacna-Arica.     Lnti- 
nus  ;    SA         96 


Truce   between   Chile   and   Bolivia;    IRD 113 

See  also,  Ancon,  treaty  of. 
Elections.     See  Elections — Chile. 

China   consortium  ;    EdA 468 

Christensen,    Parley    Parker : 

Christensen's   convention.     A.   Warner;    SA.     92 
Christensen's    convention.     A.    Warner,    Cor- 
rection ;    Cr    188 

Entrance  into  presidential  campaign;  EdP.    115 
Church : 

Terpsichore    as    missionary ;    EdA 317 

Church.      See   also,    Community   church ;    Names 

of   churches  ;    Sunday. 
Churchill,  Winston  : 

Russian    policy  ;    EdP 30 

Clark,   Evans  : 

Third    party    issues ;    Cr 188 

Clarke,    John    D. : 

Elected   on   stand   against   militarism;   EdP.    519 
Clemens,    S.    L. : 

Prince   and   pauper;    D 598,    696 

Clothing  Trade: 

Closed     factories    and    open    shop.      W.     H. 

Crook ;    SA     725 

Our    industrial    anarchists;    EdA 768 

Coal    miners : 

A.    F.    of    L.    at    Montreal    did    not    act    on 

trouble   in   West   Virginia  ;   EdP 3 

Behind    the   British    coal    crisis.     F.    Morley ; 

SA     402 

British    coal    miners    strike;    EdP 464 

British   coal   strike;    IRFP 540 

British    industry   in   a   deadlock;    EdA 521 

Injunction   served   on    United   mine   workers 

in    West    Virginia;    EdP 339 

Labor's   Valley   Forge.     N.    Burkinshaw ;   SA  639 
Life     in     Mingo     Co.,     West    Virginia,     still 

precarious ;    EdP    721 

Miners   and   operators   still   at   war   in   West 

Virginia;   EdP    59 

Mines  under  martial   law   in    Alabama  ;   EdP  518 
Moving   toward    nationalization.     F.    Morley ; 

SA     730 

Coal    mines    and    mining: 

Behind    the   British    coal    crisis.     F.    Morley ; 

SA     402 

Senators    Calder   and    Edge   threaten    to    na- 
tionalize   the    coal    mines  ;    EdP 547 

Coal-Prices  : 

W.  J.   Lauck  shows  up  profiteering  in  coal : 

EdP     59 

Coal   supply  : 

Empty    coal    bin;    EdA 289 

Cobb,    Irvin   Shrewsburg: 

Politics  on   the   Cobb;    EdA 62 

Coburn,   Charles    Douville   and    Ivah    Wills  : 

French    leave;    D   598 

Cochrane,    Charles    H.  : 

Community    church  ;    Cr 

Cocoons.      K.    W.    Haker  ;    P 72 

Codina.    Feliu    y  : 

Spanish    love;    D 278,    696 

CofT 

I'p-'n-date  supply  and  demand.     H.   Buxton: 

Cr 612 

M.  : 

-.est   man   in   the  world  :   D 598 

Colby.    Bninbridge: 

Dibit    A    in    re    Mr.    Colby.     H.    Blanken- 

horn  :    Cr    476 

Press   correspondents   and    the   State   Depart- 
ment :    EdP    391 

Coll  .ors   and    instructors  —  Salaries  : 

Rush   to  the  colleges  ;   EdA 521 

tits  : 
Teacher's     real     dilemma.      M      H      Hedges: 
SA  214 

Colleges  and   unirenlth 

Rush     to    the    colleges;    EdA 521 

Collins.    Pf.r    \\- .  : 

•  •rning    bigotry.     G.    J.    Knapp  ;    Cr.  .  .  .    691 
Comedy  : 

Note    on    comedy.      L.    Crocker;    SA 317 

Committee  of   Forty-eight  : 

Christensen's    convention.      A.    Warner:    BJ 
Christensen's   convention.      A.    Warner,   Cor- 

■  ion  :     Cr  188 

tion.    A.   IfeCnrdy:  SA.   126 
What    has    happened    to    the    Forty-eighters. 
S.    I  243 

Comm  tic  hundred   on    Ireland: 

Committee    on     Ireland:    EdA        367 

Irish     committee    nt    work  :     EdA  .    .130 

Membership    of    the    committee 397;    530 

No    war    with    England:     EdA  3t0 

Purpose   of    the   commission.     F.    C.    Howe.,    fill 
Turning   the   light    on    Ireland  :    Bd  \  .    442 

Committee  of  one  hundred  on   Ireland — Commis- 
sion  of   inquiry  : 
American    commission   on    conditions    in    Ire- 
land : 

First    report.    I  nd    19 703-18 

Second    report,    Dee.    8    and    I 

Commission   of   inquiry   being   chosen;    EdP 

T*-iih    committee    chosen  ;    BdA  R"0 

Irish    commission    members 

Portraits      7"J 

Communism  :    Dft    187 

Communist    labor   pnrtv: 

Trial    in    Chicago;    EdP  174 

Trial    of    the    communists.     R.    M.    Lovett : 
SA     186 


Communist  party    (United  States)  : 

Croatians  arrested  because  members  of  Com- 
munist   party  ;    EdP 3 

Yankee  verdict:   Judge  Anderson's   decision. 

L.    S.    Gannett;    SA 7 

Communist   party.     See   United   communist   party. 
Communists :     Legal    decisions    on    the    deporta- 

bility   of   communists  ;    EdP 490 

Community   church.     C.    H.    Cochrane;    Cr 452 

Concerning   great   cities.     R.   M.    Rilke;    P 618 

Congress.       See    United    States — Congress. 
Congress   of    Vienna,    1815 : 

Free  trade   and   peace;   EdA 581 

Connolly,   P.   F. : 

Suggestions  from  Ireland  for  American  aid ; 

Cr     617 

Conscience : 

Rights    of    conscience.     H.    Berman  ;    Cr. . . .   452 
Conscientious    objectors  : 

Conscientious    objectors    set    free;    EdA....   634 

Thirty-six   still   in   prison  ;   EdP 285 

Conscription  : 

Draft   evaders    are   still    hunted;    EdP 30 

Conservatism  : 

Tradition   and   freedom.     L.    Lewisohn ;   SA.   651 
Constantine  I,  king  of  Greece    (abdicated  1917)  : 
Greek     people     recall     Constantine     to     the 

-throne ;    EdP    677 

Constitutional   amendments : 

Eighteenth  amendment.  L.  Wells;  Cr.  .  .  .  71 
Our  outworn  Congress  in  session;  EdA....  680 
Proportional  representation   for  violation  of 

the    fourteenth    amendment ;    EdP 230 

Convention   and   revolt.     L.    Lewisohn  ;   D 787 

Conventions.     See   National   conventions. 
Coolidge.   Calvin  : 

Writes  an  introduction  to  Carl  Schurz's  life 

of    Lincoln:    EdP 393 

Cooperation  : 

American    cooperative    convention    meets    in 

Cincinnati  ;     EdP     607 

Cooperation,    the    people's    business.     J.    P. 

Warbasse ;    SA    555 

Corbin,    Alice: 

Redwoods  :    P 443 

Corn    crop,    1920: 

May    be    used    as     fuel     in    some    sections ; 

EdP     607 

Cost  of  living  : 

Changing    prices     and    the    cost    of    living. 

W.    J.    Lauck;    SA 471 

Cost  of  living  coming  down?  EdP 365 

Reduced    by    union   owned    shops;    EdP 144 

nty   years   ago  and   now;   Dft 13 

See   also    Prices ;    Profiteers. 
Costa    Rica  : 

United    States    recognition    of    President    De 

Costa  ;     EdP     174 

Costello,   E.   J.  : 

Expulsion    from    England:   EdP 491 

No   explanation    or   investigation    of   his   ex- 
pulsion :    EdP    607 

Cotter.    Father: 

Testimony  before  the   American   commission 

on    Ireland    713 

Council    of    action.     S™e.       Labor    and    laboring 
Britain — Council  of  action. 
Courts,    International  : 

Mr.    Root's    world    court:    EdA 341 

Root    plan     "went    further    than    the    cove- 
nant" :    EdP     519 

Secret    proceedings    allowed    at    the    Hague 

meeting:    EdP     116 

Cox.    James    Middleton: 

American   labor   pledged   to   Cox;   EdP 286 

Attacked    for    war    record  :    EdP 57 

Conference     with     President     Wilson;     EdP.. 

85:    115 
\   and   the   Democrats   definitely   defeated: 

EdP     463 

Cox — A    provincial    for   president.     L.    Lewi- 
sohn :    SA 68 

Cox's    program  :    FdP 29 

Side  s'epping   with   Cox;   EdA 368 

h.     Paul    D.  : 
How    to    make    Germany    pay:    foreword    to 
briefs    submitted    at    the    Spa    conference: 

IRD      384 

Quoted   on   reconstruction   in   Germany  ;   EdP   338 

Criticism.      M.    Bodenheim ;    P 533 

Criticism  : 

Critic    and    his    uses:    EdA 178 

also    Literary    criticism. 
Criticism,    literary.      Sec    Literary    criticism. 
Crocker.    I/ouis  : 

•    on    comedy  ;    SA 347 

Crook,    W.    Harris  : 

etories    and    open    shop;    SA 725 

Cullinan,    Ralph  : 

Hon.  .rs  ;    D 279 

Curfew,    for    Negroes    in    Jersey    City;    EdP....    766 
Curtis,    Natalie: 

Western    reverie  ;    SA 591 

Czechoslovak     Republic  : 

Little    Entente    agreement:    IRD 789 

Under    Czech    rule;    IRFP 64 


Dail     Eireann.      See    Ireland — Sinn    Fein    move- 
ment. 
Daljord.    Stella    Crossley: 

le    tea    room    at    Gimbel's  :    SA 11 

What   will    they   do   with    the   vote?    SA 264 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


[July-Dec,  1920 


Dancing:  „ 

Terpsichore    as    missionary;    EdA o±  < 

Dannemora    prison  : 

Nation   in   Dannemora   prison;    Dft oo4 

Danton:  drama  by  R.  Bolland.     See  Rolland,  R. 
Dark   ages: 

Reading    the   New    York    WoWd,    March    19, 

1913;    Dft    .-; 564 

Dartiguenave,   Sudre,   President  of  Haiti: 

Asks  for  a   congressional   inquiry ;   EdP 578 

Debs,   Eugene  Victor : 

P.    P.    Christensen   asks   for    Debs's   release ; 

EdP    115 

President  Wilson   declines  to  pardon;   EdP.   606 

Result   of    the    election ;    EdP 546 

De    Costa,    Julio ;    President    of    Costa    Rica : 

Recognition  by  United  States;  EdP 174 

Deep   stuff  ;   EdA 6 

Dell,    Robert: 

End    of    the    Entente;    SA 496 

French   menace   to   Europe;   Cr 690 

Poland    and    the    Entente;    SA 321 

Democracy : 

French    revolution :    a    study    in    democracy. 

N.  H.  Webster ;  BR 300 

Democracy   in   banking;   EdA 315 

Democratic   party : 

Should  the  Democratic  party  die?   EdA 580 

Whom    Gompers    supports.     A.    Henderson : 

Cr    505 

Wilson   administration   a  failure;   EdP 435 

Denikin,   General : 

Fastov   pogroms  ;   IRD 646 

Denver,    Colorado : 

Denver    tramway    strike;    EdP 258 

Deportation : 

Yankee  verdict:   Judge  Anderson's  decision. 

L.   S.   Gannett ;   SA 1 

Deported,    The.      A.    Yezierska 102 

Derham,    John : 

Testimony    before     the     American     commis- 
sion   on    Ireland 713 

Deserters : 

Who    wouldn't    desert — for    Paris:    EdA....   177 
Deutsch,    Babette,    tr.      See   Blok,    Alexander. 
Disarmament: 

Disarm  I    EdA 767 

Limitation  of  armaments.    T.   H.   Bliss  ;  SA  727 

Limitation    of    armaments;    EdP 719 

Divorce : 

Divorce   in    Texas ;   EdP 87 

Dominican    Republic : 

American     occupation     disgrace    to     Wilson 

administration  ;     EdP 231 

American   rule  in  Santo  Domingo;   IRD....     79 
Conquest    of    Santo    Domingo.     L.    S.    Gan- 
nett;    SA 64 

Consulting   board   and   the  occupation  ;   IRD 

79-83 
Court  martial  of  three  Dominicans;  EdP.  202 
Facts    about    the    Marine    Corps    in    Santo 

Domingo  ;   EdP 392 

Sentence  of  Fabio  Fiallo,  Amerigo  Lugo  and 

Flores    Cabrera ;    EdP 392 

See   also   Haiti. 

Don't  throw  your  vote  away;   EdA 314 

Reply    to ;     Making     the    ballot    count.      C. 

Nagel;    Cr 349 

Reply  to  ;  Wherein  the  difference  lies.  H.  E. 

Kahn;     Cr 505 

Dos    Passos,   John : 

America  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness  ;  SA  777 
Draft.      See    Conscription. 
Dramas :    Criticisms,    plots,    etc. : 

Anna  ascends.     H.    C.    Ford  ;  D 458 

Bab.     M.    R.    Rinehirt;    D 598 

Bad    man.     P.    E.    Browne ;    D 354 

Bat,    The ;    D 696 

Byrne,    Dolly.      See    Conti,    Giulia. 

Call  the  doctor.    J.   Archibald;   D 354 

Checkerboard.      Frederic    and    Fannie    Hat- 
ton ;     D 279 

Conti,     Giulia     and     Dolly     Byrne.       Enter 

Madame  :    D 279 

Crooked     gamblers.      S.     Shipman     and     P. 

Wilde;    D 278 

Daddy    Dumplings ;    D 696 

Danton.     R.    Rolland ;   D 51 

Enter  Madame.    Gilda   Varesi ;   D 279;   696 

French   leave.    C.  D.  and  I.  W.  Coburn  ;  D.   598 

Genius   and   the  crowd  ;   D 354 

Gold    diggers :    D 696 

Heartbreak    house.     G.    B.    Shaw;    D..623;    696 

Honest   lodgings.     Ralph    Cullinan  ;   D 279 

Just  suppose.     A.    E.   Thomas:   D 598 

Kathleen   na   Houlahan.    W.    B.    Yeats;   D..   279 

Lady  of   the   lamp;   D 279 

Lightnin'  :     D 696 

Little  old  New  York.    R.  J.  Young;  D..334;  696 

Mandarin,  The.     H.   Bernstein;  D 623 

Meanest  man  in  the  world.    G.  M.  Cohan  ;  D  598 

Mecca  ;    D 695 

Merchant  of   Venice.    W.   Shakespeare;  D.  .   623 

Mirage.     Edgar   Selwyn  ;   D 458;    096 

Mob.     John    Galsworthy  ;   D 483  ;   696 

One.     E.    Knoblock;    D 458;    696 

Poldekin.     B.   Tarkington  ;   D 354:    458 

Prince    and    the    pauper.      S.    I.    Clemens ; 

D    598;    696 

Riders  to  the  sea.    J.  M.   Synge :  D 279 

Rollo's   wilil    oat.     C.    Kumraor;    D 696 

Samson   and   Delilah.     S.   Lange :   D....676;    606 

Skin    game.     John    Galsworthy;    D 539:    696 

Spanish    love.     Feliu    y    Codina  ;    D....278:    696 


Tavern  ■     D ^58 

Three  live  ghosts.     F.   S.   Isham  :   D.  ...458:   696 
Thy    name    is    woman     (Der    Weibsteuf el ) . 

Karl    Schonherr;    D 623;    696 

Treasure,    The.     D.    Pinski ;   D 4»g 

Unwritten   chapter.     S.   Shipman;   D 598 

Varesi,    Gilda.     Enter   madame ;    D 696 

Way    down    east    (Moving    picture) 332 

Welcome   stranger.     A.    Hof man  ;   D 458 

Whispering  well.    F.   H.   Rose ;  D 7<$7 

Woman    of    bronze.     Henri    Kistemaeckers : 

j)    354  ;    696 

Workhouse   ward.     Lady    Gregory ;    D 279 

Young   visiters.     D.    Ashf ord  ;    D 736 

Youth.     M.    Halbe;    D 539 

Drinkwater,   John : 

Against   treason;    P "°A 

Du  Bois,  W.  E.  Burghardt: 

Eternal   Africa ;    BRs 350 

Duncan,  William: 

Strike-breaking    in    the    canal    zone;    IRSA.   138 

Durant,    Kenneth: 

Bertrand   Russell   self-revised;    Cr 188 

Maxim  Gorky,  brown,  hale,  and  hearty  ;   Cr  299 

E 

Easley,    Ralph   M.  ;   EdP 87 

East    Africa.     See    Africa,    East. 
Eastern   question :  . 

Alliance   of   the   Turks   and   the    Bolsheviki ; 

EdP     ...632 

Greece  withdraws  from  Aidin  and  Anatolia ; 

EdP     632 

Honest  diplomacy  needed  in  the  Near  East; 

EdP     86 

Near   eastern    chaos  ;    EdA 261 

Eating: 

Championship   worth   while;   EdA 636 

Economics: 

Essay      on      medieval      economic      teaching. 

G.    O'Brien:    BR 480 

Edgartown,    Martha's    Vineyard;    Dft 325 

Egypt : 

British-Egyptian    agreement ;    IRD 700 

British  government  to  retreat  from   Egypt ; 

EdP     436 

Independence      reported      in      the      London 

Times;     EdP 230 

Labor's   plan   for   Egypt ;   IRD 699 

Elections — Canada : 

Manitoba's       startling       election.        A.       V. 

Thomas:     SA 66 

Elections — Chile : 

Chilean   elections.     C.   E.   Chapman;   SA....   445 
Elections — Greece : 

Venizelos    defeated  ;    EdP 577 

Elections — Russia : 

Petrograd    elections:    IRFP 408 

Elections — United    States  : 

Some   things    to    rejoice   over;    EdP 545 

Triumph   of   reaction;   EdA 548 

Elections— Georgia  ;    EdP 311 

Elections— Maine  ;    EdP 339 

Elections — Montana : 

Non-partisan     league     controls     Democratic 

party   in   the   primary;    EdP 286 

Elections — New   Hampshire: 

Senator   Moses    renominated;    EdP 311 

Elections — New    York     (state)  : 

Political  interests  center  in  Governor  Smith 

and    Senator    Wadsworth  ;    EdP 463 

Elections— North     Dakota  ;     EdP 546 

Elections — Wisconsin  ;    EdP 311 

Emergent.     J.    Rorty  ;   P 638 

Enemy  property : 

American    property   in    Germany.     K.  ;    Cr.  .      44 
British    attitude    toward    confiscation.      Cor- 
rection of  The  Nation's  editorial  on  Great 
Britain's    renunciation    of    confiscation    of 

German   property.     J.    B.   Moore;   Cr 593 

Great     Britain     renounces     confiscation     of 

German    property  ;    EdP 518 

Return  of  alien  property  by  United  States  ; 

EdP    59 

Spread     eagle     vs.     alien     property     rights. 

A.    E.    Hinrichs ;    S  A 528 

English,    Father   Michael    M. : 

Testimony   before   American    commission    on 

Ireland     711 

Engravings : 

Our   national   print   room.     N.   N.  ;   A 512 

Entente   Cordiale: 

End  of  the  Entente.    R.  Dell :  SA 496 

Entertainments.     L.    Lewisohn  ;    D 597 

Epigrams.     M.    Anderson 689 

Epigrams.    C.   Shanafelt  and   E.   L.  Walton;   P.     95 
Erskine,   John  : 

Poetry    and    work ;    SA 473 

Espionage.      See    Spies. 
Espionage   law : 

In    the    wake    of    the    espionage    act.      W. 

Nelles,     SA 684 

"No  prosecutions  since  th"  armistice"  ;  EdP  366 
Ethical   culture   school,    New   York    (ci 

Democracy   worthy   the   name.     A.    H.    Bird : 

Cr     617 

Europe : 

Europe's   old   doctors    and    new:    EdA 60 

French  menace  to  Europe.     R.  Dell;  Cr....   690 

Menace   of   another   war  ;    EdA 118 

Truth   rising  agnin  :   Philin   Gibbs's  cure  for 

the   woes    of    Europe;    EdA 395 

Europe,    Central.      See    Central    Europe. 


European   war : 

Brief   history   of   the   great   war.     C.    J.    H. 

Hayes ;     BR 4$ 

Economic  studies  of  the  war.    C.  C.   Plehn  ; 

BR     378 

Inside  story  of  Austro-German  intrigue :  or. 
How   the   world    war    was    brought   about. 

J.   Goricar  and   L.   B.   Stowe ;   BR 420 

Strategy  of  the  great  war.    W.   L.  McPher- 

son;    BR 106 

European  war — Armistice: 

Who    in    France    insisted   on   the    armistice? 

EdP    632 

European  war — Cost: 

Human  costs  of  the  war.    H.   Folks;  BR..  410 
Exchange : 

Chart    562-3 

Course    of    European    exchanges    in    relation 
to  the  American  dollar  ;  EdP 547 

F 

Faces    in    the   subway ;    Dft 781 

Fantasies.     L.    Lewisohn  ;    D 736 

Far  East  gets   a  respite.     M.   Zippin  ;   SA 210 

Farm   produce : 

Shortage  of  cars  to  ship  grain  ;  EdP 364 

Farm   produce — Prices : 

Farmers'    distress;    EdA 492 

Farmer-Labor  Party : 

Christensen's  convention.  A.  Warner;  SA.  92 
Christensen's  convention.  A  correction  ;  Cr  188 
Farmer-Labor    campaign.      C.    P.    Sweeney ; 

SA     344 

Farmer-Labor  Party.     R.  M.   Buck;   SA 156 

Launches    its    campaign    in    South    Dakota ; 

EdP     201 

Platform   of  the   Farmer-Labor   Party 476 

Showing   in   the  election;   EdP 545 

When  farmers  turn  politicians.  A.  Warner ; 

SA     183 

Wherein  the  difference  lies.  Reply  to  "Don't 
throw     away     your     vote,"     and     F.     L. 

Hutchins.     H.    E.    Kahn;    Cr 505 

Farmers : 

American    farm    bureau    federation    meeting 

at    Indianapolis ;    EdP 765 

Farmers'    distress  ;    EdA 492 

Illinois    farmers    make    survey    of    railroad 

yards  ;     EdP 364 

Why   be   a   farmer  ?    Mrs.    F.    L.    Houston ; 

Cr   101 

Fastov    pogrom ;    IRD 646 

Fastov   pogrom.     M.    Mahler ;   Cr 782 

Feasters,    The.     R.    Torrence ;    P 102  ■ 

Federal    board    for    vocational    education.      See   - 
United    States — Federal    board    for    voca- 
tional   education. 
Feisal,   crown  prince  of  the  Hedjas : 

Declared   ruler   of  independent   Syria;   EdP.   117 

Deposed  ;     EdP 144 

Fiallo,    Fabio: 

Sentence    of    Fabio    Fiallo,    Amerigo    Lugo 

and    Flores    Cabrera;    EdP 392 

Fiallo,  Rene : 

To  Mrs.   Terence  MacSwiney ;  P 731 

Fichandler,    Alexander: 

Socialism    yesterday    and    today.     Reply    to 
F.   L.   Hutchins,   "A  perplexed  voter";  Cr  451 
Fiction  : 

Happy    ending  ;    EdA 63 

Fiction.      See    also    American    fiction. 
Finance — China : 

China    consortium  ;     EdA 468 

Finance — Cuba : 

Cuba's  moratorium  ;   EdP 518 

Finance — Dominican    Republic: 

Dominican    finances  ;    IRD 80 

Finance — Haiti : 

Businessmen's    protest ;    IRD 308 

"By  order  of  the  American  minister"  ;  IRD  308 
Concession  of  the  National  City  Bank  :  IRD  310 
Non-payment   of   salaries    "By    an    order   of 

the   American    minister";    IRD 303 

Why   Haiti   has   no  budget ;   IRD 307 

Finance — International : 

China   consortium  ;    EdA 468 

Finance — Ireland  : 

Irish  local  government  finances;  IDFP....  281 
Fisher,    Bishop    Fred    B. : 

Boldness   of   a   bishop.     F.    Smith:    Cr 158 

Fisher,    Sir    John    Arbuthnot: 

Fisher.     Obituary ;    EdA 90 

Fishermen  : 

New   England   fisherman;   EdA 523 

Fiume: 

Constitution    of    Fiume;    IRD 484 

Independent    state;     EdP 312 

Treaty  of  Rapallo.  Text  and  map:  IRD..  788 
Flower  of  Puritanism.  C.  Van  Doren ;  SA....  649 
Football : 

Baseball    and    football;    EdA 610 

Callahans'    football    history;    Dft 616 

Ford.    Harry    Chapman : 

Anna    ascends  :    D 458 

Forests  and  forestry : 

Squandering   our   heritage.     G.    Pinchot  ;    SA  444 
Fort    Leavenworth!    Kansas.     Military    prison: 
Satisfactory    punishment.     E.    J.    McCoshen 

and  R.   P.   Stewart ;  Cr 45 

Franco,   Ana*ole  pseud.  : 

Other     France ;     EdA 342 

France : 

Foster   mother   of   art  and   invention;   EdP.    20S 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


My  second  country.    R.  Dell;  BR 103 

Who   in    France   insisted    on    the   armistice? 

EdP    632 

France — Boundaries : 

Doctrine  of  the  natural  frontiers  of  France. 

J.    W.    Thompson;    IRSA 513 

France — Foreign    relations : 

Central    European    conspiracy.     E.    S.    Bag- 
ger;   SA 552 

French  menace  to   Europe.    R.  Dell;  Cr.  . .  .    690 

Other  France,   The ;  EdA 342 

Polish    peace    unacceptable    to    French    im- 
perialists ;     EdP 464 

France — Foreign    relations — Germany : 

French   influence  in   Bavaria;  EdP 144 

France — Foreign    relations — Great   Britain  : 

Anglo-French    oil    agreement ;    IRD 334 

Anglo-French  relations  strained  ;  EdP 464 

End  of  the   Entente.     R.   Dell;   SA 496 

Franco-British    rift    grows    over    treatment 

over    Germany ;    EdP 490 

France — Foreign    relations — Hungary  : 

Hungarian   ambitions   and  French   support ; 

IRD     573 

France — Foreign    relations — Russia : 

France   and    General   Wrangel ;    IRFP 406 

Wrangel    defeated  ;    EdP 578 

France — History — Revolution,    1789-1799 : 

French    revolution :    A    study    in    democracy. 

N.    H.    Webster;    BR 300 

France — Presidents.      See    Presidents — France. 
France — Treaties : 

French-Hungarian    treaties;    IRD 575 

Francke,    Kuno : 

New    German   spirit ;    SA 612 

Frank,   Glenn : 

George   Louis   Beer,   appreciation;   Cr 14 

Free   speech  : 

Free  speech  at  Mt.   Vernon,   N.   Y.  ;   EdP..   437 

Major    Putnam    prevented    from    giving    lec- 
ture   in    Brooklyn  ;    EdP 464 

Dft 475 

Right  to  talk  sedition.     C.   Baldwin;   Cr....    187 

Suppression    of    freedom    of    speech    during 

war;     EdP 30 

Free   trade   and    protection: 

Free  trade   and   peace ;   EdA 681 

Freedom.      See    Liberty. 

Freedom  of  the  press    (Dominican   Republic)  : 

Military     censorship     in     Santo     Domingo; 

IRD      81 

Freeman,    Joseph    L. : 

Golden    cage ;    P 127 

Freight    cars  : 

Shortage   of  cars   to  ship   grain;   EdP 364 

Freight  handling: 

Freight   handling   improved;    EdP 437 

Friedlaender,    Israel : 

Joseph     not     Israel     Friedlaender     compiled 
Rook  of  Jewish  verse.    S.   F.  Mendelsohn  ; 

Cr     218 

Friedlaender,    Israel:    obituary;    EdP 145 

Friends,    Society    of : 

Quaker   messages    (Conference,    1920)  ;   IRD  335 

From  an   island.     L.   Speyer ;   P 326 

Furs,    summer ;    Dft 216 


Galsworthy,    John: 

Mob:     D -183;  696 

Skin    game  ;    D 539  :  696 

Gannett,    Lewis    S. : 

Conquest  of   Santo   Domingo;   SA 61 

I.    W.    W.  ;    SA 448 

Socialist     campaign:     SA 401 

Yankee  verdict:  Judge  Anderson's  decision; 

SA     7 

Gardiner,    A.    G.  : 

Supreme  council  a  "Menace  to  the  World"  : 

EdP    1 

Garland,    Marie    Tudor : 

Women's    internationalism;    SA 167 

Gamier.    Noel;    Dft 532 

Garvey,    Marcus: 

Organizer  of  Universal   Negro   improvement 

association;     EdP 175 

Gary.    Elbert   Henry: 

Anti-union    campaign    receives    his   support; 

EdP    81 

Gases    in    warfare: 

U.  S.  has  developed  n  new  poison  ga»  ;  EdP  605 
General    federation    of    women's    clubs: 

Indorse    birlh    control;    EdP 679 

my  : 

Allies    demand    for   cows;    EdP 618 

Col.    House   suggests   a  separate   peace   with 

Germany;     EdP 116 

Germany    and    the    Hohenzollern.      R.    Mai : 

SA     772 

New    German    spirit.     K.    Francke;    SA .  .  .  .    612 
What    Germany    thinks.     W.    J.    Robinson  ; 

Cr     666 

Germany —  Economic    conditions  : 

Cf-rman   solvency   and    reparations;   IRD....    384 
Germany — Occupation    by    nllics.    1918- : 

Germnn   flag   may  not  fly   in   occupied   ar 

EdP  Ml 

Germany— Reconstruction  : 

!  at*   of    Germany    depend*    on    allied    nations 
and    the    United    States.     P.    D.    Cravath  : 

EdP       .-m 

"If   thine   enemy   hunger — "     L.    Nissen  :   Cr  349 


Gibbs,    Philip: 

Truth  rising  again :   Philip   Gibbs's  cure  for 

the   woes   of    Europe;    EdA 395 

Gimbel    Brothers : 

Little  tea  room  at  Gimbel's.    S.  C.  Daljord ; 

SA    11 

Ginzburg,    Benjamin : 

Tragedy   that    is   Poland;    SA 65 

Glaspel,    Susan : 

Plays.     L.    Lewisohn ;    BR 509 

Glazer,    B.    F.      See   Schonherr,    Karl. 

Golden   cage.     J.    L.    Freeman;    P 127 

Goldman,    Emma : 

Denies  newspaper  reports  of  her  attacks  on 

the    Soviet   government;    EdP 632 

Gollomb,    Joseph : 

Split   in    the   socialist   movement;    SA 774 

Gompers,    Samuel : 

Whom    Gompers    supports.     A.    Henderson ; 

Cr     505 

Gorgas,   William   Crawford:   obituary;   EdP 29 

Gorham   Co.  : 

Editorial    policy    and    advertising    as    shown 

by   the   Gorham   Co.  ;    EdP 721 

Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud. : 

Letter   to   H.    G.   Wells;   Cr 377 

Maxim     Gorky,     brown,     hale,     and     hearty. 

K.    Durant ;   Cr 299 

Government   employees  : 

May    government    employees    strike?    EdA..     33 

Postman   cannot   strike :    EdP 230 

Government  ownership.   See  Government  regula- 
tion of  industry. 
Government    regulation    of    industry: 

Case    for    nationalization.      A.    E.    Davies : 

BR     426 

Moving   toward   nationalization.     F.   Morley ; 

SA     730 

Nationalized  power.    H.   Hoover;  SA 318 

Senators    Calder   and   Edge   threaten   to   na- 
tionalize   the    coal    mines;    EdP 547 

Great   Britain  : 

British-Egyptian    agreement;    IRD 700 

Confiscation  of  German  property  renounced  ; 

EdP     518 

Correction    of    Nation's    editorial    by    J.    B. 

Moore     593 

Great    Britain — Colonies  : 

Will    Russia    drive    the    British    from    Asia? 

H.    G.    Alsberg ;    SA 179 

Great   Britain — Commerce: 

British    trade   with    Soviet   Russia:    IRD....   542 
Great    Britain — Foreign    relations: 

Britain    wants   peace   and   trade   in   Eurone ; 

EdP     257;    464 

Great    Britain — Foreign    relations — France: 

Anglo-French    oil    agreement;    IRD 334 

Anglo-French    relations    strained:    EdP M4 

End   of  the   Entente.     R.    Dell:   SA 496 

Franco-British   rift  grows  over  treatment  of 

Germany:    EdP 490 

Great     Britain  —  Foreign     relations — Russia: 

Further   Russian-British   notes:  IRD 224 

Lloyd  George  baeked   the  wrong  horse?  EdP   117 

More    notes    to    Russia;    TRD ?S3 

Russian-British    notes:    IRFP 194 

Greece  : 

Greek      peon'e     recall      Constant  ine     to     the 

throne:    EdP 677 

Greek    situation  :    Two    views    of    Venizelos's 
defeat.      1.   by    A.    Th.    Polyaoidea.      2.   by 

Dcmetrios   Michalaroe  ;   S\ rsm 

Greek    throne  on    th"  bargain    counter  :   EdP   190 
Withdraws    from    Aidin    and    Anatolia;    EdP   632 
Greenwood.     David  : 

I        .I'y  :     P 43 

Gregory,    Lndy  : 

Workhouse    ward  ;    D 279 

Griffin.     Father:    obituary;     EdP 605 

Griffi'h.    Arthur: 

Arthur    Griffith    and    Prof.     M->cNeill    seized 

bv    British    government;    EdP 631 

Grim.    R.    G   : 

"Where'd  you  get  that  stuff?"  Cr 45 

H 

Hackett,    Francis  : 

Testimony  before  the   American   commission 

on    Ireland    716 

ronferenc.  •«  : 

Building   on    the    Hague;    EdA 682 

Haiti  : 

American   occupation  disgrace  to  Wilson  ad- 
ministration :     EdP...                                          .    231 
By   order  of  the   American   minister;    IRD..    308 
Conquest   of   Haiti.     EL    J.    Se'iirmann  ;   SA..      35 
Conquest    of   Haiti    in   H.   J.   Seligmann's   re- 
port :     FdP      30 

Conquest    of    Haiti.     Letter    in    reply    to.    by 

i     A.   Lejeune;  Cr 101 

Haitian    counter-project:    IRD 859 

Ian    president's    proclamation:    IRFP...    255 
J.    A.   Lejeune's  report  on   the   Marine  Corps 

in    Haiti  ;    EdP 436 

Mistis«    of    America's    power.      S.     M.    Ken- 

drick  ;    Cr 106 

:   r    will    out  :    Ed  \    467 

Nation's  reply  to  M.  McCormick's  "Our  fail- 
ure   in    Haiti" 616 

Naval     ronrt     of     inquiry    on     conditions     in 
Haiti;   F.r>r  BIT;  678;  720:  7r,R 

New    constitution    of    Haiti  :    TRD    

Our   failure   in    Haiti.     M.    McCormick  ;   SA.    615 


"Pitiless    publicity"    for    Haiti;    EdA 366 

President  Dartiguenave  asks  for  a  congres- 
sional   inquiry  ;    EdP 578 

Proposed   convention   with   Haiti;    IRD 253 

Publicity   for   misrule    in    Haiti;    EdP 337 

Self-determining    Haiti.      J.    W.     Johnson : 

SA 236;    265;    295;    345 

What  to  do  in   Haiti;  EdA 493 

Why   Haiti  has   no   budget ;   IRD 307 

Haiti — Finance.      See    Finance — Haiti. 
Haiti — Foreign    relations — United    States  : 

Haitian-United   States   convention;   IRD 254 

Haiti.      See    also    Dominican    Republic. 

Haiti.       See     also     National     City     Bank,     New 

York   City. 
Halbe,   Max: 

Youth  ;    D 539 

Hale,  Robert: 

Another   convention — The   Democratic;   SA.     69 
Hale,    Swinburne : 

U.   S.   Steel  vs.  Margolis  ;   SA 498 

What   has   happened   to  the   Forty-eighters  ? 

SA     243 

Hall,   Hazel: 

Seams  ;    P 473 

Hall  of  fame  for  great  Americans : 

Haul   of   fame;   EdA 651 

Hamlet.      See    Shakespeare,    William. 
Hamsun,    Knut.     Appreciation.     A.    W.    Porter- 
field  ;     SA 652 

Hanna,   Paul : 

State   department   and   the   news;    SA 398 

Hanson,    Ole ;    Dft 158 

Hapgood,    Norman : 

Bernstorff    in    America;    BR 132 

Happy    ending,    The;    EdA 63 

Hapsburg,    House   of : 

Some    eighty    Hapsburgs    penniless;    EdP..    393 
Hard   boiled   order.     See   H.   A.   Littledale.     Our 

debt   of   honor. 
Harding,   Warren   Gamaliel: 

Against  the   treaty  ;   EdP 435 

Ancestry    questioned;    EdP 517 

Consolation.     P.   Warren;   Cr 14 

Front    porching    with    Harding;    EdA 342 

On    race    segregation    in    Oklahoma;    EdP..   435 

On   the  Russian   blockade;   EdP 202 

Questions  Cox  and  Col.  House  on  the  peace 

treaty;     EdP 115 

Quotes  F.  D.  Roosevelt  on  the  United  States 

votes   in   the   League ;   EdP 364 

Refuses  to  hasten  state  action  on  suffrage; 

EdP    ...       1 

Seeks     middle    of    the    road     plan     for    the 

league   and   treaty;   EdP 763 

Harrison,    M.    C. : 

Potent   power   for   propaganda;   Cr 71 

Harwood,  Van  Ness  : 

Great    building    conspiracy;    SA 770 

Hatton,   Frederic   and    Fanny : 

Checkerboard  ;     D 279 

Hawthorne,    Nathaniel : 

Scarlet    Letter:    The    flower    of    Puritanism. 


649 


690 

214 

605 
100 

323 

203 


458 
776 


772 


C.    Van    Doren;    SA. 
Hayes,     Ellen  : 

Sorrowful     maidenhood.       Reply     to     S.     A 

Knopf's,    Birth   control;   Cr 

Hedges,   M.    H.  : 

Teacher's    real    dilemma ;    SA 

Henderson,    Alfred: 

Whom  Gompers  supports  ;  Cr 

Heroes  ;     Dft 

Herrick,    Robert : 

New    England    and    the    novel;    SA 

Hindus    in   the  United   States: 

Hindus   at   South    Bethlehem,    Penn.  ;   EdP. 
Hinrichs,    A.    E.  : 

Spread   eagle   vs.    alien   property   rights  ;   SA  628 
Hofman.    Aaron  : 

Welcome,   st ranger  ;   D 

Hofmanns'hal,   Hugo  von: 

Beethoven:    1770-1920;    SA 

Hohenzollern    family: 

Germany    and    the    Hohenzollern.      R.    Mai  : 

SA     

Holmes,  John   Haynes : 

Fragment,  from  the  great  war  by  Prof. 
Yuan     Ben     published,     Pekin,     1993;     tr. 

by    J.    H.    Holmes 267 

Lesson    in    history;    SA 640 

Homeless   muse.     L.    Lewisohn;   D 622 

Hoover,    Herbert : 

Asks  for  millions  to  feed  Europe's  chil- 
dren ;     EdP 679 

First   campaign   statement;    EdP 2 

Liberal    leader:    EdP 2;    3 

Nationalized    power ;    SA 318 

Hopes  : 

Things    that    we    hope    will    never    come    to 

pass  ;    EdP 287 

Hors   d'ocuvres.     I,.    Lewisohn;   D 278 

House    decoration  : 

Practical  book  of  interior  decoration.  H.  D. 
Bberlein,  A.  McClure,  and  E.  S.  Hollo- 
way  ;     BR 328 

Housing    law    and    legislation : 

Twenty-one    housing    laws    passed    by    New 

York;     EdP 392 

Housing    problem  : 

Building    scandal.      G.    Soule ;    SA 660 

hie    sn'.itions;    EdP 839 

Proper   1                        government  action:   EdP  287 
Tal  c  every   empty   house;   EdA 232 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


[July-Dec,  1920 


Twenty-one    housing    laws    passed    by    New 

York;     EdP 392 

What   housing   shortage    means;    EdA 261 

Housing   problem.      See   also   Building    industry. 
Houston,    (Mrs.)    F.    L. : 

Why  be   a   farmer?   Cr 101 

Howe,    Frederic    C. : 

Address    at    opening    session    of    American 

Commission    on    Conditions    in    Ireland.  .  .    703 
Purpose   of   the   commission    on    Ireland....    611 
Syrian    imbroglio    and    the    Turkish    settle- 
ment;    SA 37 

Hughes,    Charles    E. : 

Speech   at   Harvard   commencement ;   EdP..        3 

Humoresque.     E.    M.    Hunt ;    P 159 

Hungary : 

Agents  of  propaganda  in  Austria;  IRD....  574 
Austrian  intellectuals  on  the  boycott ;  IRD  111 
Boycotted    by    International     Federation    of 

Trade    Unions  ;    EdP 2 

Boycott    of    international    labor    abandoned : 

EdP    286 

Boycotting  reaction  in  Hungary;  IRD....  27 
British    labor    and    the    Hungarian    terror ; 

IRFP      53 

Count    Karolyi's    manifesto;    IRFP 110 

Hungarian  methods  in  Slovakia;  IRD 55 

Hungarian  propaganda  in  America;  IRD..  575 
Importing  the  white  terror.    E.   S.   Bagger ; 

SA      99 

Political  results   of  the   Hungarian   boycott ; 

IRD     Ill 

Rumania's   attitude   toward   Hungary.     Cor- 
rection   of    statement   by    Col.    Reich.      B. 

Stoica  ;    Cr 782 

Under    Czech    rule ;    IRFP 55 

Hungary — Education : 

"Scene  at  the  University"  ;  IRFP 56 

Hungary — Foreign    relations  : 

Hungary's    intrigues,    irredentist    plot,    etc.  : 

IRD     571-6 

Hungary — Foreign    relations — France  : 

Hungarian   ambitions   and    French   support ; 

IRD     573 

Hungary — Foreign    relations  : 

Return   of   the    Hapsburgs  ?     E.    S.    Bagger ; 

SA     374 

Hungary — Treaties  : 

French-Hungarian    treaties;    IRD 575 

Hunger   strike : 

Ancient   hunger   strike;    EdA 469 

Hunt,    Ernest   M. : 

Humoresque ;    P 159 

Hutchins,   F.   Lincoln : 

Perplexed    voter ;    Cr 377 

Perplexed    voter :    Reply    to    by    A.    Fichan- 

dler  ;    Cr 451 

Perplexed  voter :   Reply  to  by  H.   E.   Kahn  ; 

Cr     505 

Suggested    solution.       (Reply    to    "Transport 

breakdown")  ;     Cr 159 

Huszar,    Charles : 

Departure   from   the   United    States:    EdP..   203 
Importing    the    white    terror.     E.    S.     Bag- 
ger ;    SA 99 

War   record   of   ex-Premier   Huszar;    IRFP.    110 


Illinois  Agriculture  association  : 

Survey   of   railroad   yards    for   freight    cars ; 

EdP    364 

Immigration  and  emigration  : 

A.  F.  of  L.  demands  a  ban  on  immigration  ; 
EdP    633 

Commissioner   of   immigration    and    transat- 
lantic steamship  lines'  statistics;  EdP....    633 

Emigrants  and  immigrants  ;   EdA 316 

Immigration   by   selection  ;   EdA 722 

In  summer.     D.  Morton  ;   P 132 

India : 

Political  future  of  India.     Lajpat  Rai ;  BR.      16 
Industrial  workers  of  the  world : 

Education  by  celluloid.     A.   Oak;   Cr 451 

I.  W.  W.     L.  S.  Gannett ;  SA 448 

Infroit,  Charles  :    Obituary  ;  EdP 679 

Intellectuals : 

Intellectuals   in  world  politics  ;  Dft 632 

Intellectuals — Austria : 

Austrian     intellectuals     on     the     Hungarian 

boycott;     IRD Ill 

Intellectuals — Europe : 

Distress  of  the  intellectuals  of  Europe  ;  EdP  519 
Intellectuals — Great  Britain  : 

Oxford  professors  propose  amicable  relations 
with  German  and  Austrian  scholars;   EdP  490 
Intellectuals — Russia  : 

Blockade   of    thought ;    IRFP 789 

Interchurch  world  movement  of  North  America : 

Collapse  of  the  Christian  soviet ;  EdA 34 

Steel   and   the   Inter-church;    EdA 120 

Interior  decoration.     See  House  decoration. 
International,  The : 

Conditions    for   admission    to   the   Third    In- 
ternationale ;    EdP 465 

Conditions     of     the     Third     Internationale: 
IRFP    406 

Third    Internationale   in   conference  at  Mos- 
cow;    Ed  P 86 

International   congress  of  ex-soldiers: 

Re*]   war  to  end  war    (Charter)  ;  IRD 56 

International  federation  of  trade  unions: 

Boycott  of   Hungary  ;   EdP 2 

Boycott  of  Hungary  abandoned:   EdP 286 


International     finance.       See     Finance — Interna- 
tional. 
International    ladies    garment    workers'    union : 

To  try  union-owned  shops  ;   EdP 144 

International   Socialist   Conference : 

Third  Internationale  ;  EdP 86 

International  woman  suffrage  alliance : 

Women's  internationalism.     M.  T.  Garland ; 

SA     157 

Ireland : 

Balbriggan :   police  reprisals;   IRFP 461 

Balbriggan  :  Testimony  of  J.  Derham,  town 
commissioner  of  Balbriggan   713 

British  criticism  of  Great  Britain's  Irish 
policy  ;     EdP k 393 

British  labor  party  report  on  "Irish  nation- 
alism  and   labor   internationalism";    IRD.    625 

British  view  of  Ireland.  J.  T.  Wentworth  : 
Cr 504 

Continued  bloodshed   in   Ireland;   EdP 393 

Cork   in  flames  ;   EdP 719 

Court-martial  in  Ireland  ;  IRFP 461 

Dublin  dominion  conference  ;  EdP 258 

Dublin,  night  and  day  impressions :  Irish 
fragment.      J.    Carty ;    Cr 782 

Dublin  sees  more  murder  ;  EdP 631 

Effort  in  England  and  Ireland  for  a  truce  ; 
EdP    677 

Help  must  go  to  the  wounded  and  destitute  ; 
EdP    763 

"Irish  rebel  leaders  to  be  used  as  shields" : 
EdP    763 

"It   is   war"  ;    EdP 646 

Lloyd  George  on  vacation  and  Irish  trou- 
bles  increasing  ;   EdP 230 

Lloyd  George  will  not  face  facts  in  Ireland  : 
EdP    436 

Londonderry  riots  ;   EdP 2 

Message  Mr.  Wilson  might  have  written ; 
EdA    723 

New  coercion  bill  for  Ireland;  EdP 173 

Newspaper  men  protest  at  treatment  of 
military  authorities  in   Ireland;   EdP 719 

Passive  resistance  should  be  Ireland's  policy  ; 
EdP    631 

Peace  negotiations  between  Father  O' Flan- 
agan and  Lloyd  George  come  to  naught ; 
EdP    763 

Perishing    Ireland;    EdA 611 

Possible  compromises  between  Ireland  and 
Great   Britain  ;   EdP 143 

Present  state  of  Ireland :  statement  by  the 
Cardinal  Primate  and  the  archbishops 
of    Ireland  ;    IRD 624 

Reprisals  and  counter  reprisals  continue ; 
EdP    465 

Sir  Horace  Plunkett  suggests  dominion 
basis  ;     EdP 143 

Suggestions  from  Ireland  for  American  aid. 
P.  F.  Connolly  ;  Cr 617 

Templemore    attacked    by    British    soldiers ; 

EdP    517 

Ireland — Education : 

Irish    educational  system    (part  of  M.    Mac- 

Swiney's   testimony) 759 

Ireland — Finance.     See   Finance — Ireland. 
Ireland — Sinn   Fein   movement: 

British  correspondence  and  Sinn  Fein  ;   IRD  459 

From  a  great-great  grandson  of  T.  A.  Em- 
met.    R.   E.   Sherwood  ;  Cr 617 

Ireland's  republican  government.     J.   Carty  ; 

„  SA     241 

Reply  to  R.  E.  Sherwood  on  the  Irish  ques- 
tion.    D.  Ronayhe  :  Cr 691 

Resolutions  of  Dail  Eireann  ;  IRD 280 

Sketch  of  the  republican  movement  in  Ire- 
land   (part  of  M.  MacSwiney's  testimony) 

757  ;  760 
Ireland.     See  also  Committee  of  One  Hundred  on 

Ireland. 
Irish  in  the  United  States  : 

Irish  America  deeply  stirred  by  events  in 
Ireland  ;     EdP 631 

Irish    in    American    universities  ;    Dfl 617 

Irish  sympathizers  in  the  U.   S.  ;  EdP 578 

Irish     nationalism     and     labor     internationalism. 

G.  B.  Shaw  ;  IRD 625 

Isham,   F.  S. : 

Three    live    ghosts  ;    D 458  •  696 

Italians  in  the  United  States: 

Italians    in    West    Frankfort,    Illinois ;    EdP   173 
Italy: 

Plot   for    reaction    in    Italy.      G.    Prezzolini ; 

SA     686 

Italy — Foreign  relations — Russia  : 

Count  Sforza  recognizes  Soviet  Russia  ;  EdP  202 

Italy's    "eastward   orientation."      H.    K.    Mo- 

derwell  ;    SA 292 

Italy — Industrial   revolt,   1920: 

Italian  revolution— Act  Three?  EdP 363 

Italian  workers  demand  joint  control  of  in- 
dustry ;    EdP 337 

Italian   workers   revolt :   EdP 312 

Italy :  How  the  government  m»t  the  revolu- 
tion.     H.    K.    Moderwpll  ;    SA 553 

Revolution   in   Italy;   IRD....  733 

What    happened    in    Italy.      H.     K.    Mo'derl 

well:  SA 470 

Italy — Territorial  problems  : 

Territorial   claims   settled  :    EdP  S77 

Italy— Treaties  :  

Treaty  of  Rapallo.     Text  and  map  ;  IRD  78« 

Ivory  tower.  The  ;  EdA .  .  ..[[]]   263 


J 
James,   Henry : 

Gulf  of  Henry  James  ;  EdA 441 

Japan : 

Japan's     attitude     toward     U.     S.     enlarged 
navy  ;  EdP 720 

Japanese  in  California  and  U.  S.  fleet  grave 
questions  in  Japan  ;  EdP 364 

Japan  invades  Siberia  ;  EdA 205 

Japanese  in  Siberia : 

Nikolaievsk    "massacre."     M.    M.    Sherower; 

SA    211 

Japanese  in  the  United  States  : 

Anti-commotion.      Reply   to   "No   more   race 
discrimination."      H.    P.    Perkins;    Cr....    350 

Japanese    ownership    of    land    prohibited    in 
California  ;   EdP 547 

No  more  race  discrimination;   EdA 146 

Jastrow,  Joseph  : 

Psychology  of  the  day  ;  BR 15 

Jennings,   Leslie  Nelson  : 

Old  key-maker  ;   P 443 

Jersey  City,  N.  J. : 

Curfew  for  negroes  ;  EdP 766 

Jews — Political   a.id   social   conditions  : 

Reaction  and  the  Jew  ;  EdA 493 

Jews  in  Poland : 

Facts    about    the    Polish    pogroms :    Text    of 
the  Samuel  report ;  IRD 165 

Present  state  of  the  Polish   Jews:   IRD 644 

Jews  in  the  Ukraine : 

Fastov  pogroms.     IRD 646 

Fastov  pogrom.     M.   Mahler;   Cr 782 

Johnson,  C.   R. : 

Nonpartisan   league  defeated;   SA 614 

Reply  to  "Nonpartisan  league  defeated."    O. 

S.   Morris  ;   Cr 733 

Johnson,   James  Weldon  : 

Self-determining  Haiti ;  SA 236,  265,  295,  345 

Jones,  Harmon  Henry : 

"Strong   man"  ;   Cr 217 

Jones  merchant  marine  act : 

President  Wilson   refuses  to   obey   the   man- 
date of  the  act ;  EdP 364 

Joselito : 

New   Spanish   hero  ;   EdA 61 

Jugoslavia : 

Little  Entente  agreement ;   IRD 789 

Treaty  of  Rapallo.     Text  and  map;  IRD...   788 
Jurgen :    novel.      See   Cabell,    James    Branch. 
Jury     ( slackers )  ;    EdP 59 

K 

Kahn,  H.  E. : 

Wherein  the  difference  lies.     Reply  to  F.  L. 
Hutchins    and    "Don't    throw    away    your      » 

vote";   Cr T 505 

Kahn.    Otto   H. : 

Failure  of  the  league ;  SA 499 

Kamchatka : 

Pacific  coast  "magnates"  and  Vanderlip  take 
Kamchatka     as     concession     from     Soviet 

Russia  ;    EdP 518 

Karolyi,  Michael,  Count: 

Count  Karolyi's  manifesto;  IRFP 110 

Kelly,   John  F. : 

Pro-British   Nation;  Cr 642 

Kendrick,  S.  M. : 

Misuse  of  America's  power  ;  Cr 505 

Kennedy.   John   B. : 

K.  of  C.  offer  to  the  Legion  ;  Cr 732 

Kenyon,   E.  R. : 

Letter  to  London   Spectator  on  the  apes  of 

Gibraltar ;    Dft    404 

Kessner,   George : 

Suppressing  Polish  atrocities  ;  Cr 101 

Keynes,  J.  M. : 

RevieAv    of    Bernard    Baruch's    book    on    the 

Treaty  of   Versailles  ;   EdP 764 

King,  Agnes  B. : 

Testimony  before  the  American   commission 

on    Ireland    715 

Kirchwey,  George  W. : 

Outlawry   of   war.     Reply  to   "The   Nation's 
Constructive   world    league   program ;"    Cr  732 
Kirk.  E.  Buckner: 

Maxim  Gorki  to  H.  G.  Wells  ;  Cr 377 

Kistemaeckers,  Henri : 

Woman   of   bronze  ;   D 354,  696 

Klagenfurt : 

Klagenfurt    and    Vilna    test    of    the    league : 

EdP    489 

Klinger,    Max.      F.    Bruns  ;   SA 271 

Knapp,   G.   J. : 

Concerning    bigotry.     Reply    to    "Bigotry    in 

the  South"  by  C.   P.  Sweeney  ;  Cr 691 

Knights  of  Columbus : 

Concerning  bigotry.     G.   J.   Knapp;   Cr 691 

K.  of  C.  offer  to  the  Legion.     J.   B.   Kenne- 
dy ;   Cr 732 

Offer  of  unexpended  balance  to   the  Ameri- 
can  Legion   in   Washington;   EdP 633 

Knoblock,   Edward  : 

„      One:  D 458,696 

Knopf,    S.   Adolphus  : 

Birth  control  and  the  world  crisis  ;  SA 589 

Reply     to     "Birth     control     and     the     world 
crisis."     E.    Hayes;    Cr 690 

Kosciusko  squadron  : 

Recruits   needed  ;   Dft 70 

Ku  Klux  Klan: 

Atlanta   University.     E.   T.   Ware;  Cr 565 

Revival  of  the  Klan  ;  EdP 619 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


Kummer,  Clare : 

Rollo's  wild  oat ;  D 696 

L 

Labor  and  capital : 

Our  industrial  anarchists  ;  EdA 768 

Labor  and  laboring  classes  : 

Attitude  on  war  ;  EdP 259 

Boycott    of    Hungary    by    International    fed- 
eration of  trade  unions  ;  EdP 2 

Boycott   of    Hungary   by    International    Fed- 
eration of  Trade  Unions  abandoned  ;  EdP  286 

Democracy   in   banking ;   EdA 315 

Panorama  of  labor.     G.   Soule ;   BRs 533 

Labor  and  laboring  classes — Africa,  East : 

Native  labor  in  East  Africa  ;  IRD 600 

Labor  and  laboring  classes — Great  Britain : 

British   coal   strike  ;    IRFP 540 

British  industry  in  a  deadlock  ;  EdA 521 

British  labor  delegation  to  Russia.     Text  of 

report ;  IRD 355 

What  the  workers   want.     A.   Gleason  ;   BR.    133 
Labor     and     laboring     classes — Great     Britain — 
Council  of  action  : 
British     labor     and     direct     action.       H.     J. 

Laski ;    SA 291 

Labor  and  laboring  classes — Italy  : 

Dockworkers'    strike    spreads    to    the    metal 

workers  ;  EdP 285 

Italy :   How  the  government  met  the  revolu- 
tion.    H.  K.  Moderwell ;  SA 553 

Revolution  in  Italy ;  IRD 738 

What    happened    in    Italy.      H.    K.    Moder- 
well;  SA 470 

Workers   demand   joint  control   of   industry ; 

EdP    337 

Labor  and  laboring  classes — United  States  : 

American  labor  history.     G.  Soule;  BR 17 

Closed    factories    and    open    shop.      W.     H. 

Crook  ;   SA 725 

Federal     reserve     board's     monthly     report ; 

EdP    175 

Fight  to  break  the  unions  ;  EdA 609 

Labor  and  the  employer.     S.  Gompers  ;  BR.    302 

Labor  in  the  party  platforms  ;  EdA 61 

Labor  and  laboring  classes.     See  Coal  miners. 
Labor  party    (Great  Britain)  : 

British     labor    and    the    Hungarian     terror. 

IRFP    53 

British   labor  party  conference.     J.   R.   Mac- 

donald  ;    S A 94 

British  labor  party  report  on   "Irish  nation- 
alism and  labor  internationalism";   IRD..    625 

British  labor  reports   on   Russia  ;   IRD 53 

Labor's  plan  for  Egypt ;  IRD 699 

Petrograd  unions  to  the  British  proletariat ; 

IRFP    141 

Refuses    to    join    the    Third    Internationale ; 

EdP    144 

Shows    signs    of    weakness    and    recalls    R. 

Smillie;   EdP 87 

Ladd,  E.  F. : 

Elected   to   the  Senate;   EdP 546 

Lange,  Sven : 

Samson    and    Delilah:    drama,    criticism.      L. 

Lewisohn  ;     D 676,  696 

Laski,  Harold  J. : 

British  labor  and  direct  action  ;  SA 291 

Latinus,  Pseud.  : 

Bolivian   revolution   and   Tacna-Arica :   SA..     96 
Lauck,  W.  Jett: 

Changing  prices  and  the  cost  of  living  ;  SA  471 

Report   on    profiteering;    EdP 59 

League  of  nations  : 

American  world  policies.     D.   J.   Hill;   BR..    426 

Building  on  the  Hague  :   EdA 682 

Constructive  world  league  program;  EdA..  519 
Constructive   world   league   program.      Reply 

to,   G.   W.   Kirchwey  ;   Cr 732 

Council  settles  Aaland  island  dispute :  EdP  3f>3 
Failure  of  the  league.  O.  H.  Kahn  ;  SA....  499 
Issue  which   differentiates   major   platforms  : 

EdP     67 

Outlawry    of   war.     Reply   to   "Tkt     V"    -ti'n 
Constructive       world       league       program." 

G.     W.     Kirchwey:     Cr 

Preachers  nnd   the  league  ;   EdA 635 

Vilna     and     Klngenfurt     first     test     of     the 

League ;     EdP 

League  of  nations — Council: 

"Menace  to  the  world"  :  EdP 1 

League  of  nations    (Geneva)  : 

Argentine      Republic      quits      the      League ; 

EdP    677 

Countries  admitted  to  the  L«ague ;  EdP....  764 
Disarmament   a   question   before   the   league ; 

EdP    fill 

Opening   If  ■ion   of   the    League  :    EdP 577 

tiona    before   the   League;   EdP 632 

Submits   Armenian   question   to   mediation  of 

friendly    powers  ;    EdP 678 

League   of    nations — Permanent    court    of    inter- 
national  justice  : 

Mr.    Root's   world  court  :   EdA 8  tl 

Root     plan    "went    further    than    the    cove- 
nant" ;  EdP 519 

Secret    proceedings   allowed:   EdP 116 

Lenc'ie   at   nations — United   States: 

\         '    • 

Voting   strength   of  the  United   States:   Ed! 
Lejeune.   John    A 

Report  on  Marine  Corps  in  Hni'i:  EdP...  136 
R«plv    to    H      J.    SeligmannV  ^t    of 

II  lit!"  :     Cr 101 


Lenin,  Nikolai : 

Letter    of    Maxim    Gorky    to    H.    G.    Wells; 
CR    377 

Leon   Soniat  post.     See   American   legion. 

Leonard,  William  Ellery : 

Lynching  bee  ;   P 778 

Lesson  in  history.     J.  H.  Holmes  ;  SA 640 

Let  us  have  peace  ;  EdA 205 

Leviathan  ;  Df  t   641 

Lewisohn,    Ludwig : 

Changing  drama  ;  D 18 

Convention  and  revolt ;  D 787 

Cox— A  provincial  for  president ;  SA 68 

Entertainments  ;     D 597 

Evening  at  the  movies  ;  D 332 

Fantasies  ;  D 736 

Homeless   muse ;   D 622 

Hors     d'oeuvres  ;     D 278 

Max   Reinhardt ;    D 405 

Note  on   acting  ;   D 569 

Plays   for  a   people's    theater;   D 306 

Poet  and  his  moment ;  SA 42 

Real  thing,  The  ;  D 483 

Ripeness  and  Youth  ;  D 539 

Samson  and  Delilah  :  drama  by  Sven  Lange ; 

D     676 

Survey  of  the  character  of  the  theater ;  D .    695 

Susan   Glaspel.      Plays;    BR 509 

Trade-Goods  ;    D 458 

Tradition  and  freedom  ;  SA 651 

Triflers   and   playwrights  ;   D 354 

Underworld  ;     D 383 

Liberalism  : 

New     Republic     distressed     over     liberalism 

since  1912  ;  EdP 489 

Third  party  effort ;  EdA 88 

Tradition  and  freedom.     L.  Lewisohn;  SA.  .    651 

Liberty  : 

Boldness  of  a  bishop.     F.  Smith  ;  Cr 158 

Dictatorship  of  the  ?    D.   A.   Lyons;  Cr  131 

In     the    wake    of    the    espionage    act.      W. 

Nelles  :   S A 684 

Meddling  with   the  schools  :   EdA 33 

More  about  academic  freedom.     H.  F.  ;  Cr.  .      14 
Mr.    Wilson    responsible    for    suppression    of 

liberty  and  free  speech  ;  EdP 30 

"No  injustice  to  anyone."    H.   L.   Smith  ;  Cr  245 

Liber'y     (Dominican    Republic)  : 

Libertv  under  military  law  ;  IRD 81 

Liberty.      See  also   Free  speech  ;   Academic   free- 
dom. 

Lievano,    Roberto: 

Thus  my  dreams.     Tr.  by  Thomas  Walsh:  P  453 

Lind,   Jennv    (Mmo.   Otto  Goldschmidt)  : 

Jenny  Lind  ;  EdA 411 

Literary   criticism  : 

Ivory  tower.      Reply  to  Mr.   Mencken's   criti- 
cism  of   The  Nation  :    EdA 263 

New  York  :   Dictator  of  American   criticism. 
M.   Austin  ;   SA 129 

Literature  : 

Literature   nnd   politics:   EdA 01 

Paradox  of  literature  ;  EdA 495 

Lithuania  : 

Poland     invades     for     "Strategic     reasons"  : 
EdP    286 

T.ittle  entente.     See  Balkan  state?! 

Little  tea  room  at   Gimbel's.     S.  C.   Daljord  ;  SA     11 

I.ittledale.   Harold   A.: 

Our  debt  of  honor;  SA 6S1 

I.loyd   George.   David  : 

Prime  minis'or.      H.   Spender  :  RR 118 

Speech   at    the   Lord   Mayor's  banouet  ;   EdP 
Will   not    I  in  Ireland:   EdP ISfl 

Tyoans.   Foreign  : 

Up-to-date  supply  and  demand.     H.  Buxton  : 
Cr    612 

Lock  wood  committee: 

Gre.it  building  conspiracy.    V.  Harwood  :  SA    770 

liOgue.  Cardinal : 

Pronouncement    against    killing    in    Ireland ; 
EdP     6*1 

London     Dn>bi    flrrntd: 

Refuses   Russian   money  :   EdP 838 

Lord's   Day  alliance: 

Dictatorship  of  the  Sahhatariat  :   EdA 681 

"Lost   nnd   found"  :   Dft 215 

Louvain.   University  of: 

To  be  restored   by   Whitney   Warren;   EdP..    633 

Lovers  : 

Where  may  'hey  -o  ?    EdP 31 

B 

Trial  of  the  Communists  ;  SA 1S5 

'•v       D.   Greenwood  ;    P 43 

Lusitanin  : 

D.    F.    Milono   reveals    Tart   that   she   carried 
munitions  :    EdP 579 

Lynch 

Lynching   bee.      W.    E.    Leonard:   P 778 

Thomas     W.     Pir-ke'f     prevents    lynching    in 
Nor'h    Carolina  :    Ed 116 

Lyons.  D.  A.  : 

Dictatorship  of  the  T     Cr  131 

M 

M.   C,  : 

C.  R.  W.  Nevinson  :  A 674 

McCormick,   MediH: 

to.   Our  failure   in   Hai'i 616 

Our  failure  in    Haiti  ;   SA 615 

McCoshen.   E.   J.  : 

Sati.sfar'ory  punishment.     Letter  from   Fort 

en  worth  :   Cr 45 

McCurdy.   Allen  : 

position  ;   SA 126 


McDonald,  Francis  J. : 

Patriotism  vs.  fanaticism  ;  Cr 217 

Macdonald,  J.  Ramsay : 

British  labor  party   conference;   SA 94 

MacDonald,   William : 

Appraising  the  Peace  conference;  BR 246 

MacSwiney  family : 

History  of  a  patriotic  family 761 

MacSwiney,  Mary : 

Portrait     749 

Testimony  before  the  American  commission 

on    Ireland    757-62 

MacSwiney,  Muriel    (Mrs.  Terence  MacSwiney)  : 

Arrival  in  America  ;  EdP 677 

Portrait     749 

Testimony  before  the  American   commission 

on   Ireland    748 

MacSwiney,  Terence  ;  Dft 272 

MacSwiney,   Terence: 

Death  ;  EdP 517 

Death     (part    of    Mrs.     MacSwiney's     testi- 
mony )     755 

From  a  great-great  grandson  of  T.  A.  Em- 
met.    R.  E.  Sherwood  ;  Cr 617 

Mayor     MacSwiney's      hunger      strike     and 
death     754-6 

Mayor  MacSwiney's  speech  at  his  trial 753 

Soul  of  MacSwiney  ;  EdA 491 

Madison   Square  church  : 

Destruction   of  ;   Dft 215,  503 

Magalhaes,  Fernao  de : 

Magellan  ;     EdA 769 

Magellan,  Ferdinand.     See  Magalhaes,  Fernao  de. 
Mahler,  Max : 

Fastov  pogrom  ;  Cr 782 

Mai,   Richard : 

Germany  and  the  Hohenzollern  ;  SA 772 

Malone,   Dudley  Field : 

Reveals    fact    that    Lusitania    carried    muni- 
tions ;  EdP 579 

Manitoba : 

Manitoba's       startling       election.         A.       V. 

Thomas  ;    S A 66 

Mannix,  Archbishop  ;   Dft 43 

EdP    203 

Man  o'  War : 

Sports  and  arts  ;  EdA 469 

Margolis,  Jacob: 

U.  S.  steel  vs.  Margolis.     S.  Hale  ;  SA 498 

Martens,  Ludwig  C.  A.   K.  : 

Ordered  deported  from  the   U.   S.  ;  EdP ....   764 
Martha's  Vineyard: 

Edgartown  ;  Dft 325 

Thoughts  on  the  south  shore  ;  Dft 245 

Martin,  John  F. : 

Testimony   before   American    commission    on 

Ireland     712 

Masters,  Edgar  Lee : 

Maupassant  and  Spoon  river.     B.   M.  Wood- 
bridge  ;    Cr 451 

Maupassant,   Guy: 

Maupassant  and  Spoon  river.     B.  M.  Wood- 
bridge  ;    Cr 451 

Maynard,   Theodore : 

English   poet   in   America.     Reply  to,   Letter 

to    J.    C.    Squire   by    S.    Roth;    Cr 691 

Menace  of  another  war  ;  EdA 118 

Mendelsohn.   S.   Felix  : 

Dr.    Friedlaender  ;   Cr 218 

Mencken,   H.   L. : 

Ivory  tower:   Reply  to  Mr.   Mencken's  criti- 
cism of  The  Nation;  EdA 263 

Mexico : 

Obregon  announces  the  new  cabinet;  EdP..   678 

Mexico  seems  peaceful  ;  EdP 258 

United   States'    protest  on   legislation   affect- 
ing American  oil   interests;   EdP 312 

Michalaros,   Demetrios  : 

Greek  situation:   View  of  Venizelo's  defeat; 

SA     688 

Middle  West: 

Northwest ;    EdA 206 

Middleton,    Scuddt  r  : 

Child   of    Adam;    P 218 

Militarism  : 

Delaware  Co..    N.    Y.,    decided   against   mili- 
tarism ;    EdP 619 

Milk  : 

Eight    per    cent    ale    and    eight    cent    milk. 
Armin  ;    Cr 325 

High  price  of  milk  ;   EdP 175 

Mills,  Harriet  May : 

On  state  ticket  in  New  York  ;  EdP 178 

Ministers  of  the  gospel: 

Preachers  nnd   the  league  :   EdA 635 

Minneapolis,   Minnesota — Rapid   transit: 

And  the  public  pays.     W.   Williams:  SA....   447 

Mr.    Flood's  party.      E.   A.   Robinson:   P 594 

Moderwell.   Hiram   K.  : 

Italy:    How    the    government   met   the    revo- 
lution :   SA    558 

Italy's  "Eas'ward  Orientation";  SA 292 

Two   way^   with    Albania  :   SA 399 

What  happened  in  Italy  :  SA 470 

Montfort.  Eugene: 

Convinces   Paris  writing  is  a  business:  EdP  259 

Moon  :   Dft 216 

Mooney.  Tom  : 

Victim   of   "frame-up"  ;   EdP 606 

Moore,  John   Bassett  : 

British  attitude  toward  confiscation.  Cor- 
on  of  7Vie  Nation's  editorial  on  Great 
in's    renunciation    of    confiscation    of 

rty  ;  Cr 693 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


[July-Dec,  1920 


"More  thrilling  than  fiction";   Ed  A 522 

Morgan,  Denis : 

Testimony   before   American   commission   on 

Ireland     705 

Morley,   Felix: 

Behind  the  British  coal  crisis;  SA 402 

Moving  toward  nationalization;   SA 730 

Morocco:  ,„ 

In  Morocco.     E.  Wharton  ;  BR 479 

Morris,  Oliver  S. : 

Nonpartisan  league.     Reply  to   C.   R.   John- 
son;    CR 733 

Morton,  David : 

In   summer ;   P 132 

Reported   missing  ;   P 13 

Moses,  Montrose  J. : 

Making   Shakespeare  presentable;  BR 660 

Mt.  Vernon,  N.  Y. : 

Free  speech  at  Mt.  Vernon  ;  EdP 437 

Moving   picture  plays : 

Education  by  celluloid.     A.  Oak  ;  Cr 451 

Evening  at  the  movies.     L.  Lewisohn  ;  D...   332 

Murder  will  out ;  EdA 467 

"Murdering  beauty"  ;  EdA 494 

Music : 

Our  musical  liches  ;  EdA 316 

N 

N.   N.: 

Our  national  print  room ;  A 512 

Nagel,  Charles  : 

Making  the  ballot  count?     Reply  to   "Don't 

throw  away  your  vote"  ;  Cr 349 

Names,   personal ;   Dft 158,  731 

Nasmyth,  George.     Obituary  ;  EdP 364 

Nasmyth,  George  W. : 

What  Europe  thinks  of  us,  about  our  treat- 
ment of  political  prisoners  ;  Cr 532 

Nation,  The: 

Constructive  world  league  program;   EdP..   549 
Criticism    of    The    Nation.      H.    E.    Wood- 
bridge;    CR 564 

Ivory  tower.     Reply  to  Mr.  Mencken's  criti- 
cism of  The  Nation;  EdA 263 

Nation  in  Dannemora  prison  ;  Dft 564 

Pro-British  Nation..   J.   F.  Kelly;  CR 642 

Pro-Sinn  Fein  Nation.     C.  E.   Stowe:  CR.  .   642 
Reply    to    M.    McCormick's    Our    failure    in 

Haiti*      616 

National  City  bank,  New  York  City: 

Concession  of  the  National  City  Bank  ;  IRD  310 
Self-determining   Haiti :   government  of,   by, 
and  for,   the  National  City  bank.     J.   W. 

Johnson  ;  SA 295 

Why  Haiti  has  no  budget ;  IRD 307 

National  civic  federation  ;  EdP 87 

Investigates  Episcopal  church  and  Dr.  B.  I. 

Bell ;  EdP 721 

National  consumers  league: 

Results  of  survey  of   women   night  workers 

of  Passaic,  N.  J. ;  EdP 765 

National  conventions — Democratic  : 

Another    convention — The    Democratic.      R. 

Hale;    SA 69 

Not  an  unbossed  convention;   EdP 1 

National    Nonpartisan    league : 

Election  returns  ;  EdP 546 

Farmer  butts  back.     A.   Warner ;   SA 240 

Nonpartisan   league   defeated.     C.   R.   John- 
son;   SA 614 

Nonpartisan   league.     Reply  to  C.  R.   John- 
son ;   Cr 733 

Northwest  breaks  from  the  old  parties ;  EdP  365 
To  make  their  campaign  with  the   Farmer- 
labor   party ;    EdP   201 

When    farmers    turn    politicians.      A.    War- 
ner;    SA 183 

Won   control   of   Democratic   party   in   Mon- 
tana primary  ;  EdP 286 

National  parks  and   reserves : 

National  parks'  peril.     R.   S.  Yard;  SA 208 

National  Young  men's  Republican  league : 

Are  we  marching  or  marking  time  ?    E.  W. ; 

Cr    451 

Nationalization  of  women.     See  Woman — Russia. 

Nature;    Dft 13 

Near  East.     See   Eastern   question. 

Needed  functionary.     G.  Showerman  ;  SA 449 

Negro  suffrage : 

Woman  voter  hits  the  color  line.     W.   Pick- 
ens;   SA 372 

Negroes  in  the  United  States : 

Curfew  for  negroes  in  Jersey  City;  EdP.  . . .   766 
Democracy     worthy    the     name.       Reply     to 

Faith  Adams.     A.  H.  Bird  ;  Cr 617 

Faith  Adams's  reply  to  C.  D.  Rivers's  Ques- 
tion to  Faith  Adams   643 

Question  to  democracy.     F.  Adams;  SA....   524 
Question    to    Faith    Adams.      Reply    to    her 

Question  to  democracy.     C.  D.  Rivers  ;  Cr  642 
Mr.     Wilson's     limited     democracy.       M.     G. 

Brubaker  :    Cr 532 

Negroes  in  the  United  States.     See  also  lynching. 
Neighborhood   play   house: 

Real    thing,    The.     L.    Lewisohn;   D 483 

Nelles,    Walter  :  • 

In  the  wake  of  the  espionage  act ;  SA 684 

Nevinson.    C.    R.    W.  ;    A 674 

New   England : 

New    England    and   the   novel.     R.    Herrick  ; 

SA     323 

New    England    fisherman;    EdA 523 

New    England    wayside;    EdA.    233 


New   Mexico : 

God's   country.    E.   S.   Sergeant;   SA 39 

New  Republic: 

Criticism     of     The     Nation's     Constructive 
world   league   program.     (In,   Building   on 

the   Hague. )     682 

Distressed   over   liberalism   since    1912 ;   EdP  489 

"Test   of    the    news"    published;    EdP 174 

New  York    (city)  : 

Crime  in  the   city  ;   EdP 765 

Guide  to  New  York,  its  buildings,  churches, 

banks,    etc.,    etc.,    1867;    Dft 450 

Meeting  of  Board  of  Estimate  ;  Dft 43 

New  York   City  at  night;  Dft 376 

New   York    (city) — Churches: 

Community   church.     C.    H.   Cochrane;   Cr. .   452 

Madison   Square  church;   Dft 215;   503 

Old    churches    in    the    city ;    Dft 503-4 

"Profits   of  religion."     Trinity  parish  ;   Dft.    131 
New   York    (city) — Education: 

Meddling   with   the   schools  ;    EdA 33 

New  York    (city) — Strikes: 

Port    strike  ;    EdP 31 

New  York    (city)  : 

Transport  breakdown.     G.    Soule ;    SA 9 

Transport    breakdown :    Suggested    solution. 

F.    L.   Hutchins;   Cr 158 

New  York    (state) — Elections: 

Delaware    Co.     decided    against    militarism ; 

EdP    519 

New    York     (state) — Legislature: 

Republicans  plan  to  exclude  Socialists  ;  EdP  231 

Traitors   and  anarchists;   EdA 368 

New  York  Call: 

Victory   over    Postmaster-General    Burleson ; 

EdP    258 

New   York   Evening   Post: 

Exhibit    A    in    re    Mr.    Colby.      (Quotation 
from  N.   Y.  Evening  Post.)     H.   Blanken- 

horn  ;     Cr 476 

Ignores       Paul      Landowski,       sculptor      of 

Wright    statue;    EdP 203 

Trials   of   the   independent   editor;    EdP 285 

New    York    Herald : 

Sun  and  Herald  divorced  ;  EdP 393 

New  York  state  prison  survey  committee : 

Notable    prison    report ;    EdA 550 

New   York   Sun : 

The   Sun   becomes   an   evening    paper;    EdP..    393 
Newspapers : 

Editorial    policy    and    advertising    as    shown 

by    Gorham    Co. ;    EdP 721 

Exhibit    A    in    re   Mr.    Colby.     H.    Blanken- 

horn  ;    Cr 476 

Newspaper     reading ;     EdP 31 

Press   correspondents  and  the  State  depart- 
ment ;     EdP 391 

Times,    Associated    press,    and    New    York 

Times    (and    the   Samuel   report)  ;    EdA..    148 
State  department  and  the  news.    P.  Hanna  ; 

SA     398 

Newspapers — Ireland : 

Newspaper    men    protest    at    treatment    of 
military    authorities    in    Ireland;    EdP....   719 
Nies,    William    E. : 

Children  in  need  ;   Cr 131 

Nights    and    days.     J.    Rorty ;    P 244 

Nikolaievsk      "Massacre."        See      Japanese      in 

Siberia. 
Nineteen  twenty: 

-   Anniversaries    of    famous    people    in    nine- 
teen-twenty  ;     EdP 633 

Nissen,    Ludwig: 

"If    thine   enemy    hunger "  ;    Cr 349 

Nobel  prizes : 

Jacinto   Benavente  receives   prize;   EdP....    721 
Knut   Hamsun :   Appreciation.     A.   W.    Port- 

erfield  ;     SA 652 

Nobel    prize    poet ;    EdA 683 

Nonpartisan     league.       See    National     nonparti- 
san league. 
Northwest,   The ;  EdA 206 

O 

Oak,    Allen : 

Education    by    celluloid ;    Cr 451 

Oberon ;    Dft    215;    503 

O'Brien,    Frederick  : 

Alaska  ;    BRs 537 

O'Flannagan,    Father: 

Asks    Lloyd   George  what   he  offers   as   first 
step   to   peace   in   Ireland;    EdP 677 

Peace  negotiations  come  to  naught;   EdP..   763 
Ogle.   Ellis: 

What  Europe  thinks  of  us,  about  our  treat- 
ment of  political  prisoners;   Cr 532 

Who   won't  buy   can't  work;   Cr 44 

Old    key-maker.     L.    N.    Jennings ;    P 443 

Olympiad : 

Olympian  error  in  the  A.  P.    O.  W.  Zeigler ; 

Cr     325 

On  the  earth  and  under  it.    G.  Taggard  ;   P....   559 
Open   and  closed   shop : 

Closed    factories    and    open    shop.     W.     H. 
Crook  ;     SA 725 

Fight   to  break   the   unions;   EdA 609 

Oil.     See  Petroleum. 
Oxford  professors : 

Propose  amicable  relations  with  German  and 
Austrian    scholars  ;    EdP 490 

P 

Packing    industry: 

Packers'    profit.     L.    D.   H.   Weld;    Cr 217 


Painting,   Miniature  : 

Miniatura,  or  The  art  of  limning.  E.  Nor- 
gate  ;    BR 222 

Future    of    Palestine ;    IRFP 334 

Industrial   prospects    in    Palestine;   IRD....   334 

Palmer,  Alexander  Mitchell : 

Palmer  and  the  Espionage  act  since  the 
armistice  ;    EdP 365 

Panama : 

Taboga   island   incident;   IRD 139 

Panama   canal,    The : 

Strike-breaking  in  the  canal  zone.  W.  Dun- 
can ;     IRSA 138 

Paradise,    Viola   I. : 

Catching  up  with  George  Washington;  Cr..  452 

Paris : 

Street    lighting;    Dft 564 

Street    traffic;    Dft 186 

Who    wouldn't   desert — for    Paris?    EdA 177 

Parks.     See    also    National    parks    and    reserves. 

Parsons,    Herbert : 

Reply  to  editorial  note  on  the  location  of 
French    guns    near    Briey    Basin;    Cr. . . .     44 

Passage.     E.    Babcock ;    P 300 

Passports : 

Passportless  travel  should  be  reestablished ; 
EdP     338 

Patriotism : 

Patriotism  vs.  fanaticism.  (Opinion  of 
Judge  Bourquin.)     F.   J.  McDonald;   Cr.  .   217 

Peace : 

Let    us    have    peace !    EdA 205 

Peace  and  beauty,  search  for ;  Dft 216 

Peace   conference : 

Appraising  the  Peace  conference.  W.  Mac- 
Donald  ;     BR 246 

Last  of  the  "Big  Four"  repudiated;   EdP..   605 

Peace  conference,    1920 : 

Allied    premiers    meet   at    Boulogne ;   EdP . .       2 

Peace   conference,    1920    (Spa)  : 

Disarmament   of    Germany  ;    EdP 58  ;    85 

Germany  given  six  months  to  disarm ;  EdP. 

58;    85 
Indemnity    and    coal    decisions;    EdP.... 58;    85 

Peace   treaty : 

Col.   House  suggests  a  separate  peace  with 

Germany;    EdP 115 

End    of    Versailles;    EdA 177 

Review  of  B.  Baruch's  book  on  the  Treaty 
of   Versailles  ;   EdP 764 

Peace  treaty — Reparations  : 

Allies'    demand    for    cows    from    Germany ; 

EdP    518 

German    indemnity    discussed    at    Boulogne :  '. 

EdP    2 

German  solvency  and   reparations;   IRD....    884 
Making    of     the    reparation     and     economic 
sections    of    the    treaty.     B.    M.    Baruch ; 

BR     506 

Minutes  of  a  recent  meeting  of  the  Repa- 
rations   commission  ;    Dft 781 

Perkins,  Henry  P. : 

Anti-commotion :  Reply  to  "No  more  race 
discrimination"  ;    Cr 350 

Persian   literature : 

History  of  Persian  literature  under  Tartar 
dominion  (A.  D.  1265-1502).  E.  G. 
Browne  ;    BR 508 

Petrograd     unions    to    the    British     proletariat ; 

IRFD     141 

Petroleum : 

Anglo-French    oil    agreement ;    IRD 334 

Control  of  the  world's  oil  supply;   EdP....   632 
United    States    protest    on    Mexican    legisla- 
tion    affecting     American     oil     interests ; 
EdP     312 

Pickens,    William  : 

Woman  voter  hits  the  color  line;   SA 372 

Pilgrims  : 

New    England    fisherman;    EdA 523 

Pinchot,    Gifford: 

Squandering    our    heritage;    SA 444 

Pinski,   David: 

Treasure,   The  ;   D 483 

Platforms,   political : 

Labor   in   the   party   platforms ;    EdA 61 

Platforms,    political — Farmer-labor    party: 

Platform    of    the    Farmer-labor    party 476 

Platforms,    political — Democratic  : 

Democratic  position  on  the  league  and 
treaty  ;     EdP 115 

Platforms,    political — Socialist   party : 

National    platform,    Socialist    party,    1920..   502 

Players.     See    Actors. 

Plays   for  a   people's   theater.     L.   Lewisohn;  D.   306 

Plehn,    Carl   C. : 

Economic  studies   of   the  g*eat  war ;   BRs .  .   378 

Poetry : 

Nation's  poetry  prize.. 610;   674;   696;   737;   787 
Poet  and  his   moment.     L.   Lewisohn;   SA.  .     42 

Poetry   and   work.     J.    Erskine ;    SA 473 

Superfine    frenzy.     Clement    Wood;    SA....   375 

Against    treason.     J.    Drinkwater ;    P 783 

Child    of    Adam.     S.    Middleton  ;    P 218 

Children    of   the   sun.     J.    Rorty;    P 527 

Cocoons.     K.    W.    Baker ;   P 72 

Criticism.     M.    Bodenheim ;    P 533 

Emergent.     J.   Rorty:   P 638 

Epigrams.    C.   Shanafelt  and  E.  L.  Walton  ; 

P     95 

Feasters,    The.     R.    Torrence :    P 102 

Five  poems  of  R.   M.   Rilke ;   P 618 

From   an    island.    L.    Speyer ;   P 326 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


Golden   cage.     J.    L.    Freeman;    P 127 

Humoresque.     E.   M.    Hunt ;   P 159 

In    summer.     D.    Morton ;    P 132 

Loyalty.     D.    Greenwood ;   P 43 

Lynching   bee.     W.    E.    Leonard;    P 778 

Mr.   Flood's   party.     E.   A.    Robinson;   P 594 

Nights   and  days.     J.   Rorty ;   P 244 

Old   key-maker.     L.    N.   Jennings;    P 443 

On  the  earth  and  under  it.    G.  Taggard ;  P  559 

Passage.     E.    Babcock ;    P 300 

Prometheus    bound.     M.   Anderson;    P 187 

Redwoods.     A.    Corbin ;    P 443 

Reported  missing.     D.  Morton;   P 13 

Rifts.     E.    Scott ;    P 41 

Scythians.     A.    Blok ;    P 271 

Seams.     H.    Hall;    P 473 

Thus    my    dreams.     R.    Lievano,    tr.    by    T. 

Walsh;    P 453 

To  a  presidential  candidate.    S.  Barnard  ;   P  187 
To  Mrs.  Terence  MacSwiney.    R.   Fiallo  ;  P.  731 

Twilight   of   the   gods.     L.    Speyer ;   P 497 

Poets,    English : 

English   poet  in   America.     Reply   to   Letter 
to  J.  C.   Squire  by  S.  Roth.    T.  Maynard  ; 

Cr     691 

Letter  to  J.   C.   Squire  from   S.   Roth;   Cr. .   526 
Poison  gases  in  warfare.    See  Gases  in  warfare. 
Poland : 

Allies'   treatment  of  the  Vilna  affair;   EdP.  489 
America  and  the   Polish   question;   EdA....   147 

"Council    of    defense" ;    EdP 29 

Defeat 'of    Bolsheviki    in    Poland;    EdP 258 

Free  trade   and   peace;   EdA 581 

Peace    in    Poland ;    EdP 436 

Poland   and    the    Entente.     R.    Dell;    SA 321 

Polish   debt  to  the  United   States;   EdP 312 

Poland — Foreign   relations — Russia  : 

Polish  policy  of  Soviet  Russia  ;  IRD 197 

Present  state  of  the   Polish   Jews ;   IRD ....   644 
Poland : 

Russo-Polish    peace.     H.    G.    Alsberg ;    SA. .  587 
Suppressing   Polish    atrocities.     G.    Kessner ; 

Cr    101 

Tragedy  that  is  Poland.     B.   Ginzburg  ;   SA.     65 
Poland.     See  also   Jews   in   Poland. 
Poland.      See    also    Russo-Polish    war,    1920. 
Political  conventions.    See  National  conventions. 
Political    parties — United    States  : 

Forty-eighters'   position.     A.   McCurdy ;    SA.   126 

Third   party   and   its    candidate;    EdA 4 

Third   party    effort;    EdA 88 

Third    party    issues.     E.    Clark;    Cr 188 

Slight    distinctions    between    major    parties ; 

EdP    57 

Political      parties — United      States.        See      a'so 
Names  of  political  parties,  as  Democratic, 
etc. 
Political    platforms.     See   Platforms,    Political. 
Political   prisoners : 

What  Europe  thinks  of  us.  G.  W.  Nasmyth  ; 

Cr    532 

Politics  : 

Literature     and     politics;     EdA 91 

Polyzoides,    A.    Th. : 

Greek  situation  :  View  of  Venizelos's  defeat ; 

SA     688 

Poor  Man's   music.     M.    P.   Willcocks ;   SA 297 

Population — United    States  : 

City   population   in   1920;   EdP 393 

Porterfield,    Allen    Wilson  : 

Knut    Hamsun.     Appreciation;    SA 652 

Power : 

Nationalized    power.     H.    Hoover;    SA 318 

Prayer  of  the  virgins.    R.   M.   Rilke ;   P 618 

Preachers.     See    Ministers   of    the   gospel. 
Presidential    campaigns,    1920 : 

Campaign   has   ended;   EdP 489 

Campaign    to    date;     EdA 288 

Democratic  campaign  comes  to  a  close  ;  EdP  463 

How  will  you  vote?   EdA 260 

Issues   of   the   campaign;    EdP 143 

Mr.   Wilson   rejoices   over   "genuine   national 

referendum"  ;    EdP 391 

No   interest  and   no   program;   EdP 364 

Northwest  breaks  from  the  old  parties  ;  EdP  365 

Progressive    bloc ;    EdA 391 

Triumph    of    reaction  ;    EdA 648 

Presidential    candidates,    1920: 

Another  candidate.     C.   P.   B.  ;  Cr 350 

Cox — A   provincial   for   president.     L.    Lewi- 

sohn  ;     SA 68 

Impossible    choice  ;    EdA 32 

Last   aid   to  voters  ;   EdA 466 

Making    the   ballot   count?     C.    Nagel ;    Cr.  .   349 

Perplexed   voter.     F.   L.   Hutching;   Cr 377 

Speeches   of  acceptance  of   candidates ;   EdP  201 

Presidents — France  ;     EdP 363 

Presidents — United   States: 

Consolation.     P.    Warren;    Cr 14 

Prezzolini,   Giuseppe: 

Plot   for   reaction   in    Italy;   SA 686 

Prices  ;    Dft 13 

Prices  : 

Changing    prices    and    the    cost    of    living. 

W.    J.    Lauck  ;    SA 471 

Food    prices    rising ;    EdP 201 

Passing  on   the  costs  ;   EdA 288 

Railroad   rate   increase   not  to  effect  prices ; 

EdP     201 

Those   declining    prices;    EdA 623 

Up-to-date  supply  and  demand.    H.  Buxton  ; 

Cr     642 

Prints.     See  Engravings. 


Prisons : 

Notable    prison    report;    EdA 550 

Prisons,  military: 

Satisfactory   punishments.     E.    J.   McCoshen 

and  R.  P.   Stewart ;   Cr 45 

Profiteers  : 

Small  profiteers   get  the  punishment;   EdP.    174 

Progressive     bloc  ;     EdA 394 

Prohibition : 

Eight    per     cent    ale    and     eight    cent    milk. 
Armin ;    Cr    325 

Soft   Drink   Journal ;   Dft 43 

Prometheus   bound.     M.    Anderson;    P 187 

Propaganda : 

Hungary's     intrigues  ;     IRD 571-5 

Secrets    of    Crewe   house.     C.    Stuart;    BR..   594 

Propaganda     isn't    tired ;     EdA 262 

Proportional    representation  : 

To    be    applied    in    states    that    violate    the 

fourteenth    amendment ;    EdP 230 

Provincialism : 

On    hating    the    provinces;    EdA 550 

Psychology : 

Psychology  of  the  day.    J.  Jastrow  ;  BR 15 

Public    service : 

Public    servant;     EdA 89 

Publishers    and    publishing : 

Cost   of    production    increases;   EdP 465 

Putnam,   George   Haven  : 

Prevented  from  giving  lecture  in  Brooklyn  ; 

EdP     464 

Dft     475 

Q 

Quakers.     See    Friends,    Society   of. 

R 

Radicals  and  radicalism : 

Fusion     against     by     the     Republicans     and 

Democrats    in    the    election;    EdP 231 

Railroad  labor  board : 

Railway    award ;    EdA 119 

Railroads — Cars  : 

Car  shortage.     S.    P.   Weston;   Cr 71 

Railroads — Employees : 

Railway    award;    EdA 119 

Railroads — Finance : 

High   finance  on   the   railroads.     J.    C.    Bon- 
bright  ;     SA 637 

Railroads — Freight.     See    Freight    handling. 
Railroad — rates : 

Interstate  commerce   commission   grants    in- 
crease ;     EdP 143 

Railroad    rate    increases;    EdA 176 

Railroads — wages.      See    Railroads — employees. 
Rapallo,   Treaty   of: 

Treaty   of   Rapallo.     Text   and   map;   IRD..   788 
Rathom,    John    Revelstoke: 

Confession   of  John   R.    Rathom 557 

"More  thrilling  than   fiction";   EdA 522 

Real    thing.    The.     L.    Lewisohn ;    D 483 

Red   Cross : 

Abandons       its       motto:       "Neutrality — hu- 
manity"    EdP 287 

Appeals    for    money  ;    EdP 579 

Becomes  a  political   tool;   EdP 579 

Redwoods.     A.    Corbin ;    P 443 

Reed,    John :    obituary ;    EdP 465 

Reedy,      William      Marion.       Appreciation.       Z. 

Akins;    SA 155 

Referendum  : 

Harvey   and    Bryan   make   plea    for   referen- 
dum   prior    to   war ;    EdP 764 

Reich,    Arpad: 

Hungary's    intrigues  ;    IRD 571-4 

Rumania's     attitude:     correction     of,     Hun- 
gary's   intrigues.     B.    Stoica  ;    Cr 782 

Reinhardt,   Max.     L.    Lewisohn;   D 405 

Rent  laws  : 

Test   constitutionality    of   the    rent    laws,    in 

New    York  ;     EdP 578 

Reported    missing.     D.    Morton  ;    P 13 

Representation,    proportional.      See   Proportional 

representation. 
Republican     party  : 

Are  we  marching  or  marking  time?    E.  W.  ; 

Cr     461 

Potent  power  for   propaganda.    M.    C.   Har- 
rison ;    Cr 71 

Promises   if  successful   in  the  election  ;   EdP  175 
"Strong     man"     is     Mr.     Harding.      H.     H. 

Jones  ;     Cr 217 

Revolution  ;    Dft 187 

Rhein,    Marie;    Cr 45 

Rifts.     E.    Scott;    P 41 

Rilke,   Rainer   Maria.     Appreciation;   EdP 607 

Rilke,    Rainer   Maria: 

Five    poems;    tr.    by    L.    Lewisohn;    P 618 

Rinchart.    Mary  Roberts: 

Bab  :    D 698 

Rio   de  Janeiro,    Brazil  : 

Asks   for   half  million   as   a   centennial   gift ; 

EdP    766 

Ripeness    and    Youth.     L.    Lewisohn;    D 639 

Rivers,   C.    D. : 

Question    to    Faith    Adams.     Reply    to    her. 

Question    to    democracy  ;    Cr 642 

Reply     to.     Question     to     Faith     Adams,     by 

F.    Adams     613 

Robertson,   Alice  M.  ;   EdP 646 

Robinson,  Edwin  Arlington  : 

Mr.    Flood's    party;    P 694 

Robinson,   William   J. : 

What   Germany    thinks;    Cr 665 


Roland,   Romain : 

Rolland's  Danton :   criticism.  H.   Van  Brugh 

de    Kay;    D 61 

Roman    Catholic    church    in    the    United    States : 

Bigotry  in  the  south.  C.  P.  Sweeney;  SA.  .  585 
Concerning    bigotry.      Reply    to,    Bigotry    in 

the   South.     G.   J.   Knapp  ;   Cr 691 

Roman    Catholic    church    in    the    United    States. 
See   also  Knights   of  Columbus. 

Romance;    Dft 70 

Rome   rolls    round    again ;    EdA 583 

Ronayhe,    D. : 

Reply  to  R.  E.  Sherwood,  on  the  Irish  ques- 
tion ;    Cr     691 

Roosevelt,  Franklin  D. : 

Harding    quotes    him    on    the    votes    in    the 

League  ;    EdP 364 

Nominated    vice-president;    EdP 57 

Root,    Elihu: 

Mr.    Root's   world   court;    EdA 341 

Rorty,    James : 

Children    of    the    sun ;    P 527 

Emergent ;     P 638 

Nights  and  days  ;   P 244 

Starkweather   writes   a   happy   ending;   SA.   154 
Rose,  F.  H. : 

Whispering    well ;    D 737 

Roth,    Samuel : 

English  poet  in  America.  Reply  to  Mr. 
Roth's  letter  to  J.  C.  Squire.  T.  May- 
nard;    Cr 691 

Letter   to   Mr.    J.    C.    Squire;   Cr 626 

Ruhr  region : 

Allied    operation    of    Ruhr   mines   not    easy ; 

EdP    86 

Rumania : 

Little    Entente    agreement ;    IRD 789 

Rumania's  attitude  toward  Hungary.  Cor- 
rection   of    statement    by    Col.    Reich.     B. 

Stoica  ;    Cr 782 

Russell,   Bertrand : 

Soviet   Russia — 1920;    SA 121;    152 

Soviet    Russia— 1920.     Correction;    Cr 188 

Bertrand    Russell    self-revised.     K.    Durant ; 

Cr    188 

Russia  : 

British     labor    delegation    to    Russia.      Text 

of    report ;    IRD 355 

Letter    of    Maxim    Gorky    to    H.    G.    Wells; 

Cr     377 

New    war    drive ;    EdA 233 

Mr.  Wilson  evidently  means  war  with  Rus- 
sia ;     EdP 259 

Only  way  to  deal  with   Russia;  EdA 608 

Russian   republic.     C.   L.   Malone ;   BR 47 

Soviet    domestic    problem.     H.    G.    Alsberg ; 

SA     239 

Succession  of   Russian   generals;   EdP 546 

Russia — Commerce : 

British    trade   with   Soviet   Russia:   IRD....   542 
Trade  with  Russia  urged  by  W.  D.  Vander- 
lip    and    mass    meeting    of    trade    unions ; 

EdP    606 

U.  S.  permitted  to  trade  with  Russia;  EdP.     58 
Russia — Foreign    relations  : 

British  labor  reports  on  Russia;  IRD....  53 
Will    Russia    drive    the    British    from    Asia? 

H.    G.    Alsberg;    SA 179 

Russia — Foreign    relations — Great    Britain  : 

Further    Russian-British    notes;    IRD 224 

More   notes    to   Russia ;    IRD 253 

Russian-British     notes;     IRFP 194 

Russia — Foreign    relations — Italy  : 

Italy's  "Eastward  orientation."    H.   K.  Mod- 

erwell ;    SA 292 

Russia — Foreign    relations — Poland  : 

Polish   policy  of  Soviet  Russia;   IRD 197 

Russia — Foreign    relations — United    States  : 

Our    Russian    policy;    EdA 204 

Russia — History — Polish     invasion,      1919.        See 

Russo-Polish   war. 
Russia — History — Revolution  : 

"Test   of   the   news"   published   by   the  New 

Republic;     EdP 174 

Russia — History — Revolution — Bolsheviki : 

Barbarous   Soviet  Russia.     I.   McBride ;   BR.   566 
Evolution   with   an    "R."     Reply  to   B.    Rus- 
sell,   Soviet    Russia.     B.    Watson:    Cr 245 

Facts  and  fabrications  about  Soviet  Russia. 

E.    Clark;    BR 160 

H.    G.    Wells   assays   Russia ;   EdA 635 

Russian  impressions.  H.  G.  Alsberg;  SA.  207 
Russo-Polish  peace.  H.  G.  Alsberg;  SA.  .  587 
Social     reforms     in     Soviet    Russia.      H.     G. 

Alsberg  ;    SA 319 

Soviet  Russia— 1920.  B.  Russell;  SA..121;  152 
Soviet    Russia — 1920.      B.    Russell.      Correc- 

rection  ;    Cr 188 

Tyranny   by   prophets.     H.    G.    Alsberg ;    SA.  268 
Russia — Industries   and   resources  : 

Industry   in   Soviet  Russia:   IRFP 282 

Russia's  industrial  problem.    H.  G.  Alsberg  ; 

SA     293 

Russia — Intellectual  life.    See   Intellectuals — Rus- 
sia ;    IRFP 789 

Russia — Social    conditions  : 

Social     reforms     in     Soviet     Russia.      H.     G. 

Alsberg;    SA 319 

Russia.      See   also    Russo-Polish   war,    1920. 
Russian   literature: 

Guide    to   Russian    literature.     M.    J.    Olgin ; 

BR     327 

Russo-Polish    war,    1920  : 

Allies    may   request  an   armistice   from    Bol- 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


[July-Dec,  1920 


sheviki;     EdP •     58 

Poland's  plight  due  to  policy  of  assault  and 

conquest  of  the  Soviet  government;  EdP.   229 
Polish    peace    unacceptable    to    French    im- 
perialists ;     EdP 464 

Russo-Polish    peace.     H.    G.    Alsberg  ;    SA..   587 
State    department    attitude    as    Poland    in- 
vades   Lithuania  ;    EdP 286 

Supreme  council   sends   note  to   Russia  sug- 
gesting  armistice   terms  ;    EdP 86 

Will   Poland   make   peace?   EdP 144 

S 

Salem,    Mass. : 

Salem  custom  house  destroyed  by  fire ;  EdP  679 
Samson   and   Delilah :    drama  by   S.    Lange.     See 

Lange,   Sven. 
Samuel,    Stuart   M. : 

Facts    about    the    Polish    pogroms:    Text   of 

the    Samuel    report ;    IRD 165 

Samuel     report    on     Polish     atrocities     sup- 
pressed  in    English   language   newspapers. 

G.    Kessner;    Cr 101 

Times,     Associated    press,     and    New    York 
Times    (and   the   Samuel   report)  ;    EdA.  .    148 
Santo     Domingo.       See     Dominican     Republic. 
Scarlet   letter.      See    Hawthorne,    Nathaniel. 

Schiff ,    Jacob   H. :    obituary  ;    EdP 365 

Schonherr,    Karl    and    B.    F.    Glazer: 

Thy    name    is    woman     (Der    Weibsteufel)  ; 

D     623;     696 

Schreiner,  Olive : 

Olive    Schreiner:    obituary;    EdA 769 

Scott,    Evelyn : 

Rifts;     P 41 

Scythians.     A.    Blok  ;   P 271 

Seams.      H.     Hall;     P 473 

Seattle   central   labor   council : 

Ask    A.     F.    of    L.     to    call    conference    on 

U.    S.    war   with   Russia ;    EdP 259 

Sedition  : 

Right  to  talk  sedition.    C.   Baldwin;  Cr 187 

Seer.     R.    M.    Rilke ;    P 618 

Seligmann,    Herbert   J. : 

Conquest    of    Haiti ;    SA 35 

Conquest  of  Haiti.    Letter  in  reply  to,  J.  A. 

Lejeune  ;     Cr 101 

Report   on    conditions    in    Haiti  ;    EdP 30 

Selwyn,    Edgar : 

Mirage;    D r 458;    696 

Sergeant,    Elizabeth    Shepley : 

God's   country  ;    SA 39 

Shakespeare,    William : 

Making     Shakespeare     presentable.      M.     J. 

Moses  ;    BR 660 

Merchant   of   Venice;    D 623 

On  Hamlet  and  Hamlets.     A.   Symons ;   SA.     97 
Shanafelt,    Clara   and    Eda    Lou    Walton : 

Epigrams ;     P 95 

Shaw,    George   Bernard : 

Heartbreak  house  ;  D 623  ;  696 

Irish    nationalism    and    labor    international- 
ism ;    IRD 625 

Sheppard-Towner  bill : 

Women    and    children    first ;    EdA 724 

Sherower,   Miles   M. : 

Nikolaievsk     "massacre" ;     SA 211 

Sherwood,   Robert   Emmet: 

From    a    great-great    grandson    of    Thomas 

Addis    Emmet;    Cr 617 

Reply  to  Mr.   Sherwood.    D.   Ronayhe  ;  Cr.  .    691 
Shipman,    Samuel : 

Unwritten     chapter ;     D 598 

Shipman,    Samuel   and    Percival   Wilde : 

Crooked    gamblers ;    D 278 

Shipping — United    States  : 

German    shipping    plot ;    EdA 440 

Shoner,    Carl.      See    Schonherr,    Karl. 
Shop  committees : 

Shop    committee.    The ;    EdA 234 

Shoplifters    in    southern    jails;    Dft 641 

Showerman,    Grant : 

Needed    functionary  ;    S A 449 

Siberia : 

Far  East  gets  a  respite.    M.   Zippin  ;   SA..   210 

From    the   Socialists   of    Siberia;    IRD 227 

Japan    invades    Siberia;    EdP 205 

Nikolaievsk    "massacre."     M.   M.    Sherower ; 

SA     211 

Silk    shirt   audiences    safe   from    police    interfer- 
ence ;     Dft 475 

Single  tax.      E.   Carsey ;   Cr 505 

Another   candidate.    C.   P.   B.  ;   Cr 350 

Sinn    Fein.      See   Ireland — Sinn   Fein   movement. 
Sisson,   Edgar: 

Orders    Fourteen    Point    speech    for    use    in 

Russia    and    Germany ;    EdP 30 

Slang : 

"Where'd  you  get  that  stuff."     B.  G.   Grim  : 

Cr    45 

Slovakia : 

Hungarian    methods    in    Slovakia:    IRD....     55 

Hungary's     intrigues  ;     IRD 571-76 

Smillie,   Robert: 

Leader    of     Rritish     labor     returns     to     the 

party  :    EdP 87 

Smith.   Alfred  E. : 

Candidate  for  governor  of  New  York  :  EdP  463 
Smith,   Fred.: 

Boldness  of  a  bishop  ;  Cr 158 

Smith,    H.    L.  : 

No    injustice    to    any    one;    Cr 245 

Socialism : 

Socialism    yesterday    and    today.     Reply    to 


F.  L.   Hutchins.    A.   Fichandler ;   Cr 451 

Split    in    the    socialist    movement.      J.    Gol- 

lomb;    SA '74 

Socialist    party     (Siberia)  : 

From    the    Socialists    of   Siberia;    IRD li.1 

Socialist   party    (United   States): 

Election    returns    for   the    Socialists;    EdP..   546 
National   platform,    Socialist   party,    1920...   502 
Socialist  campaign.     L.   S.   Gannett;   SA.  .  .  .    401 
Socialists  in  New  York  legislature  and  poli- 
tics ;    EdP |31 

Traitors  and  Anarchists  ;  EdA 368 

Soldiers,   Disabled: 

Tuberculous    ex-soldiers    strike;    EdP 145 

Soldiers,   Discharged: 

Mind    of    the    ex-soldier ;    EdP 145 

Soldiers — Reeducation  : 

Our  debt  of  honor.     H.   A.   Littledale ;   SA.  .   584 

Song  of  love.     R.   M.    Rilke ;   P 618 

Soule,    George : 

American    labor    history;    BR.... 17 

Building    scandal  ;    SA 560 

Great  woolen   strike.    G.    Soule;   SA 181 

Panorama    of    labor ;    BRs 533 

Transport    breakdown  ;    S A 9 

Transport    breakdown :    Suggested    solution. 

F.    L.    Hutchins;    Cr 158 

South    Africa : 

South  Africa  native  affairs  bill;   IRD 599 

South   seas : 

Rediscovering    the    South    seas;    EdA 723 

Soviet   Russia— 1920.     B.    Russell ;    SA 121  ;    152 

Soviet    Russia — 1920.      F.     Russell.      Correction; 

Cr    188 

Soviet  government.     H.   G.   Alsberg  ;   SA 239 

Spa    conference.       See    Peace    conference,     1920 

(Spa). 
Speyer,    Leonora : 

From    an    island ;    P 326 

Twilight    of   the    Gods ;    P 497 

Spies : 

Spies   and   spying ;   EdA 439 

Spies,   industrial : 

Espionage   in    industry   revealed    in    the    In- 

terchurch   steel   report;   EdP 174 

Spy,     The;     EdA 149 

Spitteler,    Carl : 

Nobel    prize    poet ;    EdA 683 

Sports : 

Sports    and   arts  ;    EdA 469 

Squire,  J.  C. : 

English   poet  in   America.     Reply   to,    Letter 
to  J.  C.  Squire  by  S.  Roth.     T.  Maynard  ; 

Cr     691 

Letter  to  J.   C.   Squire  from  S.   Roth  ;   Cr.  .   526 
Stanton,   Theodore : 

Piety    at    Yale    and    Cornell;    Cr 45 

Starkweather    writes    a    happy    ending;    SA.  .  .  .   154 
Steel   industry   and   trade : 

Attempt   to   defeat   organized   labor;    EdP..    721 

Attempt   to   unionize ;    EdP 174 

Steel   strike,    1919: 

Great    steel    strike    and    its    lessons.      W.    Z. 

Foster  ;     BR 273 

Steel  and   the   Inter-church  ;   EdA 120 

Stewart,    R.    P. : 

Satisfactory     punishment;     Cr 45 

Stoica,    Basil : 

Rumania's    attitude    toward    Hungary.     Cor- 
rection  of  statement  by   Col.   Reich  ;   Cr.  .   782 
Stowe,    Charles    E. : 

Pro-Sinn    Fein    Nation;    Cr 642 

Street   railroads — Fares  : 

And   the   public    pays.     W.    Williams;    SA.  .   447 
Strikes : 

Is  a   strike  violence?   EdP 490 

Strikes — Great    Britain  : 

British    coal    strike;    IRFP 540 

British   industry   in   a   deadlock;   EdA 521 

Coal   miners   strike ;   EdP 464 

Moving  toward   nationalization.     F.   Morley ; 

SA     730 

Strikes— Italy  : 

Dockworkers'  strike  spreads  to  metal  work- 
ers ;    EdP 285 

Strikes — Panama   canal : 

Strike-brmking  in  the  canal  zone.    W.  Dun- 
can :    IRSA 138 

Strikes — United    States  : 

Denver    tramway    strike ;    EdP 258 

New    York    port    strike ;    EdP 31 

Tuberculous    ex-soldiers    strike :    EdP 145 

Strikes.     See   also    Steel   strike,    1919. 
Suffrage : 

Disfranchised    voters    of   the    South;    EdP..   546 
Rights    of   conscience.     H.    Berman ;    Cr....    452 
Suffrage.       See     also     Negro     suffrage — Woman 

suffrage. 
Sunday : 

Dictatorship    of    the    Sabbatariat :    EdA....    681 
Survey    of    the    character    of    the    theater.      L. 

Lewisohn  ;    D 695 

Sweeney.  Charles   P. : 

Bigotry    in    the    South;    SA 585 

Bigotry    in    the    South.     Reply    to   by    G.    J. 

Knann  ;     Cr 691 

Sweeney.    Chnrles   Patrick: 

Farmer-labor    campaign  :    SA 344 

Swift.  &  Co.     S?e  Weld,  L.  D.  H. 
Symons,    Arthur: 

On    Hamlet  and   Hamlets;    SA 97 

Synge.    J.    M. : 

Riders  to  the  sea  ;  D 279 

Syria : 

Emir   Feisal    deposed ;    EdP 144 


Syrian  imbroglio  and  the  Turkish  settle- 
ment.    F.    C.    Howe  ;    S  A 37 

Syrian  independence  declared  with  Prince 
Feisal    as  .  ruler  ;    EdP 117 

T 
Taboga    Island : 

Taboga    Island    incident ;    IRD 139 

United  States  occupy  Taboga  Islands ;  EdP  116 
Tacna : 

Bolivian   revolution   and   Tacna-Arica.     Lati- 

nus;    SA 96 

Tacna.     See  also   Ancon,   treaty  of. 
Taggard,    Genevieve : 

Frenchmen  admit  it.  Reply  to  H.  Pavsons's 
letter    on    location    of    French    guns    near 

Briey    Basin  ;    Cr 44 

On  the  earth  and  under  it ;   P 559 

Tangier — Street    names  ;    Dft 299 

Tariff— United   States: 

Republicans     to     increase     customs     duties ; 

EdP     720 

Tarkington,    Booth : 

Poldekin  ;    D 354  ;    458 

Taxation  : 

Secretary  Houston's  taxation  recommenda- 
tions ;     EdP 720 

Taylor,     "Alf" ;    EdP 545 

Teachers  : 

Ventilating    a    profession;    EdA 5 

Terpsichore  as  missionary  ;   EdA 317 

Third   party  movement.     See   Political   parties — 

United   States. 
Thomas,    A.    E. : 

Just    suppose ;     D 598 

Thomas,  A.  Vernon  : 

Manitoba's   startling  election;   SA 66 

Thomas,    Wallace    S. : 

American    Legion's    indorsements ;    Cr 504 

Thompson,    James    Westfall : 

Doctrine     of     the     natural     boundaries     of 

France  ;     IRSA 513 

Thus  my  dreams.    R.  Lievano,  tr.  by  T.  Walsh  ; 

P      453 

To  a  presidential  candidate.     S.   Barnard;  P....    187 

To  Mrs.   Terence  MacSwiney.     R.    Fiallo ;   P 731 

Toksvig,    Signe     (Mrs.    Francis    Hackett)  : 

Testimony  before  the  American  commis- 
sion   on    Ireland 718 

Torrence,    Ridgely : 

Feasters,    The;    P 102 

Trade.     See    names    of    countries    subhead    Com- 
merce. 

Trade-Goods.     L.    Lewisohn;    D 458 

Trade  unions  :  '  , 

Anti-union   campaign   is  nation  wide;  EdP.      3J 
Cost    of    living     reduced    by    union     owned 

shops  ;     EdP 144 

Fight   to   break   the   unions  ;    EdA.  . 609 

Mass    meeting    of   unionists    urge   reopening 

trade  with   Russia  ;   EdP 606 

Our    industrial    anarchists;    EdA 768 

Tradition    and    freedom.     L.    Lewisohn;    SA....    651 

Traitors   and   anarchists  ;   EdA 368 

Transport    workers  : 

Transport  breakdown.     G.    Soule;    SA 9 

Transport    breakdown :     Suggested    solution. 

F.    L.   Hutchins;   Cr 158 

Treaties  : 

Central  European  conspiracy.  E.  S.  Bag- 
ger;   SA 552 

Treaties.       See    also    Names    of    countries    sub- 
head,  Treaties. 
Trieste : 

"Trieste  was  normal  this  morning"  ;  Dft.  376 
Triflers  and  playwrights.  L.  Lewisohn;  D....  354 
Trinity   church     (New    York    City)  : 

"Profits    of    religion";    Dft 130 

Truth    rising   again;    EdA 395 

Turkey : 

Turks   in  Europe.    W.   E.   D.   Allen;   BR 73 

War    with     Turkish     Nationalists    discussed 

at    Boulogne  ;    EdP 2 

Turkey — Treaties : 

The   Crime   in   Turkey  ;   EdA 5 

Secret   treaty   concerning   Turkey;    EdP....   547 
Secret    treaty    dividing    Turkey.     Text    and 

map  ;    IRD 697 

Syrian  imbroglio  and  the  Turkish  settle- 
ment.     F.    C.    Howe  ;    S  A 37 

Turkish    treaty    (map);    IRD 21 

What   will    the    Turkish    treaty    accomplish? 

EdP    86 

Turner,    John    Kenneth : 

Standing  behind  the  President — An  impos- 
sibility;    SA 370 

Twilight   of   the  gods.     L.    Speyer ;    P 497 

U 

Ukraine : 

Fastov   pogroms  ;   IRD 646 

Underworld.     L.    Lewisohn  ;   D 383 

Unemployment — Great    Britain: 

Unemployed    seize    public    buildings;    EdP..    678 

United    Communist    party ;    EdP 632 

United    States — Army  : 

Army    of    occupation    give    German    children 

Christmas  ;     EdP 719 

United    States — Army — Expeditionary    force. 

Who    wouldn't    desert— for    Paris?    EdA 177 

United    States — Cabinet: 

Social  welfare  and  public  workers  depart- 
ments   for    Mr.    Harding's    cabinet ;    EdP. 

436;   763 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


United     States — Census.        See     Census — United 

States. 
United    States — Chemical    warfare   service  : 

Develops    a    new    poison    gas;    EdP 605 

United    States — Commerce : 

Republicans     to     increase     customs     duties ; 

EdP    720 

State  department  permits  trade  with  Rus- 
sia;     EdP 58 

Trade  with  Russia  urged  by  W.  D.  Vander- 

lip  and  trade  unionists  ;   EdP 606 

United    States — Congress  : 

Our  outworn   congress   in   session;   Ed  A.  .  .  .    680 
United      States — Constitution.        See      Constitu- 
tional   amendments. 
United     States — Federal     board     for     vocational 
education  : 
Our  debt  of  honor.     H.   A.  Littledale ;   SA.  .   584 
United    States — Foreign    relations  : 

Message    Mr.    Wilson    might    have    written ; 

EdA    723 

Repeating    American    history.     A.    J.    Bev- 

eridge  ;     S A 270 

Standing  behind  the  President — An  Impos- 
sibility.    J.   K.   Turner;   SA 370 

United    States — Foreign    relations — Haiti : 

Haitian-United   States   convention;   IRD....    254 
Our   failure   in   Haiti.     M.   McCormick  ;   SA.    615 
United    States — Foreign    relations — Japan  ;    EdP  363 
Japanese  in   California   and   the   U.    S.    fleet 

grave    questions    in    Japan;    EdP 364 

United   States — Foreign  relations — Latin  America  : 
Latin-America      questions      our      Dominican 

policy;    EdP 202 

United    States — Foreign    relations — Poland  : 

America  and   the   Polish   question  ;    EdA.  .  .  .   147 
United    States — Foreign    relations — Russia  : 

Only   way  to   deal   with    Russia;    EdA 608 

Our    Russian    policy;    EdA 204 

United    States — History : 

Catching     up      with      George     Washington. 

V.'  I.   Paradise  ;   Cr 452 

Repeating    American    history.     A.    J.    Bev- 

eridge  ;     S A 270 

United    States — Justice,    Department   of  : 

Apropos    of    Croatians    suspected    of    being 

Communists  ;     EdP 3 

United   States — Navy: 

Daniels's    program    for    an    enlarged    navy ; 

EdP     720 

Disarm  !    EdA 767 

Naval    court    of    inquiry    on    conditions    in 

Haiti  ;   EdP 517  ;   678  ;  720  ;  765 

United   States — Post  office   department : 

As    government    employees     cannot     strike ; 

Ed     230 

United    States — Reconstruction  : 

Senate  committee  on  needs  for  reconstruc- 
tion ;     EdP 313 

United    States — Senate : 

Rome    rolls    round    again;    EdA 583 

United   States — Shipping  board  : 

Is    the    Shipping    board    to    go    unpunished? 

EdP    678 

War,    waste,    and    business ;    EdA 582 

United    States — State    department: 

Exhibit    A    in   re    Mr.    Colby.     H.    Blanken- 

horn  ;     Cr 476 

Press  correspondents  and  the  State  depart- 
ment ;     EdP 391 

State  department  and  the  news.    P.   Hanna  ; 
SA  308 

U.    S.   steel   vs.   Margolis.     S.    Hale ;    SA.  ......  .   498 

Universal   Negro  improvement  association  : 

Convention  ;    EdP 175 

Untermyer,    Samuel : 

Exposure  of  building  scandal;   EdP 491 

On    building    trade   profiteers;    EdP 313 

See   also    Lock  wood    committee. 

V 

Van    Brugh   de   Kay,    Helena : 

Rolland's    Danton  ;    D 51 

Vanderlip,    Washington    D. : 

Kamchatka    as    a    concession:    EdP 518 

Urges    reopening   trade   with    Russia;    EdP.   606 

Van   Doren,  Carl : 

Flower  of    Puritanism  :    SA 649 

Varick    St.,    New    York    City;    Dft 376 

Venizelos,    Eleutherios  : 

Defeated    in    Greek    elections:    EdP 577:    605 

Greek  situation :  Two  views  of  Venizelos's 
defeat.  1.  by  A.  Th.  Polyzoides.  2.  by 
Demetrious    Michalaros  ;    SA 688 

Ventilating    a    profession  ;    EdA 5 

Versailles,    Treaty    of.      See    Peace    treaty 177 

Vilna.      See   Poland. 

Voting.      See    Ballot. 

W 

Wadsworth.    J.   W.,   Jr. : 

Candidate    for    rn'loction    to    Senate:    EdP..   463 
Waiters   and   waitresses: 

Little    ten    room    at    Gimbel's.     S.    C.    Dal- 

jord;     SA 11 

Wall   Street,   New   York   City: 

Explosion  ;    EdP 337 

Trai'ors    and   anarchists  :    EdA 368 

W.i'^h,     Thomas,     tr.       See    Lievano,     Roberto. 
Walton,    Eda    Lou.      See    Shanafelt,    Clara. 
War: 

'A 205 

Limitation  of  armaments.    T.  II.   Bliss;  SA.    727 


Menace  of   another  war;   EdA 118 

New   war   drive ;    EdA 233 

Outlawry   of   war.     Reply   to    Nation's   Con- 
structive   world    league    program.     G.    W. 

Kirchwey  ;    Cr 732 

Real     war    to     end     war :     Charter    of     Ex- 
soldiers  ;     IRD 56 

Referendum    prior    to    war    plea    of    Harvey 

and    Bryan ;    EdP 764 

War,   waste,   and  business;   EdA 582 

War   legislation  : 

Republicans     promise     to     repeal     war-time 

legislation  ;     EdP 765 

Warbasse,   James   Peter : 

Cooperation,   the   people's   business;   SA....   555 
Ware,    Edward    T.  : 

Atlanta    University ;    Cr 565 

Warner,    Arthur : 

Christensen's    convention ;    SA 92 

Christensen's    convention.     Correction  ;    Cr.  .    188 

Farmer   butts   back  ;   SA 240 

When    farmers    turn    politicians;    SA 183 

Warren,    Prescott: 

Consolation ;     Cr 14 

Warren,    Whitney : 

To  restore  University  of  Louvain  ;  EdP....   633 
Washington,   George : 

Catching   up    with    George   Washington.     V. 

I.    Paradise  ;    Cr 452 

Watson,   Blanche: 

Evolution  with   an   "R."     Reply  to   B.   Rus- 
sell.    Soviet    Russia ;    Cr 245 

Watson,    Thomas;    EdP 311 

Watson,    Thomas    E. : 

Bigotry  in   the  south.     C.    P.   Sweeney;   SA.    585 
Weld.    L.    D.    H. : 

Packers'    Drofit ;    Cr 217 

Wells,    Herbert   George : 

H.   G.   Wells   assays   Russia;    EdA 635 

Letter    of    Maxim    Gorky    to    H.    G.    Wells : 

Cr     377 

Wells.    Lincoln  : 

Eighteenth   amendment ;  Cr 71 

Wentworth,    John   T. : 

British    view    of    Ireland;    Cr 504 

West: 

Western    reverie.     N.    Curtis;    SA 591 

West.      See  also   Northwest. 
West   Virginia  : 

Labor's  Valley  Forge.    N.  Burkinshaw  ;  SA.    639 
West   Virginia.    Coal   miners.      See   Coal   miners. 
Westminster    Abbey : 

Dean  appeals  to  America  for  funds  to  main- 
tain   the    Abbey  ;    Dft 70 

Gift   of   $50,000   from    Carnegie   Endowment 

for    international    peace;    EdP 679 

Weston,   S.    P.  : 

Car    shortage  ;    Cr 71 

Who    wouldn't    desert— for    Paris?    EdA 177 

Wilde.    Percival   and    Samuel    Shipman : 

Crooked    gamblers ;    D 278 

Williams,    Watson  : 

And   the   public   pays;    SA 447 

Willcocks,  Mary  Paricia  : 

Poor    man's    music ;    SA 297 

Wilson,    Woodrow  : 

Accepts     task     of     diplomatic     intervention 

in     Armenia  :     EdP 678 

Conference    with    Cox:    EdP 115:    85 

Criticism     of.     The     Nation's,     criticism     of 

Mr.    Wil=on.      H.    E.    Woodbridge;    Cr 5M 

Defeat   of   Wilsonism  :   EdA 520 

Fourteen    points   ordered    from    Rupsia  :   EdP     30 
Meniere    Mr.    Wilson    might    have    written  : 

EdA     723 

Mr.     Wilson's     limited     democracy.      M.     G. 

Brubaker:     Cr 532 

"No   injustice   to   any   one."     H.    L.    Smith  : 

Cr    245 

Repeating    American    history.     A.    J.     Bev- 

eridge  :    SA 270 

Refuses   »o   obey   the   mandate   of   the   Jones 

bill;    EdP 364 

Responsible  for  suppression  of  free  speech  : 

EdP     30 

Standing    behind    the   Presid°nt — An    Impos- 
sibility.    J.    K.    Turner:    SA 370 

Suggestion  for  an   Armenian   loan:  EdP....    720 
Wilson     and     the    Wilson    administration     a 

failure  :    EdP 435 

Wolfson.    Arthur    M. : 

Dictatorship   of   the   ?     D.    A.    Lyons: 

Cr    131 

Meddling    with    the    schools;    EdA 33 

Worn--  : 

Women    and    children    first;    EdA 724 

Women    night    workers    in    Passaic,    N.    J.  : 

EdP    '..765 

Woman — France  : 

"How    to    save    two    million    French    women 

from     s'erility"  ;     EdP 117 

Woman— Rns-in  : 

Nationalising   Russian    women;   EdP 117 

Woman    suffrage : 

Action    of    Tennessee    legislature:    EdP 287 

America     last    to     grant     Woman     suffrage? 

EdP     85 

Citizenship    of    women    married    to    aliens: 

59 

Harming  refuses  to  hasten  state  action: 

F.dP  1 

Suffrage   amendment   passed:    EdP 257 

do    with    the    vo'e?     S.    C. 
'     264 


Woman  suffrage  in   the  South;   EdP 229 

Woman     voter     hits     the     color     line.      W. 
Pickens  ;     SA 372 

Women's   internationalism.     M.   T.    Garland : 

SA     157 

Wood,    Clement : 

Superfine    frenzy  ;    S A 375 

Woodbridge,    Benjamin   M. : 

Maupassant    and    Spoon    river;    Cr 451 

Woodbridge,    Homer    E. : 

Criticism    of    The    Nation;    Cr 564 

Wool    and    worsted    manufactures.      See    Ameri- 
can  woolen   company. 
Words : 

New    words    for    the    dictionary    as,    buddie 

and  blighty  ;   Dft 404 

Wrangel,    Peter    Nikolaievich : 

France   and    General   Wrangel;    IRFP 406 

General   Wrangel   defeated  ;   EdP 578 

Wright,   Wilbur: 

Memorial     statue     unveiled     at     Le     Mans, 

France  ;     EdP 203 

Writing   is   a  business  ;   EdP 259 

Y 
Yard,   Robert  Sterling : 

National    parks'    peril;    SA 208 

Yarmolinsky,     Abraham,    tr.       See     Blok,     Alex- 
ander. 
Yeats,   W.   B. : 

Kathleen    na    Houlahan ;    D 279 

Yezierska,   Anzia  : 

Deported,     The 102 

Young,   Rida  Johnson : 

Little  old   New   York;   D 354;    696 

Z 
Zeigler,  Oscar  Woodward : 

Olympian   error   in   the   A.    P.;   Cr 325 

Zilboorg,    Gregory : 

Irreconcilable    blind;    BRs 423 

Zionist    national    conference: 

Meeting,    London,    1920  ;   IRFP 333 

Zippin,   Max  : 

Far    East   gets    a    respite;    SA 210 


BOOK   REVIEWS 

Book  reviews  will  be  found  by  author  and 
title. 

The  following  letters  indicate  the  type  of 
review : 

BR     Book   review 

BRs    Book   reviews    (group  of  books  under  one 

title) 
BN     Book    note 
NN     News  and  notes 
R         Name  of  the  reviewer 


A 

Acosta,    Mercedes   de : 

Moods.     Prose    poems ;    BR 247 

Advancing  hour.     N.    Hapgood  ;    BR 427 

Africa     and     the     discovery     of     America.       L. 

Wiener  ;     BR 350 

Agadir.     J.   Caillaux  ;   BR 350 

Ago   of   innocence.     E.    Wharton;    BR 510 

Agresti,    Antonio.      See    Zimmern,    Helen. 
Aiken,    Conrad: 

Skepticisms  ;    BR 509 

Aladdin.     A.    Ransome ;    BN 786 

Albany :    The    crisis    in    government.     L.    Wald- 

man  ;     BN 277 

"Aleichem,    Shalom"  : 

Jewish     children.       From     the     Yiddish     by 

Hannah    Berman  ;    BR 352 

Alexander,    Hartley  ;    R 409 

All    things   are   possible.     L.    Shestov ;    BR 693 

Allen.  W.  E.  D. : 

Turks   in   Europe  ;   BR 73 

Alvord,   Clarence  W.  ;   R 424 

American  business  law.     A.   B.   Frey  :   BN 457 

American  voters'  handbook.     H.   O.   Palen  ;  BN.   458 

American  world  policies.     D.   J.   Hill:   BR 426 

Americanization  of  Edward   Bok  ;   BR 783 

Americans   all.      B.   A.    Heydrick,   ed.  ;   BR 692 

Amos,  Flora  Ross : 

Early    theories    of    translation;    BN 306 

Anderson,  B.  M..  Jr.: 

Effect    of    the    war    on    money,    credit,    and 
banking  in  France  and  the  United  States  ; 

BR    378 

Anderson,  Sherwood  : 

Poor  white  ;  BR 536 

Andreev,  Leonid  : 

When    the    king    loses    his    head    and    other 

stories.      Tr.   by  A.   J.   Wolfe:   BR 48 

Andrews,  Irene  Osgood  and  Margaret  A.  Hobbes  : 

Economic    effects    of    the    war    upon    women 

and  children   in  Great   Britain;   BR 378 

Anthology    of    Jugoslav    poetry:    Serbian    lyrics. 

Ed.   by    II     S.    Stanoyevich  ;   NN 278 

Apocalypse  of   John   I.    T.    Beckwith  :    BN 163 

Armageddon  or  Calvary.     H.   E.   Holland:   BR..    220 

Armstrong,   Hamilton    Fish;   R 420 

Armstrong,    Helen    Byrne ;    R 73 

Army  mental  teats.     U.  S.  War  department:  BN   192 

Arrows  of  desire.      J.   S.   Mackenzie;   RN 19 

Art   de   monrir.     Dr.    Binet-Sangle ;    BN 381 

Asquith,    Margot: 

Autobiography  ;     BR 657 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


f  July-Dec,  1920 


Aumonier,   Stacy : 

One   after   another ;    BR 428 

Autobiography.     M.   AsquUh  ;   BR 657 

Autobiography.     W.  F.  Cody  ;  NN 164 

Autobiography  of  a  Winnebago  Indian.     Ed.  and 

tr.  Paul  Radin  ;  NN 164 


B,   I.;   R 783 

Bad    results    of    good    habits    and    other    lapses. 

J.    E.    Park;    EN 224 

Baker,  Ray  Stannard : 

New  industrial  unrest ;  BR 533 

Balkan  problems  and  European  peace.     N.  Bux- 
ton and  C.  L.  Leese  ;  BR 218 

Balkin,  Harry  H. : 

New  science  of  analyzing  character;  BR.  ...     15 

Barbarous  Soviet  Russia.     I.  McBride  ;  BR 566 

Baroja,   Pio : 

Youth  and  egolatry  ;  BR 693 

Barr,  Amelia  E. : 

Songs  in  the  common  chord  ;  BR 247 

Barton,  William  E. : 

Paternity  of  Abraham  Lincoln;  BR 734 

Baruch,    Bernard    M. : 

Making  of  the  reparation  and  economic  sec- 
tions of  the  treaty  ;  BR 506 

Beard,    Charles    A.;    R 275,418,480,664,783 

Beard,  Mary : 

Short  history  of  the  American  labor  move- 
ment;    BR 17 

Becker,  Carl : 

United    States :    An    experiment    in    democ- 
racy ;    BR 416 

Becker,  Carl ;  R 536 

Beckwith,   Isbon  T.,  ed. : 

Apocalypse  of  John  ;  BN 163 

Beerbohm,  Max : 

Seven  men  ;   BR 785 

Before  and  now.     A.   Harrison;   BN 224 

Begbie,  Harold : 

Life  of  General  William  Booth,  the  founder 

of  the  Salvation  army.     2  vols.  ;  BR 507 

Belgian   Congo   and   the   Berlin   act.     A.    B'errie- 

dale;     BR 350 

Beresford,  J.  D. : 

Imperfect  mother  ;  BR 74 

Bernstorff,  Count: 

My  three  years  in  America  ;  BR 132 

Berriedale,  Arthur : 

Belgian   Congo   and  the  Berlin  act;   BR....   350 
Betham-Edwards,   Matilda : 

Mid-Victorian   memories  ;   BN 382 

Bible : 

Apocalypse  of  John.     I.  T.  Beckwith:  BN..   163 

Book   of  Genesis.     J.   Morgenstern ;   BN....   482 

Gospel  according  to  Saint  Matthew;   NN.  .  .   278 

Modern    reader's   bible   for   schools.      Ed.    by 

R.   G.   Moulton ;   BN 305 

Binet-Sangle,   Dr. : 

Art  de  mourir  ;  BN 381 

Haras    humain  ;    BN 381 

Bin-ell,    Augustin  ;    R 159 

Birth  of  God.     V.   von   Heidenstam.     Tr.   by  K. 

M.   Knudsen  ;  BR 18 

Black   branches.     O.    Johns;    BR 414 

Black  man's  burden.     E.  D.  Morel ;  BR 350 

Blake,  William,   the  man.     C.   Gardner;   BR 107 

Blanchard,  Raoul  and  Millicent  Todd: 

Geography  of  France  ;  BN 50 

Blankenhorn,  Heber  ;  R 594 

Blasco,  Ibariez,  Vicente: 

Mexico   in   revolutior  ;   NN 164 

Blok,  Alexander : 

Twelve,    The.      Tr.    by    B.    Deutsch    and    A. 

Yarmolinsky  :    BN 786 

Blue  and  purple.     F.  Neilson  ;  BR 414 

Kluestone.     Lyrics.     M.  Wilkinson  ;  BR 247 

Blunt,  Wilfred  Scawen : 

My    diaries :     Being    a    personal    record    of 

events,    1888-1914.     Vols.    1    &   2:   BR 249 

Boas,   Franz  ;   R 656 

Bode,  B.  H.  ;  R 658 

Bogart,    Ernest  L. : 

Direct  and  indirect  costs  of  the  great  world 

war  ;     BR 373 

Bojer,  Johan : 

Treacherous  ground.    Tr.  by  Jessie  Muir  ;  BR  303 
Bok,  Edward : 

Americanization  of  Edward  Bok;   BR 783 

Bolshevism :  An  international  danger.     P.  Miliu- 

kov  ;    BR 423 

Bolshevism   at  work.     W.   T.   Goode ;   BN 109 

Book  of  bravery.     H.  W.  Lanier  ;  BN 674 

Book  of  Genesis.     J.  Morgenstern;  BN 482 

Book  of  Susan.     L.  W.   Dodd  :   BR 329 

Booth,    Gen.    William,    Life  of:    Founder   of   the 

Salvation  army.     H.   Begbie.     2  vols.  ;   BR  507 
Boucke,  O.  Fred. : 

Limits  of  socialism  ;  BN 304 

Bourne,  Randolph  : 

History   of   a  literary   radical   and  other   es- 
says ;    BR 619 

Boy  in  Serbia.     E.  C.  Davies  ;  BN ...'.'.   672 

Boy  scouts'  year  book  ;  BN 674 

Boyer,  Wilbur  S. : 

Johnnie  Kelly  ;   BN 674 

Boys'  book  of  sea  fights.     C.  C.  Fraser  ;  BN  674 

Bradford,   William: 

History   of   Plymouth    settlement.     Rende'-ed 
into  modern  English  by  Harold  Paget ;  BN  786 


Bradley,  H.  Dennis: 

Not  for   fools  :    BN oil 

Brass  check.     U.  Sinclair;   BR 72 

Brazilian  mystic.     R.  B.  C.  Graham;  BN 162 

Brewster,   Dorothy  ;    R 419 

Bridges,  James  Winfred  : 

Outline  of  abnormal  psychology  ;  BR 15 

Brief  history  of  the  great  war.     C.  J.  H.  Hayes  ; 

BR    46 

Brighouse,   Harold  : 

Three   Lancaster  plays.      (The   Northerners, 

The  Game,    Zack)  ;   BR ;  •  •     18 

British    labor    conditions    and   legislation    during 

the  war.     M.    B.   Hammond;   BR 378 

British  war  administration.     J.  A.  Fairlie  ;  BR.    378 
Brooks,  John  Graham : 

Labor's  challenge  to  the  social  order;   BR..   533 
Brooks,  Van  Wyck : 

Ordeal  of  Mark   Twain;   BR 189 

Brown,  John,  Soul  of.     S.  Graham  ;  BN 736 

Browne,  Edward  G. : 

History  of   Persian   literature  under    Tartar 

dominion   (A.  D.  1265-1502)  ;  BR 508 

Browning,  Robert: 

Ring  and   the  book,   Commentary  by   A.    K. 

Cook;    NN 695 

Brownrigg,   Douglas  : 

Indiscretions  of  the  naval   censor  ;  BN 51 

Bruce,  Stewart  E. : 

War  guilt  and   peace   crime  of  the  Entente 

allies  ;     BR 246 

Bryant,  Alice  C,  ed. : 

Treasury  of  hero  tales  ;  BN 674 

Bryce,   James : 

World  history ;   BN 251 

Buck,     Arthur    Eugene.      See    Cleveland,     Fred- 
erick    A. 
Buck,    Howard: 

Tempering,    The  ;   NN 278 

Budget     and     responsible     government.      F.     A. 

Cleveland  and  A.   E.   Buck;   BR 275 

Bulletin    of   the  league   of   free   nations    associa- 
tion;    NN 193 

Burke,    B.    U;    R 103;    218 

Burt,  Maxwell  Struthers : 

Songs    and    portraits ;    BR 414 

Buxton,   Noel  and  C.    L.   Leese : 

Balkan   problems   and   European   peace ;    BR  218 

C 
Cabell,    James    Branch : 

Again    the    literary    censor :    suppression    of 

Cabell's    Jurgen  ;    EdA 343 

Caillaux,    Joseph  : 

Agadir  ;    BR 350 

Cairn   of  stars.     F.   Carlin  ;    BR 414 

Caliban,    W.    L.   George;   BR 380 

Callieres,   Francois  de : 

On  the  manner  of  negotiating  with  princes, 

ed.   &  tr.   by  A.   F.  Whyte ;   BN 161 

Canby,    Henry    Seidel : 

Every-day    Americans ;    BN 512 

Cannan,    Gilbert : 

Release   of    the   soul ;    BR 301 

Windmills.    A  book  of   fables;   BR 160 

Capek,    Thomas: 

Czechs    in    America;    BN 482 

Captives.     H.    Walpole ;    BR 735 

Carlin,   Francis: 

Cairn   of   stars  ;    BR 414 

Carlton,    Frank    Tracy : 

Organized   labor  in   American   history;    BR.      17 
Carnegie  endowment   for   international   peace : 

Publications  ;    BRs 378 

Carswell,    Catherine : 

Open   the  door  ;   BR 134 

Cart    of    many    colors.      N.    La    V.    Meiklejohn ; 

BN    304 

Carver,    Thomas   N. : 

War    thrift  and   government   control   of   the 
liquor  business   in   Great   Britain   and    the 

United     States ;    BR 378 

Case  for  nationalization.    A.  E.   Davies;  BR....    426 
Casual  laborer  and  other  essays.    C.   H.   Parker  ; 

BR     455 

Cather,    Willa : 

Youth   and  the  bright  Medusa;    BR 352 

Centre,   Stella    S. : 

Worker  and  his  work  :   BN 50 

Chafee,    Zechariah,    Jr.  ;    R 692 

Chanteys  and  ballads.    H.   Kemp:   BR 414 

Chapters  in  the  administrative  history  of  medie- 
val England,   Vols.   1  and  2.     T.  F.   Tout: 

BR    666 

Chauntller,  Christine: 

Thirteenth    orphan  ;    BN 672 

Chekhov,    Anton: 

Chorus    girl    and    other    stories,     tr.    by    C. 

Garnett ;    BR 48 

Chew,    Samuel    C.  ;    R 48;    249 

Child  welfare  in  Kentucky.    National  child  labor 

committee :     BN 50 

Children   in  the  mist.    G.   M.   Martin:   BR 275 

Chorus  girl  and  other  stories.     A.   Chekhov  ;   BR     48 
Church   and   industrial   reconstruction.     Com.    on 

the  war  and  the  religious   outlook;    BR..   533 
Clark,    Alice: 

Working   life  of  women    in   the   seventeenth 

century  ;    BR 419 

Clark,  Champ  : 

My    quarter    century   of    American    politics ; 

BR     424 

Clark,    Evans : 

Facfs  and  fabrications  about  Soviet  Russia  ; 
BR    160 


R    47 

Claudel,  Paul: 

Three  poems  of  the  war;   BN 569 

Clemenceau,    Georges : 

Surprises  of   life ;    BR 352 

Cleveland,   Frederick   A.   and  A.   E.   Buck : 

Budget  and  responsible  government;   BR...   275 
Coat   without  a   seam   and   other  poems.     H.    G. 

Cone;    BR 247 

Cobden-Sanderson,   T.    J. : 

Wordsworth:    an    anthology;    NN 278 

Cody,     Louisa     Frederici     and     Courtney     Ryley 
Cooper : 

Memories  of  Buffalo  Bill;   NN 164 

Cody,  William  F. : 

Autobiography  ;    NN 164 

Cole,    G.    D.    H. : 

Social   theory:    BR 413 

Colum,    Padraic : 

Girl  who  sat  by  the  ashes  ;  BN 304 

Comfort,  W.   W.  ;  R 621 

Commentary    upon    Browning's     The    ring    and 

the   book.      A.   K.    Cook;    NN 695 

Committee  on  the  war  and  the  religious  outlook : 

Church   and   industrial   reconstruction;    BR.   533 
Cone,    Helen    Gray : 

Coat  without  a  seam  and  other  poems  ;  BR  247 
Conkling,     Grace    Hazard : 

Wilderness    songs ;    BR 247 

Conquest  of   the   old   southwest.     A.    Henderson : 

BN     136 

Constitution   for    the  socialist   commonwealth   of 

Great  Britain.     S.   and  B.   Webb;    BR 664 

Contemporaries    of    Shakespeare.     A.    C.    Swin- 
burne ;     BN 224 

Cook,  A.  K. : 

Commentary    upon     Browning's    Ring     and 

the    book  ;    NN 695 

Cooper,     Courtney     Ryley.      See     Cody,     Louisa 

Frederici. 
Coriat,   Isador  H. : 

Repressed    emotions ;    NN 694 

Cosmic  relations  and  immortality.    H.  Holt ;  NN  278 

Country  sentiment.    R.   Graves;  BR 414 

Couperus,    Louis : 

Tour,   The :   Story  of  ancient  Egypt,    tr.  by 

A.    Teixeira   de   Mattos ;    BR 190 

Craig,  E.   T. : 

Irish      commune :       History      of      Ralahine. 
Adapted   from   nan-ative  of  T.   E.    Craig ; 

BR    274 

Crime,   The    (Das   Verbrechen).     Vols.   3   and  4.  , 

R.    Grelling;    BN 49 

Cromwell,    Gladys : 

Poems  ;    BR 247  : 

Crowther,    Samuel : 

Why   men    strike;    BR 53S- 

Cruickshank,   A.    H. :  * 

Philip  Massir.ger  ;   BR 48' 

Czechs    in    America.     T.    Capek;    BN 482 

D 

Diantha     goes     the     primrose     way,     and     other 

verses.     A.    M.    Hughes;    BR 247 

Dana,    Ethel    Nathalie,    ed. : 

Story    of    Jesus.      Pictures    from    paintings 
by  Giotto,   Fra   Angelico.   Duccio,   Ghirlan- 

daio,   and   Barna   da   Siena;   BR 654 

Danseuse   de   Shamakha.      A.    Ohanian ;    BN....     20 

Dark   mother,    The.     W.    Frank;    BR 480 

Davidson,    Gustav : 

Songs    of    adoration;    BR 414 

Davies,    A.    Emil : 

Case    for    nationalization;    BR 426 

Davies.    E.    C. : 

Boy    in    Serbia ;    BN 672 

Davies,    Mary    Caroline : 

Youth    riding;    BR 247 

Davis,    William    Stearns : 

History   of   France    from   the   earliest   times 

to  the  treaty  of  Versailles  ;  BN 109 

Day,    Clarence,    Jr. : 

This    Simian    world;    BN 76 

Days   of   glory.     F.    Villiers  ;    BN • 785 

Dean,    Bashford: 

Helmets    and    body    armor    in    modern    war- 
fare;     BN 108 

Death    of   Titian.     Hugo   von    Hofmannsthal,   tr. 

by  J.    Beard,    Jr. ;   BR 18 

Defoe,    Daniel : 

Robinson    Crusoe,    illus.    by    N.    C.    Wyeth ; 

BN     ' 786 

Delafield,    E.   M. : 

Tension  ;    BR 567 

De    la    Mare,    Walter: 

Three   Mulla-Mulgars ;    BN 304 

Dell,    Floyd: 

Moon-calf  ;    BR 670 

Dell,  Robert: 

My    second    country;    BR , 103 

Democracy  and  ideals.    J.   Erskine ;   BN 277 

Deshumbert,    M. : 

Ethical  system  based  on  the  laws  of  nature, 

tr.   by   Lionel   Giles  ;   BN 455 

Devine,  Edward  T.  and  Lilian  Brandt: 

Disabled   soldiers  and   sailors:    Pensions   and 

training  ;     BR 378 

Dewey,    Alice  Chipman.    See  Dewey,   John. 
Dewey,  John : 

Reconstruction    in    philosophy:    BR 658 

Dewey,   John  and   Alice  Chipman   Dewey: 

Letters   from   China  and  Japan;   BR 103 

Dillon,    E.    J.: 

Inside   story  of   the   Peace   conference;   BR.   246 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


Diplomacy    and    the   study    of    international    re- 
lations.   D.   P.   Heatley:   BN 304 

Direct    and    indirect    costs    of    the    great    world 

war.     E.    L.    Bogart ;    BR 378 

Disabled     soldiers     and     sailors :     pensions     and 
training.     E.    T.    Devine   and    L.    Brandt ; 

BR     378 

Ditte:    Girl    alive!     M.    A.    Nexo ;    BR 303 

■  Divine    personality    and    human    life.     C.    C.    J. 

Webb;     BR 417 

Dodd,   Lee  Wilson : 

Book  of   Susan  ;   BR 329 

Dodd,    W.    E. : 

Woodrow    Wilson    and   his    work;    BR 189 

Domesday  book.    E.   L.  Masters;   BR 566 

Don  Folquet  and  other  poems.  T.  Walsh;  BR..  414 
Douglas,   C.    H. : 

Economic   democracy  ;    BN 19 

Dreier,    Katherine    S. : 

Five    months    in    the    Argentine:      From    a 

woman's   point  of   view;   NN 694 

Dresser,    Horatio    W. : 

History  of  the  new  thought  movement ;   BN  382 
Drinkwater,    John : 

Poems    1908-1919;    BR 414 

Dryden,   John,  poetry  of.    M.   Van   Doren ;   BR.    619 

Du   Bois,   W.    E.    Burghardt ;    R 350 

Duckers,    J.    Scott : 

Handed-over  ;    BR 220 

Duclaux,   Mary : 

Twentieth   century  French   writers  ;   BR ....   105 
Duganne,    Phyllis : 

Prologue;     BR , 454 

Dunch.      S.    Miles;    BR 247 

Dynamic  symmetry :    The  Greek  vase.     J.    Ham- 

bidge;    BR 326 

E 

Early    economic    effects    of    the    European    war 

upon    Canada.     A.    Shortt ;    BR 378 

Early    effects    of    the    European    war    upon    the 

finance,   commerce,  and  industry  of  Chile. 

L.    S.    Rowe;   BR 378 

Early  theories  of  translation.  F.  R.  Amos  :  BN  306 
Easton,    Dorothy : 

Golden    bird    and   other   sketches;    BR 160 

Eberlein,     Harold    Donaldson,     Abbott    McClure, 

and   Edward   Stratton    Holloway : 
Practical   book   of    interior   decoration;   BR.    328 

Economic  democracy.     C.    H.   Douglas;   BN 19 

Economic   effects   of   the   war   upon   women   and 

children  in  Great  Britain.     I.   O.   Andrews 

and   M.    A.    Hobbes :    BR 378 

Educational   psychology.     D.    Starch;    BR 15 

Edwards,    Agnes  : 

Old    coast   road   from    Boston    to    Plymouth ; 

NN    164 

Effect    of    the    great    war    upon    agriculture    in 

the     United     States     and     Great     Britain. 

B.    H.    Hibbard;   BR 378 

Effect  of  the  war  on   money,  credit,   and   bank- 
ing   in    France    and    the    United    States. 

B.   M.    Anderson,   Jr.  ;    BR 378 

Effects  of  the  war  upon   insurance  with   special 

reference  to  the  substitution  of  insurance 

for  pensions.    W.   F.   Gephart ;   BR 378 

Emerson,   Guy : 

New    frontier ;    BR 478 

Empire  and  commerce  in  Africa.  L.  Woolf  ;  BR  350 
Employment  psychology.  H.  C.  Link:  BR....  15 
England    under    the    Yorkists.     I.    D.    Thornley : 

BN     304 

English   notes  ;   BN 382 

Enslaved.     J.   Masefield  ;   BR 670 

Erskine,   John  : 

Democracy    and    ideals ;    BN 277 

Ervine.   St.    John    G. : 

Foolish    lovers;    BR 74 

Essay     on      medieval     economic     teaching.       G. 

O'Brien  ;    BR 480 

Etats-Unis   inconnus.    L.   Thomas:   BN 137 

Ethical    system    based    on    the    laws    of    nature. 

M.    Deshumbert;    BN 455 

Evarts,   William   Maxwell : 

Arguments  and  speeches.     3  vols.;   BR 692 

Every-rlay  Americans.     H.   S.    Canby ;   BN 512 

Evolution  of  the  budget  in  Massachusetts.    L.  H. 

Gulick  ;    BR 275 


F 

Factory  management  wastes.     J.    F.   Whiteford  : 

BN     50 

Facts     and     fabrications     about     Soviet     Russia. 

E.    Clark;    BR 160 

Fairlie,   John  A. : 

British   war   administration;    BR 378 

Famous    detective    stories,    ed.    by    J.     W.    Mc- 

Spadden;     BN 351 

Famous   Mrs.   Fair  and  other  plays.     J.   Forbes  ; 

BR    787 

Fan's.    John    T.  : 

On  the  trail  of  the  pioneers  ;  NN 164 

Farnell,    Ida: 

Spanish  prose  and  portry  o'd  and  new,  with 

translated    spr cimens  ;    NN 278 

Farrar,    John    Chipman: 

Forgotten    shrines  ;    NN 278 

Fay,   C.    R. : 

Life    and    labor   in   the    nineteenth    century ; 

BR     533 

Federal  military  pensions   in  the  United   States. 

W.   H.   Glasson  ;   BR 878 


Feld,  R.   C: 

Humanizing    industry;    BR 533 

Fielding,    William    J. : 

Sanity    in    sex;    BN 135 

Fight  for   freedom.     D.   Goldring ;   BR 306 

Financial   history   of   Great   Britain.     F.    L.   Mc- 

Vey;     BR 378 

Finding  a  way  out.     R.   R.   Moton  ;  BN 736 

First    plays.     A.    A.    Milne ;    BR 18 

First  world  war.    C.  C.  Repington  ;  BN 786 

Fish,    Carl    Russell ;    R 426 

Fisher,    Herbert : 

Studies   in  history  and  politics;  BR 133 

Fiske,    George    Converse : 

Lucilius  and  Horace :  Study  in  the  classi- 
cal theory  of  imitation  ;  BN 786 

Fitzgerald,    F.    Scott: 

Flappers  and  philosophers;  BR 329 

Five   months    in    the   Argentine.     K.    S.    Dreier ; 

NN     694 

Flappers    and    philosophers.     F.    S.    Fitzgerald ; 

BR     329 

Fleischer,  Alexander.     See  Frankel,  Lee  K. 
Fletcher,    C.    Brunsdon : 

Stevenson's     Germany:     The     case     against 

Germany   in   the   Pacific;   BN 331 

Folks,   Homer : 

Human   costs  of  the  war;   BR 410 

Foolish  lovers.    St.  J.   G.   Ervine;   BR 74 

Forbes,    James : 

Famous    Mrs.    Fair   and    other   plays  ;    BR.  .    787 
Foreign   rights   and   interests   in   China.     W.    W. 

Willoughby  ;     BR 421 

Forgotten   shrines.     J.   C.    Farrar;   NN 278 

Foster,    William    Z. : 

Great  steel  strike  and   its  lessons  ;   BR 273 

Four   gardens.     D.    O.    Hamilton;   NN 278 

France   au    Maroc.     B.    Georges-Gaulis ;    BR....   350 
Franchi,    Anna : 

Little    lead    soldier,    tr.    from    the    Italian : 

BN     304 

Frank,   Waldo: 

Dark    mother,    The;    BR 480 

Frankel,   Lee  K.,  and  Alexander  Fleischer: 

Human    factor    in    industry;    BR 533 

Fraser,   Chelsea   Curtis : 

Boys'   book   of  sea   fights;   BN 674 

Frederick,    J.    George: 

Modern    salesmanagement ;    BN 224 

French     revolution :     A     study     in     democracy. 

N.    H.    Webster;    BR 300 

Frey,   A.   B. : 

American  business  law  ;   BN 457 

Frontier    in    American    history.     F.    J.    Turner ; 

BR    536 

Function   of   the    poet   and   other   essays.     J.    R. 

Lowell ;    BN 191 

Furness,   Henry   Howard,  Jr. : 

Gloss   of   youth  ;   BR 18 

Furniss,    Edgar    S. : 

Position  of  labor  in  a  system  of  national- 
ism;    BR 533 

G 

G,    L.    S.  :   R 506 

Gaines,    Ruth  : 

Ladies   of    Grecourt ;    BN 277 

Gallipoli   diary.     Ian    Hamilton;   BR 653 

Ganz.    Marie: 

Rebels:   Into  anarchy  and  out  again;   BN..   456 
Gardner.    Charles  : 

William    Blake   the   man;    BR 107 

Gardner,    Gilson  : 

New    Robinson    Crusoe:    BN 456 

Gayley,     Charles    Mills    and     Benjamin     Putnam 
Kurtz: 
Methods  and   materials  of  literary  criticism. 
Lyric,    epic    and    allied    forms    of    poetry ; 

BN    277 

General   psychology.     W.    S.    Hunter;    BR 15 

Geography    of    France.     R.    Blanchard    and    M. 

Todd ;     BN 50 

George.    W.    L. : 

Caliban  ;     BR 380 

Georges-Gaulis,    Berthe : 

France   au    Maroc;    BR 350 

Gephart,    William    F.  : 

Effects  of  the  war  upon  insurance,  with 
special  reference  to  the  substitution  of  in- 
surance   for    pensions;    BR 378 

Gerould,   Gordon    Hall : 

Youth     in     Ilarlev ;     BR 454 

Ghost  in  the  White   House.    G.   S.   Lee;   BN 276 

Gibbons,    Helen    Davenport : 

Paris    vistas ;    BN 135 

Gillespie,    James    E.  : 

Influence  of  oversea   expansion   on   England 

to    1700;    NN 539 

Girl   alive  1    See   Ditte. 

C.irl   who  sat  by   the  ashes.     P.   Colum  ;   BN....    301 

Glaspell,    Susan  : 

Plays  ;    BR 509 

Glasson.    William    H. : 

Federal     military     pensions     in     the     United 

States  ;     BR 378 

Gleason,    Arthur: 

What   the    workers    want;    BR 133 

R    302;    426 

Gloss  of  youth.     H.   H.   Furness,  Jr.;  BR 18 

Golden  bird  and  other  sketches.      D.   Easton  :  BR   160 
Goldoni  and  the  Venice  of  his  time.     J.   S.  Ken- 

nard  :    BN 511 

Goldring,    Douglas  : 

Fight    for    freedom  :    BR 306 


Reputations  ;    BN 383 

Gompers,   Samuel : 

Labor   and    the   employer;    BR 302 

Goode,    William    T. : 

Bolshevism    at    work ;    BN 109 

Goodwin,    John    A. : 

Pilgrim   republic  ;    BN 786 

Goricar,    Joseph    and    L.    B.    Stowe ; 

Inside  story  of  the  Austro-German  intrigue: 
or,     How     the     world     war     was     brought 

about;     BR 420 

Gospel   according   to   Saint   Matthew;   NN 278 

Graham,   R.   B.   Cunninghame : 

Brazilian    mystic  ;    BN 162 

Graham,    Stephen : 

Soul  of  John   Brown ;  BN 736 

Grandgent,   C.   H. : 

Old    and    new ;    NN 695 

Graves,    Robert : 

Country    sentiment;    BR 414 

Great  menace.     G.   W.   Mead;  BN 109 

Great   modern    American    stories,    ed.    by    W.    D. 

Howells  ;     BN 251 

Great  steel  strike  and  its  lessons.     W.  Z.  Foster ; 

BR     273 

Grelling,   Richard : 

The  crime   (Das  Verbrechen),  Vol.  3  and  4; 

BN     49 

Gresham,    Matilda : 

Life  of  Walter  Quintin  Gresham,  1832-1895  ; 

BR     424 

Gresham,  Walter  Quintin,  Life  of.    M.  Gresham  ; 

BR    424 

Griffith,    Helen    Sherman : 

O    Virginia ;    BN 672 

Growing  up.     M.    H.   Vorse ;   BR 275 

Gruenberg,   Benjamin   C.  ;   R 104 

Gruening,    Ernest    H.  ;    R 72 

Guide  to  Russian  literature.     M.  J.   Olgin  ;  BR.   327 
Guildsman's    interpretation    of    history.      A.    J. 

Penty  ;     BR 783 

Gulick,    Luther    H. : 

Evolution   of   the   budget   in   Massachusetts ; 
BR    275 

H 

Hackett,    J.    T. : 

My   commonplace  book  ;   NN 278 

Hail,   man!     A.    Morgan;    BR 247 

Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo.    S.   G.   Inman  ;  BN..    192 
Hall,    G.    Stanley: 

Morale:   Supreme  standard  of  life  and  con- 
duct ;    BR 595 

Hambidge,    Jay : 

Dynamic  symmetry:   The  Greek  vase;   BR..   326 
Hamilton,    David    Osborne : 

Four  gardens  ;   NN 278 

Hamilton,  Ernest: 

Irish   rebellion  of  1641  ;  BR 274 

Hamilton,    Ian  : 

Gallipoli     diary;     BR 653 

Hammond,  M.  B. : 

British  labor  conditions  and  legislation  dur- 
ing  the   war ;    BR 378 

Handed-over.     J.    S.    Duckers;    BR 220 

Hannah  Bye.    H.  Morris  ;  BR 621 

Hapgood,   Norman  : 

Advancing    hour ;    BR 427 

R     132 

Happy  prince  and   other  tales.     O.   Wilde;   BN!   786 

Haras    humain.      Dr.     Binet-Sangle ;     BN 381 

Harris,     H.    Wilson : 

Peace    in    the    making;    BR 246 

Harrison,   Austin : 

Before   and    now ;    BN 224 

Hart,     Sehaffner    and    Marx    labor    agreement; 

BN     456 

Hartley,  C.  Gasquoine   (Mrs.  Walter  Gallichan)  : 

Women's    wild    oats;    BN 135 

Hartmann,    Sadakichi : 

Last   thirty   days   of  Christ;   BN 137 

Haskins,    Charles    Homer: 

Some  problems  of  the  Peace  conference  ;  BR  246 

Haunted   hour.     M.    Widdemer ;   NN 278 

Have  we  a  Far  Eastern  policy  ?  C.   H.   Sherrill ; 

„     BR    250 

Ha  worth,    Paul    L. : 

United  States  in  our  own  times,   1865-1920 ; 

BR     416 

Hayes,    Carlton    J.    H. : 

Brief  history  of  the  great  war  ;  BR 46 

Heatley,    D.    P.: 

Diplomacy    and    the    study    of    International 

relations  ;     BN 304 

Heidenstam,   Verner  von: 

Birth  of  God.    tr.  by  K.  M.   Knudsen  ;  BR..     18 
Helmets    and    bodv    armor    in    modern    warfare. 

B.    Dean;    BN 108 

Henderson,   Archibald: 

Conquest    of    the    old    southwest,    1740-1790 ; 

BN     136 

Hesitant  heart.     W.   Welles;   BR 247 

Hewlett,   Maurice: 

Light    heart  ;     BR 190 

Outlaw.     The;     BR 190 

Heydrick,   Benjamin  A.,  ed. : 

Americans  all.    Stories  of  American  life  to- 
day :    BR 692 

Hibbard.    Benjamin   H. : 

Effect    of    the    great    war    upon    agriculture 
in    the   United   States   and   Great   Britain ; 

BR    378 

Hidden    treasure    of    Rasmola.     A.    M.    Rihbany ; 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


f  July-Dec,  1920 


BN    672 

Hill,    Caroline   R.      See   Smith,    Corinna   Havens. 
Hill,   David  Jayne : 

American  world  policies  ;   BR 4<Zb 

Hill,    J.    Arthur: 

Psychical    miscellanea  ;    BIN 4a 

His  own  life  story.    J.  McCormack  ;  BR 75 

Hispanic     anthology,     ed.     and     comp.     by     T. 

Walsh  ;    BR 784 

History   of   a   literary   radical   and   other   essays. 

R.    Bourne;    BR 619 

History    of    France    from    the    earliest    times    to 
the    treaty    of    Versailles.     W.    S.    Davis ; 

BN    109 

History   of   Germany   in   the   nineteenth   century. 
Heinrich    von    Treitschke.     Vols.    5,    6,    7 ; 

BR    422 

History    of    Persian    literature.     E.    G.    Browne ; 

BR     508 

History   of  Plymouth   settlement.    W.   Bradford ; 

BN    786 

History  of  the  New  England  society  of  Charles- 
ton,   S.    C.     W.    Way;    NN 164 

History  of  the  new  thought  movement.     H.   W. 

Dresser  ;     BN 382 

Hobbes,     Margaret     A.       See     Andrews,     Irene 

Osgood. 
Hobhouse,    Mrs.    Henry : 

I   appeal   unto   Caesar;    BR 220 

Hobson,   J.   A.;   R 189;  415 

Hobson,    S.    G. : 

National   guilds   and   the  state ;   BR 73 

Hofmannsthal,   Hugo  von  : 

Death  of  Titian,    tr.  by  J.   Heard,   Jr. ;   BR     18 
Holland,    H.   E. : 

Armageddon   or    calvary ;    BR 220 

Holloway,  Edward  Stratton.  See  Eberlein,  H.  D. 
Holmes,    John   Haynes : 

Is   violence   the   way   out  ?   BR 220 

Holt,    Henry : 

Cosmic   relations   and   immortality;    NN....   278 
Hopkins,    Nevil    Monroe : 

Outlook    for   research   and   invention;    BR..    104 
Howe,    M.    A.   De   Wolfe: 

Memoirs    of    the    Harvard   dead    in   the   war 

against    Germany ;    BN 512 

Howells,    William    Dean : 

Vacation    of   the    Kelwyns ;    BR 510 

Howells,    William   Dean,    ed. : 

Great   modern    American   stories;    BN 251 

Hudson,    Henry,    2nd : 

Spendthrift    town ;    BR 692 

Hughes,    Adelaide    Manola : 

Diantha   goes   the   primrose  way,   and   other 

verses  ;     BR 247 

Human  costs  of  the  war.    H.   Folks;  BR 410 

Human   factor  in   industry.     L.   K.    Frankel   and 

A.    Fleischer ;    BR 533 

Human   psychology.     H.    C.   Warren;   BR 15 

Humanizing   industry.     R.   C.   Feld  ;   BR 533 

Hunter,    Walter    S. : 

General    psychology ;    BR 15 

I 

I  appeal  unto  Caesar.    Mrs.   H.   Hobhouse;   BR.   220 
Ibanez,     Vicente     Blasco.       See     Blasco     Ibaiiez, 

Vicente. 

Imperfect  mother.     J.   D.   Beresford ;   BR 74 

In  Morocco.    E.   Wharton  ;   BR 479 

Indisci-etions    of    the    naval    censor.     D.    Brown- 

rigg;     BN 51 

Influence    of   oversea    expansion    on    England   to 

1700;     NN 539 

Inman,    Samuel    Guy: 

Haiti  and   Santo  Domingo  ;   BN 192 

Inside  of  the  Austro-German  intrigue :   or,   How 

the    world    war    '.as    brought    about.      J. 

Goricar  and  L.   B.   Stowe ;   BR 420 

Inside    story    of    the    Peace    conference.      E.    J. 

Dillon  ;    BR 246 

Introduction    to    social    ethics.     J.    M.    Mecklin ; 

BN     381 

Introduction  to  the  Peace  treaties.     A.  P.  Scott ; 

BR    246 

Irish    case   before   the    court   of    public    opinion. 

P.    W.    Wilson ;    BN 223 

Irish   commune:    History   of   Ralahine.     Adapted 

from   E.   T.   Craig;   BR 274 

Irish    rebellion   of    1641.     E.    Hamilton;    BR 274 

Irish   wars.     J.   J.   O'Connell ;   BR 274 

Is   violence  the  way  out?    J.   H.    Holmes;   BR..   220 
Italian   twins.     L.    F.    Perkins;    BN 672 

J 

Jackson,    A.    V.    Williams;    R 508 

Jastrow,    Joseph  ;   R 15 

Jeffery,    Jeffery   E. : 

Side  issues  ;   BR 596 

Jehovah.     C.    Wood  :    BR 414 

Jewish    children.     "Shalom    Aleichpm"  ;    BR 352 

Johnnie   Kelly.     W.    S.    Boyer ;   BN 674 

Johns,    Orrick  : 

Black  branches.     Book  of  poems  and  plays  ; 

BR    414 

Johnson,    Clifton: 

What    to   see    in    America;    NN 163 

Jones,    Henry    Arthur : 

Patriotism    and    popular    education;    BN...   252 
Jones.    Rufus : 

Service  of  love  in  war  time;   BN 277 

Jordan.   David   Starf ;   R 410 

Judicial     settlement     of     controversies     between 
states    of    the    American     union,     ed.     by 


J.    B.    Scott;    BR 

Jurgen.      See   Cabell,    James    Branch. 


329 


K 

Karajich,    Vuk : 

Kossovo:     Reroic    songs     of    the    Serbs,    tr. 

by    H.    Rootham ;    NN 278 

Keith.   Arthur: 

Nationality   and   race   from    the   anthropolo- 
gist's   point   of   view ;    BN 135 

Kellogg,   Vernon  : 

Nuova  ;     BN 672 

Kemp,    Harry: 

Chanteys   and  ballads  ;   BR 414 

Kennard,    Joseph    Spencer: 

Goldoni   and  the   Venice  of  his   time;   BN..   511 
Keppel,   Frederick   Paul : 

Some    war-time    lessons ;    BN 305 

Kerlin,   Robert  T.   ed. : 

Voice    of    the    Negro ;    BN 736 

Kirchwey,    Freda ;    R 619 

Kittredge,    George   Lyman : 

Old  farmer  and  his  almanac.    2nd  ed.  ;  NN  193 
Kossovo:    Heroic  songs   of   the   Serbs.     V.   Kara- 
jich;    NN 278 

Krehbiel,    H.   E. : 

More  chapters  of  opera,   1908-1918;   BR 75 

Kreymborg,    Alfred : 

Plays   for   merry   Andrews;   BR 787 

Krutch,     Joseph  ;    R 248 

Kurtz,   Benjamin   Putnam.     See   Gayley,   Charles 
Mills. 


L.   L. ;   R 221;   428 

Labor  and  the  employer.      S.   Gompers  ;   BR 302 

Labor's    challenge    to    the    social    order.      J.    G. 

Brooks  ;    BR 533 

Ladies    of    Grecourt.     R.    Gaines;    BN 277 

Land  of  the  great  out-of-doors.     R.   Livingston  ; 

BN    672 

Land  of  tomorrow.    W.  B.  Stephenson,   Jr.  ;   BR  537 
Langf ord,    George : 

Pic,    the    weapon    maker;    BR 190 

Lanier,    Henry   W. : 

Book   of   bravery  ;    BN 674 

Laski,    Harold   J.  ;    R 666 

Last  thirty  days  of  Christ.    S.   Hartmann  ;  BN.    137 
Lawrence,    D.    H.  : 

New   poems  ;   BR 414 

Touch   and  go;   BR »    306 

Lay,    Wilfred: 

Man's    unconscious    passion ;    NN 694 

Learned    lady    in    England    1650-1760.     M.    Rey- 
nolds ;     BR 419 

Lectures   on   modern   idealism.     J.    Royce ;    BR..   409 
Ledwidge,    Francis : 

Complete    poems ;    BR 414 

Lee,    Gerald    Stanley : 

Ghost   in   the   White   house;    BN 276 

Leese,  C.   L.     See  Buxton,  Noel. 

Letters   from   China  and  Japan.     J.   and   A.    C. 

Dewey  ;    BR 103 

Letters   to   X.     H.    J.    Massingham ;   BN 162 

Lewis,     Sinclair : 

Main   street ;   BR 536 

Lewisohn,    Ludwig,    ed. : 

Modern   book   of    criticism;    BR 219 

R..18;   74;   105;   134;    160;    190;   306;   509;   787 

Liberal    college.     A.    Meiklejohn ;    BR 734 

Life  and  labor  in  the  nineteenth  century.    C.  R. 

Fay  ;     BR 533 

Light  heart.    M.   Hewlett ;   BR 190 

Lille.    E.   Schlesinger  and  others;  BN 331 

Liluli.     R.    Rolland ;    BR 18 

Limits   of   socialism.      O.    F.    Boucke ;    BN 304 

Lincoln,    Abraham,    paternity    of.      W.    E.    Bar- 
ton;    BR 734 

Linderman,    Frank    B. : 

On   a   passing    frontier :    Sketches    from    the 

Northwest ;    NN 164 

Link,   Henry   C. : 

Employment   psychology  ;    BR 15 

Literary   studies.      C.    Whibley ;    BR 159 

Little   friend   Lydia.      E.    C.    Phillips;    BN 672 

Little   lead   soldier.      A.    Franchi  ;    BN 304 

Little   school.      T.    S.    Moore;    BR 414 

Livingston,    Robert: 

Land    of    the    great   out-of-doors;    BN 672 

Lomax,    John    A.,    comp. : 

Songs   of   the  cattle  trail;   BR.     (In  Natalie 

Curtis's    Western    reverie.) 591 

Looney,   J.   Thomas  : 

Shakespeare     identified;     BR 248 

Lord  Grey  of  the  reform  bill.    G.  M.  Trevelyan  ; 

BN     224 

Louisbourg  from  its  foundation  to  its  fall,   1713- 

1758.     J.   S.   McLennan;   BN 457 

Lovett,    William  : 

Life    and    struggles    of    William    Lovett.     2 

vols.  ;     NN 193 

Low,   Barbara  : 

Psychoanalysis  ;    NN 694 

Lowell,    Amy : 

Pictures  of  the  floating  world;   BR 247 

Lowell,    James   Russell : 

Function  of  the  poet  and  other  essays  ;  BN  191 
Lowie,   Robert  H. : 

Primitive   society  ;    BR 47 

R     418 

Lucilius    and    Horace:     Study    in     the    classical 

theory  of  imitation.    G.  C.  Fiske ;  BN 786 


M 

M.,     D.  ;     R 784 

Macaulay,    Rose : 

Potterism  ;     BR 428 

McBride,    Isaac : 

Barbarous    Soviet    Russia;    BR 566 

McClure,    Abbot.      See   Eberlein,    H.    D. 
McCormack,    John : 

His  own  life  story,  transcribed  by  P.   V.  R. 

Key;     BR 75 

MacDonald,   William;    R 246;   427 

Mackenzie,    J.    S. : 

Arrows    of    desire ;    BN 19 

McLennan,    J.    S. : 

Louisbourg   from   its   foundation   to    its   fall, 

1713-1758  ;    BN 457 

McPherson,    William    L. : 

Strategy   of   the   great  war;   BR 106 

McSpadden,    J.    Walker,    ed. : 

Famous    detective    stories ;    BN 354 

McVey,   Frank  L. : 

Financial    history    of    Great    Britain     (1914- 

1918);    BR 378 

Main   street.     S.    Lewis;   BR 536 

Making    of    modern    Wales.      W.    L.    Williams : 

BN     304 

Making    of    the    reparation    and    economic    sec- 
tions of  the  treaty.     B.  M.  Baruch  ;  BR..   506 
Malone,    Cecil    L'Estrange: 

Russian    republic ;    BR 47 

Maloney,   William   J.   M.    A.;   R 653 

Man's    unconscious    passion.      W.    Lay;    NN....    694 
"Marse   Henry."      An    autobiography.      H.    Wat- 

terson  ;     BR 424 

Martial,    the    epigrammatist    and    other    essays. 

K.    F.   Smith;   BN 785 

Martin,    George    Madden : 

Children   in   the  mist;   BR 275 

Marvin,    F.    S.,    ed. : 

Recent  developments   in   European  thought ; 

BR    379 

Marx,  Magdeleine : 

Woman,  tr.  by  Adele  S.  Seltzer;  BR 134 

Masefield,    John : 

Enslaved  ;     BR 670 

Right    Royal ;    BR 670 

Massenet,    Jules : 

My  recollections,  tr.  by  R.  V.  Barnett ;  BR  75 
Massinger,  Philip.  A.  H.  Cruickshank ;  BR...  48 
Massingham,   H.   J. : 

Letters   to   X.  ;    BN 162 

Masters,   Edgar  Lee : 

Domesday    book  ;    BR 566 

Mitch    Miller  ;    BR 566 

Maughan,    R.    C.    F. :  -    '  " 

Republic    of    Liberia;    BR 350. 

Maynard,    Theodore :  » 

Tankard   of   ale :    An   anthology   of   drinking 

songs  ;     NN 278 

Mead,    George  Whitefield : 

Great   menace ;    BN 109 

Mecklin,  John  M. : 

Introduction   to    social    ethics;    BN 381 

Meiklejohn,    Alexander : 

Liberal   college ;    BR 734 

Meiklejohn,    Nannine   La   Villa : 

Cart    of    many    colors  ;    B'N 304 

Memoirs  of  the  Harvard  dead  in  the  war  against 

Germany.    M.   A.   DeW.   Howe;   BN 512 

Memories   of   a   musical    career.      C.    K.    Rogers ; 

BR     75 

Memories     of     Buffalo     Bill.       L.     F.     Cody    and 

C.    R.    Cooper;    NN 164 

Mencken,    H.    L.  ;    R 668 

Mennonites.      C.    H.    Smith;   NN 164 

Meriam,    L. : 

Principles  governing  the  retirement  of  pub- 
lic   employees  ;    BN 622 

Metcalf,    Henry    C.      See    Tead,    Ordway. 
Methods     and     materials     of    literary    criticism. 

C.  M.  Gayley  and  B.   P.  Kurtz  ;  BN 277 

Mexico  in  revolution.     V.   Blasco  Ibanez ;  NN .  .    164 
Mid-Victorian   memories.      M.    Betham-Edwards  ; 

BN    382 

Miles,    Susan : 

Dunch;     BR 247 

Miliukov,    Paul : 

Bolshevism:  An  international  danger;  BR.  423 
Milne,  A.  A. : 

Firet    plays  ;    BR 18 

Miniatura,   or  the  art  of  limning.     E.   Norgate ; 

BR    222 

Minnesota  geographic  names.     W.   Upham  ;   NN  164 

Miscellany   of   American    poetry,    1920;    BR 481 

Mitch   Miller.     E.   L.   Masters;   BR 566 

Modern  book  of  criticism.     Ed.  by  L.  Lewisohn  ; 

BR     219 

Modern   British   poetry.      L.   Untermeyer  ;   NN .  .   278 
Modern  reader's  bible  for  schools.     Ed.  by  R.  G. 

Moulton  ;     BN 305 

Modern  salesmanagement.    J.  G.   Frederick  ;   BN  224 

Moods.     Prose   poems.     M.   de   Acosta ;   BR 247 

Moon-calf.      F.    Dell;    BR 670 

Moore,   T.    Sturge : 

Little   school ;    BR 414 

Morale :    Supreme  standard   of  life  and   conduct. 

G.    S.    Hall;    BR 595 

More     chapters     of     opera,     1908-1918.       H.     E. 

Krehbiel;    BR 75 

More,   Paul  Elmer : 

With    the   wits;    BR 159 

Morel,   E.   D. : 

Black    man's    burden:    BR 350 


Nos.  2870-2895] 


Index 


[Vol.  cxi 


Morgan,   Angela : 

Hail,    man  !     BR    247 

Morgenstern,    Julian : 

Book    of    Genesis  ;    BN 482 

Morman,   James   B. : 

Place  of  agriculture  in  reconstruction ;  A 
study  of  national  programs  of  land  set- 
tlement ;    BR 104 

Morris,    Harrison : 

Hannah    Bye ;    BR 621 

Moses,   Montrose   J.  ;   R 660 

Moton,    Robert    Russa : 

Finding   a   way   out;    BN...- 736 

Moulton,     Lord : 

Science   and   war ;    BR 104 

Moulton,    R.    G.,    ed. : 

Modern    reader's    bible   for   schools ;    BN ....   305 

Mountain.      C.    Wood;    BR 275 

Mullin,    Glen;    R 107;    222;    654 

Murray,    Gilbert : 

Our    great   war    and    the    great    war   of   the 

ancient    Greeks ;    BN 252 

Musical  memories.     C.   Saint-Saens;   BR 75 

Musical  portraits.     P.   Rosenfeld  ;   BR 411 

Mussey,    M.    H.    B.  ;    R 672 

Muzzey,    D.    S.  ;    R 300 

My   commonplace   book.      J.    T.    Hackett ;    NN..    278 

My   diaries.      W.    S.    Blunt;    BR 249 

My    quarter    century    of    American    politics.      C. 

Clark;     BR 424 

My  recollections.     J.  Massenet;   BR 75 

My  second  country.     R.   Dell ;   BR 103 

My  three  years  in  America.     Count  Bernstorff ; 

BR     132 

N 

National  child  labor  committee: 

Child   welfare   in   Kentucky;   BN 50 

National   guilds   and   the   state.      S.    G.    Hobson ; 

BR     73 

Nationality   and   race   from    the   anthropologist's 

point   of   view.      A.    Keith;    BN 135 

Neilson,    Francis : 

Blue   and    purple ;    BR 414 

Nevinson,    Henry    W.  ;    R 657 

New  Decameron.      Vol.   2;   BR 506 

New    frontier.      G.    Emerson  ;    BR 478 

New    Germany.     G.    Young ;    BN 77 

New  industrial  unrest.     R.   S.   Baker;   BR 533 

New  Italy.     H.   Zimmern  and  A.   Agresti  ;   BN.    161 

New  Robinson    Crusoe.      G.    Gardner;   BN 456 

New  science    of    analyzing     character.       H.     H. 

Balkin;     BR 15 

Nexo,    Martin    Anderson: 

Ditte :  Girl  alive  !    tr.  from  the  Danish  :  BR  303 
Norgate,   Edward  : 

Miniatura,   or   The  art   of  limning;   BR....   222 

Not  for  fools.     H.   D.   Bradley  ;   BN 511 

Nuova.     V.   Kellogg  ;   BN 672 

O 

O'Brien,    Frederick;    R 250;    537 

O'Brien,    George: 

Essay  on  medieval  economic  teaching;  BR..   480 
O'Connell,  J.  J.: 

Irish    wars  ;    BR 274 

Odell,    George    C.    D. : 

Shakespeare  from    Betterton   to   Irving ;    BR  660 
Ohanian,    Armen  : 

Danseuse   de    Shamakha  ;    BN 20 

O'Higgins,    Harvey: 

Secret  springs  ;   NN 694 

Old  and  new.    C.   H.   Grandgent ;   NN 695 

Old   coast   road   from    Boston    to    Plymouth.      A. 

Edwards  ;     NN 164 

Old  farmer  and  his  almanac.     G.   L.   Kittredge ; 

NN     193 

Old    French     fairy    tales.      Countess    de    Segur. 

Ulus.   by   V.    Sterrett ;    BN 786 

Old  humanities  and  the  new  science.     W.  Osier  ; 

BN     192 

Old   junk.     H.   M.   Tomlinson  ;   BN 305 

Olgin,    Moissaye   J. : 

Guide    to    Russian    literature     (1820-1917)  ; 

BR    327 

On    the    manner    of    negotiating    with    princes. 

F.    de    Callieres ;    BN 161 

On  the  passing  frontier.     F.  B.  Linderman  ;  NN  164 
On  the  trail  of  the  pioneers.     J.   T.   Faris  ;   NN   164 

One   after   another.      S.    Aumonier ;    BR 428 

100%.     Tie    story    of    a    patriot.      U.    Sinclair; 

BR     480 

Open    the   door.      C.    Carswll  ;    BR 131 

Ordeal   of   Mark   Twain.      V.    W.    Brooks;    BR..    189 
Organized    labor    in    American    history.      F.    T. 

Carlton;     BR 17 

Osier,    William  : 

Old  humanities  and  the  new  science;  BN..    192 
Our  great  war  and  the  great  war  of  the  ancient 

Greeks.     G.   Murray;   BN 252 

Outlaw,   The.     M.   Hewlett ;   BR 190 

Outline  of  abnormal  psychology.  J.  W.   Bridges  ; 

RR     15 

Outlook     for    research    and     invention.       N.     M. 

Hopkins  ;    BR 101 

Overstr-.-t,    H.    A.;    R 250-    455 

O  Virginia.     H.   S.   Griffith  ;   BN 672 

Owen.    Robert  : 

Life  of   Robert   Owen  ;   NN 193 


Paget.    Harold.      See    Bradford,    William. 
Palen,   Hasbrouck   O. : 


American    voter's    handbook;    BN 458 

Paris  vistas.     H.   D.   Gibbons;   BN 135 

Park,    J.    Edgar: 

Bad  results  of  good  habits  and  other  lapses  ; 

BN     224 

Parker,   Carleton    H. : 

Casual   laborer   and   other  essays;   BR 455 

Parry,    C.    Egerton : 

Psychology  of  conscientious   objection;   BR.   220 
Paternity  of  Abraham  Lincoln.     W.   E.   Barton ; 

BR     734 

Patriotism  and  popular  education.  H.  A.  Jones  ; 

BN     252 

Peace  conference  day  by  day.  C.  T.  Thomp- 
son;     BR 246 

Peace   in   the   making.      H.   W.    Harris;    BR 246 

Pennell,   Joseph   and   Elizabeth : 

Life    of    James    McNeill    Whistler;    NN 193 

Penty,    Arthur   J. : 

Guildsman's   interpretation   of   history;   BR.    783 
Perkins,    Lucy    Fitch : 

Italian    twins ;    BN 672 

Personnel  administration,  its  principles  and 
practice.      O.    Tead    and    H.    C.    Metcalf ; 

BR     533 

Phillips,    Ethel   Calvert: 

Little   friend    Lydia  ;    BN 672 

Pic,    the   weapon   maker.      G.    Langford ;    BR...    190 
Pictures  of  the  floating  world.     A.   Lowell ;   BR  247 

Pilgrim    republic.     J.   A.    Goodwin;    BN 786 

Pioneers   of  land   reform  ;   NN 193 

Place    of    agriculture    in    reconstruction.      J.    B. 

Morman;    BR 104 

Place    of    science    in    modern    civilization,     and 

other   essays.     T.   Veblen ;    BR 250 

Plays  for  merry  Andrews.     A.   Kreymborg ;   BR  787 

Plehn,    Carl    C.  ;    R 378 

Poetry  of  John  Dryden.     M.  Van  Doren  ;  KR...   619 
Political    future   of    India.      Lajpat   Rai ;    BR...      16 

Poor   white.     S.    Anderson;    BR 536 

Porter,   Bertha  Currier : 

Trudy   and    Timothy   and-the-tree :    BN 672 

Position  of  workers  in  a  system  of  nationalism. 

E.   S.   Furniss;   BR 533 

T'o+terism.      R.    Macaulay ;    BR 428 

Powell,   Thomas   Reed  ;   R 329  :  413 

Practical  book  of  intprior  decorat'on.  IT.  D. 
Eberlein,  A.  McClure,  and  E.  S.  Hollo- 
way  ;     BR 328 

Pratt.    James    Biss°tt  • 

Religious     consciousness.       A     psychological 

study  ;    BR 506 

Prime  minister.      H.    Snr>nd«r  :   BR 415 

Primitive  society.     R.   H.    Lowie  ;   BR 46 

Principles    governing    the    retirement    of    public 

employees.     L.  Meriam  :   PN 622 

Principles   of  sociology.      E.    A.    Ross:    BR 418 

Problems  of  law.     J.   H.   Wigmore  :   BN 5R8 

Problems    of   today.      M.    Storey;    BN 568 

Prologue.     P.   Dugann"  :   BR 454 

Proudfoot,    Andrea    Hofer: 

Trolley   lines  ;    BR 247 

T^yrhical   miscellanea.      J.    A.    Hill;    BN 49 

Psychoanalysis.      B.    Low  ;    NN 691 

^ivchoanalysis  and   behavior.      A.   Tridon  :   NN.    694 
Psychology   from   the  standpoint  of  a   behavior- 

ist.     J.    B.   Watson;    BR 15 

Psychology    of    conscientious    objection.      C.    E. 

Parry  ;     BR 220 

Public  opinion  in  Philadelphia  duHng  the  Fed- 
eralist period,  1789-1801.  M.  Woodbury; 
BN     136 

R 

R.    R  ;    R 220;    417 

Radin,   Paul,  ed.   and   tr. : 

Autobiography  of  a  Winnebago  Indian:  NN  154 
Rai,   Lajpat : 

Political    future   of    India:    BR 16 

Ransome.    Arthur : 

Aladdin:    BN 78? 

Rebels  :   Tnto  anarchy  and  out  again.     M.   Ganz  ; 

BN     456 

Recent  developments  in  European   thought.     Ed. 

by    F.    S.    Marvin;    BR 371 

R"construction   in  phi]o=nnhv.     .T.   Dewey:  BR..   658 

Rpc'dy    Brant.     W.    C.    Tunle  :    BN 671 

Release  of  the  soul.      G.   Cannnn  ;    BR 301 

Religion     and     the     new     psychology.       W.     S. 

Swisher  :     NN 695 

Religious  consciousness      J.   B.   Pratt:  BR 506 

Repington.    Charles    a    Court : 

First   world    war:    1S1 4-1918 ;    BN 786 

Repressed  emotions.      I     H.   Coriat  :   NN fill 

Republic  of  Liberia.     R.   C.   F.   Maughan  ;   BR..    350 

P   nutations.      D.    Go'dring  ;    BN 383 

Revelation.    Rook   of.      See   Apocalypse   of   John. 
Reynolds.    Myra : 

Learned    lr^v    in    ^nr'and    1650-1760:    BR..   419 

R'orht   Royal.      J.    Ma-^fipld  ;    BR 670 

Rihbanv,    Abraham    MKri«: 

Hidden    treasure    of    R-smola  ;    BN 672 

Rising  above  th»  ruins  in   France.      C.   H.   Smith 

and    C.    R.    Hil' :    BN 331 

Rising  tide  of  color  against  white  world- 
supremacy.     L.   Stoddard  :   BR 656 

Roamer    and    other    poems.      G.    E.    Woodberry ; 

BR     414 

Bobbins,    Tod  : 

Silent,    White   and    Beautiful   and   other   sto- 
ries :    PR 596 

Roberts,  Cecil : 

Poems  :    BR 414 


Roberts,    Richard : 

Unfinished   program  of  democracy;   BN....    330 

R     301 

Robinson    Crusoe.      D.    Defoe,    illus.    by    N.    C. 

Wyeth  ;     BN 786 

Robinson,    Edwin    Arlington : 

Three    taverns ;    BR 453 

Rogers,    Clara    Kathleen     (Clara    Doria)  : 

Memories  of  a  musical  career;  BR 75 

Rolland,    Romain : 

Liluli;     BR 18 

Romantic,    The.      M.    Sinclair;    BR 567 

Rosenfeld,   Paul : 

Musical   portraits;    BR 411 

Ross,    Edward    Alsworth : 

Principles   of   sociology;    BR 418 

Rowe,   L.   S. : 

Early  effects  of  the  European  war  upon  the 
finance,  commerce,  and  industry  of  Chile  ; 

BR    378 

Royce,   Josiah  : 

Lectures    on    modern    idealism;    BR 409 

Russell,    Frances    Theresa : 

Satire  in  the  Victorian  novel;  BN 50 

Russell,    Charles    Edward : 

Story   of   the    Nonpartisan    league;    BN....    162 

Russian  republic.     C.   L.   Malone ;   BR 47 

Ryan,  Agnes : 

Whisper  of   fire ;   BR 247 

S 
Safroni-Middleton,   A. : 

South  sea  foam  ;  BN 786 

Saint-Saens,    Camille : 

Musical  memories,   tr.   by   E.   G.    Rich;   BR.     75 
Sandburg,    Carl : 

Smoke   and    steel ;    BR 621 

Sanger,   Margaret: 

Woman   and  the  new  race;  BN -. . .   597 

Sanity   in  sex.     W.   J.   Fielding;   BN 135 

Santayana,    George : 

Little    essays    drawn    from    the    writings    of 
George    Santayana.      ed.    by    L.    P.    Smith 

and    the    author ;    BR 221 

Sapir,    Edward ;    R 46 

Sarkar,    Benoy    Kumar ;    R 16 

Satire   in    the    Victorian    novel.      F.    T.    Russell ; 

BN     50 

Schlesinger,    Erik    and    others : 

Lille;    BN 331 

Science  and  war.     Lord  Moulton  ;   BR 104 

Scott,    Arthur    Pearson : 

Introduction   to  the   Peace  treaties;   BR....   246 
Scott,    James   Brown,    ed. : 

Judicial  settlement  of  controversies  between 

states   of   the   American   union;   BR 329 

Secret   springs.     H.    O'Higgins;    NN 694 

Secrets  of   animal   life.     J.    A.    Thomson:    BN.  .     77 

Secrets  of   Crewe  house.     C.   Stuart:   BR 594 

Segur,   Countess   de : 

Old    French    fairy   tales,    illustrated    by   Vir- 
ginia   Sterrett ;    BN 786 

Seidenberg,    Roderick  ;    R 220 

Seiffert,    Margorie   Allen  : 

Woman    of    thirty;    BR 247 

Self-government  in  the  Philippines.     M.  Kalaw  ; 

BN     382 

Service  of  love  in  war  time.     R.   Jones;  BN...   277 

Seven    men.      M.    Beerbohm  ;    KR 785 

Shakespeare  identified.     J.   T.   Looncy  ;   BR 248 

Shakespeare    from    Betterton    to    Irving.      G.    C. 

D.    Odell;    BR 660 

Shay.    Frank,   comp. : 

Bibliography   of   Walt   Whitman:    BN 736 

Sherman,    Stuart   P.  ;    R 506  ;    619 

Sherrill,    Charles    H. : 

Have   we   a    Far    Eastern   policy?    BR 250 

Shestov,    Leo : 

All    things   are   possible,   tr.   by   S.    S.    Kote- 

liansky  ;     BR 693 

Short    his*ory     of    the    American     labor     move- 
ment.     M.    Beard;    BR 17 

Shorter,    Dora    Sigerson : 

Sixteen     dead     men,     and     other     poems     of 

Easter     week ;     BR 247 

Shortt,    Adam  : 

Early     economic     effects     of    the     European 

war    upon    Canada;    BR 378 

Side  issues.     J.   E.   Jeffery  ;   BR 596 

Silent,    White    and    Beautiful    and    other   stories. 

T.    Robbins;    BR 596 

Sinclair,    May: 

Romantic,     The;     BR 567 

Sinclair,  Upton  : 

Brass    check.      Study    of    American    journal- 
ism;     BR 72 

100%.     The  story  of  a  patriot:   BR 480 

Sixteen   dead   men,   and   other   poems    of   Easter 

week.      D.    S.    Shorter ;    BR 217 

Skepticisms.     C.   Aiken  ;   BR 509 

f.mith,    C.    Henry : 

Mennonites  ;     NN 164 

Smith,   Corinna   Haven   and  Caroline   R.    Hill: 

Rising  above  the  ruins   in   France:   BN....   331 

fmith,    David    Eugene;   R 326 

Smith,  George  Otis.  ed. : 

Strategy  of  minerals:   A   study  of  the  min- 
eral    fatcor     in     the     world     position     of 

America   in   war  and   peace;   BR 104 

Smith,  J.   Russell: 

World's    food    resources;    BR 104 

Smith,    Kirby    Flower: 

Martial,    the    epigrammatist,    and    other    es- 
says :    BN 785 


Vol.  cxi] 


Index 


[July-Dec,  1920 


Smith,    Logan    Pearsall,    ed. : 

Little    essays    drawn    from    the   writings    of 

George    Santayana  ;    BR 221 

Smith,    Logan    Pearsall : 

Treasury  of  English  prose ;  NN 278 

Smith,   Preserved;   R 46;   133;   160;   274;  379; 

595  *   734 : 

Smoke   and   steel.      C.    Sandburg;    BR 621 

Social  theory.     G.  D.  H.  Cole ;  BR 413 

Some  problems  of  the  Peace  conference.     C.  H. 

Haskins  ;     BR 246 

Some  war-time  lessons.     F.   P.   Keppel ;  BN 305 

Songs  and  portraits.     M.   S.   Burt;  BR 414 

Songs  in  the  common  chord.     A.   E.  Barr  ;  BR.   247 

Songs   of   adoration.      G.    Davidson ;   BR 414 

Songs  of  the  cattle  trail.     J.   A.   Lomax  ;   BR . .   591 

Soul  of  John   Brown.     S.   Graham;   BN 736 

Soule,  George;  R..17;  73;   133;  273;  478;  533;   670 
South   sea  foam.     A.   Safroni-Middleton ;   BN...   786 

Sovietism.     W.   E.   Walling;   BR 423 

Spanish    prose    and    poetry    old    and    new.      I. 

Farnell;    NN 278 

Spender,    Harold : 

Prime    minister  ;    BR 415 

Spendthrift  town.     H.   Hudson,   2nd;   BR 692 

Spooner,    Henry   J. : 

Wealth    from    waste:    Elimination   of   waste 

a    world    problem ;    BR 104 

Stanoyevich,    Beatrice    Stevenson,    ed. : 

Anthology     of     Jugoslav     poetry:     Serbian 

lyrics;     NN 278 

Starch,    Daniel : 

Educational    psychology ;    BR 15 

Stephenson,   William   B.,    Jr. : 

Land   of   tomorrow ;    BR 537 

Stevenson's    Germany :    The    case    against    Ger- 
many in  the  Pacific.     C.  B.  Fletcher;  BN  331 

Stewart,   W.    K. ;   R 422 

Stoddard,    Lothrop : 

Rising    tide    of    color    against    white    world- 
supremacy  ;    BR 656 

Storey,  Moorfield : 

Problems   of   today  ;   BN 568 

Story  of   Jesus.     Pictures,   ed.   by   E.    N.    Dana ; 

BR    654 

Story   of   the   Nonpartisan   league.      C.    E.    Rus- 
sell;    BN 162 

Stowe,   Lyman   Beecher.      See   Goricar,   Joseph. 

Strange  year.     E.   O.   White;  BN 672 

Strategy  of  minerals.     G.   O.   Smith,   ed.  ;   BR..    104 
Strategy  of  the  great  war.     W.   L.  McPherson  ; 

BR    106 

Straus,    Henrietta;    R 75;    411 

Streit,   Clarence   K. : 

Where    iron     is,    there    is     the    fatherland ; 

BN 276 

Stuart,   Campbell : 

Secrets    of   Crewe   house;    BR 594 

Stuck,   Hudson : 

Winter  circuit  of  our  Arctic  coast;  BR....   537 
Studensky,  Paul : 

Teachers'    pension    systems    in    the    United 

States;     BN 622 

Studies    in    history    and    politics.      H.     Fisher ; 

BR    133 

Surprises  of  life.     G.  Clemenceau  ;  BR 352 

Swift,    Jonathan : 

Tale    of    a    tub.     Ed.    by    A.    C.    Guthkelch 

and  D.   N.   Smith  ;   NN 695 

Swinburne,  Algernon  Charles : 

Contemporaries     of     Shakespeare.       Ed.     by 

Edmund   Gosse   and   T.   J.   Wise;   BN 224 

Swisher,    Walter   Samuel : 

Religion  and   the   new  psychology ;   NN ....   695 


Tale   of   a   tub.     J.    Swift,    ed.   by    A.    C.    Guth- 
kelch and  D.   N.   Smith;   NN 695 

Tankard  of  ale.     T.   Maynard  ;   NN 278 

Teachers'  pension  systems  in  the  United  States  ; 

BN     622 

Tead,    Ordway  and   Henry   C.   Metcalf : 

Personnel      administration,      its      principles 

and   practice ;    BR 533 

Tempering,    The.     H.    Buck  ;   NN 278 

Tension.      E.    M.    Delafield ;   BR 567 

Thirteenth  orphan.     C.    Chaundler ;   BN 672 

This   Simian   world.     C.   Day,   Jr.;   BN 76 

Thomas,    Louis : 

Etats-Unis    inconnus ;    BN 137 

Thompson,    Charles   T. : 

Peace  conference  day  by  day;  BR 246 

Thomson,   J.    Arthur: 

Secrets    of   animal   life;    BN 77 

Thornley,    Isobel  D. : 

England  under  the  Yorkists;  BN 304 

Three  Lancashire  plays.  H.  Brighouse ;  BR...  18 
Three  Mulla-Mulgars.  W.  De  la  Mar;  BN....  304 
Three   poems   of   the  war.     P.    Claudel ;   BN....   569 

Three  taverns.     E.   A.   Robinson;   BR 453 

Todd,    Millicent.       See    Blanchard,    Raoul. 
Tomlinson,    H.    M. : 

Old    junk  ;    BN 305 

Touch    and    go.      D.    H.    Lawrence;    BR 306 


Tour,   The.     L.   Couperus  ;   BR 190 

Tout,   T.   F. : 

Chapters    in    the    administrative    history    of 
medieval    England,    Vols.    1    and    2;    BR..   666 

Trails  to  wonderland.     I.  L.  Wright;   BN 672 

Travel  stories   retold  from   St.   Nicholas;   BN...    674 

Treasure   mountain.     E.    Turpin  ;   BN 672 

Treasury  of  English  prose.     P.  L.   Smith;  NN.    278 
Treasury  of  hero  tales.     A.   C.   Bryant,  ed ;   BN  674 

Treacherous   ground.      J.    Bojer ;   BR 303 

Treitschke,   Heinrich  von : 

History  of  Germany  in  the  nineteenth   cen- 
tury.     Vols.    5,    6,    7,    tr.    by    E.    and    C. 

Paul;    BR 422 

Trevelyan,    George   Macaulay : 

Lord   Grey  of  the   reform   bill;   BN 224 

Tridon,   Andre : 

Psychoanalysis   and   behavior;   NN 694 

Trolley  lines.    A.   H.   Proudfoot ;   BR 247 

Trudy   and    Timothy    and-the-trees.     B.    C.    Por- 
ter;    BN 672 

Turks  in  Europe.     W.  E.  D.  Allen;  BR 73 

Turner,   Frederick   Jackson : 

Frontier   in    American    history;    BR 536 

Turpin,    Edna : 

Treasure    mountain ;    BN 672 

Tuttle,    W.    C. : 

Reddy    Brant ;    BN 674 

Twelve,   The.     A.   Blok  ;   BN 786 

Twentieth     century     French     writers.       M.     Du- 

claux;    BR 105 

U 

Unfinished  program  of  democracy.    R.   Roberts  ; 

BN     330 

United    States — War   department: 

Army    mental    tests;    BN 192 

United    States :    An    experiment    in    democracy. 

C.    Becker;    BR 416 

United     States     in    our    own     times,     1865-1920. 

P.    L.    Haworth ;    BR 416 

Untermeyer,    Louis  : 

Modern   British   poetry;   NN 278 

Upham,     Warren : 

Minnesota    geographic    names :    Origin    and 

historic    significance ;    NN 164 

Utter,   R.    P.;   R 328 

V 
Vacation   of  the  Kelwyns.     W.   D.   Howells  ;   BR  510 
Van    Doren,    Carl;    R..189;    219;    453;    510;    566; 
670;    734. 

Van    Doren,    Irita  ;    R 103;    479 

Van    Doren,    Mark : 

Poetry   of   John   Dryden  ;   BR 619 

R    219;    247;    414;    670 

Veblen,   Thorstein : 

Place  of  science  in  modern  civilization,  and 

other    essays ;    BR 250 

Verbrechen,  Das.     See  Crime,   The. 

Vernon,   A.   W.  ;   R 507 

Villiers,    Frederick  : 

Days   of    glory ;    BN 785 

Voice  of  the  negro.     R.  T.  Kerlin,  ed. ;  BN 736 

Vorse,   Mary   Heaton  : 

Growing    up;    BR 275 

W 

Wagner's    dramas    and    Greek    tragedy.      P.    C. 

Wilson  ;     BN 456 

Waldman,    Louis : 

Albany:   The  crisis  in  government;  BN....   277 
Walling,    William    English : 

Sovietism  ;     BR 423 

Walpole,    Hugh : 

Captives,   Novel  in   four   parts;   BR 735 

Walsh,    Thomas: 

Don   Folquet  and  other  poems;   BR 414 

Walsh,    Thomas,    ed.    and    comp. : 

Hispanic      anthology.         Poems      translated 
from   the   Spanish   by   English   and   North 

American    poets  ;    BR 784 

War    guilt    and     peace     crime    of    the    entente 

allies.      S.    E.    Bruce;   BR 246 

War     thrift     and     government     control     of     the 
liquor   business   in   Great  Britain    and   the 

United  States.     T.  N.  Carver;   BR 378 

Warne,    Frank    Julian : 

Workers    at   war ;    BR 533 

Warren,    Howard    C. : 

Human    psychology ;    BR 15 

Wassermann,    Jacob: 

World's    illusion,    tr.    by    Ludwig    Lewisohn. 

2    vols.;    BR 668 

Watson,    John    B. : 

Psychology    from    the    standpoint    of    a    be- 

haviorist ;     BR 15 

V/atterson,    Henry : 

"Marse    Henry":    An    autobiography;    BR..   424 
Way,    William : 

History    of    the    New    England    society    of 

Charleston,    S.    C.  ;    NN 164 

Wealth   from  waste.     H.   J.   Spooner;   BR 104 

Webb,    Beatrice.      See   Webb,    Sidney. 
Webb,    Clement   C.    J.: 

Divine   personality   and   human   life;    BR...    417 


Webb,    Sidney    and    Beatrice    Webb : 

Constitution      for      the     socialist     common- 
wealth of  Great  Britain;   BR 664 

Webster,    Nesta    H. : 

French    revolution :    A   study   in   democracy ; 

BR     300 

Welles,    Winifred : 

Hesitant   heart ;   BR 247 

Wharton,    Edith : 

Age    of    innocence ;    BR 510 

In    Morocco ;    BR 479 

What's    on    the    worker's    mind?     W.    Williams; 

BR     533 

What   the   workers    want.     A.    Gleason ;    BR....    133 
What  to  see  in  America.     C   Johnson;   NN....    163 
When    the    king   loses    his    head    and    other    sto- 
ries.    L.    Andreev  ;    BR 48 

Where   iron    is,    there   is   the    fatherland.     C.   K. 

Streit ;     BN 276 

Whibley,   Charles: 

Literary    studies ;    BR 159 

Whicher,    George    F. ;    R 509 

Whisper  of   fire.     A.    Ryan;   BR 247 

Whistler,  J.  McN.,  life  of.     J.   and  E.   Pennell ; 

NN    193 

White,  Eliza  Orne: 

Strange    year ;    BN 672 

Whiteford,    James    F. : 

Factory   management   wastes  ;    BN 50 

Whitman,     Walt,     Bibliography     of.       F.     Shay, 

comp. ;     BN 736 

Why  men  strike.    S.   Crowther ;  BR 533 

Widdemer,    Margaret : 

Haunted   hour ;   NN 278 

Wiener,  Leo : 

Africa  and  the  discovery  of  America;  BR.   350 
Wigmore,    John    Henry : 

Problems    of    law ;    BN 568 

Wilde,   Oscar : 

Happy  prince  and  other  tales  ;   BN 786 

Wilderness   songs.     G.   H.    Conkling ;    BR 247 

Wilkinson,    Marguerite : 

Bluestone.      Lyrics  ;    BR 247 

Williams,    Frederick    Wells;    R 421 

Williams,  W.   Llewelyn : 

Making    of    modern    Wales :    Studies    in    the 

Tudor   settlement  of  Wales;   BN 304 

Williams,    Whiting : 

What's   on   the   worker's   mind?;   BR 533 

Willoughby,    Westel    W. : 

Foreign   rights   and   interests   in   China :   BR  421 
Wilson,    Pearl    Cleveland : 

Wagner's  dramas   and   Greek   tragedy;   BN.   456 
Wilson,    P.    Whitwell: 

Irish   case  before   the   court  of  public  opin- 
ion ;     BN 223 

Wilson,  Woodrow,  and  his  work.     W.   E.   Dodd  ;      *  . 

BR     189 

Windmills.      G.    Cannan ;    BR 160 

Winter  circuit  of  our   Arctic   coast.     H.   Stuck  ; 

BR     537 

With   the   wits.      P.    E.   More ;    BR 159 

Woman.      M.    Marx;    BR 134 

Woman  and  the  new  race.     M.  Sanger;  BN....   597 

Woman    of    thirty.      M.    A.    Seiffert ;    BR 247 

Woman's  wild  oats.     C.  G.  Hartley;  BN 135 

Wood,    Clement : 

Jehovah  ;     BR 414 

Mountain  ;    BR 275 

Woodberry,    George   Edward : 

Roamer  and  other  poems  ;   BR 414 

Woodbury,   Margaret : 

Public    opinion    in    Philadelphia    during    the 

Federalist   period,    1789-1801;    BN 136 

Woolf ,    Leonard : 

Empire   and   commerce   in   Africa;   BR 350 

Wordsworth :     an     anthology.       T.     J.     Cobden- 

Sanderson  ;     NN 278 

Worker  and  his  work.     S.   S.   Centre  ;  BN 50 

Workers  at  war.     F.   J.   Warne;   BR 533 

Working  life  of  women  in  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury.     A.   Clark  ;    BR 419 

World  history.     J.   Bryce ;   BN 251 

World's    food    resources.      J.    R.    Smith;    BR 104 

World's    illusion.      J.     Wassermann,    tr.    by    L. 

Lewisohn.      2    vols.  ;    BR 668 

Wright,    Isa   L. : 

Trails    to   wonderland ;    BN 672 

X 

X.    Y.    Z. ;    R 106 

Y 

Young,    George : 

New   Germany  ;    BN 77 

Young,    Stark;    R 693 

Youth   and   egolatry.      P.    Baroja  ;   BR 693 

Youth  and  the  bright  Medusa.     W.  Cather ;  BR  352 

Youth   in   Harley.     G.   H.   Gerould  ;  BR 454 

Youth    riding.      M.    C.    Davies ;    BR 247 

Z 

Zeitlin,    Jacob;    R 327:    566 

Zilboorg,    Gregory ;    R 423 

Zimmern,    Helen   and    Antonio   Agresti : 

New    Italy;     BN 161 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.   CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  JULY   3,   1920 


No.   2870 


Contents 

EDITORIAL   PARAGRAPHS 

EDITORIALS  : 

A  Third  Party  and  Its  Candidate 4 

The  Crime  in    Turkey    5 

Ventilating    a    Profession     5 

"Deep    Stuff"     C 

A   YANKEE    VERDICT:     JUDGE   ANDERSONS   DECISION.      By   Lewis 

S.    Gannett    7 

THE   TRANSPORT  BREAKDOWN.     By   George  Soule 9 

THE  LITTLE  TEA  ROOM  AT  GIMBEL'S.     By   Stella  Crossley  Daljord.  .  11 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.     By   The   Drifter 13 

REPORTED    MISSING.      By    David   Morton 13 

CORRESPONDENCE      14 

BOOKS: 

Psychology   of    the   Day.      By    Joseph    Jastrow 15 

The  Politics  of  Young  India.     By  Benoy  Kumar  Sarkar 16 

American    Labor    History.      By    George    Soule 17 

Books    in     Brief 19 

DRAMA: 

The    Changing   Drama.      By    Ludwig    Lewisohn 13 

INTERNATIONAL    RELATIONS    SECTION 21 

OSWALD  GARRISON   VILLARD,   Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  ARTHUR  GLEASON 

LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:   Swarthmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford   St.,  London. 


BRYAN  will  and  will  not  win  his  fight  for  Prohibition; 
Mr.  Wilson  will  dominate  the  Convention,  he  will  not 
dominate  it;  he  will  dictate  the  platform  and  not  the  nomi- 
nation ;  he  will  dictate  the  nomination  and  not  the  platform ; 
he  and  Mr.  McAdoo  will  and  will  not  accept  the  nomination 
— with  these  delightfully  positive  assurances  from  San 
Francisco  and  dozens  of  others  the  American  people  are 
being  regaled  as  to  the  outcome  of  the  Democratic  Con- 
vention as  we  go  to  press.  The  worst  and  the  best  may 
be  known  ere  this  issue  of  The  Nation  reaches  the  hands  of 
its  readers.  But  this  much  may  safely  be  said  now:  It  is 
largely  a  convention  of  office-holders  and  in  its  platform 
will  point  with  pride  to  those  things  Mr.  Wilson  tells  it  to 
recall,  while  it  will  leave  unsaid  those  things  the  autocrat 
of  the  White  House  wishes  ignored.  The  nomination  will 
be  as  much  of  a  compromise  as  was  that  at  Chicago  and  the 
best  possible  candidate  will  not  be  chosen.  But  the  dry 
men  will  have  their  way,  even  if  at  least  90  per  cent  of  the 
delegates  favor  beer,  wine,  and  hard  liquors,  and  plenty  of 
them.  It  will  no  more  be  an  unbossed  convention  than  was 
that  at  Chicago,  for  a  few  men  will  pull  the  strings,  Charles 
F.  Murphy,  the  indicted  boss  of  Tammany  Hall,  being 
among  them  with,  it  is  alleged,  no  less  than  300  votes  in 
his  control.  So  some  of  the  American  people  will  have  the 
delightful  experience  of  being  humbugged  once  more — not 
as  many  as  heretofore,  but  still  enough  to  make  the  farce 
completely  successful;  and  those  who  refuse  to  accept  the 


dicta  of  this  motley  throng  will  be  told  that  they  are  "kick- 
ers" and  "bolters,"  quite  impractical  visionaries,  and  cer- 
tainly disloyal  to  the  country  if  they  refuse  to  choose  be- 
tween the  evil  of  Chicago  and  that  of  San  Francisco. 

SENATOR  HARDING  should  be  spared  the  pain  of  direct 
rebuttal.  His  prepared  statement  answering  the  re- 
quest submitted  to  him  by  the  National  Woman's  Party  was 
a  modest  denial  of  his  right  to  "attempt  to  force"  any  State 
executive  to  hasten  action  on  the  suffrage  amendment.  Pre- 
sumably this  denial  included  other  methods  than  force;  he 
will  neither  urge,  advise,  nor  suggest.  He  will,  in  fact, 
stand  pat  unless  some  State  executive  should  come  around 
and  ask  his  advice.  In  such  case,  said  the  Senator  under 
pressure  of  rapid-fire  questioning  on  the  part  of  the  suf- 
fragists, he  would  "commend"  the  thing  they  desired.  He 
hinted  mysteriously  at  possible  good  news  in  the  near  future 
along  that  line,  and  in  deference  to  his  oracular  tone  the 
suffrage  leaders  have  postponed  their  plan  of  picketing  him. 
We  can  hardly  believe  that  his  prophetic  mind  penetrated 
the  possibility  of  Mr.  Wilson's  action  on  the  following  day, 
when  the  President  requested  Governor  Roberts,  of  Ten- 
nessee, to  call  the  Legislature  to  act  on  the  Federal  Suffrage 
Amendment.     The  Governor  accepted  .vi 

announced  that  the  Legislature  would  n 
mit  the  women  of  the  United  States  to  v> 
election,  "provided  ratification  of  the  S 
is  completed  through  favorable  action  by  Tennessee."     By 
doing   exactly   what   Senator   Harding   refused   to  do,   the 
President  may  have  won  Tennessee  for  suffrage  and  suf- 
frage for  the  Democratic  Party.    But  on  the  whole  it  seems 
unlikely  that  the  President's  action  was  the  Senator's  "good 
news." 

'«  A  MENACE  to  the  world,"  Mr.  A.  G.  Gardiner  calls 
aV  the  Supreme  Council  in  an  article  contributed  to  the 
London  Daily  News.  It  is  nothing  more  and  nothing  less 
than  that.  Composed  as  it  is  now  only  of  Lloyd  George 
and  Millerand,  advised  by  two  soldiers,  Foch  and  Sir  Henry 
Wilson,  it  intends  to  rule  the  world  and  is  for  the  present 
doing  it.  Napoleon  never  had  such  power  nor  used  what 
he  had  more  despotically.  This  council  of  two  is,  as  Mr. 
Gardiner  points  out,  "the  most  dangerous  absolutism  on 
record."  It  meets  in  secret,  reports  to  nobody,  is  respon- 
sible to  no  one,  and  is  practically  beyond  the  reach  of  pub- 
lic sentiment.  It  is  a  profound  danger  to  the  League  of 
Nations,  which  "infant  these  two  men  are  now  stabbing  in 
the  back  while  pretending  to  baptize.  Yet  it  is  into  their 
hands  we  are  asked  to  place  the  destinies  of  America,  for 
they  will  dominate  in  the  Council  of  the  League  if  it  ever 
suits  their  purpose  to  abandon  the  Supreme  Council  for  the 
League's  governing  body.  Mr.  Gardiner  declares  that  the 
heel  of  this  brutal  Supreme  Council  despotism  "must  be 
kicked  away  before  Europe  can  rise."  Quite  true.  But  who 
is  to  do  the  kicking?  As  Lloyd  George  is  the  greater  dan- 
ger it  might  seem  as  if  the  British  should  begin  to  bell  their 
cat.    There  is  no  sign  of  such  a  happening.     Millerand  and 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


Lloyd  George  are  more  firmly  in  the  saddle  than  ever  be- 
fore; reaction  reigns  in  Europe  and  the  outlook  for  a 
wholesome  revolution,  alas,  recedes.  Most  amazing  of  all, 
our  American  foreign  policy  seems  to  be  dominated  by  the 
Supreme  Council  of  two  and  their  great  militarists.  That 
despotic  body  which  Mr.  Gardiner  considers  as  "inept  and 
ignorant"  as  it  is  all-powerful  plays  its  own  hand  for  its 
own  purposes  day  by  day. 

EXCEPT  for  the  authorization  of  a  war  with  the  Turkish 
Nationalists,  the  conference  of  the  Allied  Premiers  at 
Boulogne  appears  to  have  accomplished  little  that  is   de- 
finitive.   The  suggestion  of  110,000,000,000  to  120,000,000,- 
000  marks  gold  as  the  maximum  amount  of  the  indemnity  to 
be  demanded  of  Germany  turns  out  to  be  only  a  trial  figure, 
to  be  used  as  a  basis  of  discussion  if  the  postponed  Spa 
conference  ever  meets.    Germany,  it  is  said,  will  be  asked  to 
state  how  much  of  an  indemnity  it  can  afford  or  is  willing 
to  pay,  and  the  Allies,  with  the  Boulogne  figures  in  mind, 
will  then  decide  how  much  they  are  willing  to  accept.    Ger- 
many, in  the  meantime,  will  be  supposed  not  to  know  exactly 
what  the  Allies  are  thinking  about.    The  demand  of  France 
for  55  per  cent  of  the  indemnity,  whatever  the  ultimate 
amount  may  be,  has  encountered  difficulty,  first  from  the  in- 
sistence of  Italy  upon  having  20  per  cent  of  the  total  instead 
of  the  much  smaller  proportion  originally  allotted  to  it; 
and,  second,  from  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  unexpected  statement 
that   it   was   not   originally   understood   between   him   and 
Premier  Clemenceau  that  France  was  to  have  55  per  cent. 
The  tangled  problem  now  goes  to  the  Reparation  Commis- 
sion for  solution.     The  international  bankers,  upon  whose 
willingness   to   support   an   international   loan   based   upon 
the  indemnity  the  success  of  the  scheme  depends,  are  yet 
to  be  heard  from.     As  for  the  war  against  the  Turkish 
Nationalists,  that  is  likely  to  prove  a  serious  matter.    If  the 
Greeks,  who  are  eager  for  the  fray,  prove  -unequal  to  the 
task,  as  Marshal  Foch  apparently  thinks  that  they  will,  the 
Allies  must  come  to  their  aid.     No  wonder  that  the  Paris 
Temps,  which  consistently  reflects  official  opinion,  should  ask 
pointedly  what  France  is  likely  to  gain  out  of  the  war,  and 
whether  the  whole  thing  is  not  at  bottom  a  struggle  between 
England — working  with  Greece — and  Russia  for  supremacy 
in  the  East.     Thus  does  the  happy  family  of  the  Allies  go 
on  from  quarrel  to  quarrel. 

WITH  the  international  labor  boycott  of  Hungary  some- 
thing new  has  appeared  in  the  world.  Workers  have 
issued  manifestos  and  appeals  before  this,  but  never  before 
have  the  organized  forces  of  labor  taken  concerted  action  to 
accomplish  political  changes  in  countries  other  than  their 
own.  The  call  issued  by  the  International  Federation  of 
Trade  Unions  to  the  workers  of  the  world  to  unite  against 
tyranny  in  Hungary,  printed  in  this  issue  of  our  Interna- 
tional Relations  Section,  is  an  amazing  document.  What 
the  League  of  Nations  has  failed  to  accomplish,  what  the 
Allies  have  refused  even  to  attempt,  the  workers  themselves 
have  determined  to  do.  Whether  they  can  succeed  in  turning 
out  of  office  Hungary's  Government  of  reaction  and  terror 
is  yet  to  be  seen ;  the  people  of  Hungary  may  starve  before 
the  Government  collapses.  What  is  already  proved  is  the 
power  of  organized  labor  to  cut  off  a  nation  from  intercourse 
with  the  world.  When  the  issue  is  simple  and  clear-cut  and 
appealing,  labor's  power  to  paralyze,  if  not  to  heal,  would 
seem  to  be  infinite.     The  establishment  of  this  fact  may 


change  the  course  of  history.     If  international  labor  can 
isolate  Hungary,  international  labor  can  prevent  war. 

THE  rioting  and  street  fighting  which  have  been  going 
on  in  Londonderry  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of 
any  change  in  the  policy  either  of  Sinn  Fein  or  of  its  oppo- 
nents. So  far  as  the  incidents  of  the  affair  are  concerned, 
they  are  only  a  peculiarly  grave  and  startling  illustration  of 
the  sort  of  thing  that  has  been  taking  place  with  increasing 
frequency  of  late  in  all  parts  of  Ireland.  That  one  of  the 
largest  cities  in  the  country,  and  an  Ulster  city,  too, 
should  have  been  given  over  for  days  to  fierce  and  bloody 
civil  war  affords  convincing  proof,  however,  if  proof  of  any 
kind  were  needed,  that  the  Sinn  Fein  movement  is  not  con- 
fined principally  to  the  so-called  Catholic  counties,  and  that 
the  Ulster  Unionists  have  not  been  making  mere  empty 
boasts  and  threats  when  they  have  talked  about  their  willing- 
ness to  fight.  No  Government  can  be  expected  to  do  less 
than  to  repress  such  outbreaks  if  it  can,  but  the  weakness 
and  tardiness  with  which  the  authorities  at  Dublin  Castle 
have  acted  in  the  case  of  Londonderry  indicate  both  fear 
and  uncertainty,  and  in  any  case  can  hardly  have  any  other 
effect  than  that  of  bringing  the  Government  still  further 
into  contempt.  How  long,  one  cannot  but  ask,  is  this  sort 
of  thing  to  be  kept  up?  Is  there  no  wisdom  in  Great 
Britain  that  can  bring  Sinn  Feiners  and  Unionists  together 
and  have  the  situation  talked  over?  Is  there  no  friendly 
mediation  to  tender  its  good  offices?  Is  unreserved  accept-^ 
ance  of  British  rule,  enforced  if  need  be  by  armies  and 
navies,  the  only  price  which  Great  Britain  has  to  offer  for- 
the  continuance  of  Ireland  within  the  Empire? 

THE  collapse  of  Herbert  Hoover  as  the  embodiment  of 
the  hopes  and  aspirations  of  numberless  Americans 
disgusted  with  the  political  game  as  played  by  the  major 
parties  is  pathetic.  To  a  great  section  of  the  more  liberal 
electorate,  especially  to  the  newly-enfranchised  women, 
Hoover  appeared  the  man  of  the  hour.  Disliked  and  dis- 
trusted by  the  party  bosses,  with  enmities  like  those  of 
Hearst,  Penrose,  and  Reed  to  conjure  with,  it  is  no  over- 
statement to  say  that  Hoover  had  the  nation's  leadership 
in  his  grasp.  That  he  threw  away  his  opportunity  can  only 
in  a  slight  degree  be  laid  to  political  ineptitude.  For  the 
opportunity,  made  clear  to  Mr.  Hoover  by  at  least  some  of 
his  friends,  was  plainly  indicated  in  his  first  definite  cam- 
paign statement  on  March  10,  when  he  said: 

I  am  an  independent  progressive  in  the  issues  before  us  today. 
I  think  at  this  time  the  issues  before  the  country  transcend 
partisanship.  .  .  .  The  issues  confronting  us  are  new  and 
the  alignment  upon  them  has  not  yet  been  made  by  the  great 
parties.  I  still  object  as  much  to  the  reactionary  group  in 
the  Republican  Party  as  I  do  to  the  radical  group  in  the 
Democratic  Party.  ...  I  belong  to  a  group  which  thinks 
that  the  American  people  should  select  their  own  officials  at 
their  own  initiative  and  volition  and  that  resents  the  manufac- 
ture of  officials  by  machine  methods. 

This  was  the  oriflamme  of  the  Hoover  movement  and  the 
peak  of  the  campaign  as  far  as  Hoover  himself  was  con- 
cerned. On  April  10  he  struck  his  colors,  discovered  that 
he  was  a  Republican,  and  in  another  week  foreswore  a  Dem- 
ocratic nomination.  Politically,  this  was  folly.  Intellec- 
tually, it  was  worse.  Yet  as  late  as  June  15,  addressing  the 
Rutgers  College  alumni,  he  declared  : 

The  war  has  caused  a  widespread  distrust  of  the  old  methods 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


of  political  action  and  a  consequent  demand  for  non-partisan- 
ship in  politics.  There  has  come  a  demand  for  a  better  justice 
and  a  higher  standard  of  political  conduct,  and  it  would  be 
well  for  the  old-line  politicians  to  pay  heed  to  this. 

HOW  well  the  old-line  politicians  paid  heed  was  shown 
at  Chicago,  and  three  days  later,  June  18,  after  break- 
fasting with  Senator  Harding,  Hoover  issued  a  statement 
that: 

The  greater  part  of  it  (the  Chicago  platform)  is  constructive 
and  progressive.  Nothing  prevents  the  compromise  planks  on 
labor,  the  League,  etc.,  from  being  given  a  forward-looking 
interpretation. 

No,  Mr.  Hoover,  nothing  prevents  Warren  G.  Harding  from 
becoming  a  second  Lincoln  nor  the  Old  Guard  from  devoting 
itself  to  the  people's  welfare.  Mr.  Hoover  is  still  young, 
with  years  of  useful  public  service  ahead.  If  he  is  en- 
dowed with  any  part  of  his  accredited  liberalism,  four  years' 
association  with  the  "constructive  and  progressive"  plat- 
form-makers he  has  now  espoused  may  furnish  him  some 
measure  of  the  enlightenment  and  disillusion  which  his 
recent  supporters  already  possess.  For  the  present  he  has 
forfeited  his  chance  of  liberal  leadership,  and  his  oppor- 
tunity of  regaining  it  will  require  something  vastly  differ- 
ent from  the  ingrowing  Mr.  Hoover  of  the  last  three  months 
— something  more  akin  to  the  figure  honored  by  numerous 
Americans  of  widely  divergent  social  and  political  creeds. 

THE  dynamite  is  left  strewed  around  in  one  section* of 
West  Virginia.  Outsiders,  such  as  Government  offi- 
cials and  Congressmen,  do  not  believe  it  is  dynamite.  The 
responsible  State  officials  know  it  is  dynamite,  and  refuse 
to  touch  it.  In  spite  of  the  dozen  men  killed  at  Matewan 
and  the  publicity  given  to  conditions  in  the  southwest  coun- 
ties of  West  Virginia,  nothing  has  been  done.  The  A.  F. 
of  L.  convention  at  Montreal  had  ample  time  to  listen  to 
attacks  on  Russia  for  not  possessing  representative  govern- 
ment, but  it  was  too  busy  for  a  statement  on  the  dictator- 
ship of  the  gun-men  in  West  Virginia.  All  the  convention 
did  was  to  pass  a  pious  resolution  calling  for  a  Congres- 
•  sional  investigation.  The  fault  is  by  no  means  all  on  the 
part  of  public  officials  at  Charleston  and  Washington.  The 
local  officers  of  the  United  Mine  Workers  were  so  little 
interested  that  they  did  not  go  to  the  A.  F.  of  L.  conven- 
tion and  make  a  protest  on  the  floor.  These  same  labor 
leaders  had  been  proclaiming  that  they  had  been  robbed  of 
Constitutional  rights,  but  they  prefer  picturesque  com- 
plaint to  such  steps  toward  a  sane  solution  as  an  effective 
presentation  of  their  case  in  the  audience  of  labor.  Our 
American  temperament  tires  rapidly  in  a  crusade.  Then 
suddenly  we  boil  over  and  act  drastically.  That  is  the  dan- 
ger in  West  Virginia.  Injustice  is  met  with  indifference. 
There  is  no  sure,  steady  campaign  of  publicity  and  educa- 
tion.    Later  there  may  be  a  murderous  upheaval. 


c 


ONDITIONS   in   this   district  are  worse   than   they 


Socialist  editor  or  a  wild  radical,  but  the  opinion  of  a 
United  States  judge  in  Pittsburgh,  apropos  of  the  case  of 
four  Croatians  who  had  been  arrested,  thrown  into  jail, 
and  held  in  defiance  of  law  on  suspicion  that  they  were 
connected  with  the  Communist  Party.  According  to  a  spe- 
cial dispatch  to  the  New  York  World,  Judge  Thomson  said: 
"This  case  makes  my  blood  boil.     The  methods  of  the  De- 


partment of  Justice  have  created  more  anarchy  than  all 
the  radical  parties  put  together.  I  did  not  suppose  this 
kind  of  thing  could  happen  in  a  country  where  we  have  a 
Constitution."  Another  judge  declared  the  simple  truth 
that  the  Department  of  Justice  has  "no  right  to  arrest  a 
man  simply  because  he  happens  to  belong  to  a  political 
party."  The  four  men  were  sent  to  prison  for  ten  days  as 
suspicious  persons  on  the  recommendation  of  agents  of  the 
Department  of  Justice,  and  were  then  kept  in  jail  without 
any  pretense  of  any  charge  except  that  they  were  members 
of  the  Communist  Party.  It  appeared,  moreover,  that  the 
prisoners  were  not  given  any  opportunity  to  refute  the  alle- 
gations that  they  were  members  of  that  Party !  More  than 
that,  Palmer's  agents  "never  offered  the  slightest  proof  in 
court  that  these  latest  victims  were  members  of  the  Com- 
munist Party."  Could  anything  be  more  deliberately  cal- 
culated to  bring  the  American  Government  into  contempt 
and  to  offset  any  amount  of  Americanization  work?  What 
Judge  Anderson  has  found  out  in  Boston  we  set  forth  at 
length  elsewhere  in  this  issue  of  The  Nation.  But  what 
shall  be  said  of  the  occupant  of  the  White  House  who  de- 
fies the  Republicans  to  prove  that  any  man  has  been  wrong- 
fully punished  for  opinions  under  his  Administration? 

IT  almost  seemed  as  if  the  old  Charles  E.  Hughes  had 
turned  up  at  Harvard  on  Commencement  Day — not 
Hughes  the  candidate  and  not  Hughes  the  Supreme  Court 
Justice,  but  Hughes  the  Governor  with  the  desire  to  right 
grievous  wrongs.  He  returned  to  an  old  mutton  of  his  in 
denouncing  the  passion  for  legislation,  and  particularly  the 
passion  to  bring  about  Utopia  by  laws  which  are  too  fre- 
quently drawn  without  perspective  and  with  so  little  intelli- 
gence as  to  present  "an  abundance  of  elaborate  and  dreary 
futilities."  Calling  attention  next  to  the  fact  that  forty-four 
convictions  were  reversed  in  the  past  year  by  appellate 
tribunals  in  the  United  States  for  flagrant  misconduct  of 
the  public  prosecutor  or  of  the  trial  judge  whereby  the  ac- 
cused was  deprived  of  a  fair  trial,  Mr.  Hughes  declared  that 
"in  this  hour  we  find  imperative  need  for  a  new  birth  of 
freedom  and  a  sharp  call  to  make  the  old  guaranties  once 
more  vital  and  real  and  to  give  the  assurance  of  liberty 
under  fair  laws  and  responsible  administration."  Mr. 
Hughes  declared  that  the  result  of  our  war  for  liberty  and 
democracy  was  to  feed  the  autocratic  appetite,  and  he  asked 
whether  "constitutional  government  as  heretofore  main- 
tained in  this  Republic  could  survive  another  great  war, 
even  victoriously  waged."  Finally,  he  spoke  of  the  recent 
proof  by  responsible  citizens  "of  violations  of  personal 
rights  which  savor  of  the  worst  practice  of  tyranny."  These 
are  welcome  words,  particularly  in  connection  with  the  find- 
ings of  Judges  Anderson  and  Thomson.  But  while  Mr. 
Hughes  has  tardily  come  to  speaking  out  for  American 
liberties,  the  overwhelming  bulk  of  his  profession  is  silent 
in  the  presence  of  official  and  judicial  sin.  The  Ameri- 
can Bar  Association  could  bring  about  the  retirement  of 
Mr.  Palmer  and  the  ending  of  the  crimes  committed  by  his 
subordinates  within  less  than  a  week  if  it  wished  to  do  so. 
But  the  legal  profession,  too,  as  Mr.  Wilson  would  say,  is 
"in  the  grip  of  a  heartless  economic  system,"  and  its  most 
distinguished  members  are  either  silent  or  think,  as  one 
of  them  writes  us,  that  "the  extremes  to  which  the  radicals 
go  naturally  compel  the  Government  to  extreme  measures" 
— as  if  that  were  an  excuse  for  official  wrongdoing. 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


A  Third  Party  and  Its  Candidate 


SENATOR  BORAH  is  unquestionably  right  in  declaring, 
as  he  is  reported  to  have  done  in  his  Salt  Lake  City 
interview,  that  American  public  opinion  is  coming  more  and 
more  to  favor  the  organization  of  a  third  party.  He  is  also 
right  in  pointing  out  that  the  most  important  things  in  con- 
nection with  a  third  party  are  the  platform  and  the  candi- 
dates, and  that  mistakes  at  either  of  those  points  at  the 
beginning  may  "queer"  a  third  party  movement  for  good 
and  all.  This  much  being  premised,  the  public  will  probably 
be  a  good  deal  interested  to  know  where  the  Senator  from 
Idaho  himself  stands  in  relation  to  the  movement  in  which 
he  perceives  a  growing  popular  interest.  Senator  Borah  is 
an  outstanding  figure  among  the  Republicans.  He  has  con- 
tributed as  much  as  any  member  of  the  Senate  to  the  defeat 
of  the  treaty,  and  has  been  unsparing  in  his  criticism  of 
the  Wilson  Administration  in  general.  He  cannot,  we  fancy, 
feel  anything  but  irritation  and  chagrin  at  the  outcome  of 
the  Republican  convention  at  Chicago.  What,  the  public  is 
likely  to  ask,  lies  back  of  his  brief  interview? 

We  pointed  out  last  week  some  of  the  difficulties  which 
a  third  party  will  have  to  overcome  at  this  time  if  it  is  to 
be  an  important  factor  in  the  November  election.  Aside 
from  the  financial  and  administrative  difficulties  involved  in 
the  organization  of  a  new  party  and  the  conduct  of  a  cam- 
paign at  this  late  date,  there  are  a  good  many  divergent 
ideas  to  be  harmonized  both  in  the  framing  of  a  platform 
and  in  the  choice  of  candidates.  So  far  as  a  platform  is 
concerned,  however,  the  disagreements  which  would  have  to 
be  harmonized  are,  perhaps,  greater  in  form  than  in  sub- 
stance. Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  opposition  groups 
range  all  the  way  from  moderate  liberals  to  extreme  radi- 
cals, they  nevertheless  have  a  good  deal  in  common. 

For  example,  the  voters  who  today  are  looking  forward 
with  dread  to  the  possible  continuance  of  either  a  Demo- 
cratic or  a  Republican  regime  are  to  a  man  opposed  to  the 
control  of  parties  and  party  policies  by  the  great  property 
interests  of  banks  and  business  which  have  long  dominated 
them.  The  much-discussed  high  cost  of  living  has  been 
deeply  pondered  by  the  American  public,  and  the  majority  of 
men  and  women  who  are  not  hopelessly  tied  to  a  Republican 
or  Democratic  allegiance  are  convinced  that  the  evil  from 
which  they  suffer  is  due  more  to  manipulation  of  and  pro- 
fiteering in  the  fundamental  necessities  of  life  and  industry 
than  to  unavoidable  economic  causes,  that  neither  Congress 
nor  the  Administration  has  shown  either  the  intelligence  or 
the  disposition  to  interfere,  that  nothing  better  is  to  be 
expected  from  the  Republicans  than  has  been  realized  from 
the  Democrats,  and  that  the  only  hope  of  relief  lies  in  a 
new  party. 

There  are  numerous  other  points,  also,  on  which  the  at 
present  unorganized  opposition  is  substantially  united. 
There  is  practical  agreement  in  demanding  either  the  out 
and  out  nationalization  of  railways,  telegraphs,  and  tele- 
phones, and  even  of  mines,  forests,  and  water  power,  or  else 
such  thoroughgoing  Federal  regulation  as  will  reduce  private 
control  for  profit  to  a  minimum.  The  demand  for  a  Federal 
budget  system  finds  strong  support  even  within  the  ranks  of 
the  two  great  parties,  and  is  stronger  outside  of  them.  The 
opposition  is  admittedly  a  unit  in  its  repudiation  of  mili- 
tarism, whether  of  the  army  or  of  the  navy,  and  in  its 
demand  for  the  repeal  of  all  that  remains  of  restrictive  war- 


time legislation,  for  the  immediate  release  of  political  prison- 
ers and  the  stopping  of  political  raids  and  prosecutions,  and 
for  the  complete  restoration  of  the  Constitutional  guaranties 
of  free  speech,  a  free  press,  and  free  assembly.  As  for  the 
peace  treaty  in  general  and  the  League  of  Nations  as  now 
constituted,  there  is  little  support  left  for  either  of  them 
in  the  opposition  ranks. 

There  remains  the  large  and  important  group  of  questions 
in  which  labor  is  particularly  interested.  We  have  more 
than  once  expressed  our  belief  that  the  formation  of  a 
strong  national  labor  party  would  be  one  of  the  best  things 
that  could  happen  in  American  politics;  and  while  such  a 
development  seems  at  this  moment  to  belong  to  the  future, 
it  is  clear  that  any  third  party  that  is  formed  now  will  have 
to  have  the  active  support  of  labor.  The  most  extreme 
claims  that  have  been  put  forward  on  behalf  of  labor  would 
probably  not  meet  with  approval  in  all  opposition  quarters, 
but  there  can  be  little  question  that  the  increasingly  radical 
views  on  economic  questions  which  are  coming  to  obtain 
have  prepared  the  way  for  a  third  party  which  will  embody 
in  its  platform  the  larger  part  of  the  things  for  which  labor 
stands,  and  to  which  neither  Republicans  nor  Democrats 
can  be  expected  to  render  more  than  lip  service.  If  organ- 
ized labor  supports  a  third  party,  there  is  an  equal  possibility 
that  the  organized  farmers  would  support  it  also.  Labor 
and  the  farmers  have  been  getting  together  rapidly  of  late, 
and  a  third  party  might  make  clear  their  essential  solidarity. 

Where  do  men  like  Senator  Borah  or  Senator  La  Follette 
stand  with  reference  to  a  third  party  movement  of  this 
character?  Among  men  now  in  political  life  who  may  be 
thought  of  as  third  party  candidates  for  the  Presidency,  none 
are  more  distinctly  national  figures  than  are  these  two.  One 
must  ask  some  pointed  questions,  however.  As  an  opponent 
of  the  treaty  and  the  League  of  Nations,  and  as  a  relentless 
critic  of  the  Wilson  regime,  Senator  Borah's  position  is  well 
known.  Were  he  to  be  elected  President,  his  foreign  policy, 
if  he  is  honest  and  sincere,  would  be  in  harmony  with 
American  traditions  of  independence  and  international  jus- 
tice. Where  he  stands  on  economic  questions  and  on  matters 
of  domestic  policy  generally,  however,  is  not  certain.  If  he 
has  an  American  economic  program,  the  public  does  not  know 
what  it  is.  It  is  true  that  he  has  said  some  severe  things 
about  the  "money  power,"  but  his  remark  at  Salt  Lake  City 
that  "if  those  advocating  another  ticket  lean  too  far  toward 
either  the  reactionary  or  the  radical,  their  efforts  will  prove 
futile"  suggests  that  he  may  have  progressed  no  further  in 
his  thinking  than  the  liberalism  which  has  not  made  up  its 
mind.  Senator  La  Follette  is  in  a  different  position.  Less 
concerned,  at  least  publicly,  with  international  relations 
than  Senator  Borah,  he  has  for  years  been  looked  upon  as 
one  of  the  most  radical  members  of  the  Senate  in  his  eco- 
nomic opinions.  Were  he  to  be  nominated  upon  any  third 
party  ticket,  he  would  be  likely  to  carry  at  least  four  or  five 
Northwestern  States,  or  at  any  rate  to  throw  them  to  the 
Democrats. 

What  is  not  clear  is  that  any  person  who  has  been  long 
identified,  even  as  an  insurgent,  with  either  the  Republican 
or  the  Democratic  party  can  be  accepted  as  a  third  party 
candidate.  He  certainly  cannot  hope  to  be  accepted  unless 
he  makes  plain  his  position  on  the  issues  which  a  third  party 
would  be  organized  to  uphold. 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


The  Crime  in  Turkey 

CYNICISM  is  perhaps  the  only  possible  attitude  toward 
the  Allies'  latest  adventure  in  imperial  politics.  It  is 
difficult  to  maintain  indignation  in  proportion  to  events. 
And  yet,  when  a  new  series  of  wars  is  deliberately  un- 
leashed, and  more  thousands  of  human  beings  are  deliber- 
ately condemned  to  death  and  starvation,  laughter  seems 
somehow  out  of  place.  Greece  is  to  be  given  a  free  hand  in 
Turkey.  The  Allies,  fresh  from  their  manifold  failures  in 
Russia,  are  to  attempt  the  same  method  in  Turkey.  Turkey 
will  not  voluntarily  do  their  bidding,  and  their  own  subjects 
are  too  clear-sighted  and  sick  of  fighting  to  carry  on  another 
hopeless  war.  So  they  send  in  their  colonials — in  so  far  as 
the  colonials  will  obey;  and  they  cheer  on,  and  sell  muni- 
tions to,  every  little  party  or  nationality  that  can  be  induced 
to  fight  to  win  the  Allies'  bacon.  The  policy  of  the  cordon 
sanitaire  is  again  attempted,  and  the  sycophants  of  the 
Denikins  and  Kolchaks  will  now  glorify  Venizelos  and  the 
Greek  generals. 

The  Allies  have  carved  up  Turkey  on  the  map,  and  much 
of  the  disjointing  is  wisely  done.  If  we  had  not  Egypt  and 
India  fresh-scarred  in  our  minds,  we  might  rejoice  at  the 
"liberation"  of  Arabia  and  Mesopotamia  and  Palestine;  and 
Armenia  and  Syria  are  at  least  no  worse  off  than  under 
Turkish  rule.  The  French  have  yielded  to  Mustapha 
Kemal's  mountaineers,  and  have  abandoned  their  claims  to 
Cilicia,  and  the  islands  of  the  Aegean  return,  as  is  fitting, 
to  Greece — except  for  the  Dodecanese,  which  the  dice  of 
diplomacy  have  awarded  to  Italy,  but  which,  if  Greece  bar- 
gains generously  in  south  Albania,  may  eventually  be  ac- 
corded "the  right  of  self-determination" !  Smyrna  on  the 
sea-coast  is  given  to  Greece,  and  that  sea-coast  is  doubtless 
Greek,  but  with  it  goes  a  slice  of  Turkish  interior;  and  in 
addition  to  the  territorial  amputations,  the  limping  relic  of 
Turkey  is — on  paper — made  a  vassal  of  the  Allies.  The 
army  is  to  be  under  Inter-Allied  control ;  the  Turkish  budget 
is  to  be  subjected  to  preliminary  examination  by  the  Allies, 
who  also  control  Turkish  import  duties  and  in  a  general 
way  Turkish  railways  and  ports. 

These  are  the  terms  the  mere  prospect  of  which  threw 
Turkey  into  open  revolt,  which  led  to  the  national  uprising 
against  the  puppet  government  set  up  under  Allied  guns  in 
Constantinople.  That  puppet  government  must  sign  any 
terms  set  before  it,  but  the  signing  is  a  solemn  farce.  The 
Allies  have  learned  and  admitted  that  those  terms  cannot 
be  enforced  upon  Turkey  without  the  use  of  military  force, 
and  Lloyd  George  and  Millerand  have  also  admitted  that  no 
one  of  the  major  Allies  can  supply  from  its  own  people,  or 
even  from  its  colonial  subjects,  sufficient  troops  to  enforce  the 
will  of  the  western  map-makers.  Only  Greece,  little  Greece, 
sick  with  a  Byzantine  dream  of  a  millennial  empire,  volun- 
teered for  the  task.  Greece  offered  to  supply  men  to  crush 
the  Turks  into  submission.  Marshal  Foch  called  the  Greek 
project  "visionary"  when  the  Premiers  first  met  at  Bou- 
logne, but  Venizelos  had  his  say  and  his  way,  and  now  Foch 
is  to  direct  the  campaign,  with  Greeks  and  East  Indians  as 
his  pawns  against  the  Turks.  War  is  never  pretty;  war  be- 
tween peoples  with  an  historic  hatred  is  race  war  at  its 
worst. 

The  Allies  will  back  the  Greeks  as  they  backed  the 
anti-Red  Russians;  and  doubtless  their  agents  will  seek  to 
stir  up  neighbor  peoples  into  similar  strife.     We  may  ex- 


pect an  Allied  attempt  to  provoke  the  Armenians  into  armed 
conflict  with  the  Turks  in  the  East,  just  as  the  French  pro- 
voked the  Armenians  of  Cilicia  into  open  combat,  and  then 
deserted  them.  We  may  expect  attempts  to  array  Kurd 
against  Turk,  just  as  we  already  see  "loyalist"  troops,  armed 
and  equipped  and  paid  with  Allied  money,  sent  out  from 
Constantinople  to  join  in  fratricidal  war  against  the  Na- 
tionalist Turks  on  the  other  side  of  the  straits.  We  may 
expect  all  the  wicked  intriguing  and  lying  which  have  made 
Russia  a  land  of  devastation  and  starvation  to  be  repeated  in 
Turkey. 

Fortunately  the  United  States  is  not  a  party  to  the  treaty, 
nor  to  the  League  of  Nations  in  whose  name  these  crimes 
may  be  committed.  Lloyd  George  has  declared  that  the 
"mandates"  which  camouflage  the  new  colonial  ventures  of 
Great  Britain  and  France  are  not  granted  by  the  League 
but  by  the  Supreme  Council,  which,  after  all,  is  decently 
honest  of  him;  but  phrases  about  reference  to  the  League 
of  Nations  are  piously  strewn  throughout  the  treaty.  We 
may  be  happy  that  we  are  not  a  part  of  the  League,  and  that 
we  shall  not  have  to  share  responsibility  for  the  further 
failures  which  lie  before  it.  Our  record  at  Versailles  is  not 
such  as  to  warrant  golden  hopes  of  what  American  par- 
ticipation in  the  decisions  might  have  meant  or  might  mean 
in  the  future.  So  long  as  our  State  Department  continues 
its  cruel  and  unintelligent  Russian  policy,  proud  hints  of 
what  we  might  have  done,  or  might  do,  to  better  Allied 
policy  in  other  parts  of  the  world  are  out  of  place.  We  may 
be  sickened  by  the  mistakes  and  crimes  of  others;  but  our 
first  task  is  to  attend  to  our  own. 


Ventilating  a  Profession 

OBSERVERS  of  the  underpaid  and  comparatively  un- 
important individuals  who  have  our  children  between 
six  and  eighteen  now  in  hand  have  for  some  time  been 
asking  themselves  two  questions:  Would  higher  salaries 
suddenly  make  these  individuals  better  teachers?  Granted 
that  better  material  might  eventually  be  attracted  to  the 
profession,  does  there  exist  a  system  for  adequately  and 
uniformly  equipping  it  for  its  business?  Six  years  ago 
Governor  Major  of  Missouri  appealed  to  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  a  thoroughgoing  answer  to  these  questions 
with  recommendations  under  the  second  head.  The  answer, 
prepared  by  seven  of  the  country's  experts,  is  now  published 
as  a  report  on  "The  Professional  Preparation  of  Teachers 
for  American  Public  Schools,"  with  special  reference  to 
Missouri,  but  with  distinctly  important  application  to  cir- 
cumstances everywhere.  The  recommendations  call  for  im- 
provements both  in  teaching  personnel  and  in  teacher-train- 
ing organization.  The  first,  the  report  says,  should  profit 
by  increasing  the  dignity  of  the  teaching  profession  through 
making  wholly  new  classes  of  persons  available  for  it; 
restrictions  ought  to  be  lifted,  for  instance,  from  married 
women.  The  second  will  be  improved  by  consolidating 
grammar  schools  with  high  schools  and  standardizing  the 
requirements  of  teachers  in  all  twelve  grades,  and  also  by 
combining  normal  schools  with  university  departments  of 
education. 

Before  the  profession  of  public  school  teacher  can  develop 
the  proper  amount  of  respect  for  itself,  says  the  committee, 
it  must  earn  the  respect  of  the  public,  upon  which  the  pres- 
tige of  any  profession  depends.    A  beginning  will  be  made 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


when  salaries  are  raised;  but  no  end  will  be  approached 
until  standards  are  in  the  way  of  being  defined,  standards 
as  vigorous  and  definite  as  those  in  law  or  medicine — until 
it  ceases  to  be  the  common  belief  that  practically  anybody 
can  teach  who  is  willing  to  try.  The  habit  has  yet  to  be 
overcome  of  regarding  certain  positions  as  trivial,  as  narrow 
landings  on  a  social  or  a  professional  stairs.  It  should  seem 
no  less  absurd  for  a  slip  of  a  girl  to  take  a  country  school 
for  "experience,"  marking  time  there  until  marriage,  than 
for  her  to  think  of  taking  a  position  in  a  city  high  school  for 
the  same  purpose.  Each  of  the  twelve  grades  before  college 
should  offer  a  career  that  no  one  would  suppose  he  could 
enter  upon  lightly.  If  a  girl  entered  upon  it,  she  should 
understand  that  marriage,  far  from  disqualifying  her, 
would  decidedly  recommend  her  in  so  far  as  it  equipped  her 
with  valuable,  maturing  experience.  The  equipment  for  any 
teacher  would  have  to  include  a  genius  for  the  place  pos- 
sessed and  a  minimum  of  four  years  training  for  that  place. 

It  is  in  connection  with  these  four  years  of  training  that 
the  committee  makes  its  most  specific  and  at  the  same  time 
its  most  profound  proposals.  It  proposes  in  effect  that  all 
actual  and  potential  resources  for  the  training  of  teachers 
be  pooled  within  the  State,  that  all  existing  institutions  be 
bound  together  under  a  Board  of  Education  and  the  State 
University.  "  'Normal'  schools  should  drop  that  name,  and 
,as  professional  colleges  of  education  should  become  an 
acknowledged  part  of  the  greater  university  whole  simply 
because  they  are  a  part  of  the  State's  system  of  higher 
education,  which  is  all  the  term  'university'  now  implies. 
.  .  .  The  normal  schools  would  thus  become  State  col- 
leges of  education  within  the  university  and  subject  to  the 
same  consideration  as  any  other  branches  of  that  institu- 
tion." Thus  would  the  currents  of  fresh  pedagogical  air  so 
long  and  desperately  desired  be  set  in  motion  through  even 
the  deadest  chambers.  Competition  between  normal  schools 
and  the  university  would  be  dissolved  into  cooperation,  and 
education  generally  would  gain  through  a  simplification  of 
the  system  whereby  the  few  most  powerful  personalities  at 
command  now  make  themselves  felt.  -"Genuine  education 
.  .  .  can  proceed  only  through  immediate  contact  with 
keen  minds  fully  informed  and  persuaded  of  what  the  rising 
generation  may  hecome." 

The  committee  deals  considerately  with  the  normal 
schools,  more  considerately  no  doubt  than  many  laymen 
would  who  have  had  opportunity  of  observing  their  prod- 
ucts. The  contempt  of  the  college  men  for  the  "normalite" 
is  fairly  well  founded,  as  contempt  for  prosiness  and  pro- 
vincialism and  methodical  timidity  always  is  well  founded. 
The  college  man,  who  wants  to  be  somebody,  can  feel  no 
warmth  for  a  person  who  first  and  last  worries  about  how 
he  shall  teach  somebody.  Perhaps  there  is  little  to  choose 
on  this  ground  between  a  normal  school  and  a  university 
department  of  education.  Yet  the  university  has  its  large 
contacts  to  keep  it  thrilled,  has  its  trade  winds  to  keep  it 
deeply  breathing.  It  is  possible  that  under  the  suggested 
arrangement  the  normal  school  ingredient  would  prove  a 
little  deadly  for  a  while;  but  it  is  probable  that  the  univer- 
sity would  more  than  hold  its  own.  Whatever  happened,  the 
real  truth  about  teachers,  that  they  are  born  not  made, 
would  in  no  way  be  affected.  That  truth  will  never  be 
altered,  by  theory  or  by  experiment;  though  it  will  steadily 
become  less  painful  through  investigations  and  analyses 
like  this  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation. 


"Deep  Stuff" 


SOMETIMES  one  hears  the  plaint  that  there  is  no  more 
serious  writing  in  our  newspapers  and  magazines;  the 
informative  articles  are  chatty,  the  critical  essays  flip- 
pant, and  the  fiction  cynical.  The  poets  are  minor;  the 
prose  writers  are  even  more  so,  but  without  the  grace  to 
admit  it.  Hard  words  but  false,  all  false,  as  they  say  in 
the  movies.  Only  recently  we  were  cast  away  in  a  railway 
waiting  room  for  two  hours.  Having  had  intimation  of  the 
mischance  beforehand,  we  fortified  ourselves  with  a  couple 
of  popular  magazines.  We  wanted  the  most  popular,  and 
as  avoirdupois  is  the  only  safe  test  of  that,  we  had  the 
newsman  weigh  several  and  took  the  heziviest  two. 

No  serious  writing  there?  Almost  the  first  article  that 
catches  our  eye  is  entitled  "The  Truth  That  Embodies  All 
Truth."    Here  is  some  of  it : 

Humanity  may  be  a  million  years  old  in  point  of  time,  but  it  is 
as  young  as  this  morning's  sun  in  its  pursuit  of  the  ideal. 
After  two  thousand  years  of  disappointment  and  disillusion,  the 
eternal  verities  and  the  eternal  values  still  prevail.  .  .  .  Even 
though  it  be  surrounded  and  seemingly  obscured  by  sham  and 
pretense,  nothing  in  this  world  is  discovered  so  surely  as  solid 
merit.  .  .  .  This  is  the  truth  that  embodies  all  truth; 
this  is  the  truth  that  makes  men  free. 

A  whole  page  of  it.  What  better  "deep  stuff"  could  one 
ask  than  that?  And  signed  by  an  author  of  undisputed 
reputation:  a  well-known  automobile  company.  Turning 
the  pages,  we  pass  essays  on  "Dependability"  by  a  cement- 
company,  and  "Principles"  by  a  firm  of  glass-makers.  Good, 
no  doubt,  but  we  prefer  an  iron  company's  story  of         -  . 

Men  who  think  only  of  the  product — who  send  out  their  forg-» 
ings  into  the  world  of  industry  as  a  father  sends  out  his  sons — 
giving  them  the  best  there  is  in  themselves.  Just  men.  And 
that  is  the  only  difference  between  forgings,  the  only  difference 
between  this  tool  and  that,  the  only  difference  between  ma- 
chines.    Men. 

A  fine  rugged  morality,  that,  and  serious  as  Prohibition. 
But  we  go  on  to  the  point  where  a  best-selling  insurance 
company  has  an  outstanding  page  on  "The  Employer  Who 
Upbuilds  the  Race;  the  Fourth  of  a  Series  on  the  Story  of 
Industrial  Justice,"  while  a  little  farther  on  a  correspon- 
dence school  contributes  "The  Glory  of  the  Upward  Path." 

Two  paths  begin  at  the  bottom  of  the  hill  of  life.  One  of 
them  winds  about  the  base  through  years  of  routine  and  drudg- 
ery. Now  and  then  it  rises  over  a  knoll  representing  a  little 
higher  plane  of  living  made  possible  by  hard-earned  progress; 
but  its  route  is  slow  and  difficult  and  bordered  with  monotony. 
The  other  mounts  slowly  at  first,  but  rapidly  afterwards,  into 
positions  where  every  problem  is  new  and  stirring,  and  where 
the  rewards  are  comfort  and  travel  and  freedom  from  all  fear. 

No  serious  writing  in  our  popular  periodicals?  There's 
nothing  else  in  the  only  part  of  them  that  counts — the  adver- 
tising. The  authors  who  supply  so-called  reading  matter  as 
margins  and  tail-pieces  may  be  flippant  and  cynical  if  they 
like,  but  not  the  men  who  in  the  past  twenty  years  have 
converted  America  from  a  country  that  bought  oatmeal, 
nails,  and  collars  into  a  nation  that  now  purchases  Aerated 
Oat  Flakes,  Stick-fast  Nails  and  Tight-ho  Collars.  The 
morality  of  these  authors  of  the  advertising  pages  is  as 
unquestionable  as  that  of  our  best  copy  books;  their  eco- 
nomics as  sound  as  the  Rock  of  Gibraltar.  The  American 
people,  as  Barnum  said,  love  to  be  humbugged;  but  you 
must  keep  a  straight  face  in  doing  it. 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


A  Yankee  Verdict:  Judge  Anderson's  Decision 


By  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 


GEORGE  WESTON  ANDERSON  is  a  New  Hampshire 
Yankee.  He  grew  up  on  a  hilltop  farm;  he  taught 
country  school  to  earn  a  college  education ;  and  thirty  years 
in  Boston  have  not  cured  him  of  a  New  Hampshire  accent 
that  makes  him  rhyme  court  with  lot  and  pronounce  have 
"hev."  He  has  a  Yankee  capacity  for  using  strong  language 
without  the  slightest  change  in  his  facial  expression.  He 
has  a  trick  of  looking  you  square  in  the  eye  and  talking 
through  his  teeth,  occasionally  lifting  the  upper  right  hand 
corner  of  his  mouth  to  bite  out  an  emphatic  phrase.  And 
he  has  a  Yankee  capacity  for  launching  out  of  passivity  into 
passionate  indignation  when  he  sees  a  raw  deal. 

His  first  public  office  was  on  the  Boston  School  Commis- 
sion. He  was  federal  District  Attorney  for  Massachusetts 
from  1914  to  1917;  then  Inter-State  Commerce  Commis- 
sioner for  a  year,  and  is  now  United  States  District  Court 
Judge.  He  was  a  Brandeis  man  in  Boston,  and  a  Wilson 
man  when  he  went  to  Washington.  As  District  Attorney 
it  was  his  duty  to  investigate  spy  plots,  but  he  found  there 
were  more  imaginative  writers  than  spies  in  New  England, 
and  made  it  hot  for  some  newspapers  that  cut  free  from 
facts.  Experience  led  to  his  statement  that  99  per  cent 
of  the  wartime  spy4  plots  were  pure  fakes.  And  the  same 
judicial  mind  which  led  him  as  public  prosecutor  to  analyze 
and  penetrate  wartime  hysteria  stood  him  in  good  stead 
when  as  judge  he  faced  the  victims  of  the  Red  hysteria. 

Judge  Anderson  has  just  rendered  a  35,000-word  opinion 
in  the  case  of  twenty  alleged  Communists,  held  at  Deer 
Island  for  deportation,  who  petitioned  for  writs  of  habeas 
corpus.  It  is  said  to  be  the  longest  opinion  ever  rendered 
from  that  bench ;  Judge  Anderson  considers  it  rather  a  feat 
of  condensation,  and  having  read  it,  so  do  I.  Although  it  is 
avowedly  a  statement  prepared  for  review  by  a  higher  court 
(he  orders  release  of  the  Communists  pending  such  review), 
it  is  so  thorough  and  restrained  a  discussion  of  such  funda- 
mental issues  that  it  is  certain  to  become  an  historic  docu- 
ment. It  is  a  reassertion  of  neglected  American  constitu- 
tional principles,  and  a  courageous  objective  analysis  at  a 
time  when  it  requires  courage  to  be  objective,  especially  in 
Boston.  And  moderate  in  tone,  it  is  in  effect  a  scorching  in- 
dictment of  lawlessness  on  the  part  of  the  Department  of 
Justice,  and  in  less  degree  of  the  Department  of  Labor. 

He  concludes  that  in  the  case  of  the  Russians  held  for 
deportation,  their  so-called  trials  were  illegal  and  are 
vitiated  by  lack  of  due  process  of  law — that  they  were  sub- 
jected to  illegal  search  and  seizure,  and  denied  fair  trial; 
that  there  was  no  evidence  before  the  Secretary  of  Labor 
that  the  Communist  Party  is  an  organization  advocating  the 
overthrow  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  by  force 
or  violence — and  hence  that  all  the  petitioners,  including  the 
English-speaking  Communists  who  knew  enough  to  insist 
upon  fair  trials,  are  entitled  to  be  discharged;  and  that  even 
should  the  higher  courts  disagree  and  hold  the  Communist 
Party  to  be  a  party  of  force  and  violence,  there  is  grave 
doubt  whether  the  Communist  Party  documents  upon  which 
such  a  ruling  might  be  based,  were  not  given  form  and 
color  by  agents  of  the  Department  of  Justice  posing  as 
members  of  those  parties.    He  says: 

"The  Department  of  Justice  has  no  more  legal  right  or  power 


to  deal  with  the  exclusion  or  expulsion  of  aliens  than  has  the 
Department  of  the  Interior.  The  Department  of  Justice  prose- 
cutes for  crime.  The  deportation  proceedings  are  not  criminal 
proceedings.  ...  If  the  Department  of  Justice  is  correct 
in  its  interpretation  and  application  of  the  Statute  of  October 
18,  1918,  to  the  Communists,  it  has  no  occasion  to  usurp  the 
legal  duties  of  the  Department  of  Labor  concerning  aliens;  it 
has  the  power  and  the  duty     ...     to  prosecute." 

Then  he  reviews  the  history  of  the  New  England  Red 
raids  of  January  2,  1920.  He  cites  the  instructions  of  Frank 
Burke,  Assistant  Director  and  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  In- 
vestigation of  the  Department  of  Justice  in  Washington,  to 
George  E.  Kelleher,  his  representative  in  Boston.  They  are 
amazing  instructions.  As  one  federal  judge  put  it  in  con- 
versation, there  is  no  taint  of  lawfulness  about  them.  They 
instruct  the  agents  to  search  person  and  premises  without 
search  warrants  in  defiance  of  the  federal  Constitution, 
merely  remarking  that  "if,  due  to  the  local  conditions  in 
your  territory  (sic)  you  find  that  it  is  absolutely  necessary 
for  you  to  obtain  a  search  warrant  for  such  premises  (the 
residences  of  the  members)  you  should  communicate  with 
the  local  authorities  a  few  hours  before  the  time  for  the 
arrests  is  set  and  request  a  warrant  to  search  the  premises." 
They  instruct  the  agents  to  make  every  effort  to  secure  ad- 
missions at  once  from  the  aliens  arrested,  although  the  rules 
of  the  Department  of  Labor,  which  have  the  force  of  law, 
then  provided  that  the  alien  shall  be  allowed  to  inspect  the 
warrant  of  arrest  and  to  be  represented  by  counsel  before 
he  is  examined.  They  call  for  mass  arrests,  lining  up  those 
arrested  in  meetings  against  the  wall  and  searching  them  on 
the  spot,  and  they  contemplate  the  arrest  of  American 
citizens,  leaving  the  burden  of  proof  upon  the  citizen  to 
prove  his  citizenship.  These  instructions  give  January  2 
as  the  tentative  date  for  the  raids,  and  cold-bloodedly  state: 
"If  possible,  you  should  arrange  with  your  under-cover  in- 
formants to  have  meetings  of  the  Communist  Party  and 
Communist  Labor  Party  held  on  the  night  set.  I  have  been 
informed  by  some  of  the  bureau  officers  that  such  arrange- 
ments will  be  made.  This,  of  course,  will  facilitate  the  mak- 
ing of  the  arrests." 

He  quotes  the  testimony  about  the  raids:  from  800  to  a 
thousand  people  arrested,  no  one  knew  how  many,  440  taken 
to  Deer  Island — for  less  than  100  of  whom  were  warrants 
outstanding — the  rest  released  for  lack  of  evidence,  the 
brutal  methods,  illegal  searches,  women  forced  to  get  out  of 
bed  and  dress  while  the  officers  waited  in  the  room,  five 
women  kept  overnight  in  a  single  cell  without  a  mattress, 
the  deliberate  invitation  by  the  Department  of  Justice  to 
newspaper  photographers  to  photograph  the  aliens  as  they 
arrived,  chained  and  handcuffed  although  not  yet  charged 
with  any  crime,  at  the  Boston  station,  etc. 

"I  refrain  from  any  extended  comment,  on  the  lawlessness 
of  these  proceedings  by  our  supposedly  law-enforcing  offi- 
cials," he  remarks  with  obvious  restraint.  "The  documents 
and  acts  speak  for  themselves.  It  may,  however,  fitly  be 
observed  that  a  mob  is  a  mob,  whether  made  up  of  govern- 
ment officials  acting  under  instructions  from  the  Department 
of  Justice,  or  of  criminals,  loafers  and  the  vicious  classes." 

The  victims  were  taken  to  Deer  Island.     To  quote: 

"The  conditions  were  unfit  and  chaotic.     No  adequate  prepa- 


8 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


rations  had  been  made  to  receive  and  care  for  so  large  a  number 
of  people.  Some  of  the  steam  pipes  were  burst  or  disconnected. 
The  place  was  cold,  the  weather  severe.  The  cells  were  not 
properly  equipped  with  sanitary  appliances.  There  was  no  ade- 
quate number  of  guards  or  officials  to  take  a  census  of  and 
properly  care  for  so  many.  For  several  days  the  arrested  aliens 
were  held  practically  incomunicado.  ...  In  the  early  days 
at  Deer  Island  one  alien  committed  suicide  by  throwing  him- 
self from  the  fifth  floor,  and  dashing  his  brains  out  in  the  cor- 
ridor below  in  the  presence  of  other  horrified  aliens.  One  was 
committed  as  insane;  others  were  driven  nearly,  if  not  quite,  to 
the  verge  of  insanity." 

Judge  Anderson  draws  the  picture  from  the  evidence: 
"The  picture  of  a  non-English-speaking  Russian  peasant 
arrested  under  circumstances  such  as  described  above,  held  for 
days  in  jail,  then  for  weeks  in  a  city  prison  at  Deer  Island; 
and  then  summoned  for  a  so-called  'trial'  before  an  inspector, 
assisted  by  the  Department  of  Justice  agent  under  stringent 
instructions  emanating  from  Washington  to  make  every  pos- 
sible effort  to  obtain  evidence  of  the  alien's  membership  in  one 
of  the  proscribed  parties,  is  not  a  picture  of  a  sober,  dispas- 
sionate, due-process-of-law  attempt  to  ascertain  and  report  the 
true  facts.  .  .  .  The  Secretary  of  Labor  has  in  these  cases 
of  necessity  grounded  his  decisions  upon  records  misrepresent- 
ing or  omitting  facts  of  controlling  importance." 

The  instructions  for  the  raid  were  issued  December  29. 
On  December  31  Commissioner  Caminetti  sent  out  from 
Washington  by  telegram  a  modification  of  the  Department 
of  Labor  rule  that  an  alien  had  the  right  to  be  represented 
by  counsel  during  his  entire  examination  so  that  it  read  "at 
any  rate  as  soon  as  such  hearing  has  progressed  sufficiently 
in  the  development  of  the  facts  to  protect  the  Government's 
interests,  the  alien  shall  be  allowed  to  inspect  the  warrant 
.  .  .  and  shall  be  apprised  that  thereafter  he  may  be  repre- 
sented by  counsel."  This  modification  was  withdrawn  by  the 
Secretary  of  Labor  on  January  28,  after  the  aliens  caught 
in  the  raids  had  been  examined  without  counsel.  Judge 
Anderson  quotes  with  approval  Felix  Frankfurter's  argu- 
ment that  "if  there  is  one  thing  that  is  established  in  the 
law  of  administration,  I  take  it  that  it  is  that  a  rule  cannot 
be  repealed  specifically  to  affect  a  case  under  consideration 
by  the  administrative  authorities.  That  is,  if  there  is  an 
existing  rule  which  protects  certain  rights,  it  violates  every 
sense  of  decency,  which  is  the  very  heart  of  due  process,  to 
repeal  that  protection,  just  for  the  purpose  of  accomplish- 
ing the  ends  of  the  case.  .  .  .  There  was  a  sudden,  cal- 
culated, and  surreptitious  deprivation  of  that  safeguard." 

A  long  and  learned  section  of  the  opinion,  liberally  but- 
tressed with  legal  citations,  deals  with  the  obligation  of 
'the  court  to  review  the  Secretary  of  Labor's  decision  that 
the  Communist  Party  is  a  force  and  violence  party.  The 
judge,  following  in  part  a  recent  opinion  of  the  Supreme 
Court  (Kwock  Jan  Fat  vs.  White,  decided  June  7,  1920), 
finds  himself  "constrained  by  the  decisions  to  hold  it  the 
duty  of  the  Court"  to  review  that  ruling. 

He  analyzes  the  Communist  Party  program,  and  declares 
that  "the  conclusion  is  irresistible  that  the  only  force  worth 
discussion  believed  in  or  advocated  by  this  party  is  the  gen- 
eral strike."  There  are  "some  stock  phrases  concerning  'the 
necessity  of  revolution'  "  but  "both  religious  and  political 
crusaders  commonly  use  the  nomenclature  of  warfare.  Here 
in  the  Occident,  freedom,  and  a  saving  sense  of  humor  and 
proportion  have  until  recently  saved  us  from  being  fright- 
ened by  crusaders'  rhetoric.  In  an  Oriental  missionary  field 
'Onward  Christian  Soldiers'  is  said  to  be  regarded  as  an 
alien,  seditious  war  song,  the  use  of  which  the  missionaries 


have  had  to  abandon.    Our  hymn-books  may  shortly  attract 
the  eye  and  excite  the  suspicions  of  the  official  censor." 

By  "force"  Judge  Anderson  does  not  think  that  Congress 
meant  religious,  moral  or  political  force;  and  although  "the 
general  strike  is  a  tremendous,  almost  a  terrorizing  force," 
he  does  not  think  that  Congress  intended  to  outlaw  the  gen- 
eral strike  in  such  "inadequate  and  disguised  fashion."  "It 
does  not  accord  with  the  historic  genesis  of  the  statute." 
He  is  "forced  to  the  conclusion  that  in  it  (the  evidence  be- 
fore the  Secretary  of  Labor)  there  can  be  found  no  legal 
basis  for  deporting  Communists  on  the  ground  that  they 
believe  in,  advocate  or  teach  the  overthrow  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  by  force  or  violence." 

Finally,  in  view  of  the  Department  of  Justice's  instruc- 
tions to  its  spies  to  provoke  meetings  of  the  Communists 
to  facilitate  arrests,  and  of  its  obvious  ability  to  provoke 
such  meetings  from  within  the  Communist  organization, 
the  judge  casts  doubt  upon  the  nature  of  any  inflammatory 
proclamations  upon  which  prosecutions  might  be  based. 
"The  most  that  can  be  held,"  he  comments,  "is  that  it  does 
not  appear  that  the  Government  did,  through  its  agents, 
give  form  and  color  to  the  documents  upon  which  the  Secre- 
tary has  based  his  ruling.  It  is  equally  clear  that  no  finding 
can  be  made  that  the  Government  did  not,  through  its 
agents,  give  such  form  and  color,  and  thus  lay  a  founda- 
tion for  the  inference  that  the  Secretary  of  Labor  has  drawn  • 
against  these  aliens  because  of  their  membership  in  the 
Communist  Party."  ^ 

Then  the  judge  indulges  in  one  of  his  outbursts  of  old- 
fashioned  Yankee  philosophy:  "I  cannot  adopt  the  conten- 
tion that  Government  spies  are  any  more  trustworthy,,  of 
less  disposed  to  make  trouble  in  order  to  profit  therefrom, 
than  are  spies  in  private  industry.  Except  in  time  of  war, 
when  a  Nathan  Hale  may  be  a  spy,  spies  are  always  neces- 
sarily drawn  from  the  unwholesome  and  untrustworthy 
classes.  A  right-minded  man  refuses  such  a  job.  The  evil 
wrought  by  the  spy  system  in  industry  has,  for  decades, 
been  incalculable.  Until  it  is  eliminated,  decent  human  re- 
lations cannot  exist  between  employers  and  employees,  or 
even  among  employees.  It  destroys  trust  and  confidence;  it 
kills  human  kindliness;  it  propagates  hate." 

So  the  judge  released  the  Communists  and  castigated  the 
Communist-chasers.  "Now  that  it  appears  that  Govern- 
ment spies  constituted  in  December,  1919,  an  active  and 
efficient  part  of  the  Communist  Party,"  he  said,  "it  may 
well  be  that  the  Secretary  of  Labor  will  find  it  desirable, 
through  his  own  forces,  to  institute  some  investigation  of 
the  nature  and  extent  of  the  possible  activity  and  influence 
of  these  spies  in  giving  form  and  color  to  the  documents 
upon,  which  the  Secretary  of  Labor  based  his  ruling."  So 
far  the  Secretary  of  Labor  has  found  it  desirable  only  to 
announce  that  he  will  appeal  Judge  Anderson's  decision. 

In  this  son  of  the  New  Hampshire  hills  law  and  order 
has  found  a  new  kind  of  defender,  a  man  ruggedly  de- 
termined that  ours  shall  again  be  a  government  of  laws 
not  of  men,  a  man  with  a  capacity  for  indignation  even  in 
defense  of  the  rights  of  men  whom  he  does  not  like  and 
with  whom  he  does  not  agree.  His  example  must  hearten 
other  judges  who  would  like  to  return  from  domination  by 
newspapers  and  brow-beating  federal  agents  to  the  staid 
guidance  of  the  law.  When  some  future  May  writes  the 
Constitutional  History  of  America,  in  the  chapter  on  the 
return  to  the  Constitution,  Judge  Anderson  will  figure  large. 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


9 


The  Transport  Breakdown 


By  GEORGE  SOULE 


IN  a  half-dozen  ports  along  the  Atlantic  coast  there  is  a 
nexus  of  transportation  through  which  many  of  the 
necessities  of  life  for  Europe  and  America  must  pass.  Goods 
coming  from  the  West,  the  South,  the  North,  are  unloaded 
from  freight  cars,  stacked  on  piers,  trucked  through  the 
streets,  loaded  on  lighters,  towed  by  tugs,  reloaded  into 
coastwise  and  Atlantic  steamships.  Goods  coming  from 
Europe  go  back  through  the  same  channels.  Any  blockade 
in  one  part  of  this  system  slows  the  circulation  through  all 
the  other  parts.  It  is  difficult  enough  to  keep  the  channels 
cleared  and  transport  flowing  under  normal  conditions.  Ab- 
normal stoppages  cause  a  thousand  unforeseen  maladjust- 
ments resulting  in  incalculable  economic  loss,  with  scarcities 
and  rising  prices  which  reverberate  through  the  whole  pro- 
ductive and  distributive  system. 

A  statement  given  out  by  the  New  York  Merchants'  Asso- 
ciation deals  with  recent  interruptions  on  the  coastwise  lines 
alone.  Since  January  1, 1918,  there  have  been  sixteen  strikes 
in  Atlantic  ports.  During  1918  the  coastwise  lines  were 
immobile  14  per  cent  of  the  time,  during  1919,  15  per  cent 
of  the  time,  so  far  in  1920,  64  per  cent  of  the  total  working 
days.  The  stoppages  this  year  have  tied  up  47  seagoing 
vessels,  and  203  tugs,  lighters,  and  barges,  with  cargoes 
totaling  about  150,000  tons,  valued  at  approximately  $300,- 
000,000.  This  is  merely  a  small  index  of  the  losses  to  de- 
pendent businesses  and  the  dependent  consumer. 

What  causes  the  stoppages?  The  present  strike  of  the 
coastwise  longshoremen  is  a  fair  example.  Sixty-five  cents 
an  hour  is  not  enough  to  support  a  workman  and  his  family, 
even  if  he  has  no  unemployment  and  buys  nothing  more 
than  the  bare  necessities  of  life.  The  bare  subsistence 
budget  calculated  in  New  York  by  Professor  Chapin  in  1907, 
if  brought  down  to  date  by  applying  the  index  numbers  of 
the  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  a  great  associa- 
tion of  employers,  is  $2,080.  Eight  times  sixty-five  makes 
$5.20  for  a  normal  working  day.  Multiply  that  by  306,  the 
full  number  of  working  days  in  the  year,  and  you  get 
$1,591.20.  It  is  true  that  longshoremen  sometimes  work 
overtime,  but  it  is  also  true  that  they  do  not  work  the  full 
normal  time  the  year  round.  Acting  on  their  practical  ex- 
perience of  this  economic  fact,  coastwise  longshoremen  have 
now  for  some  weeks  been  refusing  to  work  for  less  than 
eighty  cents  an  hour,  which  is  paid  for  the  same  kind  of 
work,  in  the  same  ports,  on  the  deep-sea  piers.  They  have 
not  received  eighty  cents  largely  because,  in  the  judgment 
of  the  Shipping  Board's  National  Adjustment  Commission, 
the  coastwise  steamship  lines  at  present  cannot  pay  it  and 
make  a  profit.  If  the  lines  do  not  make  a  profit  they  will 
go  out  of  business.  The  longshoremen  use  similar  logic. 
Not  earning  a  living,  they  have  gone  out  of  business. 
Neither  their  international  president,  nor  the  Governor  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  nor  anyone  else,  can  pry  them  loose 
from  this  simple  conclusion. 

The  teamsters,  being  loyal  union  men,  refuse  to  haul 
goods  unloaded  by  strike-breaking  longshoremen.  Anyone 
who  takes  the  place  of  a  striker  either  receives  more  than 
the  regular  employees  or  else  receives  less  than  it  costs  a 
responsible  citizen  to  live.  This  bit  of  logic  cannot  be  dis- 
lodged from  the  minds  of  the  teamsters.    Besides,  they  may 


ask  more  for  themselves  some  day,  and  then  they  will  want 
the  longshoremen  to  be  true  to  them.  The  special  situation 
caused  by  the  government  control  of  rates  on  the  coastwise 
lines  suggested,  to  some  of  the  more  reasonable  employers, 
a  special  solution  for  this  case.  If  only  the  men  would  re- 
sume their  work,  united  pressure  would  be  brought  to 
bear  for  an  increase  in  rates.  But  the  men  are  waiting  to 
be  shown.  And  the  majority  of  the  merchants  rightly  con- 
cluded that  such  action,  even  if  successful,  would  be  a  mere 
temporizing  with  the  general  issue.  Something  more  drastic 
is  necessary. 

They  remember  the  succession  of  previous  strikes,  some 
of  them  in  violation  of  long-term  agreements.  The  deep-sea 
longshoremen  defied  both  their  own  leaders  and  the  adjust- 
ment commission  for  months,  justifying  themselves  by 
reference  to  the  disproportionate  increase  in  the  cost  of 
living.  The  Marine  Workers'  Affiliation,  after  a  strike  for 
the  eight-hour  day  and  negotiations  of  baffling  complexity, 
refused  to  accept  an  award  by  the  National  War  Labor 
Board,  whose  jurisdiction  had  previously  been  denied  by  the 
employers.  The  Marine  Workers'  Affiliation  has  recently 
engaged  in  another  strike  in  support  of  workers  on  the  Erie 
tugs,  which  were  sold  in  order  that  the  eight-hour  law  for 
railroads  might  be  evaded — at  least  so  the  strikers  con- 
tended. The  clerks  on  the  Fall  River  line  struck  for  a  con- 
tinuation of  collective  bargaining,  granted  during  the  war. 
Altogether,  the  loss  and  confusion  has  proved  too  much  for 
the  patience  of  many  of  the  merchants,  and  they  have  de- 
cided to  smash  their  way  through. 

The  action  which  they  are  taking  is  a  frontal  attack  upon 
the  unions,  a  fight  disguised  by  the  phrase  "open  shop." 
What  it  amounts  to  is  a  war  for  the  right  to  employ  strike- 
breakers. The  merchants  are  raising  a  $5,000,000  fund,  and 
have  organized  an  independent  trucking  company  under  the 
command  of  an  ex-army  expert  in  transportation.  He  is 
enlisting  non-union  teamsters  and  ex-soldiers,  under  a  plea 
of  "patriotism,"  to  haul  the  freight.  It  is  threatened  that 
the  same  methods  will  be  extended,  if  necessary,  against  all 
the  unions  of  transport  workers.  When  workmen  on  the 
deep-sea  piers  threatened  to  strike  rather  than  to  handle 
goods  brought  by  non-union  teamsters,  some  of  the  steam- 
ship companies  refused  to  receive  the  freight.  As  common 
carriers,  however,  they  violated  the  law  in  doing  so,  and  the 
courts  have  enjoined  the  practice. 

A  general  engagement  is  predicted  by  both  sides.  If  it 
comes,  it  will  be  more  costly  to  the  unions,  the  merchants, 
the  railroads  and  steamships,  and  the  consumers,  than  any- 
thing which  has  happened  before.  The  employers  may  win 
— for  a  time.  Yet  they  will  do  well  to  remember  that  New 
York  employers  have  been  fighting  for  the  "open  shop"  ever 
since  the  shoemakers  took  the  issue  into  the  courts  in  1810. 
It  is  hazardous  indeed  to  assume,  in  June,  1920,  that  trade- 
unions  can  be  destroyed.  If  the  merchants  do  win,  neverthe- 
less, they  will  have  proved  that  modern  society  cannot  think 
of  any  way  of  transporting  its  goods  without  paying  work- 
men less  than  it  costs  to  live.  A  rather  dangerous  demon- 
stration, while  Lenin  is  still  alive. 

If  we  believe  that  there  must  be  a  better  way  out,  it  is  safe 
to  make  two  fundamental  assumptions:  first  that  the  trans- 


10 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


port  workers  must  have  decent  wages  and  conditions,  and 
second  that  organizations  of  labor  will  persist  and  must  be 
dealt  with.  To  these  we  may  add  a  guess :  that  the  tangle 
is  probably  as  much  in  need  of  organization  as  of  blind 
battle.  Much  of  the  confusion  has  been  caused  by  the  fact 
that  both-unions  and  employers  have  been  acting  individually 
rather  than  in  unison.  I  took  these  assumptions  and  this 
guess  to  a  labor  official  who  knows  the  problem  through  ex- 
perience. He  agreed  with  them,  and  proceeded  to  fill  in  the 
outline.  His  name  is  Jerome  De  Hunt,  and  he  is  president 
of  the  New  York  Harbor  District  Council  of  the  Brother- 
hood of  Railway  and  Steamship  Clerks — which  includes  not 
only  the  persons  whom  we  ordinarily  think  of  as  clerks,  but 
railway  foremen,  freight  handlers,  and  express  and  station 
employees.  Mr.  De  Hunt  is  also  president  of  the  local 
organization  of  the  Plumb  Plan  League,  which  proves  that 
he  is  not  wholly  a  conservative  in  union  matters,  and  that 
he  has  ideas.    From  him  much  of  what  follows  is  derived. 

Twenty-four  separate  unions,  all  told,  have  a  hand  in 
transportation.  For  the  most  part,  they  act  in  small  groups. 
Many  of  them  have  been  engaged  in  the  recent  strikes.  One 
by  one,  they  have  stopped  the  flow  of  goods ;  one  by  one,  they 
have  failed  to  procure  anything  like  complete  satisfaction. 
They  have  inconvenienced  the  public  almost  as  much  as  if 
they  had  all  been  striking  for  the  full  period.  Now  the 
teamsters  are  carrying  on  a  sympathetic  boycott  for  the 
longshoremen,  though  they  have  no  demands  of  their  own. 
Next  month,  the  longshoremen  may  be  back  at  work,  and 
the  teamsters  may  be  striking  for  an  increase  and  asking 
the  longshoremen  to  reciprocate.  This  is  a  clear  waste  of 
energy.  It  is  like  sending  an  army  over  the  top  one  man 
at  a  time  to  be  shot  down  in  a  futile  attempt  to  capture  a 
nest  of  machine  guns.  And  it  is  extremely  damaging  to 
the  public. 

Another  cause  of  confusion  is  the  separation  of  employers 
for  anything  except  fighting  purposes.  Different  wages  are 
paid  for  the  same  kind  of  work  at  different  places.  The 
present  situation  of  the  longshoremen  is  a  case  in  point. 
There  is  no  uniform  practice  about  hours,  none  about  col- 
lective bargaining.  These  inequalities  stir  up  discontent 
and  foster  the  round  of  stoppages. 

The  110,000  transport  workers  about  the  port  of  New 
York  might  be  organized  for  joint  action.  They  might  have 
an  Executive  Council,  composed  of  delegates  from  all  the 
crafts,  with  power  to  draw  up  all  the  demands  at  once,  to 
standardize  the  rates  and  hours  for  the  different  operations, 
and  to  present  the  whole  scale  as  a  unit  to  the  employers. 
The  locals  would  have  to  give  up  independent  action,  and 
delegate  control  to  the  Council.  Then  there  would  be  more 
chance  of  any  one  group  securing,  through  negotiation,  what 
it  should  have.  The  interests  of  all  would  be  pooled.  Either 
nobody  would  stop,  or  all  would  stop  at  once.  The  public 
would  be  saved  immense  inconvenience. 

The  corresponding  employers'  association  would  contain 
the  Railroad  Executives,  the  Steamship  Executives,  the 
American  Railway  Express,  the  Merchants'  Association,  and 
would  have  to  retain  the  support  of  the  Board  of  Trade  and 
Transportation,  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  and  the  Chambers  of  Commerce  of  Brooklyn, 
Bronx,  and  Queens.  It  is  a  combination  of  the  six  latter 
bodies  which  is  now  declaring  war  on  the  unions. 

When  these  two  bodies  had  been  thus  organized,  it  would 
be  possible  to  establish  "impartial  machinery"  to  negotiate 
on  the  larger  issues,  and  investigate  and  adjust  the  minor 


ones.  An  industrial  constitution  could  be  created,  so 
that  the  basis  of  negotiations  would  be  clear.  No  strike 
could  occur  by  accident.  The  issues  would  be  defined,  and 
everybody  could  know  what  they  were.  Each  side  would 
be  in  a  position  to  exercise  effective  discipline  within  its 
own  group,  to  prevent  violations  of  understandings  arrived 
at  upon  the  basis  of  adequate  study  and  thorough  considera- 
tion. Now  any  small  group  may  begin  a  strike  or  lockout, 
and  then  call  for  sympathetic  action  by  the  others.  With 
industrial  action  under  a  constitution,  everyone  would  have 
to  be  consulted  before  a  strike  was  called  or  a  lockout  de- 
clared. If  an  ill-advised  and  unauthorized  strike  or  lockout 
did  occur,  the  other  groups  would  isolate  it  rather  than  act 
in  sympathy.  It  might  be  possible  to  avoid  any  stoppage  for 
long  periods. 

What  is  the  chance  of  bringing  about  such  a  grouping  on 
the  side  of  the  unions?  At  the  moment,  not  very  bright. 
Each  local  votes  on  its  own  strikes.  And  in  virtually  all  of 
the  twenty-four  international  unions,  such  votes  must  be 
authorized  by  the  international  officials.  The  teamsters  and 
longshoremen  have  recently  taken  the  reins  in  their  own 
hands,  but  the  legal  restriction  still  remains,  so  that  the  high 
officers  could  attempt  to  block  joint  action  at  any  moment  if 
they  wished  to  do  so.  The  chances  are  that  they  would  do  so, 
since  most  of  them  are  "conservatives"  and  wish  to  main- 
tain "craft  autonomy" — a  symbol  for  their  own  power.  If 
the  rank  and  file  took  the  matter  to  the  floors  of  their  re- 
spective national  conventions,  they  might  secure  "local 
autonomy,"  and  then  they  might  delegate  their  authority  to 
local  executive  councils.  But  the  rank  and  file  is  not  edu-" 
cated  to  the  proposal,  and  about  half  of  the  local  officials 
also  would  interpose  vetoes.  There  is  more  in  the  present 
chaos  for  them,  they  seem  to  think,  than  in  real  joint  action. 

If,  however,  a  local  council  could  be  created  in  this  way,  it 
would  not  work  as  well  as  it  should.  It  would  have  dispensed 
with  the  craft  differences,  but  it  would  have  retained  sec- 
tional differences.  Transportation  is  really  a  national 
matter.  Ports  compete  with  each  other.  A  general  transport 
agreement  in  New  York  might  be  unsuccessful  if  Philadel- 
phia and  Boston  were  on  a  different  basis.  I  asked  Mr. 
De  Hunt  what  would  obviate  that  difficulty.  He  smiled. 
"One  transport  union.  But,  of  course,  that  sounds  like  I.  W. 
W.  propaganda.  It  would  be  hard  to  put  across,  because  of 
the  'conservative'  officials  and  the  hysteria  of  the  employers. 
Nevertheless,  transportation  will  be  disorganized  until  we 
have  it.  There  must  be  a  national  central  body,  with  power 
and  effective  organization,  over  all  the  transport  workers. 
There  must  be  local  bodies,  with  authority  delegated  from  all 
the  local  crafts.    Then  we  can  begin  to  get  somewhere." 

The  mere  existence  of  an  industrially  organized  Transport 
Workers'  Union  would  not,  of  course,  automatically  brush 
aside  the  fundamental  economic  maladjustments  which  result 
from  the  present  financing  and  management  of  the  railroads, 
nor  would  it  do  away  with  the  waste  that  arises  from  lack 
of  proper  system  in  terminals  and  routes.  It  would,  how- 
ever, gradually  eliminate  minor  troubles  and  focus  attention 
on  the  main  issues.  The  attitude  of  the  Amalgamated  Cloth- 
ing Workers  toward  beneficial  reconstruction  of  an  industry 
is  merely  an  instance  of  the  result  which  naturally  arises 
from  a  proper  organization  of  the  workers.  The  first  neces- 
sity is  a  union  which  is  powerful  enough  to  overcome  petty 
grievances  and  direct  its  efforts  to  the  larger  issues,  issues 
which  are  of  as  much  importance  to  the  whole  people  as  to 
any  small  body  of  workers. 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


11 


The  Little  Tea  Room  at  Gimbel's 


By  STELLA  CROSSLEY  DALJORD 


"Just  a  little  space  to  tell  you  the  big  news  that  the  Little 
Tea  Room  is  again  in  its  creton-ny  summer  dress.  And  still 
specializes  in  delicious  edibles  with  a  true  home  flavor!" 

THE  charming  little  place  so  advertised  is  in  the  depart- 
ment store  owned  by  the  brothers  Gimbel,  just  indicted 
for  profiteering  on  some  207  different  counts.  They  are 
victims,  of  course,  themselves — the  victims  of  the  silk- 
stockinged,  bejeweled,  limousine-riding  working  girls. 
Perhaps  if  Gimbel's  employees  had  not  been  labor  profiteers, 
the  gentlemen  now  out  on  bail  would  not  have  been  forced 
to  retaliate  on  the  public. 

As  a  member  of  that  long-suffering  body  I  had  often 
shopped  in  Gimbel's,  but  when  I  applied  for  a  job  as  waitress 
and  was  being  initiated  as  one  of  the  "help"  it  was  an 
entirely  different  place.  That  other  world  of  respectable 
shoppers  seemed  leagues  away  from  our  world  of  work. 
It  was  like  being  shown  for  the  first  time,  in  a  house  where 
you  had  grown  up,  to  a  secret  room  that  you  had  not  known 
existed. 

"Yes,  we  do  need  waitresses,"  said  Miss  M ,  whom 

I  learned  later  to  dub  the  "Ogre,"  head  of  the  restaurant 
department.  "Have  you  had  any  experience  in  waiting?" 
When  I  told  her  of  a  brief  experience  in  a  summer  hotel 
she  said:  "You  may  come  right  in  and  begin." 

"What  are  the  wages?"  I  asked. 

"Six  dollars  per  week  and  your  lunch  (This  was  in  1919) 
and  then  you  get  some  tips." 

"Oh,  I  had  hoped  it  would  be  more  than  that,"  said  I, 
disappointed. 

"Well,  you're  a  nice  looking  girl" — eying  my  clothes 
sharply,  "so  I'll  make  you  a  captain  at  twelve  dollars  a  week. 
You  just  seat  the  people,  give  them  the  menu  card,  and  so 
on.  Then  the  captains  are  considered  better  than  the 
waitresses — they  get  better  food  for  their  lunch  and  sit  at 
a  different  table."  I  learned  later  that  it  was  considered 
good  policy  to  emphasize  class  distinctions  at  Gimbel's — 
"kept  'em  from  getting  too  close  and  talking  union." 

After  a  day's  work  I  found  that  the  Ogre's  "and  so  on" 
meant  standing  on  one's  feet  from  eight  in  the  morning 
till  six  at  night,  nagging  the  other  girls  to  do  well  nigh 
impossible  tasks,  filling  heavy  water  pitchers,  and  serving 
many  meals  myself  during  the  rush  hour,  all  for  the  large 
sum  of  twelve  dollars  per  week.    Captains  do  not  get  tips. 

The  Ogre  sharply  called  another  girl  to'  take  me  to  the 
employment  office  to  be  signed  up. 

"Look  out;"  whispered  my  guide,  "don't  let  the  old  devil 
(meaning  the  Ogre)  see  us  ride  in  this  elevator." 

"Why  not?"  said  I,  in  bewilderment.  "How  could  we 
get  from  the  ninth  to  the  third  floor  if  we  didn't?" 

"Oh,  these  are  just  for  the  customers.  The  Helps'  ele- 
vators are  'way  around  the  block." 

I  was  soon  initiated  into  an  understanding  of  the  vast 
abyss  that  exists  between  the  two  sets  of  human  beings  that 
come  into  close  contact  in  the  department  store,  the  "help" 
and  the  customers.  Both  are  seemingly  human  with  the 
same  sort  of  human  reactions,  but  the  psychology  developed 
in  the  managers  is  that  customers  are  regal  persons  to  be 
bowed  and  scraped  to;  their  every  whim  should  be  gratified 
and  the  greatest  deference  shown  them,  while  the  clerks 


who  wait  on  them  are  of  a  very  inferior  order,  to  be  barked 
and  snapped  at.  It  would  be  horrifying  to  serve  stale  or 
tainted  food  to  a  guest,  and  if  any  such  accident  happened 
we  must  apologize  profusely;  but  in  our  dirty  dining-room 
near  the  roof  we  were  regularly  served  stale  and  tainted  left- 
over food;  and  if  any  of  us  had  the  courage  to  complain  we 
ran  grave  risk  of  being  discharged.  The  secret  of  this 
difference  was  demonstrated  by  the  reply  one  of  the  man- 
agers gave  a  group  of  clerks  who  went  to  him  to  ask  for  an 
increase  in  wages.    "If  you  can't  live  on  ten  dollars  a  week 

it's  no  concern  of  mine,"  said  Mr.  .   "We  are  in  this 

business  solely  to  make  money  and  if  I  should  pay  you  more 
than  other  department  stores  do,  my  crowd  would  say  I  was 
scabbing  on  them." 

Later,  all  those  who  had  asked  for  this  raise  were  dis- 
charged as  "unsatisfactory" — they  might  stir  up  discontent. 
After  three  seemingly  endless  days  as  captain,  I  asked  the 
Ogre  to  change  me  to  plain  waitress.  She  immediately 
began  to  bully  me.  Her  chief  idea  of  intelligent  manage- 
ment of  the  girls  under  her  was  to  bully,  curse,  and  con- 
stantly frighten  them. 

"Oh,  you  think  because  you've  got  a  little  education  (the 
Ogre  had  none,  always  boasting  that  she  had  grown  into 
her  present  job  from  cash  girl  and  that  she  had  worked  in 
this  store  ever  since  it  was  opened  ten  years  before)  that 
you're  better  than  other  folks,  but  we'll  take  that  out  of 

you — you  go  on  about  your  d business  just  as  I  told 

you  to  do — I've  got  more  important  business  than  to  be 

bothered  by  a  d little  s like  you!" 

Experience  had  taught  me  that  the  best  way  to  deal  with 

a  bully  is  to  bully  in  return.     "Well,  Miss  M ,"  I  said, 

"you  can  do  just  as  you  please,  either  give  me  an  apron  and 
let  me  be  a  waitress  (I  knew  they  were  short  of  waitresses) 
or  I'll  quit." 

Her  dignity  would  not  allow  her  to  give  me  any  answer 
except  profanity,  but  in  five  minutes  her  stenographer 
hurried  over  to  me  with  an  apron  and  told  me  to  start  in  as 
waitress.  From  that  day  my  real  life  as  "help"  began. 
Heretofore  as  captain  I  had  been  just  an  onlooker.  The  girls 
had  been  suspicious  of  me  and  had  talked  little,  as  a  captain 
is  supposed  to  be  "in  with  the  boss,"  a  sort  of  go-between 
and  tattletale,  and  therefore  not  to  be  trusted.  Now  that  I 
had  descended  from  my  position  of  slight  authority  I  was 
immediately  one  of  them.  In  two  days  I  was  on  movie- 
attendance  intimacy  with  a  number  of  them,  and  on  visiting 
terms  with  several.  Our  day  began  in  the  morning  when 
we  entered  at  the  "Helps  Entrance"  and  had  our  time  cards 
punched,  and  then  rode  up  in  the  "Helps  Elevator."  The 
rules  about  this  were  very  strict.  Any  employee  caught 
riding  up  in  regular  elevators  was  immediately  discharged. 
At  night  when  our  cards  were  punched  again  we  were  ex- 
amined for  any  article  that  we  might  have  stolen.  I  suppose 
where  the  wages  are  close  to  starvation,  as  they  were  at 
Gimbel's,  there  is  always  greater  danger  of  theft.  In  the 
locker-rooms  we  hustled  into  our  uniforms  and  chatted 
meanwhile.  We  were  all  ages  and  nationalities — a  cosmo- 
politan crowd.    Then  the  rush  of  the  day  began. 

There  were  three  huge  dining  rooms,  two  of  them  the 
length  of  the  whole  department  store  from  the  kitchen.  This 


12 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


meant  that  we  lugged  heavy  trays  loaded  with  food  and 
heavy  silver  service  for  miles  and  miles  all  day  long.  As  a 
result  many  of  the  girls  suffered  from  weaknesses  that 
would  prove  serious  if  they  became  mothers  later  on.  I 
often  wondered  why  the  kitchen  could  not  have  been  in  the 
center  and  the  silver  service  near  by.  When  I  asked  the 
Ogre  about  this  one  day,  after  an  astonishing  look  and  a 
volley  of  curses  at  my  presumption,  she  answered:  "This 
place  ain't  run  on  no  philanthropy  basis  for  you'se  that 
works  here!  (Her  better  English  always  fell  away  from 
her  when  she  got  excited.)     This  here  place  is  run  fer  the 

long  green — a  h of  a  lot  we  care  if  your  backs  do  ache!" 

During  the  rush  hour  the  kitchen  was  a  veritable  little 
Hades  of  noise,  heat,  and  excitement. 

"Firings"  usually  took  place  at  the  rush  hour  when  every- 
thing was  at  high  tension.  She  fired  rne  one  day  for  not 
wearing  an  apron,  though  I  had  tried  my  best  to  get  one 
from  her  earlier  in  the  day.  But  I  was  reinstated  because 
she  had  a  wholesome  awe  of  an  "educated"  person  with 
"lip." 

"All  right,  Miss  M ,"  said  I,  "but  I'm  going  straight 

to  Mr.  B (the  manager),  and  tell  him  the  whole  thing, 

and  I'll  also  get  up  on  a  chair  in  this  dining-room  and  tell 
the  guests  all  about  it  and  your  tactics." 

The  bully  succumbed  to  her  own  weapons,  as  I  had  hoped. 
There  was  an  all-pervading  atmosphere  of  furtiveness 
about  the  girls  that  puzzled  and  irritated  me  at  first.  But 
later  I  understood.  They  were  furtive  because  the  only 
way  to  get  your  work  done  was  to  avoid  the  all-seeing  eye 
of  the  Ogre  and  disobey  her  senseless  rules,  and  the  only 
way  to  get  decent  food  was  to  steal  it. 

The  food  served  the  guests  was  very  good  and  we  be- 
came hungry  handling  the  dainty  and  tempting  morsels, 
but  we  were  not  allowed  to  touch  any  of  them.  The  stale 
leftovers  slopped  out  to  us  in  the  dirty  dining-room  on  the 
top  floor  was  the  food  reserved  for  us.  The  result  was  that 
the  girls  were  always  stealing  food  and  eating  it  surrepti- 
tiously behind  the  Ogre's  back  to  the  detriment  of  their 
digestion,  nerves,  and  general  frankness. 

After  I  had  been  a  waitress  for  several  days  I  marveled 
that  so  many  strong  young  women  chose  to  do  such  hard 
work  for  so  little  pay.  But  in  conversation  in  the  lockers 
and  over  our  dirty  lunch  tables  I  found  out.  We  ate  our 
lunches  for  a  chance  to  talk  and  rest,  rather  than  for  the 
food  we  nibbled  at.  There  was  an  all-pervading  air  of 
staleness  and  dirt  in  that  stifling  dining-room  next  the 
roof — an  air  of  "this  is  good  enough  for  such  as  you."  The 
tables  were  dirty,  the  silver  not  clean,  and  the  smell  of 
rancid  butter  and  tainted  meats  took  away  whatever  appe- 
tite we  might  have  left.  I  learned  that  most  of  the  girls 
worked  there  because,  though  we  crowded  the  work  of  ten 
hours  into  four  or  five  so  that  we  were  too  tired  to  eat  or 
rest  when  we  got  through,  the  short  hours  enabled  them  to 
do  other  work  outside.  Wives  worked  there  to  eke  out  their 
husband's  insufficient  pay  and  widows  with  children,  whom 
they  usually  had  to  lock  in  while  they  came  to  work.  I 
remember  one  poor  widow  sobbing  her  heart  out  at  lunch 
one  day  because  her  pay  envelope  held  three  dollars  instead 
of  the  usual  six.  Her  hand,  through  no  fault  of  her  own, 
had  been  scalded  in  the  kitchen  several  days  before,  and 
she  had  been  forced  to  lay  off  for  three  days ;  but  the  relent- 
less bookkeeping  at  Gimbel's  made  no  allowance  for  this. 
Another  day  at  lunch  a  beautiful  young  French  girl  with 


the  bloom  of  the  country  still  on  her  red  cheeks  and  blue 
black  hair,  who  sat  next  me  at  table,  suddenly  began  heap- 
ing a  torrent  of  uncalled  abuse  on  all  of  us.  Afterwards  she 
came  to  us  sobbing:  "I  know  I'm  ugly-tempered,  but  the 
room  where  I  sleep  with  another  girl  has  no  sunshine,  and 
God  knows  I  can't  stand  it  much  longer ;  but  I've  looked  and 
looked  for  a  place  where  I  can  be  alone.  It's  hell  never  to  be 
alone  in  all  the  twenty-four  hours!  but  I  can't  find  one  I 
can  afford  with  the  money  I  earn  here.  With  the  tips  and 
all  it  only  amounts  to  ten  dollars  a  week." 

One  girl  was  crying  because  her  baby  had  died  the  week 
before.  "I  know  you  feel  bad  now,"  said  a  widow,  "but  in 
a  couple  of  years  you'll  be  glad  of  it — poor  girls  like  us 
can't  afford  to  have  children  and  bring  'em  up  decent." 

Another  girl  cried  in  the  stuffy  locker-room  one  night  and 
refused  to  go  home  because  all  of  her  one  week's  pay  en- 
velope and  half  of  the  next  had  been  withheld  her  because 
some  customer,  in  the  hurry  of  the  rush  hour,  had  short 
changed  her.  "I  can't  go  home — I'm  the  only  one  that's 
working  because  mother's  sick,  and  God  knows  what  we'll 
live  on  this  week!" 

Most  of  the  girls  lead  this  hand-to-mouth  existence  where 
the  loss  of  one  week's  pay  was  a  real  tragedy.  And  over 
the  lunch  table  we  learned  to  know  the  girls  who  eked  out 
their  tiny  wages  by  occasional  prostitution.  One  such  girl, 
who  was  good  to  look  at  and  as  generous-hearted  as  could 
be,  said  to  the  little  French  girl  one  day :  "Take  it  from  me, 
it's  better  to  be  free  and  easy  as  I  am  than  never  to  have 
any  joy  in  life,  like  you.  I  work  in  a  cafe  at  night.  The 
tips  are  big,  and  then  I  pick  up  money  on  the  side.  I  hate 
drunks,  but  what  can  you  do?"  =.   • 

There  was  some  talk  of  union  in  the  store  at  lunch  time,' 
but  such  horrible  examples  had  been  made  of  the  braver 
spirits  who  had  dared  to  agitate  for  it  that  most  of  the 
girls  were  afraid.  Some  reactions  to  this  talk  of  organiza- 
tion were  both  humorous  and  romantic.  Said  a  young  Irish 
girl  with  an  engaging  smile:  "Sure  and  I  believe  in  the 
union,  but  if  I  join  and  we  get  better  wages,  my  husband, 
who's  lazy,  but  workin'  now,  will  sthop  workin'  entoirly." 

There  was  a  young  Greek  fellow  who  had  worked  in  Gim- 
bel's for  six  years  at  six  dollars  per  week.  His  answer  to 
the  union  invitation  was  to  whip  the  photo  of  a  young  girl 
out  of  his  pocket  and  say  with  a  beautiful  and  pathetic 
smile :  "Me  homesick  for  home  and  wife.  Me  no  join  union 
or  anything — me  go  back  to  my  own  country  next  week. 
America  not  like  they  tell  me — me  only  starve  all  the  time 
here." 

The  waitresses  had  to  be  young  and  strong,  but  the 
women  who  worked  in  the  kitchen  were  middle  aged  or  old, 
women  who  should  have  been  at  the  leisure  time  of  life. 
The  thought  of  one's  own  mother  or  grandmother  in  such  a 
position  was  unbearable,  but  here  was  somebody's  mother 
or  grandmother  picking  chicken  bones  amid  slops  or  wash- 
ing dishes  at  breakneck  speed  on  through  a  long  day  of  in- 
tolerable heat.  And  all  for  a  sum  so  tiny  that  it  meant 
but  a  poor  bed  to  sleep  in  and  poor  food  after  the  day  was 
over. 

"I  can  do  my  stent  of  dishes  with  the  best  of  them," 
quavered  an  old  lady  of  seventy,  obviously  in  need  of  food, 
begging  the  Ogre  for  a  job  one  morning. 

"Aw,  run  along!  What  can  an  old  hag  like  you  do?"  was 
the  answer. 

The  policy  at  Gimbels'  was  "The  guests  are  always  right," 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


13 


so  no  matter  what  abuse  they  heaped  upon  us  for  being 
slow  or  for  poorly  cooked  food,  troubles  for  which  we  were 
not  as  a  rule  responsible,  we  were  supposed  to  take  it  all 
humbly.  Also,  we  were  expected  to  be  especially  servile  to  the 
bosses  of  the  store  who  ate  in  the  restaurant.  I  threw  the 
kitchen  into  a  panic  one  day  by  refusing  to  hustle  any  more 
for  Mr.  Gimbel  than  anyone  else,  insisting  that  lamb  chops 
would  cook  no  more  quickly  for  him  than  for  an  ordinary 
mortal,  though  he  considered  himself  a  semi-god.  It  was 
the  fear  of  losing  their  jobs,  wretched  and  pitiful  as  they 
were  at  the  best,  that  made  the  workers  at  Gimbels'  wear 
the  hunted,  pinched  and  submissive  look  that  was  their 
chief  characteristic.  For  a  poor  job  is  better  than  none 
when  you  have  never  been  able  to  save  enough  to  keep  a 
thin  wall  between  yourself  and  starvation. 


In  the  Driftway 


HE  who  runs  may  read  in  the  headlines  that  retail  prices 
are  down  to  stay;  or  that  there  is  to  be  an  average 
increase  of  30  per  cent  in  clothing  next  fall ;  or  that  cucum- 
bers sell  for  one  cent  in  the  wholesale  markets  and  ten 
cents  in  the  retail  stores — no  mean  profit  one  might  note  in 
passing.  And  according  to  the  faith  that  is  in  him,  one  may 
thank  his  stars  or  curse  fate  and  the  ever-greedy  profiteer; 
but  the  result  is  about  the  same.  The  miserable  fifty-cent 
dollar  continues  to  shrink;  the  country  continues  to  go  to 
rack  and  ruin  with  never  a  friendly  hand  to  stop  it.  The 
case  at  first  sight  seems  entirely  hopeless.  But  the  Drifter 
with  his  usual  perspicacity  has  found  a  remedy.  After  three 
magnificent  days  among  the  Connecticut  hills  he  faces  a 
tottering  world  without  a  quiver.  He  has  found  peace  and 
plenty;  good  brown  dirt  and  an  excellent  variety  of  blue  sky, 
not  to  mention  numerous  desirable  things  in  the  way  of 
daisies,  white  birches,  and  milk.  And  in  that  seventy-two 
hours  not  one  subway  train ;  not  a  single  crowd ;  no  buildings 
higher  than  two-and-a-half  stories;  merely  space — the  most 
precious  commodity  in  the  world,  entirely  unpurchasable  in 
cities.  Let  men  cavil  and  carp,  let  prices  rise,  let  Mr. 
Harding  be  elected,  let  blight  and  pestilence  overtake  the 
greatest  city  in  the  world.  With  a  calm  heart  the  Drifter 
will  take  the  next  train  north  and  never  once  look  behind  him. 
***** 

THE  Drifter  might  think  less  frequently  about  the  cost 
of  living  if  he  were  not  a  creature  who  roved  so 
constantly  through  times  and  spaces  and  noted  so  many 
contrasts.  But  the  adventures  of  one  day  have  stung  him 
into  thought  about  the  matter  and  into  speech.  In  the 
morning  the  Drifter  came  across  this  passage  in  an  old 
letter  written  from  the  Berkshires  seventy  years  ago:  "We 
give  only  three  cents  a  quart  for  the  best  of  milk.  .  .  . 
Butter  is  fourteen  cents  a  pound,  and  eggs  eleven  and  twelve 
cents  a  dozen;  potatoes,  very  good  ones,  two  shillings  a 
bushel.  The  most  superb  buckwheat  at  half  the  price  we 
gave  at  the  East — sixty-two  cents  for  twenty-four  pounds; 
wood,  three  and  four  dollars  a  cord;  charcoal,  eight  cents  a 
bushel;  veal,  six  cents  a  pound;  mutton,  five  cents;  beef, 
nine  cents."  And  in  the  afternoon  the  Drifter  dropped  into 
a  village  store.  There  was  no  one  in  attendance,  but  from 
the  little  office  at  the  rear  of  the  store  came  the  voices  of 
the  proprietor  and  a  traveling  salesman.  "If  I  buy  these 
shoes,"  said  the  proprietor,  "I  shall  have  to  charge  eight 
dollars  a  pair."     "And  if  that's  all  you  charge,"  answered 


the  helpful  bagman,   "you'll  be  a  fool.     Those  shoes  are 

bringing  twelve  dollars  all  over  the  country.     This  is  the 

time  to  make  a  profit  while  the  making  is  good."     Did  the 

proprietor  protest?     He  did  not.    And  three  days  later  the 

Drifter  found  that  the  shoes  were  on  sale  for  twelve  dollars. 

Who   has  calculated  what  the  bagman   contributes  to  the 

economic  problem? 

***** 

AS  the  Drifter  hurried  down  the  muddy  road  he  saw 
fireflies  ahead  of  him  splashing  the  new  darkness. 
And  then  suddenly  the  scene  widened.  On  his  left  a  broad 
meadow  rolled  away  up  the  mountain;  on  his  right  lay  a 
broader  region  of  marshy  ground  sacred  to  flags  and  frogs. 
The  Drifter  knew  that  over  all  that  green  meadow  butter- 
cups were  contending  with  daisies  which  should  make  it 
white  or  yellow,  but  now  it  was  black  with  the  night  though 
somehow  brightened  by  the  gleaming  mist.  In  the  swamp, 
too,  the  Drifter  knew  there  would  soon  be  irises  blooming, 
though  now  it  had  nothing  but  the  paler  irridescence  of  the 
quiet  drizzle.  And  yet  the  night  was  alive  with  an  uncanny 
and  unaccustomed  splendor.  The  fireflies  were  holding 
some  sort  of  carnival,  it  seemed,  moving  up  and  down  the 
meadow  slope  in  glimmering  processions  and  swarming 
thickly  over  the  marsh  which  they  almost  illuminated  with 
their  fitful  and  inclusive  flashes.  There  must  have  been 
thousands  of  them,  for  the  usual  intervals  of  darkness  never 
came,  and  every  instant  was  spangled.  But  the  marvel  of 
the  occasion  was  not  the  number  of  lights  but  the  magnitude 
of  them.  By  some  trick  of  the  mist,  some  reflection  from 
the  particles  of  water  suspended  in  the  air,  every  firefly 
shone  not  as  a  vivid  speck  but  as  a  slow,  large,  bland  splotch 
of  mellow  light.  Over  the  swamp  they  were  so  crowded 
and  cast  so  many  reflections  upon  the  water  and  wet  earth 
and  dripping  flags  that  they  had  created  the  perfect  sem- 
blance of  a  lake  on  which  numberless  canoes  rode  softly 
with  dancing  lanterns.  Up  the  mountain  meadow  they 
seemed,  and  doubtless  were,  less  numerous,  but  the  wonder 
continued,  for  they  glowed  here  and  there  on  the  rising  hill- 
side like  searchers  beating  through  the  grass  for  something 
lost.  And,  most  exquisite  of  all,  now  and  then  on  the  high 
ridge  of  the  hill  behind  the  meadow  a  lantern  would  flash 
and  move  down  into  the  carnival  or  up  out  of  it.  This  hollow 
of  the  hills  was  a  cup  of  light,  filled  to  the  brim,  which  now 
and  then  spilled  over  only  to  be  replenished. 

The  Drifter 

Reported  Missing 

By  DAVID  MORTON 

Where  are  those  slender  ships,  gone  lightly  by — 

They  that  had  seemed  as  sisters  to  the  sun? 
In  what  last  ports  of  darkness  would  they  lie, 

Content  to  know  their  sailing  days  were  done? 
I  cannot  think  those  shining  spars  would  be 

Less  lovely  or  less  eager,  now,  at  last, 
Than  on  white  mornings  by  the  crowded  quay, 

I  watched  them  one  by  one  blown  softly  past. 

Name  me  no  Dark  where  sails  hang  split  and  torn, 
No  lightless  cavern  closed  on  ruined  ships, 

Forgetful  of  the  splendor  they  had  worn, — 
Lest  I  should  tell  you  where  a  specter  slips 

Through  waters  creaming  at  her  ghostly  prow, 
Lifted  and  light  and  lovely,  even  now. 


14 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


Correspondence 

George  Louis  Beer 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Some  weeks  ago  the  untimely  death  of  Mr.  George  Louis 
Beer  took  out  of  the  intellectual  life  of  the  United  States  a  type 
of  mind  we  could  ill  afford  to  lose  at  this  time — a  mind  graced 
by  rare  scholarship,  prompted  by  the  instinct  of  statesmanship, 
and  dedicated  to  the  constructive  interpretation  of  America's 
international  relations  and  responsibilities,  particularly  respect- 
ing the  rest  of  the  English-speaking  world. 

Mr.  Beer  was  neither  the  typical  academic  historian  nor  the 
typical  politician;  but  his  grasp  of  history  saved  him  from  the 
temptations  of  jingoism,  opportunism,  and  narrow  nationalism. 
Mr.  Beer  served  as  Colonial  expert  for  the  American  Commis- 
sion to  Negotiate  Peace  at  Paris.  Among  the  innumerable  tech- 
nical delegates  at  Paris  Mr.  Beer  won  an  influence  and  standing 
that  was  unique  by  virtue  of  his  profound  grasp  of  the  history 
and  the  economic  problems  involved  in  the  Colonial  adjustment. 
He  was  so  plainly  master  of  the  tangled  facts  of  the  colonial 
problem  that  it  was  a  foregone  conclusion  that  Sir  Eric  Drum- 
mond,  Secretary-General  of  the  League  of  Nations,  would,  as  he 
did,  ask  Mr.  Beer  to  take  charge  of  that  most  difficult  section  of 
the  League — the  Mandate  Section.  America's  abstention  from 
the  League  prevented  Mr.  Beer's  acceptance  of  this  post. 

Mr.  Beer  was  in  no  sense  a  radical,  but  he  was  endowed  with 
a  sense  of  political  and  economic  realities  and  animated  by  an 
intuitive  appreciation  of  the  just  and  the  workable  that  fitted 
him,  as  few  men  are  fitted,  for  the  higher  politics.  His  his- 
torical writings  won  the  highest  approval  of  such  critics  as 
Lecky.  He  was  for  a  time  prize  lecturer  in  European  history 
at  Columbia  University,  but  he  spent  ten  years  in  active  busi- 
ness, thereafter  devoting  himself  to  writing.  Since  1903  he 
spent  much  time  in  research  and  produced,  in  four  volumes,  the 
history  of  the  British  colonial  system  from  1578  to  1765.  These 
four  volumes  were  awarded  in  1913  the  first  Loubat  Prize  as 
the  best  work  published  in  the  English  language  during  the 
preceding  five  years  on  the  history,  geography,  or  archaeology 
of  America.  Had  he  lived  he  would  soon  have  carried  these 
studies  down  into  the  19th  century. 

During  the  war  he  regularly  contributed  to  the  Round  Table 
a  survey  of  American  politics  that  was  always  marked  by  a 
broad  grasp  of  facts  and  a  refreshing  sanity  of  interpretation. 
In  1917  he  published  his  "The  English-speaking  Peoples:  Their 
Relations  and  Joint  International  Obligations."  This  volume 
was  a  well-documented  and  closely  reasoned  examination  of  the 
possibilities  of  cooperation  between  England  and  the  United 
States.  In  our  young  and  business-obsessed  Republic  we  produce 
too  few  men  like  George  Louis  Beer,  men  of  sound  scholarship 
with  an  abiding  sense  of  public  responsibility.  I  could  not  resist 
offering  this  tribute  to  a  friendship  I  value,  to  a  man  whose 
death  is  a  distinct  loss  to  the  higher  political  life  of  our  country. 

New  York,  June  U  Glenn  Frank 

More  About  Academic  Freedom 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  academic  circles  the  conviction  is  almost  universal 
that  a  college  professor  should  not  affiliate  with  a  radical  party 
such  as  the  Socialist,  because  of  the  effect  it  would  have  on  his 
teaching.  Even  those  who  concede  him  the  right  to  become  a 
member  of  the  Socialist  Party,  for  instance,  are  in  the  main 
against  the  right  of  the  professor  or  instructor  to  become  an 
aggressive  force  in  his  organization,  even  if  he  never  breathed  a 
word  of  his  conviction  while  in  class.  Among  the  arguments 
advanced  in  furtherance  of  this  view  are  two:  first,  that  the 
reaction  of  the  student's  mind  would  be  that  of  distrusting  the 


instructor's  teaching  because  of  the  belief  that  it  is  partisan 
agitation,  and  second,  that  an  institution  is  after  all  dependent 
on  the  rich  for  its  endowment,  and  the  reputation  for  radicalism 
in  the  teaching  staff  is  likely  to  impoverish  it  through  the 
estrangement  of  its  financial  supporters.  With  respect  to  the 
latter  view,  the  point  is  made  that  in  the  general  run  of  things, 
thorough  teaching  will  be  advanced  more  effectively  by  adequate 
salaries  and  equipment  than  by  the  freedom  of  a  few  to  be 
over-active  in  politics. 

With  reference  to  the  first  argument,  Mr.  Butler  has  offered 
as  extreme  an  exhibition  of  partisanship  as  we  may  ever 
hope  to  see.  To  begin  with,  the  president  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, the  largest  institution  in  America,  has  been  a  narrow 
Republican  reactionary  for  many  years.  At  least  as  many  stu- 
dents have  discounted  his  addresses  because  of  this  far-famed 
bias  as  have  ever  resented  the  utterances  of  a  professor  of 
opposite  tendencies.  Then,  to  cap  the  climax,  President 
Butler  has  recently  seen  fit  to  call  the  backers  of  the  leading 
popular  candidate  for  nomination  "a  motley  group  of  stock 
gamblers,  oil  and  mining  promoters,  munition  makers  and  other 
like  persons."  In  violent  language  he  made  a  blanket  statement 
concerning  all  those  who  backed  General  Wood's  candidacy, 
although  any  reasonable  man  must  have  known  that  many 
sincere  people  were  in  the  same  camp  with  the  vicious  interests 
which  caused  Mr.  Butler  to  become  so  exasperated.  The  state- 
ment may  or  may  not  have  been  justifiable  (probably  it  was), 
and  there  has  been  a  retraction  which  retracted  nothing  but 
merely  shed  further  light  on  Mr.  Butler.  In  any  event,  the 
damage  to  Columbia  is  irreparable.  It  has  won  it  no  friends  and 
made  many  present  or  potential  supporters  indignant. 

The  question  many  a  docile  college  victim  is  asking  himself  is 
whether  the  President  will  receive  the  same  rebuke  that  radical 
professors  suffer.  If  it  is  the  duty  of  a  university  officer  to 
regulate  his  private  life  always  with  an  eye  to  the  possible  reac- 
tion of  the  students  to  his  teaching  and  the  possible  disapproval* 
of  influential  distributors  of  endowments,  why  should  not  the 
rule  apply  to  all?  The  answer  that  universities  make  by  their 
failure  to  chastise  the  actions  of  narrow  partisans  of  the  exist- 
ing parties  while  suppressing  those  with  radical  leanings  is  the 
key  to  their  real  attitude  on  academic  freedom.  The  only  thing 
that  matters  is  the  existent  order.     It  must  be  maintained. 

New  York,  June  22  H.  F. 

Consolation 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir  :  Let  us  be  prepared  to  console  ourselves,  in  case  Harding 
should  be  elected,  that  his  administration  will  yield  one  benefit. 
In  his  hands  the  power  of  the  Presidency  will  be  broken  down. 
From  Lincoln's  day  to  Cleveland's  the  office  was  occupied  mostly 
by  pleasant  gentlemen.  Cleveland  undertook  initiative,  and 
struggled  with  hostile  Congresses.  McKinley  followed  with  more 
initiative,  and  with  friendly  Congresses.  Then  Roosevelt,  in 
his  seven  vigorous  years,  arrogated  to  the  Presidency  a  power 
none  before  him  had  dreamed  of.  If  Roosevelt  was  a  Czar, 
Wilson  is  a  Sultan.  Between  them,  they  have  made  the  office 
the  most  powerful,  the  most  dangerous,  in  Christendom.  So, 
even  though  it  be  not  worth  the  price  we  pay,  let  us  be  prepared 
to  rejoice  that  some  of  the  might  of  the  Presidency  will  be 
wrenched  from  Harding's  hands.  We  might,  as  optimists,  have 
found  some  consolation  even  in  Leonard  Wood's  election.  It 
would  have  proved  what  our  school  boys  have  been  taught  since 
1785 — that  any  man  can  be  President  of  the  United  States. 

Newton,  Massachusetts,  June  22  Prescott  Warren 


The  Conquest  of  Haiti 

A  striking  expose 

By  Herbert  J.  Seligmann 

in  next  week's  issue  of  The  Nation 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


15 


Books 

Psychology  of  the  Day 

Psychology  from  the  Standpoint  of  a  Behaviorist.     By  John  B. 

Watson.    J.  B.  Lippincott  Company. 
Human  Psychology.     By  Howard  C.  Warren.     Houghton  Mifflin 

Company. 
General   Psychology.      By    Walter    S.    Hunter.      University   of 

Chicago  Press. 
Educational  Psychology.     By   Daniel   Starch.     The   Macmillan 

Company. 
Employment  Psychology.     By  Henry  C.  Link.     The  Macmillan 

Company. 
The  New  Science  of  Analyzing  Character.    By  Harry  H.  Balkin. 

Four  Seas  Company. 
An  Outline  of  Abnormal  Psychology.  By  James  Winfred  Bridges. 

R.  G.  Adams  and  Company. 

THE  "objective"  psychologists  have  of  late  been  variously  and 
profitably  busy;  they  have  pushed  far  beyond  the  original 
territory  of  what  was  invidiously  termed  physiological  psychology 
in  the  days  when  people  were  seriously  concerned  about  the  fate 
of  a  psychology  without  a  soul.  The  most  characteristic  expan- 
sion relates  to  the  processes  accompanying  emotion,  and  par- 
ticularly their  dependence  upon  the  intimate  and  intricate  func- 
tions of  the  glands  and  the  autonomic  (the  sympathetic)  nervous 
system.  The  result  is  a  far  more  adequate  conception  of  nervous 
function  and  its  mechanisms  than  existed  before.  Inspired  by 
these  examples,  the  behaviorist  has  come  forward  to  claim  that 
all  psychology  is  of  the  same  texture  and  is  to  be  conquered  by 
similar  methods.  The  earlier  comparative  psychologists  were 
bent  upon  tracing  the  counterparts  of  human  mental  processes 
in  animal  life,  and  unquestionably  made  a  muddle  of  the  problem. 
The  behaviorist  rectified  the  older  errors,  and  turned  the  tables 
by  studying  man  as  a  human  kind  of  animal. 

Hence  the  interest  in  observing  the  behavior  of  a  behaviorist 
when  he  attacks  psychology  as  a  whole,  as  he  insists  upon  at- 
tacking conduct  as  a  whole.  Professor  Watson  is  the  venture- 
some pioneer;  no  more  representative  exponent  could  be  selected 
for  the  challenge.  He  wishes  it  understood  that  "behaviorism" 
is  "purely  an  American  production";  though  it  utilizes  the  find- 
ings of  a  group  of  Russian  physiologists,  it  has  had  no  further 
indebtedness  in  developing  its  position  that  the  psychologist 
is  an  objective  student  of  stimuli  and  responses.  As  such  he 
has  no  more  use  for  "consciousness"  or,  for  that  matter,  for 
"sensation,  perception,  attention,  will,  image,  and  the  like"  than 
a  student  of  a  white  rat.  They  are  as  unnecessary  in  teaching 
psychology  as  in  research.  Psychology  is  bent  upon  the  "ascer- 
taining of  such  data  and  laws  that,  given  the  stimulus,  psy- 
chology can  predict  what  the  result  will  be;  or,  on  the  other 
hand,  given  the  response,  it  can  specify  the  nature  of  the  effec- 
tive stimulus."  In  the  beginning  was  behavior,  and  there  is 
naught  but  behavior. 

According  to  this  program — here  maintained  with  the  tenacity 
of  a  dogma — certain  problems  are  treated  with  a  fullness  that 
reflects  at  once  the  author's  interest  and  (we  may  assume)  their 
due  place  in  a  true  up-to-date  psychology:  the  sense-organs,  the 
nervous  system,  the  beginnings  of  instinctive  and  emotional  re- 
actions in  infants,  and  a  variety  of  matters  of  practical  im- 
portance in  the  kind  of  conduct  expected  of  the  twentieth- 
century  human  animal,  both  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the  less 
well  regulated  world  outside.  For  a  concise  survey  of  these 
provinces  in  the  kingdom  of  psychology  of  the  year  1920,  the 
book  will  serve.  But  how  the  student  is  to  obtain  from  the  total 
text  anything  but  a  confused  notion  of  psychology  or  its  place  in 
the  world  of  thought  is  by  no  means  clear. 

Mr.  Watson's  piece  de  risistance  is  the  "conditioned  reflex," 
in  itself  a  valuable  contribution.  It  has  been  shown  both  in 
animals   and    in   men   that  an    artificial   stimulus,   such   as   the 


ringing  of  a  bell,  having  been  associated  with  the  proper  stimulus 
for  a  reflex  muscular  contraction  or  for  the  secretion  of  a  gland, 
will  of  itself  after  due  process  of  training  induce  the  response. 
This  by-product  is  elevated  to  the  dignity  of  one  of  the  great 
methods  of  behaviorism;  it  is  placed  side  by  side  with  "verbal 
report" — which  is  the  behaviorist's  paraphrase  for  introspection. 
Consequently  in  the  human  repertory  we  have  explicit  and  im- 
plicit habit  responses,  both  hereditary  and  acquired;  thinking, 
which  is  subvocal  talking,  is  such  an  implicit  habit.  Mr.  Watson 
illustrates:  "We  can  see  the  functioning  of  language  habits  only 
slightly  in  certain  activities,  as,  for  example,  in  swimming,  tap- 
ping on  the  table  with  a  pencil,  while  in  certain  other  types 
they  form  an  integral  part  and  seem  to  be  as  important  as  arm 
and  hand  movement,  for  example,  in  typewriting,  sending,  and 
receiving  telegraphic  messages.  Finally  in  certain  other  func- 
tions activity  seems  to  drop  out  almost  entirely  as,  for  example, 
in  subvocal  arithmetic.  There  the  explicit  factors  show  only  as 
excess  movements  such  as  wrinkling  the  brow,  closing  the  eyes, 
and  rubbing  the  forehead,  until  the  final  link  in  the  chain  is 
reached,  and  answer  is  written  down  with  the  hand.  This  type 
of  implicit  (largely  word)  adjustment  culminates  in  thinking, 
where  an  individual  may  sit  for  hours  with  practically  no  overt 
movement,  finally  announcing,  'I  have  decided  to  give  up  uni- 
versity work  and  enter  commercial  life!'  " 

By  consistently  disregarding  all  the  essential  steps  in  "think- 
ing" in  which  most  psychologists  (and  the  world  at  large)  are 
interested,  and  by  cavalierly  treating  the  problems  in  which  the 
behaviorist  happens  not  to  be  interested,  he  produces  a  "psy- 
chology" which  is  as  true  as  the  railway  maps  of  any  one  com- 
pany showing  only  the  towns  on  its  line,  with  its  own  route 
straight  and  prominent,  and  rival  systems  indicated  if  at  all  by 
lightly  drawn  and  circuitous  detours. 

Of  very  different  tenor  and  temper  is  the  work  of  Professor 
Warren.  He  is  no  less  concerned  than  his  colleague  with  the 
basic  importance  of  objective  psychology  and  the  necessity  of  a 
solid  groundwork  in  nervous  structure  and  function — all  as  the 
foundation  for  the  study  of  behavior.  Psychology  is  defined  as 
the  study  of  the  reaction  of  an  organism  to  its  environment; 
and  for  more  than  the  first  third  of  the  book  the  student  is  not 
permitted  to  get  even  a  sniff  of  consciousness.  He  is  given  a 
straightforward  dose  of  structure,  sense-organ,  nervous  system, 
reflexes,  instincts,  and  total  behavior.  Mr.  Warren's  text  re- 
flects as  well  as  Mr.  Watson's  the  central  emphasis  assumed  in 
recent  investigation  by  the  study  of  the  animal  reaction,  the 
close  intimacy  with  physiological  research,  the  constant  recourse 
to  the  laboratory  experiment  as  the  guiding  clue  and  final  arbiter 
of  analysis  and  research.  The  two  men  belong  to  the  same 
typical  movement  of  the  psychology  of  the  day;  but  Mr.  Warren 
understands  his  pedagogical  obligations  differently;  and  he 
barely  mentions  the  conditioned  reflex. 

Professor  Hunter  believes  in  a  general  survey  of  psychology 
for  his  readers — like  sixty  days  in  Europe  personally  conducted 
— with  a  few  chapters  upon  some  of  the  basal  phenomena  which 
make  the  tour  worth  the  taking.  In  point  of  view  he  is  eclectic, 
"a  combination  of  behaviorism  and  structuralism."  In  his 
itinerary  he  starts  the  student  in  the  biological  laboratory, 
shows  him  some  examples  of  animal  behavior,  takes  him  next  to 
the  nursery  or  the  primary  school  where  children  are  tested  by 
the  Binet-Simon  scale,  stopping  en  route  at  an  employment  agency 
to  inspect  similar  procedures  applied  to  the  adult,  then  to  in- 
stitutes for  the  feeble-minded  and  the  insane  with  an  excursion 
into  Freudianism,  then  into  the  larger  world  of  social  rela- 
tions and  racial  differences,  before  considering  the  adult  human 
psychology  which  the  student  himself  is  supposed  to  incorporate. 
Here  in  turn  he  begins  higher  up  and  works  down  to  the  sense- 
organ  and  the  nervous  structure,  closing  on  the  initial  theme 
of  thinking — all  in  tersest  measure.  If  a  teacher  of  chemistry  or 
physics  adopted  this  method,  he  would  be  promptly  outlawed  by 
his  profession.  However,  one  man's  pedagogy  is  another  man's 
irritation. 


16 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


While  college  texts  serve  to  mark  the  pedagogical  perspec- 
tive of  the  profession  (and  have  been  used  to  correct  the  deplor- 
able financial  perspective),  they  represent,  especially  in  a 
rapidly  shifting  and  sensitive  domain  like  psychology,  the  ma- 
ture emphasis  of  those  interpreting  a  specialty  for  their  col- 
leagues as  well  as  for  students.  In  this  aspect  Mr.  Watson's 
book  is  distinctly  stimulating  and  unquestionably  notable.  He 
possesses  firmness  of  grasp  and  capacity  for  analysis.  Such 
works  mark  stages  in  actual  progress,  instead  of  beating  time 
with  improved  tempo  and  more  elaborate  and  timely  settings. 
But  upon  the  question  whether  such  purpose  can  be  combined 
with  the  instructional  aim,  and  combined  in  the  Watsonian 
manner,  serious  doubt  remains.  By  contrast  the  serious  defect 
of  Mr.  Warren's  text  is  its  too  didactic  tone,  its  over-emphasis 
of  verbal  arrangement  and  distinction,  its  more  than  occasional 
wandering  away  from  the  sense  of  psychological  realities;  all 
of  which  make  the  text  not  only  less  teachable  but  a  needless 
temptation  to  bad  mental  habits  already  sufficiently  prevalent. 
The  distribution  of  its  points  of  innovation  is  not  always 
happy;  and  the  structural  sense  of  the  whole  suffers.  Such 
defects  make  a  book  unpopular;  on  the  contrary,  the  defects  of 
Mr.  Hunter's  accommodating  perspective  offers  too  ready  an 
appeal  to  those  willing  to  forego  the  discipline  of  serious  mental 
effort. 

Just  what  should  and  what  should  not  be  included  in  an  "Edu- 
cational Psychology"  is  less  a  matter  of  deduction  from  prin- 
ciple than  a  reflection  of  interest.  Professor  Starch  is  quite 
within  his  rights  in  following  the  trend  of  current  interest.  That 
the  problems  of  the  teacher  are  not  the  same  in  content  or  com- 
plexion as  the  problems  of  the  educational  psychologist  is 
strangely  overlooked.  We  have  in  this  volume  an  orderly  com- 
pendium of  materials  for  the  study  of  a  large  range  of  psy- 
chological processes.  It  is  a  treatise  upon  psychological  build- 
ing materials  and  the  methods  of  testing  them,  when  many  a 
student  and  many  a  reader  will  expect  and  desire  and  need  a 
guide  to  mental  composition  and  the  reasons  why  minds  are  and 
should  be  so  built. 

While  Mr.  Starch's  work  bears  the  hall-mark  of  the  laboratory 
and  the  school-room,  that  of  Mr.  Link  has  the  trade-mark  of  the 
busy  world  outside.  It  is  fortunate  that  a  pioneer  treatise  on 
"Employment  Psychology"  should  be  keenly  aware  of  the  limi- 
tations of  the  project  which  he  presents.  Mr.  Link  realizes  that 
if  too  ambitious  a  program  is  set,  disrepute  will  follow  quickly 
upon  sudden  favor.  The  tests  devised  in  the  laboratory  to 
measure  relative  abilities  have  made  good  in  the  application  to 
industry.  The  technique  is  simple;  for  what  is  needed  is  only  a 
ranking  scale,  not  uii  absolute  yardstick.  To  determine  where  a 
person  stands  in  a  group  of  one  hundred  as  to  quickness  of 
visual  perception  or  span  of  memory-grasp  or  skill  in  handling 
simple  logical  concepts,  is  readily  possible  if  we  can  agree  as  to 
the  content  and  method  of  the  tests  which  shall  be  accepted  as 
typical  of  the  traits  in  question.  And  even  if  there  is  little  to 
assure  us  that  the  tests  selected  are  the  best  possible,  it  is  possible 
to  determine  that  they  are  good  enough.  For  they  may  be  made 
to  carry  their  corrective  with  them.  To  this  end  the  candidates 
are  again  rated  according  to  the  actual  records  made  in  their 
pursuits  or  performance,  and  still  again  according  to  an  estimate 
of  their  proficiency  or  with  what  has  proved  to  be  a  fair  test 
of  their  general  intelligence.  The  final  test  lies  in  the  correla- 
tion of  any  one  ability  with  the  general  intelligence  or  rating 
or  accomplishment.  After  due  allowance  is  made,  there  can  be 
no  question  that  the  method  pays.  Psychological  testing  not 
only  saves  waste  in  fitting  jobs  to  men  or  selecting  men  for  jobs; 
it  analyzes  the  factors  upon  which  ordinary  judgment  (which  in 
a  measure  it  replaces)  operates,  and  assigns  unexpected  ratings 
to  points  commonly  overlooked.  It  is  an  efficient  aid  to  analysis, 
a  corrective  of  impressionism,  and  a  stimulus  to  a  fairer  esti- 
mate of  human  differences.  The  essential  desideratum  is  to 
realize  fully  and  daily  the  limitations  of  the  method;  it  is  not 
a  panacea  nor  is  it  to  be  made  a  cult.  That  is  the  great  danger 
of  such  "systems";  they  produce  devotees.     This  Dr.  Link  fully 


recognizes,  and  recognizes  in  detail  that  the  tests  succeed  best 
in  occupations  which  are  simple.  The  Binet  tests  work  because 
children  are  simpler  than  adults.  The  more  varied  and  complex 
the  occupation,  the  more  limited  will  be  the  verdict  of  tests. 

It  is  this  obvious  financial  importance  of  such  works  that  in- 
vites the  abuse  of  the  charlatan.  A  shocking  example  is  the  book 
of  Mr.  Balkin  with  the  absurd  title  "The  New  Science  of  Ana- 
lyzing Character,"  a  preposterous  and  mischievous  work  which 
is  nothing  but  a  cheap  rehash  of  all  the  exploded  notions  of 
ignorant  pseudo-science,  heralded  as  the  rare  discovery  of  a 
"character  analyst  and  employer's  adviser."  The  crassest 
notions  of  phrenology  and  physiognomy  are  put  forth  as  gospel, 
with  the  usual  vaporous  padding  that  gives  the  reader  the 
impression  that  the  words  contain  ideas.  There  is  no  purpose  in 
calling  attention  to  such  a  work  except  the  social  service  of 
using  it  as  a  warning. 

The  large  interest  in  the  abnormal  phases  of  the  mind's  behav- 
ior is  represented  in  the  present  list  by  a  slight  but  significant 
contribution.  Mr.  Bridges's  book  represents  the  two  sources  of 
the  interest  in  the  abnormal:  the  clinic,  with  its  vexed  problem 
of  classifying  in  intelligible  fashion  the  varieties  of  the  insani- 
ties; and  the  rational  curiosity  regarding  exaggerations  and 
distortions  of  partial  mental  processes.  Defect  and  excess  and 
disproportion,  impediment  and  entanglement,  and  the  several 
handicaps  of  inferiority  and  psychic  inhibition,  make  up  a  large 
and  sorry  tale  of  the  imperfections  of  the  human  mind.  It 
requires  both  orders  of  consideration  to  complete  the  survey  of 
the  mentally  abnormal;  and  both  are  recognized  in  this  well- 
planned  outline,  with,  however,  too  detailed  an  emphasis  of  the 
clinical  features  to  be  adapted  to  students  of  psychology  who  are 
not  looking  forward  to  medicine.  Joseph  Jastrow. 

The  Politics  of  Young  India 

The  Political  Future  of  India.    By  Lajpat  Rai.     B.  W.  Huebsch; 

AMONG  the  many  circumstances  which  obscure  the  problem 
of  India  to  students  of  international  relations  none  is 
more  pernicious  than  the  systematic  blindness  to  the  simple 
truism  that  there  is  no  such  country  as  India.  The  weakest 
link  in  the  chain  of  arguments  advanced  by  Indian  politicians 
is  that  bearing  on  the  Native  States  which,  numbering  over 
half  a  thousand,  cover,  in  various  degrees  of  subjection  to 
Great  Britain,  over  a  third  of  the  South  Asian  sub-continent 
and  comprise  about  twenty-five  per  cent  of  its  population.  But 
even  more  serious  than  this  breach  in  the  alleged  unity  of 
India  is  the  racial  or  linguistic  disparity  of  the  different  pro- 
vinces, a  disparity  which  no  honest  application  of  Mazzini's 
nationality-principle  or  of  the  Bolshevist  theory  of  self-determi- 
nation could  ever  ignore.  As  for  the  differences  between  Hindus 
and  Mohammedans,  and  the  caste  divisions  in  social  life  of 
which  even  the  tyro  in  Indian  affairs  glibly  talks,  they  are 
quite  insignificant  when  legal,  political,  or  economic  organiza- 
tion is  considered.  By  no  means  are  they  more  potent  as  hin- 
drances to  national  self-realization  than  are  the  conditions  of 
Realpolitik  obtaining  in  the  West  today.  As  in  Europe,  with 
its  score  of  kingdoms  and  republics  and  its  dozen  of  new 
irredentas,  in  India  the  real  and  only  legitimate  basis  of  po- 
litical differentiation  is  territorial,  allowing  of  course  for  the 
complications  that  are  inevitable  everywhere  because  of  the 
borderland  Alsace-Lorraines  and  the  question  of  minorities. 
Indeed,  the  house  of  cards  called  United  India  would  not  be 
more  a  thing  of  the  past  had  the  fortunes  of  the  last  war  been 
ever  so  different  from  what  they  happened  to  be;  for  the  terms 
of  a  victorious  Germany  in  regard  to  Asia  and  Africa  would 
hardly  have  been  more  ruthless,  humanly  speaking,  than  were 
those  of  the  Allies  in  regard  to  the  national  boundaries  of 
Central  Europe.  The  present  map  of  India,  hodge-podge  as  it 
is,  is  the  greatest  superstition  of  Indian  patriots;  the  fallacy 
of  their  political  writers  consists  in  trying  to  envisage  future 
state-making  on  the  lines  of  the  map  that  has  been  artificially 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


17 


created  by  the  haphazard  annexations  of  the  British  since  1757. 
These  considerations  will  not  trouble  the  reader  of  Lajpat 
Rai's  book.  The  strength  and  weakness  of  Mr.  Rai  are  the 
strength  and  weakness  of  his  school,  of  the  political  party  to 
which  he  belongs.  Constructive  statesmanship  is  not  to  be  ex- 
pected from  persons  .who  by  the  force  of  circumstances  are 
habituated  chiefly  to  ventilate  opinions  that  have  no  chance 
of  being  done  into  life,  opinions  embodying  cut  and  dried  re- 
sistance to  cut  and  dried  resolutions  made  by  the  Foreign 
Office — persons  who  have  neither  the  intellectual  boldness  to 
think  in  terms  of  India's  freedom  nor  the  moral  sincerity  to  be 
champions  of  the  British  empire.  The  world  has  to  recognize 
once  for  all  that  there  are  two  Indias  so  far  as  politics  is  con- 
cerned— one  the  India  that  is  in  evidence  and  the  other  the  India 
that  is  underground.  It  is  from  the  open  or  surface  India 
that  speakers  and  writers,  men  of  the  Indian  National  Congress 
or  of  the  Moslem  League  (Mr.  Rai,  for  instance),  come.  The 
India  of  subterranean  energies  chooses  to  maintain  a  solemn 
silence  except  only  in  armed  upheavals  whose  history  and 
philosophy  have  laboriously  to  be  unearthed  by  officers  of  the 
criminal  investigation  department. 

It  is  the  militaristic  activity  of  this  silent  and  sullen  India 
with  its  network  of  sympathizers  and  agents  in  France,  Amer- 
ica, Germany,  Japan,  and  Russia  that  taxes  the  brains  of  the 
far-sighted  statesmen  of  Great  Britain,  who  can  afford  alto- 
gether to  ignore  the  India  of  speaking  agitators  as  such.  All 
the  sops  which  those  statesmen  have  been  offering  since  1908 
in  order  to  "rally  the  moderates  to  the  Crown,"  as  the  phrase 
goes  in  Anglo-Indian  vocabulary,  are  but  prizes  that  non-radical 
or  Menshevik  India  enjoys  on  the  unseen  shoulders  of  bomb- 
throwers  and  arms-smugglers  whose  idealism  does  not  stop 
short  of  anything  but  sovereign  independence  of  the  Japanese 
type.  Even  superficial  observers  could  not  have  failed  to  no- 
tice during  and  since  the  war  that  the  open  demands  of  the 
Indian  National  Congress  and  of  the  Moslem  League  rise  in 
geometrical  progression  according  as  the  secret  societies  are  felt 
mysteriously  to  be  growing  in  numbers  and  extending  their 
conquests  from  class  to  class.  Only  in  view  of  this  fact  are 
Mr.  Rai's  essay  and  the  latest  speeches  by  political  orators  on 
fiscal  autonomy,  educational  budget,  army  and  navy  expenses, 
and  tariff  reform  of  importance  to  international  diplomatists; 
they  issue  from  the  only  channels  through  which  the  surface- 
ripples  of  contemporary  India  can  be  observed. 

Hopelessly  situated  as  patriotic  India  is  from  the  standpoint 
of  military  preparedness,  the  school  of  open  politics  can  only 
exhibit  to  the  world  an  M.  K.  Gandhi,  with  his  banner  of  "de- 
votion to  truth"  (Satyagraha),  or  passive  resistance  (the  only 
form  of  resistance,  by  the  way,  conceivable  under  the  circum- 
stances). And  while  Mohammed  Ali,  a  Moslem  leader,  preaches 
the  theocratic  ideal  of  the  kingdom  of  Allah  (God),  Rabindra- 
nath  Tagore,  the  Hindu,  invites  his  compatriots  to  offer  a  prayer 
to  God  to  give  "power  to  suffer."  What  else,  then,  can  Mr.  Rai 
do  but  seek  good  company  by  exhorting  his  emasculated  coun- 
trymen to  study  virtue  and  morality?  Verily,  a  subject  race 
can  have  patriotism  but  no  politics,  unless  it  be  the  politics 
of  echoing  the  sentiments  of  a  half  dozen  personal  friends  in 
the  master  race,  or  of  serving  as  contented  second  fiddles  to  the 
alien  ruler  in  order  to  consolidate  and  fortify  his  empire  against 
the  eventualities  of  the  "next  war."  Without  committing  one- 
self to  the  British  or  the  Indian  angle  of  vision  the  academic 
student  of  social  progress  will  derive  a  new  orientation  in 
problems  of  the  contact  of  cultures  by  coming  in  touch  with  the 
politics  of  Young  India.  Benoy  Kumar  Sarkar 


The  Democratic  Convention  at 
San  Francisco 

in  The  Nation  of  July  10 


American  Labor  History 

A  Short  History  of  the  American  Labor  Movement.    By  Mary 

Beard.    Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Organized    Labor    in    American    History.      By    Frank    Tracy 

Carlton.  D.  Appleton  and  Company. 
HP  HE  news  about  labor  in  the  daily  press,  the  discussions  of 
*■  labor  problems  in  the  street  cars  and  at  the  supper  tables, 
even  some  of  the  learned  articles  and  speeches  by  those  whom 
we  are  pleased  to  respect  as  national  leaders,  are  enough  to 
enforce,  upon  the  mind  of  the  informed,  Graham  Wallas's  doubt 
about  the  future  of  our  civilization.  An  age  of  a  thousand 
important  specialisms,  reflected  with  such  little  accuracy  and 
expertness  by  the  average  man,  cries  out  for  synthesis — but  who 
is  there  to  furnish  it,  and  how  is  it  to  be  supplied?  In  the  case 
of  labor,  however,  we  have  a  right  to  expect  more  widespread 
and  more  detailed  information  than  is  ordinarily  displayed. 
Everyone  now  understands  that  a  large,  perhaps  a  determining 
role  in  the  creation  of  the  immediate  future  must  be  assumed 
by  the  labor  movement,  and  there  is  at  least  a  third  of  the 
morning  paper  which  cannot  be  read  intelligently  unless  we 
know  something  about  it. 

Yet  even  persons  with  a  keen  interest  in  the  recent  develop- 
ments sometimes  talk  as  if  unions  sprang  into  active  being 
yesterday,  or  as  if  labor  first  began  to  speak  through  the  Rus- 
sian Soviets  or  the  British  Labor  Party.  We  are  apt  to  forget 
that  the  American  labor  movement  cannot  be  understood  unless 
we  know  its  origins  and  history,  and  that  its  history  reaches 
back  almost  to  the  foundation  of  the  republic.  This  is  in  part 
the  fault  of  American  scholars,  who  left  us  without  an  adequate 
history  until  the  publication,  in  1918,  of  "A  History  of  Labor 
in  the  United  States,"  by  John  R.  Commons  and  his  associates. 
That  scholarly  two-volume  work  made  an  excellent  beginning, 
but  it  is  perhaps  a  little  forbidding  to  the  general  reader. 
Certainly  there  was  need  for  a  smaller  and  more  compact  sum- 
mary for  schools.  Education  cannot  be  regarded  as  complete 
while  students  are  given  Macaulay  and  left  in  ignorance  of  the 
background  of  trade-unions  in  the  United  States.  For  union 
classes  and  labor  colleges  also  a  short  book  is  indispensable. 

Mrs.  Beard's  book  could  hardly  be  better,  as  a  readable  and 
brief  summary.  She  has  relied  principally  upon  the  Commons 
history,  yet  her  work  is  much  more  useful  than  an  undigested 
abstract,  because  she  has  regrouped  the  essential  facts  under 
a  scheme  more  suitable  to  a  short  book  than  the  plan  of  the 
two-volume  history  would  be.  Her  dependence  on  Mr.  Com- 
mons is  noticeable  rather  in  the  interpretation  of  the  facts  pre- 
sented. This  interpretation  regards  the  main  events  of  labor 
history  as  being  susceptible  of  statement  in  two  alternating 
curves — one  of  trade-union  economic  action  proper,  and  the 
other  of  political  action;  the  trade-union  curve  rising  to  its 
greatest  heights  in  periods  of  prosperity,  and  falling  in  periods 
of  depression,  and  the  political  curve  assuming  the  opposite 
course.  There  is  little  fault  to  be  found  with  this  interpreta- 
tion, except  that  Mr.  Commons  sometimes  seems  to  imply  that 
increased  political  action  is  the  cause  rather  than  the  result 
of  trade-union  impotence.  It  also  may  prove  to  be  somewhat 
over-simplified,  and  forgetful  of  other  profound  influences,  if, 
as  is  now  the  case  in  Britain,  there  should  arise  a  simultane- 
ous leap  to  power  both  of  trade  unions  and  a  labor  political 
movement.  It  does  not  interfere,  however,  with  a  candid  presen- 
tation of  the  essential  facts  up  to  the  present.  The  growth  of 
the  independent  local  craft  unions  in  the  early  half  of  the 
nineteenth  century,  their  gradual  struggle  toward  national 
affiliation,  the  successive  bodies  such  as  the  National  Labor 
Union,  the  Knights  of  Labor,  and  the  American  Federation  of 
Labor,  the  various  cooperative,  political,  or  revolutionary  move- 
ments, are  well  presented.  In  any  future  edition  two  minor 
corrections  should  be  made.  On  page  101  the  Brotherhood  of 
Maintenance  of  Way  Employees   is   listed  as  one  of  the  four 


18 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


great  independent  railway  brotherhoods,  whereas  the  Brother- 
hood of  Railway  Trainmen  is  obviously  meant,  the  former  or- 
ganization having  arisen  during  the  recent  war  and  having 
been  for  a  time  affiliated  with  the  American  Federation  of 
Labor.  On  page  124  the  federal  local  is  mentioned  as  an 
example  of  industrial  unionism,  whereas  many  of  the  federal 
unions  are  on  a  craft  basis,  and  are  merely  local  unions  directly 
affiliated  with  the  national  Federation  because  no  national 
bodies  exist  in  their  own  trades.  These  errors,  however,  do  not 
bulk  large  in  so  excellent  and  useful  a  manual. 

Mr.  Carlton's  book  is  by  no  means  so  well  knit  as  Mrs. 
Beard's.  It  is  rather  a  collection  of  articles,  the  first  one  alone 
being  a  highly  condensed  history.  The  others  deal  in  a  more 
discursive  fashion  with  labor's  part  in  the  adoption  and  inter- 
pretation of  the  Constitution,  in  establishing  the  free  school, 
in  land  reform,  and  in  more  recent  activities.  In  general  they 
are  enlightened,  and  represent  the  newer  and  more  generous 
attitude  of  liberal  economists  toward  the  aspirations  of  labor. 

George  Soule 

Drama 

The  Changing  Drama 

Liluli.  By  Romain  Rolland.     Boni  and  Liveright. 

First  Plays.    By  A.  A.  Milne.     Alfred  A.  Knopf. 

Three  Lancashire  Plays.    By  Harold  Brighouse.  Samuel  French. 

The  Gloss  of  Youth.     By  Henry  Howard  Furness,  Jr.     J.  B. 

Lippincott  Company. 
The  Birth  of  God.    By  Verner  von  Heidenstam.     Translated  by 

K.  M.  Knudsen.    The  Four  Seas  Company. 
The  Death  of  Titian.    By  Hugo  von  Hofmannsthal.    Translated 

by  J.  Heard,  Jr.    The  Four  Seas  Company. 

INTO  his  lyrical  farce  M.  Rolland  has  concentrated  all  as- 
pects of  the  great  illusion  that  fills  the  world  with  blood 
and  din.  He  is  gay,  but  his  gaiety  has  an  edge  of  sadness;  his 
touch  is  both  light  and  plastic,  but  it  builds  on  a  foundation  of 
severe  and  systematic  thought.  He,  if  no  other,  sustains  in  his 
exile  today  the  great  tradition  of  France — the  tradition  of 
serious  laughter,  of  undimmed  vision,  of  triumphant  good  sense. 
The  memories  of  men  are  pitifully  like  sieves.  But  in  "Liluli" 
France  at  least  possesses  a  brief  and  lasting  reminder  of  the 
true  character  of  the  nations'  greatest  madness.  M.  Rolland 
begins  with  the  doctrine  of  "Armed  Peace,"  of  "fellows  so 
afraid  of  fire  that  they  put  it  to  their  tails."  He  points  out 
the  ignoble  mockery  of  life  within  the  states  armed  for  peace, 
of  "preparedness"  and  "morale."  "Fraternity"  is  "a  cannibal." 
"Liberty"  is  seen  "with  her  horsewhip  leading  men  in  chains." 
There  were  the  Hurlurberloches  and  the  Gallipoulets — simple, 
kindly,  at  peace.  But  they  were  taught  to  make  differences  a 
matter  for  hatred,  and  preparedness  a  challenge,  until  their 
masters,  the  Fat  Men,  had  confused  and  goaded  them  to  the 
point  of  blind  rage.  The  Fat  Men  grew  fatter  and  roared  their 
litany:  "God  created  evil,  pestilence,  patriotism,  wealth,  and 
war."  And  the  young  and  ardent,  Altair  and  Antares,  are  de- 
luded through  what  is  noblest  in  them.  They  sink  into  the  arms 
of  illusion  and  die  for  the  Fat  Men  and  the  Fat  Men's  Master — 
God.  The  whole  matter  is  glaringly  and  cruelly  clear  to  the 
few  who  are  accessible  to  experience  and  thought.  But  the 
masses  of  men  have  little  natural  aptitude  for  either,  and  there- 
fore it  is  a  pity  that  M.  Rolland  has  chosen  the  now  domi- 
nant symbolical  forms  for  the  embodiment  of  his  fable.  Never 
so  much  as  today  did  art  need  to  speak  directly.  Yet  every- 
where on  the  Continent  the  neo-romantic  forms  are  absorbing 
all  others.  They  demand  the  effort  of  a  highly-trained  imagi- 
nation and  painfully  limit  the  audience  of  the  poet.  "Liluli"  is 
beautiful  and  memorable.  But  its  literary  sophistication  stands 
in  the  way  of  its  broader  effectiveness. 

England  was  the  last  country  to  be  reached  by  the  modern 
renascence  of  the  drama,  so  that  English  playwrights  are  still 


apt  to  use  the  naturalistic  method  which  has  been  largely  dis- 
carded elsewhere.  The  persistence  of  naturalism  in  England 
has  been  further  supported  by  the  fact  that  the  two  chief  living 
British  dramatists,  Shaw  and  Galsworthy,  are  anything  in  the 
world  rather  than  poets  and  were  both  unable  and  unwilling,  like 
Hauptmann,  to  follow  the  lure  of  the  new  forms  and  moods. 
The  result  is  that  a  good,  playable,  naturalistic  play,  whether 
comic  or  tragic,  is  more  apt  to  reach  us  from  England  today 
than  from  Germany  or  France.  Mr.  A.  A.  Milne's  "First  Plays" 
are  cases  in  point.  No  young  Continental  artist,  discovering 
himself  to  be  a  playwright  during  the  very  years  of  the  war, 
would  have  written  with  this  sobriety,  good  humor,  and  straight- 
forward realism.  Such  an  artist  would,  no  doubt,  have  written 
more  profoundly  and  imaginatively,  but  also  more  obscurely 
and,  in  no  low  sense,  less  usefully.  Mr.  Milne,  to  be  sure,  is 
capable  of  being  both  trivial  and  sentimental.  But  his  dialogue 
is  deft  and  natural,  and  his  observation  of  human  nature  cool 
and  sane.  His  best  play,  The  Lucky  One,  a  comedy-drama  in 
three  acts,  is  an  admirable  piece  of  dramatic  writing.  Its  struc- 
ture has  the  grace  of  unobtrusive  naturalness,  its  people  have 
an  easy  genuineness  of  speech  and  gesture,  its  spiritual  point  is 
profound  without  mysteriousness  and  subtle  without  obscurity. 
To  the  shame  of  both  the  London  and  the  New  York  managers 
this  play  has  so  far  gone  begging  for  a  production  and  gone 
in  vain. 

The  "Manchester  School"  of  drama  which  owes  so  much  to  the 
excellent  repertory  playhouse  of  Miss  Horniman  has  also  been 
prevalently   naturalistic    in   method.     Its   danger   has   been   a 
sudden  sagging  into  either  the  sentimental  or  the  melodramatic. 
The  late  Stanley  Houghton  escaped  that  danger  in  "The  Younger 
Generation,"  and  Mr.  Allan  Monkhouse  escaped  it  in  his  delight- 
ful "Mary  Broome."     Mr.  Brighouse's  touch   and  temper  are 
equally  uncertain.     The  most  ambitious  of  his  three  Lancashire" 
plays  is  "The  Northerners."    The  time  is  1820,  the  theme  the 
futile  rebellion  of  the  weavers  whose  hand-looms   disappeared" 
and  who  were  driven  by  hunger  into  the  terrible  slavery  of  .the 
early  factories.     Thus  Mr.  Brighouse  directly  challenges  com- 
parison with  Hauptmann.     And  that  is  a  bit  of  excessive  rash- 
ness.    His   own  action  is  ingenious  in  the  bad   and   artificial 
sense,  and  flares  into  the  noisiest  melodrama  in  the  last  act. 
His  people  speak  in  terrible  pentameters  that  Mr.   Brighouse 
either  did  not  hear  or,  what  is  worse,  enjoyed. 
Maybe  if  you  had  done  that  earlier 
We  should  have  seen  by  now  some  sign  of  what 
I'm  looking  for  from  you. 
"The  Game"  is  a  far  sounder  and  less  pretentious  play  than  "The 
Northerners";  "Zack"  is  negligible. 

"The  Gloss  of  Youth"  is  an  eminent  scholar's  brief  diversion 
in  which  Shakespeare  discusses  with  John  Fletcher  his  relations 
to  the  public  and  his  art  and  is  consoled  by  the  appreciation  of 
two  children  who  are  no  other  than  little  "Jack"  Milton  and 
"Noll"  Cromwell.  It  is  all  a  little  over-intentional,  and  the 
prose  of  the  dialogue  scans  even  more  swellingly  than  that  of 
Mr.  Brighouse.  But  the  little  play  is,  no  doubt,  well  suited  for 
such  academic  occasions  as  the  one  which  caused  it  to  be  written. 

The  last  and  first  phases  of  Continental  neo-romanticism  are 
represented  by  Heidenstam's  "The  Birth  of  God"  and  Hofmanns- 
thal's  "The  Death  of  Titian."  One  need  be  no  morose  praiser 
of  time  past  to  prefer  the  first  phase  to  the  last.  When  the  boy 
Hofmannstahl — he  was  only  seventeen — wrote  "Der  Tod  des 
Tizian,"  what  stirred  him  was  the  wonder  of  the  world's  beauty 
and  the  miracle  of  art.  He  was  neither  rebelling  nor  reacting 
against  anything.  He  fashioned  those  incomparable  verses 
(which  Mr.  Heard  has  sensitively  read  but  quite  failed  to  ren- 
der) because  the  very  pang  of  beauty  wrung  them  from  him. 
No  wonder  that  such  verses  are  not  written  today  either  in 
Vienna  or  elsewhere.  Yet  what  do  the  new  mysteries  of  the 
neo-romantics  avail  us?  In  spare  and  fragile  prose  the  Swedish 
poet  echoes  a  cry  that  we  find  in  many  of  the  works  of  the 
poets  of  post-war  Europe,  the  cry  after  a  new  god.  Has  not 
humanity  suffered  and  bled  enough — as  Rolland  makes  clear — 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


19 


for  the  gods  of  its  own  making?  Will  the  new  god  be  less 
man-made  than  the  old?  Beauty,  at  least,  exists.  We  know  it 
by  our  vision  and  our  touch.  To  love  and  conserve  and  in- 
crease it,  is  better  than  to  cry  into  the  void. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Books  in  Briel 

THE  orthodox  economists  are  in  such  a  helpless  muddle  in 
regard  to  soaring  prices  that  it  is  a  relief  to  find  a  thinker 
who  does  not  scatter  explanations  with  a  shot  gun  all  over  the 
barn  door  but  goes  straight  to  his  mark.  Major  C.  H.  Douglas, 
in  "Economic  Democracy"  (Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe),  finds 
the  explanation  in  the  relation  of  banker-credit  to  sale-price.  It 
is  the  "unearned  increment"  idea  applied  to  industrialism.  The 
book  is  immensely  stimulating;  it  is  fresh  and  sincere  in  the 
finest  British  way.  There  is  not  a  word  of  cant,  not  even  the 
conventional  Marxian  phraseology.  The  author  accepts  the  facts 
which  the  war  laid  bare,  stripping  away  the  humbuggery  which 
timid  souls  love  to  veil  their  eyes  with.  Democracy  means  to 
him  freedom  of  endeavor  in  a  society  where  the  social  wealth  no 
longer  lies  open  to  exploitation  for  individual  advantage.  This 
freedom  he  finds  everywhere  threatened  by  centralization — a 
pyramidal  structure  of  society  with  its  Prussian  regimentation 
controlled  by  ambitious  self-seekers.  Bureaucratic  socialism 
offers  no  remedy,  for  it  implies  an  even  worse  autocracy.  The 
key  to  the  solution  is  found  in  the  social  control  of  credit,  which 
is  the  financial  reflex  of  productive  power.  It  rests  partly  upon 
labor  power,  but  far  more  upon  the  accumulated  wealth  of 
inventions,  processes,  raw  materials,  and  the  like — wealth  which 
in  no  sense  is  individual.  The  banker-financier  today,  it  is 
claimed,  exploits  this  social-power  of  production;  he  taxes  the 
public   by   adding   his   credit-profit  to   the   sale'  price,    thereby 


creating  the  ugly  paradox  that  the  producer  cannot  buy  what  he 
produces  because  of  an  inadequate  wage-fund.  This  is  the  dis- 
ease from  which  the  present  system  is  here  said  to  be  dying;  and 
increased  production  only  aggravates  the  disease.  Socialize 
credit,  says  Major  Douglas,  and  the  way  is  left  open  to  individual 
initiative,  while  at  the  same  time  the  sale  price  will  fall  approx- 
imately to  the  labor  cost.  This  process  is  illustrated  in  a  sug- 
gestive way.  Unfortunately  the  book  is  too  brief.  Excessive 
concentration  has  left  it  obscure  in  vital  portions — a  weakness 
that  should  be  removed  in  a  second  edition.  P. 

A  N  analysis  of  British  characteristics  by  a  British  professor 
■**•  is  a  difficult  task  for  any  fair-minded  man,  which  is  prob- 
ably why  Mr.  J.  S.  Mackenzie,  in  "Arrows  of  Desire"  (Mac- 
millan),  draws  upon  a  consensus  of  other  people's  opinions  with 
which  to  support  his  own.  This  continual  reference  to  authori- 
ties is  a  little  wearisome  to  the  flesh,  the  more  so  since  Mr. 
Mackenzie  shows  himself  a  really  competent  judge  of  the  matter, 
avoiding  self-glorification  without  the  obverse  fault  of  detrac- 
tion in  order  to  prove  himself  just.  Taking  Shakespeare's 
Henry  V  as  his  text  he  agrees  with  most  of  what  Bradley  has 
written  on  the  subject,  but  discusses  at  some  length  its  appli- 
cation to  the  charge  of  hypocrisy  that  is  continually  laid  at  the 
door  of  the  British  nation.  Perhaps  Voltaire's  epigram  that 
hypocrisy  is  the  homage  which  vice  renders  to  virtue  is  the 
best  apology  that  was  ever  offered  for  the  British  attitude  of 
mind.  Or,  as  some  one  explained  a  bigamist  by  saying  that  he 
was  so  respectable  that  he  simply  couldn't  live  with  some  one  to 
whom  he  wasn't  married,  so  the  Briton  is  so  anxious  to  be  on 
the  side  of  the  angels  that  sometimes  he  may  take  crooked  paths 
to  get  there.  The  question  came  up  in  all  its  force  at  the 
beginning  of  the  war  when  Lord  Grey  was  considered  a  monster 
of  hypocrisy  by  the  Central  Empires  for  not  having  said  earlier 
that  England  would  come  into  the  war.     Mr.  Mackenzie's  own 


ALFRED  '  A '  KNOPF 

R'?l^*5,M^*JallB;*?JllB;»?I!lo;»?,llE!:*?aMB?*5al|K»'»x»l|Bp«2D" 


iio  W.  42  Street,  NEW  YORK 

B5*5BllB^»51llB?*!!0llB5»3allB?*3SJllB^4?aMK?*33!lB?t5allES*2alt7'' 


Somerset  Maugham 

so  widely  known  for  his  MOON  AND  SIX- 
PENCE, has  here  in  THE  LAND  OF  THE 
BLESSED  VIRGIN  plied  his  brush  on  new 
canvases,  those  of  sketches  and  impres- 
sions of  Andalusia — that  province  which  is 
the  essence  of  Spain — with  its  opulent  color, 
luminous  and  soft,  its  white  cities  bathed  in 
light,  and  its  silent  cloudless  nights.  This 
book  gives,  above  all,  an  extreme  sense  of 
vigorous  life.     $2.50. 

Autobiography  plus 
Philosophy  plus  Politics 

In  YOUTH  AND  EGOLATRY  Pfo  Baroja, 
foremost  Spanish  novelist,  has  written  a  vol- 
ume of  penetrating  doctrine  which  confirms 
his  position  as  the  shrewdest  and  keenest 
continental  author  now  writing.  The  book 
is  Number  I  of  the  very  interesting  "Free 
Lance"  Series,  which  H.  L.  Mencken  is  edit- 
ing. Mr.  Mencken  furnishes  an  Introduc- 
tion  to  this  volume.    $1.75. 

Country  Sentiment 

is  the  latest  collection  of  poems  from  the  pen 
of  Robert  Graves,  one  of  the  foremost  of  the 
younger  group  of  English  poets  to  which 
Bassoon  and  Robert  Nichols  belong.  Louis 
Untermoycr  said  of  him  when  his  FAIRIES 
AND  FUSILIERS  appeared:  "It  is  a  fine- 
tempered  instrument  ho  uses,  and  the  music 
he  strikes  from  it  is  as  lovely  as  it  is  varied.* 
$1.25. 


The  Golden  Bird 

is  the  first  book  (although  anything  but  the 
first  written  work)  of  a  very  young  English 
writer,  Dorothy  Easton.  It  is  a  collection 
of  stories  of  the  southern  countryside  of 
England.  Miss  Easton  was  "discovered"  by 
John  Galsworthy,  who  is  very  enthusiastic 
about  her  and  has  written  an  Introduction 
to  her  book.     $2.00. 


Economic  Reprints 

I.  THE    LIFE    OF    ROBERT   OWEN. 

II-III.  THE  LIFE  AND  STRUGGLES 
OF  WILLIAM  LOVETT. 

IV.  THE  PIONEERS  OF  LAND  RE- 
FORM. 


These  four  volumes  inaugurate  a  series  of 
works  by  eminent  leaden  in  economic  fields. 
They  are  the  first  issues  in  a  new  "Socio- 
Economic"  section  of  the  famous  Bohn  Li- 
1  T.i ries  which  were  started  in  1847  by  Henry 
George  Bohn,  and  in  1864  were  taken  over 
by  G.  Bell  and  Sons,  Ltd.  The  American 
edition  is  a  small  compact  one,  printed  on 
thin  but  strong  paper  and  substantially 
bound  in  cloth — of  a  size  to  fit  the  pocket. 
Each  $1.50. 


1 

Wordsworth  Again 

WORDSWORTH:  AN  ANTHOLOGY  is 
made  up  of  poems  selected  and  arranged 
with  a  prefatory  note  by  T.  J.  Cobden-San- 
derson.  "This  beautiful  book,  of  full  pages, 
generous  margins,  and  the  delightful  type 
we  expect  from  Mr.  Cobden-Sanderson,  will 
certainly  become  a  treasured  possession  of 
many  Wordsworthians  and,  given  by  them 
to  others,  will  bring  converts  to  the  faith." 
— London  Times.  The  edition  for  America 
is  limited  to  only  250  copies.    $3.00. 

"A  Genuine  Singer" 

says  Reedy's  Mirror  of  Witter  Bynner,  "A 
poet  with  a  complete  mastery  of  the  art 
within  his  range,  and  that  range  broad,  high, 
and  deep."  Mr.  Bynner  once  more  bears  out 
this  statement  in  this  latest  and  most  im- 
portant collection  of  his  recent  verse,  A 
CANTICLE  OF  PAN.  The  title  poem  is 
a  chant  of  communion  between  the  Christ- 
Child  and  the  pagan  god,  Pan,  and  was 
given  as  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  poem  at  the 
University  of  California  a  year  ago.    $2.00. 

Thoroughly  Enjoyable 

is  BARENT  CREIGHTON,  by  Don  C.  Shafer, 
a  tale  of  the  highways  and  byways  of  the 
New  York  of  eighty  years  ago.  Do  you  like 
romance,  excitement,  mystery,  humor? 
There's  a  dashing  hero,  a  plucky  girl,  and 
the  midnight  inquisitions  of  the  famous 
Anti-Rent  disturbances.  A  story  that  will 
peal  especially  to  all  lovers  of  Jeffry 
Farnol.      $2.00". 


Ii^lltfrlallt^iallr^igll^^ 


20 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


analysis  is  very  enlightening  in  this  direction;  but  perhaps  his 
best  section  is  that  dealing  with  the  common  charges  of  cruelty 
and  sentimentality  against  the  English.  "In  general,"  he  says, 
"when  the  English  are  cruel,  they  try  to  connect  their  cruelty 
with  some  form  of  moral  sentiment.  This  cruelty  is  partly  to  be 
ascribed  to  the  doggedness  of  the  national  temperament.  An 
Englishman  is  not  readily  deterred  from  any  course  upon  which 
he  has  entered.  Hence,  in  the  attempt  to  devise  deterrent  pun- 
ishments those  who  use  them  are  driven  from  one  severity  to 
another." 

A  PICTURE  of  the  Near  East,  exotic  yet  diffused  with 
that  tranquil  candor  which  bespeaks  authenticity,  is  un- 
rolled to  Occidental  eyes  in  "La  Danseuse  de  Shamakha,"  by 
Armen  Ohanian  (Paris:  Grasset).  It  is  the  life  of  an  Armen- 
ian girl  who,  after  dancing  her  way  to  Paris  by  way  of  the 
music  halls  of  England  and  America,  after  tasting  the  pleasures 
and  learning  the  gray  routine  of  civilization,  turns  back,  re- 
gretfully, to  relate  her  childhood  and  the  long  Asian  Odyssey 
of  her  adventurous  youth.  A  true  artist,  unspoiled  by  Western 
conventions  of  vision  and  expression,  Mile.  Ohanian  has  suc- 
ceeded in  giving  a  panorama-like  unity  to  these  intimate, 
romantic  sketches.  One  follows,  entranced  as  by  some  new 
Arabian  Nights,  their  various  phases:  the  stately  Oriental  pic- 
ture of  her  childhood  in  patriarchal  Armenia,  the  disillusion  of 
her  schooldays  in  Russian  Baku,  the  tragic  end  of  her  father, 
massacred  by  Cossacks;  the  hasty  marriage  that  ended  so  piti- 
fully, the  long,  contented  stay  with  a  Mohammedan  family  of 
Persia,  and  at  last  the  artist's  restlessness  and  the  artist's  curi- 
osity which  led  her  to  Constantinople,  Greece,  and  Egypt,  where 
she  signed  away  her  liberty  in  a  contract  with  a  European 
theatrical  manager.  A  sequel,  describing  her  career  "dans  les 
griffes  de  la  civilisation,"  is  promised  to  this  curious  volume  of 
memories,  which  holds  the  reader  by  a  vivid,  nostalgic  charm 
somewhat  recalling  Pierre  Loti.  A  brief  letter  of  introduction, 
by  Anatole  France,  serves  as  preface. 


Roman  Essays  and 
Interpretations 

By  W.  Warde  Fowler 

The  ripe  fruit  of  a  long  life  of  scholarship  are  these  papers 
dealing  with  a  variety  of  subjects  in  Latin  literature  and 
mythology  which  will  interest  the  folklorist,  the  student  of 
comparative  religion  and  the  general  reader  as  well  as  the 
classical  student. 

Medals  of  the  Renaissance 

By  G.  F.  Hill 

Net  $25.00 

A   splendid  book  covering  the  entire  field  of  medallic  art 
both  Continental  and  English  during  the  fifteenth  and  six- 
teenth centuries,  valuable  alike  as  a  reference  work  and 
for  its  fine  illustrations.     It  should  be  especially  noted 
that  the  medals  figured  here  have  for  the  most  part 
not   been  previously   illustrated. 

At   all   booksellers   or 
from     the     publishers 


mn 


Oxford  University  Press 

^4merican  "Branch. 

35  West  32nd  Street 

NwYfork 


WHAT  THE  WORKERS  WANT 

By 

Arthur  Gleason 

A  record  of  the  aims  and  achievements  of 
British  labor,  telling  what  the  workers  want, 
in  their  own  words — not  what  an  intellectual 
thinks  they  ought  to  want. 

518  pages;  $4.00  net. 

"A  public  document  of  the  first  importance." 
Harold  J.  Laski,  New  Republic. 

"Mr.    Gleason's    touch    resembles    the    vividness    of 
William  James." 

N.  Y.  Evening  Sun. 

"An  extremely  interesting  and  comprehensive  picture 
of  British  Labor." 

N.  Y.  Tribune. 

"IV hat  the  Workers  Want  may  serve  as  a  text  book 
for  the  American  Worker." 

San  Francisco  Call. 

HARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  &&-*%&. 


A  Cooperative 
Print  Shop 

offers  the  best  assurance  that  work 
will  have  prompt,  intelligent  han- 
dling, and  that  costs  will  be  lower 
than  in  other  shops  giving  an  equal 
service  and  equal  quality. 

The  Nation  Press  is  a  complete  co- 
operative democracy  where  each 
worker,  from  the  skilled  journeyman 
to  the  messenger  boy,  is  interested 
in  pleasing  the  customer. 

THE  NATION  PRESS,  Inc. 

Telephone   9092   Barclay 

20  VESEY  STREET  NEW  YORK 


International  Relations  Section 


Contents 


THE    TURKISH    TREATY 21 

BOYCOTTING    REACTION    IN    HUNGARY 27 

The  Turkish  Treaty 

THE  official  summary  of  the  Turkish  treaty  handed  to 
the  Turkish  delegates  on  May  11  follows.  In  response 
to  a  request  for  more  time  in  which  to  consider  the  docu- 
ment, July  11  has  been  fixed  by  the  Allies  as  the  final  date 
for  acceptance  or  rejection. 

Preamble 

The  preamble  recites  shortly  the  origin  of  the  war  and  enu- 
merates the  High  Contracting  Parties,  represented  by  the  four 
principal  Allied  Powers,  the  British  Empire,  France,  Italy,  and 
Japan,  and  the  other  Allied  Powers,  Belgium,  Greece,  the  Hejaz, 
Armenia,  Poland,  Portugal,  Rumania,  the  Serb-Croat-Slovene 
State,  and  Czecho- Slovakia  on  the  one  hand,  and  Turkey  on 
the  other. 

Part  I:  League  of  Nations 

Here  follows  the  text  of  the  Covenant  as  embodied  in  the 
treaty  of  peace  with  Germany. 

Part  II:  The  Boundaries  of  Turkey 
The  boundaries  of  Turkey  are  described  in  two  articles,  one 
dealing  with  Turkey  in  Europe  and  the  other  with  Turkey  in 
Asia.  The  frontier  of  Turkey  in  Europe  is  approximately  that 
of  the  Chatalja  lines,  the  northern  half  of  these  lines  being,  how- 
ever, advanced  in  a  northwesterly  direction  so  as  to  include 
within  the  boundaries  of  Turkey  the  whole  area  of  Lake  Derkos, 
which  is  a  reservoir  for  the  supply  of  water  to  Constantinople. 

The  boundaries  of  Turkey  in  Asia  remain  the  same  except  as 
regards  the  southern  frontier,  which  together  with  the  new 
frontier  in  Europe  and  the  boundary  of  the  Greek  administrative 
zone  round  Smyrna  (see  section  dealing  with  Smyrna  below),  is 
shown  approximately  on  the  attached  map.  The  above  bounda- 
ries are  described  in  detail  in  the  treaty  in  so  far  as  they  are 
not  left  to  be  settled  by  boundary  commissions  on  the  spot.  Pro- 
vision is  also  made  in  the  treaty  for  a  possible  modification  of 
the  present  frontier  between  Turkey  and  the  independent  state 
of  Armenia — viz.,  the  former  Russo-Turkish  frontier  in  this 
region,  by  reference  to  the  arbitration  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States  regarding  a  new  boundary  for  Armenia  in  the 
vilayets  of  Trebizond,  Erzerum,  Van,  and  Bitlis. 

Part  III:    Political  Clauses 
Constantinople 

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  treaty,  the  parties  agree  to 
the  maintenance  of  Turkish  sovereignty  over  Constantinople, 
but  a  reservation  is  made  that  if  Turkey  fails  to  observe  the 
provisions  of  the  treaty  or  of  supplementary  treaties  or  conven- 
tions, particularly  as  regards  the  protection  of  minorities,  the 
Allied  Powers  may  modify  the  above  provisions,  and  Turkey 
agrees  to  accept  any  dispositions  which  may  be  made  in  this  con- 
nection. 

The  Straits 

The  navigation  of  the  Straits,  including  the  Dardanelles,  the 
Sea  of  Marmora,  and  the  Bosphorus,  is  to  be  open  in  future  both 
in  peace  and  war  to  every  vessel  of  commerce  or  of  war  and  to 
military  and  commercial  aircraft  without  distinction  of  flag. 
These  waters  are  not  to  be  subject  to  blockade,  and  no  belliger- 
ent right  is  to  be  exercised  nor  any  act  of  hostility  committed 
within  them  unless  in  pursuance  of  a  decision  of  the  Council  of 
the  League  of  Nations. 

A  Commission  of  the  Straits  is  established  with  control  over 
these  waters,  to  which  both  the  Turkish  and  Greek  Governments 
delegate  the  necessary  powers.     The  Commission  is  composed  of 


representatives  appointed  respectively  by  the  United  States  of 
America  (if  and  when  that  Government  is  willing  to  participate) , 
the  British  Empire,  France,  Italy,  Japan,  Russia  (if  and  when 
Russia  becomes  a  member  of  the  League  of  Nations),  Greece, 
Rumania,  and  Bulgaria  (if  and  when  Bulgaria  becomes  a  mem- 
ber of  the  League  of  Nations) .  Each  Power  is  to  appoint  one 
representative,  but  the  representatives  of  the  United  States,  the 
British  Empire,  France,  Italy,  Japan,  and  Russia  have  two  votes 
each,  and  the  representatives  of  the  other  three  Powers  one  vote 
each. 

The  Commission  exercises  its  authority  in  complete  independ- 
ence of  the  local  authority,  with  its  own  flag,  budget,  and  sepa- 
rate organization.  The  Commission  is  charged  with  the  execu- 
tion of  any  works  necessary  for  the  improvement  of  the  channels 
or  the  approaches  to  harbors,  lighting  and  buoying,  the  control 
of  pilotage  and  towage,  the  control  of  anchorages,  the  control 
necessary  to  assure  the  execution  in  the  ports  of  Constantinople 
and  Haidar  Pasha  of  the  regime  laid  down  in  that  part  of  the 
treaty  relating  to  ports,  waterways,  and  railways,  and  the  con- 
trol of  all  matters  relating  to  wrecks  and  salvage  and  lighterage. 

In  the  case  of  threats  to  the  freedom  of  passage  of  the  Straits, 
special  provision  is  made  for  appeal  by  the  Commission  to  the 
representatives  at  Constantinople  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and 
Italy,  which  Powers,  under  the  military  provisions  of  the  treaty, 
provide  forces  for  the  occupation  of  the  zone  of  the  Straits. 
These  representatives  will  concert  with  the  naval  and  military 
commanders  of  the  Allied  forces  the  necessary  measures, 
whether  the  threat  comes  from  within  or  without  the  zone  of  the 
Straits. 


Provision  is  also  made  for  the  acquisition  of  property  or  per- 
manent works  by  the  Commission,  the  raising  of  loans,  the  levy- 
ing of  dues  on  shipping  in  the  Straits,  the  transfer  to  the  Com- 
mission of  the  functions  exercised  within  the  waters  of  the 
Straits  by  the  Constantinople  Superior  Council  of  Health,  the 
Turkish  Sanitary  Administration,  and  the  National  Life  Boat 
Service  of  the  Bosporus,  and  the  relations  of  the  Commission 
with  persons  or  companies  now  holding  concessions  relating  to 
lighthouses,  docks,  quays,  or  similar  matters  are  laid  down. 

The  Commission  is  empowered  to  raise  a  special  police  force, 
and  provision  is  made  for  dealing  with  infringements  of  the  reg- 
ulations and  by-laws  of  the  Commission  by  the  appropriate  local 
courts,  whether  consular,  Turkish,  or  Greek. 

A  special  article  lays  down  that  all  dues  and  charges  imposed 


22 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


by  the  Commission  shall  be  levied  without  any  discrimination 
and  on  a  footing  of  absolute  equality  between  all  vessels,  what- 
ever their  port  of  origin  or  destination  or  departure,  their  flag 
or  ownership,  or  the  nationality  or  the  ownership  of  their 
cargoes. 

Articles  analogous  to  the  relevant  provisions  of  the  Suez 
Canal  Convention  of  1888  deal  with  the  transit  of  warships, 
prizes,  the  passage  of  belligerent  warships,  and  their  stay  within 
the  waters  under  the  control  of  the  Commission  as  well  as  their 
repair  or  replenishment  with  supplies  or  the  completion  of  their 
crews,  but  the  freedom  of  action  of  belligerents  acting  in  pursu- 
ance of  a  decision  of  the  Council  of  the  League  of  Nations  is 
specially  reserved.  Further  regulations  are  to  be  laid  down  by 
the  League  of  Nations  regarding  the  passage  of  war  material 
and  contraband  destined  for  the  enemies  of  Turkey  and  other 
kindred  matters. 

Kurdistan 

Turkey  accepts  in  advance  a  scheme  of  local  autonomy  for 
the  predominantly  Kurdish  areas,  east  of  the  Euphrates,  south 
of  the  southern  frontier  of  Armenia,  as  eventually  fixed,  and 
north  of  the  southern  frontier  of  Turkey,  to  be  drafted  by  a 
commission  composed  of  British,  French,  and  Italian  representa- 
tives sitting  at  Constantinople.  This  scheme  is  to  protect  the 
rights  of  Assyro-Chaldeans  and  other  racial  or  religious  minori- 
ties within  the  above  area,  and  with  this  object  provision  is  also 
rSade  for  a  possible  rectification  of  the  Turkish  frontier,  where 
that  frontier  coincides  with  that  of  Persia. 

Secondly,  the  treaty  provides  for  an  appeal  for  complete  inde- 
pendence, within  a  stated  time  to  the  Council  of  the  League  of 
Nations  by  the  Kurdish  peoples  within  the  above  area,  and  for 
the  grant  of  such  independence  by  Turkey,  if  recommended  by 
the  Council.  In  that  event  the  Kurds  inhabiting  that  part  of 
Kurdistan  which  has  hitherto  been  included  in  the  Mosul  vilayet 
are  to  be  allowed,  if  they  so  desire,  to  adhere  to  the  independent 
Kurdish  state. 

Smyrna 

The  Turkish  Government  agrees  to  transfer  to  the  Greek  Gov- 
ernment the  exercise  of  her  rights  of  sovereignty  over  a  special 
area  round  the  city  of  Smyrna.  In  witness  of  Turkish  sover- 
eignty the  Turkish  flag  is  to  be  flown  on  one  of  the  forts  outside 
Smyrna.  The  Greek  Government  is  to  be  responsible  for  the 
administration  of  the  area,  may  keep  troops  there  to  maintain 
order,  may  include  the  area  in  the  Greek  customs  system,  and  is 
to  establish  a  local  parliament  on  the  basis  of  a  scheme  of  pro- 
portional representation  of  minorities  which  is  to  be  submitted 
to  the  Council  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  only  to  come  into 
force  after  approval  by  a  majority  of  the  Council.  The  elections 
may  be  postponed  for  a  limited  period  to  allow  the  return  of 
inhabitants  banished  or  deported  by  the  Turkish  authorities. 

Special  provisions  are  included  regarding  the  protection  of 
"minorities,  the  nationality  of  the  inhabitants  in  the  area  and 
their  protection  abroad,  the  suspension  of  compulsory  military 
service,  freedom  of  commerce  and  transit,  the  use  of  the  port  of 
Smyrna  by  Turkey,  the  currency  of  the  area,  financial  obliga- 
tions, and  the  salt  mines  of  Phocoea. 

Finally,  after  five  years  the  local  parliament  may  ask  the 
Council  of  the  League  of  Nations  for  the  incorporation  of  the 
area  in  the  kingdom  of  Greece,  and  the  Council  may  impose  a 
plebiscite,  but  if  such  incorporation  is  granted,  Turkey  agrees  in 
advance  to  renounce  all  her  rights  to  the  territory  in  favor  of 
Greece. 

Greece 

Turkey  renounces  in  favor  of  Greece  her  rights  and  titles  over 
Turkish  territory  in  Europe  outside  the  frontier  shown  on  the 
attached  map,  as  well  as  over  Imbros,  Tenedos,  Lemnos,  Samo- 
thrace,  Mytilene,  Samos,  Nikaria,  and  Chios,  and  certain  other 
islands  in  the  Aegean.  In  the  zone  of  the  Straits  the  Greek 
Government  accepts  practically  the  same  obligations  as  are 
imposed  in  Turkey.  Provision  is  made  for  a  separate  treaty  to 
be  signed  by  Greece,  protecting  racial,  linguistic,  and  religious 
minorities   in  her   new  territories,   particularly   at   Adrianople, 


and  safeguarding  freedom  of  transit  and  equitable  treatment  of 
the  commerce  of  other  nations.  Greece  also  assumes  certain 
financial  obligations. 

Armenia 

Turkey  recognizes  Armenia  as  a  free  and  independent  state, 
and  agrees  to  accept  the  arbitration  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America  upon  the  question  of  the  frontier 
between  Turkey  and  Armenia  in  the  vilayets  of  Erzerum,  Trebi- 
zond,  Van,  and  Bitlis,  and  upon  Armenia's  access  to  the  sea. 
Provision  is  made  for  the  obligations  and  rights  which  may  pass 
to  Armenia  as  the  result  of  the  award  of  the  President  giving 
former  Turkish  territory  to  her,  for  the  eventual  delimitation 
of  the  Armenian  frontiers  in  Turkey  as  a  result  of  the  arbitra- 
tion and  of  the  Armenian  frontiers  with  Georgia  and  Azerbaijan, 
failing  direct  agreement  on  the  subject  by  the  three  states,  and 
for  a  separate  treaty  to  be  signed  by  Armenia  protecting  racial, 
linguistic,  and  religious  minorities,  and  safeguarding  freedom 
of  transit  and  equitable  treatment  for  the  commerce  of  other 
nations. 

Syria  and  Mesopotamia 

Syria  and  Mesopotamia  are  provisionally  recognized  by  the 
High  Contracting  Parties  as  independent  states  in  accordance 
with  Article  22  of  the  Covenant  of  the  League  of  Nations,  sub- 
ject to  the  tendering  of  administrative  advice  and  assistance  by 
a  mandatory  until  they  are  able  to  stand  alone.  The  boundaries 
of  the  states  and  the  selection  of  mandatories  will  be  fixed  by  the 
principal  Allied  Powers. 

Palestine 

By  the  application  of  the  provisions  of  Article  22  of  the  Cove- 
nant, the  administration  of  Palestine  is  also  intrusted  to  a  man- 
datory. The  selection  of  the  mandatory  and  the  determination 
of  the  frontiers  of  Palestine  will  be  made  by  the  principal  Allied 
Powers.  The  declaration  originally  made  on  November  2,  1917 
by  the  British  Government,  and  adopted  by  the  other  Allied  Gov-' 
ernments,  in  favor  of  a  national  home  for  the  Jewish  people  in 
Palestine  is  reaffirmed  and  its  terms  cited  in  the  treaty.  Provi- 
sion is  also  made  for  a  special  commission  with  a  chairman 
appointed  by  the  League  of  Nations,  to  study  and  regulate  all 
questions  and  claims  relating  to  the  different  religious  communi- 
ties in  Palestine. 

The  terms  of  the  mandates  will  be  drafted  by  the  principal 
Allied  Powers  and  submitted  to  the  Council  of  the  League  of 
Nations  for  approval. 

Hejaz 

Turkey,  in  accordance  with  the  action  already  taken  by  the 
Allied  Powers  recognizes  the  Hejaz  as  a  free  and  independent 
state,  and  transfers  to  the  Hejaz  her  sovereign  rights  over  terri- 
tory outside  the  boundaries  of  the  former  Turkish  Empire  and 
within  the  boundaries  of  the  Hejaz  as  shall  ultimately  be  fixed. 

In  view  of  the  sacred  character  of  the  cities  and  Holy  Places 
of  Mecca  and  Medina  in  the  eyes  of  all  Moslems,  the  King  of  the 
Hejaz  undertakes  to  insure  free  and  easy  access  thereto  of  Mos- 
lems of  every  country  desiring  to  go  there  on  pilgrimages  and 
for  other  religious  objects,  and  respect  for  pious  foundations. 
Provision  is  also  made  for  complete  commercial  equality  in  the 
territory  of  the  Hejaz  as  regards  the  new  states  in  Turkey  and 
all  states  members  of  the  League  of  Nations. 
Egypt,  Sudan,  and  Cyprus 

Turkey  renounces  all  rights  and  titles  over  Egypt  as  from 
November  5,  1914,  and  recognizes  the  Protectorate  proclaimed 
by  Great  Britain  over  Egypt  on  December  18,  1914.  Special 
clauses  provide  for  the  acquisition  of  Egyptian  nationality  by 
Turkish  subjects,  and  their  right  to  opt  for  Turkish  nationality, 
for  the  treatment  of  Egypt  and  Egyptian  nationals,  their  goods 
and  vessels,  on  the  same  footing  as  the  Allied  Powers  and  their 
nationals,  for  the  protection  of  Egyptian  nationals  abroad  by 
Great  Britain,  for  the  renunciation  in  favor  of  Great  Britain  of 
the  powers  conferred  upon  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  by  the  Conven- 
tion signed  at  Constantinople  on  October  29,  1888,  regarding  the 
Suez  Canal,  for  the  treatment  of  property  belonging  to  the 
Turkish  Government  and  Turkish  nationals  in  Egypt,  for  the 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


23 


renunciation  by  Turkey  of  all  claim  to  the  tribute  formerly  paid 
by  Egypt,  and  for  the  acceptance  by  Great  Britain  of  Turkey's 
liability  for  Turkish  loans  secured  on  the  Egyptian  tribute. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  take  note  of  the  convention 
between  the  British  and  Egyptian  Governments  of  January  19, 
1899,  and  the  supplementary  convention  of  July  10,  1899,  regard- 
ing the  status  and  administration  of  the  Sudan. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  also  recognize  the  annexation 
of  Cyprus  proclaimed  by  the  British  Government  on  November 
5,  1914.  Turkey  renounces  all  rights  over  the  island  including 
the  right  to  tribute  formerly  paid  by  that  island  to  the  Sultan, 
and  provision  is  made  for  the  acquisition  of  British  nationality 
by  Turkish  nationals  born  or  habitually  resident  in  Cyprus. 

Morocco,  Tunis 

Turkey  recognizes  the  French  Protectorate  in  Morocco  as  from 
March  30,  1912,  and  the  French  Protectorate  over  Tunis  as  from 
May  12,  1881.     Moroccan  and  Tunisian  goods  entering  Turkey 
shall  be  subject  to  the  same  treatment  as  French  goods. 
Libya,  Aegean  Islands 

Turkey  renounces  all  rights  and  privileges  left  to  the  Sultan 
in  Libya  under  the  Treaty  of  Lausanne  of  October  12,  1912. 
Turkey  also  renounces  in  favor  of  Italy  all  rights  and  titles  over 
the  Dodecanese,  now  in  the  occupation  of  Italy,  and  also  over  the 
island  of  Castellorizzo. 

Nationality 

Detailed  provisions  are  inserted  in  the  treaty  for  regulating 

the  status  of  Turkish  subjects  habitually  resident  in  territory 

detached  by  the  treaty  from  Turkey.    These  follow  generally  the 

lines  of  analogous  provisions  inserted  in  the  treaty  with  Austria. 

General  Provisions 

Under  this  heading  Turkey  recognizes  and  accepts  all  other 
treaties  and  supplementary  conventions  with  other  enemy  states, 
and  with  states  now  existing  or  coming  into  existence  in  future 
in  the  whole  or  part  of  the  former  Russian  Empire,  as  well  as 
the  abrogation  of  the  Brest-Litovsk  treaties,  and  of  all  treaties, 
conventions,  and  agreements  made  by  Turkey  with  the  Bolshe- 
vist Government  in  Russia.  Special  provision  is  made  for  Tur- 
key's acceptance  of  a  scheme  of  judicial  reform  (on  the  lines 
either  of  a  mixed  or  unified  system)  to  be  drafted  by  the  princi- 
pal Allied  Powers  with  the  assistance  of  technical  experts  of  the 
other  capitulatory  Powers,  Allied  or  neutral.  This  scheme  shall 
replace  the  present  capitulatory  system  in  judicial  matters  in 
Turkey.  Clauses  also  provide  for  an  amnesty  by  Turkey  to 
Turkish  subjects  assisting  the  Allies  during  the  war,  and  for 
the  renunciation  by  Turkey  of  all  rights  of  suzerainty  or  juris- 
diction over  Moslems  who  are  subject  to  the  sovereignty  or  pro- 
tectorate of  any  other  state. 

Part  IV:  Protection  of  Minorities 
Turkey  is  to  assure  full  and  complete  protection  of  life  and 
liberty  to  all  inhabitants  of  Turkey  without  distinction  of  birth, 
nationality,  language,  race,  or  religion.  Special  provision  is 
made  for  the  annulment  of  forcible  conversions  to  Islam  during 
the  war  and  for  the  search  and  delivery,  under  the  aegis  of  mixed 
commissions  appointed  by  the  League  of  Nations,  of  all  persons 
in  Turkey  of  whatever  race  or  religion  carried  off,  interned,  or 
placed  in  captivity  during  the  war,  and  for  future  agreements 
with  Turkey  and  other  states  regarding  reciprocal  or  voluntary 
emigration  of  persons  belonging  to  racial  minorities. 

The  law  of  abandoned  properties,  1915,  is  to  be  repealed,  and 
Turkey  agrees  to  certain  measures  of  restitution  and  reparation, 
controlled  by  mixed  arbitral  commissions  appointed  by  the 
League  of  Nations,  in  favor  of  subjects  of  non-Turkish  race  who 
have  suffered  during  the  war.  These  commissions  will  have 
power  generally  to  arrange  for  carrying  out  works  of  recon- 
struction, the  removal  of  undesirable  persons  from  different 
localities,  the  disposal  of  property  belonging  to  members  of  a 
community  who  have  died  or  disappeared  during  the  war  with- 
out leaving  heirs,  and  for  the  cancellation  of  forced  sales  of 
property  during  the  war. 

This  chapter  further  safeguards  by  special  provisions  the  civil 


and  political  rights  of  minorities,  the  free  use  of  their  language, 
their  right  to  establish,  without  interference  by  the  Turkish 
authorities,  educational,  religious,  and  charitable  institutions, 
and  their  ecclesiastical  and  scholastic  autonomy.  The  measures 
necessary  to  guarantee  the  execution  of  this  chapter  of  the 
treaty  are  to  be  decided  upon  by  the  principal  Allied  Powers  in 
consultation  with  the  Council  of  the  League  of  Nations,  and 
Turkey  accepts  in  advance  any  decisions  that  may  be  taken  on 
the  subject. 

Part  V:    Military  Clauses 

In  order  to  render  possible  the  initiation  of  a  general  limita- 
tion of  the  armaments  of  all  nations,  Turkey  undertakes  strictly 
to  observe  the  military,  naval,  and  air  clauses  which  follow. 

The  military  terms  provide  for  the  demobilization  of  the  Turk- 
ish armies  and  the  imposition  of  other  military  restrictions 
within  three  months  of  the  signing  of  the  treaty. 

Recruiting  on  a  voluntary  and  non-racial,  non-religious  basis 
is  to  be  established,  providing  for  the  enlistment  of  non-com- 
missioned officers  and  men  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  twelve 
consecutive  years,  and  stipulating  that  officers  shall  serve  for 
twenty-five  years,  and  shall  not  be  retired  until  the  age  of  forty- 
five.  No  reserve  of  officers  with  war  service  is  permitted,  and 
the  annual  replacement  of  either  officers  or  men  who  leave 
before  the  expiration  of  their  term  is  not  to  exceed  5  per  cent 
of  the  total  effectives  of  commissioned  and  other  ranks  respec- 
tively. 

Turkey  will  be  allowed  to  maintain  an  armed  land  force  to 
serve  the  following  purposes:  the  maintenance  of  internal  order 
and  security;  the  protection  of  minorities;  the  control  of  Turk- 
ish frontiers. 

This  force  will  comprise  (1)  gendarmerie,  35,000  men;  (2) 
special  elements  intended  for  the  reinforcement  of  the  gen- 
darmerie in  case  of  serious  trouble,  15,000  men;  (3)  the  Sultan's 
bodyguard,  700  men. 

The  gendarmerie  is  to  be  distributed  over  Turkish  territory, 
which  will  be  divided  for  this  purpose  into  a  number  of  terri- 
torial areas  to  be  delimited  by  the  inter-Allied  commission 
which  will  be  responsible  for  the  control  and  organization  of  the 
Turkish  armed  force.  In  each  territorial  area  there  will  be  one 
gendarmerie  legion,  the  maximum  strength  of  which  is  not  to 
exceed  one-quarter  of  the  total  strength  of  the  gendarmerie. 
Neither  artillery  nor  technical  troops  will  be  included  in  the 
gendarmerie  legions.  Provision  is  made  for  the  collaboration 
of  officers  from  Allied  and  neutral  Powers  in  the  command  and 
training  of  the  gendarmerie. 

The  special  elements  referred  to  above  may  include  mountain 
artillery  and  technical  services,  in  addition  to  infantry,  cavalry, 
and  general  administrative  services.  Not  more  than  one-third 
of  the  total  strength  of  the  special  elements  may  be  allotted  to 
any  one  territorial  area. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  that  the  total  number  of  Turk- 
ish effectives — excluding  the  Sultan's  bodyguard — is  fixed  at 
50,000,  which  figure  includes  not  more  than  2,500  officers.  Any 
increase  in  the  number  of  customs  and  forestry  officials  or  urban 
police,  or  the  military  training  of  these,  or  of  railway  employees 
is  prohibited,  and  no  formations  are  to  include  supplementary 
cadres. 

Military  schools  are  to  be  reduced  to  one  for  officers,  and  one 
per  territorial  area  for  non-commissioned  officers. 

The  armament,  munitions,  and  material  of  war  at  the  disposal 
of  Turkey  are  limited  to  a  schedule  based  on  the  amount  con- 
sidered necessary  for  the  new  armed  force.  No  reserves  may  be 
formed,  and  all  existing  armaments,  munitions,  and  stores  in 
excess  of  the  limit  fixed  must  be  handed  to  the  Allies  for  dis- 
posal. No  flame  throwers,  poison  gases,  tanks,  nor  armored 
cars  are  to  be  manufactured  or  imported.  The  manufacture  of 
arms  and  war  material  of  any  sort  shall  take  place  only  in 
factories  authorized  by  the  Inter-Allied  Commission  of  Control. 
Turkey  is  prohibited  from  manufacturing  armaments  and  muni- 
tions for  foreign  countries,  and  from  importing  them  from 
abroad. 


24 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


For  the  purpose  of  guaranteeing  the  freedom  of  the  Straits 
all  works,  fortifications,  and  batteries  are  to  be  demolished 
within  a  zone  extending  20  kilometers  inland  from  the  coasts  of 
the  Sea  of  Marmora  and  of  the  Straits  and  comprising  the 
islands  of  the  Sea  of  Marmora,  also  the  islands  of  Lemnos, 
Imbros,  Samothrace,  Tenedos,  and  Mytilene. 

The  construction  of  similar  works  or  of  roads  or  railways  suit- 
able for  the  rapid  transport  of  mobile  batteries  is  forbidden; 
France,  Great  Britain,  and  Italy  have  the  right  to  prepare  for 
demolition  any  existing  roads  and  railways  which  might  be 
utilized  to  this  end,  and  to  maintain  such  military  forces  within 
the  zone  as  they  may  consider  necessary;  otherwise  the  zone  is 
not  to  be  used  for  military  purposes.  This  provision  does  not 
exclude  the  employment  of  forces  of  Greek  and  Turkish  gen- 
darmerie which  will  be  under  the  inter- Allied  command  of  the 
forces  of  occupation,  nor  the  presence  of  the  Sultan's  bodyguard. 

Naval 

The  naval  clauses  provide  for  the  surrender  of  all  Turkish 
warships  with  the  exception  of  a  few  small,  lightly-armed  vessels 
which  may  be  retained  for  police  and  fishery  duties. 

Turkey  is  forbidden  to  construct  or  acquire  any  surface  war- 
ships other  than  those  required  to  replace  the  units  allowed  for 
police  and  fishery  duties,  and  is  also  forbidden  to  construct  or 
acquire  any  submarine,  even  for  commercial  purposes.  Vessels 
which  have  been  in  use  as  transports  and  fleet  auxiliaries  and 
which  can  be  converted  to  commercial  use  are  to  be  disarmed 
and  treated  as  other  merchant  vessels. 

Warships  under  construction,  including  submarines,  are  to  be 
broken  up,  except  such  surface  warships  as  can  be  completed 
for  commercial  purposes,  and  the  material  arising  from  the 
breaking  up  is  only  to  be  used  for  purely  industrial  purposes. 
All  naval  war  material  and  munitions,  except  such  as  are 
allowed  for  the  use  of  the  police  and  fishery  vessels,  are  to  be 
surrendered  and  their  manufacture  in  Turkish  territory  is  for- 
bidden. 

A  certain  number  of  the  officers  and  men  from  the  late  Turk- 
ish navy  may  be  retained  for  providing  the  personnel  of  the 
police,  fishery,  and  signal  services;  the  remainder  is  to  be  demo- 
bilized and  no  other  naval  forces  are  to  be  organized  in  Turkey. 

The  personnel  for  the  police  and  fishery  services  is  to  be 
recruited  on  a  voluntary  and  long  service  basis. 

The  W/T  stations  in  the  zone  of  the  Straits  are  to  be  sur- 
rendered, and  neither  Turkey  nor  Greece  will  be  permitted  to 
build  W/T  stations  in  the  zone. 

A  naval  commission,  composed  of  representatives  of  the  prin- 
cipal Allied  Powers,  will  be  appointed  to  exercise  supervision  as 
long  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  the  above  conditions  being 
complied  with. 

Air 

The  air  clauses  provide  that  no  military  or  naval  air  forces 
are  to  be  maintained  by  Turkey;  that  the  entire  Turkish  air 
force  personnel  is  to  be  demobilized  within  two  months;  and 
that  the  aircraft  of  the  Allied  Powers  are  to  have  freedom  of 
passage  over  and  transit  and  landing  throughout  Turkish  terri- 
tory until  the  complete  evacuation  of  Turkey  by  the  Allies. 

The  manufacture,  importation,  and  exportation  of  aircraft  or 
their  component  parts  in  Turkish  territory  during  six  months 
following  the  coming  into  force  of  the  treaty  is  forbidden.  All 
military  and  naval  aircraft  (including  dirigibles)  either  com- 
plete or  in  process  of  manufacture,  assembling,  or  repair,  all 
aeronautical  material,  armament,  munitions,  and  instruments 
are  to  be  delivered  to  the  principal  Allied  Powers  within  three 
months  from  the  signing  of  the  treaty.  The  air  navigation 
clauses  follow  the  lines  of  those  in  the  other  peace  treaties. 
Inter- A  Hied  Commissions 

These  clauses  provide  that  the  military,  naval,  and  air  clauses 
of  the  treaty  are  to  be  executed  under  the  control  of  military, 
naval,  and  aeronautical  inter-Allied  commissions  of  which  the 
upkeep  and  expenditure  are  to  be  borne  by  Turkey. 

With  the  exception  of  the  special  section  of  the  Military  Inter- 
Allied    Commission   of   Control   and    Organization,  which   is   to 


supervise  the  control,  organization,  and  distribution  of  the  new 
Turkish  armed  force,  these  commissions  will  cease  to  operate 
when  their  work  is  completed.  This  section  is  to  operate  for  a 
period  of  five  years  from  the  signing  of  the  treaty.  At  the  end 
of  this  period  the  principal  Allied  Powers  are  to  decide  whether 
the  activities  of  the  commission  shall  continue. 

Representatives  from  each  of  the  three  commissions  will  be 
appointed  to  control  jointly  the  measures  to  be  taken  with  regard 
to  safeguarding  the  zone  of  the  Straits. 

General 

General  articles  provide  for  certain  portions  of  the  armistice 
of  October  30,  1918,  to  remain  in  force. 

No  part  is  to  be  taken  by  Turkey,  nor  by  any  individual  Turk, 
in  the  military,  naval,  and  aeronautical  concerns  of  any  foreign 
nation,  and  the  Allied  Powers  undertake  that  they  will  not 
employ  any  Turkish  national  in  this  connection.  A  special  pro- 
vision is  made  allowing  France  the  right  to  recruit  for  the  For- 
eign Legion  in  accordance  with  French  military  law. 

Part  VI:    Prisoners  of  War 

Turkish  prisoners  of  war  and  interned  civilians  are  to  be 
repatriated  without  delay  at  the  cost  of  the  Turkish  Govern- 
ment. Those  under  sentence  for  offenses  against  discipline  com- 
mitted before  January  1,  1920,  are  to  be  repatriated,  without 
regard  to  their  sentence,  but  this  provision  does  not  apply  in 
the  case  of  offenses  other  than  those  against  discipline. 

The  Allies  have  the  right  to  deal  at  their  own  discretion  with 
Turkish  nationals  who  do  not  desire  to  be  repatriated  and  all 
repatriation  is  conditional  upon  the  immediate  release  of  any 
Allied  subjects  still  in  Turkey.  The  Turkish  Government  is  to 
afford  facilities  to  commissions  of  inquiry  in  collecting  informa- 
tion in  regard  to  missing  prisoners  of  war,  in  imposing  penalties 
on  Turkish  officials  who  have  concealed  Allied  nationals,  and  in 
establishing  criminal  acts  committed  by  Turks  against  Allied 
nationals.  The  Turkish  Government  is  to  restore  all  property- 
belonging  to  Allied  prisoners.  *  ■ 

Graves 

These  clauses  provide  that  the  Turkish  Government  is  to 
transfer  to  the  British,  French,  and  Italian  Governments  respec- 
tively rights  of  ownership  over  the  ground  in  Turkey  in  which 
are  situated  the  graves  of  their  soldiers  and  sailors  and  over 
the  land  required  for  cemeteries,  or  for  providing  access  to  ceme- 
teries. The  Greek  Government  undertakes  to  fulfil  the  same 
obligation  so  far  as  concerns  the  portion  of  the  zone  of  the 
Straits  placed  under  its  sovereignty. 

Within  six  months  from  the  coming  into  force  of  the  treaty 
the  British,  French,  and  Italian  Governments  will  respectively 
notify  to  the  Turkish  and  Greek  Governments  the  land  which  is 
to  be  transferred  to  them.  The  said  land  will  include,  in  par- 
ticular, certain  areas  in  the  Gallipoli  Peninsula.  The  Govern- 
ment in  whose  favor  the  transfer  is  made  will  not  allow  the  land 
to  be  employed  for  any  purpose  other  than  that  to  which  it  is 
dedicated,  and  the  shore  is  not  to  be  employed  for  any  military, 
marine,  or  commercial  purpose. 

If  compulsory  acquisition  of  the  land  is  necessary  it  is  to  be 
effected  by  and  at  the  cost  of  the  Turkish  or  Greek  Government, 
who  will  not  subject  the  land  to  any  form  of  taxation.  They 
will  undertake  to  maintain  all  roads  leading  to  the  land,  give 
free  access  to  all  persons  desirous  of  visiting  the  graves,  and 
afford  facilities  for  the  requirements  of  the  staff  engaged  in 
duties  in  connection  with  the  cemeteries.  The  provisions  do  not 
affect  the  Turkish  or  Greek  sovereignty  over  the  transferred 
land,  and  these  Governments  are  to  take  the  necessary  measures 
to  punish  any  act  of  desecration  of  cemeteries  or  graves. 

The  Allies  and  the  Turkish  Government  are  to  respect  and 
maintain  the  graves  of  soldiers  and  sailors  buried  in  their  terri- 
tory, and  to  recognize  and  assist  any  commissions  appointed  by 
the  Allies  in  connection  with  them.  There  is  to  be  a  reciprocal 
exchange  of  information  as  to  dead  prisoners  and  their  graves. 

Part  VII:   Penalties 
Military  tribunals  are  to  be  set  up  by  the  Allies  to  try  persons 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


25 


accused  of  acts  of  violation  of  the  laws  and  customs  of  war  and 
the  Turkish  Government  is  to  hand  over  all  persons  so  accused. 
The  Governments  of  states  to  which  former  Turkish  territory  is 
assigned  by  the  treaty  are  to  act  similarly  in  the  case  of  persons 
accused  of  acts  against  the  laws  and  customs  of  war  who  are  in 
the  territory  or  at  the  disposal  of  such  states.  The  accused  are 
to  be  entitled  to  name  their  own  counsel,  and  the  Turkish  Gov- 
ernment is  to  undertake  to  furnish  all  documents  and  informa- 
tion the  production  of  which  may  be  necessary. 

The  Turkish  Government  undertakes  to  surrender  to  the  Allies 
persons  responsible  for  the  massacres  committed  during  the  war 
on  the  territory  of  the  former  Turkish  Empire,  the  Allies  reserv- 
ing the  right  to  designate  the  tribunal  to  try  such  persons  or  to 
bring  the  accused  before  a  tribunal  of  the  League  of  Nations 
competent  to  deal  with  the  said  massacres  if  such  a  tribunal  has 
been  created  by  the  League  in  sufficient  time. 

Part  VIII:  Financial  Clauses 
This  part  of  the  treaty  begins  by  a  declaration  reproduced 
from  the  treaties  already  signed  by  Germany,  Austria,  and  Bul- 
garia. Turkey  thereby  recognizes  that  in  associating  in  the  war 
of  aggression  waged  against  the  Allied  Powers  she  has  caused 
them  losses  for  which  she  ought  to  make  complete  reparation; 
nevertheless  in  view  of  her  loss  of  territory  the  Powers  will  be 
satisfied  with  obtaining  payment  of  the  claims  enumerated  later 
in  the  chapter. 

All  the  resources  of  Turkey,  except  revenues  ceded  or  hypothe- 
cated to  the  service  of  the  Ottoman  public  debt,  are  to  be  em- 
ployed as  need  arises  for  effecting  the  following  payments  set 
forth  in  order  of  priority.         .  . 

(1)  Ordinary  expenses  of  the  Allied  forces  of  occupation  after 
the  entry  into  force  of  the  treaty. 

(2)  Expenses  of  the  Allied  forces  of  occupation  since  October 
30  in  the  territories  remaining  Turkish  and  expenses  of  occupa- 
tion in  the  territories  detached  from  Turkey  to  the  advantage  of 
a  Power  other  than  that  which  has  supported  such  expenses  of 
occupation. 

The  expenses  covered  by  the  preceding  paragraph  will  be  dis- 
charged by  annuities  calculated  in  a  manner  to  enable  Turkey 
to  meet  any  deficiency  that  may  arise  in  the  sums  required  to 
pay  that  part  of  the  interest  on  the  Ottoman  public  debt  for 
which  Turkey  remains  responsible. 

(3)  Indemnities  due  on  account  of  claims  of  the  Allied  Pow- 
ers for  reparation  for  damages  suffered  by  their  nationals. 

The  Turkish  Government  agrees  to  the  financial  indemnifica- 
tion of  all  the  losses  or  damages  suffered  by  the  civilian 
nationals  of  the  Allied  Powers  during  the  war  and  up  to  the 
entry  into  force  of  the  treaty. 

The  Powers,  in  favor  of  whom  territories  are  detached  from 
Turkey,  acquire  without  payment  all  properties  and  possessions 
situated  therein  and  registered  in  the  name  of  the  Turkish  Em- 
pire or  the  Sultan's  civil  list. 

The  Powers  in  favor  of  whom  territories  are  detached  from 
the  Turkish  Empire  shall  participate  in  the  annual  charge  for 
the  service  of  the  Ottoman  public  debt. 

The  Governments  of  the  states  of  the  Balkan  Peninsula  and 
the  newly  created  states  in  Asia  shall  give  adequate  guaranties 
for  the  payment  of  the  share  which  falls  to  them.  The  distribu- 
tion of  these  annual  charges  is  to  be  made  in  proportion  to  the 
average  revenue  of  the  transferred  territory  in  relation  to  the 
total  revenues  of  Turkey  during  the  three  years  preceding  the 
Balkan  war. 

The  same  methods  are  to  be  applied  for  the  calculation  of  the 
charges  affected  to  the  service  of  the  Ottoman  public  debt, 
allotted  to  the  Powers  who  have  acquired  Turkish  territory  as  a 
result  of  the  Balkan  wars. 

Financial  Control 

A  financial  commission  composed  of  a  representative  of  each 
of  the  interested  Allied  Powers,  France,  Great  Britain,  and  Italy, 
to  whom  is  added  a  Turkish  representative  in  a  consultative 
capacity,  is  created  in  Turkey  with  a  view  to  take  such  measures 


as  the  commission  may  judge  most  suitable  for  restoring  Turk- 
ish finances.     Its  principal  functions  are  the  following: 

Preliminary  examination  of  Turkish  budgets,  which  may  not 
be  applied  without  its  approval; 

Supervision  over  the  execution  of  the  budgets  and  financial 
laws  and  regulations  of  Turkey; 

The  termination  of  the  measures  to  be  taken  with  a  view  to 
improving  the  Turkish  currency. 

Further,  the  Turkish  Government  may  not  establish  any  new 
form  of  taxation,  modify  its  customs  system,  or  contract  any 
internal  or  external  loan  without  the  consent  of  the  financial 
commission. 

The  consent  of  the  commission  is  equally  required  for  the 
grant  of  new  concessions  in  Turkey  by  the  Turkish  Government. 

A  clause  provides  that  ultimately  the  financial  commission  may 
be  substituted  for  the  Council  of  the  Debt  as  regards  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  conceded  revenues.  This  substitution  shall 
be  decided  by  the  Governments  of  France,  Great  Britain,  and 
Italy,  by  a  majority  and  after  consulting  the  bondholders,  and 
this  decision  shall  be  taken  at  least  six  months  before  the  expira- 
tion of  the  powers  of  the  Council  of  the  Ottoman  Public  Debt. 

In  particular,  as  regards  the  execution  of  the  present  treaty, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  financial  commission  to  fix  the 
annuities  to  be  paid  by  the  Turkish  Government  for  the  reim- 
bursement of  the  expenses  of  occupation  and  the  settlement  of 
the  claims  for  reparation  due  to  the  nationals  of  the  Allied 
Powers,  to  determine  the  amount  of  the  annuities  for  the  service 
of  the  Ottoman  public  debt  to  be  placed  to  the  charge  of  those 
Powers  in  whose  favor  territories  are  detached  from  Turkey, 
and  to  arrange  for  the  disposal  of  the  sums  in  gold  transferred 
by  Germany  and  Austria  in  execution  of  Article  259  (1),  (2), 
(4),  (7)  of  the  treaty  of  peace  with  Germany  and  of  Article 
210  (1)  of  the  treaty  of  Peace  with  Austria. 

Part  IX:    Economic  Clauses 

Commercial  relations  between  the  Allies  and  Turkey  will  be 
regulated,  generally  speaking,  by  the  capitulatory  regime,  which 
is  reestablished  in  favor  of  the  Allies  who  enjoyed  it  before 
the  war  and  extended  to  the  other  Allies.  The  rate  of  customs 
duty  is  to  be  that  fixed  in  1907,  i.e.,  11  per  cent  ad  valorem. 
Wide  powers  are,  however,  given  to  the  financial  commission 
set  up  under  the  treaty  to  authorize  modifications  of  import 
duties,  the  imposition  of  consumption  duties,  the  application  to 
Allied  subjects  and  their  property  of  taxes  imposed  on  Turkish 
subjects  and  their  property,  and  the  imposition  of  prohibitions 
on  importation  and  exportation.  Such  action  can  only  be  taken 
after  six  months'  notice  in  each  case  to  all  the  Allies. 

The  provisions  with  regard  to  the  recognition  of  shipping 
documents  and  of  the  flags  of  new  states,  with  regard  to  unfair 
trade  competition,  and  with  regard  to  prewar  multilateral  and 
bilateral  treaties,  and  with  regard  to  the  protection  of  industrial, 
literary,  and  artistic  property  follow  the  general  lines  of  the 
corresponding  articles  in  former  treaties  of  peace. 

As  in  the  case  of  previous  treaties  of  peace  the  Allies  reserve 
the  right  to  liquidate  Turkish  property  in  their  territories  and 
to  hold  the  proceeds  as  a  pledge  for  the  payment  by  Turkey  of 
compensation  for  damage  to  Allied  property  in  Turkey  during 
the  war  and  the  settlement  of  prewar  private  debts.  So  far 
as  the  claims  against  the  Turkish  Government  are  not  satisfied 
from  this  source  they  are  to  be  met  in  accordance  with  the 
financial  clauses  from  any  surplus  available  of  Turkish  revenues 
from  time  to  time.  It  should  be  mentioned  that  in  the  case  of 
territory  detached  from  Turkey  by  the  treaty  the  right  to 
liquidate  is  limited  to  the  property  of  Turkish  companies  and 
does  not  extend  to  the  property  of  Turkish  individuals. 

The  treaty  contains  provisions  for  enabling  the  Allies,  if  they 
think  fit,  to  eliminate  German,  Austrian,  Hungarian,  or  Bul- 
garian economic  penetration  in  Turkey,  by  requiring  the  Turkish 
Government  to  liquidate  the  property  of  the  nationals  of  those 
countries  in  Turkish  territory  and  by  themselves  liquidating  it 
in  territory  detached  from  Turkey.     In  both  cases  the  general 


26 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


principle  is  that  the  proceeds  of  the  liquidation  shall  be  paid  to 
the  owners,  except  where  the  property  was  Government  prop- 
erty, in  which  case  they  will  be  paid  to  the  reparation  commis- 
sions set  up  under  former  treaties  of  peace. 

Special  provisions  are  included  in  order  to  enable  the  acquisi- 
tion of  the  property  of  railway  companies  under  German 
control.  In  detached  territories  the  disposal  of  such  property 
will  rest  with  the  Government  controlling  such  territories.  In 
Turkey  itself  the  financial  commission  will  have  the  disposal  of 
it,  the  price  being  fixed  by  arbitration.  In  both  cases  the  pro- 
ceeds of  sale  will  be  distributed  by  the  financial  commission  to 
such  neutrals  as  are  entitled  to  a  share  thereof,  the  share  of 
Germans,  Austrians,  etc.,  being  paid  over  to  the  respective 
reparation  commissions. 

The  complicated  provisions  of  former  treaties  for  the  settle- 
ment of  prewar  debts  through  clearing  houses  have  not  been 
repeated,  the  only  provision  with  regard  to  the  settlement  of 
such  debts  being  one  which  fixes  the  prewar  rate  of  exchange 
for  the  purpose  of  the  settlement  of  all  debts  between  Turkish 
subjects  in  Turkey  and  Allies  not  resident  or  carrying  on  busi- 
ness in  Turkey. 

As  regards  prewar  contracts  between  Allies  and  Turks  the 
general  principle  is  to  maintain  or  dissolve  them  and  to  decide 
any  question  relative  thereto  according  to  the  law  of  the  particu- 
lar Allied  country  concerned  in  each  case.  The  detailed  pro- 
visions relative  to  particular  descriptions  of  contracts  follow 
those  in  the  preceding  treaties. 

Provisions  are  included  in  the  treaty  for  safeguarding  the 
interests  in  Turkey  of  Allies  who  hold  prewar  concessions  from 
the  Turkish  Government.  Concessions  granted  by  the  Turkish 
Government  during  the  war  need  not  be  recognized  by  the  Allies 
in  detached  territories,  whilst  other  provisions  enable  new  states 
placed  under  a  mandate  to  put  an  end  to  prewar  concessions 
if  thought  desirable  in  the  public  interest  on  payment  of  equi- 
table compensation  to  be  fixed  by  arbitration.  For  this  purpose, 
and  for  the  purpose  of  all  other  economic  clauses,  Turkish  com- 
panies which  were  actually  under  Allied  control  before  the  war 
are  treated  as  Allied  nationals. 

Part  X:    Aerial  Navigation 

Turkey  agrees  to  accord  the  aircraft  of  the  Allied  Powers 
full  liberty  of  passage  and  landing  over  and  in  the  territory  and 
territorial  waters  of  Turkey,  freedom  of  transit,  the  use  of  all 
aerodromes  in  Turkey  open  to  national  public  traffic,  and  equal 
treatment  generally  in  these  matters  with  Turkish  aircraft  and 
most  favored  nation  treatment  as  regards  internal  commercial 
air  traffic.  Turkey  also  undertakes  to  establish  aerodromes  in 
localities  designated  by  the  Allied  Powers,  and  the  Allies  reserve 
the  right  in  certain  eventualities  to  take  measures  to  insure 
international  aerial  navigation  over  the  territory  and  territorial 
waters  of  Turkey. 

States  who  fought  on  Turkey's  side  in  the  late  war  are  de- 
barred from  these  privileges  and  from  the  grant,  without  Allied 
consent,  of  concessions  for  civil  aerial  navigation,  unless  and 
until  they  become  members  of  the  League  of  Nations  or  are 
permitted  to  adhere  to  the  Convention  of  October  13,  1919, 
regarding  aerial  navigation.  Turkey  agrees  to  enforce  the  com- 
pliance by  Turkish  aircraft  with  the  rules  and  regulations  re- 
sulting from  the  latter  convention.  The  obligations  imposed 
by  this  chapter  remain  in  force  until  Turkey  is  admitted  to  the 
League  of  Nations  or  permitted  to  adhere  to  the  above-men- 
tioned convention. 

Part  XI:  Ports,  Waterways,  and  Railways 
Turkey  is  required  to  grant  freedom  of  transit  and  national 
treatment  to  persons,  goods,  vessels,  rolling  stock,  etc.,  coming 
from  or  going  to  any  Allied  state  and  passing  in  transit  through 
Turkish  territories.  Goods  in  transit  are  to  be  free  of  all 
customs  or  other  similar  duties.  Rates  of  transport  are  to  be 
reasonable,  and  no  charges  or  facilities  are  to  depend  directly 
or  indirectly  on  the  ownership  or  nationality  of  the  vessel  or 
other  means  of  transport.    Provision  is  made  against  discrimina- 


tion by  control  of  transmigrant  traffic  and  indirect  discrimina- 
tion of  any  kind  is  prohibited. 

International  transport  is  to  be  expedited,  particularly  for 
perishable  traffic.  Discrimination  in  transport  charges  or  facili- 
ties against  Allied  ports  is  prohibited. 

The  following  Eastern  ports  are  declared  to  be  of  international 
interest,  but,  subject  to  any  provisions  to  the  contrary,  the 
regime  laid  down  does  not  prejudice  the  territorial  sovereignty: 

Constantinople,  from  St.  Stefano  to  Dolma  Bagtchi,  Haidar 
Pasha,  Smyrna,  Alexandretta,  Haifa,  Basra,  Trebizond,  and 
Batum. 

The  nationals,  goods,  and  flags  of  all  states  members  of  the 
League  of  Nations  are  to  enjoy  complete  freedom  in  the  use  of 
these  ports,  and  they  are  to  be  accorded  absolute  equality  of 
treatment,  particularly  as  regards  all  charges  and  facilities. 

Provision  is  made  for  free  zones  in  the  above-mentioned  ports, 
and  adequate  facilities  are  to  be  provided  for  trade  require- 
ments without  distinction  of  nationality.  With  the  exception  of 
a  small  statistical  duty,  no  customs  duties  or  analogous  charges 
are  to  be  levied  in  the  free  zones. 

In  order  to  insure  to  Turkey  free  access  to  the  Mediterranean 
and  Aegean  Seas,  she  is  accorded  freedom  of  transit  over  the 
territories  and  in  the  ports  severed  from  the  former  Ottoman 
Empire.  Turkey  is  also  granted  a  lease  in  perpetuity  subject 
to  determination  by  the  League  of  Nations  of  an  area  in  the 
port  of  Smyrna,  which  is  to  be  placed  under  the  general  regime 
of  free  zones. 

Free  access  to  the  Black  Sea  by  the  port  of  Batum  is  accorded 
to  Georgia,  Azerbaijan,  Persia,  and  Armenia;  and  Armenia  is 
granted  similar  facilities  in  respect  of  the  port  of  Trebizond,  in 
which  port  she  obtains  a  lease  of  an  area  on  similar  conditions 
to  those  which  apply  to  Turkey  in  the  case  of  Smyrna. 

Railways 

The  railway  clauses  provide  that,  subject  to  the  rights  "of 
concessionnaire  companies,  goods  consigned  from  or  to  Allied 
states  to  or  from  Turkey,  or  in  transit  through  Turkey,  are 
entitled  generally  to  the  most  favorable  conditions  available. 

Certain  railway  tariff  questions  are  dealt  with. 

When  a  new  railway  convention  has  replaced  the  Berne  Con- 
vention, it  will  be  binding  on  Turkey;  in  the  meantime  she  is 
to  follow  the  Berne  Convention. 

Turkey  is  to  cooperate  in  the  establishment  of  passenger  and 
luggage  services,  with  direct  booking  between  Allied  states  over 
her  territory,  under  favorable  conditions,  as  well  as  emigrant 
train  services. 

Turkey  is  required  to  fit  her  rolling  stock  with  apparatus 
allowing  of  its  being  incorporated  in  Allied  goods  trains,  and 
vice  versa,  without  interfering  with  the  brake  system.  Pro- 
vision is  made  for  the  handing  over  of  the  installations  of  lines 
in  transferred  territory,  and  of  an  equitable  proportion  of 
rolling  stock  for  use  therein. 

As  regards  lines,  the  administration  of  which  will  in  virtue 
of  the  present  treaty  be  divided,  allocation  of  the  rolling  stock 
is  to  be  made  by  agreement  between  the  administrations  taking 
over  the  several  parts  thereof.  Failing  agreement,  the  points 
in  dispute  are  to  be  settled  by  an  arbitrator  designed  by  the 
League  of  Nations. 

A  standing  conference  of  technical  representatives  nominated 
by  the  governments  concerned  is  to  be  constituted  to  agree  upon 
the  necessary  joint  arrangements  for  through  traffic  working, 
wagon  exchange,  through  rates  and  tariffs,  and  other  similar 
matters  affecting  railways  situated  on  territory  forming  part 
of  the  Turkish  Empire  on  August  1,  1914. 

As  a  temporary  arrangement,  Turkey  is  to  execute  instruc- 
tions given  in  the  name  of  the  Allies  as  to  transport  of  troops, 
material,  munitions,  etc.,  transport  for  revictualing  of  certain 
regions,  and  reestablishment  of  normal  transport. 

Turkey  is  required  to  subscribe  to  any  general  convention 
regarding  the  international  regime  of  transit,  waterways,  ports, 
or  railways,  which  may  be  concluded  with  the  approval  of  the 
League  of  Nations,  within  five  years. 


July  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


27 


Telegraph  and  Telephone  Lines 

Turkey  is  to  grant  facilities  for  the  erection  and  maintenance 
of  trunk  telegraph  and  telephone  lines  across  her  territories, 
and  is  to  accord  freedom  of  transit  for  telegraphic  correspond- 
ence and  telephonic  communications  coming  from  or  going  to 
any  one  of  the  Allied  Powers.  This  correspondence  and  these 
communications  are  to  enjoy  national  treatment  in  every  respect. 

Turkey  is  to  transfer  the  landing  rights  at  Constantinople 
for  the  Constantinople-Constanza  cable  to  any  administration 
or  company  designed  by  the  Allies,  and  renounces  in  favor  of 
the  principal  Allied  Powers  all  her  rights  over  the  Jeddah- 
Suakin  and  Cyprus-Latakia  cables. 

General 

Differences  are  to  be  settled  by  the  League  of  Nations.  Cer- 
tain specified  articles — e.g.,  those  providing  for  equal  treat- 
ment in  matters  of  transit  and  transport — are  subject  to  re- 
vision by  the  League  of  Nations  after  three  years.  Failing  re- 
vision, they  will  only  continue  in  force  in  relation  to  any  Allied 
state  which  grants  reciprocal  treatment. 

It  is  provided  that,  unless  otherwise  expressly  laid  down  in 
the  treaty,  nothing  shall  prejudice  more  extensive  rights  con- 
ferred on  the  nationals  of  the  Allied  states  by  the  Capitulations, 
or  by  any  arrangements  which  may  be  substituted  therefor. 

Part  XII:    Labor  Convention 
Here  follows  the  text  of  the  convention  as  embodied  in  the 
treaty  with  Germany. 

Part  XIII:    Miscellaneous  Provisions 

Turkey  recognizes  conventions  made  or  to  be  made  by  the 
Allies  as  to  the  traffic  in  arms  and  in  spirituous  liquors  and  as 
to  other  subjects  dealt  with  in  the  General  Acts  of  Berlin  of 
February  26,  1885,  and  of  Brussels  of  July  2,  1890,  and  the 
conventions  completing  or  modifying  these. 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  take  note  of  the  treaty  of 
July,  1918,  between  France  and  the  Principality  of  Monaco. 

In  a  barrier  clause  Turkey  undertakes  not  to  put  forward  any 
pecuniary  claim  against  any  Allied  Power  signing  the  present 
treaty,  based  on  events  previous  to  the  coming  into  force  of 
the  treaty. 

Turkey  accepts  all  decrees,  etc.,  as  to  Turkish  ships  by  any 
Allied  prize  court,  and  the  Allies  reserve  the  right  to  examine 
all  decisions  of  Turkish  prize  courts.  Turkey  agrees  to  supply 
the  Allies  with  all  necessary  information  regarding  vessels  sunk 
or  damaged  by  Turkish  forces  during  the  war  and  to  restore 
trophies,  archives,  historical  souvenirs,  and  works  of  art  taken 
from  the  Allied  Governments  and  their  nationals,  including  com- 
panies. 

Special  provisions  are  also  inserted  regarding  a  reform  of 
the  Turkish  law  of  antiquities  and  the  future  treatment  of 
archaeological  research  in  Turkey,  the  restoration  of  all  objects 
of  religious,  archaeological,  historical,  or  artistic  interest  removed 
by  Turkey  during  the  war  from  territories  detached  from  her, 
the  surrender  by  Turkey  of  all  archives,  plans,  land  registers, 
etc.,  belonging  to  the  civil,  military,  financial,  judicial,  or  other 
forms  of  administration  in  transferred  territories,  the  grant 
of  access  by  Turkey,  subject  to  reciprocity,  to  documents,  etc., 
relating  to  the  administration  of  Wakfs  in  which  the  Govern- 
ments of  transferred  territories  are  interested,  the  recognition 
by  Turkey  of  Allied  judicial  decisions  since  the  date  of  the 
armistice,  the  acceptance  by  Turkey  of  special  measures  to  be 
formulated  later  by  the  Allied  Powers,  acting,  if  necessary, 
with  third  Powers,  regarding  the  sanitary  regime  in  Turkey  and 
in  the  territories  detached  from  Turkey  and  the  sanitary  control 
of  the  Hejaz  Pilgrimage,  the  enactment  of  the  necessary  legisla- 
tion by  Turkey  to  execute  the  treaty,  the  obligation  of  Turkey 
to  facilitate  any  investigation  which  the  Council  of  the  League 
of  Nations  may  consider  necessary  in  any  matters  relating  di- 
rectly or  indirectly  to  the  application  of  the  treaty,  and  the 
accession  of  Russia  to  the  treaty  on  certain  conditions  after  she 
has  become  a  member  of  the  League  of  Nations. 

The  treaty,  of  which  the  French  text  is  authentic  except  as 


regards  Parts  I  and  XII,  when  the  English  and  French  texts 
are  of  equal  force,  shall  be  ratified  and  the  deposit  of  ratifica- 
tions made  at  Paris  as  soon  as  possible.  Various  diplomatic 
provisions  as  to  ratification  follow.  The  treaty  is  to  enter  into 
force  as  soon  as  it  has  been  ratified  by  Turkey  on  the  one  hand 
and  by  three  of  the  principal  Allied  Powers  on  the  other,  so  far 
as  concerns  those  Powers  who  have  then  ratified  it. 

Boycotting  Reaction  in  Hungary 

ON  June  20  an  international  labor  boycott  of  the  re- 
actionary Hungarian  Government  was  put  into  effect 
in  response  to   the  following  appeal  issued  by  the  Inter- 
national Federation  of  Trade  Unions. 
To  the  workers  of  all  countries: 

The  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  has  decided  to 
boycott  Hungary  and  to  stop  all  communication  with  that 
country  beginning  June  20,  1920. 

Nearly  a  year  ago  the  so-called  friends  of  order  seized  power 
in  Hungary.  From  that  day  the  labor  movement  has  been  the 
target  for  oppression  and  persecution  unexampled  in  the  annals 
of  the  labor  movement,  far  surpassing  the  atrocities  of  Czarism 
in  Russia. 

One  need  only  be  a  member  of  a  non-religious  trade  union  to 
be  thrown  into  prison,  and  an  anonymous  denunciation  is  suf- 
ficient to  have  one  seized  and  imprisoned  in  prison  camps. 

At  the  beginning  of  this  year  there  were  in  the  concentra- 
tion camps:  at  Hajmasker,  9,000  men  and  women;  at  Csepel, 
4,000;  at  Zalavgorszog,  2,400;  at  Eger,  2,000;  at  Coglod,  3,000; 
and  at  Homaron  Sandborg,  2,000  men  and  women. 

In  all,  50,000  men  and  women  were  imprisoned.  The  city  jails 
are  overflowing.  The  prisoners  are  victims  of  the  most  atrocious 
and  subtle  tortures. 

Five  thousand  workers  had  been  "executed"  by  the  beginning 
of  the  year.  Thousands  had  been  assassinated  by  bands  of 
officers  without  formal  trial.  Thousands  more  are  dying  slowly 
of  hunger,  of  under-nourishment,  and  of  sickness.  Detachments 
of  reactionary  officers  hold  supreme  power;  whoever  falls  into 
their  hands  is  lost;  their  victims  are  tortured  and  beaten.  There 
are  cases,  affirmed  under  oath  by  witnesses,  where  people  have 
been  scalped  alive,  where  their  arms  and  legs  have  been  crushed, 
where  men  have  been  crushed  or  had  their  genital  organs 
crushed  between  stones,  where  they  have  been  forced  to  eat 
their  own  excrement,  or  human  flesh.  Fathers  have  been  killed 
before  the  eyes  of  their  wives  and  children,  and  young  girls 
violated  in  sight  of  their  husbands  or  fathers.  Every  day  men 
and  women  belonging  to  the  militant  working-class  disappear, 
later  to  be  discovered  as  corpses,  clubbed  to  death,  drowned,  and 
often  horribly  mutilated. 

The  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  have  protested 
to  the  Hungarian  Government  and  to  the  Supreme  Council  of  the 
League  of  Nations  against  these  atrocities,  and  has  demanded 
that  steps  be  taken  to  end  them.  All  in  vain.  The  White 
Terror  reigns  absolute  in  Hungary.  It  is  plain  that  the  Supreme 
Council  of  the  League  of  Nations  either  will  not  or  cannot 
exercise  the  necessary  pressure  upon  the  Hungarian  Govern- 
ment. That  Government  either  cannot  or  will  not  stop  the 
atrocities  in  its  domain;  it  closes  its  eyes  or  encourages  them. 

Official  documents  of  the  Hungarian  Government  which  are  in 
the  possession  of  the  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions 
prove  that  it  instructed  its  judges  to  condemn  prisoners  even  in 
cases  where  the  proof  of  what  it  calls  "culpability"  is  not  clear, 
and  that  it  pays  rewards  varying  from  20,000  to  250,000  crowns 
for  making  labor  leaders  who  have  sought  refuge  abroad  in- 
capable of  injury — which  means  assassinating  them.  These 
facts  are  known  and  proved.  The  governments  which  know 
them  have  refused  to  intervene,  and  probably  rejoice  that  the 
labor  movement  is  reduced  to  impotence  and  overwhelmed  in 
Hungary. 

The  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  will  assume  the 


28 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2870 


task  of  the  governments,  and  it  appeals  to  the  workers  of  all 
countries  to  refuse,  beginning  June  20,  1920,  to  do  any  work 
which  might  directly  or  indirectly  benefit  the  Hungary  of  the 
White  Terror. 

Beginning  June  20,  1920,  no  train  shall  cross  the  Hungarian 
frontier,  no  ship  shall  enter  Hungary,  and  no  letter  or  telegram 
shall  enter  or  leave  Hungary. 

All  traffic  should  be  stopped.  No  coal,  no  raw  material,  no 
foodstuffs,  nothing  shall  enter  the  country.  The  ruling  class 
fought  its  adversaries  during  the  war  by  means  of  the  economic 
boycott.  After  the  war  it  used  the  same  method  and  is  still 
attempting  to  use  it  to  crush  the  Russian  labor  movement. 

The  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  appeals  to  the 
working  class  of  all  countries  to  have  recourse  to  the  same  in- 


strument when  it  is  a  question  of  ending  the  bloody  regime  of 
the  Hungarian  Government  and  of  saving  the  life  and  liberty  of 
thousands  of  comrades. 

Comrades,  transport  workers,  sailors,  railwaymen,  postmen, 
telegraphers,  and  telephonists,  workers  of  all  trades  without  ex- 
ception, reply  as  one  man  to  the  appeal  of  the  International 
Federation  of  Trade  Unions. 

No  more  work  for  Hungary,  beginning  Sunday,  June  20,  1920. 
Against  the  White  Terror,  the  boycott  of  the  working  class! 
Long  live  international  solidarity! 

The  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions : 
W.  A.  Appleton,  President, 
L.  Jouhaux,  C.  Mertens,  Vice-Presidents, 
Edo  Fimmen,  J.  Oudegeest,  Secretaries. 


The  Truth  About  the  Lusk  Committee 

A  Report  of  the  Legislative  Committee  of  the 
People's  Freedom  Union 

In  Pamphlet  Form  25c 

Order  copies  through  the  Circulation  Department 

20  Vesey  Street  The  Nation  New  York,  N.  Y. 


Take  the  Summer  Agricultural  Course  under  the  auspices  of 
THE  INTERCOLLEGIATE  ZIONIST  ASSOCIATION 

at  the   NATIONAL   FARM    SCHOOL,    Bucks   County,   Pa. 

Pleasant    Surroundings,    Recreation,    Health-Building 
Three   Urnts  :  Tuition    free 

JULY  11— JULY  24    JULY  25— AUG.  7    AUG.  8— AUG.  22 

For   further    information    write 
Intercollegiate  Zionist  Association,  55  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York 


The  Book  of  the  Hour  About  the  Question  of  the  Day! 
"THE  DICTATORSHIP  OF  THE  PROLETARIAT."  by  Karl  Kautsky. 
The  first  American  edition  of  this  epoch-making  work  has  just  been  issued 
by  the  Appeal  to  Reason.  Learn  what  a  great  Socialist  thinker  has  to  say 
against  the  idea  of  proletarian  dictatorship  in  a  book  that  will  shake  the 
world.  "The  Dictatorship  of  the  Proletariat*'  contains  10  big  chapters.  Price, 
50   cents,   postage   prepaid.      APPEAL  TO   REASON,    GIRARD,    K  \XS AS. 


ALICE  KAUSER 

1402  BROADWAY 
NEW  YORK 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 

ESTABLISHED         1896 

Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.    GIFFEN,    Associate    Manager 


Shop  Committees  and  Industrial  Councils 

The  Basis  of  Industrial  Planks  in  Political  Platforms 

Report  of  Bureau  of  State  Research,  Newark,  N.  J. 

Prepared  by  Paul  Studensky,  price  50c  prepaid.  Analysis  of  typical 
systems  and  their  relation  to  labor  unions.  Professor  Seager  says  that 
it  is  "as  comprehensive  and  more  up  to  date  than  anything  else  that 
has  appeared  on  the  subject."  Also  report  on  Industrial  Pensions 
(gratis)   and  Industrial  Housing,  25c. 


NEWS  FROM  NOWHERE  g  ™L™  JSXS 

Utopia  ever  written,  picturing  a  society  in  which  everybody  does 
pleasant  work,  and  profiteers  and  politicians  are  extinct.  New  edition, 
cloth,  $1.25  by  mail  or  at  bookstores.  Catalog  free.  Charles  H.  Kerr 
&  Company,  347  East  Ohio  Street,  Chicago. 


GRAY  WOLF  CAMPS  FOR  BOYS,  Alstead,  N.  H.  Mountain  scenery  is 
primitive  New  England.  Old  mills,  abandoned  farms,  quaint  villages. 
Climbing,  canoeing,  exploring,  swimming,  gardening,  carpentry.  Whole-' 
some  food.      BERNARD  SEXTON,  27  Union  Square,  New  York — Spring  9193. 


FRANK    HARRIS 

will  speak  Sunday,  July  4th,  at  8.30  P.  M. 

on  KIPLING,  BRET  HARTE  and  FRANCIS  ADAMS 

and  on  Wednesday,  July  7th,  at  8.30  P.  M. 

FABRE,  W.  H.  HUDSON  and  MAETERLINCK 

at  FRANK  HARRIS  Studio,  57  Fifth  Avenue  Admission  $1.00 


GERMAN 

CITY  BONDS 

°fter  to-day  unusual  investment  pos- 
sibilities.  ^  They  can  now  be  bought 
for  a  fraction  of  their  nominal  value. 
Germany  has  the  power  to  pay  and  the  in- 
terest on  these  bonds  is  bein&  paid  steadily. 
Inere  is  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  the  world 
that  Germany's  exchange  will  return  to  nor- 
mal with  consequent  profit  to  bondholders. 
Correspondence  Solicited 

yonPolenz&CoInc 

60  Broadway,  KewYorK 

Boston  Philadelphia  Milwaukee  Denver  Berlin.  Germany. 


City  Hall  at  Leipzig 


INDEX  for 

VOLUME  110 

(January— June  1920) 

has  been  delayed,  but  it  will 
be  ready  for  distribution  in  a 
few  weeks. 

One  copy  will  be  sent  to  each 
library  on  our  subscription 
list,  but  to  other  subscribers 
only  upon  request 

If  you  want  this  index  let  us 
know  at  once. 

SUBSCRIPTION  DEPARTMENT 

The  Nation 


20  Vesey  St. 


New  York,  N.  Y. 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.   CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  JULY  10,  1920 


No.  2871 


Contents 

EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    29 

EDITORIALS: 

An    Impossible    Choice 32 

May  Government   Employees    Strike  ? 33 

Meddling   With   the   Schools 33 

The  Collapse  of  the  Christian   Soviet 34 

THE  CONQUEST  OF  HAITI.  By  Herbert  J.  Seligmann 35 

THE    SYRIAN    IMBROGLIO   AND   THE   TURKISH   SETTLEMENT.     By 

Frederic   C.    Howe 37 

GOD'S   COUNTRY.      By    Elizabeth    Shepley   Sergeant 39 

RIFTS.      By   Evelyn    Scott 41 

THE  POET  AND  HIS  MOMENT.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 42 

IN  THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  The  Drifter 43 

LOYALTY.      By   David   Greenhood 43 

CORRESPONDENCE 44 

BOOKS: 

A    Photograph  of  the   Great  War.     By   Preserved   Smith 46 

Primitive   Society.     By  Edward   Sapir 46 

An  M.  P.  in  Russia.     By   Evans  Clark 47 

Grave  and  Great-hearted  Massinger.     By  Samuel  C.  Chew 48 

Chekhov  and  Andreev    48 

BOOKS    IN    BRIEF 49 

DRAMA: 

Rolland's   "Danton."     By  Helena  van   Brugh  de  Kay 51 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS   SECTION 53 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate   Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  ARTHUR  GLEASON 

LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  JG.OO. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation. 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:   Swarthmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford.  St.,  London. 


THE  best  that  can  be  said  about  Governor  Cox  is  that 
he  has  made  a  more  than  fair  Executive  of  Ohio.  He 
has  distinctly  bettered  the  organization  of  the  State,  and 
in  a  progressive  direction,  during  his  three  terms  as  Gov- 
ernor. As  to  his  present  program,  he  is  opposed  to  the 
Eighteenth  Amendment,  and  has  therefore  been  denounced 
by  Bryan  as  having  "disgraced  his  State"  and  as  having 
"fairly  won  the  dishonor  that  he  seeks"  of  being  the  leader 
of  the  Wets.  His  nomination,  said  Mr.  Bryan,  "would 
make  the  Democratic  Party  the  leader  of  the  lawless  ele- 
ment of  the  country  and  his  election,  if  such  a  thing  were 
possible,  would  turn  the  White  House  over  to  those  who 
defy  the  Government  and  hold  law  in  contempt."  But  Mr. 
Bryan  added:  "There  is  no  likelihood  of  his  nomination"! 
Governor  Cox  is  otherwise  for  the  establishment  of  a  Fed- 
eral budget,  the  dropping  of  the  excess  profits  tax,  Federal 
Americanization,  development  of  rural  schools,  and  the  ex- 
tension of  foreign  trade  through  Federal  Reserve  branch 
banks  abroad.  On  the  League  of  Nations  he  has  taken  the 
compromise  position  adopted  by  the  San  Francisco  Conven- 
tion in  favor  of  the  treaty's  ratification  with  such  amend- 
ments as  will  not  emasculate  the  League.    International  dis- 


armament he  believes  to  be  possible  only  through  the 
League's  efforts.  There  are  many  independent  students 
of  politics  in  Ohio  who  declare  that  between  Harding  and 
Cox  they  will  choose  Harding. 

THE  death  of  Major  General  Gorgas  will  serve  to  make 
notable  an  Independence  Day  which  would  otherwise 
be  remembered  only  for  the  dreary  wrangling  of  petty  poli- 
ticians. His  death  will  help  to  make  all  Americans  turn 
with  relief  to  the  record  of  his  achievements  in  order  to  gain 
fresh  faith  in  the  possibility  of  American  greatness.  As 
we  turn  our  eyes  from  the  tedious  futility  of  the  Democratic 
Convention,  we  may  claim  the  power  of  sacrifice,  of  honest 
work,  of  vision,  of  scholarship  as  a  part  of  the  American 
genius.  Politicians  may  be — politicians;  but  America  can 
produce  a  man  whom  all  the  world  claims  as  its  own.  His 
work  in  Cuba  and  South  Africa,  at  Panama  and  Guayaquil, 
resulted  in  removing  the  most  menacing  tropical  diseases 
and  left  for  later  administrators  a  permanent  standard  of 
sanitation  and  preventive  medicine.  His  success  in  tracing 
the  cause  of  yellow  fever  will  make  his  name  live  with  those 
of  Dr.  Walter  Reed  and  Dr.  Lazear,  who  gave  their  lives  in 
the  pursuit  of  that  deadliest  of  germs.  General  Gorgas 
was  a  scientist  whom  all  scientists  respected  and  followed. 
He  was  a  soldier  whom  all  soldiers  would  do  well  humbly  to 
imitate.  His  was  the  type  of  American  that  all  Americans 
should  cling  to  in  a  day  when  generous,  uncalculating  de- 
votion to  the  service  of  mankind  is  like  the  shadow  of  a  lost 
faith. 

POLAND  is  to  have  a  receivership.  Parliamentary  gov- 
ernment disappears,  and  power  is  vested  in  a  "Na- 
tional Council  of  Defense"  headed  by  three  generals — 
Pilsudski,  Leszniewski,  and  Haller — and  Poland's  aptly- 
named  Premier,  Grabski.  This  is  the  outstanding  news 
from  the  eastern  front,  despite  all  the  misleading  military 
bulletins  sent  out  from  Warsaw,  which  report  local  victories 
against  the  Bolsheviki  as  "crushing  defeats"  and  retreats 
as  "consolidation  of  the  lines."  England  and  France  have 
led  one  more  border  state  to  destruction.  While  thousands 
starved,  the  fields  have  been  left  untilled  and  a  great  army 
has  been  taken  from  production  and  driven  far  across 
the  Polish  line  into  Russia  to  fight  Bolsheviks  at  the  behest 
of  French  capital  and  British  imperialism;  and  our  own 
American  War  Department  has  abetted  the  crime  by  "sell- 
ing" surplus  army  supplies  to  the  Polish  legions,  on  credit 
terms  which  made  the  sales  a  virtual  gift.  The  Polish  Re- 
public has  not  had  a  fair  chance.  Just  as  she  was  emerging 
from  the  wave  of  pogroms  into  which  a  nationalism  inten- 
sified by  decades  of  oppression  had  led  her,  she  was  forced 
by  foreign  interference  to  become  the  "vanguard  of  civiliza- 
tion" and  the  puppet  of  western  financial  interests  in  the 
war  on  Russia.  Had  it  been  an  honest  fight  to  defend 
Poland,  her  armies  might  have  been  inspired  with  a  victo- 
rious fervor.  Instead  they  started  from  an  imperialistic 
frontier  to  drive  further  into  hostile  territory.     No  wonder 


30 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


if  the  troops  lose  heart;  no  wonder  if  impatient,  hungry 
workers  at  home  revolt  when  the  factories  close  for  lack 
of  raw  materials  because  the  military  monopolize  the  rail- 
ways. Defeat  may  mean  chaos  for  Poland;  victory  could 
have  meant  nothing  better.  The  first  condition  of  Polish 
reconstruction  is  peace. 

POOR,  proud  England!  "I  am  myself  carrying  out  Ad- 
miral Kolchak's  orders,"  said  Winston  Churchill, 
British  War  Minister,  to  the  Czarist  General  Golovin;  and 
for  the  delectation  of  history  the  record  was  preserved.  A 
copy  of  Golovin's  report  to  the  Czar's  Minister  of  Foreign 
Affairs,  Sazonov,  was  left  at  Omsk  when  Kolchak  fled;  and 
the  British  Labor  delegation  has  brought  a  copy  back  from 
Moscow  to  London.  It  reveals  Churchill  for  what  he  is:  a 
deceitful  conspirator,  negotiating  with  foreign  agents  and 
taking  orders  from  them;  deliberately  misleading  his  chief, 
Lloyd  George;  announcing  to  his  own  people  that  fresh 
forces  were  being  sent  to  Archangel  to  safeguard  the  evac- 
uation while  promising  his  imperial  Russian  friends  that  the 
evacuation  would  be  postponed  indefinitely ;  organizing  units 
of  Russian  prisoners  in  Germany  to  fight  the  Bolsheviki 
under  cover  of  the  Red  Cross;  securing  British  money  for 
anti-Bolshevist  enterprises  under  false  pretenses;  criticiz- 
ing the  "disorganized  Americans"  at  Archangel.  The  docu- 
ment is  printed  in  the  London  Daily  News,  a  Liberal  news- 
paper. In  any  other  day  a  cabinet  minister  would  have  to 
disprove  such  damning  charges  or  resign.  History  records 
no  dirtier  mess  than  the  anti-Russian  conspiracy. 

WHO  would  have  thought  that  the  fourteen  Wilsonian 
points  were  ordered  from  Petrograd  for  the  delecta- 
tion of  the  Bolsheviki — and  by  that  same  Edgar  Sisson  who, 
then  sympathetic  toward  the  Reds,  later  distinguished  him- 
self as  sponsor  for  the  famous  Sisson  document  purporting 
to  prove  that  Lenin  and  Trotzky  were  German  agents?  Yet 
such  is  the  ineluctable  deduction  from  the  official  documents 
assembled  by  the  League  of  Free  Nations  Association  in  the 
volume  "Russian-American  Relations."  On  January  3,  1918, 
Sisson  cabled  to  George  Creel  from  Petrograd:  "If  Presi- 
dent will  restate  anti-imperialistic  war  aims  and  democratic 
peace  requisites  of  America  thousand  words  or  less  short 
almost  placard  paragraphs  short  sentences  I  can  get  it  fed 
into  Germany  in  great  quantities  and  can  utilize  Russian 
version  potently  in  army  and  everywhere.  Excerpts  from 
previous  statements  will  not  serve."  Five  days  later  the 
President  made  his  Fourteen  Points  speech.  Five  days 
later  still  Sisson  cabled  back  to  Creel:  "President's  speech 
placarded  on  walls  Petrograd  this  morning.  One  hundred 
thousand  copies  will  have  this  display  within  three  days. 
Three  hundred  thousand  handbills  will  be  distributed  here 
within  five  days.  Proportionate  display  Moscow  by  end  of 
week.  Y.  M.  C.  A.  agreed  distribute  million  Russian  and 
million  German  copies  along  line.  Other  channels  into  Ger- 
many being  opened.  Izvestia  official  government  newspaper 
nearly  million  circulation  throughout  Russia  printed  speech 
in  full  Saturday  morning  with  comment  welcoming  it  as 
sincere  and  hopeful.  Much  of  other  newspaper  comment 
still  cynical  but  shifting  rapidly  as  speech  makes  its  own 
mighty  appeal.  German  version  in  hands  printer  now. 
Call's  editorial  useful  also  [William  Boyce]  Thompson's 
interview.  What  was  comment  Novy  Mir  New  York  Bol- 
shevik paper?"  As  the  French  say,  "sans  commentaires." 
But  ponder  it  well. 


TWO  thousand  two  hundred  and  sixty-four  Federal  war- 
rants for  draft  evaders  have  been  issued  in  the  eastern 
district  of  New  York,  which  comprises  Long  Island  and 
Staten  Island.  In  the  Manhattan  and  Hudson  River  district 
the  authorities  are  seeking  eight  thousand  men  who  failed 
during  the  war  to  file  their  questionnaires,  to  appear  for 
their  physical  examinations,  or  to  report  at  their  canton- 
ments. The  statute  of  limitations  has  been  waived  and 
these  men  may  be  arrested  henceforth  at  any  time.  This 
is  only  another  evidence  of  the  Government's  failure  to 
appreciate  that  the  war  ended  twenty  months  ago.  In  all 
other  belligerent  countries  there  has  been  a  general  release 
of  war  offenders  and  restoration  of  peace-time  amenities. 
Little  can  be  said  for  the  men  whom  physical  fear  im- 
pelled to  run  away  or  moral  cowardice  prevented  from 
bravely  facing  the  issue  as  did  the  conscientious  objectors. 
The  stigma  which  our  public  opinion  imposes  on  them  will 
be  merciless  and  punitive  enough,  but  it  is  the  community 
itself  which  will  suffer  chiefly  by  the  needless  prolongation 
of  the  spying,  informing,  and  man-hunting  regime  that 
we  have — to  our  moral  detriment — been  living  in. 

WE  publish  this  week  Mr.  Herbert  J.  Seligmann's  first- 
hand report  of  conditions  in  Haiti.  We  believe  that, 
while  it  does  not  differ  materially  from  previous  reports 
published  by  The  Nation,  Mr.  Seligmann's  facts  are  so 
emphatically  stated  and  the  issue  is  so  clearly  joined  that 
the  Government  must  answer  to  this  indictment.  Certainly, 
the  facts  that  he  recounts  must  make  every  American  hang- 
his  head;  as  we  have  repeatedly  pointed  out,  our  im- 
perialism in  Haiti  nullifies  our  claim  that  we  were  fight- : 
ing  for  self-determination  and  the  rights  of  small  nations. 
Why,  then,  does  not  America — the  conscience  of  the  old  pre- 
war America — rouse  itself  about  this  situation  ?  Primarily, 
it  is  because  of  silence  of  the  press,  a  silence  in  part  due  to 
the  governmental  suppression  of  news.  For  instance,  since 
Mr.  Seligmann  wrote  his  article  there  has  come  by  way  of 
Kingston,  Jamaica,  an  Associated  Press  report  that  there 
has  been  another  attack  on  Port-au-Prince  by  so-called 
bandits  whose  leaders  the  Marines  killed ;  of  course,  no  offi- 
cial report  has  been  made  public  and  no  dispatch  was  per- 
mitted to  come  through  direct  from  Haiti.  Next,  it  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  Haiti  is  only  a  backward  Negro  state,  although 
Santo  Domingo,  which  is  in  the  same  boat,  has  a  white  popu- 
lation, and  finally,  it  affects  only  a  small  country.  But  it  is 
no  defense  to  wrong-doing  to  say  that  it  is  less  than  that  of 
the  Germans  in  Belgium  when  it  is  exactly  of  the  same  kind 
and  marked  by  the  inevitable  incidents  due  to  the  subjugation 
by  force  of  a  population  deemed  inferior  by  the  conquerors. 
Morality  and  decency  always  suffer  under  these  circum- 
stances; otherwise,  how  could  the  morality  of  the  Marines, 
always  considered  our  best  American  troops,  have  come  to 
this  estate? 

THE  War  Department  has  answered  with  a  flat  denial 
Professor  Stanley  J.  Rypins's  assertion  that  while  in 
the  Military  Intelligence  Department  of  the  Army  he  opened 
the  mail  of  Breckinridge  Long  of  the  State  Department 
because  he  was  in  correspondence  with  a  conscientious 
objector.  Professor  Rypins's  reply  has  not  yet  come  to 
hand;  failing  it,  we  may  still  welcome  the  fact  that  men 
who  were  compelled  to  do  things  which  they  considered  dis- 
honorable during  the  war  are  beginning  to  speak  out. 
Indeed,  we  believe  that  the  sins  committed  by  the  Wilson 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


31 


Administration  against  American  liberty  of  thought  and 
expression  will  steadily  react  upon  its  head — we  mean  Mr. 
Wilson  himself,  for  at  his  own  door  these  crimes  will  be  laid 
so  that  it  will  be  impossible  for  him  to  plead  the  excuse  of 
ignorance  or  absorption  in  other  public  business.  One  of 
the  latest  to  say  this  emphatically  is  President  Schurman 
of  Cornell  before  the  Northern  Baptist  Convention  at 
Buffalo.  No  species  of  freedom,  he  said,  had  been  so  seri- 
ously impaired  in  this  country  as  freedom  of  speech.  "Dur- 
ing our  war  the  Government  carried  suppression  too  far  and 
certainly  went  much  farther  than  did  the  Government  of 
England  in  its  intolerance  of  honest  though  hostile  critics. 
For  this  narrow  and  bigoted  intolerance,  impartial  history 
will  hold  President  Wilson  himself  largely  responsible." 
Meanwhile,  Mr.  Wilson  is  getting  one  reply  after  another  to 
his  monstrous  assertion  that  the  Republicans  could  not  find 
a  single  case  in  which  men  have  been  unjustly  sentenced  to 
prison  under  the  Espionage  Act.,  A  mass  meeting  in  San 
Francisco  on  June  21  sent  him  a  telegram  calling  his  atten- 
tion to  the  case  of  Mrs.  Emma  Martin  and  Messrs.  Ham, 
Sonnenberg,  and  Stevens,  imprisoned  for  years  for  alleged 
violation  of  the  Espionage  Act,  which  convictions  the  mass 
meeting  denounced  as  indefensibly  unjust.  But,  of  course, 
Mr.  Wilson  will  take  no  note  of  the  facts. 

WHETHER  or  not  Judge  Gary  pulls  the  strings  of  the 
nation-wide  drive  on  union  labor  which  wraps  itself 
in  the  American  flag  and  campaigns  for  the  open  shop — 
which  it  calls  the  'American  Plan" — is  not  clear,  but  it  is 
plain  that  a  nation-wide  anti-union  campaign  is  under  way 
and  that  it  is  in  accord  with  Judge  Gary's  famous  "We  must 
all  stand  together"  (against  union  labor)  speech.  It  crops  up 
in  New  York  in  the  five  million  dollar  fight  of  the  Merchants' 
Association  against  the  longshore  unions;  in  Seattle  in  the 
fight  of  the  "Associated  Industries"  which  crowded  David 
Rodgers,  the  big  shipbuilder,  out  of  business ;  in  the  building 
trades  in  El  Paso,  where  it  failed  because  the  bricklayers 
owned  the  only  brickyard  in  the  city  and  controlled  the  situ- 
ation; and  in  Butte,  where  the  "Associated  Industries"  paid 
the  rent  of  certain  restaurants  forced  to  close  in  the  open 
shop  fight,  and,  according  to  testimony  of  a  former  member, 
directed  its  members  not  to  sell  to  union  contractors.  In 
Butte  the  State  took  a  hand  against  the  anti-unionists,  who 
admitted  that  they  had  discriminated  but  said  that  they 
had  done  it  as  individuals,  without  agreement.  The  State 
prosecuted  three  Butte  firms  for  restraint  of  trade,  but  the 
jury,  in  that  copper-ruled  town,  disagreed.  From  coast  to 
coast  the  fight  is  on — and  it  will  be  worth  watching.  Thus 
far  the  unions  have  waged  their  battles  locally,  but  the 
manufacturers  show  better  solidarity.  When  David  Rodgers, 
with  $46,000,000  of  contracts  for  shipbuilding  signed,  was 
trying  to  open  union  shipyards,  a  friend  of  the  "Associated 
Industries"  wrote  to  Judge  Gary:  "I  presume  that  he 
(Rodgers)  will  come  to  you  or  your  association  for  steel 
contracts,  and  your  influence  might  change  his  attitude." 

THE  New  York  port  strike  limps  on,  without  coming  to 
an  issue.  The  coastwise  longshoremen  are  still  out, 
the  steamship  lines  have  not  yet  raised  wages  to  the  living 
level,  and  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  has  not 
granted  increased  rates  to  the  lines  so  that  they  may  do  so. 
Probably  the  Commission  does  not  wish  to  act  without 
reaching  a  decision  on  the  rates  of  railroads  which  compete 
with  the  ships,  and  must  wait  for  action  on  those  rates  until 


the  Railroad  Wage  Board  finishes  its  ponderous  task.  Thus 
the  circle  comes  back  to  the  railroad  vacationists,  having 
encountered  all  along  the  line  the  veto  on  transportation  of 
the  present  private  management  under  government  super- 
vision which  gives  neither  service  nor  living  wages.  Mean- 
while New  York  hangs  on  the  verge  of  a  general  port  strike, 
which  could  be  precipitated  at  any  moment  by  a  lockout  or 
a  widespread  open-shop  campaign  on  the  part  of  the  em- 
ployers. At  the  moment,  the  tendency  on  both  sides  seems 
to  be  to  limit  the  area  of  conflict  to  the  coastwise  longshore- 
men and  the  teamsters,  though  rumors  of  more  drastic  hap- 
penings persist.  If  a  general  strike  or  lockout  should  come, 
it  would  be  a  blessing  in  disguise  if  it  led  to  well-directed 
common  action  on  the  part  of  the  unions  and  an  industrial 
constitution  for  the  port,  a  clear  understanding  between 
both  sides,  and  thus  to  the  ending  of  the  conditions  which 
bode  no  good  to  anybody. 

NEWSPAPER  reading  is  what  you  make  it.  You  can 
read  the  Elwell  murder  mystery  and  reflect  that  Conan 
Doyle  was  after  all  an  amateur.  Or  you  can  turn  the  page  and 
reflect  upon  the  news  from  China — that  some  millions  of 
Russian  gold  deposited  by  Kolchak  in  banks  of  the  Celestial 
Empire  is  being  brought  across  the  Pacific  to  pay  Kolchak's 
British  creditors,  without  protest,  while  France  protests 
when  the  Bolsheviks  use  their  share  of  the  Czar's  gold  to 
pay  for  mowing  machines  and  locomotives  rather  than  to 
pay  off  French  investors  in  imperial  Russian  bonds.  Or 
turn  the  page  again,  and  you  read  of  the  good  ship  Belluno, 
from  Genoa  to  Buenos  Aires,  arriving  with  a  red  flag  at 
her  masthead — and  all  hands  paid  equally — carrying  goods 
from  a  Genoa  cooperative,  greeted,  if  you  please,  by  harbor 
tugs  flying  red  flags  too,  and  officially  welcomed  by  the 
transport  workers  of  Buenos  Aires.  Food  for  reflection 
there.  Or  you  can  pore  over  political  conventions  for  five 
entire  pages,  and  read  on  the  seventh  page  that  the  band 
killed  a  demonstration  for  Cox  by  playing  waltz  music  in- 
stead of  a  two-step  march.  It's  all  in  the  papers — you  can 
take  your  choice. 

THE  course  of  true  love  (and  for  that  matter  mere  2.75 
per  cent  affection  with  much  froth  but  little  bite) 
never  did  run  smooth.  It  seems  to  be  getting  rougher,  how- 
ever, in  these  days  of  inadequate  housing,  restrictive  legis- 
lation, and  a  lessening  of  that  sense  of  humor  that  used  to 
be  the  saving  grace  of  Americans.  Since  that  ancient  insti- 
tution known  as  the  parlor  has  become  almost  extinct  in 
New  York  City,  and  as  there  are  not  enough  benches  in  the 
public  parks  to  accommodate  all  the  love-making,  there  must 
needs  be  overflow  meetings  elsewhere.  Among  such  the 
Fifth  Avenue  buses  and  the  river  steamboats  are  de- 
servedly popular.  But  now  come  sundry  surly  individuals 
to  complain  that  they  can  no  longer  board  the  hurricane 
deck  of  a  Fifth  Avenue  bus  without  feeling  that  they  have 
strayed  into  a  performance  of  "Romeo  and  Juliet,"  while 
a  well-known  Hudson  River  line  has  recently  attempted  to 
lessen  manifestations  of  affection  among  its  passengers,  and 
is  recommending  its  sacred  concerts  as  a  substitute.  The 
intention,  evidently,  is  that  the  noble  Hudson  shall  not  be- 
come Spoon  River.  Yet  we  doubt  if  a  plebiscite  among  the 
passengers  would  reveal  unqualified  enthusiasm  for  the 
idea,  and  we  are  moved  to  ask :  where,  then,  shall  our  young 
people  go?  The  need  of  the  hour  is  not  for  another  Spoon 
River  anthology,  but  for  a  Spoon  River  directory. 


32 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


An  Impossible  Choice 


PRECISELY  as  the  Republican  Convention  turned  at 
the  end  to  the  weakest  candidate,  so  has  the  Demo- 
cratic. Their  followers  must,  therefore,  choose  between  two 
mediocrities,  between  two  second-rate  Ohio  newspaper  edi- 
tors, neither  of  whom  can  truthfully  be  said  to  have  the 
caliber  requisite  for  the  Presidency  even  in  ordinary  times, 
much  less  the  extraordinary  ones  in  which  we  live.  The 
country  beholds  the  normal  result  of  the  convention  system 
as  now  conducted;  when  the  delegates  are  sufficiently  ex- 
hausted they  naturally  gravitate  to  the  candidate  whose 
lack  of  color  and  virility  and  intellectuality  has  made  him 
the  fewest  enemies.  It  is  to  be  a  campaign  of  dullness, 
which  will  be  all  the  more  noticeable  after  the  oratorical 
flights  of  Mr.  Wilson  and  his  admirable  voicing  of  the  ideals 
which  he  professed.  Any  hope  of  a  stimulating  campaign 
pregnant  with  great  issues  vigorously  presented,  or  with  a 
program  of  a  genuine  social  and  economic  reform,  vanishes 
into  thin  air.  Those  who  have  held  such  a  hope  must 
now  be  thoroughly  disillusioned. 

Between  the  twin  evils  of  the  fruits  of  the  Republican 
and  Democratic  conventions,  The  Nation  declines  to  choose. 
There  is  no  choice  between  them.  Not  a  single  fundamental 
principle  separates  them.  They  vary  only  in  degree — even 
on  the  League  of  Nations.  There  is  no  issue  between  them 
to  cause  any  heart  to  quicken  its  beat.  The  one  is  a  little 
more  outspoken  than  the  other  as  to  the  rights  of  labor, 
a  tiny  bit  more  friendly  to  women  and  children,  a  touch 
more  sympathetic  with  struggling  Ireland,  but  both  are 
silent  on  the  great  economic  issues  which  above  all  others 
affect  the  American  people  today.  The  Democrats  not 
merely  hedged  on  the  League,  they  dodged  wholly  the  issue 
of  Prohibition — a  monumental  bit  of  cowardice.  They  have 
approved  in  their  platform  the  amazing  falsehood  sent  out 
over  Mr.  Wilson's  name  that  the  Government  has  not  abused 
its  war  powers  to  interfere  with  liberty  of  the  press,  free- 
dom of  speech,  and  the  personal  rights  guaranteed  under 
the  Constitution.  They  have  indorsed  and  approved  Burle- 
son and  Palmer,  the  most  menacing  and  dangerous  figures 
to  appear  upon  our  political  stage  since  the  days  of  the  pro- 
slavery  betrayers  of  the  government.  Support  such  a  plat- 
form and  party  The  Nation  cannot. 

Even  had  the  head  of  the  Democratic  Party  not  been 
guilty  of  betraying  at  Paris  the  very  ideals  on  behalf  of 
which  our  armies  went  forth  to  their  brilliant  victory,  of 
seeking  to  entangle  us  in  the  League  of  Nations  which 
would  fasten  upon  the  globe  the  intolerable  despotism  and 
hatreds  now  in  ascendancy,  we  should  still  oppose  the  can- 
didate of  the  Democracy.  The  character  of  the  man  nomi- 
nated at  San  Francisco  counts  for  something,  but  after  all 
had  he  been  the  best  available  choice,  the  candidate  must 
of  necessity  bear  the  impossible  burden  of  the  blunders 
and  the  sins  of  Woodrow  Wilson,  on  account  of  which  the 
party  deserves  to  be  defeated  in  every  State  in  the  Union. 
Mr.  Wilson  himself  has  slain  all  of  the  ideals  whicn  distin- 
guished his  first  campaign  and  brought  hope  and  inspira- 
tion to  multitudes  seeking  deliverance  from  the  domination 
of  a  government  owned  and  controlled  by  the  forces  of 
big  business  and  massed  wealth.  Any  electorate  true  to 
itself  would  have  to  rebuke  such  a  betrayal  of  its  ideals  and 
its  idealism. 

But  the  Republican  alternative?     That  is  equally  impos- 


sible. Mr.  Harding  has  already  clearly  demonstrated  his 
intellectual  inadequacy  for  the  task.  His  every  utterance 
shows  that  he  is  wholly  unaware  of  the  kind  of  world  we 
live  in  and  is  without  comprehension  of  the  tasks  ahead. 
He  represents  a  party  still  actuated  by  greed  and  dominated 
by  the  power  of  wealth.  Is  there  any  real  reason  why  the 
electorate  should  select  him  as  a  personage  rather  than  his 
Democratic  rival?  Others,  we  repeat,  may  choose  between 
the  two  men  if  they  must  and  so  play  into  the  hands  of  the 
politicians,  who  forever  utilize  the  cry  of  the  lesser  evil  in 
order  to  play  their  game  more  freely ;  The  Nation  will  do  as 
it  did  in  1900,  when  it  supported  neither  McKinley  nor 
Bryan,  and  as  it  has  done  in  many  gubernatorial  contests. 
It  will  tell  the  truth  about  the  major  parties  and  their  can- 
didates but  adhere  to  neither.  It  is  not  afraid  of  being 
charged  with  being  unpractical  by  so  doing.  On  the  con- 
trary, there  are  times  when  it  is  the  highest  duty  to  refuse 
to  choose  between  evils.  That  was  the  case  in  1896,  for 
instance,  when  the  Gold  Democrats  deliberately  refused  to 
accept  either  McKinley  or  Bryan  and  voted  for  one  of  the 
most  praiseworthy  third  party  movements  in  our  history. 

The  truth  is,  of  course,  that  if  there  has  been  greater 
independence,  more  open  debate,  and  more  democratic  wrang- 
ling between  opposing  beliefs  at  San  Francisco  than  at 
Chicago,  both  gatherings  have  revealed  only  too  clearly  the 
barrenness  and  sterility  of  both  leaderships  and  the  almost, 
entire  dearth  of  candidates  worthy  of  consideration.  It  is 
possibly  a  just  retribution  for  some  of  its  wrongdoing  that 
the  Democratic  Party  should  have  spent  days  striving,  to 
choose  among  McAdoo,  Cox,  and  Palmer.  Perhaps  it  is  the 
will  of  Providence  that  relief  and  reform  shall  come  by  the 
decay  and  the  collapse  of  the  existing  party  processes;  to 
those  who  look  beneath  the  surface,  disintegration  seems 
well  on  the  way.  The  leaders  of  the  South  never  felt  them- 
selves so  securely  in  the  saddle  as  in  the  last  decade  before 
the  Rebellion;  yet  underneath,  the  economic  foundations  of 
their  social,  labor,  and  agricultural  systems  were  well  under- 
mined and  the  slave  system  must  have  collapsed  of  its  own 
rottenness  had  the  Civil  War  never  come.  So  the  rulers  of 
our  parties  today  are  equally  contemptuous  of  all  who  chal- 
lenge them,  and  are  equally  intolerant  of  those  who  doubt 
the  existing  order  and  the  power  of  an  outworn  leadership 
to  cure  its  ills.  As  the  antebellum  Southern  politicians  jailed 
every  Abolitionist  they  could  get  their  hands  upon  who 
assailed  the  sacred  institution  of  slavery,  so  the  leaders  of 
today  seek  to  crush  or  to  imprison  many  of  those  who  declare 
that  we  are  at  the  end  of  another  era  and  that  new  men 
and  new  methods  must  come  to  the  fore.  Underneath,  the 
economic  foundations  are  again  tottering  and  there  is  no 
more  vision  as  to  the  true  and  peaceful  way  out  in  1920 
than  there  was  in  the  South  in  1861.  The  hour  John  Brown 
was  hanged,  Longfellow  wrote  in  his  diary:  "This  will  be 
a  great  day  in  our  history;  the  date  of  a  new  Revolution— 
quite  as  much  needed  as  the  old  one.  Even  now  they  are 
leading  old  John  Brown  to  execution  in  Virginia  for  attempt- 
ing to  rescue  slaves !  This  is  sowing  the  wind  to  reap  the 
whirlwind,  which  will  come  soon."  Who  knows?  From  the 
conventions  of  1920  may  be  dated  the  coming  of  a  new  politi- 
cal order  because  of  the  inefficiency  and  the  inability  of  our 
politicians,  and  the  incapacity  to  grapple  with  the  new  world 
I  economic  problems  which  they  are  hourly  demonstrating. 


, 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


33 


May  Government  Employees 
Strike? 

"¥  Tf  7E  deny  the  right  to  strike  against  the  government; 

VV  but  the  rights  and  interests  of  all  government  em- 
ployees must  be  safeguarded  by  impartial  laws  and  tri- 
bunals." So  runs  the  Republican  platform.  Organized 
labor,  we  feel  sure,  will  dismiss  the  second  part  of  the  state- 
ment as  a  generalization  of  no  practical  importance;  but 
against  the  doctrine  laid  down  in  the  first  part  it  will,  we 
hope,  enter  a  vigorous  protest.  What  is  there  that  is 
peculiar  about  government  service  that  denies  to  one  who 
enters  it  a  right  which  admittedly  is  possessed  by  labor 
generally?  The  principle  announced  by  the  Republicans  obvi- 
ously can  have  no  exclusive  application  to  Federal  employees ; 
if  it  is  true  of  them,  it  is  equally  true  of  employees  of 
States  and  cities.  According  to  the  platform,  then,  not  only 
letter-carriers,  department  clerks,  and  mechanics  in  navy 
yards  or  arsenals,  but  also  policemen,  firemen,  and  street 
cleaners,  no  matter  how  low  their  wages  or  unsatisfactory 
their  working  conditions,  must  nevertheless,  simply  because 
they  are  in  government  employ,  confine  themselves  to  pro- 
tests, or  resolutions,  or  other  "peaceful"  methods  of  agita- 
tion for  the  redress  of  their  grievances,  unless,  of  course, 
they  prefer  to  quit  their  jobs  altogether  and  seek  employ- 
ment elsewhere.    What  is  the  logic  of  such  a  position? 

Two  arguments  in  particular  are  commonly  advanced 
whenever  this  question  is  raised.  A  strike  of  government 
employees,  it  is  urged,  unlike  a  strike  in  some  particular 
industry,  affects  the  whole  community,  and  brings  inconve- 
nience or  loss  to  numerous  persons  or  businesses  which  are 
in  no  way  responsible  for  the  grievances  and  will  have  no 
voice  in  remedying  them.  Whatever  happens  as  between  em- 
ployers and  their  workingmen,  it  is  insisted  that  taxes  ought 
still  to  be  collected,  mail  delivered,  fire  protection  continued, 
and  life  and  property  guarded  against  thugs  and  thieves. 
But  every  strike  makes  trouble  for  persons  who  are  only  re- 
motely connected  with  either  its  occasion  or  its  remedy.  To 
condemn  or  justify  a  strike  by  consideration  of  the  extent 
of  the  disturbance  which  it  involves  is  to  judge  it  by  its 
incidents  rather  than  by  its  cause.  The  real  question  with 
government  employees  is  precisely  the  same  as  with  those 
who  work  for  private  persons:  are  they  properly  treated 
and  suitably  paid?  If  they  are  not,  we  are  clear  that  the 
community,  which  is  the  employer  in  the  case,  has  no  right 
to  draw  a  charmed  circle  of  immunity  about  itself,  wave 
the  magic  word  "government"  in  solemn  incantation,  and 
insist  that  its  public  business  shall  still  go  on. 

The  other  argument  is  that  a  strike  of  government  em- 
ployees, being  an  interruption  of  government  service,  is  in 
fact  an  interference  with  government  itself,  and  as  such  is 
near  akin  to  treason.  Servants  of  the  government,  we  are 
told,  must,  like  soldiers,  stand  by  and  obey  orders  whether 
they  like  it  or  not;  to  refuse  is  of  the  nature  of  mutiny.  It 
will  be  time  enough  to  deal  with  the  soldier  analogy  when 
civil  servants  are  removed  from  the  jurisdiction  of  the  civil 
courts,  ruled  under  martial  law,  and  placed  under  the  orders 
of  the  President  as  commander-in-chief;  but  until  that  time 
comes,  the  analogy  may  be  dismissed  as  without  foundation 
either  in  law  or  in  fact.  Since  when,  however,  has  the 
organized  refusal  to  work,  when  other  arguments  have 
failed  to  bring  a  Government  to  its  senses,  ceased  to  be  the 


citizen's  right?  Are  government  employees  whose  petitions 
have  gone  unheeded  by  those  whose  business  it  was  to  attend 
to  them  to  be  denied,  under  pain  of  being  charged  with  dis- 
loyalty, the  right  of  organized,  forcible  protest  which  brick- 
layers, carpenters,  and  chambermaids  claim  and  exercise  as  a 
prerogative  of  citizenship?  And  if  government  employees 
strike,  and  the  normal  life  of  a  community  suffers  in  con- 
sequence, are  the  workers  to  be  accused  of  treason  when  it  is 
the  government  which  is  really  at  fault? 

We  hope  that  organized  labor  will  accept  with  spirit  the 
challenge  of  "take  it  or  leave  it"  which  the  Republicans 
have  thrown  down,  not  only  because  we  believe  that  the 
Republican  doctrine  ought  to  be  repudiated  as  mischievous, 
but  also  because  the  question  is  likely  to  become  in  the 
near  future  one  of  serious  importance.  With  the  strong 
trend  toward  either  the  nationalization  or  the  thorough- 
going government  control  of  railways,  mines,  and  other 
great  industries  or  natural  resources,  the  time  is  not  distant 
when  the  number  of  government  employees  in  this  country 
may  be  very  greatly  increased.  We  must  leave  for  later 
discussion  some  of  the  problems  which  this  prospective 
enlargement  of  the  civil  list  involves — we  shall  deal  with 
The  Nation's  economic  program  in  later  issues.  What  is 
quite  clear  now  is  that  neither  railway  men  nor  miners — to 
take  two  illustrations  only — are  likely  to  give  up  a  weapon 
which  has  stood  them  in  good  stead  in  the  past  merely  be- 
cause the  government  becomes  their  employer.  They  will 
assuredly  strike  if  they  want  to,  whatever  the  government 
may  think  about  it ;  and  that  which  is  going  to  happen  any- 
way may  as  well  be  accepted  in  advance.  It  will  be  the  part 
of  wisdom  for  the  government,  which  is  notoriously  lax  when 
questions  of  ordinary,  everyday  justice  are  concerned,  to 
insure,  in  the  management  of  its  public  services,  an  honest 
method  of  democratic  control,  to  set  its  house  in  order  and 
provide  some  suitable  machinery  for  the  voluntary  settlement 
of  disputes  before  labor  puts  government  to  the  test. 


Meddling  With  the  Schools 

MEAN  to  the  point  of  squalor  are  the  intellectual 
premises  of  New  York's  public  schools  as  raked  over 
last  month  by  Arthur  M.  Wolfson,  who  has  just  resigned  as 
principal  of  the  High  School  of  Commerce.  On  June  12  Mr. 
Wolfson  wrote  the  reasons  for  his  resignation  to  the  As- 
sociate Superintendent,  John  L.  Tildsley,  and  on  June  25  he 
elaborated  these  reasons  in  a  statement  read  to  the  Board  of 
Superintendents,  convened  by  Superintendent  Ettinger  to 
hear  him.  "Frankly,"  his  gist  was,  "during  the  past  two  or 
three  years  I  have  not  felt  free  to  follow  the  intellectual 
habits  of  a  life-time."  Twenty-five  years  ago  he  had  chosen 
the  profession  of  teacher  because  it  seemed  the  freest;  he 
was  leaving  it  now  because  independence  had  ceased  to  be 
counted  a  virtue  by  the  authorities.  He  was  not  a  revolu- 
tionist in  politics  or  a  rebel  in  education,  but  he  believed  in 
thought,  and  his  self-respect  no  longer  permitted  him  to 
repress  and  dedoctrinate  and  spy  upon  bright  pupils.  He 
had  been  asked  to  suppress  the  fact  that  354  out  of  2,000 
straw  votes  among  his  boys  had  been  for  Debs.  He  had  been 
ordered  to  teach  one  view  regarding  Russia  and  one  view 
only.  Against  his  conscience  he  had  enforced  the  rule  for- 
bidding a  newspaper — the  New  York  Call — to  be  carried  in 
classroom  or  study-hall.  And  he  had  shut  a  pair  of  sympa- 
thetic ears  to  the  objections  of  a  certain  youth  against  the 


34 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


military  training  prescribed  by  law.    But  now  he  has  tired 
of  heresy-hunting  and  hundred-percenting. 

The  distressing  thing  about  this  petty  overhead  tyranny 
in  the  schools  is  not  so  much  that  it  is  tyranny  as  that 
it  is  petty.  Full-blooded,  forthright  bullying  would  have 
deserved  and  probably  received  a  drastic  cure.  This  in- 
sidious, anaemic  meddling  persists ;  this  entirely  unimagina- 
tive muddling  is  difficult  to  get  at  and  cut  away.  There 
will  be  no  satisfactory  change  while  men  remain  in  au- 
thority who  are  afraid  of  ideas  because  they  cannot  compre- 
hend them  or  enjoy  their  free  play.  Recovery  from  the  war 
proceeds  here  and  there,  but  not  among  superintendents  and 
principals  as  a  class.  "Remarkable  as  the  fact  is,"  said 
Henry  R.  Linville  of  the  Teachers'  Union  last  week  in  con- 
nection with  the  Wolfson  case,  "teachers  of  independence  are 
increasing  in  relative  number,  while  the  quality  of  high 
school  principals  remains  normal  in  colorlessness  and  con- 
formity." The  principals  are  afraid  of  the  superintendents, 
and  the  superintendents  are  afraid  of  freedom.  Candidates 
for  headships  "have  in  general  been  extremely  wary.  So  far 
has  the  habit  of  carefulness  been  developed  that  a  candidate 
must  not  do  anything  out  of  the  ordinary" — which  is  to 
say  not  much  of  anything  that  counts. 


The  Collapse  of  the  Christian 

Soviet 

THE  Interchurch  World  Movement,  if  it  had  succeeded, 
would  have  been  either  a  great  religious  trust  or  the 
spiritual  union  which  Christendom  has  talked  of  since 
Luther.  If  a  trust,  it  would  have  been  the  last  stand  of  the 
institutional  Protestant  Church.  If  a  union,  it  might  have 
represented  a  new  religious  technique  for  the  changing  social 
order.  It  set  itself  to  raise  over  a  billion  dollars.  Its 
initial  drive  was  to  bring  just  over  $336,000,000.  Of  this, 
$40,000,000  was  to  be  raised  from  "friends  of  the  move- 
ment" for  Interchurch  purposes,  as  distinct  from  the  pur- 
poses of  the  various  denominations  affiliated.  Actually,  only 
$176,000,000  was  raised  by  and  for  the  denominations.  The 
"friendly  citizens,"  who  were  to  finance  the  Interchurch 
itself  with  the  ^40,000,000,  gave  only  a  tenth  of  the  sum. 
So  the  vast  promotion  collapses.  The  concern  dissolves  back 
into  the  denominations.     The  obsequies  are  being  held. 

The  Interchurch  World  Movement  was  a  brave  attempt 
to  establish  a  soviet  of  religion.  It  was  an  attempt  to  gather 
the  economic  power  of  the  churches  into  an  instrument  of 
policy.  Instead  of  bothering  itself  with  representative  gov- 
ernment in  the  shape  of  the  denominational  conventions,  it 
welded  the  executives  of  the  boards — those  bodies  at  the  top 
which  control  the  budgets  and  the  central  administration. 
When  at  last  its  scheme  came  upon  the  floor  of  the  Presby- 
terians and  the  Baptists  North,  the  representatives  over- 
turned it  by  various  forms  of  withdrawal.  But  if  the  Inter- 
church had  entered  those  conventions  with  success  instead 
of  failure  in  the  money-raising  campaign,  it  is  possible  no 
objection  to  the  movement  would  have  been  raised. 

There  is  no  one  reason  for  the  failure.  The  belief  that 
the  report  of  the  Industrial  Relations  Department  on  the 
Steel  Strike  was  the  outstanding  cause  is  over-simplification. 
The  Interchurch  came  as  the  last  of  many  "drives"  to  a 
tired  and  indifferent  nation.  Folks  had  grown  excited  and 
generous  because  of  Liberty  loans,  "Y,"  Red  Cross,  Salva- 


tion Army,  till  they  had  neither  enthusiasm  nor  cash.  The 
givers  gave  out.  Next,  there  was  an  important  miscalcula- 
tion concerning  friendly  citizens,  with  no  particular  church 
connections.  These  were  relied  on  to  give  at  least  one-ninth 
of  the  year's  budget,  and  this  was  to  be  a  vital  item,  because 
it  was  to  help  defray  "general  expenses."  Without  that 
oil  the  machine  could  not  achieve  movement. 

As  the  result  of  an  earlier  success  of  the  Methodists  in 
raising  their  centenary  fund,  the  banks  had  come  to  believe 
that  there  was  an  enormous  credit  power  back  of  the  church 
community.  Accordingly  the  New  York  financial  group 
extended  credit  to  the  Interchurch.  This  credit  could  not 
be  expanded  in  the  face  of  the  failure  in  money-raising.  In 
any  case,  a  continuance  of  credit  would  lead  to  control,  how- 
ever gentle,  legitimate,  and  wise.  There  was  an  aroma  of 
bankers  about  the  deliberations  of  the  Interchurch,  and 
whiffs  of  it  interpenetrated  the  advertising  and  other  pro- 
motion material  of  this  crusade.  The  literary  style  was 
closer  to  the  pattern  of  the  press  agent  than  to  that  of  the 
Fourth  Gospel.  No  complete  unity  of  aim  had  been  estab- 
lished. The  unity  was  one  of  cooperative  activity  in  admin- 
istration by  the  powerful  executive  boards.  And  even  here 
two  elements  were  discernible.  There  were  earnest  men  of 
the  younger  order  in  the  Interchurch  who  desired  a  pro- 
gressive movement  in  theology  and  the  realm  of  social 
change.  There  were  convinced  individualists  who  were 
startled  by  the  report  on  the  Steel  Strike. 

More  important,  there  was  little  contact  between  the  big 
business  men  and  the  religious  executives,  engineering  the 
Interchurch,  and  the  rank  and  file.  It  was  a  movement  of 
imposing  front,  but  with  a  needed  constituency  that  had.  not 
been  consulted.  So  the  hiatus  widened  between  the  "big" 
ideas  of  the  "big"  men  and  the  humbler  denominational 
leaders  and  church  people.  All  that  the  mass  could  sense 
was  some  new  and  vague  object,  toward  which  they  were 
to  be  speeded  up.  The  people  never  backed  the  Interchurch, 
for  they  never  attended  its  councils,  and  never  knew  its 
purpose. 

John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  once  made  a  classic  speech  on 
Christian  unity.  Some  such  logical  idea  as  his  coalesced 
with  the  tangible  Methodist  triumph  in  money-raising,  added 
to  itself  the  ecclesiastical  machinery  of  the  higher  execu- 
tives, converted  big  business  men,  and  annexed  famous 
fund-raisers.  The  amalgam  resulted  in  publicity  as  amaz- 
ing as  those  early  British  advertisements  with  which  Mr. 
Barnum  plastered  the  countryside  and  drove  away  the 
English  from  attendance.  There  is  a  fundamental  decency 
in  our  people,  too,  which  has  silently  resented  selling  Jesus  in 
the  language  of  the  circus.  On  the  day  when  John  R.  Mott 
goes  to  prison  for  defending  Debs  because  of  their  common 
humanity — on  that  day  a  Christian  unity  will  be  begun. 

The  lesson  of  the  Interchurch  is  that  a  soviet  cannot  be 
imposed  by  a  tiny  minority  at  the  top.  Neither  Lenin  nor 
John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  can  as  yet  create  a  new  economic 
instrument  of  government  in  these  United  States ;  not  even 
a  Christian  soviet  in  ecclesiastical  government.  The  Anglo- 
Saxon  world  still  clings  to  parliamentary,  representative, 
political  government.  Out  of  the  collapse  of  the  topheavy 
economic  structure  of  the  Interchurch  we  shall  see  a  return 
to  political  expression  among  the  churches.  We  shall  see 
renewed  activity  on  the  part  of  the  Federal  Council  of  the 
Churches  of  Christ  in  America.  This  body  derives  its  power 
from  the  national  religious  assemblies.  It  is  a  parliament 
of  religion. 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


35 


The  Conquest  of  Haiti 

By  HERBERT  J.  SELIGMANN 


TO  Belgium's  Congo,  to  Germany's  Belgium,  to  England's 
India  and  Egypt,  the  United  States  has  added  a  perfect 
miniature  in  Haiti.  Five  years  of  violence  in  that  Negro 
republic  of  the  Caribbean,  without  sanction  of  international 
law  or  any  law  other  than  force,  is  now  succeeded  by  an 
era  in  which  the  military  authorities  are  attempting  to 
hush  up  what  has  been  done.  The  history  of  the  American 
invasion  of  Haiti  is  only  additional  evidence  that  the  United 
States  is  among  those  Powers  in  whose  international  deal- 
ings democracy  and  freedom  are  mere  words,  and  human 
lives  negligible  in  face  of  racial  snobbery,  political  chicane, 
and  money.  The  live  years  of  American  occupation,  from 
1915  to  1920,  have  served  as  a  commentary  upon  the  white 
civilization  which  still  burns  black  men  and  women  at  the 
stake.  For  Haitian  men,  women,  and  children,  to  a  number 
estimated  at  3,000,  innocent  for  the  most  part  of  any  offense, 
have  been  shot  down  by  American  machine  gun  and  rifle 
bullets;  black  men  and  women  have  been  put  to  torture  to 
make  them  give  information;  theft,  arson,  and  murder 
have  been  committed  almost  with  impunity  upon  the  persons 
and  property  of  Haitians  by  white  men  wearing  the  uniform 
of  the  United  States.  Black  men  have  been  driven  to  retreat 
to  the  hills  from  actual  slavery  imposed  upon  them  by  white 
Americans,  and  to  resist  the  armed  invader  with  fantastic 
arsenals  of  ancient  horse  pistols,  Spanish  cutlasses,  Napo- 
leonic sabres,  French  carbines,  and  even  flintlocks.  In  this 
five  years'  massacre  of  Haitians  less  than  twenty  Americans 
have  been  killed  or  wounded  in  action. 

Of  all  this  Americans  at  home  have  been  kept  in  the  pro- 
foundest  ignorance.  The  correspondent  of  the  Associated 
Press  in  Cape  Haitien  informed  me  in  April,  1920,  that  he 
had  found  it  impossible  in  the  preceding  three  years,  owing 
to  military  censorship,  to  send  a  single  cable  dispatch  con- 
cerning military  operations  in  Haiti,  to  the  United  States. 
Newspapers  have  been  suppressed  in  Port  au  Prince  and 
their  editors  placed  in  jail  on  purely  political  grounds.  Even 
United  States  citizens  in  Haiti  told  me  of  their  fear  that  if 
they  too  frankly  criticised  "the  Occupation,"  existence  in 
Haiti  would  be  made  unpleasant  for  them.  During  my  stay 
of  something  over  a  month  in  Haiti  several  engagements  oc- 
curred between  Haitian  revolutionists  and  United  States 
Marines.  Early  in  April,  Lieutenant  Muth,  of  the  Haitian 
gendarmery,  was  killed,  his  body  mutilated,  and  a  marine 
wounded.  In  that  engagement,  as  in  others  which  occurred 
within  a  few  weeks  of  it,  Haitian  revolutionists  or  cacos 
suffered  casualties  of  from  five  to  twenty  killed  and  wounded. 
No  report  of  these  clashes  and  casualties,  so  far  as  I  know, 
has  been  published  in  any  newspaper  of  the  United  States. 
The  United  States  Government  and  the  American  military 
occupation  which  has  placed  Haiti  under  martial  law  do  not 
want  the  people  of  the  United  States  to  know  what  has 
happened  in  Haiti. 

For  this  desire  for  secrecy  there  are  the  best  of  reasons. 
Americans  have  conceived  the  application  of  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  to  be  protection  extended  by  the  United  States  to 
weaker  States  in  the  western  hemisphere,  against  foreign 
aggression.  Under  cover  of  that  doctrine  the  United  States 
has  practiced  the  very  aggressions  and  tyrannies  it  was  pre- 
tending to  fight  to  safeguard  weaker  states  against.     In 


1915,  during  a  riot  in  the  capital  of  Haiti,  in  which  Presi- 
dent Vilbrun  Guillaume  Sam  was  killed,  the  mob  removed  a 
man  from  the  sanctuary  he  had  claimed  in  the  French  lega- 
tion. It  is  said  the  French  threatened  to  intervene,  also  that 
the  German  Government  had,  before  the  European  war,  de- 
manded control  of  Haitian  affairs.  In  justifying  its  invasion 
of  Haiti  in  1915,  the  United  States  makes  use  of  the  pretext 
with  which  the  Imperial  German  Government  justified  its 
invasion  of  Belgium  in  1914.  The  invasion  was  one  of  de- 
fense against  any  Power  which,  taking  control  of  Haiti,  a 
weaker  state,  might  use  its  territory  as  a  base  for  naval 
action  against  the  Panama  Canal  or  the  United  States. 

Instead  of  maintaining  a  force  of  marines  at  Port  au 
Prince  sufficient  to  safeguard  foreign  legations  and  consu- 
lates against  violence,  the  United  States  proceeded  to  assume 
control  of  the  island.  The  American  hold  was  fortified  by 
a  convention  empowering  the  United  States  to  administer 
Haitian  customs  and  finance  for  twenty  years,  or  as  much 
longer  as  the  United  States  sees  fit;  and  by  a  revised  con- 
stitution of  Haiti  removing  the  prohibition  against  alien 
ownership  of  land,  thus  enabling  Americans  to  purchase  the 
most  fertile  areas  in  the  country.  Thenceforward  Faiti  has 
been  regarded  and  has  been  treated  as  conquered  territory. 
Military  camps  have  been  built  throughout  the  island.  The 
property  of  natives  has  been  taken  for  military  use.  Haitians 
carrying  a  gun  were  for  a  time  shot  at  sight.  Many  Haitians 
not  carrying  guns  were  also  shot  at  sight.  Machine  guns 
have  been  turned  into  crowds  of  unarmed  natives,  and 
United  States  marines  have,  by  accounts  which  several  of 
them  gave  me  in  casual  conversation,  not  troubled  to  investi- 
gate how  many  were  killed  or  wounded.  In  some  cases 
Haitians  peaceably  inclined  have  been  afraid  to  come  to 
American  camps  to  give  up  their  weapons  for  fear  they 
would  be  shot  for  carrying  them. 

The  Haitians  in  whose  service  United  States  marines  are 
presumably  restoring  peace  and  order  in  Haiti  are  nick- 
named "Gooks"  and  have  been  treated  with  every  variety  of 
contempt,  insult,  and  brutality.  I  have  heard  officers  wear- 
ing the  United  States  uniform  in  the  interior  of  Haiti  talk 
of  "bumping  off"  (i.  e.,  killing)  "Gooks"  as  if  it  were  a 
variety  of  sport  like  duck  hunting.  I  heard  one  marine  boast 
of  having  stolen  money  from  a  peaceable  Haitian  family  in 
the  hills  whom  he  was  presumably  on  patrol  to  protect 
against  "bandits."  I  have  heard  officers  and  men  in  the 
United  States  Marine  Corps  say  they  thought  the  island 
should  be  "cleaned  out";  that  all  the  natives  should  be  shot; 
that  shooting  was  too  good  for  them;  that  they  intended 
taking  no  prisoners ;  that  many  of  those  who  had  been  taken 
prisoners  had  been  "allowed  to  escape,"  that  is,  shot  on  the 
pretext  that  they  had  attempted  flight.  I  have  seen  prison- 
ers' faces  and  heads  disfigured  by  beatings  administered  to 
them  and  have  heard  officers  discussing  those  beatings;  also 
a  form  of  torture — "sept" — in  which  the  victim's  leg  is  com- 
pressed between  two  rifles  and  the  pressure  against  the  shin 
increased  until  agony  forced  him  to  speak.  I  know  that  men 
and  women  have  been  hung  by  the  neck  until  strangulation 
impelled  them  to  give  information.  I  have  in  my  possession 
a  copy  of  a  "bon  habitant"  (good  citizen)  pass  which  all 
Haitians  in  the  interior  have  been  required  to  carry  and 


36 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2871 


present  to  any  marine  who  might  ask  to  inspect  it.  Failure 
to  carry  the  pass  formerly  involved  being  shot  or  arrested. 
Arrest  for  trivial  offenses  has  involved  detention  in  Cape 
Haitien  and  Port  au  Prince  for  as  long  as  six  months.  In 
justice  to  the  officers  and  men  of  the  Marine  Corps,  it  should 
he  said  that  many  of  them  detest  what  they  have  had  to  do 
in  Haiti.  One  officer  remarked  to  me  that  if  he  had  to  draw 
a  cartoon  of  the  occupation  of  Haiti  he  would  represent  a 
black  man  held  down  by  a  white  soldier,  while  another  white 
man  went  through  the  black  man's  pockets.  Other  officers 
and  men  have  criticised  the  entire  Haitian  adventure  as  a 
travesty  upon  humanity  and  civilization  and  as  a  lasting  dis- 
grace to  the  United  States  Marine  Corps.  But  the  prevailing 
attitude  of  mind  among  the  men  sent  to  assist  Haiti  has 
been  such  determined  contempt  for  men  of  dark  skins  that 
decency  has  been  almost  out  of  the  question.  The  American 
disease  of  color  prejudice  has  raged  virulently. 

The  occupation  points  with  pride  to  military  roads.  These 
roads  were  in  large  part  built  by  Haitian  slaves — I  intend 
the  word  literally — under  American  taskmasters.  An  old 
Haitian  law  of  corvee,  or  enforced  road  labor,  rarely  if  ever 
invoked,  authorizing  three  days'  work  in  each  year  on  roads 
about  the  citizen's  domicile,  was  made  the  excuse  for  kid- 
napping thousands  of  Haitians  from  their  homes — when  they 
had  homes — forcing  them  to  live  for  months  in  camps,  in- 
sufficiently fed,  guarded  by  United  States  marines,  rifle  in 
hand.  When  Haitians  attempted  to  escape  this  dastardly 
compulsion,  they  were  shot.  I  heard  ugly  whispers  in  Haiti 
of  the  sudden  accumulation  of  funds  by  American  officers 
of  the  Haitian  gendarmery  who  had  the  responsibility  of 
providing  food  for  these  slave  camps.  Charlemagne  Peralte, 
an  important  political  leader  under  the  Zamor  Government, 
arrested  for  political  activity,  was  forced  to  labor  in  prison 
garb  on  the  streets  of  Cape  Haitien,  where  he  was  well 
known.  He  escaped  in  September,  1918,  flaming  with  hatred 
and  became  known  throughout  Haiti  as  Charlemagne, 
one  of  the  most  resourceful  of  revolutionary  leaders  in  the 
Hinche  district  until  he  was  killed  in  the  autumn  of  1919. 
It  is  no  coincidence  that  his  power  was  greatest  and  the 
revolt  severest  in  the  regions  where  the  corvee  slavery  had 
been  most  in  use. 

Colonel  John  Russell,  at  present  brigade  commander  in 
Haiti,  who  is  struggling  with  an  impossibly  difficult  situa- 
tion, largely  created  by  his  predecessors,  formally  abolished 
the  corvee  late  in  1919.  That  was  not  undoing  the  damage 
which  had  been  done.  Colonel  Russell  could  not,  even  by  is- 
suing the  most  stringent  orders  against  indiscriminate  mur- 
der of  Haitians  by  marines,  wipe  out  what  had  occurrred 
under  a  former  commanding  officer  who  had  been  sent  to 
Haiti  although  it  was  in  his  record  that  he  had  been  court- 
martialled  for  brutality  to  natives  in  the  Philippines. 

Another  creation  of  the  Americans  in  Haiti,  although  it  is 
now  improved  in  personnel  and  leadership,  fanned  the  flames 
of  hatred  and  violence  which  swept  the  island.  I  refer  to 
the  Gendarmerie  d'Haiti.  This  is  a  military  force  of  black 
men,  officered  with  one  or  two  exceptions  by  corporals  and 
sergeants  of  the  Marine  Corps  promoted  to  lieutenancies  and 
captaincies  over  Haitians.  Many  of  the  white  men  were 
ignorant  and  brutal.  Some  of  the  Haitians  enlisted  in  the 
gendarmerie  were  notorious  bad  men.  Several  of  them  have 
been  shot  for  murder  and  extortion  among  their  own  people. 

The  armed  peace  which  has  resulted  from  the  conquest  of 
Haiti  by  the  United  States  has  opened  a  new  field  for  Ameri- 
can investors.     Already  the  Banque  Nationale  d'Haiti,  the 


bank  of  issue  of  all  Haitian  paper  currency,  is  owned  by  an 
American  bank.  The  National  Railways  of  Haiti  are  owned 
by  Americans.  Sugar  mills  and  lighting  plants  are  in  Amer- 
ican control.  Groups  of  Americans  are  purchasing  or  are 
endeavoring  to  purchase  the  most  fertile  land  in  the  country. 
The  representative  of  one  company  told  me  they  owned 
58,000  acres.  In  this  scheme  of  American  "protection"  of 
Haitian  welfare,  the  Haitian's  place  is  illuminated  by  a  re- 
mark which  I  heard  one  American  entrepreneur  make.  He 
advocated  that  Chinese  coolies  be  imported  to  supplant  un- 
instructed  Haitian  labor. 

After  an  indefensible  invasion  of  a  helpless  country,  after 
the  professions  of  solicitude  and  good-will  which  accom- 
panied the  crime,  what  has  the  United  States  to  offer  in 
extenuation?  Military  roads,  which  the  Haitian  people  do 
not  particularly  want,  a  civil  hospital  in  Port  au  Prince,  and 
the  Haitian  Gendarmerie.  The  present  Government  of  Haiti 
which  dangles  from  wires  pulled  by  American  fingers,  would 
not  endure  for  twenty-four  hours  if  United  States  armed 
forces  were  withdrawn ;  and  the  president,  Sudre  d'Artigue- 
nave,  would  face  death  or  exile.  No  beginning  has  been 
made  in  combatting  with  teachers  the  appalling  illiteracy  of 
the  Haitian  people.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to  send 
civilian  doctors  or  even  military  doctors  to  minister  to  the 
needs  of  diseased  Haitians  in  the  interior.  These  sins  of 
commission  and  of  omission  are  attributable  less  to  the  men 
confronted  with  the  overwork  and  the  difficulties,  and  often 
with  the  inferior  food  which  their  Government  sends  them, 
in  Haiti,  than  to  an  Administration,  and  especially  a  State 
Department  ready  to  countenance  armed  invasions  without 
plan  and  to  undertake,  by  a  nation  which  has  signally  failed 
in  administering  its  own  color  problem,  the  government  of 
a  black  republic. 

The  jumble  of  jurisdictions  imposed  upon  Americans  in 
Haiti  by  the  irresponsible  gentlemen  in  Washington  would 
paralyze  even  a  genuine  attempt  at  regeneration  of  Haitian 
government.  The  customs  receipts  and  the  disbursements  of 
Haiti  are  administered  by  two  Americans  independent  of  the 
military  command.  Of  the  customs  administration,  suffice  it 
to  say  that  not  one  business  man  to  whom  I  talked,  and  there 
were  prominent  Americans  as  well  as  Haitians  among  my 
informants,  had  a  word  to  say  in  its  favor.  There  is  no 
appeal  from  the  scrupulously  inept  customs  rulings  except 
to  Washington.  The  fiction  of  a  Haitian  republic  is  main- 
tained, although  the  American  military  command  can  sup- 
press newspapers  and  virtually  controls  Haitian  politics  and 
elections.  The  Haitian  Government,  such  as  it  is,  either 
yields  perforce  to  American  pressure  or  finds  itself  in  feeble 
and  ineffectual  opposition.  The  gendarmerie,  theoretically 
under  the  Haitian  Government's  command,  is  officered  by 
American  marines,  paid  by  both  Haiti  and  the  United  States. 

This  militarist,  imperialist  burlesque  on  the  professions 
with  which  the  United  States  entered  the  war  in  behalf  of 
weaker  states  leaves  the  Haitians  little  to  do  but  to  wonder 
what  the  United  States  intends.  If  they  had  power,  they 
would  drive  the  armed  invader  into  the  sea.  They  have  not 
the  power.  They  are  disarmed  and  cynical,  those  who  can 
think.  If  Haitian  government  was  not  conspicuously  suc- 
cessful, lives  of  Americans  and  other  foreigners  were  safe 
before  the  invasion.  For  the  rest,  in  the  absence  of  any 
plans  for  Haiti's  regeneration  except  through  "development" 
of  the  country  by  exploiters,  the  Haitian  may  derive  what 
spiritual  nourishment  he  can  from  the  Wilsonian  phrases 
with  which  United  States  thuggery  disguises  its  deeds. 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


37 


The  Syrian  Imbroglio  and  the  Turkish  Settlement 


By  FREDERIC  C.  HOWE 


THE  most  picturesque  figure  at  the  Paris  Peace  Confer- 
ence was  Prince  Emir  Feisal,  one  of  the  sons  of  the 
King  of  the  Hejaz.  In  turban  and  Arabian  robes,  orientally 
impressive  and  extraordinarily  alert,  he  sat  among  the  frock- 
coated,  conventional  representatives  of  the  other  Powers.  Oc- 
casionally he  said  something  that  was  flashed  among  the 
newspaper  men  at  the  Crillon  and  the  press  clubs.  "When 
President  Wilson  spoke  of  self-determination  of  peoples,  a 
smile  went  through  all  Arabia,"  he  said.  On  another  oc- 
casion, "If  Syria  is  given  to  France,  the  Arabs  will  drive 
them  into  the  sea." 

The  eastern  Mediterranean  has  been  the  strategic  center 
of  the  European- Asiatic  world  for  a  century.  The  control  of 
Constantinople,  Mesopotamia,  and  the  Bagdad  Railway  was 
probably  the  ultimate  cause  of  the  Great  War.  German  ad- 
vances in  Turkey  and  the  threatened  control  of  the  trade 
routes  from  Constantinople  to  the  Persian  Gulf  was  a  drive 
at  the  heart  of  the  British  Empire.  It  threatened  to  Teu- 
tonize  the  commercial  and  financial  organization  of  the  Near 
East  and  the  Far  East  as  well.  It  would  have  split  Great 
Britain,  Russia,  and  France  apart,  and  placed  the  Far  East 
under  the  menace  of  German  control.  The  British  Empire, 
British  finance,  British  shipping,  and  British  industry  were 
threatened  by  the  short  railroad  land  route  to  the  Far  East. 
So  were  French  investments  in  Russia,  French  investments 
in  Turkey,  and  French  aspirations  on  the  Syrian  Coast. 

The  future  of  a  great  part  of  the  world  hangs  on  the  Near 
Eastern  question,  as  it  did  in  the  ancient  Roman  world ;  as  it 
did  when  the  Turks  in  the  fourteenth  century  sundered  the 
trade  routes  through  the  Mesopotamian  valleys  from  Persia 
to  Europe,  and  sent  Columbus  in  search  of  a  new  route  to 
India.  For  one  hundred  years,  Great  Britain  and  Russia, 
then  Great  Britain  and  France,  and  finally  Great  Britain  and 
Germany  have  struggled  for  the  control  of  the  Bosphorus,  of 
the  eastern  Mediterranean,  and  finally  of  the  Bagdad  rail- 
way. England  has  never  lost  sight  of  the  strategic  necessity 
for  controlling  this  part  of  the  world.  It  is  the  key  to  her 
Empire.  It  is  the  Gibraltar  of  her  industrial  and  financial 
supremacy.  The  fate  of  Constantinople,  the  disposition  of 
the  Grande  Porte,  the  American  mandate  over  Armenia,  con- 
troversies with  France  over  Syria,  the  double  dealings  of  the 
Allied  Powers  for  a  century,  and  especially  during  the  war, 
all  revolve  about  control  of  this,  the  great  trade  route  to  the 
East.  As  it  has  been  from  the  beginning  of  history,  the 
wealth  of  Europe  and  the  life  of  empires  center  about  control 
of  the  Levant. 

During  the  war  Great  Britain  entered  into  at  least  three 
treaties  or  understandings,  all  more  or  less  in  conflict,  for 
the  disposal  of  this  territory — extending  from  the  moun- 
tains of  Asia  Minor  to  the  Persian  Gulf.  They  were 
roughly : 

1.  The  Sykes-Picot  Treaty,  May,  1916,  divided  this  part 
of  the  world  between  France  and  Great  Britain.  France  was 
given  Syria  and  parts  of  Palestine.  Great  Britain  was  given 
certain  ports  on  the  Syrian  coast  as  well  as  the  hinterland, 
including  Mesopotamia,  the  Tigris-Euphrates  valleys,  the 
control  of  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  Red  Sea.  Mesopotamia 
was  the  key.  It  controlled  the  Bagdad  Railway,  the  approach 
to  Persia,  and  the  trade  routes  to  the  Persian  Gulf. 


2.  Great  Britain,  with  the  approval  of  France,  entered 
an  agreement  with  the  King  of  the  Hejaz,  representing  the 
whole  of  Arabia,  to  induce  the  Arabs  to  enter  the  war  on  the 
side  of  the  Allies.  Under  the  terms  of  this  treaty,  the 
Ottoman  Empire  to  the  south  of  the  Taurus  Mountains  was 
to  be  divided  roughly  into  three  Arabian  principalities. 
Prince  Feisal  was  to  receive  Syria,  including  Palestine,  an- 
other son  Zeid  was  to  receive  Mesopotamia,  controlling  the 
trade  routes  to  the  Persian  Gulf  and  to  the  Far  East;  while 
the  third  son  of  the  King  of  the  Hejaz  was  to  receive 
Hedjaz  and  the  control  of  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Red  Sea. 
The  British  and  French,  however,  retained  some  claim  to 
participation  in  Arabian  affairs.  They  both  recognized 
Arabian  claims  under  the  treaties  made  with  the  Hejaz. 
As  a  result  of  this  arrangement  the  Arabs  placed  them- 
selves under  British  leadership;  they  fought  valiantly  and 
contributed  substantially  to  the  defeat  of  the  Turks  and  the 
holding  of  the  Near  East  by  the  Allies. 

3.  Finally,  the  Zionists  received  assurances  from  Mr.  Bal- 
four in  November,  1917,  that  Palestine  was  to  be  inter- 
nationalized as  the  "home  of  the  Jews."  This  was  accepted 
as  an  assurance  that  Palestine  was  to  be  an  independent 
state  under  international  and  especially  British  protection. 
Palestine  forms  part  of  Syria  given  to  the  French  and  is 
claimed  by  the  Arabs  under  the  British  agreement  with  the 
King  of  the  Hejaz. 

4.  In  addition  to  the  above  treaties  (each  of  which  dis- 
posed of  part  or  all  of  Palestine  to  three  different  claim- 
ants, two  of  which  disposed  of  Syria  to  different  claimants, 
and  two  of  which  left  the  relationship  of  Great  Britain  and 
the  Arabs  unsettled  as  to  Mesopotamia)  the  British  them- 
selves hoped  to  hold  on  to  Syria  and  the  eastern  Mediter- 
ranean. The  Syrian  ports  command  Cyprus  on  the  north  and 
Egypt  and  the  Suez  Canal  on  the  south.  Even  more  im- 
portant, they  control  access  to  Mesopotamia  and  the  Mediter- 
ranean connections  with  the  Bagdad  Railway. 

Great  Britain  has  fought  for  a  century  to  prevent  the  en- 
trance of  any  other  Power  into  this  part  of  the  world.  The 
protectorate  over  Egypt,  the  purchase  of  the  Suez  Canal, 
control  of  the  trade  routes  to  India  and  the  Far  East  have 
been  the  controlling  motives  of  her  Near  Eastern  diplomacy. 
In  addition,  British  commercial  interests  are  opposed  to  the 
Bagdad  Railway  as  a  land  transportation  system  from  Europe 
and  Constantinople  to  the  Mesopotamian  plains.  European, 
and  especially  German  competition,  would  endanger  her  con- 
trol of  industry  and  trade  in  Asia  and  the  Near  East,  while 
quite  as  important,  the  Bagdad  Railway  would  endanger  her 
shipping  monopoly.  It  is  to  the  interest  of  Great  Britain  to 
suppress  the  Bagdad  Railway  from  Constantinople  to  Aleppo, 
but  to  develop  the  line  from  the  Mediterranean  coast  to 
the  Persian  Gulf.  This  would  give  her  a  long  water  shipping 
route  from  England,  and  a  shorter  rail  route  to  the  Far  East. 
It  would  also  kill  rail  competition  from  Europe.  For  these 
reasons  Great  Britain  was  opposed  to  a  French  mandate 
over  Syria.  For  Syria  controls  access  from  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  Mediterranean  to  Bagdad  and  the  Bagdad  Rail- 
way. Syria  also  menaces  Egypt  and  the  Suez  Canal  on  the 
south. 

Within   six  months   after  the   armistice   Great   Britain, 


38 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


France,  Arabia,  and  the  Jews  were  in  conflict  over  the  Sykes- 
Picot  Treaty^  and  the  other  conflicting  agreements.  Great 
Britain  was  unwilling  to  abide  by  its  provisions  and  permit 
a  permanent  French  occupation  or  protectorate  over  Syria. 
British  interests  are  too  vital  to  permit  any  other  Power  to 
control  this  strategic  point.  There  was  a  very  serious  con- 
flict in  the  summer  of  1919,  but  Great  Britain  finally  recog- 
ized  the  French  mandate  over  Syria.  Whatever  the  arrange- 
ments may  have  been  which  guaranteed  French  predomi- 
nance on  the  eastern  Mediterranean,  it  is  safe  to  assume  that 
British  interests  will  never  willingly  acquiesce  in  French 
ascendancy  in  that  part  of  the  world.  France  in  turn  is 
seeking  to  control  the  watershed  of  the  Jordan  so  as  to 
place  the  Jewish  colonies  in  Palestine  under  dependence  to 
her  will.  Palestine  is  dependent  upon  this  water  supply  for 
irrigation,  for  hydro-electric  power,  and  for  the  settlement 
of  a  territory  adequate  to  maintain  millions  of  colonists. 
The  Franco-British  controversy  over  Syria  and  Palestine 
must  inevitably  remain  a  source  of  discord. 

The  Arabs  are  now  insisting  that  Great  Britain  and 
France  should  fulfil  the  compact  made  with  them.  They  are 
demanding  a  partition  of  Arabia  between  the  three  sons  of 
the  King  of  the  Hejaz.  The  Arabs  are  dangerous  people. 
They  frave  learned  the  arts  of  war.  They  received  substantial 
money  subventions  from  the  Allies.  They  are  in  a  position  to 
harass  not  only  France,  but  Great  Britain  and  the  Zionists 
as  well.  And  they  demand  the  lowlands  of  Syria  and  Pal- 
estine as  an  integral  part  of  Arabia,  and  support  their  claims 
by  the  preponderance  of  Arabian  peoples  in  these  Mediter- 
ranean provinces. 

We  are  now  advised  that  the  Turk  is  to  be  left  in  Con- 
stantinople. Why  is  the  Sublime  Porte  to  be  left  undis- 
turbed ?  Why  are  the  Allied  assurances  that  the  Turk  was  to 
be  driven  out  of  Europe  to  be  ignored?  The  Turk  has  not  re- 
formed. He  can  give  no  assurances  that  will  satisfy  the  public 
opinion  of  Occidental  Powers.  The  Bosphorus  is  as  strategic 
today  as  it  has  been  for  a  hundred  years.  It  is  not  con- 
sideration for  the  Turk  that  is  leaving  him  where  he  is. 
Nor  are  the  claims  of  the  Armenians  for  protection  being 
given  any  serious  consideration.  The  Turk  is  to  be  left  in 
Europe  for  three  very  simple  reasons.  First,  Turkey  owes 
colossal  sums  to  France  and  England.  Three-fifths  of  the 
Turkish  loan  was  underwritten  by  the  Paris  banks.  It  is 
held  by  the  French  peasants.  A  great  part  of  the  balance 
is  held  by  British  interests.  If  the  Turk  is  expelled  from 
Europe,  the  Turk  cannot  be  held  responsible  for  these  debts. 
They  cannot  be  assessed  upon  Constantinople  alone  and  the 
small  surrounding  territory.  The  French  are  insisting  that 
the  Turk  remain  in  Europe,  at  the  instance  of  the  French 
investor.  Any  Ministry  that  failed  to  safeguard  those  in- 
terests would  have  difficulty  in  remaining  in  power.  Similar 
interests  dictate  British  policy.  England  and  France  want 
to  continue  their  grip  on  Russia.  Russia  can  only  reach  the 
outside  world  all  the  year  round  by  the  Dardanelles.  By  the 
control  of  Constantinople  Great  Britain  and  France  are  in 
a  position  to  control  the  economic  life  of  Russia  and  of 
Rumania  and  Bulgaria  as  well. 

Great  Britain  is  further  influenced  by  fear  of  the  effect  of 
the  expulsion  of  the  Turk  upon  her  Mussulman  subjects  in 
India  and  the  Far  East,  while  France  is  apprehensive  over 
the  effect  of  such  expulsion  upon  her  Mussulman  subjects  in 
Morocco,  Tunis,  and  Algeria.  The  Turk  is  to  be  left  in 
Europe;  his  worthless  guarantees  are  to  be  accepted,  for 
financial   and    imperialistic   considerations.      Greed    is    the 


main  explanation  of  the  reversal  of  promises  made  to  the 
world.  The  security  of  Europe,  the  freedom  of  the  Dar- 
danelles, the  access  of  Russia  and  Rumania  to  the  open  seas, 
all  these  as  well  as  the  future  peace  of  the  world  are  to  be 
sacrificed  to  the  same  kind  of  interests  that  have  influenced 
France  and  England  in  their  attitude  toward  Russia. 

Finally,  the  Allies  are  once  more  seeking  to  lure  the  United 
States  into  the  age-long  imbroglio  over  the  control  of  this 
part  of  the  world,  by  imposing  upon  us  a  mandate  over 
Armenia,  if  not  over  Constantinople,  Anatolia,  and  the  high- 
lands of  Asia  Minor.  One  reason  and  probably  the  main 
reason  for  this  is  obvious,  even  though  it  was  not  disclosed. 
Asia  Minor  lies  at  the  strategic  center  of  three  continents. 
Asia  Minor  is  the  buffer  between  Central  Europe  and  the 
British  Empire.  As  the  Harbord  report  disclosed,  it  would 
require  a  large  military  force  of  from  50,000  to  200,000  men 
to  protect  this  territory,  and  involve  an  initial  expense  of 
$750,000,000  for  the  first  five  years.  Such  protection  by  a 
friendly  Power  would  relieve  Great  Britain  from  policing 
Persia,  Mesopotamia,  and  her  eastern  Empire.  It  would 
shield  her  from  Russia,  Austria,  Hungary,  Germany,  or  any 
other  continental  European  states.  It  would  protect  France 
in  Syria  as  well.  It  would  commit  the  United  States  beyond 
recall  to  the  League  of  Nations,  and  would  permanently 
identify  us  with  financial  imperialism,  with  the  exploitation 
of  the  copper,  oil,  and  other  resources  which  abound  in 
northern  Asia  Minor.  The  United  States  was  to  hold  the 
bag  for  the  Allied  Powers.  We  were  to  step  into  what  for 
centuries  has  been  one  of  the  most  dangerous  spots  in  the 
civilized  world.  Empires  have  struggled,  and  war  after  war, 
from  the  days  of  Darius  and  Alexander  the  Great  down  to 
the  war  just  closed,  has  been  fought  for  the  control  of*the 
Cilician  Gates,  through  which  pass  the  land  routes  from 
Europe  to  Asia.  No  greater  burden  could  be  assumed  by 
America  than  this.  It  would  draw  us  inevitably  into  Euro- 
pean, Asiatic,  and  African  politics. 

As  a  result  of  these  dishonesties  and  deceptions,  the  Near 
East  is  again  in  political  chaos.  The  Levant  is  again  the 
center  of  the  intrigue  of  Europe.  One  of  the  major  ques- 
tions which  this  war  should  have  forever  settled  is  as  con- 
fused and  menacing  as  ever.  The  British-French  entente  is 
endangered.  Disarmament  in  both  countries  is  made  impos- 
sible. Great  Britain  and  France  are  menaced  by  the  Arabs 
and  the  Egyptians.  The  trade  routes  of  the  world  are  inter- 
rupted by  nationalistic  conflict  and  commercial  greed.  The 
Bagdad  Railway,  which  would  have  rendered  an  incalculable 
service  to  the  civilization  of  the  world,  may  not  become  the 
great  land  highway  that  was  promised,  and  Europe  and  Asia 
may  be  left  again,  as  they  are  now  left,  to  the  control  by  a 
single  nation  of  the  carrying  trade  through  the  Mediterra- 
nean, the  Suez  Canal,  and  the  Persian  Gulf.  The  Arabs 
have  been  deceived;  the  Jews  have  been  deceived;  France 
thinks  it  has  been  deceived,  and  the  Turk  remains  on  the 
banks  of  the  Bosphorus. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Herbert  J.  Seligmann  is  a  New  York  journalist. 

Elizabeth  Shepley  Sergeant  was  an  American  corre- 
spondent in  France  during  the  war  and  is  the  author  of 
"French  Perspectives." 

Frederic  C.  Howe  is  the  writer  and  public  official  of  note. 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


39 


God's  Country 

By  ELIZABETH  SHEPLEY  SERGEANT 


IT  is  a  country  so  vast,  so  vacant,  so  austere,  so  impersonal, 
that  at  first  sight  its  whole  power  and  beauty  seem  to  be 
a  denial  of  the  power  and  significance  of  man.  Stark  shapes 
and  crude  colors  of  naked  rock,  lifted,  strata  on  strata  into 
the  stark  sky;  rolling  height  of  mesas,  nobly  leveled  above 
the  deep  valleys  and  below  the  snow  peaks;  yellow  nearness 
and  roundness  of  foothills  and  lomas,  spotted  and  tufted 
with  velvet-green  pinyon  and  cedar — this  is  what  matters. 
This,  and  the  blue  flight  of  a  jay  across  golden  desert  spaces, 
the  fierce  bite  of  the  wind  on  the  divide,  the  splash  of  the 
stream  in  the  arroya  as  your  horse  plunges  through.  The 
air  is  so  clear  and  dry  and  brilliant  that  it  seems  like  light ; 
the  light  so  fresh,  so  vivid,  so  everchanging  that  it  seems 
like  air:  they  blend  into  a  common  element  in  which  you 
are  purged  of  all  human  concerns. 

The  road  you  follow  is  no  more  than  a  curving  shadow, 
brown,  gray,  or  red,  that  vanishes  in  the  gray  of  sage  brush 
and  chamiso;  or  a  narrow  trail  cut  in  the  solid  stone  which 
the  muddy  Rio  Grande,  far  below,  coiling  and  turning 
through  the  ages,  has  hollowed  into  a  canyon.  Soon  you 
learn  to  leave  even  the  trails,  heading  your  horse  straight 
through  cactus  and  pinyon,  straight  up  and  down  broken, 
barren  ridges  which  no  man,  you  imagine,  has  ever  explored 
before.  And  when,  from  the  foothills  of  the  Sangre  de 
Cristos  you  look  down  on  Santa  Fe,  "the  oldest  city  in  the 
United  States,"  with  its  legislative  chambers,  its  archaeo- 
logical museum,  its  literary  and  artistic  circles,  you  see  only 
a  tiny  cluster  of  roofs  and  chimneys;  a  wreath  of  smoke 
which  your  eye  discards  to  follow  the  mesa,  wide  and  purple 
as  the  southern  sea.  The  mesa  with  strange,  solitary  moun- 
tains like  dark  volcanic  islands  swimming  on  its  surface,  and 
snowy  ridges  melting  into  the  interminable  sky. 

But  man  will  not  let  you  alone,  even  here.  There  are 
only  400,000  humans  in  all  the  122,000  square  miles  of  New 
Mexico.  Yet  they  soon  project  themselves  into  the  picture. 
Straight  through  the  valleys,  along  the  lower  spurs  of  the 
mountains,  the  "American"  has  built  his  railroads.  His 
schools,  prisons,  churches,  stores,  ranch  houses,  garages, 
though  somewhat  in  the  local  adobe  tradition,  are,  like  his 
"state  roads,"  conspicuous  for  a  certain  hardness  and 
modernity.  And  he,  too,  is  conspicuous  as  he  lopes  along, 
tall  and  lanky  and  very  confident  under  his  sombrero,  or 
whizzes  by  in  his  Buick  or  his  Ford.  In  the  sheltered  can- 
yons that  stretch  down  like  so  many  fingers  from  the  snow 
peaks  the  "Mexican" — so  called,  though  he  has  inhabited  the 
land  for  several  hundred  years  and  knows  as  little  of  old 
Mexico  as  you  or  I — has  hidden  his  little  ranches:  neat 
rows  of  fruit  trees,  surrounding  flat-roofed  adobe  houses, 
colored  red  or  gray  like  the  soil,  scarcely  distinguishable 
from  it  but  for  an  indigo-blue  window  frame,  or  a  bunch  of 
red  peppers  strung  on  the  wall.  The  dress  and  manners  of 
the  Mexican,  unobtrusive  like  his  house,  have  the  same  dash 
of  Latin  color.  He  greets  you  with  a  smiling  buenos  dias 
as  he  jogs  along  on  his  burro,  and  draws  his  broad-beamed, 
white-topped  wagon — where  his  wife  sits  beside  him  under  a 
black  shawl  elegantly  draped — upon  an  angle  of  the  hill  to  let 
you  pass.  On  the  roads,  too,  you  may  meet  a  wagon-load  of 
Indians:  men  with  brown,  bitten  Mongolian  faces,  square- 
built,   remote   in  their  blankets,  greeting  you  with   silent 


dignity.  The  Indian's  adobe  pueblo,  thronged  and  humming 
with  busy  life — whether  it  be  spread  out,  pastoral-fashion, 
or  piled  square  on  square  like  a  child's  block  house — always 
occupies  an  admirable  site.  Close  against  the  mountains  or 
in  some  specially  protected  and  fertile  stretch  of  valley  he 
built  it,  long  before  Spaniard  or  American  passed  this  way. 
His  ancestors  he  says,  were  obliged  for  lack  of  water  to  come 
down  from  the  cliffs.  But  he  has  never  forgotten  his  lineal 
descent  from  the  ancient  people  whose  deserted  homes,  hol- 
lowed in  the  soft  yellow  stone  on  the  southern  face  of  the 
mountains,  still,  from  on  high,  command  this  incomparable 
land. 

Sitting  against  the  hot  wall  of  such  a  lonely  cliffhouse  the 
other  day — a  house  still  plastered  and  colored  within,  smoked 
by  a  fire  extinguished  thousands  of  years  ago,  and  littered 
with  fragments  of  pottery  more  delicately  patterned  than 
any  that  the  Pueblos  now  produce — we  were  stirred  by  the 
persistence  of  that  queer,  traditional,  changing  thing  called 
human  civilization.  On  the  face  of  the  giant  country  spread 
below  us,  which  bares  its  geologic  bones  so  dramatically,  we 
could  distinguish  the  scars  made  by  the  patient  hand  of 
man  as  clearly  as  those  blazoned  by  dead  seas  and  extinct 
volcanoes:  three  "civilizations"  as  sharply  differentiated  as 
the  strata  of  the  rocky  canyon  walls.  For  the  newest  state 
in  the  Union  is,  by  a  strange  paradox,  built  on  the  two  oldest 
cultures  of  the  American  continent;  and,  by  another  para- 
dox, these  cultures  are  still  almost  intact,  though  they  have 
existed  side  by  side  for  three  centuries  and  have  been  in- 
corporated in  our  republic  for  seventy-five  years.  Neither 
the  Spanish-Catholic  veneer  that  he  acquired  in  the  sixteenth 
century  nor  the  fumbling  "education"  supplied  by  our  gov- 
ernment since  1846  has  fundamentally  touched  the  ancient 
tribal  rites  and  the  communal  government  of  the  Pueblo 
Indian;  and  he  has  guarded  like  so  much  treasure  the 
great  tracts  of  land  granted  him  by  the  Spaniards  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Treaty  of  Guadalupe.  The  Spanish-speaking 
population,  with  the  exception  of  a  limited  number  of  fam- 
ilies of  pure  blood  and  dominating  instincts,  who  claim 
descent  from  the  Conquistadors,  has  retained  not  only  the 
Spanish  tongue  but  many  of  the  habits,  customs,  and  re- 
ligious ceremonies  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  cen- 
turies and  also,  to  a  certain  degree,  the  psychology  of  a 
peasant  class.  As  for  the  pale-skinned  New  Mexican  he  is 
still,  in  a  sense,  the  pioneer  of  the  Santa  Fe  Trail;  still, 
in  the  presence  of  these  far  more  ancient  inhabitants  of 
the  land,  the  conqueror,  the  "white  man,"  the  "American." 

Beside  us,  basking  in  the  sun  against  the  cliff,  sat  one 
of  the  wisest  of  the  ancients,  an  Indian  with  a  Spanish 
name  (baptized  by  the  priest  in  infancy,  like  his  fellows), 
who  wore  his  hair  tied  in  beaver  skins  on  either  side  of  a 
sad,  benignant  old  face.  The  excavations  were  on  his  tribal 
land.  He  had  assisted  in  them  and  had  guided  us  here  from 
his  "governor's"  office  in  the  pueblo  in  the  valley.  Before 
we  left  there  he  had  showed  us,  hanging  on  the  wall,  two 
ebony  silver-handled  canes  which  marked  his  due  succes- 
sion ;  one  presented  by  an  early  Spanish  potentate,  the  other 
— which  gave  us  pause — bearing  the  inscription :  "Abraham 

Lincoln  to ,  1863."    The  old  man  seemed  to  be  thinking 

anxious  thoughts  as  he  gazed  down  into  the  canyon,  where 


40 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


the  northern  shadow  of  every  black  pine  was  a  sparkling 
patch  of  snow.  His  eyes  were  drawn  up  into  two  points 
like  a  worried  setter  dog's. 

"Senor,"  we  said,  "tell  us  a  legend  of  your  people." 

"Bueno,"  he  answered  doubtfully.  Finally  he  began  to 
speak,  tracing  lines  in  the  dry  earth  with  one  crooked  old 
finger.  But  the  "legend"  resolved  itself  into  a  sort  of  dirge, 
and  the  burden  of  the  dirge  was  that  the  day  of  proud 
isolation  for  the  Pueblo  Indians  was  coming  to  an  end.  The 
young  men  were  refusing  to  obey  the  governor,  evading 
their  appointed  duties,  carrying  disputes  into  the  American 
courts  instead  of  to  the  Council  of  Elders.  Many,  many 
deaths  from  influenza.  Land  passing  somehow  into  Mexican 
hands.  "If  this  go  on,  pretty  soon  the  Indian,  he  have 
nothing  left — I  not  know  what  the  Indian,  he  going  to  do." 

There  is  an  old  Mexican  with  a  skin  like  seared  parch- 
ment in  a  certain  brown  village  who  feels  in  his  bones  the 
same  chill  of  approaching  change.  Don  Pancho's  great- 
grandchildren are  obliged  by  the  new  law  to  go  to  school. 
Don  Pancho's  son-in-law  may  be  ousted  from  his  ancestral 
acres  if  a  suit  brought  by  the  Indians  establishes  their  more 
antique  claim.  Don  Pancho  prefers  "Americanos"  to  In- 
dians though  it  was  an  Americano  who  seized  his  own  ranch 
years  ago.  He  borrowed  fifty  dollars  on  it  for  funeral 
expenses  when  his  wife  died,  and  the  American  claimed  it 
at  the  end  of  thirty  days.  Pancho  is  nevertheless  a  patriot, 
eager  to  display,  in  his  daughter's  best  room,  a  crayon  por- 
trait and  two  colored  photographs  of  his  grandson  who 
fought  in  France.  (His  daughter  abuses  her  Mexican 
neighbors,  who  have  allowed  a  burro  to  break  into  her 
corral,  in  these  terms:  "Es  una  familia  de  Alemanes.") 
The  grandson's  is  a  rather  mystical,  unintelligent  face,  like 
those  of  the  young  fellows  whom  we  saw  on  the  edge  of  the 
desert,  in  the  cold  dawn  of  Good  Friday,  flagellating  them- 
selves and  dragging  heavy  crosses  on  their  bared  and  bloody 
backs.  Probably  Juan  is  a  Penitente,  too.  But  Nita,  the 
granddaughter,  is  a  school-teacher,  getting  a  salary  an 
Eastern  district-school  teacher  might  envy,  and  taking  a 
normal  course  every  summer.  We  found  a  pretty  Spanish- 
American  girl  just  like  her  in  a  lost  mountain  village,  in- 
structing twelve  children  ("in  English,  but  we  translate") 
for  $85.00  a  month,  and  expecting  a  raise,  though  she  spent 
only  $15.00  on  board  and  lodging.  She  does  not  "teach  the 
Catholic  religion  till  after  four  o'clock." 

The  American  New  Mexicans,  who  in  spite  of  their  cow- 
boy airs  mostly  came  from  the  "East" — i.e.,  from  Illinois  or 
Kansas — once  upon  a  time,  also  intend  to  vote  for  Wood. 
At  least  we  saw  them  expressing  their  will  to  that  effect  at 
a  Republican  convention  where  their  will  was  apparently 
supreme,  though  their  speeches  were  translated  by  an  in- 
terpreter to  an  assemblage  in  which  the  Spanish  element 
outnumbered  them  three  to  one.  This  type  of  American 
will  sell  you  wonderful  oil  shares  for  ten  cents  apiece,  nowa- 
days, and  frankly  covets  the  Indian's  alluvial  lands — "the 
government  ought  to  allot  'em  four  acres  each  and  sell  the 
rest" — which  he  claims  the  Pueblos  are  too  "unprogressive" 
to  exploit;  adding,  in  the  next  breath,  that  it  is  a  pity  we 
couldn't  have  seen  the  war-dance  last  year,  when  they  were 
all  naked  and  painted.  "Now  some  darned  modern  teacher 
has  put  'em  into  store-shirts." 

Thus,  during  six  weeks,  the  Easterner  wanders  from  cliff 
dwelling  to  state  capital,  listening  to  voices  American, 
Spanish-American,  and  Indian-American — pausing  at  the 
door  of  the  lawyer  who  considers  the  Pueblo  a  child  and  a 


government  ward  to  eternity ;  at  the  ranch  of  the  ex-Indian 
teacher  who  would  educate  him  in  the  public  schools,  and 
grant  him  citizenship  at  once;  at  the  studio  of  the  artist 
from  Chicago  who  for  aesthetic  and  cultural  reasons  would 
keep  the  Indian  and  the  Mexican  as  they  are;  at  the  offices 
of  the  new  women's  political  organizations  which  stand  for 
"Americanization,"  even  at  the  expense  of  black  shawls  and 
red  blankets — from  all  this  deriving  a  strong  impression 
that,  for  better  or  worse,  the  era  of  "stratified"  civilizations 
is  coming  to  an  end,  and  the  era  of  the  "melting-pot"  be- 
ginning. Though  there  are,  even  today,  less  than  four  in- 
habitants to  a  square  mile  the  three  races  are  beginning  to 
tread  on  one  another's  toes,  and,  with  the  growth  of  pros- 
perity and  state  consciousness,  with  suffrage  and  compul- 
sory education,  and  the  breakdown  of  language  barriers, 
have  got  to  learn  to  live  together  instead  of  apart. 

The  Easterner,  who  has  seen  the  ugly  conglomerate  pro- 
duced by  the  "melting-pot"  in  other  parts  of  the  country, 
has  the  temerity  to  suggest  that  New  Mexico  has  a  unique 
opportunity  to  assimilate  without  destroying  the  stored 
wisdom  and  individuality  and  artistic  technique  of  the  two 
ancient  cultures.  Here,  if  anywhere  on  American  soil,  it 
should  be  possible  to  conserve  the  heritage  of  the  past  with- 
out limiting  the  promise  of  the  future.  There  is  a  charm  in 
the  Southwestern  air  which  liberates  men  from  oppressive 
traditions  as  it  liberates  them  from  the  fears  and  inhibitions 
and  sicknesses  and  jealousies  that  burden  them  in  narrower 
places.  The  dolce  far  niente  territorial  regime  had  this  of 
good,  that  it  leaves  the  new  state  government  free  to  form 
its  own  traditions — free  even  of  the  theory  that  teachers 
must  be  badly  paid.  Vast  undeveloped  resources,  both  min- 
eral and  agricultural,  land  enough  for  everyone  to  have -a 
comfortable  slice,  high  wage  standards,  simple  standards 
of  living  which  minimize  social  distinctions — almost  every 
New  Mexican  has  a  horse  as  well  as  a  ranch  and  the  woman 
who  has  lived  eleven  years  in  Paris  works  as  hard  at  her 
plowing  as  her  humblest  neighbor — here  are  some  of  the 
conditions  of  an  ideal  community. 

When  a  bird  or  an  animal  dies  in  the  desert  it  does  not 
decay.  It  slowly  desiccates.  Perhaps  the  hoary  civilizations 
of  this  infant  state,  especially  the  Indian,  are  doomed  to  some 
such  gradual  desiccation  in  the  hot  sun  of  progress.  If  they 
ever  reach  the  point  of  being  only  dried  bones  to  amuse  the 
tourist  or  even  inspire  the  artist  they  will,  rightly  enough, 
be  picked  up  and  classified  in  the  Santa  Fe  Museum.  But 
at  present  they  are  full  of  a  coursing  vitality,  as  anyone 
who  has  seen  a  Mexican  wedding-dance  or  a  corn-dance  at 
San  Felipe  on  May  1  can  testify.  The  New  Mexican  of  all 
three  inheritances  should  be  the  richer  for  them.  He  is  a 
very  lucky  fellow.  Where  else  in  the  world,  within  easy 
reach  of  farm,  city,  and  university  can  the  average  citizen 
watch,  on  dusty  plazas  whose  beauty  is  a  sort  of  composite 
of  Greece  and  Egypt  and  Palestine,  against  mountains  which 
Gauguin  should  have  painted,  dances  whose  rhythms  and 
colors  and  symbols  are  as  old  as  the  cliffs  and  the  spring, 
yet  as  modern  as  the  Russian  Ballet?  Where  else  in  the 
world  is  it  possible  to  distinguish  so  clearly  the  relative  im- 
portance of  folk-lore,  alfalfa,  and  oil  wells?  If  the  New 
Mexican  ever  loses  his  sense  of  proportion  he  has  only  to 
gallop  half  a  mile  into  the  hills  to  measure  his  petty  affairs 
against  the  giant  indifference  of  nature;  to  learn,  in  the 
silence  of  the  scarred  earth  he  is  ranging,  the  primitive  and 
savage  meaning  of  Sun,  Wind,  Rock,  Bird,  Tree,  River, 
Mountain,  Plain. 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


41 


Rifts 

By  EVELYN  SCOTT 


Rain  in  the  Mountains 


Like  inexorable  peace, 

The  mists  march  through  the  mountains. 

One  by  one  the  grim  peaks  sink  into  the  cold  arms  of  the 

unspoken. 
The  little  town  with  the  pink  and  white  houses 
Looses  its  hold  on  the  ridge  of  hills 
And  floats  among  cloud  tops. 
A  shaggy  donkey,  cropping  grass  in  the  sequestered  church 

yard, 
Walks,  with  a  leisurely  air, 
Into  a  wind  driven  abyss. 

Hectic 

Ruby  winged  pains 
Flash  through  me, 
Jewel  winged  agonies : 
They  vanish, 
Carrying  me  with  them 
Without  my  knowing  it. 

Lagniappe 

You  in  the  placid  garden, 
You  with  the  death  sweet  smile, 
Before  you  speak  of  love  to  me 
Go  out  and  hate  a  while. 

The  kind  devil 

Has  a  tolerant  grin. 

He  flings  the  golden  gates  out  wide 

And  lets  poor  people  in. 

He  warms  them  in  his  bosom 

And  guards  their  pain. 

He  shows  them  hell  fields  that  are  bright 

And  skies  gentle  with  rain. 

But  up  in  paradise 

The  stern  Lord  is  wise 

And  Michael  with  his  flaming  sword 

Puts  out  the  angel's  eyes. 

Don  Quixote  Sojourns  in  Rio  de  Janeiro 

White  roses  climb  the  wall  of  night. 
A  pale  face  looks  from  a  window  in  the  sky. 
0,  Moon,  is  it  because  you  have  seen  her  that  you  are  beau- 
tiful? 
Is  she  happy  among  the  saints? 
I  placed  white  flowers  in  the  coffin. 

Are  they  the  blossoms  that  lie  scattered  along  the  horizon, 
Tangled  in  your  light? 

Dim  stars  drop  into  the  sea. 

So  you  give  my  flowers  back  to  me,  do  you,  Bella  Dona? 

I  might  gather  the  petals  and  carry  them  to  Antonietta  to 

trim  her  hats. 
So  much  for  life  with  a  little  negro  milliner 
In  the  Rua  Chile! 


Quarrel 

Abruptly,  from  a  wall  of  clear  cold  silence, 

Like  an  icy  glass, 

Myself  looked  out  at  me 

And  would  not  let  me  pass. 

I  wanted  to  reach  you 

Before  it  was  too  late, 

But  my  frozen  image  barred  the  way 

With  vacant  hate. 

Gundry 

There  are  little  blood  flecks  on  the  snow. 

There  is  blood  in  the  heart  of  the  white  hyacinth. 

I  saw  her  pale  body  harsh  as  a  flash  of  lightning 

Between  the  grey  torsos  of  the  trees. 

She  had  a  little  child. 

She  held  a  little  child  in  her  breast. 

She  went  quickly  through  the  dim  forest. 

I  have  seen  her  feet. 

They  are  as  white  as  ivory. 

Where  she  ran  there  are  little  red  tracks. 

And  it  is  not  yet  springtime ! 

Suicide 

A  dirty  little  beetle  peers  into  motionless  eyes, 
Transfixed  to  their  depths  as  by  shining  needles. 
The  limbs  are  taut  in  ultimate  resentment. 
A  bare  sky  confronts  a  bare  upturned  face. 
Like  a  wheel  vanishing  in  speed, 
The  corpse, 

Containing  everything, 
Has  swallowed  itself. 

Cross 

Pierrette  is  dead. 
Between  her  narrow  little  breasts 
They  have  laid  a  cross  of  lead. 
Her  tight  pale  lips  are  sunken. 
Her  fleshless  fingers  clutch  the  pall. 
Why  did  she  have  to  die  like  that, 
And  she  so  small? 

For  Wives  and  Mistresses 

Death, 

Being  a  woman, 

Being  passive  like  all  final  things, 

Being  a  mother, 

Waits.         * 

Shining  faces  grey 

And  melt  into  her  flesh. 

Death  envies  those  asleep  in  her, 

Little  children  who  have  come  back, 

Fiery  faces, 

Bright  for  a  moment  in  the  darkness, 

Extinguished  softly  in  her  womb. 


42 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


The  Poet  and  His  Moment 


By  LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 


THE  poets  have  broken  the  old  forms  that  muffled  their 
living  voices  as  with  layers  of  felt.  But  the  force  of 
the  original  impulse  is  beginning  to  be  spent;  a  slight 
weariness  steals  over  them  and  they  are  trying  to  rational- 
ize the  process  of  which  they  are  a  part.  Mr.  D.  H.  Law- 
rence, one  of  the  most  gifted  of  the  British  insurgents,  is 
the  latest  to  announce  that  he  has  discovered  the  burning 
secret.  He  speaks  with  assurance  and  fervor  and  ends  upon 
an  inimitably  youthful  "Now  we  know!"  His  contribution 
to  our  knowledge  may  be  summed  up  in  three  statements. 
The  poetry  of  other  periods  sought  to  render  permanent  the 
past  or  the  future,  memory  or  aspiration.  The  new  poetry 
expresses  the  "windlike  transit"  of  the  immediate  and  im- 
perfect moment.  This  poetry,  written  in  free  verse,  is  "the 
direct  utterance  from  the  instant,  whole  man."  We  have, 
in  brief,  discovered  the  poetry  of  the  present. 

Even  on  its  own  ground  and  without  any  analysis  this 
theory  breaks  down.  When  Catullus  cried  out  "Da  mi  basia 
mille,  deinde  centum!",  or  a  nameless  medieval  singer 
"Timor  mortis  conturbat  me!",  or  Shelley  "I  fall  upon  the 
thorns  of  life,  I  bleed!",  Mr.  Lawrence's  instant  moment 
had  spoken  and  life  had  surged  "into  utterance  at  its  very 
well-head."  But  what  is  the  instant,  the  immediate  pres- 
ent, in  this  sense?  It  is,  evidently,  the  poet's  field  of  con- 
sciousness at  the  creative  moment.  But  if,  at  that  moment, 
his  consciousness  throbs  with  a  memory  or  a  hope,  is  not 
that  memory  or  hope  the  immediate  present  of  his  con- 
scious mind?  It  is  not  possible,  of  course,  to  isolate  any 
immediate  present  of  the  consciousness.  But  if  we  could 
tear  such  a  moment  from  the  accretions  of  the  soul's  past, 
that  moment  would  be  blank  and  sterile.  No,  into  every 
creative  impulse  under  its  temporal  aspect  pours  the  whole 
past,  and  the  poet  expresses  himself  with  all  he  has  become 
throughout  the  intricate  and  impassioned  years.  Every- 
thing in  him  converges  toward  that  creative  occasion,  and 
it  is  for  this  reason  that  he  can  lend  a  fleeting  impulse  or  a 
passionate  enchantment  the  energy  of  expression  and  the 
eternal  echo  that  differentiate  poetry  from  ordinary  speech. 

But  we  can  get  closer  to  theories  of  the  new  poetry  by 
saying  that  they  all,  and  Mr.  Lawrence's  most  notably,  con- 
fuse the  two  elements  of  experience  and  expression.  In  the 
poet's  creative  consciousness  these  two  elements  are  blended. 
But  they  differ  widely  in  origin  and  character.  The  lyrist's 
experience — the  passion  of  Catullus,  the  despair  of  Shelley 
— is  immediate.  But  his  mode  of  expression  is  not.  In- 
stinctive as  its  practice  may  have  become,  its  origin  is  dis- 
tant and  its  growth  was  slow.  The  experience  is  unique,  as 
his  own  personality  is,  and  hence,  in  its  essence,  incom- 
municable. To  communicate  it  at  all,  the  poet  must  use 
symbols — words,  images,  rhythms-#— which  are  freighted  as 
heavily  as  possible  with  what  he  would  convey  and  yet  in- 
telligible to  his  fellow-men.  From  these  necessities  and 
from  this  central  contradiction  he  cannot  escape  in  free 
verse  or  in  fixed.  He  must  convert  his  innermost  self  into 
forms  which,  through  the  very  necessity  of  being  widely 
intelligible  and  therefore  conventional,  all  but  obliterate  the 
flaming  image  that  was  in  his  soul.  Between  that  image  and 
his  fellows  he  must  interpose  a  symbol,  a  convention,  an  art. 


At  the  core  of  every  revolt  in  poetry  there  is  one  aim  and 
only  one:  to  simplify  that  art,  to  shift  the  qualities  of  that 
inevitable  convention  so  as  to  shorten  the  distance  between 
experience  and  expression  and  heighten  the  force  of  the 
poetic  impact  on  the  hearer.  It  follows  that  all  revolts  in 
poetry  carry  within  themselves  their  sufficient  justification, 
since  they  spring  from  the  instinctive  perception  in  both 
poets  and  their  hearers  that  the  dominant  convention  no 
longer  mediates  between  them  and  has  ceased  to  express 
anything  except  itself.  A  new  convention  must  be  estab- 
lished, a  new  agreement  upon  symbols  of  communication 
between  the  poet  and  his  audience.  And  these  symbols 
must  indeed  be  more  flexible  and  fluid  on  the  one  hand  and 
more  naked  and  incisive  on  the  other.  But  symbols  they 
remain,  materials  of  an  art  of  expression.  They  will 
forever  fall  short  of  the  immediacy  of  experience  and  fol- 
low it  haltingly  and  blindly  at  their  best.  Words  will  not 
become  things,  nor  music  passion,  nor  images  the  soul. 

Thus  we  find  that  every  poet  lives,  even  while  he  creates, 
that  "quick  of  all  time"  which,  according  to  Mr.  Lawrence, 
has  but  just  been  discovered,  and  that,  in  the  matter  of 
expression,  the  best  we  can  do  is  to  substitute  one  conven- 
tion for  another  with  very  little  certainty  that  the  new  one 
will  be,  ultimately  and  permanently,  more  serviceable  than^ 
the  old.  We  do  right  to  deprecate  the  stubborn  flatness  of 
work  that  clings  to  an  unmeaning  and  outlived  mode;  it  is* 
useless  to  deny  that  a  great  deal  of  free  verse  misses  the 
passionate  concentration  of  speech  that  makes  poetry  memo- 
rable and  strings  its  visual  images  upon  a  paper  thread. 
The  substance  of  Mr.  Oppenheim's  The  Slave  was  per- 
manently expressed  by  Coleridge  in  seventeen  syllables  of 
his  Ode  to  France;  the  streaming  cranes  in  Sohrab  and 
Rustum  enthrall  an  imagination  through  which  the  careful 
brilliancies  of  Miss  Amy  Lowell  glide  like  beads  of  glass. 

The  achievement  and  the  hope  of  the  new  poetry  lies 
neither  in  a  confusion  between  experience  and  expression, 
nor  in  mistaking  a  fresh  convention  for  an  unattainable 
freedom.  It  lies  in  the  new  kinds  and  the  new  sources  of 
experience  that  are  ours,  in  the  modern  capacity  to  strip 
both  the  objective  world  and  the  soul  of  myth  and  ritual, 
to  feel  the  edge  of  things  and  approach  the  nakedness  of 
thought.  A  second-rate  modern  lyrist  has  perceptions  and 
insights  that  the  great  poets  of  old  either  did  not  possess  or 
were  inhibited  from  uttering.  Compare  an  Elizabethan  an- 
thology with  one  of  contemporary  verse.  The  advantage  of 
mere  beauty  is  with  the  old  poets,  that  of  delicacy  and 
variety  and  range  of  substance  is  overwhelmingly  with  the 
new.  It  is  the  freedom  of  the  mind  and  not  the  fancied 
freedom  of  form  that  will  add  greatness  to  the  new  poetry 
some  day.  If  it  has  not  done  so  yet,  it  is  simply  because  no 
personality  powerful  and  gifted  enough  has  addressed  itself 
to  the  task.  The  stage  is  set.  A  thousand  heralds  are 
blowing  their  horns  of  tin  or  silver.    The  king  delays. 


Reconstruction  in  France 

by  William  MacDonald 
in  next  week's  issue  of  The  Nation 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


43 


In  the  Driftway 


THAT  Australian  archbishop  whom  certain  super-patriots 
wanted  to  have  deported,  because  they  said  he  had 
failed  to  rise  when  "America"  was  played  on  shipboard  en 
route  to  this  country,  was  not  as  happy  in  the  means  he 
employed  to  amuse  the  savages  among  whom  he  was  cast  as 
was  the  famous  prelate  of  the  balmy  isle  of  Rum-ti-foo. 
The  Australian  archbishop,  it  appears,  intended  to  rise  for 
''America" — which  would  have  been  correct — and  sit  through 
"God  Save  the  King" — which  would  have  been  popular — 
but,  as  the  music  is  the  same,  he  not  unnaturally  got  his 
uprisings  and  his  downsittings  mixed.  He  would  have  done 
well  to  observe  the  moderation  of  Gilbert's  Bishop  of  Rum- 
ti-Foo. 

His  people — twenty-three  in  sum — 

They  played  the  eloquent  tum-tum, 

And  lived  on  scalps  served  up  in  rum — 

The  only  sauce  they  knew. 

When  on  a  visit  to  England  he  was  so  struck  with  the 
antics  of  a  street  dancer  that  he  resolved  to  learn  the  art 
to  please  his  flock.  He  worked  hard  and  all  went  well  until 
the  dancer  suggested: 

"If,  when  revisiting  your  see, 

You  learnt  to  hop  on  shore — like  me — 

The  novelty  would  striking  be, 

And  must  attract  remark." 
But  the  Bishop  of  Rum-ti-Foo  knew  his  savages  better,  and 
drew  the  line. 

"No,"  said  the  worthy  Bishop,  "no; 

That  is  a  length  to  which,  I  trow, 

Colonial  Bishops  cannot  go. 

You  may  express  surprise 

At  finding  Bishops  deal  in  pride — 

But  if  that  trick  I  ever  tried, 

I  should  appear  undignified 

In  Rum-ti-Foozle's  eyes." 

***** 

A   FRIEND  drops  in  to  say  that  since  Prohibition  he  has 
noted  the  existence  of  a  periodical  called  the  Soft  Drink 
Journal.    A  weakly,  no  doubt.    But  some  unregenerate  per- 
sons would  still  prefer  a  hard  drink  daily. 
***** 

"   A    SIA  Minor  Lacks  Toilers,"  says  a  newspaper  headline. 

x\.   As  that  is  the  situation  in  every  progressive  country 

today,  Asia  Minor  must  be  more  civilized  than  some  of  us 

had  supposed. 

***** 

OTHER  cities  may  boast  of  their  free  theaters  for  the 
amusement  and  edification  of  their  populace;  New 
York  has  its  Board  of  Estimate  meetings  to  which  greatest 
show  on  earth  a  fortunate  public  is  bidden  gratis.  In  one 
of  the  latest  skits  Comptroller  Craig  opens  the  piece  by  act- 
ing in  what  Major  La  Guardia,  the  high-spirited  President 
of  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  considers  a  very  sniffy  manner. 
The  Major  jumps  up  from  his  chair.  "The  stamp  of  truth 
is  not  conspicuous  upon  your  remarks,  sir!"  he  cries,  or 
words  to  that  effect.  "Say  that  again  and  you  will  get  what 
you  deserve,"  retorts  the  Comptroller  in  a  firm  but  dignified 
voice.  Nothing  daunted  by  this  horrible  threat,  the  Major 
continues  to  act  in  an  unseemly  fashion.  The  Comptroller's 
patience  becomes  exhausted ;  in  true  heroic  style  he  pushes 
a  button.  Enter  Mr.  Kerrigan,  Secretary  of  the  Finance 
Department.    "What  would  you,  my  lord?"  he  asks  respect- 


fully. The  Comptroller  motions  toward  the  Major,  but  he, 
alas,  refuses  to  know  his  place.  "You're  not  a  member  of 
this  Board,"  the  Major  cries  impolitely.  "Get  out  of  here." 
Mr.  Kerrigan  not  only  refuses  to  go  but  commits  a  sad  in- 
discretion. "I'm  no  wop,"  he  murmurs.  It  is  to  be  inferred 
that  he  has  reference  to  the  Major.  At  least  the  Major  so 
infers,  for  he  jumps  to  his  feet  once  more  and — oh,  heavens 
— begins  to  remove  his  coat,  the  while  begging  Mr.  Kerrigan 
to  repeat  his  unhappy  remark  just  once  more.  The  audience 
holds  its  breath.  Will  there  be  a  fight?  It  prays  there 
will  be.  But  no!  Not  for  nothing  (though  some  people  may 
have  supposed  so)  is  New  York's  Mayor  also  allowed  to 
attend  Board  of  Estimate  meetings.     He  waves  his  hand. 

"Be  quiet,  boys,"  he  whispers  gently.    And  all  is  well. 
***** 

FOR  every  schoolboy's  curse  flung  at  Caesar,  the  immortal 
Julius  must  have  indulged  in  at  least  three  laughs  for 
the  way  he  has  been  translated.  And  yet  he  probably  wrote 
his  "Commentaries"  with  no  more  malice  aforethought  than 
do  the  writers  of  our  sporting  news  today.  Gradually  our 
great  dailies  will  be  printing  a  glossary  after  their  sporting 
pages;  gradually  the  glossaries  will  become  more  and  more 
cumbersome;  and  the  end  will  plainly  be  that  instead  of 
the  schoolboy  of  day  after  tomorrow  sweating  over  Orge- 
torix  and  Ariovistus,  he  will  sigh  not  too  softly  over  thirty- 
five  lines  of  Babe  Ruth's  Campaign  Against  the  Mackmen, 
and  by  that  time  Babe,  requiring  translation,  will  have 
ceased  utterly  to  be  a  hero.  For  example,  how  will  the  fol- 
lowing passages  be  rendered  2,000  years  from  now:  "The 
second  imbroglio  was  rather  more  easy,  the  Manhattanites 
pounding  Scott  Perry,  Connie  Mack's  twirling  ace,  and 
several  other  home  twirlers,"  or  "The  Athletics  uncoiled  a 
little  spurt,  became  familiar  with  Quinn  and  scored  two 
runs  before  the  deluge  was  stopped,"  or  "Quinn  whiffed 
and  Peck  drew  a  walk"?  The  last  one  will  undoubtedly  be 
a  frightful  sticker  and  its  rendering  may  even  rival  the 
famous  "translation"  of  Arma  virumque  cano,  Troiae  .  .  . 
venit — "a  man  came  to  Troy  with  a  dog  and  a  gun." 

The  Drifter 


Loyalty 

By  DAVID  GREENHOOD 

I  shall  meet  you  in  hell  tonight 

On  the  corner  of  Judas  and  Cain; 

Wear  your  cloak  of  green  and  white 

To  cover  the  scarlet  stain. 

Should  you  remember  the  old  tune 

We  held  when  the  dance  was  done 

Hum  it  sweet  to  the  first  poltroon 

You  see  from  Templeton. 

I  shall  hear  the  familiar  humming 

When  I  reach  the  smoldering  shore, 

And  you  will  know  I  am  coming 

By  the  pink  glint  on  my  oar. 

Oh,  I  should  piously  never  care 

If  Christ  should  see  your  breast, 

And  look  upon  the  roses  there 

That  I  myself  have  blest — 

But  keep  your  cloak  around  you  tight 

Lest  Satan  see  your  Brand, 

Your  stainless  cloak  of  green  and  white 

Till  I  guard  you  with  my  hand. 


44 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


Correspondence 

Frenchmen  Admit  It 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  I  note  on  page  854-a  of  The  Nation  of  the  issue  of  June 
26,  1920,  the  publication  of  my  letter  of  May  25  with  a  note  by 
the  Editor.  In  view  of  your  failure  to  name  any  French  guns 
which  were  within  easy  range  of  any  of  the  steel  furnaces 
in  the  Briey  Basin,  I  conclude  that  you  admit  what  I  was  con- 
fident was  the  fact,  namely:  that  there  were  none,  and  that 
therefore  the  statement  in  your  issue  of  April  3,  1920,  that 
"The  great  steel  furnaces  of  the  Briey  Basin,  operated  by  the 
Germans  during  their  occupancy,  lay  within  easy  range  of 
French  guns  for  four  years,"  was  an  error. 

New  York,  June  26  Herbert  Parsons 

[We  regret  that  we  are  not  sufficiently  familiar  with  the 
positions  of  French  batteries  during  the  war  to  "name  the 
guns."  We  gave  authorities  for  the  general  statement  and 
referred  to  the  Journal  Officiel  for  details.  We  think  it  hardly 
likely  that  MM.  Engeraud,  Ernest  Flaudin,  Barthe,  Gustave 
Tery,  and  Senator  Henry  Berenger  are  all  in  error. — Editor.] 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  your  issue  of  June  26  Herbert  Parsons  writes  ques- 
tioning your  editorial  statement,  "The  great  steel  furnaces  of 
the  Briey  Basin  operated  by  the  Germans  during  their  occu- 
pancy, lay  within  easy  range  of  the  French  guns  for  four 
years,"  and  implying  the  impossibility  of  the  recapture  of  the 
French  basin  containing  seventy  per  cent  of  all  France's  iron 
ore  and  yielding  to  the  Germans  14,000,000  tons  during  twenty- 
seven  quiet  months. 

The  only  guns,  Mr.  Parsons  says,  "if  there  were  any  guns," 
that  could  reach  any  of  these  furnaces  were  railroad  guns  and 
they  were  useless,  he  says,  because  of  the  dispersion  of  fire. 
Aero  bombing,  he  adds,  was  impractical  because  of  the  element 
of  danger  involved! 

However  well  these  reasons  for  leaving  the  enemy  unmolested 
while  he  makes  shells  for  your  destruction  may  satisfy  students 
of  military  tactics  and  the  aces  in  the  American  air  squadrons, 
it  does  not  refute  the  charge  of  collusion  between  the  mineral 
and  munitions  interests  of  the  two  continents  made  by  Clarence 
Streit  in  his  pamphlet  "Where  Iron  is,  There  is  the  Father- 
land," just  published.  In  fact  Mr.  Parsons'  authoritative  state- 
ment simply  adds  to  the  facts  already  collected  by  Deputies 
Barthe  and  Engerand  and  M.  Gaudine  de  Villaine. 

How  can  we  explain  the  phenomena  that  guns  were  either 
unsuited  (according  to  Mr.  Parsons)  or  unused  (according  to 
the  editor  of  The  Nation  and  Clarence  Streit)  when  a  locality 
admitted  by  French,  German,  and  American  tacticians  to  be 
the  Achilles  heel  of  the  front  lay  within  twenty  miles  of  Verdun? 

New  York,  June  25  Genevieve  Taggard 


Who  Won't  Buy   Can't  Work 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  I  used  to  read  in  my  beloved  Transcript  that  production 
was  the  great  need  of  the  day,  and  that  the  workers  were  very 
naughty  because  they  sometimes  stopped  work  to  ask  for  more 
wages.  I  now  read  in  my  beloved  Transcript  that  most  of  the 
New  England  woolen  mills  have  been  closed  because  the  slump 
in  the  wool  market  makes  production  "unprofitable" — whatever 
that  may  mean.  And  I  haven't  noticed  any  Hymn  to  Production 
in  my  beloved  Transcript  for  weeks.  I  suppose  the  workers  are 
very  naughty  now  because  they  won't  buy.  Buying  is  the  great 
need  of  the  day.    But  it  is  complicated,  isn't  it? 

Boston,  Mass.,  June  26  Ellis  Ogle 


American  Property  in  Germany 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:     I  have  read  with  amazement  and  shame  the  article  in 

The  Nation  of  June  19  on  "Mr.  Palmer  as  Alien  Property  Cus- 
todian." I  had  known  that  the  private  property  of  Germans  in 
America  had  been  confiscated,  in  violation  of  all  principles  of 
international  law,  but  I  had  not  known  of  the  barefaced  lies 
that  were  told  to  justify  these  confiscations.  I  had  lived  in 
Germany  several  years  when  the  war  broke  out;  I  lived  there 
during  the  first  two  and  a  half  years  of  the  war,  and  was  again 
in  Germany  from  the  latter  part  of  November,  1918,  until  spring. 
I  knew  personally  the  head  of  every  American  business  con- 
cern in  Berlin,  and  many  in  other  parts  of  the  empire.  My  ac- 
quaintance with  the  members  of  the  American  colony  in  Berlin 
was  extensive. 

When  America  came  into  the  war,  these  businesses  were 
placed  in  so-called  Zwangsverwaltung.  Not  one  was  confiscated, 
so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn,  nor  was  any  one  weakened 
or  crippled  in  any  way  as  a  result  of  the  deliberate  acts  of 
German  administrators.  On  the  contrary,  every  effort  was 
made  to  continue  the  businesses  and  refrain  from  any  unneces- 
sary interference  with  the  plans  of  the  American  owners.  A 
typical  instance  is  that  of  a  large  concern  in  Berlin.  Its 
owner  was  Canadian  born,  but  had  for  years  been  regarded  as 
an  American.  When  America  entered  the  war  he  was  arrested 
and  interned  at  Ruhleben,  but  was  soon  released  and  permitted 
to  leave  Germany.  He  returned  to  America  and  secured  his 
naturalization  papers,  while  his  wife,  a  woman  of  great  ability, 
remained  in  Berlin  to  conduct  the  business.  She  told  me  in 
January,  1919 : 

"We  have  had  a  Zwangsverwalter   (government  administra-  " 
tor)  in  the  office  since  America  came  into  the  war,  but  he  hasn't , 
interfered  with  the  conduct  of  the  business  in  any  way.    He  has  ' 
kept  watch  of  the  books,  but  every  decision  in  regard  to  the 
carrying  on  of  the  business  has  been  left  in  my  hands,  and  he 
has  even  permitted  me  to  fix  the  amount  which  I  wanted  to  take 
out  for  my  personal  use  each  month.     He  has  never  even  ven- 
tured to  suggest  a  reduction  of  the  figure  named  by  me."    This 
is  a  typical  example  of  the  way  in  which  the  Zwangsverwaltung 
was  conducted  in  all  American  businesses  in  Germany. 

Mr.  Palmer's  assertion  that  Germany  "has  sold  the  property 
of  American  and  neutral  residents  in  Germany,  down  to  house- 
hold goods  and  wearing  apparel,"  is  without  foundation.  I 
assert  confidently  that  no  one  single  instance  of  the  kind  oc- 
curred. The  only  confiscation  of  Americans'  property  as  a 
result  of  the  war  was  by  act  of  their  own  government,  which 
destroyed  or  seriously  interrupted  the  businesses  or  careers  of 
scores  of  its  citizens  by  sequestering  their  property  in  America 
and.  threatening  to  confiscate  it  if  they  remained  in  Germany. 
I  can  name  eight  men  and  women  who  were  thus  condemned  to 
serious  deprivation  and,  in  one  case  at  least,  to  actual  poverty 
by  the  action  of  their  own  government,  and  there  are  many 
more.  Two  elderly  women,  in  the  sixties,  delicate,  refined,  and 
unused  to  physical  labor,  enjoyed  from  American  investments  a 
small  income,  but  one  sufficient  to  support  them  in  their  home 
in  Berlin.  By  sequestering  their  property,  their  own  govern- 
ment forced  them  to  return  to  America.  Both  are  today  work- 
ing as  saleswomen  in  New  York  stores.  Their  letters  to  me 
indicate  that  their  patriotism  has  not  been  appreciably  strength- 
ened or  deepened  as  a  result  of  the  treatment  to  which  they  were 
subjected.  They  are  but  two  of  scores  of  victims  of  this  sort 
of  thing. 

I  had  hoped  that  that  love  of  justice  which  we  are  taught 
to  consider  a  special  American  trait  would  some  day  right  all 
these  wrongs.  But  as  I  see  preparations  being  made  to  loot 
Mexico  and  to  perpetuate  the  rule  of  the  country's  great  indus- 
trial and  financial  masters,  I  begin  to  despair. 

New  York,  June  22  K. 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


45 


Satisfactory  Punishment 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  You  will  remember  that  a  short  time  ago  I  sent  you  a 
small  pamphlet,  written  by  a  political  prisoner,  who  is  out  on 
bond,  a  Mr.  Kane.  In  that  article  he  tells  of  the  sufferings 
of  a  certain  McCoshen  at  Leavenworth.  Now  I  have  received 
a  letter  from  McCoshen,  who  is  out  on  bail.  It  is  typical  of 
other  letters  I  have  had  and  I  am  anxious  to  inform  liberal- 
minded  people  of  these  conditions. 

Reading,  Pennsylvania,  June  10  Marie  Rhein 

Dear  Friend: 

I  received  your  letter  of  the  twenty-first  and  also  several 
cards.  I  assure  you  that  receiving  letters  by  one  who  is  penned 
up  as  is  the  convict  is  a  pleasure  such  as  only  those  who  have 
been  so  unfortunate  can  understand  fully.  Being  a  political 
prisoner  in  this  or  any  other  country  is  not  all  fun — it's  hell. 
I  am  now  out  on  bonds,  pending  the  appeal;  the  organiza- 
tion raised  the  bond  money  and  I  assure  you  that  I  am  ever 
so  grateful.  I  feel,  however,  that  there  are  others  in  that 
damnable  pest-hole,  Leavenworth  Penitentiary,  who  should  be 
gotten  out  instanter — Bert  Lorton  and  Ed.  Hamilton  are  and 
have  been  held  in  isolation  under  conditions  that  are  inhuman. 
The  latter  has  been  set  upon  by  thugs  at  the  behest  of  Deputy 
Warden  Fletcher  and  beaten  most  unmercifully.  Neither  Lor- 
ton nor  Hamilton  are  allowed  to  express,  through  the  only 
means  of  communication  with  the  outside  permitted  them — their 
letters — that  which  they  have  been  forced  to  bear.  It  seems 
to  me  a  crying  disgrace  to  the  workers  that  other  workers 
should  be  languishing  in  jails,  for  lack  of  get-up-idness  on  the 
part  of  many  groups  of  men. 

I  would  have  answered  your  letters  sooner  but  for  a  condi- 
tion which  began  on  November  25  and  came  to  an  end  on  May 
28,  when  I  was  liberated  on  bail. 

On  November  25  I  was  notified  that  the  deputy  warden  had 
changed  me  to  the  "rock  gang,"  i.  e.,  I  was  to  break  rock.  I 
refused,  demanding  of  the  official  why  I  was  transferred.  He 
stated  that  in  view  of  the  fact  that  I  had  been  sent  to  the 
penitentiary  as  a  political  prisoner,  I  was  to  be  placed  where 
a  closer  watch  could  be  kept  on  my  activities.  Did  I  break  rock? 
I  should  say  not.  As  a  result  of  this  refusal — though  I  ap- 
pealed to  the  warden  for  an  audience,  which  appeal  he  saw  fit 
to  ignore — /  was  placed  in  solitary  confinement  on  bread  and 
water  and  told  that  I  would  have  to  bow  in  submission  to  the 
official's  whim  before  I  would  be  released  from  the  dungeon 
into  which  I  had  been  thrown.  As  time  wore  on  and  I  showed 
no  signs  of  giving  in,  the  deputy  placed  me  on  regular  prison 
fare,  but  had  me  strung  up  by  the  wrists  to  the  inner  door  of 
the  dungeon  of  which  I  was  the  sole  occupant.  I  was  on  the 
bread-and-water  diet  forty-one-days  during  the  time  of  my  soli- 
tary confinement  from  November  25  to  May  28.  The  balance 
of  the  six  months  and  five  days,  I  was  strung  up  by  the  wrists, 
denied  reading,  writing,  smoking.  In  fact  I  was  not  permitted  to 
communicate  with  the  outside  at  all,  I  was  held  strictly  incomun- 
icado.  Remember  that  all  of  the  time  I  was  in  isolation,  six 
months  and  a  few  days,  the  electric  light  in  the  dungeon  into 
which  I  had  been  cast  continued  day  and  night  to  flood  the 
otherwise  dark  and  damp  inclosure,  with  no  rest  for  the  eyes; 
the  object  was,  of  course,  to  bring  about  mental  collapse. 
Besides  all  that  I  was  exposed  to  the  daily  insults  of  the 
thugs  whom  the  officials  place  over  those  in  isolation.  These 
are  convicts,  chiefly  life-termers,  who  are  fed  on  an  extra 
quality  of  "grub." 

Kansas  City,  Kansas,  June  U  E.  J.  McCoshen 

[The  American  Civil  Liberties  Union  has  received  the  follow- 
ing interesting  letter  from  the  Department  of  Justice  with  re- 
gard to  their  policy  of  prison  administration: — 


"In  reply  to  your  letter  of  the  4th  inst.,  you  are  informed  that 
one  of  the  punishments  prescribed  in  Federal  penitentiaries  for 
refusal  to  work  is  solitary  confinement  with  the  hands  manicled 
to  the  bars  of  the  cell  during  regular  working  hours. 

The  Department  is  entirely  satisfied  with  this  form  of  pun- 
ishment and  contemplates  no  change. 

R.  P.  Stewart,  Assistant  Attorney  General" 

Washington,  June  8  Editor.] 


Piety  at  Yale  and  Cornell 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  You  may  have  noticed  that  last  month  Yale  University 
removed  all  restrictions  on  undergraduate  Sunday  athletics,  a 
notable  step  in  advance  for  which  the  New  Haven  authorities 
are  to  be  warmly  congratulated.  This  reminds  me  of  the  con- 
duct of  Andrew  D.  White  when  he  was  shaping  the  policy  of 
Cornell  University  in  its  natal  days,  and  when  he  used  to  say  in 
connection  with  these  "Sunday  observances,"  that  he  took  as  the 
example  not  to  follow  "my  two  alma  maters,  Hobart  and  Yale." 

But  the  last  time  I  was  at  Cornell,  the  library,  gymnasium, 
swimming-pool,  tennis-courts,  golf  links,  baseball  field,  etc.,  were 
not  only  closed  on  Sunday,  but  at  the  entrance  to  the  library 
was  posted  a  copy  of  a  formal  resolution  of  the  board  of  trustees 
enforcing  these  regulations.  This  was  during  the  lifetime  of 
Andrew  D.  White  and  even  while  he  was  living  on  the  campus. 
If  departed  beings  live  again  and  watch  our  doings  here,  I 
venture  to  say  that  Andrew  D.  White  is  not  a  little  nettled  to 
see  Yale  leading  in  liberality  and  Cornell  returning  to  the  blue 
laws  of  this  same  Connecticut! 

Let  us  hope  that  the  new  president,  whoever  he  may  be,  will 
go  back  to  the  earlier  and  better  traditions  of  Ithaca. 

New  York,  June  5  Theodore  Stanton 


"  Where'd  You  Get  That  Stuff 


» > 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  To  such  readers  of  The  Nation  as  may  be  especially 
interested  in  American  speech  I  submit  what  is  to  me  the 
newest  cycle  of  slang.  Not  that  I  feel  that  the  new  contribution 
is  to  be  at  all  permanent.  The  contrary  is  more  likely  than 
usual  to  be  true,  because  the  expression  is  capable  of  taking  so 
many  forms  that  it  will  doubtless  soon  .die  from  overwork.  But 
it  is  rather  more  than  usually  interesting  through  the  strange 
mixture  of  pun  and  figure  which  defines  it,  requiring  exceptional 
ingenuity  in  its  invention.  Again,  unlike  the  almost  obsolete 
"I  should  worry,"  the  moribund  "I'll  say  so,"  the  new  slang  is 
effective  through  its  content  and  not  so  much  through  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  phrase  is  spoken.  The  appearance  of  the 
first  of  the  following  in  a  theme  in  freshman  composition  led 
me  to  an  investigation  which   produced   the  variations   given. 

You  say  it,  goldfish;   you've  been  around  the  globe. 

You  tell  'em,  Sahara;   you've  got  the  sand. 

You  tell  'em,  pieface;   you've  got  the  crust. 

You  tell  'em,  cordovan;   my  tongue's   in   my  shoe. 

You  tell  'em,  rouge;   my  lips-stick. 

You  tell  'em,  Victrola;  you've  got  the  record. 

You  tell  'em,  coffee;  you've  got  the  grounds. 

You  tell  'em,  little  stream;   you've  been  through  the  mill. 

You  tell  'em,  toothache;  you've  got  the  nerve. 

You  tell  'em,  cabbage;  you've  got  the  head. 

You  tell  'em,  onion;  you're  strong. 

You  tell  it,  Chinaman;  you've  got  the  cue. 

You  tell  it,  Wells-Fargo;  I  can't  express  it. 

You  tell  it,  sugar;   you're  refined. 

You  tell  it,  fishpole;  you've  got  a  good  line. 

You  tell  it,  banana;  you're  one  of  the  bunch. 

You  tell  it,  fence;  you've  been  around  a  lot. 

Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  June  15  B.  G.  Grim 


46 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


Books 

A  Photograph  of  the  Great  War 

A  Brief  History  of  the  Great  War.     By  Carlton  J.  H.  Hayes. 
The  Macmillan  Company. 

IF,  as  Professor  Hayes  admits,  it  is  far  too  early  to  attempt 
a  "definitive"  history  of  the  Great  War,  he  himself  has  sup- 
plied so  magistral  a  narrative  as  to  approach  the  ideal  and 
almost  to  overtake  it.  In  mastery  of  detail,  in  perspective,  in 
proportion,  in  perspicuity,  in  philosophic  grasp  of  his  subject  as 
a  whole,  he  outclasses  all  rivals,  whether  they  have  written  in 
English,  in  French,  or  in  German.  Even  his  faults,  such  little 
ones  as  may  be  picked  out  here  and  there,  are  but  the  excesses 
of  his  virtues.  Thus,  in  his  desire  to  make  everything  perfectly 
clear,  he  verges  on  the  pedagogical.  Like  Meissonier,  he  paints 
in  not  only  the  features  of  the  men  in  his  picture  but  the  very 
buttons  on  their  coats.  But  doubtless  the  public  which  rejoices  in 
advertisements  of  "fool-proof"  automobiles  and  "absurdly  simple" 
razors  will  welcome  any  explanations,  however  elementary. 
Possibly  some  readers  may  find  his  perfect  objectivity  colorless; 
for  neither  the  abomination  of  desolation  nor  the  heroism  of  the 
peoples,  neither  the  Punic  faith  of  the  Germans  nor  the  Cartha- 
ginian peace  by  which  they  were  crushed,  arouses  in  him  the 
faintest  ripple  of  passion.  Certainly,  by  his  lucidity  and  his 
impartiality  he  has  attained  a  result  unsurpassed  by  the  poets 
and  thinkers  who  have  written  on  the  war,  by  Sassoon  or  Bar- 
busse,  by  Keynes  or  Bertrand  Russell.  Apparently  innocent  of 
literary  artifice,  he  has  drawn  a  picture  impressive  by  its  sheer 
clarity,  a  picture  that  has  not  the  color  and  poetry  of  a  painting 
but  that  has  the  fidelity  of  a  photograph. 

One  hardly  knows  whether  to  admire  most  the  richness  of 
Professor  Hayes's  knowledge  or  the  sobriety  with  which  it  is 
held  in  restraint.  Things  old  and  new  are  brought  from  the 
treasure  never  for  display  and  only  when  needed.  Vast  re- 
serves, never  called  into  the  firing  line,  hover  in  the  distance 
so  unobtrusively  that  only  the  attentive  reader  feels  their  exist- 
ence at  all.  What  the  author  offers  is  not  only  a  history  of  the 
war,  ample  as  that  is,  but  a  history  of  the  world  during  five 
momentous  years.  The  Sinn  Fein  rebellion,  the  Russian  revolu- 
tion, the  play  of  American  and  European  politics,  are  all  set 
forth  in  masterly  outline  and  in  their  proper  relation  to  the 
main  theme.  The  war  itself  is  treated  with  the  last  lucidity. 
Though  the  writer  scorns  to  add  a  single  thrill  or  throb  to  an 
unembroidered  narrative,  he  has  registered  a  reality  causing  the 
reader  to  feel,  more  here  than  anywhere  else,  that  the  struggle 
was,  to  repeat  Wellington's  characterization  of  the  battle  of 
Waterloo,  "a  damned  near  thing."  How  Germany  unfolded  her 
unimagined  might,  how  she  held  France  and  England  with  her 
left  hand  while  she  pounded  Russia  to  a  pulp  with  her  right, 
how  she  almost  stunned  Italy  and  all  but  hamstrung  England, 
is  told  no  less  faithfully  than  is  told  the  gradual  development 
of  a  force  even  greater  than  hers,  called  into  being  by  fear  and 
hatred  and  conscience,  and  mobilizing  the  manhood  and  woman- 
hood of  six  great  empires  and  of  a  dozen  lesser  allies. 

After  a  statistical  estimate  of  the  havoc  of  the  war,  with  its 
sixty  million  combatants,  its  seventeen  million  dead  and  twenty 
million  maimed,  with  its  destruction  of  wealth  measured  only 
in  smaller  part  by  the  increase  in  the  public  debt  of  the  Great 
Powers  by  one  hundred  and  twenty-nine  billion  dollars,  Professor 
Hayes  points  out  the  landmarks  of  a  new  era.  No  such  cata- 
clysm, he  rightly  maintains,  has  ever  so  greatly  changed  the 
face  of  the  planet  in  so  short  a  time;  the  world  neither  is  nor 
can  be  the  same  world  that  it  was  but  six  years  ago.  The 
most  obvious  result,  the  defeat  of  Germany's  attempt  to  win 
complete  supremacy  of  world-power,  and  her  crashing  downfall, 
is  not  the  most  important  of  the  major  changes.  The  flowering 
of  nationalism,  together  with  the  drift  towards  an  Inter-Nation, 
and  the  mighty  reinforcement  of  imperialism  in  four  out  of  five 
of  the  conquering  Great  Powers,  the  growth  of  republicanism 


and  of  democracy,  are  found  to  be  the  most  powerful  and  perma- 
nent political  developments.  Social  shifts  not  less  momentous 
are  the  accessions  of  power  to  the  very  rich  class  and  to  the 
wage-workers  at  the  expense  of  the  middle  classes,  and  the 
acceleration  of  socialist  reform  in  all  its  varieties,  state,  Marx- 
ian, and  gild.  A  very  illuminating  page  on  the  effect  of  the 
war  on  science  and  education  is  followed  by  an  estimate  of  its 
influence  on  religion,  where  for  once  the  author  lets  his  wishes 
color,  though  ever  so  slightly,  the  otherwise  clear  glass  of  his 
learned  spectacles.  That  the  conflict  dealt  a  body  blow  to 
materialism,  and  thus  really  helped  piety,  is,  notwithstanding 
the  synthetic  God  of  Mr.  Wells  and  the  Ersatz  religion  of  the 
"spiritualists,"  difficult  to  believe. 

A  number  of  excellent  maps,  appendices  containing  the 
Covenant  of  the  League  of  Nations,  the  American  Reservations, 
and  the  Agreement  between  the  United  States  and  France,  and 
a  classified  bibliography  add  to  the  value  of  the  work.  It  can 
be  read  with  instruction,  and  should  be  kept  for  reference,  by 
all  students  of  the  subject.  Preserved  Smith 


Primitive  Society 


Primitive  Society.  By  Robert  H.  Lowie.  Boni  and  Liveright. 
I  F  anyone  is  looking  for  a  psychological  formula  or  an  evolu- 
*  lutionary  shibboleth,  let  him  steer  clear  of  this  book.  He  will 
see  the  "primitive"  here  not  as  ammunition  for  a  formidable 
theory  of  early  man,  not  as  a  luckily  preserved  specimen  of 
what  we  ourselves  once  looked  like,  but  as  an  individual  entitled 
to  live  a  perfectly  intelligible  life  of  his  own,  with  a  perfectly 
real  and  tangled  set  of  historical  antecedents,  with  an  actual 
place  in  a  geographical  world.  Mr.  Lowie's  robust  sense  of 
history  and  quite  tyrannical  insistence  on  geographical  fact  will" 
rudely  shock  the  speculative  sociologist,  the  social  psychologist, 
the  evolutionary  anthropologist,  and  their  like.  He  believes  that 
it  is  vain  to  seek  in  uniform  psychological  causation  the  explana- 
tion of  the  course  of  cultural  history;  that  superficially  compa- 
rable institutions  have  often  arisen  in  totally  distinct  ways ;  that 
there  are  no  valid  evolutionary  schemes  that  may  guide  us  in 
the  history  of  human  society;  that,  in  short,  the  "laws"  of  an- 
thropology are  a  snare  and  a  delusion.  If  these  contentions  are 
correct — the  present  reviewer  believes  they  are  unanswerable — 
it  means  that  the  old  classical  anthropology,  still  current,  is  not 
a  science  but  a  pseudo-science  like  medieval  alchemy.  The 
brand-new  Freudian  interpretations  of  cultural  history,  inci- 
dentally, are  horses  of  the  old  color.  Possibly  they  will  be 
antiquated  before  they  become  classical. 

What  Mr.  Lowie  demands  of  the  student  of  a  primitive  so- 
ciety is  that  he  study  it  not  as  a  particular  instance  of  a 
shadowy  rule,  but  as  having  grown  out  of  individual  and  more 
or  less  unique  circumstances  of  a  historical  and  geographical 
order.  It  is  not  permissible  to  lift  a  social  feature  bodily  out  of 
its  living  cultural  matrix  and  compare  it  with  a  feature  simi- 
larly lifted  from  the  antipodes.  Such  comparative  exercises  may 
be  good  fun  for  doctors'  theses,  but  they  do  not  materially 
advance  our  understanding  of  the  history  of  primitive  institu- 
tions. If  Mr.  Lowie  thus  takes  his  stand  solidly  with  the  his- 
torians, he  is  not  guilty  of  the  provincial  rationalism  which  has 
been  as  common  with  historians  as  with  the  folk,  the  tendency 
to  explain  every  complex  institution  as  a  purely  local  develop- 
ment evolved  out  of  the  special  genius  and  cultural  character- 
istics of  its  carriers.  The  careful  study  of  thousands  of  cultural 
features  in  primitive  levels  has  taught  us  that  they  are  gen- 
erally distributed  over  wide  areas.  These  cultural  areas  do  not 
necessarily  coincide  for  different  features.  Thus,  we  may  find 
that  a  myth  is  spread  among  the  North  American  aborigines 
from  Atlantic  to  Pacific  and  that  cognate  forms  of  it  occur  even 
in  eastern  Siberia  and  Japan,  while  a  technological  feature  like 
maize-culture  may  be  distributed  over  an  area  that  coincides 
with  a  portion  of  the  former  range,  yet  takes  in,  in  addition, 
large  territories  lying  to  the  south.     Such  facts  of  distribution 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


47 


can  mean  only  one  thing.  Institutions,  beliefs,  implements— in 
short,  cultural  elements  of  whatever  sort— arise  in  circum- 
scribed territorial  limits  but  tend  by  cultural  contact  to  spread 
over  vaster  and  vaster  areas.  Now  if  w©  feel  in  the  light  of 
geographical  analysis  that  there  is  not  one  chance  in  a  hundred 
that  the  origin  of  a  given  cultural  feature  is  to  be  sought  in  the 
particular  milieu  in  which  it  is  being  studied,  what  becomes  of 
the  mode  of  interpretation  which  assumes  it  as  a  fixed  datum  in 

statu  quo? 

The  now  fashionable  doctrine  of  economic  determinism  is  not 
as  definitely  assailed  by  Mr.  Lowie  as  is  psychological  causation 
or  evolutionism.  Yet  he  takes  some  telling  shots  at  it.  As  a 
universal  interpretative  principle  it  is  no  more  valid  than  the 
others.  In  the  most  primitive  levels  of  society  there  are  ideals 
of  conduct,  aesthetic  impulses,  social  usages  that,  so  far  from 
being  traceable  to  an  economic  root,  actually  fly  in  the  face  of 
economic  reason.  In  dealing  with  the  question  of  rank  among 
primitive  communities,  Mr.  Lowie  shows  how  social  compulsion 
may  even  operate  in  the  direction  of  economic  suicide. 

Armed  with  an  unusually  keen  critical  attitude  toward  preva- 
lent philosophies,  Mr.  Lowie  applies  his  geographic-historical 
method  of  analysis  to  the  main  aspects  of  primitive  life.  He 
begins  with  the  family,  taking  up  in  order  the  various  types  of 
marriage,  the  nature  of  polygamous  institutions,  the  family  as 
a  social  unit,  and  the  relation  between  social  usage  and  kinship- 
terminology.  There  follows  an  extended  discussion  of  the  en- 
larged kinship  group,  the  clan  or  "sib,"  as  Mr.  Lowie  prefers  to 
call  it.  An  interesting  interlude  on  the  position  of  women  is 
followed  by  what  is  perhaps  the  most  valuable  chapter  of  the 
book,  a  discussion  of  primitive  notions  of  property,  material  and 
immaterial.  The  next  two  chapters  are  a  descriptive  and  theo- 
retical treatment  of  "associations,"  social  units  based  not  on 
kinship,  but  on  privileged  initiation.  Associations  include  all 
those  clubs,  age  classes,  secret  societies,  and  other  organizations 
which  play  a  leading  part  in  the  ceremonial  or  honorific  life  of 
primitive  peoples.  The  last  chapters  constitute  a  kind  of  primi- 
tive theory  of  the  body  politic.  They  treat  of  the  closely  inter- 
woven themes  of  rank,  government,  and  justice. 

It  is  strange  how  many  intrinsically  unplausible  theories 
have  been  put  forward  by  the  classical  anthropologists,  how 
eagerly  they  have  been  accepted  by  social  scientists  generally, 
and  how  tenaciously  they  are  still  being  held.  It  would  not  be 
surprising  to  learn  that  the  great  vogue  of  some  theories  is  due 
simply  to  a  sublimated  desire  for  sex  gossip  seeking  shelter  and 
justification  in  the  high  temple  of  science.  There  is,  for  instance, 
the  theory  of  ancient  sexual  communism,  so  blithely  accepted  by 
the  Spencers  and  the  Morgans.  Mr.  Lowie  disposes  of  this  in 
short  order.  The  nearest  apparent  approach  to  a  state  of 
promiscuity  is  the  "group  marriage"  of  the  Todas  in  India. 
Analysis  shows  that  this  institution  is  not  sexual  communism 
at  all,  but  a  carefully  regulated  special  form  of  polygamy.  More- 
over, it  is  clearly  a  secondary  social  development,  not  the  sur- 
vival of  a  supposedly  primitive  sex  status.  The  much  deplored 
inferiority  of  woman  in  primitive  levels  is  also  shown  by  Mr. 
Lowie  to  be  either  a  myth  outright  or  to  rest  on  sentimental 
expectations  that  even  our  own  society  does  not  fulfil.  The 
matriarchate,  or  rule  by  women,  is  a  myth  which  probably  owes 
its  popularity  in  no  small  measure  to  memories  of  the  antique 
Amazons.  By  a  quaint  confusion  of  thought  the  matrilineal 
mode  of  reckoning  descent  has  been  frequently  identified  with 
the  notion  of  a  matriarchate.  There  is,  of  course,  no  necessary 
connection  between  the  reckoning  of  descent  through  the  mother 
and  the  status  of  woman  as  such.  The  hoary  antiquity  of  the 
extended  kinship  group,  the  sib,  and  the  necessary  priority  of 
the  matrilineal  to  the  patrilineal  sib,  are  two  especially  favored 
dogmas.  The  English  anthropologists  are  still  quite  loath  to 
part  with  them.  But  the  facts,  as  adduced  by  Mr.  Lowie,  are 
clearly  opposed.  In  aboriginal  North  America,  for  instance,  the 
most  primitive  tribes,  such  as  the  Central  Eskimo  and  the  Sho- 
shonean  tribes  of  the  desert  plateaus,  are  not  organized  into  sibs 


at  all,  while  those  tribes  which  are  culturally  furthest  advanced, 
like  the  Iroquois,  the  Pueblos,  and  the  West  Coast  Indians  of 
southern  Alaska  and  the  northern  coast  of  British  Columbia, 
have  matrilineal  sibs.  Still  another  currently  assumed  hypothe- 
sis is  the  recent  origin  of  the  family,  which  is  supposed  to  have 
emerged  from  the  wider  sib.  This  notion  is  shown  to  be  quite 
unfounded.  The  family  is  recognized  universally  among  the 
lowliest  savages  as  among  ourselves.  The  clan  excludes  it  no- 
where, but  coexists  with  it. 

Mr.  Lowie  indicates  clearly  how  complex  is  the  actual  texture 
of  primitive  society.  Gradations  of  rank  are  all  but  universal, 
and  among  some  "primitive"  peoples,  such  as  the  Polynesians 
and  the  West  Coast  Indians,  there  is  great  elaboration  of  the 
concepts  of  caste  and  social  status.  The  notion  of  immaterial 
property,  comparable  to  our  patents,  copyrights,  and  privileges 
of  title,  is  quite  exuberantly  developed  in  many  primitive  so- 
cieties. Indeed,  the  property  notion  is  frequently  extended  to 
features  that  we  should  hardly  suspect  to  be  capable  of  defini- 
tion as  property,  such  as  the  use  of  certain  names  or  the  right 
of  singing  such  and  such  songs.  As  regards  governance  and 
political  organization,  it  is  made  perfectly  clear  by  Mr.  Lowie 
that  the  kin  group,  whether  in  its  narrower  sense  or  in  its  en- 
larged form  as  a  sib,  is  not  the  be-all  and  end-all  of  primitive 
organization,  but  that  this  type  of  social  unit  is  usually  supple- 
mented or  transcended  by  the  village  or  territorial  group  as  a 
political  entity.  All  in  all,  Mr.  Lowie's  book  will  do  much  to 
render  more  life-like  and  substantial  our  current  conceptions  of 
a  primitive  community.  Edward  Sapir 


An  M.  P.  in  Russia 

The  Russian  Republic.     By  Colonel   Cecil  L'Estrange  Malone. 

Harcourt,  Brace,  and  Howe. 
T_J  ERE  is  no  story  of  Trotzky  stealing  spoons  in  an  obscure 
-*■  *  Russian  village  while  he  was  a  fugitive  from  Czarist  justice; 
Lenin  does  not  stalk  through  these  pages  a  German  wolf  in  pro- 
letarian sheep's  clothing;  women  are  not  nationalized;  the 
Soviet  regime  does  not  totter  for  a  moment.  The  atrocities 
here  were  committed  not  by  the  Bolsheviki  but  by  forces  of  "law 
and  order,"  financed  by  British  taxpayers.  Trotzky  appears  as 
the  up-to-date  minister  of  war  "conducting  wars  on  immense 
fronts"  with  an  equipment  of  two  special  trains,  including  staff 
accommodations,  a  complete  printing  plant,  and  a  wireless  sta- 
tion. Lenin  is  spoken  of  with  well-meant  but  uncritical  respect 
as  "Prince  Vladimir  Oulianov,"  and  the  Soviet  administration  is 
actually  assumed  throughout  the  book  to  be  the  government  of 
Russia. 

It  is  the  position  of  Colonel  Malone  that  makes  this  book  a 
really  valuable  document.  Others  have  said  what  he  has  said 
and  with  far  more  insight,  understanding,  and  wealth  of  detail; 
but  they  have  not  been  distinguished  aviators  and  Coalition 
M.P.'s.  Colonel  Malone  was,  and  is,  no  Socialist.  He  did  not  go 
to  Russia  to  see  what  was  already  behind  his  eyes.  He  is  a 
military  man  who  wanted  to  see  for  himself,  and  to  report 
what  he  saw  in  blunt  military  fashion.  That  his  chief  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  British  recognition  of  the  Soviet  Government 
and  the  immediate  resumption  of  normal  relations  with  Russia 
should  be  based  upon  the  fantastic  theory  of  the  possible  rise 
of  a  Russian  Napoleon — "a  military  dictatorship  living  by 
foreign  wars" — is  of  small  consequence.  It  is  of  the  greatest 
importance  that  he  has  reported  certain  concrete  facts  from  a 
first-hand,  wholly  detached,  and  even  skeptical  observation. 

He  found  the  cities  "a  little  depressing"  from  a  "bourgeois 
point  of  view,"  on  account  of  the  lack  of  "aristocratic  scintilla- 
tions" and  the  state  control  of  the  shops;  but  order  and  cleanli- 
ness and  industry  were  everywhere.  "Telephones,  electric  bells, 
lifts,  etc.,  were  working"  in  the  hotels.  The  food  was  scanty 
and  distinctly  proletarian.  The  opera  cast  at  Moscow,  "if  a  com- 
parison with  Covent  Garden  is  a  meet  standard,"  was  "to  the 


48 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


amateur  lover  of  opera  beyond  question  in  the  very  highest 
class  of  artists."  The  Health  Museum,  St.  Catherine's 
School,  and  the  Maternity  and  Child  Welfare  Exhibitions 
served  to  convince  him  that  Soviet  Russia  "is  struggling 
to  carry  through  schemes  of  compulsory  education."  A 
trip  with  Trotzky  to  the  front  made  a  deep  impression. 
He  saw  the  troops  at  close  quarters.  "They  appeared  cheerful 
and  well-fed,  and  I  felt  disposed  to  infer  from  the  expression 
on  the  faces  of  a  great  number  of  them  that  they  were  inspired 
with  something  like  hero-worship  for  Trotzky."  Of  a  review 
and  parade  he  says:  "I  could  not  honestly  repress  the  feeling 
that  this  was  a  really  representative  assemblage  with  a  definite 
national  spirit  offering  its  representative  chiefs  spontaneous 
demonstrations  of  enthusiasm  and  support."  His  visit  to  a  large 
munitions  plant  did  not  uncover  "any  substantial  difference  in 
the  running  of  this  factory  and  those  in  England."  The  great 
power  station  at  Bogorotsk,  which  converts  peat  into  electric 
current  and  is  controlled  by  a  Workman's  Committee,  stimu- 
lated the  conclusion  that  Russian  industry  is  now  "getting  back 
to  a  position  approximating  closely  in  spirit  to  that  aimed  at  in 
this  country  in  the  setting  up  of  Whitley  Councils."  As  to  the 
status  of  women  in  general,  he  says:  "My  own  observation  is 
that  prostitution  is  conspicuous  by  the  absence  of  such  scenes  as 
are  afforded  by  any  Western  capital." 

Colonel  Malone's  book  will  be  popular  among  sympathizers 
with  Soviet  Russia,  especially  those  of  a  more  or  less  conserva- 
tive stripe.  It  explodes  the  grosser  fabrications  about  Russia 
without  implying  too  much  violence  against  what  cautious  folk 
conceive  to  be  a  properly  centered  world.  Its  superficiality  from 
this  point  of  view  may  prove  an  asset ;  for  no  one  can  deny  that 
it  is  essentially  a  superficial  study.  Apparently  it  has  not 
dawned  on  Colonel  Malone  that  sovereignty  in  Russia  resides  in 
the  great  industrial  labor  organizations.  His  picture  of  Russia 
is  rather  of  an  orderly,  all  too  orderly,  humane,  and  enlightened 
political  bureaucracy,  with  leanings  toward  a  military  dictator- 
ship— not  an  unattractive  outlook  to  a  considerable  number  of 
essentially  conservative  Americans  who  are  classified  in  popular 
parlance  as  Liberals.  Evans  Clark 


Grave  and  Great-Hearted  Massinger 

Philip    Massinger.      By    A.    H.    Cruickshank.      Oxford:    Basil 
Blackwell. 

rPHE  Elizabethan  dramatist  who  held  the  stage  longer  than  any 
*■  of  his  fellows  save  Shakespeare  was  in  danger  of  passing 
into  oblivion  until  a  succession  of  scholars  brought  renewed 
attention  to  him  by  confirming  the  old  tradition  of  his  large 
share  of  credit  for  many  of  the  so-called  "Beaumont  and 
Fletcher"  plays.  But  even  today  there  is  no  modern  scientifi- 
cally edited  collection  of  his  works  such  as  we  have  of  Lyly's  or 
Middleton's.  A  valuable  result  of  Mr.  Cruickshank's  mono- 
graph may  be,  it  is  to  be  hoped,  the  stimulus  that  it  will  afford 
to  a  reissue  of  Massinger's  dramas.  While  to  the  study  of  Ben 
Jonson  half  a  dozen  books  have  been  devoted,  to  Beaumont  and 
Fletcher  three,  and  to  Webster  two,  the  man  who  ranks  with 
them  has  been  strangely  neglected;  this  is  the  first  book  dedi- 
cated exclusively  to  the  study  and  appreciation  of  his  dramas. 
The  author's  desire  has  been  "to  treat  his  works  .  .  .  with 
the  attention  to  detail  which  modern  scholarship  requires."  He 
has  thoroughly  mastered  the  large  amount  of  material  collected 
in  dissertations  and  technical  journals  during  the  last  half- 
century,  and  within  certain  definite  limits  has  made  an  ade- 
quate study  of  which  the  chief  merit  is  the  warm  and  well- 
reasoned  admiration  of  Massinger  which  glows  through  every 
page.  Especially  noteworthy  is  his  justification  of  his  admira- 
tion by  a  succinct  and  abundantly  illustrated  statement  of 
Massinger's  great  qualities:  his  technical  excellence,  his  elo- 
quence, his  courtliness,  his  graceful  and  lucid  style.  His  love  of 
the  "grave  and  great-hearted"  poet  (as  Swinburne  called  him), 


does  not,  however,  blind  him  to  his  defects  of  exaggeration  and 
of  inability  to  portray  character  with  any  degree  of  subtlety. 

To  the  specialist  the  most  interesting  portion  of  the  study  is 
perhaps  the  examination  of  the  problem  of  Massinger's  possible 
share  in  "Henry  VIII,"  "The  Two  Noble  Kinsmen,"  and  the 
various  plays  in  the  Beaumont  and  Fletcher  corpus.  This  is 
not,  however,  the  place  to  discuss  the  matter;  it  is  sufficient  to 
say  that  Mr.  Cruickshank's  assignments  of  credit  differ  con- 
siderably from  the  divisions  made  by  Boyle,  Macaulay,  Bullen, 
and  other  scholars,  and  that  the  solution  of  the  problem  now 
offered  tends  greatly  to  reduce  the  amount  of  suspected  Mas- 
singer material  in  the  plays  under  consideration.  The  scope  of 
the  book  is  unfortunately  strangely  limited.  The  difficult  prob- 
lem of  the  chronology  of  the  plays  is  hardly  touched.  Very 
little  is  made  of  the  interesting  question  of  the  range  of  Mas- 
singer's ideas,  his  strongly  defined  political  opinions  being  not 
summarized,  and  the  question  of  his  very  evident  sympathy  with 
the  Roman  Catholic  Church  being  brushed  aside.  The  most 
remarkable  omission,  however,  is  that  of  any  discussion  of 
Massinger's  sources.  Quellenstudien  are  the  happy  hunting- 
ground  of  dry-as-dust  pedants,  but  if  properly  handled  they 
can  be  made  fruitful  of  instruction.  In  the  case  of  several  of 
Massinger's  plays  an  account  of  the  sources  whence  he  derived 
his  material  and  of  the  way  in  which  he  transmuted  the  original 
stuff  from  which  his  play  is  made  is  positively  romantic.  "The 
Duke  of  Milan,"  for  example,  reaches  far  back  to  the  world- 
famous  story  of  Herod  and  Mariamne;  "The  Great  Duke  of 
Florence"  to  a  quaint  old  English  folk-legend;  "Believe  as  You 
List"  to  the  unhappy  history  of  a  pretender  to  the  throne  of 
Portugal,  whose  fortunes  were  followed  sympathetically  by 
Englishmen.  Finally,  the  entire  inadequacy  of  the  appended 
bibliography  must  be  noted;  particularly  unfortunate  is  the 
silence  with  which,  as  so  often  happens  in  the  work  of  English 
scholars,  recent  American  contributions  to  this  field  of  research 
are  passed  over.  Samuel  C.  Chew  '  ■ 


Chekhov  and  Andreev 

The  Chorus  Girl  and  Other  Stories.  By  Anton  Chekhov.  From 
the  Russian  by  Constance  Garnett.  The  Macmillan  Company. 
When  the  King  Loses  His  Head  and  Other  Stories.  By  Leonid 
Andreev.  Translated  by  Archibald  J.  Wolfe.  International 
Book  Publishing  Company. 
1X7HEN  you  hear  a  Russian  discuss  with  quaint  English 
*  »  eloquence  and  explosive  consonants  the  writers  of  his 
native  country,  you  become  aware  of  the  futility  of  anything 
you  have  said  or  thought  about  Russian  authors.  And  your 
shame  is  deeper  if  by  chance  you  know  some  other  foreign 
literature  at  first  hand  and  have  had  to  listen  to  the  insufferable 
judgments  of  those  to  whom  it  came  only  in  translated  form. 
For  a  translation  is,  necessarily,  a  thin  and  brittle  thing.  Every 
language  is  soaked  in  the  temperament  and  peculiar  experience 
of  the  folk  who  uses  it.  Whole  ranges  of  unique  perceptions 
have  given  to  words  an  incommunicable  savor,  and  strange  moods 
have  stolen  into  the  very  syntax.  And  speech  becomes  creative 
literature  in  the  measure  in  which  it  preserves  within  the  artis- 
tic pattern  the  sting  and  pang  of  life.  But  this  is  precisely 
where  the  translator  is  doomed  to  a  greater  or  less  failure.  He 
cannot  preserve  the  experience  that  created  the  words  of  his 
original,  and  he  must  strive  to  strip  from  the  words  of  his  own 
speech  the  experience  underlying  them  in  order  not  to  make 
his  betrayal  complete.  Works  of  a  literary  convention  common 
to  Western  civilization  escape  this  difficulty.  Render  Corneille 
into  the  speech  and  rhythm  of  Dryden  and  your  result  should 
be  authentic.  But  what  is  to  be  done  with  a  German  lyric  or  a 
Russian  tale?  So  it  is  no  wonder  that  Miss  Garnett's  accom- 
plished translations  still  leave  the  sense  of  drained  and  faded 
things  and  that  Mr.  Wolfe's  more  various  modulation  is  prob- 
ably due  to  an  emotional  world  in  his  original  that  is  less  spe- 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


49 


cifically  Russian  than  it  is  Christian  and  European  and  Western. 

The  Chekhov  of  these  stories  is  the  typical  naturalist.  He 
is  a  naturalist,  that  is  to  say,  not  merely  on  some  artistic  the- 
ory, but  by  instinct  and  need.  He  is  the  man  whose  vision  of 
life  has  caused  him  suffering,  whose  contacts  have  brought  him 
pain.  He  has  little  of  the  Russian's  compassion;  he  has  the 
artist's  cruelty  toward  those  who  have  pierced  and  jangled  his 
delicate  nerves.  His  observation  has  in  it  both  self-torment 
and  voracity.  In  some  country  house  he  has  had  to  listen  to  the 
babbling  of  a  "thin,  gleeful  voice,"  a  voice  that  "reeked  of  malice 
and  affectation,"  and  has  recorded  his  suffering  and  avenged 
it  by  turning  inside  out  the  wretched  Rashevitch.  He  has 
grasped  the  impenetrable  snobbishness  of  some  portly  fellow 
with  a  sensual  jaw  and  a  heavy  golden  watch  chain  and  has  held 
him  up  to  scorn  in  The  Chorus  Girl.  The  streets  brought  him 
the  old  drunkard  whom  he  has  revealed  in  A  Father,  and  a 
gay  roysterer's  vulgarity  stung  him  into  writing  Bad  Weather. 
These  stories  bite.  Their  protagonists  are  stripped  of  every 
psychical  rag.  The  keen  wind  cuts  into  their  naked  souls.  It 
is  magnificent.  But  it  is  also  terrible,  because  the  author  pur- 
sues his  victims  and  yet  maintains  an  aloofness  not  even  broken 
by  his  scorn.  The  novelette  My  Life  has  a  note  of  relenting. 
Yet  the  kindly  nature  of  Misail  serves  to  accentuate  the  quali- 
ties of  the  people  in  that  grey  and  sodden  and  dishonest  town. 
The  two  stories  that  have  a  touch  of  gentleness  and  of  the 
sadder  poetry  of  life — Verotchka  and  Zinotchka — read  like 
memories  of  moments  that  were  painful  enough  to  be  recalled 
but  not  bitter  enough  to  be  resented  in  after  years.  Such  is 
the  naturalist,  not — as  a  popular  fallacy  judges,  yesterday  of 
Zola,  today  of  Dreiser — a  brute  and  a  lover  of  ugliness,  but  one 
who,  like  Shelley,  has  bled  upon  the  thorns  of  life  and  whose 
apparently  cold  delineations  of  the  things  that  have  hurt  and 
thwarted  and  disappointed  him  are  in  their  motive  and  origin 
as  aspiring  as  a  sonnet  and  as  subjective  as  a  song.  Balzac 
knew  it.  "We  describe  best,"  he  told  Madame  Hanska,  "the 
things  that  have  hurt  us  most."  The  somber  naturalistic  play 
and  story  come  from  the  stricken  hearts  of  poets.  It  is  your 
thick-hided  bull  in  every  china  shop  of  life  who  writes  cheerful 
tales  and  is  considered  soulful  by  the  prosperous. 

There  are  other  ways  of  healing  the  hurts  that  life  inflicts. 
Chekhov's  way — the  way  of  the  individualist  and  aristocrat — 
is  to  make  objective  and  permanent  through  art  the  phenomena 
that  have  pained  and  rasped  him.  Andreev  belongs  to  a  later 
literary  generation  that  arose  just  prior  to  the  war  and  de- 
veloped with  amazing  rapidity  during  it.  Representatives  'of 
that  generation  are  prominent  today  in  every  country  of  Conti- 
nental Europe.  They  are  neo-romantics  and  mystics  and,  in 
their  special  sense,  democrats.  They  never  deliberately  observe, 
for  observation  seems  to  them  defiled  by  either  condescension  or 
hatred.  They  seek  to  identify  themselves  with  others  and  to 
write  out  of  a  consciousness  that  is  no  longer,  in  any  aloof  or 
personal  sense,  their  own.  They  attempt  to  become  submerged 
utterly  in  the  life  of  individuals  or  of  the  race,  blending  them- 
selves with  man,  as  poets  and  philosophers  in  other  ages  sought 
a  union  -with  nature  or  with  God.  And  from  this  striving  to 
lose  the  self  there  arises  inevitably  a  new  mysticism  and  a  new 
valuation  of  myth.  These  writers,  whatever  their  race  or 
country,  deal  constantly  with  the  Christian  tradition,  not  pri- 
marily on  its  moral  but  on  its  mystic  and  mythical  side.  Thus 
in  the  long  and  sultry  narrative  Judas  Iscariot,  and  in  the 
glowing  and  quivering  Life  of  Father  Vassily,  Andreev  seeks 
within  the  framework  of  a  hectic  and  mystic  Christian  experi- 
ence to  plunge  to  the  final  nature  of  the  wrongs  and  sufferings 
that  fill  the  world.  This  art  has  passion  and  humanity  and  a 
strange  fervor.  But  to  many  its  glow  will  seem  the  glow  of 
phosphorescence  and  decay.  Take  the  case  of  Father  Vassily. 
The  priest's  fate  is  pitiful  enough,  and  so  is  that  of  his  morbid 
wife.  And  the  upshot  of  the  story  is  that  the  poor  man's 
troubles  drove  him  mad.  One's  objection  to  Andreev's  treatment 
is  that  he  ascribes  a  mystical  significance  to  Vassily's  struggles 


with  evil  and  with  himself  and  with  his  God.  The  plain  fact 
is  that  Father  Vassily  was  brought  to  destruction  not  by  the 
misfortunes,  tragic  as  they  were,  that  nature  heaped  upon  him, 
but  by  the  brutalities  and  superstitions  of  the  social  order 
within  which  those  misfortunes  took  place.  He  should  have 
sent  his  wife  to  a  sanitorium  for  a  year  and  his  unfortunate 
son  to  an  institution  for  the  feeble-minded.  To  the  neo-romantic 
mystics  with  their  apotheosis  of  fruitless  self-torment,  such  a 
remark  will  seem  quite  shallow  and  almost  blasphemous.  It 
may  serve,  however,  to  indicate  the  protest  of  a  rational  mind 
against  the  new  mysticism  in  art  of  which  Andreev  is,  among 
us,  the  best-known  representative. 


Books  in  Brief 

fJ^HE  human  heart  may  or  may  not  be  as  "desperately  wicked" 
*■  as  the  old  catechism  says,  but  it  is  surely  "deceitful  above 
all  things."  Every  man  is  the  incipient  or  at  least  the  potential 
victim  of  folie  circulaire.  A  man  cannot  spend  his  life  studying 
one  subject  without  becoming  abnormally  suggestible  by  it,  and 
correspondingly  blind  to  other  aspects  of  mentality.  How  many 
men  have  become  convinced,  after  long  study,  that  Shakespeare's 
plays  were  written  by  Bacon,  or  Raleigh,  or  the  Earl  of  Derby, 
or  a  Freudian  hysteric,  or  an  erotomaniac!  How  many  have 
invented  perpetual-motion  machines,  and  have  squared  the  cir- 
cle! And  as  for  the  science  of  religion,  that  is  the  "great 
Serbonian  bog,  where  armies  whole"  of  scholars  have  been 
lost,  chasing  the  will-o'-the-wisp  of  sun-myths  and  vegetation- 
myths,  of  hyper-criticism  and  delusive  parallels.  Spiritualism 
bids  fair  to  take  the  front  rank  in  contemporary  mental  aber- 
rations. The  latest  victim  is  Mr.  J.  Arthur  Hill,  whose  "Psy- 
chical Miscellanea"  (Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe)  prove  that  the 
dead  talk  to  us,  that  miracles  happen,  that  Joan  of  Arc's  visions 
were  objective,  that  Christian  Science  has  some  truth  in  it,  and 
that  the  earth  is  probably  alive — a  being,  in  fact,  of  much 
higher  order  than  any  animal.  How  did  the  author  find  this 
all  out?  Why,  he  went  to  a  seance  once,  and  heard  the  spirit 
of  a  lady  give  a  recipe  for  pomatum  which,  he  afterwards  ascer- 
tained, was  actually  used  by  her  in  this  life.  There  is  no 
reason  why  stuff  of  this  sort  should  not  be  written  indefinitely. 
If,  says  Professor  Bury,  you  asserted  that  a  planet  of  Sirius 
was  inhabited  by  donkeys  who  talked  eugenics  in  English,  no 
one  could  disprove  you  and,  after  a  sufficient  number  of  suffi- 
ciently emphatic  assertions,  a  good  many  people  would  be- 
lieve you. 

GEORGE  H.  DORAN  COMPANY  has  published  Volumes 
III  and  IV  of  "The  Crime,"  a  translation  of  "Das  Ver- 
brechen"  by  the  author  of  the  famous  book  "J 'Accuse,"  who  is 
now  known  to  be  Dr.  Richard  Grelling,  and  whose  name  ap- 
pears on  the  title  page  of  the  fourth  volume  of  the  present 
translation.  In  the  first  two  volumes  Dr.  Grelling  dealt  with 
the  question  of  Germany's  responsibility  for  the  war.  In  the 
third  volume  he  deals  with  Germany's  war  aims  as  formulated 
by  Bethmann-Hollweg  in  his  speeches  of  December  9,  1915,  and 
April  5,  1916,  and  in  the  peace  proposals  of  1916  and  1917.  The 
conclusion  is  that  the  Chancellor  was  an  annexationist  at  home 
and  a  pacifist  abroad — in  other  words,  that  the  peace  proposals 
of  Germany  were  no  more  than  a  clever  mask  to  hide  her  im- 
perialist war  aims.  The  fourth  volume  deals  with  the  famous 
"Belgian  Documents"  which  the  Germans  discovered  in  the 
Belgian  archives,  and  which  they  made  much  of  to  prove  the 
sinister  pre-war  purposes  of  the  Entente.  Dr.  Grelling  thinks 
the  refusal  or  neglect  of  the  Entente  to  make  any  adequate 
reply  to  the  German  case  was  a  "grave  political  mistake,"  and 
it  is  the  purpose  of  this  volume  to  remedy  this  mistake.  The 
author  brings  a  wealth  of  knowledge  to  prove  his  thesis;  but 
the  argument  is  too  diffuse  and  too  violently  polemical  in  tone 
to  be  of  special  value  for  historical  purposes,  whatever  may 


50 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


have  been  its  value  during  the  war  as  political  tactics.  For 
the  future  the  chief  merit  of  these  volumes  will  consist  in  the 
numerous  documents  which  they  contain. 

IN  August,  1914,  geography  suddenly  became  a  matter  of 
momentous  interest.  Floundering  in  a  sea  of  unfamiliar 
names,  we  searched  our  atlases,  striving  to  make  the  unknown 
parts  of  the  world  a  reality.  "Bounding"  states  and  repeating 
arid  lists  of  names  and  facts  had  not  prepared  us  for  an  in- 
telligent and  sympathetic  understanding  of  world  problems. 
The  average  American  had  not  been  taught  the  slightest  thing 
about  the  geographic  distribution  of  the  races  and  the  political 
domination  of  peoples  in  Europe.  The  new  geography,  as  de- 
scribed in  a  recent  article  in  the  Educational  Review,  is  "hu- 
man geography  dealing  with  the  earth's  surface  as  the  home  of 
the  human  race.  Its  fundamental  aim  is  to  demonstrate  the 
effect  of  physical  environment  on  the  development  of  the  human 
species."  Perhaps  the  advocates  of  the  "new  geography"  stress 
too  heavily  the  influence  of  environment  on  races,  but  the  co- 
relating  of  the  facts  of  history,  geography;  and  ethnography 
must  result  in  enlightenment  and  the  preparation  of  the  student 
for  the  understanding  of  international  questions  and  world- 
citizenship.  As  an  example  of  the  methods  of  regional  geogra- 
phy, using  by  way  of  illustration  the  country  where  not  only 
detailed  studies  of  many  regions  have  been  made  but  the  subject 
itself  has  been  most  extensively  developed,  the  "Geography  of 
France"  by  Raoul  Blan chard  and  Millicent  Todd  (Rand  Mc- 
Nally)  is  admirable.  It  was  written  after  the  armistice  for  the 
American  Expeditionary  Forces,  and  contains  many  excellent 
maps. 

THE  reconstruction  fever  in  England  is  producing  a  large 
number  of  suggestions  for  meeting  the  present  situation. 
Among  them  is  "Factory  Management  Wastes"  (London:  Nisbet 
&  Co.),  by  James  F.  Whiteford,  an  attempt  to  familiarize  Brit- 
ish readers  with  the  principles  of  American  efficiency  engineer- 
ing, written  in  clear,  commonplace  language  rather  than  the 
picturesque  tongue  which  many  journalists  fancy  necessary  to 
convey  business  facts  to  commercial  minds.  Mr.  Whiteford  takes 
pains  to  avoid  the  burning  social  phases  of  his  subject.  He 
writes:  "No  suggestion  is  made  concerning  such  proposals  as  the 
redistribution  of  wealth  or  similar  plans  of  social  reconstruc- 
tion. It  is  the  intention  of  the  writer  to  discuss  the  problem  as 
it  appears  in  its  present  form,  under  the  impression  that  if  there 
is  less  waste  in  industry  there  will  be  more  money  to  distribute, 
which  must  contribute  to  the  general  improvement  in  the  pros- 
perity of  the  employee,  the  employer,  and  the  community  at 
large."  Nevertheless,  after  discussing  such  topics  as  produc- 
tion control,  performance  records,  and  cost  finding,  he  concludes 
with  some  observations  which  are  sound  from  points  of  view 
other  than  that  of  engineering,  when  he  says:  "The  cry  for 
cheap  labor  must  cease,  for  no  labor  is  cheap.  As  with  material 
and  equipment,  a  low  first  cost  may  prove  more  expensive  in  the 
end.  Labor  must  be  developed,  must  be  educated  and  instructed, 
and  must  work  under  proper  environment.  Also,  machinery 
must  be  introduced  wherever  possible.  The  cost  of  production 
must  be  reduced  in  order  that  the  cost  of  living  shall  not  rise  in 
direct  proportion  to  the  wage  earnings.  Cost  cutting  rather 
than  price  cutting  must  receive  the  attention  of  factory  man- 
agers, for  otherwise  the  industrial  problems  of  today  will  be  suc- 
ceeded by  even  greater  problems  tomorrow.  The  reduction  of 
costs  can  be  accomplished  by  the  elimination  of  waste." 

\X  THEN  Miss  Frances  Theresa  Russell  writes  on  "Satire  in 
**  the  Victorian  Novel"  (Macmillan),  one  envies  her  her 
subject — satire  as  an  enfant  terrible  in  an  age  when  the  word 
was  "Hush,  hush!"  It  calls  for  ripe  literary  judgment  and  the 
high  seriousness  of  the  Comic  Spirit.  Miss  Russell  approaches 
both,  but  does  not  quite  attain  either.  She  has  a  better  talent 
for  the  abstract  than  for  the  concrete;  her  analyses  are  better 


than  her  discussions  of  actual  examples.  The  reader  learns 
much  from  her  pages  by  gleaning  over  wide  territory,  but  he 
drives  behind  an  inexorable  chauffeur  who  whirls  him  past  allur- 
ing byways  and  leafy  vistas.  Names  and  ideas  spin  by  like 
telephone  poles.  The  author  has  a  nice  ear  for  the  turn  of  a 
sentence,  but  she  cannot  train  sentences  to  speak  together.  The 
method  is  that  of  the  doctor's  thesis.  On  a  sheet  of  coordinate 
paper,  lay  out  along  one  dimension  a  score  of  divisions  and 
subdivisions  of  satire,  and  on  the  other  twenty  authors;  then 
kick  your  pebble  into  every  square  in  exact  order  without  a 
miss,  and  the  game  is  yours.  To  the  civilian  the  result  seems 
always  to  bristle  with  barbed  wire  entanglements,  and  he  is 
constantly  getting  lost  in  the  mazes  of  communication  trenches. 
Here  are  fields  too  pleasant  for  the  uses  of  war;  one  would  be 
glad  to  forget  the  enemy  and  take  an  aimless  ramble.  The 
reader  tires  of  good  literary  material  drilled  in  squads  and 
platoons,  and  longs  for  the  sound  of  "At  ease!"— or,  better  yet, 
"Dismiss!" 

IN  "Child  Welfare  in  Kentucky"  (National  Child  Labor  Com- 
mittee) the  object  of  the  authors  has  been  to  show  conditions 
as  they  are,  to  offer  criticism  on  the  basis  of  these  facts,  and  to 
make  suggestions  for  constructive  reform.     This  has  been  ad- 
mirably carried  out.     The  investigators  who,  at  the  request  of 
Kentucky  agencies,  made  the  surveys  of  health,  schools,  rural 
life,  child  labor,  recreation,  juvenile  courts,  and  law  and  ad- 
ministration, have  concluded  that  "Kentucky  neglects  her  chil- 
dren."   This  will  surprise  no  one  who  is  familiar  with  conditions 
in  that  State  or  elsewhere.    Kentucky  is  supported  in  this  neglect 
by  precedent  and  example.    In  general,  "If  numbers  count,  child 
welfare  in  Kentucky  is  primarily  the  problem  of  the  country 
child.     Yet  the  city  child  has  thus  far  been  the  chief  interest^ 
of  both  public  and  private  effort.     .     .     .     One-fifth  of  the  chil- 
dren are  getting  nine-tenths  of  the  State's   attention.     .     .    .... 

The  State's  treatment  of  children  is  out  of  joint  with  the  times.-" 
In  particular,  the  State  child  labor  and  compulsory  education. 
laws,  unsustained  by  local  public  sentiment,  are  commonly  and 
openly  violated.  In  certain  of  the  courts,  "young  children  are 
being  deprived  of  all  the  protection  which  the  juvenile  court 
law  was  designed  to  give  them,  simply  to  save  the  county  treas- 
ury a  little  money."  School  taxes  are  so  low  that  only  the  most 
meagre  educational  opportunities  are  open  to  children  in  the 
rural  districts.  More  than  6,500  children  over  ten  years  of  age 
are  illiterate.  Many  diseases  spread  uncontrolled;  the  death- 
rate  for  tuberculosis  is  much  higher  than  the  average  for  the 
United  States  registration  area,  and  second  highest  of  the  States 
in  that  area.  Organized  recreation  has  in  few  places  been  re- 
garded as  anything  but  a  luxury,  and  the  commercial  amuse- 
ments, sought  as  outlet  for  the  play  instinct  of  children,  are 
frequently  of  the  most  vicious  and  perverting  sort — as,  for  in- 
stance, the  travelling  street  carnivals.  The  report,  however,  does 
not  confine  itself  to  censure.  The  spirit,  notably  in  the  intro- 
duction and  in  the  report  on  recreation,  is  forward-looking,  tend- 
ing to  stimulate  the  awakened  and  rapidly  growing  constructive 
spirit  in  the  people  of  the  State. 

"''pHE  Worker  and  his  Work,"  by  Stella  S.  Centre  (Lippin- 
*  cott),  is  a  text  for  high  schools  designed  "to  meet  the 
needs  of  boys  and  girls  who  feel  the  urgent  necessity  of  select- 
ing the  right  vocation."  It  is  a  book  of  prose  selections  from 
present-day  writers,  ranging  from  H.  G.  Wells  to  Harold  Bell 
Wright,  interspersed  with  a  few  bits  of  very  mediocre  verse. 
This  latter  fault  is  the  more  remarkable,  considering  what  a 
wealth  of  contemporary  poetry  is  at  hand  to  draw  from — 
Giovannitti,  Sandburg,  Charlotte  Perkins  Gilman,  to  name  a  few 
poets  at  random.  The  ethics  of  the  book,  presumably,  is  given 
in  the  motto  set  on  the  title-page:  "In  the  handiwork  of  their 
craft  is  their  prayer" ;  but  this  Carlyle-Ruskin-Morris  philosophy 
does  not  get  much  further  than  the  introduction.  The  selections 
themselves    leave    a    confusing    and    contradictory    impression. 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


51 


For  example,  Cigar-Making,  by  Henry  Sydnor  Harrison,  is  a 
tale  of  exploitation  of  the  workers,  whereas  Unexpected  Develop- 
ments, by  Peter  Bernard  Kayne,  is  a  story  of  a  swaggering 
buccaneer  who  wins  in  a  game  of  cut-throat  competition.  The 
book  is  evidently  an  attempt  to  make  use  of  an  excellent  idea 
now  being  developed  in  certain  lower  division  colleges:  the  idea 
that  English  courses  should  serve  to  awaken  interest  in  present- 
day  life  through  the  medium  of  contemporary  literature.  But 
it  has  been  found  that  such  attempts  end  in  confusion  unless 
there  is  interwoven  with  the  pure  literature  some  discussion  of 
elementary  economics,  sociology,  and  ethics  in  attractive  literary 
form.  Before  such  books  as  the  present  one  can  be  successful, 
there  must  be  more  intelligent  organization;  the  illustrative 
selections  must  be  set  in  a  framework  of  exposition. 

ANYONE  who  expects  Sir  Douglas  Brownrigg's  "Indiscre- 
tions of  the  Naval  Censor"  (Doran)  to  be  indiscreet  will 
be  disappointed.  Nor  does  the  Admiral  give  away  any  secrets 
at  all.  Most  of  us  knew  that  Mr.  Churchill  was  rather  a  slave- 
driver  and  that  Admiral  Sims  was  rather  communicative  con- 
cerning the  mysterious  Q-boats  during  the  war.  We  knew  the 
way  in  which  news  of  the  Jutland  Battle  filtered  through,  and 
the  controversy  caused  by  the  manner  of  its  announcement  at 
the  time.  Where  the  Admiral  does  become  interesting  is  in  his 
intimate  account  of  life  at  that  ramshackle  building  known  as 
the  British  Admiralty.  From  that  maze  of  passages,  so  con- 
fused that  a  key-map  has  to  be  placed  at  every  turning,  from 
the  funny  little  plaster  statue  of  Nelson  in  the  hall,  from  the 
darkly  guarded  map-room,  routing  room,  and  the  room  still 
known  as  Mr.  Churchill's,  there  emanated  the  instructions 
which  meant  the  weal  or  woe  of  a  great  part  of  the  Allied 
Cause.  Thence  also  emanated  such  news  as  could  be  given  out, 
and  Sir  Douglas  describes  well  the  eternal  struggle  between 
the  "silent  Navy"  and  the  public  desire  for  information.  Had 
the  Navy  foreseen  at  the  beginning  of  the  war  the  publicity 
that  was  to  ensue  concerning  its  doings,  it  would  have  resigned 
in  a  body.  As  it  was,  the  picture  and  the  story  and  the  moving 
photograph  gradually  worked  their  way  into  the  naval  com- 
prehension and  came  to  be  regarded  by  it  as  necessary  evils. 
Sir  Douglas,  as  behooved  his  office,  saw  both  sides  and  in  conse- 
quence had  difficulties  with  both. 

Drama 

Rolland's  "Danton" 

THE  recent  success  in  Berlin  of  Romain  Rolland's  "Danton," 
produced  by  Max  Reinhardt  with  a  cast  of  one  thousand,  in 
an  amphitheater  holding  five  thousand  spectators,  is  a  significant 
indication  that  Berlin  is  saturated  with  revolutionary  atmo- 
sphere and  in  a  mood  to  vibrate  to  the  tempests  of  the  French 
Revolution.  The  public  finds  in  "Danton"  the  men  and  pas- 
sions of  today. 

Wilhelm  Herzog,  Rolland's  German  translator,  telegraphs 
him:  "Ausserordentlicher  sturmischer  Erfolg.  .  .  .  Es  war 
der  starkste,  gewaltigste  Theaterabend  seit  Jahren."  (Extraordi- 
nary tempestuous  success.  It  was  the  strongest,  mightiest  the- 
atrical night  for  many  years  past.)  And  a  Berlin  journalist 
writes  a  post  card  full  of  admiring  exclamations:  "What  a 
play!  .  .  .  What  a  third  act!  .  .  .  We  all  played  it. 
Reinhardt  was  unique.  Everything  was  so  superb  that  France 
was  victorious."  Still  another  gives  this  remarkable  descrip- 
tion: "You  cannot  imagine,  nor  can  any  human  being,  the  un- 
believable success  of  'Danton.'  I  was  dramatic  critic  in  Paris 
for  seven  years.  I  was  in  London;  nowhere  have  I  seen  any- 
thing to  equal  it.  Imagine  a  theater  with  a  stage  23  meters  wide, 
5,000  spectators,  1,000  actors.  We  didn't  know  where  the  audi- 
ence commenced.  We  were  thrilled,  horrified,  troubled,  laughing, 
crying,  excited.     Oh !  how  much  excited !     The  public  was  so  much 


BRENTANCTS 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth  Avenue   and   27th   Street,   New  York   City 

Reference  Books  for  the  Banker, 
Lawyer,  Editor,  Writer,  etc. 


Who's  Who,  1920,  in  England 

(Now  ready)  Cloth,  $15.00 

An  Annual  Biographical  Dictionary  with  which  is 
incorporated  "Men  and  Women  of  the  Time." 

Who's  Who  in  America,  1920-21 

(Ready  early  in  July)  Probable  price,  $7.50 

A  Biographical  Dictionary  of  Notable  Living  Men 
and  Women  of  the  United  States. 

Who's  Who  and  Why  in  Canada,  1917-18 

(Latest  edition  available)  Cloth,  $6.00 

A    Biographical    Dictionary    of    Notable    Canadians. 

The  American  Year  Book 

Cloth.  $5.00 

A  Record  of  Events  and  Progress  for  1919.  Here,  in 
one  volume,  is  a  complete  digest  of  the  events  of 
interest  to  Americans  that  have  taken  place  in  busi- 
ness, politics,  science,  art,  education,  literature  and 
every  other  field  of  human  endeavor  during  the  past 
year. 

The  China  Year  Book,  1919 

Cloth,  $9.00 

A  mine  of  information  on  all  that  appertains  to  that 
country. 

The  Japan  Year  Book,  1919-20 

$5.00 

Complete  Cyclopaedia  of  Information  and  Statistics 
on  Japan. 

Exporters'   Gazetteer  of  Foreign  Markets, 
1920-21 

Edited  by  Lloyd  R.  Morris  Cloth,  $10.00 

The  sort  of  analysis  of  the  world's  trade  which  every 
manufacturer,  exporter,  shipping  man,  economist,  and 
banker  should   have. 


Postage  Additional 

BRENTANOS 

Retail   Book   Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27tb.  Street 
New  York  City 


52 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


moved  that  it  was  no  longer  the  theater  but  Life!  .  .  .  And 
the  crowd  in  the  third  act!  It  was  not  acted,  it  was  a  real 
revolt.  I  was  there  on  January  13  at  the  battle  before  the 
Reichstag — that  was  it!  Cries,  noises;  they  rush  out  pell  mell. 
hurting,  wounding  one  another;  then  back,  five  hundred,  a  thou- 
sand, twelve  hundred  .  .  .  break  everything  .  .  .  They 
are  told  a  convoy  of  meat  and  grain  has  come  .  .  .  Hola! 
.  .  .  all  is  forgotten!  Fighting  as  to  who  gets  out  first — a 
thousand  hand-clappings,  wild  cries,  'Rolland,  Rolland'  .  .  . 
until  after  the  last  cars  are  gone  .  .  .  Still  outside  in  the 
streets  the  crowd  cried  and  wept  for  joy." 

Evidently  the  effect  was  first  of  all  physical,  owing  to  the 
titanic  violence  of  Reinhardt  and  his  company  in  the  act  which 
showed  the  revolutionary  tribunal.  But  of  the  striking  analogy 
in  "Danton"  to  revolutionary  Germany  there  could  have  been 
no  doubt.  "Your  play  is  even  less  about  1793  than  about  the  new 
German  Republic,"  writes  Rolland's  correspondent;  "for  you 
tell  the  truth  there  to  the  new  republicans.  We  said  to  our- 
selves: 'Well,  Rolland  has  corrected  his  whole  drama  this  morn- 
ing, and  after  the  manner  of  our  republic'  "  The  delightfully 
convenient  interpretation  of  Christian  ethics  by  the  Juggernauts 
of  the  French  Revolution,  the  suppression  of  opinion  and  other 
forms  of  vice,  is  summed  up  in  a  speech  by  Saint  Just  in  Rol- 
land's second  act:  "The  philosopher  Jesus  said  to  his  disciples: 
'And  if  thy  right  hand  offend  thee,  cut  it  off  and  cast  it  from 
thee;  for  it  is  profitable  for  thee  that  one  of  thy  members 
should  perish,  and  not  that  thy  whole  body  should  be  cast  into 
hell.'  And  I  say  to  you,  if  your  friend  is  corrupt  and  corrupts 
the  republic,  cast  him  from  the  republic;  if  your  brother  is  cor- 
rupt and  corrupts  the  republic,  cast  him  from  the  republic.  And 
if  the  blood  of  the  republic,  if  your  own  blood  flows  from  a 
gaping  wound,  let  it  flow.  The  republic  must  be  purified  or  die! 
The  republic  is  virtue.  If  that  virtue  be  stained,  the  republic 
ceases  to  exist."    Could  anything  be  more  modern? 

Romain  Rolland  has  had  to  await  the  year  1920  and  the  Ger- 
man Revolution  for  a  dramatic  succes  fou.  Barrett  Clark  says 
in  the  preface  to  his  translations  of  "The  Fourteenth  of  July" 
and  "Danton"  that  Rolland  "did  not  appeal  to  the  great  public, 
for  his  plays  have  as  yet  not  proved  acceptable  to  them.  .  .  . 
No  attempt  at  dramatic  reform,  no  theory,  no  ideal — whatever 
its  eventual  worth — ought  to  obscure  the  fact  that  all  of  M.  Rol- 
land's plays  are  unsuccessful  from  the  viewpoint  of  production." 
This  is  not  quite  an  accurate  statement,  for  as  a  matter  of  fact 
when  produced  in  Paris  for  the  first  time  these  plays  caused  a 
considerable  sensation  with  the  public.  "The  Fourteenth  of 
July"  was  a  real  triumph  as  far  as  the  people  were  concerned. 
At  "The  Wolves"  (now  being  given  in  Leipzig  and  Frankfurt) 
the  audience  nearly  came  to  blows;  for  the  play  followed  closely 
"l'Affaire  Dreyfus,"  which  was  then  going  on,  and  several  of 
the  heroes  of  which,  including  Colonel  Picard,  attended  the  per- 
formance. "Danton"  was  given  at  the  People's  Theater  for  the 
benefit  of  strikers  in  the  north  of  France,  and  the  public  was 
composed  entirely  of  socialists.  Jaures  made  the  introductory 
speech.  The  real  cause  of  the  apparent  failure  in  Paris  was  a 
hostile  press ;  Rolland  was  and  is  in  bad  odor  among  the  literary 
cliques  for  his  unflinching  attitude  as  an  independent.  His  plays 
have  been  and  are  being  produced  in  a  number  of  foreign  coun- 
tries, including  Scandinavia,  Austria,  Hungary,  Holland,  Russia, 
and  Germany,  which  ought  to  be  enough  to  convince  Mr.  Clark 
that  they  do  not  belong  to  "that  class  of  hybrids,  the  closet- 
drama." 

But  that  there  has  never  been  such  a  success  as  the  recent 
one  in  Berlin  is  evident;  and  it  might  be  pertinent  here  to  pon- 
der just  what  does  constitute  the  "great  public."  Is  not  the 
mind  of  the  public,  like  that  of  the  individual,  subject  to  moods? 
Today  there  is  chaos  in  Germany.  Unable  like  Russia  to  make 
a  clean  breast  of  her  revolution,  she  flounders  and  will  flounder 
perhaps  for  a  long  while.  Yet  while  she  is  plunged  in  bloodshed, 
while  crowds  of  men,  women,  and  children  are  being  shot  down, 
while  the  people  rush  hither  and  yon,  uncertain  which  voice  to 


follow  and  following  each  in  turn,  an  audience  is  capable  of 
reacting  in  the  fashion  related  above  to  the  portrayal  of  its  own 
drama  by  a  foreigner.  Turgenev  said  that  we  do  not  go  from 
bad  to  better  except  through  worse.  We  may  wonder  whether 
Germany's  worse  is  not  better  just  now  than  our  bad,  whether 
a  public  which  can  act  as  this  one  did  is  not  nearer  a  readjust- 
ment to  a  finer  organization  and  appreciation  of  life  than  is 
our  own.  Helena  van  Brugh  de  Kay 


INDEX  for  VOLUME  110 

(January — June,  1920) 
has  been  delayed,  but  it  will  be  ready  for  distribu- 
tion in  a  few  weeks. 

One  copy  will  be  sent  to  each  library  on  our  sub- 
scription list,  but  to  other  subscribers  only  upon  re- 
quest. 
If  you  want  this  index  let  us  know  at  once. 

SUBSCRIPTION    DEPARTMENT 

20  Vesey  Street     The  Nation    New  York,  N.  Y. 


CAPITAL     TODAY 

A  Study  of  Recent  Economic  Development 

By  HERMAN  CAHN 

proves  why  REVOLUTION  is  INEVITABLE,  not  because 
of  the  desires  or  aims  of  any  class,  but  because,  owing  to 
the  failure  of  the  credit  system,  Capitalism  is  becoming 
unable  to  produce  the  necessities  of  life. 

If  you  need  to  be  convinced,  read  this  book  and  compare  Mr.  Cahn's 
analysis  with  the  events   in  the   financial  and  industrial   world  today. 
Cloth,    $2.00   net,   by  insured   mail   $2.15. 

CHARLES  H.  KERR  &  CO.,       347  E.  Ohio  St.,  Chicago 


■ 


AN  INTRODUCTION 
TO  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

By  JOHN  M.  MECKLIN,  Professor  of  Philosophy 
in  the  University  of  Pittsburgh.  A  study  of  the 
social  conscience  in  a  democracy. 

$3.75 ;  by  mail  $3.90 

Professor  Mecklin  is  a  student  rather  than  a  judge; 
he  gives  free  scope  to  all  ethical,  political,  and  economic 
theories,  regardless  of  his  own  individual  viewpoint.  The 
work  should  constitute  an  admirable  textbook;  but  it 
should  also  command  a  wide  audience  outside  of  aca- 
demic circles. 

New  York  Tribune. 

THE  JUNIOR 
HIGH  SCHOOL 

By  LEONARD  V.  KOOS,  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education  in  the  University  of  Minnesota.  A  book 
that  deals  with  the  whole  problem  of  education 
during  the  critical  years  from  ten  to  fifteen. 

$1.36;  by  mail,  $1.45 

It  seems  to  me  to  put  in  compact  and  readable  form 
the  most  complete  and  rational  view  which  has  yet  been 
expressed  on  the  junior  high  school. 

Charles  H.  Judd,  Director  of  the  School  of  Educa- 
tion, the  University  of  Chicago. 

HARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  &&4%S 


International  Relations  Section 


Contents 


BRITISH   LABOR  REPORTS   ON   RUSSIA 53 

BRITISH   LABOR  AND   THE   HUNGARIAN   TERROR 53 

UNDER    CZECH    RULE    54 

HUNGARIAN    METHODS    IN    SLOVAKIA 55 

"A   SCENE   AT   THE    UNIVERSITY"    56 

THE   REAL  WAR  TO   END  WAR 56 


British  Labor  Reports  on  Russia 

THE  following  interim  report  of  the  mission  sent  by 
the  British  Labor  Party  to  investigate  conditions  in 
Soviet  Russia  was  made  public  on  June  12. 

We  have  been  profoundly  impressed  by  the  effects  of  the 
policy  of  intervention  and  blockade  upon  the  Russian  people. 
This  policy  has  been  pursued  by  various  foreign  governments 
since  1918,  and  under  various  forms,  direct  and  indirect,  it 
is  still  being  pursued  today.  It  is  at  the  root  of  the  worst  evils 
which  are  afflicting  Russia  at  the  present  time. 

While  the  stoppage  of  exports  from  Russia  is  injurious  to 
the  world  outside,  the  stoppage  of  imports  is  disastrous  to  the 
interior  economy  of  Russia  herself. 

The  problem  of  food  exceeds  all  others  in  immediate  impor- 
tance. We  are  appalled  by  the  conditions  of  virtual  famine 
under  which  the  whole  urban  population — the  manual  and  the 
intellectual  workers  alike — are  living. 

A  particularly  serious  effect  of  the  blockade  policy  has  been 
the  cutting  off  of  soap  and.  of  medical  supplies.  Epidemics  of 
typhus  fever  and  of  recurrent  fever  have  swept  over  the  whole 
country.  It  is  true  that  a  great  and  efficient  sanitary  organiza- 
tion has  been  created  by  the  Commissariat  of  Public  Health. 
The  movement  on  railway  lines  is  controlled  by  regulation,  and 
the  provision  of  numerous  observation,  diagnosis,  and  disinfec- 
tion stations.  Every  train  in  Siberia  and  European  Russia  has 
to  be  provided  with  a  special  coach  for  the  use  of  suspicious  or 
actual  cases  of  illness.  Large  numbers  of  hospitals  have  been 
created  both  in  Siberia  and  Russia.  A  great  sanitary  propa- 
ganda has  been  carried  out,  through  Soviets  and  trade  unions, 
in  both  towns  and  villages,  and  these  epidemics  are  now  con- 
trolled. In  addition,  compulsory  vaccination  has  been  carried 
out  over  the  whole  area  of  Siberia  and  European  Russia  for 
the  first  time. 

But,  despite  this  organization,  the  fact  that  the  blockade  has 
cut  off  soap  and  disinfectants  has  been  responsible  for  the  loss 
of  thousands  of  lives  by  infectious  diseases. 

Russia  is  a  rich  country  agriculturally,  but  the  peasant  can- 
not supply  food  to  the  town  except  in  exchange  for  manu- 
factured articles.  The  stoppage  of  imports  makes  it  impos- 
sible for  these  articles  to  be  manufactured  in  the  towns,  or 
obtained  as  finished  goods  from  abroad.  The  situation  is  ren- 
dered still  more  disastrous  by  the  partial  breakdown  of  trans- 
port, the  direct  result  of  the  attacks  from  without,  and  the 
fomenting  of  civil  war  on  Russian  territory. 

A  partial  respite  was  allowed  to  Russia  after  the  defeat  of 
the  armies  of  Kolchak,  Denikin,  and  Judenich.  Advantage 
was  immediately  taken  of  this  respite  to  inaugurate  a  great 
effort  towards  economic  reconstruction,  backed  by  a  far-reach- 
ing and  well-conceived  educational  campaign.  The  national 
energy  was  largely  diverted  from  military  operations  to  the 
improvement  of  the  means  of  transport,  the  manufacture  of 
articles  for  peaceful  purposes,  and  the  restoration  of  sanitary 
conditions.  Perhaps  the  worst  disservice  rendered  to  Russia 
by  the  recent  renewal  of  hostilities  on  the  Polish  front  has 
been  the  forcing  back  of  the  Russian  people,  against  their  will, 
from  the  paths  of  peace  into  the  paths  of  war.  We  ourselves 
have  witnessed  scores  of  examples  of  this  baneful  process. 


The  appeal  for  creative  work  is  being  once  more  set  aside 
in  favor  of  the  appeal  to  military  enthusiasm,  while  war  con- 
ditions provide  new  pretexts  for  restricting  individual  liberty 
and  preventing  freedom  of  discussion.  These  conditions  can- 
not be  changed  while  war  continues. 

One  effect  of  the  present  crisis  has  been  to  rally  practically 
all  parties  to  the  support  of  the  Government  for  the  purposes 
of  national  defense — whatever  their  differences  on  questions 
of  internal  politics.  This  demonstrates  the  futility  of  suppos- 
ing that  communist  principles,  whether  they  be  good  or  bad, 
can  be  destroyed  by  hostile  pressure  from  abroad.  Such  pres- 
sure only  increases  the  stability  of  the  Government  so  far  as 
internal  politics  are  concerned. 

In  view  of  the  above  facts,  we  wish  to  register  our  unanimous 
and  whole-hearted  protest  against  the  policy  whose  effects  we 
have  described — a  policy  as  foolish  as  it  is  inhuman.  Russia's 
supreme  needs  are  immediate  peace  and  free  intercourse  with 
the  outside  world.  We  recommend  that  the  entire  British  labor 
movement  should  demand  the  removal  of  the  last  vestige  of 
blockade  and  intervention,  and  the  complete  destruction  of  the 
barrier  which  imperialist  statesmen  have  erected  between  our 
own  people  and  our  brothers  and  sisters  of  Russia. 

As  a  first  step  to  attaining  these  objects,  the  present  Russian 
Government  should  be  unconditionally  recognized.  It  has  shown 
its  stability  by  resisting  for  two  and  a  half  years  the  many 
efforts  made  to  destroy  it.  It  has  repeatedly  shown  its  will  to 
peace.  We  can  ourselves  bear  witness  to  the  fact  that  it  has 
made  vigorous  efforts  to  carry  on  the  work  of  economic  recon- 
struction. 

We  do  not  think  it  necessary  to  deal  in  detail  with  the  argu- 
ment that  the  Russian  Government  cannot  be  recognized  and 
peace  can  never  be  made  with  it  because  some  of  its  actions  are 
disapproved  of  by  other  governments.  In  our  opinion  this  is  a 
question  for  Russia  herself,  and  not  for  any  foreign  govern- 
ment. 


British  Labor  and  the  Hungarian  Terror 

THE  summary  printed  below  of  the  findings  of  the 
British  Labor  Delegation  appointed  to  investigate  the 
White  Terror  in  Hungary  is  taken  from  the  Daily  Telegraph 
(London)  for  June  7. 

The  British  Joint  Labor  Delegation  to  Hungary,  consisting  of 
Colonel  Wedgwood,  M.  P.,  Mr.  F.  W.  Jowett,  Mr.  W.  Harris, 
Mr.  Stuart  Bunning,  and  Mr.  J.  B.  Williams,  controvert  the 
statements  of  British  officers  and  officials  in  that  country,  con- 
tained in  the  recently  published  White  Paper,  that,  while  cer- 
tain elements  of  the  population  had  been  guilty  of  excesses,  no 
"White  Terror"  followed  the  suppression  of  Bela  Kun's  Com- 
munist regime.  In  their  report,  now  issued,  the  delegates  bring 
numerous  charges  against  the  Hungarian  Government  and  mili- 
tary, supported  by  evidence  collected  on  their  tour. 

Confining  their  attention  to  the  more  recent  events,  they 
allege  executions  for  political  offenses  have  been  carried  out  by 
the  military,  that  men  and  women  have  been  tortured  and  ill- 
treated  in  prison,  that  large  numbers  of  persons  have  been 
imprisoned  and  detained  for  long  periods  without  trial,  and 
that  trade  unions  have  been  suppressed  and  their  members 
denied  the  right  to  strike.  They  cite  specific  instances  of  tor- 
ture— for  which  military  officers  are  alleged  to  have  been 
responsible — of  a  peculiarly  revolting  character.  The  following 
is  a  summary  of  the  evidence  on  which,  in  addition  to  the 
specific  cases  given,  the  delegates  have  formed  the  opinion  that 
a  state  of  terror  exists: 

"The  Hungarian  Government  admits  that  there  is  a  rigorous 
censorship  of  newspapers. 

"It    is    admitted    that    the    trade    unions    formed    under    the 


54 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


Karolyi   Government  have  been   suppressed,   and   that  for   the 
present  the  right  of  workmen  to  strike  has  been  taken  away. 

"It  is  admitted  that  over  27,000  informations  have  been  laid 
against  alleged  Communists,  and  that  over  6,000  persons  are 
imprisoned.  This  latter  total  does  not  include  those  interned 
or  in  military  prisons.  Our  own  estimate  of  the  total  is  that, 
taking  the  three  classes  together,  there  are  at  least  12,000 
persons  detained  or  imprisoned.  It  is  admitted  that  many  of 
them  have  been  in  prison  for  months  awaiting  trial,  and  the 
overcrowding  of  the  prisons  may  be  judged  from  the  instance 
of  Szolnok.  We  were  informed  by  the  Governor,  in  response  to 
our  comments  on  the  overcrowding,  that  he  was  helpless,  as  he 
had  350  prisoners  in  a  prison  intended  for  only  50.  We  were 
later  informed  at  the  Ministry  of  Justice  that  the  actual 
number  of  prisoners  at  Szolnok  was  535.  Detailed  allegations 
were  made  to  us  that  the  total  number  of  persons  arrested  and 
detained  of  all  three  classes  was  over  25,000. 

"It  is  admitted  that  there  are,  and  indeed  we  met,  a  large 
number  of  exiles  in  Vienna,  some  of  whom  are  not  Communists, 
and  that  thirty-nine  Communists  have  been  executed  under  the 
authority  of  the  civil  power  since  December  last. 

"It  is  a  fact  that  Lieutenant  Solomon  Kiss  is  now  in  prison 
in  Vienna,  awaiting  trial  on  the  charge  of  kidnapping  four 
Hungarians  in  Austria  and  conveying  them  secretly  to  Hungary, 
where  they  were  killed.  Two  well-substantiated  cases  of  the 
kidnapping  of  subjects  of  countries  other  than  Hungary  exist, 
in  which  no  trace  can  be  found  of  the  victims. 

"It  is  admitted  that  on  April  28  nineteen  men  were  taken  by 
the  military  from  the  prison  at  Szolnok  and  killed  at  Abonyi. 
It  is  significant  that,  despite>the  official  admission,  two  persons 
to  whom  we  were  directed  as  having  knowledge  of  the  affair 
simply  declined  to  speak.  It  was  suggested  that  we  should  visit 
Hajmasker,  the  internment  camp,  but  we  were  informed  that 
after  the  Italians  visited  the  camp  prisoners  who  ventured  to 
complain  to  them  were  most  brutally  beaten.  As  a  consequence 
we  did  not  feel  justified  in  visiting  Hajmasker." 

In  view  of  the  evidence  supplied  to  them  the  delegates  believe 
that  there  is  a  "Terror"  in  Hungary,  that  the  Hungarian  Gov- 
ernment is  unable  to  control  it,  and  that  many  of  its  own  acts 
are  of  so  rigorous  a  character  as  to  merit  the  name  of  "Terror." 
They  are  at  a  loss  to  understand  the  statement  of  the  British 
High  Commissioner  on  February  21  last  "that  while  . 
there  are,  no  doubt,  ill  deeds  done,  there  is  nothing  in  the  nature 
of  a  Terror." 

It  is  against  a  force  called  the  gendarme  reserve,  which  is 
very  generally  known  as  the  Brachial-Gewalt,  that  the  most 
specific  and  detailed  charges  of  atrocity  are  now  made.  This 
force  was  first  formed  of  officers  mainly,  with  a  certain  number 
of  non-commissioned  officers.  It  was  admitted  that  although  it 
made  raids  and  arrested  and  examined  persons  charged  with 
Communist  offenses,  which  should  be  dealt  with  under  civil  law, 
it  was  in  no  sense  subservient  to  the  Ministry  of  Justice,  but  to 
the  Minister  for  War.  Regular  officers  are  said  to  work  with 
the  Brachial-Gewalt,  and  the  names  of  the  chief  perpetrators 
of  alleged  outrages  are  Hejjas,  Pronay,  Ostenburg,  Salm,  and 
Bibo.  When  certain  of  these  officers  were  referred  to  by  name 
at  the  delegates'  interview  with  the  Governor,  his  reply  was 
that  they  were  his  best  officers. 

Nothing  related  above  can  in  the  delegates'  opinion  justify 
or  excuse  what  is  going  on  in  Hungary.  They  were  assured  by 
ministers  that  outrages  were  becoming  fewer,  and  that  the 
Government  was  getting  control  of  the  situation.  They  are  not 
satisfied  that  this  is  actually  the  case.  They  record  their 
opinion  that  the  Terror  is  not  anti-Semite  in  its  origin,  but 
anti-Communistic.  That  the  majority  of  victims  are  Jews  is 
perfectly  true.  This  arises  partly  from  the  prominent  part  the 
Jews  took  in  the  Commune  and  partly  from  the  fact  that  they 
are  accused  of  profiteering.  The  delegates  do  not  think  that 
either  the  Governor  or  the  Government  by  themselves  are  strong 
enough  to  put  matters  right.     They  do  not  accuse  them  of  com- 


plicity in  the  outrages.  Referring  to  the  statement  of  Admiral 
Troubridge — published  in  the  White  Paper — that  "life  is  as 
secure  here  as  in  England,"  the  delegates  remark  that  they  are 
at  a  loss  to  know  why  the  Admiral  penned  this  sentence. 

"The  statements  made  to  us  by  Government  officials  are  that 
things  are  much  better  now  than  in  February,  when  the  letter 
was  written,  and  so  much  that  is  bad  is  occurring  now  that  the 
statement  of  Admiral  Troubridge  appears  wholly  unjustified. 
It  is  a  matter  for  regret  that  the  issuing  of  the  White  Paper 
containing  the  views  and  opinions  of  British  representatives 
should  have  created  an  impression  that  the  British  Government 
is  supporting  a  policy  of  oppression  of  political,  industrial,  and 
religious  freedom. 

"When  discussing  with  the  British  High  Commissioner  the 
outrages  committed  by  Hejjas,  Pronay,  Bibo,  and  other  officers 
he  said  that  the  Hungarian  Government  could  not  be  held 
responsible,  as  he  understood  the  officers  and  those  under  them 
had  been  demobilized,  and  committed  the  outrages  as  irregular 
bands  under  no  control.  Later  in  the  day  we  were  informed 
by  the  Prime  Minister  and  the  Governor  that  the  officers  named 
were  still  in  the  army  paid  by  the  Government,  and  were  the 
best  soldiers.  As  the  status  of  persons  accused  of  outrages  is 
an  important  point  we  think  that  the  lack  of  knowledge  dis- 
played by  the  High  Commissioner  two  months  after  the  issue  of 
the  White  Paper  seriously  discredits  the  information  and  con- 
clusions contained  therein." 

It  is  contended  that  the  Supreme  Council  has  a  special  duty 
to  the  Hungarian  people  as  well  as  a  sufficient  justification  for 
intervening  in  the  internal  affairs  of  Hungary,  and  that  the 
British  Government  are  more  particularly  responsible  for  the 
condition  of  the  people,  because  it  was  Sir  Thomas  Cunningham 
who  drew  up,  with  Herr  Boehm,  the  terms  of  surrender  of  the 
Commune.  The  Communists,  the  delegates  add,  carried  out 
their  part  of  the  bargain,  and  they  think  that  the  British  Gov-. 
ernment  are  bound  to  honor  the  bargain  of  their  representative* 
and  to  take  immediate  steps  to  stop  persecution. 


Under  Czech  Rule 

THE  effect  of  the  partition  of  Hungary  and  of  the  gov- 
ernmental methods  employed  by  the  Bohemians,  or 
Czechs,  in  Northern  Hungary  which  has  been  allotted  to 
them  by  the  Peace  Conference  is  described  in  the  statement 
of  Mr.  Michael  Gyalay  taken  from  the  Budapesti  Hirlap. 
Mr.  Gyalay  was  the  editor  of  a  Hungarian  paper  in  Mun- 
kacs  which,  together  with  the  other  Hungarian  city  men- 
tioned in  the  statement,  Ungvar,  is  now  under  Czech  rule. 

Thousands  of  Hungarians  [in  Czecho-Slovakia]  are  suffer- 
ing under  the  weight  of  the  most  cruel  brutality.  Emaciated 
to  the  bones  from  hunger  and  cold,  covered  with  vermin,  com- 
pletely shut  off  from  light  and  fresh  air,  I  had  spent  four  and 
a  half  months  in  Czech  prisons  on  a  trumped-up  political  charge, 
simply  because  I  was  born  a  Hungarian  and  could  not  renounce 
my  race  and  country  even  after  inhuman  tortures. 

It  was  in  November  last  that  the  military  police  of  Munkacs 
arrested  me  on  the  charge  of  espionage  and  Hungarian  agita- 
tion. In  the  potato  cellar  which  was  to  be  my  prison  the  bitter 
cold  penetrated  to  my  bones.    .    .    . 

In  the  middle  of  December  I  was  chained  with  a  heavy  wheel 
chain  to  one  Bela  Charles  Kiss,  also  accused  of  espionage  and 
Hungarian  agitation,  and  was  transported  from  Munkacs  to 
the  military  court  at  Ungvar,  where  I  was  imprisoned  until  the 
end  of  February. 

The  prison  was  filled  with  people  of  all  kinds  and  conditions. 
Most  of  them  were  Slovak  and  Ruthenian  military  deserters 
(or  their  relatives  taken  as  hostages  for  them)  and  Hungarian 
political  prisoners.  Mixed  with  them  indiscriminately  were 
thieves,   robbers,    and   murderers.      The    Communists    were    set 


July  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


55 


free  in  great  numbers  just  about  that  time,  but  by  accident  I 
met  there  Arpad  Horovitz,  the  former  Communist  leader  of 
Munkacs,  who  wanted  to  hang  me  when  the  counter-revolution 
broke  out  in  that  city. 

How  did  the  court  work?  The  newly  arrived  prisoner,  if  very 
lucky,  got  his  first  hearing  after  a  week  or  so.  After  that,  no 
matter  on  what  ground  he  asked  to  be  heard,  his  request  was 
refused  for  weeks  by  the  warden  or  the  turnkeys.  Thus  it  was 
impossible  for  him  to  get  into  touch  with  the  investigating 
judge  and  to  see  him  about  his  case.  However,  he  could  quickly 
get  relief  in  this  regard  if  he  had  plenty  of  money,  for  the 
whole  court — from  the  turnkeys  to  the  chief  of  the  prosecuting 
attorneys — was  a  gang  of  bribe-takers.  The  agents  of  the 
judges  and  attorneys  in  this  business  were  the  turnkeys  who 
told  the  wealthy  prisoners  for  how  much  they  could  purchase 
their  freedom.  The  willingness  of  the  court  to  be  bribed  was 
a  matter  of  common  knowledge. 

Thus  it  was  that  Berczi,  the  sergeant  of  gendarmes  of  Nagy 
Lucska,  and  sixteen  of  his  comrades,  arrested  for  crossing  the 
line  of  demarcation  without  a  permit,  were  freed  for  1,000 
crowns  apiece.  Lieutenant  Zoltan  Hazay,  son  of  the  Presby- 
terian minister  at  Perbenyik,  was  arrested  when  he  was  about 
to  reenter  Hungarian  territory.  They  found  a  revolver,  maps, 
military  certificates,  and  notes  on  him,  viz.,  there  was  some 
ground  for  the  suspicion  of  espionage;  yet  the  Czech  major  let 
him  go  free  at  once — without  his  money.   .    .    . 

How  little  they  care  for  law  and  justice  may  be  seen  from 
the  following  cases: 

One  Arnold  Klein  of  Miskolc  tried  to  go  to  his  native  village, 
Remete  Vasgyar,  in  Ung  County,  which  is  now  Czecho-Slovak 
occupied  territory,  to  arrange  some  family  affairs.  Although 
he  had  all  the  permits  and  papers  necessary  for  such  a  jour- 
ney, he  was  arrested  on  the  customary  charges.  But  the  court 
dismissed  the  case  and  even  allowed  him  his  expenses  for  the 
seven  weeks  he  had  been  held  in  jail.  Still  he  was  not  re- 
leased. After  eight  days,  having  bribed  the  turnkey,  he  was 
taken  before  Major  Rousek,  president  of  the  court,  who,  on 
seeing  him,  exclaimed  with  surprise:  "You  are  still  here?"  The 
major  looked  up  the  record  and  found  that,  in  the  absence  of 
an  appeal  by  the  prosecuting  attorney,  the  judgment  of  the 
court  was  effective  and  the  man  should  have  been  set  free. 
Klein  was  then  taken  to  Major  Poppler,  the  prosecutor,  who 
had  him  thrown  out  of  his  office  and  gave  orders  not  to  bring 
him  before  him  again.  A  few  days  later  Major  Poppler  ordered 
him  taken  to  the  police  to  be  transported  to  Illava  [a  peniten- 
tiary for  murderers].  And  all  this  happened  to  Arnold  Klein 
for  no  other  reason  than  that,  being  a  native  of  Ung  County, 
he  called  himself  a  Hungarian  and  said  he  could  not  speak 
Slovak.    .    .    . 

Ladislaus  Gazdag,  a  former  ensign  in  the  Austro-Hungarian 
army,  returned  from  Rumanian  captivity  to  his  home  in  Ladmoc. 
He  was  arrested,  and  has  been  in  prison  two  months  without 
a  hearing.   .   .   . 

Theodore  Szatala,  township  clerk  of  Horlyo,  has  been  in  jail 
since  November  under  suspicion  of  being  a  Hungarian  agitator. 
He  became  insane  in  prison. 

A  high  school  pupil  named  Vozary  (son  of  the  postmistress 
of  Kis  Almas)  has  also  been  in  since  November  for  the  alleged 
childish  remark  that  "with  a  hundred  Hungarians  he  could 
drive  the  Czechs  out  of  the  country."  This  was  reported  by 
another  boy,  and  Vozary  was  arrested  on  the  strength  of  this 
report. 

Sentence  is  generally  pronounced  without  the  accused  being 
present,  who  learns  only  from  the  turnkey  that  he  will  be  sent 
to  Illava  or  Spielberg  [an  old  Moravian  fortress  of  dread  re- 
pute], and  for  how  long  a  term.  The  "Council  of  Three" 
sentenced  me  also  in  my  absence. 

The  jail  in  which  political  prisoners  were  put  together  with 
common  criminals  was  not  heated.  In  sheer  desperation  during 
the  severe  winter  we  burned  up  three  boards  of  a  wooden  bench. 


In  punishment  the  remainder  of  the  bench  was  taken  away,  and 
we  had  to  fast  every  other  day  for  ten  days.  The  prisoners  held 
on  suspicion  got  the  same  prison  fare  as  the  convicts,  with  only 
eighteen  decagrams  of  bread  a  day.  The  prisons  are  never 
scrubbed  and  are  full  of  vermin.  The  prisoners  are  never  taken 
for  a  walk  or  airing;  for  months  they  cannot  see  the  sun. 
Hygiene  is  something  unknown.  You  may  report  for  medical 
examination  any  day,  but  the  physician  does  not  put  in  an  ap- 
pearance every  day.  When  he  does,  he  keeps  at  a  safe  distance 
from  the  vermin-covered  prisoner,  and  if  he  cannot  fail  to  see 
that  the  prisoner  is  very  ill,  he  prescribes  aspirin  and  a  heated 
room.     Of  course  the  prisoner  gets  neither.    .    .    . 

In  February  my  condition  became  so  bad  that  even  the 
turnkeys  took  pity  on  me  and  spoke  to  the  physician  in  my 
behalf.  Making  an  exception  this  time  the  latter  examined  me 
and  found  that  I  was  suffering  from  catarrh  of  both  apices  of 
the  lungs;  remaining  in  prison  endangered  my  life.  He  ordered 
this  reported  to  the  court,  and  prescribed  aspirin  and  a  heated 
room,  which  I  did  not  get.  However,  by  bribing  the  turnkeys 
we  managed  to  obtain  some  wood  and  could  keep  a  fire  going 
for  a  time,  whereupon  they  quartered  with  us  two  murderers 
afflicted  with  a  loathsome  blood  disease,  whom  the  major  did 
not  permit  to  be  sent  back  to  the  hospital  because  they  had  run 
away  from  there.  We  had  to  share  our  drinking  cup  and  wash 
basin  with  them. 

This  is  how  the  Czechs,  who  call  themselves  a  civilized  nation, 
treat  innocent  people.  I  offer  thanks  to  the  Almighty  for  having 
helped  me  in  escaping  the  fate  that  was  intended  for  me — the 
casemates  of  Spielberg. 


Hungarian  Methods  in  Slovakia 

THE  following  document,  shedding  light  on  the  irre- 
dentist activities  carried  on  by  the  dominant  militarist 
groups  of  Hungary,  was  published  in  Az  Ember,  organ  of 
the  Hungarian  refugees  in  Vienna,  in  the  issue  of  June  13. 
Dr.  Ilosvay,  president  of  the  Irridenta  Association,  is  a 
Hungarian  scientist  and  former  Secretary  of  State. 

Affidavit  taken  at  Losonc  (Slovakia),  on  May  30,  1920,  in 
the  office  of  the  secretary  of  the  Social  Democratic  Party,  in  the 
presence  of  the  undersigned. 

Alexander  Filler,  student,  at  present  residing  at  4  Kisber 
Street,  Losonc,  appears  and  makes  the  following  deposition,  ex- 
plaining that  in  doing  so  he  is  free  from  any  compulsion  or 
persuasion : 

Dr.  Louis  Ilosvay,  of  Budapest,  managing  president  of  the 
Hungarian  Irredenta  Association,  enrolled  me  in  the  member- 
ship of  the  organization  on  May  14,  1920,  on  the  strength  of  an 
introduction  from  Mr.  Ferdinand  Urmanczy,  late  member  of 
Parliament.  My  oath  was  taken,  and  subsequently,  on  May  20, 
the  managing  president,  in  his  office  at  4  Esterhazy  Street,  gave 
me  the  commission  to  kill,  by  poison,  Mr.  Srobar,  the  Czecho- 
slovak Minister  [and  governor  of  Slovakia]  at  Bratislava,  and  in 
case  of  success  to  do  away  in  a  similar  manner  with  Dr.  Bazov- 
szky,  former  zupan  (county  governor)  at  Losonc.  In  case  of 
failure  it  was  made  my  duty  to  commit  suicide,  in  order  to  frus- 
trate investigation.  I  was  to  commit  suicide,  also,  in  case  of 
arrest  following  upon  successful  execution  of  my  errand.  For 
the  purpose  of  suicide  I  was  equipped  with  a  hypodermic  needle 
to  be  filled  with  curarine  poison. 

I  was  also  given  a  phial  containing  one  grain  of  curarine,  a 
flavorless,  odorless,  colorless,  and  hygroscopic  poison  which, 
according  to  the  statement  of  the  president,  cannot  be  detected 
in  the  human  organism;  also  with  three  hypodermic  needles 
(one  of  them  was  charged,  which  I  did  not  know)  and  with 
three  bottles  containing  a  colorless  liquid  which,  if  exposed  to 
air,  develops  a  whiteish  fume.  It  has  a  sulphuric  odor  and 
ignites    when    poured    on    inflammable   material    (paper,    wood, 


56 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2871 


etc.)-  I  also  received  a  free  pass,  second  class,  good  on  all 
Hungarian  railroads,  made  out  for  the  Hungarian  Defense 
League,  and  4,500  kronen  in  Magyar  currency. 

I  wish  to  add  that  the  Irredenta  Association  maintains  its 
office  on  the  premises  of  the  Defense  League  and  conducts  busi- 
ness under  the  label  of  the  latter  organization. 

In  regard  to  the  inflammable  liquid  received  I  was  instructed 
to  set  on  fire  military  buildings,  depots,  barracks,  powder 
towers,  etc.,  in  Slovakia. 

I  am  attaching  hereto  the  poisonous  and  inflammable  ma- 
terials received,  together  with  the  railroad  pass. 

I  have  indirect  knowledge  of  similar  commissions  being  given 
to  a  number  of  other  men,  who  were  instructed  to  carry  out 
their  orders  after  the  peace  treaty  had  been  signed.  Of  this, 
and  also  of  other  plots  directed  against  the  integrity,  safety, 
and  peace  of  the  Czecho-Slovak  state,  I  shall  before  long  submit 
an  extensive  memorandum. 

I  wish  to  mention  that  I  was  promised  a  sum  of  30,000 
kronen  each  for  the  murder  of  Srobar  and  Bazovszky,  and 
10,000  kronen  for  each  military  building  set  on  fire. 

I  have  nothing  else  to  state  concerning  my  own  person. 

Date  as  above. 

Signed:  Alexander  Filler,   (student) 

Before  us  as  witnesses: 

Dr.  Aladar  Lacker 
Dr.  Alexander  Herz 

Bela   Benko,   Secretary   of  the    Social   Democratic 
Party. 


"A  Scene  at  the  University'1 

THE  following  sketch  which  graphically  indicates  the 
present  situation  in  Hungary  appeared  in  the  Pester 
Lloyd  (Budapest),  with  the  annotation  at  the  end  that  the 
incident  described  is  not  fiction  but  an  actual  occurrence. 

Place:  a  corridor  in  the  main  building  of  the  University  of 
Budapest. 

Time:  last  week. 

Persons:  a  Student,  a  Professor. 

The  Student  is  thin  and  pale,  in  civilian  clothes  but  with  the 
large  golden  Medal  for  Gallantry  on  his  coat.  He  limps  and 
drags  himself  painfully  along. 

The  Professor  is  a  celebrity  and  an  ornament  of  Hungarian 
scholarship,  descendant  of  an  old  Hungarian  noble  family, 
highly  respected  throughout  the  country.  He  casts  a  sympa- 
thetic glance  upon  the  student  but  suddenly  a  gentle  smile 
lights  up  his  face  as  he  recognizes  the  young  man. 

The  Professor:  Oh,  it  is  you,  my  dear  X.  I  haven't  seen  you 
for  an  eternity.    You  seem  to  be  lame,  are  you  suffering? 

The  Student  (embarrassed)  :  It  is  nothing,  sir.  I  am  still 
a  little  weak  but  it  will  be  all  right.  (Lifts  his  hat  and  is  about 
to  go  on.) 

The  Professor  (looking  at  the  student's  right  leg)  :  What 
is  the  trouble  with  your  right  leg? 

The  Student  (with  increasing  embarrassment)  :  Nothing, 
nothing,  really;  an  artificial  leg. 

The  Professor:  The  war? 

The  Student:  Yes,  the  war — amputated. 

The  Professor  (noticing  that  the  student  also  drags  his  left 
leg  painfully)  :  And  your  left? 

The  Student  (reddening)  :  Nothing,  really  nothing,  sir.  A 
wound — machine  gun  fire. 

The  Professor:  In  the  war,  too? 

The  Student:  No,  not  that  one. 

The  Professor:  How,  then? 

The  Student  (much  embarrassed)  :  Nothing  worth  talking  of. 
At  home,  in  our  town — you  know,  sir,  in  the  Bolshevist  time — 
there  was  a  counter  revolution.  And  I  was  there,  of  course, 
with  my  White  friends.     But  the  wounds  are  already  healed. 


And  the  doctors  say  that  the  leg  will  soon  be  as  good  as  ever. 

The  Professor  (pressing  his  hand  with  warmth  and  sym- 
pathy) :  Poor  lad!  Brave  fellow,  brave  fellow.  And  what  are 
you  doing  at  the  University  now? 

The  Student:  I  lost  seven  semesters  through  the  war.  I 
wanted  to  return.     I  wanted  to 

The  Professor:   And? 

The  Student:  And  I  couldn't.  The  Brachial-Gewalt  [guards] 
— quite  young  fellows — hale  and  hearty — they  don't  allow  it.  I 
am  a  Jew. 

The  Professor's  eyes  are  wet,  he  turns  pale,  he  reaches  again 
for  the  student's  hand,  presses  it  long  and  warmly,  opens  his 
lips  to  speak.  At  last  without  speaking  he  embraces  the  student. 
Then  he  breaks  away  and  hurries  off. 

The  Student  quietly  limps  off. 

The  Professor  hurries  down  the  stairs,  beckons  to  a  passing 
cab  and  has  himself  driven  home.  At  home  he  flings  himself 
into  his  study  much  upset.  His  children  hurry  after  him, 
anxious  to  know  what  is  the  matter.  The  Professor  motions  to 
them  to  go  out,  and  they  leave  the  room.  He  sits  down  to  his 
writing  table,  seizes  his  pen,  then  throws  it  down.  He  lays  his 
head  down  on  his  hands  and  thinks  for  a  while.  Then  he  cries 
out  desperately: 

"I  cannot  bear  it  any  longer!  I  cannot  bear  it  any  longer! 
Such  a  shame,  such  a  frightful  shame!"  (He  seizes  his  pen 
again  and  writes  to  the  Minister  presenting  his  resignation.) 


The  Real  War  to  End  War 

THE  International  Congress  of  Ex-Soldiers,  held  at 
Geneva,  Switzerland,  in  May,  and  attended  by  repre- 
sentatives of  ex-soldiers'  organizations  of  France,  Ger- 
many, Alsace,  Italy,  England,  and  Switzerland,  adopted- the 
following  "pact"  as  its  charter.  Henri  Barbusse  was  chair- 
man of  the  congress  and  delivered  the  chief  address  at  the 
opening  session. 

The  International  Congress  of  Ex-Soldiers  considers: 

(1)  That  war  is  an  inevitable  consequence  of  the  capitalist 
regime ; 

(2)  That  real  and  effective  combat  against  war  must  reach 
its  cause,  the  capitalist  regime; 

Consequently,  it  considers  it  the  duty  of  the  former  soldiers 
to  undertake  a  general  war  against  war  in  accord  with  the 
Socialist  and  labor  organizations  which  are  fighting  the  same 
battle.  Nevertheless,  in  this  general  struggle  against  capital- 
ism, in  which  they  must  unremittingly  play  their  part,  the  ex- 
soldiers  have  a  special  role  and  function. 

The  ex-soldiers  agree: 

(a)  To  conduct  an  intensive  pacifist  and  anti-militarist  propa- 
ganda to  create  an  anti-war  spirit  in  the  masses  in  every  coun- 
try, particularly  among  the  women,  the  youth,  and  the  children ; 

(b)  Not  to  help  the  "League  of  Nations"  which  cannot  attain 
their  ends  and  which  they  condemn  as  they  condemn  similar 
bourgeois  institutions  established  to  guarantee  the  conquests  of 
the  imperialists  as  opposed  to  the  working  classes; 

(c)  That  inasmuch  as  war  is  a  collective  action  which  indi- 
vidual action  cannot  meet,  they  render  homage  to  a  refusal  to 
bear  arms  as  an  active  and  worthy  form  of  propaganda,  but 
the  International  Congress  of  Ex-Soldiers  considers  that  the 
individual  attitude  to  be  taken  at  the  moment  of  mobilization 
must  be  left  to  the  consciences  of  its  members; 

(d)  That  they  regard  any  mobilization,  nevertheless,  as  ulti- 
mately an  attack  upon  the  working  class  of  the  world,  always 
defeated  in  every  armed  conflict; 

(e)  That  they  do  not  intend  to  substitute  themselves  at  such 
a  moment  for  the  working  class  organizations  to  provoke  the 
general  strike,  forerunner  of  the  revolution  and  of  the  con- 
quest of  political  power  by  the  working  class. 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  JULY  17,  1920 


No.  2872 


Contents 

EDITORIAL   PARAGRAPHS    57 

EDITORIALS: 

Europe's   Old  Doctors   and  New 60 

Labor  and  the  Party  Platforms 61 

A   New    Spanish    Hero 61 

Politics  on  the  Cobb 62 

The    Happy    Ending 63 

THE  CONQUEST  OF  SANTO  DOMINGO.     By  Lewis   S.   Gannett 64 

THE   TRAGEDY   THAT   IS   POLAND.     By   Benjamin   Ginzburg 65 

MANITOBA'S    STARTLING   ELECTION.     By   A.    Vernon   Thomas 66 

COX— A   PROVINCIAL   FOR    PRESIDENT.      By   Ludwig   Lewisohn 68 

ANOTHER  CONVENTION— THE   DEMOCRATIC.     By   Robert  Hale 69 

IN   THE   DRIFTWAY.     By   The  Drifter 70 

CORRESPONDENCE     71 

COCOONS.     By    Karle   Wilson    Baker '. 72 

BOOKS: 

What  Every  Newspaper  Man  Knows.     By  Ernest  H.   Gruening 72 

National  Guilds  and  the  State.     By  George  Soule 73 

The  Turks  in  Europe.     By  Helen  Byrne  Armstrong 73 

Creation   and   Analysis.     By    Ludwig   Lewisohn 74 

Musical   Miscellanies.      By    Henrietta   Straus 75 

BOOKS    IN    BRIEF     76 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  SECTION    78 

OSWALD   GARRISON   VILLARD,   Editor 

Associate   Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  ARTHUR  GLEASON 

LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress :  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford  St.,   London. 

NO  clearer  proof  of  the  utter  meaninglessness  of  major 
party  distinctions  in  this  country  is  needed  than  that 
supplied  in  a  single  day's  news  by  the  announcement  of  the 
wholehearted  support  in  the  coming  campaign  by  Senators 
Johnson  and  Reed  of  the  Republican  and  Democratic  parties, 
respectively.  The  League  is  universally  accepted  by  both 
Democratic  and  Republican  partisans  as  the  one  issue  which 
differentiates  the  two  platforms.  In  the  primary  campaign 
Mr.  Hoover  allowed  himself  to  be  drawn  from  his  policy 
of  political  non-participation  in  but  one  instance — Cali- 
fornia— where  he  felt  it  imperative  to  challenge  Senator 
Johnson's  attitude  on  the  League.  After  the  convention 
Mr.  Hoover  promptly  discovered  that  the  platform  was  to 
his  liking,  and  now  Senator  Johnson  finds  that  it  is  "the 
only  choice  left  those  who  believe  in  safeguarding,  protect- 
ing, and  preserving  Americanism."  Meanwhile  Senator 
Reed's  warm  indorsement  of  the  Democratic  ticket  recalls 
the  fact  that  in  Congress  his  stand  against  the  League  and 
on  "Americanism"  more  nearly  paralleled  Johnson's  than 
that  of  any  other  Senator.  It  would  be  difficult  to  find  a 
better  illustration  of  the  political  buncombe  which  is  offered 
American  voters  in  their  "choice"  of  parties  and  issues  in 
the  coming  campaign. 

"r  |l  HE  crime  of  all  the  ages  has  accomplished  nothing 
X     save  the  wreckage   of  a   smiling  world" — in   these 
prophetic  words  wrote  George  F.  Burba,  editor  of  the  Day- 
ton News,  on  December  13,  1916.     These  and  other  senti- 


ments written  before  we  went  into  the  war  are  now  quoted 
by  the  Republican  press  in  the  first  of  the  attacks  upon 
Governor  Cox  in  what  Senator  Harding  declared  was  to  be 
a  campaign  of  principles  and  not  of  personalities.  Nat- 
urally, Governor  Cox  "points  with  pride"  to  his  war  record 
as  his  defense,  and  makes  it  clear  that  he  did  not  write  in 
1915  the  sentiment  that  "victory  by  Germany  was  not  the 
worst  thing  that  could  happen."  It  is  really  to  laugh,  for 
plainly  the  silly  season  is  upon  us.  For  ourselves,  we  think 
it  is  time  to  let  the  dead  past  bury  its  dead,  so  far  as  the 
beliefs  of  Governor  Cox's  journalistic  employees  are  con- 
cerned, and  to  set  up  a  statute  of  limitations  on  this  sort 
of  thing.  The  war  is  over,  and  some  day  we  must  realize 
it  and  act  on  the  fact.  But  it  is  delightfully  amusing  to 
find  the  New  York  Times  minimizing  what  in  a  liberal  or 
Socialist  newspaper  it  would  call  high  treason,  and  to  find 
Governor  Cox  "visibly  perturbed"  and  the  preachers  of  war 
hatreds  in  full  cry.  This  early  discord  in  the  very  temple 
of  the  preservers  of  our  liberties  and  changeless  institutions 
is  a  sight  for  gods  and  men. 

THE  Democratic  Convention  did  well  to  nominate  Frank- 
lin D.  Roosevelt,  former  Assistant  Secretary  of  the 
Navy,  for  the  Vice-Presidency,  for  a  finer  type  is  not  to  be 
found  in  our  public  life.  Only  thirty-eight  years  of  age, 
Mr.  Roosevelt  has  already  had  a  dozen  years  of  experience 
of  public  affairs  and  has  served  well  wherever  placed.  We 
strongly  suspect  that  when  the  truth  about  Mr.  Daniels's 
conduct  of  the  Navy  Department,  particularly  during  the 
war,  comes  to  be  set  forth,  it  will  be  found  that  most  of  the 
good  things  done  are  to  be  attributed  to  Mr.  Roosevelt.  Mr. 
Daniels  is,  among  other  things,  a  weak  and  procrastinating 
executive,  and  he  has  been  fortunate  indeed  in  having  so 
vigorous  and  tactful  a  subordinate  to  drive  things  through. 
In  New  York  State  politics  Mr.  Roosevelt  has  stood  for  the 
best.  As  State  Senator  he  made  an  enviable  record,  and 
deserves  to  be  remembered  particularly  for  his  stubborn 
fight  in  1911  against  the  nomination  of  the  notorious  "Blue- 
eyed  Billy"  Sheehan  whom  Tammany  and  the  "up-State" 
Democratic  machine  sought  to  send  to  the  Senate  to  do  the 
will  of  the  big  corporations.  For  the  resulting  compromise, 
the  election  of  James  A.  O'Gorman,  Mr.  Roosevelt  deserved 
the  chief  credit.  A  man  of  attractive  personality,  he  is  of  a 
distinctly  finer  quality  and  truer  independence  than  his  dis- 
tinguished cousin,  Theodore  Roosevelt,  whose  career  he  is 
so  curiously  paralleling  as  to  give  Governor  Cox's  friends 
ground  for  alarm  if  the  Governor  should  be  elected.  From 
The  Nation's  point  of  view  there  is  but  one  criticism  to  be 
made  of  Mr.  Roosevelt;  he  is  an  ardent  big-navy  man  and 
therefore  an  imperialist,  and  he  has  never  opened  his  mouth 
to  protest  against  the  wrongs  which  are  being  committed 
by  navy  men  in  Haiti  and  San  Domingo  in  the  American 
name.  But  he  is  at  least  the  kind  of  man  who  cannot  sym- 
pathize with  the  persecution  of  people  for  their  opinions 
which  has  been  going  on  in  this  country  since  we  stooped  to 
enter  the  "market-place  of  war."  He  is  at  bottom  inclined 
to  the  old  American  liberalism. 


58 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


THE  decision  of  the  Spa  conference  regarding  repara- 
tions and  indemnities  had  not  been  made  at  the  time 
when  this  issue  of  The  Nation  went  to  press.  The  Allied 
representatives,  however,  were  reported  to  be  willing  to 
consider  a  more  reasonable  figure  than  the  one  which  they 
had  talked  about  at  Boulogne  as  the  amount  of  the  indem- 
nity. They  were  led  to  this  conclusion,  apparently,  by  an 
examination  of  the  statistics  submitted  by  the  German 
representatives,  showing  the  economic  state  and  prospects 
of  Germany ;  by  the  sensible  argument  that  Germany  could 
not  determine  how  much  it  could  pay  until  it  knew  whether 
or  not  it  was  to  have  Upper  Silesia  with  its  coal  fields ;  and 
by  the  pretty  clear  intimation  that  no  such  sum  as  had  been 
named  at  Boulogne  would  even  be  considered.  In  other 
words,  it  seems  to  have  been  made  clear  to  the  Allies  that 
they  had  somewhat  overreached  themselves,  that  the  Ger- 
man statistics  were  better  than  theirs,  and  that  if  the  ques- 
tion of  indemnity  was  to  be  settled  at  all  the  Allies  must 
modify  their  demands.  On  the  other  hand,  the  German 
proposal  that  a  fixed  sum,  to  be  paid  in  thirty  annual  instal- 
ments without  interest,  credit  to  be  given  for  payments  in 
commodities  as  well  as  for  those  in  money,  afforded  a  new 
basis  for  discussion.  The  settlement  of  the  coal  ques- 
tion had  progressed  no  further  than  a  protestation  by 
Germany  that  it  could  not  possibly  deliver  all  the  coal  which 
the  Treaty  of  Versailles  called  for  without  impairing  its 
ability  to  pay  indemnities,  and  a  declaration  by  M.  Millerand 
that  the  requirements  of  the  treaty  in  the  matter  of  coal 
could  not  be  waived. 

FOR  the  rest,  the  honors  of  the  Spa  conference — if  one 
may  speak  of  honors  when  Mr.  Lloyd  George  acted  the 
part  of  a  bully  and  two  or  three  swaggering  German  repre- 
sentatives talked  as  though  Germany,  and  not  the  Allies, 
had  won  the  war — were  about  equally  divided.  The  German 
spokesmen  were  forced  to  admit  that  Germany  had  made  no 
really  serious  effort  to  disarm,  and  were  properly  compelled 
to  sign  an  agreement  under  which  the  Sich&rheitswehr  and 
Einwohnerwehr  are  to  be  dissolved,  concealed  arms  to  be 
given  up,  the  Reichswehr  transformed  into  a  regular  army 
in  accordance  with  the  treaty,  and  the  other  military  pro- 
visions of  the  treaty,  including  those  relating  to  aviation, 
complied  with.  They  obtained,  however,  a  six  months'  ex- 
tension of  time  for  the  reduction  of  effectives,  although  the 
number  of  such  effectives  is  not  to  exceed  150,000  on  Oc- 
tober 1.  If  the  fulfilment  of  these  terms  is  evaded,  the 
Allies  "will  proceed  to  further  occupation  of  German  terri- 
tory, whether  in  the  Ruhr  or  elsewhere,  and  will  continue 
to  occupy  it  until  the  terms  are  wholly  complied  with."  The 
Allies,  in  other  words,  back  down  from  the  position  in  which 
Mr.  Lloyd  George  truculently  placed  them  at  the  opening 
of  the  conference,  Germany  gets  six  months'  leeway,  and 
France  may  not  be  able  to  take  the  law  into  its  own  hands 
again  as  it  did  at  Frankfort.  As  to  the  war  criminals,  the 
Allies  will  present  further  testimony  and  the  Leipzig  court 
will  consider  it.  Dr.  Simons,  the  German  Foreign  Minister, 
proved  himself  rather  more  than  a  match  for  Mr.  Lloyd 
George  in  debate,  keeping  his  temper  and  his  manners  in 
the  face  of  the  bullying  tactics  of  the  British  Premier.  Even 
M.  Millerand  felt  compelled  to  declare  that  "we  are  not 
here  to  chastise  Germany,"  that  "the  Allies  are  all  agreed 
that  Germany  is  a  necessary  and  useful  member  of  the 
European  family,"  and  that  "our  desire  is  to  help  her  re- 
cover if  she  is  prepared  to  execute  her  obligations." 


THE  Department  of  State  is  entitled  to  extremely  little 
credit,  and  is  likely  to  receive  no  more  than  it  is  en- 
titled to,  for  its  eleventh-hour  action  in  permitting  trade 
with  Russia.  After  a  whole  cyclopaedia  of  facts  demon- 
strating the  gross  partisanship,  the  evasions,  the  untruth- 
fulness, and  the  ignorance  of  the  Department  about  Russia 
has  been  made  public,  and  after  British  merchants  and 
manufacturers  have  had  months  of  opportunity  to  capture 
whatever  was  most  lucrative  in  Russian  trade  present  or 
prospective,  the  Department  has  at  last  condescended  to 
allow  American  traders  to  compete  for  what  may  be  left. 
Even  so,  what  is  now  granted  is  so  hedged  about  with  re- 
strictions and  explanations  as  to  be  practically  worthless. 
There  is  still  to  be  no  recognition  whatever  of  the  Soviet 
Government;  which  means,  of  course,  that  no  one  may  buy 
or  sell  goods  or  make  any  contract  with  the  least  assurance 
of  legal  protection  in  case  the  transaction  comes  into  con- 
troversy. This  would  be  bad  enough  in  any  case,  but  to  the 
injury  is  added  insult  when  the  Department  further  an- 
nounces that  postal  service  between  the  United  States  and 
Russia  will  not  be  reopened,  and  that  passports  will  not 
be  issued  or  visaed.  The  American  who  shall  build  up  a 
remunerative  trade  with  Russia  under  such  conditions 
should  receive  a  medal  for  his  ingenuity.  The  only  thing 
needed  to  complete  the  farce  is  the  statement,  sent  out  from 
Washington  in  an  obviously  inspired  dispatch,  that  the 
action  taken  "is  expected  to  have  more  influence  in  breaking 
down  Bolshevist  propaganda  in  the  United  States  than  in 
actually  restoring  a  heavy  exchange  of  goods."  The  De-' 
partment  learns  that  "one  of  the  most  effective  arguments", 
which  the  Bolsheviki  have  been  using  "in  some  countries" 
is  that  the  Allies  have  been  "starving  innocent  women  and 
children."  As  Russia  is  a  rather  large  country  and  the 
food  shortage  is  admittedly  severe,  it  is  extremely  likely 
that  the  Bolshevist  argument  will  be  confounded  by  the 
tiny  amount  of  food  that  may  presently  seep  in  as  a  result 
of  the  Department's  gracious  concession. 

AS  we  go  to  press,  the  Russians  are  driving  the  Polish 
forces  before  them  and  the  Allies  are  reported  as  re- 
questing an  armistice  from  the  Bolsheviki;  otherwise  the 
Allies  may  throw  themselves  into  the  war  against  them. 
When  the  Poles  invaded  Russia  the  Allies  had  no  word  of 
protest  to  utter,  not  even  when  the  invaders  penetrated 
hundreds  of  miles  beyond  the  Polish  frontier  laid  down  by 
the  peace-makers.  Now  that  the  Poles  are  being  properly 
punished  for  their  imperialistic  folly,  the  Allies  rush  to 
their  aid  again  against  the  Bolsheviki  who  are  so  wicked 
as  to  defend  their  hearths  and  homes  and  to  expel  the  wan- 
ton invader.  It  will  be  interesting  to  see  just  where  the 
Russian  troops  will  stop,  whether  at  their  own  boundaries 
or  at  those  of  Germany,  or  whether  they  will  do  the  world 
the  service  of  chasing  the  Grabskis,  Pilsudskis,  and  Hallers 
out  of  Warsaw.  Will  Lenin  be  bluffed  by  this  new  bluster- 
ing manifesto  of  Mr.  Lloyd  George?  He  must  know  that 
the  British  miners  are  for  calling  a  general  strike  if  their 
Government  persists  in  lending  aid  to  the  enemies  of  Rus- 
sia, and  that  the  British  dockers  will  load  no  more  ships 
with  ammunition  to  be  used  against  their  Russian  brethren. 
Lenin  must  also  be  aware  of  the  very  delicate  situation  in 
the  ranks  of  the  Allies  themselves.  On  the  other  hand, 
every  instinct  for  the  success  of  his  own  experiment  ought 
to  move  Lenin  to  set  an  example  of  self-restraint  even  when 
victory  is  apparently  in  his  hands. 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


59 


WE  do  not  blame  the  representatives  of  the  anthracite 
operators  for  entering  "vigorous  objection"  to  the 
presentation  before  the  Anthracite  Coal  Commission  of  Mr. 
W.  Jett  Lauck's  material  on  profiteering.  Seven  railways, 
said  Mr.  Lauck,  under  the  general  control  of  the  Morgan 
interests,  dominate  the  anthracite  industry,  and  the  profits 
resulting  from  the  production  and  sale  of  coal  by  their  sub- 
sidiary companies  "have  appeared  almost  altogether  in  the 
dividends,  reserves,  and  bond  interest  of  the  seven  anthra- 
cite railways" ;  thus  enabling  the  subsidiary  coal  companies 
to  present  a  balance  sheet  innocent  of  profits.  Railway  men 
who  demand  a  $6  minimum  daily  wage  are  not,  therefore, 
according  to  Mr.  Lauck,  fastening  a  suffocating  burden  upon 
the  coal  industry,  as  has  frequently  been  claimed.  They  are 
asking  only  a  small  margin  of  a  vast  and  increasing  profit 
which  only  by  a  feat  of  book-keeping  fails  to  appear  on  the 
ledger  of  the  coal  operators.    Mr.  Lauck  said : 

A  survey  of  the  anthracite  industry  shows  an  increase  in  net 
profits  of  the  principal  operators  for  the  period  1916-1918  over 
1912-1914  of  nearly  90  per  cent  as  compared  with  an  increase 
in  production  of  less  than  12  per  cent.  .  .  .  The  immense 
profits  reported  by  three  of  the  principal  mining  companies  for 
1916-1918  are  exclusive  of  the  earnings  of  their  separately 
incorporated  selling  departments  and  represent  only  a  fraction 
of   their    actual    profits.      Since    its    organization    in    1910    the 

I  Lehigh  Valley  Coal  Sales  Company,  for  example,  has  paid 
annual  dividends  at  an  average  rate  of  nearly  20  per  cent.     The 

!  Delaware,  Lackawanna  and  Western  Coal  Company,  since  its 
organization  in  1909,  has  paid  300  per  cent  in  dividends  and  has 
accumulated  a  surplus  of  $5,973,595,  or  more  than  90  per  cent 
on  its  capital  stock  outstanding.     .     .     .     The  actual  increase 

i  in  profits  during  the  war  years  of  the  coal  companies  which 
market  their  own  product  is  indicated  by  the  income  account  of 
the  Philadelphia  and  Reading  Company.  This  company,  which 
had  no  selling  device  for  concealing  its  profits,  increased  its 
production  only  11  per  cent  during  the  war  years,  but  increased 
its  profits  nearly  500  per  cent  and  its  profits  per  ton  of  output 
435  per  cent. 

These  examples  would  seem  to  indicate  moderation  on  the 
part  of  the  miners,  but  they  indicate,  also,  good  sense  on  the 
part  of  the  operators  in  attempting  to  prevent  the  public 

j  from  learning  the  exact  figures  of  their  fat  years. 

"I  *  TEST  VIRGINIA  drifts  a  little  closer  to  catastrophe 
V  V     each  month.     Miners  and  armed  guards  are  potting 
i  at  one  another,  and  occasionally  some  one  is  hit.    The  air  is 
i  filled  with  talk  of  killing,  but  murder  from  ambush  is  not 
the  wisest  way  of  settling  intricate,  detailed  questions  of 
.  wages  and  labor.     The  matter  in  dispute  is  whether  a  few 
*  counties   in  the  southwestern  part  of  the   State   shall   be 
;  unionized.     The  coal  operators  state  their  case  as  follows: 
I  "Outside  paid  agitators  are  at  the  bottom  of  every  strike 
I  — in  it  for  the  money  they  can  get  out  of  it.    A  mine  is  shut 
down  by  these  paid   agitators   from   outside,   because   the 
owner  will  not  agree  to  the  principle  of  the  closed  shop. 
The  owner  offers  the  men  more  money.    They  tell  him  they 
do  not  want  it,  they  want  the  closed  shop.    Living  and  work- 
ing conditions  in  Logan  County,   for  instance,  are  better 
|  than  anywhere  else  in  the  State.    The  managers  are  young 
men  who   deal  with  the  workers  personally.     We   do  not 
think  that  the  United  Mine  Workers  foster  American  ideals 
in   their  constant   demand   for   shorter   hours   and   higher 
wages  which  are  stifling  production  and  putting  up  the  cost 
■  of  living.     We  do  not  believe  these  unions  will  be  able  to 
stand.     They  are  run  for  the  benefit  of  their  unscrupulous 


paid  heads,  who  are  not  producers."  To  this  the  United 
Mine  Workers  reply:  "We  have  a  right  as  citizens  to  enter 
those  counties.  We  insist  on  entering."  The  next  few 
months  will  see  the  dispute  rage  more  hotly.  The  casualty 
list  will  be  extended.  England,  long  before  the  situation 
had  reached  its  present  crisis,  would  have  set  up  a  com- 
mission, half  of  operators,  half  of  miners,  with  an  accep- 
table neutral  chairman.  Each  side  would  talk  instead  of 
shooting. 

THE  announcement  that  $150,000,000  of  alien  property 
is  to  be  returned  to  its  rightful  owners  is  but  the  first 
step  in  righting  a  grievous  wrong  and  in  wiping  out  a  dis- 
honorable stain  on  America's  record.  The  arbitrary  con- 
fiscation of  alien  property  by  Mr.  Palmer  in  direct  con- 
travention of  all  international  law  was  the  more  con- 
spicuous because  of  our  entry  into  war  in  order  to  check 
German  lawlessness.  Even  now  only  partial  restoration  is 
proposed.  Certain  well-defined  groups  will  be  entitled  to  a 
return  of  their  property  "on  formal  application."  When 
will  restoration  to  all  take  place?  And  how  will  the  an- 
nounced partial  settlement  be  effected?  Will  the  owners 
receive  their  property  at  the  value  which  it  had  at  the  time 
of  seizure?  Or  will  they  be  entitled  only  to  its  auction 
block  worth  or  to  the  much-reduced  present  market  value? 
These  questions  are  important  because  they  definitely  in- 
volve American  good-faith.  Incidentally,  another  interest- 
ing issue  raised  by  the  war  is  again  revived,  namely,  the 
status  of  American  born  and  bred  women  who,  because  of 
marriage  to  aliens,  forfeited  their  citizenship  and  property 
rights  regardless  of  their  American  loyalty  and  sympathies. 
The  women  of  this  country,  following  their  pending  com- 
plete enfranchisement,  cannot  do  better  than  to  make  the 
elimination  from  our  statute  books  of  this  degrading  dis- 
tinction the  first  act  of  their  citizenship. 

NO  words  were  considered  too  harsh  to  characterize  the 
men  who  attempted  to  evade  conscription  during  the 
war.  No  sentence  was  too  heavy,  no  law  too  stringent 
which  was  aimed  at  the  punishment  of  "dodgers"  or  the 
enforcement  of  the  draft  act.  A  slacker  was  held  to  be 
the  lowest  sort  of  criminal — a  man  who  for  the  sake  of 
his  personal  convenience  or  safety  let  other  men  die  in  his 
place,  and  failed  in  his  obligations  to  his  country.  On  July 
7,  sixteen  men  were  had  up  in  court  in  New  York  City  for 
failure  to  respond  to  a  summons  to  jury  duty.  They  were 
not  sentenced  to  hard  labor  nor  called  the  names  they  might 
have  been  called,  but  they  were,  it  is  satisfactory  to  note, 
fined  $100  each.  Different  in  degree,  their  offense  is  in 
principle  closely  analogous  to  that  of  the  draft  dodgers. 
These  jury  slackers  forced  several  men  to  serve  who  had 
put  forward  claims  legally  exempting  them  from  duty;  they 
wilfully  evaded  the  one  form  of  personal  service  demanded 
by  the  country  in  time  of  peace.  It  appeared  evident  from 
the  list  of  their  occupations  that  most  of  them  would  have 
suffered  no  hardship  by  serving.  Three  of  the  sixteen  were 
listed  as  "retired" — a  word  with  comfortable,  leisure-class 
connotations;  three  were  listed  as  "president,"  presumably 
of  some  company;  six  were  business  men  or  merchants; 
there  were  two  managers,  a  chemist,  and  an  architect.  If 
these  most  respectable  persons  are  unwilling — even  for  a 
consideration — to  lend  their  time  to  the  country,  military 
draft  dodgers  are  at  least  an  accountable  phenomenon. 


60 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


Europe's  Old  Doctors  and  New 


IT  is  a  year  since  the  peace  treaty  was  signed,  and  Europe 
has  no  peace.  Some  statisticians  count  up  thirty  wars  in 
progress,  but  the  figure  is  doubtful,  for  it  has  become  diffi- 
cult in  many  parts  of  Europe  to  distinguish  war  from  peace. 
Almost  every  continental  country  lives  in  a  state  of  more 
or  less  chronic  civil  war,  and  few  frontiers  are  unguarded 
and  disarmed.  Indeed,  many  of  the  frontiers  have  not  yet 
been  determined.  People  are  dancing  in  the  cafes  of  the 
capitals  and  starving  in  the  slums,  and  great  stretches  of 
once  fertile  country  now  lie  untilled  and  unproductive. 

This  is  more  than  the  normal  and  inevitable  aftermath  of 
such  a  war.  Nor  is  it  a  consequence  of  America's  with- 
drawal from  European  affairs.  It  is  more  even  than  a 
product  of  the  Treaty  of  Versailles.  It  is  the  product  of  the 
spirit  which  dominated  the  Peace  Conference,  which  con- 
tinued dominant  in  the  Supreme  Council  and  in  the  Con- 
ference of  Ambassadors,  which  has  blighted  the  successive 
conferences  of  San  Remo,  Hythe,  and  Spa — the  spirit  of 
pre-war  diplomacy,  grasping,  hating  all  things  new,  striving 
to  restore  the  old  order.  Until  new  men  with  a  new  spirit 
come  into  power  in  the  two  or  three  countries  which  deter- 
mine European  policy  today,  there  is  small  hope  for  Europe. 
The  men  who  supported  Kolchak,  Denikin,  and  Judenich  in 
Russia,  who  tricked  the  Hungarians  into  ousting  Bela  Kun 
and  then  permitted  Horthy's  White  Terror  to  rule,  who  have 
unleashed  the  Greek  troops  in  Turkey,  who  have  whipped 
Germany  back  into  the  hands  of  the  men  of  the  old  regime, 
cannot  be  expected  to  lead  the  way  toward  a  new  era. 

The  collapse  of  Poland  is  the  most  recent  revelation  of 
their  ineptitude.  The  young  republic  of  Poland  emerged 
from  the  war  with  a  national  faith  and  a  vision  of  the 
future.  Instead  of  being  permitted  to  devote  itself  to  the 
homely  tasks  of  reconstruction,  Poland  was  dressed  up  as 
the  "bulwark  against  bolshevism,"  and  forced  into  a  cam- 
paign which  may  mean  the  end  of  the  republic.  Poles  from 
Chicago  were  induced  to  cross  the  ocean,  were  trained  by 
British  officers,  clad  in  French  uniforms,  and  shipped  east- 
ward to  add  to  the  burden  of  the  overloaded  Polish  budget. 
The  whole  crooked  story  of  Allied  diplomacy  in  Poland  is  not 
yet  bare.  France  assisted  the  Polish  army  with  money  and 
officers — France,  which  sorely  needed  her  own  money  at 
home;  England  gave  Poland  quantities  of  army  supplies; 
our  own  War  and  Navy  Departments  surreptitiously  granted 
unrevealed  amounts  of  military  and  naval  overstocks.  It 
took  weeks  of  questioning  for  the  Labor  members  of  the 
House  of  Commons  to  get  Mr.  Bonar  Law  to  admit  that 
Britain  was  aiding  Poland.  On  May  6  he  specifically  denied 
that  the  Allies,  or  any  one  of  them,  were  giving  moral  or 
material  support  to  Poland  in  its  attack  on  Russia.  On 
May  20  he  admitted  that  in  the  previous  October 
a  request  was  addressed  by  the  Polish  Government  for  assist- 
ance in  their  military  equipment.  In  consequence  of  our  com- 
mitments elsewhere  the  British  Government  were  unable  to  give 
any  financial  assistance,  but  they  offered  to  supply  a  certain 
quantity  of  surplus  stores  on  condition  that  the  cost  of  moving 
them  as  well  as  the  arrangements  for  transport  should  be  under- 
taken by  the  Polish  Government.  This  offer  was  accepted,  and 
in  consequence  of  this  gift  the  material  in  question  became  the 
property  of  the  Polish  Government,  and  part  of  it  is  now  being 
shipped  by  that  Government. 

Part  of  that  part  was  the  cargo  of  the  Jolly  George  which 


British  sailors  refused  to  move,  and  which  was  accordingly 
discharged  and  left  upon  the  London  docks. 

The  Poles  tell  us  that  the  Entente  encouraged  their  offen- 
sive. Mr.  Lloyd  George  tells  us  that  he  discouraged  it;  Mr. 
Bonar  Law  says  the  Poles  were  told  that  Great  Britain 
could  give  them  no  advice;  Mr.  Churchill  is  discreetly  silent. 
No  faith  can  be  put  in  the  statements  of  these  men.  It  has 
now  been  shown  that  Mr.  Churchill,  Britain's  War  Minister, 
took  orders  from  Admiral  Kolchak,  and  begged  his  Russian 
friends  to  keep  it  dark  because  Mr.  Lloyd  George  might  not 
approve.  It  was  this  same  Mr.  Churchill  who  solemnly 
assured  the  House  of  Commons  that  the  British  Government 
had  had  no  advance  knowledge  of  the  Polish  offensive  which 
drove  hundreds  of  miles  beyond  the  Polish  racial  frontier  in 
April  and  May,  when  as  a  matter  of  fact  the  British  all  the 
time  had  a  naval  mission  of  twelve  men  in  Poland,  and  a 
military  mission  of  fifteen,  headed  by  a  general,  with  the 
Polish  army.  Such  men  cannot  be  trusted ;  they  may  change 
their  minds  and  modify  the  terms  of  their  treaty,  but 
Europe  can  expect  no  respite  from  its  sufferings  as  a  result 
of  their  forced  hesitations.  They  seem  utterly  to  lack  any 
sense  of  the  human  cost  of  war,  any  interest  in  the  lives  of 
the  men  whom  they  use  as  pawns  and  throw  away  on  lost 
and  undeserving  causes ;  yes,  they  lack  elementary  morality. 
Participation  by  America  in  their  decisions  would  mean 
only  complicity  in  crime. 

Is  the  situation  of  Europe,  then,  hopeless?  Is  Europe  con- 
demned to  a  slow  decay  toward  anarchy  and  chaos  ?  -  Far 
from  it.  For,  in  the  face  of  the  failures  of  the  diplomats 
a  new  force  is  rising.  There  is  the  crew  of  the  Jolly  George. 
There  are  the  British  railwaymen  who  urge  a  general  strike 
if  British  troops  are  not  recalled  from  Ireland.  And  there 
are  the  workingmen  of  Austria  and  Czecho-Slovakia  and 
Jugoslavia  who,  faced  with  the  plight  of  their  fellows  in 
terror-stricken  Hungary,  and  with  the  absolute  refusal  of 
their  rulers  to  take  notice  of  crimes  where  they  so  obviously 
had  control,  voted  and  carried  out  an  economic  blockade  of 
Hungary  so  effective  that  the  proud  Government  of  Hun- 
gary was  forced  to  send  mediators  to  treat  with  the  repre- 
sentatives of,  if  you  please,  the  International  Federation  of 
Trade  Unions.  In  these  groups,  gropingly  conscious  of  their 
new  power,  lies  the  hope  of  Europe.  The  lettering  on  the 
machinery  of  government  matters  little  in  comparison  with 
the  spirit  of  the  men  who  pull  the  levers.  It  is  not  the  fact 
that  these  men  are  labor  men,  but  the  fact  that  the  idealism 
of  Europe  today  finds  its  expression  through  labor,  that 
matters.  The  plight  of  Europe  may  well  seem  hopeless  to 
one  who  regards  only  Millerand  and  Lloyd  George  and  the 
political  contingencies  which  make  their  power,  or  the  power 
of  men  like  them,  so  firm ;  but  strong  as  is  the  grip  of  these 
men  upon  their  official  positions,  other  forces  are  under- 
mining their  power  and  compelling  them,  if  merely  as  oppor- 
tunists, to  curb  their  desires  and  change  their  policies.  The 
conference  at  Spa  has  its  importance;  but  the  historian  of 
the  future  will  be  more  interested  in  the  railwaymen  who 
refused  to  carry  British  soldiers  in  Ireland,  the  sailors  who 
refused  to  transport  munitions  for  Poland's  imperialistic 
campaign,  and  the  central  European  workmen  who  refused 
to  transport  supplies  for  a  Government  that  ruled  by  a  white 
terror. 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


61 


Labor  in  the  Party  Platforms 

IF  labor  can  still  content  itself  with  generalities  and 
platitudes,  it  should  find  a  good  deal  that  is  soothing 
and  comforting  in  the  labor  declarations  of  the  Democratic 
and  Republican  platforms.  The  Democratic  Party,  "now 
as  ever  the  firm  friend  of  honest  labor  and  the  promoter  of 
progressive  industry,"  "points  with  pride"  to  the  various 
acts  relating  to  workingmen's  compensation,  child  labor, 
the  eight-hour  day,  vocational  training,  and  other  subjects 
with  which  the  present  Administration  is  to  be  credited, 
and  to  the  "many  bitter  disputes"  between  labor  and  capital 
which  have  been  "peaceably  determined."  As  to  the  future, 
the  platform  concedes  to  labor  as  well  as  to  capital  the  right 
to  "adequate  compensation,"  organization,  collective  bar- 
gaining, and  the  choice  of  representatives  to  speak  for  it. 
Neither,  however,  "should  at  any  time  nor  in  any  circum- 
stances take  action  that  will  put  in  jeopardy  the  public  wel- 
fare." Strikes  and  lockouts,  accordingly,  "which  endanger 
the  health  or  lives  of  the  people,"  are  properly  character- 
ized as  "an  unsatisfactory  device  for  determining  disputes," 
and  the  Democratic  party  pledges  itself  "to  contrive,  if 
possible,  and  put  into  effective  operation  a  fair  and  com- 
prehensive method  of  composing  differences  of  this  nature." 
What  the  "fair  and  comprehensive  method"  is  is  not  inti- 
mated, but  compulsory  arbitration  in  private  industrial  dis- 
putes is  summarily  rejected.  By  implication  the  right  of 
government  employees  to  strike  is  denied,  the  platform  lay- 
ing down  the  principle  that,  "with  respect  to  government 
service  .  .  .  the  rights  of  the  people  are  paramount  to 
the  right  to  strike."  The  grievances  of  government  em- 
ployees, however,  are  to  be  redressed. 

What  is  there  in  all  this  for  labor?  Frankly,  not  much. 
It  is  gratifying,  of  course,  to  know  that  the  salaries  of 
government  employees,  if  the  Democrats  win  the  election, 
will  speedily  be  brought  "to  a  just  and  proper  level,"  that 
collective  bargaining  will  be  approved  in  principle,  and  that 
there  will  be  no  more  futile  experiments  with  compulsory 
arbitration.  But  the  most  careful  reading  of  the  platform 
shows  nothing  tangible  and  solid  of  which  labor  can 
take  hold.  The  general  phrases  with  which  the  few  specific 
proposals  are  surrounded  recite  the  old  familiar  platitudes 
about  the  "rights"  of  labor,  "justice"  for  those  who  work, 
and  the  duty  of  recognizing  the  "reciprocal  obligation  be- 
tween the  workers  and  the  state."  The  visionary  notion  of 
a  "public"  which  somehow  is  neither  capital  nor  labor,  but 
which  is  nevertheless  likely  to  be  grievously  disturbed  when 
labor  and  capital  fall  out,  underlies  the  whole  document. 
Save  as  collective  bargaining,  which  the  platform  merely 
mentions  without  discussion,  may  work  some  mitigation  of 
the  evil,  the  Democratic  Party  apparently  expects  that 
industrial  society  in  this  country  will  go  on  as  before,  cap- 
ital and  labor  organizing  their  hostile  camps,  haggling  and 
fighting  over  wages  and  hours,  filling  the  newspapers  with 
charges  and  countercharges  of  bad  faith  and  violence,  and 
eventually  compromising  their  differences  under  some  "fair 
and  comprehensive  method"  yet  to  be  "contrived." 

The  Republican  platform,  although  at  one  or  two  points 
more  specific,  is  as  a  whole  no  better.  It  recognizes  the 
justice  of  collective  bargaining  "as  a  means  of  promoting 
good  will,  establishing  closer  and  more  harmonious  rela- 
tions between  employer  and  employees,  and  realizing  the 
true  end  of   industrial  justice."     It  denies   "the   right  to 


strike  against  the  Government,"  and  approves  of  "govern- 
ment initiative"  to  reduce  the  frequency  and  limit  the  con- 
sequences of  strikes  and  lockouts.  For  the  adjustment  of 
disputes  in  public  utilities  it  proposes  the  establishment  of 
an  "impartial  tribunal"  which  shall  investigate  facts  and 
render  a  decision,  such  decision,  however,  to  be  morally  but 
not  legally  binding.  In  the  case  of  private  industries,  on 
the  other  hand,  "impartial  commissions"  and  "better  facili- 
ties for  voluntary  mediation,  conciliation,  and  arbitration," 
supplemented,  as  in  the  case  of  public  utilities,  by  full  pub- 
licity and  the  influence  of  "an  informed  public  sentiment," 
are  the  methods  to  be  relied  upon. 

Perhaps  it  is  true  that  the  majority  of  wage-earners  in 
this  country  are  as  yet  more  concerned  with  the  problems  of 
daily  existence  than  they  are  with  economic  or  political 
theories;  more  bent  upon  securing  the  highest  wages  and 
the  shortest  hours  possible,  even  if  they  have  to  get  them 
by  strikes,  than  they  are  upon  working  out  new  relation- 
ships with  employers  or  with  the  community.  To  such  the 
declarations  of  the  Republican  and  Democratic  platforms 
will  appear  equally  vague  and  indifferent.  But  the  pro- 
gressive workers  may  certainly  be  relied  upon  to  con- 
demn both  platforms  as  unsatisfactory.  They  will  not  wax 
enthusiastic  over  a  formal  recognition  of  the  "justice"  of 
collective  bargaining  so  long  as  the  two  leading  parties,  in 
their  official  declarations  of  faith,  show  no  comprehension 
of  labor  demands  as  a  whole.  The  crux  of  the  labor  situa- 
tion today  is  the  demand  of  labor,  not  for  higher  wages  or 
shorter  hours,  but  for  a  voice  in  the  control  of  industry. 
Until  that  problem  is  squarely  faced,  enlightened  labor  will 
look  upon  the  proposals  of  the  platforms  as  little  more  than 
devices  for  keeping  up  appearances. 


A  New  Spanish  Hero 

SINCE  the  war  it  has  become  rather  unfashionable  as 
well  as  unbecoming  to  accuse  the  Spanish  genius  of 
medieval  barbarism  on  account  of  its  attachment  to  the  bull- 
ring. Barbarism,  we  have  learned,  clings  to  the  most 
sophisticated  and  modern  of  human  accomplishments — to 
science  and  art,  to  learning  and  statesmanship — because  it 
inheres  still  in  the  human  heart.  Customs  vary  but  impulses 
remain,  waiting  to  be  released  when  the  right  stimulus  is 
applied.  The  savage  eats  the  flesh  of  his  defeated  rival; 
the  white  man  sears  the  lungs  of  his  enemy  with  liquid 
fire.  The  Spaniard  supports  the  bull-ring;  the  American  or 
Britisher,  if  he  isn't  engaged  in  "bumping  off"  natives  in 
Haiti  or  India,  gets  his  fun  in  the  prize-ring.  The  only 
difference  seems  to  be  that  the  Spanish  sport  has  developed 
a  redeeming  literature,  inevitably  romantic;  while  its  hold 
on  the  imagination  of  the  Spanish  people  has  developed 
some  traits  which  are  charming  and  picturesque. 

We  recall,  for  instance,  an  adroit  piece  of  German  propa- 
ganda circulated  among  the  common  folk  of  Spain  during 
the  war.  A  daughter  of  the  American  President,  Senor 
Wilson — so  the  story  ran — had  married  a  poor  but  heroic 
Spanish  matador.  Before  long  the  young  man,  at  the  very 
start  of  his  career,  died  a  glorious  death  in  the  bull-ring; 
and  shortly  afterward  a  child  was  born  to  his  wife,  the 
daughter  of  the  American  President.  The  father  and 
mother  of  the  brave  young  bull-fighter  were  old  and  poor, 
but  honest  and  hard-working.  They  did  their  best  to  care 
for  their  son's  wife  and  the  little  baby.     Finally,  however, 


62 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


despairing  of  giving  the  child  the  chance  in  life  which  it 
deserved,  the  old  man  wrote  a  letter  to  the  baby's  other 
grandfather,  the  American  President.  He  asked  for  help 
in  the  support  of  the  President's  daughter  and  his  grand- 
child.   But  President  Wilson  never  even  replied ! 

We  have  the  word  of  an  American  who  met  this  story  all 
through  the  country  districts  of  Spain  that  it  was  generally 
believed  and  that  it  created  more  anti-American  sentiment 
than  any  other  combination  of  elements  could  have  evoked. 
To  ignore  an  appeal  in  behalf  of  your  own  daughter's  child 
— that  is  base  enough,  especially  if  you  are  rich  and  power- 
ful. But  when  that  child  is  the  issue  of  a  hero,  the  son  of 
a  matador — that  is  worse  than  stony-hearted.  So  argued 
the  sentimental  Spanish  peasant,  and  thanked  God  he  need 
not  fight  for  such  a  man. 

And  now  Joselito,  greatest  of  matadors,  lies  dead,  and 
Spain  has  already  insured  his  immortality.  On  every  street 
corner  minstrels  sing  his  deeds,  children  learn  his  story  from 
their  nurses,  peasants  chant  it  in  the  fields;  a  new,  endless 
song  of  Roland  is  being  born. 

The  London  Times  tells  an  incident  that  adds  the  last 
touch  of  romance  to  the  life  and  death  of  this  latest  Spanish 
hero.  While  dressing  for  the  fatal  fight  at  Talavera,  Jose- 
lito sang  a  song  originally  composed  in  honor  of  an  earlier 
hero  of  the  ring.  He  modified  it  to  make  it  appropriate  to 
his  own  case — much  to  the  distress  of  his  servant — and  on 
that  day  he  was  killed.  A  few  of  the  interminable  series 
of  verses  run  as  follows: 

Go  not  to  the  meadow, 
The  flowers  have  faded, 
For  the  king  of  matadors 
Lies  dead  at  Talavera. 

On  May  15, 

In  Madrid  plaza, 

Jose  had  bad  luck 

And  the  fight  was  a  sorry  one. 

While  he  was  being  hissed 
A  spectator  shouted  madly: 
"May  a  bull  kill  thee 
Tomorrow  at  Talavera." 

A  calamity,  indeed, 
That  cry  portended, 
For  Jose  was  tossed 
And  at  Talavera  died. 

When  Joselito  fell 

Under  that  terrible  stroke, 

He  pressed  his  hands  to  his  stomach, 

Where  the  wound  was. 

And  on  the  ground  he  lay, 
That  unequalled  torero, 
His  lifeblood  flowing  out 
From  the  great  rent. 

"These  and  other  coplas,"  says  the  correspondent  of  the 
Times,  "will  be  sung  by  the  cobbler  in  his  grimy  little  den, 
by  the  lonely  arriero  following  his  mule  along  the  dusty 
track,  by  the  laborer  as  he  wends  his  way  home  from  the 
fields.  They  will  cross  the  Straits  to  the  army  in  the  Riff, 
and  the  Moors,  hearing  them  sung  at  the  Spanish  camp  fires, 
will  recognize  in  the  tune,  if  not  in  the  words,  the  melan- 
choly note  of  the  East  that  still  survives  in  Spain." 


Politics  on  the  Cobb 

IF  the  truth  must  be  told,  writes  one  correspondent  at  the 
San  Francisco  Convention,  "the  really  dominating  figure 
at  this  gathering  has  been  Irvin  W.  Cobb."  When  he  strode 
through  a  lobby  conversation  ceased,  men  gaped  with  amaze ; 
when  he  laughed,  the  rafters  rang  with  the  echoing  roar; 
where'er  he  walked  his  Falstaffian  way,  the  throng  pursued 
him.  Is  he  not  one  of  the  heroes  of  the  Saturday  Evening 
Post,  therefore  of  the  great  American  people?  Is  it  not 
said  of  him  among  the  multitude  that  he  is  the  highest 
priced  of  American  literary  fellers?  We  think  the  corre- 
spondent right.  We  venture  to  say  that  if  there  had  been 
a  secret  ballot  among  the  delegates  as  to  whom  they  would 
rather  see  in  the  White  House,  without  regard  to  politics 
or  to  party  allegiance,  Irvin  Cobb  would  have  polled  a 
whopping  vote.  Instead,  he  received  but  one  vote  and  a 
half  to  Ring  W.  Lardner's  half  a  vote.  Even  this  was  a 
great  tribute,  for  no  one  stopped  to  inquire  whether  Irvin 
was  a  Democrat  or  a  Republican.  One  American  and  half 
of  another  dared  obloquy  and  ridicule  in  plumping  for 
Irvin,  and  the  other  stray  half  of  a  delegate  raised  Ring  to 
the  dizzy  height  of  an  immortal  place  in  all  future  editions 
of  Stanwood's  "History  of  the  Presidency." 

The  only  thing  that  surprises  us  is  that  the  mention  of 
these  names  did  not  start  the  long-expected  stampede.  Surely 
only  the  exhaustion  of  the  delegates  prevented.  The  mere 
appearance  in  the  balloting  of  these  two  men  must  have 
brought  refreshment  and  stimulating  memories  of  a  laugh- 
ing past.  And  what  a  prospect  the  possibility  of  stfch  a 
nomination  must  have  brought  up!  Visions  of  a  joyous, 
rollicking,  happy  campaign,  all  good  nature  and  fun,  with- 
out a  word  about  anything  grave  or  serious  like  the  cost  of 
living  or  the  League  of  Nations  or  labor  or  capital — surely, 
if  America  is  entitled  to  anything  after  these  strenuous  war 
years,  it  is  to  laugh  its  way  over  the  difficulties  of  the  hour. 
Is  there  anything  our  war-torn  nerves  need  more  than  the 
salve  of  humor  to  calm  them  and  to  aid  us  back  to  our 
mental  equilibrium,  to  let  us  see  facts  as  they  are,  to  let  us 
plot  and  plan,  and  each  go  his  own  little  way,  as  unheedful 
of  the  world  as  in  the  good  old  days  before  the  war?  Why, 
if  Irvin  Cobb  had  but  been  nominated,  and  pledged  to  a 
daily  statement  on  the  state  of  the  nation  and  the  feelings 
of  a  first-rate  Presidential  candidate,  Warren  Harding  would 
not  even  have  been  in  the  "also  ran"  class.  It  would  have 
availed  him  nothing,  this  dear,  prosy  old  Senator  from  Ohio, 
with  all  the  familiar  sentimentality  and  platitudinous  pom- 
posity of  the  provincial,  ear-to-the-ground  politician,  to  enlist 
Ring  Lardner  and  F.  P.  Adams,  or  even  such  a  fearful 
humorist  as  Christopher  Morley,  on  his  side.  We  venture 
to  say  that  Irvin  Cobb  would  have  laughed  himself  into  the 
White  House  with  irresistible,  elephantine  jocosity  and  car- 
ried every  State  save  Ohio. 

One  touch  of  humor  surely  makes  the  whole  world  kin, 
and  however  diluted  Mr.  Cobb's  humor  may  be  it  would,  we 
are  sure,  get  three-quarters  of  the  vote  of  every  American. 
We  hurry  this  suggestion  into  type  because  the  third,  fourth, 
fifth,  and  sixth  parties  are  holding  their  conventions  as  we 
write.  Let  but  one  of  them  nominate  a  humorist — no,  we 
dread  to  put  down  in  black  and  white  what  we  think  the 
consequences  would  be.  Gideon  as  a  destroyer  of  grouped 
edifices  would  have  to  take  second  place  in  history.  Talk 
about  packs  of  cards!     Anybody  with  half  the  lance  power 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


63 


of  Artemus  Ward  would  set  all  our  American  thrones  to 
rocking;  a  James  Russell  Lowell  come  to  life  as  a  new  Hosea 
Biglow  would  bring  on  the  revolution.  Palmer  or  no  Palmer, 
our  ticket  is  Irvin  Cobb  for  President,  and  Ty  Cobb  for 
Vice-President — the  American  people's  own. 

The  Happy  Ending 

THERE  is  an  old  and  proverbial  quarrel  between  the 
public  and  the  artist  over  the  question :  How  should  a 
story  end?  The  matter  is  as  stale  as  last  week's  loaf.  Then 
why  reopen  it?  Because  no  one  seems  consciously  to  under- 
stand it  or  to  get  beyond  the  words  and  the  superficial 
emotions  to  the  actual  things  involved.  Even  the  readers  of 
Harold  Bell  Wright  would  be  a  little  shocked  could  one  con- 
vey to  them  a  full  sense  of  precisely  how  their  hunger  for 
a  happy  ending  is  being  fed.  The  serious  novelist,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  often  merely  morose  and  contemptuous. 
Driven  in  upon  himself  by  a  universal  worship  of  sweetish- 
ness  and  slush — which  accounts  for  the  small  sale  of  his 
works — he  comes  to  attribute  an  absolute  value  to  grime  and 
gloom,  and  misses  the  infinite  humanity  and  pathos  of  the 
cry  for  a  happy  ending. 

The  controversy  is  not  nearly  so  simple  as  either  side 
assumes.  For,  omitting  the  story  of  mere  adventure  or 
mystery,  every  novel  does,  somehow,  through  the  larger  sym- 
bolism of  its  concrete  fable,  answer  the  question :  How  shall 
a  man  be  saved  and  be  content?  The  author's  conscious 
intention  does  not  touch  the  fact.  Every  ordinary  reader, 
whether  he  formulates  it  to  himself  or  not,  sees  in  every 
story  an  implied  answer  to  that  central  and  supreme  de- 
mand. And  who  shall  blame  this  common  reader — an  ab- 
sorption in  the  abstract  processes  of  art  can  scarcely  be 
his — for  wanting  to  be  told  how  the  soul  can  be  saved  and 
life  made  livable?  He  has  neither  the  leisure  nor  the  mental 
power  to  enter  into  the  vast  and  complex  considerations 
from  which  the  scientist  and  the  philosopher  will  at  times 
derive  a  bleakly  negative  conclusion.  Nor  can  he  risk  the 
paralyzing  of  his  vital  energy  which  such  a  conclusion  would 
entail  for  him.  The  very  great  novelists  have  never  shirked 
the  valid  humanity  of  the  demand  for  a  happy  ending  in  this 
necessary  and  fundamental  sense.  How  shall  a  man  be 
saved  and  happy?  "Be  good!"  is  the  answer  of  Richardson; 
"don't  be  a  sneak!"  is  the  answer  of  Fielding;  "be  a  gentle- 
man!" is  the  answer  of  Thackeray.  All  these  answers  seem 
quaint  and  pallid  today.  "Clarissa  Harlowe"  and  "Tom 
Jones"  and  "Vanity  Fair"  survive  through  their  creative 
energy.  But  to  their  contemporaries  the  authors  of  these 
books  spoke  from  no  cool  height  of  vision ;  they  spoke  amid 
the  heat  of  the  conflict  of  life.  Nor  did  the  naturalists  dis- 
regard the  living  requirements  of  their  art.  Beneath  every 
somber  and  polished  sentence  of  "Madame  Bovary"  pulses 
the  almost  frantic  monition :  "Don't  be  a  vulgar  and  roman- 
tic fool!"  In  every  novelist  there  lurks  a  savior  of  mankind, 
and  it  is  no  paradox  to  assert  that  Flaubert  himself  sought, 
by  his  very  scorn  and  detachment,  to  increase  the  number 
of  happy  endings  in  life  if  not  in  art. 

Within  the  past  thirty-five  years  the  problem  has  grown 
far  acuter,  because  a  happy  ending  has  become  far  more 
difficult  to  achieve.  No  honest  thinker  can  any  longer  tell 
his  readers  to  be  good  or  to  be  gentlemen;  that  is,  to  find 
happiness  or  salvation  in  conforming  to  external  and  fixed 
standards  of  conduct.    For  it  is  clear  that  involuntary  obe- 


dience corrupts  the  soul  and  that  the  old  codes  have  lost  all 
power  of  bringing  the  will  into  harmony  with  their  dictates. 
It  follows  that  the  protagonist  of  the  modern  novel  must 
first  find  or  create  the  values  by  which  to  save  his  soul  and 
live  his  life;  that  he  must,  in  other  words,  achieve  a  personal 
and  unique  reconciliation  with  the  universe.  The  result  is 
to  make  the  great  modern  novels,  from  "Wilhelm  Meister," 
prophetic  of  the  whole  matter  so  long  ago,  to  "The  Way  of 
All  Flesh"  and  "Jean-Christophe,"  stories  of  seekers  and 
wanderers  and  to  impose  on  them  a  more  or  less  biographi- 
cal form.  Nor  can  the  modern  novelist  forget  that  a  per- 
sonal reconciliation  with  fate  involves  even  the  most  aloof 
spirit  in  some  contact  with  the  turbulent  social  and  economic 
conflicts  that  fill  his  world.  Hence  life  bursts  into  art  at  a 
thousand  points,  destroys  the  rounded  form  of  serene  sur- 
faces and  delicate  exclusions,  and  strains  the  novelist's 
energy  to  the  very  utmost.  Yet  ever,  as  this  process  con- 
tinues, the  artist's  own  demand  for  a  happy  ending  grows 
in  urgency.  He  must,  quite  for  his  own  sake,  desire  some 
synthesis,  some  certain  values,  some  rational  interpretation 
of  the  sum  of  things.  Thus  he  is  at  once  creator  and  pro- 
tagonist, savior  and  lost  soul;  he  is  the  food  and  also  the 
hunger  that  craves  it.  It  is  he  himself  who,  in  the  last 
analysis,  must  want  a  happy  ending.  There  are  exceptions. 
With  gaunt  hollowness  of  tone  and  gloomy  satisfaction 
Dreiser  proclaims  chaos.  Far  more  characteristic  of  our 
period  is  Wells,  who  hastens  feverishly  from  one  search 
after  reconciliation  and  peace  to  another  and  gives  himself 
no  time  or  quietude  to  reach  a  happy  ending  in  his  own 
mind.  And  supremely  characteristic  is  Henri  Barbusse 
who,  in  "Clarte,"  proclaims  a  happy  ending  for  all  mankind 
through  the  destruction  of  the  regnant  moral  and  economic 
order. 

No,  we  have  no  quarrel  with  the  happy  ending.  Man 
must  have  happy  endings  to  live  at  all.  Our  quarrel  is  with 
the  falsely  happy  ending,  the  "faked"  happy  ending,  the 
happy  ending  upon  unreal  and  impossible  and  childish  terms. 
It  is  that  sort  of  happy  ending  which,  to  our  misfortune, 
the  contemporary  American  editor  has  in  mind.  For  his 
public  is  not  realistic  in  temper;  it  insists  on  a  moral  illu- 
sionism  whose  very  militancy  speaks  of  inner  decay,  and 
desires  still  to  be  told  in  art  that  the  short  cut  to  salvation 
and  contentment,  interpreted  by  it  as  conventional  behavior 
and  money  in  the  bank,  has  been  found  and  need  but  be 
taken.  Hence  it  comes  that  our  poetry  and  our  criticism 
are  extraordinarily  superior  to  our  fiction  in  quality  and 
temper.  The  novelists,  alas,  are  almost  helpless  to  effect  a 
change.  The  resistance  is  too  massive  and  the  confusion  of 
thought  too  profound.  Other  means  must  bring  some  doubt, 
some  flexibility  of  mind,  some  desire  to  be  born  again  and 
acquire  a  clearer  vision,  to  the  vast  levels  of  our  national 
life.  Mr.  Coningsby  Dawson  is  sorry  that  he  was  not  born 
in  America.  He  made  a  tour  of  the  country,  and  writes: 
"Until  I  undertook  that  tour  I  had  the  foggiest  conception 
of  the  country  in  which  I  was  living — a  conception  based  on 
hearsay  and  novels  which  were  out  of  date.  After  I  had 
completed  my  tour,  I  found  that  I  had  made  this  amazing 
discovery — that  America,  as  she  is  today,  is  in  the  main 
unrepresented  in  the  fiction  of  her  contemporary  novelists." 
Here,  then,  if  anywhere,  is  the  novelist's  rich  and  virgin 
soil.  Yes,  if  he  could  plow  it  up  and  in  toil  and  sweat  wring 
a  happy  ending  from  the  stubborn  earth.  At  present  he 
whirs  across  it  in  a  motor-car,  peddling  ointments  and 
plasters  for  mutilations  which  he  must  half  feign  not  to  see. 


64 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2872 


The  Conquest  of  Santo  Domingo 


By  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 


SANTO  DOMINGO  is  conquered  territory.  The  Domini- 
can has  less  independence  and  fewer  rights  than  had  a 
Belgian  under  German  occupation.  He  has  not  even  the 
consciousness  that  there  are  crusading  nations  to  defend 
his  rights.  "The  rights  of  small  nations"  do  not  include 
his  country.  American  boys  died  to  free  Poles,  Czecho- 
slovaks, Jugo-Slavs,  and  Belgians;  but  in  this  hemisphere 
they  suppress  Dominicans. 

Some  Americans  may  salve  their  colored  consciences  by 
the  thought  that  Haitians  are  black,  and  that  what  we  do 
to  Haitians  must  therefore  be  discounted.  Dominicans  are 
white:  we  have  not  even  the  invalid  excuse  of  color.  We, 
the  United  States  of  America,  who  prate  of  democracy  and 
republicanism  and  small  nations  and  rights,  have  driven 
out  the  lawful  officials  of  the  Dominican  republic,  dissolved 
the  congress,  forbidden  elections,  ruled  by  martial  law  and 
sanctioned  atrocities — and  with  an  ironic  honesty  unequaled 
even  in  Prussian  annals  we  solemnly  declare  that  we  will 
continue  to  rule  "in  accordance  with  the  Constitution  and 
laws  of  the  Republic  of  Santo  Domingo  in  so  far  as  these 
are  not  modified  by  the  military  government." 

There  is  no  President  in  Santo  Domingo,  no  cabinet,  no 
congress,  and  there  has  not  been  for  four  years;  there  is 
only  the  arbitrary  rule  of  the  United  States  Marine  Corps. 
There  is  a  censorship  so  dictatorial  and  so  humorless  that 
the  word  "Liberty"  is  stricken  out  from  the  program  of  the 
Teatro  Libertad  in  the  capitol  city.  By  official  order  of  the 
United  States  authorities  it  is  now  plain  "Teatro."  And 
this  in  the  name  of  America,  while  we  were  fighting  to  make 
the  world  safe  for  democracy! 

American  intervention  in  Santo  Domingo  began  in  1905 
and  culminated  in  1916.  It  was  precipitated  by  financial 
adventuring  and  chronic  revolution.  Bond  issues  had  been 
issued  freely  at  usurious  rates  of  interest.  An  American 
financial  expert  in  1905  found  the  national  debt  to  be  $40,- 
000,000.  Much  of  this  had  been  taken  over  by  a  New  Jersey 
corporation  entitled  the  San  Domingo  Improvement  Com- 
pany, which  secured  control  of  the  Dominican  customs,  but 
effected  only  one  improvement — the  completion  of  a  railroad, 
and  this  with  Dominican  funds.  The  origin  of  the  debts  was 
unsavory,  the  interest  payments  irregular  or  in  default,  and 
dissatisfaction  was  general.  In  1904  the  Improvement  Com- 
pany, which  some  years  before  had  been  ousted  from  the 
customs  houses,  re-secured  control  of  the  customs  of  the 
port  of  Puerto  Plata,  and  this  led  to  uneasiness  and  threats 
of  similar  control  by  French  and  Italian  creditors.  The 
Dominican  government  appealed  to  the  American,  and  Pres- 
ident Roosevelt,  in  the  spring  of  1905,  named  a  General 
Receiver  of  Dominican  customs,  who  succeeded  in  scaling 
down  the  foreign  debt  to  $20,000,000  and  getting  a  loan  for 
that  amount  from  an  American  bank.  A  treaty  ratified  in 
1907  confirmed  this  procedure.  It  was  part  of  this  agree- 
ment that  the  Dominican  government  should  not,  until  this 
debt  was  paid,  increase  its  public  debt  unless  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  American  Government. 

But  a  new  series  of  revolutions  beginning  in  1911  led  to 
an  increase  of  the  internal  debt,  which  was  in  1912  trans- 
ferred to  another  New  York  bank.    The  American  navy  had 


repeatedly  given  moral  support  to  one  side  or  the  other  in 
various  disturbances;  in  April,  1916,  when  a  new  revolution 
threatened  further  harm  to  American  interests,  the  navy, 
with  the  consent  of  one  faction,  landed  marines  near  Santo 
Domingo,  took  the  capital  on  May  15,  landed  at  the  prin- 
cipal other  ports  in  June,  and  finally  "pacified"  the  entire 
country,  with  a  loss  of  seven  Americans  killed  and  fifteen 
wounded,  as  against  several  hundred  Dominicans.  For  a 
few  months  a  nominal  Dominican  Government  persisted. 
The  American  military  authorities  insisted  that  the  Domini- 
cans agree  to  a  treaty  similar  to  that  which  had  been  forced 
upon  Haiti,  providing  for  collection  of  customs  under  Amer- 
ican auspices,  the  appointment  of  an  American  financial 
adviser,  and  the  establishment  of  a  native  constabulary  force 
officered  by  Americans.  This  they  refused  to  do,  and  the 
American  authorities  thereupon  cut  off  their  income.  The 
Dominican  Government  was  left  penniless  and  impotent. 

A  proclamation  of  November  29,  1916,  frankly  put  su- 
preme power  into  the  hands  of  the  American  military  gov- 
ernment. That  proclamation  recited  that  because  of  failure 
to  carry  out  the  treaty  of  1907,  and  in  a  desire  to  obtain 
domestic  tranquillity — 

"the  republic  of  Santo  Domingo  is  hereby  placed  in  a  state 
of  Military  Occupation  by  the  forces  under  my  command,  and 
is  made  subject  to  military  government  and  to  the  exercise,  pf 
military  law  applicable  to  such  occupation  .  .  .  with  no  imme- 
diate or  ulterior  object  of  destroying  the  sovereignty  of  the 
Republic  of  Santo  Domingo  but  on  the  contrary  to  give  aid  to 
that  country  in  returning  to  a  condition  of  internal  order.   .   .   ." 

The  original  of  this  proclamation,  signed  by  Captain  H.  S. 
Knapp  of  the  U.  S.  S.  Olympia,  contains  marginal  annota- 
tions in  the  hand  of  Woodrow  Wilson.  A  censorship  decree 
followed,  and,  on  December  4,  Executive  Order  No.  1 : 

It  being  necessary  to  the  purpose  of  the  occupation  that  the 
offices  of  Secretary  of  State  of  the  Departments  of  War  and 
Marine,  and  of  Interior  and  Police,  be  no  longer  administered 
by  Dominican  citizens  but  be  administered  by  officers  of  the 
United  States  forces  in  occupation, 

It  is  ordered  that  until  further  notice  Dominican  citizens  are 
ineligible  to  hold,  and  cease  to  hold,  such  offices,  which  are 
hereby  vested  in  Colonel  J.  H.  Pendleton,  U.S.M.C.,  Command- 
ing the  forces  of  the  United  States  on  shore  in  Santo  Domingo. 

H.  S.  Knapp, 
U.  S.  S.  Olympia,  December  4, 1918.  Captain,  U.  S.  Navy, 

Other  orders  followed  in  rapid  succession,  removing  the 
ministers  of  Foreign  Relations,  Finance,  Justice,  Agricul- 
ture, etc.,  and  naming  officers  of  the  American  navy  to  fill 
these  offices  and  administer  them,  in  the  choicest  of  phrases, 
"according  to  the  Constitution  and  laws  of  the  Republic  of 
Santo  Domingo,  in  so  far  as  these  are  not  modified  by  the 
military  government."  Executive  Order  No.  12  was  brief: 
it  declared  that  "for  the  present  and  until  further  notice 
no  elections  will  be  held  in  the  Republic  of  Santo  Domingo." 
No.  18  is  longer.  It  should  be  noted  that  some  Dominicans 
who  still  clung  to  independence,  had  held  local  elections  and 
attempted  to  reassemble  a  congress: 

As  no  quorum  of  the  Dominican  Congress  exists,  due  to  the 
expiration  of  the  terms  of  office  of  certain  members  of  the 
Senate  and  House  of  Deputies,  and  to  the  fact  that  such  elec- 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


65 


tions  as  may  have  been  held  to  fill  the  vacancies  so  caused  will 
not  be  recognized  as  valid  by  the  military  government,  having 
been  held  under  the  direction  of  an  administration  not  recog- 
nized by  the  United  States,  and  to  the  further  fact  that  all 
elections  have  been  suspended  for  the  present  by  Executive 
Order  No.  12  of  December  26,  1916, 
It  is  ordered, 

1.  That  the  sessions  of  the  Dominican  Congress  are  suspended 
until  after  elections  shall  have  been  ordered  and  held  to  fill 
vacancies  now  existing; 

2.  That  the  Senators  and  deputies  whose  terms  have  not 
expired  are  likewise  expelled  from  office  until  the  full  Congress 
shall  have  been  called  into  session  and  that  their  emoluments 
shall  cease. 

U.  S.  S.  Olympia,  January  2,  1917.  H.  S.  Knapp. 

There  may  have  been  need  for  financial  interference; 
there  never  was  and  could  never  be,  excuse  for  such  ruth- 
less suppression  of  every  institution  of  popular  government 
and  for  the  substitution  of  a  military  despotism. 

Incidents  in  the  atrocious  history  of  that  despotism  have 
been  recited  by  Archbishop  Adolfo  Nouel,  and  are  printed 
elsewhere  in  this  issue.  Other  incidents,  including  the  use 
of  naval  airplanes  as  an  instrument  of  "pacification"  were 
told  in  The  Nation  for  February  21.  If  such  things  had 
happened  in  Armenia  or  Belgium,  the  American  people  and 
press  would  be  at  fever-heat  in  denunciation.  They  hap- 
pened at  our  own  doorstep,  under  our  owTn  flag,  in  the  name 
of  the  American  people,  and  we  are  silent. 

Captain  Knapp  of  the  Olympia,  who  sponsored  these 
orders,  was  promoted  to  Rear  Admiral,  and  in  1919  was 
succeeded  by  Rear  Admiral  Thomas  Snowden.  There  has 
been  no  substantial  change  in  the  methods  of  government. 
Perhaps  in  partial  response  to  a  memorandum  presented  to 
the  American  Government  at  Washington  by  the  exiled 
president  of  the  Dominican  Republic,  Dr.  Francisco  Hen- 
riquez  y  Carvajal,  Admiral  Snowden  last  October  named  a 
Consulting  Board  of  four  prominent  Dominicans  to  meet 
with  him  on  Wednesday  afternoons  "to  discuss  matters 
relevant  to  the  welfare  of  the  Republic."  The  four  Do- 
minicans accepted,  in  the  understanding  that  a  new  policy 
was  to  be  inaugurated,  that  the  censorship  would  be  abol- 
ished, that  the  provost  courts  would  give  way  to  civil  courts, 
and  that  at  least  local  municipal  elections  would  be  held. 
They  presented  three  memoranda  to  the  Admiral,  which  are 
printed  on  another  page  in  this  issue  of  The  Nation.  These 
memoranda  are  careful,  modest,  almost  humble,  suggestions 
for  first  steps  toward  a  restoration  of  self-government  in 
Santo  Domingo.  They  followed  Henriquez  y  Carvajal's 
memorandum.  The  Admiral  replied,  in  conversation,  that 
Santo  Domingo  would  continue  to  be  a  republic  and  would 
have  a  congress,  but  that  he,  the  Admiral,  would  be  the  Con- 
gress. '  The  only  official  answer  was  a  new  censorship  decree, 
also  printed  elsewhere  in  this  issue  of  The  Nation.  The 
Consulting  Commission,  convinced  that  they  were  not  to  be 
consulted  seriously,  resigned;  the  Admiral,  in  reply,  "re- 
gretted" their  resignation,  and  assured  them  that  their 
memoranda  were  being  "studied." 

That  is  the  story  to  date.  It  is  a  story  which,  told 
with  more  color  and  detail,  is  going  the  rounds  of  Latin 
America.  It  does  not  engender  love  for  the  United  States 
nor  enhance  our  reputation  for  good  faith.  So  long  as  we 
tolerate  such  business  under  our  own  flag,  in  the  interests 
of  banks  which  invest  in  risky  republics,  the  speeches  of 
our  presidents  and  the  pronouncements  of  our  party  plat- 
forms, will  be  a  stench  throughout  Latin  America. 


The  Tragedy  That  Is  Poland* 

By  BENJAMIN  GINZBURG 

Paris,  June  10. 

IT  is  difficult  for  the  traveler  who  passes  through  the  im- 
mense expanse  of  territory  that  goes  to  make  up  the 
present  Republic  of  Poland  to  gather  any  other  impression 
than  that  of  hopelessness  and  despair.  The  war  has  never 
ended  in  that  section  of  Europe,  and  the  atmosphere  of 
war  seems  to  lie  like  a  pall  of  cloud  over  everything,  spelling 
inevitable  and  eternal  doom.  Talk  to  the  common  people — 
the  common  people  to  whom  politics  has  always  seemed  the 
fatal  play  of  powers  beyond  their  control — and  they  will  tell 
you  that  the  war  is  eternal.  They  do  not  openly  doubt  your 
word  when  you  tell  them  that  the  war  is  over  for  part  of 
Europe  and  for  America,  but  they  remain  incredulous.  It 
is  too  big  a  tax  on  their  imagination  to  conceive  of  a  state 
of  things  in  which  peace  has  been  restored.  By  a  curious 
twist  of  human  psychology  these  people  have  become  accus- 
tomed to  war  as  the  normal  thing,  and  almost  come  to  dread 
peace  as  bringing  with  it  the  dangers  of  the  unknown. 

There  are  others  besides  the  common  people  who  have 
become  a  prey  to  the  abnormal  psychology  of  war.  The 
aristocratic  and  cultured  ruling  classes  have  organized  the 
new  state  under  a  philosophic  conception  of  things  remote 
from  the  normal  realities  of  life.  They  have  begun  with  a 
romantic  and  idealistic  notion  of  the  Polish  nationality,  and 
the  desire  to  return  to  historic  medievalism,  like  the  pre- 
Raphaelites  in  art.  They  have  left  no  room  in  their  specu- 
lations for  such  a  reality  as  the  distasteful  presence  of 
5,000,000  Jews  [in  Poland  proper,  the  Jewish  population  is 
about  3,000,000,  the  higher  figure  including  the  Jewish 
population  of  White  Russia  and  the  Ukraine,  to  which 
Poland  lays  claim],  and  when  they  find  themselves  face 
to  face  with  this  reality  they  lose  their  heads.  More  than 
one  Polish  publicist  has  shrieked  for  the  extermination  or 
expulsion  of  the  entire  Jewish  population  of  Poland  so  that 
the  Republic  of  the  White  Eagles  might  better  realize  the 
abstract  and  a  priori  conception  of  nationality.  The  waves 
of  pogroms  and  Jew-baiting  riots  in  which  the  Polish  intelli- 
gentsia frankly  encouraged  the  destructive  passions  of  the 
masses  are  the  expressions  of  rage  of  the  visionary  when 
brought  into  hard  contact  with  reality. 

The  same  estrangement  from  reality  is  manifest  in  the 
economic  and  political  policies  of  Poland.  Economically,  the 
plight  of  Poland  is  lamentable.  Poland  is  today  living  on 
what  it  can  get  from  the  Allies  as  the  warrior-defender  of 
civilization  against  Bolshevism.  While  it  may  be  true  that 
civilization  has  to  be  defended  from  the  menace  of  the 
Soviets,  a  more  realistic  people  than  the  Poles  would  have 
asked  themselves  whose  business  it  was  to  defend  civiliza- 
tion, and  whether  they  could  afford  to  ruin  themselves  in  a 
war  which  they  fought  single-handed  for  the  interests  of 
other  nations. 

The  naked  truth  of  the  matter  is  that  while  England  and 
France  are  putting  hundreds  of  millions  into  Poland  for 
war  purposes,  they  are  not  putting  in  one  shilling  or  one 
franc  for  purposes  of  reconstruction  and  peace-time  produc- 
tion. As  a  field  for  investment,  foreign  capital  is  afraid 
to  venture  into  Poland,  fearing  the  unsettled  conditions,  but 
it  is  good  business  for  England  to  hire  the  Polish  army  to 

*  This  article  was  written  a  month  ago  and  its  evidence  is  more  than  con- 
firmed  by   current   events   in   Poland. 


66 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


exercise  military  pressure  against  the  Russian  Soviets  with 
a  view  of  extorting  more  favorable  trade  concessions  from 
them.  And  as  for  France,  whose  politics  are  probably  not 
so  involved  as  those  of  England,  while  it  stands  a  good 
chance  of  not  receiving  any  return  on  the  money  lavished 
on  Polish  munitions,  its  investors  are  chary  of  putting 
money  into  the  country  for  exploiting  its  resources  after 
their  sad  experience  in  Russia. 

So  immersed  are  the  Poles  in  their  romantic  historical 
speculations  that  they  do  not  realize  that  the  controlling 
factor  in  the  creation  of  a  strong  Poland  was  not  the  right- 
ing of  historical  wrongs,  but  the  estimated  service  to  Allied 
policy.  In  the  same  way  were  created  Czecho-Slovakia,  the 
Baltic  states,  and  the  various  anti-Bolshevist  governments 
of  Russia.  In  each  case  a  part  of  the  price  of  their  exist- 
ence was  the  waging  of  an  offensive  against  Soviet  Russia, 
but  Czecho-Slovakia  and  the  Baltic  states,  as  soon  as  they 
realized  the  facts,  extricated  themselves  from  the  net  of 
Allied  policy. 

As  long  as  Poland  continues  the  war  against  Bolshevist 
Russia  it  is  assured  of  free  food  and  clothing  for  its 
army,  while  the  governing  class  is  relieved  of  the  problem 
of  unemployment  and  is  afforded  a  plausible  excuse  for 
postponing  the  solution  of  the  agrarian  question.  The 
Polish  aristocracy  is  not  brave  enough  to  tackle  the  knotty 
problems  of  reconstruction,  which  will  have  to  be  tackled 
sooner  or  later;  and  in  allowing  the  abnormal  war  economy 
to  prevail  it  is  immensely  complicating  the  tasks  of  the 
future.  Poland  was  cut  off  from  Russia  by  a  surgical  opera- 
tion severing  all  the  ligaments  which  formerly  united  it 
with  Petrograd,  Moscow,  and  the  other  Russian  centers. 
If  the  country  is  not  to  bleed  to  death  economically,  it  is 
necessary  to  tie  up  the  wounds  at  once,  and  establish  new 
trade  communications.  So  far  from  this  being  done,  the 
military  administration  of  the  country  paralyzes  the  little 
trading  that  has  been  built  up  with  Warsaw  as  a  center. 
A  consignment  of  cloth  for  the  provinces  has  to  be  literally 
smuggled  out  of  Warsaw  in  order  to  reach  its  destination, 
because  the  box  cars  are  entirely  taken  up  for  military  pur- 
poses. The  factories  at  Bialystock  and  Lodz  are  forced  to 
remain  idle  because  there  is  no  way  for  them  to  get  raw 
materials.  Over  a  large  part  of  the  country  the  medieval 
stage-coach  has  had  to  be  reinstated  because  of  the  irregu- 
larity of  the  train  service.  Even  in  the  large  centers,  civil- 
ians have  to  fight  to  get  standing  room  on  the  few  cars 
available  for  civilian  traffic. 

And  yet  all  this  suffering  and  disorganization  spring 
out  of  a  war  which  is  waged  primarily  because  Poland  re- 
fuses to  accept  the  Soviet  Government  of  Russia  as  a  reality. 
Pilsudski  cries  that  he  cannot  make  peace  before  there  is 
a  constitutional  government  in  Russia.  That  has  also  been 
the  cry  of  all  the  Allies,  and  yet  they  have  found  means  of 
drawing  themselves  out  of  the  war  and  letting  others  do 
the  fighting. 

There  is  not  a  single  statesman,  not  a  single  political 
party  in  Poland  with  sufficient  courage  to  demand  peace. 
The  National  Democrats,  a  party  representing  the  conserva- 
tive aristocracy,  have  of  late  manifested  a  desire  for  peace, 
but  have  not  dared  to  insist  on  their  point.  The  Polish 
Socialist  Party  is  pursuing  the  path  of  least  resistance, 
and  is  more  jingo  than  the  frankly  chauvinist  parties. 
As  for  the  other  political  divisions,  there  is  nothing  to  mark 
either  the  originality  of  their  views  or  the  courage  of  their 
opinions. 


The  result  is  that  Poland  is  drifting  toward  a  catastro- 
phe. It  is  not  drifting  toward  organized  revolution  or 
toward  communism,  but  to  an  unredeemed  state  of  economic 
chaos.  A  crushing  defeat  or  a  sudden  military  panic  may 
send  the  whole  structure  crumbling.  The  only  potent  force 
under  such  circumstances  would  be  a  strong  workers'  organ- 
ization, but  this  has  still  to  be  developed,  and  the  Govern- 
ment suppression  of  the  freedom  of  speech  and  the  freedom 
of  assemblage  is  doing  all  that  it  can  to  assure  chaos  in 
the  event  of  a  revolution.  In  any  program  for  the  redemp- 
tion of  Poland,  peace  with  the  Bolsheviki  is  the  first  essen- 
tial. But  should  even  that  be  realized,  conditions  will  not 
immediately  take  a  turn  for  the  better.  The  task  of  peace 
financing  will  present  an  almost  insoluble  problem  without 
foreign  help.  The  demobilization  of  the  army  will  throw 
into  the  cities  tens  of  thousands  of  men  without  occupations 
for  whom  work  will  have  to  be  found.  These  are  but  the 
usual  after-the-war  problems  which  statesmen  in  the  coun- 
tries surrounding  Poland  are  making  an  earnest  effort  to 
solve.  Poland  cannot  expect  to  avoid  them,  nor  can  she, 
as  Dr.  Keynes  has  well  said,  hope  to  live  on  the  sole  industry 
of  Jew-baiting. 


Manitoba's  Startling  Election 

By  A.  VERNON  THOMAS 

WHEN  Huck  Finn's  alcoholic  "pap"  wished  to  convey 
that  he  had  on  hand  a  generous  quantity  of  whiskey 
he  invariably  described  the  supply  as  enough  for  two  drunks 
and  one  delirium  tremens.  The  startling  result  of  the  gen- 
eral election  in  the  Canadian  Province  of  Manitoba,  the  old- 
est of  the  western  provinces,  seems  to  demand  some  similar 
standard  of  comparison.  At  any  rate  liberals  who  have  had 
to  witness  the  panorama  of  tragedy,  unrolled  during  the 
past  few  years,  may  be  pardoned  some  mild  measure  of  spir- 
itual intoxication  when  they  understand  what  has  happened 
in  Manitoba.    Here  it  is  in  a  nutshell: 

Frederick  J.  Dixon,  a  Labor  man,  who,  for  his  stand 
against  the  war,  endured  the  abuse  of  friend  and  foe,  was 
mobbed,  charged  with  sedition,  arrested,  thrown  into  prison 
and  for  a  time  refused  bail,  heads  the  poll  in  Winnipeg  with 
a  huge  plurality,  a  surplus  of  7,274  votes  as  against  a  sur- 
plus of  73  won  by  the  Attorney  General,  a  machine  politi- 
cian. The  Rev.  Mr.  Ivens,  Labor  candidate,  who  lost  his 
pulpit  through  his  pacifist  views ;  John  Queen,  Social  Demo- 
crat, and  George  Armstrong,  Socialist  Party  of  Canada,  all 
of  them  now  in  prison,  are  all  elected  for  the  City  of  Winni- 
peg. They  are  serving  sentences  of  one  year  each  for 
alleged  seditious  conspiracy  in  connection  with  the  general 
strike  of  last  year.  Eleven  Labor,  Labor-Farmer,  or  Social- 
ist candidates,  have  been  elected  in  the  Province,  four  in 
Winnipeg  and  seven  outside.  In  the  previous  Legislature 
there  was  but  one  Labor  man — Dixon — while  outside  of 
Winnipeg  no  Labor  man  was  ever  before  elected.  At  one 
bound  Labor  now  becomes  the  chief  opposition  with  Dixon 
its  probable  leader.  The  Government  loses  some  seventeen 
seats  and  with  them  it  loses  control,  as  it  now  has  twenty 
members  in  a  House  of  fifty-five.  A  group  of  ten  Independ- 
ents, mainly  farmers,  has  been  elected  and  nine  Conserva- 
tives. 

The  Manitoba  Free  Press,  the  chief  organ  of  the  Govern- 
ment, in  an  editorial  upon  the  result,  practically  invites  the 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


67 


Conservatives  to  dissolve  as  a  party.    It  goes  on  to  say  that : 

As  for  the  Conservative  Party,  the  vote  has  made  clear  to  all 
what  has  been  quite  evident  to  everybody  who  looked  at  the 
matter  coolly — the  fact  that  its  strength  has  gone  from  it.  It 
is  a  dying  party  which  can  never  be  revived.  The  Conservative 
Party  in  Manitoba  is  well  along  the  road  which  its  namesake  in 
Australia  traveled  some  years  ago,  the  end  of  which  will  be 
absorption  by  some  party  which  is  alive. 

Modesty — or  is  it  doubt? — restrains  the  Free  Press  from 
naming  the  party  "which  is  alive."  In  Manitoba  something 
has  happened  which  can  no  longer  be  hid,  although  the  New 
York  Times,  at  this  writing,  has  not  had  the  heart  to  inform 
its  readers  what  has  taken  place.  For  the  Times  devoted 
many  columns  last  summer  to  blackening  the  character  of  the 
Winnipeg  strike  leaders.  It  is  now  to  be  sympathized  with 
if  it  feels  no  stomach  for  recording  that  four  of  these  same 
strike  leaders,  three  of  whom  are  in  prison,  have  been 
elected  to  the  Manitoba  -Legislature,  and  that  one  of  them 
heads  the  poll  in  the  city  of  Winnipeg  by  a  huge  plurality. 

Primarily  the  verdict  in  Winnipeg  represents  a  revulsion 
of  feeling  in  favor  of  the  strike  leaders,  notably  in  favor  of 
Mr.  Dixon,  whose  acquittal  a  few  weeks  ago,  after  a 
defense  which  he  conducted  himself,  will  remain  for  many  a 
long  day  one  of  the  great  trials  of  Canada.  The  seizure  of 
the  strike  leaders,  and  the  whole  course  of  the  prosecution, 
were  marked  by  blind  passion  on  the  part  of  the  authorities. 

Mr.  Dixon  is  one  of  the  big  men  of  the  Canadian  West. 
He  went  out  to  Winnipeg  some  fifteen  or  sixteen  years  ago 
from  the  English  biscuit  town  of  Reading.  For  some  years 
he  worked  in  Winnipeg  at  his  trade,  that  of  designer.  About 
this  time  he  read  Henry  George's  "Progress  and  Poverty," 
and  became  not  merely  a  disciple  of  the  great  land  reformer, 
but  a  veritable  evangelist  of  the  Single  Tax.  He  made  con- 
stant headway.  After  years  of  soap-box  oratory,  he  grad- 
ually won  his  way  to  indoor  favor,  addressing  farmers' 
meetings,  church  gatherings,  political  conventions,  and  pro- 
gressive groups  of  all  kinds.  His  frank,  open,  radiant  face 
bespoke  absolute  sincerity  and  intense  conviction.  It  was  a 
joy  to  his  friends  to  see  his  big  athletic  figure  and  listen  to 
his  great  voice,  which  is  of  Madison  Square  Garden  caliber 
Although  relatively  unknown,  and  quite  inexperienced  polit- 
ically, he  came,  in  1907,  within  an  ace  of  upsetting  one  of 
the  old-time  and  old-line  politicians  of  Winnipeg.  Finally, 
when  the  Liberals  at  last  came  into  power  in  the  Province, 
in  1915,  Dixon  enjoyed  so  much  popularity  that  although 
insistent  upon  running  as  an  Independent  no  Liberal 
opposed  him  for  the  Winnipeg  seat  he  contested,  and  he 
received  the  highest  majority  obtained  by  any  candidate  in 
the  whole  Province. 

But  the  war  spirit  was  even  then  developing  and  it  meant 
a  Calvary  for  Mr.  Dixon.  From  the  first  he  took  the  paci- 
fist viewpoint  and  steadfastly  refused  to  join  in  the  orgy  of 
hatred  and  unreason.  He  simply  maintained  the  beliefs 
and  opinions  he  had  always  held.  He  continued  to  say  what 
he  had  always  said,  but  slowly  his  star  began  to  sink.  Old 
friends  deserted  him.  Magazines  and  newspapers  which 
had  delighted  to  honor  him  and  have  him  write  for  them 
found  it  undesirable  to  have  his  name  appear  in  their  pages, 
or  if  it  found  a  place  there  it  was  for  the  purpose  of  abuse 
and  cynical  comment.  Meetings  at  which  he  spoke  were 
broken  up,  and  on  one  occasion  he  was  attacked  by  a  mob 
and  personally  assaulted.  A  demand  was  made  that  he 
resign  from  the  Legislature.  Dixon  replied  to  this  by  intro- 
ducing a  recall  bill  applicable  to  every  member.    This  chal- 


lenge was  refused  and  he  kept  his  seat.  But  the  tide  of 
popular  favor  had  now  left  him  high  and  dry. 

One  scene  which  took  place  in  the  Manitoba  Legislature 
will  not  easily  be  forgotten  by  those  who  saw  it.  It  was 
January,  1917.  Dixon  had  made  a  speech  against  the  war. 
He  had  demanded  that  nothing  be  left  undone  to  secure 
peace.  He  had  asked  whether  the  Allies  were  as  disinter- 
ested as  they  claimed  to  be,  whether  after  all  the  boys  were 
not  dying  for  a  myth.  He  quoted  from  Henry  W.  Nevinson, 
A.  G.  Gardiner,  and  others  to  show  that  it  was  likely  to  be 
the  old  game  of  grab.  This  speech,  which,  as  events  have 
proved,  was  abundantly  justified,  greatly  incensed  the  Lib- 
erals, and  after  adjournment  they  gathered  in  little  groups 
on  one  side  of  the  chamber,  discussing  Dixon's  "disloyalty" 
and  "treason,"  while  casting  angry  glances  to  where  he  sat 
alone  at  his  desk.  Two  newspaper  men,  one  an  editorial 
writer,  the  other  a  reporter,  shook  hands  with  him  as  they 
passed  and  dared  to  congratulate  him  on  his  speech.  Within 
a  week  they  were  both  "fired"  from  the  principal  "Liberal" 
newspaper  of  Winnipeg. 

Very  different  is  the  picture  today.  While  many  factors 
peculiar  to  Manitoba  politics  have  undoubtedly  played  a 
part  in  the  recent  election,  it  is  none  the  less  true  that  the 
result  reflects  a  world-wide  process — the  death  of  liberalism 
as  we  have  known  it  in  modern  times.  Tragic  as  it  is  to  see 
men  who  in  the  past  have  given  liberalism  genuine  and 
sincere  service  being  absorbed  in  the  ranks  of  reaction,  it  is 
nevertheless  a  fate  which  is  bound  to  overtake  our  old 
Liberal  and  Democratic  parties.  They  are  war  casualties. 
Long  ago  the  Liberals  of  Manitoba  lost  all  title  to  the  grand 
old  name  of  "liberal."  When  the  ordeal  came  in  1917  over 
the  question  of  conscription  the  Manitoba  Liberals,  with 
quite  negligible  exceptions,  proved  unequal  to  it.  They 
deserted  their  old  chief,  who,  if  any  man  ever  represented 
traditional  and  historic  liberalism — respect  for  the  person- 
ality and  opinions  of  others,  faith  in  the  judgments  of  the 
people  and  willingness  to  abide  by  them,  toleration  of  the 
views  of  opponents  and  a  desire  to  understand  them,  a  pro- 
found belief  in  freedom  of  religion,  of  speech  and  of  the 
press — it  was  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier.  Yet  he  only  asked  that 
the  people  of  Canada  be  given  an  opportunity  at  once  to  say 
by  way  of  a  referendum,  as  was  done  twice  in  Australia, 
whether  they  desired  conscription.  And  this  was  denied 
him. 

But  it  was  not  in  the  conscription  election  alone  that  the 
Manitoba  Liberals  betrayed  liberalism.  There  developed  in 
Canada  as  the  war  months  went  on  much  the  same  system 
of  espionage  and  summary  arrest  as  has  prevailed  in  this 
country.  Hundreds  of  innocent  persons  had  their  homes 
invaded,  their  persons  molested,  were  arrested  and  flung 
into  jail,  usually  on  paltry  and  unsubstantial  evidence.  The 
weak  and  defenceless  were  the  object  of  pitiless  attack. 
And  while  this  orgy  of  Prussianism  was  developing,  and  as 
it  rose  to  its  height,  the  Manitoba  Liberals,  again  with 
negligible  exceptions,  either  remained  silent  or  supported 
the  campaign  of  tyranny.  Unfortunately  the  spectacle  is 
not  confined  to  Manitoba.  The  same  process  is  recognizable 
all  over  the  world.  We  shall  have  the  same  phenomenon 
ourselves  in  November,  for  can  anything  but  half  a  dozen 
miracles  save  the  Democratic  Party  from  humiliating  de- 
feat? What  enthusiasm  does  a  "Democratic"  Party  expect 
to  command  and  generate  which  has  not  considered  it  a 
scandal  to  have  A.  Mitchell  Palmer  mentioned  day  after  day 
as  an  aspirant  for  the  Presidential  nomination  in  its  gift? 


68 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


Cox — A  Provincial  for  President 


By  LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 


IT  was  in  Memorial  Hall,  the  vast  auditorium  in  Columbus. 
Louise  Homer  was  to  give  the  first  concert  of  the  season 
and  Governor  Cox  was  to  introduce  her.  He  got  up,  dark, 
stodgy,  rather  hard-voiced,  shoved  his  left  foot  forward  and 
extended  his  right  arm  in  the  manner  of  a  commencement 
orator.  You  didn't  have  to  look  at  the  man  twice.  He  left 
little  room  for  subtlety  or  speculation.  You  saw  at  once  a 
certain  rough  earnestness,  as  much  honesty  as  can  be  har- 
monized with  political  success,  and  genuine  emotional  im- 
pulses constantly  outstripping  the  mind.  His  peroration 
rather  missed  fire  with  the  audience.  But  he  knew  that 
the  papers  would  carry  its  message  to  the  great  heart  of  the 
people  next  day.  "You  will  hear  beautiful  singing,  because 
you  will  hear  a  voice  that  has  sung  lullabies  over  the  cradles 
of  four  American  children!" 

The  point  about  this  trivial  anecdote  is  not  that  Governor 
Cox  was  not  perfectly  sincere,  but  that  he  was.  Mrs. 
Homer's  exemplary  domestic  arrangements  aroused  in  him 
a  deep  emotional  conviction  that  her  art  must  be  admirable. 
And  the  children  were  American  children!  How  could  she 
not  be  great?  Well,  Governor  Cox  has  let  such  homely  emo- 
tionalism be  his  guide.  Without  fundamental  convictions 
or  a  program  for  social  justice,  he  is  responsible  for  mothers' 
pensions  in  Ohio,  for  a  maximum  nine-hour  working  day 
for  women,  and  has  insisted,  quite  recently,  on  a  minimum 
salary  of  one  hundred  dollars  a  month  for  school-teachers. 
His  relations  with  the  executive  of  the  State  University,  who 
was  old-fashioned  enough  to  believe  intellectual  culture  the 
foundation  of  democracy,  have  been  strained  and  jangled. 
But  he  has  a  heart  for  underpaid  village  school-teachers, 
over-worked  waitresses,  and  poor  old  mothers.  He  does  not 
believe  in  firing  on  strikers  on  sight,  or  in  letting  "public 
opinion"  deal  with  aliens  until  they  have  had  a  chance  to 
learn  English  and  thus  to  "hold  the  emotions  which  stirred 
the  founders  of  our  republic."  He  is  no  "ship  or  shoot" 
extremist.  He  has  a  heart.  It  is  no  fault  of  his  if  everyone 
does  not  know  it. 

The  trouble  with  this  not  unkindly,  rough  and  ready 
type  of  provincial  is  that  he  has  passed  his  life  amid  certain 
conventional  phrases  which  have  unfailingly  aroused  in  him 
a  definite  emotional  response.  He  has  never  permitted  him- 
self to  examine  the  concepts  employed  in  those  phrases  nor 
to  imagine  that  his  loose  and  yet  canny  emotionalism 
needed  either  tightening  or  testing.  He  wants  the  League 
of  Nations.  It  appeals  to  him.  It  sounds  "folksy"  on  a 
grand  scale.  Of  course,  it  must  not  interfere  with  the  Consti- 
tution. He  feels  that  the  League  will  reduce  armaments, 
which  is  amusing  in  view  of  the  present  facts,  and  also 
that  it  will  help  the  world  to  get  to  work.  He  has  always 
been  a  hard  worker;  he  believes  in  hard  work.  The  disease 
and  despair  and  lack  of  incentive  in  Europe — none  of  these 
things  reach  his  mind.  Work!  Good  old  American  hust- 
ling! It  gives  him  his  emotional  "kick."  In  confirms  him 
in  the  soundness  of  the  world. 

Then  there  is  the  League — the  "vital  issue"  distinguishing 
the  two  parties.  Here  are  Mr.  Cox's  views:  "If  this  ques- 
tion passes  to  the  next  Administration,  there  should  be  no 
fetish  developed  over  past  differences.  Yet  at  the  same  time 
there  must  be  no  surrender  of  vital  principle."  Such  verbiage 


is  empty  but  also  dangerous.  If  a  great  Power  wants  some- 
thing we  shall  make  no  fetish  over  past  differences;  if  it  is 
an  oppressed  minority  we  shall  make  no  "surrender  of  vital 
principle."  In  either  case  Mr.  Cox's  heart  would  have  its 
accustomed  glow.  Who  opposes  the  League?  You  can  see 
him  thrusting  out  his  left  foot  and  waving  his  right  arm. 
"Certain  groups  who  have  been  deceived  and  to  whom  appeal 
has  been  made  on  racial  pleas."  But  is  not  the  hearing  of 
racial  pleas  one  of  the  great  aims  of  the  League?  Or  are 
the  people  of  Shantung  or  South  Tyrol  deceived  as  to  their 
racial  identity?  Then  what  does  Governor  Cox  mean  in 
concrete  terms?  Alas,  this  type  of  provincial  never  means 
anything  concrete  in  matters  that  transcend  his  province. 
He  will  have  his  glow  whatever  meaning  the  great  game- 
sters of  power  and  finance  attribute  to  his  words.  Who  else 
opposes  the  League?  "Interests  who  see  in  it  an  absolute 
bar  to  German  absolutism.  The  election  in  Switzerland 
shows  that  opposition  to  the  League  in  that  country,  in  the 
main,  was  in  the  German  cantons."  So  we  have  the  Swiss, 
the  oldest  and  most  hardheaded  republicans  in  the  world, 
turned  into  henchmen  of  the  Hohenzollerns,  because  they 
have  a  closer  and  more  realistic  view  of  Europe  than  the 
Governor  of  Ohio.  His  easy  emotional  responses  are  not 
theirs.  They  must  be  rascals.  Therefore  they  must  be  de- 
fenders of  an  alien  absolutism.  They  are  Germans  to  boot 
— Germans  from  whom  no  good  can  possibly  come.  The' 
case  is  clear.  Mr.  Cox  is  indignant.  Mr.  Cox  is  extremely 
indignant. 

The  curious  yet  characteristic  paradox  is  that  so  soon  as 
Governor  Cox  gets  down  to  what,  in  Central  Ohio,  they 
call  "brass  tacks,"  he  suddenly  stops  being  emotional  and 
talking  in  the  void.  He  wants  good  rural  schools  because 
they  make  "farmlands  appreciate  in  value";  he  .wants  the 
excess  profits  tax  abolished  for  the  idyllic  reason  that  it  is 
"not  needed  now";  he  wants  the  Federal  inheritance  tax 
transferred  to  the  States.  He  talks  very  concretely  on  the 
questions  that  affect  bread  and  butter — the  bread  and  butter 
of  himself  and  his  class.  Let  him  leave  that  and  he  becomes 
once  more  and  immediately  the  man  of  feeling  and  of  swell- 
ing phrases.  Yes,  there  are  industrial  disputes.  Far  be  it 
from  him  to  deny  it.  Let  the  President  appoint  a  commis- 
sion to  examine  these  disputes.  Let  the  findings  of  this 
commission  be  made  known  in  each  instance.  "Upon  this 
evidence  public  opinion  will  be  formed.  It  can  be  depended 
upon  to  be  fair;  it  will  always  be  dominant."  Whose  public 
opinion?  How  shall  it  be  tested  and  how  applied?  Who 
will  abide  by  its  decisions?  Such  questions,  one  may  be 
sure,  have  never  presented  themselves  to  the  mind  of  Gov- 
ernor Cox.  He  says  "public  opinion"  and  feels  noble  and 
righteous;  he  says  "home  and  mother"  and  feels  nobler  and 
more  righteous.  He  almost  sheds  a  manly  tear.  He  says: 
"Government  must  be  something  to  inspire  reverence — not 
fear,"  and  he  feels  very  noble  indeed.  Why  should  he 
examine  things  disinterestedly  or  test  the  rectitude  of  his 
mental  operations  or  fear  the  complexity  of  great  affairs  or 
force  his  imagination  to  envisage  the  realities  of  other  men 
in  other  lands?  Is  he  not  honest?  Has  he  not  a  heart?  Is 
he  not  sure  that  his  provincial  catch-words  can  cure  the  ills 
of  the  world?    All  he  needs  is  a  chance  to  be  President. 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


69 


Another  Convention — The  Democratic 


By  ROBERT  HALE 


REPUBLICANS,  when  taunted  with  the  charge  that 
Harding  was  nominated  in  a  hotel  room  in  Chicago 
at  two  o'clock  in  the  morning,  may  reply  with  some  perti- 
nence that  Cox  was  selected  just  before  dinner  in  a  suite 
at  French  Lick.  Nor  is  there  much  ground  for  Democratic 
jubilation  in  the  testimony  of  freedom  afforded  by  the  long 
deadlock.  Both  conventions  were  of  a  pattern.  Neither 
was  bossed  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  word,  but  both  were 
manipulated.  The  children  of  darkness  exercised  their  tra- 
ditional privilege  of  being  wiser  than  the  children  of  light. 
To  be  sure  the  shades  were  not  always  quite  so  definite. 
There  were  hours  and  days  when  it  was  very  difficult  to  tell 
just  what  issue  was  dividing  the  delegates.  The  man  who 
seemed  closest  to  the  spirit  of  the  convention  was  John  W. 
Davis.  His  nominator  declared  that  he  would  administer 
affairs  "with  fidelity  to  every  interest  and  every  group." 
And  one  of  his  seconders  added  "His  legal  training  makes 
him  see  two  sides  of  every  question  almost  instantly." 

The  Democrats  assembled  in  convention  seldom  had  any 
difficulty  in  seeing  both  sides  of  any  question  which  came 
before  them.  The  only  difficulty  lay  in  reaching  a  decision. 
Seemingly  they  had  been  unable  to  outgrow  the  habits  of 
neutrality  first  urged  by  Woodrow  Wilson  himself.  Thus 
when  Bryan  presented  a  plank  pledging  the  party  to  the 
strict  enforcement  of  the  Volstead  act,  the  convention  swept 
it  aside  with  a  rousing  vote.  But  soon  after  when  Bourke 
Cockran  suggested  that  the  convention  record  itself  as  fav- 
oring legislation  which  would  permit  the  sale,  for  home 
consumption,  of  cider,  light  wines,  and  beer,  the  convention 
voted  "no"  almost  as  vigorously  as  before.  The  convention 
feared  to  be  dry  and  it  didn't  dare  be  wet.  It  remained  in  a 
condition  midway  between  the  two.  Likewise,  although 
there  was  much  bold  talk  about  ratification  of  the  treaty 
without  nullifying  resolutions  the  plank  as  sawed  was  broad 
enough  for  Woodrow  Wilson  and  James  Reed. 

It  seems  probable  that  the  President  gave  few  orders  and 
yet  he  did  not  keep  his  hands  off  the  convention.  He  could 
not  have  done  so  even  if  that  had  been  his  desire.  There  was 
no  possibility  of  divorcing  Democracy  and  Wilsonism  on  the 
eve  of  a  national  election.  The  party  was  compelled  to 
build  a  platform  on  the  record  of  what  had  been  done  in 
seven  years  and  somehow  or  other  Wilson's  name  kept  creep- 
ing into  the  record.  Not  all  the  delegates  were  delighted 
by  this  fact,  but  even  the  bitterest  foe  of  the  administration 
realized  that  the  party  could  not  go  on  record  without  sav- 
ing the  face  of  its  leader.  This  much  the  convention  did 
for  Wilson  and  no  more.  To  borrow  a  figure  from  H.  L. 
Mencken,  Wilson  asked  for  bread  and  they  gave  him  three 
cheers. 

The  League  was  by  no  means  the  big  issue  of  the  San 
Francisco  convention.  It  was  large  enough  to  send  James 
Reed  sprawling,  but  by  that  time  honor  was  satisfied  and 
other  rebels  against  the  administration's  treaty  policy  had 
no  difficulty  in  hurdling  the  question  and  remaining  regular. 
As  Homer  Cummings  explained  in  a  talk  to  the  newspaper 
men,  it  wasn't  so  much  what  James  Reed  had  done  as  the 
way  he  did  it.  The  one  question  which  split  the  convention 
wide  open  was  liquor.    Democratic  newspapers  are  now  pro- 


testing violently  that  the  liquor  question  is  not  an  issue  in 
this  campaign.  They  ask  voters  to  keep  their  eyes  on  the 
League  alone.  But  as  a  matter  of  fact  in  all  the  intimate 
conferences  between  group  and  group,  prohibition  was  the 
leading  topic.  Many  delegates  were  perfectly  willing  to 
trade,  and  accept  a  one  hundred  per  cent  League  of  Nations 
in  return  for  2.75  beer.  Little  of  this  talk  occurred  on  the 
floor.  Indeed  it  was  felt  that  Bryan  was  guilty  of  bad 
trade,  and  accept  a  one  hundred  per  cent  League  of  Nations 
admitted  that  he  introduced  his  resolution  only  in  retalia- 
tion. He  gave  a  clew  to  the  manner  in  which  the  Democratic 
wets  hope  to  achieve  their  ends.  In  his  speech  for  cider, 
light  wines,  and  beer  he  devoted  practically  all  his  attention 
to  an  appeal  to  the  South.  He  praised  the  South  for  "the 
solution  of  the  Negro  problem"  and  said  that  nothing  like 
it  had  ever  been  seen  in  the  history  of  the  world.  He  sug- 
gested that  there  were  other  amendments,  also,  which  might 
best  be  left  to  the  interpretation  of  the  States.  The  Demo- 
cratic wets  did  not  care  to  risk  a  frontal  attack  upon  the 
drys.  They  favored  a  more  subtle  process.  Infiltration 
the  Germans  called  it.  Accordingly  there  was  scant  support 
for  Edwards  an  announced  wet.  Instead  the  Murphy- 
Nugent-Brennan-Taggart  combination  decided  upon  Cox 
and  stuck  to  him  in  spite  of  his  declaration  shortly  before 
the  convention  that  he  was  not  a  wet.  After  all  they  had 
heard  Mr.  McAdoo  say  that  he  was  not  a  candidate.  Mr. 
Murphy  and  Mr.  Taggart  are  realists.  It  made  little  dif- 
ference to  them  what  Cox  chose  to  call  himself. 

Cox  did  not  have  nearly  enough  votes  at  the  beginning 
to  win  the  election,  but  his  support  was  exceedingly  staunch. 
Taggart's  late  move  to  McAdoo  was  no  more  than  a  gesture. 
It  was  intended  to  show  all  the  doubtful  delegates  that  the 
Cox  forces  were  strong  enough  to  stick  even  in  the  face  of 
desertion.  The  most  discouraging  thing  which  can  happen 
to  a  candidate  is  to  gain  new  votes  and  then  lose  them,  and 
soon  Taggart's  Indiana  delegation  was  back  with  Cox. 
Palmer  held  the  balance  of  power.  It  is  possible  that  he 
might  have  effected  the  nomination  of  McAdoo  if  he  had 
made  a  move  at  the  right  time.  There  was,  however,  no 
very  cordial  feeling  between  the  Palmer  and  McAdoo  forces. 
More  than  that,  the  attorney  general  had  a  good  many  anti- 
prohibition  delegates  in  his  machine  and  as  soon  as  they 
were  free  they  rushed  to  Cox  and  not  to  McAdoo.  Just 
why  Palmer  weakened  when  he  did  is  not  clear.  Perhaps 
the  office  of  attorney  general  is  not  one  to  develop  stamina. 
Mr.  Palmer  has  been  so  accustomed  to  waving  a  finger  and 
having  a  deportation  or  a  raid  occur  on  the  instant  that  he 
was  somewhat  out  of  his  element  when  he  entered  a  contest 
in  which  he  met  people  strong  enough  to  fight  back,  in 
which  he  gave  orders  of  which  nothing  came.  In  pursuing 
so  long  a  policy  of  repression  he  had  allowed  his  powers  of 
persuasion  to  atrophy  and  not  all  his  orators,  press  agents, 
shouters,  and  mixed  quartettes  were  enough  to  convert  the 
necessary  delegates.  No  one  had  so  elaborate  a  publicity 
organization  in  San  Francisco  as  Mitchell  Palmer.  The  city 
was  filled  with  huge  posters  which  pictured  him  holding  a 
large  and  legal  book  in  his  left  hand  and  shaking  a  threaten- 
ing finger  of  his  right.     "Mitchell  Palmer — The  Fighting 


70 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


Quaker — laying  down  the  law,"  read  the  inscription,  but  one 
correspondent  soon  changed  it  to  the  "Quaking  Fighter" 
and  another  suggested  that  Mr.  Palmer  withdrew  from  the 
contest  for  the  nomination  because  the  redwoods  made  him 
nervous. 

Mr.  Palmer  was  nominated  by  J.  H.  Bigelow  in  a  speech 
in  which  he  was  first  likened  to  Vulcan  unterrified  by  "the 
onslaught  of  the  serried  ranks  of  reds."  This  particular 
incident  in  mythology  has  escaped  us.  Later  coming  to  history 
he  was  called  "a  new  Navarre,"  but  no  mention  at  all  was 
made  as  to  whether  his  white  plume  was  a  feather.  At  any 
rate  the  speaker  told  the  convention:  "His  lance  is  that  of 
law;  his  shield  is  that  of  Justice;  and  democracy  again  tri- 
umphs, led  and  inspired  by  Pennsylvania's  noblest  product, 
whom  I  now  name  for  the  presidency  of  the  United  States — 
A.  Mitchell  Palmer." 

Most  of  the  oratory  was  of  the  same  school.  Little  which 
we  heard  in  speech  or  demonstration  was  simple  or  sincere. 
Perhaps  an  exception  should  be  made  in  the  case  of  Al 
Smith,  presented  to  the  convention  on  a  platform  which 
comprised  "After  the  Ball  Was  Over,"  "Sweet  Rosie 
O'Grady,"  and  "The  Sidewalks  of  New  York."  There  was 
one  other  outburst  of  enthusiasm  not  open  to  suspicion.  In 
nominating  Carter  Glass,  Flood  said  "Carter  Glass  was  born 
in  Lynchburg,  Virginia,"  and  a  stout  Negro  woman  in  the 
balcony  got  up  and  cheered  for  two  minutes. 


In  the  Driftway 


THERE  is  still  Romance  in  the  world.  To  the  Drifter 
Romance  has  always  meant  lost  causes  and  forlorn 
hopes,  desperately  guarded  to  the  end  by  knightly  adven- 
turers,— crusaders,  cavaliers,  Southern  gentlemen.  But 
their  songs  and  their  stories  are  no  more  stirring  than  the 
morning  papers  these  days.  Therein  the  Drifter  has  read 
of  a  great  adventure  and,  as  he  wandered  down  the  prosaic 
stone  and  steel  canyon  of  lower  Broadway,  the  wind  from 
off  the  sea  seemed  to  echo  the  message,  to  shout  to  him  of 
Romance  half  the  world  away,  to  uplift  him  and  to  fill  him 
with  longing  to  go  out  and  die — "For  a  not  unworthy  cause, 
far  from  a  bed  of  sickness,  under  a  sunset  sky,  the  point 
of  a  sword  in  my  heart,  and  the  point  of  a  jest  on  my  lips." 
Just  here  the  Drifter  had  to  come  back — albeit,  regretfully 
— to  the  twentieth  century,  and  admit  that  it  was  far  more 
probable  that  a  machine  gun  bullet  or  a  typhus  germ  than  a 
rapier  would  be  the  death  of  him.  But  in  his  exalted  mood 
death  in  any  form  was  welcome  in  the  interest  of  a  gallant 

cause. 

***** 

WHAT  stirred  the  Drifter  to  this  line  of  thought  was 
the  latest  appeal  from  Poland  for  American  aid. 
The  commander  of  the  Kosciusko  Squadron,  fighting  with 
the  Polish  army  against  the  Bolsheviki,  has  cabled  to  this 
country : 

We  need  twelve  enthusiastic  pilots,  good  flyers,  gentlemen 
essential;  must  pay  expenses  to  Poland;  accept  Polish  pay, 
2,000  marks.  Scout  pilots  preferable.  Could  offer  only  a 
lieutenant's  rank.     Could  American  Flying  Club  help? 

Gentlemen  essential.  The  issue  seems  clear.  Here  we 
have  class-consciousness!  The  Drifter  had  always  thought 
it  to  be  some  horrid  thing  fastened  upon  us  by  the  wicked 
Socialists.  Poland  shows  us  our  error.  There,  it  would 
seem,  black  is  black,  and  white,  white — or  more  properly, 


red  is  red,  and  white,  white.  On  the  one  hand  is  the  ragged 
red  army  of  proletarians  who  presume  to  think  that  they 
can  dictate  the  destiny  of  Russia.  On  the  other  is  a  little 
company  of  chivalrous  volunteers,  United  States  birdgen- 
tlemen,  American  "eagles"  fighting  under  the  white  eagles 
for  their  dream  of  a  Polish  Empire.  They  call  it  a  republic 
—the  Drifter  smiles  indulgently.     In  the  land  of  Romance 

one  overlooks  these  little  slips  of  the  tongue. 

***** 

GENTLEMEN  essential.  It  raises  a  serious  question. 
Will  the  authorities  demand  the  name  of  the  Drifter's 
maternal  great-great-grandmother  which  he  has  inadvert- 
ently forgotten?  Will  they  want  to  know  his  clubs?  Will 
they  look  him  up  in  the  Social  Register?  Or  will  they  ask 
him  to  dinner  to  judge  his  table  manners  and  breeding? 
One  of  the  Drifter's  ancestors  lies  buried  in  St.  Paul's 
churchyard  on  Broadway — but  then  he  was  only  a  simple 
tradesman,  "Smith  to  the  Royal  Artillery,"  as  his  tombstone 
says.  Will  such  lowly  origin  be  held  against  him?  Other- 
wise the  Drifter  feels  qualified.  He  is  a  scout  pilot.  To 
be  sure,  he  is  poor,  but  2,000  marks  will  probably  exclude 
loot  and  therefore  suffice.  He  is  proud,  but  not  too  proud 
to  sink  to  the  grade  of  lieutenant.  The  Drifter  feels  he 
ought  to  qualify.    Romance  is  calling,  and  adventure.     But 

can  he  get  away  with  that  "gentlemen"  stuff? 

***** 

THE  Drifter  hears  with  puzzled  ears  the  Dean  of  West- 
minster's appeal  across  the  Atlantic  for  funds  to  keep 
the  Abbey  going.  Must  the  city  of  Thomas  Carlyle's  adop- 
tion call  thus  upon  the  country  of  Thomas  Carlyle's  con-. 
tempt  for  aid  in  the  worship  of  British  heroes?  And  if  so," 
what  citizens  of  these  States  are  addressed?  Palpably  not 
the  Senatorial  worthies  who  doze  in  the  windowless  Wash- 
ington ark  and  mumble  against  the  economic  deluge;  the 
Dean  is  too  well  read  to  dream  that  they  would  enter  a 
League  of  Anglo-Saxon  Legendarians  without  suitable  res- 
ervations guaranteeing  for  all  time  suitable  homage  to  suit- 
ably statured  American  lawyers  and  brigadiers.  Palpably, 
also,  not  the  newer  critics  of  art  and  literature  who  aim 
these  days  to  be  as  free  as  Emerson  of  an  Old  World  past. 
The  Dean  must  know  that  those  young  men  are  much  too 
busy  for  a  game  of  pussy-in-the-poets'-corner  now;  unless, 
indeed,  the  poets  too  were  allowed  to  play,  and  Whitman 
might  dodge  into  Longfellow's  niche.  One  set  of  cis-oceanic 
beings  remains,  and  the  Drifter  wonders  if  it  is  not  in  their 
direction  that  Westminster  looks.  The  dollared,  collared 
tourists — what  of  them?  Theirs  is  the  ready  money;  why 
should  theirs  not  be  the  willing  hand?  The  last  two  words 
give  the  Drifter  pause.  The  tourist  hand  has  been  willing 
since  anyone  can  remember ;  but  it  has  been  willing  to  take, 
every  American  must  admit,  rather  than  willing  to  give. 
The  mind  that  moves  that  hand,  proverbially  willing  to  pay 
large  sums  for  nothing,  does  not  donate  large  sums  for  some- 
thing. The  Dean  should  devise  some  nothings  and  put  high 
prices  on  them.  There  are  tons  of  stone,  for  instance,  that 
he  could  dispense  with  for  esthetic  as  well  as  pecuniary 
profit.  The  monuments  to  Chatham  and  Wolfe  and  Buck- 
ingham and  Gladstone  could  be  quarried  for  thousands  of 
scrolled,  superfluous  chips  which,  suitably  inscribed,  might 
bring  in  thousands  of  sterling  pounds.  Then,  while  at  home 
the  vulgar  pointed  with  pride  to  mantels  embellished  by 
sprigs  of  granite  laurel  or  tips  of  marble  cloud,  the  Abbey 
would  be  a  hall  where  travelers  poor,  but  possessed  of  taste, 
could  linger  longer.  The  Drifter 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


71 


Correspondence 

The  Eighteenth  Amendment 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  The  second  paragraph  of  your  issue  of  June  19  does 
not  accurately  present  the  result  of  the  decision  of  the  Supreme 
Court.  That  decision  is  not  concerned  with  the  will  of  majorities. 
What  it  determines  is  that  the  Eighteenth  Amendment  is  con- 
stitutional, that  is  to  say,  that  its  passage  was  in  accordance 
with  Article  V  of  the  Constitution.  Article  V  has  certainly 
been  complied  with,  so  the  decision  could  not  be  otherwise. 
Whether  the  Court  would  reverse  its  decision  on  a  showing  that 
the  technical  compliance  with  Article  V  was  procured  by  cor- 
rupt means  is  another  matter,  as  undoubtedly  the  meaning  of 
Article  V  is  that  the  legislatures  referred  to  should  have  been 
elected  to  do  what  they  did.  This  point  has  not  yet  been  sub- 
mitted.    It  may  be,  some  day. 

To  suggest  that  the  Eighteenth  Amendment  represents  the 
will  of  the  majority  of  the  people  of  this  country,  or  even  the 
will  of  the  majority  of  the  select  body  of  voters,  is  absurd. 
Therefore,  on  your  own  showing,  "it  will  be  the  moral  duty  of 
the  majority  to  show  that  the  accomplishment  of  their  will  is 
the  beginning  of  wisdom";  in  other  words,  get  this  Eighteenth 
Amendment  set  aside. 

Consider  any  or  all  of  the  following  points: 

1.  Under  Article  V  a  vote  in  Arizona  is  worth  nearly  100 
votes  in  New  York. 

2.  The  legislatures  that  ratified  the  Eighteenth  Amendment 
did  not  represent  their  constituents  on  this  point,  e.  g.,  Cali- 
fornia's mandate  was  strongly  against  ratification.  Its  legisla- 
ture forswore  itself. 

3.  No  one  to  whom  I  have  suggested  the  point  questions  that 
the  funds  of  the  Anti- Saloon  League  were  largely  provided  by 
the  Baptist  Church,  through  John  D.  Rockefeller's  support.  That 
these  funds  were  lavishly  expended  in  intimidating  or  bribing 
sufficient  of  the  wavering  legislators  of  different  States  to 
secure  the  required  majority. 

4.  That  such  voters  as  thought  about  the  matter  were  under 
the  impression  that  the  Anti-Saloon  League  was  what  its  name 
implied,  an  association  adverse  to  the  saloon.  There  probably 
is  a  majority  to  be  found  agreeing  with  that  view;  but  that  is 
a  totally  different  question  from  prohibition.  The  American 
saloon  was  a  unique  institution,  an  abomination  unknown  to 
Europe.  The  wine-shop  or  public  house  of  Europe  is  on  a 
different  basis  altogether. 

5.  The  Anti-Saloon  League  would  not  dare  to  face  a  refe- 
rendum, except  in  the  hope  of  a  new  lease  of  agitation  for  its 
army  of  paid  agitators,  who  are  in  fear  of  unemployment. 

Berkeley,  California,  June  30  Lincoln  Wells 


The  Car  Shortage 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  view  of  the  car  shortage  and  the  possible  breakdown 
of  the  transportation  facilities  of  the  country,  it  seems  to  me 
worth  while  to  furnish  you  with  some  figures  on  the  present 
situation.  I  have  been  told  during  the  time  the  roads  were 
under  Government  operation  that  not  to  exceed  100,000  new 
cars  were  put  in  operation  by  the  Government  during  the  twen- 
ty-six months  of  control;  also  that  the  normal  purchases  by  the 
railroads  under  private  ownership  exceeded  100,000  cars  per 
annum.  I  think  you  will  find  some  of  these  figures  in  the 
monthly  bulletin  of  the  Railroad  Executives  Association. 

A  very  startling  statement  was  made  to  me — that  one  of  the 
great  railroad  presidents  had  estimated  that  the  car  require- 
ments of  all  the  railroad  systems,  to  be  brought  up  to  the 
required  standard  of  efficiency,  would  amount  to  approximately 


700,000  cars.  I  rather  doubt  this  statement  and  hope  to  have 
more  definite  information  in  the  near  future. 

It  is  my  opinion  that  it  is  important  for  the  public  to  be  fully 
advised  of  the  situation  and  to  be  led  to  adopt  a  more  liberal 
line  of  thought  with  regard  to  dealing  with  the  railroad  situa- 
tion. The  old  policy  and  thought  in  the  mind  of  the  public,  of 
imposing  every  possible  penalty  and  restriction  on  the  railroads 
must  be  modified,  or  we  will  have  a  national  disaster.  I  quite 
agree  that  the  flagrant  abuses  of  public  interest  and  public 
rights  by  the  railroad  financiers  in  years  past  required  and  jus- 
tified drastic  treatment,  but  the  country  has  gone  so  far  in  this 
direction  that  the  present  damage  and  danger  confronting  us 
far  over-balance  the  damages  that  have  been  suffered  in  the 
past.  In  other  words,  the  greatest  and  best  interests  of  the 
public  today  are  involved  in  maintaining  the  railroads  at  re- 
quired efficiency  rather  than  "visiting  the  sins  of  the  fathers 
unto  the  children  of  the  third  and  fourth  generation." 

New  York,  June  15  S.  P.  WESTON 


A  Potent  Power  for  Propaganda 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  It  is  evident  that  many  Republicans  are  very  confident 
of  success  in  the  approaching  election.  It  is  equally  obvious 
that  this  confidence  rests  upon  something  more  substantial  than 
a  comparison  of  nominees  or  platforms.  After  reading  "An 
Open  Letter  to  Young  Voters,"  which  recently  appeared  in  The 
National  Republican  with  Mr.  Will  H.  Hays's  picture  at  the 
top,  and  his  signed  name  at  the  bottom,  the  whole  matter  is 
plain.  In  a  national  spell-binding  contest,  what  chance  is  left 
to  mere  Democrats  when  the  National  Republican  Chairman  is 
capable  of  such  astounding  flights  of  alliterative  fancy  as  ap- 
pear in  the  article  referred  to? 

Concerning  his  own  party,  he  says  with  becoming  modesty:  "I 
became  convinced  that  the  Republican  Party  has  been  the  most 
potent  power  of  practical  progression  ever  devised  by  man;  that 
it  has  formulated  the  statutes,  written  the  great  laws,  advanced 
the  theories,  and  carried  out  the  great  principles  that  have  made 
this  country  'the  mystery  of  the  ages,  the  mightiest  miracle  of 
time.' " 

To  his  youthful  readers  he  makes  this  sage  comment,  "Every 
right-minded  young  person  will  try  to  be  one  in  the  total  of  the 
world's  activities,  to  be  one  in  the  quotient  of  being,  and  to  be  as 
near  the  left  side  of  the  number  as  possible." 

When  he  reaches  the  subject  of  the  war,  his  eloquence  bursts 
all  bonds:  "In  a  national  crisis,  as  if  by  magic,  the  blood  in  the 
veins  of  young  Americans  transforms  boys  into  bayonets,  play- 
fellows into  patriots,  dapper  dandies  into  destroying  dread- 
naughts,  and  dancing  bumpkins  into  Damascus  blades — all 
soldiers  whom  the  world  may  well  fear.  And  we  thank  the  God 
of  our  Fathers  that  this  is  so." 

What  mere  Democrat,  I  ask,  would  dare  to  enter  the  lists 
againt  such  a  champion?  Can  one  wonder  that  the  Republicans 
are  confident! 

Cleveland,  Ohio,  June  10  M.  C.  Harrison 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Lewis  S.  Gannett  is  one  of  the  associate  editors  of  The 
Nation. 

Robert  Hale  is  the  pseudonym  of  a  New  York  news- 
paper-man whose  range  includes  books,  baseball,  poli- 
tics, and  the  drama. 

Benjamin  Ginzburg  is  an  American  journalist,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  staff  of  the  Paris  edition  of  the  Chicago 
Tribune,  who  has  recently  returned  from  Poland. 

A.  Vernon  Thomas  is  assistant  editor  of  the  Nautical 
Gazette  and  a  close  student  of  Canadian  affairs. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn  is  a  member  of  the  staff  of  The  Nation. 


72 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


Cocoons 


By  KARLE  WILSON  BAKER 


Scorn  is  a  scourge: 

I  need  the  scourge  for  myself. 

Love  is  a  key: 

Except  it  open  the  one  low  door, 

I  must  stay  in  my  cell  with  my  scourge. 

II 

I  have  fought  for  my  triumph 
Bitterly  and  long, 

And  I  would  have  fought  to  the  death 
For  my  soul's  sake  and  yours. 

But  now  that  it  is  won — 

See,  here  is  my  sword : 

Take  it  away — I  do  not  like  to  look  at  it. 

Let  us  play  you  are  the  conqueror. 

Ill 

Out  into  a  green  backyard  came  a  woman  in  a  blue  apron 

Carrying  yellow  meal  in  a  bright  tin  pail. 

The  chickens  came  running; 

And  those  little  hungry  sparrows  that  are  my  thoughts, 

All  day  teasing  and  quarreling, 

Settled  down  on  the  grass  among  the  plump  flock, 

Greedy  and  pleased. 

IV 

I  never  knew  a  farmer  who  scolded  the  bluebirds 
For  thinking  the  fence-posts  were  made  for  them: 
And  I  guess  God  will  not  be  offended 
If  my  heart  builds  its  nest  in  His  fence-posts. 


Books 

What  Every  Newspaperman  Knows 

The  Brass  Check.    /±  Study  of  American  Journalism.    By  Upton 

Sinclair.     Published  by  the  Author  (Pasadena,  California). 
rp  HIS  is  a  most  important  book  which  every  reader  will  want 

*  to  pass  on  to  his  neighbor.  A  fascinating  and  thorough 
treatise  upon  the  American  press,  based  on  a  variety  of  per- 
sonal experiences  and  on  contacts,  direct  and  indirect,  with 
newspapers,  newspaper  stories,  and  newspaper  men,  it  is  an 
expose  and  an  indictment.  It  marshals  fact  after  fact  and 
arrays  incident  after  incident,  waving  aside  hearsay  and  rumor. 
Respecting  no  locality,  it  covers  metropolitan  and  country  news- 
papers from  coast  to  coast,  pays  its  respects  to  magazines,  and 
delves  into  the  workings  of  news  associations.  It  is  a  complete, 
masterful  study,  and  the  presentation  of  its  facts  is  wholly  con- 
vincing. The  book  might  well  be  entitled  "What  Every  News- 
paperman Knows."  For  a  newspaperman  cannot  read  the  book 
without  being  reminded  in  every  chapter  of  identical  or  similar 
personal  experiences. 

With  Mr.  Sinclair's  conclusions,  drawn  from  his  facts,  it  is 
not  necessary  to  agree.  Mr.  Sinclair  is  a  Socialist.  He  sees 
everything  through  the  spectacles  of  class-consciousness.  He 
interprets  all  evil  in  the  light  of  the  class  struggle.  He  makes 
little  or  no  allowance  for  human  frailties — for  selfishness,  for 
timidity,  for  ignorance,  for  partisanship,  for  lack  of  public  spirit, 
for  downright  dishonesty — as  individual  manifestations.     Also, 


at  times  he  is  humorless,  and  he  has  been  persistently  naive. 
He  never  learned  from  his  encounters  with  Hearst  "sob-sisters" 
and  Sunday  feature  writers.  He  continued  to  trust  them;  and 
that  is  one  reason  why  his  book  is  so  complete.  Mr.  Sinclair  was 
a  glutton  for  punishment.  He  refused  to  take  the  count,  and 
invariably  came  back  for  more.  Indeed,  his  book  projects  him 
as  a  sort  of  "white  hope"  of  journalism;  and  in  his  final  chap- 
ter he  offers  himself  as  such.  It  is  undeniable  that  he  has  issued 
to  the  entire  press  of  America  a  very  definite  challenge.  Can 
the  press  afford  to  ignore  it? 

Many  of  the  newspapers  which  Mr.  Sinclair  scarifies  will 
undoubtedly  ignore  it.  A  newspaper's  management  changes 
often;  its  turn-over  of  personnel  is  greater  than  that  in  any 
other  intellectual  occupation.  Present  managements  will  find 
difficulty  in  remembering  what  was  done  ten  or  five  years  ago, 
in  remembering  who  ordered  this  story  killed  and  that  one 
toned  down.  When  they  do,  there  can  be  explanations,  plausible 
explanations,  logical  explanations,  specious  explanations.  In 
most  cases,  at  least  a  certificate  of  reasonable  doubt  will  be 
given.  Many  papers  are  entitled  to  such  a  certificate.  Others, 
including  Socialist  papers,  which  Mr.  Sinclair  would  give  a  clean 
bill,  are  not  entitled  to  it,  especially  on  subjects  which  touch 
the  prejudices  or  convictions  of  their  managements.  But  there 
is  one  challenge  in  Mr.  Sinclair's  book  that  cannot  decently  be 
ignored,  glossed  over,  or  obscured.  Mr.  Sinclair's  case  against 
the  Associated  Press  appears  very  grave.  The  Associated 
Press  is  a  highly  standardized  institution.  Mr.  Melville  E. 
Stone  managed  it  twenty-five  years  ago,  and  still  manages  it. 
Mr.  Frederick  Roy  Martin  has  been  assistant  manager  for  over 
a  decade,  including  the  entire  period  discussed  by  Mr.  Sinclair. 
At  the  annual  conference  held  in  New  York  last  April,  Mr. 
Frank  B.  Noye6,  the  president,  spoke  harshly  of  Associated 
Press  critics,  saying:  "We  are  accustomed  through  long  experi-  _ 
ence  to  the  railings  against  our  service  of  the  uninformed,  the 
notoriety  seeker,  and  the  common  or  garden  liar  who  charges 
bias  or  suppression  in  the  report  of  the  Associated  Press. 
Every  newspaper  man,  every  informed  person,  knows  how  pre- 
posterously untrue  these  charges  are — whoever  may  make  them." 
To  whichever  category  Mr.  Noyes  would  consign  Mr.  Sinclair, 
no  one  who  reads  this  work  will  believe  any  longer  that  the 
Associated  Press  can  afford  thus  lightly  to  dismiss  the  serious 
charges  brought  against  it.  It  is  the  public  duty  of  the  Asso- 
ciated Press  to  answer  Mr.  Sinclair  point  by  point. 

In  the  interests  of  accuracy  Mr.  Sinclair  should,  in  later 
editions  of  his  book,  modify  his  one  obvious  mis-statement — that 
in  every  newspaper  office  there  is  a  definite  proviso  against 
uncomplimentary  news  about  certain  people.  Some  newspapers 
may  maintain  black  and  white  lists  such  as  he  encountered,  but 
the  majority  do  not.  To  be  sure,  some  of  that  majority  have 
an  understanding  about  "sacred  cows"  and  "goats"  which  read- 
ily percolates  through  the  shop;  but  here  again  one  has  to  deal 
with  the  individual  bias,  a  human  denominator  common  to  any 
economic  system — capitalist,  socialist,  or  millennial. 

That  all  is  not  well  with  the  American  press,  that  in  many 
respects  it  is  less  and  less  fulfilling  its  alleged  function  of  serv- 
ing the  whole  public,  is  obvious.  Yet  the  outlook  is  by  no  means 
so  dark  as  Mr.  Sinclair  would  have  it.  The  newspapers  are  still 
the  victims  somewhat  of  war-born  propaganda.  It  is  ques- 
tionable whether  American  journalism  of  the  last  five 
years  can  fairly  be  judged  without  full  recognition  of  war's 
juggernauting  and  sterilizing  effects.  Mr.  Frank  Cobb,  editor 
of  the  New  York  World,  has  forcibly  called  attention  to  those 
effects;  and  the  efforts  of  papers  like  the  World,  the  New  York 
Globe,  and  Springfield  Republican  to  reach  the  rock-bottom  of 
fact  are  evident.  War  journalism,  to  Mr.  Sinclair  the  crowning 
infamy,  while  in  some  respects  a  discreditable  chapter  in  the  his- 
tory of  American  newspaperdom,  was  no  better  and  no  worse 
than  the  public  temper  which  it  reflected.  There  was  hysteria  in 
the  press,  but  there  was  mad  hysteria  in  the  community.  To  say 
that  the  press  should  have  been  better  than  its  community,  that 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


73 


it  should  have  proved  a  beacon  in  the  storm  and  a  leader  in  the 
wilderness,  is  to  set  an  ideal  for  which  all  good  citizens  must 
hope — but  it  disregards  actual  conditions.  People,  perhaps,  get 
the  kind  of  newspapers  they  deserve.  The  increasing  and 
almost  universally  automatic  distrust  of  newspapers  has  become 
a  commonplace  which  those  who  head  the  profession  will  soon 
be  forced  to  face.  Competition  in  truth  will  force  it,  if  nothing 
else.  Mr.  Sinclair  is  quite  right  in  his  emphasis  upon  the  fact 
that  the  greatest  success  will  lie  eventually  with  the  paper 
which  prints  the  most  news  and  prints  it  the  most  impartially. 
Achieving  such  a  position  will  be  journalism's  next  phase.  To 
be  sure,  mechanical  conditions  just  now  tend  to  retard  such  a 
development.  The  staggering  costs  of  conducting  newspapers 
make  for  their  control  by  great  financial  interests  with  special 
purposes  to  serve.  On  the  other  hand,  an  awakened  public  con- 
science and  an  increasingly  widespread  acquaintance  with  social 
and  economic  fundamentals  will  encourage  an  evolution  in  the 
press  world  analogous  to  that  which  is  altering  the  structure  of 
human  society.  But  before  we  can  expect  much  progress  in  this 
direction,  endowment  on  a  large  scale  must  be  forthcoming  to 
make  possible  a  transfer  of  the  ultimate  control  of  the  press  to 
its  editors — men  of  conscience  and  students  of  public  affairs. 

Ernest  H.  Gruening. 


National  Guilds  and  the  State 

National  Guilds  and  the  State.     By  S.  G.  Hobson.     The  Mac- 
millan  Company. 

THE  attractiveness  of  the  National  Guildsmen's  proposals, 
particularly  to  those  who  had  not  formerly  embraced 
"Scientific  Socialism,"  may  be  laid  to  a  general  change  of  atti- 
tude toward  social  maladjustments.  The  older  type  of  mind 
thought  more  in  static  terms;  it  was  chiefly  concerned  about 
abstractions  like  justice;  it  investigated  wrongs  and  devised 
means  of  righting  them.  The  newer  attitude  is  rather  that  of 
the  engineer  than  that  of  the  lawyer.  Its  first  question  is  "What 
is  the  objective?"  and  its  second  is  "How  can  the  objective  best 
be  attained?"  It  is  concerned  with  principles,  but  only  because 
it  must  calculate  strains  and  stresses,  and  must  arrange  a  bal- 
anced interplay  of  functions.  In  human  society,  justice  can 
have  meaning  only  as  it  is  related  to  the  general  objective. 
With  a  machinery  of  institutions  functioning  so  well  as  to  attain 
that  objective,  the  justice  sought  would  automatically  follow. 

In  this  sense  the  guildsmen,  though  they  accept  the  economic 
analysis  of  Marx,  have  begun  to  build  in  a  spirit  more  truly 
scientific.  Their  insistence  upon  the  creative  value  of  the  pro- 
ducer, if  his  full  energies  can  be  released,  has  found  quick  re- 
sponse in  the  researches  of  the  industrial  engineer.  Their  dis- 
trust of  state  control  of  industry,  if  exercised  through  bureau- 
cratic management,  coincides  with  the  criticism  of  state  Socialism 
always  offered  by  the  practical  organizer  of  production.  Their 
hope  of  a  glorified  trade  union,  developed  into  a  self-governing 
guild,  has  led  them  into  the  heart  of  immediately  pressing  trade- 
union  problems,  and  has  furnished  a  vital  connection  between 
Socialism  and  the  powerful  labor  movement.  On  every  side 
their  theory  is  linked  with  the  currents  of  operative  social 
forces,  and  by  means  of  it  Socialism  comes  out  of  the  books  and 
off  the  debating  platforms  into  the  plexus  of  life  and  growth. 
Even  the  theory  of  the  state  as  expounded  by  Mr.  G.  D.  H. 
Cole  finds  its  strongest  justification  in  the  abandonment  of  legal- 
istic concepts  for  the  method  of  testing  social  institutions  by 
their  function.  What,  exactly,  is  the  state  for?  What  does  it 
do?  How,  then,  should  it  be  limited  by  other  forms  of  functional 
organization  in  the  community?  This  inquiry  leads  inevitably 
to  a  destruction  of  the  conception  of  the  state  as  an  abstract 
entity  with  complete  sovereignty. 

Since  this  is  the  prime  virtue  of  the  guild  theory,  the  guilds- 
men  will  do  well  to  adopt  more  completely  the  scientific  method, 
and  to  be  wary  of  the  unsupported  speculation  in  which  they 


are  too  ready  to  indulge.  The  outlines  of  their  proposals  have 
been  well  drawn;  it  remains  to  fill  them  in  or  to  change  them 
through  experiment  and  observation.  Mr.  Hobson  in  the  first 
chapter  of  this  book,  for  instance,  is  guilty  of  substituting  dia- 
lectic for  honest  examination.  A  critic  objects  that  the  guilds 
are  likely  to  develop  corporate  exclusiveness,  and  to  use  their 
power  as  producers  to  the  detriment  of  the  consumer.  He  also 
fears  that  the  control  of  production  by  the  workmen  will  lead  to 
stagnation  in  processes  and  to  inefficiency  in  management.  By 
a  flourish  of  phrases  Mr.  Hobson  answers  that  once  the  wage 
system  is  abolished  profiteering  will  be  impossible,  and  that 
there  are  very  few  consumers  who  are  not  also  producers.  "To 
pose  them  as  two  different  economic  interests  is  to  assume  the 
perpetuation  of  the  commercial  spirit  in  an  organization  de- 
liberately designed  to  kill  it."  This,  and  more  of  the  same 
character,  lacks  the  spirit  of  realistic  inquiry.  The  questions 
are  searching  ones,  and  the  task  of  the  guildsman  is  not  to 
answer  them  as  a  propagandist,  but  to  ask  how  far  and  in  what 
ways  they  are  justified,  and  then  to  devise  the  means  of  pre- 
venting the  evils  suggested.  Not  all  Mr.  Hobson's  protestation 
could  prevent  an  ill-advised  railway  guild,  for  example,  from 
securing  a  larger  share  of  goods  for  the  enjoyment  of  its  mem- 
bers than  a  guild  of  teachers  or  some  less  immediately  necessary 
group  of  producers  could  secure. 

Mr.  Hobson's  difference  with  Mr.  Cole  over  the  state,  his 
exaltation  of  it  as  a  "spiritual  entity"  rather  than  as  the  agent  of 
the  consumer,  also  drives  far  afield  from  economic  realism. 
Whatever  duties  we  may  give  the  state — whether  distribution, 
education,  foreign  affairs,  or  encouragement  of  the  fine  arts — it 
is  folly  to  assume  that  the  conduct  of  these  functions  will  not 
be  influenced  by  dominant  economic  powers,  under  either  a 
capitalist  or  a  guild  form  of  organization.  Here  again  a  love 
for  the  phrase  betrays  the  author.  "Spiritual"  and  "entity" 
are  fine  words,  but  they  do  not  mean  anything  apart  from  the 
idea  of  function  which  is  the  very  soul  of  guild  theory. 

Mr.  Hobson's  chapters  on  the  workshop  and  the  influence  of 
the  war  on  labor  are,  on  the  other  hand,  excellent  examples  of 
the  fruitfulness  of  guild  theories  when  they  are  applied  to  situa- 
tions and  supported  by  observation.  Few  better  analyses  of  the 
shop-steward  movement  and  the  tendencies  of  the  unions  have 
been  written.  They  are  full  of  rich  thinking  and  are  highly 
suggestive.  Let  us  hope  that  criticism  from  scientific  collec- 
tivists  like  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Webb  will  before  long  bring  forth 
similar  studies  in  answer  to  the  major  objections  urged  against 
the  guild  proposals.  George  Soule 


The  Turks  in  Europe 

The  Turks  in  Europe.     By  W.  E.  D.  Allen.     Charles  Scribner's 

Sons. 
"HP  HE  Turk  has  no  capacity  to  rule  over  alien  races.   Neither 

*■  among  Christians  nor  Muslims  has  the  Turk  done  other 
than  destroy  wherever  he  has  conquered.  Never  has  he  shown 
himself  able  to  develop  in  peace  what  he  has  won  by  war."  This 
was  the  Allied  answer  to  plaintive  Turkish  representations  at 
Paris  in  June,  1919.  And  after  reading  Mr.  Allen's  brief  his- 
tory of  Turkish  rule  in  Europe  one  cannot  but  newly  admit  the 
force  of  the  indictment. 

Mr.  Allen's  opening  observation  that  "for  over  five  hundred 
years  an  army  of  occupation  has  held  South  Eastern  Europe" 
is  supported  by  his  tale  of  Turkish  dominion,  a  blend  of  cruelty 
and  deceit.  It  is  a  commonplace  to  say  that  to  this  occupation 
is  attributable  the  backwardness  of  the  Balkan  tribes  alike  in 
trade,  industry,  and  the  ordinary  amenities  of  civilization;  but 
it  is  not  thoroughly  enough  realized  in  dealing  with  the  short- 
comings of  the  Balkan  countries  that  only  fifty  years  ago  the 
Turkish  garrisons  were  still  in  Belgrade  and  Sofia,  and  that 
even  today  the  faithful  are  called  to  prayer  morning  and  even- 


74 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


ing  from  the  minarets  of  Bosnian  Sarajevo.  Despite  this  han- 
dicap, it  is  hard  to  agree  with  the  author's  rather  superficial 
statement  that  "today  the  Serbs,  the  Bulgars,  the  Greeks,  and 
the  Albanians  are  without  a  national  culture,  without  political 
institutions,  without  coherent  traditions,  without  a  history" — 
even  when  "today"  means  the  period  preceding  the  Great  War. 
It  is  precisely  because  of  their  national  culture  and  traditions 
that  these  populations  retained  a  national  consciousness  through- 
out the  long  Turkish  night;  it  is  the  story  of  their  restless  sleep 
and  gradual  awakening,  with  the  resultant  disintegration  of  the 
Ottoman  Empire,  which  forms  Mr.  Allen's  background. 

It  is  from  the  first  two  chapters,  describing  the  rise  of  the 
Empire  under  the  Ten  Great  Sultans  and  the  beginning  of  its 
ebb  after  the  Treaty  of  Karlovicz  in  1698,  that  the  layman  will 
probably  draw  the  best  information.  It  is  remarkable  that  in 
the  fifteenth  century  the  Turkish  armies  actually  overran  Friuli, 
reached  the  Piave,  and  even  invaded  Apulia  and  captured 
Otranto.  Under  Suleiman  the  Magnificent,  friend  of  Francis 
I  of  France,  corsair  admirals  carried  their  raids  not  only  along 
the  coasts  of  Italy  and  Spain  but  even  to  Ireland  and  the  north- 
ern ports.  All  this,  of  course,  is  well  known  to  the  student  and 
the  historian  (for  whom  the  present  volume  can  have  but  slight 
value) ,  but  to  the  ordinary  reader  it  is  both  important  and  sur- 
prising. Much  is  rightly  made  of  the  extraordinarily  efficient 
military  organization  which  alone  kept  the  Sultan  master  of 
his  great  alien  domain  for  many  centuries,  and  of  the  disinte- 
grating effects  of  the  fatal  "bakshish"  system  which  was  to 
spell  its  doom.  An  occasional  reference  to  the  powerful  in- 
trigues which  took  place  within  the  harems,  setting  up  and 
knocking  down  the  greatest  officials,  spurs  our  imagination  to 
wish  for  a  more  intimate  knowledge  of  the  fascinating  and 
ruthless  Sultanas  who  at  one  time  practically  ruled  the  Empire. 

After  he  reaches  the  Treaty  of  Kutchuk  Kainadji,  in  1774,  the 
ordinary  reader  finds  himself  on  more  familiar  ground.  But 
Mr.  Allen  does  not  treat  these  later  events  of  Turkish  history 
along  familiar  lines.  He  maintains  an  impartial  attitude  to- 
ward the  conflicting  claims  of  Serb,  Bulgar,  Rumanian,  and 
"Macedonian,"  sometimes  by  the  expedient  of  touching  their 
thorny  issues  lightly.  German  designs  in  the  Near  East  are 
fully  described,  but  anyone  interested  in  the  Balkans  will  feel 
that  too  little  stress  has  been  laid  on  the  long  chain  of  Austro- 
Magyar  intrigue.  None  of  the  Great  Powers  could  for  long 
keep  fingers  out  of  the  Balkan  pie.  Napoleon,  Stradford  de 
Redcliffe,  General  Ignatiev,  Counts  Andrassy  and  Aerenthal — 
they  are  but  a  few  of  the  more  important  intriguers  who  have 
furthered  the  real  or  imaginary  interests  of  their  respective 
countries  by  keeping  the  Turk  in  Europe.  Great  things  were 
looked  for  from  the  Porte  in  1908  at  the  time  of  the  Young 
Turk  uprising;  but  the  reforms  turned  out  to  be  merely  new 
devices  for  furthering  the  policy  of  Ottomanization,  "reformes 
a  la  Turque"  as  Arsene  Perlant  called  them,  and  the  road  was 
cleared  for  Germany's  representatives,  Von  Biberstein  and  Von 
der  Golz  Pasha,  to  bring  complete  ruin  to  the  Empire  whose 
sinister  ruler,  Abdul  Hamid,  had  so  enthusiastically  hailed  the 
Kaiser  as  the  foremost  Western  friend  of  the  Muslim  world. 

Mr.  Allen  leaves  us  at  the  outbreak  of  the  Great  War,  since 
which  time  Lord  Bryce  has  not  ceased  to  warn  us  that  "Turkish 
rule  in  any  form  under  any  pretext  must  absolutely  vanish  from 
the  lands  it  has  ruined."  It  might  have  vanished  from  Europe 
after  the  Balkan  Wars  in  1912  had  it  not  been  for  disagree- 
ments between  the  Balkan  States  and  for  rivalries  among  the 
Powers.  The  same  rivalries  now  operate  to  keep  the  Sultan  in 
Constantinople.  But  a  sovereign  whose  authority  is  so  impaired 
that  he  cannot  prevent  massacres  by  his  own  generals  of  his 
own  subjects  in  Armenia  will  not  long  remain  in  power  on  the 
Golden  Horn,  whatever  the  Supreme  Council  may  decree.  In 
a  few  years  Russia  will  resume  her  place  as  a  powerful  factor 
in  Near  Eastern  affairs,  and  then  the  lid  which  hopeful  Allied 
diplomats  have  clamped  down  over  the  Black  Sea  cauldron  will 
again  be  blown  into  space.  Helen  Byrne  Armstrong 


Creation  and  Analysis 

The  Foolish  Lovers.     By  St.  John  G.  Ervine.     The  Macmillan 

Company. 
An  Imperfect  Mother.     By  J.   D.   Beresford.  .  The  Macmillan 

Company. 

AS  a  novelist  the  author  of  "Jane  Clegg"  reveals  a  somewhat 
timid  and  restricted  mind.  The  Protestantism  of  Ulster 
underwent  a  good  many  transformations  before  it  reached  him. 
But  it  is  very  palpably  and  grimly  there.  He  describes,  inci- 
dentally, a  little  group  of  people  who  are  interested  in  the  rela- 
tions of  men  and  women  and  in  the  development  of  those  rela- 
tions, and  he  says  about  them  quite  what  one  would  expect  in  an 
irate  gentleman's  letter  to  a  conservative  newspaper.  He  de- 
clares that  "the  English  love  freedom  far  more  constantly  than 
other  people,"  which  is,  in  a  limited  sense,  profoundly  true. 
But  he  adds:  "Without  them  freedom  would  have  a  very  thin 
time  in  the  world,"  which  is  an  amusing  remark  for  anyone  to 
make,  and  not  least  for  an  Irishman,  even  though  Belfast  be  his 
native  city.  And  finally  Mr.  Ervine  says,  in  order  to  point  the 
moral  of  his  story:  "It  is  much  better  to  marry  and  breed 
healthy  babies  than  to  live  in  an  attic  making  songs  about  the 
stars."  Ah,  but  that  depends  on  the  quality  of  the  songs.  If  it 
were  not  for  the  people  in  attics  attending  to  the  stars,  all  the 
babies  in  the  world  would  grow  up  to  be  oafs  and  clods.  It  may 
be  said  that  these  details  do  not  matter,  that  Mr.  Ervine  comes 
to  us  as  an  artist.  But  art  has  substance;  it  is,  indeed,  in  the 
last  analysis,  substance  creating  its  form  out  of  its  fundamental 
nature.  You  cannot  dip  out  of  a  well  save  what  is  in  it.  How- 
ever, it  is  not  uncommon  to  find  artistic  intelligences  transcend- 
ing their  innate  or  self-imposed  limitations  when  it  comes  to  the" 
drawing  of  characters  very  close  and  very  dear  to  them.  So  we 
find  Mr.  Ervine  a  masterly  miniaturist  of  homely  Ulster  people. 
The  drift  and  purport  of  his  story,  the  interpretative  report'  of. 
human  life  which  he  gives — these  suffer  from  the  timidities  of 
his  mind.  The  people  themselves  do  not.  They  are  beautifully 
and  authentically  human.  They  cling  to  the  memory  and  warm 
the  heart.  First  come  the  members  of  the  older  generation. 
These  Mr.  Ervine  has  seen  with  perfect  sympathy,  with  that 
best  kind  of  understanding  in  which  love  remains  but  has  be- 
come detached  and  objective  and  untroubled.  These  are  Mrs. 
McDermott,  Sr.,  for  whose  sake  alone  the  book  is  lovable,  and 
her  two  brothers-in-law.  Among  the  younger  people  the  episodic 
Maggie  Charmichael  is  the  very  best.  The  English  girl  whom 
the  hero  marries  is  simply  not  there  at  all;  Lizzie,  the  Cockney 
girl,  is  good,  though  she  is  drawn  from  literature  rather  than 
from  life.  John  McDermott  himself  is  not  altogether  credible. 
We  accept  his  pride  and  intelligence  and  moodiness,  his  stub- 
bornness and  the  essential  rectitude  of  his  mind.  But  his  ex- 
ploits, especially  his  wooing  of  Eleanor — the  central  thing  in  the 
book — have  none  of  the  homely  vigor  and  quiet  truth  of  the 
Irish  scenes  and  incidents.  Here  and  there  Mr.  Ervine  gives  us 
glimpses  of  a  more  searching  novel  he  might  write  about  the 
people  of  Ulster.  But  he  deliberately  cut  himself  off  from  that 
possibility  here  by  the  kindly  promises  to  be  harmless  which 
he  records  in  his  dedication. 

Mr.  J.  D.  Beresford  explained,  in  two  recent  articles  of  very 
high  interest,  the  uses  to  which  the  novelist  could  put  the  dis- 
coveries of  the  Freudian  psychology.  The  problem  is  an  extraor- 
dinarily fascinating  one.  For  whatever  criticism  may  be  made 
in  detail,  there  is  no  doubt  that  Freud  has  discovered  a  very 
great  truth  which,  like  all  great  truths,  is  simple  enough:  Re- 
pressed impulses  and  impressions  passively  received  do  not  glide 
through,  but  become,  for  better  or  worse,  permanent  elements  in 
the  affected  soul.  So  soon  as  we  know  this  the  activities  of  our 
memory  undergo  a  change  in  character..  Moments  that  were 
before  but  faintly  lit  leap  dazzlingly  out  of  the  dim  past  and 
help  us  to  account  for  all  we  are  and  do.  Now  Mr.  Beresford's 
method  is  not  to  attribute  to  his  characters  a  self-knowledge  illu- 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


75 


minated  by  psycho-analysis.  But  he  explains  the  life  of  Stephen 
Kirkwood  through  a  "slight  departure  from  the  normal"  which 
was  due  "to  a  severe  nervous  shock  in  his  early  childhood."  So 
far,  so  good.  But  it  seems  to  us  that  Mr.  Beresford  has  actually 
made  his  fable  richer  than  he  claims  and  that  the  nervous  shock 
in  question  is  not  really  necessary  to  account  for  what  follows. 
The  case  is  common.  A  woman  of  some  artistic  gifts  and  mor- 
bidly keen  sensibilities,  distinctly  over-sexed,  has  married  a 
grubby  little  shop-keeping  person.  The  two  daughters  resemble 
their  father.  The  boy,  the  youngest,  is  fine  and  sensitive  and 
has  from  the  start,  to  use  Freud's  drastic  term  for  a  thing 
commonly  of  infinite  subtlety,  the  CEdipus  complex.  But  almost 
at  the  same  moment  of  his  adolescence  there  flashed  into 
Stephen's  soul  the  first  perfectly  pure  yet  indescribably  tingling 
influence  from  a  girl,  and  his  mother  elopes  with  a  musician. 
Hence  it  is  not  in  the  least  surprising  that  Margaret  Weatherly's 
smile,  her  lingering,  her  momentary  preference  for  him,  sink 
permanently  into  his  subconsciousness,  that  there  occurs  an 
unconscious  substitution  of  her  for  his  mother,  which  is  ad- 
mirably brought  out  by  the  incident  of  the  mother's  shocking 
laugh  and  the  much  later  laughter  of  Margaret  that  recalls  it, 
and  that  Stephen  is  lastingly  and  perfectly  contented  when  he 
marries  Margaret.  And  Mr.  Beresford  is  quite  right  in  asserting 
that  the  happiness  of  that  marriage  is  not  due  either  to  Mar- 
garet's beauty  or  to  any  special  sympathy  or  understanding  that 
unites  these  two.  That  particular  marriage  simply  meant  to 
Stephen  the  complete  abreaction  of  all  his  sex-impulses  from 
childhood  on.  Hence  his  content.  The  story  is  woven  with  great 
delicacy  and  with  unobtrusive  skill  and  is  remarkably  interest- 
ing. Yet  it  is  doubtful  whether  really  great  fiction  would  thrive 
on  so  much  scientific  awareness.  In  the  richest  creative  efforts 
these  things  will  be  organic  and  immanent  as  they  are  in  life. 
It  is  better  for  the  critic  to  discover  them  than  for  the  author 
to  have  put  them  in.  Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Musical  Miscellanies 

Musical   Memories.      By    Camille    Saint-Saens.      Translated    by 

Edwin  Giles  Rich.     Small,  Maynard  and  Company. 
My  Recollections.    By  Jules  Massenet.    Translated  by  R.  Villiers 

Barnett.     Small,  Maynard  and  Company. 
Memories    of   a   Musical   Career.      By    Clara    Kathleen    Rogers 

(Clara  Doria)v   Little,  Brown  and  Company. 
John  McCormack.    His  Own  Life  Story.    Transcribed  by  Pierre 

V.  R.  Key.    Small,  Maynard  and  Company. 
More  Chapters  of  Opera,  1908-1918.    By  H.  E.  Krehbiel.    Henry 

Holt  and  Company. 

CAMILLE  SAINT-SAENS  is  not  only  one  of  France's  great- 
est living  composers  but  a  musician  who  can  write  excellent 
and  witty  prose,  and  an  erudite  scholar  who  knows  how  to 
impart  information  without  being  pedantic.  And  so,  in  his 
"Musical  Memories,"  which  cover  a  period  of  some  four  score 
years,  we  find  him,  under  the  guise  of  the  raconteur,  shedding 
much  light  on  famous  people  such  as  Victor  Hugo,  Pauline 
Viardot,  Rossini,  and  Meyerbeer,  on  musical  compositions,  instru- 
ments, and  events  such  as  Berlioz's  Requiem,  the  organ,  and  the 
Liszt  Centenary,  and,  most  important  of  all,  on  his  own  attitude 
towards  modern  French  music.  Not  that  he  has  ever  shown 
much  sympathy  for  the  younger  generation  of  composers!  Only 
it  seems  somewhat  curious  to  find  one  of  the  founders  of  the 
Societe  Nationale  de  Musique,  which  has  done  so  much  for 
French  musical  art,  calling  much  of  this  art  "anarchy  in  music." 
And  again,  in  defending  Massenet  against  the  accusation  of 
superficiality  and  of  pandering  to  the  public,  he  says  of  the 
second  charge:  "Today  the  revolutionists  are  the  only  ones  held 
in  esteem  by  the  critics.  Well,  it  may  be  a  fine  thing  to  despise 
the  mob,  to  struggle  against  the  current,  and  to  compel  the  mob 
by  force  of  genius  and  energy  to  follow  one  despite  their  resist- 


ALFRED  '  A  '  KNOPF 

lira  I  Efc»jfl  1 1  iv'ia  1 1  ^»*a  I  i  cx'^j  1 !  e£*2a !  I  e£*£a  1 1  e£«2a  1 1  s£*2s  1 1  e£»5s 


zzo  W.  42,  Street,  NEW  YORK 


Bk*jfll 


A 


BORZOI  NOVELS  FOR  SUMMER  READING 


BARENT  CREIGHTON 


Don  Cameron  Shafer 


A  thoroughly  enjoyable  tale  of  adventure  and  love  laid  in  the  New  York  of  eighty  years 
ago,  during  the  exciting  days  of  the  Anti-rent  war.  A  swiftly  moving  romance,  told  with 
real  humor,  and  a  mystery  which  will  hold  the  attention  of  the  reader  throughout.    $2.00. 


THE  PARADISE  MYSTERY 


J,  5.  Fletcher 


"A  genuinely  satisfactory  mystery  story,  better  than  'The  Middle  Temple  Murder.'     . 

Mr.  Fletcher  deserves  a  place  well  up  on  the   list   of    English    story   writers." — New    York 

Globe.    $1.90. 


THE  ROMANTIC  WOMAN 


Mary  Borden 


The  Nation  said :  "To  like  immensely  and  to  dwell  fondly  on  a  book  like  'The  Romantic 
Woman'  .  .  .  is  to  have  a  perception  of  inner  freedom.  She  conveys  the  richness,  the 
distinction,  and  the  vigor  of  an  arresting  character  and  mind.  One  of  the  very  brilliant 
things  in  recent  literature."  F.  P.  A.  said  in  The  New  York  Tribune  :  "A  book  of  unusual 
honesty  and  excellent  writing;  and  ought  to  be  chucked  in  the  face  of  everybody  who  says 
there  is  no  American  literature."    $2.00. 

PETER   JAMESON  Gilbert  Frankau 

In  the  judgment  of  most  of  those  who  have  read  "Peter  Jameson,"  the  late  "Frank  Danby's" 
son,  Gilbert  Frankau,  has  inherited  her  great  story  telling  talent.  In  any  case  the  vigorous, 
quickly  moving  tale  of  business,  war  and  love  is  making  new  friends  each  week  and  is  now 
selling  better  than  at  any  time  since  its  publication  in  April.  We  regard  it  as  ideal  for 
summer  reading.    $2.25. 

Hal  G.  Evarts 


THE  CROSS  PULL 

A  love  story — a  dog  story — a  western  adventure  story — which  has  been  compared  with  Jack 
London's  "Call  of  the  Wild."  "It  is  irresistible — it  draws  you  into  a  state  of  nervous  tension 
and  keeps  you  there." — Chicago  News.     $2.00 

l^aIi*^IIf&!<0di^!^iln!&£lL 


RICHARD  KURT 

By  Stephen  Hudson  The  story  of  Richard 
Kurt  and  two  very  remarkable  but  vastly 
different  women,  Elinor  and  Virginia,  by  a 
new  writer  of  great  promise.  "A  unique, 
almost  a  remarkable  book,  and  incidentally  a 
very  interesting  one." — New  York  Evening 
Post.      $2.25. 

THE  RED  MARK 

By  John  Russell  Here  are  stories  that 
will  remind  you  of  Kipling  at  his  best,  of  the 
South  Seas — of  adventure,  daring  and  mystery 
in  the  wild  corners  of  the  earth.  "As  enter- 
taining a  book  as  one  could  well  wish  for." — 
Springfield   Union.      $2.00. 

Other  Detective  Stories 
THE  WHISPERING  DEAD 

By  Alfred  Ganachilly 
THE  PATHWAY  OF  ADVENTURE 

By  Ross  Tyrell 
THE  WHITE  ROOK 

By  H.  B.  Harris- Burland 
THE  SOLITARY  HOUSE 

By  E.  R.  Punshon 
THE  SHADOW  OF  MALREWARD 

By  H.  B.  Harris-Burland 
THE  MIDDLE  TEMPLE  MURDER 

By  J.  S.  Fletcher 
THE  TALLEYRAND  MAXIM 

By  J.  S.  Fletcher 


76 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


ance.  Yet  one  may  be  a  great  artist  without  doing  that."  As 
for  the  first  charge  of  superficiality,  he  replies  caustically: 
"Depth,  as  we  know,  is  very  much  the  fashion.  It  is  true  that 
Massenet  was  not  profound,  but  that  was  of  little  consequence. 
Art  is  vast.  The  artist  has  a  perfect  right  to  descend  to  the 
nethermost  depths  and  to  enter  into  the  inner  secrets  of  the  soul, 
but  this  is  not  a  duty."  Thus  does  M.  Saint-Saens  justify  his 
own  popularity  and  success,  and  thus,  too,  by  his  contempt  for 
any  "affectation  of  profoundness,"  does  he  link  himself,  uncon- 
sciously, with  the  spirit  of  those  modern  French  composers 
whom  he  apparently  despises. 

If  men,  like  nations,  are  happy  when  they  have  no  history, 
then  Jules  Massenet  must  have  been  exceedingly  so,  judging 
from  his  recently  published  book,  "My  Recollections."  For  the 
volume  in  question  is  merely  a  chatty  record  of  the  triumphs, 
friendships,  and  musical  experiences  of  a  composer  who  was  the 
idol  of  the  public,  whose  career  from  its  very  beginning  was  one 
long  series  of  brilliant  successes,  and  who  enjoyed  life  to  the 
utmost.  He  tells  of  his  prize-winning  days  at  the  Conservatoire, 
of  his  student  days  at  Rome,  of  his  collaborators,  and  of  his 
associations  with  operatic  directors,  singers,  and  music  pub- 
lishers. He  speaks  with  equal  appreciation  of  good  dinners  and 
the  esteem  in  which  he  was  held  by  his  colleagues,  and  he 
frankly,  but  modestly,  confesses  that  he  never  could  bear  to  be 
present  at  the  first  performance  of  his  works,  even  when  their 
success  was  assured.  His  narrative,  like  his  music,  reveals 
facility,  grace,  and  charm,  and  is  alternately  gay  and  senti- 
mental to  the  point  of  bathos.  One  is  not  very  much  wiser  after 
reading  the  book,  but  one  closes  it  with  a  certain  regret  at  part- 
ing from  such  amiable  company. 

The  reminiscences  of  Mrs.  Clara  Kathleen  Rogers,  or  Clara 
Doria,  as  she  was  known  to  the  operatic  and  concert  stage,  form 
a  volume  that  amply  justifies  its  length  by  its  literary  as  well  as 
its  informative  merits.  For  Mrs.  Rogers  has  pungency  of  style 
and  a  gift  for  vivid  delineation  of  persons  and  events.  With 
father  and  grandfather  both  prominent  among  English  musi- 
cians, and  Giacomo  Meyerbeer  as  a  cousin,  it  is  not  surprising 
that  Clara  Doria,  or  Clara  Barnett,  as  her  maiden  name  really 
was,  should  have  grown  up  in  a  musical  atmosphere,  or  that, 
when  she  and  her  sister  and  brother  displayed  a  marked  musical 
talent,  they  should  have  been  given  every  educational  advantage. 
And  so,  beginning  with  her  childhood  days  at  Cheltenham,  a 
fashionable  cure,  where  her  father  had  retired  for  reasons  of 
economy  when  he  was  still  a  young  man,  she  takes  us  through 
her  whole  student  and  professional  career,  giving  us  lively 
descriptions  of  study  at  the  Leipzig  conservatory  under  Mosche- 
les  and  Richter,  in  Berlin  under  Von  Buelow  and  Frau  Zim- 
mermann,  and  finally  of  her  operatic  experiences  in  Italy, 
England,  and  America,  in  which  last  country  she  settled  down 
in  marriage.  The  book  is  thickly  sprinkled  with  anecdotes 
of  some  of  the  most  famous  musical  and  literary  celebrities 
of  the  time. 

"More  Chapters  of  Operas,"  by  Henry  Edward  Krehbiel, 
offers  historical  and  critical  observations  and  records  con- 
cerning the  lyric  drama  in  New  York  from  1908  to  1918. 
The  learned  critic  of  the  Tribune  has  always  displayed  a  pon- 
derous style  that  reads  like  an  encyclopedia  and  a  mind  that 
runs  strongly  to  statistics  and  prejudices.  His  last  book  has 
proved  no  exception.  But  as  he  is  concerned  only  with  the  dates 
of  those  operatic  premieres  and  deaths  that  have  taken  place  in 
New  York,  his  statistics  are  too  local  to  have  much  value  for 
the  serious  student  of  opera;  while  his  anti-American  and  anti- 
Mahler  prejudices  are  too  obvious  and  too  well  known  to  do 
much  further  damage.  Yet  apparently  he  would  have  us  believe 
that  he  desires  the  "nationalization  of  opera."  Just  what  he 
means  by  this  is  difficult  to  ascertain;  for  he  tells  us,  in  the  early 
part  of  his  book,  that  "when  German  opera  supplanted  for  a 
space  the  Italian  form  at  the  Metropolitan  Opera  House  .  .  . 
I  hailed  the  fact  with  gladness  because  I  thought  and  said  that 
it  was  a  step  toward  the  nationalization  of  opera,  a  consumma- 


tion devoutly  to  be  wished,  but  impossible  of  realization  so  long 
as  the  Italian  system  prevailed."  The  only  explanation  of  this 
remark,  in  view  of  Mr.  Krehbiel's  subsequent  attitude  towards 
American  opera  (and  American  music  in  general)  is  that  on 
his  progress  from  Italy  to  America  by  way  of  Germany  he  still 
remains  confined  within  the  borders  of  that  so  recently  enemy 
country.  For  in  a  large  volume,  most  of  which  is  devoted  to 
detailed  accounts  of  the  operas  that  have  been  presented  in 
New  York,  we  find  him,  in  regard  to  the  American  works,  dis- 
missing Hadley's  "Azora"  with  three  lines,  De  Koven's  "Canter- 
bury Pilgrims"  with  eight,  and  Cadman's  "Shanewis"  with  nine- 
teen. For  giving  three  pages  to  Victor  Herbert's  "Natoma"  he 
apologizes  by  saying,  "I  am,  perhaps,  attaching  more  importance 
to  the  production  of  'Natoma'  than  it  deserves;  but  a  discussion 
of  it  under  the  circumstances  forms  a  proper  part  of  a  picture 
of  the  times."  To  this  picture,  apparently,  the  other  three 
operas,  for  some  inexplicable  reason,  do  not  belong.  In  dividing 
his  space,  Mr.  Krehbiel  also  manages  to  spare  four  pages  of 
farewell  and  praise  for  Alfred  Hertz,  and  two  pages  of  the  same 
for  Toscanini;  yet  of  that  other  genius  of  the  baton,  Gustave 
Mahler,  he  has  nothing  to  say,  about  either  his  talent,  his 
departure,  or  his  death.  It  is  only  fair  to  Mr.  Krehbiel  to  say 
that  much  of  his  book  is  both  true  and  interesting.  One  merely 
regrets  that  he  often  tries  to  illuminate  events  by  his  preju- 
dices, and  so  tends  to  discredit  himself  as  a  historian. 

"Those  of  you,"  says  Pierre  V.  R.  Key,  in  his  book  on  John 
McCormack,  "who  thrill  under  the  spell  of  the  golden  tone  he 
spins  and  confess  to  an  occasional  glistening  eye  from  the  pathos 
with  which  he  clothes  some  phrase,  need  wonder  no  longer." 
Nor  do  we;  for  now  we  know  what  has  become  of  that  true 
Irish  hero  who  disappeared  from  our  ken  after  Chauncey  Olcott 
retired  from  the  stage.  He  has  been  singing  to  us  for  ten  years 
under  the  name  of  John  McCormack,  and  we  never  suspected 
it  till  Mr.  Key  revealed  it  to  us.  Of  course,  like  all  heroes,' 
McCormack  had  his  vicissitudes  in  the  early  years  of  his  career,' 
and  it  is  the  story  of  these,  leading  up  to  his  final  triumphs, 
that  Mr.  Key  has  so  obligingly  transcribed.  Much  of  the  book 
would  doubtless  be  worth  reading  had  McCormack  told  it  to 
us  in  his  own  words  instead  of  in  the  pseudo-Irish  style  of  his 
official  biographer;  for  Mr.  Key  has  written  with  a  tear  in  one 
eye  and  with  the  other  eye  fixed  upon  the  public.  But  just  why, 
after  all,  we  should  be  treated  to  the  details  of  a  life  that  has 
not  yet  reached  its  fullest  accomplishment  is  not  made  very 
clear.  In  justice  to  Mr.  McCormack,  it  should  be  said  that 
he  himself  was  opposed  to  the  whole  project.  "I'm  too  young  a 
man,"  he  is  reported  to  have  said,  "to  be  written  about.  The 
printing  of  the  life  and  career  of  one  barely  past  thirty,  whose 
professional  efforts  lie  within  a  decade,  might  impress  people  as 
premature."  Henrietta  Straus 


Books  in  Brief 

O  ATHER  a  nasty  bit  of  satire — wasn't  it? — says  Mr.  Clarence 


n 


Day,  Jr.,  in  his  amusing  skit,  "This  Simian  World"  (Knopf), 


when  Nature  told  us,  as  she  did  about  sixty  years  ago,  that 
we  men  were  descended  from  the  most  scatter-brained,  incon- 
sequential, inquisitive,  ridiculous,  lascivious,  and  unpleasant 
animals  in  creation.  Suppose,  instead  of  being,  as  it  were,  self- 
made  apes,  we  could  have  boasted  a  proud  pedigree  from  lions, 
what  a  royal,  graceful,  terrible,  and  majestic  world  we  should 
have  created!  It  is  true  that  we  might  then  have  had  more 
dueling  and  murders,  but  we  should  have  had  less  war;  and 
would  not  the  substitution  of  a  few  more  private  crimes,  in 
which  we  might  feel  agreeably  at  home,  have  been,  even  from 
the  humanitarian  standpoint,  an  improvement  on  the  wholesale 
homicide  of  civilized  baboons?  Or,  suppose  that  the  dominant 
race  had  been  descended  from  a  long  line  of  ants — not,  in  this 
case,  maiden  aunts — their  lives  would  have  been  as  pure  as 
Ivory  Soap  and  socialized  beyond  the  precepts  of  the  gospel  of 
Marx.     But,  though  we  may  go  to  the  ant,  we  do  not  come 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


77 


from  her;  nor  are  our  monkey  hearts  wrapped  in  a  tiger's 
hide;  therefore,  we  must  take  our  world  as  we  find  it,  only 
pausing  to  realize  once  in  a  while,  for  the  remedy  of  our  souls, 
what  a  simian  world  it  is.  But  for  our  ape-like  hands  we  should 
never  have  made  tools,  have  slung  stones,  bullets,  or  mud,  or 
have  learned  to  thumb  our  noses.  All  our  poetry,  philosophy, 
language,  and  civilization  is  founded  on  the  chatter  of  the 
Banderlog.  Our  sexual  life,  and  many  of  our  vices,  are  direct 
descendants  of  that  of  the  apes;  only  we  have  made  matters 
worse  by  trying  to  impose  on  ourselves  taboos  that  monkey- 
nature  will  not  endure.  One  of  Mr.  Day's  friends  experimented 
with  some  monkeys,  and  found  that  the  only  way  to  keep  them 
unbored  and  interested  in  life  was  to  change  their  mates  from 
time  to  time.  How  human!  Finally,  Mr.  Day  toys  with  the 
religious  instinct,  and  shows  how  simian  many  of  its  manifesta- 
tions are.  Centuries  ago  Xenophanes  pointed  out  to  the  Greeks 
that  "if  horses  and  oxen  had  hands  to  carve  and  paint,  they 
would  represent  their  gods  in  bovine  or  equine  shape."  Even  so, 
according  to  Mr.  Day,  we  have  made  our  gods,  for  the  most  part, 
primates,  in  the  zoological  as  well  as  in  the  ecclesiastical  sense. 
But  with  all  the  anfractuosities  and  perversities  of  the  simian 
mind  we  have  inherited  one  great  trait:  curiosity.  It  is  that 
which  has  given  us  inventions  and  discoveries,  as  well  as 
scandal  and  newspapers.  Since  we  can  so  beautifully  do  with 
the  intelligence  that  makes  monkeys  shine  as  well  as  monkey 
shines,  hurrah  for  our  family  tree! 

GEORGE  YOUNG'S  The  New  Germany  (Harcourt,  Brace, 
and  Howe)  is  the  result  of  studies  made  in  Germany  since 
the  armistice.  In  January,  1919,  Mr.  Young  went  to  Berlin 
as  correspondent  for  the  London  Daily  News.  He  "preferred 
going  as  a  journalist  to  Berlin  rather  than  going  in  any  other 
capacity  to  Paris"  because  he  was  convinced  that  "true  peace 
could  only  be  got  by  developing  the  forces  of  democracy  of  the 
defeated  peoples  centering  in  Berlin,  and  not  by  any  bickerings 
between  diplomatic  formulae  of  the  victorious  Governments  col- 
lected at  Paris."  The  book  is  an  account  of  the  German  Revo- 
lution, and  concludes  with  a  chapter  on  the  Treaty  of  Versailles 
and  one  on  the  German  Constitution,  the  text  of  which  is  given 
in  the  appendix.  On  the  whole,  although  necessarily  impres- 
sionistic and  journalistic  in  character,  the  work  is  an  intelligent 
account  of  the  political  transformations  in  Germany  since  the 
armistice,  lively  and  readable  at  all  times,  penetrating  and 
brilliant  in  places.  The  substance  of  what  Mr.  Young  saw  in 
Germany  (perhaps,  as  so  often  happens,  it  was  what  he  went 
prepared  to  see)  was  that  "in  spite  of  military  occupations  and 
religious  thanksgivings  and  bonfires  and  bonuses  all  round,  we 
were  not  winning  the  war  but  losing  it.  .  .  .  We  have  not  yet 
won  the  war  because  we  have  not  as  yet  supported  in  Germany 
the  progressive — that  is,  the  revolutionary — elements  and  sup- 
pressed the  Prussian — that  is,  the  reactionary — spirit;  while 
we  have,  of  late,  been  really  losing  the  war  by  actually  assisting 
German  reaction  against  German  revolution.  And  we  are  doing 
this  just  from  the  ignorance  of  our  democracy  and  the  in- 
souciance of  our  diplomacy." 

T  F  the  diction  of  "The  Secrets  of  Animal  Life,"  by  J.  Arthur 
*■  Thomson  (Holt),  had  been  comparable  with  the  chapter 
headings  it  would  have  been  one  of  the  most  notable  additions 
to  popular  science.  The  author  has  taken  two  score  technical 
papers,  published  in  erudite  Transactions  and  Journals,  and 
retold  them  in  popular  language.  There  is  no  doubt  of  the 
success  of  this  very  admirable  undertaking,  for  every  line  is 
readable.  But  when  the  subjects  are  so  tremendously  interest- 
ing, so  stimulating  to  the  imagination,  it  is  a  great  pity  the 
compilation  was  not  made  perfect  as  well  as  popular.  As  it  is, 
Whales,  Otters,  Wasps,  Ants,  Penguins,  Twins,  Instinct,  Dar- 
win, Latent  Life,  Man's  Arboreal  Apprenticeship,  and  the  Cult 
of  Joy  should  carry  the  work  through  many  illustrated  and 
unillustrated  editions. 


BERNSTORFF 

tells  what  he  did  at  Washington  in 

MY  THREE  YEARS 
IN  AMERICA 

"It  is  as  interesting  as  an  old-fashioned  novel  and  more 
interesting  than  a  best  seller.  This  reviewer  read  it 
through  at  one  sitting  without  laying  it  down.  It  has 
the  dramatic  interest  of  the  story  of  a  struggle,  a  Titanic 
struggle  protracted  through  three  years." — Charles  Willis 
Thompson  in  the  New  York  Times. 

"Of  all  the  books  dealing  with  American  diplomacy  in  the  great  war 
only  three  will  be  worth  a  tinker's  dam  to  the  man  who  is  after  the 
facts ;  the  first,  the  memoirs  of  Woodrow  Wilson ;  the  second,  the 
memoirs  of  Edward  M.  House ;  the  third,  the  memoirs  of  Count  von 
Bernstorff.  .  .  .  The  third  is  here.  It  is  called  'My  Three  Year*  in 
America.'  " — Chicago  News. 

"The  publication  of  Count  Bernstorff's  memoirs  of  the  war  is  an 
event  probably  of  greater  interest  to  Americans  than  the  appearance 
of  any  other  book  in  its  field  and  an  occasion  of  unusual  literary  and 
historical  importance." — The  New   York  Evening  Post. 

$5.00 


CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS 

FIFTH  AVE.  AT  48™  ST.,  NEW  YORK 


OPEN  THE  DOOR 

by  Catherine  Carswell 

This  remarkable  novel,  which  has  just  won 
a  first-novel  prize  in  London,  is  the  story 
of  a  girl's  revolt  from  a  piety  that  is  blind 
and  oppressive;  her  passionate  search  for 
life's  fulfillment,  and  her  ultimate  shelter- 
ing in  a  love  beyond  the  remembrance  of 
conventional  fault.  $2.00 


Miss  Carswell's  tremendous  gift  as  a  limner  of 
characters  is  best  seen  in  the  early  chapters  of  the 
book.  When  she  is  dealing  with  the  family  of  her 
heroine  she  is  doing  very  nearly  perfect  writing. 

New  York  Tribune. 

"Not  a  mere  book  of  crude  genius,  but  of  a 
genius  of  high  competence  and  even  of  maturity." 

Manchester  Guardian. 

As  a  story  it  is  assuredly  "true  to  life" ;  it  is  not 
occupied  with  sex  to  the  exclusion  of  everything 
else,  and  it  opens  up  a  new  line  of  thought — that 
the  road  to  true  knowledge  sometimes  parallels  the 
primrose  path.  The  Bookman. 

HARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  ^w47^ 


International  Relations  Section 


Contents 


SANTO     DOMINGO . 

American  Eule  in  Santo  Domingo 78 

The   Consulting   Board   and   the   Occupation 79 

Dominican    Finances 80 

Military   Censorship    in    Santo   Domingo 81 

Liberty   Under   Military    Law 81 

The  End  of  the  Consulting   Foard 82 


American  Rule  in  Santo  Domingo 

THE  following  appeal,  signed  by  Mr.  Tulio  M.  Cestero, 
former  Ambassador  of  Santo  Domingo  at  Paris, 
Home,  and  Madrid,  was  addressed  to  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States. 

On  November  29,  1916,  the  Dominican  Republic  was  occu- 
pied by  the  United  States  Army,  and  by  the  authority  of  the 
Government  at  Washington,  the  constitutional  president  of  the 
Republic,  Dr.  Francisco  Henriquez  y  Carvajal,  was  deposed  and 
the  Congress  of  the  nation  was  suspended. 

From  that  day  the  military  regime  has  reigned  in  the  Domin- 
ican Republic  with  the  censorship  and  justice  administered 
by  officers  of  the  army  of  occupation  as  a  means  of  preven- 
tion and  of  punishment.  All  the  functions  of  the  executive  and 
legislative  powers  are  exercised  by  a  rear  admiral  of  the 
United  States  whose  sole  restriction  is  his  own  will;  and  a 
cabinet  of  seven  officers  of  the  navy  and  of  the  marine  corps 
exercises  the  powers  which  the  Constitution  grants  to  the  secre- 
taries of  state.  Thus  without  previously  consulting  the  Domin- 
ican people  and  without  granting  them  legitimate  represen- 
tation, existing  laws  are  amended,  new  laws  are  promulgated 
which  affect  the  morale  and  the  traditional  culture  of  the  coun- 
try, and  new  taxes  are  created;  the  public  debt  has  been  in- 
creased by  an  emission  of  5  per  cent  gold  bonds  and  the  cus- 
toms dues  reduced,  both  of  these  being  sovereign  rights  which 
by  Article  3  of  the  Convention  of  1907  between  the  Dominican 
Republic  and  the  United  States  require  a  prior  agreement  be- 
tween the  Government  of  the  United  States  and  Dominican 
Government,  now  non-existent. 

The  methods  and  procedure  of  the  Military  Government 
against  which  the  Dominican  people  protest  in  so  far  as  they 
are  permitted  to  do  so  by  the  little  liberty  which  the  censorship 
and  the  Provost  Courts  leave  them,  have  been  defined  in  a  let- 
ter which  on  December  29,  1919,  Monsefior  A.  A.  Nouel,  Arch- 
bishop of  Santo  Domingo  and  Metropolitan  of  America,  wrote 
to  the  Honorable  W.  W.  Russell,  Envoy  Extraordinary  and 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  who  had  asked 
for  "his  impressions  concerning  the  general  state  of  the 
country." 

In  a  judicious  spirit  the  illustrious  prelate  enumerates  the 
following  points:  (1)  sentences  of  the  Provost  Courts  in  purely 
civil  matters;  (2)  judgments  without  appeal  decreed  by  the 
Claims  Commission  which  regulates  the  new  debt;  (3)  the 
patronages  of  the  national  budget  distributed  among  numerous 
foreigners  of  no  greater  capability  than  the  Dominicans  and 
in  many  cases  of  less  ability  and  of  no  morality;  (4)  a  prop- 
erty tax  law  which  is  so  complicated  as  to  be  incomprehen- 
sible; (5)  the  public  funds  administered  by  an  Office  of  Public 
Works  whose  chief  is  a  North  American  with  no  technical 
knowledge,  and  these  funds  used  for  the  payment  of  extrava- 
gant salaries;  (6)  the  censorship  of  the  press,  humiliating  and 
contemptuous,  ridiculous  and  puerile;  (7)  acts  of  injustice  like 
the  imprisonment  for  six  months  in  a  filthy  dungeon  of  a 
Spanish  priest  of  exemplary  conduct  for  having,  in  a  private 
.conversation   and   long   before   the   United    States   entered    the 


war,  praised  the  valor  and  the  organization  of  the  German 
Army;  (8)  the  water  torture;  (9)  the  cremation  of  women 
and  children,  that  is  to  say,  women  and  children  burned  to 
death  in  houses  that  were  set  on  fire;  (10)  torture  by  torsion 
or  the  use  of  tourniquets;  (11)  men  hunted  through  the  coun- 
try like  wild  animals;  (12)  an  old  man,  a  septuagenarian, 
dragged  at  the  tail  of  a  horse  in  the  full  light  of  midday  in  the 
public  square  of  the  village  of  Hato  Mayor;  (13)  the  National 
Guard  which  is  the  urban  and  rural  police  force,  the  creature 
of  the  Military  Government,  without  adequate  selection  or  ade- 
quate officers. 

The  Military  Government  itself  has  made  the  following  spe- 
cific declarations  with  respect  to  the  system  and  the  officials 
of  the  occupation  prior  to  the  appointment  of  the  present  chief, 
Rear  Admiral  Thomas  Snowden:  "There  was  a  time  in  which 
the  Military  Government  repelled  violence  by  violence  and  there 
were  even  secondary  authorities  who  distinguished  themselves 
by  their  cruelty,  surpassing  themselves  in  their  measures  of 
prevention  and  repression."  This  authentic  statement  was 
published  in  the  daily  press  of  the  Dominican  capital  and 
among  others  in  the  Listin  Diario  (issue  number  9193  of  Jan- 
uary 12,  1920),  under  the  heading  "Official  Section,  Military 
Government."  Soon  after,  however,  the  following  fact  was 
communicated  in  private  letters  and  was  inserted  in  a  news- 
paper of  San  Juan  de  Puerto  Rico:  the  home  of  the  citizen 
Jose  Cepeda,  who  was  suspected  of  hiding  arms,  in  the  dis- 
trict of  Bainoa,  Province  of  Santiago  de  los  Caballeros,  was 
searched  at  midnight.  Two  young  ladies,  his  daughters,  were 
forced  to  appear  nude  before  the  troops  and  in  order  to  make 
Cepeda  confess,  he  was  tortured  and  the  soles  of  his  feet 
burned,  so  that  he  could  no  longer  walk.  Another  case  is  re- 
ferred to  in  private  letters.  Some  of  the  details  are  here  omitted 
as  their  nature  makes  them  almost  unbelievable.  Two  coun- 
trymen who  were  witnesses  in  an  extortion  suit  were  testifying 
before  the  Court  of  Appeals  of  Santiago  de  los  Caballeros. 
One  of  them  suddenly  opened  his  shirt  and  showed  the  judge 
the  burns  left  by  the  torture  to  which  he  had  been  subjected 
by  officers  of  the  army  of  occupation.  The  President  of  the 
Court,  Dr.  Juan  Perez,  rose  and  striking  the  table  so  hard 
that  the  force  caused  the  figure  of  the  Christ,  that  presides 
at  all  the  courts  of  the  country,  to  fall  and  break,  exclaimed: 
"This  is  horrible.  It  is  a  farce.  I  am  going.  I  cannot  con- 
demn these  poor  people  while  the  crimes  of  these  officers  re- 
main unpunished." 

By  Military  Order  No.  385  (January  15,  1920)  the  cen- 
sorship was  declared  abolished,  but  by  the  same  order  it  is  for- 
bidden to  publish  in  "magazines,  newspapers,  pamphlets,  peri- 
odicals, leaflets,  or  any  other  publication  articles  which  are 
hostile  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  its  policy  or  its 
officials,  or  to  criticize  these  in  any  way  that  will  incite  the 
people  to  restlessness,  disorder,  or  rebellion;"  "articles  which 
by  their  tone  are  hostile  to  or  are  against  the  Military  Govern- 
ment, its  policy,  or  its  civil  and  military  officers  or  which  criti- 
cize these  in  such  a  manner  that  they  incite  the  masses  to 
restlessness,  disorder,  and  rebellion;"  "articles  which  defame, 
dishonor,  ridicule,  the  conduct  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  the  Military  Government  or  their  officials,  in  such  a  way 
that  their  publication  would  provoke  disorder  or  rebellion  in  the 
Republic;"  and  "articles  which  point  out  the  actual  state  of 
affairs  in  Santo  Domingo  in  a  form  manifestly  unjust  and 
untruthful  and  which  could  provoke  disorder  among  the 
masses."  Offenses  against  this  order  are  called  "offenses  against 
the  Military  Government,"  wherefore  although  the  order  re- 
ferred to  does  not  determine  the  jurisdiction,  it  is  understood 
that  the  Provost  Marshal  shall  deal  with  them  and  apply  the 
penalties.  These  penalties  are  not  specified  which  is  contrary 
to  the  universal  law  by  which  every  offense  should  be  accom- 
panied by  its  corresponding  preestablished  penalty. 

The  Order  defines  the  coresponsibility  of  all  directors  of  pub- 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


79 


lications  which  insert  such  articles,  of  all  the  owners  of  places 
where  such  speeches  are  made,  and  of  "all  persons  who  know- 
ingly help  or  encourage  the  writing,  the  pronouncing,  or  the 
publication   of  these." 

In  December,  1919,  the  directors  of  the  periodicals  El  Pro- 
greso  of  la  Vega,  Ecos  del  Norte  and  Pro  Civilismo  of  Puerto 
Plata,  were  condemned  to  three  months  hard  labor  or  to  pay  a 
fine  of  $300  respectively,  and  at  the  end  of  January,  1920,  the 
parish  priest  of  Puerto  Plata,  Dr.  Rafael  Castellano,  Canon  of 
the  Cathedral  and  Ex-Representative  in  the  National  Congress, 
was  imprisoned  for  several  hours  for  some  words  spoken  at  a 
literary  meeting. 

A  work  of  the  writer  Federico  Garcia  Godoy,  entitled  "El 
Derrumbe"  was  confiscated  in  1916,  and  according  to  a  letter 
of  Lieutenant  Commander  Lake,  Secretary  of  the  Military  Gov- 
ernment, dated  January  20,  1920,  and  published  in  a  news- 
paper of  San  Juan  de  Puerto  Rico  "it  is  impossible  to  return 
the  copies  to  you  as  they  have  been  burned,"  and  "in  spite  of 
the  high  literary  value  of  the  work"  he  is  permitted  "to 
distribute  it  neither  in  nor  out  of  the  Republic  in  the  form  in 
which  it  is  written." 

On  February  23,  of  this  year,  Julio  Azeno,  director  of  the 
periodical  Pro  Civilismo  of  Puerto  Plata,  for  a  violation  of  the 
Order  No.  385  has  been  condemned  to  a  year  in  prison  or  to  pay 
a  fine  of  $600,  according  to  a  notice  published  in  the  Listin 
Diario  of  Santo  Domingo  City  (March  4,  No.  9335). 

President  Henriquez  y  Carvajal  in  various  memoranda 
which  he  presented  to  the  State  Department  between  August 
and  October,  1919,  as  acts  preliminary  to  a  modus  operandi 
for  the  reestablishment  of  self-government  in  the  Dominican 
Republic,  suggested  the  suppression  of  the  censorship  and  of 
the  provost  courts,  and  a  "Consulting  Board"  appointed  by 
the  Military  Government  in  November  of  last  year  made  a 
similar  recommendation.  This  committee,  of  which  Arch- 
bishop Nouel  was  a  member,  resigned  in  full  on  January  7 
because  they  inferred  from  the  publication  of  "Rules  and  Regu- 
lations for  the  Censorship,"  of  December  22,  which  is  essen- 
tially identical  with  Military  Order  No.  385  by  which  the  cen- 
sorship and  the  provost  courts  are  maintained,  "that  the  Mili- 
tary Government  does  not  believe  that  the  time  has  come  to 
inaugurate  the  reforms  advised."  They  had  accepted  the 
mission  "convinced  that  only  by  the  immediate  execution  of 
this  plan  of  reforms  which  has  for  its  ultimate  end  the  resto- 
ration to  the  nation  of  the  full  but  orderly  exercise  of  its  sov- 
ereignty, can  its  future  welfare  be  assured."  This  plan  com- 
prises the  reform  of  these  laws:  electoral;  the  organic  munici- 
pal law;  the  organization  and  government  of  the  Provinces; 
conscription  law;  public  finance;  and  of  some  articles  of  the 
Constitution.  This  plan  coincides  substantially  with  that  for- 
mulated in  the  said  memoranda  of  President  Henriquez  y  Car- 
vajal for  the  gradual  and  progressive  restoration  of  the 
Dominican  Government,  the  acknowledgment  of  which  by  the 
State  Department  has  been  repeatedly  solicited  by  the  under- 
signed in  his  character  of  personal  representative  of  the  Presi- 
dent deposed  by  the  military  occupation.  The  press  of  Santo 
Domingo  has  published  declarations  of  approval  of  the  pro- 
test expressed  by  the  resignation  of  the  Consulting  Board, 
and  of  adhesion  to  those  who  ask  the  return  of  its  sovereignty 
to  the  Dominican  nation  which  suffers  an  irreparable  moral 
hurt  through  the  imperious  and  irresponsible  governmental 
regime  to  which  the  military  occupation  subjects  it. 

The  facts  herein  stated  already  begin  to  circulate  in  the 
foreign  press  and  their  propagation  can  certainly  not  be  bene- 
ficial to  the  high  pan-American  interests  to  whose  solidarity 
the  Dominican  Republic  subscribes.  The  impartial  investigation 
of  the  events  which  have  occurred  since  the  troops  of  the 
United  States  landed  on  the  territory  of  the  Dominican  Re- 
public will  reveal  the  truth,  and  the  punishment  of  the  guilty 
would  prove  that  the  equitable  spirit  of  the  institutions  of  the 
United  States  has  not  been  weakened  in  the  different  climes  to 


which  the  enterprises  of  their  so  often  glorious  flag  have  car- 
ried them,  to  cooperate  with  afflicted  peoples,  and  not  to  cover 
miserable  criminals  with  its  glorious  folds.     .     .     . 

Tulio  M.  Cestero 
Ex-Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Dominican  Republic 
Washington,  April  2,  1920 

The  Consulting  Board  and  the  Occupation 

THE  Consulting  Board  of  four  prominent  Dominicans 
appointed  on  October  28,  1919,  by  the  American  Mili- 
tary Governor  of  Santo  Domingo  to  help  him  "guide  the 
Dominican  people  towards  their  future  welfare,"  submitted 
to  him  on  November  12  the  following  memorandum  on  the 
general  needs  of  the  country. 

Rear  Admiral  Thomas  Snowden,  Military  Governor. 
Honorable  Sir: 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  actual  condition  of  the  public 
finances  and  the  practical  wisdom  demonstrated  by  the  country 
during  the  past  three  years  are  bringing  near  the  moment  in 
which  the  Government  of  the  United  States  will  order  her  armed 
forces  to  withdraw  from  our  territory  and  cause  Dominican 
sovereignty  to  be  restored  (since  said  Government  never  meant 
to  destroy  it,  but  to  enable  the  country,  by  helping  her  back 
into  a  condition  of  internal  stability,  to  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Convention  of  1908  and  with  the  performance  of 
the  duties  devolving  upon  her  as  a  member  of  the  family  of  na- 
tions), the  Consulting  Board  firmly  believes  that  the  first  and 
best  advice  that  can  be  offered  you  in  answer  to  the  request  you 
made,  prompted  by  your  desire  of  promoting  the  future  welfare 
of  this  country,  is  to  the  effect  that  you  initiate  the  reform  of 
all  those  among  our  political  laws  which  figured  as  joint  causes 
in  the  revolutionary  disturbances  of  the  past,  and  consequently 
are  responsible  for  our  economic  disorganization.     .     .     . 

These  laws  are,  among  others,  the  Electoral  Act,  the  Town- 
ship Organization  Act,  the  Conscription  Act,  the  Act  on  the 
Administration  and  Organization  of  the  Provinces,  the  Regula- 
tion of  Public  Finances  Act,  and  some  of  the  provisions  of  our 
national  Constitution.     .     .     . 

The  Consulting  Board  looks  to  the  future  of  the  Dominican 
people  in  the  full  enjoyment  of  its  sovereignty  and  self-govern- 
ment, and  sees  the  future  welfare  of  that  people  involved  in  the 
reforms  now  proposed.  It  is  the  Consulting  Board's  conviction 
that  if  such  laws  are  promulgated  and  gradually  brought  into 
practice,  their  educational  influence  will  be  immediately  felt.  If 
the  people  are  called  upon  to  choose,  in  order  to  organize  the 
first  of  the  political  institutions  of  the  state,  let  us  say,  the 
municipal  officials,  then  the  provincial  functionaries,  etc.,  until 
arriving,  by  the  restoration  of  the  national  sovereignty,  at  the 
election  of  the  highest  authorities  in  the  land,  the  efficiency  of 
the  electoral  law  will  be  proved  and  the  political  organization 
of  the  country  will  rest  on  firm  foundations.  The  people,  who  are 
already  accustomed  to  the  advantages  of  order,  who  are  becom- 
ing convinced  of  the  direct  and  immediate  benefits  that  the 
nation  derives  from  the  economic  orientation  being  taken  by 
the  present  government,  and  who  are  realizing  the  benefits  en- 
suing from  the  regulations  on  public  instruction  dictated  during 
the  last  three  years;  these  people,  we  say,  once  given  back  their 
sovereignty,  will  exercise  it  with  a  genuine  love  for  peace,  and 
it  will  be  found  impossible  to  lure  them,  as  was  done  before, 
into  resorting  to  violence  as  the  best  means  of  solving  their 
political  problems. 

But  to  attain  such  an  end  and  also  to  enable  the  Consulting 
Board  to  transmit  to  you,  as  you  have  asked  it  to  do,  the  senti- 
ments and  thoughts  of  the  Dominican  people,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  create  a  condition  in  which  the  people  will  be  able  to 
exercise  their  rights,  especially  that  of  voicing  their  opinions  in 
an  orderly  but  untrammeled  way.    The  Consulting  Board  deems 


80 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


it  fitting  therefore  that  you  dictate  regulations  pertaining  to: 

(1)  The  censorship  now  regulating  the  press. 

(2)  The  provostal  justice  [system  of  provost  courts]. 
Regarding  the   censorship   now   in   existence   for   the   press, 

the  Board  considers  that  it  should  be  abolished.  In  order  that 
abuse  of  liberty  may  be  prevented  and  that  no  attacks  may  be 
made  on  the  Military  Government,  nor  incitations  to  rebellion 
be  published,  a  regulation  might  be  adopted  making  responsible 
for  such  offenses  not  only  their  authors  but  the  editors  of  the 
journals  and  the  owners  of  the  printing  plants  in  which  the 
offense  has  been  committed. 

As  to  the  provostal  justice,  the  Board  believes  that  it  ought 
to  be  limited  to  purely  military  matters,  if  not  found  completely 
unnecessary,  because  the  courts  of  the  country  are  functioning 
in  a  satisfactory  manner ;  and  it  is  evident  that  provostal  justice 
is  absolutely  unnecessary  except  in  cases  related  to  military  dis- 
cipline and  the  safety  of  the  army  of  occupation.  Besides,  it  is 
a  source  of  discontent  without  rendering  any  tangible  service. 

These  are  in  their  outline  the  principal  suggestions  that  the 
Board  deems  it  its  duty  to  submit.     .     .     . 

Adolfo,  Archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo, 

Jacinto  R.  de  Castro, 

Francisco  J.  Peynado, 

Federico  Velazquez  y  Hernandez, 


Dominican   Finances 

IN  a  memorandum  addressed  to  the  American  Military 
Governor  of  Santo  Domingo  the  Consulting  Board  made 
the  following  suggestions  regarding  the  question  of  floating 
a  loan. 

Santo  Domingo,  December  3,  1919. 
Rear  Admiral  Thomas  Snowden,  Military  Governor. 
Honorable  Sir: 

The  Consulting  Board  has  had  under  consideration  the  plan 
you  deemed  proper  to  submit  in  re  the  floating  of  a  loan  of  from 
$5,000,000  to  $7,000,000  to  be  applied  to  the  completion  of  cer- 
tain public  works  now  under  way  and  the  construction  of  new 
ones. 

The  matter  is  no  doubt  of  momentous  importance  for 
the  future  welfare  of  the  Dominican  people;  and  the  Board 
considers  said  works  to  be  a  necessary  complement  of  the  re- 
forms recommended  in  its  note  of  November  12,  intended  to 
renovate  the  political  institutions  of  the  state,  bring  back  self- 
government  in  a  gradual  way,  and  create  conditions  under  which 
peace  and  order  will  be  assured  more  by  the  efficacy  of  these 
institutions  than  by  fear. 

To  establish  a  system  of  communications  that  shall  embrace 
all  the  towns  of  the  Republic,  to  improve  our  ports  by  dredging 
them  and  constructing  wharves  that  will  facilitate  the  traffic 
which  is  becoming  more  and  more  extensive,  to  initiate  all  these 
enterprises  of  a  remunerative  character  tends  not  only  to  pro- 
mote the  growth  of  public  wealth,  to  attract  foreign  capital  by 
the  facility  given  for  the  exploitation  of  our  lands  and  spon- 
taneous immigration,  but  furthermore  to  establish  contact  be- 
tween the  different  sections  of  the  Republic,  now  so  remote,  and 
thus  to  create,  with  the  interchange  of  ideas  and  the  example 
of  good  habits,  a  spiritual  community  that  will  result  in  unity, 
strength,  and  solidarity  healthful  to  national  life. 

The  Board,  the  above-mentioned  facts  notwithstanding,  does 
not  consider  that  a  new  loan  should  be  floated  now,  sk.ce  it 
would  cause  (at  least  if  we  judge  by  the  four  plans  that  you 
have  submitted)  the  only  sources  of  reserve  still  free  to  be 
affected,  and  what  is  very  serious,  would  cause  an  increase  of  a 
third  or  a  half  and  perhaps  of  two-thirds  in  the  taxes  on  real 
estate  which  the  Military  Govewiment  has  just  established. 

To  tap  the  only  sources  of  revenue  that  now  remain  free 
would  be  a  dangerous  step  if  we  take  into  consideration:  (1) 
that  we  do  not  possess  the  slightest  knowledge  of  the  effect  to 


be  wrought  on  the  treasury  by  the  tariff  reforms  recently  intro- 
duced by  the  Military  Government,  which  will  not  be  in  force 
until  next  January;  further,  it  is  not  yet  possible  to  ascertain 
the  revenue  the  tax  on  real  property  will  bring,  since  the  col- 
lections for  the  first  year  have  not  been  completed,  and  final 
decisions  have  not  been  rendered  on  the  complaints  presented; 
(2)  that  in  all  events,  even  in  case  the  amount  of  income  the 
Republic  still  has  free  is  known,  to  tie  up  these  revenue  sources 
for  the  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on  a  loan  would  leave 
the  Republic  helpless  to  face  any  emergency,  such  for  instance 
as  an  epidemic. 

To  augment  by  one-third,  one-half,  or  two-thirds  the  tax  just 
established  on  land  values  would  be  of  disastrous  consequences: 

(1)  Because  the  country,  which  accepted  the  establishment 
of  a  tax  that,  like  the  one  on  land  holdings,  meant  a  just  and 
scientific  departure  from  our  old  system  of  taxes,  now  resents 
the  inequality  brought  about  by  regulation  of  this  tax.     .     .     . 

(2)  Because  many  complaints  have  been  caused  by  the  fact 
that  the  Direction  of  Internal  Revenue  does  not  content  itself 
with  imposing  the  legal  tax  of  five  cents  on  each  peso  comu- 
nero  on  persons  who  do  not  possess  a  single  inch  of  land,  and 
who  have  only  title  or  pesos  plus  the  expectation  of  becoming 
proprietors  some  day  when  the  partition  of  the  lands  shall  be 
made,  but  the  Direction  asks  those  persons  to  declare  an  owner- 
ship of  land  they  have  never  possessed,  and  thus,  by  virtue  of 
such  erroneous  interpretation,  compelling  them  to  pay,  besides 
the  five  cents  on  each  peso,  an  arbitrary  amount  of  money;  and 
the  complaints  would  increase  if  the  tax  on  the  land  holdings 
should  be  augmented,  because  the  exaction  on  those  persons 
would  also  be  increased. 

(3)  Because  when  the  new  tax  on  land  holdings  was  created, 
in  order  to  make  it  popular  efforts  were  made  to  persuade  the 
people  that  with  the  suppression  of  certain  taxes,  as  for  in- 
stance, the  4  per  cent  on  electric  light  and  the  reduction  of, 
others,  the  amount  paid  would  be  less.  Now  the  clear  foresight 
of  Your  Excellency  misses  the  fact  that  to  augment  the  amount 
of  the  recently  established  tax  at  this  time  would  discourage 
the  people,  who  would  see  in  the  projected  loan,  instead  of  a 
measure  aimed  to  develop  the  resources  of  the  country,  a  means 
of  holding  them  under  intolerable  burdens  for  an  indefinite 
length  of  time. 

The  Consulting  Board,  in  offering  these  reasons  for  considera- 
tion, fulfils  its  duty  of  making  known  to  you  the  feelings  of 
the  Dominican  people;  and  in  accordance  with  them,  it  deems 
that  instead  of  announcing,  as  contemplated,  an  augmentation 
of  taxes  that  would  increase  the  burdens  imposed  by  the  high 
cost  of  living,  it  would  be  preferable  to  begin  studying  the  re- 
forms proposed  in  the  memorandum  of  November  12,  and  the 
amendment  of  all  those  laws  which  require  amendment;  for  as 
Your  Excellency  no  doubt  well  understands,  it  is  only  by  the 
execution  of  a  general  plan  whose  ultimate  aim  is  the  reestab- 
lishment  of  Dominican  sovereignty  that  the  Dominicans  will 
realize  that  efforts  are  being  made  for  the  future  welfare  of  the 
people. 

The  above  statement  does  not  imply  that  the  Board  rejects 
the  plan  of  the  Military  Government  to  continue  all  public  works 
on  a  previously  established  basis.  On  the  contrary,  the  Board 
believes : 

(1)  That  among  the  public  works  mentioned  by  Your  Ex- 
cellency those  should  be  undertaken  which  are  of  urgent  neces- 
sity, or  will  bring  immediate  results,  such  as  the  highways, 
the  improvements  of  the  ports,  the  penitentiary,  and  the  lepra- 
sorium. 

(2)  That  all  other  works  not  of  the  above-mentioned  char- 
acter should  be  postponed,  such  as  a  building  for  the  Direction 
of  Post  and  Telephones;  a  house  of  correction  in  the  north,  and 
a  house  of  correction  in  the  south;  a  building  to  be  used  as  a 
depository  for  the  Public  Finances  Auditorship  and  the  Bureau 
of  Public  Works;  an  insane  asylum,  since  we  have  one  that 
can  be  renovated  at  much  less  cost  than  building  another,  and 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


81 


buildings  for  offices  of  the  national  Government  in  the  provinces, 
since  we  can  continue  using  for  several  years  to  come  those  now 
adapted  to  that  purpose;  .  .  .  that  the  functions  of  the 
Direction  of  Public  Works  be  transferred  to  a  department  of  the 
secretary  of  Public  Works,  thus  abolishing  the  former.  .  .  . 
Should  an  investigation  be  undertaken  to  find  out  what  has 
been  done  in  this  Direction  of  Public  Works  since  its  creation 
to  date,  we  should  see  that  many  sums  have  been  spent  in  sur- 
veys that  afterwards  have  been  abandoned,  in  works  never 
accomplished  or  which  have  necessitated  new  plans  before  being 
undertaken,  or  which  after  completion  it  was  necessary  to 
change  completely  or  in  part,  all  this  being  wasteful  of  the 
funds  intrusted  to  it. 

Since  all  the  changes  proposed  would  cut  the  budget  of  public 
Works  to  less  than  three  million  dollars,  the  Consulting  Board 
believes  that  the  public  works  mentioned  could  be  undertaken  in 
a  gradual  way,  without  any  need  of  resorting  to  loans,  but 
applying  to  their  construction  whatever  reserves  now  exist,  and 
the  moneys  saved  by  the  suppression  of  the  department  known 
as  General  Direction  of  Public  Works.    .    .    . 

Adolfo,  Archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo, 

Jacinto  R.  de  Castro, 

Francisco  J.  Peynado, 

Federico  Velazquez  y  Hernandez. 

Military  Censorship  in  Santo  Domingo 

IN   the   order   printed   below  the   Military   Governor  of 
Santo  Domingo  issued  directions  for  the  censorship  of 
the  Dominican  press. 

Regulations  for  the  Censorship 

December  28,  1919 
From:  Military  Governor  of  Santo  Domingo. 
To:  Brigade  Commanders. 
Subject:  Regulations  for  the  censorship. 

It  is  recommended  that  the  following  regulations  be  published 
and  a  copy  of  them  given  to  the  commanders  of  districts  and 
officers  in  charge  of  the  censorship  so  that  they  may  act  in 
accordance  therewith. 

(1)  The  censorship  shall  be  governed  by  the  following  rules: 

(2)  In  order  to  prevent  public  disturbances  it  is  forbidden  to 
print  in  the  press,  or  in  pamphlet  form,  or  in  any  other  way, 
articles  of  the  following  nature: 

(a)  Articles  preaching  the  doctrine  generally  known  as 
bolshevism  or  anarchy,  which  under  prevailing  conditions  would 
cause  unrest  and  disorder; 

(b)  Articles  that  preach  doctrines  and  practices  contrary  to 
public  morality,  as  the  same  is  understood  in  civilized  nations; 

(c)  Articles  hostile  to  the  Government  of  the  United  States, 
its  policies,  and  its  functionaries,  or  that  criticize  them  in  such 
a  way  as  to  excite  public  unrest,  disorder,  or  revolution. 

(d)  Publications  that  by  their  nature  are  hostile  to  the  Mili- 
tary Government,  its  policies,  and  its  functionaries,  whether 
civilian  or  military,  or  that  criticize  them  in  such  way  as  to 
incite  the  masses  to  unrest,  disorder,  or  revolution. 

(e)  Articles  defaming,  discrediting,  or  ridiculing  the  con- 
duct of  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  or  of  the  Military 
Government  or  its  functionaries,  in  such  way  that  its  publication 
may  cause  disorders  or  revolt  in  the  Republic. 

(f)  Articles  pointing  out  actual  conditions  in  Santo  Domingo 
in  a  way  manifestly  unfair  and  untrue,  in  terms  that  may  pro- 
voke disorders  among  the  masses. 

(3)  Every  writer  or  editor  of  a  periodical  should  be  invited 
to  hold  frequent  conferences  with  the  functionaries  invested 
with  the  powers  of  the  censorship,  so  that  they  may  become 
familiar  with  these  regulations  and  comply  with  them  in  the 
best  way  possible.  All  persons  herein  interested  must  keep  in 
mind  that  the  purpose  of  this  order  is  not  to  deprive  the  press 
of  its  freedom,  nor  to  suppress  free  expression  of  opinion,  but 


simply  to  prevent  such  liberty  from  degenerating  into  abuse 
that  might  cause  public  peace  to  be  disturbed  and  therefore  hurt 
the  Dominican  people  themselves. 

(4)  No  person  can  be  arrested,  confined,  or  judged  for  viola- 
tion of  this  order  except  in  cases  of  unusual  gravity;  or  when 
previous  authorization  has  been  granted  by  the  commander  of 
the  district  in  which  the  violation  has  taken  place. 

(5)  The  rights  of  assembly  and  of  free  speech  must  not  be 
curtailed  except  when  necessary  for  the  maintenance  of  public 
order.  As  a  general  rule,  discussion  on  the  above-mentioned 
topics  should  be  prohibited,  and  must  be  prevented  after  the 
necessary  notice  has  been  given.  On  learning  that  a  meeting 
is  to  be  held  in  which  his  intervention  is  necessary,  the  com- 
petent official,  before  taking  any  action,  must  ascertain  what  is 
going  to  be  discussed.  The  general  rules  that  shall  be  observed 
will  not  tend  to  prohibit  discussions  from  which  revolts,  vio- 
lence, or  disorders  would  not  result. 


Liberty  Under  Military  Law 

THE   Consulting  Board  put  forward  in  the  following 
memorandum  suggestions  relative  to  the  reestablish- 
ment  of  civil  liberty  in  Santo  Domingo. 
To  the  Honorable  Sir  Thomas  Snowden,  Rear  Admiral  in  the 

United  States  Navy  and  Head  of  the  Military  Government. 
Honorable  Sir: 

The  Consulting  Board  has  the  honor  of  submitting  two  out- 
lines of  executive  orders:  one  pertains  to  the  press;  the  other 
to  the  demarcation  of  functions  incumbent  upon  the  provostal 
justice. 

As  to  the  first,  the  Board  has  deemed  it  convenient  to  deal 
only  with  certain  rules  by  means  of  which  the  authorities  as 
well  as  the  individual  therein  interested,  could  easily  ascertain 
the  persons  responsible  for  any  infractions  of  law  committed 
through  the  press.  These  rules  aim  at  providing  also  the  method 
of  procedure  best  calculated  to  obtain  the  prosecution  and 
punishment  of  the  guilty  parties,  without  having  to  resort  to 
elaborate  investigations  that  would  hinder  such  action,  unduly 
delay  it,  and  even  render  it  wholly  ineffective  in  certain  cases. 
The  Consulting  Board  thus  limited  its  endeavors  on  this  subject 
because,  in  its  estimation,  the  Penal  Code  of  the  Republic  makes 
ample  provision  under  the  proper  chapter  for  dealing  with  all 
offenses  that  can  be  committed  through  the  press  or  with  the 
assistance  of  the  press;  and,  should  that  not  seem  sufficient, 
further  provisions  of  a  general  character  are  to  be  found,  in 
Article  103  and  following. 

As  to  the  provostal  justice,  the  Board  considers  it  to  be  per- 
fectly in  order  to  circumscribe  its  province  to  purely  military 
matters,  and  to  bring  outside  its  jurisdiction  all  non-military 
residents  of  the  district  in  which  it  sits.  This  would  render 
easier  the  task  of  arriving  at  a  proper  and  well-established 
separation  between  the  two  jurisdictions:  namely,  that  of  the 
provosts,  as  instituted  by  the  Military  Government,  and  the 
regular  judicial  system  consecrated  by  the  laws  of  the  Re- 
public, which  Captain  H.  S.  Knapp  saw  fit  to  leave  untouched 
in  his  proclamation  of  November  29,  1916,  this  document  being 
as  it  were  the  basic  law  of  the  Military  Government  that  you 
represent. 

It  is  true  that  this  proclamation  placed  outside  the  domain 
of  ordinary  courts  any  acts  implying  contempt  or  defiance  of 
the  Military  Government;  but  since  abnormal  conditions  then 
existent  have  happily  subsided,  there  is  no  reason  today  why 
such  acts  should  not  fall  under  the  national  laws,  in  which  pro- 
visions are  made  to  deal  with  them;  nor  for  keeping  the  of- 
fenders outside  the  ordinary  courts  of  justice.  It  is  only  during 
troubled  times,  when  military  law  reigns  supreme  so  that  the 
public  peace  may  be  preserved  at  all  costs,  that  excuse  can  be 
found  for  considering  as  punishable  infractions  acts  which  pre- 
vious to  their  commission  have  not  been  clearly  defined  in  the 


82 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


laws  in  such  way  as  to  leave  no  doubt  as  to  what  constitutes  the 
offense;  and  it  is  also  only  under  such  extraordinary  circum- 
stances that  excuse  can  be  found  for  bringing  the  accused  to 
trial  before  other  than  his  natural  judges. 

Now  the  Republic  is  at  peace  and  to  further  the  very  ends 
of  the  military  occupation  which  the  country  is  undergoing,  to 
make  said  ends  as  they  were  set  forth  by  Captain  H.  S.  Knapp 
in  his  above-mentioned  proclamation  something  that  will  be 
beneficial  to  the  best  interests  of  the  Dominican  people,  it  is 
imperative  to  see  to  it  that  their  rights  are  given  back  to  them, 
particularly  such  rights  as  the  individual  ones,  which  seem  to 
be  man's  natural  inheritance.  One  of  the  primary  purposes  of 
the  Military  Government  was  to  help  the  Dominican  people  in 
establishing  such  an  orderly  state  of  affairs  as  would  enable 
them  to  perform  all  duties  devolving  upon  a  member  of  the 
family  of  nations.  As  you  will  perceive,  such  an  end  can  not 
be  attained  while  people  are  not  allowed  to  exercise  their  rights 
under  their  proper  laws  and  institutions,  so  that  as  we  pointed 
out  in  a  previous  communication,  peace  and  order  come  to  reign 
more  as  a  result  of  the  efficacy  of  said  laws  and  institutions  than 
by  respect  born  of  fear.  It  is  obvious  that  liberty,  the  medium 
in  which  right  prospers,  is  a  prerequisite  essential  to  such  high 
accomplishment.  With  that  in  view,  the  Consulting  Board 
recommended  and  is  now  recommending,  reform  of  our  existent 
political  laws  and  the  adoption  of  new  ones;  the  suppression  of 
the  censorship;  the  curtailment  of  provostal  justice.  By  the 
former  a  condition  of  freedom  will  be  obtained,  by  the  latter 
the  undisturbed  exercise  of  every  legitimate  right  will  be  made 
possible.  Thus,  were  such  a  course  to  be  adopted,  the  military 
occupation,  which  has  been  so  diligent  in  the  attainment  of  one 
of  its  ends,  to  wit,  the  reorganization  of  public  finances,  would 
also  become  active  toward  the  other,  which  is  none  other  than 
to  give  back  to  the  Dominican  people  their  national  sovereignty, 
and  along  with  it  full  enjoyment  of  their  rights. 

Guided  by  such  ideas,  the  men  composing  the  Consulting 
Board  have  agreed  to  share  with  you  in  an  endeavor  that  they 
consider  timely  and  all  important;  they  beg  to  assure  you  that 
no  sacrifice  will  be  omitted  on  this  side  to  make  their  coopera- 
tion useful  and  beneficial  to  the  best  interests  of  the  Republic. 
In  furtherance  of  this  purpose,  the  Consulting  Board,  while 
recommending  to  your  attention  the  projects  referred  to  in  this 
communication,  does  not  hesitate  in  asking  that  an  opportunity 
be  granted  for  its  members  to  undertake  the  most  agreeable 
task  of  drafting  the  laws  necessary  to  the  execution  of  said 
plan  of  reforms,  and  begs  that  authorization  be  given  to  begin 
such  work  at  once. 

The  Dominican  people  wish  to  be  free  and  independent.  Such 
is  a  supreme,  everlasing  hope.  May  God  grant  that  yours  be 
the  coveted  honor  of  turning  that  hope  into  a  reality ! 

Adolfo,  Archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo, 
Francisco  J.  Peynado, 
Federico  Velazquez, 
Jacinto  R.  de  Castro. 


The^End  of  the  Consulting  Board 

THE  "greeting"  of  the  Military  Governor  to  the  Domini- 
can people,  printed  below,  resulted  in  the  exchange  of 
letters  between  himself  and  Monsenor  Adolfo  A.  Nouel, 
Archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo,  which  terminated  the  activi- 
ties of  the  Consulting  Board. 

Thomas  Snowden,  Rear  Admiral,  U.  S.  N.,  greets  all  Domini- 
cans and  all  other  inhabitants  of  the  Republic  and  extends  to 
them  his  best  wishes  for  their  happiness  in  the  year  just  com- 
menced. 

He  takes  advantage  of  the  opportunity  thus  offered  him  by 
this  occasion,  to  make  certain  declarations  which  are  of  interest 
to  the  Dominican  people  and  for  the  Military  Government  which 
he  represents,  and  which  is  the  most  devoted  servant  of  the 


country  in  whose  destines  it  is  now  its  privilege  to  intervene. 

There  are  persons,  whose  number  is  fortunately  few,  who 
lack  faith  in  the  declarations  made  by  officials  of  the  Occupa- 
tion and  who  harbor  fears,  or  at  least  show  fears,  for  the  future 
independence  and  sovereignty  of  the  Dominican  Republic. 

In  my  capacity  of  Military  Governor,  I  most  emphatically 
reiterate  the  declaration  that  the  United  States  of  America  do 
not  covet  the  possession  of  a  single  inch  of  Dominican  territory. 
Our  mission  is  not  a  selfish  one,  but  highly  altruistic,  based  on 
the  fraternity  that  should  prevail  among  all  peoples,  singularly 
so  between  those  of  the  Americas  who  are  called  to  cooperate 
with  each  other  and  lend  reciprocal  assistance  among  them- 
selves. We  are  not  here  as  conquerors  but  as  cooperators  in 
the  great  task  of  pacification,  prudent  management  of  public 
resources,  and  new  orientation  of  the  generous  and  good  Do- 
minican people,  whose  only  fault  has  been  lack  of  proper  leader- 
ship that  would  conduct  them  towards  the  highest  human 
achievement. 

The  Military  Government  and  the  troops  of  the  United  States 
are  still  in  the  Dominican  Republic;  but  there  is  not  any  inten- 
tion of  their  remaining  here  permanently  nor  even  for  an  in- 
definite length  of  time. 

They  are  and  they  will  continue  in  the  country  only  for  the 
time  necessary  for  the  reforms  conducive  to  the  welfare  of  the 
Dominican  people  to  be  well  established  and  to  function  in  a 
normal  way.  They  are  in  this  country  waiting  for  the  harmful 
domination  of  personal  ambition  to  disappear,  leaving  in  its 
place  a  noble  and  useful  policy  of  ideals  in  which  doctrines  in- 
stead of  men  will  be  the  subject  of  discussion.  They  will  remain 
here  until  the  time  when,  after  some  problems  of  a  fiscal  nature 
have  been  solved,  the  Republic  shall  be  capable  of  self-govern- 
ment and  be  freed  of  hindrances  that  would  swerve  her  from 
the  triumphal  path  that  leads  to  progress,  for  whose  achieve- 
ment she  has  so  many  and  such  valuable  assets. 

I  do  herewith,  in  this  message  of  New  Year,  reiterate  my 
previous  declarations  to  the  Dominican  people,  and  beg  to 
assure  them  that  their  country's  future  is  in  their  own  hands. 
Let  them  cooperate  with  enthusiasm,  with  intelligence,  and 
with  sincerity  of  purpose  in  the  great  work  of  cementing  peace, 
of  leading  towards  progress,  of  consecrating  the  public  mind 
to  high  ideals,  and  the  Military  Government  will  hasten  to 
place  in  the  hands  of  the  best  Dominican  citizens  the  direction 
of  the  destinies  of  the  Fatherland,  in  order  that  they  may  make 
a  government  of  the  people,  for  the  people,  and  by  the  people. 

To  suspend  the  Occupation  at  a  time  like  this  would  be 
bad  faith.  It  would  be  necessary  for  us  to  come  back  after  a 
short  time,  for  political  passion  would  again  break  loose  and 
blood  would  redden  anew  the  lands  of  Colon's  favorite  country. 
We  wish  to  leave  a  country  in  which  peace  has  been  firmly  estab- 
lished, inhabited  by  peaceful,  contented,  friendly  citizens  with 
whom  it  will  be  possible  for  us  to  cultivate  relations  not  only 
friendly  but  fraternal.  We  wish  the  glorious  Dominican  flag  to 
float  forever  over  the  Dominican  territory. 

I  beg  to  close  by  expressing  to  the  Dominican  people  my 
fervent  desire  to  see  them  cooperating  in  a  heartfelt  way  in 
the  work. of  reconstruction  along  civic  lines;  and  I  hope  that  this 
new  year  may  be  the  dawn  of  a  new  epoch  of  permanent  happi- 
ness for  all  who  inhabit  this  beautiful  and  noble  land. 

Santo  Domingo,  January  7,  1920. 
Rear  Admiral  Thomas  Snowden,  Military  Governor. 
Honorable  Sir: 

By  the  message  that  you  addressed  to  the  people  in  the  last 
days  of  the  year  just  ended,  the  Consulting  Board  is  prompted 
to  believe  once  more  that  you  are  in  accordance  with  the  plan 
of  reforms  which  it  was  its  privilege  to  recommend  to  you. 
You  state  that  the  troops  of  the  United  States  will  remain  in 
the  country  only  for  such  period  of  time  as  is  necessary  to  have 
all  the  reforms  conducive  to  the  happiness  of  the  Dominican 
people  well  established  and  regularly  functioning,  and  this 
body  likes  to  believe  that  among  those  reforms  you  include  those 


July  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


83 


mentioned  in  the  memorandum  dated  November  29,  1919. 
The  Board  considers  then  that  you  acknowledge  as  truth  that 
the  future  welfare  of  the  Dominican  people  is  dependent  upon 
the  execution  of  these  reforms,  since  they  are  the  means  of 
preparing  a  prompt  restoration  of  our  sovereignty,  and  to  avoid 
the  domination  of  personal  ambition  and  the  return  to  a  state 
of  violence. 

But  at  the  same  time,  the  Board  seems  to  see,  .in  the  regula- 
tions for  the  censorship  proclaimed  on  December  22  last,  proof 
that  the  Military  Government  does  not  deem  it  proper,  or  at 
least  timely,  to  create  conditions  in  which  the  people  may  be 
permitted  to  exercise  their  rights,  particularly  that  of  free 
expression  of  their  thoughts  and  sentiments,  which  you  desire 
to  know  by  having  the  Consulting  Board  report  them  to  you. 
The  regulations  for  the  censorship  leave  unaltered  the  system 
of  provostal  justice  which  has  existed  since  the  military  occu- 
pation of  this  country  by  North  American  troops,  and  main- 
tain the  menace  that  goes  with  a  method  in  which  actions  not 
previously  denned  as  violations  of  law,  and  for  which  no  pro- 
visions as  to  penalties  have  been  made,  are  punished  according 
to  the  will  of  a  provostal  judge  or  a  commander  of  a  district, 
when  both  decide  that  the  actions  or  publications  under  con- 
sideration are  calculated  to  cause  disorder,  to  foster  public  dis- 
contentment, or  to  bring  on  any  other  disturbance. 

Therefore,  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  these  regulations  have 
been  made  public,  the  Board  believes  the  Military  Government 
does  not  think  this  moment  appropriate  to  carry  out  the  reforms 
proposed  by  the  Board  among  which  are  the  suppression  of  the 
censorship  and  of  provostal  justice  for  non-military  persons,  as 
two  steps  preliminary  to  the  undertaking  of  all  other  reforms 
and  essential  to  their  success. 

Should  that  belief  of  the  Board  prove  in  accordance  with 
the  facts,  the  Board  deems  it  its  duty  to  declare  that  its  mission 
is  at  an  end,  since  its  members  accepted  appointment  only  be- 
cause they  were  convinced  that  the  plan  of  reforms  which  aims 
at  giving  back  to  the  people  full  exercise  of  their  sovereignty  is 
the  only  one  calculated  to  promote  their  future  welfare.     .     .     . 

Adolfo,  Archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo, 

Federico  Velazquez  y  Hernandez, 

Francisco  J.  Peynado, 

Jacinto  R.  de  Castro. 


Office  of  Military  Governor. 
Santo  Domingo  City,  R,.  D.,  January  9,  1920 
Monsenor: 

I  sincerely  regret  that  the  Consulting  Board  should  consider 
its  mission  ended,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  Military  Governor 
does  not  deem  this  the  appropriate  time  to  lift  the  censorship 
and  declare  the  provostal  courts  out  of  existence. 

I  deplore  the  fact  that  I  am  not  able  to  see  my  way  clear  to 
abolish  the  above-mentioned  functions  for  the  time  being,  and 
beg  to  state  that  they  have  been  curtailed,  even  to  a  point  near- 
ing  that  of  total  extinction,  which  ought  to  suffice  for  the  present. 

The  action  of  the  provostal  courts  has  been  limited  to  cases 
such  as  the  bearing  of  arms,  insurrections,  assaults  upon  the 
military  forces,  and  the  sale  of  intoxicating  liquors  to  soldiers 
and  marines  in  uniform. 

There  are  not  in  the  Dominican  laws  any  provisions  covering 
such  offenses,  and  the  Dominican  courts  are  therefore  lacking 
the  means  to  deal  with  those  charged  with  them. 

I  again  state  my  sincere  regret  that  the  Consulting  Board 
can  not  continue  cooperating  with  me  in  promoting  the  future 
welfare  and  happiness  of  the  Dominican  people,  the  furtherance 
of  which  has  been  always  my  first  aim. 

It  is  my  belief  that  in  forsaking  the  administrator  of  the 
Dominican  national  Government  the  Consulting  Board  is  making 
a  mistake.  It  ought  to  be  true  happiness  for  any  Dominican 
to  be  able  to  assist  in  building  his  country's  future,  and  to 
know  the  Governor's  opinion  as  to  how  far  he  can  go  in  the 
endeavor  gradually  to  suppress  rule  by  the  military  power. 

The  Board  will  no  doubt  recall  that  it  was  first  appointed  as  a 
consulting  body  to  assist  the  Governor  with  its  experience  and 
counsel,  and  that  the  presentation  of  memoranda  came  as  a  later 
feature. 

I  take  the  liberty  of  informing  the  honorable  members  of 
the  Board  that  all  matters  dealt  with  in  the  three  memoranda 
sent  me  by  that  body  are  being  duly  studied  in  the  appropriate 
department,  and  that  legislation  is  being  prepared  to  fit  each 
case.     .    .     . 

Signed:  Thomas  Snowden, 
Rear  Admiral  in  the  United  States  Navy,  Military  Governor  of 

Santo  Domingo. 
To  Monsenor  Adolfo  A.  Nouel, 

Archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo  City. 


-  -r~  ■-■  --—.--. 


GERMAN 

CITY  BONDS 

offer  to-day  unusual  investment  pos« 
sibilities.  They  can  now  be  bought 
for  a  fraction  of  their  nominal  value. 
Germany  has  the  power  to  pay  and  the  in- 
terest on  these  bonds  is  being  paid  steadily. 
There  is  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  the  world 
that  Germany's  exchange  will  return  to  nor- 
mal with  consequent  profit  to  bondholders. 
Correspondence  Solicited 

vonPolenz&Calnc. 

60  Broadway,  tfewYorK 

Philadelphia     \Jtilu)aukce~£ 'Cincinnati       Dcnoer       Berlin,  Germany. 


INDEX  for 

VOLUME  110 

(January— June  1920) 

has  been  delayed,  but  it  will 
be  ready  for  distribution  in  a 
few  weeks. 

One  copy  will  be  sent  to  each 
library  on  our  subscription 
list,  but  to  other  subscribers 
only  upon  request. 

If  you  want  this  index  let  us 
know  at  once. 

SUBSCRIPTION  DEPARTMENT 

The  Nation 

20  Vesey  St.         New  York,  N.  Y. 


84 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2872 


ui?arljerB'  ArjrnrtrB 

Evirbtt  O.  Fisk  *  Co.,  Proprietor*. 
Boston,  2a  Park  Street.  Ckicag»,  814  Sterer  Bid*. 
New  York  225  FiftH  At*.  Denver,  317  Maso«le  Bid*. 
Syracuse,  402  Dillaye  Bid.  Portlaad,  500  Journal  Bldf. 
Plttsburs.  640  Un.  Arcane.  Berkeley,  2161  Shattuck  At. 
Birmingham,  809  Title  B14.  Loi  Anreles,  510  Spring  St. 
Send  t»  any  address  ab»ve  for  registration  form. 

Harlan   P.  Fmnch,   Prae.  W.   W.   Anbmwi,    Sec. 

ALBANY  TEACHERS'  AGENCY,  I»e. 

Supplies  Scheols  an«  Colleges  wita  Competent  Teach- 
ers. Assists  Teachers  in  obtaining  positions.  Send 
for   Bulletin.      81   Chapel   Street,   Albany,    N.    I. 


Foreign  and  American 
Dealers  m 

Books,   Autographs,  Manuscripts,   Engravings 


To  All  Book-Collectors 

Messrs.  HENRY  S0THERAN&C0. 

will  be  pleased  to  hear  from  Col- 
lectors, who  are  in  want  of  any  indi- 
vidual Book,  of  which  they  will  en- 
deavor to  find  and  report  particulars, 
without  any  obligation  to  the  in- 
quirer. They  also  keep  a  register  of 
special  Subjects,  and  if  Collectors 
will  let  them  know  the  class  of  Book 
they  are  interested  in,  they  will  re- 
port suitable  items  as  they  come 
into  stock  from  time  to  time. 
HENRY  SOTHERAN  &  CO. 
43,  Piccadilly,  W.  1. 

•r,   14»,   Strand,  W.   C.   2, 

London,  England. 

Cables :    Bookmen,  London. 


Autsffraphs         BOOKS         Manuscripts 

Catalogue*   post   free    from    HERBERT   E.   GORFIN. 

1,  WaleranJ  Road,  Lewisham  London,  S.  E.  13 

BACK   NUMBERS   OF   MAGAZINES   TO   BE   HAD 
at  ABRAHAM'S   BOOK  STORE,   145   4th   Avenue 

The  Heroic  Legends  of  Denmark  ^^J 

A   study   of    folklore    in    a   country   rich    in    popular 

legend.     $5.00.      Order  from 

THE  AMERICAN-SCANDINAVIAN  FOUNDATION 

25  West  45th   Street,  New  York. 


Spanish  Books 

WHOLESALE         ALL  SUBJECTS  RETAIL 

Spanish  Dailies  and  Periodicals 

COMPANIA    HISPANO-AMERICANA 
156  West  14th  St.,  cor.  7th  Ave.,  N.  Y. 


LABOR  LAWS  of  SOVIET  RUSSIA 

These  laws  have  been  reprinted,  with  an  ex- 
planatory introduction,  from  "Soviet  Riiia." 
and  are  sold  to  the  public  at  10c  per  copy. 
Other  laws  and  official  documents  will  be  re- 
printed later  in  similar  pamphlet  form.  Special 
rates    in    quantities. 

"SOVIET    RUSSIA" 

1 10  Weot  40tk  St.       R—m  304      New  York.  N.  Y. 

Are  you   reading  the  weekly   "Soviet  Russia"  ? 


Strength  of  Organization 


Experience  of  over  forty  years  has 
developed  executive  ability.  Scien- 
tific advancement  has  brought  the  tele- 
phone from  a  crude  experiment  to  one 
of  the  most  perfected  of  all  mechanical 
devices.  Engineering  has  mastered 
countless  problems  involved  in  the 
distribution  of  service.  Construction 
has  carried  the  telephone  into  the 
most  remote  corners  of  the  country. 
Operative  skill  has  combined  the  efforts 
of  executives,  scientists,  engineers  and 
commercial  management.  These  with 
vision  and  foresight  are  the  powers 
which  unite  in  the  accomplishment 
of  the  Bell  Telephone  System. 

Working  in  the  closest  cooperation 
with  its   chiefs  is  the   nation-wide  or- 


ganization of  telephone  employees. 
Nothing  less  than  finest  loyalty,  the 
most  untiring  devotion,  the  recognition 
of  the  great  importance  of  their  work, 
coupled  with  a  fixed  determination 
to  serve  faithfully;  nothing  less  than 
this  unified  strength  which  has  been 
so  wonderfully  displayed  by  the  man- 
agement and  employees  of  the  Bell 
telephone  could  have  carried  the 
system  through  the  years  of  strain 
which  began  with  the  war  and  have 
not  passed. 

Hardly  ever  has  public  service  re- 
quired so  long  and  severe  a  test  of  a 
business  organization.  Never  has  an 
army  responded  with  more  hearty 
united  and  loyal  support. 


American  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company 

And  Associated  Companies 
One  Policy  One  System  Universal  Service 


c/lny  change  of  address 


should  be  mailed  to  our  Subscription  Department  at  least  two 
weeks  before  it  is  to  become  effective.  This  will  insure  unin- 
terrupted delivery  of  The  Nation  to  you,  and  will  materially 
lessen  the  pressure  of  work  in  our  office. 

When  notifying  us  be  sure  to  give  both  old  and  new  addresses 
and  stipulate  the  exact  date  upon  which  you  desire  the  change 
made. 

SUBSCRIPTION   DEPARTMENT 


20  Vesey  Street 


The  Nation 


New  York,  N.  Y. 


ALICE  KAUSER 

1402  BROADWAY 
NEW  YORK 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 

ESTABLISHED         1896 

Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.    GIFFEN,    Associate    Manager 


Upton  Sinclair's  Press-titution,  25c. 

At  last  here  is  the  damning  truth  about  the  capitalist  press,  by  Upton 
Sinclair.  "Press-titution"  is  the  term  for  the  journalistic  prostitution 
from  which  the  people  have  long  suffered  without  knowing  the  source 
of  the  evil. 

APPEAL  TO  REASON,  C.IRARD,  KANSAS. 


The 


«4l 

FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  JULY  24,  1920 


No.  2873 


Contents 

EDITORIAL   PARAGRAPHS    85 

EDITORIALS : 

The  Third  Party  Effort 88 

The   Public    Servant    89 

Fisher     90 

Bolshevism   at   Middletown    90 

Literature   and   Politics 91 

CHRISTENSEN'S   CONVENTION.      By   Arthur   Warner 92 

THE  BRITISH  LABOR  CONFERENCE.     By  J.   Ramsay  Macdonald 94 

EPIGRAMS.     By  Clara  Shariafelt  and  Eda  Lou  Walton 95 

THE  BOLIVIAN  REVOLUTION  AND  TACNA-ARICA.     By  Latinus 96 

ON   HAMLET  AND   HAMLETS.     By  Arthur  Symons 97 

IMPORTING  THE  WHITE  TERROR.     By  Eugene  S.  Bagger 99 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.      By    The  Drifter 100 

CORRESPONDENCE   101 

THE   DEPORTED.     By  Anzia  Yezierska 102 

THE   FEASTERS.     By  Ridgeley  Torrence 102 

BOOKS: 

My  Second  Country.     By  B.  U.   Burke 103 

Philosophers   Abroad.     By   Irita   Van   Doren 103 

Science  and   Peace.      By   Benjamin   C.    Gruenberg 104 

Faith  and  War.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 105 

The  Strategy  of  the  Great  War.     By  X.  Y.  Z 106 

Man    and    Mystic.      By    Glen    Mullin 107 

BOOKS  IN   BRIEF 108 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION 110 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate   Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  ARTHUR  GLEASON 

LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico  ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal   Union,   $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress :  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford  St.,   London. 

WITH  rather  surprising  vigor  Senator  Harding  took 
the  opportunity  afforded  by  the  conference  between 
Governor  Cox  and  President  Wilson,  first,  to  predict  the 
easily  predictable — that  these  eminent  statesmen  would  find 
themselves  in  sweetest  and  completest  accord — and,  second, 
to  ask  the  Governor  four  questions  as  to  the  latter's  real 
attitude  toward  the  treaty.  If  the  Governor  answers  the 
questions — and  we  do  not  see  how  he  can  fail  to  do  so — 
we  shall  have  a  real  illumination  of  the  Democratic  candi- 
date's stand  such  as  is  not  obtainable  at  this  writing.  Thus, 
President  Wilson's  statement  issued  after  the  conference, 
"I  found  .  .  .  that  he  and  I  were  absolutely  at  one 
with  regard  to  the  great  issue  of  the  League  of  Na- 
tions .  .  .,"  is  rather  surprising  in  view  of  Governor 
Cox's  own  statement  that  he  favors  certain  reservations, 
and  of  the  declaration  of  the  Democratic  platform  in  favor 
of  reservations  that  will  not  impair  the  "essential  integrity 
of  the  Covenant."  But  as  Mr.  Wilson  has  refused  thus  far 
to  accept  any  specific  reservations,  we  are  obviously  in 
need  of  further  enlightenment.  Governor  Cox  may  furnish 
it  if  he  answers  Mr.  Harding's  questions.  For  instance, 
does  Governor  Cox  believe  that  Article  X  is  the  heart  of  the 
treaty,  and  will  he  renew  Mr.  Wilson's  request  for  a  man- 
date for  Armenia,  if  he  is  elected  President?  By  all  means 
let  us  have  light  on  Governor  Cox's  position,  since  other- 
wise the  country  must  feel  that  the  Democrats  are  once 


more  attempting  the  familiar  dodge  of  facing  both  ways. 
If  Senator  Harding  or  anybody  else  can  get  a  little  of  the 
cant,  humbug,  hypocrisy,  and  false  sentimentality  out  of 
this  campaign  he  will  do  a  national  service. 

AS  Mrs.  Squeers  consolatrix  would  remark  to  the  Dothe- 
boys  Hall  sufferers,  "It  will  be  all  the  same  a  hundred 
years  from  now."  The  exact  date  of  women's  emancipation 
will,  perhaps,  be  of  slight  importance  to  historians,  but  is  it 
necessary  that  America  should  form  the  extreme  rearguard 
in  the  march  toward  democracy  for  which  it  has  just  made 
the  world  safe?  Czarist  Russia  conferred  by  two  years  upon 
the  nation  "conceived  in  liberty  and  dedicated  to  the  proposi- 
tion that  all  men  are  equal"  the  distinction  of  being  the  last 
on  earth  to  free  its  slaves.  Already  in  the  second  section  of 
the  world's  equal  suffrage  train,  we  ought  not  to  covet  being 
the  last  aboard.  Whether  it  be  a  Republican  Green  Moun- 
tain or  Nutmeg  Executive,  or  Florida's  Governor  Catts  de- 
fying Mrs.  Catt's  wrath,  or  a  Democratic  Legislature  gravely 
resolving  to  enfranchise  the — "God  bless  'em" — white 
women,  is  important  only  in  aiding  our  puzzled  future 
chroniclers  to  attach  a  distinguishing  tag  to  the  Tweedledum 
or  Tweedledee  who,  while  competing  in  safe  and  sane 
methods  of  preserving  us,  forgets  that  'tis  woman  who's  the 
life  of  the  party. 

THE  Spa  conference  ended,  as  we  predicted  last  week 
would  probably  be  the  case,  with  a  compromise  on  the 
question  of  coal  and  no  agreement  as  to  the  amount  of  in- 
demnities. The  German  representatives  were  forced  to 
agree  to  the  Allied  demand  for  the  delivery  of  2,000,000  tons 
of  coal  a  month,  but  the  obligation  is  to  run  for  six  months 
only,  and  during  that  time  Germany  will  be  credited  with 
the  difference  between  the  price  of  coal  at  the  time  the 
Treaty  of  Versailles  was  signed  and  the  market  price  at 
the  time  of  delivery.  These  credits,  which  virtually  amount 
to  an  Allied  loan  to  Germany,  will,  it  is  estimated,  aggre- 
gate from  $60,000,000  to  $100,000,000  for  the  six  months' 
period.  The  question  of  reparations  was  confided  to  a  com- 
mission of  the  principal  Allied  Powers,  on  which  Germany 
will  be  represented.  The  commission  will  meet  soon  at 
Geneva.  The  vexed  question  of  how  the  amounts  received 
from  Germany  should  be  apportioned,  in  regard  to  which 
Italy,  it  will  be  remembered,  had  strongly  objected  to  an 
earlier  arrangement,  was  disposed  of  by  allotting  52  per 
cent  to  France,  22  per  cent  to  Great  Britain,  10  per  cent  to 
Italy,  8  per  cent  to  Belgium,  and  three-fourths  of  one  per 
cent  to  Japan  and  Portugal  respectively.  In  addition,  Bel- 
gium receives  confirmation  of  its  claim  of  priority  to 
2,500,000,000  marks,  out  of  which  it  proposes  to  pay  various 
loans  from  the  Allies.  Both  Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  M. 
Millerand  refused  to  withdraw  the  provision  of  the  dis- 
armament agreement  which  they  had  earlier  forced  upon 
the  Germans,  threatening  to  occupy  the  Ruhr  or  some  other 
part  of  Germany  in  case  of  the  non-fulfilment  of  Germany's 
obligations,  so  that  further  military  occupation  of  the 
country  is  possible.     It  is  upon  this  military  provision  that 


86 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


M.  Millerand  will  probably  have  to  lean  heavily  to  save  his 
face  in  France,  where  the  proceedings  of  the  conference 
have  been  followed  with  anything  but  satisfaction  by  the 
press.  Whether  the  German  Ministry  will  be  able  to  with- 
stand the  criticisms  to  which  it  is  being  subjected  is  doubt- 
ful. 

THIS  business  of  invading  the  Ruhr  and  assuring  the 
Western  world  an  abundant  flow  of  coal  is  not  so  simple 
as  it  sounds.  In  the  first  place,  the  Allies  may  find  them- 
selves in  the  triumphant  position  of  Governor  Henry  Allen, 
who  made  it  a  crime  to  strike  in  Kansas  and  thereby  drove 
some  thousands  of  coal  miners  into  a  strike  till  then  un- 
dreamed of.  The  Allies  may  occupy  the  Ruhr,  and  may  pro- 
claim that  every  Ruhrite  shall  dig  coal,  but  they  are  not 
likely  to  increase  thereby  the  enthusiasm  of  the  individual 
miner  for  his  task.  In  the  second  place,  they  will  come  face 
to  face  with  the  question  of  hours.  German  coal  miners 
have  been  working  on  a  seven-hour  day  for  more  than  a 
year;  recently,  at  the  special  request  of  the  German  Chan- 
cellor, and  in  consideration  of  double  pay  for  overtime  and 
extra  rations  of  bread  and  fat,  they  have  been  induced  to 
work  two  extra  half-day  shifts  per  week.  The  result  has 
been  a  considerable  increase  in  total  production,  although 
the  production  per  man  per  hour  diminished  when  the  extra 
shifts  were  added.  The  French  miners,  however,  have  only 
recently  won  the  eight-hour  day.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed 
that  they  will  relish  the  thought  that  French  soldiers  are 
being  used  to  force  Germans  to  work  shorter  hours  than 
the  French.  Either  they  will  demand — and  get — the  seven- 
hour  day  in  France,  or  the  military  authorities  will  have 
to  attempt  to  force  the  German  miners  to  go  to  an  eight- 
hour  schedule.  And,  entirely  apart  from  the  doubtful  ques- 
tion of  whether  or  not  the  German  miners  at  present  have 
the  physical  stamina  to  endure  such  a  regimen,  it  may  be 
difficult  to  persuade  them  to  dig  that  extra  hour  per  day. 
The  problem  of  involuntary  labor  is  still  unsolved — both  in 
Kansas  and  in  the  Ruhr. 

KIEV,  Rovno,  Lemberg,  Minsk,  Vilna — these  names  tell 
the  tale  of  Polish  defeat,  of  the  end  of  the  latest 
boomerang  campaign  against  Soviet  Russia.  Along  a  seven- 
hundred  mile  front,  against  Polish  troops  equipped  with 
British  and  American  guns  and  uniforms,  fed  in  part — we 
are  told — by  the  American  Young  Women's  Christian  Asso- 
ciation, commanded  and  advised  by  some  thousand  French 
officers,  the  soldiers  of  Russia  have  pushed  steadily  on.  But 
the  outcome  of  the  story  is  not  yet  known.  On  July  11  the 
Supreme  Council  sent  to  Russia  a  note  suggesting  an 
armistice  with  Poland,  and  promised  at  the  same  time  "full 
assistance"  to  Poland  if  the  Russians  should  refuse.  The 
Poles  have  felt  "obliged  to  accept"  the  terms  of  the  pro- 
posal, but  no  answer  has  yet  come  from  Moscow.  If  the 
Poles  can  bring  themselves  to  look  back  at  the  history  of 
the  last  two  years  instead  of  contemplating  solely  the  glories 
of  1772,  they  will  note  the  fate  of  the  other  "buffers"  and 
"bulwarks  against  bolshevism."  One  and  all,  at  the  insti- 
gation of  the  Allies,  they  have  attempted  the  impossible, 
failed,  and  then  been  abandoned  by  those  who  led  them 
into  the  adventure.  The  job  of  whipping-boy  for  Allied 
imperialism  is  always  open,  but  it  is  a  thankless  task. 
Whether  the  Bolsheviki  accept  or  reject  the  terms  advanced 
to  them  depends  upon  whether  they  covet  peace  and  trade 


more  than  military  triumph.  If  the  Bolsheviki  are  willing  to 
make  terms  of  any  sort,  the  Poles  would  do  well  to  accept 
them  lest  in  the  end  they  get  no  terms  at  all. 

THE  Third  Internationale,  now  sitting  in  conference  in 
Moscow,  has  before  it  a  different  world  from  that 
which  faced  it  at  its  birth  more  than  a  year  ago.  The  class 
struggle  goes  on,  the  revolution  has  not  been  declared  a 
stalemate,  but  there  are  signs  that  Europe  is  tired,  and 
that  the  organized  workers  in  each  country  are  hardly  up 
to  the  stringent  requirements  imposed  by  the  Russian  exem- 
plars of  revolution.  It  is  probable  that  the  future  of 
the  socialist  movement  in  Europe  lies  with  the  Communist 
Internationale,  but  it  is  also  probable  that  that  body  will 
have  to  cease  reviling  as  "yellow"  all  who  have  not  yielded 
to  Moscow  domination  over  their  souls  and  their  politics. 
With  this  in  mind  the  proceedings  of  the  present  conference 
should  be  closely  studied;  they  cannot  be  dismissed  nor 
minimized  with  a  phrase  such  as  appeared  in  a  recent  arti- 
cle in  the  New  York  Evening  Post:  "the  Moscow  Interna- 
tionale has  not  succeeded  in  recruiting  into  its  ranks  a 
single  important  Socialist  group  in  Western  Europe."  This 
is  far  from  true.  The  Norwegian  Socialist  Party — an  ex- 
ceedingly powerful  organization — has  affiliated  with  the  new 
Internationale,  as  has  the  Italian  party.  A  large  section  of 
Spanish  Socialists  has  joined.  The  German  Independent 
Socialists  have  specifically  declared  their  adhesion  to  the 
Moscow  organization  in  the  event  of  their  failure  to  organ- 
ize a  new  united  Internationale ;  while  two  French  Socialists 
are  reported  to  be  in  Moscow  at  the  present  time  discussing 
the  possibility  of  affiliation  on  the  part  of  the  French  ma- 
jority party.  Nor  can  the  decision  of  the  Socialist  Party 
of  the  United  States  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  Third 
Internationale  be  honestly  ignored. 

THE  Allies  have  spoken  stern  words  to  Turkey,  and  by 
way  of  reply  it  appears  likely  that  the  Turkish  Gov- 
ernment will  sign  the  treaty;  then,  with  the  amenities  out 
of  the  way,  the  fighting  can  proceed.  How  can  the  Turkish 
Government,  even  if  its  will  were  good,  carry  into  effect  the 
demands  of  the  Allies?  How  can  it,  crippled  as  it  is,  assist 
in  the  occupation  of  Thrace  and  crush  the  victorious  bands 
of  Nationalist  soldiers  and  bandits  operating  throughout 
the  whole  of  the  former  Turkish  Empire?  Will  the  Turk- 
ish treaty,  laughed  at  or  ignored  by  some  of  the  Allied  na- 
tions themselves,  quiet  the  unrest  in  Palestine  or  Syria  or 
Anatolia  or  Cilicia?  What  is  to  stop  the  warfare  between 
the  Allies  and  Greeks  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Arabs  and 
Turks  on  the  other?  What  is  to  save  the  Armenians  from 
destruction?  What  is  to  prevent  the  Bolsheviki  from  domi- 
nating the  Near  East?  It  is  easy  to  see  that  the  treaty  will 
do  none  of  these  things.  It  is  harder  to  say  how  they  can 
be  accomplished.  If  a  little  honest  diplomacy  were  substi- 
tuted for  force,  if  plebiscites  and  autonomy  were  substituted 
for  mandates  under  the  control  of  greedy  imperialisms, 
there  would  be  some  hope  of  peace  in  the  Near  East.  With- 
out these  the  wars  will  continue — the  new  and  serious  war 
between  France  and  the  Syrians  has  now  begun  in  dead 
earnest — the  Moslem  population  in  India  and  elsewhere  will 
be  inflamed,  and  thwarted  nationalism  will  still  play  its 
bloody  part  in  European  politics.  Do  the  Allies  understand 
these  things?  Is  their  realpolitik  truly  realistic,  or  are 
their  minds  made  stupid  by  dreams  of  trade  and  power? 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


87 


ROBERT  SMILLIE  has  returned  to  the  leadership  of 
British  labor.  That  is  the  explanation  of  the  recent 
vote  by  the  British  Trades  Union  Congress  in  favor  of  direct 
action  to  force  the  withdrawal  of  troops  from  Ireland  and 
the  cessation  of  munition-making  for  military  operations 
against  Ireland  and  Russia.  The  vote  does  not  mean  a 
general  strike.  It  means  a  series  of  votes  by  the  affiliated 
unions,  deputations  to  the  Prime  Minister,  another  Trades 
Union  Congress,  and,  finally,  if  necessary,  a  general  elec- 
tion. This  is  the  method  of  the  British  social  revolution. 
It  will  please  neither  Lenin  nor  Samuel  Gompers.  The 
British  will  continue  to  be  themselves  though  Europe 
crumble  and  the  Empire  fall.  All  sections  of  labor  united 
in  a  demand  for  the  return  of  Mr.  Smillie  to  active  com- 
mand. Against  the  advice  of  physicians  he  consented  to 
resume  the  fight.  His  presence  in  the  front  line  had  become 
necessary. 

THE  British  people,  including  the  workers,  are  tired  out 
by  the  last  six  years.  They  have  just  enough  energy 
left  to  be  busy  with  the  immediate  job.  But  they  have  no 
heart  for  a  strenuous  reconstruction  or  a  romantic  revolu- 
tion. In  this  fatigued  and  indifferent  community,  Mr. 
Lloyd  George  is  securely  anchored  in  power  for  the  present. 
In  recent  months,  labor  has  drifted  and  become  incoherent. 
By  the  breakdown  in  health  of  Robert  Smillie  and  Arthur 
Henderson  it  lost  its  national  leaders.  Its  varied  de- 
mands in  hours  and  wages  will  in  a  few  years  create  a 
fundamental  issue,  with  a  sharp  alignment  of  opposing 
forces.  But  meantime  the  lack  of  unity  was  becoming  in- 
creasingly costly.  Labor  representatives  in  Parliament, 
with  a  few  exceptions  such  as  William  Graham  and  Ben 
Spoor,  proved  themselves  wanting  in  policy  and  weak  in 
debate.  The  trade  unions  prefer  sending  to  Parliament  a 
plodding  official,  harassed  by  executive  demands,  to  the  selec- 
tion of  skilled  parliamentarians  like  Ramsay  Macdonald  and 
Philip  Snowden.  As  a  result,  labor  is  hopelessly  outpointed 
on  foreign  and  home  policy.  By  the  time  the  present  sum- 
mer arrived,  a  sense  of  gathering  weakness  had  spread  over 
the  movement,  which  had  begun  the  year  1919  with  a  revo- 
lutionary strike.  It  was  in  this  mood  that  the  emergency 
call  went  out  to  Robert  Smillie. 

HE  case  of  the  American  people  versus  the  American 
Woolen  Company  is  now  on  trial  in  more  ways  than 
one.  If  the  Supreme  Court  decides  that  cloth  is  not  cloth- 
ing, as  highly  paid  lawyers  of  the  American  Woolen  Com- 
pany would  have  it  believe,  then  only  the  sky  need  be  the 
limit.  The  price  of  wool  is  already  exorbitant;  the  quality 
of  wool  is  execrable.  And  now,  during  the  two  busiest 
months  of  the  year,  the  mills  throughout  New  England 
have  declared  a  lockout.  The  law  of  supply  and  demand  is 
cited  by  officials  as  the  reason,  but  the  man  in  the  street 
ponders  in  his  heart.  He  knows  that  the  American  people 
have  not  all  taken  to  silken  raiment  to  the  exclusion  of  wool. 
He  suspects  that  if  the  mills  were  kept  going  the  law  might 
be  made  to  work  his  way  for  once — the  supply  would  be 
increased  to  a  point  where  the  price  might  go  down.  But 
he  also  realizes  that  too  large  a  supply  and  too  small  a  price 
would  mean  less  money  for  Mr.  Wood  and  his  friends. 
Hence  the  lockout — and  business  is  business.  Yet  Mr.  Wood 
himself  was  very  nice  about  it.  He  gave  a  great  garden 
party  for  the  working  people  of  his  town  on  the  lawn  of 


his  New  England  home.  But  the  meal  served  was  un- 
fortunately not  substantial  enough  to  last  over  long  weeks 
of  unemployment.  In  the  organ  of  the  textile  trade,  the 
Daily  News  Record,  there  is  perhaps  a  franker  explanation 
of  the  present  reason  for  that  unemployment  than  any  Mr. 
Wood  may  have  given  his  guests : 

It  seems  more  than  likely  that  when  conditions  do  improve  an 
effort  may  be  made  to  get  operatives  back  in  the  mill  at  lower 
wages  and  longer  hours.  Labor  leaders  say  they  believe  this  is 
planned.  It  will  not  be  successful,  they  maintain.  But  they  will 
not  say  what  is  to  prevent  operatives  long  out  of  work  and 
without  funds  from  returning  to  work  at  almost  any  rate  of 
wages  and  any  schedule  of  hours. 

THE  dear  good  Texas  judge  whose  lament  over  divorce 
is  going  the  rounds  of  the  press  is  entitled  to  sympathy. 
He  has  discovered  that  the  number  of  divorces  is  increas- 
ing— increasing  alarmingly,  in  fact.  This,  of  course,  is  a 
great  evil.  Looking  over  the  thousands  of  divorce  suits 
which  have  come  before  him,  however,  the  judge  finds  that 
they  are  particularly  common  where  the  wife  in  the  case  has 
gone  into  business.  Women  who  stay  properly  at  home 
and  attend  to  their  home  duties,  the  judge  has  observed, 
rarely  find  their  way  to  the  divorce  court;  it  is  the  cares 
of  the  business  world  and  the  deceitfulness  of  riches  gained 
in  trade  that  tend  to  throw  them  off  the  moral  track.  We 
know  exactly  how  his  Honor  feels.  What  he  wants  is  a 
nice  "homey"  kind  of  a  wife  who  will  keep  the  house  in 
order,  mend  his  socks,  tidy  up  his  room,  look  after  the 
children,  have  dinner  and  supper  ready  on  time,  and  think 
his  thoughts  after  him.  It  is  too  bad  that  even  in  Texas 
there  should  be  so  many  married  women  who  refuse  to  be 
satisfied  with  board,  clothes,  and  tips. 

SAMUEL  GOMPERS,  Warren  S.  Stone  of  the  locomo- 
tive engineers,  W.  G.  Lee  of  the  trainmen,  T.  V.  O'Con- 
nor, and  Matthew  Woll  are  still  officers  of  the  National  Civic 
Federation.  It  will  be  interesting  to  see  whether  they  will 
continue  to  remain  such  without  protesting.  Ralph  Easley, 
chairman  of  the  Executive  Council  of  the  Federation,  has 
given  them  a  splendid  opportunity  to  object.  It  appears  that 
Mr.  Easley  took  it  upon  himself  to  communicate  to  an 
official  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation  an  advance 
copy  of  a  report  which  a  committee  of  the  Federation 
had  had  prepared  regarding  certain  liberals  in  the  Inter- 
Church  World  Movement.  The  liberals  in  question  were 
among  those  who  had  prepared  the  now  famous  steel  report. 
Mr.  Easley,  in  his  letter,  suggested  that  the  church  and 
business  friends  of  the  official  might  be  interested  in  the 
revelations,  which  included  attacks  upon  members  of  the 
Y.  M.  C.  A.  and  the  Federal  Council  of  Churches.  "There 
certainly  ought  to  be  no  trouble,"  he  said,  "in  having  the 
loyal  American  members  of  the  Protestant  churches  have 
these  men  kicked  out  of  their  positions,  or  at  any  rate  put 
in  places  where  they  cannot  poison  anyone  but  themselves." 
A  New  York  World  reporter,  who  seems  to  have  seen  a 
copy  of  the  Easley  documents,  tells  us  that  representatives 
of  the  Movement  were  discussed  seriatim,  "usually 
employing  their  names  incorrectly  and  connecting  them  in- 
discriminately with  the  I.  W.  W.,  bolshevism,  and  similar 
movements."  Some  day  we  may  learn  what  share  the 
Federation  played  in  the  rumored  proposal  to  hold  back 
the  Inter-Church  report  on  the  steel  strike  and  in  the  subse- 
quent collapse  of  the  Inter-Church  Movement. 


88 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


The  Third  Party  Effort 


DESPITE  all  the  hostile  criticism  of  the  idealists  who 
met  at  Chicago  to  formulate  a  domestic  policy  and  a 
program  for  honest  political  and  economic  reform,  the  ef- 
fort to  create  a  third  party  has  not  been  wasted.  The  be- 
ginning seems  at  the  moment  unpropitious,  but  at  least  it 
was  a  beginning.  There  is  a  gain,  too,  in  the  national  com- 
ing together  of  industrial  workers  and  farmers,  even  though 
the  first  approach  is  made  by  comparatively  small  groups 
of  each.  Moreover,  every  ocular  demonstration  of  the  ex- 
tent of  the  prevailing  unrest  helps.  Nor  do  we  look  upon 
it  as  an  unmitigated  evil  that  various  points  of  view  are 
to  be  presented  to  the  electorate.  The  kindest  thing  that 
can  be  said  about  our  major  parties  is  that  they  are  stand- 
ing still  while  the  world  moves.  They  are  now,  save  for 
the  Japanese  Conservatives,  about  the  most  reactionary  con- 
servatives on  the  globe.  Between  them  and  the  most  ex- 
treme Communist  beliefs  there  is  a  wide  gulf;  but  between 
these  extremes  there  ought  to  be  shock  absorbers,  and  it 
may  be  that  several  such  will  prove  necessary. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  disappointment  at  Chicago  cer- 
tainly raises  the  question  whether  liberalism,  as  distinct 
from  radicalism,  has  any  future  in  American  political  life. 
Liberalism  seems  to  be  dying  in  England,  where  the  Liberal 
Party  is  being  well  punished  for  its  attitude  in  going  into 
the  war  and  then  fusing  with  the  Conservatives.  In  Ger- 
many the  old  liberalism  of  Barth,  Richter,  and  Bamberger 
has  long  since  been  ground  to  pieces  between  the  upper  mill- 
stone of  Kaiserism  and  the  lower  of  socialism.  In  France 
and  Italy  one  finds  the  same  phenomena.  More  than  that, 
liberalism  where  it  still  exists  suffers  from  the  dearth  of 
able  leadership.  Mr.  Asquith  has  gained  nothing  in  public 
influence  by  his  return  to  Parliament;  Mr.  Lloyd  George 
continues  to  play  the  role  of  Judas  to  the  English  Liberals, 
and  some  of  the  finest  figures  in  that  party  have  joined  the 
Labor  Party  in  disgust.  Writing  in  the  London  Nation 
about  the  possibility  of  a  future  usefulness  for  the  British 
Liberals,  Mr.  J.  Ramsay  Macdonald,  who  is  now  reaping  the 
reward  of  his  steadfast  opposition  to  the  war  by  his  extraor- 
dinary growth  in  popularity  among  British  labor  groups  of 
all  shades  of  opinion,  declares  that,  "taking  the  country  as  a 
whole,  liberalism  is  held  in  no  esteem,  it  possesses  no  confi- 
dence, it  arouses  no  expectation;  the  meetings  it  holds  are 
so  meager  in  size  and  so  devoid  of  devotion  that  they  cannot 
raise  the  temperature  of  the  halls  above  zero."  There  is 
not  in  England  a  single  outstanding  Liberal  leader,  distin- 
guished, like  Campbell-Bannerman,  for  faithful  devotion  to 
the  traditions  of  the  party  during  the  war,  who  can  be 
thought  of  as  a  successor  to  Mr.  Lloyd  George. 

It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  in  the  third  party 
gathering  at  Chicago  there  was  no  dominant  figure,  and 
that  the  choice  of  a  national  candidate  fell  upon  an  unknown 
man.  Senator  La  Follette  comes  nearest  in  this  country  to 
the  position  held  in  England  by  Mr.  Macdonald;  but  partly 
because  of  unintentional  distortion  by  the  Associated  Press 
and  positive  lying  by  the  press  in  general,  he  is  still 
far  from  receiving,  outside  of  Wisconsin  and  the  States 
in  which  the  Nonpartisan  League  has  raised  the  banner  of 
revolt,  the  recognition  which  he  deserves.  Had  he  been 
chosen  to  lead  the  third  party  elements  we  should  probably 
have  seen  a  campaign  in  those  States  which  would  have 


worried  the  Republicans  a  good  deal,  and  this  despite 
Senator  La  Follette's  limitations  as  a  leader  and  as  a  cam- 
paigner. Very  possibly  he  might  have  polled  a  larger  vote 
in  the  Electoral  College  than  Mr.  Taft  did  in  1912.  But  the 
platform  adopted  by  the  dominating  labor  group  not  only 
frightened  him  off,  but  was  criticized  by  the  Forty-Eighters 
as  too  extreme,  certainly  for  1920,  as  differing  too  little 
from  the  program  of  the  Socialists  to  make  a  clear  issue, 
and  as  going  far  beyond  the  fundamentals  of  abolishing 
privilege.  So  the  opportunity  for  a  strong  third  party  is 
still  to  come.  It  would  not  have  passed  had  there  been  a 
man  with  anything  like  Mr.  Roosevelt's  popularity  to  lead, 
or  men  like  Palmer  and  Buckner  to  inspire  respect  through- 
out the  country  as  in  the  Gold  Democrats'  inspiring  cam- 
paign in  1896. 

Yet  we  count  it  a  gain  that  the  beginnings  of  a  Labor 
Party  were  made  at  Chicago,  however  radical  the  platform 
and  however  small  the  group  which  carried  the  day.  We 
welcome  this  political  activity  as  we  shall  welcome  that  of 
any  other  of  the  great  labor  groups,  for  we  believe  that  a 
sound  and  strong  Labor  Party  would  be  beneficial  to  the 
welfare  of  the  United  States.  There  must  be  a  break-up  of 
our  political  deeps  and  a  reorganization  along  both  con- 
servative and  radical  lines.  The  outworn  names  used  by 
the  old  parties  as  cloaks  for  their  hypocrisy  and  corruption- 
must  be  done  away  with.  Every  day  the  present  campaign 
advances  makes  clearer  the  sham  performance  in  which  the 
major  parties  are  engaged — the  sham  of  trying  to  make  -the 
American  public  believe  that  there  is  any  essential  differ- 
ence between  them  or  their  platforms  on  most  issues. 
After  laboring  long  over  the  platforms  the  American  Fed- 
eration of  Labor  has  finally  decided  that  the  Democratic 
Party  is  a  bit  more  worth  while  in  this  campaign  than  the 
Republican;  but  it  is  entirely  characteristic  of  the  political 
situation  that  while  the  Cox  papers  feature  the  report  as 
pro-Democratic,  the  Harding  newspapers  are  able  to  head- 
line it  as  anti-Democratic. 

The  leaders  of  all  three  groups  that  met  at  Chicago  worked 
honestly  indeed.  More  political  experience  would  certainly 
have  helped  them,  but  they  tried  unselfishly  to  serve  their 
country,  knowing  the  while  that  a  hostile  press  would  prob- 
ably ridicule  and  misrepresent  them.  Happily,  their  sin- 
cerity compelled  some  of  the  newspapers,  like  those  of  Chi- 
cago and  the  World  and  Times  of  New  York,  to  treat  the 
convention  seriously  and  report  its  doings  with  more  than 
usual  accuracy.  Nevertheless,  the  disappointment  is  great. 
But  the  liberals  and  reformers  who  are  looking  for  a  nobler 
and  better  America  than  that  of  the  profiteer,  the  exploiter, 
and  the  political  imperialist  will  know  how  to  possess  their 
souls  in  patience.  There  is  evidence  on  every  hand,  in  every 
day's  newspapers,  that  the  old  system  is  ruining  itself.  The 
economic  changes  which  are  making  over  the  world  are 
ceaseless  in  their  advance ;  when  the  Governor  of  New  York 
asks  the  State  to  monopolize  the  milk  business,  no  one  can 
doubt  that  some  politicians  are  beginning  to  notice  what 
is  going  on.  There  is  no  ground  for  ultimate  discourage- 
ment; the  stars  in  their  courses  fight  for  the  old  traditions 
of  American  freedom  which,  whatever  the  divergency  of 
economic  belief,  are  at  the  bottom  of  the  political  striving 
of  every  group  which  seeks  to  better  American  politics. 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


89 


The  Public  Servant 


AMAIN  problem  of  democracy  is  the  creation  of  the 
administrator.  As  industrial  democracy  extends  its 
area,  the  need  is  for  ever-increasing  numbers  of  men  who 
will  bring  to  public  service  the  same  efficiency  and  initiative 
which  business  men  have  usually  brought  to  private  enter- 
prise. Within  the  next  few  decades  we  shall  probably  see 
certain  key  industries  and  services  pass  under  public  owner- 
ship. Who  is  to  run  them?  For  the  display  of  his  gifts, 
the  business  man  has  demanded  as  incentive  and  reward 
handsome  profits.  Unlike  the  other  and  productive  groups 
in  the  community,  he  has  not  merely  received  a  salary  for 
his  services.  The  technician,  chemist,  teacher,  electrician, 
physician,  clergyman,  social  worker,  research  scientist, 
artist,  manual  worker,  architect — these  and  the  other  crea- 
tors of  values  are  men  who  are  limited  to  the  wage  for 
which  they  do  the  work.  Some  of  them  find  recompense  in 
the  achievement  itself.  The  ambitious  among  them  contend 
for  fame.  But  they  are  alike  in  not  basing  their  life  pri- 
marily on  the  profit-making  motive. 

Accordingly,  business  men  who  are  witnessing  the  steady 
extension  of  the  functions  of  government  into  industrial 
lines,  such  as  the  venture  of  Louisiana  into  cotton  ware- 
housing and  of  North  Dakota  into  banking  and  terminal 
warehouses  and  similar  enterprises,  and  who  read  of  the 
demands  of  Governor  Smith  of  New  York  that  the  Legis- 
lature put  the  State  into  one  business  enterprise  after  an- 
other, are  asking  themselves  how  these  governmental  in- 
dustries are  to  be  conducted.  Their  chief  opposition  to  the 
nationalization  of  railways,  for  instance,  is  the  fear  that  the 
railways  may  be  as  badly  managed  by  the  government  as  is 
the  postoffice  under  Mr.  Burleson,  and  with  as  much  red  tape 
and  waste  as  is  the  army  of  the  United  States.  Plainly, 
democracy,  if  it  is  going  to  extend  the  functions  of  gov- 
ernment, has,  among  numerous  problems  which  the  change 
going  on  under  our  eyes  will  create,  a  large  one  in  de- 
veloping industrial  and  business  administrators  in  the  pub- 
lic service  and  providing  them  with  the  necessary  human 
incentives  to  make  government  efficient.  If  this  cannot  be 
done,  the  new  status  will  certainly  be  as  bad  as  the  old. 
Hence,  anything  bearing  upon  this  question  of  bringing 
about  efficiency  in  public  service  is  of  the  utmost  moment. 

The  most  important  contribution  of  recent  years  to  this 
problem  of  the  government  servant,  the  employee  of  the  com- 
munity, is  a  statement  of  Viscount  Haldane  to  the  British 
Coal  Industry  Commission.  Lord  Haldane  had  reorganized 
the  Ministry  of  War.  He  had  made  it  possible  to  mobilize 
and  deliver  a  brilliantly  efficient  expeditionary  force  within 
a  few  hours.  He  had  remade  a  great  state  department. 
The  problems  given  to  him  by  the  Coal  Commission  for  his 
opinion  were  the  following:  (1)  If  nationalization  is  de- 
cided upon,  is  the  present  civil  service,  or  some  remodeling 
of  the  present  civil  service,  in  a  position  successfully  to  cope 
with  the  problems  facing  it  in  case  the  coal  industry  is 
run  nationally?  (2)  Is  it  possible  to  train  a  body  of  civil 
servants  fit  for  rapid  and  efficient  administration?  Viscount 
Haldane's  answer,  the  answer  of  one  who  has  proved  him- 
self one  of  the  great  administrators,  runs  in  substance  as 
follows : 

"We  took  young  men  and  put  them  through  a  special 
course  of  training.  Education  is  of  vital  importance — spe- 
cial education  coming  upon  the  top  of  a  sufficiently  generally 


educated  mind.  We  took  the  London  School  of  Economics, 
and  with  the  help  of  Mr.  Sidney  Webb  we  induced  them 
to  take  in  hand  the  task  of  training  forty  administrative 
officers  for  us  in  each  year.  On  these  officers  later  were 
placed  enormous  responsibility  and  a  great  deal  of  neces- 
sity for  devising  initiative  for  themselves.  It  is  quite  true 
the  young  man  has  not  got  what  is  the  great  impulse  in  the 
business  world,  the  desire  to  make  a  fortune  for  himself,  but 
he  has  another  motive  which,  in  my  experience,  is  equally 
potent  with  the  best  class  of  men,  the  desire  to  distinguish 
himself  in  the  service  of  the  state.  That  public  spirit  and 
devotion  to  duty  will  make  him  do  anything.  There  is  a 
source  which  is  neglected  from  which  public  servants  might 
be  drawn." 

Lord  Haldane  then  outlined  the  steps:  first,  schools  with 
a  broad,  general  basis,  not  special  schools,  to  develop  the 
mind;  then  a  special  course  of  administrative  training,  to 
be  attended  at  about  the  age  of  twenty-five  or  twenty-six. 
"I  am  not  sure  I  know  anything  much  better  than  the  kind 
of  atmosphere  we  had  in  the  London  School  of  Economics. 
There  they  were  trained  in  making  contracts  and  in  local 
government,  in  the  law  of  administration,  in  railway  man- 
agement. .  .  .  Good  salaries  do  not  mean  the  salaries 
which  rich  men  require  in  order  to  live  as  rich  men.  Your 
general  in  the  army,  your  colonel,  your  captain,  your  admiral 
in  the  navy,  your  commander,  live  on  what  the  rich  man 
often  calls  very  little  indeed,  but  their  reward  comes  to 
them  in  another  way.  They  have  social  advantages  which 
he  has  not.  They  are  rewarded  by  the  public,  by  honors, 
and  by  positions  which  tell.  I  do  not  like  that  being  a 
monopoly  of  the  fighting  services.  I  want  to  see  it  extended 
to  the  other  administrative  services  of  the  state." 

Mr.  Justice  Sankey,  himself  chairman  of  the  Coal  Indus- 
try Commission,  said  upon  this  subject:  "I  think  that  the 
danger  to  be  apprehended  from  the  certainty  of  the  con- 
tinuance of  strife  in  the  coal  mining  industry  [under  pri- 
vate ownership]  outweighs  the  danger  arising  from  the 
problematical  fear  of  the  risk  of  the  loss  of  incentive  [in 
nationalization].  The  civil  servant  has  not  been  trained  to 
run  an  industry,  but  the  war  has  demonstrated  the  poten- 
tiality of  the  existence  of  a  new  class  of  men  who  are  just 
as  keen  to  serve  the  state  as  they  are  to  serve  a  private  em- 
ployer, and  who  have  been  shown  to  possess  the  qualities  of 
courage  in  taking  the  initiative  necessary  for  the  running 
of  an  industry." 

These  are  certainly  encouraging  views,  yet  they  record 
only  a  beginning  of  enlightenment,  and  that,  too,  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Atlantic.  For  the  situation  in  America 
we  offer  a  constructive  suggestion:  the  immediate  appoint- 
ment of  a  commission  headed  by  ex-Secretary  Franklin  K. 
Lane,  with  Assistant  Secretary  Roosevelt  a  member  there- 
of, together  with  representatives  of  public  employees 
in  Washington  and  elsewhere,  for  the  purpose  of  devising 
proper  incentives  for  energy  and  enterprise  and  above  all 
for  the  democratization  of  our  government  service.  With 
the  long  battle  for  a  retirement  pension  just  won.  this  is 
the  time  to  look  far  ahead  and  to  redeem  the  government 
employees  from  the  position  which  they  now  hold  of  being 
autocratically  ruled,  and,  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  of 
being  set  apart  without  even  that  vote  which  other  Ameri- 
can citizens  enjoy. 


90 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


Fisher 


JOHN  ARBUTHNOT  FISHER,  former  First  Sea  Lord 
of  the  Admiralty,  creator  in  part  of  the  modern  British 
fleet,  is  dead — thirteen  years  after  he  struck  out  his  famous 
plan  of  "Copenhagening"  the  German  fleet  in  peace  time. 
He  believed  it  would  be  "a  sagacious  act  on  England's  part 
to  seize  the  German  fleet  when  it  was  so  very  easy  of  ac- 
complishment in  the  manner  I  sketched  out  to  his  Majesty." 
Unfortunately,  this  ruthless  piratical  memorandum  to  King 
Edward  somehow  leaked  all  the  way  to  Germany  and  the 
Kaiser.  And  it  contributed  its  share  to  the  tremors  that 
were  rocking  the  balance  of  power.  Each  nation  in  greater 
Europe  had  its  Prussians  in  the  last  years  before  Europe 
fell,  and  none  was  more  perfect  than  "Hell  Jack"  Fisher. 

He  had  the  merit  of  a  clear  sincerity.  What  he  said  and 
did  always  contained  his  full  weight.  This  gave  to  his  con- 
versational and  literary  style  a  candor  and  zest  that  caused 
him  to  be  quoted.  He  threw  a  full  program  into  a  phrase — 
such  a  phrase  as  "Sack  the  lot."  When  von  Tirpitz  pro- 
posed the  limitation  of  size  of  guns  and  ships,  Fisher  sent 
word :  "Tell  him  I'll  see  him  damned  first."  He  saw  the  fu- 
ture of  oil  for  transport.  'Wo  engineers,  no  stokers,  and  no 
funnels,  no  boilers.  Only  a  damned  chauffeur.  The  economy 
prodigious.  But  what  will  it  be  for  war?  Why,  all  the  past 
pales  before  the  prospect.  I  say  to  McKenna:  'Shove  'em 
over  the  precipice,  shove.'  "  Other  sentiments  of  his  were : 
"The  Germans  are  in  a  blue  funk  of  the  British  Navy"; 
"it's  quite  silly  not  to  make  war  damnable  to  the  whole  mass 
of  your  enemy's  population";  "when  war  does  come,  'might 
is  right,'  and  the  Admiralty  will  know  what  to  do";  "we 
shall  have  sixteen  British  dreadnoughts  with  the  13V2-inch 
gun  before  the  Germans  have  one."  This  is  the  true 
language  of  preparedness,  of  military  necessity,  of  ethical 
frightfulness. 

Fisher  believed  passionately  in  the  coming  European  war 
from  as  far  back  as  1905.  He  worked  toward  it  as  earnestly 
as  any  German  militarist,  and  finally  he  and  all  good  Prus- 
sians saw  their  dreams  and  schemes  come  true.  Knowing 
that  their  work  had  been  effectual,  Fisher  embraced  even  his 
enemy  in  a  mystical  blood-brotherhood,  and  wrote  to  von 
Tirpitz:  "You're  the  one  German  sailor  who  understands 
war.  Kill  your  enemy  without  being  killed  yourself.  I  don't 
blame  you  for  the  submarine  business.  I'd  have  done  the 
same  myself,  only  our  idiots  in  England  wouldn't  believe  it 
when  I  told  'em."  It  would  be  a  gross  injustice  to  the 
memory  of  the  great  sailor  to  believe  that  he  was  bragging. 
His  words  were  the  straight  talk  of  a  single  strong  man  to 
whom  the  ideas  of  God,  sea  power,  empire,  and  the  destiny 
of  the  British  race  are  of  one  piece. 

Fisher  was  one  of  those  men  of  genius  who  have  made 
Britain  great  as  a  "Power."  He  outguessed  his  opponents. 
He  had  a  prevision  that  was  intuitive.  He  made  use  of 
able  men  for  his  plans.  He  shrewdly  estimated  the  value  of 
such  men  as  Mr.  Charles  Schwab.  He  was  also  one  of  those 
men  of  "humor"  whose  line  of  salty  individualism,  wit, 
and  quirks  has  not  failed  for  several  centuries  in  the  story 
of  the  British  Isles.  He  clothed  his  single-mindedness  in 
the  whimsical  unexpectedness  that  wins  attention.  At  a 
ceremony  in  Westminster,  clad  in  pure  white,  short,  stal- 
wart, he  was  clearly  one  of  those  few  who  are  born  to  rule 
idiots,  weaklings,  and  lesser  breeds. 

Fisher  wrote  in  1919  his  "Memories" — a  volume  that  may 


become  a  classic  because  it  clearly  states  England's  dream 
of  world-dominion,  because  it  reveals  a  salient  and  dis- 
tinguished personality,  and  because  it  swings  a  vivacious 
style.  Fisher  continues  the  tradition  of  the  conquerors 
who  could  use  language  as  they  used  weapons  of  war.  He 
describes  his  book  as  "a  collection  of  memories  of  a  life- 
long war  against  limpets,  parasites,  sycophants,  and  jelly- 
fish." He  dates  as  of  the  year  1907  "a  long,  secret  conver- 
sation with  his  Majesty  in  which  I  urged  that  we  should 
'Copenhagen'  the  German  fleet  at  Kiel  a  la  Nelson."  "It  is 
admitted  that  it  was  not  quite  a  gentlemanly  sort  of  thing 
for  Nelson  to  go  and  destroy  the  Danish  fleet  at  Copen- 
hagen without  notice,  but  'la  raison  du  plus  fort  est  tou- 
jours  la  meilleure'."  Because  of  the  failure  to  Copenhagen 
the  German  fleet  in  peace  time  "came  those  terrible  years 
of  war,  with  millions  massacred  and  maimed."  The  text  of 
Fisher's  working  life  was  that  "the  only  thing  in  the  world 
that  England  has  to  fear  is  Germany,  and  none  else." 

Of  the  dead,  Fisher  liked  Moses,  Gideon,  and  Cromwell, 
Elijah,  Nelson,  Cecil  Rhodes,  Stead,  Lord  Kelvin,  Abraham 
Lincoln,  King  Edward,  Abdul  Hamid.  He  believed  in  the 
life  eternal;  even  the  late  Pierpont  Morgan  was  not  more 
fervent  in  his  consciousness  of  the  presence  of  God.  He 
possessed  a  strong  mystical  sense.  He  often  quoted  these 
lines  as  describing  his  country  and  his  race: 

Time  and  the  ocean   and   some   guiding   star 
In  high  cabal  have  made  us  what  we  are. 


Bolshevism  at  Middletown 

ON  the  evening  of  December  2,  1919,  Mr.  Wilfred  Hum- 
phries, a  former  Y.  M.  C.  A.  and  Red  Cross  worker 
in  Russia,  delivered  a  lecture  on  Russia  at  the  Berkeley 
Divinity  School  at  Middletown,  Connecticut.  The  lecture 
was  given  at  the  invitation  of  the  Social  Study  Club,  a  stu- 
dent organization,  and  was  open  to  the  public.  Mr.  Hum- 
phries, who  had  spent  eleven  months  in  Russia,  appears,  in 
the  words  of  Dean  Ladd  of  the  School,  to  have  there  "formed 
the  opinion  that  although,  in  the  first  weeks  of  the  Soviet 
Government,  there  were  atrocities,  the  Soviet  rule  is  now 
efficient  and  humane."  Among  the  lantern-slide  pictures 
shown  were  pictures  of  Lenin  and  Trotzky  and  the  flag  of 
the  Soviet  Republic.  Mr.  Humphries  had  already  given 
numerous  addresses  before  churches,  forums,  city  clubs,  con- 
ventions, and  other  meetings,  and  had,  or  since  has,  spoken 
to  college  audiences  at  Vassar,  Mt.  Holyoke,  Amherst,  Massa- 
chusetts Agricultural  College,  Smith,  Clark,  Wellesley,  Sim- 
mons, Radcliffe,  and  Harvard. 

On  December  10  the  Middletown  Press  published  a  garbled 
account  of  the  lecture,  based  largely  upon  the  report  of  an 
excited  woman  auditor  whose  state  of  mind  may  be  judged 
by  her  own  remarks  that  "one  picture  almost  made  me 
scream"  and  "a  friend  with  me  held  me  down."  The  news- 
paper editorial  on  the  subject  concluded: 

It  is  time  for  action.  The  trustees  of  the  Divinity  School 
should  not  hesitate  a  day  to  purge  the  School  of  the  influences 
at  work.  When  mental  poison  is  being  administered  the  best 
way  to  check  its  effects  is  to  deal  quickly  with  those  who  secretly 
inject  it  into  receptive  minds.  Incidentally  it  may  be  recalled 
that  there  is  a  movement  to  take  the  school  to  some  larger 
city.  Evidently  there  is  a  keen  desire  for  a  greater  opportunity 
to  spread  Bolshevik  doctrines.  We  wonder  what  the  great  lead- 
ers of  the   Protestant   Episcopal    Church   think   about    it   all? 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


91 


Perhaps  they  are  ignorant  of  what  is  going  on.  If  so,  the 
Press  has  now  enlightened  them. 

A  committee  of  the  Middletown  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
appointed  to  investigate  the  "Americanism"  of  the  School, 
interviewed  a  number  of  persons,  but  for  some  reason  re- 
frained from  consulting  either  Dean  Ladd  or  any  member 
of  the  faculty.  In  the  meantime  sensational  newspaper  re- 
ports about  "Bolshevism  at  Berkeley"  continued  to  appear. 
Dean  Ladd,  in  an  open  letter  (unfortunately  not  published) 
to  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  denied  that  bolshevism 
or  anything  un-American  was  taught  at  Berkeley,  and 
vigorously  defended  the  methods  of  teaching  which  the 
School  employed.  Professor  Rice  of  Wesleyan  University, 
respected  and  beloved  wherever  the  alumni  of  that  Methodist 
institution  are  to  be  found,  wrote  to  the  Middletown  Press 
strongly  deprecating  its  "violent  attack,"  and  declaring  that 
while  he  did  not  hear  the  lecture,  and  had  no  doubt  that  the 
lecturer  "expressed  opinions  which  I  heartily  disapprove," 
nevertheless,  "if  I  was  unwilling  to  hear  or  read  opinions 
contrary  to  my  own  I  should  mostly  avoid  public  assemblies, 
seldom  venture  to  go  to  church,  and  never  read  the  Middle- 
town  Press." 

Following  the  request  of  Dean  Ladd,  a  committee  of  the 
trustees  was  designated  by  Bishop  Brewster  to  investigate 
the  charges.  The  report,  only  an  imperfect  version  of  which 
appears  to  have  been  published  in  the  metropolitan  press, 
was  delayed  until  June  14.  It  is  a  vicious  document  which 
should  give  every  friend  of  liberty  pause.  While  acquitting 
the  Dean  and  the  faculty  of  approval  "of  anything  of  a 
violent  or  revolutionary  nature,"  and  finding  Dean  Ladd's 
Americanism  "beyond  question,"  the  committee  are  neverthe- 
less "satisfied  that  it  would  have  been  much  better  had  the 
lecture  not  been  given  at  Berkeley."  Mr.  Humphries,  it 
appeared  from  the  evidence  of  Y.  M.  C.  A.  members  "who 
know  him  well,"  was  "a  Bolshevik  propagandist,"  and  came 
to  Berkeley  "under  the  auspices  of  the  Intercollegiate 
Socialist  Society."  The  lecture,  however,  was  "only  a  sec- 
ondary matter:"  "some  suspicions  against  the  School"  as 
"the  center  of  radical  socialism"  "had  prevailed  for  a  con- 
siderable period."  The  committee  were  not  able  to  learn 
that  socialism  "in  a  radical  or  advanced  form"  was  taught 
at  Berkeley ;  but  they  did  discover  that  Dean  Ladd  had  been 
a  member  of  the  executive  committee  of  the  Intercollegiate 
Socialist  Society,  of  the  Committee  of  48,  "a  political  organi- 
zation with  socialistic  tendencies,"  and  of  the  Church  League 
for  Industrial  Democracy — the  latter  a  society  within  the 
Episcopal  Church  with  fifteen  bishops  among  its  members. 

The  report  so  mingles  charges,  exceptions,  implications, 
and  disclaimers  as  to  make  it  hard  to  determine  whether  the 
committee  think  that,  on  the  whole,  Dean  Ladd  and  his  as- 
sociates should  be  acquitted  or  condemned.  But  the  mis- 
chief has  been  done.  While  adroitly  covering  itself  at 
numerous  points,  the  hostile  bias  of  the  committee  is  plain. 
Freedom  of  teaching  in  social  matters  at  the  Berkeley  Di- 
vinity School  is  for  the  time  being  under  the  ban.  The 
School  has  been  pilloried  before  the  church  and  the  country 
as  a  place  of  social  heresy,  its  financial  support  has  been 
imperiled,  the  attendance  of  students  has  been  jeopardized, 
and  the  Dean  and  his  associates  have  been  branded  as 
suspicious  persons.  Once  more  "Americanism"  has  been 
made  the  cloak  of  ignorance  and  reaction.  All  that  is 
needed  to  complete  the  folly  is  for  the  trustees  to  dis- 
charge Dean  Ladd  and  his  colleagues;  then,  perhaps,  we 
shall  know  how  liberty  fares  in  the  Episcopal  Church. 


Literature  and  Politics 

IN  relation  to  politics  there  are  two  kinds  of  authors: 
those  who  understand  the  conflicts  of  the  world  far  too 
well  to  engage  in  them  actively,  and  those  who  understand 
nothing,  who  defend  every  popular  delusion  and  rush  into 
turmoil  with  noisy  alacrity.  In  the  first  class  will  be  found 
the  poets  and  seers — Goethe,  the  great,  calm  European; 
Shelley,  the  essential  revolutionary;  Arnold  and  Emerson, 
who  possessed  a  certain  noble  shrewdness  and  sobriety  of 
vision.  And  at  times  a  critical  mind  of  the  first  order,  like 
Georg  Brandes,  will  enter  this  class.  Allies  and  Germans 
besieged  him  for  his  partisanship.  His  cool  and  reasoned 
answers  could  be  summed  up  in  Heine's  famous  couplet  con- 
cerning the  Rabbi  and  the  Priest.  The  smaller  poets  burn 
with  the  popular  ardors  of  the  hour,  but,  like  other  people, 
they  grow  mild  and  rational  in  time.  It  is  safe  to  say  that 
Lissauer  will  not  spend  his  life  singing  Hassgesdnge,  nor 
Regnier  his  in  hurling  serments.  It  is  the  second  class  of 
writers  who,  whenever  they  touch  politics,  bring  literature 
into  disrepute.  They  do  not  sing;  they  are  the  purveyors 
of  yarns,  the  crafty  and  prosaic  scribes  whom  the  vast  and 
uninstructed  audiences  of  modern  times  have  raised  to  a 
station  far  above  their  humble  deserts.  They  have  sensi- 
bility without  vision  and  the  conviction  of  leadership  with- 
out inward  power.  And  hence  it  is  they  who  become  the 
vainglorious  tools  of  diplomats  and  foreign  offices,  defend- 
ing the  indefensible,  exhibiting  throats  of  leather  and  fore- 
heads of  brass. 

The  latest  exhibit  in  the  dangerous  second  class  is  Sir 
Arthur  Conan  Doyle.  Not  that  the  job  of  what  Hazlitt  was 
fond  of  calling  a  "government  tool"  is  a  new  one  to  him. 
The  great  sleuth  tracked  the  Boer  mind  to  its  evil  lair  long 
ago.  But  the  turn  of  world  affairs  has  recently  shown  up 
his  type  of  mind  in  peculiar  starkness.  On  May  18,  1918, 
Sir  Arthur  in  a  widely  circulated  letter  declared  for  the 
benefit  of  innocent  Americans :  "There  are  no  secret  treaties 
of  any  kind  in  which  this  country  [Great  Britain]  is  con- 
cerned. It  has  been  publicly  and  clearly  stated  more  than 
once  by  our  Foreign  Minister,  and,  apart  from  honor,  it 
would  be  political  suicide  for  any  British  official  to  make  a 
false  statement  of  this  kind."  Well,  the  secret  treaties  in 
due  time  were  published,  and  it  was  then  made  clear 
that  the  Foreign  Minister  had  lied,  and  the  treaties 
were  duly  written  into  the  super-treaty  of  Versailles  where 
they  are  still  busy  wrecking  the  world.  So  when  the  tumult 
and  the  shouting  died  down  a  bit,  Sir  Arthur  was  asked  to 
admit  his  unhappy  error.  His  silence  was  long  and  sturdy. 
Finally  he  condescended  to  inform  Mr.  W.  R.  Browne,  of 
Wyoming,  New  York,  that  it  was  not  his  fault,  since  he 
was  no  diplomatist  and  "had  no  more  knowledge  of  secret 
treaties  than  any  other  man."  Mr.  Browne  thereupon 
asked  Sir  Arthur  to  permit  the  publication  of  a  moderate 
statement  to  the  effect  that  he,  being  no  diplomatist,  had 
been  taken  in  and  had  thus  unintentionally  deluded  others. 
Sir  Arthur's  reply  is  an  inimitable  document:  "With  equal 
sincerity  and  frankness  may  I  beg  you,  after  reading  your 
last  letter,  to  consult  some  reputable  medical  man,  as  I  am 
convinced  that  your  health  is  not  normal."  Unintention- 
ally, Sir  Arthur  has  given  another  illustration  of  the 
methods  of  British  propaganda  during  the  war,  and  of  the 
defense  of  it  even  now  by  men  who  ought  to  know  better. 


92 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2873 


Christensen's  Convention 


By  ARTHUR  WARNER 


IT  was  Christensen's  convention  from  the  welter  of  events 
— dramatic,  picturesque,  amusing,  pathetic — that  filled 
the  sessions  out  of  which  a  new  party  has  just  been  evolved 
in  Chicago.  This  Utah  giant  emerged  through  old-fashioned 
democratic  processes.  A  convention  which  had  assembled 
with  its  mind  made  up  to  choose  La  Follette  as  standard 
bearer  ended  by  nominating  a  man  not  known  to  a  baker's 
dozen  at  the  outset  who  without  any  trace  of  self-seeking 
had  become  its  acknowledged  leader. 

From  the  standpoint  of  personality,  Parley  P.  Christensen 
was  the  dominating  figure  in  the  series  of  meetings  that  led 
to  the  creation  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  just  as  the  essen- 
tial fact  of  policy  was  the  victory  of  radicalism  over  bolshe- 
vism.  Unlike  Bryan  in  1896  Christensen  came  to  the  front 
without  a  dramatic  gesture  that  served  to  stampede  the  con- 
vention, but  by  natural  selection  working  as  it  can  when 
men  revert  to  that  kind  of  political  gathering,  almost  ex- 
tinct in  the  country,  in  which  the  rank  and  file  determine 
their  own  destiny  by  action  from  the  floor.  The  convention 
of  the  Committee  of  Forty-Eight,  most  of  whose  members 
were  unknown  to  each  other,  set  the  ball  rolling  by  electing 
Christensen  as  presiding  officer,  chiefly,  it  would  seem,  be- 
cause of  his  bulk  and  geniality.  Towering  more  than  six 
feet  in  height  and  with  breadth  and  depth  to  correspond, 
this  Westerner  instilled  the  delegates  with  immediate  con- 
fidence in  him  and  in  themselves.  Bland,  smooth  shaven, 
and  smiling,  he  stood  before  them  in  a  Palm  Beach  suit  a 
kind  of  pillar  of  cloud  by  day,  and  by  a  subtle  telepathy 
put  himself  in  contact  with  the  thought  of  the  assembly  and 
helped  to  make  it  articulate,  with  here  a  flash  of  humor  and 
there  a  word  of  common  sense.  He  calmed  excited  tempers 
and  resolved  intricate  situations — careless  sometimes  of 
parliamentary  rules,  solicitous  always  to  seek  out  what  the 
people  before  him  were  trying  to  do  and  help  them  do  it. 

"It's  a  law  of  psychology  that  when  a  man  lets  a  crowd 
heckle  him  it's  hi3  own  fault,"  he  told  a  speaker  who  was 
complaining  of  interruptions.  "Quit  telling  us  about  your 
ancestors  and  get  to  your  point."  When  the  Forty-Eighters' 
Platform  Committee  reported  that  it  could  not  agree  with 
a  similar  body  from  the  American  Labor  Party,  but  the 
delegates  nevertheless  insisted  upon  merging,  Christensen  by 
his  unerring  grasp  of  situations  and  his  quick  decisions 
saved  the  meeting  from  chaos.  A  few  hours  later,  at  Car- 
men's Hall,  he  saved  the  United  Labor  and  Forty-Eight  Con- 
vention from  disruption,  the  two  bodies  having  simply 
merged,  without  any  arrangement  as  to  organization  or 
procedure.  The  love  feast  had  scarcely  begun  before  jeal- 
ousy and  controversy  broke  out.  Even  under  the  best  condi- 
tions a  thousand  or  so  persons  are  too  many  for  a  deliber- 
ative assembly.  Presently  half  a  hundred  persons  were 
shouting,  gesticulating,  and  swarming  the  aisles,  demanding 
recognition.  J.  A.  H.  Hopkins,  who  was  presiding,  lost  con- 
trol of  the  situation  and  turned  the  gavel  over  to  Max 
Hayes,  of  the  labor  forces.  Hayes  failed  to  quell  the  tumult 
and  finally  voices  began  to  call  for  Christensen.  He  was 
hurried  to  the  front  platform:  he  raised  his  hands,  said  a 
few  smiling  stentorian  words  and  there  was  order  again. 
For  the  rest  of  the  afternoon  he  stood  between  the  assem- 


blage and  uproar.  He  was  arbitrary  at  times — he  admitted 
it — but  it  was  in  executing  the  will  of  the  gathering,  not  in 
thwarting  it.  Tom  Mooney's  brother  had  been  speaking 
from  the  platform,  in  favor  of  a  resolution  on  behalf  of  the 
prisoner.  Suddenly  Christensen  sensed  that  the  meeting, 
though  sympathetic,  had  heard  enough.  "Carried,"  he 
shouted,  short-circuiting  the  usual  parliamentary  procedure, 
and  waived  the  astonished  speaker  to  the  floor. 

"Is  that  too  much  steamroller?"  he  asked  a  moment  later, 
pausing  to  get  the  feeling  of  the  meeting  before  railroading 
through  some  perfunctory  business.  But  in  spite  of  his 
demurring  good  nature  and  ability,  he  was  not  immune 
from  criticism  and  at  one  point  halted  proceedings  for  a 
word  of  personal  explanation :  "Somebody  says  I  am  a  plute 
because  I  am  wearing  a  Palm  Beach  suit.  I  want  to  say 
that  I  bought  this  suit  five  years  ago  for  seven  dollars  and 
fifty  cents." 

Christensen  comes  from  Salt  Lake  City,  where  he  has 
made  a  reputation  as  a  lawyer,  particularly  in  criminal 
practice  and  has  defended  numerous  labor  men  without  re- 
gard to  fee.  He  was  formerly  a  Republican  but  went  into 
the  Progressive  Party  with  Roosevelt  in  1912.  He  voted 
for  Wilson  in  1916.  According  to  members  of  the  Utah* 
delegation  in  Chicago,  Christensen  has  for  some  years  con-, 
sidered  his  life  and  interests  so  identified  with  those  of  the 
wcrkingman  that  he  has  held  aloof  from  the  professional 
and  commercial  organizations  of  his  community,  having  kept 
out  even  of  their  social  clubs.  He  is,  however,  prominent 
in  fraternal  organizations,  an  Odd  Fellow,  and  an  Elk.  He 
was  born  in  Idaho  forty-nine  years  ago,  is  a  graduate  of 
Cornell  University  and  unmarried.  Christensen  came  to 
the  front  at  Chicago  as  La  Follette  receded.  The  Forty- 
Eighters  and  the  Labor  Party  represented  two  different 
ideas  at  least  so  far  as  the  majority  in  each  was  concerned. 
The  first  sought  political  reform;  the  second,  economic  re- 
construction. "Not  more  laws  but  more  liberty,"  demanded 
Allen  McCurdy  in  his  keynote  speech  to  the  Forty-Eighters. 
The  restoration  of  civil  rights  was  their  chief  demand,  their 
hope  was  for  a  leader  and  their  faith  was  for  victory  next 
November.  The  Labor  Party  was  not  less  insistent  for  the 
return  of  civil  liberty,  but  it  could  see  no  hope  of  securing 
it  except  through  attacking  the  industrial  system  that  has 
come  to  control  political  action.  It  distrusted  the  method 
of  looking  for  a  leader  and  formulating  a  platform  to  con- 
form to  his  ideas.  It  proposed  to  lay  down  principles  and 
wait  until  they  produced  their  own  champion.  It  was  less 
concerned  with  the  result  next  November  than  in  building 
a  party  for  subsequent  years. 

These  differences  appeared  in  the  physical  aspects  and  in 
the  spiritual  atmosphere  of  the  two  conventions  before  they 
merged  as  one.  Among  the  Forty-Eighters  one  observed 
the  presence  to  a  striking  degree  of  faces  that  stamped  the 
personalities  behind  them  as  belonging  to  that  high-minded, 
finely  conscientious  type  that  formed  the  ideals  of  our  earlier 
America.  They  had  been  stung  to  protest  by  Palmerism, 
Burlesonism,  Wilsonism,  and  other  governmental  autocrats 
of  recent  years.  Their  meeting  had  a  religious  fervor.  The 
first  session  opened  with  the  singing  of  "The  Star-Spangled 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


93 


Banner"  followed  by  prayer,  yet  they  seemed  to  be  persons 
whose  lives  had  been  isolated  from  the  great  struggle  be- 
tween capital  and  labor  which  has  been  the  economic  back- 
ground and  the  fundamental  reason  for  changed  political 
conditions  in  the  United  States.  The  Forty-Eighters  to  a 
large  extent  had  the  spirit  of  '76  but  not  of  1920. 

The  Labor  Party  convention,  so  long  as  it  remained  sepa- 
rate, had  a  different  character.  It  did  not  open  with  song  or 
prayer,  although  it  began  on  Sunday  morning  while  the 
Forty-Eighters  were  adjourned  until  Monday.  It  opened 
like  the  business  gathering  that  it  undoubtedly  was.  Here 
were  hard-handed,  hard-headed  practical  men  who  had  come 
to  their  political  and  economic  ideas  through  experience. 
They  were  leaders  among  their  own  kind  and  had  come  to 
the  front  largely  because  of  their  fighting  or  administrative 
skill.  They  were  the  captains  of  industry  on  the  side  of 
labor,  men  unemotional,  unimpressionable.  Presently  they 
were  joined  by  another  of  the  same  type,  John  Fitzpatrick, 
head  of  the  Chicago  Federation  of  Labor,  and  prominent 
in  the  counsels  of  recent  big  strikes.  His  was  the 
keynote  speech.  It  was  halting  and  uninspiring  while  he 
talked  of  generalities.  Then  suddenly  he  began  to  speak  of 
recent  labor  troubles  in  which  he  had  had  part  and  the  bear 
changed  into  a  tiger.  He  snarled  and  roared,  the  perspira- 
tion dripped  from  his  face,  and  one  side  of  his  collar  caved 
in  while  he  pleaded:  "Oh,  that  the  workers  of  the  United 
States  would  concentrate  their  efforts  so  they  could  do  a 
job  like  Russia." 

Such  were  some  of  the  differences  between  the  two  con- 
ventions, accentuated  by  the  reiteration  (for  which  out- 
siders were  largely  responsible)  that  the  Committee  of 
Forty-Eight  was  there  to  supply  the  intellectual  leadership 
of  whatever  new  party  might  be  possible  on  the  other  hand. 
There  was  one  single  strong  force  working  toward  amalga- 
mation, the  desire  for  La  Follette  that  was  undoubtedly  in 
the  minds  of  a  majority  of  both  the  labor  delegates  and  the 
Forty-Eighters.  This  force  prevailed,  but  a  wrong  psy- 
chology had  been  created  in  advance  of  it,  one  of  suspicion 
and  doubt.  When  the  announcement  came  that  La  Follette 
did  not  wish  to  have  his  name  placed  before  the  convention, 
it  could  not  fail  to  take  the  spirits  out  of  the  amalgamation 
movement.  Right  on  top  of  this,  unhappily,  came  the  report 
of  the  platform  committee,  which  threw  into  stark  relief  the 
gulf  in  the  convention  just  at  the  moment  when  the  hope 
of  a  bridge  disappeared. 

In  their  actual  content  there  was  not  enough  difference 
between  the  majority  and  the  minority  reports  to  worry 
anybody.  Had  La  Follette  been  willing  to  run  on  either 
platform,  it  would  have  been  acceptable  to  virtually  the 
entire  convention.  Gilbert  Roe,  spokesman  for  La  Follette 
at  the  convention,  told  the  next  day  why  the  Wisconsin  Sen- 
ator had  refused  to  run.  In  the  first  place,  the  platform 
committee  had  reached  its  decision  so  late  that  La  Follette 
had  not  been  able  to  see  in  person,  much  less  to  study, 
either  the  majority  or  minority  declarations.  But  more 
important  than  that,  said  Mr.  Roe,  the  Senator  could  not 
convince  himself  that  the  joint  convention  represented  a 
real  unity  of  purpose  or  a  movement  that  would  survive  a 
single  election. 

There  were  assertions  made  at  the  convention  that 
La  Follette  was  for  government  ownership  but  not  for  demo- 
cratic control  and  that  he  did  not  want  a  plank  guaranteeing 
civil  rights  to  the  Negro.     These  assertions,  it  became  evi- 


dent later,  were  due  to  a  misapprehension  of  the  facts,  but 
they  added  to  the  tension  of  the  convention  which,  with 
La  Follette  eliminated,  resolved  into  a  straight  contest  be- 
tween the  liberals  and  the  radicals,  using  those  words  in 
their  common  acceptation,  the  first  including  those  who  seek 
political  reform,  and  the  second  those  who  demand  economic 
reconstruction.  Judged  by  other  contemporary  standards, 
the  radicalism  demanded  at  Chicago  was  mild.  The  ma- 
jority report  on  platform  asked,  among  other  things,  the 
recognition  of  Ireland  and  Russia,  for  no  conscription  mili- 
tary or  industrial,  and  no  compulsory  military  training. 
It  called  for  public  ownership  and  democratic  control  of 
natural  monopolies  and  the  repeal  of  the  Esch-Cummins 
Railroad  Law.  It  advocated  national  and  state  ov/ned 
banks  and  direct  income  taxes  rather  than  consumption  and 
other  indirect  taxes.  It  demanded  land  taxes  sufficient  so 
that  property  should  not  be  held  out  of  use  for  speculation. 

The  minority  report  was  more  of  a  political  than  an 
economic  document  but  it  covered  most  of  the  same  ground, 
except  the  plank  for  national  and  state  owned  banks.  The 
real  trouble  with  the  minority  report  from  the  labor  stand- 
point was  not  so  much  its  content  as  its  signers  and  indeed 
its  mere  existence.  It  was  put  forward  by  George  L.  Record, 
Amos  Pinchot,  and  Gilson  Gardner,  three  of  the  five  mem- 
bers representing  the  Committee  of  Forty-Eight.  The  ma- 
jority report  was  signed  by  all  five  of  the  Labor  members. 
Thus  a  direct  issue  was  raised  between  labor  and  the  Forty- 
Eighters.  Robert  M.  Buck,  editor  of  the  New  Majority,  and 
head  of  the  labor  members  of  the  platform  committee,  took 
the  floor  and  said  that  their  demands  had  been  whittled 
down  one  after  another  until  "we  got  to  a  spot  where  we 
said:  'by  God,  we  won't  compromise  any  longer.'  "  Actually 
the  line  to  which  the  radicals  receded  was  about  the  same  as 
the  one  to  which  the  liberals  were  willing  to  advance,  but 
such  opposition  had  developed  in  the  skirmish  that  neither 
could  see  each  other  for  the  smoke.  The  radicals  won  on 
the  vote,  the  minority  report  going  down  to  defeat  308 
to  125. 

It  would  be  pleasanter  to  end  the  story  of  the  convention 
here,  but  a  call  was  issued  that  evening  for  a  separate  ses- 
sion of  the  Committee  of  Forty-Eight  the  next  day  at  the 
original  headquarters.  There  is  some  doubt  whether  there 
was  any  Committee  of  Forty-Eight  at  the  time — whether 
it  had  not  lost  its  identity  as  such  by  merging  with  the 
convention  of  the  Labor  Party.  In  any  event  many  of  the 
delegates  had  gone  home  before  the  old  convention  was  re- 
sumed the  next  day.  A  substantial  number  were  satisfied 
with  the  platform  and  candidate  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party. 
Others  were  not,  but  decided  to  take  their  medicine  and 
say  nothing.  Even  at  the  gathering  when  it  first  assembled 
in  the  morning,  there  was  evidence  of  a  considerable  senti- 
ment in  favor  of  sticking  by  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  but 
the  atmosphere  was  not  congenial  for  such  expression  and 
one  by  one  most  of  the  delegates  of  that  opinion  withdrew. 
Late  in  the  afternoon  a  committee  came  in,  and  after  re- 
calling the  original  objects  of  the  Committee  of  Forty- 
Eight  recommended  that  "not  having  fully  accomplished 
this  purpose"  the  Committee  should  continue  its  organiza- 
tion and  the  national  executive  committee  should  have 
power  to  call  another  convention  should  it  seem  desirable. 
This  resolution  was  carried  by  viva  voce  vote  without  op- 
portunity for  amendment  or  debate — although  not  without 
protest — and  the  meeting  adjourned. 


94 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


The  British  Labor  Party  Conference 


By  J.  RAMSAY  MACDONALD 


London,  July  7 

IN  every  way  the  greatest  conference  ever  held  by  the 
British  Labor  Party  has  just  finished  its  sittings  at  the 
somewhat  fashionable  watering  place  of  Scarborough. 
There  were  something  like  1,200  delegates  present,  about 
one-fourth  of  whom  came  from  the  local  parties  and  the 
remainder  from  the  trade  unions  and  Socialist  societies. 
The  former  group  contained  a  large  element  of  new  people, 
and  it  was  interesting  to  hear  the  tones  of  the  English  pub- 
lic school  and  university  following  in  debate  the  burr  of 
the  Northern  miner  or  the  Doric  of  the  Clyde  worker. 
Modestly,  in  the  midst  of  a  row  of  working-class  delegates, 
sat  one  of  our  titled  folks  bearing  a  name  that  was  brought 
over  by  the  Conqueror.  There,  massed  in  front  of  us  who 
were  on  the  platform,  was  the  proof  positive  that  the  Labor 
Party  is  no  longer  a  class  affair,  but  has  appealed  with 
success  to  the  intelligence  of  all  classes. 

The  varied  teams  pulled  well  together.  Before  the  meet- 
ing, some  of  our  newspapers  brought  out  their  annual  stunt 
that  Scarborough  was  to  see  devastating  disagreement. 
Scarborough  displayed  energetic  unity  and  evangelical  har- 
mony. It  settled  once  and  for  all  that  the  Labor  Party  is 
a  great  national  political  movement  with  principles  and  a 
policy  which  justify  its  claim  to  be  considered  as  a  govern- 
ing party.  War  divisions  have  gone  absolutely.  The  war 
Right  has  moved  over  to  the  Left,  which  finds  its  ideas  and 
proposals  becoming  the  unanimous  finding  of  the  whole 
party.  The  men  who  stood  solitary  in  these  conferences 
four  years  ago  led  easily  in  Scarborough.  Not  only  did  they 
enjoy  a  monopoly  of  personal  tributes  (not  a  new  thing), 
their  lead  was  accepted  and  by  great  majorities  they  had 
their  way.  Cotton  remains  somewhat  conservative,  but 
the  miners  and  the  railway  workers  are  a  solid  Left  block. 
The  new  formidable  combination  of  unskilled  labor  still 
lacks  good  leadership  and  is  in  the  hands  of  men  who  were 
swamped  by  the  war,  have  become  very  respectable,  and  so 
may  remain  swamped.  The  great  bulk  of  the  local  party 
representation  is  Left.  One  small  section  of  the  Socialists — 
the  British  Social  Party — represents  Moscow,  but  the  great 
overmastering  section — the  Independent  Labor  Party — 
repudiates  both  Moscow  and  Geneva  and  occupies  common 
ground  with  the  French  Socialist  Party  and  the  German 
Independents.  In  some  Labor  Party  hearts  there  is  still 
something  like  jealous  enmity  against  this  powerful  polit- 
ical Socialist  party,  but  that  enmity  cannot  lift  its  head  at 
these  conferences  now.  That  Denikin  kind  of  counter- 
revolution within  the  Labor  Party  is  now  scotched  and  will 
soon  be  forgotten.  It  is  important  that  American  readers 
should  understand  where  the  center  of  gravity  of  tho  Labor 
Party  is,  and  Scarborough  left  that  matter  in  no  doubt. 

Another  important  question  is:  "What  is  the  party's  po- 
sition in  the  international  movement?"  This  question  in- 
cludes :  "By  what  method  does  the  party  propose  to  gain  its 
ends?"  At  present  the  party  is  affiliated  to  the  Second 
International  and  two  resolutions  were  debated  proposing 
a  change.  One  was  that  the  party  should  join  the  Third, 
and  the  other  that  it  should  simply  break  its  connection 
with  the  Second.    Both  were  defeated,  the  first  by  2,940,000 


to  225,000,  the  other  by  1,010,000  to  516,000.  The  meaning 
of  this  is  that  the  Labor  Party  definitely  declares  that  it 
will  neither  aid  nor  abet  revolution  by  violence,  nor  does  it 
enter  into  its  head  to  seize  power  except  by  democratic 
means.  The  Russian  social  revolution  is  not  the  only  way 
by  which  Socialism  can  come;  the  Soviet  is  not  the  only 
way  by  which  the  proletariat  can  rule.  The  British  Labor 
Party  at  Scarborough  put  itself  at  the  head  of  the  demo- 
cratic Socialist  movement.  It  was  as  determined  as  any 
Third  International  group,  that  Allied  hostility  to  Russia 
should  cease  and  that  Russia  should  not  be  hampered  by 
outside  interference  in  choosing  its  political  and  social 
forms  of  government,  but  at  the  same  time  it  set  itself  up 
quite  definitely  as  the  exponent  and  champion  of  a  method 
of  Socialist  advance  in  sharp  conflict  to  that  advocated  from 
Moscow. 

But  while  it  took  up  this  attitude  it  remained  realist. 
It  is  not  to  create  an  imaginary  world  from  bricks  of  logic. 
There  it  was  faced  by  a  Government  that  is  as  independent 
of  public  opinion  as  King  Charles  I,  a  Government  that  gets 
an  overwhelming  majority  upon  issues  that  were  always 
humbug  and  are  now  confessedly  so,  a  Government  that  uses* 
that  majority  to  make  wars  and  embark  upon  policies  irre- 
spective of  the  national  will,  a  Government  whose  conception 
of  democratic  control  is  that,  from  the  moment  that  election 
results  are  declared  until  the  Parliament  is  prorogued,  ma- 
jorities are  absolute  and  unrepresentative.  We  are  in  a 
worse  fix  than  even  that,  for  we  have  ministers  whose  words 
are  but  wind  and  upon  whose  statements  no  reliance  can  be 
placed.  Is  a  constitutional  party,  a  party  that  believes  in 
organic  transformation,  deprived,  by  reason  of  its  princi- 
ples, of  every  swiftly  acting  weapon  which  it  might  use  to 
curb  the  autocratic  power  of  such  a  government  and  counter- 
act the  work  it  does  in  violation  of  parliamentary  methods  ? 
The  Labor  Party  says :  "No,"  but  in  saying  "No,"  it  makes 
it  clear  that  this  action — as  when  the  dockers  refused  to 
load  the  "Jolly  George"  with  munitions  for  Poland — is  ex- 
ceptional and  can  be  justified  only  when  taken  against  those 
underhand  policies  inaugurated  by  self-will  and  by  a  wanton 
disregard  of  the  responsibility  of  ministers  to  a  sovereign 
people.  The  mere  schoolman  will,  I  know,  make  havoc  with 
this  departure  on  the  part  of  the  Labor  Party  from  strict 
parliamentary  methods  and  with  this .  engrafting  of  revo- 
lutionary action  upon  parliamentary  stems.  But  the  Labor 
Party  has  political  practical  sense  for  its  justification  and 
that  is  all  that  it  cares  about.  In  the  development  of  policy, 
time  is  everything.  The  Labor  Party  may  protest  in  Parlia- 
ment, but  if  the  Government  is  allowed  to  commit  the  na- 
tion, the  leaf  follows  the  bud,  the  flower  the  leaf,  and  the 
fruit  the  flower,  and  no  man  can  stay  the  evolving  process. 
The  Labor  Party  must  stay  the  hand  of  the  sower  of  the 
tares,  and  to  do  that  it  is  willing  to  support  "direct  action" 
if  everything  else  fails.  But,  varying  the  simile,  this  is  a 
medicine  for  an  ailing  body,  not  a  food  for  a  healthy  one. 

When  considering  this  problem,  the  Scarborough  Con- 
ference was  met  with  a  difficulty  of  a  temporary,  it  is  to 
be  hoped,  but  a  troublesome  nature.  Its  parliamentary 
representatives  as  a  team  are  conspicuously  inadequate.  The 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


95 


almost  complete  failure  of  Mr.  Asquith  since  his  return  to 
Parliament  has  alone  prevented  the  total  eclipse  of  the 
Labor  Opposition.  In  an  article  already  published  in  The 
Nation,  I  explained  the  unfortunate  attitude  of  the  cotton 
operatives  in  filling  in  a  candidate  for  the  Nelson  bye-elec- 
tion. The  selection  has  since  been  made  and  a  candidate 
was  chosen  so  ill  adapted  for  the  position  that  during  the 
contest  he  failed  completely  to  rouse  any  interest  and  his 
election  meetings  were  a  series  of  dead  failures.  This  is 
the  secret  of  the  weakness  of  Labor  in  Parliament.  The 
Conference  was  greatly  disturbed  by  this,  but  it  could  not 
censure  its  parliamentary  representatives  without  damag- 
ing the  movement  and  the  press  was  there  for  spicy  tit- 
bits. It  resolved,  however,  by  1,813,000  votes  to  832,000 
that  "the  time  had  arrived  for  developing  a  greater  efficiency 
on  the  part  of  the  Parliamentary  Labor  Party"  and  re- 
quested "bodies  affiliated  to  the  party  to  make  such  arrange- 
ments as  will  permit  their  parliamentary  representatives 
to  give  continuous  attention  to  their  duties  in  the  House 
of  Commons."  The  academic  advocates  of  industrial  Parlia- 
ments would  do  well  to  study  the  experiences  of  the  British 
Labor  Party.  The  recommendatory  ending  of  this  resolu- 
tion does  not  touch  the  real  point,  though,  if  carried  out, 
it  would  bring  a  minor  improvement. 

Unsatisfactory  as  the  parliamentary  party  may  be  in 
breadth  of  vision  and  in  resource,  the  Conference  itself 
was  lacking  in  neither.  No  matter  what  was  the  subject 
under  discussion  there  were  delegates  present  who  were 
masters  of  it  and  whose  contributions  to  the  debates  kept 
the  discussions  on  an  admirably  high  level.  Men  who  had 
been  in  Russia,  in  Hungary,  in  Poland,  in  Germany  spoke 
on  the  international  resolutions ;  men  who  had  been  in  India, 
in  Egypt,  in  the  Dominions,  spoke  on  the  imperial  ones; 
men  who  were  leaders  of  trade  unions,  chairmen  of  munici- 
pal bodies,  responsible  for  administration,  spoke  on  indus- 
trial and  domestic  ones.  No  other  British  political  party 
could  have  brought  under  one  chairmanship  such  a  body  of 
delegates.  From  the  opening  on  Tuesday  morning  till  the 
closing  late  on  Friday  afternoon,  I  sat  looking  upon  a 
crowded  and  an  intent  hall  and  listening  to  debates  kept 
upon  the  highest  possible  level  of  importance  and  to  speeches 
rich  in  their  matter  and  accomplished  in  their  delivery. 
Applause  was  given  generously  to  what  was  nothing  but 
sentiment;  votes  were  given  rigidly  to  what  was  nothing 
but  common  sense.  There  was  no  narrow  class  interest 
displayed;  the  subjects  were  related  to  world  affairs  and 
were  in  proportion  to  their  importance ;  a  unity  of  idea  ran 
throughout. 

The  Scarborough  program  was  a  Labor  manifesto  to  the 
nation  and  the  world.  In  the  forefront  were  International 
concerns — the  revision  of  the  Peace  Treaty  so  as  to  settle 
the  conflicts  of  Europe  and  put  the  nations  on  their  feet 
again ;  the  recognition  of  the  Russian  Government ;  the  end- 
ing of  all  intrigues  directed  against  foreign  states  and  of 
interference  in  their  affairs  by  military  missions;  the  de- 
nunciation of  all  secret  agreements;  economic  arrange- 
ments to  deal  with  the  famine  in  Central  Europe;  the  re- 
construction of  the  League  of  Nations.  It  resolved  to  send 
a  deputation  to  the  Prime  Minister  to  bring  before  him  the 
results  of  the  investigation  which  the  party's  representa- 
tives have  made  in  Hungary,  Russia,  and  Finland.  In  the 
affairs  of  Empire,  it  pinned  its  faith  to  self-determination 
as  a  fundamental,  though  not  absolute,  principle  and  ac- 


cepted as  a  rule  of  statesmanship  that  governments,  whether 
in  India,  Egypt,  or  Ireland,  should  have  national  assent.  It 
condemned  the  Amritsar  shootings,  but  insisted  that  the 
civil  authorities  were  responsible,  that  the  military  crimi- 
nals should  not  be  made  the  scapegoats  to  carry  the  sins  of 
others,  and  that  the  Viceroy  should  be  recalled. 

On  domestic  matters  it  made  declarations  on  several  minor 
matters  important  here  but  of  no  interest  abroad,  but  it  re- 
affirmed its  belief  that  the  continued  existence  of  an  enor- 
mous debt  was  a  menace  to  national  placidity  and  a  means 
of  grievous  oppression  and  that  the  debt  could  be  dealt  with 
only  by  the  conscription  of  wealth.  It  stood  by  nationaliza- 
tion of  industries  and  services  like  mines,  railways,  canals, 
and  electric  power,  but  it  rejected  the  nationalization  of  the 
liquor  traffic.  Curiously  enough,  the  body  which  brought 
about  this  defeat  was  the  Socialist  Independent  Labor  Party. 
We  are  no  dogmatists  here,  and  whatever  may  guide  us  it  is 
not  the  mental  servility  of  verbal  consistency.  A  battle 
royal  raged  round  this  question,  the  Independent  Labor 
Party  speakers  dealing  the  decisive  blows,  and  prohibition 
was  rejected  by  2,603,000  votes  to  472,000,  public  control 
by  1,672,000  to  1,352,000,  while  the  Independent  Labor 
Party  resolution  in  favor  of  an  extended  form  of  local  op- 
tion was  carried  by  2,003,000  to  623,000.  On  housing  the 
Conference  called  for  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Addison,  the 
Minister  of  Health,  state  loans  for  building,  the  control  of 
building  material,  and  the  encouragement  of  direct  labor,  to- 
gether with  an  increased  hygienic  standard  of  houses.  One 
of  the  greatest  difficulties  which  face  housing  projects  was 
pointed  out  by  a  Glasgow  delegate  who  produced  official 
figures  showing  that  on  a  typical  working-class  house  built 
before  the  war  the  interest  on  capital  was  £8  per  annum, 
whereas  the  same  house  built  now  would  have  to  bear  £60 
for   interest. 

Sanity  and  courage,  practical  capacity  and  well-defined 
principle  ruled  the  Conference.  Its  voice  was  the  voice  of 
constitutionalism  and  organic  change  speaking  in  the  midst 
of  revolutionary  conditions.  From  beginning  to  end  it  was 
the  deliberations  of  men  who  are  largely  responsible  for 
municipal  government  and  who  are  ready  at  a  moment's 
notice  to  take  over  the  control  of  national  affairs. 


Epi 


ngrams 

By  CLARA  SHANAFELT 
It  is  easy  for  you,  daffodil, 
For  you,  young  cherry  with  your  polished  stem ; 
In  me  was  not  set  so  clear  a  sense 
Of  my  identity. 

Leaning  over  the  curb 
With  a  gesture  of  supreme  grace, 
And   of  supreme   indifference, 
An  ash  tree  remembers  the  forest. 

By  EDA  LOU  WALTON 
Your  mind 

Is  not  the  clear  spring 
I  thought  it, 
And  though  its  waters 
Are  blown  clean  again 
By  hill-winds, 
I  am  ashamed 
Of  my  reflection. 


96 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


The  Bolivian  Revolution  and  Tacna- Arica 


By  LATINUS 


THE  war  that  Chile  fought  from  1879  to  1883  against 
the  Peru-Bolivian  alliance  was  ended  with  respect  to 
Peru  by  the  Treaty  of  Ancon,  and  with  respect  to  Bolivia 
by  a  truce  converted  into  a  peace  treaty  in  1904,  but  the  dis- 
pute with  regard  to  the  Pacific  seacoast  persists.  It  still 
threatens  wars  and  causes  revolutions.  Peru  is  now  appeal- 
ing to  the  League  of  Nations  for  its  settlement,  while  Chile 
stands  pat  upon  the  Treaty  of  Ancon  and  her  present  posses- 
sion, and  Bolivia  is  thrown  into  revolution  by  the  struggle 
between  the  pro-Peruvians  and  the  pro-Chileans. 

According  to  the  Treaty  of  Ancon,  Chile  waived  all  pe- 
cuniary indemnity  and  obtained  from  Peru  the  perpetual 
and  unconditional  surrender  of  the  province  of  Tarapaca, 
where  the  Chileans  had  had  valuable  industrial  interests  for 
many  years.  She  also  obtained  temporary  control  of  Tacna  and 
Arica,  small  provinces  of  no  great  value,  which  were  to  re- 
main in  the  power  of  Chile  for  a  period  of  ten  years,  at  the 
end  of  which  time  a  plebiscite  was  to  decide  whether  the 
territory  was  to  remain  under  Chilean  control  or  be  returned 
to  Peru,  the  successful  nation  paying  the  sum  of  ten  million 
"silver  pesos"  or  Peruvian  "soles"  to  the  loser  of  the 
plebiscite.  In  order  to  effect  the  plebiscite,  the  treaty  stipu- 
lated that  in  a  separate  protocol  the  parties  should  decide 
upon  the  procedure  to  be  followed;  that  is  to  say,  an  agree- 
ment should  be  reached  regarding  who  should  vote,  how  they 
should  vote,  and  under  what  circumstances. 

From  this  it  will  be  clearly  seen  that  the  plebiscite  could 
take  place  only  after  the  two  nations,  in  common  accord,  had 
fixed  the  conditions.  During  the  intervening  years  Chile 
hoped  to  be  able  to  Chileanize  the  territory  so  that  the 
plebiscite  would  result  in  her  favor.  At  any  rate  it  must  be 
considered  a  diplomatic  blunder  and  a  serious  misunder- 
standing on  the  part  of  the  negotiators,  not  to  have  deter- 
mined at  the  time  the  basis  for  the  plebiscite  nor  provided 
for  the  provinces  affected  in  case  no  satisfactory  conditions 
for  the  plebiscite  should  be  arranged. 

The  treaty  as  formulated  favored  Chile  because  it  left  her 
the  recourse  of  legitimately  maintaining  Chilean  control  over 
Tacna  and  Arica  so  long  as  an  agreement  was  not  reached 
for  holding  the  plebiscite.  When  the  period  of  ten  years  was 
nearing  a  close,  both  governments  began  diplomatic  negotia- 
tions for  drawing  up  the  additional  protocol  but  never  ar- 
rived at  a  satisfactory  conclusion.  While  Peru  demanded 
that  only  the  natives  should  be  allowed  to  vote,  Chile  was  of 
the  opinion  that  the  voting  privilege  should  be  extended  to 
the  natives,  the  Chileans,  and  the  foreigners,  with  certain 
common  restrictions  as  to  residence  and  civil  rights. 

Many  and  varied  diplomatic  negotiations  were  carried  on 
at  one  time  or  another  for  twenty  years.  The  governments 
went  as  far  as  signing  a  tentative  agreement  known  as  the 
"Billinghurst-Latorre"  agreement  which  came  to  naught  in 
the  Chilean  Parliament.  They  also  tried  to  make  some  ar- 
rangements for  compensation  and  determination  of  the 
boundary  line  upon  the  basis  of  dividing  the  disputed  terri- 
tory instead  of  effecting  the  plebiscite.  Chile  has  offered  Peru 
commercial  advantages  and  in  addition  the  construction 
of  a  railway  from  Santiago  to  Lima,  with  other  minor  com- 
pensations. She  also  had  the  idea  of  purchasing  the  prov- 
inces outright  and  doubling  the  amount  of  the  indemnity. 


All  these  negotiations  have  failed,  sometimes  because  Peru 
had  no  hope  of  the  plebiscite  resulting  in  her  favor  and  at 
others  for  the  reason  that  Chile  had  not  satisfied  all  the 
Peruvian  aspirations.  On  both  sides  there  has  been  an 
ardent  desire  to  acquire  the  provinces,  Chile,  however,  being 
more  interested  as  her  original  intention  had  been  to  con- 
quer them  and  insure  her  national  territory  against  future 
aggression.  On  the  other  hand,  Peru  has  staked  her  pride 
on  their  recovery  and  that  ambition  serves  as  an  axis  for 
her  domestic  and  foreign  policy.  The  Peruvian  officials, 
like  Billinghurst,  who  have  shown  their  willingness  to 
negotiate  with  Chile,  have  been  the  target  of  the  revolution- 
ary action  of  the  opposing  party.  The  people  of  Chile  be- 
lieve that  these  provinces  must  be  definitely  annexed  to  the 
country,  or  at  least  that  their  northern  frontier  must  be 
secured. 

The  Chilean-Peruvian  diplomatic  relations  received  a  seri- 
ous jolt  in  1909,  because  of  an  unpleasant  incident  brought 
about  by  Peru's  refusal  to  accept  from  the  Chilean  Minister, 
Mr.  Echenique,  a  wreath  the  government  of  Chile  wished 
to  place  on  a  monument  erected  to  the  heroes  of  the  war 
of  1879.  The  breach  was  widened  when  the  counter  propo- 
sitions of  the  Peruvian  government  frustrated  the  efforts 
of  the  last  Charge  d' Affaires  of  Chile  in  Peru,  Mr.  Perez 
Canto,  and  later,  of  the  Chilean  Minister  of  Foreign  Rela- 
tions, Mr.  Edwards,  who  tried  to  make  their  plan  for  settle- 
ment acceptable,  and  the  rupture  in  relations  occurred  in 
1910.  The  immediate  cause  of  the  break  was  the  expulsion 
from  Tacna  and -Arica  of  some  Peruvian  priests  who  had 
assumed  a  hostile  attitude  toward  Chile  and  the  Chilean  laws. 
One  of  the  recent  proposals  rejected  by  Chile  was  that  of  the 
Peruvian  President  Billinghurst  to  postpone  the  plebiscite 
for  twenty-one  years,  a  period  that  Chile  considered  ex- 
aggerated and  one  that  delayed  the  solution  of  the  problem 
more  than  was  expedient. 

The  situation  created  by  this  severance  of  relations  has 
subsisted  to  this  day,  with  evident  detriment  to  both  coun- 
tries. Now  Peru  desires  to  have  the  matter  adjusted  by  the 
League  of  Nations  while  Chile  stands  firm  by  her  decision 
to  comply  with  the  Treaty  of  Ancon,  which  is  to  have  the 
plebiscite  take  place.  A  new  phase  of  the  question  has  come 
up  with  the  determination  of  Bolivia  to  interpose  a  kind  of 
third  claim  upon  Tacna  and  Arica  and  with  the  prevailing 
idea  among  various  leading  Chileans  that  Bolivia  should  ac- 
quire an  outlet  to  the  sea  through  these  territories. 

By  the  peace  treaty  of  1904,  Bolivia  definitely  ceded  in 
favor  of  Chile  all  her  rights  to  the  coast  province  of  Anto- 
fagasta,  which  for  many  years  before  the  war  had  been  a 
bone  of  contention  between  the  two  nations  until  Chile 
withdrew  her  claims  by  the  treaties  of  1866  and  1874.  This 
was  done  in  exchange  for  permanent  guaranties  for  the 
Chilean  industrials  who  exploited  the  saltpeter  in  Anto- 
fagasta  in  the  same  way  that  the  Americans  work  their  oil 
interests  in  Tampico,  Mexico.  When  Bolivia  ignored  these 
treaties  and  placed  new  restrictions  upon  the  Chilean 
workers,  going  so  far  as  to  confiscate  the  property  of  the 
Compania  de  Salitres  of  Antofagasta,  Chile  declared  the 
pacts  void  and  renewed  her  territorial  claims  to  that  region. 
The   war    which    followed   and   which    Peru    entered    only 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


97 


because  she  was  allied  with  Bolivia  by  the  secret  treaty  of 
1873,  ended  with  unconditional  surrender  by  Bolivia  and 
the  recognition  of  the  right  of  Chile  to  rule  over  Anto- 
fagasta.    Thus  Bolivia  lost  her  coast. 

In  1895  two  peace  treaties  between  Chile  and  Bolivia 
were  signed,  which  were  not  ratified,  however,  but  by  which 
Chile  gave  Bolivia  the  assurance  that  she  would  give  her  a 
port  in  Arica  should  the  plebiscite  result  in  her  favor. 
Chile  has  at  different  times  expressed  her  willingness  to 
grant  Bolivia  some  maritime  facilities.  The  truce  treaty 
with  Bolivia  was  extended  until  1904,  when  the  final  peace 
treaty  was  signed  and  ratified.  The  transfer  of  Antofagasta 
was  confirmed  and,  in  exchange,  Chile  agreed  to  construct  a 
railroad  for  Bolivia,  connecting  La  Paz,  the  Bolivian  capital, 
with  the  port  of  Arica,  to  grant  her  free  customs  house 
privileges,  similar  to  those  enjoyed  in  the  ports  of  Anto- 
fagasta and  Mejillones.  Chile  built  the  railroad  within 
the  time  stipulated  and  it  is  the  shortest  route  of  communi- 
cation Bolivia  has  to  the  sea.  Peru  protested  against  this 
covenant,  contending  that  Chile  had  no  right  to  exercise  acts 
of  authority  in  the  territory  of  Arica. 

The  question  of  Tacna  and  Arica  has  passed  through  a 
crisis  during  the  last  fifteen  months,  because  of  Peru's  de- 
termination to  regain  the  territory  through  Allied  media- 
tion, without  recognizing  the  Treaty  of  Ancon  with  its 
plebiscite.  Things  became  so  tense  that  it  was  feared  a  new 
war  would  break  out  in  that  part  of  the  American  continent. 
Chile  has  continued  to  uphold  the  validity  of  the  Treaty  of 
Ancon,  and  Peru  to  demand  arbitration  through  the  League 
of  Nations.  Chile  says  the  way  to  settle  the  question  is 
either  by  plebiscite  or  a  direct  adjustment  between  Peru 
and  Chile,  and  has  refused  to  accept  mediation  by  any  other 
Power  or  Powers.  Never  during  the  whole  controversy  has 
there  been  a  more  deep-rooted  discord  than  from  1915 
to  this  date.  Since  Peru  broke  diplomatic  relations  with 
Germany  while  Chile  remained  neutral,  the  neutrality  of 
Chile  was  presented  by  propagandists  as  a  demonstration 
of  Chile's  Prussian  sympathies  and  from  that  moment  Tacna 
and  Arica  became  the  Alsace-Lorraine  of  South  America. 

Meanwhile,  Bolivia  launched  a  vigorous  policy  to  acquire 
the  port  of  Arica  for  herself,  by  promising  compensation  to 
Chile  and  Peru  if  they  gave  up  their  claims  in  her  favor. 
Peru  categorically  refused  to  recognize  the  Bolivian  pre- 
tensions, maintaining  besides  that  Chile  could  not  enter  into 
any  negotiations  with  Bolivia,  as  the  territory  of  Tacna  and 
Arica  was  Peruvian.  In  Chile  the  current  was  favorable 
toward  Bolivia,  while  the  hostility  in  Bolivia  toward  Peru 
was  increased  by  a  note  sent  to  Bolivia  by  the  Peruvian  Gov- 
ernment, in  which  Bolivia  was  warned  that  Peru  could  not 
accept  her  aspirations  in  Arica. 

The  latest  chapter  in  this  involved  story  of  claims  and 
counter-claims  is  the  revolution  in  Bolivia  which  has  ousted 
Gutierrez  Guerra  from  the  presidency,  and  brought  Bautista 
Savedra  into  leadership.  Gutierrez  Guerra  was  largely  re- 
sponsible for  the  pro-Chilean  policy  pursued  by  the  Bolivian 
Government  in  recent  years,  and  Savedra  belongs  to  a  party 
which  has  long  maintained  that  Bolivia  should  receive  from 
Chile,  not  a  port  which  Chile  took  from  Peru  but  a  port  in 
Antofagasta,  which  Chile  took  from  Bolivia.  The  revolu- 
tion, if  permanent,  means  a  realignment  of  the  republics, 
Bolivia  allying  herself  with  Peru  in  the  demand  for  media- 
tion by  the  League  of  Nations.  Peru  holds  that  the  dispute 
is  "a  circumstance  affecting  international  relations  which 
threatens  to  disturb  international  peace"  and  so  a  proper 


concern  of  the  League  of  Nations  by  virtue  of  Article  XI. 

It  is  unlikely  that  the  government  of  Chile  will  materially 
change  its  position  because  of  any  shift  in  Bolivian  policy. 
Chile  insists  that  the  Treaty  of  Ancon  must  be  fulfilled,  and 
that  she  is  ready  to  carry  out  the  plebiscite  under  fair 
terms.  She  feels  confident  that  the  present  outcome  of  such 
a  plebiscite  would  favor  her  claim.  Moreover,  she  holds  not 
only  Antofagasta,  taken  from  Bolivia  forty  years  ago,  but 
Tacna  and  Arica  as  well;  and  she  has  recently  purchased  a 
battle  cruiser,  three  destroyers,  an  auxiliary  vessel,  four 
coast  guard  cutters,  and  a  quantity  of  munitions  from  the 
British  Government,  and  in  any  question  of  control  of  sea- 
ports, these  ships  are  sure  to  be  powerful  arguments. 

So  there  is  little  in  the  present  temper  of  the  three  gov- 
ernments concerned  to  indicate  an  early  solution  of  the 
question.  Bolivia  is  not  likely  to  have  her  outlet  to  the  sea 
until  there  is  more  neighborly  goodwill  among  the  west 
coast  republics. 


On  Hamlet  and  Hamlets 

By  ARTHUR  SYMONS 

I  HAVE  seen  many  Hamlets.  I  have  seen  romantic,  tragic, 
passionate,  morbid,  enigmatical,  over-subtle  and  over- 
exceptional  Hamlets,  the  very  bells  on  the  cap  of  "Fortune's 
fool."  And  as  almost  every  actor  has  acted  this  part,  every 
one  of  them  gives  a  different  interpretation :  that  is  to  say, 
from  the  time  of  Shakespeare  to  our  own  age.  One  knows 
that  Shakespeare,  besides  other  of  the  dramatists,  acted  at 
least  one  part,  which  seems  to  have  surprised  his  audience: 
the  Ghost  in  "Hamlet."  And  as  Shakespeare  put  more  of  his 
inner  self  into  Hamlet's  mouth  than  into  the  mouth  of  any 
of  his  other  characters,  it  is  not  to  be  forgotten  that  perhaps 
the  most  wonderful  prose  in  our  language  is  spoken  by 
Hamlet  in  that  famous  scene  with  the  Players.  Take,  for 
instance,  this  speech :  "I  have  of  late — but  wherefore  I  know 
not — lost  all  my  mirth,  foregone  all  custom  of  exercise;  and 
indeed  it  goes  so  heavily  with  my  disposition  that  this 
goodly  frame,  the  earth,  seems  to  me  a  sterile  promontory, 
that  most  excellent  canopy,  the  air,  look  you,  this  brave 
over-hanging  firmament,  this  majestical  roof  fretted  with 
golden  fire,  why,  it  appears  no  other  thing  to  me  than  a  foul 
and  pestilent  congregation  of  vapors.  What  a  piece  of  work 
is  a  man !  How  noble  in  reason !  how  infinite  in  faculty !  in 
form  and  moving  how  express  and  admirable :  in  action  how 
like  an  angel !  in  appearance  how  like  a  god !  The  beauty  of 
the  world !  the  paragon  of  animals !  And  yet  to  me,  what  is 
this  quintessence  of  dust?  Man  delights  not  me:  no,  nor 
woman  neither,  though  by  your  smiling  you  seem  to  say  so." 
If  any  prose  is  immortal,  this  is;  and  creative  also,  and 
imaginative,  and  lyrical:  it  has  vision,  and  it  has  the  sense 
of  the  immense  contrast  between  "this  majestical  roof"  and 
"this  quintessence  of  dust"  to  which  we  are  all  reduced  at 
the  end. 

I  have  always  felt  that  a  play  of  Shakespeare,  seen  on  the 
stage,  should  give  one  the  impression  of  assisting  at  "a 
solemn  music."  The  rhythm  of  Shakespeare's  art  is  not 
fundamentally  different  from  that  of  Beethoven,  and 
"Romeo  and  Juliet"  is  a  suite,  "Hamlet"  a  symphony.  To 
act  either  of  these  plays  with  whatever  qualities  of  an- 
other kind,  and  to  fail  in  producing  this  musical  rhythm 
from  beginning  to  end,  is  to  fail  in  the  very  foundation. 


98 


The  Nation 


[Vol  111,  No.  2873 


It  has  been  said  that  Shakespeare  will  sacrifice  his  drama 
to  his  poetry,  and  even  Hamlet  has  been  quoted  against 
him.  But  let  Hamlet  be  rightly  acted,  and  whatever  has 
seemed  mere  meditation  will  be  realized  as  a  part  of  that 
thought  which  makes  or  waits  on  action.  The  outlines  of 
the  tragedy  are  crude,  irresistible  melodrama,  still  irre- 
sistible to  the  gallery ;  and  the  greatness  of  the  play,  though 
it  comes  to  us  by  means  of  its  poetry,  comes  to  us  legiti- 
mately as  a  growth  out  of  melodrama. 

I  have  often  asked  myself  this  question,  when  I  have  sat 
in  the  stalls  watching  a  play,  and  having  to  write  about  it: 
is  the  success  of  this  piece  due  to  the  playwright's  skill  or 
to  the  skill  of  the  actors?  Nor  is  any  question  more  difficult 
to  answer  than  this;  which  Lamb  certainly  does  his  best  to 
answer  in  one  of  his  underlined  sentences,  in  regard  to  the 
actor.  "He  must  be  thinking  all  the  while  of  his  appearance, 
because  he  knows  that  all  the  while  the  spectators  are  judg- 
ing of  it."  And  again  when  he  says:  "In  fact,  the  things 
aimed  at  in  theatrical  representations  are  to  arrest  the 
spectator's  eye  upon  the  form  and  the  gesture,  and  to  give  a 
more  favorable  hearing  to  what  is  spoken:  it  is  not  what 
the  character  is,  but  how  he  looks;  not  what  he  says,  but 
how  he  speaks  it."  Was  anything  more  fundamentally  true 
ever  said  on  what  the  actor  ought  to  do?  Lamb  answered 
it  again,  in  his  instinctive  fashion  of  aiming  his  arrow 
straight  at  the  mark,  when  he  said  of  a  performance  of 
Shakespeare  in  which  there  were  two  great  actors,  that  "it 
seemed  to  embody  and  realize  conceptions  which  had  hitherto 
assumed  no  distinct  shape,"  but  that  "when  the  novelty  is 
past,  we  find  to  our  cost  that  instead  of  realizing  an  idea, 
we  have  only  materialized  and  brought  down  a  fine  vision 
to  the  standard  of  flesh  and  blood." 

Every  artist  who  has  the  sense  of  the  sublime  knows  that 
the  pure  genius  is  essentially  silent,  and  that  his  revelation 
has  in  it  more  of  vision  than  of  reality.  For  when  he 
deigns  to  appear,  he  is  constrained,  under  penalty  of  extinc- 
tion, to  lessen  himself  so  as  to  pass  into  the  Inaccessible. 
He  creates;  if  he  fails  in  creation,  he  is  of  necessity  con- 
demned to  the  utter  darkness.  He  is  the  ordinator  of  chaos : 
he  calls  and  disposes  of  the  blind  elements ;  and  when  we  are 
uplifted  in  our  admiration  before  some  sublime  work,  it  is 
not  that  he  creates  an  idea  in  us :  it  is  that,  under  the  divine 
influence  of  the  man  of  genius,  this  idea,  which  was  in  us, 
obscure  to  itself,  is  reawakened. 

I  am  confronted  now  with  Villiers  de  l'lsle  Adam  in  his 
conjectures  in  regard  to  certain  questions — never  yet  settled 
— in  "Hamlet."  A  modern  man  of  taste  might  ask  what 
Shakespeare  would  have  answered  if  the  actor  who  played 
Hamlet's  part  were  to  interrogate  the  Specter  "escaped  from 
hideous  Night"  as  to  whether  he  had  seen  God's  face, 
whether  he  wanted  to  be  concerned  with,  not  the  eternal 
mysteries,  but  with  what  he  had  seen  in  hell  and  what  he 
hated  seeing  on  earth;  and,  if  he  had  come  only  to  utter 
absurdities,  really,  why  need  he  have  died  at  all? 

The  Ghost,  by  the  mere  fact  of  being  there,  seems,  at  first 
sight,  an  absurdity;  but  if  he  has  really  seen  God  and  the 
Absolute  and  if  he  has  entered  into  them — which  is  impossi- 
ble^— the  sublimity  of  his  words  might  seem  to  be  superflu- 
ous ;  and  yet  the  incoherences  that  he  utters  are  all  the  more 
terrifying  because  of  their  incomprehensibility.  "The  secret 
of  the  Absolute  cannot  be  expressed  with  syntax,  and  there- 
fore one  cannot  ask  the  ghost  to  produce  more  than  an  im- 
pression." The  Specter,  for  Shakespeare,  is  not  a  human 
being:  he  is  obsession.     Had  he  wanted  Hamlet  really  to 


perceive  the  ghost  and  had  he  thought  this  dramatic  effect 
ought  to  seize  on  the  imagination  of  the  audience,  it  was 
because  he  was  certain  that  every  one  of  them,  in  the  ghost 
perceived  by  Hamlet,  would  see  the  familiar  ghost  that 
actually  haunts  himself. 

Hamlet's  soliloquy  "To  be  or  not  to  be"  is  a  magnificent 
disavowal — on  the  part  of  Shakespeare.  And  if  one  excuses 
the  contradiction  by  supposing  that  Hamlet  tried  to  deliver 
himself  from  the  obsession,  to  doubt,  one  can  only  reply  that 
he  never  doubts  the  Ghost  itself,  but  the  nature  of  this 
ghost;  for  he  says  at  the  end  of  the  second  act: 

The  spirit  I  have  seen 
May  be  the  devil:  and  the  devil  hath  power 
To  assume  a  pleasing  shape;  yea,  and  perhaps, 
Out  of  my  weakness  and  my  melancholy, 
(As  he  is  very  potent  with  such  spirits), 
Abuses  me  to  damn  me. 

Therefore  if  we  compare  the  motive  and  the  spirit  of  those 
sickly  phrases  with  those  of  the  soliloquy,  we  shall  realize 
that  this  has  no  relation  whatsoever  with  the  superstitious 
character  of  Hamlet;  even  more  so,  because  every  single 
word  of  them  is  in  fragrant  contradiction  with  the  entire 
drama. 

I  have  no  intention  of  discussing  either  Mr.  Martin 
Hervey's  representation  of  Hamlet  or  the  somber  and  sin- 
ister Hamlet  acted  by  Josef  Keinz  in  Berlin;  or  the  per- 
formance of  Tree,  or  of  Forbes-Robertson;  or  of  anyone's, 
with  the  exception  of  that  given  by  Edward  Sothern.  He  is 
by  no  means  the  only  Hamlet,  for  there  are  always — to  quote 
Browning — "points  in  Hamlet's  soul  unseized  by  the  Ger- 
mans yet."  Sothern  had  depth  in  his  acting;  and  there  was 
nothing  fantastic  in  his  grave,  subdued,  powerful,  and  pite- 
ous representation,  in  which  no  symbol,  no  figment  of  a  Ger- 
man brain,  no  metaphysical  Faust,  loomed  before  us,  but  a 
man  more  to  be  pitied  and  not  less  to  be  honored  than  any 
man  in  Elsinore.  Yet  when  one  considers  what  Hamlet 
actually  was — and  there  is  no  getting  at  the  depths  of  his 
mystery — one  finds,  for  one  thing,  a  man  too  intensely  rest- 
less to  make  up  his  mind  on  any  question  of  thought,  of 
conduct,  and  that  he  does  for  the  most  part  the  opposite  of 
what  he  says.  The  pretense  of  madness  is  an  almost  trans- 
parent pretense,  and  used  often  for  a  mere  effect  of  mali- 
cious wit,  in  the  confusion  of  fools,  or  at  the  prompting  of 
mere  nerves.  To  me  Hamlet  seems  to  be  cursed  with  the 
veritable  genius  of  inaction.  Always  he  is  alone,  even  when 
he  is  in  a  crowd ;  he  is  the  most  sensitive  of  all  Shakespeare's 
creations ;  his  nerves  are  jarred,  when  knaves  would  play  on 
him  as  one  plays  on  an  instrument;  his  blood  is  feverish, 
infected  with  the  dark  melancholy  that  haunts  him.  Does 
he  love  Ophelia?  I  see  in  him  no  passion  for  loving:  to  him 
passion  is  an  abstract  thing.  In  any  case,  irresolution  is 
baneful  to  him ;  irresolution  that  loses  so  many  chances,  for 
which  no  one  forgives  himself.  This  Swinburne  denies,  sup- 
posing that  the  signal  characteristic  of  Hamlet's  inmost 
nature  "is  by  no  means  irresolution  or  hesitation  or  any 
form  of  weakness,  but  rather  the  strong  conflux  of  contend-- 
ing  forces";  adding,  what  is  certainly  true,  that  the  com- 
pulsory expedition  of  Hamlet  to  England  and  his  hot-headed 
daring  prove  to  us  his  almost  unscrupulous  resolution  in 
time  of  practical  need.  Only,  when  all  Hamlet's  plans  of 
revenge  have  been  executed,  with  the  one  exception  of  his 
unnecessary  death,  before  he  utters  his  last  immortal  words 
"The  rest  is  silence,"  the  thought  of  death  to  him  is  as  if  a 
veil  had  been  withdrawn  for  an  instant,  the  veil  which  ren- 
ders life  possible,  and,  for  that  instant,  he  has  seen. 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


99 


Importing  the  White  Terror 


By  EUGENE  S.  BAGGER 


IN  these  restricted  days  of  near-peace,  when  our  Depart- 
ment of  State  insists  on  a  close  scrutiny  of  the  records 
and  motives  of  aliens  desiring  to  enter  this  country,  the 
presence  in  our  midst  of  Mr.  Charles  Huszar,  late  Premier 
of  Hungary,  is  apt  to  elicit  curiosity.  Officially,  Hungary  is 
still  at  war  with  this  country;  and  as  landing  permits  are 
granted  even  to  Allied  citizens  only  in  what  to  State  Depart- 
ment wisdom  appears  as  "meritorious  emergency"  the  ques- 
tion arises  what,  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Huszar,  are  the  dis- 
tinctive features  of  personality  and  purpose  which  have  in- 
duced our  government  to  extend  to  a  leader  of  a  technically 
enemy  nation  a  privilege  withheld,  among  others,  from  that 
distinguished  Frenchman,  M.  Jean  Longuet  or  more  recently 
from  Mr.  Huszar's  own  countryman,  Dr.  Oscar  Jaszi,  the 
Hungarian  scholar  and  pro-ally  statesman.* 

This  curiosity  is  all  the  more  justified  as  Mr.  Huszar's  ap- 
pearance coincides  with  the  authentic  revelation  of  unspeak- 
able atrocities  perpetrated  with  the  connivance — to  put  it 
mildly — of  the  government  of  which  Mr.  Huszar  is  unofficial 
ambassador.  The  publication  of  the  Wedgwood  report  on 
the  White  Terror  in  Hungary  has  filled  Europe  with  horror 
and  amazement.  In  the  parliaments  of  Britain,  Italy,  Hol- 
land, and  Sweden;  in  the  press  of  every  European  country 
the  present  Hungarian  regime  is  denounced  as  the  most 
brutal  tyranny  in  existence.  To  combat  this  tyranny  the 
peoples  of  Europe,  as  distinguished  from  their  governments, 
have  united  in  a  novel  departure.  Since  June  20  the  first 
international  labor  boycott  in  history  has  been  in  force 
against  Hungary-  Possibly  the  State  Department  is  un- 
aware of  this.  Possibly  the  State  Department  would  not 
care  even  if  it  knew.  But  at  least  the  State  Department 
ought  to  know  that  the  present  Hungarian  regime  is  entirely 
dominated  by  the  pro-Hapsburg  pro-Hohenzollern  militarist 
element;  that  it  maintains  a  live  connection  with  Ludendorff, 
Liittwitz,  and  the  former  Kapp  outfit  in  Germany;  that  it 
plans  a  new  war  against  America's  late  allies,  Czecho- 
slovakia, Serbia,  and  Rumania.  These  things  are  known  to 
every  intelligent  reader  of  European  newspapers.  Mr. 
Huszar  is  the  emissary  of  this  regime.  Who  is  he,  and 
what  does  he  propose  to  do  in  the  United  States? 

Before  the  war  Mr.  Charles  Huszar  was  a  rather  insig- 
nificant member  of  the  Hungarian  diet,  adherent  of  the 
Catholic  People's  Party,  a  group  of  extreme  jingo  clericals 
much  in  favor  with  Vienna  court  circles.  This  party  was 
among  the  enthusiastic  supporters  of  the  attack  on  Serbia 
and  the  war  policy  of  the  Central  Powers  in  general.  Else- 
where in  this  issue  we  print  a  document  shedding  light  on 
a  phase  of  Mr.   Huszar's  wartime  career.     It  reveals  his 

*  This  case  is  illuminating.  During  the  war  Professor  Jaszi  was  the  leader 
of  the  anti-German,  anti-militarist  party  in  Hungary.  His  attitude  was 
analogous  to  that  of  a  Hermann  Fernau  or  Dr.  Grehling,  except  that,  unlike 
the  German  pacifists,  he  stayed  at  home  and  fought  his  Government  on  the 
spot.  For  two  decades  prior  to  the  war  he  had  been  the  champion,  against 
overwhelming  odds,  of  the  rights  of  oppressed  nationalities  in  the  old  Hun- 
gary. He  struggled  for  the  Wilsonian  principles  before  Mr.  Wilson  ever 
dreamed  of  them.  He  is  not  a  Bolshevik  ;  not  even  a  Socialist,  but  a  bour- 
geois radical.  He  was  a  member  of  Count  Karolyi's  Government  which,  in 
October,  1918,  overthrew  the  Hapsburg  monarchy.  When  Communism  came, 
Jaszi  left  Hungary  and  has  lived  in  Vienna  since.  Not  long  ago  he  applied 
for  admission  to  the  United  States,  stating  literary  and  scientific  study  as  the 
purpose  of  his  visit.  He  was  turned  down  by  the  Vienna  representative  of 
the  State  Department  on  the  ground  that  literary  and  scientific  study  did  not 
constitute  a  "meritorious  emergency,"  or  words  to  that  effect.  Thus  Dr. 
Jaszi,  the  enemy  of  the  Hapsburgs  and  friend  of  the  Allies,  is  excluded.  Mr. 
Huszar,  the  friend  of  the  Hapsburgs  and  enemy  of  the  Allies,  is  admitted. 
An  official   explanation   might  be  instructive. 


share  in  the  massacre  of  a  number  of  Rumanian  non-com- 
batants in  the  Transylvanian  town  of  Brasov.  Journalist 
by  profession,  during  the  Bela  Kun  regime  Mr.  Huszar 
drew  from  the  Communist  government  the  standard  salary 
of  newspapermen,  2,000  kronen  a  month.  Suspected  of 
counter-revolutionary  tendencies,  he  was  arrested  and  con- 
fined for  a  few  weeks,  his  family  continuing  to  draw  his 
salary.  In  August,  1919,  after  the  overthrow  of  com- 
munism, he  was  appointed  Minister  of  Education  in  the 
Friedrich  cabinet  which  the  Allies,  thanks  to  the  interven- 
tion of  Mr.  Hoover,  refused  to  recognize  because  of  its 
avowed  championship  of  Hapsburg  restoration. 

In  November,  1919,  after  the  Rumanian  evacuation  of 
Budapest,  Mr.  Huszar  assumed  the  premiership  in  the  con- 
centration cabinet  formed  under  the  auspices  of  the  Allied 
representative,  Sir  George  Clerk.  Mr.  Huszar  obtained 
recognition  by  the  Supreme  Council  on  the  strength  of  cer- 
tain pledges,  the  most  important  of  which  referred  to  the 
inclusion  of  two  representatives  of  the  Social  Democrats, 
and  to  the  holding  of  free  and  impartial  elections.  Pres- 
ently these  pledges  were  violated.  The  Socialist  members, 
whose  tameness  is  vouchsafed  by  the  fact  of  Sir  George 
Clerk's  patronage,  were  literally  bullied  out  of  the  cabinet. 
The  elections  were  conducted  under  a  terrorism  unparalleled 
even  in  Hungarian  political  history.  Leaders  of  Socialists, 
trade  unionists,  even  of  moderate  liberals  were  bludgeoned, 
imprisoned,  or  driven  out  of  the  country;  the  rank  and  file 
was  terrorized  into  refraining  from  the  ballot.  On  the  eve  of 
the  elections  Mr.  Huszar's  government  issued  the  infamous 
decree  providing  for  the  internment,  in  the  Hajmasker  camp 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Administration,  of  all  persons  sus- 
pected of  "being  out  of  sympathy  with  the  purposes  of  the 
Government."  All  the  while  the  "unofficial"  terror  of  the 
officers'  detachments  raged.  Hundreds  were  murdered  or 
tortctred  to  death  for  no  other  reason  than  being  Jews, 
Socialists,  or  trade  unionists.  In  the  issue  of  The  Nation 
of  April  3  a  document  was  published  relating  to  the  massacre 
of  200  prisoners  at  Kecskemet.  Reports  of  this  horror,  as 
well  as  of  others,  were  submitted  to  Mr.  Huszar,  yet  no 
action  of  any  kind  was  taken  beyond  the  issuance  of  oc- 
casional denials.  When,  in  the  middle  of  February,  the 
Socialist  editor  Somogyi  was  murdered  at  Budapest,  even 
Mr.  Huszar's  conscience  revolted.  He  threatened  his 
resignation  unless  the  assassins — every  newsboy  knew  their 
names — were  arrested  within  twenty-four  hours.  They  were 
not  arrested.  Mr.  Huszar  did  not  resign.  He  quit  office 
several  weeks  later  and  for  reasons  unconnected  with  the 
case.  Such,  in  brief,  is  Mr.  Huszar's  record  in  Hungarian 
public  life.    Now  a  remark  or  two  as  to  his  errand. 

Mr.  Huszar  disclaims  any  political  mission  whatsoever. 
He  says  he  represents  the  Hungarian  Red  Cross,  here  with 
the  sole  purpose  of  arranging  for  the  repatriation  of  Hun- 
garian prisoners  of  war  in  Siberia.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
however,  these  arrangements  were  made  some  time  ago. 
Repatriation  is  in  progress;  some  of  the  prisoners  have 
actually  arrived  at  home ;  others  are  on  the  way ;  about  five 
thousand  await  embarkation.  Ships  have  been  provided 
through  the  American  Red  Cross,  which  organization  has 
also  underwritten  the  expenses.    A  drive  to  raise  these  ex- 


100 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


penses  by  popular  subscription  is  on  foot  both  in  Hungary 
and  among  Hungarians  in  the  United  States. 

In  Hungary  the  repatriation  campaign  is  conducted  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Minister  of  War  and  the  so-called 
"M.  0.  V.  E.,"  the  Hungarian  National  Defense  Union.  This 
is  the  political  organization  of  the  terrorist  officers.  Besides 
repatriating  prisoners  of  war,  it  is  engaged  in  preaching 
anti-Semitism,  organizing  pogroms,  terrorizing  members  of 
the  National  Assembly,  as  well  as  private  citizens,  conduct- 
ing a  royalist  propaganda,  and  fostering  irredentism  in 
Slovakia,  Jugoslavia,  and  Transylvania.  Under  the  latter 
heading  is  included,  apparently,  the  hiring  of  assassins  to 
murder  officials  of  the  neighbor  states,  as  shown  by  an 
affidavit  published  in  the  International  Relations  Section  of 
The  Nation  of  July  10.  Among  American  Hungarians  the 
drive  to  raise  funds  for  repatriation  is  in  charge  of  men  who 
are  wholly  in  sympathy  with  the  present  Hungarian  regime. 
An  effort  is  being  made  to  organize  American  Hungarians 
on  the  basis  of  "Christian  concentration,"  the  polite  name 
for  anti-Semitic  jingo  rowdyism.  Irredentism,  the  doctrine 
of  restoring  the  old  Hungary  by  means  of  a  new  war,  if 
necessary,  is  being  preached  to  the  Hungarian-American 
masses.  Immediately  after  his  arrival  Mr.  Huszar  was  in 
contact  with  the  leaders  of  this  movement.  To  date  the 
Hungarian-American  fund  for  repatriation  of  war  prisoners 
amounts  to  $92,655.  As  arrangements  of  a  technical  or 
diplomatic  nature  concerning  the  Siberian  prisoners  have 
already  been  completed,  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  only 
possible  connection  Mr.  Huszar  could  have  with  this  cam- 
paign is  to  handle  its  financial  end. 

Now,  however  praiseworthy  the  purpose  of  repatriating 
the  long-suffering  Siberian  prisoners  may  be,  the  Hun- 
garian government  should  not  require  the  hard-earned  dol- 
lars of  the  Hungarian  workers  of  America.  It  has  plenty  of 
money  to  maintain  an  army  far  in  excess  of  the  country's 
needs — an  army  that  can  only  be  and  is  actually  an  instru- 
ment of  terrorism  and  aggression.  The  Hungarian  govern- 
ment has  plenty  of  money,  as  revealed  in  the  Vienna  press, 
to  buy  in  Austria  huge  quantities  of  arms  and  ammunition, 
to  appropriate  ten  million  kronen  for  pro-Hapsburg  propa- 
ganda in  Austria,  and  for  the  maintenance  of  a  legion  of 
Austrian  monarchist  ex-officers  in  an  armed  camp  at  Zalae- 
gerszeg,  near  the  Austrian  border,  the  formal  and  emphatic 
protest  of  the  government  of  the  Austrian  republic  notwith- 
standing. 

What  are  the  guaranties  that  funds  raised  among  Hun- 
garian-Americans for  prisoner  repatriation  will  not  be  ap- 
plied to  military  preparations  against  America's  former 
allies,  or  for  propaganda  aiming  at  Hapsburg  restoration? 
Surely  the  person  of  Mr.  Huszar,  arch-terrorist  and  persona 
grata  in  Hapsburg  circles — his  principal  literary  effort  is  a 
volume  de  luxe  entitled  "Our  Royal  House" — offers  no 
guaranties.  There  is,  moreover,  evidence  to  the  contrary. 
Some  time  ago  a  Dutch  committee  transmitted  money  for 
relief  to  the  Hungarian  government.  Later  a  member  of 
Mr.  Huszar's  own  cabinet,  Mr.  Julius  Rubinek,  Minister  of 
Agriculture,  was  compelled  to  admit  that  these  funds  had 
been  diverted  to  electioneering  purposes. 

To  sum  up:  Mr.  Charles  Huszar  has  been  the  head  of  the 
White  Terror  Government  of  Hungary.  •  He  is  one  of  the 
principal  advocates  of  the  restoration  of  the  Hapsburg  king. 
His  activities  here  cannot  but  stimulate  racial  and  religious 
hatreds  and  prejudices  among  Americans  of  Hungarian 
origin,  and  to  stir  up  feuds  between  them  and  their  neigh- 


bors of  Slav  and  Rumanian  extraction.  Certainly  if  there  ia 
any  justification  of  the  present,  and  let  it  be  hoped,  tempo- 
rary, scrutiny  and  exclusion  on  political  grounds,  of  foreign 
visitors,  the  intelligence  and  good  faith  of  the  authority 
which  has  freely  let  Mr.  Huszar  into  the  country  may  well 
be  questioned.  From  the  standpoint  of  democracy  his  pres- 
ence is  thoroughly  objectionable.  Or  can  it  be  that  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  will  actually  countenance 
the  raising  of  American  dollars  to  restore  Hapsburg  autoc- 
racy for  the  ending  of  which  our  young  men  died? 


In  the  Driftway 


NOW  while  the  Premiers  fumble  the  sick  body  of  Europe 
and  in  America  the  candidates  mumble  toothlessly 
over  the  dead  bones  of  ancient  issues,  The  Drifter,  in  the 
midst  of  so  much  public  unwisdom  and  corruption,  likes  to 
turn  to  certain  instances,  sticking  here  and  there  in  his 
memory,  of  fine  braveries  and  heroic  kindnesses  done  by 
plain  men  and  women.  There  was  that  black  slave  in  Ken- 
tucky who  desired  freedom  enough — when  his  master  had 
finally  lost  all  right  to  his  slave's  respect,  and  only  then — 
to  run  away  with  his  scared,  unwilling  wife,  a  larger  child 
or  two,  and  two  little  ones  whom  he  carried  on  his  back 
across  the  whole  of  Ohio  into  Canada.  They  had  to  travel 
all  the  way  by  night,  clinging  to  the  most  deserted  roads, 
hiding  by  day  in  the  woods,  slinking  to  freedom.  That  black 
father,  besides  carrying  his  babies,  had  the  even  harder  task 
of  keeping  up  his  wife's  courage  and  of  quieting  the  children . 
when  the  family  was  in  danger,  as  it  repeatedly  was,  of  being 
discovered;  he  had  to  find  food  for  them,  and  shelter  from  the 
weather,  and  the  path  across  a  State  almost  as  blindly  as  a 
mole  working  in  the  darkness.  The  whole  race  of  man  takes 
dignity  from  such  an  achievement.  And  there  was  the 
young  wife  whose  husband  died  suddenly  on  Christmas  Eve. 
While  others  might  have  been  plunged  into  a  paralysis  of 
grief,  and  naturally,  she  thought  first  of  the  ardent  plans 
which  her  husband  and  her  tiny  daughter  had  made  for 
Christmas;  and  half  that  night  she  worked  away  at  carry- 
ing them  out.  With  the  help  of  one  of  her  husband's  friends 
she  set  up  a  tree  and  decorated  it  with  the  jolly  tinsel  of  the 
season.  She  arranged  the  family  stockings  as  the  child  had 
expected  them  to  be  arranged,  even  to  those  of  the  father 
who  lay  dead  under  that  same  roof.  Then  the  next  morning, 
before  the  daughter  knew  she  was  an  orphan,  she  had  tasted 
the  delights  of  the  first  Christmas  she  had  ever  been  old 
enough  to  appreciate  or  particularly  notice.  The  Drifter 
feels  there  are  not  half  enough  medals  for  heroism  to  go 
around.    Heroism,  perhaps,  is  all  the  more  heroic  for  that. 

The  Drifter 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Eugene  S.  Bagger  is  a  New  York  journalist  who  has 
specialized  in  Hungarian  and  Central  European  politics. 

J.  Ramsay  Macdonald,  former  member  of  Parliament, 
author,  leader  of  the  Independent  Labor  Party,  while 
perhaps  the  foremost  figure  in  the  Scarborough  Con- 
ference, modestly  omits  all  reference  to  his  prominent 
participation  therein. 

"Latinus"  is  the  pseudonym  of  an  Hispanic-American 
publicist  residing  in  New  York. 

Arthur  Symons  is  the  well-known  British  writer. 

"X.  Y.  Z."  is  an  eminent  American  army  officer. 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


101 


The  Conquest  of  Haiti 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  I  beg  to  acknowledge  receipt  of  your  letter  of  July  7, 
1920,  inclosing  an  article  regarding  the  conduct  of  marines  in 
Haiti,  and  also  a  copy  of  letter  in  regard  thereto  addressed  to 
the  Assistant  Secretary  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt. 

The  work  of  the  Marine  Corps  in  Haiti  started  with  the 
occupation  in  1915  when  it  became  necessary  to  land  sailors 
and  marines  at  Port  au  Prince  for  the  protection  of  American 
lives.  At  that  time  revolution  and  anarchy  reigned  throughout 
Haiti.  The  President  had  been  killed  and  many  other  murders 
and  atrocities  had  been  committed  in  the  city  of  Port  au  Prince 
as  well  as  in  other  parts  of  Haiti.  The  country  was  overrun 
with  bandits  and  murderers,  and  unscrupulous  politicians  of  the 
worst  kind  were  assisting  in  the  disorders.  A  new  president 
was  elected  by  the  assembly  and  American  forces  were  kept  in 
Port  au  Prince  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  the  protection 
of  Americans  and  other  foreigners.  It  became  necessary  to 
establish  marine  guards  at  all  the  sea  ports  for  the  protection 
of  lives  and  property,  all  at  the  request  of  the  Haitian  Gov- 
ernment. Since  the  occupation  and  the  signing  of  the  treaty 
with  Haiti  it  has  been  the  endeavor  of  the  Marine  Corps  to 
carry  out  its  instructions  in  Haiti  in  as  efficient  a  manner  as 
possible,  every  consideration  and  thought  being  given  to  the 
welfare  of  the  Haitians  and  the  advancement  of  the  country. 

At  times  strong  measures  were  necessary  for  self-protection 
and  for  the  protection  of  honest  and  peaceful  inhabitants. 
Orders  regarding  proper  sanitation  were  issued,  roads  were 
improved,  and  other  work  was  carried  on  for  the  general  wel- 
fare of  the  Haitians.  As  the  Haitian  army  was  abolished  it 
was  necessary  that  a  force  be  established  to  replace  the  army. 
The  Haitian  Gendarmerie,  consisting  of  natives  and  officered 
by  marines  was  organized  in  1916,  and  has  increased  in  size 
and  efficiency  under  the  supervision  of  the  occupation.  It  has 
been  necessary  for  the  marines  to  assist  the  Gendarmerie  at 
times  when  revolutions  broke  out.  As  in  all  work  in  countries 
like  Haiti  mistakes  are  bound  to  be  made,  and  policies,  orders, 
and  instructions  are  sometimes  not  carried  out  properly.  As 
regards  the  Marine  Corps,  some  officers  and  men  have  failed, 
at  times  necessitating  courts-martial  and  other  punishments, 
but  it  has  been  and  is  the  duty  and  aim  of  the  Marine  Corps 
authorities  here  and  in  Haiti  to  work  solely  for  the  interests 
and  advancement  of  Haiti  and  the  Haitian  people,  and  progress 
has  been  and  is  being  made  in  Haiti  today. 

Washington,  July  12  John  A.  Lejeune 

Major  General  Commandant 

U.  S.  Marine  Corps 

[Major-General  Lejeune's  reply  is  substantially  an  admis- 
sion of  the  truth  of  the  charges  against  the  American  occupa- 
tion in  Haiti  contained  in  The  Conquest  of  Haiti  by  Mr. 
Herbert  J.  Seligmann,  published  in  The  Nation  of  July  10. 
General  Lejeune  prefaces  his  remark  that  "strong  measures" 
were  necessary  with  a  picture  of  the  "anarchy"  that  reigned 
in  Haiti.  The  fact  is  that  American  lives  had  been  safe  for 
years  and  were  safe  at  the  time  of  intervention.  At  no  time 
before  the  American  intervention  was  there  the  anarchy  that 
prevailed  afterward  when  the  United  States  Marines  were 
murdering,  torturing,  and  robbing  peaceable  Haitians  and  pro- 
voking them  to  armed  rebellion.  To  admit  that  "in  countries 
like  Haiti  mistakes  are  bound  to  be  made"  is  to  dismiss,  in  a 
phrase,  cruelties,  stupidities,  violations  of  humanity  and  de- 
cency which,  had  they  occurred  in  Armenia,  Siberia,  Ireland, 
India,  or  Belgium,  would  have  elicited  storms  of  protest  from 
United  States  citizens.  As  for  the  "duty  and  aim"  of  United 
States  Marines  in  Haiti,  that  is  a  secret  which  the  Department 
of  State  has  not  yet  seen  fit  to  divulge  to  the  American  pub- 
lic.— Editor.] 


Why  Be  a  Farmer? 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  We  wondered,  with  our  little  boy  who  called  our  at- 
tention to  it,  why  you  published  the  advertisement  of  Swift  and 
Company  in  your  June  issue.  Somehow  I  believe  you  did  it  in 
order  to  hear  from  the  farmers,  and  for  our  part  we  would  like 
to  know  where  the  money  goes  if  not  to  the  middleman. 

In  December,  1919,  we  sold  fat  hogs  at  12  cents  a  pound  and 
fat  beef  at  7  cents.  Some  farmers  got  as  low  as  9  cents  for 
hogs.  My  relatives  whom  I  visited  in  Indianapolis  at  Christ- 
mas time  were  paying  50  cents  for  beef  and  60  for  pork.  Since 
then  we  have  slaughtered  our  hogs  ourselves  for  our  own  use, 
and  we  know  that  the  work  of  slaughtering  and  curing  the  meat 
is  nothing  compared  to  that  of  raising  hogs — and  must  be 
infinitely  easier  in  big  modern  abattoirs.  We  must  carry 
buckets  of  slop  several  times  a  day,  buy  ground  feed  at  high 
prices,  and  plow,  plant,  cultivate,  cut,  and  shuck  the  corn — a 
big  summer's  work,  it  is  too — that  we  need. 

One  farm  boy  we  know  bought  a  carload  of  corn  at  $1.50 
a  bushel  last  fall  and  fattened  some  hogs  to  sail  this  spring 
when  he  thought  the  price  would  be  good,  but  he  lost  money. 
No  wonder  we  cannot  keep  boys  on  the  farm.  The  only  reason 
we  older  folks  stay  is  because  we  have  to.  The  farmers  are  too 
tired,  ignorant,  and  impoverished  to  organize  to  set  prices,  but 
I  am  hoping  La  Follette's  plan  of  organizing  them  may  be  car- 
ried out.  His  magazine,  The  Nation,  and  the  Socialist  papers 
we  read  have  sympathy  for  the  poor,  and  the  farmers  are  cer- 
tainly among  these.  There  is  absolutely  nothing  to  induce  a 
boy  to  stay  on  the  farm. 

Moores  Hill,  Indiana,  June  23  (Mrs.)   F.  L.  Houston 


Suppressing  Polish  Atrocities 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  You  probably  know  that  some  time  ago  the  British  Gov- 
ernment sent  a  delegation  headed  by  Sir  Stuart  M.  Samuel  to 
investigate  the  persecution  of  Jews  in  Poland.  After  endless 
delays  which  caused  debates  and  inquiries  in  Parliament  the 
report  was  made  public  by  the  government  on  July  5,  1920. 

It  was  not  a  pleasant  report.  The  commission  placed  the 
entire  guilt  of  the  pogroms  on  the  government.  It  gave  the 
number  of  killed  and  wounded  and  brought  details  of  the  bru- 
tality employed  by  the  Polish  soldiers  in  punishing  the  Jewish 
population.  It  proved  conclusively  that  the  pogroms  were 
organized  by  the  military  forces  and  that  the  government  neither 
punished  the  offenders  nor  made  any  monetary  retribution  for 
the  great  damages  that  were  done.  The  findings  of  the  com- 
mission were  corroborated  and  strengthened  by  the  reports  of 
Captain  Wright  and  Sir  Horace  Rumbold.  These  reports  were 
incorporated  with  the  reports  of  Sir  Stuart  M.  Samuel  in  the 
"White  Book"  of  the  British  Government. 

The  Jewish  Correspondence  Bureau  sent  a  cable  giving  a 
concise  resume  of  these  reports  to  all  the  Jewish  newspapers  in 
the  land.  The  report  appeared  in  full  with  editorial  comment 
in  all  the  Yiddish  dailies  And  here  comes  the  puzzling  part  of 
the  affair.  For  a  week  not  a  word  about  this  report  appeared  in 
the  English  language  newspapers  either  in  New  York  or  the 
other  cities!  How  do  you  explain  this?  Can  it  be  that  the  Asso- 
ciated Press,  the  United  Press,  and  the  other  organs  of  informa- 
tion had  missed  this  report?  Or  did  they,  on  account  of  the 
nature  and  character  of  the  report,  deliberately  chose  to  close 
their  eyes  and  ears  and  pass  it  by  in  silence?  A  representative 
of  the  American  Jewish  Congress  finally  supplied  material  to 
two  papers  which  printed  some  of  it;  a  third,  the  New  York 
Times,  printed  a  belated  cable  mentioning  the  Samuel  report, 
but  printing,  instead  of  the  report,  an  attempted  rebuttal  of  it. 

New  York,  July  13  George  Kessner 


102 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


The  Deported 

By  ANZIA  YEZIERSKA 

I  am  the  deported. 

The  ship  on  which  I  stand  is  leaving  the  harbor. 

The  foaming  waves  converging  at  the  throbbing  stern  of 
the  boat  are  pushing  me  irrevocably  away. 

This  America  whose  mountains  I  dashed  myself  against 
as  against  insensate  stone, 

These  rock  barriers  on  which  I  beat  out  the  anguish  of 
my  protest  and  rebellion, 

This  country  on  which  I  vented  the  rage  of  my  frustrated 
ideals, 

The  hard  commercialism  that  I  cursed  and  denounced — 
where  is  it  now? 

Behold !  The  mountains  are  springing  into  life,  the  bar- 
riers of  prejudice  and  hate  are  dissolving  in  the  mist. 

These  very  waves  that  are  separating  me,  somehow  seem 
to  link  me  with  the  land  I  am  leaving. 

Through  the  transfigured  distance,  I  see  the  spires  of 
great  buildings,  temples  of  achievement,  landmarks  of  men 
who  built  and  created  while  I  tore  down  and  destroyed. 

Oh  God!  Why  do  I  just  begin  to  see  America,  now  that 
I  am  torn  away? 

In  my  adolescent  blindness,  I  thought  that  America  was  a 
quick  leap  into  Utopia. 

I  thought  that  America  was  a  ripe  fruit  that  I  could  pluck 
from  the  visionary  garden  of  liberty. 

Instead  of  nurturing  this  garden  that  would  some  day 
bring  forth  the  fruit  I  longed  for,  instead  of  propping  up 
the  boughs  of  the  young  trees,  clearing  out  the  weeds,  I 
lopped  off  the  branches,  tore  at  the  roots,  trampled  on  tender 
buds. 

Now,  when  it  is  too  late,  now  I  see  what  America  is — 
and  what  I  might  have  made  of  America. 

Now,  I  see  that  America  was  a  dream  to  be  realized,  a 
potential  love  to  be  fathomed,  a  child  to  be  warmed  and 
nurtured,  a  personality  to  be  created,  an  unchartered  world 
to  be  explored. 

Oh  America!  The  barb  of  my  anguish  is  that  in  losing 
you  for  myself  I  lost  the  chance  of  helping  to  make  you 
for  all  Americans. 

Beloved  land  of  my  dreams!  My  body  is  torn  away,  but 
am  I  really  losing  you? 

No — I  can  never  lose  you — knowing  how  I  loved  you. 

My  ceaseless  longings  have  made  you  part  of  the  throb  and 
pulse  of  my  innermost  being. 

All  my  hates  were  but  the  blind  gropings  of  my  love. 

I  see  now  that  I  have  loved  you  even  when  I  hurt  you, 
even  when  I  stormed  and  raged  and  trampled  on  you ! 

Oh  America!  Though  now  I  am  cast  away — branded — 
exiled, 

It  was  worth  all  I  suffered  finding  you. 

All  my  life  have  I  waited  for  this  flash  of  light — this 
glimpse  of  understanding — this  clairvoyance  of  the  spirit. 

All  my  life  have  I  struggled  to  know  that  which  I  now 
know: 

America  is  not  here  or  there,  America  is  everywhere  man 
in  his  helplessness  reaches  out  to  God. 

America  is  everywhere  man  in  his  loneliness  builds  up  the 
vision  of  love. 


I,  the  deported,  go  forth  linked  forever  to  America  by  my 
exile  from  America. 

I  go  forth  to  spread  among  the  people  of  the  earth  the 
faith  in  the  better  world  to  come — the  deathless  dream — 
America! 


The   Feasters 

By  RIDGELY  TORRENCE 
I. 

At  Makah  Indian  Reservation. 
From  the  waters  of  the  east 
Came  a  people  bleak  and  eager, 
Sailor,  priest  and  stern  beleaguer, 
Sailing  meager  to  the  feast 
From  the  waters  of  the  east. 

Leave  the  hunger  to  the  least — 
And  their  hosts  were  least  among  them. 
So  the  bitter  crust  they  flung  them 
And  they  sung  them  when  they  ceased, 
"Leave  the  hunger  to  the  least." 

To  the  waters  of  the  west 
Go  a  people  few  and  lonely, 
Having  now  their  hunger  only, 
Going  lonely  on  their  quest 
To  the  waters  of  the  west. 

Watch  them  only,  it  is  best; 
Braves  and  lovers,  gods  and  daughters 
Dumbly  to  the  west  sea  waters 
Go  and  let  the  ancient  breast 
Find  the  banquet  and  the  guest. 

II. 

At  the  Rio  Grande. 
Toward  the  river  in  the  south 
Feasting  fingers  reach  to  battle, 
Glide  and  rattle  in  the  drouth 
Toward  the  fats  that  follow  battle; 
Oils  and  ores  and  desert  cattle; 
Sweet  to  feed  a  feasting  mouth, 
Past  the  river  in  the  south. 

So  the  children  of  the  sun, 

With  the  feasters*  fingers  near  them, 

At  the  stream,  have  learned  to  fear  them 

When  they  hear  them  reach  and  run 

Toward  the  morsels  one  by  one, 

Toward  the  ores  and  oils  that  smear  them, 

Toward  the  gardens  of  the  sun. 

When  their  doom  is  not  far  off 
Then  the  feasters'  faiths  grow  hollow. 
When  their  leaders  turn  and  follow 
From  their  wallow  by  the  trough, 
When  they  march,  through  raving  hours, 
Breeding  war  to  bear  them  dreams, 
When  the  nightmare  foals,  with  screams, 
Rolling  on  the  bloody  flowers, 
When  a  death  shall  save  a  trough 
Then  the  doom  is  not  far  off. 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


103 


Books 

My  Second  Country 

My  Second  Country.  By  Robert  Dell.  John  Lane  Company. 
|\/f  R.  DELL,  who  has  lived  twelve  years  in  France,  writes  of 
*■  ■*■  the  French  people  with  sympathy  and  affection,  but  does  not 
allow  those  feelings  to  color  his  judgment  or  subdue  his  criticism; 
since  his  object  is,  by  examining  into  certain  defects  of  French 
methods  and  institutions,  to  push  the  recovery  of  the  land 
he  has  chosen  as  his  home.  In  his  opinion  it  is  Voltaire's 
influence  to  which  France  returns  after  every  reaction;  "the 
French  in  the  majority  remain  at  bottom  skeptical,  rationalist, 
and  intellectualist."  He  warns  against  the  common  tendency 
of  travelers  to  accept  Paris  as  typical  of  the  rest  of  France 
and  to  forget  that  the  provinces  are  as  varied  as  the  races  which 
make  them  up.  Though  Paris  has  long  dominated  France  polit- 
ically and  intellectually,  and  continues  to  govern  it  politically  by 
reason  of  an  extremely  centralized  administration,  intellectually 
there  is  already  a  movement  toward  decentralization — essential, 
he  shows,  to  any  measure  of  democracy  or  internationalism. 

The  key-note  of  Mr.  Dell's  book  is  his  conviction  that  the 
present  regime  is  nearing  its  close.  "By  timely  reforms  the  par- 
liamentary system  might  have  been  saved,  but  the  bourgeoisie, 
which  has  ruled  France  during  the  nineteenth  century,  has  been 
as  blind  and  conservative  as  was  the  noblesse  in  the  eighteenth 
century,  and  is  likely  to  pay  the  same  penalty."  Through  the 
maze  of  paradoxes  which  French  character  presents,  definite 
pictures  emerge  of  the  outstanding  types.  In  these  definitions 
lie  the  clues  on  the  one  hand  to  the  spirit  which  has  governed 
France  so  fatally  as  regards  her  own  interests,  the  reckless 
greed  of  a  money-lending  bourgeoisie  which  has  allowed  the  high 
priests  of  finance  to  pull  too  many  wires,  and  on  the  other  hand 
to  the  blind  indomitable  spirit  of  devotion  to  La  Patrie  which 
has  sustained  the  French  soldiery  throughout  the  war  and  has 
proved  the  French  people  anything  but  the  decadent  race  they 
were  supposed  to  be.  The  reactionary  power  of  the  French 
Government  becomes  more  comprehensible  when  we  are  brought 
to  realize  that  Republican  France  has  a  Royalist  constitution 
and  a  Bonapartist  administration.  "A  dictator  or  a  bureauc- 
racy armed  with  such  an  instrument  as  the  French  administra- 
tive system,"  says  Mr.  Dell,  "can  secure  the  absolute  mastery  of 
the  country  and  reduce  opposition  to  impotence  unless  and  until 
it  becomes  revolt."  Little  interest  is  taken  in  foreign  affairs, 
which  as  a  rule  are  left  entirely  to  the  Foreign  Minister.  Among 
other  powers,  the  President  has  that  of  making  treaties  such 
as  the  Franco-Russian  Alliance,  countersigned  only  by  one  Min- 
ister, and  of  withholding  knowledge  of  them  from  both  Cabinet 
and  Parliament  for  as  long  as  he  deems  fit.  Thus  "two  men 
have  the  power  to  commit  the  French  people  without  their 
knowledge  or  consent  to  obligations  which  may  involve  the  risk 
of  their  lives  and  property  and  the  gravest  danger  to  the  coun- 
try." When  to  this  are  added  such  evils  as  the  medieval  struc- 
ture of  the  judicial  and  criminal  procedures,  and  the  fact  that 
the  Senate  can  indefinitely  obstruct  measures  passed  by  the 
Chamber,  it  is  small  wonder  that  the  French  parliamentary 
system  has  become  discredited. 

France  is  far  behind  England  and  Germany  in  social  and 
industrial  legislation,  and  it  is  indeed  well  that  attention  has  at 
last  been  drawn  in  print  to  the  shocking  sanitary  conditions 
prevalent  throughout  the  country,  with  their  effects  on  typhoid 
and  tuberculosis.  Mr.  Dell  attributes  the  lack  of  progressive 
legislation  in  part  to  the  general  ignorance  of  economics  among 
Frenchmen  of  all  classes  and  parties,  even  Socialists.  There  is 
no  organized  movement,  for  instance,  in  favor  of  free  trade, 
though  the  protectionist  policy  has  rendered  French  colonial 
administration  unprofitable,  stifled  French  trade,  and  bids  fair 
to  postpone  indefinitely  the  restoration  of  the  devastated  areas. 
French  national  finance  is  represented  as  being  in  so  desperate 


a  state  of  chaos  as  to  present  no  solution  save  repudiation  of 
the  National  Debt,  which  means  revolution.  Mr.  Dell  insists 
that  France  is  naturally  an  agricultural  rather  than  an  indus- 
trial country,  and  that  her  hope  for  the  future  lies  in  develop- 
ment along  agricultural  lines.  The  methods  of  cultivation,  how- 
ever, are  far  behind  the  times,  and  the  pettifogging  system  of 
land  ownership — each  peasant  proprietor  growing  just  what  he 
wants  for  himself — renders  improved  machinery  or  production 
on  a  large  scale  difficult  to  arrive  at.  The  terrible  loss  of  life 
in  the  war  is  another  deterrent  factor.  "Unless,"  says  Mr. 
Dell,  "there  is  an  immediate  and  radical  change  in  French  agri- 
cultural methods,  a  large  quantity  of  land  will  inevitably  go  out 
of  cultivation" — whereas,  if  such  change  could  be  effected, 
greater  production  would  result  from  half  the  labor.  Mean- 
while, time  only  adds  emphasis  to  his  complaint  that  the  French 
Government,  instead  of  concentrating  on  fundamental  needs  of 
reconstruction,  concerns  itself  primarily  with  boundary  dis- 
putes and  territorial  acquisitions. 

"Without  a  knowledge  of  the  proletariat  one  cannot  know  the 
true  France,"  says  Mr.  Dell.  His  experience  has  certainly 
been  wide  and  he  has  friends  in  all  walks  of  French  life.  He 
tells  of  the  recent  tendency  of  the  salaried  bourgeoisie,  including 
actors  and  bank  clerks,  to  form  trade  unions  and  throw  in  their 
lot  with  the  proletariat;  but  he  admits  that  the  unions  in  general 
are  far  weaker  than  in  England  or  America.  Syndicalism, 
Etatisme,  and  State  Monopolies  are  discussed  at  length  in  pages 
from  which  it  is  possible  to  gather  a  definite  notion  of  all  the 
French  parties.  What  is  badly  needed  at  present  is  a  general 
clarification  of  terms  in  such  matters,  so  that  the  various  fac- 
tional labels  may  come  to  have  approximately  similar  meanings 
in  all  countries.  The  war  seems  to  have  brought  the  French 
Socialist  and  Syndicalist  movements  together,  each  adopting 
something  of  the  other's  theories.  "In  the  new  synthesis  be- 
tween Socialism  and  Syndicalism,"  says  Mr.  Dell,  "the  economic 
function  of  the  state,  or  rather  of  the  administration,  will  be 
what  the  Manchester  Liberals  said  that  it  should  be — to  protect 
the  interests  of  the  consumer.  The  state  as  an  organ  of  adminis- 
tration will  replace  the  state  as  an  organ  of  authority;  the 
administration  of  things  will  replace  the  government  of  men. 
Some  means  will  be  found  of  conciliating  the  interests  of  the 
community  as  a  whole  with  those  of  each  group  of  producers." 
This  is  beyond  doubt  a  model  program,  though  the  means  remain 
to  be  worked  out,  and  leaders  of  the  quality  of  Jaures  remain 
to  be  found.  But  Mr.  Dell  is  confident  that  "when  the  moment 
comes,  the  men  also  will  be  forthcoming."  B.  U.  Burke 


Philosophers  Abroad 

Letters  from  China  and  Japan.  By  John  Dewey  and  Alice  Chip- 
man  Dewey.  E.  P.  Dutton  and  Company. 
F)ROFESSOR  and  Mrs.  Dewey  have  discovered  that  most  of 
*■  the  things  they  always  knew  about  China  and  Japan  are 
fascinatingly  true.  Their  letters  were  written  to  their  chil- 
dren here  with  no  view  to  publication  and  edited  by  their  daugh- 
ter Evelyn  Dewey.  It  is  not  difficult  to  guess  the  authorship 
of  most  of  the  letters,  and  Mrs.  Dewey's  interest  in  the  more 
pictorial  aspects  of  the  countries,  in  the  women,  and  in  their 
educational  and  domestic  problems,  admirably  supplements  Pro- 
fessor Dewey's  more  historical  and  speculative  observations. 
From  the  time  they  landed  in  Japan  they  found  themselves  im- 
pressed by  .the  fine  surfaces  of  a  country  in  which  no  discourte- 
ous words  were  ever  heard  and  no  bad  manners  exhibited.  In 
all  the  habits  of  the  people  they  felt  the  essential  antiquity  of 
the  Japanese.  "Any  country  is  old  where  birth  and  death  are 
like  the  coming  and  dropping  of  leaves  on  a  tree,  and  where 
the  individual  is  of  as  much  importance  as  the  leaf."  After 
overcoming  the  "fear  of  the  pain  of  being  drawn  by  a  fellow- 
being"  they  traveled  with  great  comfort  in  'rickshas  and  auto- 
mobiles and  Professor  Dewey  was  given  a  pass  on  the  Japanese 


104 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


railways.  Mrs.  Dewey,  alas,  must  pay,  as  the  Minister  of  the 
Interior  explained  with  great  sorrow  that  such  a  privilege  could 
not  be  extended  to  a  woman.  Japanese  food  soon  came  to  be 
attractive,  and  the  travelers  got  to  the  point  where  raw  fish  and 
raw  chicken  wrapped  in  seaweed  had  no  terrors.  Mrs.  Dewey 
could  boast  the  ability  to  sit  on  her  heels  for  the  length  of  a 
Japanese  meal,  but  Professor  Dewey  ignominiously  sat  as  he  was 
accustomed.  The  amount  of  tea  to  be  drunk  at  all  the  lunch- 
eons, festivals,  teas,  and  dinners  to  which  they  were  invited 
at  first  completely  submerged  them,  but  before  long  they  could 
write  with  pardonable  pride  that  they  had  drunk  tea  six  times 
within,  three  hours  in  addition  to  eating  a  meal  the  consump- 
tion of  which  had  occupied  most  of  that  time.  Their  friends 
and  acquaintances  throughout  Japan  were  the  "representative 
intellectual  liberals,"  not  the  "official  crowd,"  so  that  Professor 
Dewey  felt  after  six  weeks  that  he  had  "seen  less  but  found 
out  more  than  I  ever  expected  about  Japanese  conditions,  which 
is  quite  the  opposite  of  European  experience  in  traveling." 
They  lived  in  Japanese  homes,  attended  the  Japanese  "movies" 
and  theater,  where  they  saw  Ganjiro,  the  greatest  actor  of 
Japan,  on  the  stage  in  every  scene  for  eight  hours,  encountered 
courtesy  even  in  shopping  expeditions,  lectured  with  interpre- 
ters to  audiences  of  teachers  from  which  women  were  conspicu- 
ously absent,  visited  the  Women's  University  and  numbers  of 
schools,  attended  tea  ceremonies,  the  festival  of  dolls,  a  wedding, 
a  funeral,  saw  the  Emperor,  were  entertained  by  geisha  danc- 
ing, when  a  woman  (Mrs.  Dewey)  appeared  "for  the  first 
time  in  history  at  a  man's  carouse  in  Japan,"  visited  the  tem- 
ples, and  saw  the  famous  cherry  blossoms. 

After  three  months  in  Japan  they  went  on  to  China,  expect- 
ing to  spend  but  a  few  weeks  there.  Almost  as  soon  as  they 
landed  in  Shanghai  they  began  to  realize  that  everything  in 
Japan  "is  a  little  overmade,  there  seems  to  be  a  rule  for  every- 
thing, and  admiring  their  artistic  effects  one  also  sees  how  near 
art  and  the  artificial  are  together."  It  is  quite  evident  from 
the  tone  of  the  Chinese  letters  that  Professor  Dewey  found  in 
China  meat  for  a  pragmatist  and  a  democrat  that  Japan  had 
failed  to  provide.  There  is  comparatively  little  account  of  the 
more  superficial  aspects  of  the  Chinese  experience  such  as  filled 
the  letters  from  Japan.  Mrs.  Dewey  occasionally  reminds  her 
children  that  they  are  being  fed,  frequently  and  well,  and  de- 
scribes for  them  the  domestic  arrangements  and  social  limita- 
tions of  the  small-footed  Chinese  lady.  But  both  she  and  Pro- 
fessor Dewey  found  themselves  plunged  from  the  very  begin- 
ning into  the  turmoil  of  the  Chinese  political  situation.  At  first 
they  felt  that  one  must  begin  at  the  end  to  read  the  Chinese 
book,  and  they  found  themselves  almost  completely  baffled  by 
the  Chinese  acceptance  of  things  as  they  are.  After  a  month 
whose  revelations  complicated  the  problem  for  him  and  at  the 
same  time  increased  his  interest  in  it,  Professor  Dewey  wrote: 
"Status  quo  is  China's  middle  name,  mostly  status  and  a  little 
quo."  And  again:  "It  is  very  easy  to  see  how  cultivated  people 
take  refuge  in  art  and  spirituality  when  politics  are  corrupt 
and  the  general  state  of  social  life  is  discouraging;  you  see  it 
here,  and  how  in  the  end  it  increases  the  decadence."  The 
Chinese  helplessness  before  the  "single-track  mind"  of  the  Japa- 
nese appealed  to  the  travelers  more  and  more  strongly.  The 
student  strikes,  the  Japanese  boycott,  the  refusal  of  the  Chinese 
delegates  at  the  Peace  Conference  to  sign  the  treaty — all  seemed 
hopeful  signs,  though  at  first  the  visitors  were  a  little  afraid 
that  a  Chinese  clerk  in  a  tailor  shop  might  be  right  when  he 
told  them:  "Chinaman  he  got  weak  mind;  pretty  soon  he  for- 
get." But  the  unexpected  success  of  the  student  strikes  and 
their  far-reaching  effect  won  Professor  Dewey's  complete  admi- 
ration. "To  think  of  kids,  in  our  country,  from  fourteen  on, 
taking  the  lead  in  starting  a  big  clean-up  reform  political  move- 
ment and  shaming  merchants  and  professional  men  into  joining 
them."  There  was  hope  in  such  a  movement,  and  the  philosophers 
added  a  year  to  their  intended  brief  stay  that  they  might  take 
some  part  in  its  fruition.  Irita  Van  Doren 


Science  and  Peace 

Science   and    War.      The   Rede    Lecture   for   1919.      By    Lord 

Moulton.     Cambridge  University  Press. 
Wealth  from  Waste;  Elimination  of  Waste  a  World  Problem. 

By  Henry  J.  Spooner.    London :  George  Routledge  and  Sons. 
The  Place  of  Agriculture  in  Reconstruction;  a  Study  of  National 

Programs  of  Land  Settlement.    By  James  B.  Morman.     E.  P. 

Dutton  and  Company. 
The  World's  Food  Resources.    By  J.  Russell  Smith.    Henry  Holt 

and  Company. 
The  Strategy  of  Minerals;  a  Study  of  the  Mineral  Factor  in  the 

World  Position  of  America  in  War  and  Peace.     Edited  by 

George  Otis  Smith,  Director  U.  S.  Geological  Survey.     D.  Ap- 

pleton  and  Company. 
The   Outlook  for  Research  and  Invention.     By  Nevil   Monroe 

Hopkins.     D.  Van  Nostrand  Company. 

IN  the  Rede  Lecture  at  Cambridge  University  last  year  Lord 
Moulton  gave  a  graphic  summary  of  the  great  problems  solved 
during  the  war  through  scientific  investigations,  and  showed 
the  dependence  of  our  society  upon  the  continuous  solution  of 
such  problems,  in  peace  as  well  as  in  war.  The  role  played  in 
battle  by  new  types  of  explosives,  by  the  internal  combustion 
engine,  by  the  storage  battery,  and  by  the  wireless  occupies  the 
bulk  of  the  booklet;  while  there  are  briefer  references  to  the 
gyroscope,  to  photography,  to  chemical  warfare  defense,  to  sound- 
ranging,  and  to  hygiene.  As  an  Englishman  Lord  Moulton  is 
proud  of  the  achievements  of  the  Allies;  but  as  a  scientist  he 
sees  vastly  more  in  science  than  the  special  knowledge  needed  to 
fight  Germans.  He  insists  that  the  power  which  science  gives 
to  mankind  must  be  used  henceforth  to  promote  the  universal, 
welfare.  The  glory  of  science  after  all  does  not  lie  in  what  it 
can  do  to  make  war  a  more  intense  and  more  efficient  hell. 

Mr.  Spooner's  book  bears  all  the  ear-marks  of  the  war  psy- 
chology. His  world  still  consists  of  separate  nations  which  must 
through  all  eternity  be  in  conflict  with  one  another  for  power 
and  wealth  and  competitive  advantages.  It  will  always  be 
necessary  to  appeal  for  thrift  in  terms  of  hatred,  and  to  point 
the  moral  of  high  efficiency  in  terms  of  damage  to  be  inflicted 
upon  "enemies."  The  book  is  nevertheless  a  valuable  collection 
of  concrete  materials  showing  where  actual  savings  are  possible 
in  household  and  industrial  management.  Significant,  too,  are 
the  sections  on  the  waste  which  is  owing  to  the  neglect  of 
organic  factors  in  industry  such  as  health,  safety,  and  nutrition. 
The  commercial  wastes  involved  in  adulteration,  misused  fuels, 
neglected  agricultural  opportunities,  and  the  failure  to  reclaim 
waste  lands  or  reforest  denuded  areas  are  criticized  soundly  and 
constructively,  if  sometimes  monotonously.  A  hundred  pages  of 
the  book  contain  interesting  examples  of  savings  brought  about 
through  the  utilization  of  materials  previously  considered  useless 
by-products  of  industrial,  agricultural,  and  domestic  processes; 
and  there  are  many  suggestions  as  to  lines  along  which  further 
development  may  be  expected.  The  time  of  setting  hens  and  grow- 
ing children  can  be  put  to  better  use,  he  says;  the  children  of 
England  he  admits  to  be  both  adorable  and  infinitely  capable. 

Mr.  Morman,  who  was  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Federal 
Farm  Loan  Board,  has  brought  together  in  convenient  form  a 
body  of  valuable  information  on  the  plans  that  have  been  de- 
veloped for  returning  demobilized  soldiers  to  the  land  in  Canada, 
France,  and  Great  Britain.  In  addition  he  points  out  clearly 
enough  the  important  problems  connected  with  the  maintenance 
of  agricultural  production  and  the  difficulties  of  keeping  up  a 
trained  agricultural  population.  He  does  not  blame  the  maga- 
zines and  the  movies  for  drawing  young  people  to  the  cities; 
he  believes  that  rural  life  should  and  could  be  made  both  at- 
tractive and  profitable.  He  seems  especially  well  informed  on 
the  matter  of  rural  credits,  and  on  the  difficulties  in  the  way 
of  a  satisfactory  solution.  But  Mr.  Morman's  economics  is  of 
the  kind  manufactured  for  home  consumption  before  the  war. 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


10c 


In  discussing  the  general  problem  of  the  return  from  a  war  to 
a  peace  basis,  he  seems  to  think  of  the  "employment"  of  men 
and  women  in  productive  labor  as  an  expense  to  the  country- 
analogous  to  the  expense  of  carrying  on  campaigns.  While  the 
production  of  food  and  clothing  and  habitations  is  necessary  to 
the  welfare  of  the  nation,  it  is  necessary,  he  implies,  because  it 
enables  people  to  carry  on  business,  earn  wages,  and  make 
profits,  not  because  it  enables  them  to  satisfy  fundamental 
organic  and  spiritual  hungers.  For  him  the  great  problem  is 
not  to  supply  people  with  homes  and  food  and  clothing  through 
the  organization  of  our  ingenuity  and  skill  and  effort;  the  great 
problem  is  to  return  to  business  as  was  usual  before  the  great 
interruption. 

A  very  satisfactory  compendium  of  significant  information  is 
Professor  Smith's  study  of  the  worldfe  food  supply.  It  is  of 
course  largely  statistical,  but  the  statistics  are  presented  in  a 
live  and  interesting  manner,  and  they  are  so  surrounded  with 
descriptive  and  illuminating  discussion  that  the  quantitative 
aspects  of  the  problems  treated  can  be  at  least  tolerated  by  the 
reader  who  has  "no  head  for  figures"  whatever.  The  argu- 
ment runs  in  effect  that  wheat  and  rice  and  other  cereals,  pota- 
toes and  pork,  milk  and  fish,  and  various  fruits,  sugar  and 
legumes,  have  a  definite  place  in  maintaining  the  human  race  in 
a  condition  essential  for  civilized  living;  that  these  various  ma- 
terials are  necessary  in  such  and  such  amounts;  that  the  con- 
ditions for  their  production  are  favorable  within  certain  speci- 
fied areas,  and  call  for  the  application  of  labor  and  intelligence. 
Here,  in  short,  is  the  problem  of  keeping  the  race  alive  without 
making  any  part  of  it  believe  that  its  welfare  depends  upon 
exploiting  some  other  part.  Now  the  lines  along  which  per 
capita  production  may  be  increased  without  a  proportionate  in- 
crease of  per  capita  labor  constitute  the  foundations  of  peace 
and  progress.  These  lines  are  indicated  in  the  various  chapters 
with  a  most  fascinating  elaboration  of  detail,  involving  tractors 
and  threshing  machines  here,  the  improvement  of  varieties 
through  scientific  breeding  there,  the  scientific  feeding  of  stock, 
the  drying  of  milk  and  other  foods  for  preservation,  the  possi- 
bilities of  fish  resources,  the  destruction  of  insect  pests,  and  the 
overcoming  of  food  prejudices.  The  application  of  science  to  the 
solution  of  these  fundamental  problems  makes  possible  the  eco- 
nomic autonomy  of  such  countries  as  the  United  States,  with 
relatively  large  areas  and  large  variety  of  natural  resources; 
but  it  makes  increasingly  undesirable  such  economic  autonomy 
on  the  part  of  any  country,  since  this  is  to  be  had  only  at  the 
cost  of  increasing  discomfort  and  waste  of  resources.  "The  con- 
trast between  Japan  and  Georgia,  between  one  and  one-fourth 
and  twenty  or  more  acres  per  family,  is  the  stuff  of  which  wars 
are  made."  The  lust  for  land  together  with  the  lust  for  power 
are  the  great  enemies  of  human  peace  and  progress;  they  can 
be  met  together  by  establishing  conditions  of  trade  that  enable 
every  country  to  profit  from  the  specialized  resources  and 
efficiency  of  every  other  country — not  by  attempting  to  secure 
for  each  country  complete  economic  independence  or  dominance 
over  others.  Mr.  Smith's  book  contains  over  six  hundred  pages 
of  sound  sociology  and  statesmanship  based  on  exact  knowledge. 

The  conflict  between  the  feeling  that  makes  men  strive  for  the 
"economic  independence"  of  a  nation  and  the  knowledge  which 
makes  the  same  men  see  that  such  "independence"  is  an  im- 
possible abstraction  is  well  illustrated  in  the  compilation  of 
useful  information  called  "The  Strategy  of  Minerals."  The 
several  chapters  on  the  importance  and  distribution  of  essential 
minerals — fuels,  iron  and  coal,  copper,  lead  and  zinc,  the  minor 
metals,  minerals  required  in  chemical  and  other  industries — are 
by  experts  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  of  which  the 
editor  is  the  director.  There  is  an  introduction  by  ex-Secretary 
of  the  Interior  Franklin  K.  Lane,  who  expresses  the  convic- 
tion that  there  will  be  no  end  to  wars  or  threats  of  war  "until 
the  nations  of  the  world  regard  themselves  more  really  the 
trustees  of  their  resources  .  .  .  for  the  world  at  large."' 
In  A  Look  Ahead,  Mr.  Smith  says  that  the  kind  of  industrial 


organization  now  needed  is  one  gauged  for  enduring  peace  and 
involving  a  world-wide  interchange  of  essentials  on  a  democratic 
basis,  avoiding  imperialism  and  dominance;  "industrial  inde- 
pendence is  the  goal  toward  which  a  nation  should  face,  but  not 
a  goal  which  it  should  have  either  the  intention  or  the  desire 
to  attain."  The  folly  and  waste  of  industrial  independence  are 
recognized  by  Mr.  Smith  and  by  Mr.  Lane;  most  of  the  other 
contributors,  however,  seem  to  assume  that  the  United  States 
must  either  make  itself  completely  independent  of  other  nations 
or  must  make  other  nations  so  dependent  upon  its  resources 
that  its  power  will  remain  permanently  secure.  These  engineers 
know  their  business,  and  they  tell  their  technical  stories  in  an 
interesting  way;  but  it  would  seem  that  other  specialists  could 
better  take  over  the  study  of  international  relations.  An  ap- 
pendix prints  the  Food  and  Fuel  Control  Act  of  August,  1917, 
a  great  deal  of  historical  material  on  the  administration  of 
mineral  resources  during  the  war,  and  a  number  of  good  dia- 
grams on  mineral  supplies,  production,  and  reserves. 

Mr.  Hopkins's  book  will  be  of  special  interest  to  young  men 
and  women  who  are  interested  in  research  and  invention  as 
careers,  particularly  if  they  happen  to  be  without  the  ad- 
vantages of  higher  technical  education.  There  is  a  warm  en- 
thusiasm here  both  for  the  game  and  for  the  service,  there  is 
an  appreciation  of  some  of  the  great  contributors  to  scientific 
and  technical  progress,  and  there  is  an  abundance  of  suggestion 
as  to  the  kinds  of  problems  that  inventive  ability  can  profitably 
tackle. 

Every  one  of  the  twenty-odd  scientists  represented  in  these 
half-dozen  books  seems  to  have  a  clear  understanding  of  the 
complexity  of  modern  life,  at  least  so  far  as  it  touches  his 
specialty;  every  one  realizes  the  far-reaching  interdependence  of 
all  parts  of  the  world;  and  every  one  has  learned  that  in  science 
at  least  there  is  constant  change.  Nevertheless,  most  of  these 
men  seem  obsessed  with  an  almost  childish  provincialism  in  their 
attitudes  toward  "foreign"  lands  and  peoples,  with  a  dread  of 
conceiving  any  system  of  human  relations  substantially  different 
from  the  one  that  prevailed  while  they  were  children,  with  a 
simple  hope  in  the  ultimate  preeminence  of  their  own  nations 
not  as  leaders  in  science  or  service  but  as  masters  of  other 
peoples'  destinies.  Each  pays  tribute  to  the  lofty  sentiments 
pronounced  by  Woodrow  Wilson  in  his  several  messages  to  the 
people  of  the  world  between  Lusitania  and  Armistice;  yet  with  a 
few  exceptions  each  conceives  Democracy  to  be  an  arrangement 
whereby  the  shrewdest  and  strongest  can  with  certainty  come 
into  their  own — the  mastery  of  others.  Science  is  without  doubt 
essential  to  the  very  existence  of  the  sort  of  thing  we  call 
civilization;  but  it  is  evident  that  the  rising  generation  must 
give  its  scientists  a  training  somewhat  different  from  that  which 
our  own  generation  received. 

Benjamin  C.  Gruenberg 


Faith  and  War 

Twentieth   Century   French   Writers.    By   Madame   Mary   Du- 
claux.     Charles  Scribner's  Sons. 

THIS  volume  was  in  the  printer's  hands  in  August,  1914. 
For  its  publication  today  Madame  Duclaux  has  added  a 
post-war  preface  and  interpolated  a  passage  here  and  there. 
But  substantially  it  is  now  what  it  was  then,  and  therein  lies 
its  extraordinary  value.  The  war  turned  everything  into  legend 
and  made  of  every  face  an  angel's  or  an  ogre's  mask.  Now  that 
the  world  is  mildly  and  tentatively  beginning  to  use  its  mind 
again,  a  book  like  this  serves  to  mend  the  broken  continuity  of 
truth  and  to  restore  the  normal  temper  of  one's  studies. 

No  one  who  was  in  intelligent  contact  with  the  literature  of 
France  in  the  opening  years  of  the  twentieth  century  was  un- 
familiar with  the  movement  which  Madame  Duclaux — the  friend 
and  biographer  of  Ernest  Renan  and  once  the  wife  of  James 
Darmstetter — viewed   and    recorded   with   a    reluctant   and   be- 


106 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


wildered  sympathy.  The  movement  arose,  long  before,  when 
Ferdinand  Brunetiere  announced  the  bankruptcy  of  science  and 
Paul  Bourget  led  the  Neo-Catholic  reaction  in  literature.  The 
outside  world  discovered  Anatole  France  in  his  old  age  and 
misinterpreted  the  spectacular  success  of  Bergson's  lectures  at 
the  Sorbonne.  But  a  few  here  and  there  were  conscious  of  the 
fact  that  the  soul  of  twentieth-century  France  was  rather  to 
be  sought  in  the  conversion  of  Maurice  Barres  to  the  doctrine 
of  "national  energy,"  and  that  to  the  country's  youth  Jean 
Christophe  was  already  "a  man  of  yesterday."  It  was  this 
spiritual  scene  which  Madame  Duclaux  beheld  with  a  wistful 
eye.  "Truth?  Humanity?  The  old-fashioned  words  are  rarely 
heard.  We  hear  of  Authority,  of  Order,  of  the  claims  of  one's 
race,  of  the  rights  and  responsibilities  of  the  strong.  This  new 
generation,  which  has  witnessed  no  war,  has  the  mind  and  dis- 
position of  conquerors." 

Even  in  its  mysticism,  however,  and  in  its  new  dedication 
to  the  doctrine  of  "Force  and  Faith,"  the  mind  of  France  pre- 
served its  ancient  order  and  harmony  of  method.  Fifty  years 
of  positivism  and  skepticism  had  left  it  weary  and  ill  at  ease. 
■"Pour  attenuer  certaines  peines  morales,"  Barres  felt  the  need 
of  "merging  himself  into  something  larger  and  more  durable 
than  any  individual  existence."  He  found  that  something 
larger  and  more  durable  in  an  intense  and  militant  nationalism. 
Younger  men  united  with  the  same  nationalism  a  return  to  the 
doctrines  of  their  ancestral  Church,  and  thus  arose  the  genera- 
tion described  by  Madame  Duclaux:  "Fresh  and  frank  and 
admirably  valiant,  full  of  prompt  physical  courage  and  intellec- 
tual docility."  "Intellectual  docility" — those  words  express  the 
core  of  the  situation.  To  submerge  the  reason  and  to  engage, 
at  the  dictates  of  patriotism  and  religion,  in  expansive  activities 
— is  not  that,  in  every  country,  the  instinctive  refuge  of  men 
from  "certaines  peines  morales"?  Only  in  France  it  became 
a  conscious  doctrine;  it  was  inscribed  on  the  banners  of  all  the 
younger  intellectuals;  it  attained  its  highest  symbolical  em- 
bodiment when  Ernest  Psichari,  the  grandson  of  Renan,  en- 
listed before  the  war  in  the  Colonial  Artillery,  entered  the 
Catholic  communion,  and  declared:  "La  force  est  toujours  du 
cote  du  droit." 

Might  is  right!  These  words  which  have  made  so  many 
good  people  shudder  were  of  the  essence  of  the  spiritual  atti- 
tude with  which  the  young  artists  and  writers  of  France,  the 
followers  of  Paul  Claudel,  the  admirers  of  Charles  Peguy,  went 
into  the  Great  War.  And  why  not?  If  you  have  persuaded 
yourself,  with  Claudel,  to  believe  in  "an  absolute  Existence — 
where  right  is  always  right  and  where  wrong  is  always  wrong, 
to  all  eternity,"  what  chance  have  you,  being  human,  of  not 
identifying  your  particular  brand  of  right  with  that  eternal 
rightness?  If,  in  addition,  you  are  by  impulse  and  philosophy 
a  militant  patriot,  are  you  not  bound  to  believe  that  your  di- 
visions and  tanks  and  dreadnaughts  will,  because  they  are  on 
the  side  of  the  eternal  right,  have  might  against  the  powers  of 
darkness?  Thus  he  who  has  the  might  proves  thereby  that  he 
was  right.  For  can  might,  in  a  mystic  and  moral  universe, 
fail  to  be  on  the  side  of  right?  You  must  not,  of  course,  re- 
member any  more  than  you  must  think.  How  would  that  doc- 
trine have  worked  in  1870?  But  the  point  of  this  sort  of  phi- 
losophy in  every  country  is  a  voluntary  abstention  from  memory 
and  reflection. 

The  gifted  poet  Charles  Peguy,  who  fell  in  the  first  battle  of 
the  Marne  and  became  the  idol  of  France  during  the  war, 
represents  this  whole  attitude  in  his  single  person  and  career. 
He  had  a  "withering  contempt  for  science  and  scientists." 
It  is  not  they  who  will  help  us,  he  cried, 

Mais  la  Foi  qui  nous  sauve  et  seule  nous  discerne 
Saura  nous   retrouver  dans  la  fange  et  l'ordure. 

He  came  to  reject  all  that  is  political,  temporal,  personal,  for 
the  mystical,  spiritual,  general.  He  repudiated  the  socialism 
of   his   youth   and   approached   the   "military   and    aristocratic 


theory  of  a  state."  He  ended  with  an  apotheosis  of  militarism: 
"II  n'y  a  rien  a  faire  a  cela,  et  il  n'y  a  rien  a  dire.  Le  soldat 
mesure  la  quantite  de  terre  ou  on  parle  une  langue,  ou  regnent 
des  mceurs,  un  esprit,  une  ame,  un  culte,  une  race.  Le  soldat 
mesure  la  quantite  de  terre  ou  une  ame  peut  respirer.  Le  soldat 
mesure  la  quantite  de  terre  ou  un  peuple  ne  meurt  pas."  And 
that,  too,  is  logical  enough,  if  only  you  have  faith,  faith  in 
your  own  eternal  rightness  and  hence  in  your  inherent  superi- 
ority, faith,  therefore,  in  the  violent  and,  if  necessary,  bloody 
affirmation  of  your  culture  and  your  race.  Faith  may  not 
always  move  mountains;  it  does  move  armies  and  annex  colo- 
nies and  silence  scruples.  Not  until  you  have  faith  enough  can 
you  see  your  enemy  as  a  "beast  of  prey"  and  yourself  as. the 
warrior  of  God. 

Once  only  does  Madame  Duclaux  betray  a  sense  of  the  ter- 
rible irony  of  the  situation.  The  war  swept  from  her  mind 
the  doubts  and  hesitations  which  it  harbored  in' 1914.  In  her 
post-war  preface  she  recants — as  so  many  have  done — her  whole 
intellectual  past  and  flings  at  Romain  Rolland  the  reproach 
of  "high-minded  crankiness."  Her  study  of  Barbusse  is  brief 
and  distant.  She,  too,  needed  to  assuage  her  "peines  morales"; 
she,  too,  merged  herself  into  something  larger  by  embracing 
the  faith  of  all  the  nationalists  at  war.  It  is  the  only  way  of 
making  war  endurable.  The  reason  and  the  heart  must  be 
silenced  before  hate  and  cruelty  can  become  sufficiently  effective. 
War  must  have  faith.  Only  humility  and  doubt  and  the  facing 
of  our  "peines  morales"  can  save  what  is  left  of  civilization. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


The  Strategy  of  the  Great  War 

The  Strategy  of  the  Great  War.     By  William  L.  McPherson. 

G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons. 
DECAUSE  this  book  relates  to  military  policy,  it  is  equally 
"-*  interesting  to  the  trained  soldier  and  to  the  intelligent  civil- 
ian. To  the  general  reader  the  most  interesting  side  of  the  art 
and  science  of  war  is  grand  strategy;  strategy  in  general  being 
nothing  but  an  exercise  of  trained  common  sense,  and  its  prin- 
ciples being  unchanging  and  universal. 

Germany  lost  the  war  because  she  sought  sea  power.  Mr. 
McPherson  makes  that  very  plain  in  his  best  chapter,  Sea  Power 
in  the  War,  where  indeed  he  might  also  have  pointed  out  how 
Russia  lost  her  war  with  Japan  because  she  chose,  before  the 
war  began,  to  attempt  the  defense  of  the  eastern  flank  of  her 
empire  with  sea  power.  Russia  took  over  Port  Arthur  as  a 
base  for  that  sea  power  and  sent  half  her  navy  there  to  invite 
destruction  before  the  other  half  could  arrive,  similarly  to  be 
destroyed.  And  while  she  was  spending  money  on  battleships 
destined  to  provoke  a  disgraceful  war  and  to  be  worse  than 
useless  in  that  war,  she  could  not  find  the  money  to  double- 
track  a  Trans-Siberian  Railway  which  would  have  made  her 
strategically  safe  from  Japan's  attack  while  constituting  at 
the  same  time  a  proper  tool  for  the  peaceful  development  of 
Siberia.  If  Russia  never  had  possessed  a  warship  she  probably 
would  have  been  spared  a  disastrous  defeat  and  many  billions 
of  peace-time  expenditure.  Precisely  the  same  thing  may  be 
said  of  Germany. 

Mr.  McPherson  was  an  "Eastern  Fronter."  He  believes,  and 
he  argues  with  great  force,  that  either  side  might  have  won 
before  the  autumn  of  1918  if  it  had  remained  upon  the  defensive 
in  France  and  Belgium  and  devoted  itself  to  operations  in  the 
East.  Germany,  for  example,  he  thinks  might  thus  have  put 
Russia  out  of  the  war  long  before  the  spring  of  1917,  in  time, 
in  fact,  to  keep  Rumania  neutral.  He  believes  that  the  Germans 
engaged  in  the  Verdun  offensive  in  1916  might  have  sufficed  for 
such  a  task,  and,  of  course,  no  one  can  be  sure  that  he  is  not 
right.  With  Russia  out  and  Rumania  neutral,  and  with  the 
United  States  not  yet  dragged  in  through  submarine  operations, 
the  Central  Powers  might  very  well  have  won  the  war  a  year 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


107 


or  two  before  they  definitely  lost  it.  He  is  convinced,  too,  that 
the  Gallipoli  operation  should  have  been  persisted  in  by  the 
Allies  at  all  hazards,  and  presents  fairly  good  evidence  that  the 
fleet  might  have  taken  the  straits  if  it  had  made  one  more  deter- 
mined effort.  At  any  rate  he  is  sure,  and  not  without  excellent 
reason,  that  Allied  troops  from  the  vicinity  of  Salonica  could 
have  taken  Constantinople  at  a  little  later  period.  And  if  the 
entrance  to  the  Black  Sea,  or  the  Black  Sea  itself,  had  fallen  to 
the  Allies  before  Germany  could  place  Russia  hors-de-combat, 
such  assistance  might  have  been  extended  to  Russia  as  would 
have  preserved  her  effectiveness  and  retained  her  most  valuable 
alliance;  which  again  might  have  ended  the  war  before  1918 — 
under  these  circumstances,  in  favor  of  the  Allies. 

Accepting  Mr.  McPherson's  view  that  either  side  might  have 
won  if  it  had  devoted  its  offensive  energies  to  the  Eastern  front, 
it  is  interesting  to  speculate  upon  what  would  have  happened 
if  not  one  but  both  sides  had  restricted  their  offensive  operations 
to  that  front.  Doubtless  then  the  element  of  time  would  have 
become  the  determining  factor,  the  question  being  whether  the 
sea  route  to  Odessa  could  be  commanded  by  the  Entente  before 
Russia  was  overwhelmed  by  Germany  and  Austria.  In  the  re- 
viewer's opinion,  with  offensive  operations  confined  to  the  East- 
ern front,  the  Allies  would  still  have  won.  Mr.  McPherson  seems 
habitually  to  underestimate  the  Russians,  believing,  for  example, 
that  Hindenburg  struck  them  a  mortal  blow  in  1915.  Now  the 
events  of  1915,  so  disastrous  to  Russia,  were  inevitable  when 
the  war  developed  into  a  contest  of  munition  manufacture;  for 
Russia  was  not  a  manufacturing  nation  and  was  cut  off  from  a 
ready  supply  by  her  allies.  As  it  was,  by  1916  Russia  had 
turned  every  railway  repair  shop  into  a  gun  foundry  or  shell 
factory,  and  by  the  spring  of  1917  there  was  in  addition  a 
plentiful  stream  of  guns  and  ammunition  flowing  from  her 
Allies.  In  the  spring  of  1917  there  were  nearly  as  many  Rus- 
sians mobilized  as  there  were  men  among  all  the  other  Allies 
put  together.  What  ruined  Russia  as  a  belligerent  was  the 
destruction  of  discipline  in  her  army,  and  what  destroyed  dis- 
cipline was  revolution.  When  the  revolution  occurred  the  mili- 
tary outlook  for  Russia  was  excellent,  far  more  excellent  than 
it  had  been  at  any  time  during  the  previous  two  years.  The 
Russian  revolution  might  have  occurred  in  peace  times.  It. 
could  not  have  occurred  as  it  did,  with  great  disciplined  armies 
under  the  control  of  military  chiefs,  if  these  latter  had  under- 
stood the  situation,  and  had  not  thought  that  they  were  acquies- 
cing in  a  mere  palace  revolution  intended  to  bring  about  a  con- 
stitutional regime  under  another  Romanoff  sovereign.       X.  Y.  Z. 


Man  and  Mystic 

William  Blake  the  Man.     By  Charles  Gardner.     E.  P.  Dutton 
and  Company. 

^  EARLY  a  century  and  a  half  ago  the  sapient  Mr.  Henry 
^  Mathew  wrote  an  apologetic  Advertisement  to  the  Poetical 
Sketches  of  William  Blake.  To  the  Muses  was  printed  in  that 
collection.  So  was  How  Sweet  I  Roamed,  and  To  the  Evening 
Star.  And  the  Reverend  Mr.  Mathew  sponsored  such  songs 
with  his  tongue  in  his  cheek!  For  the  visions  of  Blake,  however, 
the  whirligig  of  time  has,  in  the  past  fifty  years,  brought  in 
ample  and  sweet  revenges.  Praise  and  understanding  have 
come  apace.  For  the  stodgy  and  futile  Hayleys  and  Stothards 
of  the  eighteenth  century,  blind  to  the  real  soul  of  Blake,  the 
late  nineteenth  century  has  interpreted  him  through  the  poetic 
genius  of  Swinburne  and  Yeats.  Patient  study  has  yielded  up 
the  key  to  the  "Prophetic  Books,"  once  regarded  as  chaotic  rav- 
ings. They  have  been  found  to  have  a  fairly  consistent  symbolic 
scheme  which  may  be  understood  with  little  difficulty.  Most 
of  the  later  writers  on  Blake  have  stressed  his  unique  mo- 
dernity. It  is  not  a  false  enthusiasm,  either,  that  proclaims  him 
as  the  precursor  in  certain  respects  of  such  rebels  as  Nietzsche, 
Butler,  and  Shaw.   "The  Proverbs  of  Hell,"  for  instance,  consti- 


tute a  revolutionists'  handbook  as  pungent  in  new  points  of 
view  as  "Man  and  Superman";  and  in  "The  Visions  of  the 
Daughters  of  Albion,"  Blake  analyzes  self-love  as  mercilessly  as 
Meredith  does  in  "The  Egoist."  One  can  scarcely  credit  such  a 
dynamic  apparition  as  Blake  among  a  generation  to  whom  Dr. 
Johnson's  horse-sense  was  neighing  most  ponderously  and  pon- 
tifically. 

Mr.  Gardner's  "Blake  the  Man"  is  especially  valuable  for  its 
emphasis  on  Blake's  modern  aspect.  It  traces  his  mental  and 
spiritual  growth,  and  presents  a  clear  and  plastic  image  of  the 
man.  Mr.  Gardner  has  a  pleasant  and  elastic  style  devoid  of 
that  deadly  pedantry,  that  windy  verbosity  which  is  a  familiar 
dry  rot  on  the  style  of  the  learned  in  mysticism.  His  exposi- 
tion is  convincing  because  of  his  easy  assurance,  his  humorous 
sense  of  proportion,  and  his  thorough  understanding  of  the 
men  of  Blake's  circle  and  of  the  books  in  which  Blake  found 
profound  affiliations  and  violent  reactions.  The  personal  influ- 
ence in  turn  of  Cromek  and  Flaxman,  Stothard  and  Hayley, 
are  commented  upon  in  detail.  Of  the  books  that  go  far  in 
explaining  Blake,  the  most  important  is  Swedenborg's  "Angelic 
Wisdom  Concerning  the  Divine  Love."  Mr.  Gardner  quotes  mar- 
ginal annotations  from  Blake's  own  copy  of  this  work  to  show 
how  Blake  gradually  diverged  from  his  author's  point  of  view 
as  he  discovered  the  rationalistic  foundation  of  Swedenborg's 
supersensual  world.  "Thel"  and  "Tiriel,"  it  is  pointed  out,  were 
both  written  early  under  the  influence  of  Swedenborg.  "Thel"  re- 
flects the  cloying  sweetness  and  passivity  so  inimical  to  Blake's 
fundamental  creed,  but  "Tiriel"  in  his  contempt  of  the  beautiful 
foreshadows  Blake's  revolt  from  the  reasoned  coldness  of  Swe- 
denborg. "The  Marriage  of  Heaven  and  Hell"  is  later  quoted  to 
reveal  Blake's  ultimate  dissatisfaction  with  the  Swedish  mystic. 
What  Blake  found  most  admirable  in  Swedenborg  was  his 
devils.  In  their  wonderful  exuberance  and  energy  they  fitted 
into  Blake's  doctrine  of  obedience  to  energy  and  passion.  The 
angels  of  Swedenborg's  Heaven,  on  the  other  hand,  were  dull 
negations  of  the  devil  virtues — mere  passive,  spineless  dis- 
courses of  theology.  One  can  imagine  Blake  laughing  sar- 
donically as  Swedenborg's  devils  peep  into  Heaven  and  then 
disgustedly  plunge  headforemost  back  into  Hell.  That  portion 
of  Mr.  Gardner's  book  which  deals  with  Blake's  relations  with 
Swedenborgian  thought  is  exceedingly  well  done. 

The  much-misunderstood  "Prophetic  Books"  are  not  analyzed 
in  detail  by  Mr.  Gardner,  but  their  significance  in  the  growth 
of  Blake's  thought  is  well  suggested.  Blake's  central  theme  is 
shown  to  be  the  fall  of  man  from  a  state  of  imaginative  freedom 
into  a  muddy  existence  swayed  by  Reason  and  its  attendant 
evils.  Excerpts  are  taken  from  the  "Jerusalem,"  the  "Milton," 
and  the  "Four  Zoas"  to  illustrate  Blake's  mature  thought  con- 
cerning deism,  various  theological  dogmas,  sex,  and  his  sym- 
bolical view  of  Christ  as  the  fierce  apostle  of  energy  and  passion, 
as  the  embodiment  of  the  creative  imagination.  The  two  great 
symbolical  protagonists  in  the  spiritual  conflicts  of  the  "Pro- 
phetic Books"  are  Los  (Imagination)  and  Urizen  (Reason). 
These  wage  hideous  warfare  in  the  soul  of  man,  for  since  they 
have  fallen  out  of  the  Divine  Order  there  is  no  harmony  be- 
tween them.  Blake  engraved  two  awe-inspiring  figures  illus- 
trating these  two  forces,  and  they  are  reproduced  in  this  volume. 
As  the  "Prophetic  Books"  contain  passages  of  rare  beauty  and 
power,  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  Mr.  Gardner's  work  will  stimulate 
many  to  read  poems  generally  ignored.  The  beautiful  lament 
of  Ahania  in  the  "Book  of  Ahania"  is  one  of  many  gems  known 
only  to  Blake  enthusiasts. 

The  engravings  used  as  illustrations  here  are  handsomely 
reproduced.  One's  only  regret  is  that  there  are  not  more.  The 
text  is  so  interesting  on  the  subject  of  Blake's  and  Stothard's 
engravings  of  The  Canterbury  Pilgrims  that  it  would  have 
been  a  happy  thought  to  reproduce  the  two  rival  versions  side 
by  side.  The  famous  engraving,  The  Ancient  of  Days,  meas- 
uring out  a  new  universe  with  vast  compasses,  is  happily  re- 
produced in  all   its  impressive  grandeur.     The  mention   of  it 


108 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


leads  one  back  to  Blake's  modernity,  for  The  Ancient  of  Days 
was  engraved  by  Blake  as  a  preface  to  "Europe,  a  Prophecy." 
The  forces  gathering  for  conflict  in  this  poem  and  deluging  the 
world  with  blood  curiously  foreshadow  the  war  but  lately  ended ; 
yet  what  irony  attaches  to  the  poem  when  one  is  drawn  to  read 
the  peace  of  Versailles  in  the  symbolical  light  of  The  Ancient 
of  Days  arriving  after  the  gory  tumult  to  mark  out  a  new 
idealistic  order  for  man!  Glen  Mullin 


Books  in  Brief 

Til  THEN  it  comes  to  wearing  armor  soldiers  would  rather 
*  *  risk  the  ills  they  know  not  of  than  bear  those  they  have 
already.  In  the  sixteenth  century  they  hastened  the  decline  of 
armor  by  throwing  it  aside  (or  away)  whenever  they  could; 
so  in  the  twentieth  the  infantrymen  of  the  Allies  who  had  to 
march  and  charge  under  equipment  weighing  sixty  pounds  or 
more  could  not  be  convinced  that  additional  pounds  would  be 
worth  in  protection  what  they  would  cost  in  effort.  Moreover, 
the  aesthetic  element  is  larger  than  the  layman  guesses. 
Young  soldiers  resent  an  ugly  helmet  as  young  civilians  resent 
an  ugly  hat.  Not  only  the  undeniable  utility  of  the  British- 
American  "porridge-bowl"  model  commended  it  to  its  wearers 
but  also  its  equally  undeniable  set  and  swing.  It  suited  many 
faces.  In  the  French  helmet,  with  its  jaunty  crest  and  brim 
the  most  popular  of  helmets,  utility  and  beauty  most  inti- 
mately met.  This  helmet  was  first  adopted  and  least  changed 
of  all  the  types  of  armor  used  in  the  war.  General  Adrian  de- 
signed it  as  a  steel  cap  before  December,  1914,  and  no  less  an 
artist  than  Edouard  Detaille  gave  it  its  now  classic  form.  That 
helmets  were  not  the  only  forms  of  armor  employed,  or  at  least 
tested,  during  the  World  War  appears  from  the  admirable 
monograph  on  "Helmets  and  Body  Armor  in  Modern  Warfare" 
(Yale  University  Press)  published  for  the  Metropolitan  Museum 


Homer  Folks' 

NEW  BOOK 

THE  HUMAN  COSTS 
OF  THE  WAR 

"Like  Gibbs'  Now  it  Can  Be  Told,  and 
Keynes'  Economic  Consequences  of  the  Peace," 
says  The  Survey,  "this  is  a  book  to  be 
owned  and  read  —  and  like  them  it  is  read- 
able. Mr.  Folks'  subject  is  as  important  as 
theirs,  and  his  competence  is  unquestionable. 
What  we  have  is  not  a  succession  of 
harrowing  scenes,  but  the  real  explanation  of 
what  happened  to  the  people." 

Here  is  a  book  for  every  thinking  man  and 

O      woman  who  would  take  stock  of  the  price 

^      humanity  must  pay  for  the  madness  of  war. 

SJX       Get    it    today    from    your    bookseller, 
\<y      or   fill  out   the   coupon   attached   and 
THE  HUMAN  \4       mail  to  the  publishers.    The  book  is 

COSTS  OFTHE WAR   \<fc       fully  illustrated,  cloth  bound,  and 


\ 


\ 


N-l 


% 


HARPER  &  \\ 
BROTHERS       \% 

Franklin  Squire      \f> 

NEW  YORK  A, 

I  enclose  $2.40  to 
cover  all  charges 
on   my   copy   of 


By  Homer  Folks 


w 
\ 


costs  $2.25  net,  or  $2.40  postpaid. 


\ 


\ 

B 


HARPER  &  BROTHERS 

Est.  1817 

NEW  YORK 

EBBBBBSBOBfl 


BRENTANO'S 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth  Avenue   and   27th   Street,  New  York   City 

Reference  Books  for  the  Banker, 
Lawyer,  Editor,  Writer,  etc. 


Who's  Who,  1920,  in  England 

(Nov/  ready)  Cloth,  $15.00 

An  Annual  Biographical  Dictionary  with  which  is 
incorporated  "Men  and  Women  of  the  Time." 

Who's  Who  in  America,  1920-21 

(Ready  early  in  July)  Probable  price,  $7.50 

A  Biographical  Dictionary  of  Notable  Living  Men 
and  Women  of  the  United  States. 

Who's  Who  and  Why  in  Canada,  1917-18 

(Latest  edition  available)  Cloth,  $6.00 

A     Biographical    Dictionary    of    Notable    Canadians. 

The  American  Year  Book 

Cloth,  $5.00 

A  Record  of  Events  and  Progress  for  1919.  Here,  in 
one  volume,  is  a  complete  digest  of  the  events  of 
interest  to  Americans  that  have  taken  place  in  busi- 
ness, politics,  science,  art,  education,  literature  and 
every  other  field  of  human  endeavor  during  the  past 
year. 


The  China  Year  Book,  1919 


Cloth,  $9. 


A  mine  of  information  on  all  that  appertains  to  that 
country. 


The  Japan  Year  Book,  1919-20 


$5.00 


Complete  Cyclopaedia  of  Information  and  Statistics 
on  Japan. 

Exporters'   Gazetteer  of  Foreign  Markets, 
1920-21 

Edited  by  Lloyd  R.  Morris  Cloth,  $10.00 

The  sort  of  analysis  of  the  world's  trade  which  every 
manufacturer,  exporter,  shipping  man,  economist,  and 
banker  should  have. 


Postage  Additional 

BRENTANO'S 

Retail   Book   Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27th  Street 
New  York  City 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


109 


of  Art  by  Mr.  Bashford  Dean,  Curator  of  Armor  at  the  Museum 
and  lately  a  major  of  ordnance  in  the  American  army.  Au- 
thoritative as  regards  the  British,  French,  and  Americans,  Mr. 
Dean  at  least  glances  at  the  other  armies  engaged,  though  in 
these  directions  much  remains  to  be  done.  Within  his  field  of 
special  knowledge  he  has  touched  and  illuminated  almost  every 
phase  of  the  art  and  craft  of  the  armorer  ancient  or  modern. 
Rarely  indeed  has  such  historical  erudition  as  Mr.  Dean's  been 
applied  to  a  theme  so  recent  and  in  most  respects  so  businesslike. 

BOLSHEVISM  AT  WORK,"  by  William  T.  Goode  (Har- 
court,  Brace  and  Howe),  employs  the  same  method  and 
covers  about  the  same  ground  as  Arthur  Ransome's  "Russia  in 
1919."  By  records  of  his  interviews  with  Lenin  and  the  prin- 
cipal commissars  and  by  direct  observation  of  a  few  industrial 
plants,  Mr.  Goode  tries  to  suggest  the  impression  of  an  ener- 
getically creative  society  working  with  confidence  and  imagina- 
tion at  the  building  of  a  well-planned  structure.  He  has  less 
difficulty  in  convincing  the  reader  of  the  earnestness  and  the 
self-denying  devotedness  of  Russia's  present  leaders  than  in 
proving  the  value  of  the  work  that  has  thus  far  been  accom- 
plished. It  is  clear  that  the  writer  approaches  the  Bolsheviki 
with  unfavorable  preconceptions  and,  finding  their  character 
and  their  conduct  unlike  what  he  had  been  led  to  expect,  al- 
lowed himself  to  be  carried  too  far  in  appreciation.  We  miss 
the  guarded  reserve  which  is  discernible  in  an  avowed  sympa- 
thizer like  Mr.  Ransome,  whose  longer  familiarity  with  the 
subject  has  taught  him  where  to  look  for  flaws.  For  all  that 
he  sees  he  is  filled  with  admiration — for  the  workings  of  the 
political  machinery,  for  the  elaborate  industrial  organization, 
for  the  judiciary,  for  the  system  of  education,  for  the  cultiva- 
tion of  art,  and  the  imperfections  which  he  recognizes  are  no 
more  serious  than  may  be  found  in  any  system  devised  and 
operated  by  human  fallibility.  Experimental  ideas  and  emerg- 
ency programs  are  treated  as  if  they  already  enjoyed  the  sanc- 
tion of  long  trial.  If  we  accepted  Mr.  Goode's  version  of  the 
situation  we  should  believe  that  the  Bolsheviki  are  much  nearer 
to  realizing  their  original  communist  scheme  for  the  control 
of  the  land  and  of  industries  and  have  a  much  firmer  hold  on 
the  population  than  was  claimed  for  them  by  Mr.  Ransome. 
The  six  months  which  elapsed  between  Mr.  Ransome's  visit  and 
Mr.  Goode's  were  scarcely  enough  to  produce  such  a  difference 
in  the  state  of  things  as  to  explain  the  discrepancy  in  their 
records.  There  can  be  little  question  of  the  latter's  sincerity 
and  freedom  from  bias,  and  there  can  be  no  ground  for  sus- 
picion of  political  propaganda;  but  it  is  permissible  to  enter- 
tain some  doubt  about  his  critical  sagacity. 

THE  need  of  a  one-volume  history  of  France  in  English, 
imperfectly  supplied  by  such  manuals  as  Mr.  Cecil  Head- 
lam's  "France,"  Professor  George  Burton  Adams's  "Growth  of 
the  French  Nation,"  and  the  translations  from  French  histo- 
rians like  Duruy,  is  met  by  Professor  William  Stearns  Davis's 
"History  of  France  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Treaty  of 
Versailles"  (Houghton  Mifflin).  However  admirable  they  may 
still  be  from  certain  standpoints,  the  pre-war  histories  treat 
in  far  too  summary  a  fashion  the  period  since  1815,  relegat- 
ing to  one  or  two  final  chapters  that  century  which  is  most 
important  to  the  reader  of  today.  To  this  period,  with  its 
many  abrupt  and  perplexing  changes  of  government,  Pro- 
fessor Davis  devotes  a  full  third  of  his  book,  considering  at 
length  the  tangled  politics  of  the  Third  Republic,  the  develop- 
ment of  the  French  colonial  empire  in  Africa,  and  sketching 
briefly  in  his  last  chapter  the  course  of  the  world  war.  In- 
ferior to  Adams's  work  in  philosophic  grasp,  and  making  no 
pretence  to  original  scholarship,  the  volume  provides  for  the 
student  and  general  reader  not  a  military  or  diplomatic  his- 
tory but  a  history  of  the  French  people,  full  of  those  well- 
chosen  and  interesting  details  which  a  writer  of  successful  his- 
torical romances  and  a  high  school  history  might  be  expected 


to  recognize  and  include.  As  in  the  case  of  his  text-book, 
"Mediaeval  and  Modern  Europe,"  Professor  Davis  has  worked 
with  collaborators,  entrusting  in  this  case  all  the  drudgery  of 
scholarship,  including  the  maps,  the  translations,  the  redac- 
tion of  the  text,  the  chronological  table,  the  concise  appendix 
on  the  Estates  General,  and  the  full  and  excellent  critical 
bibliography  of  English  books,  to  Miss  Gertrude  Jacobsen. 

TV/fR.  GEORGE  WHITEFIELD  MEAD,  author  of  "The 
*■  *  Great  Menace"  (Dodd,  Mead),  thunders  in  the  index  of 
his  little  book  and  roars  as  gently  as  a  dove  in  the  appendix. 
He  first  calls  upon  us  to  place  our  heels  on  the  Dragon  of 
Bolshevism,  then  to  dig  him  up  by  the  roots,  finally  to  exorcise 
him  by  the  spirit  of  justice  and  brotherhood.  The  New  York 
Times  intones  the  curse  and  the  Apostle  Paul  the  benedic- 
tion. And  what  is  this  great  menace?  Something  which  aims 
to  produce  in  America  conditions  similar  to  those  prevailing  in 
Russia.  What  are  conditions  in  Russia?  Ask  Mr.  Hoover. 
He  has  not  been  there,  it  is  true,  but  he  knows  that  "the  streets 
of  every  city  and  village  have  run  with  the  blood  of  execu- 
tions." Or  ask  the  United  States  Senate  Judiciary  Committee 
on  Bolshevism  about  the  suppression  of  Sunday-schools  and  the 
desecration  of  Easter  by  the  Bolsheviki.  But  for  meticulous 
accuracy  of  detail  consult  the  Minneapolis  Tribune,  and  learn 
that  "Russian  Bolshevism,  triumphant  in  this  country,  would 
be  followed  by  the  confiscation  of  203,432  church  edifices  .  .  . 
and  by  atheist  dictatorship  domination  over  41,926,854  church 
members."  Some  optimist  who  refuses  to  be  "shocked  out  of  a 
false  sense  of  security"  may  continue  to  nurse  the  unconquerable 
hope  that  there  is  an  overlooked  41,926,855th  church  member 
who  will  intrench  himself  in  a  possible  263,433d  church  edifice 
and  hold  the  fort  for  Christianity.  But  that  optimist  must  be 
made  to  see  that  he  who  does  not  share  the  Great  Fear  is  him- 
self a  subtle  agent  of  the  Great  Menace. 


Fiction       Sociology       History       Belles -Lettres 


Open  the  Door 


An    English     novel   of     unusual 
theme  and  quality. 


CATHERINE  CARSWELL 
$2.00 


Darkwater 


The  tragedy  and    aspiration     of 
the  Negro  Race. 


W.  E.  B.  DU  BOIS 

$2.00 


11  ST 

m 


W^at  the  Workers  Want 

The  aims   of  British  labor,  told     ARTHUR  GLEASON 
in  the  workers'  ovi  n  words.  C  A  r\r\ 

An  Introduction  to  Social  Ethics 

JOHN  M.  MECKLIN 
$3.75 


A   study    of    the    conscience    of 
State  acting  upon  social 
institutions. 


A.  F.  POLLARD 

$3.25 

J.  M.  BUDISH 
and  GEO.  SOULE 

$3.00 


A  Short   History  oi  the  Great  War 

^^ith   19  special  maps  that  are 
marvels  of  clearness. 

The  New  Unionism 

The  origin,  structure,  methods  and 
program  of  the  new  type  of  unionism 
in  the  clothing  industry. 

A  Guide  to  Russian  Literature 

Great  Russian  writers  from  1825  to  M.  J.  OLGIN 

1917  sympathetically  interpreted.  $3.00 

Musical  Portraits  PAUL  rosenfeld 

Remarkable  appreciations  of  20  modern  £2  §0 

composers,  from  Wagner  to  Bloch. 

HARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  i&47&S 


International  Relations  Section 


Contents 


HUNGARY 

The  War   Record  of   Ex-Premier   Huszar 110 

Count   Karolyi'e   Manifesto HO 

The  Political  Results  of  the  Hungarian   Boycott HI 

The    Austrian    Intellectuals    on    the    Boycott HI 

THE   CRISIS  IN   SOUTH   AMERICA 

The  Treaty  of  Ancon 112 

The    Truce    Between    Chile    and    Bolivia 113 


The  War  Record  of  Ex-Premier  Huszar 

THE  following  deposition  concerning  the  conduct  of 
Charles  Huszar,  former  Hungarian  Premier,  and  his 
associates,  is  reprinted  from  Az  Ember  (Vienna)  for  June  6. 

Affidavit:  Taken  on  January  20,  1920,  at  Brasov  (Brasso) 
before  Colonel  Vecerdea,  Royal  Rumanian  Prefect  of  Police; 
Colonel  John  Neculea,  Judge-Advocate;  and  Lieutenant  Alex- 
ander Stefanescu,  clerk. 

Subject:  Hungarian  atrocities  at  Brasov,  committed  in  1916. 

The  deponents :  Michael  Russ,  principal  of  a  public  school,  and 
his  companions  relate  as  follows: 

When  on  October  10,  1916,  the  Rumanian  army  evacuated 
Brasov,  the  city  was  entered,  by  order  of  the  Hungarian  Gov- 
ernment, by  a  Hungarian  intelligence  detachment.  The  leaders 
of  the  detachment  were  First  Lieutenant  Arpy  and  Sergeant 
Charles  Huszar,  at  present  Premier  of  Hungary.  The  detach- 
ment consisted  of  120  gendarmes  and  several  secret  service 
agents  in  civilian  clothes.  Immediately  on  their  arrival,  at 
night,  they  surrounded  the  so-called  Bolgarszeg  quarters  of  the 
city,  driving  the  people  out  of  their  homes  and  corralling  them 
on  the  Porond  Square.  Those  refusing  to  hurry  along  were 
shot  instantaneously.  Thus  the  following  were  killed:  Deme- 
trius Mosoi,  aged  52;  John  Lazar,  64;  Theodor  Farkasan,  58; 
Alexander  Russ,  60;  Nicholas  Gavoi,  56;  Mrs.  Aspasia  Ungu- 
rean,  36  (mother  of  four  children)  ;  Alexander  Popa,  50;  Peter 
Vacar,  46  (a  one-armed  invalid)  ;  and  a  few  others  unidentified 
■*— in  all,  fourteen  persons.  The  drive  ended  at  4  a.  m.  We 
were  all  lined  up  on  the  above-named  square  and  interrogated 
one  by  one.  The  hearing,  conducted  by  Lieutenant  Arpy,  con- 
sisted in  taking  down  our  names  and  addresses,  and  asking  us 
the  question:  "What  did  you  steal?"  Woe  unto  those  who  said 
they  did  not  steal  anything!  They  were  at  once  stripped  naked 
and  no  matter  whether  it  was  a  woman,  man,  or  child,  young 
or  old,  each  received  twenty-five  blows  with  canes  on  the  bare 
body.  This  terrible  "hearing"  lasted  all  day.  Of  course,  every- 
body said  in  the  end  that  he  had  stolen  this  or  that,  though  all 
were  innocent. 

In  the  evening,  in  front  of  the  Church  of  St.  Nicholas,  Ser- 
geant Charles  Huszar  announced  that  he  was  going  to  have 
every  one  of  us  executed.  He  ordered  some  German  troops  in 
his  command  to  prepare  for  the  execution,  and  bade  us  to  kneel 
down  and  say  our  prayers.  We  knelt  down  and  awaited  death, 
but  at  the  last  moment  Major  Opitz,  of  the  Commissariat,  a 
humane  Czech,  arrived  and  told  Huszar  that  the  Heir-ApDarent 
(the  Archduke  Charles)  was  expected  to  arrive  next  day  and 
that  he  (Major  Opitz)  declined  responsibility  for  the  proceed- 
ings. Thereupon  Sergeant  Charles  Huszar  became  angered  to 
such  extent  that  he  fired  his  rifle  point  blank  into  the  crowd. 
By  accident  he  did  not  hit  anybody.  Thereupon  all  the  male 
prisoners  were  driven  into  the  Church  of  St.  Nicholas  and  there 
flogged  into  insensibility.  The  deponent,  Michael  Russ,  princi- 
pal of  a  public  school,  was  beaten  by  Charles  Huszar  himself, 
who  used  the  butt  of  his  rifle.     There  is  no  end  to  the  atrocities 


committed  by  these  two  bestial  men  (Arpy  and  Huszar)  in  the 
counties  of  Brasov  and  Haromszek.  The  so-called  K-Stelle  was 
located  in  the  Brasov  School  of  the  lumber  industry,  the  prison 
in  the  cellar  and  the  citadel.  Here  the  following  were  executed : 
Basil  Muntyan,  Damian  Nistov,  Denis  Procan,  and  John  Calu- 
ger,  all  priests.  The  merchant  Eremia  was  flogged  till  he  be- 
came insane.  In  the  casemates  of  this  citadel  hundreds  of 
corpses  lay  about  unburied.  We  request  that  the  depositions 
of  the  following  be  taken:  former  Sergeant  of  Gendarmes 
Csepes  and  Private  Anthony  Gregor.  They  were  members  of 
the  detachment,  but  became  so  disgusted  with  the  horrors  that 
they  deserted.  At  present  Csepes  is  domiciled  at  Petrocile  32, 
Brasov. 

Count  Karolyi's  Manifesto 

THE  following  manifesto  of  Count  Michael  Karolyi,  at 
present  living  in  exile  in  Czecho-Slovakia,  is  reprinted 
from  Az  Ember  (Vienna)  for  April  3. 

To  the  Enslaved  Hungarians-: 

There  is  no  hour  of  the  day  but  that  my  thoughts  dwell  with 
you,  my  imprisoned,  downtrodden,  tortured  brethren. 

Tears  burst  into  my  eyes,  my  fists  clench  with  rage  when- 
ever I  think  of  the  crimes  committed  against  you.  To  know 
that  the  number  of  innocent  victims  increases  day  by  day;  to 
know  that  we  in  our  enforced  exile  cannot  rush  to  your  aid 
and  smite  down  your  executioners  is  unbearable. 

Hungary  today  is  a  great  death  chamber.  Under  the  guise 
of  Christianity,  with  the  catchword  of  neighborly  love,  the  sys- 
tem on  which  rests  the  guilt  of  five  years'  war  has  been  revived, 
The  darkest  pages  of  medieval  history,  with  their  vaults  of 
torture,  are  repeated. 

During  the  war  clericalism,  that  henchman  of  rapacious  mili- 
tarism, pronounced  its  blessing  on  the  cannon.  Today,  with 
crucifix  in  hand,  robed  in  the  surplice,  it  blesses  the  thumb- 
screws of  the  Awakening  Hungarians  and  unites  with  the  mur- 
derers who  have  massacred  hundreds  of  innocent  people  at 
Kecskemet  and  elsewhere. 

But  the  reign  of  the  Magyar  Torquemada  cannot  last  much 
longer.  That  edifice  of  lies  and  sham  slogans  must  crumble. 
We  who  live  abroad  cannot  preach  to  you  war  and  rebellion, 
however  justified.  We  know  only  too  well  the  fate  of  those  who, 
loyal  to  their  principles,  refuse  to  bend  their  knees  before  the 
Terror.  Yet  we  wish  to  inspire  strength,  courage,  and  faith 
in  the  souls  of  the  despairing,  of  those  who  in  their  terrible 
visitation  have  lost  trust  in  the  final  victory. 

You  who  in  the  internment  camps  of  Hajmasker,  in  the  prisons 
of  Budapest  and  other  parts  of  Hungary  endure  unspeakable 
torment  of  the  body  and  soul — may  your  faith  live  strong  and 
unshakable.  We  homeless  exiles  shall  not  forget  you;  we  shall 
do  whatever  little  we  can  to  enlighten  the  conscience  of  the 
world,  to  stir  humanity  to  active  protest  against  the  Hun- 
garian horrors. 

All  the  frantic  efforts  of  the  reactionaries  cannot  drown  the 
voices  that  rise,  as  from  Dante's  Inferno,  from  the  hosts  of 
nameless  heroes  in  their  mortal  agony.  As  we  hear  those 
voices,  so  does  the  world,  this  new  world  struggling  onward  on 
the  road  of  progress.  Every  blow  is  echoed,  every  drop  of 
blood  will  bear  its  fruit  a  hundredfold. 

Only  on  the  road  of  suffering  and  trial  does  man  find  his 
better  self,  does  he  discover  in  the  depth  of  his  soul  the  strength 
that  otherwise  may  have  remained  hidden  forever.  Reformers, 
messengers  of  a  new  faith,  have  been  persecuted  everywhere,  in 
all  ages ;  yes,  by  the  blood  of  martyrs  the  Idea  always  triumphs. 
It  is  you  who  lend  us  strength  to  struggle  on.  And  whenever 
our  hour  of  trial  shall  strike,  it  will  be  your  example  that  will 
enable  us  to  bear  our  cross. 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


111 


But  the  time  will  come  when  the  scourge  drives  the  publicans 
and  Pharisees  out  of  the  House  of  God.  May  this  thought,  the 
faith  in  a  regenerated  humanity,  live  in  you. 

Your  sufferings,  your  spilt  blood  will  be  the  brick  and  mortar 
of  the  Socialist  world,  built  on  the  rock  of  true  brotherhood, 
the  Gospel's  kingdom  of  the  poor  of  today.  Workers  of  Hun- 
gary, my  enslaved  brethren,  however  hard  it  all  may  seem,  re- 
member the  words:  "Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  Except  a 
corn  of  wheat  fall  into  the  ground  and  die,  it  abideth  alone; 
but  if  it  die,  it  bringeth  forth  much  fruit." 

Signed:     Michael  Karolyi 

The  Political  Results  of  the  Hungarian 

Boycott 

THE  announcement  on  June  4  of  the  International  Trade 
Union  Federation  that  an  embargo  on  all  communica- 
tion with  Hungary  would  be  put  into  effect  on  June  20, 
created  great  consternation  in  political  circles  at  Budapest. 
On  June  5  the  existence  of  the  White  Terror  was  for  the 
first  time  admitted  on  the  floor  of  the  National  Assembly. 
In  a  secret  session  Deputy  Hencz,  a  Christian  Nationalist, 
exposed  the  abortive  plan  of  the  officers  of  the  Hejjas  and 
Ostenburg  detachments  and  the  Society  of  Awakening  Hun- 
garians to  overthrow  the  Assembly  and  proclaim  a  military 
dictatorship. 

For  the  first  time  Lieutenant  Hejjas  and  Count  Ostenburg 
were  denounced  by  name,  and  their  punishment  was  de- 
manded even  by  supporters  of  the  Government.  One  of  the 
speakers  was  Count  Albert  Apponyi,  the  veteran  conserva- 
tive statesman,  who  said,  in  part: 

Let  us  call  a  spade  a  spade.  The  atrocities  are  committed, 
not  by  civilians  disguised  as  officers,  but  by  genuine  officers  who 
are  not  worthy  of  the  name.  Officers'  gangs  commit  one  revolt- 
ing murder  after  the  other  with  bestial  cruelty.  This  sort  of 
thing  must  be  stopped  if  the  country  is  not  to  be  ruined. 

Measures  to  combat  the  Terror  were  discussed  in  subse- 
quent meetings,  spokesmen  of  the  Government  persisting  in 
the  stand  that  the  excesses  were  committed  by  "irresponsible 
elements"  masquerading  as  officers.  On  June  13  the  Official 
Gazette  promulgated  a  decree,  signed  by  the  Minister  of 
Defense,  General  Soos,  purporting  to  dissolve  the  "detach- 
ments" and  to  prohibit  interference  with  civilians  by  mem- 
bers of  the  armed  force.  On  this  decree  Becsi  Magyar 
Ujsag  (a  Vienna  Hungarian  paper,  organ  of  the  non- 
socialist  radical  refugees)  comments  editorially  as  follows 
in  the  issue  of  June  15: 

We  have  read  carefully  the  text  of  this  order,  as  transmitted 
in  official  dispatches,  and  we  declare  on  our  honor  and  con- 
science this  order  means  that  everything  remains  unchanged. 

The  Budapest  correspondent  of  the  newspaper  transmits 
the  following  text  of  the  decree: 

All  activities  of  all  military  formations,  of  agents  of  the 
armed  force,  and  of  detachments  and  their  investigators,  must 
cease  in  matters  pertaining  to  civilians.  These  formations  will 
henceforth  be  incorporated  in  the  organization  of  military  justice. 
Military  authorities  and  their  subordinate  officials  may  proceed 
against  civilians  only  in  cases  arising  from  crimes  against  the 
military  force  of  the  state.  Confiscations,  and  the  searching  of 
persons  and  homes,  may  even  in  such  cases  be  carried  out  only 
on  written  warrants  issued  by  the  military  commander  in  charge. 
Exception  to  this  rule  obtains  in  cases  where  civilians  are 
caught  in  a  criminal  act;  but  civilians  thus  arrested  must 
within  forty-eight  hours  be  arraigned  before  the  (military) 
judge-advocate  of  the  district.     During  the  period  of  transition, 


pending  the  enactment  of  laws  restoring  political  and  social 
order,  military  authorities  and  their  organs  must  limit  them- 
selves to  proceedings  undertaken  at  the  request  of  the  civil 
authority  concerned,  and  in  cases  brought  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  military  authority  all  evidence  must  be  submitted  to  the 
civil  authority  concerned.  Those  military  officials  and  investi- 
gators who  abuse  their  power  by  transgressing  the  above  regu- 
lations, must  be  arrested  at  once  and  turned  over  to  the  nearest 
military  authority. 

Analyzing  this  decree  Becsi  Magyar  Ujsag  points  out  that 
(1)  the  incorporation  of  the  "detachments"  into  the  Na- 
tional Army  means  absolutely  no  change,  as  the  most  dreaded 
units,  the  Pronay  and  Ostenburg  detachments,  are  already 
so  incorporated  as  the  Third  and  Twenty-sixth  Chasseur 
Battalions  respectively;  (2)  that  "for  a  period  of  transition" 
the  power  of  the  military  organs  remains  unaffected;  (3) 
that  the  military  may  arrest  anybody  charged  with  an  of- 
fense against  the  army,  such  offenses  to  be  defined  by  the 
military  themselves;  (4)  that  military  officers  transgressing 
the  regulation  will  be  dealt  with  by  the  military  authorities 
themselves.    The  paper  continues : 

We  ask:  Of  the  hundreds  of  atrocities  enumerated  by  the 
British  Labor  Party  report  how  many  would  not  be  repeated 
because  of  this  decree?  Not  one;  and  if  the  boycott  had  not 
been  declared  already,  it  ought  to  be  declared  now,  and  con- 
tinued until  somebody  other  than  Horthy  will  issue  decrees 
against  Horthy.  Ceterum  censemus  Horthy culturam  esse 
delendam. 

Ernest  Garami,  leader  of  the  Right  Wing  of  the  Hun- 
garian Social  Democratic  Party,  who  went  into  exile  at  the 
establishment  of  Bela  Kun's  Government,  comments  in 
Az  Ember  for  June  20  as  follows: 

There  is  no  change  in  the  Hungarian  situation.  The  change  is 
merely  in  the  tactics  of  the  Government.  So  far  the  Govern- 
ment has  denied  the  existence  of  the  White  Terror;  from  now 
on  it  merely  disclaims  responsibility  for  it. 

In  the  same  issue  of  Az  Ember  its  editor,  Frank  Gondor, 
writes : 

What  the  Hungarian  Government,  with  the  cooperation  of 
Herr  Apponyi,  is  trying  to  put  over  now  is  nothing  but  humbug 
of  the  most  impudent  sort.  ...  A  more  murderous,  a  more 
rabid  terror  is  raging  in  Hungary  now  than  ever  before.  .  .  . 
It  is  not  true  that  Horthy,  the  cabinet,  and  the  National  As- 
sembly are  in  earnest  about  abolishing  the  Terror.  What  they 
want  is  not  abolition  of  the  Terror.  What  they  want  is  merely 
to  make  Europe  believe  that  there  is  no  Terror.  .  .  .  Nobody 
ought  to  expect  that  the  regent  of  the  White  Terror  would 
abolish  the  foundation  of  his  very  existence,  the  bloody  rule  of 
the  Terror. 


The  Austrian  Intellectuals  on  the  Boycott 

THE  Free  Association  of  the  Cultural  Societies  of  Ger- 
man-Austria has  transmitted  the  following  document 
to  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  International  Trade 
Union  Federation  at  Amsterdam.  The  document  was  pub- 
lished in  Becsi  Magyar  Ujsag  (Vienna)  on  June  17.  It  is 
signed  by  William  Borner,  an  exponent  of  contemporary  Ger- 
man philosophy. 

It  is  with  the  deepest  horror  and  stupefaction  that  we  observe 
the  atrocities  the  responsibility  for  which  rests  on  the  present 
Hungarian  Government.  Our  Federation,  which  has  for  its  aim 
the  advancement  of  intellectual  and  moral  culture,  regards  those 
deeds  as  such  an  incredible  deviation  from  the  principles  of 
humanity  that  we  learn  with  satisfaction  the  announcement  of 


112 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


the  international  boycott  against  Hungary.  The  Hungarian 
Government  must  see  that  every  class  of  the  peoples  of  all 
civilized  countries  is  prepared  to  sever  all  connection  with  a 
country  whose  political  leaders  trample  upon  the  precepts  of 
humanity  in  such  a  brutal  manner.  We  are  aware  that  the 
boycott  will  gravely  affect  the  innocent,  and  we  profoundly 
regret  this  sad  phase  of  it.  Nevertheless  we  are  convinced 
that,  unlike  the  blockade  of  wartime,  the  present  embargo  is 
justified  by  events.  It  means  stigmatizing  a  country  which, 
with  the  connivance  and  often  even  with  the  encouragement 
of  its  government,  indulges  in  acts  at  the  sight  of  which  civil- 
ized beings  of  the  twentieth  century  cover  their  faces  in  shame. 
This  boycott  rests  on  facts;  for  in  what  other  manner  would 
it  be  possible  to  bring  to  its  senses  an  inhumane  government 
except  by  severing  all  relations  with  it,  isolating  it,  and  switch- 
ing it  outside  of  the  circuit  of  civilized  life?  Although  the  boy- 
cott is  enforced  by  the  class-conscious  proletariat  of  all  coun- 
tries and  is  intended  to  benefit  the  Hungarian  proletariat  first 
of  all,  we  wish  to  give  expression  to  the  fact  that  here  in 
Austria  many  men  and  women,  regardless  of  party  ties  and 
viewpoints,  greet  with  enthusiasm  your  course  in  the  name  of 
human  solidarity  and  transmit  to  you  their  heartfelt  thanks 
for  organizing  this  epoch-making  action.  We  hope  that  your 
well-planned  intervention  will  soon  achieve  the  desired  and 
hoped-for  result. 

Signed:    Wilhelm  Borner, 
For  the  Free  Federation  of  the  Cultural  Societies  of 

German-Austria. 


The  Treaty  of  A  neon 

THE  Treaty  of  Ancon,  on  the  basis  of  which  Chile  still 
hopes  to  settle  the  question  of  Tacna  and  Arica  now 
disturbing  the  peace  of  South  America,  was  signed  in  1883. 

The  Republic  of  Chile  on  the  one  part,  and  the  Republic  of 
Peru  on  the  other,  wishing  to  reestablish  friendly  relations  be- 
tween the  two  nations,  have  determined  to  celebrate  a  treaty  of 
peace  and  friendship,  and  with  this  object  have  named  and  ap- 
pointed their  plenipotentiaries,  namely: 

His  Excellency  the  President  of  Chile  appoints  Mr.  Jovino 
Novoa,  and  his  Excellency  the  President  of  Peru  appoints  Mr. 
Jose  Antonio  Lavalle,  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs,  and  Mr. 
Mariano  Castro  Zaldivar. 

The  above  mentioned,  after  having  shown  their  full  powers 
and  authority,  and  finding  them  in  due  and  correct  form,  have 
agreed  on  the  following  articles : 

Article  1.  Relations  of  peace  and  friendship  are  reestab- 
lished between  the  Republics  of  Chile  and  Peru. 

Article  2.  The  Republic  of  Peru  cedes  to  the  Republic  of 
Chile,  perpetually  and  unconditionally,  the  territory  of  the  coast 
province  of  Tarapaca,  the  limits  of  which  are:  on  the  north  the 
valley  and  river  of  Camarones,  on  the  south  the  valley  and  river 
of  Loa,  on  the  east  the  Republic  of  Bolivia,  and  on  the  west 
the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Article  3.  The  territory  of  the  provinces  of  Tacna  and 
Arica,  limited  on  the  north  by  the  River  Sama,  from  its  origin 
in  the  Andes,  conterminous  with  Bolivia,  to  its  mouth,  where 
it  flows  into  the  Pacific  Ocean,  on  the  south  by  the  valley 
and  river  of  Camarones,  on  the  east  by  the  Republic  of  Bolivia 
and  on  the  west  by  the  Pacific  Ocean,  shall  remain  in  the  posses- 
sion of  Chile,  subject  to  the  laws  and  authorities  of  Chile  during 
the  term  of  ten  years,  to  be  counted  from  the  date  of  the  ratifica- 
tion of  the  present  treaty  of  peace.  This  term  having  expired  a 
plebiscite  shall  decide  by  popular  vote  if  the  territory  of  these 
provinces  shall  remain  definitely  under  the  dominion  and  sov- 
ereignty of  Chile  or  if  they  shall  continue  forming  part  of  the 
territory  of  Peru.  That  one  of  the  two  countries  in  whose  favor 
the  provinces  of  Tacna  and  Arica  shall  be  annexed,  shall  pay  to 
the  other  ten  million  dollars  Chilian  silver  money  or  Peruvian 


soles,  of  equal  percentage  of  fine  silver  and  also  of  equal  weight 
as  the  former. 

A  special  protocol,  which  shall  be  considered  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  present  treaty,  shall  establish  the  form  in  which  the 
plebiscite  shall  take  place,  and  the  terms  and  conditions  on  which 
the  ten  million  dollars  shall  be  paid,  by  the  nation  that  remains 
in  possession  of  the  provinces  of  Tacna  and  Arica. 

Article  4.  In  conformity  with  the  disposition  of  the  supreme 
decree  of  February  9,  1882,  by  which  the  Government  of  Chile 
authorized  the  sale  of  a  million  tons  of  guano,  the  net  product 
of  this  substance,  after  deducting  all  expenses,  as  referred  to 
in  Article  13  of  that  decree,  shall  be  divided  in  equal  parts  be- 
tween the  Government  of  Chile  and  the  creditors  of  Peru,  whose 
titles  of  credit  appear  to  be  based  on  the  security  of  guano. 

On  the  termination  of  the  sale  of  the  million  tons,  referred  to 
in  the  anterior  clause,  the  Government  of  Chile  will  continue 
delivering  to  the  creditors  of  Peru  the  50  per  cent  of  the  net  pro- 
ceeds of  guano  sold,  as  established  in  Article  13,  until  the  debt 
is  totally  paid  or  the  guano  deposits  in  actual  working  are  ex- 
hausted. 

The  product  of  the  deposits  that  may  be  discovered  in  the 
future  in  the  territories  ceded  to  Chile  belong  exclusively  to  the 
Chilian  government. 

Article  5.  If  deposits  of  guano  be  discovered  in  the  terri- 
tories that  remain  under  the  dominion  of  Peru,  in  order  to  avoid 
competition  in  the  sale  of  this  substance,  both  Governments,  of 
common  accord,  shall  previously  determine  the  proportions  and 
conditions  under  which  each  of  them  shall  dispose  of  this  manure. 

The  stipulation  made  in  the  preceding  clause  shall  also  refer  to 
the  existence  of  guano  already  discovered,  that  may  remain  on 
Lobos  Islands,  at  the  time  of  the  delivery  of  these  islands  to- 
Peru,  in  conformity  with  Article  9  of  the  present  treaty. 

Article  6.  The  creditors  of  Peru,  to  whom  are  conceded  the' 
advantages  referred  to  in  Article  4,  shall  submit,  for  the  quali- 
fication of  their  titles  and  for  other  proceedings,  to  the  regla- 
mentation  established  by  the  supreme  decree  of  February  9, 
1882. 

Article  7.  The  obligation  that  the  Government  of  Chile  ac- 
cepts by  Article  4  of  delivering  50  per  cent  of  the  net  product 
of  guano  of  the  deposits  actually  working,  shall  subsist,  if  this 
extraction  takes  place  in  conformity  with  the  existing  contract 
based  upon  the  sale  of  one  million  tons,  or  if  it  be  effected  in 
virtue  of  another  contract,  for  the  exclusive  account  of  the 
Government  of  Chile. 

Article  8.  Except  in  virtue  of  the  declarations  specified  in 
the  preceding  articles  and  of  the  obligations  that  the  Govern- 
ment of  Chile  has  voluntarily  accepted  in  the  supreme  decree 
of  March  28,  1882,  that  regulates  the  nitrate  property  of 
Tarapaca,  the  aforesaid  Government  of  Chile  will  recognize  no 
credits  of  any  class  that  affect  the  new  territories  acquired  by 
the  present  treaty,  whatever  may  be  their  nature  and  ante- 
cedents. 

Article  9.  The  Lobos  Islands  will  continue  to  be  admin- 
istered by  the  Government  of  Chile  until  the  existing  guano  de- 
posits have  furnished  one  million  tons  of  guano,  as  stipulated 
in  Article  4  and  Article  7.  When  the  million  tons  have  been 
extracted  the  islands  shall  be  returned  to  Peru. 

Article  10.  The  Government  of  Chile  declares  that  there 
shall  be  ceded  to  Peru,  from  the  day  that  the  present  treaty 
shall  be  ratified  and  constitutionally  exchanged,  the  50  per  cent 
appertaining  to  that  Republic  from  the  product  of  guano  from 
Lobos  Islands. 

Article  11.  While  no  special  treaty  is  made,  the  mercantile 
relations  between  the  two  countries  shall  subsist  in  the  same 
state  that  they  were  before  April  5,  1879. 

Article  12.  The  indemnity  owing  by  Peru  to  Chilians  who 
have  suffered  damages  on  account  of  the  war,  shall  be  de- 
termined by  a  tribunal  of  arbitration,  or  by  an  international 
mixed  commission,  immediately  after  the  ratification  of  the 
present  treaty,  in  the  form  established  for  the  conventions  re- 


July  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


113 


cently  agreed  upon  between  Chile  and  the  Governments  of  Eng- 
land, France,  and  Italy. 

Article  13.  The  contracting  governments  recognize  and  ac- 
cept the  validity  of  all  administrative  acts  and  judicial  sentences 
made  and  passed  during  the  occupation  of  Peru,  derived  from 
martial  law  exercised  by  the  Government  of  Chile. 

Article  14.  The  present  treaty  shall  be  ratified  and  the 
ratifications  exchanged  in  the  city  of  Lima  as  soon  as  possible, 
within  a  maximum  period  of  one  hundred  and  sixty  days,  count- 
ing from  this  date.     .     .     . 

Dated  at  Lima  the  twentieth  of  October  of  the  year  of  our 
Lord  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  eighty  three. 

Signed:  Jovino  Novoa 
J.  A.  Lavalle 
Mariano   Castro   Zaldivar 


The  Truce  Between  Chile  and  Bolivia 

THE  following  "pact  of  truce"  between  Chile  and  Bolivia 
was  signed  on  April  4,  1884,  and  made  over  into  a 
treaty  in  1904.  In  view  of  the  present  Bolivian  crisis  its 
provisions  are  of  particular  interest. 

I 

The  Republics  of  Chile  and  Bolivia  celebrate  an  indefinite 
truce,  and,  in  consequence,  they  declare  the  state  of  war 
terminated,  and  that  the  same  cannot  be  again  carried  on  unless 
one  of  the  contracting  parties  notifies  the  other,  with  at  least 
one  year  of  anticipation,  its  determination  to  resume  hostilities. 
In  this  case  the  notification  shall  be  made  directly,  or  through 
the  diplomatic  representative  of  a  friendly  nation. 

II 

The  Republic  of  Chile,  during  the  period  that  this  treaty  is 
in  force,  shall  continue  to  govern  according  to  Chilian  law  the 
territories  situated  between  the  parallel  23  degrees  south  and  the 
mouth  of  the  River  Loa,  these  territories  being  bounded  to  the 
east  by  a  right  line,  drawn  from  Zapalegui,  from  the  intersec- 
tion of  the  limit  of  the  Argentine  Republic  to  the  volcano 
Licancaur.  From  this  point  it  follows  a  right  line  to  the  sum- 
mit of  the  extinct  volcano  Cabana;  from  there  continues  an- 
other right  line  to  the  spring  of  water  (ojo  de  aqua)  that  is 
found  to  the  south  of  Lake  Ascotan;  and  from  there  another 
right  line  that,  cutting  by  the  side  of  the  lake,  terminates  on 
the  volcano  Ollagua.  From  this  point  another  right  line  to  the 
volcano  Tua  afterwards  follows  the  divisional  line  between 
Tarapaca  and  Bolivia. 

In  case  difficulties  may  arise,  both  parties  shall  point  a  com- 
mission of  engineers  that  shall  fix  the  limits  as  indicated,  sub- 
ject to  the  landmarks  here  determined. 

Ill 

The  property  and  goods  confiscated  from  Chilian  citizens  by 
Government  edict  or  by  order  of  civil  and  military  authorities 
shall  be  immediately  returned  to  their  owners  or  to  their  repre- 
sentatives. 

There  shall  also  be  returned  the  products  that  the  Govern- 
ment of  Bolivia  may  have  received  from  these  properties  and 
that  appear  to  be  proved  by  the  documents  in  the  case. 

The  damages  that  in  these  cases  have  been  suffered  by 
Chilian  citizens  shall  be  indemnified  by  reason  of  the  actions 
that  the  interested  parties  may  bring  before  the  Government 
of  Bolivia. 

IV 

If  no  agreement  can  be  arrived  at  between  the  Government 
of  Bolivia  and  the  parties  interested  with  respect  to  the  amount 
of  indemnity  for  the  loss  and  damage  suffered,  the  points  in  dis- 
pute shall  be  submitted  to  a  commission  of  arbitration  com- 
posed of  three  members,  one  named  by  Chile,  one  by  Bolivia, 
and  the  third  to  be  named   in   Chile,  by  mutual  accord,   from 


among  the  representatives  of  neutral  nations  resident  in  Chile. 
This  commission  shall  be  appointed  as  soon  as  possible. 

V 

Commercial  relations  shall  be  reestablished  between  Chile  and 
Bolivia. 

In  future  raw  material  produced  in  Chile,  and  articles  manu- 
factured there,  shall  enter  Bolivia  free  from  all  duties,  or 
customs-house  dues;  and  Bolivian  productions  of  the  same  class 
and  fabricated  in  the  same  way  shall  enjoy  the  same  freedom 
in  Chile,  on  their  importation  or  exportation  through  a  Chilian 
port. 

The  commercial  freedom  of  Chilian  and  Bolivian  manu- 
factures, as  well  as  the  enumeration  of  these  said  products,  shall 
form  matter  for  a  special  protocol. 

Nationalized  merchandise  entering  by  the  port  of  Arica  shall 
be  considered  as  foreign  merchandise  for  the  effects  of  its  entry. 

Foreign  merchandise  introduced  into  Bolivia  via  Antofagasta 
shall  have  free  passage,  notwithstanding  such  measures  as  Chile 
may  take  to  prevent  contraband  trade. 

Until  a  special  convention  is  made,  Chile  and  Bolivia  shall 
enjoy  the  commercial  advantages  and  freedom  that  either  na- 
tion accords  to  the  most  favored  nation. 

VI 

At  the  port  of  Arica  foreign  merchandise,  even  that  entering 
for  consumption  in  Bolivia,  shall  pay  the  customs  dues  in  force 
by  the  Chilian  tariff;  this  merchandise  shall  not  pay,  in  the 
interior,  any  further  duty.  The  sums  received  in  payment  of 
duty  shall  be  divided  in  this  way:  25  per  cent  shall  be  applied 
as  dues  received  for  merchandise  to  be  consumed  in  the  terri- 
tories of  Tacna  and  Arica,  and  as  working  expenses,  and  75  per 
cent  shall  be  for  Bolivia. 

This  75  per  cent  shall  be  divided,  at  present,  in  the  following 
way:  40  parts  shall  be  retained  by  the  Chilian  administration 
to  pay  the  sums  owed  by  Bolivia,  as  the  settlement  of  the 
amounts,  to  be  executed  according  to  Clause  III  of  this  treaty 
and  to  pay  the  unsettled  part  of  the  Bolivian  loan  raised  in 
Chile  in  1867;  the  remainder  shall  be  handed  over  to  the  Bo- 
livian Government  in  cash  or  in  drafts  at  its  order.  The  loan 
shall  be  considered,  for  the  effecting  of  its  payment,  as  on  equal 
terms  with  the  damages  to  personal  property  effected  during 
the  war. 

The  Bolivian  Government,  when  it  thinks  proper,  is  at  liberty 
to  examine  the  accounts  of  the  Arica  customs-house,  by  means 
of  its  agents. 

As  soon  as  the  indemnity  specified  in  Article  3  has  been 
paid,  and  the  retention  of  the  40  parts  therefore  ceases,  Bolivia 
is  at  liberty  to  establish  customs-houses  in  the  interior  of  her 
territory,  if  it  be  thought  fit.  In  this  case  foreign  merchandise 
may  pass  free,  via  Arica. 

VII 

Any  acts  of  the  subordinate  authorities  of  either  nation  that 
tend  to  alter  the  situation  formed  by  the  present  treaty  of 
truce,  especially  in  what  may  refer  to  the  limits  that  Chile 
continues  to  occupy,  shall  be  repressed  and  punished  by  the 
respective  Governments,  officially  or  by  request. 

VIII 

As  the  object  of  the  contracting  parties  in  celebrating  this 
pact  of  truce,  is  to  prepare  and  facilitate  a  solid  and  stable 
treaty  of  peace  between  the  two  republics,  they  reciprocally 
promise  to  act  in  a  manner  conducive  to  this  end. 

This  pact  shall  be  ratified  by  the  Government  of  Bolivia 
within  forty  days,  and  the  ratifications  exchanged  at  Santiago 
during  the  month  of  June.     .     .     . 

Signed:   A.  Vergara  Albano 
Belisario  Salinas 
Belisario  Boeto 
That  which  was  stipulated  having  been  complied  with  in  a 
complementary  protocol,  the  ratifications   of  this  treaty  were 
exchanged  at  Santiago,  on  November  29  of  the  same  year,  1884. 


114 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2873 


How  are  you  going 
to  vote? 

In  voting  for  the  next  President  of  the  United  States, 
the  people  assume  a  new  burden  of  responsibility — 
the  result  of  issues  which  have  been  forced  upon 
a  creaking  and  exhausted  world. 

No  election  has  ever  been  more  important  than 
the  one  which  will  take  place  next  November — 
and  no  election  has  been  more  confused. 

THE  NATION,  between  now  and  November,  will 
publish  the  truth  about  all  the  candidates.  Many 
of  the  facts  published  will  be  astounding  and  all  of 
them  will  be  fair  and  absolutely  free  of  party  bias. 

You  need  THE  NATION  to  help  you  make  your 
decision.  You  can  have  it  every  week  for  the  next 
six  months  for  $2.50.  Send  your  remittance  at 
once,  and  in  acknowledgment  of  your  support  we 
will  include  free  a  copy  of  H.  N.  Brailsford's  "The 
Covenant  of  Peace" — the  essay  which  was  awarded 
a  prize  of  £100  by  a  distinguished  jury  as  being  the 
best  short  study  of  a  league  of  nations. 


The  Nation, 
20  Vesey  Street, 
New  York,  N.  Y. 

Inclosed   herewith   you  will    find  remittance   for  $2.50,  for  which   please  send  me  THE 
NATION  for  six  months,  together  with  H.  N.  Brailsford's  "The  Covenant  of  Peace." 


Name  . 
Address . 


City 


State 


7-24 


»8? 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     18  65 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  JULY  31,  1920 


No.  2874 


Contents 


EDITORIAL     PARAGRAPHS 115 

EDITORIALS  : 

The   Menace   of   Another   War 118 

The    Railway    Award 119 

Steel    and    the    Inter-Church 120 

SOVIET    RUSSIA— 1920.      By    Bertrand    Russell 121 

THE   FORTY-EIGHTERS'   POSITION.      By  Allen  McCurdy 126 

THE  GOLDEN  CAGE.    By  Joseph   L.   Freeman 127 

A  BOLT  FROM  THE   BLUE.    By  Heywood  Broun 128 

NEW  YORK :  DICTATOR  OF  AMERICAN  CRITICISM.    By  Mary  Austin  129 

IN   THE   DRIFTWAY.     By  The   Drifter 130 

CORRESPONDENCE     131 

IN    SUMMER.     By   David    Morton. 132 

BOOKS: 

Bernsdorff   in   America.     By   Norman    Hapgood 132 

Historical  Miscellanies.    By   Preserved   Smith 133 

What  the  Workers   Want.     By   George   Soule 133 

Woman.     By    Ludwig    Lewisohn 134 

Books    in    Brief 135 

INTERNATIONAL    RELATIONS    SECTION 138 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate   Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  ARTHUR  GLEASON 

LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico  ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


REFRESHING  and  hearty  is  the  irruption  by  Parley 
P.  Christensen,  Farmer-Labor  candidate,  into  the 
cloying  "we  are  all  safe  and  sane  fellows  together"  atmos- 
phere of  the  Cox-Harding  campaign  which  even  the  more 
recent  "just  where  do  you  stand  on  this  issue"  questioning 
has  but  slightly  acidulated.  His  telegram  of  last  week  to 
the  Republican  and  Democratic  nominees  recalls  sharply 
that  there  are  other  issues,  other  worlds,  other  people  than 
those  which  these  two  good-natured  candidates  have  been 
amiably  pattering  about.  There  is,  for  instance,  Eugene 
V.  Debs,  also  a  candidate  for  the  Presidency,  confined  be- 
hind the  bars  of  the  Federal  penitentiary  at  Atlanta.  Mr. 
Christensen  dislikes,  he  says,  to  start  on  a  campaign  while 
one  of  his  opponents  is  in  prison  "for  no  other  crime  than 
an  honest  expression  of  his  political  views,"  and  he  asks 
that  Messrs.  Cox  and  Harding  join  with  him  in  asking 
President  Wilson  to  release  Debs.  Whether  they  will  honor 
him  with  assent  is  doubtful.  That  Eugene  Debs,  twenty 
months  after  the  war,  ought  to  be  out  of  the  jail  to  which 
he  should  never  have  been  sent  admits  of  no  doubt. 


w 


E  referred  last  week  to  the  pointed  questions  which 
Senator  Harding  has  addressed  to  Governor  Cox 
regarding  the  treaty  and  Democratic  foreign  policy  gen- 
erally, following  the  interview  between  the  Governor  and 
the  President  at  Washington.     It  will  be  remembered  that 


Governor  Cox,  according  to  his  own  statement  issued  to  the 
press,  had  a  "delightful"  meeting  with  Mr.  Wilson  "from 
every  viewpoint."  Mr.  Wilson,  on  his  part,  found  the  inter- 
view "in  every  respect  most  satisfactory  and  gratifying," 
he  and  the  Governor  being  "absolutely  at  one  with  regard 
to  the  great  issue  of  the  League  of  Nations."  Mr.  Roose- 
velt added  the  unctious  wish  "that  every  American  could 
have  been  a  silent  witness  to  the  meeting  between  these 
two  great  men."  Now  comes  a  correspondent  of  the  New 
York  World,  however,  who  declares  that  the  Washington  con- 
ference "went  into  no  details  of  the  League  of  Nations," 
and  that  the  discussion  "was  on  broad  and  general  lines 
and  never  did  get  down  to  specific  reservations."  The  same 
correspondent  cites  Mr.  Roosevelt  as  authority  for  the  state- 
ment that  neither  the  treaty  nor  the  League  can  be  regarded 
as  "fixed  issues"  in  the  campaign,  and  that  "the  status  re- 
garding them  .  .  .  may  be  much  changed  before 
March  4."  Governor  Cox,  it  is  said,  will  shortly  reply  to 
Senator  Harding's  questions.  We  do  not  wish  to  prejudge 
his  reply,  but  we  may  at  least  point  out  that  nothing  short 
of  a  frank  answer  will  satisfy  the  public.  The  exact  words 
that  were  exchanged  at  Washington  are  not  particularly 
important.  What  the  country  wants  to  know  is  precisely 
where  the  Democratic  nominee  stands  with  reference  to  the 
treaty  and  the  League;  whether  he  accepts  Article  X  with- 
out reservations,  or  if  with  reservations  what  they  are ;  and 
whether  he  is  prepared  to  indorse  and  continue  the  Wilson 
foreign  policy  which  Senator  Harding  has  indicted. 

SENATOR  HARDING  seems  bent  upon  pursuing  his  in- 
quiries still  further.  Following  his  embarrassing  ques- 
tions addressed  to  Governor  Cox,  he  has  now  called  atten- 
tion to  an  extremely  important  statement  by  Colonel  House 
made  to  the  foreign  service  of  the  Philadelphia  Public 
Ledger,  in  London,  on  July  11.  According  to  Colonel  House, 
a  suggestion  was  made  in  Paris  just  after  the  armistice  to 
proceed  at  once  in  the  making  of  a  preliminary  treaty  of  peace 
with  Germany  alone,  based  upon  broad  general  lines  and  con- 
cerning four  subjects — army,  navy,  reparations,  and  delineation 
of  boundaries.  The  boundaries  need  not  have  been  exact,  but 
should  have  been  so  drawn  as  to  give  Germany  the  assurance 
that  her  loss  of  territory  would  not  be  greater  than  indicated. 
Such  a  treaty  could  have  been  made  by  Christmas  of  1918,  and 
would  have  been  not  only  the  usual  but  the  obvious  thing  to  do. 
There  was  at  that  time  facing  Germany  the  entire  Allied  army, 
militant  and  flushed  with  victory,  and  there  would  have  been  no 
delay  or  evasion  of  terms. 

"All  along,"  declares  Senator  Harding,  "this  has  been  the 
Republican  conception  of  what  ought  to  have  been  done." 
That  may  or  may  not  be  the  case.  The  point  is,  if  a  pre- 
liminary peace  with  Germany  could  have  been  had  by 
Christmas  of  1918,  why  was  the  proposal  rejected?  Why 
did  Mr.  Wilson  join  with  the  Allies  in  summoning  a  peace 
conference  which  not  only  did  not  meet  until  January,  but 
which  failed  to  settle  even  preliminarily  any  of  the  ques- 
tions at  issue  with  Germany  until,  more  than  seven  months 
after  the  armistice,  it  should  have  gone  through  the  form 


116 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


of  settling  them  all?  Was  Mr.  Wilson  so  overweeningly 
devoted  to  his  scheme  of  a  League  of  Nations  that  he  was 
willing  to  keep  the  whole  world  hanging  for  months  be- 
tween peace  and  war  until  he  could  have  his  way? 

A  NORTH  CAROLINA  Negro,  charged  with  assaulting 
a  white  girl,  was  taken  from  the  Person  County  jail 
and  lynched.  The  next  day  it  was  shown  indisputably  by 
his  white  employer  that  he  was  innocent.  Governor  Bickett 
promptly  offered  the  largest  reward  legally  permissible  for 
the  apprehension  of  each  member  of  the  mob.  A  week  later 
three  Negroes,  charged  with  assault,  were  jailed  in  the 
town  of  Graham.  The  Governor  immediately  sent  a  ma- 
chine gun  company  of  the  State  National  Guard  with  an 
order  which  should  rank  well  with  the  famous  epigrams  in 
our  history  which  from  their  school  days  Americans  like 
to  repeat:  "Captain  Fowler,  protect  those  prisoners  at  all 
hazards,  and  notify  the  people  I  have  ordered  the  necessary 
men  and  machine  guns  to  shoot  straight  if  an  attempt  on 
the  life  of  the  prisoners  is  made."  Unfortunately,  it  was 
deemed  necessary  to  carry  out  these  instructions  fully.  A  mob 
formed  and  the  machine  gunners  killed  one  and  wounded 
two — but  the  Negroes  were  saved,  law  and  order  was  vindi- 
cated, and  a  new  name,  that  of  Governor  Thomas  W. 
Bickett,  was  formally  placed  on  the  roster  of  those  who 
understand  their  duty  and  are  not  afraid  to  do  it.  They 
are  none  too  numerous,  these  courageous  Governors  of 
Southern  States.  Bickett,  Democrat,  has  ably  seconded  a 
similarly  brave  stand  by  Governor  Morrow,  Republican,  of 
Kentucky.  These  party  distinctions  have  some  significance 
in  the  South.  Meantime,  there  is  the  other  kind  of  State 
Executive.  In  Paris,  Texas,  two  Negroes  were  burned 
at  the  stake  for  the  alleged  killing  of  two  white  men.  The 
next  day  the  County  Sheriff  declared  that  "at  least  one  of 
the  two  was  not  the  right  one,"  and  that  he  was  doubtful 
whether  the  "other  was  the  right  party."  No  arrests  have 
been  made  or  will  be,  but  Governor  Hobby  promptly  re- 
plied to  a  telegram  of  protest  from  the  National  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Colored  People  that  "Lamar  County 
and  Texas  are  amply  able  to  take  care  of  the  situation  with- 
out suggestions  from  the  outside." 

"T  BELIEVE  the  Federal  Government  should  stamp  out 
1  lynching  and  remove  that  stain  from  the  fair  name 
of  America" — thus  Senator  Harding  in  his  speech  of 
acceptance.  He  is  right  in  pointing  to  Federal  control  as 
the  best  approach.  For  while  a  courageous  Governor  can 
do  much  in  his  State  to  stamp  out  mob  murder — contrast 
North  Carolina's  one  lynching  to  date  this  year  with  the 
seven  in  Texas — a  condition  so  grave,  so  inherently  de- 
structive of  everything  that  America  must  stand  for,  cannot 
be  left  to  chance  manhood  in  the  gubernatorial  seat.  No 
passages  in  Senator  Harding's  address  are  more  praise- 
worthy than  those  dealing  with  our  color  problem.  If,  as 
we  hope,  his  utterances  are  sincere  and  not  merely  cam- 
paign rhetoric,  and  if  the  colored  people  and  the  country 
are  not  to  be  shamefully  betrayed  as  they  were  in  this,  and 
indeed  in  other  matters,  by  Woodrow  Wilson,  Senator 
Harding  should  define  specifically  what  he  means  by  say- 
ing: "The  Negro  citizens  of  America  should  be  guaranteed 
the  enjoyment  of  all  their  rights."  The  minimum  re- 
quirements, in  addition  to  a  Federal  anti-lynching  law,  are 
the  abolition  of  segregation  and  discrimination  in  civil  ser- 


vice, army,  and  navy,  and  of  Jim-Crowism  in  interstate 
travel,  and  the  enforcement  by  Federal  commissioners  of  the 
Fifteenth  Amendment. 

AMERICAN  adventures  in  imperialism  are  usually  not 
on  a  grand  scale.  They  manage  to  include  most  of  the 
elements  that  enter  into  the  establishment  of  empires  farther 
flung,  but  such  elements  are  done  in  miniature.  Instead  of 
girdling  the  Seven  Seas,  the  American  empire  girdles,  for 
the  most  part,  a  sea  not  even  included  among  the  seven — 
the  Caribbean;  but  within  those  modest  limits  we  have 
added  to  the  white  man's  burden  a  whole  kit-bag  full  of 
troubles.  The  stories  of  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  have  been 
told  in  other  issues  of  The  Nation.  This  week  we  publish 
in  the  International  Relations  Section  some  documentary 
evidence  as  to  the  misuse  of  power  by  the  United  States  in 
relation  to  another  small  island  and  another  small  nation. 
The  record  of  the  Taboga  Island  affair  is  one  of  high-handed, 
if  politely-worded,  diplomacy  at  Washington,  of  bullying 
arrogance  on  the  spot.  In  November,  1918,  the  Governor 
of  the  Canal  Zone  notified  the  President  of  Panama  that  in 
a  few  days'  time  the  American  Government  would  occupy  the 
island  of  Taboga  for  military  purposes.  That  such  dis- 
courteous haste  was  unnecessary  is  evidenced  by  the  fact 
that  in  January,  1920,  more  than  a  year  later,  Secretary 
Lansing  spoke  of  the  "improbability  of  initiating  the  con- 
struction of  defensive  works  on  a  large  scale  ...  in  1920," 
and  by  the  fact  that  no  steps  have  even  yet  been  taken  to 
start  such  construction.  The  earnest  appeals  of  the  repre- 
sentatives of  Panama  have  received  polite,  evasive  replies — 
replies  which  indicate  only  too  clearly  that  the  Department 
of  State  looks  upon  Panama  as  an  inferior,  fit  to  be  notified 
but  not  consulted  as  to  its  fate.  Without  raising  the  ques- 
tion, which  Panama  itself  raised  only  tentatively,  of  the 
original  right  of  the  United  States  to  annex  Taboga  and 
expropriate  the  property  of  its  citizens,  we  should  certainly 
demand  that  prompt  attention  be  paid  to  the  moderate  claims 
made  in  the  various  notes  printed  in  this  week's  issue. 

IF  it  be  true,  as  a  press  dispatch  reported  the  other  day, 
that  the  jurists  who  have  been  busy  at  The  Hague 
drafting  a  scheme  for  a  High  Court  of  International  Jus- 
tice have  agreed  that  proceedings  before  the  court  may  in 
some  cases  be  secret,  the  enlightened  part  of  the  world  will 
have  little  use  for  the  plan.  The  reason  for  secrecy,  it  is 
said,  is  the  necessity  of  safeguarding  diplomatic  interests. 
Whenever  a  case  brought  before  the  proposed  court  is  one  in 
which  an  open  hearing  might  reveal  the  diplomatic  secrets 
of  either  party,  that  party  may  in  its  discretion  demand 
that  the  doors  be  closed  and  public  reports  of  the  hearings 
withheld.  Once  more,  this  time  in  a  high  court  of  the  na- 
tions, the  odious  demands  of  secret  diplomacy  are  obse- 
quiously to  be  regarded.  One  wonders  what  arguments 
moved  Mr.  Elihu  Root  and  his  eminent  associates,  whose 
work  at  The  Hague  has  from  the  beginning  been  lauded 
by  the  press,  to  give  their  blessing  to  this  particular  infamy. 
One  wonders  why  a  rule  of  publicity  which  obtains  in  courts 
of  last  resort  in  all  civilized  countries  should  be  thrown  to 
the  winds  when  an  international  court  is  to  be  erected. 
Nothing  could  show  more  clearly  the  low  moral  plane  to 
which  those  who  deal  with  international  affairs  are  prone 
to  fall  than  this  deliberate  proposal  to  perpetuate,  in  the 
field  of  international  jurisprudence,  a  practice  which  has 
repeatedly  proved  itself  a  curse.    It  is  certainly  to  be  hoped 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


117 


that  the  Council  of  the  League  of  Nations,  before  which 
the  project  of  a  High  Court  now  comes,  will  have  the  cour- 
age to  veto  the  proposal  of  the  jurists'  conference. 

AGAIN  we  see  vengeance  about  to  be  visited  upon  a 
state  that  made  the  error  of  taking  the  Allies  at  their 
word.  When  King  Hussein,  ruler  of  the  Hejas,  agreed  to 
enter  the  war  against  Turkey,  Great  Britain,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  France,  made  the  Arabs  a  definite  offer  of  an 
independent  Arabia  to  be  divided  between  the  three  sons  of 
the  king  of  the  Hejas.  Money  was  provided  for  the  purpose 
of  financing  the  new  state;  and  the  war  was  won  with  the 
help  of  the  Arabs  under  the  brilliant  personal  leadership  of 
the  young  Englishman,  Colonel  Lawrence.  At  the  Peace 
Conference  the  pledge  to  the  Arabs  began  to  lose  its  clear- 
cut  outlines,  although  the  independence  of  the  new  state  was 
partially  recognized  by  the  admission  of  its  delegation  headed 
by  Prince  Feisal.  The  French  thirst  for  Near-Eastern 
power  and  the  jealous  guardianship  of  Great  Britain  over 
the  approaches  to  its  eastern  Empire  combined  to  put  the 
Arabs  in  a  defensive  position.  "If  Syria  is  given  to  France," 
said  Prince  Feisal,  "the  Arabs  will  drive  them  into  the  sea." 
On  March  8  the  Syrian  Congress  at  Damascus  proclaimed 
Syria  an  independent  kingdom  with  Prince  Feisal  as  its 
ruler.  The  British  and  French  responded  by  announcing 
their  refusal  to  recognize  the  new  state.  Syrian  aspirations 
have  received  little  encouragement  either  in  the  vague  terms 
of  the  Turkish  treaty  or  in  the  recent  conferences  of  the 
Supreme  Council.  Such  treatment  of  its  claims,  coupled 
with  the  constant  menace  of  French  occupation,  has  re- 
sulted in  a  general  mobilization  of  Syrian  troops,  a  military 
alliance  with  Turkey,  and  now,  at  last,  a  war  with  France. 
Damascus  has  been  occupied  by  French  troops  composed  of 
"white  infantry,  Algerian  riflemen,  African  chasseurs,  with 
Moroccans  and  Senegalese."  "It  goes  without  saying,"  re- 
ports a  correspondent  of  the  New  York  Times,  "that  the 
French  will  insist  on  the  abdication  of  Prince  Feisal,  who 
turned  on  them  after  Paris  had  paid  him  80,000,000  francs. 
He  will  be  succeeded  by  a  man  who  will  consent  in  advance  to 
follow  French  advice."  What  crime  is  greater  than  that  of 
the  nation  that  will  not  stay  bought? 

IT  is  always  pleasant  to  see  the  dawn  of  enlightenment, 
especially  where  darkness  has  reigned.  The  New  York 
Times,  editorializing  on  Russian  peace  proposals,  now  says: 
"Lloyd  George  hardly  conceals  today  his  belief  that  Eng- 
land has  'backed  the  wrong  horse'  in  Russia.  It  has,  in 
fact,  backed  several  of  them — Denikin,  Kolchak,  Judenich." 
It  may  be  said  that  this  editorial  hardly  conceals  that  the 
Times,  too,  has  persistently  "backed  the  wrong  horse,"  be- 
ing never  more  fervent  during  months  of  editorializing 
than  on  the  dire  need  of  recognizing  and  aiding  Kolchak 
and  the  various  other  anti-Bolshevik  leaders.  Its  readers 
may  well  ask  what  horse  Lloyd  George  should  have  backed, 
and  pause  for  the  Times's  reply.  If  it  is  now  admitted  that 
the  Denikins,  Kolchaks,  Judeniches,  and  the  other  efferves- 
cent "White  hopes"  against  Red  Russia  were  wrong  horses, 
who  then,  indeed,  should  Lloyd  George,  the  Times,  and  the 
almost  unanimously  anti-Soviet  papers  of  America  have  sup- 
ported? The  Bolsheviki?  Not  necessarily,  by  any  means. 
There  has  always  been  the  alternative  of  decent  neutrality, 
fair  play,  and  willingness  to  let  the  Russians  work  out  their 
own  destiny  without  the  monstrous  cruelty  of  the  blockade 
and  a  systematic  campaign  of  deceit  to  justify  such  a  course,. 


AMERICAN  newspapers  are  nationalizing  the  Russian 
women  again.  It  cannot  bother  the  Russian  women 
very  much,  for  they  never  hear  of  these  strange  foreign- 
born  decrees,  but  the  meditative  observer  finds  in  them  curi- 
ous food  for  reflection  on  the  nature  of  the  editorial  minds 
that  give  them  birth.  The  latest  fable  appears  on  the  front 
page  of  the  New  York  Globe,  in  the  Minneapolis  Tribune, 
and  doubtless  in  other  papers  whose  editors  take  to  the  por- 
nographic inventions  of  the  "Cross-Atlantic  News  Service." 
Copenhagen,  July  16,  this  tale  is  dated — although  the  New 
York  Sun,  elaborating  on  the  story  two  days  later,  gives  it 
a  Paris  date-line — and  it  reads  as  follows : 

"A  Week  of  Love"  has  been  proclaimed  by  Lenin,  according 
to  a  report  from  Moscow.  All  unmarried  women  under  forty-five 
are  ordered  by  the  decree  to  marry  any  Bolshevik  desiring 
them.  Women  who  have  been  married  for  four  years  and  have 
not  become  mothers  are  granted  immediate  divorce  and  are  sub- 
ject to  the  same  orders,  to  hasten  their  re-marriage.  All  women 
affected  by  the  proclamation  are  ordered  to  register  immediately, 
and  later  will  be  conducted  to  the  Winter  Palace  for  marriage  in 
squads.  The  report  says  that  the  state  has  taken  charge  of  all 
children  over  three  years  of  age,  and  that  family  life  in  Russia 
is  completely  disorganized. 

We  are  not  quite  sure  just  what  a  "Week  of  Love"  may  be. 
We  should  rather  like  to  see  one;  Europe  might  profit  by 
such  an  experience.  Suppose  that  Hindenburg  or  Foch  had 
proclaimed  a  Week  of  Love  along  the  battle-front  in  1918! 
Suppose  that  Lenin  and  Witos  should  proclaim  such  a 
week  along  the  Polish  frontier!  Or  that  Clemenceau — but 
the  thought  palls.  The  rest  of  the  Cross-Atlantic  yarn 
sounds  like  the  product  of  that  type  of  mind  which  found 
such  splendid  opportunities  for  moral  self-expression  in  the 
days  of  the  white  slave  campaign. 

IF  editors  must  needs  reflect  upon  the  nationalization  of 
women,  and  could  put  their  anti-Bolshevist  politics  aside, 
they  might  find  more  authentic  material  in  the  files  of  the 
Paris  Medical,  a  leading  French  medical  journal.  One  of 
the  editors,  Paul  Carnot,  has  been  writing  a  series  of 
article  on  the  subject,  "How  to  Save  Two  Million  French 
Women  from  Sterility."  France  has  no  such  high  birth- 
rate as  Russia,  and  if  it  is  to  continue  to  rank  as  a  first 
class  Power  it  must  keep  up  its  population.  Dr.  Carnot  points 
out  that  France  has  two  million  more  women  than  men 
today,  and  that  if  they  are  doomed  to  celibacy  France  will 
lose  nearly  six  million  potential  children.  The  problem,  he 
says,  "demands  an  immediate  solution,  however  that  may 
modify  current  ideas  of  the  family  and  of  social  responsi- 
bilities. ...  No  convention,  moral  or  social,  seems  to 
us  worth  depriving  impoverished  France  of  six  million 
births."  So  he  attempts  to  work  out  a  system  by  which 
maternity — for  unmarried  women — may  be  made  "a  re- 
munerative feminine  career."  He  suggests  that  "maternity 
volunteers"  be  called  for  and  be  paid  by  the  state,  special 
prizes  to  be  awarded  for  the  physically  fittest  children.  It 
appears  that  his  readers,  especially  feminine  readers,  have 
welcomed  the  project  with  enthusiasm.  This  is  no  mere  fig- 
ment of  an  editor's  imagination,  like  the  stories  of  Russia; 
nor  do  we  quote  it  in  any  endeavor  to  prove  French  doctors 
and  the  French  nation  immoral  and  degraded.  It  is  simply 
a  part  of  the  after-war  population  problem  which  confronts 
many  European  countries  today.  Another  French  project 
also  has  interest.  The  new  French  tax  upon  childless  men 
and  celibates — does  it  not  look  like  a  step  toward  the  nation- 
alization of  men? 


118 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


The  Menace  of  Another  War 


EUROPE  hangs  wearily  and  almost  indifferent  on  the 
brink  of  another  war.  The  callous  statesmen  who 
govern  today  do  nothing  to  stop  the  threatened  catastrophe. 
The  outlook  is  gloomier  than  at  any  time  since  the  failure  of 
the  Peace  Conference  sent  the  world's  hopes  crashing;  but 
it  is  not  without  hope,  and  the  hope  lies  in  the  Bolsheviki. 
Those  astonishing  statesmen  who  have  refused  to  hold  non- 
Russian  territory,  who  have  canceled  the  old  Russian  blood 
bonds  held  against  China  and  Turkey,  and  who  have  made 
peace  on  more  than  generous  terms  with  the  little  Baltic 
states,  are  today  the  single  liberal  force  in  European 
diplomacy. 

The  Bolsheviki  replied  to  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  crafty  sug- 
gestion of  a  general  peace  conference  at  London  by  a 
lengthy  note  which  said  in  effect :  "Mind  your  own  business 
and  we'll  mind  ours."  They  pointed  out  that  they  had  al- 
ready made  peace  with  Esthonia,  Lithuania,  and  Georgia, 
and  that  they  are  negotiating  peace  with  Latvia  and  Fin- 
land ;  and  they  recalled  the  anything  but  peaceful  attitude  of 
the  Allies  in  warning  the  Esthonians,  when  Russo-Esthon- 
ian  negotiations  began,  that  if  they  made  peace  with  the 
Bolsheviki  it  would  be  at  their  own  risk.  But  times  have 
changed,  and  so  has  the  attitude  of  the  Allies.  The  Red 
armies  have  driven  the  Poles  back  some  two  hundred  and 
fifty  miles — a  greater  distance  than  that  which  separates 
Paris  and  Cologne — and  the  British  Government  has  de- 
veloped a  sudden  interest  in  peacemaking.  When  the  Poles 
invaded  the  Ukraine  two  months  ago,  Soviet  Russia  ad- 
dressed a  wireless  message  to  the  Governments  of  Great 
Britain,  France,  Italy,  and  the  United  States,  announcing  a 
desire  for  peace.  The  Polish  legions  were  then  advancing 
victoriously,  and  the  note  went  unanswered.  Today,  the 
Russian  armies  are  approaching  the  tentative  eastern  fron- 
tier of  Poland  drawn  by  the  Supreme  Council  last  autumn; 
Mr.  Lloyd  George  cries  out  against  the  menace,  and  hastily 
suggests  that  everybody  get  together  in  London  and  talk 
things  over.  The  Russians  reply  quite  properly  that  they 
will  be  glad  to  treat  with  the  Poles  directly.  They  even  say 
that  they  will  give  the  Poles  a  better  frontier  than  the 
Allies  drew  some  months  ago,  and  their  acts  in  Esthonia  and 
Lithuania  give  credence  to  their  words.  Their  correct  atti- 
tude makes  more  disgraceful  the  reported  action  of  the 
Washington  authorities  in  offering  aid  to  the  Poles. 

It  is  little  wonder  that  the  Russians  show  small  confidence 
in  the  good  faith  of  the  Allied  peace  proposal.  The  past 
and  present  actions  of  the  British  and  the  French  give 
them  every  reason  to  suspect  a  trap.  They  have  not  for- 
gotten that  Lord  Curzon  induced  them  to  cease  operations 
against  General  Wrangel  in  South  Russia  pending  peace 
negotiations,  and  that  General  Wrangel  seized  the  occasion 
to  open  a  new  attack;  nor  are  they  unaware  that  five  hun- 
dred British  soldiers  of  various  ranks  were  with  General 
Wrangel's  army.  They  are  not  ignorant  of  the  three 
thousand  Frenchmen,  including  nine  generals,  who  are 
attached  in  various  capacities  to  the  Polish  army;  nor  have 
they  forgotten  the  British  and  French  support  given  to 
Kolchak  and  Denikin  and  Judenich,  nor  the  intervention  at 
Archangel.  Small  wonder  indeed  that  they  refused  to  ac- 
cept such  Powers  as  disinterested  mediators. 

Indications  are  that  the  French  Government  will  do 
everything  in  its  power  to  sabotage  the  peace  negotiations 


and  prolong  the  war  on  Russia.  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  cannier 
and  more  cautious,  works  with  both  hands.  With  one  hand 
he  gestures  to  the  Poles  to  open  negotiations  with  the  Rus- 
sians; with  the  other  he  starts  his  war  machinery  into 
action  in  case  peace  fails.  Military  attaches  are  hurried 
from  Berlin  to  Warsaw;  military  missions  start  from  Paris; 
it  is  said  that  Foch  may  repeat  his  rumored  visit  of  two 
months  ago.  Mr.  Lloyd  George  knows  well  that  British 
troops  will  not  take  kindly  to  another  continental  expedi- 
tion, and  reserves  his  promises  to  munitions  and  money; 
France,  more  generous — this  France  which  cannot  afford  to 
pay  the  interest  on  its  debt  to  America — is  apparently  ready 
to  lavish  munitions  and  men  and  money.  We  are  not  told 
upon  what  conditions  this  aid  is  promised;  whether  the 
opening  of  peace  negotiations  will  put  an  end  to  the  east- 
ward current  of  war  materials,  or  whether  it  is  only  the 
Russians  who  will  be  expected  to  cease  military  operations. 
If  the  Russians  should,  as  it  is  reported  they  will,  insist 
upon  Polish  disarmament  as  the  first  condition  of  peace,  the 
Allied  premiers  fresh  from  Spa  will  find  it  hard  to  protest 
such  a  dose  of  their  own  medicine. 

If  this  European  crisis  is  safely  passed,  we  shall  have 
to  thank  the  moderation  of  the  Bolsheviki  for  that  mercy, 
for  there  is  nothing  in  present  Allied  policy  to  help  the  cause 
of  peace.  The  Bolsheviki  make  stern  but  generous  peace 
proposals  and  the  Poles  should  accept  them.  For  the 
Pilsudski-Grabski-Witos  group  it  is  indeed  a  Kaiser's  choice. 
That  aggregation  of  statesmen  is  tarred  with  the  smirch  of 
its  imperialist  pretenses.  For  it  to  abandon  its  territorial 
claims,  as  in  any  reasonable  peace  it  must,  would  be  to  suffer 
a  humiliation  than  which  abdication  could  be  no  greater. 

An  even  more  serious  question  is  the  effect  of  the  Bol- 
shevik advance  upon  Germany.  Colonel  House  believes  that 
if  Poland  succumbs  to  Russian  invasion,  Germany  too  will 
turn  bolshevist.  He  thinks  that  the  Germans  would  hail 
the  Russians  as  deliverers.  It  is  doubtless  true  that  the 
dictated  peace  terms  have  driven  many  conservative  Ger- 
mans in  their  despair  and  bitterness  to  such  a  pass;  it  is 
also  true  that  large  masses  of  radical  German  workingmen 
are  heart  and  soul  Bolsheviki.  But  the  present  German 
Government  is  of  a  different  cast;  it  is  dominated  by  men 
of  the  Stinnes  type — millionaire  captains  of  industry  who 
believe  that  they  can  and  will  restore  the  old  industrial 
Germany.  The  majority  Social  Democrats  and  the  Center 
parties  would  stand  with  Stinnes  against  bolshevism;  and 
if  Soviet  Russia  drives  its  military  frontier  to  the  eastern 
boundaries  of  Germany,  the  reaction  may  be  such  as  to 
force  Germany  to  throw  itself  upon  the  Allies.  Stranger 
things  have  happened.  Red-hating  has  replaced  Hun-hating 
in  the  circles  that  today  dominate  Allied  policy,  and  if  the 
Allies  have  to  choose  between  Russians  and  Germans,  they 
will  doubtless  choose  the  latter.  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  in  the 
same  speech  in  which  he  pictured  the  plight  of  Poland  and 
the  necessity  of  giving  aid,  spoke  in  the  most  cordial  terms 
of  Fehrenbach  and  Simons,  Germany's  new  pilots.  A  Ger- 
man-Ally combination  against  Soviet  Russia  is  not  beyond 
history's  capacity  for  irony.  If  French  diplomacy  suc- 
ceeds in  stiffening  the  Poles  into  refusal  of  the  Soviet  con- 
ditions, we  may  look  for  another  Spa  Conference  concerned 
less  with  disarmament  than  with  the  price  of  military 
assistance. 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


119 


The  Railway  Award 

A  FAT  and  resounding  award  to  the  railwaymen  has 
been  made  by  the  Railway  Labor  Board.  The  increase, 
as  quoted  by  the  Board  on  figures  not  yet  available  to  the 
public,  is  $600,000,000.  This  lump  sum  makes  such  an 
imaginative  appeal  that  the  men  will  be  generally  advised 
to  accept  it.  The  indications  as  we  go  to  press  are  that 
they  will  accept  it.  If  they  do,  they  will  have  commended 
arbitration  as  a  sensible  method  of  dealing  with  wage  dis- 
putes, even  if  in  this  particular  case  they  may  be  able  to 
show  that  the  result  obtained  by  arbitration  is  not  all  that  it 
should  have  been.  In  any  event  the  country  is  to  be  con- 
gratulated that  recourse  to  forcible  methods  of  settlement 
has  been  avoided. 

The  reasons  for  acceptance  are  three,  all  of  them  con- 
cerned with  public  opinion.  In  the  first  place,  the  average 
man,  when  he  hears  the  rich  total,  says :  "They  are  getting 
a  lot."  He  does  not  pull  out  pencil  and  paper  and  divide  the 
amount  by  2,000,000  men  and  300  days,  and  compute  that  it 
means  a  dollar  a  day.  Accordingly,  if  the  award  does  not 
tally  with  the  rise  in  the  cost  of  living,  it  will  be  necessary 
for  the  experts  to  make  this  clear.  This  implies  carefully 
prepared  figures  for  the  various  grades  of  workers,  and  a 
lucid  summary  of  the  calculation  for  the  general  public,  all 
of  which  requires  time.  A  strike,  called  in  advance  of  such 
a  scientific  appeal  to  public  opinion,  would  outrage  senti- 
ment which  is  impressed  by  the  figure  of  $600,000,000. 

In  the  second  place,  the  composition  of  the  Labor  Board 
won  the  approval  of  the  same  general  public.  If  the  Board 
was  in  fact  unfairly  weighted  or  if  its  method  of  arriv- 
ing at  a  decision  is  unjust,  those  points  have  not  yet  been 
established.  To  reject  summarily,  by  strike  or  lockout,  the 
findings  of  such  a  board  after  its  award  had  been  made 
would  subject  the  dissenting  party  to  the  merited  disap- 
proval of  public  opinion.  Appeal  from  a  decision  is  one 
thing;  forcible  rejection  is  quite  another  matter.  Appeal 
means  patient  collection  and  classification  of  facts,  careful 
publicity,  and  the  lapse  of  time  for  public  opinion  to  shift 
from  one  set  of  facts  to  another.  It  is  high  time  for  labor 
to  learn  to  make  use  of  research  departments  and  the  press — 
its  own  press,  if  necessary — to  present  its  case  in  terms  not 
of  sudden  ultimata  but  of  reasoned  statements  of  fact.  The 
consuming  public — the  community  that  buys  goods  and  ser- 
vices— remains  in  control  of  any  producing  group,  and 
always  will  remain  in  control.  The  third  reason  is  that 
the  burden  of  expense  which  would  be  entailed  by  a  strike 
at  this  time  would  fall  directly  upon  the  government,  and 
the  unpopularity  of  the  act  would  be  immense  and  hence 
upon  the  public. 

For  these  reasons,  labor  is  well  advised  in  accepting  the 
award  even  "under  protest."  At  the  moment,  this  is  the 
attitude  of  a  majority  of  the  railwaymen  who  have  been  con- 
sulted. The  nest  egg  of  back  pay  awarded  will  have  a  pow- 
erful appeal  in  winning  a  favorable  decision  from  the  men. 

A  series  of  moves  is  now  in  order  as  the  result  of  the 
wages  award.  Each  railway  and  each  group  of  railways  in 
the  eastern,  southern,  and  western  systems  will  now  turn 
in  to  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  the  costs  of  the 
recent  wage  increase.  This  bill  will  be  added  to  the  rate 
increases  which  the  roads  were  already  demanding.  The 
point  is  that  the  increase  will  in  any  case  be  handed  on  to 
the  public,  since  the  roads  have  the  guaranty  of  a  fixed 


return  on  capital.  We  have  seen  a  set  of  figures,  prepared 
by  one  bureau,  on  the  annual  compensation  of  railway  em- 
ployees. We  offer  them,  not  as  final,  but  as  an  example  of 
the  sort  of  calculation  by  which  the  matter  will  in  the  end 
have  to  be  settled. 

Summing  up  these  figures,  it  appears  that  all  classes  (64) 
of  railway  employees,  including  general  and  division  officers, 
were  receiving  for  the  fiscal  year  1915  an  average  of  $830. 
In  1920,  on  the  January  basis,  they  were  receiving  $1,587. 
It  is  estimated  roughly  that  the  new  award  will  give  an 
average  of  $1,900.  The  percentage  of  increase  in  1919  over 
1915  was  73  per  cent.  The  percentage  of  increase  in  1920 
(the  January  basis)  over  1919  was  10.5  per  cent.  The 
present  award  is  estimated  to  amount  to  a  further  increase 
of  from  20  to  27  per  cent.  It  is  clear  that,  as  percentages 
go  on  the  average,  the  increases,  if  the  calculation  is  correct, 
have  kept  pace  with  the  rise  in  the  cost  of  living.  This, 
however,  does  not  answer  the  question  as  to  whether  or  not 
the  present  wages  of  many  grades  of  railwaymen  meet  the 
cost  of  living,  or  whether  or  not  they  did  so  five  years  ago. 
We  know  nothing  until  we  know  that.  What  does  $1,900  for 
all  classes  come  to  for  the  majority  of  workers?  What  is 
the  cost  of  living,  estimated  for  various  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, in  the  month  of  the  award? 

The  figures  to  which  we  refer  apply  to  "Class  I  Railways," 
which  is  supposed  to  include  over  90  per  cent  of  the  rail- 
ways of  the  country.  The  figures  are  previous  to  the  award 
just  announced.  In  the  fiscal  year  1915,  general  officers 
received  salaries  averaging  $4,528;  in  1920  (on  the  January 
basis),  for  the  calendar  year,  $4,313.  Maintenance  of  way 
and  structural  foremen  received  $1,107  in  1915,  and  $1,913 
in  1920;  section  foremen  $772  and  $1,381;  machinists  $1,030 
and  $2,036;  air  brakemen  $812  and  $1,946;  car  repairers 
$751  and  $1,752;  section  men  $454  and  $960;  other  unskilled 
laborers  $560  and  $1,119;  other  men  in  construction  gangs 
and  work  trains  $516  and  $1,132;  train  dispatchers  and 
directors  $1,600  and  $2,776 ;  station  agents  $937  and  $1,742 ; 
station  masters  and  assistants  $1,095  and  $1,918;  station 
service  employees  $605  and  $1,157;  yard  engineers  and 
motormen  $1,528  and  $2,349;  yard  firemen  and  helpers  $916 
and  $1,712;  yard  switch  tenders  $720  and  $1,481;  other 
yard  employees  $662  and  $1,201;  road  freight  firemen  and 
helpers  $1,136  and  $2,168;  road  freight  conductors  $1,589 
and  $2,664;  road  passenger  engineers  and  motormen  $2,141 
and  $3,129;  road  passenger  firemen  and  helpers  $1,287  and 
$2,281;  road  passenger  conductors  $1,850  and  $2,730;  road 
passenger  baggagemen  $1,049  and  $1,962;  road  passenger 
brakemen  and  flagmen  $1,026  and  $1,816;  other  road  train 
employees  $840  and  $1,510;  crossing  flagmen  and  gatemen 
$476  and  $945. 

Mr.  Gompers,  in  a  public  statement,  declares  that  under 
the  award  the  average  wages  of  a  section  worker  will  be 
$101  a  month,  those  of  a  machinist  less  than  $45  a  week, 
those  of  a  carpenter  less  than  $39  a  week.  Are  these  figures 
correct?  If  so,  are  they  a  living  wage?  On  what  basis  is 
a  living  wage  computed?  These  are  the  facts  which  ought 
to  be  determined  by  patient  inquiry  in  the  next  few  weeks. 
The  lump  sum  of  the  award  is  not  the  point.  The  percentage 
increase  in  wages  of  approximately  100  per  cent  is  not  the 
point.  If  the  workers  were  below  a  proper  level  in  1913  or 
1915,  then  a  100  per  cent  increase  would  not  satisfy  them. 
What  amount  will?  The  railwaymen  themselves  can  render  a 
service  to  the  public  at  this  time  by  studying  the  award  from 
this  statistical  side  and  letting  the  country  know  the  facts. 


120 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


Steel  and  the  Inter-Church 


AT  last  the  report  on  the  steel  strike  of  1919,  prepared 
by  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  of  the  Inter-Church 
World  Movement,  has  been  issued.  The  dates  reveal  the 
delay.  The  investigation  was  made  between  October,  1919, 
and  February,  1920.  The  secretary  of  the  Commission  was 
Heber  Blankenhorn,  who  had  been  a  captain  in  the  Military 
Intelligence  Division  of  the  United  States  army,  and  whose 
adventures  in  propaganda  in  France  helped  to  crumble  the 
German  resistance.  The  investigators  associated  with  him 
were  George  Soule,  D.  J.  Saposs,  M.  Karl  Wisehart,  Miss 
Marian  Savage,  and  Robert  Littell.  The  report  was  adopted 
unanimously  by  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  on  March  30, 
1920.  The  Commission  had  for  its  chairman  Bishop  Francis 
J.  McConnell,  and  the  other  members  were  Dr.  Daniel  A. 
Poling,  associate  president  of  the  World's  Christian  En- 
deavor Union  and  president  of  the  National  Temperance 
Council;  George  W.  Coleman,  president  of  the  Open  Forum 
National  Council;  Dr.  Alva  W.  Taylor,  Dr.  John  McDowell, 
chairman  of  the  Social  Service  Commission  of  the  Presby- 
terian Church;  Dr.  Nicholas  Van  der  Pyl,  chairman  of  the 
Social  Service  Commission  of  Congregational  Churches; 
Mrs.  Fred  Bennett,  president  of  the  Women's  Board  of  Home 
Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  and  of  the  Council  of 
Women  for  Home  Missions.  Two  advisory  members,  who 
also  signed  the  report,  were  Bishop  William  Melvin  Bell  and 
Bishop  Charles  D.  Williams. 

Blessed  by  the  bishops  and  laymen  the  report  was  passed 
on,  and  then  the  lag  began.  The  report  was  received  by  the 
executive  committee  of  the  Inter-Church  Movement  on  May 
10.  It  was  recommended  for  publication  by  a  sub-committee 
of  the  executive  committee  on  June  25.  It  was  adopted 
unanimously  by  the  executive  committee  on  June  28.  On 
July  28  it  was  released  for  publication. 

The  report  continues  the  line  of  important  American 
studies  of  great  corporations — the  line  begun  by  Henry 
Demarest  Lloyd,  Ida  M.  Tarbell,  and  Paul  U.  Kellogg.  It 
makes  clear  the  fact  that  the  steel  strike  is  not  yet  a  closed 
question,  for  the  causes  remain,  the  main  issues  are  un- 
settled, and  the  nation  is  ignorant  of  both  causes  and  issues. 
The  working  conditions  in  the  steel  industry,  which  caused 
the  strike,  persist.  It  is  now  time  for  the  nation  to  face 
the  facts.  The  report  concerns  itself  with  these  facts. 
Judge  Gary  has  sailed  for  Europe  in  a  refreshingly  opti- 
mistic, almost  gay,  condition  of  mind.  "Sunny  Jim"  could 
not  have  issued  more  tonic  interviews.  But  there  are  groups 
of  Judge  Gary's  workers  not  so  gay,  and  it  is  of  these  that 
the  report  speaks. 

The  number  of  steel  employees  who  are  working  the 
twelve-hour  day  is  69,000.  The  number  of  those  who  receive 
the  lowest  rate  of  pay— under  $1,466  a  year— is  70,000. 
This  means  that  approximately  350,000  men,  women,  and 
children  have  their  living  conditions  determined  by  a  cor- 
poration which  fixes  pay  and  hours  without  conference  with 
the  labor  force.  "Espionage  replaced  collective  bai  gaining 
or  cooperative  service." 

The  investigators  found  that  the  ultimate  control  of  the 
plants  was  vested  in  a  small  group  of  financiers  whose  rela- 
tion to  the  producing  force  was  remote.  The  annual  earn- 
ings of  more  than  one-third  of  all  productive  iron  and  steel 
workers  of  the  Steel  Corporation  were,  and  for  years  had 
been,  below  the  level  set  by  the  government  experts  as  the 


minimum  standard  of  subsistence  for  families  of  five.  38.1 
per  cent  of  the  employees  of  the  Steel  Corporation  received 
less  than  $1,466  a  year,  and  31.5  per  cent  received  less  than 
$1,952.  The  government  figures  set  $1,575  as  a  minimum 
subsistence  level  for  a  family  of  five,  and  $2,024  as  necessary 
for  the  maintenance  of  an  American  standard  of  living. 
Nearly  three-fourths  of  the  steel  workers  could  not  earn 
enough  for  the  American  standard. 

Further,  "black  lists  were  used,  workmen  were  discharged 
for  union  affiliation,  'under-cover  men'  and  'labor  detectives' 
were  employed.  In  western  Pennsylvania  the  civil  rights  of 
free  speech  and  assembly  were  abrogated  without  just  cause. 
Personal  rights  of  strikers  were  violated  by  the  State 
Constabulary  and  Sheriff's  deputies."  "The  organizing  cam- 
paign of  the  workers  and  the  strike  were  for  the  purpose  of 
forcing  a  conference  in  an  industry  where  no  means  of 
conference  existed."  "Charges  of  bolshevism  or  of  industrial 
radicalism  in  the  conduct  of  the  strike  were  without  founda- 
tion." 

The  chief  reason  for  the  failure  of  the  strike  was  the  size 
of  the  Steel  Corporation.  Then,  too,  "the  immigrant  steel 
worker  was  led  to  expect  more  from  the  twenty-four  inter- 
national unions  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor  con- 
ducting the  strike  than  they,  through  indifference,  selfish- 
ness, or  narrow  habit,  were  willing  to  give."  The  causes  of 
the  strike  lay  in  grievances  which  gave  the  workers  just 
cause  for  complaint  and  for  action.  These  unredressed 
grievances  still  exist  in  the  steel  industry.  The  report, 
recommends  a  commission,  set  up  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, to  inaugurate  conferences  between  the  Steel  Corpora- 
tion and  its  employees  for  the  elimination  of  the  twelve-hour 
day  and  the  seven-day  week  and  for  the  readjustment  of 
wage  rates. 

And  for  that  the  three  hundred  and  thirty-six  million 
dollar  Inter-Church  World  Movement  was  ditched  by  Mr. 
Gary's  friends.  When  one  recalls  the  extraordinary  way  in 
which  the  Movement  was  organized  and  advertised,  and  the 
support  which  it  received  from  clergymen  and  laymen  high 
in  the  councils  of  their  several  denominations ;  when  one  re- 
members that  not  only  wealthy  men  and  women,  but  persons 
with  slender  means  or  the  scanty  accumulations  of  a  life- 
time contributed  generously  to  the  enterprise ;  and  when  one 
thinks  of  the  great  objective  of  united  religious  effort  for 
the  spiritual  and  social  good  of  the  country  at  which  the 
Movement  aimed,  one  wonders  that  the  enterprise  should 
have  collapsed  without  at  least  a  strenuous  effort  to  maintain 
itself.  What,  after  all,  was  the  driving  force  behind  the 
Movement?  Was  there  no  one  among  its  leaders  to  see  in 
advance  the  rock  upon  which  the  undertaking  might  split, 
and  to  warn  of  the  danger  in  time  to  avoid  calamity  ?  Now 
the  wreck  has  come,  and  let  the  churches  take  heed.  From 
the  point  of  view  of  the  Steel  Corporation  the  elimination  of 
the  twelve-hour  day  and  of  the  seven-day  week,  and  the 
raising  of  wage  rates  to  a  level  permitting  a  decent  Ameri- 
can standard  of  living,  or  even  to  a  level  permitting  a  work- 
man's wife  and  children  to  subsist,  is  none  of  the  churches' 
business,  and  if  they  persist  in  interesting  themselves  in 
such  matters  the  funds  for  their  missionary  propaganda  will 
be  cut  off.  The  long  suppression  of  the  Inter-Church  report 
will  at  least  have  made  clear  just  what  the  churches  may  and 
may  not  do,  and  who  pulls  the  strings. 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


121 


Soviet  Russia — 1920 


By  BERTRAND  RUSSELL 


I.     THE  PROBLEM 


THE  attempt  to  form  anything  like  a  judicial  estimate 
of  the  Bolsheviki  is  beset  with  difficulties.  To  begin 
with,  one  approaches  them  through  a  mist  of  myth  and 
melodrama;  their  friends  and  their  foes  alike  deal  only 
in  superlatives,  treating  them  as  angels  or  devils,  not  as 
ordinary  human  beings.  But  even  when  one  has  come 
to  know  their  regime,  one  has  still  a  difficult  work  of  analy- 
sis to  perform  before  one  can  arrive  at  what  is  specifically 
bolshevist.  Much  in  their  methods  is  merely  Russian,  and 
does  not  distinguish  them  from  their  compatriots  of  other 
parties.  It  is  difficult  to  exaggerate  the  difference  between 
a  Russian  and  an  Englishman.  I  am  convinced  that  there 
is  far  more  resemblance  between  Mr.  Smillie  and  Mr.  Wins- 
ton Churchill  than  between  the  former  and  Lenin  or  the 
latter  and  Kolchak.  If  one  is  to  judge  of  the  Bolsheviki 
one  must  judge  them  in  relation  to  the  Russian"  people  and 
the  possible  alternative  governments  of  Russia.  It  is  only 
in  their  international  propaganda  that  the  comparison  of 
their  ideas  with  those  of  Western  Europe  becomes  decisive. 

There  is  another  point  which  is  very  necessary  to  remem- 
ber in  estimating  what  one  sees.  Russia  was  one  of  the 
nations  that  suffered  defeat  in  the  war;  it  is,  therefore, 
more  just  to  compare  the  state  of  affairs  with  what  exists 
in  Germany  or  Austria  than  with  what  exists  in  England 
or  America.  In  both  these  respects  I  felt  myself  very  in- 
adequately equipped.  I  did  not  know  Russia  before  the 
Revolution,  and  I  have  not  seen  Germany  or  Austria  since 
the  war.  I  hope,  however,  that  the  mere  realization  of  the 
problem  has  helped  me  to  avoid  errors  to  which,  as  it  seems 
to  me,  many  English  observers  in  Russia  have  been  prone. 

Before  entering  Russia,  I  had  read  a  great  deal  of  what 
has  been  written  about  bolshevism,  both  in  praise  and  in 
blame;  nevertheless  I  found  both  the  theory  and  the  prac- 
tice of  the  Soviet  Government  very  different  from  what  I 
had  expected.  In  order  that  the  reader  may  know  how 
much  weight  to  attach  to  my  impressions,  it  will  be  well  to 
begin  with  the  circumstances  of  my  journey. 

I  entered  Soviet  Russia  on  May  11  and  recrossed  the 
frontier  on  June  16.  The  Russian  authorities  admitted 
me  only  on  the  express  condition  that  I  should  travel  with 
the  British  labor  delegation,  a  condition  with  which  I  was 
naturally  very  willing  to  comply,  and  which  that  delegation 
kindly  allowed  me  to  fulfil.  We  were  conveyed  from  the 
frontier  to  Petrograd,  as  well  as  on  subsequent  journeys, 
in  a  special  train  de  luxe  covered  with  mottoes  about  the 
social  revolution  and  the  proletariat  of  all  countries;  we 
were  received  everywhere  by  regiments  of  soldiers,  with 
the  Internationale  being  played  on  the  regimental  band 
while  civilians  stood  bareheaded  and  soldiers  at  the  salute; 
congratulatory  orations  were  made  by  local  leaders  and 
answered  by  prominent  communists  who  accompanied  us; 
the  entrances  to  the  carriages  were  guarded  by  magnificent 
Bashkir  cavalrymen  in  resplendent  uniforms;  in  short, 
everything  was  done  to  make  us  feel  like  the  Prince  of 
Wales.  Innumerable  functions  were  arranged  for  us:  ban- 
quets, public  meetings,  and  military  reviews. 

The  assumption  was  that  we  had  come  to  testify  to  the 


solidarity  of  British  labor  with  Russian  communism,  and 
on  that  assumption  the  utmost  possible  use  was  made  of  us 
for  bolshevist  propaganda.  We,  on  the  other  hand,  desired 
to  ascertain  what  we  could  of  Russian  conditions  and  Rus- 
sian methods  of  government,  which  was  impossible  in  the 
atmosphere  of  a  royal  progress.  Hence  arose  an  amicable 
contest,  degenerating  at  times  into  a  game  of  hide  and  seek : 
while  they  assured  us  how  splendid  the  banquet  or  parade 
was  going  to  be,  we  tried  to  explain  how  much  we  should 
prefer  a  quiet  walk  in  the  streets.  I,  not  being  a  member 
of  the  delegation,  felt  less  obligation  than  my  companions 
did  to  attend  propaganda  meetings  where  one  knew  the 
speeches  by  heart  beforehand.  In  this  way  I  was  able,  by 
the  help  of  neutral  interpreters,  mostly  English  or  Ameri- 
can, to  have  many  conversations  with  casual  people  whom 
I  met  in  the  streets  or  on  village  greens,  and  to  find  out 
how  the  whole  system  appears  to  the  ordinary  non-political 
man  and  woman.  The  first  five  days  we  spent  in  Petro- 
grad, the  next  eleven  in  Moscow.  During  this  time  we 
were  living  in  daily  contact  with  important  men  in  the 
Government,  so  that  we  learned  the  official  point  of  view 
without  difficulty.  I  saw  also  what  I  could  of  the  intellec- 
tuals in  both  places.  We  were  all  allowed  complete  freedom 
to  see  politicians  of  opposition  parties,  and  we  naturally 
made  full  use  of  this  freedom.  We  saw  Mensheviki,  Social 
Revolutionaries  of  different  groups,  and  Anarchists;  we 
saw  them  without  the  presence  of  any  Bolsheviki,  and  they 
spoke  freely  after  they  had  overcome  their  initial  fears. 
I  had  an  hour's  talk  with  Lenin,  virtually  tete-a-tete;  I  met 
Trotzky,  though  only  in  company;  I  spent  a  night  in  the 
country  with  Kamenev;  and  I  saw  a  great  deal  of  other 
men  who,  though  less  known  outside  Russia,  are  of  con- 
siderable importance  in  the  Government. 

At  the  end  of  our  time  in  Moscow,  we  all  felt  a  desire  to 
see  something  of  the  country,  and  to  get  in  touch  with  the 
peasants,  since  they  form  about  85  per  cent  of  the  popula- 
tion. The  Government  showed  the  greatest  kindness  in 
meeting  our  wishes,  and  it  was  decided  that  we  should 
travel  down  the  Volga  from  Nijni  Novgorod  to  Saratov, 
stopping  at  many  places,  large  and  small,  and  talking  freely 
with  the  inhabitants.  I  found  this  part  of  the  time  extraor- 
dinarily instructive.  I  learned  to  know  more  than  I  should 
have  thought  possible  of  the  life  and  outlook  of  peasants, 
Ullage  schoolmasters,  small  Jewish  traders,  and  all  kinds 
of  people.  Unfortunately  my  friend,  Clifford  Allen,  fell  ill, 
and  my  time  was  much  taken  up  with  him.  This  had,  how- 
ever, one  good  result,  namely,  that  I  was  able  to  go  on  with 
the  boat  to  Astrakhan,  as  he  was  too  ill  to  be  moved  off  it. 
This  not  only  gave  me  further  knowledge  of  the  country, 
but  made  me  acquainted  with  Sverdlov,  Acting  Minister  of 
Transport,  who  was  traveling  on  the  boat  to  organize  the 
movement  of  oil  from  Baku  up  the  Volga,  and  who  was  one 
of  the  ablest  as  well  as  kindest  people  whom  I  met  in  Russia. 
There  are  a  few  historical  facts  which  ought  to  be  borne 
in  mind.  The  Kerensky  regime,  which  attempted  to  intro- 
duce freedom  as  we  understand  it,  led  to  chaos  and  a  gen- 
eral cessation  of  work;  some  sterner  discipline  was  ob- 
viously necessary  if  the  country  was  to  be   saved  from 


122 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


utter  destruction.  Moreover,  Kerensky  was  equally  incapa- 
ble of  waging  war  and  of  making  peace.  He  could  not 
wage  war  because  he  could  not  preserve  discipline,  and  he 
could  not  make  peace  because  he  was  dependent  upon  the 
Allies.  The  Bolsheviki,  who  were,  as  Lenin  himself  told 
me,  still  very  unpopular  so  late  as  July,  1917,  acquired  sup- 
port quickly  in  the  following  months  because  they  were 
the  only  people  who  seemed  able  and  willing  to  give  land 
to  the  peasants  and  peace  to  the  country.  At  first,  after  the 
October  Revolution,  they  were  allied  with  the  Left  Social 
Revolutionaries,  who,  however,  broke  with  them  on  the 
question  of  the  Brest-Litovsk  peace.  The  Left  Social  Revo- 
lutionaries took,  and  apparently  still  take,  the  position  that 
Soviet  Russia  ought  not,  as  a  matter  of  principle,  to  make 
peace  with  any  country  that  has  not  accomplished  the  social 
revolution;  on  this  ground  they  have  opposed  the  willing- 
ness of  the  Government  to  make  peace  with  the  Entente. 
English  opinion  goes  astray  through  its  obstinate  deter- 
mination to  classify  Russians  as  pro-German  or  pro-Entente. 
Because  of  Brest-Litovsk  it  falsely  imagined  that  the  Bol- 
sheviki were  pro-German.  One  might  as  well  consider  the 
Germans  pro-Entente  because  of  the  Treaty  of  Versailles. 
The  Russians  were  beaten,  and  only  those  who  refused  to 
face  facts  imagined  it  possible  to  continue  the  war.  These 
same  people,  in  the  same  spirit,  protested  later  against 
attempts  to  make  peace  with  the  Entente. 

The  Bolsheviki  found  themselves  compelled  to  take  severe 
measures  against  the  Social  Revolutionaries  of  the  Right 
because  they  joined  Kolchak,  and  of  the  Left  because  they 
killed  Mirbach.  Since  that  time,  opposition  political  par- 
ties have  been  illegal,  with  the  exception  of  the  Mensheviki. 
Even  they  were  illegal  for  a  short  time,  when  one  of  their 
Central  Committee  (so  at  least  the  Bolsheviki  assert)  joined 
Denikin's  cabinet.  But  they  are  now  tolerated,  and  some 
of  them  are  members  of  the  Moscow  Soviet. 

After  the  Bolsheviki  had  made  peace  with  Germany  and 
given  land  to  the  peasants,  they  lost  their  popularity;  for 
in  Russia,  as  elsewhere,  parties  are  popular  on  account  of 
what  they  promise  for  the  future,  not  on  account  of  their 
performance  in  the  past.  It  became  clear  that  they  could 
not  give  real  peace,  and  that  they  would  be  compelled  to 
remilitarize  the  country.  They  antagonized  the  peasants 
by  the  roughness  of  their  methods  of  obtaining  food  for 
the  towns,  which  seemed  unavoidable  so  long  as  they  had 
nothing  but  paper  to  offer  in  exchange  for  agricultural 
produce.  Unpopularity  drove  them  to  greater  repression 
and  centralization,  while  the  imperative  need  of  production 
led  them  to  adopt  severe  methods  of  industrial  conscription. 
All  this  has  produced  an  atmosphere  which  is  disagreeable  to 
a  lover  of  freedom;  but  it  has  to  be  remembered  that  the 
lack  of  freedom  is  traceable  to  war  and  the  blockade  as  its 
prime  cause.  Nothing  but  peace  and  a  sufficient  supply  of 
manufactured  goods  can  relieve  the  pressure  from  which 
the  present  evils  result. 

II.  BOLSHEVIST  THEORY 
One  of  the  first  things  that  I  discovered  after  passing 
the  red  flag  which  marks  the  frontier  of  Soviet  Russia, 
amid  a  desolate  region  of  marsh,  pine  wood,  and  barbed 
wire  entanglements,  was  the  profound  difference  between 
the  theories  of  actual  Bolsheviki  and  the  version  of  those 
theories  current  among  advanced  Socialists  in  this  country. 
Friends  of  Russia  here  think  of  the  dictatorship  of  the 


proletariat  as  merely  a  new  form  of  representative  govern- 
ment, in  which  only  working  men  and  women  have  votes  and 
the  constituencies  are  partly  occupational,  not  geographical. 
They  think  that  "proletariat"  means  "proletariat,"  but  "dic- 
tatorship" does  not  quite  mean  "dictatorship."  This  is  the 
opposite  of  the  truth.  When  a  Russian  Communist  speaks 
of  dictatorship,  he  means  the  word  literally,  but  when  he 
speaks  of  the  proletariat,  he  uses  the  word  in  a  Pickwickian 
sense.  He  means  the  "class-conscious"  part  of  the  prole- 
tariat, i.e.,  the  Communist  Party.  He  includes  people  by 
no  means  proletarian  (such  as  Lenin  and  Chicherin)  who 
have  the  right  opinions,  and  he  excludes  such  wage-earners 
as  have  not  the  right  opinions,  whom  he  classifies  as  lackeys 
of  the  bourgeoisie.  The  Communist  who  sincerely  believes 
the  party  creed  is  convinced  that  private  property  is  the 
root  of  all  evil ;  he  is  so  certain  of  this  that  he  shrinks  from 
no  measures,  however  harsh,  which  seem  necessary  for  con- 
structing and  preserving  the  communist  state.  He  spares 
himself  as  little  as  he  spares  others.  He  works  sixteen 
hours  a  day,  and  foregoes  his  Saturday  half-holiday.  He 
volunteers  for  any  difficult  or  dangerous  work  which  needs 
to  be  done,  such  as  clearing  away  piles  of  infected  corpses 
left  by  Kolchak  or  Denikin.  In  spite  of  his  position  of 
power  and  his  control  of  supplies,  he  lives  an  austere  life.  He 
is  not  pursuing  personal  ends,  but  aiming  at  the  creation 
of  a  new  social  order.  The  same  motives,  however,  which 
make  him  austere  make  him  also  ruthless.  Marx  has  taught 
that  communism  is  fatally  predestined  to  come  about;  this 
fits  in  with  the  Oriental  traits  in  the  Russian  character,  and 
produces  a  state  of  mind  not  unlike  that  of  the  early  suc- 
cessors of  Mahomet.  Opposition  is  crushed  without  mercy, 
and  without  shrinking  from  the  methods  of  the  Czarisf 
police,  many  of  whom  are  still  employed  at  their  old  work. 
Since  all  evils  are  due  to  private  property,  the  evils  of  the 
bolshevist  regime,  while  it  has  to  fight  private  property, 
will  automatically  cease  as  soon  as  it  has  succeeded. 

These  views  are  the  familiar  consequences  of  fanatical 
belief.  To  an  English  mind  they  reinforce  the  conviction 
upon  which  English  life  has  been  based  ever  since  1688, 
that  kindliness  and  tolerance  are  worth  all  the  creeds  in  the 
world — a  view  which,  it  is  true,  we  do  not  apply  to  other 
nations  or  to  subject  races. 

In  a  very  novel  society,  it  is  natural  to  seek  for  historical 
parallels.  The  baser  side  of  the  present  Russian  Govern- 
ment is  most  nearly  paralleled  by  the  Directory  in  France, 
but  on  its  better  side  it  is  closely  analogous  to  the  rule  of 
Cromwell.  The  sincere  Communists  (and  all  the  older 
members  of  the  party  have  proved  their  sincerity  by  years 
of  persecution)  are  not  unlike  the  Puritan  soldiers  in  their 
stern  politico-moral  purpose.  Cromwell's  dealings  with 
Parliament  are  not  unlike  Lenin's  with  the  Constituent  As- 
sembly. Both,  starting  from  a  combination  of  democracy 
and  religious  faith,  were  driven  to  sacrifice  democracy  to 
religion  enforced  by  military  dictatorship.  Both  tried  to 
compel  their  countries  to  live  at  a  higher  level  of  morality 
and  effort  than  the  population  found  tolerable.  Life  in 
modern  Russia,  as  in  Puritan  England,  is  in  many  ways 
contrary  to  instinct.  And  if  the  Bolsheviki  ultimately  fall, 
it  will  be  for  the  reason  for  which  the  Puritans  fell — 
because  there  comes  a  point  at  which  men  feel  that  amuse- 
ment and  ease  are  worth  more  than  all  other  goods  put 
together. 

Far  closer  than  any  actual  historical  parallel  is  the  parallel 
of  Plato's  Republic.    The  Communist  Party  corresponds  to 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


123 


the  guardians;  the  soldiers  have  about  the  same  status  in 
both ;  there  is  in  Russia  an  attempt  to  deal  with  family  life 
more  or  less  as  Plato  suggested.  I  suppose  it  may  be 
assumed  that  every  teacher  of  Plato  throughout  the  world 
abhors  bolshevism,  and  that  every  Bolshevik  regards  Plato 
as  an  antiquated  bourgeois.  Nevertheless,  the  parallel  is 
extraordinarily  exact  between  Plato's  Republic  and  the 
regime  which  the  better  Bolsheviki  are  endeavoring  to 
create. 

Bolshevism  is  internally  aristocratic  and  externally  mili- 
tant. The  Communists  have  all  the  good  and  bad  traits  of 
an  aristocracy  which  is  young  and  vital.  They  are  cour- 
ageous, energetic,  capable  of  command,  always  ready  to 
serve  the  state;  on  the  other  hand  they  are  dictatorial,  lack- 
ing in  ordinary  consideration  for  the  plebs,  such  as  their 
servants,  whom  they  overwork,  or  the  people  in  the  streets, 
whose  lives  they  endanger  by  extraordinarily  reckless  motor- 
ing. They  are  practically  the  sole  possessors  of  power,  and 
they  enjoy  innumerable  advantages  in  consequence.  Most 
of  them,  though  far  from  luxurious,  have  better  food  than 
other  people.  Only  people  of  some  political  importance  can 
obtain  motor-cars  or  telephones.  Permits  for  railway  jour- 
neys, for  making  purchases  at  the  Soviet  stores  (where 
prices  are  about  one-fiftieth  of  what  they  are  in  the  mar- 
ket), for  going  to  the  theater,  and  so  on,  are  of  course 
easier  to  obtain  for  the  friends  of  those  in  power  than  for 
ordinary  mortals.  In  a  thousand  ways  the  Communists 
have  a  life  which  is  happier  than  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
community.  Above  all,  they  are  less  exposed  to  the  un- 
welcome attentions  of  the  police  and  the  extraordinary 
commission. 

The  communist  theory  of  international  affairs  is  exceed- 
ingly simple.  The  revolution  foretold  by  Marx,  which  is  to 
abolish  capitalism  throughout  the  world,  happened  to  begin 
in  Russia,  though  Marxian  theory  would  seem  to  demand 
that  it  should  begin  in  America.  In  countries  where  the 
revolution  has  not  yet  broken  out,  the  sole  duty  of  a  com- 
munist is  to  hasten  its  advent.  Agreements  with  capitalist 
states  can  only  be  makeshifts,  and  can  never  amount  on 
either  side  to  a  sincere  peace.  No  real  good  can  come  to  any 
country  without  a  bloody  revolution :  English  labor  men  may 
fancy  that  a  peaceful  evolution  is  possible,  but  they  will 
find  their  mistake.  Lenin  told  me  that  he  hopes  to  see  a 
labor  government  in  England,  and  would  wish  his  supporters 
to  work  for  it,  but  solely  in  order  that  the  futility  of 
Parliamentarism  may  be  conclusively  demonstrated  to  the 
British  working  man.  Nothing  will  do  any  real  good  except 
the  arming  of  the  proletariat  and  the  disarming  of  the 
bourgeoisie.  Those  who  preach  anything  else  are  social 
traitors  or  deluded  fools. 

For  my  part,  after  weighing  this  theory  carefully,  and 
after  admitting  the  whole  of  its  indictment  of  bourgeois 
capitalism,  I  find  myself  definitely  and  strongly  opposed  to 
it.  The  Third  Internationale  is  an  organization  which  exists 
to  promote  the  class  war  and  to  hasten  the  advent  of  revolu- 
tion everywhere.  My  objection  is  not  that  capitalism  is  less 
bad  than  the  Bolsheviki  believe,  but  that  socialism  is  less 
good,  at  any  rate  in  the  form  which  can  be  brought  about 
by  war.  The  evils  of  war,  especially  of  civil  war,  are  certain 
and  very  great;  the  gains  to  be  achieved  by  victory  are 
problematical.  In  the  course  of  a  desperate  struggle  the 
heritage  of  civilization  is  likely  to  be  lost,  while  hatred, 
suspicion,  and  cruelty  become  normal  in  the  relations  of 
human  beings.    In  order  to  succeed  in  war  a  concentration 


of  power  is  necessary,  and  from  concentration  of  power  the 
very  same  evils  flow  as  from  the  capitalist  concentration  of 
wealth.  For  these  reasons  chiefly  I  cannot  support  any 
movement  which  aims  at  world  revolution.  The  injury  to 
civilization  done  by  revolution  in  one  country  may  be  re- 
paired by  the  influence  of  another  in  which  there  has  been 
no  revolution;  but  in  a  universal  cataclysm  civilization 
might  go  under  for  a  thousand  years.  But  while  I  cannot 
advocate  world  revolution,  I  cannot  escape  from  the  conclu- 
sion that  the  Governments  of  the  leading  capitalist  coun- 
tries are  doing  everything  to  bring  it  about.  Abuse  of  our 
power  against  Germany,  Russia,  and  India  (to  say  nothing 
of  any  other  countries)  may  well  bring  about  our  downfall, 
and  produce  those  very  evils  which  the  enemies  of  bolshe- 
vism most  dread. 

The  true  communist  is  thoroughly  international.  Lenin, 
for  example,  so  far  as  I  could  judge,  is  not  more  concerned 
with  the  interests  of  Russia  than  with  those  of  other  coun- 
tries ;  Russia  is,  at  the  moment,  the  protagonist  of  the  social 
revolution,  and  as  such  valuable  to  the  world,  but  Lenin 
would  sacrifice  Russia  rather  than  the  revolution  if  the 
alternative  should  ever  arise.  This  is  the  orthodox  attitude, 
and  is  no  doubt  genuine  in  many  of  the  leaders.  But  nation- 
alism is  natural  and  instinctive;  through  pride  in  the  revo- 
lution it  grows  again  even  in  the  breasts  of  communists. 
Through  the  Polish  war,  the  Bolsheviki  have  acquired  the 
support  of  national  feeling  and  their  position  in  the  country 
has  been  immensely  strengthened. 

The  only  time  I  saw  Trotzky  was  at  the  opera  in  Moscow. 
The  British  labor  delegation  were  occupying  what  had  been 
the  Czar's  box.  After  speaking  with  us  in  the  ante-chamber, 
he  stepped  to  the  front  of  the  box  and  stood  with  folded 
arms  while  the  house  cheered  itself  hoarse.  Then  he  spoke 
a  few  sentences,  short  and  sharp,  with  military  precision, 
winding  up  by  calling  for  "three  cheers  for  our  brave  fel- 
lows at  the  front,"  to  which  the  audience  responded  as  a 
London  audience  would  have  responded  in  the  autumn  of 
1914.  Trotzky  and  the  Red  Army  undoubtedly  now  have 
behind  them  a  great  body  of  nationalist  sentiment.  The 
reconquest  of  Asiatic  Russia  has  even  revived  what  is  essen- 
tially an  imperialist  way  of  feeling,  though  this  would  be 
indignantly  repudiated  by  many  of  those  in  whom  I  seemed 
to  detect  it.  Experience  of  power  is  inevitably  altering  com- 
munist theories,  and  men  who  control  a  vast  governmental 
machine  can  hardly  have  quite  the  same  outlook  on  life  as 
they  had  when  they  were  hunted  fugitives.  If  the  Bolshe- 
viki remain  in  power,  it  may  be  assumed  that  their  com- 
munism will  fade,  and  that  they  will  increasingly  resemble 
any  other  Asiatic  government — for  example,  our  own  gov- 
ernment in  India. 

III.    COMMUNISM  AND  THE  SOVIET  CONSTITUTION 

Before  I  went  to  Russia,  I  imagined  that  I  was  going  to 
see  an  interesting  experiment  in  a  new  form  of  representa- 
tive government.  Everyone  who  is  interested  in  bolshevism 
knows  the  series  of  elections,  from  the  village  meeting  to  the 
All-Russian  Soviet,  by  which  the  people's  commissaries  are 
supposed  to  derive  their  power.  We  were  told  that,  by  the 
recall,  the  occupational  constituencies,  and  so  on,  a  new  and 
far  more  perfect  machinery  had  been  devised  for  ascertain- 
ing and  registering  the  popular  will.  One  of  the  things  we 
hoped  to  study  was  the  question  whether  the  Soviet  system 
is  really  superior  to  parliamentarism  in  this  respect. 

We  were  not  able  to  make  any  such  study  because  the 


124 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


Soviet  system  is  moribund.  No  conceivable  system  of  free 
election  would  give  majorities  to  the  Communists,  in  either 
town  or  country.  Various  methods  are  therefore  adopted 
for  giving  the  victory  to  government  candidates.  In  the 
first  place,  the  voting  is  by  show  of  hands,  so  that  all  who 
vote  against  the  government  are  marked  men.  In  the  second 
place,  no  candidate  who  is  not  a  Communist  can  have  any 
printing  done,  the  printing  works  being  all  in  the  hands  of 
the  state.  In  the  third  place,  he  cannot  address  any  meet- 
ings, because  the  halls  all  belong  to  the  state.  The  whole  of 
the  press  is,  of  course,  official;  no  independent  daily  is  per- 
mitted. In  spite  of  all  these  obstacles,  the  Mensheviki  have 
succeeded  in  winning  about  40  seats  out  of  1,500  in  the  Mos- 
cow Soviet  by  being  known  in  certain  large  factories  where 
the  electoral  campaign  could  be  conducted  by  word  of  mouth. 

But  although  the  Moscow  Soviet  is  nominally  sovereign 
in  Moscow,  it  is  really  only  a  body  of  electors  who  choose 
the  executive  committee  of  forty,  out  of  which,  in  turn,  is 
chosen  the  Presidium,  consisting  of  nine  men  who  meet 
daily  and  have  all  the  power.  The  Moscow  Soviet  as  a  whole 
is  supposed  to  meet  once  a  week,  but  did  not  meet  while  we 
were  in  Moscow.  The  Presidium,  on  the  contrary,  meets 
daily.  Of  course,  it  is  easy  for  the  Government  to  exercise 
pressure  over  the  election  of  the  executive  committee,  and 
again  over  the  election  of  the  Presidium.  It  must  be  remem- 
bered that  effective  protest  is  impossible,  owing  to  the  abso- 
lutely complete  suppression  of  free  speech  and  free  press. 
The  result  is  that  the  Presidium  of  the  Moscow  Soviet  con- 
sists only  of  orthodox  Communists. 

Kamenev,  the  President  of  the  Moscow  Soviet,  informed 
us  that  the  recall  is  very  frequently  employed;  he  said  that 
in  Moscow  there  are,  on  an  average,  thirty  recalls  a  month. 
I  asked  him  what  were  the  principal  reasons  for  the  recall, 
and  he  mentioned  four:  drinking,  going  to  the  front  (and 
being,  therefore,  incapable  of  performing  the  duties), 
change  of  politics  on  the  part  of  the  electors,  and  failure  to 
make  a  report  to  the  electors  once  a  fortnight,  which  all 
members  of  the  Soviet  are  expected  to  do.  From  what  I 
saw  of  Russians,  I  should  judge  that  almost  all  would  be 
guilty  in  this  last  respect.  It  is  evident  that  the  recall 
affords  opportunities  for  Government  pressure,  but  I  had  no 
chance  of  finding  out  whether  it  is  used  for  this  purpose. 

In  country  districts  the  method  employed  is  somewhat 
different.  It  is  impossible  to  insure  that  the  village  Soviet 
shall  consist  of  Communists  because,  as  a  rule,  at  any  rate 
in  the  villages  I  saw,  there  are  no  Communists.  But  when  I 
asked  in  the  villages  how  they  were  represented  on  the 
Volost  (the  next  larger  area)  or  the  Gubernia  (the  area 
next  above  the  Volost),  I  was  met  always  with  the  reply 
that  they  were  not  represented  at  all.  I  could  not  verify 
this,  and  it  is  probably  an  over-statement,  but  all  concurred 
in  the  assertion  that  if  they  elected  a  non-Communist  repre- 
sentative he  could  not  obtain  a  pass  on  the  railway  and, 
therefore,  could  not  attend  the  Volost  or  Gubernia  Soviet. 
I  saw  a  meeting  of  the  Gubernia  Soviet  of  Saratov.  The 
representation  is  so  arranged  that  the  town  workers  have  an 
enormous  preponderance  over  the  surrounding  peasants; 
but  even  allowing  for  this,  the  proportion  of  pea&ants 
seemed  astonishingly  small  for  the  center  of  a  very  impor- 
tant agricultural  area. 

The  All-Russian  Soviet,  which  is  constitutionally  the  su- 
preme body,  to  which  the  People's  Commissars  are  responsi- 
ble, meets  seldom  and  has  become  increasingly  formal.  Its 
sole  function  at  present,  so  far  as  I  could  discover,  is  to 


ratify,  without  discussion,  previous  decisions  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  on  matters  (especially  concerning  foreign  pol- 
icy) upon  which  the  Constitution  requires  its  decision. 

All  real  power  is  in  the  hands  of  the  Communist  Party, 
who  number  about  600,000  in  a  population  of  about  120,000,- 
000.  I  never  came  across  a  Communist  by  chance:  the  peo- 
ple whom  I  met  in  the  streets  or  in  the  villages,  when  I  could 
get  into  conversation  with  them,  almost  invariably  said  they 
were  of  no  party.  The  only  other  answer  I  ever  had  was 
from  some  of  the  peasants,  who  openly  stated  that  they  were 
Czarists.  It  must  be  said  that  the  peasants'  reasons  for  dis- 
liking the  Bolsheviki  are  very  inadequate.  It  is  said — and 
all  I  saw  confirmed  the  assertion — that  the  peasants  are 
better  off  than  they  ever  were  before.  I  saw  no  one — man, 
woman,  or  child — who  looked  underfed  in  the  villages.  The 
big  landowners  are  dispossessed,  and  the  peasants  have 
profited.  But  the  towns  and  the  army  still  need  nourishing, 
and  the  Government  has  nothing  to  give  the  peasants  in 
return  for  food  except  paper,  which  the  peasants  resent  hav- 
ing to  take.  It  is  a  singular  fact  that  Czarist  rubles  are 
worth  ten  times  as  much  as  Soviet  rubles,  and  are  much 
commoner  in  the  country.  Although  they  are  illegal,  pocket- 
books  full  of  them  are  openly  displayed  in  the  market  places. 
I  do  not  think  it  should  be  inferred  that  the  peasants  expect 
a  Czarist  restoration;  they  are  merely  actuated  by  custom 
and  dislike  of  novelty.  They  have  never  heard  of  the  block- 
ade; many  hardly  know  that  there  is  a  war  with  Poland: 
consequently  they  cannot  understand  why  the  Government 
is  unable  to  give  them  the  clothes  and  agricultural  imple- 
ments that  they  need.  Having  got  their  land,  and  being 
ignorant  of  affairs  outside  their  own  neighborhood,  they 
wish  their  own  village  to  be  independent,  and  would  resent, 
the  demands  of  any  government  whatever. 

Within  the  Communist  Party  there  are,  of  course,  as  al- 
ways in  a  bureaucracy,  different  factions,  though  hitherto 
the  external  pressure  has  prevented  disunion.  It  seemed  to 
me  that  the  personnel  of  the  bureaucracy  could  be  divided 
into  three  classes.  There  are  first  the  old  revolutionists, 
tested  by  years  of  persecution.  These  men  have  most  of  the 
highest  posts.  Prison  and  exile  have  made  them  tough  and 
fanatical  and  rather  out  of  touch  with  their  own  country. 
They  are  honest  men,  with  a  profound  belief  that  commu- 
nism will  regenerate  the  world.  They  think  themselves 
utterly  free  from  sentiment,  but  in  fact  they  are  sentimental 
about  communism  and  about  the  regime  that  they  are  creat- 
ing; they  cannot  fac*e  the  fact  that  what  they  are  creating 
is  not  communism,  and  that  communism  is  anathema  to  the 
peasant,  who  wants  his  own  land  and  nothing  else.  They 
are  pitiless  in  punishing  corruption  or  drunkenness  when 
they  find  either  among  officials;  but  they  have  built  up  a 
system  in  which  the  temptations  to  petty  corruption  are 
tremendous,  and  their  own  materialistic  theory  should  per- 
suade them  that  under  such  a  system  corruption  must  be 
rampant. 

The  second  class  in  the  bureaucracy,  among  whom  are  to 
be  found  most  of  the  men  occupying  political  posts  just 
below  the  top,  consists  of  young  arrivistes  who  are  enthusi- 
astic Bolsheviki  because  of  the  material  success  of  bolshe- 
vism.  It  is  these  men  who  make  the  regime  so  odious  in 
many  ways.  With  them  must  be  reckoned  the  army  of 
policemen,  spies,  and  secret  agents,  largely  inherited  from 
the  Czarist  times,  who  make  their  profit  out  of  the  fact  that 
no  one  can  live  except  by  breaking  the  law.  This  aspect  of 
bolshevism  is  exemplified  by  the  Extraordinary  Commission, 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


125 


a  body  practically  independent  of  the  Government,  pos- 
sessing its  own  regiments,  which  are  better  fed  than  the  Red 
Army.  This  body  has  the  power  of  imprisoning  any  man  or 
woman  without  trial  on  such  charges  as  speculation  or  coun- 
ter-revolutionary activity.  It  has  shot  thousands  without 
trial,  and  though  now  it  has  nominally  lost  the  power  of 
inflicting  the  death  penalty,  it  is  by  no  means  certain  that  it 
has  altogether  lost  it  in  fact.  It  has  spies  everywhere,  and 
ordinary  mortals  live  in  terror  of  it. 

The  third  class  in  the  bureaucracy  consists  of  men  who 
are  not  ardent  communists,  who  have  rallied  to  the  Gov- 
ernment since  it  has  proved  itself  stable,  and  who  work  for 
it  either  out  of  patriotism  or  because  they  enjoy  the  oppor- 
tunity of  developing  their  ideas  freely  without  the  obstacle 
of  traditional  institutions.  Among  this  class  are  to  be  found 
men  of  the  type  of  the  successful  business  man,  men  with 
the  same  sort  of  ability  as  is  found  in  the  American  self- 
made  trust  magnate,  but  working  for  success  and  power,  not 
for  money.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  Bolsheviki  are  suc- 
cessfully solving  the  problem  of  enlisting  this  kind  of  ability 
in  the  public  service  without  permitting  it  to  amass  wealth 
as  it  does  in  capitalist  communities.  This  is  perhaps  their 
greatest  success  so  far  outside  the  domain  of  war.  It  makes 
it  possible  to  suppose  that,  if  Russia  is  allowed  to  have 
peace,  an  amazing  industrial  development  may  take  place, 
making  Russia  a  rival  of  the  United  States.  The  Bolshe- 
viki are  industrialists  in  all  their  aims;  they  love  every- 
thing in  modern  industry  except  the  excessive  rewards  of 
the  capitalists.  And  the  harsh  discipline  to  which  they  are 
subjecting  the  workers  is  calculated,  if  anything  can,  to  give 
them  the  habits  of  industry  and  honesty  which  have  hitherto 
been  lacking,  and  which  alone  prevent  Russia  from  being 
one  of  the  foremost  industrial  countries. 

IV.  LENIN  AND  TROTZKY  AND  GORKY 
Soon  after  my  arrival  in  Moscow  I  had  an  hour's  conver- 
sation with  Lenin  in  English,  which  he  speaks  fairly  well. 
An  interpreter  was  present,  but  his  services  were  scarcely 
required.  Lenin's  room  is  very  bare:  it  contains  a  big  desk, 
some  maps  on  the  walls,  two  book-cases,  and  one  comforta- 
ble chair  for  visitors  in  addition  to  two  or  three  hard  chairs. 
It  is  obvious  that  he  has  no  love  of  luxury  or  even  comfort. 
He  is  very  friendly  and  apparently  simple,  entirely  without 
a  trace  of  hauteur.  If  one  met  him  without  knowing  who  he 
was,  one  would  not  guess  that  he  is  possessed  of  great  power 
or  even  that  he  is  in  any  way  eminent.  I  have  never  met  a 
personage  so  destitute  of  self-importance.  He  looks  at  his 
visitors  very  closely,  and  screws  up  one  eye,  which  seems 
to  increase  alarmingly  the  penetrating  power  of  the  other. 
He  laughs  a  great  deal;  at  first  his  laugh  seems  merely 
friendly  and  jolly,  but  gradually  I  came  to  feel  it  rather  grim. 
He  is  dictatorial,  calm,  incapable  of  fear,  extraordinarily 
devoid  of  self-seeking,  an  embodied  theory.  The  material- 
istic conception  of  history,  one  feels,  is  his  life-blood.  He 
resembles  a  professor  in  his  desire  to  have  the  theory  under- 
stood and  in  his  fury  with  those  who  misunderstand  or  dis- 
agree, as  also  in  his  love  of  expounding.  I  got  the  impres- 
sion that  he  despises  a  great  many  people  and  is  an  intel- 
lectual aristocrat. 

The  first  question  I  asked  him  was  as  to  how  far  he  recog- 
nized the  peculiarity  of  English  economic  and  political  con- 
ditions. I  was  anxious  to  know  whether  advocacy  of  violent 
revolution  is  an  indispensable  condition  of  joining  the  Third 
Internationale,  although  I  did  not  put  this  question  directly 


because  others  were  asking  it  officially.  His  answer  was  un- 
satisfactory to  me.  He  admitted  that  there  is  little  chance 
of  revolution  in  England  now,  and  that  the  working  man  is 
not  yet  disgusted  with  parliamentary  government.  But  he 
hopes  that  this  result  may  be  brought  about  by  a  labor  min- 
istry. He  thinks  that  if  Mr.  Henderson,  for  instance,  were 
to  become  Prime  Minister,  nothing  of  importance  would  be 
done;  organized  labor  would  then,  so  he  hopes  and  believes, 
turn  to  revolution.  On  this  ground  he  wishes  his  supporters 
in  this  country  to  do  everything  in  their  power  to  secure  a 
labor  majority  in  Parliament;  he  does  not  advocate  absten- 
tion from  parliamentary  contests,  but  participation  with  a 
view  to  making  Parliament  obviously  contemptible.  The 
reasons  which  make  attempts  at  violent  revolution  seem  to 
most  of  us  both  improbable  and  undesirable  in  this  country 
carry  no  weight  with  him,  and  seem  to  him  mere  bourgeois 
prejudices.  When  I  suggested  that  whatever  is  possible  in 
England  can  be  achieved  without  bloodshed,  he  waved  aside 
the  suggestion  as  fantastic.  I  got  little  impression  of 
knowledge  or  psychological  imagination  as  regards  Great 
Britain.  Indeed,  the  whole  tendency  of  Marxism  is  against 
psychological  imagination,  since  it  attributes  everything  in 
politics  to  purely  material  causes. 

I  asked  him  next  whether  he  thought  it  possible  to  estab- 
lish communism  firmly  and  fully  in  a  country  containing 
such  a  large  majority  of  peasants.  He  admitted  that  it  was 
difficult,  and  laughed  over  the  exchange  the  peasant  is  com- 
pelled to  make  of  food  for  paper ;  the  worthlessness  of  Rus- 
sian paper  struck  him  as  comic.  But  he  said — what  is  no 
doubt  true — that  things  will  right  themselves  when  there 
are  goods  to  offer  to  the  peasant.  For  this  he  looks  partly 
to  electrification  in  industry,  which,  he  says,  is  a  technical 
necessity  in  Russia  but  will  take  ten  years  to  complete.  He 
spoke  with  enthusiasm,  as  they  all  do,  of  the  great  scheme 
for  generating  electrical  power  by  means  of  peat.  Of  course 
he  looks  to  the  raising  of  the  blockade  as  the  only  radical 
cure;  but  he  was  not  very  hopeful  of  this  being  achieved 
thoroughly  or  permanently  except  through  revolutions  in 
other  countries.  Peace  between  bolshevist  Russia  and  cap- 
italist countries,  he  said,  must  always  be  insecure;  the 
Entente  might  be  led  by  weariness  and  mutual  dissensions 
to  conclude  peace,  but  he  felt  convinced  that  the  peace  would 
be  of  brief  duration.  I  found  in  him,  as  in  almost  all  lead- 
ing Communists,  much  less  eagerness  than  existed  on  our 
side  for  peace  and  the  raising  of  the  blockade.  He  believes 
that  nothing  of  real  value  can  be  achieved  except  through 
world  revolution  and  the  abolition  of  capitalism;  I  felt  that 
he  regarded  the  resumption  of  trade  with  capitalist  coun- 
tries as  a  mere  palliative  of  doubtful  value. 

He  described  the  division  between  rich  and  poor  peasants, 
and  the  government  propaganda  among  the  latter  against 
the  former,  leading  to  acts  of  violence  which  he  seemed  to 
find  amusing.  He  spoke  as  though  the  dictatorship  over  the 
peasant  would  have  to  continue  a  long  time,  because  of  the 
peasant's  desire  for  free  trade.  He  said  he  knew  from 
statistics  (what  I  can  well  believe)  that  the  peasants  have 
had  more  to  eat  these  last  two  years  than  they  ever  had 
before,  "and  yet  they  are  against  us,"  he  added  a  little  wist- 
fully. I  asked  him  what  to  reply  to  critics  who  say  that  in 
the  country  he  has  merely  created  peasant  proprietorship, 
not  communism;  he  replied  that  that  is  not  quite  the  truth, 
but  he  did  not  say  what  the  truth  is. 

The  last  question  I  asked  him  was  whether  resumption  of 
trade  with  capitalist  countries,  if  it  took  place,  would  not 


126 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


create  centers  of  capitalist  influence  and  make  the  preserva- 
tion of  communism  more  difficult.  It  had  seemed  to  me  that 
the  more  ardent  Communists  might  well  dread  commercial 
intercourse  with  the  outer  world,  as  leading  to  an  infiltration 
of  heresy  and  making  the  rigidity  of  the  present  system 
almost  impossible.  I  wished  to  know  whether  he  had  such 
a  feeling.  He  admitted  that  trade  wrould  create  difficulties, 
but  said  they  would  be  less  than  those  of  the  war.  He  said 
that  two  years  ago  neither  he  nor  his  colleagues  thought 
they  could  survive  against  the  hostility  of  the  world.  He 
attributes  their  survival  to  the  jealousies  and  divergent 
interests  of  the  different  capitalist  nations,  also  to  the  power 
of  bolshevist  propaganda.  He  said  the  Germans  had  laughed 
when  the  Bolsheviki  proposed  to  combat  guns  with  leaflets, 
but  that  the  event  had  proved  the  leaflets  quite  as  powerful. 
I  do  not  think  he  recognizes  that  the  Labor  and  Socialist 
Parties  have  had  any  part  in  the  matter.  He  does  not  seem 
to  know  that  the  attitude  of  British  labor  has  done  a  great 
deal  to  make  a  first-class  war  against  Russia  impossible, 
since  it  has  confined  the  Government  to  what  could  be  done 
in  a  hole-and-corner  way,  and  denied  without  a  too  blatant 
mendacity. 

He  thoroughly  enjoys  the  attacks  of  Lord  Northcliffe,  to 
whom  he  wishes  to  send  a  medal  for  bolshevist  propaganda. 
Accusations  of  spoliation,  he  remarked,  may  shock  the  bour- 
geois, but  have  an  opposite  effect  upon  the  proletarian. 

I  think  if  I  had  met  him  without  knowing  who  he  was,  I 
should  not  have  guessed  that  he  was  a  great  man ;  he  struck 
me  as  too  opinionated  and  narrowly  orthodox.  His  strength 
comes,  I  imagine,  from  his  honesty,  courage,  and  unwaver- 
ing faith — religious  faith  in  the  Marxian  gospel,  which  takes 
the  place  of  the  Christian  martyr's  hopes  of  Paradise,  except 
that  it  is  less  egotistical.  He  has  as  little  love  of  liberty  as 
the  Christians  who  suffered  under  Diocletian  and  retaliated 
when  they  acquired  power.  Perhaps  love  of  liberty  is  incom- 
patible with  whole-hearted  belief  in  a  panacea  for  all  human 
ills.  If  so,  I  cannot  but  rejoice  in  the  skeptical  temper  of 
the  Western  world.  I  went  to  Russia  believing  myself  a 
communist;  but  contact  with  those  who  have  no  doubts  has 
intensified  a  thousandfold  my  own  doubts,  not  only  of  com- 
munism, but  of  every  creed  so  firmly  held  that  for  its  sake 
men  are  willing  to  inflict  widespread  misery. 

Trotzky,  whom  the  Communists  do  not  by  any  means 
regard  as  Lenin's  equal,  made  more  impression  upon  me 
from  the  point  of  view  of  intelligence  and  personality, 
though  not  of  character.  I  saw  too  little  of  him,  however, 
to  have  more  than  a  very  superficial  impression.  He  has 
bright  eyes,  military  bearing,  lightning  intelligence,  and 
magnetic  personality.  He  is  very  good-looking,  with  ad- 
mirable wavy  hair;  one  feels  he  would  be  irresistible  to 
women.  I  felt  in  him  a  vein  of  gay  good  humor  so  long  as 
he  was  not  crossed  in  any  way.  I  thought,  perhaps  wrongly, 
that  his  vanity  was  even  greater  than  his  love  of  power — 
the  sort  of  vanity  that  one  associates  with  an  artist  or  actor. 
The  comparison  with  Napoleon  was  forced  upon  one.  But 
I  had  no  means  of  estimating  the  strength  of  his  communist 
conviction,  which  may  be  very  sincere  and  profound. 

An  extraordinary  contrast  to  both  these  men  was  Gorky, 
with  whom  I  had  a  brief  interview  in  Petrograd.  He  was 
in  bed,  apparently  dying  and  obviously  heartbroken.  He 
begged  me,  in  anything  I  might  say  about  Russia,  always 
to  emphasize  what  Russia  has  suffered.  He  supports  the 
government — as  I  should  do,  if  I  were  a  Russian — not  be- 
cause he  thinks  it  faultless  but  because  the  possible  alterna- 


tives are  worse.  One  felt  in  him  a  love  of  the  Russian  people 
which  makes  their  present  martyrdom  almost  unbearable, 
and  prevents  the  fanatical  faith  by  which  the  pure  Marxians 
are  upheld.  I  felt  him  the  most  lovable,  and  to  me  the  most 
sympathetic,  of  all  the  Russians  I  saw.  I  wished  for  more 
knowledge  of  his  outlook,  but  he  spoke  with  difficulty  and 
was  constantly  interrupted  by  terrible  fits  of  coughing,  so  I 
could  not  stay.  All  the  intellectuals  whom  I  met — a  class 
who  have  suffered  terribly — expressed  their  gratitude  to  him 
for  what  he  has  done  on  their  behalf.  The  materialistic 
conception  of  history  is  all  very  well,  but  some  care  for  the 
higher  things  of  civilization  is  a  relief.  The  Bolsheviki  are 
sometimes  said  to  have  done  great  things  for  art,  but  I 
could  not  discover  that  they  had  done  more  than  preserve 
something  of  what  existed  before.  When  I  questioned  one 
of  them  on  the  subject,  he  grew  impatient,  and  said:  "We 
haven't  time  for  a  new  art  any  more  than  for  a  new  re- 
ligion." Unavoidably,  the  atmosphere  is  one  in  which  art 
cannot  flourish,  because  art  is  anarchic  and  resistant  to 
organization.  Gorky  has  done  all  that  one  man  could  to 
preserve  the  intellectual  and  artistic  life  of  Russia.  But  he 
is  dying,  and  perhaps  it  is  dying  too. 


The  Forty-Eighters'  Position 

By  ALLEN  McCURDY 

npHE  Committee  of  48  failed  to  create  a  new  party  at 
L  Chicago.  This  failure  was  inevitable;  but  it  was  a 
failure  which  revealed  more  clearly  than  ever  the  necessity 
for  a  new  party.  "One  event  is  more  clarifying  than  vol- 
umes of  words,"  says  Disraeli  in  Tancred.  Such  an  event 
was  the  failure  of  the  Committee  of  48  at  Chicago.  More 
than  a  year  ago  the  Committee  issued  a  call  to  Americans 
equally  opposed  to  revolution  and  to  reaction,  and  asked  the 
assistance  of  all  citizens  who  believed  that  a  party  which 
should  appeal  to  every  class  of  our  people  who  could  not 
express  their  convictions  either  through  the  reactionary 
Republican  and  Democratic  Parties  or  through  the  Socialist 
Party  should  be  created.  An  economic  platform  designed 
to  destroy  privilege  was  created.  The  responsible  leaders  of 
the  Committee  of  48  believed  that  the  abolition  of  privilege 
would  benefit  the  entire  American  people ;  that  a  party  aim- 
ing at  this  abolition  would  create  an  issue  which  could  not 
be  ignored  in  the  campaign  of  1920 ;  and  that  the  vanishing 
faith  of  the  people  in  the  ballot-box  would  be  restored  by 
the  opportunity  thus  created  to  destroy  economic  power  by 
political  action.  It  ought  to  be  remembered  that  this  call 
was  issued  at  a  time  when  any  individual  who  made  known 
his  opposition  to  both  the  Republican  and  the  Democratic 
Parties  was  immediately  classified  as  a  Socialist.  There 
was  no  other  category  in  which  to  classify  him.  Conse- 
quently, the  press  advertised  the  Committee  of  48  as  a  group 
of  men  socialistically  inclined.  There  is  no  doubt  that  some 
Socialists  believed  the  Committee  of  48  was  some  form  of 
socialism  under  another  name.  For  many  Socialists  who 
joined  the  Committee  of  48  expressed  their  preference  for 
Eugene  Debs  as  the  Committee  of  48's  candidate  for  Presi- 
dent, and  some  of  these  Socialists  were  delegates  to  our 
convention  in  Chicago.  For  this  same  reason,  many  citizens 
who  believed  with  the  responsible  leaders  of  the  Committee 
of  48  in  every  detail  did  not  join  the  Committee  of  48 
because   they   feared   it   was   socialistic,   and   it   was   im- 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


127 


possible  to  reach  this  unknown  support  of  our  real  program. 

The  determination  of  the  responsible  leaders  of  the  Com- 
mittee of  48  today  is  clear.  They  desire  a  political  party 
operating  in  accordance  with  American  institutions  and 
American  traditions  and  expressing  its  will  through  the 
ballot-box  for  the  abolition  of  economic  privilege  for  the 
benefit  of  all  people.  The  Labor  Party  of  the  United  States, 
whose  responsible  leaders  are  not  workers,  but,  on  the  con- 
trary, a  Connecticut  lawyer,  a  New  York  school  teacher,  a 
newspaper  editor,  and  trade  union  labor  leaders,  who  for 
years  have  been  removed  from  the  experience  of  the  rank 
and  file  worker,  started  out  to  create  a  class  party  which 
should  appeal  only  to  organized  workers  and,  through  polit- 
ical propaganda,  reach  the  minds  of  the  rank  and  file  of  the 
American  Federation  of  Labor  to  the  end  that  the  control  of 
the  Federation  of  Labor  should  pass  from  its  present  leader- 
ship into  the  leadership  of  the  insurgents,  so  that,  through  a 
combination  of  political  action  and  direct  action,  guild 
socialism  should  be  introduced  into  American  life.  It  is 
plain  to  any  intelligent  person  that  it  is  impossible  for  these 
two  convictions  to  meet,  join,  merge,  or  amalgamate.  Oil 
and  water  do  not  mix. 

It  must  be  remembered,  in  this  connection,  that  the  Labor 
Party  of  the  United  States  was  founded  under  the  direct 
influence  of  the  British  Labor  Party  program.  Journalists 
of  opinion  idealized  the  British  Labor  Party  program  and 
created  a  campaign  throughout  the  country  that  what  had 
been  evolved  in  English  experience  through  over  a  hundred 
years  of  growth  could  be  transplanted  from  English  soil  and 
superimposed  upon  American  life.  Earnest  and  sincere  men 
everywhere  believed  that  intelligent  believers  in  American 
progress  could  unite  with  the  American  trade  union  move- 
ment and  form  a  great  coalition  party.  This  belief  was  so 
widespread  as  to  compel  the  responsible  leadership  of  the 
Committee  of  48  to  make  every  effort  possible  to  secure  this 
result.  But  America  is  not  England  any  more  than,  as  the 
intelligent  leaders  of  the  British  Labor  Party  wisely  declare, 
"England  is  not  Russia."  This  is  a  fact  which  no  words, 
arguments,  criminations  or  recriminations  could  have  estab- 
lished. It  required  the  actual  experience  at  Chicago  to  dis- 
close this  fact  to  every  intelligent  observer  who  saw  beneath 
all  the  superficial  manifestations  this  fundamental,  irrecon- 
cilable difference  of  opinion  between  a  leadership  insistent 
upon  an  American  political  party  aiming  at  the  welfare  of 
all  the  people,  and  a  leadership  insistent  upon  a  class  party 
devoted  to  the  interests  of  the  workers  alone.  It  is  the  con- 
viction of  the  leaders  of  the  Committee  of  48  that  the  rank 
and  file  of  the  workers  of  the  United  States  of  America  do 
not  know  what  guild  socialism  is,  do  not  believe  in  it  when 
they  do  know  what  it  is,  and  will  not  follow  a  political  leader- 
ship which  has  this  end  in  view. 

It  is  true  that  industrial  life  is  tending  more  and  more 
toward  collective  action.  We  have  bankers'  associations, 
manufacturers'  associations,  medical  associations,  and  trade 
unionism.  Within  the  limits  of  their  own  business  or  indus- 
trial activity,  individual  members  work  together  and  submit 
to  the  policies  of  their  respective  organizations.  But  it  is 
not  true  that  workers — any  more  than  bankers,  lawyers  or 
doctors — vote  collectively.  The  worker,  the  manufacturer, 
the  lawyer,  the  professional  man,  vote  as  individuals,  no 
matter  how  many  associations  or  unions  they  belong  to. 
This  is  far  more  universally  true  in  America  than  it  is  in 
England  with  its  older  industrial  civilization  and  its  more 


intelligent  and  statesmanlike  leadership  which  the  trade 
union  movement  has  been  so  many  years  in  development. 

The  value  of  the  failure  to  amalgamate  at  Chicago  is, 
therefore,  plain.  At  the  right  of  reaction  stands  the  Demo- 
cratic and  the  Republican  Parties.  Any  one  who  believes  in 
reaction  can  vote  for  either  of  these  parties  and  secure  his 
heart's  desire.  At  the  left  stand  the  Socialists,  split  today 
into  two  contending  groups — the  Socialist  Party  and  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party — with  the  idea  of  direct  industrial 
action  never  far  from  their  philosophy,  however  far  it  may 
be,  and  often  is,  from  their  present  determination.  Between 
these  two  stands  the  average  American  citizen — who  is  the 
most  numerous  man — belonging  to  every  class,  engaged  in 
every  kind  of  work.  He  believes  neither  in  reaction  nor  in 
any  kind  of  socialism.  Representing  these  average  men  who 
are  burdened  by  the  increased  cost  of  living,  bewildered, 
distressed,  anxious  to  have  the  problem  solved  peaceably 
according  to  American  methods,  in  harmony  with  American 
traditions,  through  the  ballot-box,  stood  the  responsible 
leaders  of  the  Committee  of  48  at  Chicago.  They  would  not 
yield  to  the  demands  of  Marxian  socialism.  Their  stand 
was  just  as  determined  against  the  reaction  of  the  Repub- 
lican and  the  Democratic  Parties. 

This  is  the  first  time  in  forty  years  we  have  indicated  that 
the  three  groups  of  opinion  in  America  are  clearly  defined: 
First,  the  reactionaries  as  represented  by  the  Republican 
and  Democratic  Parties;  second,  the  group  represented  by 
the  Committee  of  48  opposed  to  reaction.  No  longer  can 
they  be  called  Socialists.  Any  man  in  America  can  get  up 
since  the  Chicago  incident  and  declare  his  opposition  to  the 
reactionary  policies  of  the  Republican  and  Democratic  Par- 
ties without  being  classified  as  a  Socialist;  and  third,  the 
Socialists.  Believers  in  socialism  have  the  same  oppor- 
tunity to  express  their  belief  as  have  the  believers  in  reac- 
tion. They  can  vote  either  for  socialism  as  represented  by 
Eugene  Debs  and  the  Socialist  Party,  or  for  socialism  as 
represented  by  Mr.  Christensen  and  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party.  The  new  party  with  its  ballot-box  through  which  the 
average  American  citizen  can  express  his  convictions  has 
not  yet  appeared.  Unless  this  party  is  organized,  the  ex- 
tremes of  reaction  in  conflict  with  the  extremes  of  radical- 
ism will  have  the  field  to  themselves,  and  in  tearing  each 
other  to  pieces,  orderly  progress  in  America  will  be  de- 
stroyed. The  need  for  the  new  party  was  never  so  im- 
perative. 

The  Golden  Cage 

By  JOSEPH  L.  FREEMAN 

Earth,  sea,  and  sky;  the  proud  and  patient  stars; 

The  gradual  rainbow  with  its  flags  unfurled; 

These  are  but  golden  unrelenting  bars 

Upon  the  secret  edges  of  the  world. 

We  move  in  beauty  and  are  touched  to  tears, 

Wakened  to  wonder,  and  made  clean  with  peace; 

But  guarded  by  a  thousand  unseen  spears 

Like  royal  captives.     There  is  no  release. 

The  moments  mutiny,  the  days  rebel, 

The  passions  clamor;  better  to  be  still; 

Seek  open  spaces  for  a  magic  spell, 

Kiss  lips  across  a  tender  book,  until 

The  last  rains  falling  on  the  final  leaves 

Dissolve  all  dreaming  and  the  heart  that  grieves. 


128 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


A  Bolt  From  the  Blue 

By  HEYWOOD  BROUN 

JOHN  ROACH  STRATON  died  and  went  to  his  ap- 
pointed kingdom  where  he  immediately  sought  an  audi- 
ence with  the  ruler  of  the  realm. 

"Let  New  York  be  destroyed,"  shouted  Dr.  Straton  as 
he  pushed  his  way  into  the  inner  room.  The  king  was  en- 
gaged at  the  moment  in  watching  a  sparrow  fall  to  earth 
and  motioned  the  visitor  to  compose  himself  in  silence,  but 
there  was  an  urgency  in  the  voice  and  manner  of  the  man 
from  earth  which  would  not  be  denied.  "Smite  them  hip 
and  thigh,"  said  Dr.  Straton  and  the  king  looked  down  at 
him  and  asked,  "Is  the  necessity  immediate?" 

"Delay  not  thy  wrath,"  said  Dr.  Straton,  "for  today  on 
thy  Sabbath  sixty  thousand  men,  women,  and  children  of 
New  York  have  gathered  together  to  watch  a  baseball 
game." 

The  ruler  of  the  realm  looked  and  saw  that  11,967  persons 
were  watching  the  Yankees  and  the  White  Sox  at  the  Polo 
Grounds. 

"A  good  husky  tidal  wave  would  confound  them,"  urged 
Straton,  but  the  king  shook  his  head. 

"Remember  the  judgment  you  heaped  upon  Sodom  and 
upon  Gomorrah,"  suggested  Straton. 

The  ruler  of  the  realm  nodded  without  enthusiasm.  "I 
remember,"  he  said,  "but  as  I  recollect  it  didn't  do  much 
good." 

Dr.  Straton's  bright  hopefulness  faded  and  the  king  has- 
tened to  reassure  him.  "We  can  think  up  something  better 
than  that,"  he  said,  and  had  the  visitor  been  an  observant 
man  he  might  have  noticed  that  the  streets  of  the  kingdom 
were  paved  with  tact.  "Now  there  was  the  Tower  of 
Babel,"  said  the  ruler  of  the  realm  reflectively,  "that  was 
a  creative  idea.  That  was  a  doom  which  persisted  because 
it  had  ingenuity  as  well  as  power.  That's  what  we  need 
now." 

Suddenly  there  dawned  in  the  face  of  the  king  an  idea, 
and  it  seemed  to  Dr.  Straton  as  if  he  were  standing  face 
to  face  with  a  sunrise.  The  doctor  lowered  his  eyes  and 
he  saw  that  the  men  and  the  women  sabbath  breakers  of 
New  York  were  all  upon  their  feet  and  shouting,  though 
to  his  newly  immortal  senses  the  din  came  feebly.  "Now," 
he  said,  with  an  exultation  which  caused  him  to  slip  into 
his  old  pulpit  manner,  "let  'em  have  it." 

But  the  king  with  keener  vision  than  Dr.  Straton,  saw 
that  it  was  the  ninth  inning,  the  score  tied,  runners  on 
first  and  second,  and  Babe  Ruth  coming  to  bat.  "The  time 
has  not  come,"  said  the  king,  and  he  pushed  the  doctor 
gently  and  made  him  give  ground  a  little.  And  they  waited 
until  two  strikes  had  been  pitched  and  three  balls.  The 
next  one  would  have  cut  the  heart  of  the  plate,  but  Babe 
Ruth  swung  and  the  ball  rose  straight  in  the  air.  Up  and 
up  it  came  until  it  disappeared  from  the  view  of  all  the 
players  and  spectators  and  even  of  the  umpires.  Soon  a 
mighty  wrangle  began.  Miller  Huggins  claimed  a  home 
run  and  Kid  Gleason  argued  that  the  ball  was  foul.  The 
umpires  waited  for  an  hour  and  then,  as  the  ball  had  not 
yet  come  down,  Dineen  was  forced  to  make  a  decision  and 
shouted  "Foul!"  while  the  crowd  booed.  One  of  the  pop 
bottles  injured  him  rather  badly  and  there  was  a  riot  for 


which  it  was  necessary  to  call  out  the  reserves.  Every- 
body went  home  disgruntled  and  a  month  later  the  Lusk  bill 
abolishing  Sunday  baseball  was  passed. 

And  all  the  time  the  ball  continued  to  rise  until  suddenly 
the  king,  thrusting  out  his  left  hand,  caught  it  neatly  and 
slipped  it  into  his  pocket.  It  was  not  a  conventional  pocket, 
for  there  were  planets  in  it  and  everlasting  mercy  and  other 
things.  For  a  long  time  Dr.  Straton  had  been  awed  into 
silence  by  the  mighty  miracle,  but  now  he  spoke,  reverently 
but  firmly. 

"I  beg  your  pardon,"  he  said,  "but  you  will  observe  that 
there  is  a  sign  in  the  baseball  park  which  says  'All  balls 
batted  out  of  the  diamond  remain  the  property  of  the  New 
York  Baseball  Club  and  should  be  thrown  back!'" 

The  ruler  of  the  realm  smiled.  "You  forget,"  he  an- 
swered, "that  if  I  threw  the  ball  back  from  this  great  height 
it  might  strike  a  man  and  kill  him,  it  might  crash  through 
a  huge  office  building,  it  might  even  destroy  the  Calvary 
Baptist  Church." 

Then  for  the  first  time  a  touch  of  sharpness  came  into 
the  voice  of  Dr.  Straton.  "All  that  is  immaterial,"  he  said. 
"I  think  I  know  my  theology  well  enough  to  understand 
that  law  is  law  and  right  is  right,  come  what  may." 

"Oh,  but  it's  not  nearly  as  simple  as  all  that,"  remon- 
strated the  king.  "There  are  right  things  which  are  so 
harsh  and  unpleasant  that  they  become  wrong;  and  wrong 
things  which  are,  after  all,  so  jolly  that  it's  hard  not  to 
call  them  right.  Why,  sometimes  I  have  to  stop  a  fraction 
of  a  century  myself  to  reach  a  decision.  It's  terribly  com- 
plicated. The  problem  is  infinite.  No  mere  man,  quick  or 
dead,  has  any  right  to  be  dogmatic  about  it." 

"Come,  come,"  said  Dr.  Straton,  and  now  there  was  noth- 
ing but  anger  in  his  voice,  "I've  heard  all  those  devilish 
arguments  before.  When  I  came  here  I  thought  you  were 
God  and  that  this  was  Heaven.  I  know  now  that  there's 
been  a  mistake.    God  is  no  mollycoddle." 

He  turned  on  his  heel  and  started  to  walk  away  before 
he  remembered  that  he  was  a  Southern  gentleman  as  well 
as  a  clergyman  and  bowed  stiffly,  once.  Then  he  went  to 
the  edge  of  the  kingdom  and  jumped.  Where  he  landed 
it  would  be  hard  to  say.  Only  a  carefully  trained  theologian 
could  tell. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Bertrand  Russell,  British  scholar,  mathematician,  phi- 
losopher, was  conspicuous  during  the  war  for  his  paci- 
fism and  suffered  imprisonment  in  his  conflict  with  the 
authorities.  His  adherence  to  radical  economic  doctrines 
was  set  forth  in  his  recent  book  "Roads  to  Freedom." 

A.LLEN  McCuhdy  is  one  of  the  leaders  in  the  Committee  of 
48  movement. 

Heywood  Broun  is  the  literary  and  dramatic  critic  of  the 
New  York  Tribune. 

Mary  Austin  is  a  well-known  western  novelist  and  student 
of  primitive  North  American  literature. 

Norman  Hapgood,  American  journalist  and  publicist,  was 
formerly  United  States  Ambassador  to  Denmark. 

William  Duncan  is  a  Washington  newspaperman  versed 
in  Latin-American  affairs. 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


129 


New  York:  Dictator  of  American  Criticism 


By  MARY  AUSTIN 


EVER  since,  in  1914,  we  turned,  with  a  first  faint  sense 
of  dereliction,  an  inquiring  eye  on  our  national  con- 
sciousness, there  has  been  a  steady  output  of  books  about 
American  writing  and  American  thinking.  That  at  least 
is  what  one  would  conclude  from  a  list  of  the  titles.  But 
an  examination  of  the  contents  of  such  books  proves  that 
the  greater  number  of  them  are  about  what  a  small  New 
York  group  thinks  ought  to  be  written  and  thought. 

Against  our  hundred  million  the  smallness  of  the  group 
stands  out;  the  list  of  authors  is  shorter  than  the  titles, 
for  in  the  past  six  or  seven  years  some  of  them  have  found 
it  necessary  to  express  themselves  twice.  There  are  a  few 
detached,  academic  studies  from  men  attached  to  universi- 
ties, and  the  rest  are  from  young  New  Yorkers,  all  under 
forty,  in  one  case  under  thirty.  Evidently  there  is  some- 
thing in  our  American  temperament  which  is  complaisant 
to  the  immature  point  of  view,  or  we  do  not  take  criticism 
seriously  enough  to  make  it  worth  while  for  men  of  mature 
years  to  devote  their  time  to  it. 

And  this  immaturity  of  view  is  apparent  not  only  in  the 
books  but  in  the  periodicals  devoted  primarily  to  criticism; 
youth  and  the  pastime  of  youth,  the  building  up  of  criteria 
of  criticism  in  cliques  and  groups.  There  is  a  notable  dis- 
position of  the  critics  towards  election  among  themselves, 
towards  the  badge  and  gesture  of  augury.  But  even  where 
the  groups  differentiate,  they  exhibit  a  common  derivation 
from  New  York. 

Something  more  is  indicated  here  than  the  natural  con- 
centration of  literary  workers  around  the  publishing  trade 
centers.  Most  of  the  criticism  which  rises  to  book  publica- 
tion has  had  its  turn  in  London,  or  even  in  Paris.  But  a 
very  little  inquiry  reveals  that  its  authors  have  never  lived 
west  of  Broadway  or  north  of  Fifty-ninth.  There  are  even 
editors  of  magazines  devoted  to  the  development  of  the 
literary  consciousness  in  America  who  have  never  held  it 
to  be  an  indispensable  condition  of  their  work  that  they 
should  know  something  outside  of  New  York.  All  this,  of 
course,  without  prejudice;  it  is  simply  that  nothing  out- 
side New  York  has  presented  itself  to  them  as  being  worth 
knowing. 

Under  these  conditions  criticism  in  America  is  urban — 
citified  to  a  degree  not  approximated  by  the  urbanity  of 
London  or  Paris.  English  writers  have  homes  in  the  coun- 
try along  with  the  significant  members  of  their  audience. 
Paris  is  the  capital  of  a  homogeneous  people.  But  New 
York  is,  in  respect  to  the  rest  of  our  country,  only  a  half- 
way house  of  immigration,  a  little  less  than  a  half-way 
house  for  European  thinking.  The  preponderance  of  the 
foreign-born  or  foreignly  derived  among  our  self -constituted 
literary  mentors  partly  accounts  for  their  detachment  from 
the  vast  extra-Manhattan  territory.  Criticism  is  the  nat- 
ural resort  of  half  knowledge;  with  an  active  intelligence 
and  a  City  College  degree  one  may  go  far  in  a  milieu  which 
poses  a  total  ignorance  of  the  American  process  as  the 
best  qualification  for  classifying  its  product. 

Recently  in  a  London  journal  one  of  these  young  critics 
had  fun  with  the  general  movement  of  non-New  York 
American  writers  to  absorb  into  their  work  the  aboriginal, 
top  layer  of  literary  humus  through  which  characteristi- 


cally national  American  literature,  if  we  are  ever  to  have 
it,  must  take  root.  He  succeeded  in  making  it  appear  that 
it  appeared  to  him  ridiculous.  But  no  English  critic,  sup- 
posing one  to  arise  so  ignorant  of  the  true  processes  of 
national  literature,  could  get  space  for  ridiculing  the  abo- 
riginal roots  of  Shakespeare  or  Yeats.  One  suspects  that 
the  New  Yorker  is  only  admitted  to  the  making  of  an 
exhibitional  ass  of  himself  because  it  flatters  the  English 
concept  of  our  being  still  a  colonial  dependency.  The  point 
of  our  departure  from  such  a  state  would  be  marked  by  our 
ceasing  to  celebrate  half  mythical  Irish  kings  in  Celtic 
measures,  and  by  our  beginning  to  handle  our  American 
material  in  generic  American  metrics. 
^  One  wonders  what  part  is  played  in  this  schism  between 
literature  and  the  process  of  nationalization  by  the  pre- 
ponderance of  Jews  among  our  critical  writers.  There  is 
nothing  un-American  in  being  a  Jew;  it  is  part  of  our 
dearest  tradition  that  no  derivation  from  any  race  or  re- 
ligion inhibits  a  contribution  to  our  national  whole.  We 
could  not  without  serious  loss  subtract  the  Jewish  con- 
tribution from  our  science  or  our  economics,  or  dispense 
with  the  services  of  the  younger  Jewish  publishers.  It  is 
only  when  the  Jew  attempts  the  role  of  interpreter  of  our 
American  expression  that  the  validity  of  the  racial  bias 
comes  into  question.  Can  the  Jew,  with  his  profound 
complex  of  election,  his  need  of  sensuous  satisfaction  quali- 
fying his  every  expression  of  personal  life,  and  his  short 
pendulum-swing  between  mystical  orthodoxy  and  a  sterile 
ethical  culture— can  he  become  the  commentator,  the  arbi- 
ter, of  American  art  and  American  thinking? 

One  of  the  books  on  my  list,  in  the  attempt  to  do  just 
this,  answers,  without  suspecting  it,  the  question.  In 
"Our  America"  Waldo  Frank  gives  us  what  must  be— since 
it  is  an  America  unguessed  of  the  average  American — the 
country  of  the  intellectual  affiliations  of  his  group. 

It  is  a  country  centered  in  New  York,  with  a  small  New 
England  ell  in  the  rear  and  a  rustic  gazebo  in  Chicago; 
the  rest  of  it  is  magnificently  predicated  from  a  car  window. 
There  is  some  excellent  matter  in  the  book  concerning  Puri- 
tanism and  pioneers,  which,  since  these  are  the  only  ele- 
ments collated  and  partly  digested  by  other  minds,  are  the 
only  elements  Mr.  Frank  sees  as  contributing  to  our  na- 
tional character.  There  is  interesting,  discriminating  com- 
ment on  the  New  England  writers,  especially  such  of  them 
as  are  already  dead.  The  rest  of  the  book  is  chiefly  con- 
cerned with  Mr.  Frank's  own  coterie  and  those  outside 
writers  who  have  done  selected  work.  This  includes  the 
younger  Chicago  group,  Sandburg,  Anderson,  Masters,  and 
Dreiser.  Two  women  are  mentioned  as  having  stimulated 
American  thought;  they  are  Amy  Lowell  and  Emma  Gold- 
man. There  is  also  a  footnote  somewhere  in  the  book  ad- 
mitting the  existence  of  other  poets  and  critics,  and  "sev- 
eral novelists."  And  in  New  York  there  are  Mr.  Frank's 
friends  solemnly  engaged  in  "releasing  the  soul  of  Amer- 
ica," "organizing  an  American  tradition  which  shall  .  .  . 
bring  to  birth  an  articulated  people,"  "quite  simply  .  .  . 
creating  a  consciousness  of  American  life."  The  names  of 
these  gentlemen  are  Stieglitz,  Stein,  Ornstein,  Rosen- 
feld,    Oppenheim,    Mencken,   Littell,    Hackett,   and   Brooks. 


130 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


Characteristic  of  the  New  York  attitude  toward  the  vast 
America  of  our  affections  is  a  chapter  on  the  Southwest 
stuffed  with  encyclopedic  information  about  the  Aztecs,  who 
never  occupied  the  territory  of  the  United  States,  and  some 
superficial  observations  of  Pueblo  Indians.  It  is  totally 
void  of  any  reference  to  such  writers  as  Fewkes,  Hodges, 
Lumholtz,  Lummis,  Cather,  Mathews,  Cushing,  and  Alice 
Fletcher.  Yet  the  debt  of  American  literature  to  Washing- 
ton Mathews  and  Frank  Cushing  has  no  parallel  in  Europe, 
unless  it  be  Germany's  debt  to  the  Grimm  Brothers,  or 
England's  to  Malory.  And  it  is  impossible  to  get  the  gen- 
eral relation  of  the  work  of  Masters,  Sandburg,  and  Ander- 
son to  American  life  without  some  understanding  of  the 
work  of  Alice  Fletcher,  which  preceded  theirs  by  some  years. 

This  utter  blankness  to  the  sources  of  form  and  social 
inspiration  is  equally  apparent  in  nearly  all  the  comment 
of  New  York  magazines  devoted  to  the  same  high,  self- 
descried  mission  of  pointing  American  genius  the  way  it 
should  go,  the  same  studied  neglect  of  any  indication  of  the 
way  it  may  be  going. 

One  of  them,  whose  very  name  dedicates  it  to  our  na- 
tive newness,  gives  73  per  cent  of  a  year's  reviewing  space 
to  non-American  matter.  This  leaves  out  of  account  about 
10  per  cent  of  the  whole  space  where  the  name  of  the  author 
was  unfamiliar  to  me  and  neither  the  review  nor  the  pub- 
lisher's announcement  furnished  any  clue  to  the  book's 
derivation.  One  knows,  in  the  absence  of  such  indices, 
that  Thorstein  Veblen  is  an  American,  and  that  there  is  no 
hall-mark  of  nationality  to  the  sociological  abstractions 
which  he  so  competently  handles.  But  why  should  a  story 
by  Zona  Gale  be  so  reviewed  that  the  uninitiate  reader  does 
not  know  whether  it  happened  in  Wisconsin  or  in  Sene- 
gambia — since  the  important  contribution  that  Miss  Gale 
has  to  make  is  the  delimitation  of  life  in  the  small  American 
community?  And  is  the  distinction  between  two  such  poets 
as  Louis  Untermeyer  and  Alfred  Noyes  vested  solely  in  the 
differences  of  their  respective  literary  endowments?  Is 
not  there  a  great  deal  to  be  said  about  the  distinctions 
which  arise  from  one's  being  the  product  of  an  almost 
cloistral  English  university  and  the  other's  being  the  well- 
found,  smartly  schooled,  urban  American?  Surely,  if  writ- 
ing and  the  criticism  of  writing  is  to  become  an  aid  to 
that  development  of  the  American  consciousness  to  which 
the  New  York  critic  is  devoted,  some  relating  of  the  work 
to  its  generating  sources  is  indispensable.  It  is  the  ab- 
sence of  such  feeling,  grounded  on  ignorance  of  anything 
that  the  book  might  be  related  to,  which  gives  to  the  New 
York  magazine  review  the  fructifying  power  of  a  dried 
specimen  in  a  herbarium,  and  which  accounts  for  the  rise 
in  importance  and  popularity  of  the  newspaper  Sunday 
Supplement  review  section.  For  newspapers  are  obliged 
to  treat  books  as  news,  and  news  they  are,  if  of  nothing 
but  the  poverty  of  man's  invention,  and  good  news,  what- 
ever they  contain,  to  the  extent  of  their  capacity  to  express, 
and  so  in  turn  to  affect,  our  living. 

To  the  American  writer  who  happens  not  to  be  of  the 
New  York  elect,  the  ascendancy  of  the  provincial  New  York 
reviewer  is  a  deep  exasperation.  Vain  our  search  for  the 
American  form  if  in  the  end  we  are  to  be  judged  without 
any  reference  to  the  forces  in  American  life  out  of  which 
such  a  form  should  spring.  And  how,  in  hours  of  inde- 
cision, are  we  to  trust  to  criteria  which  have  already  proved 
themselves  to  be  burrs  in  the  tail  of  our  American  Pegasus? 

Take,  for  example,  the  movement  toward  what  is  styled 


free  verse,  which  is  loudly  acclaimed  by  New  York  to  have 
risen  upon  the  American  scene  since  1912  under  the  patron- 
age of  Miss  Lowell.  As  early  as  1904  we  were  discussing 
it  in  the  English  Club  at  Stanford  University  and  were 
linking  it  by  the  help  of  the  Japanese  students  there  with 
its  genetic  Oriental  source.  Many  experiments  were  tried, 
and  two  plays  that  I  know  of  in  this  medium  actually  were 
produced,  one  of  them  in  New  York  as  early  as  1911, 
though  it  was  written  five  years  earlier.  And  so  utterly 
dropped  at  the  tail  of  events  was  New  York  criticism  of  the 
time  that  the  publishers  insisted  for  the  first  publication  of 
one  of  these  plays  that  the  lines  should  be  written  to  simu- 
late prose  as  a  protection  against  urban  obtuseness. 

Then  there  was  the  movement  represented  in  New  York 
by  the  Provincetown  Players.  Practically  every  experiment 
tried  by  them  can  be  found  ia  the  annals  of  the  Little 
Country  Theater  of  North  Dakota.  Even  now  there  is  aris- 
ing in  another  part  of  the  country  that  new  metrical  me- 
dium, based  on  intrinsic  American  rhythms,  which  William 
Archer  long  ago  predicted  as  indispensable  to  the  reestab- 
lishment  of  poetic  drama.  But  what  New  York  critic  has 
heard  of  it? 

At  a  recent  convention  of  community  enterprises  at 
Washington  it  was  made  clear  that  the  United  States  will 
no  longer  accept  the  dominance  of  New  York  in  recreation, 
in  communal  ritual  and  celebration,  in  music  as  an  element 
of  community  life,  or  in  painting.  The  centralization  of 
publishing  trades  in  and  around  Manhattan  alone  makes  it 
possible  for  New  York  to  assume  the  postures  of  literary 
leadership  which  it  has  actually  forfeited  so  far  as  the. 
genuinely  native  product  is  concerned.  It  would  seem,  if 
decentralization  is  the  only  way  to  accomplish  the  release 
of  the  American  genius,  that  decentralization  must  inevi- 
tably take  place.  New  York  criticism — we  have  the  critics' 
own  word  for  it — intends  the  best  in  the  world  by  Ameriea. 
It  can  hardly  escape  their  notice  much  longer  that  America 
begins  to  be  possessed  of  a  definite  intention  toward  New 
York. 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  Drifter  was  a  little  shocked  when  Upton  Sinclair 
brought  out  "The  Profits  of  Religion."  In  the  first 
place  it  sounded  irreverent — even  blasphemous.  Then  the 
Drifter  has  grown  up  in  a  suburban  parish  near  one  of 
our  largest  cities  where  the  rector  earned — and  still  earns 
— a  precarious  nine  hundred  dollars  a  year.  Remembering 
this,  the  Drifter  thought  that  he  could  give  Mr.  Sinclair 
some  valuable  hints  as  to  the  profits  to  be  made  in  the 
ministerial  profession.  Now,  however,  he  is  not  quite  so 
sure.  In  his  Sunday  newspaper,  which  the  Drifter  reads 
more  religiously  than  his  Bible — as  every  good  Christian, 
100-per-cent  American  should — he  finds  the  following  re- 
markable statement: 

The  Parish  of  Trinity  Church  has  just  issued  its  Year  Book 
and  Register.  .  .  .  The  financial  situation  of  the  corpora- 
tion showed  improvement.  .  .  .  The  income  from  real  es- 
tate was  $1,031,228  and  from  interest  $19,327.  The  total  income 
of  the  corporation  was  $1,101,766. 

The  report  goes  on  to  emphasize  the  attention  attracted 
to  the  church  in  England,  Canada,  and  Australia  by  declar- 
ing the  pews  free  to  all!  And  there  is  an  appendix  to  the 
Year  Book  giving  an  account  of  the  visit  of  the  Archbishop 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


131 


of  York  in  April,  1918,  and  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  last 
November,  when  "he  attended  a  special  service  and  occu- 
pied the  same  pew  in  which  his  grandfather  sat  when  as 
Prince  of  Wales  he  visited  this  country  in  1860." 

The  word  which  had  puzzled  the  Drifter  in  the  report, 
he  now  realizes,  was  not  misused.  It  was  fitting  to  write 
up  the  finances  of  Trinity,  its  income,  and  its  noted  visitors 
exactly  as  one  would  any  other  "corporation."  And  as 
such,  the  Drifter  now  looks  upon  the  Temple  of  Wall  Street 
as  he  passes  it  going  up  Broadway.  He  must  also  pass 
Old  St.  Paul's,  which  is  now  part  of  the  Parish  of  Trinity. 
And  sometimes,  when  he  steals  a  moment  to  wander  among 
the  old  tombstones  that  are  crumbling  there,  he  wonders 
why  a  corporation  of  such  wealth  cannot  spare  the  cash  to 
keep  the  old  marks  in  better  shape.  The  gentle,  obliterating 
work  of  wind  and  rain  the  Drifter  would  not  hinder.  But 
he  does  regret  the  diri>— not  earth,  but  modern  dirt  and 
dust — which  has  mounted  so  high  against  many  stones  that 
he  cannot  read  the  inscriptions. 

Stop  here  and  read  as  you  Pass  By, 

As  you  are  Now,  so  Once  was  I, 
As  I  am  Now,  so  shall  you  be — 
and  the  next  line,  which  may  hold  the  secret  of  all  eternity, 
is  covered  up.  If  the  Drifter  had  an  income  of  $1,101,766 
a  year  he  would  take  better  care  of  the  old  stones.  At  least 
he  thinks  he  would.  But  then  he  has  never  been  exposed  to 
the  temptation  such  profit  would  offer.  And  he  wonders  a 
little,  too,  what  a  certain  radical  young  proletarian  who 
drove  the  money  changers  from  the  Temple  would  do  with 
it— and  them— today! 

***** 

UP  to  the  present  time  the  Drifter  has  been  able  to 
escape  the  100  per  cent  Americanism  germ  partly 
through  a  chronic  distaste  for  such  snobbishly  high  marks, 
and  partly  by  shutting  his  ears  and  eyes  to  all  the  propa- 
ganda that  has  been  flung  around  so  prodigally  in  favor  of 
it.  But  his  simple  evasions  are  to  avail  him  no  longer.  The 
Interracial  Council  has  prepared  reports  on  "Americaniza- 
tion" which  it  is  ready  and  anxious  to  distribute  not  only 
for  publication  in  shop  bulletins  where  they  may  be  skipped 
over,  or  in  posters  which  do  not  have  to  be  looked  at,  but 
in  pay  envelope  slips!  The  Drifter  has  formerly  received 
his  modest  remuneration  with  a  certain  innocent  and 
childish  pleasure  at  the  thought  that  this  little  David  was  to 
wrestle  with  and  conquer,  if  in  a  rather  incomplete  way,  the 
cost-of-living  Goliath.  But  now  this  harmless  diversion  is 
to  be  denied  him,  for  in  the  potent  and  attention-compelling 
pay  envelope  are  to  intrude  the  means  whereby  he  must  be- 
come a  dutiful  citizen,  a  model  householder,  a  red-blooded, 
two-fisted,  stick-to-itive,  thoroughgoing  hundred-percenter. 
Alas  for  the  days  when  seventy  was  still  a  passing  mark! 
Friday  can  no  longer  be  a  red-letter  day;  it  must  from  now 
on  be  red,  white,  and  blue. 

***** 

DURING  the  war  the  Massachusetts  branch  of  the 
League  to  Enforce  Peace,  fearful  lest  some  defense 
society  should  suspect  that  word  peace  of  meaning  pacifist, 
had  the  word  enforce  on  its  stationery  printed  in  red  ink. 
This  practice  has  been  abandoned;  but  Rumor  whispers  to 
the  Drifter  that  the  League  is  to  adopt  a  new  motto:  Dic- 
tated but  not  Red. 

The  Drifter 


Correspondence 

Dictatorship  of  the — ? 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  After  considerable  hesitation  I  am  venturing  to  bring 
to  your  attention  a  statement  made  recently  by  Dr.  Ettinger, 
the  head  of  our  city  schools,  relating  to  the  resignation  of  Dr. 
Wolfson  of  the  High  School  of  Commerce.  I  quote  from  the 
New  York  Times  of  July  11: 

"I  [Dr.  Ettinger]  am  very  frank  to  confess  that  I  dissent 
most  heartily  from  the  basic  thesis  set  up  by  Principal  Wolfson 
that  it  is  the  function  of  our  schools  to  allow  students  and 
teachers  to  express  their  belief  freely,  to  meet  argument  with 
argument,  and  not  either  overtly  or  covertly  to  suppress  opin- 
ions which  are  held  in  honesty  and  in  good  faith." 

As  a  teacher,  and  more  particularly  as  one  who  has  an  infinite 
faith  in  the  "democratic  idea,"  it  seems  to  me  that  this  is  the 
most  genuinely  tragic  pronouncement — considering  the  position 
and  power  of  the  man  who  said  it — in  American  history.  Dr. 
Ettinger  goes  on  to  say,  in  the  interview  from  which  I  am  quot- 
ing, that  he  believes  the  Anglo-Saxon  point  of  view  should 
dominate  all  our  teaching  and  that  only  the  opinions  of  the 
majority  should  be  voiced  by  the  teacher.  But  if  he  will  turn 
back  to  the  earlier  pages  of  Anglo-Saxon  history  he  will  dis- 
cover that  the  heart  and  soul  of  the  crude,  but  deeply  significant, 
rudiments  of  self-government  which  distinguished  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  community  was  the  moot-hill  around  which  both  ma- 
jority and  minority  opinions  seem  to  have  been  voiced  freely. 

We  hear  these  days  a  great  deal  of  passionate  denunciation 
— and  rightly  so — of  the  so-called  "dictatorship  of  the  Prole- 
tariat." But  does  not  Dr.  Ettinger's  thesis  presuppose  a  "dic- 
tatorship of  the  majority" — something  quite  as  vicious  and  as 
un-American?  Surely  the  majority  must  rule  in  a  democracy, 
but  have  we  fallen  so  low  in  our  social  idealism  as  to  deny  the 
right  of  the  minority  to  give  expression  to  its  opinions?  Have 
we  forgotten  how  often  the  minority  has  been  right?  Can  we 
ever  be  certain  that  the  majority  point  of  view  is  right  as  long 
as  it  stifles  every  other  point  of  view  but  its  own?  I  do  not 
see  how  we  can  keep  faith  with  our  belief  in  democracy  and  in 
"the  American  Idea"  and  deny  these  truths.  And  admitting 
them,  I  cannot  see  how,  for  one  instant,  we  can  dare  to  elimi- 
nate from  our  schools — particularly  our  High  Schools — that 
free  and  full  discussion  of  all  points  of  view  which  must  of 
necessity  be  a  vital  part  in  the  preparation  of  our  boys  and 
girls  for  life  in  a  democratic  community. 

The  Nation  has  recently  expressed  a  democratic  repugnance 
at  the  plight  of  Dr.  Wolfson  and  other  forward-minded  teachers. 
But  what  of  the  great  mass  of  students  of  our  public  schools? 
Are  they  to  be  left  to  such  deliberately  prejudiced  and  un- 
American  leadership  as  that  of  Dr.  Ettinger  and  his  "system"? 
New  York,  July  1U  D.  A.  Lyons 


Children  in  Need 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  For  one  hundred  marks  a  month  ($2.50  at  present  rate 
of  exchange)  the  American  Church  in  Munich  can  keep  an 
under-nourished,  semi-tuberculous  city  child  in  a  vacation 
colony,  where  good  feeding  may  bring  him  back  from  half- 
starvation  to  sound  health.  It  has  colonies  in  the  mountains 
where  there  is  an  especially  good  milk  supply,  and  places  many 
of  its  children  in  separate  families.  It  has  raised  thirty  thou- 
sand marks  for  this  work,  but  needs  more. 

We  are  hoping  that  our  friends  and  the  friends  of  humanity 
will  help  us  to  continue  our  work.  William  E.  Nies 

Chairman  of  the  American  Church 

Munich,  June  19  Relief  Committee 


132 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


In  Summer 

By  DAVID  MORTON 

I  think  these  stars  that  draw  so  strangely  near,. 

That  lean  and  listen  for  the  turning  Earth, 
Are  never  wholly  careless  when  they  hear 

The  murmur  of  her  hushed  and  quiet  mirth — 
But  looking  out  upon  a  world  in  bloom, 

They  half -remember,  and  they  heed  and  hark: 
A  reminiscent  sweetness  in  the  gloom, 

A  music  older  than  this  singing  dark. 

Their  summers  gone,  so  many  aeons  past, 

Bird-song  and  bloom  and  swallow  from  the  sky, 

These  dead,  desireless  worlds  find  here,  at  last, 
Something  remembered  when  the  Earth  turns  by, 

Sweet  with  these  blowing  odors  they  had  known, 
This  happy  music  that  was  once  their  own. 


Books 

BernstorfFin  America 

My  Three  Years  in  America.     By  Count  Bernstorff.     Charles 
Scribner's  Sons. 

AMONG  the  few  things  for  which  the  world  can  be  thankful, 
in  this  post-war  period,  is  the  degree  to  which  the  immedi- 
ate causes  of  the  beginning  and  prolongation  of  the  Great  War 
are  being  cleared  up  without  the  usual  delay  in  publishing  essen- 
tial papers.  For  this  promptness  in  publication  the  complete 
collapse  of  the  old  governments  in  Germany  and  Russia  is 
responsible.  The  Bolsheviki  have  published  one  set  of  docu- 
ments of  first-rate  historical  importance,  and  the  Germans, 
quarreling  over  their  responsibilities,  have  published  another. 
In  the  second  set  Count  Bernstorff' s  testimony  takes  a  high  place. 
The  American  translation  comes  at  a  fortunate  time.  Not 
long  ago  the  calm  discussion  of  any  German  treatise  that  was 
loyal  to  the  essential  German  case  would  have  been  impossible  in 
America;  but  our  passions  are  now  being  partly  drained  off  in 
other  directions.  Count  Bernstorff  is  as  simply  patriotic  about 
the  long-distance  causes  of  the  world-conflict  as  he  is  severe  in 
his  view  of  German  mistakes  in  diplomacy.  It  would  be  too 
much  to  expect  him  to  look  with  unbridled  horror  upon  sub- 
marine war  while  accepting  with  equanimity  a  starvation  block- 
ade. American  readers,  therefore,  should  come  to  the  book  pre- 
pared to  see  the  author  evidently  believing  that  Great  Britain 
was  breaking  international  law  as  ruthlessly  as  Germany  was; 
that  the  German  government  in  1914  did  not  desire  the  war  but 
merely  wished  to  infuse  backbone  into  Austria  against  Slavic 
attempts  to  break  her  up ;  and  that  the  treaty  of  Versailles  pun- 
ishes the  German  people  for  the  faults  of  the  German  govern- 
ment, contrary  to  Mr.  Wilson's  promises.  If  he  can  stand  such 
differences  of  opinion,  the  American  reader  will  find  much  to 
give  him  not  only  information  but  satisfaction.  He  will  find  a 
most  conclusive  condemnation  of  the  conduct  of  the  German 
foreign  office.  The  evidence  is  complete  that  the  Government 
never  really  wanted  peace  except  on  terms  of  serious  gain.  Even 
taking  the  foreign  office  fully  at  its  word,  the  most  reasonable 
proposal  it  ever  considered  included  a  strategic  frontier  against 
Russia,  strategic  rectifications  of  the  French  frontier,  guaran- 
tees from  Belgium,  colonial  restitution,  compensation  for  Ger- 
man losses,  and  freedom  of  the  seas;  in  return  for  all  of  which 
Germany  was  to  give  nothing  except  the  French  territory  taken 
in  this  war  and  the  little  piece  of  Upper  Alsace  occupied  by  her. 
This  determination  upon  a  peace  of  victory  emerges  as  the  real 


reason  for  Count  Bernstorff's  inability  to  induce  his  government 
to  accept  Wilson's  mediation.  The  truth  is  that  up  to  the  time 
of  Kerensky  there  was  never  a  moment  when  any  one  of  the 
leading  governments  on  either  side  would  have  been  satisfied 
with  a  peace  without  victory,  although  Count  Bernstorff  makes 
an  excellent  case  for  his  having  himself  favored  that  solution 
steadfastly  from  the  battle  of  the  Marne.  Unless  he  has  kept 
back  documents  of  importance,  which  does  not  seem  at  all  prob- 
able, since  his  enemies  in  the  government  could  have  published 
them  against  him,  it  will  become  clearer  that  he  had  a  most 
realistic  appreciation  of  the  forces  and  considerations  involved 
and  a  cool  and  far-seeing  desire  to  save  his  country  from  the 
deadly  results  of  over-confidence. 

There  is  much  of  popular  interest  in  the  Ambassador's  ob- 
servations on  our  press  and  our  national  characteristics.  After 
the  manner  of  bureaucracies  Berlin  had  an  over-simplified  con- 
ception of  the  American  character,  deeming  it  principally  com- 
mercial, so  that  Count  Bernstorff  spent  much  effort  in  endeav- 
oring to  wake  his  government  up  to  those  traits  of  sentiment 
and  potential  excitement  that  would  surely  bring  us  into  the  war 
in  the  end  if  the  German  policy  did  not  change  in  regard  to  sub- 
marines, statement  of  war-aims,  Belgian  deportations,  and  all 
matters  in  which  an  understanding  of  our  mass  characteristics 
was  important.  He  was  entirely  helpless,  for  the  time  had 
passed  in  Germany  when  the  military  authorities  could  be  kept 
in  their  proper  sphere  by  the  civil  government  as  they  were  in 
the  days  of  Bismarck,  and  the  military  authorities  had  no  more 
idea  of  popular  psychology  in  a  foreign  country  than  an  Amer- 
ican trust  magnate  usually  has.  Count  Bernstorff  himself  is 
not  a  thinker  like  Norman  Angell  and  Bertrand  Russell,  but  he 
is  intelligent  to  a  high  degree,  exact,  fearless,  without  cheap 
pride,  living  in  a  much  more  real  atmosphere  than  most  of  the 
German  war  statesmen.  He  has  the  prime  advantage,  for  a  time* 
of  such  complexity,  of  having  a  good  mind  that  functions  with- 
out interference  from  his  prejudices  or  his  passions. 

A  large  part  of  the  book  is  given  up  to  meeting  exaggerated 
charges  in  the  United  States  about  propaganda  and  plots,  and 
to  setting  out  in  an  orderly  and  complete  manner  the  Lusitania, 
Arabic,  and  Sussex  incidents;  it  is  probable  that  these  matters 
retain  more  interest  today  for  German  readers  than  for  those 
who  will  read  the  American  translation.  More  important  are 
his  estimates  of  our  statesmen.  The  fact  that  our  leading  public 
men,  including  our  secretaries  of  state,  speak  nothing  but  Eng- 
lish is  a  matter  upon  which  he  puts  much  emphasis,  as  he  sees 
clearly  the  decisive  part  it  plays  in  affecting  our  conduct  in 
world-politics.  The  little  sketches  of  Bryan  and  Lansing  are 
life-like  as  far  as  they  go,  and  he  says  searching  things  about 
Lodge  and  other  leaders  whose  ultimate  thought  is  fixed  in  the 
money  centers;  but  the  really  full-length  impressions  are  of 
President  Wilson  and  Colonel  House.  Amazing  objectivity, 
kindness,  wisdom,  and  unswerving  determination  at  all  times 
and  places  to  keep  peace  in  mind  as  the  one  most  important  con- 
sideration, are  the  high-lights  in  Colonel  House ;  and  this  tribute 
from  so  balanced  and  well-informed  an  observer  on  the  German 
side  does  not  differ  from  the  impressions  of  highly  competent 
men  in  France  and  England.  Morally  and  intellectually  Colonel 
House  has  been  to  America  what  General  Smuts  and  Lord  Robert 
Cecil  have  been  to  England — in  the  melee  yet  above  it. 

The  picture  of  Wilson  is  fairer  than  could  reasonably  be 
expected  from  a  German  writing  after  the  peace  of  Versailles, 
but  naturally  enough  it  over-emphasizes,  in  Wilson's  change  of 
tone  toward  the  German  people,  the  part  played  by  politics  and 
personal  chagrin;  and  it  utterly  fails  to  attach  appropriate  im- 
portance to  the  President's  mastering  idea  that  the  formation 
and  launching  of  a  League  of  Nations  was  everything:  that  if 
in  the  poker  game  at  Versailles  he  could  get  Foch  and  Clemen- 
ceau  to  give  up  their  full  material  guaranties  and  rely  for  the 
safety  of  France  on  an  agreement  to  which  Germany  would 
later  become  a  party,  he  would  accomplish  enough  to  make  any 
concession  justifiable. 

Norman  Hapgood 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


133 


Historical  Miscellanies 

Studies  in  History  and  Politics.    By  Herbert  Fisher.     Oxford: 
The  Clarendon  Press. 

WHEN  the  Right  Honorable  Herbert  Fisher  took  up  the 
onerous  duties  of  a  Minister  of  the  Crown  on  the  British 
Educational  Board,  it  might  have  been  said  that  an  angel  had 
rushed  in  where  some  fools,  at  least,  had  feared  to  tread.  For 
once  a  scholar  had  something  to  say  about  the  schools.  But 
the  heavy  labors  in  the  service  of  the  English  youth  left  him 
little  time  for  writing  and  research.  The  studies  collected  in 
his  latest  volume  are,  therefore,  not  new,  but  are  reprints  of 
various  magazine  articles  written,  for  the  most  part,  between 
five  and  ten  years  ago,  though  here  and  there  retouched  and 
supplemented.  They  are  all  amply  worth  reading.  Three  of 
the  eleven  essays  deal  with  French  politics;  three  with  the 
history  of  history;  two  with  Napoleon;  one  with  British  Im- 
perial administration;  one  with  the  value  of  small  states;  and 
one  with  the  resurgence  of  Prussia. 

The  romance  of  Napoleon's  early  life  is  vividly  impressed 
upon  the  reader  of  Mr.  Fisher's  description  of  Corsica,  with 
its  wild  scenery,  its  warlike  mountaineers,  and  its  eternal  family 
feuds.  When  Bonaparte  was  a  youth  his  spirit  was  fired  by 
the  Revolution.  As  a  Jacobin  he  was  hated  by  the  conservative 
and  separatist  Corsicans,  who  captured  him  and  probably  would 
have  put  him  to  death  in  1793  but  for  a  mysterious  and  melo- 
dramatic escape.  But  the  hosannas  came  later.  As  emperor, 
Napoleon  won  his  fellow-countrymen  to  France  and  is  by  them 
worshiped  today  as  no  ruler  has  been  worshiped  since  the  days 
of  ancient  Rome.  When  the  imperial  hymn  is  sung  the  Corsi- 
cans go  down  on  their  knees.  Mr.  Fisher  also  points  out 
the  main  currents  of  Napoleonic  influence  in  the  various  nations 
of  Europe.  Napoleon  is  said  to  have  saved  the  benefits  of  the 
Revolution  for  France  and  to  have  extended  it  to  other  peoples. 
Only  in  England,  where  he  was  consistently  represented  as  a 
charlatan  and  a  vulgar  ape  of  his  betters,  was  his  influence 
reactionary.  Elsewhere  he  has  gone  down  to  posterity  as  he 
wished,  "with  his  Code  in  his  hand." 

Quite  fascinating  are  Mr.  Fisher's  judgments  of  other  his- 
torians. Ammianus  Marcellinus  wins  his  sympathy  and  respect 
to  a  high  degree,  the  first  because  of  the  melancholy  task  he 
had  to  perform  in  narrating  the  story  of  a  collapsing  world, 
the  second  because  of  his  fairness,  accuracy,  and  honesty.  Al- 
most alone  in  that  age  of  religious  struggle  he  kept  a  balanced 
mind  and  an  affable  spirit.  Very  different  was  another  his- 
torian, nicely  characterized  by  the  author:  Lord  Acton.  The 
real  paradox  of  this  man's  nature  was  not,  as  has  often  been 
said,  that  he  knew  so  much  and  produced  so  little,  but  that, 
with  his  unrivaled  knowledge  of  facts,  he  should  have  had  so 
little  difficulty  in  dealing  out,  as  he  does,  sentences  of  approval 
or  condemnation  to  everyone.  Superlatives  abound  in  his  works : 
Napoleon  is  "the  most  splendid  genius  that  has  appeared  on 
earth,"  the  author  of  the  "Imitation"  is  "the  greatest  religious 
writer  that  ever  lived,"  Robespierre  "the  most  hateful  charac- 
ter in  the  forefront  of  history  since  Machiavelli,"  and  so  forth. 
Acton  seems  to  have  had  the  assurance  of  Providence  in  as- 
signing men  to  the  election  of  grace  or  to  damnation,  and  like 
Calvin  he  was  sure  that  the  greater  part  of  mankind  was 
doomed  to  the  latter.  Almost  everyone  in  authority,  he  once 
said,  was  extremely  wicked.  This  is  but  one  of  the  paradoxes 
advanced  by  Acton  which  are  sure  to  diminish  his  somewhat 
artificial  fame.  That,  as  he  maintained,  the  Reformation  and 
the  French  Revolution  were  both  blows  to  the  cause  of  liberty, 
that  the  South  was  right  in  the  American  Civil  War,  that  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church  is  a  progressive  force — these  are  ideas 
believed  by  Acton  but  rejected  by  the  consensus  of  competent 
opinion.    Securus  judicat  orbis  terrarum. 

Fairness  and  acumen  mark  Mr.  Fisher's  treatment  of  modern 
German  historians.     They  were  all,  as  he  points  out,  engaged, 


whatever  period  they  might  select  as  a  subject,  in  writing  the 
history  of  their  own  time,  if  not  of  the  future.  Mommsen's 
Rome  was  but  an  ancient  Prussia,  his  Caesar  the  prototype  of 
the  great  German  conqueror,  the  Moltke  of  1870,  or  the  greater 
military  genius  to  come.  So  with  Droysen  and  Sybel  and 
Treitschke  and  the  rest;  they  all  had  in  mind  the  German  Em- 
pire as  it  existed  and  as  they  hoped  it  would  exist  and  grow 
in  the  future. 

How  Rousseau  deduced  history  from  theory  and  wrote  con- 
stitutions entirely  unbiased  by  the  facts,  how  he  preached  so 
eccentric  a  virtue  that  Dr.  Johnson  wished  to  send  him  to  the 
penal  colonies,  and  how  at  last  his  thought  has  attained  its 
rightful  place  in  political  philosophy,  is  wittily  set  forth  by 
Mr.  Fisher.  Not  less  interesting  is  his  review  of  Ollivier's 
"Memoirs"  and  his  conclusion  that  France  wanted  war  in  1870 
no  less  than  did  Germany.  Most  valuable  of  all  is  perhaps  his 
chapter  on  French  Nationalism.  The  leader  among  those  who 
stimulated  the  spirit  of  revenge  for  1870  was  Deroulede,  a 
man  lacking  in  judgment  and  balance  but  abounding  in  en- 
thusiasm and  love  of  country.  The  odds  against  him  were 
heavy.  "Young  man,"  said  Renan  to  him,  "France  is  dying; 
do  not  trouble  her  last  agony."  But  he  wrote  poems  and  fos- 
tered La  Patrie,  that  extremely  provocative  jingo  newspaper 
cried  so  loudly  through  the  streets  of  Paris  by  boys  who  seem 
to  be  always  on  the  run.  Though  he  must  often  have  known 
of  his  paper  what  Danton  said  of  the  country — "La  Patrie  est 
en  danger" — he  fought  the  fight  to  the  end,  and  now,  in  the 
ghastly  Pyrrhic  victory  that  France  is  celebrating,  he  has  won 
his  reward. 

Preserved  Smith 


What  the  Workers  Want 

What  the  Workers  Want.   By  Arthur  Gleason.   Harcourt,  Brace 
and  Howe. 

TV/T  R.  GLEASON  reports  contemporary  history  as  a  dramatist 
*•*■*  might  compose  a  pageant.  The  slow,  obscure  working  of 
social  change,  the  mass  movements  only  half  conscious  of  their 
direction  and  power,  the  petty  failures  and  slight  successes 
which  make  up  the  detail  of  the  march — these  things  he  is  con- 
scious of  and  strives  to  express,  but  not  as  the  historian  or  the 
scientist.  Rather  he  symbolizes  them  in  the  crisis  and  the 
hero,  conveying  the  sense  of  social  life  in  personal  terms.  Only 
the  most  naive  supposed  that  the  nationalization  of  the  British 
coal  mines  began  and  ended  at  the  hearings  of  the  Commission 
under  the  chairmanship  of  Justice  Sankey.  Back  of  that  Com- 
mission stretched  the  long  history  of  the  mines  and  their  opera- 
tion, the  slow  organization  of  the  men,  the  welding  of  the 
unions  into  one  great  Federation,  the  ferment  of  ideas  expressed 
by  the  Fabian,  by  the  industrial  unionist,  and  by  the  guildsman, 
the  slow  spread  of  labor  education,  the  swift  rush  of  enlighten- 
ment incidental  to  the  war  and  its  consequences,  and  the  indus- 
trial evolution  of  mine  operation  itself.  Ahead  of  it  loom  years 
of  breaches  of  faith  by  the  government,  negotiations,  dicker- 
ings,  and  strikes,  political  campaigns  and  elections,  and  the 
sabotage  of  workers  on  one  side  and  private  capital  on  the 
other.  Yet  Mr.  Gleason  contrives  to  make  two  chapters  on  the 
Coal  Commission  give  us  a  hint  of  the  whole  process.  He  shows 
us  the  managers,  statisticians,  and  landed  peers  passing  in 
defeat  under  the  guns  of  Robert  Smillie,  Sidney  Webb,  Frank 
Hodges,  Sir  Leo  Chiozza  Money,  and  R.  H.  Tawney,  all  of  them 
distinguished  not  only  as  personalities  but  as  types  also.  He 
gives  us  a  keen  sense  of  the  dramatic  impact  of  the  moment. 
Through  a  few  passages  quoted  from  the  testimony  and  cross- 
examination  he  reveals  the  breakdown  of  the  hereditary  private 
ownership  of  an  industry,  the  glacier-like  advance  of  800,000 
miners,  as  vanguard  of  the  nation's  labor,  over  the  inhumani- 
ties and  inequalities  of  capitalist  society. 

So  also  it  is  neither  as  a  theoretician  nor  as  a  critic  that  Mr. 


134 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2874 


Gleason  speaks  of  the  British  unions  or  the  Labor  Party.  He 
goes  to  the  congress  of  the  one  at  Glasgow  and  the  conference 
of  the  other  at  Southport,  and  with  an  assessing  eye  pictures 
them  in  talk  and  in  action.  Most  of  the  important  leaders 
appear,  from  Smillie  and  Hodges  at  the  left  to  Clynes  and  Tom 
Shaw  on  the  right.  There  is  no  attempt  to  create  an  artificial 
uniformity  out  of  such  a  large  and  varied  group,  but  a  sense 
of  unity  emerges.  Mr.  Gleason  seems  to  have  the  dramatist's 
aversion  to  saying  anything  out  of  his  own  mouth.  He  sets 
the  stage,  describes  the  dramatis  personae,  and  juxtaposes  their 
significant  utterances.  The  result  gives  an  effect  of  authentic 
composition.  This  method  succeeds  even  with  the  railway  strike 
and  with  the  chapters  which  show  the  quaint  British  method 
of  "gentle  revolution."  It  reaches  its  climax  in  the  valuable 
section  completely  written  by  men  like  Frank  Hodges  of  the 
Miners,  J.  T.  Murphy  of  the  Shop  Steward  movement,  and  C.  T. 
Cramp  of  the  Railwaymen.  It  is  reflected  in  the  title  of  the 
book. 

This  intimate  and  participating  vision  should  have  a  whole- 
some effect  upon  that  large  group  of  Americans  who,  while 
captivated  by  the  dramatic  and  the  external  in  the  British 
labor  movement,  have  failed  to  regard  its  American  counter- 
part with  more  than  a  cold  and  distant  sympathy.  It  is  easy 
to  take  the  phrase  for  the  reality,  especially  at  a  distance. 
How  many  have  not  innocently  assumed  that  the  Nottingham 
reconstruction  program  of  the  British  Labor  Party  sprang  like 
a  song  from  the  pure  heart  of  a  Percival-like  multitude  while 
the  cautious  and  ungenerous  sentences  of  Gompers  represented 
a  contrasting  ugliness  of  soul  on  the  part  of  our  unionists? 
There  is  a  gulf  between  the  two  movements,  to  be  sure,  but  no 
such  gulf  as  this  simple  assumption  implies.  The  British  unions 
have  had  their  distressing  fissures,  their  frailties  of  spirit,  their 
heavy-footed  conservatives  as  well  as  the  American.  Like  any 
movement  composed  of  millions  of  human  beings,  the  British 
was  slow  in  coming  to  the  issue,  and  it  still  is  likely  to  disap- 
point sorely  those  whose  quick  enthusiasm  was  aroused,  without 
sufficient  understanding,  by  anticipation  of  a  prompt  and  cer- 
tain victory.  It  reached  its  present  stage  only  through  the 
constant  loyalty  of  those  who  were  willing  to  meet  a  hundred 
rebuffs,  willing  to  be  patient  with  many  errors,  willing  to 
study  in  detail  and  with  humility  as  members  of  the  intellectual 
rank  and  file.  A  book  of  this  sort  was  not  needed  to  increase 
the  prestige  of  British  labor.  It  was  needed  to  make  us  feel 
its  reality,  to  warn  us  against  too  exigent  expectations,  and  to 
hint  of  a  better  use  of  its  strength  in  this  country. 

As  is  usual  with  Mr.  Gleason's  books,  not  the  least  valuable 
part  of  "What  tha  Workers  Want"  is  the  bulky  appendix,  con- 
taining documents  of  the  mining  inquiry,  the  Whitley  Coun- 
cils, early  British  Socialism,  and  the  like. 

George  Soule 


Woman 

Woman.  By  Magdeleine  Marx.  Introduction  by  Henri  Bar- 
busse.    Translated  by  Adele  S.  Seltzer.     Thomas  Seltzer. 

Open  the  Door.  By  Catherine  Carswell.  Harcourt,  Brace  and 
Howe. 

1X7HAT  do  these  women  want?  A  wise,  rather  cool  Amer- 
*  "  ican  lady,  herself  remote  enough  from  these  ardors  and 
rebellions,  tells  us:  "There  is  a  great  deal  of  suffering  among 
women,  especially  the  women — both  unmarried  and  married — of 
the  middle  classes.  There  are  lives  so  repressed  and  so  poverty- 
stricken  or  else  so  wrenched  and  maladjusted  that  one  wonders 
there  is  not  more  open  revolt  and  violence.  These  women  just 
wither  away  in  mind  as  well  as  in  body.  It  is  a  painful  and 
tragic  sight."  Your  stern  moralist  has  his  reply  ready:  "They 
must  resign  themselves  and  do  their  duty."  The  trouble  is  that 
he  misses  a  distinction.  Those  who  can  resign  themselves  do. 
Genuine  resignation  means  the  subduing  of  one's  desires  and 


one's  will  into  harmony  with  one's  condition  in  life.  Most  of 
these  women  are  not  intellectual;  they  are  neither  rebels  nor 
reformers.  They  would  ask  nothing  better  than  the  ability  to 
be  resigned  and  calm.  But  how  about  those — an  ever  increasing 
number — who  cannot  achieve  resignation?  Our  stern  moralist 
will  try  to  meet  the  situation  with  vague  phrases  about  the 
nobility  of  suffering  and  its  chastening  power.  Here  one  must 
bid  him  halt.  Suffering  of  that  kind  hardly  tends  to  ennoble 
the  soul.  Has  he  ever  seen  these  women,  with  their  pitiful  false 
graces  and  furtive  looks  and  drained  souls  and  terror  of  the 
years  to  come,  at  teas  and  lectures?  And  chastening?  Why 
should  one  be  chastened?     For  what  fault?     What  sin?     Why? 

In  some  such  way  one  could  state,  deliberately  using  terms 
and  a  tone  of  moderation,  the  spiritual  background  of  both 
"Woman"  and  "Open  the  Door."  And  it  is  not  without  signifi- 
cance to  add  that  "Woman"  has  been  welcomed  with  an  almost 
strident  enthusiasm  by  the  great  liberals  of  Europe — Barbusse 
and  Rolland,  Brandes  and  Stefan  Zweig  and  Bertrand  Russell, 
and  that  "Open  the  Door"  has  received  in  Great  Britain  a  rather 
important  prize  reserved  for  first  novels.  Somehow  these  books 
seem  to  speak  out  a  burning  and  open  secret  and  to  answer  to 
a  broad  and  vital  need. 

The  protest  of  both  Madame  Marx  and  Miss  Carswell  is,  as 
Barbusse  points  out  in  his  preface  to  "Woman,"  a  protest 
against  the  "exclusiveness  of  love"  and  also,  one  may  add, 
against  the  falsely  idealistic  assumption  of  its  necessary  con- 
tinuance. The  theory  of  exclusiveness  derives  in  man,  of  course, 
from  the  deep-rooted  sense  of  property  which  ages  of  open  or 
concealed  slave-holding  have  left  in  him;  in  woman  it  derives 
from  the  anxiety,  especially  natural  in  northern  or  densely  set- 
tled countries,  to  secure  for  herself  and  her  children  the  entire 
labor  of  the  bread-giver.  The  theory  of  the  necessary  continu- 
ance of  love  in  marriage  is,  contrary  to  the  common  opinion,  a 
romantic  fiction  of  comparatively  recent  origin.  Now,  the  origin 
of  neither  notion  invalidates  it,  but  does  raise  in  each  case  the 
legitimate  question:  Is  it,  after  all,  conformable  to  human 
nature  today?  For  that  is  the  test  we  must  ultimately  apply. 
It  is  the  test  which,  with  whatever  emotional  reluctance,  man 
has  always  applied.  Had  he  not  done  so,  we  should  all,  it  is 
clear,  still  be  obeying  the  tribal  taboos  of  our  remotest  ancestors, 
which  were  all  venerable  in  their  day  and  seemed  lovely  and  of 
good  report  to  comfortable  middle-aged  people  who  had  adjusted 
themselves  and  were  both  proud  of  it  and  loth  to  change. 

These  apparently  non-literary  considerations  are  not  at  all 
out  of  place.  The  conservative  press  has  already  begun  its 
snickering  and  flippant  campaign  against  both  "Woman"  and 
"Open  the  Door."  And  it  is  humiliating  to  consider  that  Amer- 
ica should  have  but  a  sneer  or  an  empty  moral  gesture  for  books 
that  stir  the  best  minds  of  Europe.  To  call  the  unnamed 
heroine  of  Madame  Marx  or  Miss  Carswell's  Joanna  Bannerman 
immoral  is  the  cheapest  shirking  of  one  of  the  very  vital  issues 
that  confront  civilization. 

When  we  come  to  the  actual  intellectual  and  artistic  texture  of 
the  two  books,  it  is  a  little  difficult  to  understand  the  great 
praise  that  great  wits  have  lavished  on  "Woman."  The  story 
is  frank  and  sincere  and  full  of  isolated  perceptions  that  are 
both  searching  and  beautiful.  But  it  is  also  thin  and  scrappy 
and  disjointed,  and  the  complete  shadowiness  of  all  the  charac- 
ters robs  its  theories  of  the  inner  energy  of  a  human  content. 
We  see  neither  the  woman's  husband  nor  her  lover  nor,  in  any 
clear  manner,  herself.  We  gather  that  her  husband  understood 
the  necessities  of  her  nature  without  feeling  them,  and  that  her 
lover  neither  felt  nor  understood  them.  Nothing  in  all  the  book 
is  as  vividly  seen  and  communicated  as  the  description  of  the 
poor  mothers  at  the  hospital,  and  that  is  but  an  illustrative 
incident,  though,  as  such,  most  pertinent  and  striking.  In  a 
word,  Madame  Marx  has  felt  very  deeply  and  reflected  intensely, 
and  those  who  agreed  with  her  passionately  have  taken  it  for 
granted  that  she  has  written  a  great  book.  But  that  is  taking 
for  granted  far  too  much. 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


135 


"Open  the  Door"  is  a  much  longer  book  and,  as  a  matter  of 
fact,  a  much  better  one.  It  is  far  more  concrete  and  therefore 
far  more  philosophical,  too.  The  Glasgow  life  described  in  it 
is  thick,  solid,  and  intense  at  once.  The  quietly  and  yet  so 
admirably  done  full-length  portrait  of  Juley  Bannerman  and 
the  facts  of  her  marriage  throw  a  steady  stream  of  full  and 
mellow  light  on  the  nature  and  adventures  of  Joanna.  No  less 
illuminating  are  the  various  incidents  of  Joanna's  childhood 
and  early  girlhood.  These  really  add  to  the  important  and 
hitherto  unrecorded  facts  of  our  moral  nature.  And  Joanna's 
great  discovery  seems  to  us  more  fundamental  than  any  made 
by  the  heroine  of  Madame  Marx.  It  is  the  discovery  that  what 
"in  the  Christian  sense"  is  "evil"  in  her  contributes  no  less  than 
what  is  "good"  to  "make  her  alive"  and  an  individual  and  a 
truly  human  being.  One  may  quarrel  with  the  probability  of 
some  of  the  adventures  through  which  she  vindicates  the  whole- 
ness of  her  nature.  She  and  her  story  remain  vivid  and  delight- 
ful and  have  a  touch  of  epic  breadth  and  richness. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Books  in  Brief 

MEN  in  love,  said  Balzac,  are  like  apes  trying  to  play  the 
violin.  But  primitive  men,  it  may  be  added,  have  more 
than  laughter  from  their  fellows  to  instruct  them  in  the  sub- 
ject which,  with  food-getting,  is  their  greatest  concern.  They 
have  puberty  rituals  and  initiations  and  a  candid  and  under- 
stood symbolism  in  their  tribal  arts.  As  with  the  increase  of 
civilization  the  complexity  of  love  increases  one  might  reason- 
ably expect  an  accompanying  advance  in  the  science  and  the 
craft.  Instead,  the  instrument  has  come  to  be  as  intricate  as 
a  violin  while  the  average  lover  has  little  opportunity  to  know 
more  about  it  than  would  suffice  to  beat  a  tomtom.  Doctors 
in  the  science  are  urged,  even  compelled,  to  keep  their  learning 
to  themselves;  laymen  are  left  in  an  ignorance  abominably  en- 
forced by  the  dogma  that  there  are  two  loves,  that  of  the  spirit 
and  that  of  the  body,  and  that  the  two  have  no  imperative 
connection.  Theologically  speaking,  the  one  is  therefore  re- 
garded as  the  heaven  and  the  other  the  hell  of  the  matter; 
speaking  socially,  the  one  is  regarded  as  the  respectable  neigh- 
borhood and  the  other  as  the  slums.  William  J.  Fielding  in 
his  valuable  "Sanity  in  Sex"  (Dodd,  Mead)  attacks  this  danger- 
ous dualism  at  every  point  where  its  evil  consequences  appear. 
There  may  be  difficulties  in  finding  suitable  methods  for  in- 
structing the  young  in  sex,  but  they  are  as  nothing  in  compari- 
son with  the  disasters  which  result  from  the  furtive  and  often 
filthy  misinstruction  which  the  young  are  sure  to  obtain  from 
one  another  if  they  have  no  better  sources.  From  such  igno- 
rance proceeds  no  small  part  of  the  hideous  flood  of  venereal 
disease,  economic  disability,  conjugal  discontent,  and  repres- 
sions and  perversions  and  cruelties  without  number.  Mr.  Field- 
ing is  not  an  alarmist;  he  strikes  more  than  a  note  of  hope  in 
his  account  of  the  work  which  the  United  States  Government 
did  with  the  army  during  the  war  and  which  various  govern- 
mental and  private  agencies  plan  to  carry  on  in  peace.  It  was 
time  for  some  such  awakening.  According  to  reports  of  the 
Surgeon  General  for  the  period  from  September  21  to  December 
7,  1917,  the  computed  annual  rate  of  admission  for  venereal 
disease  for  each  thousand  men  was  121.9,  while  the  total  rate 
a  thousand  for  pneumonia,  dysentery,  typhoid,  paratyphoid,  ma- 
laria, meningitis,  and  scarlet  fever  was  25.7.  Appalling  as 
this  is,  it  was  matched  by  the  ignorance  which  everywhere  pre- 
vailed with  regard  to  all  sexual  affairs,  and  which  merely  re- 
flected the  state  of  knowledge  and  opinion  among  the  people 
at  large,  where  millions  of  men  for  lack  of  information  believe 
that  all  of  sex  is  comprised  in  a  stealthy  function,  and  mil- 
lions of  women,  married  and  unmarried,  believe  that  frigidity 
is  a  virtue.  Specifically  Mr.  Fielding  argues  for  a  sane  en- 
lightenment carried  on  under  public  auspices;  for  a  scientific 


promotion  of  the  practice  of  birth  control;  for  a  wider  knowl- 
edge of  the  light  which  psychoanalysis  throws  on  the  sexual 
question;  and  of  course  for  that  economic  reconstruction  with- 
out which  nothing  permanent  can  be  accomplished.  These, 
however,  he  understands  and  intelligently  argues,  all  depend 
upon  a  change  in  the  general  conception.  The  tragedy  will  go 
on  until  it  is  recognized  that  love  is  sexual  love,  that  the  milder 
affections  are  also  of  the  flesh,  and  that  desire  is  also  of  the 
soul. 

T  N  a  slighter  work  bearing  upon  the  same  theme  C.  Gasquoine 
1  Hartley  (Mrs.  Walter  Gallichan)  discusses  "Women's  Wild 
Oats"  (Stokes).  The  war,  she  points  out,  in  releasing  and 
redirecting  the  energies  of  many  women  in  England  created 
a  new  problem  for  English  society.  Having  had  more  freedom 
than  before,  women  are  unwilling  to  go  back  to  their  old  status ; 
how,  then,  shall  a  new  balance  between  the  sexes  be  arrived 
at?  Mrs.  Gallichan,  who  regards  marriage  as  not  a  romantic 
exercise  but  a  racial  duty,  asks  that  divorce  in  England  be 
made  as  free  as  marriage,  that  prostitution  be  no  more  encour- 
aged or  winked  at  in  the  body  of  the  state  than  cancer  in  that 
of  the  individual,  that  illegitimate  children  be  given  by  the 
state  as  nearly  as  possible  the  advantages  which  legitimate 
children  are  given  by  their  parents,  and  that  some  sort  of 
recognition  be  allowed  to  "passionate  friendships"  formed  out 
of  wedlock — a  point  on  which  she  does  not  make  quite  clear  the 
superiority  of  such  an  acknowledged  concubinage  to  a  marriage 
capable  of  being  dissolved  by  mutual  consent.  Summed  up, 
her  arguments  are  for  a  plain  admission  of  the  relations  now 
existing  between  men  and  women  in  England  in  the  hope  that 
by  admitting  them  the  authorities  may  do  away  with  the  shabby 
hypocrisies  and  sneaking  license  which  make  the  existing 
statutes  grotesque.  Undoubtedly  the  Parliament  of  Lloyd 
George  will  do  nothing  half  so  thorough,  but  it  is  not  uncon- 
soling  to  lovers  of  Great  Britain  to  see  that  some  of  its  pub- 
licists, at  least  in  their  proposals,  are  abreast  of  the  steps 
already  taken  by  the  law  in  Scandinavia. 

T'HE  bibliography  of  Paris  is  immense.  For  centuries  the 
*■  life  and  charms  of  the  French  capital,  "fair,  fantastic 
Paris,"  have  been  celebrated  in  prose  and  verse.  It  is  with  a 
feeling,  therefore,  of  mild  curiosity  as  to  what  more  could 
possibly  be  said  that  one  opens  "Paris  Vistas"  by  Helen  Daven- 
port Gibbons  (Century).  After  recovering  from  the  shock  of 
"a  bang-up  dinner,"  "the  old  wop,"  "the  old  buck,"  "when  I  was 
a  kid,"  and  certain  intimate  revelations  of  family  life,  one 
becomes  gradually  fascinated  by  the  good  nature  and  warm 
heart  of  the  writer;  and  certain  aspects  of  life  in  Paris,  espe- 
cially during  the  war,  assume  a  vividness  not  easily  forgotten. 
The  book  is  a  story  of  Paris  as  experienced  in  girlhood  and 
later  married  life.  Mrs.  Gibbons  stayed  in  the  city  with  her 
four  children  through  the  war  while  her  husband  was  absent 
for  months  at  a  time  as  a  newspaper  correspondent.  She  says: 
"France  was  saved  because  Paris  led  a  normal  life  in  the  midst 
of  the  whirlwind.  The  Turks  have  a  proverb  that  a  fish  begins 
to  corrupt  at  its  head.  If  the  Parisians  had  given  up  the 
struggle  to  live  tranquilly  France  would  have  been  lost."  The 
normality  of  existence  might  have  been  questioned,  as  a  matter 
of  fact,  at  a  time  when  no  coal  or  wood  was  obtainable  and  the 
dining-room  chairs  and  table  were  chopped  up  for  fuel  to  warm 
the  room  of  a  sick  baby  in  order  to  save  its  life. 

HP  HE  Oxford  Junior  Scientific  Club  heard,  on  November  17, 
1919,  a  remarkably  interesting  lecture  by  Arthur  Keith, 
now  republished  under  the  title  "Nationality  and  Race  from 
the  Anthropologist's  Point  of  View"  (Oxford  University  Press). 
Properly  speaking,  "race"  is  the  only  subdivision  of  the  human 
species  recognized  by  the  anthropologist;  "nationality"  is  a 
political,  not  a  biological  distinction.  Regarding  the  first  dis- 
tinction as  natural  and  the  latter  as  artificial,  the  anthropologist 


136 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


is  apt  to  charge  all  the  woes  of  mankind  to  a  conflict  of  in- 
herited instincts  with  acquired  habits.  Certainly  there  are 
few  problems  more  serious  at  present  than  those  presented  by 
the  adjustment  of  racial  relations  in  America,  Africa,  and  Aus- 
tralasia. The  "lesser  breeds"  show  remarkable  differences  of 
vitality;  whereas  some  die  away  at  the  first  touch  of  civilization, 
others  propagate  "after  taking"  at  a  rate  equal  to  that  main- 
tained by  them  before  taking  the  white  man's  medicine.  Thus, 
extensive  hybridization  results;  it  has  been  carried  farthest 
in  South  America,  but  seems  to  be  slowly  gaining  ground  in 
North  America  and  South  Africa.  Compared  to  the  vast  prob- 
lems raised  by  race,  Dr.  Keith  regards  those  of  nationality  as 
easy  and  trivial.  Indeed,  the  point  of  his  lecture  is  largely  in 
the  application  of  it  to  the  case  of  Ireland.  He  is  at  great  pains 
to  show  that  there  is  no  Irish  race;  and  he  therefore  implies 
that  there  should  be  no  Irish  problem.  If  British  scientists  could 
only  persuade  the  misguided  Irish  that  when,  in  the  past  cen- 
turies, the  Sassanachs  made  their  lives  a  hell,  it  was  nothing 
but  a  little  family  tiff,  would  not  everything  be  immediately 
and  beautifully  settled? 

O  TORIES  of  the  settlement  of  Kentucky  grow  as  naturally 
^  as  bluegrass  and  as  tall  as  hemp.  Most  of  them  are  mere 
tales  of  adventure,  but  Mr.  Archibald  Henderson  in  "The  Con- 
quest of  the  Old  Southwest  .  .  .  1740-1790"  (Century) 
has  brought  in  family  piety  and  economic  interpretation.  His 
piety  serves  to  enlarge  the  fame  of  Judge  Richard  Henderson, 
founder  of  Transylvania,  and  his  economic  interpretation  adds 
stability  to  the  romantic  motives  ordinarily  stressed  in  the  elder 
narratives.  Writing  from  North  Carolina  and  with  the  new 
material  which  North  Carolina  has  lately  been  assembling,  Mr. 
Henderson  particularly  exhibits  the  contribution  of  that  State 
to  the  old  Southwest.  He  emphasizes,  too,  such  frontier  experi- 
ments in  government  as  Watauga  and  Transylvania  and  Frank- 


lin— all  promising  commonwealths  in  their  day — and  brings  the 
account  down,  through  Kings  Mountain  to  the  day  when  Ten- 
nessee, "after  a  romantic  and  arduous  struggle,  finally  passed 
through  the  wide-flung  portals  into  the  domain  of  national  state- 
hood." Perhaps  it  is  no  wonder  that  with  a  theme  so  stirring 
Mr.  Henderson's  style  should  so  often  swell,  even  in  a  solid  and 
shrewd  historical  monograph;  but  it  is  none  the  less  a  pity. 
Though  the  first  Kentuckians  were  saga-men,  their  epic  has 
always  been  colored  with  romance. 

1\/fODESTLY  following  in  the  footsteps  of  McMaster  and 
*■  *■  Rhodes,  who  have  made  such  excellent  use  of  the  news- 
paper and  pamphlet  as  indexes  to  contemporary  public  opin- 
ion, Miss  Margaret  Woodbury  has  made  a  study  of  "Public 
Opinion  in  Philadelphia  during  the  Federalist  period,  1789- 
1801"  (Smith  College  Studies  in  History,  V,  Nos.  1,  2),  in 
which  she  has  attempted  to  discover  what  men  wrote  about  to 
the  newspapers  of  the  time.  She  has  worked  through  a  great 
mass  of  literature  and  has  arranged  her  material  in  orderly 
fashion,  describing  the  papers  and  their  editors,  and  making 
abundant  quotations  designed  to  show  the  range  of  the  Phila- 
delphia mind.  She  finds,  as  was  to  be  expected,  that  most  of 
the  questions  of  the  day — finance,  foreign  relations,  political 
candidates,  issues,  parties,  titles  and  insignia,  disease  and  its 
remedies — were  debated  at  length,  in  language  frequently  more 
acrimonious  than  profitable;  the  labor  problem  rarely  if  ever 
appeared.  Miss  Woodbury's  conclusions  are  not  always  impor- 
tant, but  occasionally  her  extracts  are  interesting.  The  fol- 
lowing quotation,  were  it  read  out  of  its  setting,  would  seem 
to  cover  a  present  day  situation.  "The  history  of  the  present 
administration  proves  that  there  is  no  measure,  however  odious 
to  you  or  repugnant  to  your  constitution,  which  the  authority' 
of  a  President  cannot  accomplish."  This  was  written  of  the 
administration  of  George  Washington  in  1796. 


ALFRED  <  A '  KNOPF 

I'M1 1  "W 1 1  ^y  1 1  "W1 1 1  "S*?1 1 1  "S*?1 1 1  "W  1 1  BW»  1 1  B5»3"  1 1  «W  Hi  kS  ;YiTt]  r#jW  i^aii 

r"'~  '  -"~  •  ~f r'-ni  -  nlln  -  nllrf  nlln    nllii    iilli     ii'linfattiiTU^iMVdffllllrr  'ulliil  qjll 

Mr.  Knopfs 
Fall  Announcement 


iio  W.  42,  Street, 


Latest  Importations 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  AN 
INTELLECTUAL 

By  John  Middleton  Murry 

Editor  of  The  Athenaeum  (London) 

A  series  of  essays,  covering  the  period 
of  the  war,  whose  range  is  from  Tolstoy 
to  Lloyd  George,  from  Russia  to  De- 
mocracy and  Patriotism.  $3.00 

OCTOBER  and  Other  Poems 

By  Robert  Bridges 

"A  lovely  and  noble  addition  to  Mr. 
Bridges'  work  as  a  poet." — The  West- 
minster Gazette  (London).  $1.50 

JEWISH  CHILDREN 

By  Shalom  Aleichem 

Stories  by  the  greatest  of  modern 
Yiddish  writers  dealing  with  the  life  of 
children  in  the  villages  of  the  Russian 
pale.     Translated  by  Hannah  Berman. 

$2.00 

WORDSWORTH:  AnAnthology 
Edited  by  T.J.  Cobden- Sanderson 

"This  beautiful  book,  of  tall  pages, 
generous  margins,  and  delightful  type, 
will  certainly  become  a  treasured  pos- 
session of  many  Wordsworthians,  and, 
given  by  them  to  others,  will  bring  con- 
verts to  the  faith." — London  Times. 
Only   250   copies   for   America.         $3.00 


is  now  ready  and  will  be  mailed  to 
any  one  on  request.  In  it  thirty-three 
interesting  books  are  described,  among 
them  volumes  by 

Joseph  Hergesheimer 

Willa  Cather 

Max  Beerbohm 

H.  L.  Mencken 

W.  Somerset  Maugham 

W.  H.  Hudson 

Floyd  Dell 

Carl  Van  Vechten 

Sidney  L.  Nyburg 


r.ni  1 1 7.51 1 1  ep.^  1(17.51 11 7.51 11 1^.51 11  or . 51  icm}| 

fc.'^l  1 1  Ofc<43 1  lt^'^3 1 1  Efc.'^J  1 1  Ok.'.*!  1 1  tk.'XJ  1 1  arttfi  I  b'dl 

Economic  Reprints 

"Alfred  Knopf  has  put  students  of  social 
affairs  in  his  debt  by  republishing  in 
pocket-size  volumes  the  autobiographies  of 
Robert  Owen  and  of  William  Lovett.  That 
of  Owen  covers  a  very  eventful  life,  and 
one  of  first  importance  in  the  history  of 
Socialism,  labor,  and  cooperation,  and  is  the 
expression  of  an  unusual  personality." — 
New  York  Evening  Post. 

I.    THE  LIFE  OF  ROBERT 
OWEN 

By  Himself.  With  an  introduction  by  M. 
Beer,  author  of  "A  History  of  British  So- 
cialism." ($1.50) 

II-III.  THE  LIFE  AND 
STRUGGLES  OF  WILLIAM 
LOVETT 

The  autobiography  of  a  great  labor  leader 
who  organized  the  Chartist  movement  in 
England.  (Two  vols.  $3.00) 

IV.  THE  PIONEERS  OF 
LAND  REFORM 

Essays  by  Thomas  Paine  ("Agrarian 
Justice") ;  William  Ogilvie  ("The  Right  of 
Property  in  Land") ;  and  Thomas  Spence 
(Nationalization  of  the  Land").  ($1.50) 


£gll5l2llg:SIIS:2IIS:2ll^^^^ 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


137 


IF  literature  is  not  cosmopolitan  when  a  Japanese-German 
publishes  in  the  United  States  in  English  a  book  dealing 
with  the  life  of  the  great  Jew  whose  deeds  and  doctrines, 
recounted  in  the  Greek  of  the  Gospels,  serve  as  the  basis  of 
the  Christian  religion,  when  is  it?  Sadakichi  Hartmann's  "The 
Last  Thirty  Days  of  Christ"  (privately  printed)  will  sound  to 
the  orthodox  a  good  deal  like  George  Moore  for  irreverence  and 
a  little  like  Anatole  France  for  slyness.  Ostensibly  the  diary 
of  the  disciple  Lebbeus,  also  called  Thaddeus,  it  explains  the 
miracles  as  so  many  quite  rational  affairs  and  ends  with  Jesus 
dying  like  a  mortal  man  in  a  garden  at  Emmaus;  in  the  most 
realistic  language  it  shows  Lebbeus  asking  Jesus  if  he  is  to 
"swipe"  the  ass  on  which  the  Master  entered  Jerusalem,  describ- 
ing the  shapely  legs  of  the  Samaritan  woman,  and  recounting 
with  vigor  and  gusto  the  pranks  of  the  dusty,  naked  apostles  in 
the  Jordan.  Bull-necked  Peter,  "fierce,  stubborn,  easily  roused, 
but  devoted  to  the  Master  like  no  other";  "flamboyant  Judas 
Iscariot,  a  strangely  magnetic  personality";  "sturdy,  straight- 
forward James  and  sad  and  headachy-looking  John" — John  being 
the  Boswell  of  the  expedition;  doubting  Thomas,  "a  lean  elderly 
crab-apple  sort  of  a  man";  "old  'muffled-up'  Bartholomew,  of 
whose  face  at  no  time  one  could  see  more  than  a  sniveling  nose" ; 
Mathew,  "practical,  shrewd,  determined  that  something  great 
must  be  the  outcome  of  all  this  personal  discomfort  and  march- 
ing about" — these  and  the  others  are  keenly  drawn  to  what  may 
have  been  the  life — of  course  no  one  knows.  The  apostles  talk 
metaphysics  behind  the  Master's  back  and  undertake  plans  for 
"something  great."  Indeed,  the  betrayal  appears  as  merely 
Judas's  scheme  for  bringing  matters  to  a  head  and  forcing  Jesus 
to  call  on  the  "legion  of  angels"  which  he  had  said  he  could 
command.  Alas,  the  apostles  could  not  comprehend  their 
Teacher,  his  humor,  his  paradoxes,  his  hyperboles,  his  strength 
in  tenderness,  his  nature  so  rich  and  full  that  he  could  be  ascetic 
without  drying  up.  He  stands  in  this  book,  wherein  the  argu- 
ments of  Renan  are  made  flesh,  as  a  companionable  saint — not 
a  god  at  all — who  is  still  marked  off  from  the  intensely  human 
group  about  him  by  a  mystery  and  a  glory  which  are  Sadakichi 
Hartmann's  tribute  to  his  power  and  which,  in  Christian  art, 
have  been  symbolized  by  the  bright  aureole  round  his  head. 

T  AST  year  M.  Louis  Thomas  made  a  visit  to  the  Northern, 
*— '  Eastern,  and  Southern  parts  of  the  United  States  with 
the  hope  of  carrying  back  with  him  suggestions  as  to  how  his 
enfeebled  nation  might  enlist  American  help  in  getting  back 
her  vigor  and  prosperity.  Though  for  the  most  part  a  dis- 
passionate study  oi  industrial  and  commercial  facts  and  figures, 
his  book,  "Les  Etats-Unis  Inconnus"  (Paris:  Perrin),  breathes 
sadness.  Always  restrained  and  polite,  always  outspoken  in  ad- 
miration of  American  skill  and  intelligence,  M.  Thomas,  who 
feels  that  there  should  have  been  some  distribution  of  the  war 
debt  among  all  the  Allies,  warns  his  countrymen  that  the  only 
considerable  assistance  they  can  now  expect  from  the  great 
Western  republic  will  take  the  form  of  loans  bearing  a  sub- 
stantial rate  of  interest;  unless  in  addition — and  he  sees  in  this 
possibility  the  brightest  hope  for  France — American  experts  can 
be  induced  to  go  over  and  become  active  partners  in  remunera- 
tive reconstruction  enterprises.  Thus  a  few  men  with  a  genius" 
like  Henry  Ford's  for  multiplying  production  would  be  worth 
more  to  the  French  than  billions  of  dead  assets.  Or,  to  con- 
sider a  particular  and  a  very  promising  field  for  French  indus- 
trial activity,  since  the  French  lead  the  world  in  furniture- 
designing  but  are  backward  in  the  machinery  of  manufacture 
and  distribution,  if  certain  Grand  Rapids  makers  were  to  aid  in 
the  transformation  of  a  convenient  Atlantic  port  or  two,  say 
La  Rochelle  or  Saint-Nazaire,  into  great  furniture  building  and 
shipping  centers,  breaking  up  the  formal  and  antiquated  busi- 
ness procedure  of  the  French  and  introducing  the  straight- 
forward and  rapid  methods  of  the  new  West,  France  and  the 
world  would  be  greatly  the  gainers.  M.  Thomas,  on  the  whole, 
finds  our  republic  attractive  as  well  as  efficient. 


Russian  Policy 
vs.  Russian  News 

Has  American  journalism  dealt 
squarely  with  the  facts  about  Russia? 
Or  has  the  editorial  wish  that  things 
were  different  in  Russia  colored  and 
distorted  the  news  of  how  things  are 
in  Russia? 

The  Test  of  the  News 

by  Walter  Lippmann 
and  Charles  Merz 

is  a  48-page  Supplement  to  The  New 
Republic  of  August  4th  which  gives 
the  results  of  an  unbiased  analysis  of 
the  Russian  news  of  the  New  York 
Times  from  March,  1917  to  March, 
1920. 

On  all  newsstands  15  cents  a  copy  or  direct  from 

The  New  Republic 
421  West  21st  Street  New  York  City 


LalU 


Twenty  years  of  struggle,  setback  and  re- 
ward; the  conception  and  birth  of  a  new 
industrial  relationship,  amid  the  fumes  of 
the  melting-pot. 

THE 

NEW  UNIONISM 

IN  THE  CLOTHING  INDUSTRY 

by 

J.  M.  Budish  and  George  Soule 

The  dramatic  story  of  the  clothing-workers' 
progress  from  the  sweat-shop  to  a  com- 
manding position  in  organized  labor. 

With  bibliography  and  appendix,  $3.00. 
Just  ready 


HARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  h&47?6& 


International  Relations  Section 


Strike-Breaking  in  the  Canal  Zone 

By  WILLIAM  DUNCAN 

SILVER  roll  employees  of  the  Panama  Canal  and  the 
Panama  Railroad  have  recently,  it  is  reported,  received 
increases  in  pay.  The  news  may  not  appear  of  much  sig- 
nificance, but  in  view  of  the  tactics  employed  during  Feb- 
ruary and  March  to  break  a  strike  of  those  employees,  the 
matter  is  at  least  of  interest. 

Silver  roll  employees  are  Negroes — mostly  Jamaicans  and 
other  West  Indians.  Many  of  them  are  capable  workmen, 
performing  work  of  quite  as  important  a  character  as  some 
of  the  white  employees.  The  Negroes,  however,  are  paid 
in  silver,  and  the  whites  in  gold;  and  the  difference  does 
not  stop  here,  for  although  the  white  workmen  are  paid 
wages  comparing  very  favorably  with  those  in  the  United 
States — in  many  instances  being  even  higher — the  colored 
men  are  fortunate  to  get  as  much  as  $52.50  a  month. 

A  strike  of  the  silver  employees  had  threatened  before 
February  16,  when  the  men  presented  their  demands  to 
Governor  Chester  Harding.  In  a  statement  three  days 
later  they  presented  a  tabulation  of  the  needs  of  a  single 
man  for  actual  subsistence  which,  they  showed,  required 
an  expenditure  of  $38.07  a  month.  For  a  family,  they  con- 
tended, twice  as  much  should  be  available — $76.15 — yet 
they  asked  only  a  wage  of  $57.11  a  month,  or  27  cents  an 
hour.  The  men  received  no  satisfaction  nor  even  attention 
from  Governor  Harding,  and  on  February  24  they  walked 
out.  Hospital  employees  and  workers  at  military  posts 
were  exempted  from  the  strike  order,  but  some  15,000  to 
17,000  silver  employees  threw  down  tools. 

The  Governor's  reply  was  an  order  that  all  silver  em- 
ployees who  were  not  back  at  work  by  February  26  would 
be  considered  as  having  resigned,  and  would  "be  deprived  of 
canal  quarters  after  that  date.  Rents  will  be  reimbursed 
corresponding  to  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  month." 

The  "fourteen  points"  of  the  workers  were  made  known 
on  the  same  day.  The  most  important  of  these  called  for 
an  increase  in  pay  of  7  cents  an  hour;  equal  pay  for  men 
and  women  doing  the  same  kind  of  work;  an  eight-hour 
day;  time  and  a  half  for  overtime;  five  days'  notice  on 
leaving  work,  or  of  discharge;  no  discharges  "on  account 
of  reduction  of  force,"  with  replacement  by  other  workers. 
The  Governor  answered  that  he  would  not  enter  into  any 
agreement,  written  or  otherwise,  with  a  committee  of  em- 
ployees concerning  rates  of  pay  or  conditions  of  employment. 
"These  matters  can  be  fixed  only  by  administrative  order, 
subject  to  change  by  the  same  authority."  He  said,  how- 
ever, that  adjustments  of  wages  to  living  costs  would  be 
made,  "in  accordance  with  the  policy  adopted,"  four  times 
during  the  year. 

Evictions  of  the  strikers  began  promptly  on  schedule 
time,  but  certain  landlords  in  San  Miguel  and  elsewhere 
decided  to  rent  vacant  houses  and  rooms  only  to  dispossessed 
silver  employees,  and  to  collect  no  rents  until  the  strike 
was  settled.  The  gold  employees  of  the  canal — the  whites 
— showed  little  sympathy  with  the  efforts  of  the  silver  work- 
ers to  obtain  a  living  wage,  however,  as  is  illustrated  by 
the  following  statement  from  the  Panama  Star  and 
Herald: 


The  night  service  of  the  canal  telephone  department  was  not 
interfered  with  in  the  least  by  the  failure  of  the  silver  opera- 
tives to  report  for  duty.  The  shifts  were  so  arranged  by  the 
officials  of  the  department  to  work  the  girls  twenty-four  hours 
a  day  instead  of  under  the  old  day  and  night  shifts.  The  girls 
who  volunteered  for  the  work  found  it  quite  a  novelty  and  no 
complaints  have  been  made  by  them. 

The  Hon.  A.  Percy  Bennett,  the  British  Minister,  offered 
to  mediate.  The  strikers  still  remained  out  practically  in 
a  body;  but  R.  J.  Alvaro  and  E.  Hazera,  two  officials  of 
the  Republic  of  Panama,  made  it  known  that  the  republic 
wanted  nothing  to  do  with  the  evicted  strikers  on  the 
ground  that  they  might  become  public  charges.  When  the 
strikers  endeavored  to  go  from  the  Canal  Zone  into  Panama, 
their  goods  were  held  at  the  border  for  payment  of  duty. 
The  canal  government  then  offered  them  transportation  to 
Los  Cascades  camp  until  repatriation  to  Jamaica  or  else- 
where could  be  arranged  for  them.  The  strikers  were  even 
allowed  to  leave  their  goods  in  the  zone,  provided  they 
marked  them  plainly.  As  a  result  of  the  British  Minister's 
well-meaning  attempts  in  behalf  of  the  King's  Jamaican 
subjects,  Governor  Harding  relented  sufficiently  to  say  that 
the  silver  roll  workers  might  go  back  to  work  on  the  old 
terms,  if  they  went  at  once.  The  Panama  Star's  issue  of 
March  1  asserted  that  98  per  cent  of  the  strikers  actually 
preferred  repatriation  to  returning  to  work  at  the  old  wage 
rate.  Meanwhile,  the  gold  employees  waited  on  Governor 
Harding  to  urge  that  "many  jobs  formerly  filled  by  aliens' 
.     .     .     should  belong  to  American  citizens." 

The  strike  theoretically  ended  at  midnight,  March '  3, 
although  most  of  the  men  were  still  out.  William  P.  Stoute, 
the  leader  of  the  strikers,  asked  naturalization  in  Panama, 
but  the  Sub-Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs — the  same  Mr. 
Hazera  who  had  aided  in  breaking  the  strike  by  his  efforts 
to  keep  the  evicted  families  out  of  Panama — advised  against 
it.  The  strikers  were  not  only  beaten  but  disillusioned,  for 
they  had  confidently  counted  on  help  from  their  union  in 
the  United  States,  to  which,  they  said,  they  had  sent  $100,- 
000  gold ;  but  their  appeals  for  assistance  were  unanswered. 

The  following  official  statements  by  the  Governor  illus- 
trate the  advantages  of  a  military  administration  in  pre- 
venting labor  disorders: 
To  Employees  on  the  Silver  Roll. 

(1)  I  am  informed  that  a  strike  of  certain  of  our  silver 
employees  belonging  to  the  U.  B.  of  M.  W.  E.  and  R.  S.  L.  has 
been  decided  upon  by  officers  of  that  organization  in  the  United 
States  in  conjunction  with  a  strike  of  certain  railroad  employees 
which  may  possibly  occur  in  the  United  States. 

(2)  I  feel  that  I  would  be  neglecting  my  plain  duty  to  the 
men  employed  under  my  direction,  in  whose  welfare  I  have  a 
real  interest,  if  I  failed  to  counsel  them  to  think  over  carefully 
before  deciding  to  quit  the  service  by  striking. 

(3)  The  wages  of  silver  roll  employees  have  always  been 
based  in  a  general  way  on  the  wages  paid  in  the  islands  and 
countries  near  the  Canal  Zone.  It  has  been  the  constant  en- 
deavor of  the  canal  government  to  maintain  for  its  employees 
a  decent  standard  of  living,  with  care  for  their  housing,  sani- 
tary surroundings,  and  care  in  time  of  sickness. 

(4)  Wages  have  been  increased  from  time  to  time  to  main- 
tain the  standard  of  decency  and  comfort,  the  latest  adjustment 
having  been  made  this  month.  With  these  adjustments,  taking 
as  a  basis  the  actual  increases  in  the  prices  of  standard  articles 
used,  our  employees  will  be  able  to  live  at  the  standard  to 
which  they  have  been  accustomed,  which  is  believed  to  be  higher 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


139 


than  the  standard  for  any  community  of  the  same  class  of  labor 
elsewhere. 

Remember  what  the  facts  are,  and  do  not  let  them  be  distorted 
by  false  advisers  who  have  no  interest  in  you  except  to  receive 
your  contributions  of  money. 

(5)  There  is  no  logical  connection  between  the  railroad  em- 
ployees in  the  United  States  and  the  silver  employees  on  the 
isthmus.  Their  class  of  work  is  wholly  dissimilar;  local  con- 
ditions there  and  here  are  in  no  way  comparable;  and  it  must 
be  apparent  to  our  silver  men  that  it  is  unreasonable  to  call  a 
strike  here  because  of  the  troubles  of  railroad  employees  in  the 
United  States.  There  is  no  wisdom  but  much  folly  in  such  a 
proposition.  I  understand  that  you  have  paid  your  money  to  the 
organization  in  the  United  States.  Will  that  organization 
finance  a  strike  here?  Will  you  share  in  the  benefits  they  gain 
for  themselves? 

(6)  Each  man  must  make  his  own  choice,  without  compulsion 
on  the  part  of  this  Administration.  If  a  strike  occurs,  those 
who  remain  at  work  will  receive  cards  daily  entitling  them  to 
all  the  privileges  accorded  them  regularly  as  employees.  Those 
who  do  not  report  for  work  will  receive  the  usual  clearance  slip 
showing  that  they  voluntarily  quit,  and  their  places  will  be 
filled  as  soon  as  practicable  by  men  who  appreciate  the  advan- 
tages of  being  in  the  service  of  the  Panama  Canal  and  Panama 
Railroad  Company. 

Chester  Harding,  Governor. 
Balboa  Heights,  C.  Z.,  February  1U,  1920 

The  Panama  Canal, 
Executive  Department, 
Balboa  Heights,  C.  Z.,  March  1,  1920. 

All  concerned:  In  order  to  avoid  misunderstanding  and  con- 
fusion regarding  the  status  of  silver  employees  who  are  being 
reemployed  the  following  instructions  should  be  borne  in  mind: 

Men  who  reported  for  duty  on  or  before  the  usual  hour  for 
reporting  for  work  after  noon  of  February  27  and  who  have 
not  been  absent  without  proper  excuse  since  then  will  not  suffer 
any  change  in  status  and  will  receive  the  increase  authorized 
to  be  effective  February  1. 

Those  who  have  been  or  may  be  reemployed  after  the  hour 
above  specified  will  be  reemployed  strictly  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  contained  in  Circulars  666-12  and  666-13.  Their  em- 
ployment in  February  up  to  the  time  they  voluntarily  quit  will 
be  at  the  rates  authorized  including  the  February  1  increase, 
and  their  reemployment  will  be  at  a  lower  rate  than  the  rate 
so  received. 

Clearances  should  be  issued  to  the  men  who  went  on  strike 
showing  termination  of  service  as  "voluntarily  quit,"  and  con- 
duct and  workmanship  ratings  should  take  into  account  their 
record  up  to  the  time  of  quitting  only.  In  other  words,  ignore 
the  motive  for  quitting  and  rate  each  individual  on  his  merits. 

Men  will  be  reemployed  to  the  extent  necessary  to  fill  the 
positions  not  filled  during  the  continuance  of  the  strike,  and 
discretion  as  to  the  men  who  will  be  refused  employment  is 
vested  in  the  general  foremen  and  officials  of  similar  grade. 
These  officials  will  decide  whether  the  action  of  foremen  or 
others  under  their  supervision,  in  reemploying  or  deelining  to 
reemploy  men  who  were  on  strike,  is  proper.  It  is  desired  that 
a  spirit  of  tolerance  be  shown  toward  the  men  selected  for 
reemployment,  as  they  have  been  the  victims  of  false  advice  and 
irresponsible  leadership. 

Chester  Harding,  Governor. 

The  Panama  Canal  Executive  Office, 
Balboa  Heights,  C.  Z.,  March  8,  1920. 
All  concerned:  I  wish  to  express  my  heartfelt  appreciation 
of  the  spirit  of  loyalty  and  patriotism  exhibited  by  American 
citizens  and  others  on  the  isthmus  in  their  successful  efforts  to 
continue  the  essential  functions  of  the  canal  and  railroad  during 
the  recent  strike  of  silver  employees.  The  gratifying  feature 
of  this  action  rests  not  only  in  the  defeat  of  the  attempt  of  a 
large  majority  of  the  silver  employees  to  impede  the  operation 


of  the  canal  and  railroad  as  a  means  to  force  compliance  with 
the  demands  of  irresponsible  leaders,  but  also,  and  in  large 
measure,  on  the  spirit  of  pride  and  patriotism  splendidly  mani- 
fested in  the  determination  to  vindicate  American  efficiency 
and  to  uphold  the  spirit  of  Americanism  in  this  great  enterprise, 
through  which  the  government  of  the  United  States  serves  the 
whole  world. 

The  "esprit  de  corps"  of  the  canal  organization  has  been 
often  manifested  in  the  past,  and  it  is  gratifying  to  know  that 
it  continues  to  exist  as  an  active  and  dependable  force  for  the 
good  of  the  canal. 

Chester  Harding, 
Governor,  The  Panama  Canal. 
President,  Panama  Railroad  Company. 

In  Governor  Harding's  recent  report  on  canal  operations, 
the  following  interesting  passages  occur: 

As  a  result  of  my  refusal  to  grant  the  demands  of  the  organ- 
ized silver  laborers  for  an  increase  in  pay  of  7  cents  an  hour 
and  certain  other  conditions  of  employment,  there  was  an 
organized  strike  of  approximately  15,000  of  17,000  laborers  on 
February  23.  An  investigation  of  the  cost  of  living  of  these 
laborers  and  their  rates  of  pay  resulted  in  granting  them  an 
increase  of  2  cents  an  hour,  or  $5  a  month  to  monthly  employees, 
effective  February  1.  This  increase  was  granted  after  it  had 
been  determined  that  the  increase  in  cost  of  the  essentials  of 
food  and  clothing  had  over-reached  increases  in  pay.  No  further 
increases  were  justified. 

Realizing  that  the  mass  of  these  men  had  been  misled  and 
misinformed,  I  announced  that  all  who  were  not  back  at  work 
on  February  26  would  be  considered  as  having  voluntarily  left 
the  service  without  due  notice.  Rules  of  long  standing  provide 
that  in  such  cases  reemployment  may  be  only  at  a  lower  rate  of 
pay  than  that  received  at  the  time  of  quitting.  Meanwhile  steps 
were  taken  to  clear  the  canal  quarters  of  persons  not  employed, 
and  to  fill  the  places  of  the  men  who  had  quit  work.  On 
March  2,  the  strike  leaders  officially  advised  the  men  to  return 
to  work;  and  a  few  days  later  the  force  was  at  its  normal 
strength. 

Except  for  about  2,000  West  Indians  and  native  laborers  who 
remained  loyal  to  the  work,  the  strike  of  silver  roll  employees 
was  complete.  Thanks  to  the  readiness  of  the  American  em- 
ployees to  turn  to  whatever  work  was  given  them  to  do,  it  was 
possible  to  keep  the  canal  in  operation,  to  feed  and  provide  the 
force  with  water  and  light. 


The  Taboga  Island  Incident 

THE  Taboga  Island  controversy  in  which  the  United 
States  and  Panama  have  become  involved  is  a  matter 
to  which  three  articles  of  the  Canal  Treaty  appear  to  be 
applicable.  The  first  of  these,  Article  II,  relates  in  part  to 
the  acquisition  of  the  Canal  Zone  itself,  and  then  continues : 

The  Republic  of  Panama  further  grants  to  the  United  States 
in  perpetuity  the  use,  occupation,  and  control  of  any  other 
lands  and  waters  outside  of  the  zone  above  described  which 
may  be  necessary  and  convenient  for  the  construction,  main- 
tenance, operation,  sanitation,  and  protection  of  the  said  canal 
or  any  auxiliary  canals  or  any  other  works  necessary  and  con- 
venient for  the  construction,  maintenance,  operation,  sanitation, 
and  protection  of  said  enterprise.  The  Republic  of  Panama 
further  grants  in  like  manner  to  the  United  States  in  per- 
petuity all  islands  within  the  limits  of  the  zone  above  described, 
and  in  addition  thereto  the  group  of  small  islands  in  the  Bay  of 
Panama,  named  Perico,  Naos,  Culebra,  and  Flamenco. 

The  language  of  this  article  is  rather  vague,  but  does  not 
by  any  means,  according  to  the  contention  of  Panama,  give 
the  United  States  blanket  authority  to  seize  any  part  of  the 
Republic  of  Panama.    Rather,  it  is  held,  the  article  grants 


140 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


the  right  of  eminent  domain,  and  the  United  States  is  obli- 
gated to  prove  to  the  satisfaction  of  Panama  that  its  de- 
mands are  "necessary  and  convenient"  for  the  utilization 
of  the  canal.  A  further  qualification  appears  in  Article 
XXV. 

For  the  better  performance  of  the  engagements  of  this  con- 
vention and  to  the  end  of  the  efficient  protection  of  the  canal 
and  the  preservation  of  its  neutrality,  the  government  of  the 
Republic  of  Panama  will  sell  or  lease  to  the  United  States  lands 
adequate  and  necessary  for  naval  or  coaling  stations  on  the 
Pacific  Coast  and  on  the  Caribbean  coast  of  the  Republic,  at 
certain  points  to  be  agreed  upon  with  the  President  of  the 
United  States. 

This  provision,  it  is  held,  is  inconsistent  with  any  theory 
of  blanket  authority  on  the  part  of  the  United  States,  since 
it  specifies,  as  does  the  clause  in  Article  II  referring  to  the 
small  islands  in  the  Bay  of  Panama,  certain  matters  which 
would  not  need  to  be  specified  if  the  quoted  part  of  that 
article  were  as  inclusive  as  it  appears  apart  from  the 
context. 

Moreover,  Panama  asserts  that  the  United  States  has 
not  complied  with  Article  XVIII  of  the  treaty,  and  that 
the  American  public  is  not  informed  as  to  the  nature  of 
this  article.    It  reads: 

The  canal  when  constructed  and  the  entrances  thereto  shall 
be  neutral  in  perpetuity  and  shall  be  opened  upon  the  terms 
provided  for  by  Section  1  of  Article  III  of,  and  in  conformity 
with  all  the  stipulations  of,  the  treaty  entered  into  by  the  gov- 
ernments of  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  on  November 
18,  1901. 

The  Taboga  question  arose  abruptly,  just  after  the  end 
of  the  war,  when  the  War  Department  announced  its  inten- 
tion to  occupy  the  island  within  five  days.  This  brought 
the  following  communication  (as  translated  from  the 
Spanish  text)  to  the  State  Department  on  behalf  of  the 
Republic  of  Panama,  dated  November  21,  1918: 

.  I  received  on  the  18th  of  this  month  a  cablegram 
from  the  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  my  country  informing 
me  that  the  Governor  of  the  canal  had  sent  a  communication  to 
the  President  of  the  Republic  on  Saturday,  the  16th  of  the 
same  month,  notifying  him  that  the  American  government 
would  occupy  next  Monday,  the  18th  instant,  almost  all  the 
picturesque  and  healthful  island  of  Taboga,  which  serves  as  a 
sanitarium  and  health  resort  for  the  residents  of  the  capital 
and  surrounding  territory  and  is  also  the  center  of  the  pine- 
apple industry,  giving  a  product  unrivalled  in  the  world.  In 
Taboga,  moreover,  is  an  agricultural  population  which  has 
most  of  the  island  under  cultivation  and  sustains  itself  in  com- 
fort, furnishing  an  example  worthy  of  imitation,  for  if  the  rest 
of  the  territory  of  the  republic  were  in  the  present  condition 
of  Taboga  our  country,  in  proportion  to  its  size,  would  be  one 
of  the  richest  and  most  productive  agricultural  countries  in 
the  world. 

The  reason  adduced  by  the  Governor  of  the  canal  is  that  such 
occupation  is  necessary  or  convenient  for  the  defense  of  the 
canal.  In  the  same  communication  the  President  was  informed 
that  only  the  part  of  the  island  comprising  the  town  of  Taboga 
would  remain  unoccupied.  This  news  produced  natural  alarm 
and  anxiety  in  the  Republic  of  Panama  for  which  the  island 
has  great  value,  not  only  material  but  sentimental,  and  for  many 
other  considerations  that  would  be  too  numerous  to  mention  here 
and  which  Your  Excellency  knows. 

The  communication  of  the  Governor  of  the  canal  being  pre- 
sented to  the  cabinet  by  the  President  of  Panama,  it  was  decided 
to  give  instructions  to  this  legation  to  ask  Your  Excellency,  as 
I  most  earnestly  do  now,  to  obtain  the  postponement  of  said 
occupation  until  I  receive  a  communication  now  being  prepared 


by  the  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  my  country,  because  that 
occupation  in  the  form  proposed  by  the  Governor  of  the  canal  to 
the  President  of  Panama  is  unnecessarily  prejudicial  to  the 
vital  interests  of  the  Republic  of  Panama,  and  also  because  in 
that  note  my  government  proposes  to  Your  Excellency's  govern- 
ment a  solution  satisfactory  to  the  inhabitants  of  Panama  and 
of  the  United  States. 

After  my  conference  with  Your  Excellency  on  the  19th  of 
this  month  on  the  grave  incident  with  which  I  am  dealing,  I 
received  another  cablegram  in  which  the  President  of  Panama 
advised  me  that  the  Governor  of  the  canal  had  communicated 
to  him  yesterday,  the  20th,  that  he  was  acting  under  instruc- 
tions of  the  War  Department,  and  that  he  could  not  therefore 
postpone  of  his  own  accord  the  occupation  of  the  island  of 
Taboga.  I  was  also  urged  to  call  once  more  Your  Excellency's 
attention  to  the  serious  situation  in  which  the  people  of  Taboga 
and  La  Restinga  would  be  placed  if  the  occupation  of  the  lands 
referred  to  should  be  carried  out  in  such  a  way  as  to  leave  the 
inhabitants  less  than  one-fifth  the  area  of  the  island,  which  is 
small  but  densely  populated.  Such  an  area  would  be  insufficient 
for  the  people  of  Taboga  to  raise  crops  for  subsistence,  and 
they  would  be  obliged  to  emigrate,  losing  their  homes,  municipal 
buildings,  and  parochial  buildings — equivalent  to  their  ruin. 
The  two  villages  of  the  island  were  founded  in  colonial  times 
and  are  closely  linked  with  the  history  of  the  isthmus  through 
memories  and  traditions,  among  which  I  shall  recall  only  that 
the  island  is  the  birthplace  of  Santa  Rose  de  Lima,  the  patron 
saint  of  Latin-America  and  the  only  American  woman  ever 
canonized  by  the  Catholic  Church— a  sentimental  incident  to 
which  I  refer  because  I  consider  it  timely  at  this  solemn  moment 
when  the  President  of  the  United  States  is  the  mouthpiece  and' 
apostle  of  the  highest  principles  of  self-determination  of  na- 
tionality, and  when  humanity  is  being  moved  by  ideals  which  are' 
evoked  to  make  a  better  world  than  the  one  which  brought  the 
terrible  catastrophe  now  ending.  It  is  timely  that  I  should  refer 
to  this  historical  tradition  of  a  small  nation,  worthy,  however, 
under  every  concept,  of  consideration  for  its  domestic  virtues 
and  its  industry,  shown  through  many  generations,  particularly 
now  that  it  is  planned  to  submit  it  to  so  harsh  and  unnecessary 
an  ordeal. 

My  government  recommends  me  to  obtain,  through  Your  Ex- 
cellency, the  postponement  of  the  occupation  of  Taboga  pending 
a  satisfactory  agreement  as  to  equitable  compensation;  or  until 
there  is  established  the  clear  preferability  of  the  islands  of  Uraba 
or  Taboguilla,  the  latter  immediately  in  front  of  Taboga,  with 
beaches  and  good  water,  and  both  without  any  population  of 
importance;  or  of  the  Cerro  de  Chame.  All  three  positions  are 
very  advantageous  for  the  defense  of  the  canal.  The  war  being 
practically  at  an  end,  it  does  not  seem  to  me  that  the  matter 
justifies  such  haste  as  to  require  the  elimination  of  the  regular 
channels  of  the  Department  of  State  and  of  the  American  lega- 
tion in  Panama.     .     .     . 

A  cablegram  from  the  Panaman  Foreign  Office  received 
at  about  this  time  by  the  legation  at  Washington  read: 

Inspector  of  land  wants  to  compel  the  inhabitants  of  Taboga 
to  sign  s(Jme  forms  of  sale  of  properties.  The  inhabitants  are 
profoundly  worried.  The  occupation  of  four-fifths  of  the  island 
would  ruin  Taboga  and  La  Restinga.  Of  the  fifth  that  remains, 
20  hectares  belong  to  the  Pacific  Steamship  Company  and  12 
are  occupied  by  the  townships. 

On  November  24,  1918,  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  island 
signed  a  memorial  which  they  presented  to  the  President 
of  Panama,  in  which  they  said  that  the  land  inspector  had 
threatened  forcible  seizure  of  the  land,  without  payment, 
unless  they  filled  the  forms  he  had  left.  They  urged  the 
President  to  seek  some  means  whereby  they  might  retain 
their  properties.  For  the  time  being  expropriation  was  not 
put  into  effect  and  on  January  19,  1920,  Secretary  Lansing 
wrote  to  the  Panaman  Minister  as  follows : 


July  31, 1920] 


The  Nation 


141 


With  reference  to  previous  correspondence  between  yourself 
and  the  department  relative  to  the  acquisition  of  a  part  of 
Taboga  Island,  Republic  of  Panama,  by  the  United  States  for 
fortification  purposes,  I  desire  to  make  known  to  you,  at  the 
request  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  that  it  will  be  necessary  for 
the  safety  and  protection  of  the  canal  for  the  United  States  to 
acquire  a  part  of  the  island  in  the  near  future  to  place  forti- 
fications thereon. 

In  order,  however,  to  allay  as  much  as  possible  any  anxiety 
on  the  part  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  island  whose  land  must 
be  appropriated  I  desire  to  assure  you  that  no  step  will  be 
taken  in  the  expropriation  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  island  with- 
out every  consideration  possible  for  their  interest  and  conven- 
ience. In  view  of  the  improbability  of  initiating  the  construc- 
tion of  defensive  works  on  a  large  scale  on  Taboga  Island  in 
the  year  1920  the  United  States  Government  is  anxious  to 
adopt  a  liberal  policy  in  regard  to  the  removal  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  that  portion  of  the  island  transferred  to  its  jurisdiction. 

Robert  Lansing 

Nevertheless,  while  negotiations  were  under  way  at  Wash- 
ington, a  War  Department  representative — so  the  Panaman 
Government  asserts — appeared  before  the  Alcalde  of 
Taboga,  announced  the  impending  seizure  and  declared  that 
he  had  come  to  make  preliminary  arrangements  for  expro- 
priation. Vigorous  protests  were  made  to  the  Department 
of  State,  but  probably  the  people  of  the  United  States  would 
never  have  learned  of  the  matter  except  through  the  demon- 
stration which  took  place  when  General  Pershing  visited 
Panama — a  demonstration  directed  not  against  the  General, 
but  against  what  was  considered  unwarranted  action  by 
this  country.  It  succeeded  in  bringing  the  matter  into  the 
realm  of  discussion,  not  only  in  the  United  States,  but  even 
in  Great  Britain,  where  the  question  of  Taboga  was  recently 
brought  up  in  the  House  of  Commons. 

The  present  attitude  of  Panama  is  set  forth  in  the  fol- 
lowing communication  addressed  by  the  Panaman  Legation 
to  the  Department  of  State  on  May  7.  The  translation  is 
made  from  the  Spanish  text. 

As  a  supplement  to  my  note  D-No.  208,  of  April  30  last,  in 
regard  to  the  project  of  occupying  part  of  Taboga  Island  in 
order  to  erect  fortifications  for  the  better  defense  of  the  Panama 
Canal,  I  have  the  honor  of  submitting  to  Your  Excellency  that 
the  concrete  desires  of  my  government  in  this  delicate  matter 
are  the  following: 

1.  Reduction  to  a  minimum  of  the  area  which  it  may  be 
necessary  to  occupy,  as  was  mentioned  in  my  official  note  of 
April  30.  My  government  estimates  that  250  hectares  will  be 
sufficient  for  the  purpose;  otherwise  the  people  of  Taboga  will 
be  compelled  to  emigrate  and  abandon  their  homes. 

2.  The  expropriation  of  these  lands  should  be  effected  only 
to  the  extent  that  may  be  necessary  for  the  execution  of  this 
project,  and  this  should  be  brought  about,  with  the  intervention 
of  the  Panaman  government,  through  the  medium  of  the  mixed 
commissions  which  established  the  canal  treaty. 

3.  The  people  of  Taboga  should  not  be  deprived  of  the  ele- 
ments indispensable  for  their  subsistence  and  their  hygiene,  as 
it  has  been  proposed  to  deprive  them  of  their  drinking  water 
and  the  graveyard. 

Permit  me  very  respectfully  to  call  Your  Excellency's  atten- 
tion to  the  fact  that  the  military  authorities  can  solve  the 
question  of  the  water  supply  by  artesian  wells,  for  which  they 
have  machinery,  without  great  expense  to  the  government.  To 
deprive  the  people  of  Taboga  of  water  would  cause  them  much 
hardship. 

The  Department  of  State  on  May  19  sent  the  following 
note  in  reply: 

I   have  the  pleasure  of   acknowledging  the  receipt  of  your 


communications  of  April  30  and  May  7,  relative  to  the  acquisi- 
tion of  land  required  for  defensive  purposes  on  Taboga  Island. 
In  reply  I  have  the  pleasure  of  informing  you  that  the  sev- 
eral points  to  which  you  allude  in  these  two  communications 
are  receiving  the  department's  serious  consideration,  in  view 
of  the  desire  of  this  government  to  conciliate  the  best  interests 
of  the  residents  of  Taboga  Island  with  the  strategic  require- 
ments of  the  Canal  Zone. 

For  the  Secretary  of  State, 

Frank  L.  Polk 

The  Petrograd  Unions  to  the  British 
Proletariat 

IN  connection  with  the  recent  report  of  the  British  Labor 
Delegation  to  Russia,  published  in  the  issue  of  July  10 
of  the  International  Relations  Section,  the  following  com- 
bined appeal  of  the  Petrograd  Soviet  of  Trade  Unions  and 
of  the  Petrograd  Factory  Committee,  translated  from  the 
Krasnaya  Gazetta  of  May  14,  is  of  interest. 

Having  heard  the  speeches  of  the  representatives  of  the 
British  Trade  Unions  and  of  Comrades  Lozovsky,  Tsyperovich, 
Ben  Turner,  and  Allen,  the  general  meeting  resolved  to  ask  the 
delegation  of  British  Trade  Unions  to  bring  to  the  attention  of 
all  proletarians  of  Great  Britain  the  following  facts: 

Surrounded  by  enemies  on  all  sides  Soviet  Russia  struggles, 
sending  her  best  sons  to  the  front.  Her  revolutionary  energy 
and  creative  ability  cannot  be  applied  because  of  the  constant 
dangers  threatening  the  Russian  proletariat.  Transportation  is 
disorganized,  factories  and  mills  are  unable  to  work  at  their 
full  rate,  all  this  because  of  the  aims  of  the  ruling  classes  of 
Europe  and  America. 

We,  the  workmen  of  the  city  of  Petrograd,  who  have  given 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  our  brothers  to  all  the  fronts  of  Soviet 
Russia,  who  have  been  subjected  these  two  and  a  half  years  to 
unbelievable  tortures  of  hunger,  who  have  many  times  driven 
off  attacks  from  the  side  of  the  Russian  counter-revolution,  we 
appeal  to  you,  English  workmen! 

We  ask  you  how  long  will  you  continue  to  be  patient,  allow- 
ing the  blood  of  Russian  workmen  to  be  shed  in  the  name  of 
England,  and  therefore  in  your  name?  How  long,  before  you 
put  the  bridle  on  your  rampant  imperialists? 

What  tribute  of  sacrifice  must  the  Russian  proletariat  still 
give;  for  how  many  weeks,  months,  and  years  must  our  children 
die  of  hunger,  so  that  the  bankers  and  financial  vultures  of 
Paris,  London,  and  New  York  may  fill  their  pockets,  while  the 
workmen  of  these  countries  could  have  long  ago,  by  a  single 
friendly  effort,  lifted  the  burden  of  suffering  that  the  Russian 
proletariat  has  had  to  endure? 

How  much  more  time  do  you  need  to  understand  that  the 
destruction  of  the  Russian  revolution  is  also  your  destruction, 
that  our  defeat  is  also  your  defeat? 

When  will  you,  tens  of  millions  of  British  proletarians,  cease 
to  believe  the  false  reports  about  us  in  the  corrupt  bourgeois 
press,  and  have  done  with  the  exploiters  of  your  land  and  their 
hired  scribes? 

The  Petrograd  proletariat  asks  you  to  give  answer  to  these 
questions.  Standing  at  the  advance  posts  of  world  revolution, 
it  has  the  right  to  demand  an  answer.  In  sending  to  you  revo- 
lutionary fraternal  greetings,  the  Petrograd  workmen  hope  that 
their  English  brothers  of  the  toiling  classes  will  abandon  the 
traditions  of  peaceful  struggle,  and  sweep  away  their  exploiter- 
imperialists  by  an  iron  revolutionary  will.  This  is  the  help 
which  the  Russian  proletariat  is  asking  of  you.  Your  revolu- 
tionary effort  will  bring  aid  to  the  Russian  proletariat,  but  first 
and  above  all  to  the  toiling  masses  of  England  itself. 

Long  live  the  international  struggle  against  imperialism! 

Long  live  the  British  Soviet  Republic! 

Long  live  the  International  Soviet  of  Workmen's  Delegates! 


142 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2874 


ALICE  KAUSER 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 
ESTABLISHED        ISffI 

1402  BROADWAY         Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.    GIFFEN,    Associate    Manager 


NEW  YORK 


Story  Writing  Properly  Taught 

Expert  instruction  in  Short-story  Writing  will  be  given  by 
the  staff  of  Pearson's  Magazine,  under  the  personal  super- 
vision of  Frank  Harris.  Persons  whose  experience  with  other 
"courses"  has  been  unsatisfactory,  will  find  here  a  service  of 
superior  worth.  Careful  criticism  and  revision  of  single 
manuscripts  also  made  by  professional  writers.  Fees  for 
either  service  moderate.     For  information  address, 

PEARSON'S  LITERARY  SERVICE,  57  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York 


Just  Published 

No.  68.     Illustrated  Catalogue  of 

Rare  Books  in  Beautiful  Old  Bindings 

The  DR.  R.  T.  JUPP  COLLECTION  of 

MSS.,  AUTOGRAPHS,  BOOKS,  etc.,  etc.,  by  or  relating  to 

CHARLES  DICKENS 

The  Collection  ef  Relics  of  the  Original  Dora  of  DAVID  COPPERFIELD 

BOOKS  ON  THE  FINE  ARTS,  SPORT 

and  an  extensive  collection  of  BOOKS  ON  SHORTHAND 

Fine  Setj  of  First  Editions  of  CHARLES  LEVER,  GEORGE  MEREDITH 
and  CAPTAIN  MARRYAT,  GOULDS  BIRDS  of  AUSTRALIA,  etc. 

Post  free  from 

HENRY   SOTHERAN   &    CO. 

Booksellers  to  the  King 

43,   Piccadilly,  W.    1, 

or,  140  Strand,  W.  C.  2. 
Cable  Address;  Bookmen,  Landon  London,   England. 


Hugo's  Masterpiece,  25c. 


In    "The    Last    Days    of    a    Condemned    Man,"    Victor    Hugo    takes    you 
inside    the    cell    of    a    condemned    man    and    depicts    for    you    his    inmost 
thoughts.      A   most   smashing   indictment   of   capital    punishment. 
APPEAL  TO  REASON,  GIRARD,   KANSAS. 


A  Cooperative 
Print  Shop 

offers  the  best  assurance  that  work 
will  have  prompt,  intelligent  han- 
dling, and  that  costs  will  be  lower 
than  in  other  shops  giving  an  equal 
service  and  equal  quality. 

The  Nation  Press  is  a  complete  co- 
operative democracy  where  each 
worker,  from  the  skilled  journeyman 
to  the  messenger  boy,  is  interested 
in  pleasing  the  customer. 

THE  NATION  PRESS,  Inc. 

Telephone   9092   Barclay 

20  VESEY  STREET  NEW  YORK 


NEWS  FROM  NOWHERE  \J  ™^™  2SSS 

Utopia  ever  written,  picturing  a  society  in  which  everybody  does 
pleasant  work,  and  profiteers  and  politicians  are  extinct.  New  edition, 
cloth,  $1.25  by  mail  or  at  bookstores.  Catalog  free.  Charles  H.  Kerr 
&  Company,  347  East  Ohio  Street,  Chicago. 


TYfE  have  just  compiled  a  booklet  containing  the 
latest  information  and  statistics  about  the 

SAAR  VALLEY 

its  wealth,  resources  and  industries.      Of  valuable 
interest  to  investors      Free  on  request. 


We  own  and  offer  for  spot  delivery,  4  <£  Bonds  of  the 
City  of  Saarbruecken.  4  <=£  Community  Bonds  of  the 
Mortgage  Bank,  Saarbruecken. 

VON    POLENZ    &    CO.,    Inc. 

60  Broadway  New  York 

Telephone  Bowling  Green  4320 

Boston  Philadelphia  Milwaukee 

Cincinnati  Chicago  Denver 

Berlin 


INDEX  for 

VOLUME  110 

(January—June  1920) 

has  been  delayed,  but  it  will 
be  ready  for  distribution  in  a 
few  weeks. 

One  copy  will  be  sent  to  each 
library  on  our  subscription 
list,  but  to  other  subscribers 
only  upon  request. 

If  you  want  this  index  let  us 
know  at  once. 

SUBSCRIPTION  DEPARTMENT 

The  Nation 

20  Vesey  St.         New  York,  N.  Y. 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.    CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  AUGUST  7,  1920 


No.  2875 


Contents 


EDITORIAL     PARAGRAPHS 143 

EDITORIALS : 

No   More   Race   Discrimination 146 

America   and   the   Polish   Question 147 

The  Times,  Associated  Press,  and  New  York  Times 148 

The    Spy     •  •  •  ■  •  149 

SOVIET  RUSSIA— 1920.     By   Bertrand  Russell 152 

STARKWEATHER  WRITES  A  HAPPY  ENDING.     By  James  Rorty 154 

WILLIAM  MARION  REEDY.     By  Zoe  Akins 155 

THE   FARMER-LABOR   PARTY.     By  Robert  M.   Buck 156 

WOMEN'S  INTERNATIONALISM.     By  Marie  Tudor  Garland 157 

IN     THE    DRIFTWAY 153 

CORRESPONDENCE     158 

HUMORESQUE.     By  Ernest  H.    Hunt 153 

BOOKS: 

With  the  Wits.     By  Augustine  Birrell 150 

A  Study  in  Propaganda.     By   Preserved   Smith 160 

Satires  and   Sketches.     By   Ludwig  Lewisohn 160 

Books    in    Brief 161 

Notes    and    News 163 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION 165 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 
Associate  Editors 
WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 
ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


WHAT  is  the  great  issue  between  the  major  political 
parties  in  the  coming  Presidential  campaign?  The 
League  of  Nations,  of  course.  Dissenters  of  influence,  near- 
bolters,  pause  for  the  pronouncements  of  the  platform 
and  the  candidates  on  this  overshadowing  issue.  Newspaper 
editorial  comment  thereon,  if  laid  end  to  end,  would  reach 
to — perhaps  only  an  Einstein  can  answer.  Yet  here  is  the 
New  York  Tribune,  inherently  and  dyed-in-the-wool  Repub- 
lican, unqualified  supporter  of  the  Grand  Old  Party,  affirm- 
ing editorially  that 

the  truth  is,  disregarding  rhetorical  surplusages,  the  two  plat- 
forms are  much  alike  touching  the  League  matter.  The  Repub- 
lican platform  is  for  an  association  of  nations  within  the  limits 
of  the  Constitution,  such  as  our  associates  will  agree  to.  The 
San  Francisco  platform  is  for  a  league  within  the  limits  of  the 
Constitution,  and  with  such  reservations  as  our  allies  will  accept. 
The  difference,  as  has  been  repeatedly  noted  in  these  columns,  is 
but  microscopic. 

Issue?  Well,  then,  the  personality  of  the  candidates. 
Forgetting  those  1912  anti-Roosevelt  invectives  of  the 
Marion  Star,  Harding  is  "at  least  the  kind  of  a  man  who  will 

surround  himself  with ."   Yes,  clearly,  the  difference  in 

the  character  of  the  candidates  is  what  counts.  And  lo !  One 
turns  to  a  full-page  cartoon  by  Jay  N.  Darling — "Ding,"  be- 
loved cartoonist  of  the  Tribune  and  moulder  of  opinion  in 
not  less  than  seventy-nine  other  newspapers  throughout  the 
land — which  depicts  Harding  and  Cox  as  two  peas  in  a  pod, 
with  text  so  proclaiming  them. 


TO  the  public  at  large  the  advance  of  20  per  cent  in  pas- 
senger rates,  25  to  40  per  cent  in  freight  tariffs,  and 
50  per  cent  in  Pullman  charges,  granted  to  the  railways  by 
the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission,  will  seem  an  unneces- 
sarily large  increase,  entailing  new  and  staggering  burdens 
upon  the  already  harassed  consumer.  Without  question  the 
railways  are  entitled  to  some  increases;  the  public  will  be 
the  ultimate  loser  if  equipment  and  service  are  allowed  to 
deteriorate  to  the  point  where  the  country  can  no  longer 
move  its  crops  or  distribute  its  coal.  But  the  people  have 
not  been  put  in  possession  of  information  to  show  what  the 
needed  rate  advances  ought  to  be,  much  less  to  justify  the 
increases  just  announced.  Counting  war  taxes  and  other 
items,  passenger  travel  will  be  at  least  twice  as  expensive 
under  the  new  dispensation  as  it  was  when  America  went 
to  war  three  years  ago,  while  living  costs  have  not  risen 
that  much  in  the  same  period.  But,  although  the  public  will 
feel  the  increased  passenger  rates  most  directly,  the  greatest 
burden  will  result  from  the  swollen  freight  charges,  passed 
on  to  the  consumer  in  the  form  of  higher  prices  just  when 
there  was  a  ray  of  hope  that  the  cost  of  living,  for  the 
present  at  least,  might  have  reached  its  peak.  Of  course 
the  original  sin  lies  in  the  Esch-Cummins  law,  with  its 
virtual  guaranty  of  dividends.  The  public,  already  bitter 
at  the  profiteers,  will  see  the  prospect  of  more  secret  and  un- 
justifiable raids  on  its  pocketbook  in  the  new  railway  rates. 
Nor  will  its  temper  be  improved  by  reflecting  that  whereas 
the  railway  employees  received  only  60  per  cent  of  the  ad- 
vance they  asked  for,  the  owners  realized  their  demands 
practically  in  full. 

WHILE  a  species  of  civil  war  continues  to  be  waged  in 
Ireland — rather  one-sidedly,  it  must  be  said,  since 
the  British  troops  seem  to  have  little  stomach  for  fighting — 
talk  of  compromise  has  again  been  revived.     Sir  Horace 
Plunkett,  whose  intentions  are  of  the  best  but  who  in  reality 
has  little  political  influence  in  Ireland,  has  urged  agreement 
upon  a  Dominion  status  as  the  best  solution.    Mr.  De  Valera 
suggests    that    the    relation    which    subsists    between    the 
United  States  and  Cuba  is  a  good  example  of  the  relation 
which    might   be    established   between    Great   Britain    and 
Ireland,  but  indignantly  rejects  the  notion  of  a  Dominion 
status.     Mr.  Arthur  Griffith,  acting  head  of  Sinn  Fein  in 
Ireland  during  the  absence  of  Mr.  De  Valera,  issues  state- 
ments which  imply  a  possibility  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire- 
land getting  together,  but  only  on  the  basis  of  recognizing 
the  Irish  Republic.     On  the  other  hand  Mr.  Lloyd  George, 
who  breathes  threatenings  and   slaughter  at  one  moment 
and  walks  softly  the  next,  is  definite  upon  only  one  point, 
namely,  that  under  no  circumstances  will  the  independence 
of  Ireland  be  recognized;  while  Sir  Edward   Carson,  still 
swaggering  about  as  the  consecrated   spokesman  of  Irish 
Unionism,  points  to  the  Irish  agitation  as  a  part  of  anti- 
British  propaganda  throughout  the  world  and,  of  course, 
charges  the  Germans  with  having  a  hand  in  it.    All  this  is 
hardly  a  hopeful  outlook  for  compromise.    The  outlook  will 
not  improve  until  the  British  Government  realizes  that  it  is 


144 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


not  the  Germans,  or  the  Bolsheviki,  or  even  the  Americans, 
but  its  own  bad  conduct,  which  is  responsible  for  the  odium 
which  is  being  heaped  upon  the  name  of  Britain  in  Ireland 
and  throughout  the  world.  One  wonders  how  long  the 
British  people  will  go  on  thinking  that  the  Irish  question 
will  ever  be  settled  so  long  as  men  like  Mr.  Lloyd  George, 
Sir  Edward  Carson,  or  Sir  Hamar  Greenwood  pull  the 
strings  of  government. 

FRENCH  statesmen  have  never  relinquished  their  de- 
termination to  split  the  German  Empire.  The  attempt 
to  fan  Rhenish  resentment  of  Prussian  domination  into  an 
active  separatist  movement  having  failed,  M.  Millerand 
now  turns  his  eyes  to  Bavaria.  The  new  German  Constitu- 
tion represents  a  tendency  toward  administrative  centrali- 
zation. Bavaria  has  lost  its  separate  army  and  its  separate 
postal  system,  and  the  central  government  acquires  certain 
rights  over  taxation  which  were  formerly  vested  in  the  con- 
stituent States.  Naturally  there  are  Bavarians  who  resent 
the  change.  Now,  at  the  very  time  when  Bavaria  is  losing 
all  independence  in  foreign  policy,  M.  Millerand  announces 
that  he  will  revive  the  French  Legation  at  Munich.  There 
will,  of  course,  be  no  proper  diplomatic  business  for  a  French 
official  at  Munich;  his  task  obviously  will  be  political,  an 
attempt  to  interfere  in  the  internal  affairs  of  Germany. 
The  announcement,  however,  seems  to  have  had  an  effect 
contrary  to  what  was  intended.  It  led  to  the  announcement 
by  Dr.  Heim,  leader  of  the  Bavarian  People's  Party — the 
party  which  has  shown  most  concern  for  Bavarian  inde- 
pendence^— that  he  and  his  party  had  no  desire  to  interfere 
in  foreign  politics,  and  that  the  separation  of  Bavaria  from 
the  empire  would  be  a  calamity  to  Bavaria  and  to  all  Ger- 
many. It  is  impossible  to  avoid  the  suspicion  that  the  agita- 
tion reported  from  Salzburg  for  the  annexation  of  Tyrol  to 
Bavaria,  Tyrol  meanwhile  remaining  outside  the  German 
Empire,  is  of  French  inspiration.  And  it  is  not  unchar- 
acteristic of  the  perversity  of  present-day  French  foreign 
policy  that  it  finds  itself  most  sympathetic  with  the  German 
State  in  which  the  monarchist  movement  is  strongest. 

STREAMS  of  munitions,  generals,  colonels,  food,  supplies, 
all  pouring  into  Poland — that  is  the  picture  which  the 
papers  give  us  of  the  Polish  situation.  And  out  of  the  other 
end  of  the  funnel  crawl  five  motor-cars  bearing  the  Polish 
petitioners  for  peace  across  a  half-burnt  bridge  into  the  mist 
beyond  sight  of  the  correspondents — to  the  other  side  of  the 
Bolshevik  lines,  where  newspapermen  do  not  penetrate.  We 
wonder  whether  the  consciousness  of  the  stream  of  steel 
flowing  into  the  country  behind  them  will  stiffen  the  peti- 
tioners into  refusal  of  the  Russian  terms,  or  whether  they 
may  be  granted  the  grace  to  accept  defeat  and  bring  peace 
to  Europe.  There  are  dangerous  shallows  in  the  stream 
which  is  their  only  hope.  The  Allied  diplomats  have  money 
and  cannon  and  ammunition,  but  they  have  lost  the  essential 
power  to  win  the  hearts  of  men.  They  have  not  peisuaded 
the  workmen  of  Trieste  or  of  Danzig  to  violate  their  sense 
of  decency  by  moving  ammunition  intended  to  prolong  war 
and  kill  their  Russian  fellow-workers.  If,  at  Danzig,  the 
Allied  chiefs  have  replaced  the  striking  dockers  by  British 
soldiers,  some  at  least  of  those  soldiers  have  seen  the  same 
strange  light  and  have  been  clapped  into  jail  for  refusing  to 
betray  their  own  consciences.  The  Allies'  war  to  prolong 
war  is  no  longer  merely  a  war  against  the  Russians:  it  bids 
fair  to  become  a  war  against  the  workers  of  Europe. 


THE  French  Foreign  Office  announces  that  Emir  Feisal 
is  no  longer  King  of  Syria.  Despite  the  pledge  by 
Great  Britain  and  France  of  an  independent  Arabia  under 
his  rule,  despite  the  fact  that  he  appears  to  have  been  the 
unanimous  choice  of  his  people,  he  is  not  only  deposed  but 
by  command  of  General  Gouraud  is  ordered  into  exile.  The 
French  commander-in-chief  has  also  levied  a  fine  of  ten 
million  francs  upon  the  city  of  Damascus.  "Hun"  methods 
these,  even  in  a  declared  state  of  war,  and  fully  established 
as  such  by  public  opinion  in  France  and  in  the  United 
States  from  1914  to  1918.  What  shall  we  call  them  in  time 
of  peace  in  the  year  1920?  Whatever  they  may  be  termed 
from  the  point  of  view  of  international  morality,  politically 
they  are  folly.  The  sparks  are  already  flying  into  the  Near- 
Eastern  tinderbox.  The  French,  untaught  by  their  Polish 
fiasco,  are  now  applying  a  torch  which  may  set  all  Asia 
aflame. 

BRITISH  labor,  by  an  overwhelming  vote,  has  decided 
against  joining  the  Third  Internationale.  What  got  on 
its  nerves  was  dictation  by  an  outsider  and  the  restriction 
of  personal  liberty  in  Russia.  As  Lenin  writes  of  England, 
"even  a  small  communistic  party  is  not  existent."  The 
Workers  Socialist  Federation  is  Miss  Sylvia  Pankhurst. 
She  is  a  Communist.  The  Socialist  Labor  Party  is  J.  T. 
Murphy  and  Arthur  MacManus.  It  has  split.  The  British 
Socialist  Party  is  three-sevenths  communist,  with  Gallagher 
and  McLean  leading  the  militant  handful.  A  section  in  the  " 
Independent  Labor  Party  is  flirting  with  communism.  A . 
small  group  of  shop  stewards  are  communistic.  All  told,  the 
Communists  of  Britain  number  a  few  thousand.  They  are 
a  hardly  perceptible  influence  in  British  labor.  The  Com- 
munist creed  demands  acceptance  of  the  soviet  system  and 
the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat,  and  adhesion  to  the 
Third  Internationale.  British  trade  unionists  refuse  to 
swallow  these  assorted  doctrines,  rigid  program,  and  intel- 
lectualistic  vocabulary.  So  the  international  situation  is  left 
in  a  muddle.  Mr.  Ramsay  MacDonald  suggests  a  way  out: 
"Geneva  [the  Second  Internationale]  will  really  become  a 
consultation ;  its  character  as  a  great  authoritative  assembly 
has  gone.  All  the  important  Socialist  parties  in  Europe 
have  left.  They  will  modify  Moscow  or  they  will  form  a 
new  body.  I  doubt  if  Moscow  can  be  modified.  I  think  that 
the  Socialist  on  the  one  hand  and  the  Communist  on  the 
other  must  proceed  to  build  their  own  international  house." 
Yet  on  the  continent  at  least  Moscow  seems  to  have  far 
greater  driving  force  than  Geneva. 

THE  ordinary  consumer  looks  at  the  high  cost  of  living 
and  the  present  industrial  system  as  two  phenomena 
quite  detached  and  unrelated.  The  radical  is  likely  to  look 
upon  the  former  as  the  inevitable  result  of  the  latter.  An  at- 
tempt to  show  which  view  is  right  will  presently  be  made  on 
a  small  scale  by  the  International  Ladies  Garment  Workers' 
Union,  which  has  announced  the  completion  of  plans  for 
setting  up  factories  and  stores  for  the  cooperative  manu- 
facture and  sale  of  women's  clothing.  The  union  is  raising 
$500,000  by  tax  and  by  appropriation  to  start  the  new 
venture,  and  two  factories  will  soon  be  opened  in  New  York 
to  supply  stores  in  half  a  dozen  cities.  An  article  in  the 
New  York  Times  quotes  Mr.  Schlesinger,  president  of  the 
union,  as  urging  the  need,  for  the  workers  as  well  as  for 
the  public,  of  a  reduction  in  prices.  Present  prices  and  the 
slump  in  buying  are  resulting  in  shorter  seasons  and  un- 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


145 


employment.  "In  fact,"  said  Mr.  Schlesinger,  "our  workers 
suffer  through  this  situation  in  a  double  way ;  they  have  less 
work  and  in  addition  have  to  face  the  terrible  cost  of  living." 
This  is  the  opportunist  view  of  the  matter:  more  funda- 
mental reasons  were  put  forward  by  the  special  committee 
which  presented  to  the  recent  convention  of  the  union  the 
proposal  for  union-owned  factories  and  stores: 

Practical  knowledge  of  operating  factories  in  our  industries 
will  help  us  considerably  in  our  disputes  with  manufacturers  in 
the  various  contentions  with  regard  to  wages,  hours,  etc.,  based 
on  practical  experience  attained  through  the  operation  of  such 
shops.  .  .  .  Union-owned  shops  will  supply  the  market  with 
merchandise  required  in  time  of  strikes  against  arbitrary  em- 
ployers, and  will  give  employment  to  a  great  number  of  our 
workers  in  times  of  lock-outs.  .  .  .  The  union-owned  shop  will 
be  the  first  step  toward  collective  ownership.  Union-owned 
shops  will  enable  the  workers  to  take  part  in  the  management 
of  such  shops.  .  .  .  The  union  shop  will  demonstrate  to  the 
working  class  and  the  entire  world  that  the  producers  themselves 
can,  and  logically  should,  take  the  place  of  the  present  so-called 
captains  of  industry  in  our  system. 

THE  mind  of  the  returned  soldier  is  a  different  mind 
from  that  of  the  civilian.  It  prefers  facts  to  opinions, 
demands  investigations  instead  of  pious  resolutions.  It  is 
challenging,  realistic,  irreverent.  It  was  illustrated  in  Eng- 
land by  the  presence  of  R.  H.  Tawney  on  the  Coal  Industry 
Commission.  This  young  soldier  helped  to  force  the  civilian 
coal  owners  to  reveal  their  profits  in  war  time.  He  was 
proud  of  their  patriotism,  their  resolute  words  of  advice  for 
the  boys  at  the  front,  but  he  insisted  on  knowing  what  great 
business  men  had  been  doing.  One  feels  a  little  of  the  same 
gentle  insistence  in  the  Steel  Report  summaries  of  Captain 
Heber  Blankenhorn.  He  came  to  the  making  of  the  report 
from  service  in  France.  He  knew  hundreds  of  the  A.  E.  F. 
by  daily  contact.  He  saw  conditions  in  northern  France 
at  first  hand.  He  studied  the  labor  movements  of  two  Euro- 
pean countries.  He  returned  home  with  certain  questions. 
The  men  who  have  sought  to  silence  his  questions — the  ques- 
tions of  a  returned  soldier — are  honestly  representative  of 
the  one  hundred  per  cent  civilian  mind.  To  men  like  Judge 
Gary,  Ralph  Easley,  the  manufacturers,  the  business  execu- 
tives, there  is  something  wrong  with  the  returned  soldier. 
The  Steel  Corporation  has  already  found  that  some  of  the 
impulse  of  revolt  against  the  twelve-hour  day  came  from 
this  group  of  men.  The  British  soldier  was  a  fine  figure  of  a 
man  in  France.  When  he  returned  to  England,  he  no  longer 
walked  humbly  before  his  masters.  Instead,  he  began  to 
challenge  intrenched  wrongs.  Apparently  the  returned 
soldier  of  America  is  going  to  nag  the  lords  of  steel  into 
answering  a  few  unanswered  questions. 

TUBERCULOUS  ex-soldiers,  patients  at  Saranac  Lake, 
New  York,  are  on  strike.  They  are  refusing  to  obey  the 
government  order  which  would  move  them  from  their  "Home 
Sanatorium"  in  the  Adirondacks  to  government  hospitals 
elsewhere.  They  believe — and  the  consensus  of  medical 
opinion  is  with  them — that  the  Adirondacks  are  better  for 
tuberculosis  than  any  other  place  in  the  East.  But,  even  so, 
there  would  probably  not  have  been  such  a  whole-souled 
opposition  if  the  men  had  not  already  been  tried  past  endur- 
ance by  government  neglect,  indifference,  and  inefficiency. 
The  maintenance  money  which  should  have  come  to  them 
through  the  Public  Health  Service  has  not  been  paid  since 
March.     This  money  is  sent  direct  to  the  boarding  houses 


where  the  single  men  live;  and  as  it  has  not  come,  the  board- 
ing-house keepers  have  had  to  borrow  in  order  to  keep  their 
houses  open,  with  the  result  that  food  has  become  poorer  in 
quality  and  living  conditions  are  unfit.  In  the  case  of  the 
married  men  the  non-arrival  of  the  maintenance  allowance 
is  a  very  real  hardship.  They  have  broken  up  their  homes 
in  other  parts  of  the  country,  and  have  taken  cottages  or 
apartments  at  Saranac  Lake  in  the  expectation  of  being  able 
to  live  on  their  allowance  plus  their  war  risk  insurance. 
This  maintenance  money  includes,  also,  a  small  sum  for 
medical  supplies.  If  a  patient  buys  a  $1.25  thermometer — 
which  he  may  charge  against  the  Public  Health  Service — 
the  drug  store  keeper  charges  seventy-five  cents  additional 
as  interest  for  carrying  the  government  account  on  his  books 
for  three  or  four  months.  It  was,  then,  the  final  straw  for 
the  government  to  order  the  men  away  to  what  they  are 
convinced  are  less  healthful  places. 

IT  is  to  be  noted  that  this  is  a  strike  against  the  govern- 
ment by  men  on  the  government  pay-roll.  Further,  it  is 
backed  by  the  American  Legion.  -What  is  more,  the  Amer- 
ican Legion  Committee  on  Benefits  for  Disabled  Men  has 
been  called  in  and  is  using  its  influence  in  behalf  of  the 
strikers.  One  would  think  that  that  influence  must  be  great, 
since  the  chairman  of  the  committee  is  Colonel  Cornelius 
W.  Wickersham,  "of  Wall  Street,"  as  they  like  to  call  him  at 
the  Legion  headquarters.  That  anyone  "of  Wall  Street" 
should  back  up  a  strike  is  encouraging;  that  the  American 
Legion  should  do  so  is  exhilarating.  This  rabid,  red  propa- 
ganda about  the  right  to  strike — the  right  even  of  govern- 
ment employees  to  strike — seems  to  be  bearing  strange  fruit. 
We  are  not  disposed  to  question  the  human  emotions 
which  lie  back  of  this  strike,  but  we  wonder  if  they  would 
have  been  as  intense  if  the  strike — we  use  the  word  advis- 
edly and  with  the  authority  of  the  New  York  Times — were 
an  industrial  one.  Be  that  as  it  may,  the  American  Legion 
has  rushed  in  where  the  reddest  might  have  feared  to  tread, 
and  is  putting  its  back  into  the  fight  to  win  a  strike  against 
the  government. 

THE  absence  of  any  report  from  Warsaw  during  the  past 
three  weeks  denying  the  death  of  Dr.  Israel  Fried- 
laender  and  Dr.  Bernard  Cantor  is  profoundly  regrettable. 
The  two  Americans  had  been  engaged  since  January  in 
carrying  food  and  medicine  to  destitute  sections  of  the 
Jews  in  Poland  and  the  Ukraine  under  the  auspices  of  the 
American  Joint  Distribution  Committee  for  all  Jewish  re- 
lief funds,  and  had  succeeded  in  distributing  something  like 
a  million  marks'  worth  of  material  when,  on  July  7,  their 
automobile  was  held  up  by  three  bandits  near  Yarmolince, 
in  the  Ukraine,  and  they  were  murdered.  Their  workf 
which  had  necessarily  been  done  without  support  from  the 
United  States  Government,  was  of  a  particularly  heroic 
kind,  and  their  loss  will  be  distinctly  felt,  both  abroad  by  the 
populations  which  they  would  have  been  able  to  relieve  and 
at  home  by  the  world  of  scholars.  Dr.  Friedlaender  was 
professor  of  Biblical  literature  at  the  Jewish  Theological 
Seminary  and  an  eminent  author  and  translator.  The 
Nation  especially  regrets  his  death  since  he  was  a  frequent 
and  valued  reviewer  of  Jewish  books.  One  of  the  most 
recent  of  his  own  books,  a  comprehensive  anthology  of 
poems  by  and  about  Jews,  is  a  successful  attempt  to  re- 
create the  image  of  his  race  and  to  summarize  its  aspira- 
tions over  forty  centuries. 


146 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


No  More  Race  Discrimination 


THE  people  of  California  seem  determined  to  raise  once 
more  the  question  of  Japanese  immigration.  Petitions 
for  a  law  depriving  Japanese  of  the  right  to  hold  or  lease 
land  in  the  State,  and  taking  away  from  Japanese  parents 
the  legal  guardianship  of  minor  children  who  have  property 
rights  in  land,  are  being  circulated,  and  a  referendum  vote 
on  the  proposed  law  will  be  taken  at  the  November  election. 
Governor  Stephens,  in  a  letter  to  Secretary  of  State  Colby 
made  public  at  the  time  of  the  Democratic  convention  in 
San  Francisco,  has  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
Japanese  population  of  California,  which  amounted  to  41,356 
in  1910,  is  now  87,279.  He  alleges  that  the  existing  State 
law  which  forbids  Japanese  aliens  to  hold  land  is  being 
evaded,  partly  by  vesting  the  title  in  minor  children  born 
in  the  United  States,  who  under  the  Constitution  are  citi- 
zens but  whose  legal  guardianship  it  is  now  proposed  the 
State  shall  assume,  and  partly  by  the  formation  of  dummy 
corporations  controlled  by  Japanese  but  with  white  officials. 
Some  28,000  acres  of  land  in  the  State,  it  is  said,  are  at 
present  owned  by  Japanese  and  some  250,000  acres  more  are 
leased.  Senator  Phelan,  whose  implacable  opposition  to 
Japanese  immigration  on  any  terms  is  well  known,  is  re- 
ported to  be  planning  to  introduce  in  the  next  session  of 
Congress  a  resolution  for  a  Constitutional  Amendment  which 
would  in  the  future  deny  to  American-born  Japanese  the 
right  of  citizenship  which  the  Fourteenth  Amendment  now 
gives  them. 

Governor  Stephens,  to  his  credit  be  it  said,  recognizes 
that  the  question  is  a  national  and  an  international  one. 
Although  his  sympathies  are  plainly  with  the  restrictionists, 
he  is  frank  enough  to  admit  that  the  controversy  is  not  one 
which  the  State  of  California  can  settle  for  itself.  Unfortu- 
nately, such  is  not  the  general  opinion,  if  indeed  it  be  the 
majority  opinion,  of  the  State.  A  large  and  powerful  section 
of  the  people  of  California  is  prepared  now,  as  it  has  been 
prepared  whenever  the  question  of  Japanese  restriction  has 
been  raised  in  the  past,  to  take  the  matter  into  its  own  hands 
and  to  adopt  any  kind  of  a  restriction  policy  it  sees  fit, 
Constitutions,  lews,  treaties,  or  "gentlemen's  agreements" 
to  the  contrary  notwithstanding.  For  the  sake  of  ridding 
the  State  of  a  class  of  persons  whose  presence  it  has  ad- 
judged undesirable,  California  is  apparently  once  more 
making  ready  to  disregard  the  Federal  Constitution,  violate 
international  agreements  which  the  United  States,  in  the 
exercise  of  its  proper  constitutional  authority,  has  made, 
force  out  the  Japanese  now  in  the  State  and  prevent  others 
from  entering,  and  defy  the  Federal  Government  to  inter- 
fere. 

The  constitutional  issue  admits  of  no  argument.  There 
is  no  constitutional  warrant  for  such  action  regarding  the 
Japanese  as  the  people  of  California  are  likely  to  be  asked 
to  take  next  November,  any  more  than  there  is  for  much 
of  the  action  on  the  same  subject  which  they  have  taken  or 
attempted  on  various  occasions  in  the  past.  Nor  is  the  sta- 
tistical argument  worthy  of  serious  attention.  A  State 
which  imagines  that  a  Japanese  population  of  87,279  in  a 
total  population  of  3,200,000  threatens  the  destruction  of 
its  social  order,  or  that  the  control  and  cultivation  by 
Japanese  of  278,000  acres  of  land  out  of  a  total  of  18,000,000 
or  more  acres  of  arable  land  in  the  State  menaces  its  eco- 
nomic prosperity,  is  suffering  from  a  bad  case  of  "nerves." 


The  primary  question,  and  in  practice  the  only  one  of  im- 
portance, is  that  of  race  antagonism.  On  this  subject  Cali- 
fornia still  lives,  as  some  other  sections  of  the  country  still 
live,  in  the  dense  and  heated  atmosphere  of  a  bygone  time. 
It  assumes  without  debate  that  the  white  race  is  superior 
and  that  all  other  races  are  inferior ;  that  people  of  different 
races  do  not  mix ;  that  the  presence  of  any  appreciable  num- 
ber of  aliens  with  different,  and  hence  presumably  lower, 
standards  of  living  inevitably  tends  to  pull  down  the  stand- 
ards of  citizens  whose  plane  of  living  is  higher;  and  that 
racial  intermarriage  is  unthinkable  because  it  is  certain  to 
produce  a  low  quality  of  children.  Hence  the  war-cry,  rever- 
berating from  the  anti-Chinese  days  of  Denis  Kearney  and 
the  San  Francisco  sand-lots  to  the  anti-Japanese  days  of 
Senator  Phelan,  "The  Japanese  must  go." 

It  is  time  that  the  American  people  faced  squarely  this 
whole  question  of  race.  In  the  years  when  nations  made 
much  of  their  so-called  sovereignty,  and  arrogated  to  them- 
selves such  positions  in  the  world  as  by  hook  or  by  crook 
they  were  able  successfully  to  assert,  there  was,  perhaps, 
justification,  albeit  of  a  specious  kind,  for  the  policies  of 
discrimination  or  exclusion  which  they  practised  in  regard 
to  peoples  of  other  races  or  of  inferior  strength.  There  is 
still  justification  for  excluding  from  a  country  aliens  who 
are  physically  or  mentally  defective,  or  who  are  likely  for 
any  reason  to  swell  the  ranks  of  criminals  or  become  a 
public  charge.  There  is  still  reason  why  aliens  should  not 
be  imported  under  contract  for  the  clear  purpose  of  displac- 
ing citizen  wage-earners  who  are  higher  paid.  But  as  to 
other  restrictions  and  discriminations  the  world  has 
changed.  Two  of  the  professed  aims  of  the  great  war  which 
has  just  been  fought  have  been  the  recognition  of  the  right 
of  small  nations  and  racial  groups  to  independence  and 
self-determination,  and  the  union  of  all  peoples  in  a  world 
league  in  which  the  nations  should  be  equal ;  and  while  those 
principles  have  as  yet  been  honored  more  in  the  breach  than 
in  the  observance,  the  principles  themselves  abide. 

Now  that  the  question  of  race  is  again  on  the  eve  of  being 
raised,  and  in  a  form  in  which  it  cannot  well  be  dodged, 
the  American  people  should  make  their  position  clear.  The 
challenge  which  California  is  preparing  to  throw  down 
should  be  met  as  any  other  disloyal  manifestation  by  a 
State  should  be  met — by  a  firm  assertion  of  Federal  author- 
ity coupled,  of  course,  with  a  frank  recognition  of  the  diffi- 
culties of  the  California  situation.  With  that,  however, 
should  go  also  the  adoption  of  the  only  rational  principle 
upon  which  a  modern  nation  can  safely  stand,  namely,  the 
entire  abolition  of  race  discrimination.  Subject  only  to 
the  common-sense  exceptions  which  we  have  mentioned,  the 
United  States  should  throw  down  the  bars.  It  should  make 
an  end  of  silly  and  mischievous  talk  about  white  superiority, 
and  cease  waging  social  war  against  resident  aliens  whose 
labor  is  contributing  to  the  nation's  wealth.  It  should  cease 
doing  homage  to  the  notion  that  because  the  spawn  of  a 
Japanese  prostitute  and  an  American  roustabout  of  the 
"Earbary  Coast"  may  be  of  poor  mental  or  moral  quality, 
all  interracial  marriages  should  be  prohibited.  The  per- 
verted sense  of  national  importance  which  from  time  im- 
memorial has  plunged  nations  into  war  is  the  same  which 
still  cherishes  racial  antagonisms ;  and  the  sooner  the  whole 
unworthy  structure  of  restrictions  is  swept  away,  the  better. 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


147 


America  and  the  Polish  Question 

THE  United  States  should  lose  no  time  in  declaring  its 
position  with  regard  to  Poland.  Whatever  may  be 
thought  of  the  attitude  of  Great  Britain  and  France  toward 
the  Russo-Polish  war,  the  policies  of  those  two  countries 
have  at  least  an  element  of  frankness  and  directness  of 
which  American  policy  is  miserably  destitute.  The  Mille- 
rand  Government  is  still,  in  terms  at  least,  as  unalterably 
opposed  as  ever  to  recognition  of  the  Soviet  Government 
unless  that  Government  will  agree,  among  other  things,  to 
pay  the  Russian  bonds  which  were  issued  under  the  old 
regime  and  which  are  extensively  held  in  France.  In  the 
meantime  it  goes  on  giving  substantial  aid  to  the  Poles  and 
openly  champions  their  cause.  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  willing  to  go  a  long  way  toward  recognizing 
the  Russian  Government  indirectly,  and  will  probably  have 
small  scruple  about  recognizing  it  directly  if  he  does  not 
have  to  do  so  too  suddenly,  in  order  if  possible  to  stop  the 
war ;  for  British  influence  in  the  East  is  gravely  threatened 
and  Russian  propaganda  is  working  successfully  everywhere. 
Hence  his  advice  to  Poland  to  negotiate  directly  with  Mos- 
cow, and  his  anxious  desire  to  bring  about  some  kind  of 
a  conference  in  which  Russian  representatives  will  sit. 

Meantime  the  Washington  discoverer  of  the  "acid  test" 
for  Russia  maintains  his  accustomed  silence  in  regard  to 
Poland.  Indirectly,  however,  the  United  States  has  been 
helping  the  Poles  very  much.  The  Administration  began 
aiding  the  Polish  imperialists  as  far  back  as  the  days  of  the 
Peace  Conference,  when  it  threw  its  influence  on  the  side  of 
the  Polish  reactionaries  headed  by  Roman  Dmowski  and 
Paderewski  in  Europe  and  Mr.  John  F.  Smulski  in  this 
country;  incidentally  putting  under  the  ban  Polish  news- 
papers and  Polish  societies  of  opposite  persuasion.  Last 
winter  the  American  Red  Cross,  an  organization  popularly 
supposed  to  exist  for  strictly  neutral  relief  service  only, 
was  credibly  reported  to  have  furnished  the  Polish  army 
with  much-needed  supplies  of  shoes,  underclothing,  over- 
coats, and  mittens.  During  the  present  war  American  avia- 
tors, members  of  the  Kosciuszko  Flying  Squadron,  have  been 
serving  with  the  Polish  forces,  and  their  exploits  in  bombing 
Bolshevik  troops  have  been  duly  reported  in  the  press. 

In  the  Treasury  list  of  countries  to  which  the  United 
States  has  extended  financial  aid  in  the  form  of  loans  or 
credits,  Poland  does  not  appear.  This  does  not  mean,  how- 
ever, that  tangible  aid  of  other  kinds  has  not  been  forth- 
coming. According  to  an  official  statement  given  to  the 
press  on  July  27,  the  value  of  supplies  sold  to  Poland  by  the 
War  Department  prior  to  the  outbreak  of  the  present  war 
aggregated  $71,920,111.97.  Transactions  with  the  Grain 
Corporation,  the  Shipping  Board,  and  the  Navy  Department, 
the  details  of  which  are  not  divulged,  bring  the  total  in- 
debtedness of  Poland  to  the  United  States  to  about  $100,- 
000,000. '  Of  the  nearly  $72,000,000  worth  of  supplies,  $59,- 
365,111.97  represents  purchases  of  American  supplies  which 
were  disposed  of  in  Europe  after  the  armistice;  while  the 
remainder,  $12,555,000,  is  accounted  for  by  sales  made 
directly  from  the  War  Department  at  Washington. 

Secretary  Baker  is  quoted  as  saying  that,  of  the  total 
amount  of  sales  of  material  abroad,  "less  than  $5,000,000 
represents  purchases  of  materials  that  may  be  classed  as 
military  equipment."  Yet  the  published  list  shows  $20,- 
288,155.42  for  clothing  and  textiles,  $13,885,252.62  for  sub- 


sistence supplies,  $13,170,143.93  for  transportation  equip- 
ment, $3,982,340.33  for  household  furniture,  machinery,  and 
metals,  $2,713,267.47  for  hospital  and  other  supplies,  and 
$795,505.52  for  air  service  equipment  and  supplies.  Secre- 
tary Baker  would  apparently  have  the  American  public  be- 
lieve that,  aside  from  the  trifling  sum  of  $5,000,000,  all  of 
these  articles  were  strictly  for  civil  use.  One  wonders  if 
the  same  hair-splitting  discrimination  assigns  to  purely  civil 
purposes  the  $8,616,000  which  Poland  has  contracted  to  pay 
in  this  country  for  4,600  railway  cars. 

Here  we  have  revealed,  not  in  rhetoric  but  in  cold  statis- 
tics, something  of  the  way  in  which  the  Wilson  Administra- 
tion has  been  helping  on  an  imperialistic  war  in  Europe. 
There  are  indications  that  further  aid,  moral  as  well  as  ma- 
terial, is  under  consideration.  The  press  dispatches  make  it 
clear  enough  that  M.  Millerand  and  Mr.  Lloyd  George  are  a 
good  deal  at  loggerheads  over  the  Polish  situation.  The 
French  Premier  talks  as  if  he  were  really  ready  to  fight, 
while  the  British  Premier  certainly  acts  as  if  he  himself  were 
not.  The  public  may  rest  assured  that  France  will  not  break 
with  Great  Britain,  partly  because  a  break  would  give  im- 
mense satisfaction  to  Germany  as  well  as  to  Russia,  and 
partly  because  France,  when  it  comes  to  a  European  war, 
is  too  weak  to  act  alone.  For  the  moment,  however,  there 
will  be  a  good  deal  of  manoeuvring  for  advantage,  and  the 
prize  to  be  played  for  is  the  cooperation  of  the  United 
States.  The  Paris  Temps,  virtually  an  official  organ  in 
matters  of  foreign  policy,  points  out  that  in  a  controversy  of 
this  kind  the  sympathies  of  the  United  States  ought  cer- 
tainly to  be  with  France.  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  speaking  at 
the  unveiling  of  a  Lincoln  statue,  pleads  with  America  to 
do  its  duty  and  come  back  into  the  ring. 

All  this  could  be  dismissed  as  the  familiar  diplomatic  bun- 
combe were  it  not  for  certain  suggestive  intimations  from 
Washington.  Obviously  inspired  dispatches  point  out,  how- 
ever, that  while  the  decision  rests  with  Mr.  Wilson,  and  Mr. 
Wilson  has  not  yet  spoken,  the  fate  of  Poland  is  a  matter 
in  which  the  United  States  may  rightfully  take  a  hand 
because  Poland  was  a  creation  of  the  Peace  Conference;  and 
although  the  United  States  has  not  ratified  the  Treaty  of 
Versailles  and  the  other  treaties  made  in  France,  it  still  has 
a  vital  interest  in  seeing  that  the  terms  agreed  upon  are 
carried  out.  Hence,  it  is  intimated,  the  United  States  may 
not  only  properly  take  part  in  a  conference  on  the  Russo- 
Polish  imbroglio  if  it  is  asked  to  do  so,  but  it  may  demand 
as  of  right  a  seat  in  such  a  conference  if  one  is  held. 

If  the  United  States  is  to  become  a  party  to  the  settlement 
of  the  Polish  question,  it  should  do  so  only  on  a  certain 
definite  basis  of  policy.  The  first  point  in  that  policy  is  the 
full  recognition  by  the  Allies  and  the  United  States  of  the 
Soviet  Government  in  Russia.  Unless  this  is  done,  nothing 
else  that  is  done  will  long  make  any  difference.  The  second 
is  the  definite  acceptance  by  Poland  of  the  boundaries 
tentatively  laid  down  for  it  by  the  Peace  Conference,  and  the 
observance  of  those  boundaries  until  such  time  as  they  shall 
be  revised.  The  third  is  the  requirement  of  reparations 
from  Poland  for  the  injuries  which  its  armies  have  oc- 
casioned in  Russia  and  the  Ukraine.  If  reparations  are  good 
for  Germany  they  are  good  also  for  Poland.  The  fourth  is 
the  immediate  ending  of  all  military  aid,  direct  or  indirect, 
to  Poland,  and  the  reduction  of  the  Polish  army  to  a  proper 
peace  basis.  Not  until  it  is  known  that  these  things  are  to  be 
done  will  American  participation  in  a  Polish  settlement  be 
other  than  a  further  menace  to  the  peace  of  the  world. 


148 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


The  Times,  Associated  Press,  and 
New  York  Times 

THE  damning  report  on  pogroms  in  Poland  made  by  the 
British  Government  commission  headed  by  Sir  Stuart 
Samuel  has  had  a  hard  time  finding  daylight  in  the  Ameri- 
can press.  The  report  is  printed  in  full  in  this  week's 
International  Relations  Section;  the  strange  story  of  its 
vicissitudes  in  the  press  is  as  follows :  The  Samuel 
Commission  was  sent  to  Poland  by  the  British  Government 
to  investigate  the  treatment  of  Jews ;  its  findings  were  with- 
held for  months,  as  debates  in  the  House  of  Commons  re- 
vealed, and  were  finally  made  public  on  July  5.  The  Jewish- 
language  newspapers  of  New  York  and  other  cities  published 
extensive  cables  referring  to  it.  Despite  its  sensational  and 
official  character,  and  despite  the  large  Jewish  population  in 
the  city  of  New  York,  the  English-language  papers  of  New 
York  City  at  first  printed  nothing  about  the  report.  The 
Associated  Press  sent  no  dispatch  regarding  the  report.  The 
secretary  of  the  American  Jewish  Congress,  Mr.  Bernard  G. 
Richards,  thereupon  wrote  to  friends  of  his  connected  with 
two  New  York  City  newspapers,  which  then  printed  some 
of  the  material  which  he  sent  them.  He  also  wrote  to  the 
Associated  Press  on  July  9  inquiring  whether  it  had  received 
any  dispatch  on  the  subject.  The  superintendent  of  the  As- 
sociated Press  foreign  service,  Mr.  Charles  T.  Thompson, 
replied  on  July  16  that  the  Associated  Press  had  received 
nothing,  but  that,  upon  hearing  of  the  interest  in  the  report, 
he  had  cabled  the  London  office  of  the  Associated  Press,  and 
had  "received  a  summary  of  it,  a  copy  of  which  I  enclose 
herewith."  This  summary,  printed  in  the  New  York  Times 
and  other  papers,  was  as  follows: 

London,  July  10. — The  report  of  the  mission  headed  by  Sir 
Stuart  Samuel,  which  was  sent  by  the  British  Government  last 
September  to  investigate  conditions  in  Poland,  has  been  pub- 
lished, together  with  a  covering  letter  by  Sir  H.  Rumbold.  It 
deals  largely  with  the  treatment  of  Jews,  which  the  report  says 
is  being  "gradually  mitigated"  and  "will  abate  when  peace  has 
been  restored  and  the  presence  of  foreigners  in  their  country 
will  shame  the  Poles  into  more  civilized  treatment  of  their  near 
neighbors."  The  report  declares  that  massacres  of  Jews  in 
Poland  were  not  pogroms,  or  state-superintended  and  authorized 
slaughterings,  but  were  manifestations  of  popular  animus  on 
the  part  of  ignorant  men,  misled  in  many  instances  by  men  of 
education.  In  many  cases,  the  report  says,  the  police  partici- 
pated in  acts  of  aggression  against  Jews.  Sir  H.  Rumbold's 
covering  letter  says  that,  bad  as  the  condition  of  Jews  in  Poland 
may  have  been  or  may  still  be,  it  is  far  better  than  that  in  sur- 
rounding countries.  "Unless  all  the  information  on  the  point  is 
entirely  inaccurate,"  he  said,  "the  massacres  of  Jews  by  Ukrain- 
ian peasant  bands  can  find  in  their  extent  and  thoroughness  no 
parallel  except  in  the  massacres  of  Armenians  in  Turkey." 

Sir  Stuart's  report,  as  readers  of  the  International 
Relations  Section  may  note  for  themselves,  did  not  declare 
that  the  treatment  of  Jews  was  being  "gradually  mitigated" 
or  that  it  would  "abate  when  peace  has  been  restored  and 
the  presence  of  foreigners  in  their  country  will  shame  the 
Poles  into  more  civilized  treatment  of  their  near  neighbors." 
Far  from  declaring  that  the  "massacres  of  Jews  in  Poland 
were  not  pogroms,"  it  declared  that  "the  result  of  my  in- 
quiries brought  me  to  the  conclusion  that  the  occurrences  at 
Lemberg,  Lida,  and  Vilna  come  under  the  head  of  pogroms 
in  the  sense  generally  understood  in  England" — which  he 
defined  as  meaning  "excesses  organized  by  the  government 


against  a  portion  of  the  population,  or  when  the  authorities 
took  no  steps  to  restrain  those  perpetrating  the  excesses,  or 
intervened  at  a  period  too  late  to  be  effective  in  preventing 
the  loss  of  human  life."  The  phrase  "gradually  mitigated" 
is  not  contained  even  in  Sir  Horace  Rumbold's  covering  let- 
ter deprecating  criticism  of  the  Poles,  nor  in  the  separate 
report  filed  by  one  Captain  Wright,  the  only  dissenting  mem- 
ber of  the  Commission.  None  of  the  quotations  in  the  Asso- 
ciated Press  dispatch  are  from  any  of  these  documents. 

The  New  York  office  of  the  Associated  Press  was  not  re- 
sponsible for  this  inaccuracy.  It  even  went  so  far,  on  July 
26,  as  to  send  out  a  belated  but  accurate  five-hundred-word 
summary  of  the  Samuel  report,  based  upon  a  summary  given 
it  by  a  Jewish  agency. 

But  the  London  correspondent  of  the  Associated  Press 
cannot  be  excused.  The  cable  from  the  New  York  office  ask- 
ing about  the  Samuel  report  may  have  reached  him  late  at 
night  when  he  was  tired.  He  did  not  get  a  copy  of  the 
report;  he  merely  looked  over  his  file  of  the  London  Times. 
There  he  found  a  column  about  the  Samuel  report.  It  was 
misleading;  he  was  even  more  so.  The  Times  column  was 
carefully  worded;  it  skimmed  Sir  Stuart  Samuel's  report, 
then,  without  informing  the  reader  that  Captain  Wright's 
was  a  minority  report,  it  dwelt  upon  his  minimizing  of  the 
Polish  atrocities.  It  remarked  that  it  was  apparent  from 
the  report  that  the  treatment  of  the  Jews  was  being  "grad- 
ually mitigated."  The  Times  gave  that  as  its  editorial  ex- 
pression of  opinion;  the  Associated  Press  correspondent 
cabled  it  in  quotation  marks  as  the  verdict  of  the  Samuel, 
report,  which  it  was  not.  It  was  the  Times  which  used  the 
phrases  which  the  Associated  Press  correspondent  quoted' 
as  those  of  the  report.  The  Times  stated — falsely,  as  we  have 
shown — that  the  report  declared  that  the  massacres  of  Jews 
were  not  pogroms.  The  Associated  Press  correspondent, 
without  verifying  the  statement,  passed  it  on. 

When  the  full  text  of  the  Samuel  report  reached  this  coun- 
try, certain  Jewish  agencies  made  it  available  to  all  the  New 
York  newspapers ;  two  of  them  printed  parts  of  it.  All  of  the 
papers,  however,  found  space  on  July  27  for  a  denial  by 
Prince  Lubomirski,  the  Polish  Minister  to  this  country,  that 
the  Poles  had  recently  committed  excesses  against  the  Jews ; 
the  denial  was  largely  an  attack  upon  the  Bolsheviki.  The 
New  York  Times  printed  this  Lubomirski  statement;  it  did 
not  print  the  second  and  correct  Associated  Press  summary 
of  the  Samuel  report  sent  out  the  same  day.  The  publisher 
of  the  Day,  a  Jewish-language  newspaper  printed  in  New 
York,  then  offered  the  Times  an  opportunity  to  print  the 
Samuel  report  in  full.  The  Times,  we  are  informed,  refused, 
denying  its  news  value.  The  Day  thereupon  paid  the  Times 
to  print  the  Samuel  report  as  an  advertisement. 

The  New  York  Times  is  being  rather  hardly  used  these 
days.  The  New  Republic  has  just  published  a  forty-two 
page  supplement  which,  after  describing  the  Times  as  "one 
of  the  really  great  newspapers  of  the  world,"  examines  its 
news  reports  upon  the  Russian  Revolution  so  effectively  as 
to  make  one  wonder  what,  in  its  opinion,  constitutes  great- 
ness in  newspapers.  Even  the  New  York  Tribune  editori- 
ally exposes  the  Times  for  altering  an  editorial  from  the 
Boston  Transcript,  apparently  to  suit  its  party  purposes. 
Yet  we  do  not  believe  that  the  New  York  Times,  or  the 
London  Times,  or  the  Associated  Press,  differ  much  from 
the  run  of  daily  newspapers  and  news  agencies  in  their 
standards  of  accuracy  and  of  news  collection  and  selection. 
We  take  all  our  Polish  news  with  a  grain  of  salt. 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


149 


The  Spy 


ONE  of  the  episodes  in  the  report  of  the  commission  of 
the  Inter-Church  on  the  steel  industry  might  be  called 
"The  Adventures  of  a  Dirty  Scrap  of  Paper."  The  full  re- 
port itself  will  shortly  be  published  in  book  form  by  Har- 
court,  Brace  and  Howe.  There  is  a  touch  of  the  romantic 
for  all  Americans  in  the  revelations  that  the  extensive 
espionage  of  the  late  Czar's  government,  hitherto  made 
familiar  to  us  only  through  the  novel  of  adventure  and  the 
motion  picture  thriller,  is  firmly  ensconced  in  our  midst. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  steel  officials  will  challenge  this  sec- 
tion of  the  report — the  work  of  such  conscientious  investi- 
gators as  Captain  Heber  Blankenhorn  and  George  Soule — 
in  order  that  the  bishops  may  release  still  more  of  the  rich 
documentary  proof  that  they  hold.  And  for  what  purposes 
and  to  what  ends  was  this  elaborate  and  expensive  system 
of  espionage  erected?  To  maintain  non-unionism,  to  per- 
petuate scarcely  tolerable  hours  of  labor  and  low  wages,  to 
prevent  the  legitimate  association  of  free  men. 

The  commission  found  that  maintaining  non-unionism 
entailed  for  the  employers  (1)  discharging  workmen  for 
unionism,  (2)  blacklists,  (3)  espionage  and  the  hiring  of 
"labor  detective  agencies"  operatives,    (4)    strike-breakers. 

Maintaining  non-unionism  entailed,  for  communities,  (1) 
the  abrogation  of  the  right  of  assembly,  the  suppression  of 
free  speech,  and  the  violation  of  personal  rights  (principally 
in  Pennsylvania)  ;  (2)  the  use  of  State  police,  State  troops, 
and  (in  Indiana)  of  the  United  States  Army;  (3)  such  ac- 
tivities on  the  part  of  constituted  authorities  and  of  the 
press  and  the  pulpit  as  to  make  the  workers  believe  that 
these  forces  oppose  labor.  In  sum,  the  actually  existent 
state  of  the  steel  industry  is  a  state  of  latent  war  over  rights 
of  organization  conceded  by  public  opinion  in  other  civilized 
countries. 

The  Report  states : 

Espionage  was  of  two  general  classes:  spies  directly  in  the 
employ  of  the  steel  companies;  and  spies  hired  from  profes- 
sional "labor  detective"  agencies.  The  Steel  Corporation  plants 
have  their  own  detective  forces;  one  case  of  hiring  outside 
agencies  by  a  corporation  subsidiary  became  public  during  the 
strike.  Espionage  was  of  two  general  characters:  spies  pure 
and  simple  who  merely  furnished  information;  and  spies  who 
also  acted  as  propagandist  strike  breakers,  mingling  with  the 
strikers  and  whispering  that  the  strike  was  failing,  that  the 
men  in  other  towns  had  gone  back,  that  the  union  leaders  were 
crooks,  etc.  The  Monessen  "labor  file"  contained  some  six  hun- 
dred daily  reports  by  "under-cover"  spies  of  both  characters, 
mere  detectives  and  strike-breaking  propagandists.  These  com- 
pany spy-systems  carry  right  through  into  the  United  States 
Government. 

Federal  immigration  authorities  testified  to  the  Commission 
that  raids  and  arrests,  for  "radicalism,"  etc.,  were  made  espe- 
cially in  the  Pittsburgh  district  on  the  denunciations  and  secret 
reports  of  steel  company  "under-cover"  men,  and  the  prisoners 
turned  over  to  the  Department  of  Justice.  The  Monessen  "labor 
file"  enabled  the  student  to  follow  one  such  paper  through  to  the 
government.  It  is  given  here  as  offering  light  upon  the  ques- 
tion why  many  working  men,  especially  steel  workers,  have 
come  to  suspect  that  the  Government,  as  Government,  has  taken 
sides  in  industrial  warfare;  has  taken  sides  against  working 
men. 

In  this  freely  offered  "file,"  among  the  blacklists,  detective 
agency  contracts,  "under-cover  men's"  reports,  typed  letters  of 
big  concerns  on  high  grade  paper  with  luxurious  letter-heads 


there  was  a  scrap  of  dirty  paper  the  size  of  one's  palm.    Scrib- 
bled on  both  sides  it  read  exactly  as  follows: 

Charleroi,  Pa.,  Oct.  13,  1919 
Dear  Sir: 

I  am  an  employee  of  the  Pitts  Steele  Proct  of  Allenport  I 
went  to  work  last  Fri  and  would  like  to  work  so  I  will  give  you 
some  names  of  some  Belgian  dogs  that  made  it  so  hard  for  me 
and  my  family  I  had  to  quite  they  are  a  menace  to  our  country 
so  Please  keep  there  names  in  mind 

Yours  truly 
Over 

Charle  Ballue,  209  Shady  ave.,  Charleroi,  Pa.  Arthur  Ballue, 
Oakland  ave  between  3  and  4  st  Charleroi,  Pa.  Tony  Jarruse, 
208  Shady  ave  Charleroi,  Pa.  Gus  Vanduzene,  312  Shady  ave 
Charleroi,  Pa.     Albert  Balue,  3  st  Charleroi,  Pa. 

Make  these  suffer  as  they  are  making  other  just  now  when 
you  start  your  mills. 

The  investigator  of  the  file  wondered  what  happened  to  spite- 
ful scraps  of  paper  in  the  steel  industry.  Beside  the  scrap 
was  a  letter  as  follows: 

Pittsburgh  Steel  Products  Company, 

Mill  Office,  Monessen,  Pa.,  October  15,  1919 
M.  Wikstrom,  Gen'l  Supt. 
Jas.  H.  Dunbar, 

Ass't  to  Gen'l  Supt. 

Messrs:   George  A.  Paff,  G.  J.  Mogan,  U.  S.  Smiley,  W.  S. 
Bumbaugh,  W.  C.  Sutherland,  J.  W.  Connery, 
Gentlemen : 

We  are  in  receipt  of  an  anonymous  communication  under  date 
of  October  13,  which  reads  as  follows: 

"I  am  an  employee  of  the  Pittsburgh  Steel  Products  Company 
of  Allenport.  I  went  to  work  last  Friday  and  would  like  to 
work,  so  I  will  give  you  some  names  of  some  Belgian  Dogs  that 
made  it  so  hard  for  me  and  my  family,  I  had  to  quit.  They 
are  a  menace  to  our  country — so  please  keep  these  names  in 
mind  when  you  start  your  mill. 

Charles  Ballue,  209  Shady  Ave.,  Charleroi,  Pa.  Arthur  Bal- 
lue, between  3d  and  4th  Sts.,  Charleroi,  Pa.  Tony  Jarouse, 
208  Shady  Ave.,  Charleroi,  Pa.  (formerly  worked  in  our  mill 
under  Check  No.  5321).  Gus  Vanduzen,  312  Shady  Ave.,  Char- 
leroi, Pa.     Albert  Ballue,  3d  St.,  Charleroi,  Pa. 

Make  these  men  suffer  as  they  are  making  me  suffer  just  now 
when  you  start  your  mill." 

This  is  for  your  information  and  files. 

Yours  very  truly, 
Pittsburgh  Steel  Products  Company, 
(Signed)      Malcolm  Wikstrom,  General  Superintendent. 
JDH/W 

The  list  at  the  top  of  the  letter  represented  every  steel  con- 
cern in  Monessen.  The  promptness  with  which  the  list  of  names 
was  speeded  back  and  forth  among  the  companies  was  illus- 
trated in  another  letter  in  the  file,  sent  out  the  same  day  the 
above  was  received. 

Pittsburgh  Steel  Company, 

Mill  Office,  Monessen,  Pa.,  October  15,  1919 

C.  J.  Mogan,  Gen'l  Supt. 

D.  P.  King,  Ass't  Gen'l  Supt. 
A.  Allison,  Ass't  Gen'l  Supt. 
Messrs., 

M.  Wikstrom,  Pgh.  Steel  Products. 

U.  S.  Smiley,  American  Sheet  &  Tin  Co. 

F.  D.  Bumbaugh,  Monessen  Fdry.  &  Mach.  Co. 
J.  L.  Hoffman,  Carnegie  Steel  Co. 

G.  A.  Paff,  Page  Steel  &  Wire  Co. 


150 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


Dear  Sirs: 

Enclosed  is  a  list  of  men  who  are  some  of  the  leading  agitators 
in  keeping  the  men  from  going  to  work  by  all  kinds  of  threats. 

Yours  very  truly, 

(Signed)     C.  J.  Mogan, 
CJM/C  General  Superintendent 

Attached  to  this  letter  was  a  copy  of  the  same  little  list,  with 
one  additional  name.  Of  the  mills  catalogued  beneath  the  let- 
terhead as  on  the  circuit  of  vital  information,  two  were  Corpo- 
ration subsidiaries — American  Sheet  &  Tin,  and  Carnegie  Steel 
— the  rest  "independents."  The  letters  crossed  and  recrossed,  so 
that  the  Pittsburgh  Steel  Products  Company  officer  who  started 
the  list  out  got  the  same  list  back  from  the  Pittsburgh  Steel 
Company  [another  "independent"]  the  same  day.  Finally  in 
the  file  was  the  carbon  of  a  letter  transmitting  the  same  list 
to  the  Department  of  Justice  at  Washington,  asserting  that 
the  men  named  were  "leading  radicals."  From  a  scrap  of 
dirty  paper,  rising  through  stages  of  typed  and  embossed  letter- 
head dignity,  to  those  dossiers,  marked  "Important — very 
secret,"  in  Government  Bureaus  in  Washington!  The  circum- 
stances at  either  end  of  the  chain  were  not  investigated. 

The  testimony  of  a  Federal  officer  of  long  official  experience, 
made  at  a  hearing  of  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  in  November 
in  Pittsburgh  was: 

".  .  .  ninety  per  cent  of  all  the  radicals  arrested  and  taken 
into  custody  were  reported  by  one  of  the  large  corporations, 
either  of  the  steel  or  coal  industry.  I  mean  by  that,  that  these 
corporations  are  loaded  up  with  what  they  call  'under-cover' 
men  who  must  earn  their  salaries,  and  they  go  around  and  get 
into  these  organizations  and  report  the  cases  to  the  detectives 
for  the  large  companies.  The  detectives  in  turn  report  to  the 
chief  of  police  of  the  city.  Generally,  the  chiefs  of  police  in 
these  small  cities  around  Pittsburgh  were  placed  there  by  the 
corporations. 

"The  corporation  orders  an  organization  raided  by  the  police 
department,  the  members  are  taken  into  custody,  thrown  into 
the  police  station  and  the  department  of  justice  is  notified. 
They  send  a  man  to  examine  them  to  see  if  there  are  any  ex- 
treme radicals  or  anarchists  among  them.  They  usually  let  all 
but  a  few  go.  In  one  instance  seventy-nine  were  taken.  The 
department  of  justice  let  all  go  but  three;  of  those  we  asked  for 
warrants  for  two,  and  at  the  hearing  we  made  a  case  against 
one  of  them. 

"The  Steel  Corporation  has  been  using  every  possible  en- 
deavor for  the  last  twenty  years  to  fill  its  mills  with  foreigners, 
and  to  a  large  extent  has  done  so;  then  you  must  see  why  the 
foreigner  is  taking  the  front  of  the  stage  in  this  conflict.  When 
the  large  corporations  put  these  foreigners  in  they  thought 
they  had  a  class  of  men  who  wouldn't  strike.  Now  they  want  to 
get  rid  of  some  of  them." 

Two  extensive  labor-detective  strike-breaking  corporations, 
with  offices  in  a  dozen  cities,  had  a  hand  in  fighting  the  steel 
strike.  Documents  and  reports  from  one  of  the  concerns  filled 
half  the  Monessen  "labor  file."  Affidavits  and  documents  were 
obtained  from  the  other,  which  operated  chiefly  in  the  Chicago 
district.  Also  in  the  Monessen  "labor  file"  were  the  reports 
furnished  by  two  other  "detective"  agencies.  In  the  file  were 
the  forms  of  contracts  under  which  these  concerns  were  hired 
and  operate.  Their  "operatives"  reports  run  from  the  illiterate* 
scribblings  of  professional  parasites  to  the  most  accurate  tran- 
scriptions of  union  locals'  secret  meetings.  Interviews  with 
the  officers  of  those  strike-breaking  concerns  gave  further  in- 
sight into  the  range  of  their  "work"  in  the  steel  strike.  A  sub- 
report  furnishes  the  material  for  building  up  a  day  by  day 
story  of  the  strike  in  Monessen.  The  other  documents  and  the 
interviews  show  the  extent.  It  is  all  of  a  piece  and  it  is  the 
least  noble  side  of  the  war  waged  for  the  "open  shop"  in  steel. 

The  manager  of  the  detective  strike-breaking  corporation 
whose  reports  and  contracts  appeared  in  the  Monessen  "labor 
file,"  when  interviewed  spoke  fairly  freely  of  his  concern's  views 


and  activities.  He  had  over  five  hundred  "operatives"  at  work 
in  the  steel  strike.  Some  of  his  operatives  had  been  injected 
into  the  steel  plants  a  year  before.  Many  of  his  operatives  had 
become  officers  of  labor  unions.  He  said  that  there  was  on  the 
National  Strike  Committee  a  labor  leader  who  took  his  money. 
He  denied  that  his  concern  was  a  mere  detective  or  strike- 
breaking concern.  He  used  the  same  arguments  as  Mr.  Gary  in 
explaining  why  he  supported  Mr.  Gary.  He  said  workmen  had 
a  right  to  organize,  but  the  "open  shop"  must  be  preserved. 
He  said  that  labor  unions  had  rights,  but  that  the  unions  had 
fallen  into  the  hands  of  radical  leaders.  Like  Mr.  Gary  he 
denied  that  he  wanted  to  crush  unions.  He  denied  that  his  ope- 
ratives were  really  strikebreakers;  though  the  "labor  file"  con- 
tained full  details  of  his  operatives'  strike-breaking  activities 
and  the  following  letter: 

New  York  Office,  680  Hudson  Terminal. 
Chicago  Office,  1051  Peoples'  Gas  Bldg. 
Cleveland  Office,  1835  Euclid  Ave. 
Pittsburgh  Office,  Wabash  Bldg. 
St.  Louis  Office,  Chemical  Bldg. 
Cincinnati   Office,  Union   Trust  Bldg. 
Detroit  Office,  Book  Bldg. 

The  Corporations  Auxilliary  Company 
Wabash  Building 
J.  H.  Smith,  Pres.  &  Treas.  October  11,  1919. 

John  Weber,  Secy. 

D.  G.  Ross,  Gen.  Mgr. 
H.  C.  Breton,  Res.  Mgr. 

E.  C.  Sattley,  Gen.  Mgr. 
Page  Steel  &  Wire  Co. 

Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Dear  Sir: 

Confirming  conversation  between  your  Mr.  George  A.  Paff  and 
the  writer  on  yesterday,  we  will  furnish  you  as  quickly  as  pos- 
sible with  two  Slavish  speaking  operatives  to  work  along  the 
lines  as  agreed  between  the  writer  and  Mr.  Paff  on  yesterday. 

This  is  as  per  the  terms  of  our  regular  $225  monthly  contract 
with  the  usual  wage  credits  of  $3.00  per  day  allowed  as  per  the 
copy  of  attached  contract,  with  the  exception  that  it  is  under- 
stood that  this  service  will  terminate  at  the  end  of  30  days 
from  commencement  of  same  unless  otherwise  extended. 

We  wish  to  thank  you  very  much  for  this  business  and  will 
endeavor  to  make  same  as  valuable  to  you  as  possible  and  trust 
that  it  will  be  instrumental  in  having  the  morale  of  your  foreign 
strikers  broken. 

We  will  thank  you  very  much  for  your  cooperation  in  the 
handling  of  this  service  and  will  appreciate  your  calling  upon 
us  at  any  time  we  can  be  of  special  service  to  you. 
Yours  very  truly, 
The  Corporation  Auxiliary  Company, 

By  (Signed)   S.  Dewson, 
B-W:  P-ll  Resident  Manager. 

No  other  country  in  the  world  has  such  large  wide-spread, 
well-financed,  strike-breaking  corporations,  making  money  out 
of  "labor  trouble"  as  America.  Nor  was  it  the  custom  of  certain 
strike-breaking  concerns  to  wait  for  "labor  trouble."  When  busi- 
ness was  slack  they  made  "trouble."  The  sub-report  details, 
from  affidavits  of  former  operatives,  how  certain  concerns  pro- 
voked strikes  in  peaceful  shops  in  the  past  to  create  "business," 
set  union  to  fighting  union,  organized  unions  in  order  to  be  called 
in  to  break  the  unions.  They  bled  both  sides;  and  the  Federal 
Government  files  contained  their  patriotic  reports.  In  the 
Chicago-Gary  district  one  such  great  strike-breaking  concern 
became  so  active  in  the  steel  strike  that  its  offices  were  raided 
and  one  of  its  officers  was  indicted  for  "intent  to  create  riots" 
and  for  intent  to  "kill  and  murder  divers  large  numbers  of 
persons."  This  officer  after  five  months  had  still  not  been 
brought   to   trial.  '  A   sample   of  the   riot-inciting   instructions 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


151 


given  to  this  concern's  operatives  in  the  South  Chicago  steel 
mills  follows: 


A  563-D 
Rep. 


October  2,  1919. 


Dear  Sir: 

We  have  talked  to  you  and  instructed  you.  We  want  you  to 
stir  up  as  much  bad  feeling  as  you  possibly  can  between  the 
Serbians  and  Italians.  Spread  data  among  the  Serbians  that 
the  Italians  are  going  back  to  work.  Call  up  every  question  you 
can  in  reference  to  racial  hatred  between  these  two  nationalities ; 
make  them  realize  to  the  fullest  extent  that  far  better  results 
would  be  accomplished  if  they  will  go  back  to  work.  Urge  them 
to  go  back  to  work  or  the  Italians  will  get  their  jobs. 
Daily  Maxima — Sent  to  every  representative  today: 
Conserve  your  forces  on  a  set  point — begin  before  the  other 
fellow  starts.     Remail. 

This  operative's  duties,  according  to  The  New  Majority 
(November  11,  1919),  were  as  follows: 

"He  was  assigned  to  the  client  whose  code  was  A  536  D,  the 
number  appearing  at  the  top  of  the  Italian-Serbian  letter.  This 
code  means  the  South  Chicago  plant  of  the  Illinois  Steel  Com- 
pany. Then  he  received  the  regular  course  of  instruction  given 
"representatives."  He  was  told  to  move  around  among  the 
strikers  and  get  them  to  go  back  to  work.  He  was  told  to  go 
to  Indiana  Harbor,  Ind.,  and  get  strikers  from  the  Inland  Steel 
Company  plant  there  to  go  to  South  Chicago  and  go  to  work  as 
strike-breakers  for  the  Illinois  Steel  Company.  He  was  told 
to  go  to  the  vicinity  of  employment  agencies  and  get  strike- 
breakers and  to  take  them  into  the  plant  by  automobile  or 
otherwise,  at  night.  He  was  also  instructed  to  move  around 
among  the  strikers  for  the  purpose  of  reporting  what  conversa- 
tions he  heard,  as  well  as  urging  them  to  go  to  work.  He  was 
given  a  union  card  in  a  local  of  one  of  the  international  unions 
affiliated  with  the  American  Federation  of  Labor,  and  told  to 
use  it  to  pass  himself  off  as  a  union  man." 

The  Illinois  Steel  Company  is  the  Steel  Corporation's  biggest 
Western  subsidiary.  Its  president,  Mr.  Buffington,  declared  to 
the  Commission  of  Inquiry  that  the  first  he  had  heard  of  the 
matter  was  when  he  saw  it  in  the  Chicago  papers;  that  the 
Illinois  Steel  Co.  did  not  hire  this  strike-breaking  concern;  that 
he  was  "confident  that  at  the  trial  no  evidence  involving  the 
Illinois  Steel  Co.  would  be  brought  out."  The  manager  of  the 
strike-breaking  concern,  with  offices  in  the  same  building  as  Mr. 
Buffington,  declared  to  Commission  investigators  that  their 
operatives  were  hired  by  the  Illinois  Steel  Co. 

Meanwhile  the  raided  concern  was  defending  itself  in  page 
advertisements  in  papers  in  many  cities  as  follows: 

WHY   IS    SHERMAN    SERVICE   BEING   ATTACKED? 

Sherman  Service  is  a  national  institution  composed  of  men 
and  women  who  have  made  Industrial  Relationship  their  life 
work.    .    .    . 

They  cause  the  employer  (their  client)  to  recognize  and 
practice  the  basic  principles  of  "square  dealing"  in  his  relations 
with  his  employees.  A  spirit  of  sympathetic  understanding  fol- 
lows— the  result  is  harmony,  cooperation,  maximum  production, 
high  quality,  and  lessened  waste. 

The  community,  which  comprises  both  employee  and  employer 
and  invested  capital,  is  able,  through  such  harmonious  and  pro- 
ductive relationship,  to  provide  the  greatest  opportunities 
afforded  under  our  free  form  of  government,  to  the  advantage 
of  all  agreeably  concerned.  Amerizanization,  in  its  fullest  sense, 
is  made  possible  and  does  follow;  our  national  structure  is  pre- 
served and  enforced,  and  we  are  all  better  off  for  it. 

SHERMAN   SERVICE,  INC. 

John  Francis  Sherman,  Chairman  Executive  Board  New  York 
City,  Boston,  St.  Louis,  Chicago,  Philadelphia,  Cleveland,  New 
Haven,  Providence,  Detroit,  Toronto. 


Postscript:  Sherman  Service  is  not  a  detective  agency.  It 
renders  no  detective  service  of  any  description  whatsoever. 

Concerning  the  last  line,  investigators  noted  that  the  Sherman 
Service  Co.  was  elsewhere  carrying  on  suit  in  court  to  protect 
its  "rights  as  a  detective  agency."  According  to  the  private 
"house  organ"  of  this  concern  it  also  serves  the  government; 
for  this  purpose  its  operatives  become  "apparent  reds." 

"Wherever  such  organizations  exist  in  the  community  and  try 
to  influence  the  workers  it  becomes  the  duty  of  the  Sherman 
representatives  to  pretend  sympathy  and  join  so  as  to  learn 
who  the  leaders  are.  Such  information  is  then  supplied  to  the 
government." 

The  reach  of  the  industrial  spy  system  and  the  reliance  placed 
on  it  were  brought  home  to  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  by  the 
spy  report  on  the  Commission  which  was  sent  to  Mr.  Gary.  It 
has  been  referred  to  before;  the  Commission  in  November  read 
the  report,  knew  that  it  was  being  distributed  in  the  territory 
of  the  Steel  Corporation's  plants,  and  disregarded  so  amusingly 
false  a  document;  in  December  when  the  Commission  made  its 
effort  to  settle  the  strike,  Mr.  Gary  exhibited  it  and  cross- 
examined  the  Commissioners  on  its  charges.  Some  one  had  set 
a  spy  on  the  Commission  and  on  the  Interchurch  World  Move- 
ment. The  anonymous  "special  report"  was  dated  November  12. 
The  Commission's  first  interview  with  Mr.  Gary  had  been  on 
November  10.  The  "special  report"  names  (mispelling  the 
names)  some  of  the  Commission's  investigators,  names  others  as 
investigators  who  were  not,  and  calls  all  named  "radicals," 
"members  of  the  I.  W.  W.,"  "Reds,"  and  "active  in  the  organiza- 
tion known  as  the  People's  Print  .  .  .  formerly  known  as  the 
People's  Peace  Council,  better  known  as  the  National  Civil 
Liberties  League."  No  statement  made  about  the  investigators 
was  true.  The  capacity  of  the  spy  and  the  purposes  of  the 
persons  who  hired  him  are  indicated  in  the  following  excerpt: 

"In  fact  none  of  these  people  that  are  now  here  in  Pittsburgh 
investigating  for  this  Church  movement  should  be  told  anything 
at  all,  nor  should  they  be  allowed  to  get  any  information ,  from 
the  Mills  in  any  manner.  After  paying  a  visit  to  their  offices  in 
New  York  and  talking  to  a  large  number  of  the  officials  there 
I  find  that  this  organization  should  be  used  to  a  very  good 
advantage  if  handled  by  the  right  parties.  This  organization 
could  become  a  power  in  both  the  Industrial  Field  and  the 
Church  Field.  There  are  a  large  number  of  the  men  and  women 
connected  with  this  organization  that  are  known  as  Pink  Tea 
Socialists  and  Parlor  Reds,  and  are  not  considered  dangerous.  I 
would  suggest  that  these  kind  of  people  be  weeded  out  of  the 
organization.  These  are  the  worst  kind  of  Reds  to  be  connected 
with  as  they  are  to  a  certain  extent  high  up  in  circles  that  are 
hard  to  reaeh  and  they  can  spread  propaganda  that  hurts  the 
work  of  others.  I  found  that  this  organization  is  now  making 
a  canvass  for  money  among  the  rich  and  the  Corporation  in  the 
East,  and  that  they  have  already  had  a  Committee  see  Judge 
Gary,  asking  for  money  to  carry  on  their  work  with.  A  Mr. 
Blacenhorn  will  arrive  in  Pittsburgh  on  Thursday  morning  to 
assist  the  ones  that  are  already  here  on  the  Steel  Strike  in- 
vestigation. No  money  should  be  given  or  any  assistance 
granted  this  organization  until  they  recall  all  of  the  ones  that 
they  have  in  the  Pittsburgh  district,  and  further  more  if  there 
is  any  way  at  all  of  forcing  them  to  get  rid  of  the  ones  that  I 
have  mentioned  they  should  be  let  go." 

The  literary  qualities  of  this  report  can  be  profitably  studied 
by  comparison  with  the  reports  in  the   Monessen  "labor  file." 

The  maintenance  of  the  non-unionism  alternative,  therefore, 
entailed  for  the  steel  companies  activities  running  from  spies 
in  church  offices  in  New  York  to  sealed  carloads  of  Negroes 
shipped  into  Pittsburgh  plant  yards  at  night.  For  communities 
and  for  states  the  alternative  entailed  activities  of  greater  im- 
port and  greater  menace.  These  affected  civil  liberties  in  whole 
communities,  local  legislative  bodies,  police  authorities,  judges, 
state  police  troops,  Federal  government  departments,  and  the 
U.  S.  Army. 


152 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


Soviet  Russia — 1920 


By  BERTRAND  RUSSELL 


V.    THE  INTERNATIONAL  SITUATION 

IN  the  course  of  these  articles,  I  have  had  occasion  to  men- 
tion disagreeable  features  of  the  Bolshevist  regime. 
But  it  must  always  be  remembered  that  these  are  chiefly 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  industrial  life  of  Russia  has  been 
paralyzed  except  as  ministering  to  the  wants  of  the  army, 
and  that  the  Government  has  had  to  wage  a  bitter  and  doubt- 
ful civil  and  external  war,  involving  the  constant  menace  of 
domestic  enemies.  Harshness,  espionage,  and  a  curtailment 
of  liberty  result  unavoidably  from  these  difficulties.  I  have 
no  doubt  whatever  that  the  sole  cure  for  the  evils  from 
which  Russia  is  suffering  is  peace  and  trade.  Peace  and 
trade  would  put  an  end  to  the  hostility  of  the  peasants,  and 
would  at  once  enable  the  Government  to  depend  upon  popu- 
larity rather  than  force.  The  character  of  the  Government 
would  alter  rapidly  under  such  conditions.  Industrial  con- 
scription, which  is  now  rigidly  enforced,  would  become  un- 
necessary. Those  who  desire  a  more  liberal  spirit  would  be 
able  to  make  their  voices  heard  without  the  feeling  that  they 
were  assisting  reaction  and  the  national  enemies.  The  food 
difficulties  would  cease,  and  with  them  the  need  for  an  auto- 
cratic system  in  the  towns. 

It  must  not  be  assumed,  as  is  common  with  opponents  of 
bolshevism,  that  any  other  government  could  easily  be  estab- 
lished in  Russia.  I  think  everyone  who  has  been  in  Russia 
recently  is  convinced  that  the  existing  Government  is  stable. 
It  may  undergo  internal  developments,  and  might  easily, 
but  for  Lenin,  become  a  Bonapartist  military  autocracy.  But 
this  would  be  a  change  from  within — not  perhaps  a  very 
great  change — and  would  probably  do  little  to  alter  the 
economic  system.  From  what  I  saw  of  the  Russian  charac- 
ter and  of  the  opposition  parties,  I  became  persuaded  that 
Russia  is  not  ready  for  any  form  of  democracy,  and  needs 
a  strong  government.  The  Bolsheviki  represent  themselves 
as  the  allies  of  western  advanced  socialism,  and  from  this 
point  of  view  they  are  open  to  grave  criticism.  For  their 
international  program  there  is,  to  my  mind,  nothing  to  be 
said.  But  as  a  national  government,  stripped  of  their  cam- 
ouflage, regarded  as  the  successors  of  Peter  the  Great,  they 
are  performing  a  necessary  though  unamiable  task.  They 
are  introducing,  as  far  as  they  can,  American  efficiency 
among  a  lazy  and  undisciplined  population.  They  are  pre- 
paring to  develop  the  natural  resources  of  their  country  by 
the  methods  of  state  socialism,  for  which,  in  Russia,  there 
is  much  to  be  said.  In  the  army  they  are  abolishing  illiter- 
acy, and  if  they  had  peace  they  would  do  great  things  for 
education  everywhere. 

But  if  we  continue  to  refuse  peace  and  trade,  I  do  not 
think  the  Bolsheviki  will  go  under.  Russia  will  endure  great 
hardships  in  the  years  to  come  as  before.  But  the  Russians 
are  inured  to  misery  as  no  Western  nation  is;  they  can  live 
and  work  under  conditions  which  we  should  find  intolerable. 
The  Government  will  be  driven  more  and  more,  from  mere 
self-preservation,  into  a  policy  of  imperialism.  The  Entente 
has  been  doing  everything  to  expose  Germany  to  a  Russian 
invasion  of  arms  and  leaflets,  by  allowing  Poland  to  engage 
in  a  disastrous  war  and  compelling  Germany  to  disarm.  All 
Asia  lies  open  to  Bolshevist  ambitions.  Almost  the  whole  of 
the  former  Russian  Empire  in  Asia  is  quite  firmly  in  their 


grasp.  Trains  are  running  at  a  reasonable  speed  to  Turke- 
stan, and  I  saw  cotton  from  there  being  loaded  on  to  Volga 
steamers.  In  Persia  and  Turkey  powerful  revolts  are  taking 
place  with  Bolshevist  support.  It  is  only  a  question  of  a  few 
years  before  India  will  be  in  touch  with  the  Red  Army.  If 
we  continue  to  antagonize  the  Bolsheviki,  I  do  not  see  what 
force  exists  that  can  prevent  them  from  acquiring  the  whole 
of  Asia  within  ten  years. 

The  Russian  Government  is  not  imperialistic  in  spirit, 
and  would  prefer  peace  to  conquest.  The  country  is  weary 
of  war  and  denuded  of  goods.  But  if  the  Western  Powers 
insist  upon  war,  another  spirit,  which  is  already  beginning 
to  show  itself,  will  become  dominant.  Conquest  will  be  the 
only  alternative  tov  submission.  Asiatic  conquest  will  not  be 
difficult.  But  for  us,  from  the  imperialist  standpoint,  it  will 
mean  utter  ruin.  And  for  the  continent  it  will  mean  revolu- 
tions, civil  wars,  economic  cataclysms.  The  policy  of  crush- 
ing bolshevism  by  force  was  always  foolish  and  criminal ;  it 
has  now  become  impossible  and  fraught  with  disaster.  Our 
own  Government,  it  would  seem,  has  begun  to  realize  the 
dangers;  let  us  hope  it  realizes  them  sufficiently  to  enforce 
its  view  against  opposition.  If  not,  the  Great  War  (as  we 
still  call  it)  will  have  been  only  the  prelude  to  a  conflagration 
compared  with  which  it  will  seem  to  have  been  a  mere  fron- 
tier skirmish. 

Convinced  Bolsheviki  and  their  supporters  in  Western 
Europe  will  face  this  prospect  calmly,  since  they  believe* that 
in  the  end  the  communist  system  will  be  established,  and  will 
bring  a  cure  for  all  the  evils  from  which  the  world  is  suffer- 
ing. I  do  not  find  it  possible  to  believe  this  comforting  doc- 
trine. I  share  the  belief  in  communism,  but  not  in  the  sort 
which  concentrates  immense  power  in  the  hands  of  a  few 
men.  A  just  distribution  of  power  seems  to  me  just  as  im- 
portant as  a  just  distribution  of  material  goods.  All  experi- 
ence shows  that  very  few  men  can  be  long  trusted  with  great 
power.  If  Russia  wins  peace,  the  liberal  ideas  of  freedom 
and  popular  government  which  the  war  has  put  into  the 
background  will  again  become  prominent,  and  it  may  be  pos- 
sible to  restore  to  the  workers  some  of  that  control  over 
industry  which  they  had  in  the  early  days  of  bolshevism. 
But  if  continued  war  necessitates  continued  dictatorship  it 
must  happen,  sooner  or  later,  that  the  rulers  will  use  their 
privileged  political  position  to  secure  for  themselves  a  priv- 
ileged economic  position.  This  has  already  happened  to  a 
certain  extent;  the  highly -placed  Communists  have  consid- 
erably more  comfort  than  the  mass  of  the  population.  But 
what  has  happened  hitherto  in  this  way  is,  on  the  whole, 
justifiable  as  being  necessary  for  the  health  and  efficiency 
of  members  of  the  Government,  who  certainly  work  much 
longer  hours  and  at  much  higher  pressure  than  the  Govern- 
ments of  the  Western  Powers. 

This,  however,  is  hardly  likely  to  be  a  permanent  state  of 
affairs.  As  yet,  the  men  in  high  places  in  Russia  are  mostly 
very  ardent  Communists,  who  in  former  times  showed  a 
readiness  to  sacrifice  everything  for  their  beliefs.  These 
men  will  obviously  in  time  give  place  to  others  less  devoted, 
more  opportunist,  who  will  regard  the  situation,  as  most 
practical  politicians  do,  from  the  standpoint  of  practical  ad- 
vantage.   Such  men,  if  they  could  find  means  of  carrying  the 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


153 


army  with  them,  would  have  little  difficulty  in  decreeing 
large  salaries  and  special  privileges  for  the  governing  aris- 
tocracy. With  success  would  come  increased  opportunities 
of  corruption,  and  of  exploitation  of  undeveloped  countries. 
I  cannot  believe  that  these  temptations  would  be  per- 
manently resisted. 

The  Bolsheviki  have  a  complete  theory,  embodied  in  the 
Third  Internationale,  according  to  which  communism  is  to  be 
established  everywhere,  as  it  has  been  in  Russia,  by  the  dic- 
tatorship of  an  energetic  minority.  The  theory  is  recom- 
mended by  the  impossibility  of  converting  a  majority  while 
all  the  great  weapons  of  propaganda — especially  education 
and  the  press — are  in  the  hands  of  the  capitalists.  This 
argument  is  a  powerful  one,  and  it  certainly  shows  the  ex- 
treme difficulty  of  bringing  about  a  communist  state  by 
peaceful  means.  Where  it  fails  is  in  the  attempt  to  show 
that  communism,  in  any  stable  or  desirable  form,  can  be 
brought  about  by  the  dictatorship  of  a  minority.  In  polit- 
ical theory  it  is  necessary  to  take  account  of  what  may  be 
called  psychological  dynamics ;  I  mean  the  changes  in  men's 
aims  and  beliefs  that  are  brought  about  by  changed  circum- 
stances. Almost  all  men,  when  they  have  acquired  the  habit 
of  wielding  great  power,  find  it  so  delightful  that  they  can- 
not voluntarily  abandon  it.  If  they  are  men  who  were  orig- 
inally disinterested,  they  will  persuade  themselves  that  their 
power  is  still  necessary  in  the  public  interest;  but,  whether 
with  or  without  self-deception,  they  will  cling  to  power  until 
they  are  dispossessed  by  force.  This  is  bound  to  happen  to 
the  communist  minority  when,  as  in  Russia,  it  acquires  a 
military  dictatorship  originally  intended  to  be  temporary. 
Given  a  few  energetic  and  able  men  who  have  a  great  empire 
and  a  great  army  to  play  with,  it  is  psychologically  all  but 
certain  that  they  will  find  some  excuse  for  not  sharing  their 
power  more  than  they  can  help.  And  those  who  have  most 
power  always  can,  if  they  choose,  also  have  most  wealth. 
Sooner  or  later  they  will  so  choose,  and  the  expected  gains 
of  communism  will  be  lost. 

For  these  reasons,  as  well  as  for  reasons  of  pacifism, 
I  cannot  accept  the  bolshevist  philosophy  or  believe  in 
abandoning  the  slower  methods  of  democracy  and  popular 
agitation. 

Russia  is  a  backward  country,  not  yet  ready  for  the 
methods  of  equal  cooperation  which  the  West  is  seeking  to 
substitute  for  arbitrary  power  in  politics  and  industry.  In 
Russia,  the  methods  of  the  Bolsheviki  are  probably  more  or 
less  unavoidable;  at  any  rate,  I  am  not  prepared  to  criticize 
them  in  their  broad  lines.  But  they  are  not  the  methods 
appropriate  to  more  advanced  countries,  and  our  socialists 
will  be  unnecessarily  retrograde  if  they  allow  the  prestige 
of  the  Bolsheviki  to  lead  them  into  slavish  imitation.  It  will 
be  a  far  less  excusable  error  in  our  reactionaries  if,  by  their 
unteachableness,  they  compel  the  adoption  of  violent  meth- 
ods. We  have  a  heritage  of  civilization  and  mutual  toler- 
ance which  is  important  to  ourselves  and  to  the  world.  Life 
in  Russia  has  always  been  fierce  and  cruel  to  a  far  greater 
degree  than  with  us,  and  out  of  the  war  has  come  a  danger 
that  this  fierceness  and  cruelty  may  become  universal.  I 
have  hopes  that  in  England  this  may  be  avoided  through  the 
moderation  of  both  sides.  But  it  is  essential  to  a  happy 
issue  that  melodrama  should  no  longer  determine  our  views 
of  the  Bolsheviki;  they  are  neither  angels  to  be  worshiped 
nor  devils  to  be  exterminated,  but  merely  bold  and  able  men 
attempting,  with  great  skill  what  is  an  almost  impossible 
task. 


VI.  TOWN  AND  COUNTRY 
The  problem  of  inducing  the  peasants  to  feed  the  towns 
is  one  which  Russia  shares  with  Central  Europe,  and 
from  what  one  hears  Russia  has  been  less  unsuccessful  than 
some  other  countries  in  dealing  with  this  problem.  For  the 
Soviet  Government  the  problem  is  mainly  concentrated  in 
Moscow  and  Petrograd ;  the  other  towns  are  not  very  large, 
and  are  mostly  in  the  center  of  rich  agricultural  districts. 
It  is  true  that  in  the  north  even  the  rural  population  nor- 
mally depends  upon  food  from  more  southerly  districts;  but 
the  northern  population  is  small.  It  is  commonly  said  that 
the  problem  of  feeding  Moscow  and  Petrograd  is  a  transport 
problem,  but  I  think  this  is  only  partially  true.  There  is,  of 
course,  a  grave  deficiency  of  rolling-stock,  especially  of  loco- 
motives in  good  repair.  But  Moscow  is  surrounded  by  very 
good  land.  In  the  course  of  a  day's  motoring  in  the  neigh- 
borhood I  saw  enough  cows  to  supply  milk  to  the  whole  child 
population  of  Moscow,  although  what  I  had  come  to  see  was 
children's  sanatoria,  not  farms.  All  kinds  of  food  can  be 
bought  in  the  market  at  high  prices.  I  traveled  over  a  con- 
siderable extent  of  Russian  railways,  and  saw  a  fair  number 
of  goods  trains.  For  all  these  reasons  I  feel  convinced  that 
the  share  of  the  transport  problem  in  the  food  difficulties  has 
been  exaggerated.  Of  course  transport  plays  a  larger  part 
in  the  shortage  in  Petrograd  than  in  Moscow,  because  food 
comes  mainly  from  south  of  Moscow.  In  Petrograd,  most 
of  the  people  one  sees  in  the  streets  show  obvious  signs  of 
underfeeding.  In  Moscow  the  visible  signs  are  much  less 
frequent,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that  underfeeding,  though 
not  actual  starvation,  is  nearly  universal. 

The  Government  supplies  rations  to  every  one  who  works 
in  the  towns  at  a  very  low  fixed  price.  The  official  theory  is 
that  the  Government  has  a  monopoly  of  the  food  and  that 
the  rations  are  sufficient  to  sustain  life.  The  fact  is  that  the 
rations  are  not  sufficient,  and  that  they  are  only  a  portion  of 
the  food  supply  of  Moscow.  Moreover,  people  complain,  I 
do  not  know  how  truly,  that  the  rations  are  delivered  irregu- 
larly; some  say,  about  every  other  day.  Under  these  cir- 
cumstances, almost  everybody,  rich  or  poor,  buys  food  in  the 
market,  where  it  costs  about  fifty  times  the  fixed  Govern- 
ment price.  A  pound  of  butter  costs  about  a  month's  wages. 
In  order  to  be  able  to  afford  extra  food,  people  adopt  various 
expedients.  Some  do  additional  work  at  extra  rates  after 
their  official  day's  work  is  over.  For,  though  there  is  sup- 
posed to  be,  by  law,  an  eight-hour  day,  the  wage  paid  for  it 
is  not  a  living  wage,  and  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  a  man 
from  undertaking  other  work  in  his  spare  time.  But  the 
usual  resource  is  what  is  called  "speculation,"  i.e.,  buying 
and  selling.  Some  person  formerly  rich  sells  clothes  or  fur- 
niture or  jewelry  in  return  for  food;  the  buyer  sells  again 
at  an  enhanced  price,  and  so  on  through  perhaps  twenty 
hands,  until  a  final  purchaser  is  found  in  some  well-to-do 
peasant  or  nouveau  riche  speculator.  Again,  most  people 
have  relations  in  the  country  whom  they  visit  from  time  to 
time,  bringing  back  with  them  great  bags  of  flour.  It  is 
illegal  for  private  persons  to  bring  food  into  Moscow,  and 
the  trains  are  searched ;  but  by  corruption  or  cunning  experi- 
enced people  can  elude  the  search.  The  food  market  is  ille- 
gal and  is  raided  occasionally,  but  as  a  rule  it  is  winked  at. 
Thus  the  attempt  to  suppress  private  commerce  has  resulted 
in  an  amount  of  buying  and  selling  which  far  exceeds  what 
happens  in  capitalist  countries.  It  takes  up  a  great  deal  of 
time  that  might  be  more  profitably  employed;  and,  being 
illegal,  it  places  practically  the  whole  population  of  Moscow 


154 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2875 


at  the  mercy  of  the  police.  Moreover,  it  depends  largely 
upon  the  stores  of  goods  belonging  to  those  who  were  for- 
merly rich,  and  when  these  are  expended  the  whole  system 
must  collapse  unless  industry  has  meanwhile  been  reestab- 
lished on  a  sound  basis. 

It  is  clear  that  the  state  of  affairs  is  unsatisfactory,  but, 
from  the  Government's  point  of  view,  it  is  not  easy  to  see 
what  ought  to  be  done.  The  urban  and  industrial  population 
is  mainly  concerned  in  carrying  on  the  work  of  government 
and  supplying  munitions  to  the  army.  These  are  very  neces- 
sary tasks,  the  cost  of  which  ought  to  be  defrayed  out  of 
taxation.  A  moderate  tax  in  kind  on  the  peasants  would 
easily  feed  Moscow  and  Petrograd.  But  the  peasants  take 
no  interest  in  war  or  government.  Russia  is  so  vast  that 
invasion  of  one  part  does  not  touch  another  part;  and  the 
peasants  are  too  ignorant  to  have  any  national  consciousness 
such  as  one  takes  for  granted  in  England  or  France  or  Ger- 
many. The  peasants  will  not  willingly  part  with  a  portion 
of  their  produce  merely  for  purposes  of  national  defense 
but  only  for  the  goods  they  need — clothes,  agricultural  im- 
plements, etc. — which  the  Government,  owing  to  the  war 
and  the  blockade,  is  not  in  a  position  to  supply. 

When  the  food  shortage  was  at  its  worst,  the  Govern- 
ment antagonized  the  peasants  by  forced  requisitions,  car- 
ried out  with  great  harshness  by  the  Red  Army.  This 
method  has  been  abandoned;  but  the  peasants  still  part  un- 
willingly with  their  food,  as  is  natural  in  view  of  the  use- 
lessness  of  paper  and  the  enormously  higher  prices  offered 
by  private  buyers. 

The  food  problem  is  the  main  cause  of  popular  opposition 
to  the  Bolsheviki,  yet  I  cannot  see  how  any  popular  policy 
could  have  been  adopted.  The  Bolsheviki  are  disliked  by  the 
peasants  because  they  take  so  much  food;  they  are  disliked 
'in  the  towns  because  they  take  so  little.  What  the  peasants 
want  is  what  is  called  free  trade,. i.e.,  de-control  of  agricul- 
tural produce.  If  this  policy  were  adopted  the  towns  would 
be  faced  by  utter  starvation,  not  merely  by  hunger  and  hard- 
ship. It  is  an  entire  misconception  to  suppose  that  the  peas- 
ants cherish  any  hostility  to  the  Entente.  The  Daily  News 
of  July  13,  in  an  otherwise  excellent  leading  article,  speaks 
of  "the  growing  hatred  of  the  Russian  peasant,  who  is 
neither  a  Communist  nor  a  Bolshevist,  for  the  Allies  gen- 
erally and  this  country  is  particular."  The  typical  Russian 
peasant  has  never  hea^d  of  the  Allies  or  of  this  country;  he 
does  not  know  that  there  is  a  blockade ;  all  he  knows  is  that 
he  used  to  have  six  cows  but  the  Government  reduced  him 
to  one  for  the  sake  of  poorer  peasants,  and  that  it  takes  his 
corn  (except  what  is  needed  for  his  own  family)  at  a  very 
low  price.  The  reasons  for  these  actions  do  not  interest  him, 
since  his  horizon  is  bounded  by  his  own  village.  To  a  re- 
markable extent  each  village  is  an  independent  unit.  So 
long  as  the  Government  obtains  the  food  and  soldiers  that  it 
requires  it  does  not  interefere,  and  leaves  untouched  the  old 
village  communism,  which  is  extraordinarily  unlike  bol- 
shevism  and  entirely  dependent  upon  a  very  primitive  stage 
of  culture. 

The  Government  represents  the  interests  of  the  urban  and 
industrial  population,  and  is,  as  it  were,  encamped  amid  a 
peasant  nation  with  whom  its  relations  are  rather  diplomatic 
and  military  than  governmental  in  the  ordinary  sense.  The 
economic  situation,  as  in  Central  Europe,  is  favorable  to  the 
country  and  unfavorable  to  the  towns.  If  Russia  were  gov- 
erned democratically,  according  to  the  will  of  the  majority, 
the   inhabitants   of   Moscow   and   Petrograd  would   die   of 


starvation.  As  it  is,  Moscow  and  Petrograd  just  manage  to 
live  by  having  the  whole  civil  and  military  power  of  the 
state  devoted  to  their  needs.  Russia  affords  the  curious 
spectacle  of  a  vast  and  powerful  Empire,  prosperous  at  the 
periphery  but  faced  with  dire  want  at  the  center.  Those 
who  have  least  prosperity  have  most  power;  and  it  is 
only  through  their  excess  of  power  that  they  are  enabled  to 
live  at  all.  The  situation  is  due  at  bottom  to  two  facts :  that 
almost  the  whole  industrial  energy  of  the  population  has  had 
to  be  devoted  to  war,  and  that  the  peasants  do  not  appreciate 
the  importance  of  the  war  or  the  fact  of  the  blockade. 

It  is  futile  to  blame  the  Bolsheviki  for  an  unpleasant  and 
difficult  situation  which  it  has  been  impossible  for  them  to 
avoid.  Their  problem  is  only  soluble  in  one  of  two  ways: 
by  the  cessation  of  the  war  and  the  blockade,  which  would 
enable  them  to  supply  the  peasants  with  the  goods  they 
need  in  exchange  for  food;  or  by  the  gradual  development 
of  an  independent  Russian  industry.  This  latter  method 
would  be  slow  and  would  involve  terrible  hardships,  but 
some  of  the  ablest  men  in  the  Government  believe  it  to  be 
possible  if  peace  cannot  be  achieved.  If  we  force  this 
method  upon  Russia  by  the  refusal  of  peace  and  trade,  we 
shall  forfeit  the  only  inducement  we  can  hold  out  for 
friendly  relations ;  we  shall  render  the  Soviet  State  unassail- 
able and  completely  free  to  pursue  the  policy  of  promoting 
revolution  everywhere. 


Starkweather  Writes  a  Happy 
Ending 

By  JAMES  RORTY 

MY  name  is  Starkweather.  I  am  a  proud  Anglo-Saxon, 
but  my  business  is  writing  novels  and  stories  after 
the  Russian  manner.  What  I  set  down  here,  must,  I  fear, 
be  considered  as  the  record  of  a  business  failure. 

Yesterday  the  sun  turned  itself  into  a  molten  ooze  and 
filtered  into  the  room  where  I  sat  poking  out  of  a  type- 
writer a  long  screed  about  a  young  man  who  leapt  lightly 
out  of  the  twentieth  story  window  of  a  skyscraper  rather 
than  be  a  business  man. 

I  said:  "What  is  it  clogs  the  keys?  Why  am  I  suddenly 
weak?  There's  my  young  man  poised,  ready  to  jump — needs 
just  one  more  push.  Can't  you  help  him  through  one  little 
page  of  dying?" 

I  couldn't.  I  was  too  hot.  "Let  him  fall  off  by  himself," 
I  sulked.  "0  death,  do  your  own  dirty  work.  Let  him  even 
live,  no  matter  how  raggedly." 

The  air  darkened.  It  became  so  hot  that  I  panted  and 
thought  I  should  stifle.  Leaving  the  half-written  page  in 
the  machine  I  stripped  to  my  undershirt  and  lay  down  on 
my  couch.  "Perhaps  I,  too,  am  a  victim  in  a  tale,"  I 
reflected.  "Perhaps  on  the  other  side  of  the  hill  whence 
come  these  faint  rumblings,  there  sits  the  pessimistic 
genius  of  the  world,  who  puffs  at  a  pipe  and  debates  whether 
or  not  it  would  make  a  fitting  climax  to  his  story  if  he 
converted  the  earth  into  an  oven  and  baked  to  death  me  and 
a  million  other  wretched  humans." 

The  thought  was  scarcely  edifying.  Resolving  that  at 
least  I  should  not  die  decently  in  my  bed,  I  got  up  and  re- 
turned to  the  typewriter.  But  it  was  impossible  for  me  to 
work.    The  disaster  which  I  had  planned  for  my  hero  must 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


155 


be  postponed.  Nature  herself  had  donned  the  tragic 
masque.  I  went  out  into  the  garden.  "If  this  is  judgment 
day,"  I  said  to  myself,  "and  if  I  must  make  a  choice  of 
attitudes,  I  had  on  the  whole  rather  that  the  Angel  of  the 
Lord  found  me  in  my  garden  hoeing  my  beans." 

It  grew  hotter.  The  haze  thickened,  and  premonitory 
mutterings  came  from  behind  the  hill  where  that  laboring 
genius  plotted  blood  and  thunder  for  the  world.  "I  know, 
I  know,"  I  murmured  sympathetically,  as  I  sweated  at  the 
hoe.  A  drop  of  water  spattered  on  my  hand.  I  looked  up, 
and  saw,  far  up  the  mountain,  an  isolated  pine  tree  bend 
far  over  sharply,  although  the  air  in  the  valley  was  yet 
heavy  and  lifeless.  Then,  suddenly,  the  whole  side  of  the 
hill  vanished  in  a  swirl  of  rain.  It  was  as  if  the  cloud  which 
had  hung  over  the  mountain  had  liquefied  in  an  instant  and 
flung  itself  upon  the  landscape.  I  got  indoors  just  in  time. 
A  sheet  of  driven  water  was  tearing  through  my  studio 
window,  and  I  had  to  fight  to  close  it.  The  rickety  struc- 
ture rocked  and  groaned.  What  if  it  should  go?  I  had  a 
momentary  vision  of  myself  cowering  homeless  in  the  midst 
of  a  rain-beaten,  rioting  wilderness,  my  manuscripts  career- 
ing in  the  wind,  my  feeble  typewriter  silent  in  the  ruins. 

But  the  house  did  not  go.  It  even  seemed  as  if  there  were 
something  positive  and  challenging  about  its  steadfastness. 
And  outside,  too,  one  saw  that  the  storm  was  by  no  means 
having  its  own  way  altogether.  Decidedly,  it  was  to  be  not 
a  massacre  but  a  battle.  I  almost  clapped  my  hands  as  I 
saw  the  lithe  energy  with  which  the  slim  young  maple  at 
my  back  door  wrestled  with  the  gale. 

This  morning  the  weather  has  cleared.  That  capricious 
Genius  who  lives  on  the  other  side  of  the  mountain  has 
puffed  a  fleecy  white  cloud  into  the  sky,  and  the  sun  is 
temperate.  The  landscape  has  a  cleansed  and  guileless 
aspect  like  the  Old  Homestead.  I  sit  at  breakfast  on  my 
porch  and  survey  the  havoc  wrought  by  the  storm.  My 
valiant  young  maple  has  not  even  shed  a  branch.  Two 
roadside  trees,  however,  have  toppled  over  at  the  roots, 
carrying  with  them  a  section  of  fence.  But  prostrate  as 
they  are,  they  are  not  without  dignity.  One  feels  that 
they  fought  a  good  fight,  were  beaten  down  fairly,  and  did 
not  limply  flop.  The  hail  has  flayed  the  meadow  until  grass 
and  daisies  and  buttercups  and  iris  lie  in  fallen  windrows 
of  drenched  and  tangled  luxuriance.  But  I  know  that  even 
now  the  grass  is  stretching  its  roots  deep  in  the  oozing  soil 
and  sucking  up  the  strength  which  will  bring  forth  a  taller 
harvest.  My  beans,  too,  I  reflect  confidently,  will  repair 
some  of  their  broken  stalks  and  bear  with  sufficient  plenty. 

This  morning  I  must  finish  that  story.  The  young  man 
has  been  standing  on  the  ledge  of  that  skyscraper  quite 
long  enough.  It  is  time  he  did  something  about  it.  He  is 
an  interesting  young  man,  a  morbid  young  man,  a  despair- 
ing young  man,  and  according  to  my  usual  formula  he 
ought  to  be  half  way  to  the  street  by  this  time,  rotating 
slowly  and  spilling  Stygian  introspection  at  the  rate  of 
fifty  words  a  second.  But  after  all,  he  is  a  young  man,  and 
this  morning  I  don't  feel  quite  like  massacring  him.  I  had 
rather  make  him  fight.  Merely  because  his  insides  hurt 
him,  what's  the  use  of  flopping  him  into  the  street,  or  flop- 
ping him  back  into  business?  Let's  see — he  is  a  very  com- 
fortable young  man,  and  he's  got  to  do  something — aha! 
I  have  it!  I  shall  make  him  seduce  his  stenographer.  That 
will  be  sunnier,  more  like  life  this  morning,  and  yet  retain 
something  of  my  characteristic  manner.  On  the  whole, 
that  story  is  not  a  complete  failure  after  all. 


William  Marion  Reedy 

By  ZOE  AKINS 

MR.  REEDY  of  Reedy's  Mirror  of  St.  Louis,  who  died 
last  week,  had  a  genius  that  he  loved  to  employ  for 
fingering,  with  the  touch  of  a  magician,  at  a  poor  literary 
thing  that  he  could  make — with  a  pass  here  and  a  pass 
there — his  own.  But  I  am  not  of  those  who  regard  his 
attitude  toward  young  talents  as  one  of  his  foremost  literary 
virtues.  "I'm  tired  of  the  role  of  discoverer,"  he  wrote 
in  a  letter  only  a  few  months  ago;  and  I  believe  he  was 
indeed  tired  in  the  sense  that  he  knew  that  many  of  the 
people  he  "made"  were  not  in  the  least  aware  that  he  was 
glad  to  be  the  railing  beside  the  stream,  yet  not  continually 
the  crutch  for  their  abilities — though  he  found  a  very 
human  satisfaction  at  times  in  seeing  the  vain  and  the 
ungrateful  stumble  when  they  tried  to  proceed  alone. 

Do  not  misunderstand — there  never  was  anyone  whose 
generosity  was  more  durable  in  spite  of  the  many  strains  put 
upon  it,  never  anyone  who  loved  to  praise  as  he  did  or  was 
keener  than  he  to  be  moved  to  genuine  enthusiasm.  But 
"this  country  is  fetid  with  talent,"  he  wrote  on  a  certain 
occasion ;  and  I  do  not  believe  that  he  esteemed  very  greatly 
his  reputation  for  discovering  it.  I  think  he  considered  it 
merely  a  part  of  his  job  to  find  his  wares  and  buy  them 
where  others  were  not  bidding,  so  that  the  unnatural  stress 
put  upon  this  aspect  of  his  discrimination  began  eventually 
to  bore  him — that  and  the  drag  of  the  wearisome  ambitions 
of  many  whom  he  had  brought  to  the  public's  attention. 
At  any  rate,  in  spite  of  his  delicate  solicitude  for  the  anxious 
beginner,  the  irony  of  the  larger  situation  had  pierced  him. 
His  tongue  was  often  in  his  cheek.  And  in  saying  this  I 
do  not  forget  that  I,  too,  was  an  anxious  beginner — one  who 
went  to  him  with  a  first  sonnet.  I  find  myself  resenting 
the  fact  that  much  of  the  regret  which  finds  its  voice  to- 
day for  the  departure  of  William  Marion  Reedy  is  for  the 
very  things  that  after  all,  in  comparison  with  his  greater 
gifts,  seem  trivial.  To  say  only  that  he  was  helpfui,  that 
he  was  kind,  that  he  was  the  best  companion  and  the  most 
engaging  talker  in  the  world,  is  as  though  one  grieved  be- 
cause he  could  no  longer  give  his  gifts.  Those  particularly 
human  qualities  that  had  made  him  something  of  a  sinner's 
saint  had  also  exhausted  to  a  mood  of  high-thinking  pessi- 
mism, or,  as  he  himself  put  it,  to  a  "death-damp  of  cyni- 
cism," a  spirit  too  rarely  equipped  for  treasure-seeking  in 
eerie  corners  of  the  world  to  be  a  burden-bearer  on  the  roads 
that  lead  in  and  out  of  humanity's  market-place. 

Born  at  a  time  and  in  a  place  where  the  life  that  crowded 
about  him  was  the  weed-like  growth  of  an  unkept  garden, 
this  child  of  Kerry  Patch  grew  strangely  into  a  huge 
creature  of  exquisite  sensibilities,  romantic  curiosities,  and 
heroic  ardors,  a  soul  so  sizable  and  so  true  that  where  there 
was  any  benevolence  or  any  beauty  he  was  drawn  to  it. 
That  he  recorded  himself,  sometimes  magnificently,  some- 
times wearily,  but  always  with  something  of  the  valuable 
vision  of  a  far-seeing  and  far-seeking  intelligence  is  an 
achievement  that  has  yet  to  be  truly  estimated  by  the  finely 
critical  and  mentally  eager  minds  of  those  who  will  see 
the  crowded  works  of  this  crowded  day  in  the  perspective 
of  time.  Even  now  we  can  say  that  the  far-spoken,  pictur- 
esque Westerner  who  died  the  other  day  had  something  of 
the  sheer  intellectual  size  of  Queen  Elizabeth's  stirring  age. 


156 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


The  Farmer-Labor  Party 

By  ROBERT  M.  BUCK 


THE  Farmer-Labor  Party  recognizes  its  mission  to  be 
an  attempt  to  end  class  politics,  class  parties,  and 
class  government  in  the  United  States.  There  is  no  longer  a 
middle  class  in  this  country,  despite  assertions  of  any  who 
may  wish  to  organize  a  middle  class  party.  There  are  two 
classes — the  exploiters  and  the  exploited.  At  present  the 
exploiters  control  the  two  old  parties,  by  financing  them 
equally — supporting  them  for  the  purpose  of  fooling  the 
voters  with  false  issues  and  thereby  keeping  the  exploited 
divided,  so  that  they  cannot  function  unitedly  in  politics. 
Thus,  the  Democratic  and  Republican  Parties  are  class 
parties,  for  if  a  party  is  controlled  and  manipulated  by  a 
class,  it  is  as  much  a  class  party  as  if  all  its  members  belong 
to  a  single  class.  The  effort  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  is 
to  induce  all  exploited  groups  to  arise  in  their  political 
might  and  unite  to  throw  off  the  exploiters. 

Who  are  exploited?  Industrial  workers  in  factory,  mine, 
and  on  railroad;  farm  workers,  whether  for  wages,  as  rent- 
ers, or  as  "owners"  of  land;  office  workers,  store  workers, 
school  teachers,  scientific  workers,  actors,  small  merchants, 
and  that  large  body  of  workers  whose  tools  are  the  frying 
pan,  the  broom,  and  the  baby  carriage.  All  of  these  are  ex- 
ploited. These  are  not  all  of  the  exploited  groups,  but  they 
serve  as  typical.  People  talk  loosely  about  the  public.  Who 
are  the  public?  These  exploited  groups  form  nine-tenths  of 
the  public.  Are  we  not  too  prone  in  America  to  think  of  the 
public  as  consumers?  But  the  same  individuals  who  are  con- 
sumers are  also  producers — that  is,  those  of  them  who  serve 
their  fellowmen.  Even  some  of  the  exploiters  are  pro- 
ducers, and  such  of  these  as  are  unwilling  exploiters  belong 
in  the  Farmer-Labor  Party.  To  those  who  complain  that 
the  workers  also  exploit  the  public,  we  answer  that  a  man 
cannot  exploit  himself.  The  workers  are  nine-tenths  of  the 
public,  and  in  a  country  where  the  majority  rules  that 
amounts  to  saying  that,  for  practical  purposes,  the 
workers  are  the  public.  Who,  then,  are  the  workers — the 
labor  to  whom  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  makes  its  appeal? 
In  the  official  language  of  the  party,  they  are  "those  who 
perform  useful  work  by  hand  and  brain."  In  other  words, 
they  are  the  exploited  plus  the  few  exploiters  who  are 
unwillingly  such. 

Realizing  that  the  principal  reason  why  the  old  parties  fool 
instead  of  serve  the  voters  is  because  they  are  financed 
equally  by  the  exploiters,  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  de- 
pends upon  its  members  to  finance  it.  Therefore,  it  has 
been  organized  as  a  dues-paying  party,  much  along  the  lines 
of  the  Nonpartisan  League  in  the  Northwest.  The  effort 
is  to  marshal  into  a  unified  political  effort  the  exploited  that 
they  may  manage  and  finance  their  own  politics.  If  this 
effort  is  even  reasonably  successful,  the  exploited  will,  by 
peaceful  political  action,  be  able  to  recapture  their  govern- 
ment from  the  control  of  the  exploiters  and  begin  to  run 
it  for  the  ninety  per  cent.  If  they  can  do  this,  the  small 
per  cent  of  exploiters  will  be  put  out  of  business  as  such, 
and  at  that  point  there  will  cease  to  be  two  classes  in  the 
United  States — exploiters  and  exploited.  This  is  the  manner 
in  which  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  is  fighting  class  politics, 
class  parties,  and  class  government  in  the  United  States. 
The  preamble  of  the  platform  tells  what  appeal  is  to  be  made 


to  these  groups.    Here  are  some  of  its  important  sentences: 

All  power  to  govern  this  nation  must  be  restored  to  the  people. 

Political  democracy  is  only  an  empty  phrase  without  indus- 
trial democracy. 

Our  nation  stands  today  in  danger  of  becoming  an  empire 
instead  of  a  republic. 

.  .  .  reconstruction  ...  to  be  effective  must  smash  to 
atoms  the  money  power  of  the  proprietors  of  the  two  old 
parties. 

The  planks  of  the  platform  pledge  restoration  in  full  of 
American  rights  and  liberties;  full  equal  suffrage  for  all 
citizens  regardless  of  sex,  race,  color,  or  creed;  abolition  of 
imperialism  at  home  and  abroad;  democratic  control  of  in- 
dustry ;  public  ownership  and  democratic  operation  of  public 
utilities  and  natural  resources ;  reduction  of  the  growth  and 
evils  of  farm  tenancy ;  forcing  into  use  idle  lands ;  reduction 
of  the  burden  of  taxation  on  the  exploited  and  placing  it  on 
the  exploiter  in  proportion  to  his  ability  to  pay.  These  are 
not  all  of  the  planks,  but  they  are  the  typical  ones.  Special 
planks  demand  fair  play  for  farmers  and  for  city  workers. 
In  the  anti-imperialism  plank  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  is 
denounced,  together  with  our  treatment  of  American  depend- 
encies. Then,  to  make  the  plank  direct  and  unequivocal, 
there  are  flat  declarations  against  war  with  Mexico  and  for 
recognition  of  the  elected  Governments  of  Ireland  and 
Russia.  So  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  has  not  dealt  in  weasel 
words.  It  has  not  sacrificed  principle  for  political  expedi- 
ency. It  has  demanded  votes  for  Negroes,  which  means 
simply  the  enforcement  of  the  Fifteenth  Amendment  to  the 
Constitution;  Federal  aid  to  education,  though  Federal  con- 
trol is  not  called  for ;  recognition  of  Ireland  and  Russia,  full 
financial  recompense  for  ex-service  men,  and  the  complete 
"bill  of  rights"  of  labor  as  outlined  by  the  American  Federa- 
tion of  Labor.  None  of  these  matters  is  urged  in  the  Demo- 
cratic and  Republican  platforms.  The  keynote  of  the  arch  is 
the  plank  which  reads:  "the  right  of  labor  to  an  increasing 
share  in  the  responsibilities  and  management  of  industry; 
application  of  this  principle  to  be  developed  in  accordance 
with  the  experience  of  actual  operation."  This  is  the  party's 
demand  for  industrial  freedom — freedom  from  exploitation 
for  workers  in  factory,  field,  store,  and  office;  to  release  the 
balked  and  thwarted  instincts  of  the  workers  and  restore 
interest  in  their  work;  to  put  song,  sunshine,  adventure, 
and  laughter  into  lives  now  bleak. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Bertrand  Russell  is  the  British  scholar  and  philosopher 
whose  first  article  on  Russia  was  published  in  The 
Nation  of  July  31. 

Robert  M.  Buck  is  the  editor  of  The  New  Majority. 

Zoe  Akins  is  well  known  as  a  poet  and  playwright,  the 
author  of  "Declassee." 

Augustine  Birrell  is  the  eminent  British  essayist. 

Marie  Tudor  Garland  was  a  delegate  to  the  recent  con- 
gress of  International  Woman's  Suffrage  Alliance. 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


157 


Women's  Internationalism 

By  MARIE  TUDOR  GARLAND 

THE  Eighth  Congress  of  the  International  Woman  Suf- 
frage Alliance,  held  in  Geneva,  June  6  to  12,  met  after 
an  interval  of  seven  years.  The  Congress  of  1913  in  Buda- 
pest had  voted  to  meet  the  following  year.  That  meeting 
was  never  held.  In  July,  1914,  a  tidal  wave  of  war  began 
to  form.  Gaining  in  force,  it  swept  the  earth,  gathering  in 
nation  after  nation.  As  this  wave  now  recedes  new  groups 
appear.  Out  of  the  pain  of  war  new  nations  are  born.  The 
international  gathering  in  Geneva  brought  together  the  sur- 
vivors of  the  old  order  and  the  offspring  of  the  new. 

To  me,  the  Congress  of  1920  seemed  to  hold  more  of  hope 
for  the  world  than  any  international  gathering  in  history. 
Neutral  to  all  questions  that  were  purely  national,  yet  open 
to  every  nation,  this  Congress  came  together  with  a  breadth 
of  vision  never  before  attained.  Irrespective  of  language, 
race  or  creed,  it  dealt  directly  with  questions  of  human  life 
and  human  liberty.  Here,  women  of  antagonistic  nations 
met  on  the  one  plane  that  can  draw  humanity  together,  the 
plane  that  recognizes  life  as  the  vital  fact  in  all  construc- 
tive policy.  Here  women  met  to  secure  the  right  of  the 
future  race  to  be  born  into  a  world  that  shall  recognize  love 
as  a  greater  force  than  hate,  hold  human  happiness  above 
human  gain,  and  beauty  of  life  as  the  first  requisite  of 
happiness.  Here  women  met  in  complete  unanimity  of  pur- 
pose, not  to  serve  the  ends  of  women  alone,  not  to  align 
themselves  against  men,  but  to  win  for  humanity  the  liberty 
that  shall  belong  to  it. 

The  complete  enfranchisement  of  women  will  place  hu- 
manity on  a  safer  basis  than  it  has  yet  had.  Woman's  voice 
is  as  necessary  to  life  as  man's  and  that  recognition,  as  the 
Congress  suggested  by  its  every  act,  will  entail  far  more 
than  the  right  of  suffrage.  Suffrage  is  only  a  beginning. 
The  war  has  brought  to  the  women  of  many  countries  the 
knowledge  that  they  are  part  of  the  civilizing  influence  of 
the  world.  As  they  stood  behind  the  men,  freed  for  action 
by  the  necessity  of  conflict,  they  saw  for  the  first  time  the 
mask  stripped  from  the  face  of  war.  They  saw  its  grim 
mouth  claiming  food  which  was  their  children's.  They  had 
to  starve  the  little  ones  to  feed  an  insatiable  appetite.  They 
starved  themselves.  They  starved  the  unborn.  Women 
found  all  life,  present  and  future,  involved  in  a  cataclysm 
which  they  had  not  brought  about  and  they  were  forced  to 
search  deep  for  the  cause.  They  awoke  to  their  responsi- 
bility; suffrage  became  inevitable.  As  a  result  of  this, 
twenty-one  countries  reported  they  had  newly  won  the  vote 
for  women.*  Organized  in  1902  by  the  efforts  of  Mrs.  Catt, 
the  International  Woman  Suffrage  Alliance  first  had  an 
affiliation  of  seven  nations.  At  that  time  only  Australasia 
had  the  woman's  vote.  At  the  Congress  of  1920  were 
twenty-eight  countries  affiliated,  and  several  others  applying 
for  membership. 

Most  significant  about  the  Congress  was  the  representa- 
tion present.  Women  worked  to  obtain  money  to  attend. 
Groups  of  women  sold  their  jewels  in  order  to  enable  one 
woman  to  be  present  and  represent  them.  Reports  read 
showed  that  about  one  hundred  women  are  in  parliaments 

•The  21  countries  are  Austria,  British  East  Africa,  Canada,  Crimea,  Czecho- 
Slorakia,  Denmark,  Esthonia,  Germany,  Great  Britain,  Hungary,  Lettonia, 
Lithuania,  Luxembourg,  Netherlands,  Poland,  Rhodesia,  Russia,  Serbia, 
Sweden,   IFkrainia,   Uruguay. 


and  at  least  five  thousand  holding  municipal  office.  Since 
the  last  Congress  the  woman  suffrage  movement  has  ob- 
tained full  recognition  by  the  press.  It  has  also  obtained 
international  recognition  from  a  new  angle.  Although 
within  the  last  year  a  letter  sent  to  President  Wilson  by 
the  National  American  Woman  Suffrage  Association  was 
not  acknowledged,  yet  to  this  Congress  of  the  International 
Woman  Suffrage  Alliance  six  governments  and  the  League 
of  Nations  sent  official  representatives.  Small  wonder  that 
such  a  movement  has  burst  the  bounds  of  suffrage. 

Nine  resolutions  were  passed.  The  gist  of  these  is: 
that  the  Congress  call  upon  the  women  of  the  world  to  use 
their  power,  through  international  education  and  knowledge, 
to  prevent  future  wars.  That  equal  status  with  men  be 
granted  women  in  legislative  and  administrative  bodies, 
both  national  and  international;  equal  educational  and  eco- 
nomic rights,  equal  personal  rights,  equal  domestic  rights, 
equal  moral  rights.  A  resolution  was  sent  to  the  League 
of  Nations:  (1)  "That  the  women  of  thirty-one  nations 
assembled  in  Congress  in  Geneva,  convinced  that  in  a  strong 
Society  of  Nations,  based  on  the  principles  of  right  and 
justice,  lies  the  only  hope  of  assuring  the  future  peace  of 
the  world,  call  upon  all  the  women  of  the  whole  world  to 
direct  their  will,  their  intelligence,  and  their  influence  to- 
ward the  development  and  the  consolidation  of  the  Society 
of  Nations  on  such  a  basis,  and  to  assist  it  in  every  possible 
way  in  its  work  of  securing  peace  and  good  will  throughout 
the  world;  (2)  that  a  Conference  of  women  be  summoned 
annually  by  the  League  of  Nations  for  the  purpose  of  con- 
sidering questions  relating  to  the  welfare  and  status  of 
women,  the  Conference  to  be  held  at  the  seat  of  the  League 
.  .  .;  (3)  that  the  League  'recommend  to  its  constituent 
states  the  abolition  of  the  state  regulation  of  prostitution.'  " 

The  several  government  representatives  spoke,  each  in 
turn  bringing  forth  the  various  ways  that  women  might 
cooperate  with  men,  or  work  singly  and  in  bodies  for  the 
betterment  of  present  conditions.  Mme.  Schwimmer,  repre- 
senting Hungary,  poignantly  expressed  the  responsibility 
of  women.  Lady  Astor,  speaking  for  Great  Britain,  though 
American  born,  expressed  the  attitude  of  the  younger  gen- 
eration impatiently  brought  face  to  face  with  the  facts  of 
life. 

Although  not  every  delegate  was  internationally-minded, 
and  attempts  were  made  to  break  away  into  a  separate  femi- 
nist movement,  dealing  with  women's  rights  as  apart  from 
men's,  Mrs.  Catt  was  able,  through  her  personality,  to  hold 
the  group  to  its  course — the  full  democratization  of  the 
women  of  the  world,  not  primarily  as  women  but  as  joint 
members  of  the  human  family.  The  International  Woman 
Suffrage  Alliance  has  before  it  great  possibilities.  It  came 
perilously  near  the  point  where  its  utility  would  cease — 
that  of  separating  women  from  men — in  the  demand  for  a 
separate  bureau  to  work  through  the  League  of  Nations 
dealing  with  matters  purely  feminine.  There  are  no  such 
matters  in  life.  What  concerns  woman  also  concerns  man. 
One  complements  the  other,  one  balances  the  other.  Femi- 
nine thought  will  advance  more  intelligently  once  it  is  recog- 
nized as  having  a  place  in  human  psychology. 

In  primitive  man  his  thought  and  struggle  was  for  himself 
only — but  now  he  is  found  offering  his  life  for  the  preser- 
vation of  the  nation,  recognizing  his  unity  with  that  group, 
that  group  as  one  with  him.  His  next  field  of  effort  is  the 
international  and  in  that  effort  he  has  now  a  comrade. 


158 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


In  the  Driftway 


WHOSE  dreadful  sin,  their  parents'  or  their  original 
own,  condemns  some  people  to  the  names  they  wear? 
The  Drifter  knows  a  hundred  men  and  women  in  seven 
quarters  of  the  country  who  cannot  reveal  more  than  their 
initials  without  a  blush — the  Azariahs  and  Uardas  and 
Eurythas,  the  Melchizedeks  of  Massachusetts  and  the 
Catos  and  Lucius  Quintuses  of  Kentucky.  To  name  a  boy, 
still  wriggling  in  his  first  redness,  after  a  president  is  bad 
enough;  the  need  of  Thomas  Jeffersons  and  George  Wash- 
ington and  Andrew  Jacksons  is  always  slighter  than  the 
supply ;  but  the  Drifter  can  understand  such  behavior,  even 
though  he  has  never  forgiven  it,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
a  family  of  his  acquaintance  which  boasts  a  Grover  Cleve- 
land, a  Benjamin  Harrison,  a  William  McKinley,  and  doubt- 
less would  have  boasted  a  Theodore  Roosevelt  and  heaven 
knows  what  else  if  the  line  had  not  turned  to  girls  and  pro- 
duced a  Susan  Anthony  and  a  Frances  Willard.  What  the 
Drifter  cannot  understand,  granted  one's  surname  is  as 
unfortunate  as  inevitable,  is  why  the  matter  should  be 
made  worse  by  a  given  name  which  might  be  different. 
Why,  for  instance,  should  one  pair  which  the  Drifter 
vouches  for,  when  their  name  was  already  Beauty,  have 
called  an  heir  Constant,  thus  putting  him  in  the  pillory  of 
loud,  incredulous  laughter  for  life?  Yet  Constant  Beauty, 
a  plain,  honest  man,  actually  lifts  stones  and  talks  of  crops 
and  bullocks  in  New  England.  Better  far  the  deft  evasion 
of  that  family  in  the  West  whose  name  was  Mudd.  When 
a  son  was  born  to  them  they  might,  being  of  the  general 
rank  they  were,  have  called  him  Henry  Clay,  as  the  wags 
suggested.  But  no!  The  mother  had  a  classical  tendency, 
apparently,  and  wanted  to  do  something  that  would  impart 
a  pastoral  touch  and  at  the  same  time  elevate  the  lowly 
cognomen.  The  result,  as  the  Drifter  solemnly  and  sacredly 
avers  and  avows,  is  that  within  three  miles  of  a  great  State 
university,  well  known  to  him,  cows  are  milked  and  horses 
sworn  at  by  a  tax-paying  citizen  whose  name  is  Coridon 

Mudd. 

***** 

THE  Drifter  always  suspected  that  the  most  profitable 
of  all  businesses  was  that  of  being  a  100  per  cent 
American.  Now  he  is  sure  of  it.  He  has  read  Ole  Han- 
son's testimony  at  the  Communist  trial  in  Chicago  as  re- 
ported in  the  New  York  World,  July  22. 

On  cross-examination  Ole  Hanson  was  asked:  "Why  did  you 
resign  as  Mayor  of  Seattle?" 

"Because  of  poverty,  neuritis,  and  dire  need,"  Hanson  replied. 

"What  was  your  salary  as  Mayor?" 

"Seventy-five  hundred  a  year." 

"What  have  you  been  doing  since  then?" 

"I've  been  lecturing  on  Americanism."  He  added  that  he 
got  $300  each  for  the  first  twenty  lectures,  and  that  so  far  he 
had  received  about  $35,000. 

The  Drifter 


Correspondence 

The  Boldness  of  a  Bishop 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:    I  should  like  to  draw  your  attention  to  a  rather  unusual 
incident  which  occurred  at  one  of  the  sectional  meetings  of  the 


recent  International  Congregational  Council  at  Boston,  and  which 
seems  to  have  escaped  the  notice  of  most  of  our  newspapers. 
This  was  the  remarkable  address,  during  a  discussion  of  The 
Ethics  of  Liberty,  by  Bishop  Fred  B.  Fisher  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church. 

Remarking  that  we  in  this  country  had  in  a  large  measure 
secured  religious  and  political  freedom,  he  went  on  to  discuss 
the  danger  of  economic  slavery  in  these  days.  Here  the  boldness 
of  the  Bishop  was  delightful  as  unexpected.  To  cite  but  one 
illustration.  He  illustrated  the  meaning  of  economic  serfdom 
by  an  anecdote  from  his  own  observation  in  Russia,  whon  he 
had  happened  to  see  a  "lordly  person"  slash  the  faces  of  a  slow- 
moving  crowd  with  his  whip  and  they  had  accepted  the  brutality 
"because  it  had  to  be  so."  The  audience  of  the  Bishop  was  ap- 
propriately sympathetic.  Then  in  vivid,  dramatic  language  he 
pictured  himself  on  the  steps  of  a  New  York  hotel  about  a  year 
ago,  watching  the  line-up  of  twenty-five  hundred  Russians  for  a 
parade.  The  parade  started,  and  at  the  same  time  there  dashed 
from  the  side  streets  forty  mounted  police  who  made  straight 
for  the  crowd,  which  dispersed  in  confusion.  A  robust  defender 
of  the  law  then  deliberately  turned  his  horse  around  and  charged 
down  the  sidewalk.  One  man  was  knocked  down,  unconscious. 
Sixteen  affidavits  were  obtained  by  the  Bishop  and  offered  to  two 
leading  New  York  dailies,  but  they  were  courteously  refused. 
The  "facts"  as  published  said  that  ten  thousand  Russians  rioted 
that  day,  whereas,  in  the  words  of  the  Bishop,  "the  riot  was  a 
riot  of  the  New  York  police."  When  bishops  speak  out,  who 
needs  to  keep  silence?  A  further  illuminating  sentence  was  that 
in  which  the  Bishop,  while  warning  his  audience  not  to  call  him 
a  Bolshevik,  said  that  "the  Bolshevik  regime  had  done  more 
for  primary  education  in  Russia  in  two  years  than  the  Ro- 
manoffs had  done  in  three  hundred."  It  was  a  most  refresh- 
ing occasion.  It  is  interesting  to  know  that  Bishop  Fisher  has 
been  assigned  to  work  in  India.  The  New  India  will  surely 
welcome  such  a  lover  of  freedom  into  their  midst. 

West  Cornwall,  Connecticut,  July  21  Fred  Smith 


A  Suggested  Solution 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir  :  I  have  just  read  Mr.  Soule's  article  in  the  issue  of  July  3 
entitled  "The  Transport  Breakdown."  Why  in  the  name  of 
common  sense  does  not  the  public  take  a  hand  in  controlling 
its  business?  It  is  a  simple  matter  to  control,  but  no  effective 
control  will  ever  develop  from  conflicts  between  parties,  or 
bodies,  who  are  actuated  by  their  selfish  interests.  Legislation 
fixing  a  minimum  wage  high  enough  to  allow  every  unskilled 
worker  to  maintain  a  family,  based  upon  the  index  number  of 
the  cost  of  living,  and  fluctuating  as  that  index  fluctuates  from 
time  to  time. 

To  secure  efficient  service  on  the  part  of  employees  entitled  to 
such  minimum  wage,  and  to  properly  remunerate  skilled  work- 
ers, the  law  should  make  it  obligatory  upon  the  employers  and 
employed  to  fix  two  elements  by  agreement  in  the  industry,  (1) 
A  standard  of  product  per  day  period;  (2)  To  fix  percentages 
above  unskilled  taken  at  100  per  cent,  for  each  degree  of  skill 
above  unskilled  labor.  Failing  such  agreement  a  public  author- 
ity should  be  required  to  fix  them.  The  question  of  wages  would 
then  be  removed  from  the  field  of  conflict.  After  its  establish- 
ment, a  worker  could  apply  for  work  at  any  degree  of  skill  that 
he  had,  or  thought  he  had,  toward  producing  the  required  standard 
product.  Failing  to  do  so  he  would  automatically  drop  into  a 
lower  class,  the  pay  being  regulated  by  the  percentage  of 
efficiency  that  he  was  able  to  maintain.  On  the  other  hand  a 
man  having  more  skill  than  called  for  by  the  grade  he  was  in 
would  naturally  secure  higher  pay  and  a  higher  grade. 

It  is  absurd  that  the  community  for  which  all  service  is  given, 
and  which  pays  for  results,  should  sit  back  and  allow  its  ser- 
vants to  play  cats  and  dogs  with  the  business  of  the  country. 

Baltimore,  July  U  F.  Lincoln  Hutchins 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


159 


Humoresque 

By  ERNEST  M.  HUNT 

0  that  I  were 
A  turtle! 

1  could  draw  in  my  head 
When  these  hail  storms 
Of  propaganda 

Sweep  across  the  land. 


Books 

With  the  Wits 

With  the  Wits.     By  Paul  Elmer  More.    Houghton  Mifflin  Com- 
pany. 
Literary  Studies.     By  Charles  Whibley.     The  Maemillan  Com- 
pany. 

MANY  years  have  passed  since  the  days  when  I  numbered 
among  my  friends  a  man  much  older  than  myself,  of 
pungent  wit  yet  of  delicate  manners,  who,  though  he  had  only 
drawn  his  breath  in  the  last  century,  lived  and  moved,  and  had 
his  literary  being,  in  the  eighteenth.  And  what  a  glorious  span 
it  was — from  Dryden  to  Johnson!  He  seemed  to  me  to  know 
the  century  in  all  its  crevices — both  the  great  names  and  the 
small  ones.  Pope,  Swift,  Arbuthnot,  Prior,  Parnell — they  were 
at  his  finger  ends.  No  gossip  of  Walpole's  was  beneath  his 
humorous  notice,  no  sculduddery  of  Tom  Brown  "of  facetious 
memory"  but  might  occasionally  serve  his  turn.  For  him  not  a 
page  of  The  Gentleman's  Magazine  was  without  its  reminiscence, 
and  hardly  an  anecdote  in  the  seventeen  volumes  of  Nichols 
would  he  readily  pronounce  insignificant.  Johnson,  from  Lich- 
field to  St.  Paul's,  he  had  made  his  very  own.  Over  David  Hume 
he  loved  to  dwell  at  perhaps  too  great  a  length.  His  taste  was 
indeed  too  good  to  dim  his  eyes  to  the  fact  that  there  was  more 
poetry  in  Christabel  than  in  the  Epistle  to  Eloise,  and  more 
wisdom  in  Wordsworth  than  in  Prior's  Alma;  yet  when  I,  seek- 
ing to  soften  the  blow,  would  point  out  that  the  early  poems  of 
Wordsworth  and  Coleridge  (to  say  nothing  of  Burns)  were  first 
published  within  the  bounds  of  the  century  he  loved  so  well,  he 
moved  uneasily,  as  if  overhearing  within  the  slender  confines  of 
those  volumes  the  rumble  of  the  death-knell  of  a  great  tradition. 
My  friend  had  some  prejudices,  which  he  carefully  nursed  and 
kept  warm  within  his  breast;  and  for  a  long  time,  one  of  the 
strongest  of  these  was  against  the  United  States,  which  he  in- 
sisted was  the  home  of  multi-millionaires,  of  corrupt  "bosses," 
and  extravagant  females.  Were  you  able  to  point  out  to  him, 
on  any  of  the  rare  occasions  when  he  could  be  persuaded  to  take 
a  turn  in  the  park  or  go  to  the  opera,  some  slim  and  beautiful 
damsel  wearing  her  clothes  with  grace  and  dignity,  yet  evidently 
une  Americaine,  he  would  but  murmur  "Oh!  Molly  Lepel!" 

So  inveterate  a  prejudice  seemed  to  me  to  be  bound  to  follow 
him  to  his  grave. 

Yet  one  day  whilst  lunching  at  the  Cheshire  Cheese  in  Fleet 
Street,  he  confided  to  me  that  he  was  about,  in  his  old  age,  to 
cross  the  Atlantic.  I  stared  at  him  with  Cortez-like  amazement. 
But  it  was  true.  A  daughter,  so  I  learnt  for  the  first  time,  had 
married  an  American  and  insisted  upon  his  coming  out  to  visit 
her;  and  so,  said  he,  paraphrasing  Gibbon,  "I  sigh  as  a  John- 
sonian, and  obey  as  a  father." 

I  greatly  applauded  the  enterprise  and  in  order  to  lighten  the 
theme,  for  he  was  somewhat  moved,  asked  him  whether  he  had 
yet  made  up  his  mind  what  book  he  meant  to  take  with  him  as  a 
cabin-companion  during  the  passage.  His  eye  flashed.  "On 
one,"  he  replied,  "I  have  already  fixed — 'Spence's  Anecdotes.'  " 
I  laughed  right  out,  saying:   "Why,  you  must  know  all  those 


stories  about  Pope  and  Bolingbroke  and  the  rest  of  them  off  by 
heart."  "Indeed  I  do  not,"  was  the  reply  (somewhat  tart,  as 
indeed  was  his  wont),  "and  no  more  do  you.  But,"  he  went  on, 
"even  if  I  did,  'Spence's  Anecdotes'  will  so  impregnate  me  with 
their  atmosphere  that  when  I  land  I  shall  be  immune  against  the 
bacillus  Americanus."  In  a  fortnight  he  had  sailed,  and  when 
some  weeks  afterward  I  saw  on  my  counterpane  an  envelope  ad- 
dressed in  a  well-known  hand,  and  adorned  with  heads  of  Presi- 
dents instead  of  Kings,  I  wondered  what  I  should  read  within. 
He  relieved  my  anxiety  at  once.  "I  think  I  am  happier  here 
than  at  home.  I  need  not  have  troubled  about  'Spence's  Anec- 
dotes,' for  I  found  a  copy  by  my  bedside,  and  the  people  I  meet 
every  day  know  a  great  deal  more  about  Pope  and  Johnson  and 
Gray  and  Hume  than  most  of  the  folk  in  England,  and  you  have 
to  be  very  careful  in  repeating  an  anecdote  even  out  of  Nichol, 
lest  it  should  prove  a  chestnut." 

These  seemingly  irrelevant  memories  of  an  old  friend  came 
upon  me  almost  overwhelmingly  whilst  reading  the  tenth  series 
of  the  "Shelburne  Essays."  In  a  world  so  full  of  good  books,  as 
well  as  of  bad  ones,  there  is  no  need  to  apologize  for  the  fact 
that  the  tenth  series  of  Mr.  More's  Essays  is  the  first  that  has 
come  my  way;  for  now  that  it  has  come,  what  can  be  pleasanter 
than  to  learn  that  there  are  nine  other  volumes  behind  it?  My 
old  friend,  had  he  lived  to  review  "With  the  Wits,"  could  have 
done  it  fuller  justice  than  lies  within  my  power.  It  is  difficult 
to  review  a  bundle  of  essays  on  divers  subjects.  In  this  volume 
Mr.  More  handles,  knowingly,  amongst  others,  Halifax  "The 
Trimmer,"  Swift,  Pope,  "Lady  Mary,"  Bishop  Berkeley,  and  the 
Duke  of  Wharton.  Familiar  names,  no  doubt,  and,  after  a  dim 
fashion,  familiar  scenes;  yet  admitting  of  a  great  variety  of 
treatment,  and  an  almost  infinite  suggestiveness. 

Mr.  More  seems  to  belong,  though  it  is  rash  for  me  to  hazard 
the  assertion,  to  the  order  of  American  conservatives.  He  some- 
times writes  in  a  style  which  were  he  not  an  American  citizen 
I  should  be  disposed  to  call  a  Tory  style,  and  one  that  agrees  in 
sentiment,  though  not  in  mode  of  expression,  with  those  excellent 
"Literary  Studies"  and  "Literary  Portraits"  of  Mr.  Charles 
Whibley,  about  whose  Toryism  there  can  be  no  doubt.  When 
read  carefully  Mr.  More's  essay  on  Pope  has  at  times  an  almost 
Jacobite  ring — a  not  unpleasing  sound  to  me,  who  though  neither 
a  Jacobite  nor  a  Jacobin  have  no  more  a  passion  for  the  Whigs 
than  Johnson  had  for  clean  linen.  After  telling  us  that  the  only 
honest  way  of  dealing  squarely  with  Pope  is  to  treat  him  as  the 
Poet  of  Satire,  and  as  a  foremost  fighter  in  the  battle  of  the 
Wits,  he  goes  on  as  follows: 

"That  battle  of  the  Wits  was  no  causeless  or  merely  bookish 
event,  but  was  part  of  the  great  political  war  of  the  land.  .  .  . 
It  all  goes  back  to  that  terrible  mischance  which  in  the  days  of 
the  Stuarts  divided  the  imagination  and  the  practical  sense  of 
England  into  irreconcilable  camps.  .  .  .  That  separation 
kept  its  character  through  the  following  century,  if  it  has  not 
continued  down  to  this  day.  Bolingbroke's  vision  of  the  Patriot 
King  was  a  reassumption  of  the  faith  of  the  Cavaliers,  and  as 
it  was  a  product  of  the  imagination  divorced  of  practical  sense 
we  see  it  working  out  in  the  follies  of  George  III  and  the  loss  of 
an  empire.  Walpole's  policy  was  essentially  a  continuation  of 
the  empire  of  Cromwell,  and  as  it  failed  to  make  a  plea  for  the 
imagination  in  its  practice  we  see  the  result  in  the  gradual  low- 
ering of  England's  ideal  life.  At  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth 
century  England  was  the  intellectual  leader  of  Europe;  at  the 
end  she  followed  at  a  distance.  I  know  of  no  more  distressing 
fact  in  her  history  than  the  situation  which  at  the  critical 
moment  of  1714  set  all  the  notable  men  of  letters  on  the  losing 
side — all  of  them,  I  should  say,  with  the  exception  of  Addison 
and  Steele,  for  De  Foe  at  least  served  Harley  and  fell  with 
him.  .  .  .  Picture  to  yourself  one  of  the  dinners  at  Lord 
Oxford's,  the  guests  they  met  there,  and  what  they  stood  for, 
or  call  up  one  of  the  more  intimate  companies  in  the  apart- 
ments of  Dr.  Arbuthnot,  and  in  comparison  with  these  think  of 
what  passed  in  the  palace  of  George  I  and  his  son." 


/■UBL'JC 


160 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


Our  essayist,  and  here  I  am  with  him,  loves  satire,  and  counts 
the  great  Epistle  to  Dr.  Arbuthnot  as  at  once  the  prologue  and 
the  consummation  of  Pope's  satires.  "For  myself,"  he  writes,  "I 
have  read  the  Epistle  oftener,  perhaps,  than  any  other  English 
poem  except  Lycidas.  .  .  .  If  it  is  not  poetry,  I  do  not  know 
where  poetry  is  to  be  found." 

Mr.  More  defends  Pope's  ferocious  and  atrocious  attack  on 
Lord  Hervey  on  the  ground  that  its  "real  animus  was  the  rela- 
tion of  Hervey  and  Queen  Caroline  and  the  Hanoverian  Court, 
and  all  that  meant  to  the  intellectual  and  imaginative  life  of 
England.  This,  too,  most  be  the  palliation  for  the  portrait  of 
Addison."  Over  this  fierce  warfare  of  the  Wits  against  Dullness 
our  essayist  casts  a  sympathetic  eye  and  has  no  hesitation  in 
ranking  himself  on  Pope's  side.  "Men  in  this  living  age  are  still 
fighting  for  the  rights  of  the  mind  against  a  dull  and  elusive 
materialism,  for  the  freedom  of  the  imagination  against  a  prosaic 
tyranny,  for  a  pure  and  patient  ambition  against  the  quick  suc- 
cesses of  vanity  and  pliant  cleverness,  for  the  reality  of  human 
nature  against  a  fatuous  self-complacency!" 

Another  of  Mr.  More's  papers  ought  to  be  mentioned,  since  it 
relates  to  an  author  who,  though  he  has  almost  everything  to 
recommend  him,  for  he  wrote  but  little  and  all  that  little  is 
quotable,  is  yet  only  seldom  mentioned  by  the  critics — Halifax 
the  Trimmer.  To  write  about  Halifax  is  to  quote  him,  for  only 
he  can  explain  himself.  Amongst  Mr.  More's  quotations  is  one 
I  had  never  before  noted:  "Men  must  be  saved  in  this  world  by 
their  want  of  faith."  Sixty  years  ago  an  old  Liverpool  Quaker 
was  fond  of  impressing  upon  me  his  maxim,  "Remember,  that 
whilst  you  are  saved  in  the  next  world  by  faith,  in  this  one  you 
are  saved  by  lack  of  it."  Even  Quakers  must  have  their  odd 
moments,  and  some  of  them  may  in  this  case  have  been  devoted 
to  reading  Halifax  "On  the  World."  To  read  "With  the  Wits" 
19  indeed  to  enjoy  the  community  of  letters  after  an  exhilarat- 
ing fashion.  Augustine  Birrell 


A  Study  in  Propaganda 

Facts  and  Fabrications  about  Soviet  Russia.     By  Evans  Clark. 

The  Rand  School  of  Social  Science. 
IT  OWEVER  wrong  and  in  the  long  run  unwise  it  may  be, 
*■  *■  it  seems  to  be  a  natural  tactic,  and  one  that  has  a  sure 
temporary  effect,  for  men  and  parties  to  blacken  the  character 
of  and  to  distort  the  facts  about  their  enemies.  The  enormous 
mass  of  international  vituperation  poured  from  the  press  and 
from  the  pulpit  during  the  last  six  years  was  a  phenomenon  not 
peculiar  to  the  Great  War;  it  has  been  characteristic  of  every 
war.  And  now  the  same  organs  recently  engaged  in  spouting 
hatred  against  Germany  have  turned  the  stream  against  Russia. 
Such  a  campaign  of  misrepresentation,  prejudice,  and  sheer 
mendacity  as  has  been  waged  against  the  Bolsheviki  can  find  no 
parallel  unless  we  go  back  to  the  French  Revolution  as  mirrored 
in  the  distorted  fears  of  the  English  and  Continental  conserva- 
tive aristocrats. 

It  is  not  to  offer  new  facts  about  Russia  but  to  expose  the 
calumnies  of  her  enemies  that  Mr.  Evans  Clark  has  produced 
a  guide-book  for  searchers  after  truth  "designed  to  enable  the 
reader  to  identify  a  fabrication  at  sight,  and  to  know  just  what 
truth  may  be  found  in  the  morass  of  conflicting  propaganda." 
The  method  is  simple  and  admirably  adapted  to  the  purpose. 
Many  of  the  fabrications  are  so  patently  absurd  as  to  need  only 
fair  statement  to  be  exposed;  most  of  the  others  have  been 
proved  false  by  the  course  of  events,  and  many  have  been  re- 
tracted by  their  first  sponsors,  though  the  retraction,  tardy  and 
inconspicuous,  has  seldom  reached  in  full  force  any  but  a  few  of 
those  impressed  by  the  original  sensational  and  advertised  lie. 
Indeed,  had  readers  only  good  memories  and  attentive  eyes  such 
propaganda  as  that  served  up  in  most  of  the  daily  press  would 
be  impossible  because  self-contradictory  and  self-destructive.  In 
the  New  York  Times,  for  example,  in  rapid  succession  Lenin 


and  Trotzky  were  reported  as  fugitives  in  Spain,  Sweden,  and 
Switzerland,  as  in  hiding,  as  in  asylums,  as  having  arrested 
each  other,  and  as  having  frequently  died.  But  all  these  reports 
were  grossly  exaggerated,  as  Mark  Twain  said  of  his  own  demise. 
The  imminent  crash  of  the  "tottering"  Soviet  Government  has 
been  prophesied  regularly  and  frequently  ever  since  it  started. 
Many  of  the  most  greedily  devoured  and  widely  spread  legends, 
such  as  that  of  the  nationalization  of  women,  proved  utterly 
without  foundation. 

Hard  as  was  the  lot  of  those  who  tried  to  drain  a  little  truth 
from  the  barren  breasts  of  the  daily  newspapers,  it  was  made 
infinitely  more  difficult  by  the  activity  of  a  government  that  so 
far  forgot  its  high  calling  as  to  set  an  example  for  forgery  and 
lawlessness  to  all  the  criminals  in  the  country.  The  Sisson  docu- 
ments, purporting  to  prove  that  the  Bolsheviki  were  paid  Ger- 
man agents,  were  issued  with  an  official  stamp  by  our  Publicity 
Bureau  after  they  had  been  rejected  as  too  crass  by  the  govern- 
ments of  England  and  France.  The  Lusk  Committee,  acting 
under  warrants  of  doubtful  legality,  raided  the  premises  of  the 
Rand  School  and  put  the  Russian  Soviet  agent  and  all  his 
friends  under  arrest,  seized  their  papers,  and  put  them  through 
a  grilling  examination.  Though  they  failed  to  find  any  evidence 
that  the  suspected  persons  had  violated  the  law  in  any  way, 
numerous  statements  were  given  to  the  press  by  the  members 
of  the  Committee  intended  to  damage  them  and  prejudice  their 
case  before  the  public. 

The  etiology  of  the  whole  thing  is  referred  by  Mr.  Clark  to 
the  class  war,  which  he  calls  "the  outstanding  fact  of  today." 
"Governments,"  he  adds,  "are  at  bottom  part  of  the  machinery 
by  which  the  dominant  class  in  any  nation  maintains  its  su- 
premacy." The  same  thing  was  noted  by  the  best  Lord 
Chancellor  that  England  ever  had.  "When  I  consider  all  the 
commonwealths  that  be  nowadays,"  wrote  Sir  Thomas  More  four 
hundred  years  ago,  "so  help  me  God,  I  can  see  nothing  but  a  conr 
spiracy  of  rich  men  procuring  their  own  commodities  under  the 
name  of  the  common  wealth." 

There  must  be  many  people  in  the  United  States,  of  whom  the 
present  reviewer  is  one,  who  without  being  partisans  of  the 
Soviets  feel  very  urgently  the  need  of  getting  the  whole  truth 
and  nothing  but  the  truth  about  Russia.  For  such  persons  Mr. 
Clark's  annotated  bibliography  will  be  of  great  value.  Possibly 
his  classification  is  a  little  biased,  as  when  he  maintains  that  all 
the  conservatives  have  been  unreliable  and  all  the  liberal  and 
labor  organs  truthful.  It  is  well  known  that  some  socialists,  like 
John  Spargo,  A.  Bullard,  and  C.  E.  Russell,  have  turned  against 
the  Bolsheviki;  and  on  the  other  hand  there  have  been  articles 
and  books  by  men  hostile  to  socialism  who  have  been  capable  of 
honorably  reporting  facts.  But  in  general  his  criterion  will 
stand  and  his  list  will  prove  sound.  Preserved  Smith 


Satires  and  Sketches 

Windmills.     A   Book   of  Fables.     By  Gilbert  Cannan.     B.   W. 

Huebsch. 
The  Golden  Bird  and  Other  Sketches.    By  Dorothy  Easton.  With 

a  Foreword  by  John  Galsworthy.    Alfred  A.  Knopf. 

A  N  essay  could  be  written  on  the  decay  of  satire.  The  events 
-*■*■  of  the  last  half  century  have  given  us  no  Dryden  or  Swift, 
Voltaire  or  Heine.  Mr.  Shaw  is  a  satirist,  but  then  he  is  so 
much  more.  In  that  so  much  more  lies  the  explanation.  The 
world  is  too  big  and  confused,  society  too  little  compact  and 
limited.  Satire  needs  definite  objects,  sharp,  clean-cut  opposi- 
tions, well-defined  and  common  points  of  information.  It  requires 
men  rather  than  institutions  and  catastrophes.  But  the  latter 
are  our  portion.  An  Englishman  might  write  a  superb  satire 
on  the  character,  or  rather  the  characters,  of  Lloyd  George.  But 
his  friends  will  not  and  his  enemies  are  too  aghast  at  his  cosmic 
opportunism.  To  write  satire  you  must  be  angry,  but  not  too 
angry,  not  overwhelmed  and  in  despair  of  soul. 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


161 


This  theory  receives  support  from  the  fact  that  Mr.  Gilbert 
Caiman's  incisive  satiric  fables  were,  for  the  most  part,  com- 
pleted before  the  breaking  out  of  hostilities  in  1914  and  highly 
approved  as  an  accurate  satiric  forecast  by  friends  of  peace  and 
reason  in  both  England  and  Germany.  When  war  did  come  the 
fables  were  condemned  and  suppressed  in  England  and  the  pro- 
jected German  translation  was  never  made.  The  war  was  at 
once  proclaimed  a  holy  war  in  both  countries  and  the  voice  of 
the  satirist  was  silenced.  And  that  is,  probably,  the  final  reason 
why  satire  is  rare  among  us.  Modern  governments,  more  care- 
ful than  the  tyrants  of  old,  will  not  endure  it.  After  all,  the 
peoples  are  awake  and  must  on  no  account  hear  the  challenge 
of  reason.  Sinister  oligarchs,  secure  in  their  persons  and  prop- 
erties, may  get  a  grim  amusement  out  of  a  satiric  attack  on  their 
ways  and  ideas.  But  common  men  might  refuse  slavery  and 
death  if  they  were  shown  the  wickedness  and  folly  of  warlike 
and  imperialistic  enterprise.  So  Mr.  Cannan  tells  us  that  "in  a 
certain  division  of  the  British  army  it  was  declared  to  be  a  court 
martial  offense  for  any  officer  to  have  the  book  in  his  possession." 
At  all  events,  for  the  duration  of  the  war  the  book's  existence 
was  dim  and  underground  and  its  circulation  therefore  very  lim- 
ited. For  the  tragedy  of  censorship,  as  well  as  of  kindred  pro- 
hibitive measures,  is  not,  as  the  innocent  fancy,  that  it  does  not 
prohibit,  but  that  it  does. 

Mr.  Cannan's  satiric  machinery  is  not  new.  His  Ultimus  is 
born  on  an  island;  his  parents  die;  he  has  as  master  and  guide 
the  disillusioned,  purely  intellectual  Siebenhaar.  He  makes  his 
first  acquaintance  with  the  world  while  the  world  is  at  war,  and, 
from  the  vantage  ground  of  his  isolation  amid  contending  inter- 
ests and  his  freshness  of  vision,  is  able  to  detect  its  crimes  and 
follies.  Fate,  moreover,  places  in  his  hands  so  powerful  an 
engine  of  destruction  that  he  is  able  to  compel  the  belligerents 
to  make  peace.  His  manifesto  to  them  is  admirable  as  both 
prophecy  and  satire.  It  contains  all  the  pretended  principles  of 
a  liberal  peace  stripped  of  sentimentality  and  cant  and  dishonest 
reservations.  Equally  excellent  are  the  discourses  of  Siebenhaar 
in  which  he  foretells  both  atrocities  as  natural  to  war  and 
atrocity-mongering  as  belonging  to  human  hysteria  and  terror. 
And  indeed,  when  the  time  and  circumstances  of  the  book's  com- 
position are  remembered,  one's  admiration  for  Mr.  Cannan's 
clear  and  trenchant  perspicacity  is  of  the  highest.  At  that 
point,  however,  one's  admiration  ends.  Here,  as  in  all  his  recent 
books,  there  is,  on  the  side  of  art,  a  total  lack  of  modulation,  of 
warmth,  of  felicity.  Mr.  Cannan  has  qualities  of  mind  and 
temper  that  should  make  him  a  writer  of  the  first  importance. 
And  an  unconquerable  lack  of  inner  grace  will  not  let  him  be- 
come what  he  might  be.  A  close  investigation  of  what  is  wrong 
with  his  books  should  reveal  some  of  the  ultimate  secrets  of 
literary  art. 

The  sketch  has  decayed  like  the  satire,  but  for  different 
reasons.  It  demands  the  meditative  mood  in  both  author  and 
reader.  To  write  or  to  enjoy  it,  you  must  not  be  in  a  hurry  or 
eager  either  to  produce  or  to  enjoy  the  immediately  striking  and 
effective.  You  must  have  a  little  leisure,  a  little  patience,  and 
much  detached  curiosity  about  life  for  its  own  sake  as  well  as 
for  the  beautiful  or  characteristic  appearances  of  things.  Miss 
Dorothy  Easton  possesses  all  these  tastes  and  qualities  in  a  very 
high  degree.  She  has  both  the  sensitiveness  and  the  strength  of 
a  finely  disciplined  nature;  she  has  glow  and  detachment,  patience 
and  also  swiftness  of  vision.  With  a  remarkable  economy  of 
means  she  renders  the  rather  drowsy  sweetness  of  her  South 
of  England  scenes.  And  occasionally,  as  in  the  sketch  called 
Laughing  Down,  her  tenderness  for  her  landscape  makes  her 
sentimental  and  callous — the  two  are  never  far  apart — about 
people.  But  her  best  sketches,  of  which  there  are  many,  have 
their  brief  moments  of  irony  and  tragedy  and  so  combine  beauty 
and  wisdom  in  uncommon  measure.  Read  her  Impossible,  For  the 
Red  Cross,  Adversity,  The  Shepherd,  Our  Men.  These  are  nota- 
ble bits  of  writing,  spare  yet  rich,  grim  in  substance  yet  beauti- 
fullv  mellow  in  their  art.     Or,  for  another  and  even  finer  mood, 


read  Transformation  and  It  is  Forbidden  to  Touch  the  Flowers. 
Here,  as  in  not  a  little  of  the  post-war  literature  of  the  younger 
English  writers,  we  find  a  grave  and  lovely  tenderness  for  human 
nature  as  it  really  is,  life  as  it  has  always  and  must  always  be 
lived,  for  the  poignant,  solitary  romance  of  simple  souls.  The 
French  sketches  are  as  authentic  as  the  English  ones,  and  Mr. 
Galsworthy  was  quite  right  to  "beat  the  drum"  for  Miss  Easton. 
Yet  we  doubt  whether  many  of  the  people  whom  his  drum  sum- 
mons will  linger  very  long  to  hear  Miss  Easton's  flute.  It  is 
not  a  popular  instrument  and  the  noise  of  brass  bands  fills  the 
air. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Books  in  Brief 

■p  EGARDING  Europe  as  an  intricate  republic  with   all  its 


Ft 


interests  close-knit  and  its  equilibrium  exquisitely  sensitive, 


Francois  de  Callieres  in  1716  published  at  Paris  a  vade-mecum 
for  diplomats  which  has  been  translated  and  issued  in  a  hand- 
some edition  by  A.  F.  Whyte  as  "On  the  Manner  of  Negotiating 
with  Princes"  (Houghton  Mifflin).  "Secrecy,"  says  Callieres,  "is 
the  very  soul  of  diplomacy";  and  his  manner  of  expounding  the 
manners  of  negotiation  might  almost  be  that  of  some  accomp- 
lished mole  long  employed  by  his  monarch  in  listening  for 
ground-tremors  in  all  parts  of  the  garden,  learning  where  traps 
were  set  and  plows  expected  and  where  the  roots  grew  sweetest 
and  lushest,  and  finding  out  the  shortest  way  to  them  and  back 
to  safety.  Discretion,  however,  not  deceit  is  the  method  Callieres 
urges.  The  ideal  diplomatist  must  be  "a  man  of  probity  and  one 
who  loves  truth."  "It  is  true  that  this  probity  is  not  often  found 
joined  to  that  capacity  for  taking  wide  views  which  is  so  neces- 
sary to  a  diplomatist."  He  should  have  learning,  experience, 
penetration,  eloquence,  as  well  as  the  most  equable  temper,  the 
most  easy  gallantry,  the  quickest  repartee,  the  most  tireless 
patience;  he  must  be  courageous  without  being  rash,  dignified 
without  being  mysterious,  wealthy  without  being  too  proud  of 
his  purse,  well-bred  without  being  haughty.  He  must  dispense 
gifts  generously,  though  he  should  rarely  take  them,  and  he 
should  do  his  bribing  like  a  gentleman,  in  the  due  fashion  of 
the  court  to  which  he  is  accredited.  In  a  democratic  state  he 
should  flatter  the  Diet — and  feed  it,  for  good  cheer  is  an  admir- 
able road  to  influence.  He  should  have  a  flair  for  nosing  out 
secrets  as  well  as  a  genius  for  hiding  them;  his  use  of  spies  is 
the  test,  almost  the  measure,  of  his  excellence.  "The  wise  and 
enlightened  negotiator  must  of  course  be  a  good  Christian." 
Machiavelli  explained  princely  policy  and  Chesterfield  worldly 
polish  no  more  lucidly  than  Callieres,  who  was  private  secretary 
to  the  Most  Christian  King  Louis  XIV  and  ambassador  and 
plenipotentiary  entrusted  with  the  Treaty  of  Ryswick,  explained 
the  devices  and  virtues  of  his  craft.  He  had  high  standards 
for  diplomatists;  he  wanted  them  to  be  better  trained,  better 
valued,  and  better  rewarded  than  they  were.  He  thought  they 
should  be  men  of  letters  and  men  of  peace.  He  would  not  have 
held  himself  to  blame  for  assuming  that  the  relation  between 
even  friendly  princes  was  that  of  ceaseless  rivalry  and  that  the 
first  interest  of  each  was  to  take  something  from  the  others. 
Those  were  the  assumptions  of  the  age.  Callieres  was  merely 
pointing  out,  with  tact  and  charm,  how  the  members  of  the 
diplomatic  corps  might  best  observe  all  the  punctilios  that  go 
with  honor  among  the  most  precious  thieves. 

T  T  ARCOURT,  BRACE,  AND  HOWE  have  made  so  brilliant  a 
■*•  -*■  record  in  their  brief  career  as  publishers  that  it  is  sur- 
prising that  they  should  reprint  Helen  Zimmern's  and  Antonio 
Agresti's  "New  Italy"  as  it  were  a  new  production.  The  book  was 
brought  out  in  England  in  1917  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
wartime  propaganda.  There  is  nothing  Italian  which  the  au- 
thors do  not  praise — unless  it  be  the  Italian  Socialists  and  the 
Catholic  Party.    They  defend  Italy's  claim  to  the  entire  Dalma- 


162 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2875 


tian  coast  and  to  "compensations"  in  Turkey;  they  glorify  the 
military  genius  of  General  Cadorna,  laud  d'Annunzio,  and  kneel 
to  the  King — "a  noble  man,  a  modern  democratic  ruler  as  well 
as  a  soldier  of  the  old  Savoy  stock."  For  their  chapter  on 
"Notable  Men  of  New  Italy"  they  select  Cadorna,  Sonnino, 
Bissolati,  Salandra,  and  the  King!  As  to  the  Catholics  and 
Socialists,  they  maintain  that  these  two  parties,  which  between 
them  won  a  majority  in  the  Italian  Chamber  at  the  first  post- 
war election,  have  no  popular  support.  Yet  they  know  and  love 
the  old  Italy,  and  they  have  packed  much  valuable  information 
into  their  book,  despite  haphazard  statistics  and  recurrent  belli- 
cose homilies  on  the  war.  There  is  need  of  an  authoritative  book 
on  New  Italy;  this  is  not  it. 

RB.  CUNNINGHAME  GRAHAM  in  "A  Brazilian  Mystic" 
•  (Dodd,  Mead)  reports  a  millennial  experiment  in  Brazil 
which  in  the  nineties  of  the  last  century  threatened  the  authority 
of  the  government  and  led  to  a  little  civil  war  and  a  fearful 
massacre.  Antonio  Conselheiro  (the  Councillor),  a  village  saint 
and  thaumaturgist,  gathered  about  him  an  increasing  band  of 
followers — in  the  end  perhaps  as  many  as  twenty  thousand — 
and  established  them  at  the  town  of  Canudos  in  the  Sertao,  or 
highlands,  lying  between  the  provinces  of  Bahia  and  Pernam- 
buco.  There  his  fierce  Jaguncos,  leather-clad  Centaurs  before 
the  Lord,  as  hard  and  dry  as  cowboys  and  as  dogmatic  as 
Covenanters,  attracted  the  finest  flower  of  backwoods  rascaldom 
and  lived  in  untrammeled  habits  of  faith,  fornication,  and  homi- 
cide. At  the  same  time  they  were  not  so  much  demoralized  by 
their  expectations  of  the  speedy  end  of  the  world  as  to  grow  idle, 
but  attended  steadily  to  their  own  business,  for  the  most  part 
desiring  only  to  be  let  alone.  The  sum  of  their  offense  againt 
Brazil  was  probably  that  they  expected  the  mythical  Don  Se- 
bastian to  come  back  to  rule  the  land  in  the  interval  before  the 
Last  Judgment;  but  as  they  refused  to  transfer  their  allegiance 
from  Don  Pedro  II  to  the  Republic  when  it  was  proclaimed  in 
.1889,  they  looked  to  officialdom  like  traitors.  Moreover,  Antonio, 
at  first  a  patient  martyr,  was  becoming  militant  with  the  assur- 
ance that  he  was  the  true  viceregent  of  God.  Against  such 
heresies  the  government  sent  a  peaceful,  prayerful  mission 
which  was  laughed  down,  then  three  warlike  expeditions,  each 
stronger  than  the  one  before  it  and  each  ignominiously  defeated. 
There  was  nothing  to  do  but  to  use  a  force  of  more  than  ten 
thousand  soldiers,  who  after  a  midsummer  of  extermination  in 
1897  overcame  the  sectaries.  This  story  Mr.  Cunninghame  Gra- 
ham tells  vividly,  with  rather  too  many  nagging  philosophical 
comments,  but  with  a  richly  colored  background  of  strange, 
wild  customs. 

T  T  is  impossible  to  visualize  the  recipient  of  Mr.  H.  J.  Massing- 
*  ham's  "Letters  to  X"  (Dutton).  The  title  is  an  unfortunate 
one,  for  it  leads  one  to  expect  ease  and  familiarity,  whereas 
Mr.  Massingham's  essays  are  delivered  ex  cathedra  and  in  a 
style  both  heavy  and  dense.  He  is  a  lover  of  dust  covered  books 
— that  is,  books  which  are  not  only  old  but  also  seldom  dis- 
turbed even  by  literati — and  this  much  is  to  be  attributed  to  him 
for  righteousness.  But  he  seems  widely  read  rather  than  dis- 
criminating, and  though  he  ranges  all  the  way  from  Richard  de 
Bury's  Philobiblon  to  John  Gould  Fletcher,  he  hardly  does  much 
to  illuminate  the  names  which  he  mentions.  He  declares  many 
enthusiasms  but  lacks  the  gift  of  differentiation,  and  tells  us 
that  Lucian  and  Swift  were  great  satirists  (which  is  hardly 
news)  without  helping  us  to  an  understanding  of  their  spirits. 
It  is  unkind,  but  hardly  unfair,  to  say  that  Mr.  Massingham's 
book  reminds  one  of  the  experience  of  a  young  lion  at  a  literary 
tea  where  the  conversation  ran  after  this  fashion:  "I'll  tell  you 
who  was  a  great  writer."    "Who?"    "Milton!" 

/CHARLES  EDWARD  RUSSELL'S  "The  Story  of  the  Non- 
^  partisan  League"  (Harpers)  gives  an  extended  account  of 
the  business  grievances  that  have  led  to  the  present  remarkable 


BRENTANO'S 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth  Avenue    and    27th    Street,   New  York    City 

Reference  Books  for  the  Banker, 
Lawyer,  Editor,  Writer,  etc. 


Who's  Who,  1920,  in  England 

(Now  ready)  Cloth,  $15.00 

An  Annual  Biographical  Dictionary  with  which  is 
incorporated  "Men  and  Women  of  the  Time." 

Who's  Who  in  America,  1920-21 

(Ready  early  in  July)  Probable  price,  $7.50 

A  Biographical  Dictionary  of  Notable  Living  Men 
and  Women  of  the  United  States. 

Who's  Who  and  Why  in  Canada,  1917-18 

(Latest  edition  available)  Cloth,  $6.00 

A     Biographical    Dictionary    of    Notable    Canadians. 

The  American  Year  Book 

Cloth,  $5.00 

A  Record  of  Events  and  Progress  for  1919.  Here,  in 
one  volume,  is  a  complete  digest  of  the  events  of 
interest  to  Americans  that  have  taken  place  in  busi- 
ness, politics,  science,  art,  education,  literature  and 
every  other  field  of  human  endeavor  during  the  past 
year. 

The  China  Year  Book,  1919 

Cloth,  $9.00 

A  mine  of  information  on  all  that  appertains  to  that 
country. 

The  Japan  Year  Book,  1919-20 

$5.00 

Complete  Cyclopaedia  of  Information  and  Statistics 
on  Japan. 

Exporters'   Gazetteer  of  Foreign  Markets, 
1920-21 

Edited  by  Lloyd  R.  Morris  Cloth,  $10.00 

The  sort  of  analysis  of  the  world's  trade  which  every 
manufacturer,  exporter,  shipping  man,  economist,  and 
banker   should   have. 


Postage  Additional 


BRENTANOS 

Retail   Book  Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27tn  Street 
New  York  City 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


1(53 


political  movement  among  the  farmers  of  the  Northwest.  More 
than  half  of  Mr.  Russell's  pages,  in  fact,  are  occupied  by  the 
story  of  short  weights,  false  grading,  and  other  marketing 
abuses,  of  high  interest  charges  exacted  by  money  lenders,  and 
of  political  and  business  life  dominated  by  railroads,  banks,  and 
chambers  of  commerce  in  distant  market  centers.  The  actual 
sketch  of  the  rise  and  growth  of  the  League  is  therefore  boiled 
down  to  less  than  140  pages.  Within  this  compass,  Mr.  Russell 
has  compressed  the  main  events  in  the  stormy  history  of  the 
organization,  up  to  and  including  the  notorious  Fargo  bank  case, 
in  which  enemies  of  the  League  sought  to  wreck  it  by  wrecking 
its  bank.  As  those  who  know  the  author  would  expect,  he  gives 
a  sympathetic  account  of  the  work  of  Townley  and  his  associates. 
In  his  discussion  of  the  war  years,  however,  Mr.  Russell  blames 
the  leaders  of  the  League  for  failing  earlier  to  appreciate  the 
issues  of  the  war  as  he  sees  them,  though  he  defends  leaders  and 
followers  alike  against  the  unwarranted  charge  of  disloyalty. 
While  this  book  is  not  to  be  compared  with  the  more  intimate 
and  comprehensive  work  by  Mr.  Gaston,  it  is  none  the  less  a 
valuable  account  of  a  movement  that  has  been  much  misrep- 
resented in  the  public  press. 

'T^HE  Book  of  Revelation  has  fallen  on  evil  days.  Between 
*•  the  literal  millennialists  and  the  micro-analytical  scholars 
it  is  placed  between  the  devil  and  the  deep  sea,  or,  to  use  its  own 
terms,  between  the  dragon  and  the  abyss.  It  is  therefore  a  real 
service  to  religion  and  sanity  when  a  scholar  equipped  with 
common  sense  as  well  as  with  knowledge  provides  a  good  com- 
mentary en  it.  This  has  been  done  by  Professor  Isbon  T.  Beck- 
with  in  "The  Apocalypse  of  John"  (Macmillan),  a  bulky  volume 
adapted  not  only  for  scholars  but  for  laymen,  who  will  find  the 
Greek  words  translated.  More  than  half  of  the  nearly  eight 
hundred  pages  are  devoted  to  general  discussions  of  the  literary 
and  historical  problems  connected  with  the  book.  For  with 
other  scholars  Mr.  Beckwith  finds  in  explaining  the  book  that 
most  light  comes  from  the  special  literary  type  of  apocalypse 
to  which  the  book  belongs,  and  from  the  historical  circumstances 
of  the  first  century  in  Asia  Minor.  He  accepts  the  traditional 
date,  he  discusses  fairly  the  identity  of  the  author,  and  he  in- 
clines to  the  sensible  view  of  unity  of  authorship.  Of  course 
he  does  not  propose  to  know  all  mysteries,  but  he  explains  every- 
thing that  can  claim  a  probable  solution.  Since  a  volume  on 
Revelation  has  been  lacking  in  the  most  recent  series  of  com- 
mentaries both  English  and  German,  the  book  fills  a  real  need. 


Notes  and  News 

T  F  you  aren't  strong  enough  to  read  novels  all  summer,  travel; 
*■  if  you  aren't  rich  enough  to  travel,  read  books  of  travel  into 
the  distant  past  or  present.  There  are  ways  and  ways  of  doing 
it,  even  though  you  stay  patriotically  at  home  and  see  America 
first  and  last.  There  is  the  beguiling  way  of  Clifton  Johnson, 
whose  "What  to  See  in  America"  (Macmillan)  compacts  in  one 
volume,  with  five  hundred  illustrations,  the  quintessence  of  all 
the  numerous  highways  and  byways  which  that  indefatigable 
photographer  and  topographer  has  trod.  He  has  a  chapter  for 
each  State,  with  another  each  for  New  York  city  and  Washing- 
ton.    The  pictures  are  better  than  the  history,  and  the  history 


CAPITAL     TODAY 

A  Study  of  Recent  Economic  Development 

By  HERMAN  CAHN 

proves  why  REVOLUTION  is  INEVITABLE,  not  because 
of  the  desires  or  aims  of  any  class,  but  because,  owing  to 
the  failure  of  the  credit  system,  Capitalism  is  becoming 
unable  to  produce  the  necessities  of  life. 

If  you  need  to  be  convinced,   read  this  book  and  compare  Mr.   Cahn's 
analysis  with   the   events  in  the   financial   and  industrial   world  today. 
Cloth,   $2.00,    by   insured    mail    or   at   the   book   stores. 

CHARLES  H.  KERR  &  CO.,       347  E.  Ohio  St.,  Chicago 


What 

Does  Russia 
Plan? 


Is  a  Bolshevist  peace  with  Poland  to  be 
a  stepping  stone  to  communist  world 
conquest  ? 

Henry  G.  Alsberg,  writing  from  Mos- 
cow after  two  months  of  investigation 
and  close  contact  with  the  men  now 
controlling  Russia's  destinies,  gives 
facts  concerning  the  Bolshevist  regime 
that  throw  interesting  light  on  the  pres- 
ent situation. 

Read  his  new  series  of  articles  begin- 
ning with  the  current  issue  of  The 
Nation. 

If  you  do  not  see  The  Nation  regularly, 
let  us  send  it  to  you  for  the  next  six 
months  and  we  will  include  a  copy  of 
Upton  Sinclair's  "The  Brass  Check" 
free.  Just  fill  out  the  attached  blank 
and  mail  it  to  us  at  once. 


The  Nation, 

20  Vesey  Street,  New  York. 

Inclosed  herewith  you  will  find  remittance  for 
$2.50  for  which  please  send  me  THE  NATION  for 
six  months,  together  with  a  copy  of  "The  Brass 
Check." 


Name 


Address 


City State 

Foreign  postage,  50c;  Canadian  postage,  25c. 


8-7 


164 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


is  better  than  the  opinions,  but  there  are  few  opinions  and  only 
enough  history  to  add  the  right  tincture  of  romance.  Taken 
as  a  whole,  the  book  expands  the  American  imagination  like  a 
dream  and  thrills  it  like  a  bugle  at  dawn.  To  have  glanced 
through  it,  even,  and  not  to  have  honed  to  see  the  Woolworth 
Building  and  the  Mesa  Encantada  is  to  have  made  a  failure  of 
a  day.  A  different  way  is  to  follow,  in  C.  Henry  Smith's  "The 
Mennonites"  (Mennonite  Book  Concern),  the  trail  of  the  Ana- 
baptists from  all  their  ancestral  nooks  in  Europe  to  America 
and  all  their  nooks  here — a  strange,  at  times  dusty,  and  yet 
always  moving  tale  of  Christian  fidelity.  The  persecutions  of 
the  sixteenth  century  and  those  which  the  pacifist  Mennonites 
endured  during  the  World  War  are  bound  together  by  a  strain, 
shall  we  say,  of  natural  piety  on  the  part  of  the  persecutors. 
Agnes  Edwards's  "The  Old  Coast  Road  from  Boston  to  Ply- 
mouth" (Houghton  Mifflin)  is  agreeably  though  thinly  written 
and  has  graceful  drawings  by  Louis  H.  Ruyl.  A  stranger 
byway,  interestingly  interpreted,  appears  in  William  Way's 
"History  of  the  New  England  Society  of  Charleston,  South  Caro- 
lina. .  .  .  1819-1919"  (Published  by  the  Society),  a  significant 
chapter  in  the  record  of  that  loom  which  is  weaving  a  nation  out 
of  disparate  elements.  Warren  Upham's  "Minnesota  Geographic 
Names:  Their  Origin  and  Historic  Significance"  (Minnesota 
Historical  Society),  apparently  the  minutest  kind  of  study  and 
minutely  executed,  is  actually  a  vivid  commentary  on  the  way 
of  the  European  languages  in  America,  where  in  one  State  the 
townships  of  Blooming  Prairie  and  Bogus  Brook,  for  example, 
lie  down  with  the  townships  of  Saint  Olaf  and  Breitung  and 
Buyck  and  the  river  Pomme  de  Terre,  and  Minnesota  and  Missis- 
sippi lead  them.  In  "On  the  Trail  of  the  Pioneers"  (Doran) 
John  T.  Faris  offers  a  mosaic,  somewhat  sketchily  assembled,  of 
pioneer  adventure  chosen  from  the  accounts  of  the  pioneers 
themselves  who  dared  the  West.  Even  were  the  text  a  dozen 
times  more  sketchy,  the  book  would  be  justified  by  the  quaint 
pictures  reproduced  from  early  sources.  Most  picturesque,  or  at 
least  best  advertised,  of  scouts,  William  F.  Cody  has  now  two 
volumes  added  to  his  legend,  an  "Autobiography"  (Cosmopolitan 
Book  Corporation)  and  Louisa  Frederici  Cody's  "Memories  of 
Buffalo  Bill"  (Appleton).  Who  wrote  them?  Courtney  Ryley 
Cooper  admittedly  collaborated  with  Mrs.  Cody  and  probably 
helped  out  with  the  sentimental  and  theatrical  elements  which 
do  what  they  can  to  spoil  a  rattling  story;  Cody's  own  helper  is 
not  named.  If  only  Snorre  Sturlason  and  not  Fenimore  Cooper 
had  set  the  fashion  for  tales  of  Western  daring!  Essentially 
the  most  novel  of  all  the  group  of  books  now  under  review  is 
"The  Autobiography  of  a  Winnebago  Indian"  (University  of 
California  Press),  edited  with  explanatory  notes  by  Paul  Radin, 
in  which  a  middle-aged  Winnebago  called  "S.  B.,"  who  belongs  to 
a  prominent  family  of  the  tribe  and  has  had  typical  experiences, 
relates  them  in  considerable  detail  and  with  great  candor.  He 
tells  of  his  youthful  amusements  and  fasts,  of  his  courting  and 
his  many  affairs  with  women,  of  his  various  travels,  of  his  time 
spent  with  shows  and  circuses,  of  his  term  in  prison  charged 
with  murder,  of  his  conversion  to  the  peyote  rite,  and  of  his 
subsequent  visions  of  Earthmaker  (God).  The  narrative  extraor- 
dinarily adumbrates  customs  and  sentiments  which  have  almost 
always  been  studied  from  the  outside  but  which  here  have  the 
most  intimate  ring  of  actuality.  As  ethnology  the  account  is 
of  great  value,  and  merely  as  general  reading  it  is  highly  delec- 
table. The  stuff  of  good  literature,  though  not  in  any  final  form, 
appears  in  Frank  B.  Linderman's  "On  a  Passing  Frontier; 
Sketches  from  the  Northwest"  (Scribners),  short  stories  with- 
out too  much  art,  but  also  without  too  much  decoration,  which 
bring  the  Little  Rockies  very  near  home.  The  clever  surface 
views  regarding  Mexico  which  that  amusing  man  Vicente 
Blasco  Ibanez  recently  published  in  certain  New  York  and  Chi- 
cago newspapers  have  now  been  issued  in  a  volume  as  "Mexico 
in  Revolution"  (Dutton).  They  do  not  look  less  like  diurnal 
reporting  now  than  they  did  then. 


Studies  in  History  and  Politics 

By  Rt.  Hon.  Herbert   Fisher 
$5-65 

An  interesting  collection  of  essays  dealing  largely  with 
European  history  and  politics.  Several  are  reprinted  from 
various  periodicals  but  others  are  now  first  published.  Mr. 
Fisher's  pleasing  style  makes  the  book  one  of  great  interest 
to  the  cultured 'reader  as  well  as  to  the  historical  student. 

The  Freedom  of  the  Seas 

Historically  Treated 

By  Sir  Francis  Piggott 

Net  $2.50 
An  indispensable  preliminary  to  the  understanding  of  what 
is  called  the  Freedom  of  the  Seas  is  a  definition  of  the 
term    itself.      The   present   volume    treats    historically    the 
story  of  the  different  periods  when  England's  action  at  sea 
was  challenged  by  combinations   of  neutral  powers  and 
serves  both  to  explain  and  define  what  is  meant  from 
the  British  point   of  view,  the  controversial  aspects 
of   the   matter  being   so   far   as   possible  avoided. 

At  all  booksellers  or 

from  the  publishers 

Oxford  University  Press 

■American  'Branch. 

35 West  32nd  Street 

NewVbrk 


THE  Russian  Soviet  Government 
Bureau  has  issued  a  series  of  pam- 
phlet reprints  of  important  Soviet 
documents.  The  following  are  the 
first  three  of  these  pamphlets: 

(1 )  The  Labor  Laws  of  Soviet  Russia.  Of- 
ficial text,  with  introduction,  by  the  Bureau 
and  an  answer  to  a  criticism  by  Mr.  W.  C. 
Redfield,  52  pages,  stiff  paper  cover,  price  10 
cents. 

(2)  The  Laws  on  Marriage  and  Domestic 
Relations.  To  be  ready  about  September  1st. 
Price  15  cents. 

(3)  Two  Years  of  Foreign  Policy,  by 
George  Chicherin.  The  relations  of  the  Rus- 
sian Socialist  Federal  Soviet  Republic  with 
foreign  nations,  from  November  7,  1917,  to 
November  7, 1919.  36  pages,  stiff  paper  cover, 
price  10  cents.  Other  pamphlets  will  follow. 
Special  rates  for  quantities 

Address:  "SOVIET  RUSSIA" 

110  West  40th  Street,  Room  304,  N.  Y.  City 

Are  you  reading  our  weekly,  "Soviet  Russia"  the  offi- 
cial organ  of  the  Russian  Soviet  Government  Bureau? 


International  Relations  Section 


The  Facts  About  the  Polish  Pogroms 

THE  report  of  Sir  Stuart  Samuel,  commissioned  by  the 
British  Government  to  investigate  the  massacres  and 
ill-treatment  of  Jews  in  Poland,  is  here  printed  in  full  as 
transmitted  to  Earl  Curzon  on  June  2  by  Sir  H.  Rumbold, 
British  Minister  to  Poland. 

Sir:  I  was  intrusted  by  His  Majesty's  Secretary  of  State  for 
Foreign  Affairs  with  a  mission  to  Poland  on  behalf  of  His 
Majesty's  Government,  the  primary  object  of  which  was  to  ex- 
amine the  specific  charges  that  have  been  brought  against  the 
Poles  of  having  ill  treated  the  Jewish  population  of  their  coun- 
try, including  any  fresh  cases  of  ill-treatment  that  might  be 
brought  to  my  notice  while  my  mission  lasted.  I  was,  in  par- 
ticular, instructed  to  use  my  best  endeavors  to  ascertain  in  each 
case  where  massacres  or  outrages  of  Jews  had  taken  place, 
where  and  to  what  extent  the  different  grades  of  Polish  authori- 
ties were  to  blame  either  for  encouraging  or  culpably  failing 
to  prevent  them,  or  whether  they  had  taken  all  steps  in  their 
power  to  suppress  outbreaks  and  punish  the  offenders.  The 
aim  of  my  mission  was  to  dissipate  any  misunderstandings  that 
might  have  arisen  and  thus  to  promote  mutual  goodwill  between 
Poland  and  Great  Britain.  I  was  therefore  instructed  to 
make  such  recommendations  to  His  Majesty's  Government  as 
might  occur  to  me  with  the  object  of  establishing  greater  har- 
mony between  Jewish  and  other  elements  of  the  population,  as  a 
satisfactory  solution  of  that  problem  would  obviously  go  far  to 
promote  the  national  prosperity.  The  mission  left  London  early 
in  September  and  remained  in  Poland  about  three  months. 
I  took  excesses  against  the  Jewish  population  which  occurred 
in  Cracow,  Lodz,  Vilna,  Lida,  Pinsk,  and  Lemberg  as  typical, 
and  visited  those  places  from  Warsaw.  Traveling  conditions 
in  Poland  at  the  period  of  the  visits  of  the  mission  presented 
such  difficulty,  owing  to  heavy  falls  of  snow  and  to  the  fact  that 
a  large  number  of  passenger  trains  had  ceased  running  in 
consequence  of  their  accommodation  being  required  for  the 
transport  of  food,  that  the  mission  was  unable  to  visit  further 
towns. 

My  instructions  directed  my  particular  attention  to  the  neces- 
sity of  inquiring  into  the  statements  respecting  occurrences  of 
excesses  or  pogroms  in  Poland.  In  Poland  a  pogrom  is  under- 
stood to  be  an  excess  against  a  certain  section  of  the  popula- 
tion, but  in  England,  owing  to  the  experience  of  previous  out- 
breaks in  Russia,  the  word  pogrom  has  become  associated  with 
excesses  organized  by  the  government  against  a  portion  of  the 
population,  or  when  the  authorities  took  no  steps  to  restrain 
those  perpetrating  the  excesses,  or  intervened  at  a  period  too 
late  to  be  effective  in  preventing  the  loss  of  human  life.  The 
result  of  my  inquiries  brought  me  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
occurrences  at  Lemberg,  Lida,  and  Vilna  come  under  the  head 
of  pogroms  in  the  sense  generally  understood  in  England. 
The  awful  massacre  at  Pinsk  partook  more  of  the  character 
of  a  military  murder.  During  the  outbreaks  which  took  place 
in  the  two  other  towns  a  certain  number  of  Jews  were  assaulted 
and  plundered,  but  the  military  authorities  endeavored  to  re- 
strict the  action  of  the  soldiers  as  much  as  possible.  Speaking 
generally,  as  the  civil  authority  has  been  able  to  make  its  power 
effective,  so  the  position  in  the  rear  of  the  troops  has  become 
more  and  more  satisfactory. 

The  Polish  government  has  been  confronted  with  the  problem 
of  maintaining  order  in  those  portions  of  the  German,  Rus- 
sian, and  Austrian  Empires  which  have  been  incorporated 
within  the  present  Republic  of  Poland.  The  establishment  of 
order  was  intrusted  to  a  semi-military  force  known  as  the  field 


gendarmerie,  corresponding  somewhat  to  a  military  police  force. 
This  body  was  recruited  from  a  not  very  desirable  class,  and  is 
practically  independent  of  any  but  the  highest  civil  authority. 
The  gendarmerie  has  almost  unlimited  powers,  and  is  in  the 
habit  of  entering  the  houses,  chiefly  of  the  Jews,  at  any  time 
of  the  day  or  night  upon  the  pretext  of  searching  for  arms, 
and  robs  and  beats  the  Jews.  This  is  done  quite  openly,  and 
the  Jews  may  be  said  to  have  no  means  of  redress.  Proceed- 
ings, when  taken,  are  allowed  to  drift  for  an  interminable 
period  and  usually  result  in  the  implicated  men  being  released. 
There  is  thus  really  no  security  for  the  Jewish  population. 
Besides  the  gendarmerie  there  is  a  police  force,  but  the  remarks 
applied  to  the  former  can  be  taken  as  on  the  whole  true  with 
regard  to  the  latter  also.  The  Polish  government  recognizes 
the  inadequacy  of  this  body,  and,  I  understand,  is  taking  steps 
to  reorganize  it. 

In  addition,  the  junior  authorities  of  justice  and  of  civil  ad- 
ministration also  are  of  inferior  standing  and  morale,  taking 
advantage  of  their  position  not  only  to  persecute  the  Jews,  but 
also  to  exact  bribes  upon  an  astonishing  scale. 

The  foregoing  remarks  apply  in  a  less  degree  to  Galicia, 
which  has  been  brought  under  the  administration  of  the  Polish 
government  during  the  past  year.  Many  former  Austrian 
officials  have  been  retained,  who,  having  been  trained  under 
the  Austrian  Empire,  maintain  certain  traditions  which  make 
for  a  better  condition  of  law  and  order.  These  remarks 
equally  apply  to  the  districts  of  German  Poland,  but  in  the  re- 
maining portion  of  Poland,  the  officials  being  new  and  inex- 
perienced, the  deplorable  result  I  have  mentioned  has  ensued. 
The  higher  officials  both  of  the  government  and  of  justice,  in 
my  opinion,  are  not  subject  to  these  unfortunate  failings,  and 
whenever  it  is  possible  to  obtain  the  attention  of  these  authori- 
ties a  rough  form  of  justice  is  achieved. 

The  contention  of  the  Polish  government  that  it  was  not 
strong  enough  to  keep  pogroms  under  control  in  the  past  may 
perhaps  have  some  cogency,  but  I  should  like  to  draw  attention 
to  the  fact  that,  with  the  exception  of  events  at  Minsk,  no 
pogroms  have  occurred  during  the  stay  of  either  the  American 
Mission  or  the  British  Mission  to  Poland.  It  would  therefore 
appear  reasonable  to  deduce  that  if  the  government  is  suffi- 
ciently strong  to  restrain  wrongdoers  for  this  period,  namely, 
about  five  months,  it  should  be  competent  to  do  so  in  future. 

The  Jews  in  Poland  and  Galicia  number  about  three  millions. 
As  in  other  countries  the  large  majority  of  them  are  very  poor, 
suffering  severely  from  hunger  and  privation.  Want  of  em- 
ployment is  prevalent,  although  a  large  proportion  of  them  are 
artisans  and  laborers.  They  are  divided  broadly  into  three 
classes,  namely: 

1.  What  are  known  as  the  Assimilators; 

2.  The  Zionists;  and 

3.  The  Orthodox; 

though  doubtless  there  are  many  Orthodox  among  the  Zionists. 
They  speak  a  jargon  known  as  Yiddish,  which  is  to  be  found 
wherever  Jews  congregate,  but  of  recent  years  there  is  a  ten- 
dency to  employ  Hebrew  as  a  living  language,  though  it  is  sel- 
dom used  as  the  colloquial  language  of  the  home  circle.  The 
fact  of  their  language  being  akin  to  German  often  led  to  their 
being  employed  during  the  German  occupation  in  preference 
to  other  Poles.  This  circumstance  caused  the  Jews  to  be  ac- 
cused of  having  had  business  relations  with  the  Germans. 
Almost  as  soon  as  the  Polish  government  was  established,  ill- 
feeling  became  manifest  against  the  Jews.  Public  opinion  had 
been  aroused  against  them  by  the  institution  of  a  virulent  boy- 
cott. This  boycott  dates  from  shortly  after  the  by-election  for 
the  Duma,  which  took  place  in  Warsaw  in  1912.     Amongst  the 


166 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


candidates  was  M.  Dmowski,  one  of  the  leaders  of  the  National 
Democratic  Party.  When  the  names  of  the  electors  came  to 
be  scrutinized,  it  was  found  that  the  Jewish  electors  possessed 
the  controlling  influence  in  the  election.  They  considered,  how- 
ever, that  the  capital  of  Poland  should  not  be  represented  by  a 
member  of  a  minority  in  the  country,  and  therefore  did  not 
present  a  Jewish  candidate,  but  patriotically  offered  to  support 
any  candidate  who  would  abstain  from  an  anti-Semitic  policy. 
The  only  candidate  willing  to  accede  to  this  condition  was  M. 
Jagiello,  a  Roman  Catholic  Pole,  who  was  accordingly  re- 
turned. M.  Dmowski,  who  was  defeated  at  the  poll,  thereupon 
set  out  on  a  campaign  to  break  the  Jewish  influence,  and  from 
that  time  to  this  has  pursued  a  policy  with  the  object  of  driv- 
ing the  Jews  from  Poland,  a  step  which  can  only  be  fraught 
with  disaster  to  the  country.  During  the  war,  owing  to  the 
scarcity  of  almost  everything,  the  boycott  diminished,  but  with 
the  armistice  it  revived  with  much  of  its  original  intensity. 
A  charge  has  been  made  against  the  government  of  participation 
in  this  boycott.  The  government  publicly  declared  its  disap- 
proval of  boycotting,  but  a  certain  discrimination  seems  to  have 
been  made  in  the  reemployment  of  those  who  served  under  the 
German  occupation.  I  find  that  many  Jews  who  thus  served 
have  been  relieved  of  their  offices  and  not  reinstated,  whereas 
I  can  find  no  evidence  of  similar  procedure  in  regard  to  other 
Poles.  Jewish  doctors  are  unable  to  obtain  positions  in  the  hos- 
pitals. Other  qualified  Jews  cannot  secure  appointments  as 
post-office  officials,  on  the  railway  staff,  or  as  teachers  in  the 
public  schools  and  colleges,  with  the  exception  of  Professor 
Askenazy,  recently  appointed  to  a  chair  in  the  University  of 
Warsaw.  There  is  also  a  limitation  of  the  number  of  students 
professing  the  Jewish  religion  permitted  to  enter  certain  uni- 
versities. With  the  exception  of  doctors  and  a  few  officials  in 
the  administrative  offices,  there  are  few  officers  in  the  army. 
That  this  is  merely  a  matter  of  religious  prejudice  is  shown  by 
the  fact  that  all  these  posts  are  open  to  those  Jews  who  are 
willing  to  change  their  religion. 

In  time  of  scarcity  essential  articles  of  food  such  as  bread, 
potatoes,  and  sugar  are  distributed  to  the  population  by  minor 
officials.  I  received  many  complaints  that  the  Christian  popu- 
lation were  supplied  first,  and  that  in  numerous  cases  the  stock 
was  exhausted  before  all  the  Jews  had  received  their  share. 
The  complaint  that  Jews  and  Christians  were  divided  into  sepa- 
rate queues,  and  also  that  the  Jews  were  discriminated  against 
to  their  disadvantage  in  the  markets,  could  not  be  substantiated. 

Without  doubt  a  systematic  attempt,  more  especially  by  pro- 
vincial authorities,  is  being  made  to  oust  Jews  from  their 
trades,  and  it  is  only  where  these  authorities  are  as  a  result 
confronted  by  peculation  and  incompetency  that  they  realize 
the  futility  of  their  action.  The  government  itself  is  not 
without  some  experience  of  this  kind.  I  had  my  attention 
drawn  to  cases  of  discrimination  against  Jews  dealing  in  hides, 
petroleum,  salt,  bread,  and  other  articles,  which  in  my  opinion 
could  only  have  been  based  upon  religious  prejudice.  I  do  not 
find,  however,  any  ground  for  the  complaint  that  the  govern- 
ment is  putting  Jewish  merchants  at  a  disadvantage  in  com- 
parison with  non-Jews  with  regard  to  permission  to  import 
goods  from  abroad.  In  fact,  the  club  of  Jewish  merchants  at 
Warsaw,  consisting  of  several  thousand  members,  assured  me 
that  the  arrangements  made  were  quite  satisfactory.  I  have 
also  received  facts  and  figures  from  M.  Szczeniowski,  Minister 
of  Commerce,  fully  bearing  out  this  point. 

A  severe  private,  social,  and  commercial  boycott  of  Jews, 
however,  exists  among  the  people  generally,  largely  fostered 
by  the  Polish  press.  In  Lemberg  I  found  that  there  was  a 
so-called  social  court  presided  over  by  M.  Przyluski,  a  former 
Austrian  vice-president  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  which  goes  so 
far  as  to  summon  persons  having  trade  relations  with  Jews  to 
give  an  explanation  of  their  conduct.  Below  will  be  found  a 
copy  of  a  typical  cutting  from  a  Polish  newspaper  giving  the 
name  of  a  Polish  countess  who  sold  property  to  Jews.     This 


was    surrounded    by   a   mourning   border,   such   as    is  usual    in 
Poland  in  making  announcements  of  death. 

"Countess  Anna  Jablonowska,  resident  in  Galicia,  has  sold 
her  two  houses,  Stryjska  Street,  Nos.  18  and  20,  to  the  Jews, 
Dogilewski,  Hiibner,  and  Erbsen. 

"The  attorney  of  the  Countess  was  Dr.  Dziedzic;  her  ad- 
ministrator, M.  Naszkowski. 

"Will  the  Polish  public  forever  remain  indifferent  and  pas- 
sive in  such  cases?" 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  government  could  greatly  re- 
strain the  virulency  of  this  movement  if  the  powers  usually 
resident  in  a  government  were  effectually  used  to  prohibit  such 
agitation.  Although  the  government  declares  against  boycot- 
ting, the  Polish  press  is  allowed  openly  to  advocate  it,  while 
the  Yiddish  press  is  suspended  for  quite  trivial  offenses.  It  is 
a  well-known  fact  that  the  ill  results  of  boycotting  cannot  be 
limited  to  the  class  aimed  at,  for  this  weapon  has  a  tendency 
to  affect  others  and  eventually  to  react  upon  those  who  make 
use  of  it.  The  idea  widely  prevails  that  the  so-called  Litvaks, 
Russian  Jews  driven  to  Poland  by  the  former  Russian  govern- 
ment, should  be  induced  to  return,  and  I  am  of  opinion  that 
should  a  suitable  government  and  peaceful  conditions  be  re- 
established in  Russia  there  would  be  a  general  emigration  to 
that  country,  not  only  of  Jews  but  also  of  other  Poles.  The 
ardent  hope  was  frequently  expressed  to  me  that  Russia  would 
soon  be  open  for  immigration,  for  although  the  late  Russian 
government  fomented  pogroms  and  massacres  of  the  Jews,  the 
Russian  himself  is  of  a  kindly  nature  and  friendly  disposed  to 
his  neighbor.  Business  relations  between  Poland  and  Russia 
were  very  considerable  in  the  past,  and  were  generally  in  the 
hands  of  Jews,  not  only  in  the  handling  of  the  goods  exported, 
but  also  of  their  manufacture.  Warsaw,  the  Polish  capital, 
formed  a  meeting-place  for  the  merchants  of  Russia  and  the 
western  states,  and  was  also  a  depot  for  goods  eventually 
destined  for  Russia.  All  these  trading  agencies  are  now  at  a ' 
standstill,  and  Poland  is  feeling  the  economic  result  of  this 
stoppage.  Other  inducements  for  an  industrial  population, 
subjected  to  a  boycott,  to  leave  the  country  are  to  be  found  in 
the  absence  of  raw  materials  and  in  the  scarcity  of  food  and 
fuel,  as  well  as  in  the  hardships  consequent  upon  rising  prices 
arising  from  the  unfavorable  conditions  of  foreign  exchange. 

Initiative  in  business  matters  is  almost  entirely  the  preroga- 
tive of  the  Jewish  population.  In  Lodz  the  cotton  industry  and 
the  development  of  the  town  has  been  effected  mostly  through 
the  instrumentality  of  the  Jews.  Manufactures  and  business 
generally  have,  owing  to  the  circumstances  prevailing  before 
and  during  the  war,  fallen  largely  into  the  hands  of  Jews.  It 
is  impossible  to  replace  such  a  valuable  section  of  the  com- 
munity by  a  fresh  body  of  merchants  untrained  and  unaccus- 
tomed to  handle  the  important  mercantile  interests  which  should, 
in  view  of  the  advantages  accruing  to  Poland  under  the  peace 
treaty,  largely  increase  in  the  near  future. 

The  fallacious  idea,  however,  is  prevalent  in  Poland  that 
it  is  possible  to  transfer  a  large  percentage  of  the  business  car- 
ried on  by  the  Jews  to  other  hands.  If  a  Jewish  Pole  is  driven 
from  his  factory  or  business  the  act  does  not  provide  more 
work  for  the  Christian  Pole,  but  diminishes  it.  When  the 
question  of  external  trade  comes  to  be  considered  it  is  impos- 
sible to  displace  without  grave  results  firms  who  have  built 
up  a  business  over  a  long  series  of  years,  who  are  acquainted 
with,  and  know  the  requirements  of,  their  customers  in  remote 
countries  and  have  gradually  acquired  confidence  and  credit. 
No  new  combination,  whether  Jewish  or  Christian,  could  con- 
duct such  a  business  successfully  except  after  long  experience. 
Moreover,  I  found  it  to  be  a  fact  that  the  Jewish  Pole  com- 
mands greater  trust  than  his  neighbors.  To  such  an  extent  is 
this  the  case  in  Poland  that  nearly  the  whole  of  the  estate 
agents  who  act  for  the  Polish  nobility  are  of  Jewish  race.  The 
real  interest  of  the  Polish  state  would  seem  to  be  rather  in  the 
direction  of  developing   and   encouraging   the   export  business 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


167 


hitherto  carried  on  by  Jews;  in  this  way  lies  almost  the  sole 
hope  of  the  economic  regeneration  of  Poland  and  of  the  rehabili- 
tation of  its  depreciated  currency.  In  this  connection  it  should 
be  remembered  that  depreciation  of  currency  as  expressed  in 
terms  of  external  values  does  not  arise  solely  from  an  adverse 
trade  balance,  but  that  a  normal  rate  of  exchange  demonstrates 
also  the  healthy  functioning  of  stable  government  and  the  con- 
sequent safety  of  life  and  property. 

Polish  statesmen  frequently  assert  that  the  proportion  of 
Jewish  small  tradesmen  to  the  general  population  is  too  great. 
If  the  complaint  were  limited  to  this  alone  it  might  safely  be 
left  to  find  its  own  remedy,  for  I  found  that  the  children  of  this 
class  were  not  satisfied  to  follow  the  parents'  vocation  but  were 
endeavoring,  by  means  of  attending  technical  and  other  schools, 
to  attain  a  higher  educational  and  social  level.  This  class,  how- 
ever, little  above  the  pauper,  ever  finds  itself  driven  back  upon 
itself  by  the  economic  restraints  which  it  encounters,  until  at 
last,  in  desperation,  it  is  forced  to  emigrate.  I  found  but  few 
families  that  had  not  one  member  at  least  in  America  or  Can- 
ada. Experience  has  shown,  as  in  the  case  of  Ireland,  that  it 
is  always  a  disadvantage  to  a  country  to  have  an  emigration 
of  despairing  people,  as  these  sow  the  seed  of  their  discontent 
in  other  lands.  A  further  remedy  for  this  congestion  of  occu- 
pation would  be  to  introduce  into  Poland  new  industries,  for 
which  Jews  in  other  countries  have  evinced  special  aptitude. 
The  difficulty  of  securing  raw  material  limits  the  occupations 
available  at  the  present  time,  but  it  would  appear  quite  feasible 
to  start  factories  for  the  manufacture  of  waterproofing,  ga- 
loshes, furniture,  boots,  and  clothing.  Doubtless  western  Jews 
would  be  prepared  to  assist  their  brethren  to  reach  a  higher 
plane  of  industrial  development,  but  unfortunately  the  Christian 
Poles,  although  not  undertaking  such  enterprises  to  any  extent 
themselves,  exhibited  distinct  hostility  to  any  such  suggestion 
which  would  benefit  both  the  Jews  and  the  state  alike.  Many 
Poles,  however,  enlarge  the  demand  for  a  reduction  of  the  num- 
ber of  small  Jewish  tradesmen  to  one  for  the  reduction  of  the 
Jewish  population  as  a  whole.  This  proposition  is  fraught  with 
a  danger  not  confined  to  the  Jews;  it  is  a  danger  to  the  state. 
To  render  the  conditions  of  life  so  intolerable  to  the  Jew  as 
to  force  him  to  leave  his  native  country  has  ever  been  followed 
by  disastrous  consequences  to  the  country  where  this  form 
of  persecution  has  been  essayed;  whereas  in  every  country 
where  the  Jew  has  been  granted  an  effective  citizenship  he  has 
proved  himself  a  mainstay  of  law  and  order.  The  Jew  has 
usually  so  much  to  lose  through  the  consequences  of  disorder 
that  he  ranges  himself  instinctively  on  the  side  of  good  govern- 
ment. It  is  for  the  Poles  to  choose  whether  they  will  follow 
the  example  of  Great  Britain,  the  United  States  of  America, 
France,  Holland,  Italy,  and  the  other  liberal-minded  states 
which  have  treated  the  Jew  equitably,  or  link  their  fate  with 
ancient  Egypt,  medieval  Spain,  and  modern  Russia.  It  must 
further  be  considered  that  when  the  Jew  is  driven  out  his  capital 
is  driven  out  with  him.  In  fact,  in  most  cases  it  precedes  him, 
for  the  poor  and  helpless  Jew  is  not  the  first  to  leave  in  face 
of  economic  persecution  such  as  a  boycott  or  the  fear  of  per- 
sonal safety,  but  rather  he  who  possesses  the  means  to  seek 
happier  conditions  of  livelihood  elsewhere.  Thus,  at  the  very 
time  when  it  is  vital  to  the  interest  of  Poland  to  import  capi- 
tal, were  the  suggested  policy  carried  into  action  it  would 
have  for  its  result  the  export  of  capital.  In  addition,  there  is 
the  danger  that  the  better  minds  among  non-Jews  would  not  be 
willing  to  remain  in  a  country  wherein  truth  and  justice  are 
absent. 

Another  policy  appears  to  have  as  its  object  the  identification 
of  Jews  as  Bolsheviki  in  order  to  distract  public  attention  from 
the  government.  The  real  danger  of  bolshevism,  however,  is  to 
be  sought  in  other  directions,  although  it  should  not  be  matter 
for  surprise  if  some  of  the  younger  generation  of  educated 
Jews,  finding  all  avenues  of  advancement  and  fair  play  barred, 
should  be  found  ready  to  listen  to  proposals  for  freedom  and 


equality  of  opportunity.  It  is  a  fair  retort  that  the  government 
policy  is  making  potential  revolutionaries  of  these  people.  If 
the  Polish  government  would  grant  the  Jews  a  genuine  and  not 
a  masked  equality  they  would  secure  the  support  of  the  most 
conservative,  law-abiding,  and  loyal  section  of  the  population. 
All  the  Jews  ask  is  to  be  allowed  to  live  in  peace  and  safety.  By 
grinding  them  down  by  economic  differentiation  a  certain  num- 
ber of  these  people  may  be  induced  to  emigrate,  but  the  danger 
will  always  remain  that  a  certain  residuum  will  be  forced  into 
the  ranks  of  the  disaffected  and  disloyal.  The  Jew  may  be  robbed, 
plundered,  have  his  beard  cut,  and  be  otherwise  insulted  for  a 
time,  but  who  can  be  surprised  if  a  point  be  reached  when  men 
will  not  tolerate  such  treatment  longer  and  will  be  prepared  to 
make  the  utmost  sacrifices  to  achieve  the  honor  of  their  man- 
hood? 

Under  this  hard  and  continued  pressure  many  Jews  have 
been  constrained  to  change  their  religion,  and  it  is  mostly  these 
"Jews"  who  are  meant  when  Jews  are  mentioned  as  being  in 
government  employ. 

I  made  careful  inquiries  in  various  parts  of  Poland  as  to  the 
extent  to  which  bolshevist  principles  had  permeated  the  Jew- 
ish population,  and  the  highest  estimate  which  I  encountered 
was  ten  per  cent  of  their  number,  a  considerably  less  propor- 
tion, according  to  my  informants,  than  characterizes  the  popu- 
lation as  a  whole.  In  investigating  the  truth  of  the  statement 
that  Jews  in  Poland  sympathize  with  bolshevism,  attention  must 
be  paid  to  the  fact  that  Jews  form  the  middle  class  almost  in 
its  entirety.  Above  are  the  aristocracy  and  below  are  the  peas- 
ants. Their  relations  with  the  peasants  are  not  unsatisfactory. 
The  young  peasants  cannot  read  the  newspapers  and  are  there- 
fore but  slightly  contaminated  by  anti-Semitism  until  they 
enter  the  army.  I  was  informed  that  it  is  not  at  all  unusual 
for  Polish  peasants  to  avail  themselves  of  the  arbitrament  of 
the  Jewish  rabbi's  courts.  Another  point  to  be  borne  in  mind 
is  that  a  very  considerable  proportion  of  the  Jews  belong  to 
the  orthodox  form  of  the  religion.  If  I  understand  aright, 
bolshevism  stands  against  both  religion  and  the  bourgeoisie; 
it  must  therefore  be  clear  from  the  above  statements  that  by  the 
acceptance  of  these  tenets  most  of  the  Polish  Jews  would  but 
compass  their  own  destruction. 

In  conclusion,  I  desire  to  point  out  that  if  the  social  boycott 
were  successful  in  securing  a  large  emigration  of  Jews  it  would 
result  in  a  very  large  decrease  in  the  productive  powers  of 
Poland.  As  the  future  of  the  republic  depends  largely  upon 
its  exports  exceeding  its  imports  the  future  of  the  state  itself 
might  be  imperiled.  The  Polish  government  would  be  well 
advised  in  its  own  interests  that  to  take  immediate  and  active 
measures  to  bring  this  unsatisfactory  condition  of  affairs  to  a 
speedy  end  would  be  acting  in  the  best  interests  of  the  people 
committed  to  its  charge. 

I  now  propose  to  report  upon  the  result  of  my  investigations 
into  the  excesses  perpetrated  in  the  towns  I  visited  in  the  order 
they  occurred.  Before  doing  so  I  would  like  to  remark  that  as 
statements  that  the  Jews  were  enemies  of  the  rest  of  the  popu- 
lation and  that  all  misfortunes  were  to  be  ascribed  to  their 
influence  were  constantly  circulated,  and  the  Jews  formed  an 
easy  prey  for  robbery  and  plunder,  attacks  upon  them  were  to 
be  expected.  It  was,  however,  the  evil  example  of  the  military 
as  they  entered  captured  towns  which  as  a  rule  incited  the  civil 
population  to  join  in  the  pogroms.  If  the  military  commanders 
had  but  performed  their  duty  to  humanity  and  their  office,  the 
loss  of  life  would  have  been  considerably  less.  Poland,  too, 
would  not  be  burdened  with  these  still  unpunished  crimes. 

Lemberg.  With  regard  to  the  events  in  Lemberg  on  the  21st, 
22nd,  and  23rd  November,  1918,  consideration  has  to  be  given 
to  the  very  remarkable  position  that  was  to  be  found  in  that 
city  at  that  period,  and  it  is  noteworthy  upon  what  a  small  scale 
were  the  operations.  Previous  to  the  date  mentioned  the 
Ukrainian  army  consisted  of  about  10,000  men  in  occupation 
of  that  portion  of  East  Galicia,  but  General  Monczynski  raised 


168 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


a  Polish  army,  about  1,500  in  number,  consisting  of  men,  women, 
boys,  some  of  them  criminals,  and  after  a  severe  struggle  suc- 
ceeded in  capturing  half  the  city,  the  other  half  of  which  re- 
mained in  the  occupation  of  the  Ukrainians.  The  Jewish  part 
of  the  population  of  Lemberg  declared  itself  to  be  neutral. 
After  street  fighting  of  a  severe  character  the  Polish  forces 
succeeded  in  driving  the  Ukrainians  entirely  out  of  the  city. 
This  result  was  achieved  through  the  advent  of  a  considerable 
body  of  Polish  troops  brought  under  General  Roja  from  Posen. 
It  has  been  proved  to  my  satisfaction  that  these  troops  were 
promised  three  days  free  looting  of  the  Jewish  quarter,  and  I 
had  it  in  evidence  that  Jews  were  warned  by  Christian  friends 
of  the  certainty  of  a  pogrom  on  the  days  mentioned.  The  Polish 
soldiers  and  population  were  somewhat  incensed  by  the  attitude 
of  the  Jews  in  not  having  assisted  them  in  their  struggle,  but 
nothing  can  excuse  the  work  of  robbery  and  murder  which  took 
place  on  the  days  mentioned  (21st,  22nd,  and  23rd  November). 

Helena  Schine  deposed  that  a  body  of  soldiers  came  to  her 
house,  shot  her  father,  her  brother,  and  her  brother-in-law, 
and  would  have  shot  her,  but  she  gave  them  3,000  crowns  and 
they  went  away.  The  soldiers  came  again  at  about  12  o'clock 
in  the  day  and  shot  her  brother,  who  was  still  living,  though 
previously  wounded,  dead.  They  broke  open  the  safe  and  stole 
the  silver  plate.  Another  body  of  soldiers  came  to  the  house 
about  5  o'clock.  She  had  by  then  taken  refuge  on  the  third 
floor  with  a  Polish  woman,  who  when  the  soldiers  came  the 
third  time  sent  them  away. 

Various  other  witnesses  deposed  that  many  buildings  were 
set  on  fire  with  petroleum  obtained  from  a  store;  as  the  occu- 
pants ran  out  to  escape  the  flames,  they  were  shot  down  in  the 
street  in  cold  blood  by  Polish  soldiers.  The  synagogue  was 
burned,  the  safe  being  opened  by  means  of  machine-gun  fire, 
and  the  scrolls  of  the  law  were  burned  and  everything  of  value 
removed.  The  result  of  the  three  days'  looting  was  that  fifty- 
two  Jews  were  killed,  463  wounded,  and  a  large  amount  of 
property  stolen. 

It  should  be  stated  that  proceedings  were  taken  against  Gen- 
eral Roja,  who  was  in  command  of  the  Posen  troops,  but  he 
was  declared  to  be  suffering  from  a  nervous  breakdown. 

The  Poles  alleged  that  the  Jews,  while  calling  themselves 
neutrals,  had  shown  active  sympathy  with  the  Ukrainians,  but 
the  evidence  given  did  not,  in  my  opinion,  support  that  con- 
tention. 

The  charge  brought  against  the  Jewish  militia — a  body  con- 
sisting of  200  men  of  Jewish  race  enrolled  to  defend  and  keep 
order  in  the  Jewish  quarter — of  having  fired  at  the  Polish  troops 
has  been  recently  the  subject  of  proceedings  in  the  Polish 
courts;  the  charge  was  dismissed. 

In  the  result  none  of  the  military  commanders  responsible 
for  these  events  has  been  punished,  and  no  compensation  has 
been  paid  for  the  damage  done. 

Pinsk.  The  events  at  Pinsk  on  the  5th  April,  1919,  when 
thirty-five  Jews  were  shot,  took  place  about  ten  days  after  the 
t  wn  had  been  taken  from  the  Bolsheviki  by  the  Polish  army. 
The  Polish  command  had,  a  day  or  two  before,  suffered  a  re- 
verse at  the  hands  of  the  Bolsheviki  and  were  in  a  state  of 
nervousness  as  to  an  attack  on  the  town.  It  seems  that  two 
Polish  soldiers,  one  named  Kosak,  who  is  now  in  prison  for 
robbery,  and  another  soldier,  since  reported  as  killed  in  action, 
informed  the  military  authorities  that  they  had  information 
that  the  Jews  intended  to  hold  a  bolshevist  meeting  on  Saturday 
in  what  is  known  as  the  People's  House,  being  the  headquarters 
of  the  Zionists. 

The  events  that  followed  appear  to  be  so  incredible  that  I 
think  it  best  to  give  the  evidence  of  the  witnesses.  Abraham 
Feinstein,  president  of  the  Zionist  Cooperative  Society,  deposed 
that  about  the  28th  March  he  received  a  letter  from  the  govern- 
ment organizer  of  cooperative  societies,  M.  Trofimowicz  (a  non- 
Jew)  ,  stating  that  it  was  desirable  that  all  cooperative  societies 
in  the  town  should  combine,  and  giving  them  up  to  the  7th 
April    to   make    their   decision.      He    inclosed    the   government 


permission  for  the  meeting  to  take  place.  Notices  were  posted 
in  the  streets  and  in  the  large  synagogues.  The  meeting  took 
place  on  Saturday,  the  5th  April,  and  there  were  about  150 
persons  present,  consisting  of  men  and  women.  The  meeting 
commenced  at  5.  M.  Eisenberg  was  in  the  chair.  M.  Trofimo- 
wicz was  present  at  the  opening  of  the  meeting  and  explained 
its  purpose  and  left  at  5.30.  It  was  decided  unanimously  to 
combine.  A  discussion  then  took  place  as  to  how  many  dele- 
gates were  to  be  sent  to  the  combination.  That  matter  was 
adjourned,  and  most  of  the  cooperators  went  home.  Mr.  Zuker- 
man,  an  American,  had  brought  50,000  marks  to  be  distributed 
for  the  holy  days.  Many  of  those  present  went  into  another 
room  to  discuss  this,  and  how  the  money  was  to  be  distributed. 
While  this  was  going  on  some  boys  came  in  and  said  soldiers 
were  there  to  take  Jews  for  forced  labor.  They  all  went  into 
the  large  hall.  Soldiers  were  shouting  and  others  were  stealing 
food  from  the  refreshment  room.  The  house  consisted  of  two 
floors — shops  on  the  ground  floor  and  the  club  on  the  first  floor. 
Feinstein  went  into  a  friend's  shop  on  the  ground  floor  to  take 
shelter,  and  later  found  the  whole  building  surrounded  by 
soldiers,  including  Kosak.  Kosak  stopped  people  and  took  bribes 
from  them  not  to  take  them  for  forced  labor.  Feinstein  then 
hid  in  Gottleib's  store  on  the  ground  floor,  but  was  discovered 
and  a  soldier  was  left  to  guard  him.  He  heard  a  shot  upstairs. 
Gottleib  went  out  to  get  some  water,  and  came  back  and  said 
a  dead  man  was  lying  in  the  yard.  At  10  an  under-officer  came 
and  said  that  about  fifty  arrested  people  had  been  shot  dead 
and  that  his  turn  would  come  at  5  o'clock  the  next  morning. 
At  1.30  a.m.  an  under-officer  and  two  soldiers  came  and  sent 
the  guarding  soldier  away.  They  robbed  him  and  said:  "You 
must  go  to  the  Kommandatur,  and  you  will  be  shot,  as  all  the 
meeting  were  Bolsheviki."  One  soldier,  a  Polish  under-officer, 
said  he  could  speak  Yiddish,  and  that  he  was  in  the  synagogue 
and  heard  the  Jews  arrange  to  act  against  the  Poles,  and  that 
he  heard  a  young  man  say:  "We  will  have  a  meeting  in  thtf 
People's  House  at  5."  Feinstein  stated  it  was  untrue,  then  the 
soldier  said  he  would  take  150  rubles  to  let  them  go,  there 
being  six  of  them  in  Gottleib's  room,  and  eventually  he  con- 
sented to  take  50  rubles.  He  then  found  two  pocket-books  and 
took  500  rubles  and  600  rubles  respectively  from  them.  He  then 
said:  "You  are  free."  He  accompanied  Feinstein  along  the 
street  and  he  arrived  home  at  4  a.m. 

Saloman  Gittelman,  a  teacher,  deposed  that  he  was  arrested 
at  the  People's  House  at  about  5  o'clock.  He  was  a  member  of 
the  Cooperative  Society  and  attended  the  meeting.  He  heard 
a  shot.  Soldiers  then  came  in  and  said  "Why  have  you  shot  at 
us?"  and  ordered  all  to  stand  with  hands  up.  They  were  all 
searched  and  beaten.  No  arms  were  found.  The  soldiers 
ordered  all  out,  surrounded  them,  and  took  them  to  the  Kom- 
mandatur. They  were  severely  beaten  on  the  way.  An  army 
doctor  named  Bakraba  stopped  them  on  the  way  and  inquired 
what  it  all  meant,  and  the  soldiers  replied  that  the  Jews  had 
shot  at  soldiers.  A  soldier  stepped  up  and  said  that  they  had 
shot  at  him  and  wounded  him  in  the  head.  The  doctor  replied: 
"All  these  Jews  ought  to  be  shot."  They  arrived  at  the  Kom- 
mandatur, were  stood  out  in  the  street,  and  were  all  robbed. 
There  were  several  officers  present.  There  was  no  trial.  Sol- 
diers came  back  from  the  Kommandatur  and  they  were  taken 
to  the  market-place.  They  murdered  about  sixty.  Each  was 
placed  against  the  wall.  It  was  extremely  dark,  and  soldiers 
came  with  a  motor  bearing  a  searchlight.  An  officer  came 
and  looked  into  everyone's  face,  and  some  were  removed,  in- 
cluding the  women.  The  remainder  were  then  informed  that 
their  last  moment  had  come,  and  they  could  say  their  prayers. 
They  then,  with  the  lead  of  the  teacher,  uttered  in  a  loud  voice 
their  last  prayers  for  the  dying  (I  may  mention  that  these  so- 
called  Bolsheviki,  who  profess  a  negation  of  religion,  uttered 
their  last  prayers  in  such  a  loud  voice  that  they  could  be  heard 
right  across  the  market-place).  The  officer  then  commanded 
the  soldiers  to  shoot.  The  figures  against  the  wall  fell,  after 
which   the   soldiers   came   and   shot   those  who  moved    on   the 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


169 


ground.  The  remainder,  who  had  been  put  on  one  side,  were 
then  taken  to  prison  at  10  o'clock.  There  had  been  no  trial  and 
no  word  whatever  said  to  them  previous  to  the  shooting.  Noth- 
ing to  eat  was  given.  Seventeen  men  were  placed  in  one  room, 
and  at  11.30  three  men  were  brought  in.  They  said  that  the 
man  Glauberman  had  been  shot,  but  not  at  the  wall.  I  have 
arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  the  shot  heard  by  those  in  the 
club  was  one  fired  at  random  by  a  soldier  outside  to  give  color 
to  the  charge  that  the  soldiers  had  been  fired  upon,  and  un- 
fortunately it  killed  Glauberman,  who  was  hiding  in  a  shed 
underneath  the  stairs  leading  up  to  the  club.  I  was  shown  the 
hole  made  by  the  bullet.  No  arms  were  found  in  the  possession 
of  these  alleged  Bolsheviki. 

Next  morning  an  under-officer  came  and  took  their  names, 
and  said:  "We  will  show  you  what  has  become  of  your  friends." 
Nineteen  of  them  were  taken  to  the  cemetery  by  a  gendarme  and 
some  soldiers.  They  were  shown  a  freshly  filled-in  grave.  They 
were  given  shovels  and  told  to  reopen  the  grave.  This  done, 
they  were  placed  together  in  a  row.  Soldiers  arrived  and  were 
placed  in  front  of  them  with  rifles  leveled  at  them.  The 
gendarme  said  to  the  soldiers:  "Are  you  ready?"  One  of  the 
prisoners,  an  elderly  teacher,  then  prayed  in  a  loud  voice  as 
follows:  "0  Lord,  forgive  thy  servants.  Thou  art  powerful  to 
save  even  now."  The  words  were  no  sooner  out  of  his  mouth 
than  an  elderly  gendarme  came  to  the  gendarme  in  command 
and  whispered  something  to  him.  He  ordered  the  prisoners  to 
fill  up  the  grave  again,  and  they  were  taken  to  the  prison,  and 
eventually  Gittelman  was  sent  home.  Two  of  those  shot  were 
teachers,  colleagues  of  his  for  twenty  years.  It  appears  that 
Miss  Rabinovitch,  who  gave  evidence  later,  had  intervened  on 
their  behalf. 

Aaron  Rubin,  an  elderly  manager  of  a  match  factory,  deposed 
that  he  was  present  at  the  cooperative  meeting.  He  stated  that 
the  soldiers  in  the  large  room  searched  the  people  and  beat 
them.  One  man  had  11,500  rubles  in  his  possession,  which  was 
stolen  from  him.  He  shouted  that  he  had  been  robbed  of  this 
amount.  A  soldier  then  went  downstairs,  and  shortly  came  back 
and  said:  "Who  has  shot?"  Rubin  generally  confirmed  the 
previous  witness's  evidence.  He  was  one  of  those  taken  from 
the  wall  and  taken  to  the  cemetery.  In  the  cemetery  the 
soldiers  loaded  their  rifles  and  said  their  last  moment  had  come. 
After  they  had  returned  to  the  prison,  a  gendarme  interviewed 
them  and  endeavored  to  get  a  confession  from  them.  Each 
one  was  taken  separately  in  a  separate  room,  stripped,  and 
beaten  with  straps  and  ramrods.  They  were  then  all  put  to- 
gether in  one  room  half  dead  from  flogging.  This  included  six 
women.  They  were  told  to  put  on  their  clothes  and  return  to 
their  cells.  On  Tuesday  a  gendarme  came  and  said  that  if 
there  were  an  inquiry  they  must  say  that  they  had  not  been 
beaten.     On  Wednesday  he  was  released  by  doctor's  orders. 

A  young  lady  who  desired  her  name  not  published,  aged 
about  25,  deposed  that  she  went  to  the  People's  House  to  inquire 
as  to  whether  she  was  to  participate  in  the  American  money. 
Soldiers  came  in  and  began  to  eat  food  they  found  in  a  cup- 
board. They  were  seeking  young  Jews  for  forced  labor.  An 
elderly  officer  came  and  said  they  were  all  to  go  into  the  large 
room.  They  searched  the  people,  and  the  first  man  searched 
had  over  10,000  rubles.  In  her  opinion  all  that  followed  was  to 
cover  the  robbery.  She  confirmed  the  statement  that  they  were 
all  taken  outside  the  Kommandatur.  She  confirmed  the  inter- 
view with  Dr.  Bakraba,  but  added  that  Dr.  Bakraba  himself 
beat  a  girl  named  Eisenberg.  No  question  was  put  to  them. 
They  remained  in  the  street.  They  expected  they  would  be 
brought  into  the  Kommandatur  but  were  not,  and  remained  in 
the  street.  A  passer-by  named  Krasalstchik,  who  was  walking 
on  the  pavement  with  a  Miss  Polak,  was  taken  by  the  soldiers 
and  included  with  the  prisoners,  and  eventually  shot.  They 
were  then  all  taken  to  the  market-place  and  put  against  the 
wall  of  the  church.  All  was  dark.  She  saw  some  of  the 
women  led  away  a  short  distance,  so  she  walked  out  of  the  line 
too.     All  those  remaining  at  the  wall  were  given  time  to  say 


their  last  words.  A  teacher  chanted  the  last  Jewish  prayers 
for  the  dying,  and  the  others  repeated  them  after  him.  They 
were  then  shot  dead.  The  survivors  were  told  their  time  would 
come  on  the  morrow,  and  that  they  would  be  hanged.  From 
the  wall  they  were  led  to  the  prison.  The  women  were  in  a 
separate  room.  The  Polish  guard  treated  them  very  badly,  but 
the  governor  of  the  prison  treated  them  kindly.  The  warders 
said  they  would  be  shot.  A  gendarme  came  later  and  they 
were  all  led  to  a  room,  stripped  naked,  revolvers  put  to  their 
heads,  and  flogged.  They  were  then  turned  out  of  the  room 
naked  with  their  clothes  in  their  hands  into  a  corridor  full 
of  soldiers,  who  kicked  and  struck  them.  They  were  then  sent 
into  another  room  where  they  dressed  and  were  allowed  to  go 
free. 

M.  Abrahamovitch  gave  evidence  that  he  heard  a  noise,  was 
frightened,  and  hid  in  the  roof  of  the  synagogue  on  the  other 
side  of  the  market-place.  At  a  quarter  to  9  in  the  evening  of 
Saturday  he  heard  firing  and  groans  that  lasted  all  night,  and 
soldiers  laughing.  One  of  the  men,  Palatzny,  was  shot  and 
only  slightly  wounded;  at  5.30  on  the  morning  of  the  6th  April 
he  got  up  and  ran  away.  He  was  observed  by  the  soldiers  and 
shot  dead. 

Sonia  Rabinovitch,  a  girl  student  from  Kiev,  was  staying  at 
'Pinsk  with  her  father.  Polish  officers  lived  at  her  father's 
house,  and  she  was  able  to  intervene  to  save  the  people  at  the 
cemetery.  (I  have  no  doubt  that  the  eventual  release  of  these 
people  was  the  direct  consequence  of  the  arrival  of  an  American 
officer  who  began  to  make  inquiries.) 

An  official  statement  relative  to  these  events  issued  on  the 
7th  April  by  General  Listovski,  commander  of  the  group,  I 
find  devoid  of  all  credence. 

The  treatment  meted  out  to  these  so-called  Jewish  Bolsheviki 
is  in  contrast  to  the  treatment  of  avowedly  bolshevist  Poles. 
M.  Gabryl  Kiewicz  was  commissary  for  the  town,  a  post  corre- 
sponding to  mayor,  during  the  Bolshevist  occupation,  and  he  is 
now  a  paid  official  in  the  election  office.  M.  Melech,  who  was 
administrator  of  the  Food  Department  for  the  Bolsheviki,  is 
now  employed  in  the  municipal  administration. 

In  conversation  with  local  Christian  Poles  the  mission  was 
informed  that  the  town  was  heartily  ashamed  of  this  dreadful 
tragedy,  and  believed  that  the  people  massacred  were  quite 
innocent. 

In  conclusion,  I  may  state  that  Major  Luczynski  and  Lieu- 
tenant Landsberg,  who  were  in  command  on  the  occasion  men- 
tioned, in  no  way  have  been  punished.  They  have  simply  been 
removed  to  other  posts.  I  have  endeavored  unsuccessfully  to 
see  Major  Luczynski. 

Under  the  present  local  administration  Pinsk  is  once  more 
peaceful,  and  the  relations  between  the  Christian  and  the  non- 
Christian  inhabitants  have  become  normal. 

Lida.  On  the  16th  April,  1919,  the  Poles  attacked  the  Bolshe- 
vist troops  occupying  Lida,  this  being  the  second  day  of  the 
Jewish  Passover.  The  Jews  were  frightened  and  there  were 
only  ten  Jews  in  the  synagogue,  the  rest  remaining  in  their 
houses.  It  was  proved  to  my  satisfaction  that  on  the  16th  the 
Bolsheviki  ordered  all  their  soldiers  to  leave  their  billets  and 
return  to  barracks.  This  they  refused  to  do,  and  when  the 
Polish  troops  entered  the  town,  they  shot  at  them  from  the 
windows  of  the  houses.  This  was  in  the  poorer  Jewish  quarter, 
because  most  of  the  best  houses  were  taken  possession  of  by 
officers,  leaving  the  less  desirable  houses  to  be  occupied  by  their 
men.  Consequently  when  the  Polish  troops  eventually  entered 
the  town  on  the  morning  of  the  17th  they  attacked  the  Jewish 
quarter,  killing  on  the  two  days,  the  16th  and  the  17th,  thirty- 
five  Jews.  The  case  of  the  man  Poukoff  and  his  son,  who  were 
first  robbed  of  150,000  rubles  and  then  taken  out  into  the  street 
and  shot  without  trial,  was  a  particularly  bad  case.  In  fact,  the 
bulk  of  the  people  killed  were  either  murdered  in  their  houses 
or  shot  outside  them.  On  the  19th  only  there  was  a  court- 
martial,  when  six  Jews  and  two  Christians  were  sentenced  to  be 
shot.    On  the  17th  200  Jews  were  arrested  in  the  Jewish  quarter, 


170 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2875 


but  were  released  without  any  trial  after  five  days.  The  rabbi 
of  the  place,  Rabbi  Rabbinovich,  was  arrested,  robbed,  and 
beaten,  together  with  many  other  Jews.  On  the  18th  a  body 
of  a  soldier  was  found  mutilated,  and  the  Jews  were  accused  of 
having  murdered  him ;  this  caused  great  excitement  in  the  town. 
It  was  said  that  a  Catholic  priest  intervened,  and  asked  in 
church  that  anyone  who  knew  anything  of  the  case  should  in- 
form him.  Later  the  excitement  died  down,  and  the  rumor  was 
spread  that  the  priest  had  interfered  to  say  that  the  murderer 
was  not  a  Jew.  The  priest  referred  to  had  left  Lida,  and  I 
was  unable  to  obtain  confirmation  of  this  story,  but  believe  it 
to  be  true. 

Vilna  was  taken  from  the  Bolsheviki  on  the  19th  April,  1919, 
by  Polish  troops.  The  rumor  was  spread  that  the  Jews  had  shot 
at  the  Polish  soldiers,  whereupon  soldiers  and  civilians  com- 
menced a  massacre  and  robbery  of  the  Jews  which  lasted  three 
days.  Fifty-five  Jews  were  killed,  including  two  well-known 
authors,  MM.  Weiter  and  Ivianski,  a  large  number  were 
wounded,  and  2,000  arrested  as  sympathizers  with  the  Bolshe- 
viki. Of  these  1,000  were  released  upon  guaranties  being  given, 
and  the  remainder  were  removed  to  internment  camps  under 
conditions  of  the  greatest  hardship.  Most  of  these  poor  people 
have  been  kept  in  these  unsanitary  and  loathsome  camps,  suffer- 
ing hunger  and  frequent  beatings,  without  trial,  and  had  not 
been  released  at  the  time  of  the  mission's  visit  in  November. 
Among  those  arrested  for  having  shot  at  the  Polish  soldiers 
were  the  Rev.  I.  Rubinstein,  one  of  the  principal  rabbis,  and 
Dr.  Shabad,  the  head  of  the  community.  I  may  add  that  the 
19th  April  was  a  Saturday,  when,  being  the  Jewish  Sabbath,  a 
rabbi  would  be  most  unlikely  to  carry  or  use  firearms.  Never- 
theless, these  gentlemen  were  marched  by  soldiers  through  the 
streets,  beaten  and  spat  upon  not  only  by  the  mob,  but  also 
by  well-dressed  ladies  and  gentlemen,  till  they  reached  a  garden 
where  they  were  informed  that  they  were  about  to  be  shot. 
After  a  detention  during  which  they  expected  every  minute  to 
be  their  last,  these  gentlemen  eventually  were  released  through 
the  intervention  of  an  officer  and  sent  home.  The  killing  and 
plundering  lasted  for  three  days,  many  houses  being  completely 
looted  and  the  synagogue  desecrated,  in  spite  of  the  presence  in 
the  city  of  General  Joseph  Pilsudski,  the  chief  of  the  state.  Officers 
stated  publicly  that  they  regarded  all  the  Vilna  Jews  as  enemies 
and  sympathizers  with  Bolsheviki.  A  certain  number  of  Jews, 
owing  to  their  better  education,  undoubtedly  acted  as  officials 
during  the  Bolshevist  regime.  But  the  fact  of  Christian  Poles 
acting  in  a  similar  manner  does  not  seem  to  have  aroused 
resentment.  My  attention  was  called  to  several  instances  where 
former  Bolshevist  officials  still  occupied  public  offices.  M. 
Solimani  was  on  the  Economic  Council  of  the  Bolsheviki,  and 
at  the  time  of  the  mission's  visit  was  in  the  Agricultural  De- 
partment; but  is  now  a  Polish  railway  official.  M.  Jachimoricz, 
of  the  Bolshevist  Economic  Department,  is  now  secretary  to 
the  municipality  of  Vilna.  The  Jews  do  not  appear,  however, 
to  have  supported  the  Bolsheviki  in  a  military  sense.  The 
Bolsheviki  publicly  complained  that  only  1  per  cent  of 
their  army  were  Jews.  With  regard  to  the  alleged  shooting 
by  Jews  upon  Polish  troops,  M.  Zmaczynski,  president  of  the 
court  of  the  province,  and  M.  Buyko,  vice-president  of  the 
court,  both  gentlemen  of  high  character,  informed  the  mission 
that  they  had  seen  Jewish  men  and  women  (civilians)  firing  for 
two  hours  in  Populanki  and  Alexandrovska  Boulevard. 

Further,  there  was  submitted  for  my  inspection  an  official 
copy  of  a  declaration  purporting  to  be  signed  by  four  members 
of  the  Danish  Legation,  Section  B,  at  Petrograd,  to  the  effect 
that  on  the  19th  April  at  the  Vilna  railway  station,  they  had 
been  witnesses  of  a  fusilade  directed  by  the  Jewish  civil  popula- 
tion against  the  Polish  troops.  With  regard  to  this  statement, 
the  Danish  Legation  at  Warsaw  was  kind  enough  to  make 
some  inquiry  at  the  Danish  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs.  The 
Danish  Government  in  reply  communicated  to  His  Majesty's 
Government  the  following  declaration  by  the  former  Danish 
Minister  at  Petrograd: 


"I  have  the  honor  to  state  that  two  of  the  signatories  of  the 
document  in  question,  Sachsenburg  and  Ernst,  both  Austrian?, 
were  at  one  time  employed  in  Section  B  at  the  Danish  Legation, 
the  former  in  the  Passport  Office,  the  latter  as  a  copying  clerk. 
Dr.  Klein  I  do  not  recall.  As  stated  in  this  Legation's  report 
No.  221  of  the  6th  December  last,  there  has  never  been  any 
Danish  Mission  at  Vilna  or  Warsaw,  and  when  the  individuals 
concerned  state,  in  a  document  dated  Warsaw,  the  25th  April, 
1919,  that  they  are  members  of  the  Royal  Danish  Legation,  this 
allegation  must  be  regarded  as  entirely  unjustifiable  and  de- 
serves to  be  repudiated.  It  would  lead  very  far  if  all  persons 
who  at  any  time  have  been  employed  in  Section  B  were  to  be 
entitled  for  the  rest  of  their  lives  to  describe  themselves  as 
'members  of  the  Royal  Danish  Legation.'  The  declaration  is,  as 
far  as  I  can  judge,  perfectly  authentic." 

If  Jewish  civilians  actually  did  fire  upon  Polish  soldiers — 
and  I  found  it  impossible  to  distinguish  between  the  type  of 
Jew  prevailing  in  the  Vilna-Pinsk  district  and  that  of  the 
ordinary  Russian  or  Tartar  inhabitants — the  fact  cannot  justify 
the  whole  civilian  population  being  handed  over  defenceless  to 
massacre  and  rapine.  I  regret  to  state  that  no  official  investi- 
gation has  been  made  into  these  outrages  and  no  one  punished. 

The  excesses  reported  from  Cracow  and  Lodz  took  the  form 
of  local  riots  arising  from  transient  causes.  Though  consider- 
able property  was  destroyed  and  plundered  and  many  Jews 
seriously  assaulted  both  by  soldiers  and  civilians,  there  was  no 
actual  loss  of  life  except  that  of  one  man — although  that  is  one 
too  many — at  the  latter  place.  I  am  of  opinion  that  the  affair 
at  Lodz  might  have  attained  considerably  less  proportions  if, 
when  the  police  proved  unequal  to  quell  the  disturbance,  the 
military  authorities  had  acted  with  greater  promptitude. 

A  young  man,  Selig  Lipman,  a  survivor  of  an  attack  on  a 
farm  at  Slobodka  Lesna,  made  the  following  declaration  before 
me  at  Warsaw: 

"In  peace  time  the  farm  was  an  agricultural  college,  and 
there  were  between  sixty  and  seventy  students.  It  is  an  estate 
belonging  to  the  Jewish  Colonial  Association  situated  near  the 
village  of  Lesna.  The  students  were  being  prepared  for  agri- 
cultural work  in  Palestine.  There  are  two  houses  on  the  farm; 
one  the  house  of  the  director  and  the  other  where  the  pupils 
were  housed.  At  the  time  of  the  following  events  there  were 
at  the  college  thirteen  boy  and  four  girl  students. 

"On  the  6th  June,  1919,  the  army  of  General  Zeligowsky  was 
marching  from  Russia  through  Rumania  to  Poland. 

"The  farm  is  situated  near  the  main  road,  and  the  students 
were  engaged  at  their  usual  occupations  when  some  of  the 
artillery  of  this  army  and  about  200  cavalry  halted  not  far 
from  the  farm.  Pickets  were  placed  at  the  two  entrances  to 
the  farm. 

"An  officer,  a  corporal,  and  some  soldiers  came  to  the  direc- 
tor's house.  A  cart  was  in  front  of  the  house  loaded  with 
grain.  The  soldiers  took  five  sacks.  A  portion  of  the  picket 
meanwhile  surrounded  the  students'  house.  They  proceeded 
to  whip  the  students.  I  myself  was  not  in  the  house,  as  I  was 
engaged  in  getting  some  cows  out  of  the  stable.  I  understand 
the  soldiers  asked  the  students  if  they  were  Polish.  They  re- 
plied: No,  they  were  Jews.  Whereupon  the  soldiers  began  to 
beat  them  with  swords.  One  of  the  boys,  while  being  beaten, 
put  up  his  hand  to  protect  himself,  and  had  his  hand  badly 
wounded  by  a  sword.  He  then  attempted  to  escape,  but  was 
unable  to  do  so  as  he  was  followed  by  mounted  soldiers.  So 
he  threw  himself  flat  on  the  ground  and  they  rode  over  him. 
He  then  sought  refuge  in  a  distillery. 

"The  rest  of  the  boys  were  driven  into  the  blacksmith's 
foundry.  The  soldiers  then  shot  dead  three  of  them.  Samuel 
Presser,  aged  19,  was  killed  instantaneously.  Joseph  Ball,  aged 
18,  and  Zevi  Rothenburg,  aged  18,  died  shortly  after. 

"Subsequently  the  soldiers  went  to  the  distillery  where  the 
boy,  Jacob  Wilf,  had  taken  refuge  and  shot  him  three  times. 
He  was  not  mortally  wounded  and  has  since  recovered. 

"Ball,  who  was  still  living,  was  removed  by  two  girl  students 


August  7, 1920] 


The  Nation 


171 


to  their  room.  This  was  discovered  by  the  soldiers,  who  went 
there  and  shot  him  dead  through  the  head.  Rothenburg,  already 
dead,  had  his  throat  cut  by  the  soldiers. 

"The  girls  then  hid  themselves,  and  not  being  discovered  were 
not  molested. 

"The  whole  of  the  proceedings  only  lasted  half-an-hour. 
When  I  returned  from  the  stables  the  whole  business  had  fin- 
ished. As  soon  as  the  soldiers  came  to  the  house  I  was  ordered 
by  the  director  to  get  the  cows  into  the  meadow,  and  so  was 
not  present  when  the  above  events  took  place. 

"The  soldiers  asked  the  director  if  he  was  a  Jew,  and  he 
stated  that  he  was  a  Czech,  and  was  therefore  not  molested. 

"On  the  previous  night  these  same  soldiers  killed  a  Jewish 
family  of  six  people;  a  Ruthenian  peasant  (non-Jewish)  was 
taken  into  a  forest  and  shot,  and  another  Ruthenian  peasant 
flogged  and  beaten. 

"(Signed)  Selig  Lipman." 

Having  dealt  with  these  excesses  in  detail,  I  will  now  proceed 
to  consider  them  as  a  whole. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  ascertain  the  number  of  lives  lost  through 
these  painful  occurrences,  but,  taking  the  lowest  figure  in  cases 
of  doubt,  the  total  cannot  be  less  than  348.  These  figures, 
terrible  though  they  be,  fail  to  convey  an  impression  of  the 
terrible  condition  of  apprehension  and  anxiety  under  which 
the  Jews  labor.  The  military  authorities,  under  the  pretext  of 
military  necessity,  arbitrarily  took  Jews,  but  rarely  Christians, 
for  forced  labor.  There  was  seldom  any  necessary  labor  to  be 
performed,  and  on  most  occasions  upon  payment  of  a  bribe 
these  men  were  released.  In  one  town,  Bobrojuisk,  Jews  were 
taken  from  the  synagogue  on  the  Day  of  Atonement  and  forced 
to  remove  dung  from  the  military  stables  and  streets.  Even 
old  men  were  forced  to  do  this  work.  At  Lemberg  Jews  were 
taken  for  forced  labor  at  any  time  of  the  night.  In  order  to 
avoid  this  the  Jewish  Relief  Committee  undertook  to  provide 
laborers.  They  paid  nearly  three  million  crowns  in  bribery, 
but  Jews  were  still  taken  and  sent  back,  as  there  was  no  work 
for  them  to  do,  though  at  that  same  time  still  more  Jews  were 
being  taken  in  the  streets  for  forced  labor. 

Unfortunately  their  distinctive  dress  and  mien,  and  their 
practice  of  not  cutting  the  beard,  in  accordance  with  the  Biblical 
precept,  render  them  easy  butts  for  hooligan  humor.  My  atten- 
tion was  directed  to  numerous  cases  of  Jews  being  assaulted 
and  robbed  in  railway  trains,  and  their  beards  cut  at  railway 
stations,  nearly  all  these  outrages  being  perpetrated  by  soldiers 
traveling  on  the  railway.  The  railway  authorities  appear  to 
have  been  both  unwilling  and  unable  to  restrain  these  excesses. 
In  no  instance  was  I  able  to  ascertain  that  any  punishment 
followed  the  offense. 

I  noticed  in  several  towns,  more  especially  in  Warsaw,  that 
the  streets  in  the  Jewish  quarter  were  left  uncleaned  and  were 
in  a  state  of  worse  repair  than  other  parts  of  the  city.  It  does 
not  appear  to  be  recognized  that  a  sanitary  danger  to  a  portion 
of  the  community  involves  sanitary  danger  to  the  whole. 

On  several  occasions  the  resentment  of  the  soldiery  and  civil 
population  was  aroused  by  the  Zionists'  claim  to  Jewish  nation- 
ality as  opposed  to  Polish  nationality.  The  same  claim  was 
declared  to  me  by  government  officials  to  be  the  reason  for  the 
non-admission  of  Jews  into  the  post-office  and  other  government 
offices,  but  no  evidence  was  adduced  to  me  that  Jews  not  so 
declaring  themselves  of  separate  nationality  were  able  to  secure 
appointments. 

A  serious  feature  of  the  situation  is  the  fact  that  it  is  very 
difficult  for  the  Jews  to  obtain  redress  and  restitution.  Al- 
though nominally  every  citizen  is  free  to  approach  the  govern- 
ment, actually  representations  produce  no  result. 

At  present  the  Jews  are  considerably  under-represented  in 
the  Polish  parliament  (Sejm),  having  only  11  out  of  390  seats. 
This  is  largely  owing  to  the  manner  in  which  the  boundaries 
of  the  present  constituencies  are  drawn.  Until  they  secure  a 
representation  of  about  forty  members,  which  is  about  their 
proportion  of  the  general  population,  it  will  be  difficult  for  them 


to  make  any  appreciable  impression  upon  public  opinion.  Most 
of  the  requests  made,  to  the  Polish  government  appear  to  be 
met  with  the  reply  that  the  Jews  have  their  privileges  in 
accordance  with  their  numerical  proportion  to  the  rest  of  the 
population.  While  this  rejoinder  is  apparently  frank  and  just, 
it  is  nevertheless  specious;  the  Jews,  as  in  most  other  parts  of 
the  world,  have  specialized  in  definite  occupations.  To  answer 
their  complaints,  when  their  own  representative  industries  are 
attacked,  to  the  effect  that  they  have  their  proper  proportion  of 
privileges,  appears  to  be  a  refinement  of  casuistry.  I  feel,  how- 
ever, that  the  government  eventually  will  be  able  to  make  its 
sobering  influence  more  directly  felt  by  the  general  population; 
meanwhile  the  Jews  must  have  patience  in  order  to  give  time 
for  this  to  become  effective.     .     .     . 

I  consider  that  the  bare  recital  of  these  terrible  events  is 
enough  to  reveal  how  insecure  are  Jewish  life  and  property  in 
Poland,  and  how  easily — if  the  evil  causes  at  work  be  not 
speedily  removed — excesses  may  break  out  again,  possibly  upon 
a  far  more  serious  scale. 

Many  countries  have  been  affected  by  temporary  waves  of 
anti-Semitism.  The  movement  has  been  somewhat  accentuated 
in  Poland  at  the  present  time  owing  to  war,  famine,  and  the 
difficult  political  position.  Poles  generally  are  of  a  generous 
nature,  and  if  the  present  incitements  of  the  press  were  re- 
pressed by  a  strong  official  hand  Jews  would  be  able  to  live, 
as  they  have  done  for  the  past  800  years,  on  good  terms  with 
their  fellow  citizens  in  Poland. 

In  the  hope  of  assisting  this  desirable  consummation  I  have 
the  honor  to  submit  the  following  recommendations  for  the 
consideration  of  His  Majesty's  Government.  I  would  draw  your 
attention  to  the  fact  that  I  have  not  embodied  in  this  report 
any  matters  which  I  was  not  able  to  investigate  personally  dur- 
ing the  stay  of  the  mission  in  Poland: 

Recommendations. 

1.  That  the  Polish  government  be  urged  to  carry  out  the 
clauses  of  the  Minority  Treaty  of  June  28,  1919,  in  a  spirit  of 
sympathy  with  its  Jewish  subjects.  A  state  can  only  be  strong 
when  all  sections  of  its  inhabitants  are  working  unitedly  and  in 
mutual  confidence  for  its  welfare. 

2.  That  a  genuine  and  not  a  "masked"  equality  be  accorded 
to  the  Jewish  population  of  Poland. 

3.  That  all  outrages  against  the  person  or  property  of  the 
subject,  irrespective  of  religion  or  race,  should  be  promptly 
punished  and  the  names  of  the  delinquents  published.  This 
latter  action  is  especially  necessary,  inasmuch  as  the  state  does 
not  punish  out  of  revenge  but  as  a  deterrent  to  others. 

4.  That  Jews  in  East  Galicia  be  restored  to  their  official  posi- 
tions in  the  same  manner  as  non-Jews  have  been. 

5.  That  Jewish  railway  officials  and  employees  be  restored  to 
their  posts  in  the  same  manner  as  non-Jews  have  been. 

6.  That  no  restrictions  should  be  placed  upon  the  number  of 
Jews  admitted  to  the  universities. 

7.  That  a  decree  be  published  declaring  boycotts  illegal,  and 
ordering  all   publications   advocating  boycott  to   be  suspended. 

8.  That  all  prisoners  in  internment  camps  be  brought  to  im- 
mediate trial,  and  that  humane  treatment  be  assured  to  all 
interned  prisoners. 

9.  That  facilities  be  afforded  for  the  introduction  of  new 
industries  into  Poland  with  a  view  to  converting  a  larger  pro- 
portion of  the  Jewish  population  into  producers. 

10.  That  the  British  government  should  assist  Jews  wishing 
to  emigrate  from  Poland  by  providing  facilities  to  proceed  to 
countries  such  as  Palestine,  Canada,  South  Africa,  Algeria,  and 
South  America,  or  any  other  country  desiring  to  receive  them. 

11.  That  banks  be  established  possessing  the  confidence  of 
the  Jewish  public,  so  that  money  might  be  deposited  therein 
instead  of  being  carried  on  the  person  or  concealed  in  dwellings. 

12.  That  the  desirability  of  a  secretary  who  understands  and 
speaks  Yiddish  being  added  to  the  staff  of  His  Majesty's  Lega- 
tion at  Warsaw  be  considered.    .    .    . 

Stuart  M.  Samuel. 


172 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2875 


Literary     Agencies 
ana  Exchange 

Authors,  Playwrights,  Dramatists,    Teachers 


'THE  FISK  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 

A  Everett   O.    Pibk   &  Co.,  Proprietors. 

Boston.  2a  Park  Street.  Chicago,  814  Steger  Bids. 
New  York.  225  Fifth  Are.  Denver,  317  Masonic  Bide. 
Syracuse,  402  Dillaye  Bid.  Portland,  509  Jonrnal  Bldg. 
Pittsburg,  549  Un.  Arcade.  Berkeley,  2161  Shatruck  Av. 
Birmingham,  809  Title  Bid.  Los  Angeles,  510  Spring  St. 
Send  to  any  address  above  for  registration  form. 

Hablan  P.  Febnch,   Pres.  W.  W.   Andbbws,    Sec. 

ALBANY  TEACHERS'  AGENCY,  Inc. 

Supplies  Schools  and  Colleges  with  Competent  Teach- 
ers. Assists  Teachers  in  obtaining  positions.  Send 
for   Bulletin.      81    Chape!   Street,    Albany,    N.    T. 

DpTTpD  PYC^iriJT  A  monthly  magazinedevoled  to  the 
DC  I  I  L  J\  L  I  L  jillll  1  prevention  and  cure  of  imperfect 
sight  by  treatment  WITHOUT  6LASSES.  W.  H.  BaUs,  M.D.,  Editor 
Published  by  the  CENTRAL  FIXATION  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

342  West  42nd  St.,  New  York        Tel.  Bryant  3904 
Trice  $2.00  a  year  Sample  copies  FREE 

If  you  want  to  eat,  sleep 

and  play,  come  out  to  the 

RED       HEN       FARM 

Write  to  Edith  Summers  Kelley 

Newton,  N.  J.   R.   R.      5. 

BACK   NUMBERS   OF  MAGAZINES   TO   BE   HAD 
at  ABRAHAMS   BOOK   STORE,   145   4th   Avenue 


Bind  your  copies  of 

The  Nation 


in  a  strongly  made,  cloth  covered  binder. 
A  convenient  and  orderly  way  in  which 
to  keep  each  volume  of  The  Nation  as 
completed. 


Sent  postpaid  for  $1.00 


20  Vesey  Street         New  York  City 


THE 

RUSSIAN  LIE 

Catalogued  Up  -  to  -  Date 
By  EVANS  CLARK 


Facts  and  Fabrications 
about 

SOVIET  RUSSIA 


Complete  data  of  the  sordid  inter- 
national conspiracy 

A  Valuable  Reference  Book 

Price  50c  Paper,  Postage  5c  extra 

Published  by 

The  Rand  School  of  Social  Science 
7  East  15th  Street,  New  York 


THE  TRUTH  ABOUT  THE  LUSK  COMMITTEE 

25  Cents  a  Copy 

The  Nation  20  Vesey  St..  New  York 


3Q0  Commonwealth  Avenue, 
Boston 

5Uji>  BtBiutrtttie  Maetan  House 

and    one   of   the    most    homelike   and 
attractive  hotels  in  the  world. 

Near  Massachusetts  Ave.  Subway  Sta. 

Send  for  our  booklet  with  its  guide 
to  Boston  and  its  historical  vicinity. 

N.  A.  COSTELLO,  Manager 


ISIS 


International  Quarterly  Devoted  to  (he  History 

of  Science  and  Civilization 

Edited  by 

George  Sarton  and  Charles  Singer 

Each  number  contains  an  editorial, 
original  contributions,  shorter  notes, 
reviews  of  the  most  important  books 
and  chiefly  a  Critical  Bibliography  of 
the  publications  relating  to  the  His- 
tory and  Philosophy  of  Science  and  the 
History  of  Civilization. 

Books  and  papers  on  the  medical 
and  biological  sciences  should  be  sent 
to  Charles  Singer,  Westbury  Lodge, 
Oxford,  England;  all  others  to  George 
Sarton,  Harvard  University,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  U.  S.  A. 

Vol.  I.,  50  Belgian  francs;  Vols.  II.  and  III., 
each  30  francs.  Ed.  de  luxe  from  Vol.  II.  on, 
each  Vol.  SO  francs.  The  subscription  to  Vol. 
III.    (about  500  pages)  is  open. 

Those  who  believe  in  the  New  Humanism 
should  subscribe  to  "Isis." 

PUBLISHER: 

Weissenbruch,  Imprimeur  du  roi 

49  rue  du  Poincon  Brussels,  Belgium 


f 


Spanish  Books 


i  ? 


wholesale      ALL  SUBJECTS         retail 
Spanish  Dailies  and  Periodicals 

COMPANIA    HISPANO-AMERICANA 
158  West  14th  St.,  cor.  7th  Ave.,  N.  Y. 


When  you  write  to  an  advertiser,  please  say  that 
you  saw  his  advertisement  in  The  Nation.  It  will 
help  you.  him,  and  The  Nation. 


BOOKS     Everybody 

At  30  Church  Street 

All  the  new  bootks,  fiction 
and  non-fiction.  Seta,  fina 
bindings,    rare   books. 

At  55  Vesey  Street- 

A  big  stock  of  new  and 
second-hand  books  to  suit 
every  purse. 

**  HONOR    US    WITH    A    VISIT 
McDEVTTT  -  WILSON'S,  Inc., 

Booksellers         Publishers         Importers 

30  Church  St.       New  York       55  Vesey  St. 
Cortlandt  1779  Phones  Cortlandt  498 


Just  Published 

No.  68.     Illustrated  Catalogue  of 

Rare  Books  in  Beautiful  Old  Bindings 

Th«  DR.  R.  T.  JUPP  COLLECTION  of 

MSS.,  AUTOGRAPHS,  BOOKS,  etc.,  etc.,  by  or  relating  to 

CHARLES  DICKENS 

The  Collection  of  Relics  of  the  Original  Dora  of  DAVID  COPPERFIELD 

BOOKS  ON  THE  FINE  ARTS,  SPORT 

and  an  extensive  collection  of  BOOKS  ON  SHORTHAND 

Fine  Sets  of  First  Editions  of  CHARLES  LEVER,  GEORGE  MEREDITH 
and  CAPTAIN  MARRYAT,  GOULDS  BIRDS  of  AUSTRALIA,  etc. 

Post  free  from 

HENRY   SOTHERAN   &    CO. 

Booksellers  to  the  King 

43,   Piccadilly,  W.    1, 

or,  140  Strand.  W.  C.  2. 
Cable  Address;  Bookmen,  London  London,   England. 


The  Case  for  Birth  Control,  25c. 

"The  Case  for  Birth  Control,"  with  answers  to  questions,  by  Mary  Ware 
Dennett.  Also  contains  The  Secret  of  Love,  by  Henry  Ford.  This  is  a 
subject  that  goes  to  the  heart  of  many  overburdened  homes.  Quite  frankly 
the   case   for   limitation   of   offspring   is   argued. 

APPEAL  TO  REASON,  GIRARD,  KANSAS. 


ALICE  KAUSER 

1402  BROADWAY 
NEW  YORK 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 

ESTABLISHED         1SII 

Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.    GIFFEN,    Associate    Manager 


Story  Writing  Properly  Taught 

Expert  instruction  in  Short-story  Writing  will  be  given  by 
the  staff  of  Pearson's  Magazine,  under  the  personal  super- 
vision of  Frank  Harris.  Persons  whose  experience  with  other 
"courses"  has  been  unsatisfactory,  will  find  here  a  service  of 
superior  worth.  Careful  criticism  and  revision  of  single 
manuscripts  also  made  by  professional  writers.  Fees  for 
either  service  moderate.     For  information  address, 

PEARSON'S  LITERARY  SERVICE,  57  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.   CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  AUGUST  14,  1920 


No.  2876 


Contents 


EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    173 

EDITORIALS : 

The   Railroad    Rate   Increase 17<> 

The    End   of    Versailles 177 

Who   Wouldn't  Desert — for   Paris  ? 177 

The   Critic  and  His  Uses r  •  •  178 

WILL  RUSSIA  DRIVE  THE  BRITISH  FROM  ASIA?    By  Henry  G.  Alsberg  179 

THE  GREAT  WOOLEN  STRIKE.     By  George  Soule 181 

WHEN   FARMERS  TURN  POLITICIANS.     By  Arthur  Warner 183 

C ANTU  IN  BAJA  CALIFORNIA.     By  Mary  Austin 184 

THE  TRIAL  OF  THE  COMMUNISTS.     By  Robert  Morss  Lovett 185 

IN  THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter .' 186 

CORRESPONDENCE     187 

BOOKS : 

The  Fruits  of  the  Frontier.     By  C.  V.  D 189 

One  More  Mr.  Wilson.     By  J.  A.  Hobson 189 

Far  Away  and  Long  Ago.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 190 

Books    in    Brief    191 

Notes   and   News    193 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS   SECTION 194 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Veaey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress :  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising :  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


WILL  Italy  go  to  war  or  threaten  war  with  the  United 
States  as  the  result  of  the  murderous  assault  on  its 
citizens  in  West  Frankfort,  Illinois?  Presumably  not.  And 
yet  it  is  apparent  that  an  Italian's  life  and  property  are  not 
safe  in  that  region  of  the  United  States,  that  armed  mobs 
— bandits  we  would  call  them  in  Mexico,  Nicaragua,  or 
Haiti — are  slaughtering  and  torturing  foreigners  and  de- 
fying or  wholly  wiping  out  the  local  civil  government.  Italy 
may  protest  and  even  demand  an  explanation  and  some 
recompense;  the  United  States  may,  if  it  chooses,  pay  at- 
tention to  such  action.  Italy  has  no  power  to  protect  its 
citizens  in  this  country,  nor  has  any  nation  that  dares  not 
provoke  us.  If  the  laws  and  the  authorities  and  the  decent 
impulses  of  the  United  States  fail  to  protect  aliens  they 
will  die  as  they  have  died  in  Illinois.  Thus  breaks  down 
the  theory  that  the  flag  of  a  nation  affords  some  mystical 
protection  for  its  citizens  in  foreign  lands.  It  is  a  theory 
seldom  if  ever  effective  to  protect  life,  but  rather  to  secure 
subsequent  redress — and  even  then  it  is  not  always  invoked. 
The  flag  of  the  United  States  was  not  invoked  to  protect 
countless  Americans  in  Mexico,  because  the  idiosyncratic 
Wilsonian  diplomacy  ran  counter  to  the  accepted  rules  of 
the  game.  Nor  did  "Old  Glory"  save  the  life  or  seek  recom- 
pense for  the  death  of  Paul  DeMotte,  the  Socialist,  killed 
by  the  German  Reichswehr  after  the  armistice;  nor  indeed 
for  the  other  victims  of  German  frightfulness  before  our 
entry  into  the  war.  But  while  the  practice  is  as  often  as 
not  abandoned,   the  principle  persists,    convenient   instru- 


ment of  imperialism  the  world  over.  Its  formal  relinquish- 
ment in  favor  of  reliance  on  the  administrations  and  laws 
of  the  several  nations  of  this  earth  will  mark  a  great  for- 
ward step  in  their  better  relationship. 


MISS  HARRIET  MAY  MILLS  is  the  first  woman  to  be 
put  up  by  either  of  the  major  parties  for  a  State 
office  in  New  York.  It  appears,  however,  that  her  recent 
designation  as  the  "unofficial"  nominee  of  the  Democratic 
Party  for  Secretary  of  State  was  not  the  act  of  open- 
handed  gallantry  or  of  even-handed  justice  that  it  might 
seem.  Two  years  ago  the  women  were  invited  to  agree  upon 
a  candidate  to  be  placed  upon  the  State  ticket,  but,  as  they 
were  unable  to  do  so,  the  nominations  all  went  to  men. 
According  to  the  New  York  Tribune,  a  committee  of  five 
women  was  this  year  asked  to  make  a  unanimous  recom- 
mendation, many  of  the  men  hoping  that  history  would 
repeat  itself.  When  a  unanimous  verdict  was  reached,  some 
disappointed  men  were  for  ignoring  it,  until  Governor  Smith 
sent  this  ultimatum:  "I  am  running  for  Governor  and  not 
any  of  you.    And  I  want  a  woman  on  the  ticket."    O  Man ! 


THE  virtually  complete  breakdown  of  British  civil  gov- 
ernment in  Ireland,  and  the  lengths  to  which  Mr.  Lloyd 
George  and  his  associates  are  willing  to  go  when  British 
control  is  jeopardized,  are  clearly  shown  in  the  provisions 
of  the  new  coercion  bill  which  has  just  been  framed.  The 
bill  virtually  revives  for  Ireland  the  Defense  of  the  Realm 
Act  of  1914,  most  of  whose  provisions  have  been  repealed  so 
far  as  the  rest  of  Great  Britain  is  concerned,  and  empowers 
the  Government  to  place  the  execution  of  the  act  and  of  the 
supplementary  coercion  bill  in  the  hands  of  Dublin  Castle. 
Under  the  coercion  bill  jury  trial  will  be  abolished,  and  trial 
by  courts  martial  or  other  courts  of  summary  jurisdiction 
will  be  substituted.  Both  civil  and  criminal  cases  are  in- 
cluded within  the  scope  of  the  bill,  and  the  new  system  is  to 
extend  to  offenses  committed  in  the  past  as  well  as  to  any 
that  may  be  committed  in  the  future.  The  only  saving 
features  of  the  measure  are  the  requirements  that  punish- 
ments inflicted  by  the  courts  martial  in  criminal  cases  are 
to  be  the  same  as  are  now  provided  by  statute  or  by  common 
law  for  such  offenses;  and  that  in  trials  of  capital  offenses 
one  member  of  the  eourt  shall  be  a  person  who  may  be 
nominated  by  the  Lord  Chief  Justice  of  England  instead  of 
by  Dublin  Castle.  The  imprisonment  of  convicted  persons 
in  any  part  of  the  United  Kingdom  is  also  authorized.  In 
terms  the  bill  applies  to  the  whole  of  Ireland,  but,  of  course, 
it  will  not  be  extended  to  Protestant  Ulster.  One  may  safely 
predict  that  this  new  application  of  the  iron  hand  will  merely 
make  the  name  of  Britain  still  more  odious  in  Ireland  and 
strengthen  the  resistance  of  Sinn  Fein.  We  suggest  that 
the  only  thing  necessary  to  complete  the  program  is  for 
the  British  Government  to  request  the  extradition  of  Sinn 
Fein  sympathizers  in  this  country  to  be  tried  by  courts 
martial  in  Ireland,  and  to  send  over  more  British  secret 
service  men  to  help  Washington  round  them  up. 


174 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


THE  recognition  by  the  United  States  of  Julio  de  Costa 
as  President  of  Costa  Rica  ends  a  disgraceful  chapter 
in  Wilsonian  diplomacy.  In  1917,  the  Costa  Ricans,  tired  of 
the  pro-German  machinations  of  President  Alfredo  Gonza- 
lez, demanded  his  resignation.  For  thirty-five  years  the  po- 
litical tranquillity  of  Costa  Rica,  most  stable  of  Central 
American  republics,  had  been  undisturbed  in  its  regular  suc- 
cession of  duly  elected  chief  executives.  Nor  was  the  revolt 
against  Gonzalez  the  typical  Latin-American  revolution. 
Not  a  shot  was  fired,  not  a  blow  struck.  A  presidential 
election,  promptly  held,  resulted  in  the  choice,  by  a  majority 
of  twelve  to  one,  of  Federico  Tinoco,  minister  of  war  and 
leader  of  the  insurrection.  Gonzalez,  meantime,  had  reached 
Washington  and  obtained  President  Wilson's  ear.  A  newly 
established  principle  was  invoked,  that  of  non-recognition 
of  a  government  coming  into  power  through  revolution — a 
strange  doctrine  for  the  United  States — which  with  Wil- 
sonian consistency  has  not  applied  in  the  subsequent  similar 
case  of  Peru.  Non-recognition  proving  insufficient  to  carry 
out  the  proscription  of  Tinoco,  our  Administration  went  out 
of  its  way  to  isolate  and  bankrupt  the  tiny  republic  by 
forbidding  recognition  by  the  Allied  nations  as  well  as 
financial  assistance  which  British  interests  were  eager  to 
give.  By  the  same  token,  Costa  Rica,  though  a  declared 
enemy  of  the  Central  Powers,  was  excluded  from  the  Peace 
Conference  and  the  League.  For  two  years  Tinoco,  the 
choice  of  his  people,  heroically  withstood  this  outward 
pressure  and  other  intrigues  of  our  State  Department. 
When  Costa  Rica  neared  bankruptcy  his  regime  fell — not 
without  bloodshed,  however — and  De  Costa,  leader  in  the 
new  revolution,  was  elected.  His  recognition,  while  adding 
nothing  to  the  principle  of  self-determination  of  small  na- 
tions, further  establishes  that  inconsistency  is  no  hobgoblin 
of  the  single-track  mind. 

OUR  neighbor,  the  New  Republic,  deserves  great  credit 
for  the  publication  of  its  42-page  supplement,  "A  Test 
of  the  News,"  a  painstaking  analysis  of  the  news  reports  on 
Russia  published  in  the  New  York  Times  from  March,  1917, 
to  March,  1920.  The  authors'  scrupulous  fairness  and  their 
insistence  that  they  impute  no  discreditable  motives  to  the 
Times  merely  strengthens  the  indictment,  the  implications 
of  which  are  far-reaching.  As  a  scientific  contribution  to 
the  current  and  increasing  discussion  of  the  trustworthi- 
ness of  our  news,  it  should  be  highly  valuable  in  further 
drawing  attention  to  the  relation  between  "the  raw  mate- 
rial of  thought"  and  the  maintenance  of  democratic  insti- 
tutions. 

THE  most  significant  aspect  of  the  trial  in  Chicago  that 
has  just  resulted  in  the  conviction  under  the  State 
sedition  law  of  William  Bross  Lloyd  and  a  score  of  other 
members  of  the  Communist  Labor  Party  was  the  admission 
as  evidence  of  speeches  made  prior  to  the  passage  of  the 
statute.  The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  forbids 
the  passage  of  any  ex  post  facto  law,  which  in  effect  means 
that  no  person  may  be  prosecuted  for  an  act  which  was  not 
a  crime  at  the  time  it  was  committed,  even  though  it  may 
become  such  under  some  subsequent  law.  It  is  hard,  there- 
fore, to  understand  the  conception  of  justice  or  legality  that 
led  Judge  Oscar  Hebel  to  admit  in  evidence  speeches  or 
writings  made  previous  to  the  enactment  of  the  law,  without 
which  the  prosecution  would  probably  have  failed.  The 
admission  of  such  evidence  was  an  unequivocal  confession 


on  the  part  of  the  judge  and  the  prosecution  that  they  were 
trying  the  defendants  for  a  state  of  mind.  One  is  reminded 
of  the  story  of  the  German  father  who  was  going  upstairs 
with  his  son,  when  the  boy  stubbed  his  toe.  Promptly  the 
father  cuffed  the  boy  on  the  head.  "What  for  you  do  that?" 
cried  the  boy.  "I  don't  say  nothings."  "No,"  replied  the 
father,  "but  you  think  'Damn.'  "  A  new  trial  ought  to  be 
granted  without  question  on  the  basis  of  Judge  Hebel's 
extraordinary  ruling. 

THE  agents  of  Satan  having  failed  to  organize  the  steel 
industry,  the  angels  will  now  take  a  hand.  The  Ameri- 
can Federation  of  Labor  will  cooperate  in  the  work  of 
smashing  Mr.  Gary's  open  shop  with  the  Amalgamated  As- 
sociation of  Steel  and  Iron  Workers,  "providing  that  William 
Foster  is  not  included  in  the  board  of  strategy."  The  drive 
will  be  on  "vastly  broader  lines  than  the  Foster  failure." 
While  the  Federation  thus  outlines  its  plan  and  the  press 
makes  it  clear  that  it  is  to  be  a  safe,  American,  anti-Fos- 
terian  campaign,  it  would  be  interesting  to  know  what  Mr. 
Gary  thinks  about  it.  Would  he  prefer  unionization  at 
the  hands  of  respectable  circles  of  the  Federation  to  union- 
ization through  a  person  with  an  improper  past — economi- 
cally speaking — like  Mr.  Foster?  Will  Mr.  Gary,  remem- 
bering the  war  record  and  unassailable  respectability  of  Mr. 
Gompers,  call  off  his  Cossacks  and  allow  freedom  of  meet- 
ing and  speaking  in  his  steel  towns?  Will  he  order  the 
embargo  lifted  that  at  present  in  the  sacred  name  of  the 
"open  shop"  prevents  the  sale  of  structural  steel  to  con-" 
tractors  who  deal  with  the  Amalgamated  Association  of. 
Steel  and  Iron  Workers?  The  chances  are  that  Mr.  Gary 
will  do  none  of  these  things.  To  him  Mr.  Gompers  and 
Mr.  Foster  are  as  brothers.  There  are  no  good  and  bad 
unions  to  Mr.  Gary;  there  are  only  bad  ones.  But  if  Mr. 
Gompers  and  his  associates  succeed  in  unionizing  the  great 
steel  barony,  they  will  be  applauded  by  all  who  are  not 
autocrats. 

NO  one  who  cherishes  American  traditions  can  read 
without  profound  disgust  the  revelation  of  espionage 
in  industry  of  which  the  Interchurch  steel  report  reveals  a 
characteristic  fragment,  and  which  was  reprinted  in  the  last 
issue  of  The  Nation.  The  wholesale  spying  practiced  in 
this  country  during  the  war  under  pretext  of  national  peril 
was  rotten  enough.  Hearsay,  rumor,  suspicion,  and  pri- 
vate grudges  were  elevated  by  ignoramuses  and  scalawags 
to  the  dignity  of  Military  Intelligence  or  Department  of 
Justice  dossiers,  to  the  detriment  of  decent  citizens.  The 
recent  comment  of  Judge  Anderson  who,  as  United  States 
District  Attorney,  found  99  per  cent  of  the  alleged  pro- 
German  plots  fictitious,  that  "except  in  time  of  war  when 
a  Nathan  Hale  may  be  a  spy  .  .  .  a  right-minded  man 
refuses  such  employment,"  may  be  accepted  as  conclusive. 
The  men  who  risked  their  lives  overseas  while  entering  the 
enemy  lines  are  the  Nathan  Hales  of  today.  Those  who 
from  the  safety  of  civilian  concealment  act  as  informers 
upon  the  persons  with  whom  they  are  in  daily  contact  are, 
and  always  will  be,  beneath  the  contempt  of  honorable  men. 

DEMOCRATIC  and  Republican  schemes  for  reducing 
the  cost  of  living  are  equally  fatuous.  Attorney-Gen- 
eral Palmer  adopted  the  method  last  winter  of  standing  on 
the  steps  of  the  Department  of  Justice  and  reading  procla- 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


175 


mations  in  which  by  turn  he  ordered  and  entreated  the 
H.  C.  of  L.  to  descend.  As  the  H.  C.  of  L.  paid  no  attention, 
but  just  went  on  climbing,  Mr.  Palmer  took  to  prosecuting 
small  merchants  for  profiteering.  One  such,  an  insignificant 
grocer  of  New  York's  East  Side,  has  just  been  convicted 
under  the  Lever  law  of  hoarding  sugar;  he  has  been  sen- 
tenced to  two  years  in  Atlanta  penitentiary,  the  extreme 
penalty,  although  he  might  have  been  given  the  alternative 
of  a  $5,000  fine.  "I  have  had  corporations  before  me,  but 
I  could  do  nothing  but  impose  a  money  fine,"  said  Judge 
Harlan  B.  Howe.  "With  Lessen,  an  individual,  it  was  dif- 
ferent, and  I  imposed  the  maximum  sentence."  That  the 
little  fellow  gets  the  big  sentence  is  a  truism  of  our  anti- 
profiteering  technique,  of  which  not  even  the  converse  holds. 
The  big  fellow  gets  no  sentence  at  all,  unless  the  gentle 
compulsion  to  return  a  part  .of  the  loot  in  the  form  of  a 
fine  may  be  so  considered. 

REPUBLICAN  politicians  are  dissatisfied  with  the  Dem- 
ocratic Administration's  method  of  reducing  prices — 
one  cannot  blame  them  for  that — but  what  do  they  propose 
instead?  According  to  Representative  Slemp,  if  Senator 
Harding  is  elected,  an  extra  session  of  Congress  will  be 
called  to  legislate  as  follows:  revise  and  possibly  entirely 
repeal  the  excess  profits  tax ;  abolish  the  government  tax  on 
freight  and  passenger  traffic;  increase  the  tariff  schedules; 
reduce  the  income  taxes.  Now,  the  promise  of  lower  taxes 
has  an  appealing  sound,  but  somehow  or  other  the  money 
must  be  found  to  pay  our  debts  and  enormous  current  ex- 
penses. The  Republican  proposal  is  simply  to  lessen  direct 
and  increase  indirect  taxes;  in  other  words,  to  reduce 
specific  payments  now  called  for  from  the  well-to-do  and 
spread  the  whole  sum  out  over  rich  and  poor  in  the  form  of 
consumption  taxes.  Has  Senator  Harding  forgotten  that 
our  last  Republican  President  disrupted  his  party's  national 
convention  and  lost  every  State  in  the  union  except  Utah 
and  Vermont  largely  because  he  signed  a  high  tariff  bill 
when  the  country  wanted  lower  duties?  The  Republicans 
are  not  proposing  to  lower  the  cost  of  living  for  the  ordinary 
man,  but  to  reduce  the  high  cost  of  being  rich. 

LABOR,  according  to  the  monthly  report  of  the  Federal 
Reserve  Board,  is  becoming  more  efficient.  It  is  "less 
insistent  in  its  demands,"  "a  better  spirit  of  cooperation  is 
said  to  exist  between  employer  and  employee."  This  happy 
state  of  affairs  does  not  go  uninterpreted.  With  only  a 
few  lines  of  explanation  inserted  to  divide  cause  from  effect, 
the  Federal  Reserve  Board  cites  as  an  important  factor  in 
the  change  in  labor  conditions  "the  development  of  unem- 
ployment in  various  parts  of  the  country."  The  implications 
of  this  sequence  are  interesting.  Poor' transportation,  re- 
sulting in  a  curtailment  of  production,  shutting  down  mills 
"as  a  result  of  cancelation  of  orders  and  lack  of  demand," 
inability  to  obtain  capital — these  things  result  in  unem- 
ployment and  the  consequent  encouraging  increase  in  labor 
efficiency.  To  the  uninitiated  this  would  appear  to  be  a 
puzzling  analysis.  The  public  gets  fewer  products,  and 
consequently  pays  more  for  what  it  gets;  the  workers  get 
fewer  jobs.  But  the  manufacturer  is  happy;  his  prices  rise, 
his  costs  decrease,  his  labor  is  efficient,  "less  insistent  in 
its  demands,"  and  more  cooperative  in  spirit.  How  long 
will  it  be  before  business  realizes  that  its  own  interests  are 
injured  by  this  callous  and  short-sighted  attitude  toward  the 
workers? 


MARCUS  GARVEY  is  a  sort  of  Billy  Sunday  of  the 
Negro  race.  Within  a  year  he  has  built  up  an  organi- 
zation of  Negroes  which  claims  a  million  members  in  the 
world  and  probably  has  half  a  million  in  the  United  States 
alone.  His  Universal  Negro  Improvement  Association,  which 
has  just  held  a  "Convention  of  the  Negro  Race"  in  New 
York  city  and  elected  a  "President  of  Africa,"  has  branches 
throughout  the  West  Indies,  along  the  west  coast  of  Africa, 
and  in  South  America  as  well  as  North.  It  preaches  a  gospel 
of  pride  in  the  Negro  race  and  its  future,  with  a  superb 
and  ignorant  fanaticism  which  has  the  Sunday  movement 
as  its  only  white  parallel.  Garvey's  all-Negro  Black  Star 
steamship  line  bids  fair  to  be  as  profitable  a  commercial 
venture  as  the  Billy  Sunday  song-book  and  syndicated-ser- 
mon  business.  And  the  dream  of  a  vast  Negro  republic  in 
Africa  may  be  at  least  as  probable  as  some  of  Billy  Sunday's 
prophecies.  The  parceling  of  Africa  among  the  white 
powers  is  a  matter  of  the  last  half-century,  and  there  is 
no  reason  to  believe  that  so  unnatural  a  condition  will  endure 
forever.  If  such  preaching  as  Garvey's  should  lead  to  a 
bloody  race  revolt  in  Africa,  we  should  have  to  blame  the 
white  race  more  than  the  Garveys.  The  best  of  Garvey's 
gospel,  like  the  best  of  Billy  Sunday's,  is  old  stuff;  but  he 
gives  it  an  emotional  color  and  a  stage  setting  of  flags  and 
costumes  which  appeals  to  Negroes  untouched  by  more  digni- 
fied and  better  balanced  leaders.  The  worst  of  Garvey  is 
sheer  fanaticism  and  demagoguery.  It  is  a  pity  that  any 
one  concerned  for  the  freedom  of  black  Africa  and  the  future 
of  the  Negro  race  should  go  out  of  his  way  to  attack  so 
fine-spirited  an  apostle  of  his  race  as  Dr.  Du  Bois. 

THE  prediction  of  twenty-five  or  thirty  cent  milk  for 
New  York  City  next  winter  may  turn  out  to  be  only  an 
excited  guess,  but  the  serious  mention  of  such  a  price  calls 
attention  sharply  to  a  situation  which  cannot  much  longer 
be  neglected.  Every  large  city  in  the  country,  as  well  as 
innumerable  smaller  ones,  is  threatened  with  a  price  schedule 
which  can  have  no  other  effect  than  to  remove  milk  in  the 
near  future  from  the  class  of  necessaries  of  life,  certainly 
from  the  list  of  foods  ordinarily  consumed,  and  to  transfer 
it  to  the  already  swollen  list  of  luxuries.  Even  at  present 
prices  only  the  cheaper  grades  of  milk,  necessarily  deficient 
in  nutritive  value,  can  be  afforded  by  persons  of  moderate 
means ;  while  for  the  poor,  milk  has  all  but  disappeared  from 
the  list  of  daily  foods  save  for  infants  and  the  sick.  With 
the  growth  of  population,  grazing  land,  especially  near  cities, 
is  decreasing  in  quantity  and  increasing  in  value ;  less  winter 
feed  is  raised  at  home  and  more  is  brought  from  a  dis- 
tance ;  while  the  demands  of  the  community  in  the  shape  of 
taxes  on  the  one  hand  and  sanitary  requirements  on  the 
other,  not  to  speak  of  advancing  wages  and  mounting  trans- 
portation rates,  show  no  diminution.  Under  such  circum- 
stances the  regulation  of  the  production  and  the  price  of 
milk  ought  no  longer  to  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the 
farmer  or  to  bargaining  between  producers  and  distributors. 
If  the  children  of  the  very  near  future  are  to  have  milk  at 
prices  which  persons  who  are  not  millionaires  can  afford  to 
pay,  the  state  will  have  to  take  over  the  milk  industry  and 
run  it  as  a  public  enterprise,  as  Governor  Smith  of  New 
York  has  recommended.  Even  a  material  reduction,  which 
certainly  ought  to  be  made,  of  the  excessive  profits  which 
some  large  distributing  concerns  exact  will  afford  only 
temporary  relief.  The  trouble  is  in  the  lack  of  a  sufficient 
supply  of  milk  under  existing  production  and  distribution. 


176 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


The  Railroad  Rate  Increases 


THE  size  of  the  award  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Com- 
mission, authorizing  freight  rate  and  passenger  fare 
increases  sufficient  to  produce  $1,600,000,000,  is  less  impor- 
tant in  itself  than  in  its  final  effects  on  the  country.  The 
treatment  of  transportation  as  a  private,  profit-making 
business,  rather  than  a  public  service,  and  the  inefficiency 
and  waste  incident  to  monopoly  power  and  reliance  on  a 
government  guarantee  for  profits,  bid  fair  to  impose  a 
crushing  burden  on  the  consuming  public  and  to  have  an 
injurious,  possibly  calamitous,  effect  on  industry.  Trans- 
portation and  credit  control  the  life  of  a  people.  Cheap, 
efficient,  and  orderly  organization  of  the  transportation 
agencies  lies  at  the  basis  of  production,  distribution,  and 
exchange.  It  is  an  open  question  if  private  banking,  man- 
agement and  ineptitude  on  the  part  of  Congress  have  not 
produced  a  condition  in  which  the  railroads  will  progres- 
sively impair  the  economic  life  of  the  nation. 

Former  Director-General  Hines  stated  in  a  western  ad- 
dress that  freight  rate  increases  were  cumulative.  They 
were  an  excuse  for  profiteering.  He  cited  the  increase  of 
ten  cents  a  ton  on  anthracite  coal,  which  amounted  to  fifty 
cents  when  it  reached  the  consumer.  Robert  W.  Woolley 
of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  has  repeatedly 
stated  that  for  every  dollar  added  to  freight  earnings  the 
consumer  pays  from  three  to  five  dollars  in  added  costs.  On 
these  estimates  the  final  cost  to  the  public  of  the  rate  ad- 
vances will  not  be  the  $1,600,000,000  that  the  railroads  col- 
lect, but  from  $5,000,000,000  to  $8,000,000,000  that  the  con- 
sumers ultimately  pay.  If  the  consumer  pays  only  what  the 
railroads  get,  there  will  be  an  increase  of  $75  a  year  in  the 
cost  of  living  of  every  family  of  five  in  the  country,  and,  if 
the  estimates  of  Mr.  Hines  and  Mr.  Woolley  are  confirmed, 
the  final  cost  may  amount  to  five  times  that  sum,  or  $375 
per  family.  This  will  eat  up  the  recent  wage  award  to  the 
two  million  railway  workers,  and  will  be  followed  by  another 
demand  from  them  for  advanced  pay. 

What  will  be  the  effect  of  the  rate  increases  on  produc- 
tion? There  has  already  been  a  slackening  of  freight 
movement  due  in  part  to  high  costs.  The  increase  in  freight 
rates  will  undoubtedly  reduce  the  amount  of  freight  hauled 
by  hundreds  of  millions  of  tons  annually.  It  will  kill  many 
kinds  of  business  altogether  and  will  seriously  hamper  our 
foreign  trade.  It  has  been  estimated  that  motor  trucks  now 
haul  one-fourth  of  the  freight  of  the  country.  It  is  mostly 
short-haul  traffic  between  the  larger  cities.  The  motor  truck 
may  absorb  so  much  transportation  that  the  rate  increases 
will  add  far  less  than  the  estimated  sum  of  $1,600,000,000 
to  the  railroads.  There  is  a  point  in  transportation  cost 
that  not  only  destroys  traffic;  it  drives  it  to  find  other 
means  of  conveyance. 

The  effects  of  the  rate  increases  on  the  farmer  are  evi- 
dent. The  price  of  wheat  is  fixed  in  the  markets  of  the 
world.  The  American  farmer  receives  the  Liverpool  price, 
fixed  by  the  competition  of  other  countries,  less  what  it 
costs  the  American  farmer  to  get  his  wheat  to  the  Liver- 
pool market.  The  farmers  of  America  will  pay  a  consider- 
able part  of  the  rate  increases.  They  cannot  shift  the  bur- 
den to  anyone  else.  The  American  farmer  is  being  driven 
from  the  land.  His  explanation  is  that  he  is  so  preyed  on 
by  middlemen  and  speculators,  by  the  packers  and  the 
millers,  by  the  railroads  and  the  banks,  by  those  who  buy 


what  he  produces,  that  he  cannot  make  a  living.  He  says 
he  raises  wheat  and  cattle  at  a  loss.  That  dairying  has  be- 
come so  unprofitable  that  cattle  are  being  killed  is  a  matter 
of  everyday  experience.  Often  crops  rot  on  the  ground 
because  of  the  inability  of  the  farmer  to  secure  freight  cars 
or  storage. 

Under  the  Esch-Cummins  law  Congress  has  provided  a 
"cost  plus"  transportation  system  that  invites  waste.  The 
railroads  are  guaranteed  operating  costs  and  then  six  per 
cent  on  the  valuation  of  the  property.  The  book  cost  of  that 
property  is  $20,040,572,611;  the  Interstate  Commerce  Com- 
mission fixed  the  value  at  $18,900,000,000,  practically  95  per 
cent  of  the  value  claimed  by  the  companies.  While  the  rail- 
road operators  are  denied  the  right  to  make  profits  in  excess 
of  six  per  cent  from  the  railroads,  they  are  not  denied  the 
right  to  make  any  profits  they  can  on  the  side.  An  investi- 
gation made  by  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  before 
the  war  of  the  outside  interests  of  railroad  directors  and 
officials  disclosed  that  the  railroads  bought  almost  every- 
thing they  used  from  corporations  which  the  railroad  direc- 
tors or  stockholders  either  owned  or  controlled.  This  was 
true  of  coal,  of  rails,  of  cars,  of  locomotives,  of  brakes  and 
equipment,  of  supplies  of  all  kinds.  The  cost  of  coal  alone 
is  in  excess  of  $500,000,000  a  year.  There  is  no  obligation 
on  the  railroad  officials  to  buy  in  the  open  market  or  to 
invite  competition.  They  buy  from  themselves.  It  is  to 
their  private  interest  to  operate  the  railroads  wastefully. 

A  year  ago,  under  unified  federal  control,  freight  cars. 
were  moving  28  miles  a  day;  now  they  are  moving  about 
22.  The  economies  of  unified  administration  have  disap- 
peared. We  have  2,449,000  freight  cars,  and  need  300,000 
more,  we  are  told.  To  raise  the  average  car  movement  from 
22  to  28  miles  a  day  would  be  equivalent  to  adding  more 
than  650,000  cars.  Yet  we  give  the  present  management  its 
six  per  cent,  in  order  that  it  may  spend  $700,000,000  for 
new  equipment  to  be  mismanaged  in  the  same  way  as  that 
which  it  now  has. 

It  is  probable  that  the  rate  increases  will  be  followed  in 
a  short  time  by  demands  for  further  rate  increases.  That 
has  been  the  experience  with  local  franchise  corporations. 
With  dividends  guaranteed  by  the  public  utility  commis- 
sions, and  with  waste  invited  by  inside  contracts  and  manip- 
ulations, it  is  much  easier  to  fall  back  on  political  agencies 
which  guarantee  wastage  than  it  is  to  introduce  economies 
and  bring  about  efficiency. 

The  inherent  evils  of  the  transportation  act  are  far 
greater  than  the  rate  increases,  calamitous  and  in  large  part 
unnecessary  as  they  are.  For  they  could  have  been  avoided 
in  large  part,  if  not  wholly,  by  a  continuation  of  federal 
control  and  the  unification  of  the  transportation  facilities 
of  the  country.  Mr.  Hines  was  reporting  net  earnings  over 
and  above  all  expenses  in  the  operation  of  the  railways 
from  July  to  October  of  last  year.  He  was  paying  the 
standard  return  and  was  making  a  profit  for  the  govern- 
ment. In  addition  the  employees  were  loyal;  they  were 
protected  by  wage  adjustment  boards  in  which  they  had 
confidence,  and  were  ready  to  enter  into  collective  bargain- 
ing arrangements  that  would  have  called  forth  many  econo- 
mies and  greater  efficiency  than  is  possible  under  the  war- 
ring, waste-inviting  system  of  which  we  are  just  beginning 
to  pay  the  cost. 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


177 


The  End  of  Versailles 

WHATEVER  the  outcome  of  the  blustering  hesitations 
and  half-hearted  ultimatums  of  the  Allies  and  of 
the  relentless  advance  and  skilful  diplomacy  of  the  Rus- 
sians, the  Polish  adventure  has  made  so  much  clear:  the 
Treaty  of  Versailles  is  dead.  Whether  the  Red  armies  over- 
run all  of  present-day  Poland  and  sovietize  the  entire  region, 
whether  Soviet  Russia  returns  to  Germany  Danzig  and 
the  other  German  regions  annexed  to  Poland,  or  whether 
the  Allies  determine  upon  a  desperate  struggle  against  the 
victorious  Russians  and  hold  Danzig  as  a  base  of  operations, 
the  territorial  provisions,  the  heart  of  the  treaty,  will  be 
revised.  Intact  the  treaty  was  not,  even  before  the  final 
disaster.  The  treaty  was  a  compound  of  a  dream  of  a 
governed  and  united  world,  and  of  extremely  definite 
provisions  to  satisfy  the  blood  lust  manifested  in  Lloyd 
George's  khaki  elections  of  1918  and  Clemenceau's  bloc  na- 
tional triumph  of  1919.  The  treaty  was  hardly  a  solution; 
it  was  an  emulsion  of  contrary  policies.  The  League  of 
Mr.  Wilson's  dreams  emerged  with  all  central  and  eastern 
Europe  left  out,  and  inevitably  became  the  plaything  of  the 
British  Foreign  Office.  The  revenge  clauses  have  been 
dropped  or  modified  in  response  to  the  prosaic  realizations 
of  unsentimental  daily  life.  The  Kaiser  is  not  to  be  hanged ; 
the  German  military  leaders  are  not  to  be  tried  before  Allied 
courts;  the  German  army  is  not  yet  disarmed — and,  with 
the  greater  Russian  "peril"  before  them,  the  Allies  are  not 
likely  to  force  its  disarmament;  the  coal  and  other  repara- 
tions clauses  have  been  scaled  down  from  the  treaty  terms 
to  meet  the  arguments  of  practical  economists.  Now  even 
the  territorial  provisions  seem  likely  to  fall. 

The  Treaty  of  Versailles  was  a  dictated  document ;  it  was 
not  a  product  of  common  counsels.  Whatever  succeeds  it 
will  be  the  outcome  of  negotiations  in  which  the  Germans 
and  probably  the  Austrians  and  Hungarians  as  well  will 
take  part  on  a  footing  of  at  least  official  equality.  And  it 
is  not  likely  that  the  Russians  will  play  any  such  humiliating 
role  as  was  played  by  the  defeated  Germans  at  Versailles; 
they  are  more  likely  to  be  the  dictators.  France  has  already 
made  a  bargain  with  Hungary  for  her  aid  against  Russia, 
and  whether  the  Hungarian  army  goes  into  the  field  against 
Soviet  Russia  or  not,  a  part  of  the  bargain,  in  the  shape 
of  rather  substantial  modifications  of  the  treaty  with 
Hungary,  will  probably  persist.  Germany  has  announced 
her  neutrality  in  any  conflict  between  the  Allies  and  Soviet 
Russia,  and  if  she  is  to  be  budged  from  that  attitude,  it 
will  be  only  at  the  price  of  substantial  concessions.  The 
Bolsheviki  are  likely  to  offer  Germany  the  famous  Danzig 
corridor,  and  the  Allies,  if  they  would  hold  Germany  to  the 
rest  of  her  bond,  will  have  to  offer  as  favorable  terms. 

No  such  wind  of  idealism  is  blowing  across  Europe  to- 
day as  when  the  Peace  Conference  opened;  there  are  no 
such  exaggerated  hopes  of  a  new  and  better  world,  no  such 
pathetic  faith  in  the  regenerative  results  of  war.  Perhaps 
it  is  just  as  well.  Less  attention  will  be  paid  to  words, 
less  effort  will  be  made  to  soothe  with  fine  phrases.  Thire 
may  be  more  attention  given  to  the  desires  of  peoples  and 
less  to  the  schemes  of  governments.  Organized  labor  in 
western  Europe  may  supersede  the  Foreign  Offices  as  a  fac- 
tor in  reconstruction.  The  tidal  wave  of  communism  will 
have  to  be  faced. 


Who  Wouldn  't  Desert-for  Paris? 

IT  is  with  a  renewed  appreciation  of  the  versatility  and 
virtuosity  of  the  American  soldier  that  we  "see  by  the 
papers"  that  there  are  1,500  deserters  from  the  A.  E.  F.  in 
Paris,  most  of  them  practicing  the  profession  of  "bad  man." 
Now  it  takes  a  good  man  to  be  a  "bad  man"  almost  any- 
where, but  it  takes  a  corking  good  man  to  be  a  "bad  man" 
in  Paris — and  get  away  with  it.  Few  Americans  have 
proved  themselves  sufficiently  adaptable  to  make  a  living 
against  the  Frenchman  on  his  own  ground,  and  if  1,500  of 
them  have  shown  themselves  able  to  compete  with  that  most 
inbred  and  clannish  French  product,  the  Paris  apache,  one 
wonders  why  they  have  not  received  some  mention  by  the 
scribes  who  write  on  foreign  opportunities  for  the  govern- 
ment's popular  daily,  Commerce  Reports.  This  story  of 
1,500  army  deserters  who  carry  "guns,"  live  in  "secret  un- 
derground passages,"  and  derive  their  income  chiefly  from 
the  illicit  sale  of  drugs  is  not  mere  American  brag;  it  is  on 
the  word  of  the  Paris  police,  and  the  gendarme  is  not  only 
without  pity  but  also  without  any  narrow  national  bigotry  in 
his  estimate  of  "bad  men."  Before  this  story  came  over 
we  had  almost  begun  to  despair  of  the  American  ever  under- 
standing France.  Most  of  our  soldiers  brought  back  the 
ideas  they  took  over.  But  the  only  explanation  of  these 
1,500  American  soldiers  who  are  listed  in  the  army  records 
as  deserters  is  that  they  have  succumbed  to  the  charm  of 
Paris;  they  have  come  to  appreciate  France. 

Doubtless  one  must  take  with  a  grain  of  salt  some  of  the 
statements  about  these  wayward  members  of  the  American 
army  in  Paris.  The  "secret  underground  passages"  of 
Montmartre,  for  instance,  are  only  the  embroidery  of  ener- 
getic press  correspondents.  About  the  only  underground 
passages  in  Montmartre  are  those  of  the  Metro  and  the 
Nord-Sud,  and  they  are  public  to  anyone  who  has  the  fare. 
But  there  are  other  means  than  secret  underground  passages 
whereby  one  may  live  among  the  twisted  streets  and  jumbled 
houses  of  that  hill  of  romance  and  rags  beyond  the  boule- 
vards of  Clichy  and  Rochechouart,  fairly  secure  from  undue 
familiarity  on  the  part  of  the  police.  One  must,  however, 
be  of  the  people  and  have  their  language  for  such  a  life. 
The  Kingdom  of  Argot  is  not  so  powerful  today  as  that 
which  Victor  Hugo  describes  in  "Notre-Dame."  The 
Truands  have  fallen  on  less  lusty  days.  Yet  one  must  know 
more  French  than  enough  merely  to  enter  a  restaurant  and 
call  "Oouffs!"  in  order  to  survive  in  the  underworld  of 
Montmarte. 

One  suspects  that  these  deserters  are  not  quite  such  "bad 
men"  as  the  police  and  the  Paris  correspondents  would  have 
us  believe.  Perhaps  after  all  they  are  only  getting  the 
education,  travel,  and  adventure  that  the  army  recruiting 
posters  advertise.  Perhaps  they  are  only  daring  young 
Americans  with  that  passion  for  freedom,  that  zest  for 
struggle,  that  contempt  for  the  conventional  that  character- 
ized our  pioneer  days.  And  behind  it  all,  we  suspect,  are 
certain  young  Parisiennes.  For  they  do  say  that  men  are 
only  as  bad  as  women  want  them  to  be,  and  to  win  the 
esteem  of  some  of  those  of  Paris  one  might  be  forgiven  for 
going  nearly  100  per  cent. 

Sometimes  we  suspect  we  would  desert  the  army  of  the 
Angel  Gabriel,  encamped  before  the  Pearly  Gates,  for  Paris, 
Montmartre,  and — ah,  well,  probably  we  also  belong  in  the 
category  of  "bad  men." 


178 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2876 


The  Critic  and  His  Uses 

THE  critic's  character,  like  the  poet's,  has  undergone 
many  transformations  in  the  course  of  time.  During 
long  ages  the  didactic  notion  of  the  critic  prevailed,  and 
learned  and  self-satisfied  men  cling  to  it  still.  According 
to  this  notion,  which  commends  itself  easily  to  superficial 
thinking,  the  critic  is  an  expert  in  fixed  rules  by  which  art 
is  to  be  judged.  He  handles  standards,  both  moral  and 
aesthetic,  very  much  as  a  draper  does  his  yard-stick.  No 
subtlety  of  learning  or  refinement  of  reasoning  changes  the 
character  of  the  didactic  critic  to  whose  gigantic  futility 
the  history  of  his  craft  bears  eloquent  witness.  His  an- 
terior assumptions  always  invalidated  his  judgments,  and 
his  divine  yard-stick  turned  out  to  be  the  weapon  of  his 
angry  prejudices.  The  scientific  critic,  a  type  that  flourished 
mightily  but  briefly,  is  both  more  amiable  and  less  preten- 
tious. But  he  is  the  victim  of  an  analogy  of  deadly  false- 
ness. You  can  classify  phenomena  that  are  identical — 
moons,  beetles,  rocks.  You  cannot  classify  phenomena  that 
are  unique.  There  is  no  "evolution  des  genres"  because, 
closely  looked  upon,  there  are  no  "genres."  There  are  only 
individuals  expressing  their  personal  sense  of  life  in  art; 
and  there  are  the  imitators  of  these  individuals  who  do  not 
count. 

The  impressionists  were  fully  aware  of  the  sterility  of 
both  the  didactic  and  the  scientific  methods.  They  sought 
to  disengage  the  peculiar  aroma  of  books  and  pictures  and, 
being  frankly  subjective,  produced  many  pages  of  beautiful 
creative  literature.  But  they  restricted  themselves  a  little 
narrowly  to  aesthetic  considerations  and,  conscious  always 
of  their  reaction  against  the  older  schools,  hesitated  to 
assume  the  critical  functions  which  they  had  seen  so  ab- 
surdly exercised.  A  gentle  pessimism  haunts  all  their 
books,  and  the  elegiac  sense  of  the  passing  of  a  world  from 
which  their  own  souls  were  not  yet  wholly  estranged.  If 
Sainte-Beuve  wrote  "the  natural  history  of  minds,"  the 
impressionists  clung  timidly  to  the  history  of  their  own 
minds.  They  paid  homage  to  the  dead  rules  of  criticism 
by  not  daring  to  proceed  without  them  beyond  the  autumnal 
gardens  of  their  rwn  souls. 

It  is  at  this  point  that  the  modern  critic  parts  company 
with  the  masters  whom  he  has  loved  and  from  whom  he  has 
learned  so  much.  His  is  a  hardier  and  a  cooler  nature. 
Skepticism  does  not  wound  his  heart  and  the  perception  of 
change  leaves  him  quite  untroubled.  He  has  shifted  his 
whole  point  of  vision  and  has  no  inner  or  outer  need  of 
any  comfortable  absolutes.  For  he  sees  art  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  life-process,  as  the  life-process  itself  growing 
articulate  through  chosen  personalities.  That  it  should  do 
so  at  all,  that  life  should  speak  in  terms  of  beauty — this 
is  to  him  the  central  and  sufficient  fact  which  satisfies  the 
"idealistic"  cravings  of  his  mind.  Beauty  exists — there  is 
his  heartening  and  transcendent  truth.  In  beauty  he  admits 
differences  of  method,  of  growth,  and  degrees  of  intensity; 
he  admits  no  moralistic  qualifications  of  better  or  worse, 
higher  or  lower,  through  the  choice  of  one  sort  of  subject 
matter  rather  than  another  or  one  technique  of  expression 
rather  than  another.  Veracity  of  substance  and  intensity 
of  expression  are  his  sole  tests.  He  may  privately  entertain 
the  opinion  that  certain  kinds  of  subjects  and  certain  tech- 
nical methods  have  actually  made  for  veracity  and  intensity 


more  often  than  others.  But  he  is  eager  to  have  that 
opinion  refuted  and  the  realm  of  beauty  thus  enlarged.  He 
knows  nothing  of  a  beauty  that  is  wrong  or  immoral.  He 
knows,  negatively,  only  the  false  or  the  feeble  expression 
that  misses  its  own  inherent  aim  through  disloyalty  to 
experience  or  through  failure  in  articulateness.  Wherever 
deep  experience  attains  intense  expression,  there  is  art. 

This  critic,  like  the  poet,  is  born  and  can  hardly  be  made. 
The  reading  of  many  books  will  help  him  little  unless  he 
has  the  sense  of  life,  unless  its  throb  comes  to  him  even 
through  alien  speech  and  remote  forms.  No  partisanship 
must  curb  his  humanity,  no  prejudice  blunt  the  sensitive- 
ness of  his  spirit.  He  must  be  himself  a  seeker  after 
beauty,  after  the  expression  that  makes  life  luminous  and 
rich;  he  must  be  able  to  identify  his  own  self  with  men 
and  things.  And  he  must  be  sensitive  to  the  general  drift 
of  the  many  lives  that  make  the  world,  and  neither  expect 
romantic  expansiveness  in  small  and  rigid  societies  nor  the 
severities  of  classical  synthesis  in  an  age  of  democratic 
revolution.  He  must  share  imaginatively  the  life  of  other 
periods  and  very  practically  that  of  his  own.  The  passions 
of  its  freest  minds  must  be  his  also,  though  at  the  core 
he  may  always  keep  a  touch  of  coolness  to  save  his  inner 
processes  from  hardening  even  in  the  best  of  causes.  His 
highest  aim  will  always  be  to  keep  his  perception  of  the 
relation  of  literature  to  life  firm  and  unclouded,  lest  in  the 
ardor  of  his  personal  seeking  he  fall  into  the  old  error  of 
condemning  passions  he  does  not  share  or  opinions  to  which 
he  is  hostile.  All  life  must  be  his  province.  If  it  is,  he 
cannot  go  far  wrong  in  his  dealings  with  art.  If  he  has 
been,  directly  or  vicariously,  a  part  of  all  human  experience, 
the  expression  of  no  form  of  it  can  startle  or  befog  his 
mind. 

His  function  in  modern  society  is  a  grave  and  arduous 
one.  He  must  constantly  reinterpret  the  past  for  the  uses 
of  the  present,  in  order  that  it  may  contribute  to  the  crea- 
tion of  that  cultural  atmosphere  which  is  his  final  practical 
aim.  Thus  he  will  be  both  philosopher  and  historian.  He 
will  illustrate  the  continuity  and  oneness  of  art  as  the 
expression  of  life,  and  thus  establish  at  once  the  validity 
and  use  of  the  art  of  his  own  contemporaries.  This  art  he 
will  be  careful  to  interpret  in  relation  to  the  vital  forces 
from  which  it  springs,  in  order  that  by  its  reaction  on  its 
audience  it  may  serve  to  establish  the  cultural  environment 
within  which  the  experience  of  individuals  can  be  most  free 
and  rich.  None  will  be  more  acutely  aware  of  this  inter- 
action between  art  and  life  than  himself,  or  do  more  to 
clarify  it  and  make  it  effectual.  The  expression  of  life 
in  art  reacts  on  life.  Poets  create  new  moods  in  love  for 
their  hearers;  dramatists  have  altered  the  structure  of 
society.  It  will  be  the  critic's  task  to  heighten  and  increase 
this  enrichment  and  liberation  of  life.  He  will  seek  to  make 
art,  which  expresses  life,  reenter  life  through  the  sharpened 
senses  of  all  capable  of  receiving  its  impressions. 

The  virtue  of  this  program  of  the  modern  critic  is  that  it 
translates  the  severest  spiritual  efforts  into  direct  social 
action,  and  yet  leaves  him  serene  and  detached.  To  free 
souls  through  the  ministry  of  art,  to  create  an  atmosphere 
in  which  that  freedom  may  be  exercised  and  art  itself  may 
thrive — these  are  the  ends  for  which  he  will  unceasingly 
labor.  The  purely  aesthetic  has  not  lost  its  magic  or  its 
glow  for  him.  But  it  needs  no  nursing.  It  will  appear 
whenever  the  source  of  art,  which  is  experience,  is  kept 
untrammeled,  strong,  and  full. 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


179 


Will  Russia  Drive  the  British  from  Asia? 


By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 


Moscow,  June  16 

BY  all  odds  the  most  interesting  aspect  of  Moscow  at  the 
moment  is  the  seething  and  boiling  and  bubbling  of 
the  international  situation  there.    Last  week  our  hotel  was 
decorated  with  a  sign  to  the  following  effect:    "Long  live 
the  Revolution;   we  started  it;   let  us  finish  it  together." 
This  significant  motto  was  directed  at  the  rather  cautious 
British   delegation   of   the   Independent   Labor,   the   Labor 
Party  and  the  Trades  Union  Congress,  which  made  a  pil- 
grimage to  the  socialist  Mecca.    Shortly  after  them  came  a 
delegation  of  syndicalists  from  Germany,  and  a  few  days 
later  a  clump  of  British  shop  stewards,  who  were  shoveled 
out  of  England  in  a  coal  bunker.     Bulgarian  communists, 
French  right  and  lefters  and  middle-of-the-roadsters,  Marcel 
Cachin  and  Frossard,   Guilbeaux  and  Sadoul,  and  a  mys- 
terious French  old  gentleman  with  a  motherly  wife  who 
live  down  the  hall  two  doors  and  borrowed  my  rug  to  cover 
the  matrimonial  bed,  and  look  as  if  they  ought  to  be  tending 
a  bit  of  a  garden  outside  Paris,  green  with  lettuce,  radish- 
tops  and  tropical  with  young  artichokes,  but  who  are,   I 
understand,  redder  than  Bucharin — these  are  a  few  of  the 
inhabitants  of  our  Hotel  Delavoid  Dvor.     But  today  there 
arrived  the  biggest  trump  card  playable  by  the  Third  In- 
ternationale, the  Italian  delegation,  headed  by  such  aces  as 
Serratti,  with  a  vivacious  black-eyed  phalanx  of  delegates. 
Not  a  bit  cautious  they,  but  decorated  all  over  with  red 
badges  and  "Long  live  the  Revolution."    To  greet  them  the 
British  sign  of  welcome  was  displaced  and  an  Italian  one 
substituted  reading,  "II  Trionfo  della  Dittatura  del  Prole- 
tariate"   Next  week  comes  a  Swiss  delegation.    Meanwhile 
the  Swedish  crowd  has  gone  off  to  inspect  the  Ural  steel 
works  and  mines  and  is  arranging  to  take  over  a  whole  fac- 
tory and  fill  it  with  expert  Swedish  mechanics  who  are  to 
raise  production  of  machinery.    Naturally  a  certain  number 
of  Irish  rebels  are  here  also,  several  of  whose  names  are  as 
well  known  in  America  as  in  Ireland.    A  good  deal  of  josh- 
ing between  them  and  the  British  went  on  at  meal-times  on 
the  subject  of  Ireland.     Yesterday  I  interviewed  the  Geor- 
gian provisional  diplomatic  agent;  tomorrow  I  shall  inter- 
view the  Armenian  delegation  negotiating  peace  with  the 
Turks,  who  are  represented  here  by  Kemal  himself,  whom  I 
have  met.    Today  Dr.  Hung  Hing  Kwan,  Ambassador  of  the 
Provisional  Korean  government  at  Shanghai,  presents  his 
credentials  to  Chicherin,   and  a  protest  against  Japanese 
oppression.    In  a  very  few  days  a  great  meeting  of  delegates 
to  a  workingman's  congress,  representing  Chinese  working- 
men,  will  meet  here.     Moscow's  streets  are  star-scattered 
with  twinkling  almond   eyes.     A  former  minister  of  the 
Transbaikal  Republic  has  arrived  with  news  of  the  latest 
Japanese  oppressions  in  the  Far  East,  of  which  more  here- 
after.   In  short,  with  the  meeting  of  the  Third  Internation- 
ale to  be  held  in  the  beginning  of  July,  Moscow,  and  not 
San  Remo  or  Spa,  has  become  the  real  center  of  the  world. 
Those  two  towns  and  the  Supreme  Council  are  only  side 
shows  to  the  one  big  show  on  earth.    Admission  free,  if  you 
have  your  coupon  from  the  Third  Internationale ! 

If  I  could  collect  and  put  into  one  volume  the  adventures 
of  each  delegate  during  his  journey  Russiawards,  I  think  I 


could,  as  author  of  romance,  surpass  him  of  the  celebrated 
"Dead-Eye  Dick."  Our  English  shop  stewards  came  by 
the  now  common,  and  by  all  really  adventurous  souls  con- 
sidered commonplace,  coal  bunker  route.  Others  have  wan- 
dered around  the  Murmansk  passage.  A  German  happens 
to  be  leader  of  a  German  sailors'  syndicate  and  travels  under 
protection  of  his  followers  without  passport  or  ticket.  An 
Argentinian  came  from  Italy  by  underground  route.  It 
seems,  if  you  are  a  real  communist,  you  can  travel  where  and 
how  you  like,  without  passport  or  without  paying  any  fare. 
There  are  two  governmental  systems  spread  throughout 
Europe  now,  and  the  lesser  of  these  is  not  the  revolutionary. 
If  you  have  your  passport  from  the  latter  you  can  thumb 
your  nose  at  the  former.  If  you  have  a  passport  from  both, 
naturally,  you  may  travel  from  Tibet  to  Timbuctoo,  from 
the  wilds  of  Burmah  to  those  of  Broadway,  and  "no  one 
shall  you  let."  You  can  then,  as  is  the  case  with  one  youth 
of  my  acquaintance,  buy  agricultural  machinery  in  Great 
Britain  and  deliver  same,  in  the  shape  of  machine-guns  in — 
well,  it  is  better  not  to  be  too  definite. 

At  any  rate  the  coming  session  of  the  Third  Internation- 
ale promises  to  be  the  most  stirring  event  of  our  time.  The 
last  meeting,  when  Europe  was  at  war  and  the  underground 
routes  had  not  yet  been  properly  developed,  was  a  bit  too 
much  facade  and  too  little  building.  In  those  days,  I 
imagine,  credentials  of  delegates  were  not  so  closely  scruti- 
nized. Korean  and  Persian  and  British  communist  dele- 
gates were  not  very  easy  to  find  and  one  just  had  to  do  with 
whatever  representatives  one  had  at  hand.  But  this  year 
the  situation  has  quite  changed.  No  matter  how  irregular 
your  method  of  travel,  you  will  not  be  admitted  to  this  con- 
vention unless  the  credentials  committee  is  absolutely  satis- 
fied with  the  validity  of  your  papers.  I  imagine  that,  in 
some  cases,  indeed,  as  in  our  own  conventions,  there  are  and 
will  be  rival  delegations  and  contests.  But  in  the  end,  under 
the  wing  of  the  mother  of  the  present  proletarian  revolu- 
tion, will  meet  the  most  impressive  international  gathering, 
in  fact  the  only  really  international  gathering  for  the  dis- 
cussion and  settlement  of  the  rights  of  the  great  masses  of 
laboring,  sweating,  and  toiling  humanity  that  the  world  has 
ever  seen. 

But  all  this  gathering  of  the  proletarian  clans  has  another 
and  more  serious  meaning  for  the  world.  The  Third  Inter- 
nationale of  this  year  marks  a  turning  point  in  the  develop- 
ment of  Soviet  Russia.  I  have  spoken  with  Chicherin, 
with  Radek  and  other  notables  of  the  government.  Until 
now  it  was  hoped  that  Russia  could  obtain  peace  and  a  free 
development  of  all  her  tremendous  forces  without  first  en- 
gaging in  an  offensive  against  the  capitalist  states.  I  asked 
Chicherin  directly  whether  he  considered  it  possible  for  a 
communist  state  like  Russia  to  live  in  peace  and  amicable 
trade  with  the  capitalist  world.  He  stated  emphatically 
that  he  could  see  no  just  impediment  thereto.  He  pointed 
out  that  after  having  cleared  up  the  civil  war  Russia  had 
begun  to  demobilize  and  beat  her  bayonets  into  pruning 
hooks.  He  drew  attention  to  his  government's  offer  of 
peace  to  Poland,  to  Latvia,  to  Finland  and  to  Rumania.  He 
pointed  out  that  despite  the  fact  that  Russia  could  have 


180 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


worked  to  raise  India,  Persia  and  other  colored  dependencies 
against  Britain,  Russia  had,  even  during  the  period  of  the 
Archangel,  Denikin  and  Judenich  interventions,  refrained 
from  using  this  weapon  as  vigorously  as  it  might.  Another 
official  in  the  Foreign  Office  supplemented  this  statement  by 
asserting  that  immediately  after  the  civil  war's  conclusion 
all  Russia's  activities  in  the  Near  and  Far  East  and  India 
hostile  to  Britain  ceased  at  once,  absolutely  and  in  good 
faith.  I  believe  that  both  these  statements  of  Chicherin 
and  other  Soviet  officials  must  be  accepted  as  quite  sincere 
and  true. 

But  now  came  the  Polish  offensive.  Chicherin  quite 
freely  admits,  and  so  does  Radek,  that  Great  Britain  is 
forcing  Russia  into  a  war  d  Voutrance,  a  war  never  desired, 
but  which,  once  commenced,  may  shake  the  British  Empire 
to  its  foundations.  At  the  moment  of  writing,  after  the 
taking  of  Kiev  by  the  Bolsheviki,  it  seems  as  if  the  Russian 
offensive  may  press  through  to  that  tinder-box  of  Eastern 
Galicia,  which,  once  ablaze,  may  ignite  the  whole  of  central 
Europe,  but  certainly  will  run  through  that  heap  of  social, 
political,  and  economic  combustibles  known  as  Poland.  Mem- 
bers of  the  British  delegation,  just  returned  from  the  front 
at  Bobrissof,  tell  me  they  talked  with  numbers  of  Polish 
prisoners,  all  of  whom  swore  they  were  deserters,  that  the 
mass  of  the  Polish  army  was  demoralized,  and  that  they 
would  never  return  to  Poland  to  live. 

Meanwhile  Russian  agents  will  do  everything  in  their 
power  to  raise  the  Near  and  Far  East  against  Britain. 
This  will  not  be  difficult.  Russia  and  England  have  changed 
roles.  Formerly,  at  least  part  of  the  world,  the  Armenians, 
for  instance,  looked  to  Britain  as  the  liberator  and  Russia 
as  the  oppressor.  Now  Russia  has  become  the  hope  of  all 
down-trodden  peoples,  and  Britain  plays  the  part  of  intrigu- 
ing despot.  Only  yesterday  I  had  an  interview  with  the 
Georgian  representatives,  who  had  just  received  a  telegram 
from  their  government  complaining  bitterly  against  the 
landing  in  Batum,  by  the  British,  of  Denikin  bands  and 
soldiery  from  Constantinople.  Georgia  had  here  been  con- 
sidered as  a  "White"  government,  and  hostile  to  Soviet  Rus- 
sia. Now,  naturally,  the  Georgians  are  driven  into  Russia's 
arms.  The  Turkish  Anatolian  Republic,  which  represents 
Turkish  national  aspirations  against  Entente  acquisitive- 
ness, also  recognizes  the  fact  that  Russia  does  not  mean  to 
encroach  on  Anatolia,  and  therefore  places  itself  under  Rus- 
sian protection.  Kemal's  government,  so  Chicherin  told 
me,  actually  ceased  its  attack  on  Armenia  at  the  Soviet  gov- 
ernment's request  and  has  agreed  to  make  peace  with 
Armenia,  the  basis  of  peace  to  be  a  guarantee  by  Turkey 
against  any  further  massacres  and  the  reinstatement  of 
fugitive  Armenian  populations  in  Turkish  Armenia,  all  such 
territory  to  be  joined  with  Russian  and  Persian  Armenia 
to  form  the  Armenian  republic.  Turkish  and  Armenian 
"islands"  of  population  are  to  be  gradually  evacuated  and 
resettled  in  purely  Turkish  and  Armenian  territory.  While 
the  Entente  talked,  and  Armenians  were  being  murdered, 
Russia  stepped  into  the  breach  with  a  sensible  solution. 
Moreover,  to  solve  the  vexed  Constantinople  question  Russia 
proposes  the  only  equitable  remedy — that  the  straits  shall 
be  controlled  by  those  powers  bordering  on  the  Black  Sea, 
Bulgaria,  Rumania,  Russia,  Armenia,  Georgia,  and  Turkey. 
Here  you  have  a  bid  for  the  friendship  of  the  littoral  states. 

In  Persia,  owing  to  the  fact  that  Britain  has  deliberately 
persisted  in  pre-war  policy  long  ago  repudiated  by  the  Soviet 


government,  Russia  is  considered  the  liberator  and  the 
North  Persian  government  has  in  grateful  recognition  cut 
its  dress  after  the  soviet  pattern.  It  is  claimed  here  that 
the  Persian  revolution  was  a  case  of  spontaneous  combustion 
without  even  an  ignition  spark  being  struck  from  the  North. 
In  India  the  Amritsar  revelations  easily  explain  why  Russia 
should  be  considered  the  savior.  I  have  just  this  minute 
talked  with  one  of  the  Indian  delegates,  whom  I  met  in  the 
corridor.  He  knows  some  of  the  people  I  know  in  New 
York  and  has  come  to  swear  allegiance  to  the  Third  Inter- 
nationale. He  will  talk  tonight  at  the  Central  Soviet  Execu- 
tive Committee's  public  meeting  in  the  opera  house.  In 
China  things  are  boiling.  A  Chinese  delegation  may  be  on 
the  way.  The  Korean  position  I  have  already  referred  to. 
The  Japanese  situation  I  leave  for  the  last. 

Now,  with  this  vast  chain  of  good-will  toward  Russia  and 
bad-will  toward  England  already  forged,  it  would  seem  to 
have  been  the  part  of  madness  to  provoke  the  Soviet  gov- 
ernment out  of  a  passive  into  an  active  role.  I  think  now 
the  government's  chiefs  are  quite  convinced  that  they  never 
will  have  peace  until  they  have  thoroughly  frightened  their 
old  arch-enemy.  Cynics  may  say  that  history  always  repeats 
itself  and  that  the  only  outcome  of  the  war  was  to  accentuate 
again  the  old  inevitable  rivalry  between  the  two  greatest 
world  powers.  He  might  say  that  the  war  has  given 
Britain  Africa  and  Syria,  Mesopotamia,  Arabia  and  Con- 
stantinople, and  Russia  Persia  and  most  of  Asia  Minor. 
This  statement  would  be  true  with  considerable  modifica- 
tions. No  doubt  Russia  will  now  support  Kemal's  Turkey, 
and  the  other  new  Near  Eastern  states  in  their  fight  against 
Britain.  Russia  is  also  sending  agents  to  Afghanistan  and 
Baluchistan.  She  has  helped  Djemal  Pasha  to  go  India- 
wards  and  make  trouble.  Enver  is  in  the  Caucasus.  By 
the  time  this  is  published  these  matters  will  no  longer  be 
secret.  Russia  will  use  every  means  to  bring  Britain  to  her 
senses.  But  at  bottom  her  ends  are  defensive.  She  wants 
to  be  let  alone — and  she  will  be  let  alone  or  she  will  rend  the 
man  in  pieces  that  tickles  her  once  too  often  with  a  barbed 
stick.  On  the  other  hand,  she  sincerely  desires,  I  am  con- 
vinced, to  allow  all  the  new  Near  Eastern  republics  to  exist 
as  free  and  independent  nations.  If  they  come  into  her 
orbit,  it  will  be  freely,  owing  to  political  and  economic  sym- 
pathies. I  repeat,  Britain  has  never  faced  so  extraordinary 
a  danger  as  at  the  present  moment.  Russia  does  not  need 
to  send  huge  expeditionary  forces  to  India.  The  inhabitants 
need  only  be  armed  and  provisioned  to  come  rolling  down 
from  the  border  states  to  smash  the  British  Raj — with  the 
help  of  revolting  population  and  troops  in  India  itself.  In 
Mesopotamia  there  are  constant  revolts,  which,  with  a  little 
material  help,  may  serve  to  turn  the  recent  conquerors  out. 
Persia  has  already  commenced  to  shake  off  her  chains. 
England  may  continue  to  hold  isolated  Ireland  in  bondage, 
but  unless  she  takes  a  quick  decision  to  make  peace  with  the 
Soviets,  Asia  will  begin  to  move.  The  Soviet  leaders  are 
convinced  that  hitherto  all  their  peace  overtures  have  been 
received  by  Europe  as  signs  of  weakness.  Therefore  they 
feel  that  this  time  only  "force,  force,  without  stint  or  limit," 
to  borrow  Wilson's  phrase,  will  convince.  They  point  out, 
however,  that  had  Britain  made  peace  a  year  ago  her  posi- 
tion would  have  been  better;  she  would  have  had  Baku  and 
Persia.  The  longer  she  goes  on  delaying,  the  worse  the 
terms  she  will  get.  As  for  the  Poles,  they  will  now  get  the 
boundary  of  Brest-Litovsk,  minus  the  corridor  to  the  sea 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


181 


and  Danzig,  and  minus  Eastern  Galicia,  which,  together 
with  other  regions  occupied  by  Poles,  will  be  given  plebi- 
scites. 

The  situation  of  Russo-Japanese  relations  is  peculiar. 
The  Transbaikal  Republic  was  formed  as  a  buffer  state  to 
keep  Japan  and  Russia  apart.  But  Japan  wag  not  satisfied 
with  the  radical  democracy  of  this  republic  and  tried  to 
establish  a  second  buffer  state  with  the  Pacific  littoral  prov- 
inces, Amur  and  Vladivostok.  But  this  second  republic 
proved  really  Red,  and  moreover  joined  itself  promptly  to 
the  Transbaikal  Republic.  Then  peace  negotiations  opened 
between  the  Transbaikal  Republic  and  Japan.  These 
recently  have  been  broken  off  because  Japan  demanded  that 
the  republic  agree  to  have  no  intercourse  of  any  sort  what- 
soever, political,  commercial,  or  even  by  travel  of  citizens, 
with  Soviet  Russia.  To  insure  performance  a  quarantine 
zone  270  miles  wide  on  the  western  border  of  the  Trans- 
baikal Republic  was  to  be  established,  and  also  the  republic 
was  to  extend  west  to  Irkutsk.  Otherwise  Japanese  troops 
were  not  to  be  withdrawn.  Meanwhile  the  Transbaikal  Re- 
public has  sent  a  telegram  to  the  Japanese  commander-in- 
chief  and  to  the  Japanese  government,  stating  that  Japa- 
nese military  were  sheltering  bands  consisting  of  Kolchak, 
Annenkop,  Kappel,  and  Semenov  bands  which  were  ravaging 
the  country  and  robbing  and  murdering  the  civilian  popu- 
lations.   The  turn  of  the  Japanese  will  come  eventually. 


The  Great  Woolen  Strike 

By  GEORGE  SOULE 

Profiteering  is  a  crime  of  commission;  underproduction  is  a 
crime  of  omission. — Senator  Warren  G.  Harding. 

IN  1912  the  I.  W.  W.  stopped  production  in  Lawrence.  In 
1919  the  workers  again  withdrew  their  labor,  under  the 
leadership  of  the  Amalgamated  Textile  Workers  of  America. 
But  the  strike  of  1920,  the  strike  of  capital  at  the  command 
of  William  M.  Wood,  president  of  the  American  Woolen 
Company,  is  far  more  widespread  and  sinister.  At  a  word, 
fifty-four  mills  throughout  the  Northeastern  States  locked 
their  doors,  throwing  out  of  employment  over  40,000  people 
and  threatening  about  200,000  souls  with  destitution.  These 
mills  cover  seven  hundred  acres  and  have  ten  million  square 
feet  of  floor  space.  They  are  counted  on  the  books  of  the 
owners  as  worth  about  forty-five  million  dollars.  If  we  fig- 
ure the  loss  on  this  idle  investment  at  7  per  cent — an  ab- 
surdly low  rate  considering  the  recent  earnings  of  the  com- 
pany— a  two  months'  shut-down  will  cost  about  $525,000. 
This,  at  the  least,  will  be  passed  on  to  the  public  when  the 
mills  reopen.  In  addition,  there  is  the  tremendous  loss — 
never  to  be  made  up — of  needed  goods. 

In  Lawrence  one  can  still  hear  the  clatter  of  the  Pacific 
and  other  great  mills,  but  the  four  plants  of  the  American 
Woolen  Company  are  dourly  silent.  Knots  of  Italians, 
French  Canadians,  Lithuanians,  Poles,  Syrians,  and  Franco- 
Belgians  gather  on  the  corners  and  loaf  in  the  parks.  Some 
have  found  jobs  in  other  factories,  some  have  gone  out  to 
the  farms,  there  is  a  steady  trickle  back  to  Europe.  But  the 
scale  will  be  balanced,  probably,  by  immigrants  coming  in. 
About  five  thousand  have  lost  their  jobs  in  Lawrence.  For 
awhile  the  merchants  will  give  them  credit.  Few  of  them 
have  savings.  Said  a  young  Italian:  "I  like  dress  up  nice, 
like  anyone ;  I  eat  once  in  a  while  beefsteak,  like  American. 


I  save  nothing.  Some  others  no  care  how  they  look,  eat  all 
time  vegetable  and  spaghetti— they  save  little,  not  much." 
There  are  two  workers'  cooperative  stores  and  two  bakeries. 
"We  give  credit  so  long  we  have  goods,"  said  the  manager. 
"Two-three  weeks,  goods  all  gone,  what  can  do?"  He  ended 
with  an  Italian  shrug.  "I  tell  you  what  trouble,"  argued 
one,  "we  work  too  hard,  produce  too  much."  "Mr.  Wood," 
countered  a  youth  with  superior  scorn,  "he  got  lots  money, 
he  own  mills,  eat  all  he  like.  Working  people  make  shoes, 
clothes,  food,  all  kinda  things  for  him,  no  can  eat.  Some- 
time working  people  own  mills,  make  things  for  themselves." 

It  is  not  only  among  the  workers  that  Mr.  Wood  is  un- 
popular. Nor  only  among  the  purchasers  of  clothing,  either. 
The  wool  growers  cannot  sell  their  clips  at  any  price,  and 
are  on  the  verge  of  despair.  The  merchants  of  Lawrence, 
whom  Mr.  Wood  called  profiteers  not  so  long  ago  when  he 
established  his  company  store,  are  now  threatened  with 
bankruptcy.  The  clothing  manufacturers  and  piece-goods 
jobbers,  angry  at  the  prices  they  have  been  paying,  have 
canceled  their  orders  in  thousands.  His  fellow  textile 
manufacturers  are  annoyed  at  the  tactless  way  in  which  he 
has  called  down  condemnation  on  the  industry  and  has  con- 
fused their  labor  policy.  Even  some  of  his  stockholders  are 
becoming  restive.  Yet  strikers,  as  a  rule,  are  too  hastily 
condemned;  usually  they  have  substantial  grievances.  I 
determined  to  discover,  if  possible,  Mr.  Wood's. 

Perhaps  the  American  Woolen  Company  had  not  been 
making  a  living  wage.  The  financial  authorities  show  that 
the  firm  has  had,  until  this  summer,  $20,000,000  of  com- 
mon stock,  and  $40,000,000  of  7  per  cent  cumulative  pre- 
ferred. In  1917  its  net  profits  were  over  fifteen  and  a  half 
million,  in  1918  over  twelve  million,  in  1919  over  fifteen 
and  a  half  million  again.  It  has  charged  off  large  sums  to 
depreciation,  and  now  has  a  surplus  of  $31,754,426.  Since 
the  war  began,  it  has  earned  as  much  as  the  total  par  value 
of  its  capital  stock — and  it  is  by  no  means  undercapitalized. 
After  deducting  the  preferred  dividends  from  its  1919 
profits,  it  still  had  enough  left  to  have  paid,  if  it  had  wished, 
over  fifty  per  cent  dividends  on  its  common.  That  is  not 
exactly  penury.  Of  course  the  cost  of  living  of  its  idle 
stockholders  may  now  have  risen  so  that  they  must  receive 
more.  No  one  has  yet  compiled  a  minimum  subsistence 
budget  for  a  millionaire's  family.  Polo  ponies,  yachts,  and 
country  estates,  it  is  true,  have  gone  up  frightfully;  gaso- 
line is  high,  and  as  for  servants — !  Yet  Mr.  Wood  has  not 
asked  for  larger  profits.  He  has,  however,  given  several 
intimations  that  he  will  not  accept  less.  On  the  occasion 
of  the  last  15  per  cent  raise  in  wages,  he  was  asked  if  it 
would  be  passed  on  to  the  public.  "Of  course  it  will  be 
passed  on  to  the  public,"  he  is  reported  to  have  answered. 
"What  did  you  think  we  are  going  to  do  with  it?"  The 
company  has  just  issued  about  twenty  million  dollars  more 
of  common  at  par  to  the  present  holders,  and  the  money  is 
not  to  be  used  for  new  investment,  according  to  Mr.  Wood. 
It  amounts  to  a  stock  dividend,  in  expectation  of  a  con- 
tinuation of  present  earnings. 

Can  the  mills  procure  raw  material?  There  is  an  un- 
precedented glut  in  the  raw  wool  market.  Federal  Reserve 
banks  are  advancing  loans  on  Montana  wool  at  only  20 
cents  a  pound,  when,  according  to  estimates  in  the  New 
York  market,  the  wool  should  bring  from  50  to  55  cents 
a  pound — this  price  being  much  lower  than  last  year's. 
Ohio  growers  are  unable  to  dispose  of  their  clip  at  any 
price — even  at  half  what  they  received  a  year  ago.     The 


182 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  287G 


British  Government  is  about  to  raise  the  restrictions  on 
the  purchase  of  Australian  wool. 

Do  the  mills  desire  to  make  a  lower  quality  of  goods, 
then?  That  is  hardly  possible.  Half  a  billion  pounds  of 
shoddy  were  used  last  year — enough,  according  to  the  Na- 
tional Sheep  and  Wool  Bureau  of  America,  to  have  made 
more  than  half  the  "all  wool"  cloth  produced.  This,  while 
a  billion  pounds  of  virgin  wool  was  filling  the  storehouses. 
The  American  Woolen  Company  is  already  largely  engaged 
in  turning  out  the  cheaper  grades  of  goods,  and  has  used 
much  of  the  shoddy. 

Is  this  normally  the  dull  season  for  textiles?  No,  it  is 
normally  the  busy  season.  The  fact  that  the  mills  are  not 
running  will  surely  bring  on  acute  shortage  next  fall. 

Mr.  Wood's  grievances,  by  the  time  all  this  has  come  to 
light,  begin  to  seem  obscure.  Before  pursuing  them  fur- 
ther, we  may  examine  some  of  the  charges  against  him. 
In  search  of  these,  I  called  on  'Mayor  William  P.  White,  of 
Lawrence.  "Welcome  to  our  city,"  was  his  greeting.  Mayor 
White  is  a  large  Irishman  with  a  countenance  the  shape  of 
a  Bartlet  pear.  His  professions  are  horse-trader  and  poli- 
tician. In  1910  he  was  serving  his  first  term,  and  soon 
thereafter  he  served  fourteen  months  in  jail  on  a  charge  of 
grafting.  He  had  previously,  while  milk  inspector,  run 
afoul  of  the  law.  Now  he  is  mayor  again,  "vindicated,"  he 
says,  "by  the  sovereign  will  of  the  people."  "Is  it  true, 
Mr.  Mayor,"  I  asked,  "that  you  said  Mr.  Wood  is  showing 
ingratitude  in  closing  his  mills  now,  because  the  city  spent 
$100,000  in  dealing  with  the  last  strike?"     "Between  $90,- 

000  and  $100,000,"  he  corrected.  "Yes,  I  said  that.  And 
Mr.  Wood  never  contributed  a  cent  of  it,"  he  added,  as  if 
deeply  grieved.  The  Mayor  certainly  deserved  Mr.  Wood's 
gratitude  for  his  treatment  of  the  strikers.  They  were 
clubbed  on  the  streets  and  in  jail;  they  were  not  allowed 
to  stand  on  the  sidewalks  or  parade  or  hold  outdoor  meet- 
ings ;  machine  guns  were  ostentatiously  displayed ;  the  Com- 
missioner of  Public  Safety  "withdrew  the  protection  of  the 
law"  from  the  strikers,  and  one  of  their  leaders  was  im- 
mediately afterwards  abducted  and  nearly  lynched  by  a 
band  of  masked  men.  And  for  all  this  Mr.  Wood  had  not 
paid  a  cent!  Yet  what  are  governments  for,  if  not  to  pre- 
serve law  and  order?  Lest  I  get  the  hospitable  Mayor  into 
trouble,  I  must  add  that  he  confided  to  me  that  Mr.  Wood 
is  really  "all  right,"  but  that  he  sometimes  has  "bad  ad- 
visers." The  Mayor,  after  consulting  unnamed  authority, 
has  just  refused  a  permit  for  a  meeting  by  the  union. 

The  workers  are  tired  of  pretending  Mr.  Wood  is  popu- 
lar. On  several  occasions  they  have  been  taken  out  of  the 
mills  on  full  pay  during  working  hours,  and  mobilized  with 
brass  bands  for  demonstrations  of  welcome,  or  what  not,  for 
Mr.  Wood,  who  has  entered  the  city  with  flowers  strewn 
in  his  path,  for  all  the  world  like  a  little  king  greeting  his 
loyal  subjects.  Recently  they  have  been  invited  to  several 
picnics  at  his  summer  residence.  But  they  insist  they  would 
rather  have  less  cake  and  more  bread.  Mr.  Wood  denies 
their  charge  that  when  the  mills  reopen  it  will  be  at  lower 
wages.  "I've  done  everything  possible  for  my  employees. 
They  have  health  and  sick  benefits.  Working  mothers  have 
been  accorded  the  privilege  of  a  great,  beautiful  nursery 
and  an  ideal  kindergarten.  ...  I  hire  expert  nurses 
for  the  protection  of  my  workers'  health.  .  .  .  My  work- 
ers have  the  benefit  of  every  progressive  endeavor  of  which 

1  have  ever  heard."  Why  should  they  expect  continuous 
employment,  recognition  of  the  union,  freedom  and  power? 


Base  ingratitude,  my  lord!     Mr.  Wood  is  merely  following 
the  example  of  Mr.  Gary  and  Mr.  Rockefeller  and  the  rest. 

How  about  the  American  Woolen  Company  as  a  profiteer? 
The  government  accused  it  of  making  35  per  cent  on  the 
cost  of  production,  and  Mr.  Wood  replied — in  the  press — 
that  he  made  only  12 y2  per  cent.  When  he  came  to  the 
courts,  he  did  not  bring  any  figures,  but  secured  the  quash- 
ing of  the  indictment  on  the  ground  that  cloth  is  not  cloth- 
ing "within  the  meaning  of  the  law."  But  what  is  the 
moral  difference,  anyway,  between  12 y2  and  35  per  cent? 
Just  where  does  the  profit-maker  become  the  profiteer? 
Shouldn't  a  business  firm  make  all  it  can  while  the  making 
is  good,  and  lay  aside  some  for  a  rainy  day? — for  rainy 
days,  even  cloudbursts,  are  likely  to  occur  under  private 
enterprise.  How  can  Mr.  Wood  help  it  if  people  were  will- 
ing to  pay  almost  any  price  for  woolens?  Over  half  his 
production,  to  be  sure,  during  1918  when  he  was  making 
the  twelve-million  profit,  was  of  cloth  for  army  and  navy 
uniforms.  But  it  was  the  government's  privilege  to  set  the 
price.  It  is  absurd,  too,  for  one  arm  of  the  government  to 
give  him  his  profit,  and  then  for  another  arm  to  accuse  him 
of  crime  for  charging  about  the  same  rate  to  the  public. 

That  brings  us  to  Mr.  Wood's  real  grievance.  "The  wil- 
lingness or  ability  of  the  consuming  public  to  keep  on  pur- 
chasing goods  at  present,  or  even  slightly  lower,  prices  is 
beginning  to  be  doubted  by  some  of  the  leading  retailers 
of  the  country,"  writes  the  Standard  Daily  Trade  Service. 
Retailers  therefore  are  not  ordering.  The  men's  clothing 
manufacturers  who  use  the  cheaper  grades  of  woolens — 
which  the  American  Woolen  Company  makes — are  cancel- 
ing their  orders  without  mercy,  shifting  their  responsi-. 
bility  back  upon  the  mills.  Mr.  Wood  might,  if  he  wished, 
go  on  making  staple  goods  in  advance  of  demand,  at  the  risk 
of  some  loss.  That  is  ordinarily  done  in  such  cases  to 
save  the  cost  of  idle  plants.  But  in  this  case  Mr.  Wood 
prefers  not  to  accept  the  risks  of  the  market.  He  has  a  big 
enough  cash  surplus  so  that  he  can  take  the  certain  loss 
of  shutting  down  and  pass  it  on  later  to  the  public,  instead 
of  gambling  on  the  uncertain  loss  of  keeping  open.  "The 
high  cost  of  new  construction  and  equipment,"  writes  a 
broker  in  a  recent  circular,  "will  in  itself  tend  to  restrict 
textile  expansion ;  and  with  the  mills  having  practically  no 
goods  on  hand,  and  making  due  allowance  for  any  possible 
slackening  of  activities,  we  cannot  see  how  the  mills  can 
fail  to  enjoy  prosperity  for  several  years  to  come."  Shut- 
ting down  will  have  the  effect  of  creating  a  shortage  and 
boosting  prices  when  the  demand  rises  again.  That  will 
teach  the  public  a  lesson.  "I  don't  see  why  people  are  kick- 
ing at  high  prices,"  Mr.  Wood  is  reported  to  have  said  not 
long  ago.  "Aren't  they  getting  100  to  125  per  cent  higher 
wages  than  they  used  to  get?"  The  people  should  not  stop 
buying,  thinks  Mr.  Wood.  The  government  should  stop 
talking  about  profiteering.  The  manufacturers  should  stop 
canceling  their  orders.  He  will  prove  to  them  all  that  it 
does  no  good.    That,  in  substance,  is  Mr.  Wood's  grievance. 

Why  should  anyone  expect  him  to  take  the  alternative 
course  of  lowering  prices  enough  so  that  people  will  buy? 
He  doesn't  have  to.  He  is  not  in  business  to  supply  the 
goods  people  need.  He  is  not  there  to  give  jobs  to  workers. 
He  is  there  to  make  money  for  his  stockholders.  He  tries 
to  be  nice  about  it,  but  he  is  sensible  enough  to  stick  to  the 
point.  We  ought  to  stop  whining  about  it,  as  long  as  we 
allow  production  of  necessities  to  be  controlled  entirely  in 
the  interest  of  earnings. 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


183 


When  Farmers  Turn  Politicians 


By  ARTHUR  WARNER 


Bismarck,  North  Dakota 

SINCE  the  organization  in  Chicago  of  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party,  the  question  has  naturally  been  raised  of  the 
extent  to  which  the  rural  population  of  the  country  would 
support  it.  Admittedly,  if  such  support  develops,  it  will 
center  chiefly  in  the  States  of  the  Northwest  where  the 
National  Nonpartisan  League  is  organized  and  farmers 
have  shown  not  only  the  desire  to  break  away  from  the  old 
parties,  but  have  evolved  a  technique  for  doing  it. 

The  official  statement  issued  by  the  League  from  Minne- 
apolis during  the  Farmer-Labor  convention,  and  widely 
heralded  as  a  repudiation  of  it,  was  nothing  of  the  kind. 
It  was  merely  a  reaffirmation  of  what  had  been  said  before 
the  convention.  The  League  is  not  a  party  but  a  movement, 
it  is  concerned  with  state,  and  not  with  national  politics, 
and  since  it  works  through  different  parties  in  different 
States,  it  cannot  indorse  any  national  candidate  without 
changing  its  principles  and  practice.  In  each  State  where 
the  Nonpartisan  League  is  organized,  it  goes  into  the 
primaries  of  the  dominant  party  and  tries  to  capture  them 
for  its  candidates,  except  in  a  few  States  where  conditions 
have  made  it  advisable  to  run  an  independent  ticket.  If, 
for  instance,  the  League  should  indorse  Harding  for  Presi- 
dent, it  would  create  no  trouble  in  North  Dakota,  where 
the  League  controls  the  Republican  organization,  but  it 
would  not  do  in  Montana,  where  the  League  is  trying  to 
capture  the  Democratic  machine. 

It  is  one  of  the  possibilities  of  the  future  that  the  Non- 
partisans will  reorganize  as  a  national  political  party,  fus- 
ing with  the  newly-formed  Farmer-Labor  group.  This  will 
depend  largely  on  the  extent  to  which  individual  members 
of  the  League  support  the  Christensen  ticket  this  year. 
League  members  do  not  consider  that  their  State  affiliation 
with  a  given  party  imposes  any  obligation  upon  them  in- 
dividually to  vote  that  ticket  for  President.  In  North 
Dakota,  for  instance,  it  is  expected  that  Christensen  and 
Hayes  will  be  placed  on  the  ballot  by  a  petition  initiated 
by  League  men — acting  individually  and  unofficially.  It  is 
also  likely  that  the  League  newspapers  will  boost  the  Far- 
mer-Labor ticket;  it  will  certainly  draw  a  large  vote,  and 
may  even  carry  the  State. 

But  the  essential  fact  to  point  out  is,  that  in  the  regions 
of  its  greatest  membership,  the  Nonpartisan  League  is  this 
year  engaged  in  State  campaigns  that  are  absorbing  every 
ounce  of  its  strength,  and  beside  which  the  Presidential 
election  is  regarded  as  a  sideshow.  In  North  Dakota,  the 
one  State  where  the  Nonpartisans  are  in  control  of  the 
administration,  the  League  got  a  jolt  in  the  primaries,  but 
it  proposes  to  make  up  for  this  by  a  complete  victory  on 
Election  Day.  It  is  also  expecting  to  win  Wisconsin  by 
capturing  the  Republican  primaries  on  September  6 — with 
the  aid  of  the  La  Follette  forces — and  hopes  to  get  Montana 
by  carrying  the  Democratic  primaries  on  August  24.  In 
Wisconsin  the  League  will  try  to  nominate  John  J.  Blaine, 
now  attorney-general,  for  the  governorship,  and  will  also 
push  a  candidate  for  Congress  against  Representative  Esch, 
whose  connection  with  the  railroad  law  has  made  him  vul- 
nerable. The  League  candidate  for  governor  in  Montana 
is  B.  K.  Wheeler,  formerly  a  United  States  district  attor- 


ney, who  was  forced  out  of  office  because  of  refusal  to  join 
in  the  hue  and  cry  against  radicals. 

The   Nonpartisan   League   lost   the   recent  primaries    in 
Minnesota,  but  it  gave  the  old  parties  so  close  a  shave  that 
they  are  still  rubbing  their  chins  in  bewilderment.    Whereas 
two  years  ago  it  was  50,000  votes  behind  in  a  total  of  about 
350,000,  this  year  it  was  only  8,000  votes  short  in  a  total 
of  about  258,000.    Two  years  ago  the  League  carried  thirty 
out  of  the  State's  eighty-six  counties;  this  year  it  held  all 
of  its  former  ground  and  added  another  twenty-four  coun- 
ties.   Although  defeated  on  the  State  ticket,  the  Nonparti- 
sans succeeded  in  winning  one  congressional  nomination. 
The  Rev.  O.  J.  Kvale  beat  Representative  Volstead,  but  was 
later  disqualified  by  the  courts  under  the  Corrupt  Practices 
Act  owing  to  a  suggestion  during  the  campaign  that  his 
opponent  was  an  atheist.    While  in  other  quarters  academic 
discussions  are  going  on  in   regard  to  the  possibility  of 
harmonizing    the    differences    between    farmers    and    city 
workers,  so  that  they  can  cooperate  politically,  in  Minne- 
sota the  two  groups  are  already  working  together,  oblivious, 
apparently,  of  the  existence  of  any  differences.    City  work- 
ers  are  organized   as   the   Working   People's   Nonpartisan 
Political  League  which  acts  in  cooperation  with  the  farmers. 
The  North  Dakota  campaign,  however,  is  the  one  that  the 
Nonpartisan  League  regards  as  most  vital,  since  here  is  a 
practical  experiment  that  the  organization  feels  must  be 
maintained  and  developed.     Owing  partly  to  overconfidence 
and  partly  to  what  they  term  their  "double  crosses,"  the 
Nonpartisans  nearly  came  a  cropper  in  the  recent  State 
primary.     It  will  be  recalled  that  in  1918  they  elected  all 
the  State  officers,   except  the  commissioner  of  public  in- 
struction, and  gained  control  of  both  houses  of  the  legisla- 
ture.    Subsequently,  however,  a  number  of  officers  turned 
against    the    League,    notably    the    attorney    general,    the 
secretary  of  state,  and  the  auditor.     The  former  entered 
the  primary  against  Governor  Frazier  and  the  other  two 
contended  for  their  present  offices.     Owing  to  the  fact  that 
these  "double  crosses"  professed  to  favor  the  League  pro- 
gram and  to  object  only  to  its  management,  they  won  a 
good  many  farmer  votes.    Excepting  the  secretary  of  state, 
they  were  defeated,  but  on  the  unofficial  count  the  Leaguers 
also  lost  their  candidate  for  treasurer,  one  of  the  railroad 
commissioners,    the    commissioner    of    public    instruction, 
and  their  nominee  for  the  supreme  court;   besides  which 
they  fell  two  short  of  a  majority  in  the  lower  house  and 
failed    to    renominate    more    than    one    of    their    three 
Representatives  in  Congress.     Governor  Frazier's  majority 
was  only  about  6,000 — less  than   in   1918.     On  the  other 
hand,  the  League  was  notably  successful  in  putting  across 
Dr.  E.  F.  Ladd,  president  of  the  North  Dakota  Agricultural 
College,  for  the  upper  house  of  Congress  in  place  of  Senator 
Gronna.    All  the  losers  in  the  primaries  will  be  nominated 
independently,  and  victory  is  hoped  for  in  November. 

One  gets  the  impression  here  that  the  Nonpartisan 
League  is  100  per  cent  farmer,  but  not  one-half  of  one  per 
cent  hayseed.  Its  leaders  have  not  floundered  in  the  futili- 
ties that  overtake  so  many  reform  parties,  but  have  become 
practical  politicians  of  a  most  adept  sort,  beating  the  hacks 
of  the  old  parties  at  their  own  game. 


184 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


Cantu  in  Baja  California 

By  MARY  AUSTIN 

THE  only  item  of  importance  in  the  Cantu  imbroglio  is 
the  possibility  of  the  provisional  Government  not  being 
able  to  deal  with  it  decisively.  And  the  importance  of  that 
particular  item  is  for  us  rather  than  for  Cantu.  Baja 
California  was  never  a  state,  and  has  scarcely  population 
enough  in  all  its  seven  hundred  and  fifty  miles  of  length 
to  make  a  good-sized  American  town.  Leaving  out  the 
Indians,  who  make  a  good  half  of  the  total,  there  are  per- 
haps twenty-five  thousand.  Of  these  many  are  wastrels, 
refugees,  and  remittance  men.  What  Sydney  was  once  to 
Australia,  Ensenada  Todos  Santos  has  been  to  Mexico. 
Ever  since  the  Revolution  the  Territory  of  Baja  California 
has  been  left  to  run  itself.  Cantu  has  been  its  little  king, 
and  its  army  is  a  remnant  of  pre-revolutionary  days,  made 
up  of  regulars,  convicts,  and  such  volunteers  as  can  be 
brought  to  the  colors  by  lack  of  other  interest. 

For  life  in  Baja  California  outside  of  the  capital  and  the 
border  resort  of  Tia  Juanna  is  about  as  exciting  as  solitary 
confinement.  Imagine  a  backbone  of  nearly  naked  mountain, 
roadless,  rainless,  practically  treeless,  almost  devoid  of 
tillable  land  or  pastures,  thrust  up  between  the  Pacific  swells 
and  a  windy,  treacherous  gulf.  Its  present  source  of  wealth 
is  in  its  waters,  in  fisheries,  lobster  canneries, — the  native 
crayfish  which  sells  as  lobster — in  pearl  shell,  and  in  baroque 
pearls,  and  occasional  pearls  of  high  luster.  There  is  rumor 
of  mineral  wealth  in  the  interior,  but  working  conditions 
are  such  as  to  render  this  a  negligible  prospect  for  several 
generations.  It  is  accessible  from  the  mainland  by  water, 
and  by  a  trail  which  is  called  La  Jornada  del  Muerte — The 
Journey  of  Death. 

To  Mexico  the  Territory  of  Baja  California  is  barely 
self-sustaining,  incapable  of  self-development.  Its  inter- 
national importance  is  considerable.  As  a  coaling  station 
and  a  naval  base  it  has  advantages  that  would  appeal  to 
any  nation  doing  business  in  Pacific  waters  and  the  Orient. 
There  are  already  some  minor  Japanese  and  Chinese  con- 
cessions, and  enough  English  capital  invested  there  to  give 
us  thought,  shoulu  Cantu  succeed  in  detaching  it  from 
Mexico.  Self-determination  for  small  nations  sounds  well 
when  the  nations  are  not  too  small  and  sufficiently  far  away. 
But  a  nation  of  fifty  thousand  people,  half  of  whom  are 
Indians,  contiguous  to  a  rich  and  undefended  coast,  might 
prove  a  serious  embarrassment  to  a  United  States  bent  on 
living  up  to  its  political  professions.  De  la  Huerta  is  dis- 
patching an  army  of  three  thousand  for  the  disciplining  of 
Cantu.  Who  knows  how  loyal  or  how  well  equipped  it  is? 
And  in  any  case  it  is  necessarily  very  far  from  any  base  of 
supplies.  Moreover,  there  is  an  elbow  of  the  Imperial  Val- 
ley irrigation  canal  bent  south  into  Mexico  which  would 
be  the  point  of  attack  for  any  group  resolved  upon  creating 
bad  feeling  along  the  American  border.  It  is  past  question 
that  such  groups  exist. 

Logically  the  peninsula  of  Baja  California  should  be  added 
to  the  United  States.  Once  it  could  have  been  bought  openly 
and  honorably,  and  that  only  a  few  years  ago.  There  was 
a  time  when  -the  revolutionists  saw  their  way  to  financial 
rehabilitation  on  a  basis  that  called  for  nothing  more  than 
dignified,  neighborly  accommodation  from  us.  Such  a  plan 
had  been  well  received  at  the  White  House,  was  even  in  the 


way  of  consummation.  Carried  out  as  the  few  understood 
it,  as  no  statesman  in  the  United  States  did  see  it  clearly 
enough  to  bring  it  to  a  happy  conclusion,  this  should  have 
led  to  the  purchase  of  Baja  California  for  a  sum  that  would 
have  made  all  the  difference  in  the  world  to  the  Mexican 
treasury,  and  would  have  been  inconsiderable  to  us,  for 
what  we  would  have  been  getting.  There  were  at  that  time 
not  above  two  or  three  thousand  people  in  the  Territory  who 
would  have  been  incommoded  by  the  transfer,  and  those  we 
could  have  generously  recompensed.  All  at  once  the  plan 
collapsed.  Wall  Street  is  reported  to  have  breathed  upon 
it,    pocket-short   in    its   vision   as   Wall    Street   always    is. 

What  our  financiers  hoped  for  was  to  have  Mexico  so 
deeply  in  our  debt  that  she  would  be  amenable  to  exploita- 
tion, a  situation  they  have  not  yet  succeeded  in  bringing 
about.  For  this  city  sacrificed  the  opportunity  to  create  a 
neighborly  entente  and  equable  exchange  of  benefits. 

The  one  contention  upon  which  the  Mexican  people  would 
have  had  to  be  satisfied  in  such  a  purchase  was  as  to 
whether  the  holding  of  the  peninsula  by  the  United  States 
could  be  regarded  as  a  menace  or  as  a  friendly  bulwark. 
No  one  who  understands  the  Mexican  people  doubts  that  it 
rested  with  us  to  present  ourselves  in  one  or  the  other  light. 
The  honorable  acquirement  of  Baja  California  by  the  United 
States  might  with  time  and  tact  be  brought  within  the  range 
of  possibility  again.  It  might  be  brought  about  to  put  an 
end  to  the  fear  of  Japanese  concessions  on  the  mainland,  and 
the  shared  water  of  the  Gulf  might  become  a  source  of 
wealth  to  both  nations.  But  unfortunately  our  jingo  press 
and  the  rabid  interventionists  have  put  us  in  the  worst 
possible  position  for  dealing  with  Mexico  over  the  Cantu 
incident.  Nothing  could  be  suggested  that  would  not  cop- 
firm  the  general  Mexican  and  Latin  American  suspicion 
that  our  designs  are  predatory.  There  is  nothing  we  can  do 
that  will  not  reverse  something  of  our  European  position, 
or  make  us  appear  ridiculous  in  our  international  profes- 
sions. In  short,  we  are  in  the  position  toward  Mexico  of 
having  talked  too  much  and  too  soon.  We  should  have  made 
a  better  business  of  it  if  it  had  not  looked  to  us  like  such 
good  "business"  to  keep  Mexico  financially  on  her  knees. 

For  the  present  the  best  that  we  can  do  is  to  make  the 
most  of  preventing  Cantu  from  receiving  arms  from  any 
American  port,  and  hope  that  other  nations  that  have  in- 
terests there,  property,  and  resident  citizens,  will  be  too 
busy  to  avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  we  have  missed. 
In  the  meantime,  it  can  not  be  any  longer  overlooked  that 
the  semi-detached  position  of  Baja  California,  amid  the 
successive  revolutions  of  the  mainland,  must  be  a  constant 
source  of  uneasiness  to  us.  It  would  not  be  altogether  bad 
if  it  caused  us  to  revise  our  whole  attitude  toward  Mexico, 
and  to  consider  the  political  and  economic  pitfalls  into  which 
we  may  be  led  by  a  propagandized  and  wholly  irresponsible 
press. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Henry  G.  Alsberg  has  been  correspondent  for  The  Nation 
in  Europe  for  over  a  year. 

George  Soule  is  an  authority  on  industrial  relations. 

Mary  Austin,  author,  is  a  resident  of  California,  and  con- 
versant with  events  along  our  southwestern  border. 

Robert  M.  Lovett  is  dean  and  professor  of  English  at 
the  University  of  Chicago. 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


185 


The  Trial  of  the  Communists 


By  ROBERT  MORSS  LOVETT 


THE  story  of  the  trial  of  the  twenty  members  of  the 
Communist  Labor  Party  in  Chicago  goes  back  to  the 
split  in  the  Socialist  Party  in  the  summer  of  1919.  At  that 
time  the  Communist  Labor  Party  drew  up  a  constitution 
and  platform  of  which  the  outstanding  features  are  the 
recognition  of  the  principles  of  the  Third  Internationale, 
the  abolition  of  the  present  capitalistic  system  of  produc- 
tion, and  the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  in  an  industrial 
state.  The  means  by  which  this  program  is  to  be  realized 
are  primarily  the  education  and  organization  of  the  workers. 

By  the  term  "revolutionary  industrial  unionism"  is"meant  the 
organization  of  the  workers  into  unions  by  industries  with  a 
revolutionary  aim  and  purpose;  that  is  to  say,  a  purpose  not 
merely  to  defend  or  strengthen  the  status  of  the  workers  as 
wage-earners,  but  to  gain  control  of  industry. 

The  party  does  not  have  much  faith  in  political  action,  ex- 
cept "as  a  means  of  propaganda  and  of  defense." 

The  most  important  means  of  capturing  state  power  for  the 
worker  is  the  action  of  the  masses,  proceeding  from  the  place 
where  the  workers  are  gathered  together — in  the  shops  and  fac- 
tories. It  is  impossible  to  accomplish  this  through  capitalist 
political  machinery,  but  only  by  the  exercise  of  their  united 
economic  power. 

"Revolutionary  aim,"  "capture  of  state  power,"  "the  mass 
action  of  the  workers,"  are  phrases  that  appear  in  the  plat- 
form, but  not  one  word  of  violence.  "A  sober  dragging 
essay  on  political  economy,"  it  was  characterized  by  the 
attorney  for  the  defense.  "No  man  was  even  moved  to  ac- 
tion by  any  such  pamphlet.  It  is  clear  that  it  could  have 
no  such  purpose  and  no  such  effect." 

The  story  of  the  red  raids  initiated  in  wholesale  fashion 
by  the  Department  of  Justice  on  New  Year's  Day,  1920, 
has  been  told  with  exact  documentation  by  the  twelve  law- 
yers acting  under  the  National  Popular  Government  League 
[see  Report  upon  the  Illegal  Practices  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Justice],  and  with  eloquent  denunciation  by 
Judge  Anderson  of  Boston.  One  phase  of  the  matter  that 
has  been  overlooked  is  the  example  set  by  the  Attorney  Gen- 
eral to  State  and  municipal  authorities  throughout  the  coun- 
try. In  Cook  County  the  State's  Attorney,  Mr.  Maclay 
Hoyne,  was  not  satisfied  to  be  a  follower  of  Mr.  Palmer. 
In  the  slang  of  the  day  he  "beat  him  to  it,"  and  there  was 
some  jealousy  on  the  part  of  federal  practitioners  at  the 
size  of  Mr.  Hoyne's  bag,  and  irritation  at  his  lack  of  sports- 
manship in  opening  his  battue  a  day  early.  It  is  generally 
believed— in  fact  it  was  charged  at  the  trial — that  Mr. 
Hoyne's  office  was  in  receipt  of  a  sum  of  $40,000  from  pri- 
vate sources  vaguely  styled  "the  Chamber  of  Commerce" 
or  "the  State  Street  Stores,"  for  the  purpose  of  defraying 
the  expenses  of  his  prosecution  of  "the  Reds."  Such  un- 
warrantable interference  with  the  normal  processes  of  jus- 
tice gave  impulse  to  a  citizens'  movement  for  fair  play  and 
a  square  deal.  Although  bail  was  fixed  at  exorbitant 
amounts,  bonds  were  furnished  generously,  and  when  the 
immediate  resources  of  the  Communist  Labor  Party  proved 
insufficient  to  secure  adequate  legal  advice,  the  amount  lack- 
ing was  underwritten  by  the  American  Freedom  Foundation 
and  others.    The  defense  was  committed  to  Messrs.  Clarence 


S.  Darrow,  W.  S.  Forrest,  and  W.  S.  Cunnea.  The  State's 
attorney's  office  engaged  as  special  prosecutor  Mr.  Frank 
Comerford  who,  having  been  in  or  near  Russia,  is  regarded 
locally  as  an  expert  on  bolshevism.  He  was  assisted  by 
Messrs.  Marvin  Barnhart  and  Lloyd  Heth. 

The  act  under  which  the  indictments  were  brought  is 
the  amendment  to  the  treason  statute,  passed  June  28,  1919. 
It  recites  that  it  is 

unlawful  for  a  person  openly  to  advocate  the  reformation  or 
overthrow  by  violence,  or  any  other  unlawful  means,  of  the 
representative  form  of  government  now  secured  to  the  citizens 
of  the  United  States.  It  is  unlawful  to  organize,  or  aid  in  the 
organization,  or  become  a  member  of  any  society  or  association 
the  object  of  which  is  to  advocate  the  reformation  or  overthrow 
of  the  existing  form  of  government  by  violence  or  other  un- 
lawful means; 

it  is  unlawful  to  be  present  at  a  meeting  of  such  a  society, 
and  to  "display  a  flag  or  other  insignia  symbolizing  or  in- 
tended to  symbolize"  such  change  of  government  by  vio- 
lence. The  whole  case  against  the  members  of  the  Com- 
munist Labor  Party  depended  upon  constructive  advocacy 
of  "violence  or  other  unlawful  means"  implied  in  the  ac- 
ceptance of  the  manifesto  of  the  Third  Internationale,  and 
the  approval  of  mass  action  and  the  general  strike,  as 
exemplified  at  Seattle  and  Winnipeg.  Both  the  Third  In- 
ternationale and  the  Seattle  strike  were  mentioned  in  the 
platform  of  the  party  and  about  them  the  battle  was  waged. 

The  trial  opened  before  Judge  Oscar  Hebel,  of  the  Illinois 
Criminal  Court,  on  May  10.  The  usual  sparring  for  a  jury 
followed.  Nearly  two  months  elapsed,  2,900  talesmen  were 
summoned,  and  1,359  were  examined  before  the  impartial 
twelve  were  discovered. 

At  the  outset  the  judge  ruled  that  the  words  and  acts 
of  the  accused  prior  to  the  formation  of  the  party  would 
be  admissible  as  testimony  showing  intent,  and  this  let 
in  some  wild  words  of  Mr.  William  Bross  Lloyd.  His  co- 
conspirators apparently  had  been  singularly  discreet.  The 
prosecution  waved  before  the  jury  some  posters  advertising 
foreign  journals  which  had  been  displayed  in  Mr.  Proctor's 
book-store,  but  their  bearing  on  the  Communist  Labor  con- 
spiracy to  reform  or  overthrow  the  government  by  violence 
was  doubtful.  Another  ruling  by  the  judge  practically  de- 
termined the  terrain  on  which  the  battle  was  fought.  He 
allowed  the  Seattle  strike  to  be  aired  at  length,  and  this 
was  almost  the  entire  strength  of  the  State's  case.  They 
played  their  trump  card  when  the  ubiquitous  Ole  Hanson 
rehearsed  the  familiar  hero-saga,  the  retelling  of  which,  as 
he  testified,  has  brought  him  $35,000  in  the  last  six  months. 
The  chief  emphasis  of  his  testimony  was  upon  his  own  ex- 
ploits ;  and  his  value  to  the  prosecution  was  considerably  di- 
minished by  James  Duncan,  the  Seattle  labor  leader,  who 
pictured  the  savior  of  society  in  a  different  role,  not  hero, 
but  suppliant  to  the  strike  committee.  "Jim,  Jim,  give  me 
my  lights.  I  don't  care  a  damn  about  the  street  cars,  but 
I  need  the  lights."  If  the  trial  has  no  other  result  it  has 
perhaps  given  an  official  quietus  to  a  silly  myth  that  was 
costing  our  Chambers  of  Commerce  and  Chautauquas 
$60,000  a  year. 


186 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


The  emphasis  on  the  Seattle  strike  was  a  surprise  to  the 
defence,  but  by  good  luck  the  conventions  of  the  Labor 
Party  and  the  Committee  of  Forty-Eight  had  brought  to 
Chicago  several  witnesses  besides  Mr.  Duncan.  Mrs.  Crane 
of  the  Seattle  Federation  of  Women's  Club  and  Mr.  Swen- 
son,  who  had  been  a  member  of  the  Central  Strike  Commit- 
tee, both  testified  to  the  good  order  of  the  city  during  the 
labor  troubles.  The  strike  itself  was  shown  to  be  a  singu- 
larly unanimous  example  of  the  sympathetic  walk-out,  not 
an  attempt  to  replace  representative  government  by  a  local 
soviet;  and  the  prosecution  was  finally  driven  to  admit  the 
high  character  of  the  Seattle  performance. 

The  charge  of  conspiring  to  seek  to  reform  or  overthrow 
the  government  by  violence  then  fell  back  upon  the  Left 
Wing  Manifesto  drawn  up  before  the  organization  of  the 
Communist  Labor  Party,  an  inflammatory  speech  at  Mil- 
waukee by  William  Bross  Lloyd,  delivered  while  Mr.  Lloyd 
was  still  a  Socialist,  and  the  acceptance  of  the  manifesto 
of  the  Third  Internationale,  by  which  mass  action  is  recog- 
nized as  leading  "to  direct  armed  conflict  with  governmental 
machinery."  The  State  contended  also  that  mass  action  was 
covered  by  the  words  "other  unlawful  means."  Judge 
Hebel,  however,  in  his  instructions  asserted  that  "a  general 
strike  conducted  without  violence  is  not  unlawful  if  called 
to  bring  about  by  the  manner  prescribed  (i.  e.,  constitu- 
tionally) a  reformation  or  overthrow  of  the  representative 
form  of  government."  That  the  State  was  seeking  to  throw 
upon  the  defendants  the  responsibility  for  such  incidental 
violence  as  might  arise  from  the  resistance  to  "reformation 
or  overthrow"  by  defenders  of  the  existing  order  was  shown 
by  Attorney  Barnhart,  who  challenged  the  jury  to  say 
whether  they  would  accept  such  a  social  reorganization  as 
the  defendants  proposed  without  force  and  violence. 

The  argument  for  the  defense  made  by  Mr.  Forrest  was 
mainly  devoted  to  the  discrepancy  between  the  law  and  any 
overt  act  on  the  part  of  the  defendants.  Mr.  Darrow  took 
a  bolder  line.  He  justified  the  defendants  in  their  purposes 
and  methods. 

They  adopted  a  platform  which  they  had  as  much  right  to 
adopt  as  the  Epworth  League  had  to  adopt  theirs.  ...  If 
their  platform  would  accomplish  what  they  hoped  it  would  then 
speed  the  day  of  its  adoption.  ...  Is  there  any  reason  why 
the  poor  should  not  control  industry  if  they  can?  Men  have  a 
right  to  carry  on  the  industrial  struggle.  If  the  other  side 
can't  live,  let  them  make  terms.  Unpractical  dreamers — but  we 
don't  send  men  to  the  penitentiary  for  trying  to  help  their 
fellow  men — we  send  them  to  the  insane  asylum. 
He  made  a  bitter  attack  on  the  statute  under  which  the 
action  was  brought, 

Twenty  states  passed  laws  similar  to  this  shortly  after  the 
close  of  the  war,  moved  by  a  common  purpose  and  influenced 
by  a  common  organization.  They  were  passed  because  some 
one  wanted  them  passed.  We  shall  repent  in  sackcloth  and 
ashes  for  the  injustice  we  have  done  to  men  under  these  laws. 

Mr.  Darrow's  pessimism  was  relieved  by  Mr.  Comerford's 
patriotism.  To  him  "these  prophets,  these  historians,  these 
martyrs,  these  dreamers"  were  merely — 
brazen,  ugly,  cowardly  liars.  Prophets,  forsooth!  Did  Christo- 
pher Columbus  venture  across  the  seas  to  destroy  government 
by  force  and  violence?  Martyrs!  Did  Bruno  seek  to  destroy 
government  by  force  and  violence?  Historians!  They  say  the 
world  war  was  a  capitalists'  war;  they  are  liars.  They  say 
American  labor  was  bribed  to  fight  the  war;  they  are  liars. 
There  was  much  "your  country  and  my  country,"  of  the  red 


flag  and  the  stars  and  stripes  in  alternate  exhibition,  of  the 
Haymarket  anarchists,  of  the  assassination  of  McKinley,  of 
the  hypothetical  assassination  of  Wilson,  of  James  Duncan's 
solitary  vote  against  Samuel  Gompers  in  the  American  Fed- 
eration of  Labor  Convention;  much  of  Lincoln  and  Benedict 
Arnold,  of  suffering  Jesus  and  Pontius  Pilate,  and  the  new 
trinity,  Judas,  Marx,  and  Lenin — of  course  Lenin,  because, 
as  Mr.  Comerford  discovered,  "everywhere  the  footprints 
of  the  Russian  Revolution  are  rampant  in  this  conspiracy." 

After  short  consideration  the  jury  found  all  the  defend- 
ants guilty.  Seven  were  sentenced  to  the  penitentiary  from 
one  to  five  years,  and  in  the  case  of  three  a  fine  of  $2,000 
was  added.  The  others  were  sentenced  to  one  year  in  the 
county  jail,  in  two  cases  with  a  fine  of  $1,000. 

The  jury  apparently  shared  Mr.  Comerford's  view.  As 
one  of  the  jurymen  stated  in  the  Daily  News, 

Although  no  evidence  of  overt  acts  was  presented  in  this  case, 
we  were  certain  that  had  the  defendants  carried  their  revolu- 
tionary program  to  its  logical  conclusion,  or  had  it  run  its 
course,  a  state  of  anarchy  would  have  been  brought  about. 
There  would  have  been  confusion  and  chaos.  The  defendants 
would  have  disrupted  the  labor  organizations. 
That  is  to  say,  the  verdict  represented  unanimous  disap- 
proval on  the  part  of  a  typical  American  jury  of  the  opin- 
ions of  the  defendants;  and  inability  to  see  anything  but 
social  evil  in  their  realization.  To  send  them  to  jail  as  a 
penalty  for  advocating  their  views  seems  to  such  a  jury 
natural  and  wise.  Obviously,  in  such  a  state  of  affairs  a 
trial  of  eighty-five  days  is  pure  waste  of  time  on  the  part 
of  everyone  concerned.  The  only  question  at  issue  is  how 
strongly  the  jury  disapproves  of  the  opinions  of  the  accused, 
and  how  far  the  law  allows  it  to  go  in  marking  that  dis- 
approval. The  suggested  procedure  attributed  to  Secretary 
of  State  Langtry  of  Massachusetts  is  far  more  logical.  "If 
I  had  my  way  I  would  take  them  (the  reds)  out  in  the  yard 
every  morning  and  shoot  them,  and  the  next  day  would  have 
a  trial  to  see  whether  or  not  they  were  guilty." 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  Drifter  hopes  to  stroll  along  the  quais  of  the  Seine 
again  before  the  riverside  poplars  cast  another  year's 
catkins,  but  he  long  ago  made  a  mighty  resolve  to  abjure 
Paris  after  his  seventieth  birthday.  Unless,  indeed,  the 
crise  d 'essence  drives  the  taxis  off  the  boulevards.  For  the 
Drifter  is,  frankly,  afraid  of  Paris  taxi-drivers.  They  are 
the  most  reckless,  headlong,  swervy  and  curvy,  unaccount- 
able and  unavoidable  taxi-drivers  in  the  world.  In  them  or 
out  of  them,  Paris  streets  are  unsafe.  The  Drifter  never 
saw  statistics  of  Paris  traffic  accidents,  but  he  has  seen  the 
accidents,  and  he  is  sure  the  statistics  must  be  appalling. 
Even  the  Place  de  la  Concorde,  with  its  tremendous  open 
spaces  where  taxis  sport  about  like  water-striders  on  a  mill- 
pond,  is  guiltless  of  a  traffic  policeman.  So  it  was  with  a 
certain  mild  surprise  that  the  Drifter  read  in  his  Times 
that  the  Special  Deputy  Police  Commissioner  of  New 
York  City  in  charge  of  traffic  was  going  to  Paris  to  study 
traffic  problems  and  methods  of  handling  traffic  in  that  city 
of  the  Drifter's  dreams.  The  only  able  managers  of  traffic 
that  the  Drifter  ever  saw  in  Paris  are  the  head  waiters  who 
steer  Americans  through  the  boulevard  cafes.  He  could  not 
help  wondering  what  traffic  the  Special  Deputy  Police  Com- 
missioner in  charge  of  traffic  would  study. 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


187 


THE  DRIFTER  has  no  stomach  for  revolution.  He  likes 
his  leisure  and  his  books,  and  he  likes  a  slow  and  ample 
meal  with  a  volume  of  Anatole  France  propped  against  the 
cruets.  His  was  no  luxurious  childhood,  but  his  parents  did 
endow  him  with  tastes  which,  he  fears,  could  not  be  gratified 
in  a  period  of  upset  and  epochal  change.  He  is  inclined  to 
believe  in  the  desirability  of  the  revolution  for  his  grandchil- 
dren, but  for  himself  he  would  prefer  to  live  in  the  tropics 
while  the  revolution  shakes  the  temperate  zones  of  this  old 
earth.  The  Drifter  suspects  that  he  would  feel  like  Bertrand 
Russell  and  Russell's  intellectual  friends  if  he  went  to 
Russia.  He  too  has  something  of  philosophical  aloofness, 
and  a  distressing  inability  to  lose  himself  in  enthusiastic 
belief  that  the  face  of  the  world  is  being  altered,  either  by 
wars  or  by  revolutions.  He  also  is  too  much  the  disillusioned 
individualist  of  British  tradition,  and  too  much  a  pacifist,  to 
share  in  the  Russian  readiness  for  sacrifice  on  the  altar  of  a 
future  freedom.  No,  the  Drifter  will  stay  in  America  and 
relish  his  meals  and  his  books,  and  he  hopes  the  coal  crisis 
will  pass.  If  not,  he  will  have  to  buy  wood. 
***** 

STILL,  in  this  faithless  age  when  prohibition  seems  to  be 
the  only  crusade  that  fires  American  hearts,  the  spec- 
tacle of  Communist  faith  does  stir  even  the  Drifter's  chill 
soul.  He  believes  in  religion,  and  the  Communists  are  almost 
the  only  people  of  his  acquaintance  who  have  it.  Like 
Russell,  he  dreads  it,  yet  he  sympathizes  at  least  as  much 
with  Romain  Rolland  who  says : 

These  men  have  faith. 

If  they  did  not  believe  that  their  sacrifice  would  help  and  serve 
the  entire  world,  they  would  not  have  immolated  themselves  for 
two  years  with  such  self-forgetfulness.  This  mystic  revolu- 
tionary feeling,  this  almost  religious  spirit,  this  faith,  this  mystic 
enthusiasm,  has  hitherto  been  only  too  lacking  in  the  peoples  of 
Western  Europe,  particularly  in  the  French  people,  whose  en- 
thusiasm has  been  worn  down  for  a  hundred  and  fifty  years  in 
all  the  revolutions  that  have  been  betrayed  or  have  failed.  Too 
often  revolutionary  agitation  has  confined  itself  to  a  craft  move- 
ment for  an  increase  in  wages;  but  nothing  great  and  nothing 
permanent  can  be  carried  to  success  without  an  intense  aspira- 
tion for  the  common  good,  without  the  victim's  passion  for  the 
future  of  mankind. 

The  Drifter 


To  a  Presidential  Candidate 

By  SEYMOUR  BARNARD 

Tradition's  proud  protagonist,  you  sense 
Insidious  innovation's  propaganda; 
'Tis  yours  to  view  the  progress  of  events 
From  your  red  rocker  on  the  front  veranda. 

The  issues  which  less  seasoned  minds  perplex, 
You  meet  with  prompt  negation,  wise  and  weighty; 
Can  aught  arise  a  populace  to  vex 
Which  was  not  solved  in  classic  eighteen  eighty? 

Bring  back  the  static,  contemplative  man, 
The  restful  role,  the  acquiescence  hearty; 
Assuredly  the  key  to  nature's  plan 
Is  but  the  proper  choosing  of  a  Party. 

Some  decades  since,  the  Perfect  State  began, 
And  laws  of  evolution  were  suspended; 


You  knew  at  once  the  goal  was  reached  by  man, 
And  need  for  further  mental  effort  ended. 

Successive  years  (and  fruitless  ones,  we  know) 
Are  spread  with  real  accomplishments  but  thinly, 
And  lighted  only  by  the  afterglow 
Of  Harrison  and  Morton,  and  McKinley. 

Prometheus  Bound 

By  MAXWELL  ANDERSON 

Here  in  the  voting  booth  I  stand 

And  clench  my  ballot  in  my  hand ; 

This  is  my  weapon  in  distress, 

This  is  my  shield  of  righteousness; 

Today  my  stature  is  as  great 

As  any  .Eastern  potentate, 

And  this,  my  summons,  proudly  given, 

Controls  the  powers  of  hell  and  heaven. 

Prometheus  Bound  has  rent  his  chains 

And  rises,  looming  o'er  the  plains; 

The  lightning  flashes  from  his  eyes, 

Illuming  all  our  tyrannies; 

And  trembling  on  their  paper  thrones 

The  rulers  and  the  priestly  drones 

Lift  arms  and  voices  in  dismay 

Lest  the  storm  wash  them  quite  away! 

So,  stepping  to  the  ballot  box, 

I  vote  for  Harding  or  for  Cox. 

Correspondence 

The  Right  to  Talk  Sedition 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  At  present  I  do  not  want  to  "overthrow  the  government 
by  force  and  violence,"  but  sometimes  I  fear  that  the  disgusting 
cant  of  its  defenders  will  tempt  me  to  the  point  where  I  shall 
not  be  able  to  maintain  my  pacifistic  convictions. 

The  United  States  Government  was  established  "by  force  and 
violence."  It  has  maintained  itself  "by  force  and  violence." 
Not  only  that,  it  has  used  "force  and  violence"  against  smaller 
and  weaker  nations,  notably  Haiti  and  the  Philippines.  By 
"force  and  violence"  it  took  from  Mexico  a  large  part  of  her 
territory.  In  "the  world  war"  it  helped  to  destroy  millions 
of  lives  and  billions  worth  of  property.  "By  force  and  violence" 
it  has  taken  away  the  liberties  of  those  who  disagreed  with  it. 
The  catalogue  of  its  crimes,  done  with  "force  and  violence" 
against  the  peace  and  order  of  protesting  workers  is  too  long 
to  write  down. 

That  those  who  are  committing  these  present,  and  defending 
those  past,  deeds  of  violence  and  cruelty  should  now  profess  to 
be  horrified  and  wail  over  "destruction  of  life  and  property," 
desire  to  kill,  banish  or  imprison  all  who  talk  "force  and  vio- 
lence against  the  government,"  is  enough  to  sicken  a  saint. 

The  foundation  and  structure  of  this  government  provide  for 
its  overthrow  "by  force  and  violence,"  provided  it  does  not  do 
the  things  for  which  it  was  established.  The  Declaration  of 
Independence  is  its  foundation,  the  Constitution,  its  walls.  If 
those  who  are  defending  and  those  who  are  attacking  "our 
institutions"   would   give  more   study   to  these   documents   the 


188 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


discussion  would  be  more  rational.  The  founders  of  this  gov- 
ernment based  it  on  "certain  unalienable  rights"  and  declared 
certain  self-evident  truths,  as  follows: 

"To  secure  these  rights  governments  are  instituted  among 
men,  deriving  their  just  powers  from  the  consent  of  the  gov- 
erned; whenever  any  form  of  government  becomes  destructive 
of  these  ends,  it  is  the  right  of  the  people  to  alter  or  abolish  it 
.  .  .  all  experience  hath  shown,  that  mankind  are  more  dis- 
posed to  suffer,  while  evils  are  sufferable,  than  to  right  them- 
selves by  abolishing  those  forms  to  which  they  are  accustomed. 
But  when  a  long  train  of  abuses  and  usurpations,  pursuing  in- 
variably the  same  object,  evinces  a  design  to  reduce  them  under 
absolute  despotism,  it  is  their  right,  it  is  their  duty,  to  throw 
off  such  government,  and  to  provide  new  guards  for  their  future 
security." 

How  was  this  right  to  be  made  available,  this  duty  to  be 
performed?  How  were  the  people,  as  a  whole,  to  decide  whether 
evils  were  any  longer  sufferable?  How  did  the  framer  and 
signers  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  propose  to  throw 
off  the  British  government?  To  this  latter  question  there  can 
be  but  one  answer :  They  meant  to  do  it  "by  force  and  violence" 
and  they  did  it  that  way.  Even  a  Mitchel  Palmer  has  to  admit 
that;  and  logic  compels  the  further  admission  that  they  de- 
clared the  right  of  those  coming  after  them,  and  also  the  "duty" 
to  do  it  in  the  same  way,  if  necessary.  To  attempt  any  other 
interpretation  is  to  make  those  men  ridiculous. 

As  to  how  the  people  are  to  make  up  their  minds  that  evils 
have  become  insufferable:  certainly  they  cannot  come  to  a  wise 
conclusion  except  by  full  and  free  discussion.  The  builders  of 
the  Government  knew  that;  and  they  knew,  too,  the  tendency 
of  those  in  authority  to  suppress  any  effort  towards  change. 
Therefore  they  wrote  into  the  Constitution, 

"Congress  shall  make  no  law  .  .  .  abridging  freedom  of 
speech  or  of  the  press." 

Could  anything  be  clearer,  or  more  positive  and  inclusive? — 
"NO  law  abridging  freedom  of  speech  or  of  the  press." 

The  crowning  absurdity  of  those  who  profess  to  be  opposed 
to  "force  and  violence"  is  the  denial  of  representative  govern- 
ment. In  one  breath  they  tell  us  that  "all  changes  must  be 
made  in  a  lawful  and  orderly  manner,  through  the  ballot  box," 
and  in  the  next  they  tell  Congressman  Berger  and  five  duly 
elected  New  York  assemblymen  that  they  cannot  take  their 
seats,  although  they  have  been  chosen  therefor  in  the  lawful, 
prescribed  manner,  through  the  ballot  box.  If  that  doesn't  de- 
stroy the  people's  faith  in  a  ballot-box  remedy  what  would? 

Please  notice:  I  have  not  "advocated  the  overthrow  of  the 
government  by  force  and  violence"  nor  in  any  other  way.  But 
/  assert  my  right  to  do  so,  notwithstanding  a  lot  of  hysterical 
statutes  to  the  contrary.  I  have  argued  for  this  right  because 
it  is  the  one  at  present  most  fiercely  attacked;  and  if  that  may 
be  taken  away  so  may  all  our  other  rights. 

Denver,  Colorado,  July  8  Celia  Baldwin 


'  'Third"  Party  Issues 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Mr.  Allen  McCurdy  in  his  article  The  Forty-Eighters' 
Position  appearing  in  the  issue  of  July  31,  says:  "The  Com- 
mittee of  Forty-Eight  failed  to  create  a  new  party  at  Chicago. 
This  failure  was  inevitable;  but  it  was  a  failure  which  revealed 
more  clearly  than  ever  the  need  for  a  new  party." 

The  "new  party"  to  which  Mr.  McCurdy  refers  is  a  "liberal" 
party.  It  is  a  party  that  avoids  both  "reaction"  and  "social- 
ism." It  steers  a  middle  course  between  the  two  old  parties 
which  represent  the  interests  of  "privilege,"  and  the  two  new 
parties  which  represent  the  interests  of  the  workers.  The  new 
party  would  deny  absolutely  the  existence  of  classes.  It  is  to  be 
a  party  of  Americans,  individual  Americans,  "aiming  at  the 
welfare,"  as  Mr.  McCurdy  explains  it,  "of  all  the  people."     Mr. 


McCurdy  is  right  when  he  says  that  "the  Committee  of  Forty- 
Eight  failed  to  create  a  new  party  at  Chicago."  He  is  even 
more  in  accord  with  the  facts  when  he  says  that  "this  failure 
was  inevitable."  But  had  Mr.  McCurdy  either  astute  political 
judgment,  or  even  an  academic  understanding  of  the  social  and 
economic  forces  of  the  present  day,  he  would  have  said  in  con- 
clusion that  "it  was  a  failure  that  revealed  more  clearly  than 
ever  the  inherent  impossibility  of  a  liberal  party  in  America 
today." 

The  failure  of  the  Committee  of  Forty-Eight  to  create  a  new 
party  "aiming  at  the  welfare  of  all  the  people"  is  the  most 
dramatic  sort  of  demonstration  of  the  fact  that  there  is  no  such 
thing  as  "the  welfare  of  all  the  people" — and  that  the  American 
masses  begin  to  understand  it.  The  welfare  of  Mr.  Gary,  Mr. 
Morgan,  and  the  Manufacturers'  Association  can,  by  no  alchemy 
of  liberal  phraseology,  be  converted  into  the  welfare  of  the 
factory  hand,  the  farmer,  the  clerk,  and  the  engineer.  The 
rent  and  the  grocer's  bill  now  vie  with  the  pay  envelop  to  drive 
this  fact  home  to  the  average  man.  There  are  two  classes  in 
America.  Their  shapes  become  more  definite  with  the  passing 
of  months.  Their  social,  economic,  intellectual,  and  political 
interests  are  not  alike.  They  are  diametrically  opposed.  It  is 
the  workers — hand  and  brain — against  the  owners.  As  the  op- 
posing ranks  take  shape,  the  issue  clears.  As  the  issue  clears, 
to  dodge  it  becomes  more  difficult — and,  as  the  debacle  of  the 
Forty-Eighters  shows,  more  dangerous. 

New  York  City,  August  5  Evans  Clark 


'  'Christensen'  s  Convention' ' 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  After  an  absence  of  several  weeks  I  have  just  seen  in 
print  my  article  on  "Christensen's  Convention"  in  the  issue  of 
July  24.  This  article  was  sent  by  telegraph,  in  order  to  save 
time,  and  my  coeditors,  with  more  confidence  in  me  and  the 
telegraph  company  than  the  facts  warranted,  printed  it  virtually 
as  received.  One  slip  ought  to  be  corrected.  I  did  not  write 
"the  essential  fact  of  policy  was  the  victory  of  radicalism  over 
bolshevism."  There  was  no  bolshevism  visible.  The  sentence 
should  have  read  "the  essential  fact  of  policy  was  the  victory  of 
radicalism  over  liberalism." 

New  York,  August  U  Arthur  Warner 


Bertrand  Russell  Self-Revised 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  a  footnote  to  one  of  his  articles  on  Russia  printed 
in  the  London  Nation,  July  24,  Mr.  Bertrand  Russell  offers  the 
following  correction  to  his  remarks  upon  the  health  of  Maxim 
Gorky  and  the  state  of  art  in  Russia  which  were  contained  in 
the  concluding  paragraph  of  the  article  published  in  the  New 
York  Nation,  July  31: 

"Inadvertantly  the  last  sentence  of  my  article  last  week  gave 
an  impression  which  I  did  not  intend,  namely,  that  the  Soviet 
Government  is  indifferent  or  hostile  to  art.  This  is  not  the  case ; 
it  is  more  friendly  to  art  than  our  own  Government.  What  I 
meant  to  suggest  was  that  the  mental  atmosphere  is  one  in 
which  it  is  difficult  for  art  to  flourish,  but  I  did  not  mean  that 
artists  are  ill-treated." 

The  correction  is  important.  The  passage  in  question  cer- 
tainly gave  an  impression  quite  the  reverse  of  that  which  the 
author  now  explains  he  intended.  One  wonders  whether,  after 
further  careful  re-reading  of  his  articles,  Mr.  Russell  will  not 
find  several  other  equally  misleading  inadvertancies  which  he 
will  desire  to  correct.  A  few  more  revisions  of  this  sort  would 
have  made  these  articles  totally  unfit  for  such  gleeful  exploita- 
tion by  the  capitalist  press  of  two  continents. 

New  York  City,  August  U  Kenneth  Durant 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


189 


Books 

The  Fruits  of  the  Frontier 

The  Ordeal  of  Mark  Twain.   By  Van  Wyck  Brooks.    E.  P.  Dut- 
ton  and  Company. 

THE  American  frontier  used  to  be  the  hero  in  the  national 
drama:  it  faced  the  dangers  and  fought  the  battles  and 
endowed  the  settlements  with  the  material  for  tales  and  bal- 
lads. This  was  in  the  rousing  days  of  Fenimore  Cooper.  Then 
the  frontier,  under  the  investigations  of  Professor  Turner,  was 
found  out  to  be  the  nation's  elder  brother:  being  first  sent  out 
from  home  to  seek  a  fortune  it  acquired  new  qualities  in  the 
tough  school  of  adversity  and  later  taught  them  so  thoroughly 
to  its  safer  kin  that  the  entire  nation  was  colored  with  them. 
Mr.  Van  Wyck  Brooks  makes  the  frontier  the  villain  of  the 
story:  it  bred,  he  charges,  careless  thinking,  loud  talking,  con- 
ventional living,  unconcern  for  truth  or  beauty,  over-concern 
for  wealth  and  visble  success,  scorn  for  art,  and  worship  of 
laughter.  Perhaps,  Mr.  Brooks  admits,  "after  the  disillusion- 
ments  of  the  present  epoch,  that  myth  [of  America's  manifest 
destiny  and  the  glory  of  the  frontier]  will  prove  to  have  a 
certain  beautiful  residuum  of  truth";  but  for  the  moment  his 
interest  is  to  expose  the  ugly  side  of  the  frontier  as  it  is  re- 
flected in  one  of  its  most  brilliant  and  tragic  products.  Mark 
Twain,  by  Mr.  Brooks's  record,  grew  up  in  the  deadest  and 
driest  of  all  the  frontier  regions— the  Middle  West  of  the  for- 
ties and  fifties;  he  was  further  shaped  by  the  noisiest  of  them 
all — the  Far  West  of  the  mining- fever  days;  with  the  stigmata 
of  these  experiences  upon  him,  he  spent  his  remaining  years 
in  an  environment — and  in  a  personal  and  domestic  atmosphere 
— which  never  let  him  outgrow  the  frontier.  He  who  loved  the 
truth  had  so  little  chance  to  know  about  it  that  he  was  always 
mistaking  academic  platitudes  in  metaphysics  or  ethics  for 
terrific  discoveries.  He  who  loved  beauty  had  so  little  chance 
to  hear  about  it  and  the  part  it  plays  in  richer  human  lives 
that  he  was  always  half  afraid  to  do  more  than  laugh  at  it, 
as  boys  laugh  at  love  though  they  may  be  shaken  by  its  im- 
pulses. He  who  might  have  been  a  great  satirist  contented  him- 
self with  being  a  humorist,  a  mere  fun-maker,  an  encourager 
of  national  complacency,  a  ridiculer  of  idealists  as  well  as  idlers, 
of  poets  as  well  as  fools,  of  unsuccessful  saints  as  well  as  un- 
successful sinners.  Since  nature  had  meant  him  to  be  so  much 
more  than  he  became,  he  could  become  what  he  did  only  through 
the  repression  of  instincts  which  of  course  took  their  revenges; 
bitterness  and  pessimism  were  the  natural  penalties  he  paid, 
as  a  thoughtful  man,  for  the  cheerful  optimism  which  his  public 
expected  and  which  he  usually  gave  it. 

This  "Ordeal"  is  so  brilliant  a  book  and  comes  so  near  the 
truth  in  its  general  outlines  that  it  seems  almost  an  excess  of 
seriousness  to  point  out  certain  excesses  of  seriousness  into 
which  Mr.  Brooks  has  been  carried  by  his  ardor  for  the  dignity 
of  the  literary  profession.  But  it  should  be  pointed  out  that 
his  criticism  is  very  far  from  being  disinterested.  Mr.  Brooks 
belongs  with  those  writers  of  the  Youngest  America  who  fight 
all  the  stodgy  orthodoxies  with  a  zeal  not  unlike  that  which 
formerly  won  them  their  vested  seats.  In  expounding  the  limi- 
tations of  Mark  Twain  his  critic  is  here  meaning  to  do  a  great 
deal  more  than  that.  He  means  to  bring  an  adequate  indict- 
ment against  the  sort  of  society  which  discourages  and  re- 
presses a  man  of  genius.  What  sort  of  man  of  genius?  Well, 
that  sort  whose  creative  urge  moves  with  the  sure  march  of  a 
god's,  and  whose  brain  conceives  and  whose  hands  execute  as  a 
god's  might  do;  one  who  is  as  confident  of  the  authenticity  and 
authority  of  his  vision  as  Joan  of  Arc  was  of  her  Voices;  one 
whom  no  punishment  can  deter  and  no  agonies  deflect.  Just 
how  far  such  a  man  can  be  held  responsible  for  his  career 
Mr.  Brooks  does  not  attempt  to  say;  but  he  divides  the  respon- 
sibility for  Mark  Twain's  failure  between  the  man  and  his  fron- 


tier environment — to  Mr.  Brooks  all  America  is  one  frontier — 
in  a  proportion  which  lays  the  blame  overwhelmingly  upon 
American  society.  "As  we  can  see  now,"  he  says,  "a  vast  un- 
conscious conspiracy  actuated  all  America  against  the  creative 
spirit."  Lacking  order  and  art  and  intellectual  seriousness  or 
humility  in  itself,  the  United  States  could  not  impart  them  to 
its  son.  A  superhuman  genius  might  have  dispensed  with  them 
in  his  environment.  Mark  Twain  was  not  a  superhuman  genius. 
He  therefore  had  to  follow  instead  of  leading  his  nation. 

This  is  to  say,  in  effect,  that  the  United  States  is  to  blame 
for  not  making  a  better  leader  out  of  Mark  Twain  than  it  did; 
for  not  making  him,  in  other  words,  in  better  than  its  own  image, 
so  he  could  lead  the  country  to  something  better  still.  But 
is  there  not  something  indispensable,  or  at  least  something 
very  valuable,  in  the  fact  that  Mark  Twain  was  created  so 
nearly  in  the  image  of  his  age  as  he  was?  Mr.  Brooks,  subtle, 
compact,  a  never-languid  lover  of  art  and  the  intellect,  is  ap- 
palled at  the  waste  of  material  in  Mark  Twain,  seeing  there 
so  much  gift  and  apparently  so  little  of  it  made  up  into  perma- 
nent form  or  even  turned  to  immediate  social  use.  A  more 
subtle,  more  compact,  more  beauty-loving  community  would 
doubtless  have  done  something  very  different  by  Mark  Twain, 
and  in  such  a  community  he  would  have  done  something  very 
different  with  his  genius.  If  he  had  been  more  of  an  artist, 
however,  he  might  not  have  been  so  magnificent  a  document. 
If  his  age  had  disciplined  him  it  might  not  so  stupendously 
have  released  him  upon  the  world  with  all  his  uproarious  if 
unknit  laughter,  and  all  his  great  gushes  of  tenderness,  and  his 
thundering  rages,  and  his  profanity  and  obscenity  and  blas- 
phemy held  tolerably  in  check  but  still  furnishing  fuel.  Perhaps 
it  is  doing  an  injustice  to  Mr.  Brooks  to  say  so,  but  his  book 
does  not  give  the  impression  that  he  has  ever  read  Mark  Twain 
with  that  robust  gusto  which  is  as  truly  a  form  of  criticism 
as  more  scrupulous,  more  acrid  examinations — the  gusto  which 
keeps  Dickens  alive,  the  mirror  of  a  valid  world,  against  those 
rational  judgments  which  with  such  good  arguments  express 
their  preference  for  Voltaire  or  Racine.  This  gusto  is  a  pre- 
cious tribute  to  vitality,  and  Mark  Twain  in  at  least  half  a 
dozen  out  of  his  twenty  or  so  volumes  continues  to  collect  it. 
No  larger  a  proportion  of  Voltaire  has  survived. 

If  only  Mr.  Brooks  were  willing  to  lay  a  little  more  stress 
upon  the  tragedy  and  a  little  less  upon  the  guilt  of  his  offend- 
ing author  and  nation!  It  was  a  tragic  matter  for  Mark  Twain 
that  he  had  no  finer  schooling  and  no  wider  and  firmer  horizon 
than  he  had;  it  was  for  the  United  States  a  tragic  matter  that 
it  so  long  had  to  go,  and,  indeed,  still  has  to  go  so  much,  with- 
out the  guidance  of  national  voices  speaking  knowledge  and 
shrewdness  with  beauty  and  power.  As  to  guilt,  that  is  not  so 
easy  to  assess.  Is  it  after  all  the  prime  business  of  a  nation  or 
a  period  to  beget  men  of  letters?  Is  failure  to  do  so  as  sure  a 
sign  of  total  failure  as  this  book  contends?  If  the  frontier  is 
to  be  judged  by  its  influence  upon  Mark  Twain  and  his  develop- 
ment, why  not  credit  it  with  some  of  the  qualities  which  made 
him  immense  in  his  species  as  well  as  charge  it  with  its  inability 
and  unwillingness  to  lift  him  to  a  different  species?  When  all 
has  been  said  about  the  year's  most  fascinating  volume  of  Ameri- 
can criticism,  there  is  still  to  be  said  that  it  is  polemic. 

C.  V.  D. 


One  More  Mr.  Wilson 

Woodrow  Wilson  and  His  Work.    By  W.  E.  Dodd.    Doubleday, 
Page  and  Company. 

NOBODY  expects  a  high  measure  of  impartiality  in  political 
biography,  especially  during  the  lifetime  of  the  subject. 
Even  a  professor  of  history,  writing  of  a  great  party  leader  in 
an  election  atmosphere,  cannot  expect  to  be  taken  in  any  other 
light  than  that  of  an  expert  partisan.  Mr.  Wilson's  career  is 
certainly  a  tempting  challenge  to  this  order  of  expertism,  and 


190 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


it  is  fair  to  admit  that  Mr.  Dodd  does  his  work  with  knowledge, 
skill,  and  an  independent  judgment  in  details,  sufficient  to  per- 
suade readers  that  his  wholehearted  defense  of  the  President's 
war  and  peace  conduct  proceeds  from  a  genuine  conviction  of  its 
high  principles.  In  a  series  of  informing  chapters  dealing  with 
the  austere  upbringing,  the  struggle  for  knowledge,  and  the 
difficult  career  of  an  academic  reformer,  he  brings  out  the  stub- 
bornness of  will,  the  large  vision,  and  the  passionate  certainty 
which  are  the  essentials  of  a  practical  idealist. 

But  all  this  factual  information  only  serves  to  deepen  our 
sense  of  mystery  at  the  critical  moments  when  the  idealism  is 
tested.  And  there  are  several  such  moments  during  these  years 
of  trial.  Mr.  Wilson  is  delineated  as  a  great  liberal.  Now  lib- 
eralism means  in  the  first  place  freedom  to  know  and  to  say, 
with  the  tongue  or  pen,  not  what  is  popular  or  convenient,  or 
even  what  is  patriotic,  but  what  one  holds  to  be  true.  A  liberal 
will  always  believe  that  this  practice  is  for  the  good  of  his  coun- 
try. But  Mr.  Dodd,  admitting  that  Mr.  Wilson  in  his  repressive 
legislation  violated  the  Constitution  and  ignored  "the  spirit  of 
the  older  American  ideals"  (p.  224),  condones  the  action,  adduc- 
ing first,  state-necessity  (the  Prussian  plea  for  invading  Bel- 
gium!), and  second,  the  evil  precedent  set  by  Lincoln  in  the 
Civil  War.  He  actually  commends  Mr.  Wilson  for  securing 
unconstitutional  laws  to  cover  acts  which  Lincoln  did  illegally! 
And  then  he  adds  that  "To  the  end  of  the  war  with  Germany 
he  insisted  upon  mild  punishments."  Does  Mr.  Dodd  really  count 
ten  or  twenty  years'  imprisonment  for  the  utterances  of  sincere 
convictions  a  mild  punishment? 

Secondly,  the  record  shows  Mr.  Wilson  up  to  1917  essentially  a 
pacifist,  and  assailed  as  such.  There  is  nothing  in  the  external 
evidence  to  explain  his  swift  plunge  into  militarism.  His  "too 
proud  to  fight"  maxim  was  repeated  after  the  Lusitania  inci- 
dent. There  is  no  evidence  that  the  people  who  had  elected  him 
in  the  previous  fall  because  he  had  "kept  us  out"  wanted  to  go 
in  until  Mr.  Wilson  made  them  want.  Why  did  he?  What  was 
the  rapid  conversion  which  it  is  commonly  supposed  Mr.  Wilson 
underwent  in  the  winter  of  1916-1917?  No  light  is  here  thrown 
upon  Mr.  Wilson's  abandonment  of  the  sound  principle,  "only 
a  peace  between  equals,"  now  so  amply  justified  by  the  disas- 
trous sequel  of  a  victorious  peace. 

Thirdly,  Mr.  Wilson  posed  as  champion  of  democracy,  and 
only  fought  to  make  the  world  safe  for  it.  Over  and  over  again 
he  insisted  that  "we  are  not  the  enemies  of  the  German  people" 
— "they  did  not  originate  or  desire  this  hideous  war."  Yet  he 
set  his  hand  to  a  Peace  which  is  fatal  both  to  safety  and  democ- 
racy, which  treated  the  German  people  as  permanent  enemies, 
and  which  violated  all  the  essentials  of  his  Fourteen  Points. 
Here  we  come  to  the  most  critical  of  all  tests  for  our  idealist. 
Mr.  Dodd  does  his  best.  With  great  skill  he  marshalls  the  hos- 
tile forces  which  confronted  the  President  in  his  own  country, 
evading  the  issue  of  the  President's  responsibility  for  this  hos- 
tility, and  defending  the  appeal  to  party  in  the  fall  elections  of 
1918.  He  shows  us  Mr.  Wilson,  the  lone  idealist  at  Paris, 
deserted  by  his  countrymen  and  caught  in  the  foils  of  an  unpre- 
paredness  which  placed  him  at  the  mercy  of  the  superior  expert- 
ism  of  European  statesmen  and  obliged  him  to  discuss  their 
drafts  not  only  of  the  Peace  Terms  but  even  of  the  League  of 
which  he  was  the  reputed  father.  He  does  not  explain  why  Mr. 
Wilson  was  so  unprepared  for  4;he  end  of  hostilities.  There  was 
a  widespread  belief  at  any  rate  in  Europe  that  the  war  would 
collapse  in  the  winter  of  1918. 

Mr.  Dodd  appears  more  conscious  of  the  failure  of  Mr.  Wilson 
at  Paris  than  his  hero  himself.  But  he  contends  that  this  failure 
was  a  yielding  to  force  majeure  and  therefore  inevitable  and 
innocent.  Here  is  the  precise  issue.  The  authority  of  conscience, 
of  accepted  ideals,  recognizes  no  force  majeure.  We  are  shown 
Mr.  Wilson  yielding  first  on  "Open  Covenants,"  next  on  "Free- 
dom of  the  Seas,"  and  then  on  other  points  of  principle,  until  he 
puts  his  pen  to  a  document  which  has  made  a  scrap  of  paper  of 
his  Fourteen  Points.     How  could  he  do  it?     Over  this  crucial 


issue  Mr.  Dodd  commits  a  grave  error  of  omission.  He  does, 
indeed,  make  a  passing  allusion  to  the  violation  of  the  terms  of 
the  armistice  in  the  terms  of  the  peace.  But  he  fails  to  bring 
out  the  central  fact  of  the  great  perfidy,  a  fact  which  not  one  in 
a  hundred  of  the  people  of  England  or  America  appears  to  know, 
that  the  Fourteen  Points  of  Mr.  Wilson  were  formally  adopted 
by  the  Allies  and  offered  to  Germany  as  an  inducement  to  sur- 
render, and  that  this  inducement  succeeded  in  its  object.  How 
then  could  Mr.  Wilson  bring  himself  to  a  betrayal  so  peculiarly 
his?  It  was  perhaps  not  to  be  expected  that  his  biographer 
should  grapple  closely  with  this  moral  issue.  But  with  a  curious 
felicity  he  does  set  forth  the  course  of  conduct  which  a  staunch 
idealist  would  have  taken.  "Wilson  had  at  that  time  three 
sources  of  influence:  he  could  refuse,  as  President  of  the  United 
States,  to  accept  the  treaty  when  finished ;  he  could  cease  approv- 
ing the  grants  of  hundreds  of  millions  of  credit  to  European 
governments;  and  he  could  announce  that,  in  his  opinion,  the 
moral  forces  of  the  world  should  not  approve  the  proposed  set- 
tlement." Mr.  Dodd  appears  to  regard  these  three  courses  as 
alternatives,  and  affects  to  show  how  impossible  each  was. 

But  if  our  idealist  had  taken  all  three  courses,  the  practical 
force  of  his  position  might  have  shaken  even  Paris  and  brought 
the  greedy  gamblers  to  their  knees.  Had  it  failed  for  the  mo- 
ment, it  could  hardly  have  worsened  the  terms  of  peace;  and  it 
would  have  enabled  Mr.  Wilson  to  make  that  appeal  to  "the 
moral  forces  of  the  world"  which  he  can  never  make  again. 
Our  author  sees  Mr.  Wilson  as  a  man  who  has  made  a  great 
sacrifice  for  the  internationalism  of  a  League  of  Nations.  But 
by  insisting  on  the  incorporation  of  the  Covenant  in  the  Peace 
Terms,  Mr.  Wilson  poisoned  his  offspring  at  its  birth  with  the 
war  spirit  which  animates  the  structure  and  the  functions  of 
this  partial  League  of  European  Foreign  Offices.  Had  Mr. 
Wilson  had  the  honesty  and  courage  to  recognize  that  he  was 
beaten  at  Paris,  he  would  have  withdrawn  intact  his  idealist 
forces  and  lived  to  fight  another  day.  Instead  of  which  he  has" 
made  the  very  name  of  idealism  a  term  of  derision. 

J.  A.  Hobson 


Far  Away  and  Long  Ago 

Pic  The  Weapon-Maker.    By  George  Langford.    Introduction  by 

Henry  Fairfield  Osborn.  Boni  and  Liveright. 
The  Tour.  A  Story  of  Ancient  Egypt.  By  Louis  Couperus. 
Translated  from  the  Dutch  by  A.  Teixeira  de  Mattos.  Dodd, 
Mead  and  Company. 
The  Outlaw.  By  Maurice  Hewlett.  Dodd,  Mead  and  Company. 
The  Light  Heart.  By  Maurice  Hewlett.  Henry  Holt  and  Com- 
pany. 
THE  art  of  fiction,  though  more  rarely  than  at  other  periodSj 
continues  to  illustrate  the  pageants  and  passions  of  the  past. 
And  since  both  anthropology  and  archaeology  have  been  busy 
gathering  new  facts  and  opening  new  vistas,  the  novelist  may 
proceed  to  a  new  imaginative  reconstruction  of  history.  He  may 
begin,  as  Mr.  Langford  does,  at  far  remoter  epochs  than  his 
predecessors  and  bring  home  to  the  mind  the  vision  he  has  drawn 
quite  literally  from  stocks  and  stones.  Mr.  Langford  tells  a  tale 
of  a  Mousterian  youth  who  meets  the  Neanderthal  man,  forms 
a  friendship  with  the  Mammoth  and  the  Woolly  Rhinoceros, 
smokes  the  Cave  Lion  out  of  his  lair,  rediscovers  the  art  of 
finishing  flint  weapons  with  a  utensil  of  bone,  and  in  the  last 
scene  illustrates  the  bearing  of  the  length  of  human  infancy  on 
the  process  of  civilization.  The  story  is  necessarily  schematic, 
since  the  ascertained  facts  are  few  and  Mr.  Langford  could  dis- 
pense with  none.  A  more  troublesome  fault  is  the  author's 
imaginative  cocksureness.  A  higher  degree  of  vagueness  would 
actually  have  yielded  an  impression  of  greater  exactness  here. 
The  estimable  sentiments  of  the  hoofed  and  horned  beasts  are 
reported  with  a  fulness  that  stirs  the  mind  to  resistance.  But 
where  all  is  dark  and  chaotic,  much  must  be  forgiven  to  the 


i 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


191 


first  imaginative  explorers.  It  is  certain  that  Mr.  Langford's 
book  will  fruitfully  awaken  the  interest  of  the  young  in  the 
remote  past  of  the  race,  nor  will  maturer  minds  read  it  without 
some  fresh  light  on  dim  places. 

Louis  Couperus  has  turned  his  attention  to  the  Egypt  of  the 
age  of  Tiberius.  A  dazzling  commercial  civilization  had  in- 
vaded the  ancient  land  whose  gigantic  shrines  and  temples  were 
slowly  sinking  back  into  the  sands  of  the  desert.  To  make  clear 
this  contrast  with  all  it  involved,  Couperus  describes  the  tour  of 
a  young  Roman  patrician  who,  strangely  bereft  of  one  he 
loved,  goes  to  the  oracles  and  the  wise  men  of  Egypt  in  search 
of  knowledge  and  consolation.  The  Dutch  novelist  has  woven 
into  his  narrative  all  that  communicates  a  strong  sense  of  the 
modernity  of  the  ripe  civilization  of  the  Graeco-Roman  world 
as  it  appeared  at  Alexandria— the  great  reflectors  that  flashed 
searchlights  over  the  harbor,  the  diversorium  that  entertained 
guests  from  the  ends  of  the  earth,  the  various  guide-books 
from  which  the  wise  Thrasyllus  strove  to  gain  a  knowledge  of 
the  country  in  which  he  was  traveling.  And  then  Couperus 
conducts  his  company  to  Memphis,  to  the  Pyramids,  to  the  veiled 
statue  of  Isis  at  Sais,  and  at  last  to  the  great  shrine  and  oasis 
of  Ammon.  Lucius  the  Roman  seeks  a  mystic  wisdom,  and  all 
he  learns  even  at  this  "ultimate  outpost"  and  most  ancient 
source  of  human  wisdom  is  a  whispered  word  concerning  the 
tragical  solitariness  and  necessary  self-dependence  of  man. 

The  art  of  Couperus  is  extraordinarily  firm  and  certain  of 
touch.  His  mind  has  a  beautiful  lucidity.  This  book,  even  more 
perhaps  than  the  stories  that  deal  with  his  Dutch  contempo- 
raries, exhibits  his  frugal  ease  and  grace,  the  strength  and 
delicacy  of  his  execution,  the  conscious  but  always  finely  re- 
strained melodic  structure  of  his  prose.  It  is  highly  to  the  credit 
of  Mr.  Teixeira  de  Mattos  that  the  latter  quality  of  the  art  of 
Couperus  is  still  quite  vivid  in  the  English  version.  It  is 
fortunate,  too,  since  one  must  desire  a  wide  circulation  for  the 
books  of  this  Dutch  master.  We  get  novels  of  greater  variety 
and  sharpness  that  by  their  very  looseness  of  structure  and 
tentativeness  of  method  are  more  satisfying  to  the  mind  as 
vicarious  expressions  of  its  troubled  and  immediate  life.  To 
these  the  grave  and  ordered  beauty  of  Couperus  provides  an 
admirable  complement.  Not  that  he  lacks  subtlety  or,  even  in 
this  story  of  ancient  Egypt,  spiritual  timeliness.  But  he  is 
always  concerned  with  the  problem  of  beautiful  form,  with 
the  novel  as  striving  to  achieve  a  harmony  and  perfection  of 
its  own  as  a  finely  organized  and  very  individual  expression 
of  the  artist's  sense  of  the  values  of  life. 

Mr.  Maurice  Hewlett  is  rapidly  continuing  his  series  of  Sagas 
retold  from  the  Origines  Islandicae.  These  books  represent  a 
curious  change  in  his  busy  career.  It  is  as  though,  within  him- 
self, there  had  taken  place  a  reaction  against  the  fevered 
beauty  of  his  earlier  manner  and  the  florid  medievalism  of  the 
books  that  made  him  famous.  He  has  withdrawn  to  a  remoter 
and  a  colder  age;  he  has  abandoned  the  hot,  bright  meadows  of 
France  and  Italy  for  the  gaunt  cliffs  and  dark  seas  of  Iceland 
and  the  Scandinavian  coasts.  And  this  reaction  in  Mr.  Hewlett's 
mind  is  interesting  in  that  it  corresponds,  of  course,  to  a  re- 
action and  a  change  that  has  taken  place  in  the  larger  world  of 
literature.  It  is  not  ordinarily  realized  how  far  we  have  traveled 
from  the  preciosity  both  of  vision  and  speech  that  was  admired 
during  the  last  decade  of  the  nineteenth  and  well  into  the  first 
decade  of  the  twentieth  century.  Both  those  "roses  and  raptures" 
and  those  "lilies  and  languors"  are  gone.  Style  has  become 
spare,  stripped,  athletic.  Even  the  prose  of  Stevenson  is  now 
felt  to  be  a  little  decorative  in  texture  and  a  little  too  aware  of 
its  own  graces.  The  early  manner  and  matter  of  Mr.  Hewlett 
would  seem  almost  archaic  today.  We  want  naked  reality  or 
artistic  severity.  We  could  no  longer  loiter  with  the  "Forest 
Lovers"  or  the  "Madonna  of  the  Peach  Trees." 

Thus  Mr.  Hewlett  has  had  to  seek  both  a  new  substance  and  a 
new  way  of  expressing  himself.  The  substance  he  found  ready 
to  his  hand  in  the  sagas.     But  he  takes  the  bare  and  often 


sterile  actions  recounted  in  them  and  gives  them  the  right  back- 
ground of  character  and  passion.  At  times  one  is  tempted  to 
say  to  him  that  "it  is  to  consider  too  curiously  to  consider  so"; 
at  other  times  he  yields  to  what  may  be  called  the  heroic 
fallacy,  as  in  such  a  sentence:  "He  was  much  too  interested  to 
think  of  what  was  going  to  happen  to  him."  This,  of  any 
man  not  in  the  heat  of  conflict  but  in  imminent  danger  of  cold 
murder,  is  strained  and  false.  But  generally  Mr.  Hewlett 
makes  one  feel  that  he  has,  indeed,  discovered  and  laid  bare  the 
humanity  out  of  which  the  craggy  and  laconic  legends  grew. 
His  style  is  still,  despite  brave  efforts,  a  little  soft  in  tone  and 
jejune  in  diction.  It  would  be  like  the  unhewn  rocks  of  the 
hills;  it  is  only  like  smooth  boulders  brought  to  adorn  a  garden. 
"The  Light  Heart"  is  fanciful  and  slight.  "The  Outlaw,"  on 
the  other  hand,  is  a  noble  tale  fully  and  in  the  main  nobly  told. 
The  central  character  of  Gisli  is  a  great  thing — a  sane,  strong, 
reasonable  man,  unselfish  through  his  very  reasonableness,  who 
comes  to  a  wild  and  tragic  end  because  all  the  forces  of  his 
world  favor  the  ruffian  and  the  braggart.  Mr.  Hewlett  has  de- 
liberately made  a  plain  tale  out  of  his  story.  But  an  epic  or 
dramatic  poet  will  be  in  his  debt  some  day. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Books  in  Brief 

ITERARY  gleanings  several  decades  after  the  death  of  an 
Lj  author  rarely  justify  themselves,  but  this  cannot  be  said  of 
"The  Function  of  the  Poet,  and  Other  Essays"  (Houghton 
Mifflin)  by  James  Russell  Lowell.  Why  this  is  so  will  be  clear 
to  anyone  who  recalls  how  often  Lowell  in  his  collected  prose 
confuses  his  best  and  his  worst,  how  often  a  commonplace 
passage  is  followed  by  one  memorable  for  extraordinary  wit 
or  insight.  The  present  volume  is  full  of  what  Mr.  Brownell 
likes  to  call  "good  things."  The  first  five  essays  were  edited 
by  Charles  Eliot  Norton  and  first  printed  in  the  Century  Maga- 
zine. If  it  is  a  little  excessive  to  say,  with  Norton,  that  the 
initial  essay,  The  Function  of  the  Poet,  is  "not  unworthy  to 
stand  with  Sidney's  and  with  Shelley's  Defence  of  Poesy,"  it 
is  true  that  the  essay  presents  with  an  eagerness  typical  of  its 
period  the  view  of  poetry  dominant  in  the  first  half  of  the 
nineteenth  century.  The  poet  is  the  "seer"  among  men,  pene- 
trating to  the  ideal  by  virtue  of  his  imagination ;  his  imagination 
is  opposed  to  his  "understanding"  and  grounded  in  child-like 
wonder  ("Wonder  is  crude  imagination").  The  authentic 
Transcendental  champagne  flows  through  the  long  passage  in 
which  Lowell  would  remind  the  poet  that,  though  the  times  are 
materialistic,  the  poet  will  not  bewail  the  fact  but  sing  the 
more  ardently.  "Shakespeare  did  not  sit  down  and  cry  for  the 
water  of  Helicon  to  turn  the  wheels  of  his  little  private  mill 
at  the  Bankside  ...  To  be  alive  now,  that  is  the  great  art 
and  mystery."  That  is  one  of  Lowell's  good  things,  and  it  is  true. 
Yet  there  is  also  truth  in  the  nearly  opposite  assertion  in  a 
review  of  Wnittier:  "It  is  all  very  nice  to  say  to  our  poets, 
'You  have  sky  and  wood  and  waterfall  and  men  and  women — 
in  short,  the  entire  outfit  of  Shakespeare;  Nature  is  the  same 
here  as  elsewhere';  and  when  the  popular  lecturer  says  it,  the 
popular  audience  gives  a  stir  of  approval.  But  it  is  all  bosh, 
nevertheless.  Nature  is  not  the  same  here,  and  perhaps  never 
will  be,  as  in  lands  where  man  has  mingled  his  being  with  hers 
for  countless  generations,  where  every  field  is  steeped  in  history, 
every  crag  is  ivied  with  legend,  and  the  whole  atmosphere  of 
thought  is  hazy  with  the  Indian  summer  of  tradition."  The 
volume  includes  reviews  of  Henry  James,  Longfellow,  Howells, 
Poe,  Thackeray,  Swift,  and  Plutarch's  Morals.  Nearly  all 
contain  admirable,  illuminating  passages,  such  as  that  disposing 
neatly  of  Thackeray's  alleged  cynicism,  and  most  of  the  Poe 
article.  Throughout  the  book,  as  generally  in  Lowell,  are  para- 
graphs, sometimes  pages,  notable  for  their  beauty,  vision,  wit, 
and  eminently  quotable. 


192 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


I  T  is  pathetic  that  Samuel  Guy  Inman,  whose  book  on  Mexico, 
*  based  upon  years  of  experience  there,  was  so  good  that  the 
interventionists  in  America  brought  about  its  suppression, 
should  not  have  taken  more  time  to  check  up  on  the  tales  told 
him  by  Naval  and  Marine  officers  before  he  wrote  "Haiti  and 
Santo  Domingo"  (Committee  on  Co-operation  in  Latin  America). 
"Tell  it  to  the  Marines"  means  something;  but  to  let  the  Marines 
tell  it  is  to  magnify  that  meaning  to  the  last  degree.  Of  Santo 
Domingo  Mr.  Inman  says:  "Mahogany,  gold,  petroleum,  and 
many  other  riches  exist  in  abundance.  Yet  some  95  per  cent 
of  the  people  are  unable  to  read  and  write;  the  interior  of  the 
country  is  practically  unknown;  many  country  people  are  unable 
to  count  above  four  or  five;  disease  is  widespread  with  practi- 
cally no  medical  attention  for  the  poor;  and  in  general  the 
blessings  of  Christian  civilization  are  lacking."  Mahogany  is 
exported.  The  Spaniards  sought  gold  there  two  centuries  and 
gave  it  up  as  a  bad  job.  There  is  hardly  enough  native  petro- 
leum to  run  a  Marine's  Ford  two  yards.  In  the  absence  of  a 
census  or  some  other  proof,  the  statement  of  illiteracy  is 
incredible ;  there  are  probably  fewer  Dominicans  unable  to  count 
"uno,  dos,  tres,  quarto,  cinco"  than  there  are  horses  in  Elberfeld 
who  can.  Disease  and  mortality  are  as  hard  to  dodge  as  taxa- 
tion; but  the  blessings  of  Christianity  cannot  be  generally  lack- 
ing, for  later  on  Mr.  Inman  speaks  of  his  courteous  reception 
by  the  Most  Reverend  Dr.  Nouel,  archbishop  of  Santo  Domingo, 
and,  by  the  way,  once  provisional  president  of  the  republic. 
Mr.  Inman  also  saw  the  oldest  Christian  church  in  the  New 
World,  where  the  bones  of  Columbus  repose,  and  he  discovered 
a  colony  of  American  Negroes  who  still  worship  according  to 
the  Methodist  Discipline.  "Santo  Domingo  is  more  than  an 
island  or  a  republic,"  he  writes.  "It  is  a  monument,  an  object 
lesson  in  modern  history  of  the  ancient  truth  that  'Righteousness 
exalteth  a  nation'  and  that  'Sin  is  a  reproach  to  any  people.'  " 
It  is  also  a  monument  to  the  hypocrisy  of  the  United  States  and 
the  sins  of  Josephus  Daniels.  In  Haiti  Mr.  Inman  found  that 
90  per  cent  of  the  rural  inhabitants  are  little  more  than  animal, 
and  that  "the  women  seem  to  have  no  modesty,"  although  it 
is  Marine  gossip  that  the  Haitian  women  were  shocked  at  seeing 
American  women  ride  astride.  On  the  roads  he  saw  only  women 
and  children,  which  he  explains  by  saying  that  many  of  the 
men  have  been  killed  off  by  constant  revolution,  and  "others  are 
afraid  to  venture  out  because  they  may  be  forced  into  a  fresh 
military  uprising  of  some  kind."  Of  course  this  must  be  an 
error,  since  the  Marines  pacified  the  country  in  1916;  but  it 
explains  how  old  Haitians  can  have  ten  wives. 

EVEN  Bertrand  Russell's  slighting  remark,  that  the  principal 
advantage  of  an  Oxford  education  was  the  use  to  which  it 
might  be  put  in  delicately  showing  inferiors  their  crudity,  admits 
that  there  must  be  something  fine  in  the  university  experience, 
for  one  cannot  successfully  assert  a  superiority  that  is  totally 
non-existent.  The  better  side  of  the  Oxford  spirit  appears  to  ad- 
vantage in  Sir  William  Osier's  discussion  of  "The  Old  Humani- 
ties and  the  New  Science"  (Houghton  Mifflin).  In  the  war 
raging  between  the  Greeks  and  the  Trojans — as  they  are  called 
on  the  Isis — both  parties  usually  assume  that  the  two  alterna- 
tives of  a  classical  and  a  scientific  education  are  mutually  ex- 
clusive. But  Sir  William,  when  asked  which  variety  of  learning 
he  will  have,  makes  the  same  bold  and  plain  answer  that  little 
Jane  returned  when  given  her  choice  between  pie  and  ice-cream. 
Nothing  less  than  the  whole  heritage  of  human  knowledge  will 
satisfy  this  heir  of  all  the  ages.  He  admits  that  methods  of 
learning  the  classics  will  have  to  be  speeded  up  a  bit;  he  is  con- 
vinced that  Greek  and  Latin  can  be  taught  without  grammar  and 
with  nothing  but  a  reading-knowledge  in  mind — that  there  is  a 
way  of  making  S.  P.  Q.  R.  mean  Small  Profits,  Quick  Returns. 
If  anything  could  prove  the  feasibility  of  his  plan,  it  is  his  own 
evident  mastery  of  the  ancient  writers  and  of  modern  scientists. 
Nothing  human  and  nothing  humane  is  alien  to  him.  He  ap- 
praises the  scientific  value  of  Aristotle  and  Lucretius  with  the 
same  sure  touch  which  he  applies  to  hormones  and  the  polyem- 


bryonic  hymenoptera.  While  he  thinks  that  the  direct  value  of 
the  classics  to  a  scientist  is  great  for  what  they  teach  of  nature, 
he  believes  their  main  use  is  as  a  prophylactic  against  the 
dangers  of  over-specialization.  Specialists,  he  observes,  "lose  the 
sense  of  proportion,  become  hypercritical,  and  the  smaller  the 
field  the  greater  the  tendency  to  megalocephaly."  On  the  other 
hand,  science  is  of  the  greatest  value  to  the  average  educated 
man,  for  science  has  been  defined  by  Plato  as  "the  discovery  of 
things  as  they  really  are."  The  training  it  gives  is  equally  ap- 
plicable to  the  study  of  all  problems,  whether  practical  or  ab- 
struse. Sir  William  is  right;  we  should  teach  everything  to 
everybody — only  first  we  must  make  of  everybody  a  universal 
genius. 

MENTAL  tests  were  applied  to  one  and  three-quarters  mil- 
lions of  American  army  recruits  for  the  purpose  of  deter- 
mining their  fitness  to  assume  degrees  of  responsibility  ranging 
from  labor  to  command.  The  results  convinced  skeptics  (includ- 
ing the  reviewer,  who  had  opportunity  for  observation)  of  the 
value  of  such  a  system.  A  brief  history  and  a  full  presentation 
of  the  method,  formerly  held  sacrosanct  under  the  espionage  act, 
is  published  with  the  authorization  of  the  War  Department  in 
"Army  Mental  Tests"  (Holt).  Before  1917,  mental  testing  had 
been  confined  almost  exclusively  to  the  individual  examination 
of  children.  To  meet  army  needs,  a  group  of  psychologists, 
including  Professors  Yerkes  and  Thorndike,  devised  a  system 
for  the  rapid  classification  of  large  numbers  by  means  of  group 
tests,  with  supplemental  individual  tests  for  the  subnormal. 
The  psychological  basis  of  the  method  renders  the  result  inde- 
pendent of  the  educational  status  of  the  subject  and  was  put  into 
operation  in  all  cantonments.  Its  strength  lies  in  its  purely 
empiric  character,  all  tests  having  been  selected  on  the  basis  o£ 
statistical  study  of  the  reactions  of  different  grades  of  intelli- 
gence. The  present  volume  includes  an  interesting  series  of 
tables  and  diagrams  proving  the  value  of  the  system  by-  a 
comparison  of  mental  ratings  with  actual  efficiency. 


INDUSTRY,  EMOTION 
AND  UNREST 

By  Edward  Thomas 

A  "case  system"  presentation  of  our  complex 
social  structure,  showing  Industry,  Business, 
and  the  Middle  Class  in  their  functions  and 
environments.  $1.75 


JOHN  ROBINSON 

PASTOR  OF  THE  PILGRIM  FATHERS 
A  STUDY  OF  HIS  LIFE  AND  TIMES 

By  Walter  H.  Burgess 

A  work  based  upon  original  research,  telling 
the  story  of  the  Pilgrims,  centered  about  their 
Pastor.  A  distinguished  commemoration  of  the 
Mayflower's  historic  voyage.       Illustrated,  $5.00 


HARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  l£>47%& 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


193 


Notes  and  News 

ROCK  candy  is  made — so  green  youth  understands — by  letting 
long  strings  down  into  boiling  sugar,  which  forms  about 
them  in  delectable,  tooth-threatening  crystals.  Of  something 
this  same  composition  we  may  call  "The  Old  Farmer  and  his 
Almanac"  (Harvard  University  Press,  second  impression)  by 
George  Lyman  Kittredge,  if  that  most  erudite  of  men  can  endure 
the  imputation,  rare  enough  in  his  career,  of  being  elaborately 
sweet.  The  string  in  this  case  is  his  thread  of  narrative  con- 
cerning the  early  days  of  Robert  B.  Thomas's  "Farmer's 
Almanack,"  founded  in  1792;  the  adhering  substance  is  a  vast 
and  curious  knowledge  of  the  customs  and  superstitions  and  wit 
and  wisdom  and  travels  and  talk  of  the  older  New  England.  The 
fifteen  years  since  the  first  impression  of  this  book  have  been 
able  to  find  almost  no  errors  in  it,  and  it  stands  as  one  of  the 
most  valuable  treatises  by  an  American  antiquarian. 

A  LFRED  A.  KNOPF  has  issued  the  first  four  volumes  of 
**■  The  Economic  Reprints,  a  new  Social-Economic  section  of 
the  Bohn  Libraries.  They  include  "The  Life  of  Robert  Owen 
by  Himself,"  the  "Life  and  Struggles  of  William  Lovett  in  his 
Pursuit  of  Bread,  Knowledge,  and  Freedom"  (two  volumes),  and 
"The  Pioneers  of  Land  Reform,"  including  essays  by  Thomas 
Spence,  William  Ogilvie  and  Thomas  Paine — all  of  them  valu- 
able books  and  attractively  printed  and  bound.  That  three  out 
of  the  four  should  be  biographical  leads  one  to  wonder  whether 
the  time  is  not  coming  when  the  lives  of  heroes  like  Owen  and 
Lovett  will  be  studied  at  least  as  much  as  those  of  soldiers  and 
statesmen.  Since  the  Renaissance  artists  and  scholars  have  had 
a  hearing;  a  new  age  may  add  proletarians  and  proletarian 
leaders. 


IT  is  a  sort  of  artistic  event  that  a  sixth  edition  of  "The 
*  Life  of  James  McNeill  Whistler"  (Lippincott)  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Pennell  has  been  called  for.  First  issued  in  1908,  this 
remarkable  work  naturally  needed  to  be  revised,  as  the  new  edi- 
tion has  been,  with  material  regarding  pictures  of  Whistler 
which  have  changed  hands,  with  earlier  statements  fortified  and 
fresh  facts  added,  and  with  new  illustrations.  The  authors 
feel  that  the  growth  of  Whistlers'  fame  justifies  their  intense 
and  steady  confidence  that  he  was  "the  greatest  artist  and  most 
striking  personality  of  the  nineteenth  century." 

'T'HERE  are  too  many  weeklies  and  monthlies  and  periodicals 
of  various  periods,  and  additions  always  seem  intrusions. 
Yet  the  first  five  numbers  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  League  of  Free 
Nations  Association  have  amply  justified  its  existence.  They 
have  made  available  to  a  larger  public  the  important  discus- 
sions— of  Maynard  Keynes's  book  by  Paul  D.  Cravath,  Allyn 
A.  Young,  Alvin  Johnson,  and  David  Hunter  Miller,  of  "Free 
Speech  and  Free  Press  as  Factors  in  International  Relations" 
by  Walter  Lippmann,  Zechariah  Chafee,  Jr.,  and  Laurence 
Housman,  and  of  "The  Awakening  of  China"  by  Paul  S. 
Reinsch,  Dr.  P.  C.  Chang,  and  Dr.  Yamei  Kin — which  had 
hitherto  been  available  only  to  the  limited  number  of  people 
able  to  attend  the  luncheons  of  the  League  in  New  York;  and 
they  have  published  invaluable  material  on  American  imperial- 
ism in  the  Caribbean.  The  June  Bulletin  printed  an  important 
address  by  Jacinto  Lopez  on  "The  United  States  and  the  Na- 
tions of  the  Caribbean,"  the  very  moderation  of  which  made  its 
indictment  more  damning.  The  July  Bulletin  prints  a  reply  by 
Colonel  George  C.  Thorpe,  U.  S.  M.  C,  to  attacks  upon  American 
administration  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo,  which  is  a  revela- 
tion of  the  inadequacy  of  an  honest  military  mind  to  face  the 
problems  of  colonial  administration. 


ALFRED  '  A  *  KNOPF 


%%o  W.  42  Street,  NEW  YORK 


THE  LIFE  OF  FRANCIS 
PLACE   [1771-1854] 

By  Graham  Wallas 

"Two  books  of  our  generation  have  at- 
tained a  peculiar  distinction  as  pathfinders. 
.  .  .  The  second  is  Mr.  Graham  Wallas' 
The  Life  of  Francis  Place,  which  virtually 
started  the  study  of  the  enormous  mass  of 
material  still  extant  concerning  the  politi- 
cal and  economic  history  of  England  in 
the  first  three  decades  of  the  last  century. 
The  appearance  of  the  American  edition  at 
the  present  moment  is  very  timely.  The 
years  following  the  Battle  of  Waterloo 
present  quite  ludicrous  parallels  between 
that  period  and  the  present  phase  of  Ameri- 
can history — the  word  'radical'  .  .  . 
secret  plottings  and  corresponding  secret 
investigations  .  .  .  two  ancient  political 
parties  that  had  almost  ceased  to  have  any 
reason  for  a  separate  existence.  .  .  The 
life  of  Place  was  lived  at  the  very  heart  of 
this  turmoil;  Place  was  a  (if  not  the)  lead- 
ing figure." — The  Nation. 

"He  was  the  most  disinterested  reformer 
ever  knew,"  said  a  contemporary  of 
Place ;  "valuable  in  council,  fertile  in  re- 
source, performing  great  labors."  An  in- 
tensely fascinating  and  romantic  career, 
full  of  example  and  inspiration  for  these 
times,  in  the  treatment  of  which  Mr.  Wal- 
las' masterly  and  scholarly  achievement  has 
never  been  disputed.  415  pages;  with  por- 
trait frontispiece ;  $3.50  net. 

ly^ll^»^lltt>»<allifcvallig»iwltg^ntfrS^fig%fr 


Economic  Reprints 

I.    THE  LIFE  OF  ROBERT 
OWEN 

"Alfred  A.  Knopf  has  put  students  of 
social  affairs  in  his  debt  by  republishing  in 
pocket-size  volumes  the  autobiographies  of 
Robert  Owen  and  William  Lovett.  That  of 
Owen  covers  a  very  eventful  life,  and  one 
of  the  first  importance  in  the  history  of 
socialism,  labor,  and  cooperation,  and  is  the 
expression  of  an  unusual  personality." — 
N.  Y.  Evening  Post.  With  an  introduction 
by  M.  Beer.   352  pages ;  $1.50  net. 

II-III.  THE  LIFE  AND 
STRUGGLES  OF  WILLIAM 
LOVETT 

The  autobiography  of  the  leader  of  the 
Chartist  movement,  and  author  of  the 
"people's  charter."  With  an  introduction 
by  R.  H.  Tawney,  author  of  "A  History  of 
British  Socialism."  Two  volumes;  482 
pages;  $3.00  net. 

IV.  THE  PIONEERS  OF 
LAND  REFORM 

Three  essays,  with  an  introduction  by  M. 
Beer:— "The  Right  of  Property. in  Land," 
by  Thomas  Spence;  "The  Nationalization 
of  the  Land,"  by  William  Ogilvie; 
"Agrarian  Justice,"  by  Thomas  Paine;  212 
pages ;  $1.50  net. 


HOW  THE  WAR  CAME 

By  the  Earl  Loreburn 

"...     a     scathing    indictment    of     the 

practical    workings    of    secret    diplomacy." 

— New  York  Tribune. 

In  this  noteworthy  volume  Earl  Lore- 
burn,  whose  constructive  idealism  did  so 
much  to  terminate  satisfactorily  the  Vene- 
zuelan Boundary  Arbitration  in  1906,  has 
approached  the  political  side  of  the  Allied- 
German  diplomatic  exchanges  much  as 
Maynard  Keynes  did  the  economic  side, 
with  the  result  that  "How  the  War  Came" 
has  created  somewhat  of  a  furore  on  the 
other  side.   $3.00  net.   With  map. 


CHECK  BELOW  THE  BOOKS  YOU  WISH 
TO  PURCHASE  AND  MAIL  WITH  REMIT- 
TANCE TO  THE  PUBLISHER,  YOUR  BOOK- 
SELLER, OR    The  Nation. 

Send    me 


.copies  THE    LIFE    OF    FRANCIS   PLACE 
($3.50;  15c  postage) 

.     "       ECONOMIC    REPRINTS,    Vols 

($1.50    each    volume;    10c   postage) 

.     "       HOW  THE   WAR   CAME 

($3.00;    15c  postage) 


^f5lfSgtt^5HSSHS^li^ri^5HS^ 


International  Relations  Section 


The  Russian-British  Notes 

THE  following  four  notes  exchanged  in  June  and  July 
by  representatives  of  the  British  Government  and  the 
Russian  Soviet  Government  appeared  as  a  special  dispatch 
from  Stockholm  to  the  London  Herald  of  July  10.  It  is  an 
interesting  fact  that  on  July  14  Mr.  Bonar  Law  read  in  the 
House  of  Commons  the  texts  of  the  notes  here  printed  ex- 
cept the.  first  and  that  they  were  thereupon  published  in 
the  London  Times  of  July  15. 

The  text  of  the  note  addressed  by  M.  Krassin  to  Mr.  Lloyd 
George  on  June  29  at  their  last  interview  follows : 

In  submitting  the  following  reply  to  the  declaration  made  by 
the  Prime  Minister  and  other  members  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment at  the  sittings  of  June  7,  I  am  constrained  once  more  to 
point  out  the  abnormal  conditions  in  which  the  representatives 
of  the  Soviet  Government  have  been  placed  in  connection  with 
the  present  negotiations. 

The  plenipotentiary  representative  of  the  People's  Commis- 
sariat for  Foreign  Affairs,  whose  presence  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary at  the  negotiations  in  the  course  of  which  the  British  Gov- 
ernment has  raised  purely  political  questions,  has  not  been  ad- 
mitted, while  my  own  telegraphic  intercourse  with  the  Soviet 
Government  has  been  very  imperfect.  Between  25  and  30  per 
cent  of  outgoing  and  incoming  telegrams  have  failed  to  reach 
their  destination,  and  numerous  telegrams  have  been  received 
in  a  highly  mutilated  condition. 

Nor  have  we  succeeded  up  till  now  in  organizing  a  courier 
service  with  any  regularity,  despite  the  promised  assistance, 
owing  to  the  difficulties  and  delays  in  the  issue  of  visas  by  the 
countries  through  which  the  couriers  have  to  pass.  These  cir- 
cumstances not  only  deprive  me  of  the  possibility  of  promptly 
returning  answers  to  questions  put  to  me  and  of  submitting  as 
promptly  questions  on  our  part,  but  also  prevent  me  from  fully 
and  precisely  informing  myself  of  the  decision  and  intentions 
of  my  government. 

The  British  Government  has  put  forward  as  the  main  con- 
ditions of  the  renewal  of  commercial  relations  between  Soviet 
Russia  and  Great  Britain  the  demand  for  a  mutual  pledge  to 
cease  all  propaganda  and  hostile  acts,  and  for  the  recognition 
in  principle  by  the  Soviet  Government  of  Russia's  liability  to- 
wards private  creditors. 

On  the  first  question  it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  between 
the  propaganda  of  communist  ideas  among  laboring  masses  of 
the  western  European  countries  and  the  organizing  of  the  work- 
ing class  of  those  countries  for  the  final  struggle  against  the 
capitalist  order  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  general  direction  of 
the  foreign  policy  of  Soviet  Russia  against  the  Entente  coun- 
tries, particularly  Great  Britain,  and  complicity  with,  or  direct 
participation  in,  hostile  acts  directed  against  Great  Britain  in 
various  countries  of  the  Near  and  Middle  East  including  India, 
on  the  other. 

So  far  as  the  communist  propaganda  and  interference  in  the 
political  life  of  Great  Britain  are  concerned,  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment is  prepared  to  give  a  formal  pledge  not  to  carry  on 
such  propaganda  in  England  either  openly  or  secretly,  and  not 
to  interfere  in  her  internal  political  life,  if  a  general  agreement 
is  reached  between  the  two  countries  concerning  the  renewal  of 
economic  and  commercial  relations,  and  if  the  British  Govern- 
ment on  its  part  undertakes  not  to  carry  on  any  propaganda  in 
Russia  against  the  Soviet  Government,  provided  that  such  un- 
dertaking does  not  prevent  the  representatives  of  the  Soviet 
Government  in  England  from  issuing  through  the  press  or 
some  other  channel  denials  of  false  or  deliberately  perverted 
reports  regarding  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  Soviet 
regime  or  incidents  in  the  life  of  Soviet  Russia. 


As  regards  the  general  foreign  policy  of  Soviet  Russia,  the 
Soviet  Government  has  more  than  once  proclaimed  to  the  world 
its  readiness  to  begin  peace  negotiations  which  alone  would  put 
an  end  to  all  hostile  acts  between  the  various  states  and  bring 
about  the  complete  restoration  of  peace.  The  Soviet  Govern- 
ment would  be  perfectly  willing  to  revise  the  fundamental 
principles  of  its  foreign  policy,  and,  in  particular,  withdraw 
from  all  participation  in  hostile  acts  directed  against  Great 
Britain,  if  the  British  Government  were  to  give  a  similar  un- 
dertaking. 

The  loyal  fulfilment  of  this  undertaking  would  have  to  be 
properly  guaranteed  by  a  special  treaty  between  the  two  gov- 
ernments, to  be  drawn  up  at  a  special  conference  composed  of 
an  equal  number  of  representatives  and  experts  on  either  side 
without  the  right  of  objection  to  any  members  of  such  confer- 
ence on  either  part.  The  Soviet  Government  would  be  prepared 
on  the  question  of  place  and  time  of  such  conference  to 
meet  the  wishes  of  the  British  Government  in  the  most  liberal 
spirit. 

A  considerable  difficulty  in  the  drawing  up  of  such  treaty  is 
presented  by  the  fact  that  Great  Britain  is  a  member  of  a  mili- 
tary coalition,  some  members  of  which  are  to  this  day  directly 
or  indirectly  in  a  state  of  war  with  Soviet  Russia  and  are  tak- 
ing part  in  one  way  or  another  in  hostile  acts  directed  against 
her,  in  consequence  of  which  an  undertaking  on  the  part  of 
Great  Britain  to  stop  hostile  acts  would  lose  a  good  deal  of  its 
importance,  as  it  could  easily  be  paralyzed  by  the  action  of  Great 
Britain's  allies  in  continuing  their  assaults  against  Soviet 
Russia  and  in  supporting  her  enemies  by  any  and  every  means. 
It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  a  final  settlement  of  this  ques-" 
tion  would  only  be  possible  by  the  negotiations  for  the  conclusion 
of  a  formal  and  definite  peace. 

The  British  Government  makes  it  a  preliminary  condition  for 
the  restoration  of  commercial  relations  between  the  two  coun- 
tries that  the  Soviet  Government  recognize  in  principle  the 
liabilities  of  the  Russian  state  toward  private  creditors. 

Such  formation  of  the  question  obviously  tends  to  the  dis- 
advantage of  Soviet  Russia,  since,  in  consequence  of  the  na- 
tionalization of  land,  factories,  and  works,  as  well  as  of  com- 
merce, the  greater  portion  of  the  private  claims  on  the  Russian 
side  has  been  transformed  into  state  claims,  and  Soviet  Russia, 
therefore,  in  case  of  an  unqualified  acceptance  of  the  above 
claim  of  the  British  Government,  would  risk  losing  the  preferen- 
tial right  to  put  forward  a  large  number  of  quite  incontrovert- 
ible claims  of  her  own. 

The  liabilities  to  private  persons  form  but  a  fraction  of  the 
mutual  liabilities  of  the  two  countries,  and  there  is  absolutely 
no  ground  to  put  forward  for  accepting,  in  the  order  of  priority, 
this  particular  fraction  of  the  mutual  liabilities.  The  argument 
that  the  British  business  world  would,  without  such  recognition, 
never  agree  to  resume  trade  negotiations  with  Russia  is  re- 
futed by  the  numerous  declarations  of  British  business  men 
anxious  to  resume  such  relations  as  soon  as  the  obstacles  raised 
by  the  British  Government  in  their  way  have  been  removed. 

Such  declarations  frequently  emanate  precisely  from  British 
industrialists  and  business  men  who  have  claims  on  Russia,  as 
these  business  men  quite  justly  think  that,  in  the  absence  of 
all  possibility  in  the  near  future  for  ruined  Russia  to  pay  the 
claims  of  her  creditors,  the  immediate  resumption  of  trade 
relations  will  constitute  the  best  and  probably  the  only  means 
of  gaining  such  advantage  through  regular  intercourse  with 
Soviet  Russia  as  may  in  the  next  few  years  more  than  meet 
such  claims. 

The  demand  to  recognize  private  claims  has  for  its  object  to 
protect  in  the  first  place  the  interests  of  those  capitalist  cir- 
cles of  Great  Britain  who  have  already  taken  full  advantage, 
with  great  profit  to  themselves,  of  the  war  of  1914-1918  and  are 
now  trying  to   exploit,  to  perhaps   still  greater  advantage   to 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


195 


themselves,  the  winding  up  of  that  war.  The  Workers'  and 
Peasants'  Government  of  Soviet  Russia  cannot  possibly  recog- 
nize the  interests  of  this  particular  section  of  the  population 
as  the  most  important  and  as  deserving  preferential  treatment. 

On  the  contrary,  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment, primary  importance  and  urgency  attach  to  the  private 
claims  against  the  Entente  Powers  on  the  part  of  the  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  widows  and  orphans  of  workers  and  peasants 
of  Soviet  Russia,  the  Ukraine,  the  Caucasus,  and  Siberia, 
whose  kith  and  kin  have  perished  from  British  and  French  bul- 
lets and  shells  during  the  so-called  intervention,  that  is,  the 
wholly  uncalled-for  interference  of  the  Entente  in  the  internal 
affairs  of  Russia.  Russian  debts  toward  British  subjects  were 
contracted  as  the  result  of  certain  agreements  or  undertakings 
entered  upon  in  respect  of  such  persons  by  the  previous  Gov- 
ernment of  Russia.  Such  agreements  and  undertakings  toward 
British  subjects  were,  however,  annulled  by  the  acts  of  the 
British  Government  themselves  at  the  moment  when  it  began 
war  and  intervention  against  Soviet  Russia  and  proclaimed  a 
blockade,  having  for  its  object  to  compel  the  Russian  people, 
by  famine  and  privation,  to  renounce  the  form  of  government 
which  it  had  chosen  after  having  overthrown  the  autocratic 
Czarist  regime. 

Hence  the  question  at  issue  at  the  present  moment  cannot 
possibly  be  the  recognition  of  treaties  and  agreements  abro- 
gated by  the  war,  but  only  their  restoration — an  act  which  is 
only  possible  after  the  Soviet  Government  has  been  officially 
recognized  and  peace  relations  have  been  restored  as  the  result 
of  peace  negotiations  and  the  signing  of  a  peace  treaty. 

The  Soviet  Government  agrees  to  the  examination  of  all  mu- 
tual claims,  including  those  arising  from  liabilities  toward  pri- 
vate British  subjects,  in  conjunction  with  peace  negotiations  at 
a  conference  to  be  held  on  the  basis  of  reciprocity,  and  to  be 
composed  of  an  equal  number  of  delegates  and  experts  without 
the  right  of  objection  to  anyone  on  either  side. 

If  the  British  Government  regards  the  immediate  clearing 
up  of  all  misunderstandings  and  frictions  in  the  domain  of 
foreign  policy  and  in  particular  the  cessation  of  all  hostile  acts 
in  the  Middle  and  Near  East,  as  well  as  the  immediate  settle- 
ment of  material  claims  on  the  basis  of  reciprocity  as  necessary 
and  urgent,  the  Soviet  Government  will  be  prepared  to  meet 
such  desire  halfway,  but  does  not  regard,  for  reasons  of  prin- 
ciple as  well  as  on  actual  practical  grounds,  an  agreement  on 
such  points  possible  except  as  the  result  of  formal  negotiations 
for  the  restoration  of  peace  relations  between  the  two  countries. 

Should  the  British  Government  be  unwilling  to  enter  into  such 
official  negotiations  for  the  restoration  of  peace  relations  be- 
tween the  two  countries,  the  immediate  resumption  of  economic 
and  commercial  relations  appears,  nevertheless,  possible  on  the 
following  basis: 

1.  All  controversial  questions  in  the  domain  of  foreign  policy, 
as  well  as  those  relating  to  the  participation  of  individual  gov- 
ernments in  coalitions,  alliances,  and  individual  enterprises  of 
a  hostile  character  to  the  other  country,  as  well  as  all  questions 
relating  to  the  mutually  material  claims  of  governments  and 
subjects,  are  to  be  postponed  until  such  time  as  they  may  be 
settled  by  diplomatic  methods  at  the  peace  conference. 

2.  The  two  governments  immediately  proclaim  the  resump- 
tion of  economic  and  commercial  relations,  and  announce  the 
temporary  suspension  of  the  material  claims  of  the  Russian 
state  and  Russian  subjects  against  Great  Britain  and  the  Brit- 
ish Empire,  and  of  British  subjects  against  Russia,  pending  the 
settlement  of  the  question  at  the  peace  conference. 

3.  The  fundamental  principles  for  the  resumption  of  trad- 
ing relations  are  immediately  established,  including: 

(a)  Concrete  measures  for  the  removal  of  mines  in  the  Baltic 
and  other  seas,  as  well  as  other  measures  for  the  safety  of 
navigation. 

(b)  An  official  announcement  to  all  neutral  countries  about 
the  renewal  of  commercial  relations  between  Russia  and  Great 


Britain  and  the  complete  freedom  of  navigation  from  and   to 
Russian  ports. 

(c)  The  establishment  of  commercial  representations  in  the 
two  countries  on  the  basis  of  reciprocity  and  immunity,  with 
the  right  of  free  sojourn,  travel,  communication  with  other 
countries  by  letter,  telegram,  and  courier  and  the  use  of  cypher. 

(d)  An  agreement  by  which  passports,  certificates  of  iden- 
tity, powers  of  attorney,  protocols,  agreements,  and  such-like 
documents  issued  or  certified  by  the  authorities  of  one  country 
are  recognized  as  valid  in  the  other  country  on  the  basis  of 
reciprocity. 

With  particular  regard  to  Clause  (c),  I  have  the  honor  to 
add  that  the  suggestion  made  by  the  British  Prime  Minister 
about  applying  to  commercial  representatives  the  principle  of 
prior  consent  to  their  appointment  on  the  part  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  other  country  is  unacceptable  to  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment, since,  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  bourgeois  govern- 
ments of  Europe  who,  on  principle,  are  opposed  to  the  Soviet 
regime,  every  representative  of  the  Soviet  Government  might 
be  treated  as  persona  non  grata.     .     .     . 

The  Soviet  Government,  being  anxious  as  much  as  possible  to 
meet  the  wishes  of  the  British  Government,  will  not  object  to 
the  right  of  each  government  to  insist  upon  the  immediate  recall 
of  such  members  of  the  trade  delegation  of  the  other  country 
with  regard  to  whom  an  infringement  of  the  laws  of  the  country 
in  which  they  reside,  or,  in  particular,  participation  in  political 
propaganda  or  interference  in  the  internal  affairs  of  the  country, 
shall  have  been  proved. 

In  conclusion,  on  behalf  of  the  Government  of  the  Russian 
Socialist  Federal  Soviet  Republic,  I  have  the  honor  once  more  to 
bring  to  the  notice  of  the  British  Government  and  the  entire 
British  people,  and  particularly  the  British  laboring  masses, 
that  it  is  the  most  urgent  and  earnest  wish  of  the  Government  of 
Soviet  Russia  and  of  the  entire  Russian  people,  to  conclude  at 
the  earliest  possible  date  a  full  and  general  peace,  without  reser- 
vation, with  all  the  Powers  who  in  recent  years  have  taken  part 
in  hostile  acts  against  her. 

The  text  of  the  note,  dated  June  30,  addressed  by  the 
British  Government  to  M.  Krassin  on  the  eve  of  his  de- 
parture for  Russia  is  as  follows: 

The  British  Government  has  given  careful  consideration  to 
the  memorandum  produced  by  M.  Krassin  of  June  29  on  the 
negotiations  which  have  been  proceeding  since  the  arrival  of  the 
Russian  delegation  at  the  end  of  May.  The  British  Government 
has  during  the  course  of  these  negotiations  shown  its  sincere 
desire  to  end  the  isolation  of  Russia  from  the  western  world 
and  to  reach  an  agreement  for  the  resumption  of  trading  rela- 
tions which  might  pave  the  way  to  a  general  peace. 

They  do  not  think  that  any  useful  purpose  will  be  served  at 
this  moment  by  attempting  a  detailed  reply  to  the  Russian 
Trade  Delegation  memorandum  or  by  entering  into  arguments 
of  a  recriminatory  character.  The  negotiations  have  now 
reached  a  stage  where  it  is  necessary  to  bring  them  to  an  issue. 
It  is  not  clear  from  M.  Krassin's  memorandum  whether  the 
Soviet  Government  really  desires  the  restoration  of  trading 
relations  or  not,  or  what  are  the  conditions  upon  which  it  is 
willing  to  resume  them. 

In  order,  therefore,  to  arrive  at  a  definite  decision,  the  British 
Government  now  repeats  what  it  has  declared  throughout,  that 
it  is  willing  to  make  an  agreement  for  the  mutual  cessation  of 
hostilities  and  the  resumption  of  trading  relations  with  Russia, 
and  asks  for  categorical  replies,  yes  or  no,  as  to  whether  Russia 
is  prepared  to  enter  into  a  trade  agreement  with  the  British 
Empire  and  other  Powers  on  the  following  conditions : 

1.  That  each  party  refrains  from  hostile  action  or  under- 
takings against  the  other  and  from  conducting  any  official 
propaganda,  direct  or  indirect,  against  the  institutions  of  the 
other  party;  and,  more  particularly,  that  the  Soviet  Government 
will  refrain  from  any  attempt  by  military  action  or  propaganda 
to  encourage  any  of  the  peoples  of  Asia  in  any  form  of  hostile 


196 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


action  against  British  interests  or  the  British  Empire.  For 
reasons  already  given,  this,  in  the  opinion  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment, is  the  fundamental  condition  of  any  trading  agreement 
between  Russia  and  any  western  Power. 

Trade  is  only  possible  under  conditions  of  peace  or  armistice. 
The  British  Government  proposes  what  is  tantamount  to  a 
general  armistice  as  the  condition  of  the  resumption  of  trade 
relations,  in  the  hope  that  this  armistice  may  lead  ere  long  to  a 
general  peace. 

2.  That  all  British  subjects  in  Russia  should  be  immediately 
permitted  to  return  home,  all  Russian  subjects  in  Great  Britain 
or  other  parts  of  the  British  Empire  who  desire  to  return  to 
Russia  being  similarly  released. 

3.  That  the  Soviet  Government,  in  return  for  a  corresponding 
undertaking  from  the  British  Government,  agrees  to  recognize  in 
principle  that  it  is  liable  to  pay  compensation  to  private  citizens 
who  have  supplied  goods  or  service  to  Russia  for  which  they 
have  not  been  paid.  The  British  Government  asks  for  some 
declaration  of  this  kind  at  the  present  time  because  it  believes 
something  of  this  nature  is  essential  to  the  effective  starting  of 
trade  between  the  two  countries. 

It  considers  it  a  matter  of  simple  justice,  for  instance,  that 
where  a  merchant  has  supplied  the  Russian  people  with  a  thou- 
sand ploughs  which  have  been  used  or  are  still  being  used  by 
the  Russian  people  to  their  own  great  benefit,  the  Russian 
people  should  admit  that  they  ought  to  pay  that  merchant  and 
the  workmen  who  manufactured  the  ploughs  for  the  goods  and 
services  they  have  rendered.  Unless  Soviet  Russia  is  prepared 
to  admit  that  it  must  deal  with  those  with  whom  it  now  wishes 
to  trade  on  some  recognized  principles  of  justice,  trade  on  a 
large  scale  such  as  is  desired  on  both  sides  will  be  found  to  be 
practically  impossible.  The  British  Government  does  not  ask 
that  these  debts  should  be  settled  now. 

It  is  prepared  to  leave  the  determination  of  Russia's  liabilities 
under  this  head  as  well  as  all  other  questions  relating  to  debts 
or  claims  by  Great  Britain  on  Russia  or  by  Russia  on  Great 
Britain  to  be  mutually  settled  at  the  negotiations  of  peace.  But 
it  considers  it  necessary  that  the  Soviet  Government  should  make 
a  declaration  on  this  point  in  order  to  give  the  necessary  con- 
fidence to  western  merchants,  manufacturers,  and  workers  to 
embark  upon  manufacturing  and  trading  operations. 

4.  The  British  Government  agrees  to  the  conditions  laid  down 
by  the  Soviet  Government  in  regard  to  commercial  facilities, 
communications,  and  so  forth,  provided  that  they  are  mutual 
and  excepting  that  it  cannot  agree  to  surrender  the  right  pos- 
sessed by  every  civilized  government,  and  which  it  freely  accords 
to  the  Soviet  Government  also,  to  object  to  the  entry  as  an 
official  agent  of  any  government  of  any  person  who  is  non  grata 
to  itself. 

It  asserts,  however,  that  it  has  no  intention  of  debarring  any 
Russian  on  the  ground  of  his  communist  opinions,  provided  the 
agents  of  the  Russian  Government  comply  with  the  normal  con- 
ditions for  friendly  international  intercourse. 

The  British  Government  now  awaits  a  definite  statement  from 
the  Soviet  Government  as  to  whether  it  will  accept  these  prin- 
ciples as  the  basis  of  an  agreement  to  reopen  trade  negotiations 
between  Russia  and  the  British  Empire  and  any  other  Power 
willing  to  accept  the  same  conditions.  If  an  answer  is  returned 
in  the  affirmative  the  British  Government  will  be  willing  to  dis- 
cuss details  with  any  experts  or  representatives  which  Soviet 
Russia  may  nominate,  except  such  as  have  already  been  refused. 

Should,  however,  no  affirmative  reply  be  obtained  within  one 
week  of  the  presentation  of  this  note,  the  British  Government 
will  regard  the  negotiations  at  an  end,  and  in  view  of  the  de- 
clared unwillingness  of  the  Soviet  Government  to  cease  its 
attacks  upon  the  British  Empire  will  take  counsel  with  its  allies 
as  to  the  measures  required  to  deal  with  the  situation. 

The  reply  of  the  Soviet  Government,  signed  by  Chicherin, 
was  received  in  London  by  wireless  on  July  8. 

Complying  with   the   desire   of  the  British   Government  and 


with  the  object  of  arriving  at  an  early  peace  between  Russia 
and  Great  Britain,  the  Russian  Soviet  Government  accepts  the 
principles  laid  down  in  the  Allied  memorandum  transmitted  on 
July  1  by  the  British  Government  to  the  president  of  the  Russian 
delegation,  Krassin,  as  the  basis  of  an  agreement  between  Russia 
and  Great  Britain,  which  agreement  will  be  the  object  of 
negotiations,  which  must  begin  without  delay,  between  both 
governments. 

The  Soviet  Government  agrees  that  the  plan  proposed  by  the 
British  Government  will  have  to  be  considered  as  a  state  of 
armistice  between  Russia  and  Great  Britain,  and  shares  the 
British  Government's  expectation  that  this  armistice  will  pave 
the  way  to  a  definite  peace.  At  the  same  time  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment protests  against  the  affirmation,  contrary  to  the  real 
facts,  relative  to  the  presumed  attacks  of  Soviet  Russia  upon 
the  British  Empire. 

The  Soviet  Government  emphasizes  once  more  that  as  to  Soviet 
Russia  in  her  relations  with  Great  Britain,  she  desires  nothing 
but  peace,  and  that  the  absence  of  the  same  disposition  on  the 
other  side  was  the  only  cause  preventing  it  from  being  as  yet 
attained. 

On  July  11  Lord  Curzon  addressed  a  note  from  Spa  to 
M.  Chicherin,  demanding  an  armistice  for  the  Poles. 

The  British  Government  notes  the  acceptance  by  the  Russian 
Soviet  Government  of  the  principles  laid  down  in  its  memo- 
randum of  July  1,  as  the  basis  of  an  agreement  for  the  re- 
sumption of  trade  relations  and  the  cessation  of  mutual  hos- 
tilities, and  it  therefore  agrees  to  continue  the  negotiations  for 
a  definite  trade  agreement  as  soon  as  the  Russian  delegates 
return. 

The  British  Government  has  a  further  proposal  to  make.  The.. 
Soviet  Government  of  Russia  has  repeatedly  declared  its  anxiety 
to  make  peace  with  all  its  neighbors;  the  British  Government,  - 
which  is  no  less  anxious  to  restore  peace  throughout  Europe, 
therefore  proposes  the  following  arrangement  with  this  object 
in  view: 

(a)  That  an  immediate  armistice  be  signed  between  Poland 
and  Soviet  Russia  whereby  hostilities  shall  be  suspended.  The 
terms  of  this  armistice  should  provide  on  the  one  hand  that  the 
Polish  army  shall  immediately  withdraw  to  the  line  provisionally 
laid  down  last  year  by  the  Peace  Conference  as  the  eastern 
boundary  within  which  Poland  was  entitled  to  establish  a  Polish 
administration ;  this  line  runs  approximately  as  follows :  Grodno, 
Vapovka,  Nemirov,  Brest-Litovsk,  Dorugusk,  Ustilug,  east  of 
Grubeshob,  Krilov,  and  thence  west  of  Rawa  Ruska  east  of 
Przemysl  to  Carpathians.  North  of  Grodno,  the  line  which  will 
be  held  by  the  Lithuanians  will  run  along  the  railway  running 
from  Grodno  to  Vilna  and  thence  to  Dvinsk. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  armistice  should  provide  that  the 
armies  of  Soviet  Russia  should  stand  at  a  distance  of  50  kilo- 
meters to  the  east  of  this  line;  in  Eastern  Galicia  each  army  will 
stand  on  the  line  which  they  occupy  at  the  date  of  the  signature 
of  the  armistice. 

(b)  That,  as  soon  as  possible  thereafter,  a  conference  sitting 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Peace  Conference,  should  assemble  in 
London,  to  be  attended  by  representatives  of  Soviet  Russia, 
Poland,  Lithuania,  Latvia,  and  Finland,  with  the  object  of 
negotiating  a  final  peace  between  Russia  and  its  neighboring 
states. 

Representatives  of  Eastern  Galicia  would  also  be  invited  to 
London  to  state  their  case  for  the  purpose  of  this  conference. 
Great  Britain  will  place  no  restriction  on  the  representatives 
which  Russia  may  nominate,  provided  that  they  undertake  while 
in  Great  Britain  not  to  interfere  in  the  politics  or  the  internal 
affairs  of  the  British  Empire  or  to  indulge  in  propaganda. 

The  British  Government  as  a  separate  proposal  suggests  that 
an  armistice  should  similarly  be  signed  between  the  forces  of 
Soviet  Russia  and  General  Wrangel,  on  the  condition  that  Gen- 
eral Wrangel's  forces  shall  immediately  retire  to  the  Crimea, 
and  that  during  the  armistice  the  Isthmus  be  a  neutral  zone, 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


197 


and  that  General  Wrangel  be  invited  to  London  to  discuss  the 
future  of  troops  under  his  command  and  the  refugees  under  his 
protection,  but  not  as  a  member  of  the  conference. 

The  British  Government  would  be  glad  of  an  immediate  reply 
to  this  telegram,  for  the  Polish  Government  has  asked  for  the 
intervention  of  the  Allies,  and  if  time  is  lost  a  situation  may- 
develop  which  will  make  the  conclusion  of  lasting  peace  far  more 
difficult  in  Eastern  Europe;  further,  while  the  British  Govern- 
ment has  bound  itself  to  give  no  assistance  to  Poland  for  any 
purpose  hostile  to  Russia  and  to  take  no  action  itself  hostile  to 
Russia,  it  is  also  bound  under  the  Covenant  of  the  League  of 
Nations  to  defend  the  integrity  and  independence  of  Poland 
within  its  legitimate  ethnographic  frontiers. 

If,  therefore,  Soviet  Russia,  despite  its  repeated  declarations 
accepting  the  independence  of  Poland,  will  not  be  content  with 
the  withdrawal  of  the  Polish  armies  from  Russian  soil  on  the 
condition  of  a  mutual  armistice,  but  intends  to  take  action 
hostile  to  Poland  in  its  own  territory,  the  British  Government 
and  its  Allies  would  feel  bound  to  assist  the  Polish  nation  to 
defend  its  existence  with  all  the  means  at  its  disposal. 

The  Polish  Government  has  declared  its  willingness  to  make 
peace  with  Soviet  Russia  and  to  initiate  negotiations  for  an 
armistice  on  the  basis  of  conditions  set  out  above  directly  it  is  in- 
formed that  Soviet  Russia  also  agrees.  The  British  Government 
therefore  would  be  glad  of  a  definite  reply  within  a  week  as  to 
whether  Soviet  Russia  is  prepared  to  accept  the  aforesaid  pro- 
posal for  putting  an  end  to  further  unnecessary  bloodshed  and 
giving  peace  to  Europe.* 


The  Polish  Policy  of  Soviet  Russia 

THE  Russian  Soviet  Government  has  published  a  Red 
Book  containing  the  texts  of  the  diplomatic  notes  and 
other  documents  bearing  upon  Russo-Polish  negotiations 
from  1918  to  the  Polish  offensive  of  April,  1920.  The  collec- 
tion includes  a  preface  by  George  Chicherin,  the  Soviet 
Foreign  Minister.     Part  of  this  reads: 

The  Soviet  Government  publishes  the  record  of  its  relations 
with  Poland.  It  hides  nothing  and  has  nothing  to  hide;  it  does 
not  fear  the  judgment  of  the  masses;  it  is  their  expression,  the 
translator  of  their  will,  and  the  representatives  of  their  aspira- 
tions. Its  diplomacy  is  public,  emanating  from  the  workers,  and 
is  addressed  to  the  workers  of  the  other  peoples.  Because  it 
incarnates  the  will  of  the  workers  of  Russia,  the  foreign  policy 
of  the  Soviet  Government  keeps  ever  in  mind  the  workers  of  the 
countries  with  which  Soviet  Russia  has  to  do.  Soviet  diplomacy 
addresses  itself  to  the  masses  of  the  other  countries  not  only 
when  the  supreme  organs  of  the  republic  publish  a  manifesto 
addressed  to  those  workers,  but  also  when  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment speaks  to  another  government  in  documents  of  a  purely 
diplomatic  character.  Behind  this  government,  its  real  corre- 
spondent is  always  the  working  people  of  the  state  concerned.  It 
always  considers  the  effect  of  each  of  its  steps  upon  the  con- 
sciousness of  the  masses  of  the  country  with  whose  government 
it  deals.  Its  policy  is  the  policy  of  the  workers,  who  have  ever 
in  mind  their  class  brothers  in  other  countries. 

The  policy  of  Soviet  Russia,  because  it  is  the  policy  of  workers 
who  live  by  their  own  toil  and  not  of  the  exploiters  of  others,  is 
invariably  and  solely  a  peace  policy,  a  policy  seeking  friendly 
settlement  of  all  conflicts  with  other  peoples.  Soviet  Russia 
does  not  impose  its  power,  its  form,  or  its  principles  upon  any- 
one; it  does  not  carry  on  the  tips  of  its  bayonets  revolutionary 
conquests  which  the  workers  of  each  people  must  win  for  them- 
selves and  by  their  own  efforts.  It  recognizes  absolutely  that 
each  people  should  be  master  of  its  own  destiny.  From  the  first 
words  on  the  Polish  question  pronounced  by  representatives  of 
Soviet  Russia,  an  unchanging  course  has  always  and  invariably 


*  The  reply  of  the  Soviet  Government  to  Lord  Curzon's  note  will  be  printed 
in  the  next  issue  of  the  International  Relations  section.     Editor — The  Nation. 


been  followed  in  the  political  relations  of  the  Soviet  Government 
with  Poland,  a  course  dictated  by  absolute  recognition  of  the 
right  of  Poland  to  free  self-determination  and  by  a  rigorous 
effort  to  avoid  any  conflict  with  her. 

The  story  of  Soviet  Russia's  relations  to  Poland  begins 
with  Leon  Trotzky's  statement  at  the  Conference  of  Brest- 
Litovsk  on  February  3,  1918  (Russian  calendar),  that  "we 
recognize  entirely  and  without  restriction  the  independence 
of  the  Polish  people  and  of  the  Polish  state."  This  state- 
ment was  tempered  by  reference  to  the  German  occupation 
of  Poland,  then  in  existence,  and  by  the  statement: 

We  can  for  the  present  recognize  as  representing  Poland 
autonomously  in  the  preliminary  peace  negotiations  only  repre- 
sentatives sanctioned  by  the  authentic  organs  of  the  Polish  peo- 
ple itself.  .  .  .  We  cannot  close  our  eyes  to  the  fact  that  the 
Polish  state  is  at  present  occupied  by  foreign  troops  and  that  the 
so-called  Polish  Government  is  free  to  act  only  within  limits  set 
by  outside  parties. 

More  or  less  desultory  negotiations  regarding  exchange  of 
prisoners,  the  invasion  of  the  Polish  Consulate  at  Moscow 
by  revolutionary  Polish  refugees,  the  murder  of  five  mem- 
bers of  a  Russian  Red  Cross  delegation  by  the  Polish  troops 
guarding  them,  the  Polish  pogroms,  etc.,  occurred  for 
several  months  following  the  birth  of  the  Polish  Republic 
after  the  German-Allied  armistice.  In  February,  1919,  a 
serious  effort  toward  peace  was  made.  The  Lithuanian  and 
White  Russian  soviet  republics  on  February  17  addressed 
a  note  to  the  Polish  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  suggesting 
a  joint  commission  to  fix  peacefully  the  eastern  frontier  of 
Poland.  On  February  18,  M.  Chicherin,  the  Russian  Foreign 
Minister,  addressed  a  note  to  the  governments  of  the  five 
great  Entente  Powers  repeating  this  suggestion,  and  pro- 
testing against  Entente  encouragement  to  Polish  aggression, 
as  for  instance  the  Allied  request  to  Germany  to  permit 
the  passage  across  Germany  of  Polish  troops  from  France 
destined  to  fight  against  Soviet  Russia  (this  note  was  pub- 
lished in  The  Nation  for  January  17,  1920).  These  notes 
were  not  answered. 

Despite  the  movement  of  her  armies,  Poland  sent  a  special 
delegate  to  Moscow  in  March,  to  apologize  for  the  murder  of 
the  Russian  Red  Cross  delegation  and  to  settle  other  details. 
M.  Chicherin,  on  March  24,  addressed  a  note  to  the  delegate, 
M.  Wienkovski,  accepting  a  suggestion  made  by  a  com- 
mittee of  the  Socialist  Party  in  Poland  that  the  frontiers 
between  Poland  and  the  Soviet  republics  be  determined  by 
plebiscite  of  the  workers  of  the  regions  involved,  after 
evacuation  of  all  foreign  troops,  and  suggesting  negotia- 
tions to  that  end.  On  April  15,  M.  Chicherin  again  ad- 
dressed M.  Wienkovski,  this  time  in  behalf  of  M.  Rakovski, 
Prime  Minister  of  the  Ukrainian  Soviet  Republic,  announc- 
ing that  recent  victories  of  the  Soviet  troops  over  the  troops 
of  the  Ukrainian  Directory  made  it  likely  that  those  troops 
would  soon  come  into  contact  with  Polish  forces,  and  sug- 
gesting negotiations  for  peaceful  settlement  of  the  boundary 
question  in  the  Ukraine.  Apparently  no  answer  was  made  to 
these  communications ;  and  on  April  25  Chicherin  addressed 
a  final  note  to  Wienkovski,  as  follows: 

Since  you  sent  a  courier  to  Warsaw  with  questions  regarding 
the  agreement  between  our  governments,  Polish  troops  have  at- 
tacked Vilna,  the  capital  of  the  sister  Soviet  Republic  of  Lith- 
uania, an  attack  which  shows  how  the  present  Polish  Govern- 
ment really  regards  the  propositions  for  an  agreement  with  the 
soviet  republics.  This  fact  furthermore  accords  with  the  decla- 
rations published  in  recent  Polish  newspapers,  in  which  the 
responsible  representatives   of  the   Polish   Government  are  re- 


198 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


ported  as  rejecting  any  agreement  with  soviet  governments.  The 
disloyal  character  of  the  attack  on  Vilna,  made  by  Polish  troops 
in  uniforms  of  the  Russian  Red  Army,  shows  how  the  present 
Polish  Government,  when  soviet  governments  are  concerned, 
treats  the  elementary  principles  of  international  relations,  indis- 
pensable basis  of  any  agreement  between  governments.  In  leav- 
ing to  Poland  all  responsibility  for  the  present  impossibility  of 
agreement  between  our  governments,  and  in  emphasizing  at  the 
same  time  that,  animated  by  a  persistent  desire  for  peace,  the 
Workers'  and  Peasants'  Government  of  the  Soviet  Republic  is 
always  disposed  to  resume  discussions  with  the  Polish  Govern- 
ment upon  cessation  of  hostilities  against  the  soviet  republics,  I 
have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that  all  preparations  for  your 
departure  and  that  of  your  associates  who  came  with  you  will 
have  been  completed  by  the  evening  of  April  27.  I  consider  it 
my  duty  to  add  that  despite  what  has  happened,  the  Russian 
Soviet  Government  still  desires  as  soon  as  possible  to  arrange 
the  return  of  the  Polish  refugees  still  in  Russia  to  their  country, 
and  that  messages  concerning  the  repatriation  of  refugees  will 
be  sent  to  the  Polish  Government  direct  by  wireless,  with  the 
request  to  prepare  trains  for  the  return  of  the  refugees  to  the 
localities  agreed  upon  by  the  two  governments.  Receive  the  as- 
surance of  my  profound  respect. 

George  Chicherin 

A  note  dated  June  3,  addressed  to  the  Polish  Ministry  of 
Foreign  Affairs,  and  to  the  governments  of  the  Entente, 
after  protesting  against  the  pogroms  committed  in  Vilna, 
Lida,  Pinsk,  etc.,  in  the  wake  of  the  advancing  Polish  armies, 
concluded  as  follows : 

The  Soviet  Government  nourishes  no  illusions  regarding  the 
true  intentions  of  Messrs.  Pilsudski  and  Paderewski.  While 
the  Soviet  note  of  March  24,  announcing  readiness  to  discuss 
peace  after  mutual  evacuation  of  the  contested  territories,  was 
not  answered,  and  its  text  even  was  concealed  in  Poland,  the 
Polish  Government  and  its  obedient  diet  were  frankly  declaring 
the  necessity  of  extending  Polish  frontiers  to  the  banks  of  the 
Dvina  and  the  Dnieper.  The  true  interpretation  to  be  made  of 
its  reserve  regarding  the  voluntary  alliance  of  the  Lithuanian 
and  White  Russian  peoples  with  Poland  is  illustrated  by  the  fact 
that  on  the  morrow  of  the  overturn  of  the  Soviet  Government 
at  Vilna  the  Polish  authorities  found  themselves  in  open  antag- 
onism to  the  bourgeois  Lithuanian  taryba  and  finally  found  no 
solution  other  than  the  establishment  in  Lithuania  of  an  open 
Polish  dictatorship.  It  is  perfectly  clear  that  the  leading  Polish 
circles  aim  at  nothing  less  than  genuine  annexations,  together 
with  an  active  strurgle  against  the  Russian,  Lithuanian,  and 
White  Russian  labor  movements,  buttresses  of  the  world  revolu- 
tion, and  in  particular  at  the  immediate  and  thoroughgoing 
restoration  of  the  great  landed  estates  in  Lithuania  and  White 
Russia — an  aim  which  even  Kolchak's  followers  hesitate  to 
admit.  But  if  the  Polish  Government  has  thus,  supported  by  the 
great  Powers,  decided  upon  war  at  any  price  against  the  soviet 
republics,  the  Government  of  the  Russian  Soviet  Republic,  while 
protesting  categorically  against  the  neglect  in  this  war  of  the 
elementary  guaranties  generally  recognized  and  practiced  by 
capitalist  governments,  demands  that  the  Polish  authorities 
finally  stop  their  unspeakable  policy  of  systematic  massacre  of 
innocent  people  and  of  murder  en  masse  of  Socialists.  The  Gov- 
ernment of  the  Russian  Soviet  Republic  demands  that  the  rights 
and  treatment  universally  granted  prisoners  of  war  be  assured 
to  the  soldiers  and  officers  of  the  Soviet  armies  when  made  pris- 
oners of  war.  Chicherin 

Despite  the  lack  of  diplomatic  relations,  agreements  re- 
garding hostages  and  civil  prisoners  were  reached  between 
representatives  of  Poland  and  of  Soviet  Russia  at  the  station 
of  Mikachevichi  in  early  November,  1919.  On  December 
22  M.  Chicherin  formally  made  another  peace  offer  in  the 
following  note  to  the  Polish  Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs : 

In  April  of  this  year  the  Soviet  Government  repeatedly  assured 


the  delegate  of  the  Polish  Republic,  Citizen  Wienkovski,  of  its 
invariable  desire  to  end  the  bloodshed  between  the  peoples  of 
Russia  and  of  Poland,  already  tried  by  five  years  of  the  calamity 
of  war,  and  then  as  always  the  Soviet  Government  considered 
an  agreement  between  Poland  and  Russia  easily  attainable. 
When  Citizen  Wienkovski  left  Moscow,  that  assurance  was  re- 
peated. Our  peace  propositions  nevertheless  were  left  unan- 
swered, and  in  the  months  which  followed,  the  Polish  troops  con- 
tinued to  advance  in  the  territory  of  soviet  republics  friendly  to 
the  Russian  Republic.  The  Soviet  Government  was  therefore 
surprised  to  learn  that  on  November  28  the  Under-Secretary  of 
State  Skrzynski,  replying  to  an  interpellation,  told  the  Polish 
Diet  that  the  Russian  Republic  had  never  made  any  peace  propo- 
sition to  Poland,  and  that  it  menaced  Poland  with  invasion,  and 
was  not  at  all  disposed  to  an  agreement  corresponding  to  the 
desires  of  the  Polish  people.  Desiring  to  avoid  any  misunder- 
standing which  might  hinder  the  prompt  reestablishment  of 
peace  and  friendship  between  the  two  peoples,  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment again  confirms  its  previous  assurances  of  its  firm  de- 
sire to  end  all  conflict  with  Poland.  The  Soviet  Government 
hereby  addresses  to  the  Polish  Government  a  formal  proposal 
immediately  to  open  negotiations  aiming  at  a  firm  and  lasting 
peace  between  the  two  countries.  In  thus  carrying  out  the  peace- 
ful will  of  the  workers  and  peasants  of  Russia,  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment also  realizes  that  its  proposal  corresponds  as  well  to  the 
clearly  expressed  desires  of  all  the  labor  organizations  of  Poland, 
of  whatever  party  they  may  be,  of  the  various  democratic  or- 
ganizations, and  of  the  municipalities  and  other  Polish  public 
organs.  Peace  between  Russia  and  Poland  is  a  vital  necessity 
for  the  development  of  the  welfare  and  economic  activity  of  the 
two  countries.  The  Soviet  Government  is  persuaded  that  every 
disagreement  between  them  can  be  solved  by  a  friendly  accord 
which  will  be  hailed  with  joy  by  the  two  peoples.  It  is  not  un- 
known to  us  that  there  are  certain  obstacles  which  might  em- 
barrass the  Polish  Government  in  seeking  such  an  agreement 
just  as  similar  obstacles  embarrass  the  other  neighboring  govern- 
ments in  the  same  way,  but  these  difficulties  arise  not  from  the 
interests  or  sentiments  of  the  Polish  people,  but  from  foreign 
sources  in  opposition  to  its  real  interest.  The  Soviet  Govern- 
ment expresses  the  hope  that  the  pacific  will  of  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  the  Polish  people  and  comprehension  of  its  vital 
interests  will  win  the  upper  hand  and  will  make  possible  a  cessa- 
tion of  hostilities  which  only  serve  foreign  interests.  The  Rus- 
sian Soviet  Government  therefore  asks  the  Polish  Government 
to  indicate  the  place  and  date  of  negotiations,  which  it  proposes 
to  undertake  with  the  purpose  of  a  treaty  of  peace  between  the 
two  republics.  Chicherin 

There  is  no  answer  to  this  appeal  in  the  Russian  Red 
Book.  But  on  January  28,  1920,  a  formal  declaration  was 
made  -by  the  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  of  the 
Russian  Republic  to  the  Government  and  people  of  Poland. 
It  read: 

Poland  must  decide  whether  or  not  she  will  take  a  step  which 
may  for  years  have  most  disastrous  consequences  upon  the  lives 
of  the  two  peoples.  There  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  the 
efforts  of  the  extreme  imperialists  of  the  Entente,  partisans  or 
agents  of  Churchill  and  of  Clemenceau,  are  at  present  directed 
to  throwing  Poland  into  an  unjust,  senseless,  and  criminal  war 
against  Soviet  Russia.  Conscious  of  its  responsibility  to  the 
workers  of  Russia,  and  penetrated  by  a  profound  desire  to  avoid 
the  further  immense  sacrifices,  sufferings,  and  devastation  which 
threaten  the  two  peoples, 

1.  The  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  declares  that  as  the 
policy  of  the  Russian  Socialist  Federal  Soviet  Republic  toward 
Poland  arises  not  from  accidental  temporary  military  or  diplo- 
matic combinations,  but  from  the  unchanging  principle  of  the 
right  of  each  nation  to  self-determination,  it  has  recognized  and 
will  continue  to  recognize  always  and  without  condition  or  re- 
serve the  independence  and  sovereignty  of  the  Polish  Republic, 
and  it  is  upon  this  recognition,  which  dates  from  the  first  day  of 


August  14, 1920] 


The  Nation 


199 


the  existence  of  the  independent  Polish  state,  that  it  bases  all 
its  relations  with  Poland. 

2.  Maintaining  the  last  peace  proposal  made  to  Poland  by  the 
People's  Commissar  for  Foreign  Affairs  on  December  22,  the 
Council  of  the  People's  Commissars,  foreign  to  any  policy  of  ag- 
gression, declares  that  the  Red  troops  will  not  pass  the  present 
lines  of  the  front  in  White  Russia,  which  passes  near  the  follow- 
ing points:  Drissa,  Disna,  Polok,  Borisov,  Parich,  the  stations 
of  Ptych  and  Bielokorovichi ;  and  as  regards  the  Ukrainian 
front,  the  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  declares  in  its 
name  and  in  that  of  the  provisional  government  of  the  Ukraine 
that  the  Soviet  troops  will  not  conduct  military  operations  west 
of  the  present  line,  which  passes  near  Czudnov,  Piliava,  Deraz- 
nia,  and  Bar. 

3.  The  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  declares  that  the 
Soviet  Government  has  concluded.no  treaty  or  agreement  with 
Germany  or  with  any  other  country,  directed,  directly  or  indi- 
rectly, against  Poland,  and  that  the  character  and  spirit  of  the 
international  policy  of  the  Soviet  power  excludes  the  very  possi- 
bility of  such  treaties  just  as  it  excludes  any  desire  to  profit  by 
possible  collisions  between  Poland  and  Germany  or  any  other 
country  in  order  to  injure  Poland's  independence  or  to  violate  her 
territory. 

4.  The  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  declares  that  there 
is  no  question,  territorial,  economic,  or  other,  affecting  the  real 
interests  of  Poland  and  of  Russia,  which  cannot  be  decided  by 
pacific  negotiations,  concessions,  and  mutual  agreements,  as  is 
now  being  done  in  the  negotiations  with  Esthonia.  Instructing 
the  People's  Commissariat  for  Foreign  Affairs  to  obtain  at  the 
February  session  of  the  Central  Pan-Russian  Executive  Com- 
mittee solemn  confirmation,  on  the  part  of  the  supreme  organ  of 
the  republic,  of  the  bases  here  indicated  for  Soviet  policy  toward 
Poland,  the  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  feels  that  its 
present  categorical  declaration  fulfils  its  duty  to  the  pacific 
interests  of  the  Russian  and  Polish  peoples,  and  it  nourishes  the 
firm  hope  of  seeing  all  litigious  questions  solved  by  peaceful 
accords  between  Russia  and  Poland. 

V.  Oulianov  (Lenin) 
President  of  the  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars 

G.  Chicherin 
People's  Commissar  for  Foreign  Affairs 

L.  Trotzky 
People's  Commissar  for  War  and  Marine 

The  Pan-Russian  Executive  Committee  made  a  long  state- 
ment indorsing  this  position  on  February  2.  On  February  4 
the  following  communication  was  addressed  to  M.  Chicherin 
from  Warsaw,  marked  "Very  Urgent" : 

The  Government  of  the  Polish  Republic  acknowledges  receipt 
of  the  wireless  declaration  of  the  Government  of  the  Russian 
Soviet  Republic,  dated  January  29,  1920.  The  declaration  will 
be  studied  and  the  reply  communicated  to  the  Russian  Soviet 
Government.  Stanislas  Patek 

Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs 

The  Polish  armies  gave  the  only  further  reply  to  the 
Russian  note.  On  March  3,  therefore,  M.  Chicherin  sent 
another  note  to  M.  Patek,  the  essential  part  of  which  read 
as  follows: 

The  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  repeated  on  January 
30  the  peace  propositions  previously  made  by  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment to  the  Polish  Republic,  and  its  action  was  solemnly  con- 
firmed by  the  Central  Executive  Committee  on  February  2.  The 
delay  of  the  Polish  Government  in  sending  to  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment the  reply  announced  in  your  telegram  of  February  4  un- 
fortunately retards  the  moment  when  the  Russian  and  Polish 
peoples  can  resume  their  pacific  life  and  work.  We  are  com- 
pelled to  note  with  regret  not  only  that  the  Polish  Government 
has  not  yet  decided  to  open  the  peace  negotiations  which  we  pro- 
posed, but  that,  contrary  to  what  we  had  the  right  to  expect, 
it  has  launched  a  large-scale  military  offensive  against  Ukrain- 


ian territory,  menacing  by  this  new  aggression  the  independent 
Ukrainian  Republic.  The  allied  Russian  and  Ukrainian  govern- 
ments being  forced  by  this  offensive  to  defend  that  territory 
against  this  unjustified  aggression,  and  it  being  therefore  im- 
possible, for  strategic  reasons  imposed  by  the  necessities  of  de- 
fense of  the  Ukrainian  front,  to  hold  to  the  line  indicated  in  the 
declaration  of  January  30,  the  Soviet  Government  calls  to  the 
attention  of  the  Polish  Government  how  unfortunate  a  continua- 
tion of  the  present  state  of  war  would  be  to  the  interests  of  the 
two  peoples.  We  repudiate  as  heretofore  any  idea  of  aggression 
against  Poland,  which  we  do  not  threaten,  seeking  only  to  defend 
ourselves  and  our  ally  the  Ukrainian  Republic.  The  Russian 
and  Ukrainian  armies  will  cross  the  line  mentioned  only  where 
the  necessities  of  defense  against  new  aggressions  of  the  Polish 
army  require  it,  and  we  will  abstain  as  strictly  as  hitherto  from 
similar  movements  on  the  Russian  front  unless  the  Polish  army 
undertakes  new  aggressive  operations,  which  we  hope  will  not 
be  the  case.  The  Russian  Soviet  Government  expresses  the  firm 
hope  that  the  Polish  Government  will  not  further  delay  follow- 
ing up  the  peace  propositions  made  to  it  and  that  it  will  begin 
the  negotiations  to  which  it  has  already  given  its  assent. 

Chicherin 

To  this  the  Polish  Foreign  Minister  replied  three  weeks 
later,  March  27,  in  a  dispatch  marked  "Very  Urgent": 

Following  up  the  peace  proposals  of  the  Council  of  the  Peo- 
ple's Commissars  of  the  Russian  Soviet  Republic,  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  Polish  Republic  reports  that  it  is  ready  to  enter  into 
negotiations  and  to  begin  preliminary  discussions  with  the  Rus- 
sian plenipotentiaries  beginning  April  10.  The  Polish  Govern- 
ment proposes  Borisov  as  the  place  for  the  negotiations.  When 
the  Council  of  the  People's  Commissars  of  the  Russian  Soviet 
Republic  shall  have  informed  the  Polish  Government  of  its  deci- 
sion to  send  plenipotentiaries  at  the  above-mentioned  date  or  at 
a  later  date  the  Polish  Government  will  give  orders  to  interrupt 
hostilities  in  the  sector  of  the  Borisov  bridgehead  24  hours 
before  the  hour  fixed  for  the  arrival  of  the  Russian  plenipoten- 
tiaries at  the  intersection  of  the  Polish  trenches  and  the  Minsk- 
Smolensk  railway  line.  It  will  be  necessary  for  the  Council  of 
the  People's  Commissars  of  the  Russian  Soviet  Republic  to  indi- 
cate in  its  reply  the  number  of  members  of  the  Russian  delega- 
tion and  of  its  auxiliary  personnel  so  that  the  Polish  Govern- 
ment may  make  the  necessary  arrangements  on  the  spot  in  time. 

Stanislas  Patek 

Chicherin's  reply  was  dispatched  the  following  day, 
March  28 : 

The  Russian  Soviet  Government  received  with  the  greatest 
satisfaction  the  proposition  made  in  your  radiogram  yesterday, 
to  begin  peace  negotiations  between  the  two  governments  on 
April  10.  It  sees  in  it  a  step  toward  the  establishment  of  defi- 
nite relations  of  peace  and  friendship  between  the  two  countries 
and  it  accepts  the  date  of  April  10  for  the  opening  of  the  peace 
conference.  The  Russian  Soviet  Government,  however,  cannot  con- 
ceal its  astonishment  that  the  Polish  Government  in  its  communi- 
cation mentions  only  a  temporary  and  local  suspension  of  hostili- 
ties in  the  sector  where  the  delegation  is  invited  to  come.  For 
our  part  we  see  nothing  to  justify  the  continuation  for  a  single 
day  of  bloodshed  or  of  further  sacrifices  of  human  lives  when 
the  two  parties  have  agreed  to  begin  peace  negotiations  so  soon. 
The  Russian  Soviet  Government  considers  indispensable  an  im- 
mediate suspension  of  hostilities  on  the  entire  front  where  the 
Russian  and  Polish  armies  are  opposed,  and  it  cannot  under- 
stand what  military  object  is  responsible  for  Poland's  continua- 
tion of  hostilities  after  the  decision  to  convoke  a  peace  confe- 
rence immediately  had  been  reached.  We  also  believe  that  the 
work  of  this  conference  will  be  conducted  more  effectively  in  a 
place  more  appropriate  to  the  calm  of  deliberations,  and  the 
Soviet  Government  consequently  considers  it  necessary  that  the 
negotiations  take  place  in  a  neutral  state.  It  considers  that  one 
of  the  Esthonian  cities  would  be  the  most  appropriate  place  and 


200 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2876 


it  is  endeavoring  to  obtain  the  consent  of  the  Esthonian  Govern- 
ment. The  Russian  Government  believes  that  under  these  con- 
ditions no  serious  obstacle  can  prevent  the  success  of  peace  nego- 
tiations between  the  two  governments. 

To  this  M.  Patek  replied  on  April  1  that  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment having  asked  the  Polish  Government  on  indicate  the 
place  and  date  of  negotiations,  the  latter  had  indicated  the 
place  in  its  message  of  March  27  and  that  "it  holds  to  the 
place  named." 

After  a  profound  study  of  the  whole  situation  the  Polish  Gov- 
ernment has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  impossible  for  it 
to  accept  the  suggestion  contained  in  your  wireless  of  March  28 
for  an  armistice  on  the  entire  front.  Hostilities  will  be  sus- 
pended on  the  Borisov  bridgehead,  not  temporarily,  as  was  said 
in  your  wireless  of  March  27,  but  throughout  the  peace  negotia- 
tions at  Borisov. 

M.  Chicherin  replied  on  April  2  in  a  long  note  repeating 
his  desire  for  a  general  armistice  and  declaring  that  the 
sole  responsibility  for  further  bloodshed  must  fall  on  Poland. 
He  declared  that  the  Russian  Government  could  not  under- 
stand why  military  operations  should  be  continued ;  that  the 
selection  for  the  negotiations  of  Borisov,  in  the  military 
zone,  with  war  continuing  on  both  sides  of  it,  caused  sus- 
picions of  some  strategic  arriere-pensee.  If  Esthonia  were 
unsatisfactory,  the  Russian  Government  suggested  Petro- 
grad  or  Moscow,  where  the  wireless  station  would  be  at  the 
service  of  the  Polish  delegation,  or  Warsaw,  if  wireless  and 
courier  facilities  would  be  given  the  Russian  delegation 
there.  The  Polish  reply  to  this  suggestion,  marked  "Urgent," 
was  dispatched  on  April  7.    It  declared : 

The  Polish  Government  indicated  Borisov  as  the  place  for  the 
peace  conference  because  that  region  was  easily  accessible  by 
railway  and  could  easily  be  provided  with  telegraphic  and  wire- 
less connections.  The  Polish  Government  declined  the  armistice 
proposition  because  the  application  of  the  armistice  to  a  1,000- 
kilometer  front  would  have  taken  as  much  time  as  the  study  of 
the  essential  bases  of  the  peace  treaty. 

Poland  would  offer  guaranties  of  personal  security  and 
immunity  of  couriers.  The  delay  of  the  People's  Commissars 
in  giving  a  definite  reply  to  the  Polish  Government  made 
necessary  the  postponement  of  the  negotiations  to  April  17, 


and  for  this  the  People's  Commissars  were  solely  responsible. 
The  Polish  Government  awaited  a  final  reply,  considering 
any  further  exchange  of  notes  regarding  the  armistice  or 
place  of  meeting  useless.  M.  Chicherin's  reply,  closing  the 
negotiations,  was  dated  April  9: 

The  last  communication  from  the  Polish  Government  being  in 
the  nature  of  an  ultimatum  declining  further  discussion  of  the 
choice  of  Borisov,  which,  as  you  know,  is  inacceptable  to  us,  we 
find  ourselves  in  the  tragic  position  of  seeing  the  negotiations 
shattered  on  a  question  of  locality,  a  fact  unprecedented  in  the 
history  of  relations.  Since  the  Russian  Government  is  ready  to 
accept  any  other  neutral  or  Entente  city,  even  London  or  Paris, 
and  rejects  only  a  city  in  or  near  the  military  zone  because  the 
Polish  Government  refuses  a  general  armistice,  the  Russian  Gov- 
ernment finds  only  one  possible  way  out:  to  turn  to  the  Entente 
Powers.  It  considers  it  its  duty  to  transmit  to  the  Polish  Gov- 
ernment the  message  which  it  has  just  sent  to  the  governments 
of  France,  Great  Britain,  Italy,  and  the  United  States. 

This  message  summarized  the  diplomatic  exchanges,  and 
concluded : 

Russia  has  no  reason  to  fear  war,  but  she  longs  for  peace  in 
order  not  to  be  diverted  from  her  domestic  activities  and  to  end 
hostilities  between  the  peoples  of  Russia  and  of  Poland  and  to 
establish  between  them  relations  of  peace,  reciprocal  friendship, 
and  neighborliness.  .  .  .  The  repeated  decisions  of  the 
Entente  Powers  regarding  the  border  states  of  Russia  show  suffi- 
ciently that  those  governments  consider  their  influence  upon  the 
latter  decisive,  and  if  the  present  negotiations  fail  solely  because 
of  the  stubbornness  of  the  Polish  Government  in  insisting  upon 
Borisov  as  the  only  place  for  negotiations  with  Russia,  it  will  be 
impossible  for  the  governments  of  the  Entente  to  avoid  respon- 
sibility, since  their  influence  evidently  could  have  led  the  Polish 
Government  to  adopt  a  more  flexible  attitude  in  this  matter.    - 

This  closes  the  record  of  Russo-Polish  negotiations  in  the 
Soviet  Red  Book.  There  is  a  protest  from  the  Ukrainian 
Prime  Minister  against  the  bombardment  of  Kiev  by  Polish 
airplanes  preceding  the  capture  of  that  city  by  the  Poles, 
dated  April  26;  General  Pilsudski's  proclamation  to  the 
Ukrainian  people,  bearing  the  same  date;  and  a  manifesto  of 
the  Central  Pan-Russian  Executive  Committee  to  the  work- 
ers, peasants,  and  soldiers  of  Poland,  dated  May  5,  when  the 
tide  of  Polish  invasion  was  at  its  height. 


Just  Published 

No.  68.     Illustrated  Catalogue  of 

Rare  Books  in  Beautiful  Old  Bindings 

The  DR.  R.  T.  JUPP  COLLECTION  of 

MSS.,  AUTOGRAPHS,  BOOKS,  etc.,  etc.,  by  or  relating  to 

CHARLES  DICKENS 

The  Collection  of  Relic*  of  the  Original  Dora  of  DAVID  COPPERFIELD 

BOOKS  ON  THE  FINE  ARTS,  SPORT 

and  an  extensive  collection  of  BOOKS  ON  SHORTHAND 

The  Original  MS.  of  an  Unpublished  Story  by  RUDYARD  KIPLING, 
earlier  in  date  than  any  of  his  published  stories 

Post  free  from 

HENRY   SOTHERAN   &    CO. 

Booksellers  to  the  King 

43,   Piccadilly,  W.    1, 

or.  140  Strand.  W.  C.  2. 
Cable  Address;  Bookmen.  London  London,   England. 


THREE  STORIES  by  JACK  LONDON.     The  d™«?  °f  Deb.,  a  story  of 

. —       a   general   strike;    The    Apostate, 

child  labor  story;   The   Strength    of    the'  Strong,  story  of  primitive  man.  The  three  booklets 

mailed  for  30c.     Catalog  of  books  on  sociology,  economics,  etc.,  free. 

CHARLES  H.  KERR  &  CO..  347  East  Ohio  Street.  Chicago 


Story  Writing  Properly  Taught 

Expert  instruction  in  Short-story  Writing  will  be  given  by 
the  staff  of  Pearson's  Magazine,  under  the  personal  super- 
vision of  Frank  Harris.  Persons  whose  experience  with  other 
"courses"  has  been  unsatisfactory,  will  find  here  a  service  of 
superior  worth.  Careful  criticism  and  revision  of  single 
manuscripts  also  made  by  professional  writers.  Fees  for 
either  service  moderate.     For  information  address, 

PEARSON'S  LITERARY  SERVICE,  57  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York 


ALICE  KAUSER 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 

ESTABLISHED        1896 

1402  BROADWAY         Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.    GIFFEN,    Associate    Manager 


NEW  YORK 


From  Monkey  to  Man,  25c. 


This  book  written  by  a  high  authority  sets  down  in  brief  and  simple 
language  the  theory  of  evolution  and  tells  how  Man,  in  long  ages  of 
painful    progress,    came    up   from   the   Monkey. 

APPEAL    TO    REASON,    GIRARD,    KANSAS. 


NOTICE    TO    FOREIGN    SUBSCRIBERS 

Subscribers    residing    in   foreign   countries   are    requested    to   make 
remittance    by    international    money-order,    or    draft,    payable    in 
New    York,   so   that   subscriptions  may   be   entered  promptly. 
Circulation  Department  The  Nation 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  AUGUST  21,  1920 


No.  2877 


Contents 


EDITORIAL    PARAGRAPHS     201 

EDITORIALS : 

Our   Russian    Policy 204 

Let    Us    Have    Peace !     205 

Japan     Invades     Siberia 205 

The    Northwest     206 

RUSSIAN    IMPRESSIONS.     By    Henry    G.    Alsberg •  •  207 

THE  NATIONAL    PARKS'    PERIL.     By    Robert    Sterling    Yard 208 

THE  FAR   EAST   GETS   A   RESPITE.     By   Max   Zippin 210 

THE  NIKOLAIEVSK    "MASSACRE."     By   Miles   M.    Sherower : 211 

THE  TEACHER'S   REAL   DILEMMA.     By   M.    H.    Hedges 214 

IN    THE    DRIFTWAY.     By    the    Drifter 215 

CORRESPONDENCE      '217 

CHILD   OF   ADAM.      By   Scudder   Middleton 218 

BOOKS: 

The  Diplomatic  Auction.     By   B.   U.   Burke 218 

The  Tenth  Muse.    By  C.  and  M.  V.  D 219 

The   Case   Against   Violence.     By   R.    R 220 

Conscientious   Objection  in   the  British   Empire.     By  Roderick   Seiden- 

berg      220 

George    Santayana.     By    Ludwig    Lewisohn 221 

Miniatura.     By    Glen    Mullin 222 

Books    in    Brief 223 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION: 

Further     Russian-British     Notes 225 

From    the    Socialists    of    Siberia 227 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,   $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress :  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford  St.,  London. 

THERE  is  widespread  effort  in  behalf  of  the  railroads  to 
show  that  the  advance  in  rates  will  not  materially  in- 
crease prices.  Statisticians  of  the  Southern  Railway,  for  in- 
stance, point  out  that  not  more  than  one  and  two-thirds 
cents  a  pair  will  be  added  to  the  cost  of  shipping  shoes  from 
Boston  to  Atlanta,  and  less  than  a  sixth  of  a  cent  to  the 
freight  charges  on  a  pound  of  sugar  from  New  Orleans  to 
Greensboro,  North  Carolina.  Mr.  W.  Jett  Lauck  is  also 
quoted  to  the  effect  that  the  new  rates  will  not  justify  an 
increase  of  as  much  as  one  cent  a  pound  in  the  price  of 
meat  or  ten  cents  in  the  cost  of  a  suit  of  clothes,  although 
he  admits  that  there  will  be  an  added  transportation  charge 
on  coal  of  from  seventy-five  cents  to  $1.35.  Let  us  hope 
that  these  rosy  predictions  will  be  realized,  but  nobody  has 
shown  so  conclusively  as  Mr.  Lauck  how  increases  in  wages 
during  the  war  were  used  as  an  excuse  for  the  most  out- 
rageous profiteering  in  prices.  Mr.  Lauck  proved  by  con- 
vincing figures  that  an  increased  labor  cost  of  fifteen  cents 
on  a  pair  of  shoes  had  been  used  as  the  primary  reason  for 
exacting  $3.50  more  on  the  retail  price,  while  an  advance  of 
1,000  per  cent  in  the  wages  of  packing  house  employees 
would  not  account  for  the  increase  in  the  price  of  meat  over 
pre-war  rates.  It  may  be  that  prices  will  not  be  so  scandal- 
ously juggled  because  of  present  increases  in  railroad  rates 


as  they  were  because  of  earlier  advances  in  wages,  but  until 
we  have  the  proof  of  experience  we  are  from  Missouri — or 
at  least  from  East  St.  Louis,  Illinois. 


MEANWHILE,  even  without  the  excuse  of  higher  rail- 
road rates,  prices  have  been  steadily  rising.  Ac- 
cording to  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor,  the  cost 
of  twenty-two  items  of  food  increased  2  per  cent  from  May 
15  to  June  15  and  9  per  cent  in  the  three  months  from  March 
15  to  June  15.  Among  the  foods  the  price  of  which  advanced 
between  the  middle  of  May  and  the  middle  of  June  may  be 
mentioned  round  steak,  potatoes,  rib  roast,  sugar,  bread, 
corn  meal,  and  eggs.  On  the  other  hand,  there  was  a  drop 
of  one-half  of  1  per  cent  in  the  price  of  tea  and  prunes. 
Obviously,  if  the  American  consumer  would  merely  abandon 
meat,  potatoes,  bread,  and  eggs  for  a  diet  of  tea  and  prunes, 
he  could  beat  the  H.  C.  of  L.  and  put  money  in  the  bank. 
There  is  this  consolation  in  it  all,  that  the  fine  growing 
weather  of  the  last  two  months  has  converted  a  prospective 
food  shortage  into  the  probability  of  abundance.  Although 
the  acreage  in  grain  is  9  per  cent  less  than  last  year,  the 
crop  is  expected  to  be  5  per  cent  larger  than  the  average  for 
the  five  years  1914-1918,  while  the  outlook  is  for  the  largest 
harvest  of  potatoes  and  of  cotton  since  1914.  The  Lord  is 
better  to  us  than  we  deserve. 


IT  is  announced  that  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  will  launch 
its  national  campaign  in  South  Dakota,  where  Parley  P. 
Christensen,  its  candidate  for  President,  is  to  begin  a  five- 
day  speaking  tour  at  Aberdeen  on  August  23.  South  Dakota 
has  good  strategic  possibilities  for  the  new  party.  A  con- 
siderable break  from  the  two  old  parties  has  already  been 
effected  by  the  Nonpartisan  League,  which  elected  eighteen 
representatives  to  the  Legislature  in  1918  and  gained  con- 
trol of  the  administration  of  Hutchinson  County.  There  is 
the  further  advantage,  also,  that  the  Nonpartisan  League  in 
South  Dakota  is  organized  as  an  independent  political  party 
and  does  not  work  through  the  machinery  of  the  Repub- 
licans, as  in  North  Dakota.  Hence,  the  Nonpartisan  League 
organization  is  free  to  indorse  such  national  candidates  as 
it  chooses,  and  will  carry  Christensen  and  Hayes  on  its 
ticket.  In  Washington  a  convention  of  the  Triple  Alliance 
of  labor  has  just  recommended  to  the  membership  that  it 
constitute  itself  the  State  organization  of  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party.  In  six  counties,  also,  according  to  recent  reports, 
the  Nonpartisan  League  organizations  have  decided  not  to 
attempt  to  capture  the  Republican  machinery  through  the 
primaries,  but  to  make  their  campaign  with  the  Farmer- 
Labor  Party. 

THE  Republican,  the  Democratic,  and  the  Prohibition 
candidates  for  President  and  Vice-President  have  now 
been  formally  notified  of  their  nominations,  and  each  has 
made  the  customary  formal  speech  of  acceptance.  The 
speeches  of  Mr.  Harding  and  Mr.  Cox  contain  a  number  of 
liftle  eccentricities  in  grammar  and  rhetoric  which  might 


202 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


well  be  used  as  illustrations  by  high  school  teachers  of  Eng- 
lish, if  it  were  not  now  a  crime  to  refer  to  current  politics 
in  the  schools.  None  of  the  speeches,  however,  affords  any- 
thing but  dreary  reading.  All  of  them  bestow  unctuous 
praise  upon  the  party  to  which  the  candidate  belongs,  and 
promise  an  early  ending  of  most  of  our  woes  if  the  party  is 
successful  at  the  polls.  All,  with  equal  fervor,  denounce  the 
opposing  party  or  parties  as  responsible  for  most  of  the  ills 
that  now  beset  us.  No  ordinary  man  can  tell  exactly  what 
either  the  Republican  or  the  Democratic  candidates  think 
about  the  League  of  Nations,  which  all  of  them  doubtless 
fear  will,  and  Mr.  Wilson  apparently  fears  will  not,  become 
in  some  way  a  leading  issue  in  the  campaign;  nor  can  any- 
one feel  sure  what  either  party  is  likely  to  try  to  do  with 
the  high  cost  of  living,  which  is  the  thing  the  people  care 
most  about.  Mr.  Wilson,  it  is  said,  plans  to  address  the 
nation  from  the  back  porch  of  the  White  House,  lest  we 
forget;  Senator  Harding  will  address  the  nation  from  his 
front  porch  at  Marion ;  Governor  Cox  will  tour  the  country ; 
and  there  will  be  canned  speeches  everywhere.  All  this 
would  be  tolerable  enough  if  only  it  were  amusing;  as  it  is, 
it  is  only  dull.  Nobody  cares  what  any  of  the  candidates 
thinks,  nobody  feels  deeply  that  anything  very  important 
will  have  been  lost  or  won  whichever  way  the  election  goes. 
One  wonders  if  Mr.  Debs  or  Mr.  Christensen,  only  the  latter 
of  whom,  unfortunately,  is  free  to  star  the  provinces,  will 
be  able  to  say  anything  that  will  make  the  campaign  seem 
real. 

MASTERLY,  that's  what  we  call  it.  A  committee  of 
women  asked  Senator  Harding  how  he  stood  on  the 
Russian  blockade.  The  genial  Senator  replied  in  one  hun- 
dred ringing  words  as  follows : 

I  stand  upon  the  platform  adopted  by  the  Republican  Na- 
tional Convention  at  Chicago  [which  says  nothing  whatever 
remotely  concerning  the  blockade].  It  would  be  unwise  and 
unfair  in  the  absence  of  the  fullest  knowledge  of  all  the  facts 
involved  to  give  a  specific  statement  on  this  question.  There 
has  been  under  this  administration  so  much  of  hidden  diplo- 
macy, so  much  suppression  of  knowledge  concerning  our  inter- 
national relations,  that  even  my  membership  on  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  brought  no  revealment,  but 
you  can  readily  understand  that  I  must  secure  enlightenment 
before  it  will  be  proper  for  me  to  pronounce  judgment  specifically 
or  to  assume  a  definite  position. 

Invaluable!  For  while  it  brings  no  indication  that  the 
Marionette  has  not  established  a  new  nadir  of  intellect  for 
presidential  candidates,  it  reveals  when  we  may  expect 
from  him  on  any  matter  "a  definite  position."  After  en- 
lightenment. Here,  we  submit,  is  infinity — or  is  it  eternity? 
Boy,  page  Mr.  Einstein! 

THERE  has  been  much  talk  in  the  United  States  about 
cultivating  the  good  will  of  Latin-America.  A  consid- 
erable literature — magazine  articles,  pamphlets,  brochures 
under  the  imprimatur  of  large  banking  institutions,  cham- 
bers of  commerce,  and  manufacturers'  associations- — has 
been  devoted  to  informing  our  southward-looking  country- 
men how  to  beguile  the  proud  Hispanic-American.  Through- 
out all  this  propaganda  runs  and  recurs  like  a  Wagnerian 
theme  the  warning  against  past  mistakes.  The  Latin- 
American,  it  reiterates,  has  misunderstood  our  purposes. 
All  these  legitimate  and  praiseworthy  efforts  become  so 
much  scrap  paper  in  the  face  of  such  manifestations  of 
American  imperialism  as  the  court  martial  of  the  three  Do- 


minicans by  the  United  States  military  command,  for  writ- 
ing frankly  about  our  seizure  of  their  native  country.  For 
the  case  of  Fallio,  the  "patriot  poet,"  and  of  two  fellow 
journalists  has  resounded  throughout  Hispanic-America, 
evoking  cabled  protests  to  President  Wilson  from  press 
clubs  in  Havana  and  Montevideo.  The  character  of  the 
American  censorship  against  which  these  young  men  have 
sinned  may  be  deduced  from  the  fact  that  it  forbids  the  use 
in  newspaper,  magazine,  pamphlet,  or  book  of  the  very 
phrases  "freedom  of  thought"  or  "freedom  of  speech,"  or 
the  words  "national"  or  "revolution."  Even  "liberty"  is 
verboten! 

TO  recognize  that  "the  Soviet  Government  exists"  v/ould 
not  seem  to  require  superhuman  intelligence,  yet  so 
far  Count  Sforza,  Italian  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  seems 
to  be  the  only  Western  statesman  who  has  made  that  dis- 
covery. His  understanding  of  the  situation  has  been 
quickened,  perhaps,  by  the  fact  that  in  his  own  country 
there  are  large  revolutionary  groups  who  "down  tools" 
when  they  know  that  the  fruit  of  their  labor  is  to  be  used 
against  the  workers'  republic  of  Russia.  Fifty-five  Italian 
sailors  of  the  crew  of  the  British  Anchor  liner  Calabria 
recently  struck  in  New  York  harbor  rather  than  man  a  ship 
destined  to  carry  800  Polish  reserves  to  Europe.  En- 
lightened self-interest  of  this  kind  may  keep  the  Italian 
worker  at  home  while  his  comrades  of  Poland,  Hungary, 
and  France  engage  in  trying  to  crush  the  Russian  Revolu- 
tion. Under  his  pressure  the  Italian  Government  not  only 
realizes  that  the  Soviet  Government  "exists,"  but  has  even, 
sent  a  representative  to  Moscow.  Count  Sforza  announces 
further  that  a  Russian  envoy  is  now  expected  in  Rome  "and 
we  will  do  our  best  to  facilitate  his  journey.  He  will  enjoy 
the  greatest  hospitality  in  this  country."  Such  a  policy  is 
in  bright  contrast  to  that  of  our  own  Government,  which, 
expressing  a  pious  desire  not  to  "interfere  in  the  internal 
affairs  of  Russia,"  at  the  same  time  views  "with  sympathy" 
the  struggle  of  Wrangel  against  the  Bolsheviki,  backed  by 
France. 

JOHN  H.  FINLEY,  Commissioner  of  Education  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  is  reported  to  have  told  the  mem- 
bers of  the  International  Typographical  Union  at  Albany 
the  other  day  that  a  school  teacher  is  out  of  place  in  a  union. 
The  reason  is  that  the  teacher  is  like  the  soldier,  or,  as  Dr. 
Finley  is  said  to  have  put  it,  "an  officer  in  the  future  army 
of  defense."  State  Superintendent  Thomas  E.  Finegan  of 
Pennsylvania,  in  an  opinion  sustaining  the  refusal  of  the 
Board  of  Education  of  Lancaster  to  reemploy  teachers  who 
were  members  of  the  American  Federation  of  Teachers,  an 
organization  affiliated  with  the  American  Federation  of 
Labor,  has  just  said  the  same  thing.  According  to  Mr. 
Finegan,  "teachers  must  be  as  free  and  independent  in  the 
discharge  of  their  public  obligations  and  responsibilities 
and  in  their  devotion  and  loyalty  to  the  public  interests 
which  they  serve  as  are  firemen,  policemen,  or  soldiers." 
Theoretically,  of  course,  this  is  fine — a  winsome  picture  of 
a  free  teacher  in  a  free  world.  What  it  means  in  practice 
is  that  the  teacher  must  do  what  he  is  told,  accept  any  salary 
a  school  board  chooses  to  hand  out  to  him,  work  often  in 
crowded,  ill-ventilated,  and  unsanitary  classrooms,  observe 
courses  of  study  and  teaching  methods  prescribed  for  him 
by  his  superiors,  carefully  refrain  from  expressing  his  opin- 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


203 


ions  on  political  or  economic  issues,  and  submit  to  being 
kicked  out  whenever  the  powers  that  be  elect  to  charge  him 
with  partisanship  or  disloyalty  or  anything  else  that  cer- 
tain influential  people  do  not  like.  The  only  redress,  ac- 
cording to  Mr.  Finegan,  is  the  right  of  laying  the  case  be- 
fore the  public  without  any  organization  of  the  teachers  or 
help  from  any  other.  It  will  be  the  fault  of  the  teachers 
themselves  if  they  go  on  accepting  this  "new  freedom,"  and 
allow  the  disciplinary  necessities  of  an  army  to  determine 
their  rights  and  duties.  We  have  only  one  counsel  for  the 
teachers  of  this  country :  that  is  to  unite  to  secure  the  right 
of  free  teaching  and  a  proper  remuneration  for  their  work. 

THIRTY-NINE  Hindus  were  seized  at  a  factory  gate  in 
South  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania,  on  July  26.  They  were 
taken  to  the  police  station  without  an  opportunity  to  go  to 
their  bunk-houses  to  get  their  belongings,  locked  up  over- 
night, and  shipped  to  Ellis  Island  the  next  morning.  No 
warrants  were  shown  them,  and  none  had  then  been  issued. 
A  British  sea  captain  went  to  Ellis  Island  on  July  31 — the 
record  does  not  say  who  told  him  they  were  there — and 
invited  the  Hindus  to  ship  with  him  at  East  Indian  pay, 
five  to  seven  dollars  a  month.  They  refused  to  go  with  him, 
but  were  told  by  Ellis  Island  officials  that  if  they  did  not 
sign  they  would  get  six  months  in  jail,  whereupon  some  of 
them  did  sign.  The  British  sea  captain  had  told  a  Syrian 
who  makes  a  business  of  securing  seamen  for  ships  that  he 
would  need  very  few  men  this  trip  because  the  Ellis  Island 
officials  were  sending  him  forty  Hindus.  This  Syrian  un- 
derstood that  the  British  Consulate  in  New  York  systemat- 
ically denounced  Hindus  in  this  country  to  agents  of  the 
Department  of  Labor,  who  arrested  them  and  then,  instead 
of  deporting  them,  turned  them  over  to  British  sea  captains 
as  cheap  crews.  Since  1917  Hindus  have  been  excluded  from 
this  country  by  the  terms  of  the  immigration  act,  but  at 
least  nine  of  the  thirty-nine  Hindus  arrested  at  South 
Bethlehem  had  entered  prior  to  the  passage  of  that  law,  and 
there  was  no  question  of  their  legal  right  to  go  about  their 
business  in  this  country.  No  one,  however,  had  so  much  as 
inquired  when  they  had  entered  or  whether  they  had  a  right 
to  stay,  until  the  Friends  of  Freedom  for  India  heard  of 
their  case  and  secured  writs  of  habeas  corpus.  Only  then, 
indeed,  were  warrants  issued.  It  is  pretty  business  for 
agents  of  our  Department  of  Labor  to  shanghai  Hindus 
for  British  ships  at  the  behest  of  representatives  of  a 
foreign  government. 

THE  hurried  departure  of  Charles  Huszar,  ex-Premier 
of  Hungary,  for  Europe  on  August  12,  after  a  sojourn 
here  of  four  weeks,  marks  the  climax  of  a  campaign  of 
"pitiless  publicity,"  waged  without  funds,  without  deliberate 
attempt  at  coordination,  with  the  sheer  force  of  truth  for  its 
only  motive  power.  Mr.  Huszar's  record  was  exposed  in  an 
article  published  in  The  Nation  of  July  24;  and  the  storm 
of  protest  aroused  by  that  article  among  Hungarians,  Jews, 
and  Rumanians  in  various  parts  of  the  United  States  liter- 
ally swept  Mr.  Huszar  out  of  the  country.  It  is  extremely 
unlikely  that  his  deportation  would  ever  have  been  ordered ; 
the  mere  fact  that  it  was  demanded  finished  him,  and  he 
left  six  weeks  before  he  planned  to  without  addressing  a 
single  one  of  the  mass  meetings  advertised  in  advance,  or 
being  received  by  any  public  official.  His  complete  and 
accelerated  failure  deals  a  severe  blow  to  the  prestige  of 
his  clique  of  reactionary  jingoes. 


THE  unveiling  the  other  day  of  a  memorial  statue  to 
Wilbur  Wright  at  Le  Mans  reminds  us  how,  despite 
the  upheaval  of  war  and  reconstruction,  France  continues 
to  be  the  generous  foster-mother  of  art  and  invention  to 
all  the  world.  Such  a  memorial  is  well;  but  it  was  a  thou- 
sand times  better  that  France  offered  to  the  Wright  broth- 
ers, at  the  moment  when  they  needed  it  most,  the  facilities 
and  the  inspiration  to  perfect  what  is  perhaps  the  greatest 
mechanical  conquest  of  nature  that  man  has  yet  attained. 
France  extended  the  assistance  that  is  traditional  of  her 
genius  to  the  two  North  Americans,  struggling  with  a 
heavier-than-air  machine,  just  as  she  had  already  given  it 
to  Santos  Dumont,  a  South  American,  in  developing  a 
dirigible  lighter-than-air  machine;  and  as  still  earlier  she 
had  brought  about  the  perfection  of  the  automobile,  with 
its  gas  engine  which  made  possible  both  dirigible  and 
airplane. 

ALL  this  is  characteristic  of  the  welcome  that  France 
invariably  gives  to  the  man  of  creative  spirit,  just  as 
it  is  characteristic  of  our  own  country  that  in  printing  a 
photograph  of  the  memorial  the  New  York  Evening  Post 
should  have  mentioned  Myron  T.  Herrick  as  one  of  the 
pooh-bahs  who  made  a  speech  at  the  unveiling,  but  omitted 
the  name  of  Paul  Landowski,  the  sculptor  of  the  monument. 
Why,  we  wonder,  did  the  Evening  Post  lug  in  the  name  of 
Wilbur  Wright?  We  cannot  blame  the  caption  writer 
unduly;  he  ran  true  to  national  form,  which  invariably 
ignores  the  artist,  who  may  have  spent  years  on  a  work, 
to  center  its  attention  on  the  prominent  citizen  in  a  top 
hat  who  bores  the  crowd  with  more  than  a.  few  ill-chosen 
words.  Besides,  it  is  part  of  the  philosophy  of  the  age  that 
the  producer  in  all  lines  shall  starve  while  the  profits  of  his 
effort  go  to  the  middlemen  who  peddle,  exploit,  and  advertise 
it.  Only  we  would  have  the  newspapers  more  consistent; 
we  suggest,  for  instance,  that  when  next  some  king  of 
Wall  Street  dies,  the  Evening  Post  shall  omit  his  name 
from  the  obituary,  mentioning  only  that  of  the  undertaker 
who  conducts  the  obsequies. 

THE  shades  of  Gilbert  and  Sullivan  must  have  felt  some- 
thing like  a  creative  urge  last  week  to  revisit  the 
mirthful  waters  around  their  tight  little  isle  and  take  full 
charge  of  the  Mannix  case.  For  the  case  as  it  worked  itself 
out  was  the  purest  comic  opera,  with  the  Australian  arch- 
bishop as  a  smiling  hero-in-the-flesh  and  the  British  Gov- 
ernment as  a  purple-faced  villain-in-the-sawdust.  It  was 
time  for  excited  recitative  when  the  commander  of  H.  M. 
Destroyer  Wyvern  boarded  the  Baltic  off  Queenstown  early 
Saturday  morning  and  laid  his  hand  on  the  Sinn  Fein  pre- 
late's shoulder.  There  were  hours  for  friendly  badinage 
between  Navy  and  Church,  with  probably  good-natured 
capitulation  to  the  Church,  while  the  destroyer  ploughed 
across  St.  George's  Channel  toward  the  Cornish  coast. 
There  certainly  was  tea  in  the  afternoon,  though  the  maca- 
roons could  scarcely  have  been  bitten  by  4:15,  when  land- 
ing was  made  at — Penzance!  Here  may  have  entered  a 
chorus  of  pirates  to  sing  in  celebration  of  the  greatest  sea 
victory  since  Jutland,  the  Archbishop  joining  jovially  but 
winking  at  the  audience  as  the  curtain  went  down.  The 
Archbishop  would  have  to  wink  because  the  victory,  as  any 
audience  must  know,  was  really  Ireland's.  To  suffer  an 
indignity  is  often  to  gain;  to  perpetrate  one  is  surely  to 
lose — but  wait  for  that  new  opera,  "The  Mannix  Man." 


204 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


Our  Russian  Policy 


THE  Wilson-Colby  statement  on  Russian  policy  does 
nothing  to  promote  the  cause  of  world-peace  and  hu- 
manity. On  the  contrary,  it  serves  to  perpetuate  strife  on 
earth  and  ill-will  among  men.  It  helps  to  continue  starva- 
tion of  women  and  children.  It  may  or  may  not  materially 
affect  the  Russian  government.  For  three  years  the  Soviets 
have  been  engaged  in  beating  off  the  combined  military  and 
economic  pressure  of  the  greater  part  of  the  world.  The 
unctuous  verbiage  of  the  note  to  Baron  Avezzana  is  there- 
fore not  likely  to  add  materially  to  the  burden  of  Lenin, 
who  will  probably  smile,  shrug  his  shoulders  and  dismiss 
it  with  some  such  word  as  "futile."  But  an  American  can- 
not dismiss  such  a  statement  of  the  policy  of  his  own  Gov- 
ernment with  the  same  nonchalance.  It  can  affect  and  it 
does  hurt  America.  It  is  another  one  of  those  revelations  of 
ignorance  on  the  part  of  our  statesmen  which  make  Ameri- 
can diplomacy  a  laughing-stock,  comparable  only  to  the 
candid  admissions  of  Messrs.  Wilson  and  Lansing  that  they 
had  never  heard  of  the  secret  treaties  until  they  went  to 
Europe. 

Entirely  apart  from  the  question  of  de  facto  recognition 
of  a  de  facto  state,  the  note  is  objectionable  because  it  is  an 
insult  to  France  and  England,  which  have  recognized  the 
independent  Baltic  states  of  Esthonia,  Latvia,  and  Lithua- 
nia, and  to  the  ten  million  people  of  those  three  countries, 
which  have  strugglingly  built  up  democratic  governments, 
which  have  indeed  bought  surplus  supplies  from  our  own 
War  Department,  been  aided  by  our  Red  Cross,  traded  with 
American  merchants,  and  communicated  with  the  United 
States  under  their  own  postage  stamps.  Now  Mr.  Wilson 
suddenly  tells  them  that  he  cannot  recognize  them  as  "sepa- 
rate nations  independent  of  Russia"  until  he  can  secure  the 
consent  of  Russia!  All  of  these  states  have  signed  treaties 
of  peace  with  Soviet  Russia,  and  on  terms  very  favorable 
to  themselves,  and  live  at  peace  with  Soviet  Russia  as  well 
as  with  France  and  England,  which  acted  as  godparents 
when  they  were  first  established ;  but  Mr.  Wilson,  four  thou- 
sand miles  away,  crnnot  recognize  them  "without  the  con- 
sent of  Russia."  This  is  an  ostrich  policy,  a  refusal  to  face 
facts,  a  policy  of  stubborn  ignorance — and,  more  than  that, 
it  is  out  of  harmony  with  Mr.  Wilson's  own  previous  policy. 
If  he  justifies  his  recognition  of  Poland  because  a  recog- 
nized Russian  Government,  that  of  Kerensky,  had  already 
acknowledged  Poland's  independence,  he  cannot  say  the  same 
for  Finland,  whose  recognition  he  made  conditional  only 
upon  the  election  of  a  constituent  assembly.  All  three  of 
these  Baltic  states  long  ago  elected  constituent  assemblies. 

Perhaps  even  more  objectionable  is  Mr.  Wilson's  attempt 
to  dictate  to  the  Russians  what  form  of  government  they 
may  have.  Lenin  might  well  reply  with  a  paraphrase  of  Mr. 
Wilson's  own  words: 

Upon  numerous  occasions  the  responsible  spokesmen  of  the 
American  Government  have  declared  that  it  is  their  understand- 
ing that  the  very  existence  of  the  parliamentary  form  of  gov- 
ernment in  America  depends,  and  must  continue  to  depend,  upon 
the  occurrence  of  revolutions  in  all  soviet  states,  including, 
Russia,  which  will  overthrow  and  destroy  their  governments 
and  set  up  parliamentary  rule  in  their  stead.  They  have  made 
it  quite  plain  that  they  intend  to  use  every  means,  including 
of  course,  diplomatic  agencies,  to  promote  such  revolutionary 
movements   in   other  countries.     .     .     .     We   cannot   recognize, 


hold  official  relations  with,  or  give  friendly  reception  to  the 
agents  of  a  government  which  is  determined  and  bound  to  con- 
spire against  our  institutions. 

Lenin  might  reply  to  Wilson  in  such  Wilsonian  words, 
and  his  contentions  would  be  borne  out  by  Mr.  Wilson's 
own  note;  but  Lenin  would  not  be  silly  enough  to  utter  such 
bosh.  He  knows  that  such  propaganda  is  merely  a  form  of 
self-defense,  and  that  Mr.  Wilson,  or  his  successors,  will 
abandon  it  when  peace  comes  and  the  ordinary  processes  of 
commercial  exchange  are  under  way.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
our  government,  prior  to  Mr.  Wilson's  regime,  did  not  at- 
tempt to  dictate  to  other  nations  the  form  of  government 
which  they  must  adopt,  nor  have  other  governments  been 
accustomed  to  such  intrusive  habits.  We  have  recognized 
governments  where  they  existed  and  functioned,  whether 
we  liked  their  ways  or  not.  We  did  not  refuse  to  recognize 
the  present  king  of  Serbia,  although  his  accession  to  the 
throne  involved  the  midnight  murder  of  the  previous  king, 
the  queen,  two  of  the  queen's  brothers,  two  members  of  the 
cabinet,  and  fifty  other  members  of  the  court.  And  we  were 
right,  despite  our  horror  at  the  murders.  If  the  people  of 
Serbia  stood  for  Peter  Karageorgevich,  it  was  for  us  to  do 
our  business  with  the  government  which  actually  governed 
Serbia.  And  now  when  the  Bolsheviki,  despite  all  the 
months  of  newspaper  rumors  of  imminent  downfall,  have 
governed  Russia  for  nearly  three  years,  overwhelmingly  de- 
feating an  unexampled  series  of  attacks  upon  them,  it  is  for  • 
us  to  do  business  with  them  and  to  stop  the  moral  posing 
which  has  already  done  us  and  Russia  so  much  harm.  Mr. 
Wilson's  attitude  is  mere  gesture;  it  is  phraseology  in  a 
vacuum;  his  note  is  as  unrealistic  as  if  it  had  been  issued 
from  an  Eskimo  island. 

One  sentence  in  Mr.  Wilson's  statement  might  have  a  defi- 
nite meaning  outside  the  shadow-world  of  notes:  he  says 
that  this  Government  will  employ  "all  available  means"  to 
render  Poland's  political  independence  and  territorial  integ- 
rity effectual.  What  he  understands  by  "all  available 
means"  is  hard  to  say.  Perhaps  he  means  nothing  at  all; 
he  has  already  lent  money  and  sent  supplies  to  the  Polish 
army,  and  beyond  that  lies  only  the  dispatch  of  troops.  If 
Mr.  Wilson  should  attempt  to  send  American  youth  to  fight 
for  Poland  after  Poland's  recent  antics,  he  might  learn 
something  of  the  changed  temper  of  the  American  people. 

Yet  none  of  the  three  great  western  Powers  has  ac- 
quitted itself  in  the  Polish  crisis  with  any  marked 
grace  or  skill.  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  opportunism,  devoid  of 
principle  though  it  be,  serves  England  better  than  M.  Mille- 
rand  serves  France  or  Mr.  Wilson  America.  The  French 
recognition  of  General  Wrangel  is  consistent.  The  French 
Government  has  from  the  beginning  done  everything  within 
its  power  to  hinder  any  peace  or  understanding  with  the 
Soviet  Government,  and  has  aided  any  man  or  group  of  men 
who  would  fight  it  and  acknowledge  the  old  Russian  debt  to 
France.  Recovery  of  the  money  which  France  lent  to  the 
Czar  has  avowedly  been  the  controlling  influence  in  French 
policy  throughout.  That  the  policy  is  blind,  and  hurts 
France,  matters  not.  It  may  cost  France  men  and  money,  but 
in  all  probability  the  Soviet  Government  will  crush  Wrangel 
-as  it  has  crushed  Kolchak,  Denikin,  Judenich,  and  the  Poles, 
aided  as  all  of  them  have  been  by  France  or  England. 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


205 


Mr.  Lloyd  George's  policy,  on  the  contrary,  deals  with 
Europe  as  a  condition  rather  than  as  a  theory.  He  does 
not  like  the  Bolsheviki  and  says  so;  yet  he  admits  that  the 
Poles  made  an  unjustified  attack  upon  the  Russians,  and 
he  does  not  attempt  to  duck  the  too  obvious  parallel  between 
Soviet  terms  to  Poland  and  Entente  terms  to  Germany.  He 
says  in  effect  that  England  will  not  interfere  unless  the 
Russians  attempt  to  enforce  severer  terms  upon  the  Poles 
than  the  Entente  did  upon  the  Germans.  And  when  he  rose 
to  speak  in  the  House  of  Commons,  he  was  probably  already 
aware  that  the  Soviet  terms  to  Poland — rapid  demobilization 
of  the  Polish  army  to  60,000  men,  cessation  of  foreign  mili- 
tary support,  surrender  of  surplus  munitions  and  arms,  a 
commercial  outlet  to  the  Baltic,  and  distribution  of  Polish 
land  to  Polish  soldiers — were  very  much  more  generous  and 
humane  terms  than  those  which  the  Entente  imposed  upon 
Germany.  For  the  benefit  of  his  Tory  majority  in  the 
House  of  Commons,  of  course,  he  had  to  do  a  certain  amount 
of  ranting  against  the  Bolsheviki.  We  cannot  praise  Mr. 
Lloyd  George's  principles,  for  if  he  has  any  he  has  concealed 
or  violated  them  as  often  as  he  has  upheld  them,  but  we 
are  glad  that  there  is  one  Entente  statesman  with  sufficient 
political  adaptability  to  face  the  fact  that  the  Bolsheviki 
are  the  Russian  government  today,  and  must  be  dealt  with. 


Let  Us  Have  Peace ! 

SIX  years  ago  began  the  great  war,  which  three  years 
later,  when  the  United  States  entered  it,  had  become 
"the  war  to  end  war,"  the  war  "to  make  the  world  safe  for 
Democracy,"  the  war  "to  make  the  world  a  decent  place  to 
live  in."  That  the  war  accomplished  none  of  these  things 
no  one  will  deny.  And  yet  with  peace  not  yet  made  we  are 
witnessing  the  beginning  of  a  drive  to  get  us  into  another 
conflict  as  vast  and  terrible  as  the  holocaust  from  which 
the  shattered  world  is  still  gasping.  The  New  York  Tri- 
bune, which  achieved  the  unique  distinction  on  the  day  after 
the  armistice  of  regretting  the  end  of  the  war,  because 
"America  has  not  suffered  enough,"  is  now  pointing  the 
way  to  salvation  through  more  war.  Tiring  already  of 
Wilsonian  words,  it  demands  deeds,  which,  of  course,  means 
American  armies  to  Russia;  while  Mr.  Frank  H.  Simonds, 
contributor  to  scores  of  other  newspapers  as  well,  asserts 
that  immediate  dispatch  of  French,  British,  American,  and 
Italian  troops  against  the  Bolshevists  is  necessary,  "if  the 
victory  won  in  the  world  war  is  to  be  preserved."  One  need 
not  have  been  a  pacifist  or  indeed  anything  but  a  one  hun- 
dred per  cent  supporter  of  the  war  against  Germany  to 
grasp  the  super-obvious  truth  that  the  great  war,  with  its 
incalculable  sacrifices,  settled  nothing — not  even  the  "crush- 
ing of  the  Hun,"  which  those  who  rejected  the  Wilsonian 
idealism  insisted  was  its  sole  purpose — and  that  the  world 
and  civilization  cannot  stand  another  such  cataclysm.  If 
there  is  one  outstanding  truth  that  has  been  demonstrated 
by  the  last  five  years,  it  is  the  utter  futility,  criminality,  and 
damnability  of  war.  If  there  is  one  overshadowing  fact  to- 
day, it  is  that  the  world  needs  peace,  peace  without  stint  or 
limit,  as  the  fundamental  and  essential  solution  of  the  ills 
from  which  it  is  suffering. 

Other  signs  that  the  drive  for  a  new  war  is  on  are  not 
lacking.  On  August  16,  American  newspapers  conspicu- 
ously featured  an  Associated  Press  dispatch  of  obviously 


propagandist  character.  France,  England,  "and  eventually 
America"  are  to  be  conquered,  "officials  of  the  Bolshevist 
regime  told  the  Associated  Press  today,"  reads  the  dispatch, 
dated  from  Kolno,  Poland,  which  is  certainly  not  Soviet 
headquarters,  while  the  "officials"  are,  of  course,  unidenti- 
fied. 

It  is  time  for  decent  and  intelligent  people  the  world 
over,  whom  five  years  of  observation  have  made  wise  to  the 
machinery  of  war,  who  have  nothing  to  gain  and  everything 
to  lose  by  universal  bloodshed,  to  unite  and  make  them- 
selves felt  unmistakably.  Labor  in  England  has  already 
put  its  foot  down.  Similar  manifestations  in  Rumania 
and  Czecho-Slovakia  are  heartening,  and  labor  groups  in 
France  and  Italy  are  also  heard  from.  The  blind  old  men 
still  trying  to  steer  the  destinies  of  the  world  cannot  more 
effectively  spread  Bolshevism  than  by  the  course  they  are 
pursuing.  Unlikely  to  succeed  in  crushing  it  in  Russia, 
they  are  more  likely  to  succeed  in  erecting  it  at  home. 
Prussianism  in  a  dozen  countries  replaced  that  which  was 
destroyed  in  Germany.  Is  this  experience  to  be  repeated? 
Let  us  have  peace! 


Japan  Invades  Siberia 

WHEN  the  Japanese  by  means  of  force  and  trickery 
broke  in  pieces  the  Siberian  Provisional  Govern- 
ment which  had  been  set  up  on  the  remains  of  the  Kolchak 
dictatorship,  the  Allies  and  the  United  States,  in  spite  of 
their  solicitude  about  the  fate  of  democracy  in  remote  cor- 
ners of  the  earth,  made  no  protest  at  all.  They  made  no  pro- 
test, although  General  Graves  had  testified  to  the  atrocities 
of  Kolchak  and  to  the  honest  efforts  and  general  popularity 
of  the  new  Government.  They  made  no  protest,  although 
the  Siberian  Provisional  Government  was  democratically 
elected — magic  phrase — and  although  every  political  party 
in  Siberia,  including  the  Conservatives  and  the  Cadets,  had 
pledged  its  support.  They  made  no  protest,  but  allowed 
Japan  to  strangle  the  young  life  out  of  the  new  republic,  to 
nullify  its  laws  and  decrees,  to  terrorize  its  people;  until 
finally  the  inevitable  happened  and  Japanese  soldiers  and 
civilians  were  killed  in  a  Siberian  town. 

If  the  Japanese  Government  had  itself  brought  about  the 
slaughter  at  Nikolaievsk — as  indeed  it  did,  in  effect,  through 
its  policy  of  nagging  interference  and  repression — the  re- 
sults could  not  have  better  fitted  the  plans  of  the  dominant 
military  group  in  Japan.  Within  two  months  the  Govern- 
ment had  announced  the  seizure  of  the  northern  half  of  the 
island  of  Sakhalin  in  order  "to  uphold  the  honor  and  pres- 
tige" of  the  country. 

Then  suddenly  the  United  States  realized  that  the  moment 
had  arrived  to  raise  its  voice  in  protest.  Siberian  democ- 
racy, to  be  sure,  was  dead  or  barely  quivering  under  the  heel 
of  Japan.  The  provisional  government  was  little  more  than 
a  cloak  to  cover  Japanese  aggressions.  But  Japan  was 
edging  over  toward  the  mainland — and  the  United  States 
was  at  last  interested.  The  Department  of  State  dispatched 
a  note  to  the  Japanese  Government  stating  that  its  action  in 
occupying  Russian  territory  was  contrary  to  the  wishes  of 
the  United  States;  to  which  Japan  replied,  according  to  the 
scant  reports  that  have  been  allowed  to  slip  into  the  press, 
that  its  intention  to  remain  in  possession  of  Sakhalin  was 
nevertheless  unaltered. 


206 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


Japan  wants  three  things  in  Siberia.  It  wants  to  control 
the  Chinese  Eastern  Railway  and  as  much  as  possible  of  the 
Trans-Siberian  Railway.  It  wants  to  carve  out  "buffer 
states"  which  will  enable  it  to  exploit  the  body  of  Siberia 
while  pretending  that  its  soul  is  free.  It  wants  to  spill  its 
excess  population  into  a  fertile  and  productive  land.  The 
first  two  aims,  in  common  with  all  similar  policies  of  other 
nations,  are  dangerous  to  the  peace  of  the  world  and  de- 
structive of  the  integrity  and  independence  of  the  Russian 
people  of  Siberia.  The  third  is  wholly  justified.  If  they  go 
unaccompanied  by  the  threat  of  political  control,  there  is 
no  reason  why  the  crowded  masses  of  Japan  should  not  find 
in  the  wide  spaces  of  southern  Siberia  a  suitable  dwelling- 
place.  Russia  has  shown  no  tendency  to  follow  the  American 
and  Australian  example  of  intolerance  and  exclusion.  But 
Japan,  seeking  an  outlet  for  its  hard-pressed  population, 
has  no  excuse  for  sending  to  Siberia  the  troops  and  guns 
and  office-holders  and  carpet-baggers  that  make  up  the  pres- 
ent invasion.  The  protests  of  the  Department  of  State, 
animated  not  at  all  by  the  sufferings  of  the  Siberians,  may 
yet  serve  a  useful  purpose  if  they  prevent  the  Japanese  Gov- 
ernment from  following  its  emigrants  to  the  mainland. 
Unfortunately,  the  Department  of  State  has  little  chance  of 
success.  The  Japanese  Government  knows  what  it  wants  in 
Siberia;  and  it  will  not  be  distracted  by  any  Wilsonian  ad- 
monitions against  the  absorption  of  a  bit  of  Siberian  terri- 
tory here  and  a  buffer  state  or  two  there. 

The  Japanese  Government  will,  with  complete  assurance, 
pursue  its  Siberian  policy  until  it  is  stopped;  and  if  it  is 
stopped  it  will  be  not  by  Woodrow  Wilson  but  by  the  force 
that  is  at  work  at  present  upsetting  the  calculations  of  the 
map-makers  of  western  Europe — the  Soviet  Government  of 
Russia. 


The  Northwest 


IN  our  school  geographies,  and  in  popular  acceptation,  this 
country  has  long  been  divided  into  five  great  regions: 
New  England,  the  Middle  States,  the  South,  the  Central 
West,  and  the  Pacific  Coast.  Sometimes  the  latter  has  been 
subdivided  into  the  Mountain  and  the  Pacific  States.  These 
groupings  are  partly  geographical,  partly  historical  and 
social. 

Ten  and  fifteen  years  ago  the  most  interesting  of  these 
regions  from  the  political  standpoint  was  the  Central  West. 
It  was  this  region  that  responded  most  conspicuously  to 
the  gospel  of  Theodore  Roosevelt,  that  came  to  believe  most 
whole-heartedly  with  him  that  it  was  possible  to  better  po- 
litical and  governmental  conditions  wherever  the  people 
wanted  to  do  so.  From  indifference  toward  politics  the 
people  of  the  Central  West  turned  to  the  improvement  of 
them  with  the  energy  and  directness  characteristic  of  the 
region.  State  and  municipal  governments  came  in  for  an 
overhauling,  the  good  effects  of  which  are  still  evident,  and 
experiment  began  with  new  political  devices  like  the  direct 
primary,  the  initiative,  referendum,  and  recall,  the  commis- 
sion form  of  government,  and  a  simplified  and  less  partisan 
ballot.  The  Central  West  became  the  idea-center  of  the 
country,  not  in  the  sense  that  it  was  the  home  of  a  majority 
of  our  greatest  writers  or  preachers  or  educators  or  scien- 
tists, but  in  that  it  was  the  region  where  the  mass  of  the 
people   were    most   wide-awake    intellectually    and    whence 


American  public  sentiment,  in  so  far  as  it  ever  finds  expres- 
sion, most  clearly  emanated. 

That  was  ten  to  fifteen  years  ago.  What  do  we  find  to- 
day? As  an  idea-center,  as  the  home  of  experiment  toward 
better  political  conditions,  the  old  Central  Western  bloc  has 
disappeared.  Twenty  years  ago  William  Allen  White  said 
that  the  matter  with  Kansas  was  that  it  had  started  out  to 
raise  hell  and  was  suffering  from  over-production.  Today 
Kansas  has  ceased  to  raise  hell  and  is  turning  out  bumper 
crops  of  corn  and  wheat  in  which  her  newspapers  glory. 
But  those  same  newspapers  are  less  worth  reading  than  they 
were  a  decade  ago ;  they  have  fewer  ideas  and  less  independ- 
ence. Man  does  not  live  by  corn  and  wheat  alone.  Intel- 
lectually he  may  survive  better  by  raising  hell.  As  one  goes 
through  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  and  Iowa  today,  he  sees 
magnificent  barns  and  fine  farm  houses ;  it  is  a  fat  and  sleek 
and  prosperous  country,  with  miles  of  well-headed  wheat 
and  oats,  and  corn  of  glorious  promise.  But  the  intellectual 
crops  are  less  in  evidence;  they  seem  to  be  suffering  from 
drought,  under-cultivation,  and  decreased  acreage.  People 
are  talking  about  their  automobiles,  their  asphalted  streets, 
their  new  hotels  with  baths  in  every  room.  The  great  ideas 
that  are  stirring  Europe  pass  them  by;  they  seem  to  have 
forgotten  their  mission  of  a  decade  ago  as  the  political 
prophets  and  teachers  of  the  nation.  Is  it  that  they  have 
become  too  prosperous?  Lincoln  Steffens  once  described 
Philadelphia  as  corrupt  and  contented.  Has  this  section  of 
the  Central  West  become  rich  and  reactionary? 

In  Wisconsin  La  Folletteism  seems  to  have  preserved  the 
traditions  of  older  days,  but  otherwise  it  is  not  until  one. 
gets  farther  west  and  north  that  he  senses  the  zest  for 
political  progress  which  a  decade  ago  characterized  the 
whole  of  this  region.  Then  one  discovers  that  the  old  Cen- 
tral West  has  disintegrated  as  a  political  entity,  while  a 
new  bloc  has  been  formed  that  may  be  roughly  described 
as  the  Northwest.  Its  heart  is  the  northern  tier  of.  States 
— Minnesota,  North  Dakota,  Montana,  Idaho,  Washington 
— from  Lake  Superior  to  Puget  Sound,  but  it  includes  also 
some  of  the  States  just  below,  say  South  Dakota,  Colorado, 
and  perhaps  Nebraska.  This  new  bloc  is  far  from  a  geo- 
graphical entity.  It  embraces  rolling  prairies,  arid  plains, 
precipitous  mountains,  and  fertile  valleys  of  the  Pacific 
slope.  In  population,  however,  it  is  perhaps  as  homogeneous 
as  any  section  of  the  country,  containing  a  high  percentage 
of  what  we  like  to  call  the  old  American  stock,  together  with 
a  strong  admixture  of  the  Scandinavian  and  Teutonic  immi- 
gration of  fifty  years  ago.  It  is  predominatingly  an  agri- 
cultural section,  but  although  the  barns  are  as  big  as  in  Ohio 
and  Indiana,  the  houses  are  less  pretentious,  and  upon  in- 
quiry one  discovers  that  a  surprisingly  large  number  of  the 
farms  are  under  mortgage;  that  a  large  part  of  what  they 
produce  is  going  to  the  banks. 

Roughly  speaking,  this  new  political  bloc  is  coextensive 
with  the  region  of  the  greatest  strength  of  the  National 
Nonpartisan  League,  of  which  it  is  perhaps  partly  the  cause 
and  partly  the  result.  The  ideas  that  are  stirring  are 
more  largely  economic  and  more  fundamental  than  the 
rather  opportunistic  political  reform  of  the  old  Central 
West,  but  they  are  highly  practical  and  thoroughly  Ameri- 
can— in  the  legitimate  sense  that  they  are  home-made  and 
adapted  to  the  locality  they  are  intended  to  serve.  They 
make  the  Northwest  the  most  hopeful  and  fertile  political 
field  in  America  today. 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


207 


Russian  Impressions 

By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 


Moscow,  June  27 

TWO  months  of  going  up  and  down  the  Soviet  Republic 
have  not  enabled  me  to  speak  at  all  authoritatively 
upon  Russia's  present  situation  or  upon  her  future.  Russia 
today  constitutes  a  problem  similar,  in  my  mind,  to  that  of 
immortality.  I  find  my  judgment  quite  fluid  and  pragmatic, 
varying  from  day  to  day  with  everything  I  see  and  hear. 
One  moment  I  feel  quite  as  if  I  had  let  down,  across  the 
stage  of  my  bewildered  brain,  a  curtain  of  decision,  put  out 
the  lights,  and  retired  into  myself  to  write  a  critique  of  the 
play.  Then,  lo  and  behold,  the  bell  rings  again,  the  foot- 
lights flash  on,  the  orchestra  reawakens,  and  I  find  the  cur- 
tain going  up  once  more  on  the  play — whose  last  act  I  had 
thought  to  have  witnessed.  I  am  writing  this  article  during 
one  of  the  entr'actes. 

Naturally  enough,  a  foreigner  like  myself  labors  under  the 
language  difficulty;  also  under  his  load  of  ignorance  of  Rus- 
sia before  the  revolution.  It  has  proved  an  herculean  labor 
to  find  out  the  simplest  things,  or,  for  instance,  to  call  up 
on  the  telephone.  How  then  shall  I  judge  the  workman's 
present  condition  when  I  was  not  acquainted  with  his  life 
before  the  war?  How  shall  I  make  sensible  comparisons? 
Even  people  who  knew  Russia  have  come  back  here  with 
their  preconceived  notions  of  what  revolutionary  Russia 
would  be  like,  and  now  either  find  themselves  bitterly  dis- 
appointed or  else  fail  utterly  to  understand  what  has  taken 
place.  Even  the  leaders,  it  may  be  said,  do  not  compre- 
hend the  power  of  the  gigantic  wave  which  they  themselves 
are  riding.  I  think  it  was  Kamenev  who  said,  at  the  first 
luncheon  given  to  the  British  labor  delegates  in  Moscow, 
at  which  I  was  present:  "We  do  not  make  the  revolution 
or  cause  its  developments,  but  the  revolution  and  events 
shape  us.  We  have  made  mistakes" — and  this  statement 
I  have  heard  time  and  again  from  Russian  leaders — "not 
because  we  wanted  to,  but  because  we  had  to  act,  because  to 
act  was  vital.  We  shall  make  more  mistakes.  We  are  not 
afraid  of  mistakes  nor  of  admitting  that  we  have  made 
them,  as  you  will  see."  I  venture  to  add  that  neither 
Trotzky  nor  Lenin  nor  Bucharin  nor  Lunacharsky  knows  the 
destination  of  the  Russian  revolution;  but,  to  use  our  own 
wise  slang,  "they  are  on  their  way." 

On  the  other  hand,  I  do  not  feel  justified  in  writing  the 
usual  gossip  or  the  ordinary  cut-and-dried  statistics  which 
are  easily  culled  from  every  commissariat.  I  have  enough 
material  on  my  table  now  for  the  manufacture  of  twenty 
very  interesting,  but  entirely  illusory,  articles.  One  of  the 
troubles  with  Russia  at  the  present  moment  is  that  every- 
body is  too  busy  drawing  up  new  programs  to  execute  those 
already  drawn  up.  Moreover,  I  could  fill  several  volumes 
with  the  usual  inconsequential  gossip  which  I  have  gath- 
ered from  interviews  with  commissars,  with  important  per- 
sons both  within  and  without  the  Government,  with  men  and 
women  in  the  streets,  with  discontented  groups  of  Menshe- 
viki,  Anarchists,  and  Social  Revolutionaries  of  the  Right 
and  Left,  and  with  the  bourgeoisie.  These,  however,  are 
things  neither  wise  nor  serviceable  to  record  at  present. 

The  further  question  arises  now  as  to  whether  or  not  it 
will  be  useful,  while  war  to  the  knife  is  waging  between 


Russian  democracy  and  Polish  imperialism,  to  tell  the  whole 
truth  about  the  situation  here.  Arthur  Ransome  told  me, 
when  we  met  at  Reval,  that  to  do  so  would  simply  be  put- 
ting bullets  into  Polish  rifles.  On  the  other  hand,  I  argue 
that  the  Soviet  Government  has  suffered  much  more  from 
senseless,  indiscriminate  praise  than  from  stupid  lies.  No- 
body any  longer  believes  the  lies  that  are  told  about  Russia. 
When  a  man  like  North  goes  back  to  London  and  states  that 
the  trolley-cars  are  not  running,  when  as  a  matter  of  fact 
they  are  running  day  and  night,  such  an  obvious  falsehood 
can  be  nailed  easily  enough  by  eye-witnesses.  But  when  the 
Soviet  Republic's  well-wishers  ladle  out  sweet  syrup  over 
the  very  human  and  very  fallible  revolutionary  institutions, 
then,  of  course,  the  public  begins  to  get  suspicious.  A  nat- 
ural revulsion  is  bound  to  follow  the  golden-age  interpreta- 
tion when  some  of  the  real  imperfections  stand  revealed — 
that  there  is  starvation;  that  there  is  graft;  that  there  is 
inefficiency;  that  there  is  occasional  tyranny  great  and 
petty ;  that,  at  present,  there  is  no  general  political  freedom 
such  as  we  are  accustomed  to — or  were  accustomed  to  be- 
fore the  war;  that  many  of  the  Government's  socialistic 
institutions  have  broken  down  from  a  practical  point  of 
view ;  that — and  God  help  me  for  mentioning  a  fact  so  care- 
fully veiled — there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  national 
chauvinism. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  Russia  is  intensely  human 
and  fallible.  It  is  the  same  Russia  as  before  the  war,  filled 
with  the  same  half-oriental  population.  A  miracle  has  hap- 
pened to  these  people.  They  have  been  greatly  transformed, 
but  not  at  all  into  angels.  The  Revolution,  as  Kropotkin 
said  to  me,  still  lives  despite  aberrations  caused  chiefly  by 
civil  and  external  wars.  And  the  Revolution,  together  with 
its  spirit,  must  be  preserved  at  all  hazards.  It  will  be  a 
great  service  to  Russia  to  interpret  even  dimly,  but  with 
honest  eyes,  the  actual  state  of  affairs  in  proper  perspective. 
And  let  me  state  at  this  point  that  it  is  my  honest  convic- 
tion, as  well  as  the  conviction  of  every  intelligent  observer 
with  whom  I  have  talked,  that  not  only  is  the  Russian  Revo- 
lution right  in  its  present  courses,  but  that  it  also  is  in- 
evitable. Under  the  threat  of  internal  dissolution  and  of 
partition  by  outside  forces,  nothing  else  could  have  hap- 
pened. I  have  also  the  further  conviction  that  the  spirit  of 
the  proletarian  Revolution  survives,  and  that  the  leaders 
are  sophisticated  enough  to  be  conscious  of  the  dangers  sur- 
rounding a  dictatorship  no  longer  based  on  necessity.  They 
are  anxious,  I  believe,  to  relax  the  reign  of  repression  the 
moment  peace  and  the  end  of  counter-revolution  are  in  sight. 
I  venture  to  say  that  Kamenev — head  of  the  Moscow  Soviet 
and  member  of  the  central  executive  committee — expressed 
the  opinions  of  his  colleagues  pretty  well  when  he  said  to 
me  quite  solemnly,  in  answer  to  a  formal  question  of  mine: 
"As  soon  as  we  have  peace  external  and  internal,  we  intend 
to  reestablish  freedom  of  the  press  and  assembly  and  politi- 
cal life.  We  shall  be  glad  to  call  all  the  opposition  elements 
to  our  help.  Even  the  Mensheviki  who  sided  with  Denikin 
have  already  been  pardoned.  But  we  are  fighting  for  exist- 
ence now,  and  that  fact  must  be  recognized  by  our  friends." 
I  think  also  that  the  decrees  which  were  enacted  after  the 


208 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


liquidation  of  Kolchak  and  Denikin,  abolishing  the  death 
sentence  and  granting  quick  and  open  trials  to  political  of- 
fenders, would  have  been  carried  out  in  all  sincerity  had  not 
the  Polish  offensive  interrupted  a  peaceful  development.  It 
is  cheap  and  easy  for  the  opposition  here  to  sneer  at  these 
decrees  as  having  been  merely  a  hypocritical  cover  for  a 
despotic  directorate,  but  the  evidence  to  support  such  sneers 
does  not  seem  near  at  hand. 

Perhaps  the  third  and  last  inducement  for  me,  person- 
ally, to  tell  the  whole  truth  about  Russia  in  spite  of  my  own 
partiality  for  what  has  taken  place  here,  is  that  I  feel  very 
strongly  that  there  should  be  a  few  sources  from  which 
truth-telling  may  always  be  expected  and  relied  upon.  I 
think  the  war  has  fully  demonstrated  the  viciousness  of 
prevarication.  Let  there  be  a  few  voices  crying  in  the 
wilderness.  Let  there  be  a  few  men  willing  to  be  cursed 
by  friend  and  foe  alike  in  the  service  of  the  goddess  of 
candor. 

When  I  was  still  at  Reval,  fuming  about  my  permission 
to  get  into  Russia,  which  permission  seemed  never  to  ar- 
rive, Michael  Farbman,  of  the  Chicago  Daily  News,  came 
out  of  Moscow.  He  laid  down  for  me  then  a  very  true  prin- 
ciple which  I  have  found  it  fairly  safe  to  follow  everywhere 
in  the  Soviet  Republic.  He  said  that  one  must  never  take 
any  program  or  statement  at  its  face  value.  Not  only  is 
the  real  situation  always  entirely  different  from  what  the 
government  program  or  official  will  tell  you,  but  it  is  also 
entirely  different  from  what  the  official  thinks  is  the  fact. 
The  Russian  is  very  much  like  the  Englishman  in  this  one 
respect — he  likes  to  continue  calling  a  spade  a  spade  long 
after  it  has  been  transformed  into  a  steam  shovel.  Condi- 
tions are  really  so  fluid  and  ever-changing  that  the  most 
ingenious  official  can  not  keep  up  with  them. 

Take,  for  example,  the  question  of  pyok,  the  ration  as- 
signed by  the  government  to  its  citizens.  I  have  been  chas- 
ing this  illusive  pyok,  and  trying  to  salt  its  tail,  as  it  were, 
ever  since  I  have  been  in  Russia.  At  first  I  was  told  that 
there  were  four  classes  of  pyok.  The  first  consists  usually 
of  a  pound  to  a  pound  and  a  half  of  bread  for  the  soldiers; 
the  second  is  a  pound  of  bread  for  heavy  workers ;  the  third 
is  three-quarters  of  a  pound  for  other  workers ;  and,  if  any- 
thing is  left,  a  ration  of  indeterminate  size  for  the  rest  of 
the  population,  presumably  the  bourgeoisie.  This  all  seemed 
very  well  and  in  good  order.  Then  one  discovered  that  pyok 
Number  Four  was  no  longer  in  existence  because  the  people 
who  were  not  in  some  form  of  government  work  did  not 
exist.  Again,  well  and  good.  But  then  it  turned  out  that 
in  Petrograd,  for  instance,  Class  Three  gets  the  pyok  only 
every  third  day — not  always  then — and  that  it  consists  of 
only  three-eighths  of  a  pound.  This  is,  of  course,  on  ac- 
count of  the  scarcity  of  food.  The  Petrograd  workmen,  I 
find,  get  less  than  their  pyok.  Then  I  talked  with  a  soldier 
from  Murmansk,  wearing  a  beautiful  British  uniform,  who 
told  me  that  his  present  pyok  was  only  a  pound  a  day,  but  he 
also  gets  some  meat,  sugar,  fish,  etc.  These  things  are  al- 
ways supposed  to  go  with  the  first  three  kinds  of  pyok,  but 
usually  they  do  not.  One  might  point  out  that  the  govern- 
ment, not  being  in  a  position  to  draw  upon  unlimited  sup- 
plies, naturally  could  not  give  full  pyoks.  But  what  of  a 
physician  with  whom  I  talked,  who  drew  three  pyoks  on  ac- 
count of  being  visiting  physician  at  three  different  hospi- 
tals? He  received  sugar,  meat,  butter,  and  other  things  be- 
sides.     Similarly,    in    Petrograd,    I    have   visited   factories 


where  the  workmen,  owing  to  the  enterprise  of  their  man- 
agers, get  the  full  pound  a  day  and  a  certain  quantity  at 
any  rate  of  meat,  fish,  sugar,  coffee,  and  tobacco.  Then 
there  is  the  academic  pyok  just  instituted  for  professors. 
This  is  supposed  to  be  even  larger  than  the  military  pyok; 
yet  in  Petrograd  professors  at  the  university  complained 
that  they  received  too  little  to  live  on.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  exists  a  sort  of  confidential  pyok,  called  that  of  the 
responsible  workers,  heads  of  bureaus  and  commissariats, 
which  is  not  talked  of  in  public.  The  holders  of  this  pyok- 
card  may  receive  the  equivalent  of  the  military  pyok.  Yet 
I  hasten  to  add  that  the  commissars  by  no  means  live  in  the 
lap  of  luxury.  I  was  twice  in  Lunacharsky's  office  when 
luncheon  was  brought  in,  a  quite  unsensational  dish  of 
coarse  maccaroni  cooked  in  salt  water. 

In  short,  the  pyok  question  is  one  of  inextricable  ob- 
scurity. I  have  gone  into  it  at  such  length  in  order  to  illus- 
trate my  point  that  programs  never  correspond  to  reality  in 
Russia.  I  might  quite  as  well  have  instanced  the  matter 
of  hours  of  work  or  of  wages.  The  change  back  to  over- 
time and  piece-work,  and  the  varieties  of  wages,  are  all 
quite  different  from  the  standards  pictured  on  a  beautiful 
chart  which  hangs  in  the  central  office  of  the  Petrograd 
unions.  The  variety  of  factory  managements  is  equally 
chameleon-like.  Some  factories  have  still  the  old  commit- 
tee; some  are  run  by  managers,  some  by  the  workers  them- 
selves quite  independent  of  any  governmental  interference 
— such  a  one  is  the  Russo-American  Instrument  Factoiy, 
managed  by  a  group  of  returned  Russian-Americans  as  a 
sort  of  commonwealth;  some  have  actually  been  left  in  pri- 
vate hands — such  as  the  factory  of  the  American  Harvester' 
Company,  at  Moscow,  and  another  factory  in  Petrograd. 
The  Soviet  system,  in  short,  whatever  its  formal  program, 
is  broad  as  human  nature,  and  as  varied  and  complex.  But 
that  very  fact  makes  sight-seeing  by  sociological  tourists 
arduous  and  nerve-racking. 


The  National  Parks'  Peril 

By  ROBERT  STERLING  YARD 

AFTER  forty-eight  years  of  practically  complete  con- 
servation, during  which  twenty-four  successive  Con- 
gresses established  a  national  policy  by  refusing  hundreds 
of  applications  for  irrigation  and  other  private  rights  in 
our  national  parks,  suddenly  a  sinister,  quietly  organized, 
and  powerful  campaign  to  seize  their  waters  for  irrigation 
and  power  has  nearly  succeeded  with  the  present  Congress. 
It  will  need  the  personal  effort  of  men  and  women  of  vision 
and  patriotism  all  over  this  land  to  save  for  the  whole 
people  a  precious  American  institution  from  selfish  economic 
exploitation  by  a  few.  This  campaign  is  two-fold — on  the 
one  hand  the  irrigation  wing,  whose  advance  was  stopped 
temporarily  just  short  of  its  objective;  on  the  other  hand, 
the  water  power  wing,  which  carried  all  its  first  trenches. 
The  irrigation  attack  is  centered  on  Yellowstone  Park, 
but  its  success  will  furnish  precedent  for  a  score  or  more 
of  projects  already  organized  to  seize  the  waters  of  other 
national  parks.  More  than  two  years  ago  large  irrigation 
interests  in  Idaho  formulated  a  plan  for  damming  the 
Yellowstone  Lake  at  the  sacrifice  of  forty  thousand  acres 
of  native  forest,  the  breeding  islands  of  the  white  pelicans, 
the  fishing  cave,  the  Thum  basin  and  other  famous  spec- 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


209 


tacles,  and  carrying  the  waters  south  into  Idaho  through 
tunnels  under  the  continental  divide;  also  for  damming 
Shoshone  and  Lewis  Lakes,  the  next  largest  in  the  park, 
and  for  locating  reservoirs  in  the  Falls  River  Basin,  an 
isolated  swamp  in  the  southwestern  corner  of  the  park. 
When  this  crept  into  the  local  press  Montana  ranchmen  sat 
up  straight,  for  the  Yellowstone  is  a  Montana  river.  Was 
Idaho  to  be  permitted  to  run  away  with  Montana's  property? 
Vigorous  opposition  was  organized,  new  plans  were  drawn 
to  dam  Yellowstone  Lake  for  the  benefit  of  the  lower  valley, 
and  a  lively  fight  was  on  between  the  two  States.  That 
Yellowstone  Lake  was  the  property  of  the  nation  and  not  of 
either  state  counted  with  nobody,  not  even  with  the  local 
Congressmen  whose  aid  both  sides  promptly  enlisted. 

The  inevitable  followed.  The  contenders  pooled  their 
strength,  Divide  et  impera,  in  a  new  sense,  being  their  motto. 
Yellowstone  Lake  was  yielded  to  Montana,  Idaho  contenting 
herself,  in  view  of  Montana's  support,  with  Shoshone  and 
Lewis  Lakes  and  the  Falls  River  Basin.  A  joint  appeal 
was  made  to  irrigation  interests  in  other  States  and  an 
attempt  made  to  intrench  the  scheme  in  national  politics. 
To  offset,  with  as  little  opposition  as  possible,  the  natural 
policy  of  half  a  century,  the  innocent  looking  Falls  River 
Basin  project  was  chosen  to  establish  the  precedent  while 
irrigationists  at  many  national  parks  waited  eagerly.  Ex- 
cellent strategy  marked  the  choice  of  time.  Crops  were 
short,  and  the  Falls  River  Basin  promised  an  increase  of 
food  supply.  Economy  was  the  cry  of  both  parties,  and  this 
project  asked  no  money  from  state  or  nation.  Congress 
was  absorbed  in  violent  partisanship  on  great  questions, 
and  this  bill  would  attract  no  attention.  A  presidential 
campaign  moreover  was  at  hand  in  which  the  vote  of  a 
single  Western  State  might  turn  the  scales.  The  Senate 
passed  the  bill  with  a  wave  of  the  hand,  and  it  was  favorably 
reported  in  the  House.  A  bare  week  before  becoming  law 
the  measure  was  discovered  by  conservation  associations. 
A  sharp  fight  followed  before  the  Rules  Committee,  where 
the  sudden  opposition  had  forced  the  bill's  proponents  to 
apply  for  a  special  place  on  the  calendar.  The  abrupt 
closing  of  the  session  left  it  there,  balked  but  not  defeated. 

Meantime  the  Montana  group,  under  the  title  of  the 
Yellowstone  Irrigation  Association,  had  raised  large  capital 
and  carried  the  work  of  enlisting  political  help  as  far  as  the 
Pacific.  The  failure  of  the  Idaho  group  to  secure  a  prece- 
dent was  a  hard  blow,  followed  by  another  when  Secretary 
Payne  refused  permission  to  survey  Yellowstone  Lake  for  a 
dam.  But  the  bill  will  appear  at  the  next  session  just  the 
same.  In  Yellowstone  National  Park  the  rumble  of  the 
spoilers'  activities  is  audible  on  every  side.  A  large  dele- 
gation came  into  the  park  to  explain  their  plan,  on  the  spot, 
to  the  visiting  House  Appropriations  Committee,  and  the 
local  papers,  of  course  fully  enlisted  in  the  scheme,  wero 
bitter  over  the  Committee's  refusal  to  receive  this  delega- 
tion at  the  lake.  A  still  larger  delegation  plans  to  meet 
Secretary  Payne  on  his  visit. 

The  people  of  the  United  States  will  have  both  these 
fights  on  their  hands  next  winter  in  Congress.  It  is  the 
second  session  of  the  same  Congress.  It  will  be  a  hard 
fight.  Among  the  Western  representatives  in  whose  con- 
stituencies vital  interests  are  involved  political  considera- 
tions will  dominate.  Eastern  Congressmen,  with  a  few 
vigorous  exceptions,  are  only  slightly  interested,  being  dis- 
posed to  consider  national  parks  mere  "playgrounds,"  or  to 
dismiss  them  as  a  "Western  question." 


But,  ominous  as  the  irrigation  situation  is,  the  water 
power  situation  is  even  more  so.  The  Federal  Power  Bill, 
which  has  knocked  around  Congress  for  ten  years  or  more, 
was  revived  again  last  winter.  Senate  and  House  disagreed 
and  it  passed  into  conference.  A  few  days  before  adjourn- 
ment, the  compromise  bill  emerged,  was  passed  by  both 
houses  as  a  matter  of  form,  and  sent  to  the  President  for 
signature.  This  bill  created  a  Federal  Water  Power  Com- 
mission consisting  of  the  Secretaries  of  War,  Interior,  and 
Agriculture  with  power  to  issue  leases  for  the  building  of 
dams,  power  houses,  transmission  lines,  and  other  struc- 
tures "necessary  or  convenient"  on  all  public  lands  and 
reservations.  National  parks  and  monuments  were  included 
by  name.  Again  public-spirited  associations  discovered  the 
danger  at  the  last  moment  and  sounded  the  alarm.  Tele- 
grams poured  in  upon  the  President  from  coast  to  coast 
against  the  inclusion  of  the  national  parks.  The  President 
gave  the  bill  a  pocket  veto,  but,  under  pressure  of  thou- 
sands of  telegrams  from  the  west,  at  last  signed  it  under 
an  old  precedent.  The  fate  of  the  national  parks  passed 
from  Congress  for  the  first  time  in  forty-eight  years  into 
the  hands  of  three  men.  How  do  these  men  stand?  Secre- 
tary Payne  is  the  uncompromising  defender  of  the  national 
parks.  Secretary  Meredith  is  outspokenly  for  irrigation 
and  power  rights  everywhere.  Secretary  Baker  is  non- 
committal. The  Federal  Water  Power  Act  must  be  amended 
next  winter  so  as  to  exclude  national  parks  and  monuments. 
It  will  be  a  fight  to  a  finish,  for  the  power  crowd  is  a  pow- 
erful crowd,  and  in  deadly  earnest  to  land  the  great  prize 
so  nearly  in  its  grasp. 

From  the  great  mountains,  snow  clad,  jagged,  the  eternal 
waters  fall  in  sparkling  cascades  to  the  smooth  bosom  of 
green  valleys.  There,  set  apart  from  the  encroachments  of 
man's  materialism,  nature,  primeval,  pure,  persists,  untram- 
meled  and  undefiled.  Shall  we  maintain  its  only  reserva- 
tions in  this  country,  our  National  Parks? 

Our  Fathers  in  a  wondrous  age, 

Ere  yet  the  earth  was  small, 

Insured  to  us  an  heritage, 

And  doubted  not  at  all 

That  we,  the  children  of  their  heart, 

Which  then  did  beat  so  high, 

In  later  time  should  play  like  part 

For  our  posterity. 

****** 

Dear-bought  and  clear,  a  thousand  year 
Our  father's  title  runs. 
Make  we  likewise  their  sacrifice, 
Defrauding  not  our  sons. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Robert  Sterling  Yard  is  an  editor  and  author  who  has 
written  extensively  on  our  national  parks. 

Max  Zippin  is  a  Philadelphia  newspaper  writer  and  corre- 
spondent for  several  Russian  papers. 

Miles  M.  Sherower,  a  journalist  now  in  the  Orient,  has 
been  a  close  student  of  Far  Eastern  affairs. 

M.  H.  Hedges  is  Associate  Professor  of  English  at  Beloit 
College. 

Scudder  Middleton  is  the  author  of  several  volumes  of 
verse  and  a  contributor  to  various  magazines. 


210 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


The  Far  East  Gets  a  Respite 


By  MAX  ZIPPIN 


THE  Russian  Far  East  had  enjoyed  a  respite  of  two 
months  and  five  days.  On  January  30  the  remnants  of 
the  Kolchak-Semionov  forces  either  fell  into  the  hands  of 
the  revolutionists  at  Vladivostok  or  joined  them,  and  the 
red  flag  quickly  displaced  the  green  one.  On  April  5  the 
Japanese,  during  the  entire  period  of  this  respite,  made  all 
the  military  preparations  necessary,  and  planted  their  flag 
wherever  the  red  flag  of  the  Russian  revolutionists  was  flut- 
tering in  the  breezes  of  the  mild  spring.  But  in  those  two 
months  the  Russians  tried  in  pathetic  haste  to  show  what 
they  would  have  done  had  the  rear  guard  of  the  Allied  de- 
mocracies retired  and  left  them  free. 

Like  the  two  great  revolutions  of  March  and  November, 
1917,  the  revolutionary  coup  of  Vladivostok  was  almost 
bloodless.  A  regiment  of  chasseurs  gave  the  signal  by  re- 
fusing to  obey  orders,  and  Rosanov,  who  first  represented 
Kolchak  and  then  swore  allegiance  to  Semionov,  but  who 
was  in  fact  a  sort  of  dictator  for  himself  with  independent 
agreements  with  Japan,  was  about  to  smash  the  revolution- 
ary forces.  Luckily  the  American  officers  present  insisted 
upon  genuine  and  honest  neutrality  and  the  "Partisans" 
took  the  city.  In  the  evening  of  the  same  day  the  Regional 
Maritime  Zemstvo  declared  itself  a  provisional  government, 
called  upon  all  classes  to  continue  work,  and  took  under  its 
authority  all  the  military  detachments,  arresting  those  of 
the  old  officers  who  were  pointed  out  as  criminals  and  who 
had  not  succeeded  in  hiding  under  Japanese  protection. 

Medviediev,  the  head  of  the  Zemstvo  Government,  was  a 
Social  Revolutionist  who  fought  the  Bolsheviki  tooth  and 
nail  but  who  also  opposed  foreign  intervention.  His  right 
hand  man,  Rusanov,  a  member  of  the  Cadet  Party,  opposed 
the  Bolsheviki  ever  more  fiercely,  having  represented  the 
Kerensky  Government  as  the  Commissar  of  the  Far  East 
until  he  was  "relieved"  by  the  Bolsheviki.  But  he,  too,  was 
a  strong  and  outspoken  opponent  of  foreign  intervention. 
In  Irkutsk,  where  the  forces  of  Kolchak  were  overthrown 
a  month  earlier,  the  Social  Revolutionists  had  relinquished 
their  power  in  favor  of  the  Bolsheviki  and  had  recognized 
the  Soviet  Government.  In  Nikolsk  the  Partisans  had  en- 
tered the  city  a  few  days  before  and  proclaimed  a  soviet 
form  of  government.  In  Khabarovsk  the  city  duma,  hav- 
ing been  elected  in  the  Kolchak  period  and  being  composed 
almost  entirely  of  members  of  the  "party  of  private  owner- 
ship," called  a  meeting  and,  with  an  imposing  ceremony, 
turned  over  the  government  to  the  Soviets.  In  Iman,  in 
Sukhan,  in  the  whole  Amur  region,  as  well  as  in  Kamchatka 
and  Sakhalin,  Soviets  were  organized  or  rather  revived, 
while  the  only  "Black  Island,"  as  they  called  it,  was  a  nar- 
row strip  along  the  Trans-Baikal  Railroad  where  Semionov's 
heir,  Voitzekhovsky,  was  still  reigning  by  the  help  of  Japa- 
nese bayonets,  and  that  strip  of  land  along  the  Chinese 
Eastern  Railway  in  Northern  Manchuria  where  Horvath  was 
playing  at  dictatorship. 

In  Vladivostok  proper,  as  the  elections  to  the  city  govern- 
ment and  Soviets  later  proved,  at  least  85  per  cent  of  the 
population  were  Bolsheviki  or  bolshevist  sympathizers. 
Still,  the  Zemstvo  Government  was  quickly  recognized  by  all 
the  classes  and  all  the  parties,  the  Communists  giving  it 


their  heartiest  support.  On  its  part  the  Government 
solemnly  promised  to  turn  over  its  authority  to  the  Soviets 
and  to  recognize  the  central  government  as  soon  as  foreign 
intervention  should  be  liquidated.  There  was  only  one  ex- 
ception to  the  general  approval  of  the  new  government. 
A  protest  signed  "Businessmen"  was  circulated  among  the 
populace  stating  that  the  Far  East  would  never  have  order 
without  the  help  of  the  real  friends  of  Russia,  the  Japanese. 
But  this  was  an  anonymous  affair  and  bore  all  the  earmarks 
of  "Made  in  Japan." 

A  reading  of  the  resolutions  passed  by  the  different  par- 
ties in  connection  with  this  coup,  the  speeches  made,  and 
the  articles  written,  disclose  the  secret  of  this  remarkable 
unity  of  all  classes  and  parties.  The  two  years  of  foreign 
intervention,  the  indescribable  privation,  the  bloodshed  and 
destruction  suffered  at  the  hands  of  the  Allies  and  their 
vassals,  and  the  remarkable  ability  of  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment to  withstand  it  all  and  come  out  victorious  had  taught 
them  their  lesson.  A  declaration  signed  by  the  leaders  of 
all  the  Socialist  parties  but  the  Communist  reads: 

We  were  divided  into  two  opposing  camps  because  we  all 
thought  that  we  were  serving  best  our  socialist  aims,  "Is  Russia 
ready  for  the  Social  Revolution?"  both  asked.  "Yes,"  said  one 
side,  "and  we  shall  have  it."  "Not  quite  yet,"  said  the  other, 
"and  we  must  be  very  careful,  else  we  may  repeat  the  crimes 
of  all  Utopians."  The  nightmare  is  over.  Yesterday's  opponents , 
of  the  proletarian  have  perished  with  him  on  the  battlefield  and 
rest  in  the  same  graves.  .  .  .  And  together  they  shall  now 
start  the  new  life. 

The  clearest  expression  of  this  feeling  on  the  part  of  the 
groups  that  were  previously  opposing  the  Bolsheviki  is  con- 
tained in  the  resolution  of  the  party  of  the  Mensheviki  at 
the  time  of  the  coup  at  Vladivostok. 

We  are  perfectly  aware  that  our  party  has  lost  all  semblance 
of  influence  with  the  laboring  masses  of  Russia.  ...  In  the 
present  period  of  our  revolution  we  cannot  comprehend  any 
other  form  of  government  than  the  soviet  form.  .  .  .  The 
endeavor  of  the  Russian  worker  to  unite  is  due  both  to  the  de- 
sire to  promote  the  principles  of  international  socialism  and  to 
the  aspiration  to  save  the  integrity  of  Russia.  This  last  aspira- 
tion rallies  around  the  proletariat  the  bourgeois  layers  of  the 
peasantry,  the  intelligentsia,  and  the  bourgeois  democracy,  so 
that  there  is  in  fact  a  free  hegemony — and  not  a  dictatorship — 
of  the  proletariat. 

Even  the  conservatives — one  may  unmistakably  call  them 
reactionaries — quickly  affirmed  their  acceptance  of  the  au- 
thority of  the  Siberian  Provisional  Government,  including 
"Ambassador"  Kudoshev,  who  represented  the  Czar  in  China 
and  insisted  upon  his  ambassadorial  rights,  like  our  own 
Bakhmeteff,  to  the  last.  The  Russian  Consul  General, 
Popov,  who  was  the  originator  of  the  plan  of  Allied  inter- 
vention in  the  early  days  of  Semionov,  wholeheartedly  ac- 
knowledged the  new  government  and  even  consented  to  con- 
tinue in  his  office  under  the  control  of  a  committee  elected 
by  Socialist  and  workers'  organizations.  The  following  in- 
cident in  connection  with  the  transition  of  authority  frem 
the  hands  of  Kolchak  to  that  of  the  Soviets  at  Blagovesh- 
chensk is  illuminating.  The  executive  committee  of  the  local 
soviet  had  advised  the  Russian  Consul  at  Aygan,  a  Chinese 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


211 


city  across  the  border,  of  the  change,  and  the  following  was 
his  answer: 

I  have  telegraphically  advised  our  Ambassador  at  Peking  of 
the  change  and  have  just  received  his  answer  urging  me  to 
come  into  working  agreement  with  the  new  government.  In 
accordance  with  this,  and  because  of  my  personal  conviction 
that  the  Soviet  Government  is  reestablishing  our  Russia,  I  shall 
be  happy  to  exert  every  possible  means  to  help  the  representa- 
tives of  this  new  authority;  and  if  any  of  them  decide  to  come 
to  this  side  of  the  Amur  he  will  be  fully  protected  by  me. 

The  attitude  of  the  Communist  Party,  the  party  in  power, 
can  best  be  seen  from  the  resolution  passed  at  Vladivostok. 
The  resolution  reads: 

The  party  remains  true  to  its  principles  of  soviet  government, 
but  owing  to  international  difficulties  it  is  as  yet  impossible  to 
declare  a  government  of  the  workers'  and  peasants'  Soviets  in 
the  Far  East,  and  the  party,  therefore,  recognizes  and  accepts 
the  authority  of  the  Zemstvo  Government,  with  the  understand- 
ing that  this  government  fulfils  its  promise  quickly  to  liquidate 
foreign  intervention  and  to  reunite  the  Far  East  with  Soviet 
Russia. 

The  Communist  Party  also  participated  in  the  elections 
to  the  city  government,  not  under  its  own  party  head  but 
under  that  of  the  Federation  of  Trade  Unions,  "because,"  it 
was  explained  in  the  official  Krasnoe  Znamia,  "the  workers 
must  send  to  the  city  duma  such  representatives  as  are 
known  for  their  integrity  and  their  knowledge,  and  we  must 
disown  politics  in  such  instances.     .     .     ." 

Vilensky,  who  came  to  Vladivostok  as  the  representative 
of  the  Soviet  Government,  unceasingly  urged  the  party 
members  to  hold  to  this  course,  although  the  rank  and  file 
of  the  party  were  not  easily  convinced.  The  workers  of  the 
Sukhan  region,  for  instance,  declared — 

We  have  not  forgotten  for  a  moment  that  the  Soviets  are 
the  only  form  of  government  that  is  representative  of  the  labor- 
ing masses,  and  we  therefore  demand  of  the  Zemstvo  that  it 
immediately  transfer  the  authority  to  the  Soviets.  And  if  this 
should  lead  to  intervention  by  the  Allied  imperialists  we  will 
fight  them  with  our  bare  breasts  as  we  have  done  throughout 
these  two  years. 

The  railroad  workers  of  the  Amur  adopted  an  identical 
resolution,  as  did  the  military  organizations  made  up  of  sol- 
diers who  had  previously  fought  for  Kolchak's  "democracy." 
The  military  revolutionary  staffs  of  the  Partisan  armies  of 
the  Khabarovsk  and  Nikolsk  regions,  the  organizations  that 
crushed  Kolchak,  went  so  far  as  to  declare  that  "no  peace 
shall  be  made  with  the  Zemstvo  leaders  who  are  in  fact 
traitors  to  the  masses,  and  whose  hands  are  stained  with 
the  blood  of  our  brothers.  .  .  .  And  we  shall  not  lay 
down  our  arms  until  all  the  enemies  of  the  workers  shall 
have  perished." 

To  win  the  support  of  the  workers  the  Zemstvo  Govern- 
ment had  to  do  some  compromising.  Careful  not  to  identify 
itself  in  any  way  with  the  Soviet  Government,  at  least 
officially,  it  decreed  on  March  25  that  it  would  "recognize 
as  lawfully  existing  local  governments,  on  a  par  with  the 
Zemstvo  and  city  governments,  the  Soviets  and  soviet  com- 
mittees, admitting  their  authority  wherever  found."  It  also 
decided,  on  April  2,  to  "establish  a  concentration  camp  for 
all  the  active  counter-revolutionists  and  persons  manifestly 
dangerous  to  order  and  peace." 

The  Zemstvo  Government,  recognized  by  Moscow,  recog- 
nized by  Japan,  supported  by  practically  every  element  in 
the  war-weary  population,  held  in  it  the  only  hope  for  a 
peaceful  development  of  eastern  Siberia.     Its  honest  inten- 


tions were  made  manifest  in  every  act.  It  was  elected  by 
universal  suffrage;  it  prosecuted  profiteers  and  speculators, 
at  the  same  time  preventing  unlawful  confiscations ;  it  went 
far  toward  distributing  food  supplies.  Upon  coming  into 
power  it  discovered  that  a  conspiracy  was  on  foot  to  starve 
the  Russian  masses  into  submission  by  buying  up  and  ex- 
porting all  the  food,  clothing,  and  other  necessities  accumu- 
lated by  Allied  and  Russian  speculators,  who  had  had  a  free 
hand  during  the  reign  of  Kolchak.  The  Provisional  Govern- 
ment thereupon  decreed  an  embargo,  and  the  following  is 
the  manner  in  which  the  representatives  of  the  Allied  gov- 
ernments acted  upon  it:  "It  has  come  to  our  knowledge," 
reads  the  official  communication  of  the  Consular  Corps  at 
Vladivostok,  "that  the  applications  of  the  foreign  firms  for 
clearance  papers  to  export  goods  are  rejected  by  the  new 
formed  committees  on  export  and  import.  The  declination 
in  prices  abroad,  the  expenses  of  insurance  and  shortage, 
the  loss  of  interest  on  the  capital,  all  this  threatens  the 
foreign  firms  with  losses.  The  Consular  Corps  therefore 
insists  upon  the  issuing  of  permits  to  foreign  firms  for 
export."  The  communication  was  sent  to  the  head  of  the 
Provisional  Government  by  the  entire  Consular  Corps.  The 
American  consul  at  Vladivostok  is  a  member  of  this  corps. 
In  spite  of  the  disabilities  under  which  it  labored,  the 
Zemstvo  Provisional  Government  was  what  the  Allies  had 
been  clamoring  for  since  intervention  began — a  democratic 
government  supported  by  all  classes  of  the  population. 
Since  the  Japanese  coup  of  April  5  it  has  been  only  the  shell 
of  a  government,  without  power  or  dignity,  a  mere  mask  for 
the  invasions  and  depredations  of  the  Japanese  troops.  The 
immediate  result  has  been  the  massacre  of  Nikolaevsk  and 
the  seizing  by  Japan  of  Sakhalin.  The  eventual  result  will 
certainly  be  war. 


The  Nikolaievsk  "Massacre' 


R 


By  MILES  M.  SHEROWER 

EMEMBER  the  Alamo,"  "Remember  the  Maine,"  were 
cries  that  drove  the  United  States  into  wars  of  con- 
quest. "Do  not  forget  May  25,"  is  the  slogan  that  may 
make  the  Japanese  masters  of  Eastern  Siberia.  For  on  this 
day,  according  to  enterprising  Japanese  newspaper  corre- 
spondents and  the  not  over-scrupulous  War  Office,  about  200 
Japanese  held  prisoners  by  the  Partisans  at  Nikolaievsk 
were  put  to  death  to  prevent  their  rescue  by  the  Japanese 
expedition  approaching  the  town. 

To  understand  the  background  of  what  Japanese  publicists 
term  the  "Nikolaievsk  Massacre,"  one  must  turn  back  a  few 
leaves  in  the  history  of  Allied  intervention  in  Siberia.  The 
Americans  landed  7,000  troops  there,  after  President  Wilson 
had  reluctantly  consented  to  help  the  Czechs  and  to  prevent 
pipe-dream  offensives  by  phantom  armies  of  German  prison- 
ers. Meantime  the  Japanese,  who,  according  to  the  agree- 
ment, were  to  dispatch  a  similar  force,  gradually  increased 
their  number  until,  by  the  time  the  armistice  was  signed, 
they  had  a  fully  equipped  army  of  70,000  men.  Whereas 
the  original  declaration  of  the  Allies  was  that  they  would 
not  interfere  in  Russia's  internal  affairs  [though  later  they 
openly  associated  themselves  with  Kolchak],  the  Japanese 
immediately  made  common  cause  with  bandit  leaders  of  the 
stamp  of  Kalmikov  and  Semionov.  These  bandit  Cossacks 
and  their  mercenaries,  though  nominally  fighting  for  Kol- 


212 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


chak  and  sharing  with  him  a  bitter  hatred  for  bolshevism, 
never  went  anywhere  near  the  front.  It  was  more  profitable 
and  less  dangerous  to  stay  behind.  Semionov  in  the  Chita 
region  and  Kalmikov  in  the  Amur,  occupied  themselves  with 
robbing  and  terrorizing  the  local  population.  These  maraud- 
ing bands  were  law  unto  themselves,  recognized  no  superior, 
and  their  ravages,  cruelties,  and  inhumanities  beggar  de- 
scription. 

To  protect  themselves  from  the  pillaging  expeditions  of 
these  butchers,  the  peasants  of  all  the  villages  organized 
themselves,  after  the  fashion  of  the  Minute  Men  of  our  own 
Revolution,  into  small  armed  bands  ready  at  all  times  to  de- 
fend their  homes  and  loved  ones.  It  must  be  here  noted  that 
these  peasant  bands  or  Partisans,  as  they  came  to  be  called, 
were  not  a  regular  fighting  body,  fought  for  no  political 
cause,  and  from  their  scant  acquaintanceship  with  the  Bol- 
sheviki  and  their  doctrines,  had  a  thorough  dislike  for  com- 
munistic land  ownership  schemes. 

The  Japanese  forces,  operating  with  the  Semionov  out- 
laws, would  pursue  these  Partisan  bands,  rob  and  burn  their 
villages,  and  wink  their  eyes  while  the  Cossacks  outraged 
the  women  who  were  left  behind.  The  term  "prisoners"  was 
unknown  in  this  guerrilla  warfare,  for  so  bitter  was  the 
enmity  between  the  Partisans  and  the  Cossacks,  that  to  be 
captured  meant  to  be  tortured  or,  more  mercifully,  to  be  shot. 
The  hatred  of  the  peasants  for  the  Japanese  abetters  of 
these  crimes  was  intense.  There  was  a  great  deal  of  bitter- 
ness toward  the  British,  French,  and  Italians  as  well;  and 
even  a  little  for  the  Americans,  whose  presence  there  the 
Russians  were  completely  at  a  loss  to  understand,  for  to 
them  America  represented  the  tradition  of  freedom.  But 
when  the  Kolchak  adventure,  in  spite  of  Allied  men,  muni- 
tions, and  money,  fizzled  away  and  the  British,  French,  and 
Americans  withdrew,  the  pent-up  hatred  and  antagonism  of 
the  peasants  centered  about  the  Japanese,  who  not  only 
showed  no  intention  of  withdrawing,  but,  on  the  other  hand, 
increased  their  forces  and  made  preparations  presaging  a 
rather  protracted  stay. 

A  look  at  the  map  will  show  that  Nikolaievsk  is  in  the 
northernmost  part  of  inhabited  Siberia.  It  is  located  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Amur  River,  which  flows  into  the  Sea  of 
Okhotsk.  An  important  trading  center,  it  serves  as  an  out- 
let for  the  rich  mineral,  timber,  and  fur  exports  of  a  vast 
hinterland.  It  has  no  railroad  communication  and  ships  can 
approach  it  only  during  the  five  summer  months.  From 
October  to  May  Nikolaievsk  might  as  well  be  on  another 
planet  as  far  as  accessibility  is  concerned.  The  port  had  a 
Japanese  civilian  population  of  between  300  and  400.  At 
this  remote,  though  economically  important  center,  there 
were  stationed  towards  the  end  of  1919  about  1,000  Kolchak 
soldiers  and  300  Japanese  troops.  When  the  news  of  Kol- 
chak's  collapse  reached  this  region,  the  Partisan  bands  gath- 
ered together,  elected  a  commander,  and  decided  to  liquidate 
the  balance  of  the  old  regime.  Though  these  Partisans  were 
not  Bolsheviki,  they  decided  to  cooperate  with  the  Soviet,  in 
which  course  they  felt  lay  the  only  hope  for  the  unity  of 
Russia  and  the  end  of  foreign  intervention.  The  account  of 
what  followed  is  taken  from  the  report  of  the  commander 
of  this  "People's  Army." 

The  Partisans  approached  Nikolaievsk  towards  the  middle 
of  February.  They  surrounded  the  town  and  placed  field 
pieces  on  the  hills  commanding  the  city.  They  then  sent  an 
emissary  with  a  white  flag  to  request  the  Japanese  to  evacu- 
ate the  city  and  the  White  troops  to  surrender  under  full 


amnesty.  The  emissary  was  shot  by  the  Japanese,  his  body 
mutilated,  and  the  corpse  put  into  a  bag  and  sent  back  to  the 
commander  of  the  People's  Army.  A  second  emissary  was 
then  dispatched,  again  under  protection  of  the  white  flag  of 
truce.  The  ultimatum  he  carried  was  that  the  guns  of  the 
Partisan  forces  were  trained  on  the  city  and  that  unless  the 
former  request  were  complied  with  by  a  certain  hour,  the 
city  would  be  bombarded.  The  People's  commander  pointed 
out  that  he  was  anxious  to  avoid  the  destruction  of  life  and 
property  that  must  result  from  such  a  course.  The  second 
emissary  was  shot  by  the  Japanese  and  his  mutilated  body 
was  brought  back  to  the  Partisan  headquarters  in  exactly 
the  same  way  as  the  first. 

The  commander  then  issued  the  order  to  train  the  guns 
on  the  Japanese  barracks  and  shell  them  forthwith.  The 
firing  had  lasted  only  a  few  minutes  when  the  Japanese  offi- 
cer in  charge,  who  had  in  the  meanwhile  been  in  wireless 
communication  with  his  nearest  superior  officer  at  Har- 
barovsk,  ordered  the  hoisting  of  the  white  flag.  The  Parti- 
sans entered  the  city,  the  Whites  surrendered,  and  an  armis- 
tice was  drawn  up  and  duly  signed  between  the  Japanese  and 
the  People's  Army.  By  the  terms  of  this  truce,  the  Japanese 
were  to  retire  several  miles  from  the  city  and  agreed  not  to 
interfere  in  any  way  with  the  local  government.  No  armed 
Japanese  body  was  to  come  within  a  certain  distance  of  the 
city. 

The  People's  commander  goes  on  to  report  that  every- 
thing seemed  to  have  been  settled  peaceably.  The  Japanese 
strictly  observed  all  the  clauses  of  the  armistices,  and  the 
Japanese  officers  even  became  very  friendly  and  obliging  to 
the  Partisans.  They  then  asked  the  People's  commander  for 
permission  to  have  Japanese  sentries  posted  along  the  road 
to  the  city.  This  request  was  readily  granted.  It  seems 
everything  went  well  for  a  few  days.  Without  any  warning 
and  in  direct  violation  of  the  armistice  terms,  the  Japanese, 
on  the  night  of  March  12,  overpowered  the  Russian  sentries, 
secretly  marched  their  entire  force  into  the  city,  posted  guns 
in  front  of  the  building  where  the  Partisan  commanding 
officers  were  lodged,  and  at  a  prearranged  signal  opened  fire. 
As  the  occupants  tried  to  escape  the  torch  was  applied.  The 
object  of  this  Japanese  treachery  was  to  seize  control  of  the 
town  and  disarm  the  Partisan  troops.  In  order  to  accom- 
plish this  more  easily,  it  was  planned  to  kill  the  Partisan 
officers,  after  which  the  unorganized  and  undisciplined  troops 
would  be  easy  prey  for  the  Japanese. 

Immediately  the  whole  town  was  awake.  Though  some 
of  the  officers  and  members  of  their  families  were  killed  or 
burned  to  death,  a  few  succeeded  in  escaping.  Gradually  the 
separated  units  of  the  Partisans  managed  to  get  together 
and  barricades  appeared  in  different  parts  of  the  town. 
Fighting  continued  incessantly,  with  the  greatest  ferocity. 
The  Japanese,  fully  aware  that  their  treachery  had  driven 
the  Partisans  to  desperation,  asked  for  no  mercy  nor  ex- 
pected it.  The  Japanese  population  joined  their  troops  and 
the  battle  increased  in  fury.  Gradually  the  Japanese  were 
forced  back  until  they  took  refuge  in  the  Japanese  Consulate 
and  barracks.  The  fighting  had  now  lasted  forty-eight  hours 
and  the  casualties  had  been  very  heavy.  It  was  then  that  a 
white  flag  appeared  over  the  Consulate  and  the  surviving 
civilians,  about  200  in  number,  surrendered.  To  the  credit 
of  the  Japanese  soldiery,  it  must  be  said  that  they  all  died 
fighting. 

The  news  reached  Japan  on  April  5,  and  a  relief  expedi- 
tion was  immediately  organized  and  dispatched.     It  landed 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


213 


at  Alexanderofsk  in  Northern  Sakhalin,  seized  and  occupied 
the  entire  district,  and  waited  for  the  thaw  to  set  in  before 
proceeding  to  Nikolaievsk.  According  to  Japanese  newspaper 
correspondents  who  accompanied  the  expedition,  the  civilian 
prisoners  were  put  to  death  on  May  25,  by  the  Partisans, 
who  deserted  the  town  and  fled  into  the  mountains  a  week 
before  the  Japanese  reliefs  arrived.  The  adjuration,  "Do 
not  forget  May  25,"  was  found  on  one  of  the  prison  walls  by 
one  of  the  enterprising  correspondents.  The  Japanese  claim 
that  when  they  arrived  they  found  Nikolaievsk  deserted  and 
burned  to  the  ground,  but  the  Partisans  say  that  the  Japa- 
nese destroyed  the  town  by  bombardment. 

That  the  Japanese  are  not  entirely  guiltless  in  the  matter 
is  conceded  even  by  the  rabid  militarists  who  rattle  the  saber 
and  cry  to  the  heavens  for  revenge.  The  War  Office  claims 
that  the  battle  of  March  12-14  [it  uses  the  word  "massacre"] 
was  caused  by  the  Partisan  commander  serving  an  ulti- 
matum upon  Major  Ishikawa  demanding  the  surrender  of  all 
the  Japanese  forces  by  noon  of  the  following  day.  The  Japa- 
nese admit  that  the  next  day  they  attacked  the  headquarters 
of  the  Partisans  and  after  having  seized  the  enemy's  ammu- 
nition and  some  field  pieces,  withdrew  into  the  Japanese  Con- 
sulate. 

The  Yomiuri,  one  of  the  yellowest  of  the  yellow  jingo 
sheets  of  Japan,  attacking  the  military  for  their  negligence 
in  leaving  so  small  a  force  at  so  isolated  a  place,  confessed 
that  the  Japanese  openly  provoked  the  Russians. 

As  to  the  contention  of  the  Japanese  that  they  were  at- 
tacked, or  threatened,  or  even  that  an  ultimatum  had  been 
issued  to  them  to  surrender,  it  should  be  pointed  out  here 
that  the  Japanese  War  Office  is  no  stickler  for  truth  when 
it  comes  to  cooking  up  a  plausible  case  to  justify  some  con- 
templated aggression. 

Though  the  facts  and  circumstances  of  the  Nikolaievsk 
affair  are  by  no  means  established,  nor  has  any  impartial 
investigation  been  held,  and  though  the  Japanese  have  ac- 
knowledged a  partial  responsibility  for  the  fracas,  the  junk- 
ers, expansionists,  and  the  buccaneering  military  cliques  are 
not  going  to  let  a  golden  opportunity  like  this  slip  by  them. 
In  Japanese  liberal  circles  the  charge  is  openly  made  that 
the  whole  Nikolaievsk  business  was  a  "frame-up"  and  that 
the  garrison  had  been  deliberately  sacrificed  by  the  War 
Office  in  order  to  create  one  of  those  "incidents" -from  which 
the  Japanese  have  never  failed  to  profit,  and  through  which 
the  military  party  emerged  with  new  honor,  prestige,  and 
the  renewed  confidence  of  the  nation.  From  the  day  the 
first  accounts  of  the  so-called  atrocities  were  published,  the 
newspaper  mouthpieces  of  the  military  clan  have  been  froth- 
ing at  the  mouth  and  waxing  into  ever  increasing  fury. 
Their  efforts  to  arouse  a  mob  psychology  and  their  appeals 
to  the  passions  and  martial  spirit  of  the  masses  have  been 
unprecedented.  Patriotic  and  chauvinistic  organizations  com- 
bined their  efforts  and  worked  incessantly.  Every  method 
known  to  propaganda  and  every  available  channel  was  uti- 
lized. Three  million  leaflets,  describing  the  "atrocities"  in 
blood-curdling  language,  were  distributed  during  one  day,  in 
Tokyo,  by  little  school  children  who  were  drafted  into  the 
patriotic  work.  Mass  meetings  were  organized  and  addressed 
by  the  nation's  most  prominent  war  shouters.  Hysterical 
flag  waving  and  parading  of  the  relatives  of  the  victims 
abounded.  The  Kokumin  (daily)  offered  prizes  to  the  com- 
posers of  war  songs  that  would  stir  up  the  fighting  spirit 
of  the  people  against  the  Partisans. 

The  cry  raised  on  all  sides,  "Their  death  shall  not  be  in 


vain,"  is  significant  and  portends  the  future  trend  of  events. 
For  the  Japanese  militarists  who  lost  their  justification  for 
wild  Siberian  adventures  with  the  fall  of  Kolchak,  have  now 
a  highly  plausible  case.  Japan  can  now  be  fighting  to  vindi- 
cate her  honor,  avenge  the  fallen,  and  seize  what  she  pleases 
by  way  of  compensation.  This  thirst  for  revenge  becomes 
more  comprehensible  when  we  glean  some  excerpts  from  the 
jingo  press  and  publicists.  General  Sato,  undoubtedly  in- 
spired by  the  War  Office,  puts  the  case  naively : 

But  I  should  like  them  [the  civil  officials]  to  remember  how 
precious  human  blood  is.  The  blood  of  only  two  men  secured  the 
lease  of  Kiaochau  and  the  blood  of  only  thirty-seven  men  was 
enough  to  give  Britain  the  ascendancy  in  Shanghai.  We  do  not 
mean  to  make  the  most  of  the  blood  of  600  people  who  came  to 
a  miserable  end  at  Nikolaievsk,  but  something  must  be  done  that 
the  spirits  of  those  victims  may  go  to  rest. 

The  Kokumin,  a  daily  paper,  prints  this  addition  to  the 
war-shouting  chorus: 

.  .  .  Let  the  Nikolaievsk  garrison  remain  for  ever.  Never 
withdraw  them — until  Russia  and  the  Russians  have  repented 
and  apologized,  until  such  compensation  as  will  satisfy  the 
ghosts  of  our  deceased  compatriots  has  been  obtained.  In  the 
present  state  of  Russia,  the  occupation  of  Nikolaievsk  must  be 
semi-permanent. 

And  the  Yorodzu,  another  daily,  adds : 

Many  of  our  countrymen  are  alv/ays  fearful  of  what  other 
powers  may  say.  .  .  .  Britain  is  now  so  fully  occupied  with 
Irish  and  Central  Eastern  problems  that  she  can  scarcely  turn 
her  attention  elsewhere.  America  is  engrossed  in  the  Presi- 
dential election  and  the  Mexican  problem.  .  .  .  Britain  which 
already  owns  the  greater  part  of  the  world,  is  enlarging  her 
territory  more  and  more,  and  America  is  endeavoring  to  place 
under  her  administration  Mexico.  .  .  .  It  is  at  this  juncture 
that  the  great  massacre  at  Nicolaevsk  has  taken  place.  .  .  . 
Unless  Japan  takes  action  now,  it  is  to  be  feared  that  there  is 
no  hope  for  economic  existence.  No  nation  has  ever  failed  to 
take  important  action  in  the  face  of  a  serious  massacre. 
But  there  is  a  fly  in  the  ointment  of  the  Japanese  im- 
perialists. In  spite  of  the  highly  organized  and  munificently 
financed  militarist  propaganda,  the  Japanese  people  remain 
woefully  apathetic  to  the  cries  for  revenge,  as  well  as  to  the 
grandiose  bait  dangled  before  them.  This  seemingly  inex- 
plicable lethargy  on  the  part  of  the  proud,  high-strung,  and 
temperamental  populace  is  arousing  the  ire  of  the  jingos. 
"How  is  it  the  public  is  unexpectedly  quiet  over  the  Niko- 
laievsk massacre  which  is  unprecedented  in  the  history  of 
Japan?"  asks  the  sensational  Yamato  (daily).  "The  Japa- 
nese have  been  famous  for  their  patriotism,  but  if  they  do 
not  know  how  to  be  indignant  at  the  massacre  of  700  of  their 
brothers  and  sisters,  their  sense  of  patriotism  must  be  ex- 
tinct." 

The  fact  of  the  matter  is  that  the  Japanese  people,  the 
masses,  the  middle  classes,  and  a  goodly  majority  of  the 
small  group  of  business  men  and  industrialists,  are  not  only 
disinterested  in  the  military  clique's  Siberian  schemes,  but 
have  resolutely  and  whole-heartedly  favored  the  complete 
withdrawal  of  the  Japanese  forces  from  Siberia  with  the 
rest  of  the  Allies.  They  view  with  consternation  the  im- 
broglio into  which  the  War  Office  has  already  dragged  them 
and  they  are  bitterly  opposed  to  any  further  wild  goose 
chases.  Nearly  all  the  important,  responsible  dailies,  repre- 
senting a  preponderating  majority  of  public  opinion,  place 
the  responsibility  for  the  "massacre"  at  the  door  of  the  War 
Office  and  insist  upon  a  peaceful  settlement  of  the  incident 
and  the  withdrawal  of  the  troops.  At  heart  the  Japanese 
people  are  for  peace. 


214 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


The  Teacher's  Real  Dilemma 

By  M.  H.  HEDGES 


THE  dilemma  of  the  college  teacher  lies  in  the  fact  that 
society,  organized  on  a  materialistic  basis,  has  com- 
mitted an  idealistic  enterprise  into  his  hands.  From  the 
school-room  window  the  student  looks  upon  the  social  scene, 
the  complex  suggestions  of  which,  running  counter  to  the 
teacher's  own,  are  more  powerful  and  more  urgent  than  all 
the  teacher  can  summon  from  his  own  resources  or  the 
resources  of  the  past.  A  friend,  a  professor  of  philosophy, 
not  a  Hegelian  but  a  pragmatist,  says  that  conferences  with 
many  college  students  convince  him  that  the  motivation  for 
indifference  to  even  pragmatic  philosophy  on  the  part  of 
college  students  lies  in  their  conviction  that  philosophy — 
the  science  of  the  universal — has  no  bearing  on  life's  main 
chance,  money-getting.  Students  recently  astounded  him  by 
depreciating  disinterested  research  in  science  of  any  kind. 
The  only  scientific  research  which  they  thought  of  value  was 
industrial.  Consider  this  and  observe  the  college  student 
farther. 

The  undergraduate  of  American  colleges  has  been  pic- 
tured an  enthusiast;  the  fact  is,  he's  a  stone.  An  apostate 
to  youth,  the  psychology  books  and  the  general  impression 
notwithstanding,  he  is  neither  passionate,  nor  impetuously 
loyal,  nor  exuberant,  nor  impatient  of  trammels,  nor  ideal- 
istic. On  the  other  hand,  he  is  prim,  correct,  frigid  in 
respect  to  things  of  the  mind;  and  furtive,  indiscreet,  bold 
in  reference  to  his  instincts;  and  covetous  and  greedy  in 
respect  to  grades,  credits,  managerships,  class  distinctions, 
and  degrees — non-essentials.  His  favorite  word  is  "pep," 
and  goaded  by  institutional  convention  he  will  stand  for 
hours  and  shout  himself  hoarse  for  a  team,  but  he  will  cal- 
lously overlook  the  birth  of  the  Russian  republic,  or  the 
pathetic  degradation  and  suffering  of  the  Armenian  people. 
He  is  intolerant  of  personal  difference  and  diversity  of  char- 
acter and  yet  clandestinely  he  will  disturb  a  college  assembly 
with  an  inopportune  alarm  clock,  asserting  a  right  to  per- 
sonal eccentricity.  He  is  everywhere  surrounded  by  records 
of  the  past's  greatness,  and  blindly  moves  in  a  present  not 
realized.  In  the  class  room  he  daily  examines  theories  of 
government  and  constitutions,  while  his  own  social  life  upon 
the  campus  is  a  specimen  of  primitive  tribal  life  with 
taboos,  hecklings,  mob-contagions,  and  naive  sexual  prefer- 
ences. The  fraternity  is  his  tribe;  the  college  his  clan; 
and  in  parties  and  "functions,"  he  competes  in  amorous 
and  pugnacious  exploits. 

While  a  whirlwind  of  social  idealism  shakes  the  world, 
the  American  undergraduate  sits  becalmed  in  an  unreal 
environment,  barren  of  great  ideas.  As  Philo  Buck,  Jr., 
has  said, 

The  young  of  our  colleges  are  only  in  the  very  slightest 
degree  moved  by  the  forces  that  are  aroused  today.  It  is  a 
common  phenomenon  that  in  democratic  America  the  young 
men  and  women  of  our  colleges  and  universities  should  be  the 
last  to  feel  the  potency  of  the  influences  that  so  charge  our 
social  and  political  atmosphere.  Though  in  Europe  ideas  that 
are  threatening  a  general  revolution,  that  have  accomplished 
more  than  one  revolution,  originated  with  the  youth  of  the 
universities,  here  it  is  the  very  youth  of  our  universities  who 
are  practically  immune  to  the  contagion.  They  at  least  accept 
life  as  it  was,  or  as  it  is,  confident  and  unthinking  optimists 
without  a  philosophical  creed. 


Carleton  Parker  makes  much  the  same  diagnosis. 

Perhaps  few  fields  of  activity  have  been  conventionalized  as 
much  as  university  education.  Here,  just  where  a  superficial 
theorist  would  expect  to  find  enthusiasm,  emancipated  minds, 
and  hope,  is  found  fear,  convention,  a  mean  instinct-life,  no 
spirit  of  adventure,  little  curiosity,  and  in  general  no  promise 
of  preparedness.  No  wonder  philosophical  idealism  flourishes 
and  Darwin  is  forgotten. 

The  American  undergraduate,  so  admirable  as  an  indi- 
vidual, is  invidious  as  a  social  force.  Such  apathy  to  ideas 
is  ironical  in  youth  and  difficult  of  explanation.  It  is  easy 
to  attribute  this  passionlessness  to  poor  teaching.  Like 
master  like  man.  And  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  colleges 
have  not  always  attracted  dynamic  minds  to  their  staffs.  It 
is  easy  to  attribute  it  to  the  curriculum — misplaced  emphasis 
upon  the  classics;  and  here  again  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  the  undergraduate  meekly  listens  daily  to  embalmed 
knowledge  and  stereotyped  opinions.  As  yet  in  the  curricu- 
lum there  has  not  been  much  regrouping  and  massing  of 
subjects  round  the  social  idea.  Yet  if  the  students  pos- 
sessed curiosity,  rightly  theirs,  magazines  would  furnish  text- 
books enough  through  which  to  pass  into  contact  with  the 
reality  beneath  the  social  convention.  The  truth  is  under- 
graduate apathy  is  not  alone  due  to  poor  teaching,  or  dead 
subjects,  but  to  causes  beyond  them  and  greater. 

Education  is  not,  as  it  has  been  hitherto  conceived,  an 
extra-social  process  by  which  society  is  constantly  freshened 
and  transformed.  Rather  it  lies  within  society  and  tends 
to  reproduce  in  miniature  the  society  which  has  borne  it. 
It  perpetuates  the  tradition  which  has  shaped  it.  And  edu- 
cational institutions  and  the  faculty  and  students  which 
compose  them  are  but  automata  of  the  social  complex;  they 
float,  as  it  were,  like  atoms  upon  the  sea  of  general  opinion. 
The  educational  process  set  aside  for  peculiar  ends,  unless 
well  guarded,  will  serve  only  common  ends.  It  may  become, 
if  constantly  tended,  the  best  of  a  civilization;  and  perhaps 
this  is  the  real  meaning  of  "center  of  culture,"  a  place 
where  living  is  cultivated,  tended.  Or  the  educational  pro- 
cess may  grow  disorderly  and  unproductive.  It  may  per- 
petuate the  age's  worse  tradition. 

Examination  of  the  great  intellectual  traditions  to  which 
Americans  have  been,  and  are  now  responsive,  reveals  the 
subserviency  of  the  college  to  the  least  creative.  The  Amer- 
ican Spirit,  imponderable  thing  though  it  is,  means  nothing 
more  than  that  Americans  have  expressed  themselves  either 
in  terms  of  the  pioneer,  or  in  terms  of  the  utilitarian  and 
Puritan.  Our  complex  national  type  has  always  been  rep- 
resented by  a  Columbus,  or  a  Franklin,  or  an  Edwards. 

Columbus,  eager  to  test  hypothesis  by  experiment,  and 
to  prove  truth  by  experiment,  is  the  symbol  of  America's 
pioneer  spirit.  His  superb  adventure  has  been  celebrated  by 
Lowell,  Lanier,  Whitman,  and  Miller  as  expressing  some- 
thing peculiarly  universal  in  American  life.  With  his  char- 
acteristics— impatience  with  precedent,  lively  intelligence, 
bold  practicality — we  gladly  endow  our  ideal  Yankee.  It 
is  for  these  qualities  that  men  like  Thomas  Edison,  John 
Burroughs,  and  Mark  Twain  are  said  to  be  national.  And 
whatever  have  been  the  shortcomings  of  the  American  type, 
no  one  can  deny,  I  believe,  that  the  pioneer  spirit  has  ex- 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


215 


pressed  the  best  in  us,  and  has  represented  our  finest  con- 
tribution to  civilization. 

All  the  past  we  leave  behind 

We  debouch  upon  a  newer,  mightier  world,  varied  world 

Fresh  and  strong  the  world  we  seize,  world  of  labor  and  the 

march 
Pioneers,  O  Pioneers! 

Now  the  pioneer  spirit  has  found  no  place  in  American 
colleges  and  universities  except  by  chance.  The  innovator  has 
found  no  friendly  environment  there.  Take  literature.  The 
writers  universally  accepted  as  most  dominantly  national — 
Whitman,  Howells,  Twain,  0.  Henry,  even  Riley  and  Hamlin 
Garland— were  not  college  men.  "Would  the  world,"  inquires 
William  Ellsworth,  "have  had  'Leaves  of  Grass'  if  Whitman 
had  been  trained  to  accept  the  standards  of  Harvard  Uni- 
versity? If  Mark  Twain  had  been  graduated  from  Yale, 
would  he,  could  he  have  written  'Innocents  Abroad'  and 
thrown  stones  at  all  idols  set  up  by  George  William  Curtis 
and  Irenaeus  Prime?" 

The  urgent  cry  of  Emerson  in  the  American  Scholar  was 
but  a  petition  for  the  college  to  espouse  the  pioneer  tradi- 
tion, the  creative  tradition  in  American  life.     Instead  of 
boldly  setting  forth  on  uncharted  ways,  the  college,  however, 
encourages   docility   and   conventional  acceptance  of   what 
passes  for  truth.    For  the  college  has  been  left  to  the  Puri- 
tan and  utilitarian  traditions.     The  mind  of  a  Puritan  like 
Edwards  was  bi-focally  centered  upon  two  ideas:  heaven 
and  man's  depravity.     All  his  effort  was  addressed  toward 
getting  wicked  man  out  of  this  world  as  gracefully  as  pos- 
sible.   Now  this  other-wordly  mind  when  invaded  by  a  sense 
of  sin,  as  the  Puritan's  mind  is,  is  cleft  in  two;  it  lacks  the 
wholeness  which  is  holiness.    It  is  content  with  an  economic 
order  which  travesties  Christian  ethics,  while  at  the  same 
moment  it  preaches  Christian  charity  as  a  door  which  leads 
out  of  this  vale  of  tears  into  the  other  world.     Unluckily 
the   otherworldliness  of  the  Puritan   has  been   the  spirit 
which  has  haunted  the  halls  of  American  higher  institu- 
tions.   Unluckily  it  has  furnished  atmosphere  where  trans- 
cendental philosophy,  speculative  economics,  furtive  morals, 
unrealistic  literature  thrives.    Realism  in  thought,  econom- 
ics,  ethics,   literature  or   life,   the  Puritan  detests.     Art, 
which   always  in   its  expression   is  the  recorder  of  those 
moments  when  a  man  is  at  one  with  himself,  the  Puritan 
in  his  pernicious  duality  hates,  fights,  and  wishes  to  destroy. 
Out  of  the  world  of  Franklin,  the  world  of  daily  ledgers, 
stocks  and  bonds,  tariffs  and  embargoes,  of  sly  opportun- 
ism  and   swift   expediency,   the  money-getting  world,   the 
American  student  goes  into  the  atmosphere  of  otherworldli- 
ness, into  the  world  of  Edwards,  and  is  expected  to  hear 
voices  and  dream  dreams,  and  gain  technique  to  transform 
a  recalcitrant  environment.    Franklin,  product  of  a  frontier 
world,  assiduously  preaching  thrift,  diligence,  and  tempe- 
rance, no  doubt  saw  the  only  remedy  available  for  economic 
and  social  ills  of  his  own  time.     His  stress  on  individual 
effort  was  the  best  philosophy,  perhaps,  for  the  frontier. 
But  projected  into  the  complex  modern  world,  where  every 
kind   of   device   for   socialization   has   been    invented,   and 
scientific  knowledge  of  social  mind  and  method  awaits  prac- 
tice, the  individualism  of  Franklin  with  its  attendant  mate- 
rialism is  pernicious.     It  is  no  more  adapted  to  complex 
modern  needs  than  bowie  knife  and  pistol. 

A  map  of  intellectual  America,  then,  shows  economic 
America  operating  under  concepts  adapted  to  a  simple, 
frontier  life;  academic  America,  which  should  be  the  instru- 


ment for  transforming  and  freshening  our  spiritual  life, 
pursuing  passionlessly  what  might  be  called  celestial  propa- 
ganda; and  pioneer  America,  our  creative  life,  unorganized 
and  undirected,  forced  to  work  alone  against  the  hindering 
influences  of  two  dominant  traditions  ill-adapted  to  social 
needs.  Strictly  speaking,  we  have  no  indigenous  culture. 
Knowledge  taught  in  schools  affects  life  in  small  measure  or 
not  at  all.  And  it  is  this  disparate  spiritual  life,  a  per- 
nicious crossing  of  aims  which  makes  the  teacher's  task  so 
anomalous,  and  which  presents  the  dilemma  from  which  the 
teacher  by  his  own  powers  can  not  find  egress. 

Somewhere  William  James  remarks,  "There  is  but  one 
unconditional  commandment,  which  is  that  we  should  in- 
cessantly so  to  vote  and  to  act  as  to  bring  about  the  very 
largest  total  universe  of  good  which  we  can  see."  To  supply 
students  with  a  sense  of  a  "total  universe  of  good"  that  is 
not  fictitious,  and  to  awake  in  them  the  will  to  act  in  behalf 
of  that  universe  is,  I  take  it,  an  educational  formula  for 
this  generation  close  to  truth. 

But  the  curriculum  is  clogged  so  that  the  great  mass  of 
information  concerning  social  good  can  not  be  set  flowing 
free  into  the  student's  mind,  and  the  channels  for  arousing 
and  strengthening  the  creative  instinct  have  not  yet  been 
broken.  Now  as  before  the  institution  is  far  away  from  the 
pioneer  spirit  of  its  founders.  If  anything  the  utilitarian 
influence  has  drawn  nearer  and  perhaps  is  replacing  the  all 
but  bloodless  Puritan  ideal.  The  chances  for  the  colleges 
to  answer  the  need  of  this  generation,  one  must  reluctantly 
acknowledge,  are  small. 

"Never  in  the  lifetime  of  men  now  living  has  the  universal 
element  in  the  souls  of  men  burnt  so  dimly."  So  says 
Keynes.  Oh,  for  young  men  and  women  to  realize  this 
fact!  And  until  they  do  neither  endowment  drives,  with 
their  promise  of  higher  salary,  nor  guarantees  of  restored 
academic  freedom,  nor  the  pleasant  laisser-faire  of  collegiate 
life,  will  give  back  to  the  teacher  the  joy  that  is  his  pro- 
fessional birthright. 


In  the  Driftway 


OBERON  was  in  his  B.  V.  D.'s  scanning  an  incipient 
poem  when  the  Drifter  knocked.  Oberon  was  in  a 
rather  light-headed  mood  because  he  had  scanned  verse  with 
no  nutritive  interruptions  since  breakfast,  and  he  had  used 
the  coffee  grounds  for  the  fourth  time  that  morning.  He 
is  an  other-worldly  soul  who  works  at  architecture  when 
his  landlady  insists  and  stops  to  live  and  dream  when  he  has 
saved  enough  to  pay  the  rent  of  his  piano  and  his  room.  He 
offered  the  Drifter  a  choice  of  chair  or  bed,  produced  ciga- 
rettes— Oberon  is  never  without  cigarettes — and  inquired 
as  to  the  present  cost  of  living  in  Paris.  Oberon  had  de- 
termined to  leave  America. 

***** 

IT  was  all  on  account  of  the  Madison  Square  Church. 
That  had  been  Stanford  White's  masterpiece  in  Oberon's 
eyes — and  Oberon  had  passed  his  novitiate  in  White's  of- 
fice. It  carried  Rome  and  Renaissance  on  toward  the  ulti- 
mates.  It  took  five  thousand  years  to  achieve  that  church, 
said  Oberon,  and  they  demolished  it  in  a  week.  The  great 
green  columns  had  been  sold  to  an  insurance  company  for 
building  stone.  The  arched  dome  was  gone.  Oberon  had 
strayed  in  when  the  dome  was  half  broken,  and  a  workman 
was  just  chipping  at  the  glass  mosaic  of  the  ten  command- 


216 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


ments.  He  had  tried  to  dissuade  him.  Could  not  the  mosaic 
be  saved?  "'T  ain't  worth  it"  replied  the  workman,  as  he 
broke  the  sixth  commandment.  [The  Drifter  said  Oberon 
was  light-headed.]  That,  Oberon  held,  was  the  authentic 
voice  of  America.  He  had  another  grievance — a  bank  on 
Fifth  Avenue  that  had  been  compelled  to  take  down  its 
splendid  columns  because  they  intruded  a  foot  or  two  onto 
the  legal  sidewalk.  In  Paris  the  state  would  have  bought 
the  building  if  necessary  to  save  those  columns.  In  Amer- 
ica the  orthodox  number  of  inches  for  a  sidewalk,  or  the 
declining  number  of  Presbyterians  below  Times  Square, 
was  enough  to  scrap  a  thing  of  beauty.  What  were  Presby- 
terians and  sidewalks  in  the  scale  against  beauty?  Had 
that  church  been  Roman,  Americans  would  have  given  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  dollars  to  restore  a  corner  of  its 
ruins.  Being  in  America,  most  Americans  never  knew  it 
was  there.  The  profession  of  architecture  had  no  dignity 
and  art  no  permanence  here:  Oberon  would  leave. 

As  the  Drifter  rumbled  homeward  in  the  subway,  he 
tried  in  vain  to  recall  Stanford  White's  masterpiece;  he 
had  never  noticed  it.  Oberon  was  light-headed  anyway; 
if  he  had  had  dinner,  he  would  have  been  more  balanced  in 
his  judgments.  Besides,  Oberon  is  clearly  a  failure;  he 
scarcely  earns  enough  to  keep  himself  alive.    What  are  his 

opinions  worth? 

***** 

|  T  is  with  mixed  feelings  that  the  Drifter  regards  the  moon 
I  whenever  it  is  at  the  full.  The  moon,  at  the  hands 
of  the  softer  and  pastier  story  tellers,  has  probably  suffered 
severer  misrepresentation  than  any  of  the  more  tremendous 
works  of  nature.  And  so  firmly  fixed  in  the  public  mind  is 
the  tradition  that  moonlight  is  romantic  that  not  one  writer 
in  a  thousand  has  been  courageous  enough  to  tell  the  truth 
about  this  pale,  dead  disk  suspended  irritatingly  by  nothing 
from  nowhere  in  an  otherwise  properly  lighted  sky.  It  is  as 
if  some  one  were  to  plunge  an  arc  light  into  a  room  modestly 
and  graciously  half -lighted  by  many  candles.  The  moon  has 
nothing  of  the  absorbing  variety  of  the  sea ;  it  cannot  leap 
like  a  waterfall,  or  sing  like  a  bird,  or  even  wink  in- 
triguingly  as  does  a  fire-fly.  It  has  no  grace,  no  movement, 
no  color,  no  sound,  nothing  at  all  in  fact  but  an  alleged  air 
of  mystery — the  most  press-agented  air  of  mystery  since  the 
world  began.  It  is  high  time  that  all  this  absurd  nonsense 
about  the  moon  be  stopped  short.  The  Drifter  is  con- 
templating a  publicity  campaign  throughout  the  length  and 
breadth  of  the  land,  conducted  by  the  king  of  chewing-gum 
advertisements,  Mr.  William  Wrigley,  Jr.,  who  is  also  to 
manage  Senator  Harding's  campaign,  in  which  he  will  com- 
bat moon-madness,  moon-shine,  and  various  other  forms  of 
lunacy.  No  longer  shall  our  calendars  be  ornamented  with 
tender  couples  on  whom  a  round,  white  moon  is  shining, 
nor  with  ships  through  whose  bare  rigging  the  same  oyster- 
colored  dinner  plate  peers  unblinkingly.  Artemis  shall  be 
relegated  to  her  proper  place,  and  the  only  persons  who  hear 
of  the  moon  at  all  will  be  the  school  children  who  with  diffi- 
culty master  the  intricacies  of  its  phases. 
***** 

THE  Drifter  sits  on  the  edge  of  a  brook  which,  as  such, 
is  not  entirely  successful,  being  composed  of  about 
one  inch  of  water  and  five  inches  of  mud.  It  does  give  com- 
plete satisfaction,  however,  by  having  banks  that  are  deli- 
cately blue  with  forget-me-nots  and  fragrant  with  mint. 
Overhead  there  is  one  cloud  about  the  size  and  shape  of  an 


armadillo  which  the  Drifter  once  saw  in  an  illustrated 
natural  history  book.  In  the  green  meadow  behind  him  a 
meditative  cow  regards  the  world  with  a  simple  and  naive 
stare,  and,  chewing  a  mint  leaf  reminiscently,  the  Drifter 
returns  her  glance.  All  over  the  world,  he  reflects,  men  are 
spending  and  have  spent  their  lives  and  their  treasure  in 
the  search  either  for  beauty  or  for  peace,  and  here  are 
both  in  abundance.  Why  has  the  quest  not  ended  long  ago? 
The  answer  is  obviously  that  the  zest  is  not  in  the  finish 
of  the  race  but  in  the  running  of  it.  It  is  quite  plain  that 
the  hare  had  an  infinitely  more  enjoyable  afternoon  than 
the  tortoise.  Men  do  not  want  to  find  beauty  but  only  to 
look  for  it;  and  the  search  for  peace  will  never  end  because 
there  is  too  much  fun  in  the  search.  Man,  at  his  best,  is 
the  most  restless  of  all  the  animals — the  complete  antithesis 
of  the  cow;  he  must  be  up  and  doing;  peace  does  not  satisfy 
him,  rest  pleases  him  only  because  it  makes  more  activity 
possible,  he  labors  even  harder  at  his  play  than  at  his  work. 
As  nature  abhors  a  vacuum,  so  man  abominates  a  vacation, 
and  instead  of  gratefully  accepting  peace  when  it  is  thrust 
at  him  he  strives  feverishly  to  fill  the  day  with  as  varied 
and  exhausting  a  series  of  conflicts  as  he  can  concoct,  so 
that  at  the  end  of  his  "rest"  period  he  is  glad  to  return  to 
work  as  a  blessed  release  from  toil.  Those  of  us  who  yearn 
for  peace  are  quite  evidently  wasting  our  time.  The  war 
will  never  end  while  Mr.  Lloyd  George  continues  to  have 

such  a  good  time  at  the  Peace  Conference. 

***** 

TO  the  Drifter,  as  his  readers  well  know,  the  far  corners 
of  the  earth  have  rendered  up  their  secrets  freely  and 
frankly.  East  and  West  he  has  visited  and  has  braved  even 
the  rigors  of  the  frozen  north.  This  being  the  case,  it 
follows  that  he  has  seen  strange  things,  not  the  least  curi- 
ous being  the  many  diverse  ways  the  human  race  has  of 
personal  adornment.  It  remains,  however,  for  the  women 
of  his  own,  his  native  land  to  outstrip  all  their  rivals  in 
quaint  and  esoteric  costume — for  they  wear  furs  in  the 
summer  time!  Let  it  be  never  so  hot;  let  the  city  streets 
fairly  writhe  under  a  thick,  stifling  haze;  the  belle  of  New 
York  must  wear  the  hide  of  some  dead  animal  around  her 
neck,  though  she  may  prostrate  by  sunstroke  not  herself — 
for  she  seems  to  be  made  entirely  of  asbestos — but  all  the 
unfortunate  persons  who  cannot  avoid  seeing  her.  Between 
the  Maori  lady  who  wears  next  to  nothing  because  it  is  hot 
and  the  Eskimo  lady  who  wears  furs  because  it  is  cold,  we 
have  somehow  arrived  at  this  strange  hybrid,  whose  clothing 
the  Drifter  will  bet  on  as  the  most  inconsistent,  unreason- 
able, and  altogether  preposterous  fashion  as  yet  invented. 

•Jr  ■}&  •&  %r  "X" 

npHERE  is  hardly  a  doubt  that  the  young  man  recently 
i.  arrested  on  a  charge  of  stealing  fur-lined  gloves  from  a 
haberdasher's  was  the  unhappy  victim  of  the  summer-fur 
mania.  Driven  gradually  insane  by  the  sight  of  so  many 
female  creatures  thus  attired,  the  Drifter  can  picture  the 
unfortunate  youth  at  first  refusing  iced-tea  for  his  dinner 
and  insisting  on  scalding  hot  soup  instead;  then  buying  an 
extra  pair  of  blankets  and  a  down  quilt  to  cover  him  at  night, 
and  finally — but  the  Drifter's  sanity  rests  on  too  precarious 
a  footing  in  hot  weather  to  pursue  the  subject  further  with 
either  pleasure  or  profit.  Let  the  wearers  of  summer  furs 
beware!  Some  day  the  poor  worm  with  the  wilted  collar 
will  turn ;  and  a  perpetual  diet  of  hot  tamales  and  red  pepper 
would  be  almost  too  light  a  punishment.       The  Drifter 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


217 


Correspondence 

The  Packers'  Profit 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  The  Nation  of  July  24  reproduced  a  letter  from  Mrs. 
F.  L.  Houston,  Moores  Hill,  Indiana,  under  the  heading,  "Why 
Be  a  Farmer?"  This  letter  asks  The  Nation  why  the  adver- 
tisement of  Swift  &  Company  was  published.  Since  The  Nation 
has  not  attempted  to  reply  to  this  question,  we  take  the  liberty 
of  suggesting  an  answer,  which  we  hope  will  reach  Mrs.  Hous- 
ton and  the  other  readers  of  The  Nation. 

We  presume  that  the  reasons  that  The  Nation  published  these 
advertisements  were  to  obtain  the  revenue  resulting  from  the 
sale  of  advertising  space,  and  to  exhibit  a  spirit  of  fair  play 
in  allowing  a  corporation  that  is  commonly  misunderstood,  and 
that  has  been  unjustly  attacked,  to  present  its  side  of  the  case. 
Mrs.  Houston  seems  to  think  that  the  packer  is  responsible 
for  the  great  difference  between  the  price  of  live  animals  and  the 
price  of  meats.  In  the  first  place,  she  is  comparing  the  price 
of  live  animals  with  the  prices  of  individual  cuts  of  beef  and 
pork  at  retail.  Swift  &  Company  does  not  operate  retail  stores 
or  have  anything  to  do  with  retail  prices.  We  sell  whole 
animals  or  large  cuts  at  wholesale,  and  out  of  our  total  pro- 
ceeds from  meats  and  animal  by-products  last  year  we  paid  85 
per  cent  for  the  live  animals.  Out  of  the  other  15  per  cent  we 
had  to  pay  expenses  of  operating  our  packing  plants,  freight 
on  meats  to  market,  operation  of  branch  houses,  cost  of  deliv- 
eries to  the  retailer,  etc.  Out  of  this  15  per  cent  we  also  had 
to  pay  interest  and  taxes,  and  derive  our  profit,  which  amounted 
to  only  1.15  cents  on  each  dollar  of  sales,  or  less  than  7  per 
cent  on  investment.  It  is  conceded  that  the  packers  keep 
expenses  down  as  low  as  it  is  humanly  possible;  and  obviously 
such  a  minute  profit  can  have  practically  no  effect  on  prices. 

The  reference  to  12  cents  a  pound  for  fat  hogs,  and  7  cents 
a  pound  for  fat  cattle,  last  December,  must  be  a  mistake.  The 
average  price  of  hogs  in  Chicago  for  that  month  was  over 
$13.00,  and  for  cattle  over  $14.00.  The  choice  grades  of  fat 
hogs  and  cattle  were  bringing  over  14  cents  and  over  21  cents 
respectively.  It  must  also  be  borne  in  mind  that  when  it  comes 
to  retail  prices,  the  choicest  cuts  have  to  sell  at  extremely  high 
prices,  because  they  form  only  a  small  portion  of  the  live 
animal,  while  the  rest  of  the  meat  sells  at  much  lower  prices. 
We  certainly  have  "sympathy  for  the  poor,"  just  as  have 
La  Follette's  magazine,  The  Nation,  and  the  Socialist  papers, 
but  since  we  pay  for  live  stock  all  that  it  is  humanly  possible 
to  pay,  considering  the  price  that  we  get  for  meat  and  by- 
products, we  shall  have,  to  disclaim  responsibility  for  this 
situation.  In  fact,  it  is  universally  conceded  that  the  difference 
between  live-stock  and  meat  prices  is  smaller  than  it  would  be 
if  we  were  not  in  existence. 

L.  D.  H.  Weld,  Manager, 
Commercial  Research  Dept.,  Swift  &  Company 
Chicago,  August  5 


Patriotism  vs.  Fanaticism 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  The  opinion  of  Judge  Bourquin  on  Patriotism  or  Fanati- 
cism, which  appears  in  The  Supreme  Court  Reporter  of  July  1, 
1920,  is  in  keeping  with  the  recent  decision  of  Judge  Anderson, 
and  will  perhaps  help  to  restore  confidence  in  the  judiciary: 

"Patriotism  or  Fanaticism.  An  act  of  the  Montana  Legisla- 
ture defining  the  crime  of  sedition  was  held  valid  by  the  United 
States  District  Court  for  the  District  of  Montana  in  ex  parte 
Starr,  263  Federal  Reporter,  145,  and  a  writ  of  habeas  corpus 
was  denied.  The  petitioner  had  been  convicted  and  sentenced 
to  the  state  penitentiary  for  not  less  than  10  years  nor  more 
than  20  years  at  hard  labor,  and  to  pay  a  fine  of  $500  and  costs. 
In  discussing  the  case  Judge  Bourquin  said: 


"  'In  the  matter  of  his  offense  and  sentence,  obviously  the 
petitioner  was  more  sinned  against  than  sinning.  It  is  clear 
that  he  was  in  the  hands  of  one  of  those  too  common  mobs, 
bent  upon  vindicating  its  peculiar  standard  of  patriotism  and 
its  odd  concept  of  respect  for  the  flag  by  compelling  him  to 
kiss  the  latter — a  spectacle  for  the  pity  as  well  as  the  laughter 
of  gods  and  men!  Its  unlawful  and  disorderly  conduct,  not  his 
just  resistance,  nor  the  trivial  and  innocuous  retort  into  which 
they  goaded  him,  was  calculated  to  degrade  the  sacred  banner 
and  to  bring  it  into  contempt.  Its  members,  not  he  should  have 
been  punished. 

"  'Patriotism  is  the  cement  that  binds  the  foundation  and  the 
superstructure  of  the  state.  The  safety  of  the  latter  depends 
upon  the  integrity  of  the  former.  Like  religion,  patriotism  is 
a  virtue  so  indispensable  and  exalted  that  excesses  pass  with 
little  censure.  But  when,  as  here,  it  descends  to  fanaticism,  it 
is  of  the"  reprehensible  quality  of  the  religion  that  incited  the 
massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew,  the  tortures  of  the  Inquisition, 
the  fires  of  Smithfield,  the  scaffolds  of  Salem,  and  is  equally 
cruel  and  murderous.  In  its  name,  as  in  that  of  Liberty,  what 
crirres  have  been  committed!  In  every  age  it,  too,  furnishes  its 
heresy  hunters  and  its  witch  burners,  and  it,  too,  is  a  favorite 
mask  for  hypocrisy,  assuming  a  virtue  which  it  hath  not.  So 
the  mobs  mentioned  were  generally  the  chosen  and  last  resort 
of  the  slacker,  military  and  civil,  the  profiteer,  and  the  enemy 
sympathizer,  masquerading  as  super-patriots  to  divert  attention 
from  their  real  character.  Incidentally,  it  is  deserving  of  men- 
tion here  that  in  the  records  of  this  court  is  a  report  of  its 
grand  jury,  that  before  it,  attempts  had  been  made  to  prostitute 
the  federal  Espionage  Law  to  wreak  private  vengeance  and  to 
work  private  ends. 

"  'As  for  the  horrifying  sentence  itself,  it  is  of  those  criticized 
by  Mr.  Justice  Holmes  in  Abrams'  Case,  250  U.  S.  616,  40  Sup. 
Ct.  17,  63  L.  Ed.  1173,  in  that,  if  it  be  conceded  trial  and  con- 
viction are  warranted,  so  frivolous  is  the  charge  that  a  nominal 
fine  would  serve  every  end  of  justice.  And  it,  with  too  many 
like,  goes  far  to  give  color,  if  not  justification,  to  the  bitter  com- 
ment of  George  Bernard  Shaw,  satirist  and  cynic,  that  during 
the  war  the  courts  in  France,  bleeding  under  German  guns, 
were  very  severe;  the  courts  in  England,  hearing  but  the  echoes 
of  those  guns,  were  grossly  unjust;  but  the  courts  of  the  United 
States,  knowing  naught  save  censored  news  of  those  guns,  were 
stark,  staring,  raving  mad.  All  this,  however,  cannot  affect 
habeas  corpus.  It  can  appeal  to  the  pardoning  power  alone.'  " 
Dover,  New  Hampshire,  July  19  Francis  J.  McDonald 


"A  Strong  Man" 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  The  Nation  has  taken  such  a  thoroughly  patriotic  stand 
in  defense  of  American  liberty  and  against  the  Administration, 
that  the  writer  cannot  understand  how  the  same  paper  could 
denounce  the  Republican  convention.  The  only  way  to  defeat 
Wilsonism  and  the  party  he  represents  is  by  supporting  a  well- 
known,  thoroughly  organized  party  that  stands  for  the  Consti- 
tution. No  new  party  can  win  in  this  campaign;  all  votes  cast 
for  a  new  party  will  only  aid  the  Democrats  in  securing  victory. 
Hence  the  only  way  to  bring  about  a  return  to  pre-war  condi- 
tions and  to  make  the  Constitution  the  supreme  law  of  the 
land  is  to  return  the  Republicans  to  power.  For  this  presi- 
dential election,  every  patriot  ought  to  set  party  aside,  'ignore 
minor  differences  in  the  wording  of  platforms  and  choice  of 
candidates  [Senator  Harding  is  a  strong  man  and  a  true 
American],  and  vote  for  the  great  party  that  has  come  out 
squarely  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Constitution.  A  Republican 
victory  guarantees  for  a  number  of  years  at  least  the  main- 
tenance of  the  republic.  This  period  in  its  history  is  as  crucial 
a  period  as  in  1832  and  1861 ;  and  we  need  to  have  The  Nation 
and  every  other  great  force  working  for  a  Republican  victory. 

Detroit,  July  27  Harmon  Henry  Jones 


218 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


Dr.   Friedlaender 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  The  Nation  of  August  7,  in  an  editorial  paragraph 
referring  to  the  death  of  Dr.  Israel  Friedlaender  in  the  Ukraine, 
the  editorship  of  a  "comprehensive  anthology  of  poems  by  and 
about  Jews"  is  ascribed  to  the  murdered  professor.  For  the 
sake  of  accuracy  it  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  compiler  of 
"The  Standard  Book  of  Jewish  Verse"  was  Joseph  Friedlander, 
an  English  Rabbi  who  spent  many  years  in  the  United  States 
and  who  died  in  Plainfield,  N.  J.,  in  1917,  not  Professor  Israel 
Friedlaender  of  the  Jewish  Theological   Seminary  of  America. 

Chicago,  August  9  S.  Felix  Mendelsohn 


Child  of  Adam 

By  SCUDDER  MIDDLETON 

YOU  are  sick,  0  child  of  Adam, 
And  there  is  no  peace  in  your  house  of  flesh 
Or  joy  where  your  engines  reel! 
You  have  put  your  hope  in  the  rods  that  rust, 
You  are  watching  the  world  through  a  turning  wheel. 
You  search  no  more  for  eternal  things 
Or  infinite  splendors  locked  in  your  name — 
Your  hands  must  touch  and  your  eyes  must  see. 
The  music  of  gold  and  the  heart  are  the  same. 

You  are  sick,  0  child  of  Adam! 

You  glut  your  flesh  but  your  spirit  begs. 

You  have  lost  your  love  of  the  task  well  done. 

The  iron  worms  of  an  iron  age 

Are  boring  into  your  breast — 

Go  follow  an  unconcerning  dream 

And  heal  your  soul  of  this  deep  unrest ! 

Give  up  yourself  to  the  passionate  call 

Of  multiple  truth,  become  aware 

Of  beauty  lodged  in  the  simplest  thing 

And  life  aspiring  everywhere! 

Go  and  fall  in  love  with  a  star, 
Look  at  the  blood  through  a  tube  of  glass, 
Watch  the  wedding  of  earth  and  seed, 
Study  the  rocks  and  the  green  sea-grass, 
Send  your  mind  through  time  to  follow 
Tangent  lines  and  fugitive  numbers, 
Build  a  race  from  a  bit  of  bone 
Found  where  the  asp  of  Asia  slumbers, 
Know  the  motive  back  of  the  deed, 
Solve  the  riddle  of  thought  and  brain, 
Make  a  world  for  the  sake  of  man, 
Be  at  ease  with  the  days  again ! 

You  are  sick,  indeed,  0  child  of  Adam ! 
There  is  only  greed  where  you  stand  and  work, 
And  hate  where  your  banners  go : 
The  cogs  and  the  gears  of  your  great  machines 
Are  killing  the  things  by  which  you  grow. 
Let  the  wheels  run  down  and  the  towers  crack, 
Let  the  cannon  rust  and  the  fires  die — 
You  must  learn  to  wonder  again  at  life 
And  see  again  with  your  inward  eye ! 


Books 

The  Diplomatic  Auction 

Balkan  Problems   and   European  Peace.     By   N.    Buxton   and 

C.  L.  Leese.  London:  George  Allen  and  Unwin. 
T  N  the  autumn  of  1914  Mr.  Noel  Buxton  was  sent  to  Sofia 
*  by  the  British  Government  to  win  Bulgaria's  adhesion  to  the 
Allied  cause.  This  book  contains  a  reprint  of  the  memorandum 
submitted  to  Sir  Edward  Grey  in  January,  1915,  by  Messrs. 
N.  and  C.  R.  Buxton,  summing  up  the  general  situation  in  the 
Balkans  at  that  time  and  suggesting  how  they  judged  it  should 
be  handled  in  the  light  of  fifteen  years'  previous  acquaintance 
with  all  the  countries  concerned.  The  advice  was  not  followed. 
"Traditional  diplomacy,  in  fact,  maintained  its  reputation  for 
following  the  most  belated,  ineffective,  and  undignified  course." 
The  prime  object  here  is  to  point  out  the  paths  by  which  a 
peaceful  future  for  the  Balkan  States  can  be  best  secured,  and 
to  show  that  Bulgaria  should  not  be  discriminated  against  in 
any  final  settlement  on  account  of  her  participation  on  the  side 
of  the  Central  Powers,  since  such  action  was  not  only  against 
the  wishes  of  a  large  proportion  of  her  population,  but  was 
directly  precipitated  by  the  faulty  diplomatic  action  of  the 
Allied  Powers. 

Throughout  modern  history  the  results  of  Balkan  struggles 
have  been  controlled  by  the  Great  Powers;  and  out  of  their 
clashing  policies  grew  the  great  war.  "The  political  ambitions 
of  Austria  and  the  economic  designs  of  Germany  working  hand 
in  hand  rendered  the  Drang  nach  Osten  a  formidable  reality." 
While  on  the  other  hand:  "In  dealing  with  Balkan  problems  the 
Triple  Entente  suffered  from  the  disadvantage  of  inadequate 
definition  both  of  its  aims  and  of  the  conditions  which  held  it 
together.  It  may  be  granted  that  on  the  side  of  England  at 
least  the  primary  object  was  the  maintenance  of  peace;  but 
since  the  method  adopted  to  that  end  consisted  in  countering 
German  policy  by  lending  support  to  the  alliance  of  France  and 
Russia,  Great  Britain's  interests  in  many  spheres  were  sub- 
ordinated to  those  of  her  partners,  whose  aims  were  not  always 
equally  pacific." 

At  the  outbreak  of  war  in  1914,  "the  Entente's  sole  oppor- 
tunity of  an  early  and  crushing  victory"  lay  in  the  Balkans.  A 
glance  at  the  map  "reveals  that  for  both  sides  Bulgaria  held 
the  key  to  the  situation.  If  she  sided  with  the  Entente,  the 
Austro-German  Oriental  policy  would  be  frustrated  at  a  vital 
point;  Serbia's  flank  would  be  secure;  and,  even  apart  from  the 
advantages  which  would  accrue  from  her  assistance  in  forcing 
the  Straits,  her  adhesion  would  at  once  give  the  Western  mem- 
bers of  the  Entente  easy  access  to  their  Russian  ally."  Bulgaria 
could  have  been  induced  to  fight  for  the  Entente  by  "a  revision 
of  the  Treaties  of  Bucharest  and  Constantinople,  and  the  sub- 
stitution of  a  territorial  settlement  based  on  the  principle  of 
nationality."  But  Russia  vacillated  as  to  Bulgarian  participa- 
tion, since  "after  the  war  Russian  ministers  did  not  want  to 
find  a  strong  Bulgaria  or  Rumania  barring  the  way  to  Con- 
stantinople." The  fear  of  alienating  Serbia  and  Greece  also 
deterred  the  Allies  from  energetic  action,  though  "it  was  the 
only  real  method  of  helping  Serbia  immediately  and  effectively." 
In  short,  definite  demands  were  made  on  the  Bulgarian  Govern- 
ment, but  no  definite  statement  of  the  Entente's  intentions  could 
be  obtained  by  them  in  return.  The  British  Foreign  Office, 
"though  warned  repeatedly  of  the  certainty  that  Bulgaria,  if  not 
dealt  with  by  the  Entente,  would  be  forced  to  resort  to  Germany 
with  disastrous  results  for  Serbia,  hesitated  under  the  influence 
of  rival  pressures,  and  sought  safety  in  not  committing  itself 
to  either  policy,  thus  irritating  both  sides  at  once." 

The  ramifications  of  the  case  were  many,  and  the  chapter 
dealing  with  them  is  aptly  called  The  Diplomatic  Auction. 
"From  a  military  point  of  view  the  failure  of  the  Allied  diplo- 
macy in  the  Balkans  was  a  disaster  of  the  first  magnitude.    The 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


219 


defection  of  Bulgaria  sealed  the  doom  of  the  Dardanelles 
Expedition  and  left  Serbia  without  help  from  her  Allies  against 
the  great  Austro-German  drive  in  the  autumn  of  1915.  It  gave 
the  Central  Empires  control  of  the  corridor  to  the  East  and 
enabled  German  munitions  and  German  officers  to  be  dispatched 
to  the  assistance  of  the  Turkish  forces  in  Palestine  and  Meso- 
potamia. Most  decisive  of  all,  it  put  an  end  to  every  hope  of 
opening  up  communication  between  Russia  and  her  Western 
Allies.  ...  If  Bulgaria  had  been  gained  for  the  Entente  in 
the  autumn  of  1915  the  war  could  not  have  lasted  for  three 
years  longer." 

The  main  bone  of  contention  in  the  Balkans  continues  to  be 
Macedonia,  since  the  sympathies  of  the  mass  of  the  population 
there  are  Bulgarian.  A  solution  of  the  problem  by  plebiscite 
"would  allow  the  frontiers  of  Serbia,  Greece,  and  Bulgaria  in 
Macedonia  to  be  drawn  with  the  maximum  of  justice  to  all 
parties."  Though  the  difficulties  in  the  way  of  equitable  settle- 
ment on  many  other  points  are  great,  they  should  not  prove 
insuperable.  "For  some  time,  if  not  for  ever,  the  struggle 
between  Russia  and  the  Teutonic  Powers  for  Balkan  hegemony 
is  at  an  end.  But  the  immediate  decision  which  the  Balkan 
states  themselves  have  to  make  is  between  the  perpetuation  of 
the  same  evil  by  assisting  or  opposing  French  and  Italian  Im- 
perialism and  the  development  of  cooperation  one  with  another, 
aiming  ultimately  perhaps  at  some  form  of  federation  which 
will  enable  them  to  live,  not  merely  in  harmony  together,  but  on 
terms  of  equality  with  the  Great  Powers  themselves.  If  terri- 
torial questions  are  settled  on  the  principle  of  nationality  and 
self-determination,  a  Balkan  Federation  becomes  possible.  The 
advantages  which  the  Balkan  nations  would  derive  from  its 
establishment  are  too  obvious  to  need  elucidation,  while  the 
benefits  which  would  accrue  to  the  other  European  Powers  from 
the  promulgation  of  a  Monroe  Doctrine  for  the  Peninsula  are 
equally  undeniable." 

B.  U.  Burke 


The  Tenth  Muse  Today 

A   Modern   Book   of   Criticism.      Edited   by   Ludwig    Lewisohn. 

Boni  and  Liveright.  (The  Modern  Library.) 
rPHE  tenth  Muse  today  is  the  Muse  of  Criticism.  Anyone 
*■  indifferent  to  Sainte-Beuve  and  Hazlitt  who  was  unaware 
that  the  nineteenth  century  brought  discussion  of  books  to  the 
level  of  an  exciting  and  difficult  art  needs  to  read  this  brilliant 
little  collection  of  forty-seven  critical  essays  from  twenty-five 
contemporary  or  recent  writers  in  France,  Germany,  Great  Brit- 
ain, and  America.  He  will  not  meet  all  the  souls  here  who 
make  expeditions  these  days  among  masterpieces,  but  he  will 
meet  twenty-five  souls  of  a  distinct,  important,  impassioned 
stamp ;  and  that  will  be  a  sufficient  beginning. 

Mr.  Lewisohn's  exclusions  have  been  made  on  the  strength 
of  a  theory  that  a  certain  kind  of  criticism,  represented  once  in 
France  by  Ferdinand  Brunetiere  and  now  in  the  United  States 
by  Irving  Babbitt,  Paul  Elmer  More,  and  Stuart  P.  Sherman, 
fails  to  be  criticism  at  all  by  virtue  of  its  "icy  and  cosmic  arro- 
gance" toward  free-playing  creative  genius  and  its  preoccupa- 
tion with  everlasting  morals  and  the  aesthetic  status  quo.  That 
kind  of  critic  Mr.  Lewisohn  shuts  out  in  favor  of  his  own  more 
flexible,  young-hearted,  unmoral  kind.  His  book  is  nothing  less 
than  a  libertarian  manifesto  against  authoritarianism  in  the 
appraisement  of  art;  it  is  a  manifesto  because  all  of  the  critics 
whom  he  includes  are  as  acutely  concerned  as  he  is  with  the 
theory  and  province  of  criticism,  and  because  all  of  them  are 
hotly  in  accord  with  him  and  with  one  another. 

To  students  of  criticism  as  an  art  there  appears  less  differ- 
ence between  the  libertarians  and  the  authoritarians  than  Mr. 
Lewisohn  supposes  and  insists  there  is.  The  issue  really  seems 
to  be  not  so  much  between  impeccable  impressionism  and  stone- 
blind  authority  as  between  two  fairly  mature  yet  naturally 
fallible   schools   of   impressionism.      Stone-blind    authority   died 


at  least  as  far  back  as  Thomas  Rymer,  and  since  Sainte-Beuve 
there  has  been  little  trace  of  it  among  critics  whom  people  have 
read.  For  virtually  a  century  the  art  of  criticism  has  been  the 
art  of  standing  significantly  between  poet  and  audience,  of 
straining  creative  genius  through  sensitive,  intelligent  person- 
ality; the  more  important  the  personality,  of  course,  the  more 
important  the  criticism.  Connoisseurs  of  critical  personality  as 
such  will  miss  Mr.  More  and  Mr.  Sherman  in  this  volume,  inas- 
much as  they  are  men  of  a  particularly  vivid  and  dramatic  force. 
They  have  invoked  tradition  and  transcendental  common  sense 
perhaps  indefensibly,  but  they  have  invoked  them  powerfully; 
they  have  carried  more  intelligent  young  men  into  Plato's 
heaven  than  Wilhelm  Dilthey  and  John  Cooper  Powys,  to  name 
two  nonentities  in  Mr.  Lewisohn's  volume,  will  ever  even  interest. 
As  critics  with  creative  capacities  they  at  least  deserve  some 
such  tribute  from  their  enemies  as  Jules  Lemaitre  once  paid  to 
Brunetiere:  "What  pleases  me  in  the  severest  article  of  M. 
Brunetiere  is  M.  Brunetiere  .  .  .  I  am  careful  not  to  wish 
him  a  little  indulgence,  a  little  frivolity,  a  little  depravity.  He 
could  not  but  lose  thereby." 

However  all  that  may  be,  the  critics  whom  Mr.  Lewisohn  does 
put  in  his  collection  speak  for  the  most  part  superbly.  France 
on  the  whole  has  the  best  of  it,  with  Anatole  France,  Jules 
Lemaitre,  and  Remy  de  Gourmont  on  her  list.  The  limpid 
perfection,  the  smiling,  almost  grimacing  superiority  of  the 
first  two  is  irresistible;  veins  of  precept  and  anecdote  run  ex- 
quisitely through  their  pages  like  veins  in  a  leaf  when  held  to 
the  light;  while  the  third,  more  a  scientist,  analyzes  the  literary 
process  as  only  a  Frenchman  can — which  is  to  say,  all  too  com- 
pletely. Germany,  except  in  Friedrich  Hebbel's  arresting,  arous- 
ing aphorisms  and  Hugo  von  Hofmannsthal's  intensely  demo- 
cratic and  imaginative  interpretation  of  the  modern  reader,  has 
perhaps  the  worst  of  it.  Wilhelm  Dilthey,  Johannes  Volkelt, 
Richard  Moritz  Meyer,  Richard  Mueller-Freienfels,  and  Alfred 
Kerr  are  sluggish  and  abstract.  They  deliver  solemn  platitudes 
in  vacuo  without  so  much  as  the  mention  of  an  author  or  a  title 
to  point  their  path.  They  are  ponderously  involved  in  the  meta- 
physics of  poetry,  in  the  maze  of  Memory  and  Imagination,  in 
the  inner  and  the  outer  of  all  art.  And  they  are  heavily  en- 
dowed with  a  sense  of  election;  they  wage  class  war  against 
Philistinism.  The  British  fall  somewhere  between  the  Germans 
and  the  French.  George  Moore  is  feline  in  his  grace,  Bernard 
Shaw  is  as  precise  as  lightning,  Arnold  Bennett  succeeds  at 
being  casual,  like  the  agreeable  literary  drummer  that  he  is ;  but 
Arthur  Symons  delicately  muddles,  John  Galsworthy  is  common- 
place, and  John  Cooper  Powys,  it  is  enough  to  remark  in  his 
own  foolish  words,  is  one  of  those  who  wait  while  "  'the  still 
small  voice'  of  the  music  of  the  universe,  sad  and  sweet  and 
terrible  and  tender,  drifts  in  upon  us,  over  the  face  of  the 
waters  of  the  soul." 

The  American  section  is  full  of  battle  and  scorn  and  longing — 
battle  against  bad  critics,  scorn  of  our  imperfect  national  cul- 
ture, and  longing  for  a  day  when  the  Philistine,  to  quote  Mr. 
Lewisohn,  will  "be  forced,  despite  himself,  into  an  uneasy  aware- 
ness of  the  poverty  of  his  own  soul."  The  most  affecting  pro- 
test against  our  materialism  and  general  aridness  is  found  in 
Van  Wyck  Brooks's  beautiful,  aching  pages  of  challenge  to  the 
best  that  there  may  be  in  the  American  imagination — though 
just  how  fitted  Mr.  Brooks  may  be,  by  a  wide  and  realistic  sym- 
pathy, for  knowing  that  best  as  soon  as  it  becomes  also  the 
most  characteristic,  one  may  wonder.  James  Huneker,  infinite 
as  to  his  acquaintances,  unrolls  a  canvas  spangled  with  allusion 
but  hardly  lighted  through  with  thought.  J.  E.  Spingarn,  with 
a  scholar's  equipment  which  most  of  the  others  do  not  display, 
ably  vindicates  the  right  of  poetry  to  be  criticized  by  poetical 
minds,  and  traces  historically  the  idea  about  the  critic  that  he 
should  judge  the  poet  upon  what  he  is  known  to  have  intended 
rather  than  upon  what  it  is  thinkable  he  should  have  intended. 
H.  L.  Mencken  goes  for  Puritan  "gabble"  in  his  usual  burly, 
hirsute  manner,  prodigally  dropping  lustrous,  useful  phrases  by 
the  way.     Mr.  Lewisohn's  two  essays  show  him,  as  always,  fer- 


220 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


tilely  engaged  in  integrating  literature  with  life.  The  late  Ran- 
dolph Bourne  is  represented  by  a  bitter  survey  of  America's 
cultural  and  critical  shortcomings  under  "the  terrible  patronage 
of  bourgeois  society,"  ending  with  the  forecast  of  a  new  classi- 
cism that  will  embody  "power  with  restraint,  vitality  with  har- 
mony, a  fusion  of  intellect  and  feeling,  and  a  keen  sense  of  the 
artistic  conscience." 

But  of  course  this  is  more  or  less  the  vision  of  all  critics  who 
think.  Paul  Elmer  More  and  Stuart  P.  Sherman  could  approve 
it  to  the  last  syllable.  Indispensable  as  right  doctrine  is  to  a 
critic,  still  the  test  of  criticism  lies  as  truly  in  its  various  par- 
ticular judgments  as  that  of  a  general  lies  in  his  campaigns,  not 
in  his  programs.  To  have  formed  critical  principles  upon  the 
practice  of  Balzac  and  still  to  understand  and  appreciate  Flau- 
bert or  Mark  Twain;  to  have  loved  Virgil  and  Milton  and 
Goethe  and  still  not  be  shocked  by  Whitman  or  Edgar  Lee  Mas- 
ters ;  to  have  been  a  disciple  of  Moliere  without  snubbing  Ibsen 
and  Shaw  when  they  appear— this  is  to  be  a  critic  gloriously. 
And  such  flexibility — though  indeed  no  moral  obligation — im- 
plies more  than  firm  opinions,  more  than  the  noblest  learning; 
it  implies  a  largeness  of  soul  which  has  converted  doctrines 
into  second  nature,  as  a  child  has  learned,  by  first  taking 
thought,  to  walk  without  thinking  any  further  of  his  little  de- 
vices for  equilibrium,  so  that  he  can  walk  now  wherever  men 

walk. 

C.  and  M.  V.  D. 


The  Case  Against  Violence 

Is  Violence  the  Way  Out?     By  John   Haynes  Holmes.     Dodd, 
Mead  and  Company. 

MR.  HOLMES  is  nothing  if  not  forthright.  His  mind  works 
through  his  topic  from  start  to  finish  with  a  steady 
momentum;  there  is  no  beating  about  the  bush,  no  dallying 
finesse  of  language,  no  straining  after  mere  rhetorical  or 
stylistic  effect.  The  man  is  out — all  the  time  and  without 
letting  up — for  a  verdict;  and  even  if  you  are  not  convinced,  you 
instinctively  recognize  that  you  have  been  listening  to  the  pas- 
sionate and  able  pleading  of  an  incorruptible  mind.  Here  Mr. 
Holmes  is  on  his  own  peculiar  beat.  With  characteristic  con- 
sistency the  man  who  declined  to  countenance  the  use  of  force 
in  the  settlement  of  international  disputes  now  sets  out  to  show 
how  futile  and  how  disastrous  the  attempt  to  settle  industrial 
conflicts  by  opposing  force  to  force  is  bound  to  be.  He  has  a 
hard  row  to  hoe.  Mankind  is  soaked  in  the  ideology  of  conflict 
and  supposes  that  the  proper  way  of  solving  a  problem  is  by  an 
appeal  to  fisticuffs.  After  centuries  of  experience  this  absurd 
fallacy  appeals  to  be  as  deep-laid  in  human  nature  as  ever;  not 
even  the  fiasco  of  Versailles  and  the  post-war  chaos  seem  to 
have  taught  us  wisdom.  But  soon  or  late  we  shall  discover  that 
no  dispute  is  settled  which  has  been  ended  by  the  victory  of  one 
party  and  the  defeat  of  the  other.  Fighting  only  shelves  and 
never  solves  our  problems.  All  this  Mr.  Holmes  has  no  diffi- 
culty in  showing;  and  it  is  well  that  in  this  little  book  he  should 
once  more  have  stated  the  case  plainly  and  conclusively. 

Now  if  Capital  and  Labor  are  not  to  fight,  what  is  there  for 
them  to  do?  Mr.  Holmes  says  there  is  a  "best"  way  which 
he  does  not  expect  the  rival  factions  to  take.  It  asks  too  much 
of  them — more  good-will,  more  forgiveness,  more  renunciation 
than  either  side  is  capable  of.  This  best  way,  the  way  that 
Jesus  would  take,  Mr.  Holmes  sets  aside  not  as  impracticable 
but  as  too  difficult  for  the  combatants  in  their  present  state  of 
mind;  he  would  say  that  in  the  end  it  is  the  only  practicable 
way.  But  failing  the  best  way,  there  is  a  way  still  better  than 
fisticuffs.  Under  it  there  are  three  measures:  the  establishment 
of  Industrial  Courts  (concerning  which  Mr.  Holmes  himself  is 
not  very  sanguine) ,  the  formation  of  a  political  Labor  Party, 
and  the  diffusion  of  the  cooperative  movement.  The  most  hope- 
ful by  far  is  the  last    Even  in  England,  where  the  Labor  Party 


is  well  organized  and  articulate,  the  most  significant  movement 
at  the  present  time  is  the  creation  of  the  Builders'  Guilds,  the 
self-organization  of  the  workers  for  production.  The  growth  on 
the  one  hand  of  cooperative  distributing  societies,  retail  and 
wholesale,  and  the  growth  on  the  other  of  new  cooperative  pro- 
ductive societies  will  do  more  to  establish  an  equitable  social 
order  than  any  political  activity  will  do;  for  the  cooperative 
movement  will  meet  the  capitalistic  industrial  system  on  its  own 
ground,  which  is  after  all  the  only  ground  upon  which  it  can 
supersede  it.  Let  us  have  our  Labor  Parties  by  all  means;  but 
the  process  of  social  change  has  shifted  bodily  into  the  economic 
field.  In  the  transition  from  old  to  new,  political  parties  cer- 
tainly will  play  second  fiddle. 

But  the  importance  of  this  little  book  lies  not  so  much  in  its 
advocacy  of  a  policy  as  in  its  plea  for  a  different  temper  in  in- 
dustrial relations.  When  all  is  said  and  done,  there  is  no  in- 
dustrial maladjustment  that  will  not  yield  to  quiet  reason  and 
unyielding  good- will;  and  the  mere  facing  of  concrete  situations 
in  even  temper  will  do  more  to  prepare  for  and  formulate  the 
needed  policies  of  change  than  all  the  fighting  in  the  world. 

R.  R. 


Conscientious  Objection  in  the  British 

Empire 

The   Psychology    of   Conscientious   Objection.     By    C.    Egerton 

Parry.    London:  C.  W.  Daniel,  Limited. 
Handed-Over.     By  J.   Scott  Duckers.     London:    C.  W.  Daniel, 

Limited. 
Armageddon  or  Calvary.    By  H.  E.  Holland,  M.P.     Wellington, 

New  Zealand. 
/  Appeal   Unto   Caesar.    By   Mrs.   Henry   Hobhouse.    London: 

George  Allen  &  Unwin,  Limited. 
T  N  England,  conscientious  objection  came  to  mean  more  than 
*  a  thorn  in  the  side  of  the  military.  It  outgrew  its  mere 
un-orthodoxy  and  developed  into  a  doctrine  against  conscrip- 
tion. From  labor  organizations,  in  Parliament,  among  English 
men  of  letters,  and  even  from  the  war-hypnotized  clergy  the  idea 
eventually  received  a  certain  measure  of  intelligent  response. 
Thus  the  objector's  position  in  England,  unlike  that  in  America, 
had  a  quality  of  modernity  which  gave  it  a  definitely  construc- 
tive force.  Yet  this  note  of  timeliness  was  absent  in  the  litera- 
ture of  the  conscientious  objector  himself.  His  books  are  per- 
haps more  important  as  historical  data  than  as  interpretative 
or  critical  contributions  to  the  philosophy  of  the  subject.  Most 
impressive  is  the  fact  that  they  reveal  the  objector  as  the  same 
being  the  world  over.  With  ironic  consistency  he  was  reviled 
and  besmirched  and  mistreated  in  all  countries  alike  for  acting 
upon  the  principle  of  international  amity.  It  is,  on  the  whole, 
unfortunate  that  this  literature  is  devoted  either  to  a  recital 
of  experiences  or  to  a  religious  defense  of  conscience.  No 
objector  has  given  us  a  book  of  profound  searching  or  of  scath- 
ing satire — no  book  that  is  commensurate  with  the  inspiring 
quality  of  his  actions.  Conscientious  objection  is  not  ade- 
quately justified  by  apologias  for  religious  pacifism.  Its  ex- 
pression needs  a  virile  social  note — a  note  of  revolt  and  nausea, 
of  contempt  and  burning  skepticism.  And  the  objector,  it  will 
be  acknowledged,  has  the  right  to  speak. 

"Armageddon  or  Calvary"  is  a  record  of  New  Zealand's  ob- 
jectors. It  contains  some  able  statements  by  both  religious  and 
political  offenders,  besides  relating  a  number  of  prison  experi- 
ences, particularly  in  British  detention  camps  in  France. 
"Handed-Over"  is  the  capable  account  of  a  solicitor  of  Chan- 
cery Lane  who  suffered  imprisonment  with  good-humor  and 
with  a  keen  eye  for  the  innumerable  absurdities  and  pettinesses 
of  the  military  when  confronted  by  a  problem  for  which  the 
guard-manual  provided  no  ready  solution.  "I  Appeal  Unto 
Caesar"  was  published  during  the  war.    It  is  a  history  of  cer- 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


221 


tain  English  objectors,  with  valuable  data  concerning  their 
numbers  and  classification.  Some  humane  notes  by  Lord  Par- 
moor,  Lord  Hugh  Cecil,  the  Earl  of  Selbourne,  and  Lord  Henry 
Bentinck  leave  the  American  reader  ashamed  to  think  that  ob- 
jectors are  still  serving  long-term  prison  sentences  at  Fort 
Douglas  and  at  Alcatraz  Island.  Mr.  Parry's  book  is  of  another 
stamp.  It  is  written  in  the  spirit  of  utterly  uncompromising 
Christian  zeal  and  breathes  an  absolute  scorn.  The  unregene- 
rate  of  this  world  have  reaped  what  they  have  sown.  To  estab- 
lish the  Kingdom  of  God  among  men  we  need  to  give  precise 
and  unalterable  fidelity  to  the  commandments  of  the  Lord  and 
to  Jesus  Christ;  to  believe  in  love  above  all  else  and  in  obedi- 
ence to  divine. laws.  It  is  written  with  shrewd  logic  and  with 
occasional  telling  insight  into  present  day  fatuities.  The  argu- 
ment, despite  its  archaic  flavor,  its  hopelessly  antiquated  ideal- 
ism, holds  its  own  by  some  unreal  sanity.  Its  manner  often 
has  an  unexpected  pertinency,  an  embarrassing  appositeness. 
Sheer  simplicity  and  bitter-end  unworldliness  carry  conviction 
today  if  they  did  not  six  years  ago. 

America  has  thus  far  produced  nothing  like  these  volumes. 
It  is  true  we  are  not  without  a  literature  of  objection;  but  one 
needs  to  go  back  for  it  to  Thoreau  in  his  essay  on  "Civil  Dis- 
obedience," to  passages  in  Whitman,  or  to  the  isolated  work 
of  the  late  Randolph  Bourne — unless  indeed  one  wishes  to  soothe 
himself  with  elegant  bits  of  chamber  music  like  this  from 
Woodrow  Wilson:  "It  [the  Bible]  reveals  every  man  to  him- 
self as  a  distinct  moral  agent  responsible  not  to  men,  not  even 
to  those  men  whom  he  has  put  over  him  in  authority,  but  re- 
sponsible to  his  Lord  and  Maker.  Whenever  a  man  sees  this 
vision  he  stands  up  a  free  man;  whatever  may  be  the  govern- 
ment under  which  he  lives,  he  sees  beyond  the  circumstances  of 
his  own  life."  Roderick  Seidenberg 


George  Santayana 


Little  Essays  Drawn  from  the  Writings  of  George  Santayana. 

By    Logan   Pearsall    Smith.      With   the   Collaboration   of   the 

Author.   Charles  Scribner's  Sons. 

A  MONG  the  spiritual  adventures  of  our  age  not  the  least 
**  memorable  is  this:  that  a  Spanish  child  was  brought  to  the 
United  States,  grew  to  manhood  here  without  yielding  by  a 
hair's  breadth  to  the  forces  of  his  environment,  studied  and 
taught  philosophy  for  a  number  of  years,  wrote  the  most  per- 
fect English  prose  yet  produced  on  this  continent,  and  retired 
to  the  bosom  of  that  Latin  civilization  which  only  his  body, 
never  his  heart  and  mind,  had  left.  Nor  was  it  America  alone 
that  had  no  power  to  touch  the  mind  of  George  Santayana. 
That  style  of  bronze  and  ivory,  those  ripe  and  classical  locu- 
tions, those  severe  felicities,  serve  to  express  a  noble  and  melan- 
choly gesture  of  disdain  for  all  the  intellectual  turmoil,  the 
eagerness,  the  restless  striving,  the  inexpugnable  romanticism 
of  the  Germanic  world.  Protestantism  is,  in  Mr.  Santayana's 
eyes,  an  "underlying  Teutonic  mood"  which  "is  anterior  to 
Christianity  and  can  survive  it;"  the  "philosophical  incohe- 
rence" of  Shakespeare  makes  this  thinker  "wonder  whether  the 
Northern  mind,  even  in  him,  did  not  remain  morose  and  bar- 
barous at  its  inmost  core."  The  mental  flexibility  and  creative 
impulse  that  would  reexamine  the  grounds  of  knowledge,  re- 
chart  the  seas  of  life,  and  build  the  world  anew,  both  seem  to 
Mr.  Santayana  mere  "visionary  insolence."  He  watches  the 
seething  barbarians  as  a  gentleman  of  ancient  lineage  may 
watch  the  antics  of  a  noisy  upstart. 

In  the  world  seen  through  his  temperament  philosophy  is 
the  explication  and  support  of  one  great  tradition.  He  is  a 
Christian  Stoic.  A  finely  balanced  blending  of  Pagan  freedom 
with  Christian  symbolism  seems  to  him  the  note  of  that  Latin 
civilization  which  he  holds  to  be  the  only  civilization  of  the 
Western  world.  Within  it  life  has  been  charted  and  its  values 
long  known   and  declared ;   within   it  freedom  of  mind  can   be 


attained  by  "a  reasonable  deference"  to  a  perfect  religion  that 
has  "the  graciousness  and  naturalness  of  an  ancestral  accent," 
and  human  existence  can  be  wholly  sweet  and  decorous.  Be- 
yond it  the  heathen  rage.  In  the  life  of  reason  which  flourishes 
only  within  that  great  tradition  there  is  possible  "a  consistent 
moral  attitude  toward  all  things  of  this  world,"  a  "hierarchy 
of  goods  and  evils,"  and  a  religion  which,  since  it  "seizes  the 
essence  of  human  life,  ought  to  be  eternal";  in  that  charmed 
realm  no  one  doubts  the  claim  of  traditional  morality  since  it 
"speaks  for  a  typical  human  will  chastened  by  a  typical  human 
experience,"  and  hence  to  the  ripe  and  detached  mind  dwelling 
there  "orthodoxy  must  always  appear  right  and  heresy  wrong;" 
there,  finally,  men  abstain  from  wild  quests  and  vain  yearnings, 
but  are  content  with  "food,  children,  victory,  knowledge"  and 
are  willing  to  live  and  to  die  for  these.  It  is  true  that  even 
there  "religious  doctrines  would  do  well  to  withdraw  their  pre- 
tensions to  be  dealing  with  matters  of  fact."  But  woe  to  the 
indecorous  rationalist  who  would  attack  those  doctrines  for  that 
reason  and  disregard  the  precious  "habits  of  thought"  from 
which  they  sprang. 

This  cultural  vision  constitutes  the  center  of  Mr.  Santayana's 
philosophy.  Its  fringes  and  outlying  wastes  tell  a  bleaker  and 
more  elemental  story  in  which  all  values  are  relative,  patriot- 
ism is  subordinate  to  both  happiness  and  truth,  and  the  whole 
need  of  morality  is  derived  from  the  existence  of  pain  and 
danger  and  the  consequent  occasions  of  pity.  But,  like  smaller 
men,  he  can  keep  his  cosmic  vision  and  his  unrelenting  analysis 
from  surging  into  the  cultural  and  artistic  picture  of  life  which 
he  desires  to  be  the  temporal  dwelling  of  his  soul.  He  needs 
Plato  and  St.  Thomas  Aquinas,  a  cathedral  whose  paintings 
bring  to  his  eye  the  ancient  pact  of  Rome  and  Galilee,  and  an 
old  peasant  woman  lighting  a  candle  at  St.  Anthony's  altar. 
His  heart  is  filled  with  the  splendor  of  the  continuity  and 
universality  of  that  great  tradition  in  which  he  and  the  peasant 
woman,  the  life  of  reason  and  the  life  of  faith,  can  be  equally 
contented  and  at  home. 

The  heathen — Americans,  English,  Germans — are  so  in  their 
"moral  and  essential  nature"  because  they  do  not  acknowledge 
the  sufficingness  of  the  great  Roman-Christian  tradition.  They 
are  heathen  because  "they  possess  no  authoritative  wisdom,  or 
reject  the  authority  of  what  wisdom  they  have."  Their  minds, 
like  Shelley's,  are  "thoroughly  disinherited,"  and  they  have  been 
led  astray  by  the  "malicious  psychology"  of  the  group  of  think- 
ers who,  from  Hume  to  Kant,  sought  to  analyze  the  processes 
and  limitations  of  human  knowledge.  Thus  the  heathen  have 
become  discontented  with  the  institutions  which  seem  to  Mr. 
Santayana  noble  with  age  and  drenched  with  the  savor  of 
living;  they  reject  the  moral  allegory  of  Christianity  and  the 
order  and  finished  beauty  which,  since  they  profoundly  satisfy 
his  sensibilities,  he  identifies  in  the  terms  of  so  sovereign  an 
eloquence  with  the  life  of  reason. 

To  establish  the  fallacy  of  this  sharp  division  of  Western 
mankind  into  Latin  and  heathen  is,  on  its  own  philosophical 
ground,  not  difficult.  Mr.  Santayana's  heathen  is  a  pure  fiction 
of  controversial  and  poetic  origin.  No  man,  Latin  or  Germanic, 
rejects  "authoritative  wisdom,"  for  the  plain  reason  that  none 
exists.  So  soon  as  we  exclude,  as  Mr.  Santayana  unequivocally 
does,  the  hypothesis  of  revelation,  no  wisdom  can  have  the  at- 
tribute of  absolute  and  permanent  authoritativeness.  It  is  true 
that  the  great  scriptures  of  mankind  contain  a  vast  fund  of 
human  experience.  It  is  equally  true  that  the  authors  of  these 
scriptures  constantly  misinterpreted  both  the  facts  and  the 
character  of  experience  through  want  of  knowledge  and  through 
theological  inhibitions  of  thought.  Hence  it  is  not  unreasonable 
to  make  the  first  note  of  a  civilized  mind  the  critical  impulse 
to  sift  this  funded  experience  and  to  reject  partially  or  wholly 
the  chart  of  life  derived  from  it.  Barbarism  may  even  be  held 
to  reside  in  accepting  the  validity  of  a  moral  symbolism  and 
a  cosmic  poetry  which  arise  largely  and  demonstrably  from 
the  fears  and  the  pathetic  errors  of  primitive  man  and  display, 


222 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


in  every  active  influence  on  human  life,  some  trace  of  their 
lowly  and  irrational  origin.  The  life  of  reason,  far  from  strain- 
ing to  find  new  grounds  for  old  traditions,  however  venerable 
and  beautiful,  might  rather  be  thought  of  as  residing  in  a  re- 
examination of  human  experience  as  well  as  of  the  world  which 
is  the  theater  of  that  experience.  Thus  only,  to  avoid  the  ugly 
word  progressive,  can  its  activity  be  a  creative  one;  thus  only 
can  it  increase  the  harmony  between  man  and  nature  and  the 
fitness  for  human  habitation  of  the  institutions  of  organized 
society.  It  is  not  from  Mr.  Santayana's  reason,  however,  but 
from  his  temperament  that  these  simple  considerations  are  ex- 
cluded. ''Few  revolutionists  would  be  such,"  he  says  in  connec- 
tion with  Shelley,  "if  they  were  heirs  to  a  baronetcy."  That 
moment  of  petulance  betrays  him.  He  loves  order,  antiquity, 
decorum — the  broken  shrine,  the  wayside  cross,  the  verses  of 
Lucretius,  the  rich  phrases  of  the  Roman  liturgy.  Despite  the 
magnificent  and  searching  sagacity  of  a  thousand  isolated  say- 
ings, his  philosophy  is  not  a  philosophy  at  all,  but  a  spiritual 
epic  in  praise  of  all  those  forms  of  life  and  beauty  which  early 
secured  his  instinctive  loyalty  and  love.  It  is  the  Divine  Comedy 
of  a  great  artist  forsaken  in  an  alien  age  by  both  verse  and  God, 
but  building  on  the  frontiers  of  heathendom  a  last  rampart  to 
guard  the  ideals  which  he  would  make  as  imperishable  as  he 
believes  them  to  be  excellent. 

L.  L. 


Miniatura 

Miniatura,  or  The  Art  of  Limning.  By  Edward  Norgate.  Ox- 
ford University  Press. 
~\T  0  book  could  have  a  more  tantalizing  recommendation  to 
-^  the  curious  than  the  suggestion  that  it  would  have  amused 
Lamb.  It  will  appear  no  idle  speculation  to  those  well  ac- 
quainted with  Lamb's  love  of  whimsical  and  recondite  flavors 
in  literature  that  he  would  have  welcomed  Norgate's  "Minia- 
tura" among  his  "midnight  darlings,"  old  Fuller,  and  Burton, 
and  Browne.  Norgate  is  unquestionably  of  their  company. 
He  speaks  their  quaint  seventeenth-century  syllables;  he  has  a 
turn  for  pedantry,  checked,  one  feels,  by  his  slender  store  of 
reading;  he  is  gossipy;  he  is  nice;  he  loves  God;  and  he  has  a 
pious  respect  for  his  art  and  for  the  gentry  of  England  to 
whom  his  treatise  is  dedicated.  It  is  doubtful  if  Lamb  knew 
Norgate's  manuscript,  though  it  is  quite  possible;  but  he  must 
have  known  the  amusing  story  of  Norgate  which  Fuller  tells 
with  so  much  zest  in  the  "Worthies."  At  any  rate,  Norgate's 
cranium  is  stuffed  with  just  the  content  that  made  Elia's  lucu- 
brations over  half-forgotten  authors  so  delightful  to  himself 
and  to  us. 

The  "Miniatura"  is  now  most  ably  edited  by  Mr.  Martin 
Hardie,  who  has  devoted  years  of  attention  to  the  early  history 
of  miniature  painting,  and  who  has  exhaustively  studied  the 
complicated  problem  of  manuscripts  closely  related  to  Nor- 
gate's. Norgate's  treatise,  apart  from  its  curious  personal 
interest,  is  a  valuable  document  in  miniature  portrait  painting 
and  in  much  that  pertains  to  art  methods  generally  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  seventeenth  century. 

The  treatise  begins  with  a  list  of  colors  to  be  used  in  minia- 
ture painting,  many  of  them  unfamiliar  by  name  at  least  to 
the  generality  of  contemporary  artists.  Such  minute  and  com- 
plicated directions  are  given  for  the  processes  involved  in  the 
preparation  and  working  of  these  colors  that  patience  would 
seem  to  have  been  the  chief  virtue  of  a  seventeenth-century 
miniature  painter.  There  is  one  costly  recipe  for  ultramarine 
to  be  used  in  the  imitation  of  sapphires.  As  it  calls  for  a 
goodly  quantity  of  lapis-lazuli,  an  artist,  if  he  concocted  the 
recipe  often,  would  require  a  purse-heavy  patron  indeed.  After 
these  preliminaries,  Norgate  sets  forth  a  method  of  miniature 
painting  which  seems  almost  fool-proof  in  its  promise  of  suc- 
cessful results.     The  painting  proceeds  by  set  stages.     At  the 


last  sitting  the  painter  must  catch  the  likeness.  He  must  "by 
occasion  of  Discourse"  (presumably  witty  or  spirited)  induce 
his  sitter  to  regard  him  "with  a  merry,  Joviall,  and  frindly 
aspect."  In  the  mixing  of  tints,  Norgate  prescribes  four 
recipes  to  be  used  for  the  complexions  of  "young  Infants,  faire 
Virgins,  women  of  middle  age,  and  old  men  and  women  of  salow, 
leane,  and  leather  complexions";  as  for  apparel,  both  the  Italian 
and  English  way  of  "making"  it  is  explained. 

Norgate  defines  landscape  naively  as  "a  beautiful  prospect 
of  Fields,  Cities,  Rivers,  Castles,  Mountaines,  Trees,  or  what 
soever  delightfull  view  the  Eye  takes  pleasure  in."  As  to  the 
origin  of  pure  landscape  (i.  e.,  apart  from  its  use  merely  as 
background)  he  hasn't  the  slightest  doubt  that  it  came  about 
according  to  the  story  he  tells  of  an  Antwerp  painter.  A  trav- 
eler "recountes  the  adventures  of  his  long  Journey,  and  with 
all  what  Cities  he  saw,  what  beautifill  prospects  he  beheld  in  a 
country  of  a  strange  scitiation,  full  of  Alpine  rocks,  old  Castles, 
and  extraordinary  buildings,  etc.  With  which  relation  (grow- 
ing long)  the  prompt  and  ready  painter  was  soe  delighted  as, 
unregarded  by  his  walking  freind,  he  layes  by  his  worke,  and 
on  a  new  Table  begins  to  paint  what  the  other  spake,  describ- 
ing his  description  in  a  more  legible  and  lasting  character  then 
the  others  words.  In  short  by  that  time  the  Gentleman  had 
ended  his  long  discourse,  the  Painter  had  brought  his  worke  to 
that  perfection,  as  the  Gentleman  at  parting,  by  chance  cast- 
ing his  eye  that  way,  was  astonisht  with  wonder  to  see  those 
places  and  that  Countrey  soe  lively  exprest  by  the  Painter  as 
if  hee  had  seene  with  his  eyes  or  bene  his  Companion  in  the 
Journey."  What  possibilities  of  glowing  collaboration  Turner 
and  Ruskin  missed!  Or  to  cavort  speculatively  into  Futurism, 
what  a  chance  for  Matisse  and  Gertrude  Stein! 

The  landscapes  of  Rubens  Norgate  thought  the  most  perfect 
ever  done,  especially  the  Aurora.  He  knew  Rubens  personally,- 
and  mentions  an  interesting  conversation  he  once  had  with  the 
Flemish  master  apropos  of  drawing  the  nude  figure  from'  a 
living  model.  This  method  of  study  was  apparently  unknown 
in  the  English  schools  at  that  time,  for  Norgate  speaks  of  it 
as  a  way  of  designing  in  Italy  and  France,  where  in  the  middle 
of  the  room  "a  hired  long-sided  Porter  or  such  like  is  to  be  set, 
stand,  or  hang  naked  sometimes  in  a  posture  for  two  or  three 
houres."  The  "hang"  posture  suggests  a  Porter  not  only  long- 
sided  but  long-enduring.  Norgate  condemns  "these  dull  tedious 
and  heavy  wayes"  of  studying  drawing  as  presupposing  "ani- 
mam  in  digitis."  Drawing  should  be  for  the  service  of  painting 
and  not  an  end  in  itself.  Norgate  here  scents  a  danger  which 
has  beset  academies  ever  since. 

Art  divorced  from  a  rather  literal  transcript  of  nature  was 
for  Norgate  an  unpardonable  heresy.  "Doe  not  affect  the  ex- 
travagant humer  of  those  our  late  Dutch  masters  that  soe 
powder  their  workes  with  blewish,  greenish  and  purple  shad- 
owes,  never  to  bee  seene  in  the  Life  nor  anywhere  else  for  any 
good  or  wise  workman  to  Ymitate.  Nor  are  our  Italians  free 
from  this  affectation.  Old  Bassano,  in  this  time  and  way  an 
excellant  Master,  yet  was  he  soe  affected  to  stuffe  his  pieces 
with  pots,  pans,  tubs,  kettles,  Cats  and  Dogs,  that  his  great 
Historye  of  the  Deluge  in  the  Gallery  at  St.  James  seemes 
rather  a  confused  or  disordered  kitchen  than  Noah's  Flood  nor 
can  you  find  water  enough  in  all  that  dry  Deluge  to  drowne  his 
Dog."  Even  in  the  midst  of  his  cut-and-dried  recipes  for  colors, 
Norgate  brings  himself  up  with  the  reminder  that  he  must 
avoid  dogmatism  and  counsel  no  absolute  and  general  rule. 
Nature  must  be  the  painter's  best  director. 

In  several  passages  Norgate  feels  constrained  to  defend  art 
from  traductions  which  doubtless  emanated  from  the  Puritans. 
Of  landscape  he  maintains  that  it  is  "of  all  kinds  of  painting 
the  most  innocent,  and  which  the  Divill  him  selfe  could  never 
accuse  of  Idolotry."  He  says  again  that  art,  "by  Ignorance 
and  Bestie  chi  Parlono,  is  undeservedly  traduced  as  idolatrous, 
impious,  or  impertinent.  For  all  which  silly  and  mallitious 
aspersions  a  better  vindication  you  cannot  have  than  that  of 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


223 


St.  Gregory  Nazianzen,  Solet  enim  Pictura  tacenti  in  pariete 
loqui  maximque  prodesse."  But  this  probably  contained  little 
beatitude  for  the  bleak  vision  of  the  Puritan.  Norgate  himself 
had  no  very  high  conception  of  painting  as  one  of  the  supreme 
creative  arts,  but  looked  upon  "Painting  in  generall"  as  "Lace 
and  Ornament."  In  a  quaint  sentence  near  the  end  of  the 
treatise,  he  commends  art  as  a  cloistered  refuge  from  the  world, 
the  flesh,  and  the  devil :  "In  the  practize  .  .  .  [of  Art]  .  .  . 
there  is  gotten  an  honest,  harmles,  and  innocent  expense  of 
time  in  a  sweet  and  contented  retirement  from  the  Tintamara 
and  illecebra  of  this  drunken,  perishing,  and  ending  world, 
which,  if  ever,  is  now  positus  in  Maligno,  besides  a  happy  pri- 
vation and  escape  from  that  Diavolo  meridiano  or  noone  day 
devill,  ill  Company,  the  bane  and  ruine  of  many  a  rare  witt 
and  ingenious  spirit,  irrevocably  lost  in  this  sink  of  cities."  Is 
not  this  the  very  "0  altitudo"  accent  of  Sir  Thomas  Browne? 

Glen  Mullin 


Books  in  Brief 

\\  WHETHER  or  not  one  agrees  with  the  conclusions  presented 
*  »  by  Mr.  P.  Whitwell  Wilson,  one  must  appreciate  the  good 
temper  and  moderation  with  which  he  argues  "The  Irish  Case 
before  the  Court  of  Public  Opinion"  (Revell).  Appealing  as  he 
professedly  does  to  Americans,  he  points  out  with  much  skill  and 
even  tact  that  they  have  little  right  to  assume  an  attitude  of  su- 
perior righteousness  or  to  point  the  finger  of  scorn  at  British 
sinners.  No  nation  is  perfect;  each  one  may  profitably  consider 
its  own  faults  before  trying  to  pick  flaws  in  its  neighbors.  Less 
happy  is  he  when  he  sets  out  to  prove  that,  since  1834,  the  British 
have  acted  like  a  race  of  disinterested  philanthropists,  nobly 
rescuing  the  Irish  from  an  ignorant,  immoral,  un-English 
pauperism.  Far  from  having  grievances,  the  Western  islanders 
are  receiving  a  handsome  subsidy  from  their  generous  friends; 
they  are  over-represented  in  Parliament,  they  are  undertaxed — 
and  yet  the  ingrates  howl  for  release  from  their  gilded  cage. 
Every  luxury  that  money  can  buy,  from  a  Royal  Constabulary 
to  a  (slightly  damaged)  Home-rule  Bill,  has  been  lavished  upon 
them,  with  no  result  but  to  make  them  more  spoiled  than  ever. 
They  still  cry  for  the  moon  of  independence,  though  they  ought 
to  know  that  it  is  quite  impossible  for  England  to  grant  them 
that.  The  Empire's  vital  interests  demand  that  Erin  shall  be 
kept  in  the  family  circle,  for  if  she  once  got  loose,  there  is  no 
knowing  what  a  menace  she  would  be.  Moreover,  England 
has  every  right  to  keep  her.  But  is  it  a  question  of  England's 
right  to  make  her  neighbors  miserable,  and  not  rather  of 
her  interest  to  make  them  happy?  Mr.  Wilson  admits  that 
the  Sinn  Feiners  are  fomenting  trouble  for  Britain  all  over  the 
globe,  in  India,  in  Egypt,  in  South  Africa,  in  America.  What 
more  could  they  do  were  they  perfectly  free?  Can  four  million 
Gaels  really  menace  the  mightiest  Empire  in  the  world,  a 
hundred  times  richer  and  more  populous,  and  just  now  flushed 
with  triumph  and  victor  of  a  gigantic  war?  Mr.  Wilson  tries 
to  show  that  the  United  States  gave  Cuba  no  real  independence, 
but  only  a  sort  of  home  rule.  Let  England  make  with  her  neigh- 
'bor  a  treaty  modeled  on  the  American  treaty  with  Cuba,  and 
she  will  soon  find  the  Irish  as  friendly  to  her  as  the  Cubans  are 
to  us. 

THE  Greys  of  Northumberland  are  one  of  a  number  of  aristo- 
cratic English  families  in  which  it  is  a  tradition  to  serve  the 
state.  General  Sir  Charles  Grey  of  Fallodon,  the  first  earl  of  the 
family,  was  a  veteran  of  four  wars;  his  son  Charles  was  Earl 
Grey  of  Reform  Bill  fame;  a  grandson,  Henry,  the  third  earl, 
was  an  ardent  free  trader  and  as  Colonial  Secretary  in  Lord 
John  Russell's  ministry  had  much  to  do  with  the  extension  of 
responsible  government  to  the  British  colonies;  a  great  grandson, 
the  fourth  earl,  was  Governor-General  of  Canada;  and  a  lineal 
descendant  in  the  next  generation  is  the  present  Viscount  (form- 


BRENTANOS 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth  Avenue   and    27th    Street,   New  York    City 

BOOKS  ON  PRESENT  DAY  TOPICS 


Our  Economic  and  Other  Problems 

By  Otto  H.  Kahn  $4.00 

What  must  be  done  to  set  the  world  again  on  its  feet 
financially?  Mr.  Kahn  makes  a  brilliant  contribution 
to  this  baffling  problem.  He  discusses  the  railroads 
constructively,  he  exposes  the  fallacies  of  an  ill- 
designed  taxation,  and  he  lays  bare  the  fundamentals 
of  our  economic  structure. 

The  New  Unionism 

By  J.  M.  Budish  and  George  Soule  $3.00 

Workers  in  the  clothing  industries,  largely  of  foreign 
birth,  have  progressed  inside  of  twenty  years  from  the 
worst  sweatshop  conditions  to  a  leading  position  in 
American  organized  labor.  The  story  of  how  this  was 
accomplished  is  not  only  dramatic  in  itself,  but  illus- 
trates the  growth  of  a  new  type  of  unionism.  This 
account  of  its  origin,  its  structure  and  methods,  its 
remarkable  programs  for  adult  education  and  its  con- 
tribution to  modern  democracy,  written  in  collabora- 
tion by  a  trade-union  official  and  by  the  former  labor 
editor  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  will  attract 
the  general  reader,  as  well  as  all  who  are  interested  in 
the   labor  movement. 

The  Foreign  Trade  of  the  United  States,  Its 
Character,  Organization,  and  Methods 

By  Thos.  F.  Ford  and  L.  Cummings  Ford,  with  an 
Introduction  by  William  L.  Saunders,  President 
American  Manufacturers'  Export  Association      $3.00 

The  principles  underlying  foreign  commerce  are  ex- 
cellently handled  in  this  book — a  book  that  will  give 
one  valuable  information  whenever  it  is  read  or  when- 
ever it  is  used  for  reference.  For  the  inexperienced, 
the  student,  or  the  beginner,  it  should  be  invaluable. 

Is  Violence  the  Way  Out  of  Our  Industrial 
Disputes? 

By  John  Haynes  Holmes  $1.25 

In  the  industrial,  as  in  the  international  field,  it  offers 
in  the  author's  judgment  the  only  way  of  escape  from 
the  sufferings  we  now  endure. 

Looking  Forward 

By  Charles  F.  Higham  $2.00 

"A  very  clear  and  easily  read  exposition  of  the  imme- 
diate future  confronting  our  science  of  publicity.  .  .  . 
A  constructive  analysis  of  the  means  at  our  disposal 
for  harnessing  the  tremendous  force  of  public  opinion." 

A  New  Robinson  Crusoe 

By  Gilson  Gardner  $1.25 

Robinson  Crusoe  with  most  of  the  classic  incidents 
intact.  Retold  in  the  spirit  of  modern  industrial 
society  and  with  all  the  new-won  lessons  of  modern 
economic  life.  "Economics"  is  no  longer  a  forbidden 
word;  this  book  is  a  fascinating  introduction  to  the 
science. 

Postage  Additional 


BRENTANOS 

Retail   Book  Department 

Fifth  Avenue  ana  27th  Street 
New  York  City 


224 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


erly  Sir  Edward)  Grey.  The  career  of  the  second  earl  is  the 
subject  of  Mr.  George  Macaulay  Trevelyan's  "Lord  Grey  of  the 
Reform  Bill"  (Longmans,  Green).  Apart  from  an  inadequate 
and  unfinished  biography,  begun  by  his  children  and  published 
sixty  years  ago,  this  is  the  only  life  of  the  Reform  Bill  premier. 
In  it  the  author  maintains  his  high  reputation  as  a  biographer 
and  historian.  To  an  intimate  knowledge  of  the  material, 
printed  and  manuscript,  which  bears  upon  his  theme,  and  a 
thorough  grasp  of  the  aristocratic  politics  of  the  late  eighteenth 
and  early  nineteenth  century,  he  adds  a  literary  craftsmanship 
that  enables  him  to  diffuse  the  atmosphere  of  a  bygone  age.  He 
has  not  been  sedueed  from  the  path  of  historical  virtue  by  that 
besetting  vice  of  biographers,  hero  worship.  Of  Grey's  maiden 
speech  in  the  House  of  Commons,  delivered  in  opposition  to 
Pitt's  Commercial  Treaty  with  France,  he  says:  "Thus,  by  a 
brilliant  piece  of  invective  on  the  wrong  side  of  a  question  that 
he  did  not  understand,  the  young  man  from  Northumberland  at 
twenty-two  years  of  age  became  one  of  the  most  envied  in  that 
most  enviable  of  all  the  aristocracies  of  history."  In  his  attitude 
toward  parliamentary  reform  Grey  has  been  accused  of  op- 
portunism and  lack  of  conviction.  It  is  true  that  after  Pitt's 
bitter  persecution  of  the  reformers  in  the  closing  years  of  the 
eighteenth  century,  Grey,  like  his  beloved  leader  Fox,  ceased 
from  agitating  what  seemed  a  hopeless  cause.  But  Mr. 
Trevelyan  shows  from  hitherto  unpublished  documents  that 
long  before  he  became  prime  minister  Grey  had  made  up  his 
mind  that  when  reform  came  it  must  be  no  temporizing  or  half- 
hearted measure.  To  condemn  him  and  his  aristocratic  col- 
leagues for  betraying  the  cause  of  democracy  in  1832,  as  some 
writers  have  done,  is  to  give  evidence  of  distorted  historical 
vision.  The  remarkable  thing  about  the  Reform  Bill  is  not  that 
it  went  no  farther  along  the  road  to  democracy,  but  that  it  went 
so  far.     For  this  Mr.  Trevelyan  gives  the  credit  chiefly  to  Grey. 

THE  will  to  frisk  is  not  wanting  in  clergymen.  In  "The  Bad 
Results  of  Good  Habits  and  Other  Lapses,"  by  J.  Edgar 
Park  (Houghton  Mifflin),  it  takes  the  form  of  a  demure  skit- 
tishness  that,  while  never  hazarding  decorum,  unmistakably 
registers  gaiety.  The  chief  drawback  of  Mr.  Park's  "lapses," 
however,  is  that  they  do  not  genuinely  lapse;  their  brightness 
serves  but  to  illuminate  a  lesson.  No  matter  with  what  abandon 
they  begin,  they  inevitably  reach  a  mood  of  high  moral  tension, 
an  edifying  "must"  or  "must  not"  at  the  close.  Freudians  would 
doubtless  say  that  the  jocose  "libido,"  here  escaping  from  pro- 
fessional suppression,  was  rigidly  controlled  by  a  "censor"  which 
disguised  each  bright  jest  in  the  garb  of  a  sermon.  As  lay- 
sei-mons  en  the  favorite  themes  of  humility,  sincerity,  and 
human  kindness,  Mr.  Park's  relaxations  avoid  the  too  facile 
generalization  which  is  the  usual  fault  of  the  type.  Such  papers 
as  Unorthodox  Interpretations  and  the  Disadvantages  of  Being 
Good  show  him  fertile  in  instances  and  ready  with  anecdote. 
Yet  they  breathe  a  certain  serene  remoteness  from  dust  and 
heat.  Like  one  writing  from  the  sunny  side  of  the  moon,  Mr. 
Park  sees  the  surfaces  of  life  in  a  silvery  light  reflected  from 
his  own  circle.  His  wit  is  clearly  made  in  the  study;  it  has 
about  it  what  Mark  Twain  calls  "the  earmarks  of  premedita- 
tion." The  incongruities  on  which  it  depends  are  incongruous 
only  to  the  sheltered,  the  over-refined,  the  not  greatly  daring. 
In  contrast  with  the  good  gigantic  smile  of  Mark  Twain,  it  lacks 
what  closet  wit  must  always  lack,  an  earthy  and  living  contact 
with  men  and  women. 

MR.  AUSTIN  HARRISON  is  unfortunate  enough  to  live  in  a 
between-age.  Actually  he  belongs  to  the  Victorian  era,  but 
his  generation  and  his  intelligence  will  not  leave  him  at  peace, 
and  push  him  into  a  rather  uncomfortable  ultra-modern  attitude. 
A  good  fighter,  he  should  have  been  young  enough  to  go  to  the  war; 
an  able  writer,  he  should  be  old  enough  to  be  philosophical.  But 
neither  of  these  things  has  been  his  lot  and  the  result  is  the  sug- 
gestion of  exasperation  and  dissatisfaction  throughout  the  whole 
of  the  collection  of  articles  entitled  "Before  and  Now"   (Lane). 


French  in  all  his  sympathies,  he  tilts  lustily  against  the  English 
public  school  system,  against  authority  and  the  castes,  against 
British  lack  of  order  and  the  principle  of  muddling  through, 
against  the  discomfort  of  English  hotels  and  English  railway 
traveling.  Here  and  there  is  a  tribute  to  British  common  sense, 
but  on  the  whole  Mr.  Harrison  despairs  rather  fractiously  of  his 
nation.  And  so  genuinely  unhappy  is  this  despair  that  the 
despairing  itself  seems  rather  futile.  Mr.  Harrison  sits  down 
by  the  waters  of  Babylon  and  grouses,  but  he  hardly  con- 
templates a  future  leaving  of  Babylon  and  getting  comfortably 
home  again.  Of  all  his  essays  the  musings  at  Fort  Vaux  are  the 
most  illuminating,  because  they  are  at  once  the  most  sincere,  the 
least  preconceived. 

O  WINBURNE'S  dream  of  a  vast  survey  of  the  dramatists  of 
^  the  Tudor  and  Stuart  period  which  should  "render  future 
critical  excursions  in  that  direction  useless  and  indeed  impos- 
sible" was  destined  to  remain  but  partially  realized.  At  the 
time  of  his  death,  besides  the  separate  volumes  upon  Shake- 
speare, Jonson,  and  Chapman,  he  had  published  the  famous 
essays  on  Ford  and  on  Beaumont  and  Fletcher  and  a  group  of 
smaller  studies  which  were  collected  under  the  title  "The  Age 
of  Shakespeare"  in  1908.  A  second  series  of  critical  essays, 
"Contemporaries  of  Shakespeare"  (Heinemann),  has  now  been 
published  under  the  editorship  of  Edmund  Gosse  and  T.  J. 
Wise.  The  volume  is  made  up  in  part  of  articles  contributed 
long  since  to  the  Fortnightly  Review,  in  part  of  posthumous 
and  less  valuable  studies,  and  in  large  part  of  a  welcome  reprint 
of  the  "Study  of  Chapman,"  long  out  of  print.  Apart  from 
this,  authoritative  essay  the  most  noteworthy  chapter  in  the 
new  collection  is  the  article  on  Philip  Massinger,  "the  most 
temperate,  studious,  and  conscientious  of  the  successors  of 
Shakespeare."  Swinburne  seeks  to  place  Massinger  midway 
between  the  exaggerated  praise  by  Hartley  Coleridge  and  the' 
depreciation  by  Leslie  Stephen.  The  examination  of  Massinger's 
share  in  the  Beaumont-Fletcher  plays  is  in  remarkable  accord 
with  the  results  attained  by  more  technical  methods  of  inquiry 
and  well  illustrates  the  almost  unerring  instinct  for  style  which 
was  Swinburne's  greatest  gift  as  a  critic  and  of  which  other 
noteworthy  examples  might  be  cited  from  the  monograph  on 
Chapman.  A  certain  extravagance  of  commendation,  which 
grew  upon  Swinburne  in  his  later  years,  renders  the  essay  on 
Brome  absurd  and  those  on  Davenport  and  on  Nabbes  almost 
unreadable.  In  a  brief  introduction  Mr.  Gosse  makes  the  inter- 
esting suggestion  that  in  the  cycle  of  sonnets  on  the  dramatists 
published  in  1882  the  scheme  of  Swinburne's  dreamed-of  "pal- 
ace of  Elizabethan  criticism"  may  be  traced.  Mr.  Gosse 
strangely  undervalues  Swinburne's  article  on  Beaumont  and 
Fletcher  contributed  to  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica. 

"IN  past  years,"  remarks  Mr.  J.  George  Frederick  in  the 
*  preface  to  his  book  on  "Modern  Salesmanagement"  (Ap- 
pleton) ,  "a  great  deal  of  mysterious  hocus-pocus  has  been  made 
over  salesmanship  and  salesmanagement.  It  has  popularly  been 
supposed  to  consist  mainly  of  personal  magic — certain  inborn 
qualities  and  certain  charms  and  powers  of  personality  which 
constitute  something  of  an  individual  secret — something  that 
'a  man  either  has  or  hasn't  got.'  "  To  supply  this  lamentable 
deficiency  in  the  organized  knowledge  of  current  business 
practice,  the  author  has  considered  at  length  a  number  of 
typical  problems  which  confront  the  salesman  and  the  sales- 
manager.  In  the  course  of  almost  400  loosely  written  pages  a 
good  many  suggestions  are  made  regarding  price-making  and 
price  protection,  methods  of  paying  salesmen,  standardizing  the 
work  of  selling,  and  similar  topics.  For  the  business  man 
who  is  too  busy  to  think  for  himself,  or  even  to  read  System 
or  Printer's  Ink,  the  book  may  possess  value.  But  the  author 
demonstrates  his  points  in  strange  fashion.  "To  illustrate:  if 
only  three  territory  factors  are  selected,  one  will  be  rated  at  49, 
perhaps  another  at  25,  and  another  at  35,  total  100." 


International  Relations  Section 


Further  Russian-British  Notes 

SUBSEQUENT  notes  in  the  series  of  communications 
between  Russia  and  Great  Britain  published  last  week 
in  the  International  Relations  Section  of  The  Nation  are 
printed  below.  The  first  note,  dated  July  17,  is  in  reply  to 
the  Allied  ultimatum  of  July  11,  received  in  Russia  on  July 
12,  and  appeared  as  a  dispatch  from  Moscow  in  the  London 
Herald  for  July  22. 

The  Russian  Soviet  Government  is  the  more  pleased  to 
acknowledge  the  declaration  of  the  British  Government  of  its 
desire  to  contribute  to  the  establishment  of  a  general  peace  in 
eastern  Europe,  as  even  quite  recently,  at  the  time  when  the 
complications  between  Russia  and  Poland  were  developing  which 
led  to  the  Polish  advance  against  Russia  and  the  Ukraine,  the 
British  Government  unfortunately  did  not  manifest  the  same 
desire  to  contribute  to  the  cause  of.  peace  in  eastern  Europe. 
Earlier,  also — namely,  at  the  time  when  Soviet  Russia  was 
trying  to  obtain  peace  with  the  border  states — the  British  Gov- 
ernment did  not  support  the  attainment  of  this  aim,  and  again 
when  the  Esthonian  Government  was  preparing  to  conclude 
peace  with  Soviet  Russia  in  December  of  last  year  it  received 
a  warning  in  the  name  of  the  Supreme  Council. 

The  present  change  in  the  attitude  of  Great  Britain  on  the 
question  of  peace  between  Soviet  Russia  and  other  states  is  in 
complete  harmony  with  the  wishes  of  Soviet  Russia,  whose 
desire  to  live  in  peace  with  all  other  states,  to  which  reference 
is  made  in  the  last  communication  of  the  British  Government, 
remains  firm  and  unalterable. 

Regarding  Poland,  likewise,  in  spite  of  the  latter's  wanton 
aggression  against  the  Soviet  Republic,  Soviet  Russia  remains 
as  faithful  as  before  to  the  principles  she  has  proclaimed  so 
often,  and  to  her  earnest  desire  of  establishing  peaceful  rela- 
tions with  all  peoples. 

The  question,  however,  of  the  cessation  of  the  armed  struggle 
between  Russia  and  Poland  will  be  unfavorably  influenced  by 
the  fact  that  on  the  part  of  the  Polish  Government  there  has 
been  no  direct  declaration  to  the  Soviet  Government  regarding 
its  wish  to  conclude  peace.  Numerous  utterances  of  representa- 
tives of  the  Polish  people  have  come  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Soviet  Government  in  which  they  express  themselves  in  an 
extremely  bitter  sense  as  to  the  British  Government's  political 
action  on  this  question,  and  information  has  been  likewise  pub- 
lished in  the  press  as  to  a  decision  of  the  Polish  Diet  to  reject 
the  proposal  of  an  armistice  with  Soviet  Russia.  The  Soviet 
Government  must,  therefore,  consider  with  some  caution  such 
proposals  so  far  as  they  do  not  come  directly  from  the  govern- 
ment concerned  and  as  long  as  the  danger  subsists  that  the 
attitude  of  the  Polish  Government  will  not  correspond  to  the 
declarations  of  other  governments  which  speak  in  its  name. 

The  necessity  of  a  direct  communication  from  the  Polish  Gov- 
ernment to  the  Soviet  Government  in  this  case  is  the  more 
urgent  as  the  past  attitude  of  the  British  Government  in  the 
conflict  between  Poland  and  Russia  can  hardly  be  considered  as 
a  reason  for  assuming  the  role  of  mediator  between  these  two 
governments. 

If  at  the  time  when  the  Polish  republic  was  preparing  its 
wanton  aggression  against  Russia  and  the  Ukraine  the  British 
Government  not  only  made  no  attempts  at  hindering  this  aggres- 
sion, but  even  Jeft  without  any  answer  the  communication  of  the 
Soviet  Government  to  the  Entente  Governments  on  this  ques- 
tion; if  at  the  time  when  the  Polish  offensive  has  had,  as  a 
result,  military  disaster  for  Poland,  the  British  Government 
tries  to  assume  the  role  of  mediator  in  order  to  suspend  the 
hostilities  that  have  become  so  disastrous  for  Poland,  the  posi- 
tion which  results  for  the  British  Government  from  this  line 
of  action  is  such  that  it  deprives  it  of  the  role  of  an  impartial 


third  party  which  would  alone  render  possible  its  mediation 
between  the  belligerents. 

It  is  necessary  to  remind  the  British  Government,  likewise, 
that  it  has  itself  described  the  state  created  by  the  adoption  by 
Russia  of  its  memorandum  of  July  1  as  a  state  of  armistice,  and 
that  it  has  therefore  described  itself  in  this  way  as  a  belligerent 
waging  war  against  Soviet  Russia — a  fact  that  can  in  no  way 
create  a  normal  basis  for  the  recognition  of  its  role  of  mediator 
between  Soviet  Russia  and  another  belligerent. 

Regarding  the  British  Government,  the  Russian  Government 
has  in  its  answer  to  the  memorandum  of  July  1  made  an  abso- 
lutely conciliatory  declaration,  including  the  acceptance  of  all 
the  demands  of  the  British  Government.  It  has  thus  shown  its 
anxious  desire  to  remove  completely  all  conflicts  and  to  obtain  a 
definite  peace  with  Great  Britain.  It  desires  likewise  to  estab- 
lish peace  with  Poland,  and  in  the  attainment  of  this  aim  it 
considers  direct  negotiations  with  Poland  without  any  "im- 
mixion"  from  outside  as  necessary  as  direct  negotiations  with 
Great  Britain  in  its  relations  with  the  latter. 

The  Soviet  Government  is  the  less  inclined  to  accept  the 
proposed  mediation  for  the  negotiations  with  Poland  as  the 
reconciliation  with  Poland  (which  it  earnestly  desires)  can  only 
be  hampered  in  such  a  case,  in  view  of  the  subordinate  position 
which  Poland's  interest  and  fate,  in  comparison  with  interests 
foreign  to  Poland,  are  occupying  in  the  domain  of  relations 
between  Soviet  Russia  and  a  third  Power. 

With  a  frankness  which  can  alone  completely  remove  all 
misunderstandings  between  the  two  governments,  the  Soviet 
Government  ventures  to  recall  to  the  British  Government  that 
when  one  of  its  members  defended  in  the  House  of  Commons 
the  help  given  to  Denikin  and  Kolchak  he  justified  this  line  of 
action  of  the  Government  by  the  argument  that  the  struggle  of 
Denikin  and  Kolchak  against  the  Soviet  Government  presumably 
helped  toward  the  defense  of  India  and  of  British  interests  in 
Asia;  in  general,  against  the  dangers  which  are  alleged  to 
threaten  them. 

Not  long  ago,  when  the  head  of  the  British  Government  was 
negotiating  with  the  head  of  the  Russian  Trade  Delegation 
regarding  the  resumption  of  trade  relations,  he  referred  to  the 
relations  between  Russia  and  the  numerous  other  states  as  to 
facts  that  can  have  some  influence  upon  the  commercial  rela- 
tions between  Russia  and  Great  Britain. 

The  Soviet  Government  is  of  opinion  that  reconciliation  with 
Poland  can  be  successfully  accomplished  only  in  case  the  inter- 
ests of  both  parties  are  taken  into  consideration,  seeing  that 
these  interests  can  easily  be  reconciled ;  and  this  aim  will  be,  on 
the  contrary,  extremely  hard  to  attain  if  these  interests  are 
subordinated  to  the  interests  of  a  third  Power. 

The  laboring  masses  of  Russia  desire  full  and  complete  recon- 
ciliation with  Poland,  and  in  order  to  attain  this  aim  the  Soviet 
Government  considers  it  necessary  to  remove  from  the  action  of 
reconciliation  all  that  does  not  belong  to  the  interests  and  desires 
of  the  two  peoples  and  governments. 

In  the  matter  of  reconciliation  with  Poland  the  Soviet  Gov- 
ernment finds  it  necessary  to  consider,  besides  the  interests  and 
desires  of  the  Russian  laboring  masses,  only  the  interests  and 
desires  of  the  Polish  laboring  masses,  and  it  finds  it  therefore 
possible  to  attain  peace  with  Poland  only  through  direct  nego- 
tiations with  the  latter. 

It  must  also  point  out  that  it  has  already  obtained,  without 
foreign  "immixion,"  complete  reconciliation  with  three  neighbor- 
ing states,  and  that  Esthonia  has  concluded  peace  with  Russia 
in  spite  of  the  warning  of  the  Supreme  Council;  that  the  treaty 
between  Russia  and  Georgia  has  been,  at  the  moment  of  the 
negotiations  between  the  head  of  the  Russian  Trade  Delegation 
and  the  head  of  the  British  Government,  a  complete  surprise 
for  the  latter;  and  that  the  British  Government  was  deprived 
of  all  information  regarding  the  peace  between  Russia  and 
Lithuania   when,    in   its   ultimatum    of  July    12,   it   pointed    to 


226 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


Lithuania  as  to  one  of  the  border  states  with  which  Russia  has 
still  to  obtain  peace.  The  Soviet  Government  thinks  that  it 
can,  with  the  same  success,  obtain  peace  with  Poland  through 
direct  negotiations  as  it  did  with  three  other  neighboring  states. 

The  Soviet  Government  considers  still  less  admissible  the 
interference  in  the  cause  of  peace  between  Russia  and  Poland  of 
the  group  of  governments  called  the  League  of  Nations,  whose 
covenant  is  quoted  by  the  British  Government  in  its  ultimatum 
on  July  12. 

The  Russian  Government  has  never  received  from  the  so-called 
League  of  Nations  any  communication  as  to  its  creation  and 
existence,  and  it  has  never  had  the  opportunity  of  adopting  a 
decision  about  the  recognition  or  non-recognition  of  this  asso- 
ciation of  states. 

When  acquainting  itself  from  unofficial  press  sources  with  the 
covenant  of  the  so-called  League  of  Nations,  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment could  not  leave  unnoticed  the  fact  that,  according  to 
Article  17,  the  non-members  in  case  of  a  conflict  with  members 
of  the  so-called  League  of  Nations  can  be  invited  to  submit  to 
its  decision  as  if  they  were  members.  The  Soviet  Government 
can  in  no  way  agree  that  one  group  of  Powers  should  assume 
the  role  of  supreme  body  over  all  the  states  of  the  world;  and 
watching  over  the  full  inviolability  of  the  sovereign  rights  of 
the  Russian  laboring  people  the  Soviet  Government  absolutely 
rejects  the  pretensions  of  any  foreign  groups  of  Powers  claim- 
ing to  assume  the  role  of  supreme  masters  of  the  fate  of  other 
nations.  It  absolutely  rejects,  therefore,  every  "immixion"  of 
this  association  in  the  cause  of  peace  between  Russia  and  Poland. 
Direct  negotiations  with  Poland  are  in  full  harmony  with 
the  wishes  of  the  Soviet  Government,  and  it  declares,  therefore, 
that  if  the  Polish  Government  addresses  to  Russia  a  proposal  to 
enter  into  peace  negotiations,  the  Soviet  Government  will  not 
reject  its  proposal,  and  will  also  consider  in  the  most  friendly 
spirit  any  subsidiary  proposal  as  to  an  armistice  or  some  other 
means  intended  to  facilitate  peace  negotiations. 

The  Soviet  Government  also  expresses  its  willingness  to  agree 
to  a  territorial  frontier  more  favorable  for  the  Polish  people 
than  the  frontiers  indicated  by  the  Supreme  Council  in  Decem- 
ber last,  and  proposed  once  more  by  the  British  Government  in 
its  ultimatum  of  July  12. 

The  Soviet  Government  cannot  leave  without  notice  the  fact 
that  this  frontier  was  elaborated  by  the  Supreme  Council  in 
some  parts  under  the  pressure  of  counter-revolutionary  Russian 
elements,  adherents  of  the  Russian  capitalist  and  landed  class, 
and  that,  for  example,  as  to  the  region  of  Kholm,  the  decision 
of  the  Supreme  Council  clearly  reflected  the  influence  of  these 
counter-revolutionary  elements  and  followed  the  wishes  of  the 
anti-Polish  policy  of  the  Czarist  and  Russian  imperialist  capi- 
talist class  on  this  question. 

Soviet  Russia  is  willing,  in  general,  as  to  the  peace  conditions 
with  Poland,  to  meet  the  wishes  and  interests  of  the  Polish 
people  the  more  fully,  the  more  the  Polish  people  in  its  internal 
life  enter  upon  the  path  creating  a  solid  basis  for  really  frater- 
nal relations  between  the  laboring  masses  of  Poland,  Russia, 
Ukraine,  White  Russia,  and  Lithuania,  and  create  guaranties 
that  Poland  will  cease  to  be  an  instrument  of  aggression  and 
intrigue  against  the  workers  and  peasants  of  Soviet  Russia  and 
other  countries. 

As  a  separate  proposal,  the  British  Government  has  put  forth 
the  idea  of  an  armistice  between  Russia  and  the  mutinous  ex- 
General  Wrangel.  The  Soviet  Government,  however,  cannot 
shut  its  eyes  upon  the  indissoluble  connection  between  the  mili- 
tary operations  of  Wrangel,  which  were  supported  by  the 
Entente  Powers,  and  the  Polish  campaign  against  Russia  and 
the  Ukraine.  This  close  connection  found  its  expression  in  the 
negotiations  and  the  military  agreement  between  Wrangel  and 
the  representatives  of  the  Polish  Government. 

Wrangcl's  offensive,  which  coincided  with  the  advance  of  the 

li    army    in    the    Ukraine,    was    only   a    subsidiary   military 

maneuver  aiming  at  rendering  more  difficult  the  struggle  of  the 

Russian  and  Ukrainian  troops  against  the  Polish  aggressor,  and 


at  facilitating  the  latter's  task.  The  army  and  administration 
of  Wrangel,  being  almost  completely  deprived  of  sources  of 
revenue  of  their  own,  exist  almost  entirely  with  the  financial 
help  received  from  some  Entente  Powers. 

His  military  operations  are  carried  out  exclusively  with  the 
help  of  the  war  material  sent  by  these  Powers.  This  war  ma- 
terial is  brought  to  him  on  British  ships  or  from  harbors  under 
British  occupation,  and  the  proposal  itself  regarding  Wrangel 
in  the  British  ultimatum  of  July  12,  in  which  the  British  Gov- 
ernment decides  for  Wrangel  that  he  will  come  to  London  for 
the  discussion  of  the  fate  of  his  troops,  shows  with  complete 
evidence  that  he  is  only  a  subordinate  agent  of  the  British 
Government  and  partly  of  its  Allies. 

The  Soviet  Government,  in  its  wish  to  obtain  peace  with  the 
British  Government,  and  wishing  to  meet  the  latter's  desires, 
confirms  once  more  its  willingness  to  guarantee  personal  safety 
to  the  mutinous  ex-General  Wrangel,  to  all  persons  belonging 
to  his  army,  and  to  the  refugees  under  his  protection,  on  the 
condition  of  immediate  and  full  capitulation  and  of  surrender  to 
the  Soviet  authorities  of  all  the  territory  he  occupies  and  of 
all  the  war  material,  stores,  buildings,  means  of  communication, 
and  so  on  in  his  power  on  the  same  terms  as  was  proposed 
by  the  Soviet  Government  with  reference  to  the  Northern  Gov- 
ernment of  the  ex-General  Miller. 

The  Soviet  Government  cannot,  however,  remain  indifferent 
to  the  repeated  attempts  of  the  British  Government  to  transform 
the  Crimean  peninsula  into  an  inviolable  permanent  asylum 
for  the  mutinous  general  and  for  other  mutineers  who  in  fact 
are  the  British  Government's  subordinate  agents,  and  thus 
really  to  render  the  Crimean  peninsula  a  British  dependency. 
It  is  impossible  not  to  mention  that,  at  the  time  when  the 
Archangel  and  the  Murmansk  region  was  in  the  same  subordi- 
nate position  to  Britain,  the  British  authorities  ruled  there 
unrestrained  and  acted  as  the  Supreme  Power,  devastating  the 
whole  region,  wasting  its  natural  resources,  and  exporting  to 
Britain  as  much  as  possible  of  its  riches. 

The  bearer  of  the  will  and  the  representative  of  the  interests 
of  the  Russian  laboring  people,  the  Soviet  Government,  cannot 
remain  indifferent  to  any  violation  of  its  vital  interests  and 
of  the  inviolability  of  its  territory,  and  it  protests  most  strongly 
against  the  attempt  of  Great  Britain  to  annex  in  fact  the  Cri- 
mean peninsula. 

It  must  also  be  pointed  out  that  the  present  proposal  of  the 
British  Government  is  a  violation  of  its  preceding  proposal, 
which  became  an  obligation,  after  having  been  adopted  by  the 
Soviet  Government,  regarding  the  cessation  of  any  help  and 
support  to  ex-General  Wrangel.  The  Soviet  Government  is, 
therefore,  of  opinion  that  the  greatest  possible  concession  on 
its  part — a  concession  which  is  the  outcome  of  its  anxious  desire 
to  come  to  terms  with  the  British  Government — is  its  willing- 
ness to  agree  to  the  capitulation  of  the  ex-General  Wrangel  and 
of  his  troops,  with  the  guaranty  of  their  personal  safety. 

The  Soviet  Government  thinks  that  the  proposal  to  convoke 
in  London  a  conference  of  representatives  of  Russia,  Poland, 
Lithuania,  Latvia,  and  Finland  is  the  outcome  of  insufficient 
information  of  the  British  Government  as  to  the  relations  be- 
tween the  Russian  republic  and  her  neighbors.  The  peace 
treaty  between  Russia  and  Lithuania  was  signed  on  July  12, 
and  the  negotiations  between  Russia  and  Latvia,  and  Russia 
and  Finland  are  being  carried  on  independently  without  foreign 
interference,  and  their  further  continuance  on  the  same  lines  is 
the  best  pledge  of  their  successful  result. 

Being  animated  with  the  most  earnest  desire  to  put  an  end 
to  all  conflicts  between  Russia  and  Great  Britain  and  to  the 
struggle  between  them,  and  to  obtain  a  definite  peace  with  Great 
Britain,  the  Soviet  Government  rests  its  hopes  upon  the  delega- 
tion which  it  sends  to  London,  with  additional  members,  for  the 
purpose  of  carrying  on  negotiations  with  the  British  Govern- 
ment on  the  basis  of  the  British  memorandum  of  July  1,  and 
of  the  reply  of  the  Soviet  Government  of  July  7,  in  order  to 
obtain  a  full  agreement  with  Great  Britain.     This  aim  will  be 


August  21, 1920] 


The  Nation 


227 


attained  the  more  successfully  if  all  new  and  strange  elements 

which  can  only  do  harm  to  the  beginning  of  an  improvement  in 

the  relations  between  Russia  and  Great  Britain  are  kept  aside. 

(Signed)   Chicherin,  People's  Commissar  for  Foreign  Affairs 

Lord  Curzon's  reply  was  dispatched  on  July  23. 

His  Majesty's  Government  have  given  their  best  consideration 
to  the  reply  by  the  Soviet  Government  of  Russia  to  their  note 
of  July  11.     .     .     . 

The  Soviet  Government  has  declared  its  readiness  to  consider 
in  the  most  friendly  spirit  an  armistice  with  Poland  as  a  first 
step  toward  the  establishment  of  a  final  peace.  They  have  also 
declared  their  readiness  to  concede  a  frontier  not  less  favorable 
to  Poland  than  the  ethnographical  frontier  originally  suggested 
by  the  Supreme  Council. 

It  is  true  they  have  accompanied  these  declarations  with  an 
expression  of  their  strong  objections  to  allowing  the  negotia- 
tions with  regard  either  to  the  armistice  or  the  peace  to  be 
entered  upon  by  any  governments  but  those  representing  Soviet 
Russia  on  the  one  side  and  Poland  on  the  other. 

This,  however,  is  not  a  point  on  which  his  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment have  the  least  desire  to  insist,  if  the  Soviet  Government 
adhere  to  their  objection.  They  only  proposed  that  the  con- 
ference should  meet  in  London  because  they  thought  that  it 
would  bring  Russia  into  relations  with  the  Peace  Conference, 
and  so  pave  the  way  to  a  better  understanding  between  Russia 
and  the  outer  world. 

What  they  desire  is  that  the  negotiations  should  be  carried 
out  in  good  faith,  and  without  delay;  that  the  frontier  between 
Russia  and  Poland  should  correspond,  as  far  as  possible,  to  the 
wishes  of  the  populations  concerned;  and  that  a  permanent 
peace  should  be  established  between  Poland  and  her  eastern 
neighbor  which  would  secure  the  cessation  of  hostilities  and  the 
abstention  on  the  part  of  either  nation  from  any  interference 
in  the  internal  policy  of  the  other. 

In  order,  therefore,  to  bring  matters  to  a  clear  issue,  the 
Polish  Government  have  been  urged  by  the  Allies  immediately 
to  initiate  negotiations  for  armistice  and  for  peace. 

If,  however,  despite  a  request  for  an  armistice  from  the 
Polish  Government,  the  Soviet  armies  continue  to  advance,  the 
British  Government  and  its  Allies  must  necessarily  assume  that 
it  is  the  intention  of  the  Soviet  Government  to  make  war  on 
the  Polish  people,  and  will,  in  conjunction  with  their  Allies,  give 
to  Poland  the  assistance  and  support  they  have  promised  in 
that  event. 

Further,  they  must  make  it  clear  that  the  negotiations  for 
the  resumption  of  trade  between  Russia  and  the  British  Empire 
cannot  be  usefully  pursued  if  Soviet  Russia  invades  Poland, 
and  they  have,  therefore,  telegraphed  to  Messrs.  Kamenev  and 
Krassin  to  delay  their  departure  from  Reval  until  an  armistice 
has  been  agreed  to. 

On  July  24  the  Soviet  Government  replied  as  follows: 

The  Soviet  Government  expresses  its  willingness  to  meet  the 
desire  of  the  British  Government  to  convene  a  conference  for 
the  purpose  of  establishing  a  definite  agreement  between  Russia 
and  the  Powers  which  participate  in  hostile  actions  against  her 
or  support  such,  and  is  of  opinion  that  such  a  conference  ought 
to  be  composed  of  representatives  of  Russia  and  of  the  leading 
Powers  of  the  Entente. 

The  Soviet  Government  agrees  that  this  conference  should  be 
called  together  in  London. 

It  makes  known  at  the  same  time  to  the  British  Government 
that  orders  have  been  given  to  the  Russian  military  command 
to  meet  the  Polish  parliamentaires  and  to  begin  with  them 
pourparlers  relative  to  an  armistice  and  peace. 

The  Soviet  Government  cannot  refrain  from  expressing  its 
astonishment  at  the  demand  of  the  British  Government  for  the 
suspension  of  trade  negotiations  after  the  adoption  by  the 
Soviet  Government  of  all  its  proposals  which  were  the  condi- 
tions for  the  opening  of  these  negotiations,  seeing  [that  none  of 
these  conditions  have]  been  violated  by  the  Soviet  Government. 


The  latter  thinks  that  the  establishment  of  durable,  peaceful, 
and  friendly  relations  will  be  extremely  difficult  if  agreements, 
once  adopted,  are  violated  on  the  following  day,  or  left  unheeded, 
or  if  conditions  already  accepted  are,  after  the  adoption  of 
the  agreement,  supplemented  by  new  and  unexpected  conditions 
not  stipulated  before. 

The  Soviet  Government  expresses  the  hope  that  the  British 
Government  will  henceforth  adhere  immutably  to  the  principles 
laid  down  in  the  British  memorandum  of  July  1  and  in  the  reply 
of  the  Soviet  Government  of  July  7,  and  will  abstain  in  future 
from  any  violations  of  this  agreement  or  from  adding  to  the 
latter  new  conditions  not  provided  for  therein. 

The  Soviet  Government,  for  its  part,  strictly  adhering  to  the 
declarations  laid  down  in  its  note  of  July  17,  expects  that  before 
the  beginning  of  the  above  conference,  the  surrender  of  ex- 
General  Wrangel  and  of  his  military  force  will  have  been 
carried  through,  on  the  conditions  of  securing  personal  safety 
to  him,  his  adherents,  and  the  fugitives  under  his  protection, 
and  of  the  transference  to  the  Soviet  power  of  all  territory 
under  his  control,  as  well  as  of  all  war  material,  stores,  means 
of  communication,  and  vessels  now  in  his  hands. 


From  the  Socialists  of  Siberia 

THE   joint  conference   at  Vladivostok  of  the   Socialist 
parties  of  eastern  Siberia  adopted  the  following  appeal 
addressed  to  the  workers  of  the  world. 

The  toiling  masses  of  Russia  have  had  hard  trials  to  go 
through.  In  the  world  war  the  Russian  people  have  sacrificed 
more  than  any  of  the  other  belligerent  peoples.  The  incapable, 
mercenary  Czarist  government,  rotten  to  the  very  core,  had 
brought  the  country  to  terrible  ruin  even  before  the  Revolution. 
Then  came  the  evils  of  two  years  of  military  intervention.  .  .  . 

The  civil  war,  made  possible  by  the  fact  of  intervention,  has 
brought  our  country  to  complete  ruin.  It  has  enveloped  the 
great  territory  of  Russia  in  fire,  has  almost  completely  destroyed 
our  means  of  transportation,  thereby  thoroughly  paralyzing  our 
industries  and  creating  a  situation  very  menacing  not  only  to 
us,  but  to  all  of  you  as  well,  since  you  are  unable  to  obtain  much 
that  it  has  to  offer  and  which  is  of  great  necessity  to  you — 
namely,  food  supplies  for  your  peoples  and  raw  materials  for 
the  rebuilding  of  your  industries. 

The  Allied  military  intervention  is  nearing  its  end.  Al- 
most all  the  countries  intervening  have  withdrawn  their  troops 
from  Russia,  declaring  that  they  will  no  longer  support  the 
reactionary  troops  there.  Though  the  declarations  of  your  gov- 
ernments came  rather  late,  since  they  were  made  after  all  the 
reactionary  forces  throughout  Russia  had  suffered  complete 
defeat,  still  it  is  better  late  than  never.  For  now  we  have  hopes 
that  our  country  will  be  able  to  begin  peaceful,  constructive  work. 

We  are  highly  appreciative  of  the  great  service  that  you  have 
rendered  us  in  this  struggle.  If  the  Russian  counter-revolution 
and  Allied  intervention  failed,  it  was  not  only  due  to  the  perse- 
verance and  heroism  of  our  revolutionary  people,  who  rose  to 
the  defense  of  their  country,  purged  in  the  fire  of  revolution, 
but  it  was  also  due  to  the  support  which  you  lent  us.     .     .     . 

There  is,  however,  a  corner  in  Russia  where  the  end  of  our 
sufferings  is  not  in  sight  and  they  threaten  to  assume  a  form 
unknown  even  in  the  history  of  our  trials.  Japan,  having  begun 
its  intervention  in  Russia  together  with  the  other  nations,  is 
not  only  not  following  the  example  of  its  allies  by  withdrawing 
its  troops  from  the  territory  of  the  Far  East,  but  is  even  show- 
ing no  intention  of  doing  so.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  continuing 
to  increase  its  forces  here  by  landing  military  transports  daily. 

On  January  31,  1920,  the  reactionary  rule  was  overthrown 
in  the  Far  East  and  a  democratic  provisional  government  was 
formed  until  the  reunion  with  the  rest  of  Russia  could  take 
place.  The  new  government  met  with  the  solid  support  not  only 
of  all  the  Socialist  parties  and  elements,  but  also  of  the  bour- 


228 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2877 


geois  groups,  who  have  finally  reconciled  themselves  to  the  idea 
that  there  is  no  other  road  to  the  regeneration  of  this  border- 
land than  by  rejoining  central  Soviet  Russia.  The  Japanese 
diplomatic  representatives  and  military  authorities  here  have 
been  pretending  that  they  wish  to  keep  up  friendly  relations 
with  the  new  government. 

However,  on  the  night  of  April  4,  a  few  hours  after  peaceful 
assurances  were  hypocritically  made  by  the  official  representa- 
tives of  Japan,  the  Japanese  suddenly  attacked  our  unsuspect- 
ing military  forces  throughout  the  Province  from  Vladivostok 
to  Habarovsk.  Without  any  declaration  of  war,  without  any 
warning,  they  began  to  shoot  up  and  batter  down  the  army  bar- 
racks, murderously  bayonetting  the  soldiers  who  were  sleeping 
there.  Having  disarmed  some  of  the  troops  and  compelling  the 
rest  to  withdraw  to  the  hills,  they  began  to  make  arrests  among 
the  peaceful  population.  Many  of  the  unfortunates  who  fell 
into  the  clutches  of  the  Japanese  imperialists  have  had  to  go 
through  the  tortures  of  the  Middle  Ages.  Peaceful  citizens  are 
being  exposed  to  beatings  and  insults  by  Japanese  soldiery. 
The  trade  unions  and  workers'  organizations  have  been  crushed. 
The  conditions  the  Far  East  is  going  through  at  present  cannot 
be  compared  with  those  of  the  most  terrible  war.  In  a  state  of 
war,  laws,  however  severe,  still  exist;  while  the  population  of 
the  Far  East  is  not  protected  by  any  laws  but  is  left  entirely 
at  the  mercy  of  the  Japanese  military  clique.  Those  who  seem 
undesirable  to  the  Japanese  are  declared  by  them  to  be  Bol- 
sheviki  or  Korean  revolutionaries,  which  is  synonymous  with 
being  outlawed.  They  are  trying  to  explain  away  their  atroci- 
ties by  maintaining  that  the  Russians  were  the  ones  who 
attacked  them  first.  But  this  is  a  lie,  and  not  only  every  Rus- 
sian here  is  convinced  of  its  being  so,  but  every  foreigner  as 


well.  They  are  putting  in  circulation  this  falsehood  with  an 
attempt  to  justify  before  the  civilized  world  their  treacherous 
and  barbarous  methods. 

Life  in  the  Far  East  is  dying  away  completely.  The  railroads 
have  not  been  functioning  for  many  weeks,  because  the  railway- 
men  are  being  terrorized,  abused,  and  brutalized  by  the  Japanese 
soldiers.  The  workers  quit  the  factories  and  go  to  the  hills. 
They  go  there  to  get  away  from  the  horrors  that  are  reigning 
in  the  places  occupied  by  the  Japanese  troops,  and  prefer  death 
in  an  unequal  fight  to  the  affronts  and  insults  that  are  awaiting 
them  here. 

We  appeal  to  you,  workers  of  the  world!  You  have  assisted 
us  before  in  our  struggles  with  the  international  intervention 
and  reaction.  You  must  help  us  to  end  our  revolutionary  fight 
victoriously.  Japan  sent  her  troops  to  Siberia  together  with 
the  other  interventionists.  The  governments  of  all  those  coun- 
tries that  participated  in  the  intervention  bear  responsibility  for 
the  horrors  that  we  are  enduring  here  at  the  hands  of  Japan. 
Demand  of  your  governments  energetically  to  interfere  and 
compel  Japan  to  withdraw  her  troops,  thus  sparing  the  popula- 
tion of  the  Far  East  the  terrors  of  the  Middle  Ages.     .     .     . 

We  do  not  want  war.  We  want  to  live  and  labor  peacefully. 
We  shall  build  our  lives  ourselves,  as  we  see  fit. 

We  aim  to  reunite  with  the  Russian  Socialist  Federal  Soviet 
Republic  and  with  you,  workers  of  all  countries! 

The  fate  of  the  Russian  Revolution  shall  reflect  upon  the  fate 
of  the  world's  democracy! 

We  expect  an  active,  forceful  response  to  our  fraternal  call  to 
the  workers  of  the  world. 

Bureau  of  all  Socialist  Organizations  of  the  Far  East 
Vladivostok,  May  9,  1920 


(Srarijrrs'  Agfttrirs 


rHE  FISK  TEACHERS'  AGENCY 
Everett  O.   Fisk   &  Co.,   Proprietors. 
Boston,  2a  Park  Street. 
New  York,  225  Fifth  Ave. 
Syracuse,  402  Dillaye  Bid. 
Pittsburg,  549  Un.  Arcade 
Birmingham,  SOS  Title  Bid 


Chicago,  814  Steger  Bids. 
Denver,  317  Masonic  Bldp. 
Portland,  509  Journal  Bids. 
Berkeley,  2101  Shattuck  Av. 
Los  Anreles.  510  Spring  St. 


Send  to  any  address  above  for  registration   form. 


Harlan   P.   Frbnch,    Pros. 


W.  W.   Andrews,   Sec. 


ALBANY  TEACHERS'  AGENCY,  Inc. 

Supplies  Schools  and  Colleges  with  Competent  Teach- 
ers. Assists  Teachers  in  obtaining  positions.  Seud 
for   Bulletin.      SI    Chapel   Street.    Albany,    N.    Y. 

Jnurntefffd  Hnrntts 

ONE  or  two  attractively  furnished  rooms, 
quiet,  newly  renovated  private  house  for 
select  tenants— 62  E.  123  St. 


The  Truth  About  the 
Lusk  Committee 


A    Report    of    the    Legislative 

Committee  of  the  People's 

Freedom  Union 


In  Pamphlet  Form 
25c 


Order  copies  through  the 
Circulation     Department 

The  Nation 

20  Vesey  Street,  New  York,   N.  V. 


Notice  to 
Foreign  Subscribers 

Subscribers  residing  in  foreign  coun- 
tries are  requested  to  make  remittance 
by  international  money-order,  or  draft, 
payable  in  New  York,  so  that  subscrip- 
tions may  be  entered  promptly. 

Circulation  Department 

The  Nation 


Children's 
School 

For  boys  and  girls  from  2  to  11  years 

The  aim  of  the  school  is  to  pre- 
pare each  child  for  a  complete 
life,  both  as  an  individual  and  as 
a  member  of  the  social  group. 
All-day  activities  make  best  use 
of  advantages  of  city  life.  Hot 
lunches  served.  Afternoon  trips 
in  connection  with  school  work. 
Athletic  field ;  swimming ;  large 
roof  playground  ;  carpentry  shop  ; 
auditorium  for  music  and  dancing  ; 
outdoor  nature  study ;  art  and 
Indian  craft  work.  Particular  at- 
tention to  spoken  French  and 
Science.     Write  for  booklet. 

Margaret  Naumburg 

Director 
32-34  West  68th  Street,  New  York 


Studies  in  History,  Economics  and 
Public  Law 

Edited  by    he  Faculty  of  Political 
Science  of  Columbia  University 

No.  205   PRISON  METHODS  IN  NEW 
YORK  STATE 

By   PHILIP    KLEIN,    Ph.D.    ' 

paper  covers,  $3.50 

No.  207  THE  INFLUENCE  OF 
OVERSEA  EXPANSION  ON  ENG- 
LAND TO  1700 

By  JAMES  E.   GILLESPIE,   Ph.D. 

paper    covers,    $3.00 

LONGMANS,  GREEN  &  CO.,  Publishers 

FOURTH  AVE.  AND  30TH  STREET 
NEW  YORK 


Spanish  Books 

Spanish   Dailies  and  Periodicals 
wholesale      ALL  SUBJECTS  retail 

COMPANIA    HISPANO-AMERICANA 
156  West  14th  St.,  cor.  7th  Ave.,  N.  Y. 


BOOKS    Everybody 

At  30  Church  Street 

AH  the  new  books,  fiction 
and  non-fiction.  Seta,  fln» 
bindings,    rare   books. 

At  55  Vesey  Street 

A  big  stock  of  new  and 
second-hand  books  to  suit 
every  purse. 

HONOR    US     WITH    A     VISIT 
McDEVITT- WILSON'S,  Inc., 

Booksellers        Publishers        Importers 

30  Church  St.       New  York       55  Vesey  St. 

Cortlandt  1779  Phones  Cortlandt  498 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     18  66 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  AUGUST  28,  1920 


No.  2878 


Contents 


EDITORIAL   PARAGRAPHS    229 

EDITORIALS : 

Take  Every  Empty   House  ! 232 

The  New  War  Drive • 233 

A    New   England    Wayside 233 

Catalogues    for    Reading 234 

The   Shop   Committee 234 

SELF-DETERMINING    HAITI.      I.     THE    AMERICAN    OCCUPATION 

By   James   Weldon   Johnson 236 

THE  SOVIET  DOMESTIC  PROGRAM.     By  Henry  G.  Alsberg 238 

THE   FARMER  BUTTS  BACK.     By  Arthur  Warner 240 

IRELAND'S   REPUBLICAN   GOVERNMENT.     By   James   Carty 241 

WHAT  HAS  HAPPENED  TO  THE  FORTY-EIGHTERS.     By  Swinburne 

Hale 243 

NIGHTS  AND  DAYS.     By  James  Rorty 244 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 245 

CORRESPONDENCE     245 

BOOKS: 

Appraising   the   Peace   Conference.    By   William   MacDonald 246 

Woman's  Fine  Frenzy.     By  M.  V.  D 247 

Shakespeare  Unidentified.     By  Joseph   Krutch 248 

Documents  pour  Servir.     By  Samuel  C.  Chew 249 

The  Far  East  for  Chambers  of  Commerce.     By  Frederick  O'Brien 250 

The  Place  of  Science.     By  H.  A.  Overstreet 250 

Books   in   Brief 251 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION: 

More  Notes  to  Russia 253 

The  Proposed  Convention  with  Haiti 253 

The    Haitian    Counter-Project 253 

The  Haitian-United   States   Convention 254 

The  New  Constitution   of   Haiti 255 

The    Haitian    President's    Proclamation 255 


OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress :  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising :  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford  St.,  London. 

IT  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the  journey  of  the  thirty-one 
anti-suffrage  members  of  the  Tennessee  House  to  Ala- 
bama, and  their  subsequent  entertainment  in  that  State  by 
means  of  red  roses  and  automobile  tours,  is  anything  but 
the  third  act  of  a  musical  comedy.  However,  the  Tennessee 
legislators  doubtless  mean  to  be  taken  seriously,  and  their 
action  in  breaking  a  quorum  in  the  House,  together  with  the 
injunction  restraining  Governor  Roberts  or  any  State  official 
from  transmitting  Tennessee's  ratification  of  the  suffrage 
amendment  to  Secretary  Colby,  will  possibly  be  efficacious  in 
postponing  the  operation  of  the  amendment  until  after  elec- 
tion. The  principle  embodied  in  the  objection  of  the  "antis" 
that  the  State  Constitution  prohibits  the  ratification  of  an 
amendment  to  the  Federal  Constitution  by  the  State  Legisla- 
ture until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the  people  has  already 
been  raised  in  Ohio,  and  has  been  declared  invalid  by  the 
United  States  Supreme  Court.  But  court  action  is  notori- 
ously slow,  and  Election  Day  is  less  than  three  months  away. 
Meanwhile  the  outlook  for  ratification  in  any  other  State  is 


not  encouraging.  Alabama,  Georgia,  Mississippi,  South 
Carolina,  Virginia,  Maryland,  Delaware,  and  Louisiana — 
almost  the  solid  South — have  voted  against  the  measure. 
The  Governors  of  Vermont,  Connecticut,  and  Florida  have 
refused  to  call  special  sessions  of  their  Legislatures.  The 
amendment  has  been  tabled  in  North  Carolina  until  1921. 
Tennessee  was  about  the  last  hope  for  next  November,  and 
though  the  indomitable  suffrage  leaders  have  not  given  up, 
apparently  Tennessee  is  not  eager  for  the  honor  of  being  the 
thirty-sixth  and  deciding  State.  The  fight  that  began  in 
1848  with  the  calling  of  the  first  Woman's  Rights  Convention 
is  not  over  yet.  The  Suffragists  must  surely  have  learned 
patience  by  this  time,  though  in  striving  to  establish  in 
America  so  elementary  a  principle  of  democracy  as  political 
equality  irrespective  of  sex,  patience  can  no  longer  be  re- 
garded as  a  virtue,  but  as  a  shameful  necessity. 


AS  usual  the  public  is  left,  floundering  in  a  welter  »f  con- 
tradictory reports,  at  the  mercy  of  war  offices,  news 
agencies,  and  propaganda  bureaus  which  will  not  or  dare  not 
or  cannot  give  the  truth  about  Russia  and  Poland.  The 
Polish  war  office  at  Warsaw  has  been  driving  the  Russians 
back  all  along  the  front;  the  Soviet  mission  at  London  has 
been  driving  the  Poles  back  at  every  point;  the  military 
expert  attached  to  the  Soviet  Bureau  at  New  York  described 
last  week's  withdrawal  of  Russian  troops  from  Warsaw  as  a 
"strategic  retreat"  calculated  to  draw  the  Polish  forces  out 
from  the  defended  limits  of  the  city ;  and  where  in  all  this  is 
the  truth  to  be  found?  Is  the  routing  of  the  Reds  another 
vision  created  by  the  will  to  believe  that  dominates  the  minds 
of  the  statesmen  and  journalists  of  Europe?  Or  is  the  drive 
against  Warsaw  really  thwarted  and  the  fear  of  a  Red 
Poland  finally  dispelled?  ■  Only  the  passing  of  days  will  let 
us  hear  the  truth,  but  we  should  scrutinize  the  reports  with 
a  skeptical  eye.  Meanwhile  American  policy  seems  to  be 
hanging  on  the  tough  though  slender  thread  of  Mr.  Wilson's 
obstinacy.  If  Paul  Hanna  is  right  in  his  statement  in  the 
New  York  Call  that  the  recent  "Colby"  note  on  American 
policy  was  opposed  by  the  entire  staff  of  the  Department  of 
State,  including  Mr.  Colby  himself,  the  American  people  are 
being  committed  to  a  humiliating  and  shameful  policy  by  the 
unsupported  decision  of  an  irresponsible  autocrat. 

IT  is  necessary  for  the  official  propaganda  of  the  Allies 
to  demonstrate  that  the  present  plight  of  Poland  is  due 
to  a  deliberate  policy  of  assault  and  conquest  planned  long 
in  advance  by  the  Soviet  Government.  Thus  the  correspon- 
dent of  the  Associated  Press,  cabling  from  Warsaw  on 
July  22,  reported  that  "the  plans  of  the  Russian  Soviet 
Government  for  controlling  Poland's  population  in  connec- 
tion with  the  offensive  aimed  at  conquering  the  Polish  Re- 
public were  made  more  than  a  month  ago,  according  to 
Russian  newspapers  reaching  Warsaw  dated  June  11."  The 
correspondent  quoted  verbatim  from  the  official  Isvestia  of 
Moscow  for  June  11  the  text  of  detailed  instructions  to 
Soviet  officials  concerning  the  measures  which  they  were 
to  take  "against  the  entire  Polish  population     .     .     .     for 


230 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2878 


their  complete  extermination  as  a  nation."  This  dispatch 
was  printed  in  the  New  York  Sun  of  July  23  and,  no  doubt, 
in  many  other  newspapers,  and  must  have  contributed  pow- 
erfully to  confirm  countless  readers  in  their  conviction  of 
the  essential  wickedness  of  the  Bolsheviki.  It  was  excellent 
propaganda  in  support  of  the  official  version  of  the  Russian 
march  into  Poland,  combining  evidence  of  predatory  intent 
with  an  advance  story  of  atrocities  to  come.  It  had  the 
uncommon  merit,  moreover,  of  quoting  a  document  and  a 
date.  Unfortunately  for  the  story,  however,  the  Isvestia 
for  June  11  on  file  at  the  New  York  Library  does  not  contain 
the  document  quoted  in  the  dispatch. 

ACCORDING  to  Representative  Isaac  Siegel  of  New 
York,  chairman  of  the  Reapportionment  Committee  of 
the  House  of  Representatives,  the  Committee  intends  to  take 
up  at  the  next  session  of  Congress  the  question  of  reducing 
the  representation  in  the  House  of  those  States  in  which, 
in  violation  of  the  Federal  Constitution,  the  right  of  citizens 
to  vote  is  denied.  The  Fourteenth  Amendment  provides 
that  "when  the  right  to  vote  at  any  election  for  the  choice 
of  electors  for  President  and  Vice-President  of  the  United 
States,  Representatives  in  Congress,  the  executive  and  judi- 
cial officers  of  a  State,  or  the  members  of  the  Legislature 
thereof,  is  denied  to  any  of  the  male  members  of  such  State, 
being  twenty-one  years  of  age  and  citizens  of  the  United 
States,  or  in  any  way  abridged,  except  for  participation  in 
rebellion  or  other  crime,  the  basis  of  representation  therein 
shall  be  reduced  in  the  proportion  which  the  number  of  such 
male  citizens  shall  bear  to  the  whole  number  of  male  citizens 
twenty-one  years  of  age  in  such  State."  The  "basis  of  rep- 
resentation" is  the  number  of  persons  necessary,  under  the 
decennial  apportionment,  to  entitle  a  State  +o  a  Representa- 
tive. The  present  "Federal  ratio,"  as  it  is  commonly  called, 
based  upon  the  census  of  1910,  is  one  member  for  211,877 
of  population.  Since,  under  the  Fifteenth  Amendment, 
Negroes  as  such  cannot  be  disfranchised,  the  Southern 
States,  which  as  a  whole  do  not  allow  Negroes  to  vote,  have 
accomplished  their  practical  disfranchisement  by  imposing 
literacy  tests  which  disfranchise  great  numbers  of  whites 
also.  The  question  is  not,  accordingly,  solely  one  affecting 
the  Negro ;  it  involves  the  right  of  a  State  which  is  content 
to  allow  thousands  of  its  population  to  grow  up  illiterate  to 
enjoy  the  same  representation  in  Congress  which  is  accorded 
to  States  which  make  a  proper  provision  for  education.  What 
oligarchical  government  means  in  the  South  is  shown  by  the 
fact  that  whereas  one  person  in  four  votes  in  Indiana,  the 
proportion  in  the  South  as  a  whole  is  one  to  seventeen,  and 
in  South  Carolina  and  Mississippi  one  to  thirty.  Virginia, 
with  a  population  of  about  2,230,000,  cast  only  153,990  votes 
in  1916.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  Reapportionment  Com- 
mittee will  have  the  nerve  to  lay  the  situation  wide  open. 

IF  the  London  Times  is  right  in  its  understanding  regard- 
ing British  intentions  in  Egypt,  a  great  triumph  will 
have  been  scored  for  unflinching  loyalty  to  principle  and  a 
brave  reliance  upon  national  unity  rather  than  upon  violence. 
Throughout  the  war  Egypt  patiently  endured  the  British 
protectorate,  only  more  oppressive  than  the  previous  thirty- 
odd  years  of  British  occupation,  in  the  firm  faith  that  the 
winning  of  a  war  for  self-determination  would  automatically 
insure  the  self-determination  of  Egypt.  The  armistice 
brought  no  relief;  the  Peace  Conference  paid  no  attention 


to  the  pleas  of  the  Egyptian  national  delegation ;  the  military 
methods  of  the  British  occupation  took  on  all  the  aspects  of 
atrocity  that  make  forcible  subjection  invariably  a  horror. 
By  means  that  could  not  have  been  put  into  effect  without 
the  solid  support  of  the  population,  high  and  low,  by  a  boy- 
cott of  the  Milner  mission  and  a  steady  and  for  the  most 
part  peaceful  resistance  to  British  measures,  the  Egyptian 
nationalists  have  proved  their  unflinching  will  to  be  free. 
The  British  press  has  habitually  characterized  Egyptian 
nationalism  as  an  unreal  sentiment  fostered  and  exploited 
by  self-seeking  agitators  who  meant  little  that  they  said.  If 
the  report  published  in  the  London  Times  is  correct  and 
Egypt  is  to  be  granted  its  independence,  with  minor  restric- 
tions guarding  Britain's  "privileged  position"  in  the  valley 
of  the  Nile  and  in  the  Suez  Canal  zone,  the  Government  will 
have  vindicated  the  contentions  of  all  the  nationalists  and 
crowned  the  steady  labor  in  Europe  of  Said  Zagloul  Pasha, 
most  persjstent  and  outspoken  of  Egyptian  "agitators." 
British  honor,  too,  will  have  received  a  restorative  it  much 
needed,  and  one  of  the  most  outrageous  clauses  of  the  Treaty 
of  Versailles  will  have  preceded  the  other  outrageous  clauses 
of  the  treaty  into  the  diplomatic  discard. 

AS  a  government  employee,  public  opinion  and  the  head 
of  his  department  deny  the  postman  the  right  to 
strike.  But  this  is  not  enough;  Postmaster  General  Burle- 
son decrees  also  that  he  may  not  even  talk  about  his  trou- 
bles. Eleven  postal  clerks,  officers  of  the  Chicago  Post  Office 
Clerks'  Union,  have  been  threatened  with  dismissal  from  the 
service  on  a  charge  of  publishing  advertisements  in  the 
newspapers  appealing  to  the  public  for  aid  in  adjusting 
their  grievances  in  regard  to  wages  and  hours,  and  of  solicit- 
ing funds  for  these  advertisements.  Resolutions  were  passed 
by  the  postal  employees  at  a  mass  meeting  in  Chicago  on 
August  8,  protesting  against  such  action  and  asking  that 
Congress  create  a  Civil  Service  Court  of  Appeals  to  insure 
a  fair  hearing  in  cases  of  disputes  between  Civil  Service 
employees  and  department  executives.  It  seems  little  enough 
to  ask;  but  probably  Mr.  Burleson  will  consider  it  unwar- 
rantable impudence. 

IT  would  be  a  pure  waste  of  time  to  discuss  seriously  Mr. 
Lloyd  George's  latest  proposal  for  settling,  or  beginning 
to  settle,  the  Irish  question.  *  No  honest  person  believes  any 
longer  that  Mr.  Lloyd  George  really  means  anything  that  he 
says  on  any  subject,  or,  if  inadvertently  he  does  mean  it, 
that  he  may  not  be  saying  something  quite  the  opposite  a 
few  days  later.  That  he  does  not  expect  anything  important 
to  come  of  his  recent  deliverance  is  evident  enough  from 
the  fact  that  he  has  gone  off  to  Switzerland  for  a  holiday, 
instead  of  staying  at  home  as  he  should  and  working  for 
peace  in  Ireland  with  all  his  might  and  main.  The  only 
thing  the  overwhelming  majority  of  the  Irish  people  want — 
independence — he  is  opposed  to  giving  them  on  any  terms. 
The  only  thing  a  very  large  majority  of  the  Irish  people 
would  probably  accept — self-government  within  the  Empire 
akin  to  that  which  Canada  or  Australia  now  enjoys — he  can- 
not mention  without  besmearing  it  with  qualifications  and 
exceptions  and  sops  to  Carson  until  no  one  can  tell  what  it 
is  really  like.  Meantime  the  Mayor  of  Cork,  Mr.  Terence 
MacSweeney,  one  of  the  most  attractive  personalities  in  the 
whole  Sinn  Fein  contingent,  has  been  sentenced  to  prison 
for  two  years  for  constructive  treason  and  is  on  hunger 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


231 


strike ;  mails  are  being  rifled  of  their  official  contents  in  all 
parts  of  Ireland ;  the  boycott  of  Belfast  is  on ;  and  the  Royal 
Irish  Constabulary  are  amusing  themselves  and  helping  Sinn 
Fein  by  shooting  up  the  towns.  Everyone  will  hope  that  Mr. 
Lloyd  George  may  enjoy  his  vacation  and  come  back  a  better 
man.  He  may  rest  assured  that  Sinn  Fein  will  do  all  it  can 
during  his  absence  to  plant  the  fear  of  God  in  his  heart.  ' 

THE  voting  strength  of  the  United  States  in  the  League 
of  Nations  is  about  twelve  votes,  not  one,  we  are  told 
by  Mr.  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt,  Democratic  vice-presidential 
candidate,  who  is  reported  by  the  Associated  Press  as  de- 
claring in  Butte,  Montana,  that  President  Wilson  "put  one 
over"  on  Premier  Lloyd  George  because  the  United  States 
has  the  vote  of  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo,  Panama,  Cuba, 
and  Central  American  countries.  "Until  last  week,"  con- 
tinued Mr.  Roosevelt,  "I  had  two  of  them  myself,  and  now 
Secretary  Daniels  has  them.  You  know  I  had  something 
to  do  with  the  running  of  a  couple  of  little  republics.  The 
fact  is  that  I  wrote  Haiti's  constitution  myself,  and  if  I  do 
say  it,  I  think  it  is  a  pretty  good  constitution."  In  this 
jaunty  sally  we  have  the  first  public  admission  by  a  high 
administration  official  of  the  rape  of  Haiti  and  Santo  Do- 
mingo and  of  our  proprietorship  of  the  Central  American 
republics.  The  Nation's  recent  articles  by  Mr.  Herbert  J. 
Seligmann  on  Haiti  and  by  Mr.  Lewis  S.  Gannett  on  Santo 
Domingo  revealed  some  of  the  imperialism  that  has  been 
masqued  by  the  idealistic  Wilsonian  verbiage  and  a  real- 
istic naval  censorship.  In  the  current  issue  begins  a  series 
of  articles  by  Mr.  James  Weldon  Johnson,  a  veteran  in  the 
American  Consular  service,  which  bares  the  overthrow  of 
an  inoffensive  sister  republic.  So  President  Wilson  "put 
one  over  on  Lloyd  George"?  Well,  Mr.  Wilson  has  not  yet 
"put  over"  his  League  on  the  American  people,  although  he 
has  certainly  succeeded  in  "putting  over"  the  most  com- 
plete sabotage  of  our  ideals  and  traditions  that  this  republic 
has  suffered  in  one  hundred  and  forty-four  years  of  its 
national  existence. 

THE  mere  recital  of  the  known  facts  in  the  cases  of  Haiti 
and  Santo  Domingo  vs.  the  United  States  constitutes 
a  damning  indictment.  Every  principle  painstakingly  es- 
tablished by  the  makers  of  our  history,  which  has  given  us 
a  just  pride  and  thrill  to  call  American,  has  after  especial 
elaboration  and  sublimation  by  President  Wilson  himself 
been  scrapped,  making  American  pretensions  and  good  faith 
a  mockery  throughout  the  world.  Here,  at  least,  is  an  issue 
which  the  Republicans,  with  a  highly  creditable  record  of 
performance  in  Cuba,  could  make  their  own  during  the  cam- 
paign. Whether  they  will  do  it,  whether  their  own  skirts 
are  sufficiently  clear  of  the  financial  mire  to  which  the 
Caribbean  trail  leads,  remains  to  be  seen.  But  certainly 
there  could  be  no  more  effective  way  of  showing  up  the 
hollow  sham  embodied  in  the  Wilson  League — with  its  false 
promises  of  peace,  self-determination,  disarmament,  univer- 
sal justice — than  by  contrasting  Wilsonian  words  about  the 
promised  world  with  Wilsonian  deeds  in  a  small  section  of 
it.  Its  inhabitants,  says  the  President's  spokesman,  Mr. 
Roosevelt,  regard  Uncle  Sam  as  a  guardian  and  big  brother. 
Dr.  Dernburg  used  to  tell  how  happy  the  Belgians  were 
under  German  rule.  Lift  the  censorship,  Mr.  Roosevelt,  for 
transgressing  which  three  Dominicans  are  now  being  court- 
martialed,  and  you  will  find  that  you  have  caused  Uncle 
Sam  to  be  regarded  as  a  blackguard  and  a  bully. 


THE  probable  failure  of  the  Republicans  and  Democrats 
to  fuse  in  three  of  the  districts  which  sent  Socialists  to 
the  New  York  State  Legislature  last  year,  while  in  the  two 
remaining  districts — where  a  fusion  has  been  arranged — 
the  Socialist  candidates  were  elected  previously  in  spite  of 
a  combination  against  them,  makes  the  reelection  of  the  five 
ousted  members  almost  certain.  Already  the  Republican 
majority  is  laying  plans  to  exclude  them  from  the  special 
session,  which  is  only  being  called,  they  claim,  to  plague 
them  over  this  same  little  matter  of  unseating  Socialists. 
To  avoid  the  painful  necessity  of  a  trial  they  hope  to  be  able 
merely  to  ratify  the  action  of  the  previous  session  and  un- 
seat the  Socialists  by  resolution.  The  up-State  districts, 
according  to  the  solemn  pronouncement  of  Senator  Walters, 
majority  leader,  have  been  stirred  to  an  even  stronger  oppo- 
sition to  the  presence  of  the  Socialists  in  the  Assembly  by 
the  Polish-Russian  War.  Thus  have  world  events  swept 
aside  provincialism  in  State  politics!  The  whole  country 
should  keep  its  eyes  on  the  proceedings  in  New  York.  The 
issue  at  stake  is  not  the  mere  question  of  allowing  five  men 
to  perform  the  duties  of  the  office  to  which  they  have  been 
elected.  The  issue  goes  even  beyond  the  right  of  the  people 
to  be  represented  in  the  Legislature.  It  involves  the  very 
right  of  a  political  party  to  exist,  and  it  must  finally  be 
fought  out  on  that  ground.  If  the  Socialist  Party  is  abol- 
ished as  a  political  organization  in  New  York  State;  if  the 
people  of  those  districts  which  elect  Socialists  are  left, 
against  their  will,  unrepresented;  if  the  vote  is  no  longer  a 
valid  weapon,  what  is  to  be  the  result?  Let  us  admit  frankly 
that  the  result  will  be  direct  action.  With  complete  reliance 
on  the  most  cherished  traditions  of  American  history,  the 
disfranchised  inhabitants  of  the  unrepresented  districts  in 
New  York  can  act  on  the  theory  that  "taxation  without  rep- 
resentation is  tyranny,"  and  can  decline  to  pay  any  further 
State  taxes  until  the  free  use  of  the  ballot  is  restored  to 
them. 

WHETHER  the  fusion  against  radicalism  as  repre- 
sented by  Socialists  and  Nonpartisan  Leaguers  is 
carried  out  on  the  wide  scale  that  the  major  parties  have 
threatened  is  a  matter  of  small  importance.  The  interesting 
fact  is  the  smooth  and  perfect  amalgam  made  when  such 
fusion  takes  place.  Those  persons  who  are  guileless  enough 
to  be  lured  by  brazen  headlines  into  reading  the  utterances 
of  the  Democratic  and  Republican  candidates  for  the  presi- 
dency are  probably  also  guileless  enough  to  be  deceived  by 
the  stern  denunciation  of  the  opposing  party  which  each  of 
these  candidates  emits.  It  must  hurt  and  shock  such  per- 
sons when  the  two  parties,  theoretically  straining  at  each 
other's  throats  from  opposite  poles  of  principle  and  opinion, 
drown  their  boasted  differences  with  such  obvious  ease  in 
the  face  of  threatened  danger.  The  fact  is,  of  course,  that 
the  Republican  and  Democratic  parties  have  no  differences 
to  sink  except  in  choice  of  candidates;  and  when  fusion  is 
not  accomplished  it  is  because  of  this  one  real  stumbling 
block.  If  Socialists  or  Nonpartisan  candidates  win  in  the 
face  of  a  coalition  against  them,  they  have  won  twice  over, 
while  if  they  barely  lose  they  will  be  held  in  the  minds  of 
the  public  to  have  won  the  election  if  not  the  office.  By 
their  fusion  the  major  parties  admit  two  things :  the  empti- 
ness of  their  protestations  of  hostility  and  difference,  and 
the  strength  and  popularity  and  vigorous  difference  of  the 
party  they  seek  to  defeat. 


232 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


Take  Every  Empty  House  ! 


THE  Tenement  House  Commissioner  of  New  York  City, 
Mr.  Frank  Mann,  was  quoted  some  two  weeks  ago  as 
saying  that  the  shortage  of  residence  apartments  in  the 
city  aggregated  40,000.  Mayor  Hylan  was  reported  to 
have  said  that  the  figure  was  too  low  and  should  be  nearer 
100,000;  while  Mr.  Edward  P.  Doyle,  secretary  of  the 
Mayor's  Housing  Conference  Committee,  put  the  shortage 
at  160,000.  Chicago  real  estate  men  reported  in  June  that 
50,000  families  in  that  city  could  not  find  proper  living 
quarters,  that  stores  and  tumbledown  barracks  were  being 
converted  into  residences,  and  that  the  situation  was  grow- 
ing steadily  worse.  There  are  61,000  more  families  in 
Detroit  than  there  were  three  years  ago,  but  accommoda- 
tions for  only  28,196  families  have  been  built  in  that  time. 
Philadelphia  reports  a  housing  shortage  of  30,000.  Atlanta 
in  May  had  less  than  a  dozen  habitable  houses  to  meet  the 
demands  of  about  one  thousand  families  who  were  seeking 
homes,  while  hundreds  of  houseless  families  in  Fort  Worth 
were  living  in  tents  or  portable  cottages.  Similar  condi- 
tions are  reported  from  Washington,  Pittsburgh,  Denver, 
Kansas  City,  and  Los  Angeles. 

Everybody  knows  why  this  startling  state  of  things  has 
arisen  and  why  it  continues.  There  was  practically  no  build- 
ing for  residential  purposes  during  the  war,  save  for  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  temporary  construction  near  munition  fac- 
tories and  a  few  other  war  industries,  and  there  is  very 
little  building  now.  New  York  City,  which  needs  28,000 
new  apartments  annually  in  order  to  house  its  normal 
increase  of  population,  built  only  about  90  houses,  with 
2,171  apartments,  in  the  first  seven  months  of  the  present 
year.  In  the  same  period  1,964  apartments  were  converted 
to  non-residence  uses,  leaving  an  actual  gain  of  only  207 
apartments  for  the  largest  city  in  the  country.  According 
to  the  New  York  Times,  plans  for  one  apartment  house  and 
one  dwelling  were  filed  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan  in 
July,  as  against  plans  for  five  theaters,  115  garages,  and  3 
loft  buildings. 

Everybody  knows  not  only  that  there  is  no  building,  but 
why  there  is  no  building.  High  prices  of  land,  labor,  and 
material  in  the  cities  have  made  it  impossible  to  build  at  a 
profit  unless  the  owner  can  be  assured  of  a  high  rental; 
and  rentals,  thanks  in  part  to  scarcity,  in  part  to  the  high 
cost  of  building,  and  in  part  to  atrocious  profiteering  by 
landlords,  have  about  reached  the  limit  of  human  endurance. 
It  is  wellnigh  impossible  to  obtain  building  material,  for  the 
producing  industries  have  not  revived,  reserve  stocks  are 
small,  and  the  demoralization  of  the  railways  has  thrown 
freight  transportation  into  chaos.  The  railways  which  can- 
not move  coal  fast  enough  to  prevent  the  danger  of  an 
appalling  fuel  famine  next  winter,  or  which  cannot  get  their 
coal  cars  unloaded  at  tidewater  because  barges  or  other 
vessels  are  not  available,  are  in  no  position  to  handle  bulky 
building  material,  and  in  any  case  could  not  give  it  priority. 
To  all  this  have  been  added  widespread  disputes  between 
contractors  and  labor  unions  as  a  part  of  the  policy  of  the 
steel  producers  to  force  a  nation-wide  acceptance  of  the  open 
shop ;  with  the  result  that  contracts  have  been  canceled  and 
would-be  builders  are  waiting  for  "better  times." 

This,  in  brief,  is  the  situation.  What  does  it  mean  for  the 
people?     For  one  thing,  it  means  that  some  hundreds  of 


thousands  of  families  are  threatened  with  the  loss  of  the 
apartments  or  houses  which  they  now  occupy,  and  with  not 
even  a  remote  prospect  of  finding  any  others.  In  Pittsburgh 
and  Allegheny  County,  which  "move"  about  the  middle  of 
May,  from  50,000  to  75,000  persons  were  reported  as  under 
the  necessity  of  leaving  their  existing  quarters,  with  prac- 
tically no  houses  awaiting  occupants.  Many  were  moving 
because  the  houses  which  they  occupied  had  been  sold,  others 
because  they  could  hot  stand  an  increase  of  from  40  to  50 
per  cent  in  rents.  New  York  City,  which  has  some  4,000,000 
people  living  in  apartments,  moves  on  October  1.  Of  the 
3,000  moving-truck  concerns  in  the  city,  1,500,  it  is  an- 
nounced, will  do  no  family  moving  on  moving  day :  they  can- 
not be  assured  that  apartments  to  which  they  carry  goods 
'  will  be  vacant,  they  are  liable  to  damage  suits  if  they  leave 
goods  on  the  sidewalk  or  otherwise  unprotected,  and  storage 
warehouses  are  packed  to  the  roofs.  Meanwhile  the  press 
reports  that  city  marshals  in  the  Boroughs  of  Brooklyn  and 
Queens  are  making  from  $100  to  $500  a  day  for  serving 
dispossess  warrants,  which  are  being  issued  by  the  courts 
at  the  rate  of  from  500  to  1,000  per  day. 

All  this  spells  calamity.  A  population  without  homes 
means  not  only  inconvenience;  it  means  sickness  and  ex- 
posure and  suffering  for  men,  women,  and  children;  and  it 
may  mean  death.  Without  greater  forbearance  and  self- 
restraint  than  a  houseless  population  has  ever  yet  exhibited, 
it  also  means  riot,  disorder,  and  crime.  What  is  the  govern- 
ment doing  about  it?  Nothing  whatever  as  yet  that  can 
have  any  appreciable  effect  for  many  months  to  come.  Gov- 
ernor Smith  of  New  York  has  called  a  special  session  of 
the  Legislature.  Mayor  Hylan  of  New  York  City  has  ap- 
pointed a  Housing  Commission.  There  are  innumerable 
commissions  and  committees  elsewhere  that  are  considering 
the  problem.  All  this  is  admirable  and  praiseworthy,  but  it 
will  be  winter  before  any  remedial  legislation  can  possibly 
be  enacted,  and  it  will  be  spring  and  summer  and  next  fall 
before  the  houses  which  are  being  talked  about  will  be  ready 
for  occupancy.  Meantime,  the  country  is  short  a  million 
houses  or  apartments,  and  the  day  of  crisis  is  at  hand. 

There  is  one  thing  that  should  be  done  at  once  in  every 
large  city  in  which  the  housing  problem  is  acute.  That  is 
to  take  possession  of  every  unoccupied  house,  or  building,  or 
apartment  that  is  fit  or  that  can  be  made  fit  for  human 
habitation,  and  make  it  available  for  the  people  who  need 
homes.  There  are  hundreds  of  houses  in  every  large  city 
that  are  unoccupied.  Some  of  them  have  been  unoccupied 
for  years,  as  their  boarded  doors  and  windows  testify.  Some 
are  the  superfluous  houses  of  the  superfluous  rich ;  some  are 
the  town  houses  of  well-to-do  owners  who  pass  all  of  the 
year  in  the  country  or  abroad.  There  are  stores  and  shops 
and  lofts  which  are  vacant,  in  which  families  could  be 
housed.  In  a  crisis  such  as  now  confronts  us,  no  man  has 
a  moral  right  to  close  the  doors  of  a  building  which  he  does 
not  use ;  and  if  he  will  not  rent  at  a  fair  rate,  the  municipal 
government  should  not  hesitate  to  take  possession,  fix  a  fair 
rental,  and  let  the  people  in.  There  are,  in  addition,  houses 
which  are  unoccupied  because  they  no  longer  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  the  tenement  house  laws — from  21,000  to 
33,000  of  them,  it  is  reported,  in  New  York  City  alone.  Be- 
yond question,  many  of  these  could  be  made  habitable  at 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


233 


small  expense,  and  that  expense  the  city  should  assume  for 
the  time  being.  It  will  need  a  robust  Mayor  and  city  gov- 
ernment thus  to  take  the  law  into  their  own  hands ;  but  the 
people  would  support  them.  The  crisis  is  too  acute  and  too 
near  to  wait  for  slow  and  formal  processes.  The  emergency 
is  as  great,  and  calls  for  as  prompt  and  energetic  action,  as 
any  that  could  arise  out  of  a  war.  Let  every  empty  house 
be  opened  for  the  people  who  will  have  no  homes. 

The  New  War  Drive 

THE  drive  for  a  new  war  is  on.  Let  no  American  who 
believes  in  peace  or  loves  humanity  underestimate  the 
intention  or  the  strength  of  the  forces  that  have  been 
loosed  by  the  Wilson-Colby  note  to  the  Italian  Ambassador, 
announcing  the  Administration's  purpose  not  merely  to 
harass  but,  if  possible,  to  destroy  the  Russian  Government. 
The  note  was  precisely  what  a  powerful  element  of  sordid, 
selfish,  and  relentless  interests  in  this  country  had  been 
waiting  for,  and  a  pack  of  editors,  special  writers,  and 
opinion-makers  have  already  begun  to  bay  noisily  for  Ameri- 
can participation  in  a  new  international  holocaust.  We 
mentioned  last  week  the  assertion  of  a  military  critic 
that  our  war  with  Germany  would  be  fruitless  unless  fol- 
lowed by  another  against  Russia.  Now  comes  Dr.  Frank 
Crane,  who  ought  to  know  better,  and  declares  in  regard 
to  the  Russian  Government:  "Sooner  or  later,  unless  it 
falls  to  pieces  from  its  own  rottenness,  it  must  be  faced  and 
fought  by  the  civilized  nations.  We  can  keep  out  of  this 
row  no  more  than  we  could  keep  out  of  the  war  with  Ger- 
many." 

Now  it  may  be  said  that  this  is  mere  rhetoric;  that  the 
public  is  disillusioned  in  regard  to  European  conditions 
and  will  not  give,  either  of  money  or  men,  for  another  burnt 
offering  on  the  altar  of  big  business,  special  privilege,  and 
world  imperialism.  But,  after  our  experience  in  1917- 
1918  with  a  censorship  and  a  gigantic  government-directed 
propaganda,  nobody  knows  what  can  be  done.  For  three 
years  the  seed  has  been  planted  through  systematic  sup- 
pression and  misrepresentation  of  the  facts  in  regard  to  the 
most  interesting  political  experiment  of  modern  times.  The 
cartoonists  have  already  distorted  our  late  allies  into  hairy 
cave  men  and  apes,  and  hundreds  of  editors  are  ready  to 
prove  them  ten-fold  more  dangerous  and  inhuman  than  the 
Germans.  The  last  was  a  holy  war;  the  next  would  be  a 
holy  of  holies. 

Nor  must  it  be  forgotten  that  we  are  still  in  a  state  of 
war  and  Mr.  Wilson  can  of  his  own  volition  revive  the  old 
machinery  in  so  far  as  funds  permit.  "To  the  full  extent 
of  the  constitutional  power  confided  in  the  Executive  every 
measure  that  can  be  legally  taken  will  be  adopted  to  render 
effectual  the  position  of  this  country,"  said  Secretary  Colby 
to  a  Polish-American  delegation.  But  Mr.  Wilson  did  not 
let  his  "constitutional  power"  limit  him  unduly  in  his  last 
war,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  he  would  in 
another.  "The  attitude  of  this  Government  can  only  be  the 
attitude  of  its  people,"  Mr.  Colby  continued,  "and  you,  as 
American  citizens,  have  the  power  to  determine  the  trend 
and  the  weight  of  American  public  opinion."  Perhaps  so, 
now ;  but  public  opinion  is  easily  superseded  by  government- 
made  thought  and  national  hysteria. 

While  there  is  still  time,  therefore,  let  every  American 


who  loves  his  country  and  humanity  make  his  opposition 
as  plain  to  Mr.  Wilson  as  British  labor  has  made  its  atti- 
tude to  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  which  action  Mr.  Christensen, 
the  Farmer-Labor  Party's  candidate  for  President,  has 
well  described  as  "the  foundation  for  a  real  World  League 
of  Labor  by  setting  the  glorious  example  of  labor's  power 
to  veto  war."  Let  us  refuse  to  make  or  move  a  pound  of 
war  supplies  or  give  a  cent  of  money.  Let  us  rather  fill 
the  jails  from  Portland,  Maine,  to  Portland,  Oregon,  until 
their  doors  burst  from  overcrowding.  For  concurrence  in 
Mr.  Wilson's  latest  madness  would  not  merely  loose  the  dogs 
of  war;  it  would  unchain  the  jackals  that  would  devour 
mankind. 


A  New  England  Wayside 

THE  mind  disturbed  by  a  world  in  change  and  tumult 
should  seek  these  roads.  They  wind  gently  among  the 
hills  and  are  very  quiet.  Once  in  an  hour  you  meet  a  team 
or  a  harmless,  necessary  Ford,  and,  now  and  then,  you  pass 
a  farmhouse  hidden  among  maples  and  apple  trees.  But  if 
your  soul  is  wounded  by  the  search  for  an  absolute  that  does 
not  exist,  turn  your  eyes  to  the  roadside  itself  and  con- 
sider the  frail,  indomitable  flowers.  The  yarrow  is  every- 
where. Its  golden  centers  are  faint  among  the  tiny,  white 
petals  and,  closely  regarded,  this  tough  weed  is  a  thing  of 
beauty.  The  shy  bluebells  tremble  on  their  feathery  stems; 
the  buttercups  sway  and  flash.  Nearer  the  ground  the  heal- 
all  has  something  of  the  hieratic,  like  a  small,  winged  col- 
umn, and  puts  to  shame  the  lazy  pertness  of  the  black-eyed 
Susan.  Here  and  there,  as  the  road  grows  remoter,  you 
meet  the  slim  and  fiery  wood-lily  and  the  reserved  and 
delicate  blue  vervain.  Clusters  of  waxy  immortelles  show 
their  silvery  leaves,  and,  lifting  your  eyes,  you  see  the 
great,  velvety  flowers  of  the  sumac.  There  are  purple  asters 
and  innumerable  ferns;  the  fierce  thistle  has  a  crown-like, 
lilac  flower  and  already,  as  all  these  fade  and  even  the 
daisies  begin  to  look  a  little  ragged,  the  golden-rod  is  lift- 
ing the  glow  of  its  widespread  splendor. 

The  fading  of  these  wayside  flowers  has  in  it  nothing 
mournful.  Nor  does  it  pain  the  heart  to  see  the  plow  pass 
over  some  bank  which  they  once  crowded  with  their  many- 
colored  heads.  Summer  will  bring  them  back  here  or  a 
little  farther  on.  The  place  of  their  growing,  the  order  of 
their  grouping — these  are  but  negligible  and  passing  things. 
The  flowers  remain;  the  flowers  return.  There  is  a  loyalty 
and  steadfastness  in  life  itself  that  triumphs  over  chance 
and  change.  Some  of  the  flowers  are,  like  ourselves,  but 
immigrants  from  other  continents.  Yet,  like  ourselves,  they 
are  undaunted  by  that  great  transition  and  have  estab- 
lished here  their  enduring  home.  Space  irks  and  dimin- 
ishes them  as  little  as  time.  Within  the  framework  of 
nature  as  seen  by  man  they  are  eternal.  It  is  they  that 
might  easily  have  given  Plato  his  notion  of  archetypal  ideas 
in  an  intelligible  world,  even  as  they  gave  Wordsworth  the 
thoughts  that  lie  too  deep  for  tears.  The  lily  may  with- 
draw a  little  deeper  into  the  woods  or  the  bluebells  in  this 
meadow  appear  more  thickly  than  in  one  higher  up  the 
slopes.  Both  may  thrive  better  in  their  new  abodes.  Or, 
failing  that,  they  may  return  and  the  bluebell  quiver  once 
more  among  the  oats.  These  things  are  trivial  while  the 
flowers  remain. 


234 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


If  we  could  use  this  attitude  of  natural  faith  and  piety 
higher  in  the  scale  of  existence,  we  should  be  less  troubled 
and  far  less  absurd.  So  long  as  life  remains,  beautiful, 
multiform,  steadfast,  enduring — why  are  we  so  angry  and 
bloodthirsty  over  its  temporal  adjustments  and  transforma- 
tions? The  lilies  and  the  vervain  are  aristocrats.  They 
love  seclusion  and  aloofness.  But  the  yarrow  and  the  daisies 
are  innumerable  and  their  equal  groups  look  quite  like  com- 
munistic settlements.  Yet  these  habits  do  not  make  the 
petals  of  the  vervain  less  blue  or  the  leaves  of  the  yarrow 
less  aromatic.  The  essential  qualities  of  both  remain.  And 
it  is  these  essential  qualities,  which  we  accept  exactly  as 
they  are,  that  make  the  flowers  lovely  and  the  sight  of  them 
healing  to  the  mind.  We  do  not  chide  the  thistle  for  its 
thorns  nor  the  snapdragon  for  the  quaintness  of  its  blos- 
soms. Only  when  we  come  to  forms  of  life  far  more  beau- 
tiful, intricate,  and  venerable  do  we  argue  hotly  and  perse- 
cute because  they  will  not  conform  to  ideals  which  we  have 
made  up,  as  children  say,  out  of  our  own  heads.  We  need 
more  piety  toward  life  itself,  whose  beauty  and  whose  mean- 
ing transcend  both  decay  and  change. 


Catalogues  for  Reading 

NOT  all  the  romance  of  trade  lies  in  selling.  It  must  be 
fun  enough,  of  course,  to  make  a  fortune  out  of  stocks 
that  rise  on  the  Exchange ;  the  annals  of  small  business  are 
rarely  short  or  simple;  peddlers  are  proverbially  fascinat- 
ing; and  the  dispatching  of  cargoes  to  distant  coasts  is 
supreme  adventure.  Selling  is  well  enough.  But  there  is 
the  fun  of  buying,  too — and,  more  particularly,  there  is  the 
fun  of  looking  at  pictures  of  things  which  may  be  bought. 
There  is  the  customers'  catalogue,  with  its  cuts  and  specifi- 
cations and  prices.  Man's  imagination  being  what  it  is, 
merchants  suffer  no  disadvantage  when  the  people  whom 
they  address  live  continents  away.  Indeed,  they  had  better 
address  a  distant  audience,  if  they  can  do  so  with  pictures. 
It  is  a  rare  and  wantless  man  who  can  resist  the  image  of  a 
commodity  once  it  is  zinc-etched  or  steel-engraved  or  wood- 
cut. For  all  we  know,  the  Phoenicians,  those  earnest  traders 
of  a  long-gone  day,  may  have  circularized  the  shores  of  the 
Mediterranean  weeks  or  months  before  their  sails  flashed 
signal  from  the  dark  horizon  that  they  themselves  were 
coming. 

Who  can  calculate  the  importance  of  that  thick,  thumbed, 
biblically-printed  volume,  the  mail-order  catalogue,  in  Amer- 
ica's culture?  If  the  books  we  read  passionately  are  the 
books  that  control  us,  then  we  must  acknowledge  our  de- 
pendence on  Chicago,  miscellaneous  genie  and  magical  dis- 
tributor on  the  plains.  Her  catalogues  have  kept  no  one 
knows  how  many  farmer's  families  in  conversation  between 
supper  and  bedtime,  have  whiled  away  no  one  can  guess  how 
many  Sunday  afternoons  for  boys  and  girls  or  lonely  men  in 
shirt  sleeves  after  the  Sunday  paper.  In  the  bosom  of  the 
family,  around  the  lamp,  there  have  been  big  things  to  look 
at — buggies,  with  shafts  detached  and  pointing  towards  the 
top  of  the  page,  harness  for  noble  white  teams,  motorcycles, 
tractors,  brass  beds,  hall-trees,  front  gates,  mail  boxes, 
washing  machines,  fleece-lined  overcoats,  horizontal  engines 
— and  small  things  to  order:  screw  drivers,  can  openers, 
underwear,  overshoes,  writing  paper,  baking  powder,  and 
toothpicks.  There  have  been  hitches  in  the  correspondence, 
but   then   eventually   the  box   has   come,   and   the  buyers' 


province  of  fun  has  at  last  been  properly  and  fully  entered. 
Or  consider  those  other  unconscious  wonder-workers — 
auction  lists  of  foreign  fruits  received  in  port  and  an- 
nounced for  sale.  The  buyer  whose  business  sends  him  to 
wharf  or  salesroom  with  such  a  compendium  in  hand  is 
truly  enviable,  for  his  business  is  all  with  pictures,  and 
momentarily  he  is  a  child  again.  Trade  takes  on  undeniable 
romance ;  quaint,  ingenuous  symbols  make  the  world  at  once 
larger  and  smaller,  at  once  closer  and  farther  away.  A 
whiff  of  Italy  came  magically  along  the  other  day,  for  in- 
stance, in  a  tall,  gray  "Catalogue  of  Maiori  and  Sorrento 
Lemons,  Ex  Steamship  Canopic,  Landing  at  Pier  61,  North 
River,  to  be  sold  at  auction."  Inside  was  no  discussion  of 
anything — only  a  hundred  or  so  reproductions  of  trade 
marks  that  told  old-fashioned  tales.  The  "Salvatore"  lemon 
bore  a  lamb  and  a  hare  on  its  wrapper,  the  "Rosina  di  Cres- 
zenzo"  a  small,  smart  donkey,  the  "Dandy  Owl"  a  bird  in 
waistcoat  and  top  hat,  the  "Poodle  Dog"  a  poodle  with  pipe 
in  mouth,  cane  in  hand,  and  a  basket  of  lemons  on  his  back. 
There  were  fine  ladies,  of  course,  in  impossible  skirts  and 
hats;  there  were  Paul  and  Virginia;  there  was  Pan;  there 
were  lovers  in  the  rye ;  there  were  priests,  and  soldiers,  and 
saints,  and  Virgins;  there  was  Harlequin  crossing  his  legs 
and  standing  on  tiptoe;  there  was  an  ordinary  kind  of  kiss 
called  "Amore  Moderno";  and  there  was  a  short,  plump, 
gesturing  Uncle  Sam.  Who  says  that  trade  has  not  its 
glories,  too? 


The  Shop  Committee 

ONE  of  the  first  developments  in  the  United  States  in- 
volving the  principle  of  employee  representation  was 
that  called  the  "Rockefeller  Plan,"  adopted  by  the  Colorado 
Fuel  and  Iron  Company,  after  the  unsuccessful  strike  of 
miners  in  1913.  This  strike  was  a  bitter  and  bloody  one, 
but  the  company  was  not  ready  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of 
such  trouble  by  recognizing  organized  labor  and  seeking  its 
assistance  in  curbing  the  rule  of  local  managers.  It  there- 
fore installed  what  came  to  be  known  as  a  "company  union," 
that  is,  a  system  of  grievance  and  adjustment  committees 
elected  by  and  from  among  its  own  employees  alone,  without 
regard  to  their  union  affiliation.  The  leaders  of  the  unions 
thought  they  recognized  in  the  plan  a  design  to  forestall  the 
growth  of  organized  labor,  and  have  been  indefatigable  in 
pointing  out  its  defects.  To  them  any  new  "employee  rep- 
resentation" scheme  savors  of  oil,  and  automatically  arouses 
their  resistance. 

For  some  time  the  matter  rested  there,  but  during  the 
war  a  new  quarter  was  heard  from.  In  England  workmen 
could  not  negotiate  in  the  ordinary  way,  because  the 
national  officials  had  tied  their  hands  by  understandings 
with  the  Government,  and  the  Munitions  act  forbade  strikes. 
Furthermore,  the  workers  in  any  one  shop  found  it  difficult 
to  exert  a  unified  pressure,  because  they  were  likely  to 
belong  to  half  a  dozen  separate  craft  or  occupational  unions, 
each  with  a  highly  centralized  system  of  negotiation. 

Nevertheless,  each  of  these  unions  was  represented  in 
the  shop  by  a  "shop  steward" — sometimes  elected  by  the 
local  men,  sometimes  appointed  from  above.  His  duties  had 
been  largely  nominal — for  instance,  to  see  that  every  mem- 
ber of  his  union  in  the  shop  had  paid  his  dues.  Now,  how- 
ever, the  shop  stewards  stepped  in  to  fill  the  breach.    They 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


235 


formed  shop  committees  representing  the  various  crafts,  and 
began  to  negotiate  directly  with  individual  employers,  and 
to  call  strikes.  Unofficial  shop  stewards  were  elected  for 
this  purpose  in  many  localities.  The  practice  spread  and 
developed  into  a  "movement"  with  a  nebulous  philosophy. 
Among  the  ideas  of  its  adherents  were  the  old  ones  of  in- 
dustrial unionism  and  direct  action  in  the  form  of  general 
strikes,  coupled  with  the  new  ones  of  participating  in  the 
management  of  the  shop  and  workers'  control  in  the  in- 
dustry as  advocated  by  the  National  Guildsmen.  Here  was 
a  development  of  the  shop  committee  which,  though  it  was 
as  vehemently  condemned  by  the  officials  of  the  unions  as 
the  Rockefeller  plan,  arose  from  the  left  of  the  labor  move- 
ment rather  than  from  the  right  of  the  employers. 

Progressive  employers  and  industrial  engineers  saw  in 
this  new  movement  something  which  might  be  molded  to 
their  special  purposes.  They  were  interested,  not  in  con- 
tending with  unions,  but  in  increasing  productivity.  Ex- 
perience had  shown  that  the  rock  upon  which  many  attempts 
at  improved  management  had  foundered  was  the  indiffer- 
ence or  active  opposition  of  the  worker.  If  they  could 
interest  him  in  production,  even  at  the  cost  of  granting  him 
some  share  in  management,  so  much  the  better.  Further- 
more, they  preferred  dealing  with  the  representatives  of 
their  own  workmen  about  practical  problems  to  allowing 
discontent  to  simmer  until  they  were  forced  to  deal  with 
representatives  of  a  national  union  about  issues  which 
easily  became  converted  into  abstract  principles. 

It  was  in  this  form  that  the  shop  committee  movement 
came  back  to  our  shores  during  the  war.  The  National  War 
Labor  Board  and  the  United  States  Shipbuilding  Labor  Ad- 
justment Board  both  installed,  in  accordance  with  their  own 
models,  shop  committees  to  localize  disputes  and  deal  with 
questions  that  normally  arise  between  employer  and  em- 
ployee from  day  to  day.  In  some  cases  these  committees 
were  bodies  to  establish  piece  rates  by  joint  negotiation.  In 
all,  however,  they  were  created  with  the  consent  of  the 
unions,  and  had  no  jurisdiction  which  would  interfere  with 
that  of  the  national  union  officials.  During  the  war  shop 
committees,  each  representing  a  number  of  crafts  with 
separate  national  organizations,  were  installed  in  some  of 
the  arsenals  and  navy  yards,  in  ship  yards,  and  in  many 
munition  plants.  Here  the  movement  came  neither  from 
radical  workers  nor  conservative  employers,  but  from  ex- 
perts sincerely  interested  in  increased  production  and  in 
the  best  methods  of  labor  adjustment. 

Each  of  these  plans,  however,  had  results  not  anticipated 
by  its  founders.  The  company  union  as  a  substitute  for  na- 
tional unions  has  been  adopted  by  a  number  of  large  cor- 
porations during  the  last  two  years — notably  by  the  Mid- 
vale  Steel  and  Ordnance  Company,  the  Youngstown  Sheet 
and  Tube  Company,  the  Inland  Steel  Company,  and  the 
International  Harvester  Company.  In  many  of  these  cases, 
when  the  employer  had  no  dealings  with  a  powerful  na- 
tional union,  the  objections  urged  against  the  Rockefeller 
plan  by  labor  officials  proved  to  be  well  founded.  The  com- 
mittees were  not  really  representative  of  the  wishes  of  the 
men,  but  were  packed  with  petty  bosses  and  foremen.  They 
lacked  the  courage  or  the  independence  to  demand  major 
concessions  such  as  a  shortening  of  the  workday  or  a  gen- 
eral increase  in  pay.  The  superiority  of  an  independent 
union  organization  became  so  obvious  that  the  agitation 
for  it  was  carried  on  more  efficiently  by  the  company  union 
itself  than  it  could  have  been  by  a  dozen  walking  delegates. 


The  steel  strike  was  actually  strongest  in  many  of  the  plants 
which   had   installed  employee   representation. 

The  British  shop  steward  movement,  because  it  was  at 
odds  with  the  national  labor  organizations,  did  not  become 
effective  except  as  a  protest  against  extraordinary  condi- 
tions. Its  larger  ambitions  are  obliged  to  await  the  further 
trend  toward  industrial  unionism,  to  be  accomplished  by 
the  slow  process  of  amalgamation  and  federation  in  the 
"regular"  trade  union  movement. 

In  America,  many  of  the  unauthorized  strikes  have  arisen 
from  shop  committees  organized  merely  as  instruments  of 
local  adjustment  by  the  Government  or  by  employers.  Here 
the  British  conditions  which  gave  rise  to  the  shop  steward 
movement  were  in  effect  duplicated.  The  national  union 
officers  were  incapable,  for  one  reason  or  another,  of  secur- 
ing relief  to  offset  the  rapidly  rising  cost  of  living;  so  the 
rank  and  file  took  matters  in  their  own  hands,  regardless 
of  agreements,  and  naturally  turned  for  leaders  to  the  shop 
representatives.  The  inferences  to  be  drawn  from  these 
facts  seem  to  be: 

1.  Both  employers  and  employees  will  be  disappointed  in 
the  results  of  shop  committees  adopted  as  a  substitute  for, 
or  unconnected  with,  national  unions.  The  labor  movement 
as  a  whole,  however,  has  little  to  fear  from  them  in  the  long 
run. 

2.  The  simultaneous  existence  in  any  establishment  of 
the  shop  committee  and  the  conservative,  national  craft 
union  creates  an  unstable  equilibrium,  which  is  likely  to 
result  in  the  shelving  of  one  or  the  other. 

This  leads  to  a  question:  what  is  the  status  of  the  shop 
committee  connected  with  an  industrial  union  rather  than 
with  a  number  of  craft  unions?  We  may  find  one  answer 
in  the  clothing  industry.  Here  the  shop  form  of  organiza- 
tion was  natural,  because  there  were  an  extraordinary  num- 
ber of  employers  averaging  only  a  few  employees  apiece. 
And  the  successful  unions  have  been  industrial  in  form 
from  the  first — that  is,  they  included  all  crafts  and  all  shops 
of  the  main  clothing  trades.  Here  the  shop  committee,  in- 
stead of  an  element  of  weakness  to  the  national  union,  is 
one  of  its  main  sources  of  strength.  The  shop  chairman, 
who  is  a  union  official,  for  years  has  been  the  first  point 
at  which  adjustments  of  grievances  are  sought,  and  he  is 
a  recognized  part  of  the  conciliation  machinery  which 
reaches  above  him,  through  various  agencies,  to  the  "impar- 
tial chairman." 

The  final  conclusion  may  well  be,  therefore,  that  the 
proper  environment  for  the  shop  committee  is  an  intimate 
connection  with  a  national  industrial  union.  There  it  ex- 
ercises the  function  of  expressing  the  workers'  will  and 
aspirations  and  at  the  same  time  creates  the  possibility  of 
satisfying  the  engineer's  desire  for  better  organization  of 
production.  But  those  used  to  labor  negotiation  and  man- 
agement in  the  ordinary  sense  must,  in  dealing  with  a 
union  of  this  sort,  revise  some  of  their  practices.  They 
must  abandon  the  fixed,  long-term  trade  agreement  and 
accept  instead  a  continuous  machinery  of  adjustment,  flex- 
ible in  the  extreme.  They  must  be  prepared  really  to  enter- 
tain a  substantial  and  growing  share  of  control  over  pro- 
duction on  the  part  of  labor.  They  must,  in  other  words, 
admit  to  industry  a  vital  force  which  substitutes  for  the 
unorganized  and  restless  employee,  or  for  the  conservative 
union  protecting  him  in  a  negative  manner,  a  powerful  in- 
strument for  making  effective  his  normal  tendency  to  as- 
sume control  of  the  industrial  system. 


236 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


Self-Determining  Haiti 

I.     THE  AMERICAN  OCCUPATION 
By  JAMES  WELDON  JOHNSON 


TO  know  the  reasons  for  the  present  political  situation 
in  Haiti,  to  understand  why  the  United  States  landed 
and  has  for  five  years  maintained  military  forces  in  that 
country,  why  some  three  thousand  Haitian  men,  women,  and 
children  have  been  shot  down  by  American  rifles  and  ma- 
chine guns,  it  is  necessary,  among  other  things,  to  know 
that  the  National  City  Bank  of  New  York  is  very  much 
interested  in  Haiti.  It  is  necessary  to  know  that  the  Na- 
tional City  Bank  controls  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti  and 
is  the  depository  for  all  of  the  Haitian  national  funds  that 
are  being  collected  by  American  officials,  and  that  Mr.  R.  L. 
Farnham,  vice-president  of  the  National  City  Bank,  is  vir- 
tually the  representative  of  the  State  Department  in  matters 
relating  to  the  island  republic.  Most  Americans  have  the 
opinion — if  they  have  any  opinion  at  all  on  the  subject — 
that  the  United  States  was  forced,  on  purely  humane 
grounds,  to  intervene  in  the  black  republic  because  of  the 
tragic  coup  d'etat  which  resulted  in  the  overthrow  and  death 
of  President  Vilbrun  Guillaume  Sam  and  the  execution  of 
the  political  prisoners  confined  at  Port-au-Prince,  July  27- 
28,  1915;  and  that  this  government  has  been  compelled  to 
keep  a  military  force  in  Haiti  since  that  time  to  pacify  the 
country  and  maintain  order. 

The  fact  is  that  for  nearly  a  year  before  forcible  inter- 
vention on  the  part  of  the  United  States  this  government 
was  seeking  to  compel  Haiti  to  submit  to  "peaceable"  inter- 
vention. Toward  the  close  of  1914  the  United  States  noti- 
fied the  government  of  Haiti  that  it  was  disposed  to  recog- 
nize the  newly-elected  president,  Theodore  Davilmar,  as  soon 
as  a  Haitian  commission  would  sign  at  Washington  "satis- 
factory protocols"  relative  to  a  convention  with  the  United 
States  on  the  model  of  the  Dominican-American  Convention. 
On  December  15,  1914,  the  Haitian  government,  through 
its  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs,  replied :  "The  Government 
of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  would  consider  itself  lax  in  its  duty 
to  the  United  States  and  to  itself  if  it  allowed  the  least 
doubt  to  exist  of  its  irrevocable  intention  not  to  accept  any 
control  of  the  administration  of  Haitian  affairs  by  a  foreign 
Power."  On  December  19,  the  United  States,  through  its  le- 
gation at  Port-au-Prince,  replied,  that  in  expressing  its 
willingness  to  do  in  Haiti  what  had  been  done  in  Santo 
Domingo  it  "was  actuated  entirely  by  a  disinterested  desire 
to  give  assistance." 

Two  months  later,  the  Theodore  government  was  over- 
thrown by  a  revolution  and  Vilbrun  Guillaume  was  elected 
president.  Immediately  afterwards  there  arrived  at  Port- 
au-Prince  an  American  commission  from  Washington — the 
Ford  mission.  The  commissioners  were  received  at  the 
National  Palace  and  attempted  to  take  up  the  discussion  of 
the  convention  that  had  been  broken  off  in  December,  1914. 
However,  they  lacked  full  powers  and  no  negotiations  were 
entered  into.  After  several  days,  the  Ford  mission  sailed 
for  the  United  States.  But  soon  after,  in  May,  the  United 
States  sent  to  Haiti  Mr.  Paul  Fuller,  Jr.,  with  the  title 
Envoy  Extraordinary,  on  a  special  mission  to  apprise  the 
Haitian    government    that    the    Guillaume    administration 


would  not  be  recognized  by  the  American  government  unless 
Haiti  accepted  and  signed  the  project  of  a  convention  which 
he  was  authorized  to  present.  After  examining  the  pro- 
ject the  Haitian  government  submitted  to  the  American 
commission  a  counter-project,  formulating  the  conditions 
under  which  it  would  be  possible  to  accept  the  assistance  of 
the  United  States.  To  this  counter-project  Mr.  Fuller  pro- 
posed certain  modifications,  some  of  which  were  accepted  by 
the  Haitian  government.  On  June  5,  1915,  Mr.  Fuller  ac- 
knowledged the  receipt  of  the  Haitian  communication  re- 
garding these  modifications,  and  sailed  from  Port-au-Prince. 

Before  any  further  discussion  of  the  Fuller  project  be- 
tween the  two  governments,  political  incidents  in  Haiti  led 
rapidly  to  the  events  of  July  27  and  28.  On  July  27  Presi- 
dent Guillaume  fled  to  the  French  Legation,  and  on  the  same 
day  took  place  a  massacre  of  the  political  prisoners  in  the 
prison  at  Port-au-Prince.  On  the  morning  of  July  28  Presi- 
dent Guillaume  was  forcibly  taken  from  French  Legation 
and  killed.  On  the  afternoon  of  July  28  an  American  man- 
of-war  dropped  anchor  in  the  harbor  of  Port-au-Prince  and 
landed  American  forces.  It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that 
through  all  of  this  the  life  of  not  a  single  American  citizen ' 
had  been  taken  or  jeopardized. 

The  overthrow  of  Guillaume  and  its  attending  conse- 
quences did  not  constitute  the  cause  of  American  interven- 
tion in  Haiti,  but  merely  furnished  the  awaited  opportunity. 
Since  July  28,  1915,  American  military  forces  have  been  in 
control  of  Haiti.  These  forces  have  been  increased  until 
there  are  now  somewhere  near  three  thousand  Americans 
under  arms  in  the  republic.  From  the  very  first,  the  atti- 
tude of  the  Occupation  has  been  that  it  was  dealing  with  a 
conquered  territory.  Haitian  forces  were  disarmed,  mili- 
tary posts  and  barracks  were  occupied,  and  the  National 
Palace  was  taken  as  headquarters  for  the  Occupation.  After 
selecting  a  new  and  acceptable  president  for  the  country, 
steps  were  at  once  taken  to  compel  the  Haitian  government 
to  sign  a  convention  in  which  it  virtually  foreswore  its  inde- 
pendence. This  was  accomplished  by  September  16,  1915; 
and  although  the  terms  of  this  convention  provided  for  the 
administration  of  the  Haitian  customs  by  American  civilian 
officials,  all  the  principal  custom  houses  of  the  country  had 
been  seized  by  military  force  and  placed  in  charge  of  Ameri- 
can Marine  officers  before  the  end  of  August.  The  disposi- 
tion of  the  funds  collected  in  duties  from  the  time  of  the 
military  seizure  of  the  custom  houses  to  the  time  of  their 
administration  by  civilian  officials  is  still  a  question  concern- 
ing which  the  established  censorship  in  Haiti  allows  no  dis- 
cussion. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  the  wide  difference  between  the 
convention  which  Haiti  was  forced  to  sign  and  the  con- 
vention which  was  in  course  of  diplomatic  negotiation  at 
the  moment  of  intervention.  The  Fuller  convention  asked 
little  of  Haiti  and  gave  something,  the  Occupation  conven- 
tion demands  everything  of  Haiti  and  gives  nothing.  The 
Occupation  convention  is  really  the  same  convention  which 
the  Haitian  government  peremptorily  refused  to  discuss  in 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


237 


December,  1914,  except  that  in  addition  to  American  control 
of  Haitian  finances  it  also  provides  for  American  control  of 
the  Haitian  military  forces.  The  Fuller  convention  con- 
tained neither  of  these  provisions.  When  the  United  States 
found  itself  in  a  position  to  take  what  it  had  not  even  dared 
to  ask,  it  used  brute  force  and  took  it.  But  even  a  conven- 
tion which  practically  deprived  Haiti  of  its  independence 
was  found  not  wholly  adequate  for  the  accomplishment  of 
all  that  was  contemplated.  The  Haitian  constitution  still 
offered  some  embarrassments,  so  it  was  decided  that  Haiti 
must  have  a  new  constitution.  It  was  drafted  and  presented 
to  the  Haitian  assembly  for  adoption.  The  assembly  balked 
— chiefly  at  the  article  in  the  proposed  document  removing 
the  constitutional  disability  which  prevented  aliens  from 
owning  land  in  Haiti.  Haiti  had  long  considered  the  denial 
of  this  right  to  aliens  as  her  main  bulwark  against  over- 
whelming economic  exploitation;  and  it  must  be  admitted 
that  she  had  better  reasons  than  the  several  states  of  the 
United  States  that  have  similar  provisions. 

The  balking  of  the  assembly  resulted  in  its  being  dis- 
solved by  actual  military  force  and  the  locking  of  doors  of 
the  Chamber.  There  has  been  no  Haitian  legislative  body 
since.  The  desired  constitution  was  submitted  to  a  plebi- 
scite by  a  decree  of  the  President,  although  such  a  method 
of  constitutional  revision  was  clearly  unconstitutional.  Un- 
der the  circumstances  of  the  Occupation  the  plebiscite  was, 
of  course,  almost  unanimous  for  the  desired  change,  and  the 
new  constitution  was  promulgated  on  June  18,  1918.  Thus 
Haiti  was  given  a  new  constitution  by  a  flagrantly  unconsti- 
tutional method.  The  new  document  contains  several  funda- 
mental changes  and  includes  a  "Special  Article"  which  de- 
clares : 

All  the  acts  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States  during 
its  military  Occupation  in  Haiti  are  ratified  and  confirmed. 

No  Haitian  shall  be  liable  to  civil  or  criminal  prosecution  for 
any  act  done  by  order  of  the  Occupation  or  under  its  authority. 

The  acts  of  the  courts  martial  of  the  Occupation,  without, 
however,  infringing  on  the  right  to  pardon,  shall  not  be  subject 
to  revision. 

The  acts  of  the  Executive  Power  (the  President)  up  to  the 
promulgation  of  the  present  constitution  are  likewise  ratified 
and  confirmed. 

The  above  is  the  chronological  order  of  the  principal  steps 
by  which  the  independence  of  a  neighboring  republic  has 
been  taken  away,  the  people  placed  under  foreign  military 
domination  from  which  they  have  no  appeal,  and  exposed  to 
foreign  economic  exploitation  against  which  they  are  de- 
fenseless. All  of  this  has  been  done  in  the  name  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  States ;  however,  without  any  act 
by  Congress  and  without  any  knowledge  of  the  American 
people. 

The  law  by  which  Haiti  is  ruled  today  is  martial  law  dis- 
pensed by  Americans.  There  is  a  form  of  Haitian  civil  gov- 
ernment, but  it  is  entirely  dominated  by  the  military  Occu- 
pation. President  Dartiguenave,  bitterly  rebellious  at  heart 
as  is  every  good  Haitian,  confessed  to  me  the  power- 
lessness  of  himself  and  his  cabinet.  He  told  me  that  the 
American  authorities  give  no  heed  to  recommendations  made 
by  him  or  his  officers ;  that  they  would  not  even  discuss  mat- 
ters about  which  the  Haitian  officials  have  superior  knowl- 
edge. The  provisions  of  both  the  old  and  the  new  consti- 
tutions are  ignored  in  that  there  is  no  Haitian  legislative 
body,  and  there  has  been  none  since  the  dissolution  of  the 
assembly  in  April,  1916.     In  its  stead  there  is  a  Council  of 


State  composed  of  twenty-one  members  appointed  by  the 
president,  which  functions  effectively  only  when  carrying 
out  the  will  of  the  Occupation.  Indeed  the  Occupation  often 
overrides  the  civil  courts.  A  prisoner  brought  before  the 
proper  court,  exonerated,  and  discharged,  is,  nevertheless, 
frequently  held  by  the  military.  All  government  funds  are 
collected  by  the  Occupation  and  are  dispensed  at  its  will  and 
pleasure.  The  greater  part  of  these  funds  is  expended  for 
the  maintenance  of  the  military  forces.  There  is  the  strict- 
est censorship  of  the  press.  No  Haitian  newspaper  is  al- 
lowed to  publish  anything  in  criticism  of  the  Occupation  or 
the  Haitian  government.  Each  newspaper  in  Haiti  received 
an  order  to  that  effect  from  the  Occupation,  and  the  same 
order  carried  the  injunction  not  to  print  the  order.  Nothing 
that  might  reflect  upon  the  Occupation  administration  in 
Haiti  is  allowed  to  reach  the  newspapers  of  the  United 
States. 

The  Haitian  people  justly  complain  that  not  only  is  the 
convention  inimical  to  the  best  interests  of  their  country, 
but  that  the  convention,  such  as  it  is,  is  not  being  carried 
out  in  accordance  with  the  letter,  nor  in  accordance  with 
the  spirit  in  which  they  were  led  to  believe  it  would  be  car- 
ried out.  Except  one,  all  of  the  obligations  in  the  conven- 
tion which  the  United  States  undertakes  in  favor  of  Haiti 
are  contained  in  the  first  article  of  that  document,  the  other 
fourteen  articles  being  made  up  substantially  of  obligations 
to  the  United  States  assumed  by  Haiti.  But  nowhere  in 
those  fourteen  articles  is  there  anything  to  indicate  that 
Haiti  would  be  subjected  to  military  domination.  In  Article 
I  the  United  States  promises  to  "aid  the  Haitian  govern- 
ment in  the  proper  and  efficient  development  of  its  agricul- 
tural, mineral,  and  commercial  resources  and  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  finances  of  Haiti  on  a  firm  and  solid  basis." 
And  the  whole  convention  and,  especially,  the  protestations 
of  the  United  States  before  the  signing  of  the  instrument 
can  be  construed  only  to  mean  that  that  aid  would  be  ex- 
tended through  the  supervision  of  civilian  officials. 

The  one  promise  of  the  United  States  to  Haiti  not  con- 
tained in  the  first  article  of  the  convention  is  that  clause  of 
Article  XIV  which  says,  "and,  should  the  necessity  occur, 
the  United  States  will  lend  an  efficient  aid  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  Haitian  independence  and  the  maintenance  of  a  gov- 
ernment adequate  for  the  protection  of  life,  property,  and 
individual  liberty."  It  is  the  extreme  of  irony  that  this 
clause  which  the  Haitians  had  a  right  to  interpret  as  a 
guarantee  to  them  against  foreign  invasion  should  first  of 
all  be  invoked  against  the  Haitian  people  themselves,  and 
offer  the  only  peg  on  which  any  pretense  to  a  right  of  mili- 
tary domination  can  be  hung. 

There  are  several  distinct  forces — financial,  military, 
bureaucratic — at  work  in  Haiti  which,  tending  to  aggravate 
the  conditions  they  themselves  have  created,  are  largely 
self-perpetuating.  The  most  sinister  of  these,  the  financial 
engulfment  of  Haiti  by  the  National  City  Bank  of  New 
York,  already  alluded  to,  will  be  discussed  in  detail  in  a 
subsequent  article.  The  military  Occupation  has  made  and 
continues  to  make  military  Occupation  necessary.  The  jus- 
tification given  is  that  it  is  necessary  for  the  pacification  of 
the  country.  Pacification  would  never  have  been  necessary 
had  not  American  policies  been  filled  with  so  many  stupid 
and  brutal  blunders;  and  it  will  never  be  effective  so  long 
as  "pacification"  means  merely  the  hunting  of  ragged 
Haitians  in  the  hills  with  machine  guns. 

Then  there  is  the  force  which  the  several  hundred  Ameri- 


238 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


can  civilian  place-holders  constitute.  They  have  found  in 
Haiti  the  veritable  promised  land  of  "jobs  for  deserving 
democrats"  and  naturally  do  not  wish  to  see  the  present 
status  discontinued.  Most  of  these  deserving  democrats 
are  Southerners.  The  head  of  the  customs  service  of  Haiti 
was  a  clerk  of  one  of  the  parishes  of  Louisiana..  Second 
in  charge  of  the  customs  service  of  Haiti  is  a  man  who  was 
Deputy  Collector  of  Customs  at  Pascagoula,  Mississippi 
[population,  3,379,  1910  Census].  The  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  was  a  school  teacher  in  Louisiana — a 
State  which  has  not  good  schools  even  for  white  children; 
the  financial  advisor,  Mr.  Mcllhenny,  is  also  from  Louisiana. 

Many  of  the  Occupation  officers  are  in  the  same  category 
with  the  civilian  place-holders.  These  men  have  taken  their 
wives  and  families  to  Haiti.  Those  at  Port-au-Prince  live 
in  beautiful  villas.  Families  that  could  not  keep  a  hired  girl 
in  the  United  States  have  a  half-dozen  servants.  They  ride 
in  automobiles — not  their  own.  Every  American  head  of  a 
department  in  Haiti  has  an  automobile  furnished  at  the 
expense  of  the  Haitian  Government,  whereas  members  of 
the  Haitian  cabinet,  who  are  theoretically  above  them,  have 
no  "such  convenience  or  luxury.  While  I  was  there,  the 
President  himself  was  obliged  to  borrow  an  automobile  from 
the  Occupation  for  a  trip  through  the  interior.  The 
Louisiana  school-teacher  Superintendent  of  Instruction  has 
an  automobile  furnished  at  government  expense,  whereas 
the  Haitian  Minister  of  Public  Instruction,  his  supposed  su- 
perior officer,  has  none.  These  automobiles  seem  to  be 
chiefly  employed  in  giving  the  women  and  children  an  airing 
each  afternoon.  It  must  be  amusing,  when  it  is  not  madden- 
ing to  the  Haitians,  to  see  with  what  disdainful  air  these 
people  look  upon  them  as  they  ride  by. 

The  platform  adopted  by  the  Democratic  party  at  San 
Francisco  said  of  the  Wilson  policy  in  Mexico : 

The  Administration,  remembering  always  that  Mexico  is  an 
independent  nation  and  that  permanent  stability  in  her  govern- 
ment and  her  institutions  could  come  only  from  the  consent  of 
her  own  people  to  a  government  of  her  own  making,  has  been 
unwilling  either  to  profit  by  the  misfortunes  of  the  people  of 
Mexico  or  to  enfeeble  their  future  by  imposing  from  the  outside 
a  rule  upon  their  temporarily  distracted  councils. 

Haiti  has  never  been  so  distracted  in  its  councils  as 
Mexico.  And  even  in  its  moments  of  greatest  distraction  it 
never  slaughtered  an  American  citizen,  it  never  molested  an 
American  woman,  it  never  injured  a  dollar's  worth  of 
American  property.  And  yet,  the  Administration  whose 
lofty  purpose  was  proclaimed  as  above — with  less  justifica- 
tion than  Austria's  invasion  of  Serbia,  or  Germany's  rape 
of  Belgium,  without  warrant  other  than  the-  doctrine  that 
"might  makes  right,"  has  conquered  Haiti.  It  has  done  this 
through  the  very  period  when,  in  the  words  of  its  chief 
spokesman,  our  sons  were  laying  down  their  lives  overseas 
"for  democracy,  for  the  rights  of  those  who  submit  to  au- 
thority to  have  a  voice  in  their  own  government,  for  the 
rights  and  liberties  of  small  nations."  By  command  of  the 
author  of  "pitiless  publicity"  and  originator  of  "open 
covenants  openly  arrived  at,"  it  has  enforced  by  the  bayonet 
a  covenant  whose  secret  has  been  well  guarded  by  a  rigid 
censorship  from  the  American  nation,  and  kept  a  people 
enslaved  by  the  military  tyranny  which  it  was  his  avowed 
purpose  to  destroy  throughout  the  world. 

The  second  article  of  the  series  by  James  Weldon  Johnson, 
What  the  United  States  Has  Accomplished  in  Haiti,  will 
appear  in  the  next  issue,  dated  September  4- 


The  Soviet   Domestic    Program 

By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 

Moscow,  July  7 

WHAT  part  of  the  soviet  program  has  then  been 
carried  out?  Despite  the  pressure  of  war,  I  should 
say  on  the  whole,  that  the  greater  part  of  its  socialist  pro- 
gram has  been  at  any  rate  sketched  in.  And  remember, 
in  this  connection,  that  the  marvel  remains  for  all  of  us 
that  even  this  "blocking  in"  has  been  accomplished  with 
civil  war  and  several  foreign  wars  and  a  deadly  blockade 
to  occupy  public  attention.  The  middle  class  has  been  pretty 
well  abolished — at  least  the  old  middle  and  upper  classes. 
A  true  democracy  of  material  condition,  even  if  it  is  one  of 
poverty,  has  been  enforced.  There  are  no  great  differences 
in  dress  or  standards  of  living.  Everybody  is  always  more 
or  less  shabby;  everybody  always  more  or  less  hungry. 
Chicherin  wears  a  baggy  old  suit,  mercifully  of  a  neutral 
snuff  color;  but  some  of  the  clerks  in  the  Foreign  Office  far 
outshine  their  chief  in  their  appearance.  As  to  the  de- 
mocracy of  food,  that  strikes  me  a  bit  nearer  the  belt-line. 
But  if  commissars  can  survive  on  a  mess  of  soggy  macaroni, 
we  visitors,  who  get  a  much  better  pyok,  should  manage 
to  do  likewise.  I  think  this  matter  of  a  common  standard 
of  living  is  not  to  be  exaggerated.  It  makes  for  true 
brotherhood.  And  there  exists  here  a  real  contempt  for 
those  who  lay  such  a  terrific  emphasis  on  externals. 

One  hears,  of  course,  everywhere  of  the  establishment 
of  a  new  middle  class — that  of  the  soviet  officials.  There 
are  said  to  be  more  than  400,000  of  them  in  the  country. 
Some  of  them  may  be  seen,  truly,  going  off  to  the  country 
over  Sunday,  or  riding  about  in  rather  shabby  cabs  drawn 
by  soviet  horses.  On  the  other  hand,  as  far  as  wealth  and 
luxury  go  among  the  higher  officials,  I  can  honestly  say 
that  I  have  as  yet  seen  none  of  it,  and  I  have  visited  in  the 
homes  of  some  of  them.  Naturally,  with  ability  and  wil- 
lingness to  accomplish  things,  comes  authority  in  the  com- 
munity. That  kind  of  a  bourgeoisie  is  gradually  being 
formed.  How  any  state  is  to  escape  such  a  governing  class, 
based  on  hard  work,  I  find  it  difficult  to  see. 

In  the  matter  of  nationalization,  the  revolutionary  gov- 
ernment has  been  fairly  successful.  Practically  all  the 
factories,  transportation  systems,  food-getting,  and  food- 
producing  systems,  the  health  protection  and  educational 
systems  have  been  taken  over  by  the  state.  It  does  not 
change  the  fact  to  say  that  most  of  these  systems  at  the 
present  time  are  functioning  inadequately,  and  that  the 
food-distributing  system  is  being  supplemented  by  "bag- 
men," or  Mishoshchnik,  and  petty  speculators.  I  think  these 
things  will  only  be  temporary,  and  will  be  improved  as  the 
government  machinery  is  perfected  when  the  pressure  of 
war  is  over.  Certainly  in  some  directions,  especially  in 
the  matter  of  health  protection  for  mothers,  infants,  and 
children,  and  in  the  matter  of  education,  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment has  gone  far  beyond  all  possible  expectations. 

Extreme  centralization  may  account  for  a  good  deal  of 
inefficiency.  At  any  rate  one  hears  that  complaint  on  all 
sides,  from  the  anarchists,  the  social-revolutionaries,  both 
left  and  right,  and  the  Mensheviks  and  bourgeois.  Doubt- 
less the  tendency  has  been  fostered  by  circumstance  rather 
than  by  conscious  will.  During  1917  and  the  beginning  of 
1918  the  great  drop  in  the  productivity  of  Russian  factories 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


239 


occurred,  and  gradual  disintegration  of  all  industry  was 
threatened.  Only  a  strong  central  power  has  been  able  or 
could  have  been  able  to  pull  Russia's  economic  life  together 
once  more.  Unity  of  management,  government  by  single 
men  as  heads  of  great  departments,  was  the  outcome  of 
necessity.  Sverdlov,  Vice-Commissar  of  transport,  inti- 
mated as  much  to  me  when  I  spoke  to  him  on  the  trip  we 
made  down  the  Volga.  Perhaps  the  present  government 
has  gone  too  far  in  the  subordination  of  collateral  and  semi- 
independent  institutions,  the  trade  unions  and  the  co- 
operatives, to  the  central  authority.  Also  it  must  be  ad- 
mitted that  the  soviet  system,  whatever  it  may  appear  to 
be  formally,  is  not  nearly  so  democratic  in  the  manner  of 
its  election  as  our  Congress — although  I  far  prefer  the 
present  Central  Executive  Committee  of  the  Soviets,  how- 
ever procured,  to  our  conglomeration  of  right  honorables 
in  Washington.  But  again,  the  answer  must  be  the  same. 
Necessity,  danger  to  the  very  existence  of  the  state,  have 
forced  the  Russians  to  create  this  dictatorship. 

To  sum  up,  I  believe  that  with  the  destruction  of  classes 
and  of  capital,  with  the  creation  of  a  democratic  and  almost 
universal  standard  of  living,  with  the  formation  of  a  real 
"serving"  bureaucracy  and  the  nationalization  of  industry, 
a  practical  beginning  at  "socialization"  has  been  made. 

Perhaps  the  one  great  failure  in  that  regard  has  been 
the  peasant.  I  have  spent  about  a  week  in  the  country, 
travelling  down  the  Volga  River,  and  have  had  consid- 
erable opportunity  to  speak  with  the  country  people.  The 
peasant  has  not  as  yet  been  brought  into  the  socialist  scheme 
of  things.  He  has  received  land,  and  in  so  far  as  he  has 
received  land,  and  in  some  cases  the  implements  to  work 
it  with,  he  supports  the  government.  But  whatever  Mos- 
cow may  say  about  the  ownership  of  the  land,  the  peasant 
believes  that  it  belongs  to  him.  With  the  exception  of  a  few 
experimental  farms,  no  real  attempt  at  communal  agricul- 
ture has  been  made.  The  peasant  is  better  off  than  he  ever 
was  before;  he  eats  better  and  enjoys  his  local  soviet.  He 
wails  horribly  because  the  government  comes  down  on  him 
and  levies  for  the  benefit  of  the  cities.  The  Russian  peasant, 
as  does  the  peasant  everywhere  throughout  Europe,  feels 
the  city  man  to  be  his  enemy,  an  enemy  who  takes  but  does 
not  give  anything  in  return.  If  he  could  get  manufactured 
articles,  ploughs,  shoes,  clothes,  he  says  he  would  gladly 
give  to  the  city  folk.  As  things  are  now,  he  goes  to  town 
and  has  to  trot  from  bureau  to  bureau  to  get  a  nail  for 
which  he  must  give  a  speculator  price,  while  he  himself  only 
gets  fixed  rates  of  payment  for  his  produce.  He  says  he 
wants  a  "serious"  government,  one  which  can  supply  his 
needs.  Meanwhile,  the  government  takes  little  heed  of  his 
plaints,  sends  officials  to  his  village  and  takes  a  goodly  share 
of  his  surplus.  Sometimes  these  officials  come  at  inconven- 
ient seasons,  or  take  more  than  they  should ;  and  sometimes 
they  meet  with  resistance,  whereupon  bloodshed  ensues. 
But  on  the  whole  the  Russian  peasant  in  the  districts  I 
visited  is  doing  very  well.  There  seem  to  be  some  gubier- 
nias,  especially  in  the  North,  where  not  enough  wheat  is 
produced.  Here  perhaps  the  situation  is  less  favorable. 
But  in  a  village  of  5,000,  such  as  I  saw  in  the  Samara 
gubiernia,  where  there  were  seven  thousand  head  of  cattle, 
besides  horses  and  goats,  and  where  each  family  had  about 
fifteen  dessiatines  of  land,  to  speak  of  hardship  would  be  a 
bit  ludicrous.  I  must  say  that  Russia  is  the  only  country 
in  Europe  just  now  where  the  city  man  has  the  whip  hand 
over  the  peasant — where  the  peasant  is  taxed  to  keep  the 


city  man  alive  until  the  latter  can  commence  to  produce 
again  in  a  normal  manner. 

The  fact  remains,  however,  that  no  real  attempt  to  social- 
ize the  land  has  as  yet  been  made.  In  certain  directions, 
by  means  of  its  power  to  monopolize  peasant-manufactured 
supplies,  the  government  can  force  the  peasant  to  work  in 
a  more  communal  manner.  But  if  farms  were  to  be  worked 
by  great  labor-saving  machines  in  the  western  manner,  the 
enormous  population  that  now  finds  occupation  on  the  land 
would  be  displaced.  Until  industrial  work  for  this  surplus 
can  be  found,  it  is  quite  useless  to  talk  of  introducing  more 
socialistic  methods  of  agriculture.  In  the  meantime  the 
Russian  socialistic  state  must  be  considered  as  having  been 
imposed  on  a  small-bourgeois  farming  class.  And  in  pass- 
ing, it  may  as  well  be  said  that  the  wedge  which  Lenin 
tried  to  drive  into  the  solid  rural  community  by  his  dis- 
tinction between  the  rich,  and  middle,  and  poor  peasants 
has  rather  failed  of  its  objective.  I  was  in  several  com- 
munities where  the  middle  peasant  seemed  to  be  the  pre- 
vailing type,  and  the  Kulak  was  still  tolerated.  At  any 
rate,  the  destruction  of  the  Kulak  and  middle  peasant  would 
only  create  a  more  numerous,  homogeneous  class  of  small 
peasants. 

Much  more  to  the  point  is  the  Soviet  Government's  policy 
of  drawing  the  farmers  closer  to  the  city  by  giving  them 
what  manufactured  articles  are  available — very  little  to  be 
sure — by  improving  health  conditions,  by  awakening  the 
cultural  life  with  theatres,  music,  education,  and  so  forth. 
I  have  seen  towns  where  they  had  put  in  electric  light, 
where  they  had  a  moving  picture  theatre,  reading  rooms, 
a  library,  adult  schools.  My  friend  Buxton  was  in  another 
village  where  there  was  a  theatre  and  a  theatrical  com- 
pany consisting  of  villagers,  but  stimulated  by  teachers 
sent  from  the  city.  Again  the  cursed  war  interferes  with 
all  advances  in  this  direction.  The  war  is  a  hideous  blank 
wall  against  which,  at  the  present  moment,  everything  in 
Russia  that  is  precious  dashes  itself  to  bits. 

I  hear  all  the  reactionary  "I  told  you  so's"  reechoing  in 
America.  But  here  one  is  quite  frank  in  this  matter.  It 
is  a  question  of  life  and  death  for  the  advanced  proletariat 
of  the  cities  to  keep  control  of  Russia's  economic  life.  The 
peasants  have  their  due,  in  perhaps  greater  proportion 
than  the  city  folk,  as  far  as  creature  comforts  are  concerned. 
But  they  shall  not  kill  the  social  revolution,  nor  be  the 
means  by  which  Russia  will  relapse  into  capitalism  so  that 
the  long  and  painful  struggle  upward  to  socialism  will  have 
to  be  gone  through  with  again.  The  leaders  intend  to  keep, 
for  the  industrial  life  of  Russia  that  is  to  be  developed  in 
the  next  fifty  years,  the  heights  already  won.  Until  the 
peasant  becomes  socialized  voluntarily,  he  will  remain  a 
sort  of  neutral  outsider,  while  the  city  man  works  out  the 
destiny  of  the  world. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

James  Weldon  Johnson  has  been  United  States  Consul 

in  Venezuela,  Nicaragua,  and  the  Azores. 
James  Carty  is  a  nineteen-year-old  student  at  the  School 

of   Economics   in  the   Dublin  College   of  the   National 

University. 
Swinburne  Hale  is  one  of  the  twelve  lawyers  who  issued 

the  pamphlet  on  The  Illegal   Practices  of  the  United 

States  Department  of  Justice. 


240 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


The  Farmer  Butts  Back 


By  ARTHUR  WARNER 


Bismarck,  North  Dakota 

IN  the  States  of  the  Northwest  one  sees  buttons  in  coat 
lapel*  and  danglers  on  watch  chains  which  bear  the 
figure  of  a  tired,  abused,  and  rebellious  goat.  Beside  the 
animal  is  the  inscription:  "The  Goat  That  Can't  Be  Got." 
It  is  the  unofficial  emblem  of  the  National  Nonpartisan 
League.  "A  goat  is  an  animal  that  works  with  his  head 
when  attacked,"  Governor  Frazier  of  North  Dakota  is  re- 
puted to  have  said  in  explanation  of  the  device.  "That's 
why  the  Nonpartisan  League  adopted  this  animal  as  its 
emblem." 

For  a  long  time  the  American  farmer  has  been  a  goat — 
at  last  he  is  beginning  to  butt  back.  In  North  Dakota  he 
has  perfected  a  butting  technique  that  has  dislodged  the  two 
old  political  parties  and  installed  a  farmer  administration 
in  the  capital  at  Bismarck.  The  farmer's  problems  vary  in 
different  States,  but  in  North  Dakota  he  has  suffered  in  the 
past  particularly  from  the  elevator  companies  that  have 
underpaid  him  for  his  wheat  and  from  the  banks  that  have 
charged  him  from  eight  to  nine  per  cent  when  he  needed 
money — and  that  in  a  day  when  other  business  men  could 
borrow  at  six  per  cent.  Farmer  delegations  went  to  Bis- 
marck repeatedly  to  ask  for  relief  but  got  only  promises, 
if  that.  On  one  occasion  a  former  Governor  said  to  a  group 
of  them:  "You  go  home  and  slop  the  hogs,  and  let  us  run 
the  government."  "We'll  go  home  and  slop  the  hogs  all 
right,"  answered  one  of  the  farmers,  "but  when  we  get 
through  you  won't  be  here." 

The  reply  was  prophetic.  Organization  of  the  Nonparti- 
san League  was  begun  in  1915,  in  1916  it  elected  its  candi- 
date for  Governor,  and  in  1918  it  came  into  control  also  of 
the  State  Legislature.  Whatever  the  leaders  may  have  had 
in  mind,  it  is  doubtful  if  any  considerable  percentage  of  the 
membership  of  the  Nonpartisan  League  had  state  socialism 
as  their  goal  in  the  early  days.  The  movement  had  grown 
in  part  out  of  the  oMer  American  Society  of  Equity,  and 
probably  the  idea  uppermost  was  a  development  of  farmer 
cooperation,  protected  and  facilitated  by  the  powers  of  the 
State.  It  appeared  fairly  soon,  however,  that  North  Dakota 
had  too  scattered  a  population  and  too  scanty  resources  for 
such  a  development.  The  farmers  turned  inevitably  to 
their  State  government  as  the  only  machinery  sufficiently 
powerful  and  comprehensive  to  secure  results. 

But  although  state  socialism  has  developed  in  North  Da- 
kota as  a  working  method  rather  than  as  a  political  theory, 
it  is  a  fact  that  the  early  leaders  of  the  Nonpartisan  League 
came  out  of  the  Socialist  Party.  Townley,  for  instance,  had 
been  State  organizer  for  the  Socialist  Party  in  North  Da- 
kota. Partly  because  of  this,  and  partly  because  the  new 
movement  was  seen  to  strike  definitely  against  economic 
privilege,  opposition  has  gone  to  extreme  lengths  and 
aroused  a  bitterness  manifested  against  few  other  political 
movements  in  recent  years.  "Bolshevist,"  "I.  W.  W.,"  and 
"Free  Lover"  are  among  the  descriptive  terms  applied.  The 
League,  moreover,  has  made  a  definite  social  cleavage  as 
well  as  a  political  division.  Members  of  the  new  movement 
are  generally  ostracized  by  the  "society"  of  the  cities.  In 
Bismarck  the  Nonpartisan  League  has  one  hotel — the  best, 


fortunately — while  the  opposition  has  another.  Feeling  runs 
so  high  that  the  newsstand  in  the  League  hotel  does  not  sell 
the  only  daily  paper  printed  in  Bismarck  because  it  is  a 
supporter  of  what  Leaguers  call  the  Poison  Ivas — the  Inde- 
pendent Voters'  Association,  which  is  fighting  the  Nonparti- 
sans for  the  control  of  the  Republican  machinery.  Indeed, 
this  social  war  on  League  members  is  thought  to  be  one 
reason  why  several  men  elected  to  office  by  the  farmers  in 
1918  later  turned  against  them.  The  case  is  cited  of  one  in 
particular  who  married  an  Eastern  girl  after  his  selection 
for  office.  Her  natural  surprise  and  mortification  at  finding 
herself  snubbed  by  Bismarck  "society"  is  thought  to  have 
been  an  influence  in  turning  her  husband  against  the 
League. 

Of  course  this  very  bitterness  against  the  League  has 
developed  among  those  that  stick  by  it  a  genuinely  religious 
fervor.  No  other  political  organization  in  the  world,  it  is 
safe  to  say,  has  a  membership  of  200,000  persons  the  regu- 
lar dues  of  whom  are  $18  apiece  per  year;  while  at  a  recent 
meeting  to  raise  campaign  funds  200  out  of  1,000  farmers 
present  pledged  $100  each.  It  is  not  surprising  that  a 
movement  that  means  so  much  to  its  adherents  has  in  five 
years  permeated  twelve  States,  having  a  powerful  organiza- 
tion in  the  two  Dakotas  and  Minnesota;  a  substantial  mem- 
bership in  Nebraska,  Wisconsin,  Colorado,  Montana,  Wash- 
ington, and  Idaho;  and  a  good  start  in  Kansas,  Texas,  and' 
Oklahoma.  It  oontrols  the  State  administration  of  North 
Dakota,  and,  according  to  recent  figures,  had  a  total  of  221 
representatives  in  the  legislatures  of  the  two  Dakotas,  Min- 
nesota, Montana,  and  Idaho. 

It  is  not  to  be  denied  that  the  Nonpartisan  League  is  a 
class  movement,  since  its  membership  is  limited  to  persons 
who  make  their  living  by  farming.  It  has  raised  a  direct 
issue  between  town  and  country,  and  it  is  not  surprising 
that  the  urban  population,  finding  itself  excluded  from  the 
League,  should  generally  oppose  the  organization  on  the  sup- 
position, right  or  wrong,  that  the  Nonpartisans  will  use  po- 
litical power,  where  acquired,  to  benefit  the  farmer  at  the 
expense  of  the  city  dweller.  This  aspect  is  one  of  the  great- 
est weaknesses  of  the  League,  as  it  appears  to  an  outsider, 
and  there  is,  at  this  moment,  a  plan  under  discussion  for 
taking  sympathetic  townsmen  into  the  organization.  The 
difficulties  surrounding  the  inception  of  the  League  doubt- 
less led  rightly  to  limiting  the  movement  at  that  time  to 
farmers,  but  such  restriction  seems  now  to  be  a  source  of 
weakness  rather  than  strength. 

This  issue  between  town  and  country  has  created  a  pe- 
culiar situation  in  respect  to  woman  suffrage.  The  League, 
as  one  would  expect  of  a  progressive  organization,  has  en- 
dorsed woman  suffrage,  but  it  has  not  yet  admitted  the 
farmer's  wife  to  its  membership.  Moreover,  in  North 
Dakota,  at  least,  it  has  not  been  keen  to  see  the  arrival  of 
equal  suffrage,  not  because  of  disbelief  in  the  principle  but 
because  of  fear  that  a  large  feminine  vote  will  be  cast  in 
the  towns,  where  opposition  to  the  farmers'  program  is 
strong,  whereas  the  women  of  the  country  will  be  too  busy, 
or  find  it  too  inconvenient,  to  go  to  the  polls  in  anything 
like  relative  strength. 

So  far  as  organized  labor  is  concerned,  a  working  arrange- 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


241 


ment  that  brings  town  and  country  together  has  already 
been  devised  in  the  States  where  trade  unionism  is  strongest. 
In  Minnesota,  for  instance,  trade  unionists  of  Minneapolis, 
St.  Paul,  and  other  industrial  centers  have  organized  politi- 
cally in  a  body  that  is  working  in  alliance  with  the  Non- 
partisan League.  This  question  of  the  relation  of  the  or- 
ganized farmers  to  other  organized  workers  has  recently 
become  acute  because  of  the  formation  of  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party.  There  is  a  feeling  in  many  parts  of  the  country  that 
farmers  will  with  difficulty  be  induced  to  unite  with  organ- 
ized labor  because  farmers'  interest  as  employers  run  coun- 
ter so  often  to  those  of  organized  employees.  One  does  not 
get  that  impression  in  the  Nonpartisan  League  strongholds 
of  the  Northwest.  On  the  contrary  one  finds  farmers  eager 
to  unife  with  organized  labor;  persuaded  that  the  common 
interests  in  good  transportation,  in  fair  banking  facilities, 
and  in  eliminating  unnecessary  middlemen's  profits  are  more 
important  than  any  actual  or  imaginary  differences. 

"Maybe  some  of  you  fellows  think  there's  a  lot  of  differ- 
ence between  you  and  us  because  we  own  our  land,"  said  a 
farmer  at  the  Labor  Party  convention  in  Chicago.  "Well, 
you  pay  your  money  as  rent  to  the  landlords;  we  pay  ours 
as  interest  to  the  banks  that  hold  the  mortgages  on  our 
farms;  the  only  difference  between  us  is  that  you  work 
eight  hours  a  day  for  somebody  else  and  we  have  the  privi- 
lege of  working  sixteen  for  ourselves." 

The  farmers  of  the  Nonpartisan  League,  at  least,  have  a 
conception  of  economic  realities  and  a  discipline  from  or- 
ganization that  makes  them  ready  to  "go  through"  with 
labor.  The  hitch  is  in  their  organization.  The  Nonpartisan 
League  is  not  a  party  but  a  movement,  and  it  concerns 
itself  with  State  and  not  with  national  politics.  Its  phi- 
losophy has  been  that  it  is  easier  to  win  votes  by  capturing 
the  machinery  of  one  of  the  old  parties — it  uses  the  Republi- 
cans in  one  State  and  the  Democrats  in  another — than  by 
winning  voters  to  a  new  party.  The  idea  has  worked,  so 
far  as  State  campaigns  go,  but  it  makes  a  national  cam- 
paign in  behalf  of  a  third  party — or  indeed  any  one  party — 
impossible. 

The  Nonpartisan  League  must  face  in  the  immediate  fu- 
ture the  question  of  reorganizing  so  as  to  take  part  in 
national  campaigns  and  make  possible  a  federation  or  alli- 
ance with  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  or  in  some  way  with 
organized  labor.  Townley  is  understood  to  be  indifferent 
toward  or  opposed  to  such  a  change.  But  in  talking  with 
Nonpartisan  Leaguers  in  Minnesota  and  North  Dakota  one 
gets  definite  intimation  that  Townley  is  no  longer  the  force 
that  he  has  been.  There  is  a  feeling  that  the  League  has 
grown  to  a  point  where  control  can  no  longer  be  so  central- 
ized as  now.  The  stirrings  of  rank  and  file  democracy  are 
evident  in  the  Nonpartisan  League  as  elsewhere.  Townley 
is  undeniably  an  organizing  genius,  but  his  sagacity  in  de- 
termining political  policies  is  less  certain.  He  gives  one  the 
impression  of  a  man  of  one  idea:  that  of  putting  over  the 
Nonpartisan  League.  And  one  may  add  that  this  seems  to 
have  become  such  an  obsession  that  he  cares  more  about 
doing  it  for  the  sake  of  winning  than  for  the  good  results 
that  victory  may  achieve. 

Without  much  doubt  the  Nonpartisan  League  will  reor- 
ganize so  as  to  make  possible  direct  cooperation  with  organ- 
ized labor;  either  that  or  it  will  begin  to  break  apart. 
Townley's  position  will  probably  affect  him  more  than  it  will 
the  League.  His  decision  will  determine  whether  he  will 
lead  the  League  further  or  drop  behind. 


Ireland's  Republican  Government 


M 


By  JAMES  CARTY 

Wexford,  Ireland 
R.  MACNEILL,"  said  Arthur  Henderson  enviously, 
when  the  British  labor  delegation  visited  Ireland 
six  months  ago,  "Can  you  tell  me  what  is  the  secret  of  your 
organization?"  The  delegation  had  seen  and  admired  the 
mobility  and  sentiency  of  the  machinery  of  Irish  Republican 
Government,  and  they  sought  for  some  arcane  talisman  that 
might  help  to  speed  up  the  slow-moving  British  worker  in 
his  advance  to  power.  Our  Minister  of  State  for  Foreign 
Affairs  answered  him  in  two  words,  "The  people."  The 
government  suggests,  initiates,  coordinates,  fulfils  each  func- 
tion that  a  civilized  government  ought  to  fulfil,  but  the  peo- 
ple rule.  It  is  a  fact,  due  to  circumstances,  that  the  legisla- 
ture does  not,  and  cannot,  legislate  in  any  direction  against 
the  popular  will.  It  will  be  a  fact  when  these  merely  tem- 
porary circumstances  have  disappeared.  That  is  hundred- 
per-cent  democracy. 

At  the  time  of  writing,  Dail  Eireann  exercises  adminis- 
trative powers  over  the  greater  part  of  Ireland.  So  far  as 
these  powers  are  incomplete  is  due,  not  to  lack  of  sanction 
and  encouragement  from  the  people,  but  to  the  military  con- 
trol by  England.  For  instance,  it  was  discovered  by  the 
Republican  Government  on  June  15,  that  a  secret  circular 
had  been  sent  by  Dublin  Castle  to  the  British  police  ordering 
them  to  discover  "in  what  areas  there  had  been  a  decrease 
in  the  number  of  cases  brought  before  the  British  courts 
and  in  what  areas  Sinn  Fein  courts  had  been  established." 
Three  days  later  British  cavalry  commenced  to  scour  the 
counties  of  Cork,  Kerry,  Sligo,  Wexford,  Mayo,  and  Clare, 
where  Republican  courts  were  believed  to  be  in  most  fre- 
quent session.  A  vigorous  "law  and  order"  drive  com- 
menced. Fourteen  officials  of  justice  were  seized  and  taken 
to  jail.  Republican  police  were  conveying  two  sentenced 
prisoners  to  confinement  in  an  automobile  at  Youghal,  Coun- 
ty Cork,  when  a  patrol  of  British  cavalry  opened  fire  on 
them,  rescuing  the  prisoners.  There  was  a  similar  incident 
at  Charleville  in  the  same  county,  where  a  criminal  was  lib- 
erated by  the  foreign  troops  and  a  Republican  officer  killed. 
But  these  are  the  little  difficulties  we  have  to  surmount,  and 
we  are  surmounting  them.  While  the  British  Judge  Wakely 
was  sitting  in  the  empty  courthouse  at  Boyle,  County  Ros- 
common, the  Republican  magistrates  held  a  session  outside 
the  courthouse  and  gave  judgment  on  many  cases  which  had 
previously  been  listed  for  hearing  before  the  British  courts. 

It  is  a  favorite  device  of  Ireland's  enemies  to  represent 
the  Republican  Government  as  a  mere  front  view,  a  futile 
gesture  of  defiance  at  a  powerful  and  tolerant  enemy. 
They  say,  those  superior  persons  who  always  write  Irish 
Republic  between  inverted  commas:  You  tell  us  you  are 
suffering  from  a  desperate  military  tyranny  which  contin- 
ually hampers  your  progress  toward  free  institutions,  and, 
in  the  same  breath,  you  tell  us  that  you  have  set  up  an  almost 
sovereign  administration.  Can  both  statements  be  true? 
They  are.  The  armed  young  men  of  Ireland,  the  Republican 
army,  make  it  possible  for  them  both  to  be  true.  On  one 
hand  the  military  occupation  is  probably  the  most  stringent 
in  the  history  of  any  nation;  on  the  other  An  Dail,  the  de 
jure  government  of  the  country  since  January,  1919,  has 
become  in  the  subsequent  eighteen  months  the  de  facto  gov 


242 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


ernment.  "Sinn  Fein  is  effectively  taking  over  the  executive 
and  judicial  functions  of  government,"  says  Sir  Horace 
Plunket.  "It  has  become  the  de  facto  government  in  three- 
quarters  of  Ireland  and  virtually  possesses  treaty  powers." 

The  task  that  faced  our  administrators  in  January,  1919, 
was  as  stiff  a  task  as  anything  in  politics  can  be.  There 
were  no  precedents  to  work  on.  Many  Republicans  seriously 
doubted  if  anything  really  constructive  could  be  done,  beyond 
affirming  Ireland's  independence  and  sending  diplomatic 
envoys  abroad.  The  dislocating  and  destructive  elements 
seemed  too  strong  for  normal  government.  Important  min- 
isters and  officials,  whose  personal  direction  was  essential  to 
the  successful  development  of  schemes,  were  continually 
being  arrested  on  trivial  pretexts.  Barton,  Director  of  Agri- 
culture, and  originator  of  the  Land  Bank,  was  put  to  stone- 
breaking  in  Portland ;  Blythe,  Director  of  Trade  and  Indus- 
tries, is  under  lock  and  key;  Cosgrave,  Minister  for  Local 
Government,  has  just  emerged  from  Wormwood  Scrubbs ;  the 
Army  of  Occupation  have  orders  to  shoot  at  sight  Michael 
Collins,  Minister  of  Finance.  Can  you  have  a  national  bond 
drive  when  twenty  newspapers  are  suppressed  for  booming 
it  and  persons  found  with  prospectuses  or  receipts  are  forth- 
with jailed?*  Can  you  run  a  bank  when  troops  enter 
casually  and  pocket  the  deposits? 

Yet  this  uncolored  narrative  of  "the  more  important  re- 
cent actions  of  the  Irish  government"  (from  the  Bulletin, 
propaganda  organ  of  An  Dail)  does  indicate  much  construc- 
tive achievement  under  enormous  difficulties : 

A  commission  of  experts  has  been  established  to  inquire  into 
all  the  industrial  resources  of  Ireland  and  to  report  to  the  Dail 
the  best  means  of  undertaking  immediately  the  development  of 
these  resources.  This  commission  held  public  session  in  several 
Irish  cities  and  was  then  forcibly  suppressed  by  the  armed 
forces  of  the  British  Government.  It  has,  however,  continued 
to  meet  and,  with  the  ready  assistance  of  the  people,  is  carrying 
out  its  investigations  and  the  examination  of  expert  witness  suc- 
cessfully.    .     .     . 

A  commission  was  appointed  to  provide  land  for  agriculturists 
and  to  allocate  disputed  lands.  It  has  operated  with  complete 
success  and  full  popular  sanction  in  many  Irish  counties. 

For  the  first  time  there  is  an  Irish  legislature  to  tackle  this 
most  typical  of  Irish  problems — the  pre-republican  tendency 
of  landless  men  to  drift  into  socially  useless  occupations  or 
to  leave  Ireland  altogether.  Over  $1,500,000  has  already 
been  loaned  to  buy  land,  either  by  Dail  Eireann  or  by  the 
National  Land  Bank. 

Cooperative  fishing  industries  have  been  formed  under  the 
direction  of  the  Department  of  Fisheries,  and  the  rich  fishing 
resources  of  Ireland  are  being  systematically  exploited. 
Up  to  the  present  about  $350,000  has  been  spent  on  the  fish- 
eries. Motor-boats  have  been  purchased  and  selected  men 
are  studying  the  methods  employed  in  the  fields  of  Scotland 
and  Norway. 

Courts  have  been  established  which  operate  in  twenty  Irish 
counties.  These  courts  have  been  resorted  to  by  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  Irish  litigants.  The  decisions  promulgated  are  obeyed 
and  are  adequately  enforced. 

Unionist  lawyers  plead  in  the  Republican  courts.  Former 
army  men,  former  R.  I.  C.  men,  and  English  residents  in  this 
country  come  to  them  for  justice,  and  get  it.  There  is  no 
discrimination  of  persons  and  no  prejudice,  no  expensive  and 
useless  paraphernalia,  no  wigs  and  red  tape  to  confuse  and 
mystify  the  plain  man.    The  prevention  of  crime  is  the  one 

•  The  loan  was  for  $1,250,000  and  has  been  over-subscribed   by  $300,000. 


object  of  our  system  of  justice,  strange  as  that  may  seem  to 
those  who  know  what  the  objects  of  the  British  system  are. 
Two  brothers  have  equal  rights  to  a  piece  of  land,  but  can- 
not agree  on  the  division.  What  is  more  just  than  to  make 
one  divide  it  and  the  other  choose  from  his  division?  Who 
can  find  fault  with  the  system  that  sentences  a  race-course 
welcher  to  six  months'  hard  labor  on  a  farm? 

An  immense  scheme  of  reforestation  has  been  successfully 
launched  by  the  Department  of  Land  and  Agriculture.  This 
department  is  also  engaged  in  establishing  a  cooperative  farm- 
ing committee. 

Under  the  Minister  for  Trade  and  Industries  direct  foreign 
trade  with  Ireland  has  been  organized  and  projects  are  on  foot 
to  develop  certain  home  industries  and  to  coordinate  home  trade. 

About  $100,000  has  been  allocated  to  the  consular  service. 
Accredited  consular  agents  are  already  at  work  in  France, 
Italy,  Germany,  the  United  States,  and  the  Argentine. 

Under  the  Ministry  for  Local  Government  the  Irish  municipal, 
county,  borough,  and  district  councils  are  about  to  put  into 
operation  a  scheme  of  local  services  which  will  meet  the  many 
needs  of  Irish  citizens  now  unattended  to  and  insure  local  devel- 
opment. 

It  is  the  young  men  of  Ireland  who  have  wrought  these  in- 
credible changes,  incredible  to  anyone  who  knew  Ireland  six 
years  ago.  It  is  they  who  have  built  up  the  framework  of  a 
state  under  the  shadow  of  the  Terror.  Nowhere  in  the  world 
do  men  so  young  hold  such  responsible  positions  and  nowhere 
is  such  courage  and  creativeness  put  into  government.  They 
are  as  careless  of  tradition  when  they  have  struck  on  a  right 
trail  as  Jefferson  and  Patrick  Henry.  They  study  Russian 
regional  administration,  American  municipal  management, 
Danish  agriculture,  English  consumers'  cooperatives.  They 
are  imitative  where  it  is  good  to  be  imitative,  and  they  are 
intensely  modern  and  practical.  Yet  they  remember  Ire- 
land's former  statehood,  and,  with  toreutic  touch,  they  are 
grafting  the  idealism  of  the  Gaels  upon  Irish  State  polity  of 
today.  They  are  of  a  different  mould  than  the  pub-runner 
politicians  and  predatory  lawyers  of  the  John  Bull's  Other 
Island  period.  Engineers,  teachers,  salesmen,  railroadmen, 
grocers'  assistants,  agriculturists,  doctors,  and  journalists 
are  the  makers  of  new  Ireland. 

Some  of  the  chief  manifestations  of  independentism  have 
been  mentioned.  They  all  derive  their  powers  quite  literally 
from  the  consent  of  the  governed.  Every  week  the  Dail 
extends  its  orbit.  It  never  forces  the  issue.  It  acts,  not 
with  majority  sanction,  but  with  unanimous  sanction.  The 
courts,  boards,  and  councils  to  which  it  delegates  powers 
figure  in  the  lives  of  the  people  as  similar  institutions  in  all 
democratically-governed  countries  do;  they  are  not  mere 
window-dressing  got  up  for  purposes  of  advertisement  and 
propaganda.  Robert  Lynd,  literary  editor  of  the  London 
Daily  News,  says  that  the  institution  of  the  courts  was  the 
most  important  event  in  Ireland  since  the  Norman  conquest. 

Perhaps  it  will  be  felt  that  no  account  of  the  Republic  of 
Ireland  is  complete  without  a  reference  to  the  special  inter- 
nal problem  of  Ulster.  A  remarkable  change  has  come  there. 
The  Derry  riots,  deliberately  fomented  by  Dublin  Castle 
and  the  British  government,  as  Vice-President  Griffith  con- 
clusively proved,  were  less  a  symptom  of  a  present  disease 
than  the  backwash  of  the  dead  past.  Excluding  Belfast  the 
substantial  majority  of  Ulster  people  are  republicans,  and 
this  ultimate  outpost  of  the  British  occupation  will  soon  be 
republican,  too.  The  whole  truth  of  Irish-British  relations 
is  summed  up  by  the  New  Witness:  "The  Union  is  broken: 
England  can  never  govern  Ireland  again." 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


243 


What  Has  Happened  to  the  Forty-  eighters  ? 


By  SWINBURNE  HALE 


THE  life  of  the  "liberal"  is  one  tragedy  after  another. 
Liberals  are  persons  who  complain  that  the  rules  are 
not  lived  up  to — radicals  want  to  change  the  rules  or  do 
away  with  them  altogether.  When  a  group  of  liberals  set 
out,  with  admirable  logic  and  clearly  defined  propaganda, 
to  collect  other  liberals,  they  end  up  by  finding  that  what 
they  have  collected  are  not  liberals  at  all,  but  radicals,  be- 
cause the  radical  happens  to  be  more  active,  crosser  about 
abuses,  and  much  more  easily  collectable. 

This    is   precisely   what   has   happened   to   the   orthodox 
leaders  of  the  Committee  of  48,  and  this  is  the  secret  of 
their  present  tragedy.     It  was  not  their  first  tragedy,  nor 
will  it  be  their  last.    Like  the  Progressive  tragedy  of  1912, 
there  will  follow  the  Liberal  tragedy  of  1922.     For  the  48 
experiment  has  demonstrated  not  only  that  radicals  are  more 
easily  collectable,  but  that  they  are  infinitely  more  numerous. 
It  is  even  a  question  whether  there  are  any  liberals  left  in 
America,  with  the  exception  of  the  clear-thinking  and  pre- 
cise expounders  of  the  doctrine  of  abolition   of  economic 
privilege,    who    are   now    ensconced    in    lonely    majesty   of 
thought  behind  the  desks  at  48  headquarters.    The  rank  and 
file  of  the  48  delegates,  assembled  in  convention  at  Chicago, 
when  they  went  over  to  Carmen's  Hall  to  fuse  with  the 
rank  and  file  of  the  Labor  delegates,  found  that  they  looked 
like  the  Labor  delegates,  felt  like  them,  and  behaved  like 
them.     There  was  only  one  difference.    Whereas  the  radi- 
calism of  the  Labor  rank  and  file  was  of  a  more  or  less 
standard  variety,  so  that  the  polling  of  a  cross  section  of 
the  Labor  delegates  would  have  proved  them  substantially 
in  accord  on  remedies,  the  radicalism  of  the  48ers  was  a 
varying  shade,  running  from  very  mild  pink  to  something 
which  might  almost  have  perturbed  the  Attorney  General 
with  its  deep  carmine.    Here  and  there  in  the  amalgamated 
convention   one  could   still   see  the  earnest,   aspiring,   and 
rather  annoyed  face  of  a  liberal;  but,  by  and  large,  there 
was  no  doubting  the  essential  quality  of  radicalism — which 
it  turned  out,  in  the  actions  of  the  amalgamated  convention, 
meant  precisely  collectivism  and  nothing  else.    That  body  of 
persons  coming  together  from  industrial  centers  of  exploi- 
tation,  farming  centers   of  exploitation,   and   the   general 
small  business  class  of  exploited  people,  proclaimed  unmis- 
takably that  they  recognized  themselves  as  exploited,  and 
that  their  fight  was  with  the  exploiters.     They  recognized, 
they  stated,  they  impressed  it  upon  the  orthodox  48  leaders, 
that  although  they  had  not  the  slightest  intention  of  calling 
themselves  collectivists  or  communists  or  any  kind  of  -ists, 
or   showing   the   slightest   interest   in    any   philosophy    or 
theory  of  Nicolai  Lenin  or  Carl  Marx  or  Nicholas  Murray 
Butler,  or  anybody  else  who  had  written  about  collectivism 
from  any  point  of  view,  they  were  none  the  less  producing 
in   America  a  perfectly  American,   made-in-America,   doc- 
trine of  American  labor,  farmer,  and  small-business  collec- 
tivism.   They  said  unmistakably,  "We  want  to  get  on  toward 
the  next  development  of  the  idea  of  the  State,  which  is  a 
state  where  the  workers  will  have  something  to  say  about 
the  work  they  do,  the  way  they  do  it,  and  the  way  they  live 
while  they  are  doing  it."     They  did  not  say  a  word  about 
the  proletarian  state.     Probably  ninety  per  cent  of  them 
would  have  denied  that  there  was  any  idea  of  the  proletarian 


state  in  their  minds.  They  would  have  called  that  socialism, 
and  they  were  emphatically  not  socialists,  however  much 
collectivism  there  may  be  in  the  socialist  doctrine.  They 
were  not  socialists  because  they  were  not  at  all  sure  that 
they  wanted  to  put  all  kinds  of  business  in  the  hands  of  a 
central  elected  body  called  the  government.  They  were  not 
at  all  sure  that  that  sort  of  supposed  remedy  would  prove 
anything  more  than  a  substitution  of  one  kind  of  despot 
for  another.  But  they  did  know  very  definitely  what  they 
wanted.  They  expressed  it  this  way  in  their  platform: 
"The  right  of  labor  to  an  increasing  share  in  the  responsi- 
bilities and  management  of  industry;  application  of  this 
principle  to  be  developed  in  accordance  with  the  experience 
of  actual  operation."  The  New  York  Call  is  perfectly  right 
in  saying  that  such  a  program  is  not  socialism;  equally 
wrong  are  the  48  orthodox  leaders  in  saying  that  such  a 
program  is  guild-socialism.  It  is  no  more  guild-socialism 
than  it  is  syndicalism  or  I.  W.  W.-ism,  which  it  has  also 
been  called  by  certain  upset  48ers.  It  is  simply  the  feeling 
that  labor  has  got  after  dealing  with  the  Steel  Corporation, 
and  the  coal  companies,  and  the  Pennsylvania  State  Con- 
stabulary, and  the  Department  of  Justice,  and  the  American 
Legion,  and  various  mayors  and  Chambers  of  Commerce, 
and  Committees  of  Public  Safety,  and  other  products  of 
modern  America,  that  labor  is  done  with  liberalism  and 
with  "democracy"  and  with  following  people  who  like  uplift 
and  who  try  to  enforce  rules  which  cannot  be  enforced.  It 
is  simply  the  feeling  of  labor  that  labor  itself  has  got  to 
have  a  say-so  about  running  labor's  business. 

That  this  would  be  the  outcome  at  Chicago  was  more 
than  probable.  But  it  was  noticeable  how  definitely  and 
completely  it  became  the  outcome  at  Chicago,  and  how  defi- 
nitely and  completely  all  of  those  leaders  who  still  cried  the 
liberal  cry  and  wept  the  liberal  tear  were  quietly  left  in 
executive  session  at  the  Hotel  Morrison  while  the  rank  and 
file  climbed  aboard  the  trolley  cars  and  went  over  to  join 
the  Labor  delegates  in  fraternal  cohesion  of  collectivism. 
The  first  thing  the  amalgamated  convention  did  officially 
was  to  declare  itself,  by  absolutely  unanimous  vote,  to  be  a 
new  political  party.  When  the  mighty  roar  of  ayes  came 
up  from  the  floor  on  that  resolution,  not  even  one  liberal 
could  find  the  courage  to  vote  one  little  liberal  no  against 
that  roar.  There  was  no  doubting  that  the  rank  and  file 
there  assembled  were  a  new  political  party;  and,  from  that 
moment  onward,  they  proceeded  to  rend  and  tear  any  plans 
which  had  been  neatly  and  nicely  devised  for  their  guidance 
toward  the  kingdom  of  heaven  by  their  able  mentors  of  the 
past. 

If  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Committee  of  48,  as 
now  reorganized  by  the  elimination  of  its  radicals,  succeeds 
in  running  a  candidate  for  Congress  here  and  there,  and  suc- 
ceeds in  1922  in  getting  a  Liberal  Party  before  the  people, 
the  radicals  will  not  be  disturbed;  they  will  not  even,  per- 
haps, be  sorry.  For  if  by  any  chance  the  Liberals  should 
succeed  in  collecting  liberals,  and  there  were  a  few  hundreds 
or  a  few  thousands  of  them  who  could  be  ticketed  and 
labelled  so  that  they  could  be  easily  and  immediately  recog- 
nized, the  radicals  would  at  least  know  who  they  were,  and 
would  be  able  to  be  very,  very  careful  of  them. 


244 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


Nights  and  Days 

By  JAMES  RORTY 

NOCTURNE 

Elise  lives  over  the  river  in  the  west; 

I  left  three  stars  to  guard  her  there, 

While  I  walked  happily  home.   My  feet  clock-clocked 

Upon  the  hard  wood  path;  the  poplars  strode 

Straightly  beside  me;  seeing  so  many  stars, 

I  reached  far  up  and  gathered  seven  for  her 

And  seven  for  me,  and  twined  them  curiously 

Between  my  fingers,  while  I  sang  faint  songs 

Elise  had  taught  me — things  I  found  half-caught 

Within  her  throat,  or  kissed  from  out  her  hair. 

I  sang  them  softly  and  a  marsh-bird  blew 

A  muted,  breathy  whistle.     So  I  walked 

Until  the  wood  road  ended,  and  I  came 

Into  the  open  meadow,  and  was  seen 

By  all  the  myriad-winking  fields  of  heaven 

Afoot  upon  the  road,  singing,  in  my  arms 

Great  peonies  and  roses  from  her  breast. 

Arose  a  starry  whispering;  I  waved 

A  gossip  hand  and  cried,  "Be  friendly  still; 

Elise  and  I  shall  travel  there  one  day 

When  we  are  old." 

RAINY  NIGHT 

Strange  things  happen  at  night 

In  the  rain. 

It  was  black 

When  I  walked  home;  there  were 

No  watchmen  in  the  sky;  the  lamps 

Of  the  fireflies  smouldered  and  went  out. 

The  streaming  fingers  of  the  rain 

Stroked,  stroked,  stroked  the  suffering  grass; 

The  bulbous  shapes 

Of  trees  sprang  up  to  threaten  me;  but  I  was  caught 

As  in  a  web  of  rain,  and  could  not  cry. 

I  blundered  on;  the  burly,  hooded  forms 

Of  gray  ghosts  going  home 

Shouldered  me,  and  I  was  glad  to  hear  my  brook 

Chuckle  beneath  the  bridge,  and  see 

My  kitchen  lantern  shining  out  at  last. 

MR.  NEVINSON  ARRIVES  BY  MOONLIGHT 

If  I  should  say  that  I  was  very  cold 

Because  another  planet  stared  at  me, 

You'd  call  me  mad ;  of  course,  I  am  not  used 

To  moonlight — that  is  why  I'm  shivering. 

There  at  the  station,  when  I  saw  the  moon 

Peer  at  me  over  the  mountain — I  knew  then 

It  wasn't  healthy;  is  the  landlord  up? 

That  moon  was  at  my  elbow  all  the  way — 

I  and  my  bag  and  the  moon  at  my  heels 

Alone  upon  the  highway ;  not  a  sound 

Except  the  whip-poor-wills  that  chanted  whip 

Poor-will  and  w/iip-poor-will — those  birds  are  mad; 

They  sit  alone  in  pine-tops  on  the  hills, 

Their  feathers  caked  with  silver,  and  their  souls 

Blasted  with  moonlight;  once  I  passed  a  field 


Of  timothy,  shining  like  a  misty  lake 

The  moon  had  frozen — brrh !     I  shiver  yet. 

Beauty  lays  traps  for  men ;  I  stumbled  once 

Into  a  forest  clearing  where  the  moon, 

One  pointing  pine,  and  I  were  all  the  world; 

I  think  I  was  a  little  mad,  or  why 

Should  I  have  felt  so  naked?     I  was  Man, 

I  felt — despite  my  flannels  and  my  bag — 

Lord  of  the  Earth ;  yet  I  was  very  cold 

Because  another  planet  stared  at  me. 

Beauty  lays  traps  for  men;  I  am  not  Man; 

My  name  is  Nevinson — see,  there's  my  card — 

A  salesman  from  Passaic ;  I'll  be  here 

A  week,  I  guess — unless  that  moon — yes,  thanks, 

Another  drink  would  help — and  now  I'll  go 

To  bed;  I'm  tired.    Damn  those  whip-poor-wills. 

SUNDAY  MORNING 

This  is  the  Seventh  Day; 

Over  the  valley 

We'll  shake  a  chime. 

That  the  sheep  may  browse  and  be  blest, 

Dust  of  dead  priests'  words  we  scatter; 

Every  cow    .    .    . 

Dong    .     .     .     dong 

Shall  walk  more  soberly. 

This  is  the  Seventh  Day; 

Blandly  the  secular  winds 

Blow  over  the  valley. 

This  is  the  Seventh  Day; 

Faith  shall  hitch 

A  hundred  buggies. 

Paul  to  the  Corinthians  wrote    .    .    .    how  the  sun  shines, 

The  waters  flow     .     .     .     praise  Him  from  whom     .     .     . 

Dong    .    .    .    dong 

And  every  spear 

Of  timothy  shall  stand. 

This  is  the  Seventh  Day; 

We'll  shake  a  chime 

Over  the  valley. 

THE  POOL 

I  have  come  far  for  this  cleansing; 

Now  I  shall  not  hurry. 

The  city  had  tied  a  great  stone 

About  my  neck. 

I  drop  it — so! 

Now  I  can  see  the  mo.untain. 

I  leave  this  soiled  bundle  of  bitterness 

In  the  reeds  by  the  brink. 

Now 

I  stand  free  and  naked  to  the  evening. 

Harken,  0  Sun, 

Staring  so  hard  at  me  through  the  balsams — you  who  fuse 

Earth,  air,  and  water  in  a  golden  calm — 

I  am  not  strange, 

I  too  am  beautiful, 

I  have  not  forgotten 

The  way  of  a  man  with  a  brook. 

Plunge ! 

See,  0  Sun, 

The  first  man  laughs  among  the  fishes. 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


245 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  Drifter  sat  upon  the  white,  beaten  sands  of 
that  twenty-five  mile  beach  which  forms  the  South 
Shore  of  Martha's  Vineyard  Island.  Before  him  stretched 
the  ocean,  unbroken  by  land  until  Cape  Haitien  comes  into 
view.  At  his  feet  the  restless  ground  swell  of  the  At- 
lantic was  piling  breaker  upon  breaker  on  the  beach.  In 
his  ears  was  the  slow,  booming  cadence  of  the  relentless 
surf,  and  the  deep-toned,  incessant  roar  of  wave  upon  sand. 
Down  the  beach  was  an  old  wreck  tossed  up  by  a  blow  these 
many  years  agone,  her  nose  deep  bedded  in  the  sand,  her 
powerful  timbers  stretched  stark  and  impotent  to  the  sky. 
Beyond  the  fifty  feet  of  white  water  churned  into  foam,  the 
world  was  blue  with  the  depth  of  color  that  only  those  who 
go  down  to  the  sea  know.  The  southeast  gale  stung  one's 
face.  The  sun  smiled  benignly.  The  Drifter's  interest  in 
the  racing  toys  of  men  off  Sandy  Hook  began  to  wane.  The 
gravity  of  Polish  crises  seemed  dim  and  remote.  Here  was 
the  sun  and  the  wind  and  the  sky  and  the  magnificence  of 
the  restless,  booming  ocean.  The  affairs  of  men  faded. 
The  sea  gods  were  good.     Did  anything  else  in  the  world 

really  matter? 

*         *         -x-         *         * 

THEY  are  obviously  called  "Lost  and  Found"  columns 
only  in  a  spirit  of  false  optimism,  for  it  is  almost 
never  that  anything  is  "found."  The  question  is,  who  finds 
all  the  lost  articles  and  refuses  to  advertise  them?  And 
what  does  he  do  with  them?  It  is  of  course  more  than 
possible  that  they  are  not  found  at  all  but,  as  a  result  of 
their  owner's  carelessness  or  high  living,  that  they  simply 
sink  into  oblivion  in  some  vast  crater  of  Lost,  Strayed,  and 
Stolens.  If  this  is  so  what  a  hideous  conglomeration  of 
things  that  somebody  once  cherished  must  be  jostling  and 
crowding  each  other.  The  housing  shortage  is  undoubt- 
edly most  acute  there  as  elsewhere,  due  in  part  to  the  great 
number  of  dropped  stitches — another  result  of  the  war. 
And  what  does  the  "white  Scotch  female  poodle  dog,"  with 
"four  legs  and  face  clipped  and  freckles  on  stomach,"  do 
for  his  supper?  It  is  plain  that  he  cannot  exist  on  a  per- 
petual diet  of  bank  books  or  summer  furs  or  a  "gentle- 
men's diamond  ring  set  in  white  gold  in  the  vicinity  of 
Edgemere,  L.  I."  Even  a  "diamond  bug  with  thirty  small 
diamonds  set  in  platinum"  and  "emerald  eyes"  could  not  be 
very  satisfactory  to  a  hungry  canine.  There  must  be  in- 
numerable lost  souls  and  shattered  romances  and  broken 
campaign  promises  to  get  in  each  other's  way  incessantly, 
cooking  their  miserable  meals  of  whatever  scraps  may  be 
left  in  a  semi-occasional  lost  dinner  pail  (and  dinner  pails 
are  not  now  so  fashionable  as  they  once  were)  by  the  feeble 
lights  of  the  candles  that  have  gone  out  (and  in  the  days 
of  electricity  these  must  be  few  and  far  between).  There 
can  be  little  to  relieve  the  monotony  of  their  confused  exist- 
ence except  now  and  then  when  some  Lost  Leader  can  enjoy 
a  quiet  little  snicker  over  an  item  in  one  of  the  morning 
papers  that  has  been  left  in  the  subway  begging  that  the 
gentleman  "who  by  mistake  exchanged  valise  with  young 
lady  on  the  N.  Y.  Central  communicate  with,  etc."  On  the 
whole,  being  lost  must  be  a  melancholy  fate.  It  were  even 
better  to  be  a  candidate  for  the  vice-presidency. 

The  Drifter 


Correspondence 

No  Injustice  to  Any  One 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Thomas  Jefferson  and  Andrew  Jackson  warned  our  peo- 
ple to  beware  of  our  money  system.  "He  who  controls  your 
money  will  control  your  people."  I  am  past  seventy  years  of 
age  now  and  I  have  lived  to  see  this  country  entirely  governed 
by  privileged  corporations — a  government  of,  for,  and  by  the 
corporations.  The  voice  of  the  people  is  flouted  and  ridiculed. 
It  is  now  a  government  of  and  by  force.  "The  people  be  damned" 
is  the  motto  now,  every  right  and  privilege  of  the  people  have 
been  denied  them;  the  Government  centralized;  and  the  right  of 
"free  speech  and  free  press"  taken  away;  the  right  of  assem- 
blage broken  up  by  brazen  autocratic  officials — agents  of  the 
privileged  special  interests;  and  history  is  now  repeating  itself. 
The  warnings  of  Jefferson  and  the  fathers  of  our  Government 
are  going  to  be  heard  and  heeded,  however.  I  have  lived  to  see 
my  country  Prussianized  under  the  guise  of  a  "Democratic  Ad- 
ministration." I  have  lived  to  see  the  money  system  of  this 
Government  prostituted  to  the  aid  and  support  of  monopolists, 
trusts,  and  combines,  who  are  exploiting  the  people.  "For  the 
law  of  the  gods  they  have  set  up  their  own  traditions."  I  note 
from  press  reports  that  Mr.  Wilson  asserts  that  "no  injustice 
has  been  done  any  one  under  his  Administration."  I  arise  to  a 
question  of  personal  privilege.  He  and  his  Administration  denied 
me  the  Constitutional  right  of  freedom  of  speech,  and  it  denied 
men  the  Constitutional  right  of  the  free  use  of  the  press.  He 
nullified  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  amendments  to  the  Con- 
stitution when  he  and  his  Congress  enacted  the  Conscription 
Law,  the  "Sedition  Law,"  and  the  "Espionage  Law." 

Wilson  and  his  Congress  plunged  us  into  a  foreign  war,  of 
which  he  said  himself,  "We  had  nothing  to  do  with  starting." 
He  and  his  Congress  issued  bonds  and  piled  up  a  debt  of  more 
than  thirty  billion  dollars  against  the  people  of  this  nation, 
which  the  laboring  and  producing  people  of  the  United  States 
of  America  will  be  made  to  pay.  My  posterity  will  be  virtually 
enslaved  to  bondholders  for  a  hundred  years.  Yet,  the  man 
Wilson  asserts:  "My  Administration  did  no  injustice  to  any  one." 

Midville,  Georgia,  July  29  H.  L.   Smith 

Evolution  with  an     R" 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Thank  you  for  putting  opposite  to  Bertrand  Russell's 
article  on  the  Bolsheviki,  The  Menace  of  Another  War,  with  its 
significant  comment  that  these  same  Bolsheviki  were  "the  single 
liberal  force  in  European  diplomacy  today."  It  is  pertinent  to 
ask  if  we  cannot  well  trust  to  time,  together  with  the  sane, 
economic  understanding  and  the  broad  constructive  statesman- 
ship of  those  who  are  directing  Russian  affairs,  to  bring  order 
out  of  chaos  in  the  domestic  field  of  their  activities.  Appar- 
ently, Bertrand  Russell,  like  so  many  of  us,  forgets  that  the 
Bolsheviki  have  not  yet  been  in  power  three  years,  when  he 
criticizes  their  accomplishments.  He  forgets,  too,  that  revolu- 
tion is  simply  evolution  with  an  "r"  prefixed,  and  that  evolution 
takes  time.  Moreover,  he  fails  properly  to  take  into  account 
the  enormous  size  of  Russia  and  its  complex  civilization,  the 
previous  rottenness  of  the  government,  the  stupefaction  during 
long  years  of  a  large  part  of  the  population  by  vodka.  He  for- 
gets that  this  is  a  double  revolution — political  and  economic, 
that  it  has  been  carried  on  coincidently  with  a  stupendous  war, 
and  that  no  end  of  energy,  man  power,  and  money — almost  since 
its  inception — has  been  directed  against  counter-revolution  after 
counter-revolution.     And  he  practically  ignores  the  blockade! 

We  have  lied  about  Russia,  we  have  aided  her  enemies,  we  have 
hated  her,  we  have  fought  her,  and  we  have  starved  her.  Let  us 
have  done  with  it  all,  now,  and  let  her  alone. 

Boston,  August  11  Blanche  Watson 


246 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


Books 

Appraising  the  Peace  Conference 

The  Inside  Story  of  the  Peace  Conference.    By  Dr.  E.  J.  Dillon. 

Harper  and  Brothers. 
The  Peace  in  the  Making.    By  H.  Wilson  Harris.    E.  P.  Dutton 

and  Company. 
The  Peace  Conference  Day  by  Day.     By  Charles  T.  Thompson. 

With  an  Introductory  Letter  by  Colonel  E.  M.  House.     Bren- 

tano's. 
Some  Problems  of  the  Peace  Conference.     By  Charles  Homer 

Haskins    and    Robert    Howard    Lord.      Harvard    University 

Press. 
An  Introduction  to   the  Peace   Treaties.     By  Arthur   Pearson 

Scott.     Chicago  University  Press. 
The  War  Guilt  and  Peace  Crime  of  the  Entente  Allies.     By 

Stewart  E.  Bruce.  F.  L.  Searl  and  Company. 
Tp  ACH  of  the  above  books  is  typical  in  its  way  of  a  kind  of 
-*— '  book  of  which  we  are  likely  to  have  many  until  the  chief 
actors  themselves  speak  out.  There  will  be  descriptions  of  what 
went  on,  or  of  what  was  said  to  have  gone  on,  by  observers 
who  were  close  to  the  Peace  Conference  although  not  actually 
of  it;  partisan  explanations  and  defenses  by  "experts"  who 
were  cogs  in  the  mechanism;  "first  aid"  handbooks  for  those 
who  were  not  there  but  who  want  to  know;  and  bitter  arraign- 
ments of  the  whole  proceeding  by  writers  who  neither  fear 
Mr.  Wilson  nor  regard  M.  Clemenceau.  Then,  when  the  men 
who  really  made  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  shall  have  told  their 
story — if  they  ever  do — the  critics  will  have  a  different  task. 

Dr.  Dillon,  the  veteran  correspondent  of  the  London  Daily 
Telegraph,  was  admittedly  preeminent  among  the  correspon- 
dents whom  the  Peace  Conference  drew  to  Paris  for  his  long 
and  intimate  acquaintance  with  European  politics  and  public 
men.  He  had  also  the  advantage  of  knowing  well  at  first  hand 
the  countries  and  regions,  especially  the  Balkans,  Turkey,  and 
Russia,  which  offered  the  most  dangerous  pitfalls  to  the  nego- 
tiators. His  "Inside  Story,"  accordingly,  is  packed  with  inci- 
dents illustrative  of  the  methods  of  the  Conference,  of  the 
characteristics  of  the  men  who  composed  it,  and  of  the  in- 
fluences, now  open  and  now  subterranean,  which  worked  every- 
where. Dr.  Dillon  does  not  write  without  bias.  He  obviously 
has  little  sympathy  for  the  Bolsheviki,  and  his  attitude  toward 
Rumania  and  Poland  is  conservative  and  would  be  regarded  by 
many  as  reactionary.  On  the  other  hand,  his  scathing  indict- 
ment of  the  ignorance  and  inefficiency,  the  cynicism,  the  bad 
faith,  and  the  remorseless  pride  of  power  of  the  Big  Five  and 
Four  and  Three  is  only  equaled,  but  not  excelled,  by  the  now 
well-known  criticism  of  Professor  Keynes.  The  two  books, 
indeed,  supplement  one  another  admirably,  Dr.  Dillon  devoting 
himself  almost  wholly  to  the  political  side  of  the  peace  while 
Professor  Keynes  attacks  its  economic  features.  We  permit 
ourselves  only  a  single  quotation,  and  that  the  closing  para- 
graph of  Dr.  Dillon's  final  chapter: 

"Whatever  the  tests  one  applies  to  the  work  of  the  Conference 
— ethical,  social,  or  political — they  reveal  it  as  a  factor  emi- 
nently calculated  to  sap  high  interests,  to  weaken  the  moral 
nerve  of  the  present  generation,  to  fan  the  flames  of  national 
and  racial  hatred,  to  dig  an  abyss  between  the  classes  and  the 
masses,  and  to  throw  open  the  sluice-gates  to  the  inrush  of  the 
waves  of  anarchist  internationalities.  Truth,  justice,  equity, 
and  liberty  have  been  twisted  and  pressed  into  the  service  of 
economic-political  boards.  In  the  United  States  the  people 
who  prided  themselves  on  their  aloofness  are  already  fighting 
over  European  interests.  In  Europe  every  nation's  hand  is 
raised  against  its  neighbors,  and  every  people's  hand  against 
its  ruling  class.  Every  government  is  making  its  policy  sub- 
servient to  the  needs  of  the  future  war  which  is  universally 
looked  upon  as  an  unavoidable  outcome  of  the  Versailles  peace. 
Imperialism    and   militarism   are   striking   roots   in   soil   where 


they  were  hitherto  unknown.  In  a  word,  Prussianism,  instead 
of  being  destroyed,  has  been  openly  adopted  by  its  ostensible 
enemies,  and  the  huge  sacrifices  offered  by  the  heroic  armies 
of  the  foremost  nations  are  being  misused  to  give  one  half  of 
the  world  just  cause  to  rise  up  against  the  other  half." 

Mr.  Harris,  the  accomplished  correspondent  of  the  London 
Daily  News,  also  tells  the  story  of  what  happened  and  why. 
His  plan  is  less  ambitious  than  that  of  Dr.  Dillon,  for  he  leaves 
out  most  of  the  historical  summaries  which  are  a  valuable 
feature  of  Dr.  Dillon's  volume,  and  also  tells  fewer  incidents. 
He  was  close  to  the  British  side  of  the  proceedings,  however, 
and  knew  only  a  little  less  intimately  what  France  was  doing. 
His  account  of  the  Prinkipo  episode,  for  example,  and  of  the 
apparently  deliberate  intermeddling  of  France  to  insure  that 
the  proposed  conference  should  come  to  naught,  should  be  read 
by  anyone  who  still  cherishes  confidence  in  the  good  faith  of 
the  Paris  negotiators.  As  to  the  general  procedure  at  Paris, 
Mr.  Harris  is  almost  as  severe  a  critic  as  is  Dr.  Dillon;  but  he 
has  faith  in  the  League  of  Nations,  and  pens  a  hopeful  final 
chapter  on  the  future  of  that  organization. 

Mr.  Thompson,  who  is  the  superintendent  of  the  Associated 
Press  foreign  service,  was  in  Paris  before  the  Conference  met 
and  stayed  until  the  last  gun  was  fired.  As  the  subtitle  indi- 
cates— "A  Presidential  Pilgrimage  Leading  to  the  Discovery 
of  Europe" — the  book  is  a  sort  of  diary  of  events  centering  about 
the  activities  of  Mr.  Wilson.  Here  one  may  read  all  about 
how  the  President  breakfasted,  lunched,  dined,  attended  recep- 
tions and  official  functions,  and  drove  out;  whom  he  saw,  what 
was  said,  what  he  did,  and  what  others  thought  about  him 
before  and  after  knowing  him.  One  suspects  that  Mr.  Thomp- 
son's easily-read  pages  owe  a  good  deal  to  Colonel  House,  since 
even  an  Associated  Press  correspondent  could  hardly  have 
known  all  the  things  that  Mr.  Thompson  sets  down  without 
someone  on  the  inside  to  tip  him  off.  To  only  one  part  of  Mr. 
Thompson's  narrative  do  we  take  exception.  At  pages  406-415 
appears  an  account  of  an  extended  interview  on  June  27  with 
the  President,  which  from  its  form  would  naturally  be  inter- 
preted as  a  conversation  between  the  President  and  Mr.  Wilson 
himself.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  a  report  of  a  meeting 
between  Mr.  Wilson  and  the  American  correspondents,  held  at 
Mr.  Wilson's  request  at  the  Hotel  Crillon,  and  attended  by 
practically  all  of  the  American  correspondents  who  were  then 
in  Paris. 

The  supporters  of  the  treaty  are,  of  course,  entitled  to  their 
innings,  and  they  get  them  in  the  volume  of  Professor  Haskins 
and  Professor  Lord.  Professor  Haskins,  who  before  the  war 
was  known  to  scholars  chiefly  as  an  authority  on  early  Norman 
institutions,  turned  up  at  Paris  as  chief  of  the  Division  of 
Western  Europe  in  the  American  delegation,  and  later  served 
on  the  special  committee  of  three  which  framed  the  treaty 
provisions  regarding  the  Saar  valley  and  Alsace-Lorraine. 
Professor  Lord  was  the  American  expert  on  Poland.  The  vol- 
ume now  published  is  based  upon  a  course  of  eight  Lowell 
Institute  lectures,  four  of  them  by  Professor  Haskins  and  four 
by  Professor  Lord.  The  historical,  geographical,  and  ethno- 
logical information  which  the  authors  have  assembled  will 
doubtless  be  found  useful.  The  point  of  view  toward  the  Peace 
Conference  and  its  work  may  be  gathered  from  two  quotations. 
Of  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  Professor  Haskins  writes: 

"The  treaty  of  Versailles,  like  the  other  treaties  drawn  up 
at  Paris,  is  by  no  means  a  perfect  instrument.  Those  who  took 
part  in  framing  it  would  be  the  last  to  believe  it  verbally 
inspired.  .  .  .  But  it  represents  an  honest  effort  to  secure  a 
just  and  durable  settlement,  and  neither  the  Conference  in 
general  nor  the  United  States  in  particular  need  be  ashamed 
of  it." 

Professor  Lord,  who  admits  that  "of  all  the  parts  of  the 
Versailles  Peace  Treaty,  there  is  perhaps  none  which  it  required 
greater  moral  courage  to  make  or  which  it  may  be  more  diffi- 
cult to  uphold  than  the  Polish-German  settlement,"  closes 
his   chapter   on   Poland   with    a   paragraph   which   in  view   of 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


247 


recent  events  reads  today  like  something  strangely  remote: 
"Nevertheless,  the  brilliant  and  original  genius  of  the  Polish 
people;  their  ardent  and  unsurpassed  spirit  of  patriotism;  the 
lessons  which  they  may  be  presumed  to  have  learned  from 
their  misfortunes;  the  reassuring  evidence  supplied  by  their 
conduct  during  these  last  two  critical  years — all  this  affords 
grounds  for  hope,  not  only  that  Poland  has  permanently  re- 
covered her  independence,  but  that  she  is  capable  of  becoming 
again  what  she  was  for  so  many  centuries  in  the  past:  a  bul- 
wark of  liberty,  republicanism,  and  Western  civilization  in  the 
troubled  East  of  Europe." 

Professor  Scott,  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  has  set  himself 
the  comparatively  humble  task  of  tracing  briefly  the  diplomatic 
events  and  political  discussions  about  the  causes  and  aims  of 
the  war  which  led  up  to  the  Peace  Conference,  and  of  analyzing 
the  Treaty  of  Versailles.  The  result  is  a  volume  which  may 
be  especially  commended  to  students  and  teachers,  and  which 
should  prove  helpful  to  anyone  who  finds  the  text  of  the  treaty 
hard  reading.  The  author's  attitude  as  a  whole  is  friendly 
to  the  treaty,  but  on  controverted  questions  he  does  not  fail  to 
present  both  sides.  The  general  character  of  Mr.  Bruce's  book 
may  be  judged  from  its  title.  There  is  none  that  is  not  guilty; 
no,  not  one.  For  prevention  thereof  in  the  future,  Mr.  Bruce 
proposes  certain  far-reaching  changes  in  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States  which  will,  he  thinks,  democratize  that  instrument. 

William  MacDonald 


Woman's  Fine  Frenzy 

Songs  in  the  Common  Chord.   By  Amelia  E.  Barr.    D.  Appleton 

and  Company. 
A  Whisper  of  Fire.    By  Agnes  Ryan.    The  Four  Seas  Company. 
Wilderness  Songs.     By  Grace  Hazard   Conkling.     Henry  Holt 

and  Company. 
Poems.   By  Gladys  Cromwell.    With  an  Introduction  by  Padraic 

Colum.     The  Macmillan  Company. 
The  Hesitant  Heart.    By  Winifred  Welles.    B.  W.  Huebsch. 
The  Coat  Without  a  Seam,  and  Other  Poems.     By  Helen  Gray 

Cone.     E.  P.  Dutton  and  Company. 
Sixteen  Dead  Men,  and  Other  Poems  of  Easter  Week.     By  Dora 

Sigerson  Shorter.     Mitchell  Kennerley. 
Moods.     Prose  Poems.     By  Mercedes  de  Acosta.     Moffat,  Yard 

and  Company. 
Trolley  Lines.     By  Andrea  Hofer  Proudfoot.     Chicago:   Ralph 

Fletcher  Seymour. 
Diantha  Goes  the  Primrose  Way,  and  Other  Verses.     By  Ade- 
laide Manola  Hughes.     Harper  and  Brothers. 
Bunch.     By  Susan  Miles.     Oxford:  B.  H.  Blackwell. 
Hail,  Man!     By  Angela  Morgan.     John  Lane  Company. 
Bluestone.    Lyrics.     By  Marguerite  Wilkinson.     The  Macmillan 

Company. 
Youth  Riding.    By  Mary  Carolyn  Davies.     The  Macmillan  Com- 
pany. 
A  Woman  of  Thirty.     By  Marjorie  Allen  Seiffert.     Alfred  A. 

Knopf. 
Pictures  of  the  Floating  World.  By  Amy  Lowell.  The  Mac- 
millan Company. 
UNIMPORTANT  as  it  may  seem  to  say  so,  the  most  obvious 
fact  about  poetry  written  by  women  always  is  that  it  has 
been  written  by  women.  Men  sometimes  write  veritably  like 
women — not  simply  like  the  creatures  women  by  proverb  are; 
but  women  always  write  like  women — and  never  more  so  than 
when  they  are  cultivating  the  great  broad  touch  which  by 
proverb  is  man's.  This  has  been  true  at  least  since  the  later 
Caroline  days  in  England,  when  there  was  an  Aphra  Behn  as 
well  as  a  Katherine  Phillips;  it  is  true  now,  when  in  the  work 
of  every  group  of  poetesses  brought  casually  together  there  are 
heard  two  plain  strokes  side  by  side — the  gentle,  perhaps  too 
gentle,  and  the  strong,  perhaps  too  strong.  Both  are  ever- 
lasting. 


That  the  late  Mrs.  Barr  was  gentle  would  not  in  itself  be 
proof,  therefore,  that  she  was  old-fashioned — though  she  was 
old-fashioned.  She  frankly  was  content  with  fireside  narrative 
and  easy  injunction,  with  good  deeds  and  cheerful  rhythms. 
Her  rhythm  occasionally  cantered  too  fast,  so  that  her  cheeks 
flushed  and  her  bonnet  bobbed;  but  there  always  was  a  halt 
somewhere,  with  no  real  effect  of  a  runaway.  Agnes  Ryan 
never  is  agitated,  yet  there  is  a  trace  of  flutter  about  the 
spinsterly  dignity  with  which  she  manages  her  commonplaces. 
She  speaks  for  woman's  most  precious  prerogative,  to  state 
true  things  without  excess  or  stress — and  if  they  are  old,  no 
matter.  Mrs.  Conkling  also  feels  platitudes  snugly  and  sweetly. 
Her  cadences,  like  her  attachments,  are  the  generally  accepted. 
Her  mood  and  meter  seem  all  too  neat,  with  seldom  a  sign  that 
their  creation  brought  thrusts  of  pleasurable  pain. 

Gladys  Cromwell  left  a  volume  of  verse  that  is  gentle  with  a 
difference.  It  is  subdued,  but  only  as  Emily  Dickinson  some- 
times was  subdued,  poignantly  and  profoundly.  The  work  of 
a  finely  thoughtful  woman  whom  the  spectacle  of  sheer,  naked 
cleverness  and  successfulness  hurt,  it  represents  feminine  intro- 
spection almost  at  its  best.  Miss  Cromwell  took  a  melancholy 
pleasure  in  her  processes,  brooding  softly  and  coolly  over  in- 
capacities which  her  imagination  invented,  and  reviewing  a 
poetical  past  dreary  with  misconceived  or  neglected  opportuni- 
ties. Her  poems  convey  a  conviction  of  futility  from  which 
relief  was  to  be  sought  only  in  reflection.  Thought,  as  a  thing 
possessed,  was  a  little  less  precious  than  Love  as  a  thing  un- 
possessed; but  it  was  very  precious: 

Thought  is  fragrant  like  shining  grass; 

It  makes  for  our  spirits  a  lonely  mead; 

As  animals  taste  the  grass  in  shadow 

On  pensive  lawns,  our  spirits  feed. 
Winifred  Welles,  likewise,  is  feminine  with  a  difference.  She 
is  tiny  and  sharp  and  shining,  sleek  and  perfect,  and  very 
right.  Her  volume  is  full  of  felicity,  like  the  body  of  a  cat. 
Her  quick,  clean  movements  make  for  symmetry  through  some- 
thing that  looks  like  instinct;  though  it  must  have  been  nothing 
other  than  excellent  discipline  which  achieved  the  almost  un- 
canny economy  in  her  better  songs  and  soliloquies. 

Among  the  poetesses  in  the  larger  mood,  Helen  Gray  Cone, 
though  palpably  not  the  least  ambitious,  is  destined  least  to 
survive  the  present  hour  for  the  reason  that  her  ardors  have 
been  lighted  at  unsubstantial  altars,  those  of  the  late  war  and 
the  late  peace.  A  poetess  of  the  flag,  she  seems  stale  now  as 
well  as  strident;  the  flimsy  principles  she  celebrated  have 
crumpled,  and  the  resentments  she  shared  are  as  dead  as  Pope's 
Dunces.  Mrs.  Shorter's  last  volume,  also  patriotic,  supported 
a  more  picturesque  cause,  the  cause  of  Ireland,  but  succeeded 
no  better  as  poetry.  Clan-righteousness  in  her  case  meant  clan- 
prosiness;  hatred  of  England  filled  her  so  full  that  there  was 
no  room  left  for  art,  and  she  could  write: 

Sir  Roger  Casement,  honored  for  his  years 
Of  stress  and  struggle,  of  fatigue  and  work. 
The  rest  speak  vigorously  about  themselves.  Mercedes  de 
Acosta,  says  Charles  Hanson  Towne  in  an  introduction  to  some 
incontestably  prose  poems,  "may  go  very  far."  She  already  is 
leagues  beyond  Don  Marquis's  Hermione,  who  appears  a  sensible 
and  piquant  creature  compared  with  one  who  hushes  you  elab- 
orately, not  to  say  ominously,  only  to  confide: 

I  think  it  does  not  matter  so  much  what  we  believe 
as  what  we  want  to  believe. 
Such  things,  continues  Mr.  Towne,  "refuse  to  be  catalogued 
and  classified";  but  they  "have  a  haunting  quality,"  and  they 
"leave  one  with  a  sense  of  finality."  If  finality  here  means 
finality  of  departure,  with  never  any  return  to  haunt  or  please 
or  perplex,  Mr.  Towne  for  once  is  as  much  as  half  right  any- 
how. Andrea  Hofer  Proudfoot  exploits  herself  strenuously  and 
polysyllabically  in  blocks  of  free  verse  which  at  least  have  hard 
corners.  Her  gushes  of  confidence  are  not  as  exciting  as  they 
were  intended  to  be,  but  they  are  far  from  silly.     Mrs.  Hughes, 


248 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


through  a  series  of  nervous  and  facile  monologues,  raises  a  hue 
and  cry  over  Mrs.  Diantha's  indiscretions  with  a  lover.  The 
irregular  affair  is  treated  rather  regularly  on  the  whole,  with 
bustle  and  consecration  and  indecision  and  regret  in  the  con- 
ventional proportions.  Susan  Miles,  colloquial  but  seldom  racy, 
offers  a  busily  and  somewhat  shrewishly  documented  caricature 
of  Dunch,  a  representative  English  village,  with  too  many  de- 
tails too  knowingly  stuck  in  for  poetry  to  be  left  much  play. 
Angela  Morgan,  as  the  title  she  has  chosen  may  indicate,  is 
eagerly  didactic.  She  evangelizes  by  tempestuous  platitudes, 
ending  her  poems  in  whirlwinds  of  moral  speculation. 

A  note  of  hill-wind  wholesomeness  and  chaste  carousal  in  the 
fulness  of  life  is  never  absent  from  current  verse.  At  times  it 
is  truly  spirited;  at  other  times  it  chirrups  and  is  banal;  but 
always  some  woman  or  group  of  women  has  it.  Marguerite 
Wilkinson,  for  instance,  has  decided  moral  and  metrical  spring 
without  conspicuous  originality;  though  she  is  deeply  touching 
here  in  Songs  of  an  Empty  House,  on  the  childless  state.  Mary 
Carolyn  Davies  enjoys  the  use  of  a  particularly  blithe  and 
intelligent  voice.  She  works  with  a  snapping  energy  of  hand 
and  eye  that  enables  her  always  to  finish  without  falling.  She 
is  cocksure,  simple,  and  free,  on  tiptoe  every  minute  to  catch 
on  an  eager  cheek  whatever  breezes  blow.  Marjorie  Allen 
Seiffert  is  firmer  and  abler  and  more  caustic,  but  perhaps  no 
more  effective.  Her  hits  are  hard  and  clean,  her  mind  is 
muscular,  she  is  invariably  stunning;  yet  who  can  say  that 
she  would  not  gain  by  occasional  lapses  into  listlessness  and 
inefficiency?  One  respects  her  accomplishment  oftener  than 
he  is  willing  to.  Her  figures,  elaborate  and  excellent  as  they 
are,  do  not  penetrate  that  core  of  the  memory  which  lives  on 
tranquilly   and   forever. 

Miss  Lowell's  fifth  volume,  a  miscellany  of  lyrics  and  occa- 
sional pieces  gathered  up  out  of  the  past  five  years,  proves 
her  still  possessed  of  an  energy  and  an  activity  which  few 
poets  or  poetesses  dream  of,  let  alone  possess.  There  still  is 
nothing  tentative  or  wistful  about  her  manner;  her  nerves 
continue  in  excellent  condition.  The  volume  also  makes  clearer 
than  before  where  her  special  province  lies — in  the  stuffs, 
essentially,  rather  than  the  stuff,  of  nature  and  human  nature. 
Miss  Lowell  is  to  poetry  now  what  Terborch  and  Vermeer 
were  to  painting  in  the  seventeenth  century.  She  is  a  con- 
noisseur of  materials,  of  surfaces,  of  textures.  She  twitches 
the  good,  self-standing  brocade  of  life  with  a  firm  and  ex- 
perienced hand,  searching  incessantly  for  strong,  stiff,  bright 
new  words  that  may  be  adapted  to  her  pattern.  The  flash  of 
all  of  this  is  mostly  on  the  outward  eye,  which  sees  silver  and 
varnish  and  gold  and  jade  and  silk  and  agate  and  pewter 
and  porcelain  and  marble  in  glittering  succession.  Then  there 
are  the  colors  which  Miss  Lowell  cannot  escape,  and  which  she 
almost  makes  her  mannerism — plum,  orange,  lemon-green,  steel- 
blue,  crocus,  pink,  rose-red,  brick-red,  cobalt,  lapis  lazuli, 
emerald,  ocher,  yellow-green,  mauve,  amber,  jade,  sardonyx, 
and  opal.  There  also  is  the  manifold  luxury  of  hearing  and 
feeling  stuffs  handled;  there  is  folding,  and  quilting,  and  cut- 
ting, and  slicing,  and  chipping,  and  splintering,  and  rustling, 
and  crackling,  and  laying  away.  By  rights  so  much  surface 
should  pall  terribly;  in  fact,  it  palls  only  a  little.  Now  and 
then  the  reader  may  sigh  for  a  spell  of  smooth  and  equable 
ratiocination  or  narrative  to  interrupt  this  orgy  of  sensations; 
again  he  may  crave  details  of  shape  and  dimension  and  quality 
and  character  to  thrust  through  and  behind  this  play  of  planes; 
but  in  general  he  goes  along  willingly  with  Miss  Lowell  wher- 
ever she  wishes  to  feel  the  industrious  curl  and  movement  of 
existence : 

I  want  to  be  a  carpenter, 
To  work  all  day  long  in  clean  wood, 
Shaving  it  into  little  thin  slivers 
Which  screw  up  into  curls  behind  my  plane; 
Pounding  square,  black  nails  into  white  boards, 
With  the  claws  of  my  hammer  glistening 
Like  the  tongue  of  a  snake. 


I  want  to  shingle  a  house, 
Sitting  on  the  ridge-pole  in  a  bright  breeze. 
I  want  to  put  the  shingles  on  neatly, 

Taking  great  care  that  each  is  directly  between   two  others. 
I  want  my  hands  to  have  the  tang  of  wood: 
Spruce,  Cedar,  Cypress. 

I  want  to  draw  a  line  on  a  board  with  a  flat  pencil, 
And  then  saw  along  that  line, 

With  the  sweet-smelling  sawdust  piling  up   in  a  yellow  heap 
at  my  feet. 

M.  V.  D. 


Shakespeare  Unidentified 

Shakespeare  Identified.     By  J.  Thomas  Looney.     Frederick  A. 
Stokes  Company. 

WITHOUT  any  systematic  knowledge  of  Elizabethan  life  or 
literature,  Mr.  Looney  became  convinced  that  no  good  could 
come  out  of  Stratford.  In  "Shakespeare  Identified"  he  claims  to 
have  proved  beyond  reasonable  doubt  that  all  of  Shakespeare 
and  the  best  of  Lyly  were  written  by  Edward  De  Vere,  Earl  of 
Oxford,  who  as  early  as  1580  was  a  patron  of  players,  and  who 
died  in  1604,  so  that  many  of  his  best  plays  were  acted  and 
printed  posthumously. 

Doubt  as  to  the  validity  of  Mr.  Looney's  imposing  collection  of 
near  evidence  may  be  suggested  by  an  examination  of  his  method 
of  procedure.  Convinced  by  previous  writers  that  Shakespeare 
was  not  the  author  of  the  plays,  he  sought  in  them  the  character 
of  an  author  whom  he  concluded  to  be  a  lover  of  verse,  of  music, 
of  sport,  and  so  on.  Being  ignorant  of  the  literature  of  the 
time,  he  was  in  doubt  as  to  where  he  might  find  such  a  man 
until  he  hit  upon  the  idea  of  searching  an  anthology  for  poems 
in  the  Venus  and  Adonis  stanza.  What  he  thought  the  best  of 
such  poems  were  by  Edward  De  Vere,  of  whom  he  had  never 
heard;  and  from  this  point  progress  was  easy,  for  striking  re- 
semblances appeared  everywhere.  Being  somewhat  naive,  Mr. 
Looney  was  not  struck  by  the  ease  with  which  his  guess  received 
confirmation,  and  he  seems  never  to  have  suspected  that  the 
qualities  which  he  found  common  to  De  Vere  and  Shakespeare 
were  simply  Elizabethan.  Both  poets  were  interested  in  Italy, 
but  so  was  every  other  literary  Englishman;  both  expressed  the 
fancy  that  love  is  often  beguiled  because  Cupid  is  a  blind  child; 
and  both  (most  wonderful  of  all)  compared  the  contrasting  colors 
in  a  woman's  face  to  the  lily  and  the  damask  rose. 

Having  established  these  remarkable  facts,  Mr.  Looney  in- 
vestigated the  life  of  De  Vere,  and  found  in  the  reproach  at- 
tached to  his  name  for  Bohemian  acquaintances  a  motive  for  con- 
cealing his  dramatic  authorship — though  why  he  should  have  con- 
cealed Venus  and  Adonis  and  the  Eape  of  Lucrece  is  not  equally 
clear,  for  certainly  non-dramatic  poetry  was  reputable  enough. 
Also,  since  the  plays  themselves  express  every  shade  of  opinion 
and  character,  Mr.  Looney  found  in  them  many  things  which 
seemed  to  fit  De  Vere,  who,  he  says,  like  Bertram  gratified  with 
some  difficulty  his  desire  for  travel,  like  Hamlet  concealed  his 
genius  under  assumed  eccentricity,  like  Romeo  had  a  wife  of 
fourteen  years,  and  like  Othello  distrusted  her.  Mr.  Looney,  in 
short,  attributes  to  autobiography  what  belongs  to  previously 
existing  story  or  to  dramatic  utterance. 

That  the  investigator  is  not  completely  up  in  Shakespearean 
scholarship  may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  of  his  stressing  the 
assumption  that  Shakespeare  permitted  without  protest  the  un- 
authorized publication  of  his  plays,  when  Mr.  Pollard  has  pretty 
well  exploded  the  myth  of  a  supineness  before  the  pirates.  But 
Mr.  Looney's  dominant  fault  is  that  his  work  is  wholly  in- 
ferential. However  much  we  may  be  convinced  that  De  Vere, 
had  he  been  a  genius,  might  have  written  such  plays  as  Shake- 
speare's, there  is  no  tangible  fact  to  connect  them  with  him. 
True  it  is  that  much  which  we  say  about  Shakespeare  is  also 
pure  assumption;  but  we  do  know,  not  only  that  such  a  man 
existed,  but  that  there  are  some  sixty  references  to  him  as  author 


i 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


249 


before  1604  with  not  one  word  of  doubt  concerning  him.  In  such 
a  case  an  ounce  of  contemporary  evidence  is  worth  a  ton  of  sub- 
sequent speculation,  and  much  as  we  should  like  to  know  more 
about  Shakespeare  it  is  hardly  wise  to  substitute  for  an  account 
which  is  90  per  cent  inference  one  which  is  100  per  cent  con- 
jecture. Joseph  Krutch 


Documents  pour  Servir 

My  Diaries:  Being  a  Personal  Record  of  Events,  1888-191 U.  By 
Wilfrid  Scawen  Blunt.  London:  Martin  Seeker.  Volume  I: 
1919;  Volume  II:  1920. 

THE  successive  instalments  of  Mr.  Blunt's  secret  history  of 
his  own  times,  being  regarded  as  "indiscreet,"  have  been 
for  the  most  part  ignored  by  those  great  personages  against 
whom  damaging  revelations  have  been  made.  In  this  new  fifth 
part  he  tells  the  facts  as  he  knows  them  about  "the  scramble 
for  Africa"  and  "the  coalition  against  Germany."  He  is 
courageous  and  outspoken,  publishing  private  letters  and  records 
of  confidential  conversations.  His  apology  for  dealing  with 
events  so  recent  rests  upon  "the  ungenerous  terms  imposed  by 
the  Allied  Governments  at  Paris  on  their  opponents  vanquished 
in  the  war."  Whatever  may  be  thought  of  his  personal  loyalty 
to  friends  and  associates  (once  the  occasion  of  a  sharp  corre- 
spondence between  himself  and  Frederick  Harrison)  there  can 
be  no  question  that  his  volumes  have  helped  point  the  way 
toward  the  principle  late  enunciated  of  "open  covenants  openly 
arrived  at."  He  is  a  sincere  exponent  of  "pitiless  publicity"; 
pitiless,  indeed,  toward  those  who  knew  no  pity.  His  position 
is  the  more  remarkable  since  taste  and  native  gifts  drew  him 
toward  poetry,  wealth  toward  the  life  of  a  gifted  amateur  of 
arts  and  letters  and  travel,  education  and  social  position  toward 
the  point  of  view  of  the  aristocracy  which  furnishes  England 
with  the  governors  whose  policy  and  conduct  he  denounces. 

The  keynote  of  Mr.  Blunt's  Diaries  is  that  of  his  entire  career : 
his  championship  of  oppressed  nationalities  and  especially  of  the 
old  civilizations  of  Asia  and  Northern  Africa  exploited  so  arro- 
gantly as  centers  of  trade  by  England  and  her  continental  rivals. 
The  earlier  portion  of  the  work,  dealing  with  Eastern  and 
South  African  affairs  during  the  nineties,  is  overshadowed  in 
interest  by  the  second  volume.  To  his  mind  the  great  war  was 
essentially  an  Eastern,  not  a  Western,  war;  and  he  reviews  the 
causes  of  the  catastrophe  frankly  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
Moslem  world.  England's  increasingly  obvious  decision  to  repu- 
diate her  promises  to  evacuate  Egypt  carried  with  it  the  neces- 
sity to  compensate  France  elsewhere.  Of  the  secret  deal  with 
France  with  regard  to  Morocco  Mr.  Blunt  heard  so  long  ago  as 
1904.  Grey's  policy  of  constructing  and  consolidating  the  two 
Ententes  required  tacit  consent  on  the  part  of  England  to  Italy's 
raid  upon  Tripoli  as  a  way  of  winning  Italy  from  the  Triple 
Alliance,  and  it  required  also  connivance  with  Russia  in  her 
assault  upon  Persia.  The  acquiescence  in  the  Tripoli  adventure 
together  with  Grey's  series  of  errors  in  dealing  with  Turkey, 
especially  with  regard  to  the  Akabah  affair  and  the  Denshawi 
executions,  drove  Turkey  into  the  arms  of  the  Central  Powers 
(thus  prolonging  the  war  when  it  came)  at  a  time  when  the 
necessities  of  Germany's  economic  position  called  for  the  preser- 
vation of  the  independence  of  the  Mohammedan  states  as  a  field 
for  commercial  expansion.  Edward  VII's  influence  had  been  a 
steadying  one;  but  his  death  left  the  management  of  foreign 
policy  exclusively  in  the  hands  of  Grey,  "whose  ignorance  of 
foreign  affairs  was  really  astonishing,  knowing  as  he  did  no 
foreign  language  and  having  made  hardly  so  much  as  a  holiday 
tour  of  Europe."  Consequently,  from  1910  on  the  British  For- 
eign Office  executed  a  series  of  blunders  which  led  logically  to 
the  war.  Mr.  Blunt  has  no  liking  for  William  II,  "the  Apostle 
of  European  violence,"  but  he  justifies  the  Emperor's  resent- 
ment against  England  for  her  alliance  with  his  two  most  dan- 
gerous enemies.     "Our  policy,"  he  writes,  "of  helping  the  Rus- 


sian Czar  financially  after  his  defeat  by  the  Japanese,  and  so 
enabling  the  Czar  to  renew  his  military  strength,  seemed  to  Wil- 
helm  a  gratuitous  menace  as  obliging  him  to  increase  his  own 
army,  while  our  Entente  about  Persia  seemed  a  menace  to  the 
development  of  his  commercial  plans  connected  with  the  Bagdad 
railway.  Nor,  doubtless,  was  it  unknown  to  him  that  Russia 
should  be  put  in  possession  of  Constantinople,  and  thus  perma- 
nently block  for  Germany  her  trade  route  eastwards.  All  this, 
added  to  our  support  of  France  in  Morocco,  was  resented  at 
Berlin."  Mr.  Blunt  feels  that  had  there  been  an  English  states- 
man in  control  of  affairs  courageous  enough  to  withdraw  from 
these  false  positions,  a  few  more  years  of  peace  might  have  been 
gained  which  would  have  given  the  socialistic  forces  of  England 
and  the  western  Continent  time  to  gather  strength  and  perhaps 
avert  a  general  war.  That  those  actually  in  power  in  England 
regarded  war  as  inevitable  and  were  planning  accordingly  is 
made  abundantly  clear  by  the  Diaries.  There  are  records  of 
many  important  conversations  on  this  subject  (see  especially 
volume  II,  pages  322,  381,  405,  409,  and  416).  Throughout  the 
book  there  are  repeated  evidences  of  the  growth  in  England  of 
"those  doctrines  of  supermanity  and  imperial  selfishness  which 
we  have  since  ascribed  to  a  German  origin."  The  avowed  reason 
for  England's  participation,  the  protection  of  Belgian  neutrality, 
Mr.  Blunt  brushes  perhaps  too  hastily  and  unphilosophically 
aside,  and  declares:  "The  real  cause  of  the  quarrel  with  Ger- 
many, I  well  knew,  was  no  more  honorable  a  one  than  that  of 
our  dread  of  a  too  powerful  commercial  rival  and  the  fear  of 
Kaiser  Wilhelm's  forcing  France,  if  we  stood  aside,  into  com- 
mercial alliance  with  him  against  us  in  the  markets  of  the 
world."  With  such  a  conviction  Mr.  Blunt  refused  to  subscribe 
to  the  absurd  false  doctrine  of  "My  country,  right  or  wrong," 
and  preserved  during  the  war  an  attitude  of  severest  abstention. 
His  record  of  those  years  is  reserved  for  posthumous  publication 
should  his  literary  executors  deem  such  publication  wise. 

These  thousand  crowded  pages  are  difficult  reading  if  the  main 
course  of  the  argument  is  to  be  followed  through  the  countless 
side-issues,  social,  literary,  artistic,  geographic,  philosophical, 
religious.  Had  the  material  been  sifted,  rearranged,  and  ren- 
dered more  compact,  the  result  would  have  made  for  lucidity; 
but  the  loss  would  have  been  greater  than  the  gain,  because 
there  would  have  vanished  from  the  record  an  impression  of  sin- 
cere and  spontaneous  conviction.  The  preceding  paragraph  is 
no  adequate  epitome  of  the  obscure  and  entangled  political  in- 
trigues chronicled  in  the  book;  nor  is  it  possible  to  give  more 
than  the  barest  indication  of  the  vast  amount  of  non-political 
material  that  it  contains.  Mr.  Blunt  knew  and  at  one  time  co- 
operated with  Herbert  Spencer.  He  was  in  touch  with  A.  R. 
Wallace  and  other  scientists.  His  upbringing  and  sympathies 
drew  him  toward  the  modernist  movement,  and  he  held  many 
conferences  with  Father  Tyrrell,  while  one  of  the  most  moving 
episodes  of  the  Diaries  is  the  account  of  that  heresiarch's  death. 
He  was  on  familiar  terms  with  Frederic  Harrison  and  the 
Positivists.  George  Wyndham  was  his  cousin  and  most  intimate 
friend ;  he  was  in  almost  as  close  contact  with  Winston  Churchill. 
The  world  of  letters  beckoned  him,  and  to  him  its  doors  were 
open.  Of  all  the  famous  men  he  has  known  intimately  he  reck- 
ons William  Morris  intellectually  the  strongest.  Such  praise  is 
the  more  impressive  because  of  its  infrequence  in  pages  that  con- 
tain pen-portraits  reminding  one  of  the  etymological  connection 
between  the  words  "ink"  and  "caustic."  Mr.  Blunt's  insight  into 
character  and  his  ability  to  depict  it  take  the  form,  not  of  highly 
finished  portraits  such  as  one  finds  in  Lord  Morley's  "Recollec- 
tions," but  of  rapid  sketches,  confident  and  imaginative.  Swin- 
burne, "wasting  his  youth  on  drink  and  his  old  age  on  Theodore 
Watts";  Alfred  Austin,  "the  most  absurd  little  cock  sparrow  of 
a  man";  Henley,  having  "the  bodily  horror  of  a  dwarf"  and  "the 
dwarf  malignity  of  tongue";  Meredith,  with  the  secret  trouble 
of  his  parentage  which  cast  a  shadow  over  his  life;  Asquith, 
evolving  from  the  square-toed  Puritan  into  the  "gay  dog"  of 
London  society;   Balfour,  hard,  cruel,  courageous,  and  cynical, 


250 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2878 


his  real  mind  being,  according  to  "Margot"  (Mrs.  Asquith  figures 
prominently  in  the  Diaries),  metaphysical  and  religious;  Francis 
Thompson  (who  spent  part  of  his  last  days  in  a  cottage  on  Mr. 
Blunt's  estate),  "emaciated  beyond  credibility,"  taking  six  ounces 
of  laudanum  daily,  and  sitting  for  hours  with  "Martin  Chuzzle- 
wit"  in  his  hand,  held  as  often  as  not  upside  down;  Sargent,  so 
bored  by  his  women  sitters  that  every  now  and  then  he  had  to 
retire  behind  a  screen  to  refresh  himself  by  sticking  his  tongue 
out  at  them;  King  Edward,  preferring  the  society  of  Jews  and 
second-rate  women  to  his  dull  aristocracy;  Leo  XIII,  "nearly 
divine,  if  there  was  divinity  anywhere  to  be  found  on  earth,"  yet 
with  something  in  his  countenance  suggestive  of  Voltaire:  these 
and  literally  hundreds  of  other  notabilities  throng  his  pages  in 
company  with  illustrious  Moslems  and  Hindus.  The  mind  and 
eye  of  the  poet  are  discernible  in  the  descriptions  of  desert  life 
and  curious  expeditions,  of  shipwreck  in  the  eastern  Mediter- 
ranean and  "groups  under  the  dreaming  garden  trees"  of  Sus- 
sex. To  the  last  the  compassion  which  is  the  fundamental  char- 
acteristic of  this  strange,  noble,  quixotic  career — it  is  civiliza- 
tion's shame  that  such  lives  must  be  called  quixotic — is  visible  as 
it  was  in  boyhood  when  in  the  lid  of  a  box  containing  some  cater- 
pillars he  pricked  holes  in  the  form  of  the  constellations,  "so  that 
the  caterpillars  inside  might  think  they  were  still  out  of  doors 
and  could  see  the  stars."  Samuel  C.  Chew 


The  Far  East  for  Chambers  of  Commerce 

Have  We  a  Far  Eastern  Policy?  By  Charles  H.  Sherrill.  Charles 
Scribner's  Sons. 

ALIGHT  book  this,  written  after  some  months  of  travel  in 
the  Orient  by  the  former  adjutant  general  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  diplomatist,  lawyer,  and  author  of  "Stained  Glass 
Tours"  in  France,  Italy,  and  England  and  of  other  books.  He 
deals  with  the  political  and  racial  problems  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
lands  and  America's  interests  in  them.  He  is  absorbed  in  trade, 
in  expansion  of  United  States  capital,  and  in  making  safe  the 
great  sea  of  the  Far  East  for  a  dominating  but  pleasant  control 
by  the  industrial  and  financial  leaders  of  our  republic.  He  sees 
only  the  trade  skin  of  the  races  involved.  The  only  function  of 
their  body  politic  that  interests  him  is  barter.  That  there  are 
other  functions,  and  even  organs,  he  is  not  aware. 

He  tours  through  Hawaii,  Japan,  China,  and  the  Philippines, 
blithely  touching  on  tourist  attractions,  naval  bases,  funny 
fruits,  and  national  aspirations.  He  brings  apt  comparisons 
from  the  baseball  diamond  and  golf  links  to  point  his  arguments, 
but  nowise  burdens  his  readers  with  economic  thought.  The  war 
is  over,  the  world  prepared  for  the  commercial  harvest  of  the 
victors,  and  time  should  not  be  wasted  in  false  moves.  Mr.  Sher- 
rill pleads  for  the  retention  of  the  Philippines  and  for  an  amica- 
ble relation  with  Japan  so  that  business  can  speed.  He  depre- 
cates harsh  criticism  of  Japan,  assuring  us  anyway  that  our  for- 
ward-looking exporters  "will  before  long  exercise  their  influence 
as  paying  advertisers  upon  our  newspapers  so  as  to  modify  and 
ultimately  to  terminate  their  present  unprofitable  attacks  upon 
everything  Japanese." 

Mr.  Sherrill's  work  is  as  readable  as  a  bright,  cheered  speech 
before  a  chamber  of  commerce  by  an  enthusiastic  expert  in  for- 
eign trade.  His  chapters,  if  not  already  heard  before  such 
earnest  bodies,  will  yield  those  who  have  not  had  the  opportunity 
of  even  such  limited  observation  ample  material  for  talks  and 
reports  on  our  duties  towards  Asiatics  and  our  need  of  hustling 
representatives,  backed  by  a  powerful  navy,  in  the  Orient.  He 
writes  of  speaking  at  a  "large  banquet  in  Tokyo"  where,  the 
very  while  he  drank  his  champagne,  a  mob  was  at  the  doors  of 
the  hall  crying  for  rice.  Only  a  mystical  adherence  to  the  sup- 
posed wishes  of  the  Emperor — Son  of  God,  as  he  is  termed — 
tempers  for  the  time  the  savage  mood  of  a  people  maddened  by 
the  high  cost  of  living,  by  the  antics  of  a  thousand  war  million- 
aires (narrikins),  and  by  the  Government's  militaristic  expendi- 


tures of  blood  and  money  in  Siberia.  The  past  two  years — a  few 
months  of  which  Mr.  Sherrill  passed  in  Japan — have  been  the 
most  dangerous  to  the  imperial  regime  of  Japan  since  the 
Shoguns  gave  over  their  power,  so  that  conservative  residents, 
both  native  and  foreign,  look  for  a  successful  revolutionary  out- 
burst within  a  year  or  two. 

This  book,  though  spirited  enough,  lacks  verity  of  perception, 
and  is  typical  of  the  thanks  propaganda  of  foreigners  who  visit 
Japan  and  spend  their  time  with  hospitable  officials.  It  is  as 
if  one  sought  to  know  the  truth  about  America  by  visiting  the 
White  House,  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  our  army,  the  United  States 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  the  best  hotel  corridors. 

Frederick  O'Brien 


The  Place  of  Science 


The  Place  of  Science  in  Modern  Civilization,  and  Other  Essays. 

By  Thorstein  Veblen.  B.  W.  Huebsch. 
'"PHIS  book  is  a  treasure  for  those  students  of  economic  and 
social  problems  who  are  willing  to  put.  some  effort  into 
their  thinking.  Mr.  Veblen  is  like  the  North  from  which  he 
hales— abundantly,  unexpectedly  generous  to  the  man  who  will 
sweat  for  his  living;  brutally  indifferent  to  the  one  who  expects 
the  fruit  of  the  gods  to  drop  into  his  mouth.  Reading  him 
tightens  the  muscles  and  stiffens  the  intellectual  spine.  One 
comes  away  from  him  a  bit  bruised  and  panting  but  with  a 
sense  of  power  exerted  and  power  achieved.  It  has  been  sug- 
gested that  some  one  ought  to  rewrite  Mr.  Veblen,  to  put  him 
into  such  flowing  measures  as  would  delight  the  readers  of  the 
Saturday  Evening  Post.  But  then  there  would  be  no  Mr. 
Veblen.  We  should  be  one  step  nearer  to  popular  education, 
but  scarcely  nearer  to  the  powerful  joys  of  intelligence. 

The  three  chapters  on  the  Preconceptions  of  Economic  Science 
are  of  especial  value  to  the  modern  economist  (or  citizen)  who 
has  a  suspicion  that  all  is  not  well  with  the  economic  science 
which  derives  from  the  "classicals."  Mr.  Veblen  works  through 
the  presuppositions  underlying  the  economics  of  the  Physiocrats, 
Smith,  Ricardo,  Mill,  Cairnes,  and  Marshall,  tracing  the  for- 
tunes of  the  animistic  metaphysics,  the  associational,  hedonistic 
psychology,  and  the  non-evolutionary  approach  that  have  in 
greater  or  less  degree  characterized  them.  He  shows  the  in- 
creasing movement  in  other  sciences  toward  a  biological  as  over 
against  a  metaphysical  psychology  and  predicts  this  develop- 
ment for  economics.  "All  this,  of  course,"  he  says,  "is  intended 
to  convey  no  dispraise  of  the  work  done,  nor  in  any  way  to 
disparage  the  theories  which  the  passing  generation  of  econo- 
mists have  elaborated,  or  the  really  great  and  admirable  body 
of  knowledge  which  they  have  brought  under  the  hand  of 
science;  but  only  to  indicate  the  direction  in  which  the  inquiry 
in  its  later  phases — not  always  with  full  consciousness — is 
shifting  as  regards  its  categories  and  its  point  of  view.  .  .  . 
Foot-pounds,  calories,  geometrically  progressive  procreation,  and 
doses  of  capital  have  not  been  supplanted  by  the  equally  uncouth 
denominations  of  habits,  propensities,  aptitudes,  and  conven- 
tions, nor  does  there  seem  to  be  any  probability  that  they  will 
be;  but  the  discussion  which  continues  to  run  in  terms  of  the 
former  class  of  concepts  is  in  an  increasing  degree  seeking  sup- 
port in  concepts  of  the  latter  class. 

The  chapter  on  Some  Neglected  Points  in  the  Theory  of 
Socialism  will  be  a  delight  even  to  the  more  casual  reader 
because  of  its  profound  analysis  of  the  "struggle  for  respect- 
ability" as  the  outgrowth  of  emulation  in  a  society  based  upon 
private  property,  as  well  as  because  of  its  discussion  of  the 
"constitutional  method  applied  to  industry."  To  those  who  see 
no  alternatives  other  than  contract  (competition)  and  status 
(bureaucracy),  this  chapter  will  be  most  illuminating.  The 
book  is  a  rich  contribution  to  economic  and  social  literature, 
and  is,  in  a  way,  Mr.  Veblen  at  his  scientific  best. 

H.   A.   OVERSTREET 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


251 


Books  in  Brief 

HAPPY  the  critic  who,  like  William  Dean  Howells  in  his 
charming  Reminiscent  Introduction  to  "The  Great  Modern 
American  Stories"  (Boni  and  Liveright),  by  the  term  "modern" 
can  mean  "contemporary  with  himself"  and  still  deal  with  some 
half  dozen  decades  of  fruitful  time.  Of  these  twenty-four  stories 
not  a  few  first  ascended  into  fame  with  the  aid  of  the  editorial 
hand  which  here  resubmits  them  to  posterity,  and  all  of  them 
delighted  their  great  editor  at  some  moment  now  luminously 
recollected.  Mr.  Howells  admits  that  he  should  have  preferred 
Aldrich's  Marjorie  Daw  to  Mademoiselle  Zabriskie  if  the  holders 
of  the  copyright  had  allowed  him  to  use  it;  but  otherwise  he  has 
been  unhindered  in  his  judgment.  That  judgment,  as  if  in 
gentle  contempt  of  the  prevalent  dogmas  with  regard  to  the 
short  story,  includes  tales  as  extended  and  rounded  as  Henry 
James's  A  Passionate  Pilgrim  and  sketches  as  brief  as  Landon 
R.  Dashiell's  Aunt  Sanna  Terry  and  George  Ade's  Erne  Whit- 
tlesy,  or  as  innocent  of  orthodox  narrative  as  A  Prodigal  in 
Tahiti  by  Charles  Warren  Stoddard,  exquisite  neglected  genius. 
The  expected  names  are  all  represented  here  except  that  of 
Howells  himself,  whose  modesty,  though  it  was  sure  to  do  so, 
ought  not  to  have  excluded  something  of  his  own — The  Magic 
of  a  Voice,  perhaps,  or,  The  Angel  of  the  Lord.  Harriet  Pres- 
cott  Spofford,  Henry  B.  Fuller,  Edith  Wyatt,  Charlotte  Perkins 
Stetson  Gilman,  Madelene  Yale  Wynn,  Virginia  Tracy,  if  not 
quite  so  confidently  expected,  abundantly  make  good  their  claims 
to  be  in  this  company,  none  of  them  more  so  than  Mrs.  Gilman, 
whose  The  Yellow  Wall  Paper  is  appallingly  effective.  Sophis- 
ticated comedy  will  hardly  go  further  than  in  Edith  Wharton's 
The  Mission  of  Jane,  or  blithe  whimsicality  than  in  Frank  R. 
Stockton's  The  Christmas  Wreck,  or  eerie  suggestion  and  hide- 
ous disappointment  than  in  Ambrose  Bierce's  The  Occurrence 
at  Owl  Creek  Bridge.    No  anthology,  of  course,  is  final;  a  dozen 


other  candidates  for  this  volume  will  occur  to  any  reader  at  all 
expert;  but  if  editing  can  be  as  nearly  classical  as  writing,  this 
collection  may  have  to  be  called  a  classic. 

A  S  the  music  of  the  spheres  was  attuned  to  a  key  too  vast 
**  and  too  divine  to  hit  the  sense  of  human  hearing,  so  the 
larger  processes  of  nature,  by  their  overwhelming  magnitude 
and  sublimity,  escape  the  perception  of  the  average  mind.  But 
the  sage  and  hero  who,  like  Scipio,  catches  the  lost  chords  in 
his  dreams,  can  transpose  a  few  of  them  to  a  mode  audible  and 
intelligible  to  the  rest  of  us.  Viscount  Bryce,  the  Montesquieu 
and  the  Burke  of  the  present  generation,  has  one  of  those  rare 
minds  that  no  pertinent  fact,  in  the  chosen  field  of  study,  escapes 
because  of  its  minuteness  nor  oppresses  because  of  its  magni- 
tude. His  recent  Raleigh  lecture  before  the  British  Academy 
on  "World  History"  (Oxford  University  Press),  notwithstand- 
ing its  brevity,  grasps  the  immense  subject  with  high  philosophi- 
cal insight.  The  distinctive  characteristic  of  world  history,  he 
shows,  as  over  against  national  or  departmental  history,  is  not 
the  mere  largeness  of  the  former,  but  the  selection,  by  him  who 
would  profitably  treat  it,  of  some  special  and  definite  line 
of  interest,  common  to  the  civilized  races  and  transcending 
national  and  racial  barriers.  Such  a  thread,  and  the  most 
conspicuous  in  the  earlier  centuries,  was  religion.  Through 
Christianity,  through  Islam,  one  increasing  and  (on  the  whole) 
unifying  purpose  runs:  a  Catholicism  that  in  the  long  run  over- 
matches the  sectarianism  of  national  and  individual  dissent.  A 
like  unification  is  achieved,  or  aimed  at,  by  the  spiritual  quality 
of  common  ideals,  especially  as  expressed  in  art,  literature,  and 
science.  Even  now  the  republic  of  letters  is  an  international 
state,  and  a  catholic  communion  of  its  initiates.  Community  of 
interests,  whether  economic,  as  expressed  in  commerce,  or  ideal, 
as  voiced  in  international  socialism,  are  powerful  welding  forces. 
Thus  it  is  that  the  historian  of  the  world  finds  the  Ariadne 
thread  of  truth  guiding  him  through  the  labyrinth  of  detail,  in 


ALFRED  '  A  '  KNOPF 


|ie*!«l 


B-O  R  Z  O  I 


B  OOK  S 


%%o  W.  42  Street,  NEW  YORK 

fe*^ll«£*S"IB^»S"ll^*S»IIRK^II^!all^*^ll,5*3l,ll,I5*3allB5*3'l 


THIS  SIMIAN  WORLD 


By 
Clarence  Day,  Jr. 


'HPO  our  way  of  thinking,  it  is  one  of  the  best  pieces  of  satire  from 
the  pen  of  an  American.  Anatole  France  in  an  extraordinarily 
good  humor  might  have  written  the  book.  Swift's  satire  was  neither 
so  delicate  nor  so  openly  wielded,  and  Maeterlinck  has  not  been  able 
to  portray  the  bee  as  the  interesting  and  inspiring  creature  that  Mr. 
Day  makes  of  man."—  New  York  Tribune.     Illustrated  by  the  Author 

$1.50. 


THE  GOLDEN  BIRD 


By 
Dorothy  Easton 


JOHN  GALSWORTHY  has  contributed  an  introduction  to  this 
book  of  sketches,  and  he  says:  "They  are  so  really  good  that  they 
should  require  no  preliminary  puff.  They  are  extraordinarily  sensitive 
and  faithful,  and  never  dull,  because  they  have  real  meaning  and 
truth."  There  has  been  no  dissenting  voice  in  the  reviews  (either 
here  or  abroad).     $2.00. 


THE 
FREE-LANCE    BOOKS 

H.  L.  Mencken  is  the  editor  of  this  un- 
usual series  and  to  each  volume  he  has 
contributed  an  original  and  penetrating 
introduction,  written  as  only  he  can  write. 
$1.75  each. 

I.  YOUTH  AND  EGOLATRY 

By  Plo  Baroja 

A  witty,  stimulating  and  penetrating  body  of 
doctrine  by  Spain's  foremost  contemporary 
novelist. 

II.  VENTURES  IN  COMMON 
SENSE 

By  E.  W .  Howe 

A  perfect  mirror  of  the  "average  American's" 
credo. 

III.  THE  ANTICHRIST 
By  F.  W.  Nietzsche 

A  brilliant  translation  by  H.  L.  Mencken. 

IV.  WE  MODERNS 
By  Edwin  Muir 

"It  is  impossible  to  compare  it  with  anything 
less  than  the  very  greatest  volumes  of  reflection 
and  meditation" — New  York  Evening  Post. 


^ng^giiggiigsiigsiissii^ 


252 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


"an  account  of  the  process  and  the  forces  whereby  races,  tribes, 
nations,  and  states  have  been,  or  are  being,  drawn  together  into 
one  common  life  commensurate  with  the  earth  which  they  in- 
habit." The  process  is  almost  complete.  League  of  Nations  or 
not,  the  World-state  is  a  fact;  in  it  we  live  and  move  and  have 
our  being.  Our  very  breakfasts  come  from  Brazil  and  from 
Java,  from  Argentine  and  Canada ;  our  newspapers  report  items 
of  yesterday  gathered  from  the  rising  to  the  setting  sun.  Our 
intellectual  life  is  nourished  by  the  art  and  science  of  a  score  of 
races.  Amidst  our  civil  wars  and  petty  prejudices  it  is  hard 
for  us  to  realize  our  good  fortune  in  this  blessed  consummation. 
But  our  children  will  do  it  better  than  we. 

THAT  like  causes  produce  like  results,  in  history  as  in  physics, 
is  the  thesis  of  Gilbert  Murray  in  his  comparison  of  "Our 
Great  War  and  the  Great  War  of  the  Ancient  Greeks"  (Thomas 
Seltzer).  In  the  Peloponnesian  War  Sparta  was  cast  for  the 
part  of  Germany,  as  a  land  power  and  a  military  aristocracy, 
whereas  Athens,  a  free  democracy  and  a  naval  power,  might 
stand  for  England.  Once  the  two  were  at  grips  every  other 
power  in  Hellas  was  drawn  into  the  conflict  on  one  side  or  the 
other.  The  internal  condition  of  Athens  can  be  intimately 
known,  not  only  from  the  historians  but  from  the  dramas  of 
Aristophanes,  almost  all  of  them  having  been  concerned  with 
contemporary  life.  There  was  a  plague  at  Athens;  there  was 
great  scarcity  both  of  food  and  of  fuel,  so  that  the  villain  in  one 
of  the  comedies  is  he  who  threatens  to  murder  a  sack  of  char- 
coal. All  the  young  men  were  away,  throwing  the  conduct  of 
affairs  so  much  into  the  hands  of  the  women  that  three  of  the 
eleven  extant  comedies  deal  with  feminism.  There  was  also  a 
"peace  by  negotiation"  party,  headed  by  Nicias,  and  a  "last- 
ditch"  party,  commanded  by  Cleon,  whose  policy  "became  more 
and  more  repulsive  to  decent  men."  It  is  remarkable  that 
whereas  Nicias  might  be  Asquith  or  Lansdowne  or  Grey  or  any 
one  of  half  a  dozen  other  British  statesmen,  almost  all  that  is 
said  about  Cleon  fits  Lloyd  George.  One  more  similarity  in  the 
atmospheres  of  the  two  wars  which  the  author  characterizes  as 
"profoundly  pathetic,  if  not  actually  disquieting,"  was  that  "the 
more  the  cities  of  Greece  were  ruined  by  the  havoc  of  war,  the 
more  the  lives  of  men  and  women  were  poisoned  by  the  fear  and 
hate  and  suspicion  which  it  engendered,  the  more  was  Athens 
haunted  by  shining  dreams  of  the  future  reconstruction  of 
human  life,  a  great  dream  city  in  which  the  desolate  and 
oppressed  come  by  their  own  again,  where  rich  and  poor,  man 
and  woman,  Athenian  and  Spartan,  are  all  equal  and  at  peace." 
The  dream  failed;  Hellas  was  ruined;  while  in  the  West  arose 
the  great  Republic  of  Rome  to  take  up  the  burden  of  civilization. 
Is  Europe  ruined  to  the  same  extent  now?  According  to  the 
poet-scholar  of  Oxford,  not  beyond  hope  of  recovery.  The  prom- 
ised land  will  not  always  be  a  mirage. 

A  FTER  pleading  with  his  countrymen  in  vain  for  thirty-five 
■r*  years  to  take  an  intelligent  interest  in  their  theater  and 
to  make  it  a  place  of  wise  amusement  instead  of  a  child's  toy- 
shop and  the  playground  of  licentious  tomfoolery,  Henry  Arthur 
Jones  turns  his  attention  in  "Patriotism  and  Popular  Educa- 
tion" (Dutton)  to  a  plea  for  the  right  kind  of  education  for 
the  masses.  Since  the  masses  must  always  be  exploited,  the 
interests  of  the  state  require  that  they  be  taught  their  place 
in  the  world,  together  with  the  mastery  of  the  necessary  but 
disagreeable  crafts  which  are  to  supply  us  with  food,  clothing, 
furniture,  and  houses.  Mr.  Jones,  as  a  patriotic  Englishman, 
has  strong  convictions  on  a  large  variety  of  subjects,  from 
household  management  to  international  relations;  and  as  an 
experienced  writer  he  can  express  himself  vigorously  in 
from  two  to  a  dozen  ways,  can  produce  many  interesting,  many 
wise,  many  suggestive,  many  amusing,  and  many  provoking 
paragraphs.  But  if  one  is  looking  for  help  in  dealing  with 
either  educational  problems  or  the  problems  of  state,  he  will 
find  many  smaller  books  much  more  helpful. 


You  would  give  a  great  deal 

for 

A  MAGAZINE  EDITED  BY 


The    Continent 

Paul   Morand 
Paul  Valery 
Marcel    Proust 
Guy-Charles    Cros 
Julien    Benda 
Benedetto   Croce 
Miguel   de   Unamuno 
Enrico  Ferrieri 
Thomas    Mann 


Waldo    Frank 
Padraic    Colum 
Mary    Austin 
Amy    Lowell 
Van   Wyck    Brooks 
Robert    Frost 
Vachel    Lindsay 
E.  A.   Robinson 
John     Dewey 


England   and    Ireland 

W.    B.   Yeats 
James    Stephens 
D.   H.    Lawrence 
Ford  Madox  Hueffer 

T.  S.  Eliot 
Ezra   Pound 
James    Joyce 
Richard    Aldington 
Wyndham   Lewis 


These  are  more  than  regular  contributors  to 

THE  DIAL 

Many  of  them  are  collaborators.  They  have  given  their 
enthusiastic  advice,  have  found  new  work  for  THE  DIAL 
to  print,  have  made  possible  the  publication,  for  the  first 
time  in  America,  of  a  really  complete  magazine,  bringing 
new  talent  before  the  public  against  a  background  of  uni- 
versal contemporary  culture. 

Our  foreign  staff  has  made  it  possible  for  us  to  offer  our 
readers  two  indispensable  things: 

First,  articles  by  prominent  foreign  writers  on  the  creative 
work  now  being  done  in  their  respective  countries. 

Second,  the  creative  work  itself — stories,  poems,  draw- 
ings, selected  with  the  advice  and  assistance  of  these  com- 
petent men. 

This  presentation  of  foreign  material  in  no  way  diminishes 
our  care  to  publish  the  best  American  work.  Indeed  we 
hope  to  give  it,  perhaps  for  the  first  time,  an  appropriate 
setting. 

If  we  seem  arrogant,  it  is  because  of  our  contributors. 

During  the  next  six  months  THE  DIAL  will  have: 

Regular  articles  on  current  art  exhibitions  by  Henry 
McBride;  on  music  by  Paul  Rosenfeld. 

Reviews  of  the  theatre  and  important  books. 

The  Unpublished  writings  of  Remy  de  Gourmont. 

The  Prisoner     Who  Sang;  a  short 
serial  novel  by  Johan  Bojer. 

Belphegor,  by  Julien  Benda ;  a  sar- 
donic and  sagacious  attack  on  the  rage 
for  William  James,  Bergson,  Rolland, 
and  other  contemporary  admirations. 

Keep  au  courant. 
Subscribe  today. 


The  Dial  Publishing  Company 

152  Westfl3th  Street,  New  York 

Please  send  me  THE  DIAL  for  one  year,  $4.00  (or)  THE  DIAL 
for  one  year  and  the  book  I  have  checked: 

The  Rescue,   by  Joseph  Conrad,   for  $4.75. 

- The     Golden     Whales     of     California,     by 

Vachel    Lindsay,    for   $4.60. 

Fantastics,    by    Lafcadio    Hearn,    for   $4.60. 

- The   Economic  Consequences  of   the   Peace, 

by   John    Maynard    Keynes,    for   $5.00. 

Enclosed    find   check    for   $ -.... 

Name   - - - - - - _ _.. 


N-8-28 


International  Relations  Section 


More  Notes  to  Russia 

THE  reply  of  the  British  Government  to  the  note  of 
July  24  from  the  Soviet  Government  of  Russia,  printed 
in  the  last  issue  of  the  International  Relations  Section, 
was  dispatched  in  the  form  of  two  notes.  The  first,  dated 
July  26,  reads  as  follows: 

The  British  Government  is  glad  to  learn  that  the  Soviet 
Government  has  authorized  the  military  command  of  the  Soviet 
armies  to  negotiate  an  immediate  armistice  with  the  Polish 
military  command,  and  that  they  are  prepared  to  agree  to  a 
conference  meeting  in  London  for  the  purpose  of  establishing 
a  definite  agreement  between  Russia  and  the  Powers  which 
were  engaging  in  hostile  actions  against  her  or  supporting 
such  action. 

They  note  that  the  Soviet  Government  further  proposes  that 
the  representatives  of  the  leading  Powers  of  the  Entente  should 
attend  this  conference,  and  they  are  communicating  with  their 
Allies  on  this  subject.  Meanwhile  they  would  suggest  that 
Messrs.  Kamenev,  Krassin,  and  Miliutin  should  be  authorized 
by  the  Soviet  Government  not  merely  to  conclude  the  trade 
agreement  between  Russia  and  the  Allied  Governments  but  also 
to  discuss  preliminary  arrangements  for  the  proposed  peace 
conference,  because  communications  by  cable  will  involve  delay 
and  possible  misunderstanding. 

In  reply  to  the  latter  part  of  the  telegram,  the  British  Gov- 
ernment would  point  out  that  no  trade  agreement,  even  if 
completed,  could  have  produced  practical  results  if  Soviet 
Russia  had  refused  an  armistice  and  invaded  Poland,  and  had 
thus  forced  Great  Britain  and  her  Allies  to  give  active  support 
to  the  Polish  people  in  defending  their  liberties  and  independ- 
ence. They,  therefore,  thought  it  best  to  stop  Messrs.  Kamenev, 
Krassin,  and  Miliutin  from  making  a  journey  which  would  be 
fruitless  if  no  armistice  were  arranged. 

In  view,  however,  of  the  present  reply,  they  have  instructed 
the  destroyer  to  bring  Messrs.  Kamenev,  Krassin,  and  Miliutin 
to  England  immediately,  or,  if  they  prefer  another  route,  the 
British  Government  will  ask  the  governments  concerned  to 
facilitate  their  journey. 

As  regards  General  Wrangel,  the  British  Government  must 
declare  that  General  Wrangel  is  not,  as  the  Soviet  Government 
have  suggested,  their  agent,  or  in  any  way  under  their  control. 
Nor  have  they  had  any  responsibility  for  the  recent  offensive, 
while  the  suggestion  that  the  British  Government  have  any 
such  designs  with  regard  to  the  Crimea  as  the  Soviet  authorities 
appear  to  imagine  is  absurd.  They  have,  however,  communi- 
cated to  General  Wrangel  the  terms  of  the  Russian  Govern- 
ment's declaration. 

The  second  note  is  dated  July  28,  that  is,  after  the  meet- 
ing between  Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  M.  Millerand  at  Boulogne. 
The  text  follows : 

British  Government  having  consulted  its  Allies  is  now  in  a 
position  to  send  following  reply  to  Chicherin's  telegram  of 
July  24: 

The  British  Government  which,  on  the  assumption  .that  an 
armistice  is  about  to  be  concluded  and  that  hostilities  are  about 
to  cease  between  Soviet  Russia  and  Poland,  is  proposing  to  its 
Allies  that  they  should  take  part  in  a  conference  to  be  held 
in  London  at  which  the  Soviet  Government  of  Russia  will  also 
be  represented,  considers  that  no  doubt  should  be  left  as  to 
the  object  of  the  meeting,  as  to  the  Powers  which  are  to  be 
summoned  to  attend  it,  or  as  to  the  essential  subjects  which  it 
is  to  discuss. 


The  two  last  telegrams  from  the  Soviet  Government  leave 
some  doubt  upon  these  points.  The  telegram  of  July  19  seems 
to  reject  the  participation  of  the  Allies  in  the  negotiations  for 
peace  between  the  Soviet  Government  and  the  Polish  Govern- 
ment and  other  neighboring  governments  of  Russia.  The  last 
telegram,  on  the  other  hand,  seems  to  admit  this  participation. 

The  British  Government  considers  that,  if  the  Allied  Govern- 
ments are  to  meet  the  delegates  of  the  Soviet  Government  with 
any  chance  of  success,  the  delegates  of  the  Polish  Government, 
and  of  the  other  border  states  who  are  concerned,  must  also  be 
present. 

The  conference  should  have  as  its  essential  object  the  re- 
establishment  of  peace  in  Europe,  and  in  the  first  place  between 
Poland  and  Russia,  upon  conditions  which  would  secure  the 
independence  of  Poland  and  the  legitimate  interests  of  both 
countries. 

The  conference  shall  also  consider  the  questions  which  are 
still  outstanding  between  Soviet  Russia  and  the  border  states 
which  have  not  yet  signed  a  definite  peace  with  Russia. 

After  the  settlement  of  these  questions  the  conference  could 
proceed  to  deal  with  the  matters  in  dispute  between  the  Govern- 
ment of  Soviet  Russia  and  the  Allies,  and  the  reestablishment 
of  normal  relations  between  them. 


The  Proposed  Convention  with  Haiti 

THE  Fuller  Convention,  submitted  to  the  Haitian  Minis- 
ter of  Foreign  Affairs  on  May  22,  1915,  by  Mr.  Paul 
Fuller,  Jr.,  Envoy  Extraordinary  of  the  United  States  to 
Haiti,  read  as  follows,  the  preliminary  and  concluding  para- 
graphs being  omitted: 

1.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  will  pro- 
tect the  Republic  of  Haiti  from  outside  attack  and  from  the  ag- 
gression of  any  foreign  Power,  and  to  that  end  will  employ  such 
forces  of  the  army  and  navy  of  the  United  States  as  may  be 
necessary. 

2.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  will  aid 
the  Government  of  Haiti  to  suppress  insurrection  from  within 
and  will  give  effective  support  by  the  employment  of  the  armed 
forces  of  the  United  States  army  and  navy  to  the  extent  needed. 

3.  The  President  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  covenants  that  no 
rights,  privileges,  or  facilities  of  any  description  whatsoever 
will  be  granted,  sold,  leased,  or  otherwise  accorded  directly  or 
indirectly  by  the  Government  of  Haiti  concerning  the  occupation 
or  use  of  the  Mole  Saint-Nicolas  to  any  foreign  government  or 
to  a  national  or  the  nationals  of  any  other  foreign  government. 

4.  The  President  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  covenants  that 
within  six  months  from  the  signing  of  this  convention,  the  Gov- 
ernment will  enter  into  an  arbitration  agreement  for  the  settle- 
ment of  such  claims  as  American  citizens  or  other  foreigners 
may  have  against  the  Government  of  Haiti,  such  arbitration 
agreement  to  provide  for  the  equal  treatment  of  all  foreigners 
to  the  end  that  the  people  of  Haiti  may  have  the  benefit  of  com- 
petition between  the  nationals  of  all  countries. 


The  Haitian  Counter-Project 

THE  counter-project  of  the  Haitian  Government,  of 
June  4,  1915,  with  such  of  the  modifications  suggested 
by  Mr.  Fuller  as  the  Haitian  Government  was  willing  to 
accept,  read  as  follows: 

I.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  will  lend 

PUBUO 

ua 


254 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


its  assistance  to  the  Republic  of  Haiti  for  the  preservation  of  its 
independence.  For  that  purpose  it  agrees  to  intervene  to  pre- 
vent the  intrusion  of  any  Power  and  to  repulse  any  act  of 
aggression  against  the  Republic  of  Haiti.  To  that  end  it  will 
employ  such  forces  of  the  army  and  navy  of  the  United  States 
as  may  be  necessary. 

II.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  will  facilitate  the 
entry  into  Haiti  of  sufficient  capital  to  assure  the  full  economic 
development  of  that  country,  and  to  improve,'  within  the  imme- 
diate future,  its  financial  situation,  especially  to  bring  about 
the  unification  of  its  debt  in  such  fashion  as  to  reduce  the  cus- 
toms guaranties  now  required,  and  to  lead  to  a  fundamental 
money  reform. 

In  order  to  give  such  capital  all  desirable  guaranties  the 
Government  of  Haiti  agrees  to  employ  in  the  customs  service 
only  officials  whose  ability  and  character  are  well  known,  and 
to  replace  those  who  in  practice  are  found  not  to  fill  these  con- 
ditions. 

The  Government  of  Haiti  will  also  assure  the  protection  of 
capital  and  in  general  of  all  foreign  interests  by  the  organiza- 
tion of  a  mounted  rural  constabulary  trained  in  the  most  mod- 
ern methods. 

In  the  meantime  if  it  be  necessary  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  after  consultation  with  the  Government  of  Haiti, 
will  give  its  aid  in  the  repression  of  serious  disorders  or  trou- 
bles which  might  compromise  these  foreign  interests. 

The  American  forces  which  have  in  the  given  circumstances 
cooperated  with  the  Haitian  troops  in  the  restoration  of  order, 
should  be  retired  from  Haitian  territory  at  the  first  request  of 
the  constitutional  authority. 

III.  The  President  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  covenants  that 
no  rights,  privileges,  or  facilities  of  any  description  whatsoever 
will  be  granted,  sold,  leased,  or  otherwise  accorded  directly  or 
indirectly  by  the  Government  of  Haiti  concerning  the  occupation 
or  use  of  the  Mole  Saint-Nicolas  to  any  foreign  government  or 
to  a  national  or  the  nationals  of  any  other  foreign  government. 

IV.  The  President  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  covenants 
within  six  months  of  the  signing  of  this  convention  to  sign  a 
convention  of  arbitration  with  the  Powers  concerned  for  the 
settlement  of  the  diplomatic  claims  pending,  which  arbitration 
convention  will  provide  for  the  equal  treatment  of  all  claimants, 
no  special  privileges  being  granted  to  any  of  them. 

V.  In  case  of  difficulties  regarding  the  interpretation  of  the 
clauses  of  the  present  convention,  the  high  contracting  parties 
agree  to  submit  the  difference  to  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbi- 
tration at  The  Hague. 

Mr.  Fuller  had  suggested  a  further  modification  which 
the  Haitian  Government  refused.  It  changed  the  final  para- 
graph of  Article  II  to  read:  "The  American  forces  which 
have  in  the  given  circumstance  cooperated  with  the  Haitian 
troops,  shall,  when  order  has  been  reestablished,  be  retired," 
etc.  His  other  suggestions  were  accepted  with  unimpor- 
tant verbal  changes. 


The  Haitian- United  States  Convention 

THE  convention  between  the  United  States  and  Haiti 
was  ratified  on  September  16,  1915,  after  the  occupa- 
tion of  the  country  by  American  troops.  In  its  final  form 
it  is  in  interesting  contrast  with  the  suggested  agreements 
printed  above. 

The  United  States  and  the  Republic  of  Haiti,  desiring  to 
confirm  and  strengthen  the  amity  existing  between  them  by 
the  most  cordial  cooperation  in  measures  for  their  common 
advantage,  and  the  Republic  of  Haiti  desiring  to  remedy  the 
present  condition  of  its  revenues  and  finances,  to  maintain 
the   tranquillity   of  the   Republic,   to   carry   out   plans   for   the 


economic  development  and  prosperity  of  the  Republic  and  its 
people,  and  the  United  States  being  in  full  sympathy  with  all 
of  these  aims  and  objects  and  desiring  to  contribute  in  all 
proper  ways  to  their  accomplishment; 

The  United  States  and  the  Republic  of  Haiti  have  resolved 
to  conclude  a  convention  with  these  objects  in  view,  and  have 
appointed  for  that  purpose  plenipotentiaries: 

The  President  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti,  Mr.  Louis  Borno, 
Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs  and  Public  Instruction, 

The  President  of  the  United  States,  Mr.  Robert  Beale  Davis, 
Jr.,  Charge  d'Affaires  of  the  United  States  of  America; 

Who,  having  exhibited  to  each  other  their  respective  powers, 
which  are  seen  to  be  full  in  good  and  true  form,  have  agreed 
as  follows: 

Article  I.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  will,  by 
its  good  offices,  aid  the  Haitian  Government  in  the  proper  and 
efficient  development  of  its  agricultural,  mineral,  and  com- 
mercial resources  and  in  the  establishment  of  the  finances  of 
Haiti  on  a  firm  and  solid  basis. 

Article  II.  The  President  of  Haiti  shall  appoint,  upon 
nomination  by  the  President  of  the  United  States,  a  General 
Receiver  and  such  aids  and  employees  as  may  be  necessary,  who 
shall  collect,  receive,  and  apply  all  customs  duties  on  imports 
and  exports  accruing  at  the  several  customs-houses  and  ports  of 
entry  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti. 

The  President  of  Haiti  shall  appoint,  upon  nomination  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States,  a  Financial  Adviser  who  shall 
be  an  officer  attached  to  the  Ministry  of  Finance,  to  give  effect 
to  whose  proposals  and  labors  the  Minister  will  lend  efficient 
aid.  The  Financial  Adviser  shall  devise  an  adequate  system  of 
public  accounting,  aid  in  increasing  the  revenues  and  adjusting 
them  to  the  expenses,  inquire  into  the  validity  of  the  debts  of 
the  Republic,  enlighten  both  governments  with  reference  to  all 
eventual  debts,  recommend  improved  methods  of  collecting  and 
applying  the  revenues,  and  make  such  other  recommendations' 
to  the  Minister  of  Finance  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  for  the 
welfare  and  prosperity  of  Haiti. 

Article  III.  The  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  will 
provide  by  law  or  appropriate  decrees  for  the  payment  of  all 
customs  duties  to  the  General  Receiver,  and  will  extend  to  the 
Receivership,  and  to  the  Financial  Adviser,  all  needful  aid  and 
full  protection  in  the  execution  of  the  powers  conferred  and 
duties  imposed  herein;  and  the  United  States  on  its  part  will 
extend  like  aid  and  protection. 

Article  IV.  Upon  the  appointment  of  the  Financial  Ad- 
viser, the  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  in  cooperation 
with  the  Financial  Adviser,  shall  collate,  classify,  arrange,  and 
make  full  statement  of  all  the  debts  of  the  Republic,  the 
amounts,  character,  maturity,  and  condition  thereof,  and  the 
interest  accruing  and  the  sinking  fund  requisite  to  their  final 
discharge. 

Article  V.  All  sums  collected  and  received  by  the  General 
Receiver  shall  be  applied,  first  to  the  payment  of  the  salaries 
and  allowances  of  the  General  Receiver,  his  assistants,  and  em- 
ployees and  expenses  of  the  Receivership,  including  the  salary 
and  expenses  of  the  Financial  Adviser,  which  salaries  will  be 
determined  by  the  previous  agreement;  second,  to  the  interest 
and  sinking  fund  of  the  public  debt  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti; 
and  third,  to  the  maintenance  of  the  constabulary  referred  to 
in  Article  X,  and  then  the  remainder  to  the  Haitian  Govern- 
ment for  the  purposes  of  current  expenses. 

In  making  these  applications  the  General  Receiver  will  pro- 
ceed to  pay  salaries  and  allowances  monthly  and  expenses  as 
they  arise,  and  on  the  first  of  each  calendar  month  will  set 
aside  in  a  separate  fund  the  quantum  of  the  collections  and 
receipts  of  the  previous  month. 

Article  VI.  The  expenses  of  the  Receivership,  including 
salaries  and  allowances  of  the  General  Receiver,  his  assistants, 
and  employees,  and  the  salary  and  expenses  of  the  Financial 
Adviser,  shall  not  exceed  5  per  cent  of  the  collections  and  re- 


August  28, 1920] 


The  Nation 


255 


ceipts  from  customs  duties,  unless  by  agreement  by  the  two 
governments. 

Article  VII.  The  General  Receiver  shall  make  monthly 
reports  of  all  collections,  receipts,  and  disbursements  to  the 
appropriate  officers  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  and  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  of  the  United  States,  which  reports  shall  be  open 
to  inspection  and  verification  at  all  times  by  the  appropriate 
authorities  of  each  of  the  said  governments. 

Article  VIII.  The  Republic  of  Haiti  shall  not  increase  its 
public  debt,  except  by  previous  agreement  with  the  President 
of  the  United  States,  and  shall  not  contract  any  debt  or  assume 
any  financial  obligation  unless  the  ordinary  revenues  of  the 
Republic  available  for  that  purpose,  after  defraying  the  ex-, 
penses  of  the  Government,  shall  be  adequate  to  pay  the  interest 
and  provide  a  sinking  fund  for  the  final  discharge  of  such 
debt. 

Article  IX.  The  Republic  of  Haiti  will  not,  without  the 
assent  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  modify  the  customs 
duties  in  a  manner  to  reduce  the  revenues  therefrom;  and  in 
order  that  the  revenues  of  the  Republic  may  be  adequate  to 
meet  the  public  debt  and  the  expenses  of  the  Government,  to 
preserve  tranquillity,  and  to  promote  material  prosperity,  the 
Republic  of  Haiti  will  cooperate  with  the  Financial  Adviser  in 
his  recommendations  for  improvement  in  the  methods  of  collect- 
ing and  disbursing  the  revenues  and  for  new  sources  of  needed 
income. 

Article  X.  The  Haitian  Government  obligates  itself,  for 
the  preservation  of  domestic  peace,  the  security  of  individual 
rights,  and  the  full  observance  of  the  provisions  of  this  treaty, 
to  create  without  delay  an  efficient  constabulary,  urban  and 
rural,  composed  of  native  Haitians.  This  constabulary  shall  be 
organized  and  officered  by  Americans  appointed  by  the  President 
of  Haiti,  upon  nomination  by  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
The  Haitian  Government  shall  clothe  these  officers  with  the 
proper  and  necessary  authority  and  uphold  them  in  the  per- 
formance of  their  functions.  These  officers  will  be  replaced  by 
Haitians  as  they,  by  examination  conducted  under  direction  of  a 
board  to  be  selected  by  the  senior  American  officer  of  this  con- 
stabulary in  the  presence  of  a  representative  of  the  Haitian 
Government,  are  found  to  be  qualified  to  assume  such  duties. 
The  constabulary  herein  provided  for  shall,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Haitian  Government,  have  supervision  and  control  of 
arms  and  ammunition,  military  supplies  and  traffic  therein, 
throughout  the  country.  The  high  contracting  parties  agree 
that  the  stipulations  in  this  article  are  necessary  to  prevent 
factional  strife  and  disturbances. 

Article  XI.  The  Government  of  Haiti  agrees  not  to  sur- 
render any  of  the  territory  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  by  sale, 
lease,  or  otherwise,  or  jurisdiction  over  such  territory,  to  any 
foreign  government  or  Power,  nor  to  enter  into  any  treaty  or 
contract  with  any  foreign  Power  or  Powers  that  will  impair  or 
tend  to  impair  the  independence  of  Haiti. 

Article  XII.  The  Haitian  Government  agrees  to  execute 
with  the  United  States  a  protocol  for  the  settlement,  by  arbitra- 
tion or  otherwise,  of  all  pending  pecuniary  claims  of  foreign 
corporations,  companies,  citizens,  or  subjects  against  Haiti. 

Article  XIII.  The  Republic  of  Haiti,  being  desirous  to 
further  the  development  of  its  natural  resources,  agrees  to  un- 
dertake and  execute  such  measures  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
high  contracting  parties,  may  be  necessary  for  the  sanitation 
and  public  improvement  of  the  Republic  under  the  supervision 
and  direction  of  an  engineer  or  engineers,  to  be  appointed  by 
the  President  of  Haiti  upon  nomination  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  and  authorized  for  that  purpose  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Haiti. 

Article  XIV.  The  high  contracting  parties  shall  have 
authority  to  take  such  steps  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  the 
complete  attainment  of  any  of  the  objects  comprehended  in  this 
treaty;  and  should  the  necessity  occur,  the  United  States  will 
lend  an  efficient  aid  for  the  preservation  of  Haitian  independ- 


ence and  the  maintenance  of  a  government  adequate  for  the 
protection  of  life,  property,  and  individual  liberty. 

Article  XV.  The  present  treaty  shall  be  approved  and 
ratified  by  the  high  contracting  parties  in  conformity  with  their 
respective  laws,  and  the  ratifications  thereof  shall  be  exchanged 
in  the  City  of  Washington  as  soon  as  may  be  possible. 

Article  XVI.  The  present  treaty  shall  remain  in  full  force 
and  virtue  for  the  term  of  ten  years,  to  be  counted  from  the  day 
of  exchange  of  ratifications,  and  further  for  another  term  of 
ten  years  if,  for  specific  reasons  presented  by  either  of  the  high 
contracting  parties,  the  purpose  of  this  treaty  has  not  been  fully 
accomplished. 

In  faith  whereof,  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  present  convention  in  duplicate,  in  the  English  and  French 
languages,  and  have  thereunto  affixed  their  seals. 

Done  at  Port-au-Prince  (Haiti),  the  16th  day  of  September 
in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  fifteen. 

Robert  Beale  Davis,  Jr., 
Charge  d'Affaires  of  the  United  States 

Louis  Borno, 
Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs 
and   Public   Instruction 


The  New  Constitution  of  Haiti 

THE  new  Constitution  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti,  ratified 
under  the  American  Occupation,  altered  the  former 
Constitution  in  regard  to  the  important  subject  of  the  right 
of  foreigners  to  hold  land.  Article  6  of  the  old  Constitution 
reads : 

No  one,  unless  he  is  a  Haitian,  may  be  a  holder  of  land  in 
Haiti,  regardless  of  what  his  title  may  be,  nor  acquire  any  real 
estate. 

Article  5  of  the  Constitution  of  1918  makes  the  following 
provision : 

The  right  to  hold  property  is  given  to  foreigners  residing  in 
Haiti,  and  to  societies  formed  by  foreigners,  for  dwelling  pur- 
poses and  for  agricultural,  commercial,  industrial,  or  educa- 
tional enterprises.  This  right  shall  be  discontinued  five  years 
after  the  foreigner  shall  have  ceased  to  reside  in  the  country,  or 
when  the  activities  of  these  companies  shall  have  ceased. 


The  Haitian  President's  Proclamation 

IN  the  Moniteur,  official  organ  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti, 
for  September  4,  1915,  in  a  column  headed  "Liberty, 
Equality,  Fraternity,"  the  president  of  Haiti  published  a 
proclamation  on  the  situation  arising  from  the  occupation 
by  American  troops  of  the  customs-house  at  Port-au-Prince. 

Haitians!  At  the  very  moment  when  the  Government,  en- 
gaged in  negotiations  to  settle  the  question  of  the  presence  of 
American  military  forces  on  Haitian  territory,  was  looking  for- 
ward to  a  prompt  solution  in  accordance  with  law  and  justice, 
it  finds  itself  faced  with  the  simple  seizure  of  possession  of  the 
customs  administration  of  the  capital. 

Previously  the  customs-houses  of  several  other  cities  of  the 
republic  had  been  occupied  in  like  fashion,  and  whenever  the 
news  of  such  occupation  reached  the  National  Palace  or  the 
"Department  of  Finances,  it  was  followed  by  an  energetic  pro- 
test, demanding  that  the  diplomatic  representative  of  the  Amer- 
ican Government  residing  at  Port-au-Prince  restore  the  cus- 
toms-houses and  put  an  end  to  acts  so  contrary  to  the  relations 
at  present  existing  between  the  Government  of  Haiti  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  North  America. 

Haitians!  In  bringing  these  facts  officially  to  the  attention 
of  the  country,  I  owe  it  to  myself  to  declare  further,  in  the  most 


256 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2878 


formal  fashion,  to  you  and  to  the  entire  civilized  world,  that  the 
order  to  carry  out  these  acts  so  destructive  of  the  interests, 
rights,  and  sovereignty  of  the  Haitian  people  is  not  due  to  any- 
thing which  can  be  cited  against  the  patriotism,  devotion,  spirit 
of  sacrifice,  and  loyalty  of  those  to  whom  the  destinies  of  the 
country  have  been  intrusted.    You  are  the  judges  of  that. 

Nor  will  I  conceal  the  fact  that  my  astonishment  is  greater 
because  the  negotiations,  which  had  been  undertaken  in  the 
hope  of  an  agreement  upon  the  basis  of  propositions  presented 
by  the  American  Government  itself,  after  having  passed  through 
the  ordinary  phases  of  diplomatic  discussion,  with  frankness  and 


courtesy  on  both  sides,  have  now  been  relieved  of  the  only  ob- 
stacles which  had  hitherto  appeared  to  stand'in  their  way. 

Haitians!  In  this  agonizing  situation,  more  than  tragic  for 
every  truly  Haitian  soul,  the  Government,  which  intends  to 
preserve  full  national  sovereignty,  will  be  able  to  maintain  the 
necessary  resolution  only  if  all  are  united  in  exercising  their 
intelligence  and  energy  with  it  in  the  present  task  of  saving  the 
nation.     .     .     . 

SUDRE   DARTIGUENAVE 

Given  at  the  National  Palace,  September  2,  1915,  in  the  112th 
year  of  our  independence. 


Story  Writing  Properly  Taught 

Expert  instruction  in  Short-story  Writing  will  be  given  by 
the  staff  of  Pearson's  Magazine,  under  the  personal  super- 
vision of  Frank  Harris.    Persons  whose  experience  with  other 
"courses"  has  been  unsatisfactory,  will  find  here  a  service  of 
superior    worth.      Careful    criticism    and    revision    of    single 
manuscripts   also   made   by   professional    writers.      Fees    for 
either  service  moderate.    For  information  address, 

PEARSON'S  LITERARY  SERVICE,  57  Fifth  Are.,  New  York 

Just  Published 

No.  68.     Illustrated  Catalogue  of 

Rare  Books  in  Beautiful  Old  Bindings 

Th«  DR.  R.  T.  JUPP  COLLECTION  of 

MSS.,  AUTOGRAPHS,  BOOKS,  etc.,  etc.,  by  or  relating  to 

CHARLES  DICKENS 

The  Collection  of  Relics  of  the  Original  Dora  of  DAVID  COPPERFIELD 

BOOKS  ON  THE  FINE  ARTS,  SPORT 

and  an  extensive  collection  of  BOOKS  ON  SHORTHAND 

Fine  Sets  ef  First  Editions  of  CHARLES  LEVER,  GEORGE  MEREDITH 
and  aPTAIN  MARRYAT,  GOULD'S  BIRDS  of  AUSTRALIA,  etc. 

Post  free  from 

HENRY   SOTHERAN  &    CO. 

Booksellers  to  the  King 

43,  Piccadilly,  W.    1, 

or,  140  Strand.  W.  C.  2. 
Cable  Address;  Bookmen,  London                                   London,   England. 

A  I IPF   KAFTCFR    DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 
iiLILIu    !\ilUjL!\    ESTABLISHED         mi 

1402  BROADWAY          Motion  Picture  Department 

NEW  YORK                          R.    L.    GIFFEN,    Asfoeiat*    Manager 

Plato's  REPUBLIC  Realized  in  SOVIET  RUSSIA 

As    Bertrand    Russell    lately    said    in    The   Nation,    the    parallel    is    ex- 
traordinarily   exact    between    Plato's    Republic    and    Soviet    Russia,    the 
Communist   Party   members   corresponding   to   the    Guardians. 

We  publish  the  best  translation  of  the  REPUBLIC,  cloth,   634  pages, 
$2.00    postpaid ;   also    the   ten    Books    of   the    Republic    in    paper   at    15c 
each.      Plato's    ideal    State    ruled    by    Guardians    is    described    in    Books 
III   and   IV,   mailed   for   30c.     Catalog   free. 
CHARLES   H.   KERR  &  COMPANY.  347   East  Ohio  Street.  CHICAGO 

o4ny  change  of  address 

should  be   mailed  to  our   Subscription    Department  at  least  two 
weeks  before  it  is  to  become  effective.     This   will   insure   unin- 
terrupted  delivery   of    The  Nation   to   you,    and   will   materially 
lessen  the  pressure  of  work  in  our  office. 

When  notifying  us  be  sure  to  give  both  old  and  new  addresses 
and  stipulate  the  exact  date  upon  which  you  desire  the  change 

made>                SUBSCRIPTION   DEPARTMENT 
20  Vesey  Street        The    Nation          New  York,  N.  Y. 

Dagger  of  Darkness,  25c. 

How    the    dark    forces    of    superstition    have    steadily    fought    the    advance 
of   knowledge   through    the   centuries   is  graphically    recounted    in    this   great 
work    of    the    renowned    scientist,    Ernst    Haeckel,    whose    name    ranks    next 
to   Darwin's  in  the  field  of  evolutionary  research. 

APPEAL  TO  REASON,  GIRARD,  KANSAS. 

^/"E  have  just  compiled  a  booklet  containing  the 
latest  information  and  statistics  about  the 

SAAR  VALLEY 

its  wealth,  resources  and  industries.      Of  valuable 
interest  to  investors.     Free  on  request. 


We  own  and  offer  for  spot  delivery,  4  <£  Bonds  of  the 
City  of  Saarbruecken.  4  <£  Community  Bonds  of  the 
Mortgage  Bank,  Saarbruecken. 

VON    POLENZ    &    CO.,    Inc. 

60  Broadway  New  York 

Telephone  Bowling  Green  4320 

Boston  Philadelphia  Milwaukee 

Cincinnati  Chicago  Denver 

Berlin 


Studies  in  History,  Economics  and 
Public  Law 

Edited  by  the  Faculty  of  Political 
Science  of  Columbia  University 

No.  205   PRISON  METHODS  IN  NEW 
YORK  STATE 

By    PHILIP   KLEIN,    Ph.D. 

paper  covers,  $3.50 

No.  207  THE  INFLUENCE  OF 
OVERSEA  EXPANSION  ON  ENG- 
LAND TO  1700 

By  JAMES  E.  GILLESPIE,  Ph.D. 

paper  covers,   $3.00 

LONGMANS,  GREEN  &  CO.,  Publishers 

FOURTH  AVE.  AND  30TH  STREET 
NEW  YORK 


Notice  to 
Foreign  Subscribers 

Subscribers  residing  in  foreign  coun- 
tries are  requested  to  make  remittance 
by  international  money-order,  or  draft, 
payable  in  New  York,  so  that  subscrip- 
tions may  be  entered  promptly. 

Circulation  Department 

The  Nation 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  SEPTEMBER  4,  1920 


No.  2879 


Contents 


EDITORIAL    PARAGRAPHS    257 

EDITORIALS: 

How    Will    You    Vote? 260 

What    Housing    Shortage    Means 261 

The    Near    Eastern    Chaos 261 

Propaganda     Isn't     Tired 262 

The    Ivory    Tower 263 

WHAT  WILL  THEY  DO  WITH  THE  VOTE  ?    By  Stella  Crossley  Daljord  264 

SELF-DETERMINING  HAITI.    II.  WHAT  THE  UNITED  STATES  HAS 

ACCOMPLISHED.      By    James    Weldon    Johnson 265 

A   FRAGMENT— FROM   THE   HISTORY    OF    THE    GREAT   WAR.     By 

John    Haynes    Holmes 267 

TYRANNY    BY    PROPHETS.      By    Henry    G.    Alsberg 268 

REPEATING   AMERICAN    HISTORY.      By   Albert  J.    Beveridge 270 

MAX    KLINGER.      By    Friedrich    Bruns 271 

THE    SCYTHIANS.     From    the    Russian    of    Alexander    Blok    by    Babette 

Deutsch    and    Abraham    Yarmolinsky 271 

IN  THE   DRIFTWAY.     By  The  Drifter 272 

BOOKS : 

Foster  on  the   Steel    Strike.     By   George   Soule 273 

Various  Views  of  Ireland.     By   Preserved   Smith 274 

What  a  Budget  Means.     By  Charles   A.   Beard 275 

Diverse   Americans    275 

Books    in    Brief 276 

Notes    and    News 278 

DRAMA : 

Hors   D'CEuvres.     By   Ludwig   Lewisohn 278 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS   SECTION: 

Resolutions    of    Dail    Eireann 280 

Irish    Local    Government    Finances 281 

Industry    in    Soviet    Russia 282 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD.  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico  ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,   $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford  St.,  London. 

POSSIBLY  the  heat  explains  it.  At  any  event,  it  is  vaca- 
tion season  and  the  period  of  markdowns.  Let  us  at 
least  yawn  charitably  at  the  headlines  of  slush  funds  and 
the  unseemly  spending  of  money  for  the  Presidential  aspir- 
ants. Let  us  not  hiss,  nay,  rather  gently  applaud,  our  famil- 
iar friend,  that  sinister  yet  diverting  old  villain,  Glittering 
Gold,  slowly  looming  upstage,  with  chorus.  Ah,  yes,  there 
is  German  gold  backing  Harding,  who  being  agin  the 
League  is  therefore  for  Germany.  British  gold — according 
to  Representative  Britten — strong  for  the  League,  stacks  up 
behind  Cox.  This  sort  of  inductive  reasoning  is  easy,  and 
just  right  for  hot  weather.  Italian  gold,  objecting  to  the 
Fiume  settlement,  is  Republican;  Jugoslav  gold,  Democratic. 
Japanese  gold  has  not  yet  been  heard  from,  but  let  us  hope 
our  astute  campaigners  will  not  overlook  its  possibilities, 
especially  on  the  Coast.  Needless  to  say,  Soviet  gold  is  back- 
ing the  wicked  Socialists.  Sahara  gold,  of  course,  is  behind 
the  Prohibitionists.  The  Farmer-Labor  Party?  Obviously 
hyphenate  gold  in  general!  Indeed,  only  a  free  silver  or  a 
greenback  party  could  escape  this  genial  calumny,  showing 
that  the  only  really  good  party  is  a  dead  one.    The  only  cer- 


tainty emerging  from  all  this  is  that  our  two  major  candi- 
dates must  be  the  original  Gold  Dust  Twins — with  the  twin- 
ship  unmistakable. 

CONGRATULATIONS  to  the  gallant  band  of  women  who 
have  at  last  carried  the  barbed  wire  entanglements  of 
bigotry  and  reaction  and  nailed  the  banner  of  political  sex 
equality  to  the  American  masthead !  The  suffrage  train  has 
been  so  long  en  route,  slowed  by  so  many  needless  and  futile 
attempts  to  sidetrack  or  upset  it,  that  we  perhaps  take  its 
puffing  arrival  a  bit  for  granted.  Yet  it  brings  a  stirring 
and  important  victory,  even  though  the  great  enfranchise- 
ment by  itself  may  not  mean  much.  For  the  vote  to  these 
twenty-five  million  newly  made  "people"  is  after  all  only  a 
symbol  of  our  striving,  despite  severe  setbacks,  for  that 
truer  and  better  democracy  to  which  America  lays  claim. 
What  really  matters  is  how  women  will  use  the  ballot.  Will 
they  carry  on  in  the  true  spirit  of  Susan  B.  Anthony  and 
Lucretia  Mott?  Or  will  they  consent  to  and  by  passivity 
connive  at  the  disfranchisement  of  their  colored  sisters  in 
the  South — the  acid  test  of  understanding  their  new  part? 
Stop  with  the  ballot  they  cannot,  nor  short  of  full  equality, 
economic  as  well  as  political.  No  office  in  the  land  but  shall 
be  open,  no  distinction  of  sex  but  shall  be  abolished.  And 
from  their  struggle  women  ought  surely  to  bring  into  our 
world  of  handicaps  and  disqualifications  a  fuller  and  more 
sympathetic  understanding  to  destroy  privilege,  to  remove 
inequality,  and  to  transform  democracy  from  a  mummified 
fetish  into  a  living  reality. 

THE  British  lion  has  settled  down  upon  his  haunches, 
and  there  is  a  semblance  of  peace  for  the  moment  in 
the  Allied  menagerie.  No  clear  indication  has  been  given, 
however,  that  Mr.  Lloyd  George  has  abandoned  his  apparent 
intention  of  extending  practical  recognition  to  the  Soviet 
Government  and  making  some  kind  of  trade  agreement  with 
Russia.  The  subsidized  Paris  press  is,  of  course,  praising 
M.  Millerand  for  his  "victory,"  but  it  remains  to  be  seen 
whether  the  accord  which  is  said  to  have  been  reached  be- 
tween Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  Premier  Giolitti  amounts  to 
anything  more  than  an  agreement  to  insist  that  Russia  shall 
not  be  too  hard  on  the  Poles,  and  an  understanding  that 
France  is  to  be  allowed  to  assume  all  the  trouble  and  ex- 
pense it  pleases  in  supporting  Wrangel.  Mr.  Balfour's  "ulti- 
matum" to  Russia,  while  perhaps  responsible  for  a  slight 
modification  of  the  Russian  peace  terms  to  Poland,  has 
called  out  a  pointed  reminder  from  M.  Chicherin  that  the 
policy  of  interfering  with  the  domestic  concerns  of  other 
nations  is  a  game  at  which  two  can  play.  Meantime  there 
are  disquieting  reports  that  Warsaw  is  divided  on  the  ques- 
tion of  carrying  the  war  beyond  the  tentative  Polish  border, 
with  France  backing  the  imperialists,  and  that  the  Russians 
are  bringing  up  reinforcements.  Great  Britain  may  well 
desire  a  settlement  in  Europe,  for  the  clouds  in  India  and 
Persia  and  Mesopotamia  are  darkening  daily.  Small  won- 
der that  the  Allies  pray  for  the  day  when  the  "moral  force" 
of  the  United  States — war  vessels,  munitions,  soldiers,  and 


258 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


credits  for  supplies — shall  be  arrayed  openly  on  their  side, 
not  alone  in  the  Russo-Polish  imbroglio,  but  wherever  the 
demand  for  liberty  and  self-determination  shows  its  head. 

THE  Dublin  Dominion  Conference  has  adopted  resolu- 
tions proposing  a  truce  between  the  factions  in  Ire- 
land, and  favoring  "an  immediate  and  binding  offer  of  full 
national  self-government,  to  be  accepted  or  rejected  by 
specially  elected  representatives  of  the  people  of  Ireland." 
The  resolutions  would  carry  more  weight  if  the  Conference 
itself  had  been  really  representative  of  the  Irish  people,  and 
if  the  advocates  of  "full  national  self-government"  were 
agreed  as  to  what  they  want.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  how- 
ever, Sinn  Fein  took  no  part  in  the  Conference,  with  the 
result  that  the  members  represented  only  the  so-called 
moderates  who  were  at  one  only  in  desiring  some  kind  of 
a  compromise;  while  Sir  Horace  Plunkett,  who  presided 
over  the  fruitless  Dublin  Convention  two  years  ago,  is  re- 
ported to  have  said  that  he  had  "no  definite  plan  for  do- 
minion home  rule."  The  high  sheriff  of  Dublin,  Mr.  Mc- 
Walter,  hit  the  nail  on  the  head  when  he  declared  that  the 
responsibility  for  disorder  in  Dublin  rested  with  the 
British  troops,  and  that  he  would  undertake  to  maintain 
both  good  order  and  good  will  with  volunteers  and  former 
soldiers  if  the  Government  would  withdraw  its  soldiers  and 
policemen  from  the  streets. 

WITH  General  Alvarado,  the  Finance  Minister,  as  its 
spokesman,  Mexico  is  fervently  promising  to  be 
good,  the  American  oil  companies  are  promising  to  pay 
their  taxes,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  they  consider  them 
exorbitant,  the  Mexican  envoy  to  Switzerland  prophesies 
a  new  era  of  "honesty,  justice,  and  good  faith,"  and  every- 
thing is  as  merry  as  a  marriage  bell.  Meanwhile  the  usual 
accounts  of  Americans  captured  by  bandits  are  appearing 
daily  in  the  newspapers  in  case  these  amenities  might  be 
suspended  at  any  time  and  it  might  be  necessary  to  revive 
general  public  irritation  in  regard  to  the  Mexican  situation. 
But  for  the  present  the  lion  is  lying  down  with  the  lamb, 
and  General  Alvarado  has  dinner  with  Edward  L.  Doheny, 
president  of  numerous  American  oil  companies  in  Mexico. 
President  de  la  Huerta  is  quite  firm,  however,  on  the  sub- 
ject of  payment  of  taxes  on  oil  properties,  stating  that  "we 
have  decided  to  take  all  measures  necessary,  which  are  sanc- 
tioned by  law,  to  make  the  companies  pay  without  further 
delay" ;  and  General  Obregon  intimates  that  if  he  is  elected 
to  the  Presidency  next  month  foreigners,  while  they  will  be 
welcomed,  must  not  expect  any  privileges  not  granted  to 
natives,  and  Americans  will  be  treated  just  like  any  other 
foreigners.    What  more  have  either  any  right  to  ask? 

THE  rioting  in  Denver,  with  the  death  of  seven  persons, 
the  injuring  of  fifty  others,  and  the  wrecking  of  the 
plant  of  the  Denver  Post,  which  resulted  in  putting  the  city 
under  martial  law,  is  but  the  natural  fruition  of  conditions 
in  Denver,  long  ago  exposed  by  Judge  Ben  Lindsey  and 
never  rectified.  The  central  figures  in  this  drama  are  the 
Denver  Tramway  Company  and  the  forces  behind  it.  Years 
of  a  "public-be-damned"  policy,  a  long  record  of  corruption 
culminating  in  open  defiance  of  the  law  and  the  importation 
of  armed  strikebreakers,  finally  led  to  the  tragic  explosion. 
The  Denver  press,  too,  consistently  played  the  incendiary 
role  which  so  many  of  our  newspapers,  instead  of  standing 
for   enlightenment   and   decency,   have   assumed — branding 


the  union  workers  as  bolshevists,  anarchists,  and  traitors, 
and  doing  their  best  to  arouse  hatred.  There  was  something 
of  retributive  justice  in  the  wholly  deplorable  assault  on  the 
city's  chief  journalistic  panderer  to  violence.  Perhaps  the 
most  interesting  and  significant  incident  of  the  strike  re- 
ceived almost  no  mention  in  newspapers  throughout  the 
country — which  while  emphasizing  the  violence  made  it  far 
from  clear  that  the  firing  was  done  by  strikebreakers — 
namely,  the  severe  condemnation  by  General  Leonard  Wood 
of  the  car  company's  policy  of  importing  and  arming  strike- 
breakers, and  his  order  directing  that  they  be  sent  out  of 
the  city. 

THE  victory  of  the  New  York  Call  over  Postmaster-Gen- 
eral Burleson  must  give  a  peculiar  thrill  of  satisfac- 
tion to  every  newspaper  and  every  individual  that  has  had 
dealings  with  that  official  during  the  last  few  years.  By 
withholding  for  nearly  three  years  the  Call's  second-class 
mailing  privilege  Mr.  Burleson  had  every  reason  to  think — 
and  doubtless  hoped — that  he  would  ruin  the  newspaper 
or  drive  it  out  of  business  as  he  succeeded  in  doing  with 
hundreds  of  other  publications.  By  the  courage  and  ability 
of  its  editors  and  managers,  and  the  loyalty  of  its  readers, 
who  made  the  survival  of  the  paper  their  daily  business,  the 
Call  has  not  only  lived,  but  has  lived  to  get  back  its  rights 
and  to  prove  Mr.  Burleson  a  law-breaker  or  at  least  a  law- 
stretcher  himself.  But  no  mere  restoration  of  its  mailing 
rights  can  restore  the  enormous  sums  of  money  lost  through 
the  action  of  the  Postmaster-General.  Until  the  Call  is  ade- 
quately repaid  for  the  almost  incalculable  damage  inflicted 
by  the  Postmaster-General,  until  some  recompense  is  made 
for  his  cold-blooded  attempt  to  strangle  it  to  death,-  the 
case  should  not  be  allowed  to  rest.  The  Call  should  take 
immediate  steps  to  recover  through  the  Court  of  Claims  or 
by  suing  the  Postmaster-General  himself  the  full  amount 
of  its  damage. 

I  HE  defeat  of  the  Bolsheviki  in  Poland  may  be  laid  less 
to  strategic  wonder-working  by  General  Weygand  than 
to  their  own  vaulting  ambition.  In  suffering  their  first 
severe  defeat  in  three  years  of  superb  resistance  to  pressure 
from  all  sides,  the  Soviets  made  radical  departures  from 
policy.  They  left  their  own  boundaries  and  waged  offensive 
warfare.  That  their  justification  was  great,  in  view  of 
Poland's  unprovoked  attack  and  their  desire  to  allay  defin- 
itely the  Polish  menace,  does  not  alter  the  situation.  The 
Soviets  would  have  been  stronger  militarily,  politically,  and 
morally  had  they  stopped  at  the  Polish  border.  In  a  sense 
they  repeated  the  German  error  of  Brest-Litovsk,  though 
to  be  sure  they  had  made  plain  that  their  aims  were  not 
imperialistic.  But  their  position  is  clearly  much  weakened 
by  the  military  defeat  and  the  consequent  modification  of 
their  peace  terms,  including  the  inexcusable  demand  for 
leaving  in  arms  only  the  Polish  peasants.  Anti-Bolshevists 
all  over  the  world  have  asserted  from  the  start  that  Soviet 
Russia  was  a  military  autocracy.  Whatever  it  has  been  or 
is  today,  it  would  be  wholly  natural  that  it  should  become 
one.  Force  propagates  force.  Prussianism  feeds  on  itself, 
as  the  brief  and  comparatively  remote  experience  of  the 
United  States  with  warfare  showed  clearly.  That  the  per- 
sistent hammering  on  all  fronts  by  a  hostile  world  would 
denature  the  originally  peace-loving  and  war-weary  Rus- 
sians is  logical  evolution,  for  which  the  Allied  Powers  have 
only  themselves  to  blame. 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


259 


THE  best  way  to  stop  war  is  to  stop  it,  and  it  looks  as  if 
workers  in  various  parts  of  the  world  were  beginning 
to  realize  that  they  have  a  conclusive  veto  power  whenever 
they  choose  to  exercise  it.  In  the  Middle  Ages  the  men  who 
declared  wars  fought  them;  kings  and  princes  took  the  field 
in  person  and  risked  their  lives  for  the  plunder  or  other 
advantage  that  they  sought.  Our  kings  of  finance  and 
princes  of  industry  have  developed  a  better  way ;  they  delude 
the  workers  with  buncombe  about  flag  and  country  and  de- 
mocracy and  duty  until  thousands  of  ordinary  mortals,  with 
no  quarrel  and  nothing  to  gain,  are  cutting  each  other's 
throats.  At  last  the  workers  are  sensing  this.  The  notice 
that  British  labor  has  served  on  Lloyd  George  that  it  will 
refuse  to  make  or  transport  war  material  to  be  used  against 
Russia  is  a  declaration  from  the  largest  body  that  has  so 
far  spoken  so  definitely,  but  the  kind  of  action  that  it  sug- 
gests, in  case  of  necessity,  has  in  fact  been  carried  on  in 
guerrilla  fashion  in  Italy  for  months.  Now  comes  word  that 
the  Railway  Workers'  Union  at  Danzig  has  voted  to  halt  all 
war  supplies  arriving  at  that  port  destined  for  Poland, 
while  on  the  other  side  of  the  world  the  Australian  Seamen's 
Union  has  informed  the  Government  that  it  will  not  be  a 
party  to  carrying  any  soldiers  to  war  in  future,  and  that  if 
the  Government  wants  to  transport  troops  it  will  have  to 
ship  them  itself.  The  reason  for  this  action — failure  to 
include  seamen  in  the  scheme  for  war  gratuities — is  a  poor 
one,  but  the  gesture  is  magnificent. 

MEANWHILE,  what  is  America  doing?  The  Wilson 
Administration,  in  its  note  to  the  Italian  Ambassador, 
has  made  clear  its  intention  to  prosecute  an  unauthorized 
war  against  Russia  with  all  the  powers  that  it  now  possesses 
or  can  usurp  without  too  great  protest.  Mr.  Wilson  will  go 
just  as  far  as  he  can  and,  in  the  current  phrase,  "get  away 
with  it."  Moreover,  although  it  may  be  argued  that  the 
President  cannot  go  far  without  a  Congressional  appropria- 
tion, it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  he  can  easily  so  commit 
and  involve  the  country  that  a  demand  upon  Congress  for 
money  can  hardly  be  refused.  We  congratulate  the  Seattle 
Central  Labor  Council,  therefore,  in  urging  all  similar 
bodies  in  American  cities  to  ask  the  American  Federation 
of  Labor  to  call  a  conference  "to  effectively  prevent  the 
United  States  Government  from  making  war  on  Russia  with- 
out first  securing  the  consent  of  the  people."  In  case  the 
A.  F.  of  L.  fails  to  act,  the  Seattle  Council  says  that  it  is 
ready  to  take  the  initiative  in  calling  a  conference.  We  hope 
labor  bodies  will  respond  to  this  suggestion  and  that  Mr. 
Wilson  may  soon  have  tangible  proof  that  he  will  meet  with 
obstruction  in  his  own  country  in  attempting  to  dictate  by 
force  of  arms  what  kind  of  government  a  foreign  people 
shall  live  under. 

THE  largest  apple  crop  in  years  has  been  grown  this 
summer — 7,000,000  barrels  more  than  last  year  in  New 
York  State  alone.  The  present  retail  price  is  from  ten 
cents  a  pound  up,  and  the  farmer  gets  as  his  share  a  dollar 
and  a  half  a  barrel,  or  one  cent  a  pound,  which  does  not 
cover  the  cost  of  picking!  The  result,  unless  some  means 
can  be  found  of  increasing  the  demand  by  reducing  the  price, 
will  be  exactly  what  it  was  last  year,  when  the  farmer  left 
apples  to  rot  on  the  ground  until  they  got  so  deep  it  was 
difficult  to  walk  through  the  orchards,  after  which  he  shov- 
eled them  off  into  the  creek.  The  New  York  Federation  of 
Agriculture  reports  that  there  will  be  a  probable  waste  of 


2,000,000  bushels  in  that  State  unless  the  farmer  can  be 
guaranteed  a  market  and  a  fair  price.  The  remedy  would 
seem  to  be  to  eliminate  the  middleman,  but  when  a  summer 
resident  of  Connecticut  offered  to  ship  several  barrels  of 
apples  to  his  New  York  City  grocer  at  a  low  price,  if  the 
grocer  would  sell  them  correspondingly  cheaply,  the  grocer 
said:  "I'd  like  to  but  I  can't  do  it.  The  dealers  have  a 
complete  monopoly  and  won't  let  me;  if  I  sold  these  apples 
now  they  would  refuse  me  fruit  at  other  times  when  I 
needed  it."  One  man,  therefore,  cannot  cut  off  the  middle- 
man's head  or  his  profit.  Until  the  public  is  aroused  to 
united  action  and  demands  its  produce  directly  from  the 
farmer,  the  present  profiteering,  and,  worse,  the  present 
waste,  will  go  on. 

THE  collapse  of  the  industries  of  Central  Europe  has 
dangerously  accentuated  there  the  bitter  opposition 
between  town  and  country  which  Bertrand  Russell  observed 
in  Russia.  The  farmers  are  more  and  more  unwilling  to 
accept  the  depreciated  currency  for  which  little  or  nothing 
can  be  bought;  the  industrial  populations  of  the  large  Ger- 
man cities  have  neither  shoes  nor  machinery  to  offer  the 
agrarians  in  exchange  for  wheat  and  milk.  Thus  fifteen 
to  twenty  millions  of  people  in  the  industrial  regions  of 
Central  Europe,  cut  off  from  raw  material  abroad,  from 
coal  to  turn  what  little  they  have  into  exchangeable  goods 
and,  therefore,  by  a  final  irony,  from  the  meager  food  prod- 
ucts of  their  own  lands,  are  left  in  mid-air  and  asked  to 
choose  between  suicide  and  slow  starvation.  They  will  not 
choose  the  former  alternative  nor,  like  the  gentle  Viennese, 
the  latter.  Unless  help  comes,  it  is  they  who  will  man  the 
red  armies  of  Central  Europe  at  the  specter  of  which  the 
statesmen  of  the  West  affect  to  tremble.  It  is  not  the 
spread  of  communistic  doctrines  that  will  swell  these 
armies.  In  their  ranks  will  be  found,  according  to  the 
prediction  of  so  sober  a  scholar  as  Professor  Moritz  Bonn, 
"conservatives  and  intellectuals,  bourgeois  and  capitalists, 
who  will  all  be  impelled  by  but  one  will — the  will  to  live." 
The  actual  human  alternative  for  these  millions  is  between 
starvation  and  revolt.  It  is  another  illustration  of  the 
vast  and  vicious  circle  of  the  economic  policy  of  the  Allies. 
Coal  exactions  and  trade  blockades  cut  off  the  urban  popu- 
lation of  Central  Europe  even  from  their  own  inadequate 
agricultural  resources  and  drive  the  red  banners  of  de- 
spair nearer  and  nearer  to  the  West. 

PERSONS  of  the  writing  kind  may  have  occasion  some 
day  to  recall  with  awe  the  name  of  M.  Eugene  Mont- 
fort,  who  has  just  succeeded  in  convincing  a  Paris  court 
that  writing  is  a  business  which  calls  for  headquarters  as 
well  as  head.  A  French  rent  law,  requiring  that  leases  on 
property  occupied  by  practitioners  of  trades  and  professions 
be  extendible  for  a  period  equal  to  the  period  of  the  war, 
was  proved  by  M.  Montfort  to  apply  in  the  case  of  authors 
no  less  than  in  the  case  of  lawyers  and  butchers.  To  be 
sure,  authors  hang  no  signs  out  and  keep  no  office-hours; 
but  they  maintain  typewriters,  collect  books  that  are  difficult 
to  move,  and  depend  very  much  on  friends  who  might  for- 
get new  street  numbers  or  who  might  not  like  lounging 
in  new  places  so  well.  America  orders  literary  things  on 
the  whole  rather  badly;  yet  the  time  may  come,  here  as 
abroad,  when  every  hack  will  be  guaranteed  his  garret  and 
every  popular  novelist  his  exclusive  studio. 


260 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


How  Will  You  Vote? 


IT  is  a  truism  that  there  are  great  issues  before  the  peo- 
ple in  the  Presidential  election  of  1920.  Yet  no  one 
would  suspect  that  to  be  the  case  from  reading  the  speeches 
of  Cox  or  Harding,  or  studying  any  of  the  other  declarations 
made  on  behalf  of  the  Democratic  or  Republican  parties. 
The  campaign  is  perhaps  the  most  unreal  in  the  nation's 
history;  the  questions  which  concern  the  people  are  hardly 
hinted  at  in  the  mummery  in  which  the  candidates  of  the 
two  major  parties  are  indulging.  That,  of  course,  is  the 
hope  of  the  politicians:  that  they  will  so  far  divorce  their 
campaigns  from  any  vital  issues  as  to  lead  the  people  to 
forget  that  their  government  has,  or  should  have,  anything 
to  do  with  their  life  or  work.  In  order  that  one  may  realize 
how  nearly  Republicans  and  Democrats  are  both  succeeding 
in  this  purpose,  let  us  set  down  six  of  what  may  be  regarded 
as  the  great  issues  before  the  American  public  today : 
The  cost  of  living; 

The  relations  between  capital  and  labor; 
The  making  of  peace  abroad  and  the  return  of  civil  rights 
in  this  country; 

The  housing  shortage; 
The  coal  scarcity; 
The  transportation  breakdown. 

Now,  what  are  Cox  or  Harding,  Roosevelt  or  Coolidge 
proposing  in  respect  to  any  of  those  questions?  Nothing — 
or  worse  than  nothing.  They  are  either  ignoring  them  alto- 
gether or  dismissing  them  with  windy  phrases  and  mean- 
ingless generalizations.  All  are  clutching  frantically  at 
the  lifeless  body  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  trying  to  use 
its  ghost  to  divert  the  American  people  from  consideration 
of  the  real  issues.  Of  course,  rightminded  people  all  over 
this  country  are  interested  in  a  true  league  of  nations — a 
democratically-constituted  body  looking  toward  disarma- 
ment and  peace — but  they  do  not  find  that  in  Mr.  Wilson's 
proposal,  nor  in  any  modification  that  can  be  made  of  it. 
In  fact,  they  fear  that  the  fiasco  at  Versailles  has  postponed 
the  chance  of  a  true  world  league  for  a  good  many  years — at 
least  until  new  men  are  at  the  head  of  the  great  powers. 

Christensen,  the  Farmer-Labor  Party's  candidate  for 
President,  adequately  summarized  Harding's  speech  of  ac- 
ceptance in  one  word  as  "bunk."  He  was  almost  as  brief 
and  equally  incisive  when  he  said  later:  "A  promise  of  four 
years  more  of  Wilson  hypocrisy  is  all  I  can  get  out  of  the 
speech  of  acceptance  of  Governor  Cox."  No  Democratic 
speaker  has  yet  said  anything  on  that  most  momentous  prob- 
lem, the  rising  cost  of  living,  that  is  one  whit  more  promis- 
ing or  satisfactory  than  the  meager  declaration  in  the  San 
Francisco  platform:  "We  pledge  the  Democratic  Party  to 
a  policy  of  strict  economy  in  government  expenditures  and 
to  the  enactment  and  enforcement  of  such  legislation  as  may 
be  required  to  bring  profiteers  before  the  bar  of  criminal 
justice."  A  profiteer,  in  most  instances,  is  merely  one  who 
makes  as  much  money  as  he  possibly  can  out  of  the  profits 
system.  He  cannot  be  reached  by  law  in  one  case  in  a  thou- 
sand, and  the  attempt  to  cure  a  universal  economic  disease 
by  criminal  prosecution  of  individuals  is  as  futile  as  to  try 
to  bail  out  the  Atlantic  Ocean  with  a  pint  cup.  Yet  Hard- 
ing's remedy  for  the  rising  cost  of  living  is  substantially 
the  same  as  that  of  the  Democrats — plus  a  protective  tariff! 
In  respect  to  peace  it  may  seem  at  first  glance  that  there 
is  a  substantial  difference  between  the  attitude  of  Demo- 


crats and  Republicans.  Cox  has  reiterated  lately  that  he 
will  not  make  a  separate  peace  with  Germany,  while  Hard- 
ing is  on  record  as  saying:  "I  promise  you  formal  and 
effective  peace  so  quickly  as  a  Republican  Congress  can 
pass  its  declaration  for  a  Republican  Executive  to  sign." 
But  what  does  that  amount  to  beside  Harding's  refusal  to 
raise  his  voice  against  the  war  with  Russia  into  which  Pres- 
ident Wilson  is  trying  to  drag  the  country?  And  does  not 
Harding's  entire  record  lead  to  the  belief  that  he  would 
involve  the  United  States  in  a  war  with  Mexico,  without 
hesitation,  if  pressure  from  the  oil  interests  was  sufficient? 
The  difference  between  Cox  and  Harding  in  regard  to  peace 
is  no  more  real  than  are  any  of  the  other  reputed  distinc- 
tions in  politics.  And  so  it  is  with  all  the  issues  vital  to 
the  country.  No  concrete  proposal  has  come  from  either 
Cox  or  Harding  for  meeting  the  housing  shortage.  Neither 
has  had  any  suggestion  for  relieving  the  coal  scarcity  which 
Debs  recently  characterized  from  Atlanta  Penitentiary  as 
the  livest  issue  before  the  public.  As  to  the  railroads,  what 
constructive  plan  could  be  expected  from  Cox  or  Harding 
when  a  Republican  Congress  and  a  Democratic  President 
have  only  recently  restored  these  properties  to  the  hands 
that  for  fifty  years  have  been  manipulating  them  in  oppo- 
sition to  the  interests  of  the  public? 

And  still  there  are  intelligent  and  progressive  voters  who 
say  they  expect  to  vote  for  Cox  because  he  is  the  "better . 
man,"  or  for  Harding  because  they  do  not  want  to  "throw 
away"  their  ballot.  When  one  votes  for  Cox  or  Harding ' 
he  is 'not  voting  for  a  man  but  a  system — a  system  which 
comes  to  precisely  the  same  thing  whether  it  is  tagged  as 
the  Democratic  or  the  Republican  Party;  a  system  that  is 
bent  on  maintaining  the  industrial  status  quo  in  its  own 
selfish  interest.  That  its  two  parties  represent  merely  a 
difference  in  sectional  or  factional  control  of  the  ma- 
chinery of  encrusted  privilege  has  never  been  plainer  than 
today.  The  person  who  throws  away  his  ballot  next  No- 
vember will  be  the  one  who  votes  for  either  Cox  or  Harding, 
for  he  will  be  perpetuating  a  kind  of  political  action  which 
ought  by  now  to  be  recognized  as  futile  humbug  and  mean- 
ingless mummery. 

A  newspaper  humorist  has  suggested  that  it  is  a  ques- 
tion next  November  of  "Debs  or  dubs."  This  is  close  to  the 
truth.  The  Socialist  Party  or  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  are 
the  only  ones  for  which  it  is  in  the  least  worth  while  to 
vote.  There  is  no  human  probability  that  either  will  carry 
the  election,  but  it  is  supremely  important  to  roll  up  a  big 
popular  vote  against  the  old  parties  and  in  favor  of  a  radi- 
cal movement  in  America.  Such  a  movement  may  prove 
eventually  to  be  neither  the  Socialist  Party  nor  the  Farmer- 
Labor  Party;  it  may  prove  to  be  both.  It  is  not  necessary 
to  believe  all  of  the  platform  on  which  Christensen  stands 
in  order  to  vote  for  him;  one  need  not  be  a  Socialist  to 
support  Debs.  Such  a  vote  this  year  will  be  a  voice  of  pro- 
test against  the  old  parties  and  their  evasion  of  the  only 
issues  that  count;  it  will  be  a  much-needed  sign  of  the 
strength  of  progressive  feeling  in  the  country;  it  will  be 
the  individual  voter's  only  possible  contribution  toward  pro- 
ducing a  new  political  alignment;  it  will  be  the  only  action 
that  warrants  the  bother  of  going  to  the  polls.  To  expect 
anything  worth  while  from  either  Democrats  or  Republicans 
is  like  angling  for  fish  in  the  Dead  Sea. 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


261 


What  Housing  Shortage  Means 

EVERYBODY  knows  that  there  are  not  today  in  any- 
large  American  city  enough  houses  to  provide  decently 
for  the  needs  of  the  population,  that  no  adequate  steps  to 
deal  with  the  situation  have  been  taken  anywhere,  and  that 
the  city  population  continues  to  grow.  What  does  a  short- 
age of  houses  mean  to  the  people  who  suffer  from  it  and  to 
the  community  as  a  whole? 

For  one  thing,  it  means  that  thousands  of  families  in  the 
United  States  have  for  years  been  living,  and  must  go  on 
indefinitely  living,  in  undesirable  or  unsuitable  quarters. 
Thousands  of  families  which  need  four,  five,  or  six  rooms 
as  the  barest  minimum  of  decency  and  comfort  are  com- 
pelled to  live  in  two  or  three  rooms,  or  even  in  one.  Thou- 
sands more  who  would  gladly  own  their  homes  must  live  in 
apartments,  thousands  who  would  gladly  live  in  apartments 
are  forced  into  hotels  or  boarding  or  rooming  houses.  Men 
and  women  who  work  in  town  are  being  driven  to  live  in  the 
suburbs,  and  in  suburbs  more  and  more  remote,  or  must 
make  shift  to  occupy  throughout  the  year  country  or  sea- 
shore cottages  built  only  for  summer  use.  Yet  the  people 
have  no  choice,  for  there  are  no  houses.  The  building  of 
garages,  theaters,  and  business  blocks,  for  which  there  seem 
to  be  money  and  material  enough,  does  not  relieve  the  hous- 
ing shortage. 

The  conditions  under  which  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
people  in  this  country  are  forced  to  live — not  poor  persons 
merely,  but  those  who  receive  more  than  a  so-called  living 
wage  as  well — are  a  national  disgrace.  Families  with  sev- 
eral children  crowded  into  one  room;  two  families  in  three 
rooms;  the  old  and  the  sick  on  the  top  floors  of  apartment 
houses  without  elevators ;  families  living  in  cellars ;  tumble- 
down and  filthy  buildings  with  dark  and  narrow  stairways 
and  passages,  unsanitary  plumbing,  and  inadequate  fire- 
escapes  or  none  at  all,  crowded  to  the  roofs;  rooms  which 
have  not  been  painted  or  papered  for  years  and  which  are 
infested  with  vermin:  these  are  the  "houses"  of  which  the 
crowded  quarters  of  Boston  and  New  York  and  Chicago  and 
St.  Louis  and  every  other  large  city,  not  to  speak  of  many 
a  ghastly  factory  town,  show  examples  without  end.  No 
wonder  that  epidemic  disease,  once  started,  must  often  run 
its  course;  that  the  lack  of  privacy  blunts  refinement  when 
it  does  not  destroy  it  altogether;  that  young  people  who 
marry  decide  that  they  must  have  no  children ;  and  that  im- 
morality and  crime  find  plenty  of  hiding  places.  Yet  the 
crowded,  suffering  population  cannot  move,  for  there  are  no 
houses. 

Another  result  of  housing  shortage  is  oppressive  land- 
lordism. Few  landlords  have  been  content  with  such  in- 
creases of  rents  as  naturally  accompany  high  prices  and 
high  wages.  Tenants  have  found  their  houses  or  apart- 
ments rented  over  their  heads  without  being  given  an 
opportunity  to  continue  the  leases  themselves.  Lease  agree- 
ments have  been  broken  when  someone  else  offered  to  pay 
more.  Evictions  have  multiplied  a  thousand  fold,  often 
with  use  of  force,  where  the  landlords  or  their  agents  have 
been  able  to  obtain  the  support  of  the  courts.  Tenant  com- 
munities that  have  combined  for  self-protection  have  been 
subjected  to  wholesale  dispossession  or  terrorism,  and  occu- 
pants who  could  not  be  forced  in  any  other  way  to  give  place 
to  higher  bidders  have  had  allegations  of  immoral  or  objec- 
tionable conduct  trumped   up   against  them;    requests  for 


reasonable  improvements  or  ordinary  repairs  have  never 
been  more  brusquely  refused.  Yet  the  average  tenant  must 
suffer  in  silence,  lucky  if  even  on  harsh  terms  he  is  gra- 
ciously permitted  to  have  a  roof  over  his  head,  for  there  are 
no  houses. 

Recent  advances  in  railway  passenger  rates  have  added 
heavily  to  the  annual  expenses  of  some  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  commuters.  People  are  robbing  themselves  of  food 
in  order  to  pay  the  landlord  who  robs  them  in  excessive 
rent,  and  families  already  indecently  crowded  are  taking 
in  lodgers".  There  is  no  hope  of  relief  from  this  alarming 
situation  in  private  enterprise,  for  capital  must  have  its 
interest  and  private  rent  will  exact  the  uttermost  farthing. 
Only  the  power  of  government,  fully  and  promptly  exerted, 
can  give  homes  to  the  people  who  need  them  now  and  pro- 
vide the  homes  that  will  be  needed  in  the  immediate  future. 
Will  government  act,  or  will  it  dawdle  and  discuss  until  the 
people,  driven  to  desperation  by  suffering  and  abuse,  take 
the  law  into  their  own  hands? 


The  Near  Eastern  Chaos 

IN  the  Near  East  four  important  events  are  at  this  writ- 
ing taking  place:  Great  Britain  is  at  war  with  her 
mandatee,  Mesopotamia;  Egypt  has  been  promised  inde- 
pendence^— with  limitations — by  the  British  Government; 
the  Near  Eastern  conference  of  the  Third  Internationale  is 
presumably  being  held  at  Baku;  and  Enver  Pasha  is  in 
Moscow.  The  relations  of  these  events  are  about  as  clear 
as  the  general  situation  in  that  part  of  the  world — which  is 
to  say  that  they  are  not  clear  at  all — but  the  lack  of  any 
visible  coherence  is  another  index  to  Allied  activities  in  the 
Near  East.  If  any  focal  point  can  be  found  in  the  picture, 
it  is  Moscow.  Egypt  is,  perhaps,  the  bright  spot.  Lacking 
the  official  text  of  the  agreement  said  to  have  been  signed 
by  Lord  Milner  and  Said  Zagloul  Pasha,  it  is  impossible  to 
be  sure  there  are  no  jokers  in  its  clauses,  but  the  summaries 
published  indicate  that  a  real  triumph  has  been  won  by  the 
Nationalists.  If  Lord  Milner's  reception  last  year  in  Egypt 
and  his  subsequent  secret  conferences  at  London  with  Said 
Zagloul  persuaded  him  and  the  British  Government  that  by 
independence  the  Egyptians  meant  nothing  less  than  free- 
dom, it  redounds  to  the  credit  of  British  intelligence  as 
well  as  of  Egyptian  tactics. 

The  peaceful  promise  of  this  action  throws  a  more  lurid 
light  on  the  depressing  chaos  of  the  Near  East  outside  of 
Egypt.  In  December  Mr.  Balfour  remarked  in  the  House  of 
Commons  that  British  supremacy  in  Egypt  would  be  main- 
tained, "and  let  nobody  in  Egypt  or  elsewhere  make  any 
mistake  about  it."  But  British  supremacy  has  apparently 
been  limited,  even  though  Egypt  stands,  as  Lord  Cur- 
zon  says,  "at  the  door  of  Africa  and  on  the  highway  to 
India."  Why,  then,  should  freedom  be  withheld  from  coun- 
tries of  less  strategic  importance  which  are  aglow  today 
with  an  equal  fervor  for  freedom?  It  is  an  interesting  fact 
that  the  resistance  of  a  people  to  oppression  is  itself  always 
used  as  a  reason  for  oppression.  There  is  evidently  some- 
thing disreputable  in  a  nation's  attempting  to  overthrow 
the  power  of  a  foreign  invader  of  its  soil.  And  so  the 
present  state  of  vigorous  revolt  in  Mesopotamia  is  held  as 
little  less  than  treasonable.  After  a  series  of  uprisings 
against  British  rule  that  have  grown  more  and  more  serious, 
the  British  Government  has  at  last  admitted  that  it  is  war, 


262 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


and  has  dispatched  troops  from  India  and  enrolled  volun- 
teers to  fight  its  ungrateful  Arabian  wards.  India  and 
Persia  are  in  no  more  than  their  normal  state  of  discontent 
and  frustrated  desire  to  be  free;  but  the  Turks  under  Mus- 
tapha  Kemal  and  his  leaders  are  carrying  on  an  active  cam- 
paign, defeated  by  the  French  in  one  place  and  driven  back 
by  the  Greeks  in  another,  but  returning  to  harry  the  invad- 
ers at  every  opportunity. 

As  for  Syria,  that  unhappy  state  is  playing  the  role  of 
the  latest  victim  of  trust  in  Allied  faith.  Believing  the 
promises  made  during  the  war,  Emir  Feisal  united  the 
tribes  of  Arabia  and  Syria  under  his  banner  and  led 
a  peasant  army  of  some  30,000  against  the  Turks.  Through- 
out the  war  he  held  out  against  the  extremists  in  his  own 
ranks,  and  trusted  and  yielded  to  Allenby;  when  the  war 
was  over  he  even  evacuated  territory  held  by  Arab  troops 
so  that  the  French  could  occupy  the  lands  assigned  them 
under  the  Sykes-Picot  agreement.  When  the  British  evacu- 
ated Syria  many  of  the  Arabs  demanded  united  action  with 
Mustapha  Kemal  against  the  French.  Feisal  refused,  risk- 
ing the  loss  of  his  prestige  in  his  faith  in  the  Allies'  word. 
Feisal  alone  was  strong  enough  to  hold  the  pan-Mohamme- 
dan extremists  in  check,  and  he  could  hold  them  in  check 
only  if  the  British  and  French  kept  their  word.  The  British 
and  French  did  not  keep  their  word.  The  Syrian  state  with 
Feisal  at  its  head  was  not  recognized  and  the  Powers  made 
it  plain  that  while  the  aspiration  for  freedom  was  a  useful 
sentiment  when  it  drove  the  Arabs  to  fight  the  Turks,  free- 
dom put  into  practice  could  only  be  considered  in  the  nature 
of  an  unfriendly  act.  So  the  French  occupied  Damascus, 
and  Feisal,  abandoned  by  the  Allies  and  by  his  supporters 
the  Arabs,  fled  from  his  country,  leaving  it  committed  to  a 
pro-Turkish  policy  and  condemned,  doubtless,  to  years  of 
guerrilla  warfare  with  its  mandatory. 

Meanwhile  Russia  must  not  be  forgotten.  Russian  propa- 
ganda certainly  is  not  the  original  cause  of  Asiatic  discon- 
tent. But  Russia  can  organize  the  discontent  fomented 
by  the  deceit  and  double-dealing  of  the  Allies  and  use 
it  to  create  a  situation  full  of  danger  to  the  world. 
Hints  of  Bolshevist  or  "anarchist"  influence  have  appeared 
in  the  London  dispatches  regarding  events  in  Mesopotamia. 
Soviet  uprisings  i*re  taking  place  in  Afghanistan,  an  ally 
of  Russia.  There  continue  to  be  two  governments  in  Per- 
sia— cut  respectively  after  the  Bolshevist  and  the  British 
pattern.  As  for  Kemal,  he  is  ready  not  only  for  affiliation 
with  bolshevism  but  for  conversion  to  the  faith.  He  is 
reported  to  have  accepted  the  soviet  form  of  government  for 
the  future  Turkish  state,  and  has  said:  "Since  we  are 
equally  warring  against  European  and  British  imperialistic 
capitalism,  it  naturally  follows  that  we  are  cooperating  with 
the  Bolsheviki."  Enver  Pasha  is  in  Russia  where,  from 
headquarters  in  Moscow,  it  is  reported,  he  intends  to  direct 
the  anti-British  movement  in  the  Near  East  and  coordinate 
it  with  the  activities  of  the  Bolsheviki. 

Some  weeks  ago  the  Soviet  Government  issued  a  call  to 
the  "peoples  of  Asia"  to  come  to  a  conference  in  the  city  of 
Baku  in  the  Soviet  Republic  of  Azerbaijan  on  September  1. 
The  call  recites  the  grievances  of  the  workers  of  the  Near 
East,  and  states  the  purpose  of  the  meeting  in  these  con- 
crete terms: 

Peasants  and  workers  of  the  Near  East!  If  you  organize 
yourselves,  if  you  form  your  own  Workers'  and  Peasants'  Gov- 
ernment, if  you  arm  yourselves,  if  you  unite  with  the  Red  Rus- 
sian Workers'  and  Peasants'  Army,  then  you  will  be  able  to  defy 


the  English,  French,  and  American  capitalists,  then  you  will 
settle  accounts  with  your  own  exploiters,  then  you  will  find  it 
possible,  in  a  free  alliance  with  the  workers'  republics  of  the 
world,  to  look  after  your  own  interests. 

The  determination  embodied  in  this  call  is  Russia's  alter- 
native to  peace  with  Europe.  Is  Great  Britain  prepared  to 
face  it?  If  peace  is  not  made  the  Allies  have  only  two 
questions  to  consider :  Does  Russia  actually  intend,  as  Karl 
Radek  says  it  intends,  to  "set  the  Near  and  Far  East  on 
fire"?  Has  it  the  power  to  accomplish  its  purpose?  Of  the 
first  no  doubt  need  be  entertained.  The  second  depends  on 
whether  England  can  trust  the  temper  of  the  Near  East  to 
stand  firm  against  words  like  those  printed  above.  On  the 
answer  to  that  question  depends  the  future  of  the  British 
Empire  in  the  Near  East. 

Propaganda  Isn't  Tired 

ARE  you  tired  of  propaganda?  Yes,  you  say,  and  in  the 
bargain  you  are  tired  of  hearing  about  propaganda, 
tired  of  seeing  propaganda  exposed,  tired  of  being  warned 
against  propaganda.  You  are  tired  of  anti-propaganda 
propaganda,  and  you  want  to  become  a  child  again  and 
believe  the  news.  So  do  we  all.  But  it  is  far  from  time  yet 
for  such  simple  faith. 

If  you  want  to  become  a  child  at  the  movies,  for  instance, 
and  believe  everything — and  you  should,  at  the  movies — 
you  will  be  falling  into  arms  more  crafty  and  expert  than 
normally  you  would  like  to  feel  around  you.  You  will  go 
to  see  "The  Riders  of  the  Dawn,"  and  with  the  multitude 
you  will  applaud  a  raid  upon  a  labor  camp  wherein  curiously 
misrepresented  members  of  the  I.  W.  W.  are  beaten  out  of 
town  with  whips.  You  will  go  to  "Poldekin"  some  evening 
for  a  laugh,  and  you  will  have  it — if  Booth  Tarkington  has 
rightly  gauged  you — at  the  expense  of  bolshevism.  Which 
would  be  fair  enough  were  Booth  Tarkington  not  so  deadly 
bent  on  converting  you  by  laughter.  "You  can't  argue  with 
a  Bolshevist,"  he  has  written  to  the  producers  of  the  film; 
"he  can't  be  cured  by  statistics  or  oratory.  Experience  of 
bolshevism  would  cure  him;  but  that  takes  too  much  time, 
and  besides,  it  would  wreck  the  country.  A  hopeful  alterna- 
tive is  to  laugh  bolshevism  to  death;  if  bolshevism  becomes 
ridiculous  it's  done  for." 

Or  you  can  take  your  newspaper  on  trust  and  do  for 
Russia  even  more  simply.  If  you  are  foreign-born,  and  have 
not  yet  found  English  easy  reading,  you  will  be  regularly 
supplied  by  the  State  Department,  through  the  columns  of 
your  German  or  Greek  or  Italian  newspaper,  with  passages 
on  sovietism  from  the  press  of  your  native  country.  The 
whole  press  of  your  native  country?  No,  because  the  State 
Department  finds  some  of  it  uninteresting,  undignified,  and 
unofficial.  No,  only  or  mainly  from  the  conservative  press. 
Foreign-born  or  not,  you  may  treat  yourself  to  shocks  and 
dismal  disclosures  without  stint  by  attending  to  the  Russian 
dispatches  of  the  Associated  Press.  You  will  learn  what  it 
is  that  "observers"  over  there  believe.  "The  Bolsheviki 
threw  over  77-mm  shells  at  intervals  during  the  day  from 
what  observers  believed  to  be  a  German  gun."  "Observers 
expressed  the  opinion  that  Germans  apparently  were  super- 
vising most  of  the  artillery  work."  So  run  the  advices  of 
August  15.  As  if  observers  were  near  enough  to  read  name- 
plates  and  appraise  powder! 

And  never  will   you   go  without  melancholy  assurances 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


263 


that  Russia's  great  cities  are  decaying.  Deplorable  stagna- 
tion and  confusion  prevail  in  a  country  which  will  not  make 
peace — and  thus  far  cannot.  As  for  confusion,  you  will  do 
well  at  this  point  to  pause  and  remember  that  strikes  are 
confusing  every  industry  in  America,  from  anthracite  in 
Pennsylvania  to  chair-pushing  at  Atlantic  City.  As  for 
stagnation,  cities  as  rich  as  Chicago  and  New  York,  though 
they  are  White  and  not  Red,  have  built  no  houses  recently. 


The  Ivory  Tower 

IN  a  moment  of  sturdy  polemical  exuberance  the  other 
day  Mr.  H.  L.  Mencken  threw  an  approving  word  at  the 
political  columns  of  The  Nation,  but  informed  the  world 
that  its  criticism  of  literature  was  still  unduly  conservative 
and  academic.  Well,  we  do  not  think  that  Mr.  Mencken  has 
read  our  literary  reviews  and  editorials  with  the  attention 
which  we  are  vain  enough  to  think  they  deserve.  We  seem 
even  to  recall  reviewing  favorably,  though  doubtless  in  our 
own  stodgy  way,  one  or  two  volumes  which  he  afterwards 
discovered.  Our  critical  theory  and  our  specific  apprecia- 
tions have,  furthermore — and  this  is  no  bad  sign — seemed 
perilously  radical  to  some  of  Mr.  Mencken's  dearest  enemies. 
Even  though  we  agree  with  him  far  oftener  and  far  more 
fundamentally  than  we  do  with  his  opponents,  a  subtle  inner 
monitor  warns  him — for  only  thus  can  his  announcement  be 
explained — that  the  academic  microbe  is  in  our  blood  and 
that  our  eyes,  avoiding  from  time  to  time  the  dust  as  well 
as  the  flowers  of  the  literary  roadside,  are  fixed  upon  some 
ivory  tower. 

Mr.  Mencken  is  quite  right.  We  have  suffered,  far  more 
intimately  and  cruelly  perhaps  than  he,  from  the  moralistic 
belligerency,  the  intellectual  stagnancy,  the  harsh  dullness 
of  the  academic  spirit  at  its  worst.  Yet  when,  with  the  most 
cordial  admiration  and  agreement,  we  read  his  essays  and 
the  essays  of  others  concerning  what  has  "intrigued"  or  has 
failed  to  "intrigue"  them,  we  feel  a  lack  which  drives  us 
again  and  again  to  that  pathetic  seeking  of  the  ivory  tower 
which  Mr.  Mencken  suspects.  For  at  their  worst,  the  uni- 
versities have  never  quite  lost  the  memory  and  the  love  of 
great  things  and  the  abiding  sense — often  warped,  we  admit, 
and  put  to  dangerous  uses — of  the  continuity  of  the  historic 
culture  of  the  race.  When  a  distinguished  literary  person 
can  no  longer,  by  his  own  unashamed  confession,  read  one 
of  the  soundest  masterpieces  of  English  poetry  because, 
presumably,  it  deals  in  serenely  measured  language  with  a 
subject  of  remote  and  naked  nobleness;  when  the  young 
practitioners  of  free  verse  have  never  assimilated  the  things 
from  which  they  had  an  entire  and  natural  right  to  react, 
but  include  the  art  of  John  Milton  and  the  minor  imitators 
of  Tennyson  in  their  equally  knowing  disdain;  when  critics 
who  protest  against  flaccid  and  timid  verse  are  oblivious  of 
Catullus  and  aware  only  of  Mr.  D.  H.  Lawrence,  or  when 
they  combat  moralistic  doctrines  in  art  with  never  a  memory 
of  the  vision  or  the  teaching  of  Goethe — when  such  things 
crowd  about  us  at  every  turn  we  can  still  see  the  use  and 
function  of  the  dishonored  groves  and  academes.  What 
would  Mr.  Mencken  himself  think  of  a  hot  young  composer 
who  wrote  tone-poems,  as  he  has  a  perfect  right  to  do,  with- 
out ever  having  mastered  the  sonata  form,  or  produced 
music  in  the  manner  of  Mr.  Ornstein,  but  could  not  tell  a 
sonata  of  Beethoven  from  a  fugue  by  Bach?  It  is  well  to 
possess  the  moment.     It  is  more  than  well;  it  is  necessary. 


Not  to  possess  it  is  the  common  fault  of  the  academic  critic 
and  betrays  him  into  an  hundred  absurdities.  But  to  be 
possessed  by  it  is  a  misfortune  almost  equally  grave. 

Thus,  while  we  are  nearly  always  in  agreement  with  the 
radical  critics,  our  reasons  are  but  rarely  identical  with 
theirs.  For  in  our  reasons  and  in  the  processes  by  which 
we  arrive  at  them,  the  ardor  of  the  moment  is  tempered 
and  corrected  by  certain  larger  views  and  memories.  We 
are  quite  as  hostile  as  Mr.  Mencken  can  possibly  be  to  the 
rigid  and  outlived  traditions  that  would  seek  to  cripple  life 
and  its  expression  in  the  arts.  But  these  traditions  are  not 
new,  although  they  may  vary  in  form  and  in  their  degree 
of  ferocity;  the  protest  of  free  minds  against  them  is  not 
new  either.  Nearly  every  creative  spirit  has  been,  after 
the  manner  of  his  age  and  personality,  an  insurgent.  The 
tradition  of  insurgency,  of  revolt,  of  freedom  is,  in  fact, 
quite  as  rich  and  far  more  significant  than  the  tradition  of 
sluggish  conformity  or  angry  conservatism.  To  disregard 
that  tradition  of  freedom  is  to  isolate  and  impoverish  one- 
self and  render  one's  works  and  judgments  ephemeral  and 
thin.  The  inventors  of  a  new  versification  would  sound  less 
shrill  and  absolute  were  they  more  richly  aware  of  other 
insurgents  who,  at  other  periods,  have  engaged  in  the  same 
business.  They  would  also  have  a  clearer  and  deeper  vision 
of  the  problem  before  them.  The  critics  who  defend  Dreiser 
haled  to  court — and  we  are  wholly  at  one  with  them — could 
grasp  more  thoroughly  their  conflict,  their  defense,  and 
the  character  of  the  forces  arrayed  against  them  by  re- 
calling the  similar  experiences  of  Baudelaire  and  Flaubert 
and  by  connecting  these  with  earlier  and  fiercer  martyrdoms 
of  the  free  spirit  in  dungeons  and  at  the  stake.  The  drama- 
tist who  cannot  persuade  managers  to  produce  plays  that 
are  not  false  and  cheery  would  be  fortified  by  the  knowledge 
that  each  new  vision  of  the  sum  of  things  and  each  new 
view  of  moral  sanctions  and  conflicts  has  had  a  bitter 
struggle  before  its  dramatic  embodiment  could  reach  the 
audiences  of  its  age.  We  are  not,  fortunately,  creatures  in 
the  void.  To  cut  ourselves  adrift  from  the  past,  in  this 
sense,  is  but  to  repeat  old  errors,  reassert  the  thrice  dis- 
covered, and  thus  retard  the  advent  of  the  liberties  we  have 
at  heart. 

Now  the  trouble  with  the  universities  is,  of  course,  that 
officially  they  do  not  represent  the  tradition  of  freedom 
at  all.  In  economics  and  in  philosophy,  of  which  criticism 
is  a  branch,  they  follow  and  do  not  lead.  Hence  nearly  all 
academic  criticism  is  worthless.  But  the  universities  do 
possess  and  pass  on  the  materials  out  of  which  the  tradi- 
tion of  liberty  can  be  built.  And  from  the  insurgent  critical 
and  poetical  voices  about  us  it  is  clear  that  this  possession 
and  transmission  are  functions  no  one  else  is  ready  to  per- 
form. However  timid  and  disingenuous  their  teaching,  our 
universities  do  deal  with  Euripides  and  Lucretius,  Mon- 
taigne and  Voltaire,  Kant  and  Goethe,  Hazlitt  and  Shelley. 
Men  lend  their  tribal  customs  and  unreasoning  terrors  the 
names  of  divine  sanctions  and  universal  truths  and  fortify 
their  wills  to  war  and  persecution.  The  Puritan  against 
whom  Mr.  Mencken  cries  out  is  but  another  manifestation 
of  that  eternal  spirit  of  unreason,  of  tyranny,  and  of  pro- 
pitiative  self-laceration.  And  Mr.  Mencken  himself  would 
see  that  Puritan  more  clearly  and  combat  his  works  and 
ways  more  effectively  if  he  viewed  him  a  little  more  under 
those  aspects  of  man's  eternity  which  are  still,  for  better 
or  worse,  guarded  within  the  ivory  tower. 


264 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


What  Will  They  Do  With  the  Vote? 


By  STELLA  CROSSLEY  DALJORD 


ONE  of  the  most  important  results  of  the  long  suffrage 
fight  just  ended  is  the  education  in  the  fundamentals 
of  American  social  life  that  thousands  of  women  have  re- 
ceived. We  have  learned  as  much,  perhaps  more,  in  seeking 
the  vote  as  we  shall  learn  for  a  long  time  in  using  it.  For 
nothing  has  brought  so  many  women  of  different  classes 
together  on  a  common  working  basis  as  suffrage.  True, 
the  women  who  work  long  hours  and  the  poor  with  large 
families  have  had  little  time  for  the  active  suffrage  work 
done  by  those  with  some  margin  of  leisure;  but  in  the  cam- 
paigns, with  their  widely  conducted  house-to-house  canvass, 
we  have  come  to  know  each  other  as  we  could  not  otherwise, 
and  have  had  our  eyes  opened  to  the  economic  struggle  in 
these  United  States.  We  have  learned  to  throw  to  the 
winds  the  things  we  have  been  told  and  to  reason  first  hand 
from  our  own  observations.  It  is  likely,  therefore,  that 
a  large  share  of  the  energy  formerly  in  suffrage  work  will 
be  redirected  into  the  channels  of  the  labor  movement. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  the  younger  suffrage  worker. 
Not  so  long  ago,  after  her  feminist  baptism  of  fire,  she 
was  convinced  that  the  ills  chiefly  afflicting  the  community 
were  the  gross  inequalities  of  women.  These  adjusted,  she 
believed,  with  women  having  a  voice  in  government,  that 
wars  would  be  avoided,  social  evils  remedied  and  the  world 
generally  a  fitter  place  to  live  in. 

But  after  campaigning  in  cities,  small  towns,  and  out- 
lying rural  districts,  she  begins  to  have  grave  doubts  about 
the  feminist  program  as  a  panacea  for  social  ills,  or  even 
for  the  ills  of  women.  She  begins  to  see  that  perhaps  the 
feminist  program  of  readjustment  should  be  but  a  part  of 
a  larger,  more  embracing  program  of  economic  readjust- 
ment. Just  "Votes  for  Women"  may  not  amount  to  much, 
but  the  votes  of  women  cast  intelligently  in  the  struggle 
against  the  present  sick  economic  order  may  make  con- 
siderable difference. 

Perhaps  this  same  young  woman  has  worked  for  suffrage  in 
a  mill  town.  Most  mill  towns  are  much  alike.  Here  is  one  with 
a  population  of  thirteen  or  fourteen  thousand  and,  per  capita, 
a  very  rich  town,  but  the  suffrage  worker  learns  that  most 
of  the  wealth  is  in  the  hands  of  a  score  of  the  town's  fami- 
lies, while  the  vast  majority  of  the  folks,  who  do  most  of  the 
work  to  produce  this  wealth,  live  in  poverty  and  dirt.  Some- 
times this  majority,  who — according  to  the  stated  rules  of 
democracy  as  the  suffrage  worker  learned  them  in  school 
and  the  Declaration  of  Independence — should  have  some  say 
as  to  how  things  should  be  in  their  town,  has  protested 
against  insufficient  wages  and  unsanitary  housing;  but  ugly 
things  have  been  done  to  them  when  they  have  spoken  for 
themselves,  though  their  protests  have  all  been  of  a  peace- 
ful sort;  and  at  present  the  Mayor,  usually  one  of  the 
large  manufacturers  and  millionaires  of  the  town,  will  not 
even  allow  the  workingmen  to  parade.  It  might  "lead  to 
trouble,"  "trouble,"  really  meaning  changing  the  status  quo 
in  the  little  town  which  is  very  comfortable  for  the  handful 
of  its  first  families. 

When  the  suffrage  worker  watches  the  several  thousand 
of  women  mill  workers  come  out  of  the  mills  at  night,  the 
older  ones  withered  and  bent,  the  younger  ones  with  some 


of  the  bloom,  that  the  mill  will  soon  steal,  still  on  their 
cheeks;  when  she  reflects  that  virtually  all  of  these  women 
are  working  for  a  wage  far  below  the  minimum  of  decent 
living,  she  realizes  that  perhaps  mere  votes  will  not  help 
so  materially  in  their  lives  after  all.  Something  more  is 
needed.  In  her  suffrage  canvass  this  ardent  young  worker 
comes  across  the  wife  of  a  mill  worker,  mother  of  seven 
children,  five  of  them  unwanted,  bending  over  a  wash  tub 
in  a  grimy  house,  and  cheerily  gives  this  hopeless  woman  a 
"Better  Babies"  leaflet  as  an  argument  for  suffrage,  but 
the  woman,  unbending  from  the  wash  tub,  says  querulously : 
"Babies — aw,  babies!  'Cunnin'  babies,'  ye  say!  I've  had 
seven  o'  them  cunnin'  things  and  I'm  sick  and  tired  of 
'em.  I'd  like  to  know  some  way  of  not  havin'  any  more  and 
how  to  feed  them  I've  got!"  Again  the  suffrage  worker 
begins  to  doubt  whether  mere  votes  will  help.  She  goes 
home  from  her  day's  work  discouraged  and  at  sea.  She  has 
been  face  to  face  that  day  with  the  bare  and  ugly  struggle 
for  existence  in  a  world  that  the  majority  of  women  in 
America  face ;  and  votes  do  not  seem  of  such  great  moment. 

In  the  larger  cities  where  she  has  done  organization  work 
in  the  "Polish  section,"  the  "Italian  section,"  and  the  "Jew- 
ish section,"  she  realizes,  from  her  intimate  contact  with 
the  women  folk  of  these  would-be  good  Americans,  some- 
thing of  the  cant  of  so-called  "Americanization  work."  She 
feels  that  true  Americanization  work  would  be  the  Golden 
Rule  applied  to  those  men  and  women  of  other  countries  who 
come  to  our  shores,  not  the  exploitation  of  their  labor  that 
usually  takes  place.  She  learns  from  the  tired  women  with 
whom  she  has  spent  her  day  that  "teaching  foreigners 
American  ways"  should  begin  with  paying  them  wages  that 
will  allow  them  to  cultivate  American  ways. 

And  the  campaigner  in  country  districts  has  gained  a 
sympathetic  understanding  of  her  rural  sister  whom  she 
may  have  regarded  with  impatience  heretofore.  She  knows 
she,  too,  would  be  "dumb,"  inarticulate  and  sometimes  hope- 
less if  she  started  the  day  at  four  o'clock,  took  care  of  six 
children,  four  hired  hands,  ten  cows,  and  seventy-five  chick- 
ens, all  with  her  two  hands. 

Or  perhaps  campaigning  in  the  South  the  suffrage  worker 
is  brought  face  to  face  with  the  grave  national  problem 
of  gross  injustice  and  cruelty  to  the  Negro.  She  is  told  that 
it  is  all  right  to  talk  of  suffrage  for  white  women,  but  she 
must  pretend  that  Negro  women  will  be  kept  from  the  vote 
as  have  the  Negro  men.  She  may  have  even  witnessed  the 
orgy  of  a  lynching.  She  realizes  that  asking  for  votes  for 
women  on  the  ground  of  democracy  is  a  farce  if,  in  the  same 
breath,  that  democracy  is  denied  the  fellow  American  with 
a  darker  skin. 

It  is  likely  that  many  suffrage  workers  will  turn  the 
energies,  released  from  suffrage  work,  into  reform  work  of 
a  mild  sort;  but  among  the  younger  ones  many  of  marked 
ability,  genius  for  organization,  and  political  acumen,  espe- 
cially in  the  "militant  group,"  will  plunge  deeply  into  the 
economic  movement.  Many  of  them,  in  the  States  where 
suffrage  exists,  have  done  so  already  and  more  will  follow. 
Most  of  them  are  by  nature  rebels.  And  the  influence  they 
may  wield  with  their  large  following  of  new  voters,  will  be 
considerable. 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


265 


Self-Determining  Haiti 

II.  WHAT  THE  UNITED  STATES  HAS  ACCOMPLISHED 
By  JAMES  WELDON  JOHNSON 


WHEN  the  truth  about  the  conquest  of  Haiti — the 
slaughter  of  three  thousand  and  practically  unarmed 
Haitians,  with  the  incidentally  needless  death  of  a  score  of 
American  boys — begins  to  filter  through  the  rigid  Adminis- 
tration censorship  to  the  American  people,  the  apologists  will 
become  active.  Their  justification  of  what  has  been  done 
will  be  grouped  under  two  heads:  one,  the  necessity,  and 
two,  the  results.  Under  the  first,  much  stress  will  be  laid 
upon  the  "anarchy"  which  existed  in  Haiti,  upon  the  back- 
wardness of  the  Haitians  and  their  absolute  unfitness  to 
govern  themselves.  The  pretext  which  caused  the  interven- 
tion was  taken  up  in  the  first  article  of  this  series.  The 
characteristics,  alleged  and  real,  of  the  Haitian  people  will 
be  taken  up  in  a  subsequent  article.  Now  as  to  results: 
The  apologists  will  attempt  to  show  that  material  improve- 
ments in  Haiti  justify  American  intervention.  Let  us  see 
what  they  are. 

Diligent  inquiry  reveals  just  three:  The  building  of  the 
road  from  Port-au-Prince  to  Cape  Haitien ;  the  enforcement 
of  certain  sanitary  regulations  in  the  larger  cities;  and  the 
improvement  of  the  public  hospital  at  Port-au-Prince.  The 
enforcement  of  certain  sanitary  regulations  is  not  so  im- 
portant as  it  may  sound,  for  even  under  exclusive  native 
rule,  Haiti  has  been  a  remarkably  healthy  country  and  had 
never  suffered  from  such  epidemics  as  used  to  sweep  Cuba 
and  the  Panama  Canal  region.  The  regulations,  moreover, 
were  of  a  purely  minor  character — the  sort  that  might  be 
issued  by  a  board  of  health  in  any  American  city  or  town — 
and  were  in  no  wise  fundamental,  because  there  was  no 
need.  The  same  applies  to  the  improvement  of  the  hospital, 
long  before  the  American  Occupation,  an  effectively  con- 
ducted institution  but  which,  it  is  only  fair  to  say,  bene- 
fited considerably  by  the  regulations  and  more  up-to-date 
methods  of  American  army  surgeons — the  best  in  the  world. 
Neither  of  these  accomplishments,  however,  creditable  as 
they  are,  can  well  be  put  forward  as  a  justification  for  mili- 
tary domination.  The  building  of  the  great  highway  from 
Port-au-Prince  to  Cape  Haitien  is  a  monumental  piece  of 
work,  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  object  in  building  it 
was  to  supply  the  Haitians  with  a  great  highway  or  to  con- 
struct a  military  road  which  would  facilitate  the  transpor- 
tation of  troops  and  supplies  from  one  end  of  the  island  to 
the  other.  And  this  represents  the  sum  total  of  the  con- 
structive accomplishment  after  five  years  of  American 
Occupation. 

Now,  the  highway,  while  doubtless  the  most  important 
achievement  of  the  three,  involved  the  most  brutal  of  all 
the  blunders  of  the  Occupation.  The  work  was  in  charge  of 
an  officer  of  Marines  who  stands  out  even  in  that  organiza- 
tion for  his  "treat  'em  rough"  methods.  He  discovered  the 
obsolete  Haitian  corvee  and  decided  to  enforce  it  with  the 
most  modern  Marine  efficiency.  The  corvee,  or  road  law,  in 
Haiti  provided  that  each  citizen  should  work  a  certain  num- 
ber of  days  on  the  public  roads  to  keep  them  in  condition, 
or  pay  a  certain  sum  of  money.  In  the  days  when  this  law 
was  in  force  the  Haitian  government  never  required  the 
men  to  work  the  roads  except  in  their  respective  communi- 


ties, and  the  number  of  days  was  usually  limited  to  three  a 
year.  But  the  Occupation  seized  men  wherever  it  could  find 
them,  and  no  able-bodied  Haitian  was  safe  from  such  raids, 
which  most  closely  resembled  the  African  slave  raids  of  past 
centuries.  And  slavery  it  was — though  temporary.  By  day 
or  by  night,  from  the  bosom  of  their  families,  from  their 
little  farms  or  while  trudging  peacefully  on  the  country 
roads,  Haitians  were  seized  and  forcibly  taken  to  toil  for 
months  in  far  sections  of  the  country.  Those  who  protested 
or  resisted  were  beaten  into  submission.  At  night,  after 
long  hours  of  unremitting  labor  under  armed  taskmasters, 
who  swiftly  discouraged  any  slackening  of  effort  with  boot 
or  rifle  butt,  the  victims  were  herded  in  compounds.  Those 
attempting  to  escape  were  shot.  Their  terror-stricken  fam- 
ilies meanwhile  were  often  in  total  ignorance  of  the  fate  of 
their  husbands,  fathers,  brothers. 

It  is  chiefly  out  of  these  methods  that  arose  the  need  for 
"pacification."  Many  men  of  the  rural  districts  became 
panic-stricken  and  fled  to  the  hills  and  mountains.  Others 
rebelled  and  did  likewise,  preferring  death  to  slavery.  These 
refugees  largely  make  up  the  "caco"  forces,  to  hunt  down 
which  has  become  the  duty  and  the  sport  of  American 
Marines,  who  were  privileged  to  shoot  a  "caco"  on  sight.  If 
anyone  doubts  that  "caco"  hunting  is  the  sport  of  American 
Marines  in  Haiti,  let  him  learn  the  facts  about  the  death  of 
Charlemagne.  Charlemagne  Peralte  was  a  Haitian  of  edu- 
cation and  culture  and  of  great  influence  in  his  district.  He 
was  tried  by  an  American  courtmartial  on  the  charge  of 
aiding  "cacos."  He  was  sentenced,  not  to  prison,  however, 
but  to  five  years  of  hard  labor  on  the  roads,  and  was  forced 
to  work  in  convict  garb  on  the  streets  of  Cape  Haitien.  He 
made  his  escape  and  put  himself  at  the  head  of  several  hun- 
dred followers  in  a  valiant  though  hopeless  attempt  to  free 
Haiti.  The  America  of  the  Revolution,  indeed  the  America 
of  the  Civil  War,  would  have  regarded  Charlemagne  not  as 
a  criminal  but  a  patriot.  He  met  his  death  not  in  open 
fight,  not  in  an  attempt  at  his  capture,  but  through  a  das- 
tard deed.  While  standing  over  his  camp  fire,  he  was  shot 
in  cold  blood  by  an  American  Marine  officer  who  stood  con- 
cealed by  the  darkness,  and  who  had  reached  the  camp 
through  bribery  and  trickery.  This  deed,  which  was  noth- 
ing short  of  assassination,  has  been  heralded  as  an  example 
of  American  heroism.  Of  this  deed,  Harry  Franck,  writing 
in  the  June  Century  of  "The  Death  of  Charlemagne,"  says : 
"Indeed  it  is  fit  to  rank  with  any  of  the  stirring  warrior 
tales  with  which  history  is  seasoned  from  the  days  of  the 
Greeks  down  to  the  recent  world  war."  America  should  read 
"The  Death  of  Charlemagne"  which  attempts  to  glorify  a 
black  smirch  on  American  arms  and  tradition. 

There  is  a  reason  why  the  methods  employed  in  road 
building  affected  the  Haitian  country  folk  in  a  way  in  which 
it  might  not  have  affected  the  people  of  any  other  Latin- 
American  country.  Not  since  the  independence  of  the  coun- 
try has  there  been  any  such  thing  as  a  peon  in  Haiti.  The 
revolution  by  which  Haiti  gained  her  independence  was  not 
merely  a  political  revolution,  it  was  also  a  social  revolution. 
Among  the  many  radical  changes  wrought  was  that  of  cut- 


266 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


ting  up  the  large  slave  estates  into  small  parcels  and  allot- 
ting them  among  former  slaves.  And  so  it  was  that  every 
Haitian  in  the  rural  districts  lived  on  his  own  plot  of  land. 
a  plot  on  which  his  family  has  lived  for  perhaps  more  than 
a  hundred  years.  No  matter  how  small  or  how  large  that 
plot  is,  and  whether  he  raises  much  or  little  on  it,  it  is  his 
and  he  is  an  independent  farmer. 

The  completed  highway,  moreover,  continued  to  be  a  barb 
in  the  Haitian  wound.  Automobiles  on  this  road,  running 
without  any  speed  limit,  are  a  constant  inconvenience  or 
danger  to  the  natives  carrying  their  market  produce  to  town 
on  their  heads  or  loaded  on  the  backs  of  animals.  I  have 
seen  these  people  scramble  in  terror  often  up  the  side  or 
down  the  declivity  of  the  mountain  for  places  of  safety  for 
themselves  and  their  animals  as  the  machines  snorted  by.  I 
have  seen  a  market  woman's  horse  take  flight  and  scatter 
the  produce  loaded  on  his  back  all  over  the  road  for  several 
hundred  yards.  I  have  heard  an  American  commercial  trav- 
eler laughingly  tell  how  on  the  trip  from  Cape  Haitien  to 
Port-au-Prince  the  automobile  he  was  in  killed  a  donkey  and 
two  pigs.  It  had  not  occurred  to  him  that  the  donkey  might 
be  the  chief  capital  of  the  small  Haitian  farmer  and  that 
the  loss  of  it  might  entirely  bankrupt  him.  It  is  all  very 
humorous,  of  course,  unless  you  happen  to  be  the  Haitian 
pedestrian. 

The  majority  of  visitors  on  arriving  at  Port-au-Prince 
and  noticing  the  well-paved,  well-kept  streets,  will  at  once 
jump  to  the  conclusion  that  this  work  was  done  by  the  Amer- 
ican Occupation.  The  Occupation  goes  to  no  trouble  to 
refute  this  conclusion,  and  in  fact  it  will  by  implication  cor- 
roborate it.  If  one  should  exclaim,  "Why,  I  am  surprised  to 
see  what  a  well-paved  city  Port-au-Prince  is!"  he  would  be 
almost  certain  to  receive  the  answer,  "Yes,  but  you  should 
have  seen  it  before  the  Occupation."  The  implication  here 
is  that  Port-au-Prince  was  a  mudhole  and  that  the  Occupa- 
tion is  responsible  for  its  clean  and  well-paved  streets.  It 
is  true  that  at  the  time  of  the  intervention,  five  years  ago, 
there  were  only  one  or  two  paved  streets  in  the  Haitian 
capital,  but  the  contracts  for  paving  the  entire  city  had 
been  let  by  the  Haitian  Government,  and  the  work  had 
already  been  begu:i.  This  work  was  completed  during  the 
Occupation,  but  the  Occupation  did  not  pave,  and  had  noth- 
ing to  do  with  the  paving  of  a  single  street  in  Port-au- 
Prince. 

One  accomplishment  I  did  expect  to  find — that  the  Amer- 
ican Occupation,  in  its  five  years  of  absolute  rule,  had 
developed  and  improved  the  Haitian  system  of  public  edu- 
cation. The  United  States  has  made  some  efforts  in  this 
direction  in  other  countries  where  it  has  taken  control.  In 
Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  and  the  Philippines,  the  attempt,  at  least, 
was  made  to  establish  modern  school  systems.  Selected 
youths  from  these  countries  were  taken  and  sent  to  the 
United  States  for  training  in  order  that  they  might  return 
and  be  better  teachers,  and  American  teachers  were  sent  to 
those  islands  in  exchange.  The  American  Occupation  in 
Haiti  has  not  advanced  public  education  a  single  step.  No 
new  buildings  have  been  erected.  Not  a  single  Haitian  youth 
has  been  sent  to  the  United  States  for  training  as  a  teacher, 
nor  has  a  single  American  teacher,  white  or  colored,  been 
sent  to  Haiti.  According  to  the  general  budget  of  Haiti, 
1919-1920,  there  are  teachers  in  the  rural  schools  receiving 
as  little  as  six  dollars  a  month.  Some  of  these  teachers  may 
not  be  worth  more  than  six  dollars  a  month.  But  after  five 
years  of  American  rule,  there  ought  not  to  be  a  single 


teacher  in  the  country  who  is  not  worth  more  than  that 
paltry  sum. 

Another  source  of  discontent  is  the  Gendarmerie.  When 
the  Occupation  took  possession  of  the  island,  it  disarmed  all 
Haitians,  including  the  various  local  police  forces.  To 
remedy  this  situation  the  Convention  (Article  X),  provided 
that  there  should  be  created, — 

without  delay,  an  efficient  constabulary,  urban  and  rural,  com- 
posed of  native  Haitians.  This  constabulary  shall  be  organized 
and  officered  by  Americans,  appointed  by  the  President  of  Haiti 
upon  nomination  by  the  President  of  the  United  States.  .  .  . 
These  officers  shall  be  replaced  by  Haitians  as  they,  by  examina- 
tion conducted  under  direction  of  a  board  to  be  selected  by  the 
Senior  American  Officer  of  this  constabulary  in  the  presence  of 
a  representative  of  the  Haitian  Government,  are  found  to  be 
qualified  to  assume  such  duties. 

During  the  first  months  of  the  Occupation  officers  of  the 
Haitian  Gendarmerie  were  commissioned  officers  of  the 
marines,  but  the  war  took  all  these  officers  to  Europe.  Five 
years  have  passed  and  the  constabulary  is  still  officered 
entirely  by  marines,  but  almost  without  exception  they  are 
ex-privates  or  non-commissioned  officers  of  the  United 
States  Marine  Corps  commissioned  in  the  gendarmerie. 
Many  of  these  men  are  rough,  uncouth,  and  uneducated,  and 
a  great  number  from  the  South,  are  violently  steeped  in 
color  prejudice.  They  direct  all  policing  of  city  and  town. 
It  falls  to  them,  ignorant  of  Haitian  ways  and  language,  to 
enforce  every  minor  police  regulation.  Needless  to  say, 
this  is  a  grave  source  of  continued  irritation.  Where  the 
genial  American  "cop"  could,  with  a  wave  of  his  hand  or 
club,  convey  the  full  majesty  of  the  law  to  the  small  boy 
transgressor  or  to  some  equally  innocuous  offender,  the 
strong-arm  tactics  for  which  the  marines  are  famous,  are 
apt  to  be  promptly  evoked.  The  pledge  in  the  Convention 
that  "these  officers  be  replaced  by  Haitians"  who  could 
qualify,  has,  like  other  pledges,  become  a  mere  scrap  of 
paper.  Graduates  of  the  famous  French  military  academy 
of  St.  Cyr,  men  who  have  actually  qualified  for  commissions 
in  the  French  army,  are  denied  the  opportunity  to  fill  even  a 
lesser  commission  in  the  Haitian  Gendarmerie,  although 
such  men,  in  addition  to  their  pre-eminent  qualifications  of 
training,  would,  because  of  their  understanding  of  local  con- 
ditions and  their  complete  familiarity  with  the  ways  of  their 
own  country,  make  ideal  guardians  of  the  peace. 

The  American  Occupation  of  Haiti  is  not  only  guilty  of 
sins  of  omission,  it  is  guilty  of  sins  of  commission  in  addi- 
tion to  those  committed  in  the  building  of  the  great  road 
across  the  island.  Brutalities  and  atrocities  on  the  part  of 
American  marines  have  occurred  with  sufficient  frequency 
to  be  the  cause  of  deep  resentment  and  terror.  Marines  talk 
freely  of  what  they  "did"  to  some  Haitians  in  the  outlying 
districts.  Familiar  methods  of  torture  to  make  captives 
reveal  what  they  often  do  not  know  are  nonchalantly  dis- 
cussed. Just  before  I  left  Port-au-Prince  an  American 
Marine  had  caught  a  Haitian  boy  stealing  sugar  off  the 
wharf  and  instead  of  arresting  him  he  battered  his  brains 
out  with  the  butt  of  his  rifle.  I  learned  from  the  lips  of 
American  Marines  themselves  of  a  number  of  cases  of  rape 
of  Haitian  women  by  marines.  I  often  sat  at  tables  in  the 
hotels  and  cafes  in  company  with  marine  officers  and  they 
talked  before  me  without  restraint.  I  remember  the  descrip- 
tion of  a  "caco"  hunt  by  one  of  them;  he  told  how  they 
finally  came  upon  a  crowd  of  natives  engaged  in  the  popular 
pastime  of  cock-fighting  and  how  they  "let  them  have  it" 


I 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


267 


with  machine  guns  and  rifle  fire.  I  heard  another,  a  captain 
of  marines,  relate  how  he  at  a  fire  in  Port-au-Prince  ordered 
a  "rather  dressed  up  Haitian,"  standing  on  the  sidewalk,  to 
"get  in  there"  and  take  a  hand  at  the  pumps.  It  appeared 
that  the  Haitian  merely  shrugged  his  shoulders.  The  cap- 
tain of  marines  then  laughingly  said:  "I  had  on  a  pretty 
heavy  pair  of  boots  and  I  let  him  have  a  kick  that  landed 
him  in  the  middle  of  the  street.  Someone  ran  up  and  told 
me  that  the  man  was  an  ex-member  of  the  Haitian  Assem- 
bly." The  fact  that  the  man  had  been  a  member  of  the 
Haitian  Assembly  made  the  whole  incident  more  laughable 
to  the  captain  of  marines. 

Perhaps  the  most  serious  aspect  of  American  brutality  in 
Haiti  is  not  to  be  found  in  individual  cases  of  cruelty, 
numerous  and  inexcusable  though  they  are,  but  rather  in 
the  American  attitude,  well  illustrated  by  the  diagnosis  of 
an  American  officer  discussing  the  situation  and  its  diffi- 
culty: "The  trouble  with  this  whole  business  is  that  some 
of  these  people  with  a  little  money  and  education  think  they 
are  as  good  as  we  are,"  and  this  is  the  keynote  of  the  atti- 
tude of  every  American  to  every  Haitian.  Americans  have 
carried  American  hatred  to  Haiti.  They  have  planted  the 
feeling  of  caste  and  color  prejudice  where  it  never  before 
existed. 

And  such  are  the  "accomplishments"  of  the  United  States 
in  Haiti.  The  Occupation  has  not  only  failed  to  achieve 
anything  worth  while,  but  has  made  it  impossible  to  do  so 
because  of  the  distrust  and  bitterness  that  it  has  engendered 
in  the  Haitian  people.  Through  the  present  instrumental- 
ities no  matter  how  earnestly  the  United  States  may  desire 
to  be  fair  to  Haiti  and  make  intervention  a  success,  it  will 
not  succeed.  An  entirely  new  deal  is  necessary.  This  Gov- 
ernment forced  the  Haitian  leaders  to  accept  the  promise  of 
American  aid  and  American  supervision.  With  that  Amer- 
ican aid  the  Haitian  Government  defaulted  its  external  and 
internal  debt,  an  obligation,  which  under  self-government 
the  Haitians  had  scrupulously  observed.  And  American 
supervision  turned  out  to  be  a  military  tyranny  supporting 
a  program  of  economic  exploitation.  The  United  States  had 
an  opportunity  to  gain  the  confidence  of  the  Haitian  people. 
That  opportunity  has  been  destroyed.  When  American 
troops  first  landed,  although  the  Haitian  people  were  out- 
raged, there  was  a  feeling  nevertheless  which  might  well 
have  developed  into  cooperation.  There  were  those  who  had 
hopes  that  the  United  States,  guided  by  its  traditional  policy 
of  nearly  a  century  and  a  half,  pursuing  its  fine  stand  in 
Cuba,  under  McKinley,  Roosevelt,  and  Taft,  would  extend 
aid  that  would  be  mutually  beneficial  to  both  countries. 
Those  Haitians  who  indulged  this  hope  are  disappointed  and 
bitter.  Those  members  of  the  Haitian  Assembly  who,  while 
acting  under  coercion  were  nevertheless  hopeful  of  Amer- 
ican promises,  incurred  unpopularity  by  voting  for  the  Con- 
vention, are  today  bitterly  disappointed  and  utterly  dis- 
illusioned. 

If  the  United  States  should  leave  Haiti  today,  it  would 
leave  more  than  a  thousand  widows  and  orphans  of  its  own 
making,  more  banditry  than  has  existed  for  a  century, 
resentment,  hatred  and  despair  in  the  heart  of  a  whole  peo- 
ple, to  say  nothing  of  the  irreparable  injury  to  its  own  tra- 
dition as  the  defender  of  the  rights  of  man. 

The  real  reasons  for  the  Occupation  and  the  continued 
presence  of  American  troops  in  Haiti,  will  be  told  in  the 
issue  of  September  11,  in  an  article  entitled  Government  Of, 
By,  and  For  the  National  City  Bank. 


A  Fragment 

From  the  History  of  the  Great  War 

By  PROF.  YUAN  SEN,  University  of  Shanghai 

(Published  by  Wow-Wow,  Pekin,  1993) 

Translated  by  JOHN  HAYNES  HOLMES 

"We  are,  then,  in  my  judgment,  on  the  threshold  of  a  second 
stage  in  the  World  War." — Frank  H.  Simonds,  in  the  New 
York  Tribune,  August  15,  1920. 

THE  second  stage  of  the  Great  War,  which  was  destined 
to  complete  the  European  wreck  begun  in  the  first 
stage  (1914-1918),  and  to  lead  to  the  final  collapse  of  west- 
ern civilization,  may  be  said  to  have  opened  in  January,  1921. 
This  stage  may  be  roughly  distinguished  from  the  one 
which  preceded  it  by  the  new  and  strange  alignment  of  con- 
tending nations.  Russia  was  now  the  enemy  to  be  destroyed. 
Germany,  on  the  other  hand,  took  Russia's  former  place 
among  the  Allies.  The  League  for  Peace,*  organized  in 
December,  1920,  was  composed  of  England,  France,  Ger- 
many, Japan,  and  later  the  United  States.  Italy  was  pre- 
vented from  joining  the  alliance  by  the  so-called  "Christmas 
Revolution,"  which  threw  the  government  into  the  hands  of 
the  Socialists,  who  promptly  made  common  cause  with  the 
Bolsheviki  of  Russia.  England,  never  able  to  bring  her 
arms  effectively  into  the  struggle,  was  paralyzed  by  the 
great  victory  of  the  Labor  Party  in  November,  1920.  Only 
the  coming  of  America  to  take  England's  place  on  the  battle 
line,  as  she  had  taken  Russia's  place  in  1917,  held  the  alli- 
ance together,  and  thus  prolonged  the  conflict  till  the  final 
and  complete  catastrophe  in  1925.  From  1921  on,  we  may 
say  that  the  conflict  was  substantially  between  Russia  on 
the  one  side,  and  the  United  States  on  the  other. 

The  entrance  of  Germany  into  the  league  against  bolshe- 
vist  Russia,  was  effected  only  with  difficulty.  In  England 
and  France  there  was  naturally  some  prejudice  against  the 
Germans,  surviving  from  the  earlier  phase  of  the  world 
struggle.  To  great  masses  of  Englishmen  and  Frenchmen, 
especially  among  the  laboring  classes  and  the  war  veterans, 
it  seemed  a  preposterous  thing  to  receive  the  Germans  as 
friends  and  allies,  and  fight,  not  against,  but  with  them. 
Even  as  late  as  1921,  there  was  occasional  refusal  to  lift  the 
German  flag  side  by  side  with  the  tricolor  and  St.  George's 
cross.  But  the  methods  of  fashioning  public  opinion  prac- 
ticed so  effectively  from  1914  to  1918,  were  now  as  effec- 
tively applied  again.  All  opposition  to  the  German  alliance 
was  sternly  repressed.  Any  word  spoken  against  Germany 
was  punished  as  rigorously  as  words  spoken  in  favor  of 
Germany  in  earlier  days.  Nor  was  government  propaganda 
forgotten.  Hundreds  of  speakers  and  millions  of  pamphlets 
were  scattered  through  both  countries,  to  teach  the  people 
the  unexampled  virtues  of  German  character,  and  the  neces- 
sity of  strengthening  the  German  nation  as  the  one  chief 
bulwark  against  the  flood  of  barbarism  now  sweeping  down 
upon  the  world.  The  result,  of  course,  was  inevitable,  espe- 
cially after  the  bolshevist  uprising  in  India,  and  the  refusal 
of  Lenin  to  pay  the  Czar's  debts  to  France.  It  was  hence- 
forth "any  port  in  a  storm" ;  and  Germany  was  received  into 
full  and  equal  fellowship  with  her  former  enemies. 

♦Not  to  be  confused  with  the  abortive  League  of  Nations,  provided  for  in  the 
Treaty  of  Versailles. 


268 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


It  was  in  Germany  itself,  however,  that  the  most  serious 
difficulties  were  encountered.  The  collapse  of  Poland  in  the 
autumn  of  1920,  strengthened  immeasurably  the  revolution- 
ary party  of  the  Sparticides  which  had  been  put  down  in 
bloodshed  and  terror  in  the  early  days  of  the  Ebert  govern- 
ment. An  immediate  campaign,  for  alliance  with  the  Bol- 
sheviki,  and  war  to  the  death  against  the  nations  which  had 
betrayed  Germany  after  the  armistice  of  November,  1918, 
and  forced  upon  her  helpless  people  the  most  cruel  peace 
ever  imposed  by  the  victors  upon  the  vanquished,  met  with 
wide  popular  favor.  Here  was  a  God-given  opportunity, 
said  the  Sparticides,  not  only  to  take  vengeance  upon  the 
Allies,  but  to  restore  Germany  to  her  former  position  of 
power.  Before  such  a  movement  Ebert  was  helpless,  and 
the  extension  of  bolshevism  to  the  frontier  of  the  Rhine 
seemed  inevitable  for  weeks. 

Then  came  the  famous  Mannheim  Conference,  secret  for 
so  many  years,  but  now  revealed  in  all  its  details.  On 
October  2,  Lloyd  George,  Millerand,  Ebert,  and  Stinnes  met 
in  Mannheim,  and  drew  up  the  "Agreement"  which  later  led 
to  the  formal  League  of  Peace.  This  "Agreement"  provided, 
first,  that  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  should  be  canceled;  sec- 
ond, that  the  Kaiser  should  be  restored  to  his  former  throne ; 
third,  that  the  counter-revolutionary  movement  in  the 
Kaiser's  favor  should  be  instantly  recognized  and  supported 
by  France  and  England;  fourth,  that  reorganized  Germany 
should  at  once  declare  war  against  the  Soviets;  fifth,  that 
Germany  should  be  provided  by  France  and  England  with 
arms  and  ammunition ;  and  last,  that  a  league  or  alliance  of 
nations  should  be  formed  for  the  support  of  the  war  against 
bolshevist  Russia.  Four  weeks  to  a  day  after  this  Confer- 
ence, the  Kaiser  crossed  the  Dutch  border  into  Germany, 
under  the  escort  of  French  and  English  troops,  and  a  week 
later  was  proclaimed  his  new  government  at  Berlin.  Von 
Zimmerman  was  made  Chancellor,  von  Ludendorff  War  Min- 
ister, von  Tirpitz  was  placed  in  charge  of  naval  affairs,  and 
von  Jagow  given  his  old  portfolio  as  Foreign  Minister.  Von 
Hindenburg  was  chosen  to  command  the  new  German  armies, 
because  of  his  familiarity  with  the  eastern  front,  and  later 
after  the  organization  of  the  League  of  Peace,  made  com- 
mander of  all  the  allied  forces,  with  Marshal  Foch  as  chief 
of  staff. 

With  the  formal  opening  of  war  against  the  Bolsheviki 
by  this  new  European  alliance,  every  effort  was  made  to 
bring  America  into  the  struggle.  The  National  Security 
League  and  similar  bodies  were  now  as  eager  to  help  Ger- 
many against  the  "Huns,"*  as  they  had  formerly  been  eager 
to  destroy  Germany  altogether.  It  was  largely  because  of 
the  agitation  of  these  groups  that  President  Wilson  was 
persuaded  to  summon  a  special  session  of  Congress  in  No- 
vember, shortly  after  the  sweeping  victory  of  Harding,  and 
in  his  famous  "thirteen  points"  message  call  for  a  declara- 
tion of  war  against  Russia,  "to  make  the  world  safe  for 
democracy."  The  Republicans  promptly  met  this  request  of 
the  Executive  with  the  reminder  that  the  United  States  was 
still  at  war  with  Germany,  and  that  it  was  impossible  for 
the  nation  to  be  at  war  with  two  different  nations  which 
were  themselves  at  war  against  each  other.  Attorney  Gen- 
eral Palmer  answered  this  rather  far-fetched  and  certainly 
unscrupulous  move  of  the  Republicans  by  stating  that  Amer- 
ica was  indeed  still  at  war  with  Germany,  and  that  the  war- 
powers   of   the   government  were  therefore    still   existent. 

•It  must  be  remembered  that  this  term,  "Huns,"  used  to  describe  the  Germans 
in   1914-1918,  was  now  applied   to  the  Russians. 


Then  came  the  notorious  "raids"  of  the  Attorney  General 
against  Republicans  for  opposing  the  administration  in  time 
of  war.  Republican  clubs,  like  Communistic  clubs  of  earlier 
days,  were  everywhere  invaded,  and  their  members  beaten 
up,  cast  into  prison,  and  held  without  bail.  Never  was 
there  a  more  extraordinary  situation.  Indeed,  it  is  doubtful 
if  the  tangle  of  war  and  peace,  alliances  and  hostilities, 
would  ever  have  been  satisfactorily  straightened  out,  and 
America  brought  into  alliance  with  Germany  and  the  League 
of  Peace,  had  it  not  been  for    .    .    . 

[TRANSLATOR'S  NOTE:  It  is  most  unfortunate  that  the 
"Fragment"  of  Prof.  Yuan  Sen's  history  ends  at  this  point. 
It  is  known,  however,  that  the  American  people  were  success- 
fully brought  into  the  war,  and  manifested  an  even  greater 
fury  in  its  prosecution  (if  this  be  possible)  than  they  had 
shown  against  Germany  in  the  first  phase  of  the  struggle.] 


Tyranny  by  Prophets 

By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 

Moscow,  July  17 
T  must  be  admitted  that  Russia  has  not  now  a  demo- 
cratic form  of  government  in  any  sense  of  the  word. 
Pretty  nearly  everybody  will  admit  that  it  is  neither  a  dic- 
tatorship of  the  proletariat  nor  a  dictatorship  of  a  party — 
the  Communist  Party — but  only  a  dictatorship  of  a  central 
committee  of  a  party,  the  Central  Committee  of  Commis- 
sars, the  Eighteen.  But  things  could  not  have  been  other- 
wise. The  increasing  disorganization  brought  about  by 
war  and  invasions  forced  the  government  to  become  more 
and  more  dictatorial.  Within  the  Communist  Party  the 
discipline  may  be  said  to  be  of  a  military  character.  Com- 
munists are  more  severely  punished  for  their  sins  than 
are  outsiders.  If  a  Communist  is  caught  speculating,  the 
chances  are  that  he  will  be  shot.  A  Communist  is  sup- 
posed to  make  many  more  sacrifices  than  a  mere  layman. 
He  must  volunteer  for  the  front.  The  army  contains  over 
300,000  party  members  and  a  great  deal  of  the  inefficiency 
in  the  government  must  be  attributed  to  the  fact  that  the 
best  revolutionary  brains  and  energy  are  at  the  front.  Con- 
stant demands  come  from  the  army  for  more  organizers, 
and  constantly  the  cities  have  to  give  up  their  best  for  the 
military  Moloch. 

As  I  have  pointed  out  before,  the  trade  unions 
have,  for  the  present,  become  a  mere  cog  in  the 
governmental  machine  of  dictatorship.  Similarly,  I  am 
inclined  to  think  from  what  I  hear  that  the  electoral  ma- 
chinery has  been  so  arranged  that  the  present  Government 
can  keep  its  majority.  The  elections  are  by  no  means 
direct,  but  indirect,  like  our  old  senatorial  elections,  only 
the  final  election  of  members  to  the  All-Russian  central 
Soviets  is  not  once  but  about  three  times  removed  from 
the  common  or  garden  variety  of  elector.  I  think  I  have 
had  evidence,  at  least  sufficient  to  convince  an  ordinary 
person  whose  mind  does  not  insist  on  strictly  legal  proof, 
that  elections  in  the  villages  are  often  manipulated  from 
the  gubiernia  towns.  Besides,  the  villages,  as  a  matter  of 
plain  fact,  have  only  one-fifth  of  the  representation  that 
the  city  proletariat  has.  Informally,  in  the  usual  Russian 
manner  of  not  making  the  institutions  gibe  with  the  facts 
or  vice  versa,  in  some  gubiernias  the  peasant  has  only  about 
one-tenth  of  the  representation  given  to  the  workmen.    That 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


269 


I  know  is  the  way  the  electoral  system  worked  out  in 
Samara.  Quite  plainly  the  peasants  are  not  to  be  allowed, 
as  I  stated  before,  to  kill  the  social  revolution  by  their 
inert,  small-proprietor  backwardness. 

It  is  very  hard  to  make  the  outside  world  see  the  straits 
to  which  war  and  blockade  and  invasion  have  brought 
Russia,  and  how  necessary  it  was  to  establish  a  dictatorship 
in  order  to  save  the  country  from  Mexification.  You  have 
to  be  here  to  know  the  general  level  of  education  and  in- 
telligence, to  understand  that  discipline  and  order,  even  of 
the  low  degree  accomplished  by  the  Bolsheviki,  have  been 
needed  to  pull  things  through.  Very  characteristic  is  the 
legend  about  how  Trotzky  managed  to  save  Petrograd.  The 
city  was  about  to  be  given  up  to  Judenich  when  Trotzky 
telegraphed  the  commander  to  hold  out  until  he  arrived. 
When  he  came  he  announced  immediately  that  Petrograd 
would  not  be  given  up  voluntarily,  but  that  the  defense 
would  be  organized  in  a  street-to-street  and  house-to-house 
fight.  The  people  of  Petrograd,  seeing  that  nothing  would 
be  gained  by  letting  in  Judenich,  decided  it  would  be  the 
best  policy  to  fight — and  they  did.  It  has  needed  an  iron 
will  to  force  this  people  to  endure  starvation  and  hardship 
and  deprivation  of  all  sorts  in  order  to  bring  about  a  glori- 
ous result.  Tyranny,  if  you  will,  but  tyranny  exercised  by 
prophets. 

Of  course,  with  the  dictatorship  went  a  very  strong  sup- 
pression of  freedom  of  speech  and  of  assembly.  Practically 
none  but  government  newspapers  exist.  For  a  time  the 
Mensheviki  were  allowed  to  publish  a  newspaper,  and  the 
Social  Revolutionaries  of  the  Left  get  out  a  sort  of  eco- 
nomic statistical  periodical  whenever  the  government,  which 
controls  the  whole  supply  of  paper,  gives  them  some.  They 
also  get  out  a  forbidden  sheet  now  and  then,  a  few  copies  of 
which  were  given  me.  The  anarchist  press  in  Petrograd, 
which  was  publishing  some  of  Kropotkin's  articles,  has  just 
been  shut  down  temporarily.  Freedom  of  assembly  does  not 
exist.  Even  at  permitted  meetings,  since  Chernov  got  up 
at  the  typographers'  meeting  and  unexpectedly  attacked  the 
government,  a  permit  for  speakers  is  necessary.  Again, 
until  peace  comes,  we  must  hold  the  wars  responsible  for 
this  gagging  of  public  opinion.  I  have  had  admissions  from 
pretty  nearly  all  parties  of  the  opposition  that  they  are  more 
or  less  actively  engaged  in  propaganda  against  the  govern- 
ment, intended  to  lead  to  its  overthrow.  The  Left  Social 
Revolutionaries,  who  were  against  the  Brest-Litovsk  treaty, 
now  openly  want  to  wreck  the  Red  army,  because  they  do 
not  believe  in  organized  armies  but  in  international  up- 
risings. Accepting  the  point  of  view  that  force  is  a  legiti- 
mate instrument,  then  certainly  the  suppression  of  freedom 
of  speech  justifies  itself  on  the  ground  that  the  nation 
which  for  three  years  has  been  in  constant  danger,  must  be 
saved.  We  Americans  were  four  thousand  miles  from  the 
scene  of  battle,  and  we  gagged  our  press.  Is  it  strange  that 
a  nation  which  has  had  the  enemy  at  a  point  as  near  to 
the  capital  as  Albany  is  to  New  York  should  perhaps 
go  our  government  one  better  in  the  suppression  of  free 
speech? 

In  this  connection  I  must  say  here,  briefly,  that  none  of 
the  parties  of  the  opposition  has  any  program  to  offer  in 
place  of  that  of  the  Bolsheviki.  I  have  talked  with  the  Left 
and  Right  Social  Revolutionaries,  with  the  Tolstoi  anarch- 
ists, Chetkov  and  Buliakin,  and  a  whole  roomful  of  dream- 
ers who  had  no  solution  to  offer  except  that  it  was  wrong 


to  resist  and  that  it  was  equally  wrong  to  recognize  any 
form  of  government.  I  confess  I  was  deeply  touched  by 
these  people;  but  seeing  that  they  were  so  remote  from  the 
great  masses,  one  could  not  imagine  them  saving  anything 
but  their  own  dim  souls.  They  were  the  shadow,  perhaps, 
of  a  better  Arcadia.  The  Mensheviki  agree  to  the  dictator- 
ship of  the  proletariat,  but  still  babble  about  a  constitu- 
tional convention,  which  nobody  wants  or  thinks  about.  All 
the  opposition  parties,  with  the  exception,  of  course,  of  the 
Tolstoi  anarchists,  hasten  to  tell  you  that  it  is  criminal  to 
oppose  the  government  in  the  present  crisis;  that  until 
peace  has  come  nobody  should  actively  oppose  them.  In 
short,  nobody  has  any  alternative  to  propose.  Kropotkin 
himself  believes  not  only  that  intervention,  the  blockade, 
and  the  Polish  war  should  cease,  but  also  that  the  western 
world  should  recognize  the  present  government.  And  Kro- 
potkin, as  will  be  seen  in  a  later  article,  by  no  means  believes 
the  present  government  ideal! 

The  final  instrument  in  the  list  of  oppressions  usually 
cited  against  the  Soviet  government  is  the  Chesvichaika,  the 
Extraordinary  Commission.  This  Commission  apparently 
has  absolute  powers,  and  need  be  governed  only  by  "its 
revolutionary  conscience."  I  know  very  little  about  the 
Chesvichaika.  No  doubt  there  are  a  great  many  political 
prisoners  in  jail,  held  without  trial,  and  any  irresponsible 
court  of  this  kind  should  be  abhorrent  to  a  democratic  state. 
But  again  we  have  to  repeat  the  fact  of  Russia's  parlous 
condition  and  the  necessity  of  extreme  measures  in  order 
to  save  the  revolution. 

On  the  whole,  I  do  not  believe  that  the  V.  C.  K.,  as  it  is 
called,  is  nearly  as  efficient  as  we  have  been  led  to  believe; 
and,  from  what  I  hear,  its  meshes  are  comfortably  large. 
Sometimes,  naturally  enough,  in  times  of  great  stress,  inno- 
cent men  get  arrested  and  even  executed.  I  personally  know 
of  one  such  case  where,  during  the  wholesale  arrests  and 
executions  which  followed  the  attack  on  Lenin,  an  innocent 
man  was  arrested  and  shot.  The  V.  C.  K.  admitted  his 
innocence  afterward  and  sent  a  commission  of  inquiry  to 
the  family.  What  is  truly  characteristic  and  Russian  about 
the  story  is  that  this  commission,  finding  that  the  bereaved 
family  had  more  cattle  than  it  was  entitled  to,  turned  itself 
into  an  expropriation  expedition  and  took  away  several  of 
the  cows.  I  have  also  heard  of  other  authentic  instances  of 
persons  who  have  been  arrested  and  kept  in  jail  for  several 
months — persons  who  were  quite  innocent — and  even  of  a 
case  where  an  innocent  man  died  in  jail  as  a  consequence  of 
the  poor  conditions.  On  the  other  hand,  the  members  of  the 
British  delegation,  who  visited  the  prisons,  maintained  that 
conditions  there  were  infinitely  preferable  to  those  in  Brit- 
ish prisons,  and  a  number  of  them  were  connoisseurs  in  this 
line,  having  served  and  suffered  and  lost  their  health  in 
English  jails  during  the  war.  Perhaps  it  will  be  significant 
to  point  out  that  the  prisons  have  a  first  claim  upon  the 
food,  with  the  children  and  institutions,  but  before  the 
civilian  population,  according  to  the  regulations  of  the  food 
distribution  department. 

Again,  let  me  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  Russia  is  not 
a  retail  country,  and  that  this  wholesale  nation  of  160,000,- 
000  is  living  through  very  wholesale  times,  under  terrific 
pressure — pressure  such  as  no  nation  since  the  France  of 
Danton's  time  has  endured.  Russia  has  no  time  for  habeas 
corpus,  free  speech  and  such-like  refinements  which  our 
own  government  found  superfluous  in  time  of  war. 


270 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


Repeating  American  History* 

By  ALBERT  J.  BEVERIDGE 

NEXT  to  the  achievement  of  national  independence,  the 
principal  object  for  which  our  forefathers  drew  the 
sword  and  risked  the  hazard  of  punishment  for  treason, 
was  to  overthrow  the  British  suppression  of  those  very 
liberties  which  are  guaranteed  in  our  National  Bill  of 
Rights:  .  .  .  speech  was  to  be  free,  conscience  unfettered, 
and  person  and  property  secure  in  a  sense  new  to  mankind. 
The  founders  of  the  American  nation  intended  to  set  up 
the  everlasting  reign  of  tolerance;  and  so  obsessed  of  lib- 
erty were  they  that  they  really  supposed  they  had  done  so. 

The  American  people  soon  had  an  opportunity  to  make 
all  this  clear.  European  conditions  were  then  strikingly 
similar  to  those  which  now  appall  us.  The  French  Revo- 
lution terrified  the  world.  Established  order  everywhere 
was  threatened  and  quaking.  The  "Christian  and  civilized 
governments,"  as  they  then  styled  themselves,  Great  Britain, 
Prussia  and  Austria,  combined  to  crush  by  force  of  arms 
what  they  fervently  believed  to  be  a  menace  to  civilization. 
In  many  countries,  but  particularly  in  the  United  Kingdom 
and  in  America,  the  Jacobins  of  France  had  earnest  adher- 
ents. In  England,  organizations  were  formed,  principally 
among  working  men  but  including  scholars  and  writers, 
for  the  purpose  of  securing  democratic  changes  in  the 
British  constitution,  such  as  universal  suffrage  and  annual 
parliaments — reforms  which,  at  that  time,  were  regarded 
by  static  minds  as  destructive,  revolutionary,  anarchistic. 
These  societies  were  comparatively  small  as  to  numbers  and 
without  much  influence.  Yet  not  only  the  royal  government 
but  also  the  "higher  classes"  as  May  calls  them  in  his 
Constitutional  History  of  England,  became  wildly  alarmed; 
and  together  with  men  of  property  and  substance  every- 
where, formed  counter-societies  for  the  purpose  of  preserv- 
ing law,  order,  and  the  existing  Constitution.  It  was  these 
societies  that  Sir  Thomas  Erskine  publicly  branded  as 
enemies  of  freedom. 

These  organizations  raised  funds,  employed  spies,  and  in 
every  way  supported  and  encouraged  the  government  in  a 
crusade  to  suppress  and  punish  obnoxious  writings  and 
speeches ;  and  everywhere  men  were  arrested,  indicted,  tried, 
and  convicted  for  sedition  or  constructive  treason.  Mere 
statements  which  today  are  the  commonplaces  of  liberty, 
were  condemned  as  incitements  to  subvert  the  British  Con- 
stitution and  overthrow  the  government.  A  period  of  re- 
pression and  suppression  occurred — a  legal  reign  of  terror. 
Judges  held  to  be  criminal  mere  proposals  to  change  or  im- 
prove British  institutions.  One  eminent  justice  avowed  that 
universal  suffrage  "would  unquestionably  be  tantamount  to  a 
total  subversion  of  this  British  constitution" — a  statement 
typical  of  those  which,  at  that  time,  fairly  spouted  from  the 
bench.  Among  felons  that  crowded  the  "convict  ships" 
bound  for  Australia,  were  occasional  heroes  of  conscience, 
some  of  the  best  and  noblest  characters  in  the  kingdom,  de- 
ported for  sedition  and  constructive  treason. 

The  Government  procured  the  enactment  of  the  celebrated 
repressive  measures  of  1795.  Fox  denounced  them  as  de- 
structive of  liberty,  and  prophesied  that  they  would  in- 
crease the  agitation  they  were  designed  to  suppress.  Ar- 
rests, trials,  convictions  increased.    In  the  name  of  patriot- 

*  From  an  address  to  the  American  Bar  Association  at  St.   Louis,   August  26. 


ism  a  sort  of  holy  war  against  ideas  was  proclaimed  and 
ruthlessly  carried  on,  the  government  required  everybody 
to  encase  their  minds  in  a  straight-jacket  of  conventional 
thinking.  The  British  Sedition  Act  of  1795  declared  mere 
membership  in  certain  societies  to  be  criminal;  thus  came 
the  recrudescence  of  that  doctrine  of  tyranny,  "guilt  by 
association."  Men  were  prosecuted  not  for  overt  acts,  but 
for  belonging  to  the  proscribed  societies.  Yet  no  real 
danger  existed.  The  great  body  of  the  British  people  were 
sound.  They  abhorred  the  French  Revolution,  its  practices 
and  its  doctrines,  as  much  as  King  George  himself. 

At  the  same  time  there  was  similar  alarm  in  America, 
and  with  better  reason;  for  great  numbers  of  Americans 
were  earnest  sympathizers  with  the  French  Revolution. 
Formidable  organizations  modeled  on  the  Jacobin  Clubs  of 
France  and  calling  themselves  "Democratic  Societies,"  were 
formed  in  many  States.  Through  these  the  gospel  of 
French  republicanism  was  sown  broadcast.  Certain  classes 
thought  they  saw  in  all  this  a  movement  for  radical  change 
in  American  institutions  and  the  overthrow  of  the  govern- 
ment. Their  frightened  eyes  beheld  the  destruction  of  pri- 
vate property,  the  downfall  of  religion,  the  utter  disruption 
of  society.  These  men  sincerely  felt  that  the  only  method 
of  preserving  order  and  liberty  was  not  by  meeting  radical 
arguments  in  open  discussion  and  demonstrating  their  fal- 
lacy, but  by  suppressing  them  altogether. 

At  this  evil  moment  our  relations  with  the  French  Re- 
public reached  the  breaking  point.  But  for  the  moderation 
of  John  Marshall,  then  Secretary  of  State,  that  war  with" 
France  which  actually  raged  on  the  oceans  for  two  years,, 
would  have  been  formally  declared.  French  partisans  and 
French  propagandists  increased  their  activities ;  and  then 
in  an  hour  of  madness  and  in  the  midst  of  terrific  popular 
excitement,  the  Federalist  majority  in  Congress  enacted  the 
Alien  and  Sedition  laws  of  1798.  .  .  .  Republican  Con- 
gressmen bitterly  resisted  the  Alien  and  Sedition  bills; 
they  said  that  those  measures  violated  the  guarantees  of 
the  First  Amendment.  .  .  .  But  the  Federalists  in 
Congress  and  most  of  the  influential  leaders  of  the  party 
throughout  the  country — "the  wise,  rich  and  good"  as  they 
called  themselves — had  completely  lost  their  heads.  Terror 
of  the  French  Revolution  and  hatred  of  democracy  had  ex- 
tinguished their  common  sense.  .  .  .  The  Federalist 
majority  paid  no  heed,  and  the  bills  became  laws. 

In  the  numerous  prosecutions  in  the  national  courts  the 
judges,  all  of  whom  belonged  to  the  Federalist  party  that 
had  enacted  these  repressive  statutes,  acted  and  spoke  in 
the  same  manner  and  words  that  the  English  judges  had 
used  from  the  beginning  of  the  French  Revolution  and  were 
continuing  to  employ.  Their  charges  to  juries  were  like 
stump  speeches;  they  denounced  France  in  terms  of  un- 
bridaled  and  lurid  violence;  they  browbeat  witnesses,  lec- 
tured counsel,  assailed  prisoners  at  the  bar.  If  the  judges 
thought  the  offensive  writing  had  a  tendency  to  incite  dis- 
affection, they  inferred  that  such  was  the  intent  of  the 
writer;  or  conversely.  .  .  .  The  very  bitter  hatred  and 
profound  distrust  of  the  bench  caused  by  the  action  of 
national  judges  in  construing  and  enforcing  the  Sedition 
Act  of  1798,  all  but  wrecked  our  judicial  establishment — 
and  that  bitterness  and  distrust  lasted  for  more  than  half 
a  century.  Yet  the  courts  are  the  one  steadying  influence 
in  our  democracy,  without  which  popular  government  would 
wreck  itself  to  pieces;  and  this  influence  was  impaired, 
wellnigh  destroyed,  by  the  judges  themselves. 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


271 


Max  Klinger 

By  FRIEDRICH  BRUNS 


IN  the  history  of  German  art  and  letters  the  year  1920 
will  be  memorable  because  of  the  death  of  Richard 
Dehmel  and  Max  Klinger,  the  greatest  lyric  genius,  and 
the  foremost  painter  and  sculptor  of  the  generation  in  their 
country.  Both  artists  took  over  the  heritage  of  the  past 
and  sought  to  interpret  life  anew.  Both  hoped  and  strove 
for  a  new  world,  das  dritte  Reich,  in  which  the  ideals  of 
Hellas  and  Christ  were  to  be  welded  into  one.  When  the 
world  in  which  they  lived  was  rent  asunder  they  passed 
away  as  by  a  derisive  act  of  fate  in  the  fulness  of  their 
power. 

Klinger  belongs  to  those  poet-artists  to  whom  German 
art,  for  better  and  for  worse,  has  owed  its  peculiar  char- 
acter since  the  days  of  Diirer.  They  are  poets  of  the  brush 
and  the  chisel;  they  seek  to  interpret  life  in  concrete  sym- 
bols and  seem  always  to  trespass  on  the  realm  of  poetry. 
Schwind,  Thoma,  Feuerbach,  and  Bocklin,  offer  the  best 
example  of  this  trend  in  the  nineteenth  century.  In  the 
sweep  and  fertility  of  his  imagination,  Klinger  outstrips 
all  of  these.  He  began  as  a»  etcher  and  brought  new  honor 
to  this  art.  He  preferred  the  needle  to  the  brush  because 
it  permits  a  wider  range  of  subjects.  Since  etchings,  as 
Klinger  tells  us,  are  merely  shadows,  they  can  depict  even 
the  monstrous  without  giving  offense.  In  his  own  he  ranges 
from  the  light  play  of  winsome  fancy  and  humor  to  the 
grotesque  and  the  tragic.  Even  in  these,  however,  his 
tendency  toward  the  monumental  and  plastic,  through 
which  he  achieves  his  powerful  effects,  is  apparent.  No 
one  who  has  really  seen  Mutter  und  Tod  is  likely  to  forget 
its  utter  simplicity  and  its  expressive  yet  delicate  symbol- 
ism. Much  mention  has  been  made  of  Klinger's  early  real- 
ism, and  his  admiration  of  Flaubert  and  Zola  is  evident. 
It  is  equally  clear  that  realism  is  but  one  of  the  aspects 
of  Klinger's  art  and  but  a  phase  in  his  development.  It 
trained  his  eye  and  hand  to  greater  accuracy.  He  admired 
Menzel;  he  loved  Bocklin. 

In  his  paintings  Klinger,  like  Feuerbach,  Marees,  and 
Bocklin,  strives  to  achieve  monumental  effects.  Sometimes 
he  crowds  his  canvas  and  the  symbolical  meaning  of  the 
various  groups  may  puzzle  the  beholder.  A  picture  may 
seem  over-burdened  with  meaning,  yet  its  solemn,  quiet 
beauty  has  an  irresistible  charm.  Two  fields  of  subject 
matter  chiefly  engross  his  endeavor:  the  glory  of  Hellas 
and  the  Cross  of  Christ.  From  the  sensuous  beauty  of 
Greece  in  the  Judgment  of  Paris  Klinger  turns  to  the 
Crucifixion  and  reaches  the  pinnacle  of  his  religious  art 
in  his  Pieta  with  its  fine,  harmonious  simplicity.  This  was 
followed,  a  few  years  later,  by  Christ  in  Olympus.  The 
finest  interpretation  of  this  last  painting  is  Dehmel's  poem, 
Jesus  und  Psyche.  Its  fundamental  idea  is  that  the  sensu- 
ous beauty  of  Greece  and  the  spirit  of  Christ  must  be 
welded  into  one. 

A  strong  tendency  toward  plastic  art  is  clearly  inherent 
in  Klinger.  As  the  years  passed  by,  he  turned  his  atten- 
tion more  and  more  to  sculpture.  Even  in  his  paintings 
the  plastic  representation  of  the  human  body  had  become 
more  and  more  the  object  of  his  endeavor.  In  some  of  his 
sculpture  this  has  become  the  exclusive  goal,  as,  for  ex- 


ample, in  The  Bathing  Girl.  Here  symbolism  is  wholly 
absent.  The  symbolical  trend  reappears  in  the  portrait- 
busts  of  Elsa  Asenieff,  Franz  Liszt,  and  Friedrich  Nietz- 
sche. In  his  first  statues,  Salome  and  Cassandra,  the 
former  the  embodiment  of  Oscar  Wilde's  Salome,  the  lat- 
ter the  heroic  woman  who  calmly  meets  her  fate,  the  sym- 
bolical trend  was  clearly  evident.  It  achieved  its  highest 
expression  in  the  Beethoven,  Klinger's  most  ambitious 
work.  As  in  Salome  and  Cassandra,  Klinger  once  more 
made  an  effective  use  of  color.  He  carried  out  the  doc- 
trine Bocklin  had  preached.  This  innovation  aroused  a 
storm  of  protest.  That  the  Greeks  had  employed  color  in 
their  statues  was  conveniently  forgotten.  The  symbolism 
was  no  less  an  offense.  What  does  it  mean,  was  the  query. 
"The  Germans  see  only  with  their  ears,"  Bocklin  once 
said.  The  remark  will  bear  a  more  general  application. 
Numerous  interpretations  soon  appeared.  Dehmel's  Jesus 
und  Psyche  contained  a  fine  appreciation,  but  probably 
found  few  readers.  The  reliefs  on  the  bronze  seat  depict 
the  same  idea  as  Christ  in  Olympus.  The  greatness  of  the 
work  was,  however,  felt  by  many,  and  the  city  of  Leipzig 
honored  its  great  son  by  purchasing  the  Beethoven  for 
its  museum. 

The  death  of  Klinger  calls  to  mind  Rodin,  the  greatest 
modern  French  sculptor.  At  first  sight  they  seem  utterly 
different,  Klinger,  the  idealist,  Rodin,  the  realist.  But  if 
we  apply  these  terms  to  the  really  great  we  touch  only  the 
surface.  In  a  deeper  sense,  Max  Klinger  and  Auguste 
Rodin  belong  together  as  great  modern  interpreters  of  the 
human  soul  in  marble  and  bronze. 


The  Scythians 


TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  RUSSIAN  OF  ALEXANDER 

BLOK  BY  BABETTE  DEUTSCH  AND 

ABRAHAM  YARMOLINSKY. 

Pan-Mongolism — though  the  word  is  strange, 

My  ear  acclaims  its  gongs. 

— Vladimir  Solovyov 
You  are  the  millions;  we  are  multitude 
And  multitude  and  multitude. 
Come,  fight!     Yea,  we  are  Scythians, 
Yea,  Asians,  a  squint-eyed,  greedy  brood. 

For  you :  the  centuries ;  for  us :  one  hour. 
Like  slaves,  obeying  and  abhorred, 
We  were  the  shield  between  the  breeds 
Of  Europe  and  the  raging  Mongol  horde. 

For  centuries  your  ancient  hammers  forged 
And  drowned  the  thunder  of  far  hates. 
You  heard  like  wild  fantastic  tales 
Old  Lisbon's  and  Messina's  sudden  fates. 

Yea,  so  to  love  as  our  hot  blood  can  love 

Long  since  you  ceased  to  love;  the  taste 

You  have  forgotten,  of  a  love 

That  burns  like  fire  and  like  the  fire  lays  waste. 

All  things  we  love:  clear  Number's  burning  chill, 
The  ecstasies  that  secret  bloom. 
All  things  we  know:  the  Gallic  light 
And  the  parturient  Germanic  gloom. 


272 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


And  we  remember  all:  Parisian  hells, 

The  breath  of  Venice's  lagoons, 

Far  fragrance  of  green  lemon  groves, 

And  dim  Cologne's  cathedral-splintered  moons. 

And  flesh  we  love,  its  color  and  its  taste, 

Its  deathy  odor,  heavy,  raw. 

And  is  it  our  guilt  if  your  bones 

Will  crack  beneath  our  powerful,  supple  paw? 

It  is  our  wont  to  seize  wild  colts  at  play : 
They  rear  and  impotently  shake 
Wild  manes — we  crush  their  mighty  croups. 
And  shrewish  women  slaves  we  tame — or  break. 

Come  unto  us,  from  the  black  ways  of  war, 
Come  to  our  peaceful  arms  and  rest. 
Comrades,  while  it  is  not  too  late, 
Sheathe  the  old  sword.    May  brotherhood  be  blest. 

If  not,  we  have  not  anything  to  lose. 
We  also  know  old  perfidies. 
By  sick  descendants  you  will  be 
Accursed  for  centuries  and  centuries. 

To  welcome  pretty  Europe,  we  shall  spread 
And  scatter  in  the  tangled  space 
Of  our  wide  thickets.    We  shall  turn 
To  you  our  alien  Asiatic  face. 

For  centuries  your  eyes  were  toward  the  East. 

Our  pearls  you  hoarded  in  your  chests, 

And  mockingly  you  bode  the  day 

When  you  could  aim  your  cannon  at  our  breasts. 

The  time  has  come.    Disaster  beats  its  wings. 

With  every  day  the  insults  grow. 

The  hour  will  strike,  and  without  ruth 

Your  proud  and  powerless  Paestums  be  laid  low. 

Oh  pause,  old  world,  while  life  still  beats  in  you. 
Oh  weary  one,  oh  worn,  oh  wise! 
Halt  here,  as  once  did  Oedipus 
Before  the  Sphinx's  enigmatic  eyes. 

Yea,  Russia  is  a  Sphinx.     Exulting,  grieving, 

And  sweating  blood,  she  cannot  sate 

Her  eyes  that  gaze  and  gaze  and  gaze 

At  you  with  stone-lipped  love  for  you,  and  hate. 

Go,  all  of  you,  to  Ural  fastnesses, 

We  clear  the  battle-ground  for  war; 

Cold  Number  shaping  guns  of  steel 

Where  the  fierce  Mongol  hordes  in  frenzy  pour. 

But  we,  we  shall  no  longer  be  your  shield. 
We,  careless  of  the  battle-cries, 
Shall  watch  the  deadly  duel  seethe, 
Aloof,  with  indurate  and  narrow  eyes. 

We  shall  not  move  when  the  ferocious  Hun 
Despoils  the  corpse  and  leaves  it  bare, 
Burns  towns,  herds  cattle  in  the  church, 
And  smell  of  white  flesh  roasting  fills  the  air. 

For  the  last  time,  old  world,  we  bid  you  come, 
Feast  brotherly  within  our  walls. 
To  share  our  peace  and  glowing  toil 
Once  only  the  barbarian  lyre  calls. 


In  the  Driftway 


TWO  men  there  are  at  present  who  are  much  in  the  public 
eye:  Prince  Carol  of  Rumania,  visiting  incognito  in 
New  York,  and  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork,  dying  in  a  London 
prison.  Each  is  set  apart  from  his  fellows — one  for  what  he 
is,  one  for  what  he  believes.  Each  inspires  awe  and  curi- 
osity in  the  minds  of  common  men;  each  wins  almost  a 
column  daily  in  the  press.  It  is  much  the  same  awe  and 
curiosity,  too,  although  their  cases  are  so  very  different. 
There  is  the  Prince,  who  if  he  were  not  a  prince,  would  be 
regarded,  if  he  were  regarded  at  all,  as  a  rather  dull  young 
man  with  a  garish  taste  in  dress,  combining,  as  he  is  said  to, 
a  brown  hat,  a  green  shirt,  a  red  tie,  and  a  blue  suit.  Yet 
being  a  prince  he  is  dined  by  an  ex-ambassador,  an  ex-sena- 
tor, an  ex-congressman,  an  associate  justice  of  the  Court  of 
Appeals,  and  various  other  prominent  and  successful  busi- 
ness and  professional  men,  and  he  makes  at  the  dinner  a 
speech  that  is  both  silly  and  sordid,  ending  with  the  state- 
ment that  "Rumania  ...  is  now  fighting  to  become  one 
of  the  richest  nations  of  Europe."  And  on  the  other  hand 
there  is  Terence  MacSweeney,  who  believes  so  sternly  and 
strongly  and  unflinchingly  in  the  right  and  justice  of  the 
cause  of  Ireland  that  he  is  willing  to  die  for  it. 
***** 

THESE  men  at  present  are  the  objects  of  hero-worship, 
and  while  the  hero-worship  of  Prince  Carol  is  pitiful 
and  not  a  little  sad,  that  of  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  is  inspir- 
ing and  hopeful.  The  Prince  is  a  sham,  but  his  worshipers 
are  sincere;  they  bow  and  scrape  to  him  because  they  think 
he  is  glorious ;  because  a  prince  should  be  glorious,  and  it  is 
not  their  fault  but  their  misfortune  that  he  is  not.  But  the 
latest  news  of  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  is  printed  in  red 
letters  on  news  bulletins  and  men  crowd  around  to  read  it 
because  they  are,  consciously  or  unconsciously,  making 
obeisance  to  a  genuine  hero ;  one  who  regards  his  life,  which 
in  the  last  analysis  is  the  most  precious  thing  a  man  has,  as 
of  less  account  than  his  faith.  And  though  faith  like  this 
can  be  shared  or  even  understood  by  only  a  few,  it  is  recog- 
nized by  everyone,  and  receives  the  tribute  of  reverence 
which  is  its  due. 

The  Drifter 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Stella  Crossley  Daljof.e,  a  former  suffrage  organizer, 
is  now  an  active  social  worker. 

John  Haynes  Holmes  is  the  pastor  of  the  Community 
Church  of  New  York,  the  editor  of  Unity,  and  a 
writer  on  topics  of  current  interest. 

Albert  J.  Beveridge,  author  and  historian,  was  United 
States  Senator  from  Indiana  from  1899  to  1911. 

Babette  Deutsch  is  a  poet,  the  author  of  "Banners." 

Abraham  Yarmolinsky  is  the  head  of  the  Slavonic  Di- 
vision of  the  New  York  Public  Library. 

James  Weldon  Johnson  has  been  United  States  Consul 
in  Venezuela,  Nicaragua,  and  the  Azores. 

Friedrich  Bruns  is  an  assistant  professor  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin  who  has  written  on  the  philosophy 
of  art  and  on  dramatic  theory. 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


273 


Books 

Foster  on  the  Steel  Strike 

The  Great  Steel  Strike  and  Its  Lessons.    By  William  Z.  Foster. 
B.  W.  Huebsch,  Inc. 

OF  the  two  parts  of  Mr.  Foster's  title  the  latter  is  the  more 
important.  The  steel  strike  of  1919,  widespread  and  por- 
tentous as  it  was,  has  now  become  historical  in  the  economic 
life  of  the  nation.  What  is  to  follow  it,  and  how  the  develop- 
ment is  to  take  place,  are  the  questions  that  now  chiefly  concern 
us.  The  rise  and  fall  of  the  hopes  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
steel  workers  was,  to  be  sure,  as  dramatic,  as  much  steeped 
in  heroic  emotion  and  rich  incident,  as  the  struggle  for  liberty 
of  many  a  small  nation.  Those  who  left  the  little  office  in  the 
M'Gee  Building  in  Pittsburgh  where  Foster  had  his  desk  and 
went  out  to  visit  the  workers  and  their  families  in  the  dozens  of 
towns  where  the  strike  was  actually  lived  out  soon  discovered 
the  absurdity  of  the  bookish  idea  that  this  was  a  plot  engineered 
by  a  "red  radical"  or  two.  Foster  might  have  been  supplanted 
by  Gompers,  or  Lenin,  or  Warren  G.  Harding,  without  any 
great  difference  being  made  in  the  state  of  mind  of  the  strikers. 
The  strike  was  a  popular  uprising,  with  its  sources  deep  in  the 
years  of  communal  oppression  which  the  peasant  immigrants 
had  endured.  The  score  or  more  of  organizers  who  directed  it 
merely  succeeded  in  turning  this  full  current  into  channels. 
There  will  be  another  strike,  and  then  perhaps  the  channels  will 
be  different,  but  the  current  will  be  the  same.  That  little  force 
of  union  officials  could  no  more  have  begun  the  mass  movement 
of  350,000  men  without  the  deep  underlying  resentment  which 
lay  ready  to  be  tapped,  nor  have  stopped  the  movement,  once 
started,  before  it  had  run  its  course,  than  a  geologist  could  turn 
on  or  off  an  eruption  of  Vesuvius. 

I  remember  standing  with  John  Fitch,  who  wrote  the  intro- 
duction to  this  book,  in  the  basement  of  a  little  hall  in  Home- 
stead— the  only  one  in  the  town  where  meetings  were  allowed 
to  be  held,  though  even  there  they  were  later  shut  off.  We 
were  behind  the  speaker,  Joseph  D.  Cannon  of  the  Mine,  Mill, 
and  Smelter  Workers;  we  had  entered  without  his  knowledge. 
It  was  a  sultry  dry,  and  the  low  room,  crowded  to  the  doors  with 
standing  men,  was  stifling.  As  these  Slavs  wiped  the  sweat 
from  their  foreheads  they  stood  silent,  listening  to  the  speaker 
with  strained  and  eager  attention.  He  was  telling  them  elo- 
quently about  the  hardships  endured  by  George  Washington's 
ragged  army  in  its  seven-years'  struggle  for  freedom,  a  struggle 
which  symbolized  American  ideals,  and  which,  he  said,  the 
trade-union  movement  was  still  carrying  on  for  the  benefit  of 
the  workers  and  their  children's  children.  When  the  steel 
workers  should  win  the  eight-hour  day  and  have  a  little  leisure 
he  wanted  them  to  learn  English  and  then  to  read  the  story 
of  Washington's  army.  A  man  in  the  audience  broke  in  with  a 
cry:  "I  been  in  America  twenty-five  years;  no  get  chance  learn 
English  yet!"  In  a  flash  the  landscape  of  his  life  was  revealed. 
Toiling  year  after  year  for  most  of  his  waking  hours,  without 
a  share  even  in  the  country  that  profited  from  his  work,  rejected 
and  persecuted  when  he  asked  for  one — his  tone  was  that  of  a 
puzzled  and  heart-broken  child.  The  natural  question  arising 
from  such  experiences  in  the  field  was  not  whether  Foster  and 
the  trade-union  movement  had  justly  earned  the  condemnation 
of  the  public  in  assuming  responsibility  for  the  strike,  but 
whether  they  were  fitted  to  carry  out  their  responsibility  to 
the  workers  in  the  matter  of  leading  and  winning  it. 

Some  such  feeling  as  this  lies  behind  Foster's  story  of  the 
great  movement  which  he  and  John  Fitzpatrick,  as  officers  of 
the  National  Committee  for  Organizing  Steel  Workers,  directed. 
It  is  a  straightforward  account,  not  so  much  of  the  deeper  cur- 
rents and  cross  currents  of  the  strike,  as  of  the  part  played  in 
it  by  the  trade-union  movement.  The  plans  and  tactics  adopted, 
the  successes  and  failures,  the  lessons  to  be  learned  for  labor's 


struggle  in  the  future,  Foster  describes  in  the  form  of  an 
apologia  for  his  methods  and  his  ideas  about  trade-union 
strategy.  His  defense  is  deployed,  not  against  the  reactionaries 
who  thought  the  steel  strike  a  red  plot,  but  against  the  radicals 
who  think  the  conservative  American  Federation  of  Labor  is 
incapable  of  leading  the  steel  workers  to  victory. 

To  understand  Foster's  attack  on  the  subject  it  is  necessary  to 
know  a  little  about  his  personality  and  history.  He  is  a  Massa- 
chusetts Yankee,  with  the  typical  Yankee  combination  of 
shrewd  practical  sense  and  intellectual  idealism.  He  is  not  a 
full-blooded,  emotional  seeker  after  prestige  and  power,  or  an 
exploiter  of  personality.  Almost  painfully  modest,  he  lives,  like 
a  true  intellectual,  entirely  in  the  realm  of  ideas — though  he  is 
a  master  of  many  trades.  Early  in  his  trade-union  career  he 
became  a  convinced  syndicalist — which  means  in  substance  two 
things :  that  he  saw  the  inequities  and  inefficiencies  of  capitalism, 
and  that  he  espoused  industrial  unionism  as  the  chief  hope  of  the 
workers.  But  a  short  experience  with  the  I.  W.  W.,  coupled  with 
a  first-hand  study  of  the  European  labor  movement,  awakened 
his  practical  sense.  "The  I.  W.  W.,"  as  he  often  says,  "are  ab- 
solutely against  results."  To  do  anything  in  this  world  one  must 
use  the  tools  that  exist;  one  must  work  with  the  forces  of  life, 
prepared  to  take  full  advantage  of  leaps  and  sports,  but  not  ex- 
pecting evolution  to  unroll  at  a  word  of  command.  The  trade- 
union  movement  is  the  historical,  the  natural  organization  of  the 
workers.  The  trade-union  movement  suffers  when  the  radicals 
— that  is,  the  thinkers  and  the  active,  courageous  spirits — leave 
it.  Therefore  Foster  advised  the  I.  W.  W.  to  give  up  their  at- 
tempt to  form  competing  unions — ideal,  perfectionist,  revolu- 
tionary unions.  He  spent  six  years  trying  to  persuade  members 
of  the  I.  W.  W.  to  come  back  into  the  great  trade-union  move- 
ment and  to  work  with  the  masses  of  their  fellows  where  they 
would  be  of  most  use.  It  was  not  a  doctrine  of  compromise, 
neither  was  it  the  stupid  intrigue  which  the  public  has  come  to 
understand  by  the  phrase  "boring  from  within."  To  say  that 
Foster  is  a  Red,  surreptitiously  using  the  trade-union  move- 
ment for  his  own  purposes,  is  a  caricature  of  the  truth.  He  has 
long-suffering  loyalty  and  hope  for  the  labor  movement  as  a 
whole  and  for  the  trade  unions  as  its  chief  present  embodi- 
ment. He  sees  that  social  evolution  is  at  work  here,  and  he 
believes  the  goal  of  that  evolution  to  be  the  goal  he  desires. 
Meanwhile,  he  patiently  and  ingeniously  does  his  share  in  the 
work  wherever  opportunity  offers.  The  group  of  ideas  which 
I  have  thus  crudely  and  briefly  expressed  is,  with  Foster,  the 
motive  power  of  a  life. 

His  first  large  attempt  to  prove  his  thesis  in  action  was  with 
the  Chicago  packing  house  employees.  Here  the  old  trade  unions 
had  met  their  usual  failure  in  organizing  unskilled  immigrant 
workers  in  a  great  and  powerful  industry.  Some  form  of  in- 
dustrial unionism  was  obviously  necessary.  But  Foster  did  not 
turn  to  the  I.  W.  W.  or  to  any  newer  independent  group.  He 
devised  a  scheme  for  securing  the  cooperation  of  the  dozen  or 
more  American  Federation  of  Labor  craft  unions  and  thus 
bringing  about  industrial  action.  He  succeeded,  by  the  applica- 
tion of  faith  and  ingenuity,  in  securing  organization  and  a 
collective  agreement  through  the  trade  union  movement,  and  he 
succeeded  at  the  same  time  in  giving  the  old  unions  an  impetus 
forward.  On  the  success  of  this  achievement  he  built  his  steel 
campaign.  His  description  of  his  plans  is  dramatic  and  con- 
vincing. He  brought  about  the  committee  of  the  twenty-four 
cooperating  unions  as  he  desired.  If  he  had  then  been  able  to  go 
on  with  a  prompt  nation-wide  organizing  campaign,  culminat- 
ing before  the  signing  of  peace,  there  is  little  doubt  that  the 
steel  workers  would  have  won  collective  bargaining  with  no 
more  trouble  than  a  parade  of  their  strength.  But  here  the  old 
unions  failed  him.  They  did  not  provide  enough  money.  They 
did  not  send  enough  good  organizers.  The  campaign  had  to  be 
localized.  By  the  time  it  had  gathered  full  headway  the  large 
employers  were  prepared  and  the  governmental  machinery  of 
arbitration  was  dissolved.     The  Steel  Corporation  had  its  im- 


274 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


mense  war  surplus  as  a  fighting  chest,  and  the  demand  for 
munitions  had  ceased.  When  the  strike  was  called  it  was  al- 
ready too  late  to  win,  and  the  trade-union  movement  was  at 
fault.  Nevertheless,  the  strike  had  to  be  called  on  account  of 
pressure  from  the  rank  and  file.  During  the  strike  also  the 
old  unionism  displayed  its  weaknesses.  The  principal  union  of 
the  highly  skilled  failed  to  cooperate  with  the  unskilled. 
Toward  the  end  it  began  to  sabotage  the  strike,  and  was  a 
factor  in  bringing  about  its  collapse.  Foster  candidly  admits 
these  facts — with  the  exception  that  he  sincerely  believed  it 
possible  to  win  the  strike  even  at  the  late  date  of  its  beginning. 
Foster  has  resigned,  and  the  union  mentioned  above  has  brought 
about  the  dissolution  of  the  organizing  committee  itself.  In 
spite  of  all  this  Foster  maintains  his  attitude  toward  the  trade- 
union  movement  more  stoutly  than  ever.  He  sinks  all  personal 
disappointments  and  grievances,  and  calls  the  attention  of 
radicals  to  the  great  advance  which  the  steel  strike  marked  over 
former  battles  of  the  old  unionism.  He  recommends  specific 
improvements  in  the  next  campaign  and  argues  for  a  recognition 
of  the  evolutionary  process.  "The  conclusion  is  bound  to  be 
optimistic  and  full  of  enthusiasm  for  the  future." 

Whether  or  not  Foster's  optimism  is  well  founded  is  a  ques- 
tion which  would  bear  much  discussion,  and  which  only  the 
future  can  finally  decide.  For  the  moment  it  is  enough  that 
his  attitude  has  been  ably  set  forth — and  this  itself  is  an  event 
of  prime  importance.  His  book  is  worth  a  dozen  abstract  dis- 
cussions of  the  labor  movement,  for  it  is  an  example,  one  of  the 
best  examples  that  has  ever  arisen,  of  labor  doing  its  own 
thinking,  making  its  own  detailed  and  disinterested  analysis. 
For  its  clarity,  cogency,  and  significance,  it  is  better  worth  read- 
ing than  nine-tenths  of  the  volumes  written  about  public  affairs. 

George  Soule 


Various  Views  of  Ireland 

The  Irish  Wars.    By  J.  J.  O'Connell.    Dublin:   Martin  Lester, 

Ltd. 
The  Irish  Rebellion  of  16^1.  By  Lord  Ernest  Hamilton.  Lon- 
don: John  Murray. 
An  Irish  Commune :  The  History  of  Ralahine.  Adapted  from 
the  narrative  of  E.  T.  Craig,  with  an  introduction  by  George 
Russell  (JE)  and  notes  by  Diarmuid  O'Cobhthaigh.  Dublin: 
Martin  Lester,  Ltd. 
HP  HE  more  vital  an  issue,  unfortunately,  the  harder  it  often 
*  is  to  get  the  ti/uth  about  it.  Nevertheless,  if  partisanship 
is  openly  avowed,  one  is  not  misled  by  it  and  can  often  learn 
much  even  from  the  ex  parte  statements  of  special  pleaders. 
The  plainly  patriotic  bias  of  Mr.  O'Connell's  military  history 
of  Ireland  from  the  Norse  invasions  till  the  close  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century  does  not  greatly  detract  from  its  value.  With 
extraordinary  clearness  he  brings  out  the  constant  factors  in 
Irish  geography  and  culture  that  so  often  made  the  history  of 
each  invasion  repeat  that  of  the  last.  Ireland  is  divided  into 
three  physical  regions,  the  northern  mountains,  the  southern 
highlands,  and  the  central  plain;  and  this  plain  is  divided  in 
two  by  the  river  Shannon.  Now,  though  there  are  openings 
for  invaders  in  the  river-mouths  of  the  north  and  south,  they 
sink  into  insignificance  compared  with  the  two  great  avenues 
to  the  dominating  (because  the  richest  and  central)  portion, 
the  rivers  Boyne  and  Liffey.  The  really  exposed  and  vulner- 
able heart  of  the  island  lies  opposite  England,  and  this  has  been 
the  cause  of  her  age-long  dependence  on  the  Normans,  the 
Tudors,  and  their  successors.  A  second  constant  element  in 
Irish  history  has  been  the  fact  that  her  art  of  war,  like  her 
civilization  in  general,  has  always  lagged  a  little  in  the  rear  of 
the  best  European  contemporary  models.  The  Irish  hosts  fought 
bravely,  but  usually  went  down  before  superior  armaments :  the 
battle-axe  of  the  Norsemen,  the  mailed  cavalry  of  the  Normans, 
the  firearms  of  the  Tudors  and  of  Cromwell.     Another  feature 


of  the  tale  that  recurs  almost  invariably  is  that  each  great 
Continental  rival  of  Britain  has  sought  to  stir  up  and  use  Ire- 
land as  a  base  against  the  common  enemy.  Spain,  France,  and 
Germany  have  thus  used  her. 

The  avowed  object  of  Lord  Ernest  Hamilton,  whose  third  book 
on  Ulster  takes  up  the  tale  at  the  accession  of  James  I  and 
covers  the  period  of  the  first  Stuarts,  is  to  correct  the  errors  of 
certain  British  historians  who  are  said  to  have  suppressed, 
through  a  mistaken  sense  of  generosity,  events  in  Irish  history 
which  reflect  discredit  on  the  native  race.  Lecky  in  particular 
is  accused  of  continual  special-pleading  in  favor  of  the  Irish, 
spreading  upon  his  pages  a  constant  suggestio  falsi  in  their 
favor,  while  leaving  himself  a  loophole  of  truthful  statement 
by  which  to  escape  if  pressed.  Lord  Ernest  professes  to  be 
animated  by  a  sense  not  of  generosity  but  of  truth  in  painting 
a  picture  of  the  Irish  so  dark  that  he  admits  it  will  appear  to 
the  average  reader  as  a  libel.  He  sees  one  side  nearly  all  white 
and  the  other  nearly  all  black.  When  the  first  permanent  plan- 
tations of  British  were  made  in  Ulster  the  natives  were  driven 
from  their  lands  to  the  bogs,  but  it  is  said  that  they  felt  no 
resentment  at  this  expropriation  until  the  riches  of  the  land 
improved  by  Saxon  toil  excited  their  cupidity.  As  they  con- 
tinued prowling  around  the  land  they  had  once  possessed,  it  was 
proposed  to  treat  them  like  wolves,  a  vermin  from  which  the 
country  must  be  freed.  Lord  Ernest  sees  nothing  wrong  in 
this,  and  when  the  great  rebellion  broke  out  he  says  it  had  no 
motives  but  the  injured  pride  of  a  few  native  chiefs,  certainly 
not  the  religious  and  patriotic  causes  to  which  it  is  commonly 
attributed.  He  labors  to  show  that  the  massacres  in  which 
many  thousands  of  British  perished  furnished  a  just  excuse 
for  the  bloody  reprisals,  including  Cromwell's  stern  measures,, 
by  which  they  were  punished.  The  massacre  at  Drogheda  is 
justified  on  the  ground  that  it  followed  an  assault  and  was' 
mainly  directed  not  against  the  Irish  but  against  the  English 
Royalist  garrison.  But  through  all  the  heartrending  story, 
even  as  distorted  by  Lord  Ernest's  affections,  it  is  plain  that 
the  stronger  race  was  the  aggressor  and  the  weaker  race  more 
sinned  against  than  sinning.  Faults  there  were  on  both  sides; 
but  for  an  impartial  and  statesmanlike  account  of  the  conflict, 
the  historian,  even  though  he  may  learn  here  and  there  details 
from  Lord  Ernest,  will  continue  to  turn  to  the  pages  of  Lecky. 

From  the  annals  written  in  blood  and  tears  it  is  pleasant  to 
turn  to  the  story  of  a  beautiful  and  hopeful,  even  if  eventually 
unsuccessful,  experiment  in  communism  made  in  County  Clare 
ninety  years  ago.  The  agrarian  conditions  of  Ireland  were  at 
that  time  terrible;  poverty  was  general  and  bitter,  rioting  and 
crime  were  rife,  and  the  government  had  no  remedy  to  offer 
but  suspension  of  the  habeas  corpus  act  and  drastic  punish- 
ments by  police  and  military.  In  these  disheartening  circum- 
stances an  Englishman  named  Craig,  inspired  by  social  ideas 
similar  to  those  held  by  Owen,  undaunted  by  criticisms  of  his 
plan  as  "Utopian,  rash,  and  absurd,"  founded  a  commune  on  the 
estate  of  Mr.  John  S.  Vandeleur  at  Ralahine.  The  tenantry, 
including  forty  adults  and  some  children,  organized  themselves 
into  a  company  agreeing  to  hold  all  things  in  common  after 
they  had  paid  the  rent  with  which  they  were  still  burdened. 
Liquor  and  tobacco  were  banished,  a  set  of  rules  for  self-gov- 
ernment adopted,  and  the  management  of  the  farm  put  under 
"democratic  control."  Encouraged  by  the  prospect  of  profiting 
from  all  that  they  made  over  and  above  the  rent,  the  peasants 
put  a  new  spirit  into  their  work  and  more  than  made  a  success 
of  it.  Agrarian  crimes,  frequent  on  the  estate  during  past 
years,  automatically  ceased;  good  order  and  discipline  pre- 
vailed; a  common  store  was  started;  children  were  educated 
better  than  they  had  ever  been  before;  and  a  fund  was  pro- 
vided with  which  to  take  care  of  sick  members  or  of  orphaned 
children.  Greater  crops  did  something  to  improve  the  economic 
condition  of  the  workers.  But  after  three  years  the  hopeful 
little  experiment  came  to  an  end  through  no  fault  of  its  own. 
Mr.   Vandeleur   gambled   away  at  his   club  not   only  his  own 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


275 


property,  but,  as  JE  puts  it,  "what  may  well  have  been  a  happier 
destiny  for  his  country."  The  estate  came  into  bankruptcy  and 
legal  proceedings  were  taken  against  Craig.  His  heart  was 
so  in  the  work  that  he  burst  into  tears  when  he  heard  the  bad 
news,  and,  if  we  may  believe  his  rhetoric,  his  hair  turned  gray 
in  a  single  night.  But  his  noble  effort  was  not  all  in  vain. 
"I  think  it  possible,"  writes  M,  "that  the  soul  of  Ralahine  may 
reincarnate  speedily  in  modern  Ireland,  where  people  now  talk 
almost  as  much  about  cooperation  as  about  Sinn  Fein." 

Preserved  Smith 


What  a  Budget  Means 

The   Budget   and  Responsible   Government.     By    Frederick    A. 

Cleveland  and  Arthur  Eugene  Buck.     With  an  introduction 

by  William  Howard  Taft.    The  Macmillan  Company. 
The  Evolution  of  the  Budget  in  Massachusetts.    By  Luther  H. 

Gulick.  The  Macmillan  Company. 
"T~\  O  you  believe  in  God?  Yes  or  No,  and  no  equivocation." 
■*— '  In  this  peremptory  language  an  irate  college  president 
once  addressed  his  professor  of  philosophy.  "That  depends 
upon  your  concept  of  the  Deity,"  gently  replied  the  officer  of 
instruction.  At  the  end  of  the  academic  year  he  was  not  classi- 
fied among  the  "gainfully  employed." 

In  these  days  it  is  also  necessary  to  believe  in  a  budget  sys- 
tem. Everybody  does,  you  know.  That  which  was  academic 
has  become  practical.  All  political  parties  favor  it.  Ladies' 
clubs  discuss  it.  Mr.  Cox  points  with  pride  to  what  he  has  done 
in  Ohio,  and  Mr.  Harding  to  what  he  would  do  in  Washington. 
But  the  more  than  casual  student  of  the  subject,  if  sharply 
questioned  as  to  his  belief  in  a  budget  system,  would  have  to 
use  the  language  of  the  professor:  "That  depends  upon  your 
concept   of   a   budget." 

Nobody  knows  this  better  than  the  authors  of  the  volumes 
before  us.  Many  a  cheerful  advocate  of  a  budget  system  will 
be  shocked  to  find  that  one  of  the  leaders  in  budget  reform, 
Dr.  F.  A.  Cleveland,  believes  that  the  idea  involves  some 
fundamental  changes  in  our  form  of  government — the  substi- 
tution of  responsible  government  for  our  scheme  of  divided 
powers  and  irresponsible  party  manipulation.  About  one-half 
of  the  volume  by  Mr.  Cleveland  and  Mr.  Buck  is  occupied  with 
a  historical  review  of  the  principles  of  democratic  control,  the 
rising  protest  against  invisible  boss  rule,  and  recent  efforts  to 
improve  public  administration  and  public  finance.  All  of  this 
is  very  informing  in  that  it  shows  the  vital  relation  between 
a  budget  system  and  the  structure  and  operation  of  government. 
Dr.  Cleveland  thinks  we  need  four  things  to  make  American 
political  devices  truly  democratic  and  a  budget  system  an 
effective  instrument  of  financial  control:  (1)  the  preparation 
of  plans,  financial  and  administrative,  by  an  executive  who 
stands  in  the  full  light  of  publicity  and  can  be  held  responsible 
to  the  people;  (2)  legislative  review  of  the  plans  in  open 
session  with  the  executive  present  to  be  heard  in  defense  of 
his  program;  (3)  the  right  of  appeal  to  the  electorate  in  case 
of  a  deadlock;  and  (4)  machinery  for  holding  squarely  re- 
sponsible the  victor  in  any  appeal  to  the  voters.  Dr.  Cleve- 
land does  not  anywhere  give  us  an  exact  picture  of  the  scheme 
of  government  required  to  accomplish  these  results.  If  he  tried 
to  visualize  it  narrowly,  he  might  be  shocked  by  his  own  te- 
merity as  well  as  by  the  child  of  his  imagination.  What  parlia- 
mentary government  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word  would  do  to 
American  institutions  is  dreadful  to  contemplate.  Pushed  half 
way  to  its  logical  consequences,  it  would  mean  a  political  revolu- 
tion. Perhaps  Dr.  Cleveland's  answer  would  be:  "Let  those 
who  have  eyes  face  the  light." 

For  the  student  of  budget  legislation  and  administration  in 
the  technical  sense,  the  chapters  by  Mr.  Buck  will  be  especially 
welcome.  They  embrace  a  careful  review  of  recent  efforts  to 
reorganize  state  administration  and   introduce  budget  reform. 


Here  will  be  found  a  full  and  orderly  account  of  these  activities, 
illuminated  by  wise  and  pertinent  comment  from  a  man  who 
combines  practical  experience  with  systematic  thinking.  Mr. 
Buck  does  not  make  any  excursions  into  political  philosophy, 
but  he  supplies,  sometimes  with  a  touch  of  dry  humor,  enough 
information  to  blow  up  a  whole  regiment  of  smooth-tongued 
reformers  in  the  field  of  budget  administration.  Mr.  Taft  con- 
tributes a  brief  introduction  which  adds  the  weight  of  his  great 
name  to  the  joint  enterprise.  It  is  probable  that  Mr.  Taft  did 
not  read  the  volume  which  he  introduces  to  us,  for  his  views 
on  the  merits  of  the  Good-McCormick  bills  are  sharply  opposed 
to  the  opinions  expressed  by  Dr.  Cleveland  in  the  body  of  the 
text.  The  editor,  Dr.  Lindsay,  has  come  heroically  to  the  rescue 
in  his  prefatory  note.  He  has  brought  about  an  apparent 
reconciliation,  or  perhaps  it  would  be  better  to  say,  patched 
up  an  apparent  truce,  with  considerable  skill. 

Dr.  Gulick's  contribution  to  the  subject  of  the  budget  is  based 
on  his  experience  as  secretary  of  the  joint  special  committee 
on  finance  and  budget  procedure  of  the  Massachusetts  legisla- 
ture. His  volume  describes  the  actual  operation  of  a  "budget 
system"  as  seen  from  the  inside.  It  will  prove  exceedingly 
helpful  to  those  political  adolescents  who  imagine  that  a  piece 
of  legislation  imposing  on  the  governor  the  duty  of  preparing 
a  financial  plan  will  produce  any  important  changes  in  our 
way  of  doing  business.  The  upshot  of  Dr.  Gulick's  researches 
is  that  political  power  is  where  it  is  and  will  be  where  it  will 
be  no  matter  what  the  fiscal  devices.  What  we  have  in  state 
government  is  a  concatenation  of  political  forces.  Sometimes 
they  function  through  the  legislature;  sometimes  through  the 
governor;  sometimes  through  a  combination  of  the  two.  We 
may  impose  the  duty  of  preparing  a  budget  on  the  governor, 
but  we  cannot  prevent  him  from  holding  back-room  sessions 
with  the  legislative  leaders  and  agreeing  on  the  whole  business 
in  advance.  We  may  vest  the  power  in  a  legislative  commit- 
tee, but  we  cannot  prevent  a  strong  governor  supported  by 
dominant  political  forces  from  prescribing  the  limits  of  legisla- 
tive action.  All  of  which  leads  us  back  again  to  Dr.  Cleve- 
land's idea  of  making  political  power,  wherever  it  is  located, 
both  visible  and  responsible.  The  question  is:  Can  it  be  done 
in  a  democracy? 

Both  volumes  are  in  a  way  the  product  of  the  New  York 
Bureau  of  Municipal  Research  and  Training  School  for  Public 
Service.  Dr.  Cleveland  was  formerly  the  director  of  the  insti- 
tution, and  Mr.  Buck  and  Dr.  Gulick  are  now  members  of  the 
staff.  Charles  A.  Beard 


Diverse  Americans 

Growing  Up.  By  Mary  Heaton  Vorse.  Boni  and  Liveright. 
Children  in  the  Mist.  By  George  Madden  Martin.  D.  Apple- 
ton  and  Company. 
Mountain.  By  Clement  Wood.  E.  P.  Dutton  and  Company. 
■flTlTH  uncommon  charm,  with  lightness  and  precision  of 
»  »  touch,  Mrs.  Vorse  illustrates  the  modern  attitude  toward 
the  child.  That  attitude  may  be  defined — to  use  famous  but 
tarnished  words — as  one  of  watchful  waiting.  No  longer  is  the 
child  an  object  for  molding  and  often  heavy  hands;  it  is  per- 
mitted to  take  its  own  line  of  character,  to  grow  in  the  free  and 
intimate  sense,  and  interference  is  strictly  limited  to  the  func- 
tion of  protection.  One  records  such  a  definition  of  the  attitude 
of  sensible  parents  and  educators  to  children  not  without  a  sense 
of  the  crushing  irony  of  the  fact  that  neither  states  nor  majori- 
ties, neither  principalities  nor  powers,  have  yet  approximated 
anything  like  so  civilized  a  point  of  view  in  their  treatment  of 
those  children  of  a  larger  growth,  men.  Though  firmly  bent  on 
her  discoveries  in  pedagogical  psychology,  Mrs.  Vorse  is  any- 
thing but  dry  and  didactic.  The  Marceys  are  people — extraor- 
dinarily real  people,  in  spite  of  the  curious  little  discrepancies 
which  one  cannot  help  noting.    Their  attitude  to  their  babies  is 


276 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


the  finest  thing  about  them;  in  all  other  respects  their  grain 
seems  coarser.  It  is  but  just  to  remember  that  everyone  has 
known  American  families  whose  general  culture  is  narrow  and 
thin  but  into  which  the  college-bred  mother  and  wife  introduces 
many  such  liberal  notions  as  do  not  conflict  with  the  funda- 
mental orthodoxies  in  regard  to  property  and  sex.  Finally 
there  are  the  children — Robert,  Sara,  and  Jamie.  In  describing 
them  Mrs.  Vorse  has  beautifully  brought  out  the  important  fact 
that  children  are  impelled  by  a  wild,  primitive,  and  eerie  shame 
to  keep  so  much  of  their  inner  and  outer  lives  hidden  from  their 
elders.  They  are  quite  like  little  savages  at  secret  and  mystic 
rites.  Or  else  an  instinctive  wisdom  teaches  them  that  the 
blunted  imagination  and  crippled  impulses  of  adults  will  try  to 
destroy  the  pleasant  and  primitive  land  of  fancy  in  which  they 
live.  It  must  not  be  thought  from  this  account  that  Mrs.  Vorse 
has  many  moments  of  solemnity.  Her  humor — as  in  the  price- 
less Brewster  incident — is  fresh  and  rich  and  delicate.  One 
may  quite  forget  her  psychological  implications  and  yield  to 
the  mirth  and  human  charm  of  her  story  and  her  people. 

Mrs.  Martin  writes  more  heavily  and  lumberingly  than  Mrs. 
Vorse.  But  she  has  material  more  anciently  native  to  literary 
craftsmanship,  and  her  style,  which  is  at  times  very  slipshod 
and  confused,  rises  and  tightens  with  her  theme.  She  has 
attempted  nothing  less  than  to  tell,  in  a  series  of  eight  stories, 
the  spiritual  history  of  the  Negro  from  the  day  of  his  emanci- 
pation to  the  World  War.  In  its  entirety  the  plan  could  have 
succeeded  only  in  greater  and  more  powerful  hands.  Taking 
the  stories  merely  and  frankly  as  episodes,  they  are  profoundly 
true  and  moving.  Mrs.  Martin  avoids  both  sentiment  and  indig- 
nation; her  tone  is  warm  but  quiet;  she  lets  the  stern  implica- 
tions arise  in  their  bare  and  tragic  force.  Nothing  finer  or  more 
searching  has  been  written  in  our  imaginative  literature  as  it 
deals  with  the  Negro  than  the  calm,  rather  brief  story  called 
Sleeping  Sickness.  Old  Angelique  is  the  trusted  nurse  in  illness 
of  all  her  white  neighbors.  But  her  grandson  is  lynched  on  a 
vague  suspicion  and  the  old  woman  courteously  but  irrevocably 
withdraws  herself  from  her  former  friends  and  employers.  A 
strange  sickness  breaks  out  among  the  little  children.  Ange- 
lique remembers  it,  and  the  simples  that  will  cure  it,  from 
slavery  times.  She  saves  the  child  of  her  own  household  and 
lets  her  white  neighbor's  child  die.  Because  she  is  bitter  and 
unfeeling?  No.  But  because  she  knows  that  her  failure  to 
save  the  white  child  would  not  have  been  attributed  to  human 
fallibility  but  to  "nigger"  depravity.  She  will  not  put  her  hand 
into  the  lion's  mouth  again  as  she  did  when  she  brought  her 
trembling  grandson  to  town  and  intrusted  him  to  the  sheriff's 
care.  Mrs.  Martin  does  not  always  reach  the  natural  dignity 
and  truth  of  this  narrative.  But  several  of  the  stories — The 
Flight,  The  Blue  Handkerchief — deal  adequately  with  the  rich 
stream  of  romance  that  flows  through  the  American  history  of 
the  Negro.  And  everywhere,  to  one  who  knows  it,  Mrs.  Martin 
conveys  a  correct  sense  and  image  of  the  "low  country"  of  South 
Carolina  which  is  her  scene. 

That  gifted  poet  and  sturdy  liberal,  Clement  Wood,  enters 
the  field  of  fiction  busily  and  robustly.  We  have  every  reason 
to  feel  kindly  toward  him,  but  he  arouses  in  us  an  old  wish — 
Oh,  that  Zola  had  never  written!  Mr.  Wood  himself  may  not 
have  read  Zola  for  years;  he  may  never  have  read  him  at  all. 
But  that  absurd,  old  formula  seems  to  be  in  the  very  air  we 
breathe  and  to  produce  over  and  over  again  these  hurriedly,  hud- 
dled, and,  in  both  senses,  artless  novels  of  sociological  or  economic 
propaganda.  We  are,  in  these  matters,  very  much  on  the  side 
of  Mr.  Wood.  But  fiction  is  a  fine  art  and  fine  art  means  inti- 
macy, saturation,  a  spirit  of  inner  absorption  that  creates  a  form 
of  beauty  from  within  outward.  These  Zolaist  novels  have 
breadth  without  expressiveness;  they  are  crowded  without  dif- 
ferentiation and  violent  without  power.  They  are  too  busy  to 
have  any  modulation  and  too  intent  on  the  economic  functioning 
of  their  characters  to  know  them  at  all.  Occasionally  the  first 
half  of  such  a  book  will  be  human.     That  was  the  case  with 


Upton  Sinclair's  "The  Jungle."  Then  it  trails  off  into  pamphlet- 
eering. Mr.  Wood  may  reply  that  the  cause  is  more  than  art, 
and  we  shall  not  contradict  him.  But  the  two  are  not  the  same. 
"Mountain"  is  dedicated  to  Dreiser.  But  Dreiser's  great  virtue 
is  that  he  has  no  tendenz,  that  he  sinks  himself  to  the  point  of 
self-identification  into  men  and  things  to  discover  their  essential 
nature.  Neither  a  wheat  pit  nor  a  mountain  nor  a  woman  nor 
a  grog-shop  becomes  to  him  an  overshadowing  symbol,  monster, 
myth.  He  sees  a  mountain,  a  woman,  a  grog-shop,  and  extracts 
from  the  concrete  thing  or  person  the  universal  significance  that 
is  nothing  but  its  own  unique  and  incomparable  nature.  Mr. 
Wood  deals  with  symbols,  representations,  tendencies,  forces. 
He  is  busy  proving  a  dozen  things.  We  agree  with  him  in  all. 
But  from  the  point  of  view  of  art  the  mind  is  unpersuaded  and 
the  imagination  a  blank.  The  book  is  all  haste  and  over-eager- 
ness.    The  creative  hand  has  scarcely  touched  it  yet. 


Books  in  Brief 

HP  HERE  is  a  childlike  beauty  in  Gerald  Stanley  Lee's  "Ghost 
*■  in  the  White  House"  (E.  P.  Dutton) — something  between 
Ruskin  and  Charles  Rann  Kennedy,  with  a  strong  dash  of  the 
Springfield  Republican.  The  book  is  neither  a  threnody  nor  a 
satire  on  any  past  or  present  occupant  of  the  White  House,  but 
is  a  serious  attempt  to  grapple,  by  means  of  gentle  revery,  with 
current  economic  and  political  problems.  The  ghost  is  the  spirit 
of  the  people  supposed  inarticulately  to  haunt  the  executive 
mansion;  and  Mr.  Lee  has  made  it  sqeak  and  gibber  in  the 
streets  of  the  capital  to  admiration.  It  tells  us  just  .the  kind 
of  president  it  wants  next — not  exactly  the  Cox  or  Harding  type" 
— and  it  rails  on  Henry  Cabot  Lodge  and  Postmaster  Burleson 
in  the  most  delightful  manner.  The  author's  idea  is  that  if  we 
could  make  people  a  little  more  human  they  would,  notwith- 
standing the  old  adage,  err  less.  If  Lodge  could  see  himself 
prinking  his  soul  before  the  glass  of  his  own  conceit;  if  Burle- 
son could  see  himself  wasting  thousands  of  dollars  by  his  penny- 
wise  policy;  they  might  stop.  The  treatment  Mr.  Lee  recom- 
mends for  the  Senate  is  to  "boil  it  down  to  one  human  being 
being  human,  to  boil  it  down  to  a  baby,  even";  and  then,  "what 
it  would  do  would  be  deep,  direct,  and  wise."  Lots  of  us  would 
like  to  boil  the  Senate,  but  we  should  expect  the  result  to  be 
rather  like  Irish  stew  than  like  a  baby.  That  is  what  happened 
to  Pelias  when  Medea  boiled  him  in  a  cauldron  in  order  to 
rejuvenate  him.  Or,  again,  take  the  labor  problem.  If  only 
we  could  get  the  man  making  ten  dollars  a  week  talking  and 
laughing  with  the  man  who  makes  a  hundred  dollars  a  week, 
everything  would  be  as  smooth  as  a  skating-rink.  If  only 
Dooley  or  some  other  humorist  were  present  at  conferences  be- 
tween capitalists  and  workers,  "to  get  in  a  small  deep  light- 
hearted  word,"  the  conferences  would  not  break  up  like  a  party 
of  little  girls  in  high  dudgeon.  The  idea  is  delightful,  but  does 
it  quite  exhaust  the  possibilities  of  a  complicated  situation? 
The  author  has  thought,  or  mused,  a  lot,  but  he  has  hardly 
studied  the  problems  at  all.  He  fancies  that  economics  is  a 
very  simple  science — and  so  it  is,  his  economics.  He  has  not 
the  faintest  conception  of  the  real  forces  that  are  now  reshap- 
ing the  industrial  world.  A  vast  tide  is  rising,  and  it  will  take 
more  mooning  than  Mr.  Lee  can  do  to  control  it. 

'  HP  HE  first  article  of  the  covenant  of  a  true  Society  of 
Nations  ought  not  to  be  a  naive  appeal  to  fraternity  but 
simply  this:  Coal  and  iron  can  no  longer  in  any  country  remain 
private  property" — so  Clarence  K.  Streit  concludes,  quoting 
Gustave  Tery,  the  first  of  the  Freeman  Pamphlets,  "Where  Iron 
is,  There  is  the  Fatherland"  (Huebsch).  In  fifty  pages  he  sum- 
marizes the  fantastic  true  story  of  international  finance  which 
was  revealed  in  France  and  concealed  in  America  a  year  ago: 
the  careful  arrangements  of  French  interests  to  supply  Krupp 
with  enough  French  ferro-silicon  when  the  great  war  was  fore- 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


277 


seen;  the  international  interlocking  directorates,  the  tentacles 
of  the  Metallgesellschaft  in  the  heart  of  French  industry — far 
subtler  and  deadlier  than  any  defeatist  propaganda  could  ever 
be;  the  "gentlemen's  agreements"  by  which  French  airplanes 
spared  smelters  firing  for  the  boches  and  the  Germans  spared 
coal-mines  grubbing  for  the  French;  and  the  almost  incredible 
story  of  the  de  Wendel  family.  Francois  de  Wendel,  president 
of  the  French  Steel  Trust,  was  a  member  of  the  French  Parlia- 
ment; Charles  de  Wendel,  his  brother,  whose  mines  on  the  Ger- 
man side  of  the  Lorraine  frontier  had  underground  channels 
into  the  French  mines,  was  a  naturalized  German  and  a  member 
of  the  Reichstag.  Humbert  de  Wendel  was  sole  French  pur- 
chasing agent  for  iron  and  steel  in  England;  his  brother-in-law 
was  appointed  to  check  him  up;  a  branch  of  the  Steel  Trust 
allocated  the  metal  in  France.  An  employee  of  the  Trust  was 
the  general  staff  officer  responsible  for  the  non-bombardment  of 
the  Trust's  property  exploited  by  the  Germans  in  the  Briey 
Basin.  And  to  Francois  de  Wendel,  as  member  of  the  Chamber 
of  Deputies,  were  referred  charges  of  profiteering  in  steel  for 
investigation  and  report!  Mr.  Streit  tells  the  story  simply, 
straightforwardly,  with  ample  citation  of  authority,  but  almost 
too  unjournalistically.  The  booklet  is  marred  by  awkward 
translations  and  by  careless  proof-reading  of  place  names. 

PROFESSOR  JOHN  ERSKINE  discusses  "Democracy  and 
Ideals"  (Doran)  without  a  single  reference  to  Bolshevism — ■ 
a  gratifying  omission.  Two  addresses  before  academic  audi- 
ences in  the  United  States  and  several  lectures  and  papers 
inspired  by  his  educational  work  with  the  American  army  over- 
seas in  1918  and  1919  are  here  presented  as  a  study  of  the 
American  character  and  its  needs.  One  chapter  explains  the 
American  character  to  a  British  audience;  another  interprets 
Americans  and  Frenchmen  to  each  other.  Our  boastfulness, 
sentimentality,  detachment  from  the  past,  lack  of  taste  and  of 
tradition,  are  analyzed  with  a  tact  that  should  leave  the  for- 
eigner indulgent  and  the  native  unresentful.  Our  more  serious 
defects  are  best  handled  in  comparison  with  those  of  the  Ger- 
mans. Lynching,  for  instance.  We  tolerate  it,  but  after  all 
we  prefer  to  regard  it  as  a  crime;  whereas  the  Germans,  who 
boasted  of  the  Lusitania  iniquity,  do  not  know  a  crime  even 
when  they  see  it  in  a  cage.  Mr.  Erskine's  leniency  here  is  bal- 
anced by  his  harshness  in  asserting  that  our  democracy  pro- 
duces no  martyrs.  But  did  not  a  sense  of  responsibility  to 
society  lead  Eugene  Debs  to  tell  the  truth  as  he  saw  it  and 
suffer  the  heavy  penalty?  To  admire  Thoreau  in  the  class- 
room and  ignore  Debs  in  the  penitentiary  almost  classes  Mr. 
Erskine  with  the  conservatives — those  worshipers  of  dead 
radicals.  His  fine  vision  of  the  future  is  of  a  nation  united  in 
a  warfare  against  ignorance.  One  may  share  his  vision  with- 
out subscribing  to  his  specific  educational  program:  a  year  of 
compulsory  training  with  the  colors  for  all  youths,  half  of  the 
year  to  be  devoted  to  military  science,  the  other  half  to  the 
study  of  college  and  vocational  subjects  under  military  disci- 
pline. Administered  by  men  like  Mr.  Erskine,  such  a  scheme 
might  bring  the  results  he  desires.  But  one  might  as  well  face 
the  fact  that  such  a  program  is  more  likely  to  be  administered 
by  Mitchell  Palmers.  The  Palmers  would  know  how  to  forge 
compulsory  education  under  military  discipline  into  a  weapon 
adapted  to  ends  far  other  than  those  sought  by  Mr.  Erskine. 
The  last  chapter  speaks  sympathetically  of  the  effort  to  relate 
the  universities  more  closely  to  community  needs,  and  of  the 
spontaneous  movements  among  the  workers  themselves  for  a 
full  educational  opportunity.  In  such  enterprises  as  these, 
surely,  rather  than  in  compulsory  service,  lies  the  hope  that  as 
a  nation  we  may  eventually  emulate  the  French  in  recognizing 
"the  moral  obligation  to  be  intelligent." 

F>  UFUS  JONES'S  "A  Service  of  Love  in  Wartime"    (Mac- 

*-   millan)  is,  as  he  says,  "something  more  than  the  story  of 

an  impressive  piece  of  relief  work;  it  is  the  interpretation  of  a 


way  of  life."  It  is  the  story  of  the  Quakers  who  found  oppor- 
tunity to  express  their  pacifist  convictions  in  reconstruction 
service  in  France.  Incidentally  it  is  a  record  of  our  War  De- 
partment's methods  in  dealing  with  the  conscientious  objectors; 
as  such,  it  becomes  unconsciously  an  interpretation  of  another 
way  of  life  as  well.  Indeed  it  is  this  record  of  the  religious 
objectors  in  the  draft  camps  which  is  the  most  vivid  part  of 
Rufus  Jones's  book — for  he  was  the  chief  representative  of  the 
Quakers  in  long  and  painful  negotiations  with  the  military 
authorities.  His  account  is  a  necessary  corollary  to  Captain 
Kellogg's  book  on  the  conscientious  objector.  The  problem  was 
really  beyond  the  military  machine;  as  Rufus  Jones  says,  "the 
problem  would  have  been  simplified,  both  for  the  C.  O.  and  the 
military,  if  all  C.  O.'s  had  made  a  uniform  stand,  but  the  corol- 
lary of  freedom  of  conscience  is  a  final  farewell  to  uniformity." 
The  full  record  of  the  Quaker  work  in  France  remains  to  be 
told,  if  it  ever  can  be  told.  Rufus  Jones  quotes  from  the  letters 
of  many  workers  and  gives  something  of  the  spirit  of  that  rare 
attempt  to  express  Christianity  in  action  and  to  live  the  mes- 
sage of  the  Philadelphia  Yearly  Meeting  of  Friends:  "The  al- 
ternative to  war  is  not  inactivity  and  cowardice.  It  is  the 
irresistible  and  constructive  power  of  good  will."  The  Quaker 
work  in  France  conspicuously  lacked  that  element  of  emotional 
joy-riding  which  occasionally  desecrated  some  American  relief 
efforts  in  France.  Its  spirit  continues  in  the  child-feeding  work 
which  the  Quakers  are  now  doing,  with  Mr.  Hoover's  coopera- 
tion, in  Germany,  and  of  which  Rufus  Jones  gives  a  necessarily 
inadequate  sketch. 

\T  0  critics  will  be  made,  but  some  will  be  served,  by  what  is 
•^  in  many  respects  a  preposterous  compilation,  "Methods  and 
Materials  of  Literary  Criticism:  Lyric,  Epic,  and  Allied  Forms 
of  Poetry,"  by  Charles  Mills  Gayley  and  Benjamin  Putnam 
Kurtz  (Ginn).  The  book  is  a  sequel  to  Gayley 's  and  Scott's 
"Introduction  to  the  Method  and  Materials  of  Literary  Criti- 
cism," published  in  1899;  "a  third  volume,  approaching  com- 
pletion, will  present  tragedy,  comedy,  and  cognate  forms." 
Nine  hundred  pages,  closely  printed  and  annotated  after  the 
manner  of  Paul's  inescapable  "Grundriss,"  codify  in  the  driest 
known  language  all  that  has  been  said  about  lyric  and  epic 
poetry  in  Greek,  Latin,  French,  Italian,  Spanish,  Portuguese, 
English,  Irish,  Scotch,  Welsh,  German,  Dutch,  Icelandic,  Swed- 
ish, Danish,  Norwegian,  Lappish,  Finnish,  Russian,  Serbian, 
Magyar,  Polish,  Turkish,  Afghan,  Syriac,  Armenian,  Arabian, 
Persian,  Indian,  Sumerian,  Babylonian,  Egyptian,  Hebrew, 
Chinese,  Japanese,  Andamanese,  and  Eskimo.  There  are  elabo- 
rate suggestions  for  study — for  that  kind  of  study  which  in- 
volves "seeing"  Aristotle,  Hegel,  Hallam,  Herder,  Gummere, 
Dryden,  Dacier,  and  so  on  to  the  end  of  poetry  and  patience. 

TDOTH  the  manner  and  the  matter  of  "Ladies  of  Grecourt," 
■*-*  by  Ruth  Gaines  (Dutton),  do  credit  to  the  spirit  and  the 
culture  of  American  college  girls.  The  Smith  College  Unit 
carried  on  relief  work  fifteen  miles  from  the  front  line  trenches 
on  the  Somme  sector  in  France  until  they  were  driven  out  by 
the  advancing  Germans.  They  had  charge  of  evacuating  the 
towns,  and  saved  the  lives  of  hundreds  of  French  women  and 
children.  As  soon  as  possible  after  the  armistice  they  returned 
to  help  rehabilitate  the  ruined  villages,  establishing  themselves 
in  the  ruins  of  an  old  chateau  in  one  of  the  ancient  towns  of 
Picardy,  in  the  region  where  the  dramas  of  Froissart  were 
played  out,  where  warring  nations,  Celts,  Romans,  the  hosts 
of  Charlemagne,  and  Crusaders,  passed  in  bygone  centuries. 

A  PARTY  to  a  trial  is  hardly  the  person  to  present  a  detached 
•**  picture  of  it,  but  "Albany:  the  Crisis  in  Government"  (Boni 
and  Liveright) ,  by  Louis  Waldman,  one  of  the  ousted  Socialist 
assemblymen,  is  for  the  present  the  only  available  summary  of 
the  most  critical  political  episode  in  recent  American  history. 
The  book  contains  much  direct  quotation  from  important  docu- 


278 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


ments  and  speeches,  while  the  chapter  on  The  Country's  Reaction 
gives  representative  editorials  and  cartoons  from  non-socialist 
papers;  and  there  are  copies  of  resolutions  adopted  by  various 
non-socialist  bodies  in  protest  against  the  action  of  the  New 
York  legislature.  Morris  Hillquit's  summing-up  speech  is  also 
printed  separately  under  the  title  "Socialism  on  Trial"  (Huebsch) , 
as  one  of  The  Freeman  Pamphlets. 


Notes  and  News 

If  art  is  the  conscience  of  the  human  race,  as  Friedrich 
Hebbel  said,  the  anthology  is  the  conscience  of  the  literary  art. 
Anthologies  continue  to  abound  in  every  kind  of  literary 
weather.  Logan  Pearsall  Smith's  "Treasury  of  English  Prose" 
(Houghton  Mifflin)  holds  fine  flowers  from  the  sixteenth,  seven- 
teenth, and  nineteenth  centuries  in  England  and  from  Emerson, 
Whitman,  Lincoln,  and  Wilson  in  America.  Mr.  Smith  has 
let  his  ear  preside  at  every  choosing,  so  that  his  volume  is  as 
rigorously  cadenced  as  a  collection  of  sonnets  would  be.  Here 
with  some  omissions  is  the  most  perfect  music  which  English 
prose  has  made.  Another  indefatigable  anthologist,  Mr.  Louis 
Untermeyer,  has  done  for  "Modern  British  Poetry"  (Harcourt, 
Brace  and  Howe)  the  kind  of  thing  he  recently  did  for  "Modern 
American  Poetry"  (the  same) — selected  from  each  of  a  great 
many  poets  between  Hardy  and  Robert  Graves  a  few  good 
poems  and  furnished  useful,  though  commonplace,  biographical 
and  critical  comment.  Tall,  austere,  and  supremely  printed, 
Mr.  T.  J.  Cobden-Sanderson's  "Wordsworth;  An  Anthology" 
(Knopf)  is  arranged  to  exhibit  its  poet  as  a  profound  mystic 
no  less  than  as  an  apostle  of  quiet,  natural  joy.  It  is  the  best 
of  Wordsworth  in  the  best  of  type.  "A  Tankard  of  Ale:  An 
Anthology  of  Drinking  Songs,"  boldly  compiled  by  Theodore 
Maynard  (McBride),  is  a  really  glorious  collection,  chiefly 
from  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries,  of  purely  Eng- 
lish celebrations  of  beer  and  its  brothers.  America  might  have 
been  represented,  but  in  the  opinion  of  the  editor,  who  is  as 
fond  of  prohibition  as  he  is  of  an  empty  bottle,  she  did  not 
deserve  it.  Margaret  Widdemer  has  brought  together  in  "The 
Haunted  Hour"  (Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe),  happily  without 
the  dignity  of  spiritism  too  much  or  at  all  on  her  conscience, 
the  liveliest  and  best  poems  in  English  that  deal  with  the  re- 
turn of  spirits  to  the  earth.  Her  mood  ranges  widely,  from  the 
tragedy  of  the  older  ballads  to  the  farce  of  the  "Ingoldsby 
Legends."  Foreign  literatures  also  continue  to  be  purveyed 
by  way  of  anthology.  In  a  handsome  volume,  "Spanish  Prose 
and  Poetry  Old  and  New,  with  Translated  Specimens"  (Ox- 
ford), Ida  Farnell  presents  twenty-two  Spanish  writers,  begin- 
ning with  Juan  Ruiz  of  the  fourteenth  century  and  ending  with 
Francisco  Villaespesa  of  our  own  time.  Her  prefaces,  though 
enfeebled  as  criticism  by  moral  and  patriotic  bias,  are  enthusi- 
astic, and  arouse  keener  expectations  than  her  translations 
satisfy.  To  the  already  large  body  of  literature  in  English 
devoted  to  Serbian  folk  poetry  are  added  now  "Kossovo:  Heroic 
Songs  of  the  Serbs,"  translated,  with  Vuk  Karajich's  original 
text  on  parallel  pages,  by  Helen  Rootham  (Houghton  Mifflin), 
and  "An  Anthology  of  Jugoslav  Poetry:  Serbian  Lyrics,"  edited 
by  Beatrice  Stevenson  Stanoyevich  (Badger)  from  the  versions 
of  Sir  John  Bowring,  Owen  Meredith,  J.  W.  Wiles,  and  her- 
self. J.  T.  Hackett's  "My  Commonplace  Book"  (London:  T. 
Fisher  Unwin)  is  a  narrow  and  rather  naive  record  of  the 
reading  which  an  Australian  lawyer  began  to  do  in  the  days 
when  Evolution  was  everybody's  first  concern  and  Bailey's 
"Festus"  was  known  between  its  covers.  The  quotations,  how- 
ever, are  from  sources  wide  enough  apart  in  space  and  time 
to  render  the  book  occasionally  and  casually  engaging. 

The  King  James  text  of  the  Bible,  divided  into  chapters  and 
paragraphs  but  not  into  verses,  and  printed  like  any  modern 
book,  is  promised  for  publication  by  Doubleday,  Page  and  Com- 


pany, whose  first  and  trial  volume,  "The  Gospel  According  to 
Saint  Matthew,"  is  entirely  readable  and  may  become  popular. 

"The  Yale  Series  of  Younger  Poets"  (Yale  University  Press) 
so  far  includes  Howard  Buck's  "The  Tempering,"  John  Chip- 
man  Farrar's  "Forgotten  Shrines,"  and  David  Osborne  Hamil- 
ton's "Four  Gardens."  Of  these  three  volumes,  only  the  second 
shows  more  than  ordinary,  bumptious  temperament.  Mr.  Farrar 
has  achieved  clear  and  tender  outlines  in  the  section  called 
Portraits,  and  should  be  encouraged  to  proceed  further. 

Mr.  Henry  Holt's  treatise  "On  the  Cosmic  Relations,"  first 
published  in  1914,  has  been  called  for  in  a  second  edition,  more 
accurately  named  "The  Cosmic  Relations  and  Immortality" 
(Houghton  Mifflin).  Four  chapters  have  been  added  and  the 
summary  somewhat  modified,  to  bring  into  the  record  the  psy- 
chic activities  of  the  war  years.  If  the  new  matter  is  not 
very  new,  after  all,  that  is  the  defect  of  the  recent  revela- 
tions, which  may  be  boiled  down  to  very  little — less  than  Mr. 
Holt  thinks.  The  notable  thing  about  this  book,  now  as  in  the 
earlier  edition,  is  the  nobility  of  spirit  which  informs  it.  One 
catches  the  vibration  of  that  sense  of  puissance  which  in  Cicero 
and  Franklin  would  not  let  them  believe  that  they  could  ever  be 
dissolved  into  mindless  mist  and  chaos. 

Drama 

Hors  D'QEuvres 

T'HE  theatrical  seasons  melt  into  each  other  and  are  really 
*  without  beginning  or  end.  The  lights  of  Broadway  never 
burn  low.  Summer  is  thronged  with  what  are  known  as  "girl 
and  music  shows" — the  "Midnight  Frolic,"  the  "Scandals,"  the 
"Century  Revues,"  the  "Greenwich  Village  Follies,"  and,  crown 
of  them  all,  the  Ziegfeld  "Follies."  This  famous  entertainment 
opens  in  the  dead  middle  of  June  and  tickets  fetch  fabulous 
prices.  You  visit  it  in  a  mood  by  no  means  puritanical  and 
severe  and  leave  it  sleepy  and  morose.  There  is  more  living, 
sensuous  stir  in  a  sonnet.  The  pipes  are  here  and  the  timbrels. 
But  no  wild  ecstasy.  The  girls  have  a  dainty  prettiness  and 
wear  fantastically  beautiful  costumes.  But  they  are  quite  icy 
within.  Their  limbs  move — that  is  all.  The  audience  is  cheaply 
decorous.  Not  a  gleam,  not  a  throb.  Ecstasy  dwells  on  the 
baseball  diamond,  at  the  camp-meeting.  At  the  "Follies"  you 
witness  a  gigantic  exercise  in  repression. 

When  August  comes,  Autumn  is  supposed  to  be  here,  and  the 
playwrights  emerge  with  "smashing  hits."  At  least  they  hope 
so.  So  Mr.  Shipman  appears,  accompanied  by  the  inevitable 
collaborator — this  time  Mr.  Percival  Wilde.  Their  product, 
"Crooked  Gamblers"  (the  Hudson  Theater),  is  noisy  and  monot- 
onous. The  gamblers  are  plungers  on  Wall  Street;  the  scene 
and  action  are  not  without  a  rough  verisimilitude,  but  the  moral 
framework  is  purely  conventional  and  the  economic  prattle 
childish.  Within  a  few  days  after  the  appearance  of  this  piece, 
however,  the  tone  of  the  opening  season  changed.  No  melodrama 
has  yet  boomed  and  rattled;  no  crooks  have  made  a  glorious 
"getaway";  not  a  shot  has  been  fired.  Instead  we  have  romance 
and  the  re-working  of  standard  dramatic  actions  for  the  audi- 
ences of  the  hour. 

The  romance  is  exotic;  it  is  a  thing  of  rich  colors  and  decora- 
tive passions.  Withdrawn  from  the  realities  we  know,  these 
fables  can  be  fanciful  and  arbitrary  as  the  happenings  in  a 
fairy-tale.  They  annoy  us  only  when  an  unnatural  contact  with 
life  is  suddenly  established.  Then  the  pleasant  spell  breaks  and 
Forty-second  Street  comes  racing  in.  The  adapters  of  Feliu  y 
Codina's  "Spanish  Love"  (Maxine  Elliott's  Theater),  have 
avoided  this  danger.  The  play  is  an  affair  of  bright,  sudden 
yellows  tempered  by  grave,  deep,  blue,  and  orange  backgrounds. 
Dancers  from  Madrid  click  their  swift  castanets.  By  contrast 
with  the  best  American  dancers  their  feet  are  heavy  and  their 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


279 


bodies  a  little  thick  and  slow.  But  sparks  of  inner  abandon — 
feigned  or  not — compensate  for  the  lack  of  litheness  and  rapid 
grace.  No  one  acts,  since  there  is  little  room  for  acting.  The 
passions  are  not  primitive,  but  are  conventionalizations  of  the 
primitive.     But  color  is  everything  here,  and  that  is  given  us.  ■ 

"The  Lady  of  the  Lamp"  (Republic  Theater)  is  the  fourth 
Chinese  play  within  two  years  and  by  far  the  best.  Dismiss  the 
absurd  prologue  and  epilogue  that  rend  the  veil  and  shatter  the 
illusion  and  you  have  a  beautifully  poignant  legend  of  a  gentle 
and  pacific  emperor — an  emperor  of  calm  gardens  and  tinkling 
pagodas — who  could  not  save  his  beloved  from  the  warlike 
Manchus  of  the  North.  The  garden  of  Chengtu  and  the  terrace 
of  the  Yen  pagoda  are  of  a  delicate  beauty,  fragile  and  doomed 
to  dust.  Two  admirable  bits  of  acting,  furthermore,  persuade 
the  imagination  even  when  the  dialogue  falls  far  below  the 
quality  of  the  legend  itself.  George  Gaul  has,  as  always,  a 
virile  sweetness  of  tone  and  gesture  that  fit  him  for  the  em- 
peror's part;  Henry  Herbert,  the  Kira  in  Masefield's  "The  Faith- 
ful," is  all  subtle  ferocity  and  stealthy  power — a  superb  monster 
with  a  gorgeous  mask. 

Next  come  two  old  friends  in  new  guises — Moliere's  "Le  Bour- 
geois Gentilhomme"  and  Sudermann's  "Heimat."  Yet  no  critic 
observed  the  obvious  derivation  of  "The  Checkerboard"  (39th 
Street  Theater),  by  Frederic  and  Fannie  Hatton,  or  of  "Enter 
Madame"  (Garrick  Theater),  by  Giulia  Conti  and  Dolly  Byrne. 
Nor  did  anyone  rejoice  at  the  fact  that  there  are  play-purveyors 
at  large  who  know  enough  to  adapt  such  actions  to  our  stage. 
If  only  the  Hattons  had  spared  us  the  oily  sentiment  or  spread 
their  unguents  with  more  sparing  hands!  For  an  American  M. 
Jourdain  needed  no  trimmings.  Nothing  could  be  clearer  or 
more  vivid  than  the  comic  force  of  his  situation.  He  is,  in  this 
case,  a  millionaire  manufacturer  of  ash-cans  who  desires  to 
associate  with  fashionable  and  titled  persons.  He  is  taken  in 
and  fleeced  by  strolling  Russian  dancers,  so  that  even  the  "bal- 
lets" of  Moliere  are  introduced  after  the  classical  pattern.  A 
huddled  happy  ending  dulls  the  edge  of  the  satire  and  the  chief 
rogue  turns  out  all  heart  and  quixotism.  But  the  ash-can  man- 
ufacturer turned  gentleman  and  his  wife  remain  magnificently 
skilful  comic  adaptations,  and  the  latter's  part  is  acted  by  Miss 
Kate  Mayhew  with  so  rich  and  unerring  an  insight  into  the 
homely  things  of  American  life  as  to  make  her  performance  a 
bit  of  fine  and  memorable  art. 

The  adaptation  of  the  fable  of  "Heimat"  is  more  thorough- 
going but  far  less  honest.  Even  the  famous  entrance  technique 
of  Sudermann  is  used.  After  a  long  preparation  the  prima 
donna  bursts  in  with  her  maid,  chef,  secretary,  doctor,  and  dog. 
Only  instead  of  a  father  who  wants  his  daughter  to  observe  his 
standards,  there  is  a  husband  who  wants  his  wife  to  toast  his 
slippers.  The  fable  is  made  trivial  because,  on  our  stage,  prima 
donnas  are  not  supposed  to  do  what  Magda  did,  nor  are  tragic 
endings  supposed  to  happen.  Thus  the  conflict  is  not  merely 
softened;  there  is  none  left.  The  play  was  obviously  built  for 
Gilda  Varesi,  who  desired,  perhaps,  to  imitate  the  triumphs  of 
Eleanora  Duse  as  Magda.  But  over-timidity  pays  neither  in 
art  nor  in  life.  When  the  essential  conflict  of  a  play  is  de- 
stroyed, what  is  there  left  the  actor  but  empty  gestures? 

Turn  from  the  pomp  and  circumstance  of  all  these  plays  and 
see  a  little  group  of  Irish  actors  at  the  dim,  cramped  Bramhall 
Playhouse  on  Twenty-seventh  Street.  Whitford  Kane,  that 
gifted  realist  with  a  poet's  soul,  produces  and  directs  the  plays. 
Among  them  are  Yeats's  "Kathleen  na  Houlahan,"  interpreted 
with  a  haunting  loveliness  of  mood,  Synge's  great  "Riders  to 
the  Sea,"  not  inadequately  done,  Lady  Gregory's  "Workhouse 
Ward,"  with  its  wild  yet  searching  humor,  and  "Honest  Lodg- 
ings," a  play  by  a  young  Irish-American,  Ralph  Cullinan,  which 
illustrates  in  its  unpretentious  way  the  purity  and  veracity  of 
an  art  rooted  in  a  soil  and  a  folk.  There  are  no  fine  hangings 
and  costumes  here.  There  is  a  breath  of  earth  and  sea  and  the 
simple,  beautiful  speech  of  men  and  women. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


BRENTANCTS 

Retail  Book  Department 

FiTtn  Avenue    and    27tn    Street,   New   York    City 

BOOKS  ON  PRESENT  DAY  TOPICS 


Our  Economic  and  Other  Problems 

By  Otto  H.  Kahn  $4.00 

What  must  be  done  to  set  the  world  again  on  its  feet 
financially?  Mr.  Kahn  makes  a  brilliant  contribution 
to  this  baffling  problem.  He  discusses  the  railroads 
constructively,  he  exposes  the  fallacies  of  an  ill- 
designed  taxation,  and  he  lays  bare  the  fundamentals 
of  our  economic  structure. 

The  New  Unionism 

By  J.  M.  Budish  and  George  Soule  $3.00 

Workers  in  the  clothing  industries,  largely  of  foreign 
birth,  have  progressed  inside  of  twenty  years  from  the 
worst  sweatshop  conditions  to  a  leading  position  in 
American  organized  labor.  The  story  of  how  this  was 
accomplished  is  not  only  dramatic  in  itself,  but  illus- 
trates the  growth  of  a  new  type  of  unionism.  This 
account  of  its  origin,  its  structure  and  methods,  its 
remarkable  programs  for  adult  education  and  its  con- 
tribution to  modern  democracy,  written  in  collabora- 
tion by  a  trade-union  official  and  by  the  former  labor 
editor  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  will  attract 
the  general  reader,  as  well  as  all  who  are  interested  in 
the   labor  movement. 

The  Foreign  Trade  of  the  United  States,  Its 
Character,  Organization,  and  Methods 

By  Thos.  F.  Ford  and  L.  Cummings  Ford,  with  an 
Introduction  by  William  L.  Saunders,  President 
American  Manufacturers'  Export  Association  $3.00 
The  principles  underlying  foreign  commerce  are  ex- 
cellently handled  in  this  book — a  book  that  will  give 
one  valuable  information  whenever  it  is  read  or  when- 
ever it  is  used  for  reference.  For  the  inexperienced, 
.the  student,  or  the  beginner,  it  should  be  invaluable. 

Is  Violence  the  Way  Out  of  Our  Industrial 
Disputes? 

By  John  Haynes  Holmes  $1.25 

In  the  industrial,  as  in  the  international  field,  it  offers 
in  the  author's  judgment  the  only  way  of  escape  from 
the  sufferings  we  now  endure. 

Looking  Forward 

By  Charles  F.  Higham  $2.00 

"A  very  clear  and  easily  read  exposition  of  the  imme- 
diate future  confronting  our  science  of  publicity.  .  .  . 
A  constructive  analysis  of  the  means  at  our  disposal 
for  harnessing  the  tremendous  force  of  public  opinion." 

A  New  Robinson  Crusoe 

By  Gilson  Gardner  $1.25 

Robinson  Crusoe  with  most  of  the  classic  incidents 
intact.  Retold  in  the  spirit  of  modern  industrial 
society  and  with  all  the  new-won  lessons  of  modern 
economic  life.  "Economics"  is  no  longer  a  forbidden 
word;  this  book  is  a  fascinating  introduction  to  the 
science. 

Postage  Additional 

BRENTANCTS 

Retail   Book   Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27tn  Street 
New  York  City 


International  Relations  Section 


Resolutions  of  Dail  Eireann 

THE  documents  printed  below  appeared  in  the  London 
Morning  Post  of  August  10  as  extracts  from  "an  im- 
portant series  of  documents"  which  had  "come  into  posses- 
sion of  the  authorities."  In  an  editorial  printed  in  the 
same  issue  the  Post  hints  that  the  documents  were  obtained 
through  confiscation  of  the  "private  correspondence"  of 
Sinn  Fein. 

The  first  document  is  described  by  the  Post  as  "the 
agenda  for  a  meeting  of  the  Parliament  of  the  Irish  Re- 
public which  was  to  be  held  in  June." 

The  following  resolutions  were  adopted  at  the  last  meeting: 

1.  That  the  decision  of  the  Ministry  authorizing  the  Presi- 
dent to  expend  at  his  discretion  such  sum  not  exceeding  $500,- 
000  as  he  may  require  in  connection  with  the  election  campaign 
for  the  presidency  of  the  United  States  of  America  be  and  is 
hereby  ratified. 

2.  That  the  President  be  empowered  to  expend  a  sum  not 
exceeding  $1,000,000  to  obtain  the  recognition  of  the  Irish  Re- 
public by  the  Government  of  the  United  States. 

3.  That  the  sum  of  $1,000,000  be  voted  to  the  Department 
of  Defense. 

4.  That  the  President  be  authorized  to  appoint  consuls  and 
diplomatic  agents  to  the  following  countries:  Russia,  France, 
Spain,  Italy,  Austria,  Germany,  Denmark,  Switzerland,  and 
that  he  be  also  empowered  to  appoint  one  director  in  each  of  the 
following  cities  in  the  United  States,  namely,  Chicago,  New 
Orleans,  San  Francisco,  and  Boston,  to  organize  and  direct  Irish 
opinion  at  these  centers.  That  the  names  of  a  number  of  per- 
sons suitable  for  these  posts  be  supplied  to  the  President  by 
the  Ministry,  and  that  the  agents  be  selected  by  the  President 
from  among  the  persons  so  nominated. 

5.  That  the  Ministry  be  empowered  to  appoint  an  Ambassa- 
dor to  Washington,  in  the  United  States  of  America. 

6.  That  the  Ministry  be  authorized  to  dispatch  a  diplomatic 
mission  to  the  Government  of  the  Russian  Socialist  Federal 
Soviet  Republic  with  a  view  to  establishing  diplomatic  relations 
with  that  Government.  That  the  salary  of  the  secretary  to  the 
Commission  of  Inquiry  into  the  Resources  and  Industries  of 
Ireland  be  increased  to  £500  per  annum,  as  from  March  1,  1920. 

Department  of  Home  Affairs 

1.  That  the  establishment  of  courts  of  justice  and  equity  be 
decreed. 

2.  That  the  Ministry  be  empowered  when  they  deem  fit  to 
establish  courts  having  criminal  jurisdiction. 

Claims  to  Land 

Dairy  and  agricultural  and  residential  holdings.  Whereas  it 
has  come  to  our  knowledge  that  claims  to  farms  of  land  (dairy 
and  agricultural  and  residential  holdings  worked  by  the  occu- 
piers) have  been  and  are  being  made  in  parts  of  the  country, 
such  claims  being  based  on  the  fact  that  the  claimants  or  their 
ancestors  were  formerly  in  occupation  of  the  property  so 
claimed.  And  whereas  these  claims  are,  for  the  most  part,  of 
old  date,  and  while  many  of  them  may  be  well  founded,  others 
seem  to  be  of  a  frivolous  nature  and  are  put  forward  in  the 
hope  of  intimidating  the  present  occupiers. 

Now  it  is  decreed  by  Dail  Eireann  in  meeting  assembled: 
(1)  That  the  present  time,  when  the  Irish  people  are  locked 
in  a  life  and  death  struggle  with  their  traditional  enemy,  is 
ill-chosen  for  the  stirring  up  of  strife  among  our  fellow-country- 
men; and  that  all  our  energies  must  be  directed  toward  clearing 
out — not  the  occupier  of  this  or  that  piece  of  land — but  the 
foreign  invader  of  our  country.      (2)    That  when  the  national 


triumph  has  been  achieved — immediately  the  Republic  has  re- 
ceived recognition  and  finds  itself  unhampered  by  enemy  armies 
of  occupation,  steps  shall  be  taken,  by  legislation  of  An  Dail 
and  otherwise,  to  do  justice  and  equity  to  all  those  who  have 
suffered  wrong  in  the  past  through  the  power  and  operation  of 
England's  unjust  laws.  (3)  That  pending  such  recognition  no 
claims  of  the  kind  referred  to  shall  be  heard  or  determined  by 
the  courts  of  the  Republic  unless  by  written  license  of  the 
Minister  for  Home  Affairs.  (4)  That  in  the  meanwhile  claim- 
ants may  file  particulars  of  their  claims  with  the  registrar  of 
the  court  in  which  the  property  is  situated. 

It  was  further  decreed  that  any  person  or  persons  who  per- 
sists or  persist  in  pressing  forward  a  disputed  claim  of  the 
nature  above  referred  to  shall  do  so  in  the  knowledge  that  such 
action  is  a  breach  of  this  decree,  and  it  is  ordered  that  the 
forces  of  the  Republic  be  used  to  protect  the  citizens  against 
the  adoption  of  high-handed  methods  by  any  such  person  or 
persons. 

Trade  and  Commerce 

The  Dail  authorize  the  Ministry  to  promote  the  establishment 
of  an  Import  and  Export  Company  and  to  invest  in  it,  if  they 
see  fit,  a  sum  not  exceeding  £150,000. 

Income  Tax 

In  the  Finance  Department  it  was  resolved  that  six  branches 
of  the  Bank  be  established,  for  which  a  sum  of  £25,000  is 
voted;  that  a  department  for  the  collection  of  income  tax  be 
instituted  by  Dail  and  that  all  persons  who  pay  the  income 
tax  to  that  department  which  otherwise  they  would  pay  to  the 
British  Government  be  indemnified  against  losses  caused  by 
distraint  or  otherwise  in  agreed  circumstances.  Discretionary 
power  being  given  to  the  Dail  Income  Tax  Department  to  refuse 
such  taxes  as  it  deems  inadvisable  to  accept;  that  the  sum  of 
£1,000  be  granted  to  the  Irish  Republican  Prisoners'  Depen- 
dents Fund. 

Dr.  Fogarty,  Bishop  of  Killaloe,  President  Eamonn  de  Valera, 
T.D.,  East  Clare,  and  James  O'Mara,  T.D.,  Kilkenny  South, 
are  reappointed  Trustees  for  the  Funds  of  Dail  Eireann  as 
from  July  1,  1920,  to  June  30,  1921,  under  the  existing  deed  of 
trust. 

An  investment  of  £300,000  is  to  be  made  in  Dublin  Corpora- 
tion stock  in  connection  with  the  promotion  of  a  scheme  for 
housing  in  Dublin. 

Elections,  1920 

The  Local  Government  Department  of  Dail  Eireann  greets 
the  newly-elected  Councils  and  Boards  of  Guardians,  and  recog- 
nizes in  the  results  of  the  recent  elections,  carried  out  under 
the  system  of  proportional  representation,  further  proof  of 
the  loyalty  of  the  overwhelming  majority  of  the  Irish  people  to 
the  Government  of  the  Irish  Republic. 

With  a  view  to  possible  arrests  and  to  safeguarding  the 
Republican  majority  on  each  body,  all  representatives  thereon 
who  give  allegiance  to  Dail  Eireann  are  asked  to  fill  up  and 
sign  undated  forms  of  resignation.  These  may  be  handed,  for 
the  present,  to  the  leader  of  the  Republican  group  on  each  body. 
They  will  not  be  used  unless  by  reason  of  arrests  or  otherwise 
there  is  a  likelihood  of  the  majority  on  each  body  disappearing. 
They  are  not  to  be  used  without  consultation  with  the  depart- 
ment; if  it  is  decided  at  any  time  to  use  any  of  these  resigna- 
tions the  men  who  would  be  coopted  to  fill  the  vacancy  would, 
of  course,  be  pledged  to  resign  when  the  original  Councillor 
would  be  free  to  resume  duty. 

Obstacles  to  Tax  Gathering 

In  view  of  recent  events  the  British  tax-gatherers  are  likely 
to  look  to  officials  of  local  authorities  for  facilities  to  enable 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


281 


them  to  prepare  new  income  tax  schedules,  etc.    Therefore,  it  is 
ordered  by  the  Dail: 

1.  That  no  lists  of  ratepayers  for  information  of  British 
agents  be  drawn  up  in  the  Council  office,  nor  any  facilities  given 
for  copying  or  taking  extracts  from  rate  or  valuation  books 
for  above  purpose. 

2.  That  no  lists  be  supplied  to  such  agents  showing  the 
salaries  or  wages  paid  by  the  Councils  to  their  officials  or 
employees. 

3.  That  every  possible  obstacle  be  placed  in  the  way  of  the 
British  Government  in  collecting  taxes  and  otherwise. 

No  rate  is  to  be  struck  to  meet  criminal  injury  or  malicious 
injury  claims,  and  such  claims  ought  not  to  be  defended  in  the 
English  Courts. 

Where  at  all  possible,  wages,  disputes,  etc.,  should  be  referred 
to  Courts  recognized  by  Dail  Eireann.  Where  at  all  possible, 
Irish  goods  only  should  be  purchased.  In  filling  appointments 
in  the  public  service,  Councils  should  see  that  only  loyal  citizens 
of  the  Republic  are  elected. 


Irish  Local  Government  Finances 

THE  following  report  written  by  the  Substitute  Minister 
for  Local  Government  deals  with  the  question  of  cut- 
ting adrift  from  British  authority  in  local  matters  and  is 
also  taken  from  the  London  Morning  Post  of  August  10. 

A  conference  in  connection  with  general  local  government 
policy  was  held,  the  Substitute  Minister  for  Local  Government 
presiding.  Present:  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork,  the  Mayor  of 
Limerick,  Dr.  Hayes,  T.D.,  the  Accountant  of  Dublin  Corpora- 
tion, the  Accountant  of  Kerry  County  Council,  the  Secretary 
of  Monaghan  County  Council,  Messrs.  Nolan-Whelan  and  Dan 
McCarthy. 

There  was  a  full  and  frank  discussion  of  the  possibility  of 
local  authorities  functioning  independently  after  severing  all 
connection  with  the  English  Local  Government  Board.  The 
financial  loss  involved  naturally  figured  largely  in  the  discus- 
sion. In  this  connection  I  have  been  supplied  with  the  following 
figures  for  Dublin  Corporation: 

Local   Taxation   Account £44,809     8  10 

Royal  Gifts  (Charles  II.,  etc.) 509     2  10 

School    meals    5,322     5     9 

Irish  Housing  Fund 1,483     6     4 

Maternity  and  Child  Welfare 807  19     5 

Venereal  Diseases 1,820     0     0 

Registration    of    Voters 1,757     0     0 

Grants  for   Tuberculosis 13,672     5     6 

Land  Cultivation   1,301  15     1 

Technical    Education    . . . : 27,394  16     0 

Total    £98,877  19     9 

Government  Bounty  in  lieu  of  rates 56,796  11     2 

Total    £155,674  10  11 

The  above  figures  are  for  1919-20.     I  am  informed  that  for 

1920-21  the  Government  Bounty  in  lieu  of  rates  will  be  increased 

by  about  £9,000. 

The  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  supplies  the  following  figures: 

Loss  in  grants  in  aid  of  rates £13,203     0     0 

For    Technical    Education 9,529     0     0 

Total   £22,732     0     0 

Theoretically  this  loss  could  be  covered  in  Dublin  by  an  in- 
creased rate  of  3s.  2d.  and  in  Cork  by  an  increase  of  2s.  6d. 
But  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  under  the  conditions  we  are 
contemplating  the  rates  would  be  without  legal  (English)  sanc- 
tion and  their  enforcement  might  well  prove  a  matter  of  ex- 
treme difficulty.     There  is  further  the  point  that  under  these 


conditions  the  banks  would  certainly  refuse  any  accommoda- 
tion whatever  to  public  bodies,  many  of  which  at  present  work 
for  a.  portion  of  the  year  on  a  heavy  overdraft.  For  the  entire 
country  the  Local  Taxation  Account,  which  goes  overboard  auto- 
matically under  a  "clean  cut"  policy,  amounts  to  one  million 
and  a  half  annually.  This  does  not  represent  the  total  pos- 
sible loss  in  government  grants — large  sums  which  I  have  not 
found  it  possible  to  ascertain  might  be  lost  under  the  following 
heads:  Contribution  in  aid  of  guaranties  for  railways  and 
harbors;  receipts  on  behalf  of  criminal  lunatics;  grants  to 
harbor  authorities;  grants  from  Department  of  Technical  In- 
struction, from  the  Commissioners  of  National  Education;  tu- 
berculosis grant;  feeding  and  medical  inspection  of  school  chil- 
dren; housing  grant,  etc.  The  loss  of  the  Local  Taxation 
Account  alone  would  involve  such  serious  consequences  that  to 
bring  about  by  our  own  act  a  state  of  affairs  to  which  it  is  a 
sequence  is  a  course  which  I  could  not  recommend.  I  believe 
that  such  a  situation  will  inevitably  develop  in  the  course  of 
the  struggle  over  the  criminal  and  malicious  injury  claims,  but 
it  is  better  in  my  opinion  to  place  the  responsibility  of  with- 
holding these  large  sums  upon  the  enemy  rather  than  to  cut 
them  off  by  our  own  deliberate  act. 

In  refusing  to  strike  the  criminal  and  malicious  injury  rates 
we  will  have  the  support  of  the  great  body  of  the  people.  If, 
as  a  result  of  our  action  (or  inaction)  in  this  matter,  the  enemy 
makes  the  Local  Taxation  Account  an  indemnity  fund  for  such 
claims,  the  people  will  be  ripe  for  reprisals  such  as  refusal  to 
pay  income  tax  and  land  annuities.  We  must  aim  at  keeping 
the  enemy  in  the  wrong  in  the  eyes  of  the  people.  I  recom- 
mend, therefore,  that  the  Boards  which  will  pass  under  our 
control  after  the  coming  elections  continue  to  allow  their  clerks 
or  secretaries  to  forward  minutes  of  their  proceedings  to  the 
English  Local  Government  Board.  This  is  the  act  of  the  clerk 
or  secretary — not  of  the  Council  or  Board — and  it  is  the  clerk 
or  secretary  that  is  personally  liable  for  failure.  But  I  recom- 
mend that  Boards  and  Councils  insist  on  a  copy  of  minutes 
being  either  forwarded  to  my  Department  or  handed  or  for- 
warded to  some  Republican  representative  who  will  hold  them 
in  charge  for  us,  subject  to  our  inspection  and  to  be  forwarded 
as  required. 

All  Councils  and  Boards  should  be  instructed  to  pass  a  resolu- 
tion of  allegiance  to  Dail  Eireann  and  to  pledge  themselves  to 
obedience  to  its  decrees.  All  officials  appointed  for  the  future 
by  public  bodies  should  be  required  to  sign  a  declaration  of 
allegiance. 

In  any  case  where  sanction  is  required  by  the  English  Local 
Government  Board  to  any  appointment  the  Council  or  Board 
must  stand  over  [sic]  its  appointment  and  continue  to  pay  the 
salary  of  the  official  selected  by  them.  The  remedy  of  the  Local 
Government  Board  for  this  is  surcharge  and  seizure  (a  piano 
belonging  to  Frank  Lawless,  T.D.,  was  seized  for  a  payment 
to  Dr.  Hayes).  To  meet  contingencies  of  this  kind  for  the 
future  a  full  understanding  with  organized  labor  is  essential, 
and  should  be  sought  without  delay.  There  should  be  no 
transport  facilities  for  goods  seized  by  enemy  agents.  Rail- 
waymen  should  be  prepared  to  abandon  a  train  immediately 
on  notification  that  goods  so  seized  were  aboard,  and  the  same 
understanding  would  be  necessary  at  the  docks.  If  we  are  not 
prepared,  of  our  own  initiative,  to  cut  adrift  from  the  Local 
Government  Board  I  see  no  sufficient  reason  why  we  should 
burden  ourselves  with  a  self-denying  ordinance  against  making 
full  use  of  them  in  the  matter  of  housing  loans,  drainage,  etc. 

Housing  is  a  matter  of  absolutely  paramount  importance, 
and  if  the  word  went  out  that  our  Councils  were  absolutely 
debarred  from  taking  any  steps  in  this  matter  the  political 
effect  would  be  distinctly  bad.  It  has  been  suggested  to  me  that 
our  Councils  should  refuse  to  submit  books  for  Local  Govern- 
ment Board  audit — this  is  really  equivalent  to  the  "clean  cut," 
and  would  involve  all  its  consequences.  If  it  were  upheld  I 
see  no  reason  why  that  line  of  action  should  not  be  adopted 


282 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


openly  and  by  resolution,  when  it  would  at  least  have  the  value 
of  a  demonstration — though  a  costly  one.  Auditing,  and  highly 
expert  auditing,  is  absolutely  necessary.  Admittedly  the  Local 
Government  Board  auditors  give  very  good  value.  In  case  of 
surcharges  where  any  matter  of  principle  is  involved,  e.g.,  the 
case  mentioned  of  payment  to  an  official  to  whose  appointment 
Local  Government  Board  refused  sanction,  such  surcharge 
should  not  be  paid,  but  to  refuse  to  submit  at  all  to  the  audit 
would  be  to  precipitate  by  our  own  act  a  conflict,  the  onus  of 
which  we  should  aim  at  placing  on  the  shoulders  of  the  enemy. 
Let  the  main  conflict  rage  round  the  criminal  and  malicious 
injury  claims  and  in  other  respects  fight  only  a  guerilla  war- 
fare. I  believe  that  the  criminal  and  malicious  injury  fight  will 
bring  the  "clean  cut,"  but  will  bring  it  with  many  people  on 
our  side  who  would  be  against  us  if  they  considered  we  had 
ourselves  invited  or  precipitated  it.  This  criminal  and  malicious 
injury  fight  may  begin  at  any  moment  in  the  county  boroughs 
— they  have  not  struck  this  rate  for  the  current  year,  while 
so  far  as  I  am  aware  all  the  county  councils  have.  It  would 
be  open  to  anyone  holding  a  decree  to  move  in  the  courts  for  a 
mandamus  ordering  the  rate  to  be  struck,  and  naming  as  special 
defendants  the  persons  who  voted  against  the  striking  of  the 
rate.  Those  so  named  would  be  liable  for  the  costs  of  the 
proceedings — and  the  business  of  seizure  of  goods  would  com- 
mence. It  is  suggested  that  Vanston  is  incorrect  when  he 
states  in  a  footnote  that  claims  for  injuries  to  the  person  are 
payable  on  demand  by  the  treasurer  out  of  the  general  funds 
of  the  Council,  and  that  the  words:  "Out  of  moneys  under  his 
control"  must  be  taken  as  meaning  "out  of  moneys  under  his 
control  applicable  to  the  purpose."  Where  no  rate  has  been 
struck  there  are  no  such  moneys. 

It  is  certainly  significant  that  up  to  the  present  no  demand 
has  been  presented  by  any  person  holding  a  decree.  But  pre- 
suming that  Vanston  is  incorrect,  the  law  could,  of  course,  be 
amended,  and  even  the  malicious  injury  claims  could  be  made 
payable  on  demand  by  the  Treasurer.  We  must  not  assume 
too  readily  that  the  English  Government  retort  to  the  failure 
of  public  bodies  to  strike  these  rates  will  be  the  stoppage  of  the 
grants  in  aid.  That  seems  an  obvious  and  simple  course,  but 
it  is  possible  they  might  continue  the  grants  and  make  the 
claims  payable  on  demand  out  of  general  funds,  particularly 
as  in  many  places  the  amount  of  the  grants  would  not  nearly 
equal  the  amount  of  the  claims.  In  Cork,  for  instance,  the 
claims  would  involve  an  increased  rate  of  14s.  3d.,  whereas  the 
loss  of  the  grants  could  be  met  by  an  extra  rate  of  2s.  6d.  in 
the  pound.  In  the  county  boroughs  there  is  an  official  treas- 
urer, who  would  be  personally  liable  for  failure  to  obey  an 
order.  The  banks  are  the  treasurers  for  the  County  Councils 
and  Poor  Law  Boards,  and  it  may  be  taken  as  certain  that  the 
banks  would  obey  any  order  and  meet  any  legal  claim  served 
upon  them.  A  County  Council  could  not  withdraw  its  account 
from  a  particular  bank  without  the  sanction  of  the  Local  Gov- 
ernment Board.  I  am  informed  that  a  skilful  (and  friendly) 
accountant  could  so  arrange  matters  that  at  no  time  would 
there  be  any  considerable  sum  to  the  credit  of  his  authority. 
This  would  necessitate  the  fullest  cooperation  on  the  part  of 
the  banks — as  the  public  bodies  would  need  to  work  all  the  year 
on  an  overdraft  to  be  cleared  off  only  on  the  last  day  of  the 
financial  year  by  the  lodgment  of  the  rates. 

Possibilities  of  the  future  in  the  criminal  and  malicious  in- 
jury fight  are:  stoppage  of  some  or  all  grants,  attempts  to 
trace  and  seize  the  funds  of  public  bodies  to  the  extent  of  these 
claims,  appointment  of  an  officer  to  strike  and  levy  a  rate  suffi- 
cient to  meet  the  claims,  or  sequestration  of  corporate  prop- 
erty, funds,  rents,  and  income  until  the  obligation  is  dis- 
charged. In  some,  if  not  all,  of  the  above  contingencies  it 
would  be  a  matter  for  consideration  whether  we  ought  not  to 
place  the  responsibility  for  local  administration  on  the  plun- 
derers, adding  to  their  other  difficulties  the  problem  of  col- 
lecting  rates   from   a   hostile   population,    with    an   unfriendly 


staff.  This  might  be  a  better  course  to  adopt  than  to  endeavor 
to  function  ourselves  under  hopelessly  unfavorable  financial 
conditions  necessitating  the  invidious  alternatives  of  drastic  re- 
ductions of  staff  or  drastic  increase  of  rates. 

Another  report  of  the  Substitute  Minister  for  Local 
Government  states  the  difficulties  he  saw  in  an  immediate 
breach  with  the  English  Local  Government  Board. 

(a)  The  financial  loss  (grants,  etc.),  would  probably  be  im- 
mediate, and  would  have  to  be  faced  by  Councils  consisting  for 
the  most  part  of  men  with  no  experience  of  local  administration. 
I  find  it  hard  to  believe  that  the  English  Government  would 
continue  to  pay  grants  to  Councils  that  have  declared  war. 

(b)  If  rates  were  increased  to  meet  to  some  extent  such 
loss  we  might  be  faced  with  refusal  to  pay  by  political  op- 
ponents; such  rates  might  even  be  declared  illegal  by  the  Eng- 
lish Government,  as  Local  Government  Board  would  under  cir- 
cumstances we  are  contemplating  have  no  supervision  of  ex- 
penditure. 

(c)  Public  bodies  are  dependent  for  a  portion  of  the  year 
on  large  overdrafts.  Such  overdrafts  are  given  on  the  security 
of  the  rates.  To  a  business  man  with  a  purely  business  out- 
look rates  would  not  have  the  same  security  with  the  public 
bodies  in  open  revolt  against  English  Local  Government  Board, 
and  deprived  of  English  machinery  for  the  enforcement  of  rates. 
Moulding  public  opinion  against  banks  refusing  overdrafts  if 
efficiently  carried  out  would  certainly  prove  punitive,  but  would 
not  meet  the  immediate  embarrassments  that  would  result  to 
local  bodies.  As  practically  all  the  banks  would  be  concerned, 
and  as  they  would  probably  adopt  uniform  action,  the  question 
even  of  punitive  measures  would  present  some  difficulty. 

(d)  If  we  refuse  to  forward  minutes  to  English  Local  Gov- 
ernment Board,  to  accept  their  audit,  and  otherwise  to  conform 
to  existing  regulations,  we  cannot  consistently  apply  for  loans 
from  Board  of  Works  or  from  the  British  Treasury.  In  any 
case,  sanction  and  loan  would  certainly  be  refused.  Therefore, 
housing,  drainage,  and  all  similar  activities  of  public  bodies 
would  be  at  a  standstill.  What  the  effect  of  this  would  be  in 
labor  circles  it  is  easy  to  conceive. 

Before  we  embark  on  a  course  which  means  functioning  inde- 
pendently (and  I  am  convinced  that  failure  to  forward  minutes, 
submit  to  audit,  etc.,  involves  this),  we  should  be  sure  that  we 
are  not  rushing  the  Boards  and  Councils  into  a  hopelessly  false 
position  and  imposing  on  them  a  superhuman  task.  Person- 
ally I  regretfully  adhere  to  the  view  I  expressed  in  my  former 
report,  viz.,  that  it  would  be  better  to  endeavor  to  maneuver 
the  enemy  into  taking  over  the  burden  of  local  administration 
or,  failing  this,  that  Boards  and  Councils  should  carry  on  until, 
by  the  stoppage  of  grants,  etc.,  the  financial  position  would  have 
become  hopeless,  and  then  simultaneously  cease  to  function, 
issuing  a  statement  to  their  constituents. 

I  have  considered  this  matter  as  a  distinct  problem — Republi- 
can Councils  vs.  English  Local  Government  Board — and  not  in 
the  light  of  general  policy.  So  considered  it  might  take  on 
different  aspects.  Also,  I  have  not  contemplated  financial  as- 
sistance from  our  Government  to  local  bodies. 

C.  O'h-Uigin 
Substitute  Minister  for  Local  Government 


Industry  in  Soviet  Russia 

THE  following  article  by  Nicholas  Bukharin,  summariz- 
ing industrial  conditions  in  Soviet  Russia  up  to  June, 
1920,  is  reprinted  from  Pravda  (Moscow)  for  June  27. 

Economic  Life  [the  official  organ  of  the  Supreme  Council  of 
National  Economy]  has  recently  devoted  a  special  number  to  a 
synthetic  survey  of  the  state  of  our  industries.  This  is  the 
first  attempt  at  presenting  a  general  picture  of  our  industrial 
life  and  our  economic  ruin.     For  that  reason  it  deserves  close 


Sept.  4, 1920] 


The  Nation 


283 


attention.  In  spite  of  the  fact  that  we  are  acutely  conscious 
of  the  necessity  for  exact  accounting,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
we  are  ostensibly  swayed  by  what  some  term  "fanaticism  of 
accounting,"  nevertheless  in  reality  very  little  has  been  done 
in  that  direction.  Even  elementary  recording  is  in  a  very  poor 
state.  It  often  happens  that  on  the  same  subject  you  get  fig- 
ures differing  from  100  to  300  per  cent.  The  statistico-economic 
section  of  Economic  Life  has  attempted  to  give  a  survey  based 
on  the  materials  which  have  accumulated  in  the  files  of  that 
publication.  However  far  from  perfection  the  data  thus  ob- 
tained may  be,  they  are  probably  nearer  the  truth  than  many 
other  records. 

An  examination  of  these  data  enables  one  immediately  to 
perceive  the  system  of  causes  which  are  ruining  our  economic 
life.  In  various  combinations  the  same  complaints  persistently 
recur:  the  blockade  and  the  absence  of  the  import  of  the  most 
necessary  products  of  foreign  industries;  the  physical  destruc- 
tion of  the  industrial  apparatus  and  the  seizure  of  important 
sources  of  raw  material  and  fuel  by  White  Guards;  a  fuel  and 
raw  material  crisis;  a  fodder  shortage;  the  exodus  of  qualified 
workmen  from  the  cities  and  a  labor  shortage  generally;  the 
demoralization  of  transportation  in  its  various  forms  (by  rail, 
by  water,  and  by  wheels),  etc. 

Below  we  present  the  most  substantial  findings  of  the  in- 
vestigation. 

I.    Transportation  (by  Rail) 

The  number  of  cars  dispatched  per  24  hours  per  100  versts* 
of  the  used  railroad  net  was  as  follows: 

1916  1919 

January    48  28 

May    58  33 

For  1920  the  figures  are:  January,  14;  February,  12;  March, 
14;  April,  15;  May,  19. 

The  distance  covered  by  the  freight  cars  for  1920  was  con- 
stantly on  the  increase.  Here  are  the  figures:  January,  206,- 
260;  February,  196,721;  March,  250,392;  April,  342,526;  May, 
422,560.  Thus  in  five  months  the  distance  increased  more 
than  100  per  cent  and  exceeded  the  distances  covered  during 
the  corresponding  months  of  1919.  The  turnover  of  each  car 
improved  in  1920,  but  is  behind  the  corresponding  figure  for 
1919. 

The  number  of  sound  cars  per  100  versts  of  the  net  under 
operation  is  on  the  increase  in  1920:  January,  395;  February, 
378;  March,  435;  April,  481;  May,  548.  In  1919  the  corre- 
sponding figures  for  January  and  May  were  804  and  600  re- 
spectively. 

The  number  of  sound  railway  engines  during  the  first  five 
months  of  1920  was  as  follows:  8;  7;  8;  9;  6;  11. 

On  the  whole,  in  spite  of  the  exceedingly  demoralized  state 
of  transportation,  there  can  be  observed  a  slow  and  as  yet  very 
insignificant  improvement.  This  is  to  be  accounted  for  by  the 
fact  that  our  transportation  was  given  an  exceptional  amount 
of  attention,  that  here  a  special  campaign  was  conducted,  as  a 
result  of  which  we  succeeded  in  improving  the  forms  of  organ- 
ization and  in  raising  the  labor  discipline. 

II.    Fuel 

Coal.  In  the  Donetz  Basin,  which  in  recent  years  has  passed 
from  hand  to  hand  and  has  been  repeatedly  pillaged,  the  situa- 
tion is  as  follows:  14  million,  19.3  million,  24.3  million,  and 
13.8  million  poods  of  coal  respectively  were  mined  during  the 
first  four  months  of  1920.**  The  April  decrease  was  charac- 
teristic of  the  prewar  period;  the  corresponding  figures  for 
the  first  four  months  of  1913  are  143,  117,  156,  and  84  million. 
In  May  the  amount  of  coal  mined  reached  19  million  poods, 
the  forecast  for  June  is  24  million.  The  coal  produced  during 
the  first  quarter  of  1920  was  40  per  cent  less  than  the  amount 

•  A  verst  is  3,500  feet  or  about  two-thirds  of  a  mile. 

•♦  A  pood   is  equivalent  to  thirty-six   pounds   avoirdupois. 


mined  during  the  corresponding  months  of  1919  and  seven 
times  less  than  during  an  equal  period  of  time  before  the  war. 
The  number  of  miners  decreased  but  slightly  in  comparison 
with  1919—94,000  men  as  against  111,000  in  1919— but  the 
productivity  of  labor  fell  sharply. 

In  the  Moscow  region  the  situation  is  different.  Here  the 
production  increased  not  only  in  comparison  with  the  preceding 
year  but  also  in  comparison  with  1916.  Here  are  the  figures 
expressing  the  amounts  produced  for  a  period  of  four  months 
(in  thousands  of  poods)  :  1916,  9.072;  1919,  9.835;  1920,  10.610. 
Yet  this  increase  is  due  not  to  the  greater  productivity  of  labor, 
but  to  the  enormous  growth  in  the  number  of  miners,  which  in 

1919  increased   four   times    in    comparison    with    1916,    and    in 

1920  rose  an  additional  11  per  cent.  As  for  the  productivity 
of  labor  it  was  sharply  falling. 

As  regards  the  Ural  region,  figures  are  obtainable  only  for 
the  Kizel  and  Chelyabinsk  districts.  The  production  at  Kizel 
rose  from  1,116,000  poods  in  January,  1920,  to  1,692,000  in 
April;  total  production,  in  comparison  with  1919,  fell  from 
6,968,000  to  5,391,000  poods,  the  fall  in  production  exceeding  the 
decrease  of  labor.  In  the  Chelyabinsk  district  the  amount 
mined  in  the  first  quarter  of  1920  was  9,835,000  poods,  41  per 
cent  more  than  was  expected. 

Petroleum.  Until  lately  this  most  important  fuel  was  in  the 
hands  of  the  bandits  of  international  imperialism,  and  that  cir- 
cumstance caused  us  incalculable  injury.  According  to  prelim- 
inary calculations,  the  probable  production  of  petroleum  for  the 
period  of  seven  months  (June  1,  1920,  to  January  1,  1921)  will 
be  about  196  million  poods.  The  landing  of  it  at  the  various 
shipping  centers  on  the  Volga  proceeds  satisfactorily,  although 
the  shipping  of  it  at  Astrakhan  is  greatly  hindered.  For  the 
period  of  May  11  to  May  30,  5,645,000  poods  of  petroleum  prod- 
ucts were  shipped  from  there.  In  June  the  shipment  consider- 
ably increased. 

Peat.  In  1919,  67,000,000  poods  of  peat  were  produced.  The 
main  obstacle  is  a  labor  shortage,  in  connection  with  difficulties 
in  provisioning. 

III.  The  Metal  Industries 

The  machine  shops  united  by  "Gomza"  [chief  management  of 
the  industry].  Here  the  situation  may  be  characterized  as 
highly  unfavorable,  to  say  the  least.  The  labor  shortage,  the 
provisioning  crisis,  the  fuel  famine  are  exceedingly  acute.  Only 
very  recently  an  improvement  has  taken  place  in  the  supply  of 
fuel.  Until  March  such  plants  as  the  Kolomna  and  Mytish- 
chensk  mills  were  idle  because  of  a  lack  of  fuel.  General  data 
are  not  available.  In  February  of  the  current  year,  as  against 
January,  a  general  improvement  has  taken  place  in  all  branches, 
except  the  construction  and  repairing  of  railway  engines,  which 
circumstance  is  perhaps  due  to  the  fact  that  the  engines  are 
being  repaired  elsewhere. 

Colored  Metals.  The  production  has  been  greatly  curtailed, 
for  it  was  based  on  imported  metal.  There  are  four  plants  un- 
der the  Main  Board;  they  all  function,  but  the  production  is  in- 
significant. Reasons:  labor  shortage,  lack  of  raw  materials  and 
fuel. 

Agricultural  repair  shops.  In  1919,  316  smithies  and  250 
machine  shops  were  opened.  The  production  of  agricultural  im- 
plements fell,  even  in  comparison  with  last  year.  An  improve- 
ment may  take  place  with  the  receipt  of  metal  from  the  Ural 
region. 

IV.  The  Textile  Industries 

The  cotton  industry  (spinning,  weaving,  dyeing  factories). 
Before  the  war  there  were  in  Russia,  exclusive  of  Poland  and 
Finland,  eighty-eight  spinning  mills  with  seven  million  spindles. 
On  September  1,  384,000  spindles  were  being  worked;  on  De- 
cember 1,  546,000  spindles;  in  January,  1920,  408,000;  in 
March,  531,000;  in  April,  319,000.  For  the  future  seventeen 
spinning  mills  with  434,000  spindles  have  been  singled  out,  as  a 


284 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2879 


"shock"  group.  In  the  field  of  weaving  industry,  there  has  been 
formed  a  "shock"  group,  containing  forty-three  mills  with  17,841 
looms.  According  to  the  program  of  December,  1919,  thirty-two 
dyeing  factories  with  a  daily  production  of  60,000  pieces  were 
scheduled  to  run.  In  reality  many  of  these  factories  were  idle 
because  of  the  absence  of  fuel.  At  present  only  a  "shock"  group 
of  sixteen  factories  is  working.  The  average  daily  productivity, 
in  thousands  of  pieces,  of  the  factories  was,  for  the  first  five 
months  of  1920,  respectively,  9.5,  10,  13,  13.3,  13.5. 

The  fuel  crisis,  the  lack  of  raw  materials  and  qualified  labor, 
coupled  with  difficulties  in  provisioning  make  impossible  the 
functioning  of  any  other  factories  except  the  shock  group  with 
its  78,200  workmen. 

Wool  Industry.  The  plan  provides  for  the  functioning  of 
eighty-four  mills  (76.3  per  cent),  with  419  apparatus  (63.3  per 
cent),  198,933  spindles  (59.5  per  cent)  and  8,385  looms  (42.5  per 
cent).  Most  of  the  factories  are  running.  They  are  provided 
with  a  supply  of  natural  wool,  artificial  wool,  and  rags,  to  last 
9,  3.5,  and  10  months  respectively. 

Flax  Industry.  On  February  1,  1920,  52  per  cent  of  the  spin- 
dles were  working.  In  January,  90,780  poods  of  yarn  were  pro- 
duced. The  factories  are  well  provided  with  raw  material.  On 
February  1,  1920,  5,702  weaving  looms  were  working  out  of  a 
total  of  14,000,  i.  e.,  40  per  cent.  During  January,  4,800,000 
square  arshins  of  fabric  (48,000  poods)  were  produced.  The 
chief  difficulties  are:  fuel,  provisioning,  and  also  the  absorption 
of  qualified  help. 

V.    Chemical  Industries 

Rubber  industry.  In  October,  1917,  there  were  seven  large 
rubber  factories.  Of  these  only  four  are  now  functioning.  Be- 
fore the  war  about  30,000  people  were  employed  in  the  rubber 
industry,  at  present  only  about  6,000.  Production  is  about  5 
per  cent  of  the  normal.  The  problem  of  fuel  and  electric  energy 
is  very  acute  here.  Under  the  present  conditions  the  supply  of 
raw  rubber  will  last  three  years,  normally  it  would  be  exhausted 
in  two  months. 

Glass  industry.  Before  the  war  there  were  275  glass  fac- 
tories plus  twenty  china  factories,  employing  93,000  people 
in  all.  Toward  the  beginning  of  1919  there  remained  on  the 
territory  of  Soviet  Russia  160  factories,  of  which  eighty  were 
running,  the  number  of  workmen  being  40,000.  At  present 
seventy-eight  factories  with  32,000  men  are  functioning.  In 
the  course  of  the  year  1919  they  produced  about  80,000  boxes  of 
window  glass,  i.  e.,  60  to  65  per  cent  of  the  normal  prewar 
amount.  The  fall  in  production  is  due  chiefly  to  the  lack  of 
fuel,  raw  materia1,  and  labor.  During  the  second  quarter  of 
1920  it  is  planned  to  run  forty  factories. 

Paper  Industry.  The  "Glavbum"  [chief  management  of  the 
paper  industry]  controls  112  mills.  Of  these  only  seventy-three 
plants  with  18,500  employees  are  working.  In  1919  2,638,000 
poods  of  paper  were  produced,  or  69  per  cent  of  the  amount 
planned.  In  1920  the  production  of  paper  and  card-board  fell 
considerably.  Chief  reasons:  lack  of  fuel  and  the  absence  of 
nets. 

VI.    Production  of  Stimulants  and  Food  Products 

Tobacco  industry.  In  January,  1920,  eight  factories  were  idle 
out  of  a  total  of  forty.  In  1919  the  production  of  higher  sorts 
of  tobacco  and  of  makhorka  (an  inferior  sort  of  tobacco)  was 
respectively  32  and  25  per  cent  of  the  normal  prewar  output. 
The  production  for  the  period  January  to  April,  1920  was  75 
to  94  per  cent  of  the  amount  planned.  Chief  difficulties:  lack 
of  fuel  and  war  in  the  South. 

Starch  and  Molasses  industries.  At  present  there  are  2,555 
factories,  of  which  1,500  are  small  establishments.  Number 
of  people  employed  is  13,800;  production  for  the  twenty-four 
hour  period,  373,000  poods.  During  the  season  of  1919-1920 
there  were  working  206  large  and  343  small  plants.  At  present 
there  is  a  lack  of  raw  material,  and  everything  depends  on  the 


amount  of  potatoes  which  the  factories  will  be  able  to  secure. 
Tea  industry.  In  the  spring  of  1920,  there  were  twenty-two 
establishments  producing  tea  substitutes,  employing  1,800  peo- 
ple. Of  these  plants  only  sixteen  are  functioning.  The  output 
was  244,991  pounds  in  January,  1919,  668,055  pounds  in  April, 
and  1,053,459  pounds  in  September.  Then  there  was  a  fall, 
followed  by  a  rapid  rise.  In  January,  1920,  the  production 
was  697,000  pounds,  and  in  May  1,700,000  pounds. 

VII.    The   Electric   Section   of  the   Supreme   Council  of 
National  Economy 

The  section  controls  ten  electric  stations,  thirty-nine  factories 
(forming  the  Electro-Trust),  six  electro-mechanical  plants, 
eleven  private  establishments,  eight  kustar  shops  producing  elec- 
tric fixtures.  During  the  first  four  months  of  1920  the  work 
of  the  electric  stations  amounted  to  8,000  kilowatts,  the  amount 
produced  in  Petrograd  being  6,800  to  6,500  kilowatts.  Of  the 
thirty-nine  plants  thirty-three  were  running,  the  total  number 
of  employees  being  9,578. 

Such  is  the  main  outline  of  our  industrial  situation.  It  is 
not  a  gay  picture  if  one  looks  merely  at  things  as  they  appear 
at  present  and  is  unable  to  discern  the  promise  of  the  future. 
It  is  clear,  however,  that  a  great  deal  can  be  done  if  the  prob- 
lems of  fuel  and  transportation  are  satisfactorily  solved.  But 
precisely  in  these  two  branches  of  industry  there  is  and  will 
be  a  forward  movement.  Transportation  is  slowly  improving; 
the  enormous  reserves  of  petroleum  at  Baku  will  revive  both 
our  transportation  and  our  industries;  we  will  be  enabled  to 
shift  the  raw  materials  which  are  so  needed  by  the  factories. 
It  is  here  that  our  main  industrial  efforts  are  concentrated. 
But  the  success  of  our  efforts  depends  also  upon  the  safety  of 
our  territory.  That  is  why  the  struggle  of  the  Red  Army 
against  Baron  Wrangel  and  the  Polish  nobility  must  be  brought 
to  a  successful  completion  at  any  price.  Without  it  an  economic 
renascence  is  unthinkable. 


The  Strangest  Story 


that  has  been  told  in  many  years.  It  is 
so  unusual  and  so  compelling  that  the 
reader  cannot  lay  it  aside  until  the  end 
is  reached. 


CAPE  CURREY 

By  Rene  Juta 

A  vivid,  colorful  mystery  and  love  story  set  in 
South  Africa.  It  is  about  the  whimsical  Dr.  James 
Barry — Surgeon  Major  to  Cape  Colony — and  his 
secret  garden  that  hides  a  dangerous  secret  and  al- 
most brings  disaster  to  a  beautiful  and  lovable  girl. 
"It  is  all  worth  reading,"  says  The  Times,  and  The 
Evening  Post  says  it  is  "a  remarkable  first  novel." 


Price  $1.75 


HENRY  HOLT  AND  COMPANY 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  SEPTEMBER  11,  1920 


No.  2880 


Contents 


EDITORIAL   PARAGRAPHS    285 

EDITORIALS : 

The   Campaign    to   Date 288 

Passing   on    the    Costs 288 

The  Empty  Coal  Bin 289 

Pity  the   Poor   Reviewer 290 

BRITISH  LABOR  AND  DIRECT  ACTION.     By  Harold  J.   Laski    291 

ITALY'S   "EASTWARD  ORIENTATION."     By  Hiram   K.  Moderwell 292 

RUSSIA'S   INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM.     By   Henry   G.   Alsberg 293 

SELF-DETERMINING    HAITI.      III.      GOVERNMENT    OF,    BY,    AND 

FOR   THE    NATIONAL   CITY   BANK.      By   James    Weldon   Johnson  295 

POOR  MAN'S  MUSIC.     By  M.  P.  Willcocks 297 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 293 

CORRESPONDENCE 299 

PASSAGE.     By  Elizabeth  Babcock 300 

BOOKS: 

A  Studied  Insult  to  Democracy.     By  D.   S.  Muzzey 300 

Cannan  the  Mystic.     By   Richard   Roberts 301 

Labor's  Lear.     By  Arthur  Gleason 302 

Story  Tellers  of  the  North    , 303 

Books  in   Brief    304 

DRAMA: 

Plays  for  a  People's  Theater.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 306 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  SECTION: 

Why    Haiti    Has    No    Budget 307 

The   Businessmen's    Protest    308 

"By  Order  of  the  American  Minister"    309 

The   Concession  of  the   National   City   Bank 310 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress :  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 

PITY  the  lot  of  the  poor  independent  editor,  or  better, 
the  rich  one.  Here  is  the  New  York  Evening  Post, 
which  has  plumped  with  a  splash  for  Cox  for  President  on 
the  issue  of  the  League  of  Nations,  American  honor,  no 
separate  peace,  and  all  the  rest.  Promptly  the  Ohio  Repub- 
lican State  Committee  comes  out  with  a  statement,  con- 
spicuously published  throughout  the  West,  that  this  proves 
that  the  international  banking  ring  is  for  Cox,  since 
Thomas  W.  Lamont,  he  of  J.  P.  Morgan  &  Co.,  is  the  owner 
of  the  Evening  Post.  Next  comes  Parley  P.  Christensen, 
the  Farmer-Labor  Presidential  candidate,  before  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Election  Funds,  to  swear  that  the  Evening 
Post's  course  proves  that  Wall  Street  is  backing  and  financ- 
ing both  parties — both  ends  against  the  middle — since  the 
Evening  Post  is  for  Cox  and  Mr.  Henry  P.  Davison, 
also  of  Morgan's,  has  personally  assured  Senator  Harding 
of  his  support.  When  we  add  that  the  Democratic  National 
Committee  rejoiced  over  the  Evening  Post's  proof  that  the 
independents  were  for  Cox,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Evening 
Post's  decision  gave  joy  in  every  camp — save  in  that  of  the 
New  York  Sun.  This  grave  censor  so  solemnly  rebukes  Mr. 
Lamont  and  his  newspaper  for  throwing  themselves  into  the 


arms  of  Boss  Murphy,  "Tom"  Taggart,  Brennan,  boss  of 
Chicago,  Senator  Nugent  of  New  Jersey,  and  similar  "wet" 
sponsors  of  Governor  Cox  that  we  submit  there  is  no  other 
course  left  to  Mr.  Lamont  to  establish  both  his  own  rectitude 
and  the  independence  of  his  newspaper  than  to  come  out  for 
Debs. 

THE  dockworkers'  strike  in  Italy,  supposedly  amicably 
settled  on  August  17,  has  developed  new  and  distress- 
ing complications,  and  has  spread  to  metal  foundries  and 
machine  shops.  On  August  31  the  management  of  an  en- 
gineering corporation  in  Milan  locked  out  its  force  of  sev- 
eral thousand  hands  during  lunch  time.  This  act  was  in 
violation  of  an  agreement  of  the  employers'  federation 
against  individual  action,  and  resulted  in  a  meeting  of  the 
syndicalist  unions  and  seizure  by  the  workers  of  all  metal- 
working  factories  throughout  Lombardy  unless  the  firms 
would  agree  not  to  resort  to  a  lockout.  The  seizures  have 
spread  from  Milan  to  Rome,  Turin,  Naples,  and  other  large 
cities;  the  workers  are  camping  out  at  the  factories  and 
refusing  admission  to  any  one  without  a  permit  from  the 
workmen's  committees  which  have  been  formed  and  now 
maintain  an  almost  military  severity  of  discipline.  So  far 
efforts  to  dislodge  these  unwelcome  guests  have  been  quite 
unsuccessful,  and,  since  the  workers  can  forge  their  own 
weapons  for  defense,  are  likely  to  remain  so.  The  strength 
of  the  workers'  position  is  evident  from  the  fact  that  Signor 
Labriola,  the  Minister  of  Labor,  is  making  an  attempt  at 
conciliation,  the  Government  being  unwilling  or  unable  to 
intervene  effectively  by  force  of  arms. 

THIRTY-SIX  conscientious  objectors  are  still  in  prison, 
and  so  are  Eugene  Debs,  James  Larkin,  several  hun- 
dred members  of  the  Industrial  Workers  of  the  World, 
twenty-two-year-old  Mollie  Steimer,  and  several  score  more 
who  not  only  differed  from  the  policy  of  the  Government 
during  the  war  but  had  the  effrontery  to  say  so.  In  England, 
France,  Italy,  and  in  the  countries  of  our  late  enemies,  far- 
reaching  amnesty  proclamations  have  been  made;  but  in 
this  land  in  which  free  speech  and  free  assembly  are  guar- 
anteed by  the  Constitution,  men  and  women  are  still  held 
behind  prison  bars  for  crimes  of  opinion !  Every  few  weeks 
the  War  Department  gives  proof  of  a  touching  liberalism 
in  releasing  one  or  two  more  conscientious  objectors  or  in 
commuting  another  of  the  ferocious  twenty-year  sentences ; 
but  good  men  are  still  in  jail.  One  man  just  released 
from  Leavenworth  writes :  "I've  been  feeling  like  a  man  com- 
ing out  from  under  an  anaesthetic,  learning  to  use  his  arms 
and  legs  again.  The  prolonged  and  systematic  starvation- 
diet  in  the  American  Siberia  leaves  one  feeling  only  about 
half-alive.  But  the  doctor  says  that  there  is  nothing  seri- 
ously wrong,  and  I  am  hoping  that  with  a  few  weeks  of  good 
food  and  the  atmosphere  of  terror  removed,  I  shall  revive 
to  the  point  of  normal  efficiency  again."  This  man  is  de- 
voting such  strength  as  he  has  in  the  interest  of  the  men 
whom  he  left  behind  in  jail.  "They  are  suffering  at  Leaven- 
worth beyond  my  power  to  describe  it." 


286 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


IN  the  name  of  American  labor  Samuel  Gompers  has 
indorsed  the  Democratic  ticket.  Basing  its  choice  on  the 
labor  records  of  the  two  candidates,  the  report  of  the  so- 
called  non-partisan  political  committee  of  the  American 
Federation  of  Labor  describes  Mr.  Cox's  attitude  as  perfect, 
while  Mr.  Harding  is  found  with  the  incriminating  stop 
watch  and  bonus  legislation  in  his  past.  That  the  party 
of  the  erstwhile  full  dinner  pail,  in  the  days  when  a  full 
stomach  was  held  to  be  the  total  measure  of  the  working 
man's  ambition,  is  not  unduly  friendly  to  labor  is  obvious. 
But  can  much  more  be  said  of  the  Democrats,  whose  plat- 
form forbids  a  strike  by  the  underpaid  and  overworked 
postal  employees  because,  forsooth,  they  are  government 
workers,  while  Mr.  Burleson,  one  of  the  three  Cabinet  mem- 
bers whose  mind  has  run  sufficiently  with  President  Wilson's 
to  last  in  office  eight  years,  promptly  lops  off  the  heads  of 
those  who  even  dare  to  present  their  grievances?  The 
report,  moreover,  confesses: 

It  must  be  exasperating  to  the  whole  American  public  that 
political  parties  bidding  for  the  suffrage  of  the  whole  citizenship 
cannot  state  in  definite  terms  what  are  their  proposals  and  what 
are  their  pledges.  The  same  exasperation  must  be  felt  regard- 
ing many  of  the  utterances  of  candidates. 
After  such  an  admission  one  may  well  wonder  whether  Mr. 
Gompers  is  not  merely  repaying  President  Wilson  for  mul- 
tiple kindnesses  throughout  the  war.  But  one  thing  is  cer- 
tain. Mr.  Gompers  will  not  be  able  to  "deliver"  the  labor 
vote.  While  some  of  it  will  go  by  force  of  habit  to  each 
of  the  old  parties,  the  workers  of  the  United  States — hand 
and  brain — are  becoming  painfully  conscious  that  there  are 
but  two  parties  whose  record  and  utterances  hold  out  more 
than  empty  promises  of  a  "square  deal  for  labor."  These 
two  are  not  the  Republican  or  the  Democratic  parties. 

FAR  more  important  than  the  speeches  of  Cox  and  Hard- 
ing, to  which  the  newspapers  have  been  giving  col- 
umns, is  the  control  of  the  Democratic  Party  in  Montana 
won  in  the  State  primary  by  the  Nonpartisan  League,  but 
ignored  altogether  by  the  Eastern  press.  This  victory 
means  that  Nonpartisan  League  candidates  will  appear 
as  nominees  of  the  Democratic  Party  for  State  offices  in 
the  November  election.  It  does  not  mean  necessarily  that 
these  men  will  be  elected,  for  old-line  Democrats  will  doubt- 
less unite  with  the  Republicans  to  defeat  the  League  men 
in  Montana,  just  as  old-line  Republicans  will  unite  with  the 
Democrats  in  North  Dakota  to  reestablish  old-line  poli- 
tics in  that  State.  Fortunately,  the  Nonpartisan  League  in 
Montana  has  the  support  of  a  large  part  of  organized  labor. 
B.  K.  Wheeler,  the  candidate  for  Governor,  has  promised: 
"If  elected,  I  will  not  put  the  Anaconda  Copper  Company 
out  of  business,  but  I  will  put  it  out  of  politics." 

POLAND  has  invaded  Lithuania  "for  strategic  reasons" ; 
Poland  cannot  be  bound  by  "artificial  boundaries" 
based  on  mere  racial  considerations;  and  State  Department 
officials  count  the  Polish  attitude  "entirely  satisfactory." 
There  is  nothing  left  to  say  about  the  attitude  of  our  State 
Department  on  the  Russo-Polish  question;  it  has  so  con- 
sistently distorted  facts  and  misrepresented  motives,  an- 
nounced and  abandoned  high  purposes,  that  adequate  com- 
ment is  impossible.  Premier  Witos's  note  announces  that 
Poland  wishes  frontiers  based  upon  "the  wishes  of  the  local 
population,    the    economic    necessities,    and    the    national 


rights" — this  last  being  a  particularly  distensible  term — 
but  that  she  cannot  let  her  military  operations  be  inter- 
fered with  by  any  artificial  boundary.  The  French  Govern- 
ment openly  pushes  the  Poles  to  take  as  much  territory  as 
they  have  the  military  force  to  hold.  Poland  has  learned 
nothing,  unless  it  be  military  caution,  as  a  result  of  her 
recent  adventure.  Autumn  is  upon  us,  and  it  is  doubtful 
whether  further  large-scale  operations  can  come  before  the 
snows,  but  it  is  clear  that  a  winter  of  peace  is  not  to  be 
granted  to  hungry  and  shivering  Europe.  The  next  ques- 
tion is  the  method  of  payment  for  the  immense  supplies  of 
munitions  which  have  been  pouring  in  upon  the  Poles  from 
all  the  major  crusaders  in  the  late  war  to  end  war;  we 
suppose  that  will  be  America's  part,  and  we  may  discover 
the  concrete  meaning  of  Mr.  Colby's  recent  promise  of  "all 
available"  help  to  Poland  in  an  increased  budget  here  at 
home. 

THE  international  labor  boycott  against  Hungary  has 
been  abandoned  with  its  objects  only  half  attained.  It 
was  an  epoch-making  adventure  in  a  new  kind  of  interna- 
tional diplomacy,  and  its  mere  existence  and  even  partial 
success  was  a  symbol  of  the  new  forces  at  work  in  Europe 
and  a  beacon  of  hope  to  those  who  have  lost  faith  in  the 
post-war  governments.  There  was  a  "White  Terror"  in 
Hungary ;  workingmen  were  being  persecuted,  tortured  bar- 
barously, their  unions  dissolved,  their  meetings  suppressed. 
It  was  no  ordinary  Palmerian  or  Millerandesque  repression, 
and  the  horror-stories  stirred  working-class  Europe  to  anger. 
The  International  Federation  of  Trade  Unions  thereupon* 
took  action;  it  organized  an  international  boycott  of  the 
land  of  the  White  Terror.  At  midnight  on  June  19  trains 
ceased  running  Hungarywards  from  the  Vienna  stations; 
post  and  telegraph  service  was  crippled;  the  Danube  steam- 
ers banked  their  fires.  Workers  in  Trieste  refused  to  handle 
cargoes  for  Hungary;  to  a  less  degree  the  Czech  and  Ru- 
manian workers  joined  in  shutting  Hungary  off  from  the 
world.  Telegrams  from  Budapest  had  to  seek  a  devious 
outlet  via  Warsaw. 

THE  Hungarian  Government  announced  a  counter-boy- 
cott of  Austria  and  declared  it  would  never  treat  with 
the  workers ;  it  fell.  The  new  Government  accepted  the  me- 
diation of  Chancellor  Renner  of  Austria,  and  negotiated 
with  the  labor  delegates  as  with  an  equal  power.  It  denied 
the  facts  of  the  Terror,  and  refused  some  of  the  demands 
of  the  Federation,  but  the  boycott  undoubtedly  put  the  fear 
of  God  and  of  labor  into  the  hearts  of  the  Hungarian  Junk- 
ers and  modified  the  degree  of  the  repression.  The  boycott 
dragged  on  for  nearly  two  months,  but  the  failure  of  the 
German  railwaymen  and  of  the  unorganized  workers  of 
Slovakia  to  join  effectively  weakened  it  at  vital  points.  It 
was  called  off.  There  have  been  protest  strikes  within  na- 
tions before;  this  was  the  first  organized  effort  to  use  the 
economic  power  of  labor  on  a  continental  scale.  Mr.  Elihu 
Root  and  his  League  supporters  of  economic  boycotts  might 
well  study  the  experiment  with  care. 

A  GOOD  deal  of  the  talk  which  is  being  indulged  in 
over  campaign  contributions  is  beside  the  mark.  The 
real  question  is  not  whether  the  Republicans  have  started 
out  to  get  five  million  or  fifteen,  or  the  Democrats  half  or 
twice  either  of  those  sums,  but  whether  the  money  which  is 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


287 


being  raised,  whatever  the  amount,  is  being  lawfully  and 
properly  used.  It  ought  to  be  clear  to  anyone  upon  a  little 
reflection  that  the  conduct  of  a  Presidential  campaign  is  in 
the  very  nature  of  the  case  an  expensive  undertaking.  Now 
that  about  25,000,000  women  have  been  added  to  the  list, 
the  potential  number  of  persons  who  may  vote  for  Presi- 
dential electors,  for  Senators,  and  for  Representatives  is 
not  far  from  50,000,000 ;  and  these  voters  are  scattered  over 
a  continental  area  which  exceeds  3,000,000  square  miles. 
The  legitimate  cost  of  organizing,  informing,  and  directing 
the  voters  of  a  national  party  in  a  country  of  so  great  an 
extent  and  with  so  huge  an  electorate  is  bound  to  be  great — 
probably  some  millions  of  dollars  at  the  least.  What  the 
people  would  like  to  know  is  whether  individuals  or  corpora- 
tions are  being  virtually  assessed  by  the  officials  of  any 
party,  whether  contributions  are  being  solicited  or  accepted 
with  any  promise  or  understanding  as  to  favorable  gov- 
ernment action  in  return,  and  whether  the  funds  of  any 
party  are  being  corruptly  used.  If  Governor  Cox  and  his 
advisers  have  any  information  about  Republican  procedure 
at  these  points,  they  would  do  well  to  make  it  public;  other- 
wise their  attack  upon  the  Republicans  is  not  likely  to 
amount  to  anything. 

THE  conviction  appears  to  be  growing  that  housing,  at 
least  in  so  far  as  it  concerns  persons  of  relatively  small 
means,  is  a  proper  subject  for  government  action  and  should 
no  longer  be  left  to  private  initiative.  The  Philadelphia 
Chapter  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  a  body  to 
which  no  taint  of  radicalism  has  ever  attached,  has  lately 
declared  that  houses  for  those  who  earn  low  wages  can  no 
longer  be  built  anywhere  in  the  world  at  a  cost  which  will 
permit  them  to  be  either  sold  or  rented  without  loss,  and 
that  "it  is  unquestionably  true  that  an  industrial  system, 
or  even  any  particular  industry,  which  fails  to  make  possible 
adequate  shelter,  food,  clothing,  and  recreation  for  all  of 
its  operatives  is  unworthy  to  exist."  The  Chapter  proposes 
"that  housing  for  those  earning  low  wages  or  salaries  be 
legalized  as  a  public  utility;  that  the  manufacture  of  this 
class  of  homes  as  a  profitable  industry  should  cease  in  theory 
as  it  has  already  ceased  in  fact;  and  that  the  government, 
national  and  local,  should  at  once  adopt  measures  making 
possible  the  supply  of  the  prime  necessary  of  life."  Similar 
suggestions  of  government  action  are  multiplying  in  New 
York,  and  will  doubtless  come  before  the  Legislature  at  the 
special  session  which  is  to  be  held  this  month. 

ASSUMPTION  by  the  government,  whether  Federal, 
State,  or  local,  of  responsibility  for  housing  might  in 
time  relieve  the  housing  shortage,  but  while  the  crisis  exists 
a  way  ought  to  be  found  to  prevent  extortion  by  landlords 
and  agents.  An  interesting  suggestion  has  been  made  by 
State  Senator  Edward  J.  Dowling  of  New  York,  who  pro- 
poses that  the  maximum  annual  rent  of  a  tenement  house 
shall  not  exceed  10  per  cent  net  of  the  actual  value  of  the 
property.  The  actual  value  of  the  property  for  this  purpose 
would  be  the  assessed  value  plus  20  per  cent.  It  is  not  clear 
what  deductions  are  to  be  made  in  order  to  arrive  at  a  figure 
of  10  per  cent  net,  and  10  per  cent  gross  would  obviously, 
in  many  cases,  leave  no  return  at  all,  or  at  best  a  very  small 
one,  on  the  capital  invested.  The  proposal  is  significant, 
however,  as  an  effort  to  limit  rents  by  more  intelligent 
methods  than  the  greed  of  landlords  or  the  working  of  supply 
and  demand. 


IT  is  a  delicate  question  sometimes  where  legitimate  de- 
fense of  one's  principles  ends  and  mere  footless  obstruc- 
tion begins.  The  latter  stage  has  undoubtedly  been  reached, 
however,  by  the  House  of  Representatives  of  the  Tennessee 
Legislature  in  the  attempt  to  recall  its  ratification  of  the 
woman  suffrage  amendment  to  the  Federal  Constitution. 
We  may  next  expect  to  find  these  sovereign  statesmen  voting 
to  non-concur  in  the  Multiplication  Table  and  to  reconsider 
the  Ten  Commandments.  Or  going  still  farther  back,  they 
may  presently  reopen  the  decree  of  the  Creator  of  All 
Things:  "Let  there  be  light."  And  having  debated  it,  they 
will  doubtless  report:  "Not  so,  O  Lord;  by  a  vote  of  47  to 
24  the  House  of  Representatives  of  the  State  of  Tennessee 
votes  to  non-concur,  and  herewith  reverts  to  primeval 
darkness." 

THE  American  Red  Cross  has  discontinued  the  use  of  its 
original  seal  with  the  fine  motto  "Neutrality — Human- 
ity." Neutrality  was  abandoned  during  the  war;  now,  even 
humanity  seems  too  high  an  ideal — at  least  in  regard  to  the 
780  Russian  children  in  charge  of  the  organization.  These 
are  Petrograd  children  who  were  sent  to  Siberia  for  better 
food  and  living  conditions ;  there  they  came  under  the  wing 
of  our  Red  Cross,  and  later  were  brought  across  the  Pacific, 
on  their  way,  as  it  was  officially  reported,  to  their  homes. 
But  after  the  arrival  of  the  children  in  America  it  was 
stated  that  they  were  to  be  sent  to  France.  A  Red  Cross 
officer  in  New  York  admitted  that  the  children  were  not  to 
be  sent  home  because  of  "political  conditions"  in  Russia, 
bearing  out  the  charge  of  Lunacharski,  Soviet  Commissar 
of  Education,  who  quoted  the  Red  Cross  to  the  effect  that 
"we  cannot  leave  the  children  in  the  hands  of  the  Bolsheviki, 
who  will  demoralize  them."  The  Red  Cross  contends  that 
it  is  sending  the  children  to  France  because  it  is  nearer 
Russia.  Mr.  Martens  of  the  Soviet  Bureau  in  New  York 
has  offered  to  cable  to  Russia  and  secure  the  home  ad- 
dresses of  the  children  in  Petrograd ;  and  Russians  in  New 
York  have  even  offered  to  charter  a  ship  to  carry  the 
children  home  and  relieve  the  Red  Cross  of  further  respon- 
sibility. More  than  400  of  the  children  have  signed  an  appeal 
to  be  sent  home  at  once,  to  which  it  is  to  be  hoped  the  Red 
Cross  will  give  heed. 

THINGS   which  we  hope  for  that  will  never  come  to 
pass: 

A  week  without  a  prevarication  by  Lloyd  George. 

A  clear-cut  statement  in  favor  of  Irish  freedom  by  the 
Pope  in  Rome. 

A  month  in  which  the  French  do  not  back  the  wrong 
horse  in  Russia. 

A  week  in  which  our  State  Department  does  not  stultify 
itself  in  foreign  affairs. 

A  day  upon  which  the  nationalization  of  women  lie  will 
be  buried  in  America. 

The  time  when  all  Germans  will  realize  the  truth  about 
the  Kaiser,  the  war,  and  their  own  acts  in  it. 

A  signed  editorial  by  William  Howard  Taft  bearing  evi- 
dence of  some  slight  knowledge  and  information. 

A  speech  by  Warren  Harding  which  respects  the  King's 
English. 

An  hour  during  which  Woodrow  Wilson  will  entertain  a 
doubt  as  to  his  own  perfect  infallibility. 

The  day  when  some  of  our  politicians  will  realize  that  the 
old  order  is  dead. 


288 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


The  Campaign  to  Date 

IT  was  at  Williston,  North  Dakota,  the  other  day  that  an 
old  man  arose  in  a  political  gathering  to  announce  to  the 
audience  that  he,  a  life-long  Republican,  for  the  first  time 
in  his  life  would  vote  the  Democratic  ticket.  "Stand  for 
that  reactionary,  Harding,  I  cannot."  Whereupon  arose 
another  gray-head  to  say:  "Well,  I've  voted  the  Democratic 
ticket  all  my  life,  but  I'll  be  hanged  if  I'm  going  to  vote  for 
Wilson's  man  Cox.  Harding  for  me."  This  incident  is 
highly  characteristic  of  the  campaign.  Never  have  party 
loyalties  sat  so  loosely;  never  have  there  been  more  contra- 
dictory drifts  of  sentiment,  never  more  confusing  cross-cur- 
rents. Thus,  New  Yorkers  who  have  been  traveling  in  the 
Far  West  this  summer  are  amazed  at  the  absence,  of  any 
political  discussions  on  the  trains,  in  the  hotels,  on  the  trails. 
But  Senator  Borah  declares,  in  a  published  interview,  that 
never  in  twenty-five  years  of  campaigning  in  Idaho  and 
Washington  has  he  had  larger  audiences;  and  he  did  his 
talking  in  the  middle  of  the  harvest.  Franklin  Roosevelt, 
too,  reports  great  political  interest;  yet  the  newspapers  of 
Washington  and  Montana  are  complaining  of  the  apathy  of 
the  voters  and,  in  some  sections,  of  their  refusal  to  register. 
Not  even  the  most  hysterical  shrieking  that  the  Bolsheviki 
were  at  the  door  called  out  a  large  Republican  vote  in  the 
Montana  primaries,  or  prevented  the  Nonpartisan  Leaguers 
— the  "American  Bolsheviki,"  as  the  mine-owners'  press 
dubs  them — from  capturing  the  Democratic  Party. 

Out  of  all  the  confusion  certain  things  are  now  apparent 
to  the  observers  who  are  indifferent  to  the  humbuggery  of 
both  Republican  and  Democratic  parties.  The  drift  of  the 
hour  in  mid-campaign  is  clearly  to  the  Republicans;  not,  of 
course,  because  they  have  anything  constructive  to  offer,  nor 
because  they  are  waging  an  aggressive  or  intelligent  or 
educational  campaign — they  are  not — nor  because  they  have 
an  alluring  candidate.  Mr.  Harding's  dull,  uninteresting  per- 
sonality awakens  no  thrill.  His  talking  in  the  jargon  of 
the  farm  to  the  farmers,  of  the  stage  to  the  players,  and  of 
the  diamond  to  baseball  professionals  makes  no  dent  in  the 
consciousness  of  the  people.  To  imitate  him,  we  should  say 
that  he  has  not  yet  made  a  "two-bagger";  at  best  a  weak 
bunt  feebly  trickling  along  the  first  base  line  is  all  that 
"fattens"  his  batting  average,  which  is  not  .300,  but  some- 
where about  .046.  He  is  probably  the  weakest  batter  yet 
nominated  by  any  party,  but  he  bids  fair  to  be  the  next 
President.  Why?  He  is  being  elected  by  the  hypocrisies, 
the  untruths,  the  shams,  and  the  failures  of  Woodrow 
Wilson.  Everywhere  in  the  West  there  is  utter  disgust  with 
eight  years  of  Wilsonism — and  in  the  East,  too.  The  country 
wants  to  rebuke  the  Democracy  because  of  Wilson;  many 
people,  notably  in  the  West,  feel  that  he  betrayed  them  into 
the  war  after  reelecting  himself  on  the  platform  "He  kept 
us  out  of  war,"  and  then  at  Paris  betrayed  his  own  as  well 
as  the  country's  ideals  in  the  war.  They  know  now  that  the 
assurances  that  it  was  a  war  to  safeguard  liberty,  to  extend 
democracy,  to  end  war,  were  as  false  as  the  claim  that 
Liberty  Bonds  were  the  best  investment  in  the  world. 
Woodrow  Wilson  has  been  found  out. 

Much  as  the  people  desire  peace,  much  as  they  would  like 
a  democratic  league  of  nations,  the  general  drift  is  against 
Cox  because  of  the  belief  that  the  present  League  makes  not 
for  peace  but  war.  "If  we  were  in  the  League  now  our 
boys  would  be  fighting  in  Poland,"  is  what  one  hears  if  one 


talks  with  cowboy  or  railroad  conductor,  or  ranchman,  or 
business  man  in  the  West.  Not  that  this  fear  of  the  League 
is  a. dominant  issue — there  is  no  dominant  issue;  it  is  one 
of  the  many  influences  which  are  deciding  people  as  to  how 
they  shall  vote.  Indubitably  Governor  Cox  has  forced  the 
fighting;  he  is  calling  people  names  and  indulging  in  per- 
sonalities, and  he  is  winning  the  first  page  oftener  than 
Harding.  His  "sensational"  charges,  unsupported  by  his 
own  lieutenants,  make  a  splash  for  the  moment  and  then 
the  public  forgets  him  to  give  vent  to  its  anger  at  the  in- 
creased freight  and  passenger  rates,  at  the  inability  of  the 
farmers  to  get  cars  to  move  last  year's  wheat,  to  say  nothing 
of  this  year's,  at  the  steady  rise  in  the  cost  of  living. 

Politics  aren't  talked  unless  a  casual  visitor  broaches  the 
subject — except  in  North  Dakota  where  the  growing  bitter- 
ness between  the  Nonpartisans  and  their  enemies  the  "Poison 
Ivas"  suggests  the  passions  of  Ireland.  Yet  underneath  it 
all  is  a  mighty  stirring;  there  is  grave  unrest,  deep  dissatis- 
faction with  political  and  economic  conditions.  Still  waters 
are  still  deep  in  politics — as  they  were  in  1910  when  no  one 
was  prepared  for  the  Republican  disasters.  One  can  trace 
the  widespread  unhappiness  in  the  press  of  the  country, 
however  much  that  press  may  seek  to  hide  the  facts. 

If  Christensen  were  better  known  nationally,  if  he  had  a 
stronger  organization  and  more  money  behind  him,  the 
Farmer-Labor  candidate  would  create  havoc  among  both  the 
old  organizations.  As  it  is,  he  will  undoubtedly  poll  a  large 
popular  vote  throughout  the  Northwest,  although,  owing  to 
the  character  of  our  Presidential  voting-system,  it  may  not, 
show  in  the  electoral  vote.  Debs,  too,  will  poll  a  vote  far 
above  normal  Socialist  strength,  particularly  in  the  great 
industrial  centers. 

One  or  the  other  of  these  men  ought  to  have  the  vote  of 
every  progressive-minded  citizen  next  November.  Such 
a  ballot  is  not  an  indorsement  of  all  they  stand  for  any  more 
than  a  vote  for  Cox  or  Harding  is  an  approval  of  all  the 
latter  say ;  but  it  will  be  notice  to  the  country  that  the  man 
or  woman  who  casts  it  is  tired  of  the  collapsing  reign  of 
privilege  and  incompetence  which  the  old  parties  jointly 
sustain,  and  that  he  wishes  to  help  in  organizing  the  forces 
of  a  better  political  future. 


Passing  on  the  Costs 

EVERY  day  we  find  "the  public"  being  either  condoled 
with  or  reassured  or  warned  by  the  benevolent  press 
of  the  country.  First,  it  is  warned  that  railway  wage  in- 
creases and  coal  wage  increases  will  surely  mean  higher 
prices  all  along  the  line.  Presently  we  find  it  being  reas- 
sured: the  railway  wage  award  involves,  of  course,  an 
enormous  rate  increase,  but  after  all  no  rise  in  prices  is 
likely  to  result.  Next  we  find  that  prices  have  risen;  con- 
dolences pour  forth  from  the  press.  The  dominant  theme, 
however,  is  the  inevitable  logic  of  prices  following  wages 
on  their  upward  course.  The  New  York  Times  and  its 
thousand  counterparts  all  over  the  country  are  at  one  in 
this  simple  analysis  of  the  economic  situation,  which  they 
glibly  call  "the  vicious  circle."  Wages  increase;  costs  in- 
crease; prices  increase.  Labor  grows  rich;  "the  public" 
grows  poor.  Not  that  the  public  is  opposed  to  labor;  as 
the  Times  recently  pointed  out  editorially,  the  public  is 
always  ready  to  sympathize  with  the  poor  "if  the  poor  will 
only  conduct  themselves  worthily" — in  other  words,  if  the 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


289 


poor  will  undertake  to  remain  poor.  This  analysis  of  the 
New  York  Times  and  the  bland  condescension  with  which  it 
is  put  forward  deserve  some  study  if  only  for  the  reason 
that  the  fate  of  "the  public"  itself  is  really  at  stake  in  the 
matter.  In  the  first  place,  the  assumption  that  prices  must 
rise  as  fast  as  wages  (in  fact,  of  course,  they  rise  much 
faster)  is  based  on  a  widespread  misunderstanding  of  the 
facts  which  the  employing  class  never  dispels  unless  it  be 
by  accident.  Such  an  accident  occurred  at  the  time  of  the 
rise  in  freight  rates — an  incident  which  illustrates  to  per- 
fection the  fallacy  of  the  "vicious  circle"  as  a  law  of  eco- 
nomic procedure.  The  railroad  workers  were  granted  an 
increase  amounting  to  the  formidable  sum  of  $625,000,000. 
It  was  "assumed"  at  the  time  the  award  was  made  that  an 
increase  in  rates  would  thereupon  be  demanded  by  the 
roads,  and  accordingly  on  July  31  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission  permitted  an  increase  in  passenger,  freight, 
excess  baggage,  and  Pullman  rates  totaling  upwards  of 
$1,500,000,000.  Since  the  increase  in  railway  rates  amounted 
to  more  than  twice  the  sum  of  the  wage  increase  that  pre- 
ceded it,  a  rise  in  the  cost  of  living  could  not  be  blamed 
entirely  on  the  voraciousness  of  labor;  the  railways,  there- 
fore, decided  that  the  cost  of  living  must  not  rise.  To  be 
sure,  the  increase  in  labor's  revenue  had  been  duly  reflected 
in  the  increased  cost  of  transportation — at  that  stage  the 
vicious  circle  was  still  intact.  But  the  roads  had  their  own 
reasons  for  not  wanting  higher  prices  of  commodities  to 
follow  the  increased  transportation  rates.  Railway  execu- 
tives and  the  organizations  and  newspapers  which  reflect 
their  views  forgot  the  vicious  circle  and  hastened  to  reassure 
the  public  at  large.  American  Railroads,  the  organ  of  the 
Association  of  Railway  Executives,  printed  a  table  showing 
the  rate  of  increase  which  should  result  from  the  new  rates. 
Dressed  meats  per  pound  shipped  from  Chicago  to  Phila- 
delphia should  cost  from  2.7  mills  to  4.4  mills  more,  depend- 
ing on  the  size  of  the  shipment.  Butter  sent  from  Chicago 
to  Philadelphia  should  increase  some  three-tenths  of  a  cent 
per  pound.  So  the  figures  ran.  At  the  time  the  new  rates 
were  granted  Mr.  Willard,  president  of  the  Baltimore  and 
Ohio  Railroad,  spoke  a  word  of  comfort  to  the  worried  pub- 
lic :  "If  the  rate  increase  will  bring  renewed  activity  in  the 
development  of  the  railroads,  and  I  think  it  will,  then  the 
advances,  instead  of  tending  to  increase  the  cost  of  living, 
will  have  just  the  opposite  effect."  And  a  few  days  later  he 
added:  "The  public  are  already  beginning  to  get  the  benefit 
of  the  rate  increase,  and  the  rate  increase  has  not  yet  gone 
into  effect." 

In  a  sense  he  never  intended,  Mr.  Willard  was  right.  The 
public  began  to  feel  the  effect — if  not  the  benefit — of  the 
rate  increase  almost  immediately.  It  did  not  notice  that 
more,  and  therefore  cheaper,  commodities  were  on  the  mar- 
ket. But  its  attention  was  painfully  centered  on  the  fact 
that  milk  increased  one  cent  a  quart  in  New  York  City  on 
the  first  of  September,  that  coal  had  gone  up  $1.50  a  ton  in 
some  localities  since  the  rate  increase  had  been  granted. 

The  other  day  a  New  York  retail  shoe  dealer  expressed 
benevolent  concern  over  the  steady  upward  tendency  of 
prices  of  shoes.  "See  that  box  of  shoes,"  he  said.  "That 
box  of  shoes  cost  me  $1.60  freight  from  Brockton,  Massa- 
chusetts, and  now  the  rate  is  going  higher.  That  means 
that  the  price  of  shoes  is  going  up,  too."  There  were  28 
pairs  of  shoes  in  the  box.  The  customer  did  some  rapid  long 
division  in  his  head  and  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  the 
20  per  cent  increase  in  freight  rates  would  add  a  little  more 


than  one  cent  to  each  pair  of  shoes.  "Well,  I  don't  figure 
that  way,"  said  the  shoe  dealer.  "Y'see,  I  figure  that  there's 
the  increase  in  the  cost  of  shipping  the  leather  to  the 
tanners,  and  a  couple  more  increases  when  you  ship  the 
tanned  leather  to  the  wholesaler  and  from  him  to  the  manu- 
facturer, and  another  between  him  and  me — and  you  add 
all  of  them  to  the  cost  of  the  shoes  and  get  something  nearer 
to  $1  a  pair  increased  price."  Thus  functions  the  mind  of 
the  retailer,  and  doubtless  of  the  manufacturer  and  the 
wholesaler  too. 

The  fact,  of  course,  is  that  a  manufacturer  or  a  railway 
company  that  raises  wages  20  per  cent  and  then  announces 
that  prices  must  increase  20  per  cent  to  match  is  fooling  the 
public  by  pretending  to  compare  incommensurables.  Wages 
form  a  varying  percentage,  sometimes  large  and  sometimes 
small,  of  the  total  cost  of  production.  The  labor  cost  in 
operating  a  blast  furnace  is  only  about  3  per  cent  of  the 
selling  price  of  pig-iron.  An  attempt  to  perform  the  feat  of 
balancing  a  10  per  cent  raise  in  wages  and  a  10  per  cent 
increase  in  prices  in  such  an  instance  is  manifestly 
grotesque. 

However,  the  attempt  is  made  with  discouraging  success 
after  every  strike,  and  in  every  industry.  The  steel  mills, 
the  mines,  the  railways,  the  express  companies,  all  have 
tried  the  same  trick;  the  newspapers  have  countenanced  it, 
and  the  public  has  been  gulled.  As  the  railway  executives 
pointed  out — when  it  happened  to  be  to  their  interest  to 
admit  it — increases  in  wages,  even  when  they  carry  with 
them  large  increases  in  rates,  need  not  result  in  any  con- 
siderable added  cost  to  the  public.  That  such  added  cost 
always  does  occur  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  public  has 
evolved  no  method — other  than  the  primitive,  ineffective, 
club-swinging  method  of  Mr.  Palmer — to  protect  itself  from 
profiteers;  while  the  business  interests  find  the  theory  of 
the  "vicious  circle"  so  vastly  to  their  advantage  that  higher 
wages  become  a  most  profitable  investment. 


The  Empty  Coal  Bin 

WE  are  all  grasshoppers.  We  spend  the  summer  singing 
and,  with  the  thermometer  well  above  the  comfort 
point,  cannot  be  persuaded  to  take  too  seriously  the  fact 
that  next  winter's  coal  bin  is  empty.  When  cold  weather 
comes,  if  there  is  no  other  way  of  keeping  warm — well,  we 
can  jazz.  But,  of  course,  we  won't;  at  least  many  will 
clamor  for  some  other  alternative,  and  in  lieu  of  anything 
more  practical  will  fall  back  on  the  favorite  method  of  meet- 
ing an  industrial  crisis — blaming  it  on  the  labor  unions. 
It  is  small  wonder  that  the  average  man  is  not  concerning 
himself  with,  or  even  aware  of,  the  coal  shortage.  It  is  not 
a  subject  of  even  passing  notice  on  the  part  of  the  Presi- 
dential candidates  of  what  a  western  newspaper  headline 
aptly  calls  the  two  "aged"  political  parties,  although  Debs 
has  called  it  the  most  immediately  vital  question  before  the 
people.  That,  of  course,  is  a  good  reason  why  it  should  be 
ignored  by  Cox  and  Harding,  who  are  keeping  people's  minds 
off  the  real  issues  by  mutual  recriminations  in  regard  to 
campaign  funds  and  the  pretense  that  our  most  important 
concern  is  the  League  of  Nations  and  a  program  of  miscel- 
laneous meddling  in  the  affairs  of  weak  nations. 

Yet  those  who  know  are  agreed  that  the  country  is  facing 
winter  with  a  scarcity  both  of  anthracite  and  of  bituminous 
coal,  due  partly  to  actual  shortage  at  the  pit  mouths,  partly 


290 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


to  lack  of  cars  or  of  intelligence  on  the  part  of  the  railways 
and  consequent  failure  to  distribute  the  product  properly 
over  the  country.  On  top  of  the  bad  conditions  that  have 
prevailed  we  now  have  an  interruption  of  work  in  the 
anthracite  fields,  due  to  dissatisfaction  with  the  recent 
award  of  the  President's  commission,  granting  increases  in 
wages  of  from  17  to  20  per  cent.  The  officers  of  the  miners' 
organizations  cannot  go  back  on  their  agreement,  but  neither 
can  they  prevent  the  men  from  exercising  their  privilege 
as  free  workers  of  downing  tools  in  what  our  daily  press  is 
fond  of  calling  "outlaw"  strikes. 

Coal  mining  is  a  hard  life  at  best.  It  takes  a  good  deal 
of  the  sweetness  out  of  a  man  early,  and  all  over  the  world 
the  coal  fields  are  centers  of  dissatisfaction  with,  and 
revolt  against,  the  existing  industrial  order.  Hence,  under- 
production is  universal  and  coal  scarcity  is  not  a  national 
but  a  world  problem.  England,  at  this  writing,  is  again  in 
fear  of  a  general  strike,  owing  to  the  demand  of  the  miners 
for  higher  wages  for  themselves  and  lower  prices  for  con- 
sumers. France  mined  a  third  less  coal  last  year  than  in 
1918  and  less  than  in  any  year  of  the  war  except  1915; 
while  Upper  Silesia,  which  normally  produces  a  fourth  of  all 
Germany's  coal,  is  at  present  occupied  chiefly  with  interna- 
tional jockeying  in  regard  to  the  again-postponed  plebiscite. 

The  only  way  to  get  sufficient  coal  out  of  the  ground  is 
through  the  steady  efforts  of  a  force  of  men  large  enough 
for  the  task.  The  only  way  to  obtain  such  a  force  is  by 
offering  good  enough  conditions  to  attract  workers.  "Out- 
law" strikes  are  evidence  that  such  conditions  do  not  exist. 
It  is  time  that  the  Wilson  Administration,  the  Governor 
of  Kansas,  and  the  public  accepted  this  truth  and  quit 
trying  to  fill  the  country's  coal  bins  by  injunctions,  prison 
sentences,  and  an  attempt  to  establish  peonage  among  Amer- 
ican workingmen.  The  transportation  difficulty  is  a  separate 
problem,  to  the  solution  of  which  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission  ought  to  bring  its  best  energy  and  intelligence. 


Pity  the  Poor  Reviewer 

THE  way  of  the  reviewer  is  hard.  Like  other  people  he 
has  a  job  and  a  conscience;  the  one  he  must  keep,  the 
other  he  must  keep  clean.  He  has,  however,  many  masters 
— publishers,  plain  people,  and  his  own  mind.  If  a  publisher 
publishes  bad  books,  the  reviewer  must  feign  to  like  that 
possibly  dreadful  person,  else  plain  people,  who  cannot  tell 
Chambers  from  Chekhov,  will  accuse  him  of  mere  spite.  If 
a  publisher  publishes  good  books,  the  reviewer  must  not  be 
seen  with  him  at  luncheon ;  plain  people  would  wag  knowing 
heads.  The  fact  that  most  publishers  are  given  to  publish- 
ing both  bad  and  good  books  only  complicates  our  hapless 
reviewer's  situation  and  causes  him  to  play  alternate  parts 
in  the  eyes  of  the  simple  and  the  cunning  in  their  own  con- 
ceit. If  a  publisher  is  guilty  of  several  bad  books  in  suc- 
cession, he  feels  aggrieved  by  the  reviewer  and  withdraws 
in  virtuous  rage;  when  his  daughter  or  his  nephew  writes 
a  book,  he  suddenly  remembers  both  reviewer  and  review 
again.  "Then,  why,"  the  plain  man  asks,  "do  you  have  to 
know  publishers  at  all?"  To  which  the  poor  reviewer  has 
two  replies:  Firstly,  the  publishers  want  to  know  him.  If, 
for  the  austerest  reasons,  he  praises  their  wares,  they  invite 
him  to  the  Ritz.  He  goes — conscious  of  his  rectitude  as  well 
as  of  his  needs.  For  he,  too,  to  keep  his  self-respect  at  home 
and  the  wolf  from  the  door,  writes  books  occasionally.    And 


books  must  be  published.  He  cannot  keep  himself  cloistered. 
Business  and  pleasure  invite  him  as  they  do  the  rest  of  man- 
kind. He  has  no  anterior  objection  to  associating  with 
plumbers  and  physicians,  actors  and  acrobats.  He  would 
probably  find  them  restful  and  refreshing.  But  society 
crumbles  into  coteries.  Wherever  he  turns  he  meets  editors 
authors,  publishers.  They  need  and  fear,  love  and  distrust, 
coddle  and  scold  him.  Let  him  be  as  just  as  the  stars,  as 
incorruptible  as  steel,  he  shall  not  escape  suspicion. 

"But  at  least,"  comes  our  sturdy  plain  man,  "you  needn't 
praise  your  friends  or  permit  them,  in  turn,  to  praise  you." 
At  that  bland  remark  the  reviewer,  usually  a  mild  and 
modest  person,  turns  slightly  red  in  the  face  and  rises  to  his 
full  height.  "We're  not,  my  good  man,"  he  declares,  "dis- 
cussing a  new  brand  of  tinned  fish  or  a  dentifrice.  My 
friends  are  those  who  share  my  hopes,  fortify  my  aspira- 
tions, embody  my  ideals  of  life  and  art.  Whom  shall  I 
choose  as  my  friends  but  such?  When  I  praise  their  books 
I  praise  that  within  them  which  has  endeared  them  to  me 
and  I  support  the  causes  under  whose  banners  our  minds 
have  met.  What!  Shall  I  keep  silent  when  truth  andTjeauty 
are  made  manifest  because  the  speaker  is  my  friend?  But 
that  truth  and  beauty  within  him  made  him  my  friend.  You 
accuse  me  of  log-rolling  for  X?  It  is  the  poet  in  him  that 
I  love.  Yet  the  poet  and  the  man  are  one.  His  verses  are 
himself  and  I  who  know  that  self  best  can  most  justly  in- 
terpret him  and  his  work  to  the  world.  It  is  not,  you  see,  as 
simple  as  you  fancy."  Thus  the  reviewer  crushes  the 
Philistine.  In  his  own  conscience  he  knows  that  things  dont 
always  work  out  on  so  lofty  a  plane.  There  is  not  only 
praise;  there  is  also  blame,  and  there  is  the  foolish  fear  of 
fools  from  which  he,  too,  is  not  quite  exempt.  His  dearest 
enemy  has  made  a  thundering  ass  of  himself  in  print.  The 
reviewer  turns  up  his  sleeves  and  utters  his  gentle  sub- 
stitute for  a  war-whoop.  But  the  sound  sticks  in  his  throat 
and  his  sleeves  curl  back  over  his  hands.  What  will  people 
say?  He  writhes  as  a  critic  but  sometimes  keeps  mum  as  a 
man. 

Descending  into  his  own  mind  the  reviewer  discovers  that., 
though  not  free  from  common  foibles,  his  securest  reliance 
is  on  the  motive  that  made  him  take  up  the  driving  of  this 
particular  trade.  He  does,  when  all  is  said,  love  poetry 
better  than  people — even  publishers — art  better  than  au- 
thors, truth  better  than  the  toleration  of  the  crowd.  He 
finds,  upon  investigation,  that  mutual  admiration  and  ran- 
corous slating  of  the  vicious  kind  proceed  either  from  ob- 
viously political  enmities  or,  more  commonly,  not  from 
critics  at  all  but  from  second-rate  poets  and  novelists 
whose  vanity  has  been  underfed  or  wounded.  He  observes, 
furthermore,  that  these  poets  and  novelists  are  as  a  rule — 
though  not  always — quite  young,  and  so  he  recalls  the  con- 
soling words  of  Jules  Lemaitre :  "It  belongs  to  the  character 
of  the  good  critic  to  understand  more  things  than  a  young 
novelist  and  to  be  more  indulgent."  He  cannot,  of  course, 
always  maintain  so  crystalline  a  serenity  of  temper  and,  now 
and  then,  the  very  suspicion  with  which  his  motives  are  fre- 
quently regarded  will  draw  from  him  a  sharp  word  or  a 
perversely  stinging  phrase.  But  when  he  compares  the  spirit 
of  his  own  activity  with  that  which  animates  the  activities 
of  brokers  and  booksellers,  theologians  and  theatrical  man- 
agers, politicians  and  even  professors,  he  comes  to  the  con- 
clusion that  he  is,  at  his  best,  a  very  fine  fellow  indeed  and, 
even  at  his  worst,  more  to  be  pitied  than  scorned. 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


291 


British  Labor  and  Direct  Action 

By  HAROLD  J.  LASKI 


London,  Augiist  15 

NO  one  can  say  as  yet  that  war  with  Russia  has  been 
definitely  averted,  although  at  present  it  seems  more 
than  likely;  but  it  can  at  least  be  insisted  that  if  peace  is 
secured,  that  achievement  will  be  due  to  British  labor. 
The  National  Conference  of  August  13  marks  an  epoch  in 
the  history  of  trade  union  tactics.  It  was  not  merely  an 
expression  of  labor's  solidarity  against  war.  It  was  not 
merely  that  radicals  like  Mr.  Smillie  and  Mr.  Lansbury 
joined  hands  with  moderates  like  Mr.  Thomas  and  Mr. 
Clynes.  What  was  more  important  was  the  clear  proof 
that  labor  has  now  learned  how  to  improvise  an  organiza- 
tion which  is  decisive  in  a  crisis.  The  Council  of  Action 
met  on  Tuesday;  the  National  Conference  took  its  decisions 
on  Friday.  The  Council  remains  in  being,  and  it  has  the 
power  in  its  hands,  the  authority  of  fact  not  less  than  the 
moral  force  of  right,  to  prevent  that  drift  into  the  war 
which  the  uncertainty  of  Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  the  in- 
trigues of  Mr.  Churchill  and  the  French  had  made  seem 
inevitable  on  Monday. 

The  whole  background  of  the  decision  is  worth  consid- 
ering. It  does  not  mean  that  British  labor  is  committed 
to  the  general  theory  of  direct  action.  There  are  trade 
union  leaders,  Mr.  Williams  of  the  Transport  Workers,  for 
example,  who  are  urgent  for  its  adoption  as  a  revolutionary 
measure.  Such  sentiment  appeals  only  to  a  fragment  of 
the  movement  as  a  whole.  The  men  who  gathered  in  Cen- 
tral Hall,  Westminster,  on  Thursday  were  not  revolution- 
aries. They  saw  their  way  clear  to  three  propositions  only. 
They  knew,  first  of  all,  that  the  obstacle  to  peace  with 
Russia  lay,  not  in  Moscow,  but  in  Warsaw  and  Paris.  They 
knew,  in  the  second  place,  that  unless  Mr.  Lloyd  George's 
hands  were  forced  by  an  overwhelming  expression  of  popu- 
lar sentiment,  he  might  well  be  persuaded  into  commit- 
ments which  meant  war.  They  knew,  in  the  third,  that  the 
remedy  was  in  their  hands.  If,  as  Mr.  Thomas  said,  they 
deliberately  challenged  the  British  Constitution,  that  was 
because  men  have  ceased  to  look  to  the  present  House  of 
Commons  either  for  common-sense  or  courage.  Labor  knew 
on  Thursday  that  if  war  was  to  be  prevented,  it  was  only 
a  striking  manifestation  of  solidarity  which  would  do  it. 
The  obvious  means  was  the  threat  of  a  general  strike.  No 
one  who  heard  the  speeches  on  Friday  could  doubt  that  the 
threat  was  real.  The  resolution  to  down  tools  was  passed 
amid  a  scene  almost  unexampled  in  Labor  Congresses.  For 
a  moment  after  its  unanimous  passage  there  was  deadly 
silence.  Then,  as  its  significance  became  apparent,  a  cheer 
went  up  which  might  have  penetrated  almost  to  Downing 
Street,  not  five  hundred  yards  away.  It  was  the  first  time 
since  the  war  ended  that  the  depth  of  labor  sentiment  had 
become  apparent.     It  need  not  be  made  so  clear  again. 

The  attitude  of  the  public  to  the  threat  is  of  great  inter- 
est. Newspapers  like  the  Times  and  the  Morning  Post  do 
not  conceal  their  anger  at  the  usurpation  by  labor  of  con- 
stitutional power.  More  moderate  opinion  like  that  of  the 
Daily  News  says  with  admirable  bluntness  that  labor  has 
made  peace  the  only  possible  solution.  The  man  in  the 
street,  as  one  hears  him  on  the  way  to  the  city,  feels  a  sense 


of  relief  that  is  almost  beyond  utterance.  Everywhere  there 
is  a  general  contempt  for  Poland,  a  deep-seated  suspicion 
of  France.  Indeed,  Poland  might  well  have  been  offered 
far  worse  terms  without  interesting  the  average  English- 
man in  its  welfare.  A  small  fragment  of  intellectual  opin- 
ion, a  Catholic  clique  in  the  Foreign  Office,  these,  with  Mr. 
Churchill,  are  the  only  people  prepared  to  defend  the  Polish 
adventure.  If  Germany  had  been  involved  it  might  have 
been  different,  for  even  labor  has  still  to  learn  how  vital 
is  the  necessity  of  a  renewed  understanding  with  Germany. 
Beyond  that,  Poland  counted  for  nothing.  Indeed,  sooner 
than  make  war  on  behalf  of  foreign  entanglements,  the 
average  Englishman  would  renounce  the  modern  policy  of 
continental  interference  for  his  traditional  isolation. 

But  this  adoption  of  direct  action  must  not  be  understood 
as  more  than  a  limited  adoption  for  a  particular  occasion. 
Neither  Mr.  Thomas  nor  Mr.  Clynes  would  accept  it  for  a 
purely  domestic  issue;  and  one  gets  the  conviction  that, 
outside  the  miners  and  a  section  of  the  transport  workers, 
they  represent  the  general  sentiment  of  labor.  The  outlook 
is  too  uncertain  for  the  mass  of  the  workers  to  be  anxious 
to  put  theories  to  the  test.  There  is,  of  course,  deep  unrest; 
and  a  series  of  large  wage-movements  in  the  early  autumn 
is  foreshadowed  already.  Yet  one  does  not  get  the  im- 
pression of  a  discontent  that,  at  the  moment,  goes  deeper 
than  it  did  a  year  ago.  There  is  general  resentment  at  the 
housing  muddle.  There  is  a  widespread  dissatisfaction  with 
the  Government's  foreign  policy.  But  there  is  not  that  drift 
toward  the  left  which  a  superficial  acquaintance  with  the 
labor  press  might  suggest.  On  the  contrary,  the  interest 
of  the  rank  and  file  not  less  than  of  the  leaders  is  concen- 
trated more  on  the  institutional  development  of  trade  union- 
ism, particularly  with  the  establishment  of  that  General 
Staff  for  Labor  which  first  emerged  during  the  1919  rail- 
way strike,  than  with  the  wider  issues  of  the  political  sys- 
tem as  a  whole. 

The  miners  are  an  exception.  No  one  can  travel  in 
South  Wales  or  Durham  without  the  sense  that  the  issue 
of  nationalization  is  far  from  moribund.  The  government 
bill  has  been  rejected  by  the  Miners  Federation;  and  they 
will  refuse  to  work  with  it  or  under  it.  The  bill  itself  has 
been  mercilessly  criticized  in  the  House  of  Lords;  and  not 
even  the  coal  owners  can  summon  up  enthusiasm  about  it. 
The  miners  have  now  definitely  adhered  to  the  policy  of 
"freezing  out  profits"  by  demand  for  wage  increases;  and 
they  allure  the  public  sympathy  by  their  insistence  that 
the  cost  of  coal  can  be  reduced.  Their  argument  depends 
on  technical  accounting  statistics;  but  certainly  it  is  ap- 
parent that  the  government  has  not  answered  their  case. 
And  the  miners  are  strengthened  in  their  action  by  the 
sympathy  of  independent  minds  like  Lord  Haldane  and  the 
recent  adoption  of  their  scheme  by  the  International  Miners' 
Conference  at  Geneva.  The  strike  ballot  will  certainly  be 
affirmative;  and  neither  Mr.  Smillie  nor  Mr.  Hodges  is  to  be 
cajoled  by  the  diplomacy  of  Mr.  Lloyd  George. 

The  outlook  is  thus  of  special  interest.  Recent  by-elec- 
tions show  clearly  that  if  labor  has  not  increased  its  hold 
upon  the  House  of  Commons,  it  is  gaining  ground  in  the 


292 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2880 


constituencies.  If  it  succeeds  in  its  policy  of  no-war,  it  will 
have  full  energy  to  concentrate  upon  domestic  issues,  and 
no  party  has  ever  been  so  well  served  with  ideas  as  is  labor 
by  its  advisory  committees.  Its  weakness — and  it  is  a  great 
weakness — is  in  the  House  of  Commons.  Neither  Mr. 
Adamson  nor  Mr.  Henderson  has  good  health;  Mr.  Clynes 
carries  weight  in  the  House,  but  little  outside  it;  Mr. 
Thomas  is  influential,  but  he  is  a  little  too  friendly  with 
such  influences  as  that  of  Lady  Astor,  to  be  acceptable 
to  the  party  as  a  whole.  What  the  party  needs  is  the  power 
of  the  old  blood  like  Mr.  Ramsay  Macdonald  and  Mr. 
Snowden,  and  the  newer  adherents  like  Mr.  Arthur  Green- 
wood and  Mr.  R.  H.  Tawney.  It  needs,  above  all,  to  em- 
bark upon  a  far  more  extensive  educational  policy.  One 
gets  the  sense,  above  all  senses,  in  England  that  we  are 
running  a  race  between  education  and  revolution.  If  labor 
gives  to  institutions  like  the  Workingmen's  Educational  As- 
sociation the  support  and  funds  they  deserve,  some  way 
out  of  the  present  chaos  may  be  found.  Hope  seems 
to  be  there.  But  the  future  lies  so  emphatically  upon 
the  knees  of  the  gods  that  prophecy  is  worse  than 
fruitless. 


Italy's   "Eastward  Orientation' 

By  HIRAM  K.  MODERWELL 

Rome,  August  13 

IN  professional  diplomatic  circles  they  call  it  "assuming 
an  eastward  orientation."  Others,  according  to  tempera- 
ment, call  it  "entering  into  relations  with  Moscow,"  or  "ex- 
tending de  facto  recognition  to  the  Bolsheviki,"  or  "shaking 
hands  with  murder."  By  whatever  name  they  may  call 
Italy's  recent  decision  to  exchange  quasi-diplomatic  agents 
with  Soviet  Russia,  the  fact  that  Lenin's  government  has 
been  for  all  practical  purposes  recognized  by  a  great 
western  Power  remains  solid  as  cucumbers.  Mr.  Vosovsky, 
the  Russian  agent  to  Italy,  is  to  have  the  diplomatic  privi- 
leges of  courier  and  code.  The  Italian  agent  will  have  re- 
ciprocal privileges.  On  this  basis  the  two  governments  can 
transact  their  mutual  business  quite  as  effectively  as  they 
could  through  ministers  fully  clothed  in  ambassadorial 
powers  and  long-tailed  coats.  I  do  not  know  whether  Mr. 
Vosovsky  will  be  invited  to  diplomatic  parties  by  the  king, 
or  whether  the  wife  of  the  French  ambassador  will  leave  her 
card  on  Mrs.  Vosovsky,  if  there  be  such  a  one.  Probably 
not.  But  I  am  quite  sure  that  Mr.  Vosovsky  and  Mr.  Giolitti 
will  do  business  together. 

Probably  in  the  absence  of  formal  diplomatic  recognition, 
the  average  newspaper  reader  of  the  Entente  countries  will 
miss  the  full  meaning  of  Italy's  act.  Indeed,  it  is  intended 
that  he  should.  Italy  wants  to  draw  the  fullest  possible 
advantage  from  the  new  Russian  relation  without  straining 
to  the  breaking  point  the  Entente  which  guarantees  her  coal 
and  wheat.  She  does  not  want  to  give  the  Northcliffe  papers 
too  easy  an  opportunity  to  announce  that  "Italy  joins  red 
blackguards."  She  is  more  than  willing  to  coddle  a  public 
opinion  which  allows  itself  to  be  swayed  by  formalities  and 
phrases.  But  when  the  Italian  politicians  talk  of  their 
"orientation  toward  Moscow"  they  mean  very  distinctly  that 
they  have  "oriented"  away  from  Paris.  They  have  not  the 
slightest  interest  in  the  Entente  as  such,   and  their  only 


interest  in  France  is  that  sustained  toward  an  enemy  whom 
they  hold  to  be  tricky  and  dangerous.  They  want  to  do  all 
they  may  safely  do  to  break  the  Entente,  the  French  con- 
tinental system,  and  the  Versailles  treaty  which  sanctifies 
that  system  with  Wilsonian  jargon  and  African  mercenaries. 

Let  it  be  understood.  Italy's  de  facto  recognition  of 
Russia  is  not  the  work  of  Socialists.  It  is  the  work  of  an 
anti-Socialist  government,  a  work  achieved  without  the  as- 
sistance, or  even  the  knowledge,  of  the  Socialists.  It  is  sup- 
ported by  all  the  non-Socialist  parties.  It  is  most  vigorously 
supported  by  the  most  narrowly  nationalist  parties.  These 
politicians  are  acting  from  political,  not  economic,  motives. 
Most  of  them  admit  with  jolly  carelessness  that  they  do  not 
understand  much  of  economics.  What  they  do  understand  is 
that  Italy  was  done  out  of  her  Balkan  annexations  because 
France  proclaimed  the  Slavic  portions  of  the  Austrian  em- 
pire to  be  allies  instead  of  enemies;  that  France  has  been 
patron  to  such  rivals  of  Italy  as  Jugoslavia  and  Greece ;  that 
she  has  attempted  to  rebuild  an  Austrian  empire  under 
French  influence  to  menace  Italian  interests  under  the  form 
of  a  Danube  confederation;  and  that  she  has  succeeded  in 
creating  a  quasi-alliance  of  small  states,  beginning  with 
Bavaria  and  extending  through  Czecho-Slovakia  and  Hun- 
gary to  Rumania  and  the  Black  Sea,  which  forms  a  diplo- 
matic barrier  between  herself  and  the  north.  The  Italian 
politician  says  that  wherever  he  turns  in  Italy's  interests, 
he  finds  traces  of  the  mysterious  and  sinister  hand  of 
France.  The  average  Italian  nationalist  seems  to  believe- 
that  the  world  is  only  a  vast  anti-Italian  plot  directed  by 
France.  The  more  intelligent  nationalist,  and  the  shrewd 
conservative  like  Nitti,  knows  that  the  French  system  is  per- 
turbing the  peace  of  the  world  and  driving  Europe,  including 
Italy,  daily  nearer  bankruptcy.  These  political  groups  looked 
about  for  a  counterpoise  to  France.  Though  they  threw 
their  influence,  in  the  councils  of  the  Entente,  consistently 
against  the  excesses  of  French  policy,  this  was  not  enough. 
Russia  was  the  only  power  in  a  position  to  shatter  the 
French  system.  At  first  cautiously  and  .then  at  last  openly, 
the  Italian  Government  threw  its  support  to  Russia. 

This  Italian  policy  is,  of  course,  a  direct  consequence  of 
the  peace  of  Versailles  which  suffocated  the  spirit  of  recon- 
ciliation and  sought  to  enforce  peace  by  putting  swords  into 
the  hands  of  a  dozen  young  and  raw  imperialisms.  But  the 
greater  menace  comes  from  the  fact  that  each  of  these 
swords  has  been  made  from  a  plowshare.  For  so  long  as 
steel  is  used  to  kill  and  not  to  produce,  the  deterioration  of 
the  economic  situation  continues.  So  long  as  each  of  the 
new  imperialisms  is  encouraged  by  a  selfish  national  spirit  to 
achieve  its  national  prosperity  at  the  expense  of  its  neigh- 
bors instead  of  by  cooperation  with  its  neighbors,  to  seize 
or  hold  by  force  the  things  it  needs  for  its  life,  so  long 
Europe  must  continue  to  produce  less  than  it  consumes. 
This  condition  is  affecting  Italy  disastrously.  She  has  half- 
understood  that  unless  the  system  is  shattered  her  own 
future  is  chaos. 

Last  December  the  financial  statement  of  Minister  of  the 
Treasury  Schanzer  showed  a  deficit  of  two  milliard  800  mil- 
lion lire.  Six  months  later  Meda's  statement  showed  the 
deficit  to  be  twelve  milliard.  Neither  statement  includes 
any  interest  payments  on  the  foreign  debt;  the  Allies  have 
been  obliged  to  remit  them.  Meda's  budget  as  estimated 
for  the  year  1920-21  is  summarized  as  follows  (in  millions 
of  lire)  : 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


293 


Ordinary  receipts 10,000 

Extraordinary  receipts  (sale  of  war  stocks,  etc.)  . .       1,500 

11,500 

Ordinary  expenses 12,050 

Extraordinary  expenses 

1.  Cereals   6,300 

2.  War,  Marine,  Colonies 2,850 

3.  Liberated  and  redeemed  areas 2,000 

4.  Maritime  traffic   500 

Total  expenses 23,700 

Less  total  receipts 11,500 

Deficit   12,200 

Among  the  receipts  is  included  the  income  from  a  capital 
and  income  tax  more  stringent  than  any  yet  imposed  by  any 
of  the  victorious  Allies.  [Two  American  business  men  of 
large  affairs  have  just  been  telling  me  that  this  capital  tax 
is  a  bad  measure,  England  and  France  having  both  con- 
sidered it  recently  and  rejected  it.]  But  most  instructive  is 
the  item  "cereals."  It  represents  the  deficit  borne  by  the 
government  in  the  sale  of  cheap  bread  to  the  people.  Italy 
consumes  some  seventy-two  million  quintals  of  grain  a  year; 
she  normally  raises  forty-eight  million.  This  year,  due  to 
politico-psychological  conditions,  she  can  expect  only  forty 
million.  Of  this  twenty-five  million  or  more  must  be  left 
with  the  peasants.  There  remains  then  a  consumption  of 
forty-seven  million  with  only  fifteen  million  of  home  produce 
to  meet  it.  The  remainder  must  be  purchased  abroad.  It 
must  be  purchased  in  England  where  the  lira  is  less  than  a 
third  its  normal  value;  in  America,  where  the  lira  is  less 
than  a  quarter.*  And  the  people  can  be  persuaded  to  pay  no 
more  than  one  lira  a  kilo  for  bread.  The  Nitti  Government 
tried  to  raise  the  price  of  a  lira  and  a  half,  and  within  two 
days  there  was  barricade  fighting  in  the  streets  of  Bari. 
The  project  was  withdrawn  but  the  Nitti  Government  fell. 

What  hope  is  there  of  canceling  this  deficit  through  the 
restoration  of  normal  exchange?  Not  much.  Exchange,  we 
may  assume,  depends  on  the  balance  of  exports  and  imports. 
Italy's  import  and  export  figures  of  the  present  year  show 
an  appreciable  improvement,  due  to  the  prohibition  or  dis- 
couragement of  all  imports  except  absolute  necessities.  But 
they  are  a  long  way  from  normal,  to  say  nothing  of  repair- 
ing the  accumulated  disadvantage! 

Where,  then,  shall  Italy  buy  cheap  wheat?  Partly,  of 
course,  from  Jugoslavia,  if  she  can  ever  patch  up  her  quarrel 
with  that  country  and  if  that  country  can  ever  achieve  a 
passable  railroad  system.  But  obviously  and  chiefly  from 
Russia.  Italy  has  used  her  influence  within  the  Entente 
for  the  modification  of  the  existing  conditions.  But  always 
the  sacred  Treaty  of  Versailles  stands  in  the  way.  Well, 
then,  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  must  be  broken.  Russia  is  the 
one  power  capable  of  doing  it. 

And  so,  sparing  only  the  formalities,  Italy  turns  her  face 
to  the  East.  Moral  support  to  Moscow ;  the  prestige  of  sub- 
stantial recognition;  facilities  for  doing  business;  perhaps 
moderate  shipments  of  needed  machinery — encouragement 
for  revolution  in  Hungary — these  are  instruments  in  the 
new  "orientation"  intended  to  break  the  world-settlement 
which  is  now  scarcely  more  than  a  year  old. 

•Indeed,  the  question  now  is  not  so  much  what  Italy  will  have  to  pay  for  im- 
ported grain,  as  whether  she  can  get  it  at  all.  Both  North  and  South  America 
have  placed   restrictions  or  embargoes  on   grain  export. 


Russia's  Industrial  Problem 

By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 

Moscow,  July  27 

THE  question  of  the  productivity  of  industry  in  Soviet 
Russia  is  still  acute,  tangled,  and  difficult.  Again,  it  is 
impossible  to  distinguish  between  what  is  due  to  six  years 
of  war — two  and  a  half  years  of  which  have  been  civil  war — 
and  the  blockade  and  what  is  due  to  the  new  system.  Over 
ninety  per  cent  of  the  population  was  illiterate  before  the 
war  began.  Probably  only  three  per  cent  could  have  been 
counted  as  capable  of  intelligent  administrative  work,  and  of 
this  three  per  cent  one  and  a  half  went  over  to  the  "Whites" 
and  sabotaged.  Of  the  remaining  one  and  one  half  per  cent, 
three  quarters  of  one  per  cent  are  at  the  front.  Remains 
the  little  scant  three  quarters  of  one  per  cent  to  run  this 
vast  empire.  I  insist  again  that,  for  the  present,  the  will 
must  to  a  large  extent  be  taken  for  the  deed  until  peace 
returns. 

Let  me  give  one  concrete  example.  I  am  living  in  the 
Dela  Voyd  Dvor  Hotel.  Most  of  the  delegates  to  the  Third 
International  are  being  housed  here.  The  hotel  is  poorly 
run.  We  are  all  morally  sure  that  half  the  food  is  being 
stolen.  There  are  forty  servants  who  serve  very  poorly 
about  forty  guests.  The  commandant  of  the  hotel  appears 
to  most  of  us  as  somewhat  below  normal.  Why  does  the 
government  not  supply  a  better  commandant  ?  Because  any- 
body in  Russia  at  the  present  time  with  brains  enough  to 
be  manager  of  a  large  hotel  would  probably  be  commander 
of  an  army  corps,  or  chief  of  an  important  government  de- 
partment. 

Russian  industry  at  present  does  not  function  at  more 
than  15  per  cent  of  its  former  efficiency,  generally  speaking. 
There  are  many  causes  for  this,  of  which  three  stand  out  as 
the  most  important.  1 — The  blockade.  2 — Lack  of  trans- 
portation, which,  naturally,  in  all  except  the  Ural  and  Donetz 
districts,  also  accounts  for  the  lack  of  fuel.  3 — Lack  of 
food. 

1 — I  think  the  most  important  of  these  basic  causes  of  low 
productivity  is  the  blockade,  which  has  had  not  only  impor- 
tant material  but  also  equally  important  moral  effects.  It  is 
useless  to  say  that  the  blockade  has  been  the  most  useful 
asset  the  Entente  could  have  presented  to  the  Bolsheviki.  One 
cannot  deny  that  the  blockade  and  the  attack  from  without 
have  consolidated  all  the  public  against  the  invader.  The 
benefit  is  largely,  therefore,  political.  Also,  one  must  admit 
that  at  the  present  moment  a  considerable  natural,  economic 
blockade  exists  against  Russia,  because  she  has  not  very 
much  to  export  against  imports.  On  the  other  hand  she  has 
a  great  deal  of  gold  to  pay  for  manufactured  articles,  and 
certainly  would  have  some  credit  based  on  natural  resources. 
At  any  rate,  countries .  like  Poland,  Czecho-Slovakia,  Es- 
thonia,  and  Latvia  have  been  given  their  initial  impetus 
toward  recovery  by  just  that  sort  of  help  from  the  outside. 
Quantities  of  things,  that  we  consider  merely  elementary, 
such  as  medicines,  medical  supplies,  rubber  articles,  sole 
leather,  all  of  which  were  imported  before,  now  are  quite 
lacking  in  Russia.  For  instance,  the  hospitals  have  now 
only  one  thermometer  to  about  every  hundred  patients. 
Thermometers  never  were  manufactured  in  Russia.  Neither 
were  most  of  the  disinfectants.    I  don't  think  I  need  recapit- 


294 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


ulate  all  the  articles  formerly  imported  that  are  now  entirely 
missing.  A  very  little  imagination  will  help  an  American 
to  visualize  the  situation  if  he  will  only  think  of  Russia  as 
a  country  in  the  same  stage  of  industrial  development  as 
the  United  States  was  before  the  civil  war. 

But  even  more  serious  has  been  the  moral  effect  of  the 
blockade.  Many  of  the  officials  have  admitted  the  desolating 
effect  of  being  cut  off  from  the  intellectual  life  of  the  west- 
ern world  for  six  years.  Samashke,  Commissar  of  Public 
Health,  asked  me  whether  I  couldn't  see  that  he  got  some 
scientific  journals,  because  he  actually  did  not  know  what 
advances  science  has  been  making.  Absolute  isolation,  no 
foreign  art,  literature,  science,  news,  has  had  a  very  de- 
pressing and  even  demoralizing  effect,  which  one  can  only 
begin  to  understand  if  one  is,  as  I  have  been,  subjected  to 
it  for  several  months.  And  the  intelligence  of  Russia  has 
been  facing  this  blockade  for  almost  three  years,  and  then 
three  years'  additional  blockade  of  the  great  war!  I  think 
the  whole  of  Russia  will  heave  a  tremendous  sigh  of  relief 
and  joy  when  free  intercourse  with  the  western  world 
recommences. 

2 — The  cry  of  lack  of  transportation  has  gone  up  con- 
tinually in  Russian  propaganda.  Personally  I  think  it  has 
been  overdone.  Like  every  other  Russian  industry,  the  rail- 
ways have  deteriorated  tremendously  since  the  March  revo- 
lution and  even  since  the  beginning  of  1917.  Strange  to 
say,  however,  the  chief  drop  came  so  soon  after  the  Bolshe- 
viki  seized  the  government  that  their  regime  could  have  had 
very  little  effect.  The  Labor  Department  here  has  pretty 
reliable  statistics  to  show  that  the  great  drop  came  during 
the  period  of  chaos  and  dissolution  of  1917,  and  in  the  first 
months  of  1918,  when  workingmen  ceased  working  and  fac- 
tory owners  and  managers  sabotaged.  Since  then  the  drop 
in  productivity  has  been  minimal,  or,  in  many  instances 
there  has  even  been  a  rise. 

If  transportation  has  deteriorated,  the  causes  have  been 
the  same  as  for  deterioration  in  other  industries.  And  if 
the  transportation  facilities  do  not  improve  it  is  for  the 
same  reason  that  the  other  industries  do  not  improve  in 
productivity.  There  are  plenty  of  shops  that  could  make 
new  locomotives  as  well  as  repair  them.  I  have  been  in 
several  such  factories,  the  Putiloff  works,  at  Petrograd,  and 
the  Sernova  works  at  Nijni-Novgorod.  Near  Moscow  there 
are  the  old  Singer  Sewing  Machine  works,  now  devoted  to 
locomotive  repairing,  and  throughout  Russia  a  host  of 
other  factories  where  locomotives  could  be  repaired  or  even 
manufactured.  But  these  factories  at  the  present  time  do 
not  produce  enough  actually  to  keep  up  with  the  wear  and 
tear  on  the  roads.  If  the  railroads  functioned  properly,  no 
doubt  raw  materials  for  the  factories  and  food  for  the 
towns  could  be  easily  transported.  But,  since  they  do  not, 
because  the  repair  shops  don't  work,  then  we  must  come 
down  to  an  inquiry  as  to  why  the  men  in  the.  repair  shops 
won't  produce,  because,  in  the  last  analysis,  the  productivity 
depends  upon  the  workman's  willingness  or  ability  to  work. 

3 — The  plain  fact  of  the  matter  is  that  the  men  will  not 
work  in  the  factories  because  they  haven't  enough  to  eat. 
But  then  the  men  haven't  enough  to  eat  because  the  peasants 
won't  give  them  food.  And  why  won't  the  peasants  give 
the  food?  Because  the  factories  can't  give  them  any  manu- 
factured articles  in  exchange  for  said  food.  It  all  sounds 
like  a  hopeless  nursery  rigmarole,  wiggling  around  in  a 
sort  of  vicious  circle.     But  as  a  matter  of  fact  there  are 


several  proposed  methods  for  breaking  down  the  evil  ring 
which  now  binds  Russian  industry. 

First,  however,  I  want  to  say  a  few  words  more  con- 
cerning this  matter  of  hunger  in  the  factory.  I  have 
visited  a  goodly  number  of  factories.  I  have  spoken  to  a 
number  of  managers  of  factories.  And  I  have  been  given 
the  notes  of  other  investigators  who  have  visited  factories 
not  open  to  me.  Everywhere  one  hears  the  same  story. 
Many  of  the  workmen  have  gone  back  to  the  villages  because 
there  they  could  get  enough  to  eat.  And  of  those  workmen 
that  remain  on  the  pay-rolls,  three-quarters  shirk  work  or 
do  not  work  at  all,  because  in  order  to  get  the  quantity  of 
food  over  and  above  the  pyok  which  is  necessary  to  exis- 
tence, they  have  to  speculate — that  is,  they  have  to  go  into 
the  country  and  bring  things  into  town  and  sell  them  at  a 
profit,  or  they  have  to  buy  and  sell  things  on  the  market  at 
a  commission,  as  it  were,  in  order  to  earn  the  necessary 
surplus.  This  whole  subject  really  merits  a  long  article  in 
itself.  But  no  intelligent  understanding  of  the  most  elemen- 
tary character  of  the  Russian  industrial  situation  is  possible 
without  consideration  of  this  hunger  factor.  That  lack  of 
food  accounts  chiefly  for  lack  of  production  cannot  be 
doubted  by  anybody  who  has  been  going  around  in  Russia 
with  his  eyes  open.  In  the  few  factories  where,  either 
through  the  special  enterprise  of  the  manager  or  because  of 
exceptional  favor,  as  in  the  case  of  the  American-Russian 
Instrument  Factory,  sufficient  food  is  given  the  workmen, 
there  is  no  lack  of  hands.  The  American-Russian  Tool- 
Factory  has  from  three  to  five  applicants  daily  for  jobs.  It 
is  a  small  factory,  employing  not  much  over  150  men.  Can- 
didates must  now  pass  an  examination  before  being  taken  on. 

The  Russian  industrial  question,  in  the  last  analysis,  re- 
solves itself  into  a  simple  credit  problem.  If  the  peasant 
will  not  send  food  without  an  immediate  return  in  plows 
and  nails  and  shoes,  and  the  workman  will  not  produce  these 
things  unless  he  first  gets  food,  then  you  have  a  deadlock, 
unless  somebody  comes  along  who  can  advance  the  food  to 
the  factory  worker  to  make  the  plows  and  nails  and  shoes, 
and  so  start  the  ball  of  industry  rolling.  There  are  two 
solutions  currently  proposed  here.  The  one  believes  that 
capital  should  be  introduced  from  the  outside,  in  the  shape 
of  plows,  nails,  and  shoes,  to  start  the  flow  of  food  from 
the  peasants'  bins.  The  other  believes  that  a  certain 
amount  of  private  enterprise,  of  middleman's  enterprise, 
should  be  allowed  to  get  the  food  from  the  peasant  on  pri- 
vate credit,  as  in  the  old  days,  and  so  get  it  to  the  factories. 
The  plain  fact  is  that  at  the  present  moment  the  Soviet 
government  has  not  sufficient  machinery  of  distribution  to 
keep  the  population  supplied.  Private  speculation  survives. 
But  the  old  class  of  middlemen  has  been  destroyed  or 
driven  underground.  These  latter  people  know  how  to  get 
credit  from  the  peasant,  and  get  food  on  tick  from  him  to 
advance  to  the  city  proletariat.  I  am  among  those  that 
hold  it  will  be  much  cheaper,  in  actual  material  as  well  as 
in  political  and  social  values,  to  resuscitate  temporarily  the 
middleman  and  small  dealer,  whose  taking  off  is  now  almost 
universally  admitted  to  have  been  untimely,  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  the  government  machine  was  so  rudimentary. 
Foreign  capital  will  make  very  onerous  conditions,  and  will 
demand  to  be  secured  against  the  expropriatorial  tendencies 
of  an  antagonistic  system  by  heavy  and  costly  guaranties. 
And  the  socialistic  body  will  suffer  materially  and  morally 
as  a  consequence. 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


295 


Self-Determining  Haiti 

III.     GOVERNMENT  OF,  BY,  AND  FOR  THE  NATIONAL  CITY  BANK 

By  JAMES  WELDON  JOHNSON 


FORMER  articles  of  this  series  described  the  Military- 
Occupation  of  Haiti  and  the  crowd  of  civilian  place 
holders  as  among  the  forces  at  work  in  Haiti  to  maintain  the 
present  status  in  that  country.  But  more  powerful  though 
less  obvious,  and  more  sinister,  because  of  its  deep  and  varied 
radications,  is  the  force  exercised  by  the  National  City  Bank 
of  New  York.  It  seeks  more  than  the  mere  maintenance  of 
the  present  status  in  Haiti ;  it  is  constantly  working  to  bring 
about  a  condition  more  suitable  and  profitable  to  itself.  Be- 
hind the  Occupation,  working  conjointly  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  stands  this  great  banking  institution  of  New 
York  and  elsewhere.  The  financial  potentates  allied  with  it 
are  the  ones  who  will  profit  by  the  control  of  Haiti.  The 
United  States  Marine  Corps  and  the  various  office-holding 
"deserving  Democrats,"  who  help  maintain  the  status  quo 
there,  are  in  reality  working  for  great  financial  interests  in 
this  country,  although  Uncle  Sam  and  Haiti  pay  their 
salaries. 

Mr.  Roger  L.  Farnham,  vice-president  of  the  National  City 
Bank,  was  effectively  instrumental  in  bringing  about  Ameri- 
can intervention  in  Haiti.  With  the  administration  at  Wash- 
ington, the  word  of  Mr.  Farnham  supersedes  that  of  any- 
body else  on  the  island.  While  Mr.  Bailly-Blanchard,  with 
the  title  of  minister,  is  its  representative  in  name,  Mr.  Farn- 
ham is  its  representative  in  fact.  His  goings  and  comings 
are  aboard  vessels  of  the  United  States  Navy.  His  bank,  the 
National  City,  has  been  in  charge  of  the  Banque  Nationale 
d'Haiti  throughout  the  Occupation.*  Only  a  few  weeks  ago 
he  was  appointed  receiver  of  the  National  Railroad  of  Haiti, 
controlling  practically  the  entire  railway  system  in  the  island 
with  valuable  territorial  concessions  in  all  parts.**  The 
$5,000,000  sugar  plant  at  Port-au-Prince,  it  is  commonly  re- 
ported, is  about  to  fall  into  his  hands. 

Now,  of  all  the  various  responsibilities,  expressed,  im- 
plied, or  assumed  by  the  United  States  in  Haiti,  it  would 
naturally  be  supposed  that  the  financial  obligation  would  be 
foremost.  Indeed,  the  sister  republic  of  Santo  Domingo  was 
taken  over  by  the  United  States  Navy  for  no  other  reason 
than  failure  to  pay  its  internal  debt.  But  Haiti  for  over  one 
hundred  years  scrupulously  paid  its  external  and  internal 
debt — a  fact  worth  remembering  when  one  hears  of  "anarchy 
and  disorder"  in  that  land — until  five  years  ago  when  under 

*  The  National  City  Bank  originally  (about  1911)  purchased  2,000  shares 
of  the  stock  of  the  Banque  Nationale  d'Haiti.  After  the  Occupation  it  pur- 
chased 6,000  additional  shares  in  the  hands  of  three  New  York  banking  firms. 
Since  then  it  has  been  negotiating  for  the  complete  control  of  the  stock,  the 
balance  of  whicn  is  held  in  France.  The  contract  for  this  transfer  of  the 
Bank  and  the  granting  of  a  new  charter  under  the  laws  of  Haiti  were  agreed 
upon  and  signed  at  Washington  last  February.  But  the  delay  in  completing 
these  arrangements  is  caused  by  the  impasse  between  the  State  Department 
and  the  National  City  Bank,  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Haitian  Government 
on  the  other,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  State  Department  and  the  National 
City  Bank  insisted  upon  including  in  the  contract  a  clause  prohibiting  the 
importation  and  exportation  of  foreign  money  into  Haiti  subject  only  to  the 
control  of  the  financial  adviser.  To  this  new  power  the  Haitian  Government 
refuses    to   consent. 

**  Originally,  Mr.  James  P.  McDonald  secured  from  the  Haitian  Govern- 
ment the  concession  to  build  the  railroads  under  the  charter  of  the  National 
Railways  of  Haiti.  He  arranged  with  W.  R.  Grace  &  Company  to  finance 
the  concession.  Grace  and  Company  formed  a  syndicate  under  the  aegis  of 
the  National  City  Bank  which  issued  $2,500,000  bonds,  sold  in  France.  These 
bonds  were  guaranteed  by  the  Haitian  Government  at  an  interest  of  6  per 
cent  on  $32,500  for  each  mile.  A  short  while  after  the  floating  of  these  bonds, 
Mr.  Farnham  became  President  of  the  company.  The  syndicate  advanced  an- 
other $2,000,000  for  the  completion  of  the  railroad  in  accordance  with  the 
concession  granted  by  the  Haitian  Government.  This  money  was  used,  but 
the  work  was  not  completed  in  accordance  with  the  contract  made  by  the 
Haitian  Government  in  the  concession.  The  Haitian  Government  then  re- 
fused any  longer  to  pay  the  interest  on  the  mileage.  These  happenings  w.ere 
prior  to   1915. 


the  financial  guardianship  of  the  United  States  interest  on 
both  the  internal  and,  with  one  exception,  external  debt  was 
defaulted;  and  this  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  specified  reve- 
nues were  pledged  for  the  payment  of  this  interest.  Apart 
from  the  distinct  injury  to  the  honor  and  reputation  of  the 
country,  the  hardship  on  individuals  has  been  great.  For 
while  the  foreign  debt  is  held  particularly  in  France  which, 
being  under  great  financial  obligations  to  the  United  States 
since  the  beginning  of  the  war,  has  not  been  able  to  protest 
effectively,  the  interior  debt  is  held  almost  entirely  by 
Haitian  citizens.  Haitian  Government  bonds  have  long  been 
the  recognized  substantial  investment  for  the  well-to-do  and 
middle  class  people,  considered  as  are  in  this  country,  United 
States,  state,  and  municipal  bonds.  Non-payment  on  these 
securities  has  placed  many  families  in  absolute  want. 

What  has  happened  to  these  bonds?  They  are  being  sold 
for  a  song,  for  the  little  cash  they  will  bring.  Individuals 
closely  connected  with  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti  are  ready 
purchasers.  When  the  new  Haitian  loan  is  floated  it  will, 
of  course,  contain  ample  provisions  for  redeeming  these  old 
bonds  at  par.  The  profits  will  be  more  than  handsome.  Not 
that  the  National  Bank  has  not  already  made  hay  in  the 
sunshine  of  American  Occupation.  From  the  beginning  it 
has  been  sole  depositary  of  all  revenues  collected  in  the  name 
of  the  Haitian  Government  by  the  American  Occupation,  re- 
ceiving in  addition  to  the  interest  rate  a  commission  on  all 
funds  deposited.  The  bank  is  the  sole  agent  in  the  transmis- 
sion of  these  funds.  It  has  also  the  exclusive  note-issuing 
privilege  in  the  republic.  At  the  same  time  complaint  is 
widespread  among  the  Haitian  business  men  that  the  Bank 
no  longer  as  of  old  accommodates  them  with  credit  and  that 
its  interests  are  now  entirely  in  developments  of  its  own. 

Now,  one  of  the  promises  that  was  made  to  the  Haitian 
Government,  partly  to  allay  its  doubts  and  fears  as  to  the 
purpose  and  character  of  the  American  intervention,  was 
that  the  United  States  would  put  the  country's  finances  on  a 
solid  and  substantial  basis.  A  loan  for  $30,000,000  or  more 
was  one  of  the  features  of  this  promised  assistance.  Pur- 
suant, supposedly,  to  this  plan,  a  Financial  Adviser  for 
Haiti  was  appointed  in  the  person  of  Mr.  John  Avery  Mc- 
Ilhenny.  Who  is  Mr.  Mcllhenny?  That  he  has  the  cordial 
backing  and  direction  of  so  able  a  financier  as  Mr.  Farnham 
is  comforting  when  one  reviews  the  past  record  and  experi- 
ence in  finance  of  Haiti's  Financial  Adviser  as  given  by  him 
in  "Who's  Who  in  America,"  for  1918-1919.  He  was  born  in 
Avery  Island,  Iberia  Parish,  La. ;  went  to  Tulane  University 
for  one  year;  was  a  private  in  the  Louisiana  State  militia 
for  five  years;  trooper  in  the  U.  S.  Cavalry  in  1898;  pro- 
moted to  second  lieutenancy  for  gallantry  in  action  at  San 
Juan;  has  been  member  of  the  Louisiana  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives and  Senate;  was  a  member  of  the  U.  S.  Civil 
Service  Commission  in  1906  and  president  of  the  same  in 
1913;  Democrat.  It  is  under  his  Financial  Advisership  that 
the  Haitian  interest  has  been  continued  in  default  with  the 
one  exception  above  noted,  when  several  months  ago  $3,000,- 
000  was  converted  into  francs  to  meet  the  accumulated  in- 
terest payments  on  the  foreign  debt.    Dissatisfaction  on  the 


296 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


part  of  the  Haitians  developed  over  the  lack  of  financial  per- 
spicacity in  this  transaction  of  Mr.  Mcllhenny  because  the 
sum  was  converted  into  francs  at  the  rate  of  nine  to  a  dollar 
while  shortly  after  the  rate  of  exchange  on  French  francs 
dropped  to  fourteen  to  a  dollar.  Indeed,  Mr.  Mcllhenny's 
unfitness  by  training  and  experience  for  the  delicate  and  im- 
portant position  which  he  is  filling  was  one  of  the  most  gen- 
erally admitted  facts  which  I  gathered  in  Haiti. 

At  the  present  writing,  however,  Mr.  Mcllhenny  has  be- 
come a  conspicuous  figure  in  the  history  of  the  Occupation 
of  Haiti  as  the  instrument  by  which  the  National  City  Bank 
is  striving  to  complete  the  riveting,  double-locking  and  bolt- 
ing of  its  financial  control  of  the  island.  For  although  it 
would  appear  that  the  absolute  military  domination  under 
which  Haiti  is  held  would  enable  the  financial  powers  to 
accomplish  almost  anything  they  desire,  they  are  wise 
enough  to  realize  that  a  day  of  reckoning,  such  as,  for  in- 
stance, a  change  in  the  Administration  in  the  United  States, 
may  be  coming.  So  they  are  eager  and  anxious  to  have 
everything  they  want  signed,  sealed,  and  delivered.  Any- 
thing, of  course,  that  the  Haitians  have  fully  "consented  to" 
no  one  else  can  reasonably  object  to. 

A  little  recent  history:  in  February  of  the  present  year, 
the  ministers  of  the  different  departments,  in  order  to  con- 
form to  the  letter  of  the  law  (Article  116  of  the  Constitution 
of  Haiti,  which  was  saddled  upon  her  in  1918  by  the  Occu- 
pation'* and  Article  2  of  the  Haitian-American  Conven- 
tion**) began  work  on  the  preparation  of  the  accounts  for 
1918-1919  and  the  budget  for  1920-1921.  On  March  22  a 
draft  of  the  budget  was  sent  to  Mr.  A.  J.  Maumus,  Acting 
Financial  Adviser,  in  the  absence  of  Mr.  Mcllhenny  who  had 
at  that  time  been  in  the  United  States  for  seven  months. 
Mr.  Maumus  replied  on  March  29,  suggesting  postponement 
of  all  discussion  of  the  budget  until  Mr.  Mcllhenny's  return. 
Nevertheless,  the  Legislative  body,  in  pursuance  of  the  law, 
opened  on  its  constitutional  date,  Monday,  April  5.  Despite 
the  great  urgency  of  the  matter  in  hand,  the  Haitian  ad- 
ministration was  obliged  to  mark  time  until  June  1,  when 
Mr.  Mcllhenny  returned  to  Haiti.  Several  conferences  with 
the  various  ministers  were  then  undertaken.  On  June  12,  at 
one  of  these  conferences,  there  arrived  in  the  place  of  the 
Financial  Adviser  a  note  stating  that  he  would  be  obliged  to 
stop  all  study  of  the  budget  "until  the  time  when  certain 
affairs  of  considerable  importance  to  the  well-being  of  the 
country  shall  be  finally  settled  according  to  recommendations 
made  by  me  to  the  Haitian  Government."  As  he  did  not 
give  in  his  note  the  slightest  idea  what  these  important 
affairs  were,  the  Haitian  Secretary  wrote  asking  for  in- 
formation, at  the  same  time  calling  attention  to  the  already 
great  and  embarrassing  delay,  and  reminding  Mr.  Mcllhenny 
that  the  preparation  of  the  accounts  and  budget  was  one  of 
his  legal  duties  as  an  official  attached  to  the  Haitian  Govern- 
ment, of  which  he  could  not  divest  himself. 

On  July  19  Mr.  Mcllhenny  supplied  his  previous  omission 
in  a  memorandum  which  he  transmitted  to  the  Haitian  De- 
partment of  Finance,  in  which  he  said:  "I  had  instructions 
from  the  Department  of  State  of  the  United  States  just  be- 
fore my  departure  for  Haiti,  in  a  part  of  a  letter  of  May  20, 

*  "The  general  accounts  and  the  budgets  prescribed  by  the  preceding  article 
must  be  submitted  to  the  Legislative  Body  by  the  Secretary  of  Finance  not 
later  than  eight  days  after  the  opening  of  the  Legislative  Session." 

*•  "The  President  of  Haiti  shall  appoint,  on  the  nomination  of  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States,  a  Financial  Adviser  who  shall  be  attached  to  the 
Ministry  of  Finance,  to  whom  the  Secretary  (of  Finance)  shall  lend  effective 
aid  in  the  prosecution  of  his  work.  The  Financial  Adviser  shall  work  out  a 
system  of  public  accounting,  shall  aid  in  increasing  the  revenues  and  in  their 
adjustment   to   expenditures.  ." 


to  declare  to  the  Haitian  Government  that  it  was  necessary 
to  give  its  immediate  and  formal  approval  to : 

1.  A  modification  of  the  Bank  Contract  agreed  upon  by  the 
Department  of  State  and  the  National  City  Bank  of  New  York. 

2.  Transfer  of  the  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti 
to  a  new  bank  registered  under  the  laws  of  Haiti,  to  be  known 
as  the  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti. 

3.  The  execution  of  Article  15  of  the  Contract  of  Withdrawal 
prohibiting  the  importation  and  exportation  of  non-Haitian 
money  except  that  which  might  be  necessary  for  the  needs  of 
commerce  in  the  opinion  of  the  Financial  Adviser." 

Now,  what  is  the  meaning  and  significance  of  these  pro- 
posals? The  full  details  have  not  been  given  out,  but  it  is 
known  that  they  are  part  of  a  new  monetary  law  for  Haiti 
involving  the  complete  transfer  of  the  Banque  Nationale 
d'Haiti  to  the  National  City  Bank  of  New  York.  The  docu- 
ment embodying  the  agreements,  with  the  exception  of  the 
clause  prohibiting  the  importation  of  foreign  money,  was 
signed  at  Washington,  February  6,  1920,  by  Mr.  Mcllhenny, 
the  Haitian  Minister  at  Washington  and  the  Haitian  Secre- 
tary of  Finance.  The  Haitian  Government  has  officially  de- 
clared that  the  clause  prohibiting  the  importation  and  ex- 
portation of  foreign  money,  except  as  it  may  be  deemed 
necessary  in  the  opinion  of  the  Financial  Adviser,  was  added 
to  the  original  agreement  by  some  unknown  party.  It  is  for 
the  purpose  of  compelling  the  Haitian  Government  to  ap- 
prove the  agreements,  including  the  "prohibition  clause," 
that  pressure  is  now  being  applied.  Efforts  on  the  part  of 
business  interests  in  Haiti  to  learn  the  character  and  scope- 
of  what  was  done  at  Washington  have  been  thwarted  by 
close  secrecy.  However,  sufficient  of  its  import  has  become 
known  to  understand  the  reasons  for  the  unqualified  and 
definite  refusal  of  President  Dartiguenave  and  the  Govern- 
ment to  give  their  approval.  Those  reasons  are  that  the 
agreements  would  give  to  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti,  and 
thereby  to  the  National  City  Bank  of  New  York,  exclusive 
monopoly  upon  the  right  of  importing  and  exporting  Ameri- 
can and  other  foreign  money  to  and  from  Haiti,  a  monopoly 
which  would  carry  unprecedented  and  extraordinarily  lucra- 
tive privileges. 

The  proposal  involved  in  this  agreement  has  called  forth 
a  vigorous  protest  on  the  part  of  every  important  banking 
and  business  concern  in  Haiti  with  the  exception,  of  course, 
of  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti.  This  protest  was  trans- 
mitted to  the  Haitian  Minister  of  Finance  on  July  30  past. 
The  protest  is  signed  not  only  by  Haitians  and  Europeans 
doing  business  in  that  country  but  also  by  the  leading 
American  business  concerns,  among  which  are  The  Ameri- 
can Foreign  Banking  Corporation,  The  Haitian-American 
Sugar  Company,  The  Panama  Railroad  Steamship  Line, 
The  Clyde  Steamship  Line,  and  The  West  Indies  Trading 
Company.  Among  the  foreign  signers  are  the  Royal  Bank  of 
Canada,  Le  Comptoir  Frangais,  Le  Comptoir  Commercial, 
and  besides  a  number  of  business  firms. 

We  have  now  in  Haiti  a  triangular  situation  with  the 
National  City  Bank  and  our  Department  of  State  in  two 
corners  and  the  Haitian  government  in  the  third.  Pres- 
sure is  being  brought  on  the  Haitian  government  to  com- 
pel it  to  grant  a  monopoly  which  on  its  face  appears  de- 
signed to  give  the  National  City  Bank  a  strangle  hold  on  the 
financial  life  of  that  country.  With  the  Haitian  govern- 
ment refusing  to  yield,  we  have  the  Financial  Adviser  who 
is,  according  to  the  Haitian-American  Convention,  a  Hai- 
tian official  charged  with  certain  duties   (in  this  case  the 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


297 


approval  of  the  budget  and  accounts),  refusing  to  carry  out 
those  duties  until  the  government  yields  to  the  pressure 
which  is  being  brought. 

Haiti  is  now  experiencing  the  "third  degree."  Ever  since 
the  Bank  Contract  was  drawn  and  signed  at  Washington 
increasing  pressure  has  been  applied  to  make  the  Haitian 
government  accept  the  clause  prohibiting  the  importation 
of  foreign  money.  Mr.  Mcllhenny  is  now  holding  up  the 
salaries  of  the  President,  ministers  of  departments,  mem- 
bers of  the  Council  of  State,  and  the  official  interpreter. 
[These  salaries  have  not  been  paid  since  July  1.]*  And 
there  the  matter  now  stands. 

Several  things  may  happen.  The  Administration,  finding 
present  methods  insufficient,  may  decide  to  act  as  in  Santo 
Domingo,  to  abolish  the  President,  cabinet,  and  all  civil 
government — as  they  have  already  abolished  the  Haitian 
Assembly — and  put  into  effect,  by  purely  military  force, 
what,  in  the  face  of  the  unflinching  Haitian  refusal  to  sign 
away  their  birthright,  the  combined  military,  civil,  and 
financial  pressure  has  been  unable  to  accomplish.  Or,  with 
an  election  and  a  probable  change  of  Administration  in 
this  country  pending,  with  a  Congressional  investigation 
foreshadowed,  it  may  be  decided  that  matters  are  "too  diffi- 
cult" and  the  National  City  Bank  may  find  that  it  can  be 
more  profitably  engaged  elsewhere.  Indications  of  such  a 
course  are  not  lacking.  From  the  point  of  view  of  the 
National  City  Bank,  of  course,  the  institution  has  not  only 
done  nothing  which  is  not  wholly  legitimate,  proper,  and 
according  to  the  canons  of  big  business  throughout  the 
world,  but  has  actually  performed  constructive  and  gener- 
ous service  to  a  backward  and  uncivilized  people  in  attempt- 
ing to  promote  their  railways,  to  develop  their  country, 
and  to  shape  soundly  their  finance.  That  Mr.  Farnham  and 
those  associated  with  him  hold  these  views  sincerely,  there 
is  no  doubt.  But  that  the  Haitians,  after  over  one  hundred 
years  of  self-government  and  liberty,  contemplating  the 
slaughter  of  three  thousand  of  their  sons,  the  loss  of  their 
political  and  economic  freedom,  without  compensating  ad- 
vantages which  they  can  appreciate,  feel  very  differently, 
is  equally  true. 

The  next  article  of  the  series  will  be  entitled  "The  Haitian 
People." 


Poor  Man's  Music 

By  M.  P.  WILLCOCKS 

HE  is  a  spare  man,  as  country  postmen  are  apt  to  be  who 
have  walked  on  an  average  twenty  miles  a  day  for  a 
matter  of  thirty  years.  In  a  cold  wind  he  coughs  and  seems 
to  hug  himself  against  the  draught.  But  the  fact  he  makes 
you  realize  is  the  absolute  simplicity  of  joy.  In  his  case,  and 
it  is  a  miracle  of  sixty  years,  it  depends  on  nothing  more 
than  a  sensitive  ear.  He  has  tested  the  quality  of  all  the 
church-bells  in  the  district  and  will  stop,  forefinger  raised 
and  blue  eyes  alert,  to  make  you  understand  that  the  fifth  in 
a  certain  peal  is  not  true.  True  sound  is  his  test  of  all 
truth ;  not  only  will  he  walk  four  miles  to  a  nightingale  copse, 
but  he  can  tell  how  the  bird's  note  varies  with  the  winds  of 
every  different  spring.  He  collects  good  nightingale  years 
as  other  men  note  vintages. 


•  See   documents   in   International   Relations   Section. 


Yet  all  his  life  he  has  lived  on  the  edge  of  beauty  with  a 
gulf  of  ugly  circumstance  between  him  and  fulfilment.  It  is 
strange,  this  sense  of  frustrated  desire,  that  has  but  served 
to  whet  his  appetite,  leaving  him  with  a  deeper  bliss  ahead. 
For  in  a  beautiful  country,  the  Somersetshire  flats,  the  land 
of  cloud-shadows  that  flit  across  a  sea  of  green,  with  pol- 
larded willows  and  the  straight  water  "rhines"  that  glitter 
in  the  sun,  all  framed  by  the  blue  Mendip  distances,  he  lives 
in  the  one  ugly  place,  a  town  that  once  flourished  on  beer  but 
is  now  squalid  with  disused  factories  and  tumble-down 
cottages.  In  this  part  the  women  vie  with  Dutch  housewives 
and  go  down  on  their  knees  to  wash  the  pavement  in  front 
of  their  houses.  Every  day  at  Sam's  home,  whatever  hap- 
pens, and  even  when  it  is  pouring,  the  day's  work  begins 
with  the  scrubbing  of  the  flags  outside  his  door.  For  his 
wife,  Eliza,  "cleans  on  the  top  of  what's  clean,"  and  all  his 
life  her  efficiency  has  been  Sam's  law.  With  it  they  have 
reared  eight  children,  but  all  the  time  he  has  felt — and  she 
knows  it — that  she  would  have  been  happier  with  a  husband 
who  could  "knock  up  a  fowl-house"  in  his  odd  times  instead 
of  playing  Handel  or  studying  the  scores  of  Father  Bach. 
Yet  it  was  she  who  saved  enough  out  of  the  housekeeping 
money  to  buy  him  first  a  harmonium  and  then  a  piano  for 
that  front-room  parlor  which  in  winter  time  is  useless  to  him 
because  they  can't  afford  two  fires. 

The  best  way  to  get  to  the  heart  of  that  household  is  to  sit 
down  with  Eliza  of  a  late  afternoon.  The  old  living-room  is 
shadowy,  deep-set,  with  thick  walls  and  a  low  window.  But 
there  is  a  big  fire  in  the  stove  grate,  with  an  iron  kettle 
hanging  over  it  on  a  chain  and  a  cat  in  a  tight  ball  on  the 
rug.  Eliza,  who  has  just  been  out  to  feed  the  fowls,  crosses 
her  firm  hands  at  her  waist  and  begins ;  she  is  no  eternally 
knitting  woman.  Her  face  is  worn  and  alert,  but  not  tense, 
because  she  has  always  been  master  of  herself  and  so  at  ease. 
She  has  the  rigid  figure  of  one  who  has  borne  many  children, 
but  her  tongue  is  wonderful.  She  sees  pictures,  and  every 
time  she  gives  you  the  essentials.  You  are  not  surprised  to 
learn  that  she  has  begun  to  speak  a  bit  at  political  meetings. 

Her  talk  of  old  times  comes  first.  It  is  all  about  barriers 
and  how  you  have  to  bring  them  down.  For  she  started  in 
life  as  a  pupil  teacher  in  an  elementary  school — and  her 
father  was  a  dissenter.  And  before  she  could  rise  in  the 
world  into  a  full-fledged  teacher  with  a  career  it  was  evident 
she  must  be  confirmed  in  the  church.  But  her  father  was  a 
thinking  cobbler,  with  another  thinking  cobbler  for  friend, 
and  the  two  friends  would  knock  off  work  again  and  again 
to  dispute  the  point — to  confirm,  or  not  to  confirm.  Then 
the  vicar  called  and  persuaded,  threatened,  coaxed;  but  the 
cobblers  downed  him  by  eloquence.  There  should  be  no  bow- 
ing in  the  house  of  Rimmon  for  her  father's  daughter,  no, 
not  for  the  sake  of  conquering  the  world.  She  was  not  con- 
firmed, and  so  lost  her  step  in  life.  But  she  is  prouder  than 
an  aristocrat  of  the  stuff  she  comes  from,  and  looks  on  her 
life  since  as  a  sort  of  point-to-point  race  through  Liberalism, 
Cooperation,  and  Labor,  with  old  liberal  friends  horrified 
now  at  the  way  she  has  "upped"  and  gone  with  the  times, 
producing  two  socialist  sons,  and  one  of  these  a  sucking 
labor  leader.  She  is  for  the  open  road,  this  daughter  of  the 
cobbler. 

Of  Sam,  her  man,  there  is  not  a  word  except  a  bit  of  a 
sigh  that  his  health  has  broken  early.  If  only  he  could  have 
held  on  a  year  or  two  longer,  the  pension  from  the  Post  Office 
would  have  been  so  much  bigger.  One  feels  that,  like  poor 
health,  music  in  a  husband  is  a  thing  to  put  up  with.    Not 


298 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


that  she  says  so.  Instead,  she  talks  about  how  they  bought  the 
piano  by  instalments  and  not  without  an  attempt  by  the  dealer 
to  foist  off  a  poor  instrument  on  a  workingman.  It  was  Eliza, 
not  Sam,  who  at  last  got  in  a  real  musician  to  test  that 
piano.  She  always  buys  the  best  fruit  for  her  jam,  and  she 
chooses  all  extras,  such  as  pianos  and  plays,  on  the  same 
principle.  When  they  couldn't  get  the  landlord  to  repair  the 
house,  she  sent  for  the  mason  herself  and  gave  notice  to  the 
landlord  that  he  would  get  no  rent  till  he  paid  that  mason. 
When  she  gives  the  cat  his  milk,  she  picks  him  up  and  holds 
his  head  to  the  saucer,  lest  he  should  "finick"  over  his 
victuals.  The  last  cat  had  short  shrift  when  he  ate  chickens, 
and  she  sees  nothing  of  her  neighbors  except  when  they 
want  advice  in  their  troubles  or  want  to  borrow  a  shilling. 
She  it  is,  rather  than  Sam,  who  seems  responsible  for  the 
efficient  sons.  These  have  all  a  strong  grip  on  fact,  an 
exactitude  in  statement,  and  a  faculty  of  disentangling 
things.  Yet  through  them  all  there  runs  a  strain  of  beauty 
that  is  the  rare  finish  of  their  father's  nature.  One  son  can 
take  a  solo  part  in  the  "Elijah" ;  another  reads  every  modern 
play  he  can  lay  hands  on,  poring  over  them  in  the  hedge- 
side  on  his  rounds  as  a  country  postman.  When  Sam  has 
taken  a  cup  of  tea  up  to  his  missus  in  the  early  morning,  he 
always  goes  into  the  front  room  for  ten  minutes  with  Men- 
delssohn, or  Handel,  or  Bach.  For  years  father's  music  has 
been  his  children's  walking-bell  in  the  dawn.  It  sets  him 
ready,  he  says,  for  the  humdrum  day,  this  music  in  the 
freshness  after  sleep. 

With  him  his  love  of  music  is  direct,  unescapable.  That 
walk  he  once  took  along  the  Great  North  Road  from  New 
Barnet  through  the  Finchleys,  Highgate,  Kentish  Town,  and 
King's  Cross  to  St.  Paul's  with  the  glory  of  anticipation 
before  him  is  a  great  memory  yet.  But  at  the  first  notes  his 
heartbeats  nearly  killed  him;  it  seemed  as  though  heaven 
were  opening  to  a  mortal,  for  he  had  been  a  country  boy. 
The  traditions  of  his  boyhood  are  of  poverty,  dull  and  grind- 
ing yet  dogged  by  fugitive  impressions  of  beautiful  sound. 
It  is  of  people  that  his  wife  always  talks,  of  people  and  ideas 
that  even  today  are  of  incalculable  strength  in  a  changing 
world.  But  Sam  will  never  discuss  how  his  son  shapes  as  a 
labor  speaker.  He  lives,  not  in  his  children,  but  in  himself, 
so  wonderful  to  him  in  his  private  domain. 

His  father,  a  Buckinghamshire  laborer,  had  so  many 
children  that  for  many  years  there  was  always  a  baby  on 
tap,  so  to  speak.  It  was  his  father's  habit  to  retire  early 
to  bed  every  night,  taking  with  him  the  baby  of  the  moment 
and  there  to  sing  with  the  child  beside  him,  mostly  old 
church  hymns.  So  came  the  dawn  of  consciousness  to  this 
man  of  music — his  father's  voice  singing  Newton's  Begone 
Unbelief  from  the  "Olney  Hymns"  to  the  tune  called  Han- 
over. There  was  also  "Not  all  the  blood  of  beasts  on  Jewish 
altars  slain"  and  "All  ye  that  pass  by,"  by  Charles  Wesley. 
The  poor  man,  his  father,  had  not  in  one  sense  much  to  give, 
yet  in  another  it  was  a  royal  gift  when,  in  that  one  upstair 
room,  the  family  bedroom,  he  opened  the  gates  of  sound  for 
his  boy.  Of  his  mother  he  remembers  little,  except  that  she 
was  a  silent  woman. 

The  gates  of  the  kingdom  opened  fully  before  he  was  four- 
teen, in  the  magic  time  when  manhood  was  awaking.  At 
this  period  he  was  a  crow-starver,  a  boy  who  spent  hours 
a  day  with  a  clapper  in  the  fields  of  seeding  wheat  to  scare 
the  birds  away.  He  earned  at  this  three  shillings  a  week, 
and  when  his  father  was  out  of  work  he  supported  the 
family  on  it.    Often  of  a  snowy  day  his  father,  coming  up 


to  bring  the  child  his  dinner,  would  send  him  home  to  the 
fire  and  take  his  place.  But  this  was  a  sunny  Sunday  in 
spring,  with  the  winter  wheat  pushing.  The  boy  lay  in  a 
field  half  asleep,  young  warm  limbs  on  warm  earth  with 
life  pulsing  in  both.  The  bells  of  several  parishes  were 
going  for  afternoon  service,  and  in  the  warmth  of  the  wind 
the  sound  came  to  him  across  the  young  green.  And  then 
there  sounded,  so  he  says,  in  the  air  overhead,  such  music 
as  he  had  never  heard  before,  such  music  as  he  never  heard 
again,  as  though  a  heavenly  overworld  had  opened.  Today 
he  quotes  Comus  when  he  tells  the  story. 

I  was  all  ear, 

And  took  in  strains  that  might  create  a  soul 

Under  the  ribs  of  death. 

But  he  has  never  spoken  to  his  children  or  his  wife  of  this. 
It  is  with  him  even  now,  after  all  these  years,  as  though 
one  had  accidentally  felt  the  wind  of  a  god's  passing.  And 
although  in  words  he  puts  as  the  cause  of  this  experience 
the  church  bells  heard  in  a  dreaming  moment,  in  his  heart 
there  lies  another  thought  than  that — of  a  divine  world 
opened  for  a  second  to  the  poor  crow-starver  and  to  him 
alone. 

One  catches  a  glimpse  of  the  boy  he  was  when  with  fingers 
stiff  with  labor  he  touches  the  keys  of  the  piano,  playing 
Beethoven's  "Hymn  to  Creation,"  or  when  he  conjectures 
that  if  all  brains  had  been  Unitarian  in  temper  there  would 
have  been  none  of  the  music  and  painting  which  has  been 
called  forth  by  the  worship  of  the  Madonna.  His  wife  takes, 
him  every  Sunday  to  the  Unitarian  chapel.  There  is  a  cer- 
tain bitterness  in  him  at  the  stiffness  of  his  fingers,  and  at" 
remembering  that  his  boy's  voice  was  strained  by  shouting 
at  crows.  It  is  a  joy  when  at  the  local  "pictures"  the  piano- 
forte accompanist  who  knows  him  well  strikes  up  the  march 
he  has  composed  and  called  "The  Postman."  Up  in  the  music 
rack  at  the  chapel,  too,  is  a  copy  of  a  piece  of  church  music 
by  him.  But  he  is  a  poor  man,  and  so  the  organist  has  never 
chosen  it  to  play.    The  other  day  he  removed  the  score. 

What  he  lives  for  is  the  sense  of  sudden  freedom  given 
him  by  his  music.  His  wife  it  is,  not  he,  who  broods  over 
human  ties.  She  tells  you  of  that  strange  afternoon  when 
her  boy,  who  died  in  the  war,  was  to  go  back  after  his  first — 
and  only — leave.  He  fell  asleep  on  the  sofa  by  the  fire  and 
as  the  hands  crept  nearer  to  the  minute  when  he  must  start 
for  the  station,  she  hesitated  whether  she  should  wake  him. 
And  yet,  if  she  did  not 

She  woke  him  and  on  the  Monday  after  he  had  gone  back 
to  France,  as  they  sat  at  tea,  she  was  facing  the  little  deep- 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Harold  J.  Laski,  now  a  professor  at  the  University  of 
London,  was  for  several  years  a  lecturer  at  Harvard 
and  at  the  New  School  for  Social  Research  last  winter. 

Hiram  K.  Moderwell  is  an  American  journalist  now  in 
Italy. 

Henry  G.  Alsberg  has  been  correspondent  for  The  Nation 
in  Europe  for  more  than  a  year. 

Mary  Patricia  Willcocks  is  an  English  essayist  and  con- 
tributor to  various  journals. 

James  Weldon  Johnson  has  been  United  States  consul 
in  Venezuela,   Nicaragua,  and  the  Azores. 

D.  S.  Muzzey  is  professor  of  history  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


299 


set  window.  Suddenly,  when  her  husband  cried  out,  "Why, 
mother,  what's  the  matter  with  you?"  she  felt  her  face  go 
white  and  she  burst  out  crying.  She  never  told  them  at 
the  table,  but  what  she  saw  was  her  boy  looking  in  at  the 
window.  He  was  killed  on  that  Monday,  and  now,  she  says, 
he  is  often  about  the  house.  They  talk  of  leaving  it  some- 
times, but  if  they  do,  I  know  she  will  feel  he  is  gone  even 
further  away  than  he  is  now. 

Sam  speaks  of  the  same  time,  but  what  he  talks  of  is  how, 
being  off  duty  on  the  Sunday  morning  when  the  news  came, 
he  met  old  Jem,  the  other  postman,  with  the  letter.  As  Sam 
opened  it,  he  thought  it  was  from  his  son,  so  like  was  the 
Sergeant's  fist,  and  said :  "Lucky  dog,  the  boy  is.  He's  not 
had  a  wound  and  yet  he's  where  a  man  hasn't  one  chance  of 
life  in  fifty."  And  then,  looking  up  from  reading  what  he 
held,  he  said :  "Jem,  he's  gone."  Just  like  that.  And  Jem 
said,  "Never.    You  don't  mean  it." 

But  Sam  said  he  never,  at  the  time,  felt  it  more  than 
that.  He  worried  that  he'd  have  to  tell  the  boy's  mother 
and  that  it  was  a  Sunday.  How  ever  would  they  get  over 
the  day?  But  he  went  back  and  called  from  the  bottom  of 
the  stairs :  "Mother,  something's  wrong  with  Bert.  .  .  ." 
But  she  played  the  woman,  he  says,  and  they  got  through 
the  day  somehow. 

But  as  to  whether  he  will  ever  see  his  son  again,  he  doesn't 
know.  He  doesn't  think  about  that.  Yet  on  the  morning's 
round,  with  all  the  country  waking  to  new  life,  when  he  gets 
thinking  as  to  what  the  boy  felt  and  whether  he  suffered 
much  and  whether  he  thought  of  them  all  at  home — "Why, 
then  it's  often  very  hard  to  get  down  what  stands  for  one's 
breakfast.    It  seems  so  uncommon  dry." 

In  the  old  days  he  used  sometimes,  when  on  the  round,  to 
set  about  composing  a  Te  Deum  of  his  own.  Or  he  would 
boom  through  the  lingering  syllables  of  Grey's  Elegy.  But 
now,  for  a  time  at  least,  the  world  of  fact  has  closed  round 
him.  He  has  a  favorite  saying:  "The  house  of  bondage  is 
never  far  off."  And  I'm  afraid  he  says  it  most  often  when, 
in  the  midst  of  music,  the  door  opens  and  his  wife  comes  in. 

All  the  same,  what  he  said  first  when  they  retired  him 
was:  "And  now  I  shall  enjoy  this  spring,  anyway." 


In  the  Driftway 


A  STORY  has  been  going  the  rounds  of  the  European 
press  about  Tangier  and  an  international  commission. 
Since  it  concerns  Tangier,  the  story  is  naturally  picturesque, 
and  since  it  concerns  an  international  commission,  it  is 
inevitably  a  joke.  Some  years  ago  the  commission  was 
created  to  name  the  streets  of  the  city,  and  debated  many 
moons  on  a  suitable  designation  for  the  principal  thorough- 
fare. The  British  representative  proposed  Shakespeare,  the 
Freneh  delegate  Racine,  and  the  Spanish  member  Cervantes. 
Time  rolled  by  but  each  delegate  remained  firm,  unwilling  to 
cede  a  point  that  would  involve  any  loss  of  prestige  for  his 
country.  Finally  an  appeal  was  made  to  some  neutrals,  one 
of  whom,  with  a  flash  of  genius,  suggested  Adam.  It  was 
agreed.  Adam  seemed  an  individual  at  once  eminent  and 
sufficiently  international  to  wound  nobody's  pride  and  satisfy 
all  demands.  So  they  had  a  metal  plate  made  with  the  name 
and  bore  it  forth  ceremoniously  to  christen  the  street. 
Arrived  at  the  principal  corner,  they  were  about  to  affix  the 
plate  when  they  looked  up — and  discovered  a  sign  there 
already  which  said  "Via  Garibaldi."  The  Italians  had  named 


the  street  a  year  or  so  previously,  and  the  designation  had 
been  known  to  and  accepted  by  all  the  population  except  the 
international  commission.  According  to  last  reports,  the 
latter  body  had  retired  to  its  chambers,  to  resume  its  dis- 
cussion of  the  claims  of  Shakespeare,  Racine,  and  Cervantes, 
with  a  view  to  picking  out  a  name  for  the  second  most  im- 
portant street. 

***** 

WHEN  last  the  Drifter  was  in  Tangier  that  main  thor- 
oughfare, over  the  name  of  which  the  international 
commission  pondered  so  long  and  vainly,  was  a  glory  to  trav- 
erse. It  twisted  and  turned  up  the  hill  from  the  pier,  past 
the  Great  Mosque,  past  the  principal  cafes,  past  the  market 
place,  to  the  French  legation  on  the  heights.  It  was  a  mael- 
strom of  animation  and  noise,  a  mixture  of  men  and  beasts, 
a  motion  picture  reel  of  oriental  life;  but  the  Drifter  could 
never  take  in  many  of  its  details,  for  there  was  no  sidewalk 
and  if  one  took  his  eyes  for  a  moment  off  the  path  ahead  to 
fix  them  on  an  object  at  one  side — wollop !  A  load  of  bags  or 
casks  protruding  from  some  donkey's  back  would  clout  him 
on  the  head  and  send  him  careening  against  the  walls  of  the 
houses  or  his  fellow  pedestrians. 

***** 

T  was  of  wonderful  breadth,  that  main  street — fully 
twenty  feet.  The  other  streets  were  not  more  than  eight, 
six,  or  even  four.  They  wound  and  wound  and  wound,  be- 
tween houses  nearly  all  coated  alike  with  a  whitish  stucco 
and  with  almost  no  windows  on  the  streets.  There  were  no 
signs,  and  it  took  a  wise  man  to  find  his  way  around  among 
these  lanes  between  blank  walls.  On  the  day  of  his  arrival 
in  Tangier  the  Drifter  set  out  to  visit  the  American  consu- 
late. Learning  that  it  was  only  a  minute's  walk  from  his 
hotel,  he  disdained  the  proffered  services  of  a  guide  and 
went  forth  alone.  After  more  than  an  hour's  search,  during 
which  he  was  completely  lost,  the  Drifter  was  thankful  to 
get  back  to  his  hotel.  He  deferred  his  visit  to  the  consulate 
until  next  day,  when  he  was  humble  enough  to  accept  the 
services  of  a  guide.  Yet  the  Drifter  is  sorry  to  learn  that 
they  are  naming  the  streets  of  Tangier.  To  him  they  were 
always  a  symbol  of  the  oriental  mind — uncharted,  mysteri- 
ous, and  inscrutable.  As  the  Moors  themselves  would  say: 
"Allah  confound  the  Christians!" 

The  Drifter 


Correspondence 

Maxim  Gorky,  Brown,  Hale,  and  Hearty! 

To  the  Editor  op  The  Nation: 

Sir  :  Here  is  something  strange.  You  will  remember  Bertrand 
Russell's  moving  description  of  Maxim  Gorky  as  he  found  him 
in  Moscow,  mortally  ill  in  bed.  "Gorky  is  dying,"  wrote  Rus- 
sell. Subsequently  he  disclaimed  any  thought  of  holding  the 
dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  responsible  for  Gorky's  ill-health. 
But  now  comes  a  letter  to  the  New  Yorker  Volkszeitung  from 
a  correspondent  in  Russia,  dated  Petrograd,  July  7,  1920,  with 
the  following  passage: 

".  .  .  And  who  should  come  along  but  Maxim  Gorky,  him- 
self, big,  brown,  hale  and  hearty,  broad-shouldered  and  whole- 
some. We  pressed  hands.  He  urges  me  to  come  and  see  him. 
»  • 

Many  readers  of  The  Nation  will  be  glad  to  have  this  assur- 
ance that  Gorky  is  not  so  ill  as  Russell  imagined. 

New  York  City,  August  25  Kenneth  Durant 


300 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


Passage 

By  ELIZABETH  BABCOCK 

A  swallow  cannot  fly  so  far 

In  one  whole  day 
As  from  your  house  to  mine. 
And  yet,  when  I  stopped  yesterday — 
The  shadow  said  'twas  five  o'clock — 
To  tie  a  little  tumbled  vine, 
I  saw  your  thought  of  me — a  bird — 
Flash  by  the  yellow  hollyhock. 

A  swallow  cannot  fly  so  far. 
But  in  some  strange,  some  winged  way, 
I  was  close-standing  where  you  are. 
And  there  the  thought  that  I  had  seen 
In  the  swift  passing  of  a  bird — 
A  gray  wing  in  my  garden's  green — 
I  heard. 


Books 

A  Studied  Insult  to  Democracy 

The  French  Revolution:  A  Study  in  Democracy.    By  Nesta  H. 

Webster.  E.  P.  Dutton  and  Company. 
OINCE  the  appearance,  a  dozen  years  ago,  of  Prince  Kropot- 
^  kin's  interpretation  of  "The  Great  French  Revolution"  as 
an  agrarian  proletarian  movement,  "the  source  and  origin  of 
all  the  present  communist,  anarchist,  and  socialist  conceptions," 
no  book  on  this  subject  of  perennial  interest  has  come  with  a 
sharper  challenge  to  the  educated  public  than  Mrs.  Webster's 
volume.  The  author's  thesis  is  substantially  this:  the  Revolu- 
tion was  not  a  great  popular  movement  for  liberty,  equality, 
and  fraternity,  but  a  series  of  intrigues  engineered  by  Orlean- 
ist  conspirators,  joined  with  German  anarchists,  to  thwart  the 
reforms  which  the  enlightened  Louis  XVI  and  his  generous 
nobles  and  clergy  had  entered  upon  for  the  happiness  of  the 
people  of  France.  The  English-reading  public  has  been  de- 
ceived by  the  Prussianized  Carlyle  and  by  the  novelists  and  his- 
torians who  have  followed  his  lead  into  taking  the  Revolutionary 
protagonists  like  Mirabeau  and  Danton  at  their  own  estimate 
and  making  earnest  with  the  hypocritical  professions  of  demo- 
cratic zeal  with  which  they  covered  their  venal  treachery  to 
king  and  people  alike.  The  Terror,  instead  of  being  an  epi- 
sode incidental  to  the  tremendous  disturbance  in  social  and  polit- 
ical life  caused  by  the  necessary  destruction  of  the  old  regime 
and  heightened  by  the  danger  of  foreign  invasion  and  counter- 
revolution, was  from  the  beginning  the  very  principle  of  the 
Revolution,  and  was  itself  the  cause  of  destruction,  war,  and 
anarchy.  The  Revolution  produced  nothing  good — only  eighty 
years  of  unrest.  "France  had  a  far  clearer  conception  of  liberty, 
even  of  democracy,  during  the  years  that  precede  the  Revolu- 
tion than  in  those  that  followed  after"  (p.  489).  "It  was  not 
ideas  of  liberty  that  the  Revolution  bequeathed  to  France,  but 
a  legacy  of  bitterness,  of  envy,  and  of  strife"  (p.  490). 

Before  examining  Mrs.  Webster's  defense  of  this  astonishing 
theory  of  the  total  depravity  of  the  French  Revolution,  let  us 
acknowledge  the  undoubted  merits  of  the  book.  It  shows  an 
immense  amount  of  careful  study  and  is  fortified  on  every  page 
with  reference  to  authorities,  mostly  contemporary.  The  style 
is  fascinating,  the  temper  sincere,  and  the  argument  (granting 
the  hypotheses)  convincing.  But  there  are  faults  of  method, 
prejudices  of  standpoint,  and  manipulations  of  material,  which 
make   the  book  not  only  a  most  biased   interpretation   of  the 


French  Revolution  but  one  of  the  most  mischievous  and  mali- 
cious attacks  on  democracy  that  have  come  to  our  notice. 

The  fundamental  fault  of  Mrs.  Webster's  book  is  the  utter 
ignoring  of  the  abuses  of  the  old  regime.  Six  pages  of  a  Pro- 
logue to  a  book  of  over  500  pages  are  devoted  to  "the  people 
before  the  Revolution,"  and  the  burden  of  these  pages  is  to 
show  that  Louis  XVI  "had  embarked  in  the  work  of  reform 
with  the  cooperation  of  Turgot  and  Malesherbes"  when  he  was 
suddenly  interrupted  by  a  great  conspiracy  instigated  by  the 
Duke  of  Orleans,  who  wished  to  supplant  him  on  the  throne. 
All  the  rest  of  the  book  is  the  history  of  this  conspiracy.  It  is 
a  drama  in  five  acts  of  mounting  violence — the  storming  of  the 
Bastille,  the  march  on  Versailles,  the  invasion  of  the  Tuileries, 
the  massacres  of  September,  and  the  Reign  of  Terror.  These 
events  have  no  roots  in  the  generations  of  royal,  ecclesiastical, 
and  feudal  tyranny  and  obscurantism  that  preceded  the  sum- 
mons of  the  Estates  General;  they  are  only  the  desperate  plots 
of  a  depraved  noble  of  the  blood,  encouraged  by  Prussian 
intrigue.  The  labors  of  De  Tocqueville,  Taine,  Quinet,  Droz, 
Cherest,  and  a  host  of  other  scholars  in  exposing  the  abuses 
of  the  old  regime  are  passed  over  without  notice.  They  would 
be  detrimental  to  the  author's  hypothesis  that  the  Revolution 
was  the  plot  of  enraged  "subversives"  against  an  enlightened 
and  progressive  monarchy.  Imagine  writing  the  history  of  the 
American  Revolution  in  a  series  of  pen-pictures  describing  the 
Conway  Cabal,  the  treason  of  Arnold,  the  flight  of  the  Congress 
from  Philadelphia,  and  the  Newburgh  mutiny,  with  not  a  word 
about  the  Grenville  legislation  or  the  Intolerable  Acts! 

Louis  XVI  "embarked  on  reform"  with  the  help  of  Turgot, 
says  Mrs.  Webster.  The  truth  is  that  Turgot  embarked  on 
reform  with  the  promise  of  help  from  Louis — and  was  basely 
deserted  by  the  monarch  at  the  instigation  of  the  Queen,  the 
clergy,  and  the  nobles.  This  is  but  a  typical  instance  of  Mrs". 
Webster's  perversion  of  facts.  Her  devotion  to  the  court  of  the 
old  regime  is  so  extreme  that  it  leads  her  into  ludicrous  misrep- 
resentations. The  King  undoubtedly  was  a  kindly  soul  and  a 
man  of  private  virtues,  but  he  was  dull,  heavy,  lazy,  and  reed- 
less.  In  Mrs.  Webster's  pages  he  displays  surprising  knowledge 
of  shipbuilding  (p.  28),  he  "carries  out  the  principles  of  democ- 
racy to  their  utmost  conclusion"  (p.  53),  he  "comprehends  the 
tangible  needs  of  the  people"  (p.  139),  he  acts  with  "sound 
common  sense"  in  his  relations  with  the  assembly  (p.  145),  he 
"knows  his  history  well,"  and  he  is  "the  best  geographer  in  his 
kingdom"  (p.  204).  All  this,  and  much  more  to  the  same  effect, 
is  simply  bosh.  The  Queen  is  portrayed  as  a  noble  patriotic 
woman,  whose  one  aim  was  to  thwart  the  Prussian  intrigues 
to  overturn  the  throne  of  France  and  break  the  Austrian 
alliance.  The  clergy  were  men  of  "unbounded  charity"  (p.  47) 
and  "immense  liberality"  (p.  18)  because  the  Archbishop  of 
Paris  contributed  his  silver  plate  to  help  relieve  the  distress  of 
famine.  No  mention  is  made  of  Cardinal  Rohan,  Talleyrand,  or 
the  Abbe  of  St.  Croix.  The  refusal  of  the  clergy  to  pay  a 
respectable  fraction  of  their  obligations  to  save  the  state  from 
bankruptcy  is  not  thought  worthy  of  notice.  Mrs.  Webster 
passes  by  the  persecution  urged  by  the  clergy  under  the  old 
regime  and  their  proscription  of  the  entire  work  of  the  scholars 
of  the  humanitarian  and  scientific  movement,  but  dwells  at 
enormous  length  on  the  pathetic  scenes  of  their  own  suffering 
in  the  massacres.  She  does  not  tell  how  the  unspeakable 
Lomenie  de  Brienne,  after  he  was  dismissed  amid  the  execra- 
tions and  lampoonings  of  the  nation,  was  loaded  with  honors 
by  the  court — a  cardinal's  hat  and  a  large  pension  for  himself, 
a  coadjutorship  for  a  nephew,  a  place  in  the  Queen's  household 
for  a  niece.  In  short,  Mrs.  Webster  ignores  completely  the  real 
causes  of  the  French  Revolution. 

In  her  use  of  authorities  Mrs.  Webster,  in  spite  of  professions 
of  scientific  impartiality,  shows  unwarrantable  partisanship. 
Aulard,  the  greatest  of  present  day  students  of  the  Revolution, 
is  ignored.  Louis  Madelin  is  "occasionally  referred  to."  If 
the  work  of  modern  scholars  were  neglected  only  to  give  the 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


301 


right  of  evidence  to  contemporary  historians  of  the  Revolution, 
there  would  be  no  complaint  to  offer.  But  among  those  contem- 
poraries Mrs.  Webster  shows  persistent  preference  for  the  royal- 
ists. Sympathizers  with  the  Revolution  she  finds  conveniently 
unreliable,  but  the  royalist  authorities  like  Montjoie,  Beaulieu, 
and  Ferrieres  she  quotes  at  length.  She  confesses  that  Mont- 
joie has  a  "violent  animosity"  toward  the  Orleanists,  and  that 
"his  accusations  against  them  should  not  be  accepted  unless  con- 
firmed by  other  contemporary  evidence"  (p.  xiii),  yet  again  and 
again  she  quotes  his  unsupported  evidence  for  her  statements — 
or  fortifies  them  from  Ferrieres,  "an  anti-Orleanist,"  who 
"throws  an  interesting  light  on  the  intrigue  at  work  behind  the 
earlier  revolutionary  movement"  (p.  xiv).  And  this,  in  spite 
of  her  acknowledgment  that  "to  condemn  an  individual  or  a 
party  on  the  word  of  their  enemies,  or  to  absolve  them  on  the 
testimony  of  their  accomplices,  is  as  absurd  as  if  one  were  to 
accept  evidence  at  a  trial  without  inquiring  into  the  identities 
of  the  witnesses"  (p.  xi).  But  this  was  written  anent  the 
accomplices  of  the  Revolutionary  leaders,  and  not  of  the  cour- 
tiers. 

A  fixed  idea  of  the  author,  obtruded  at  every  point  of  her 
narrative,  is  the  complicity  of  the  Revolutionary  leaders  with 
Prussia.  Of  course,  at  the  present  time  the  serviceability  of 
such  a  conviction  in  her  readers  to  the  establishment  of  the 
theory  of  the  diabolical  nature  of  the  Revolution  is  obvious. 
The  Jacobin  Club  grew  out  of  the  disciples  of  the  German 
Illuminati,  whose  program  was  the  "overturning  of  religion  and 
government"  (p.  191).  The  War  of  1792  "was  brought  about 
by  the  Girondins  largely  in  the  interests  of  Prussia"  (p.  208). 
"Of  all  the  revolutionary  legends,  the  legend  of  'patriotic  fervor' 
displayed  by  the  leaders  is  the  most  absurd  of  all  [sic]" 
(p.  247).  It  was  not  against  the  invaders  but  against  the  king 
— the  expert  geographer  king,  who  was  "carrying  out  the  prin- 
ciples of  democracy  to  their  utmost  conclusions" — that  the  people 
were  stirred  up  (ibid.).  Valmy  gives  Mrs.  Webster  a  momen- 
tary pause,  but  she  recovers  quickly.  Of  course  "the  defeat  of 
Valmy  was  a  superb  victory  for  Prussia."  For  to  have  reestab- 
lished the  Bourbons  on  the  throne  would  have  been  to  open  the 
way  to  a  renewal  of  the  Franco- Austrian  alliance  (p.  352). 
Mrs.  Webster  is  too  clever  to  be  caught  by  any  little  trick  like 
Valmy.  The  net  result  of  the  mishandling  of  the  King  was  to 
bring  the  Prussian  hordes  into  Paris  in  the  end.  "The  6th  of 
October,  1789,  proved  but  the  prelude  to  the  8th  [18th]  of  Janu- 
ary, 1871"  (p.  171).  Mrs.  Webster  forgets  that  the  government 
which  fell  before  the  Prussians  in  1870-71  was  just  the  most 
successful  copy  of  the  old  regime  in  its  manifold  "abuses"  that 
France  had  seen  in  the  century. 

In  her  anxiety  to  show  that  the  Revolution  had  no  justification 
in  the  social  and  political  condition  of  France  under  the  old 
regime  and  no  real  support  from  the  people  ("for  in  every 
country  the  characteristic  of  the  true  people  is  hatred  of  inno- 
vation"!) (p.  406),  Mrs.  Webster  is  led  into  strange  contradic- 
tions. On  one  page  she  makes  the  people  the  dupes  of  charla- 
tans like  Mirabeau,  Danton,  and  Robespierre;  and  on  the  next 
page  she  represents  the  king  and  the  Constitution  as  borne  like 
an  ark  "in  that  mighty  tide — the  will  of  the  people"  (p.  256). 
"The  people,"  she  says  on  page  116,  "by  calumny,  corruption, 
and  terror,  were  made  to  work  out  their  own  destruction,  to  kill 
their  best  friends,  and  to  strike  down  the  hands  that  fed  them"; 
but  on  page  479  she  says  that  France  "was  saved  from  internal 
ruin  and  disruption,  in  spite  of  the  Terror,  by  the  indomitable 
spirit  of  her  people."  Mrs.  Webster's  book  purports  to  be  "a 
study  in  democracy,"  but  in  fact  she  has  as  little  understanding 
of  the  people  as  do  most  apologists  for  the  rule  of  privilege. 
She  is  interested  in  the  beneficent  court  and  in  its  diabolical 
enemy,  the  Orleanist-Prussian  conspiracy.  The  people  serve  as 
the  episodic  chorus  to  one  or  the  other  of  these  protagonists. 

There  are  very  few  slips  in  specific  statement  of  fact.  Mau- 
repas  was  not  "dismissed"  but  died  in  office  in  1781  (p.  26)  ;  the 
Tiers  were  not  "informed  that  the  hall  must  be  closed  to  debates" 


on  the  20th  of  June,  1789,  but  assembled  at  the  gates  only  to 
find  them  shut  and  guarded  by  soldiers  of  the  king's  guard 
(p.  48) ;  Mirabeau  did  not  "support  the  royal  veto"  a  week 
before  his  stentorian  dismissal  of  De  Breze  (p.  50),  for  the  dis- 
cussion of  the  Constitution  did  not  begin  until  several  weeks 
later;  there  was  no  "anarchic  code  known  as  the  Constitution 
de  VAn  //"  "adopted"  without  further  reference  to  the  "desires 
of  the  people"  (p.  414).  The  Constitution  de  VAn  I,  which 
Mrs.  Webster  has  in  mind,  was  submitted  to  a  plebiscite  and 
adopted  by  a  vote  of  1,801,918  to  11,610,  but  was  never  put  into 
effective  operation.  Yet,  however  accurate  in  detail,  Mrs.  Web- 
ster's book  is  misleading  from  beginning  to  end.  It  is  founded 
on  a  narrow  prejudice  in  favor  of  the  old  regime.  The  king  is 
represented  as  a  modern  Saint  Louis,  sitting  beneath  his  oak  at 
Vincennes  to  receive  the  petitions  of  his  people  (p.  370),  whereas 
as  a  matter  of  fact  twelve  Breton  nobles  who  came  to  Ver- 
sailles with  a  petition  were  thrown  into  the  Bastille.  Not  a 
courtier  or  an  abbe  is  shown  in  an  unfavorable  light.  On  the 
other  hand,  no  opportunity  is  missed  to  present  in  the  worst 
light  possible  every  revolutionary  leader.  There  is  a  charac- 
teristic bit  of  sophistry  in  the  very  motto  inscribed  on  the  title 
page — St.  Just's  statement  that  "the  popular  revolution  was  the 
surface  of  a  volcano  of  foreign  conspiracies."  Every  student 
of  the  French  Revolution  knows  that  St.  Just  used  these  words 
in  an  entirely  different  kind  of  apologetic  from  Mrs.  Webster's. 
It  is  astonishing  that  Mrs.  Webster  could  write  this  encomium 
on  the  old  regime  in  France  in  the  full  twentieth  century,  and 
it  is  more  astonishing  still  that  several  scholars  who  bear  well- 
known  names  could  have  been  "taken  in"  by  her  clever  plea. 
There  was  some  excuse  for  Burke's  Reflections.  The  immense 
gains  of  the  Revolution  were  not  yet  manifest  in  his  day.  But 
even  Burke  was  moderation  itself  in  the  judgment  of  the  great 
movement  in  comparison  with  Mrs.  Webster.  He  only  thought 
the  Revolutionary  leaders  "pettifogging  lawyers"  and  "country 
attorneys,"  bunglers  who  "set  up  a  trade  without  the  knowledge 
to  use  their  tools."  Mrs.  Webster  makes  them  villains.  Burke 
saw  in  the  frivolous  Marie  Antoinette  simply  a  fairy  figure  who 
should  wake  feelings  of  chivalry  in  any  man.  Mrs.  Webster 
elevates  this  pretty  trifler,  with  the  mentality  of  a  manicurist, 
into  a  noble  patriotic  woman  standing  between  her  country  and 
her  country's  implacable  foe,  the  Prussian.  Burke,  in  Tom 
Paine's  classic  jibe,  "pities  the  plumage  and  forgets  the  dying 
bird."  Mrs.  Webster  picks  up  the  dying  bird  and  wrings  its 
neck.  The  book  is  called  "a  study  in  democracy";  it  is  a  studied 
insult  to  democracy  from  cover  to  cover. 

D.  S.  Muzzey 


Cannan  the  Mystic 


The  Release  of  the  Soul.  By  Gilbert  Cannan.  Boni  and  Live- 
right. 
T  T  is  not  unlikely  that  many,  perhaps  most,  of  the  people  who 
■  read  Mr.  Cannan's  new  book  will  wonder  what  he  is  driving 
at.  A  little  of  this  bewilderment  will  be,,  due  to  Mr.  Cannan 
himself;  for  when  he  passes  over  from  the  dramatic  to  the  dis- 
cursive a  certain  elusiveness  invades  his  speech.  His  hand  is 
surer  at  the  business  of  painting  a  portrait  than  at  that  of 
stating  an  idea.  In  this  book,  however,  the  obscurity  of  which 
the  ordinary  reader  may  complain  is  due  chiefly  to  the  subject- 
matter.  The  mildest  mysticism  will  be  unintelligible  to  a  gen- 
eration which  has  gone  to  school  with  pragmatists;  and  in  this 
volume  Mr.  Cannan  has  gone  (as  they  would  say  in  Scotland) 
"far  ben."  Moreover,  the  subject  has  no  standardized  idiom ;  each 
mystic  has  his  own  vocabulary,  and  you  are  never  sure  that  he 
is  giving  to  a  word  the  meaning  that  you  are  accustomed  to  give 
it.  Here,  for  instance,  Mr.  Cannan  uses  "soul"  and  "spirit"  in 
senses  almost  exactly  the  reverse  of  the  familiar  New  Testa- 
ment usages.  Until  one  masters  the  mystic's  private  polariza- 
tion of  words  and  phrases,  it  is  idle  to  expect  his  pages  to  be 


302 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


easy  reading.  Beside  all  this,  and  of  still  more  consequence,  the 
mystic  takes  you  into  a  region  which  you  cannot  traverse — even 
in  his  company — without  the  kindling  of  a  sixth  sense;  and  as 
few  moderns  appear  to  possess  this  sense,  or  even  to  be  aware 
of  its  existence,  the  "reading  public"  will  solemnly  wonder 
whether  Mr.  Cannan's  mind  is  not  beginning  to  give  way. 

Mr.  Cannan  will  doubtless  take  this  view  of  the  case  as  a 
sort  of  indorsement.  For  it  is  what  another  generation  said 
of  William  Blake;  and  Mr.  Cannan  would  conceivably  feel  com- 
plimented to  find  himself  assigned  to  so  good  company.  Mr. 
Cannan  is  at  bottom  trying  to  do  for  his  own  time  what  Blake 
endeavored  to  do  for  his.  In  the  current  pulpit  idiom,  both 
men  are  concerned  with  proclaiming  the  primacy  of  "spiritual 
values."  Neither,  perhaps,  would  recognize  their  message  under 
this  description,  yet  it  is  in  some  such  idiom  that  both  will  have 
to  be  interpreted  to  the  average  man  who  despite  his  religious 
indifference  is  still  soaked  in  the  evangelical  ideology.  There 
is,  however,  a  considerable  difference  in  the  precise  content 
that  Mr.  Cannan  would  give  to  the  word  "spiritual."  According 
to  the  evangelical  tradition  of  the  nineteenth  century,  we  are 
involved  in  a  dualism,  not  to  say  an  antithesis,  of  spiritual  and 
material.  And  this  dualism  Mr.  Cannan  in  common  with  Blake 
would  deny.  Blake  once  said  that  the  body  is  that  part  of  the 
soul  that  we  can  see,  and  he  might  have  gone  on  to  say  in 
similar  terms  that  the  world  is  that  part  of  the  universe  that 
we  can  see.  For  the  Mid-Victorian  evangelical  there  were  two 
worlds,  the  world  that  is  and  the  world  that  is  to  be,  and  the 
problem  of  life  resolved  itself  into  one  of  making  the  best  of 
both  worlds — of  getting  on  in  this  world  and  getting  safely 
into  the  next.  And  his  solution  was  simple — honest  business 
for  this  world  and  religion  for  the  next.  The  two  worlds  were 
conceived  as  being  separated  by  a  distance  of  time — two  worlds, 
as  it  were,  in  succession.  But  what  Mr.  Cannan  would  have  us 
realize  is  that  the  world  of  sense  and  the  world  of  spirit  are 
one  and  the  same,  that  really  to  live  is  to  live  in  both  at  the 
same  time.  It  is  perhaps  inevitable  that  we  should  continue  to 
think  and  speak  in  terms  of  a  dualism;  and  no  great  harm  is 
done  so  long  as  we  realize  that  two  worlds  which  may  be  dis- 
tinguished in  thought  are  inseparable  in  fact,  that  in  spite  of 
appearance  there  is  no  real  schism  of  spiritual  and  material  in 
life.  But  the  present  disintegration  of  life  is  due  largely  to  the 
domination  of  our  minds  by  this  dualism,  and  the  consequent 
tendency  to  mistake  a  part  of  the  universe  for  the  whole  or  to 
deny  one  part  of  it  in  favor  of  the  other.  The  mystic  and  the 
philosophical  idealist  have  tended  to  deny  the  seen,  and  the 
practitioner  of  Eealpolitik  and  the  man  in  the  street  have 
denied  the  unseen.  The  true  attitude  is  that  which  affirms  the 
reality  and  the  unity  of  both,  and  sets  out  to  realize  the  one  in 
the  other. 

Mr.  Cannan  draws  a  vivid  picture  of  the  unreality  of  the 
world  which  men  have  fashioned  for  themselves  to  live  in.  He 
apparently  takes  the  Bergsonian  view  that  the  intellect,  fash- 
ioned to  deal  with  matter,  has  got  into  the  saddle  and  has  been 
able  to  determine  the  world  of  our  common  life.  But  from  the 
nature  of  the  case  such  a  world  as  the  intellect  would  create 
is  only  partial,  and  therefore  disproportionate  and  distorted. 
It  is  a  world  of  perverse  emphases  and  illusions,  and  the  people 
who  live  in  it  spend  themselves  in  the  pursuit  of  things  that  do 
not  and  cannot  satisfy  them.  It  is  purely  a  world  of  things, 
and  its  governing  philosophy  is  that  a  man's  life  consists  in  the 
multitude  of  the  things  he  possesses.  The  logic  of  this  way  of 
life  has  plunged  us  into  the  abyss  of  war,  and,  seemingly,  we 
have  learned  so  little  from  the  bloody  discipline  of  the  last  few 
years  that  we  have  no  thought  but  of  reconstructing  our  Vanity 
Fair  as  speedily  as  possible,  and  of  building  other  and  greater 
Cities  of  Destruction.  Meanwhile  the  nobler  and  more  precious 
part  of  life — the  part  that  is  out  of  sight  and  which  Mr.  Cannan 
calls  the  soul — is  sleeping  away  to  death  within  us. 

In  "Pink  Roses"  Mr.  Cannan  makes  one  of  his  characters  say 
that  life  is   a   number  of  little  things   acutely  realized.     The 


trouble  of  the  modern  world  lies  in  the  poverty  of  its  faculty 
of  realization.  If  it  could  only  find  its  soul,  it  would  learn  how 
few  things  are  after  all  needful  to  the  joy  and  the  fulfilment 
of  life.  Mr.  Cannan  has  written  this  book  with  the  single  pur- 
pose of  evoking  the  soul  and  turning  it  upon  the  world  of  men 
and  things  so  that  a  new  world  may  be  born,  of  enabling  men 
to  recognize  that  the  new  world  is  already  round  about  them  if 
only  they  had  eyes  to  see  it.  At  present  the  field  of  vision  is 
crowded  with  the  peep-show  of  the  politicians,  the  circus  of 
so-called  statecraft,  the  tragi-comedy  of  militarism,  the  puppet 
show  of  diplomacy,  the  farce  of  commercialized  art,  and  the  rest 
of  the  make-believe  that  constitutes  this  sham  we  call  civili- 
zation. We  shall  hope  in  vain  for  any  kind  of  new  world  worth 
living  in  until  some  such  miracle  happens  as  Mr.  Cannan  de- 
scribes; and  what  he  has  written  does  much  to  prepare  the  way 
for  the  miracle.  The  book  is  one  of  those  which  must  be  read 
two  or  three  times  over  before  its  whole  significance  becomes 
clear;  but  it  is  abundantly  worth  that  trouble. 

Richard  Roberts 


Labor's  Lear 

Labor  and  the  Employer.     By  Samuel  Gompers.     E.  P.  Dutton 
and  Company. 

UNDOUBTEDLY  Mr.  Gompers  is  the  king  of  American  labor. 
Sections  of  the  movement  have  outgrown  him.  Certain 
unions,  such  as  the  Amalgamated  Garment  Workers,  have  swept 
out  beyond  him.  Some  of  the  rank  and  file  inside  his  Federation 
are  promoting  ideas  of  which  he  does  not  approve.  There  are 
liberal  and  radical  elements  which  refuse  his  leadership.  His 
enemies  find  him  an  impediment  in  a  time  of  rapid  social  change. 
They  allege  that  if  the  American  Federation  of  Labor  were 
one  more  competitive  concern,  like  a  motor  factory  or  trust 
company,  a  concern  of  meager  social  importance  in  an  over- 
stocked world,  then  we  could  forgive  this  one  strong  man  for 
rigging  his  machine  at  the  center,  for  drilling  his  pliable  offi- 
cials, for  shaping  the  organization  as  the  instrument  of  his 
purpose.  But,  they  say  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor, 
here  is  the  only  repository  of  the  efforts  and  hopes  of  millions, 
the  one  channel  for  their  collective  will.  It  ought  to  be  theirs, 
not  his.  And  yet  the  fact  remains  that  the  opposition  has  not 
produced  an  individual  who  can  measure  up  to  him.  After  all 
has  been  said  that  can  be  well  said  about  machine  manipula- 
tion, this  seventy-year-old  president  remains  in  control  because 
he  outweighs,  outwits,  out-debates  those  who  would  trip  him 
into  oblivion.  Mr.  Gompers  grew  into  power  at  a  time  when 
American  labor  was  distracted  by  numerous  vague  and  small 
industrial  and  political  movements.  His  ideas  received  their 
deep  set  from  those  days  when  he  fought  disruption.  He 
founded  his  Federation  in  a  certain  policy.  He  is  now  loath 
to  toss  that  policy  into  the  melting-pot  of  a  world-revolution. 
"Labor  and  the  Employer"  shows  Mr.  Gompers  in  agreement 
with  the  leaders  of  labor  in  Western  Europe  over  perhaps  three- 
quarters  of  the  fundamentals  in  trade  union  policy.  Mr.  Frank 
Hodges  would  be  proud  to  have  written  Mr.  Gompers's  chapter 
on  The  Labor  View  of  Profit  Sharing,  Efficiency  Management, 
and  Industrial  Democracy.  Mr.  Gompers  and  Mr.  Matthew 
Woll  together  admirably  sum  up  the  situation  in  this  sentence: 
"There  has  yet  to  appear  the  first  employer  or  industrial-expert- 
made  'industrial  democracy'  plan  which  contemplates  the  ex- 
istence of  trade  union  organization  as  the  expression  of  the 
workers'  desires  in  the  plant."  But  it  is  pathetic  to  drive 
through  these  311  pages  by  Mr.  Gompers  and  realize  how  his 
enemies  waste  his  time  in  dispute  on  ancient  matters.  He 
deals  with  the  company  store,  the  right  of  collective  bargaining, 
the  eight-hour  day,  the  open  shop,  the  strike,  picketing,  profit 
sharing,  compulsory  arbitration.  Nearly  all  the  book  is  con- 
cerned with  this  elementary  material.  He  leaves  the  great 
solutions  to  the  future    (page  291).     In  this  time  of  change 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


303 


he  has  nothing  to  offer  but  the  values  and  standards  of  an  age 
that  is  dead.  He  ought  to  be  freed  for  thinking  out  the  prob- 
lems of  his  day  in  the  setting  of  his  vast  experience.  When 
he  does  let  himself  go,  he  has  a  fine  rebel  stroke: 

"The  lawyer  and  the  courts  have  been  two  of  the  chief 
weapons  of  this  brand  of  men  organized  to  destroy  labor  or- 
ganizations.    A  third  has  been  the  private  detective  agencies." 

"Big  business  owns  most  of  the  political  bosses." 

"In  no  country  on  the  face  of  the  globe  is  there  such  a  re- 
lentless disregard  of  the  human  race  and  of  the  workers  of 
the  country  as  that  which  exists  among  the  employers  of  our 
nation." 

President  Gompers  must  often  look  longingly  now  across  the 
water  to  the  British  labor  movement.  It  has  no  single  leader- 
ship, no  executive  center,  no  general  philosophy.  It  is  inco- 
herent, stodgy,  illogical.  It  lacks  a  machine,  a  steam-roller, 
dutiful  henchmen.  But  it  is  a  mighty  force.  It  slowly  gathers 
itself  to  take  over  the  political  and  industrial  government  of 
England.  It  has  fifty  men  of  outstanding  ability.  It  has  won 
the  rights  for  which  American  labor  struggles.  That  Anglo- 
Saxon  movement  of  the  workers  was  built  on  other  lines  than 
those  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor.  It  was  built  from 
the  mass  up.  It  developed  the  individuality  of  its  members. 
It  kept  its  communications  open  with  the  ideas  of  a  new  age. 
It  harnessed  its  idealists  to  the  organization. 

In  his  old  age  Mr.  Gompers  is  left  stripped.  The  most  power- 
ful social  reaction  in  recent  history  sets  in  upon  him.  Em- 
ployers mass  to  force  the  open  shop.  Enormous  groups  of  the 
unskilled  remain  unorganized.  Inside  the  American  Federation 
of  Labor  wide  spaces  divide  some  of  his  international  presi- 
dents from  the  rank  and  file.  His  organization  is  torn  by 
"unofficial"  movements  and  the  winds  of  "unofficial"  doctrine. 
The  staunch  old  man  is  a  king  without  a  kingdom.  In  his  last 
days  he  is  beaten  on  by  the  storm.     He  is  labor's  Lear. 

Arthur  Gleason 


Story  Tellers  of  the  North 

Ditte:  Girl  Alive!  By  Martin  Anderson  Nexo.  Translated 
from  the  Danish.     Henry  Holt  and  Company. 

Treacherous  Ground.  By  Johan  Bojer.  Translated  from  the 
Norwegian  by  Jessie  Muir.     Moffat,  Yard  and  Company. 

BENEATH  all  normal  troubles  and  perplexities  these  story- 
tellers of  the  North  preserve  a  reflective  evenness  of  temper. 
They  are  impassioned  but  not  eager,  anxious  but  in  no  haste. 
Yet  they  are  not,  in  the  Latin  sense,  impassive  either,  and  Blasco 
Ibanez's  calling  Bojer  "a  Maupassant  of  the  North"  is  a  bit 
of  shrill  ineptitude.  Neither  Bojer  nor  Nexo  adopts  any  fixed 
artistic  attitude  at  all;  a  simple  humanness  suffices  them,  a 
clean  and  natural  desire  to  see  things  kindly  and  yet  exactly 
as  they  are.  One  would  never  suspect  from  the  novels  of  Nexo 
that  he  is  a  socialist  of  the  extreme  left  and  editor  of  the 
Klassenkampen  of  Copenhagen.  Bojer  is  much  more  like  Tolstoy 
than  he  is  like  Maupassant,  though  equally  without  the  Rus- 
sian's towering  genius  and  his  excesses.  Both  men  are  after 
truth  in  human  terms,  though  their  approaches  to  it  lie  very 
far  apart.  Nexo  is  a  sociologist  and  economist,  Bojer  a  moral- 
ist. They  are  probably  capable  of  some  bitterness  toward  each 
other.  But  in  the  perspective  in  which  we  see  them  their 
quietude  of  mind  and  natural  objectivity  of  manner  serve  to 
bring  them  closer  together. 

A  single  sentence  in  "Ditte:  Girl  Alive!"  sums  up  in  its  limpid 
clearness  Nexo's  final  conclusions  about  life.  "One  could  recog- 
nize the  Man  family  anywhere,"  he  declares,  "by  their  bad 
qualities  being  traceable  to  definite  sources,  while  for  the  good 
in  them  there  was  no  explanation  at  all;  it  was  inbred."  Some 
such  belief  is,  quite  evidently,  at  the  basis  of  all  the  modern 
efforts  to  reconstruct  society.  It  is  not,  as  morose  moralists 
object,  a  foolish  belief  in  the  goodness  of  men,  taking  goodness 


to  mean  definite  and  changeless  kinds  of  conduct,  but  rather 
faith  in  a  certain  general  good-will  and  patience  of  people  when- 
ever they  are  not  subjected  to  cruel  and  arbitrary  forces.  It 
is  these  qualities  that  Nexo  illustrates  in  his  story.  He  does 
not  omit  the  shadows  from  his  world.  Sorine's  crime  is  ter- 
rible enough.  But  it  is  traceable  to  the  definite  cause  of 
poverty  grinding  down  a  morbid  soul  which  is  destroyed  by  the 
false  pride  engendered  in  a  social  system  in  which  possession  is 
the  test  of  worth.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is  Lars  Peter  with 
his  inexplicable  courage  and  sweetness  of  temper  despite  his 
harsh  misfortunes;  there  is  old  Maren,  who  has  a  touch  of 
grandeur  in  her  simple  woes;  there  is  Ditte  herself  with  her 
unfailing  "natural  piety"  and  loving  kindness.  The  story 
scrupulously  avoids  an  artificial  symmetry  of  structure  and 
follows,  so  far  as  possible,  the  rhythm  of  life.  The  firmness  and 
simplicity  of  the  style  shine  even  through  an  inferior  trans- 
lation. The  book  is  admirably  rich  in  the  things  and  creatures 
that  fill  these  humble  lives,  and  we  are  as  familiar  with  Lars 
Peter's  hut  and  his  old  horse,  Klaus,  as  were  he  and  the  children. 
Ditte  is  constantly  preoccupied,  as  she  had  to  be,  with  questions 
of  food  and  gear.  But  this  preoccupation  never  subdues  a 
flutter  of  the  spirit  that  is  in  her.  Like  Pelle  she  is,  in  her 
gentle  way,  a  conqueror.  We  leave  her  here  as  she  is  about 
to  go  out  into  service  and  brave  a  somewhat  larger  world.  In 
that  keener  and  more  vivid  life  we  shall  want  to  meet  her 
courageous  and  friendly  soul  again. 

Nexo  seeks  the  source  of  human  difficulties  in  natural  evil; 
Bojer  seeks  it  in  moral  evil.  "Treacherous  Ground"  is  the  story 
of  a  sick  conscience  that  finds  all  expiation  in  the  world  of 
objective  reality  ineffectual  and  vain.  The  central  incident  is  a 
classical  and  ever  recurrent  one.  In  one  form  or  another  it 
appears  in  "Faust,"  in  Tolstoy's  "Resurrection,"  in  Hauptmann's 
"Rose  Bernd,"  in  Galsworthy's  "The  Eldest  Son."  Erik  Evje, 
the  son  of  rich  Norwegian  landholders,  falls  in  love  with  a 
peasant  girl.  He  wants  to  marry  her,  but  his  parents  will  not 
permit  the  marriage.  So  the  girl  Olina  bears  a  fatherless  child. 
Later  she  bears  a  second  child  by  another  man  and  this  child, 
like  Gretchen  and  Rose  Bernd,  she  kills  and  is  therefore  sent 
to  prison.  Erik  turns  from  God  to  science  and  from  science  to 
the  ideal  of  social  reconstruction.  His  conscience  is  unhealed. 
He  returns  home  and  seeks  to  expiate  his  sin  by  practical  help- 
fulness to  the  peasants  of  his  neighborhood.  But  the  lands  and 
houses  he  gives  them  rest  on  shifting  quicksands  and  his 
securest  hope  becomes  his  most  violent  disaster.  His  life,  like 
the  lives  of  so  many  of  Ibsen's  people,  was  built  from  the 
beginning  on  'treacherous  ground."  The  story,  like  all  that 
Bojer  tells,  has  fine  spiritual  delicacy  and  a  serene  verisimilitude. 
But  one  who,  like  Nexo,  regards  life  with  a  larger  vision  and  a 
more  controlled  sobriety  might  make  an  impressive  reply  to  the 
tendency  of  the  book.  Whether  Erik  Evje  and  Olina,  the 
peasant  girl,  would  have  been  happy  in  any  high  and  humanly 
fruitful  sense  had  they  been  married  is  more  than  doubtful. 
Galsworthy  in  "The  Eldest  Son"  asks  the  same  question  and 
answers  it  emphatically  in  the  negative.  Hence  the  wound  in 
Erik  Evje's  conscience  was  not  caused  primarily  by  regret  over 
the  loss  of  Olina — nor  does  Bojer  try  to  persuade  us  that  it  was — 
but  by  his  sense  of  responsibility  for  the  moral  deterioration 
and  subsequent  misfortunes  of  the  girl.  But  was  not  the  respon- 
bility  for  these  to  be  attributed,  in  an  at  least  equal  measure, 
to  the  attitude  of  a  society  that  makes  the  unmarried  mother 
an  outcast  and  keeps  its  charity  for  degradation  that  is  legal- 
ized? Erik  did  not  want  to  harm  the  girl;  the  neighbors  and 
friends  who  forsook  her  and  cast  her  off  definitely  did.  They 
took  Erik's  deed  out  of  his  hands  into  theirs.  His  expiation 
was  futile.  But  it  was  so  because  society  had  distorted  and  had 
changed  the  whole  and  purely  personal  character  of  his  original 
sin  and  thus  forced  it  to  bear  consequences  that  were  neither 
in  the  act  nor  in  his  mind.  The  moral  idealist  refuses  to  enter- 
tain such  considerations.  The  creative  artist  who,  like  Nexo, 
has  them  at  heart  writes  more  solidly  and  largely  and  reaches 
out  beyond  the  dimness  of  his  day. 


304 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


Books  in  Brief 

"rpHE  LIMITS  OF  SOCIALISM"  (Macmillan),  by  0.  Fred 
*■  Boucke,  is  a  critique  of  certain  phases  of  Marxianism  in 
the  light  of  present-day  scientific  conclusions.  Most  of  the 
familiar  dogmas  are  passed  over  and  attention  is  directed  to  an 
examination  of  socialism  as  a  promise  of  effective  social  reform. 
The  question  considered  is :  Does  modern  science  justify  the  belief 
of  Marx  that  socialism  provides  an  adequate  theory  of  demo- 
cratic prosperity?  Mr.  Boucke  is  a  competent  student  of  Marx; 
he  takes  the  Marxian  economics  seriously;  he  pays  high  tribute 
to  the  intellectual  candor  and  encyclopedic  equipment  of  both 
Marx  and  Engels;  and  in  spite  of  a  somewhat  meticulous  criti- 
cism he  ends  by  accepting  more  than  he  rejects.  When  he  leaves 
the  field  of  economics  he  is  less  convincing.  His  tediously  long 
examination  of  the  doctrine  of  the  economic  interpretation  of 
history  ends  in  a  bog  of  rather  obvious  psychology  through 
which  one  flounders  impatiently.  Probably  few  careful  stu- 
dents would  take  seriously  the  author's  low  estimate  of  the 
savings  possible  under  an  intelligent  collectivistic  regime,  or  the 
narrow  limits  which  he  sets  to  increase  in  production.  Discus- 
sing the  problem  of  agriculture,  he  makes  the  statement  that  "in 
European  countries  the  peak  of  productivity  has  long  been 
reached" — this  in  the  light  of  what  the  war  did  to  stimulate  pro- 
duction in  England !  The  book  will  prove  rather  stiff  exposition 
to  the  general  reader,  who  will  be  annoyed  at  the  needlessly  scien- 
tific vocabulary.  Mr.  Boucke  is  so  engrossed  with  his  science  that 
he  seems  to  have  forgotten  his  own  pragmatic  philosophy,  which 
should  teach  him  that  social  philosophies  may  work  in  spite  of 
their  disregard  of  current  sociology.  To  vast  numbers  of  men 
and  women  today  socialism  is  a  gospel  of  hope,  the  single  promise 
of  betterment  in  a  world  of  sordid  struggle;  and  a  persuasive 
battle  cry  is  more  potent  to  stir  the  blood  than  all  the  science 
of  the  schools.  Society  will  achieve  prosperity  when  enough 
men  will  it;  and  Marxianism,  whatever  may  be  the  fate  of  its 
economics,  encourages  men  to  will  prosperity. 

"T^IPLOMACY  and  the  Study  of  International  Relations," 
-■-'  by  D.  P.  Heatley,  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh 
(Clarendon  Press),  is  one  of  those  curious  works  of  erudition 
which  only  a  British  or  a  Continental  scholar,  as  a  rule,  is 
likely  to  produce,  but  the  precise  usefulness  of  which  is  not 
quite  clear.  Mr.  Heatley  himself  describes  his  book  as  an  at- 
tempt "to  portray  diplomacy  and  the  conduct  of  foreign  policy 
from  the  standpoint  of  history,  to  show  how  they  have  been 
analyzed  and  appraised  by  representative  writers,  and  to  indi- 
cate sources  from  which  the  knowledge  thus  acquired  may  be 
supplemented."  A  long  first  section,  devoted  in  part  to  point- 
ing out  the  failures  and  successes  of  diplomacy  in  the  past  and 
the  necessary  place  which  it  must  continue  to  hold  in  the  future, 
assembles  also  a  varied  collection  of  opinions  about  the  equip- 
ment of  the  diplomatist,  the  methods  he  should  use  or  avoid, 
the  preparation  of  dispatches,  etc.  Succeeding  divisions  in- 
clude an  annotated  bibliography  of  important  source  collections 
and  other  works  in  the  field  of  diplomacy,  an  informing  his- 
torical study  of  the  doctrine  of  British  sovereignty  of  the  seas, 
a  survey  of  the  literature  of  international  ethics,  and  numerous 
extracts  illustrative  of  diplomatic  procedure.  The  particular 
international  questions  raised  by  the  great  war  are  not  gone 
into. 

PADRAIC  COLUM  has  done  a  beautiful  thing  for  children 
in  "The  Girl  who  Sat  by  the  Ashes"  (Macmillan).  Of  all 
the  Cinderella  tales  of  many  lands  this  is  the  most  poetic  and 
living.  The  story  of  Maid-Alone,  as  this  Irish  kitchen  wench 
names  herself,  is  so  exquisitely  told  that  it  should  be  pictured 
with  the  same  simplicity.  Instead,  the  book  is  burdened  with 
a  profusion  of  complicated  swirls  which  the  young  reader  will 
probably  remove  with   a  pen-knife.     Another  celebrated  char- 


acter of  the  child  world,  whose  adventures  are  admirably  re- 
corded, is  "The  Little  Lead  Soldier,"  now  for  the  first  time 
translated  from  the  Italian  of  Anna  Franchi  (Penn  Publish- 
ing Company).  Italian  children  have  long  loved  Tamburino, 
whose  travels  brought  the  world  into  the  nursery.  The  pictures 
by  Hattie  Longstreet  Price  catch  the  spirit  of  this  classic.  Not 
Italian  but  of  Italy  is  Nannine  La  Villa  Meiklejohn's  story, 
"The  Cart  of  Many  Colors"  (Dutton).  A  gaily  painted  Sicilian 
cart  is  here  the  vehicle  for  patriotic  Italian  propaganda,  but  so 
many  characteristic  customs  and  scenes  figure  in  the  story,  and 
so  many  vistas  of  history  are  glimpsed  in  passing,  that  the 
young  American  reader  may  establish  a  close  contact  with  his 
dark-eyed  playmates  overseas.  Although  one  of  the  most  invit- 
ing books  on  the  counters,  "The  Three  Mulla-Mulgars,"  by 
Walter  De  la  Mare  (Knopf),  will  be  a  disappointment  to  most 
children.  The  illustrations  by  Dorothy  P.  Lathrop  are  stimu- 
lating to  the  fancy,  but  as  for  the  tale  itself,  a  weariness  of 
detail,  with  many  strange  words  and  unpronounceable  names 
and  very  little  story,  makes  the  book  a  burden  and  not  a  pleas- 
ure. The  three-volume-novel  style  is  ponderous  for  fairy  tales; 
Mr.  De  la  Mare's  delight  in  his  own  creation  has  blinded  him 
to  the  child's  point  of  view. 

"T7NGLAND    under    the   Yorkists,"   by    Isobel   D.    Thornley 


1L 


(Longmans,   Green),  is  a   source-book  appealing  to  the 


needs  of  various  classes  of  scholars.  While  exhibiting  to  uni- 
versity students  the  materials  from  which  history  is  written, 
the  editor  has  printed  a  few  new  texts  and  edited  others  in  a 
style  learned  enough  to  instruct  the  most  advanced  master  of 
the  period.  The  work  is  admirably  done;  all  branches  of  his- 
tory, political,  constitutional,  ecclesiastical,  economic,  and  social, 
are  included.  The  material  is  taken  from  histories,  memoirs, 
treaties,  letters,  charters,  and  legal  documents  of  all  sorts.  One 
may  read  here  the  finely  tempered  comments  of  Comines,  the 
cool  and  admirable  accounts  of  events  by  Polydore  Vergil,  Sir 
Thomas  More's  narrative  of  the  death  of  the  princes  in  the 
Tower,  the  lively  correspondence  of  the  Pastons,  Celys,  Stonors, 
and  Plumptons,  and  the  records  of  momentous  diplomatic  con- 
ferences and  of  church  visitations.  The  idea  that  the  sources 
for  this  particular  period  are  poorer  than  for  the  earlier  Middle 
Ages  on  the  one  hand  and  for  the  sixteenth  century  on  the 
other  is  mistaken.  While  the  monastic  chronicles  declined  in 
volume  and  in  value,  their  place  was  taken  by  a  vast  array  of 
new  sources  entirely  unknown  to  the  previous  age.  When  once 
the  student  has  a  thread  on  which  to  string  data,  there  is  no 
better  way  than  to  send  him  to  the  sources.  They  present  both 
the  liveliest  and  the  truest  picture  of  past  times.  A  document 
can  distort  facts,  intentionally  or  unintentionally,  but  it  can 
never  belie  the  spirit  of  the  age  that  gave  it  birth. 

T  Ti  7" ALES,  once  a  conquered  province,  now  England's  oldest 
»  »  ally  and  partner,  is  brilliantly  treated  in  "The  Making  of 
Modern  Wales:  Studies  in  the  Tudor  Settlement  of  Wales,"  by 
W.  Llewelyn  Williams  (London:  Macmillan).  After  the  sup- 
posed conquest  by  the  Normans,  between  1282  and  1542,  "the 
Welshery" — looked  upon  as  inferior  folk — were  never  pacified 
until  brute  force  gave  way  to  justice.  No  Englishman's  life 
was  safe  forty  rods  away  from  his  castle  gate;  while  the  coun- 
try itself,  with  a  population  of  about  125,000,  was  in  chronic 
anarchy,  with  feuds  and  intestine  wars.  When  the  Tudors,  a 
Welsh  dynasty,  occupied  the  throne  of  England,  a  constitution 
was  granted  to  Wales.  This,  in  a  generation  or  two,  wrought 
a  veritable  political  miracle.  In  1535  Henry  VIII  incorporated 
Wales  with  England  in  an  "Act  for  Laws  and  justice  to  be 
ministered  in  Wales  in  like  form  as  it  is  in  this  realm,"  declar- 
ing that  all  natives  of  Wales  should  enjoy  and  inherit  "all  and 
singular  Freedoms,  Liberties,  Rights,  Privileges  and  Laws  with 
Englishmen."  The  change  for  the  better — as  now  seen  in  the 
perspective  of  four  centuries — was  nothing  less  than  startling. 
The  Act  of  Union  created  no  long  friction  and  dissatisfaction 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


305 


as  it  did  later  in  Scotland.  When  the  policy  of  Anglicization 
through  force  was  superseded  by  one  which  recognized  the  lan- 
guage and  respected  the  traditions  of  the  Welsh  people,  with 
their  oldest  literary  inheritances  in  Europe,  those  people  became 
the  most  easily  governed  in  the  realm.  The  British  in  India 
might  well  profit  by  the  administrative  example  which  is  here 
set  forth. 

«'rp  HE  MODERN  READER'S  BIBLE  FOR  SCHOOLS"  (New 
*  Testament),  edited  by  R.  G.  Moulton  (Macmillan),  is  a 
volume  of  347  pages  presenting  the  text,  somewhat  abridged,  of 
the  Modern  Reader's  Bible,  namely  that  of  the  English  Revision. 
The  four  Gospels  are  given  in  their  entirety,  the  sayings  of 
Jesus  being  printed  in  a  distinctive  type.  The  Acts  of  the 
Apostles  and  the  Epistles  are  considerably  abridged.  In  the 
latter  an  editorial  condensation  is  followed  by  a  selection  of 
leading  passages  in  the  language  of  Scripture.  For  each  portion 
of  Scripture  there  is  an  introduction  written  from  the  literary 
point  of  view,  occasional  exercises  in  Bible  study,  and  explana- 
tory notes.  The  notes  are  in  two  sections — those  on  specific 
passages,  and  general  notes,  in  which  such  matters  as  demon- 
ology,  mystery-religions,  and  "the  unpardonable  sin"  are  dis- 
cussed. In  the  notes  the  editor  has  utilized  to  some  extent  the 
results  of  modern  biblical  scholarship,  as  in  the  explanations 
of  the  meaning  of  the  word  prophecy  in  connection  with  the 
Book  of  Revelation  and  of  the  symbolism  of  the  gift  of  tongues. 
On  the  whole  the  book  seems  admirably  adapted  to  the  purpose 
intended — to  provide  a  text  of  the  New  Testament  with  explana- 
tions adequate  and  truthful  yet  thoroughly  adapted  virginibus 
puerisque. 

O  ANDOLPH  BOURNE  was  sorry  during  the  war  to  see  the 
™  ^  universities  drop  their  philosophy  like  something  of  which 
they  were  very  tired  and  contribute  to  a  critical  situation  not 


critics  but  contrivers,  not  valuable  skeptics  but  indispensable 
efficiency-experts.  "Some  War-Time  Lessons"  (Columbia  Uni- 
versity Press),  by  Frederick  Paul  Keppel,  who  left  the  deanship 
of  Columbia  College  to  become  Third  Assistant  Secretary  of 
War,  is  not  a  philosophical  or  critical  book,  though  in  another 
way  it  is  a  sensible  one.  Mr.  Keppel  knows  young  men  of  the 
average,  patriotic  sort,  and  knows  them  well;  and  he  believes  it 
to  have  been  good  for  them  that  they  achieved  a  certain 
solidarity  of  spirit  under  the  stress  of  a  great  cause.  Another 
sort  of  young  men  he  does  not  know  so  well.  He  is  better  aware 
that  the  war  made  a  great  many  useful  and  attractive  citizens 
than  he  is  that  it  made  a  good  many  useful  and  not  unat- 
tractive protestants  against  the  government. 

"(~\  LD  JUNK"  (Knopf)  is  one  of  those  volumes  of  prose 
*-^  which  are  printed  for  no  other  reason  than  that  they  are 
written  well.  A  Foreword  by  S.  K.  Ratcliffe  describes  the 
author,  H.  M.  Tomlinson,  as  a  London  journalist  who  is  in- 
definably but  indisputably  a  "London  Saxon."  Whatever  Mr. 
Ratcliffe's  inspiration  for  the  epithet  may  have  been,  Mr.  Tom- 
linson does  plainly  stand  and  converse  in  a  manner  that  modern 
America  understands  to  be  English.  His  accounts  of  Africa, 
of  the  sea,  of  New  York,  of  Britain,  of  the  war,  of  rare  and 
obscure  persons  and  places,  are  the  work  of  an  exquisitely  edu- 
cated man.  Delicate  and  helpless  in  his  gestures,  he  yet  is  en- 
duringly  accurate  in  imagination.  His  images  are  of  that  ex- 
cellent variety  which  send  your  eye  to  the  corner  of  the  ceiling 
for  testing  and  reflection — and  acceptance.  He  patently  is  a 
survival  from  gentler  times,  when  the  machinery  of  life  wa3 
not  so  shiny  or  loud;  but  the  discrepancy  is  registered  in  an- 
gelically ironic  smiles  rather  than  in  any  kind  of  wail.  His 
stare  envelops  rather  than  avoids,  and  he  writes  a  beautiful 
book. 


ALFRED  *  A  *  KNOPF 


2ao  W.  42  Street,  NEW  YORK 

l*?*5>l!"?*5iI!^*5all^*5l'll6^»!!BllB?»?,H^S:*3Bll«5*5aII^*J«lla2*3*l 
lt£»2s  1 1  a£»2a  1 1  ai'ii  I 1  i&£>2a  1 1  ns*i  1 1  *£*2a  1 1  afrd  I  lns*a  1 1  bkms  1 1  Eras  • 


The  following  books  will  be  published  September  15: 

PLACE  YOUR  ORDER  WITH  YOUR  BOOKSELLER  AT  ONCE. 

YOUTH  and  the  BRIGHT  MEDUSA  By  wnu  Cath 

Author  of  My  Antonia,  The  Song  of  the  Lark,  etc. 

THERE  are  not  many  living  writers  from  whom  a  new  book  commands  the  attention  with  which  each  suc- 
cessive volume  of  Miss  Cather's  is  now  awaited.  There  seems  to  be  no  disputing  the  fact  that  she  is  our 
greatest  living  woman  novelist.  In  the  stories  in  the  present  volume  she  deals  with  youth's  adventure  with  the 
many-colored  Medusa  of  art.  Each  tale  is  marked  by  the  amazing  ardor  and  restless  energy  of  imagination 
which  is  peculiarly  Miss  Cather's ;  by  a  quick,  bold  cutting  into  the  tissues  of  human  experience  and  emotion 
that  makes  each  of  them  a  new  discovery  about  character  and  life.    $2.25. 


er 


HAGAR'S  HOARDS      ,rhh  T 

*-»•■»-  ^        George  Kibbe  Turner 

The  scene  of  this  tale  of  an  old  man's  greed  and  a  young 
man's  love,  is  Memphis  during  the  yellow  fever  epidemic  of 
1878.  Mr.  Turner  excels  in  vivid  characterization  and  sureness 
of  touch,  and  he  has,  in  this  novel,  created  a  really  dis- 
tinguished piece  of  work.    $2.25. 

THE  CONTROL  OF  IDEALS 

By  H.  B.  Van  IVesep 
This  book  aims  to  teach  us  how  to  "laugh  a  little  at  our  own 
ideals  and  hold  them  no  less  dear."  It  is  written  in  the  spirit 
of  a  Nietzsche  shorn  of  his  madness  but  not  bereft  of  his 
insight.  The  author  is  a  research  worker  in  philanthropic 
problems  at  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  and  his  manuscript 
was  read  and  recommended  for  publication  by  the  head  of  the 
department  of  philosophy  in  a  great  university,  an  eminent 
authority  on  politics  and  government  and  an  intelligent  lay- 
man.   $2.00. 


THE  FORERUNNERS 


y  Kahlil  Gibran 


"The  Madman"  and  "Twenty  Drawings"  have  won  for 
Mr.  Gibran  in  the  past  two  years  the  recognition  in  this 
country  that  is  due  the  national  poet  and  novelist  of  the 
Arabic-speaking  peoples.  The  present  volume  continues  the 
vein  of  ironic  symbolism  of  the  earlier  book.  It  is  illustrated 
with  five  fine  drawings  by  the  author.    $1.50. 

MLLE.  DE  MAUPIN  %otMe  Gautier 

The  third  in  the  series  of  handsome  reprints  of  French 
classics  with  introductions  by  Burton  Rascoe  which  Mr.  Knopf 
instituted  last  year.  This  book  is  uniform  with  Ma-' 
Bovary  and  Manon  Ltscaut.  Printed  on  Warren's  India  Tint 
Olde  Style  paper ;  bound  in  black  buckram  with  gold  stamping 
and  gilt  top.    $4.00. 


306 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


THE  deadliest  of  several  deadly  superstitions  about  university 
dissertations  is  that  their  authors  must  confine  themselves 
"within  measurable  limits"  so  as  to  be  clear  and  incontroverti- 
ble— as  if  there  could  be  value  in  limited  truth,  or  as  if  there 
were  limits  to  a  competent  reader's  curiosity.  It  is  with  typical 
timidity  that  Flora  Ross  Amos,  in  the  preface  to  her  "Early 
Theories  of  Translation"  (Columbia  University  Press),  warns 
against  any  expectation  that  in  her  survey  of  English  transla- 
tion between  Alfred  and  Pope  she  has  furnished  more  than  a 
reference  book  to  theories — that  she  has  turned  any  light  upon 
the  relations  between  theory  and  practice.  What  she  has  done, 
of  course,  is  useful,  particularly  to  those  students  of  transla- 
tion in  the  seventeenth,  eighteenth,  and  nineteenth  centuries 
who  have  been  somewhat  in  the  dark  as  to  precept  in  the  middle 
ages  and  the  sixteenth  century;  but  it  is  not  interesting  to  those 
who  are  concerned  first  and  last  with  literary  results  in  the 
matter  of  translation. 

Drama 

Plays  for  a  People's   Theater 

The  Fight  for  Freedom.    By  Douglas  Goldring.    With  a  Preface 

by  Henri  Barbusse.    Thomas  Seltzer. 
Touch  and  Go.     By  D.  H.  Lawrence.     Thomas  Seltzer. 

LONG  before  the  war  the  Arbeitertheater  was  a  firmly  estab- 
lished institution  in  Central  Europe.  Today,  as  Mr.  Goldring 
points  out,  the  unifying  ideas  of  the  new  world  that  is  being 
born  express  themselves  fully  and  freely  through  the  medium  of 
the  theater  in  Russia,  Germany,  Austria,  and  Holland.  He 
wants  England  to  do  likewise.  He  wants  to  see  the  miners,  the 
transport  workers,  the  postmen,  and  the  police  interest  them- 
selves in  the  establishment  of  a  Labor  Theater.  It  is  an  ad- 
mirable wish  and  some  day  it  will  come  true.  But  we  must  be 
patient  and  not  in  our  eagerness  and  passion  for  good  causes 
neglect  to  take  into  account  certain  national  traits  of  decisive 
importance.  A  typical  German  figure  under  the  old  regime  was 
the  proletarian — janitor,  printer,  blacksmith — who  starved  him- 
self to  give  his  son  a  learned  education — not  the  training  of  a 
skilled  mechanic  or  an  engineer,  but  that  of  a  philologist  or 
jurist.  In  this  ambition  there  was  a  strain  of  servile  snobbish- 
ness; there  was  also  an  ancient  and  honorable  respect  for  the 
things  of  the  mind.  When  this  proletarian  became  class- 
conscious  he  was  no  longer  so  anxious  to  have  his  son  achieve 
a  doctorate.  But  to  establish  and  fortify  the  personal  worth 
of  himself  and  his  class  he  took  instinctively  to  Reklam  editions 
of  the  classics  and  to  seeing  the  masterpieces  of  the  drama  on 
the  stage.  He  transformed  his  old  self  into  new  and  nobler 
uses.  The  tradition  behind  the  British  and  the  native  American 
worker  is  radically  different.  "The  Fight  for  Freedom"  has 
already  appeared  in  Die  Weissen  Blatter  and  been  accepted  for 
production  in  Berlin  and  Vienna.  What  audience  have  we  for 
it  here?  Not  the  militant  bourgeoisie  of  upper  Broadway.  Only, 
in  all  likelihood,  the  Yiddish  workers.  And  with  them  we  are 
definitely  back  in  Central  and  Eastern  Europe.  Our  native 
theater,  like  the  British  theater  which  Mr.  Goldring  describes, 
connects  the  word  revolution  with  innovations  in  decorative 
effects,  not  with  those  internationalist  and  moral  ideas  that, 
amid  hunger  and  disease  and  pain,  are  recreating  the  life  of 
the  Continental  peoples. 

Mr.  D.  H.  Lawrence,  though  no  less  preoccupied  with  world 
conflicts  than  Mr.  Goldring,  desires  the  new  theater  to  be  free 
of  the  fetters  of  any  class  and  address  itself  to  the  basic  human- 
ity of  all  men.  He  is  weary,  as  Nietzsche  was,  of  functions 
and  officialisms  masquerading  as  men;  he  wants  the  reintegra- 
tion of  characteristics  into  creatures  for  which  Strindberg  pleaded 
long  ago.  He  wants  the  dramatic  struggle  to  be  stripped  of 
the  mechanical  accidents  that  obscure  it  and  to  reveal  the  crucial 
passions  which,  according  to  his  notable  distinction,  transform 


disaster  into  tragedy.  And  he,  like  Mr.  Goldring,  is  full  of 
hope  and  of  a  beautiful  ardor  and  of  a  vision  of  what  the  theater 
can  and  shall  be.  In  that  vision  there  is  pathos  as  well  as  ardor 
and  beauty.  For  "Tillie  of  Bloomsbury,"  by  that  redoubtable 
patriot  and  warrior  Ian  Hay,  having  completed  a  triumphant 
year  in  London,  has  just  had  a  brilliant  opening  in  New  York 
under  the  title  of  "Happy-Go-Lucky."  Kind  hearts  are  more 
than  coronets.  The  pauper  is  as  good  as  the  prince.  But  ah, 
the  prince  marries  the  pauper  and  all  the  paupers  become 
princes,  so  that  the  doctrine  of  their  equality  need  never  stand 
an  ugly  test  in  this  best  of  worlds!  And  still  the  parlor  Bolshe- 
viks rage! 

Meanwhile  we  have,  as  definite  and  permanent  results  of 
this  movement  toward  a  people's  theater,  the  printed  versions 
of  Mr.  Goldring's  and  Mr.  Lawrence's  plays.  "The  Fight  for 
Freedom"  gives  a  dramatic  picture  of  English  society  during 
the  middle  of  1918.  Captain  Michael  Henderson,  home  on  seven 
days'  leave  after  eighteen  unspeakable  months  in  the  trenches, 
commits  a  sex  atrocity.  The  Reverend  Dean  thinks  it  splendid 
and  manly  that  the  brave  defender  of  his  country  is  willing  to 
make  Margaret  Lambert  an  honest  woman.  Margaret  has  risen 
to  the  point  at  which  she  will  not  be  married  to  a  madman  to 
save  her  technical  honor.  But  when  her  radical  friend  bids  her 
pity  the  poor  fellow  who,  like  so  many  in  all  the  armies,  has 
cracked  under  an  inhuman  strain,  and  turn  her  hatred  toward 
those  who  made  the  war  and  kept  it  going,  her  middle-class 
sentimentality  is  outraged  and  her  fight  for  freedom  collapses. 
The  dramatic  embodiment  of  this  fable  is  full  of  energy.  A 
voice  rings  through  it,  though  not  always  the  voice  of  the 
characters.  These  are  sufficiently  but  not  profoundly  there  and 
group  themselves  in  slightly  conventional  attitudes  and  pat- 
terns: generation  against  generation,  conservative  against  radi- 
cal. The  conflict  and  tendency  are  constantly  guided  and  in- 
terpreted by  a  choral  raissonneur.  Yet  this  adherence  of  Mr. 
Goldring  to  a  proven  theatrical  pattern  of  the  better  kind  may 
possibly  increase  the  play's  chances  of  an  early  production  and 
hence  further  the  spread  of  the  ideas  he  has  at  heart.  And 
since  from  these  ideas  and  these  alone  the  new  art  of  a  new 
and  freer  world  can  spring,  his  dramaturgic  conventionality  has 
its  ample  practical  justification  to  an  extent  rare  in  such  un- 
dertakings. 

Superficially,  "Touch  and  Go"  may  seem  less  credible  and 
more  confused  than  'The  Fight  for  Freedom."  Neither  Mr. 
Lawrence's  ideas  nor  his  dramaturgic  methods  are  as  firm  and 
clarified  as  Mr.  Goldring's.  The  reason  is  that  he  is  on  the 
edge  of  even  fresher  perceptions  and  subtler  cognitions.  His 
tone  is  acrid,  his  characterization  has  moments  of  apparent 
irresponsibility,  but  he  cuts  deep  into  the  ultimate  facts  of  the 
soul's  life.  In  the  first  scene  of  the  second  act  there  is  a 
conversation  between  Gerald  Barlow  and  Annabel  Wrath  which 
recalls  Schnitzler  in  its  avoidance  of  the  external  pointedness 
of  conventional  dialogue  and  in  its  quiet  penetration  to  the  true 
character  of  human  contacts.  Throughout,  even  in  the  scenes 
that  express  the  turbulence  of  the  industrial  struggle,  there  is 
an  absence  of  the  falsely  symmetrical  and  a  projection  of  the 
rich,  impenetrable  moods  of  men  that  presage  the  new  art  of 
the  theater  for  which  Mr.  Goldring  can  only  clear  the  way.  For 
in  that  new  art  there  will  be  less  clash  and  more  "creative 
crisis";  there  will  be  less  struggle  between  people  as  they  are 
supposed  to  be  or  suppose  themselves  to  be,  and  more  dramatic 
unfolding  to  themselves  and  to  others  of  what  they  really  are. 
We  are  but  at  the  outset  of  that  vast  voyage  of  discovery  that 
will  chart  anew  the  sea  of  the  soul's  life.  But  Mr.  Lawrence 
has  started  on  that  voyage  and  his  play  is  full  of  the  strange 
vistas  he  has  begun  to  see.  Yet  we  must  not  underestimate 
Mr.  Goldring's  bright  certainty  of  execution  in  favor  of  Mr. 
Lawrence's  richer  if  dimmer  texture.  Neither  play  is  a  great 
play.  To  us,  at  this  hour  in  the  development  of  our  theater 
and  of  the  society  it  is  to  serve  and  express,  both  are  important 
and,  indeed,  precious. 

LUDWTG    LEWISOHN 


International  Relations  Section 


Why  Haiti  Has  No  Budget 

AT  the  session  of  the  Haitian  National  Assembly  on 
August  4,  the  President  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  and 
the  Haitian  Minister  of  Finance  laid  before  that  body  the 
course  of  the  American  Financial  Adviser  which  had  made 
it  impossible  to  submit  to  the  Assembly  accounts  and 
budgets  in  accordance  with  the  Constitution  of  Haiti  and 
the  Haiti-American  Convention.  The  statement  which 
follows  is  taken  from  the  official  Haitian  gazette,  the 
Moniteur  of  August  7. 

Message  of  the  President 

Gentlemen  of  the  Council  of  State:  On  account  of  unforeseen 
circumstances  it  has  not  been  possible  for  the  Government  of 
the  Republic  to  present  to  you  in  the  course  of  the  session  of 
your  high  assembly  which  closes  today  (August  4)  the  general 
accounts  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures  for  1918-1919  and 
the  budget  for  1920-1921,  in  accordance  with  the  Constitution. 

It  is  certainly  an  exceptional  case,  the  gravity  of  which  will 
not  escape  you.  You  will  learn  the  full  details  from  the  report 
which  the  Secretary  of  Finance  and  Commerce  will  submit  to 
you,  in  which  it  will  be  shown  that  the  responsibility  for  it  does 
not  fall  on  the  Executive  Power.     . 

In  the  life  of  every  people  there  come  moments  when  it  must 
know  how  to  be  resigned  and  to  suffer.  Are  we  facing  one  of 
those  moments?  The  attitude  of  the  Haitian  people,  calm  and 
dignified,  persuades  me  that,  marching  closely  with  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  Republic,  there  is  no  suffering  which  it  is  not 
disposed  to  undergo  to  safeguard  and  secure  the  triumph  of  its 
rights.  Dartiguenave 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  Finance  and  Commerce 

Gentlemen  of  the  Council  of  State:  Article  116  of  the  Con- 
stitution prescribes  in  its  first  paragraph:  "The  general  ac- 
counts and  the  budgets  prescribed  by  the  preceding  article  must 
be  submitted  to  the  legislative  body  by  the  Secretary  of  Finance 
not  later  than  eight  days  after  the  opening  of  the  legislative 
session." 

And  Article  2  of  the  American-Haitian  Convention  of  Sep- 
tember 16,  1915,  stipulates  in  its  second  paragraph:  "The  Presi- 
dent of  Haiti  shall  appoint,  on  the  nomination  of  the  President 
of  the  United  States,  a  Financial  Adviser,  who  shall  be  a  civil 
servant  attached  to  the  Ministry  of  Finance,  to  whom  the  Secre- 
tary shall  lend  effective  aid  in  the  prosecution  of  his  work. 
The  Financial  Adviser  shall  work  out  a  system  of  public  ac- 
counting, shall  aid  in  increasing  the  revenues  and  in  their 
adjustment  to  expenditures.     .     .     . 

Since  February  of  this  year  (1920)  the  secretaries  of  the 
various  departments,  in  order  to  conform  to  the  letter  of  Article 
116  of  the  Constitution,  and  to  assure  continuity  of  public  ser- 
vice in  the  matter  of  receipts  and  expenditures,  set  to  work 
at  the  preparation  of  the  budgets  for  their  departments  for 
1920-21. 

By  a  dispatch  dated  March  22,  1920,  the  Department  of 
Finance  sent  the  draft  budgets  to  Mr.  A.  J.  Maumus,  Acting 
Financial  Adviser,  for  preliminary  study  by  that  official.  But 
the  Acting  Adviser  replied  to  the  Department  by  a  letter,  of 
March  29:  "I  suggest  that,  in  view  of  the  early  return  of  Mr. 
John  Mcllhenny,  the  Financial  Adviser,  measures  be  taken  to 
postpone  all  discussion  regarding  the  said  draft  budgets  be- 
tween the  different  departments  and  the  Office  [of  the  Financial 
Adviser]  to  permit  him  to  take  part  in  the  discussions." 

Nevertheless,  the  regular  session  was  opened  on  the  consti- 
tutional date,  Monday,  April  5,  1920.  Mr.  John  Mcllhenny, 
the  titular  Financial  Adviser,  absent  in  the  United  States  since 


October,  1919,  on  a  financial  mission  for  the  Government,  pro- 
longed his  stay  in  America,  detained  no  doubt  by  the  insur- 
mountable difficulties  in  the  accomplishment  of  his  mission  (the 
placing  of  a  Haitian  loan  on  the  New  York  market).  Since 
on  the  one  hand  the  Adviser  could  not  overcome  these  difficul- 
ties, and  on  the  other  hand  his  presence  at  Port-au-Prince  was 
absolutely  necessary  for  the  preparation  of  the  budget  in  con- 
formity with  the  Constitution  and  the  Haitian-American  Con- 
vention, the  Government  deemed  it  essential  to  ask  him  to  re- 
turn to  Port-au-Prince  for  that  purpose.  The  Government  in 
so  doing  secured  the  good  offices  of  the  American  Legation,  and 
Mr.  Mcllhenny  returned  from  the  United  States  about  the  first 
of  June.  The  Legislature  had  already  been  in  session  almost 
two  months. 

About  June  15  the  Adviser  began  the  study  of  the  budget 
with  the  secretaries.  The  conferences  lasted  about  twelve  days, 
and  in  that  time,  after  courteous  discussions,  after  some  cuts, 
modifications,  and  additions,  plans  for  the  following  budgets 
were  agreed  upon: 

1.  Ways  and  Means 

2.  Foreign  Relations 

3.  Finance  and  Commerce 

4.  Interior 

On  Monday,  July  12,  at  3.30,  the  hour  agreed  upon  between 

the  ministers  and  the  Adviser,  the  ministers  met  to  continue 

the  study  of  the  budget  which  they  wanted  to  finish  quickly 

.     Between  4  and  4:30  the  Secretary  of  Finance  received 

a  letter  from  the  Adviser  which  reads  as  follows: 

"I  find  myself  obliged  to  stop  all  study  of  the  budget  until 
certain  affairs  of  considerable  importance  for  the  welfare  of  the 
country  shall  have  been  finally  settled  according  to  the  recom- 
mendations made  by  me  to  the  Haitian  Government. 

"Please  accept,  Mr.  Secretary,  the  assurance  of  my  highest 
consideration,  John  McIlhenny" 

Such  an  unanticipated  and  unjustifiable  decision  on  the  part 
of  Mr.  Mcllhenny,  an  official  attached  to  the  Ministry  of 
Finance,  caused  the  whole  Government  profound  surprise  and 
warranted  dissatisfaction.     .     .     . 

On  July  13  the  Department  of  Finance  replied  to  the  Finan- 
cial Adviser  as  follows: 

"I  beg  to  acknowledge  your  letter  of  July  12,  in  which  you 
say,  'I  find  myself  obliged,  etc.      .      .      .' 

"In  taking  note  of  this  declaration,  the  importance  and  gravity 
of  which  certainly  cannot  escape  you,  I  can  only  regret  in  the 
name  of  the  Government: 

"1.  That  you  omitted  to  tell  me  with  the  precision  which  such 
an  emergency  demands  what  are  the  affairs  of  an  importance 
so  considerable  for  the  welfare  of  the  country  and  the  settle- 
ment of  which,  according  to  the  recommendations  made  by  you, 
is  of  such  great  moment  that  you  can  subordinate  to  that  set- 
tlement the  continuation  of  the  work  on  the  budget? 

"2.  That  you  have  taken  such  a  serious  step  without  consid- 
ering that  in  so  doing  you  have  divested  yourself  of  one  of  the 
essential  functions  which  devolves  upon  you  as  Financial  Ad- 
viser attached  to  the  Department  of  Finance. 

"The  preparation  of  the  budget  of  the  state  constitutes  one 
of  the  principal  obligations  of  those  intrusted  with  it  by  law, 
because  the  very  life  of  the  nation  depends  upon  its  elabora- 
tion. The  Legislature  has  been  in  session  since  April  5  last. 
By  the  Constitution  the  draft  budgets  and  the  general  accounts 
should  be  submitted  to  the  legislative  body  within  eight  days 
after  the  opening  of  the  session,  that  is  to  say  by  April  13. 
The  draft  budgets  were  sent  to  your  office  on  March  22. 

"By  reason  of  your  absence  from  the  country,  the  examina- 
tion of  these  drafts  was  postponed,  the  acting  Financial  Ad- 
viser not  being  willing  to  shoulder  the  responsibility;  we  refer 
you  to  his  letters  of  March  29  and  of  April  17  and  24.  Finally 
.     .     .     you  came  back  to  Port-au-Prince,  and  after  some  two 


308 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


weeks,  you  began  with  the  secretaries  to  study  the  draft  budgets. 

"The  Government  therefore  experiences  a  very  disagreeable 
surprise  on  reading  your  letter  of  July  12.  It  becomes  my 
duty  to  inform  you  of  that  disagreeable  surprise,  to  formulate 
the  legal  reservations  in  the  case,  and  to  inform  you  finally  that 
you  bear  the  sole  responsibility  for  the  failure  to  present  the 
budget  in  due  time. 

"Fleury  Fequiere,  Secretary  of  Finance" 

On  July  19,  Mr.  Bailly-Blanchard,  the  American  Minister, 
placed  in  the  hands  of  the  President  of  the  Republic  a  memo- 
randum emanating  from  Mr.  Mcllhenny,  in  which  the  latter 
formulates  against  the  Government  complaints  sufficient,  ac- 
cording to  him,  to  explain  and  justify  the  discontinuance  of  the 
preparation  of  the  budget,  announced  in  his  letter  of  July  12. 

Memorandum  of  Mr.  Mcllhenny 

I  had  instructions  from  the  Department  of  State  of  the  United 
States  just  before  my  departure  for  Haiti,  in  a  passage  of  a 
letter  of  May  20,  to  declare  to  the  Haitian  Government  that  it 
was  necessary  to  give  its  immediate  and  formal  approval: 

1.  To  a  modification  of  the  Bank  Contract  agreed  upon  by 
the  Department  of  State  and  the  National  City  Bank  of  New 
York. 

2.  To  the  transfer  of  the  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  of 
Haiti  to  a  new  bank  registered  under  the  laws  of  Haiti  to  be 
known  as  the  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti. 

3.  To  the  execution  of  Article  15  of  the  Contract  of  With- 
drawal, prohibiting  the  importation  and  exportation  of  non- 
Haitian  money,  except  that  which  might  be  necessary  for  the 
needs  of  commerce  in  the  opinion  of  the  Financial  Adviser. 

4.  To  the  immediate  vote  of  a  territorial  law  which  has  been 
submitted  to  the  Department  of  State  of  the  United  States  and 
which  has  its  approval. 

On  my  arrival  in  Haiti  I  visited  the  President  with  the  Ameri- 
can Minister  and  learned  that  the  modifications  of  the  bank  con- 
tract and  the  transfer  of  the  bank  had  been  agreed  to  and  the  only 
reason  why  the  measure  had  not  been  made  official  was  because 
the  National  City  Bank  and  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti  had 
not  yet  presented  to  the  Government  their  full  powers.  He 
declared  that  the  Government  did  not  agree  to  the  publication  of 
a  decree  executing  the  Contract  of  Withdrawal  because  it  did 
not  consider  that  the  economic  condition  of  the  country  justified 
it  at  that  time.  To  which  I  replied  that  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  expected  the  execution  of  Article  15  of  the  Con- 
tract of  Withdrawal  as  a  direct  and  solemn  engagement  of  the 
Haitian  Government,  to  which  it  was  a  party,  and  I  had  in- 
structions to  insist  upon  its  being  put  into  execution  at 
once.     .     .     . 

The  Counter  Memoir 

To  this  memorandum  the  Executive  Authority  replied  by  a 
counter  memoir  which  read  in  part  as  follows: 

"The  modifications  proposed  by  the  Department  of 
State  [of  the  United  States]  to  the  bank  contract,  studied  by 
the  Haitian  Government,  gave  rise  to  counter  propositions  on 
the  part  of  the  latter,  which  the  Department  of  State  would  not 
accept.  The  Haitian  Government  then  accepted  these  modifica- 
tions in  nine  articles  in  the  form  in  which  they  had  been  con- 
cluded and  signed  at  Washington,  on  Friday,  February  6,  1920, 
by  the  Financial  Adviser,  the  Haitian  Minister,  and  the 
[Haitian]  Secretary  of  Finance.  But  when  Messrs.  Scarpa  and 
Williams,  representing  respectively  and  officially  the  National 
Bank  of  Haiti  and  the  National  City  Bank  of  New  York,  came 
before  the  Secretary  of  Finance  for  his  signature  to  the  papers 
relative  to  the  transfer  of  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti  to  the 
National  City  Bank  of  New  York,  the  Secretary  of  Finance 
experienced  a  disagreeable  surprise  in  finding  out  that  to  Ar- 
ticle 9  of  the  document  signed  at  Washington,  February  6, 
1920,  and  closed  as  stated  above,  there  had  been  added  an 
amendment  bearing  on  the  prohibition  of  non-Haitian  money. 


The  Secretary  could  only  decline  the  responsibility  of  this  added 
paragraph  of  which  he  had  not  the  slightest  knowledge  and 
which  consequently  had  not  been  submitted  to  the  Government 
for  its  agreement.  It  is  for  this  reason  alone  that  the  agree- 
ment is  not  signed  up  to  this  time  The  Government  does  not 
even  yet  know  who  was  the  author  of  this  addition  to  the 
document  to  which  its  consent  had  never  been  asked." 

Today,  gentlemen,  you  have  come  to  the  end  of  the  regular 
session  for  this  year.  Four  months  have  run  by  without  the 
Government  being  able  to  present  to  you  the  budget  for  1920- 
1921.  .  .  .  Such  are  the  facts,  in  brief,  that  have  marked 
our  relations  recently  with  Mr.  Mcllhenny.     .     .     . 

Fleury  Fequiere,  Secretary  of  Finance 


The  Businessmen's  Protest 

THE  protest  printed  below,  against  Article  15  of  the  Con- 
tract of  Withdrawal,  was  sent  to  the  Haitian  Secretary 
of  Finance  on  July  30. 

The  undersigned  bankers,  merchants,  and  representatives  of 
the  various  branches  of  the  financial  and  commercial  activities 
in  Haiti  have  the  honor  to  submit  to  the  high  appreciation  of 
the  Secretary  of  State  for  Finance  the  following  consideration: 

They  have  been  advised  from  certain  sources  that  pressing 
recommendations  have  been  made  to  the  Government  of  Haiti. 

1.  That  a  law  be  immediately  voted  by  which  would  be  pro- 
hibited the  importation  or  exportation  of  all  money  not  Haitian, 
except  that  quantity  of  foreign  money  which,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Financial  Adviser,  would  be  sufficient  for  the  needs  of  com- 
merce. 

2.  That  in  the  charter  of  the  Banque  Nationale  de  la  Re- 
publique  d'Haiti  there  be  inserted  an  article  giving  power  to  the 
Financial  Adviser  together  with  the  Banque  Nationale  de  la 
Republique  d'Haiti  to  take  all  measures  concerning  the  importa- 
tion or  exportation  of  non-Haitian  monies. 

The  undersigned  declare  that  the  adoption  of  such  a  measure, 
under  whatever  form  it  may  be,  would  be  of  a  nature  generally 
contrary  to  the  collective  interests  of  the  Haitian  people  and 
the  industry  of  Haiti.  It  would  be  dangerous  to  substitute  the 
will  of  a  single  man,  however  eminent  he  might  be,  however 
honorable,  however  infallible,  for  a  natural  law  which  regulates 
the  movements  of  the  monetary  circulation  in  a  country. 

It  would  be  more  dangerous  yet  to  introduce  in  the  contract  of 
the  Banque  Nationale  de  la  Republique  d'Haiti  a  clause  which 
would  assure  this  establishment  a  sort  of  monopoly  in  the 
foreign  money  market,  which  constitutes  the  principal  base  of 
the  operations  of  high  commerce,  when  it  has  already  the  ex- 
clusive privilege  of  emission  of  bank  notes.  Such  a  clause  would 
make  of  all  other  bankers  and  merchants  its  humble  tributaries, 
obeying  its  law  and  its  caprices.     ... 

(Signed)  The  Royal  Bank  of  Canada;  American  Foreign 
Banking  Corporation;  Haitian  American  Sugar  Co.; 
Raporel  S.S.  Line;  P.  C.  S.;  Electric  Light  Co.;  Panama 
Line;  Ed.  Esteve  &  Co.;  Clyde  Line;  Comptoir  Commercial; 
Gebara  &  Co.;  Alfred  Vieux;  V.  G.  Makhlouf;  N.  Silvera; 
Simmonds  Freres;  Roberts,  Dutton  &  Co.;  West  Indies  Trad- 
ing Co.;  J.  Fadoul  &  Co.;  R.  Brouard;  A.  de  Matteis  &  Co.; 
J.  M.  Richardson  &  Co.;  Comptoir  Francais;  H.  Dereix;  e'. 
Robelin;  F.  Cheriez;  I.  J.  Bigio,  and  Geo.  H.  MacFadden.' 


"By  Order  of  the  American  Minister" 

CORRESPONDENCE  regarding  the  refusal  of  the 
Financial  Adviser  of  Haiti,  an  American,  but  an  official 
of  the  Haitian  Department  of  Finance,  to  pay  the  salaries 
for  the  month  of  July,  1920,  of  the  President  and  certain 
other  officials  of  the  Haitian  Republic,  revealing  that  the 


Sept.  11, 1920] 


The  Nation 


309 


action  was  taken  by  order  of  the  American  Minister  to 
Haiti,  without  explanation  and  without  authority  in  the 
Haitian  Constitution  or  in  the  Haiti-American  Convention, 
was  printed  in  the  Moniteur  for  August  14. 

I. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  2,  1920. 

Mr.  A.  J.  Maumus,  Receiver  General  of  Customs 

In  accordance  with  the  suggestion  made  to  the  Financial 
Adviser  on  July  24,  your  office  began  on  the  morning  of  July  30 
to  pay  the  salaries  for  that  month  to  the  officials  and  public 
employees  at  Port-au-Prince. 

Nevertheless  up  to  this  morning,  August  2,  no  checks  have 
been  delivered  to  His  Excellency  the  President  of  the  Republic, 
the  secretaries  of  the  various  departments,  the  state  councilors, 
and  the  palace  interpreter. 

In  calling  your  attention  to  this  fact  I  ask  that  you  will  please 
inform  me  of  the  reasons  for  it. 

Fleury  Fequiere,  Secretary  of  Finance. 

II. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  2,  1920. 
To  the  Secretary  of  Finance  and  Commerce 
I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  note  of 
August  2  in  which  you  ask  this  office  to  inform  you  regarding 
the  reasons  for  the  non-delivery,  up  to  the  present  time,  of  the 
checks  for  His  Excellency  the  President  of  the  Republic,  for 
the  departmental  secretaries,  the  state  councilors,  and  the 
palace  interpreter,  for  the  month  of  July. 

In  reply  this  office  hastens  to  inform  you  that  up  to  the  pres- 
ent time  it  has  not  been  put  in  possession  of  the  mandates  and 
orders  regarding  these  payments. 

A.  J.  Maumus,  Receiver  General. 

III. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  2,  1920. 

To  the  Financial  Adviser 

The  Department  of  Finance,  informed  that  checks  for  His 
'  Excellency  the  President  of  the  Republic,  the  departmental 
secretaries,  the  state  councilors,  and  the  palace  interpreter  had 
not  been  delivered  up  to  this  morning,  August  2,  reported  the 
fact  to  the  Receiver  General  of  Customs  asking  to  be  informed 
regarding  the  reasons.  The  Receiver  General  replied  immedi- 
ately that  the  delay  was  due  to  his  failure  to  receive  the  neces- 
sary mandates  and  orders.  But  these  papers  were  sent  to  you 
by  the  Department  of  Finance  on  July  21,  and  were  returned 
by  the  payment  service  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior  on 
July  26,  a  week  ago. 

I  inclose  copies  of  the  note  from  the  Department  of  Finance 
to  the  Receiver  General,  and  of  Mr.  Maumus's  reply. 

I  should  like  to  believe  that  bringing  this  matter  to  your 
attention  would  be  sufficient  to  remedy  it. 

Fleury  Fequiere,  Secretary  of  Finance. 

IV. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  5,  1920. 
To  the  Secretary  of  Finance  and  Commerce 
I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  note  of 
August  2,  regarding  the  delay  in  payment  of  the  salaries  of 
the  President  of  the  Republic,  secretaries,  and  state  councilors. 
In  reply  I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that  the  payment 
of  these  salaries  has  been  suspended  by  order  of  the  American 
Minister  until  further  orders  are  received  from  him. 

J.  McIlhenny,  Financial  Adviser. 


Port-au-Prince,  August  10,  1920. 
To  the  Financial  Adviser 

I  acknowledge  receipt  of  your  note  of  August  5  in  reply  to 
mine  of  August  2   asking   information   regarding   the  reasons 


for  your  non-payment  of  the  salaries  for  last  July  due  to  His 
Excellency  the  President  of  the  Republic,  the  secretaries,  and 
state  councilors,  and  the  palace  interpreter. 

I  note  the  second  paragraph  of  your  letter,  in  which  you 
say,  "In  reply,  etc." 

I  do  not  know  by  what  authority  the  American  Minister  can 
have  given  you  such  instructions  or  by  what  authority  you 
acquiesced.  The  non-payment  of  the  salaries  due  the  members 
of  the  Government  constitutes  a  confiscation  vexatious  for  them 
and  for  the  entire  country.  It  is  not  the  function  of  this  de- 
partment to  judge  the  motives  which  led  the  American  Minister 
to  take  so  exceptionally  serious  a  step;  but  it  is  the  opinion 
of  the  Government  that  the  Financial  Adviser,  a  Haitian  official, 
was  not  authorized  to  acquiesce. 

Fleury  Fequiere,  Secretary  of  Finance. 

VI. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  5,  1920. 

Mr.  A.   Bailly-Blanchard,  American   Minister 

I  have  the  honor  to  inform  Your  Excellency  that  the  offices 
of  the  Financial  Adviser  and  of  the  Receiver  General  have  not 
yet  delivered  the  checks  for  the  July  salaries  of  His  Excellency 
the  President  of  the  Republic,  of  the  secretaries,  state  council- 
ors, and  palace  interpreter,  although  all  other  officials  were 
paid  on  July  30. 

The  Secretary  of  Finance  wrote  to  the  Receiver  General  ask- 
ing information  on  the  subject,  and  was  informed  that  he  had 
not  received  the  necessary  mandates  and  orders.  The  fact  of 
the  non-delivery  of  the  checks  and  the  reply  of  the  Receiver 
General  were  then  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Financial 
Adviser,  who  has  not  yet  replied. 

In  informing  your  Legation  of  this  situation,  I  call  the  atten- 
tion of  Your  Excellency  to  this  new  attitude  of  the  Financial 
Adviser,  a  Haitian  official,  to  the  President  of  the  Republic  and 
the  other  members  of  the  Government,  an  attitude  which  is  an 
insult  to  the  entire  nation. 

J.  Barau,  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs. 

VII. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  6,  1920. 

Mr.  A.  Bailly-Blanchard,  American  Minister 

I  have  the  honor  to  inclose  a  copy  of  a  note  from  the  Financial 
Adviser  to  the  Secretary  of  Finance,  replying  to  a  request  for 
information  regarding  the  non-payment  of  checks.     . 

In  his  reply  the  Financial  Adviser  informs  the  Department 
of  Finance  that  "the  payment  of  these  salaries  has  been  sus- 
pended by  order  of  the  American  Minister  until  further  orders 
are  received  from  him." 

My  Government  protests  against  this  act  of  violence  which  is 
an  attack  upon  the  dignity  of  the  people  and  Government  of 
Haiti. 

J.  Barau,  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs. 

VIII. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  6,  1920. 
Mr.  J.  Barau,  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs 
I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  Your  Excel- 
lency's note  under  date  of  August  5. 

In  reply  I  have  to  state  that  the  action  of  the  Financial 
Adviser  therein  referred  to  was  taken  by  direction  of  this 
Legation. 

A.  Bailly-Blanchard,  American  Minister. 

IX. 

Port-au-Prince,  August  7,  1920. 
Mr.  A.   Bailly-Blanchard,   American  Minister 
In  reply  to  my  letter  of  August  5  in  which  I  had  the  honor 
to  inform  Your  Excellency  of  the  non-payment  of  checks,    .    .    . 
Your    Excellency    informs    me    that    it    is    by   direction    of   the 
Legation  of  the  United  States  that  the  Financial  Adviser  acted. 
My  Government  takes  note  of  your  declaration. 

J.  Barau,  Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs. 


310 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2880 


The  Concession  of  the  National  City  Bank 

SIMULTANEOUSLY  with  the  non-payment  of  the  July 
salaries  of  the  President  and  other  officials  of  the 
Haitian  Republic,  the  Haitian  Minister  of  Finance  received 
from  the  Financial  Adviser,  an  American,  nominally  a 
Haitian  official,  but  acting  under  instructions  from  the 
American  Government,  the  following  letter  urging  imme- 
diate ratification  of  a  modified  form  of  agreement  between 
the  United  States  Department  of  State  and  the  National 
City  Bank  of  New  York.  It  was  widely  assumed  in  Haiti 
that  this  letter  supplied  the  key  to  the  unexplained  non- 
payment of  salaries,  ordered  by  Mr.  A.  Bailly-Blanchard, 
the  American  Minister.  The  letter  was  printed  in  the 
Moniteur  for  August  14. 


Port-au-Prince,  August  2,  1920 
To  the  Secretary  of  Finance 

I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  that  I  have  been  instructed 
by  my  Government  that  in  view  of  the  continual  delay  in  obtain- 
ing the  consent  of  the  Haitian  Government  to  the  transfer  to  the 
new  bank  of  the  modified  concession  as  agreed  upon  between 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  and  the  National  City 
Bank,  the  Government  of  the  United  States  has  agreed  to  let  the 
operations  of  the  National  Bank  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  con- 
tinue indefinitely  on  the  French  contract  at  present  existing, 
without  amendment. 

I  desire  urgently  to  draw  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  it 
would  be  most  desirable  in  the  interest  of  the  Haitian  people 
that  the  Government  of  Haiti  should  give  its  immediate  con- 
sent to  the  proposed  modifications  of  the  contract  and  to  accept 
the  transfer  of  the  bank  rather  than  see  the  present  contract 
continue  with  its  present  clauses. 

John  McIlhenny,  Financial  Adviser 


ALICE  KAUSER 

1402  BROADWAY 
NEW  YORK 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT—  PLAYS 

ESTABLISHES         18*1 

Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.    GIFFH3N,    Associate    MaMffer 


Kate  CHare's  Prison  Letters,  25c. 

They    take    you    with    her    every    step    of    the    way.      What    she    went 
through,   you  can   also   experience   by   reading  this   epoch-making  book. 
APPEAL    TO    REASON,    GIRARD,    KANSAS. 


Obey  the  Laws 

Obey  the  laws  of  health  and  you  can  laugh  old  age  to  scorn. 

Pyle's  Personal  Hygiene 

tells  you  what  these  laws  are  and  how  to  follow  them.  It 
is  more  than  a  personal  hygiene;  more  than  a  safeguard 
against  sickness — it  is  a  guide  back  to  vigorous  health. — 
$2.00. 

At  Bookstores  or 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY 


BANKS   OF   NEW  YORK 


OUR  COPYRIGHTED  BOOKLET 
describing  the  attractive  features  of 
an  investment  in  the  shares  of  New  York's 
great  banking  institutions  will  be  sent  free 
on  request. 


VON    POLENZ    &    CO.,    Inc. 

60  Broadway  New  York 

Telepk»ne  Bowling  Green  4320-4 


RATIONAL  LIVING 

Editor:  BENZION  LIBER,  M.D.,  D.P.H. 

Health  Conservation — Social  Hygiene — In- 
dustrial Hygiene — Personal  and  Intimate  Hy- 
giene— Child  Hygiene — Plain,  Drugless  Treat- 
ment of  Disease — Birth  Control — All  Truths 
from  all  Medical  Schools — Fighting  Dishonesty  - 
in  the  Healing  Professions— Answers  to  Sub- 
scribers'   Questions. 

Rational  Living  will  be  an  independent  illustrated 
magazine  devoted  to  the  teaching  of  rational  meth- 
ods of  living,  an  educational  guide  for  manual  and 
mental  workers  of  both  sexes.  It  will  teach  you 
how  to  live  in  order  to  avoid  disease,  how  and  what 
to  eat,  how  to  take  care  of  your  home  and  your 
children.  It  will  advise  organized  labor  as  to  sani- 
tary conditions  in  shops  and  will  study  occupational 
and  professional  diseases.  It  will  not  be  sensational. 
It  will  have  in  view  the  plain  ordinary  people,  and 
not  the  extraordinary  athlete.  It  will  be  edited  in 
a  simple  clear  English.  It  will  be  scientific,  but 
popular.  It  will  be  a  work  of  love  for  a  great  cause. 
It  will  take  none  but  reliable  advertisements.  No 
sale   of   single   copies.      It    will   appear   in   November, 

Subscribe  now. — Subscription  price,  until  Novem- 
ber 15,  four  dollars  a  year.  Corresponding  rates 
for  shorter  periods.     Address 

RATIONAL  LIVING,  61  Hamilton  Place,  New  York  City 


LABOR 


Some  of  its  achievements,  and  plana  fer 
the  future,  are  presented  In  the  three 
pamphlets: 

Reconstruction  Programme  of  the 
British  Labor  Party 15c. 

("Towards  a  Nrw  World") 

Majority  and  Minority  Reports  of  Coal 
Industry  Commission  of  Great  Britain 

25c. 

Decrees  and  Constitution  of  Soviet 
Russia 25c. 

Get  those  at  your  bookshop,  sr  direct 
from 

The  Nation  Press,  Inc. 


20  Vesey  Street 


New  York 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.    CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  SEPTEMBER  18,  1920 


No.  2881 


Contents 


EDITORIAL    PARAGRAPHS     311 

EDITORIALS: 

"Don't  Throw  Away   Your  Vote" 314 

Democracy   in    Banking 315 

Emigrants    and    Immigrants .  316 

Our   Musical   Riches    316 

Terpsichore    as    Missionary 317 

NATIONALIZED   POWER.     By  Herbert  Hoover 318 

SOCIAL  REFORMS  IN  SOVIET  RUSSIA.     By  Henry  G.  Alsberg 319 

POLAND  AND  THE  ENTENTE.     By  Robert  Dell 321 

NEW   ENGLAND  AND  THE  NOVEL.     By  Robert  Herrick 323 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 325 

CORRESPONDENCE     325 

FROM  AN  ISLAND.  By  Leonora  Speyers 326 

BOOKS: 

Dynamic  Symmetry.     By  David   Eugene   Smith 326 

A  Guide  to  Russian  Literature.     By  Jacob  Zeitlin 327 

The  Household  Art.     By  R.   P.   Utter 328 

A  Model  for  a  World  Court.     By  Thomas  Reed  Powell 329 

Sic   Transit    329 

Books   in   Brief 330 

DRAMA: 

An  Evening  at  the  Movies.     Ludwig  Lewisohn 332 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  SECTION: 

The  Zionist  National  Conference 333 

The    Future   of    Palestine 334 

Industrial    Prospects   in    Palestine 334 

The    Anglo-French    Oil    Agreement 334 

Quaker   Messages    335 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico  ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Adress:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swathmore  Press,  Ltd.,  72   Oxford  St.,  London. 

SENATOR  MOSES'S  triumphant  renomination  in  New 
Hampshire  has  rightly  cast  down  the  spirits  of  the 
proponents  of  the  League  of  Nations.  He  was  to  have  been 
turned  down  by  an  indignant  rising  of  Republicans,  plus 
the  newly  enfranchised  women  voters,  who  were  supposed 
to  be  waiting  to  take  revenge  upon  him  for  his  steadfast 
opposition  to  woman  suffrage.  The  issue  was  plain,  for, 
being  a  "bitter-ender,"  Senator  Moses  stuck  to  his  guns — 
it  will  be  remembered  that  he  was  the  first  Senator  to  de- 
nounce the  Treaty  of  Versailles  not  only  for  the  Covenant, 
but  for  its  plain  violation  of  the  dictates  of  humanity  and 
of  our  national  honor,  pledged  when  the  armistice  was 
granted.  It  should  have  been  easy,  therefore,  to  raise  the 
cry  of  pro-German  against  him.  But  all  the  attacks  failed; 
there  was  no  such  rush  to  punish  him  as  was  said  to  have 
marked  the  defeat  of  Senator  Gore  in  Oklahoma.  All  of 
Franklin  Roosevelt's  profound  certainty  that  the  woman- 
hood of  America  is  for  the  League  proved  to  be  bosh  in 
New  Hampshire,  as  it  is  likely  to  turn  out  elsewhere.  Nat- 
urally the  Democratic  press  is  more  than  ever  appalled  at 
the  size  of  the  campaign  fund  the  Republican?  have  tried 
to  raise — and  they  themselves  would  be  raising  if  they  could. 


IN  Georgia  Thomas  Watson,  the  "demagogue"  and  inciter 
of  bitter  racial  feuds,  found  straight-cut  opposition  to 
Wilson  and  to  the  whole  treaty  the  road  to  the  greatest 
success  of  his  checkered  career.  Indicted  during  the  war 
for  his  opposition  to  it,  his  newspaper  suppressed,  with  the 
hatred  of  the  White  House  and  the  Department  of  Justice 
centered  upon  him,  he  yet  polled  more  votes  than  his  three 
opponents  combined.  The  American  Legion  unitedly  at- 
tacked him;  his  war  record  was  daily  set  forth;  the  most 
powerful  newspapers  of  the  State  opposed  him — still  he  de- 
nounced Wilson,  the  war,  and  the  treaty;  and  the  electorate 
not  only  nominated  Watson  to  the  Senate,  but  picked  ex- 
Senator  Hardwick  to  be  its  next  Governor — although  Mr. 
Hardwick,  in  addition  to  his  opposition  to  the  war  when 
Senator,  recently  had  the  temerity  to  defend  Martens,  the 
Bolshevik  envoy.  As  for  the  defeat  of  Hoke  Smith,  it  is 
well  merited.  The  last  survivor  in  public  life  of  Cleveland's 
Cabinets,  he  never  hesitated  to  prostitute  his  marked  talents 
and  his  intellect  to  further  his  advancement.  To  conquer 
in  elections  he  stooped  to  abuse  and  vilify  the  Negro  like  a 
Tillman  or  a  Blease.  Probably  at  heart  opposed  to  the  war, 
he  went  along  with  Mr.  Wilson  and  continued  his  compro- 
mising when  the  treaty  appeared,  taking  the  reservationist 
standpoint.  In  this  campaign  he  tried  a  final  straddle  of 
half  supporting  Wilson — to  meet  his  proper  reward.  His 
retirement  makes  for  political  honesty  and  sincerity.  Thus 
the  outcome  in  Georgia  appears  to  prove  the  reports  that 
continually  reach  us  from  the  South  that  in  no  other  sec- 
tion are  Mr.  Wilson,  his  war,  and  his  post-bellum  works  in 
such  disfavor. 

}N  Wisconsin,  too,  there  has  been  a  recovery  from  the  war 
madness,  for  two  Republican  anti-war  Congressmen, 
Cooper  and  Nelson,  who  lost  their  seats  two  years  ago,  have 
won  nominations.  The  metropolitan  press  announces  that 
the  renomination  of  Senator  Lenroot  presages  the  end — 
for  the  twentieth  time — of  La  Follette's  influence  in  that 
State.  This  seems  rather  singular  in  view  of  the  fact  that 
La  Follette's  candidate  for  Governor  won  the  nomination 
and  that  at  least  three  Congressional  nominations  were 
wrested  from  the  regulars  by  the  La  Follette-Nonpartisan 
League  combination,  among  them  Representative  Esch,  co- 
author with  Senator  Cummins  of  the  railroad  law,  who  was 
defeated  by  an  alliance  of  the  forces  of  the  American  Fed- 
eration of  Labor,  the  Brotherhoods,  and  the  La  Follette  fol- 
lowers. One  would  think  that  any  man  who  had  achieved 
as  much  as  this  in  one  election,  when  he  was  himself  too 
weak  or  too  ill  to  campaign,  might  be  well  content  with  his 
achievement.  We  are  assured  that  Mr.  J.  J.  Blaine,  who 
has  won  the  gubernatorial  nomination,  is — as  we  were  told 
of  La  Follette  when  first  he  became  Governor — a  wild  radi- 
cal, certain  to  upset  the  whole  basis  of  society.  We  hope 
he  is  radical.  We  hope  that  there  is  at  least  one  Governor 
in  sight  who  will  dare  to  do  a  little  thinking,  who  will  break 
away  from  the  war's  dark  reaction  and  will  have  some  new 
ideas  and  economic  theories  to  advance.  As  for  Senator 
Lenroot,    his    renomination    brings    no   balm    to    the   pro- 


312 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


Leaguers,  for  he,  too,  is  a  reservationist,  whom  events  may 
easily  push  into  a  position  of  greater  antagonism,  if,  for  in- 
stance, Senator  Harding,  having  boxed  the  compass  once 
more,  should  join  Senator  Lodge  in  saying  that  "we  ought 
not  to  accept  any  covenant  which  in  any  way  could  be  made 
to  carry  out  Mr.  Wilson's  purposes." 

OUR  State  Department  has  seized  the  moment  of  Obre- 
gon's  peaceful  election  to  the  presidency  of  Mexico, 
with  its  promise  of  more  settled  conditions,  to  roil  the 
waters  with  what  is  understood  to  be  a  protest  against  a 
continuation  of  the  "confiscatory  policy"  put  into  effect 
against  American  oil  interests  by  the  Carranza  Govern- 
ment. This  "confiscatory  policy"  was  merely  an  assertion 
of  the  right  of  Mexico  to  control  her  natural  resources  in 
the  interest  of  Mexicans,  or  what  was  once  described  in  cer- 
tain famous  Fourteen  Points  by  the  President  of  a  neigh- 
boring republic  as  "self-determination."  After  making  its 
protest,  the  State  Department  sought  to  minimize  its  im- 
portance and  convey  the  impression  that  it  was  informal 
and  required  no  answer.  A  dispatch  from  Mexico  City, 
however,  said  that  the  reason  there  would  be  no  answer 
was  because  the  communication  was  couched  in  such  terms 
that  the  Mexican  Government  would  not  accept  or  acknowl- 
edge it.  The  State  Department  would  have  Mexico  under- 
stand that  she  has  got  to  be  good — or  even  better  than  that. 
But  it  is  doubtful  if  Mexico  will  be  allowed  to  be  good 
enough  to  silence  the  demand  for  intervention ;  not  if  Ameri- 
can oil  interests  can  help  it. 

SOME  of  these  European  ministers  seem  to  be  named  to 
fit  their  jobs.  Here  is  Mr.  Grabski,  Polish  Minister  of 
Finance,  coolly  inviting  the  United  States  to  buy  more  hun- 
dred million  dollar  toys  for  the  Polish  baby  to  smash.  "Un- 
less the  United  States  has  $169,000,000  to  throw  away,"  he 
is  quoted  as  saying,  "she  will  have  to  continue  patiently 
lending  financial  and  economic  assistance,  and  perhaps  even 
military  aid,  until  the  Red  menace  is  entirely  crushed.  For 
the  present  there  is  no  possibility  of  an  early  repayment  of 
the  huge  sums  we  owe  the  United  States."  And  in  the 
future,  we  may  ?dd,  there  is  little  likelihood  of  even  a  de- 
ferred repayment.  The  American  people  might  just  as  well 
write  down  the  various  secret  advances  to  Poland  as  money 
staked  on  a  lame  horse;  and  a  wise  gambler  doesn't  bet 
twice  on  the  same  bad  ankle  even  when  it  looks  well  ban- 
daged. Mr.  Grabski's  grab  will  not  be  successful  if  our 
government  gamblers  are  forced  to  publish  their  bets,  and 
the  Republicans  have  a  splendid  chance  to  insist  upon  pub- 
licity. Meanwhile  that  other  aptly-named  statesman,  Baron 
Wrangel,  continues  wrangling.  Apparently  he  is  in  serious 
difficulties  with  the  Kuban  Cossacks.  An  interesting  echo 
of  his  previous  wrangling  has  come  to  light;  the  Populaire 
of  Paris  discovers  that  when  Wrangel  was  intriguing  for 
leadership  under  Denikin,  the  French  Government,  now  his 
stoutest  supporter,  urged  Denikin  not  to  confide  any  impor- 
tant post  to  Wrangel  because  of  his  pro-German  sympathies ! 

REVOLUTIONS,  in  the  good  old  days,  were  matters  of 
street  barricades  and  gunpowder  and  armed  attacks 
upon  town  halls  and  parliament  buildings  and  foreign  offices. 
Italy  is  in  the  throes  of  something  very  like  a  revolution 
today,  but  the  revolutionists  pay  no  attention  to  govern- 
ment buildings,  seizing  instead  metal  factories  and  chemical 


shops.  Their  course  is  significant  of  the  shift  of  power  in 
the  modern  industrial  state.  These  Italian  workers  realize 
that  possession  of  the  Parliament  building  would  mean 
nothing  to  them;  that  if  they  hold  control  of  the  fundamen- 
tal economic  power,  they  can  make  Parliament  do  their  bid- 
ding. It  is  significant,  too,  that  the  Italian  Government 
has  not  interfered  with  the  movement  and  that  there  has 
been  almost  no  violence  and  bloodshed,  partly,  probably, 
because  the  Government  has  felt  that  it  could  not  rely  upon 
its  soldiers,  and  partly  because  it  has  honestly  believed  that 
non-interference  was  the  only  path  to  a  peaceful  solution. 
A  national  convention  of  workers'  organizations  at  Milan 
has  voted  to  confine  the  movement  to  the  metal  trade  and 
to  the  allied  industries,  experimenting  with  "cooperatives 
of  labor"  which  may  serve  as  a  guide  for  further  transfor- 
mation. The  aim  of  the  struggle,  says  Signor  d'Arragona, 
leader  of  the  moderate  trade-unionists  who  triumphed  at 
Milan,  will  be  "an  acknowledgement  on  the  part  of  the  mas- 
ters of  the  principle  that  their  works  shall  be  controlled  by 
the  men's  union."  The  future  of  the  experiment  now  de- 
pends upon  two  factors:  the  discipline  of  the  men  working 
under  their  own  leaders,  and  the  ability  of  those  leaders  to 
secure  coal  for  the  factories.  For,  in  Italy,  as  throughout 
Europe  today,  coal  is  king. 

FULLY  equipped  with  boundaries,  a  constitution,  a 
name,  and  a  dictator — lacking  only  its  membership 
card  in  the  League  of  Nations — the  new  Italian  Regency  of 
Quarnaro,  nee  Fiume,  has  come  into  being  as  an  independent 
state.  After  the  manner  of  all  great  authors,  D'Annunzio 
has  dipped  boldly  into  the  works  of  his  contemporaries  and 
his  predecessors  for  the  subject-matter  of  his  constitution; 
but  the  style  is  said  to  be  his  own.  He  has  provided,  in 
terms  guaranteed  to  be  poetical,  for  a  military  dictator  in 
time  of  emergency,  for  economic  discrimination  in  favor 
of  the  proletariat,  for  a  judiciary  chosen  from  the  wisest 
of  the  city  fathers,  for  compulsory  military  service  for  men 
and  women,  and  has  established  standards  for  the  aesthetic 
guidance  of  the  new  state.  Ultimately — and  here  lies  the 
true  significance  of  the  little  drama — the  Regency  hopes  to 
attach  itself  to  Italy.  Will  Italy  acknowledge  its  relation- 
ship with  this  new  Utopia?  The  revolutionary  movement 
would  have  to  proceed  some  distance,  it  would  seem,  to  make 
such  a  partnership  wholly  comfortable;  but  D'Annunzio  will 
deserve  credit  if  he  succeeds,  even  by  perverse  methods,  in 
bringing  the  Adriatic  question  one  step  nearer  to  a  settle- 
ment. 

PRESIDENT  WILSON  has  made  a  wise  move,  and  per- 
formed a  graceful  act  as  well,  in  appointing  Miss  Mabel 
T.  Boardman  a  Commissioner  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 
For  years  past  these  chief  governing  positions  have  gone  to 
politicians  or  to  worn-out  newspaper  men,  who  have  ruled 
in  conjunction  with  an  engineer  officer  of  the  army.  It  has 
usually  been  government  by  mediocrity  in  addition  to  being 
government  without  the  consent  of  the  governed.  Miss 
Boardman's  is  quite  the  most  distinguished  appointment 
made  in  decades.  It  is  not  only  that  women  are  now  to  be 
recognized  in  the  housekeeping  of  the  District  but  that  Miss 
Boardman  herself  is  a  most  able  and  experienced  executive. 
What  the  Red  Cross  owed  to  her  in  the  early  days  of  its  re- 
organization it  would  be  hard  to  exaggerate,  but  from  Miss 
Boardman  herself  no  one  would  get  an  inkling.  There  has 
been  no  happier  omen  of  what  the  entrance  of  women  into 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


313 


our  political  life  may  mean  than  this — and  how  easily  and 
naturally  we  take  the  transition!  There  is  no  wailing,  no 
bemoaning  the  danger  to  home  and  to  womanhood,  nothing 
but  its  acceptance  as  a  normal  happening.  Yet  it  seems 
only  a  few  years  ago  that  The  Nation  and  other  liberal 
organs  were  battling  for  women's  right  to  a  college  educa- 
tion and  every  man  who  favored  the  suffrage  for  women 
was  accused  of  being  in  favor  of  free  love  and  the  destruc- 
tion of  family  life.  It  will  not  be  ten  years  before  women 
Senators,  Cabinet  officials  and  members  of  Congress  will 
seem  not  ridiculous  or  dangerous,  but  a  matter  of  course. 

IT  costs  a  lot  of  money  for  the  American  Woolen  Company 
to  run  full-page  advertisements  in  the  big  newspapers 
of  the  big  cities  of  the  United  States.  Employees  of  the 
firm  will  wish  that  the  money  had  been  used  for  unem- 
ployment benefits;  and  the  general  public  will  see  another 
chance  for  lowered  prices  gone  to  waste.  Breakfast-table 
reading  of  Mr.  Wood's  ten-point  words  about  his  firm's 
"faithful  employees"  and  "manifold  duties  to  the  public" 
will  be  little  consolation  to  either.  The  obvious  and  ad- 
mitted fact  is  that  the  American  Woolen  Company,  with 
enormous  profits  salted  away,  was  faced  with  the  alterna- 
tive of  lowering  prices  or  closing  its  mills  until  a  new  de- 
mand buoyed  up  the  market.  It  chose  the  latter  course,  and 
all  the  highfalutin,  high-paid  advertising  in  the  world  will 
hardly  deceive  the  public.  Newspaper  readers  may  forget 
the  exact  percentage  of  the  company's  profits,  but  they  are 
acutely  conscious  of  the  cost  of  woolen  suits;  and  40,000 
"faithful  employees"  have  for  two  months  faced  the  problem 
of  life  on  nothing  a  week. 

LEON  SONIAT  POST  of  the  American  Legion,  in  New 
Orleans,  has  been  expelled  because  it  sent  to  the  mem- 
bers of  Congress  from  Louisiana  the  following  resolution 
on  the  bonus  legislation  which  Legion  officers  tried  to  have 
passed  last  winter: 

The  easy  and  unscrupulous  use  of  the  name  of  the  American 
Legion  by  certain  of  its  leaders  to  foster  such  legislation  in 
Congress  without  a  referendum  thereon  to  the  full  membership 
of  the  organization  has,  by  creating  a  false  impression  of  the 
unanimous  approval  in  its  ranks,  operated  to  the  injury  of  the 
Legion's  interest  and  is  inconsistent  with  the  high  purposes  set 
forth  in  the  preamble  of  its  constitution. 

One  reason  for  the  expulsion  was  that  the  resolution  tended 
"to  criticize  and  defame  the  House  of  Representatives." 
Obviously  there  is  not  a  word  in  the  resolution  to  justify 
this  charge,  but  it  is  equally  plain  that  the  element  in  the 
Legion  that  has  set  out  to  reduce  the  services  of  American 
soldiers  frcm  a  patriotic  to  a  cash  basis  is  determined  to 
stifle  any  democratic  expression  of  opinion  that  might  inter- 
fere with  its  plans. 

SENATOR  WILLIAM  M.  CALDER,  of  New  York,  chair- 
man of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Reconstruction,  is 
quoted  as  saying  that  not  less  than  $25,000,000,000  is  needed 
to  put  in  proper  condition  what  he  calls  "the  basic  national 
plant" — by  which  he  means  railways,  public  utilities,  fac- 
tories, and  housing.  This  huge  sum,  practically  equal  to  the 
national  debt,  represents  the  estimated  loss  in  efficiency, 
earning  power,  credit,  and  material  comfort  which  the 
nation  has  suffered  in  consequence  of  the  war.  The  most 
important  need,  according  to  Senator  Calder,  is  for  ade- 
quate transportation  facilities,  the  lack  of  which  is  not  only 


interfering  seriously  with  the  normal  course  of  business 
and  jeopardizing  the  distribution  of  coal,  but  also  hindering 
the  delivery  of  building  materials  upon  which  the  ultimate 
relief  of  the  housing  shortage  in  part  depends.  It  is  sug- 
gested that,  in  addition  to  necessary  revision  of  the  taxing 
system,  the  Federal  government  itself  should  undertake 
construction  work  of  all  kinds,  presumably  by  lending  its 
credit  in  some  way  to  private  or  corporate  enterprises 
rather  than  by  constructing  buildings  or  public  works  for 
its  own  use.  We  are  not  enamored  of  any  scheme  for  the 
wholesale  use  of  Federal  credit  in  aid  of  private  enterprises 
of  any  kind,  nor  is  it  clear  how  any  considerable  extension 
of  such  credit  can  be  made  without  dangerously  increasing 
the  public  debt.  Senator  Calder  has  done  well,  however, 
in  calling  attention  to  the  need  of  a  reconstruction  program 
for  the  country — a  need  which  the  Wilson  Administration, 
obsessed  by  its  zeal  for  a  League  of  Nations  and  a  hand  in 
world  affairs,  has  persistently  neglected. 

SAMUEL  UNTERMYER  says  that  "nation-wide  criminal 
combinations  and  secret  agreements  in  the  building 
trade  are  largely  accountable  for  the  present  intolerable 
building  conditions;  that  they  are  glaringly  unlawful  and 
that  they  should  be  broken  up  and  their  members  should 
and  can  be  put  in  prison  where  they  belong."  Maybe  so; 
but  when  Mr.  Untermyer  suggests  more  governmental  inves- 
tigation, and  declares  that  the  proper  remedy  for  profiteer- 
ing in  rents  is  to  apply  "the  same  punitive  laws  as  are 
applied  to  other  forms  of  profiteering,"  we  lose  heart  and 
our  eye  wanders  to  the  next  column  in  the  newspaper.  If 
Mr.  Untermyer  is  right  that  the  lumbermen,  cement  manu- 
facturers, brick  manufacturers,  and  all  the  other  material- 
men are  making  exorbitant  profits,  Mr.  Palmer  ought  to 
put  some  of  them  in  jail ;  but  Mr.  Palmer's  windy  but  futile 
attacks  on  other  forms  of  profiteering  have  given  us  little 
faith  in  the  method.  Mr.  Untermyer's  suggestion  that  sav- 
ings banks  and  insurance  companies  be  required  by  law  to 
invest  more  of  their  funds  in  mortgages  might  help  toward 
eventual  financing  of  new  construction;  but  the  testimony 
accumulates  that  large-scale  new  construction  is  imperative 
and  urgent,  and  it  seems  improbable  that  private  specula- 
tive capital  can  be  trusted  to  satisfy  the  immediate  require- 
ments. 

LOST,  strayed,  or  stolen:  Attorney  General  Palmer; 
last  heard  of  at  San  Francisco  July  7.  Information 
eagerly  desired  by  numerous  persons  interested.  Suitable 
reward  for  recovery. 

The  approaching  Red  revolt  in  America.  Last  announced 
just  prior  to  the  nomination  of  Mr.  Cox. 

The  collapse  of  the  Bolshevik  government,  announced  in 
forty-three  issues  of  the  New  York  Times.  Large  reward 
offered  by  French  financiers  to  anyone  producing  it. 

The  broken  heart  of  the  world.  Notify  the  White  House 
by  wire  (C.  O.  D.). 

The  "dominant"  campaign  issue.  Reported  to  have  dis- 
appeared last  week  in  New  Hampshire  and  Georgia.  Gen- 
erous reward  for  return  to  Democratic  national  head- 
quarters. 

The  progressive  element  in  the  Republican  Party.  Send 
all  information  to  Hiram  W.  Johnson,  San  Francisco. 

Senator  Harding — strayed  from  his  front  porch  and  be- 
lieved to  be  well  beyond  his  depth. — Advertisement. 


314 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2881 


<  4 


Don't  Throw  Away  Your  Vote" 


THERE  is  no  older  trick  in  the  politician's  bag  than 
the  appeal  to  the  perplexed  independent  not  to  throw 
away  his  vote  for  a  ticket  "that  cannot  possibly  win" — and 
none  is  at  times  more  effective.  We  are  now  in  the  political 
doldrums,  and  this  appeal  is  echoed  and  reechoed  in  the 
daily  press,  which  seeks  to  delude  people  into  believing  that 
there  is  a  real  issue  between  the  Republican  and  Democratic 
parties,  that,  if  the  so  long  deluded  and  betrayed  American 
electorate  will  only  continue  to  choose  the  lesser  of  two 
grave  evils,  we  shall  yet  have  a  political  Golden  Rule.  A 
vote  for  a  third  party  which  cannot  possibly  win — that  is 
the  height  of  stupidity,  declares  an  influential  journal. 
We  must,  we  are  told,  decide  between  Cox  and  the  "wets" 
and  the  crooked  bosses  who  selected  him,  and  Harding  and 
his  gang  of  Republican  reactionaries,  with  their  promise  of 
war  with  Mexico  and  higher  tariffs.  To  make  this  disgust- 
ing choice  is,  we  are  assured,  to  show  high  intelligence,  civic 
responsibility,  and  genuine  patriotism.  On  the  other  hand 
if  you  fail  so  to  choose,  you  are  a  heedless  and  impractical 
idealist,  ready  to  throw  away  your  influence  and  to  see  your 
vote  go  for  nothing. 

The  argument  is  as  old  as  it  is  shallow,  as  specious  as  it 
is  false.  It  has  been  trotted  out  in  every  campaign  since 
the  Mugwumps  of  1884  committed  the  unpardonable  crime 
of  bolting  the  Republican  Party,  and  always  with  more  or 
less  abuse  and  contumely  for  any  who  refused  to  be  bound 
by  the  acts  of  politicians  in  convention  assembled.  It  did 
duty  when  Democrats  were  seeking  to  decide  between 
McKinley  and  Bryan  and  a  possible  third  party  in  1900. 
It  has  been  used  every  time  a  new  order  and  a  new  party 
was  threatened;  it  was  freely  cited  in  1912  against  the  Pro- 
gressives when  the  Republican  press  still  thought  that  Mr. 
Taft  had- a  chance  of  reelection.  And  now  when  multitudes 
are  holding  their  noses  in  the  effort  to  decide  whether  to  go 
to  Harding  or  Cox,  or  to  plump  a  vote  of  protest  for  one  of 
the  minor  parties,  the  old  scarecrows  of  irregularity  and 
impracticality  are  brought  out  once  more  to  induce  men  to 
accept  anew  the  shackles  placed  upon  them  by  Republican 
and  Democratic  politicians. 

Now  the  falsity  of  the  argument  becomes  apparent  if  one 
recalls  that  it  was  used  at  the  birth  of  the  Republican  Party 
in  1854.  The  men  who  "threw  away  their  votes"  for  Fre- 
mont knew  that  their  chances  of  electing  him  were  remote, 
but  they  knew  that  they  had  a  duty  to  their  country  to  per- 
form which  made  it  easy  for  them  to  endure  the  sneers  and 
railings  of  the  "regular"  politicians  of  their  day.  They  did 
not  even  dare  hope  that  they  would  win  the  Congressional 
elections  of  1858  or  the  Presidency  in  1860.  They  simply 
declined  any  longer  to  be  parties  to  that  magnificent  con- 
spiracy against  human  liberty  which  was  the  politics  of  the 
two  existing  parties.  They  were  ready  and  willing  to  be 
called  "quitters"  and  "bolters"  and  "kickers"  or  anything 
else  by  their  adversaries,  because  they  had  decided  that,  the 
old  parties  being  too  rotten  and  too  false  to  American  ideals 
further  to  associate  with,  they  would  stand  up  and  be 
counted  as  just  so  many  "impractical  idealists."  We  have 
precisely  the  same  situation  today.  We  are  not  sure  thai- 
some  of  the  bellowing  politicians  are  correct  when  they  say 
that  we  are  facing  the  greatest  crisis  the  country  has  ever 
known,  but  we  do  know  that  it  is  grave  enough  to  make 


every  patriot  search  his  heart  and  his  conscience  and  de- 
termine to  vote  neither  by  rote  nor  by  fear  of  being  called 
names  nor  of  his  vote's  not  counting.  It  is  a  crisis  because 
the  old  crooked,  outworn  political  machines  no  longer  serve, 
because  a  new  order  is  as  clearly  at  hand  as  it  was  in  1860. 
Shall  freemen  be  deterred  from  ploughing  the  lonely  furrow 
once  more  for  fear  that  the  very  men  who  are  perpetrating 
the  old  deceits  and  frauds  shall  deem  them  possessed  of 
visions? 

Never.  If  the  test  of  "sensible"  voting  is  to  cast  your 
vote  where  it  counts  in  electing  somebody,  then  only  those 
who  vote  for  the  winning  ticket  can  qualify.  The  minority 
which  voted  for  Theodore  Roosevelt  in  1912 — did  it  throw 
away  its  votes?  We  venture  to  say  that  the  idealists  in  the 
Progressive  Party  who  voted  for  the  things  the  platform 
stood  for,  even  when  they  had  their  doubts  about  the  candi- 
date, look  back  upon  that  vote  as  one  of  the  most  precious 
they  ever  cast.  No.  Voting  is  not  the  same  as  betting  on  a 
horse  race;  the  object  is  not  to  guess  which  side  has  the  best 
chance  of  winning  and  then  to  jump  to  that.  It  is  the  exer- 
cise of  the  most  sacred  right  of  the  free  man  and  the  free 
woman.  It  is  a  measure  of  conscience,  a  test  of  manhood 
and  womanhood,  the  priceless  right  of  self-expression  as  to 
one's  government.  To  let  it  be  controlled  by  a  vulgar  fear 
of  being  in  a  small  minority  is  to  degrade  and  debase  it.  To 
misuse  it  by  compromising  between  a  Cox  and  a  Harding 
when  common  sense  tells  that  both  are  unfit  for  the  presi- 
dential responsibility  is  to  cheapen  and  to  corrupt  it.-  It 
were  better  not  to  use  it  at  all.  Indeed,  the  way  voters  are 
refraining  from  the  polls  because  they  can  in  no  way  ex- 
press their  views  and  wishes  is  of  the  handwriting  on  the 
wall.  Those  who  refrain  altogether  are  far  truer  than  those 
who  year  after  year  play  into  the  hands  of  the  politicians. 

"Of  two  evils  choose  neither."  That  is  the  sound  and 
wise  principle  which  ought  to  govern  liberals  in  this 
emergency.  The  vote  of  protest  is  never  a  vote  lost.  If  it 
is  the  vote  of  conscience,  it  ennobles;  if  it  is  the  genuine 
expression  of  the  voter  it  uplifts  the  ballot,  and  throwing 
it  away  on  a  man  and  a  party  for  whom  the  voter  has  no 
respect  besmirches  it.  This  year,  certainly,  the  fear  of  be- 
ing lonely  at  the  polls  ought  to  deter  nobody.  It  will  be  sur- 
prising indeed  if  the  Socialists  do  not  cast  four  million  votes. 
No  one  can,  of  course,  estimate  the  Farmer-Labor  votes, 
but  there  will  be  many  in  numerous  States.  But  even  if 
there  be  few,  those  who  cast  them  will  have  nothing  to  be 
ashamed  of.  In  June,  1856,  no  less  a  person  than  Abraham 
Lincoln  called  a  mass  meeting  in  aid  of  the  new  third  party 
in  his  own  home  town  of  Springfield.  The  meeting  turned 
out  to  consist  of  but  three  persons;  Lincoln,  his  partner 
Herndon,  and  one  John  Pain.  Lincoln  smiled  and  said  that 
it  was  larger  than  he  knew  it  would  be.  He  had  known  only 
that  Herndon  and  he  would  be  there — yet  another  brave 
man  had  come  out !  We  quote  Lincoln's  words — what  could  be 
more  fitting  to  the  hour?  "While  all  seems  dead,  the  age 
itself  is  not.  It  liveth  as  sure  as  our  Maker  liveth.  Under 
all  this  seeming  want  of  life  and  motion  the  world  does 
move,  nevertheless.  Be  hopeful,  and  now  let  us  adjourn  and 
appeal  to  the  people."  The  bolters  of  1920 — will  they  not 
also  do  their  full  share  in  speeding  the  day  when  the  founda- 
tions of  the  new  order  will  be  rising  on  the  ruins  of  the  old? 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


315 


Democracy  in  Banking 

AMONG  the  most  hopeful  of  all  efforts  toward  the  de- 
mocratization of  industry  in  America — toward  the 
control  by  the  worker  over  the  product  of  his  work,  and 
thus  over  his  life — is  the  present  movement  to  establish 
labor  and  farmer  banks.  A  number  of  savings  and  small 
commercial  institutions  are  already  in  existence,  while  the 
approval  of  the  Treasury  Department  of  the  plan  of  the 
Brotherhood  of  Locomotive  Engineers  has  made  it  possible 
to  establish  in  Cleveland  the  first  national  bank  to  be  under- 
taken by  organized  labor.  Since  then  signs  have  appeared 
all  over  the  country  of  similar  movements  on  the  part  of 
workers.  From  Philadelphia  comes  word  that  the  Central 
Labor  Union  has  voted  to  establish  a  cooperative  bank, 
while  in  Chicago,  where  more  than  $6,000,000  in  trade  union 
funds  are  on  deposit,  the  Amalgamated  Clothing  Workers 
and  other  labor  bodies  are  considering  going  into  the  bank- 
ing business.  Best  of  all,  the  Chicago  Federation  of  Labor 
has  proved  the  solidarity  of  its  interests  with  those  of  the 
farmers  by  a  unanimous  resolution  urging  all  local  unions 
to  send'  deposits  to  the  State-owned  Bank  of  North  Dakota 
to  assist  in  moving  the  crops.  Several  unions  have  already 
done  this,  and  it  is  reported  that  a  similar  movement  is 
under  way  in  Minneapolis.  In  Tucson,  Arizona,  the  bank- 
ers have  joined  in  the  effort  to  set  up  the  "open  shop,"  and 
are  reported  to  be  calling  loans  and  refusing  credit  where 
business  men  take  the  other  side.  So  labor  has  decided  to 
start  a  bank  of  its  own,  and,  according  to  recent  reports, 
has  obtained  $19,000  toward  a  $50,000  fund. 

The  determination  of  workers  both  in  cities  and  on  farms 
to  have  their  own  banks  is  a  move  in  the  right  direction. 
The  bank,  in  this  day,  is  the  economic  power  behind  the 
throne.  In  the  last  fifty  years  America  has  evolved  from 
a  land  of  free  individual  enterprise  into  the  most  centralized 
and  autocratic  industrialism  in  the  world.  As  the  motive 
force  of  this  we  often  speak  glibly  of  the  "money  power"; 
but  more  important  than  money  power  is  an  energy  hardly 
realized  half  a  century  ago,  vastly  exploited  and  inflated 
within  recent  years:  credit.  And  behind  credit,  and  thus 
acting  as  the  dynamo  of  the  whole  industrial  machine,  is 
the  bank.  It  is  well  to  speak  of  it  in  the  singular,  because 
the  financial  power  of  the  country  has  gradually  passed  into 
the  hands  of  small  groups  of  whom  it  is  no  exaggeration 
to  say  that  they  wield  the  most  extensive  and  most  arbitrary 
authority  ever  exercised  in  the  world's  history.  The  Comp- 
troller of  the  Currency  estimates  the  "banking  power"  of 
the  United  States  on  June  30,  1919,  as  forty-five  billion 
dollars.  This  is  three  times  the  banking  power  of  the  en- 
tire world  thirty  years  ago,  and  nine  times  that  of  our  own 
country  at  the  same  date.  By  their  power  to  inflate  or  de- 
flate credit  in  general,  the  small  groups  of  men  who  hold  the 
reins  of  our  financial  resources  possess  an  uncanny  control 
over  prices,  and,  by  their  determination  to  grant  or  with- 
hold it  in  particular  instances,  they  make  and  unmake  busi- 
ness. It  is  not  merely  the  farmer  and  the  wage-earner  that 
are  subject  to  this  regime;  the  business  man  outside  the 
ranks  of  the  controlling  few  and  the  smaller  bankers,  too, 
are  equally  or  more  helpless. 

The  present  banking  control  is  unnecessarily  and  extrava- 
gantly expensive.  According  to  the  Treasury  Department's 
figures,  the  national  banks  of  the  United  States  paid  an 
average  dividend  of  12  per  cent  on  their  capital  for  the 


fiscal  year  1919;  those  of  New  York  City  paid  14  per  cent 
and  earned  19  per  cent  net  on  their  capital  and  surplus. 
Recent  statements  by  Senator  Owen  that  New  York  bankers 
have  been  lending  money  at  exorbitant  rates  are  corrobo- 
rated by  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  who  says  that  as 
high  as  25  and  30  per  cent  has  been  exacted  on  substantial 
amounts.  On  November  13,  last,  two  or  three  banks  alone 
were  lending  about  $50,000,000  at  20  per  cent  or  more.  As 
late  as  June  these  same  banks  were  asking  14  per  cent  on 
millions  of  dollars. 

One  reason  why  banks  pay  so  well,  and  at  such  slight 
risks  to  their  stockholders,  is  because  the  business  is  done 
almost  wholly  with  other  people's  money.  Official  figures 
of  the  national  banks  for  the  fiscal  year  1919  show  that 
deposits  (the  public's  money)  constituted  twelve  times  as 
much  of  the  total  resources  as  did  capital  (the  stockholders' 
money).  Despite  its  exorbitant  cost,  our  modern  banking 
system  does  not  serve  the  community  as  a  whole.  Mr. 
Frederic  C.  Howe  says: 

Credit  should  be  obtainable  by  any  man  of  character  and 
ability.  A  new  society  would  be  created  if  the  colossal  credit 
resources  of  America  .  .  .  were  dedicated,  as  they  should 
be  dedicated,  to  assist  men  and  to  develop  the  resources  of  the 
country.  .  .  .  Unfortunately  the  control  of  credit  has  passed  into 
the  hands  of  men  interested  primarily  in  high  finance,  in  specu- 
lation, in  the  creation  of  monopolies,  in  the  control  of  the  in- 
dustrial life  of  the  people,  and  in  financing  foreign  countries 
rather  than  their  own.  The  money  of  the  people  is  used  against 
the  people. 

"An  English  or  American  bank  of  today,"  says  Mr.  James 
Davenport  Whelpley  in  "The  Trade  of  the  World,"  "is  noth- 
ing more  or  less  than  a  glorified  pawnbroker,  who  will 
cheerfully  lend  95  per  cent  on  a  gold  dollar  as  security." 

The  land  and  credit  banks  of  Europe,  before  the  war,  at 
least,  did  for  the  agriculturist  there  what  has  never  been 
done  for  the  farmer  here.  The  Federal  Farm  Loan  act 
was  intended  to  accomplish  similar  benefits  in  this  country, 
but  its  usefulness  was  stopped  by  court  proceedings  before 
it  got  fairly  started;  these  are  still  pending.  Thus  the 
American  farmer  now,  as  heretofore,  has  to  pay  8  to  10  per 
cent  for  the  money  necessary  to  run  his  business,  and  can 
usually  borrow  on  nothing  but  unmortgaged  real  estate  or 
grain  that  has  reached  the  stage  of  storage  in  an  elevator. 
Not  merely  is  our  present  banking  system  deficient  in  its 
loaning  policy,  from  the  standpoint  of  service  to  the  com- 
munity as  a  whole,  but  in  some  of  our  large  cities  it  is  no 
longer  available  to  the  poor  man  even  as  a  depository  of  his 
funds.  In  New  York  City,  for  instance,  commercial  banks 
not  only  do  not  pay  interest  on  accounts  subject  to  check, 
but  for  some  years  they  have  had  a  rule  that  a  depositor 
whose  account  falls  below   $200   is   charged   $1   a  month. 

There  is  a  wonderful  opportunity  for  cooperation  between 
farmers  and  city  workers  in  the  banking  business.  It  has 
been  estimated  that  the  wages  of  labor  amount  to  twenty- 
five  billion  dollars  a  year  and  that  the  value  of  farm  produce 
is  over  twenty  billion  dollars.  By  establishing  its  own  banks 
organized  labor  can  obtain  facilities  now  denied  to  its  mem- 
bers and  extend  such  facilities  to  professional  and  small 
business  men  as  well.  By  lending  to  farmers  labor  can,  in 
all  probability,  get  a  higher  rate  of  interest  than  is  now 
obtainable  and  at  the  same  time  furnish  the  agriculturist 
with  cheaper  money  than  he  can  get  elsewhere.  It  is  an- 
other case  of  cutting  out  the  middleman — the  most  expen- 
sive and  domineering  middleman  in  the  whole  chain. 


316 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


Emigrants  and  Immigrants 

EMPLOYERS  of  unskilled  labor  are  reported  to  be  a 
good  deal  concerned  over  the  unsatisfactory  state  of 
both  emigration  and  immigration.  While  the  number  of 
European  immigrants  who  have  entered  the  United  States 
during  the  present  year  exceeds  the  number  of  aliens  who 
have  left  the  country,  the  excess  is  small,  and  far  below  the 
pre-war  average.  According  to  preliminary  figures  lately 
made  public,  the  number  of  persons,  197,956,  admitted  at 
New  York  during  the  first  six  months  of  1920  exceeded  by 
only  45,419  the  number  of  those  who  departed.  At  this  rate 
the  net  gain  for  the  year  would  have  been  a  little  over  90,000, 
or  less  than  one-sixth  of  the  net  gain  in  1913,  the  last 
normal  year.  In  the  last  month,  however,  a  change  has  taken 
place  and  there  has  been  a  great  increase  in  arrivals.  About 
half  of  the  immigrants  now  arriving  are  women  and  chil- 
dren, while  many  of  the  men  do  not  belong  to  the  unskilled 
wage-earning  class. 

Over  against  the  number  of  aliens  who  are  coming 
in  is  to  be  set  the  large  number  who  are  going  out.  The 
exodus  of  Poles,  Finns,  and  Bohemians — the  movement  of 
the  Poles  has  recently  been  checked  somewhat  by  the  war — 
has  been  limited  only  by  the  ability  to  obtain  passage  by 
sea,  and  the  departures  of  Italians  and  Greeks  have  been 
considerable.  Many  Russians  are  reported  to  be  ready  to 
go,  but  as  the  United  States  refuses  to  recognize  the  Soviet 
Government  or  any  of  its  representatives,  the  Russian  work- 
ers here  are  virtually  interned.  These  withdrawals  are 
practically  a  dead  loss  to  American  industry — a  loss  which 
will  be  only  in  small  part  made  good  by  the  prospective  ar- 
rival of  considerable  numbers  of  Syrians,  most  of  whom  be- 
come peddlers  or  small  tradesmen,  or  of  Polish  Jews,  or  of 
Swiss.  Irish  immigration,  which  until  a  few  weeks  ago  was 
considerable,  has  now  been  frowned  upon  by  Sinn  Fein; 
and  the  immigration  from  other  parts  of  the  British  Em- 
pire, from  France,  and  elsewhere  is  negligible. 

Those  aliens  who  are  leaving  us  are  impelled  by  various 
motives.  A  good  many  who  have  made  modest  fortunes 
are  returning  to  their  native  land  to  visit  relatives  or 
friends,  and  not  all  who  go  for  this  reason  have  any  clear 
plans  for  coming  back.  The  war  has  created  new  demands 
for  labor  in  Europe,  and  in  particular  has  greatly  altered 
the  status  of  women  as  wage-earners.  The  increased  po- 
litical importance  of  labor,  joined  to  the  strong  nationalistic 
ambitions  of  some  of  the  new  states,  is  not  without  its  in- 
fluence. To  these  European  attractions  is  to  be  added  the 
pressure  of  certain  unhappy  conditions  in  this  country.  The 
foreign  laborer  knows  that  America  is  no  longer  such  a 
home  of  liberty  as  he  once  imagined  it  to  be.  Great  sec- 
tions of  our  foreign-born  population  have  for  six  years  been 
subjected  to  suspicion  and  espionage,  coerced  into  buying 
Liberty  bonds,  and  forced  to  endure  official  and  private  sur- 
veillance of  their  churches,  schools,  and  social  organizations. 
Race  riots  are  only  too  common,  and  their  victims  as  a  rule 
go  unredressed.  The  immigrant  knows  only  too  well  that, 
even  if  he  becomes  naturalized,  he  is  pretty  certain  to  con- 
tinue to  be  looked  upon  as  inferior  to  the  native-born  Ameri- 
cans, and  that  most  so-called  Americanization  schemes  are 
only  the  devices  of  politicians  and  employers  for  insuring  a 
supply  of  cheap  labor  and  controlling  its  votes.  He  knows, 
too,  that  he  can  no  longer  obtain  the  beer  or  wine  to  which 
he  has  long  been  accustomed,  and,  resenting  the  loss  of 


beverages  which  he  considers  a  necessity  as  well  as  a  com- 
fort, he  finds  in  it  another  reason  for  leaving  the  country 
which  has  deprived  him. 

On  the  other  hand,  Europe  and  South  America  are  now 
offering  strong  counter-attractions.  The  Portuguese,  who 
for  some  time  have  been  leaving  Portugal  in  large  numbers, 
are  going  to  Brazil.  Italian  labor,  which  for  years  has  been 
flowing  into  South  America,  is  finding  additional  and  lucra- 
tive opportunity  in  France,  where  the  government  is  re- 
ported to  be  offering  coal  as  an  inducement  to  Italian  coal 
miners  to  emigrate.  The  demand  for  sailors  in  some  places 
exceeds  the  supply,  while  the  breaking  up  of  large  landed 
estates  and  the  establishment  of  easier  -conditions  of  ac- 
quiring and  holding  land  are  powerful  inducements  to  the 
European  farmer  class  to  stay  at  home.  It  is  the  economic 
motive,  of  course,  that  has  always  been  the  strongest  factor 
in  inducing  emigration;  and  now  that  America  has  ceased 
to  be  par  excellence  the  land  of  economic  opportunity,  open- 
ings elsewhere  or  nearer  home  have  in  proportion  a  greater 
attraction.  The  vision  of  America  as  the  land  of  hope  will 
not  last  if  hopes  go  unfulfilled  too  long. 


Our  Musical  Riches 

THE  musical  problem  in  America  is  no  longer  how  to " 
lure  the  foreign  artist  to  this  country,  but  what  to  do 
with  him  after  he  gets  here.  There  can  be  no  boast  behind 
this  statement,  however.  It  is  merely  that  with  Paris  freez- 
ing, Vienna  starving,  London  financially  pressed,  and  the 
German  cities  outcasts,  most  of  the  talent  that  used  to-  be 
fairly  well  distributed  over  those  centers  is  now  concen- 
trated here.  And  so  we  find  ourselves  possessed  of  a  musical 
wealth  as  fabulous  as  it  is  sudden;  our  pedagogic  and  sym- 
phonic fields  enriched  by  famous  old-world  teachers  and 
leaders,  whose  roots  had  hitherto  seemed  to  be  too  deeply 
imbedded  in  European  soil  ever  to  be  uptorn;  our  opera 
companies  spilling  over  with  singers  now  beyond  the  means 
of  the  great  houses  abroad;  and  our  concert  lists  embrac- 
ing the  names  of  almost  every  virtuoso  before  the  public. 
The  impetus  already  derived  from  this  ever  fresh  and  in- 
creasing contact  with  genius  is  unmistakable.  New  con- 
servatories are  springing  up  everywhere,  while  those  of 
established  reputation  are  receiving,  for  the  first  time  in 
their  existence,  applications  from  students  abroad.  Each 
of  the  last  few  years  has  seen  one  or  more  symphony 
orchestras  added  to  the  chain  that  now  links  the  two  coasts, 
and  of  these  organizations  most  have  been  finding  it  neces- 
sary to  increase  annually  not  only  the  number  of  subscrip- 
tion concerts  in  their  home  towns,  but  also  the  extent  of 
their  tours. 

Most  amazing,  too,  has  been  the  progress  in  operatic 
activities.  There  are  the  Scotti  and  San  Carlo  Opera  com- 
panies, for  instance,  which  are  finding  it  possible  to  tour 
the  country  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco,  and  from 
New  Orleans  to  Vancouver,  with  principals,  orchestra, 
scenery,  and,  in  Scotti's  case,  even  chorus,  to  give  grand 
opera  with  competent  casts  at  reasonable  prices,  and  at  the 
same  time  to  make  money ;  and  this  in  spite  of  the  increased 
cost  of  railroad  transportation  and  union  musicians.  Scotti's 
productions  must  be  called  more  than  "competent,"  however, 
as  he  is  literally  taking  the  Metropolitan  to  the  people, 
offering  them  the  regular  Metropolitan  casts  and  conductors, 
an  orchestra  drawn  from  the  Metropolitan  and  other  New 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


317 


York  symphonic  organizations,  a  well-trained  chorus,  and 
even  scenery  modeled  on  that  of  the  Broadway  institution — 
only  in  miniature,  to  meet  the  stage  requirements  of  the  thea- 
ters on  his  route.  His  first  venture,  four  years  ago,  met  with 
financial  loss.  This  year,  with  tickets  ranging  in  price  from 
one  to  five  dollars,  he  not  only  receives  a  guaranty  to  cover 
his  expenses,  but  also  a  goodly  share  of  the  profits  from 
every  town  that  he  visits.  It  is  doubtful,  though,  whether 
even  Scotti  would  have  met  with  such  quick  returns  had  it 
not  been  for  the  pioneer  work  done  by  Fortuno  Gallo  and 
his  San  Carlo  Opera  Company.  The  story  of  Gallo's  career 
is  a  study  in  initiative.  He  first  gained  some  reputation  as 
a  manager  by  exploiting  "Royal"  Italian  bands  throughout 
the  Middle  West  at  a  time  when,  as  he  says,  the  word 
"Royal"  was  still  acceptable  to  the  public,  when  the  "brass" 
playing  of  Italians  was  virtually  unknown  to  this  country, 
and  when  Italian  musicians  were  not  even  admitted  to  the 
unions.  Overcoming  these  obstacles  and  prejudices,  he  then 
ventured  into  grand  opera,  which  he  was  again  the  first  to 
carry  to  this  same  section  of  the  country.  In  this  he  met 
with  an  even  greater  ignorance,  but  managed  to  get  a  foot- 
hold in  the  various  communities  by  cooperating  in  benefits 
for  local  charities.  That  was  nine  years  ago.  Today  there 
is  hardly  a  city  either  in  this  country  or  in  Canada  that  the 
San  Carlo  Company  does  not  visit,  and  in  which  it  does  not 
play  to  capacity  houses,  as  in  Rochester  recently,  where 
three  thousand  people  were  turned  away.  Gallo  believes 
that  municipal  opera  is  not  far  away.  Milton  Aborn,  an- 
other manager  of  long  experience,  who  is  now  devoting  his 
energies  to  organizing  local  opera  companies  in  divers  com- 
munities, is  even  more  optimistic,  and  declares  that  it  is 
very  near  indeed.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  Baltimore,  which 
went  on  record  as  being  the  first  town  to  maintain  a  muni- 
cipal symphony  orchestra,  is  talking  of  having  municipal 
opera  this  year.  All  these  are  signs  and  symbols  of  the 
times. 

If,  however,  statistics  seem  more  convincing,  those  of  the 
coming  New  York  season  should  prove  all-conclusive.  For 
that  metropolis  will  be  called  upon  to  support  a  preliminary 
season  of  popular-priced  grand  opera  by  the  San  Carlo  and 
Commonwealth  Opera  companies,  twenty-three  weeks  of 
high-priced  opera  by  the  Metropolitan,  six  by  the  Chicago 
company,  and  a  season  of  opera  comique  by  the  Society  of 
American  Singers.  It  is  scheduled  to  hear  Sunday  night 
concerts  at  the  Metropolitan,  the  Lexington,  and  the  Man- 
hattan Opera  houses,  and  at  the  Hippodrome.  Its  orchestral 
activities  range  between  two  and  three  hundred  concerts,  in- 
cluding seventy-five  by  the  National  Symphony,  sixty  by  the 
Philharmonic,  fifty  by  the  New  York  Symphony,  ten  by  the 
Boston,  eight  by  the  Philadelphia,  three  by  Toscanini  and 
his  La  Scala  orchestra,  besides  those  by  the  Russian  and 
People's  Symphonies  and  other  local  organizations.  In 
chamber  music  there  will  be,  among  others,  concerts  by  the 
Flonzaley,  the  Letz,  and  the  famous  London  String  quartets, 
the  Elshuco  and  new  Bauer-Thibaud-Casals  trios,  and  the 
New  York  Chamber  Music  Society;  while  of  vocal  and 
instrumental  recitals  there  will  be  no  end.  To  meet  all  these 
musical  (as  well  as  preelection)  demands,  Carnegie  Hall, 
for  the  first  time  in  its  history,  has  been  booked  solidly  for 
the  season.  So,  too,  has  Aeolian  Hall;  and,  added  to  this, 
almost  every  small  hall  and  theater,  adaptable  to  recitals 
and  within  easy  access  to  the  public,  will  be  requisitioned 
for  such  purposes.  In  the  meantime  the  influx  from  Europe 
continues. 


Terpsichore  as  Missionary 

THE  dancing  masters  aim  to  insinuate  a  dash  of  pagan- 
ism into  our  villages  by  tempting  the  Methodists  to 
dance  a  little  now  and  then.  Now,  Methodists  are  no  worse 
than  some  of  the  other  sectarians  when  it  comes  to  as- 
ceticism in  affairs  of  the  toe,  though  they  do  have  a  stricter 
official  discipline.  But  everywhere  in  neighborhoods  long 
exposed  to  evangelical  orthodoxy  some  sort  of  missionary 
work  is  about  due.  Terpsichore  turned  missionary!  A 
good  deal  of  a  hussy  in  her  bolder  steps,  it  seems — so  the 
dancing  masters  say — that  the  minx  can  mince,  and  she 
must.  No  more  bacchantic  abandon,  naturally;  no  more 
wild  feet  flying  down  green  forest  alleys  and  out  upon  the 
high  lawns;  no  more  white  arms  beating  the  joyful  wind 
or  unbound  hair  streaming  in  the  sun;  no  more  swift  em- 
braces in  the  dizzy  whirl.  The  minuet  must  now  be  mild, 
the  schottische  sober,  the  waltz  scrupulously  denatured. 
Terpsichore,  by  the  program  of  the  dancing  masters,  is 
going  to  subdue  herself  to  the  chaste  sedateness  of  the 
Wesleyan  Wiggle,  the  Presbyterian  Prance,  or  the  Baptist 
Bend. 

It  will  be  a  good  thing  for  all  the  sectarians  who  succumb 
to  the  new  cheerfulness.  If  David  could  dance  before  the 
ark,  why  not  deacons  in  more  secular  places?  Did  not  the 
daughter  of  Jephthah  and  her  attendant  maidens  lift  their 
paces  to  the  sound  of  pipe  and  timbrel  when  the  warriors 
came  home  from  their  battles?  Why,  then,  may  not  the 
daughters  of  the  Epworth  League  greet  the  returning 
heroes  of  the  Rainbow  Division  to  the  throb  of  banjo  and 
ukelele?  Not  a  few  tongues  have  hinted  that  soldiers  home 
from  France  talk  too  approvingly  of  the  maidens  of  that 
beguiling  country,  who  unite  mirth  with  economy  and  count 
pleasure  among  the  virtues.  Our  maidens  must  compete, 
and  on  such  occasions  it  is  no  dishonor  to  take  a  leaf  out  of 
a  rival's  book.  And  consider  the  ministers  who  have 
latterly  spent  infinite  conferences  on  how  to  coax  the  young 
men  into  the  churches.  They  have  used  brass  bands  till  the 
cornet  and  trombone  are  nearly  as  respectable  as  the  organ ; 
they  have  put  pep  and  punch  and  kick  into  their  sermons  till 
the  Reverend  William  Sunday  sounds  like  a  classic;  just  at 
the  moment  they  are  trying  to  take  the  trick  with  films — 
picturizing  the  spicy  passages  of  the  Bible  and  bringing  the 
great  panorama  of  salvation  home  to  the  most  casual  intelli- 
gence. But  the  dance  will  outrank  them  all  as  pew-filler  and 
convert-getter — if  it  is  used  as  the  dancing  masters  hope 
and  doubtless  gracefully  pray. 

And  yet,  how  about  Terpsichore?  Her  prospects  call  to 
mind  the  fate  of  those  noble  sons  of  nature  who  at  various 
moments  in  history  have  been  caught  up  from  their  native 
woods  and  prairies  and  tucked  into  uniforms;  or  the  fate 
of  the  amiable  cannibals  of  the  South  Seas  who  fell  heir  to 
civilization  and  speedily  died  off  under  its  tender  influences. 
If  she  moves  with  the  lead  weights  of  decorum  on  her  eager 
limbs  she  will  grow  stiff.  If  she  lends  her  rapture  too  much 
to  propaganda  she  will  grow  cold.  If  she  lets  them  exploit 
her  too  much  she  will  turn  dry  and  dusty.  Her  only  hope 
is  to  do  as  civilization  does.  Let  her  study  the  trader  and 
the  missionary  and  the  young  cuckoo  in  the  sparrow's  nest. 
They  will  teach  her  to  creep  in  quietly,  make  herself  at 
home,  and  then  by  gradual  degrees  rise  up  and  swallow 
everything  in  sight. 


318 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


Nationalized  Power 

By  HERBERT  HOOVER 


THE  time  has  arrived  in  our  national  development  when 
we  must  have  a  definite  national  program  in  the  de- 
velopment of  our  great  engineering  problems.  Our  rail  and 
water  transport,  our  water  supplies  for  irrigation,  our 
reclamation,  the  provision  of  future  fuel  resources,  the  de- 
velopment and  distribution  of  electrical  power,  all  cry  out 
for  some  broad-visioned  national  guidance.  We  must  create 
a  national  engineering  sense  of  provision  for  the  nation  as 
a  whole.  .  .  .  It  is  our  duty  as  citizens  to  give  voice  to  these 
critical  matters  of  national  policy  which  our  daily  contact 
with  this,  the  fundamentally  constructive  profession,  illumi- 
nates to  us.  Just  as  our  medical  associations  voice  the 
necessity  of  safeguards  to  national  health;  as  the  bar  asso- 
ciations, of  safeguards  to  our  judiciary,  so  the  engineers 
should  exert  themselves  in  our  national  engineering  policies. 
We  have  none ;  but  we  need  some,  or  the  next  generation  will 
face  a  lower  instead  of  a  higher  standard  of  living  than  ours. 

The  development  of  our  transportation,  fuel,  power,  and 
water  under  private  initiative  has  been  one  of  the  stimuli 
that  has  created  the  greatness  of  our  people.  It  has  been 
easy  to  compass  when  the  problems  were  more  local  and 
filled  with  speculative  profits.  There,  however,  arises  a  time 
when  this  haphazard  development  must  be  coordinated  in 
order  to  secure  its  best  results  to  the  nation  as  a  whole. 
This  system  has  given  us  a  50  per  cent  result;  if  we  are  to 
have  100  per  cent  we  must  have  a  national  conception  and 
national  guidance.  This  last  50  per  cent  involves  problems 
beyond  individual  initiative  alone.  Not  only  is  individual 
initiative  insufficient  because  the  problems  involve  political, 
financial,  interstate  matters  beyond  corporate  ability,  but 
we  have,  with  practically  unanimous  consent  of  the  country, 
adopted  a  policy  of  the  limitation  of  profits  in  the  operation 
of  public  transportation  and  power  and  some  other  utilities, 
and,  through  the  pressure  of  public  opinion  we  are  rapidly 
coming  to  a  limitation  of  profit  in  the  development  of  other 
large  sections  of  national  resources  which  tend  to  become  nat- 
ural monopolies.  While  the  limitation  of  these  profits  makes 
for  public  good,  on  the  other  hand  they  also  militate  against 
individualistic  development  of  national  resources  and  necessi- 
tate the  cooperation  of  the  community  as  a  whole  to  secure 
initiative  for  wider  development  in  the  national  sense. 

Certain  of  our  national  resources  have  always  been  in 
national  ownership,  such  as  waterways.  Certain  others, 
such  as  reclamation,  irrigation,  distribution  of  water  for 
power,  are  rapidly  coming  under  government  control.  In 
others,  such  as  timber,  coal,  and  oil,  the  possible  exhaustion 
brings  their  conservation  or  provision  for  the  nation's  future 
into  national  concern.  In  our  railway  problem,  national 
action  has  until  recently  been  directed  wholly  to  limitation 
of  profits.  Latterly,  it  has  undertaken  to  regulate  wages 
and  give  some  small  recognition  to  the  necessity  of  equip- 
ment. But  microscopic  attention  has  been  given  to  the 
greater  problem  of  how  to  get  more  transportation,  to  get 
it  so  organized  as  to  secure  real  economic  operation  in  its 
broad  sense. 

We  have  a  long  list  of  such  problems.  Some  of  these  have 
been  discussed  before  the  Institute  on  previous  occasions. 

*  From    an    addreas    before    the    American    Institute    of    Mining    Engineers, 
Minneapolis,   August  2«,    1920. 


During  the  past  year  the  Institute  undertook  to  look  into 
the  economic  situation  of  this  industry  as  a  national  whole. 
It  was  demonstrated  to  be  the  worst  functioning  industry 
in  the  country.  Owing  to  seasonal  and  other  irregularities 
of  demand,  the  average  term  of  employment  in  the  bitumi- 
nous industry  is  less  than  190  days  per  annum.  If  this 
industry  could  be  operated  a  normal  work  year,  125,000 
men  could  be  turned  to  other  production.  It  is  an  industry 
in  which  30  per  cent  more  capital  is  invested  than  would 
otherwise  be  necessary.  The  cost  of  coal  to  the  consumer 
and  the  risks  to  the  operator  are  greatly  increased,  and, 
above  all,  it  presents  a  great  human  problem  fraught  with 
all  the  terrible  misery  and  strikes  and  justified  discontent 
that  flow  from  intermittent  employment. 

I  am  not  proposing  any  nationalization  of  the  coal  mines ; 
far  from  it.  What  is  required  is  that  we  should  realize  that 
with  our  necessary  social  view  of  prohibition  of  combina- 
tion there  remains  a  national  problem  beyond  the  solution 
of  any  individual  coal  operator  or  any  group  of  operators. 
It  must  have  national  guidance  and  national  plan  for  its 
solution,  a  cooperation  of  great  consumers,  railways,  opera- 
tors and  miners — but  what  individual  operator  can  do  this? 

In  respect  to  our  coal  supplies  again,  if  we  would  look 
forward  to  the  next  generation,  we  have  a  problem  of  con- 
servation of  immense  importance.  In  this  connection,  it 
has  been  ably  proposed  by  our  members  that  the  national 
Government  should  cooperate  in  investigating  the  possibili- 
ties of  the  establishment  of  a  great  electrical  trunk  line 
throughout  the  great  power-consuming  districts  of  the 
Northeast,  and  that  we  should  feed  into  this  great  power- 
road,  power  generated  at  the  mines  and  available  water 
sources,  drawing  from  it  at  every  town  and  city.  The  con- 
summation of  this  project  means  cheaper  power  to  all  con- 
sumers. It  means  a  great  economy  in  consumption  of  coal. 
It  means  more  regularity  in  output.  It  thus  means  greater 
ability  to  compete  in  world  manufacture.  It  means  great 
relief  to  the  railways  from  expansion.  It  means  an  in- 
creased standard  of  living  and  a  decreased  cost  of  living 
to  a  very  large  section  of  our  population.  We  have  again 
much  such  a  problem  in  providing  adequate  power  re- 
sources upon  the  Pacific  Coast,  where  today  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  acres  of  fertile  land  are  practically  non-pro- 
ducing for  lack  of  pumping  power. 

Of  other  problems  akin  to  this,  we  are  confronted  through- 
out the  West  with  the  fact  that  a  large  portion  of  our 
average  low  water  supply  is  already  under  engagement  for 
irrigation  and  power.  The  time  has  come  when  that  ex- 
pansion of  the  land  available  for  cultivation,  or  into  more 
intensive  cultivation,  is  a  factor  of  mountain  storage  of 
water  to  increase  our  stream  flows  in  the  low  season.  We 
have  thus  a  storage  problem  on  a  scale  we  have  not  hitherto 
dreamed  of,  and,  again,  it  is  a  problem  involving  cooperation 
in  financial,  economic,  distribution,  navigation,  interstate 
questions,  in  which  individual  initiative  must  have. the  as- 
sistance of  the  community. 

Another  series  of  such  problems  lies  in  our  oil  supplies. 
If  we  are  to  have  a  mercantile  marine  and  to  maintain  our 
navy  on  a  basis  of  equivalent  efficiency  with  foreign  navies, 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


319 


if  we  are  to  maintain  the  development  of  the  gas  engine — 
the  greatest  lift  in  our  standard  of  living  and  saving  of 
labor  in  fifty  years — we  are  confronted  with  the  necessity 
of  securing  additional  oil  supplies  from  outside  our  own 
boundaries.  Our  own  supplies,  so  far  as  now  known,  do  not 
represent  twenty-five  years  at  our  present  rate  of  consump- 
tion. The  Institute  many  months  ago  was  the  first  to  give 
warning  to  the  Federal  Government  of  the  gradual  absorp- 
tion of  all  of  the  oil  sources  of  the  world  by  other  great 
Powers,  and  that  within  a  short  time  we  should  be  dependent 
upon  the  good  will  of  these  Powers  for  our  necessary  oil 
supplies.  No  private  individual  can  compete  with  foreign 
governments  in  the  measures  that  they  are  adopting  to  hog 
the  resources  of  the  world.  This  problem  again  is  an  engi- 
neering problem  that  requires  more  than  private  initiative. 

A  problem  of  even  more  pressing  importance  than  these 
is  the  whole  question  of  transportation.  At  the  present 
moment,  our  inability  to  move  the  commodities  which  we 
create  is  stifling  production.  It  is  increasing  the  cost  of 
distribution  and  has  placed  a  tax  on  the  American  people 
in  decreased  production  and  increased  cost  of  distribution 
greater  than  all  the  taxes  imposed  by  the  war. 

We  have  today  in  Minneapolis  ample  proof  of  the  frightful 
cost  imposed  upon  the  farmer,  consumer,  and  public.  There 
is  a  premium  over  freight  cost  from  ten  to  twenty  cents  a 
bushel  for  wheat  at  the  mill  door  compared  to  wheat  in  the 
elevator  a  few  hundred  miles  away,  solely  because  cars  are 
not  available.  Either  the  farmer  is  losing  the  amount,  or 
the  consumer  paying  it.  Furthermore,  to  carry  the  picture 
further,  the  railways,  in  an  endeavor  to  remedy  this,  are 
diverting  cars  from  the  lumber  industry.  Already  certain 
mills  are  partially  closed;  men  are  thrown  out  of  employ- 
ment in  the  mills  and  in  the  building  trades.  Is  this  not 
a  price  in  human  misery  and  national  efficiency  that  war- 
rants some  national  concern?  It  is  a  problem  that  does  not 
lie  alone  in  expansion  of  railway  facilities.  It  lies  also  in 
the  proper  expansion  of  waterways  and  their  coordination 
with  the  railway  transportation  of  the  country.  We  have 
been  dabbling  in  the  improvement  of  water  transportation 
of  the  United  States  for  a  hundred  years,  and,  so  far  as  I 
know,  never  yet  have  we  considered  it  as  a  problem  requir- 
ing complete  coordination  of  the  entire  transport  problem 
for  the  whole  country.  We  have  spent  enough  money  im- 
proving useless  creeks  to  have  made  several  competent  water- 
ways. Every  congressional  district  in  the  United  States 
has  angled  for  appropriations  for  carrying  mud  from  one 
hole  to  another  as  their  proper  participation  in  the  national 
plunder.  They  have  never  considered  that  the  taxes  taken 
from  the  people  as  a  whole  should  be  devoted  to  those  points 
that  will  benefit  the  people  as  a  whole. 

One  result  of  the  policy  pursued  has  been  that  our  water- 
ways have  been  so  badly  handled  that  they  have  not  been 
able  even  to  compete  with  the  railways,  and  today,  with  an 
enormous  increase  in  railway  rates,  we  find  ourselves  utterly 
unable  to  handle  the  great  bulk  commodities  of  the  country 
at  the  possible  lower  charge  over  our  waterways.  The  open- 
ing of  the  St.  Lawrence  to  ocean-going  vessels  means  five 
cents  a  bushel  to  every  farmer  in  ten  States.  Likewise,  of 
no  less  importance  are  our  internal  waterways. 

These  projects  have  a  simple  result  in  the  engineer's 
mind:  they  make  greater  production  possible  with  less  hu- 
man effort ;  they  increase  the  standard  of  life ;  they  provide 
for  our  children.  All  of  these  problems  are  much  akin,  and 
the  time  has  come  when  they  need  some  illumination,  gui- 


dance, cooperation  in  their  solution  from  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment. Nor  do  I  mean  a  vast  extension  of  federal 
bureaucracy  in  federal  ownership.  If,  in  the  first  instance, 
through  an  agency  of  the  central  Government,  we  could 
have  an  adequate  study  and  preparation  of  plan  and  method 
made  of  these  problems,  for  engineering  development  over 
the  next  fifty  years,  viewed  solely  in  their  national  aspects, 
we  would  have  taken  the  first  step  toward  the  adequate 
provision  of  an  increasing  standard  of  living  and  a  lower 
cost  of  living  for  our  descendants. 

The  second  step  is  to  determine  that  our  Government  will 
be  a  government  of  cooperation,  limiting  profits  surely,  but 
holding  to  individual  initiative  as  the  single  hope  of  human 
development.  In  order  that  we  shall  have  some  central 
point  in  the  Federal  Government  where  these  problems  may 
be  adequately  considered,  from  which  they  can  be  ventilated 
for  the  verdict  of  public  opinion,  where  the  business  brains 
of  the  country  can  be  called  into  conference  and  cooperation 
with  the  Government,  and  therefore  with  the  people,  the 
engineers  of  the  United  States  have  proposed  time  and 
again  that  a  Cabinet  department  should  be  established  in 
Washington,  either  new  or  to  replace  the  Interior  Depart- 
ment, to  which  should  be  assigned  the  whole  question  of 
public  works.  You  are  familiar  enough  with  the  advantages 
of  such  a  department  from  an  everyday  administration 
point  of  view,  and  enormous  saving  to  the  Government  from 
the  duplication  or  competition  of  the  six  or  seven  depart- 
ments now  engaged  in  engineering  construction  work  of  this 
character,  but  on  this  occasion  I  wish  to  call  your  attention 
to  the  fact  that  such  a  department  has  become  an  essential 
from  the  point  of  view  of  proper  consideration  and  presen- 
tation to  the  American  people  of  these  broader  national  en- 
gineering problems,  upon  which  the  next  generation  must 
depend  if  our  country  is  to  march  forward. 


Social  Reforms  in  Soviet  Russia 

By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 

Moscow,  August  6 

I  THINK  I  have  spoken  enough  about  the  food  question  to 
give  the  reader  a  chance  to  judge  of  the  Food  Depart- 
ment's work.  The  army,  it  is  quite  evident,  gets  sufficient 
food.  Generally,  the  rest  of  the  population  does  not,  at 
least  from  Government  sources.  But  nearly  everybody  gets 
the  basis  of  existence,  his  daily  bread,  which  in  Russia  is  no 
longer  a  mere  figure  of  speech,  but  a  real  subject  for  peti- 
tion. Mostly  the  bread  furnished  by  the  Government  is  not 
daily,  but  drops  out  once  or  twice  a  week.  However,  this 
ration  is  at  any  rate  a  kind  of  spring-board  off  which  the 
average  citizen  may  jump  for  the  rest  of  his  food.  It  gives 
him  the  strength  and  courage  to  hustle  for  other  necessi- 
ties. But  if  the  food-getting  and  distribution  department 
appears  to  fail,  at  least  partially,  that  is  by  no  means  due 
to  its  inherent  defects.  Hampered  by  fixed  prices,  without 
much  manufactured  goods  to  offer  the  peasant,  and  with — 
in  the  final  event — only  the  military  to  help  it  coax  their 
products  from  the  peasants,  the  Government  authorities 
must  be  at  a  distinct  disadvantage.  Quite  conceivably,  when 
industry  and  import  resume  their  normal  course,  the  Food 
Department  will  be  able  to  do  its  work  successfully.  Again 
I  wish  to  point  out  that  terrific  external  and  internal  pres- 


320 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


sure  has  caused  the  conflict  between  town  and  country,  a 
conflict  perhaps  only  a  few  degrees  sharper  than  that  be- 
tween Vienna  and  rural  Austria. 

The  Health  Department,  despite  a  complete  lack  of  all 
medicines,  anesthetics,  etc.,  has  done  remarkably  well.  So- 
viet Russia  inherited  a  terrible  scourge  of  typhus  from  the 
armies  of  Kolchak,  Denikin,  and  Judenich.  But  Semashko 
thinks  the  worst  is  over.  A  great  campaign  of  popular  edu- 
cation— conducted  by  proletarian  commissions — and  of  in- 
struction in  the  army,  the  restriction  of  travel  on  the  trains, 
the  installation  of  bathing  and  disinfecting  establishments, 
are  all,  Semashko  thinks,  showing  their  effect.  Here  again 
in  the  terrible  scarcity  of  soap — the  keenest  enemy  of  typhus 
— one  stumbles  up  against  the  blockade  and  the  war-disor- 
ganization. Cholera,  through  systematic  vaccination,  has 
been  reduced  to  5,000  cases  for  all  of  European  Russia. 
Smallpox  for  the  same  reason  has  become  a  negligible 
quantity.  Tuberculosis,  scurvy,  day-blindness,  being  dis- 
eases of  malnutrition,  have  naturally  increased  greatly  de- 
spite all  sorts  of  popular  educational  campaigns  and  special 
sanatoriums  and  rest  homes  for  the  people. 

So  much  has  been  written  about  education  and  the  care  of 
children  that  at  present  one  need  simply  reiterate  that  every- 
thing possible  is  being  done  for  the  youngsters.  But  again 
you  find  yourself  faced  with  the  war  and  blockade.  Luna- 
charsky  recently  told  me  that  unless  school  supplies,  which 
were  always  imported  from  abroad,  came  in  soon  the  whole 
educational  machine  would  stop  for  want  of  fuel.  The  fact, 
of  course,  is  that  owing  to  the  lack  of  material,  lack  of 
teachers — many  of  whom  are  at  the  wars — lack  of  available 
buildings  to  accommodate  the  tremendous  increase  in  the 
number  of  pupils — and  many  such  buildings  have  to  be  occu- 
pied temporarily  for  military  purposes — the  new  system  does 
not  function  in  an  ideal  fashion.  But  the  sound  plan  is 
there  for  free  popular  education  of  all  the  children,  from 
the  primary  school  through  the  university,  with  suitable 
provision  for  manual  and  technical  and  agricultural  train- 
ing. There  is  also  a  whole  department  for  the  education  of 
adults  and  persons  who  wish  to  obtain  a  higher  university 
training,  but  have  not  sufficient  preparatory  knowledge — in 
short,  a  workman's  university. 

Similarly  with  the  care  of  children.  Despite  all  mater- 
nity hospitals  and  homes,  and  children's  colonies  and  special 
food  for  the  infants  and  children,  mortality  has  been  on  the 
increase.  Lack  of  sufficient  food  and  medicines,  warmth 
and  clothes,  due  to  the  blockade  and  war,  hit  the  children 
very  hard.  I  quote  what  Comrade  Dan,  wife  of  the  Menshe- 
viki  leader,  who  is  head  of  a  children's  help  bureau,  told  a 
friend  of  mine,  "We  must  have  help  from  the  outside  if  we 
are  to  save  our  children." 

The  art  and  theater  and  amusement  departments  carry 
out  their  purposes  splendidly.  You  have  only  to  see  the 
audiences  at  places  of  public  amusement  to  recognize  that 
the  proletariat  has  the  orchestra  stalls  now.  Moreover,  and 
this  is  quite  characteristic  of  the  democracy  prevailing  in  all 
departments  of  the  Government,  the  Proletarian  Culture 
Commissariat  and  that  of  Education  are  actually  working 
to  make  the  people  take  part  in  all  these  art  enterprises,  in 
workmen's  and  peasants'  theaters,  in  choruses  and  orches- 
tras and  brass  bands,  in  the  painting  of  pictures  and  the 
making  of  literature.  The  participants  in  the  drama  not 
only  act  but  also  conduct  the  theater  and  do  the  stage  car- 
pentering and  scene-painting  and  shifting  themselves.    How 


many  manuscripts  have  already  been  submitted  from  every 
part  of  Russia  in  the  competition  for  the  new  revolutionary 
international  song — manuscripts  by  quite  humble  individ- 
uals, peasants  and  shepherds  and  carpenters! 

And  here  I  want  to  pause  a  moment  to  point  out  again 
that  despite  temporary  dictatorship,  the  whole  spirit  ani- 
mating this  great  Russian  experiment  is  quite  different 
from  that  of  the  old  autocracy.  In  everything,  in  every 
campaign,  for  health,  amusement,  for  education,  the  prole- 
tariat is  called  upon  to  take  its  share,  to  form  proletarian 
commissions  and  clubs  to  carry  on  the  work.  The  Govern- 
ment does  not  try  to  exclude  the  people,  but  on  the  contrary 
it  wants  the  people  to  be  the  chief  movers.  There  are,  as  it 
were,  three  or  four  or  ten  jobs  waiting  for  every  capable 
man,  and  twenty  activities  for  every  wide-awake  commu- 
nity. 

More  amusing,  perhaps,  than  profitable  is  the  question  of 
the  survival  of  old  habits  and  institutions  despite  the  new 
regime.  The  most  striking  of  these  will  be  reckoned — espe- 
cially by  the  person  who  stays  only  a  short  time  in  Russia — 
the  all-prevalent  habit  of  private  speculation.  Sometimes 
the  Government  issues  a  general  mandate  to  shut  all  the 
shops,  but  everybody  goes  right  on  buying  and  selling.  The 
locus  simply  removes  itself  from  the  shop  or  booth  to  the 
sidewalk.  The  people  who  have  to  buy  food — and  that  is 
practically  the  whole  population — simply  have  a  harder  time 
making  their  purchases.  The  two  or  three  big  markets,  the 
Sukharevka  particularly,  are  jammed  from  morning  till 
evening  with  a  crowd  of  sellers  and  buyers,  and  there  you 
can  purchase  anything  you  want  from  kassa  to  a  diamond 
ring.  As  long  as  the  Government  cannot  supply  all  the  peo- 
ple's needs,  just  so  long  retail  selling  and  buying  will  go  on, 
but  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the  whole  retail  system  will 
eventually  be  discarded  with  the  arrival  of  peace  and  plenty. 

The  institution  of  bakshish  is  also  rampant.  But  for- 
eigners, especially  from  such  virtuous  countries  as  Great 
Britain,  are  more  shocked  than  they  have  any  right  to  be  by 
it.  I,  who  hail  from  the  home  of  Tammany  Hall,  and  who 
have  looked  upon  Rumania  without  blanching,  confess  to 
viewing  Russian  graft  with  a  considerable  degree  of  sang- 
froid. Perhaps  later  on  I  shall  be  able  to  write  a  longer 
piece  on  this  amusing  subject.  Meanwhile,  let  us  remember 
that  Russia  was  one  of  the  temples  of  political  and  bureau- 
cratic corruption  in  the  Czar's  time — and  that  it  is  abso- 
lutely true  that  many  officials  of  the  present  Government 
have  been  shot  for  participation  in  graft.  Can  we  say  the 
same  for  our  easy-money  politicians? 

Of  course  a  considerable  element  of  the  people  continues 
to  try  to  live  and  have  its  being  as  if  the  era  of  socialism 
hadn't  arrived — or  at  least  as  if  it  weren't  going  to  last. 
You  buy  and  sell  houses,  which  have  been  nationalized,  in 
the  open  market;  you  can  buy  and  sell  foreign  exchange; 
there  are  courts  in  which  you  can  try  cases  involving  ancient 
subjects  of  litigation,  courts  which  are  entirely  unofficial 
and  sub  rosa  in  character.  Thousands,  nay  millions,  of  peo- 
ple still  think  in  the  old  terms  of  private  property.  The 
habit  is  incorrigible.  Yet,  as  long  as  no  new  tremendous 
fortunes  can  be  piled  up  and  no  new  accumulations  of  cap- 
ital can  be  made,  as  long  as  the  nouveaux  riches  dare  not 
wear  evidence  of  their  wealth  in  the  shape  of  fine  furs  and 
silken  raiment  and  precious  stones  on  the  bodies  of  their 
women  folk,  what  harm  is  there  in  this  sport  of  grown-up 
children? 


I 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


321 


Poland  and  the  Entente 


By  ROBERT  DELL 


London,  August  26 

THE  action  of  the  Polish  delegates  at  Minsk  in  rejecting 
all  the  Russian  peace  terms  shows  that  the  Polish 
Government  believes  itself  to  be  in  a  position  to  dictate 
terms  as  a  conqueror.  That  belief  will  probably  turn  out 
to  be  mistaken;  if  the  war  continues,  it  is  my  opinion  that 
it  will  end  in  the  defeat  of  the  Poles.  Trustworthy  in- 
formation suggests  that  the  Russian  retreat  has  been  con- 
ducted in  good  order  and  that  the  accounts  given  by  the 
Poles  of  their  successes  are  greatly  exaggerated.  But  Polish 
heads  are  easily  turned  and  their  temporary  success  has 
led  the  Poles  not  only  to  reject  the  Russian  proposals,  but 
also  to  demand  the  creation  of  new  border  states  out  of 
Russian  territory  and  the  annexation  to  Poland  of  Vilna 
with  the  ultimate  object  of  laying  hands  on  the  whole  of 
Lithuania,  now  an  independent  state,  over  which  the  Rus- 
sian Communist  Government  has  no  control. 

In  rejecting  the  Russian  peace  terms  the  Poles  have  fol- 
lowed the  advice  of  the  French  Government,  as  semi-offi- 
cially  announced  in  the  Matin  on  August  22.  But  the 
French  Government  is  not  at  all  pleased  at  the  Polish  terri- 
torial demands  and  has  officially  remonstrated  with  the 
Polish  Government.  The  Temps  had  already  warned  the 
Poles  in  an  obviously  inspired  article  on  August  21  against 
the  "dangerous  policy  of  1772  frontiers."  The  advice  to 
reject  the  Russian  peace  terms. and  the  warning  against 
territorial  demands  are  equally  consistent  with  the  Polish 
policy  of  the  Quai  d'Orsay,  which  is  influenced  solely  by 
regard  for  supposed  French  interests.  The  traditional 
French  friendship  for  Poland,  of  which  so  much  has  been 
said  in  the  French  press  of  late,  did  not  prevent  the  French 
Government  in  1916  from  making  a  secret  treaty  with 
Russia,  to  which  England  was  a  party,  by  which  the  Polish 
question  was  declared  to  be  one  of  Russian  internal  poli- 
tics and  the  Entente  Governments  agreed  to  hand  over  the 
whole  of  Poland  to  the  Czar.  Since  the  Russian  Revolution 
restored  Polish  integrity  and  independence — for  Poland 
owes  her  independence  solely  to  the  Russian  Revolution — the 
policy  of  the  Quai  d'Orsay  has  been  to  make  Poland  a  strong 
military  power  able  to  act  as  a  buffer  against  Communist 
Russia  on  the  one  hand  and  Germany  on  the  other.  It  has 
been  hoped  that  Poland  might  even  be  strong  enough  to  be 
the  instrument  of  the  Entente  in  overthrowing  the  Russian 
Republic  and  restoring  Czarism.  Any  attempt  on  the  part 
of  Poland  to  recover  her  1772  frontiers  would  not  fit  in  with 
that  policy.  The  aim  of  the  Quai  d'Orsay,  and  of  the  group 
of  Russian  Czarist  emigres  in  Paris  by  whom  its  policy  is 
influenced,  is  to  reincorporate  the  border  states  in  a  re- 
stored Russian  empire.  It  would  not  suit  them  at  all  that 
those  states  or  any  of  them  should  be  absorbed  by  Poland. 
But,  since  the  Quai  d'Orsay  and  the  Russian  emigres  want 
to  use  Poland  as  a  catspaw,  it  is  essential  to  their  policy 
that  Poland  should  be  armed  to  the  teeth;  hence  the  advice 
to  the  Polish  Government  to  reject  the  Russian  peace  terms, 
of  which  the  partial  disarmament  of  Poland  is  the  most 
essential.  For  peace  would  be  useless  to  Russia  without  a 
great  reduction  in  the  Polish  army  as  a  guaranty  against 
another  attack.    Such  a  reduction  would  also  be  to  the  real 


interest  of  Poland,  for  the  maintenance  of  a  large  army 
is  a  terrible  drain  on  the  resources  of  an  impoverished 
country.  And  Poland  does  not  need  a  large  army,  unless 
for  purposes  of  aggression.  Unhappily  the  Poles,  since 
they  recovered  their  independence,  have  embarked  on  a 
policy  of  aggression,  which  has  earned  them  the  hostility 
of  all  their  neighbors — Czechs,  Lithuanians,  White  Russians, 
and  Ukrainians,  no  less  than  that  of  Communist  Russia. 

The  imperialist  policy  of  the  Polish  Government  has  been 
severely  and  rightly  blamed  in  England,  but  sufficient  al- 
lowance has  not  been  made  for  the  pressure  of  the  Entente. 
The  truth  is  that  while  the  Poles  began  the  war  for  im- 
perialist aims  of  their  own  they  have  continued  it  chiefly 
to  oblige  the  Entente.  The  Polish  invasion  of  Lithuania 
last  year  on  the  pretext  of  liberating  it  from  bolshevist  rule 
was  an  imperialist  enterprise.  The  Poles  did.  not  even  pre- 
tend that  the  Lithuanians  had  asked  for  their  help;  they 
said  that  the  Polish  inhabitants  of  Lithuania,  who  are  in  a 
small  minority,  had  asked  for  it.  The  demand  now  made 
for  Vilna  shows  what  the  real  object  of  the  unsuccessful 
aggression  was.  But  in  September  of  last  year  the  Poles 
had  had  enough  of  war  and  M.  Paderewski,  then  Prime 
Minister,  came  to  Paris  and  London  to  inform  Clemenceau 
and  Lloyd  George  that  both  he  and  General  Pilsudski  were 
strongly  of  opinion  that  it  was  impossible  for  Poland  to 
continue  the  war  and  that  peace  should  be  made  with  Rus- 
sia. Clemenceau  and  Lloyd  George  insisted  on  the  con- 
tinuance of  the  war  and  the  latter  promised  M.  Paderewski 
"the  fullest  economic  and  military  support  of  the  Entente." 
At  the  end  of  December  Clemenceau  made  his  famous 
barbed-wire  speech  in  the  French  Chamber,  in  which  he  de- 
clared his  opinion  that  the  Poles  would  beat  the  Russians 
without  help,  but  said  that,  if  they  were  not  strong  enough, 
he  counted  on  the  Czecho-Slovaks,  the  Rumanians,  and  others 
to  go  to  their  aid.  Clemenceau  added,  with  truth,  that 
Lloyd  George  was  in  complete  agreement  with  him. 

A  few  months  later,  however,  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  of  whom 
the  Poles  have  reason  to  complain,  changed  his  mind  and, 
when  the  Polish  offensive  against  Kiev  was  proposed,  he 
discouraged  it  and  said  that  the  British  Government  would 
give  no  assistance  to  the  Poles  if  they  made  the  offensive. 
The  French  Government,  which  has  been  much  more  con- 
sistent in  its  policy  throughout,  urged  the  Poles  to  make 
the  offensive.  In  a  recent  issue  of  the  Stampa  an  Italian 
officer  attached  to  the  Italian  Military  Mission  at  Warsaw 
described  the  efforts  made  by  the  French  Military  Mis- 
sion there  to  push  Poland  into  the  offensive,  to  which  Gen- 
eral Pilsudski  seems  to  have  been  rather  unfavorable.  The 
object  of  the  French  Government  and  of  the  Russian  emi- 
gres in  Paris  was  to  use  Poland  to  help  Wrangel.  General 
Pilsudski  refused  to  fall  in  entirely  with  their  plans  and 
determined  to  get  something  for  Poland,  if  possible.  He, 
therefore,  made  an  agreement  with  the  Ukrainian  adven- 
turer, Petlura,  who  promised  concessions  to  Poland  at  the 
expense  of  Ukraine.  The  convenient  pretext  of  liberating 
Ukraine  from  bolshvist  rule,  which  had  already  served  for 
Lithuania,  was  put  forward  to  justify  the  invasion,  but  the 
Ukrainians,  like  the  Lithuanians,  strongly  objected  to  be- 


322 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  ill,  No.  2881 


ing  "liberated.'  When  the  Polish  army  was  driven  back 
by  the  Russians,  the  Ukrainians  formed  a  volunteer  corps 
to  harass  its  retreat,  as  Major  Etchegoyen,  a  French  offi- 
cer with  the  Polish  army,  testified  in  the  Matin  of 
August  11.  The  offensive  against  Kiev  was,  therefore, 
partly  a  Polish  imperialist  adventure,  but  even  more  an 
enterprise  of  the  French  Government  and  the  Russian 
emigres  at  the  expense  of  Poland. 

The  Quai  d'Orsay  and  the  Russian  emigres  are  now  dis- 
satisfied with  General  Pilsudski,  against  whom  certain 
French  papers  have  been  conducting  a  campaign  for  the  last 
fortnight.  The  dissatisfaction  was  due  partly  to  the  failure 
of  the  offensive,  partly  to  the  refusal  of  General  Pilsudski 
to  be  a  mere  tool  of  Russian  reaction.  Indeed  on  August 
10  and  11  the  Matin  became  suddenly  anti-Polish,  evidently 
under  official  inspiration,  and  seemed  to  be  preparing 
French  public  opinion  for  the  decision  arrived  at  by  Lloyd 
George  and  Millerand  at  Hythe  to  advise  the  Polish  Govern- 
ment to  make  peace  and  inform  it  that  it  would  receive  no 
further  support  from  the  Entente  if  it  rejected  the  Rus- 
sian peace  terms,  unless  they  contained  anything  incom- 
patible with  the  independence  of  Poland.  There  is  too  much 
reason  to  believe  that  President  Wilson's  note  induced  the 
French  Government  to  change  its  mind  and  to  encourage 
the  Poles  to  continue  the  war. 

On  August  10  the  Matin  and  the  Paris  New  York  Herald 
published  what  purported  to  be  a  communication  of  the 
State  Department  at  Washington,  which  represented  Mr. 
Wilson  as  hostile  to  Poland,  with  the  head-line:  "The  United 
States  Government  takes  sides  against  Poland."  The  fol- 
lowing quotation  from  the  document  was  given: 

The  attitude  of  Russia  is  that  of  America  in  1776.  It  is  that 
of  legitimate  defense.  As  for  the  army,  it  is  called  Red  or 
bolshevist  because  Lenin  is  at  the  head  of  the  Moscow  Govern- 
ment, but  it  is  not  a  bolshevist  army,  it  is  a  Russian  army. 
The  alleged  note,  according  to  the  Matin,  went  on  to  say 
that  the  Russians  had  no  territorial  ambitions  and  there 
was  no  ground  for  saying  that  they  had  any  designs  against 
the  sovereignty  of  Poland.  American  policy  desired  to  safe- 
guard Russian  territory  until  the  Russian  people  had  set- 
tled its  own  affairs  and  hoped  that  peace  and  order  would 
be  restored  to  Russia.  The  Matin  added  that  the  hand  of 
Mr.  Wilson  was  visible  in  the  note,  which  had  been  pub- 
lished after  a  long  consultation  at  the  White  House  be- 
tween Mr.  Wilson,  Mr.  Colby,  and  Mr.  Davis.  The  New 
York  Herald  also  attributed  the  note  to  Mr.  Wilson  him- 
self, but  the  Temps  the  same  evening  said  that  it  was 
founded  on  a  press  message  from  Washington  without  any 
official  character. 

On  the  same  day  the  Matin  published  a  long  dispatch  from 
its  special  correspondent  at  Hythe,  the  gist  of  which  was 
that  the  Poles  did  not  seem  to  wish  to  go  on  fighting.  One 
of  the  cross-headings  in  the  article  was :  "La  def aillance  de 
Pilsudski,"  which  may  be  freely  translated :  "Pilsudski  shows 
the  white  feather."  The  next  day  the  Matin  published  the 
article  by  Major  Etchegoyen  already  mentioned,  with  the 
title:  "How  the  Poles  have  fallen  out  with  all  their  neigh- 
bors." The  major  described  from  his  own  experience  the 
way  in  which  the  aggressive  policy  of  the  Poles  had  made 
them  generally  disliked.  On  the  following  evening,  August 
12,  the  Temps  published  the  authentic  text  of  the  American 
note  and  the  tone  of  the  Matin  completely  changed.  On 
August  11  it  had  declared  the  Poles  to  be  impossible  people 


who  quarreled  with  everybody;  on  August  13  it  was  ready 
to  defend  Poland  to  the  last  drop  of  Polish,  Cossack,  Ru- 
manian, or  Hungarian  blood.  To  save  its  face,  it  alleged  that 
the  communication  published  on  August  10  was  of  English 
origin.  This  is  quite  untrue,  for  the  communication  in  ques- 
tion was  unknown  in  England,  where  the  press  did  not 
understand  allusions  to  it  in  telegrams  from  Paris  and 
Washington. 

The  truth  is  that  the  communication  published  in  the 
Matin  and  the  New  York  Herald  on  August  10  was  semi- 
official. This  is  shown  not  only  by  the  way  in  which  it  ap- 
peared in  the  Matin  in  the  most  prominent  place  on  the  front 
page  without  any  indication  of  origin,  but  also  by  a  Reuter 
telegram  from  Washington  published  in  the  London  papers 
on  August  16,  which  spoke  of  the  "action  of  the  French 
Foreign  office  in  issuing  to  the  French  press  an  entirely  un- 
official newspaper  article  as  an  official  communication  of  the 
United  States."  No  doubt  the  American  Government  learned 
the  origin  of  the  communication  from  the  New  York  Herald. 
My  conclusion  is  that  on  August  10  the  Quai  d'Orsay  had 
decided  to  throw  over  Poland,  unless  the  Poles  consented  to 
make  peace,  and  changed  its  mind  on  the  receipt  of  the 
authentic  American  note.  The  recognition  of  Wrangel  on 
August  12  was  probably  a  compensation  given  by  Millerand 
to  members  of  his  Cabinet  that  reproached  him  for  having 
agreed  to  the  decisions  of  Hythe. 

The  recognition  of  Wrangel  was  a  breach  of  faith  on  the 
part  of  Millerand,  who  had  agreed  at  Hythe  to  take  no  step* 
until  it  was  known  whether  the  Russian  peace  terms  were 
acceptable.  It  made  Lloyd  George  exceedingly  angry,  espe- 
cially as  the  French  Government  took  the  offensive  course'  of 
communicating  it  to  the  press  before  informing  the  British 
Government,  so  that  Lloyd  George  first  learned  it  from  the 
papers.  Encouraged  by  the  American  note  the  French  Gov- 
ernment widened  the  breach  with  England  by  advising  the 
Poles  to  continue  the  war.  The  Poles  deliberately,  on  the 
advice  of  the  French  Government,  delayed  the  armistice 
negotiations  until  they  were  ready  to  make  a  counter-offen- 
sive. Now  the  situation  is  complicated  by  the  strange  ulti- 
matum sent  from  Lucerne  by  Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  Signor 
Giolitti  to  the  Russian  Government,  which  has  been  taken 
generally  both  in  England  and  France  as  a  sign  of  another 
change  of  policy  on  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  part.  The  members 
of  the  Russian  mission  have  declared  their  intention  of 
leaving  the  country,  and  the  Council  of  Action  representing 
British  Labor  has  issued  a  strong  protest  and  has  sent  out 
notices  to  the  trade  unions  to  prepare  for  a  general  strike. 
I  doubt  whether  this  interpretation  is  the  true  one.  No 
doubt  Mr.  Lloyd  George  lost  his  temper  when  he  received 
reports  from  Poland  that  the  Russians  were  trying  to  im- 
pose a  "workmen's  militia"  and  that  partly  accounts  for  the 
insulting  language  of  the  Lucerne  note  to  Russia.  But  I 
am  inclined  to  think  that  Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  Signor 
Giolitti  wished  to  give  a  purely  verbal  satisfaction  to 
M.  Millerand  in  order  to  be  in  a  strong  position  to  impose 
peace  on  the  Poles  and  resume  relations  with  Russia.  The 
militia  question  is  of  no  importance  and  is  already  dis- 
posed of  by  the  reply  of  the  Russian  Government  consenting 
to  withdraw  the  proposal. 

Meanwhile  the  independence  of  Poland  is  threatened  from 
the  West,  not  from  the  East — from  Paris,  not  from  Moscow. 
The  Polish  Government  has  been  almost  set  aside.  The  con- 
trol of  the  Polish  army  has  been  taken  out  of  the  hands  of 
the  Poles,  and  the  result  has  been,  as  the  French  press 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


323 


rightly  claims,  a  "French"  victory  in  every  sense  of  the  term. 
Emissaries  of  the  French  Government,  of  the  Russian 
emigres,  and  of  the  Vatican  are  interfering  in  Polish  in- 
ternal politics  and  intriguing  against  General  Pilsudski. 
For  the  Vatican  is  entirely  in  agreement  with  the  French 
Government  in  regard  to  Poland,  since  it  desires  a  re- 
actionary Catholic  Power  to  take  the  place  of  the  Austrian 
Empire.  The  candidate  of  the  Quai  d'Orsay,  the  Russian 
emigres,  and  the  Vatican  is  M.  Dmowski,  who  is  at  present 
at  Posen  surrounded  by  Russian  counter-revolutionaries,  in- 
cluding Bourtzeff,  who  has  arrived  from  Paris  with  two 
million  francs  from  the  French  Government,  and  Savinkoff. 
Dangerous  to  Poland  and  to  Europe  as  are  the  imperialist 
ambitions  of  General  Pilsudski,  M.  Dmowski  would  be  far 
worse.  He  is  a  reactionary  clerical  and  anti-semite,  who 
would  be  the  tool  of  the  Quai  d'Orsay,  the  Vatican,  and  the 
Russian  counter-revolutionaries.  His  policy  would  be  one 
of  pogroms  and  a  White  Terror  at  home  and  continued  war 
to  restore  reaction  in  Russia.  He  wants,  as  the  Warsaw 
correspondent  of  the  Manchester  Guardian  said  in  that  paper 
on  August  25,  "a  great  reactionary  Russia  with  a  re- 
actionary Poland  attached  to  it  parasitically — a  Slav  junker 
paradise." 


New  England  and  the  Novel 

By  ROBERT  HERRICK 

THERE  have  been  New  Englanders  who  have  written 
novels  about  New  England,  of  course.  Witness  Haw- 
th  rne!  And  Miss  Jewett,  and  Mrs.  Freeman,  and  Mrs. 
Deland  (men's  names  seem  rarer),  and  a  tapering  host  of 
others.  There  have  also  been  New  Englanders  by  birth  and 
tradition,  who,  having  penetrated  the  unfamiliar  wilds  below 
the  Bronx  and  across  the  Hudson,  have  reported  what  they 
found  there.  If  we  were  to  abstract  from  American  litera- 
ture— as  from  American  politics  and  business — all  that  had 
been  done  for  it  in  various  ways  by  the  sons  and  daughters 
and  near  relatives  of  New  England,  there  would  be  a  great 
void,  hard  to  fill  from  the  contributions  of  other  provinces. 
It  may  be  said  in  passing  that  the  New  Englander  thrives, 
once  get  him  beyond  the  severities  of  his  own  lean  dooryard, 
and  expresses  himself  with  a  renewed  vigor  and  freedom  of 
spirit — just  as  transplanted  to  prairie  corn  lands  he  once 
more  begot  families  of  patriarchal  proportions  and  added 
weight  as  well  as  stature  to  himself.  The  transmigrations 
and  transformations  of  the  Puritan  offer  an  alluring  sub- 
ject ! 

Finally,  chere  is  the  clear  outsider,  the  stranger  who 
comes  to  New  England  as  to  a  Mecca  of  the  arts  and  ameni- 
ties like  the  young  Howells,  and  puts  down  what  he  sees 
there  with  all  the  zest  of  the  discoverer.  Mark  Twain  lived 
often  on  the  edge  of  New  England,  but  was  not  markedly 
affected  by  the  circumstance.  Howells,  on  the  other  hand, 
owed  much  to  his  chosen  country:  the  dates  of  his  arrival 
and  departure  from  Boston  inclose  his  most  fertile  period, 
and  the  odor  of  New  England  lingered  long  in  his  fiction 
after  his  departure,  almost  to  the  last.  There  is  also  some 
part  of  the  more  direct  Henry  James,  much  of  Edith  Whar- 
ton, to  be  accredited  to  the  New  England  account,  and  lastly 
must  not  be  forgotten  the  New  Hampshire  chronicles  of 
Winston  Churchill,  who  has  adopted  New  England. 

I  do  not  know  that  it  makes  much  difference  whether  a 


province  is  immortalized  by  its  own  children  or  by  adopted 
ones,  whether  an  outsider  or  an  insider  gives  the  final  judg- 
ment of  record,  though  we  are  apt  to  think  that  the  insider 
knows  us  more  intimately.  Yet  who  better  than  Howells  of 
Ohio  discerned  the  pettinesses  as  well  as  the  nobilities  of 
New  England?  .  .  .  Nor,  in  fact,  do  I  believe  that  it 
makes  a  vast  difference  whether  one  section  of  a  people  gets 
itself  into  the  record  more  abundantly  than  another.  The 
era  of  a  puffing  sectionalism  has  long  past.  Are  we  about 
to  witness  the  end  of  arrogant  nationalisms  also? 

And  yet  New  England,  if  no  longer  possessing  an  indi- 
vidual and  distinct  pedestal  of  its  own  in  our  national  cul- 
ture, once  arrogated  to  itself  a  special  place  in  all  things — 
and  has  not  forgotten  it.  The  Brahmin  type  was  known  by 
the  superior  air.  I  should  say  that  the  superior  air — the 
consciousness  of  otherness — was  long  the  most  character- 
istic mark  of  New  England,  and  still  lingers  in  remote 
corners  of  Cambridge  and  Boston,  although  most  grounds 
for  pretention  have  so  completely  vanished.  Superiority  of 
inheritance,  of  education,  of  pronunciation,  of  manners,  of 
morals,  above  all!  The  true  New  Englander  was  stamped 
by  an  inward  satisfaction  that  often  made  him  seem  prig- 
gish, provincial,  and  odious  to  the  more  common  person 
born  beyond  the  Hudson,  below  the  Bronx.  Was  it  justified? 
Is  such  a  pride  of  past  performance  ever  justified  in  any 
human  soul?  I  doubt  it.  And  I  am  positive  that  this  su- 
periority was  never  justified  by  triumphs  in  fiction,  in  the 
records  of  imaginative  prose  that  New  England  has  inspired. 
There  was,  of  course,  Hawthorne,  and  there  one  must  stop 
and  take  a  very  long  breath  before  venturing  to  name  at 
random  the  "others."  For  Hawthorne  in  some  extraordi- 
nary way  seems  to  have  taken  possession  of  the  New  Eng- 
land scene,  to  have  absorbed  in  his  art  its  one  creative  theme 
and  to  have  exhausted  it  (though  faithful  gleaners  still  toil 
in  the  field  apparently  unaware  that  the  sheaves  have  long 
since  been  garnered  and  carted  to  the  mill). 

Hawthorne's  great  theme  was  sin.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  it 
is  the  one  important  theme  that  New  England  ever  en- 
joyed thoroughly.  Hawthorne  came  upon  it  at  the  moment 
when  sin  as  a  theme  was  ripe  for  art,  when  it  had  most 
resonance  and  appeal,  and  yet  when  men  began  to  feel  free 
to  talk  about  it.  It  was  the  appointed  time  for  exploiting 
in  art  that  human  consciousness  of  sin  which  had  been  accu- 
mulating in  the  race  for  bitter  generations.  What  is  truly 
remarkable  to  my  thinking  is  that  Hawthorne,  saturated 
with  Salem  and  sin  as  he  was,  managed  to  maintain  the 
artist's  aloofness  and  objectivity  toward  his  theme.  Recog- 
nizing the  possibilities  of  the  situation,  he  exploited  them 
to  the  full.  But — and  here  I  am  aware  that  I  must  scan- 
dalize the  orthodox — Hawthorne  himself  never  took  sin  too 
seriously.  It  was  for  him  a  matter  of  art  not  life.  He  did 
not  write  tracts — he  left  that  to  Mrs.  Stowe  and  all  the  many 
others.  He  seized  upon  a  superb  opportunity  in  human  ma- 
terial offered  by  a  sin-terrified  community,  and  he  painted 
men  and  women  sinning,  afraid  to  sin,  repenting  of  sin, 
suffering  from  sin,  punishing  sin — yes,  more  rarely,  slyly, 
rejoicing  and  prospering  in  sin.  He  got  all  there  was  in 
sin  as  a  theme,  and  by  and  large  his  product  will  remain  as 
much  a  monument  to  the  power  of  art  to  triumph  over  such 
a  stubborn  and  unattractive  subject  as  sin,  as  a  record  of 
the  lights  and  shadows  of  a  Puritan  civilization.  Haw- 
thorne's work  is  preserved  in  the  amber  of  his  objective  art, 
while  the  efforts  of  the  legion  who  gleaned  in  his  footsteps 
are  already  showing  the  black  shadows  and  little  more. 


324 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


For  there  have  been,  naturally,  many  "others,"  working 
diligently  in  this  field  of  sin.  In  fact  sin  has  cursed  the 
imagination  of  the  New  England  novelist.  Even  the  out- 
sider of  healthier  inheritance  falls  under  the  evil  spell  of 
the  common  preoccupation  with  sin,  and  a  kindly,  humorous 
man  like  Howells,  an  honest  and  robust  writer  like  Mr. 
Churchill,  take  to  prodding  the  human  conscience  and  re- 
cording its  sickly  writhings  as  soon  as  they  feel  the  east 
wind  coming  up  across  Massachusetts  Bay.  The  output 
from  New  England  might  be  labeled  inclusively  "Studies  in 
Sin  and  Its  After  Effects."  If  old  memories  do  not  betray 
me,  Mary  Wilkins  Freeman  did  them  best,  in  a  grim,  un- 
sentimental way  that  had  a  faintly  Continental  flavor.  But 
her  method  was  too  brittle :  her  pictures  fell  apart  into  epi- 
sodes. It  was,  too,  the  weakened,  anemic  second  generation 
of  sin  that  she  dealt  with,  and  she  launched  into  no  epics. 
Latterly  in  the  hands  of  lesser  folk  the  great  theme  has 
degenerated  from  sin  to  conduct  and  manners.  The  stinging 
consciousness  of  sin,  which  lent  dignity  to  the  earlier  lite- 
rature, became  a  morbid  anxiety  about  appearances,  and  the 
artist's  effort,  what  might  be  called  a  taste  for  spiritual 
window  dressing. 

But  is  sin  in  itself,  unrelieved,  a  good  and  sufficient  theme 
for  a  vigorous  art?  Even  with  a  Hawthorne  and  a  George 
Eliot  in  mind  I  doubt  it.  Is  man  living  with  a  sense  of  sin 
sufficiently  large,  varied,  and  noble  a  subject  to  offer  the 
artist  that  spiritual  ecstasy  which  must  enter  into  the  crea- 
tion of  all  enduring  art?  Looking  over  the  result  of  a  too 
intense  preoccupation  with  this  gloomy  theme  in  New  Eng- 
land, one  feels  that  man — or  woman — viewed  solely  as  a 
sinning  human  animal  is  lacking  in  sustained  interest. 
And  in  those  later  manifestations  of  conduct  and  manners 
the  substance  becomes  the  ghost  of  a  ghost  in  relation  to 
human  life.  It  is  not  until  the  Puritan,  happily  escaped 
from  the  too  intolerable  consciousness  of  sin,  permits  him- 
self to  look  abroad  and  discover  smiling  landscapes,  to 
realize  that  after  all  life  has  its  amenities  as  well  as  its 
austerities,  its  unclouded,  unsinning  moments,  that  the  crea- 
tive spirit  rises  once  more  in  his  breast  and  he  resumes  his 
song.  In  those  more  spacious  worlds  that  open  to  his  vision 
both  within  and  without,  sin  sinks  to  its  proper  perspective 
in  the  whole  host  of  human  impulses  and  no  longer  gloomily 
bullies  the  soul  of  the  artist. 

And  yet  New  England  on  the  face  of  it  was  a  fit  and 
proper  field  for  large  fiction.  Why  did  not  her  artists  strug- 
gle free  from  the  obsession  with  sin?  When  her  literature 
degenerated  into  a  discussion  of  conduct  and  manners,  why 
was  it  not  more  invigorating,  more  cosmopolitan,  more 
national?  A  homogeneous  province,  this  corner  of  the 
aging  New  World,  yet  with  sufficient  diversity  physical  and 
social  to  offer  those  shades  of  character  and  environment 
necessary  for  the  artist,  sufficiently  contrasted  between  sea 
and  hill,  town  and  city,  and  lived  in  for  nearly  three  hundred 
years  by  one  of  the  purest  races  left  on  the  earth  in  matter 
of  blood  descent.  Surely  Hardy's  England  offered  nothing 
more  promising,  nor  Trollope's.  Balzac  and  Zola  and  Tolstoy 
had  richer  inheritances,  to  be  sure,  but  did  Goethe  or  Ibsen 
or  Strindberg?  .  .  .  It  would  not  be  easy  to  find  a  more 
appealing  country  than  New  England,  with  sweeter,  homelier 
memories,  intimately  mingled  with  the  lives  of  generations 
of  men — a  land  not  flowing  with  milk  and  honey,  but  full 
of  pungent  associations,  and  ripe  for  the  seer's  vision.  .  .  . 
Destined  to  become  a  huge  vacation  camp  and  a  machine 
shop  filled  with  alien  labor! 


For  a  while  New  England  seemed  eager  to  grasp  her  rich 
heritage,  to  become  the  leader  of  that  material  expansion 
which  swept  the  nation  after  the  Civil  War.  For  a  brief 
generation  New  England  participated  in  the  riot  of  exploi- 
tation. Then  swiftly  her  leadership,  financial  and  economic, 
faded  away.  The  control  of  her  own  enterprises  fell  from 
nerveless  Brahmin  hands,  and  New  England  relapsed  into 
the  passivity  of  four  per  cents,  from  which  she  has  never 
tried  to  reawaken.  What  happened  in  State  Street  merely 
foreshadowed  what  was  happening  inwardly,  spiritually,  to 
old  New  England.  She  was  withering.  In  a  world  that  had 
apparently  thrown  off  the  burden  of  sin  and  was  rioting 
forth  to  joyous  enterprises  of  possession  and  exploration 
(which  must  lead  inevitably  to  new  conflicts  and  new  trage- 
dies) New  England  had  nothing  to  offer  but — Mugwumpery. 
The  sturdier  members  of  the  community  were  irresistibly 
drawn  by  the  magnet  of  the  new  West,  by  the  pioneer  lure 
that  had  drawn  their  fathers  across  the  Atlantic.  They 
sallied  forth  to  conquests  elsewhere,  and  wherever  and  what- 
ever of  American  achievement  there  has  been  since  the 
Civil  War,  high  on  the  monuments  will  be  found  New  Eng- 
land names.  But  for  the  homeland  the  term  "abandoned 
farm"  was  being  coined,  to  which  might  have  been  added 
the  equally  damnatory  designation,  "anemic  town."  New 
England  in  sad  fact  became  the  shell  of  itself,  and  art  does 
not  flourish  in  a  shell  among  a  withering  people.  State 
Street  surrendered  its  railroads,  its  mines,  its  great  tele- 
phone property,  and  other  material  assets  to  bolder,  more 
grasping  hands,  and  New  England  became  a  small  province 
of  the  financial  world,  inhabited  by  respectable  investors 
(who  kept  their  stocks  and  bonds  long  after  the  buccaneer 
outsiders  had  robbed  them  of  the  substance  of  their  prop- 
erties). And  the  full  irony  of  destiny  is  now  working:  in 
that  part  of  our  nation  which  braved  the  wilds  to  worship 
God  freely,  that  first  raised  the  standard  of  emancipation 
for  human  slaves,  that  led  the  young  republic  to  higher,  finer 
things,  a  Henry  Cabot  Lodge  is  the  prophet,  snarling  piti- 
fully against  the  future,  standing  guard  over  the  four  per 
cents  and  the  ancient  memories.  And  a  commonplace  gov- 
ernor asks  us  to  "Have  Faith  in  Massachusetts" !  For  what 
pray,  should  we  have  faith  in  Massachusetts? 

New  England  preserved  her  families,  her  four  per  cents, 
and  her  pretensions  to  culture.  For  somehow  "culture" 
lives  on  in  a  barren  soil  from  which  life  and  art  have  long 
since  fled  in  despair.  Boston  still  cherished  the  illusion  of 
intellectual  leadership  though  its  books  were  published  in 
New  York  and  its  plays  made  on  Broadway  or  in  London. 
But  what  economic  law  might  have  spared  in  its  inexorable 
working — an  experimenting  and  expressing  spirit — the  Back 
Bay  and  Cambridge  between  them  have  contrived  utterly  to 
extirpate.  A  record  of  this  lamentable  fact  has  been  made 
recently  in  that  extraordinary  performance  in  unconscious 
revelation,  "The  Education  of  Henry  Adams."  The  one 
unmentioned  inference,  the  one  unmistakable  fact  that 
stares  out  at  the  New  Englander  from  every  page  of  that 
confession  and  self-appraisement  is  sterility — spiritual  im- 
potence, so  much  more  devastating  than  physical.  And 
the  Back  Bay  does  not  even  see  it!  It  is  complacent  or 
proud  of  the  performance,  which  exposes  to  their  children's 
children  the  secret  of  their  futility.  Where  the  Adamses 
once  struggled  and  ruled — and  incidentally  believed  in  God 
— their  impotent  descendant  theorizes  charmingly  and  wittily 
about  a  universe  that  somehow  no  longer  seems  to  offer 
opportunity  for  an  Adams.    Of  the  new  surge  of  impulses  in 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


325 


our  America  he  was  wholly  oblivious,  though  he  lived  in 
what  he  judged  to  be  the  local  center,  a  short  block  from 
the  White  House,  and  journeyed  back  from  time  to  time  to 
that  Europe  which  was  still  to  him  the  sole  fount  of  in- 
spiration. 

It  is  a  final  word.  Once  read  and  understood — as  only  a 
New  Englander  who  has  had  dim  perceptions  of  the  an- 
cestral blight  within  his  own  veins  can  understand  it — this 
revelation  is  the  writing  on  the  tomb.  Thus  nature  in  her 
fashion  has  completed  the  circuit  and  grounded  the  human 
wire.  It  is  a  far  cry  from  the  agitations  about  sin.  This 
product  of  the  culture  of  Cambridge  and  the  Back  Bay, 
descendant  of  the  grim  Puritan  line,  no  longer  has  the  invi- 
tation or  the  capacity  to  sin. 

It  may  appear  superflous  after  thus  lifting  the  burial 
cloths  from  the  dead  to  peer  into  the  future.  But  it  is  im- 
possible for  one  whose  people  lived  in  the  old  homesteads 
and  now  lie  buried  on  the  country  hillsides  of  New  England 
not  to  wonder  and  speculate  about  that  future.  Out  of  the 
aristocratic  mansions  of  Salem  and  Newburyport  and  the 
weathered  farm  houses  along  the  roads  now  peer  the 
swarthy  faces  of  aliens  of  many  races.  Even  in  those  stony 
fields  so  laboriously  cleared  from  the  wilderness  by  the 
forefathers  the  Greek,  the  Pole,  the  Russian  plow  and 
reap.  New  England  industrially  at  any  rate  is  a  lost 
province.  Its  own  people  are  a  mere  handful  of  its  busy, 
increasing  millions:  the  rest  are  strangers,  in  mill,  factory, 
farm — strangers  with  strange  instincts  in  their  blood.  The 
bareheaded  Italian  still  seems  odd  in  our  narrow  streets. 
The  soft  Levantine  accent  sounds  out  of  place  in  colonial 
rooms.  The  bearded  Pole  looks  queer  in  the  meadow  pasture, 
the  infiltrating  Jew  absurd  in  the  old  corner  store.  But 
these  oddities  of  contrast  will  quickly  disappear.  For  these 
aliens  have  inherited  the  land  and  are  literally  making  it 
their  own,  through  no  fault  of  theirs.  What  they  will  do 
with  it,  what  they  will  think  and  say  about  life  when  they 
are  ripe  for  expression — not  for  another  generation  at 
least — no  man  can  tell.  But  of  one  thing  we  may  be  sure: 
they  will  not  be  cursed  with  the  consciousness  of  sin,  and 
their  literature  whatever  it  may  contain  will  not  be  based 
on  the  one  old  theme.  If  after  they  have  come  up  out  of 
bondage  in  mill  and  field  they  can  sing  joyously,  if  they  can 
infuse  into  their  mixed  heritage  the  one  ingredient  that  the 
old  New  Englander  could  never  assimilate,  joy,  and  cele- 
brate a  vigorous  and  rejoicing  New  England — then  our 
world  will,  indeed,  have  a  new  wine  in  an  old  bottle — and 
possibly  a  rare  one. 

But  the  day  of  ghosts  has  passed  forever. 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  Drifter  patriotically  paid  fifteen  cents  to  the  Local 
Chapter  of  the  D.  A.  R.  for  the  privilege  of  entering 
a  sweet  little,  neat  little  house  entitled  "Historical  So- 
ciety" in  the  hope  of  finding  therein  a  short  "History  of 
the  Vineyard,"  for  there  is  something  alluring  about  the 
age-old,  complacent  village  of  Edgartown  and  its  inhabi- 
tants of  ancient  lineage  that  makes  one  wonder  why,  whence, 
and  wherefore.  The  Drifter  didn't  find  the  History,  but 
was  recommended  to  Bank's  History,  2  Vols.,  $5.00,  to  be 
had  free,  however,  at  the  little,  brick,  "colonial"  library 
that  is  so  tasteful  and  modest,  so  pathetically  modern.  Per- 
haps some  day  he  will  peruse  those  volumes.     But  in  the 


meantime  he  allows  himself  to  be  led  about  by  a  young  lady 
with  a  cleft  palate  who  was  intimate  with  the  daughters 
of  some  of  the  old  portraits,  and  who  would  chatter  about 
the  cradle  fired  upon  by  the  British — how  disloyal  to  men- 
tion such  deeds  of  our  late  allies! — and  about  the  bonnets 
and  the  hoods  of  the  Mayhews,  the  guns  of  the  Chadwicks, 
and  Madame  Nordica's  collection  [a  Norton  of  Edgartown 
off  stage],  when  all  the  time  the  Drifter  wanted  to  read  the 
paper  about  Lincoln's  assassination  and  the  messages  from 
Jeff  Davis  to  his  people,  and  the  account  of  the  town  of 
Katama,  and  of  the  West  Tisbury  township.  And  as  the 
Drifter  passed  on  with  a  sigh,  he  caught  sight  of  a  portrait 
of  a  fine  old  citizen,  and  suddenly  the  cloud  behind  the 
silver  lining  of  this  quaint  and  lovable  spot  was  revealed  in 
that  temple — for  it  was  the  image  of  the  town  simpleton. 
The  town  simpleton?  In  nearly  every  house  you  find  one 
lurking — apologized  for  quietly  by  a  look  or  a  word  by  the 
mother  with  the  soft,  cultivated  voice  and  the  refined,  pure 
American  face.  Too  pure,  the  Drifter  fears — for  the  island 
intermarriage  has  not  quite  been  saved  by  the  fine  healthy 
Portuguese  fishing  colony  that  has  sprung  up  on  its  shores. 
And  so  the  Drifter  sighed  his  sigh,  and  went  his  way.  And 
as  he  went  he  thought  a  little  about  ancient  lineage  and 
purity  of  blood  and  alien  invasions.    And  he  wondered. 

The  Drifter 

Correspondence 

Olympian  Error  in  the  A.  P. 

To  the  Editor  of  The-  Nation  : 

Sir:  Your  journal  is  something  of  a  "journal  of  Journalists," 
therefore  I  am  writing  you  to  ask  you  to  call  public  attention 
to  a  most  inexact,  unscholarly,  and  impossible  use  of  the  word 
"Olympiad"  which  I  notice  has  become  the  current  usage  in 
respect  to  the  Olympic  Games,  so-called.  Thus  the  Associated 
Press  dispatch  reads:  "The  Americans  excel  in  the  Olympiad." 
This  is  not  correct  diction.  The  word  Olympiad  denotes  the 
period  of  time  comprehended  between  the  holding  of  the  games, 
and  was  used  by  the  Greeks  to  fix  dates.  An  "Olympiad"  is 
therefore  a  unit  of  time,  not  a  general  name  for  a  series  of 
games  or  sports.  It  would  be  deplorable  if  this  barbarism 
should  become  fixed  usage  in  America. 

Baltimore,  August  18  Oscar  Woodward  Zeigler 

8  Per  Cent  Ale  and  8  Cent  Milk 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  your  last  I  read  your  article  on  milk.  Did  it  ever 
occur  to  you  that  prohibition  has  brought  about  higher  prices 
of  milk,  as  practically  all  dairies  on  Long  Island  and  within  a 
radius  of  ten  to  twenty  miles  of  large  cities  have  gone  out  of 
business  because  they  could  not  purchase  cheap  brewers'  grain, 
an  excellent  feed  for  milk  cows.  Also  that  prohibition  brought 
our  sugar  imports  up  to  seven  and  a  half  billion  pounds.  Most 
of  this  sugar  is  used  in  homes  to  make  strong  drink.  Would 
not  ales  of  low  alcoholic  content  bring  a  big  revenue  to  Uncle 
Sam,  give  us  a  large  amount  of  fine  cheap  cattle  feed,  reduce 
the  price  of  milk  and  sugar,  keep  that  money  in  our  country, 
and  you  could  again  buy  healthy  fresh  milk  in  New  York  for 
ten  cents  a  quart?  That  would  mean  much  to  the  children. 
Every  large  city  could  have  herds  of  fine  cows — New  York 
could  have  a  herd  in  Central  Park  and  one  in  Bronx  Park — the 
brewers  would  gladly  furnish  the  feed  cheap  and  our  hospitals 
and  poor  could  purchase  pure,  fresh  milk  for  eight  cents  a 
quart.     Does  not  this  merit  your  attention? 

New  York,  August  10  Armin 


326 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


From  an  Island 

By  LEONORA  SPEYER 

Sea-Fog 
The  summer  day  draws  the  grayness  closer 
And  shuts  its  shining  eyes, 
To  the  crooning  of  the  horn. 

Gulls  flap  unevenly  through  the  muffled  hours, 
Spaces  listen  in  hiding. 

And  the  horn, 

Like  an  old  nurse, 

Croons  on  in  wordless  monotone, 

"Ooh— ooh— ooh— " 

Bell-Buoys 
Out  in  the  dim  harbor 
I  hear  the  sound  of  bells: 
Out  on  the  gray-blue  meadows  of  the  sea 
I  think  mild  water-cattle  graze 
Among  the  ripples. 

Swallows 
They  dip  their  wings  in  the  sunset, 
They  dash  against  the  air 
As  if  to  break  themselves  upon  its  stillness: 
In  every  movement,  too  swift  to  count, 
Is  a  revelry  of  indecision, 
A  furtive  delight  in  trees  they  do  not  desire 
And  in  long  grasses  that  shall  not  know  their  weight. 

They  hover  and  lean  toward  the  meadow 

With  little  edged  cries, 

And  then, 

As  if  frightened  at  the  earth's  nearness, 

They  seek  the  high  austerity  of  evening-sky 

And  swirl  into  its  depth. 


Books 

Dynamic  Symmetry 

Dynamic  Symmetry.   The  Greek  Vase.   By  Jay  Hambidge.   Yale 
University   Press. 

T^VER  since  the  Pythagoreans,  in  the  fifth  century  B.  a, 
*-J  succeeded  in  dividing  a  line-segment  so  that  the  rectangle 
of  the  whole  and  one  of  the  parts  was  equal  to  the  square  on 
the  other  part,  their  problem  has  attracted  the  attention  and 
maintained  the  interest  of  the  mathematical  world.  A  line-seg- 
ment 5  inches  long,  divided  approximately  in  this  way,  would 
have  as  the  lengths  of  its  two  parts  2  inches  and  3  inches. 
Taking  closer  approximations,  a  line-segment  is  so  divided  when 
we  cut  it  in  the  ratio  5  to  8,  8  to  13,  or  13  to  21.  Speaking 
precisely,  the  ratio  is  that  of  (-y'S-l)  to  2.  This  division  of 
a  line  has  gone  by  various  names,  such  as  "divine  proportion" 
and  "extreme  and  mean  ratio";  but  the  favorite  for  the  last 
hundred  years  has  been  "the  golden  section." 

Aside  from  the  mathematical  interest  involved  in  the  prob- 
lem and  in  such  applications  as  that  relating  to  the  construc- 
tion of  the  regular  decagon,  two  other  lines  of  interest  have 
developed  during  the  many  centuries  which  have  elapsed  since 
the  Greek  geometers  discovered  their  solution.  One  of  these 
connects  the  "golden  section"  with  forms  found  in  nature,  such 


as  the  fern  leaf,  the  nautilus,  and  those  vegetable  products  in 
which  the  regular  pentagon  occurs.  It  also  has  been  connected 
with  the  arrangement  of  leaves  about  a  stalk;  in  general  it 
seems  to  rank  with  axial  symmetry  as  one  of  nature's  favorite 
basal  forms. 

The  second  line  of  interest  relating  to  the  sectio  aurea,  to 
take  the  Latin  form  of  the  name,  is  the  one  which  connects 
the  idea  with  art,  in  particular  with  architecture,  painting,  and 
the  plastic  arts.  This  was  first  considered,  in  a  work  of  any 
importance,  by  an  Italian  mathematician,  Pietro  della  -  Fran- 
cesca,  toward  the  close  of  the  fifteenth  century.  His  manu- 
script was  extensively  used  without  credit,  after  the  manner 
of  the  time,  by  Fra  Luca  di  Borgo  San  Sepolcro,  whose  family 
name  was  Pacioli,  in  preparing  a  work  which  he  published  in 
1509.  This  work  was  entitled  De  diuina  proportione  epistola, 
and  it  considered  the  relation  of  the  "golden  section"  to  paint- 
ing, sculpture,  architecture,  and  other  branches  of  art.  So 
closely  was  this  work  connected  with  aesthetics  that,  so  the 
legend  runs,  the  geometric  drawings  for  it  were  made  by  none 
other  than  Leonardo  da  Vinci  himself. 

From  that  time  until  the  present  the  element  of  the  "golden 
section"  has  been  recognized  as  important  in  all  branches  of 
art  in  which  pleasing  proportion  of  line  plays  any  part.  The 
literature  upon  the  subject  is  extensive,  not  only  in  works  on 
art  but  in  those  on  psychology  and  even  in  those  relating  to 
industry. 

What  Mr.  Hambidge  has  done  is  to  show  how  the  "golden 
section"  appears  in  the  designs  for  certain  Greek  vases  not 
heretofore  studied.  He  also  shows  how  such  incommensurable 
lines  as  the  diagonal  and  the  sides  of  certain  rectangles,  in- 
cluding squares,  enter  into  the  plans  of  works  of  this  kind. 
With  these  ideas  the  world  of  art  has  long  been  more  or  less" 
familiar,  and  the  works  involving  the  plans  and  measurements 
of  works  of  Greek  art  are  very  numerous.  What  seems  to 
distinguish  this  particular  study  is  the  effort,  apparently  quite 
subconsciously  made,  to  cover  the  whole  matter  with  an  air  of 
mystery.  This  has  been  done  by  the  familiar  device,  prehis- 
toric in  origin  and  perennial  in  its  growth,  of  creating  a  new 
vocabulary.  No  one  who  studies  the  history  of  philosophy,  of 
medicine,  of  law,  of  theology,  or  of  modern  education,  can  fail 
to  be  impressed  with  the  fact  that  the  clothing  of  perfectly  com- 
monplace ideas  in  an  unfamiliar  linguistic  garb  is  a  potent 
method  of  attracting  attention  and  of  laying  claim  to  discovery. 
Such  a  plan  is  always  defended  by  the  assertion  that  a  tech- 
nical vocabulary  is  necessary,  an  assertion  that  is  usually  with- 
out much  justification. 

The  reader  who  opens  Mr.  Hambidge's  book  meets  on  the 
frontispiece  "a  theme  in  root-two"  and  at  once  feels  his  igno- 
rance. He  looks  on  the  title-page  and  sees  "Dynamic  Sym- 
metry," and  wonders.  He  learns  in  the  "Foreword"  that  "static 
symmetry"  is  employed  most  naturally  by  artists.  He  finds 
that  the  author  has  created  a  special  meaning  for  an  ancient 
method  of  mathematics  known  as  the  "rule  of  three."  He  sees 
that  this  idea  is  legitimately  connected  with  a  logarithmic 
spiral  which  the  author  makes  no  attempt  to  explain.  He  then 
comes  upon  "radii  vectors"  which,  if  he  is  a  mathematical 
reader,  will  be  understood,  but  which  will  otherwise  stand 
merely  as  a  piece  of  mixed  Latin  and  English. 

After  leading  his  reader  thus  far,  the  author  drops  the 
curve  and  returns  to  the  rectilinear  framework  on  which  it  is 
formed  and  which  could  have  been  better  reached  without  any 
confusion  of  terms.  He  then  introduces  the  term  "reciprocal 
rectangle,"  without  definition,  and  states  that  the  square  root 
of  two  is  an  "indeterminate  fraction,"  by  which  he  means  that 
this  perfectly  determinate  expression  has  no  common  measure 
with  unity — that  it  is  what  a  mathematician  might  call  either 
an  irrational  number  or  an  incommensurable  number.  The 
statement  is  next  made  that  "there  exists  a  series  of  rectangles 
whose  sides  are  divided  into  equal  parts  by  the  perpendicular 
to  the  diagonal,"  which  is  perfectly  true,  but  which  is  so  ob- 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


327 


scured  by  the  preceding  terminology  and  the  complicated  steps 
which  have  led  up  to  it  as  to  be  unintelligible  to  all  except  those 
whose  memory  of  elementary  mathematics  enables  them  to  dis- 
card the  non-essentials  and  see  the  simple  result  at  which  the 
author  has  arrived.  In  order  to  mystify  the  reader  still  further 
the  author  now  calls  this  figure  a  "root-two  rectangle,"  mean- 
ing simply  that  its  form  is  such  that  if  the  width  is  1  the  length 
is  "v/27  In  a  similar  way  he  uses  the  terms  "root-three  rec- 
tangle," "root-four  rectangle,"  and  so  on.  Here  he  pauses  to 
say  that  Fibonacci  was  "the  man  who  introduced  into  Europe 
the  Arabic  system  of  notation,"  whereas  any  historian  could 
have  told  him  that  these  numerals  were  known  in  that  part  of 
the  world  more  than  two  centuries  earlier.  He  also  tells  what 
Gerard  (by  which  name  he  refers  to  Albert  Girard)  did  for  a 
certain  series  of  numbers — which  has  no  special  bearing  upon 
the  matter  in  hand. 

The  author  now  proceeds  to  discuss  a  certain  form  of  rec- 
tangle which  he  shows  is  found  in  the  study  of  leaf  distribution 
in  plants,  that  in  which  the  width  is  1  and  the  length  is  % 
(■\/5-l),  although  this  precise  relation  is  not  stated  in  the 
present  connection.  It  is  merely  the  "golden  section"  ratio, 
and  it  could  have  been  set  forth  much  more  clearly  and  in  much 
briefer  space.  Such  a  rectangle  has  certain  interesting  geo- 
metric properties,  and  in  one  of  these  the  author  feels  that  he 
sees  a  reason  for  calling  it  "the  rectangle  of  the  whirling 
squares,"  thus  adding  to  the  difficulties  of  the  reader  and  con- 
tributing nothing  whatever  to  the  subject  in  hand. 

Thus  far  the  reader  will  have  finished  Chapter  I,  and  he 
may  well  pause  and  consider  the  situation.  He  has  learned  that 
there  are  "two  types  of  symmetry  or  proportion,  one  of  which 
is  possessed  of  qualities  of  activity,  the  other  of  passivity." 
What  these  types  are  he  does  not  know,  and  why  one  is  called 
active  and  the  other  passive  he  is  not  told.  There  seems  to  be 
no  good  reason,  and  so  he  proceeds  to  learn  that  something  is 
to  be  called  "dynamic  symmetry."  Through  a  maze  he  is  led 
to  a  very  simple  rectangle  which  can  be  formed  by  taking  the 
side  of  any  square  for  its  width  and  the  diagonal  of  that  square 
for  its  length;  for  his  convenience  he  might  much  better  call 
this  "rectangle  A"  than  use  the  author's  "root-two  rectangle." 
Such  a  figure  has  various  numerical  properties,  and  is  met 
not  infrequently  in  art. 

The  reader  now  learns  about  the  mysterious  rectangle  which 
is  known  as  "the  rectangle  of  the  whirling  squares."  It  is 
really  nothing  but  a  rectangle  formed  in  this  simple  manner: 
Take  the  side  of  a  regular  decagon  as  the  width  of  the  rec- 
tangle, and  the  radius  of  that  decagon  as  the  length.  Such  a 
rectangle  could  easily  be  drawn;  it  could  be  designated  as 
"type  D";  such  of  its  properties  as  are  to  be  used  could  be 
set  forth  briefly,  and  its  relation  to  the  "golden  section"  could 
be  explained  in  two  or  three  lines. 

It  does  not  seem  desirable  to  consider  the  work  in  further 
detail.  Stripped  of  its  mystery  and  set  forth  in  simple  lan- 
guage it  would  have  been  an  interesting  work.  The  care  taken 
in  drawing  the  figures  and  in  making  the  measurements  has 
been  great.  The  reader  will  regret  the  minute  letters  that 
appear  in  the  photographic  reductions,  though  if  he  has  not 
heretofore  considered  the  case  of  certain  incommensurable  lines 
in  art  he  will  find  much  in  these  drawings  to  stimulate  him.  But 
that  anything  has  been  gained  by  taking  a  few  perfectly  simple 
geometric  propositions  and  making  them  well-nigh  unintelligi- 
ble to  the  average  reader,  and  particularly  to  the  artist  who  is 
the  one  to  profit  by  the  relations  set  forth,  is  not  merely  open  to 
doubt, — it  can  safely  be  denied  in  no  uncertain  terms,  and  none 
the  less  uncertain  because  this  particular  treatise  has  been 
highly  praised  in  many  quarters. 

It  would  be  superfluous  to  speak  of  the  lack  of  care  in  the  final 
work  upon  the  text,  but  it  must  be  a  matter  of  regret  to  a 
scholar  like  Professor  Archibald  that  he  did  not  personally  read 
the  proof  of  that  part  of  the  appendix  which  contains  his  valu- 
able historical  study.  David  Eugene  Smith 


A  Guide  to  Russian  Literature 

A  Guide  to  Russian  Literature  (1820-1917).     By  Moissaye  J. 

Olgin.  Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe, 
nn  HE  interpretation  of  Russian  literaure  for  the  English- 
*  reading  public  has  hitherto  suffered  from  a  twofold  limita- 
tion; it  has  been  the  work  of  non-Russians,  and  it  has  been  the 
work  of  literary  students  inadequately  grounded  in  the  social 
and  political  problems  of  the  country.  Waliszewski  the  Galli- 
cized Pole,  Bruckner  the  German,  and  Maurice  Baring  the  Eng- 
lishman have  provided  us  with  our  critical  perspective.  In- 
evitably each  man,  viewing  the  field  from  his  own  angle  of 
vision,  has  selected  and  proportioned  the  materials  in  accord- 
ance with  the  artistic  and  psychological  standards  of  his  coun- 
try. His  history  carries  the  imprint  of  the  national  character, 
as  well  as  of  his  own  individual  bias.  When  literatures  are  as 
closely  allied  as  are  those  of  Western  Europe,  the  ordinary 
process  of  transmission  is  fairly  adequate,  especially  as  it  is 
corrected  by  the  existence  of  a  certain  degree  of  first-hand 
familiarity  with  the  foreign  literature  in  its  original  form. 
In  the  case  of  Russian  there  is  not  only  a  complete  unacquaint- 
ance  with  the  language  to  act  as  a  fence  to  the  understanding 
of  the  reader,  but  there  is  an  estranging  difference  in  the  motive 
power  which  created  the  chief  literary  manifestations  of  the 
nineteenth  century  and  hence  in  the  basis  of  critical  valuation. 
In  no  European  country  have  the  political,  the  social,  and  the 
economic  problems  been  so  direct  a  concern  of  the  literary 
artist,  the  line  between  publicist  and  poet  so  indistinct.  No- 
where is  a  plainer  force  attached  to  the  much-used  phrase  about 
literature  and  life.  In  Russia  one  cannot  set  up  as  a  critic  of 
literature  without  first  having  qualified  as  a  critic  of  society. 
Literature  for  its  own  sake,  the  expression  of  an  individualistic, 
self-justifying  search  for  beauty,  has  its  talented  exponents,  but 
it  is  only  in  the  last  generation  that  the  aesthetic  hierophants 
of  the  cult  of  personality  have  made  their  voices  distinctly 
heard.  Russian  life  and  thought  are  what  they  are  at  this 
moment  because  of  the  writing  of  poets  like  Pushkin,  Lermon- 
tov,  and  Nekrasov,  of  critics  like  Byelinsky,  of  publicists  like 
Chernishevsky,  Pisarev,  and  Mikhailovsky,  and  of  socially- 
conscious  novelists  like  Turgenev,  Tolstoy,  and  Gorky. 

A  reader  of  English  may  now  follow  the  Russian  approach 
to  literature  under  the  excellent  guidance  of  Mr.  Olgin's 
volume.  Mr.  Olgin  combines  an  initiate's  grasp  of  the  political 
and  social  background  of  his  country  with  an  intense  and 
catholic  appreciation  of  its  literature,  and  his  command  of 
incisive  and  pictorial  English  might  be  envied  by  writers  to 
whom  the  tongue  is  native.  He  opens  up  attractive  new 
stretches,  although,  alas,  it  is  impossible  to  explore  the  pros- 
pects which  he  points  to.  Much  of  the  literature  which  he 
describes  remains  indefinitely  out  of  reach.  The  poets  in  par- 
ticular, whether  of  the  classical  or  of  the  modernist  school, 
will  scarcely  ever  be  anything  but  names;  attempts  to  render 
them  into  English  have  thus  far  resulted  in  sad  prose.  Mr. 
Olgin  evidently  makes  no  point  of  regarding  the  limited  re- 
sources of  those  who  do  not  read  Russian,  his  idea  being  to 
present  the  literature  that  he  considers  vital  for  an  under- 
standing of  the  present  tendencies  in  the  life  and  thought  of 
the  people.  On  this  principle  his  selection  of  writers  and  pro- 
portioning of  space  can  be  accounted  for.  The  outstanding 
figures  whose  work  is  familiar  to  the  western  world  are  treated 
at  no  greater  length  than  many  writers  whose  very  names  have 
never  passed  beyond  the  confines  of  their  speech.  Tolstoy  and 
Turgenev  get  no  fuller  discussion  than  Lyeskov  or  Sergeyev- 
Tzensky.  The  large  emphasis  on  the  contemporary  generation, 
to  which  half  the  volume  is  devoted,  and  the  omission  of  older 
writers  whose  importance  has  dwindled  to  the  merely  historical, 
serve  further  to  distinguish  the  book  as  a  guide  to  what  is  now 
living  and  active  in  Russian  literature.  In  other  respects,  too, 
the  presentation  disregards  conventional  methods.  The  detached 


328 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


treatment  of  the  individual  authors  with  a  descriptive  account 
of  their  more  important  works,  almost  in  the  fashion  of  a 
catalogue,  gives  a  mechanical  air  to  the  arrangement  of  the 
book,  but  it  is  not  unsuited  to  the  purposes  of  a  guide.  Not 
only  does  it  direct  the  inquirer  precisely  to  what  he  needs  to 
read,  but  the  discussion  of  movements  and  tendencies  is  thereby 
simplified  to  advantage.  Whatever  may  be  true  of  the  arrange- 
ment of  material,  however,  there  is  nothing  mechanical  about 
the  discussion  itself.  Mr.  Olgin  writes  with  zestful  enjoyment 
and  fervent  appreciation;  if  to  some  readers  his  appreciation 
should  seem  too  uniform,  he  can  again  plead  a  guide's  duty  of 
impartiality.  From  the  same  motive  he  steers  wide  of  contro- 
versial judgments  in  his  individual  estimates.  The  introductions 
to  the  three  divisions  in  which  he  groups  his  materials  are 
admirable  in  their  expository  compression,  in  their  lucid  revela- 
tion of  intellectual  and  social  clues  to  literary  manifestations. 
The  only  thing  we  are  inclined  to  complain  of  in  Mr.  Olgin 
is  his  excessive  modesty.  The  abundant  comments  by  authori- 
tative Russian  critics  with  which  he  supplements  his  own  de- 
scriptions would  in  a  book  by  an  alien  critic  be  very  instructive; 
here  their  effect  is,  as  a  rule,  one  of  redundancy.  There  is  also 
a  fault  of  omission  which  the  publishers  would  do  well  to 
correct  in  a  second  edition:  a  list  of  available  English  transla- 
tions is  an  obvious  desideratum  in  a  book  like  this,  especially 
as  it  is  destined  to  a  long  period  of  usefulness. 

Jacob  Zeitlin 


The  Household  Art 

The  Practical  Book  of  Interior  Decoration.  By  Harold  Donald- 
son Eberlein,  Abbot  McClure,  and  Edward  Stratton  Holloway. 
J.  B.  Lippincott  Company. 

IT  is  safe  to  say  that  no  human  art  is  much  older  than  that 
which  today,  for  better  or  for  worse,  we  call  interior  decora- 
tion. Indeed,  from  some  of  the  monkey  tricks  which  survive  in 
it,  one  might  guess  that  it  is  older  than  the  human  race.  The 
geologist  estimates  its  age  from  elementary  sketches  in  line  and 
color  on  the  walls  of  once  inhabited  caves.  Biologist  and  his- 
torian study  it  for  its  records  of  the  beginnings  of  human  life, 
and  from  cave  pictures  and  the  decoration  of  the  first  household 
utensils  down  through  Greek  vases  and  Pompeian  wall  paintings 
they  read  in  it  the  history  of  civilization.  It  is  no  less  universal 
than  ancient.  Probably  no  human  being  ever  had  a  dwelling- 
place  for  more  than  a  night  or  two  without,  in  jest  or  earnest, 
adding  something  to  its  interior  to  gratify  the  eye.  If  everyone 
who  practices  the  art  wished  to  read  about  it,  the  subject  would 
be  the  publisher's  best  friend.  Certainly  many  do,  and  house- 
hold magazines  spread  before  us  in  periodic  abundance  pages  of 
text  and  illustration  for  our  guidance — fairly  safe  guides  now- 
a-days;  atrocities  are  still  occasionally  perpetrated,  as  they  were 
frequently  in  the  past,  but  most  of  the  magazines  play  safe  for 
mediocrity.  The  horrors  are  now  largely  relegated  to  the  house- 
hold page  of  the  Sunday  newspaper,  where  the  blind  lead  the 
blind  and  without  censor  or  censure  exchange  directions  for 
crocheting  "peacock  tidies"  and  for  making  gilt  picture  frames 
of  empty  spools. 

If  peacock  tidies  and  insurance  calendars  gratify  a  man's 
(it  is  not  always  the  woman's)  taste,  wherein  does  he  differ  in 
satisfaction  from  one  whose  taste  is  gratified  by  an  Adam  draw- 
ing-room with  Sheraton  furniture?  One  generation  prefers 
Adam  and  Sheraton,  another  indulges  in  monumental  black 
walnut,  haircloth,  wax  flowers  under  bell-glass,  colossal  crayon 
"enlargements,"  lambrequins,  and  Felicia  Hemans's  poems  in 
padded  alligator  skin  on  the  center  table.  Both  indeed  are  grati- 
fied, but  probably  neither  is  satisfied.  The  conundrum  of  the 
workshops  is  the  same  to  both,  and  the  Devil  whoops  as  he 
whooped  of  old.  If  they  are  sincere  they  are  dealing  with  art, 
and  art  inevitably  aspires.  Probably  if  the  case  came  to  judg- 
ment, not  even  the  proprietor  of  the  black  walnut  and  glass 


flowers  would  deny  that  Adam  and  Sheraton  had  aspired  to 
something  nearer  the  unseen  common  goal.  Both  had  the  satis- 
faction of  reaching  humanly  near  an  ideal,  but  in  the  experience 
of  art  ideals  humanly  approached  are  but  resting-places.  He 
who  rests  with  lambrequins  and  crayon  enlargements  can  tarry 
but  a  night,  for  he  has  a  devious  way  to  go  to  reach  such  sta- 
tions as  Adam  and  Sheraton  via  neo-Grand  Rapids  and  late  East 
Aurora.  As  a  rule  he  will  recognize  a  short  cut  when  he  sees 
it,  and  it  is  missionary  work  to  show  him  one. 

Such  is  the  function  of  "The  Practical  Book  of  Interior  Deco- 
ration."   Few  know  so  much  that  they  may  not  get  at  least  a 
hint  or  two  from  it.     He  who  knows  nothing  about  art  but  is 
certain  that  he  knows  what  he  likes  may  learn  why  he  likes  it, 
or  hear  of  something  else  he  likes  better;   if  he  is  interested 
enough  in  the  subject  to  read  the  book  through  he  will  either 
support  his  taste  by  building  a  foundation  under  it,  or  it  will 
fall  and  he  will  erect  something  in  its  place  based  on  sound 
judgment.    The  reader  with  no  taste  at  all  stands  a  fair  chance 
to  form  one  if  he  will  read  with  attention.    The  one  person  who 
will  get  nothing  from  the  book  is  he  who  wishes  to  know  how 
to  make  an  arm-chair  of  an  old  barrel  or  a  rustic  sofa  from  last 
year's  bean-poles.     It  does  not  tell  how  to  do  such  things,  nor 
yet  "how  to  furnish  the  living-room."     But  it  does  detail  the 
ways  in  which  many  beautiful  rooms  have  been  decorated  and 
furnished.     One  of  the  valuable  contributions  it  makes  to  the 
equipment  of  the  ordinary  reader  is  a  history  of  the  art  for  the 
last  four  centuries  in  four  countries  where  its  history  is  richest, 
England,  France,  Italy,  and  Spain,  a  history  such  as  he  could 
hardly  put  together  for  himself  and  have  on  his  shelves  save  at 
the  expense  of  many  volumes.  It  includes  a  discussion  of  Renais- 
sance, Baroque,  Rococo,  and  Neo-Classic  decoration  in  each  of 
the  countries  named,  illustrated  by  a  convenient  reference  chart 
indicating  the  characteristic  manifestation  of  each  system  and 
the  period  of  its  appearance  in  each  of  the  countries — a  leading 
and  kindly  light  in  a  complicated  maze.    This  historical  material 
is  in  itself  a  foundation  of  taste,  or  a  justification  to  him  who 
has  it  but  knows  not  whence  or  how,  and  the  many  fine  old 
interiors  shown  in  the  numerous  plates  and  illustrations  are  able 
teachers  of  the  art.    All  this  amply  prepares  the  reader  for  the 
explanation  in  Part  II  of  the  modern  practice,  and  makes  clear 
whence  the  principles  are  drawn  and  how  they  are  applied.     It 
is  sound  teaching,  for  however  plain  it  may  be  that  the  authors 
have  tastes  and  opinions  of  their  own,  they  attempt  to  show  us 
not  what  we  ought  to  like  whether  we  like  it  or  not  but  rather 
what  the  resources  of  the  art  are  for  obtaining  such  effects  as  we 
wish.     The  extremist  will  find  here  everything  he  needs  except 
encouragement;  he  who  is  anxious  to  have  his  rooms  express  his 
individuality  learns  that  the  art  cannot  deny  him  expression,  and 
may  even  afford  him  revelation  or  betrayal. 

The  chapter  on  Color  and  Color  Schemes  is  a  welcome  and  lucid 
simplification  of  a  subject  which  commonly  gives  rise  to  endless 
complications  and  subtleties.  From  the  exposition  of  the  Mod- 
ern Movement  one  may  learn  to  distinguish  its  elements  from 
various  neat  and  gaudy  designs  emanating  in  spirit  if  not  in 
body  from  Vienna  and  Berlin,  as  well  as  to  know  Peasant  and 
Cottage  styles  of  furniture  from  Mission  and  Elbert  Hubbard 
types.  The  Modern  Movement  is  defined  as  the  attempt  to 
"teach  use,  convenience,  and  beauty  by  way  of  simplicity  and 
balance  on  the  one  hand  and  fine,  frank,  cheerful  color  on  the 
other." 

The  book  is  valuable  in  every  way  except  as  literature.  One 
reads  it  with  pleasure  in  the  subject,  but  not  with  pleasure  in 
the  book.  It  is  a  pity,  too,  for  the  subject  has  made  literature- 
many  interiors  in  the  best  manner  shine  in  the  pages  of  English 
letters;  to  quote  them  would  be  to  harmonize  the  text  with  the 
plates  and  lend  grace  to  many  a  graceless  chapter.  Not  every 
chapter  is  graceless;  one  or  another  of  the  three  authors  has 
notions  of  ease  in  another  art  than  his  own.  But  there  are 
pockets  of  dry  meal  in  the  dough  which  do  not  make  the  book  a 
whit  more  practical  than  it  would  have  been  if  the  whole  were 
blended.  R.  p.  Utter 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


329 


A  Model  for  a  World  Court 

Judicial  Settlement  of  Controversies  Between  States  of  the 
American  Union.  Edited  by  James  Brown  Scott.  The  Car- 
negie Endowment  for  International  Peace. 
THE  choice  before  the  world  in  1919  finds  something  of  a 
parallel  in  that  before  the  thirteen  American  States  in  1787. 
They  turned  to  a  new  sort  of  super-government  with  supreme 
legislative,  executive,  and  judicial  authority  over  certain  com- 
mon interests.  To  the  new  central  judicial  body  was  given  juris- 
diction over  controversies  between  the  States  and  over  a  variety 
of  other  disputes  in  which  more  than  one  State  was  interested. 
The  American  experiment  has  proved  something  of  a  success  in 
the  way  of  composing  differences  between  the  States.  There 
was,  it  is  true,  a  season  of  hard  sledding  when  bullets  took  the 
place  of  briefs ;  but  after  a  few  years  of  trial  by  battle  trial  by 
argument  was  resumed.  In  the  belief  that  "what  forty-eight 
States  of  the  American  Union  do,  a  like  number  of  states  form- 
ing the  Society  of  Nations  can  also  do,"  the  secretary  of  the  Car- 
negie Endowment  for  International  Peace  has  fathered  the 
printing  of  the  volumes  under  review.  The  material  covers  the 
American  experience  of  judicial  settlement  of  quarrels  between 
States  which  in  many  respects  are  independent  and  sovereign. 
Two  large  volumes  printed  in  America  give  verbatim  the  official 
reports  of  all  the  cases  in  which  a  State  has  sued  a  State.  The 
chief  characteristic  of  the  editing  is  its  absence.  A  third  vol- 
ume, printed  in  England  and  called  "an  analysis,"  rehashes  the 
material  already  given.  Some  is  omitted  and  some  turned  into 
indirect  discourse;  but  "otherwise,"  says  the  preface,  each  case 
is  allowed  "to  tell  its  story  in  the  language  of  the  Court  and  of 
the  Judge  delivering  its  opinion."  The  grapes  are  pressed  too 
gently  to  yield  much  juice,  and  adequate  precautions  are  taken 
against  fermentation. 

Fortunately  the  Carnegie  Endowment  can  afford  the  wanton 
waste  of  money  which  this  unexpurgated  copying  involves.  Yet 
it  might  be  thought  that  for  art's  sake  it  would  prefer  to  put  its 
editing  into  more  competent  and  conscientious  hands.  It  would 
have  taken  so  little  thought  to  omit  the  thirty  pages  given  to  a 
survey  of  the  boundary  line  between  Missouri  and  Iowa. 
"Brushy  branch,"  "wet  swale,"  "rolling  prairie,"  "sparse  timber" 
are  reported  mile  by  mile  for  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles.  Sim- 
ilar follies  abound.  What  illumination  can  world  organizers 
extract  from  several  hundred  pages  of  such  topographical  de- 
tails? The  only  thing  worth  telling  is  the  fact  that  the  Supreme 
Court  fixed  the  boundary.  The  absence  of  any  classification 
enhances  the  uselessness  of  the  volumes.  Suits  involving  claims 
for  money  are  not  segregated  from  suits  over  boundaries. 
Questions  of  jurisdiction  and  of  the  enforcement  of  decrees  are 
not  separated  from  the  mass.  Opinions  on  different  aspects  of 
the  same  controversy  are  not  grouped  together.  The  only  order 
is  the  order  of  time.  This  gives  us  a  crazy-quilt  with  patches  of 
different  controversies  put  on  helter-skelter  according  to  the 
whims  of  the  calendar  of  the  court.  In  the  "analysis"  a  few 
uninforming  headings  are  introduced  at  aesthetic  intervals  on 
the  title  page,  but  their  appeal  is  only  to  the  eye.  All  we  have 
is  a  pile  of  bricks,  with  no  semblance  of  a  structure.  Yet  one 
exception  to  the  absence  of  editing  is  to  be  noted.  This  seems  to 
spring  from  the  heart  rather  than  from  the  head.  A  kindly 
instinct  to  let  bygones  be  bygones  pauses  at  the  Declaration  of 
Independence.  It  compromises  by  leaving  out  the  unkind  re- 
marks about  George  III  and  his  doings.  Perhaps  caution  was 
blended  with  kindness.  It  may  have  been  felt  that  this  is  no 
time  to  speak  of  self-determination  and  the  right  of  revolution. 
Nothing  offensive  or  dangerous  appears  to  have  been  discovered 
in  the  Articles  of  Confederation  and  the  Constitution,  for  these 
are  boldly  printed  in  full.  Those  who  have  occasion  to  read  them 
or  to  refer  to  the  cases  which  have  passed  on  disputes  between 
the  States  will  find  it  convenient  to  have  the  material  accessible 
in  two  big  books.  Some  few  scholars  may  be  saved  a  little 
physical  effort  by  Dr.   Scott's  compilation.     This  is,  however, 


all  that  can  be  said  in  favor  of  this  pretentious  performance. 
Even  without  these  shortcomings  the  work  would  serve  but 
slightly  the  object  for  which  it  was  designed.  It  shows  that 
boundary  disputes  and  claims  for  money  can  be  submitted  to  an 
international  tribunal  for  adjudication.  We  knew  that  before. 
Nations  have  done  it.  Such  issues  between  nations  are  the  least 
difficult  to  settle.  They  are  minor  matters  when  compared  with 
the  other  discords  that  lead  to  diplomatic  parley  or  to  war.  So 
the  settlement  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  controversies  formally 
between  States  is  but  a  fraction  of  our  American  experience  in 
resolving  the  conflicting  interests  of  the  States  by  lawsuits 
rather  than  by  other  forms  of  friction.  Suits  between  indi- 
viduals often  involve  disputes  in  which  States  would  intervene 
if  they  were  without  a  common  superior.  The  commerce  clause 
prevents  a  State  from  imposing  a  tariff  on  the  products  of  a 
neighbor.  It  requires  from  each  fair  treatment  of  the  commer- 
cial interests  of  the  others.  The  Fourteenth  Amendment  keeps 
the  States  from  poaching  on  the  preserves  of  their  sisters.  The 
privileges  and  immunities  clause  saves  citizens  of  one  State  from 
being  treated  as  aliens  in  another.  These  constitutional  clauses 
are  invoked  by  private  litigants.  If  the  injury  resented  were 
done  by  Mexico  rather  than  by  Ohio  or  Texas,  a  protest  from  the 
State  Department  would  be  apt  to  ensue.  The  judicial  decisions 
in  such  controversies  demand  inclusion  in  any  picture  that  pro- 
fesses to  paint  the  Supreme  Court  as  a  model  for  a  World  Court. 
Above  all,  the  powers  possessed  by  Congress  are  a  potent  force 
in  keeping  the  States  from  each  other's  throats.  Without  these 
powers  of  Congress  and  these  constitutional  limitations  on  the 
States,  the  authority  of  the  Supreme  Court  over  States  as  liti- 
gants would  leave  the  situation  from  Maine  to  California  but 
little  different  from  the  international  anarchy  which  some  are 
seeking  to  end.  By  abstracting  from  its  setting  the  material  he 
presents,  Dr.  Scott  offers  a  delusive  palliative  to  a  sick  and  suf- 
fering world.    He  would  have  done  better  had  he  done  nothing. 

Thomas  Reed  Powell 


Sic  Transit 

The  Book  of  Susan.     By  Lee  Wilson  Dodd.     E.  P.  Dutton  and 

Company. 
Flappers  and  Philosophers.     By  F.  Scott  Fitzgerald.     Charles 

Scribner's  Sons. 
HP  HE  part  of  a  devil's  advocate  is  not  an  amusing  one  to  play. 
*■  It  seems  ungrateful  to  find  fault  with  an  American  novel 
that  is  being  praised  by  good  judges  and  that  is  the  work  of  an 
unmistakably  gifted  and  cultivated  man  of  letters.  Mr.  Dodd's 
style  is  in  another  world  from  the  gritty  slovenliness  of  the 
average  story;  the  earlier  part  of  his  book  is  filled  with  ripe 
and  intense  characterizations;  the  interpolated  passages  of 
criticism  and  verse  are  mellow  and  delightful.  But  the  fable  of 
the  book  is  the  fable  of  "Daddy  Longlegs,"  not  only  in  fact  but, 
beneath  all  appearances  of  intellectual  subtlety  and  integrity, 
in  tendency  and  spirit.  You  do  not  suspect  that  at  once.  The 
Birch  Street  environment  of  Susan's  childhood  is  rendered  with 
very  sharp  and  honest  exactness.  Nor  does  any  sentimental  lapse 
interfere  with  the  transferring  of  the  little  waif  to  the  home  and 
the  affections  of  Ambrose  Hunt,  who  is  neither  bachelor,  hus- 
band, nor  widower.  But  very  soon,  though  the  catastrophe  is 
meticulously  veiled  by  Mr.  Dodd's  culture  and  his  ingratiating 
manner,  the  inner  structure  of  the  book  crumbles  and  sinks  into 
a  pool  of  treacle.  Susan  is  entirely  too  remarkable  to  be  both 
true  and  agreeable.  She  never  deviates  into  the  undistinguished; 
she  is  a  modern  infant  super-phenomenon.  Yet  her  frankness 
is  only  an  excess  of  conventional  refinement  guarding  its 
cloistered  sensibilities  by  a  new  set  of  gestures  and  pretenses. 
The  brief  interlude  of  the  emergence  of  Mrs.  Hunt,  her  sudden 
psychical  turn-about,  and  her  obliging  demise  complete  the  with- 
drawal of  one's  confidence  from  Mr.  Dodd.  One  is  not  astonished 
after  that  to  have  the  war  burst  in  all  gold  and  glory  and  legend 


330 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


and  to  see  Ambrose  and  his  Susan  melt  into  each  other's  arms 
somewhere  in  France. 

Mr.  Dodd  is,  of  course,  too  much  the  scholar  and  thinker  not 
to  be  dimly  aware  of  some  of  the  very  soft  spots  in  his  narrative. 
Ambrose  Hunt,  with  his  radical  tongue  and  his  Philistine  soul, 
comes  in  for  very  deft  little  stings  and  pricks  of  irony.  But  if 
Mr.  Dodd  meant  to  play  fair  with  him,  with  us,  and  with  the 
admirably  characteristic  American  problem  involved,  why  did 
he  kill  poor  Gertrude  Hunt?  Why  does  he  not  let  Hunt  fight  out 
his  fight  and  triumph  or  go  under,  or  else  shirk  his  drama  and 
retire  to  his  studies?  No  book  is  fundamentally  honest  in 
which  a  man's  fate  is  decided  by  a  happy  or  an  unhappy  acci- 
dent. The  reply  that  it  happens  in  life  is  pointless.  The 
artistic  interpretation  of  life  must  be  based  on  its  inherent  and 
permanent  nature.  An  accident  stops  the  story,  but  does  not 
end  it.  Why  raise  the  interesting  issue  of  Hunt's  divided  mind 
if  Gertrude  is  to  die?  She  seems  notably  healthy  during  her 
single  appearance.  Why  portray  the  struggle  of  Susan,  if  it 
was  to  dissolve  for  good  in  a  fleeting  exaltation  of  mood?  If 
lightning  strikes  you,  your  story  is  not  ended;  it  remains  an 
eternal  fragment.  These  are  mere  commonplaces.  That  one 
has  to  urge  them  brings  out  the  structural  feebleness  of  Mr. 
Dodd's  novel  and  the  intellectual  irresponsibility  of  those  who 
praise  it  unreservedly.  We  understand  the  temptation  to  such 
praise.  Much  of  our  fiction  is  incurably  common  in  workman- 
ship. A  book  obviously  written  by  an  artist  and  a  scholar  makes 
a  very  special  appeal.  But  what  if,  before  its  end,  he  yields  to 
every  vulgar  snare  and  fortifit"  every  vulgar  folly?  We  can 
only  hope  that  Mr.  Dodd  will  soon  give  us  another  novel  in  which 
his  grace  of  style  and  temper  shall  serve  to  express  an  austerer 
strain  of  thought  and  imagination — ansterer  because  it  is  truer 
and  truer  because  it  does  not  compromise. 

"Flappers  and  Philosophers"  is  a  far  more  melancholy  spec- 
tacle than  "The  Book  of  Susan."  We  were  among  the  first  to 
welcome  the  richness,  the  verve,  the  promise  of  Mr.  Fitzgerald's 
"This  Side  of  Paradise."  We  were  not  blind  to  his  essential  im- 
maturity of  outlook  and,  therefore,  were  a  little  astonished  at 
Professor  Phelps's  certainty  that  he  would  "go  far."  Alas,  he 
has  gone  far.  He  has  gone  from  the  polished  literary  dexterity 
of  his  first  book  to  the  manner  of  writing  that  makes  "lay"  an 
intransitive  verb  and  zestfully  employs  that  indescribable  par- 
ticle "onto."  No,  this  is  not  pedantry.  An  illiterate  genius  can 
afford  such  luxuries.  In  him  they  argue  no  insensitiveness  or 
ugly  haste  or  careless  drifting  with  the  crowd.  Mr.  Fitzgerald 
is  a  university-bred  man  and  seemed  to  be  a  poet.  The  substance 
of  the  eight  stories  in  his  volume  is  in  harmony  with  his  new 
manner.  They  have  a  rather  ghastly  rattle  of  movement  that 
apes  energy  and  a  hectic  straining  after  emotion  that  apes  in- 
tensity. The  surface  is  unnaturally  taut;  the  substance  beneath 
is  slack  and  withered  as  by  a  premature  old  age.  The  Offshore 
Pirate  is  on  the  level  of  a  musical  comedy  "book";  The  Ice 
Palace  and  Benediction  are  falsely  effective  bits  of  senti- 
mentality; Head  and  Shoulders  is  sheer  trickery — a  prestidigita- 
tor's "stunt"  in  writing.  The  Cut  Glass  Bowl  and  Bernice  Bobs 
Her  Hair  touch  human  nature  and  the  course  of  life  more 
closely.  But  both  share  the  ugly  hardness  of  the  book's  title. 
This  hardness  is  the  hardness  of  neither  austerity  nor  disillu- 
sion; it  is  neither  ascetic  nor  cynical.  It  is  merely  harsh  and 
flippant. 

What  has  happened  to  Mr.  Fitzgerald?  His  first  book  has  had 
a  well-merited  success.  Did  he  retire,  after  a  very  proper 
interval  of  gaiety,  to  his  study  in  order  to  write  a  deeper, 
richer,  riper  book?  Unhappily  we  are  in  an  environment  where 
only  failure  can  save  the  soul  of  youth.  In  "This  Side  of  Para- 
dise" there  was  both  gold  and  dross.  Instead  of  wringing  his 
art,  in  Mr.  Hergesheimer's  fine  expression,  free  of  all  dross, 
Mr.  Fitzgerald  proceeded  to  cultivate  it  and  to  sell  it  to  the 
Saturday  Evening  Post.  Why  write  good  books?  You  have  to 
sell  something  like  five  thousand  copies  to  earn  the  price  of  one 
story.    Sic  transit  gloria  art  is. 


Books  in  Brief 

REVOLUTIONS  are  never  the  simple  things  they  commonly 
set  out  to  be.  The  more  thoroughly  they  accomplish  their 
immediate  purpose,  the  more  certainly  unforeseen  programs 
lift  themselves  above  the  horizon  demanding  fulfilment.  That 
the  democratic  revolution,  implying  as  it  does  the  greatest 
upheaval  in  social  history,  should  clarify  its  program  slowly, 
was  inevitable.  But  since  1914  current  democratic  thought  has 
been  shifting  its  emphasis  more  rapidly,  envisaging  ends  that 
were  not  foreseen  in  pre-war  days.  In  those  remote  times  the 
Marxian  collectivists  were  in  full  possession  of  the  field.  In 
England  the  Fabians  were  the  counseling  force — driving  would 
be  too  strong  a  word — and  the  Syndicalists  were  scarcely  heard 
of.  But  the  gentle  moon  of  Fabianism  has  set,  and  bureau- 
cratic collectivism  is  on  the  scrap-heap.  They  failed  because 
of  the  inadequacy  of  their  programs  to  democratic  ends.  Prod- 
ucts of  a  machine  age,  they  worshiped  a  machine  regimen- 
tation of  society,  forgetful  of  the  fact  that  democracy  is  not  a 
program  but  is  of  the  spirit,  and  that  the  sole  test  of  a  demo- 
cratic society  is  the  free  flowering  of  individual  men  and  women. 
This  is  the  vital  truth  that  gives  significance  to  a  delightful 
book  by  Richard  Roberts,  a  cultivated  Welsh  clergyman  who 
supplements  a  catholic  British  outlook  with  a  knowledge  of 
America.  "The  Unfinished  Programme  of  Democracy" 
(Huebsch)  lays  emphasis  upon  the  ethical  objective  of  democ- 
racy, holding  that  the  ultimate  goal  is  not  material  prosperity 
— although  such  prosperity  doubtless  will  result  from  the  de- 
mocratization of  economics — but  the  creation  of  a  social  en- 
vironment that  will  stimulate  the  largest  cultural  development. 
The  beginning  and  the  end  of  the  democratic  purpose  lie  in 
freedom  and  fellowship.  Mr.  Roberts  over-modestly  makes  little 
claim  to  originality,  but  he  gives  evidence  of  wide  reading  and 
intelligent  meditation.  Much  social  literature  from  Ruskin  and 
Morris  to  Hobhouse,  Bertrand  Russell,  and  G.  D.  H.  Cole  has 
passed  through  his  mind  and  taken  fresh  meaning,  and  the  most 
widely  read  will  enjoy  the  book  for  the  fine,  undogmatic  intelli- 
gence which  marks  his  examination  of  fundamental  principles. 
His  main  conclusions  are  essentially  at  one  with  those  of  the 
English  Guildmen.  He  reflects  the  Guild  reaction  against  the 
collectivistic  ideal  of  bureaucratic  centralization  and  ultimate 
preoccupation  with  the  economic.  "The  task  of  democracy," 
he  insists,  "is  that  of  destroying  individualism  and  of  cultivat- 
ing individuality."  This  task,  with  all  such  coordinate  ends  as 
the  redemption  of  work  and  the  spread  of  fellowship,  can  be 
accomplished  only  by  more  democracy.  Revolutionaries  hitherto 
have  been  too  much  engrossed  with  the  immediate  question  of 
the  title-deeds  to  our  economic  machinery.  A  shift  of  ownership 
is  necessary;  property  for  power  rather  than  for  use  must  be 
socialized;  but  a  saving  democratic  spirit  in  the  daily  conduct 
of  work  is  much  more  necessary.  In  order  to  bring  this  about 
the  traditional  conception  of  the  sovereign  state  and  its  relations 
to  society  must  come  in  for  an  overhauling.  In  his  political 
philosophy  Mr.  Roberts  follows  the  National  Guildmen  into  the 
camp  of  what  to  an  American  seems  a  neo-Jeffersonianism.  It 
was  Jefferson  who  taught  Americans  of  a  hundred  years  ago 
the  danger  of  that  "state  omnicompetency"  which  brings  so 
many  evils  in  its  train,  as  well  as  the  saving  virtue  of  those 
social  contacts  and  sympathies  which  are  humanizing  to  free 
men.  To  Mr.  Roberts  this  "sociability"  is  the  essence  of  de- 
mocracy. The  system  of  profitism  "has  largely  kept  mankind 
in  a  state  of  arrested  development";  it  has  subordinated  the 
entire  household  to  the  kitchen;  and  the  final  test  of  a  rational 
democratic  society  is  the  question  whether  it  is  able  to  solve 
the  problem  of  a  due  subordination  of  the  kitchen  to  the  living 
rooms.  The  book  is  both  refreshing  and  heartening  and  de- 
serves a  wide  reading,  not  only  for  the  soundness  of  its  ideas 
but  for  the  distinction  and  charm  of  its  temper,  and  the  vivid- 
ness of  its  style. 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


331 


T  N  the  British  mind  of  Mr.  C.  Brunsdon  Fletcher  three  books 
*  are  necessary  for  showing  Germany's  unfitness  to  receive 
back  her  South  Sea  island  possessions.  "Stevenson's  Germany: 
the  Case  against  Germany  in  the  Pacific"  (Scribner's) ,  the 
third  and  last  of  the  three,  builds  around  Robert  Louis  Steven- 
son's "Footnote  to  History"  an  argument  against  Germany's 
return  to  Samoa  or  elsewhere.  It  is  clear  that  Samoa  suffered 
from  German  exploitation — but  so  has  the  South  Sea  suffered 
from  white  exploitation  generally;  and  Stevenson  knew,  among 
other  things  which  Mr.  Fletcher  does  not  stress,  that  the 
British  themselves  were  not  the  least  of  the  exploiters,  though 
they  were  certainly  not  the  worst. 

WHEN  the  doctors  of  Lille  induced  the  French  Academy 
of  Medicine  to  resolve  never  again  to  participate  in  any 
international  congress  in  which  sat  German  colleagues  who  had 
not  denounced  the  acts  of  the  German  Government,  they  prob- 
ably had  small  suspicion  that  their  resolution  would  lead  to  a 
German  study  of  the  German  data  regarding  German  atrocities 
in  Lille.  Dr.  Erik  Schlesinger,  the  distinguished  Berlin  nerve 
specialist,  read  the  vibrant  protest  of  Dr.  Calmette  of  the 
Pasteur  Institute  of  Lille  to  the  Berlin  Medical  Society.  The 
Berlin  doctors  held  that  the  allegations  required  investigation 
by  historians  rather  than  by  doctors  and  refused  to  take  any 
action.  Dr.  Schlesinger  then,  together  with  Fraulein  Walburga 
Geiger  of  the  Department  of  Labor,  Max  Hodann  of  the  League 
of  Nations  Society,  and  Dr.  Elisabeth  Rotten  of  the  Allied 
Prisoners  Relief  work,  instituted  their  own  investigation,  and 
the  damning  result  is  laid  before  their  countrymen  in  "Lille" 
(Berlin:  Hans  Robert  Engelmann),  a  compact  seventy-page 
pamphlet  consisting  of  Dr.  Calmette's  protest  before  his  French 
colleagues  and  of  the  official  orders  and  data  discovered  in  the 
files  of  the  German  War  Department.  They  reveal  the  Prus- 
sian mind  at  its  cold  mechanical  worst,  systematically  execut- 
ing the  doctrine  of  military  necessity,  not  so  much  with  con- 
scious brutality  as  with  inhuman  logic.  A  few  of  Dr.  Cal- 
mette's charges  seem  less  brutally  unnecessary  when  seen  in 
relation  to  their  backgrounds;  most  of  them,  the  deportations 
especially,  seem  perhaps  even  worse.  The  collation  is  an  amende 
d'honneur,  and  Dr.  Schlesinger  and  his  colleagues  deserve  the 
highest  praise  for  an  unpleasant  task  well  done.  They  promise 
sequels  enlightening  their  fellow-Germans  on  other  matters  well 
known  abroad;  it  will  be  interesting  to  see  whether  a  similar 
series  of  monographs  on  the  Baralong  affair,  and  the  alien 
property  custodians,  is  forthcoming  from  the  Allied  side. 

A  MONG  the  tasks  of  reconstruction  one  task  is  so  simple  that 
**  it  is  sometimes  overlooked  in  the  conflicts  now  raging  and 
yet  so  important  that  it  must  not  be  overlooked  no  matter  what 
else  happens:  that  of  rebuilding  the  houses  in  the  devastated 
regions  and  reestablishing  the  industries  immediately  necessary 
for  subsistence.  Corinna  Haven  Smith  and  Caroline  R.  Hill 
in  "Rising  Above  the  Ruins  in  France"  (Putnams)  offer  a  sen- 
sible and  unadorned  account  of  the  visits  the  two  made  in  the 
Departments  of  the  Marne,  the  Somme,  the  Aisne,  the  Nord, 
and  Pas  de  Calais,  immediately  after  the  armistice,  on  behalf 
of  the  Children  of  the  Frontier.  They  report  from  hearsay  a 
good  many  things  about  the  German  occupation  that  have  often 
been  told;  some  of  their  statistics  have  already  become  old- 
fashioned,  so  rapidly  does  the  work  of  rehabilitation  go  on. 
But  when  they  speak  of  conditions  actually  witnessed  they 
speak  with  the  natural  authority  of  sincerity  and  lucidity. 
And  beneath  their  pictures  of  these  ruined  towns  and  farms 
appears  the  moving  spectacle  of  plain  men  and  women  tena- 
ciously clinging  to  their  native  soil  and  beginning  a  new  life 
with  a  vitality  which  not  even  this  war  could  extinguish.  The 
book  takes  a  particular  value  from  the  large  number  of  photo- 
graphs with  which  it  is  enriched  and  which  supplement  the 
text  to  a  degree  unusual  in  the  many  records  of  amateur  ob- 
servers with  which  the  market  has  been  glutted. 


BRENTANO'S 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth  Avenue   and   27th   Street,  New  York   City 

BOOKS  ON  PRESENT  DAY  TOPICS 


Our  Economic  and  Other  Problems 

By  Otto  H.  Kahn  $4.00 

What  must  be  done  to  set  the  world  again  on  its  feet 
financially?  Mr.  Kahn  makes  a  brilliant  contribution 
to  this  baffling  problem.  He  discusses  the  railroads 
constructively,  he  exposes  the  fallacies  of  an  ill- 
designed  taxation,  and  he  lays  bare  the  fundamentals 
of  our  economic  structure. 

The  New  Unionism 

By  J.  M.  Budish  and  George  Soule  $3.00 

Workers  in  the  clothing  industries,  largely  of  foreign 
birth,  have  progressed  inside  of  twenty  years  from  the 
worst  sweatshop  conditions  to  a  leading  position  in 
American  organized  labor.  The  story  of  how  this  was 
accomplished  is  not  only  dramatic  in  itself,  but  illus- 
trates the  growth  of  a  new  type  of  unionism.  This 
account  of  its  origin,  its  structure  and  methods,  its 
remarkable  programs  for  adult  education  and  its  con- 
tribution to  modern  democracy,  written  in  collabora- 
tion by  a  trade-union  official  and  by  the  former  labor 
editor  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  will  attract 
the  general  reader,  as  well  as  all  who  are  interested  in 
the   labor  movement. 

The  Foreign  Trade  of  the  United  States,  Its 
Character,  Organization,  and  Methods 

By  Thos.  F.  Ford  and  L.  Cummings  Ford,  with  an 
Introduction  by  William  L.  Saunders,  President 
American  Manufacturers'  Export  Association  $3.00 
The  principles  underlying  foreign  commerce  are  ex- 
cellently handled  in  this  book — a  book  that  will  give 
one  valuable  information  whenever  it  is  read  or  when- 
ever it  is  used  for  reference.  For  the  inexperienced, 
the  student,  or  the  beginner,  it  should  be  invaluable. 

Is  Violence  the  Way  Out  of  Our  Industrial 
Disputes? 

By  John  Haynes  Holmes  $1.25 

In  the  industrial,  as  in  the  international  field,  it  offers 
in  the  author's  judgment  the  only  way  of  escape  from 
the  sufferings  we  now  endure. 

Looking  Forward 

By  Charles  F.  Higham  $2.00 

"A  very  clear  and  easily  read  exposition  of  the  imme- 
diate future  confronting  our  science  of  publicity.  .  .  . 
A  constructive  analysis  of  the  means  at  our  disposal 
for  harnessing  the  tremendous  force  of  public  opinion." 

A  New  Robinson  Crusoe 

By  Gilson  Gardner  $1.25 

Robinson  Crusoe  with  most  of  the  classic  incidents 
intact.  Retold  in  the  spirit  of  modern  industrial 
society  and  with  all  the  new-won  lessons  of  modern 
economic  life.  "Economics"  is  no  longer  a  forbidden 
word;  this  book  is  a  fascinating  introduction  to  the 
science. 

Postage  Additional 


^zzzssr 


BRENTANCTS 

Retail   Book   Department 

Fifth  Areaue  and  27th  Street 
New  Y#rk  City 


332 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


Drama 

An  Evening  at  the  Movies 

TO  criticize  the  movies  may  seem  to  have  fallen  low  indeed. 
But  Mr.  D.  W.  Griffith,  superman  of  the  "photoplay,"  in- 
vites you  with  a  gesture  of  quite  regal  courtesy.  "Here,"  he 
seems  to  say,  "is  a  thing  that  has  little  in  common  with  your 
quarter  show  around  the  corner;  here  is,  if  anywhere,  the  un- 
heard of  and  incomparable."  You  go  and  find  yourself  in  the 
midst  of  a  sufficiently  intense  experience  of  life,  if  not  of  art. 
All  that  depresses  and  discourages  you  in  certain  characteristic 
moods  of  your  countrymen  is  here:  the  moral  littleness  and  the 
physical  magnificence,  the  intellectual  sloth  and  the  mechanical 
speed.  The  contrast  that  meets  you  is  not  the  ancient  and 
tragic  one  between  grandeur  and  mortality;  it  is  a  quaint  and 
new  one  between  grandeur  and  silliness.  But  do  not  fancy  Mr. 
Griffith  a  Barnum,  a  knowing  fakir  on  an  heroic  scale.  He 
creates  or  rather  assembles  his  spectacles  within  the  mood  to 
which  they  are  to  appeal;  he  himself  throbs  and  yells  and  hisses 
the  villain  with  that  vast  audience  which  is  stirred  and  shaken 
by  these  racing  pictures  as  it  could  never  be  by  the  passion  of 
Medea  or  the  piteousness  of  Lear. 

He  has  taken  the  tawdry  old  fable  of  "Way  Down  East" — the 
betrayal,  the  mock  marriage,  the  villain's  downfall,  the  happy 
ending — and  left  it,  in  all  essentials,  precisely  what  it  was. 
The  written  legends  on  the  screen  that  interpret  the  action  in 
a  style  of  inimitably  stale  sugariness  serve  but  to  intensify 
the  coarse  and  blundering  insufficiency  of  the  moral  involved. 
These  hectic  appeals  to  the  mob  in  favor  of  conventions  as  stiff 
as  granite  and  as  merciless  as  gangrene  are  powerfully  cal- 
culated to  tighten  thongs  that  even  now  often  cut  to  the  very 
heart  and  to  increase  the  already  dreadful  sum  of  social  in- 
tolerance and  festering  pain.  For  in  the  applause  of  these  audi- 
ences there  is  not  only  satisfaction;  there  is  menace.  Ten  thou- 
sand people,  an  hundred  thousand  people,  will,  sooner  or  later, 
leave  a  theater  after  this  picture  and  go  out  into  the  world 
determined  to  make  the  ideals  of  Mr.  Griffith  prevail.  Woe  to 
a  neighbor,  a  friend,  a  kinsman  who  shall  choose  to  lead  his  life 
upon  another  plan !  Against  this  propaganda  poets  and  philoso- 
phers are  as  powerless  as  a  child  trying  to  batter  down  a  door 
of  oak. 

They  are  the  more  powerless  because  the  manager  with  a 
craftiness  that,  on  this  scale,  has  in  it  something  grandiose, 
drives  home  his  moral  by  the  sharpest,  the  most  intimate,  the 
most  unashamed  appeals.  A  son  dances  a  simple  old  country 
dance  with  his  mother  and,  with  a  grave  and  tender  courtesy, 
kisses  her  faded  cheek.  Dusk  falls  over  two  young  lovers  in  an 
orchard.  Apple  blossoms  sway  in  the  breeze.  Behind  the 
screen  well-modulated  choral  voices  sing  an  old-fashioned  ditty 
that  brings  back  to  every  American  those  scenes  of  his  earlier 
years  from  which  no  man  can  withhold  a  faint  tenderness. 
Our  youth  does  tug  at  our  hearts.  If  the  steady  and  disciplined 
mind  recognizes,  however  austerely,  the  natural  power  of  such 
things,  consider  how  those  unschooled  characters  go  down  be- 
fore so  vividly  real  and  beautiful  a  presentation  of  them.  They 
are  ensnared  by  what  is  not  the  worst  within  them,  and  driven 
forth  by  their  very  pieties  to  persecute  and  to  traduce  their 
fellowmen.  Who  is  so  base  that,  having  seen  this  picture,  he 
will  not  battle  for  the  security,  the  permanence,  the  sanctity  of 
— well,  of  everything  exactly  as  it  is? 

Mr.  Griffith's  "elaboration"  of  the  story  is  purely  scenic  in 
kind.  Not  to  praise  his  work  in  this  respect  would  be  an  empty 
affectation.  Life  is  here  in  great  beauty  and  in  great  abun- 
dance. The  gorgeous  ball  in  the  prologue,  the  barn-dance,  the 
farm-yards,  the  sleigh-rides  are  all  excellent.  The  directing, 
especially  in  the  barn-dance  scene,  is  superb.  No  stage  man- 
ager has  ever  created  a  fuller  sense  of  the  authentic  rhythm  and 


thrill  and  abandon  of  reality.  All  the  group  scenes,  indeed, 
are  magnificently  done.  There  is  in  them  a  union  of  strength 
and  elasticity  that  required  both  insight  and  imagination  to 
produce.  Wherever  no  moral  ideas  intrude,  wherever  neither 
straight  thinking  nor  clean  feeling  was  to  be  done,  wherever 
the  scene  has  no  significance  beyond  its  physical  aspect  and 
movement,  Mr.  Griffith  and  his  actors  have  both  grace  and  power. 
It  follows  that  the  picture  reaches  its  highest  point  where  na- 
ture and  naked  physical  danger  are  to  be  shown.  When  the 
heroine's  past  is  discovered,  the  squire  drives  her — like  Hazel 
Kirke — out  into  the  storm  and  the  night.  The  scene  is  exces- 
sively silly  and  mawkish.  But  he  does  not  drive  her  out,  re- 
member, into  a  storm  of  paper  from  the  wings.  It  is  an  au- 
thentic blizzard  in  the  forests  of  Vermont.  The  girl  flees  to 
the  frozen  Connecticut  river.  But  the  ice  cracks  and  is  riven 
and,  lying  on  a  floe,  she  is  driven  toward  the  thundering  falls. 
The  hero  follows  her  and  saves  her  'at  the  last  moment.  A 
shabby  old  trick!  But  the  feigning  is  reduced  to  a  minimum. 
A  large  engineering  staff  worked  for  two  months  to  force  nature 
itself  to  enact  this  scene.  The  whirling  storm,  the  icy  water, 
the  racing  floes  are  actually  there.  It  is  not  art,  but  it  is  mag- 
nificent. 

Anthropologists  tell  us  that  in  primitive  society  the  violator 
of  a  taboo  is  the  central  object  of  vengeance.  Yet  when  trained 
observers  question  members  of  the  tribes  as  to  the  reason  for 
any  particular  taboo,  primitive  man  cannot  even  comprehend 
the  nature  of  that  question.  His  whole  concern  is  with  the  how, 
never  with  the  why  of  his  tribal  customs.  In  the  foreground 
of  his  consciousness  is  always  the  will,  never  the  reason.  In  the 
face  of  nature  he  is  agile,  skilful,  and  intrepid;  before  the  uses 
of  his  tribe  or  phratry  he  is  a  shivering  and  unthinking  slave. 
The  parallel  is,  at  least,  instructive.  Mr.  Griffith  and  his  kind 
harness  rivers  and  play  with  storms  in  order  to  tell  the  tribe 
what  it  already  most  potently  believes,  and  to  fortify  its  already 
over-active  and  perilously  blind  volitions.  In  this  vicarious 
affirmation  of  its  will  the  audience  feels  something  that  ap- 
proaches ecstasy,  as  it  also  does  in  witnessing  the  contest  be- 
tween men  and  the  primordial  forces  of  the  earth. 

There  are  secondary  sources  of  pleasure.  Miss  Gish  is  an 
extremely  gifted  young  woman.  The  art  of  reproducing  the 
exact  gesture  and  facial  expression  of  life  could  not  well  go 
further.  She  was  present  in  a  box  on  this  first  showing  of  the 
picture  and  received  a  deserved  ovation.  Yet  were  she  to  act 
the  part  of  Nora  Helmer,  as  she  so  exquisitely  could,  these 
audiences  would  turn  from  her  in  hot  and  angry  contempt. 
Her  art,  as  such,  is  nothing  to  them.  They  only  know  that  she 
violated  no  taboo.  Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Just  Published 

No.  68.    Illustrated  Catalogue  of 

Rare  Books  in  Beautiful  Old  Bindings 

The  DR.  R.  T.  JUPP  COLLECTION  of 

MSS.,  AUTOGRAPHS,  BOOKS,  etc.,  etc.,  by  or  relating  to 

CHARLES  DICKENS 

The  Collection  of  Relics  of  the  Original  Dora  of  DAVID  COPPERFIELD 

BOOKS  ON  THE  FINE  ARTS,  SPORT 

and  an  extensive  collection  of  BOOKS  ON  SHORTHAND 

Fine  Seti  of  Fir«t  Editions  of  CHARLES  LEVER,  GEORGE  MEREDITH 
and  CAPTAIN  MARRYAT,  GOULD'S  BIRDS  of  AUSTRALIA,  etc. 

Post  free  from 

HENRY   SOTHERAN   &    CO. 

Booksellers  to  the  King 

43,   Piccadilly,  W.    1, 

or.  140  Strand.  W.  C.  2. 
Cable  Address;  Bookmen.  London  London,    England. 


International  Relations  Section 


The  Zionist  National  Conference 

J  fllHE  following  account  of  the  resolutions  adopted  by  the 
X     Zionist  National  Conference  on  July  19,  over  which 
Supreme  Court  Justice  Louis  D.  Brandeis  presided,  is  re- 
printed  from    Palestine    (Manchester),   the   organ   of   the 
British  Palestine  Committee,  for  July  31. 

The  Zionist  Annual  Conference  opened  in  London  at  the  Me- 
morial Hall  on  July  7,  and  closed  exactly  at  midnight  on  July  22. 
Not  all  the  sittings  were  open  to  the  public,  a  full  week  being 
devoted  to  work  in  Committee.  In  all,  nearly  300  delegates  were 
present  from  various  lands,  including  over  forty  from  America. 
Such  distant  countries  as  the  Argentine,  Persia,  Siberia,  South 
Africa,  and  New  Zealand  were  represented,  together  with  the 
Caucasus,  Tunis,  Egypt,  and  practically  all  the  new  European 
states.  The  labor  element  and  the  Mizrachi  (orthodox)  section 
were  both  in  strength.  Mr.  Justice  Brandeis,  of  the  American 
Supreme  Court,  was  elected  President  of  the  Conference,  and  a 
statement  of  general  conditions  by  Dr.  Weizmann,  Mr.  Sokolow, 
and  Mr.  Ussishkin,  of  the  Zionist  Commission,  was  followed  by 
a  general  debate,  after  which  the  following  eight  committees 
took  up  their  tasks,  viz.:  Political,  Palestine  Work,  Palestine 
Finance,  Culture  and  Education,  Organization,  Finance  of  Or- 
ganization, National  Work  in  the  Diaspora,  and  the  question  of 
convening  a  world  Jewish  congress.  When  the  public  sittings 
were  resumed  on  Monday,  July  19,  the  following  resolutions 
were  adopted: 

Land  Policy 
The  fundamental  principle  of  Zionist  land  policy  is  that  all 
land  on  which  Jewish  colonization  takes  place  should  eventually 
become  the  common  property  of  the  Jewish  people.  The  Execu- 
tive is  called  upon  to  do  all  in  its  power  to  carry  this  principle 
into  effect. 

The  organ  for  carrying  out  Jewish  land  policy  in  town  and 
country  is  the  Jewish  National  Fund.  The  objects  of  this  body 
are:  To  use  the  voluntary  contributions  received  from  the 
Jewish  people  in  making  the  land  of  Palestine  the  common 
property  of  the  Jewish  people;  to  give  out  the  land  exclusively 
on  hereditary  leasehold  and  on  hereditary  building-right;  to 
assist  the  settlement  on  their  own  farms  of  Jewish  agricultural 
workers;  to  see  that  the  ground  is  worked,  and  to  combat  specu- 
lation; to  safeguard  Jewish  labor.  The  credit  resources  of  the 
Zionist  Organizations  are  to  be  placed,  in  the  first  instance,  at 
the  service  of  such  settlers  as  undertake  to  comply  with  the 
principles  of  the  Jewish  National  Fund. 

In  order  to  give  the  Jewish  National  Fund  a  dominating 
position  in  the  purchase  of  land,  adequate  means  must  always 
be  placed  at  its  disposal.  In  order  to  enlarge  its  sphere  of 
operation,  the  Jewish  National  Fund  shall  raise  loans,  of  which 
the  interest  and  sinking  fund  are  to  be  paid  off  through  its 
leasehold  rentals.  The  Jewish  National  Fund  shall  be  entitled, 
even  in  disregard  of  the  obligation  it  has  hitherto  been  under, 
to  set  aside  certain  sums  for  reserve,  to  invest  the  whole  of  its 
funds,  without  any  restrictions,  in  Palestine.  The  land  policy 
of  the  Jewish  National  Fund  must  be  encouraged  by  means  of 
credit  institutes  for  agricultural  and  urban  property. 

Land  purchase  in  Palestine  shall  be  centralized  in  the  hands 
of  an  officially  recognized  institution  under  the  control  of  the 
Zionist  Organization. 

In  order  to  bring  large  portions  of  the  land  of  Palestine  into 
Jewish  possession  as  rapidly  as  possible,  the  Jewish  National 
Fund  shall  devise  means  by  which,  alongside  of  the  capital  of 
the  Jewish  National  Fund  itself,  private  capital  can  also  be 
utilized  for  the  purchase  of  land  under  conditions  which  will 
assure  the  subsequent  transference  of  land  so  bought  into  the 
national  possession. 


Colonization 

The  aim  of  national  colonization  is  the  settlement  of  Jewish 
farmers  cultivating  the  land  themselves. 

Only  workers  who  have  been  successfully  tested  by  long  ex- 
perience, and  Jews  who  were  working  farmers  in  the  Galuth 
should  be  assisted  to  settle.  Workers  who  have  acquired  agri- 
cultural knowledge  in  the  Galuth  should  gain  adequate  working 
experience  in  the  country  before  they  are  assisted  to  settle. 
Special  attention  should  be  given  to  the  wife's  suitability  for 
settlement. 

For  the  purpose  of  settlement  and  the  preparation  of  settle- 
ments large,  contiguous  areas  should  as  far  as  possible  be  se- 
cured by  the  Zionist  Organization,  even  if  improvement  and 
sanitation  are  required. 

The  settlement  of  candidates  possessing  capital  shall  be  fur- 
thered, provided  they  cultivate  the  land  themselves. 

Public  works  may  not  be  carried  out  by  the  Zionist  Organi- 
zation except  with  a  view  to  public  utility  and  national  economy. 

The  Jewish  National  Fund  should  undertake  the  improvement 
of  its  land,  limiting  its  activity  to  the  work  requisite  for  render- 
ing the  soil  fit  for  cultivation. 

The  Zionist  Organization  shall  cooperate  with  workers'  insti- 
tutions dealing  with  the  provision  of  employment,  cooperation, 
education,  medical  aid,  mutual  credit,  and  the  organization  of 
the  immigration  of  active  workers. 

Sanitation 

The  Annual  Conference  hereby  decides  that  a  health  office  be 
established  as  a  department  of  the  supreme  Zionist  authority  in 
Palestine.  All  medical  and  sanitary  work  should  be  concen- 
trated in  the  hands  of  this  health  office.  For  the  carrying  out 
of  this  work,  a  special  budget  for  sanitation  should  be  allocated 
from  the  general  budget  for  Palestine  work.  This  budget  for 
sanitation  should  comprise  all  individual  budgets  of  every  organ- 
ization for  medical  and  sanitary  work  in  Palestine. 

Immigration 

The  organization  and  regulation  of  immigration  into  Palestine 
shall  be  intrusted  to  the  Central  Immigration  Office  to  be  estab- 
lished forthwith  in  Palestine.  The  Central  Office  may  establish 
port  bureaus  in  the  most  important  ports  and,  when  necessary, 
assign  certain  central  functions  to  the  Palestine  offices  of  the 
various  countries. 

Those  immigrants  who  are  considered  necessary  for  the  recon- 
struction of  Palestine,  and  are  not  in  a  position  to  pay  the  whole 
of  their  traveling  expenses  themselves,  shall  receive  loans  from 
the  immigration  offices. 

Apart  from  these  general  questions,  the  matters  of  education, 
both  in  Palestine  and  other  lands,  were  discussed  and  funds 
apportioned.  The  establishment  of  a  foundation  fund  of  £25,- 
000,000  was  also  agreed  upon,  and  a  number  of  large  subscrip- 
tions, including  three  of  £20,000  each,  was  announced.  It  was 
also  decided  to  take  steps  to  convene  a  world  Jewish  congress 
which  shall  be  the  authoritative  body  to  speak  and  act  on  behalf 
of  the  Jewish  people  in  all  national  affairs.  On  the  political 
side  resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted  expressing  thanks 
for  the  San  Remo  decision,  and  also  solemnly  declaring  the 
determination  of  the  Jewish  people  to  live  in  peace  and  friend- 
ship with  the  non-Jewish  population  in  its  national  home.  This 
latter  resolution  further  expressed  the  conviction  that  the  recon- 
struction of  the  Jewish  national  home  will  provide  all  sections 
of  the  population,  especially  the  productive  classes,  with  the 
opportunity  for  their  free  development  in  every  department  of 
life. 

At  the  final  sitting  a  new  constitution  was  accepted.  To 
enable  this  to  be  done  the  members  of  the  Executive  Council, 
who  can  only  be  elected  by  the  Zionist  Congress,  placed  their 
resignations  at  the  disposal  of  the  Conference,  thus  giving  the 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


latter  a  free  hand.  The  result  was  the  selection  of  Mr.  Justice 
Brandeis  as  Honorary  President,  Dr.  Weizmann  as  President, 
and  Mr.  Sokolow  as  Chairman  of  the  Executive,  with  power  to 
select  the  heads  of  the  departments,  who,  with  them,  will  form 
the  Executive  of  the  Organization.  In  addition,  a  Board  of 
Trustees  was  appointed,  composed  of  Sir  Alfred  Mond,  M.  P., 
Lord  Rothschild,  and  Mr.  Bernard  Flexner,  of  America,  whose 
duties  will  be  to  see  that  the  money  of  the  Organization  shall 
be  properly  applied  to  the  purposes  and  in  the  amounts  which 
the  Executive  may  decide.  The  Trustees  are  to  arrange  for  a 
monthly  audit,  and  make  reports  at  least  once  a  year.  It  was 
further  decided  to  establish  an  economic  council  for  the  purpose 
of  advancing  the  development  of  Palestine.  It  is  to  be  com- 
posed of  men  well  known  in  the  financial  and  business  world  in 
this  and  other  countries,  and  also  of  representatives  of  the  Zion- 
ist Organization.  This  council  is  thus  to  be  the  medium  of 
collaboration  with  those  Jews  who  are  not  members  of  the 
Zionist  Organization,  but  are  ready  to  cooperate  in  the  recon- 
struction of  Palestine. 


The  Future  of  Palestine 

SIR  HERBERT  SAMUEL,  who  has  left  England  to  take 
up  his  duties  as  British  High  Commissioner  of 
Palestine,  issued  the  following  statement  to  the  press  before 
his  departure. 

.  .  .  Complete  religious  liberty  will  be  maintained  in  Pales- 
tine. The  places  sacred  to  the  great  religions  will  remain  in  the 
control  of  the  adherents  of  those  religions.  A  civilian  adminis- 
tration for  the  country  will  be  at  once  established.  The  higher 
ranks  will  consist  of  British  officials  of  ability  and  experience. 
The  other  ranks  will  be  open  to  the  local  population  irrespective 
of  creed.  Order  will  be  firmly  enforced.  The  economic  develop- 
ment of  the  country  will  be  actively  promoted. 

In  accordance  with  the  decision  of  the  Allied  and  Associated 
Powers,  measures  will  be  adopted  to  reconstruct  the  Jewish 
national  home  in  Palestine.  The  yearnings  of  the  Jewish  people 
for  2,000  years,  of  which  the  modern  Zionist  movement  is  the 
latest  expression,  will  at  last  be  realized.  The  steps  taken  to 
this  end  will  be  consistent  with  a  scrupulous  respect  for  the 
rights  of  the  present  non-Jewish  inhabitants.  The  country  has 
room  for  a  larger  population  than  it  now  contains,  and  Palestine 
properly  provided  with  roads,  railways,  harbors,  and  electric 
power,  with  the  soil  more  highly  cultivated,  the  waste  lands  re- 
claimed, forests  planted,  and  malaria  extirpated,  with  town  and 
village  industries  encouraged,  can  maintain  a  large  additional 
population  not  only  without  hurt,  but  on  the  contrary,  with  much 
advantage  to  the  present  inhabitants.  Immigration  of  the  char- 
acter that  is  needed  will  be  admitted  into  the  country  in  propor- 
tion as  its  development  allows  employment  to  be  found. 

Above  all,  educational  and  spiritual  influences  will  be  fos- 
tered in  the  hope  that  once  more  there  may  radiate  from  the 
Holy  Land  moral  forces  of  service  to  mankind.  These  are  the 
purposes  which,  under  the  high  superintendence  of  the  League  of 
Nations,  the  British  Government,  in  the  exercise  of  its  mandate 
for  Palestine,  will  seek  to  promote. 


Industrial  Prospects  in  Palestine 

THE  Central  Bureau  of  the  Zionist  Organization,  through 
its  Trade  and  Industry  Department,  has  issued  a 
pamphlet  from  which  the  following  summary  of  industrial 
prospects  in  Palestine  is  reprinted. 

A  survey  of  industry,  handicraft,  and  commerce  in  Palestine 
will  show  that  there  is  no  prospect  of  the  country's  becoming  in 
the  near  future  one  of  the  homes  of  large-scale  industry.  The 
natural  qualities  of  the  region  and  the  peculiar  mentality  of  the 


Jewish  population  are  alike  better  fitted  to  promote  the  growth 
of  small-scale  industry.  Industrial  development  in  Palestine 
must  be  deliberately  guided  in  conformity  with  these  considera- 
tions. 

One  of  the  first  requisites  for  the  furtherance  of  industry 
and  commerce  in  Palestine  is  the  foundation  of  a  bank  with 
ample  capital,  a  bank  for  commerce  and  industry.  The  aims 
of  this  institution  should  be  in  the  first  place  to  found  great 
undertakings,  such  as  those  for  the  utilization  of  all  the  water 
supplies  of  the  country  for  irrigation  and  as  sources  of  energy; 
the  establishment  of  centers  for  overland  trade;  the  foundation 
of  enterprises  for  town  lighting;  tramway  and  railway  develop- 
ment; the  building  of  docks;  the  encouragement  of  mining  enter- 
prise; the  promotion  of  companies  to  carry  on  the  various  in- 
dustries suitable  for  the  country.     . 

The  next  requirement  is  an  improvement  in  transport  con- 
ditions to  facilitate  the  import  of  the  principal  raw  materials 
for  the  developing  industries  and  the  export  of  the  products, 
and  to  put  an  end  to  the  evils  prevailing  to-day,  when  inland 
transport  over  quite  a  brief  stretch  is  often  costlier  then  marine 
transport  for  several  thousand  miles.  A  steam  navigation  com- 
pany must  be  founded,  or  in  default  of  this,  special  agreements 
must  be  made  as  to  freights  with  the  existing  steamship  lines. 
Of  primary  importance  are  the  proper  development  of  the  Pales- 
tinian railway  system  and  the  prolongation  of  the  local  railway 
lines  to  effect  junctions  with  neighboring  systems,  so  that 
favorable  tariffs  may  be  obtained  for  the  transport  of  various 
goods.  These  railway  enterprises  must  be  undertaken  by  the 
Jewish  Society  for  the  Colonization  and  Reconstruction  of  Pales- 
tine, for  only  upon  this  condition  will  the  work  of  colonization 
be  carried  out  methodically  in  such  a  way  as  to  further  the, 
development  of  industry  and  agriculture,  while  under  these 
auspices  the  railway  construction  works  and  the  staffing  of  the 
railways  will  from  the  very  first  provide  employment  for  thou- 
sands of  the  new  settlers. 

For  the  facilitation  of  transport,  highways  must  be  built 
throughout  the  country,  roads  good  enough  for  motor  traffic 
as  well  as  for  other  wheeled  vehicles.  Great  storehouses  must 
be  constructed,  with  silos  for  cereals  and  cold  storage  for  perish- 
able goods.  At  the  same  time  care  must  be  taken  to  encourage 
the  supply  of  such  raw  materials  as  are  requisite  for  the  new 
Palestinian  industries.  Those  not  procurable  locally  and  the 
necessary  exotic  foodstuffs  in  addition,  must  be  obtained  in 
sufficient  quantities  and  at  advantageous  prices  from  the  best 
sources  of  supply  and  stored  in  the  warehouses.  These  ware- 
houses will  serve  also  for  the  storage  of  goods  for  export.  Ex- 
tremely valuable  institutions  will  be  (1)  a  museum  for  com- 
merce and  industry  displaying  all  the  products  manufactured  in 
the  east,  showing  the  raw  materials  from  which  these  are  made 
and  the  most  modern  appliances  used  in  their  manufacture  and 
(2)  a  laboratory  for  the  chemical  and  technical  study  of  raw 
materials,  building  materials,  etc. 

A  technical  school  with  a  commercial  section  would  help 
greatly  in  the  promotion  of  industrial  development.  .  .  .  The 
school  must  be  adapted  to  the  peculiar  requirements  of  Syria 
and  the  East.  The  pupils  should  receive  such  a  training,  in- 
cluding a  knowledge  of  the  requisite  languages,  as  will  enable 
them  to  secure  occupation  in  Palestine  and  elsewhere  in  the  East. 


The  Anglo-French  Oil  Agreement 

THE  agreement  between  M.  Berthelot,  of  the  French  For- 
eign Office,  and  Sir  John  Cadman,  director  in  charge 
of  the  British  Petroleum  Department,  regarding  petroleum, 
was  confirmed  at  San  Remo  by  Mr.  Lloyd  George  and  M. 
Millerand  on  July  25.  The  agreement,  while  it  is  now 
between  France  and  Great  Britain,  is  understood  not  to 
preclude  the  admittance  of  other  countries  in  a  similar  com- 


. 


Sept.  18, 1920] 


The  Nation 


335 


bination.  The  text,  reprinted  from  the  Manchester  Guar- 
dian for  July  24,  follows. 

Rumania.  The  British  and  French  Governments  shall  sup- 
port their  representative  nationals  in  any  common  negotiations 
to  be  entered  into  with  the  Government  of  Rumania  for 

1.  The  acquisition  of  oil  concessions,  shares,  or  other  interests 
belonging  to  former  enemy  subjects  or  bodies  in  Rumania  which 
have  been  sequestrated,  e.  g.,  the  Steaua  Romana  Concordia  Vega, 
etc.,  which  constituted  in  that  country  the  oil  groups  of  the 
Deutsche  Bank  and  of  the  Disconto  Gesellschaft,  together  with 
any  other  interests  that  may  be  obtainable. 

2.  Concessions  over  oil  lands  belonging  to  the  Rumanian  state. 
All  shares  belonging  to  former  enemy  concessions  which  can 

be  secured  and  all  other  advantages  derived  from  these  negotia- 
tions shall  be  divided,  50  per  cent  to  British  interests  and  50 
per  cent  to  French  interests.  It  is  understood  that  in  the  com- 
pany or  companies  to  be  formed  to  undertake  the  management 
and  the  exploitation  of  the  said  shares,  concessions,  and  other 
advantages  the  two  countries  shall  have  the  same  proportion  of 
50  per  cent  in  all  capital  subscribed  as  well  as  in  representatives 
on  the  board  and  voting  power. 

Territories  of  the  late  Russian  Empire.  In  the  territories 
which  belonged  to  the  late  Russian  Empire  the  two  Governments 
will  give  their  joint  support  to  their  respective  nationals  in  their 
joint  efforts  to  obtain  petroleum  concessions  and  facilities  to 
export  and  to  arrange  delivery  of  petroleum  supplies. 

Mesopotamia.  The  British  Government  undertakes  to  grant 
to  the  French  Government  or  its  nominee  25  per  cent  of  the  net 
output  of  crude  oil  at  current  market  rates  which  his  Majesty's 
Government  may  secure  from  the  Mesopotamian  oil  fields,  in  the 
event  of  their  being  developed  by  government  action;  or  in  the 
event  of  a  private  petroleum  company  being  used  to  develop  the 
Mesopotamian  oil  fields  the  British  Government  will  place  at 
the  disposal  of  the  French  Government  a  share  of  25  per  cent  in 
such  company,  the  price  to  be  paid  for  such  participation  to  be 
no  more  than  that  paid  by  any  of  the  other  participants  to  the 
said  petroleum  company.  It  is  also  understood  that  the  said 
petroleum  company  shall  be  under  permanent  British  control. 

It  is  agreed  that  should  the  private  petroleum  company  be 
constituted  as  aforesaid  the  native  Government  or  other  native 
interests  shall  be  allowed,  if  they  so  desire,  to  participate  up  to 
a  maximum  of  20  per  cent  of  the  share  capital  of  the  said  com- 
pany. The  French  shall  contribute  one-half  of  the  first  10  per 
cent  of  such  native  participation,  and  the  additional  participa- 
tion shall  be  provided  by  each  participant  in  proportion  to  his 
holding. 

The  British  Government  agree  to  support  arrangements  by 
which  the  French  Government  may  procure  from  the  Anglo- 
Persian  Company  supplies  of  oil  which  may  be  piped  from 
Persia  to  the  Mediterranean  through  any  pipeline  which  may 
have  been  constructed  within  the  French  mandated  territory  and 
in  regard  to  which  France  has  given  special  facilities  up  to  the 
extent  of  25  per  cent  of  the  oil  so  piped  on  such  terms  and  con- 
ditions as  may  be  mutually  agreed  upon  between  the  French 
Government  and  the  Anglo-Persian  Company. 

In  consideration  of  the  above-mentioned  arrangements  the 
French  Government  shall  agree,  if  it  is  desired  and  as  soon  as 
application  is  made,  to  the  construction  of  these  separate  pipe- 
lines and  railways  necessary  for  their  construction  and  mainte- 
nance and  for  the  transport  of  oil  from  Mesopotamia  and  Persia 
through  French  spheres  of  influence  to  a  port  or  ports  on  the 
Eastern  Mediterranean.  The  port  or  ports  shall  be  chosen  in 
agreement  between  the  two  Governments.  Should  such  pipeline 
and  railways  cross  territory  within  a  French  sphere  of  influence 
France  undertakes  to  give  every  facility  for  the  rights  of  cross- 
ing without  any  royalty  or  way-leaves  on  the  oil  transported. 
Nevertheless,  compensation  shall  be  payable  to  the  landowners 
for  the  surface  occupied.  In  the  same  way  France  will  give 
facilities  at  the  terminal  port  for  the  acquisition  of  the  land 
necessary  for  the  erection  of  depots,  railways,  refineries,  load- 


ing wharves,  etc.  Oil  thus  exported  shall  be  exempt  from  ex- 
port and  transit  dues.  The  material  necessary  for  the  con- 
struction of  the  pipelines,  railways,  refineries,  and  other  equip- 
ment shall  also  be  free  from  import  duties  and  way-leaves. 

Should  the  said  petroleum  company  desire  to  lay  a  pipeline 
and  a  railway  to  the  Persian  Gulf  the  British  Government  will 
use  its  good  offices  to  secure  similar  facilities  for  that  purpose. 

North  Africa  and  Other  Colonies.  The  French  Govern- 
ment will  give  facilities  to  any  Franco-British  group  or  groups 
of  good  standing  which  furnish  the  necessary  guaranties  and 
comply  with  French  laws  for  the  acquisition  of  oil  concessions 
in  the  French  colonies,  protectorates,  and  zones  of  influence, 
including  Algeria,  Tunis,  and  Morocco.  It  should  be  noted  that 
the  French  Parliament  has  resolved  that  groups  so  formed  must 
contain  at  least  67  per  cent  French  interests. 

The  French  Government  will  facilitate  the  granting  of  any 
concessions  in  Algeria  which  are  now  under  consideration  as 
soon  as  the  applicants  have  complied  with  all  the  requirements 
of  the  French  laws. 

British  Crown  Colonies.  In  so  far  as  existing  regulations 
allow,  the  British  Government  will  give  to  French  subjects  who 
may  wish  to  prospect  and  exploit  petroliferous  lands  in  the 
Crown  colonies  similar  advantages  to  those  which  France  is 
granting  to  British  subjects  in  the  French  colonies. 

It  is  added  that  nothing  in  this  agreement  shall  apply  to  con- 
cessions which  may  be  the  subject  of  negotiations  initiated  by 
French  or  British  interests. 


Quaker  Messages 


THE  first  World  Conference  of  the  Religious  Society  of 
Friends  (Quakers)  held  at  London,  August  12-20, 
1920,  was  attended  by  delegates  from  Australia,  Austria, 
Canada,  China,  Denmark,  France,  Great  Britain,  India, 
Ireland,  Jamaica,  Japan,  New  Zealand,  Norway,  South 
Africa,  Syria,  and  the  United  States.  It  adopted  messages 
to  the  Council  of  Action  of  the  British  Labor  Party,  to  the 
people  of  Ireland,  to  the  governments  of  the  various  nations, 
and  to  the  Council  and  Assembly  of  the  League  of  Nations. 

To  Labor's  Council  of  Action 

A  representative  Conference  of  about  a  thousand  members 
of  the  Society  of  Friends,  sometimes  called  Quakers,  from  many 
countries  of  the  world,  has  been  meeting  at  Devonshire  House, 
London,  from  August  12  to  20,  1920. 

It  has  been  considering  Christ's  teaching  in  its  relation  to 
war,  whether  between  nations  or  between  classes  within  a 
nation,  and  also  to  our  industrial  system,  which  is  at  present 
based  largely  upon  personal  gain  rather  than  upon  service  to  the 
community. 

We  believe  in  the  value  of  spiritual  forces  in  human  affairs, 
and  are  convinced  that  goodwill,  fellowship,  and  mutual  trust 
are  the  effective  means  to  progress,  and  that  to  this  end  armed 
force  is  futile. 

We  are  thankful  for  the  impulse  towards  peace  in  the  labor 
movement  throughout  the  country.  How  far  the  methods  con- 
templated by  your  Council  are  such  as  we  could  indorse,  we  do 
not  presume  to  judge,  but  we  have  observed  your  efforts  towards 
peace  with  Russia  with  grateful  sympathy. 

We  wish  to  support  you  in  your  endeavors  to  give  expression 
to  the  true  brotherhood  of  all  men,  by  such  means  as  are  in 
accord  with  the  life  and  teaching  of  Jesus  Christ. 

To  the  People  of  Ireland 

This  international  conference  of  members  of  the  Society  of 
Friends  gathered  from  all  parts  of  the  world  has  been  deeply 
moved  by  the  present  tragic  situation  in  Ireland.  Our  hearts  go 
out  in  prayer  and  sympathy  for  the  Irish  people.     .     .     . 


336 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2881 


Without  entering  into  the  political  issues  involved,  we  desire 
to  express  our  conviction  that  the  withdrawal  of  all  coercion 
and  violence  against  Ireland  or  against  any  part  of  Ireland  and 
the  cessation  of  acts  of  violence  by  all  sections  of  the  Irish 
people  are  essential  if  a  lasting  reconciliation  within  Ireland  and 
between  the  peoples  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  is  to  be 
secured.  We  believe  such  a  reconciliation  to  be  an  urgent  need 
not  only  for  the  peoples  of  these  two  countries  but  for  the  world 
as  a  whole. 

The  power  of  God  is  greater  than  the  forces  of  evil,  and  we 
feel  that  in  this  tragic  hour,  so  full  of  misery  and  despair  the 
world  over,  there  is  a  call  to  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  by  the 
exercise  of  trust  in  God  and  in  that  something  of  God  which  is 
in  all  men  to  triumph  over  hatred  and  injustice. 

To  the  Governments 

This  Conference  of  more  than  one  thousand  members  of  the 
Religious  Society  of  Friends  from  all  over  the  world  is  deeply 
impressed  by  the  unsettled  state  of  Europe  as  the  outcome  of 
the  war,  and  by  the  imminent  danger  of  general  chaos  and  ruin. 
It  believes  that  among  the  essential  conditions  of  a  real  settle- 
ment are: 

1.  The  immediate  cessation  of  the  war  between  Russia  and 
Poland,  the  abandonment  of  all  support,  whether  direct  or  indi- 
rect, for  attacks  on  the  Government  of  Russia,  and  the  resump- 
tion of  normal  relations  with  that  country. 

2.  The  speedy  reestablishment  of  the  economic  life  of  the 
nations  of  Central  Europe,  through  an  international  commission 
on  which  all  the  states  concerned  should  be  represented,  as  they 
were  on  the  Danube  Commission.  The  experience  of  our  relief 
workers  on  the  continent  of  Europe  convinces  us  that  this  is  a 
measure  of  extreme  urgency. 

3.  The  remodeling  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  the  inclusion 


therein  at  the  earliest  possible  moment  of  Germany,  Austria, 
and  Russia,  and  any  other  nations,  large  or  small,  that  wish  to 
come  in.  The  inclosed  copy  of  a  memorial  to  the  Council  and 
Assembly  of  the  League  of  Nations  indicates  the  lines  along 
which  the  Conference  considers  it  necessary  to  make  amend- 
ments. 

4.  The  abolition  of  compulsory  military  training;  and  general 
disarmament  among  all  the  nations  as  essential  for  the  removal 
of  fear,  the  reestablishment  of  peaceful  industry,  and  the  recon- 
struction of  the  life  of  the  world  on  the  Christian  basis  of  co- 
operation and  goodwill. 

To  the  League  of  Nations 

.  .  .  It  is  our  conviction  that  far-reaching  changes  in  the 
structure  of  the  League  must  be  effected  if  it  is  to  be  capable 
of  development  towards  the  end  we  have  stated.  Amongst  these 
are  the  following: 

1.  All  nations  should  be  given  at  once  the  opportunity  to  enter 
the  League  as  full  members. 

2.  The  constitution  should  be  more  fully  representative  of  the 
peoples  themselves  and  the  possibility  of  the  dictatorship  of  a 
small  group  of  nations  should  be  removed. 

3.  The  threat  of  armed  force  or  economic  blockade  should  be 
eliminated.    The  peace  we  seek  cannot  rest  on  fear. 

4.  It  should  be  possible  to  reach  decisions  and  to  make  amend- 
ments of  any  kind  without  waiting  for  absolute  unanimity. 

While  to  yourselves  and  to  us  it  must  be  apparent  that  many 
other  amendments  are  needed  in  order  to  perfect  this  instrument, 
we  hope  that  such  amendments  as  indicated  might  be  made 
effective  at  an  early  date.  Should  this  be  accomplished  we 
should  indeed  rejoice  that  the  League  had  been  formed  and 
should  have  reason  to  expect  that  it  would  be  a  potent  means 
towards  establishing  on  earth  the  Kingdom  of  God. 


As  a  most  promising  investment  we  recommend 

on 


German 


nd  Marks 


and  other  foreign  exchanges  and  securities. 

We  make  remittances  to  all  parts  of  the  world  in 
large  and  small  amounts  at  lowest  rates. 


As  a  safe  and  non-fluctuating  investment  we  offer 

First  Mortgage  Real  Estate  Gold  Bonds 

secured  by  improved  Chicago  property. 

Our  experience  of  35  years  in  the  Amer- 
ican and  European  banking  business,  our 
financial  strength,  our  first  class  banking 
connections  all  over  the  world,  and  the  large 
volume  of  business  we  transact,  enable  us  to 
give  best  service  at  lowest  prices. 

Special  circulars  "Foreign  Bonds  and  Exchange," 
our  pamphlet  "German  Bonds,"  descriptions  of  our 
Bond  Issues  free  on  request. 

Mail  bank  draft,  money  order  or  certified  check  with  order. 


WOLLENBERGER&CO. 

Investment  Bankers 

105   So.  La  Salle  Street 

CHICAGO 


Registration  at 

THE  NEW  SCHOOL  FOR 
SOCIAL  RESEARCH 

will  begin  October  first 

Courses  in 

History,  Economics 

Anthropology,  Psychology 

Current  Political  Thinking 

Statistics 

The  purpose  of  the  school  is 

to  develop  a  scientific  attitude  toward  current  political, 
social  and  economic  problems  through  research,  lec- 
tures and  discussion.  Exceptional  opportunities  for 
research  by  qualified  students. 

Late  afternoon  and  evening  classes 

For   catalogue  address   the  school 

465-9  West  23d  Street      Telephone  Chelsea  1386 
New  York 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  SATURDAY,  SEPTEMBER  25,  1920 


No.  2882 


Contents 


EDITORIAL    PARAGRAPHS 337 

EDITORIALS: 

No    War   With    England 340 

Mr.   Root's   World  Court 341 

The    Other    France 342 

Front   Porching    With    Harding 342 

Again    the   Literary   Censor 343 

THE    FARMER-LABOR   CAMPAIGN.      By   Charles    Patrick    Sweeney 344 

SELF-DETERMINING    HAITI.      IV.      THE    HAITIAN    PEOPLE.      By 

James    Weldon    Johnson 345 

A  NOTE  ON  COMEDY.     By   Louis  Crocker 347 

IN  THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 348 

CORRESPONDENCE     S49 

BOOKS: 

Eternal  Africa.     By  W.   E.   Burghardt  Du   Bois 350 

Short    Story   Art    and    Artifice 852 

Books   in   Brief 354 

DRAMA : 

Triflers  and  Playwrights.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 354 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION: 

The  British  Labor  Delegation 355 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Ratis — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexiee;  to  Canada,  $6. SO,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.80. 

THE  NATION,  26  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


AT  this  writing  it  appears  that  the  explosion  in  Wall 
Street  was  either  the  act  of  a  single  criminal  fanatic 
or  the  deliberate  conspiracy  of  a  group.  In  either  case  cen- 
sure and  denunciation  must  be  unqualified.  If  it  was  the  act 
of  an  anarchist  or  anarchists,  its  stupidity  is  exceeded  only 
by  its  criminality.  Every  forward  movement  will  suffer 
from  the  act;  every  reactionary  force  will  be  strengthened 
by  it.  This  country  will  never  be  made  over  by  any  such 
means.  Just  when  we  have  had  the  clearest  illustration  the 
world  has  ever  witnessed  of  the  futility  of  the  policy  of 
seeking  to  establish  might  and  right  by  force,  it  is  the  sad- 
dest of  commentaries  that  there  are  still  men  so  misguided 
as  to  believe  that  anything  can  be  accomplished  by  murder 
in  any  fashion.  Bomb-throwers  fortify  and  strengthen  the 
system  they  attack.  Anybody  who  reads  history  knows  that 
nothing  worth  while  was  ever  achieved  this  way;  events  all 
over  the  world  are  proving  that  only  by  avoiding  bloodshed 
and  violence  can  the  world  truly  advance.  The  doctrine  of 
reforming  others  and  changing  opinions  by  "force  without 
stint"  only  makes  the  condition  of  humanity  worse. 

THAT  this  tragedy  will  have  far-reaching  effects  in 
stimulating  reaction  in  America  there  can  be  no  ques- 
tion. It  will  bring  the  lawless  Attorney-General  into  the 
foreground  again  and  result  in  terrorist  measures  that  will 
in  turn  be  only  too  likely  to  produce  reprisals.  Directly 
after  the  occurrence  it  was  announced  that  it  would  mean 


the  immediate  reexpulsion  from  the  New  York  Legislature 
of  the  five  Socialist  Assemblymen  who  were  reelected  on 
the  very  day  the  explosion  took  place,  by  largely  increased 
votes,  over  the  fusionists  who  sought  to  encompass  their 
defeat  by  uniting  the  Republicans  and  Democrats  in  their 
districts.  Yet  this  rejection  of  men  legally  elected,  merely 
because  their  opinions  are  distasteful  .to  the  Republican 
bosses,  is  the  surest  way  to  encourage  those  who  believe  in 
violent  revolution.  Speaker  Sweet  and  his  associates  were 
warned  that  their  act  would  increase  the  Socialist  vote, 
and  the  warning  has  come  true.  A  second  rejection  of 
these  men  may  mean  not  five  Socialists  in  Albany  but  fifteen 
— a  sixth  candidate  came  close  to  election  in  a  district  in 
which  the  Socialists  have  figured  but  slightly  heretofore. 
The  Government  must  and  will  exert  its  power  to  uphold 
public  order,  but  it  must  not  make  the  mistake  again  of 
suppressing  opinion  or  forbidding  its  free  expression.  As 
ex-Senator  Beveridge  so  admirably  put  it  before  the  Ameri- 
can Bar  Association,  ruthless  suppression  means  giving 
"to  proscribed  words  wings  of  fire."  Above  all  else  the 
Government  itself  must  be  calm  and  law-abiding. 

ITALY  is  in  a  fair  way  to  establish  as  significant  a  revo- 
lutionary precedent  as  the  Russian.  The  workers  calmly 
seized  the  metal  factories,  keys  to  the  industrial  power  of 
the  nation,  then  told  the  Government  what  they  wanted,  and 
the  Government,  according  to  the  cable  dispatches,  is  grant- 
ing what  they  ask.  Their  wage  demands  are  secondary; 
their  primary  demand  is  joint  control  of  the  direction  of 
industry.  And  it  is  no  mere  radical  fringe  of  the  working 
class  of  Italy  which  makes  these  demands;  the  Catholic 
People's  Party  barely  lags  behind  the  Socialists,  and  the 
considerable  anarchist  group  led  by  the  veteran  agi- 
tator Malatesta  goes  farther  still.  The  Prime  Minister 
himself,  seventy-eight-year-old  Giolitti,  who  in  all  his  de- 
cades of  political  activity  never  was  a  Socialist  or  a  member 
of  the  extreme  Left,  accepts  the  workers'  point  of  view.  "It 
is  no  longer  possible  to  uphold  the  principle  that  in  a  great 
industry  there  must  be  one  single  chief  in  command,"  he 
says,  "while  thousands  of  dependents  must  obey  with  no 
guaranty  of  control  over  the  activities  of  the  chief  himself." 
The  Italian  Parliament  is  to  be  called  into  special  session  to 
legalize  the  new  status  of  the  workers  in  industry,  and 
newspaper  reports  indicate  that  the  "control"  which  is  to 
be  put  into  the  workers'  hands  will  cover  "the  whole  financial 
as  well  as  technical  field  of  industry."  This  is  an  extraordi- 
nary, astounding,  and  far-reaching  revolution,  without  bar- 
ricades or  bloodshed,  revolution  aided  and  abetted  by  a  Gov- 
ernment which,  though  anti-Socialist,  is  awake  to  the 
kaleidoscopic  period  through  which  Italy  and  Europe  are 
passing.  How  little  our  newspapers  have  prepared  us  to 
understand  it! 

HAITI  is  getting  into  the  newspaper  headlines  at  last, 
and  administration  officials  reply  to  criticism  by  de- 
claring that  criticism  is  "cheap."  Secretary  Daniels  re- 
sponds   to    Senator    Harding's    charge    that    thousands    of 


338 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


Haitians  have  been  killed  by  expressing  surprise  "that  a 
Senator  of  the  United  States  should  give  currency  to  so 
unjust  a  reflection  upon  the  brave  and  patriotic  members 
of  the  Marine  Corps  on  duty  in  Haiti."  The  fact  that  three 
thousand  Haitians  have  been  killed  remains,  Mr.  Secretary ; 
and  it  is  not  the  brave  and  loyal  members  of  the  Marine 
Corps,  who  obeyed  orders,  who  will  have  to  bear  the  blame, 
but  their  superiors  who  gave  the  orders.  It  will  not  do  to 
talk  about  the  menace  of  the  Germans  in  Haiti;  too  much 
has  been  forced  on  that  republic  by  American  guns  since 
all  threat  of  German  penetration  was  removed.  Nor  will  the 
country  be  satisfied  with  reports  by  officers  of  the  Marine 
Corps  itself,  nor  even  with  the  report  of  so  able  and  honest 
an  officer  as  Admiral  Knapp,  who,  as  captain  of  the  flagship 
Olympia,  gave  the  orders  which  dissolved  the  Dominican 
Parliament  and  removed  the  ministers  of  the  Dominican 
Government.  Such  reports  are  predestined  to  be  mere  coats 
of  whitewash.  Nothing  short  of  a  bipartisan  Congressional 
investigation  will  do.  Meanwhile,  to  those  who  seek  the 
facts,  we  commend  a  reading  of  the  issues  of  The  Nation 
for  February  21,  July  10  and  17,  August  28,  and  September 
4,  11,  and  18. 

tsrr\  HE  fate  of  Germany  is  in  large  measure  in  the  hands 
A  of  the  Allied  nations  and  the  United  States.  .  .  . 
The  policy  of  destruction  is  bound  to  bring  interminable 
trouble  to  the  rest  of  Europe.  Putting  first,  as  is  just,  the 
interests  of  France  and  her  Allies,  I  believe  that  the  best 
chance  for  the  peace  of  the  world  lies  in  the  policy  of 
cooperation — in  the  Allies  and  the  United  States  helping 
Germany  to  remain  a  united  nation  and  to  regain  her 
prosperity."  Such  is  the  verdict  of  Paul  D.  Cravath,  one 
of  New  York's  ablest  lawyers  and  one  of  the  most  intense 
partisans  of  the  Allies  during  the  war,  on  his  return  from 
a  visit  to  Germany.  His  impressions  agree  with  those  of 
Ludwig  Nissen,  a  letter  from  whom  we  print  in  the  "Corre- 
spondence" columns  of  this  issue.  Both  dwell  upon  the  need  of 
food,  the  mass  undernourishment  in  Germany;  both  predict 
that  next  winter  will  be  the  worst  winter  for  Germans; 
both  feel  that  the  treaty  should  be  revised ;  and  both  believe 
that  Germany  can  escape  anarchy  and  chaos  if  the  Allies — 
and  that  means  largely  America — will  help  her  with  food 
and  raw  materials.  "I  think,"  says  Mr.  Cravath,  "the 
remedy  against  bolshevism  in  Germany  is  largely  in  the 
hands  of  the  Allies."  It  is  encouraging  that  such  a  sane 
and  wholesome  doctrine  of  international  cooperation  is 
making  headway;  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  it  will  leak  into 
Paris  and  Washington. 

THE  London  Daily  Herald  has  refused  an  offer  of  Russian 
money.  We  congratulate  it;  we  only  wish  it  had  not 
considered  acceptance.  And  we  regret  profoundly  that  the 
Russians  offered  it.  In  one  sense  the  offer  might  be  viewed 
as  such  a  friendly  pledge  of  international  solidarity  as  moved 
the  German  Socialists  to  assist  when  Jaures  founded 
I'Humanite  in  Paris;  but  when  Britain  is  only  half  emerged 
from  virtual  war  upon  Soviet  Russia  and  the  Bolshevists  are 
seeking  peace  the  offer  inevitably  looked  rather  like  a  pay- 
ment for  service  to  be  rendered.  The  very  suggestion  of 
subsidy  weakens  the  fine  service  of  the  Daily  Herald  to  the 
cause  of  European  peace.  The  Russians,  whose  foreign 
policy  toward  the  Baltic  states,  toward  China,  and  even  to- 
ward the  hostile  Entente  Powers,  has  been  remarkable  for 


its  enlightened  generosity,  seem  to  have  taken  a  turn  toward 
interference  in  the  domestic  affairs  of  other  countries.  The 
conditions  for  admission  of  western  Socialist  parties  to  the 
Third  Internationale  instance  a  dictatorial  attitude  which 
will  inevitably  be  resented  by  those  parties  and  must  check 
the  growing  unity  of  spirit  which  had  made  European  labor 
the  most  potent  liberal  force  on  a  reactionary  continent. 
Absolute  acceptance  of  all  decisions  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  the  Third  Internationale  is  asked,  strenuous  cen- 
tralization, active  propaganda  to  break  up  the  old  Trade 
Union  Internationale,  disregard  of  bourgeois  law,  change 
of  name  from  Socialist  to  Communist  Party;  and  there  are 
other  less  intrusive  requirements.  The  split  in  the  old  labor 
Internationale  was  a  tragedy  caused  by  the  abdication  of  the 
old  leaders;  now  unity  seems  farther  off  than  ever,  and  the 
blame  for  it  must  rest  largely  with  the  Bolsheviki. 

WE  sometimes  forget  that  we  are  still  at  war  with  Ger- 
many. The  Germans,  however,  are  not  permitted  to 
forget  it — it  is  still  a  crime  to  fly  a  German  flag  within  the 
zone  of  American  occupation  on  the  Rhine.  The  Frankfurter 
Zeitung  reprints  the  following  notice  from  an  administra- 
tive gazette  in  the  American  zone: 

Headquarters  of  the  American  Forces  in  Germany. 
Bureau  of  Civil  Affairs. 

Coblenz,  Germany,  July  6,  1920 
Information  for  all  O.  C.  C.  A.'s. 
Subject:    Flying  of  German  national  flags. 

1.  The  question  of  the  flying  of  German  national  flags  in  the- 
American  occupied  zone  was  discussed  by  the  High  Inter-Allied 
Rhineland  Commission  on  June  28,  1920. 

2.  The  legal  adviser  of  the  American  forces  in  Germany  has 
reached  the  following  decision:  "Until  a  definitive  state  of  peace 
between  the  United  States  and  Germany  comes  to  pass,  the 
flying  of  German  national  flags  should  be  prohibited  within  the 
zone  occupied  under  our  command.  In  that  territory  our  rights 
rule  and  our  will  is  the  highest  law.  The  flag  of  a  nation  is  a 
visible  sign  or  symbol  of  government.  It  should  be  an  indis- 
cretion for  any  German  office  here,  with  the  exception  of  admin- 
istrative offices  acting  with  our  authorization,  to  fly  a  German 
national  flag.  There  is  nothing  in  the  armistice  agreement  indi- 
cating such  permission,  and  it  should  not  be  allowed. 

3.  The  Commanding  General  adds  the  following  remark: 
"The  Germans  in  the  occupied  region  should  know  very  well  that 
they  are  not  permitted  to  fly  either  the  old  German  flag  or  the 
flag  of  the  new  German  republic.  This  must  be  respected  in 
the  American  zone." 

R.  P.  Hall,  Acting  0.  C.  C.  A. 
Comment  on  such  bullying  seems  superfluous. 

THE  war  is  over  and  it  is  high  time  that  the  old  facili- 
ties of  passportless  travel  should  be  reestablished. 
Latter-day  passports,  being  a  source  of  revenue  and  an  op- 
portunity for  the  exercise  of  petty  power,  may  last  long. 
But  it  is  heartening  to  read  that  R.  B.  Mahany,  Acting 
Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Labor,  has  ruled  that  aliens 
shall  not  be  barred  from  this  country  because  of  religious 
belief  or  pacifist  principles.  A  Canadian  member  of  the 
pacifist  International  Bible  Students'  Association  sought 
to  enter  to  attend  a  convention  of  that  organization  in  the 
United  States ;  Mr.  Mahany  ruled  that  he  should  be  admitted. 
"The  United  States  was  founded  on  the  principles  of  both 
civil  and  religious  liberty,  principles  which  are  the  founda- 
tion of  American  government,"  he  declared.  That  sounds 
like  the  good  old-fashioned  common  sense  which  we  used  to 
call  Americanism  before  the  war. 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


339 


A  LETTER  by  Mr.  Charles  Nagel— which  The  Nation 
prints  in  this  issue — takes  exception  to  our  position 
that  a  ballot  for  either  Cox  or  Harding  is  wasted  and  that 
the  best  course  for  the  independent  in  the  coming  election 
is  to  vote  one  of  the  minor  party  tickets.  With  Mr.  Nagel's 
contention  that  the  Democrats  richly  deserve  defeat  we 
agree  unqualifiedly.  But  do  the  Republicans  deserve  vic- 
tory? Was  it  not  Republican  reaction  and  failure  to  meet 
living  issues  that  first  placed  and  then  kept  Mr.  Wilson  in 
the  White  House?  Nor  have  eight  years  of  the  most  tre- 
mendous evolution  the  world  has  ever  seen  taught  the  Re- 
publicans anything.  The  same  Old  Guard,  the  same  old 
gang,  with  its  principles  of  pelf  and  privilege,  is  still  in 
control.  Harding's  nomination  strikingly  testified  to  its  un- 
enlightened and  unabashed  effrontery.  Imperative  as  it  is 
to  "oust  the  dynasty,"  as  Mr.  Nagel  urges,  and  to  relegate 
to  obscurity  Palmer  and  Burleson,  two  of  the  most  sinister 
figures  in  our  public  life  for  a  generation,  is  salvation  any 
more  likely  under  Penrose  and  Barnes?  Is  political  pro- 
gress in  this  country  eternally  to  consist  of  election  by 
disgust?  Is  the  quadrennial  expression  of  a  sovereign  peo- 
ple to  be  solely  a  negative  registration  of  distrust,  disap- 
pointment, and  disillusionment?  The  time  to  break  sharply 
from  so  hopeless  an  outlook  is  now,  when  the  essential  dif- 
ferences between  the  two  parties  have  never  been  slighter, 
nor  the  need  for  new  vision  and  new  leadership  more  im- 
perative. In  contemplating  the  sham  battle  between  the  two 
major  parties,  the  position  of  the  protesting  liberal  has 
this  redeeming  feature:  while  a  disinterested  participant, 
he  can  rejoice  heartily,  should  Harding  win,  at  the  defeat 
of  the  Democrats;  and  if  Cox  be  elected,  at  the  Republi- 
cans' downfall.  Meanwhile,  in  "throwing  away  his  vote" 
for  Christensen  or  Debs,  he  is  doing  his  part  in  bringing 
about  a  change  in  a  system  which  has  ceased  to  serve. 

VARIOUS  palliatives  that  have  been  -  suggested  for  re- 
lieving the  housing  shortage  in  America  must  appar- 
ently be  rejected  upon  closer  scrutiny.  The  proposal  to 
exempt  real  estate  mortgage  interest  from  State  and  Fed- 
eral taxes,  for  instance,  is  adversely  criticized  by  the  City 
Club  of  New  York  on  what  seem  to  be  sound  grounds.  Since 
the  proposal  contemplates  inclusion  of  mortgages  on  existing 
as  well  as  on  future  building,  and  on  commercial  as  well  as 
residential  structures,  it  is  apparent  that  much  revenue 
would  be  lost  in  return  for  rather  unimportant  assistance 
to  only  a  small  amount  of  new  residential  construction. 
John  J.  Murphy,  formerly  Tenement  House  Commissioner 
of  New  York  City,  demolishes  the  proposal  to  increase  hous- 
ing facilities  by  adding  an  extra  story  to  existing  five  or 
six-floor  apartment  houses.  Without  excessive  costs,  he 
says,  this  would  involve  removing  the  roofs  and  dispos- 
sessing all  tenants  now  occupying  the  top  floors. 

MEANWHILE  professional  opinion  seems  to  be  looking 
more  and  more  to  the  government,  State  or  munici- 
pal, to  take  hold  of  the  problem.  In  the  memorandum  above 
quoted  the  City  Club  approves  the  proposal  of  the  New  York 
Reconstruction  Commission  for  a  constitutional  amendment 
which  would  permit  the  State  to  extend  its  credit  on  a  large 
scale  at  low  rates  to  limited-dividend  companies  or  individ- 
uals to  build  houses  of  prescribed  standards  and  controlled 
rents.  The  City  Club  also  backs  the  suggestion  for  an 
enabling  act  permitting  cities  to  go  into  the  housing  busi- 


ness. This  would  give  quicker  relief  than  the  slow  process 
of  constitutional  amendment,  while  the  Health  Commissioner 
of  New  York  City  would  seek  even  more  immediate  help  by 
getting  from  the  Legislature  the  right  to  take  over  all 
vacant  housing  facilities.  Architects  are  more  and  more 
persuaded,  it  appears,  that  the  profits  system  is  no  longer 
to  be  depended  upon  to  supply  the  masses  with  homes.  We 
quoted  recently  the  opinion  of  the  Philadelphia  chapter  of 
the  American  Institute  of  Architects  to  that  effect.  Mr. 
Charles  Harris  Whitaker,  editor  of  the  Journal  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects,  adds  his  voice  to  this 
view.  He  proposes  that  cities  buy  tracts  of  land,  make 
direct  contracts  with  the  building  unions,  and  organize  the 
materials  business  so  as  to  cut  out  excess  profits. 

WHETHER  the  huge  Republican  majority  in  Maine 
clearly  forecasts  Mr.  Harding's  victory  or  not,  it 
was  a  glorious  victory  for  the  Republicans,  and  utterly  dis- 
poses of  the  contention  that  the  newly-enfranchised  women 
favor  the  League  of  Nations.  The  Democrats  may  make 
any  excuse  they  please,  but  the  fact  is  that  the  League  of 
Nations  was  a  controlling  issue,  that  some  of  the  best  Demo- 
cratic campaigners  toured  the  State,  and  that  Franklin 
Roosevelt  was  sure  the  women  were  coming  over  to  the 
Democratic  side.  The  result  was  a  Republican  majority  of 
66,037,  and  this  in  the  face  of  a  torrential  rain.  It  is,  of 
course,  easy  for  the  New  York  World  to  remind  the  Re- 
publicans that  Maine  went  Republican  in  the  State  contest 
of  1916,  only  to  vote  Democratic  in  the  presidential  election. 
No  election  is  won  until  it  is  won,  and  anything  may  happen 
between  now  and  election  day.  But  if  ever  a  candidate  was 
entitled  to  consider  himself  elected  in  advance,  Mr.  Hard- 
ing is.  Indeed  the  indications  are  for  a  rising  tide,  not  of 
approval  of  the  Republican  candidate,  but  of  intense  dislike 
of  the  Democrats.  There  is  the  widest  desire  to  express 
popular  disapproval  of  Woodrow  Wilson,  and  the  men  who 
denounce  or  would  amend  the  treaty  are  the  ones  who  have 
been  winning  in  the  recent  elections.  Not  only  is  the 
Democratic  Party  destitute  of  organization  and  of  driving 
power;  it  is  disintegrating,  as  in  Connecticut  and  Maine,  or 
is  being  captured  by  the  Nonpartisan  League,  as  a  Montana 
and  Colorado. 

A  TEMPORARY  injunction  was  granted  last  week  by 
the  Supreme  Court  of  Appeals  of  West  Virginia  for- 
bidding officers  of  the  United  Mine  Workers  of  America 
to  attempt  the  organization  of  miners  in  the  southern  part 
of  the  State.  According  to  an  Associated  Press  dispatch, 
the  injunction,  issued  on  petition  of  various  coal  companies, 
restrains  "attempts  on  the  part  of  union  officials  to  induce 
miners  in  this  field  to  break  what  the  companies  allege  is 
a  contract  of  employment."  Without  going  into  the  ethics 
of  breaking  a  contract,  it  may  be  said  unqualifiedly  that 
an  injunction  to  enforce  a  contract  is  a  new  and  wholly 
unwarranted  judicial  doctrine,  exceeding  in  its  lawlessness 
even  the  decision  of  United  States  Judge  A.  B.  Anderson 
in  Indianapolis  last  winter.  The  established  law  of  con- 
tracts is  that  in  case  of  violation  the  aggrieved  party  may 
seek  redress  by  a  civil  suit  for  damages;  he  has  no  other 
recourse.  The  order  of  this  West  Virginia  tribunal,  if 
correctly  reported,  is  contempt  of  court  in  the  widest  sense, 
because  it  saps  public  confidence  in  the  integrity  of  our 
whole  judicial  system. 


340 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


No  War  With  England 


IT  is  because  they  believe  that  war  between  England  and 
the  United  States  would  be  the  greatest  calamity  which 
could  befall  the  civilized  world,  and  because  they  feel  that 
the  two  countries  are  rapidly  drifting  apart,  that  the  editors 
of  The  Nation  have  invited  one  hundred  of  their  fellow- 
citizens  to  form  a  committee  to  investigate,  through  a  com- 
mission, the  charges  and  counter-charges  of  atrocities  in 
Ireland.  The  case  of  Mayor  MacSwiney  and  the  other  hun- 
ger strikers  has  stirred  this  country  profoundly.  So  con- 
servative a  newspaper  as  the  Chicago  Tribune  declares  that 
the  "Irish  situation  seriously  involves  the  United  States,  and 
the  case  of  MacSwiney  is  the  Irish  question  just  now  at  its 
highest  point  of  drama."  This,  the  most  powerful  news- 
paper of  the  Middle  West,  declares  that  if  MacSwiney 
starves  to  death  this  blunder  "might  conceivably  affect  the 
peace  of  the  world."  The  words  are  ominously  like  those 
used  by  President  McKinley  and  the  interventionists  in 
Cuba  in  1898,  who  maintained  that  the  United  States  could 
not  tolerate  such  terrible  conditions  at  its  door. 

That  the  procedure  The  Nation  has  suggested  is  unusual 
we  admit.  But  unusual  conditions  call  for  unusual  methods, 
and  in  view  of  the  failures  of  governments  everywhere  to 
prevent  existing  wars  and  to  establish  peace,  it  is  high  time 
for  citizens  to  get  together  to  do  what  they  can.  The  Brit- 
ish labor  forces  have  just  prevented  their  country's  going 
to  war  with  Russia.  On  this  side  of  the  ocean  it  is  a  just 
charge  that  lovers  of  peace  too  often  fail  to  move  until  it  is 
too  late — until  war  is  actually  at  hand.  If  the  proposed 
commission  can  establish  the  facts,  so  that  the  United 
States  may  know  exactly  where  the  truth  lies,  we  believe 
that  it  will  be  so  great  a  service  in  clearing  the  atmosphere 
that  we  shall  not  be  disturbed  by  the  charge  of  improper 
interference  in  the  concerns  of  another  nation.  As  a  mat- 
ter of  fact,  the  concerns  of  every  other  nation,  even  their 
internal  affairs,  as  in  the  case  of  Russia,  profoundly  affect 
the  rest  of  the  world;  this,  the  war  has  once  more  clearly 
demonstrated.  The  editors  of  The  Nation  are  moreover 
quite  well  aware  that  we  live  in  glass  houses;  that  we  have 
our  unsolved  Ne^ro  problem;  that  our  record  in  Haiti  and 
Santo  Domingo  is  wickedly  imperialistic,  and  that  we  have 
done  to  death  three  thousand  Haitian  men,  women,  and 
children  who  did  us  no  wrong.  If  the  procedure  that  we 
are  suggesting  in  the  matter  of  removing  one  of  the  great 
causes  of  irritation  between  England  and  the  United  Stateg 
is  successful,  we  would  welcome  an  inquiry  by  Englishmen, 
under  the  auspices,  say,  of  the  Labor  Party,  into  our  Carib- 
bean venture. 

With  a  view  to  constituting  a  non-partisan  Committee  of 
One  Hundred  on  Ireland,  The  Nation  has  sent  the  following 
telegram  to  a  list  of  representative  Americans: 

The  struggle  between  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  which  has 
gone  on  for  many  months  with  increasing  use  of  armed  force  by 
both  parties  is  widely  reported  to  be  accompanied  by  atrocities 
planned  by  British  Government  and  answered  in  kind  by  Irish 
people.  One  grave  result  is  rapid  growth  of  anti-British  feeling 
which  seriously  threatens  unspeakable  calamity  of  war  between 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  and  endangers  peace  of  the 
world.  In  the  interest  of  peace  and  international  friendship  the 
editors  of  The  Nation  earnestly  invite  you  to  serve  as  member 
nonpartisan  committee  of  representative  Americans  with  power 
to  add  to  their  number  who  shall  designate  a  select  commission  to 


sit  at  Washington  or  elsewhere  for  impartial  investigation  of 
reported  atrocities  in  Ireland  regarding  which  the  British  Am- 
bassador and  Professor  De  Valera  and  others  shall  be  invited  to 
submit  evidence.  Proposal  does  not  contemplate  any  recom- 
mendations regarding  future  relations  between  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland. 

Up  to  the  time  of  going  to  press  acceptances  had  been  re- 
ceived as  follows: 

United  States  Senators  Ashurst,  Arizona;  Johnson,  California; 
Phelan,  California;  Spencer,  Missouri;  Walsh,  Massachusetts. 

Representatives  Mason,  Illinois;  McArthur,  Oregon;  Randall, 
Wisconsin;  Sherwood,  Ohio;  Voight,  Wisconsin. 
.  Governors    Campbell,    Arizona;    Carey,    Wyoming;     Frazier, 
North  Dakota. 

Mayors  Gillen,  Newark;  Hague,  Jersey  City;  Hayes,  Vicks- 
burg,  Miss.;  Herman,  Newport,  Ky. ;  Hoan,  Milwaukee;  Mar- 
shal, St.  Joseph,  Mo.;  McCavitt,  Anaconda,  Mont.;  Quigley, 
New  Britain,  Conn.;  Quinn,  Cambridge,  Mass.;  Schrieber,  To- 
ledo; Smith,  Omaha;   Sullivan  Worcester. 

The  President  of  the  Board  of  Aldermen  of  New  York  City,  F. 
H.  LaGuardia. 

The  Rev.  Edward  C.  L.  Adams,  Columbia,  S.  C;  Jane  Ad- 
dams,  Hull  House,  Chicago;  Judge  Charles  F.  Amidon,  U.  S. 
District  Court,  Fargo,  N.  D. ;  Mrs.  Abby  Scott  Baker,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C;  William  Harman  Black,  former  member  National  War 
Labor  Board;  Mrs.  Harriot  Stanton  Blatch,  New  York  City; 
Miss  Lucy  Branham,  Baltimore;  J.  M.  Budish,  United  Cloth  Hat 
and  Cap  Makers  of  America ;  Bishop  Byrne,  Galveston ;  J.  J.  Cas'- 
tellini,  Cincinnati;  Parley  P.  Christensen,  Presidential  candidate 
Farmer-Labor  Party;  George  W.  Coleman,  Boston;  Martin  Con- 
boy,  former  Director  of  the  Draft,  New  York  City;  Professor 
Horace  A.  Eaton,  Syracuse  University;  Maurice  F.  Egan,  for- 
mer minister  to  Denmark;  John  L.  Elliott,  Hudson  Guild,  New 
York  City;  Professor  Irving  Fisher,  Yale  University;  former 
Governor  J.  W.  Folk  of  Missouri;  Mrs.  Andre  Fouilhoux,  Short 
Hills,  N.  J.;  Royal  W.  France,  New  York  City;  Gilson  Gardner, 
Washington,  D.  C. ;  Arthur  Gleason,  New  York  City ;  James  H. 
Graham,  Springfield,  111.;  Dr.  Gillette  Hayden,  Columbus,  Ohio; 
Professor  Carlton  J.  H.  Hayes,  Columbia  University;  William 
Randolph  Hearst,  New  York  City;  Morris  Hillquit,  New  York- 
City;  Judge  George  Holmes,  Omaha;  the  Rev.  John  Haynes 
Holmes,  New  York  City;  Richard  R.  Kilroy,  Anaconda  Standard; 
George  W.  Kirchwey,  former  Dean  of  the  Columbia  University 
Law  School;  Owen  R.  Lovejoy,  National  Child  Labor  Committee, 
N«w  York  City;  Professor  Robert  Morss  Lovett,  University  of 
Chicago;  Miss  Hazel  MacKaye,  New  York  City;  Dudley  Field 
Malone,  former  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  New  York 
City;  James  Maurer,  Pennsylvania  State  Federation  of  Labor; 
Allen  McCurdy,  New  York  City;  Mrs.  Agnes  H.  Morey,  Brook- 
line,  Mass.;  John  E.  Milholland,  New  York  City;  A.  P.  Moore, 
Pittsburgh  Leader;  Mrs.  William  F.  Murray,  Catskill,  N.  Y.; 
President  William  A.  Neilson,  Smith  College;  Professor  William 
A.  Nitze,  University  of  Chicago;  Daniel  C.  O'Flaherty,  Rich- 
mond; M.  O'Neill,  Akron,  Ohio;  the  Rev.  Watson  L.  Philips, 
Ansonia,  Conn.;  Captain  Julius  C.  Peyser,  Washington,  D.  C; 
Amos  Pinchot,  New  York  City;  the  Rev.  Levi  M.  Powers,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C;  Mrs.  James  Rector,  Columbus,  Ohio;  Raymond 
Robins,  Chicago;  Gilbert  E.  Roe,  New  York  City;  Mrs.  John 
Rogers,  Jr.,  New  York  City;  the  Rev.  John  A.  Ryan,  Catholic 
University,  Washington,  D.  C;  Professor  Ferdinand  Schevill, 
University  of  Chicago;  Rose  Schneidermann,  Woman's  Trade 
Union  League;  R.  O.  Sharon,  Peoria,  111.;  Emma  Steghagen, 
Woman's  Trade  Union  League;  Miss  Doris  Stevens,  Croton, 
N.  Y.;  Norman  Thomas,  New  York  City;  former  Senator  James 
K.  Vardaman,  Jackson,  Miss.;  Mrs.  Henry  Villard,  New  York; 
William  Allen  White,  Emporia  Gazette. 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


341 


Mr.  Root's  World  Court 

THE  long-expected  proposals  for  the  new  world  court 
upon  which  Mr.  Elihu  Root  and  other  distinguished 
personages  have  been  working  for  months  past,  at  the  invi- 
tation of  the  League  of  Nations,  were  published  last  week. 
Let  it  be  said  at  once  that,  defective  and  unsatisfactory  as 
the  plan  as  a  whole  is,  it  yet  marks  a  step  forward  over  the 
Hague  Tribunal  for  Arbitration,  whose  existence,  on  its 
present  basis,  was  practically  terminated  by  the  war.  Every 
time  that  the  nations  can  be  got  to  consider  that  supreme 
court  of  the  world,  for  which  humanity  hungers,  it  means 
an  advance.  It  must  in  justice  also  be  said  that  Mr.  Root 
and  his  associates  have  worked  out  well  the  judicial  ma- 
chinery and  forms,  the  method  of  selection  of  the  judges 
and  their  functions,  and  their  relation  to  the  causes  which 
may  come  before  them.  Those  trusting  persons  who  are 
willing  to  accept  the  League  of  Nations  while  recognizing 
its  manifest  faults  and  weaknesses,  in  the  confiding  hope 
that  it  will  be  possible  to  reform  it  from  within,  as  the 
present  Constitution  of  the  United  States  succeeded  the 
loose  and  weak  Articles  of  Confederation,  will  doubtless  hail 
this  new  court  proposal  as  a  satisfactory  half-loaf. 

Emphatically  must  it  be  declared,  however,  that  this  is 
not  a  real  court  which  is  being  offered  to  us,  nor  one  that 
gives  adequate  hope  of  exercising  a  more  determining  influ- 
ence upon  the  affairs  of  nations  than  did  the  Hague  Tribunal 
which  is  now  suspended.  The  reason  for  this  is  simple 
enough.  The  proposed  court  is  the  creature  of  the  Covenant 
of  the  League  of  Nations,  and  it  cannot  rise  above  the  source 
of  its  existence.  Article  14  of  the  Covenant  dooms  the  court 
to  innocuous  desuetude  by  the  very  language  which  consti- 
tutes it:  "The  court  shall  be  competent  to  hear  and  deter- 
mine any  dispute  of  an  international  character  which  the 
parties  thereto  submit  to  it."  In  other  words,  this  court  will 
have  no  jurisdiction  unless  all  parties  to  a  dispute  consent 
thereto.  It  is  without  the  power  itself  to  issue  a  summons 
to  contending  parties  or  to  enter  an  order ;  indeed,  an  Ameri- 
can justice  of  the  peace  has  today  more  inherent  power  and 
jurisdiction  than  this  proposed  court.  And,  if  we  turn  to 
Article  15  of  the  Covenant,  we  find  that  it  is  there  provided 
that  "any  party  to  a  dispute  may  effect  such  submission 
[to  the  Council]  by  giving  notice  of  the  existence  of  the 
dispute  to  the  Secretary-General,  who  will  make  all  neces- 
sary arrangements  for  a  full  investigation  and  consideration 
thereof."  That  is  to  say,  any  nation  which  is  a  party  to  a 
dispute,  if  it  decides  to  bring  that  dispute  to  the  attention 
of  the  League  at  all — and  it  does  not  have  to — can  utterly 
ignore  the  court  and  by  the  mere  giving  of  a  notice  compel  a 
hearing  of  the  dispute  before  the  Council  of  the  League. 
This  is  in  accordance  with  the  fundamental  idea  of  the 
whole  Covenant — that  a  group  of  four  or  five  men  in  the 
Council  shall  dominate  the  affairs  of  the  world. 

Let  us  see  what  would  happen  in  the  case  of  the  dispute 
between  China  and  Japan  over  Shantung.  China  might  call 
upon  Japan  to  present  the  case  of  Shantung  to  the  proposed 
court.  Japan,  using  her  undoubted  rights,  could  bring  the 
case  automatically  before  the  Council  by  simply  ignoring  the 
court  and  giving  the  required  notice  to  the  Secretary-Gen- 
eral of  the  League  of  Nations.  What,  then,  is  the  situation? 
In  the  Council  Japan,  in  order  to  defeat  China's  just  claims, 
need  obtain  only  one  vote,  since  the  Council's  decisions  must 
be  unanimous,  and  that  she  now  possesses.     Moreover,  as 


the  Council  is  now  constituted,  three  permanent  members 
of  it,  Italy,  France,  and  Great  Britain,  are  already  com- 
mitted to  the  award  of  Shantung  to  Japan.  It  is  true  that 
China  might  take  her  case  to  the  Assembly,  but  with  the 
dominating  power  of  Great  Britain  in  that  Assembly  there 
would  be  slight  chance  for  her.  The  true  supreme  court 
of  the  world  must  be  established  in  another  way — by  all  the 
nations  of  the  world  getting  together  in  conference  and 
voluntarily  submitting  themselves  and  all  their  disputes, 
present  and  future,  to  the  jurisdiction  of  that  court.  Again, 
we  do  not  believe  that  the  court  which  is  to  survive  and  pass 
upon  the  disputes  of  nations  can  be  established  solely  by  the 
chief  victors  in  the  late  war. 

Perhaps  the  very  worst  feature  of  the  proposed  court  lies 
in  the  fact  that  it  will  be  within  the  power  of  a  nation,  just 
as  it  is  now,  to  determine  whether  a  controversy  is  jus- 
ticiable or  not.  Just  as  long  as  this  vicious  discrimination 
between  disputes  is  made,  just  so  long  will  any  such  court 
be  powerless  and  the  League  unable  to  stop  international 
conflicts.  Most  of  the  wars  of  the  past  have  arisen  out  of 
so-called  non-justiciable  disputes.  When  such  a  quarrel 
arises  the  new  court  will  have  no  power  to  hale  one  party 
or  the  other  before  it,  and  if  the  disputants  intend  to  fight 
the  matter  out  nothing  can  prevent  them  unless  the  Council 
of  the  League  takes  immediate  cognizance  and  threatens  the 
aroused  nations  with  war  and  economic  blockade.  The  like- 
lihood of  the  Council's  doing  this  in  a  case  of  so-called 
national  honor  is  of  the  slightest. 

Take  the  Vera  Cruz  incident,  for  instance.  The  United 
States  claimed  that  its  sacred  honor  was  involved  by  the  in- 
sult to  its  flag,  and  it  demanded  an  apology  which  it  did  not 
receive.  Our  forces  then  attacked  the  inhabitants  of  Vera 
Cruz,  killing  400  men,  women,  and  children.  Under  the 
existing  code  of  national  conduct,  our  quarrel  with  Mexico 
was  a  non-justiciable  dispute.  The  proposed  court  would 
have  had  no  jurisdiction  over  it;  the  Council  of  the  League 
which  permitted  Poland  to  undertake  an  aggressive  war 
upon  Russia  would  hardly  have  undertaken  to  dictate  to  the 
United  States  that  it  should  not  occupy  a  Mexican  city  to 
enforce  its  will. 

That  there  is  no  mention  in  the  plan  proposed  by  Mr.  Root 
of  any  armed  force  to  put  into  effect  the  decrees  of  the  court 
is  good.  It  is  the  intention,  of  course,  of  the  founders  of 
the  League  to  have  such  a  force,  but  there  are  men,  like 
Senator  Knox,  who  believe  such  display  will  no  more  be 
necessary  for  the  supreme  court  of  the  world  than  it  has 
been  for  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States. 

Five  great  steps  forward  must  be  taken  simultaneously 
with  the  creation  of  any  court  if  it  is  to  endure  and  play 
its  destined  role:  first,  the  distinction  between  justiciable 
and  non-justiciable  disputes  must  be  wiped  out;  second,  the 
court  must  have  power  to  intervene,  and  to  intervene  at  all 
times — the  proposed  court  is  to  sit  only  during  part  of  the 
year;  third,  there  must  be  immediate  international  disarma- 
ment as  the  most  vital  step  toward  safeguarding  the  court 
and  the  peace  of  the  world;  fourth,  the  careful  codifica- 
tion of  international  law  must  be  begun  by  a  group  of  jurists 
in  international  conference;  and,  finally  and  most  impor- 
tant, there  must  be  an  outlawry  of  war  itself.  We  consider 
it  a  happy  omen  that  Senator  Harding  has  used  the  term 
"outlawry  of  war"  in  a  recent  speech.  It  is  entirely  as  prac- 
tical as  was  the  outlawing  of  the  duel,  and  like  disarmament 
it  could  probably  have  been  obtained  at  Paris  but  for  the 
flinching  of  one  man — Woodrow  Wilson. 


342 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


The  Other  France 

THERE  are  two  Frances,  as  there  are  two  Englands, 
and  two  Italys,  and  two  Germanys — at  least  two.  The 
France  that  speaks  officially  in  the  name  of  the  French 
people  today — the  France  of  Millerand  and  Gouraud  and 
Weygand  and  Foch,  the  France  of  bemedaled  generals, 
and  bespangled  oratory,  and  bemuddled  dreams  of  Napole- 
onic empire,  the  France  of  the  Czar's  bond  issue  and  the 
Comite  des  Forges — that  France  has  become  the  inheritor 
of  the  Prussian  mantle.  It  is  the  hearthstone  of  reaction 
in  Europe  today,  the  nursery  of  counter-revolutionary  con- 
spiracies among  exiled  dukes  and  financiers,  the  hope  of 
the  Hungarian  dictator  Horthy,  of  the  Cossack  bandit-chief 
Wrangel,  and  of  the  Polish  imperialist  Dmowski;  the  great 
obstacle  to  European  reconstruction. 

That  France  is  not  the  France  which  made  the  word 
"France"  an  inspiration,  a  symbol  of  high  idealism,  of  intel- 
lectual achievement,  of  generous  emotion,  in  past  years. 
The  war  hushed  the  voice  of  the  other  France,  though  with- 
out silencing  it;  and  the  psychology  of  sudden,  overwhelm- 
ing victory,  following  years  of  depression  and  invasion,  and 
the  weary  after-war  spirit  of  "je-m'en-fichisme,"  drowned 
it  beneath  the  cacophonies  of  guns  and  drums.  But  Romain 
Rolland  never  abandoned  his  vision  across  and  above  the 
battle;  Henri  Barbusse  wrote  the  great  human  epic  of  the 
war;  lesser  voices  of  no  mean  caliber  have  spoken  bravely 
and  well — Georges  Duhamel,  Leon  Werth,  Jules  Romains, 
Marcel  Martinet,  and  others.  In  these  latter  years  Anatole 
France,  who  more  truly  than  Clemenceau  deserves  the  title 
of  the  grand  old  man  of  France,  has  reexpressed  the  spirit 
of  an  elder  and  a  finer  France. 

Anatole  France,  for  all  the  serene  detachment  of  his 
Epicurean  garden  at  Tours,  dreads  the  ruin  which  the  be- 
medaled France  has  wrought  his  country  and  Europe.  "I 
am  sad,"  he  tells  an  interviewer.  "The  future  of  Europe  is 
black.  The  only  hope  is  internationalism,  but  the  war  has 
left  nationalism  triumphant."  And  in  VHumanite  he  writes 
pathetically : 

It  is  appalling  to  regard  the  position  of  France  as  she  was 
during  the  war  and  as  she  is  today.  A  hundred  peoples,  at  the 
call  of  France,  came  together  from  the  ends  of  the  earth,  to 
"destroy"  Germany.  What  have  we  done  with  our  Allies? 
What  has  become  of  our  friendships?  Not  one  is  left.  We'have 
worn  them  all  out  by  our  proud  and  moody  ways,  by  that  belli- 
cose ardor  which  has  so  surprisingly  survived  the  long  and 
cruel  war.  First  America  suffered  our  sarcasms  when  she 
brought  to  us  a  political  conception  different  from  our  own — 
and  nothing  of  which  survives  in  the  treaties.  Then  we  quar- 
reled sharply  with  our  Latin  sister.  Then  we  alienated  the 
states  of  the  East.  Then,  exasperated  by  our  great  financial 
embarrassments  and  by  the  difficulty  of  applying  an  ill-made 
treaty,  we  got  ourselves  into  more  disagreements  with  England 
than  the  public  has  ever  known.  I  do  not  judge  the  conduct 
of  our  Allies  and  do  not  bind  myself  to  approve  it.  I  only  note 
that  the  policy  of  the  capitalists,  soldiers,  and  diplomats  who 
govern  us  was  neither  adroit  nor  successful. 

Our  position  was  difficult.  The  recognition  of  Wrangel  now 
renders  it  terrible.  Here  we  are,  alone  at  last.  For  after  this 
diplomatic  coup  d'etat,  what  remains  of  the  Franco-British 
Entente?     We  are  alone.      .     .     . 

To  what  new  dangers  and  unknown  disasters  will  this  course 
lead  to  which  our  retrograde  Parliament  and  its  reactionary 
government  have  condemned  us?  Are  we  being  led  into  a  new 
war  with  Soviet  Russia?     Our  fears  are  greater  because  peace 


is  not  defended  in  France  as  it  is  in  England  by  a  working  class 
able  to  make  its  voice  heard  in  the  councils  of  Empire.  Labor 
has  no  influence  upon  our  Government.  And  yet  to  assure  the 
threatened  peace,  the  peace  which  capitalists  and  soldiers  fight 
and  weary  ignorant  bourgeois  betray,  we  can  count  only  on  the 
working  class.     .     .     . 

Today  the  working  class  holds  in  its  hands  the  salvation 
of  France,  the  salvation  of  Europe,  the  salvation  of  the  world. 
The  situation  is  terrible.  With  profound  emotion,  in  a  voice 
weakened  by  age  but  deepened  by  passion  for  the  public  good, 
I  cry,  "Frenchmen,  save  the  peace  of  the  world." 

Anatole  France's  appeal  goes  almost  unheard.  The  shrill, 
revengeful  voices  of  Tardieu,  Loucheur,  and  Poincare  domi- 
nate the  French  councils  of  state.  Millerand  has  even 
abandoned  the  policy  adopted  at  Spa  of  discussing  repara- 
tion problems  with  German  experts,  and  reverted  to  the 
policy  of  dictation — aided  and  abetted  by  our  own  State 
Department.  Perhaps  for  a  time  we  must  abandon  hope 
of  finding  in  the  political  expression  of  France  the  things 
which  have  made  "France"  a  name  to  conjure  with.  Mille- 
rand's  France  we  must  combat;  but  let  us  not  forget  that 
there  is  and  always  will  be  another,  vastly  different,  nobler, 
more  beautiful  France. 


Front  Porching  With  Harding 

From  Our  Special  Correspondent  at  the  Front  (Porch) 

SENATOR  HARDING  rose  early  this  morning  and  dis- 
played his  stalwart  Americanism  by  washing,  shaving, 
and  putting  on  his  clothes.  He  then  sat  down  to  breakfast, 
which  he  ate  in  true  democratic  fashion  with  knife,  fork, 
and  spoon.  It  is  little  touches  like  this  which  reveal  the 
Senator's  kinship  with  the  common  people  and  endear  him 
to  the  masses.  The  first  appointment  on  the  Porch  was  with 
a  delegation  from  the  Dairymen's  Association  of  Hokamazoo, 
with  each  member  of  which  the  Senator  shook  hands  cor- 
dially. In  every  instance  he  extended  his  right  hand,  there- 
by exhibiting  that  delicate  tact  which  has  made  him  so  suc- 
cessful in  his  relations  with  men. 

"I  feel  like  one  of  you,"  the  Senator  said  gracefully.  "All 
my  life  I  have  eaten  butter  and  drunk  milk,  and  thus  have 
gained  a  close  personal  insight  into  your  problems  and  needs. 
One  of  the  things  this  nation  must  do  is  to  keep  the  boys 
and  girls  on  the  farms.  In  order  to  accomplish  this,  the 
farmer  must  be  made  prosperous  and  contented.  Without 
wearying  you  at  this  moment  with  details,  I  want  to  say 
that  my  plan  for  meeting  this  problem  is  to  see  that  the 
farmer  gets  fair  prices  for  his  produce,  that  the  wholesaler 
and  retailer  get  just  compensation  for  distributing  it,  and 
that  the  consumer  is  able  to  buy  at  equitable  prices." 

Senator  Harding's  courageous  reference  to  the  rights  of 
the  consumer  in  the  presence  of  men  who  were  presumably 
interested  chiefly  in  better  prices  for  their  products  was 
one  of  those  characteristic  strokes  of  bravery  which  win 
him  friends  every  day  because  of  his  sheer  honesty  and 
unmistakable  independence.  As  the  dairymen  filed  down 
the  steps  of  the  Porch,  another  delegation  was  already  wait- 
ing to  be  received,  but  the  Senator  found  time  in  between  to 
wave  his  hand  genially  to  a  friend  who  was  passing,  and  to 
say  "Excuse  me"  to  one  of  the  dairymen  whose  foot  he  acci- 
dentally stepped  on.  One  of  the  secrets  of  his  success  is 
that,  no  matter  how  busy,  Senator  Harding  always  finds 
time  for  little  kindnesses  like  these. 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


343 


The  meeting  which  followed,  with  a  committee  from  the 
Brotherhood  of  Railway  Baggage-Smashers,  brought  out 
clearly  the  Senator's  skill  in  meeting  hostile  criticism  and  in 
answering  difficult  questions  fairly  and  squarely.  "Mr. 
Harding,"  said  the  spokesman  of  the  committee  almost  im- 
mediately, "do  you  believe  in  the  union  shop?" 

"Our  whole  industrial  fabric  must  be  considered  in  an- 
swering that  question,"  the  Senator  replied.  "I  do  not 
believe  in  setting  class  against  class,  but  in  bringing  all  the 
forces  of  our  country  into  cooperation.  That  involves  the 
development  of  a  general  program  in  which  the  point  you 
raise  will  naturally  be  settled  along  with  others." 

"How  do  you  propose  to  lower  the  cost  of  living?" 

"Ah,  there  you  raise  an  acute  question.  We  must  safe- 
guard the  producer,  on  the  one  hand,  and  relieve  the  general 
public  on  the  other.  In  a  general  way  I  favor  any  legisla- 
tion toward  that  end,  but  would  want  to  study  the  probable 
effect  before  approving  a  particular  measure." 

"He  means  he'll  have  to  ask  Penrose  and  Lodge,"  said 
somebody  sotto  voce,  while  another  voice  asked  aloud :  "Mr. 
Harding,  do  you  believe  that  two  and  two  make  four?" 

Here  was  an  obvious  attempt  to  heckle  him — a  crisis  that 
demanded  resourcefulness  and  decision — and  Senator  Hard- 
ing proved  his  mettle  in  the  reply  that  shot,  resolute  and  un- 
flinching, from  his  lips:  "While  sympathizing  in  a  general 
way  with  the  principle,  I  would  want  to  consider  carefully 
the  circumstances.  It  depends,  I  think,  on  what  two  and  two 
you  have  in  mind." 


Again  the  Literary  Censor 

"  T  URGEN  AND  THE  CENSOR,"  the  report  of  the 
%J  Emergency  Committee  Organized  to  Protest  against 
the  Suppression  of  James  Branch  Cabell's  "Jurgen,"  con- 
tains a  full  account  of  the  proceedings  taken  against  this 
book,  with  lists  of  the  signers  of  the  protest,  which  include 
many  of  the  most  important  men  and  women  writers  in  the 
United  States;  with  letters  from  several  of  them  and  from 
Mr.  Cabell  and  Mr.  Sumner;  and  with  notes  on  the  laws  of 
New  York  State  and  the  United  States  in  regard  to  "offen- 
sive, lewd,  lascivious,  and  indecent"  books.  Although  the 
case  has  not  finally  come  to  trial,  and  it  is,  of  course,  not  yet 
certain  what  the  verdict  will  be  on  the  book,  there  can  be  no 
question  as  to  the  verdict  which  the  Society  for  the  Suppres- 
sion of  Vice  and  the  State  and  Federal  codes  have  already 
pronounced  on  themselves.  The  society  is  pitiably  sincere 
and  unutterably  stupid.  The  codes  are  muddled  and  sloppy. 
Presumably  nothing  can  be  gained  by  pointing  another 
finger  of  wrath  or  scorn  at  the  society.  Its  instigating  and 
active  members  unite  to  a  hundred  per  cent  of  moralistic 
zeal  another  hundred  per  cent  of  the  fanaticism  which  sends 
men  to  the  pillory  for  their  opinions — we  are  not  sure  that 
the  society  would  go  on  to  the  stake.  Mr.  Sumner's  letter 
makes  plain  that  he  thinks  of  the  society  as  exercising  a 
noble  impartiality  when  it  proceeds  against  a  considered 
work  of  art  with  the  same  firm  tread  as  when  it  goes  after 
a  vender  of  pornographic  pictures.  But  we  should  be  will- 
ing to  wager  a  considerable  sum  that  the  society  would 
hesitate  rather  longer  before  invading,  say,  the  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Art,  where  the  nude  human  figure,  we  are  in- 
formed, is  exposed  in  great  abundance,  and  without  charge, 
to  all  who  want  to  come  to  see  it,  than  before  invading  the 
shop  of  some  small  stationer  who  might  offer  photographs 


of  certain  of  those  very  masterpieces  to  any  who  would  pay 
money  for  them.  As  it  happens,  the  battle  over  the  nude  in 
art  was  fought  out  long  ago,  and  even  the  Society  for  the 
Suppression  of  Vice  has  now  learned  to  keep  its  preposterous 
hands  off  when  they  belong  off.  The  society  is  blind  enough 
on  ordinary  occasions,  but  it  knows  a  vested  interest  when 
it  sees  one.  And  so  with  regard  to  the  theater.  If  the 
Broadway  stage  is  not  organized  to  stir  and  encourage  the 
sexual  emotions,  then  nothing  on  earth  is.  But  here  the 
Society  for  the  Suppression  of  Vice,  though  acute  enough 
to  smell  out  novelties,  never  touches  the  traditional  and 
established  forms  of  temptation. 

So,  also,  with  regard  to  books.  Standard  authors  in 
standard  places :  these  the  society  leaves  unmolested.  But  it 
will  not  have  standard  authors  paraded  any  more  than  it  can 
help.  Nor — and  this  is  the  worst  of  the  whole  matter — 
will  it  allow  any  contemporary  writer  to  aim  at  becoming 
a  standard  author  unless  he  does  it  in  the  literary  fashion 
the  society  approves,  or  unless  he  steals,  like  George  Moore, 
carefully  upon  the  world  under  the  veil  of  limited  editions, 
expensive  and  subscribed  for.  The  society  claims,  of  course, 
with  respect  to  pictures  and  standard  authors,  to  be  guided 
by  notions  of  fitness  and  intention — that  is,  to  allow  works 
of  art  "to  occupy  the  select  place  which  art  has  chosen 
for  her  abode"  and  to  make  no  attacks  upon  "standard 
literature  for  literary  persons  and  students."  But  when  it 
comes  to  literature  still  in  the  making  it  falls  with  deadly 
accuracy  upon  a  work  of  art  like  "Jurgen"  and  refuses  to 
see  that  the  intention  of  the  author  and  the  sophisticated 
nature  of  the  book  ought  to  be  taken  into  account  at  all. 
"Jurgen"  is  not  a  vested  interest. 

Well,  the  Society  for  the  Suppression  of  Vice  will  go  on 
bungling  in  its  well-intentioned  absurdity  as  long  as  the  law 
lets  it.  There  are  always  such  persons.  But  there  do  not 
need  to  be  such  laws.  What  bothers  most  decent  people  about 
the  whole  affair  is  the  feeling  that  without  the  law  there  is 
no  way  of  protecting  the  young  from  corruption  by  mer- 
cenary creatures  who  put  beauty  to  base  uses.  One  eminent 
author  writes  to  the  Emergency  Committee:  "The  Soc. 
for  the  Suppression  of  Vice  is  probably  making  a  fool  of 
itself — as  it  has  done  on  more  than  one  occasion.  But  I 
am  old  enough  to  feel  very  grateful  to  it  for  the  cleansing 
of  the  news-stands  of  N.  Y.  from  what  they  were  fifty 
years  ago."  This  is  really  too  much  like  saying  that  while 
we  are  killing  off  mosquitoes  we  might  as  well  kill  off  hum- 
ming-birds too,  because  here  and  there  respectable  citizens 
exist  who  cannot  tell  the  difference  between  a  mosquito  and  a 
humming-bird.  There  is  a  difference;  and  there  is  a  differ- 
ence between  "Jurgen"  and  merely  nasty  books.  There  is 
no  possible  reason  why  the  law  should  be  so  drawn  as  to 
admit  no  distinctions.  If  an  art  gallery  is  privileged,  so  is 
a  serious  performance  like  "Jurgen."  What  if  the  immature 
or  the  senile  discover  it  and  snicker?  They  do  exactly  the 
same  thing  before  hundreds  of  pictures  and  statues  in  the 
"select  place  which  art  has  chosen  for  her  abode."  Dozens 
of  juries  could  be  found  to  convict  any  art  gallery  or  any 
library  in  the  country  of  having  in  its  possession  objects 
which  might  be  used  to  promote  "offensive,  lewd,  lascivious, 
and  indecent"  conduct;  but  prosecutors  make  distinctions 
upon  the  ground  of  intention  and  dignity  and  actual  in- 
fluence. The  harm  that  may  be  done  to  the  immature  or  the 
senile,  even  the  law  knows,  is  more  than  overbalanced  by  thp 
good  which  beauty  and  honesty  do  to  the  public  at  large. 


344 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


The  Farmer-Labor  Campaign 

By  CHARLES  PATRICK  SWEENEY 


IN  these  days  when  democracy  is  spoken  so  lightly  as  a 
word,  and  much  less  often  followed  as  a  custom,  it  should 
be  refreshing  to  discover  a  political  party  which  has  en- 
deavored to  adopt  it  as  a  rule  and  a  practice.  While  the 
Democrats  and  Republicans  charge  each  other  with  being 
financed  in  Wall  Street  and  of  sending  the  "boys"  to  inter- 
national bankers  after  money,  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  is 
financed  solely  by  its  rank  and  file  membership,  believing 
that  ideals  worth  voting  for  are  also  worth  paying  some- 
thing to  get  others  to  vote  for.  And  herein  lies  one  great 
reason  why  the  party  has  not  the  ghost  of  a  show  to  pile 
up  a  large  vote  in  the  November  elections,  as  well  as  why 
it  is  the  hope  of  patient  men  and  women  throughout  the 
country  that  the  new  party  may  become  a  permanent  insti- 
tution in  American  political  life. 

It  really  makes  no  essential  difference  if  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party  carries  five  States  or  one  State  or  none  at  the  elec- 
tions. Nobody  expects  it  to  win.  The  decisiveness  of  its 
defeat  this  year  might  be  considered  as  of  slight  importance 
in  political  calculations.  Up  to  date  no  great  enthusiasm 
over  developments  is  warranted.  Some  newspapers  will  even 
ignore  the  party  during  the  campaign,  and  not  necessarily 
by  any  means  through  a  sinister  purpose  to  "suppress" 
legitimate  news,  but  merely  because  in  the  life  of  the 
average  newspaper  owner  or  editor  the  Farmer-Labor  Party 
will  appear  as  one  of  the  invariable  small-fry  "also  ran" 
efforts  that  are  seen  every  four  years.  But  the  Farmer- 
Labor  Party  is  entitled  to  serious  consideration,  because  a 
great  many  people  are  interested  in  it  and  because,  irre- 
spective of  the  vote  it  gets  in  November,  it  looks  to  many 
people  throughout  the  country  as  the  beginning  of  some- 
thing in  the  beyond — say  four  years  beyond — when  Mr. 
Harding,  possibly,  will  ask  the  people  of  the  country  to 
recall  how  much  more  tenderly  their  welfare  was  guarded 
by  the  Republicans  than  by  the  Democrats.  By  that  time, 
in  many  minds,  so  many  people  will  have  been  awakened  to 
the  futility  of  cat-and-mouse  politics  and  so  many  new 
political  alignments  will  have  been  made  in  various  States 
that  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  may  well  be  the  party  of  real 
opposition  and  the  medium  of  progressive  political  opinion. 
By  that  time,  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  expects  also  to  have 
a  war  chest,  a  great  dues-paying  membership,  and  an 
efficient  organization. 

Whether  you  believe  it  or  not,  or  whether  your  newspaper 
lets  you  know  it  or  not,  the  United  States  is  in  a  process  of 
what  the  prohibition  commissioner  might  let  you  call 
political  refermentation.  Things  are  happening.  One  day 
there  is  a  political  revolution  in  the  State  of  Montana. 
Another  day  a  most  amazing  victory  at  the  polls  for  what 
the  Denver  Post  calls  "Reds"  in  Colorado.  Again,  organ- 
ized labor  in  Texas  swamps  ex-Senator  Bailey's  effort  to  be 
Governor,  despite  the  "100  Per  Cent  American" — and  two 
hundred  per  cent  anti-labor — full  page  advertisements  about 
the  perils  of  Gompersism.  Mr.  Esch,  of  Esch-Cummins 
Bill  fame,  gets  a  severe  defeat  in  his  effort  for  renomina- 
tion  in  Wisconsin.  Within  two  years,  ten  daily  papers 
devoted  to  the  interests  of  workers  find  audiences  in  the 
country  and  become  definitely  established.    A  press  service 


aiming  to  knit  together  the  labor  press  of  the  country  and 
offset  what  it  considers  the  bias  of  existing  news  agencies 
gets  away  to  a  flying  start  and  now  boasts  a  membership  of 
seventy  daily  and  weekly  papers.  Up  in  North  Dakota  the 
State  Bank  prospers  as  do  the  farmers  under  what  the 
New  York  Times  calls  socialism,  and  the  Chicago  Federation 
of  Labor  decides  to  deposit  its  funds  in  said  State  Bank, 
until  Chicago  labor  can  run  a  bank  of  its  own. 

Those  who  are  most  conspicuous  in  their  espousal  of  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party  know  that  in  the  light  of  the  present 
campaign  alone  it  is  a  pathetic  picture.  But  they  also  know 
that  it  is  not  to  be  considered  in  the  light  of  on©  single 
campaign.  They  reckon  its  birth  along  with  other  very 
significant  developments  in  human  affairs.  They  see  it  as 
an  educational  and  inspirational  force  in  American  life,  the 
kind  of  a  force  that  is  cumulative,  and  the  developments  of 
which  may  be  far-reaching.  They  know  that  the  indorse- 
ment of  seven  State  Federations  of  Labor,  heretofore  almost 
uniformly  Democratic  in  their  political  expressions,  indi- 
cates a  strong  sentiment  of  sympathy.*  They  know  that 
when  the  United  Mine  Workers  of  America  indorse  the  idea 
of  a  labor  party  although  their  president,  John  Lewis,  is  a 
Republican  and  William  Green,  their  treasurer,  a  Democrat, 
there  is  a  new  political  orientation  among  the  rank  and  file.' 
These  men  see  in  the  west-born  rebellion  against  the  two- 
party  system  the  field  for  a  new  political  experiment.  To 
quote  Robert  M.  Buck,  editor  of  the  New  Majority,  organ  of 
the  party : 

The  old  political  parties  have  she  people  fooled  into  regarding 
themselves  as  consumers.  Every  man  who  works  for  a  living 
and  who  thinks  of  himself  as  a  consumer  is  a  victim  of  this 
subtle  deception.  There  is  no  hope  for  him  so  long  as  he 
believes  consuming  to  be  his  fundamental  status  in  the  com- 
munity. There  is  hope  for  him  when  he  realizes  that  he  is  a 
producer.  We  are  out  to  dissipate  this  widespread  misconcep- 
tion and  to  induce  the  hand  and  brain  workers  and  the  farmers 
to  see  that  the  important  thing  to  think  about  is  how  much  they 
produce  and  how  much  they  get  out  of  what  they  produce — and 
who  gets  the  rest.  It's  a  slow  process,  but  it's  a  sure  process 
It's  the  kind  of  a  process  that  cannot  be  beaten  in  the  long  run. 
A  single  campaign  is  important  only  in  that  it  lays  the  founda- 
tion for  or  adds  new  impetus  to  the  movement.  The  foundation 
for  a  party  of  producers  is  laid  now.  The  votes  cast  for  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party  in  November  will  be  important  only  as 
they  afford  us  a  chart  for  our  immediately  future  efforts. 

Says  Mr.  Christensen,  the  candidate: 

Any  time  a  man  asks  you  to  join  a  political  party  or  to 
support  a  political  party  without  asking  you  for  your  campaign 
contribution  as  well,  call  a  cop  and  have  him  pinched.  He's 
working  for  somebody  else  than  you  and  he's  trying  to  get  you 
to  harm  yourself. 

It  is  not  significant  that  the  voters  of  the  country  have  not 
fallen  over  each  other  in  their  eagerness  to  take  Mr.  Chris- 
tensen's  tip  and  invest  in  the  Farmer-Labor  Party.  The 
voters  of  the  country  have  not  received  the  tip,  nor  will 
they,  until  Congress  sees  fit  to  adopt  the  suggestion  Mr. 
Christensen  made  to  the  Kenyon  Committee  investigating 
campaign  expenditures  in  Chicago :  that  Congress  guarantee 
all  political  parties  equal  opportunity  to  present  their  re- 

*  Colorado,   Illinois,  Indiana,  North  Dakota,   South  Dakota,   Utah,  Washington. 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


345 


spective  attitudes  on  all  issues  to  the  people  during  presi- 
dential campaigns.  The  method  suggested — and  it  is  worthy 
of  serious  consideration — is  the  purchase  by  the  Government 
of  sufficient  space  in  the  two  largest  papers  in  each  city — 
one  morning  and  one  evening — to  give  the  national  com- 
mittee of  each  party  one  column  each  day  in  which  to  pre- 
sent its  case.  Were  this  chance  afforded  all  political  parties 
the  campaign  would  probably  not  be  so  dull  and  the  outlook 
so  hopeless. 

Getting  a  party  started  will  always  be  a  gigantic  under- 
taking, especially  for  one  depending  entirely  upon  small  indi- 
vidual contributions  of  thousands  of  scattered  working  people. 
The  mere  task  of  initial  organization  of  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party  has  been  formidable,  and  it  must  be  stated  in  absolute 
frankness  that,  regarding  the  effort  in  the  light  of  im- 
mediate campaign  necessities,  the  poorest  kind  of  a  start  has 
been  made.  Whereas  a  Republican  or  Democratic  campaign 
may  be  said  to  start  two  years  before  election,  with  a 
highly-geared  and  well-organized  machinery  that  can  lite- 
rally be  set  in  motion  by  the  pressing  of  a  button,  a  large 
part  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  task,  starting  as  it  did  late 
in  July,  consisted  of  finding  out  just  who  was  for  and  who 
against  such  a  movement.  With  so  hectic  and  inevitably  so 
stormy  an  evolution,  chaos  was  for  a  time  almost  unavoid- 
able. There  is  not,  for  instance,  even  today,  a  well-recogniz- 
able national  committee,  and  many  States  actually  have  no 
national  committeemen.  There  has  not  been  a  meeting  of 
even  those  national  committeemen  who  do  exist,  since  the 
Chicago  convention.  There  is,  however,  a  sub-committee, 
on  strategy  and  operation,  that  has  been  designated  to  direct 
the  party's  effort  in  the  present  campaign.  It  might  appear 
a  bit  ridiculous  to  say  that  the  national  committee  of  a 
political  party  has  not  had  a  meeting  during  a  political 
campaign,  but  when  you  ask  you  will  discover  that  the  Re- 
publican National  Committee  and  the  Democratic  National 
Committee  have  also  delegated  their  authority  to  small 
groups  who  are  running  things.  The  Farmer-Labor  Party's 
directing  committee  is  now  formulating  plans  for  last- 
minute  action.  Needless  to  say  the  lack  of  money  and  the 
lack  of  organization  are  bound  to  show  in  the  result  in 
November.  For  instance,  just  to  get  one  circular  con- 
taining the  platform  of  the  party  and  something  about  its 
candidates  to  the  30,000,000  voters  of  the  country — obviously 
a  more  essential  undertaking  than  for  the  established 
parties,  the  principles  of  which  are  known  and  which  benefit 
moreover  by  columns  of  free  newspaper  publicity — would 
cost  at  least  $1,500,000.  And  one  circular  is  nothing !  This 
is  rather  exasperating  to  a  group  of  men  and  women  en- 
deavoring to  find  sufficient  funds  merely  to  get  the  party 
ticket  on  the  ballot  in  the  various  States.  Indeed  the  greater 
part  of  the  money  and  effort  hitherto  has  been  expended  for 
that  essential,  yet  elementary,  purpose.  For  the  present  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party  strength  depends  upon  what  it  believes 
to  be  the  soundness  of  its  doctrines,  the  increasing  drift 
toward  them  by  awakening  groups,  and  the  wide-spread 
disgust  with  the  old  parties'  avoidance  of  vital  issues  to 
register  an  emphatic  vote  of  protest,  and  to  consider  that 
vote  a  deposit  in  the  bank  of  a  new  political  structure.  No 
one  can  foretell  what  the  future  will  bring.  Certain  it  is 
that  there  is  an  intense  longing  on  the  part  of  a  majority  of 
Americans,  though  they  may  differ  among  themselves  in 
shades  of  progressiveness,  liberalism,  or,  if  you  will,  radical- 
ism, for  a  new  middle-of-the-road  party,  a  party  based  on 
action,   not   piffle,    on    constructive   effort   rather   than   on 


worn-out  shibboleths.  The  Farmer-Labor  Party  offers  this 
nucleus,  perhaps,  to  be  profoundly  altered  in  the  coming 
years,  but  at  least  raising  a  new  beacon  in  the  present  be- 
wildering twilight.  No  one  for  a  moment  expects  Mr.  Chris- 
tensen  to  be  elected.  If  he  carries  a  single  State  it  will  be  a 
triumph.  But  no  one,  be  he  ever  so  reactionary  or  blind  to 
the  trend  of  events,  could  peer,  be  it  ever  so  slightly,  be- 
neath the  surface  and  not  hear  the  rumbling  of  the  rising 
tide.  Evolutionary,  of  course,  radical,  yes — radical  as  were 
George  Washington  and  Patrick  Henry  in  their  time — and 
as  American. 


Self- Determining  Haiti 

IV.    THE  HAITIAN  PEOPLE 
By  JAMES  WELDON  JOHNSON 

THE  first  sight  of  Port-au-Prince  is  perhaps  most  star- 
tling to  the  experienced  Latin-American  traveler. 
Caribbean  cities  are  of  the  Spanish-American  type — build- 
ings square  and  squat,  built  generally  around  a  court,  with 
residences  and  business  houses  scarcely  interdistinguishable. 
Port-au-Prince  is  rather  a  city  of  the  French  or  Italian 
Riviera.  Across  the  bay  of  deepest  blue  the  purple  moun- 
tains of  Gonave  loom  against  the  Western  sky,  rivaling  the 
bay's  azure  depths.  Back  of  the  business  section,  spread- 
ing around  the  bay's  great  sweep  and  well  into  the  plain 
beyond,  rise  the  green  hills  with  their  white  residences. 
The  residential  section  spreads  over  the  slopes  and  into  the 
mountain  tiers.  High  up  are  the  homes  of  the  well-to-do, 
beautiful  villas  set  in  green  gardens  relieved  by  the  flaming 
crimson  of  the  poinsettia.  Despite  the  imposing  mountains 
a  man-made  edifice  dominates  the  scene.  From  the  center  of 
the  city  the  great  Gothic  cathedral  lifts  its  spires  above  the 
tranquil  city.  Well-paved  and  clean,  the  city  prolongs  the 
thrill  of  its  first  unfolding.  Cosmopolitan  yet  quaint,  with 
an  old-world  atmosphere  yet  a  charm  of  its  own,  one  gets 
throughout  the  feeling  of  continental  European  life.  In 
the  hotels  and  cafes  the  affairs  of  the  world  are  heard  dis- 
cussed in  several  languages.  The  cuisine  and  service  are 
not  only  excellent  but  inexpensive.  At  the  Cafe  Dereix, 
cool  and  scrupulously  clean,  dinner  from  hors  d'oeuvres  to 
glaces,  with  wine,  of  course,  recalling  the  famous  ante- 
bellum hostelries  of  New  York  and  Paris,  may  be  had  for 
six  gourdes  [$1.25]. 

A  drive  of  two  hours  around  Port-au-Prince,  through  the 
newer  section  of  brick  and  concrete  buildings,  past  the 
cathedral  erected  from  1903  to  1912,  along  the  Champ  de 
Mars  where  the  new  presidential  palace  stands,  up  into  the 
Peu  de  Choses  section  where  the  hundreds  of  beautiful  villas 
and  grounds  of  the  well-to-do  are  situated,  permanently 
dispels  any  lingering  question  that  the  Haitians  have  been 
retrograding  during  the  116  years  of  their  independence. 

In  the  lower  city,  along  the  water's  edge,  around  the 
market  and  in  the  Rue  Republicaine,  is  the  "local  color." 
The  long  rows  of  wooden  shanties,  the  curious  little  booths 
around  the  market,  filled  with  jabbering  venders  and  with 
scantily  clad  children,  magnificent  in  body,  running  in  and 
out,  are  no  less  picturesque  and  no  more  primitive,  no 
humbler,  yet  cleaner,  than  similar  quarters  in  Naples,  in 
Lisbon,  in  Marseilles,  and  more  justifiable  than  the  great 
slums   of   civilization's   centers — London    and    New   York, 


346 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


which  are  totally  without  aesthetic  redemption.  But  it  is 
only  the  modernists  in  history  who  are  willing  to  look  at 
the  masses  as  factors  in  the  life  and  development  of  the 
country,  and  in  its  history.  For  Haitian  history,  like  his- 
tory the  world  over,  has  for  the  last  century  been  that  of 
cultured  and  educated  groups.  To  know  Haitian  life  one 
must  have  the  privilege  of  being  received  as  a  guest  in  the 
houses  of  these  latter,  and  they  live  in  beautiful  houses. 
The  majority  have  been  educated  in  France;  they  are  cul- 
tured, brilliant  conversationally,  and  thoroughly  enjoy  their 
social  life.  The  women  dress  well.  Many  are  beautiful 
and  all  vivacious  and  chic.  Cultivated  people  from  any 
part  of  the  world  would  feel  at  home  in  the  best  Haitian 
society.  If  our  guest  were  to  enter  to  the  Cercle  Bellevue, 
the  leading  club  of  Port-au-Prince,  he  would  find  the 
courteous,  friendly  atmosphere  of  a  men's  club;  he  would 
hear  varying  shades  of  opinion  on  public  questions,  and 
could  scarcely  fail  to  be  impressed  by  the  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  world  affairs  possessed  by  the  intelligent  Haitian. 
Nor  would  his  encounters  be  only  with  people  who  have 
culture  and  savoir  vivre;  he  would  meet  the  Haitian  intel- 
lectuals— poets,  essayists,  novelists,  historians,  critics.  Take 
for  example  such  a  writer  as  Fernand  Hibbert.  An  English 
authority  says  of  him,  "His  essays  are  worthy  of  the  pen  of 
Anatole  France  or  Pierre  Loti."  And  there  is  Georges 
Sylvaine,  poet  and  essayist,  conferencier  at  the  Sorbonne, 
where  his  address  was  received  with  acclaim,  author  of 
books  crowned  by  the  French  Academy,  and  an  Officer  of 
the  Legion  d'Honneur.  Hibbert  and  Sylvaine  are  only  two 
among  a  dozen  or  more  contemporary  Haitian  men  of  let- 
ters whose  work  may  be  measured  by  world  standards.  Two 
names  that  stand  out  preeminently  in  Haitian  literature  are 
Oswald  Durand,  the  national  poet,  who  died  a  few  years  ago, 
and  Damocles  Vieux.  These  people,  educated,  cultured,  and 
intellectual,  are  not  accidental  and  sporadic  offshoots  of  the 
Haitian  people;  they  are  the  Haitian  people  and  they  are  a 
demonstration  of  its  inherent  potentialities. 

However,  Port-au-Prince  is  not  all  of  Haiti.  Other  cities 
are  smaller  replicas,  and  fully  as  interesting  are  the  people 
of  the  country  districts.  Perhaps  the  deepest  impression 
on  the  observant  visitor  is  made  by  the  country  women. 
Magnificent  as  they  file  along  the  country  roads  by  scores 
and  by  hundreds  on  their  way  to  the  town  markets,  with 
white  or  colored  turbaned  heads,  gold-looped-ringed  ears, 
they  stride  along  straight  and  lithe,  almost  haughtily,  carry- 
ing themselves  like  so  many  Queens  of  Sheba.  The  Haitian 
country  people  are  kind-hearted,  hospitable,  and  polite,  sel- 
dom stupid  but  rather,  quick-witted  and  imaginative.  Fond 
of  music,  with  a  profound  sense  of  beauty  and  harmony, 
they  live  simply  but  wholesomely.  Their  cabins  rarely  con- 
sist of  only  one  room,  the  humblest  having  two  or  three, 
with  a  little  shed  front  and  back,  a  front  and  rear  entrance, 
and  plenty  of  windows.  An  aesthetic  touch  is  never  lacking 
— a  flowering  hedge  or  an  arbor  with  trained  vines  bearing 
gorgeous  colored  blossoms.  There  is  no  comparison  between 
the  neat  plastered-wall,  thatched-roof  cabin  of  the  Haitian 
peasant  and  the  traditional  log  hut  of  the  South  or  the 
shanty  of  the  more  wretched  American  suburbs.  The  most 
notable  feature  about  the  Haitian  cabin  is  its  invariable 
cleanliness.  At  daylight  the  country  people  are  up  and 
about,  the  women  begin  their  sweeping  till  the  earthen  or 
pebble-paved  floor  of  the  cabin  is  clean  as  can  be.  Then  the 
yards  around  the  cabin  are  vigorously  attacked.  In  fact, 
nowhere  in  the  country  districts  of  Haiti  does  one  find  the 


filth  and  squalor  which  may  be  seen  in  any  backwoods  town 
in  our  own  South.  Cleanliness  is  a  habit  and  a  dirty 
Haitian  is  a  rare  exception.  The  garments  even  of  the  men 
who  work  on  the  wharves,  mended  and  patched  until  little 
of  the  original  cloth  is  visible,  give  evidence  of  periodical 
washing.  The  writer  recalls  a  remark  made  by  Mr.  E.  P. 
Pawley,  an  American,  who  conducts  one  of  the  largest  busi- 
ness enterprises  in  Haiti.  He  said  that  the  Haitians  were 
an  exceptionally  clean  people,  that  statistics  showed  that 
Haiti  imported  more  soap  per  capita  than  any  country  in 
the  world,  and  added,  "They  use  it,  too."  Three  of  the 
largest  soap  manufactories  in  the  United  States  maintain 
headquarters  at  Port-au-Prince. 

The  masses  of  the  Haitian  people  are  splendid  material 
for  the  building  of  a  nation.  They  are  not  lazy;  on  the 
contrary,  they  are  industrious  and  thrifty.  Some  observers 
mistakenly  confound  primitive  methods  with  indolence. 
Anyone  who  travels  Haitian  roads  is  struck  by  the  hundreds 
and  even  thousands  of  women,  boys,  and  girls  filing  along 
mile  after  mile  with  their  farm  and  garden  produce  on 
their  heads  or  loaded  on  the  backs  of  animals.  With  modern 
facilities',  they  could  market  their  produce  much  more  effi- 
ciently and  with  far  less  effort.  But  lacking  them  they  are 
willing  to  walk  and  carry.  For  a  woman  to  walk  five  to  ten 
miles  with  a  great  load  of  produce  on  her  head  which  may 
barely  realize  her  a  dollar  is  doubtless  primitive,  and  a 
wasteful  expenditure  of  energy,  but  it  is  not  a  sign  of 
laziness.  Haiti's  great  handicap  has  been  not  that  her 
masses  are  degraded  or  lazy  or  immoral.  It  is  that  they  are, 
ignorant,  due  not  so  much  to  mental  limitations  as  to  en- 
forced illiteracy.  There  is  a  specific  reason  for  this.  Some- 
how the  French  language,  in  the  French-American  colonial 
settlements  containing  a  Negro  population,  divided  itself 
into  two  branches,  French  and  Creole.  This  is  true  of 
Louisiana,  Martinique,  Guadeloupe,  and  also  of  Haiti. 
Creole  is  an  Africanized  French  and  must  not  be  thought  of 
as  a  mere  dialect.  The  French-speaking  person  cannot  un- 
derstand Creole,  excepting  a  few  words,  unless  he  learns  it. 
Creole  is  a  distinct  tongue,  a  graphic  and  very  expressive 
language.  Many  of  its  constructions  follow  closely  the 
African  idioms.  For  example,  in  forming  the  superlative  of 
greatness,  one  says  in  Creole,  "He  is  great  among  great 
men,"  and  a  merchant  woman,  following  the  native  idiom, 
will  say,  "You  do  not  wish  anything  beautiful  if  you 
do  not  buy  this."  The  upper  Haitian  class,  approximately 
500,000,  speak  and  know  French,  while  the  masses,  prob- 
ably more  than  2,000,000  speak  only  Creole.  Haitian  Creole 
is  grammatically  constructed,  but  has  not  to  any  general 
extent  been  reduced  to  writing.  Therefore,  these  masses 
have  no  means  of  receiving  or  communicating  thoughts 
through  the  written  word.  They  have  no  books  to  read. 
They  cannot  read  the  newspapers.  The  children  of  the 
masses  study  French  for  a  few  years  in  school,  but  it  never 
becomes  their  every-day  language.  In  order  to  abolish 
Haitian  illiteracy,  Creole  must  be  made  a  printed  as  well  as 
a  spoken  language.  The  failure  to  undertake  this  problem 
is  the  worst  indictment  against  the  Haitian  Government. 

This  matter  of  language  proves  a  handicap  to  Haiti  in 
another  manner.  It  isolates  her  from  her  sister  republics. 
All  of  the  Latin-American  republics  except  Brazil  speak 
Spanish  and  enjoy  an  intercourse  with  the  outside  world 
denied  Haiti.  Dramatic  and  musical  companies  from  Spain, 
from  Mexico  and  from  the  Argentine  annually  tour  all  of 
the  Spanish-speaking  republics.     Haiti  is  deprived  of  all 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


347 


such  instruction  and  entertainment  from  the  outside  world 
because  it  is  not  profitable  for  French  companies  to  visit 
the  three  or  four  French-speaking  islands  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere. 

Much  stress  has  been  laid  on  the  bloody  history  of  Haiti 
and  its  numerous  revolutions.  Haitian  history  has  been  all 
too  bloody,  but  so  has  that  of  every  other  country,  and  the 
bloodiness  of  the  Haitian  revolutions  has  of  late  been  unduly 
magnified.  A  writer  might  visit  our  own  country  and  clip 
from  our  daily  press  accounts  of  murders,  robberies  on 
the  principal  streets  of  our  larger  cities,  strike  violence, 
race  riots,  lynchings,  and  burnings  at  the  stake  of  human 
beings,  and  write  a  book  to  prove  that  life  is  absolutely 
unsafe  in  the  United  States.  The  seriousness  of  the  fre- 
quent Latin-American  revolutions  has  been  greatly  over- 
emphasized. The  writer  has  been  in  the  midst  of  three  of 
these  revolutions  and  must  confess  that  the  treatment  given 
them  on  our  comic  opera  stage  is  very  little  farther  removed 
from  the  truth  than  the  treatment  which  is  given  in  the 
daily  newspapers.  Not  nearly  so  bloody  as  reported,  their 
interference  with  people  not  in  politics  is  almost  negligible. 
Nor  should  it  be  forgotten  that  in  almost  every  instance  the 
revolution  is  due  to  the  plotting  of  foreigners  backed  up  by 
their  Governments.  No  less  an  authority  than  Mr.  John  H. 
Allen,  vice-president  of  the  National  City  Bank  of  New 
York,  writing  on  Haiti  in  the  May  number  of  The  Americas, 
the  National  City  Bank  organ,  who  says,  "It  is  no  secret 
that  the  revolutions  were  financed  by  foreigners  and  were 
profitable  speculations." 

In  this  matter  of  change  of  government  by  revolution, 
Haiti  must  not  be  compared  with  the  United  States  or  with 
England;  it  must  be  compared  with  other  Latin  American 
republics.  When  it  is  compared  with  our  next  door  neigh- 
bor, Mexico,  it  will  be  found  that  the  Government  of  Haiti 
has  been  more  stable  and  that  the  country  has  experienced 
less  bloodshed  and  anarchy.  And  it  must  never  be  forgot- 
ten that  throughout  not  an  American  or  other  foreigner  has 
been  killed,  injured  or,  as  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  even 
molested.  In  Haiti's  116  years  of  independence,  there  have 
been  twenty-five  presidents  and  twenty-five  different  ad- 
ministrations. In  Mexico,  during  its  99  years  of  indepen- 
dence, there  have  been  forty-seven  rulers  and  eighty-seven 
administrations.  "Graft"  has  been  plentiful,  shocking  at 
times,  but  who  in  America,  where  the  Tammany  machines 
and  the  municipal  rings  are  notorious,  will  dare  to  point  the 
finger  of  scorn  at  Haiti  in  this  connection. 

And  this  is  the  people  whose  "inferiority,"  whose  "retro- 
gression," whose  "savagery,"  is  advanced  as  a  justification 
for  intervention — for  the  ruthless  slaughter  of  three  thou- 
sand of  its  practically  defenseless  sons,  with  the  death  of  a 
score  of  our  own  boys,  for  the  utterly  selfish  exploitation 
of  the  country  by  American  big  finance,  for  the  destruction 
of  America's  most  precious  heritage — her  traditional  fair 
play,  her  sense  of  justice,  her  aid  to  the  oppressed.  "In- 
feriority" always  was  the  excuse  of  ruthless  imperialism 
until  the  Germans  invaded  Belgium,  when  it  became  "mili- 
tary necessity."  In  the  case  of  Haiti  there  is  not  the  slight- 
est vestige  of  any  of  the  traditional  justifications,  unwar- 
ranted as  these  generally  are,  and  no  amount  of  misrep- 
resentation in  an  era  when  propaganda  and  censorship  have 
had  their  heyday,  no  amount  of  slander,  even  in  a  country 
deeply  prejudiced  where  color  is  involved,  will  longer  serve 
to  obscure  to  the  conscience  of  America  the  eternal  shame 
of  its  last  five  years  in  Haiti.     Fiat  justitia,  mat  coelum! 


A  Note  on  Comedy 

By  LOUIS  CROCKER 

THE  pleasure  that  men  take  in  comedy  arises  from  their 
feeling  of  superiority  to  the  persons  involved  in  the 
comic  action.  The  Athenian  who  laughed  with  Aristophanes 
over  the  predicament  of  the  hungry  gods,  the  contemporary 
New  Yorker  who  laughs  over  a  comedian  blundering  into  the 
wrong  bedroom,  are  stirred  by  an  identical  emotion.  The 
difference  in  the  intellectual  character  of  the  two  inheres  in 
the  nature  of  the  stimulus  by  which  the  emotion  is  in  each 
case  aroused.  In  the  former  the  pleasure  was  conditioned 
in  a  high  and  arduous  activity  of  the  mind ;  in  the  latter  it 
arises  from  a  momentary  and  accidental  superiority  of 
situation.  High  and  low  comedy  are  dependent  in  all  ages 
upon  the  temper  of  the  auditor  whose  pleasurable  emotion 
of  superiority  must  be  awakened.  He  who  has  brought  a 
critical  attitude  of  mind  to  bear  upon  the  institutions  and 
the  ways  of  men  will  cooperate  with  the  creative  activity  of 
a  faculty  which  he  himself  possesses  and  has  exercised;  he 
to  whom  all  criticism  is  alien  can  evidently  find  no  causes  for 
superiority  within  himself  and  must  be  flattered  by  the  sight 
of  physical  mishaps  and  confusions  which,  for  the  moment, 
are  not  his  own.  Pure  comedy,  in  brief,  and  that  comedy 
of  physical  intrigue  which  is  commonly  called  farce,  cannot 
from  the  nature  of  things  differ  in  the  effect  they  strive  to 
produce.  But  they  must  adapt  their  methods  of  attaining 
this  common  end  to  the  character  of  the  spectator  whose 
emotions  they  desire  to  touch. 

It  follows  that  pure  comedy  is  rare.  Historically  we  find 
it  flourishing  in  small,  compact,  and  like-minded  groups: 
the  free  citizens  of  Athens,  the  fashionables  of  Paris  and 
London  who  applauded  Moliere  and  Congreve.  But  in  all 
three  instances  the  reign  of  pure  comedy  was  brief,  and  in 
the  latter  two  precarious  and  artificial  at  best.  With  the 
loss  of  Athenian  freedom,  intrigue  took  the  place  of  social 
and  moral  criticism;  no  later  poet  dared,  as  Aristophanes 
had  done  in  "The  Acharnians,"  to  deride  warlikeless  in  the 
midst  of  war.  In  the  New  Comedy  public  affairs  and  moral 
criticism  disappeared  from  the  Attic  stage.  In  Rome  there 
was  no  audience  for  pure  comedy.  Its  function  was  exer- 
cised by  the  satirists  alone,  precisely  as  a  larger  and  nobler 
comic  force  lives  in  the  satires  of  Dryden  than  in  the  plays 
of  Congreve.  Nor  should  it  be  forgotten  that  Moliere  him- 
self derives  from  a  tradition  of  farce  which  reaches,  through 
its  Italian  origin,  to  Latin  comedy  and  the  New  Comedy  of 
Greece,  and  that  the  greater  number  of  his  own  pieces  de- 
pends for  effectiveness  on  the  accidents  and  complications  of 
intrigue.  When  he  rose  above  this  subject  matter  and 
sought  the  true  sources  of  comic  power  and  appeal  in 
"L'Ecole  des  Femmes"  and  "Tartuffe,"  he  aroused  among  the 
uncritical  a  hatred  which  pursued  him  beyond  the  grave. 

The  modern  theater,  which  must  address  itself  primarily 
to  that  bulwark  of  things  as  they  are,  the  contented  middle 
classes,  is,  necessarily,  a  bleak  enough  place  for  the  spirit 
of  comedy.  These  audiences  will  scarcely  experience  a 
pleasurable  feeling  of  superiority  at  the  comic  exposure  of 
their  favorite  delusions.  Hence  Shaw  is  not  popular  on  the 
stage;  a  strong  comic  talent,  like  Henri  Lavedan's,  begins 
by  directing  its  arrows  at  those  grosser  vices  which  its  audi- 
ence also  abhors  and  then  sinks  into  melodrama;  isolated 
exceptions,  such  as  the  success  of  Hauptmann's  massive 


348 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


satire  of  bureaucratic  tyranny  in  "The  Beaver  Coat," 
scarcely  mitigate  the  loneliness  of  comedy  on  the  stage  of 
our  time.  The  comic  spirit  which  once  sought  refuge  in 
satire  now  seeks  it  in  the  novel — that  great,  inclusive  form 
of  art  which  can  always  find  the  single  mind  to  which  its 
speech  is  articulate. 

But  since  men  still  desire  to  laugh  in  the  theater,  there 
has  arisen  out  of  a  long  and  complicated  tradition  the  senti- 
mental comedy.  Here  the  basic  action  is  pseudo-realistic 
and  emotional.  Into  it  are  brought,  however,  odd  and  absurd 
characters  whose  function  is  the  same  as  that  of  Shakes- 
peare's Fools  in  tragedy.  They  break  the  tension  and  release 
the  pleasurable  feeling  of  superiority.  More  often,  how- 
ever, they  encroach  largely  on  the  sentimental  action,  and 
then  we  have  the  most  popular  form  of  theatrical  entertain- 
ment among  us — a  reckless  mixture  of  melodrama  and  farce. 
And  this  form  caters,  beyond  all  others,  to  its  huge  audi- 
ence's will  te  superiority.  Men  and  women  laugh  at  the 
fools  whom  they  despise,  at  the  villains  whose  discomfiture 
vindicates  their  peculiar  sense  of  social  and  moral  values; 
they  laugh  with  the  heroes  in  whom  those  values  are  em- 
bodied and  unfailingly  triumphant. 

From  such  facile  methods  pure  comedy  averts  its  face. 
It,  too,  arouses  laughter;  it,  too,  releases  the  pleasurable 
emotion  of  superiority.  But  it  demands  a  superiority  that 
is  hard  won  and  possessed  by  few.  It  is  profoundly  con- 
cerned with  the  intellect  that  has  in  very  truth  risen  above 
the  common  follies  and  group  delusions  of  mankind ;  it  seeks 
its  fellowship  among  those  who  share  its  perceptions  or  are 
prepared  to  share  them.  It  demands  not  only  moral  and 
intellectual  freedom  in  its  audience;  it  demands  a  society 
in  which  that  freedom  can  be  exercised.  It  cannot  flourish, 
as  the  central  example  of  Attic  comedy  illustrates,  except 
in  a  polity  where  art  and  speech  are  free.  And  any  one  who 
reflects  on  the  shifting  panorama  of  political  institutions 
will  realize  at  once  how  few  have  been  the  times  and  places 
in  history  in  which,  even  given  a  critically  minded  audience, 
the  comic  dramatist  could  have  spoken  to  that  audience  in  a 
public  playhouse. 

The  immediate  example  in  our  own  period  is  that  of  Ber- 
nard Shaw.  Whatever  the  ultimate  value  of  his  plays  may 
be,  he  is  to  us  the  truest  representative  of  the  comic  spirit. 
Some  of  his  plays  have,  on  occasion,  quite  frankly  been 
removed  from  the  stage  by  the  police  power;  none  are  truly 
popular  except  in  the  study.  The  bourgeois  audiences  who 
at  times  witness  their  performance  have  set  up  between 
themselves  and  Shaw  the  protective  fiction  that  he  is  a  high- 
class  clown.  Since  they  cannot,  in  self-defense,  laugh  with 
him,  they  attempt  to  laugh  at  him,  and  thus  save  their 
pleasure  and  their  reputation  for  cleverness  at  once.  True 
comedy,  in  a  word,  is  a  test  both  of  the  inner  freedom  of 
the  mind  and  of  the  outer  freedom  of  the  society  in  which 
men  live.  Its  life  has  always  been  brief  and  hazardous. 
Nor  is  it  likely  to  flourish  unless  the  liberties  of  mankind 
are  achieved  in  a  new  measure  and  with  a  new  intensity. 
For  the  great  comic  dramatist,  if  he  would  gain  the  most 
modest  success,  must  gather  in  a  single  theater  as  many 
free  minds  in  a  free  state  as  Lucian  or  Swift  or  Heine  seek 
out  and  make  their  own  in  a  whole  generation. 


In  the  Driftway 


Beginning  with  its  first  issue  in  October,  The  Nation 
will  change  its  publication  day  from  Saturday  to 
Wednesday. 


THERE  were  so  many  policemen  about  Madison  Square 
that  the  Drifter  left  his  perch  atop  the  bus  to  inquire 
why.  "Some  sort  of  Bolsheviki  meeting  in  the  Garden,"  a 
bluecoat  informed  him.  "No,  no  trouble  yet;  but  we  watch 
them  furriners."  The  Drifter  headed  forthwith  for  the 
Garden;  he  discovered  that  there  was  a  meeting  to  raise 
money  for  medical  relief  for  Soviet  Russia.  The  immense 
hall  was  packed  as  the  Drifter  had  not  seen  it  packed  for  a 
Presidential  candidate  in  a  Presidential  year.  Young  Rus- 
sians were  policing  the  aisles  and  herding  late-comers  to  the 
topmost  gallery,  but  the  Drifter  eluded  them  long  enough 
to  persuade  himself  that  the  policeman  was  right:  it  was 
a  crowd  of  furriners.  And  they  were  mostly  young,  with 
the  eager,  inquiring,  believing  faces  of  the  youth  of  New 
York's  East  Side.  Such  meetings  as  this  were  church  to 
them,  the  Drifter  meditated.  Here  they  voiced  their 
idealism  and  aspiration  and  inhaled  inspiration. 

THE  Drifter  found  himself  cornered  at  the  foot  of  the 
gallery  stairs,  when  he  recalled  a  ruse  that  had  worked 
before.  With  dignity  he  whispered  the  magic  word  "Press," 
and  was  separated  from  the  gallery  herd  and  ushered  to  the 
front.  Once  more  the  Drifter's  eye  wandered  across  the  sea 
of  foreign  faces.  Beneath  the  speakers'  stand  it  fell  upon 
an  alien  to  the  crowd,  a  gray-haired,  benevolently  fishy-eyed 
plain-clothes  man — the  lines  of  his  tobacco-chewing  face 
irresistibly  reminding  the  Drifter  of  Mr.  Harding.  Through 
all  the  delirious  waves  of  cheering  and  all  the  surly  tides 
of  boos,  that  face  remained  impassive,  the  monotonous  chew, 
chew,  chew  never  varying  for  a  second — an  unmistakably 
American  face.  The  crowd  booed  mention  of  Poland,  of 
Lloyd  George,  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor;  it 
cheered  lustily  the  name  of  Debs;  it  burst  into  tumultuous 
applause  when  Dudley  Field  Malone  called  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  "the  most  reactionary  force  in  the 
world  today."  It  was  clear  that  though  the  crowd  might 
read  newspapers,  it  thought  its  own  thoughts,  and  it  was  not 
made  up  of  men  who  mistook  Czecho-Slovakia  for  a  break- 
fast food.  But  its  real  moment  came  when  the  Soviet  Am- 
bassador, Mr.  Martens,  was  introduced.  A  little,  almost 
painfully  shy  man  stood  up,  and  smiled  like  a  bashful  school- 
girl. But  the  crowd  went  wild — not  as  furriners,  but  as  an 
American  crowd  goes  wild.  It  had  not  lived  in  America 
without  learning  something.  It  clapped;  it  stamped;  it 
cheered;  it  tore  its  newspapers  into  scraps  and  tossed  them 
into  the  air;  it  threw  its  straw  hats  roof  wards,  balcony- 
wards,  platformwards,  and  it  refused  to  be  silenced  despite 
all  the  efforts  of  the  speakers  for  twelve  long  minutes — 
until  suddenly,  from  the  middle  of  the  hall,  a  high  clear 
woman's  voice  imposed  itself  on  the  tumult,  made  itself 
heard,  resounded  in  stillness.  A  moment  later  the  thousands 
took  up  the  refrain — the  chorus  of  the  Russian  Revolu- 
tionary Anthem,  a  strangely-modulated  churchly  hymn. 
Then  silence  again,  and  Martens  began  reading  a  prepared 
speech.  Martens  had  the  gift  of  smiling,  but  the  Drifter 
found  his  English  hard  to  follow.  Besides,  the  Drifter,  be- 
ing of  the  Press,  hates  prepared  speeches.  He  went  home. 
Yes,  he  thought,  he  agreed  with  the  Madison  Square  police- 
man— them  furriners  would  bear  watching.  He  was  not 
quite  sure  why.  The  Drifter 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


349 


Correspondence 

Making  the  Ballot  Count  ? 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  I  have  just  reread  your  article  of  September  4  in  which 
you  conclude  that  "the  person  who  throws  away  his  ballot  next 
November  will  be  the  one  who  votes  for  either  Cox  or  Harding." 
Is  not  this  protest  emphatic  rather  than  effective?  I  have 
admired  your  unfailing  refusal  to  suppress  facts,  and  your  rare 
determination — often,  no  doubt,  at  great  cost  and  risk — to  give 
the  public  the  benefit  of  unbiased  reports  upon  world  happen- 
ings. I  have  rejoiced  to  see  your  influence  grow  far  beyond  the 
ordinary  test  of  advertising  value. 

More  than  that,  I  sympathize  with  the  grounds  of  your  com- 
plaint. The  pressing  need  for  answer  to  our  domestic  problems 
to  me  seems  no  more  obvious  than  does  our  unpreparedness  to 
make  that  answer.  Worse  still,  with  respect  to  the  accepted 
principles  of  representative  government  we  are  struggling  in  a 
sea  of  confusion  and  obscurity.  The  Senate  is  charged  with 
usurpation  for  daring  to  inquire  whether  a  treaty  or  a  league 
should  be  ratified.  For  prosecutions  to  guard  public  safety 
prosecutions  to  gratify  private  hate  and  to  serve  partisan  pur- 
pose have  been  substituted.  In  short  we  are  the  most  modern 
victims  of  "wilful"  aristocracy.  For  all  that  the  proceedings  of 
the  old  party  conventions  showed  little  or  no  wholesome  revul- 
sion. The  protests  were  colorless.  During  the  war  popular 
response  to  the  colors  was  fine  because  in  it  the  grave  differences 
of  opinion  were  drowned  to  serve  a  national  cause.  The  polit- 
ical response  to  the  "after  the  war"  problems  was  pathetic  be- 
cause we  sought  to  revamp  by  the  old  keynote  oratory.  The 
greatest  struggle  of  which  history  tells,  had  raised  into  promi- 
nence not  one  new  figure  to  cope  with  revolutionized  conditions. 
No  Lincoln  rose  out  of  the  conflict  to  tell  for  all  time  that  the 
national  soul  had  been  gripped,  and  to  prove  that  new  problems 
call  for  new  treatment.  No  wonder  the  attitude  of  the  public 
has  been  listless. 

But  granting  all  this,  and  as  much  more  as  you  might  add, 
what  is  the  remedy?  A  new  party  of  course,  provided  there  is 
the  ability  to  diagnose  the  essential  ailment  and  the  common 
purpose  to  apply  the  appropriate  relief.  We  had  an  abundance 
of  promise  and  threat  of  independent  movements.  Doctrines 
were  heralded,  and  names  were  bandied  about  without  leave  or 
reason.  By  the  drag-net  process  the  bearers  of  all  complaints 
were  assembled.  As  a  result  there  were,  as  it  seems,  more 
planks  than  delegates.  There  was  no  supreme  issue  to  still 
the  babel  of  voices.  We  lacked  both  the  inspiration  of  a 
supreme  cause  and  the  will  for  sacrifice  of  individual  hobbies. 
Particularly  the  issues  which  you  emphasize  were  hopelessly 
stranded  upon  the  rock  of  discord.  In  saying  that  a  vote  for 
Harding  or  Cox  is  lost,  you  must  admit  that  a  vote  for  Debs  or 
Christensen  can  not  be  saved.  How  could  the  admitted  failures 
of  independent  conventions  be  cured  by  indorsing  their  hopeless 
outcome?  You  admit  that  neither  Debs  nor  Christensen  can 
be  elected.  You  virtually  concede  that  neither  should  be  elected. 
You  appear  to  recommend  a  protest  vote  to  destroy,  not  to  con- 
struct— at  least  for  the  period  to  be  covered  by  this  election. 

You  might  have  directed  your  advice  to  congressional  elec- 
tions. Results  might  be  gained  in  particular  districts;  definite 
principles  might  there  triumph;  and  independent  groups  in  the 
legislative  body  might  score  out  of  all  proportion  to  their 
numbers.  Indeed,  indications  are  that  our  two-party  system  is 
doomed  to  travel  the  way  of  the  much  ridiculed  continental 
method,  which  allows  of  the  combination  of  different  groups  as 
varying  questions  arise. 

But  your  advice  goes  to  the  presidential  election.  This  in- 
volves one  department  represented  by  one  man  for  a  term  of 
four  years.  There  is  no  room  for  parleying  now  or  for  com- 
promise afterwards.  Only  one  man  can  be  elected,  and  he  will 
wield  greater  influence  than  any  ruler  of  the  world,  during  a 


period  fraught  with  tremendous  consequences  for  us  and  for 
civilization.  You  admit  that  this  man  will  be  either  Harding 
or  Cox.  Remembering  the  splendid  fight  that  you  made  to  save 
fundamental  principles  of  free  government  and  bearing  in  mind 
the  questions  that  without  your  aid  might  not  now  be  accepted 
as  constituting  the  supreme  issue  where,  I  respectfully  ask,  is 
your  difficulty?  The  election  of  Cox  would  necessarily  reverse 
everything  for  which  you  fought.  You  must  admit  that  Hard- 
ing's triumph  would  point  in  the  right  direction. 

You  would  have  supported  Johnson,  who  it  is  true  sympa- 
thizes with  your  domestic  reforms,  but  who  made  his  contest 
upon  the  League,  the  Treaty  and  free  speech.  You  would  have 
supported  Knox,  solely,  I  assume,  for  his  stand  upon  the  issues 
just  named.  Harding  has  the  support  of  both  of  them  as  he 
has  of  every  Republican  Senator  whom  you  urged  to  fight  and 
whose  courage  during  the  last  two  years  gave  you  hope  for 
our  Republic.  To  my  mind  the  nomination  of  Moses  in  New 
Hampshire,  Brandegee  in  Connecticut,  and  Lenroot  in  Wisconsin 
constitutes  a  more  effective  protest  than  a  hopeless  popular  vote 
of  protest  as  you  recommend.  Neither  can  I  see  virtue  in  even 
so  much  as  a  discouraging  attitude  towards  men  who  have  made 
so  splendid  a  fight.  Both  good  morals  and  sound  policy  would 
seem  to  dictate  aggressive  support  for  them  and  for  their  cause. 
How  else  can  the  faith  of  men  be  preserved? 

Apart  from  all  this  the  essential  issues  are  at  least  presented 
by  the  platforms  of  the  two  parties.  What  is  lacking  the  can- 
didates have  supplied.  Harding's  votes  in  the  Senate  were 
given  for  the  extreme  reservations.  Since  the  convention  his 
utterances  make  it  clear  that  as  President  he  would  absolutely 
protect  us  against  the  iniquities  of  both  League  and  Treaty,  and 
also  against  the  abuses  of  a  one-man  government.  It  is  clear 
that  his  demand  for  a  return  to  representative  government  is 
far  more  than  a  campaign  utterance.  He  is  open-minded,  and 
without  malice.  He  has  never  fanned  the  flame  of  race  hatred, 
he  is  a  typical  American,  glad  to  listen,  perhaps  slow  to  decide, 
but  sure  to  stand.  If  I  had  no  other  reason  I  would  support 
him  as  an  irreconcilable  enemy  of  autocracy.  After  all  that  is 
the  foundation  issue  everywhere.  Before  going  into  action  we 
must  clear  the  decks — if  you  please,  begin  all  over  again.  "Oust 
the  dynasty,"  is  the  watchword  of  the  day.  Let  us  do  at  home, 
what  we  have  helped  do  elsewhere. 

Charles  Nagel 

Manchester,  Massachusetts,  September  11 


"If  Thine  Enemy  Hunger — " 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Germany  is  cleaning  house — slowly  but  surely.  That 
applies  to  her  physical,  mental,  and  political  conditions,  and  it 
is  my  opinion  that  she  will  have  her  house  in  order  when  other 
nations  of  the  world  are  only  beginning  to  realize  that  such  a 
process  is  also  necessary  for  them.  There  is  still  great  suffer- 
ing, but  it  is  borne  with  resignation  and  a  solemn  determination 
to  overcome  the  difficulties  to  be  surmounted.  Extreme  radical- 
ism is  becoming  confined  to  smaller  numbers,  and  will  become 
unimportant  and  less  dangerous  with  the  betterment  of  condi- 
tion in  food,  clothing,  and  coal. 

There  is  still  considerable  pessimism  regarding  the  spread  of 
bolshevism.  This  dragon  of  fear  may  be  brought  down,  and  I 
think  it  will,  by  the  dominance  of  common  sense  among  the 
German  people;  but  there  is  one  absolutely  sure  way  of  avoid- 
ing this  danger  to  Germany  and  the  world.  I  say  the  world,  for 
if  bolshevism  is  allowed  to  get  her  grip  on  Germany  all  Europe 
will  automatically  go  the  same  way;  and  who  will  predict  how 
short  or  how  long  a  time  it  will  take  to  travel  across  the  ocean 
— as  travel  it  will  if  it  is  not  confined  to  its  present  limits. 
This  spread  of  bolshevism  would  mean  a  set-back  to  civilization 
of  at  least  a  century.  But  the  one  absolutely  sure  way  of  avoid- 
ing this  calamity  is  for  the  former  Allied  and  neutral  nations  of 


350 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


the  world  to  get  together  and  furnish  foodstuffs,  clothing,  and 
raw  materials  for  the  rehabilitation  of  German  industries. 

When,  not  long  ago,  an  American  newspaper  offered  a  prize 
to  the  married  woman  who  would  in  the  fewest  words  indicate 
the  surest  way  to  make  a  husband  happy  one  woman  wrote 
"Feed  the  Beast,"  and  she  got  the  prize. 

This  maxim  cannot  be  supposed  to  apply  to  an  American  hus- 
band alone.  It  applies  to  all  men.  The  political  solidarity — 
perhaps  existence — of  Germany  will  depend  upon  its  stomach. 
Next  winter  will  be  the  critical  period  of  its  history — and  there- 
with the  history  of  the  world.  If  the  nations  of  the  world  should 
fail  through  their  blinded  and  prejudiced  eyes  to  see  and  grasp 
the  importance  of  the  necessity  for  restoring  healthful  and  pros- 
perous conditions  to  the  great  industries  which  for  decades 
proved  to  be  the  heart-strings  of  the  economic  world,  why  should 
not  America  alone  undertake  to  reap  the  credit  and  the  benefits 
of  maintaining  the  world's  equilibrium? 

Why  should  it  not  be  America  that  with  its  overpowering 
sense  of  adherence  to  the  square  deal  should  proceed  to  help  a 
stricken  people  to  reclaim  itself?  Germany  relies  upon  American 
help  to  rebuild  herself.  As  one  of  the  present  government 
leaders  said  to  me  not  long  ago,  "We  stand  or  fall  with  American 
fat." 

I  write  you  these  opinions  because  I  have  just  returned  from 
a  considerable  stay  in  Germany. 

New  York,  September  12  Ludwig  Nissen 


Another  Candidate 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  The  editorial  in  your  issue  of  September  4  urging  voters 
"to  roll  up  a  big  popular  vote  against  the  old  parties  and  in 
favor  of  a  radical  movement"  and  declaring  that  "the  Socialist 
Party  and  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  are  the  only  ones  for  which 
it  is  in  the  least  worth  while  to  vote,"  ignores  the  most  thor- 
oughly radical  movement  of  all  those  on  foot. 

Single  Taxers  only  recently  awoke  to  the  fact  that  parlor 
discussions  and  the  passing  around  of  "Progress  and  Poverty" 
constituted  a  very  slow  method  of  spreading  the  truths  of  a 
great  vital  issue,  but  when  they  at  last  got  busy  and  formed  a 
national  party  they  polled  more  votes  at  their  first  election 
than  did  the  Socialists  at  their  first  election.  Unlike  many  of 
the  Socialist  groups,  the  Single  Taxers  propose  to  bring  relief 
from  present  conditions  without  violence  and  without  a  great 
social  upheaval.  Moreover,  we  do  not  confine  our  efforts  to 
the  benefiting  of  ore  or  two  classes,  but,  while  our  economic 
adjustment  would  be  gradual,  all  classes  to  whom  the  problem 
of  living  has  become  more  and  more  difficult,  year  after  year, 
would  from  the  start  experience  some  relief,  and  without  de- 
spoiling the  capitalist  he  would  automatically  be  transformed 
into  the  friendly  cooperator  he  was  intended  to  be. 

So  do,  please,  add  the  name  of  Mr.  Macauley  to  your  list  of 
those  worthy  of  attracting  votes  from  Cox  and  Harding. 

Westfield,  New  Jersey,  September  15  C.  P.  B. 

[Our  correspondent's  point  is  well  taken.  We  should  not  have 
forgotten  Mr.  Macauley's  name. — Editor  The  Nation.] 


Anti-Commotion 

To  the  Editor  op  The  Nation: 

Sir:  I  give  you  my  hearty  thanks  and  congratulations  for 
your  editorial  No  More  Race  Discrimination  of  August  7.  I 
regard  the  eighty-seven  thousand  of  Japanese  descent  as  an 
asset  to  the  State  and  nation  as  really  as  are  the  others.  I 
regard  all  of  this  anti-Japanese  commotion  as  inevitably  hostile 
to  world  peace  and  am  delighted  to  see  The  Nation  standing 
squarely  on  the  right  side. 

Claremont,  California,  August  20  Henry  P.  Perkins 


Books 

Eternal  Africa 

Africa  and  the  Discovery  of  America.  Volume  I.  By  Leo 
Wiener.     Innes  &  Sons. 

The  Republic  of  Liberia.  By  R.  C.  F.  Maughan.  Charles  Scrib- 
ner's  Sons. 

La  France  au  Maroc.  By  Berthe  Georges-Gaulis.  Paris :  Librai- 
rie  Armand  Colin. 

The  Belgian  Congo  and  the  Berlin  Act.  By  Arthur  Berriedale 
Keith.     Oxford:    The  Clarendon  Press. 

The  Black  Man's  Burden.  By  E.  D.  Morel.  London:  The  Na- 
tional Labour  Press. 

Empire  and  Commerce  in  Africa.  By  Leonard  Woolf.  London: 
The  Labour  Research  Department. 

Agadir.    Joseph  Caillaux.    Paris:   Albin  Michel. 

HERE  are  seven  books  representing  five  interesting  points 
of  view,  but  all  of  them  about  Africa.  First,  a  scientific 
student  of  languages  connects  Africa  in  new  ways  with  the 
discovery  of  America;  then  two  officials,  English  and  French, 
write  in  studied  praise  of  the  work  of  Europe  in  Africa,  past, 
present,  and  future;  an  orthodox  historian  sets  down  in  careful 
and  unemotional  phrase  the  legal  relation  of  Europe  to  the 
heart  of  the  dark  continent.  Then  comes  revolt.  Two  reformers 
writing,  one  from  the  political  and  the  other  from  the  economic 
point  of  view,  say  plain  and  biting  words  concerning  the  rela- 
tions of  black  and  white  in  this  ancient  continent;  and  finally, 
as  commentary  upon  all  of  this,  a  prime  minister  of  France, 
recently  tried  for  treason,  tells  of  the  meaning  of  Agadir. 

No  age  of  the  world,  ancient  or  modern,  has  been  able  to 
escape  Africa.  We  may,  according  to  our  birthplace  or  color 
or  lineage,  bewail  this  or  feel  a  secret  uplift  because  of  it;  but 
it  is,  in  either  case,  true  that  from  the  beginning  of  human 
civilization,  on  the  Nile  and  Euphrates,  around  the  shores  of 
the  Mediterranean,  in  central  and  in  northern  Europe  and  in 
America,  continually,  each  century,  at  one  time  or  another, 
centers  world  interest  in  this  old  and  mighty  continent.  And 
so  again  today  Africa  steps  forward  in  the  thought  of  men. 

Professor  Wiener  shows  us  the  amazing  interaction  of  Africa, 
America,  and  Europe  in  the  early  days  of  the  slave  trade.  The 
layman  cannot  judge  of  the  exact  weight  of  the  mass  of  ma- 
terial adduced  because  the  extraordinary  author  is  master  of 
more  languages  than  most  people  have  heard  of,  much  less  know. 
His  book  indicates  the  widest  scholarship.  The  conclusions  of 
Mr.  Wiener  are  striking:  "When  I  began  my  scrutiny,  I  was 
firmly  convinced,  as  is  the  universal  belief,  that  tobacco,  manioc, 
yams,  sweet  potatoes,  and  peanuts  were  blessings  bestowed  upon 
the  world  by  the  Indians.  A  cursory  study  excluded  the  yams 
and  the  manioc.  Soon  the  peanuts  followed  in  their  wake.  Next 
came  the  sweet  potatoes,  and  at  last  the  tobacco.  It  turned  out 
that  American  archaeology  was  to  a  great  extent  built  on 
sand.  But  the  most  painful  discovery  was  in  the  line  of  Indian 
religion.  Here  everything  turned  out  to  be  topsy-turvy.  In 
this  first  volume  I  show  that  the  Negroes  have  had  a  far  greater 
influence  upon  American  civilization  than  has  heretofore  been 
suspected." 

The  average  layman  assumes  that  the  horrors  of  the  slave 
trade  and  slavery  have  passed  and  that  today  we  have  a  pacific 
economic  and  benevolent  invasion  of  Africa  from  Europe  for 
the  purpose  of  its  ultimate  civilization.  This  is  the  uncritical 
attitude  of  Mr.  Maughan,  British  consul-general  at  Monrovia. 
His  study  of  Liberia  tries  on  the  one  hand  to  say  pleasant 
things  concerning  Liberia,  and  on  the  other  hand  to  show  British 
merchants  that  now  and  here  is  their  chance  to  exploit  a  rich 
land.  The  unspoken  assumption  is  that  what  is  for  the  good 
of  the  British  merchant  is  for  the  good  of  Liberia.  He  sees 
the  possibilities  of  Liberia  and  rightly  complains  that  "for  some 
curious  reason,  which  I  must  confess  has  hitherto  completely 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


351 


baffled  me,  it  has  usually  been  customary  to  write  of  Liberia 
and  the  Liberians  in  a  tone  of  gentle  melancholy;  to  descant 
upon  the  country  and  the  people  to  whom  it  belongs  as  with  a 
pen  dipped  in  sighs,  and  generally  to  regard  them  with  the 
despondent  air  of  the  good  old  Scots  mission  doctor,  who  was 
wont  to  raise  the  spirits  of  his  convalescent  patients  by  remind- 
ing them  of  'hoo  often  they  went  off  i'  the  relapse,  ye  ken.' " 
Elsewhere  in  the  book  it  appears  that  Mr.  Maughan's  encourage- 
ment with  regard  to  Liberia  is  due  to  his  knowledge  of  what 
Liberia  may  mean  as  a  possession  to  British  wealth.  He  cannot, 
for  instance,  "conceive  any  situation  more  unfortunate  than  that 
of  a  country  where  the  education  of  the  masses  has  been  over- 
done," and  consequently  thinks  that  "it  would  seem  highly  un- 
desirable that  immigration  from  the  United  States  to  Liberia 
[should],  for  the  present  at  any  rate,  assume  larger  propor- 
tions than  it  has  done  for  many  years  past." 

Mme.  Georges-Gaulis  goes  a  step  further.  Her  work  is  a  paean 
of  praise  of  the  French  general  who  has  just  been  admitted  to 
the  French  Immortals  and  whose  latest  achievement  has  been 
the  "pacification"  of  Morocco.  Of  this  work  the  author  is 
enthusiastic  and  says:  "General  Lyautey's  work  will  remain. 
The  attitude  which  he  adopted  on  the  front  of  the  field  of 
action  and  which  he  persists  in  even  today  has  caused  his  name 
to  be  inscribed  on  history's  pages.  The  reconstruction  of  Mo- 
rocco has  been  effected;  it  has  already  become  the  model  for 
our  Allies  to  follow."  "  'I  believe  in  action,'  said  the  general 
one  day  to  an  astonished  Frenchman  who  had  just  come  to 
Morocco."  And  so  forth,  for  a  couple  of  hundred  pages  with 
only  this  ray  of  light.  "  'Pacification  and  not  conquest'  is  his 
motto,  and  he  repeats  this  constantly  just  as  he  reiterates  that 
there  are  no  inferior  races." 

Professor  Keith,  formerly  of  the  British  Colonial  Office  and 
now  at  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  writes  of  the  international 
character  of  the  Belgian  Congo.  This  is  the  work  of  an  ortho- 
dox British  imperialist  who,  without  imagination  or  any  great 
degree  of  sympathy  with  the  natives,  writes  a  book  which 
contains  a  very  short  sketch  of  the  Congo,  followed  by  three 
chapters  en  the  inception  of  the  Congo  Free  State,  four  more 
on  the  work  of  the  State,  and  two  on  its  well-known  failure. 
The  remaining  nine  chapters  have  to  do  with  the  reorganization 
of  the  Congo  Free  State  as  a  Belgian  colony,  with  a  study  of 
the  new  laws  and  arrangements,  and  an  examination  of  the 
relation  of  the  Congo  Free  State  to  the  Peace  settlement. 
With  most  students  of  the  war,  Mr.  Keith  recognizes  the  close 
connection  of  Africa  with  that  great  catastrophe.  "Whatever 
be  the  final  verdict  of  history  on  the  part  played  by  the  question 
of  colonial  expansion  among  the  causes  of  the  European  War, 
two  features  have  emerged  in  the  course  of  the  conflict  which 
render  the  problem  of  the  future  of  Central  Africa  of  vital 
importance  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  its  allies." 

While  Mr.  Keith  acknowledges  that  all  nations  have  sinned 
in  their  treatment  of  the  African  races  he  thinks  that  the 
crimes  of  Germany  are  the  greatest,  but,  chiefly,  apparently, 
because  of  her  determination  to  have  African  colonies  at  the 
expense  of  England  and  France.  "The  demand  is  made  that 
not  only  shall  the  former  territories  be  restored,  but  that  they 
shall  be  increased  at  the  expense  of  France,  Portugal,  and  Bel- 
gium so  that  all  Central  Africa  from  sea  to  sea  shall  be  in  the 
hands  of  Germany,  which  then  by  means  of  submarine  bases 
on  either  coast  will  effectively  menace  the  ocean  trade  of  the 
Allies.  The  demand  for  so  large  accessions  of  territory,  though 
justified  also  on  commercial  grounds,  rests  essentially  on  the 
second  factor  which  has  emerged  in  the  course  of  the  war,  the 
realization  of  the  military  potentialities  in  the  training  under 
modern  conditions  of  the  natives  of  Africa." 

The  study  of  the  Congo  Free  State  brings  clearly  forward 
the  restless  personal  ambition  of  Leopold  and  the  extraordinary 
power  which  he  snatched  from  under  the  nose  of  the  civilized 
world  and  wielded  in  Central  Africa.  The  Congo  Free  State 
was  never  international,  but  was  in  fact  a  private  project  of 
the  King  of  Belgium,  for  which  he  secured  the  recognition  of 


the  civilized  world.  That  this  was  possible  is  extraordinary, 
but  it  came  through  the  rivalries  of  France,  Germany,  and 
England.  England  could  not  interfere  if  she  kept  her  hold  on 
Egypt,  while  both  France  and  Germany  expected  to  inherit 
whatever  Belgium  secured.  Could  it  not  be  said  that  the  World 
War  resulted  from  the  attempt  to  cash  the  blank  check  which 
Leopold  handed  Bismarck  in  return  for  German  recognition  of 
the  Congo  Free  State?  "This  left  Leopold  absolute  monarch 
of  900,000  square  miles  of  territory  with  twenty  or  thirty 
millions  of  people,  unrestrained  by  any  legislation  or  any  ef- 
fective legal  requirement." 

Here  we  begin  to  get  an  insight  into  the  depths  of  degrada- 
tion to  which  modern  civilization  has  led  the  world  in  its  rela- 
tion to  Africa,  but  it  takes  plain  speaking  like  that  of  E.  D. 
Morel  to  expose  the  real  atrocities.  Mr.  Morel's  book  is  in  part 
historical  and  in  part  a  setting  forth  of  selected  stories  of  white 
atrocities  all  over  Africa.  He  says:  "The  narrow,  irregular 
streets  of  a  Moorish  town,  into  which  shells  from  warships 
riding  on  the  sparkling  blue  waters  of  the  western  Atlantic 
are  falling  in  an  incessant  and  murderous  hail,  smashing  the 
white-walled,  flat-roofed  houses  and  splashing  them  all  over 
with  the  blood  of  the  white-clad  inhabitants  who  sprawl  in- 
mangled  heaps  at  the  doors  of  their  homes — between  such  a 
scene  as  this  and  the  pitted,  scarred  battlefields  of  Europe  to- 
day with  the  blasted  stumps  which  once  were  trees,  and  the 
piles  of  masonry  and  timber  which  once  were  towns  and  villages, 
there  appears  at  first  thought  no  connecting  link  of  circum- 
stance. Yet  it  was  the  violence  done  to  Casablanca  which  fur- 
nished the  first  direct  incentive  to  that  'era  of  ambitions,  cove- 
tousness  and  conflicts  in  Europe,'  whose  fruits  the  people  of 
Europe  have  been  reaping  for  the  past  five  years. 

"Africa  has  always  repaid  her  exploiters." 

Morel  himself  is  no  particular  lover  of  Africans.  He  has 
traveled  in  Africa,  has  written  seven  or  eight  books  on  aspects 
of  the  African  problems,  and  particularly  was  one  of  those  who 
exposed  Belgian  misrule  in  the  Congo.  During  the  war,  how- 
ever, his  liberalism  was  interpreted  as  sympathy  for  Germany, 
and  since  the  Belgian  expose  was  due  to  him  and  the  unfortu- 
nate Sir  Roger  Casement,  his  sympathy  for  Africa  has  been 
interpreted  as  part  of  a  pro-German  "plot."  In  truth,  his  atti- 
tude toward  the  black  men  is  that  of  the  liberal  Englishman: 
that  is  to  say,  he  is  opposed  to  the  past  atrocities  and  wants 
Africa  helped  in  every  benevolent  and  philanthropic  way.  He 
has,  however,  no  conception  of  a  self-governing,  independent 
black  Africa.  Indeed,  he  suspects  and  rather  dislikes  the  edu- 
cated African  and  certainly  has  no  faith  in  his  independent 
future.  His  attitude  is  best  summed  up  in  this  word  from  his 
introduction.  His  book  "seeks  to  lay  down  the  fundamental 
principles  of  a  humane  and  practical  policy  in  the  government 
of  Africa  by  white  men. 

"We  stand  on  the  threshold  of  a  new  era.  The  moment  is 
propitious  for  the  birth  of  an  international  conscience  in  regard 
to  Africa.  Great  social  changes  are  in  process  of  a  development 
among  the  white  peoples  of  the  earth.  The  seat  of  power  is 
shifting  from  the  propertied  classes  to  the  producing  masses. 
The  latter  will  find  themselves  invested  before  long  with  execu- 
tive duties  in  many  spheres  of  government,  with  whose  prob- 
lems they  are  not  familiar;  among  them  the  administration  of 
dark-skinned  peoples." 

Mr.  Morel,  however,  is  frank  in  recognizing  the  terrific  bur- 
den of  the  black  man — "the  man  of  sorrows  of  the  human  fam- 
ily"— and  says  that  the  problem  of  the  native  races  today 
"centers  henceforth  upon  the  black  man,  as  the  African  is 
called,  although  few  Africans  are  wholly  black."  He  says  that 
the  real  crisis  in  the  black  man's  existence  comes  today  and  that 
industrial  exploitation  if  carried  out  ruthlessly  may  do  what 
slavery,  the  slave  trade,  and  the  political  domination  of  Africa 
has  hitherto  failed  to  do — exterminate  the  race. 

"A  subsidiary  purpose  of  the  volume  is  to  impress  the  reader 
with  the  remarkable  manner  in  which  the  political  history  of 
Europe  during  the  past  half  century  has  been  affected  by  the 


352 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


reflex  action  upon  European  affairs  of  the  proceedings  of  Euro- 
pean governments  in  Africa.  Those  to  whom  history  appeals 
as  a  long  chain  of  inter-connected  links,  who  believe  that  wrong- 
doing by  men  and  nations  brings  its  inevitable  aftermath,  and 
that  human  records  are  stamped  all  over  with  the  proofs  of  it, 
may  be  forgiven,  perhaps,  if  they  are  tempted  to  see  in  the  deso- 
lation and  misery  into  which  Europe  is  plunged  the  Nemesis 
of  Europe's  actions  in  Africa." 

Mr.  Leonard  Woolf  is,  if  possible,  even  more  outspoken.  He 
has  perhaps  the  advantage  of  a  more  detached  scientific  atti- 
tude than  Mr.  Morel  in  that  he  clearly  sees  the  economic  motives 
of  Europe.  He  says  that  just  as  long  as  the  modern  white 
world  is  organized  for  individual  profit  just  so  long  it  is  going 
to  bring  suffering  and  destruction  upon  the  peoples  of  the 
earth.  "Europe  in  the  last  century  gained  control  over  its 
physical  environment  with  a  rapidity  and  to  a  degree  never 
attained  before  in  any  place  or  age.  To  dominate  the  earth,  to 
ride  the  winds,  and  to  harness  fire  and  water  are  great  and 
valuable  achievements,  but  their  greatness  and  value  also  de- 
pend upon  whether  the  world's  passions  and  beliefs  are  har- 
nessed and  under  control.  Some  people  seem  to  think  that  a 
maniac  with  a  modern  revolver  in  his  hand  is  a  nobler  spec- 
tacle than  a  maniac  with  bow  and  arrow  from  the  Stone  Age. 
Perhaps  he  is,  but  at  least  it  cannot  be  denied  that  he  is  infi- 
nitely more  dangerous.  So,  too,  the  uncontrolled  passions  of 
fifty  million  men  and  women  armed  with  twelve-inch  guns  and 
aeroplanes  may  be  a  finer  thing  to  contemplate  than  the  blind 
instincts  of  five  thousand  savages  armed  with  tomahawks,  but 
national  passions  firing  off  twelve-inch  guns  are  more  dangerous 
to  humanity  than  tribal  instinct  directing  a  tomahawk.  It  is 
only  because  from  our  schooldays  history  is  represented  falsely 
to  us  as  the  logic  of  events  rather  than  the  logic  of  men's  be- 
liefs and  desires  that  we  are  not  driven  by  fear,  if  by  nothing 
else,  to  consider  continually  the  possible  results  of  national 
and  communal  beliefs  and  desires." 

Mr.  Woolf  goes  on  to  show  that  "between  1880  and  1914  the 
states  of  Britain,  France,  and  Germany  each  acquired  an  im- 
mense colonial  empire  outside  Europe.  These  empires  were 
empires  in  the  literal  sense  of  the  word:  they  were  founded  by 
conquest,  sometimes  openly  acknowledged,  and  sometimes  dis- 
guised under  various  synonyms  for  civilization.  The  territories 
acquired  were  incorporated,  usually  against  the  wishes  of  their 
inhabitants,  in  the  European  state  and  the  inhabitants  were 
subjected  to  the  autocratic  rule  of  the  European  state.  The 
territory  acquired  by  the  British  state  in  this  way  was  about 
SVi  million  square  miles,  and  the  population  subjected  to  its 
rule  was  about  46  million.  The  French  state  acquired  4  million 
square  miles,  and  a  population  of  over  50  million;  the  German 
state  1  million  square  miles,  and  a  population  of  15  million." 

He  strikes  the  keynote  of  all  "Negro  problems"  when  he  says 
that  "if  the  relations  of  Europe  to  Africa  are  to  change,  the 
beliefs  and  desires  of  Europeans  in  Africa  and  with  regard  to 
Africans  must  change.  Hence  when  this  class  of  thinker  or 
reformer  makes  concrete  proposals,  they  take  the  form,  not  of 
a  change  from  imperialism  to  internationalism,  but  of  a 
change  in  the  social  and  economic  relations  between  the  African 
and  the  European.  The  'native'  is  no  longer  to  be  regarded  as 
the  'live  stock'  on  Europe's  African  estate,  as  the  market  for  the 
shoddy  of  our  factories  and  our  cheap  gin,  or  as  the  'cheap 
labor'  by  means  of  which  the  concessionnaire  may  supply  Europe 
with  rubber  and  ivory  and  himself  with  a  fortune,  but  as  a 
human  being  with  a  right  to  his  own  land  and  his  own  life,  with 
a  right  even  to  be  educated  and  to  determine  his  own  destiny, 
to  be  considered,  in  that  fantastic  scheme  of  human  government 
which  men  have  woven  over  the  world,  an  end  in  himself  rather 
than  an  instrument  to  other  people's  ends." 

From  this  climax  of  arraignment  of  modern  commercial  em- 
pire we  may  turn  by  way  of  startling  contrast  to  the  com- 
placent "apologia  pro  vita  sua"  by  a  man  who  is  discredited  in 
many  respects  but  who  knows  his  France  and  Europe  well 
enough  to  adduce  the  theft  of  Morocco  as  an  excuse  for  his  for- 


eign policy.  In  Joseph  Caillaux's  account  of  his  foreign  policies 
we  get  a  rather  illuminating  even  if  ghastly  glimpse  of  the  way 
in  which  the  peoples  of  the  world  have  been  the  pawns  of  poli- 
tics. The  book  surveys  France's  experience  in  her  foreign 
affairs  from  1877  to  1911.  It  proves  beyond  any  doubt  (albeit 
inadvertently)  that  the  distribution  of  Africa  has  been  the  root 
of  nearly  all  the  various  political  controversies  which  have  upset 
France,  Germany,  England,  and  Russia  for  the  last  forty  years. 
Africa  was  "the  roots  of  the  war." 

Here  we  are  introduced  to  the  very  penetralia  of  high  politics. 
France  finds  her  interests  in  Morocco  blocked  by  England.  She 
therefore  becomes  willing  to  withdraw  from  Egypt  in  favor  of 
Great  Britain.  Germany  becomes  incensed  but  signs  with  the 
rest  a  treaty  at  Algeciras,  which  neither  France  nor  England 
have  any  purpose  to  keep,  but  it  forms  "a  good  working  basis." 
The  purpose  of  France  to  seize  Morocco  with  the  consent  of 
Great  Britain  leads  to  the  appearance  of  the  German  warship 
at  Agadir.  Thereupon  a  "showdown"  is  demanded.  Germany, 
finding  that  immediate  war  is  impossible  on  account  of  her 
banking  situation,  consents  to  receive  an  additional  slice  of 
Central  Africa  while  France  takes  Morocco.  Everything  is  set- 
tled except  the  World  War,  but  Caillaux  in  its  great  lambent 
light  congratulates  himself:  he  put  it  off  three  years! 

Here  we  are  back  where  we  started.  A  continent  with  hun- 
dreds of  millions  of  human  beings  has  been  made  the  football 
of  the  nations  until  the  nations  have  suffered  because  of  it  the 
greatest  revolution  humanity  has  ever  known.  Whether  this 
will  teach  us  anything  time  only  can  tell. 

W.   E.   BURGHARDT   D*  BOIS 


Short  Story  Art  and  Artifice 

Youth  and  the  Bright  Medusa.     By  Willa  Cather.     Alfred  A. 

Knopf. 
The  Surprises  of  Life.    By  Georges  Clemenceau.    Translated  by 

Grace  Hall.    Doubleday,  Page  and  Company. 
Jewish  Children.   By  "Shalom  Aleichem."   From  th«  Yiddish  by 

Hannah  Berman.  Alfred  A.  Knopf. 
]\/f  ISS  WILLA  CATHER  has  worked  at  herself  and  her  art. 
■*■  *■  Today  the  product  is  finished  and  represents  the  triumph 
of  mind  over  Nebraska.  This  is  no  jest.  Consider  even  the 
sounder  of  our  writers  from  the  "great  valley"  and  beyond — 
William  Allen  White,  Vachel  Lindsey.  How  gifted  they  are  and 
how  incurably  provincial.  Miss  Cather  started  out,  fortunately, 
not  only  with  a  burning  sense  of  beauty,  but  with  a  really  honest 
mind.  She  settled  in  Greenwich  village  and  was  able  to  separate 
its  wheat  from  its  tares.  Her  vision  has  come  to  be  of  an 
intense  and  naked  clearness  and  she  herself  one  of  our  few 
thoroughly  serious  artists. 

The  form  no  less  than  the  substance  of  these  stories  bears 
witness  to  a  fine  self-discipline.  It  has  neither  the  French  nor 
the  contemporary  American  short-story  mechanism.  The  fable 
is  driven  neither  toward  a  sting  nor  toward  a  burst  of  rose- 
color.  The  structural  line  is  long  and  firm;  it  is  never  broken 
by  a  moral  timidity  in  the  guiding  hand.  As  a  result  the  stories 
have  the"  radiance  of  perfect  cleanliness,  like  the  radiance  of 
burnished  glass.  The  style  has  not  yet  been  burned  quite  clean. 
There  are  still  patches  of  magazine  English — unvisualized 
similes,  pulpy  adjectives.  But  Miss  Cather  knows  exactly  the 
effect  she  is  after,  spare  yet  imaginative,  sensuous  yet  cool. 
And  at  times,  as  in  the  young  painter's  vision  through  the  magic 
knot-hole  in  his  wall,  she  achieves  it  completely. 

The  theme  of  her  stories  is  the  life  of  art,  specifically  of 
music.  Or,  rather,  it  is  the  life  of  art  as  contrast,  criticism, 
symbol,  refuge,  as  the  one  imaginable  escape  for  an  American 
from  ugliness  to  beauty,  from  bondage  to  freedom.  Among  the 
earlier  stories  here  gathered  Paul's  Escape  strikes  a  key-note  of 
the  artistic  soul's  escape  from  Pittsburg  into  a  brief  light  and 
then  into  death,  since  death  is  a  nobler  consummation  than  such 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


353 


a  murder  of  a  soul  by  a  Nebraska  village  as  is  described  in 
A  Wagner  Matinee.  In  the  later  stories  the  protagonists  have 
made  their  escape :  fully  and  magnificently  and  with  a  fine  pagan 
flourish  and  melancholy,  too,  in  Coming,  Aphrodite;  partially  in 
The  Diamond  Mine,  since  Columbus  does  break  down  and  cor- 
rupt the  life  of  Cressida  Garnet  in  the  end;  with  a  touch  of 
conscious  defiance  through  which  the  chain  still  clanks  a  little 
in  A  Gold  Slipper,  with  its  superb  embodiment  of  the  adversary, 
the  Philistine,  the  righteous  man  in  the  beefy  soul  and  furtive 
dreams  and  final  poverty  of  Marshal  McKann.  The  debate  be- 
tween him  and  Kitty  Ayrshire  in  the  Pullman  car  is  a  tri- 
umphant statement  of  the  book's  central  thought — an  American 
debate  between  the  body  and  the  soul,  in  which  the  soul  is  not  yet 
wholly  liberated  but  still  feels  as  though  heavy  earth  were 
strewn  upon  its  wings.  Thus  Miss  Cather's  book  is  more  than 
a  random  collection  of  excellent  tales.  It  constitutes  as  a  whole 
one  of  the  truest  as  well  as,  in  a  sober  and  earnest  sense,  one  of 
the  most  poetical  interpretations  of  American  life  that  we 
possess. 

The  stories  of  M.  Clemenceau  are  quite  perfect.  Only  one  has 
the  distinct  feeling  that  one  has  read  them  all  before,  not  once 
but  many  times.  With  sure,  rapid,  effective  strokes  he  sketches 
a  landscape,  a  situation,  a  character.  An  illustrative  anecdote 
is  next  told  in  the  manner  of  an  admirable  but  very  calculating 
raconteur,  and  this  anecdote  culminates  in  a  bitter,  disillusioned 
little  point.  The  anecdotes  deal  mainly  with  the  life  of  the 
French  provinces — with  peasants  and  cures  and  country-doctors. 
And  here  M.  Clemenceau  was,  of  course,  on  his  own  ground. 
But  in  the  middle  of  the  book  is  a  group  of  stories  dealing  with 
Calician  Jews  about  whom  M.  Clemenceau  knows  nothing  at  first 
hand — obviously  and  literally  nothing — and  yet  these  stories 
are  told  with  the  same  bright  air  of  worldly  assurance  and  the 


same  technical  dexterity  as  the  others.  And  so  one  begins  to 
suspect,  as,  indeed,  one  has  long  suspected  on  other  and  similar 
occasions,  that  this  particular  form  of  French  art  has  become 
as  highly  and  tightly  conventionalized  as,  let  us  say,  the  manage- 
ment of  the  heroic  couplet  had  once  become  in  England,  and  that 
any  competent  man  of  letters  can  use  it  for  an  hundred  subjects 
without  touching  one  of  them  and  reveal  in  the  process  nothing 
but  his  own  skill.  A  personal  element  that  "dates"  the  stories  is 
M.  Clemenceau's  anti-clericalism  and  positivism;  you  are  left  in 
no  doubt  that  his  mind  crystalized  in  the  sixties  of  the  last 
century.  Yet  the  stories,  if  not  put  to  the  test  of  inner  veracity, 
are  thoroughly  readable,  and  are  extraordinary  by-products  of 
a  life  so  long  and  vigorously  dedicated  to  less  innocent  pur- 
suits. 

The  technique  of  Yiddish  literature  is,  quite  naturally,  akin  to 
that  of  the  Russians.  It  is,  like  the  Russian,  a  realistic  litera- 
ture and  a  literature  of  pain.  Its  realism  is  not  a  method  but  a 
necessity.  Suffering  and  need  strip  life.  When  such  life  ex- 
presses itself,  the  expression  is  simple  and  poignant.  It  has  no 
time  for  moods  of  studied  synthesis.  Art  is  secondary;  form 
merges  into  substance.  That  is  true  of  the  great  mass  of 
Yiddish  short  stories,  which  are  singularly  free  from  the 
meretricious;  it  is  true  of  these  stories  by  "Shalom  Aleichem" 
concerning  the  children  of  villages  in  the  old  Russian  pale  and 
their  teachers  in  the  cheder  or  Hebrew  school  where  the  law  and 
the  Talmud  are  taught.  The  life  described  is  cramped  and 
dusty,  but  not  without  vivid  gleams  of  beauty — swift,  shy  con- 
tracts with  nature,  the  poetry  of  ritual  and  tradition.  But  per- 
haps the  best  quality  of  these  stories  is  their  humor,  and  such 
characters  as  Isshur  the  Beadle  and  Boaz  the  Teacher  do,  indeed, 
allowing  for  less  breadth  and  vigor,  justify  the  comparison  of 
Rabinowitz  with  Dickens  that  has  been  made. 


ALFRED  '  A '  KNOPF 

ItSSIISSIISgllSSIISSIISSIISiSIISSIISSIISSl 


BQ-R-ZQi 


ino  W.  42,  Street,  NEW  YORK 


YOUTH  AND  THE  BRIGHT  MEDUSA  By  Willa  Cather 

THERE  seems  to  be  no  disputing  the  fact  that  Miss  Cather  is  our  greatest  living  woman  novelist.  In  the 
stories  in  the  present  volume  she  deals  with  youth's  adventures  with  the  many-colored  Medusa  of  art. 
Each  tale  is  marked  by  the  amazing  ardor  and  restless  energy  of  imagination  which  is  peculiarly  hers ;  by  a 
quick,  bold  cutting  into  the  tissues  of  human  experience  and  emotion  that  makes  each  of  them  a  new  dis- 
covery about  character  and  life.     $2.25. 


THE  CONTROL  OF  IDEALS 

By  H.B.  Van  Wesep 

This  book  aims  to  teach  us  how  to  "laugh  a 
little  at  our  own  ideals  and  hold  them  no  less 
dear."  It  is  written  in  the  spirit  of  a  Nietzsche 
shorn  of  his  madness  but  not  bereft  of  his 
insight.  The  author  is  a  research  worker  in 
philanthropic  problems  at  the  Rockefeller 
Foundation  and  his  manuscript  was  read  and 
recommended  for  publication  by  the  head  of 
the  department  of  philosophy  in  a  great  uni- 
versity, an  eminent  authority  on  politics  and 
government  and  an  intelligent  layman.     $2.00. 


THE  CONFESSIONS  OF 
JACOB  BOEHME 


HAGAR'S  HOARD 

By  George  Kibbe  Turner 

The  scene  of  this  tale  of  an  old  man's  greed  and  a  young  man's 
love,  is  Memphis  during  the  yellow  fever  epidemic  of  1878.  Mr. 
Turner  excels  in  vivid  characterization  and  sureness  of  touch, 
and  he  has,  in  this  novel,  created  a  really  distinguished  piece  of 
work.    $2.25. 


Floy d  Dell's  First  Novel 

MOON-CALF 

will  be  published  October  25th 

It  is  unquestionably  the  most  im- 
portant American  first  novel  that 
we  have  ever  received. 
It  is  advisable  to  place  your  order 
now  with  your  bookseller  before 
advancing  costs  force  a  raise  in 
the  price.    $2.25. 


The  note-book  of  "The  Father  of  Theosophy," 
author  of  Six  Theosophic  Points,  in  which  he 
describes  his  spiritual  development.  Here  is 
to  be  found  the  inspiration  and  the  starting 
point  of  German  theosophy,  the  inter-reaction 
of  Platonian  philosophy  and  Christian  dogma 
which  paved  the  way  for  the  Reformation.  A 
work  of  profound  and  permanent  interest. 
With  an  introduction  by  Evelyn  Underhill.    $2.00 


MLLE.  DE  MAUPIN 

By  Theophile  Gautier 

The  third  in  the  series  of  handsome  reprints  of  French  classics 
with  introductions  by  Burton  Rascoe  which  Mr.  Knopf  instituted 
last  year.  This  book  is  uniform  with  Madame  B ovary  and  Manon 
Lescaut.  Printed  on  Warren's  India  Tint  Olde  Style  paper; 
bound  in  black  buckram  with  gold  stamping  and  gilt  top.    $4.00. 


gi2Hg%Hg£llg:gll£gH^Hg^ 


354 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


Books  in  Brief 

THERE  is  much  entertainment  in  J.  Walker  McSpadden's 
eleven  "Famous  Detective  Stories"  (Crowell).  Emile  Ga- 
boriau  and  Maurice  Le  Blanc,  as  here  represented,  are  wordier 
than  the  Anglo-Saxons;  Robert  Louis  Stevenson's  story  has  a 
knightly  ring  that  the  others  lack;  Anna  Katherine  Green,  with 
her  woman  detective,  strangely  impinges  upon  the  purple  of 
sentimental  melodrama;  Sax  Rohmer  and  Thomas  W.  Hanshew 
for  the  English  and  Arthur  B.  Reeve  and  Broughton  Branden- 
burg for  the  Americans  solve  mysteries  by  mechanics  or  pseud- 
science;  E.  W.  Hornung,  father  of  Raffles,  protests  against  the 
invariable  triumph  of  the  detective  in  the  average  story ;  Conan 
Doyle  suffers  from  the  many  imitators  who  have  used  his  tricks. 
Yet  in  spite  of  these  minor  differences,  what  seems  most  strik- 
ing is  the  fidelity  with  which  all  these  authors  have  followed 
the  formulas  of  Poe.  Instead  of  inventing  the  form  did  he  dis- 
cover something  inherent  in  the  structure  of  the  detective  tale? 
Must  all  detectives  have  mediocre  companions  through  whose 
consciousness  the  narrative  can  be  reported  up  to  the  moment 
when  the  lightning  strikes  and  the  master  reveals  what  has  not 
been  guessed  by  the  stupider  companion — and  the  readers?  Are 
the  motives  and  methods  of  crime,  under  all  the  surface  dis- 
guises, capable  of  being  reduced  to  such  simple  formulas?  One 
thing  is  certain,  the  detective  story,  entertaining  as  it  may  be, 
is  the  most  thoroughly  standardized  product  in  modern  litera- 
ture, as  bright  and  hard  and  competent  as  a  jack-knife,  and 
hardly  one  iota  more  humane. 


Drama 

Triflers  and  Playwrights 

IT  is  commonly  supposed  that  the  French  theatrical  hack  sur- 
passes his  American  colleague  in  technical  dexterity  and  in 
the  specific  sense  of  the  theater.  There  was  a  time,  undoubtedly, 
when  this  supposition  squared  with  the  facts.  Today  we  have 
a  dozen  writers  for  the  stage  as  coldly  and  knowingly  efficient 
as  Kistemaeckers  and  Bernstein  themselves.  The  difference  be- 
tween the  two  groups  is  one  that  concerns  substance  not  form, 
the  materials  and  not  the  methods  of  playmaking.  The  French- 
man may  distort  and  pervert  the  passions ;  the  American  avoids 
them.  The  former  approaches  a  single  situation  from  an  hun- 
dred roads;  the  latter  flees  from  it  by  as  many.  Thus  the  one 
is  apt  to  be  monotonous  and  violent,  the  other  empty  and  trivial. 
A  natural  consequence  of  this  contrast  is  that  when  a  single 
French  play  comes  to  us  in  the  midst  of  a  throng  of  native 
products,  it  seems  far  less  ignoble  and  far  closer  to  the  central 
preoccupations  of  life  than  it  really  is. 

The  immediate  situation  on  our  stage  illustrates  that  con- 
trast with  a  hard  and  brilliant  light.  Five  new  American  plays 
surround  a  single  French  one.  They  are  all  well  enough  built; 
each  selects  and  sustains  its  note  with  sufficient  skill;  all  are 
false  and  vacuous  to  a  degree  that  lifts  the  isolated  French  play 
into  an  unmerited  luster  and  turns  its  brass  to  gold.  Mr.  Porter 
Emerson  Browne's  "The  Bad  Man"  (Comedy  Theater)  does,  in- 
deed, contain  the  human  triangle  of  the  French  tradition.  But 
the  American  bosom  is  appeased  by  making  the  husband  an 
unspeakable  villain  and  having  him  promptly  and  conveniently 
killed.  Similarly  the  figure  of  the  Mexican  bandit,  acted  with 
both  massiveness  and  grace  by  Holbrook  Blinn,  was  conceived 
in  an  ironic  mood.  A  satire  on  the  superman  of  melodrama 
was  attempted.  But  Mr.  Browne  took  fright  and  let  the  action 
roar  to  an  accustomed  end.  Mr.  Belasco  gives  a  velvety  pro- 
duction of  "Call  the  Doctor"  (Empire  Theater)  by  Miss  Jean 
Archibald,  who  has  a  neat  little  gift  for  epigram.  Her  human 
situation,  unhappily,  omits  the  fundamental  elements  that  must 
have  created   it  and  holds   the  soothing  assurance  that  disil- 


lusioned husbands  can  be  turned  into  ardent  ones  by  a  display 
of  silk  hosiery  and  the  noise  of  jazz.  "Genius  and  the  Crowd" 
(George  M.  Cohan  Theater)  portrays  the  struggle  of  an  Italian 
violin  virtuoso  of  twenty-three  to  be  "pure  and  clean,"  and  de- 
pends on  a  wilted  picturesqueness  flavored  by  speeches  in  the 
best  style  of  the  once  popular  Family  Herald.  Miss  Rida  John- 
son Young's  "Little  Old  New  York"  (Plymouth  Theater) 
sketches  the  city  of  1810  with  the  depth  and  imaginative  grasp 
of  a  newspaper  headline  and  tells  the  story  of  a  romantic  in- 
heritance and  an  Irish  lass  masquerading  as  a  boy.  The  audi- 
ence dutifully  laughs  at  the  distrust  with  which  Cornelius 
Vanderbilt  regards  John  Jacob  Astor's  speculations  in  the  marsh 
lands  around  Gramercy  Pond,  and  is  quite  properly  pleased  by 
the  pale,  quaint  sweetness  of  Miss  Genevieve  Tobin  in  trousers 
and  an  Eton  jacket.  A  final  depth  is  reached  by  Mr.  Booth 
Tarkington  in  "Poldekin"  (Park  Theater).  This  play,  cal- 
culated to  save  America  from  the  fury  of  the  Reds,  neatly  com- 
bines— granting  its  own  initial  attitude  and  purpose — the  eco- 
nomics of  a  boarding-school  miss,  the  intellectual  grasp  and  de- 
tachment of  a  baseball  "fan,"  and  the  patriotism  of  a  Poly- 
anna.  No  respectable  man  of  letters  on  the  Continent  would 
permit  himself  to  sink  to  a  comparable  depth  of  fatuity. 
He  might  be  specious;  he  would  not  be  "glad."  He  might  dis- 
play the  rancor  of  a  man,  not  the  feeble  petulance  of  an  ill-bred 
child.  It  is  characteristic  of  our  theater  that  so  able  an  actor  as 
Mr.  George  Arliss  consents  to  take  the  title  role  in  this  play 
and  in  the  midst  of  its  dreary  imbecilities  gives  a  performance 
of  delicately  spiritual  iridescence  and  admirably  silken  strength 
and  glow. 

From  these  productions  you  go  to  see  "The  Woman  of  Bronze" 
(Frazee  Theater)  by  Henri  Kistemaeckers  and  you  cannot  avoid 
the  impression  that  you  have  passed  from  wax-work  cabinets  to 
a  room  filled  with  people,  from  the  glitter  of  spangles  into  the 
sunlight  and  the  dusk  of  earth,  from  the  chatter  of  cheap  pre- 
tenses to  the  vicissitudes  that  stir  our  hearts.  Not  that  Kis- 
temaeckers is  a  good  dramatist  or  his  play  a  good  play.  It  is 
hectic,  strained,  theatrical.  But  these  American  playwrights 
have  not,  alas,  reached  the  level  on  which  he  is  an  inferior  artist. 
Thanksgiving  turkeys  of  papier-mache  from  the  candy  shop  are 
not  bad  poultry;  a  doll  house  is  not  a  bad  house;  "Poldekin" 
is  not  a  bad  play  but  a  bad  joke.  In  "The  Woman  of  Bronze" 
a  sculptor  who  is  married  to  a  devoted  and  sympathetic  wife  of 
his  own  age,  falls  in  love  with  a  young  girl.  They  succumb  to 
their  desire,  and,  since  the  girl  is  to  be  a  mother,  he  leaves  his 
home  with  her.  But  the  two  are  not  happy  together,  their  child 
dies,  and  the  man  returns  to  seek  the  forgiveness  of  his  wife. 
It  is  a  conventional  plot,  falsely  isolated,  falsely  over-emphatic. 
He  who  has  watched  the  world  with  a  sense  for  its  essential 
tragedies  is  not  inordinately  impressed  by  the  importance  as- 
signed to  this  merely  possessive  sex  passion,  either,  as  in 
America,  by  furtive  silence  or,  as  in  France,  by  loud  display. 
The  endings  of  such  plays  must,  he  knows,  be  artificial,  since 
within  the  circle  or  these  voracious  passions  there  is  no  solu- 
tion either  in  art  or  life.  Not  until  the  characters,  like  those 
of  Schnitzler,  accept  but  also  transcend  their  passions  and  treat 
their  own  ardors  with  detachment  can  a  note  of  reconciliation 
be  sounded.  But  such  things  as  Kistemaeckers  describes  do,  at 
least,  happen;  the  stories  of  his  American  contemporaries  never 
happen  at  all. 

Miss  Margaret  Anglin  takes  the  part  of  the  sculptor's  wife 
and  reveals  herself  as  clearly  our  most  eminent  actress.  She 
melts  into  her  part  and  blends  it  with  the  ardor,  the  beauty, 
the  profound  experience  of  her  own  soul.  The  figure  she  thus 
projects  upon  the  stage  is  of  a  reality  so  haunting  and  so  mov- 
ing in  its  utter  freedom  from  all  but  the  hour  and  its  impas- 
sioned business  that  the  cheeks  tingle  and  the  heart  throbs. 
She  offers  us  that  absorption  in  an  artistic  vision  which  is 
forgetfulness  and  liberation  and  joy.  She  makes  an  unworthy 
play  worthy  of  herself  and  leaves  with  the  spectator  an  en- 
during memory  of  her  genius  and  her  power. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


International  Relations  Section 


The  British  Labor  Delegation  to  Russia 

THE  British  Labor  Delegation  to  investigate  conditions 
in  Soviet  Russia  has  submitted  its  report,  dated  July, 
1920.  The  text  of  the  report  follows,  with  the  omission, 
due  to  limitations  of  space,  of  one  or  two  short  passages. 

The  British  Labor  Delegation  to  Russia  was  sent  out  by  the 
Labor  Party  and  the  Trades  Union  Congress,  acting  on  a  reso- 
lution passed  by  a  special  Trades  Union  Congress  on  December 
10,  1919.    This  resolution  demanded: 

"The  right  to  an  independent  and  impartial  inquiry  into  the 
industrial,  political,  and  economic  conditions  in  Russia." 

The  delegation  consisted  of  nine  persons — seven  men  and  two 
women — and  they  were  accompanied  by  two  delegates  (men) 
from  the  British  Independent  Labor  Party.  Correspondents  of 
newspapers  were  also  with  the  party,  but  did  not  accompany 
them  in  all  of  their  investigations. 

The  British  Foreign  Office,  when  applied  to  for  permission  to 
go  to  Russia,  referred  the  question  to  the  consideration  of  the 
Council  of  Three  then  sitting  at  San  Remo,  and  obtained  their 
consent  to  issue  passports  to  proceed  to  Esthonia  or  Finland  for 
the  purpose  of  entering  Russia — the  latter  country,  however,  not 
being  mentioned.  The  Soviet  Foreign  Office,  through  M.  Lit- 
vinov  at  Copenhagen,  telegraphed  a  prompt  and  cordial  accep- 
tance of  the  proposed  visit,  and  the  delegation  left  England  on 
April  27  and  crossed  the  Russian-Esthonian  frontier  on  May  10, 
arriving  at  Petrograd  on  the  following  day.  On  the  evening  of 
May  16,  the  delegation  left  Petrograd  for  Moscow,  where  they 
arrived  the  following  noon,  and  remained  in  Moscow  until  the 
28th,  when  they  traveled  to  Nijni  Novgorod  and  embarked  on 
the  Bielinski  for  the  voyage  down  the  Volga  to  Saratov.  At 
Saratov  the  majority  of  the  party  returned  to  Moscow,  but  cer- 
tain members  (owing  to  the  illness  of  one  of  their  number)  re- 
mained on  board  and  proceeded  as  far  as  Astrakhan  on  the 
Caspian  Sea,  and  returned  by  ship  to  Saratov.  The  party  who 
returned  first  to  Moscow,  visited  the  Polish  front  near  Smolensk. 

The  shortest  period  any  member  of  the  party  was  in  Russia 
was  about  three  weeks;  the  majority  of  the  members  were  there 
for  about  six  weeks;  and  one  remained  longer  to  study  peasant 
questions  in  the  Samara  Government. 

Conditions  of  Inquiry 

During  their  visit  to  Russia  the  delegation  saw  and  talked 
with  the  chief  members  of  the  Government,  with  influential 
workers  in  the  Soviet  and  in  the  trade  unions,  with  propagan- 
dists and  educationists,  and  with  members  of  political  parties 
opposing  the  Communists.  Numerous  institutions  were  visited 
including  factories,  workshops,  Soviet  stores,  cooperative  socie- 
ties, schools,  and  hospitals.  Theaters  were  visited  both  in  Petro- 
grad and  Moscow;  numerous  meetings  were  addressed;  recep- 
tions and  dinners  were  attended;  great  parades  of  troops  were 
reviewed  in  Petrograd  and  Moscow,  and  the  army  seen  at  work 
at  the  front  at  Smolensk.  In  addition  to  this,  numerous  private 
persons  were  interviewed.  The  delegates  generally  had  freedom 
of  movement  and  inquiry,  and  were  able  to  make  individual  in- 
vestigations;  they  feel  assured  that  they  were  able  to  see  a 
substantially  normal  sample  of  Russian  life.  Both  town  and 
country  were  seen.  Throughout  the  visit  the  delegation  were 
received  everywhere  by  the  civic  and  trade  union  authorities 
with  military  guards  of  honor,  with  bands  playing  the  Inter- 
nationale, during  which  all  stood  at  the  salute,  and  by  a  very 
real  and  genuine  popular  interest  and  welcome  from  peasants 
and  workers.    .    .    . 

We  feel  it  necessary  to  begin  by  pointing  out  that  most  ac- 
counts of  Soviet  Russia  which  we  had  seen  in  the  capitalist  press 
of  our  own  country  proved  to  be  perversions  of  the  facts.  The 
whole  impression  gained  was  of  a  different  character  from  that 
presented  by  these  accounts.  We  did  not  see  any  violence  or 
disorder  in  the  streets,  though  we  walked  about  them  freely  at 


all  hours  of  the  day  and  night.  We  did  not  see  people  fall  dead 
of  starvation  in  the  streets.  We  did  not  see  any  interference 
with  the  religious  life  of  the  people.  We  did  not  see  any  Chinese 
soldiers.  We  saw  no  evidence  of  extraordinary  luxury  on  the 
part  of  the  leading  Commissars.  We  did  not  find  that  either 
women  or  children  had  been  nationalized.  We  certainly  did 
witness  a  widespread  breakdown  in  the  transport  system  with 
deplorable  economic  consequences,  and  we  saw  terrible  evidences 
of  underfeeding  and  suffering.  These  points  have  been  dealt 
with,  however,  in  the  reports  already  issued  by  the  delegation  on 
the  iniquitous  policy  of  intervention  and  blockade. 

General  Conditions:  Food  and  Clothing 

The  first  thing  to  which  the  attention  of  the  delegation  was 
directed  on  entering  Russia  was  the  question  of  public  order 
and  the  conditions  of  the  people — their  individual  physical  con- 
dition, their  clothing,  the  conditions  of  their  daily  life  and  work, 
the  houses  they  lived  in,  the  appearance  of  their  children.  Our 
first  impressions  in  these  respects  were  confirmed  throughout 
our  stay. 

With  regard  to  public  order  there  is  very  little  to  choose  be- 
tween one  side  of  the  Russian  frontier  and  another.  In  both, 
peasants  till  the  fields,  men  work  on  the  railway  line,  and  little 
crowds  are  to  be  seen  on  platforms  of  stations  as  the  train  goes 
through.  In  Russia,  however,  there  are  evident  signs  of  illness 
and  underfeeding  to  be  seen  in  most  crowds  that  one  looks  at. 
But  children  look  better  than  adults.  The  official  estimate  sup- 
plied to  the  delegation  by  Dr.  Semasko,  People's  Commissar  for 
Public  Health,  was  that  in  the  towns  in  January  of  this  year 
only  50  per  cent  of  the  food  required  was  supplied.  The  clothing 
of  most  people  is  very  shabby  indeed;  quite  ragged  clothing  is 
often  seen,  and  boots  and  shoes  are  very  bad.  Very  few  boots, 
indeed,  are  not  obviously  patched  and  repatched,  many  are  past 
this  repair,  while  the  ordinary  Russian  footwear  of  bark  or  felt 
looks  very  defective  when  much  worn.  At  all  Russian  stations 
soldiers — mostly  dressed  in  faded  khaki-like  uniforms — were 
conspicuous,  as  well  as  railway  officials  in  their  old  uniforms. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  average  Russian  in  the  towns  is 
underfed,  badly  clothed,  and  badly  shod.  Peasants,  however, 
are  much  better  off,  and  those  we  saw  were  sufficiently  fed. 
Ailing  and  sick  children  are  seen  only  rarely.  On  the  average, 
children  are  better  off  than  adults  in  Russia.  The  standard  of 
nutrition  of  children,  however,  is  not  good  judged  by  western 
standards,  children  seen  at  a  good  open-air  "colony"  school  on 
the  outskirts  of  Petrograd,  for  instance,  having  the  general 
standard  of  nutrition  of  London  children  in  an  average  poor 
district.  The  Russian  Child  Saving  League  estimate  that  a 
child  receives  only  enough  food  for  eighteen  or  nineteen  days  in 
each  month — roughly  about  two-thirds  of  the  supply  needed. 
Few  town  children  over  one  year  receive  milk  unless  purchased 
specially  at  open  market  rates,  which  are  quite  out  of  reach 
of  the  average  working  man  or  woman.  The  deficiencies  in  diet 
are  above  all  in  quantity,  and  then  in  milk,  fats,  green  vege- 
tables, and  albuminous  foods. 

Housing 

Most  Russian  houses,  except  in  the  large  towns,  are  of  wood, 
and  in  the  villages  often  house  a  very  large  number  of  inmates. 
The  houses  seen  in  the  villages  were  of  fairly  good  type,  but  the 
general  sanitary  conditions  remain  "exceedingly  bad."*  There 
is  no  acute  shortage  of  houses  in  the  villages,  and  during  the 
last  year  there  has  been  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  new 
building.  In  the  towns  "the  sanitary  conditions  of  houses  are 
exceedingly  unsatisfactory,"*  but  with  the  requisition  of  all 
private  houses  and  the  new  distribution  of  housing  accommo- 
dation among  the  population  the  evils  of  overcrowding  are  now 
less.  There  is  ample  accommodation  in  Petrograd,  the  popula- 
tion of  which  is  reduced  from  an  estimate  of  about  2,000,000 
to  about  800,000;  but  Moscow  is  overcrowded.     The  lack  of  fuel 


♦Report  of  Commissar  of  Public  Health. 


356 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


for  warming  houses  in  Moscow  and  Petrograd  has  resulted  in 
the  destruction  by  frost  of  water  and  sanitary  pipes  on  a  large 
scale,   and   the  water   carriage   of   sewage   is   consequently    in 
abeyance  in  a  large  proportion  of  all  buildings. 
Industrial  and  Political  Life 

Turning  now  to  the  general  conditions  of  industrial  and  po- 
litical life,  there  can  be  no  question  of  the  sweeping  character 
of  the  Russian  Revolution.  It  has  effected  in  the  towns  of 
Russia  not  only  a  change  of  political  power,  but  a  social  trans- 
formation. The  richer  classes  have  been  dispossessed  of  their 
houses  and  other  property;  the  control  of  large  scale  industry 
has  passed  out  of  the  hands  of  those  who  were  formerly  at  the 
head  of  it.  Large  masses  of  the  town  population  are  now  en- 
joying a  share  of  the  available  national  wealth  (including  house 
accommodation)  greater  than  they  enjoyed  before;  and  new 
possibilities  of  life  and  culture  are  opening  out  before  them; 
and  this  is  true  in  a  very  special  degree  of  the  child  population. 

Social  equalization  is,  indeed,  far  from  complete.  There  are 
certain  classes  which  do  better  than  others,  e.  g.,  the  soldiers, 
those  doing  specially  heavy  manual  work,  and  so-called  "respon- 
sible workers"  in  the  central  government  departments;  per- 
sons who  are  making  money  by  speculation,  i.  e.,  private  dealing 
of  any  kind,  but  especially  the  sale  of  "controlled"  articles 
illegally  at  market  prices;  and  persons  who  are  still  able  to  sell 
valuable  property  which  they  possessed  before  the  Revolution. 
Large  numbers  obtain  special  privileges,  and  some  make  for- 
tunes. But  when  all  is  said,  the  material  advantages  enjoyed 
by  the  "new  bourgeoisie"  over  and  above  the  rest  of  the  popu- 
lation are  extremely  small  when  compared  with  the  advantages 
enjoyed  by  the  propertied  classes  in  every  capitalist  country. 
Broadly  speaking,  a  single  standard  of  living  has  been  estab- 
lished. The  glaring  inequalities  of  fortune  which  form  so  great 
a  scandal  in  capitalist  countries  and  which  are  maintained  even 
in  distressed  countries  such  as  Austria  and  Poland;  the  striking 
difference  in  economic  position  between  the  rich  and  the  poor — 
these  things  no  longer  exist  in  Russia. 

This  equalization  applies  to  education  and  entertainment  as 
well  as  to  food,  housing,  and  clothing.  Opportunities  of  edu- 
cation are  now  open  in  the  towns  to  large  numbers  of  children 
and  adults,  from  the  elementary  stages  up  to  the  university. 
In  connection  with  the  theater,  music,  painting,  and  sculpture, 
sports  and  physical  development,  means  of  pleasure  and  culti- 
vation have  been  given  to  the  workers  on  a  scale  unknown  in 
earlier  days.  The  greater  part  of  the  tickets  in  the  principal 
theaters  which  formerly  the  poor  never  dreamed  of  entering 
are  now  allotted  to  the  various  trade  unions  for  distribution  to 
their  members  at  low  axed  prices. 

We  have  been  much  struck  by  the  enlightened  policy  of  the 
Soviet  Government  in  the  matter  of  child  life.  It  has  con- 
sciously adopted,  and  is  practically  enforcing,  the  principle  to 
which  lip  service  has  so  often  been  rendered,  that  at  any  given 
time  the  life  of  the  rising  generation  is  of  greater  moment  to 
the  state  than  the  lives  of  the  adult  population,  and  that  conse- 
quently the  children's  claim  upon  all  the  physical  and  intellec- 
tual resources  of  the  state  must  be  satisfied  before  any  other. 
The  utilization  of  the  houses  of  the  rich  for  "children's  colo- 
nies" (which  take  the  place  of  the  elementary  schools  during 
the  summer)  is  one  of  the  most  striking  illustrations  of  this 
principle. 

Great  efforts  have  been  made  for  the  economic  reconstruction 
of  the  country,  which  is  a  matter  of  life  and  death  for  Russia. 
The  Red  army,  before  the  recent  Polish  attack,  had  been  par- 
tially transformed  into  a  labor  army,  and  arrangements  had 
been  made  for  mobilizing  civilian  labor  for  works  of  immediate 
necessity;  large  new  transport  and  electrification  schemes  had 
been  initiated.  Voluntary  and  unpaid  labor  on  Saturday  after- 
noons for  purposes  of  reconstruction  (the  Subbotnik,  as  it  is 
called),  carried  out,  it  is  true,  mainly  by  Communists,  and 
partly  to  be  regarded  as  a  means  of  educating  the  public,  has 
become  one  of  the  regular  features  of  town  life.     The  idea  of 


the  duty  of  all  citizens  to  take  part  in  reconstructive  work  for 
the  state  is  being  inculcated  to  a  degree  unknown  elsewhere. 
A  great  campaign  of  popular  propaganda  has  been  inaugurated 
for  this  purpose,  by  means  of  the  press,  posters,  notices,  and 
"propaganda  trains." 

These  achievements  of  the  Soviet  Government  represent,  we 
are  aware,  only  one  side  of  the  picture,  but  as  Socialists  we 
feel  that  they  should  be  emphasized  at  the  outset.  We  must 
state,  on  the  other  hand,  our  conviction  that  these  achievements 
have  been  bought  at  a  very  heavy  price.  We  allude  not  merely 
to  the  violence  which  accompanied  the  Revolution,  the  exact 
extent  of  which  we  have  not  investigated,  but  to  the  methods  of 
government  which  are  still  believed  by  the  dominant  party  to  be 
necessary.  We  leave  open,  for  the  present,  the  question  as  to 
whether  these  methods  were  or  were  not  "inevitable."  We  con- 
fine ourselves  simply  to  the  state  of  affairs  which  exists. 

Personal  freedom,  together  with  freedom  of  speech  and  of 
propaganda  (including  newspapers,  the  issue  of  election  litera- 
ture, and  the  holding  of  meetings),  is  severely  repressed  in  the 
case  of  all  those  whose  activities  are  supposed  to  threaten  the 
Soviet  regime.  The  means  now  used  are  far  less  severe  than 
those  used  when  foreign  invasion,  civil  war,  and  internal  con- 
spiracy were  at  their  height — "the  Terror,"  as  they  are  called 
by  Communists  themselves.  But  "the  Terror"  has  left  its  traces 
behind  it,  in  the  form  of  a  pervading  fear  which  is  expressed 
on  all  hands,  a  fear  sometimes  more  vague  and  sometimes  more 
definite,  that  any  expression  of  opinion  adverse  to  the  dominant 
party  will  be  treated  as  "counter-revolutionary,"  and  will  lead 
to  imprisonment  or  some  kind  of  penalization.  This  fear  is  kept 
alive  by  the  fact  that  arrests  constantly  take  place  for  alleged 
political  offenses.  The  definition  of  such  offenses  is  dangerously 
wide,  closely  resembling,  in  fact,  the  definitions  adopted  in 
our  own  Defense  of  the  Realm  Act,  and  the  numerous  Orders 
made  under  it.  The  fear  above  alluded  to  is  evoked  especially 
by  the  Extraordinary  Commission,  a  body  independent  of  the. 
ordinary  courts,  acting  upon  no  definite  code  of  law,  and  con- 
trolled by  a  "collegium"  consisting  of  members  of  the  Com- 
munist Party. 

The  main  reason  given  for  these  methods  of  government  is 
the  dangerous  situation  created  by  foreign  attacks,  and  the 
maintenance  and  encouragement  of  internal  conspiracy  by  for- 
eign agents.  An  overwhelmingly  "strong"  government  is 
thought  to  be  necessary,  because  the  mass  of  the  people,  though 
passively  supporting  the  Soviet  Government,  are  not  yet  suffi- 
ciently "conscious"  to  be  immune  from  counter-revolutionary 
influences. 

All  possible  means  are  used  to  secure  the  dominance  of  the 
Communist  Party  in  the  elections  to  Soviets.  The  actual  con- 
gresses of  Soviets  are  large  and  unwieldy  bodies,  and  the  power 
tends  to  be  concentrated  in  the  hands  of  executive  committees  and 
presidiums.  Elections  become  less  frequent  and  more  formal, 
and  the  party  aims  by  means  of  organized  groups  at  controlling 
every  department  and  every  institution  of  the  national  life. 

The  dominance  of  the  Communist  Party  is  not  only  accepted 
in  practice,  but  defended  as  something  which,  though  not  in  the 
written  constitution,  is  an  essential  part  of  the  working  of 
Soviet  institutions  under  the  present  transitory  conditions.  The 
right  of  bearing  arms,  possessed  by  members  of  the  party,  is 
based  on  this  idea.  The  counterpart  is  to  be  found  in  the  oner- 
ous  and   dangerous   obligations   which   attach    to   membership. 

The  report  of  the  Ninth  Congress  of  the  Communist  Party, 
held  on  March  29  to  April  4,  1920,  is  concerned  with  state  policy 
in  its  widest  significance,  and  gives  decisions  which  members  of 
the  delegation  have  seen  already  carried  into  effect  in  Russia  in 
June,  1920. 

The  second  paragraph  of  the  report  of  the  Ninth  Com- 
munist Congress  deals  with  "The  Question  of  Organization" 
and  lays  it  down  that  "it  is  the  business  of  the  party  to  explain 
to  every  one  of  its  members  that  at  the  present  moment  when 
the  Russian  Communist  Party  is  responsible  for  the  economic 


Sept.  25, 1920]                                           The  Nation  357 

life  of  the  country,  the  most  inconspicuous  and  roughest  work  which  confront  them  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  demand  the  last 

in  the  economic  sphere  is  one  of  the  greatest  importance,  and  ounce  of  their  energy,  and  the  last  fraction  of  their  organizing 

is   to   be   considered    responsible   party   work."      The    sentence  capacity. 

quoted  is  typical  of  the  finer  side  of  the  Communist  Party  atti-  The  Land  and  the  Peasants 

tude  to  what  they  consider  their  duties  and  responsibilities.  The  most  important  and  urgent  of  Russia's  practical  prob- 

Another  matter  to  which  attention  must  be   drawn   is  that  lems  is  that  of  the  productivity  of  the  land,  and  the  relationship 

centralization  and  government  control  are  on  the  increase  in  of  the  town  and  the  peasant  populations, 

other  departments  of  life  than  those  already  mentioned.  The    total    population    of    Russia    and    Siberia    within    its 

Labor-power  is  dealt  with  more  and  more  on  disciplinary  present  frontiers  is  estimated  at  125,000,000,  of  whom  at  least 
principles.  The  trade  unions  are  increasingly  controlled  by  90,000,000  are  peasants.  While  the  towns  are  preponderant  in 
centralized  "Councils  of  Trade  Unions,"  which  are  more  amen-  political  power,  they  are  dependent  for  their  food  on  the  peas- 
able  to  the  influence  of  the  Supreme  Council  of  National  ants.  At  present  the  peasants  support,  or  at  least  do  not 
Economy.  The  cooperative  movement,  instead  of  being  an  insti-  oppose,  the  Bolshevik  Government  for  at  least  two  reasons : 
tution  for  self-help  on  the  part  of  certain  sections  of  the  com-  (1)  the  revolution  has  given  them  more  land,  which  they  wish 
munity,  has  become  a  definite  part  of  the  state  machinery.  to  keep;  and   (2)   their  experience  of  the  rule  of  Denikin,  Kol- 

As  to  the  country  population  of  Russia,  it  has  not  been  won  chak,  and  other  counter-revolutionaries  has  made  them  see  that 

over  to  socialism,  or  to  anything  more  than  a  passive  accep-  Bolshevik  rule  is  less  severe. 

tance  of  the  Soviet  regime.  The  peasants  are  supporters  of  the  By  decree  all  land  is  nationalized,  and  in  practice  the  large 
Revolution,  on  the  ground  that  it  has  placed  the  great  estates  estates  have  been  expropriated  and  the  holdings  of  the  richer 
in  their  hands.  But  the  nationalization  or  socialization  of  the  peasants  broken  up.  The  "Squire's  Land"  in  the  villages,  and 
land  has  not  been  achieved  except  in  name.  Communistic  undeveloped  land,  has  been  added  to  the  poorer  peasants'  hold- 
methods  of  agriculture  are  being  introduced  here  and  there,  but  ings.  When  the  delegation  interviewed  M.  Sereda,  Commissar 
have  made  little  headway.  for  Agriculture,  he  stated  that  as  long  as  the  peasant  works 

The  methods  of  rule  and  government  as  here  outlined   are  his  land  he  holdi  it,  and  while  the  right  of  inheritance  is  stated 

severely  criticized  by  the  Social  Revolutionaries,  by  the  Menshe-  not  to  exist,  the  question  of  the  use  of  the  land  in  case  of  death 

viks,  and  by  Prince  Kropotkin  in  the  memorandum  he  has  sub-  is  settled  by  the  peasants  of  the  village;  and  while  land  cannot 

mitted.  be  sold  or  willed  away,  "if  the  family  undertake  to  work  the 

It  now  remains  to  consider  how  the  Government  of  Russia  is  land,  then  there  will  be  no  interference  with  them." 

tackling  the  practical  problems  of  its  foreign  relations,  and  of  The  practical  difficulties  of  getting  supplies  from  the  peasants 

its  own  plan  of  internal  reconstruction.  are  evidently  very  great  and  similar  to  those  existent  all  over 

Foreign  Policy  and  Militarism  Europe  at  the  present  time.     According  to  Russian  law,  corn 

The  British   Labor  Delegation  has  already  unanimously  re-  [grain]  has  to  be  delivered  to  the  Government  on  payment  of 

corded  its  emphatic  opinion  of  the  criminal  folly  of  the  policy  certain  very  low  fixed   prices,  but  it  is  the  intention   of  the 

of  intervention,  non-recognition,  and  blockade  hitherto  pursued  Government  to  pay  not  in  money  but  in  kind.    At  present,  how- 

by   our   own   and    other   governments    of   the    Entente    group.  ever,  there  is  little  which  can  be  given  in  exchange,  and  the 

In  this  declaration  we  have  called  attention  to  the  danger  of  the  peasant  is  consequently  resistant,  as  paper  money  is  worth  very 

militarization  of  Russia.  little  and  he  cannot  obtain  the  manufactured  goods  which  he 

The  Allied  policy  which  has  made  this  militarization  not  only  needs.     Nevertheless,  the  amount  of  corn   [grain]   collected  is 

necessary  but  inevitable  from  the  standpoint  of  the  Government  increasing.     M.  Lenin,  in  an  interview,  stated  that  the  amount 

of  Russia  defending  itself  against  attack  from  without  has  also  had  risen  as  follows: 

pushed  Russia  in  the  direction  of  expansion  towards  Persia  and  1918    30,000,000  poods* 

the  East.     When  questioned  on  that  aspect  of  Russian  policy  1919    110,000,000  poods 

the   Commissar  for   Foreign   Affairs,   M.    Chicherin,   said   that  1920   (to  May) 175,000,000  poods 

if    England    and    France    attacked    them    (through    Poland    or  M.   Sereda  pointed  out  the  difficulties  of  his  department  as 

otherwise)  "their  hands  were  free  in  the  East."  follows: 

The  danger  of  the  creation  of  a  Russian  militarist  spirit,  bit-  1.  Fall  in  production  due  to  lack  of  manures,  lack  of  ma- 

terly  hostile  to  this  country,  is  a  real  one,  for  which  we  have  chinery,  deterioration  of  stock,  lowered  physique  of  workers  due 

to  thank  the  governments  of  Lloyd   George,   Clemenceau,   and  to  lack  of  proper  food.     The  decrease  in  productivity  is  esti- 

Millerand.     We  are  of  opinion,  however,  that  the  Russian  Gov-  mated  at  30  per  cent  to  40  per  cent. 

ernment,  while  hoping  for  social  revolution  elsewhere,  does  not  2.     Want  of  technical  experts,  e.  g.,  35,000  land  surveyors  are 

intend  to  attempt  to  carry  this  out  by  force  of  its  armies,  and  required,  and  they  have  only  4,000. 

that  it  will  be  possible  to  make  a  durable  peace  with  it  on  a  Nevertheless,  M.  Sereda  stated  that  the  policy  of  developing 

basis  of  mutual  non-intervention  in  internal  affairs.     We  con-  state  farms  and   encouraging  the  agricultural  communes   and 

sider  that  it   has  rendered,  by  its   publications   of  the  secret  artels    (different   types    of   cooperative   farms)    in    every   way 

treaties,   a   great   service   to   democratic   and   open   diplomacy.  was  being  carried   out.     In  1918,  there  were  242  cooperative 

By  its  repeated  offers  to  negotiate  on  reasonable  terms  it  has  farms,  in  November,  1919,  there  were  6,366,  the  areas  being 

shown  a  genuine  will  to  peace.     It  has  shown   in   particular  23,509   and    650,000   dessiatinsf   respectively.     The   farms   em- 

every  disposition  to  make  peace  with  the  border  states  in  the  ployed  in  1918  32,199  persons,  and  1919,  420,904  persons.     Cer- 

west    (Finland   and    Poland).     Arrangements   have   been   con-  tain  so-called  "Soviet"  farms  are  being  worked  to  supply  indi- 

cluded  already  with  Georgia,  Latvia,  Esthonia,  and  Lithuania,  vidual  factories. 

the  Republic  of  Azerbaijan  has  entered  into  a  federative  al-  M.  Sereda  pointed  out  the  importance  of  Russia  to  the  world 

liance  with  Russia,  and  the  status  and  relationship  of  a  Far  by  giving  certain  figures  of  supply  for  Russia: 

Eastern  Republic,  stretching  from  a  line  east  of  Lake  Baikal  Proportion  for  Russia 

to   the   coast   of   the   China    Sea,    is    now    being    discussed   in  World's  supply  of  cereals 79  per  cent 

Moscow.     The  Russian  Government  has  thus  shown  that  it  has  Rye    48     "       " 

renounced  the  imperialist  policy  of  Czarist  Russia,  and  is  ready  Hemp  and  Flax 70     "       " 

to  deal  with  the  difficult  problem  of  nationalities  on  a  basis  of  M.    Sereda    considered   that    the   transition    from    individual 

justice.     It   should   be   realized   that  whatever   the   theoretical  farming   to   socialized    agriculture   could   only   come   about   by 

views  of  certain  Communist  leaders  may  be  on  the  desirability  ;             ~ 

.....                   ,,  *A  pood   is   equivalent   to   36   poundt   avoirdupois. — Editor. 

of   a   world   revolution,   the   practical   administrative   problems  t  A  deseiatin  is  equivalent  to  2.7  acres.— editor. 


358 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


peaceful  voluntary  cooperation  and  not  by  violence,  and  that 
consent  would  have  to  be  won  by  studying  the  psychology  of  the 
people.  German  agricultui-al  experts  were  coming  to  assist 
them,  and  they  desired  the  delegation  to  extend  a  similar  invi- 
tation to  English  agricultural  experts  also. 

As  well  as  the  corn  [grain]  which  the  peasants  deliver  to  the 
Government,  they  are  also  called  on  to  sell  other  products  up 
to  a  fixed  proportion  and  at  a  fixed  price.  Above  this  propor- 
tion private  trade  in  agricultural  products  is  allowed,  and  in 
the  market  at  Moscow  milk,  potatoes,  green  vegetables,  carrots, 
eggs,  pork,  and  other  foods  were  on  sale.  Bread  was  obtain- 
able also  at  400  rubles  the  pound,  a  very  large  increase  on  the 
ration  price  of  two  rubles.  The  great  discrepancy  between  the 
fixed  government  prices  and  the  open  market  prices  is  a  cause 
of  great  dissatisfaction  to  the  peasants,  and  an  incitement  to 
illicit  trade. 

For  a  long  time  to  come,  it  is  clear  that  Russia  must  be  de- 
pendent for  its  food  supply  on  arrangements  made  with  what 
in  practice  is  a  population  of  peasant  proprietors.  In  spite  of 
great  efforts,  including  the  use  of  force  where  methods  of  per- 
suasion fail,  the  necessary  amount  of  food  is  not  obtained,  as 
the  food  statistics  show.  Nor  are  things  likely  to  improve  in 
this  respect,  unless  the  Government  are  able  to  pay  something 
more  than  paper,  which  by  the  tremendous  inflation  of  the  cur- 
rency become  every  day  less  and  less  valuable.  An  English 
pound  changed  at  the  Commissariat  of  Finance  realized  4,800 
rubles,  while  the  price  in  the  open  market  was  10,000  or  over. 
And  it  is  remarkable  that  at  this  higher  rate  of  exchange  prices 
were  roughly  comparable  with  those  in  Western  Europe.  But 
with  the  inflation  of  the  currency  the  value  of  the  ruble  drops, 
and  prices  rise. 

The  peasant  is  allowed  and  expected  to  feed  himself  and  his 
family,  also  his  stock,  off  his  land  before  giving  up  any  product 
to  the  Government,  and  except  in  districts  like  the  Nijni  Nov- 
gorod Government,  he  is  enabled  to  do  so.  Before  the  Govern- 
ment makes  its  demands,  an  allowance  is  made  for  depreciation 
of  productivity  due  to  absence  of  manures,  machinery,  and  also 
for  seed.  Most  peasants  seen  were  sufficiently  fed;  but  their 
clothing  and  boots  were  deplorable,  and  all  were  in  need  of 
agricultural  implements  and  machinery. 

Nationalization  of  Industry 
The  large  industries  of  Russia,  the  coal,  iron,  gold,  and  plati- 
num mines,  the  petroleum  wells,  the  locomotive  and  machine 
works,  metal  industries  generally,  the  textile  industry,  the  rail- 
ways, larger  shipping,  and  some  smaller  industries  such  as  salt 
and  cement  have  been  nationalized.  Some  smaller  industries, 
such  as  the  Trezor  worl:s  at  Petrograd  making  army  equipment, 
and  shipping  up  to  30  horse-power  on  the  Volga,  have  been  left 
in  private  hands.  But  despite  a  big  program  of  reconstruction 
the  blockade  and  the  fight  against  Kolchak,  Denikin,  and  the 
other  counter-revolutionary  forces  have  prevented  anything 
more  than  the  effort  to  maintain  industry.  The  retail  shops 
have  also  been  nationalized,  and  so  has  banking.  In  the  case 
of  the  shops,  this  has  led  in  practice  to  the  closing  of  shops, 
but  not  to  the  stoppage  of  retail  trade.  Banking,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  being  converted  into  a  central  bookkeeping  department 
of  the  state.  The  production  of  the  country  is  being  dealt  with 
according  to  an  "Economic  Plan"  largely  under  the  direction 
of  the  Supreme  Council  of  National  Economy. 

M.  Milutin,  the  assistant  of  the  Commissar  in  this  department 
(M.  Rekov),  explained  to  the  delegation  that  "while  the  war  is 
on  we  cannot  extend  industry,  we  can  only  maintain  it."  The 
economic  plan  of  the  development  of  Russia  is  based  upon  a 
very  comprehensive  survey  of  the  need  of  the  country,  but  is 
governed  in  its  practical  application  by  two  main  factors:  (1) 
the  restrictions  on  external  trade,  and  (2)  the  Polish  offensive. 
The  economic  plan  contemplates  fifty  productive  departments, 
a  financial  department,  and  a  department  to  coordinate  the 
work  of  local  economic  councils  which  exist  in  different  towns, 
in  the  different  governments,  and  in  larger  areas   (oblasts)  em- 


bracing more  than  one  government.  Each  department  is  con- 
trolled by  a  director  or  a  collegium  of  three  or  five  members, 
and  the  whole  of  the  Supreme  Economic  Council  is  controlled 
by  a  presidium  of  eleven  members  nominated  by  the  Central 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Trade  Unions,  and  confirmed  by 
the  Council  of  People's  Commissars. 

The  functions  of  the  Supreme  Economic  Council  are:  (1) 
industry;  (2)  the  financing  of  industry  and  the  parceling  of 
raw  materials.  There  are  5,000  nationalized  enterprises,  of 
which  2,500  are  grouped  into  179  trusts  and  directed  by  the 
Council  itself;  70  per  cent  of  these  enterprises  are  working. 
Twenty-five  hundred  enterprises  are  managed  by  local  economic 
councils  forming  part  of  the  provincial  organization,  but  di- 
rectly responsible  to  the  Supreme  Economic  Council.  The  Su- 
preme Economic  Council  has  the  power  of  veto  over  the  mem- 
bers proposed  for  appointment  to  the  local  economic  councils. 
Food,  fuel,  raw  material  of  industry  and  transport,  and  ma- 
terial for  education  are  all  supplied  by  the  Supreme  Council  of 
National  Economy.  In  the  case  of  bread,  for  instance,  a  special 
commission  representing  the  Food  Commissariat,  the  Central 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Soviets,  and  the  Supreme  Economic 
Council  fixes  the  amounts  of  food  for  different  categories  of 
workers,  and  then  distributes  the  bread  available  according  to 
the  reported  population  of  each  district.  The  work  of  the 
Council  is  thus  highly  centralized;  and  M.  Milutin  explained 
that  in  connection  with  the  nationalization  of  industry  "the 
main  line  of  policy  is  to  establish  centralized  organizations." 

The  difficulties  of  the  transition  period  from  the  condition  of 
chaos  which  existed  at  the  beginning  of  the  revolutionary  period 
to  the  present  day,  are  well  exemplified  in  the  Report  of  Two 
Years'  Dictatorship  in  the  Metal  Industry  of  Petrograd  by  M. 
N.  J.  Antonov,  President  of  the  Metal  Section  of  the  Council  of 
National  Economy  of  Petrograd.  The  trade  unions  of  Russia 
have  all  grown  up  within  the  last  few  years,  and  their  members 
in  consequence  have  not  had  a  training  in  administrative  and 
practical  affairs  like  the  trade  unions  in  this  country.  In  Febru- 
ary, 1917,  there  were  only  three  trade  unions  in  Russia  with  a 
membership  of  1,385.  At  the  beginning  of  the  revolution  some 
workers  broke  up  the  machinery  with  hammers,  and  took  pieces 
home  to  their  own  houses;  in  the  majority  of  workshops  and 
factories  the  technical  staff  managers,  engineers,  and  clerks  were 
thought  to  be  hostile  to  the  revolution  and  were  turned  out.  The 
further  revolution  compelled  the  originally  independent  factory 
committees  and  trade  unions  to  coalesce,  the  factory  committees 
remaining  the  local  organ  of  workers'  control.  Later  on  con- 
trol passed  to  a  bureau  organized  by  the  metal  trades  section 
of  the  Economic  Council.  Still  later  factory  administration  col- 
legiums  were  organized,  consisting  two-thirds  of  representa- 
tives of  the  Council  of  National  Economy,  and  one-third  of 
factory  workers.  These  collegiums  have  now  been  replaced 
(Ninth  Communist  Congress  Report)  by  one-man  management. 

Various  methods  have  been  tried  to  stimulate  production 
which  had  fallen  to  "almost  a  catastrophe"  owing  to  (1)  the 
want  of  qualified  workers  and  technicians;  (2)  weak  labor 
discipline  of  the  workmen;  and  (3)  the  abolition  of  piece-work. 

In  the  reintroduction  of  the  system  of  piece-work  in  1919,  a 
more  ambitious  program  of  work  was  attempted  (January- 
June,  1919),  and  the  production  was  increased.  Sea  transports, 
river  steamers,  submarines,  torpedo  boats,  barges,  and  trawlers 
were  made  or  repaired;  23  locomotives  made  and  41  repaired, 
as  well  as  466  wagons  [railway  cars]  made  and  3,313  repaired. 

The  difficulties  of  the  situation  were  complicated  by  the 
Judenich  attack  on  Petrograd.  The  difference  between  estimate 
and  accomplishment  is  shown  below: 

ESTIMATE  ACHIEVEMENT 

Fuel  (in  poods)  1,225,806  81,758 

Workmen    (employed)  36,286  14,670 

Wages    (in  rubles)  106,593,000  114,191,000 

In  1919  the  metal  industries  of  Petrograd  district  were 
grouped   into  seven  trusts,  viz.,   motor-cars    (eight  factories), 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


359 


aeroplanes  (eight  factories) ,  medium-sized  machinery  (eight 
factories),  copper  industry  (four  metal  works),  heavy  machine 
industry,  mass  fabrication  trust  (eight  factories),  and  appa- 
ratus of  precision  and  clock  trust  (thirteen  factories  and  shops). 

Only  in  May,  1920,  however,  was  an  inventory  of  metal  and 
metal  wares  begun.  The  Metal  Section  looks  forward  to  the 
creation  of  a  "socialistic  economy"  when  improvement  in  the 
fuel  situation  takes  place  after  the  war. 

Much  the  same  story  can  be  told  of  the  textile  mills  and  also 
of  other  less  important  organizations.  Coal  getting  operations 
are  just  beginning  in  the  Don  basin;  and  the  reconquest  of  the 
Caspian  Sea  gives  access  to  the  oil  of  Baku  which  is  being  sent 
up  the  River  Volga  in  increasing  quantity,  vivifying  the  ship- 
ping and  the  industry  on  the  banks  of  that  mighty  highway  of 
Russia's  economic  life. 

Members  of  the  delegation  saw  how  the  life  at  Astrakhan 
and  its  fishing  industry  was  becoming  busy  and  active,  and  how 
the  salt  industry  at  Vladimirovka  had  restarted  (June,  1920) 
with  the  arrival  of  the  naphtha  of  Baku.  But  while  the  war 
continues  all  attention  needs  to  be  concentrated  upon  it,  and  the 
economic  rebuilding  of  Russia  has  to  be  deferred. 
The  Cooperative  Movement 

The  great  change  in  the  organization  of  the  cooperative  so- 
cieties (already  referred  to)  took  place  in  April,  1920,  and 
the  chairman  (M.  Lejava)  is  already  (interview,  June  2,  1920) 
able  to  look  forward  to  the  handing  over  of  the  functions  of  the 
Food  Commissariat  to  the  Central  Organization  of  the  Coopera- 
tive (the  Centrosoius).  At  present  the  Centrosoius  controls 
both  certain  productive  enterprises  and  distribution.  All  citi- 
zens of  whatever  class  are  members  of  cooperative  societies. 
The  workers  are  being  educated  in  the  principles  of  coopera- 
tion as  laid  down  by  Robert  Owen.  In  its  dealings  with  com- 
modities, the  Centrosoius  carries  out  the  orders  of  the  Supreme 
Economic  Council  with  regard  to  the  distribution  of  state 
monopolized  articles,  and  works  according  to  the  tariffs  and 
categories  laid  down.  The  monopolized  articles  are  wheat, 
bread,  coal,  sugar,  textiles,  fur,  clothing,  and  timber.  Other 
goods  are  not  monopolized,  but  the  Centrosoius,  while  working 
here  as  a  voluntary  organization,  adopts  in  practice  the  gen- 
eral economic  plan  as  a  guide  and  distributes  goods  according 
to  the  need  for  efficient  workers,  and  not  according  to  capacity 
for  payment. 

The  Centrosoius  has  a  representative  on  the  Supreme  Eco- 
nomic Council,  and  the  chairman  has  the  right  to  attend  meet- 
ings of  the  People's  Commissars  although  without  power  to  vote. 

Labor 

All  matters  directly  affecting  labor  are  the  concern  of  the 
Commissariat  of  Labor,  which  is  governed  by  a  Commissar 
and  a  board  of  two  others,  all  of  whom  are  nominated  by  the 
Central  Executive  Committee  of  the  Trade  Unions  and  ap- 
pointed by  the  Council  of  People's  Commissars.*  There  are 
about  500  local  departments  in  different  districts  and  govern- 
ments. The  departments  of  the  Commissariat  are:  1.  Regis- 
tration and  Distribution  of  Labor;  2.  Fixing  of  Rates  of  Wages; 
3.  Protection  of  Labor;  4.  Statistics;  5.  Museum  of  Labor; 
with  subsidiary  departments  dealing  with  finance,  organization, 
and  internal  arrangement  of  the  Commissariat. 

Labor  exchanges,  of  which  there  are  420  with  260  branches, 
are  now  part  of  the  labor  department  of  the  state,  and  they 
distribute  labor  for  all  purposes.  Wages  and  hours  of  labor 
are  fixed  in  accordance  with  the  economic  conditions  of  the 
country,  and  in  practice  this  is  done  by  the  Central  Executive 
Committee  of  the  Trade  Unions.  During  the  war  it  has  been 
necessary  to  allow  the  employment  of  children  and  young  per- 
sons; but  it  is  hoped  to  withdraw  all  persons  up  to  16  years  of 
age  from  industry  at  an  early  date.  Overtime  is  encouraged 
in  factories  and  workshops,  and  double  employment  is  under- 
taken. Children  of  16  are  not  allowed  to  work  more  than  six 
hours  a  day.     All  hours  over  eight  are  paid  as  overtime,  and 

•Interview  with  M.  Schmidt,  Commissar  for  Labor. 


the  workshop  votes  on  the  number  of  hours  to  be  worked  over- 
time. Women  work  the  same  hours  as  men,  but  for  eight  weeks 
before  and  eight  weeks  after  confinement  they  are  excused  from 
work  and  receive  full  pay. 

An  average  wage  for  a  normal  month's  work  varies  from 
1,200  to  4,500  rubles  according  to  skill.  Those  out  of  work 
receive  the  total  unskilled  wages,  whether  they  are  skilled  or 
unskilled,  plus  dinners  and  ration  card  entitling  them  to  pur- 
chase goods  at  fixed  prices.  Those  unemployed  must  accept 
suitable  work  if  offered,  under  penalty  of  forfeiting  their  pay. 
Specialists  and  technicians  receive  very  much  higher  rates  of 
pay.  At  the  present  time  there  can  be  very  little  unemployment 
in  Russia,  although  exact  figures  are  lacking.  The  difficulty 
is  to  prevent  men  leaving  the  factories  and  workshops  and  going 
to  the  country.  Membership  of  trade  unions  is  compulsory, 
and  embraces  all  persons  without  exception  engaged  in  an  in- 
dustry or  institution.  A  trade  union  in  a  factory  includes  tech- 
nical staff,  clerks,  engineers,  skilled  and  unskilled  workers. 
A  trade  union  in  a  hospital  includes  orderlies,  charwomen, 
stokers,  dispensers,  nurses,  clerks,  and  doctors.  Labor  is  also 
compulsory  for  all  able-bodied  men  and  women  of  eighteen 
years  and  over  up  to  fifty. 

The  difficulties  of  the  situation  were  seen  by  the  delegation 
in  the  ragged  and  half-starved  condition  of  the  workers  at 
Sormova  and  Putilov  works.  They  were  drawn  forcible  at- 
tention to  by  a  worker  from  the  Kolomna  works,  who  stated 
that  desertions  from  the  works  were  frequent,  and  that  de- 
serters were  arrested  by  soldiers  and  brought  from  the  villages. 
The  workers  at  Kolomna  were  stated  to  receive  about  4,000 
rubles  a  month  or  48,000  a  year,  while  the  living  of  an  ordi- 
nary peasant  reckoned  at  ordinary  market  prices  was  valued 
at  three  and  a  half  million  rubles  a  year.  Also,  the  peasants 
are  willing  to  employ  men  at  much  higher  money  wages  than 
they  can  get  in  the  factories  and  workshops,  plus  a  plentiful 
supply  of  food,  which  the  town  worker  does  not  get. 

M.  Karl  Radek,  secretary  of  the  Third  International,  says 
to  the  workers :  "No  surprise  is  entertained  at  your  having  fled 
to  the  villages  to  escape  starvation,  but  the  entire  country  is 
doomed  to  ruin  and  famine  unless  you  return  to  town." 

The  direction  in  which  interesting  developments  of  trade 
union  activity  may  occur  is  seen  in  the  account  of  the  visit  paid 
to  Chatura  Electricity  Works,  where  peat  is  used  as  a  source 
of  power.  Here  the  workers,  who  are  peasants,  and  who  work 
only  two  and  a  half  months  a  year,  are  paid  much  higher  wages 
than  usual,  the  money  wage  amounting  to  from  15,000  to  20,000 
rubles  a  month  plus  a  substantial  payment  in  kind  of  very 
good  rations.  One  hundred  and  five  people  here  had  handled 
70,000,000  poods  of  peat,  while  at  another  works  working  on 
the  normal  system  and  at  normal  rates  of  pay,  283  people  had 
only  handled  6,000,000  poods.  Another  interesting  experiment 
is  at  Kazan,  and  is  being  carried  out  by  members  of  the  build- 
ing trade  union  who  had  been  given  2,500  acres  of  land  and 
had  undertaken  to  develop  a  community;  they  were  working 
directly  under  the  Supreme  Council  of  National  Economy. 
Eleven  hundred  and  fifty  people  are  employed,  and  the  com- 
munity has  its  own  communal  kitchen,  its  own  schools  and 
library,  and  creches  for  the  young  children.  The  productive 
departments  of  the  colony  are  a  carpenter's  shop,  a  tin-plate 
shop,  an  engine-shop,  a  flour  mill,  and  a  railway  with  an  engine 
of  its  own.  This  community  is  undoubtedly  far  more  favorably 
situated  than  the  ordinary  workers  of  Moscow  or  Petrograd, 
and  their  life  cannot  be  compared  with  the  stress  and  strain  of 
the  normal  lot.  Amongst  other  advantages,  it  enjoys  that  of 
being  in  the  country  and  being  able  to  grow  its  own  food.  The 
rations  of  the  community  were  distinctly  good.  Work  along 
these  community  lines  appears  to  be  in  the  line  of  natural 
development  of  the  Russian  workers'  psychology,  which,  in 
work,  always  expressed  itself  before  the  revolution  in  the  artel. 
(A  primitive  method  of  cooperation.)  Another  interesting 
exp  riment  is  that  of  the  Russian-American  tool  shop,  created 


360 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


in  Moscow  by  seventy  men  deported  from  the  United  States, 
a  large  number  of  whom,  of  course,  spoke  English,  and  who 
had  had  experience  of  American  organization  of  industry.  The 
men  were  working  twelve  hours  a  day  and  had  a  premium 
system  by  which  it  was  possible  for  a  worker  to  earn  100  to  200 
per  cent  more  than  the  rate.  A  special  laundry  and  cook-house 
was  attached  to  the  shop,  and  all  the  workers,  men  and  women, 
got  not  only  dinner  but  supper. 

The  communist  view  of  the  trade  unions  is  expressed  in  the 
report  of  the  interview  with  M.  Schmidt  already  given,  and  in 
"The  Trade  Unions  in  Soviet  Russia,"  by  A.  Losovsky  (Mos- 
cow, April,  1920).  The  present  defects  of  organization  are 
recognized,  particularly  the  impossibility  of  carrying  out  com- 
pletely the  proposed  "system  of  the  state  regulation  of  wages," 
but  it  has  one  very  great  virtue,  "it  is  the  child  and  creature 
of  the  Revolution."  (p.  46.)  It  is  stated  that  "there  is  not  a 
branch  of  state  activity  (military,  food,  sanitary,  economic, 
technical,  cultural,  etc.)  in  which  the  Russian  trade  unions  are 
not  engaged."  "Revolutionary  activity,  whole-hearted  loyalty 
to  the  cause  of  the  Revolution,  the  clear  and  firm  position  in  the 
struggle  with  the  bourgeoisie,  the  stern  and  ruthless  hostility  to 
the  very  idea  of  the  cooperation  of  classes,  the  fearless  destruc- 
tion of  old  relations  and  fetishes,  are  things  which  the  Russian 
trade  unions  may  teach  the  workers  of  other  countries."  The 
critics  of  the  present  form  of  trade  union  point  out  the  need  for 
"independent  class  organization"  in  opposition  to  the  tendency 
of  government  policy  being  framed  to  suit  the  preponderant 
mass  of  the  peasants.  Also,  that  the  need  of  Russia  for  foreign 
capital,  and  "the  adaptation  of  Russian  private  capital"  with 
the  "extreme  growth  of  private  small  and  home  industry"  cre- 
ates now  "numbers  of  hired  workers  standing  in  need  of  de- 
fense of  their  interests  by  the  trade  unions."  Another  reason 
for  the  maintenance  of  independent  unions  is  to  resist  "com- 
pulsory" measures  and  "bureaucratization"  by  the  Soviet  au- 
thorities, and  they  must  be  able  "to  defend  before  the  Govern- 
ment the  interests  of  the  proletariat,  independently  of  the  views 
of  the  Government  itself."  The  critics  look  to  improvement  in 
wages,  reform  of  the  loans  system,  freedom  of  election  of 
boards  of  administration  and  works  committees,  and  political 
reforms  to  secure  greater  freedom  generally. 
Women  and  the  Family 

The  considerations  that  apply  to  the  labor  of  men  in  Russia 
apply  also  generally  to  that  of  women.  But  special  legislation 
aims  to  secure  a  period  of  relief  from  work  at  full  pay  for 
eight  weeks  before  and  eight  weeks  after  a  confinement,  and 
nursing  mothers  up  to  one  year  from  the  birth  of  their  chil- 
dren are  supplied  with  extra  rations  and  exemption  from  cer- 
tain kinds  of  work.  How  far  these  excellent  prescriptions  are 
carried  out  in  practice  the  delegation  do  not  feel  able  to  say. 

All  able-bodied  women  in  Russia  are  now  expected  to  work, 
and  it  is  important  to  remember  that  in  old  Russia  the  women 
of  the  working  classes  habitually  went  out  to  work  and,  as  a 
rule,  left  their  children  locked  up  in  their  rooms.  Now  they 
can  dispose  of  their  children  in  four  ways:  (1)  By  looking 
after  the  children  themselves;  (2)  By  sending  them  only  to  the 
mid-day  meal  at  the  children's  dining-rooms;  (3)  By  sending 
them  to  kindergartens  or  creches,  where  they  are  taken  care  of 
the  whole  of  the  day;  (4)  By  placing  them  in  the  children's  com- 
munities, where  they  are  looked  after,  fed,  clothed,  and  housed 
by  the  Soviets. 

The  theory  of  the  Communist  Party  that  every  soul  must 
give  a  labor  contribution  to  the  community  carries  with  it  the 
implication  that  the  individual  must  be  freed  from  the  economic 
burden  of  the  family.  Both  men  and  women  are  paid  on  a 
basis  of  individual  wage.  The  state,  therefore,  must  come  for- 
ward and  provide  for  the  economic  needs  of  the  child;  it  is  the 
concern  not  only  of  parents,  but  of  every  adult  citizen  to  see 
that  all  the  children  are  well  cared  for;  and  through  the  public 
purse  all  contribute  to  their  upkeep. 

It  is  impossible  at  this  stage  to  express  an  opinion  upon  the 


effects  of  this  great  change  in  the  economic  relationship  of 
parents  and  children.  We  are  of  the  opinion  that  while  it  will 
undoubtedly  modify  the  lives  of  children  in  the  towns,  it  will 
not  make  much  impression  upon  the  great  mass  of  the  children 
spread  over  the  peasant  population. 

There  are  very  few,  if  any,  sex  barriers  to  work  in  Soviet 
Russia;  the  majority  of  teachers  are  women,  as  in  Great  Brit- 
ain; about  half  the  doctors  are  women  also,  and  women  are 
found  in  every  department  of  life.  Women  serve  in  the  army, 
and  some  are  officers.  The  head  of  the  police  of  Petrograd  is 
Madame  Ravich,  and  she  has  all  the  men  as  well  as  a  large 
staff  of  women  under  her.  The  heads  of  the  Child  Welfare 
departments  of  Petrograd  and  Moscow  are  both  women. 
Women  also  are  elected  to  the  Soviets  and  take  part  in  trade 
union  work,  although  in  small  numbers.  Women  are  especially 
enlisted  by  the  Medical  Department  to  help  in  the  sanitary  and 
cleanliness  work  of  the  local  Soviets. 

Communist  Party  Women's  Department 

The  Communist  Party  has  organized  a  women's  department. 
In  structure,  it  is  like  our  women's  section  of  the  Labor  Party. 
It  has  its  committee  working  in  conjunction  with  the  Central 
Committee  of  the  party,  and  it  has  its  sections  in  connection 
with  every  branch  and  every  district  throughout  the  country. 

The  function  of  the  Women's  Department  is  to  develop  women 
for  administrative  work,  to  educate  them  in  all  branches  of  the 
Government's  activities.  They  organize  the  mothers  of  the 
children  to  attend  creches  and  children's  dining-rooms.  They 
prepare  rotas  so  that  one  or  two  mothers  are  in  attendance  in 
the  dining-rooms  to  see  that  the  staff  perform  their  duties  ade- 
quately. They  hold  meetings  to  discuss  all  political  and  eco- 
nomic questions,  as  well  as  matters  relating  to  health.  Innessa 
Armand  (known  as  Innessa),  the  head  of  this  depart- 
ment in  Moscow,  was  especially  emphatic  about  the  ques- 
tion of  prostitution.  The  old  regime  left  a  very  large  heri- 
tage of  prostitution.  It  has  not  yet  disappeared,  although  the- 
change  in  the  economic  system  is  hastening  its  disappearance. 
There  is  a  great  deal  of  venereal  disease,  however.  Innessa 
Armand  stated  that  there  is  no  longer  the  economic  incentive 
to  prostitution.  They  try  to  make  the  old  prostitutes  engage 
in  useful  work  and  by  educational  methods  they  are  preventing 
the  making  of  new  prostitutes.  Girls  of  sixteen  start  work 
and  are  expected  to  work  at  least  six  hours  a  day. 

The  state  has  abolished  all  distinction  between  legitimate  and 
illegitimate  children.  They  have  now  a  system  of  registration 
of  births  of  all  children.  The  father's  name  is  always  registered 
as  well  as  that  of  the  mother.  There  is  now  no  attempt  on  the 
part  of  the  father  to  conceal  parentage.  In  old  Russia  there 
was  no  civil  marriage,  only  the  church  marriage,  and  a  very 
large  number  of  people  lived  together  without  marriage.  They 
called  this  agreement  to  live  together  a  "Civil  Contract,"  but 
there  was  no  registration.  Now,  while  it  is  still  true  that  some 
people  live  together  without  marriage,  as  a  rule  they  prefer  to 
be  legally  married.  Divorce  is  by  mutual  consent,  and  if  one 
party  disagrees  or  objects  a  delay  of  three  months  is  imposed. 
The  department  has  not  yet  had  time  to  establish  the  necessary 
statistical  machinery,  but  it  was  given  as  a  considered  opinion 
by  Innessa  that  the  relationship  between  parents  and  children, 
when  not  depending  upon  an  economic  tie,  is  more  likely  to 
depend  upon  the  bond  of  love.  The  story  that  women  are  "na- 
tionalized" in  Russia  is  a  stupid  libel  without  foundation  in  fact. 

Transport 

A  matter  of  importance  as  grave  as  that  of  agriculture  to  the 
country  as  a  whole,  is  the  question  of  the  transport  of  com- 
modities from  one  part  of  Russia  and  Siberia  to  another.  Food 
may  be  abundant  in  Siberia,  but  Petrograd  will  starve  if  the 
trains  and  steamers  do  not  go.  The  importance  of  this  prob- 
lem is  emphasized  strongly  in  the  Report  of  the  Ninth  Congress 
of  the  Communist  Party.  And  while  the  delegation  was  in  Rus- 
sia they  were  enabled  to  see  the  progress  which  is  being  made. 

The    operations    of    the    army    at    the    Polish    front     are 


Sept.  25, 1920] 


The  Nation 


361 


supported  by  an  adequate  railway  system.  Trains  are  running 
from  Petrograd  to  Moscow,  and  Moscow  to  Nijni  Novgorod,  to 
Saratov,  to  Vladikavkaz,  and  Baku.  The  railway  to  Siberia 
is  open,  and  used  for  military  purposes.  Members  of  the  dele- 
gation themselves  traveled  from  the  Esthonian  frontier  to 
Nijni  Novgorod  and  voyaged  down  the  Volga  from  Nijni  Nov- 
gorod to  Astrakhan.  A  large  part  of  the  journey  was  in  com- 
pany with  M.  B.  M.  Sverdlov,  the  Acting  Minister  of  Ways  and 
Communications,  who  is  himself  largely  responsible  for  the  im- 
provement of  transport,  and  an  enthusiastic  advocate  of  one- 
man  management  and  personal  responsibility.  The  transport 
system  is  improving,  many  routes  of  trade  have  been  repaired 
after  destruction  caused  by  war,  and  many  bridges  rebuilt  and 
repaired.  The  program  of  railway  reconstruction  laid  down 
for  accomplishment  has  not  only  been  carried  out,  but  its 
achievement  exceeded.  At  least  4,000  locomotives  are  now 
working  in  Russia,  and  they  will  reach  6,000  before  long. 
Wagons  exist  already  in  considerable  numbers,  and  many  evi- 
dences of  repair  work  were  seen  en  route  in  sidings  and  at 
stations  passed  in  traveling.  The  discipline  of  the  transport 
service  is  severe;  fines,  imprisonment,  and  curtailment  of  privi- 
leges are  inflicted  for  many  offenses,  and  drunkenness  on  the 
railway  on  the  part  of  an  official  (alcohol  is,  of  course,  pro- 
hibited throughout  Russia)  is  punished  with  death  by  shooting. 
Being  parts  of  the  lines  of  communication,  men  in  the  railway 
service  are  deemed  of  equal  importance  with  members  of  the 
Red  army,  and  have  to  undergo  military  discipline  and  receive 
rations  on  the  same  scale  as  the  Red  army. 

The  reconquest  of  the  Caspian  Sea  has  made  the  oil  of  Baku 
available  for  river  and  railway  service,  and  opened  up  com- 
munication with  Turkestan  and  with  Persia.  There  is  little 
doubt  that  in  the  near  future  a  substantial  improvement  in  the 
situation  will  be  registered. 

Public  Health 

A  matter  which  fails  to  be  considered  apart  from  other  ques- 
tions, although  of  fundamental  importance,  is  that  of  public 
health.  Health  conditions  in  Russia  are  very  bad,  and  are  only 
mitigated  by  the  unflagging  work  of  the  doctors  and  sanitary 
personnel.  Since  1918  the  country  has  been  swept  by  great 
epidemics  of  typhus,  of  recurrent  fever,  of  Spanish  influenza, 
and  of  cholera,  while  local  outbreaks  of  smallpox  and  other  dis- 
eases have  occurred.  The  Russian  Commissariat  for  Public 
Health  states  that  a  typhus  epidemic  broke  out  in  the  autumn 
of  1918  and  lasted  until  the  summer  of  1919,  the  number  of 
cases  registered  during  eight  months  being  1,299,262,  with  a 
death-rate  of  from  8  to  10  per  cent.  This  is  presumably  inde- 
pendent of  an  epidemic  of  recurrent  fever  at  the  same  time. 
As  registration  is  difficult  in  Russia,  the  total  number  of  cases 
is  probably  much  greater,  as  in  the  villages  and  country  dis- 
tricts numerous  persons  must  have  escaped  observation.  The 
epidemic  was  universal,  and  practically  no  town  or  village  in 
Russia  escaped  the  infection.  An  unfortunate  feature  of  the 
epidemic  was  the  high  mortality  of  doctors;  about  50  per  cent 
of  doctors  in  attendance  on  patients  in  hospitals  actually  suc- 
cumbed to  the  disease.  The  effect  of  the  shortage  of  doctors  so 
produced  has  been  lamentable,  and  at  the  time  when  Astrakhan 
was  visited  there  was  only  one  doctor  for  the  whole  of  the  area 
of  the  Astrakhan  Government  outside  of  the  town  itself.  Ty- 
phus in  Astrakhan  Government  had  actually  killed  14  per  cent 
of  the  total  number  of  doctors  in  the  provinces. 

The  measures  taken  against  the  spread  of  typhus,  the 
great  distributing  agents  of  which  are  the  railway  lines,  have 
been  the  controlling  of  traffic,  and  the  establishment  of  control 
stations  at  fixed  points  on  the  line,  and  at  important  junctions. 
A  sanitary  campaign,  in  which  women  have  been  largely  en- 
listed, has  been  carried  out  in  many  towns  and  villages.  Severe 
measures  are  taken  against  culpably  dirty  people,  and  baths 
are  called  "Dr.  Semasko's  Extraordinary  Commission."  The 
effect  of  this  campaign  is  shown  in  the  figures  for  typhus  cases 
of  all-Russia  (including  Siberia)  for  the  present  year,  which 
are  as  follows: 


February   389,859  civilians 

March     313,624         " 

April    158,308 

January   66,113  army 

February    75,978       " 

March 57,251       " 

April    16,505       " 

The  rise  of  army  cases  in  February,  1920,  coincides  with  the 
retreat  of  Denikin  and  reinfection  from  his  troops.  But  great 
as  the  efforts  of  the  medical  staff  have  been,  even  elementary 
disinfection  has,  as  a  rule,  been  impossible.  In  hospitals  visited 
in  Moscow,  and  in  towns  and  villages  on  the  Volga  there  was  no 
soap  available  for  washing  floors  or  bedding  or  patients'  cloth- 
ing. The  only  disinfectant  available  in  most  cases  was  formalin, 
and  that  only  in  small  quantities.  As  a  rule,  it  was  impossible 
to  do  more  than  tidy  and  sweep  hospitals,  and  wash  them  with 
water  without  soap.  Some  hospitals  visited  were  as  clean  as 
could  be  expected,  others  were  dirty  and  even  dangerously  dirty. 
Home  disinfection  of  the  houses  from  which  infectious  cases 
were  brought  was  impossible  as  a  rule,  and  was  only  attempted 
in  Petrograd  (the  Sanitary  Brigade  for  Disinfection  work  is  here 
under  the  command  of  Dr.  Havkin)  and  Moscow;  in  the  country 
towns  and  villages  it  was  not  carried  out.  Nor  was  it  possible 
to  disinfect  the  clothing  of  the  patients  themselves.  In  1918 
there  was  also  a  cholera  epidemic  reaching  the  figure  of  35,619 
cases,  and  on  June  14,  1920,  there  were  100  cholera  cases  in 
Moscow,  and  the  menace  of  a  new  epidemic.  There  were  only 
a  small  number  of  case*  in  the  summer  of  1919.  Smallpox  exists 
in  Russia  very  widely  disseminated,  and  81,851  cases  were  regis- 
tered from  November  1,  1918,  to  July,  1919.  At  the  time  of  the 
visit  of  the  delegation  to  Russia  it  was  personally  ascertained 
that  there  were  cases  in  Petrograd,  in  Moscow,  and  in  Astra- 
khan.    Much  vaccination  was  carried  out. 

A  severe  epidemic  of  Spanish  influenza  also  swept  over  the 
country  in  1918.  What  the  total  mortality  from  these  diseases 
has  been,  it  is  very  difficult  to  estimate;  but  at  the  very  lowest 
the  mortality  from  typhus  fever  alone  must  amount  to  two  or 
three  hundred  thousand.  A  large  number  of  these  deaths  could 
have  been  prevented  had  it  been  possible  to  check  the  spread  of 
the  fever  by  cleanliness,  by  washing  with  soap,  and  by  disinfec- 
tion. Soap,  however,  is  a  commodity  for  which  Russia  is  depend- 
ent on  the  outer  world,  as  she  is  also  for  disinfectants.  In  the 
deprivation  of  these  two  prime  necessities  of  public  health  the 
Allied  policy  of  the  blockade  stands  condemned  as  the  cause  of 
many  thousands  of  deaths.  When  to  the  tale  of  typhus  is  added 
that  of  Spanish  influenza,  of  cholera,  of  smallpox,  and  of  other 
diseases,  when  it  is  realized  that  there  are  practically  no  drugs 
at  all  in  Russia  because  of  the  blockade,  that  all  hospital  sup- 
plies are  reduced  to  practically  nothing,  and  that  linen  and 
blankets  are  lacking,  the  indictment  of  the  blockade  becomes 
blacker  still.  It  should  be  realized  that  on  the  medical  side  of 
Russian  life  we  are  dealing  with  a  question  outside  ordinary 
politics.  Very  few  of  the  doctors  are  Communists,  but  they  are 
Russians;  they  are  as  doctors  professional  humanitarians,  they 
have  worked  to  the  utmost,  as  their  starved  faces  and  haunted 
eyes  tell  plainly,  but  destroy  lice  and  disease  germs  without  soap 
and  disinfectants  they  cannot.  And  thousands  of  lives  have 
been  sacrificed  for  want  of  these  elementary  medical  necessities. 

Education 
The  Revolution  in  Russia  has  given  a  very  great  impetus  to 
education,  which  had  hardly  begun  in  Russia  before  1905,  and 
which  had  progressed  slowly  up  to  1917.  The  decrees  on  educa- 
tional matters  promulgated  by  the  Government  make  all  educa- 
tion free  up  to  university  grade,  and  it  is  also  contemplated  to 
supply  free  food  and  clothing  to  all  young  persons  up  to  16 
years  of  age.  A  decree  for  the  provision  of  maintenance  up  to 
14  years  of  age  was  issued  from  the  Commissariat  of  Education 
in  July,  1919,  and  the  decree  extending  the  period  to  16  at  a 
later  date.  Progress  has  already  been  made  in  carrying  the 
decrees  into  effect,  and  the  Russian  educational  authorities  esti- 
mate that  25  per  cent  of  the  child  population  are  now  in  receipt 


362 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2882 


of  a  normal  education  of  the  elementary  type.  This  is  probably 
an  over-estimate,  as  in  some  places  visited  accommodation  for 
only  10  per  cent  of  the  children  existed;  and  also  there  is  no 
method  of  insuring  compulsory  attendance  as  in  England,  and 
children  who  do  not  wish  to  attend  simply  remain  away.  In 
some  of  the  villages  any  education  is  of  a  very  primitive  de- 
scription and  confined  to  the  winter  months  and  to  children  be- 
tween 8  and  13.  It  is  estimated  that  15  or  20  per  cent  of  the 
children  are  receiving  some  form  of  effective  elementary  educa- 
tion. The  difficulties  are  those  familiar  to  educationists  in  this 
country:  (a)  want  of  teachers;  (b)  want  of  buildings  suitable 
for  school  premises;  (c)  want  of  school  furniture  and  of  paper, 
pencils,  books,  and  school  apparatus. 

Great  efforts  are  being  made,  however,  to  meet  these  deficien- 
cies. Special  six-months'  courses  of  training  have  been  estab- 
lished for  teachers;  buildings  taken  over  from  the  bourgeoisie 
are  being  adapted  for  schools,  and  arrangements  are  being  made 
for  import  of  necessary  articles  of  furniture  and  equipment  for 
school  work.  A  campaign  is  being  waged  for  the  abolition  of 
illiteracy;  adult  schools  of  an  elementary  nature  for  both  men 
and  women,  and  evening  schools,  are  being  created  in  increasing 
numbers.  Special  classes  have  been  established  in  connection 
with  the  universities  known  as  the  Workers'  Faculty,  with  a 
view  to  preparing  working  men  and  women  for  university  study. 

But  in  the  matter  of  provision  of  food  for  children,  the  Rus- 
sian education  authorities  have  been  more  successful.  In  the 
villages  this  provision  is  not  required,  but  in  the  towns  there  are 
special  children's  restaurants  in  addition  to  the  arrangements 
for  feeding  at  the  schools.  There  is  no  doubt  that  as  a  result 
of  these  arrangements  the  feeding  of  children  is  on  a  more  sat- 
isfactory basis  than  that  af  adults. 

The  delegation  visited  schools  in  Petrograd,  Moscow,  and  in 
towns  and  villages  on  the  Volga  and  found  everywhere  signs  of 
the  same  general  policy. 

The  Russian  educational  authorities  are  creating  a  large 
amount  of  boarding-school  and  open-air  colony  accommodation 
for  children  of  school  age,  and  a  large  number  of  creches  and 
kindergartens  for  children  below  school  age.  For  the  purposes 
of  these  schools  expropriated  houses  in  the  towns  and  in  the 
country  are  being  used.  Members  of  the  delegation  visited  de- 
lightfully-situated schools  in  Petrograd  and  Moscow,  and  found 
that  the  children  were  being  well  and  carefully  looked  after. 
Some  of  the  schools  were  very  well  fitted  up;  others  were  more 
primitive.  A  small  theater  was  a  usual  feature  of  all  schools, 
as  the  educational  authorities  lay  great  stress  on  dancing,  sing- 
ing, and  artistic  self-expression.  Children  from  the  towns  are 
transferred  in  large  numbers  to  the  country  for  the  summer  to 
special  summer  colonies,  and  several  of  these  were  visited.  One, 
on  the  banks  of  the  Moskva  river,  in  an  aforetime  grand-ducal 
palace,  was  a  very  charming  holiday  home.  The  Soviet  authori- 
ties estimate  that  they  provide  accommodation  for  2,000,000  chil- 
dren in  their  boarding  establishments  and  colonies. 

An  interesting  feature  of  the  schools  was  the  attempt  which 
is  being  made  to  link  up  ordinary  education  with  the  spirit  of 
the  workshop.  The  danger  of  education  divorcing  children  from 
the  proletarian  atmosphere  of  factory  and  workshop  life  is 
being  guarded  against  by  special  arrangements  of  the  curricu- 
lum, to  base  it  upon  various  forms  of  manual  work.  Religion 
is  not  allowed  to  be  taught  in  the  schools,  nor  are  teachers 
allowed  to  take  children  to  church,  but  there  is  no  religious  per- 
secution, teachers  and  children  individually  are  free  to  go  to 
church  if  they  wish.  It  is  significant  in  this  connection  that  in 
April  permission  was  granted  to  the  authorities  of  the  Mosque 
at  Petrograd  to  commence  the  chanting  of  the  muezzins'  call  to 
prayer,  which  had  been  up  to  that  time  forbidden.  Ikons  and 
religious  observances  are  noticed  in  schools,  offices,  and  private 
houses,  very  widely  spread.  Lessons  on  socialism  are  given  in 
the  schools,  and  communism  is  taught  definitely.  Photographs 
of  Karl  Marx,  Lenin,  Trotzky,  Lunacharsky,  and  others  are 
frequently  to  be  seen  in  the  schools,  as  are  also  revolutionary 
mottoes. 


In  the  schools  visited  by  members  of  the  delegation  the  chil- 
dren were  free  and  happy,  and  many  evidences  were  seen  of  the 
marked  natural  artistic  ability  which  seems  to  be  one  of  the 
characteristics  of  the  Russian  people.     .     .     . 

Conclusion 

Such,  as  far  as  we  have  been  able  to  ascertain  them,  are  the 
facts  in  broad  outline.  Various  questions  of  great  importance 
naturally  suggest  themselves,  e.g.,  whether  the  various  measures 
taken  by  the  Communist  Party  have  or  have  not  been  necessary; 
whether  the  same  results  could  have  been  brought  about  by 
milder  means;  whether  any  more  democratic  form  of  govern- 
ment could  not  be  established;  and  lastly,  whether  the  Russian 
Revolution  ought  to  serve  as  a  model  to  other  countries,  and  if 
so,  in  what  respect.  These  are  questions  on  which  opinions 
differ  widely,  and  we  do  not  propose  to  deal  with  them.  We 
only  desire  to  point  out,  as  essential  to  the  understanding  of 
the  Russian  Revolution,  the  extraordinary  conditions  under 
which  it  has  been  and  is  being  carried  through. 

Russia  is  a  vast  country,  potentially  rich,  but  economically  in 
a  backward  state.  Her  people  consisted,  before  the  Revolution, 
of  peasant  owners  (the  vast  majority),  a  town  proletariat,  a 
small  bourgeoisie,  and  a  still  smaller  class  of  large  capitalists, 
sharply  distinguished  from  the  rest  of  the  population.  Russian 
party  strife  has  been  marked  by  its  extreme  violence.  The  pres- 
ent leaders  are  men  who  have  suffered  every  kind  of  oppression, 
and  have  been  accustomed  for  years  to  take  their  lives  in  their 
hands. 

With  such  conditions  and  such  a  history,  Russia  has  been 
plunged  into  no  less  than  six  years  of  continuous  and  still  con- 
tinuing warfare.  She  has  been  blockaded  and  her  communica- 
tions with  the  outside  world  cut  off.  She  has  been  invaded  by 
foreign  troops  on  all  sides.  More  important  still,  the  most  des- 
perate efforts  have  been  made  to  foster  conspiracy  and  civil  war 
on  her  territory. 

The  economic  collapse,  and  the  measures  for  the  restriction 
of  liberty,  are  due  at  least  as  much  to  these  causes,  and  the 
general  exhaustion,  suspicion,  and  despair  which  they  would  have 
produced  in  any  case,  as  to  the  tumults  and  mutual  hatreds  to 
which  the  Revolution  itself  has  given  rise. 

Whether,  under  such  conditions,  Russia  could  be  governed  in 
a  different  way — whether,  in  particular,  the  ordinary  processes 
of  democracy  could  be  expected  to  work — is  a  question  on  which 
we  do  not  feel  ourselves  competent  to  pronounce.  All  we  know 
is  that  no  practical  alternative,  except  a  virtual  return  to  autoc- 
racy, has  been  suggested  to  us;  that  a  "strong"  government  is 
the  only  type  of  government  which  Russia  has  yet  known;  that 
the  opponents  of  the  Soviet  Government  when  they  were  in 
power  in  1917  exercised  repression  against  the  Communists. 

Such  are  the  conditions  and  peculiarities,  the  heated  and 
revolutionary  atmosphere,  which  must  be  taken  into  account  in 
any  criticism  of  the  Russian  Revolution,  and  still  more  in  any 
attempt  to  apply  its  lessons  to  other  countries. 

The  Russian  Revolution  has  not  had  a  fair  chance.  We  can- 
not say  whether,  in  normal  conditions,  this  particular  socialist 
experiment  would  have  been  a  success  or  a  failure.  The  condi- 
tions have  been  such  as  would  have  rendered  the  task  of  social 
transformation  extraordinarily  difficult,  whoever  had  attempted 
it  and  whatever  had  been  the  means  adopted.  We  cannot  forget 
that  the  responsibility  for  these  conditions  resulting  from  for- 
eign interference  rests  not  upon  the  revolutionaries  of  Russia, 
but  upon  the  capitalist  governments  of  other  countries,  including 
our  own. 

Ben  Turner,  The  Labor  Party,  Chairman  of  Delegation 
Margaret  Bondfield,  A.  A.  Purcell,  H.  Skinner,  Trades  Union 

Congress 
Ethel  Snowden,  Tom  Shaw,  Robert  Williams,  The  Labor  Party 
Chas.  Roden  Buxton,  L.  Haden  Guest,  Joint  Secretaries 

The  report  has  been  submitted  to  and  also  indorsed  by  Mr. 
R.  C.  Wallhead  and  Mr.  Clifford  Allen,  who  formed  an  inde- 
pendent delegation  to  Russia  on  behalf  of  the  Independent  Labor 
Party. 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  WEDNESDAY,  OCTOBER   6,   1920 


No.  2883 


Contents 


EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    363 

EDITORIALS : 

"Pitiless  Publicity"   for  Haiti 366 

The    Committee   on    Ireland 367 

Traitors   and   Anarchists 368 

Side    Stepping    with    Cox 368 

Certain    Neglected    Books 369 

STANDING    BEHIND    THE    PRESIDENT— AN    IMPOSSIBILITY.      By 

John  Kenneth  Turner    370 

THE  WOMAN  VOTER  HITS  THE  COLOR  LINE.     By  William  Pickens  372 

THE   RETURN   OF  THE   HAPSBURGS?     By   Eugene   S.    Bagger 374 

SUPERFINE  FRENZY.      By  Clement  Wood 375 

IN   THE   DRIFTWAY.     By   the  Drifter 376 

CORRESPONDENCE     377 

BOOKS : 

Economic  Studies  of  the  War.     By  Carl  C.  Plehn 378 

Progress.     B'y   Preserved   Smith 379 

Caliban    380 

Books  in  Brief    381 

DRAMA : 

Underworld.   By  Ludwig   Lewisohn 383 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION: 

German   Solvency  and  Reparations 384 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

LUDWIG    LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


ACT  Two  of  the  Italian  revolution  is  done.  Act  One 
was  the  war,  and  the  curtain  fell  with  the  cost  of  liv- 
ing quintupled.  Act  Two  opened  with  the  seizure  of  the 
steel  works,  and  their  operation  by  the  employees,  while 
the  Government  smiled  benevolently  and  did  nothing.  It 
closes  with  the  vote  of  the  employees  to  return  the  factories 
to  their  owners  after  their  wage  demands  have  been  granted, 
a  promise  of  no  reprisals,  and  a  commission  named  to  de- 
termine conditions  of  joint  operation  of  factories  by  em- 
ployees and  owners.  It  would  be  a  bold  prophet  who  would 
predict  the  hour  of  the  curtain-rise  for  Act  Three,  or  the 
stage  setting.  But  it  takes  little  perspicacity  to  see  that 
the  play  has  only  begun. 

DARKER  and  darker  grow  the  clouds  which  are  begin- 
ning to  hide  the  horizon  of  our  relations  with  Japan. 
No  less  a  friend  of  America  than  Baron  Kentaro  Kaneko  has 
given  an  interview  in  which  he  expresses  great  indignation 
at  the  California  proposals.  That  he  should  talk  at  all  on 
such  a  matter  is  significant  enough;  that  he  should  voice 
such  deep  feeling  speaks  volumes.  Meanwhile  the  annual 
fight  is- on  for  a  great  addition  to  the  Japanese  fleet  and  the 
reason  given  is  the  necessity  for  preparing  to  defend  Japan 
from  the  menace  of  ever  increasing  American  armaments. 
A  large  public  meeting  in  Tokio  to  discuss  the  relations 


between  the  two  countries  was  interrupted  by  the  police,  but 
not  until  Representative  Kodama  had  spoken  very  sharply 
against  the  American  attitude.  The  Japanese  press  is 
daily  giving  much  space  to  the  whole  question,  and  there 
seems  to  be  a  plan  for  a  joint  high  commission  to  inquire 
into  the  whole  question  of  our  future  relations.  Failing 
this,  there  are  proposals  to  constitute  an  informal  commis- 
sion of  prominent  men  after  the  manner,  apparently,  of  The 
Nation's  committee  on  atrocities  in  Ireland.  On  this  side, 
Cox  has  followed  Harding's  lead  and  told  the  Californians 
that  if  he  is  elected  the  Federal  Government  will  work  with 
California  in  excluding  the  Orientals.  Next  we  must  record 
with  shame  the  words  of  the  newly  elected  president  of  the 
University  of  California,  who  is  daily  showing  his  unfitness 
for  that  great  post.  In  a  press  interview  Dr.  Barrows 
speaks  of  "foul"  Japanese  methods,  and  of  the  "evils  of  a 
race  which  we  do  not  detest  but  which  we  will  not  endure." 
When  heads  of  universities  speak  thus,  what  may  we  expect 
from  mere  agitators?  Thus  are  wars  made.  But  fortu- 
nately the  Japanese  moves  for  open  consultations  are  pre- 
cisely what  the  hour  calls  for. 

IT  makes  very  little  difference  to  the  outside  world  who 
is  President  of  France.  The  French  have  such  a  fear 
of  dictatorship  or  return  to  royalty  that  they  have  endowed 
the  office  with  more  pomp  than  importance.  It  is  custom 
rather  than  law  which  keeps  the  office  unimportant.  When- 
ever a  strong  man  becomes  chief  of  state  there  is  talk  of 
more  power  to  the  President,  and  the  newspapers  prophesy 
that  the  first  magistrate  will  cease  to  be  a  figurehead.  It 
was  so  when  Poincare  took  office  in  1913;  it  is  so  now  that 
Paul  Deschanel  has  given  way  to  Millerand ;  but  custom  and 
tradition  tend  in  France  to  overcome  the  will  even  of 
"strong  men."  M.  Millerand  starts  his  Presidency  with  a 
weak  man  as  Premier — Georges  Leygues,  who  held  various 
of  the  lesser  cabinet  posts  twenty  years  ago,  who  was 
brought  up  in  the  Delcasse  school  of  jingo  diplomacy,  and 
was  given  the  post  of  Minister  of  Marine  in  the  Clemenceau 
war  ministry.  So  long  as  Leygues  continues  Premier, 
Millerand  will  be  the  real  force  in  French  policy;  but  time 
may  work  just  such  revenges  on  him  as  on  Poincare. 

THE  recent  settlement  by  the  Council  of  the  League  of 
Nations  of  the  Aaland  Islands  dispute  between  Finland 
and  Sweden  is  by  no  means  an  indication  that  the  League 
is  functioning  as  its  sponsors  predicted  it  would.  The 
"settlement"  consists  of  the  appointment  of  a  commission  to 
investigate  the  claims  of  the  two  countries  and  to  make 
recommendations  as  to  the  final  disposal  of  the  islands. 
Sweden  and  Finland  both  declare  they  will  never  give  up 
the  disputed  territory,  and,  as  neither  country  is  legally 
bound  to  accept  the  commission's  findings  and  the  League 
has  no  power  to  enforce  them,  the  situation  is  precisely 
what  it  would  have  been  had  the  two  countries  submitted 
their  dispute  to  the  prewar  Hague  tribunal.  As  for  the 
League's  intervention  between  Poland  and  Lithuania,  its 
only  result  so  far  would  seem  to  be  that  M.  Paderewski 


364 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


shook  hands  with  the  Lithuanian  foreign  minister.  Queen 
Wilhelmina  of  Holland  stated  at  the  opening  of  the  Dutch 
Parliament  that  the  League  had  failed  to  come  up  to  ex- 
pectations and  under  the  circumstances  Holland  would  take 
steps  to  reinforce  its  active  military  forces! 

INABILITY  of  the  farmers  of  the  grain-raising  sections 
to  secure  cars  in  which  to  ship  their  crops  appears  to 
be  due  more  to  immobile  railroad  equipment  than  to  lack 
of  it.  Under  direction  of  the  Illinois  Agricultural  Associa- 
tion, farmers  of  the  State  have  completed  a  survey  of  494 
railroad  yards  in  46  counties.  The  cars  in  each  yard  were 
listed  on  a  given  day,  and  a  second  inspection  was  made  a 
week  later.  In  Grundy  county  reports  were  made  in  regard 
to  nine  stations.  Four  of  them  showed  a  complete  clearance. 
At  the  other  five,  454  cars  were  listed  on  the  first  count. 
Seven  days  later  236,  or  more  than  half  of  the  identical 
cars  were  still  there.  That  they  were  not  in  bad  order  is 
shown  by  the  fact  that  224  of  them  were  loaded.  At  146 
stations  it  was  found  that  10  per  cent  of  the  cars  listed 
remained  unmoved  for  the  week  in  question.  Large  num- 
bers of  empty  cars  were  found  in  every  county — many  of 
them  suitable  for  carrying  grain.  If  the  percentage  of 
idle  cars  in  the  United  States  approaches  the  condition  re- 
vealed by  this  farmers'  survey,  it  appears  once  more  that 
what  is  needed  is  not  more  equipment  but  more  speed  in 
handling  what  exists  and  more  insistence  that  shippers 
unload  and  release  cars  promptly.  Mr.  D.  0.  Thompson, 
secretary  of  the  Illinois  Agricultural  Association,  makes 
the  following  statement  in  his  report  of  the  survey: 
"Farmers  are  vitally  interested  in  knowing  whether  this 
situation  is  due  to  inertia  on  the  part  of  railroad  officials, 
caused  by  guaranteed  profits,  indolence  of  railroad  work- 
ers induced  by  the  recent  wage  raise  and  augmented  by 
an  eight-hour  day  with  time  and  a  half  for  overtime,  or 
simply  a  condition  in  which  we  find  ourselves  and  which  we 
must  outgrow,  with  all  parties  concerned  doing  their  level 
best.  The  next  step  of  the  farmers'  business  organizations 
will  be  to  find  the  real  reason  of  inefficient  transportation." 

WHAT  is  the  use  of  going  after  a  single  anarchist  if 
the  President  of  the  United  States  can  void  his  oath 
of  office  and  deliberately  disobey  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States?  The  question  arises  because  Mr.  Wilson 
declares  that  he  will  not  obey  the  mandate  of  the  Jones 
Merchant  Marine  act  of  June  5  last,  which  directed  him 
to  notify  within  ninety  days  all  foreign  governments  that 
this  country  elected  to  terminate  all  treaties  restricting  the 
right  of  this  Government  to  impose  discriminatory  duties 
upon  imports  and  discriminatory  tonnage  dues.  We  agree 
with  Mr.  Hannis  Taylor,  who  ranks  as  a  foremost  constitu- 
tional authority,  that  the  President  could  be  impeached  for 
this,  and  we  believe  that  he  should  be.  The  incident  is  en- 
tirely characteristic  of  Mr.  Wilson.  The  latter  is  correct 
in  his  opposition  to  the  provisions  of  the  law — the  proposed 
policy  is  economically  indefensible  and  politically  stupid — 
and  he  may  be  justified  in  saying  that  this  is  an  interfer- 
ence by  Congress  with  a  phase  of  our  foreign  policy  which 
is  the  prerogative  of  the  Executive.  Why,  then,  did  he 
sign  the  bill  last  June  instead  of  vetoing  it?  He  made  it 
law  by  his  own  act  and  now  decides  that  he  will  not  abide 
by  it.  He  cites  as  a  precedent  President  Hayes's  veto  of  a 
bill  ordering  him  to  abrogate  certain  agreements  with  China. 
But  President  Hayes  took  the  correct  course;  he  vetoed  the 


bill  when  it  came  before  him.  Probably  Mr.  Wilson  did  not 
read  the  Jones  bill — a  procedure  sometimes  worth  while — 
before  signing  it.  Now  he  seeks  to  offset  his  own  delin- 
quency, or  error  of  judgment,  by  overriding  in  an  illegal 
manner  the  wish  of  Congress.  It  is  a  grave  blow  to  the 
American  Constitution,  which  Republicans  and  Democrats 
alike  ought  to  act  upon  the  minute  Congress  reassembles. 

GEORGE  NASMYTH,  who  has  just  died  in  Switzerland, 
was  a  loyal  international  citizen.  He  started  life  as 
a  physicist,  but  his  period  of  study  in  Europe  swept  him 
into  the  tide  of  young  internationalists  who  foresaw  and 
hoped  desperately  to  forestall  the  coming  war.  He  was 
largely  instrumental  in  forming  the  International  Students 
Clubs  and  encouraging  the  feeble  groups  of  anti-militarist 
students  in  the  German  universities  in  the  decade  before  the 
war;  he  was  elected  president  of  Corda  Fratres,  the  Inter- 
national Federation  of  Students,  at  Rome  in  1911;  he  was 
a  leader  in  the  student  groups  in  England  and  America 
which  dreamed  so  lustily  in  the  first  years  of  the  World  War 
of  what  a  league  of  nations  might  be.  During  America's 
participation  in  the  war  he  served  with  the  Fuel  Adminis- 
tration in  Washington;  then,  after  the  armistice,  returned 
to  Europe,  first  as  delegate  to  an  international  Congress  of 
Cooperative  Societies,  then  to  organize  the  first  post-war 
conference  of  the  World  Alliance  for  Promoting  Inter- 
national Friendship  through  the  Churches  held  at  the  Hague 
last  autumn,  and  later  to  regather  the  scattered  strands  of 
the  international  student  movement.  The  world  is  poorer 
for  the  loss  of  George  Nasmyth's  enduring  and  energetic 
faith  in  it. 

THE  making  of  denials  is  a  business,  or  a  science,  or  an 
art,  according  to  the  point  of  view,  and  with  some  it 
is  a  policy.  It  is  hard  to  say  what  it  has  been  with  Franklin 
Roosevelt  and  Senator  Harding.  Mr.  Roosevelt  made  a 
speech  at  Butte  on  August  18  in  which  the  Associated  Press 
reported  his  saying  that  he  had  "had  something  to  do  with 
the  running  of  a  couple  of  little  republics.  The  fact  is,  I 
wrote  Haiti's  Constitution  myself.  .  .  .  Until  last  week, 
I  had  two  votes  in  the  League  Assembly  myself."  He  was 
also  quoted  as  saying  the  United  States  controlled  about 
twelve  votes  of  little  Latin  American  republics  in  the 
League.  Days  passed,  and  the  statement  was  printed  and 
reprinted.  Finally,  on  September  2,  Mr.  Roosevelt  issued 
a  lengthy  denial,  not  of  the  Haiti,  but  of  the  League  state- 
ment. He  had  merely  said  that  about  twelve  republics  would 
feel  that  their  interests  bound  them  to  vote  with  the  United 
States.  Two  weeks  later  still  Senator  Harding  quoted  the 
statements  about  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo;  he  did  not 
mention  the  twelve  votes  in  the  League.  Mr.  Roosevelt 
telegraphed  his  regret  that  the  Senator  should  put  into  his 
mouth  "an  alleged  statement  about  the  votes  in  the  League 
of  Nations  of  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  which  I  had  al- 
ready publicly  denied  making."  It  was  Senator  Harding's 
turn,  and  he  spoke  with  super-senatorial  subtlety.  "I  am 
frank  to  say  I  had  not  seen  and  have  not  yet  seen  such 
denial,"  he  telegraphed,  "but  I  accept  your  statement  in 
good  faith  and  express  regret  that  I  should  have  quoted 
you." 

THE  campaign  drags  on  its  weary  length,  without  life, 
vitality,  or  popular  interest.    Cox  has  spoken  on  prohi- 
bition,  stating   that  the   issue   "is   as   dead   as    slavery." 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


365 


Harding  stands  proudly  on  his  record — whether  as  an 
owner  of  brewery  shares,  or  as  one  who  voted  usually  with 
the  "wets,"  and  then  slipped  over  to  the  "drys,"  is  not  quite 
clear.  His  letter  of  April  last,  favoring  recognition  of  the 
Soviet  Government,  he  ignores  now  that  it  has  seen  the  light 
of  day.  Only  by  his  refusal  to  imitate  Cox  in  constantly 
attacking  people  in  the  opposition  does  he  shine.  As  for 
the  Ohio  Governor,  he  continues  to  "see  things."  He  finds 
the  Republicans  are  denying  him  publicity  by  exercising 
illicit  pressure  upon  the  Western  newspapers ;  that  Republi- 
can scouts  precede  him  to  prepare  a  hostile  atmosphere  for 
him;  and  he  is  still  obsessed  by  the  idea  that  the  Republi- 
cans are  buying  up  the  election.  Meanwhile  it  appears  that 
the  Democratic  national  organization  is  destitute  of  funds, 
and  has  been  able  to  raise  only  $135,000 ;  so  that  the  closing 
of  the  headquarters  in  New  York  has  been  seriously  dis- 
cussed. Never  was  one  of  the  old  parties  so  short  of  money ; 
indeed,  it  is  rumored  that  the  stenographic  employees  would 
have  gone  home  unpaid  several  week-ends  if  it  had  not  been 
for  the  generosity  of  James  W.  Gerard.  Now  all  the  Demo- 
cratic hopes  are  centered  on  Mr.  Wilson's  declarations  to 
the  people,  soon  to  begin.  Absit  omen!  Will  they  aid  the 
Republicans  as  did  his  famous  missive  in  the  Congressional 
elections  of  two  years  ago?  Meanwhile  no  enlightenment, 
no  illumination,  no  program  anywhere.  Only  a  determina- 
tion to  elect  Harding  by  disgust. 

PERHAPS  the  most  significant  aspect  of  the  campaign 
of  1920  is  the  cleavage  from  the  two  old  parties  in  the 
States  of  the  Northwest.  In  North  Dakota,  South  Dakota, 
and  Montana  this  has  been  accomplished  chiefly  by  the  Non- 
partisan League,  and  in  Wisconsin  by  the  League  working 
in  conjunction  with  the  La  Follette  forces.  The  capture  of 
the  Democratic  primaries  in  Colorado  was  achieved  mainly 
by  the  State  organization  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  while 
in  Washington  this  party  has  superseded  the  old  Triple 
Alliance,  and  has  adopted  a  program,  calling,  among  other 
things,  for  a  State-owned  bank.  James  Duncan,  secretary 
of  the  Seattle  Labor  Council,  has  been  nominated  for  Con- 
gress in  the  first  district,  and  C.  J.  France,  who  was  ousted 
as  secretary  of  the  Port  of  Seattle  because  of  his  affiliation 
with  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  has  been  put  up  for  the 
United  States  Senate.  The  State  campaign  is  the  leading 
issue  everywhere;  the  Presidential  campaign  is  receiving 
almost  no  attention.  In  States  where  the  Nonpartisan 
League  is  the  chief  factor,  the  Presidential  electors  will 
probably  go  by  default  to  whichever  of  the  old  parties  the 
Nonpartisan  League  nominally  represents.  In  Colorado  and 
Washington,  however,  Christensen  will  presumably  get  the 
full  vote  of  the  insurgent  movement,  and  this  is  also  true  in 
South  Dakota,  where  the  Nonpartisan  League  is  organized 
as  a  national  party. 

HAVE  seen  to  it,"  said  Attorney  General  Palmer  to 
k  the  labor  men  and  Socialists  who  came  to  ask  amnesty 
for  political  prisoners,  "that  no  prosecutions  under  it  [the 
Espionage  act]  have  been  instituted  since  the  armistice." 
In  January,  1919,  Morris  Zucker  of  Brooklyn  was  sentenced 
to  fifteen  years  for  a  speech  which  he  made  on  November 
30,  1918.  In  August,  1919,  Jacob  Isaacson  was  indicted  for 
an  editorial  against  the  Victory  Liberty  Loan,  which  ap- 
peared during  the  previous  spring  in  an  issue  of  Freedom. 
During  the  following  month  J.  E.  Snyder,  editor  of  the 
Oakland  World,  was  prosecuted  for  an  editorial  to  the  effect 


that  the  Constitution  was  dying.  In  November,  1919,  E.  B. 
Ault  and  Anna  Louise  Strong,  editors  of  the  Seattle  Union 
Record,  were  indicted  for  an  editorial  concerning  the  Cen- 
tralia  affair.  Finally,  more  than  a  year  after  the  armistice, 
three  Socialists  were  arrested  and  tried  for  circulating 
posters  showing  conditions  in  Federal  prisons  and  demand- 
ing the  release  of  all  political  prisoners.  These  cases — all 
of  them  prosecuted  under  the  Federal  law — are  even  more 
illuminating  in  the  light  of  a  letter  written  by  R.  P.  Stewart, 
Assistant-Attorney  General,  to  Albert  DeSilver,  a  New  York 
lawyer  interested  in  Isaacson.  "With  reference  to  your 
statement  regarding  the  Espionage  act,  I  desire  to  state  that 
the  act  is  enforced  not  as  a  matter  of  war  strategy  or  war 
policy,  but  because  it  is  a  war  penal  law,  the  enforcement 
of  which  is  the  duty  of  this  Department,  as  is  the  case  of 
any  other  penal  law."  The  war,  as  an  excuse  for  political 
prosecution,  is  over.  As  for  Mr.  Palmer's  statement,  it  is 
not  true.    We  fear  the  truth  is  not  in  him. 

IS  the  cost  of  living  coming  down?  The  Department  of 
Labor  reports  that  the  index  number  of  the  Bureau  of 
Labor  Statistics  dropped  4V2  per  cent  during  August.  The 
Amoskeag  Manufacturing  Company  announces  a  cut  of  one- 
third  in  the  price  of  cotton  goods  for  fear  that  its  cotton 
department  will  have  to  shut  down  as  the  woolen  department 
has  already  done.  Henry  Ford  handsomely  reduces  the 
price  of  his  black  beetles  of  the  road  14  to  31  per  cent,  with 
no  decrease  in  wages.  Various  other  manufacturing  com- 
panies are  following  suit  to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  and 
in  some  of  the  large  retail  stores  the  "sales"  and  price 
reductions  for  fall  and  winter  clothing  have  set  in  unusually 
early.  The  ultimate  consumer,  poor  worm  though  he  be,  is 
the  one  who  has  brought  about  any  reduction  that  has  ap- 
peared or  may  follow,  not  by  brass  bands  and  transpar- 
encies, nor  by  "drastic  measures"  taken  against  the  wicked 
profiteers,  but  merely  by  drawing  in  his  horns  and  sitting 
tight;  by  refusing  to  buy  anything  but  the  barest  necessi- 
ties, because  in  the  circumstances  he  could  not  afford  to  do 
otherwise. 

JACOB  H.  SCHIFF  ranked  beyond  question  as  one  of 
the  greatest  of  American  philanthropists.  His  bounty 
was  truly  boundless  as  the  sea  and  he  knew  no  caste  in  his 
giving.  Christians  came  to  him  for  aid  in  their  undertak- 
ings, even  when  they  had  a  religious  tinge,  and  rarely  went 
away  unaided.  He  made  money  in  order  to  do  good  with 
it;  certainly  no  one  has  felt  a  greater  responsibility  in  dis- 
pensing riches  accumulated.  He  possessed  in  high  degree 
the  respect  of  the  business  world  and  the  public,  so  that 
President  Wilson's  telegram  of  sympathy  to  Mrs.  Schiff 
expressing  his  belief  that  "the  nation  has  lost  one  of  its  most 
useful  citizens"  expresses  the  general  opinion.  Unlike 
many  others,  Mr.  Schiff  did  not  label  all  his  gifts  or  trumpet 
them  abroad ;  to  innumerable  persons  he  gave  at  the  critical 
period  of  their  careers  a  helping  hand,  so  that  literally  mul- 
titudes have  risen  up  to  call  him  blessed.  In  international 
affairs  he  was  a  man  of  the  world.  Unable  to  approve  of 
Germany's  course  in  starting  the  war,  he  overcame  the 
natural  influence  of  his  close  personal  and  business  ties 
with  Germany  and  stood  out  against  the  Kaiser's  Govern- 
ment, without,  however,  losing  for  a  moment  his  sympathy 
with  the  people  of  Germany.  To  the  Jewish  people  his  loss 
is  almost  an  irreparable  one,  and  by  them,  too,  will  his 
memory  be  enduringly  cherished. 


366 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


"Pitiless  Publicity"  for  Haiti 


A  FLOOD  of  statements,  counter-statements  and  mis- 
statements, admissions,  confusions,  and  denials,  re- 
garding facts  and  policies  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo 
poured  out  of  Washington  last  week.  The  Nation  rejoices 
that  the  course  of  our  Government  in  those  republics  will  at 
last  be  forced  to  face  the  test  of  public  knowledge  and  public 
opinion,  and  is  proud  that  it  led  the  way  in  exposing  the 
facts.  It  was  Senator  Harding's  repetition  of  charges  first 
made  in  The  Nation  which  unsealed  the  lips  of  Washington 
officials,  but  the  long  statements  issued  by  Secretary  of  State 
Colby  have  been  specific  replies  to  charges  which  have  been 
made  exclusively  in  Mr.  Herbert  J.  Seligmann's  and  Mr. 
James  Weldon  Johnson's  articles  in  The  Nation. 

After  all  this  outpouring  from  Washington,  and  the  hasty 
defense  and  outcry  against  "radical  criticism"  by  Adminis- 
tration newspapers,  the  case  against  the  course  of  the  United 
States  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  remains  untouched.  We 
intervened,  The  Nation  believes,  on  quite  inadequate 
grounds,  although  as  to  that  opinions  may  honestly  differ; 
having  intervened,  we  relentlessly  extended  the  scope  of  our 
authority  in  a  brutal  and  unjustifiable  manner,  dissolving 
the  Haitian  Parliament  at  the  points  of  American  bayonets, 
forcing  unwilling  acceptance  of  an  overbearing  treaty,  re- 
moving the  entire  Government  of  Santo  Domingo  and  set- 
ting up  an  arbitrary  Government  by  military  fiat,  killing 
thousands  of  opponents  of  our  regime  (three  thousand  in 
Haiti)  as  "bandits,"  establishing  a  strict  censorship  and  so 
avoiding  the  test  of  public  knowledge  and  opinion,  and 
forcing  upon  the  unhappy  little  republics  financial  agree- 
ments favoring  certain  American  banks.  Some  of  the  worst 
abuses  have  been  remedied,  though  the  wounds  remain ;  the 
corvee,  or  slave  labor,  which  we  revived  in  Haiti,  has  now 
been  abolished;  indiscriminate  shooting  and  torture  have 
been  lessened;  but  the  incompetent  administrative  methods 
of  the  Americans  continue  to  be  a  luxury  which  the  island 
cannot  afford,  the  financial  control  lodged  in  American  hands 
is  still  used,  contrary  to  the  treaty,  to  force  measures  in 
favor  of  the  National  City  Bank  of  New  York  City,  and  the 
absolute  domination  of  military  rule  to  the  exclusion  of  local 
civilian  self-government  persists  in  Santo  Domingo.  "Self- 
determination"  and  "rights  of  small  nations"  as  used  by 
American  statesmen  are  still  tragic  jests  in  the  Caribbean. 

Secretary  Colby  and  Secretary  Daniels  have  both  taken 
a  hand  in  replying  to  The  Nation's  charges.  On  September 
18  Secretary  Daniels  quoted  Senator  Harding's  charge  that 
"thousands  of  native  Haitians  have  been  killed  by  American 
marines."  He  called  it  an  "unjust  reflection  upon  the  brave 
and  patriotic  members  of  the  Marine  Corps  on  duty  in 
Haiti."  But  he  did  not  and  he  cannot  honestly  deny  that  our 
marines  have  killed  three  thousand  Haitians.  On  the  same 
day  Mr.  Colby  said: 

The  American  control  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  is  not 
Administration  control,  but  was  undertaken  at  the  invitation 
of  those  peoples  and  with  public  opinion  of  the  United  States 
and  the  better  opinion  of  the  two  republics  in  favor  of  it.  A 
solemn  treaty  was  entered  into  between  the  two  governments 
providing  for  the  use  of  American  naval  forces  to  stamp  down 
banditry  there. 

Mr.  Colby  is  in  error;  American  control  of  neither  re- 
public was  undertaken  at  the  invitation  of  the  people.  The 
attitude  of  Haiti  is  sufficiently  shown  in  the  pathetic  procla- 


mation issued  by  President  Dartiguenave  on  September  4, 
1915  (reprinted  in  The  Nation  for  August  28,  1920),  when 
American  forces  seized  the  Haitian  customs-houses,  two 
weeks  before  what  Mr.  Colby  calls  "a  solemn  treaty" — which 
Haiti,  before  that  military  occupation,  had  refused  to  ac- 
cept— was  forced  upon  Haiti.  Military  dictatorship  and 
military  censorship  failed  to  give  Dominicans  in  Santo 
Domingo  so  much  as  a  chance  to  protest. 

Long  stories  emanating  from  the  State  Department  ap- 
peared in  the  newspapers  on  September  20.  They  informed 
us  that  Admiral  H.  S.  Knapp  had  been  sent  to  Haiti  to  in- 
vestigate and  adjust  the  difficulties  between  the  National 
City  Bank  of  New  York  City,  controlling  the  National  Bank 
of  Haiti,  and  the  Haitian  Government  and  other  commer- 
cial and  financial  interests,  and  that  Major-General  J.  A. 
Lejeune  had  been  in  Haiti  two  weeks  preparing  a  report  on 
the  American  force  of  occupation  for  Secretary  Daniels. 
Now  General  Lejeune,  Commandant  of  the  Marine  Corps, 
naturally  sees  things  through  Marine  Corps  eyes ;  in  a  letter 
which  The  Nation  printed  in  its  issue  of  July  24  he  vir- 
tually confirmed  criticisms  of  our  course  in  the  nominally 
independent  republic  of  Haiti  and  dismissed  them  with  the 
sweeping  remark  that  "as  in  all  work  in  countries  like  Haiti 
mistakes  are  bound  to  be  made."  Admiral  Knapp  was  in 
command  of  the  American  forces  which  seized  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  Republic  of  Santo  Domingo  in  December,  1916; 
he  signed  the  extraordinary  series  of  "executive  orders" 
transferring  the  various  Dominican  cabinet  positions  from 
Dominican  citizens  to  officers  of  the  United  States  Marine 
Corps,  dissolving  the  Dominican  Congress,  and  suppressing 
the  institutions  of  popular  government.  In  judging  his  fit- 
ness for  his  new  task  it  is  worth  recalling  "Executive  Order 
No.  42  of  the  Military  Government  of  Santo  Domingo"  is- 
sued March  17,  1917,  and  signed  by  this  same  H.  S.  Knapp, 
then  "Captain,  U.S.N.,  Commander,  Cruiser  Force,  United 
States  Atlantic  Fleet,  Commanding  Forces  in  Occupation  in 
Santo  Domingo."    It  reads: 

The  International  Banking  Corporation  of  New  York  City 
being  about  to  succeed  to  the  business  of  the  bank  conducted  in 
Santo  Domingo  City  by  Mr.  Santiago  Michelena,  which  is  the 
present  appointed  depositary  of  funds  for  the  Dominican  Gov- 
ernment, it  is  hereby  ordered  and  decreed: 

1.  That  the  branch  in  Santo  Domingo  of  the  International 
Banking  Corporation  of  New  York  City  is  hereby  appointed 
depositary  of  funds  of  the  Dominican  Republic  on  and  after 
April  1,  1917. 

2.  The  officer  who,  under  the  Military  Government,  is  admin- 
istering the  affairs  of  the  Department  of  Hacienda  y  Comercio 
of  the  Dominican  Republic,  is  hereby  authorized  to  execute  any 
necessary  contract  in  conjunction  with  the  duly  authorized  rep- 
resentatives of  the  International  Banking  Corporation  of  New 
York  City,  in  order  to  establish  the  respective  rights,  obliga- 
tions, and  duties  of  the  contracting  parties. 

3.  The  transfer  of  the  Dominican  Republic  funds  from  Mr. 
Santiago  Michelena  to  the  International  Banking  Corporation 
of  New  York  City  shall  become  effective  April  1,  1917,  previous 
to  which  date  the  contracts  authorized  under  the  second  para- 
graph of  this  order  shall  be  executed. 

We  copy  the  order  verbatim  from  the  official  gazette  of 
the  Dominican  Republic  for  March  21,  1917.  In  the  issue 
for  March  28  we  find  an  "Agreement  between  the  Military 
Government  of  the  Dominican  Republic,  represented  by 
Paymaster  I.  T.  Hagner,  U.S.N.,  the  officer  administering 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


367 


the  affairs  of  the  Department  of  Hacienda  y  Comercio, 
hereinafter  called  the  Government,  and  the  International 
Banking  Corporation,"  whereby  the  Government,  payment 
on  whose  debts  had  been  suspended  by  one  of  Captain 
Knapp's  Executive  Orders,  made  the  Government's  debt  to 
Mr.  Michelena,  which  the  International  Banking  Corpora- 
tion was  about  to  take  over,  a  preferred  debt  over  all  other 
indebtedness,  with  interest  at  9  per  cent.  We  also  find  a 
"Contract"  between  the  same  parties,  whereby  the  Govern- 
ment agrees  to  deposit  all  its  revenues  with  the  Corporation, 
receiving  2%  per  cent  interest,  less  %  per  cent  to  be  paid  to 
the  Corporation  as  compensation  for  service  as  depositary. 

The  International  Banking  Corporation  is  affiliated  with 
the  National  City  Bank;  Knapp  is  the  man  who  is  now 
selected  by  our  State  and  Navy  departments  to  investigate 
charges  of  improper  favoritism  to  the  National  City  Bank 
in  Haiti! 

September  21  brought  another  statement  from  the  State 
Department.  It  was  in  part  a  justification  of  the  original 
intervention  in  Haiti,  repeating  the  high  purposes  an- 
nounced at  that  time.  Continuing,  it  mentioned  that 
disorder  in  Haiti  in  1915  "resulted  in  the  landing  of  French 
troops  in  Port-au-Prince"  even  before  American  marines 
were  landed,  and  said  that  further  aggression  was  feared. 
French  troops  did  land.  Mr.  Colby  might,  however,  have 
gone  further  and  mentioned  the  number  of  French  troops 
landed:  eight  men  were  sent  ashore  to  guard  the  Legation 
— not  a  serious  menace  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine!  The  sec- 
ond part  of  the  State  Department's  statement  was  in  an- 
swer to  Mr.  Johnson's  documented  article  in  The  Nation 
for  September  11 :  Government  Of,  By,  and  For  the  National 
City  Bank.     This  statement  declared  that: 

No  assistance  or  support  has  been  given  the  National  City 
Bank  in  Haiti  other  than  that  which  would  be  extended  to  any 
first-class  American  bank  in  any  foreign  country.  Far  from 
encouraging  the  National  City  Bank  in  obtaining  monopolistic 
privileges,  the  Department  has,  in  so  far  as  it  has  had  an 
opportunity  to  exert  an  influence,  used  it  toward  preventing  the 
National  City  Bank  from  enjoying  monopolistic  privileges. 

At  the  same  time  it  was  announced  that  the  State  De- 
partment approved  the  action  of  John  Mcllhenny,  Ameri- 
can Financial  Adviser  to  Haiti,  in  withholding  the  salary 
of  the  President  of  Haiti  and  other  cabinet  officials,  and 
stated  that  such  action  was  taken  to  compel  fulfilment  of 
Haiti's  treaty  obligations. 

What  assistance  or  support  the  State  Department  stands 
ready  to  extend  to  any  first-class  American  bank  abroad,  it 
is,  of  course,  impossible  for  The  Nation  to  say.  The  Nation 
did,  however,  charge,  and  it  repeats  the  charge,  which  is 
supported  by  the  protest  of  almost  every  important  firm 
doing  business  in  Haiti,  with  the  exception  of  the  National 
City  Bank,  that  our  State  Department  instructed  Mr. 
Mcllhenny  to  insist  that  the  Haitian  Government  approve 
"a  modification  of  the  bank  contract  agreed  upon  by  the 
[U.  S.]  Department  of  State  and  the  National  City  Bank" 
and  agree  to  a  new  charter  for  the  National  Bank  of  Haiti ; 
that  after  the  Haitian  Government  had  reluctantly  con- 
sented to  sign,  a  new  clause  favoring  the  National  City 
Bank  was  surreptitiously  added  to  the  agreement,  unknown 
to  the  Haitian  Government;  that  the  Financial  Adviser,  to 
force  the  signature  of  the  modified  agreement,  stopped 
payment  of  the  salaries  of  the  President  of  Haiti  and  of  his 
cabinet  ministers — not,  as  the  State  Department  says,  to 
force  fulfilment  of  a  treaty,  but  in  violation  of  the  treaty 


and  to  force  acceptance  of  a  clause  giving  to  the  National 
City  Bank  what  the  business  men  called  "a  sort  of  mo- 
nopoly in  the  foreign  money  market."  These  charges,  and 
the  data  substantiating  them,  are  matters  of  record;  The 
Nation  printed  official  documents  supporting  them  in  its 
issue  of  September  11;  they  are  not  met  and  cannot  be 
downed  by  vague  generalities  and  implied  denials. 

Newspaper  comment  on  the  issues  raised  by  Mr.  Colby's 
various  defenses  has  divided  on  sharp  party  lines.  This  is 
a  pity;  the  issues  have  nothing  to  do  with  party  politics. 
The  New  York  Times  is  probably  quite  right  in  its  cynical 
defense  that  a  Republican  Administration  would  have  com- 
mitted the  same  crimes.  The  crime  remains;  the  Ad- 
ministration has  suppressed  free  government  in  Haiti  and 
Santo  Domingo.  A  black  stain  must  be  removed  from  the 
American  scutcheon,  the  American  people  must  be  made 
fully  aware  what  is  being  done  in  their  name,  and  the 
nation  restored  to  a  position  where  it  can  once  more  speak 
of  freedom  and  liberty,  of  self-determination  and  small 
nations,  without  giving  cause  for  cynical  smiles  in  Europe 
and  violent  charges  of  hypocrisy  throughout  Latin  America. 
Congress  at  its  coming  session  must  be  prompt  to  investi- 
gate, and  must  tolerate  no  official  white-washing. 


The  Committee  on  Ireland^ 

THE  organization  of  a  Committee  of  One  Hundred  for 
the  investigation  of  atrocities  in  Ireland  was  an- 
nounced last  week  by  The  Nation.  The  response  to  the  invi- 
tations which  were  sent  out  has  been  gratifying.  Not  only 
have  the  one  hundred  acceptances  which  were  originally 
set  as  a  goal  been  received,  but  that  number  has  been  ex- 
ceeded and  the  list  is  still  growing.  The  names  of  eighty- 
nine  members  were  printed  in  last  week's  issue.  The 
additional  names,  up  to  the  time  of  going  to  press,  are: 

United  States  Senators  McNary,  Oregon,  and  Ramsdell, 
Louisiana;  Governors  Bamberger  of  Utah,  and  Edwards  of 
New  Jersey;  Mayors  Beck,  Akron,  Ohio;  Plunkett,  Phoenix, 
Arizona;  Kiel,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Fred  G.  Biedenkapp,  Brotherhood  of  Metal  Workers,  New 
York  City ;  Alice  Stone  Blackwell,  Boston ;  Professor  Arthur 
C.  Cole,  University  of  Illinois;  H.  W.  L.  Dana,  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts;  the  Rev.  William  Horace  Day,  Bridgeport, 
Connecticut;  Frederic  C.  Howe,  Harmon,  N.  Y. ;  the  Rev. 
G.  S.  Lackland,  Denver,  Colorado;  Rabbi  Judah  L.  Magnes, 
New  York  City;  Albert  Jay  Nock,  editor  of  the  Freeman, 
New  York  City;  M.  O'Neill,  Akron,  Ohio;  the  Rev.  William 
Austin  Smith,  editor  of  the  Churchman,  New  York  City; 
Professor  Richard  C.  Tolman,  American  University,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. ;  L.  Hollingsworth  Wood,  New  York  City. 

The  Committee  is  now  engaged  in  choosing  a  Commis- 
sion of  five  members  to  conduct  the  investigation.  It  is 
hoped  that  the  Commission  may  be  able  to  begin  its  sittings 
at  Washington  by  the  middle  of  October.  Mr.  William 
MacDonald,  associate  editor  of  The  Nation,  will  act  as  secre- 
tary of  the  Commission.  The  sessions  at  Washington  or 
elsewhere  will  be  open  to  the  public,  and  all  the  evidence 
submitted  from  day  to  day  will  be  available  for  the  press. 

Invitations  to  come  to  the  United  States  and  testify  be- 
fore the  Commission  have  been  sent  to  Mrs.  Terence  Mac- 
Swiney,  wife  of  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork;  Mrs.  Thomas 
MacCurtain,  widow  of  the  late  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  who 
was  murdered  last  March;  the  mother  of  Police  Inspector 


368 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


Swanzy  who  was  murdered  at  Lisburn  a  few  weeks  ago; 
Mr.  John  Derham,  town  commissioner  of  Balbriggan,  sacked 
by  English  soldiers  last  week;  Sir  Horace  Plunkett,  a  lead- 
ing advocate  of  dominion  government  for  Ireland;  the 
mayors  of  Belfast,  Londonderry,  Thurlos,  and  Lisburn,  and 
the  acting  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork;  and  Mr.  George  Russell 
("M"),  the  well-known  Irish  writer  and  correspondent. 
Other  persons  having  first-hand  knowledge  of  atrocities  in 
Ireland,  including  a  number  who  are  now  in  this  country, 
will  also  be  invited.  Witnesses  who  are  prepared  to  tell  of 
Sinn  Fein  violence  will,  of  course,  be  heard.  Documentary 
material  relating  to  the  subject-matter  of  the  investigation 
is  also  being  prepared  for  the  use  of  the  Commission. 

The  editors  of  The  Nation  wish  again  to  emphasize  the 
entirely  nonpartisan  and  non-political  character  of  the  pro- 
posed investigation.  The  position  of  The  Nation  with  re- 
gard to  British  policy  in  Ireland  and  the  demand  for  Irish 
self-government  or  independence  has  been  repeatedly  stated, 
and  we  shall  continue  to  discuss  those  subjects  editorially 
in  the  future  with  the  same  freedom  with  which  we  have 
discussed  them  in  the  past.  The  editorial  opinion  of  The 
Nation,  however,  will  have  no  bearing  whatever  upon  the 
work  of  the  Commission.  The  sole  duty  of  that  body  will 
be  the  impartial  examination  of  the  testimony  regarding 
atrocities  in  Ireland  that  will  come  before  it.  The  appalling 
conditions  which  prevail  in  Ireland  have  aroused  the  world. 
The  Commission  will  undertake  to  sift  the  evidence  and 
present  the  facts;  then  let  who  ought  take  notice. 


Traitors  and  Anarchists 

NOWHERE  has  the  expulsion  of  the  duly  reelected  So- 
cialists from  the  New  York  Assembly  been  more  ad- 
mirably characterized  than  by  the  New  York  World,  which 
declares : 

The  New  York  Assembly  says  in  so  many  words  to  every 
radical  that  he  must  not  appeal  to  constitutional  processes  and 
can  have  no  resort  except  to  violence.  No  other  such  open 
championship  of  anarchy  and  the  methods  of  anarchy  has  ever 
been  known  in  the  United  States  as  the  New  York  Assembly 
has  made  under  the  hypocritical  pretense  of  vindicating  patriot- 
ism. As  a  result  of  it  the  Socialist  Party,  with  all  that  it  rep- 
resents, is  thrust  forward  as  the  chief  advocate  of  representa- 
tive government  in  this  State.  There  is  nobody  who  is  weak- 
minded  enough  to  believe  that  patriotism  or  Americanism  had 
anything  to  do  with  the  ouster  of  the  Socialist  Assemblymen. 
If  these  men  were  not  regarded  as  implacably  hostile  to  the 
great  property  interests  of  New  York,  they  could  mock  the  Con- 
stitution night  and  morning  without  arousing  a  semblance  of 
resentment  in  Albany. 

Precisely.  And  if  this  infamous  assault  on  everything 
most  fundamentally  and  sacredly  American  is  allowed  to 
stand,  rights  of  minorities  will  nowhere  be  safe,  and  our 
representative  and  orderly  government  will  be  imperiled 
as  it  has  not  been  and  never  could  be  by  all  the  "radical" 
propaganda  in  the  world.  Exclusion  of  duly  elected  Roman 
Catholic  representatives  in  the  South  could  easily  follow 
such  a  precedent;  in  that  section  the  general  attitude  to- 
ward members  of  the  Roman  Catholic  faith  is  as  baseless 
and  bigoted  as  the  Assembly's  toward  Socialists.  This  is 
a  possibility  to  be  commended  to  the  earnest  consideration 
of  Mr.  Martin  McCue  and  others.  It  might  well  lead  to 
similar  outrages  against  Republicans  or  Democrats,  Irish 
or  Jews,  Swedes  or  Italians,  in  sections  where  tribal  super- 


stitions, coupled  with  economic  competition,  render  any  par- 
ticular group  feared  and  disliked. 

What  is  to  be  done?  It  is  evident  that  no  change  of  mind 
or  heart  is  possible  from  the  present  Assembly  whose  Re- 
publican and  Democratic  members  supporting  the  ouster  are 
the  "perpetual  traitors"  in  the  case — traitors  to  all  things 
American.  It  therefore  behooves  every  liberty-loving  citi- 
zen of  New  York  to  vote  against  these  men  in  November, 
and  to  register  in  the  only  legitimate  way — which  these 
men  have  sought  to  destroy — a  determination  that  govern- 
ment by  law  under  the  Constitution  shall  not  perish.  This 
is  the  paramount  issue  in  New  York  State  and  indeed  in 
the  whole  country  today. 

Meanwhile  the  attempt  is  being  made  in  the  high  places 
of  reaction  to  assign  some  share  of  participation  in  the 
recent  crime  on  Wall  Street  to  the  "preachers  of  discon- 
tent"; by  which  is  meant  those  who  are  trying  to  do  away 
with  abuses  of  the  existing  order.  The  New  York  Times, 
one  of  the  two  New  York  dailies  indecent  enough  to  con- 
tinue •  its  defense  of  the  proceedings  at  Albany,  selected 
Senators  Hiram  Johnson  and  Borah  for  editorial  castigation 
because  of  their  criticisms  of  international  bankers,  while 
the  New  York  Tribune  (which,  after  an  original  indorse- 
ment of  Sweetism,  switched  and  is  now  sound  on  the  Albany 
situation),  and  Mr.  Munsey's  Evening  Sun  hold  the  "parlor 
bolshevists"  not  without  indirect  responsibility  for  the  ex- 
plosion. Moral  complicity  is  at  all  times  a  dangerous  accu- 
sation, difficult  of  proof,  and  usually  not  only  unfair  but 
false  in  its  implications.  But,  if  the  Wall  Street  horror 
proves  to  have  been  the  act  of  an  anarchist,  no  more  appro- 
priate place  to  lay  the  charge  of  indirect  responsibility  for 
it  can  be  found  than  at  the  door  of  those  who  deny -the 
orderly  and  established  use  of  the  ballot  as  a  method  of 
protest  and  political  change,  and  force  into  the  disordered 
consciousness  of  the  unbalanced  fanatic  the  belief  that  vio- 
lence and  bombs  alone  are  left.  If  there  is  indirect  re- 
sponsibility, it  belongs  to  Speaker  Thaddeus  C.  Sweet  and 
his  anarchist  gang. 


Side  Stepping  with  Cox 

Special  Dispatch  from  the  Candidential  Train 

GOVERNOR  COX  made  the  same  splendid  success  as  a 
vote  getter  in  the  Southwest  that  he  did  in  the  North- 
west. In  the  latter  section  his  intimate  practical  knowledge 
of  farming  made  him  hosts  of  friends  among  the  wheat- 
growers  and  cattle-raisers.  The  Nonpartisan  League  audi- 
ences were  inclined  to  be  a  little  cold  at  first,  but  warmed 
up  wonderfully  after  his  talk  at  Devil's  Lake,  North  Dakota, 
in  which,  talking  as  one  farmer  to  another,  he  proved  in  ten 
minutes  that  he  knew  the  difference  between  a  Jersey  cow 
and  an  ear  of  corn.  This  triumph  was  duplicated  among 
the  fruit-growers  of  California,  where  he  won  many  con- 
verts to  the  League  of  Nations  by  showing  that  he  is  aware 
that  apple  butter  is  not  made  in  a  churn. 

The  strongest  of  all  Governor  Cox's  arguments  for  the 
Wilson  policies,  however,  is  the  candidate's  winning  per- 
sonality. Nobody  who  has  ever  seen  him  kiss  a  baby  could 
doubt  his  ability  to  guide  America's  foreign  policy  wisely. 
He  is  the  only  Presidential  candidate  who  has  been  able  to 
kiss  other  people's  babies  as  if  he  enjoyed  it.  This  has 
made  him  well-nigh  invulnerable  with  women  voters,  one 
of  whom  was  heard  to  remark  last  night:  "Surely  a  man 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


369 


who  kisses  babies  the  way  he  does  could  never  break  the 
heart  of  the  world." 

All  along  the  route  of  the  special  train  people  have  been 
immensely  impressed  by  Governor  Cox's  charges  in  regard 
to  the  Republican  campaign  fund.  His  methods  in  this 
respect  have  been  as  ingratiating  as  his  manner  of  kissing 
babies.  No  rough  stuff  for  him.  He  gives  leads  but  not 
names,  fancies  rather  than  figures,  inferences  in  place  of 
facts.  His  accusations  have  aroused  interest  everywhere. 
All  that  people  are  waiting  for  now  is  the  proofs. 

But  to  realize  the  full  adroitness  of  the  candidate's  cam- 
paign methods  one  must  hear  him  prove  that  the  League  of 
Nations  is  not  what  its  constitution  says  it  is,  less  than 
Mr.  Harding  fears  it  may  become,  and  as  much  as  President 
Wilson  declares  it  must  be.  "What  the  world  wants  is 
peace,"  said  Governor  Cox,  in  the  course  of  an  eloquent 
address  in  Arizona.  "Many  of  you  voted  for  our  illustrious 
President  in  1916  because  he  kept  us  out  of  war.  Now,  of 
course,  in  1917-18  he  did  not  keep  us  out  of  war.     .     .     ." 

"No,"  interrupted  a  hearer,  "but  in  1919-20  he  kept  us 
out  of  peace." 

"Not  at  all,  not  at  all!"  replied  the  candidate,  a  globule 
of  perspiration  coming  to  his  brow.  "It  was  the  faithless, 
unpatriotic,  and  unrepresentative  Republican  oligarchy  in 
the  Senate  that  did  that.  Now  if  America  were  in  the 
League.     .     .     ." 

"But,"  came  the  interruption  again,  "doesn't  Article  X 
mean  that  if  the  Upper  Silesians  should  invade  the  Czecho- 
Slovakians,  our  boys  would  have  to  go  over  and  drive  the 
invaders  back?" 

"Certainly  not,"  said  Governor  Cox,  and  added  with  his 
usual  lucidity:  "Article  X  means — it  means  that — that  if 
the  Lower  Californians  were  to  attack  you  Arizonians,  the 
Azerbaidjianians  would  have  to  come  over  and  help  you  repel 
the  enemy." 

"But,"  insisted  the  inquirer,  "do  you  think  it  would  be 
easy  to  get  the  Azerbaidjianians  to  do  that?" 

A  trace  of  irritation  showed  in  the  voice  of  Governor  Cox 
— for  the  first  time  during  the  trip.  "I  think,"  said  he, 
a  little  wearily,  "that  anything  would  be  easy  after  three 
months  spent  trying  to  make  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  look 
like  the  Fourteen  Points." 

And  he  stooped  and  kissed  another  baby. 


Certain  Neglected  Books 

THE  Americans  who  believe  that  American  literature 
is  good  enough  as  it  is,  and  who  sit  down  to  read  the 
same  smooth  old  native  classics  over  again,  probably  have 
as  gay  a  time  as  they  deserve,  but  they  miss  a  good  deal. 
The  Americans  who  so  continually  abuse  American  litera- 
ture because  it  is  no  better  than  it  is  that  they  have  no  time 
to  read  anything  but  the  smooth  classics  (which  they  will 
not  read)  are  even  worse  off  than  the  patriots,  who  at  least 
know  something  though  not  much.  But  both  sets  of  Ameri- 
cans darken  counsel  with  words  without  real  knowledge. 
Question  either,  and  the  chances  are  they  have  hardly  heard 
of  dozens  of  books  which  can  no  more  be  left  out  of  account 
than  the  wit  of  an  Irishman,  or  the  onion  of  a  stew.  They 
either  look  blank  or  snort  at  the  mere  mention  of  colonial 
authorship,  and  yet  the  mystical  writings  of  Jonathan 
Edwards — not  his  savage  sermons — are  among  the  most 
exquisite  and  thrilling  of  his  century,  and  the  letters  of 


Benjamin  Franklin  are  some  of  the  best  reading  on  earth. 
Think  of  the  fluttering  of  the  encyclopedias  which  went  on 
a  few  years  ago  when  President  Eliot  included  John  Wool- 
man's  Journal  in  the  Five  Foot  Shelf!  Think  of  the  flut- 
tering that  would  now  go  on  if  some  one  of  our  first  citizens 
were  to  point  out  that  Samuel  Sewall's  diary  is  almost  as 
amusing  as  Samuel  Pepys's! 

Not  to  go  too  far  from  the  present,  what  about  Davy 
Crockett's  incomparably  racy  autobiography  for  people  who 
sniff  at  the  frontiersman  of  Fenimore  Cooper?  And  what 
shall  we  say  of  those  who  sleep  over  "Hiawatha" — not  too 
unnaturally — but  have  never  seen  Frank  Cushing's  versions 
of  the  Zuni  folk-tales?  They  are  the  same  sort  as  those 
who  vaguely  remember  Uncle  Remus  as  an  entertainer  of 
the  nursery  and  never  realize  that  he  and  his  inventions  are 
not  matched  once  in  a  century.  In  poetry  they  complain  of 
Longfellow — Whittier — Holmes — Lowell,  of  course,  or  ad- 
mire them  for  wrong  qualities,  but  if  you  ask  them  of  Emily 
Dickinson  or  Father  Tabb  they  are  embarrassed,  and  they 
have  never  read  more  deeply  into  Whitman  than  the  half  a 
dozen  pieces  which  have  beguiled  the  anthologists.  They 
do  not  know  that  "Moby  Dick"  is  one  of  the  great  romances 
of  the  world;  that  the  same  author's  "Mardi,"  strange  mad 
book  as  it  is,  has  as  quaint  meat  in  it  as  "The  Anatomy 
of  Melancholy";  that  "Typee"  and  "Omoo"  and  Charles 
Warren  Stoddard's  "South  Sea  Idyls"  are  alive  and  aglow 
with  imperishable  tropic  beauty.  They  will  have  looked  in 
vain  in  all  the  manuals  for  an  account  of  E.  W.  Howe's 
"The  Story  of  a  Country  Town,"  although  there  never  was 
a  literature  that  could  afford  to  overlook  it.  They  know 
Thoreau  for  his  "Nature"  writings,  so  dear  to  the  spinsterly 
bosom,  but  do  not  guess  that  he  is  ten  times  more  important 
as  a  philosophical  anarchist.  They  know  Emerson  without 
knowing  his  supreme  essay  on  Illusions.  They  do  not  even 
recall  Hawthorne's  The  Seven  Vagabonds  or  Ethan  Brand. 
They  will  have  heard  of  "Daisy  Miller"  and  perhaps  "The 
American"  and  "The  Turn  of  the  Screw";  but  ask  them 
about  Henry  James's  The  Lesson  of  the  Master  or  The 
Next  Time  or  The  Altar  of  the  Dead,  and  see  what  happens. 
They  can  tell  you  about  "Huckleberry  Finn"  or  "The  Rise 
of  Silas  Lapham";  but  do  not  try  them  with  "The  Mys- 
terious Stranger"  or  "The  Leatherwood  God."  Suppose 
they  are  awake  to  the  "Spoon  River  Anthology"  or  "Wines- 
burg,  Ohio"  or  "The  Education  of  Henry  Adams"  or  "North 
of  Boston."  Do  they  know  "Mont  St.  Michel  and  Char- 
tres"  or  "Mountain  Interval"  or  "Xingu  and  Other  Stories" 
or  "Twelve  Men"  or  "The  Fugitive  Blacksmith"? 

The  list  might  be  stretched  out  on  this  line  all  fall  and 
winter  without  reaching  a  necessary  end — or  without  curing 
the  trouble.  The  fact  of  the  situation  is  that  we  seriously 
need  a  new  examination  of  our  literary  assets,  now  jumbled 
confusedly  together  in  a  welter  of  collected  editions  and 
tangled  copyrights.  Vested  interests  as  well  as  stodgy  tra- 
ditions have  held  the  elbow  of  Time  from  his  natural  win- 
nowing. Our  most  brilliant  critics,  irritated  at  the  delay, 
continually  snarl  at  our  literature  because  it  is  not  what  it 
is  not.  Well,  the  way  to  a  better  condition  lies  partly  along 
the  road  of  critical  contempt.  But  partly  it  lies  along  the 
road  of  a  sifting  scholarship  which  will  do  more  than  has 
been  done  to  show  us  how  rich  our  literature  actually  it. 
Although  we  shall  doubtless  not  see  any  super-anthologist 
who  could  bring  all  these  good  things  together  in  a  solid 
corpus  of  American  literature,  we  need  at  least  better  guide 
posts  than  we  have. 


370 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


Standing  Behind  the  President — An  Impossibility 


By  JOHN  KENNETH  TURNER 


WRITING  to  Senator  Hitchcock,  March  8,  1920,  Presi- 
dent Wilson  asserted  that  a  militaristic  party,  de- 
feated at  the  Peace  Conference,  had  subsequently  achieved 
control  of  France: 

Throughout  the  sessions  of  the  conference  in  Paris  it  was 
evident  that  a  militaristic  party,  under  the  most  influential 
leadership,  was  seeking  to  gain  ascendancy  in  the  counsels  of 
France.     They  were  defeated  then,  but  are  in  control  now. 

But  in  his  September  treaty  tour  the  President  expressed 
the  view  that  the  militaristic  party  was  in  control  of  France 
during  the  conference,  his  picture  of  victorious  French 
militarism  being  painted  in  the  following  words : 

Again  and  again,  my  fellow  citizens,  in  the  conference  at 
Paris  we  were  face  to  face  with  this  circumstance,  that  in  deal- 
ing with  a  particular  civil  government  we  found  that  they 
would  not  dare  to  promise  what  their  general  staff  was  not 
willing  that  they  should  promise;  that  they  were  dominated  by 
the  military  machine  which  they  had  created,  nominally  for 
their  own  defense,  but  really,  whether  they  willed  it  or  not,  for 
the  provocation  of  war.  So  soon  as  you  have  a  military  class, 
it  does  not  make  any  difference  what  your  form  of  government  is, 
if  you  are  determined  to  be  armed  to  the  teeth,  you  must  obey 
the  orders  and  directions  of  the  only  men  who  can  control  the 
great  machinery  of  war.    [Speech  at  Kansas  City,  Sept.  6,  1919.] 

In  the  midst  of  the  conference  itself  we  find  the  President 
taking  a  third  view  of  this  important  question.  Far  from 
hinting  that  militarism  was  a  factor  in  any  allied  country, 
he  assured  the  American  people  that  it  was  dead  throughout 
the  world : 

Today  the  world  stands  freed  from  the  threat  of  militarism. 
[Victory  Loan  Message,  April  19,  1919.] 

Writing  to  the  Prime  Ministers  of  France  and  Great 
Britain,  March  4,  1920,  opposing  their  projected  Adriatic 
settlement,  President  Wilson  asserted  that  at  Paris  he  had 
not  considered  himself  bound  by  the  Entente  secret 
treaties : 

The  definite  and  well-accepted  policy  of  the  American  Govern- 
ment throughout  its  participation  in  the  deliberations  of  the 
Peace  Conference  was  that  it  did  not  consider  itself  bound  by 
secret  treaties  of  which  it  had  previously  not  known  the  ex- 
istence. 

Prior  to  that  date,  however,  he  had  repeatedly  acknowl- 
edged that  he  had  considered  himself  bound  by  the  secret 
treaties.    For  example: 

One  of  the  difficulties  in  framing  this  treaty  was  the  fact  that 
after  we  got  over  there  private  secret  treaties  were  springing 
up  on  all  sides,  like  a  noxious  growth.  You  had  to  guard  your 
breathing  apparatus  against  the  miasma  that  rose  from  it. 
But  they  were  treaties,  and  the  war  had  been  fought  on  the 
principle  of  the  sacredness  of  treaties.  We  could  not  propose 
that  solemn  obligations,  however  unwisely  undertaken,  should 
be  disregarded.     [Speech  at  St.  Paul,  Sept.  9,  1919.] 

In  the  March  8  letter  to  Senator  Hitchcock,  also,  the 
President  mentioned  what  he  termed  "wrong  ambition"  on 
the  part  of  our  allies,  and  suggested  that,  without  the 
adoption  of  Article  Ten,  we  could  not  be  certain  that  such 
wrong  ambition  would  be  discarded: 

It  must  not  be  forgotten,  Senator,  that  this  article  constitutes 
a  renunciation  of  wrong  ambition  on  the  part  of  powerful 
nations  with  whom  we  were  associated  in  the  war.     It  is  by  no 


means  certain  that  without  this  article  any  such  renunciation 
will  take  place.  Militaristic  ambitions  and  imperialistic  policies 
are  by  no  means  dead,  even  in  the  counsels  of  the  nations  whom 
we  most  trust  and  with  whom  we  most  desire  to  be  associated 
in  the  tasks  of  peace. 

But  frequently,  throughout  the  war,  during  the  Peace 
Conference,  and  afterwards,  the  President  had  assured  us 
that  our  allies  were  quite  incapable  of  wrong  ambition.  To 
his  Cheyenne  audience  [Sept.  4,  1919]  he  painted  a  pleasant 
picture  of  Entente  unselfishness  at  Paris  in  the  following 
words : 

Every  thought  of  aggrandizement,  of  territorial  or  political 
aggrandizement,  on  the  part  of  the  great  powers,  was  brushed 
aside,  brushed  aside  by  their  own  representatives.     They  de- 
clined to  take  the  colonies  of  Germany  in  sovereignty.     . 
They  did  not  claim  a  single  piece  of  territory. 

The  President  had  even  informed  us  that  none  of  these 
governments  had  ever  been  guilty  of  a  dishonorable  act: 

I  challenge  anybody  to  show  where,  in  recent  years 
there  has  been  the  repudiation  of  an  international  obligation 
by   France — or   Italy — or   Great  Britain — or  Japan. 
There  can  be  cited  no  instance  where  these  governments  have 
been  dishonorable.     [Speech  at  Billings,  Sept.  11.] 

Nevertheless,  during  the  same  tour,  we  find  the  President 
himself  citing  instances  of  dishonorable  action  on  the  part  of 
Japan,  England,  and  France.  Describing  the  rape  of  China 
in  the  San  Francisco  speech  [September  17]  he  referred  to 
the  French,  British,  and  Japanese  holdings  there  as  "stolen 
territories,"  and  admitted:  "She  [Japan]  has  it  [Shantung] 
as  spoils  of  war."    While  in  the  Cheyenne  speech  he  said : 

You  know  that  China  has  been  the  common  prey  of  the  great 
European  Powers.  .  .  .  There  was  a  very  serious  impair- 
ment of  the  territorial  integrity  of  China  in  every  one  of  them 
[the  concessions  referred  to],  and  a  very  serious  interference 
with  the  political  independence  of  that  great  political  kingdom. 

Regarding  the  alleged  pledge  of  Japan  to  return  Shan- 
tung, the  President,  at  times,  suggested  that  England  and 
France  had  given  pledges  of  a  similar  character: 

Sitting  around  our  council  board  in  Paris  I  put  this  question: 
"May  I  expect  that  this  will  be  the  beginning  of  the  retrocession 
to  China  of  the  exceptional  rights  which  other  Governments 
have  enjoyed  there?"  The  responsible  representatives  of  the 
other  great  Governments  said:  "Yes,  you  may  expect  it."  [San 
Francisco,  Sept.  17.] 

Three  days  later,  however,  we  find  him  asserting  that  no 
such  promise  had  been  made: 

Back  of  this  provision  with  regard  to  Shantung  lies,  as  every- 
body knows  or  ought  to  know,  a  very  honorable  promise  which 
was  made  by  the  Government  of  Japan  in  my  presence  in  Paris, 
namely,  that  just  as  soon  as  possible  after  ratification  of  this 
treaty  they  will  return  to  China  all  sovereign  rights  in  the 
province  of  Shantung.  Great  Britain  has  not  promised  to 
return  Wei-Hai-Wei;  France  has  not  promised  to  return  her 
part.     [Speech  at  Los  Angeles.] 

Notwithstanding  such  admissions  the  President  boldly 
proclaimed  that  his  treaty  put  into  general  operation  the 
principle  of  self-determination: 

The  heart  and  center  of  this  treaty  is  the  principle  adopted 
n&L  only  in  this  treaty  but  put  into  effect  also  in  the  treaty 
with  Austria,  in  the  treaty  with  Hungary,  in  the  treaty  with 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


371 


Bulgaria,  in  the  treaty  with  Turkey,  that  every  great  territory 
in  the  world  belongs  to  the  people  who  are  living  on  it.  [San 
Diego,  Sept.  19.] 

That  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  subjects  Germany  to  a  puni- 
tive indemnity  was  acknowledged  by  the  President  in  the 
Columbus  speech  [September  4]  in  the  following  words: 

In  the  first  place,  my  fellow  countrymen,  it  [the  treaty]  seeks 
to  punish  one  of  the  greatest  wrongs  ever  done  in  history,  the 
wrong  which  Germany  sought  to  do  to  the  world  and  to  civiliza- 
tion; and  there  ought  to  be  no  weak  purpose  with  regard  to  the 
application  of  that  punishment.  She  attempted  an  intolerable 
thing,  and  she  must  be  made  to  pay  for  the  attempt.    - 

But  a  little  farther  along  in  the  same  speech  the  President 
denied  that  the  treaty  provided  for  any  indemnity  whatso- 
ever.   Payment  was  exacted  merely  to  make  good  the  losses : 

Look  even  into  the  severe  terms  of  reparation — for  there  was 
no  indemnity.  No  indemnity  of  any  sort  was  claimed,  merely 
reparation,  merely  paying  for  the  destruction  done,  merely  mak- 
ing good  the  losses.  .  .  .  There  is  no  indemnity  in  this 
treaty. 

In  the  next  breath,  same  speech,  the  President  again 
justified  the  German  assessment  as  a  punishment  for  wrong 
done: 

The  reparation  .  .  .  will  be  pressed  to  the  utmost  point 
which  Germany  can  pay — which  is  just,  which  is  righteous.  It 
would  have  been  intolerable  if  there  had  been  anything  else. 
For,  my  fellow  citizens,  this  treaty  is  not  meant  merely  to  end 
this  single  war.  It  is  meant  as  a  notice  to  every  government 
which  in  the  future  will  attempt  this  thing  that  mankind  will 
unite  to  inflict  the  same  punishment. 

The  President  asserted  that  the  war  was  a  commercial 
and  industrial  war,  as  distinct  from  a  political  war: 

Why,  my  fellow  citizens,  is  there  any  man  here,  or  any  woman 
— let  me  say,  is  there  any  child  here,  who  does  not  know  that 
the  seed  of  war  in  the  modern  world  is  industrial  and  commer- 
cial rivalry?  .  .  ■  .  This  war,  in  its  inception,  was  a  commer- 
cial and  industrial  war.  It  was  not  a  political  war.  [St.  Louis, 
Sept.  5.] 

But  from  April  2,  1917,  he  had  held  that  it  was  eminently 
a  political  war.  And  four  days  after  the  St.  Louis  speech, 
at  Minneapolis,  he  again  painted  it  as  a  political,  as  distinct 
from  a  commercial  and  industrial,  war: 

The  object  of  the  war  was  to  destroy  autocratic  power;  that 
is  to  say,  to  make  it  impossible  that  there  should  be  anywhere, 
as  there  was  in  Wilhelmstrasse,  in  Berlin,  a  little  group  of 
military  men  who  could  brush  aside  the  manufacturers,  brush 
aside  the  Emperor  himself,  and  say:  "We  have  perfected  a 
machine  with  which  we  can  conquer  the  world;  now  stand  out 
of  the  way,  we  are  going  to  conquer  the  world." 

In  the  same  St.  Louis  speech,  again,  the  President  sug- 
gested that  the  German  commercial  classes  wanted  war  for 
commercial  reasons: 

The  real  reason  that  the  war  we  have  just  finished  took  place 
was  that  Germany  was  afraid  her  commercial  rivals  were  going 
to  get  the  better  of  her,  and  the  reason  why  some  nations  went 
into  the  war  against  Germany  was  that  they  thought  Germany 
would  get  the  commercial  advantage  of  them.  The  seed  of  the 
jealousy,  the  seed  of  the  deep-seated  hatred,  was  hot  successful 
commercial  and  industrial  rivalry. 

But  on  subsequent  days  the  President  asserted  that  the 
German  commercial  classes  wanted  to  avoid  the  war  for 
commercial  reasons.     For  example: 

The  German  bankers  and  the  German  merchants  and  the 
German  manufacturers  did  not  want  this  war.  They  were  mak- 
ing conquest  of  the  world  without  it,  and  they  knew  it  would 
spoil  their  plans.     [St.  Paul,  Sept.  9.] 


To  the  Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee  the  President 
asserted  that  he  consented  to  participate  upon  the  Repara- 
tions Commission  only  to  assist  our  dear  allies : 

Why,  we  were  disinclined  to  join  in  that  [the  Reparations 
Commission],  but  yielded  to  the  urgent  request  of  the  other 
nations  that  we  should,  because  they  wanted  our  advice  and 
counsel.     [Aug.  19,  1919.] 

Note,  however,  that  his  inconsistency  is  often  consistent 
with  the  change  in  his  audience.  To  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce at  St.  Louis,  a  fortnight  later,  he  disclosed  the  fact 
that  he  was  very  much  inclined  to  participate,  and  acknowl- 
edged a  selfish  commercial  motive: 

Some  of  you  gentlemen  know  we  used  to  have  trade  with 
Germany.  All  of  that  trade  is  going  to  be  in  the  hands  and 
under  the  control  of  the  Reparations  Commission.  I  humbly 
begged  leave  to  appoint  a  member  to  look  after  our  interests, 
and  I  was  rebuked  for  it.  I  am  looking  after  the  industrial 
interests  of  the  United  States.  I  would  like  to  see  the  other 
men  who  are.  They  are  forgetting  the  industrial  interests  of 
the  United  States,  and  they  are  doing  things  that  will  cut  us 
off,  and  our  trade  off,  from  the  normal  channels,  because  the 
Reparations  Commission  can  determine  where  Germany  buys, 
what  Germany  buys,  how  much  Germany  buys.  .  .  .  It  is 
going  to  stand  at  the  center  of  the  financial  operations  of  the 
world. 

To  the  Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee,  same  con- 
ference, the  President  described  our  proposed  after-war 
union  with  our  allies  as  a  moral  union : 

There  is  no  way  which  we  ought  to  be  willing  to  adopt  which 
separates  us  in  dealing  with  Germany  from  those  with  whom  we 
were  associated  during  the  war.  .  .  .  Because  I  think  it 
is  a  moral  union  which  we  are  not  at  liberty  to  break. 

But  in  the  Coliseum  speech  at  St.  Louis  he  described  the 
proposed  union  as  eminently  a  financial  union : 

Under  the  League  plan  the  financial  leadership  will  be  ours, 
the  industrial  supremacy  will  be  ours,  the  commercial  advantage 
will  be  ours. 

Although  the  President  informed  his  audiences  that 
"When  the  treaty  is  accepted  men  in  khaki  will  not  have  to 
cross  the  seas  again"  [Columbus,  September  4,  1919],  in  due 
course  he  asked  Congress  to  approve  an  American  manda- 
tory in  Turkey,  which  would  require  a  new  army  to  be 
sent  immediately  to  Europe. 

In  explaining  the  settlement  then  being  negotiated,  the 
President  assured  us,  at  New  York,  March  4,  1919:  "Nations 
promise  not  to  have  alliances."  But  this  did  not  prevent 
him  from  agreeing  to  a  special  military  alliance  with  France 
and  [July  29,  1919]  urging  its  ratification  upon  the  Senate. 

At  the  very  time  that  he  was  assuring  his  audiences  that 
his  settlement  provided  for  general  disarmament  and  would 
end  war,  he  was  urging  upon  Congress  a  bill  to  create  a 
standing  army  of  576,000  men — a  standing  army  only 
300,000  smaller  than  that  of  Germany  at  the  beginning  of 
the  war. 

The  President  held  that  the  war  was  fought,  in  part,  to 
abolish  secret  treaties.  At  the  same  time  he  held  that  it 
was  fought  to  vindicate  the  sacredness  of  treaties,  whether 
secret  or  not.  Although  he  declared :  "One  of  the  things  that 
this  treaty  incidentally  does  is  to  invalidate  all  secret 
treaties"  [Tacoma,  September  13],  yet  at  other  times  he 
acknowledged  and  defended  its  validation  of  the  Entente 
secret  treaties,  as  has  been  seen. 

Although,  in  his  Memorial  Day  address  at  Paris  [1919], 
the  President  asserted :  "Private  counsels  of  statesmen  can- 
not now  and  cannot  hereafter  determine  the  destinies  of 


372 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


nations,"  and  although,  at  Oakland  [September  18],  he  de- 
clared: "From  this  time  forth  all  the  world  is  going  to 
know  what  all  the  agreements  between  nations  are.  It  is 
going  to  know,  not  their  general  character  merely,  but 
their  exact  language  and  contents,"  yet  in  the  intervening 
period  he  refused  the  Senate  information  upon  which  his 
Paris  decisions  were  based;  mentioned  the  "intimacies"  of 
the  Peace  Conference,  and  the  "indiscretion"  of  talking 
about  them,  even  to  the  treaty-ratifying  body;  declared  it 
a  mistake  to  "redebate  here  [with  the  Senate  Foreign  Rela- 
tions Committee]  the  fundamental  questions  that  we  debated 
at  Paris" ;  refused  data  on  the  ground  that  it  was  agreed  at 
Paris  that  they  should  be  "confidential";  acknowledged  pos- 
session of  "international  secrets,"  which  he  declined  to  share 
even  with  the  Senate;  confessed  to  the  view  that  his  Paris  se- 
crets should  never  become  public  property  [Conference  with 
Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee  at  White  House, 
August  19,  1919] ;  brought  out  more  and  more  clearly  the 
facts  that  the  treaty  itself  was  but  a  skeleton  of  secret 
understandings  known  only  to  five  old  men  who  whispered 
together  at  Paris ;  that  he  was  attempting  to  bind  America 
to  courses  of  action  which  would  be  known  to  the  country 
only  after  they  had  become  accomplished  facts;  that  his 
projected  League  of  Nations  was  not  intended  to  be  under 
the  control  of  peoples,  or  even  of  national  legislatures,  but 
was  to  be  an  instrument  of  executives,  as  secret,  irrespon- 
sible, and  autocratic  as  the  Peace  Conference  itself. 

Finally,  upon  the  question  as  to  whether  he  really  ever 
expected  to  carry  out  his  peace  pledges,  or  to  attempt  to 
realize  them,  on  Memorial  Day,  1919,  at  Paris,  he  said: 

If  I  may  speak  a  personal  word,  I  beg  you  to  realize  the 
compulsion  that  I  myself  feel  that  I  am  under.  By  the  Consti- 
tution of  our  great  country  I  was  Commander-in-Chief  of  these 
men.  .  .  .  Shall  I — can  I — ever  speak  a  word  of  counsel 
which  is  inconsistent  with  the  assurances  I  gave  them  when 
they  came  over?     It  is  inconceivable. 

But  twelve  days  later  he  said: 

Mr.  Walsh,  do  you  think  any  considerable  number  of  people, 
when  they  read  my  declarations,  thought  that  these  settlements 
were  to  be  made  at  some  particular  place,  automatically,  imme- 
diately? [President  Wilson  to  Frank  P.  Walsh,  June  11,  1919, 
as  reported  to  the  Senate  Foreign  Relations  Committee  by 
Messrs.  Walsh  and  Dunne.] 

In  these  words  we  have  the  President's  own  admission 
that  the  promises  upon  which  75,000  American  youths  gave 
up  their  lives  in  Europe  were  never  intended  to  be  carried 
out. 

The  Presidential  contradictions  herein  touch  the  most 
vital  questions  of  peace.  They  completely  discredit  the 
President's  own  special  pleadings  in  favor  of  his  particular 
form  of  settlement ;  for,  obviously,  we  cannot  take  the  word 
of  a  statesman  on  any  matter  upon  which  he  expresses 
opposing  and  irreconcilable  views.  They  equally  discredit 
the  political  party  which  has  so  fulsomely  indorsed  the  man 
and  his  work.  They  raise  the  question  of  the  sincerity  of 
the  Democratic  candidate  and  of  every  Democratic  leader; 
they  stultify  every  voter  who  chooses  to  remain  with  the 
Democratic  Party.  They  represent,  however,  only  a  very 
small  fraction  of  the  deadly  parallels  that  can  be  registered 
against  the  President  upon  the  public  questions  which  have 
come  before  the  country  in  the  past  eight  years.  For  to 
"stand  behind  the  President"  always  has  been  a  physical 
impossibility  and  an  intellectual  absurdity.  Yet  that  is  the 
position  of  Mr.  James  M.  Cox. 


The  Woman  Voter  Hits  the 
Color  Line 

By  WILLIAM  PICKENS 

THE  Nineteenth  Amendment  has  become  the  law  of  the 
land  and  it  is  constitutionally  possible  for  twenty-five 
million  women  to  vote.  How  many  of  these  will  actually 
vote?  Three  million  are  colored,  and  more  than  three- 
fourths  of  them  live  below  Mason  and  Dixon's  Line.  *There 
the  colored  man  has  been  cheated  out  of  nine-tenths  of  his 
votes,  and  only  a  small  proportion  of  the  white  men  vote 
because  of  the  indirect  reaction  of  this  political  dishonesty. 
Will  the  colored  women  of  the  South  be  similarly  shut  out? 

The  recent  registration  of  voters  in  South  Carolina  may 
be  taken  as  a  fair  example,  as  this  State  has  been  ever  repre- 
sentative of  the  South.  In  common  with  other  Southern 
States,  it  has,  by  administration  and  manipulation  of  suf- 
frage laws,  practically  nullified  the  Fourteenth  and  Fifteenth 
amendments,  which  enfranchised  colored  men.  The  black 
race  slightly  outnumbers  the  white  in  South  Carolina,  and 
colored  women  outnumber  colored  men.  The  colored  woman 
is  accordingly  the  largest  class  in  the  State,  and  her  right  to 
vote  gives  a  new  concern  to  the  maintainers  of  "white 
supremacy." 

What  of  the  colored  women  ?  They  have  shown  themselves 
in  every  sense  and  in  every  emergency  good  citizens.  In  the 
war  their  auxiliaries  were  second  to  none  in  efficient  service. 
As  the  State  Federation  of  Colored  Women's  Clubs  in  Ala- 
bama founded  a  reform  school  for  colored  boys  long  before 
the  State  would  adopt  the  work,  so  now  the  colored  women  of 
South  Carolina  are  supporting  an  Industrial  School  for  Way- 
ward Colored  Girls  to  which  they  gave  $9,000  last  year.  A 
colored  woman  owns  and  operates  the  best  hospital  for  her 
race  anywhere  in  the  State,  and  it  is  patronized  by  white 
physicians. 

While  colored  people  predominate  in  numbers  in  the  whole 
State,  in  the  city  of  Columbia,  with  37,500  inhabitants,  they 
number  about  one-third.  Let  us  observe  the  attempt  of 
colored  women  to  register  in  this  capital  city.  The  regis- 
trars are  white  men,  sometimes  but  half -educated.  One  can 
register  either  as  tax-payer  on  a  stated  minimum  value  of 
taxable  property  or  under  the  "educational  qualification." 
On  the  first  day  of  the  registration  in  September  the  colored 
women  who  presented  themselves  evidently  took  the  regis- 
trars by  surprise,  as  the  latter  seemed  to  have  no  concerted 
plan  for  dealing  with  colored  women  except  to  register  them 
like  the  white  women ;  and  this  they  were  doing  without  any 
test  or  question  whatsoever,  save  such  necessary  inquiries  as 
to  name,  age  and  residence.  The  registrars  had  evidently 
believed  that  few  colored  women  would  have  the  nerve  to 
attempt  to  register,  and  there  was  visible  disappointment 
when  many  colored  women,  bright  and  intelligent,  in  some 
cases  armed  with  the  necessary  tax  receipt,  appeared  the 
first  day.  While  there  was  apparently  no  preconcerted  plan 
not  to  register  them,  one  ready-made  discrimination  of  the 
South  was  freely  used,  that  of  "white  people  first."  The 
registrars  would  keep  numbers  of  colored  women  standing 
for  hours  while  they  registered  every  white  person  in  sight, 
man  or  woman,  even  the  late-comers.  A  registrar  was  some- 
times observed  to  break  off  right  in  the  middle  of  registering 
a  colored  woman,  and  turn  to  some  white  new-comer.    To  the 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


373 


credit  of  the  instinctive  fairness  of  white  women  it  should 
be  said  that  they  at  first  manifested  a  disposition  merely  to 
fall  in  line  and  await  their  turn  until  interfered  with  by  the 
white  officers  who  would  call  them  arbitrarily  from  behind  a 
group  of  colored  applicants.  Yet  many  of  these  colored 
women  bravely  stayed  and  patiently  stood  from  11 :30  in  the 
morning  till  8:00  at  night  in  order  to  register  to  vote!  The 
attitude  and  the  disappointed  calculation  of  the  white  men 
can  be  best  expressed  by  quoting  one  of  them :  "Who  stirred 
up  all  these  colored  women  to  come  up  here  and  register?" 
Such  persistent  courage,  however,  was  too  ominous  to  the 
white  registrars,  the  guardians  of  racial  supremacy  and 
party  success;  for  although  they  seemed  to  have  no  plan  of 
repulse  for  the  first  day,  they  evidently  held  a  council  of  war 
at  night — and  things  looked  different  on  the  morrow. 

Consider  how  the  law  itself  is  made  the  vehicle  of  injus- 
tice and  oppression  in  its  administration.  One  can  register 
if  one  pays  taxes  on  at  least  three  hundred  dollars'  worth  of 
property,  or  can  read  from  the  State  or  the  Federal  Consti- 
tution some  passage  selected  by  the  registrar.  It  would 
seem  the  purpose  of  such  a  law  merely  to  determine  the 
general  fitness  and  intelligence  of  the  candidate,  or  to  make 
a  bona  fide  test  of  his  literacy.  But  although  all  women  were 
registered  without  tests  the  first  day,  and  white  women  with- 
out test  or  question  throughout  the  registration,  colored 
women  after  the  first  day,  in  addition  to  being  tortured  by 
long  standing,  were  greeted  with  scowls,  rough  voices  and 
insulting  demeanor.  They  were  made  to  read  and  even  to 
explain  long  passages  from  the  constitutions  and  from  vari- 
ous civil  and  criminal  codes,  although  there  is  no  law  requir- 
ing such  an  inquisition.  On  the  second  day  the  registrars 
were  assisted  by  a  lawyer,  apparently  for  the  special  busi- 
ness of  quizzing,  cross-questioning  and  harassing  the  colored 
women,  in  the  manner  of  opposing  counsel  in  court.  He 
asked  questions  about  all  sorts  of  things  from  all  sorts  of 
documents — questions  which  he  could  not  himself  answer 
and  about  which  lawyers  wrangle  every  day  in  court.  It  was 
the  evident  purpose  to  send  back  to  the  colored  population  so 
discouraging  a  report  that  others  would  not  even  try  to 
register.  Indeed  the  Columbia  State,  the  morning  paper, 
had  suggested  that  the  colored  women  were  manifesting 
"very  little  interest,"  and  that  "very  few"  were  expected  to 
register. 

Well  educated  colored  women  were  denied  the  right  to 
register.  Some  of  the  questions  actually  put  to  the  inexperi- 
enced colored  applicant  were:  "Explain  a  mandamus."  "De- 
fine civil  code."  "How  would  you  appeal  a  case?"  "If  presi- 
dential votes  are  tied,  how  would  you  break  the  tie?"  "How 
much  revenue  did  the  State  hospital  pay  the  State  last 
year?"  "How  much  revenue  does  the  Baptist  Church  pay 
the  State?" 

South  Carolina  law  requires  only  that  one  shall  read,  and 
not  the  passing  of  any  examination  in  law  or  civil  govern- 
ment. If  a  colored  woman  mispronounced  a  word  in  the 
opinion  of  the  half-educated  registrar,  she  was  disqualified. 
In  one  of  the  county  registration  places  a  colored  man  was 
threatened  with  disfranchisement  because  he  accented  the 
word  "municipal"  on  the  antepenult,  where  the  accent  be- 
longs, and  not  "municipal"  as  the  registrar  insisted  it 
should  be. 

There  was  not  only  injustice  but  rank  insult.  A  colored 
man  was  thrown  out  of  the  room  for  speaking  with  one  of 
the  waiting  colored  women,  for  fear  that  he  was  coaching  or 
prompting  her  in  the  manner  of  primary  school  discipline. 


As  one  colored  woman  was  reading  with  ease  the  passage 
set  before  her,  the  registrar  blurted  out:  "Heah,  girl,  yo' 
misponounced  two  words.  Yo'  git  out  o'  here!  Yo'  cain't 
vote —  yo'  ain't  got  sense  enough  to  vote!"  A  graduate  of 
the  State  College  for  Negroes  was  rejected  because  she  "mis- 
pronounced a  word" — always  in  the  mere  opinion  of  the 
registrar,  with  never  an  appeal  to  Webster.  Some  of  the 
colored  teachers  of  Columbia,  licensed  by  the  State  to  teach 
colored  children,  were  denied  the  right  to  register,  as  being 
insufficiently  educated  to  read  a  ballot! 

There  was  not  only  insult  but  threatened  and  actual  vio- 
lence. On  the  second  day  when  the  number  of  colored  peo- 
ple in  the  room  had  grown  large  because  the  registrars  had 
compelled  them  to  wait  while  they  registered  white  people 
out  of  turn,  the  "high  sheriff"  came  in  and  shouted:  "Yo' 
niggahs  git  out  o'  de  way,  git  out  an'  let  de  whahte  people 
register — an'  stay  out!  An'  if  yo'  don'  stay  out,  dey'll  be 
some  buckshot  to  keep  yo'  out." — And  still  the  colored  people 
came.    The  women  especially  defied  all  opposition. 

By  Friday  of  the  registration  week  more  than  twenty  of 
the  better  educated  colored  women  who  had  been  rejected, 
had  signed  an  affidavit  against  the  registrars.  Contrary  to 
calculations,  some  colored  women  were  even  stimulated  to  go 
and  assert  their  right  to  register  because  they  heard  that 
others  of  their  race  had  been  unjustly  turned  away.  They 
decided  either  to  register  or  to  put  the  responsibility  on  the 
officers  of  the  law.  No  discouragement,  no  "test,"  no  petty 
insult  stopped  them.  Nothing  availed  against  them  save 
the  arbitrary  will  of  the  tyrants  who  sat  as  registrars.  The 
women's  suit  will  be  based  on  the  Nineteenth  Amendment, 
to  open  the  way  for  appeal  to  federal  courts.  The  colored 
women  of  South  Carolina  may  thus  play  a  leading  role  in 
the  judicial  establishment  of  the  enfranchisement  of  her 
race  and  her  sex. 

According  to  the  press  many  colored  women  in  Richmond 
have  been  denied  the  right  of  registration  in  the  same  man- 
ner and  there  are  similar  reports  from  other  localities.  Does 
this  mean  that  the  South  will  resort  to  the  methods  to  keep 
Negro  women  from  voting  that  have  been  employed  to  keep 
the  men  from  the  polls?  These  methods  have  included  every 
means  of  trickery  and  brutality  from  vague  statutes  to  shot 
guns.  The  "white  primary"  of  the  dominant  and  majority 
party  of  the  South  practically  ousts  the  whole  colored  race 
from  any  share  in  government.  There  is  no  trouble  in  keep- 
ing ignorant  and  shiftless  black  men  from  voting — most  of 
them  do  not  want  to  vote.  But  the  "educational  qualifica- 
tion" clauses  are  chiefly  employed  to  keep  industrious  and 
intelligent  colored  men  from  the  polls,  and  some  have  been 
disfranchised  who  were  graduates  of  European  universities, 
in  addition  to  Yale  or  Harvard.  A  Norfolk  daily  paper 
recently  said  in  an  editorial  that  a  law  should  be  enacted  by 
the  legislature  of  Virginia  against  the  passage  of  the  woman 
suffrage  amendment  which  could  be  so  manipulated  as  to 
allow  any  white  man  to  vote  "unless  he  were  an  idiot"  and 
to  prevent  any  Negro  from  voting  even  if  he  were  "a  gradu- 
ate of  Harvard."  Every  method  has  been  employed  against 
the  colored  man,  up  to  "red  shirt,"  "Ku  Klux"  campaigns 
and  less  picturesque  but  equally  forceful  terrorism.  In  some 
districts  a  colored  man  seals  his  death  warrant  by  even  at- 
tempting to  register.  Nothing  in  the  code  of  "Southern 
chivalry"  will  prevent  similar  treatment  of  colored  women. 
Will  the  women  of  the  United  States  who  know  something  at 
least  of  disfranchisement  tolerate  such  methods  to  prevent 
intelligent  colored  women  from  voting? 


374 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


The  Return  of  the  Hapsburgs? 

By  EUGENE  S.  BAGGER 

Hungary  cannot  be  satisfied  with  assisting  Poland  against 
Soviet  Russia,  but  she  must  finish  Western  Communism  as  well. 
...  It  would  be  child's  play  for  a  good  Magyar  division  to 
rid  Vienna  of  the  Red  Terror,  and  when  that's  done  the  collapse 
of  Czecho-Slovakia  will  become  inevitable.  .  .  .  Once  we  are 
allied  to  an  Austria  where  nationalism  is  restored  we  shall 
become  a  powerful  factor  in  the  situation  with  which  everybody, 
even  Russia,  will  have  to  reckon. 

THE  day  this  statement  appeared  in  the  Budapest  review 
Magyar  Kiilpolitika  ("Hungarian  Foreign  Policy"), 
semi-official  mouthpiece  of  Premier  Count  Teleki,  the  rest 
of  the  Government's  official  and  semi-official  apparatus  was 
working  overtime  disclaiming  responsibility  for  the  raid  on 
the  Austrian  village  Fiirstenfeld.  On  July  28,  eight  hun- 
dred Magyar  soldiers,  disguised  as  peasants  but  operating 
in  military  formation,  crossed  the  Austrian  frontier,  raided 
the  Fiirstenfeld  arsenal  and  carried  off  21  machine  guns, 
1,938  rifles,  several  thousand  rounds  of  ammunition  and 
large  quantities  of  other  military  equipment.  The  supplies 
seized  amount  to  one-fifteenth  of  the  armament  authorized 
for  Austria  by  the  Treaty  of  St.  Germain.  The  Hungarian 
Government,  using  its  old  formula  employed  during  the 
White  Terror,  officially  denied  that  the  National  Army  had 
anything  to  do  with  the  outrage,  and  declared  the  raid  con- 
ducted by  Austrian  smugglers  "masquerading"  as  Magyar 
soldiers,  partly  in  order  to  compromise  the  Horthy  regime. 
Nevertheless,  the  inquiry  conducted  by  Colonel  Korner  of 
,the  Austrian  War  Office  proved  the  attack  the  work  of  regu- 
lar Magyar  soldiery. 

But  the  Fiirstenfeld  outrage  is  not  an  isolated  instance 
of  Magyar  aggression,  and  the  passage  quoted  from  the 
Kiilpolitika  is  typical  of  the  extensive  campaign  carried  on 
by  the  Budapest  press  against  the  republic  of  Austria.  And 
this  press  campaign  is  only  the  advance  publicity  of  a  new 
crime  planned  by  Horthy's  henchmen.  Having  transformed 
Hungary  into  a  lake  of  blood,  they  seek  to  extend  their 
activities.  They  are  preparing  to  invade  Austria,  to  set  up 
a  White  Terror  at  Vienna,  to  restore  the  monarchy  and 
then  to  turn  against  the  democratic  republic  of  Czecho- 
slovakia. These  designs  are  openly  boasted  of  by  the  Mag- 
yar militarists.  The  reactionary  press  of  Budapest — and 
there  is  none  other  today — frankly  discusses  the  necessity 
and  the  advantages  of  the  conquest  of  Austria,  and  military 
preparations  are  in  full  swing  on  the  border. 

All  this  is  not  unknown  to  the  Allied  powers.  The  Aus- 
trian Government  has  repeatedly  protested  against  the  Hun- 
garian raids  and  the  maintenance  of  armed  camps  of  Aus- 
trian monarchists  on  the  Hungarian  side  of  the  frontier. 
On  August  3  Foreign  Secretary  Renner,  after  submitting 
evidence  on  the  Fiirstenfeld  raid,  pointed  out  to  the  Entente 
representatives  that  as  the  peace  treaty  renders  Austria 
defenseless  the  republic  expects  protection  from  the  Entente. 
Austria  has  lived  up  honestly  to  the  disarmament  clause  of 
St.  Germain;  Hungary  has  not  yet  ratified  the  Treaty  of 
Trianon,  and  not  only  has  she  not  reduced  her  armed 
strength,  but  is  conducting  general  mobilization.  The  prep- 
arations of  Hungary  to  attack  the  Austrian  republic  are  de- 
scribed in  three  official  declarations  of  the  Austrian  War 
Office  based  on  affidavits  of  eye-witnesses.     (The  Zalaegers- 


zeg  encampment  had  been  the  subject  of  an  Austrian  protest 
to  the  Council  of  Ambassadors  in  June.)  Here  is  a  sum- 
mary of  the  three  statements: 

A  monarchist  legion,  recruited  from  Austrian  citizens  on 
Austrian  territory,  is  maintained  at  Zalaegerszeg,  a  few 
miles  from  the  frontier  on  the  Hungarian  side.  The  pur- 
pose of  this  legion  is  to  overthrow  the  present  Austrian  Gov- 
ernment and  to  restore  monarchy.  Every  member  of  the 
legion  is  pledged  by  solemn  oath  to  that  end.  The  roster  of 
the  Terror  Detachment  which  is  to  take  charge  of  Vienna 
after  the  occupation  is  already  drawn  up.  The  terrorists 
are  to  be  rewarded  by  free  loot.  The  legionaries  are  well 
paid  and  fed.  They  wear  the  uniform  of  the  old  Austro- 
Hungarian  army,  with  the  Imperial  crown  and  a  white  rib- 
bon on  their  caps.  Regulations  are  as  in  the  old  army.  The 
units  are  equipped  with  machine  guns  and  receive  special 
training  in  barricade  fighting  and  bombing.  Apart  from 
this  Austrian  legion  an  army  of  30,000  Magyar  soldiers 
(regiments  are  named)  are  stationed  near  Szombathely, 
another  frontier  town,  ready  for  orders  to  march  on  Vienna. 
This  army  consists  of  picked  men,  its  recruits  coming  up 
under  general  mobilization  orders  after  being  carefully 
sifted;  and  Jews,  trade  unionists  and  intellectuals,  instead 
of  being  armed,  are  enrolled  in  battalions  of  forced  labor. 
Besides  the  Austrian  legion  at  Zalaegerszeg  there  is  a  Croat 
legion  in  the  neighborhood  and  a  Slovak  legion  at  Raab.  A 
Transylvanian  legion,  to  be  used  against  Rumania,  is  also 
being  formed. 

The  foregoing  the  Austrian  war  office  declares  officially. 
But  the  Magyar  intrigue  is  continuing  on  the  other  side  of 
the  frontier  as  well.  Foreign  Secretary  Renner  rather  un- 
derstated his  case  by  saying  to  the  Entente  diplomats  that 
the  Magyar  activities  rendered  the  internal  consolidation 
of  Austria  impossible.  In  fact,  the  Magyar  influence  per- 
meates every  phase  of  Austrian  life.  It  dominates  the 
Christian  Socialist  press  of  Vienna;  it  is  behind  the  anti- 
Semitic  and  monarchist  organizations  and  secret  fraterni- 
ties, it  has  undermined  the  bureaucracy  and,  of  course, 
furnishes  the  rallying  center  for  officers  of  the  old  army 
and  the  aristocracy.  The  June  anti-semitic  outbreaks  at 
Vienna  and  Graz,  instigated  by  Magyar  officers  and  secret 
agents;  the  mob  that  beat  up  Jews  on  the  streets  and  de- 
molished Jewish  stores  cheered  Horthy.  The  Christian  So- 
cialists and  German  Nationals  cordially  detest  one  another, 
but  they  agree  in  their  hatred  of  the  Socialists  and  their 
love  for  Horthy. 

But  the  attentions  of  the  Magyar  Government  and  its 
terrorist  retinue  are  not  limited  to  German-Austria.  A  sys- 
tematic campaign  of  calumny  is  conducted  in  the  Budapest 
press  against  what  it  calls  the  "bolshevik  outpost  in  the 
West" — the  Czecho-Slovak  republic.  Not  content  with  call- 
ing its  opponent  names,  the  Magyar  Government  seems  bent 
on  stirring  up  a  bolshevist  revolt  in  Slovakia,  which  would 
then  be  used  as  a  pretext  for  an  invasion.  On  August  5  the 
Czecho-Slovak  official  press  bureau  announced  that  one  Jan 
Vavrica,  member  of  the  Slovak  Committee  at  Vienna,  was 
arrested  at  Bratislava  (Pressburg)  for  Communist  activi- 
ties. Evidence  showed  that  Vavrica  was  financed  by  the 
Budapest  Government!  He  is  also  charged  with  negotiat- 
ing, in  behalf  of  the  Magyar  Government,  a  military  agree- 
ment with  Poland,  according  to  which  Slovakia  would  be 
invaded  from  the  North  by  the  Poles,  from  the  South  by  the 
Magyars,  and  a  provisional  government  set  up.    The  Czecho- 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


375 


Slovak  statement  adds,  rather  ambiguously,  that  this  scheme 
was  submitted  and  approved  at  Paris.  Irredentist  plots 
and  hoards  of  arms  and  ammunition  were  discovered  last 
spring  by  the  Rumanian  authorities  in  Transylvania,  and 
several  Magyar  officers  were  convicted. 

The  mad  imperialism  of  Horthy's  Hungary  is  a  menace 
to  all  her  neighbors,  but  the  most  immediate  danger  is  to 
Austria,  and  this  not  only  because  she  is  the  weakest  of  all. 
The  fact  is  that  the  anti-Austrian  campaign  of  the  Magyar 
press  and  the  anti-Austrian  measures  of  the  Magyar  Gov- 
ernment are,  in  a  sense,  the  answer  of  French  diplomacy 
to  the  declaration  of  neutrality  by  the  republics  of  Austria 
and  Czecho-Slovakia  in  the  Russo-Polish  war.  Whether  or 
not  the  secret  military  alliance  between  France  and  Horthy 
has  actually  been  concluded  or  not  is  doubtful.  The  Vienna 
and  Berlin  press  published  reports  that  an  agreement  was 
signed  at  Godollo,  near  Budapest,  on  July  27  or  28  (on  the 
eve  of  the  Fiirstenfeld  raid).  The  Berliner  Tageblatt  even 
printed  a  summary  of  the  terms  by  which  France  insures 
"rectification"  of  the  Hungarian  frontiers,  at  the  expense 
of  Czecho-Slovakia  and  Rumania,  in  exchange  for  Hun- 
garian military  aid  against  Soviet  Russia.  The  French 
Foreign  Office  subsequently  denied  the  existence  of  a  mili- 
tary agreement,  and  stated  that  no  frontier  changes  were 
contemplated.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Budapest  press  per- 
sists in  talking  of  the  "new  French  orientation."  In  the 
Hungarian  Assembly  Premier  Teleki  declared  that  the  Gov- 
ernment did  not  intend  to  send  an  expeditionary  force  to 
aid  Poland,  and  the  mobilization  was  ordered  merely  as  a 
"defensive  measure."  But  it  should  be  remembered  that  the 
pivotal  fear  of  France,  the  obsession  around  which  French 
diplomacy  crystallizes,  is  not  Russia  but  Germany.  Horthy 
may  be  a  completely  useless  ally  against  Soviet  Russia,  and 
yet  he  may  be  extremely  useful  against  German-Austria. 
A  Magyar  occupation  of  Vienna  would  put  an  end  to  the 
dream  of  uniting  Austria  with  Germany — indeed,  it  might 
be  the  starting-point  of  the  dismemberment  of  Germany 
itself,  as  it  might  usher  in  a  Bavaro-Austro-Hungarian 
monarchy  under  a  Hapsburg  or  Wittelsbach — a  scheme  by 
no  means  frowned  upon  by  the  Quai  d'Orsay. 

Still,  there  is  a  consoling  element  in  the  wretched  situa- 
tion on  the  Danube.  The  flirtation  of  the  Paris  statesmen 
with  the  murderers  at  Budapest  had  the  beneficent  result  of 
opening  the  eyes  of  the  succession  states  to  the  real  bearing 
of  French  policy.  The  conclusion  of  the  "Little  Entente" 
whereby  Czecho-Slovakia,  Jugoslavia,  and  Rumania  serve 
notice  that  they  are  determined  to  run  their  own  destinies 
is  in  effect  a  refusal  by  these  three  countries  to  be  the  tools 
and  dupes  of  France.  Yet  the  history  of  the  past  two  years 
has  demonstrated  the  complete  inability  of  French  diplo- 
macy to  learn  a  lesson  and  its  unerring  genius  for  choosing 
the  worst  possible  course.  As  likely  as  not  Paris  will  seek 
compensation  for  the  abatement  of  its  influence  at  Prague, 
Belgrade,  and  Bucharest  by  further  fostering  good  relations 
with  Budapest.  Such  a  course  would  be  consistent  with  the 
French  advocacy  of  a  "Danubian  federation" — a  conception 
aptly  described  by  Mr.  Benes,  the  Czecho-Slovak  foreign 
minister,  as  a  second  edition  of  the  Hapsburg  empire.  Con- 
tinuation of  the  Magyar  military  preparations  and  press 
campaign  against  Austria  would  indicate  that  the  Magyars 
feel  sure  of  the  good  will  of  France.  Turning  Vienna  over 
to  the  White  Terror  of  Messrs.  Horthy,  Pronay,  Hejjas,  and 
Hapsburg  would  be  an  ironic  aftermath  of  the  great  war. 
Yet  the  reestablishment  of  royalty  in  Central  Europe  with 


the  official  sanction  of  "democratic"  nations  is  not  in  the 
least  an  unthinkable  eventuality.  Horthy  is  the  most  likely 
candidate  for  divine  rights.  But  a  Hapsburg  is  by  no 
means  impossible. 

Superfine  Frenzy 

Broken  Images.   By  Azalea  Heppelthwaite  Rosenberg.    Lit- 
tle Brown  Jug  and  Company. 

THIS  volume,  by  the  distinguished  lyricist  whose  "The 
Jaded  Lute"  and  "Whiffs  of  Yesterday"  are  liberally 
represented  in  all  conservative  anthologies,  marks  a  distinct 
divagation  in  Miss  Rosenberg's  manner.  She  has  heeded 
the  adjuration  of  the  modernists  to  grow  young  along  with 
them;  the  result  is  a  collection  which  will  be  called  typical 
of  all  that  is  best,  because  newest  and  noisiest,  in  our 
poetry.  It  will  be — it  has  been  already — hailed  as  the  zenith 
of  the  year's  lyric  achievement. 

As  is  the  fashion,  the  book  is  introduced  by  two  poets  of 
admitted  standing — the  very  introductions  admit  it — and  by 
three  college  professors  with  a  penchant  for  reading  verse 
later  than  Chaucer.  Miss  Rosenberg  is  hailed,  by  them,  as  a 
super-Sappho,  an  over-Ovid,  a  17-ounce  Pound,  a  stonier 
Sandburg.  Her  lines  that  follow  are  no  anti-climax.  Con- 
sider the  opening  tenderness  of  the  Imagist  Portraits,  from 
which  we  cull  three  miniatures: 

Her 
Your  eyes 

Are  amorous  coal-scuttles 
Filled  with  a  jonquil  passion 
To  tease  the  hurrying  clocks 
Of  time-spirited  candle-sticks. 
Faugh!    I  would  empty  you, 
But  the  butcher's  bill  is  unpaid. 

The  reference  to  daylight  saving,  in  the  fourth  line,  is  a 
fine  example  of  the  opening  vistas  of  subject-matter  claimed 
by  many  minnesingers  of  today;  only  the  concluding  ref- 
erence to  an  unpaid  bill  is  reminiscent  of  an  earlier  hour 
in  Miss  Rosenberg's  singing. 

A  Poet 
Benign  St.  Vitus 
Permeates  your  thinks, 
O  prophet  of  an  alkaline  future, 
Heroic  and  punctual 
Last  roe  of  salmon. 

Myself 
The  universe 
Minus  a  dust-grain, 
I. 

The  unique  modesty  of  this  is  astonishing.  We  call  to  mina 
no  other  present-day  singer  who  doubts  that  the  complete 
universe,  including  the  Scandinavian,  is  in  himself. 

A  more  incandescent  note  is  sounded  in  the  section  en- 
titled Images  of  Fire.  Mark  the  thermic  overtones  of  these 
four  unnamed  sparks: 

I. 

A  tired  shoe-maker 

Bats  the  tennis-ball  of  his  enthusiasm 

Into  two  faded  violets 

And  a  cigarette  stub. 

Eheu,  where  art  thou, 

Dionysos! 

IV. 
Three  jade-white   eyes 


376 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


White  with  the  moon-lust. 

There  is  another  argument, 

But  I  have  forgotten  it. 
XIX. 

An  unlighted  candle 

Turns  off  the  buoyant  faucet 

Of  six  suns, 

As  for  the  seventh, 

Mexico  is  not  north  of  us. 
XL. 

After  fire, 

Embers, 

Cinders, 

Ashes     .     .     . 

And  more 

Ashes. 
The  caustic  preciosity  of  Robinson,  the  sounding  line  of 
Marlowe  and  Milton,  the  surge  and  thunder  of  the  Jugo- 
slavian epic  singers,  speak  in  certain  of  these  numbers. 
Yet  the  truer  triumph  of  Miss  Rosenberg,  realism  punc- 
tuated with  a  gasp,  may  best  be  found  in  a  poem  which 
was  listened  to  last  spring  by  the  Poetry  Society  of  Amer- 
ica and  called  forth  a  salvo  of  applause. 
May  in  the  Ghetto 

Dawn  upon  Suffolk  Street. 

Gaunt  cops  owl  by, 

Tenement  litter  yawp  the  Forwards, 

Push  carts  totter  past, 

Faceless  droves  of  garment-workers 

Din  on  the  dirty  pavements. 

A  sparrow  teeters  on  a  sagging  wire, 

Trilling  dusty  arias 

To  the  scraggly  geranium  slip 

Blooming  in  blood 

Squeezed  from  these  Ghetto  faces. 

May — discovered ! 

Who  was  that  guinea 

That  stumbled  across  America? 

Space  forbids  quotation  from  the  first  movement  of 
Mestus,  the  astringent  acidity  of  Four  Adaptations  from 
M'ai  Ti  Po,  and  the  bewildering  beauty  of  the  lyric  se- 
quence, Flies  from  M-xny  Ointments.  Suffice  it  to  say  that 
here  and  elsewhere  in  the  volume  are  fulfilment,  promise, 
and  more  fulfilment.  It  is  caviare  to  the  private,  and  sauer- 
kraut to  the  general.  Homer  knew  only  Homer ;  but  Shake- 
speare knew  Homer  and  Shakespeare.  Posterity  will  know 
both  of  these,  and  Azalea  Heppelthwaite  Rosenberg. 

Clement  Wood 


In  the  Driftway 


NOT  by  any  means  the  least  fascinating  highway  in 
New  York  is  Varick  Street.  All  day  long  its  pave- 
ments thunder  beneath  the  wheels  of  wagons  and  trucks, 
at  least  half  of  them  drawn  by  honest,  fat,  and  sprightly 
horses,  instead  of  being  propelled  by  motors.  Its  sidewalks 
are  lined  with  two-story-and-basement  red  brick  houses,  fast 
vanishing  relics  of  a  departed  day.  The  window  sills  and 
roof  line  of  at  least  one  of  them  have  a  rakish  list  to  star- 
board which  is  vastly  preferable  to  the  rigidly  vertical  dig- 
nity of  the  pretentious  houses  further  uptown.  There  are 
columned  doorways  to  admire  and  small  round  windows 
cut  next  to  them;  there  is  the  old  red-stone  Hudson  River 


Railroad  terminal,  somehow  a  welcome  relief  after  the  glar- 
ing white  marble  of  the  Grand  Central  Station.  The  side 
streets  are  almost  irresistible,  part  of  their  attraction  being 
due  to  the  fact  that  they  have  names  instead  of  numbers. 
There  is  history  in  Varick  Street,  and  variety,  and  numerous 
ancient  associations  that  cling  tenaciously  to  its  cobbles,  and 
there  is  beauty ;  for  at  the  end  of  it  on  a  hazy  morning  the 
spire  of  the  Woolworth  Building  rises  strange,  mysterious, 
unreal,  the  highest  tower  of  a  dream  city  far  beyond  New 
York,  so  high  and  so  far  that  the  white  smoke  that  drifts 
across  it  looks  like  a  cloud,  and  the  very  top  is  frequently 
completely  hidden  in  the  mist.  "God's  House"  the  little 
children  of  the  East  Side  call  it — for  does  it  not  reach  right 

up  to  Heaven? 

*  #      *       #       # 

THE  peerless  apostle  of  normalcy  should  study  the  cheer- 
ful columns  of  the  Sun  of  New  York.  There  he  might 
recently  have  read:  "The  situation  in  Trieste  was  normal 
this  morning.  Martial  law  continues  in  force.  .  .  .  Seven 
persons  have  been  killed  and  fifty  injured  in  the  last  three 

days." 

#  *      *      *      # 

THE  Drifter,  being  weary  of  the  company  of  his  fellow 
human  animals,  ate  alone,  and  mounted  the  bus.  Down 
crowded  Fifth  Avenue  it  took  him,  where  double  lines  of 
shiny-topped  limousines  glided  smoothly  beneath  the  neck- 
laces of  brilliant  street-lamps.  The  Drifter  dismounted  at 
Washington  Square  and  wandered  eastward — past  the  old 
Marble  Cemetery  where  James  Monroe  lies  buried,  into  the , 
teeming,  steaming  East  Side  where  baby-carriages  are 
parked  along  the  curbs  thicker  than  the  limousines  on  Fifth 
Avenue,  where  the  tenements  spill  over  into  the  streets  and 
bescarfed  grandmothers  carry  their  chairs  to  the  gutters 
and  croon  old-world  lullabies  to  oblivious  babies  asleep 
through  all  the  winking  of  the  dim  lights,  the  screeching  of 
itinerant  street  gangs,  and  the  steady  hum  of  the  street. 
On  he  wandered,  past  pitiful  little  Stuyvesant  Fish  Park, 
and  southward  toward  Seward  Park,  through  better-lit 
streets  where  push-carts  contest  the  baby-carriage's  mon- 
opoly of  the  curb;  through  Ca'nal  Street,  that  Little  White 
Way  of  the  East  Side,  and  out  on  the  Manhattan  Bridge. 
The  Bridge  lifted  him  gradually  to  the  level  of  tenement 
windows,  where  his  aye  intruded  upon  little  girls  precari- 
ously lifting  cut-glass  bowls  to  the  topmost  kitchen  shelves, 
upon  weary  gatherings  of  all  the  boarders  about  inadequate 
tables,  upon  preparations  for  a  night  on  the  fire  escape. 
Then,  as  the  bridge  arched  higher  and  higher,  he  looked 
down  on  the  roofs,  to  the  gay  lights  of  a  Cherry  Street 
block  party  deep  below,  until  finally  he  came  out  above  the 
water.  He  stopped  and  drank  deep  of  the  sea  air  blowing 
fresh  from  the  harbor.  Before  him  the  great  sweep  of 
Brooklyn  Bridge  loomed  dim  and  black;  below,  the  shifting, 
lucent  water,  catching  and  losing  the  echoes  of  every  light. 
On  lower  Manhattan  a  few  late-lit  offices  rose  like  hanging 
gardens  into  the  night,  or  like  some  fairy  mountainside  of 
Japan,  lantern-starred.  The  Grand  Canal  of  Venice  has 
nothing  to  compare  in  romance  and  mystery  with  that 
picture;  the  Seine  and  the  Thames  and  the  Tiber  are  mere 
creeks  beside  that  mighty  river,  and  their  arching  bridges 
shriveled  in  the  Drifter's  memory  to  toy  building-blocks. 
He  swore  a  mighty  oath  to  recall  and  revisit  the  splendid 
vistas  of  the  city— then  remembered  vaguely  that  he  had 
sworn  just  such  a  mighty  oath  long  before. 

The  Drifter 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


377 


Correspondence 

A  Perplexed  Voter 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  How  shall  one  make  the  best  use  of  his  vote  in  the 
coming  presidential  election? 

From  the  speeches  of  the  Republican  and  Democratic  candi- 
dates it  is  evident  that  no  stretch  of  the  imagination  can  place 
either  of  them  upon  a  par  with  the  distinguished  men  of  even 
the  smaller  nations  of  Europe.  Harding  seems  incapable  of 
formulating  any  statesmanlike  policy,  and  Cox  seems  to  have  no 
higher  ideal  than  that  of  "calling  the  kettle  black."  It  is  to  this 
humiliating  choice  that  we  come  because  of  our  rotten  political 
system. 

What  can  we  do  about  it?  We  must  smash  the  machines; 
must  make  radical  changes  in  our  electoral  system;  must  make 
it  possible  to  gauge  accurately  the  prevailing  opinion  of  the  elec- 
torate as  Adams  testifies  that  he  could  do  in  the  time  prior  to 
1776.  All  these  things  may  be  done  by  a  few  and  easily  effected 
changes  in  the  election  laws,  but  that  is  a  matter  for  the  future 
and  the  question  remains  as  to  what  a  lover  of  liberty  is  to  do 
in  the  present  emergency. 

There  are  the  alternatives  of  voting  for  the  candidates  of 
either  the  (1)  Farmer-Labor,  the  (2)  Single  Tax,  the  (3)  Pro- 
hibition, or  the  (4)  Socialist  party.  The  first  is  but  a  replica 
of  the  two  main  parties,  a  vote  for  which  would  carry  no  effec- 
tive protest;  the  second  is  too  restricted  in  its  scope  to  satisfy 
the  demands  of  one  who  has  wider  views  than  the  Single  Tax; 
the  third  has  passed  its  usefulness;  and  the  fourth  is  obnoxious 
to  the  great  majority  of  voting  citizens. 

Truly  the  conscientious  voter  is  between  the  devil  and  the 
deep  sea,  and  the  temptation  is  to  say,  a  plague  upon  all  your 
houses,  I  will  not  vote.  But  this  is  to  subvert  our  liberties,  to 
ignobly  wash  your  hands  of  the  country's  welfare  as  Pilate 
washed  his  hands  of  the  life  of  Christ.  To  me  it  seems  that 
the  least  any  forward-looking  man  or  woman  can  do  is  to  use 
the  ballot  in  November  to  register  the  loudest  protest  against 
present  political  conditions,  and  I  seek  a  way  to  make  my  pro- 
test most  effective. 

I  condemn  the  actions  of  the  radical  Americans — from  the 
Department  of  Justice  down — who  have  harried  out  of  the  coun- 
try, or  imprisoned  for  long  terms,  those  whose  only  offense  is 
that  they  have  voiced  unpopular  opinions,  those  who  have  had 
the  courage  of  their  convictions  sufficient  to  raise  their  voices 
in  opposition  to  prevailing  opinion  or  hysteria.  I  decry  the 
abortive  attempts  to  protect  the  people  from  the  greedy  prof- 
iteers. I  am  ashamed  for  my  country  that  it  should  continue 
penalizing  political  prisoners  long  after  all  other  countries  have 
proclaimed  amnesty  to  all  such. 

The  most  emphatic  protest  of  which  I  can  conceive  to  all  these 
undemocratic  actions  would  be  a  smashing  big  vote  for  Eugene 
V.  Debs,  not  as  a  socialistic  vote,  but  as  a  vote  for  a  sincere  man 
who,  however  mistaken,  has  had  the  courage  to  follow  his  lights, 


Contributors  t©  This  Issue 

John  Kenneth  Turner  is  an  author  of  note. 

William  Pickens  has  been  instructor  in  classics  at  Talla- 
dega College  and  dean  of  Morgan  College. 

Eugene  S.  Bagger  is  a  New  York  journalist  who  has 
made  a  special  study  of  central  European  affairs. 

Clement  Wood  is  an  American  poet  and  writer. 

Paul  D.  Cravath,  a  well-known  lawyer,  was  advisory 
counsel  of  the  American  Mission  to  the  Inter-Allied 
Council  on  War  Purchases  and  Finance. 


and  to  endure  punishment  with  a  Christ-like  spirit.  I  abhor 
the  doctrine  of  the  Socialists  that  calls  for  governmental  regula- 
tion of  our  lives,  and  that  would  put  all  the  industries  of  the 
country  under  the  control  of  government  agents,  but  as  there 
is  no  immediate  danger  of  the  American  public  adopting  such  an 
experiment  I  feel  safe  in  voting  for  the  man  Debs. 

No  other  action  will  carry  effective  rebuke  to  the  present 
administration,  to  the  hysteria  that  has  prevailed,  to  the  intol- 
erance that  has  been  manifested,  and,  more  than  all,  it  will 
notify  the  political  manipulators  that  there  is  a  God  in  Israel. 

Baltimore,  September  8  F.  Lincoln  Hutchins 


Maxim  Gorki  to  H.  G.  Wells 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  It  happens  to  have  been  the  London  Times  in  which 
"the  ghastly  absurdity"  appears,  but  it  might  so  well  have  been 
the  New  York  Times  that  I  hope  you  will  give  the  inclosed 
open  letter  from  Maxim  Gorki  to  H.  G.  Wells  space  in  your 
correspondence  column: 

"On  April  2  the  Times  published  the  experiences  of  an 
Englishman  recently  returned  from  Russia.  Among  other 
things  he  relates  that  human  fingers  were  swimming  in  the 
broth  served  in  one  of  the  communal  kitchens  of  Petrograd.  If 
this  ghastly  absurdity  had  been  published  in  some  obscure  rag 
whose  object  is  to  appeal  to  all  the  worst  instincts  of  the  masses, 
I  should  not  have  paid  any  attention  to  the  ravings  of  an  em- 
bittered and  certainly  far  from  clever  person,  but  as  the  Times 
saw  fit  to  publish  the  story,  I  wish  to  tell  you  that  it  is  false. 
"Believe  me,  dear  Wells,  we  Russians  have  not  yet  reached 
the  stage  of  cannibalism,  and  it  is  my  belief  that  we  shall  not 
reach  it,  despite  the  endeavors  of  the  highly  civilized  Western 
Powers  to  bring  about  conditions  which  would  force  the  Rus- 
sians to  savagery  and  degeneration. 

"We  are  living  in  times  when  even  the  most  perverted  and 
wicked  imagination  could  not  manufacture  a  lie  or  a  calumny 
which  could  be  more  awful  and  more  degrading  than  the  actual 
truth.  One  of  these  revolting  truths  is  the  hunting  down  of 
Russia — a  country  which  is  putting  the  whole  of  its  creative 
power  into  a  social  experiment  of  the  greatest  significance  and 
importance  to  humanity  at  large. 

"We  Russians  should  have  been  left  either  to  our  own  wisdom 
or  to  our  own  folly.  In  either  case  we  would  have  provided 
the  rest  of  Europe  with  an  instructive  spectacle.  However, 
Europe,  as  represented  by  Great  Britain  and  France,  is  en- 
deavoring to  strangle  us.  I  do  not  think  that  Europe  will  suc- 
ceed in  this,  but  it  is  just  possible  her  policy  toward  Russia 
will  drive  the  Russians  in  the  direction  of  Asia.  Do  you  not 
foresee  in  this  possible  union  with  the  Asiatic  nationalities  a 
terrible  threat  to  the  culture  of  Europe?  As  far  as  I  am  con- 
cerned this  question  obsesses  me  like  a  nightmare. 

"Allow  me,  in  conclusion,  to  say  a  few  words  about  Lenin.  It 
has  been  asserted  in  the  Times  that  this  man  surrounds  himself 
with  Asiatic,  semi-barbaric  splendor.  This  is  a  shameful  fabri- 
cation. Lenin  is  devoid  of  any  love  of  power.  He  is  a  puritan 
by  nature,  and  lives  as  simply  and  unpretentiously  in  the 
Kremlin  as  he  did  while  an  emigre  in  Paris.  He  is  a  big  man, 
and  an  honest  man.  His  role  in  Russia  is  that  of  a  colossal 
plow  which  is  indefatigably  turning  up  a  clogged,  barren  soil. 

"Believe  me,  I  do  not  shut  my  eyes  to  the  negative  manifes- 
tations produced  by  the  war  and  the  revolution,  but  at  the 
same  time  I  cannot  help  seeing  within  the  Russian  nation  the 
birth  of  creative  will  power  which,  step  by  step,  transforms  our 
people  into  an  actual  civilizing  power.  And  to  me  the  actual 
is  the  beginning  of  all  beginnings,  as  at  the  beginning  there 
was  action. 

"With  best  wishes,  dear  Wells, 

"I  remain,  yours, 

"M.  Gorki" 

Baltimore,   September  20  E.   Buckner   Kirk 


378 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


Books 

Economic  Studies  of  the  War 

Publications    of    the    Carnegie    Endowment    for    International 

Peace.     Oxford  University  Press: 
Early  Economic  Effects  of  the  European  War   Upon  Canada. 

By  Adam  Shortt. 
Early  Effects  of  the  European  War  upon  the  Finance,   Com- 
merce and  Industry  of  Chile.     By  L.  S.  Rowe. 
Economic   Effects   of   the    War  upon   Women  and  Children  in 

Great  Britain.     By  Irene  Osgood  Andrews  assisted  by  Mar- 
garet A.  Hobbes. 
Federal  Military  Pensions  in  the   United  States.     By  Wm.  H. 

Glasson. 
Effects  of  the  War  upon  Insurance  with  Special  Reference  to  the 

Substitution  of  Insurance  for  Pensions.  By  Wm.  F.  Gephart. 
The  Financial  History  of  Great  Britain  (1914-1918).    By  Frank 

L.  McVey. 
British  War  Administration.    By  John  A.  Fairlie. 
War  Thrift  and  Government  Control  of  the  Liquor  Business  in 

Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.  By  Thomas  N.  Carver. 
The  Effect  of  the  Great  War  upon  Agriculture  in  the   United 

States  and  Great  Britain.     By  Benjamin  H.  Hibbard. 
Disabled    Soldiers    and   Sailors:    Pensions    and    Training.      By 

Edward  T.  Devine  assisted  by  Lilian  Brandt. 
British  Labor  Conditions  and  Legislation  During  the  War.     By 

M.  B.  Hammond. 
Effects  of  the  War  on  Money,  Credit  and  Banking  in  France 

and  the  United  States.    By  B.  M.  Anderson,  Jr. 
Direct  and  Indirect  Costs  of  the  Great  World  War.    By  Ernest 

L.  Bogart. 

ALL  of  these  works  are  under  the  Division  of  Economics  and 
History  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International 
Peace.  In  August,  1911,  a  conference  of  statesmen,  publicists, 
and  economists  was  held  in  Berne,  and  plans  for  an  elaborate 
series  of  investigations  and  reports  were  made.  The  war  inter- 
rupted and  to  a  considerable  extent  changed  the  original  plans, 
which  naturally  did  not  include  studies  of  war  in  the  doing. 
The  result  of  the  outbreak  of  war  on  the  plans  is  that  some  of 
the  reports  or  studies  deal  with  prewar  conditions,  some  strictly 
with  war  conditions,  and  some  with  both  at  once.  Many  of  the 
published  studies  are  partial  only,  and  the  intention  is  expressed 
of  continuing  and  completing  them. 

Adam  Shortt's  study  is  practically  a  single  chapter  published 
in  advance  of  the  entire  work.  It  traces  the  financial  and  eco- 
nomic history  of  Canada  from  the  break,  in  1912,  of  the  expan- 
sion boom  to  and  through  the  early  days  of  the  war.  The  im- 
mediate effect  of  the  war  was  to  intensify  the  paralysis  of  trade 
and  industry  in  which  the  collapse  of  the  boom  had  left  Canada. 
The  article  then  traces  the  effects  of  war's  "unlimited  demand 
for  men,  materials,  and  supplies  at  ever-increasing  prices  and 
rates  of  remuneration."  The  facts  and  figures  show  vividly  the 
effect  of  war  spending  on  the  life  and  industry  of  a  small 
country. 

L.  S.  Rowe's  study  of  Chile  seems  at  first  approach  to  deal 
with  matters  remote  from  the  seat  of  war.  But  Chile  has  one 
great  export  which  ties  her  economic  life  to  that  of  the  great 
world  outside  and  upon  which  the  great  world  has  come  to 
lean  heavily — nitrate.  The  sudden  interruption  of  the  world's 
trade  and  the  break-up  of  trade  routes  brought  great  disturbance 
in  Chile.  Then  the  world  demand  for  nitrate  and  copper  rose, 
the  price  of  these  commodities  rose,  and  ultimately  there  came 
a  period  of  great  prosperity.  The  report  was  prepared  in  1915 
and  shows  only  the  early  effects.  It  abounds  with  facts  and 
figures  tracing  vividly  the  course  of  trade  and  that  the  more 
clearly  since  it  deals  with  abnormal  conditions. 

"Without  the  work  of  the  women  the  war  could  not  have  gone 
on,"  said  a  representative  of  the  British  Ministry  in  New  York 


in  1917.  Irene  Osgood  Andrews,  assisted  by  Margaret  A. 
Hobbes,  presents  a  study  of  how  women  helped.  Since  much  of 
woman's  war  work  was  done  by  women  who  shifted  from  non- 
essential to  essential  war  industries,  a  bare  statement  that  over 
a  million  more  women  were  employed  in  gainful  occupations 
during  the  war  than  before  is  not  instructive.  Nor  do  we  gain 
full  light  when  we  know  that  1,392,000  females  were  taking  the 
place  of  men.  The  mass  of  details  presented  in  this  small 
volume  makes  a  summary  difficult.  Perhaps  the  most  striking 
chapter  is  the  one  describing  the  strict  control  of  women  workers 
under  the  munitions  act.  Among  the  measures  enforced  were 
prohibition  of  strikes  and  lockouts,  no  leave  without  certificates 
and  these  but  sparingly  issued,  and  special  tribunals  to  deal 
with  discipline.  The  regulation  of  wages  was  likewise  severe 
and  the  wage  rates  seem  phenomenally  low  especially  for  war 
times.  It  is  stated  that  they  reached  only  25  shillings  in  1917. 
But  full  data  in  earnings  are  missing. 

Wm.  H.  Glasson's  monograph  on  military  pensions  is  a  his- 
tory of  such  pensions  from  their  beginnings  in  the  United  States. 
It  contains  but  a  very  scanty  account  of  the  pension  and  in- 
surance legislation  of  the  World  War.  But  in  view  of  the  coming 
additional  burdens  upon  the  country,  such  a  history,  chrono- 
logical and  analytical,  is  extremely  useful.  It  is  a  volume  of 
over  300  pages,  well  indexed,  and  complete  and  full  in  its 
analysis  of  legislation  and  expenditures  for  pensions  from  colonial 
times  to  the  present.  Naturally  the  pensions  granted  to  Civil 
War  veterans  and  their  dependants  are  given  the  greater  space. 
It  will  prove  a  valuable  work  of  reference. 

The  title  of  Wm.  F.  Gephart's  study  promises  more  than  is 
delivered.  Instead  of  being  a  study  of  insurance  with  special 
reference  to  "insurance  for  pensions"  it  is  better  described  as  a 
study  of  insurance  with  incidental  references  to  insurance  for 
pensions.  But  perhaps  that  is  the  meaning  of  special.  It  is  a 
comprehensive  study  of  commercial  or  private  insurance  with 
reference  to  the  effect  thereon  of  war,  as  affecting  risks,  and  as 
resulting  in  government  action  which  affected  the  premiums. 
The  appendixes  contain  a  brief  outline  of  Federal  legislation  on 
insurance  during  the  war.  But  the  250  pages  of  text  deal  with 
insurance,  life,  social,  marine,  and  fire,  much  more  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  company  than  from  that  of  the  government.  Per- 
haps there  was  an  effort  made  to  keep  out  of  the  field  covered 
by  Glasson  in  the  study  just  mentioned  above. 

The  budget  speeches  of  the  British  statesmen  when  assembled 
constitute  a  remarkable  body  of  oratorical  and  historical  litera- 
ture— those  of  Lloyd  George  and  of  McKenna  on  war  finance 
being  among  the  most  remarkable.  Hartley  Withers's  "The 
War  and  Lombard  Street,"  is  a  description  of  the  early  days  of 
the  war  well  entitled  to  use  as  part  of  its  title  the  title  of 
Bagehot's  famous  work.  It  was  with  such  material  that 
Frank  L.  McVey  might  have  dealt.  It  seems  that  he  fell  short 
of  his  opportunity.  But  the  subject-matter  is  difficult.  He  is 
rash,  indeed,  who  tries  to  explain  in  brief  compass  the  tax 
system  of  Great  Britain.  The  property  and  income  tax  is  the 
greatest  "engine  of  finance"  the  world  has  ever  seen.  But  like 
a  Liberty  motor  it  has  a  multitude  of  parts,  and  McVey  has 
not  been  able  to  see  the  driving  power  because  confused  by  the 
parts. 

One  of  the  dramatic  episodes  of  the  war  was  when  Lloyd 
George  became  Minister  of  Munitions  and  opened  a  brand  new 
portfolio.  This  act  drove  home  the  thought  that  the  war  had  to 
be  won  behind  as  well  as  on  the  lines.  It  was  therefore  a 
peculiarly  interesting  duty  which  John  A.  Fairlie  undertook  when 
he  was  assigned  to  describe  the  way  in  which  the  Government 
of  Great  Britain  was  militarized  in  every  branch,  every  "form 
and  agency  of  action."  Particularly  interesting  are  the  twenty- 
two  pages  on  munitions  and  aircraft.  But  the  interest  is  also 
great  in  the  navy,  the  army,  defense  of  the  realm,  war  relief, 
trade  and  transportation,  food  control,  and  finance.  The  way 
in  which  Parliament  made  the  Government  practically  dictator 
is  possibly  the  most  significant  feature  of  the  story  as  told. 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


379 


Thomas  N.  Carver's  two  essays  are  bound  up  together,  as  both 
deal  with  the  proper  conduct  of  common  folks  at  home  during 
war.  In  both  of  these  essays  there  is  much  preaching,  though 
the  homilies  are  less  conspicuous  in  the  second  than  they  are  in 
the  first.  Thrift  is  a  difficult  theme,  and  the  balance  between 
thrift  and  penuriousness  difficult  to  strike.  When  Mr.  Carver 
says  that  "for  every  woman  who  is  physically  and  mentally  sound 
even  one  servant  is  a  luxury  unless  she  is  actually  engaged  in 
other  productive  work  which  would  prevent  her  from  doing  her 
own  housework,"  he  opens  an  endless  debate.  It  was  the  ques- 
tion of  drunkenness  rather  than  the  question  of  drink  per  se 
which  first  aroused  public  interest  in  drink  control  as  a  war 
measure— or  so  runs  Mr.  Carver's  explanation  of  war  control. 
Probably  most  of  those  who  feel  that  prohibition  as  a  permanent 
policy  was  unfairly  foisted  on  this  nation  will  agree  with  him. 

The  prominence  of  the  food  question  in  war  gives  special  in- 
terest to  Benjamin  H.  Hibbard's  discussion  of  the  effect  of  war 
on  agriculture.  There  is  never  any  great  supply  of  food  beyond 
the  needs  of  a  single  season.  When  transportation  facilities  are 
working  smoothly  we  can  take  a  chance  that  next  year's  crops 
will  be  adequate  somewhere.  Seven  lean  years  are  not  in  our 
calculations.  But  war  not  only  cuts  off  farm  labor;  it  cuts  off, 
or  congests  with  men  and  munitions,  the  great  channels  of  trade, 
and  the  shortage  of  food  then  becomes  dangerous.  Mr.  Hibbard's 
study  covers  production  and  prices  very  thoroughly,  but  trans- 
portation is  not  within  his  field  of  inquiry.  Price  control  and 
other  measures  are  fully  recorded.  It  is  a  vitally  important 
record  and  full  of  suggestions  as  to  future  policies. 

The  volume  on  disabled  soldiers  and  sailors  by  Edward  T. 
Devine  and  Lilian  Brandt  is  the  largest  of  the  series.  About 
ninety  pages  are  devoted  to  the  historical  part,  and  then  the 
current  developments  in  Great  Britain,  Canada,  France,  Ger- 
many and  Austria,  and  the  United  States  are  presented,  fol- 
lowed by  four  chapters  in  the  new  program.  The  latter  covers 
physical  restoration,  financial  indemnities,  and  economic  re- 
establishment.  While  the  United  States  has  not  so  many  dis- 
abled to  care  for  as  some  of  the  other  countries  yet  there  are 
enough  and  to  spare.  Unfortunately  the  problem  of  this  restora- 
tion has  not  been  well  handled  save  on  the  medical  and  surgical 
side.  Mr.  Devine's  book  is  therefore  all  the  more  timely.  He 
draws  his  information  from  wide  experience,  especially  from  his 
long  stay  in  France  in  Red  Cross  duties.  His  long  service  in  the 
field  of  social  ameliorization  and  peculiar  power  of  clear  and 
forceful  presentation  make  the  book  of  great  value. 

Wide  public  interest  centers  in  M.  B.  Hammond's  study  of 
labor  conditions  during  the  war.  One  of  the  first  things  that 
the  British  economists  did  when  Great  Britain  entered  the  war 
was  to  make  a  special  study  of  labor  conditions.  The  contribu- 
tions of  the  different  members  of  the  investigating  committee 
were  assembled  and  edited  by  Kirkaldy  in  a  volume  which  made 
a  distinctly  valuable  contribution  to  war  research.  Since  then 
the  English  economists  and  statisticians  have  continued  their 
studies,  and  the  results  have  been  put  to  most  excellent  use  by 
Mr.  Hammond.  There  is  a  good  account  of  the  relations  of  the 
Government  with  the  trades  unions  during  the  war,  and  a  good 
study  of  industrial  unrest.  But  probably  of  more  immediate 
and  direct  interest  is  the  chapter  on  industrial  reconstruction. 
This  chapter  covers  among  other  matters  of  first  importance  the 
Whitley  committee  and  its  recommendations,  the  discussions  of 
these  recommendations  and  their  adoption,  together  with  the 
first  steps  toward  putting  them  into  operation.  Those  many 
persons  who  speak  so  fluently  about  the  Whitley  councils  will 
find  here  a  means  of  giving  real  content  to  their  words. 

It  is  not  casting  any  aspersions  on  the  other  authors  to  say 
that  Mr.  Anderson's  book  is  the  most  learned  of  all  in  this  series, 
nor  is  that  statement  meant  as  other  than  a  compliment  to 
Mr.  Anderson.  In  these  days  when  the  foreign  exchanges  are 
playing  hide-and-seek  and  racing  hither  and  yon  without  visible 
purpose,  it  is  good  to  be  shown  once  again  that  there  is  a  science 
of  banking  that  has  a  sound   foundation  and  firm  principles. 


The  chief  trouble  with  the  study  is  that  it  stops  too  soon,  mostly 
with  1917  and  early  1918,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  it  may  be  con- 
tinued. We  are  forced  by  lack  of  space  to  select  matters  on 
which  to  comment.  Possibly  the  most  important  feature  of 
French  finance  was  the  strength  of  the  Banque  de  France.  This 
institution  bore  the  larger  part  of  the  burden  of  war  finance. 
The  legal  limit  of  its  issues  before  the  war  was  6.8  billions  of 
francs,  the  limit  was  ultimately  placed  at  30  billions,  and  the 
maximum  advances  to  the  state  (June,  1918)  were  21  billions. 
Yet  it  stood  the  strain.  On  the  American  side  the  analysis  of 
the  workings  of  the  Federal  Reserve  system  is  the  most  interest- 
ing part  of  the  study. 

Two  things  impress  one  immediately  about  E.  L.  Bogart's 
study  of  the  costs  of  the  war.  First  is  its  completeness,  and 
second  is  the  early  date  of  its  publication.  It  covers  not  only 
England  but  the  five  main  parts  of  the  British  Empire  as  well; 
also  France,  Russia,  Italy,  the  United  States,  Belgium,  Japan, 
Rumania,  Germany,  Austria-Hungary,  Turkey,  Bulgaria,  and  to 
a  lesser  extent  other  Entente  Allies.  The  story  in  each  case 
is  fairly  complete  as  to  the  direct  money  costs,  and  it  is  rather 
amazing  that  so  much  could  be  assembled  so  soon  after  the  war. 
Mr.  Bogart  reaches  a  grand  total  net  (that  is,  excluding  advances 
by  one  country  to  another)  of  $186,000,000,000  for  money  costs. 
This  is  somewhat  lower  than  the  figure  most  commonly  used  of 
$200,000,000,000.  The  details  of  the  differences  would  carry  us 
too  far.  The  study  covers  not  only  expenditures  but  taxation, 
borrowing,  and  banking  and  currency  so  far  as  banknotes  and 
other  advances  and  paper  money  contributed  to  the  meeting  of 
the  costs  of  the  war.  Of  course  all  estimates  are  made  on  the 
basis  of  par  of  exchange  before  the  war.  A  correction  of  this 
error,  which  is  in  all  the  other  estimates,  cannot  be  made 
until  we  know  on  what  basis  the  war  debts  will  eventually  be 
settled.  While  it  is  a  rather  pitiful  business  adding  up  in  money 
values  the  loss  of  human  life,  yet  the  human  mind  seems  to 
require  some  such  estimate.  Known  dead  10,000,000,  6,300,000 
seriously  wounded,  14,000,000  otherwise  wounded,  6,000,000 
prisoners  or  missing:  this  is  the  total  of  the  casualty  lists.  To 
the  10,000,000  known  dead  he  adds  3,000,000  presumably  dead 
and  values  the  lives  lost  at  $33,500,000,000.  Then  there  is  $30,- 
000,000,000  more  for  property  loss,  $45,000,000,000  for  produc- 
tion loss,  and,  adding  in  war  relief,  losses  to  neutrals,  and  some 
other  items  we  get  $151,600,000,000  indirect  losses,  or  an  aggre- 
gate of  $338,000,000,000. 

The  Division  of  Economics  and  History  of  the  Carnegie  En- 
dowment is  organized  to  "promote  a  thorough  and  scientific  in- 
vestigation of  the  causes  and  results  of  war."  The  foregoing 
studies  give  the  economic  settings  and  results  of  war  in  many 
fields,  but  of  the  economic  causes  nothing  beyond  suggestions. 
Still  it  is  scientific  to  study  effects  first  in  search  for  causes. 

Carl  C.  Plehn 


Progress 


Recent  Developments  in  European  Thought.     Essays  Arranged 

and  Edited  by  F.  S.  Marvin.  Oxford  University  Press. 
\7L  fHILE  Professor  Bury  and  Dean  Inge  are  assuring  us  that 
*  *  the  idea  of  progress  is  an  illusion,  and  that  we  are,  to  all 
intents  and  purposes,  on  a  level  with  the  men  of  the  Stone  Age 
— and,  by  the  same  reasoning,  on  a  level  with  the  apes,  and 
reptiles,  and  amoebas — Mr.  Marvin  is  busily  editing  lectures  on 
the  advance  of  the  human  race.  This  volume,  the  third  in  The 
Unity  Series,  covers  the  period  from  1870  to  the  present.  In 
a  general  survey  the  editor  points  out  the  extreme  brilliance  of 
the  contributions  to  knowledge,  especially  in  the  domains  of 
biology,  physics,  and  history,  of  this  era,  and  the  rise  of  Marxian 
socialism,  which  he  thinks  defeated  in  Western  Europe  but 
militant  in  Russia.  He  rather  apologizes  for  having  no  chapter 
on  the  League  of  Nations;  but  it  is  perhaps  wise  not  to  write 
a  biography  on  the  day  of  an  infant's  birth. 


380 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


Naturally,  the  essays  by  different  authors  vary  in  value. 
The  least  satisfactory  is  the  first,  on  Philosophy.  The  author, 
justifying  the  ways  of  St.  Thomas,  advances  backward,  like 
Cloten,  his  adversary — Bertrand  Russell— fleeing  ever  forward 
to  his  face.  He  really  thinks,  in  this  day  and  generation,  that 
there  has  been  no  progress,  but  only  decline,  since  Aquinas,  and 
he  overlooks  the  one  real  service  that  the  great  schoolman  per- 
formed for  Catholicism  (that  of  transmitting  Aristotelian  real- 
ism), in  his  endeavor  to  show  that  only  "neo-Thomism"  can 
reconcile  the  mysteries  of  faith  and  the  demands  of  reason. 
The  whole  essay  is  a  rebuttal  of  Russell's  "anti-theism"  and  a 
discussion  of  his  mathematical  discoveries. 

The  apologetic  interest  is  also  visible  in  F.  B.  Jevons's  lecture 
on  Religion,  aiming,  as  it  does,  to  show  that  the  essence  of  relig- 
ion is  love,  and  not  magic  or  any  of  the  primitive  ideas  uncov- 
ered by  Frazer's  researches  into  savage  life.  More  remarkable 
is  it  that  C.  H.  Herford,  in  his  study  of  recent  Poetry,  is  also 
concerned  to  show  that,  whereas  the  period  began  with  a  marked 
hostility  to  religion,  it  ended  in  finding  a  synthesis  between 
piety  and  science.  The  first  of  the  three  phases  into  which  he 
analyzes  his  subject  was  scientific;  the  second  symbolic;  the 
third  was  dominated  by  many  motives,  among  which  he  distin- 
guishes the  idea  of  "creative  evolution,"  the  new  freedom  of 
youth,  the  new  realism,  the  cult  of  force,  and  the  new  idealism 
of  nation,  democracy,  and  Catholicism. 

The  most  brilliant  essays  are  those  dealing  with  the  fields  of 
thought  most  intensively  cultivated  by  the  last  generation.  Mr. 
Gooch  shows  how  history  has  been  revolutionized  in  perspective, 
in  method,  and  in  treatment,  by  the  vast  discoveries  of  fresh 
material  as  well  as  by  the  influence  of  new  sciences.  The  pic- 
ture of  mankind,  that  used  to  be  so  neatly  framed  in  time  limits 
not  exceeding  three  thousand  years  and  in  space  limits  of  the 
area  covered  by  the  Semitic  and  European  races,  has  now  ex- 
panded to  many  times  its  original  dimensions.  New  worlds 
have  been  conquered  in  the  mastery  of  Egyptian,  Babylonian, 
and  Cretan  civilizations;  while  the  history  of  modern  Europe 
has  been  enriched  by  the  flood  of  documents  poured  forth  from 
the  archives.  In  like  manner  the  content  of  history  has  been 
expanded ;  it  is  no  longer  past  politics,  but  includes  every  human 
activity,  economic,  intellectual,  social,  religious,  and  artistic. 
Compared  with  the  treatment  accorded  History,  the  studies  here 
offered  of  Political  Theory  and  of  Economic  Progress  are 
slightly  disappointing.  The  first  is  dedicated  to  an  argument 
against  the  "powerful  and  malignant  theory"  of  Karl  Marx, 
and  to  a  regretful  discussion  of  the  admitted  fact  that  authority 
is  gradually  leaving  the  state  to  take  up  its  dwelling  in  other 
corporations.  The  issay  on  Economic  Progress  is  really  nothing 
but  a  picture  of  industrial  England  in  the  year  1842.  Beauti- 
fully done  in  its  way,  it  is  not  at  all  what  one  expects  from  its 
title  and  place  in  the  present  collection. 

Probably  the  average  reader  will  find  less  new  material  in  the 
chapter  on  Biology  than  in  the  one  on  Atomic  Theories."  Where- 
as the  first  performs  its  task  satisfactorily  by  tracing  the  full 
development  of  the  Darwinian  hypothesis,  the  latter  grapples 
with  the  problems  that  are  even  now  crying  for  solution.  The 
miracle  of  the  universe  is  only  matched  by  the  miracle  of  thought 
that  has  so  far  unraveled  the  processes  of  nature  that  men  can 
now  measure  the  velocity  of  light  and  weigh  the  sun  and  the 
atom.  The  three  factors  to  be  reckoned  with  by  the  scientist 
are  matter,  electricity,  and  force,  and  each  of  these  seems  to 
be  divisible  into  natural  units,  atoms,  ions,  and  electrons.  What 
is  the  ether,  that  substance  which,  if  it  exists,  must  combine  a 
rigidity  greater  than  that  of  steel  with  a  fluidity  greater  than 
that  of  the  most  volatile  gas?  What  is  the  meaning  of  the 
newly  discovered  phenomena  of  radioactivity,  by  which  elements 
are  transmuted  and  by  which  rays  are  generated  which,  could 
they  attain  a  velocity  equal  to  that  of  light,  promise  to  develop 
an  infinite  force?  What  is  the  bearing  of  the  theory  of  rela- 
tivity? These  and  many  like  problems  still  baffle  the  trained 
and  acute  minds  that  have   progressed   so  much  further  than 


former  generations  dreamed   that  they  can  at  least  ask  such 
questions  and  keep  sounding  for  the  answers. 

Essays  on  art  and  music  complete  an  interesting  volume. 
Both  are  subjective,  and  both  are  concerned  more  with  aesthetics 
than  with  the  actual  performances  of  the  last  generation  of 
artists  and  composers.  Taken  as  a  whole,  the  cumulative  im- 
pression of  these  various  lectures  is  greater  than  that  of  any 
one  taken  separately.  All  in  all,  they  show  that,  however  pes- 
simistic recent  political  developments  may  have  made  us,  we 
have  every  right  to  feel  highly  optimistic  when  contemplating 
the  field  of  intellectual  achievement.  Preserved  Smith 


Caliban 

Caliban.  By  W.  L.  George.  Harper  and  Brothers. 
rpHERE  are  novels  that  make  history,  like  "Uncle  Tom's 
*■  Cabin";  there  are  those  that  illustrate  it,  like  "Caliban." 
Mr.  George  has  grasped  in  its  concrete  terms  one  of  the  fun- 
damental things  in  our  civilization — the  press.  His  report  may 
not  be  faultlessly  accurate;  there  may  be  depths  he  has  not 
reached,  complications  he  has  not  disentangled.  But  his  ac- 
count has  great  fulness  of  matter,  dogged  closeness  of  observa- 
tion, fine  solidity,  and  burning  candor.  It  is  astonishing  enough 
that  the  popular  dailies  have  been  friendly  to  him  and  to  his 
book  at  all.  Their  attitude  must  arouse  in  him  a  slightly  sar- 
donic mood.  For  he  could  turn  upon  each  of  them  with  the 
ancient  and  devastating  remark:  de  te  fabula  narratur. 

Bulmer  is  his  hero.  It  was,  perhaps,  a  mistake  to  call  him 
Caliban.  For  Caliban  was  less  than  human  and  had  something 
of  the  gentleness  of  the  animals.  Also  Caliban  was  alone. 
Bulmer  is  never  alone.  It  is  that  which  makes  him  Bulmer.  In- 
utter  physical  solitude  he  is  still  the  crowd,  the  mob,  the  herd. 
He  has  its  aimless  energy,  its  unreasoning  jumpiness  and  fierce- 
ness. Incapable  of  reflection  or  repose,  he  understands  it  .be- 
cause he  is  at  one  with  it.  "He  thought  nothing  that  the  most 
vulgar  could  not  think,  but  he  thought  it  with  an  intensity  and 
brought  it  about  with  a  will  that  gave  it  splendor."  Cloistered 
and  fastidious  souls  are  unwilling  even  to  believe  in  the  exist- 
ence of  this  type  of  hero.  Yet  he  is  all  about  us — in  the  great 
executive,  sometimes  a  university  president,  who  talks  like  a 
village  parson  or  a  ward  politician  as  soon  as  he  leaves  the 
technique  of  his  job;  in  the  captain  of  industry  whose  leisure 
hours  are  empty  if  it  rains  on  the  golf-course  and  there  are  no 
cheap  magazines  at  hand.  These  heroes  do  not  lead  men;  they 
sum  them  up.  Their  difference  from  their  lowliest  fellows  is 
merely  quantitative.  What  all  desire  they  have  had  the  luck 
and  energy  to  secure;  what  all  would  be  they  have  become. 
They  are  the  modern  folk-heroes  not  because  they  set  an  aim  but 
because  they  are  images  in  which  the  folk  can  worship  itself. 
Bulmer's  beginnings  were  small.  But  there  was  never,  could 
never  have  been,  any  doubt  as  to  his  success.  It  is  one  thing 
to  know  that  the  public  wants  "zip,"  Bulmer's  special  brand 
of  "pep."  An  aloof  aesthete  may  share  such  objective  knowl- 
edge and  shudder.  It  is  another  thing  to  be  Bulmer  and  want 
"zip"  oneself  and  believe  in  it  and  worship  it.  Similarly  he 
was,  later  on,  himself  often  instructed  and  convinced  by  the 
editorials  in  his  own  newspapers.  And  he  was  speaking  to  him- 
self as  much  as  to  his  readers  when  he  said:  "I'll  give  'em 
Liberalism  before  I've  done.  Liberalism  and  empire.  Liberal- 
ism and  beer;  I'll  show  'em  that  it  wasn't  to  the  tune  of  the 
harmonium  that  Englishmen  spanked  the  Pope  and  poleaxed  a 
king."  He  knew  subtler  and  more  shameful  things.  He  knew 
that  the  love  stories  in  his  magazines  should  be  "vicious  in  en- 
vironment and  pure  in  spirit"  and  that  the  big  news  stories  must 
"show  the  public  something  immoral.  They'll  do  it  if  it  isn't 
found  out,  and  vote  against  it  if  it  is."  And  all  these  things 
he  knew  profoundly  from  within.  He  caught  others  in  no  snare 
in  which  he  was  not  himself  entangled.  His  eloquent  defense 
of  his  publications,  their  policy  and  their  influence,  was   not 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


381 


in  any  degree  meant  to  drive  out  a  lurking  doubt  in  himself. 
His  fire  needed  no  fuel;  it  was  always  hot  and  bright.  Thus  at 
the  crucial  moment  of  his  life — for  we  are  convinced  that  he 
wanted  Janet  with  all  his  heart — he  pleads  in  words  like  the 
legend  flashed  on  the  screen  during  a  sentimental  movie:  "Of 
course,  love  sanctifies!"  And  Janet  answers:  "It  does  nothing 
of  the  kind.  Love  doesn't  sanctify  in  the  way  that  lysol  disin- 
fects. Love  happens4  There's  nothing  holy  about  it  or  unholy." 
Before  the  realistic  and  critical  intelligence  the  great  Lord 
Bulmer,  owner  of  a  dozen  newspapers,  maker  and  breaker  of 
cabinets,  goes  down  to  disaster  like  the  humblest  of  his  readers. 
And  like  that  reader  he  has  not  the  slightest  notion  of  what 
has  happened  to  him.  He  goes  on  multiplying  his  old  activities, 
speeding  he  knows  not  whither.  It  is  of  the  essence  of  his  char- 
acter that  he  cannot  reach  either  beneath  or  beyond  his  public 
and  gregarious  self. 

In  his  excellent  "Literary  Chapters"  Mr.  George  asks  the 
question:  "Who  is  the  next  man?"  Who  of  the  younger  British 
novelists  is  likely  in  time  to  occupy  a  position  comparable  to 
that  now  held  by  Conrad,  Bennett,  Galsworthy,  and  Wells?  He 
mentions  Gilbert  Cannan  and  D.  H.  Lawrence;  Frank  Swinner- 
ton  and  James  Joyce;  he  mentions  other  candidates  who  seem 
to  us  quite  negligible.  He  does  not,  curiously  enough,  name 
Somerset  Maugham  whose  "Of  Human  Bondage"  is  the  in- 
disputably great  British  novel  of  the  period.  Neither,  of  course, 
does  he  mention  himself.  Yet  he  is  himself  at  least  as  reason- 
able a  candidate  as  any.  It  is  true  that  he  lacks  grace  and 
spiritual  intensity.  His  words  never  haunt  one  nor  do  his 
sentences  cling  to  the  ear.  But  he  projects  the  stuff  of  human 
life  and  character  with  great  breadth  and  vigor.  He  did  so, 
notably,  in  "The  Stranger's  Wedding";  he  does  so  again  and 
on  a  larger  scale  in  "Caliban."  For  Bulmer  does  not  stand 
alone.  Three  women  enter  into  the  book  and  all  three  are, 
beyond  question,  magnificently  alive.  There  is  Eleanor  with 
her  whalebone  mind  and  her  craggy  frigidity;  poor  Hettie 
clinging  to  life  through  her  feeble  and  cowardly  amorousness; 
and,  above  all,  Vi — elemental,  stupid,  astute  only  on  a  healthy 
sensual  plane;  and  terribly  and  pathetically  futile  in  the  end. 
It  is  by  the  solid  virtue  of  such  creation  rather  than  by  finer 
graces  that  the  novelist  makes  his  most  permanent  appeal.  And 
that  virtue  is  the  distinguishing  one  of  Mr.  George's  art. 


Books  in  Brief 

rpHE  seductive  problem  of  social  ethics  is  likely  to  prove  no 
*  better  than  a  snare  and  a  pitfall  to  the  unwary.  It  is 
well  known  that  the  philosopher  and  the  sociologist  are  no  more 
courteous  in  speaking  of  each  other's  work  than  common  decency 
requires.  And  yet  it  is  a  pity  that  the  two  cannot  work  to- 
gether. In  a  period  of  rapid  social  flux  like  the  present,  when 
programs  disintegrate  as  fast  as  they  can  be  integrated,  any 
serious  attempt  to  determine  a  satisfactory  theory  of  social 
conduct  must  lean  heavily  upon  speculation.  An  adequate 
social  ethic  must  look  to  the  ultimate  as  well  as  to  the  proxi- 
mate and  the  practical.  It  dare  not  concern  itself  with  pro- 
grams until  after  it  has  determined  to  what  end  conduct  should 
lead,  and  by  what  standards  it  must  be  gauged.  It  must  ex- 
amine the  true  nature  of  well-being,  and  in  the  light  of  this 
analysis  estimate  the  several  political,  economic,  legal,  educa- 
tional, and  other  institutions  and  ideals  as  practical  contri- 
butions to  the  achievement  of  such  well-being.  As  a  result  of 
such  an  examination  an  intelligible  theory  of  conduct,  with  ra- 
tional ethical  sanctions,  presumably  will  emerge.  In  "An  In- 
troduction to  Social  Ethics"  (Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe)  John 
M.  Mecklin  chooses  to  subordinate  the  philosopher  to  the  sociolo- 
gist. He  assumes  without  inquiry  that  democracy  is  "the  best 
solution  of  the  social  problem"  because  of  its  "practical  re- 
sults" ;  and  he  bases  his  theory  of  the  social  conscience  upon  the 
psychological     argument    of    evolution    through     organization. 


When  he  turns  to  philosophy  he  lands  in  the  camp  of  Spencer, 
holding  that  the  good  is  the  achievement  of  a  mobile  equilibrium. 
This  fundamental  idea  of  mobility  involves  an  examination  of 
successive  historical  adjustments  between  institutions  and 
ideals,  which  brings  the  author  to  the  field  of  applied  sociology. 
The  book  is  frankly  designed  for  American  readers,  and  with 
rather  doubtful  expediency  the  author  makes  constant  and  single 
appeal  to  domestic  backgrounds.  One  clear  advantage  is  gained 
by  such  a  method:  it  serves  to  localize  the  problem  and  drive 
it  home  to  Americans.  The  historical  facts  made  use  of  are 
drawn  largely  from  the  contributions  of  recent  students,  and 
his  presentation  of  such  forces  as  Calvinism,  the  colonial  home, 
the  public  school,  the  constitution,  the  industrial  revolution  in 
the  United  States  and  the  frontier  serve  as  excellent  chapters 
in  American  history.  One  unfortunate  mistake  of  fact  should 
be  pointed  out — that  of  attributing  to  Horace  Mann  alone  the 
establishment  of  the  public  school  system,  whereas  it  was  the 
rising  labor  group  that  gave  a  main  impulse  to  the  move- 
ment; and  there  are  some  curious  distributions  of  space.  Far 
more  serious,  however,  is  the  isolation  of  the  study  from  any 
consideration  of  current  European  backgrounds.  It  is  in 
Europe  and  not  in  America  that  the  most  intelligent  social 
speculation  is  developing  and  the  most  suggestive  experiments 
are  being  made;  and  the  omission  of  any  serious  consideration 
of  the  great  European  movements — of  communism,  anarchism, 
guild  socialism,  syndicalism — in  their  revolutionary  bearing 
upon  social  ethics  is  altogether  surprising.  Even  in  dealing 
with  American  backgrounds  his  examination  of  current  col- 
lectivistic  movements  is  of  the  slightest;  and  his  comment  upon 
the  role  of  the  business  man,  organized  in  Chambers  of  Com- 
merce, is  little  more  than  casual.  In  the  index  to  the  volume 
there  is  a  single  reference  each  to  socialism  and  capitalism, 
and  none  to  syndicalism,  trade  unionism,  or  labor.  Such  gaps 
are  hardly  to  be  excused.  The  book  is  excellently  written  and 
will  be  enjoyed  by  moderate  liberals,  who  will  find  in  it  abun- 
dant matter  with  which  to  buttress  their  liberalism.  To  the 
more  radical-minded  the  book  will  make  little  appeal. 

i 

DR.  BINET-SANGLE,  author  of  "Le  Haras  Humain"  (Paris: 
Albin  Michel)  and  "L'Art  de  Mourir"  (Albin  Michel),  has 
no  hope  for  the  race  except  through  its  physical  amelioration. 
He  is  bitter  against  the  Christian  Church,  as  against  all  institu- 
tions which  encourage  the  coddling  of  weaklings.  He  approves 
of  legalizing  infanticide  when  the  offspring  is  imperfect,  and  he 
proposes  an  arrangement  for  the  painless  elimination  of  adult 
members  of  society  who  decide  that  life  is  no  longer  worth 
living  and  who  prove  their  point  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  au- 
thorities. His  earlier  volume  outlines  a  plan  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  "Ministry  of  Anthropogenetics,"  one  of  whose  im- 
portant activities  shall  be  the  conduct  of  a  sort  of  eugenic  ex- 
periment station,  where  fifty  individuals  of  the  choicest  mental 
and  physical  material  which  the  nation  can  furnish  shall  be  kept 
for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  stock  of  the  race,  the  men  being 
always  between  thirty  and  forty  years  of  age  and  the  women 
between  twenty-five  and  thirty-five.  Dr.  Binet-Sangle  is  sure 
that  a  procedure  which  has  improved  race-horses  till  they  can 
run  a  mile  in  a  little  more  than  two-thirds  the  time  it  took  the 
best  of  them  a  hundred  years  ago,  will  be  just  as  able  to  lift  the 
human  family  to  a  stage  of  distinctly  superior  health,  longevity, 
and  efficiency.  In  his  more  recent  book  he  makes  a  careful  ex- 
amination of  each  of  the  frequently-employed  means  of  taking 
life,  and  decides  in  favor  of  the  inhalation  of  nitrogen  monoxide, 
the  "laughing  gas"  of  the  dentist,  as  inducing  unconsciousness 
almost  immediately,  and  as  apparently  involving,  in  most  cases, 
sensations  rather  pleasant  than  otherwise.  He  has  gone  into 
the  subject  carefully,  and  outlines  in  conscientious  detail  an 
elaborate  procedure  for  administering  the  gas  in  such  a  fashion 
as  to  eliminate  the  possibility  of  delay  or  discomfort.  The  gods, 
says  the  poet  Lucan,  have  concealed  from  men  what  a  pleasant 
thing  death  is,  so  that  they  may  not  all  hasten  to  taste  of  it. 


382 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


Both  Dr.  Binet-Sangle's  books  are  crammed  with  curious  in- 
formation which  may  prove  useful  at  certain  junctures;  but  the 
average  man  or  woman,  alas,  continues  to  have  certain  "mystic 
prejudices"  which  this  learned  doctor  deems  purely  illusive  and 
acquired. 

SHORTLY  before  the  publication  of  the  Diamond-Jubilee  edi- 
tion of  her  first  novel,  "The  White  House  by  the  Sea,"  Ma- 
tilda Betham-Edwards  issued  her  last  volume  of  reminiscences, 
"Mid-Victorian  Memories"  (Macmillan).  Although  less  gifted 
than  her  famous  cousin  Amelia  B.  Edwards,  the  Egyptologist, 
she  was  a  prolific  writer,  and  her  many  volumes  of  travel  and 
books  of  lively  anecdotes  and  chatty  bits  of  gossip  about  her 
distinguished  contemporaries  have  all  the  charm  of  intimate 
conversation.  From  her  Huguenot  grandmother  she  inherited 
a  love  of  France  that  led  her  to  spend  much  of  her  time  there. 
She  was  enterprising,  eccentric,  kindly,  humorous.  Her  chap- 
ters on  Coventry  Patmore,  George  Eliot,  Baron  Tauchnitz,  Lord 
Kitchener,  and  others  are  written  with  a  naive  simplicity,  in 
a  loose,  self-acquired  English  style,  but  often  throw  unex- 
pected side-lights.  Have  we  ever  imagined  George  Eliot  play- 
ing Beethoven  sonatas  to  please  her  friends,  even  if  "too  pains- 
takingly and  correctly"?  Have  we  ever  thought  of  her  as 
"sauntering  down  Bond  Street,  looking  into  shop  windows,  ex- 
claiming, 'How  happy  we  both  are  that  we  want  nothing  we  see 
here!'"  Miss  Betham-Edwards  loved  Henry  James  in  common 
with  numbers  of  notable  elderly  Englishwomen.  Part  of  his 
letter  to  her  apologizing  for  not  sending  one  of  his  novels,  as 
promised  to  her  maid,  is  deliciously  characteristic.  "... 
'But,'  you  will  say,  'why  didn't  you  send  the  promised  volume 
to  E.  M.  from  London,  then?  What  matters  to  us  where  it  came 
from  so  long  as  it  came?'  To  which  I  reply,  'Well,  I  had  in  this 
house  a  small  row  of  books  available  for  the  purpose  and  among 
which  I  could  choose.  In  London  I  should  have  to  go  and  buy 
the  thing,  my  own  production,  while  I  leave  two  or  three  brand 
'new  volumes,  which  will  be  an  economy  to  a  man  utterly  depleted 
by  the  inordinate  number  of  copies  of  'The  Outcry'  which  he  has 
given  away  and  of  which  he  has  had  to  pay  for  his  sanguinary 
(admire  my  restraint!)  publisher  allowing  him  half!'  'Why, 
then,  couldn't  you  write  home  and  have  one  of  the  books  sent  you, 
or  have  it  sent  to  Hastings  directly  from  your  house?'  Because 
I  am  the  happy  possessor  of  a  priceless  parlormaid  who  loves 
doing  up  books  and  other  parcels  and  does  them  up  beautifully, 
and  if  the  vol.  comes  to  me  here,  to  be  inscribed,  I  shall  then 
have  to  do  it  up  myself,  an  act  for  which  I  have  absolutely  no 
skill  and  which  I  dread  and  loathe,  and  tumble  it  forth  clumsily 
and  insecurely.' " 

"  A  HISTORY  of  the  New  Thought  Movement"  (Crowell),  by 
**  Horatio  W.  Dresser,  determines  the  origins  of  the  move- 
ment, sets  the  philosophy  behind  it  in  an  historical  background, 
and  demonstrates  that  the  upper  level  of  the  devotees  of  the 
New  Thought  are  engaged  in  a  serious  intellectual  venture.  We 
may  respect  their  connections  though  we  differ  from  them  radi- 
cally and  aggressively.  Historically  the  movement  is  carried 
back  to  "Quimby  the  Pioneer,"  the  quaintly  provincial  practi- 
tioner who  combined  an  Emersonian  idealism  with  the  practice 
of  hypnotism  as  then  recently  introduced  from  France.  Mrs.  Eddy, 
as  is  known,  owed  almost  everything,  including  such  health  and 
ideas  as  she  had,  to  Quimby.  Her  earlier  writings  acknowledge 
the  debt  as  naively  as  her  later  retractions  repudiate  it  testily. 
Another  of  Quimby's  patients,  the  Rev.  Warren  Felt  Evans,  be- 
came the  first  writer  on  the  subject,  bringing  a  Swedenborgian 
type  of  belief  to  amalgamate  with  the  conviction  of  the  power 
of  mental  healing.  The  New  Thought  movement  as  it  became 
explicit  was  substantially  a  reaction  from  the  crudity  of  Chris- 
tian Science  and  the  idolatry  of  Mrs.  Eddy.  It  took  various 
forms  reflecting  the  temperament  and  philosophic  allegiances  of 
its  leaders,  and  gradually  assumed  a  national  and  an  interna- 
tional form.     With  the  enthusiasm  of  a  devotee   Mr.   Dresser 


records  the  origin  and  growth  of  every  root  and  branch  of  the 
movement.  At  its  worst  inviting  a  recourse  to  a  crude  occultism 
and  an  alliance  with  threadbare  "isms,"  at  its  best  maintaining 
an  irreconcilable  attitude  toward  the  scientific  thinking  of 
religious-minded  people,  the  New  Thought  movement  takes  its 
legitimate  place  in  the  annals  of  American  spiritual  experience, 
instructive  in  many,  and  quite  opposite,  ways  to  many  minds. 

THE  Jones  Bill  solemnly  promised  the  Filipinos  complete  inde- 
pendence as  soon  as  a  stable  government  could  be  estab- 
lished. In  "Self  Government  in  the  Philippines"  (Century)  Maximo 
Kalaw,  Chief  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  the  Philippines,  sets  forth  facts  and  statistics  to  show 
that  the  Islands  have  founded  a  stable  government  that  has 
functioned  efficiently  in  all  departments  for  more  than  two  years. 
After  a  resume  of  Filipino-American  relations  up  to  the  time  of 
the  passage  of  the  bill  the  author  discusses  in  some  detail  the 
organization  of  the  new  government.  Then  in  turn  are  con- 
sidered the  Philippine  budget  system,  Filipino  loyalty  during  the 
war,  economic  development,  the  extension  of  autonomy  to  munici- 
pal and  provincial  governments,  and  the  policy  of  the  govern- 
ment toward  the  non-Christian  tribes.  The  author  next  argues 
— and  on  the  strongest  grounds — that,  a  stable  government  hav- 
ing been  established,  the  Filipinos  are  justified  in  urging  the 
redemption  of  America's  promise.  Except  in  a  very  few  in- 
stances where  patriotic  momentum  carries  a  little  beyond  war- 
ranted inferences,  the  book  is  a  fair  presentation  of  the  story  of 
Philippine  progress.  The  tone  throughout  is  kindly;  nowhere  is 
it  querulous  or  impatient.  The  author  has  succeeded  admirably 
as  spokesman  of  his  people  in  reflecting  their  gratitude  toward 
our  Government  and  their  true  fitness  and  intense  desire  to  enter 
the  world  as  a  free  young  nation.  Not  the  least  pleasing  feature 
of  the  book  is  its  simple  straightforward  style.  The  young 
Filipino  men  and  women  taught  in  the  American  schools  of  the 
Islands  think  straight,  talk  straight,  act  straight.  We  can  un- 
derstand them  and  they  us.  There  is  no  place  for  equivocation 
or  juggling  of  words.  A  definite  condition  was  set;  it  has  been 
magnificently  met  by  the  Filipinos.  It  is  now  the  right  and  duty 
of  Congress  to  act.  ' 

"Tp  NGLISH  NOTES"  (Lewis  M.  Thompson)  is  a  parody 
*-J  written  to  pay  back  Charles  Dickens  in  his  own  coin  for 
"American  Notes."  It  was  published  in  1842  and  fell  flat.  Re- 
published today,  in  a  presentable  volume  instead  of  its  original 
cheap  newspaper  form,  it  probably  would  fall  as  flat  were  it  not 
for  Mr.  Joseph  Jackson's  Foreword.  Mr.  Jackson  is  a  Dickens 
collector.  By  chance  he  found  the  long-forgotten  pamphlet  in  a 
second-hand  bookshop  and  bought  it  to  add  to  his  Dickens  collec- 
tion. But,  unlike  most  collectors,  having  bought  it  he  read  it. 
There  was  no  clue  to  the  author.  Puzzled,  intrigued,  he  set  to 
work  to  play  the  Sherlock  Holmes  in  literature,  and  traced  the 
authorship  to  Edgar  Allan  Poe.  In  the  manner  of  the  accom- 
plished detective  he  sums  up  the  reasons  for  and  against  and 
places  them  in  separate  columns,  side  by  side.  The  most  con- 
vincing reason  for  is  that  the  "Notes"  are  signed  Quarles  Quick- 
ens, and  Quarles  was  the  name  Poe  signed  a  few  years  later  to 
his  Raven.  Also,  Mr.  Jackson  asks,  who  else  at  that  date  could 
or  would  have  written  the  parody?  But  other  reasons  are  less 
plausible.  We  do  not  like  to  think  Poe  would  have  chosen  this 
anonymous  public  method  of  resenting  a  private  grievance,  how- 
ever indignant  he  might  have  been  with  Dickens  for  refusing  to 
find  him  a  London  publisher  on  the  plea  that  he  was  "an  unknown 
writer,"  or  however  apt  to  give  "free  vent  to  his  feelings  in  his 
reviews  of  the  works  of  his  successful  contemporaries";  hard 
blows  are  legitimate  in  criticism.  Nor  are  we  convinced  by  the 
argument  that  Poe  "could  not  have  risked  such  popularity  as  he 
had  by  acknowledging  at  the  time  his  authorship."  If  he  wrote 
the  pamphlet,  he  was  more  likely  unwilling  to  claim  so  dull  a 
production,  one  so  inferior  to  the  work  he  signed.  For  the  truth 
is  that  the  pamphlet  is  mostly  dull,  a  ponderous  parody.    Dick- 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


383 


ens,  who  deserved  treatment  at  once  more  sprightly  and  more 
brutal,  could  have  been  none  the  worse  for  it.  Its  merit  today 
is  that  it  has  served  Mr.  Jackson  for  an  excellent  and  enter- 
taining piece  of  detective  work.  In  its  present  form,  with  this 
Foreword,  "English  Notes"  must  have  a  place  on  the  shelves  of 
every  collector  of  Dickens  or  of  Poe.  The  original  publication 
seems  almost  beyond  reach;  only  four  copies  are  known  by  Mr. 
Jackson  to  be  in  existence.  Nothing  is  added  to  the  interest  of 
the  book  by  publishing  the  alleged  portrait  of  Poe  by  Aubrey 
Beardsley  from  the  collection  of  H.  S.  Nichols. 

DOUGLAS  GOLDRING  brings  a  novelist's  gift  of  facility 
and  vividness  to  a  miscellaneous  collection  of  literary 
reminiscence  and  criticism  which  he  calls,  somewhat  sinisterly, 
"Reputations"  (Seltzer).  Mr.  Goldring  cannot  be  accused  of 
log-rolling  with  his  fellow  novelists.  He  belabors  more  backs 
than  he  scratches.  "At  every  word  a  reputation  dies."  Many 
of  them  deserve  to.  He  is  particularly  gratifying  when  he 
damns  that  confusion  of  values  which  acclaims  schoolboy  ver- 
sifiers as  poets  simply  because  they  happened  to  die  in  the  war, 
and  when  he  excoriates  those  lost  intellectual  leaders  who 
either  stuck  a  ribbon  in  their  coats  or  lapsed  into  a  protective 
silence  when  they  were  needed  most.  He  seems,  however,  some- 
times to  enjoy  what  he  quotes  Ford  Madox  Hueffer  as  calling 
"crabbing  the  other  fellow's  benefit."  It  is  not  wholly  fair  to 
damn  Arnold  Bennett  on  the  strength  of  his  worst  work;  and 
when  Mr.  Goldring  criticizes  Hugh  Walpole  for  being  too  much 
interested  in  the  aristocracy  and  Gissing  for  being  too  much  in- 
terested in  the  proletariat,  he  is  judging  an  author  by  his  sub- 
ject matter  rather  than  by  his  achievement,  and  thus  commits 
what  modern  criticism  considers  the  sin  against  the  Holy 
Ghost.    At  least,  however,  Mr.  Goldring  is  never  dull. 


Drama 

Underworld 

A  MERICAN  literature  is  said  to  be  looking  up.  Discounting 
•**■  the  wilder  claims  and  prophecies,  one  may  gladly  admit 
a  vigorous  stir  in  poetry  and  in  criticism.  If  the  production  of 
sound  fiction,  novels  that  are  both  creative  and  true,  is  still 
small,  one  can  at  least  dismiss  all  anxiety  for  this  branch  of 
literary  art.  No  American  novel  that  has  distinction  or  promise 
need  go  begging.  The  publishers  yearn  and  pray  for  such  manu- 
scripts and  will  leave  their  offices  in  search  of  them.  A  dif- 
ferent story  must  be  told  of  the  drama.  If  an  American  play- 
wright of  the  caliber  of,  let  us  say,  Dreiser  or  Hergesheimer, 
the  Strindberg-Hauptmann  or  the  Donnay-Schnitzler  type  were 
to  appear,  he  would  not  perhaps  be  mute;  he  would  assuredly 
be  inglorious. 

He  would,  quite  naturally,  come  to  New  York  to  see  the 
managers.  He  would  find  them  heavily  guarded  by  underlings 
and  excessively  elusive.  He  would  be  told  to  leave  his  "script" 
and  given  a  perfunctory  assurance  that  it  would  be  examined. 
Then  an  empty  silence  would  fall  upon  him.  He  would  seek 
to  break  this  silence  by  telephoning  or  by  repeating  his  call  at 
the  manager's  office.  In  vain.  Publishers  can  be  reasoned 
with,  since  they  can  be  seen.  Managers  melt  into  thin  air. 
Our  American  dramatist,  presumably  young,  would  sink  into  a 
kind  of  limbo  of  the  spirit — a  gray  and  forlorn  region.  Re- 
calling the  glow  of  creation  and  the  deep  urgency  of  his  ambi- 
tion, he  would  seek  to  find  other  roads  to  the  theater.  He 
would  be  aware  of  the  fact  that  two  or  three  dramatic  critics 
in  America  spend  their  strength  doing  battle  for  precisely  the 
kind  of  play  he  has  written.  To  these  he  will  now  address  him- 
self. He  will  ask  George  Jean  Nathan  or  even  the  humble 
writer  of  these  words  to  read  his  manuscript  and  will  be  bit- 
terly disappointed  by  the  result.  Yet  the  critic  is  quite  helpless. 
How  is  he  to  know  that  this  particular  play  is  a  masterpiece? 


He  must  either  read  all  manuscript  plays  that  come  to  him  or 
none.  Since  life  itself  forbids  the  former  course  and  since  dis- 
crimination would  be  both  unjust  and  futile,  he  chooses  the 
latter.  He  does  so  the  more  calmly  as  he  knows  his  influence 
with  managers  to  be  almost  wholly  limited  to  suggesting  the 
kind  of  thing  they  already  want.  Mr.  J.  D.  Williams's  produc- 
tion of  Eugene  O'Neil's  "Beyond  the  Horizon"  offers  a  solitary 
exception.  But  O'Neil's  one-act  plays  had  previously  been  given 
a  hearing  through  the  Provincetown  Players,  and  profited  by 
the  circumstance  that  Mr.  Nathan  prints  one-act  plays  in  the 
Smart  Set.  To  Mr.  Arthur  Hopkins  and  to  the  Theater  Guild 
our  stage  owes  inestimable  benefits.  The  production  of  a  single 
seriously  good  play  of  native  origin  is  not  among  them. 

Our  young  dramatist,  shivering  in  his  hall  bed-room,  will  now 
remember  as  a  last  resort  that  playwrights  and  players  have 
often  worked  together.  He  will  seek  out  prominent  actors  and 
actresses.  If  by  virtue  of  social  adroitness,  a  gift  for  flattery, 
and  an  ingratiating  manner — qualities  likely  to  be  his  in  inverse 
ratio  to  his  talent  and  nobility  of  purpose — he  succeeds  in  inter- 
viewing "stars,"  he  will  find,  first,  that  they  are  commonly 
"owned"  by  managers  quite  as  baseball  players  are  and  have 
to  play  in  the  plays  provided,  and,  secondly,  that  they  them- 
selves are  not  looking  for  good  plays,  but  for  grateful  and  pre- 
posterously showy  parts.  This  point  they  will  make  clear  to 
him  with  a  gigantic  and  unblushing  simplicity  of  mind. 

In  these  fruitless  efforts  our  dramatist  will  have  spent  at 
least  six  months.  A  dullness  will  have  fallen  upon  his  spirit; 
his  fastidiousness  and  sensitiveness  will  show  rents  and  cal- 
louses. In  his  rooming-house,  at  restaurants,  on  Broadway 
itself,  in  the  reception  rooms  of  managers,  he  hears  interminable 
talk  concerning  the  art  and  business  by  which  plays  are  "gotten 
on."  A  tall,  youngish  man  is  encouraging.  He  is  about  to  have 
a  play  produced  by  a  new  manager.  It  took  him  eight  years. 
An  elderly  person  with  a  moist  sputter  and  a  crumpled  face 
is  bleak  on  the  whole  subject.  Years  ago  he  was  co-author  of  a 
successful  farce.  Now  he  broods  bitterly  over  a  trunkful  of 
unproduced  plays.  Our  young  dramatist  shudders,  but  he  lis- 
tens. He  has  nothing  else  to  do.  "You've  got  to  give  the  mana- 
gers what  they  want."  "Yes,  but  what  do  they  want?"  The 
feeble  talk  eddies  back  and  forth.  Somebody  says  in  a  rough, 
tired,  oracular  voice:  "Alf.  Stone's  secretary  once  said  to  me, 
says  he:  'What  the  boss  wants  is  melodramas  to  make  people 
die  of  fright  or  bedroom  farces  to  make  'em  die  laughin'.'  "  Our 
dramatist  happens  to  come  upon  another  group.  Here  the  talk 
is  of  the  gorgeous  profits  of  the  gilded  hacks,  of  the  fabulous 
fees  paid  by  the  great  film  corporations  for  scenarios  and  "movie 
rights."  "Yes,"  some  one  says,  "'is  alright.  But  there's  no  use 
submitting  scenarios.  They  steal  'em.  You  got  to  get  next." 
That  phrase  throbs  in  our  dramatist's  aching  head.  It  sums 
up  his  situation.  He  has  spent  his  years  on  the  noblest  of  the 
arts,  not  on  the  art  of  "getting  next."  But  concerning  his  art 
he  has  not  heard  a  syllable  spoken.  He  has  slipped  into  an 
underworld  of  spiritual  prostitution.  These  people  watch  the 
plays  with  the  largest  box-office  receipts.  These  they  imitate. 
Then  they  fawn  and  cajole  and  treat  underlings  to  luncheon 
and  wait  weary  hours  in  managers'  offices  to  "get  next."  Swiftly 
our  dramatist  walks  to  the  office  of  the  manager  who  has  had  his 
play  for  the  past  five  weeks.  He  demands  his  manuscript.  A 
young  woman  with  rosy  nails  and  brilliantined  hair  fetches  it 
languidly  from  an  inner  sanctuary.  No  interest  has  been  shown, 
no  report  communicated.     He  has  not  "gotten  next." 

This  account  is  no  fanciful  one.  It  is  based  on  hard  facts. 
It  may  be  replied  that  we  have  no  American  dramatists  of  the 
nobler  kind.  But  how  are  we  to  tell?  It  is  certain  that  a  young 
Ibsen  or  Hauptmann  or  Shaw  would  meet  in  New  York  today 
the  fate  described  and  would  withdraw  in  just  and  austere  wrath 
to  his  native  province.  Those  that  remain  and  sink  into  the 
underworld  of  the  theater  and  at  last  succeed  on  its  terms  are 
not  they  for  whom  we  are  waiting  or  whom  our  drama  needs. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


International  Relations  Section 


German  Solvency  and 
Reparations 

Foreword 
The  Nation  is  doing  a  great  public  service  in  publishing 
the  most  important  of  the  three  briefs  submitted  by  the 
German  Government  at  the  Spa  Conference.  This  publica- 
tion is  especially  opportune  at  the  present  time  because  of 
the  worldwide  interest  in  the  International  Financial  Con- 
ference that  is  just  beginning  its  sessions  at  Brussels  under 
the  auspices  of  the  League  of  Nations.  The  brief  that  The 
Nation  is  publishing  summarizes  the  tivo  other  briefs,  one 
of  which  is  a  study  by  twenty  leading  economists,  financiers, 
and  bankers  of  the  "Economic  Capacity  of  Germany,"  and 
the  other  a  discussion  of  the  present  "Charge  of  Taxation  in 
Germany,"  by  the  Ministry  of  Finance.  These  briefs  make 
a  most  important  contribution  to  the  world's  knowledge  of 
economic  and  financial  conditions  in  Germany  which  must  be 
considered  in  connection  with  any  plans  for  the  economic 
regeneration  of  Europe.  All  three  briefs  have  been  subjected 
to  close  and  critical  scrutiny  by  the  Allied  experts.  My  in- 
formation is  that  the  substantial  accuracy  of  the  facts  and 
statistics  they  present  is  not  disputed  in  any  responsible 
quarter,  although  the  soundness  of  some  of  the  conclusions 
drawn  by  the  German  Government  and  their  experts  as  to 
the  extent  of  Germany's  ultimate  capacity  to  make  indemnity 
payments  is  questioned.  The  briefs  show  how  completely 
the  Treaty  of  Versailles  denuded  Germany  of  the  ships,  for- 
eign investments,  international  credit,  and  working  capital 
that  were  the  foundation  of  her  export  trade  and  foreign 
commerce.  After  allowing  for  all  possible  differences  of 
opinion,  there  is  no  escape  from  the  conclusion  that  the  eco- 
nomic recovery  of  Germany  and  her  ability  to  make  indem- 
nity payments  to  France  and  her  Allies  are  in  great  measure 
dependent  upon  the  active  help  of  other  nations.  The  prob- 
lem of  Germany's  economic  and  industrial  rehabilitation  is 
primarily  a  world  problem  rather  than  a  purely  German 
problem. 

Paul  D.  Cravath 

THE  brief  presented  by  the  German  Delegation  at  the 
Spa  Conference  in  July,  1920,  on  the  subject  of  "Ger- 
many's Solvency  for  the  Purpose  of  Reparations,"  was  in 
large  part  prepared  by  the  economist,  Dr.  Bonn.  It  reads 
as  follows: 

I 

German  economics  before  the  war  had  to  solve  the  problem 
how  to  feed  an  ever  growing  population  placed  on  a  compara- 
tively small  territory.  This  had  been  achieved  on  the  whole 
satisfactorily,  on  the  one  hand  by  developing  economic  interna- 
tional relations,  on  the  other  hand  by  an  increase  of  home 
production,  especially  in  agriculture — the  result  of  the  appli- 
cation of  intensive  methods. 

In  spite  of  all,  Germany  would  never  have  been  able  to  sup- 
port her  population  by  agriculture  and  industry  alone.  Taking 
an  average  of  some  years,  German  imports  considerably  ex- 
ceeded her  exports.  This  excess  was  balanced  by  services  of 
the  German  mercantile  marine  rendered  to  foreign  nations,  by 
the  returns  from  German  capital  invested  abroad,  and  the 
income  derived  from  German  enterprise  and  labor  in  foreign 
countries,  especially  in  the  higher  grades  of  employment. 

The  economic  condition  of  the  German  people  had  been  im- 


proving comparatively  quickly  before  the  war.  Their  income  in 
general  increased  slowly  but  steadily.  Although  the  giant  in- 
comes yielding  big  income  tax  returns  formed  a  much  smaller 
proportion  of  all  incomes  in  Germany  than  they  do  in  English 
speaking  countries,  progress  was  noticeable  in  every  direction. 
The  burden  of  taxation  was  comparatively  small,  as  the  total 
requirements  for  Empire,  states,  and  municipalities  amounted 
to  4,478  million  marks  or  67.85  marks  per  head  of  the  popula- 
tion. Although  there  was  no  reliable  census  of  production,  the 
value  of  German  production  before  the  war  has  been  estimated 
at  between  40  to  50  billion  marks.  The  national  income  was 
estimated  at  40  to  45  billion  marks,  and  the  nation's  wealth 
by  various  methods  at  200  to  400  billion  marks.  These  esti- 
mates were  rather  optimistic  as,  owing  to  defective  methods, 
they  did  not  differentiate  between  mere  non-productive  wealth 
and  productive  capital.  The  only  reliable  returns,  the  assess- 
ment to  the  levy  on  capital  of  1913  (Wehrbeitrag  1913), 
showed  unencumbered  taxable  wealth  of  just  over  180  billion 
gold  marks.  By  adding  productive  capital  free  of  tax  and  by 
including  non-productive  capital  which  might  be  sold  abroad, 
the  total  reached  would  not  be  more  than  220  billion  gold  marks. 

Even  if  these  estimates  were  considered  fairly  accurate  in  the 
past,  they  are  quite  useless  for  the  present  time.  The  loss  of 
the  ceded  territories  will  bring  about  a  reduction  of  10  per  cent, 
to  which  must  be  added  the  loss  of  the  colonies  and  of  enter- 
prise abroad.  The  greater  part  of  Germany's  stock  of  foreign 
securities  was  used  up  during  the  war.  Moreover,  the  war, 
armistice,  blockade,  revolution,  peace,  and  their  consequences 
have  transformed  German  economics  and  have  lowered  the  ca- 
pacity for  production  in  many  of  the  most  important  trades  to 
not  quite  one-half  of  their  former  output. 

According  to  the  terms  of  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  the  popu- 
lation, which  is  reduced  in  number  but  not  in  density,  is  ex- 
pected to  contribute  a  large  share  of  its  diminished  total  pro- 
duction. Germany  has  pledged  itself  to  devote  its  economic 
resources  to  the  reparation  of  capital  damages.  Its  capacity 
to  furnish  goods  from  its  output  will  be  limited  in  proportion 
to  the  amount  of  working  capital  ceded  for  reparation. 

The  payment  of  the  first  20  billion  marks,  to  be  completed 
by  May  21,  1921,  must  be  considered  as  a  levy  on  capital,  in 
so  far  as  the  cession  of  ships  of  the  mercantile  marine,  of 
cables,  state  property,  proceeds  from  liquidation,  and  the  de- 
livery of  cattle,  machinery,  etc.,  is  concerned,  while  the  annual 
delivery  of  coal,  coal  products,  dyes,  shipbuilding,  reparation 
work,  etc.,  constitutes  a  more  or  less  regular  charge. 

The  first  payment  will  take  away  from  Germany  part  of  her 
working  capital  and  the  income  resulting  from  it,  which  by  its 
very  nature  is  almost  irreplaceable. 

At  a  rate  of  10  per  cent,  this  amounts  to  a  loss  of  2  billion 
gold  marks  per  annum  or  20  billion  paper  marks — reckon- 
ing one  gold  mark  as  ten  paper  marks — without  taking  into 
consideration  the  value  of  the  material  which  cannot  be  fully 
expressed  in  cash. 

The  second  payment  is  a  charge  on  German  production:  a  de- 
livery of  43  million  tons  of  coal  is  equal  to  34  per  cent  of  today's 
total  output;  the  carrying  out  of  even  the  shipbuilding  clauses 
equals  40  per  cent  of  the  building  capacity  of  the  German  ship- 
building yards  before  the  war.  A  delivery  of  only  12  million 
tons  of  coal,  calculated  at  the  low  German  prices,  requires  a  pay- 
ment of  3  billion  paper  marks  per  annum;  its  real  value  at 
world  market  prices  amounts  to  about  1.2  billion  gold  marks  or 
about  12  billion  paper  marks.  Two  hundred  million  gold  marks 
or  about  2  billion  paper  marks  are  needed  to  pay  for  the  delivery 
of  200,000  tons  of  shipping.  Even  if  demands  for  reparation 
proper  were  spread  over  a  number  of  years,  Belgian  demands,  so 
far  the  only  ones  presented,  are  already  running  into  billions.  To 
this  must  be  added  the  cost  of  the  armies  d¥  occupation,  certainly 
several  billion  paper  marks  per  annum. 

Starting  on   the   other  hand   from   an   interpretation   of  the 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


385 


peace  treaty,  that  Germany  is  obliged  to  pay  interest  and  sink- 
ing fund  on  a  total  of  40  billion  gold  marks  as  a  beginning,  this 
will  be  equivalent  to  a  yearly  charge  of  almost  2.4  billion  paper 
marks. 

The  regular  payment  of  such  sums  must  depend  on  the  pre- 
sumption of  a  strong  active  trade  balance,  whatever  terms  may 
be  taken  as  a  basis,  as  Germany,  after  ceding  her  claims  and 
after  delivering  her  capital  invested  in  ships  and  oversea  en- 
terprises, can  only  pay  with  goods.  German  exports  therefore 
must  not  only  pay  for  her  necessary  imports  and  for  the  interest 
and  the  repayment  of  credits  granted  to  her,  they  must  further- 
more be  large  enough  to  provide  payment  of  the  regular  repara- 
tion annuities. 

II 

Is  Germany's  economic  structure  able  to  bear  such  burdens? 

The  population  of  Germany  totalled  on  October  8,  1919,  about 
60  millions.  It  has  lost  one-fifth  to  one-fourth  of  the  men 
engaged  in  following  an  occupation.  The  actual  loss  of  lives  is 
over  1.7  millions.  In  addition,  there  are  1.5  millions  wounded 
and  disabled  who  can  do  no  work  or  only  do  it  to  a  limited 
extent.  Notwithstanding  the  severe  conditions  of  life  in  cities, 
the  urban  population  has  increased  slightly;  more  than  one-third 
of  the  people  live  in  towns  of  over  50,000  inhabitants.  This  town 
population  is  existing  today  under  especially  trying  conditions. 
As  building  has  long  ago  come  to  a  standstill,  the  pre-war  addi- 
tion of  about  200,000  dwellings  a  year  is  not  forthcoming.  The 
feeding  of  the  urban  population  has  but  slightly  improved.  After 
a  temporary  improvement  during  the  summer  of  1919,  the  food 
rations  guaranteed  to  the  town  population  have  increased  once 
more  to  only  40  to  60  per  cent  of  the  caloric  minimum,  while 
the  cost  of  the  daily  minimum  required  for  adults  has  risen 
from  six  marks  to  ten  marks  from  January,  1919,  to  March, 
1920.  The  coal  shortage  has  reduced  heating  and  lighting  to 
such  a  low  level  as  to  be  scarcely  endured  by  an  underfed  popu- 
lation. 

Physically  and  psychically  people  are  not  what  they  used  to 
be,  especially  the  industrial  population.  Many  years  must 
elapse  before  the  younger  generation  will  have  recovered  from 
the  results  of  underfeeding.  The  output  per  head  of  the  work- 
ers has  gone  down  compared  with  pre-war  conditions.  Not- 
withstanding a  shortening  of  the  working  day  in  the  coal  mines, 
the  output  per  head  per  hour  in  the  Ruhr  district  had  de- 
clined from  136.3  kilograms  in  1913  to  127.5  kilograms  taking 
an  average  for  the  months  July  to  December,  1919.  Already 
toward  the  end  of  the  war,  a  falling-off  of  one-third  in  the 
efficiency  of  labor  had  to  be  taken  into  account.  Although  the 
number  of  men  in  the  service  of  the  Prussian-Hessian  State 
Railways  is  double  what  it  was  before  the  war,  the  total  amount 
of  work  achieved  has  risen  very  slightly.  Moreover,  the  ca- 
pacity for  doing  skilled  work  has  declined,  many  highly  trained 
men  having  lost  their  acquired  skill  by  doing  rough  work  for 
such  a  long  time,  while  the  younger  generation  has  never  had 
any  real  technical  training,  having  been  in  the  trenches  or  in 
the  munition  factories. 

The  soul  of  the  people  has  changed.  The  sense  of  duty  and 
the  love  of  order  have  disappeared  in  many  cases,  a  result  of 
the  shattering  of  nerves  through  the  war.  Their  place  has  been 
taken  by  an  easily  provoked  irritability. 

The  decrease  of  efficiency,  the  shortening  of  the  working  day, 
which  took  place  in  most  countries,  are  regrettable  indeed  from 
the  point  of  view  of  production.  It  was  unavoidable  and  neces- 
sary to  ease  the  psychical  and  physical  strain.  Recovery  could 
not  be  expected  within  a  measurable  time  without  a  letting-up 
in  every  sphere  of  life.  Continued  exertion  at  full  pressure 
must  have  led  to  psychical,  physical,  and  social  collapse  rather 
than  to  an  increase  of  production,  unless  it  were  preceded  by  a 
process  of  recuperation. 

The  distress  may  not  be  felt  to  the  same  extent  by  the  wealth- 
ier classes  of  the  population,  as  they  have  broken  into  their 
capital  and  in  many  cases  have  used  it  up  almost  entirely  in 


the  attempt  to  keep  alive;  they  realize,  however,  the  psychical 
depression  due  to  the  loss  of  the  war,  and  the  obvious  impos- 
sibility of  rising  again,  in  spite  of  the  greatest  exertions,  is 
paralyzing  their  energy. 

That  applies  especially  to  the  hundreds  of  thousands  expelled 
from  abroad,  from  the  colonies  and  the  ceded  territories,  who 
have  certainly  the  will  and  the  strength  to  resume  their  life's 
work,  but  who  are  prevented  from  returning  to  the  place  of 
their  former  activities,  while  Germany  has  little  room  to  offer 
for  the  display  of  their  abilities. 

Some  members  of  the  former  leading  social  classes,  especially 
officers,  are  living  in  very  straitened  circumstances.  They  have 
no  private  means,  and  as  no  opportunities  are  offered  them 
either  at  home  or  abroad  to  give  vent  to  their  energy,  they  add 
to  the  general  unrest,  which  must  prevail  in  a  country  just  now 
unable  to  satisfy  even  the  mere  physical  wants  of  its  popula- 
tion and  which  cannot  show  the  masses  a  way  out  of  their  misery 
apart  from  Utopian  promises.  These  promises  have  an  excep- 
tionally disastrous  effect  on  the  brain  workers,  who  are  reduced 
to  bitter  want,  and  whose  income  today  is  very  often  much 
smaller  than  that  of  the  manual  workers. 

Agriculture 

German  agriculture  before  the  war  furnished  about  90  per  cent 
of  the  vegetable  food,  67  per  cent  of  meat  and  fats,  50  per  cent  of 
milk  and  milk  produce  of  the  home  demand.  The  cessions  of 
territory,  as  a  result  of  the  peace  treaty,  have  reduced  the  area 
fit  for  agriculture  by  13.5  per  cent.  This  loss  weighs  the  more 
heavily  as  the  ceded  territories  produced  more  than  their  in- 
habitants required.  They  furnished  to  the  rest  of  the  Empire  in 
the  bad  harvest  year  1917-1918  nearly  half  a  million  tons  of 
grain,  more  than  one  million  tons  of  potatoes,  and  100,000  tons 
of  sugar. 

The  fertility  of  the  soil  has  diminished  during  the  war,  be- 
cause it  could  neither  be  plowed  properly  nor  sufficiently  ma- 
nured. During  this  time  only  about  35  per  cent  of  the  average 
quantity  of  nitrates  and  phosphates  used  before  the  war 
could  be  put  on  the  land  annually;  the  number  of  draught  ani- 
mals and  the  possibility  of  getting  agricultural  machinery  and 
implements  were  reduced  by  40  per  cent.  During  the  last  stage 
the  farmers  had  only  about  one-tenth  of  the  fodder  used 
for  animal  consumption  which  they  had  been  in  the  habit  of 
purchasing  before  the  war.  That  is  why  the  harvest  last  year 
fell  off  40  per  cent  in  grain,  50  per  cent  in  potatoes,  and  even 
66  per  cent  in  raw  sugar  within  the  present  German  confines. 
The  number  of  cattle  was  reduced  by  10  per  cent,  of  pigs  by 
40  per  cent.  Moreover,  the  dead  weight  of  cattle  was  reduced 
by  40  per  cent,  of  pigs  by  25  per  cent,  and  the  production  of 
milk  has  gone  down  from  24.4  billion  liters  to  9  billions.  Tak- 
ing it  all  round,  one  must  reckon  with  a  falling-off  of  produc- 
tion of  40  per  cent  in  vegetable  foods  and  60  per  cent  in  animal 
foods. 

This  loss  can  only  be  made  good  very  slowly.  The  shortage  of 
fertilizers  has  been  intensified  by  the  cession  of  territory.  The 
loss  of  the  iron  ore  deposits  in  Luxemburg,  Lorraine,  and  the 
Sarre  basin  has  curtailed  the  home  supply  of  basic  slag  (Thomas 
phosphate)  by  at  least  600,000  tons;  one  would  have  to  reckon 
with  double  that  quantity,  if  the  standard  of  pre-war  production 
were  to  be  reached  once  more.  In  1919  the  farmers  received 
only  one-fifth  of  the  phosphates  they  needed  in  peace  times  and 
one-third  of  the  nitrates  used  in  pre-war  days.  The  shortage  of 
coal  has  interfered  with  the  working  of  agricultural  factories, 
with  the  distribution  of  goods,  and  the  production  and  trans- 
portation of  fertilizers;  the  delivery  of  35,000  tons  of  benzol  will 
make  the  use  of  agricultural  machinery  difficult. 

The  handing  over  of  highly  bred  cattle,  and  especially  of 
horses,  must  impair  the  breeding  of  live  stock,  which  has  dete- 
riorated ;  moreover,  it  will  reduce  the  supply  of  draught  animals 
for  agriculture,  which  is  already  very  short. 

Germany  imported  25  per  cent  of  her  timber  requirements  in 
time  of  peace;  as  they  can  no  longer  be  met  at  present  by  im- 


386 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


portation  from  abroad,  and  as  the  normal  annual  growth  is  in- 
sufficient, devastation  will  take  the  place  of  orderly  forestry. 

German  agriculture  is  falling  back  on  much  less  intensive 
methods.  Apart  from  the  shortage  of  all  means  of  production, 
the  rapid  depreciation  of  the  paper  mark  is  proving  a  very 
great  hindrance.  Owing  to  the  shortage  in  raw  materials  and 
the  high  prices,  the  towns  can  produce  very  few  articles  which 
the  country  people  are  willing  to  buy.  The  farmers  are  be- 
ginning to  get  suspicious  of  the  paper  money;  they  reduce  the 
working  of  their  holdings  more  and  more  to  satisfy  merely  their 
own  requirements;  the  continuation  of  state  control  over  the 
most  important  agricultural  products,  which  must  go  on  for 
some  time  yet,  is  meeting  with  an  ever  growing  opposition, 
making  the  organized  provisioning  of  the  German  population  in- 
creasingly difficult.  The  proportion  of  home  grown  agricultural 
produce  for  sale  is  diminishing,  while  the  proportion  of  food 
which  must  be  imported  is  increasing.  German  agriculture 
today  is  furnishing  the  towns  with  not  quite  1,200  calories  (in- 
cluding the  non-rationed  goods  and  the  illicit  trade  [Schleich- 
handel],  at  the  utmost  with  1,600  to  1,650  calories)  per  head 
per  day.  There  is  a  deficit  of  at  least  1,100  calories  per  head, 
or  an  annual  total  of  20,000  billions  for  the  entire  population 
entitled  to  rations.  To  cover  this  deficit  completely,  the  impor- 
tation of  9  million  tons  of  food  and  foodstuffs  is  required.  Even 
after  the  importation  of  5.5  to  6  million  tons  for  human  and 
animal  consumption,  which  is  contemplated  for  the  next  year 
and  which  will  cost  today  3.5  billion  gold  marks,  there  would 
still  be  a  considerable  deficit  in  the  food  supply.  German  agri- 
culture will  be  able  to  contribute  to  the  feeding  of  the  German 
people  as  before  only  after  complete  reconstruction,  principally 
by  means  of  importing  food  for  cattle,  and  fertilizers.  Agricul- 
ture today  plays  no  part  in  German  exports,  whereas  before  the 
war  sugar  stood  sixth  in  value  of  all  German  exports. 

The  price  of  imported  food  is  much  higher  today  than  the 
price  of  the  home-grown  article  on  account  of  the  low  rate  of 
exchange;  so  it  does  not  exercise  any  influence  on  the  fluctua- 
tion of  prices.  To  bring  it  within  the  reach  of  the  poorer  classes, 
it  was  necessary  for  the  Government  to  take  over  part  of  the 
cost;  in  this  way  the  Government  had  to  supply  nearly  10  billion 
marks  for  the  period  July,  1919,  to  June  30,  1920. 

Industry 

German  industry  has  to  solve  a  threefold  problem.  It  has  to 
provide  work  and  employment  for  the  industrial  population, 
which  constitutes  43  per  cent  of  the  total  population.  Emigra- 
tion cannot  be  taken  up  again  on  a  large  scale,  in  spite  of  a 
great  desire  for  it,  so  long  as  German  emigrants  are  not  wel- 
come everywhere.  Moreover,  the  high  rates  of  passages  are  pro- 
hibitive and  make  emigration  impossible  for  the  poorer  classes; 
the  steerage  passage  to  New  York  costs  6,000  marks. 

As  the  income  derived  formerly  from  the  mercantile  marine 
and  from  capital  invested  abroad  no  longer  exists,  it  is  German 
industry  which  must  furnish  regular  payment  for  the  import  of 
food  and  raw  material.  After  this  has  been  achieved  to  a  cer- 
tain degree,  it  can  face  its  third  task,  the  creation  of  values 
for  purposes  of  reparation. 

German  industry  before  the  war  was  built  up  largely  on  the 
coal  and  iron  supply  of  Germany.  Even  the  important  indus- 
tries which  used  large  quantities  of  foreign  raw  material  were 
in  a  fairly  safe  position  through  the  ample  supply  of  cheap  coal 
and  the  cheap  freight  rates.    These  conditions  no  longer  exist. 

Germany  has  lost  70  to  75  per  cent  of  her  iron  ore  output;  she 
can  look  forward  to  an  annual  output  of  only  6  to  7.5  million 
tons  of  ore.  Germany  will  retain  three-fifths  only  of  her  former 
plant  for  the  production  of  iron  and  steel,  with  a  capacity  of 
producing  12  million  tons  of  iron  at  the  utmost,  or  three-fifths 
of  her  former  production.  In  order  to  achieve  this,  she  must 
import  at  least  12  million  tons  of  high  grade  ore  from  abroad. 
As  the  cost  of  getting  this  ore  is  very  great,  the  maximum  pro- 
duction which  can  be  reckoned  with  today  is  about  7  to  7.5 
million  tons  of  pig-iron.    To  produce  these  7  to  7.5  million  tons 


Germany  would  require  about  2.4  million  tons  of  minette 
from  Lorraine  and  Luxemburg,  2.7  million  tons  of  Swedish  ore, 
and  1.4  million  tons  of  Spanish  ore,  apart  from  chisel.  This 
would  barely  cover  the  minimum  demand  for  iron  goods  of  600,- 
000  tons  per  month,  or  7.2  million  tons  per  annum.  If  the  iron 
industry  is  to  provide  the  means  of  payment  for  the  imported  ore, 
it  must  export  an  eighth  to  a  sixth  of  the  finished  goods.  Only 
the  surplus  above  the  minimum  of  home  requirements  and  above 
the  payments  for  the  ore  is  available  for  the  payment  for  other 
imports  or  for  reparation  purposes.  The  quantities  of  iron  and 
steel  indispensable  for  the  reconstruction  proper  of  Germany 
are  not  procurable;  shipyards  alone  would  require  45,000  tons 
per  month.  The  German  iron  industry  therefore  will  be  trans- 
formed into  a  finishing  industry,  working  to  a  great  degree  with 
imported  raw  materials. 

The  output  of  German  coal  in  the  year  1919  amounted  to  108 
million  tons,  Upper  Silesia  included,  or  57  per  cent  of  the  out- 
put of  1913.  This  reduction  cannot  be  made  good  by  the  insig- 
nificant increase  from  87  million  tons  to  94  million  tons 
in  the  output  of  lignite.  As  the  quality  of  the  coal  is 
12  to  15  per  cent  inferior  on  account  of  the  bad  condition 
of  the  mines  and  of  the  lowered  efficiency  of  labor,  the  heating 
power  of  the  total  coal  supply  in  Germany,  without  the  Sarre 
basin,  coal  and  lignite  combined,  amounts  to  but  57  per  cent  of 
that  of  the  pre-war  output;  if  Upper  Silesia  were  excluded,  the 
figure  would  have  been  only  47  per  cent.  Moreover,  the  con- 
sumption for  the  use  of  the  mines  and  the  quantity  allowed  to 
the  miners  has  increased  on  account  of  their  large  numbers. 

The  probable  output  of  coal  for  1920  will  be  126  million  tons, 
if  there  is  no  interruption  in  the  regular  work.  Of  this  about 
71  million  tons  are  available  for  house  fuel,  for  industry,  and 
for  agriculture.  The  allotment  to  households  cannot  be  further 
reduced  if  social  order  is  to  be  maintained  among  the  under- 
fed population  in  the  cities  of  Germany.  In  1919  only  1,800 
pounds  of  coal  or  51  per  cent  of  the  ration  allotted  to  each  house- 
hold, were  distributed  on  an  average  throughout  Germany.  Nor 
is  it  possible  to  reduce  the  supply  allowed  for  industry  and  agri- 
culture any  further,  if  the  collapse  of  all  social  life  is  to  be  pre- 
vented. The  production  of  potash,  nitrate,  and  sugar,  threshing 
by  machinery,  and  transportation  have  already  suffered  heavily 
under  the  shortage  of  coal.  Such  industries  as  brick-making  and 
cement  works  which  use  exclusively  German  raw  materials  have 
been  reduced  to  one-fifth  or  one-fourth  of  their  total  working 
capacity,  on  account  of  the  shortage  of  fuel.  For  similar  rea- 
sons the  china  and  porcelain  factories,  in  spite  of  their  splendid 
trade  outlook,  are  able  to  carry  out  only  40  per  cent  of  the  orders 
they  were  able  to  undertake  in  pre-war  days.  In  centers  of 
glass-making,  such  as  Fiirth,  30.8  per  cent  of  the  population 
were  out  of  work  in  April,  1920.  In  November,  1919,  there  were 
8,530  factories  requiring  more  than  ten  tons  of  coal  per  month 
each  which  did  not  get  any  coal  at  all;  nearly  half  a  million 
employees  were  dependent  upon  them.  During  the  period  from 
October,  1919  to  March,  1920,  only  57  per  cent  of  the  total  re- 
duced coal  demand  of  the  entire  industry  could  be  complied  with. 

An  increase  in  the  output  of  coal  will  be  possible  in  course  of 
time.  During  the  last  few  months  a  good  many  extra  shifts 
have  been  worked.  The  number  of  miners  has  been  increased 
by  the  incessant  efforts  of  all  parties  concerned;  in  the  Ruhr 
district  alone  it  has  grown  from  395,000  to  479,000.  Even 
greater  in  proportion  is  the  increase  in  the  lignite  districts. 
Although  the  number  of  miners  has  increased  21  per  cent,  the 
daily  output  has  so  far  gained  only  10  per  cent. 

A  further  expansion  of  production  is  possible  only  if  the 
mines  can  be  restored  to  their  former  technical  condition  and 
if  the  additional  miners  are  properly  housed.  About  150,000 
additional  miners  are  wanted.  The  cost  of  building  the  required 
accommodation  was  estimated  in  October,  1919,  at  3  to  4  billion 
marks;  today  it  would  be  almost  15  billions. 

The  money  can  be  got  by  raising  the  price  of  coal,  but  as  long 
as  bricks,  tiles,  builders'  lime,  and  cement  cannot  be  had  be- 
cause the  industries  producing  them  are  short  of  coal,  the  em- 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


387 


ployment  of  additional  miners,  and  with  it  the  increase  in  output, 
can  proceed  but  slowly. 

Any  possible  increase  in  production  would  be  completely  nul- 
lified by  the  loss  of  Upper  Silesia.  Reckoning  there  with  an 
output  of  only  30  million  tons — the  pre-war  output  was  44  mil- 
lion tons — Germany  would  lose  the  use  of  the  18  million  tons  a 
year  over  and  above  the  requirements  of  Upper  Silesia.  She 
would  have  to  pay  for  her  own  purchases  and  would  lose  the  pro- 
ceeds of  any  coal  sold  abroad. 

Apart  from  a  few  industries  like  the  potash  and  the  chemical 
industries,  which  even  today  enjoy  a  certain  privileged  position, 
nearly  all  German  exporting  industries  have  been  brought  down 
to  the  level  of  a  finishing  industry.  Raw  materials  are  bought 
wholly  or  partly  abroad  at  prices  depending  on  the  rates  of 
foreign  exchange.  Only  concerns  which  reexport  their  total 
output  of  finished  goods  need  not  trouble  much  about  these  fluc- 
tuations. 

As  long  as  there  is  an  enormous  unsatisfied  demand  in  Ger- 
many, and  as  long  as  the  population  suffers  for  want  of  clothing 
and  boots,  German  industries  ought  to  work,  partly  at  least, 
for  the  home  market,  and  to  have  some  regard  for  its  purchasing 
power.  Without  credits  only  such  surplus  can  be  sold  at  home 
as  remains  over  after  a  sufficient  quantity  of  finished  goods  has 
been  exported  in  payment  for  the  imported  raw  material.  There 
is  a  famine  in  goods,  which  may  not  be  immediately  apparent  as 
the  public  is  now  awaiting  a  fall  in  prices  and  the  total  amount 
of  goods  available  from  time  to  time  for  its  satisfaction  is  very 
small.  The  nearer  industries  get  to  the  highest  point  of  their 
working  capacity,  the  greater  proportionately  will  be  the  quan- 
tity of  goods  at  the  disposal  of  the  home  market.  They  cannot 
get  there,  however,  because  on  the  one  hand  the  price  of  the  raw 
materials  needed  is  too  high — it  would  take  4.5  billion 
gold  marks  to  provide  the  textile  trade  with  all  the  raw 
material  and  half  finished  goods  they  could  use — and  because  on 
the  other  hand  the  inadequate  supply  of  coal  permits  only  a 
few  industries  to  work  at  more  than  50  per  cent  of  their  real 
capacity;  in  some  centers  of  the  textile  trade  the  number  of 
unemployed  was  as  high  as  87  per  thousand  inhabitants  in  the 
month  of  April. 

The  financing  of  industries  is  getting  more  and  more  difficult. 
The  enormous  rise  in  prices  and  wages  shows  that  the  working 
capital  of  many  concerns  is  inadequate.  An  increase  in  capital 
must  follow,  which  very  often  is  equivalent  to  a  watering  of 
stock,  because  the  chances  of  increased  profits  do  not  grow  cor- 
respondingly. High  taxation  is  unavoidable;  when  carried 
through  it  will  swallow  up  the  liquid  means  of  industry. 

Transportation 

The  breakdown  of  the  German  transportation  system  aggra- 
vates the  situation.  The  loss  of  the  rolling  stock  caused  by  the 
armistice  has  never  been  made  good.  The  number  of  engines,  it 
is  true,  has  increased,  but  45  out  of  every  100  are  now  in 
the  repair  shops,  while  before  the  war  there  were  only  19. 
So  far  no  improvement  has  been  possible,  in  spite  of  a  tem- 
porary increase  of  the  hands  employed  in  the  repair  shops 
from  70,000  to  162,000.  The  shops  cannot  always  get  sufficient 
supplies  of  coal  and  iron,  the  efficiency  of  the  men  has  declined, 
and  added  to  all  this  is  a  shortage  of  railway  coal,  its  poor 
quality,  and  the  absence  of  sufficient  reserve  stocks;  the  stock 
on  hand  covers  on  an  average  only  a  little  more  than  ten  days' 
supply,  so  that  even  a  short  interruption  in  the  flow  of  supply 
often  causes  a  stoppage  of  trains.  The  passenger  service  is 
limited  to  barely  one-fourth  of  the  fast  trains  and  to  one-half  of 
the  passenger  trains  running  before  the  war;  the  number  of 
cars  available  for  freight  in  1919  was  18  per  cent  less  than  in 
the  previous  year,  and  42  per  cent  below  that  of  1913.  The 
state  of  the  permanent  way  is  gradually  getting  very  precarious ; 
for  want  of  material  only  1  per  cent  repairs  are  being  carried 
out  on  main  lines  as  against  5  per  cent  formerly.  Very  much 
the  same  conditions  exist  with  regard  to  inland  navigation. 
Motor  transport  is  handicapped  by  the  shortage  of  gasoline. 


Although  freight  rates  have  been  raised  by  about  490  per  cent 
and  passenger  rates  by  350  to  599  per  cent  over  the  pre-war  level, 
the  former  surplus  of  the  German  railways  has  been  turned 
into  a  deficit,  which  will  be  at  least  14  billion  marks  for  the  year 
1920.    Traffic  could  not  stand  a  new  rise  of  freights. 

Commerce 

German  commerce  has  lost  a  large  part  of  its  financial 
strength  on  account  of  the  war  and  its  consequences.  Its  assets 
abroad  have  been  sequestered  and  partly  liquidated.  The  losses 
abroad,  so  far  recorded,  which  have  been  inflicted  on  German 
nationals  are  estimated  by  the  parties  concerned  at  above 
20  billion  gold  marks.  These  investments  were  a  very  im- 
portant support  to  Germany's  oversea  trade.  As  the  compensa- 
tion for  such  losses  will  be  paid  in  German  currency,  subject  to 
deduction  of  taxes,  the  persons  affected  will  not  be  able  to 
resume  their  activities  abroad.  The  personal  connections  of 
German  merchants  with  the  former  enemy  countries  have  almost 
been  destroyed;  and  they  are  heavily  handicapped  by  their  lia- 
bilities to  neutrals,  which  must  be  paid  in  foreign  currency. 

German  commerce  has  not  only  lost  its  points  d'appui  in  the 
former  enemy  countries  and  in  the  colonies,  but  it  will  suffer 
greatly  with  regard  to  its  oversea  connections  by  the  loss  of  the 
German  cables.  Moreover,  it  has  been  deprived  of  its  most  im- 
portant tool  for  the  reconstruction  of  German  economic  life, 
merchant  shipping.  It  will  be  heavily  burdened  in  future  with 
charges  payable  in  foreign  currency  to  foreign  enterprises  for 
news  service,  banking,  insurance,  and  freight.  The  balance  of 
payments  is  continuously  deteriorating. 

Commerce  at  home  has  lost  a  large  share  of  its  opportunities 
through  war  time  syndicates  and  the  operation  of  public  control 
of  trade.  The  middle  classes,  which  were  closely  connected 
with  it,  are  badly  shaken.  The  place  of  honest  trade  has  been 
widely  usurped  by  profiteers,  who  are  discrediting  it  and  who 
carry  out  its  most  important  functions  in  a  very  inefficient  man- 
ner. Moreover,  they  do  not  take  the  place  of  honest  trade  as 
far  as  Germany's  economic  strength  is  concerned,  because  they 
have  succeeded  and  will  always  succeed  in  shirking  their  lia- 
bilities toward  taxation,  just  as  they  have  done  in  other  coun- 
tries, notwithstanding  all  measures  against  them. 

Total  Production 

The  physical  output  of  German  agriculture  has  fallen,  it  is 
estimated,  40  to  60  per  cent;  in  very  few  cases  has  industry  been 
enabled  to  work  50  per  cent  of  its  pre-war  capacity.  The  physi- 
cal deterioration  of  industrial  plants  may  be  estimated  in  most 
cases  at  50  per  cent  of  the  pre-war  status. 

The  value  of  German  production  expressed  in  paper  marks  is 
at  the  present  time,  of  course,  much  higher  than  before  the  war. 
This  is  easily  accounted  for  by  the  revolution  in  prices  which 
has  taken  place  since  August  1,  1914.  The  prices  of  all  com- 
modities have  risen  enormously,  especially  lately,  but  this  rise 
is  unevenly  distributed.  Taking  100  as  the  index  figure  at  the 
outbreak  of  the  war,  the  price  of  rationed  food  has  risen  to  600; 
the  total  cost  of  food  required,  in  Berlin,  has  increased  from 
800  to  900;  during  the  same  period  the  index  figure  in  house 
rent  rose  only  from  100  to  120,  while  in  steel  ingots  it  rose  to 
2,620,  in  Silesian  coal  to  1,035,  and  in  cotton  fabrics  to  5,000. 
Wages  more  than  doubled  between  November,  1918,  and  Feb- 
ruary, 1920;  since  the  beginning  of  the  war  their  index  figure 
rose  from  100  to  570. 

It  cost  26.55  marks  per  week  to  feed  an  adult  in  Berlin  in 
July-August,  1919,  and  71.43  marks  in  April,  1920,  a  rise  of  169 
per  cent.  So  the  race  between  prices  and  wages,  and  between 
wages  and  prices,  never  stops. 

This  rise  in  prices  is  caused  on  the  one  hand  by  the  growth 
of  additional  purchasing  power,  which  is  partly  indicated  by 
the  increase  of  the  German  paper  circulation.  The  total  circu- 
lation has  grown  from  5.5  billion  marks  (paper  issues  and  coin) 
on  July  23,  1914,  to  59  billion  marks  on  March  31,  1920;  this  in- 
cludes neither  the  emergency  circulation  issued  by  municipalities 


388 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


and  states  nor  the  notes  of  private  banks  of  issue.  This  figure 
embraces  45.2  billion  marks  notes  of  the  Reichsbank  and  13.7 
billion  marks  Darlehenskassenscheine  (Loan  Bank  Certificates). 
The  gold  reserve  of  the  Reichsbank  covers  only  1.8  per  cent  of 
the  bank  notes  and  the  loan  bank  certificates  in  circulation.  It 
is  estimated  that  about  20  billions  of  the  total  paper  circu- 
lation of  nearly  60  billions  issued  are  held  abroad.  So  far 
their  influence  on  prices  at  home  is  only  indirect.  All  the 
stronger  is  the  influence  exercised  by  the  additional  demand  for 
goods,  created  by  Germany's  great  need  of  credit  and  especially 
by  the  issue  of  treasury  bills. 

On  the  other  hand  there  is  but  an  insufficient  supply  of  most 
kinds  of  goods.  As  production  cannot  expand  quickly  in  spite 
of  high  prices  because  the  productive  power  is  exhausted,  prices 
are  forced  up  by  the  combined  effect  of  a  glut  of  paper  money 
and  of  a  shortage  of  goods.  Nor  can  the  importation  of  goods 
bring  about  a  quick  adjustment,  as  home  prices  are  often  below 
world  market  prices  on  account  of  Government  control  and  of 
the  attempt  to  fix  them.  A  low  exchange  rate,  the  result  of  tem- 
porary economic  exhaustion,  and  unrestricted  imports  over  fron- 
tiers not  under  control  of  the  Government  may  stimulate  ex- 
ports, but  must  raise  the  cost  of  imports.  At  the  same  time,  a 
sudden  rise  of  the  exchange  is  causing  new  trouble  to  economic 
life,  as  the  ever  rising  cost  of  living  is  forcing  up  wages  and  as 
the  purchasing  power  of  the  public  is  slowly  declining,  while 
raw  material  has  been  bought  in  many  cases  on  particularly 
unfavorable  terms. 

The  depreciation  of  money  varies  in  different  parts  of  Ger- 
many. But  everywhere  the  paper  wealth  of  the  German  people 
has  grown,  while  their  capacity  to  produce  commodities  has 
everywhere  declined,  in  agriculture  and  industry  alike.  Conse- 
quently, the  German  people  are  apparently  able  to  carry  a  much 
heavier  burden  of  taxation,  payable  in  paper  marks,  than  before 
the  war.  The  services,  however,  which  they  must  render  ac- 
cording to  the  peace  treaty  will  have  to  be  paid  in  gold  marks. 
As  the  wealth  of  the  nation  has  been  estimated  at  220  billion 
gold  marks  before  the  war,  it  can  only  be  valued  at  100  billions 
today,  taking  into  consideration  the  cession  of  provinces  in  the 
east  and  in  the  west,  the  loss  of  the  whole  mercantile  marine, 
the  disposal  of  foreign  securities,  the  liquidation  of  enterprise 
abroad,  the  complete  using  up  of  all  merchants'  and  manufac- 
turers' stocks,  and  the  depreciation  of  all  means  of  production 
caused  by  wear  and  tear  during  six  years.  From  this  must  be 
deducted  German  indebtedness  abroad,  which  may  be  8  or  10 
billion  marks. 

iJALANCE  OF  TRADE 

Germany  is  a  debtor  state  today,  even  before  she  has  begun 
with  her  annual  payments  according  to  the  peace  treaty.  Total 
exports  between  August,  1914,  and  the  end  of  1918  were  only 

16.5  billion  marks  against  total  imports  of  31.8  billion  marks 
during  the  same  period.  From  January,  1919,  to  February, 
1920 — fourteen  months — imports  were  50  billion  marks,  exports 

17.6  billion  marks  valued  at  prices  correspondingly  raised  above 
the  standard  prices  used  by  the  Imperial  Statistics  Office  for 
1918.  Taking  further  into  consideration  the  imports  of  Ger- 
many's former  allies  for  Germany's  account  during  the  war  of 
5  or  6  billion  marks,  and  illegal  imports  via  the  occupied  terri- 
tory estimated  at  about  13  billion  marks  up  to  the  end  of  Febru- 
ary, 1920  (which  may  partly  be  balanced  by  illegal  exports  of 
perhaps  5  billion  marks),  a  total  excess  of  imports  over  exports 
of  60  billion  marks  will  be  reached.  Of  this  figure  4.5  billion 
marks  have  been  paid  since  July,  1914,  by  the  export  of  gold,  5.6 
billion  marks  by  the  sale  of  securities.  There  remains  a  total 
foreign  debt  for  Germany  of  about  50  billion  marks,  payment  for 
which  has  been  postponed  partly  by  the  operation  of  credits  and 
partly  by  acceptance  of  German  bank  notes.  Payments  for  in- 
terest and  amortization  must  be  made  on  these  credits.  The 
bank  notes  estimated  at  20  billion  marks,  which  have  gone 
abroad  to  some  extent  as  a  result  of  "the  flight  of  capital,"  do 
not  bear  interest,  but  cannot  be  considered  as  a  definite  payment. 


Germany  is  starting  on  her  way  to  reconstruction  with  a  heavy 
debit  balance.  At  present  there  exists  no  possibility  of  repay- 
ing this  debt,  although  the  Reichsbank  has  always  managed  to 
liquidate  its  foreign  exchange  liabilities  punctually,  as  the  hold- 
ings of  foreign  securities  remaining  in  German  hands  are  of 
very  little  importance.  Every  fall  in  the  rate  of  exchange  adds 
to  the  liabilities,  especially  as  ocean  freights  must  be  paid  in 
foreign  currency.  At  the  same  time  Germany  must  import 
large  quantities  of  food  and  raw  materials  to  bring  about  the 
recovery  of  her  people.  The  minimum  estimate  for  next  year 
is  5.5  to  6  million  tons  of  food,  .75  million  tons  of  raw  materials 
for  the  manufacture  of  fertilizers  (mainly  phosphates),  and  14 
million  tons  of  raw  materials  for  industrial  purposes. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  relief  in  this  direction  can  be  expected 
from  the  ceded  territories  which  formerly  sold  more  to  the  rest 
of  Germany  than  they  bought  from  her.  The  continuation  of 
their  sales  is  assured  to  them  through  tariff  arrangements  dur- 
ing the  years  of  transition.  But  Germany  has  no  guaranty  that 
the  agricultural  areas  of  the  east  and  west  will  send  their  food 
and  raw  material  to  Germany  instead  of  sending  them  to  the 
countries  with  which  they  have  been  incorporated.  Even  sup- 
posing the  districts  ceded  to  Poland  would  continue  to  send 
food,  and  Lorraine  to  send  minette,  which  has  been  done  so  far 
to  a  very  limited  extent  only,  Germany  will  have  to  pay  world 
market  prices  for  them.  A  quarter  of  a  million  tons  of  sugar 
implies  a  payment  of  5  billion  marks,  the  importation  of  3 
million  tons  of  minette  requires  300  to  400  million  marks.  A 
deterioration  of  the  balance  of  payment  must  be  the  result,  as 
the  total  value  of  Germany's  exports  to  the  ceded  territories  will 
not  balance  their  imports  into  Germany,  and  the  difference  will 
scarcely  be  made  up  by  dividends  and  rents  in  favor  of  German 
nationals. 

The  largest  part  of  essential  imports,  almost  12.75  million 
tons,  must  be  carried  across  the  sea  from  countries  with  a  high  , 
exchange,  and  the  stiff  rates  of  ocean  freights  payable  by 
Germany  must  be  added  to  the  purchase  price.  The  estimated 
cost  of  indispensable  food  imports  is  3.3  billion  gold 
marks.  This  will  not  bring  about  a  complete  recovery  of 
the  German  people,  nor  will  it  do  away  with  the  terrible  short- 
age of  all  necessaries  of  life,  nor  give  full  employment  to  Ger- 
man factories.  An  extra  importation  of  12  million  tons  of 
additional  food  and  foodstuffs  would  be  needed,  if  the  German 
population  were  to  attain  once  more  the  pre-war  standard  of 
living,  when  3,285  calories  per  day  per  head  were  available. 
Imports  then  amounted  to  11  million  tons,  but  the  lessened  pro- 
duction of  German  agriculture  must  be  taken  into  account. 
In  a  similar  way  the  importation  of  raw  materials  will  be  cut 
down.  Before  the  war  the  textile  industry,  including  Alsace- 
Lorraine,  required  940,000  tons;  it  will  not  get  more  than  385,- 
000  tons,  which  will  enable  the  mills  to  run  at  50  per  cent  of 
their  working  capacity.  Imports  without  doubt  can  be  cut  down 
considerably,  but  in  doing  this  manufacturers  will  be  prevented 
from  satisfying  the  urgent  home  demand,  or  the  trade  will  be 
incapacitated  from  exporting  considerable  quantities  as  pay- 
ment for  their  own  raw  materials  and  for  the  food  needed. 

German  exports  in  the  future  may  range  between  35  to 
40  billion  paper  marks.  Against  this  the  value  of  the  im- 
ports of  indispensable  food  and  raw  materials  will  be  80 
billion  marks.  The  nature  of  German  exports  will  differ  rather 
from  that  of  the  exports  of  the  past.  Some  of  its  most  impor- 
tant items,  apart  from  sugar,  consisted  of  goods  manufactured 
mainly  from  German  raw  material.  The  loss  of  the  iron  ore 
districts  will  transform  iron  and  steel  making,  which  was  the 
basis  of  all  German  industries,  into  a  finishing  (Veredelungs) 
industry.  Such  finishing  industries  can  be  considered  as  assets 
in  the  balance  of  trade  only  so  far  as  the  value  of  the  exported 
finished  goods  exceeds  the  value  of  the  imported  raw  material. 
The  smaller  the  working  capacity  of  an  industry  supplied  with 
raw  material,  and  the  larger  the  home  demand  for  its  goods,  the 
less  available  it  will  be  in  regard  to  other  items  of  the  balance 
of  trade.     A  finishing  industry  is  an  asset  in  the  balance  of 


Oct.  6, 1920] 


The  Nation 


389 


trade  only  to  such  degree  as  the  demand  of  the  home  market 
can  be  cut  down;  as  Germany  is  empty  today  of  all  important 
commodities,  this  can  be  done  only  within  narrow  limits,  or  by 
working  the  plants  at  top  speed,  so  that  the  quantity  set  apart 
for  the  home  demand,  though  actually  large,  is  but  a  small  part 
of  the  total  output.     .     .     . 

German  plants  would  have  to  work  to  the  full  limit  of  their 
manufacturing  capacity  in  order  to  bring  about  an  active  bal- 
ance of  trade.  This  is  checked  by  the  shortage  of  coal.  The 
obligation  to  deliver  coal  in  compliance  with  the  treaty  of  peace 
must  prevent  the  finishing  industries  from  completely  fulfilling 
their  task  even  if  the  output  of  coal  is  increased,  as  it  partly 
deprives  Germany  of  the  coal,  the  elementary  raw  material,  on 
which  all  German  industries,  finishing  industries  as  well  as 
basic  industries,  must  rely. 

Under  present  conditions  Germany's  balance  of  trade  must 
be  unfavorable.  It  can  only  become  favorable  again  if  the 
forces  of  German  economic  life  are  working  at  top  speed.  To 
achieve  this  Germany  must  for  some  time  import  the  foodstuffs 
and  raw  materials  which  she  requires  to  invigorate  her  people 
and  to  satisfy  their  most  urgent  needs.  After  that  she  must 
receive  the  raw  materials  needed  to  get  her  factories  into  full 
swing.  This  process  will  take  some  years,  as  Germany  must 
get  the  goods  needed  from  abroad  against  credits.  As  the  pay- 
ments for  interest  on  credits  must  burden  German  business  life 
and  as  the  unstable  rate  of  exchange  may  jeopardize  payment, 
great  caution  is  needed. 

Contrary  to  this  development,  the  peace  treaty  really  presup- 
poses a  favorable  balance  of  trade.  After  the  cession  of  capital 
goods  contained  in  the  first  instalment  of  20  billion  marks, 
and  after  the  sale  of  valuable  private  property  which  at  the 
present  moment  helps  to  swell  German  exports,  future  pay- 
ments must  be  carried  out  by  the  export  of  commodities  produced 
year  by  year.  An  attempt  might  be  made  to  transfer  German 
capital  abroad  on  even  a  larger  scale  than  has  been  done  at 
present  in  consequence  of  the  peace  treaty  or  by  the  "sales" 
due  to  the  bad  exchange.  This,  however,  can  only  be  done  at 
the  expense  of  Germany's  economic  strength  and  by  jeopardizing 
the  stipulated  annual  instalments.  The  latter's  capital  value  on 
the  international  money  market  depends  on  the  assumed  cer- 
tainty of  their  being  paid.  A  regular  annual  payment  of 
2.4  billion  gold  marks,  as  contemplated  by  the  peace 
treaty  after  1926,  can  be  carried  out  only  by  an  excess  of  Ger- 
man exports  over  imports  covering  that  amount.  It  is  hardly 
likely  that  Germany  can  throw  even  half  of  her  former  exports 
on  the  market,  especially  if  the  treatment  of  "a  most  favored 
nation"  is  denied  to  her  for  five  years.  The  total  value  of  Ger- 
man exports  will  therefore  scarcely  reach  the  total  value  of  her 
former  exports,  even  if  a  rise  in  the  prices  of  commodities  in 
the  world  market  from  150  to  200  per  cent  is  taken  into  account. 
Exports  worth  2.4  billion  gold  marks  would  certainly 
amount  to  25  to  30  per  cent  of  the  total  exports.  This 
can  only  be  considered  if  production  were  to  increase  sufficiently 
to  provide  goods  for  the  payment  of  liabilities  according  to  the 
peace  treaty  after  other  goods  have  been  made  available  for  the 
payment  of  indispensable  imports.  To  set  aside  goods  for  the 
payment  of  reparation  liabilities  as  long  as  the  value  of  exports 
does  not  exceed  the  value  of  imports,  is  an  attempt  to  settle  an 
old  debt  by  contracting  a  new  one. 

Ill 

Germany  cannot  undertake  larger  reparation  liabilities  than 
her  economic  structure  enables  her  to  bear.  The  possibility  of 
doing  this  will  be  limited,  moreover,  by  the  state  of  her  public 
finance.  All  payments  rendered  by  Germany  to  other  nations 
must  in  the  end  be  provided  out  of  the  budget  of  the  German 
Reich  from  such  funds  as  taxpayers  are  going  to  place  at  the 
disposal  of  the  Government.  If  this  cannot  be  done,  a  debauch 
of  borrowing  and  an  unlimited  increase  of  paper  issue  must 
follow.  The  depreciation  of  money  must  increase,  while  pro- 
duction will  decrease.     Imports  must  cease,  and  although  the 


falling  rate  of  exchange  will  temporarily  stimulate  exports  as 
a  kind  of  premium  and  for  the  time  being  may  lead  to  dumping 
and  unfair  competition,  even  this  impetus  must  shortly  fail,  as 
neither  raw  materials  nor  food  can  be  got  abroad.  Without 
such  imports,  it  can  hardly  be  expected  that  even  Germany's 
present  limited  economic  strength  can  be  kept  up. 

The  recovery  of  German  economic  life  is  impossible  without 
a  recovery  of  the  German  monetary  system;  a  recovery  of  the 
German  monetary  system  depends  on  German  finance  being  put 
in  order,  especially  by  the  regulation  of  the  floating  debt;  and 
the  ordering  of  German  finance  in  its  turn  depends  on  the  total 
amount  of  the  liabilities  under  the  reparation  clauses  of  the 
peace  treaty  and  on  the  manner  in  which  they  will  have  to  be 
met.  The  ordinary  budget  of  the  country  balanced  with  2.4 
billion  marks  in  the  year  1913,  apart  from  the  services  managed 
by  the  Government;  the  ordinary  budget  for  1920,  based  on  the 
figures  of  April,  1920,  estimates  an  expenditure  of  27.9  billion 
marks.  This  does  not  include  the  huge  deficit  of  the  Government 
services,  which  have  their  own  separate  budget,  postal  service 
(probable  deficit  one  billion  marks),  railways  (probable  deficit 
14  billion  marks).  This  huge  expenditure  can  be  met  at  present 
only  by  the  issue  of  floating  debts. 

On  March  31,  1920,  the  funded  debt  amounted  to  92  bil- 
lion marks.  It  has  increased  very  little  since  the  end  of  the 
war,  as  the  premium  saving  bonds  loan  brought  in  only  about 
4  billion  marks,  half  of  which  has  been  paid  for  with  war 
loans.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is  a  steady  growth  of  treasury 
bills.  The  amount  outstanding  rose  from  .4  billion  marks  at  the 
beginning  of  the  war  to  48  billion  marks  on  September  30,  1918, 
i.  e.,  a  monthly  average  increase  of  935  million  marks.  From 
October  1,  1918,  to  March  31,  1920,  the  average  monthly  increase 
has  reached  2.4  billions. 

On  March  31,  1920,  the  total  floating  debt  of  the  Reich  con- 
sisting of  treasury  bills  amounted  to  91.6  billion  marks.  There 
are  other  short  termed  liabilities  of  the  Reich  reaching  13.5 
billion  marks.  Thus  on  March  31,  1920,  the  total  floating  debt 
of  the  Reich  was  105  billion  marks.  Moreover,  the  states  have 
contracted  a  floating  debt  of  another  16  billion  marks  up  to 
March  1,  1920. 

The  effect  of  this  floating  debt  on  the  circulation  of  notes  is 
at  present  only  partly  direct.  Of  91.6  billion  treasury  bills  dis- 
counted by  the  Reichsbank  by  the  end  of  March  only  42.7  billions 
were  held  by  it.  The  remaining  48.9  billions  were  in  other 
hands,  constituting  a  danger  to  the  Bank,  the  gravity  of  which 
must  not  be  underrated.  When  the  money  market  tightens  up 
with  the  resumption  of  economic  activities,  or  if  there  were  a 
panic,  these  48.9  billions  would  return  to  the  Reichsbank  for  re- 
discounting,  and  the  note  issue  would  have  to  be  increased  on  a 
very  much  larger  scale  than  has  been  done  up  to  now. 

The  paper  money  issue  (notes  of  the  Reichsbank,  of  the  pri- 
vate banks  of  issue,  currency  notes,  and  loan  certificates)  has 
increased  from  2.7  billions  on  June  30,  1914,  to  26.7  billions  on 
October  31,  1918,  and  to  60.3  billions  on  April  23,  1920. 

At  present  there  is  no  possibility  of  paying  back  or  of  funding 
the  floating  debt.  The  savings  of  the  German  people  are  not 
large  enough  to  convert  1,600  marks  per  head  of  the  population 
into  a  funded  debt  without  withdrawing  indispensable  working 
capital  from  industry  and  trade.  There  is  even  no  hope  at 
present  of  stopping  the  further  increase  of  the  floating  debt. 

The  ordinary  budget  of  the  Reich  for  1920  estimates  a  current 
expenditure  of  23.8  billion  marks,  to  which  must  be  added  at 
least  8  billion  marks  for  the  states  and  municipalities,  making  a 
total  current  expenditure  of  32  billion  marks,  or  533  marks  per 
head  of  the  population.  The  proceeds  of  the  taxes  recently  voted 
and  of  the  old  taxes  are  expected  to  yield  permanently  30.95 
billion  marks.  This  would  mean  that  revenue  falls  permanently 
short  of  expenditure  by  over  a  billion  marks.  To  this  must  be 
added  for  the  present  about  4  billion  marks  non-recurring  ex- 
penditure of  the  Reich  for  1920  on  the  ordinary  budget  and  the 
very  large  extraordinary  budget  of  at  least  12  billion  marks. 
The  probable  deficits  of  the  railways  of  14  billion  marks,  and  of 


390 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2883 


the  postoffice  of  one  billion  marks,  are  not  included  in  it.  As  the 
taxes  will  not  come  in  until  late  in  the  financial  year,  they  will 
figure  to  some  extent  in  the  next  budget  only.  It  is  quite  im- 
possible at  present  to  get  a  clear  idea  of  the  amount  of  the 
total  deficit. 

One  must  not  forget,  moreover,  that  the  "morale"  of  the  tax- 
payers has  suffered  greatly.  In  face  of  very  high  taxation  cer- 
tain classes  of  the  population  which  were  formerly  to  be  de- 
pended upon  as  taxpayers  may  succumb  to  the  temptation  to 
defraud.  Notwithstanding  severe  legal  enactments,  "the  flight 
from  taxes"  has  already  set  in  strongly.  Direct  taxation  is 
weighing  very  heavily  on  income.  It  varies  for  the  different 
sources  of  income.  Taking  an  income  of  10,000  marks  as  start- 
ing point,  it  ranges  from  11.7  per  cent,  19.95  per  cent,  and 
35.05  per  cent  to  59.52  per  cent,  63.52  per  cent,  and  70.72 
per  cent  on  an  income  of  10  million  marks.  To  this  must  be 
added  non-recurrent  levies.  A  distinction  is  made  between  old 
wealth  and  new  wealth  (war  profits).  Old  wealth  has  to  pay 
from  5  per  cent  on  10,000  marks  to  54.18  per  cent  on  10  million 
marks,  whilst  the  enormous  percentage  of  98.49  per  cent  is 
taken  from  new  wealth  (war  profits)  amounting  to  10  million 
marks.     .     .     . 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  very  difficult  at  present  to  raise  ex- 
isting indirect  taxation  still  higher.  In  a  period  of  a  low  stand- 
ard of  living,  of  a  serious  falling-off  of  consumption,  and  of 
soaring  prices  for  staple  goods,  higher  indirect  taxes  do  not 
promise  larger  returns.  The  Government  was  compelled  to  set 
aside  10  billion  marks  or  about  160  marks  per  head  of  the 
population  from  July,  1919,  to  June  30,  1920,  in  order  to  cheapen 
imported  food.  Under  these  circumstances  it  is  politically  im- 
possible in  a  democracy  to  secure  a  vote  for  indirect  taxation, 
which  is  sure  to  lower  the  standard  of  living  of  the  masses. 

German  finance  is  in  a  precarious  state.  Radical  remedies 
will  not  save  it.  If  Germany  were  to  declare  itself  bankrupt — 
a  suggestion  which  is  sometimes  made — social  order  would  be 
turned  into  chaos.  The  German  war  loans  were  taken  up  by  a 
large  percentage  of  the  population.  These  persons  are  sup- 
porters of  the  existing  order  for  the  time  being.  If  their  small 
savings  turned  out  to  be  worthless,  they  would  surely  be  driven 
into  the  camp  of  social  anarchy.  Moreover,  such  a  violent  meas- 
ure would  bring  about  the  collapse  of  industry  and  social  life. 
The  German  economic  system  is  based  on  credit  to  a  very  large 
degree.  The  savings  banks  have  invested  many  billions  in  Reich 
and  state  loans.  The  joint  stock  banks,  as  the  great  credit 
givers  of  the  country,  are  holding  large  amounts  of  treasury 
bills;  nearly  fifty  billions  of  treasury  bills  were  in  other  hands 
than  the  Reichsbank's  on  March  31,  1920.  As  the  largest  part 
of  the  German  national  debt  is  held  at  home,  a  declaration  of 
insolvency  would  reduce  the  income  of  the  taxpayer  (on  account 
of  the  ever  widening  field  of  the  catastrophe)  to  a  much  greater 
degree  than  could  be  made  good  by  the  wiping  out  of  taxes  for 
the  debt  charge. 

The  execution  of  the  peace  treaty  in  its  present  form  must 
increase  the  dangers  to  German  finance.  The  treaty  assumes 
an  initial  payment  of  60  billion  gold  marks.  This  means  a 
charge  of  about  1,000  gold  marks  or  about  10,000  paper  marks 
per  head  of  the  population,  taking  the  value  of  the  mark  at 
10  per  cent  of  the  par  value.  A  family  of  four  would  owe  40,000 
marks  according  to  the  treaty;  it  would  have  to  raise  2,400 
marks  per  annum  on  a  6  per  cent  basis  for  interest  and  sinking 
fund.  As  the  present  estimates  already  provide  for  an  expendi- 
ture of  over  30  billion  marks,  a  family  of  four  would  be 
charged  with  4,400  marks  taxes.  Each  member  would  have 
to  render  1,100  marks.  Many  earned  incomes  have  risen  lately 
with  the  increased  cost  of  living;  with  others  this  has  not  been 
the  case,  in  spite  of  the  reduced  purchasing  power  of  money. 
According  to  the  assessments  for  the  Prussian  income  tax  for 
the  year  1918,  81.21  per  cent  of  the  Prussian  taxpayers  had 
an  income  not  exceeding  3,000  marks,  another  16.08  per  cent 
had  an  income  of  less  than  9,500  marks. 

The  German  Government  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  sum  of 


20  billion  gold  marks,  which  must  be  paid  up  to  May  1, 
1921,  will  be  covered,  if  not  exceeded  by  deliveries  already  com- 
pleted or  in  process  of  completion.  The  value  of  the  coal  mines 
in  the  Sarre  basin,  the  surrendered  ships,  the  Reich's  and  states' 
property  in  the  ceded  territories,  railway  material  and  rolling 
stock,  goods  of  a  non-military  character  left  behind,  coal  already 
delivered,  etc.,  will  exceed  the  stipulated  amount. 

As  regards  private  property,  the  Government  must  redeem 
it  and  pay  compensation.  To  redeem  20  billion  gold  marks, 
200  billion  paper  marks  are  needed.  Compensation  may  per- 
haps be  reduced  by  heavy  taxation,  so  that  the  Reich  may  be 
spared  an  expense  it  is  unable  to  bear.  By  doing  this,  those 
classes  which  require  capital  for  resuming  their  economic  con- 
nections abroad  will  be  crippled  financially. 

This  state  of  affairs  is  even  more  serious  where  the  periodi- 
cally recurring  annual  charge  is  concerned.  The  delivery  of 
about  12  million  tons  of  coal  per  annum  will  burden  the  budget 
with  several  billion  marks  every  year. 

To  carry  out  the  obligations  of  the  treaty,  at  least  24  billion 
marks  a  year  must  be  provided  for  in  the  budget.  The  value  of 
2.4  billion  gold  marks  equals  today  about  24  billion  paper  marks. 
This  would  in  effect  double  the  current  expenditure  of  the  Reich, 
the  states,  and  the  municipalities.  Each  fall  in  the  rate  of  ex- 
change must  automatically  increase  this  financial  burden. 

Even  if  the  Government  were  able  to  balance  the  ordinary 
budget  by  heroic  measures,  and  to  stop  the  further  increase  of  the 
floating  debt,  the  financial  clauses  of  the  Versailles  treaty  would 
push  it  again  and  again  on  to  the  road  leading  to  bankruptcy. 
The  taxable  wealth  of  the  German  people  is  not  great  enough. 
.  .  .  The  Government  would  be  compelled  to  borrow  over 
and  over  again,  and  this  means  floating  debts. 

The  German  Government  is  expected  on  the  one  hand  to  bal- 
ance revenue  and  expenditure  by  straining  every  nerve,  and  to 
stop  inflation  by  reducing  the  floating  debt;  it  is  forced,  on 
the  other  hand  to  increase  its  expenditure  continuously,  and  to 
accelerate  the  issue  of  notes. 

The  charges  on  German  finance  must  automatically  lead  to 
an  increase  of  the  floating  debt.  The  growth  of  the  floating 
debt  in  turn  must  automatically  be  followed  by  a  growing  note 
circulation,  and  by  a  new  depreciation  of  money  and  a  new  rise 
of  prices.  Under  present  conditions  rising  prices  cannot  lead 
to  increase  in  production;  they  prevent  sound  economic  calcu- 
lation, and  cause  a  severe  struggle  for  higher  wages.  The 
paper  value  of  German  production  is  growing  indefinitely,  but 
the  real  value  expressed  in  gold  must  decline  with  the  increas- 
ing difficulty  of  getting  imports  for  feeding  the  people  and  with 
the  cessation  of  domestic  production.  Every  rise  in  prices  is 
followed  by  new  demands  for  higher  wages,  and  every  conces- 
sion to  labor  is  overtaken  by  a  fitful  rise  of  prices.  Payments 
due  abroad  remain  unchanged;  but  when  production  is  falling 
they  absorb  a  relatively  larger  share  of  the  total  produce  at  the 
disposal  of  the  German  people.  As  they  must  be  paid  for  by  the 
issue  of  new  paper  money,  prices  rise  further  still.  Higher 
prices  increase  the  burden  of  the  payments  due  abroad  for  the 
next  year.  Under  such  circumstances  German  finance  cannot 
recover,  notwithstanding  severe  treatment  of  capital  and  income. 

The  collapse  of  German  finance  is  the  natural  result  of  the 
war  and  its  consequences.  In  this  respect  there  is  no  difference 
in  principle  between  the  position  of  Germany  and  that  of  other 
countries.  The  fundamental  difference  in  Germany's  situation 
is  due  to  the  fact  that,  as  a  result  of  the  peace  treaty,  she  is 
not  able  freely  to  choose  the  ways  and  means  which  could  lead 
to  the  recovery  of  her  economic  life  and  to  the  salvation  of 
her  finance. 

Without  freedom  of  economic  action,  and  without  economic 
cooperation  with  other  nations,  Germany  can  neither  rebuild 
her  economic  life  nor  put  her  financial  affairs  in  order.  With- 
out financial  order  Germany  cannot  punctually  meet  her  lia- 
bilities. If  freedom  of  economic  action  is  restored  to  Germany, 
there  is  hope  that  her  people,  trained  to  work,  will  put  all  their 
strength  into  economic  reconstruction. 


J 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW   YORK,   WEDNESDAY,   OCTOBER    13,    1920 


No.  2884 


Contents 


EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    391 

EDITORIALS : 

The  Progressive  Bloc    394 

Truth    Rising    Again    395 

The  Baseball  Scandal   395 

Fiction  and   Its   Producers    396 

The  Committee  of  One.  Hundred  For  Ireland 397 

THE  STATE  DEPARTMENT  AND  THE  NEWS.     By  Paul  Hanna 393 

TWO   WAYS  WITH  ALBANIA.     By  Hiram   K.   Moderwell 399 

THE   SOCIALIST  CAMPAIGN.     By  Lewis   S.   Gannett 401 

BEHIND  THE  BRITISH  COAL  CRISIS.     By  Felix  Morley 402 

IN  THE   DRIFTWAY.     By  the   Drifter 404 

CORRESPONDENCE     404 

DRAMA : 

Max  Reinhardt.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 405 

INTERNATIONAL   RELATIONS   SECTION: 

France  and   General  Wrangel 406 

The  Conditions  of  the  Third  Internationale 406 

The    Petrograd    Elections    408 

FALL  BOOK  SUPPLEMENT: 

The  Philosophy  of  World  Pathos.     By  Hartley  Alexander 409 

The  Human  Costs  of  the  War.     By  David  Starr  Jordan 410 

Musical   Portraits.     By   Henrietta   Straus 411 

The  Functional  Organization  of  Society.     By  Thomas   Reed  Powell...  413 

Aria  and  Recitative.     By  Mark  Van  Doren 414 

Lloyd  George.     By  J.  A.  Hobson 415 

History  and  History.     By  Charles  A.  Beard 416 

Divine   Personality   and   Human   Life.     By   R.   R 417 

Sociology  in  Two  Dimensions.     By  Robert  H.   Lowie 418 

Ladies  and  Women.     By  Dorothy  Brewster 419 

A  Slav  in  the  Austrian  Consular  Service.      By  Hamilton  Fish  Armstrong.  420 

Foreign  Rights  in  China.     By  Frederick  Wells  Williams 421 

Treitschke's  History.     By  W.  K.  Stewart 422 

The  Irreconcilable  Blind.     By  Gregory  Zilboorg 423 

The  Politician  of  the  Middle  Valley.     By  Clarence  W.  Alvord. ...... .  424 

Nationalization.     By  Arthur  Gleason 423 

A  Conservative  on  the  League.     By  C.  R.   Fish 426 

The  Advancing  Hour.     By  William  MacDonald 427 

Steel  and   Oak.     By  L.   L 42g 

Notable  Fall  Books !!.'.!'.!!!!!!!!!!!!!.'!!!  428 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG   LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates— Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation. 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British.  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Adverting:  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


MR.  WILSON  to  the  fore!  His  first  lance  in  the  cam- 
paign has  been  broken  on  the  enemy's  front.  He 
rejoices  that  the  "genuine  national  referendum"  which  he 
has  desired  is  at  hand  and  that  the  people  themselves  are  to 
give  a  sovereign  mandate  to  their  representatives;  "they 
are  to  instruct  their  own  Government  what  they  wish  done." 
Does  the  country  want  its  honor  vindicated  and  the  Treaty 
of  Versailles  ratified,  he  asks.  Well,  all  the  American  peo- 
ple have  not  forgotten  that  their  sacred  honor  was  pledged 
by  this  same  man  in  the  form  of  the  Fourteen  Peace  Points 
upon  which  the  armistice  was  based,  and  that  subsequently 
that  pledge  of  honor  was  forgotten  in  the  sordid  give  and 
take  and  bargaining  at  Paris.  They  are  not  unmindful  of 
their  honor  now,  but  unless  every  sign  fails  the  country  has 
made  up  its  mind  that  it  is  going  to  entrust  the  keeping  of 
that  honor  to  somebody  who  doesn't  typify  autocracy  and 
Palmerism  and  Burlesonism  and  the  abrogation  of  civil 
rights  and  liberties.     They  may,  as  Mr.  Wilson  insists,  be 


"grossly  misled"  by  false  League  attacks,  but  their  instinct 
that  the  time  has  come  for  a  new  government  is  sound,  even 
if  that  is  going  to  be  a  poor  and  a  reactionary  one. 

"  F  AM  the  State  Department,"  seems  to  be  Mr.  Colby's 
1  motto,  and  criticism  of  his  methods  is  lese-majeste. 
Not  so  long  ago  his  predecessor  lost  his  job  for  differing 
with  his  chief;  now  Mr.  Colby  banishes  from  the  Depart- 
ment two  press  correspondents  who  presume  to  question  his 
manner  of  informing  and  misinforming  the  public.  Autoc- 
racy feels  at  home  in  the  State  Department.  The  incident 
involving  Mr.  Paul  Hanna,  described  elsewhere  in  this  issue, 
was  but  the  upshot  of  intense  dissatisfaction  of  other 
trained  and  trusted  Washington  correspondents.  Two 
months  ago  Mr.  Stanley  M.  Reynolds,  correspondent  of  the 
Baltimore  Sun,  called  attention  to  the  Department's  policy 
of  keeping  the  country  in  the  dark  regarding  important 
international  negotiations,  and  the  Sun  indorsed  his  posi- 
tion editorially.  Mr.  Harold  Phelps  Stokes,  correspondent 
of  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  dispatched  to  his  paper  a 
similar  broadside — it  was  Mr.  Stokes's  amazing  indict- 
ment which  induced  The  Nation  to  take  the  matter  up. 
When  Mr.  Hanna  accepted  The  Nation's  assignment,  his 
course  in  presenting  to  the  Secretary  of  State  a  memoran- 
dum of  his  criticism  was  correctness  itself,  contrasting 
sharply  with  Mr.  Colby's  expulsion  of  Mr.  Hanna  and  his 
associate  Federated  Press  correspondent,  Mr.  Todd,  from 
future  conferences.  To  his  credit  Mr.  Todd  scorned  en- 
trance to  the  press  conferences  which  the  slightest  gesture 
of  dissent  from  Mr.  Hanna's  letter  would  have  secured. 

WHY  did  Mr.  Colby  choose  to  banish  these  two  corre- 
spondents and  pass  over  the  criticism  of  two  con- 
servative metropolitan  newspapers  warmly  supporting  the 
Democratic  campaign?     Because,  stooping  to  the  familiar 
trick  of  other  high  administration  officials,  he  evidently  be- 
lieved that  by  centering  his  virulence  on  the  correspondents 
of  a  radical  press  association,  he  could  effectively  draw  the 
red   herring  across   the   path   of   wholly   justified,   public- 
spirited,  and  American  criticism  of  his  autocratic,  not  to 
say  shifty,  methods.    As  the  Editor  and  Publisher  says  edi- 
torially:   "Exclusion  of  radicals  has  become  easy,  popular, 
and  therefore  too  common  to  serve  as  answer  to  charges.    It 
would  seem  that  where  freedom  of  the  press  is  involved  a 
more  direct  and  more  dignified  answer  might  be  expected." 
That    Mr.    Hanna's    criticism    struck    home,    Mr.    Colby's 
behavior  convincingly  testifies.     Mr.  Hanna's  fellow-corre- 
spondents know  where  the  truth  lies.    It  now  remains  to  be 
seen  whether  or  not  they  will  have  the  courage  and  sufficient 
sense  of  professional  honor  and  solidarity  to  unite  in  endors- 
ing his  protest  and  in  withdrawing  from  Mr.  Colby's  wholly 
barren    seances.      Such    a   move   would   be   a   constructive 
effort  toward  reestablishing  the  importance  and  dignity  of 
the  press;  it  would  greatly  advance  the  causes  of  "pitiless 
publicity"   and   "open   covenants   openly   arrived   at,"    and 
materially  aid  the  "grossly  misled"  electorate  in  the  "genu- 
ine national  referendum"  of  which  Secretary  Colby's  chief 


392 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


has  just  spoken   so  fervently   in  his   first  campaign  plea. 

ADMINISTRATION  hypocrisy  and  Administration  sup- 
pression of  truth  are  nowhere  more  evident  than  in  the 
poor  little  ex-republic  of  Santo  Domingo,  now  a  province 
governed  by  the  United  States  Marine  Corps.  Washington 
treats  us  to  a  long  summary  of  the  sanitary  and  educational 
reforms  effected  by  the  American  military  administration, 
but  tells  us  nothing  of  the  essential  facts  or  of  the  excesses 
of  American  military  rule,  The  Germans  improved  sanita- 
tion during  their  occupation  of  some  of  the  villages  of  north- 
ern France,  but  no  officer  of  the  Marine  Corps  ever  suggested 
that  those  reforms  justified  German  presence  in  France. 
The  money  which  built  the  schools  and  executed  the  health 
laws  in  Santo  Domingo  was  Dominican  money,  and  Amer- 
icans had  no  business  to  be  there  spending  it  for  them.  That 
is  the  essential  underlying  fact  which  whole  scrap-books  of 
white-washing  reports  cannot  hide.  Our  Government  at- 
tempts to  shroud  its  acts  behind  a  censorship,  but  by  devious 
ways  the  facts  are  slowly  reaching  the  American  people.  It 
was  only  when  the  story  of  Fabio  Fiallo  and  his  fellow 
Dominican  patriots  leaked  into  the  Latin-American  press, 
and  when  the  protests  of  Press  Clubs  in  Montevideo  and 
Buenos  Aires  were  telegraphed  to  our  newspapers  that  the 
American  people  learned  of  this  latest  Junker  drama. 

FABIO  FIALLO,  Amerigo  Lugo,  and  Flores  Cabrera, 
three  Dominican  writers  of  distinction,  ventured  to 
criticize  American  policy  in  Santo  Domingo.  American  offi- 
cers arrested  them,  and  they  were  tried  by  American  mili- 
tary courts.  The  sentence  was  at  first  secret;  rumor  had  it 
that  they  were  condemned  to  death.  The  story  spread 
through  Latin-America.  The  Nation  wrote  to  Secretary 
Colby  on  September  7,  inclosing  a  clipping  from  a  Mexico 
City  newspaper,  and  asking  if  the  story  were  true.  Secre- 
tary Colby  has  not  yet  replied.  Fortunately,  the  story  was 
exaggerated.  Lugo's  sentence  was  never  officially  con- 
firmed; Fiallo  began  serving  a  term  of  three  years'  impris- 
onment at  hard  labor,  and  was  also  condemned — he,  a  poet — 
to  pay  a  $5,000  fine.  After  the  story  reached  the  United 
States  via  Uruguay,  the  sentences  were  first  commuted,  then 
suspended.    Lugo's  crime  was  writing  this : 

Neither  the  necessity  of  maintaining  herself  in  this  country, 
nor  the  pretension  of  wishing  to  aid  us  in  return  to  a  condition 
of  internal  order  empowers  the  United  States  of  America  to 
lay  hands  on  everything  as  if  nothing  had  been  organized  by  us 
previous  to  the  violent  outbreak  of  her  soldiers. 
Fiallo  went  further. 

"Dominicans,"  he  wrote,  "let  us  join  closely,  shoulder  to 
shoulder,  and  let  us  form,  full  of  the  vigorous  breath  of  liberty, 
the  formidable  barrier  of  resistance  which  shall  break  all  the 
spears  of  intervention  as  if  they  were  frail  reeds." 

And  Admiral  Snowden,  solemnly  reviewing  the  verdict  of 
the  lower  court,  commented  that  the  sentence  was  not  rigor- 
ous or  excessive,  and  that  Fiallo  might  properly  have  been 
condemned  to  death!  These  things  are  done  in  our  name; 
the  facts  are  suppressed;  and  those  who  seek  information 
about  them  are  banished  from  the  State  Department. 

THE  best  thing  to  be  said  about  the  American  Legion  is 
that  its  membership  includes  only  a  fraction  of  the 
men  whom  this  country  mobilized  for  the  World  War,  and 
that  its  acts  and  opinions  are  therefore  not  representative. 
The  worst  thing  to  be  said  about  it  could  hardly  be  harsher 


than  it  has  spoken  itself  in  the  record  of  its  national  con- 
vention, just  concluded  in  Cleveland.  Although  the  Legion 
piously  voted  to  keep  out  of  politics,  it  proceeded  to  meddle 
with  at  least  four  political  questions — and  took  the  wrong 
side  of  all  of  them.  The  Legion  indorsed  the  efforts  last 
winter  to  get  bonus  legislation  through  Congress,  and  in- 
structed its  officers  to  press  at  the  next  session  the  bill  that 
has  already  gone  through  the  House.  A  resolution  was  also 
adopted  in  favor  of  compulsory  military  training,  while  the 
Pacific  Coast  delegation  forced  through  a  declaration  calling 
upon  Congress  to  prohibit  immigration  from  Japan.  After 
the  convention  itself  was  over,  the  new  executive  committee 
met  and  called  for  the  dismissal  of  Louis  F.  Post,  Assistant 
Secretary  of  Labor,  one  of  the  few  public  officials  in  Wash- 
ington who  has  stood  for  the  enforcement  of  our  laws  in 
relation  to  the  deportation  of  aliens,  as  against  the  illegal 
methods  of  the  Department  of  Justice.  The  diminishing 
ranks  of  the  Legion  would  make  it  less  worthy  of  serious 
consideration  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  the  great  number 
of  former  soldiers  outside  of  it  are  only  slightly  organized, 
and  that  the  public  is  prone  to  confuse  the  voice  of  the 
Legion  with  that  of  the  men  who  formed  our  army  and  navy 
in  1917  and  1918.    Let  us  disassociate  the  two. 


w 


OLF!  Wolf!"  cry  Messrs.  Gompers  and  Woll  in  the 
American  Federationist.  Oudegeest  for  the  Inter- 
national Federation  of  Trade  Unions  and  Adamson  for  the 
Council  of  Action  of  the  British  Labor  Party,  according 
to  these  American  watchdogs,  are  stalking  round  the  fold 
with  Lenin  and  Trotzky,  ready  to  spring.  Look  at  Italy, 
where  Bolshevik  teeth  are  even  now  deep  in  the  victim's 
throat.  The  International  Federation  has  changed  its  mind 
about  the  League  of  Nations,  is  no  longer  willing  to  accept 
it  even  with  reservations;  the  British  Labor  Party  has 
turned  its  back  on  the  democratic  parliamentary  system 
"which  England  has  evolved  by  seven  centuries  of  strug- 
gles": this  points  to  Moscow  and  the  Third  Internationale 
and  the  plans  of  Soviet  Russia  to  swallow  the  world.  But 
the  American  Federation  of  Labor  smells  the  peril  and  will 
beware.  No  mass  action  by  means  of  a  general  strike  to 
prevent  war  in  this  country!  The  American  Federation, 
of  course,  has  always  stood  against  the  demand  for  a  large 
standing  army,  for  the  limitation  of  munitions  of  war,  and 
for  the  reduction  of  naval  establishments.  "But,"  say  the 
watchdogs  with  a  burst  of  logic,  "if  the  production  of  war 
materials  were  to  cease  entirely  all  small  nations  would  be 
utterly  helpless  and  at  the  mercy  of  their  larger  neighbors" 
— presumably  because  their  larger  neighbors,  having  no 
weapons,  would  then  come  in  and  strangle  them  with  naked 
hands.  Didn't  something  like  this,  except  for  the  naked 
hands,  happen  to  Serbia  and  Belgium  in  1914?  Ah,  but  it  is 
comforting  to  know  that  Gompers  and  Woll  will  dam  the 
floods  of  revolution  that  threaten  Europe! 

TWENTY-ONE  housing  laws  were  passed  by  the  New 
York  State  Legislature  at  its  special  housing  session, 
but  there  is  little  likelihood  that  the  new  bills  will  materially 
increase  the  number  of  houses  available  for  dwelling  pur- 
poses in  New  York  City.  The  bills  did  obviate  the  needless 
horrors  of  the  usual  October  1  hegira;  and  in  so  doing 
they  cut  a  wide  gash  in  the  time-honored  principle  of  the 
sacred  rights  of  private  property.  A  landlord  is  no  longer 
lord  of  his  own  property;  he  cannot  set  his  rent  or  choose 
his  tenants.     But  the  law,  which  leaves  these  decisions  in 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


393 


the  irresponsible  hands  of  the  overburdened  courts,  does  not 
go  far  enough;  if  the  landlord  and  his  tenant  are  not  to 
settle  such  questions  between  them,  the  final  review  should 
be  by  an  expert  commission  rather  than  a  function  of  a 
petty  magistrate's  mood.  And  the  more  important  question 
is  not  to  keep  present  tenants  off  the  streets  but  to  build 
new  houses  to  meet  the  city's  growing  need.  The  new  bills 
make  State  Land  Bank  bonds  a  legal  investment  for  city 
sinking  funds,  and  exempt  new  building  from  taxation  for  a 
period  of  years.  These  steps  may  help,  but  there  is  no  con- 
viction that  they  will  meet  the  crying  need.  There  seem  to 
be  but  two  ways  to  get  houses  built — either  to  remove  the 
restrictions  on  rents  so  that  they  may  skylark  to  a  figure 
that  will  invite  speculative  building,  or  for  the  city  or  State 
to  build  houses  itself. 

EVERY  day  brings  additional  proof  of  the  necessity  of 
something  being  done  to  stop  the  bloodshed  in  Ireland. 
Every  day  the  leading  American  newspapers  carry  the 
ghastly  tales  on  their  front  pages  of  towns  or  villages  sacked 
or  burned,  of  women  and  children  driven  from  their  homes 
by  British  soldiers,  of  "black  and  tan"  police  running  amuck, 
of  policemen  shot  down  from  ambush,  of  public  buildings 
raided  and  public  officials  killed  or  wounded — in  brief,  riot, 
plunder,  and  terrorism.  Reprisals  once  charged  to  the  ac- 
count of  Sinn  Fein  are  being  answered  by  reprisals  for 
which  the  Government  is  held  responsible,  while  so  influen- 
tial a  publication  as  the  New  Statesman  charges  the  Cabinet, 
and  Lloyd  George  himself,  with  being  responsible  for  the 
outbreaks  of  maddened  troops,  which  the  daily  press  lays 
to  the  natural  anger  of  the  soldiers.  Every  day  brings  justi- 
fication for  the  existence  of  The  Nation's  Committee  of  100 
to  throw  light  upon  what  is  going  on.  Every  day  more  men 
of  light  and  leading  in  England  are  protesting  against  the 
continuance  of  the  existing  situation.  Thus  so  well  known  a 
soldier  as  General  Gough  has  attacked  the  Government  for 
which  he  fought  so  conspicuously  in  France,  because  of  its 
Irish  policy  and  Earl  Grey  has  made  a  proposal  for  the 
solution  of  the  difficulty  by  proposing  what  is  in  its  essence 
the  Dominion  scheme  of  government  plus  immediate  with- 
drawal of  British  troops.  He  is  willing  to  trust  the  Irish  to 
govern  themselves,  but  he  is  met  with  charges  from  the 
jingo  press  that  he  is  proposing  a  policy  of  shameful  scuttle 
— and  this  well  meant  effort  is  also  likely  to  go  for  naught. 

THE  combined  population  of  the  three  largest  cities  in 
the  United  States  is  something  over  ten  million;  their 
combined  area  is  605  square  miles.  Which  means  that  in 
contrast  to  an  average  of  thirty-five  persons  per  square  mile 
in  the  United  States  as  a  whole,  in  New  York,  Chicago,  and 
Philadelphia  there  are  almost  1,700.  Ten  per  cent  of  the 
people  of  the  country  living  in  .0002  per  cent  of  the  area! 
These  figures  are  less  appalling  than  they  are  bewildering; 
only  an  inmate  of  one  of  these  three  great  cities  can  begin 
to  appreciate  just  how  much  personal  discomfort  they  indi- 
cate. And  yet  this  concentration  of  the  population  of  the 
United  States,  more  than  a  quarter  of  which  lives  in  cities 
of  over  100,000  inhabitants,  goes  on.  The  country  boy  still 
goes  to  the  city  to  make  his  fortune;  the  farmer  finds  it 
increasingly  harder  to  get  hands  to  harvest  his  crops.  Food 
is  plentiful  in  the  country;  but  the  consumers  of  it  are  in 
the  cities,  and  the  difficulties  in  bringing  one  to  the  other 
mount  apace. 


THAT  homespun  economist,  village  epigrammatist,  and 
true  folk-philosopher,  Calvin  Coolidge,  has  written  an 
introduction  to  a  new  edition  of  Carl  Schurz's  life  of  Lin- 
coln. Well,  what  next?  Senator  Warren  G.  Harding  would 
be  just  the  man  to  introduce  John  Marshall's  life  of  Wash- 
ington; Mr.  Charles  F.  Murphy  might  perform  a  similar 
service  for  Randall's  life  of  Jefferson;  the  embattled  war- 
rior Leonard  Wood,  for  Grant's  own  memoirs;  and  Henry 
Ford,  for  the  sage  recollections  of  Franklin.  Such  under- 
takings bind  the  past  and  present  together  in  the  affection- 
ate and  intimate  bonds  of  natural  piety.  We  must  not  let 
the  deeds  of  great  heroes  perish  from  the  earth,  but  must 
preserve  them  as  apples  of  gold  in  picture-frames  of  silver. 
Rue  and  fennel  and  rosemary  and  pansies  are  all  well 
enough  for  average  men.  But  the  great  living  recall  the 
great  dead  by  resembling  them  and  interpreting  them.  Cal- 
vin Coolidge  is  called — by  certain  loyal  Republicans — the 
Lincoln  of  the  Berkshires.  If  only  his  interpretation  turns 
out  to  be  as  good  as  his  resemblance ! 

SOME  eighty-odd  Hapsburgs  are  penniless  and  obliged  to 
go  to  work.  A  Geneva  dispatch  reports  that  they  are 
forced  to  accept  situations  in  order  to  live,  some  arch- 
duchesses becoming  governesses,  others  maids.  Here,  we 
submit,  is  a  ray  of  light  amid  the  darkness  of  our  so-called 
servant  problem.  The  eighty  Hapsburgs  and  the  various 
other  ex-royalties  and  ex-nobilities  of  middle  and  eastern 
Europe  may  perhaps  be  a  drop  in  the  bucket.  Yet  every 
little  helps.  Nor  can  any  experienced  householder  doubt  the 
probable  success  of  such  an  experiment  after  a  long  pro- 
cession of  empresses  and  absolute  autocrats  in  the  kitchen. 
Nothing  more  is  needed  but  a  warm  invitation  by  the 
housewives  of  America.  In  view  of  the  ancient  lineage  of 
the  prospective  immigrants,  the  Ellis  Island  formalities 
might  be  waived.  The  romantic  possibilities,  to  say  nothing 
of  the  motion  picture  and  serial  rights  of  the  ensuing  situa- 
tions, are  most  attractive.  And  who  would  not  have  a  little 
Hapsburg  in  his  home? 

SO  the  famous  old  New  York  Sun  becomes  an  evening 
newspaper  and  the  New  York  Herald  takes  its  place  in 
the  morning  by  fiat  of  their  owner,  Frank  A.  Munsey.  Well, 
it's  pleasant  to  welcome  back  an  old  friend  in  the  Herald  thus 
brought  back  to  separate  life  after  a  brief  but  most  uncom- 
fortable hyphenate  existence  with  the  Sun,  which  could  not 
but  end  in  divorce.  We  welcome  it  even  if  there  was  a  good 
deal  of  rouge  and  painted  lips  and  dyed  hair  about  it  in  the 
last  days  of  the  Bennett  regime  to  hide  a  premature  and 
needless  decay  compelled  by  the  fads  and  fancies  of  an  un- 
worthy owner.  Of  course,  jokes  are  now  in  order  about  the 
Sun  setting  in  the  evening  instead  of  rising  in  the  morning; 
but  from  the  practical  newspaper  point  of  view  Mr.  Munsey 
is  right  in  changing  the  name  of  the  Evening  Sun  and  di- 
vorcing the  Sun  and  the  Herald.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that 
wherever  a  newspaper  owner  has  had  a  morning  and  an 
evening  edition,  the  latter  has  grown  faster  and  flourished 
better  when  it  had  its  distinctive  title.  Of  course,  neither 
the  Sun  nor  the  Herald  will  be  else  than  a  conventional  paper 
and  the  opportunity  is  vast  in  New  York  for  a  broad,  liberal 
paper  more  painstaking  in  its  news  than  any  of  the  many 
now  in  existence.  A  most  interesting  development  is  that 
the  Times  continues  to  wane.  From  a  daily  sale  of  393,178 
on  April  1,  1919,  it  is  now  down  to  342,553,  which  is  proof 
once  more  that  you  cannot  fool  all  the  people  all  the  time. 


394 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


A  Progressive  Bloc 


THE  great  two-ring  political  circus  now  showing  has 
ceased  to  attract  even  the  mildest  interest.  Tight-rope 
walker  Harding's  performance  is  so  crude  as  to  excite  little 
save  derisive  laughter,  while  the  weapons  brandished  by 
sword-swallower  Cox  are  so  evidently  made  of  papier  mache 
that  the  crowd  turns  its  back  on  the  Democratic  ring  before 
the  real  act  begins.  The  sideshows  are  doing  no  business 
at  all.  The  Farmer-Labor  tent  is  utterly  empty;  a  govern- 
ment solicitous  for  the  morals  of  its  citizens  prevents  the 
star  performer  of  the  Socialist  show  from  exhibiting  under 
its  canvas;  and  the  Eighteenth  Amendment  makes  impossi- 
ble the  sale  even  of  red  lemonade  in  the  Prohibition  booth. 
A  bored  electorate,  having  passed  the  milestone  of  Babe's 
fiftieth  homer,  turns  its  attention  to  an  unexampled  baseball 
scandal  and  the  world  series.  The  second  four  years  of 
Wilsonism  were  too  much  for  the  ordinary  American. 
Judging  from  all  present  indications,  he  has  simply  made 
up  his  jaded  mind  to  jump  from  the  frying  pan  into  the 
fire  by  voting  for  Harding.  At  Marion  they  are  busy  build- 
ing a  super-cabinet  to  function  around  a  "normal"  President. 

The  real  battleground  has  accordingly  shifted  to  the 
back  porch,  where  two  groups  of  politicians  are  striving 
each  to  assert  a  proprietary  interest  in  the  amiable  stuffed 
figure  that  the  Republicans  have  set  up  as  a  candidate. 
Between  the  parties,  no  matter  how  loud  they  shout,  there 
is  no  issue,  national  or  international,  but  within  each  party 
there  is  an  issue.  The  Republicans  as  a  party,  of  course, 
are  against  the  Wilson  League  of  Nations,  just  as  the 
Democrats  are  for  it.  But  while  the  dominant  Republican 
group  must  for  partisan  reasons  fight  the  Wilson  League, 
they  are  in  reality  no  less  earnest  than  the  President  himself 
in  desiring  its  equivalent.  Mr.  Elihu  Root,  recently  sojourn- 
ing abroad  in  behalf  of  international  peace,  may  fairly  be 
presumed  to  have  been  not  inactive  during  recent  months  in 
the  difficult  task  of  devising  a  rubber-tired,  ball-bearing 
substitute  for  the  creaking  abomination  that  was  patched 
together  at  Versailles.  The  real  issue  in  this  League  of 
Nations  business  as  in  all  domestic  questions  is  not  be- 
tween the  parties,  but  between  the  everyday  people  and 
the  exploiting  interests  within  each  party. 

It  is  by  no  means  too  early,  then,  to  look  forward  to  the 
next  political  development  possible  from  the  progressive 
viewpoint.  All  indications  are  that  reaction  is  to  carry  the 
coming  elections  by  overwhelming  majorities.  There  is  no 
reason  to  hope  that  the  next  Congress  will  be  notably  more 
liberal  in  either  branch  than  the  present  whose  members 
are  so  busy  trying  to  get  reelected.  From  the  action  of  the 
majority,  then,  nothing  is  to  be  hoped.  But  at  each  end  of 
the  Capitol  there  exists  a  saving  remnant  of  individuals 
(they  can  scarcely  be  said  in  either  case  to  make  up  a 
group)  who  have  at  any  rate  some  realization  of  the  issues 
and  have  stood  in  some  measure  for  the  popular  interest. 
Why  should  not  these  individuals,  without  necessarily 
breaking  party  ties,  yet  recognizing  the  unreality  of  the 
issues  separating  the  parties,  unite  as  a  progressive  bloc 
for  common  action  on  the  grave  questions  that  must  be 
faced  in  1921  and  the  years  following?  The  League  ques- 
tion might  well  furnish  a  rallying  point  for  such  a  bloc. 
As  for  other  issues  there  are  a  plenty — labor,  transport,  the 
agricultural  problem,  civil  liberty,  our  fiscal  policy,  etc. 

Certain  names  at  once  come  to  mind:    La  Follette  and 


Norris  and  Walsh  and  Borah,  whose  political  independence 
has  just  been  demonstrated  anew;  Johnson,  Harris,  Capper, 
France,  McKellar,  and  Sheppard  in  the  Senate,  for  example; 
and  in  the  House  men  like  Huddleston,  Kelly,  Frear,  Baer, 
Carss,  Sinclair,  Browne,  James,  Fuller  of  Massachusetts, 
Keller,  Mason,  and  Randall  of  California.  There  is  reason- 
able hope  for  some  reinforcement  of  the  group  in  the  House, 
but  the  course  we  have  suggested  depends  for  its  effective- 
ness, not  upon  large  numbers,  but  upon  courage  and  clear- 
ness of  purpose.  We  recognize  full  well  the  difficulties  of 
that  course,  and  we  entertain  no  illusions  as  to  the  character 
of  some  of  these  political  leaders  of  ours.  But  such  as  they 
are,  they  represent  the  best  we  have  to  work  with  at  pres- 
ent; and  unless  progressives  are  to  despair  utterly  of 
political  action,  they  must  think  out  some  mode  of  getting 
forward  in  the  midst  of  the  prospective  wilderness  of  reac- 
tion. We  would  accordingly  urge  upon  these  and  other 
like-minded  political  leaders  the  desirability,  nay  the  neces- 
sity, of  some  such  action  if  the  progressive  thought  of  the 
country  is  not  to  be  voiceless  in  the  next  two  years.  The 
formation  of  such  a  bloc  might  have  immediate  practical 
consequences  of  importance.  Should  the  Senate  be  closely 
divided  again,  as  is  not  impossible,  even  a  small  group  of 
Senators,  acting  fearlessly  together  with  a  fairly  clear  con- 
ception of  the  issues  involved,  might,  by  utilizing  the 
partisan  division,  prevent  the  enactment  of  reactionary 
special-interest  legislation  that  will  otherwise  slip  through. 

More  important  by  far  is  the  education  which  a  battle 
waged  by  such  a  group  would  give  to  the  public.  Economic 
thought  in  the  United  States  is  shockingly  backward,  and 
political  opinion  sadly  demoralized.  The  press  is  mostly  in 
the  hands  of  reaction,  and  in  consequence  it  is  almost  im- 
possible to  get  before  the  people  the  facts  on  which  they 
might  form  intelligent  opinion  and  base  intelligent  action. 
An  informed  and  courageous  minority  group  could  make  of 
these  facts  news  that  the  dailies  could  not  afford  to 
ignore.  The  public,  it  is  true,  is  little  interested  in  Con- 
gressional debates.  During  recent  years  it  has  had  too 
little  reason  to  be.  Should  "a  little  group  of  wilful  men," 
however,  confident  in  the  Tightness  of  their  course,  from 
time  to  time  block  the  progress  of  the  powerful  financial 
and  political  machine  that  is  going  to  ride  over  us  during 
the  next  few  years,  their  action  and  the  reasons  for  it  would 
be  real  news.  A  few  months  of  such  action  would  have  far- 
reaching  educational  results. 

Thus,  an  independent  group  might  well  serve  as  the 
much-needed  point  of  crystallization  for  the  liberal  senti- 
ment of  the  country  now  held  in  solution.  Some  meaning 
might,  perhaps,  be  injected  into  the  campaign  of  1922  or 
1924,  as  opposed  to  the  mummery  of  1920.  For  the  events 
of  the  years  just  ahead  are  likely  to  prove  highly  educational, 
provided  only  there  be  at  hand  a  group  of  men  in  position 
to  point  out  their  meaning.  In  a  period  of  sharp  reaction 
the  progressive  bloc  would  in  this  task  none  the  less  be 
working  with  the  times ;  for  the  body  of  the  people,  after  all, 
are  eager  for  the  light.  And  only  the  truth  can  show  the 
way  out  of  the  darkness  that  envelops  them. 

The  frank  Republican  reaction  after  March  4  will  be 
preferable  to  the  present  reaction  with  its  hypocritical 
veneer.  The  issues  will  be  clearer  and  more  easily  dealt 
with  through  Congressional  elections. 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


395 


Truth  Rising  Again 

IS  Europe  dying  as  Anatole  France  declares?  Sir  Philip 
Gibbs  has  answered  the  question  in  the  New  York  Times 
by  an  article  so  compelling  and  so  full  of  emotion  as  to  have 
attracted  widespread  attention.  He  is  plainly  so  nearly  of 
Anatole  France's  opinion  that  the  difference  between  them 
is  of  the  slightest.  Yet  he  still  has  hope,  for  he  has  a  cure. 
Here  it  is,  idealistic  enough  to  please  any  pacifist  and  to 
arouse  the  scorn  of  every  practical  man : 

There  is  only  one  cure  for  the  woes  of  Europe  and  our  own — 
not  easy,  but  bound  to  come  unless  we  are  looking  for  downfall. 
It  is  the  reconciliation  of  peoples,  burying  of  old  hatchets,  wiping 
out  of  old  villainies  and  cooperating  in  a  much  closer  union  of 
mutual  help  under  the  direction  of  a  league  of  nations,  made 
democratic  and  powerful  by  the  free  consent  and  ardent  im- 
pulses of  the  common  folk.  Before  that  can  happen  there  must 
come  new  leaders,  new  enthusiasm  for  the  ideals  of  life,  a  new 
spirit  of  unselfishness  and  service  for  the  common  weal — and 
just  now  we  do  not  see  them  coming. 

Beyond  all  question  this  is  the  truth  and  Sir  Philip  has 
again  rendered  great  service  in  saying  it.  From  him  it 
comes  with  particular  effectiveness,  for  he  was  one  of  the 
correspondents  who  "kept  up  the  morale  of  the  people  at 
home";  who  lent  himself — as  he  had  to  in  order  to  stay  at 
the  front — to  all  the  lies  and  falsifications  of  governments 
and  military.  It  is  as  if  his  conscience  now  troubled  him 
and  so  he  aids  to  rise  the  very  truth  he  helped  to  crush  to 
earth,  at  the  risk,  we  fear,  of  soon  being  called  as  many 
names  as  those  persons  who  shared  Mr.  Wilson's  belief  that 
there  should  be  peace  without  victory  and  who  demanded  it 
in  1917  lest  Europe  perish  before  the  bitter-enders  had 
their  way.  Today  Sir  Philip  justifies  them — unconsciously 
probably;  shall  Europe,  in  chaos  and  utter  disaster,  prove 
the  point  beyond  all  cavil? 

The  old  watchword,  "the  war  to  end  war!"  Sir  Philip 
says  "now  mocks  at  us  with  jeering  laughter."  The  English 
— his  English — are  experimenting  with  new  poison  gases 
and  bombing  Arab  villages,  just  as  Americans  are  bombard- 
ing those  of  the  Haitians,  while  the  French  are  placing  their 
hopes  in  military  science  as  the  only  safeguard  of  the 
future.  The  effort  to  cure  war  by  more  war,  to  reform 
erring  peoples  by  "force  without  stint,"  has  brought  its  own 
penalty  with  it.  The  poison  engendered  has  entered  into  the 
veins  of  all  the  peoples.  Every  Frenchman,  says  Sir  Philip, 
admits  that  France,  victorious,  is  dying  and  England  is  only 
a  little  less  sick  of  the  same  disease.  All  the  high  moralities 
with  which  the  world  was  regaled  he  now  sees  have  proved 
only  so  many  death's  heads.  The  comradeships  of  the  war 
are  at  an  end;  the  Allies  regard  each  other  with  suspicion, 
the  French  believing  that  England  has  grown  enormously 
rich  at  everybody  else's  expense.  There  is  no  leadership; 
"nationalism  more  narrow,  more  bitter,  more  selfish  than  in 
the  world  of  1914  has  replaced  the  fleeting  hope  of  many 
peoples  that  there  might  be  a  real  league  of  nations  based 
upon  the  common  sense  of  common  folk";  "we  have  fallen 
back  on  cynicism  as  nations,  as  classes,  as  individuals." 
Labor  is  Sir  Philip's  greatest  disappointment  of  all — it  has 
scored  the  "greatest  failure  of  all"  in  his  judgment.  But 
how  could  he  have  expected  anything  else  as  the  outcome? 
When  was  there  a  war  which  ennobled  peoples  or  classes? 
When  was  there  a  war  which  did  not  have  its  crassly 
materialistic  reaction?     When  was  there  a  war  that  did 


not  set  back  the  hands  of  progress,  stay  all  true  reforms? 
Our  state's  witness  is  sure  that  Europe  will  not  return  to 
health  until  it  has  been  through  "great  agonies."  Alas,  in 
no  other  way  can  the  sins  of  this  guilty  world  be  purged; 
only  by  suffering  can  it  be  cured  of  the  disease  of  war  which 
menaces  its  very  existence.  It  is  indubitably  because 
America  has  suffered  so  little  that  it  is  politically  so  back- 
ward. A  great  period  of  travail  lies  before  us  all.  That  it 
has  begun  to  make  men  like  Sir  Philip  Gibbs  see  where  the 
truth  lies,  and  tell  it,  is  one  of  the  most  hopeful  auguries 
that  the  cure  of  truth,  and  honesty,  and  a  return  to  human- 
ity has  begun  to  work. 

The  Baseball  Scandal 

THE  study  of  international  affairs  proves  now  to  have 
been  not  absolutely  useless  to  those  who  follow  the 
news  of  the  scandal  in  baseball.  Whoever  it  may  have  been 
that  "fixed"  the  series,  it  was  some  one  who  ran  a  modest 
risk  and  carried  off  an  enormous  swag,  like  the  little  gangs 
of  armament  makers  and  investment  bankers  and  natural 
imperialists  who  hatch  up  rows  between  the  nations  of  the 
earth.  Whoever  it  was  that  took  the  bribe,  it  was  men  who 
got  pitifully  little  for  it  in  the  way  of  actual  money  but 
who  jeopardized  their  reputations  and  careers,  tricked  their 
fellows  on  the  team,  deceived  the  public  at  large,  and 
smirched  the  credit  of  the  game  for  a  dozen  years.  The 
population,  as  under  the  workings  of  Realpolitik,  suffers :  it 
pays  out  its  money  honestly  and  in  return  gets  a  simula- 
crum; it  makes  such  heroes  of  successful  players  as  a  na- 
tional population  makes  only  of  its  successful  generals,  in 
the  end  to  find  out  that  something  unseen  was  behind  the 
heroes ;  it  looks  on  with  rapture  at  the  glitter  and  thrill  and 
magnificent  competence  of  the  sport,  and  all  the  time  is  at 
the  mercy  of  any  crook  who  may  buy  or  throw  a  match. 

The  grieved  newsboys  of  Boston  typify  millions  when 
they  pass  resolutions  condemning  the  "murderous  blow  at 
the  kids'  game"  struck  by  the  "Benedict  Arnolds  of  base- 
ball." Perhaps  we  had  not  realized  how  much  the  fortunes 
of  baseball  hang  upon  a  moral  issue.  The  sport  has  grown 
to  vast  dimensions,  involving  an  amount  of  money  and  time 
and  emotion  that  hardly  any  other  institution  in  the  United 
States  can  equal.  From  the  outside  it  looks  like  a  material 
enterprise  if  any  thing  does.  And  yet  all  this  investment, 
all  these  hours,  all  this  excitement,  would  fade  away  if  the 
public  could  not  feel  confidence  in  the  integrity  of  the  play- 
ers. The  weather  may  be  tricky  or  a  bat  may  slip  or  a 
ball  may  bounce  in  some  unexpected  way ;  now  and  then  the 
best  man  may  go  stale  or  lose  his  nerve;  the  professional 
honor  of  the  player,  however,  has  been  taken  for  granted. 
Actually  we  do  not  trust  cashiers  half  so  much,  or  diplo- 
mats, or  policemen,  or  physicians,  as  we  trust  an  outfielder 
or  a  shortstop.  The  light  which  beats  upon  him  would  do 
very  well  for  a  throne.  The  one  thing  which  he  is  not  called 
— many  things  as  he  may  be  called  for  his  blunders — is  sneak 
or  traitor.  The  man  at  the  bat,  cheer  him  or  hoot  at  him 
as  we  may,  is  supposed  to  be  doing  his  best.  There  is  some- 
thing about  the  very  nature  of  the  game,  played  in  the 
bright  sunlight  with  nerves  at  the  very  edge  of  tension, 
that  produces  the  illusion  of  a  cleanness  in  the  characters 
of  the  performers  more  or  less  comparable  to  the  sharp, 
clean  movements  and  instinctive  responses  of  their  bodies. 
Bribery  is  something  to  be  hatched  in  furtive  rooms,  by 


396 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


lamplight,  and  carried  out  furtively.  To  find  out  that  fa- 
mous players  have  been  corrupted  is  more  than  to  lose  faith 
in  them  personally ;  it  is  to  begin  to  doubt  the  whole  system 
on  perceiving  what  incongruities  may  enter  in.  All  may 
be  fair  in  love  and  war,  but  in  sport  nothing  is  fair  but 
the  rules. 

Sordid  as  the  details  of  this  particular  scandal  have  been, 
there  is  something  handsome  in  the  spirit  which  they  have 
aroused.  The  losers  of  money  have  had  a  good  deal  to  do 
with  the  hunt  for  the  offenders,  of  course ;  and  yet  the  great 
public  has  lost  no  money  and  is  touched  only  in  its  sense  of 
fair  play.  If  anything  like  this  degree  of  decency  had  been 
applied  to  public  affairs  Mitchell  Palmer  and  Archibald 
Stevenson  and  Lusk  and  Burleson  would  now  occupy  a  very 
different  status  in  public  opinion.  At  least  it  is  not  without 
some  lesson  from  public  matters  that  a  scheme  has  been  pro- 
posed to  take  the  conduct  of  the  sport  out  of  the  hands  of 
owners,  players,  and  officials  and  put  it  at  the  service  of  the 
people  as  a  whole,  by  placing  the  supreme  jurisdiction  in  a 
group  of  men  not  financially  interested  in  the  game  and  so 
presumably  better  able  to  pass  impartially  upon  the  ways  of 
the  institution.  This  promises  well.  How  long  must  we  take 
to  find  out  that  it  never  does  to  trust  the  concerns  of  the 
public  too  long  or  too  completely  to  professionals?  Leave 
the  army  entirely  to  the  military  and  you  have  war.  Leave 
business  entirely  to  business  men  and  you  have  the  maddest 
exploitation.  It  is  the  same  with  churches  or  universities 
or  newspapers:  there  must  be  an  occasional  admixture  of 
lay  authority  or  the  specialists  will  move  in  the  direction 
either  of  dry  rot  or  of  corruption.  So,  of  course,  with  base- 
ball. The  suffrage  of  the  American  public  has  allowed  it  to 
grow  into  towering  dimensions.  The  creature  has  grown  too 
big  to  be  trusted  without  some  supervision.  There  is  now 
nothing  to  do  but  to  take  charge  of  it  and  keep  it  within 
bounds  useful  to  the  community  which  has  made  baseball 
what  it  is. 


Fiction  and  Its  Producers 

HPHE  profession  of  letters  today  means  the  writing  of 
1  prose  fiction,  ^he  poets  live  on  inherited  fortunes,  or 
are  connected  with  trade,  or  occupy  editorial  positions,  or 
lecture  on  subjects  ranging  from  polyphonic  technique  to' the 
practice  of  psycho-analysis.  Only  the  novelist  is  a  serious 
breadwinner,  and  hence  it  is  he  who,  like  the  pianist  or  the 
architect,  must  be  aware  of  the  problems  of  rivalry  and 
competition.  So  in  America,  casting  his  eye  over  the  pub- 
lishers' announcements  in  any  given  season,  he  must  be  dis- 
heartened by  the  roaring  trade  driven  in  imported  goods. 
He  knows,  too,  that  these  announcements  have  a  solid  basis. 
The  average  British  novel  is  not  imported  in  sheets— that 
dubious  and  tepid  honor  sometimes  bestowed  by  London  on 
books  from  overseas.  It  is  set  up  and  manufactured  in  the 
United  States.  It  represents  a  real  investment.  It  com- 
petes.   It  means  business. 

Our  American  novelist  need  be  no  silly  jingo  to  resent 
these  large  inroads  upon  his  natural  market.  He  knows  that 
the  world  of  art  is  eternal  and  universal.  He  quarrels  with 
the  sale  and  influence  of  masterpieces  no  more  than  he  does 
with  the  shining  of  the  stars.  If  his  own  works  are  master- 
pieces, he  need  not  fear  for  them;  if  they  are  not,  he  will 
yet  rejoice  in  a  splendor  beyond  his  reach.  What  does  trou- 
ble him  is  the  importation  and  competition  of  great  masses 


of  perfectly  competent,  perfectly  honest,  but,  in  a  high  and 
final  sense,  perfectly  mediocre  British  novels.  We  cannot  all 
be  Fieldings  and  Flauberts ;  we  cannot  even  be  Galsworthys 
or  Bennetts.  But  our  American  novelist  wonders  wistfully 
why  we  cannot,  at  least,  be  our  own — well,  Sheila  Kaye- 
Smiths.  He  reads  her  sturdy  tales  of  Sussex  peasants  with 
pleasure  as  a  man  and  approval  as  a  craftsman.  He  is  thor- 
oughly competent  to  esteem  their  definite  but  quite  limited 
merits.  Only,  we  have  our  own  country  folk,  he  cannot  help 
reflecting,  and  our  own  novelists  and  a  larger  chance  for 
native  products  would  do  so  much  to  sustain  the  present  and 
fructify  the  future  of  our  literature. 

If  he  would  remedy  this  state  of  affairs,  our  American 
novelist  must  consent  to  subject  both  his  world  and  himself 
to  a  really  severe  examination.  He  must  begin  with  the  fun- 
damental fact  that  these  British  novels  of  the  second  rank 
average  a  sale  which  justifies  their  importation.  There  is 
an  audience  for  them.  This  audience,  consciously  or  not, 
must  find  something  in  these  books  in  which  the  average 
American  novel  is  deficient.  And,  if  our  American  novelist 
will  keep  his  eye  quite  steadily  on  the  object,  he  will  find  that 
quality  to  be  intellectual  honesty.  Let  him  but  examine  a 
few  typical  American  novels  of  the  better  sort  and  make 
sure.  Miss  Elsie  Singmaster's  "Basil  Everman"  starts  out 
like  a  book  by  Sheila  Kaye-Smith  and  ends  like  one  by  Archi- 
bald Marshall ;  Mr.  Lee  Wilson  Dodd's  "The  Book  of  Susan" 
begins  like  a  work  of  Somerset  Maugham  and  continues  like 
one  by  W.  J.  Locke.  Hence  these  books  are  ultimately  read 
in  America  not  by  the  audience  that  supports  the  serious 
British  novel,  the  audience  which,  by  our  premise,  the  self- 
respecting  American  novelist  desires  to  capture,  but  by  the 
devotees  of  the  meretricious  and  the  mellifluous.  Our  nov-. 
elist  of  the  second  rank,  in  other  words,  lags  intellectually 
behind  the  very  people  to  whom  he  should  make  his  appeal 
and  has  no  one  but  himself  to  blame  for  their  preference  of 
his  British  colleagues. 

Why  should  it  be  so?  Why  do  nine  out  of  every  ten 
American  novels  that  begin  competently  wilt  into  sodden 
romance  or  explode  into  tribal  fireworks  ?  Why  are  they  not 
thought  through  honestly  to  the  end?  There  are  two  chief 
reasons.  The  first  reason  springs  from  a  widespread  belief 
among  us — a  strange  belief  for  a  nation  nurtured  in  democ- 
racy— that  only  the  cheap  and  the  false  can  sell  well  enough 
to  put  bread  into  a  man's  mouth  and  that  all  the  people  do, 
indeed,  want  to  be  fooled.  The  second  reason  is  deeper  and 
more  ominous.  All  honest  books,  all  profoundly  true  books, 
are  revolutionary  because  they  are  revealing,  and  dangerous 
to  the  inner  comfort  of  the  unthinking  because  they  are  dis- 
illusioning. They  are  written  from  beyond  the  psychology 
of  the  social  group,  not  from  within  it;  beyond  and  not 
within  the  circle  of  mass  thinking  and  mass  delusion.  You 
cannot  be  both  a  scrupulous  artist  and  a  safe  and  sane  citi- 
zen of  Indianapolis  or  Gettysburg  or  New  Haven.  You  may 
be  tolerated  there;  you  cannot,  if  you  have  kept  your  artistic 
mind  and  vision  quite  pure,  be  applauded  until  you  are  very 
famous  or  safely  dead.  That  is  the  experience  of  the  ages; 
it  will  not  alter  in  America  today.  Truth  and  beauty  are 
outcasts.  If  you  want  to  sit  on  your  front  porch  in  summer, 
approved  by  the  hardware  merchant  on  your  right  and  the 
city  treasurer  on  your  left  for  your  "wholesome  influence" 
on  the  young,  your  income,  and  your  new  motor  car,  you 
must  be  content  to  write  "red-blooded  novels"  and  "happi- 
ness books"  and  leave  the  practice  and  the  true  rewards  of 
your  art  to  the  less  domesticated  spirits  of  an  older,  wiser, 
wilder  land. 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


397 


The  Committee  of  One  Hundred  on  Ireland 


THE  membership  of  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred  on 
Ireland  already  exceeds  one  hundred,  and  is  still  grow- 
ing. More  than  half  of  the  States  of  the  Union  and  the 
District  of  Columbia  are  represented.  .  Since  the  previous 
issue  of  The  Nation  went  to  press  the  following  members 
have  been  added: 

Bishop  Hugh  L.  Burleson,  South  Dakota;  United  States 
S  nator  Arthur  Capper,  Kansas;  Dr.  W.  E.  B.  Du  Bois,  editor 
of  the  Crisis,  New  York  City;  John  F.  Galvin,  New  York  City; 
United  States  Senator  Charles  B.  Henderson,  Nevada;  Rabbi 
E.  E.  Hirsch,  Chicago,  111.;  Bishop  J.  M.  Horner,  Ashe- 
ville,  N.  C;  Dr.  Edmund  J.  James,  lately  President  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois;  James  Weldon  Johnson,  New  York  City; 
Miss  Anne  Martin,  Reno,  Nevada;  Dr.  John  S.  Simon,  St.  Louis, 
Mo.;  Mrs.  Anna  Garlin  Spencer,  White  Plains,  N.  Y.;  Albert 
B.  Unger,  New  York  City;  Bishop  Cortlandt  Whitehead,  Pitts- 
burgh, Pa.;  United  States  Senator  Robert  M.  La  Follette; 
Bishop  Troy  Beatty,  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

Following  the  generous  suggestion  made  by  Mr.  John  E. 
Milholland  in  a  letter  printed  elsewhere  in  this  issue,  The 
Nation  has  decided  to  call  for  general  public  subscriptions 
to  meet  the  further  expenses  of  the  investigation.  It  is 
hoped  that  the  response  may  be  prompt,  because  the  pre- 
liminary work  of  organization  is  already  going  on  rapidly 
and  the  Commission  will  soon  be  announced;  generous, 
because  the  necessary  expenses  of  such  an  investigation 
are  inevitably  very  considerable  and  cannot  be  completely 
determined  in  advance;  nation-wide,  so  that  everyone  who 
believes  that  the  truth  about  the  things  that  are  happening 
in  Ireland  should  be  made  public  may  have  a  share  in  help- 
ing the  undertaking.  Small  as  well  as  large  subscriptions 
will  be  gratefully  received.  Mr.  Royal  W.  France  has 
agreed  to  act  as  treasurer  of  the  fund,  and  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  receipts  and  expenditures  will  be  made  public  in 
due  time. 

Mr.  John  Derham,  Town  Commissioner  of  Balbriggan, 
the  Mayor  of  Thurles,  and  Mrs.  Swanzy,  sister  of  Police 
Inspector  Swanzy  who  was  recently  murdered  at  Lisburn, 
have  already  accepted  invitations  to  come  to  this  country 
and  testify  before  the  Commission.  Similar  invitations 
have  been  cabled  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Town  Commis- 
sioners of  Lisburn,  and  to  the  same  official  of  the  town  of 
Mallow,  which  was  burned  and  plundered  by  British  regular 
troops  on  September  28,  in  addition  to  the  invitations  an- 
nounced in  The  Nation  last  week. 

On  September  21  an  invitation  to  come  to  the  United 
States  as  a  witness  was  cabled  to  Mrs.  Thomas  MacCurtain, 
widow  of  the  late  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  who  was  murdered 
last  March.  Four  days  later  Mrs.  MacCurtain  reported 
that  she  had  been  shot  at  while  in  her  garden  and  that  her 
house  had  been  raided.  On  September  28  the  Archbishop 
of  Canterbury,  head  of  the  Protestant  Church  of  England, 
issued  a  call  to  Christians  for  a  week  of  prayer.  The 
Nation  immediately  sent  to  the  Archbishop  the  following 
cablegram : 

The  Editors  of  the  New  York  Nation,  at  whose  suggestion  a 
committee  of  over  one  hundred  representative  citizens  has  been 
formed  for  the  investigation  of  atrocities  in  Ireland,  express 
their  grateful  appreciation  of  your  appeal  to  Christians  for 
prayer  on  behalf  of  Ireland  and  its  people.  Our  proposed  in- 
vestigation contemplates  no  political  interference  or  sugges- 
tion, but  aims  only  to  ascertain  facts  and  to  fix  responsibility. 


We  are  concerned  for  the  plain  people  of  Ireland  who  suffer  and 
die.  Unless  moral  force  can  prevail  to  end  disorders,  physical 
force,  whose  inevitable  end  is  war,  must  continue  to  make  a 
peaceable  solution  impossible.  American  opinion  is  deeply  im- 
pressed by  the  continued  employment  in  Ireland  of  British  sol- 
diers and  police  apparently  too  brutal  and  lawless  to  be  con- 
trolled. While  noting  with  satisfaction  recent  expressions  of 
concern  by  the  Prime  Minister  and  the  announcement  of  an 
inquiry  planned  by  the  military  authorities,  such  promises  of 
settlement  are  vain  in  view  of  the  recent  attack  upon  the  person 
and  house  of  Mrs.  MacCurtain,  subsequent  to  the  dispatch  by  us 
of  an  invitation  to  her  to  come  to  America  in  October  and 
testify,  and  of  continued  outrages  at  Belfast,  Balbriggan,  and 
elsewhere.  The  Nation  bespeaks  your  Lordship's  indorsement  of 
the  proposed  American  investigation,  and  your  help  in  ending 
the  unspeakable  conditions  in  Ireland  which,  if  continued,  may 
finally  wreck  all  hope  of  continued  friendly  relations  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain. 

In  response  to  an  inquiry  addressed  to  Mr.  E.  De  Valera, 
President  of  the  Irish  Republic,  by  the  Chicago  Tribune 
regarding  his  attitude  toward  the  proposed  Commission, 
the  following  statement  was  made  public  by  Mr.  De  Valera's 
secretary  on  October  4 : 

In  response  to  your  inquiry,  I  am  instructed  by  the  President 
to  inform  you  that  he  welcomes  any  investigation  which  will 
reveal  to  the  carefully  misinformed  world  the  truth  about  the 
atrocities  in  Ireland.  The  Irish  have  nothing  to  hide,  but  the 
English  everything. 

The  President  fears  that  it  will  be  difficult  for  The  Nation 
to  institute  an  effective  inquiry.  When  Mrs.  MacCurtain  re- 
ceived a  cabled  invitation  to  testify  regarding  the  murder  of 
her  husband,  her  house  was  immediately  raided  by  British 
forces  to  destroy  the  evidence  in  her  possession,  and  she  was 
also  shot  at. 

The  President  does  not  for  a  moment  doubt  the  good  faith 
of  The  Nation  or  the  humanitarian  motives  and  desire  for 
peace  which  inspire  their  enterprise;  but  he  doubts  the  ability 
of  The  Nation  to  secure  from  the  British,  whose  navy  controls 
the  seas,  either  safe  conducts  for  Irish  witnesses  or  safeguards 
against  reprisals  for  their  families.  The  cordon  of  secrecy 
which  the  British  have  drawn  round  their  barbarities  in  Ireland 
the  British  dare  not  relax,  lest  the  world  realize  with  what 
callous  brutality  these  zealous  champions  of  liberty  in  Belgium 
can  improve  on  the  methods  employed  against  that  country, 
giving  us  not  one  but  many  Louvains  in  Balbriggan,  Thurles, 
and  other  ruined  Irish  towns. 

President  De  Valera's  statement  is  of  peculiar  importance 
for  two  things.  It  assures  The  Nation  of  his  approval  of  the 
proposed  inquiry,  and  it  places  upon  the  British  Govern- 
ment the  responsibility  for  any  interference  or  reprisals  to 
which  witnesses  who  have  been  invited  to  appear  before  the 
Commission  may  be  subjected.  So  far  as  the  British  Gov- 
ernment is  concerned,  the  names  of  those  whom  the  Editors 
of  The  Nation  have  invited  to  come  from  Ireland  have  been 
given  to  Sir  Auckland  Geddes,  with  the  request  that  they 
may  be  communicated  to  the  Government  which  he  repre- 
sents. Until  evidence  to  the  contrary  is  forthcoming,  we 
shall  be  loath  to  believe,  notwithstanding  President  De 
Valera's  apprehension  and  the  lawless  proceedings  which 
give  it  strength,  that  the  British  Government  will  go  to 
the  extreme  length  of  preventing  any  of  the  persons  who 
have  been  invited  from  coming  to  the  United  States.  We 
shall  hope  that  the  Commission  will  meet  with  no  obstacles 
in  the  performance  of  the  work  assigned  to  it. 


398 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


The  State  Department  and  the  News 


By  PAUL  HANNA 


ACCEPTING  The  Nation's  invitation  "to  write  us  a  fact 
article  on  the  methods  of  the  State  Department  in  the 
matter  of  news,"  I  advised  Secretary  Colby,  through  his 
aide,  Frederick  A.  Emery,  of  the  plan  to  write  such  an 
article  telling  the  truth  as  I  saw  it  about  the  rules  which 
govern  his  twice-daily  interviews  with  the  newspaper  corre- 
spondents. The  "incident"  which  Secretary  Colby  created  is 
the  result  of  that  journalistic  effort. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  we  cannot  reproduce  here  the  de- 
fense of  these  rules,  which  Mr.  Emery  immediately  volun- 
teered. It  would  illuminate  this  whole  controversy  as  noth- 
ing else  can.  It  was  such  a  defense  that  when  I  said  it 
would  look  worse  in  print  than  any  of  my  charges  against 
the  system,  Mr.  Emery  became  greatly  agitated  and  declared 
I  must  not  print  a  word  of  what  he  had  said.  "I  spoke  only 
in  an  off-hand  fashion,"  he  insisted.  Ten  minutes  later  we 
had  agreed  on  a  possible  way  to  satisfy  my  wish  to  print 
the  State  Department's  own  justification  of  its  press  rules, 
together  with  my  description  and  criticism  of  them.  I 
would  put  my  grievance  in  writing.  Mr.  Emery  would  con- 
sult with  his  chief.  Secretary  Colby  would  reply  or  not 
reply,  as  he  should  see  fit.  Therefore,  I  addressed  Mr.  Fred- 
erick A.  Emery  by  letter,  on  September  27,  saying: 
Dear  Mr.  Emery: 

My  criticism  of  rules  governing  press  interviews  at  the  State 
Department,  which  is  supported  by  many  journalists  and  a 
growing  body  of  citizens,  may  be  expressed  as  follows: 

These  rules  permit  the  Secretary  of  State  to  "inspire"  any 
kind  of  story  he  may  desire,  while  at  the  same  time  forbidding 
reporters  to  tell  what  the  Secretary  of  State  has  said  to  twist 
or  taint  the  news. 

These  rules  forbid  reporters  to  attribute,  directly  or  indi- 
rectly, to  the  Secretary  of  State  statements  for  which  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  is  wholly  and  exclusively  responsible,  and  which 
he  has  directed  the  reporters  to  publish. 

These  rules  permit  the  Secretary  of  State  to  repudiate  his  first 
inspired  story  and  to  inspire  a  totally  different  one  next  day — 
concealing  his  own  part  in  the  enterprise  and  making  reporters 
take  the  blame  for  bad  judgment,  misinformation  or  plain 
ignorance. 

These  rules  permit  (even  encourage)  the  Secretary  of  State 
to  contradict  himself  or  reverse  his  reasoning  one  or  a  dozen 
times  in  the  course  of  a  single  interview,  with  perfect  assur- 
ance that  not  a  word  of  the  revelation  will  be  printed. 

Consequently,  these  rules  make  the  Secretary  of  State  the 
most  irresponsible  diplomatic  officer  in  any  considerable  nation 
of  the  world,  excepting  Japan. 

In  other  countries  a  Cabinet  Minister  must  answer  or  refuse 
to  answer  questions  directed  to  him  in  open  sessions  of  Parlia- 
ment, and  then  stand  or  fall  by  the  decision  of  the  people's 
representatives. 

As  a  substitute  for  that  democratic  procedure,  we  have  in 
America  the  press  interview,  but  under  the  State  Department 
rules  the  press  interview  is  deftly  twisted  inside  out,  so  that 
the  Cabinet  officer  can  fill  the  press  with  his  own  propaganda 
without  being  responsible  for  a  line  that  is  printed,  and  never 
has  to  deny  or  acknowledge  anything  so  far  as  the  public  is 
concerned. 

We  concede  that  the  Secretary  of  State  may  properly  refuse 
to  answer  any  question,  if  he  acknowledge  responsibility  for 
such  refusal.  We  concede  he  may  properly  inspire  any  news- 
paper story  he  may  desire,  if  he  accept  responsibility  for  in- 
spiring it. 


Under  the  present  rules  governing  interviews  the  Secretary 
of  State  evades  both  these  responsibilities. 

If  you  will  be  kind  enough  to  call  this  list  of  complaints  to 
the  attention  of  Secretary  Colby  and  procure  from  him,  or  with 
his  indorsement  prepare,  a  statement  in  defense  of  the  press 
interview  rules,  I  shall  be  very  happy  to  embody  the  statement 
in  the  magazine  article  that  I  discussed  with  you  a  few  days 
ago. 

Permit  me  to  thank  you  now  for  the  favor  asked,  and  to 
remain, 

Sincerely, 
[Signed]     Paul  Hanna 

It  is  important  to  establish  the  truth  or  falsity  of  those 
charges  against  the  press  interview  rules,  charges  based  on 
a  reporter's  contact  with  them  for  three  years.  Any  answer 
to  the  letter,  if  only  a  line  saying  the  criticism  was  beneath 
serious  notice,  would  have  given  something  in  rebuttal.  No 
answer  has  been  received. 

Serious  attention  must  now  be  called  to  this  fact.  All 
the  above  charges  are  directed  against  the  rules.  It  is  set 
forth  that  those  rules  permit  the  Secretary  of  State  to  do 
certain  things  inimical  to  the  public  welfare  and  hostile  to 
democracy.  What  Mr.  Colby  does  or  says  in  defense  of  the 
rules — the  vigor  with  which  he  clings  to  them — must  indi- 
cate what  use  he  makes  of  them.  But  there  are  other  indi- 
cations also.  Indeed,  there  is  abundant  proof  of  the  most 
direct  and  absolute  character,  provided  Mr.  Colby  will  re- 
move the  press  muzzle  for  just  one  day  and  let  the  reporters 
write  from  their  notes  the  things  he  has  said  to  them  in 
secret  during  his  brief  term  as  Mr.  Lansing's  successor. 

It  is  for  the  protection  of  America's  delicate  relations 
with  foreign  countries,  we  are  told,  that  silence  must  be 
preserved.  Have  we,  then,  such  delicate  relations  with  the 
Vatican  that  Mr.  Colby  dare  not  say  in  public  what  he  has 
said  freely  enough  behind  the  press  muzzle  to  discredit  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church?  When  Mr.  Colby  enters  upon  a 
bland  dissertation  of  "bigotry,"  filled  with  classical  allusions 
to  books  that  the  assembled  reporters  might  profitably  read 
to  improve  their  grasp  of  the  spiritual  kinship  between 
Romanism,  Bolshevism,  and  Sinn  Feinism,  does  the  welfare 
of  the  United  States  require  that  his  remarks  be  suppressed 
by  journalists  who  disagree?  Or,  would  a  revelation  of  his 
remarks  prove  embarrassing  only  to  the  Department,  Mr. 
Colby's  personal  ambitions,  and  the  prestige  of  his  political 
associates?  Is  it  to  preserve  amicable  relations  with  the 
foreign  world  that  Mr.  Colby  recites  behind  closed  doors 
the  alleged  sinister  hoggishness  of  American  labor,  as 
brought  to  his  alarmed  attention  when  he  served  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Shipping  Board?  Are  such  reminiscences  re- 
quired to  enlighten  reporters  who  have  assembled  to  ask 
questions  about  our  military  occupation  of  Haiti  or  the 
progress  of  negotiations  with  Japan?  And  if  these  suave 
insinuations  to  impressionable  reporters  are  out  of  place, 
yet  entertaining  withal,  and  of  no  sinister  moment,  then 
why  are  the  reporters  bound  only  to  ponder  their  implication 
without  revealing  their  source?  We  grant  it  is  desirable  in 
this  year  of  grace  that  those  members  of  the  American  Fed- 
eration of  Labor  who  toiled  to  build  ships  during  the  great 
war  should  not  be  offended  by  knowing  what  Mr.  Colby 
thinks  of  them.     It  is  consequently  proper  that  Mr.  Colby 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


399 


should  not  express  his  opinion  of  them,  even  in  the  corrupt- 
ing secrecy  of  intercourse  with  the  reporters. 

"The  hand  that  rocks  the  cradle  rules  the  world,"  is  a 
proverb  full  both  of  sentiment  and  prescience.  Mr.  Colby's 
secret  conference  is  the  cradle  of  most  of  the  diplomatic 
news  coming  out  of  Washington.  And,  as  the  cuckoo  lays 
her  egg  where  she  has  no  right,  leaving  it  for  other  birds 
to  hatch,  so  does  Mr.  Colby  line  the  daily  interviews  with  his 
infant  ideas,  for  the  correspondents  to  father  and  feed.  It 
does  not  relieve  the  evil  of  this  practice  to  say  that  only  a 
few  reporters  in  the  class  are  deceived  or  misled  by  their 
instructor.  Our  theme  is  the  rules  and  Mr.  Colby — not  the 
reporters — whose  remarks  as  they  leave  the  interview  ex- 
hibit a  protective  callous  of  cynicism  for  which  the  public 
should  give  thanks.  But  the  constant  dropping  of  propa- 
ganda wears  a  hole  through  indifference,  and  State  De- 
partment reporters  must  produce  copy.  What  the  Secretary 
of  State  knows  has  not  been  revealed.  What  he  has  said 
may  not  be  repeated,  paraphrased,  or  in  any  manner  indi- 
cated as  coming  from  him.  The  inevitable  alternative  is 
the  "dope"  story,  and  the  safest  of  all  "dope"  is  an  echo 
of  the  Cabinet  member's  generalizations,  for  which  the  re- 
porter and  his  paper  become  exclusively  responsible. 

During  my  innocent  first  month  at  Washington  I  quoted 
directly  in  the  Philadelphia  Evening  Telegraph  something 
that  former  Under  Secretary  Polk  said  at  the  press  inter- 
view. My  attention  was  called  to  the  unintended  slip,  and 
the  error  (which  others  had  made)  I  never  repeated.  Many 
months  later  I  attributed,  without  quotation  marks,  some 
important  statements  of  fact  to  Secretary  Lansing.  I  was 
officially  informed  that  this,  too,  was  a  violation  of  the  rules 
against  repeating  what  was  said  at  press  interviews. 

In  behalf  of  the  Federated  Press  I  wrote  a  few  weeks  ago 
a  news  story  which  more  or  less  adequately  described  the 
spirit  of  the  press  interview,  but  did  not  violate  the  law 
governing  that  institution.  The  questions  asked  by  reporters 
were  set  down  and  in  each  instance  followed  by:  "Answer 
given,  but  suppressed  by  rules  governing  interviews,"  or 
some  similar  truthful  phrase.  So  Mr.  Colby  knew  that  the 
Federated  Press  was  in  rebellion  against  rules,  which,  what- 
ever their  justification  amid  the  perils  of  a  great  war, 
seemed  now  to  function  only  in  behalf  of  wars  which  Con- 
gress and  the  people  have  not  authorized.  And  he  would  not 
have  been  surprised  to  read  the  letter  of  criticism  printed 
above,  even  if  its  preparation  had  not  been  arranged  in 
advance  with  his  publicity  agent.  I  repeat,  no  answer  to 
that  letter  has  been  received.  And  of  the  criticism  it  makes, 
no  refutation  has  been  attempted  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 
Yet,  if  it  did  not  deserve  an  answer,  this  communication 
written  on  plain  stationery  and  having  no  connection  with 
anything  except  the  proposed  articles  for  The  Nation,  gave 
Mr.  Colby  his  chance  to  practice  the  arts  of  a  secret  di- 
plomacy upon  the  Federated  Press. 

Twenty-four  hours  after  Mr.  Emery  received  it,  Mr.  Colby 
read  aloud  from  the  letter  to  the  assembled  reporters  and 
described  it  as  a  reason  why  the  Federated  Press  was  un- 
worthy to  be  represented  at  the  press  conferences.  By  this 
action,  I  can  only  assume,  Mr.  Colby  hoped  to  discredit  an 
indictment  of  his  office  which  he  could  not  refute,  before  the 
indictment  could  be  published  as  planned. 

The  Federated  Press  is  a  growing  news  agency  of  labor 
and  farmer  journals.  Being  the  advance  guard  of  printed 
disagreement  with  established  exploitation,  it  has  received 
the  first  blow.    Let  others  who  prize  their  freedom  beware! 


Two  Ways  With  Albania 

By  HIRAM  K.  MODERWELL 

Rome,  July  25 

HALF  a  dozen  nations  had  their  troops  in  Albania  dur- 
ing the  war.  Four  of  them  continued  to  maintain 
them  in  or  near  the  country  after  the  armistice.  There  were 
Italy,  Greece,  and  Jugoslavia,  who  regarded  the  country  as 
pie  for  themselves;  and  France,  who  regarded  it  as  pie  for 
her  friends.  But  when  the  pie  was  finally  opened  the  birds 
began  to  sing,  causing  no  end  of  trouble  and  embarrassment 
to  all.  The  discovery  that  their  loot  had  strangely  become 
a  living  thing  made  all  four  nations,  and  the  Supreme 
Council,  too,  scratch  their  heads.  They  excogitated  two 
policies — classic  imperialist  policies — to  handle  the  situa- 
tion. Out  of  the  comic  conflict  of  these  has  emerged  the 
present  Albanian  nation,  now  but  one  step  removed  from 
full  independence. 

First  the  old  military  notion.  Albania  was  territory  to 
be  held  or  divided  according  to  political  or  economic  con- 
siderations; if  the  "natives"  should  "rebel"  they  would  be 
"punished."  No  other  theory  guided  the  great  Powers  in 
their  early  treatment  of  the  country.  The  Albanian  state 
was  constituted  in  1913,  upon  the  insistence  of  Austria,  to 
prevent  the  expansion  of  Serbia  to  the  sea;  its  subordina- 
tion to  Austro-German  influence  was  tacitly  recognized  in 
the  gift  of  a  German  king,  the  Prince  of  Wied.  The  En- 
tente scarcely  liked  the  settlement.  It  was  the  last  con- 
cession to  Germany,  in  anticipation  of  the  Great  War  that 
was  to  come. 

With  the  outbreak  of  war,  Austro-German  claims  to  Al- 
bania, in  the  opinion  of  the  Entente,  lapsed.  They  re- 
garded the  land  simply  as  prize-money  for  their  allies,  pres- 
ent or  future.  By  the  Pact  of  London,  Italy,  having  re- 
ceived the  promise  of  Istria  and  half  of  Dalmatia  and  a 
section  of  Albania  around  Valona,  promised  not  to  oppose 
the  division  of  the  rest  of  the  country  between  Serbia  and 
Montenegro  on  the  north,  and  Greece  on  the  south.  The 
pact,  of  course,  was  kept  secret  from  the  Albanians  as  from 
the  rest  of  the  world. 

So  much  for  way  number  one.  Italy  occupied  Albania 
for  "military-strategic"  reasons  and  used  it  as  a  highway 
to  the  Saloniki  front.  But  with  "no  intention  of  permanent 
occupation."  Liberal  policies  were  in  the  air.  The  Russians 
were  proclaiming  the  rights  of  peoples  to  self-determination. 
Trotzky  was  about  to  spread  copies  of  the  Pact  of  London 
to  the  four  ends  of  the  earth;  even  in  primitive  Albania, 
without  telegraphs  or  newspapers,  the  news  would  eventually 
penetrate.  In  June,  1917,  at  Argirocastro,  General  Ferrero, 
in  the  name  of  his  Majesty  the  King  of  Italy,  proclaimed 
with  all  solemnity  the  integrity  and  independence  of  the 
Albanian  nation.  The  Albanian  chiefs,  menaced  by  Greeks 
and  Slavs,  accepted  Italy  as  their  protector. 

So  things  stood  at  the  time  of  the  armistice,  with  the  two 
imperialistic  policies  going  strong — one  based  on  the  theory 
that  Albania  was  territory,  the  other  on  the  theory  that 
Albania  was  a  "people."  There  was  something  to  be  said, 
in  the  councils  of  professional  politicians,  for  the  first 
theory.  Albania,  since  the  time  of  the  Turkish  conquest, 
has  never  had  a  government.  The  Turkish  governors  and 
prefects  milked  the  country  for  what  little  was  to  be  got 
out  of  it,  undertook  a  few  ridiculous  public  works,  and  for 


400 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


the  rest  rejoiced  in  their  harems  to  their  souls'  contents. 
Without  administration,  without  any  dependable  system  of 
justice,  without  means  of  communication,  the  Albanians  fell 
back  on  their  old  tribal  system  which  must  have  been  flour- 
ishing when  the  Hellenes  conquered  them  in  1000  B.  C.  and 
borrowed  their  gods.  The  tribes  elaborated  their  own  sys- 
tem of  law  and  justice,  handed  down  by  tradition  in  the 
memories  of  their  elders.  Disputes  within  the  tribe  were 
settled  by  a  solemn  council.  Wrongs  done  their  members 
by  members  of  other  tribes  were  punished  by  the  tribe  itself. 
Vendettas  continued  endlessly  through  the  centuries.  For 
the  rest,  the  people  cultivated  their  fields  with  their  wooden 
plows,  span  and  wove,  and  occasionally  traveled  mule-back 
over  trackless  plains  and  hills  to  buy  simple  knick-knacks 
in  the  villages.  Of  course,  such  men  readily  consented  to 
become  mercenaries  in  the  petty  local  wars  of  the  region. 
The  Allies  took  advantage  of  the  situation,  arming  the 
Albanians  against  the  Austrians  and  Bulgarians,  as  the 
Austrians  armed  them  against  the  Italians — as,  indeed,  the 
Italians  later  armed  them  under  the  fancy  dress  of  "Mon- 
tenegrin royalists"  and  the  Serbs  armed  them  under  the 
equally  fantastic  disguise  of  "Jugoslav  patriots."  It  is  not 
surprising  that  worried  statesmen  in  Rome  and  London 
were  inclined  to  regard  Albania  as  "territory." 

Yet  the  Albanians  have  at  least  as  good  a  right  to  be  re- 
garded as  a  "people,"  in  the  Wilsonian  sense,  as  the  little 
gobs  of  folk  who  now  form  the  free  and  independent  Baltic 
nations.  Whether  or  not  they  are  actually  the  descendants 
of  those  Pelasgians  who  once  inhabited  all  the  Balkan  penin- 
sula and  were  driven  westerward  first  by  Hellenes  and  then 
by  Slavs,  they  are  certainly  children  (and  almost  unmixed 
children)  of  the  Ulyrians  whom  the  Romans  found  across 
the  Adriatic.  Their  language,  which  is  of  Indo-Germanic 
origin,  shows  few  traces  of  neighbor  influence  until  recent 
times.  Their  history  is  even  distinguished.  If  Pyrrhus, 
King  of  Epirus,  was  not  an  Albanian  it  is  not  clear  what 
he  could  have  been.  Certain  it  is  that  Skanderbeg,  ally  of 
Venice  against  the  invading  Turks,  was  pronounced  by  the 
Pope  "Defender  of  the  Faith."  The  Turkish  dominion  was 
never  secure.  When  the  Turks  were  not  being  annoyed  by 
the  successive  uprisings  they  were  tolerated  because  they 
did  not  mix  much  in  Albanian  affairs.  The  Young  Turks 
sent  an  army  of  more  than  fifty  thousand  to  reduce  the 
country  to  an  obedient  province;  it  was  ambushed  and  the 
few  survivors  were  sent  back  without  having  accomplished 
a  thing.  In  the  first  weeks  of  the  Balkan  war  of  1913  the 
national  flag  went  up  in  Valona,  and  the  Turks  were  driven 
out  for  good.  But  the  Albanians  have  been  fighting  against 
one  enemy  or  another  ever  since. 

Now  the  country,  although  it  is  not  rich  enough  to  have 
been  worth  plundering,  has  in  these  days  certain  distinct 
values  to  interested  imperialisms.  Scutari  in  the  north, 
with  its  almost  impregnable  defenses,  forms  an  excellent 
port  for  some  hypothetical  Jugoslavia  that  shall  have  built 
the  necessary  railways.  Valona,  in  the  center,  matches  up 
with  Brindisi  and  forms  one  of  the  gate-posts  to  the  Adri- 
atic. The  high  southern  coast  overlooks  the  famous  island 
fortress  of  Corfu  and,  in  unfriendly  hands,  renders  it  use- 
less. In  addition  there  is  some  mineral  and  agricultural 
wealth,  and  the  opportunity  for  pretty  map-drawing. 

So  with  the  coming  of  the  armistice  four  imperialisms 
began  to  try  their  ways  with  the  country.  Theoretically  it 
was  to  be  held  under  the  orders  of  the  armistice  commission 
(except  Valona,   which  was  tacitly   recognized   as   Italian 


property).  Theoretically,  the  occupying  troops  were  to  be 
assigned  by  General  Franchet  d'Esperey.  Actually,  the 
French  and  Italians  scrambled  for  possession  of  Scutari, 
and  the  Italians  reached  there  first.  The  French  lodged  in 
Koriza  and  the  Greeks  and  Serbs  looked  on  hungrily. 

From  this  point  on  the  decencies  of  international  beha- 
vior were  forgotten.  Forgotten  that  Albania  was  not  enemy 
territory,  but  a  free  and  sovereign  nation;  forgotten  that 
the  land  had  never  been  invaded  but  only  "crossed"  for  the 
purposes  of  war.  Each  country  played  its  own  game. 
The  Italians  fumbled  toward  a  "friendly  protectorate" — 
except  only  for  the  Valona  region  which  had  been  assigned 
to  Italy  in  full  sovereignty.  The  French  looked  out  for  the 
interests  of  their  ward,  Jugoslavia.  The  British  seem  to 
have  aimed  at  securing  the  territory  opposite  Corfu  for 
their  ward,  Greece.  The  Greeks  and  Serbs  worked  with 
money  and  propaganda,  the  Serbs  also  seizing  Mount  Tara- 
bosh,  from  which  they  today  have  their  guns  pointing  on 
Scutari. 

"The  Albanians,"  said  an  Italian  naval  officer  to  me,  "are 
animals.     They  need  a  firm  hand." 

It  sounded  familiar.  It  was,  in  fact,  way  number  one 
come  back  again  and  left,  as  always,  to  the  execution  of 
the  military.  First  there  were  the  classic  pranks  with  a 
hand-picked  government.  The  ministry  which  sat  in  Du- 
razzo  agreed  to  hand  administration,  police,  customs,  justice, 
nearly  everything  that  a  government  may  possess,  to  the 
Italians.  In  the  meantime  the  army  did  what  armies  must 
necessarily  do — irritated  the  population  with  lordings  and 
threats  and  pryings  and  petty  persecution.  It  does  not 
appear  that  the  Italians  were  especially  cruel,  although  the 
Albanians  excitedly  swear  that  they  have  frequently  killed 
in  cold  blood.  But  against  this  irritation  the  Italians'  ad- 
mirable road-building  and  town  administration  availed  noth- 
ing.   Their  "firm  hand"  became  all  too  obvious. 

In  January  the  tribesmen  met  at  Lushina.  They  com- 
pounded their  tribal  differences  in  a  "bessa"  or  truce,  ac- 
cording to  the  forms  of  their  ancient  law.  Then,  being  in 
very  fact  a  constituent  assembly,  they  declared  themselves 
a  parliament  and  constituted  a  government  with  its  seat  to 
be  at  Tirana.  The  Italians  chose  to  consider  them  rebels. 
They  sent  troops  to  occupy  Tirana;  placed  machine  guns 
in  the  principal  streets  and  before  the  principal  buildings, 
gave  orders  that  the  pretended  government  and  parliament 
would  not  be  allowed  to  meet.  The  pretended  government 
and  parliament  insisted  on  their  right  to  meet,  and  met. 

The  first  act  of  the  new  government  was  to  invite  the 
Italians  to  leave  the  country.  The  Italians  did  not  reply. 
There  were  little  skirmishes  in  which  the  Italian  patrols 
were  usually  outnumbered  and  defeated.  The  districts  and 
the  towns  gave  their  adhesion  to  Tirana,  from  Scutari  to 
Argirocastro.  The  old  hand-picked  government  evaporated. 
In  the  whole  country  there  was  no  opposition  to  Tirana  save 
from  foreign-paid  mercenaries.  And  this  in  a  land  where 
every  man  and  boy  has  a  gun  and  any  village  could  have 
resisted  and  maintained  itself  an  independent  republic. 

The  new  government,  without  money  and  without  troops, 
set  out  to  organize  a  nation.  They  sent  prefects  to  all  the 
districts,  and  the  prefects  were  accepted.  They  called  for 
volunteers  to  repel  the  attack  of  Essad  Pasha's  Serb-paid 
rebels,  and  repelled  them.  They  took  over  the  customs,  ac- 
cepted the  proferred  allegiance  of  the  various  Albanian  mili- 
tary formations  organized  by  the  Allies  for  use  in  the  late 
war.     They  formed  a  gendarmerie.     They  announced  that 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


401 


they  would  maintain,  until  their  last  sharpshooter  was  dead, 
the  independence  of  Albania  as  solemnly  recognized  by  the 
Powers  in  1913,  against  Italian,  Greek,  and  Serb  alike. 

Then  a  strange  change  came  over  these  latter  countries. 
They  suffered  a  sudden  attack  of  Christian  charity.  Italy 
withdrew  her  troops  from  the  whole  inland,  retaining  only 
small  garrisons  in  three  or  four  coast  towns,  and  several 
regiments  in  the  defenses  of  Valona.  She  protested  sym- 
pathy and  friendship  with  Albania  in  her  struggle  to  main- 
tain her  integrity — which  she  herself  had  just  been  bar- 
gaining away — against  Greek  and  Serb.  Italy  had  discov- 
ered way  number  two. 

But  Christian  charity  is  a  game  which  three  can  play  at. 
Greece  now  sent  her  homage  and  affection  to  the  Tirana 
government,  and  Serbia  joined  in.  They  would  let  no  rival 
of  theirs  outdo  them  in  sympathy  and  friendship  for  the 
oppressed.  They  would  promise  not  to  occupy,  under  any 
circumstances,  the  territory  which  they  claimed  until  the 
Powers  had  made  a  decision;  they  would  never  occupy  them 
at  all  if  their  rival  Italy  should  not  retain  Valona.  Which 
handsome  offer  meant,  in  practical  language:  "Go  and  at- 
tack the  Italians  in  Valona.  While  you  are  doing  it  you 
have  nothing  to  fear  from  us." 

Then  occurred  a  new  d'Annunzio  enterprise,  Albanian 
style.  The  Albanians  who  had  gathered  to  resist  the  Greeks 
before  Koriza,  began  to  drift  north.  Emissaries  were  sent 
from  farm  to  farm  summoning  all  to  come  to  the  great 
black  mountain  which  overlooks  the  Shushitza  valley.  There 
the  farmers  gathered,  sleeping  on  the  bare  rock,  night  after 
night,  in  hiding  while  new  volunteers  arrived.  They  sent 
an  ultimatum  to  General  Piacentini  in  Valona,  demanding 
for  the  Tirana  government  the  civil  administration  of  the 
city.    No  answer. 

So  one  night  early  in  June  the  farmers,  armed  only  with 
their  rifles,  moved  down  from  the  black  mountain  and  at- 
tacked— not  isolated  patrols  this  time,  but  a  modern  system 
of  fortifications.  In  a  few  hours  the  most  of  it  was  over; 
nearly  a  thousand  prisoners  and  great  stores  of  munitions 
and  supplies  were  in  Albanian  hands  and  the  Italians 
hemmed  within  the  inner  defenses  of  the  city. 

There  they  have  stayed,  not  to  emerge,  while  a  fortunate 
change  in  government  at  Rome  brought  the  Albanians  fairly 
trustworthy  assurances  that  the  country  should  be  entirely 
theirs;  while  an  Italian  mission  dickered  with  the  Tirana 
government  over  the  terms  on  which  a  Valona  naval  base 
should  be  maintained;  and  while  Tirana  maintained  pre- 
cisely the  attitude  toward  them  that  Rome  had  been  main- 
taining toward  d'Annunzio.  The  negotiations  must  even- 
tually succeed;  the  Italian  people  are  not  going  to  fight  a 
war  for  imperialism  in  central  Albania;  the  Albanians  will 
accept  nothing  less  than  all  of  their  country. 

Way  number  two  is  a  good  way.  But  it  is  better  adopted 
early  than  late  and  ceases  to  confer  distinction  when  all 
one's  neighbors  insist  on  getting  converted  at  the  same  time. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Paul  Hanna  is  Washington  correspondent  of  the  Fed- 
erated Press. 

Hiram  K.  Moderwell  is  an  American  journalist  now 
traveling  in  Europe. 

Felix  Morley,  formerly  a  Philadelphia  newspaper  man, 
is  studying  at  Oxford  as  the  Rhodes  Scholar  from 
Maryland. 


The  Socialist  Campaign 

By  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

DESPITE  the  Communist  split  of  a  year  ago,  which 
wrecked  the  party  organization  in  many  States  with- 
out seriously  affecting  the  ranks  of  Socialist  voters,  and  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party  movement,  which  Socialists  feel  is  at 
heart  a  timid  socialism  intended  to  ensnare  by  camouflage, 
the  leaders  of  the  Socialist  Party  expect  this  year  to  more 
than  double  their  vote  of  1916  and  to  go  far  beyond  their 
high-water  mark  of  1912.  They  have  not  for  years  gone  into 
a  campaign  so  poorly  organized  or  so  devoid  of  funds ;  their 
strength  lies  in  the  personality  of  their  presidential  candi- 
date, Eugene  Debs,  in  the  reaction  from  the  Albany  ouster, 
and  in  the  general  unrest  which  encourages  any  protest 
party. 

Debs  is  easily  the  biggest  and  warmest  personality  among 
the  presidential  candidates.  He  may  never  be  President  or 
even  governor  or  senator,  and  he  might  make  a  poor 
administrator  in  high  office,  but  he  will  be  more  loved  by  the 
two  million  who  may  vote  for  him  than  will  Harding  or  Cox 
though  they  poll  twenty  million  votes.  There  are  some  who 
will  not  vote  for  Debs  because  he  is  in  jail,  and  many  have  a 
vague  idea  that  he  is  in  jail  because  he  sought  to  "overthrow 
the  government"  or  something  of  the  sort.  But  others  will 
vote  for  him  just  because  he  is  in  jail  for  a  principle  and 
remember  his  address  to  the  jury  that  convicted  him : 

Gentlemen,  I  abhor  war.  I  would  oppose  the  war  if  I  stood 
alone.  When  I  think  of  a  cold  glittering  steel  bayonet  being 
plunged  into  the  white  quivering  flesh  of  a  human  being  I  recoil 
with  horror.  ...  I  love  the  people  of  my  country  but  I  don't 
hate  the  people  of  any  country  on  earth — not  even  the  Germans. 
I  refuse  to  hate  a  human  being  because  he  happens  to  be  born 
in  some  other  country.  He  is  a  human  being  endowed  with  the 
same  faculties  .  .  .  and  I  would  infinitely  rather  serve  him 
and  love  him  than  to  hate  him  and  kill  him. 

Debs  might  have  had  a  pardon  had  he  been  willing  to  recant, 
or  even  to  plead  for  one ;  but  he  refuses  to  ask  a  pardon  for 
himself,  despite  his  sixty-five  years,  until  the  last  of  his  fel- 
low political  prisoners  are  released. 

Debs's  personality  is  doing  most  of  the  Socialist  Party  cam- 
paigning. He  cannot  speak  for  his  party  because  he  is  not 
allowed  to  cross  the  front  porch  of  Atlanta  Prison ;  he  writes 
little,  and  only  when  urged.  But  even  a  picture  of  Debs 
carries  something  of  a  homebred  Lincoln-like  quality.  Sey- 
mour Stedman,  the  Chicago  lawyer  who  is  the  candidate  for 
the  Vice-Presidency,  and  other  less  known  party  leaders,  are 
making  speaking  tours,  but  they  have  no  special  trains  or 
brass  bands  to  announce  their  arrival,  and  next  week's  itin- 
erary is  sometimes  dependent  on  this  week's  collections. 

New  York,  Wisconsin,  and  Oklahoma  are  the  Socialist 
strongholds.  The  Socialist  ticket  will  be  on  the  ballot  in 
forty-odd  States,  but  a  real  campaign  in  very  few.  Other 
State  organizations,  once  well  organized,  broke  up  during 
the  war  or  in  the  after-war  Communist  disputes.  In  Wash- 
ington, for  instance,  the  Communists  won  control  of  the 
party  organization  and  left  nothing  but  a  wreck.  In  Illinois 
the  Farmer-Labor  forces  swing  the  union  labor  vote.  In 
California,  however,  where  the  Communist  split  left  no  party 
organization  behind,  the  party  is  stronger  than  ever;  Sey- 
mour Stedman's  meeting  at  the  Coliseum  in  San  Francisco 
brought  out  an  even  bigger  crowd  than  came  to  hear  Debs 
eight  years  before,  and  Upton  Sinclair,  who  left  the  party 


402 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


during  the  war  but  returned  after  the  disillusioning  Peace 
Conference  days,  is  conducting  a  lively  campaign  for  Con- 
gress in  Los  Angeles.  In  Minnesota  the  nonpartisan  labor 
organization  supports  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  State  ticket, 
but  Debs  for  President.  Many  Farmer-Laborites  in  other 
States  cannot  understand  why  Christensen  does  not  retire 
and  throw  his  national  strength  to  Debs.  In  Pennsylvania, 
the  Reading  district,  home  of  James  Maurer,  the  Socialist 
President  of  the  State  Federation  of  Labor,  may  come  close 
to  electing  a  Socialist  Congressman;  in  Oklahoma,  the  party 
is  strong  among  the  tenant  farmers.  In  Wisconsin  the 
Socialists  count  Victor  Berger's  reelection  in  Milwaukee, 
even  though  it  may  mean  a  third  expulsion  at  Washington, 
certain ;  they  hope  to  elect  a  second  Congressman  from  Mil- 
waukee, and  possibly  a  third  from  Sheboygan. 

But  the  action  of  the  New  York  State  Legislature  in 
expelling  the  five  elected  Assemblymen  in  January,  and  three 
of  the  five  after  all  five  were  reelected  at  the  special  election 
in  September,  has  made  New  York  City  the  storm  center  of 
the  Socialist  campaign  of  1920.  There,  as  in  Victor  Berger's 
Milwaukee  district,  the  two  old  parties  have  joined  forces, 
thereby  doing  more  than  years  of  Socialist  propaganda  to 
prove  their  essential  unity  of  purpose  and  program.  Were  it 
not  for  fusion,  the  Socialists  would  be  sure  of  at  least  four 
Congressmen  from  the  city  and  of  at  least  eight  assembly- 
men. In  1917,  indeed,  when  there  was  no  fusion,  they  elected 
ten  assemblymen;  in  1918,  the  first  fusion  year,  they  elected 
two;  in  1919,  five;  this  year,  with  fusion  against  them  in 
eight  districts,  they  have  hopes  of  a  dozen  assemblymen 
from  the  city,  and  of  one  or  two  up-State.  The  expulsion, 
defying  the  basic  principles  of  American  government,  trans- 
formed the  Socialists  from  the  outcasts  of  wartime  into  de- 
fenders of  representative  government  and  of  the  rights  of 
minorities. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  the  Socialist  program,  while  undoubt- 
edly radical,  contains  nothing  of  the  revolutionary  phrase- 
ology of  Russia,  and  nothing  which,  but  for  the  name  Social- 
ist attached  to  it,  would  frighten  any  ordinary  American. 
It  urges  the  dissolution  of  the  present  League  of  Nations 
and  creation  of  a  democratic  international  parliament,  the 
recognition  of  Soviet  Russia,  no  diplomatic  or  military  coer- 
cion to  protect  American  investments  and  concessions 
abroad,  restoration  of  the  constitutional  rights  of  free 
speech,  press,  and  assembly,  repeal  of  the  Espionage  Act, 
amnesty  for  political  prisoners;  it  declares  against  deporta- 
tion of  aliens  for  mere  political  opinion,  against  the  use  of 
the  injunction  in  labor  disputes,  for  enforcement  of  the 
Fourteenth  Amendment,  for  nationalization  of  railways,  ex- 
press service,  telegraph  lines,  mines,  oil  wells,  packing 
houses,  power  plants,  banking  and  insurance,  and  other 
national  utilities ;  urges  immediate  payment  of  war  debts  by 
a  progressive  property  tax,  provision  for  current  needs  by 
income  and  inheritance  taxes,  and  full  taxation  of  land  held 
out  of  use.  And  this  program  probably  fairly  represents  the 
intent  of  the  rank  and  file  of  the  party.  Since  the  Commu- 
nists seceded  a  year  ago,  the  party  has  shown  a  pronounced 
moderate  trend.  It  is  parliamentarian,  political,  democratic. 
Its  leaders  have  lost  something  of  the  old  party  sectarian- 
ism ;  they  are  profoundly  interested  in  the  Nonpartisan  and 
Farmer-Labor  movements,  and  do  not  bar  the  ultimate  possi- 
bility of  fusion  with  them.  If  they  should  elect  half  a  dozen 
congressmen  this  year,  these  might  readily  cooperate  with 
some  of  the  independent  congressmen  who  are  likely  to  come 
in,  under  various  party  labels,  from  the  West. 


Behind  the  British  Coal  Crisis* 

By  FELIX  MORLEY 

Portsmouth,  England,  September  10 

THE  essential  reason  why  the  coal  dispute  in  England  is 
proving  so  hard  to  settle  peaceably — and  why,  even 
should  this  one  be  settled,  another  would  shortly  take  its 
place — is  the  widely  divergent  ideas  and  ideals  at  issue. 
Wages  and  hours  are  only  superficially  involved.  At  bottom 
the  scheduled  strike  is  another  phase  of  the  fight  the  British 
miners  have  long  been  making  for  nationalization  of  the 
mines  and  industrial  democracy  in  that  key  industry. 

Moreover,  the  miners  are  now  for  the  first  time  on  the 
defensive,  and  are  for  that  reason  the  more  determined. 
This  strike,  unlike  its  threatened  predecessors  of  the  last 
two  years,  is  not  to  secure  nationalization,  but  is  designed  to 
prevent  the  Coalition  Government's  completing  steps  which 
would  render  socialization  far  more  difficult  to  secure.  Both 
sides  know  that  defeat  for  the  miners  would  entail  loss  of 
much  of  the  ground  gained  by  the  industrial  labor  move- 
ment since  the  close  of  the  war.  That  is  why  not  only  the 
Triple  Alliance  but  also  the  entire  Trades  Union  Congress, 
representing  6,600,000  organized  workers,  is  pledged  behind 
the  Miners'  Federation. 

The  British  miners,  who  are  904,000  strong,  organized  on 
industrial  lines,  and  incomparably  the  strongest  unit  in  the 
labor  movement  of  England,  have  been  advocating  national- 
ization on  grounds  of  economy  and  national  welfare.  This 
agitation  reached  a  climax  in  the  stormy  weeks  following 
the  armistice,  when  the  miners,  by  a  majority  of  more  than 
six  to  one,  voted  to  down  tools  unless  the  Government  recog- 
nized the  principle  of  state  ownership  of  mines.  Mr.  Lloyd 
George  replied  to  this  threat  by  offering  a  royal  commis- 
sion, which  should  thoroughly  investigate  the  status  of  the 
industry  under  private  ownership  and  make  recommenda- 
tions of  such  basic  alterations  as  seemed  advisable.  With 
some  difficulty  the  miners'  leaders  prevailed  on  their  men 
not  to  strike  pending  the  holding  of  this  impartial  inquiry. 
At  the  time  it  was  everywhere  understood  and  nowhere 
denied  that  the  recommendations  of  this  commission  would 
be  held  binding  by  the  Government. 

The  royal  commission  made  its  very  thorough  investiga- 
tion in  the  spring  of  1919,  and  on  June  20  the  chairman,  Mr. 
Justice  Sankey,  presented  his  report  to  the  King.f  The  first 
recommendation  of  this  majority  report  was  "that  Parlia- 
ment be  invited  immediately  to  pass  legislation  acquiring 
the  coal  royalties  for  the  state  and  paying  fair  and  just 
compensation  to  the  owners."  The  second  recommendation 
of  this  report  was  "that  the  principle  of  state  ownership  of 
the  coal  mines  be  accepted." 

The  proceedings  of  the  Sankey  commission  are  justly  fa- 
mous, and  the  salient  facts  about  the  British  coal  industry 
which  were  brought  out  are  in  the  thoughts  of  every  miner 
today,  even  though  the  public  may  have  forgotten  them.  It 
was  shown  that  certain  members  of  the  nobility  obtain  as 
much  as  three  pounds  an  hour  out  of  coal,  from  the  mere 
fact  of  inherited  possession  of  land  taken  by  their  ancestors 

*  Since  this  article  was  written  a  compromise  has  apparently  been  effected 
between  owners  and  miners  by  which  the  latter  receive  satisfactory  wage  in- 
creases,  and   the  danger  of   an    immediate  strike  greatly   diminished. 

t  The  so-called  Sankey  report,  printed  in  International  Relations  Section  of 
The  Nation  of  May  3,  1919,  is  there  referred  to  in  good  faith  as  "accepted  by 
the  British  Government  as  its  proposal  for  the  settlement  of  the  dispute."  Ex- 
tracts from  the  hearings  of  the  British  Coal  Commission  appeared  in  The  Nation 
of  June  14,   1919. 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


403 


centuries  before  coal  became  a  factor  in  the  life  of  man. 
It  was  shown  that  under  private,  competitive  ownership  and 
operation,  even  with  controlled  prices,  the  householder  paid 
more  than  three  times  the  total  labor  cost  of  production  for 
every  ton  of  coal.  It  was  shown  that  in  the  last  twenty- 
years  3,500,000  miners  have  been  seriously  injured  while  at 
work,  and  that  during  the  year  1913,  1,753  miners  were 
killed  outright  in  the  mines,  a  majority  of  these  casualties 
being  caused  by  the  insufficient  safeguards  and  overdriving 
consequent  to  the  system  of  royalties  and  private  profits. 

But  popular  apathy,  the  greater  by  reason  of  the  strain 
and  weariness  of  the  war,  enabled  Lloyd  George  to  proceed 
along  lines  perilously  near  direct  action.  He  contemptu- 
ously cast  aside  the  majority  report  of  the  royal  commis- 
sion with  its  recommendations  for  nationalization.  On  that 
day  the  revolutionary  spirit  took  root  in  British  labor,  for 
the  unexplained  rejection  of  the  Sankey  report  aroused  the 
most  intense  indignation  in  its  ranks.  At  the  annual  Trades 
Union  Congress  held  in  Glasgow,  September,  1919,  a  reso- 
lution in  favor  of  "compelling"  the  Government  to  accept 
the  Sankey  report  was  passed  by  a  vote  of  4,478,000  to 
77,000.    Lloyd  George  talked  bolshevism  and  sat  tight. 

On  December  9  and  10  of  last  year,  in  accordance  with  the 
instructions  of  the  Glasgow  congress,  labor  met  in  London 
in  special  session  on  the  mines  issue.  Final  decision  on  a 
general  strike  for  nationalization  was  deferred  three 
months,  and  it  was  decided  to  utilize  the  interim  period  for 
intensive  publicity  and  propaganda.  This  effort,  however, 
revealed  a  majority  of  citizens  entirely  apathetic  to  the 
issue  and  concerned  only  with  getting  their  coal.  Those 
who  were  following  the  struggle  recognized  that  it  was  one 
between  two  minorities.  The  minority  of  Lloyd  George,  the 
dukes,  the  colliery  owners  and  their  active  sympathizers  in 
"big  business"  was  infinitely  the  smaller  of  the  two.  But  it 
controlled  the  Government. 

Early  last  March  the  miners  again  urged,  by  a  union 
vote  of  524,000  to  346,000,  that  the  general  strike  be 
adopted.  The  closeness  of  this  vote  showed  that  the  Lloyd 
George  coup  had  been  successful;  the  Sankey  report  had 
been  made  a  "scrap  of  paper,"  but  even  so  labor  could  not 
yet  bring  itself  to  abandon  the  tradition  of  parliamentary 
government.  On  March  11,  in  bitterness  of  heart,  the  ad- 
journed special  congress  reconvened,  and  voted  3,732,000  to 
1,015,000  against  "trade  union  action  in  the  form  of  a  gen- 
eral strike."  The  miners  were  given  a  sop  in  the  form  of  a 
small  wage  increase,  and  so  the  situation  rested  until  the 
emergence  of  the  present  crisis  a  month  ago.  That  which 
brought  this  crisis  about  was  the  Government's  announce- 
ment that  its  wartime  control  of  the  coal  industry  would  be 
completely  removed  at  the  earliest  possible  date.  Under 
existing  legislation  this  control  may  be  continued  until 
August  31,  1921,  with  the  possibility  of  a  further  extension 
of  six  months. 

The  present  system  of  control  is,  of  course,  purely  an 
emergency  measure,  and  its  retention  will  not  at  all  advance 
the  socialization  of  the  industry.  Removal  of  control,  on 
the  other  hand,  would  obviously  greatly  retard  socialization. 
It  would  mean  restoration  of  the  old  prewar  system  intact, 
with  multiplicity  of  wage  schedules,  conflicting  methods  of 
operation,  and  general  disunity  of  government  in  the  in- 
dustry. Against  such  an  eventuality  the  miners  stand  de- 
fiant. Furthermore,  and  in  this  is  found  the  real  proof  of 
the  miners'  sincerity,  the  removal  of  control  would  unde- 
niably result  in  domestic  coal  prices  reaching  the  famine 


level  current  on  the  Continent,  and  in  the  consequent  profits 
to  the  industry  the  federation  would  share  heavily.  But  with 
the  miners  in  this  struggle,  anxiety  to  gain  more  money  for 
themselves  is  very  secondary  to  the  deep-rooted  desire  of 
breaking  the  vicious  circle  of  ever-rising  living  costs. 

It  is  now  necessary  to  consider  briefly  the  history  of  the 
Government's  campaign  in  preparation  for  decontrol.  The 
outstanding  events  in  the  history  of  the  labor  side  have 
already  been  given,  and  in  what  follows  the  reader  is  asked 
to  note  a  rather  striking  parallelism  of  dates.  A  compari- 
son gives  ground  for  the  belief  that  someone  in  officialdom 
has  been  as  unscrupulous  as  astute  in  leading  up  to  the 
present  situation. 

The  first  postwar  increase  in  the  price  of  coal  was  for 
six  shillings  a  ton  and  came  on  July  21,  1919,  after  the 
excitement  roused  by  the  royal  commission's  inquiry  had 
died  away,  but  before  it  was  definitely  known  that  the  Gov- 
ernment would  not  act  on  the  Sankey  report.  That  is  the 
first,  but  not  the  most  striking  coincidence  of  chronology. 
The  next  move,  a  ten  shilling  per  ton  decrease  in  the  price 
of  household  coal,  came  December  1,  1919 — just  eight  days 
before  the  scheduled  meeting  of  the  Trades  Union  Con- 
gress, to  act  on  the  Government's  rejection  of  the  Sankey 
report.  The  sequel  shows  that  economic  justification  for  the 
decrease  was  not  considered — today  the  Government  would 
permit  a  strike  rather  than  see  a  decrease — but  there  was 
good  reasoning  behind  it  for  all  that.  The  effect  of  this 
sudden  ten  shilling  a  ton  reduction  in  influencing  popular 
psychology  against  a  strike  for  nationalization  was  emi- 
nently successful. 

This  ten  shilling  reduction  was  allowed  to  stay  on  all 
through  labor's  propaganda  campaign  for  nationalization. 
It  helped  greatly  in  causing  labor  finally  to  renounce  the 
general  strike  at  the  second  special  congress  of  March  11, 
and  then  it  was  allowed  to  stay  for  two  months  more — until 
the  public  did  not  need  much  coal  because  of  the  advent  of 
summer,  and  had  almost  forgotten  a  coal  crisis  had  ever 
existed.  On  May  12  came  the  step  which  is  directly  respon- 
sible for  the  present  crisis.  By  Government  order  the  price 
of  household  coal  per  ton  shot  up  fourteen  shillings  and  two 
pence — industrial  coal  four  shillings  and  two  pence  increase 
— making  up  the  ten  shilling  reduction  of  five  months  earlier 
and  over  forty  per  cent  to  boot.  For  this  juggling  there 
was  the  scantiest  economic  justification. 

The  fundamental  reason  of  the  miners'  two  demands  is  now 
apparent.  To  prevent  decontrol  the  present  gigantic  sur- 
plus, ten  per  cent  of  which  finds  its  way  into  the  pockets  of 
the  coal  owners,  must  be  absorbed.  The  miners  ask,  first, 
wage  increases  totaling  £2,250,000  a  month,  to  which  they 
seem  quite  entitled  under  the  Government's  policy  of  adapt- 
ing wages  to  rising  living  costs  and  the  profits  of  the  par- 
ticular industry.  The  second  demand  is  for  the  removal  of 
the  imposition  of  fourteen  shillings  and  two  pence  a  ton. 
This  would  absorb  £3,070,000  a  month.  The  two  together 
total  £5,320,000  a  month.  If  both  are  granted  they  will  still 
leave  a  clear  monthly  balance  of  £680,000  surplus  profit  to 
the  industry  as  a  whole.  But  to  grant  this  means  that  the 
industry  will  have  to  be  treated  as  a  unit,  with  some  of  the 
surplus  earnings  of  the  more  profitable  areas  transferable 
to  the  poorer  areas.  And  this  again  means  the  continua- 
tion of  control.  Over  the  issue  of  whether  or  not  the  coal 
industry  shall  be  treated  as  a  unit,  a  much  bigger  issue  than 
it  sounds,  has  arisen  the  present  crisis.  What  it  may  lead 
to,  in  view  of  present  conditions  in  Europe,  none  can  say. 


404 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  Drifter  on  his  occasional  sallies  into  downtown 
Manhattan  becomes  acutely  aware  of  the  rights  of 
militant  minorities,  and  the  wrongs  of  deportation,  and  he  is 
always  amazed  at  the  capacity  of  his  colleagues  on  The 
Nation  for  unwavering,  unstinted,  almost  cosmic  sympathy. 
Haiti,  Ireland,  Russia,  Santo  Domingo,  Korea — no  remote 
corner  of  any  continent  escapes  the  editors'  understanding 
hearts.  Still,  one  race  has  gone  unnoticed,  one  of  the  most 
ancient  of  European  tribes,  now  brutally  threatened  with 
death  or  deportation.  The  Drifter  came  upon  it  in  a  letter 
to  the  editor  of  the  London  Spectator: 

Sir:  Will  you  intercede  for  the  apes  of  Gibraltar?  It  is 
stated  in  the  Press  that  an  order  has  been  issued  for  their 
destruction  or  deportation.  They  are  the  sole  representatives  in 
Europe  of  the  Barbary  ape,  and  have  been  at  Gibraltar  for  cen- 
turies, probably  ever  since  the  occupation  by  the  Moors.  Hith- 
erto they  have  received  the  protection  of  the  Government,  and 
when,  in  1908,  they  had  dwindled  to  five  females  the  Governor, 
Sir  Frederick  Forestier-Walker,  caused  another  pair  to  be  im- 
ported in  order  to  save  this  most  interesting  tribe  from  extinc- 
tion. My  own  garden  and  others  sometimes  suffered  from  their 
depredations,  and  an  artillery  officer  at  one  time  complained 
that  the  apes  interfered  with  the  drill  of  his  battery.  The  wife 
of  another  officer  was  much  alarmed  by  the  sudden  appearance 
of  an  ape  in  her  room,  looking  over  her  shoulder  into  the  mirror. 
But  such  inconveniences  were  submitted  to  for  the  sake  of  pre- 
serving the  well-known  and  very  interesting  animal  which  has 
been  so  long  connected  with  the  history  of  the  rock.  I  hope  the 
present  Governor  may  be  persuaded  to  imitate  his  distinguished 


predecessor,  and  to  allow  a  small  family  of  these  apes  to  live 
in  freedom  on  Mount  Calpe.    I  am,  sir,  &c, 

E.  R.  Kenyon,  Major-General 
(Formerly  Chief  Engineer,  Gibraltar) 

Will   the  embattled  editors  let  the  apes  of  Gibraltar  die 

out?    Shall  Mount  Calpe  go  without  its  free  family  of  apes? 

The  Drifter  appeals  to  the  editors  of  the  Spectator  and  The 

Nation  to  join  hands  across  the  sea  to  save  the  apes. 
#       *       #       *       # 

THE  Drifter  has  noted  in  the  advertisements  of  a  well- 
known  dictionary  that  many  new  words  have  been 
added  to  the  language,  among  them  "buddies"  and  "blighty," 
which  he  had  always  considered  mere  slang  and  not  fit  for 
anything  as  solemn  as  a  standard  dictionary.  He  wonders 
if  the  dictionary  makers,  like  the  census  takers,  gain  a 
large  measure  of  pride  in  mere  added  numbers  and  whether 
they  are  equally  eager  to  discard  the  outworn  and  the  obso- 
lete. For  if  war  has  added  new  words,  prohibition  surely 
has  subtracted  others.  The  Drifter 

Correspondence 

The  Marblehead  Plebiscite 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir  :  I  took  a  straw  vote  on  the  coming  election  today.  At  the 
Home  for  the  Feebleminded  I  found  that  nearly  everyone  is 
going  to  vote  for  Cox,  while  at  the  Town  Insane  Asylum  they 
are  almost  unanimously  pledged  to  Harding.  Inasmuch  as  there 
are  sixteen  in  the  Home  for  the  Feebleminded  and  thirty-seven 
in  the  Town  Asylum,  it  looks  as  though  Harding  would  get  it.    " 

Marblehead,  Massachusetts,  October  1      Walter  C.  Hunter 


ALFRED  '  A '  KNOPF 


2,10  W.  42  Street,  NEW  YORK 

/sy*533I^?a?!E?i:aSlfflS*?sl!ID;*5allE?,?BHB^t2all,^*2!aS2s?+?afl^?Jl 


SEVEN  MEN 


These  books  will  be  published  October  15: 


By  Max  Beerbohm 


SIX  brilliant  stories  by  the  incomparable  Max1  that  make,  says  Solomon  Eagle  in  The  New  Statesman,  "the  best  of 
his  books."  They  move  from  the  literary-artistic  cult  of  The  Yellow  Book  era  to  the  mock-Elizabethan  heroics 
of  Savonarola  Brown.  Max  includes  in  an  appendix  six  of  his  inimitable  drawings  which  have  never  before  been  pub- 
lished. An  especially  dignified  and  handsome  format  (with  a  binding  design  by  Claude  Bragdon)  ;  large  octavo,  gilt 
top.     The  first  edition  consists  of  two  thousand  numbered  copies.     $4.00 


PSYCHOANALYSIS   AND  BEHAVIOR 

By  Andre  Tri  don 

The  unconscious ;  the  meaning  of  nerves ;  the 
love  life;  the  negative  and  the  positive  lives; 
dual  personalities ;  sleep,  sleeplessness,  and 
nightmares ;  self-knowledge  through  dream 
study ;  psychoanalytic  treatment ;  the  four 
schools  of  psychoanalysis  (Freud,  Jung,  Adler, 
Kempf)  are  some  of  the  chapters  of  this  most 
timely,  interesting  and  valuable  book.    $2.50. 


Floyd  Dell 

has  written  the  most  interesting 
first  novel  that  has  ever  come  to 
us.    It  is  called 


MOON-CALF 


THE  ANTHOLOGY  of  ANOTHER  TOWN 

By  F.  W.  Howe 

The  other  town  is  of  course  a  country  town, 
and  here  are  the  stories  of  Sammy  Heming- 
way, Judge  Terry,  Hon.  Martin  Holbrook, 
Gladys  Hart,  Doc  Robinson,  and  seventy  more 
of  its  inhabitants.  Mr.  Howe  records  no  great 
wickedness  or  tragedies,  but  pictures  the  real 
life  of  the  common  people.  A  panorama,  really, 
of  what  one  critic  has  called  'America  incar- 
nate"—the  small  Middle  Western  town.    $2.00. 


THE  GATE  OF  IVORY 

By  Sidney  L.  Nyburg 

Author  of  "The  Chosen  People,"  etc. 

A  novel  of  Baltimore  when  politics,  not  yet 
hopelessly  encumbered  with  the  reforming 
spirit,  was  still  a  game  worth  playing  for  the 
sake  of  its  spoils.  The  story  of  Eleanor  Gwynn,  irresponsible, 
brimful  of  audacity,  wilfulness  and  dangerous  charm,  and  Allen 
Conway,  is  good  old  fashioned  melodrama,  in  one  sense;  in 
another  it  is  a  portrayal  of  the  eternal  conflict  of  spiritual  values 
and  work-day  materialism  ;  but  it  is  perhaps  more  an  uncom- 
monly interesting  experiment  in  the  novel  form.    $2.25. 


and  will  be  published  October  25 

It  is  advisable  to  place  your  order 
now  with  your  bookseller  before 
advancing  costs  force  a  raise  in 
the  price.     $2.50. 


THE  FORERUNNER 


By  Kahlil  Gibran 

A  second  volume  of  "parables  and  poems"  by 
the  representative  poet  and  dramatist  of  the 
Near  East.  The  Boston  Transcript  speaks  of 
him  as  "singularly  impressive"  and  The  Dial 
said  :  "He  seems  to  express  curiously  what  Rodin  did  with  clay." 
With  five  remarkable  original  drawings  by  the  author.     $1.50. 

James  Oppenheim's    SONGS    FOR   THE  NEW  AGE 

is  on  press  in  a  new  edition  (uniform  with  his  THE  BOOK  OF 
SELF)   and  will  probably  be  ready  October   15.     $2.00. 


ssLi^ii^ii^H^a^a^^ 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


405 


Drama 

Max  Reinhardt 

IT  is  not  often  that  a  man  retiring  from .  public  activity  at 
the  age  of  forty-eight  may  be  said  to  have  changed  perma- 
nently the  character  of  the  art  which  he  has  practised.  Yet 
to  say  that  of  Max  Reinhardt  is,  in  one  sense,  to  say  too  little. 
It  may  be  justly  urged,  from  another  point  of  view,  that  he 
has  created  a  new  art  or,  at  the  least,  transformed  a  profes- 
sional activity  into  a  creative  one.  For  the  essence  of  this 
man's  work  is  not  to  be  sought  in  his  revolving  stages,  his  tiny 
or  gigantic  playhouses,  or  even  in  the  unexampled  wealth  of 
great  dramatic  literature  which  he  persuaded  his  public  to 
accept.  His  secret  is  his  inner  and  initial  conception  of  his 
task;  his  triumph  is  in  the  lonely  hours  of  contemplation  before 
his  vision  was  transferred  to  the  theater. 

What  was  the  character  of  the  vision  that  came  to  him?  It 
was  a  vision  of  the  play's  soul,  of  its  innermost  nature  in  terms 
of  images  and  sounds.  What  came  to  him  was  the  play's 
intimate  "style,"  its  inner  music,  its  inevitable  rhythm  of  tone 
and  color.  The  sudden  vision  revealed  to  him  how,  in  this 
special  instance,  the  "intensity  of  nature"  could  be  equaled — 
the  intensity  of  the  play's  own  interpretation  of  nature,  be  it 
observed.  For  Reinhardt's  imagination  is  synthetic,  not  ana- 
lytic. He  spent  his  apprenticeship  with  Otto  Brahm,  first  of 
the  great  naturalistic  directors.  But  he  himself  is  a  neo- 
romantic  through  and  through.  Hence  his  close  affiliation  with 
Hofmannsthal  and  the  younger  members  of  the  Viennese  school ; 
hence  in  so  many  of  his  stage-pictures  the  eerie  grace  and 
wild,  haunting  loveliness  that  allies  him  to  the  spirit  of  Moritz 
von  Schwind  and  the  romantic  painters.  The  vision  that  came 
to  him  was,  in  brief,  one  of  a  special  kind  of  beauty  answering 
a  special  soul  in  art.  So,  brooding  over  "A  Midsummer  Night's 
Dream,"  it  came  to  him  that  this  piece  was  a  forest  poem — 
Waldgedicht.  He  saw  the  forest  in  its  changing  moods;  he  saw 
the  creatures  of  the  play  blend  with  or  detach  themselves  from 
the  trees  and  glades.  He  heard  the  forest  music.  He  saw  and 
created  a  vision  of  the  forest — Shakespeare's  and  also  his  own. 
The  spectators  were  persuaded  to  yield  imaginatively  to  the 
vision  and  this  now  celebrated  production  was  performed  nearly 
a  thousand  times!  What  the  "sacred  bard"  is  to  the  hero, 
Reinhardt  has  been  to  the  bard  himself. 

Having  seen  his  vision,  he  forced  himself  to  work  with  all 
the  national  passion  for  scholarly  thoroughness  and  accuracy. 
He  read  the  commentators  of  the  poet  and  the  play,  the  political 
history  of  the  play's  period,  the  history  of  its  manners  and  its 
art.  But  his  intention  was  never  realistic  reproduction,  never 
a  cold  historicity;  he  sought  the  symbolical  detail  that  blended 
with  and  interpreted  his  original  vision.  Thus  in  working  at 
his  production  of  "Othello"  he  found  that  the  rhythm  of  color 
which  his  imaginative  grasp  of  the  Venice  of  1500  had  awak- 
ened in  him  was  almost  exactly  identical  with  that  employed  by 
Carpaccio.  And  so  the  whole  play  was  embodied  through  a 
restricted  scale  of  tints:  leaf -green,  yellowish  white,  gray, 
brown,  brick-red.  But  in  the  scenes  at  Cyprus  line  and  color, 
within  the  framework  of  his  own  vision  and  Carpaccio's  testi- 
mony, were  given  an  added  sweep  and  a  touch  of  sultriness. 
For  here,  in  spite  of  the  Venetian  domination,  the  Orient  began 
to  glow  and  throb. 

Such  details  and  a  thousand  others  Reinhardt  recorded  in  a 
document  known  as  his  Regiebuch.  It  contained  the  text  of  the 
play  and  a  paraphrase  of  that  text  giving  the  most  exhaustive 
directions  for  the  physical  embodiment  of  his  vision.  Not  until 
this  document  was  completed  did  he  call  his  assistants  into 
conference;  not  until  his  creative  work  was  done  did  he  enter 
his  workshops  or  his  theaters.  And  often,  after  many  weeks 
of  labor,  he  would  reject  an  entire  production  at  its  final  re- 
hearsal. The  vision  had  been  lost;  the  rhythm  was  somehow 
broken;  the  special  beauty  he  had  dreamed  had  not  been  born. 
In  that  spirit  and  in  no  other  does  art  come  into  being.     The 


perfect  and  permanent  things  are  difficult  and  rare.  No  wonder 
that  it  took  this  man  less  than  twenty  years  to  revolutionize 
the  theater  of  his  country. 

His  concrete  creation  of  the  beauty  through  which  he  sought 
to  equal  the  intensity  of  nature  in  terms  of  mood  and  light  and 
line  and  color  may  be  studied  in  some  of  his  stage-pictures. 
Take  the  scene  of  the  banquet  in  "Macbeth."  Every  line  is  a 
straight  line,  every  angle  a  right  angle.  All  form  is  reduced 
to  a  barbaric  severity.  But  the  two  rectangular  windows  in 
the  background  through  which  the  cold  Northern  stars  glitter 
are  narrow  and  tall — so  unimaginably  tall  that  they  seem  to 
touch  that  sky  of  doom.  The  torches  turn  the  rough  brown  of 
the  primitive  wooden  walls  to  a  tarnished  bronze.  Only  on  the 
rude  tables  lie  splashes  of  menacing  yellow.  There  is  something 
barren  and  gigantic  about  the  scene — a  sinister  quiet,  a  dull 
presage.  Contrast  with  this  the  desolate  modernity,  the  spirit- 
ual malady  expressed  in  the  upper  chamber  in  "John  Gabriel 
Borkman,"  or  the  splendor  and  gay  yet  pain-touched  passion  in 
"Much  Ado  About  Nothing,"  or  the  earnest  charm  and  cool, 
autumnal  grace  of  "The  Marriage  of  Figaro."  These  scenes 
have  body.  But  that  body  is  irradiated  by  a  spiritual  life.  And 
that  life  expresses  the  creative  vision  of  Max  Reinhardt. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


LECTURES  by  FRANK  HARRIS 

The  brilliant  editor  of  Pearson's  will  lecture  every  Wednesday 
and  Sunday  at  8.30  p.  m.,  on  famous  men  of  the  past  forty 
years.  Mr.  Harris  knew  intimately  Browning,  Carlyle,  Mere- 
dith, Wagner,  and  many  other  celebrities,  and  speaks  of  them 
most  forcefully  and  interestingly,  giving  many  intimate  per- 
sonal details  never  before  told. 


57  FIFTH  AVENUE 


Admission  $1.00 


SCHOOL  ORCHESTRAS  AND  BANDS 

By  GLENN  H.  WOODS 

Director   of  Music,   Public   Schools,   Oakland,   Cal. 

A  PRIMER  of  ORGAN  REGISTRATION 

By  GORDON  BALCH  NEVIN 

A  volume  of  The  Music  Students  Library 

Price,  $1.50  postpaid 
THE  PAGEANT  OF  THE  PILGRIMS 

Text  by  Frederick  H.  Martens  Music  by  N.  Clifford  Page 

In  a  Prologue  and  Six  Episodes,  with  incidental  music,   6olo,  chorus 

of   mixed   voices   and   orchestra 

Time   of  performance:   one   hour  and   a   half  to  two   hours 

Solo    Voices:    Soprano,    Mezzo-soprano,    Tenor,    Baritone    and    Bass 

(or  Baritone) 

Price:   Vocal   Score,  $1.00;    Choruses   only,   20   cents; 
Libretto,  25  cents 

THE  LANDING  OF  THE  PILGRIMS 

Text  by  Felicia  Hemans  Music  by  Louis  Adolphe  Coerne 

Cantata  for  Mixed  Voices.    Solo  Voice:   Baritone 
Time    of    performance:    about    fifteen    minutes 

Price,  30  cents 
THE  PILGRIMS  OF  1620 

Text  by  M.  Josephine  Moroney  Music  by  E.  S.  Hosmer 

Cantata  for  Mixed  Voices.    Solo  Voice:   Baritone 

Time    of    performance:    about    thirty    minutes 

Price,  50  cents 

THE  PILGRIM  FATHERS 

Text  by  Frances  J.  Crosby        Music  by  George  F.  Root  and  J.  C.  Macy 

For    Mixed    Voices.      Solo    Voices:    Soprano,    Alto,    Tenor,    two 

Baritones    and    Bass 

Time    of    performance:    about    one    hour 

Price,  $1.00 

The  Dilson  Novelty  List  is  well  worth  while 
Ask  to  have  your  name  placed  on  our  mailing  list 

OLIVER  DITSON    CO.,    178-179  Tremont  St.,  Boston 
Chas.  H.  Ditson  &  Co.,  8-10-12  E.  34th  St.,  New  York 

Order    of   your   local   dealer. 


>4nnTi 


rR 


International  Relations  Section 


France  and  General  Wrangel 

THE  recognition  by  France  of  the  de  facto  Government 
of  General  Wrangel  was  announced  on  August  11. 
On  August  30  the  Daily  Herald  (London)  published  the 
following  agreement,  which  was  officially  denied  but  widely 
reasserted. 

For  the  promise  of  official  recognition  by  France,  and  military 
and  diplomatic  support  against  the  Soviet  Government,  General 
Wrangel  engages  himself: 

1.  To  recognize  with  priority  all  debts  due  to  France  by  the 
Russian  state  and  municipalities,  to  be  paid  in  compound  interest. 

2.  The  Soviet  Government  having  been  overthrown,  France 
converts  all  Russian  debts  to  a  new  loan,  at  a  yearly  interest 
of  a>y2  per  cent  for  35  years,  with  partial  yearly  amortization. 

3.  The  paying  of  interest  and  the  yearly  amortization  of 
capital  is  to  be  guaranteed  by: 

a.  The  handing  over  to  France  for  exploitation  of  all  railways 
of  European  Russia  for years. 

b.  The  handing  over  to  France  of  the  right  to  draw  customs 
and  port  charges  at  all  ports  on  the  Black  and  Azov  Seas. 

c.  The  placing  at  the  disposal  of  France  of  the  surplus  of  the 

corn  of  the  Ukraine  and  Kuban  districts  during  the years, 

the  export  before  the  war  to  be  taken  as  the  basis. 

d.  The  placing  at  the  disposal  of  France  of  three-fourths  of 

the  exported   quantities   of  naphtha   and   benzine   during  

years,  according  to  estimate  of  before  the  war. 

e.  The  surrendering  of  one-fourth  of  the  quantity  of  coal  in 
the  Don  district  during  years. 

Note:  The  number  of  years  for  points  a,  c,  d,  e  to  be  settled 
by  a  special  agreement,  not  yet  drawn  up. 

Points  b,  c,  and  e  take  effect  immediately  after  Wrangel's 
conquest  of  the  corresponding  territories.  The  sums  obtained 
by  the  export  of  raw  materials  should  be  used  for  the  payment 
of  interest  for  old  debts. 

4.  To  the  Russian  financial,  commercial,  and  industrial  minis- 
tries shall  be  attached  officials  of  the  French  financial  and  com- 
mercial chancelleries,  whose  rights  shall  be  settled  by  a  special 
treaty. 

5.  Russia  engages  itself  to  restore  liability  to  military  service 
upon  the  same  basis  as  before  the  war. 

6.  France  undertakes  to  restore  the  Russian  rifle  and  muni- 
tion factories  and  the  primary  equipping  of  the  new  army. 
France  and  Russia  enter  into  a  military  offensive  and  defensive 
alliance  for  20  years. 

By  a  secret  treaty  is  settled  the  policy  of  France  concerning 
the  border  states  separated  from  Russia,  and  their  mutual  rela- 
tions to  Russia. 


The  Conditions  of  the  Third  Internationale 

AT  the  Second  Congress  of  the  Third  or  Communist 
Internationale,  held  at  Moscow  in  July,  certain  con- 
ditions were  formulated  which  parties  wishing  to  enter  the 
Third  Internationale  should  fulfil.  These  conditions  were 
printed  in  the  Freiheit  (Berlin)  of  August  25,  and  in  the 
Bulletin  Communiste  (Paris)  for  September  2.  The  text 
printed  below  follows  the  French  version,  additional  matter 
included  in  the  German  version  being  given  within  square 
brackets.  The  press  of  the  German  Independent  and  the 
French  Socialists  divide,  many  calling  the  conditions  im- 
possible; the  American  Socialists  unanimously  reject  them. 
The  First  Congress  of  the  Communist  Internationale  did  not 
lay  down  definite  conditions  for  admission  of  parties  into  the 


Third  Internationale.  Up  to  the  time  of  calling  the  first  con- 
gress there  were  in  most  countries  merely  Communist  wings  or 
groups.  The  Second  Congress  meets  under  other  conditions.  In 
most  countries  there  now  are  Communist  parties  and  organiza- 
tions. Parties  and  groups  which  very  recently  belonged  to  the 
Second  Internationale  and  now  desire  to  enter  the  Third  although 
they  have  not  become  truly  Communist,  are  turning  more  and 
more  often  to  the  Communist  Internationale.  The  Second  Inter- 
nationale is  wrecked.  The  middle  parties  and  Centrist  groups, 
understanding  how  hopeless  is  the  outlook,  are  attempting  to 
lean  upon  the  Communist  Internationale  which  is  becoming  more 
and  more  powerful.  Nevertheless  they  hope  to  retain  a  sufficient 
degree  of  autonomy  to  enable  them  to  carry  out  their  old  op- 
portunist or  Centrist  policy.  The  Communist  Internationale  has, 
in  a  way,  become  the  fashion.  The  desire  of  the  leading  groups 
of  the  Center  to  enter  it  is  an  indirect  proof  that  the  Communist 
Internationale  has  won  the  sympathies  of  the  great  majority  of 
the  class-conscious  workers  of  the  world  and  is  daily  stronger. 

The  Communist  Internationale  might  be  menaced  by  the  in- 
vasion of  unreliable  elements  noted  for  their  half-way  methods 
and  not  yet  free  of  the  ideology  of  the  Second  Internationale. 
Furthermore  in  some  of  the  great  parties  (Italy,  Sweden,  [Nor- 
way, Jugoslavia,  etc.] )  which  have  Communist  majorities  there 
remain  large  reformist  and  pacifist  groups  which  only  wait  the 
occasion  to  raise  their  heads  again,  to  begin  the  active  sabotage 
of  the  proletarian  revolution,  and  so  help  the  bourgeoisie  and 
the  Second  Internationale.  No  Communist  should  forget  the 
lessons  of  the  Hungarian  Soviet  Republic.  The  amalgamation 
of  the  Hungarian  Communists  with  the  reformists  cost  the 
Hungarian  proletariat  dear.  Hence  the  Second  Congress  of  the. 
Communist  Internationale  considers  it  necessary  to  define  with 
precision  the  conditions  for  the  admission  of  new  parties  and  to 
direct  the  attention  of  those  parties  which  have  been  admitted 
to  the  Communist  Internationale  to  the  duties  incumbent  upon 
them.  The  Second  Congress,  of  the  Communist  Internationale 
determines  the  conditions  for  membership  as  follows: 

1.  The  daily  propaganda  and  agitation  must  have  a  clear 
Communist  character  [and  agree  with  the  program  and  deci- 
sions of  the  Third  Internationale].  The  party  pr-ss  must  be 
edited  by  responsible  Communists,  who  have  proved  their  devo- 
tion to  the  cause  of  the  proletariat.  The  dictatorship  of  the 
proletariat  should  not  be  discussed  as  a  current  and  formal 
phrase;  propaganda  for  it  should  be  such  that  its  necessity, 
deduced  from  the  facts  of  daily  life,  would  be  obvious  to  every 
worker,  soldier,  and  peasant,  and  regularly  noted  in  our  press. 

In  the  columns  of  the  press,  at  public  meetings,  in  the  trade 
unions,  in  the  cooperatives,  wherever  the  supporters  of  the  Third 
Internationale  have  access,  the  bourgeoisie  and  also  its  accom- 
plices, the  reformers  of  all  types,  must  be  systematically  and 
unmercifully  branded. 

2.  Organizations  desiring  to  affiliate  with  the  Communist  In- 
ternationale should  regularly  and  systematically  remove  the  re- 
formists and  Centrists  from  all  responsible  posts,  major  or 
minor,  in  the  labor  movement  (party  organizations,  editorial 
offices,  trade  unions,  parliamentary  groups,  cooperatives,  munici- 
pal administrations,  etc.)  and  replace  them  with  tried  Com- 
munists, without  hesitating,  especially  at  the  beginning,  to  re- 
place "experienced"  opportunists  by  workers  of  the  rank  and  file. 

3.  In  countries  where  because  of  a  state  of  siege  or  of  excep- 
tional laws  the  Communists  are  unable  to  carry  on  all  their 
work  legally,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  combine  legal  with 
illegal  activities.  In  nearly  every  country  of  Europe  and  Amer- 
ica the  class  struggle  is  entering  upon  the  phase  of  civil  war. 
Under  such  circumstances  the  Communists  cannot  rely  upon 
bourgeois  legality.  It  is  their  duty  everywhere  to  create  parallel 
to  the  legal  an  illegal  organization  capable  at  the  decisive  mo- 
ment of  fulfilling  its  duty  to  the  revolution. 

4.  A  systematic  and  vigorous  propaganda  must  be  carried  on 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


407 


in  the  army.  Communist  nuclei  should  be  formed  in  every 
military  unit.  Most  of  this  work  will  be  illegal  but  to  refuse 
to  do  it  would  be  treason  to  revolutionary  duty  and  incompatible 
with  membership  in  the  Third  Internationale. 

5.  A  systematic  and  well-planned  agitation  must  be  carried  on 
in  the  country  districts.  The  working  class  cannot  triumph 
unless  it  has  the  support  of  at  least  a  part  of  the  farm  workers 
(day  workers  and  poorer  farmers)  and  unless  its  policy  has 
won  the  neutrality  of  at  least  a  part  of  the  backward  rural 
groups.  Communist  activity  in  the  country  is  coming  to  be  of 
capital  importance.  It  must  be  carried  on  chiefly  by  the  urban 
Communist  workers  who  have  connections  in  the  country.  Re- 
fusal to  do  this  work  or  confiding  it  to  unreliable  semi-reformist 
hands  is  equivalent  to  renunciation  of  the  proletarian  revolution. 

6.  It  is  the  duty  of  every  party  desiring  to  belong  to  the 
Third  Internationale  to  denounce  not  only  avowed  patriotism,  but 
also  dishonest  and  hypocritical  pacifism,  and  systematically  to 
demonstrate  to  the  workers  that  without  the  revolutionary  over- 
throw of  capitalism  no  international  court  of  arbitration,  no  dis- 
cussion of  the  reduction  of  armaments,  no  "democratic"  reor- 
ganization of  the  League  of  Nations  can  preserve  mankind  from 
fresh  imperialistic  wars. 

7.  It  is  the  duty  of  parties  desiring  to  belong  to  the  Com- 
munist Internationale  to  recognize  the  necessity  of  a  complete 
and  final  break  with  reformist  and  Centrist  policies,  and  to 
preach  this  break  among  the  members  of  the  party.  Without 
this  a  consistent  Communist  policy  is  impossible. 

The  Communist  Internationale  demands  imperatively  and 
without  discussion  that  this  break  be  made  within  a  very  short 
time.  The  Communist  Internationale  cannot  admit  that  such 
avowed  opportunists  as  Turati,  [Kautsky,  Hilferding,  Hillquit, 
Longuet,  Macdonald,]  Modigliani,  etc.,  should  have  the  right  to 
call  themselves  members  of  the  Third  Internationale.  That 
would  make  the  Third  Internationale  too  much  like  the  Second. 

8.  A  particularly  clear-cut  stand  should  be  taken  in  the 
matter  of  colonies  and  oppressed  nationalities  by  parties  in 
those  countries  whose  bourgeoisie  possesses  colonies  and  op- 
presses nationalities.  Parties  belonging  to  the  Communist  In- 
ternationale are  duty-bound  pitilessly  to  unmask  the  acts  of 
their  own  imperialists  in  the  colonies,  to  support  every  move- 
ment for  emancipation  in  the  colonies  not  only  with  words  but 
with  acts,  to  demand  the  expulsion  of  their  own  imperialists 
from  those  colonies,  to  nourish  in  the  hearts  of  the  workers  in 
their  own  countries  a  genuine  fraternal  feeling  for  the  working 
population  of  the  colonies  and  for  the  oppressed  nationalities, 
and  to  sustain  a  systematic  agitation  among  the  troops  of  their 
countries  against  all  oppression  of  the  people  of  the  colonies. 

9.  Parties  desiring  to  belong  to  the  Communist  Internationale 
should  carry  on  a  systematic  and  persistent  propaganda  within 
the  trade  unions,  [the  workers'  and  shop  councils,]  the  coopera- 
tives, and  other  mass  organizations  of  the  workers.  Within 
those  organizations  Communist  nuclei  should  be  formed,  whose 
stubborn  and  persistent  work  will  win  the  trade  unions  to 
Communism.  It  will  be  their  constant  task  to  expose  the  trea- 
son of  the  social  patriots  and  the  instability  of  the  "Center." 
These  Communist  nuclei  should  be  completely  subordinate  to 
the  party  as  a  whole. 

10.  It  is  the  duty  of  parties  belonging  to  the  Communist  In- 
ternationale vigorously  and  persistently  to  fight  the  yellow 
Trade  Union  Internationale  organized  at  Amsterdam.  On  the 
other  hand  they  should  aid  with  all  their  power  the  interna- 
tional union  of  the  Red  trade  unions  affiliated  with  the  Com- 
munist Internationale. 

11.  It  is  the  duty  of  parties  desiring  to  belong  to  the  Third 
Internationale  to  revise  the  personnel  of  their  parliamentary 
groups,  to  expel  all  unreliable  elements,  and  to  make  these 
groups  subject  to  the  party  executives,  not  only  in  form  but 
in  fact,  by  demanding  that  each  Communist  member  of  Parlia- 
ment subordinate  all  his  activity  to  the  true  interests  of  revo- 
lutionary propaganda  and  agitation. 

12.  The    periodical    and    non-periodical    press    and    all    party 


publishing  concerns  should  be  under  the  complete  control  of  the 
party  executive,  whether  that  be  legal  or  illegal.  The  organs 
of  publicity  cannot  be  permitted  to  abuse  their  autonomy  and 
to  follow  a  policy  not  in  complete  accord  with  the  party  policy. 

13.  Parties  belonging  to  the  Communist  Internationale  should 
be  organized  on  the  principle  of  democratic  centralization.  In 
the  present  period  of  acute  civil  war  the  Communist  Party  can 
fulfil  its  function  only  if  organized  in  most  centralized  fashion, 
if  controlled  by  iron  military  discipline,  and  if  the  party  execu- 
tive, armed  with  large  powers,  exercises  uncontested  authority 
and  has  the  unanimous  confidence  of  the  active  membership. 

14.  The  Communist  parties  in  countries  where  the  Commu- 
nists work  legally  must  carry  out  periodic  housecleanings  of  the 
party  organization  to  rid  the  party  of  petit  bourgeois  and  spe- 
cial interest  elements. 

15.  Parties  desiring  to  belong  to  the  Communist  Internation- 
ale should  give  unqualified  support  to  all  soviet  republics  in 
their  struggles  against  the  counter-revolution.  They  should 
untiringly  preach  refusal  to  transport  munitions  or  supplies  to 
the  enemies  of  the  Soviet  Republic,  and,  whether  legally  or 
illegally,  they  should  carry  on  propaganda  among  the  troops 
sent  against  the  soviet  republics. 

16.  Parties  which  have  hitherto  retained  their  old  Social 
Democratic  programs  are  duty-bound  to  revise  those  programs 
without  delay,  and  to  work  out  a  new  program  in  the  spirit  of 
the  decisions  of  the  Communist  Internationale  adapted  to  the 
special  conditions  of  their  countries.  As  a  rule  the  programs  of 
parties  belonging  to  the  Communist  Internationale  should  be 
confirmed  by  the  Congress  of  the  Communist  Internationale,  or 
by  its  Executive  Committee.  If  the  program  of  a  party  should 
not  be  sanctioned  by  the  Executive  Committee,  the  party  may 
appeal  to  the  Congress. 

17.  All  decisions  of  the  Congress  and  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  the  Communist  Internationale  are  binding  upon  all 
parties  affiliated  with  it.  In  this  period  of  acute  civil  war 
the  Communist  Internationale  must  be  far  more  centralized 
than  was  the  Second.  The  Communist  Internationale  and  its 
Executive  Committee  should  take  into  consideration  the  very 
varied  conditions  in  the  different  countries,  and  make  general 
and  binding  resolutions  only  when  they  can  be  carried  out. 

18.  In  accordance  with  the  above,  all  parties  belonging  to 
the  Communist  Internationale  should  change  their  names.  Any 
party  desiring  to  join  the  Communist  Internationale  should  be 
called  "Communist  Party  of  .  .  .  (Section  of  the  Third 
Communist  Internationale)."  The  question  of  name  is  not  a 
mere  matter  of  form,  but  has  considerable  political  importance. 
The  Communist  Internationale  has  declared  war  upon  the 
entire  old  bourgeois  world  and  on  all  the  old  yellow  Social 
Democratic  parties.  It  is  important  that  the  difference  between 
the  Communist  parties  and  the  old  official  "Social  Democratic" 
and  "Socialist"  parties  which  have  betrayed  the  banner  of  the 
working  class  should  be  made  clear  to  every  workingman. 

[19.  It  is  the  duty  of  all  the  leading  press  organs  of  the 
parties  to  print  all  important  official  documents  of  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  of  the  Communist  Internationale. 

[20.  All  parties  belonging  to  the  Communist  Internationale, 
or  which  have  applied  for  admission  to  it,  should  as  soon  as 
possible,  at  the  latest  within  four  months  after  the  Second 
Congress  of  the  Communist  Internationale,  call  a  special  con- 
vention to  examine  these  conditions.  The  Party  Executive 
should  see  that  all  local  organizations  are  made  acquainted 
with  the  decisions  of  the  Second  Congress. 

[21.  Parties  desiring  to  enter  the  Third  Internationale  which 
have  not  yet  radically  changed  their  former  tactics  should 
arrange  that  before  entrance  into  the  Third  Internationale  at 
least  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  the  Party  Executive  and  of 
all  the  important  central  bodies  shall  have  clearly  and  publicly 
declared  in  favor  of  entrance  into  the  Third  Internationale  be- 
fore its  Second  Congress.  Exceptions  may  be  allowed  with  the 
approval  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Third  Internation- 
ale.    The  Executive    Committee  may  also  make  exceptions   in 


408 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


the  cases  of  the  Centrist  adherents  named  in  Condition  7. 
[22.  Party  members  who  on  principle  reject  these  conditions 
laid  down  by  the  Communist  Internationale  are  to  be  expelled 
from  the  party.  This  applies  especially  to  delegates  to  the 
special  party  convention.] 

The  Petrograd  Elections 

ELECTIONS  to  the  Petrograd  Soviet  were  held  during 
the  week  of  June  23-30.  The  following  extracts  and 
summaries  are  from  the  Bolshevist  papers  of  that  period. 

The  Pravda  (Petrograd)  of  June  16  contains  an  announce- 
ment of  the  forthcoming  elections,  signed  by  Zinoviev,  chairman 
of  the  Petrograd  Soviet,  and  Trilliser,  secretary,  setting  forth 
the  rules  and  regulations  for  the  balloting. 

The  distinguishing  feature  of  Soviet  elections  is  that  the 
voters  are  grouped  occupationally  and  not  geographically.  The 
workers  vote  at  their  factories  or  at  their  union  headquarters, 
the  soldiers  in  their  barracks,  the  students  at  their  universities. 
Housewives  and  other  scattered  workers  are  provided  with  spe- 
cial polling  places. 

The  general  ratio  of  representation,  as  prescribed  in  the  regu- 
lations, is  one  delegate  to  each  400  voters.  Concerns  employ- 
ing more  than  150  and  less  than  400  workers  elect  one  delegate ; 
those  having  less  than  150  workers  combine  with  other  groups  in 
kindred  occupations.  Soldiers  and  sailors  elect  delegates  at  the 
ratio  of  one  for  each  200.  Detached  units  numbering  less  than 
200  elect  one  delegate  each.  Brain  workers  (writers,  scientists, 
professors,  artists,  etc.)  elect  delegates  through  their  profes- 
sional organizations. 

The  large  organized  bodies  of  workers  also  elect  delegates  to 
the  soviet,  so  that  the  citizens  have  a  certain  degree  of  double 
representation,  by  delegates  from  their  shops  and  from  their 
respective  unions.  The  Petrograd  Council  of  Trade  Unions 
elects  one  delegate  for  each  5,000  members.  Each  registered 
industrial  and  trade  union  numbering  not  less  than  2,000  mem- 
bers elects  two  delegates.  Organized  professional  sections  hav- 
ing not  less  than  500  members  (artisans,  transport  workers, 
clerks,  etc.)   elect  one  delegate  each. 

Nominations  are  made  by  groups  of  workers,  soldiers,  etc., 
and  the  different  tickets  are  presented  to  the  factory  or  shop 
committees,  or  to  the  boards  of  their  unions,  or  the  district  mili- 
tary sections,  as  the  case  may  be.  These  tickets  must  be  posted 
in  the  election  places  at  least  24  hours  before  the  election.  The 
date  of  the  elections,  which  may  be  held  at  any  time  during 
election  week,  is  determined  by  the  factory  and  shop  committees, 
trade  union  boards,  etc.  Notice  of  the  election  must  be  posted 
in  the  place  where  it  is  to  be  held  at  least  24  hours  in  advance. 
Elections  where  voters  are  scattered  (house  servants,  janitors, 
etc.)  must  be  advertised  in  the  press. 

An  election  is  legal  regardless  of  the  number  of  those  voting. 
The  number  of  delegates  is  established  in  proportion  to  the  num- 
ber of  voters  employed  in  the  concern  where  the  election  is 
held,  and  not  in  proportion  to  the  number  who  actually  vote. 

With  the  official  announcement  of  these  regulations,  Pravda 
prints  two  specimen  blank  forms,  one  for  giving  notice  of  elec- 
tions and  the  other  for  reporting  the  results.  Each  has  to  be 
duly  certified  by  the  local  election  board  and  delivered  to  the 
Central  Election  Board.  This  board  is  composed  of  seven  mem- 
bers, appointed  by  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Petrograd 
Soviet,  the  Council  of  Trade  Unions,  and  the  Military  Section 
of  the  Petrograd  Soviet. 

A  typical  campaign  editorial  appears  in  the  Petrograd  Pravda 
of  June  18.  The  official  organ  of  the  Communists  appeals  for 
support  on  the  party's  record.     The  editorial  says  in  part: 

"Once  more  the  workers  will  have  to  say  to  whom  they  will 
intrust  the  leadership  at  this  complicated  and  serious  moment. 
We  stand  before  a  new  attack  by  the  Allies.  We  have  delivered 
a  strong  blow  against  the  Polish  shlachta  (landlords)  who  at- 
tempted to  grab  us  by  the  throat.     But  the  battle  is  not  yet 


ended.  In  the  south,  Wrangel  has  crawled  out  from  the  Crimea, 
and  with  the  aid  of  the  British  and  French  imperialists  attempts 
to  stretch  a  helping  hand  to  the  Poles. 

"'Bread  and  Peace,'  was  our  slogan  in  1917;  but  world  im- 
perialism tried  to  strangle  us  and  we  had  to  fight  for  our  revo- 
lution. As  a  result  of  our  victories,  however,  the  food  supply 
is  much  better  and  Petrograd  gets  more  food  now  than  in  1919. 

"Now  the  Soviet  Government  of  Petrograd  again  asks  the 
workers  to  tell  to  whom  they  will  intrust  the  defense  of  the 
great  city,  under  whose  banner  they  will  fight  against  world 
imperialism.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  proletariat  of  Petro- 
grad, which  was  not  afraid  of  Judenich,  who  almost  captured  the 
city,  will  now  give  their  votes  to  the  vanguard  of  the  working 
class,  the  Russian  Communist  Party." 

As  the  elections  progress,  the  papers  flaunt  the  Communist 
victories.    The  following  are  characteristic  headlines: 

"Maxim  Gorky  is  elected  to  the  Petrograd  Soviet  by  the  De- 
partment of  Education." 

"The  Post  Office  elected  20  Communists  and  10  nonpartisans." 

"The  Housewives  made  a  good  start  and  elected  a  Communist 
woman  to  the  Petrograd  Soviet." 

"The  Students  of  the  First  City  District  elected  two  Com- 
munists." 

Defeat  of  the  chief  opposition  party  is  hailed  with  exultation. 
A  paragraph  headed  "Great  Failure  of  the  Mensheviks"  reads: 

"The  Mensheviks  placed  great  hopes  in  the  elections  at  the 
Post  Office,  and  at  the  Telegraph  and  Telephone  offices.  They 
made  much  preparation  for  the  campaign  among  these  workers, 
who  comprise  many  intellectuals.  Result :  The  Communist  ticket 
elected  by  an  overwhelming  majority." 

The  Red  Gazette  is  especially  bitter.  In  the  issue  of  June  26, 
under  the  caption  "Disgrace,"  it  pours  scorn  upon  two  factories 
which  elected  deputies  from  the  opposition  parties: 

"At  the  Nobel  factory  two  Mensheviks  were  elected  and  at  the 
Pal  factory  one  Social  Revolutionist.  .  .  .  We  are  not  direct- 
ing attention  to  the  deputies  of  these  factories;  we  are  pointing 
the  finger  of  scorn  at  the  factories  which  elected  these  deputies. 
Behold  the  workers  of  the  Nobel  factory!  Behold  the  workers  of 
the  Pal  factory!  Look  at  them,  sailors  and  Red  army  soldiers! 
Behold  these  erring  ones,  brothers  and  sisters!  They  voted  for 
the  representatives  of  those  parties  which  only  recently  em- 
braced Kolchak  and  Denikin.  They  voted  for  the  parties  which 
always  hindered  our  revolution.  ...  In  all  Petrograd  only 
two  such  enterprises  were  found  which  voted  for  the  parties  of 
the  plucked  crows.  These  factories  may  serve  as  specimens  for 
a  museum  of  freaks;  one  may  look  at  them  with  surprise — but 
one  must  despise  them." 

The  records  of  the  candidates  are  rigorously  exposed,  and  the 
lists  and  returns  carefully  scrutinized.  There  are  occasional 
charges  of  irregularity  and  demands  for  reelection.  At  the 
Nobel  factory  a  Menshevik,  Dorofeev,  was  elected  on  a  nonparti- 
san ticket.  Whereupon  the  workers  in  the  foundry  shop  of  that 
factory  passed  the  following  resolution  of  protest:  "We,  the 
workers  of  the  foundry,  protest  against  a  faulty  election.  Un- 
der the  banner  of  nonpartisanship  a  Menshevik  was  elected.  We 
do  not  trust  the  Mensheviks,  who  at  the  present  moment  under 
the  leadership  of  a  Menshevik,  Pilsudski,  are  waging  war  against 
Soviet  Russia.    We  demand  a  new  election  for  Dorofeev's  seat." 

The  housewives  launched  a  savage  attack  upon  the  two  fac- 
tories which  had  the  temerity  to  elect  Menshevist  deputies.  At 
their  election  meeting  the  housewives  of  the  second  city  district, 
numbering  1,500  electors,  passed  a  resolution  condemning  the 
action  of  the  Nobel  and  Pal  factories.  "Comrades,  workers," 
runs  their  statement,  published  in  the  Red  Gazette,  June  29, 
"think  whom  you  have  elected.  At  the  head  of  the  Polish  army 
stands  the  traitor  Pilsudski,  waging  war  against  workers  and 
peasants.  .  .  .  And  you  have  elected  to  the  Petrograd  Soviet 
the  same  kind  of  Mensheviki.  It  is  a  shame,  comrades,  to  help 
the  White  Guard  lords.  Death  to  the  Mensheviki  and  Social 
Revolutionists,  together  with  the  Polish  lords.  Long  live  the 
newly  elected  Communist  Petrograd  Soviet!" 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


409 


The  Philosophy  of  World  Pathos 


Yale 


Lectures  on  Modern  Idealism.    By  the  late  Josiah  Royce. 
University  Press. 

THE  appearance  of  the  first  posthumous  work  of  Josiah 
Royce  is  in  itself  a  moment  of  importance.  America,  in 
entering  upon  a  new  world-career,  has  discovered,  and  inevitably 
discovered,  a  new  interest  in  itself.  The  vivid  and  generous 
idealism,  the  high  self-approval,  with  which  we  entered  upon  the 
overseas  crusade,  followed  by  the  bitter  recessional,  rebuffs  not 
only  of  our  confidence  in  others  but  also  of  our  own  clarities  and 
contentments,  have  left  us  humbled  and  puzzled  and  confused 
with  a  sense  of  our  own  self-strangeness.  We  Americans 
marched  into  the  war  with  a  serene  courage  and  a  singing  voice, 
not  glad,  but  ready;  we  are  returning,  drooped  and  disastered, 
with  an  unintelligible  external  victory  and  an  inevadable  inner 
conflict,  surprised  by  our  friends,  uncertain  of  ourselves,  wistful 
of  our  ideals.  What,  indeed,  are  we,  inwardly  and  truly?  How 
much  is  of  Europe,  how  much  of  the  New  World?  What,  out 
of  our  past,  is  genuinely  our  spirit  and  our  inheritance?  We 
have  passed  not  only  through  a  crisis  of  action,  but  into  a  crisis 
of  national  consciousness,  and  we  are  now  wrestling,  ere  the 
dawn  break,  for  some  touch  of  grace  which  shall  restore  within 
us  the  inspiration  of  life.  Faith  in  ourselves — even  as  a  com- 
pensation for  a  broken  faith  in  others — we  must  find  anew;  and 
hence  it  is  that  we  are  turning,  with  an  interest  hitherto  un- 
known on  these  shores,  to  a  reexamination  of  American  history 
and  a  reappraisement  of  the  possibilities  of  American  literature, 
philosophy,  art,  if  perchance  therein  may  be  discovered  the  truth 
which  shall  make  us  whole. 

To  minds  so  caught  in  the  glamour  of  self-distrust  every  work 
and  word  of.  those  who  in  our  past  have  been  framers  of  our 
national  thought  and  leaders  of  our  essential  life,  stout  and 
acknowledged  Americans,  will  come  as  text  for  study  and  object 
of  reflection;  and  within  this  range  fall  the  works  and  words 
of  Josiah  Royce.  It  is  certainly  too  early  to  attempt  to  assign 
to  the  thinking  of  Royce  its  place  in  the  intellectual  history  of 
America — much  less  to  try  to  appraise  it  as  a  contribution  to 
the  whole  development  of  philosophy.  Though  its  mission  is  to 
clarify,  to  reduce  the  whole  pageant  of  time  into  the  narrowed 
mirror  of  ideas  that  we  may  view  the  parts  with  a  comprehen- 
sive eye,  yet  no  more  than  politics  or  letters  can  philosophy  be 
understood  apart  from  its  perspective:  its  interests,  its  prob- 
lems, its  solutions  are  all  colored  and  glassed  by  the  fluid  of  its 
contextual  life,  which  crystallizes  into  form  only  as  that  life 
subsides  into  a  future  for  which  the  deeds  and  thoughts  of  the 
past  are  as  hardened  monuments.  Royce  himself  was  deeply 
possessed  of  the  historic  sense;  and  none  could  have  been  more 
fully  aware  than  he  of  the  futility  of  an  early  eulogy  or  an 
early  silence  where  the  concern  is  those  great  matters  of  thought 
which  slowly  build  up  the  speculative  abiding-places  of  mankind. 
The  shadow  of  the  Sphinx  is  long;  she  is  deliberate  with  the 
centuries. 

Yet  though  it  is  early  to  assign  a  place  to  Royce  the  philoso- 
pher, there  need  be  less  reserve  in  appraising  the  man:  the 
human,  one  might  almost  say,  the  anecdotal  side  of  a  career 
belongs  to  its  contemporaries.  In  his  last  years  Royce  was  a 
pathetically  heroic  figure.  He  was  an  afflicted  man,  physically 
broken,  when  he  was  called  upon  to  face  the  great  questions 
which  the  war  forced  upon  the  world  and  upon  his  country;  yet 
he  rose  to  the  hour  as  few  American  thinkers  were  able  to  rise, 
and  in  a  series  of  fine  utterances  he  gave  unfaltering  voice  to 
that  high  and  patriotic  idealism  which  is  "the  hope  of  the  great 
community."  What  must  have  cost  Royce — what  shattering  of 
idols,  what  bitterness  of  soul — such  an  expression  as  the  Tre- 
mont  Temple  address,  itself  keeping  up  the  height  of  New  Eng- 
land tradition,  only  those  can  guess  who  know  to  what  extent 
his  intellectual  life  had  been  a  devotion  to  German  philosophy; 
and  though  it  may  well  be,  as  his  editor,  Professor  Loewenburg 
remarks,  that  his  "very  attitude  of  sympathy  towards  German 


civilization  of  the  past  intensified  his  righteous  indignation," 
nevertheless  this  could  have  meant  but  an  intenser  inward  pain. 
Royce  had  come  to  be  a  kind  of  apostle  of  German  Absolute 
Idealism;  by  the  expansion  of  its  tradition  he  had  sought  to 
illuminate  our  own  social  ideals,  and  the  German  debacle  could 
have  come  to  him  only  as  black  treason  to  his  more  vital  faith. 
The  finer,  therefore,  that  as  an  American  he  stood  unswerving. 

Royce  is  dead.  Ours,  not  his,  must  be  the  retrospection  which 
— after  the  battle — shall  give  the  fuller  appraisal  not  only  of 
what  German  philosophy  has  meant  in  the  world,  but  of  what  it 
might  have  meant,  or  indeed  may  mean  in  another  than  our 
present  political  dimensions.  We  must  begin  again  the  perusal 
of  the  book  of  history,  and  it  is  therefore  appropriate  that  the 
publication  of  the  "Lectures  on  Modern  Idealism,"  delivered  at 
Johns  Hopkins  University  in  1906,  should  take  us  back  to  the 
quieter  and  confident  period  before  men's  minds  were  broken 
with  self-distrust.  In  so  turning  back,  we  are  not  studying 
merely  a  fallen  dust;  for  the  past  never  dies.  German  idealism 
was  a  vast  and  perhaps  deadly  influence  in  the  making  of  the 
career  of  Germany.  But  it  was  more  than  German:  it  entered 
France  and  England  and  Russia,  aggressively  and  at  times 
dominantly;  it  entered  the  United  States,  vaguely  in  our  first 
transcendentalism,  positively  through  the  expositions  of  Royce 
and  other  American  Hegelians;  it  looms,  indeed  huge,  in  the 
speculation  and  in  the  politics  of  the  nineteenth  century.  But 
more  than  this:  the  temper  of  German  thought  is  not  merely 
German;  it  is  phenomenal  (as  its  own  philosophers  might  say), 
along  with  other  phenomena,  of  the  modern  world,  and  its  un- 
derstanding is  a  part  of  the  understanding  of  the  modern  world. 
The  conflict,  within  the  individual,  of  his  individual's  will  and 
his  citizen's  will  Rousseau  had  emphasized  before  Hegel,  and 
who  but  Rousseau  has  made  vivid  those  conceptions  of  the  sover- 
eignty of  a  people  and  of  the  sanctity  of  the  public  sentiment 
which  move  so  deep  in  our  hidden  loyalties  and  differ  so  little 
from  the  over-individual  idealized  as  the  Volkgeist?  Democracy 
in  France  and  America  owns,  after  all,  a  speculative  cousinship 
with  bureaucracy  in  Germany:  as  Royce  indicates,  they  hark 
back  to  that  romantic  storm  and  stress,  that  political  and  social 
and  spiritual  unrest  which  in  so  large  measure  is  the  avatar  of 
modernity.  We  must  know  ourselves,  we  Americans;  and  if  we 
would  know  truly  we  must  know  whence  we  were  born  and  what 
is  our  inheritance. 

The  ten  lectures  on  modern  idealism  are  in  matter  less  com- 
prehensive than  their  title  might  indicate.  They  form  an  his- 
torical introduction,  devoted  to  the  early  Kant-to-Hegel  period, 
rather  than  a  survey  of  nineteenth  century  idealistic  thought. 
In  two  lectures  Royce  lays  his  finger  upon  the  essence  of  Kant, 
showing  how  that  philosopher  could  be  at  once  so  persuasive 
and  so  tantalizing:  as  his  speculative  legacy  Kant  left  (in  his 
two  "Critiques")  an  unsolved  antimony  of  the  logical  and  the 
moral  selves  which,  owing  to  his  own  cultivated  suspensions  of 
judgment,  he  was  content  to  leave,  but  which  served  as  a  chal- 
lenge to  the  powers  and  tempers  of  those  who  followed  his  lead- 
ership. Fichte  was  the  first,  stressing  the  rights  of  the  moral 
Ego.  Royce  passes  him  briefly  and  goes  on  to  a  study  of  the 
dialectic  of  Subject  and  Object  as  developed  by  Schelling;  and 
thence  to  his  real  interest,  the  less  aesthetic  and  more  stringent 
dialectic  of  Hegel,  to  which  he  devotes  four  of  the  lectures, 
leaving  to  a  last  discourse  a  summarizing  of  later  trends  (into 
pragmatisms,  humanisms,  realisms,  and  what-not),  which  all 
appear  to  Royce — though  this  is  not  his  figure — like  an  assort- 
ment of  more  or  less  exasperated  and  quite  futilely  resistant 
creatures  caught  once  for  all  in  the  Kantian  trap  and  fated  to 
its  dialectic  issue.  The  plan  of  the  whole  series,  one  might 
remark,  is  itself  a  shrewd  application  of  the  dialectic  of  history, 
an  embodied  illustration  (as  no  doubt  the  lecturer  was  aware) 
of  the  major  theme  of  the  whole. 

But  it  is  not  the  familiar  moments  of  the  dialectic  that  we 
are  now  interested  to  retrace.  Long  ago  Plato  showed  both  the 
powers  and  the  limitations  of  dialectic  as  an  instrument  of 
inner  discovery;  and  if  Schelling's  application  of  it  to  nature 


410 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


and  to  art,  and  Hegel's  demonstration  of  its  persuasiveness  as 
the  form  of  history,  have  indeed  led  us  to  question  whether 
all  that  is  outward  must  not  be  cut  to  the  pattern  of  the  inward, 
if  this  is  to  become  a  spiritual  familiar,  nevertheless  opinions 
as  to  the  ultimate  and  metaphysical  value  of  the  Idee  as  pat- 
tern of  the  Universe  are  now  formed:  the  evidence  is  before  us; 
the  pros  and  cons  are  debated;  convictions  are  set  and  inimi- 
cally  encamped.  Platonists  still  proclaim  that  the  dialectic  is 
but  a  pathway  to  insight,  but  a  method  of  self -discipline;  Hege- 
lians still  behold  in  it  an  image  of  the  world;  and  temperaments, 
classical  or  romantic,  answer  with  their  several  assents.  The 
parties  are  fixed;  the  discussion  has  been  lost  in  the  slogans. 

Today  it  is  in  another  and  far  more  significant  aspect  of 
German  Idealism  that  our  interest  is  engaged.  Perhaps  the 
most  astute  phase  of  Royce's  lectures  is  the  stress  he  lays  upon 
the  fact  that  the  profoundest  asseveration  of  Kantianism  is  of 
the  indissoluble  union  of  the  problem  of  truth  and  the  problem 
of  morals — morals  in  the  broadest  sense,  ethical,  political,  social, 
indeed  cosmic.  Philosophy's  great  distinction  from  science  on 
the  one  hand,  and  from  religion  on  the  other,  lies  just  in  the 
fact  that  it  sees  the  two  problems  with  a  single  eye;  and 
wherever  philosophers  lose  their  sense  of  the  proportion,  on  one 
side  or  the  other,  their  thought  sinks  into  ineptitude  (as  witness 
the  helplessness  of  the  Neo-Realists  of  our  own  day  where 
morals  are  in  question).  The  fact  that  man's  moral  nature  is 
a  phase  of  cosmic  nature,  and  that  the  conduct  of  the  human 
species  as  a  whole — in  its  worlds  of  thought,  politics,  art,  re- 
ligion, economics — is  itself  a  comprehensive  truth,  faceting  if 
not  reduplicating  the  whole  of  nature,  is  the  fact  which  the 
Idealistic  tradition  seized  upon  as  the  one  key  to  all  knowledge; 
and  each  of  its  philosophers  in  his  way  made  the  moral  dilemma 
his  image  of  the  world.  Fichte  and  Schopenhauer,  analogously 
opposite,  fictioned  the  universe  on  the  motive  of  desire,  as  if 
the  "pursuit  of  happiness"  were  the  one  cosmically  natural 
right.  Hegel,  with  more  maturity  and  discipline,  construed  an 
Absolute  within  which  the  moments  of  reason  itself  become  the 
objects  of  will  and  the  movement  of  reason  toward  its  natural 
conclusions  becomes  the  transcendental  essence  of  desire.  The 
"foregone  conclusion"  becomes,  as  it  were,  the  reality  in  which 
is  and  ought  coincide  to  make  that  portrait  of  the  Absolute 
within  which  (monstrously  enlarged)  man  perceives  the  utter 
embodiment  of  his  own  ever-dividing  and  ever-reuniting  souls 
and  societies.  The  world  is  a  transcendental  whole,  but  only 
because  men  and  mankind  are  contending,  and  hence  moral. 

There  is  a  kind  of  speculative  primal  innccency  in  all  this 
theorizing  that  seems  to  set  it  remote  from  men's  affairs.  But 
ideas  are  never  innocent;  they  are  terribly  self-responsible.  In 
numerous  implicative  phrases  Royce  indicates  the  iron  conclu- 
sion of  Hegelian  logic,  later  to  become  Politik.  "A  world  of 
small  communities  must  give  place     .      .  to  a  world  of  an 

imperial  type  of  social  unity";  "provincialism  leads  to  impe- 
rialism"; "the  state  is  at  once  a  necessity  and  an  oppression  to 
all";  "the  truth  of  the  individual  is  the  consciousness  of  the 
people  to  which  he  belongs."  Would  Royce  now,  one  wonders, 
have  closed  a  similar  series  of  lectures  with  the  hope  that  this 
philosophy  may  become  "the  expression  of  the  very  soul  of  our 
civilization"?  Or,  indeed,  would  Hegel  now  not  find  a  certain 
sardonic  satisfaction  in  beholding  his  own  dialectic  moment  in 
history  so  inevitably  portrayed:  Weltansicht  inviting  Weltan- 
schauung, this  reacting  to  Weltschmerz  whence  the  discovery  of 
the  Weltgeist  (so  far  he  had  gone),  and  inevitably  beyond  this 
the  tragic  demand  for  Weltmacht  and  Weltreich?  Royce  him- 
self remarks  that  in  this  philosophy  "the  tale  of  the  Geist  is 
more  of  a  tragedy  than  is  that  of  the  individual  life."  History, 
since  1914,  has  glossed  this  passage. 

"The  tale  of  the  Geist,"  the  repertoire  of  the  World — is  not 
this,  after  all,  the  core  of  German  Absolute  Idealism?  One 
cannot  review  it  in  thought  without  perceiving  anew  that  it  is, 
deeply,  a  philosophy  of  world-pathos — as  Schopenhauer  per- 
ceived, and  as  its  bravest  apostles  unconsciously  betray.  The 
theatric   note   is    never   far   from   the   foreground    of   its   most 


logical  consciousness:  it  is  indeed  the  glory  of  Schelling,  and 
in  Hegel's  mime-like  delineation  of  the  self-expressing  and 
self-transcending  Gestalten  des  Bewusstseins,  the  phenome- 
nology of  the  Spirit  which  moves  nimbly  behind  the  scenes,  we 
have  a  strange  half-embodied  drama,  the  tragedy  of  conflict,  the 
comedy  of  contradiction,  and  the  grim  humor  of  eventual  fu- 
tility. Storm-and-stress  is  staged  in  categories,  and  romance 
masquerades  as  reason.  The  essence  of  Greek  and  Japanese 
tragedies,  says  Royce,  "according  to  Hegel,  is  that  loyalty  is  di- 
vided in  twain,  into  loyalty  to  the  underworld — shadowy,  mys- 
terious, but  absolute — and  loyalty  to  the  visible  government, 
whose  commands  are  explicit,  but  are  of  today";  and  this 
phrase  is  a  perfect  description  of  that  vaster,  but  not  less 
theatrical,  tragic  mode  which  impels  the  Geist  first  to  play  forth 
its  phenomenological  roles,  and  then  in  self-pity  and  terror  to 
destroy  them.  At  the  end,  the  whole  action  falls  remote  and 
staged  into  an  aesthetic  spectacle,  with  the  curtain  ever  ringing 
down  upon  its  empty  ends;  the  volitional  and  the  rational,  the 
moral  and  the  natural,  out  of  the  weariness  of  time  pass  thinly 
into  the  silence  of  eternity. 

It  would  be  deeply  unjust  to  what  is  noblest  in  German 
idealism,  it  would  be  deeply  unjust  to  the  true  Americanism  of 
Josiah  Royce,  to  close  with  this  appraisement.  For  there  is  a 
value  in  the  philosophy  difficult  to  throw  into  the  simple  relief 
of  ideas.  A  philosophy  of  world-pathos  it  is  (and  perhap  its 
defects  flow  remotely  from  the  ambiguities  inherent  in  the  Teu- 
tonic word  "world" — a  romantic  thing,  and  no  classic  "cosmos") ; 
but  it  is  also  in  some  truly  benign  sense  a  philosophy  of  peace. 
Not  externally:  phenomenological — as  we  should  say,  historic — 
wars  it  views  with  indifference;  but  internally,  as  the  living  ex- 
pression of  its  apostles  shows,  it  achieves  the  high  and  serene  p 
pacification  of  the  reconciled  spirit.  It  began  its  history  with  a 
moral  dilemma;  it  grappled  directly  with  the  moral  issue;  and 
its  conclusion  is  a  kind  of  moral  conclusion,  though  at  that  point 
where  morals  seems  to  pass  over  into  aesthetics.  Comprehen- 
sively it  takes  the  life  of  man,  in  all  its  contentiousness,  petty 
or  great,  and  throwing  it  vastly  into  the  phantasm  of  nature 
it  finds  the  two  transubstantially  welded,  and  out  of  the  mystic 
union  discovers  its  own  inner  quiet.  Is  it,  after  all,  so  remote 
from  that  healing  of  nature  to  which,  more  simply,  fretted  hu- 
manity ever  turns  for  its  consolations? 

There  is  indeed  something  histrionic  in  all  this  world.  We 
fight  its  battles  phantasmally,  and  after  victory  and  after  defeat 
we  seek  reposeful  dream,  wherein  its  active  contentions  resolve 
into  a  music  of  antiphonal  voices;  and  then,  once  more,  caught 
in  the  claws  of  a  red  reality,  we  waken  to  discover  that  the 
choired  responses  are  the  guns  of  war.  .  .  .  There  is  no 
answering  quiet  save  death.  What  lies  beyond?  The  voices 
of  the  prophets  proclaim — and  there  are  some  that  harken  and 
follow,  and  some  that  mock,  and  all  pass  their  mortal  way,  and 
no  man  knows  if  the  question  be  answered  yonder.  .  .  . 
The  world-pathos  is,  after  all,  the  pathos  of  humanity.  Hegel's 
philosophy  is  the  philosophy  of  men's  broken  congregations,  of 
human  life  in  all  its  towering  aspirations,  in  all  its  helpless 
humiliations;  and  of  the  lives  of  nations  in  all  their  aspirations 
and  all  their  humiliations.  .  .  .  But  of  the  World — is  there 
nothing  more  august  beyond? 

Hartley  Alexander 


The  Human  Costs  of  the  War 

The  Human  Costs  of  the  War.    By  Homer  Folks.    Harper  and 

Brothers. 
\/f  R.  FOLKS  is  a  well  known  and  highly  esteemed  social 
worker,  active  for  the  last  thirty  years  in  charities  in  New 
York  and  Cuba,  and  during  the  war  Chief  of  the  Department 
of  Civil  Relief  of  the  American  Red  Cross.  His  volume  is  one 
of  the  highest  import — an  indictment  of  war  from  the  side  of 
those  whose  only  part  in  it  is  misery  and  death,  the  bereaved, 
the   fatherless,  the  homeless,  the  diseased,  the  enfeebled,  the 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


411 


crippled,  the  bankrupt:  necessary  by-products  of  the  ghastly 
scourge.  And  no  more  terrible  exhibit  of  the  nature  of  war  has 
been  written,  not  even  by  Philip  Gibbs,  Barbusse,  Latzko,  or 
Duhamel.  The  sacrifice  of  human  values  is  portrayed  in  a 
plain,  straightforward  style,  without  any  effort  at  a  dramatic 
effect  or  an  emotional  appeal  not  inherent  in  the  facts  them- 
selves. The  work  consists  partly  of  a  narrative  of  the  author's 
varied  experiences  as  relief  agent  in  Serbia,  Belgium,  France, 
Italy,  and  Greece,  partly  of  a  statistical  summary  of  the  human 
damages  of  the  war  in  these  lands,  and  finally  of  two  terrible 
chapters,  War,  the  Best  Friend  of  Disease  and  Civilization's 
Indictment  of  War. 

The  final  effect  of  modern  war  is  to  destroy  in  the  enemy 
country  whatever  a  humane  civilization  has  built  up,  and  that 
by  a  series  of  collective  crimes,  most  of  them  utterly  abhorrent 
to  any  sane  being  acting  on  individual  initiative.  To  such  a 
purpose,  by  the  use  of  modern  mechanism,  each  side  in  the  late 
conflict  was  hideously  successful. 

Mr.  Folks  asserts  that  in  1914  "the  millennium  was  on  its 
way" — it  was  not  at  the  door,  but  it  was  definitely  predictable. 
The  war  has  postponed  it  indefinitely,  for  life's  great  disap- 
pointments arise  chiefly  from  two  causes,  "sickness  and  untimely 
death."  To  promote  and  extend  these  calamities  is  part  of  the 
business  of  war.  "Life,"  he  continues,  "was  already  being  made 
longer,  happier,  and  richer.  .  .  .  The  warfare  against  dis- 
ease was  civilization-wide.  It  was  a  slow  fight,  and  a  long  one, 
but  it  was  winning."  These  assertions  he  substantiates  by  a 
record  of  the  progress  during  forty  years  in  the  relief  and  sup- 
pression of  tuberculosis,  diphtheria,  yellow  fever,  malaria,  ty- 
phus, syphilis,  and  uncinariasis  by  discoveries  and  methods 
which  "had  already  added  ten  years  to  the  average  life-time  in 
America  and  Great  Britain,  had  made  life  vastly  more  attract- 
ive, and  which,  in  the  very  near  future,  with  increasing  mo- 
mentum, would  have  lightened  the  black  cloud  of  sickness  and 
untimely  death  that  for  ages  had  kept  the  world  in  gloom." 

This  world  movement  toward  health,  the  most  promising  in 
modern  life,  was  "disrupted  or  delayed"  by  the  Great  War. 
"In  some  cases  progress  made  slowly  and  painfully  through 
decades  was  lost  in  two  or  three  years;  attention  and  funds 
were  diverted  to  destroying  instead  of  saving  life,  and  age-old 
pests  and  enemies  of  man  took  fresh  heart  and  a  firmer  hold 
on  the  race."  The  ravages  of  disease  and  the  hopeless  distress 
among  the  people  caught  between  the  lines  can  never  be  esti- 
mated or  even  realized.  Even  the  soldiers  fared  better.  When 
not  in  actual  conflict  the  armies  were  cared  for  more  carefully 
than  ever  before  in  history,  but  the  civilian  had  to  shift  for  him- 
self, fortunate  to  escape  the  worst  of  fates.  To  the  confirmed 
militarist  the  civilian  is  regarded  as  an  obstructive  nuisance.  As 
such  he  was  treated  in  every  "occupied  district"  throughout  the 
war. 

Above  all  else  war  is  the  "baby-killer."  That  the  birth-rate 
in  every  country  concerned,  even  the  United  States,  fell  off 
in  a  degree  proportionate  to  women's  suffering,  may  be  re- 
corded as  a  piece  of  good  fortune  for  those  who  might  have 
existed  but  who  never  will.  "The  earth  became  unpopular  as  a 
future  home.  ...  It  was  no  place  for  babies."  But  the 
death-rate  stands  in  still  closer  ratio:  even  of  those  more  en- 
during or  fortunate,  few  caught  in  the  war  current  will  ever 
reach  the  manhood  or  womanhood  which  was  their  just  due. 
In  this  matter  America's  duty  is  summed  up  in  a  single  pregnant 
sentence:  "England  and  America  cannot  save  themselves  alone. 
The  world  cannot  remain  half -free  and  half  pest-ridden."  This 
is  doubtless  true  in  a  political  and  economic  sense.  But  it  is  a 
hundredfold  more  pertinent  in  the  sense  of  sanitation. 

Mr.  Folks's  indictment  of  war  I  must  here  reduce  to  a  mere 
catalogue  of  its  crimes:  "War  is  the  negation  of  civilization," 
and  its  aftermath,  "implied  reliance  upon  force  rather  than 
persuasion  and  orderly  procedure,"  is  felt  as  a  crushing  burden 
the  world  over.  "Of  the  tremendous  mass  of  Allied  population 
(twice  as  numerous  as  the  people  of  the  United  States  and  its 
dependencies  in  1910)   almost  exactly  one-third  had  been  made 


homeless,  subjects  of  an  enemy  army,  killed,  widowed,  orphaned, 
or  permanently  crippled."  The  great  war  left  two  millions  of 
people  homeless.  It  has  oppressed  and  humiliated  forty-two 
millions  of  enemy  subjects.  It  has  sent  into  slavery  "hundreds 
of  thousands,  no  one  knows  how  many."  In  its  "wholesale  mur- 
der" it  counts  nine  million  soldiers  dead.  It  has  left  fifty  mil- 
lions of  manless  homes,  ten  million  empty  cradles.  It  has  spread 
far  and  wide  the  war  diseases.  It  has  left  a  mortgaged  future 
to  every  nation  concerned.  It  has  left  an  insistent  demand  for 
continental  reconstruction  and  nobody  to  do  it.  The  evil  effect 
of  the  "last  cost  of  war,"  its  reversed  selection  on  racial  stocks, 
is  not  discussed  by  Mr.  Folks,  being  outside  his  own  experience, 
though  he  suggests  that  "these  may  prove  to  be  the  most  impor- 
tant and  permanent  results  of  all."  Nor  does  he  consider 
political  changes  hastened — perhaps  unduly  hastened — "for  no 
one  can  yet  tell  what  these  will  prove  to  be." 

War  is  indeed  the  one  great  human  disaster.  "Earthquakes, 
floods,  tornadoes,  explosions,  may  harm  the  whole  population  of 
a  locality,  alcohol  or  vice  may  injure  a  percentage  of  the  people 
of  whole  countries,  but  war  can  be  compared  only  to  all  these 
things  combined  and  sown  broadcast  over  a  continent.  We  may 
select  from  all  these  other  enemies  of  the  human  life  their  worst 
features,  combine  them  into  one  quintessence  of  horror,  in- 
tensify this  to  the  nth  power,  scatter  it  continent-wide,  and 
that  is  war.  War  is  the  negation  of  all  the  race  has  striven  for 
through  all  the  centuries.  It  is  the  enthronement  of  unreason 
and  coercion.  It  is  the  supreme  skepticism,  both  of  man  and  of 
God."  "If  this  study  presents  a  terrible  picture,"  continues  our 
author,  "this  picture  should  surprise  no  one.  It  is  of  the  essence 
of  war  to  produce  such  results.  That  was  the  intention  of  the 
war  makers.  Each  side  was  trying  to  do  just  these  things  to  the 
other,  and  both  measurably  succeeded." 

Occasional  vivid  sentences  tell  a  long  story  in  a  few  words. 
Speaking  of  Serbia,  he  writes:  "One  is  almost  tempted  to  say 
that  in  all  these  countries  the  church  has  the  aspect  of  being  a 
camouflaged  branch  of  the  government  charged  especially  with 
the  task  of  stimulating  national  spirit."  "The  morale  of  the 
[French]  refugees  left  much  to  be  desired.  For  some  reason 
the  refugees  were  not  satisfied.  They  were  not  enthusiastic 
about  the  war."  "Pity  us  less  and  aid  us  more"  [chalked  on  the 
walls  of  Rheims]. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Folks  appeals  for  American  help  by  direct 
personal  gifts  and  by  the  national  cancellation  of  loans.  This 
last  must  probably  come  sooner  or  later,  but  it  should  take 
effect,  one  would  think,  only  as  the  nations  concerned  abandon 
military  adventures  and  levy  taxes  on  the  swollen  incomes  of 
their  own  profiteers.  The  restoration  of  human  values  in 
Europe  must  follow,  for  it  cannot  precede,  the  demobilization 
of  armies.  David  Starr  Jordan 


Musical  Portraits 

Musical  Portraits.    By  Paul   Rosenfeld.    Harcourt,   Brace  and 
Howe. 

HP  HE  critical  controversy  aroused  by  Paul  Rosenfeld's  re- 
*■  cently-published  "Musical  Portraits"  has  been  strangely 
unilluminative  of  the  book  under  discussion.  But  it  has  at  least 
served  to  remind  us  how  the  majority  of  our  musical  guides  still 
cling  to  Wagner  and  Strauss  as  the  last  intelligible  words  in 
music,  and  how  they  still  underrate  Berlioz,  overrate  Rachmani- 
noff, hound  Mahler,  listen  to  Ornstein  with  thumbs  down,  and 
either  ridicule  or  denounce  the  whole  school  of  modern  ca- 
cophany  from  Schoenberg  to  Strawinsky.  In  the  midst  of  such 
a  dim  and  flickering  light  of  judgment  the  clear  and  searching 
rays  that  Mr.  Rosenfeld  has  turned  upon  his  subjects  seem  all 
the  more  brilliant  and  arresting.  He  has  endeavored  to  in- 
terpret twenty  composers  by  analyzing  the  spiritual  causation 
of  their  art,  dwelling  on  its  hidden  springs  of  race,  tradition, 
and  environment  rather  than  on  those  harmonic  elements  that 
comprise  the  material  structure.     While  this  is  a  distinct  de- 


412 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


parture  from  the  critical  methods  generally  employed  in  Amer- 
ica, many  of  the  fundamental  ideas  set  forth  have  been  voiced 
at  one  time  or  another  by  the  more  penetrating  of  European 
critics.  Yet  Mr.  Rosenfeld  has  displayed  a  marked  faculty  for 
reinvesting  these  ideas  in  fresh  and  striking  habiliments,  em- 
broidering them  with  such  originality  and  skill  that  they  take 
a  new  aspect.  For  instance,  when  he  tells  us  that  Wagner 
passed  with  the  nineteenth  century,  of  which  he  was  the  "sign 
and  symbol";  that  time  has  shown  us  the  greatness  of  Berlioz; 
that  Richard  Strauss  is  the  "false  dawn  of  modern  music";  and 
that  Debussy  and  Ravel  have  linked  the  France  of  today  with 
that  of  the  clavecinists  of  two  hundred  years  ago — then  Mr. 
Rosenfeld  is  merely  telling  what  Rolland  and  Jean-Aubry  have 
already  told  us.  But  he  also  leads  us  into  far  different  chan- 
nels of  speculation.  He  calls  Wagner  "the  great  initiator,  the 
compeller  of  the  modern  period  .  .  .  not  only  because  he 
summarized  the  old,"  but  "because  he  began  with  force  a 
revolution."  Of  "the  father  of  the  modern  orchestra"  he  says: 
"It  is  as  though  the  world  had  had  to  move  to  behold  Berlioz, 
and  that  only  in  a  day  germane  to  him  and  among  the  men  his 
kin  could  he  assume  the  stature  rightfully  his  and  live."  The 
artistic  decay  of  Richard  Strauss  is  attributed  to  "a  psychic 
deterioration,"  an  "unwillingness  to  go  through  the  labor  pains 
of  creation."  And  the  art  of  Debussy  and  Ravel  is  claimed  to 
be  "in  one  respect  .  .  .  the  continuation  of  the  music  that 
came  to  a  climax  in  the  works  of  Haydn  and  Mozart.  It  is 
subtle  and  intimate,  and  restores  to  the  auditor  the  great 
creative  role  assigned  to  him  by  so  much  of  the  music  before 
Beethoven." 

Again,  in  the  chapter  on  Rachmaninoff,  the  elegiac  and  super- 
ficial character  of  that  composer's  music,  the  meaningless  em- 
bellishments of  the  piano  concerti,  the  out-moded  manner  and 
content  of  expression  inherited  from  French  and  German  ro- 
manticism, have  already  been  touched  upon  by  Ernest  Newman 
and  others.  It  remained  for  Mr.  Rosenfeld,  however,  to  give 
the  most  inclusive,  vivid,  and  scathing  summary  of  this  whole 
school  of  Russian  salon  composers,  of  which  Rachmaninoff  is  the 
chief  living  representative.  "For  them,"  he  says,  "as  it  is  for 
every  Russian  musician,  Russia  was  without  their  windows, 
appealing  dumbly  for  expression  of  its  wild,  ungoverned  energy, 
its  misery,  its  rich  and  childish  laughter,  its  deep,  great  Chris- 
tianity." But  "they  did  not  hear  the  appeal.  They  sat  in  their 
luxurious  and  Parisian  houses  behind  closed  windows." 

The  characterizations  of  Moussorgsky,  Borodin,  Rimsky- 
Korsakoff,  Liszt,  Sibelius,  and  Scriabine  are  superb,  but  contain 
little  that  has  not  been  acknowledged.  The  chapters  on  Mahler, 
Schoenberg,  Bloch,  Strawinsky,  and  Ornstein  seem  to  us  the 
most  important  in  the  book,  because  it  is  the  first  time  we  have 
had  their  causes  fully  presented  with  any  degree  of  insight  and 
understanding.  By  using  that  most  modern  of  methods,  psycho- 
analysis, as  in  his  studies  on  Mahler  and  Bloch,  Mr.  Rosenfeld 
has  been  able  to  deduce  much  that  seems  incontrovertible; 
while  his  interpretations  of  Strawinsky  and  Ornstein,  however 
provocative  of  discussion,  reveal  him  as  singularly  equipped  to 
elucidate  those  qualities  that  distinguish  these  composers  from 
their  contemporaries;  for  he  himself  is  in  apparent  harmony 
with  the  age  which  they  embody. 

Mahler's  problem  Mr.  Rosenfeld  makes  out  to  be  that  which 
must  be  faced  by  every  Jewish  creative  artist  in  an  alien  civi- 
lization: either  to  accept  the  stigma  of  his  race  and  speak  in 
his  proper  idiom,  or  else  to  succumb,  as  Mahler  did,  to  his 
anti-Semitic  environment,  and  pay  the  penalty  of  "sterility, 
banality,  and  impotence."  It  was  this  same  weakness,  Mr. 
Rosenfeld  declares  later,  in  his  chapter  on  Ernest  Bloch,  that 
kept  Meyerbeer,  Mendelssohn,  and  Rubinstein  from  creating. 
Not,  he  disclaims,  that  the  artist  of  Jewish  extraction  must 
write  Jewish  music,  "utilize  solely  racial  scales  and  melodies," 
but  "he  must  not  attempt  to  deny  his  modes  of  apprehension 
and  realization  because  they  are  racially  colored.  He  must 
possess  spiritual  harmony."  Ernest  Bloch  possesses  this  spirit- 
ual harmony,  and  so  his  genius  has  found  full  and  free  expres- 


sion. And  because,  Mr.  Rosenfeld  concludes,  Bloch  "rests  quite 
as  heavily  on  the  great  European  traditions  of  music  as  he  does 
on  his  own  hereditary  strain,"  one  finds  in  his  art  "the  fusion 
of  the  East  and  the  West." 

Arnold  Schoenberg  has  always  been  "the  great  troubling 
presence  of  modern  music,"  even  to  those  most  willing  and  able 
to  understand  him.  Mr.  Rosenfeld  offers  what  seems  a  simple 
solution  indeed  to  those  baffling  works,  the  "cruel  five  orchestral 
and  nine  piano  pieces."  "If  there  is  such  a  thing  as  form  with- 
out significance  in  music,"  he  says,  "might  not  these  composi- 
tions serve  to  exemplify  it?  Indeed,  it  is  only  as  experiments, 
as  the  incorporation  in  tone  of  an  abstract  and  intellectualized 
conception  of  forms,  that  one  can  at  all  comprehend  them." 
In  this  intellectualism  of  Schoenberg  the  Jewish  element  again 
plays  its  part.  "Beside  the  Doctor  of  Music  there  stands  the 
Talmudic  Jew,  the  man  all  intellect  and  no  feeling,  who  subti- 
lizes over  musical  art  as  though  it  were  the  law."  Yet  in  spite 
of  this,  we  cannot  but  admire  with  Mr.  Rosenfeld  the  teacher 
who  dares  to  inscribe  at  the  head  of  his  treatise  on  harmony: 
"What  I  have  here  set  down  I  have  learned  from  my  pupils." 
Perhaps  Mr.  Rosenfeld  is  right  when  he  says  that  Schoenberg, 
"for  the  present  ...  is  the  great  theoretician  combating 
other  theoreticians,"  and  that  his  later  music  may  "shortly  come 
to  be  considered  as  simply  a  part  of  his  unique  course  of  in- 
struction." Certainly,  no  more  feasible  explanation  has  yet 
been  given  us. 

Strawinsky  and  Ornstein  bring  us  to  what  Mr.  Rosenfeld 
calls  the  age  of  steel  in  music.  "With  Strawinsky,"  he  says, 
"the  rhythms  of  machinery  enter  music  art.  .  .  .  For  him 
the  material  world  was  very  real,  sharp,  and  immediate."  And 
then  Mr.  Rosenfeld  proceeds  to  translate  the  composer's  works 
into  word  pictures,  which,  as  verbal  fantasies  on  all  the  noisy 
and  mechanical  devices  of  the  twentieth  century,  are  quite  ex- 
traordinary, but  which,  as  visualizations  of  Strawinsky's  music, 
seem  at  times  a  bit  strained. 

Happier  to  us  is  the  portrait  of  Ornstein,  whose  name  always 
evokes  in  our  mind  images  of  violence — violence  in  music,  vio- 
lence in  discussion.  And  when  he  is  presented  to  us  as  "the 
mirror  held  up  to  the  modern  city,"  with  its  "pounding  rhythms," 
its  "frenetic  activity,"  its  "garishness,"  its  "unceasing  roar," 
or  as  "youth,"  in  all  "its  excess,  its  violence,  its  sharp  griefs 
and  sharper  joys,  its  unreflecting,  trembling  strength,"  the 
likeness  is  unmistakable.  We  recognize  it  too  in  the  picture  of 
Ornstein  as  "the  resurrection  of  the  most  entombed  of  spirits, 
that  of  the  outlaw  European  Jew."  Nor  does  it  require  any 
stretch  of  the  imagination  to  hear  in  the  "Poems  of  1917"  "the 
waitings  and  rockings  of  little  old  Ghetto  mothers."  But  in 
following  Mr.  Rosenfeld's  speculation  as  to  what  has  occasioned 
that  decline  in  Ornstein's  genius  which  has  been  so  marked  of 
late,  in  admitting  such  plausible  reasons  as  transition  from 
adolescence  to  manhood,  a  flinching  from  the  hostility  of  the 
world,  too  much  concertizing,  happiness  attained  through  love, 
we  note  curiously  enough  the  omission  of  one  cause  which  is 
not  only  applicable,  but  is  also  one  on  which  Mr.  Rosenfeld 
has  laid  much  stress  in  other  chapters.  Ornstein  has,  for  the 
last  few  years,  been  living  in  a  distinctly  non-Jewish  atmos- 
phere. Is  it  not  possible  that  in  losing  contact  with  that  spirit- 
ual soil  in  which  his  being  had  root  and  was  nourished  he  has 
lost  that  in  which  he  found  his  greatest  stimulus  and  freedom? 
Because  of  this  we  are  not  as  positive  as  Mr.  Rosenfeld  that 
"Leo  Ornstein  is  sure  of  reaching  the  high  heaven  of  art  for 
which  he  seemed  .  .  .  bound."  Nevertheless,  the  whole 
chapter  is  a  brilliant  plea  for  the  young  Russian  composer. 

The  whole  book,  in  fact,  is  an  astounding  exhibition  of  vir- 
tuoso writing.  In  this,  as  well  as  in  the  subject-matter  it 
expresses,  it  indeed  "marks  off  the  miles"  in  American  musical 
criticism.  No  one  who  wishes  to  get  a  clearer  understanding 
of  modern  music  can  afford  not  to  study  these  "Musical  Por- 
traits." For  they  not  only  contain  the  basic  elements  of  truth, 
but  are  singularly  free  from  malice  and  prejudice. 

Henrietta  Straus 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


413 


The  Functional  Organization  of  Society 

Social  Theory.  By  G.  D.  H.  Cole.   Frederick  A.  Stokes  Company. 

MR.  COLE  has  intellectual  power  of  high  order.  His  thoughts 
do  not  proceed  from  a  porch.  Whenever  by  way  of  getting 
a  start  he  indulges  in  a  dogmatic  generalization,  he  soon  follows 
it  with  qualifications.  His  object,  he  says,  "has  been  not  to 
achieve  finality  or  write  a  definitive  book,"  but  to  set  others  to 
work  on  the  problems  which  he  has  only  raised.  Thus  he  seems 
to  be  shooting  arrows  into  the  air  and  asking  others  to  help  him 
find  them  and  reshape  them.  Yet  he  knows  well  what  he  is 
aiming  at  and  where  he  wants  to  stand.  His  theory  is  one  with 
a  name  and  a  pedigree,  but  it  does  not  proclaim  them  and  so 
may  be  treated  on  its  merits  without  regard  to  what  it  may  owe 
to  other  members  of  the  same  philosophical  family.  Like  all 
good  theorists,  Mr.  Cole  is  fortunate  or  skilful  in  finding  his 
start  on  a  path  that  leads  straight  to  his  goal.  Indeed, 
he  comes  close  to  telling  us  that  he  has  salted  his  mine  with  the 
gold  that  he  later  extracts.  One  of  the  most  commendable  traits 
of  his  book  is  its  candor  in  confessing  that  it  is  prompted  by  a 
preference.  Yet  as  these  confessions  are  scattered  and  some- 
what obiter  and  do  not  set  the  structure  of  the  study,  it  is  well 
to  marshal  them  and  emphasize  them  so  that  we  may  see  more 
clearly  just  what  Mr.  Cole  is  doing.  He  insists  so  strongly  that 
society  should  be  studied  functionally  that  he  should  welcome  a 
functional  approach  to  the  study  of  his  social  theory. 

Mr.  Cole  is  painting  a  picture  of  his  ideal  of  the  organization 
of  society.  He  calls  his  object  "primarily  philosophical."  He  is 
concerned,  he  says,  "principally  with  social  theory  as  the  social 
complement  of  ethics,  with  'ought'  rather  than  with  'is,'  with 
questions  of  right  rather  than  fact."  And  what  is  right?  For 
Mr.  Cole  it  is  some  blend  of  what  he  wants  and  what  he  thinks 
will  work.  He  knows  that  social  theory  cannot  tell  us  what  ends 
are  "right"  and  what  ends  "wrong,"  and  that  our  conceptions  of 
desirable  social  arrangements  "are  inevitably  formed  in  the  light 
of  our  ultimate  conception  of  social  value."  Social  principles, 
he  says,  are  true  only  on  certain  assumptions,  and  there  is  no 
way  of  proving  these  assumptions  either  true  or  false.  His  own 
announced  assumptions  are  that  "the  object  of  social  organiza- 
tion is  not  merely  material  efficiency,  but  also  essentially  the 
fullest  self-expression  of  all  the  members";  that  "self-expres- 
sion involves  self-government";  that  "human  beings  have  wills, 
and  that  they  have  a  right  and  a  duty  to  use  those  wills  to 
their  full  capacity  in  the  direction  of  society."  In  short,  he 
wants  as  many  folks  as  possible  to  have  what  they  want  when 
they  want  it,  and  he  is  devising  a  plan  to  help  bring  this  about. 

Those  who  shrink  from  Mr.  Cole's  Utopia  are  apt  to  find  his 
book  not  to  their  liking,  even  though  he  tells  them  soothingly 
that  "any  one  with  the  smallest  degree  of  social  vision  can  see 
that  the  existing  structure  of  society  is  doomed  either  to  igno- 
minious collapse  or  to  radical  transformation."  Mr.  Cole  does 
not  say  openly  that  a  new  group  is  rising  to  power  and  that  by 
strength  of  numbers  it  is  destined  to  dominate.  Such  an  idea 
might  be  inferred  from  his  prophecy  that  "it  is  the  possession 
by  the  working-class  movements  of  such  strong  and  purposeful 
forms  of  organization  as  trade  unionism  and  cooperation  that 
makes  their  inheritance  of  the  task  of  reconstructing  society 
almost  certain";  but  this  must  be  read  with  remembrance  that 
right,  not  might,  is  Mr.  Cole's  concern.  For  force  he  has  no 
fondness.  At  the  very  outset  he  dismisses  the  Austinian  ap- 
proach from  the  state  and  sovereignty  because  "it  begins  at  the 
wrong  end,  with  the  coercion  which  is  applied  to  men  in  society, 
and  not  with  the  motives  that  hold  men  together  in  association." 
Social  theory  must  supplant  political  theory  by  thinking  of  so- 
ciety in  terms  of  will  rather  than  of  force  or  law.  What 
Mr.  Cole  seems  to  look  to  is  a  dominance  of  principles  rather 
than  of  men.  He  is  seeking  those  principles  which  meet  the 
essential  conditions  of  human  association.  He  finds  them  in 
"the  principles  of  democratic  functional  organization  and  demo- 


cratic representation  according  to  function."     To  the  elucida- 
tion of  the  "principle  of  function"  his  book  is  devoted. 

It  begins  by  pointing  out  that  no  man  liveth  to  himself  alone. 
All  are  members  one  of  another.  Men  unite  in  associations  to 
get  things  done  that  they  cannot  do  separately.  "The  value  and 
full  development  of  society  depends  not  only  upon  the  wide 
prevalence  and  diffusion  of  association  in  the  commonwealth,  but 
also  on  the  successful  cooperation  and  coherence  of  the  various 
associations.  The  possibility  of  this  coherence  depends  upon  the 
fulfilment  by  each  association  of  its  social  function."  Men 
should  unite  on  the  basis  of  a  common  interest.  As  each  man 
has  several  interests,  he  will  be  concerned  with  several  social 
functions  and  will  accordingly  have  a  part  in  several  associa- 
tions. Each  man  shares  equally  in  the  running  of  each  associa- 
tion to  which  he  belongs,  and  each  association  exercises  a  limited 
coercive  power  over  its  members.  It  is  too  bad  that  there  should 
be  coercion  anywhere,  but  in  the  present  state  of  mankind  we 
must  have  some  of  it  to  get  along.  "It  is  necessary  to  provide 
for  its  exercise,  if  only  to  supply  a  means  for  its  abolition."  If 
each  association  has  a  little  of  it  instead  of  any  one  having  all, 
tyranny  will  be  at  a  minimum.  The  common  interest  of  all 
the  members  of  each  association  is  the  best  assurance  of  a  con- 
trol of  the  association  which  furthers  that  interest  and  uses 
coercion  only  to  that  end.  The  trade  union  will  make  each 
member  keep  the  rules,  but  it  will  do  so  for  his  own  good  as  a 
trade  union  member.  The  leaders  cannot  go  far  wrong  when 
each  member  knows  well  the  common  interest  with  which  the 
leaders  are  charged. 

After  providing  for  internal  harmony  in  each  unit  of  functional 
government,  Mr.  Cole  takes  up  the  relation  of  the  units  to  each 
other  and  to  the  wraith  of  what  was  once  the  state.  Each  associa- 
tion should  have  a  single  function,  and  each  function  should  be 
vested  so  far  as  possible  in  a  single  association.  Each  association 
will  run  its  peculiar  function.  To  keep  the  several  associations  to 
their  respective  functions,  coordination  is  necessary.  There 
must  be  some  umpire  between  them.  As  the  state  is  but  one  of 
many  associations,  it  cannot  act  as  umpire  in  disputes  between 
itself  and  others  of  like  order.  The  state  will  control  only  in 
matters  that  "affect  everybody  equally  and  in  the  same  way." 
Stripped  of  sovereignty  with  its  monopoly  of  coercion,  the  state 
can  no  longer  lay  a  heavy  hand  on  the  individual.  Its  officers 
will  be  chosen  by  universal  suffrage,  but  instead  of  "one  man, 
one  vote,"  the  principle  will  be  "one  man  as  many  votes  as  inter- 
ests, but  only  one  vote  in  relation  to  each  interest."  The  con- 
stituencies will  be  made  up  according  to  functions  and  not  by  the 
map.  The  interesting  and  fairly  important  question  as  to  the 
number  of  representatives  to  be  allocated  to  each  functional  con- 
stituency is  not  considered.  Presumably  it  will  not  be  one  con- 
stituency, one  representative.  But  the  apportionment  is  less 
vital  when  the  state  deals  only  with  matters  that  "affect  every- 
body equally  and  in  the  same  way."  Such  matters  Mr.  Cole  finds 
mainly  in  the  realm  of  consumption  and  little,  if  at  all,  in  that 
of  production. 

There  are,  it  is  evident,  details  to  Mr.  Cole's  plan  still  to  be 
worked  out.  This  he  recognizes  in  his  quest  for  a  coordinator. 
As  this  "must  not  be  any  single  association,"  he  makes  it  a 
council  composed  of  representatives  from  the  "essential"  associa- 
tions. "To  determine  what  actual  associations  are  to  be  regarded 
as  essential  at  a  particular  time  and  for  a  particular  society 
is  a  practical  question,  and  is  therefore  alien  to  a  work  dealing 
with  social  theory."  But  social  theory  tells  us  that  in  this  repre- 
sentative coordinating  council  is  vested  the  supreme  power  of 
coercion.  Under  its  control  is  to  be  "the  judiciary  and  the  whole 
paraphernalia  of  law  and  police."  Force  and  law  thrown  out 
of  the  window  are  let  in  again  through  the  door.  The  state  is 
dethroned,  and  the  coordinator  is  crowned.  Mr.  Cole  sees  his 
difficulty  and  possibly  thinks  that  he  escapes  from  it.  He  seems 
to  find  comfort  in  the  prospect  that  each  functional  body  will 
act  "without  interference  in  its  normal  operations  from  any  out- 
side body."     The  outside  body  comes  in  "only  when  a  question 


414 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


affects  more  than  one  form  of  association,  that  is,  affects  men  in 
more  than  one  capacity  or  function."  How  often  this  will 
happen  is  doubtless  only  a  practical  question,  since  Mr.  Cole 
does  not  consider  it.  Nor  does  he  tell  how  the  representatives 
on  this  coercive  coordinating  body  are  to  be  allotted  to  the 
participating  associations.  This  seems  a  very  practical  question. 
Suppose  twenty  functional  associations  are  charged  with  raising 
the  price  of  twenty  commodities  so  as  to  affect  all  consumers 
equally  and  in  the  same  way,  and  what  is  left  of  the  state  insists 
that  it  must  have  its  say.  Something  may  turn  on  the  propor- 
tion of  the  votes  which  these  twenty  functional  associations  may 
cast  in  the  coordinating  council.  And  what  if  the  members  of 
the  functional  associations  disobey  the  decree  and  the  police- 
men of  the  non-sovereign  coercive  coordinator  sympathize  with 
them?     This  is  another  practical  question. 

Have  Mr.  Cole's  bow  and  arrow  really  killed  Cock  Robin? 
Is  the  omnipotent  state  destroyed,  or  has  there  merely  been  some 
tinkering  with  its  machinery?  We  need  not  bother  about  the 
state  or  sovereignty  as  abstractions.  Both  have  always  had  to 
be  worked  by  mortal  men.  Traditional  theories  of  the  state 
and  of  sovereignty  are  not  affected  by  what  actually  happens. 
The  abstract  state,  august  old  Allgemein,  still  stands  where  it 
belongs,  remote  from  the  realm  of  actuality.  What  really  matters 
in  government  is  who  pull  the  strings  and  how  they  do  it. 
Sometimes  the  strings  are  pulled  by  one  group,  sometimes  by 
another.  Some  of  the  strings  are  political,  some  are  economic. 
The  ballot  alone  has  seldom  proved  an  immediately  effective 
string.  Without  joining  in  Mr.  Cole's  special  psychological 
excursions,  we  may  fully  agree  that  representatives  from  geo- 
graphical districts  cannot  represent  the  actual  wills  of  those 
who  live  in  the  district.  Still  in  the  long  run  they  trim  their 
sails  to  the  dominant  winds  of  doctrine  and  preference  in  the 
constituency.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  "pandering  to  the  moral 
sentiments  of  the  community";  and  economic  predilections  are 
receiving  increasing  deference  whenever  they  surmount  existing 
political  barriers  in  the  way  of  getting  crystallized.  Party 
leaders  are  watchful  of  the  limit  of  what  any  considerable 
group  of  voters  will  stand  for.  In  Great  Britain  cabinets  rise 
and  fall  from  pressure  outside  Westminster  without  any  new 
election.  When  voices  get  loud  enough  they  somehow  get 
listened  to,  however  foolish  our  way  of  distributing  seats  in 
legislative  assemblies.  A  study  of  political  pressures  would 
carry  us  far  beyond  the  formal  methods  of  election.  For  such 
indirect  pressure  as  we  now  have,  Mr.  Cole  would  substitute  a 
formal  mechanism  by  which  men  are  represented  according  to 
their  real  interests.  He  would  create  new  agencies  of  political 
authority,  though  he  would  call  them  by  other  names.  He 
severely  limits  what  he  calls  the  state,  but  his  coordinator 
might  chuckle  L'etat,  e'est  moi. 

How  far  all  this  functional  division  and  coordination  would 
serve  Mr.  Cole's  desire  to  end  the  confusion  of  existing  society 
is  a  question  for  him  to  consider  seriously  when  he  turns  from 
social  theory  to  practical  matters.  It  would  seem  far  better 
designed  to  minister  to  other  desires  not  so  explicitly  put  for- 
ward. Though  Mr.  Cole  is  silent  about  matters  of  arithmetic 
there  is  little  doubt  that  he  means  to  make  numbers  pre- 
dominant. He  would  have  democracy  live  up  to  its  professions. 
The  wheels  which  he  would  add  to  the  mechanism  seem  fairly 
well  adapted  to  his  purpose.  They  might  not  be  necessary  if 
folks  were  already  adept  at  flocking  on  the  basis  of  what  is  good 
for  them,  as  the  farmers  of  North  Dakota  are  showing  us  by 
what  they  are  doing  through  the  old-established  medium  of  the 
State  Republican  organization.  Mr.  Cole's  chief  practical  con- 
tribution may  well  be  in  the  aid  which  his  machinery  will  give 
to  a  similar  pooling  of  economic  interests  in  more  complex  in- 
dustrial communities.  His  theory  is  a  device  for  giving  to  the 
dominance  of  the  Sons  of  Martha  the  same  moral  authentica- 
tion that  the  theory  he  rejects  has  given  to  that  of  others  who 
have  held  the  reins  of  power  in  what  we  call  the  state. 

Thomas  Reed  Powell 


Aria  and  Recitative 

Chanteys  and  Ballads.   By  Harry  Kemp.    Brentano's. 

The  Cairn  of  Stars.   Poems  by  Francis  Carlin.   Henry  Holt  and 

Company. 
Songs   and   Portraits.     By    Maxwell    Struthers    Burt.     Charles 

Scribner's  Sons. 
Songs   of  Adoration.    By   Gustav   Davidson.    New  York:    The 

Madrigal. 
Blue  and  Purple.    Francis  Neilson.     B.  W.  Huebsch. 
New  Poems.    By  D.  H.  Lawrence.     B.  W.  Huebsch. 
The  Little  School.    By  T.  Sturge  Moore.    Harcourt,  Brace  and 

Howe. 
Country  Sentiment.    By  Robert  Graves.    Alfred  A.  Knopf. 
Poems.    By  Cecil  Roberts.    With  a  Preface  by  John  Masefield. 

Frederick  A.  Stokes  Company. 
The  Complete  Poems  of  Francis  Ledwidge.   With  Introductions 

by  Lord  Dunsany.   Brentano's. 
Poems  1908-1919.   By  John  Drinkwater.    Houghton  Mifflin  Com- 
pany. 
Black  Branches.   A  Book  of  Poems  and  Plays.   By  Orrick  Johns. 

New  York:  The  Pagan  Publishing  Company. 
Don  Folquet  and  Other  Poems.    By  Thomas  Walsh.    John  Lane 

Company. 
Jehovah.   By  Clement  Wood.   E.  P.  Dutton  and  Company. 
The  Roamer  and  Other  Poems.    By  George  Edward  Woodberry. 

Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
'X,HE  average  of  lyric  accomplishment  among  American  and 
*■  British  poets  today  is  by  no  means  low,  and  Mr.  Kemp  is 
not  the  least  of  those  who  have  kept  it  high;  but  Mr.  Kemp's 
new  volume  of  "Sea-Chanteys,  Tramp-Ballads,  and  Other  Bal- 
lads and  Poems"  is  a  disappointment.  He  was  fastidious  be- 
fore, though  generous  enough  in  thought  and  gesture;  now  he 
finds  room  for  commonplace  and  cant,  complacency  and  swagger. 
He  is  singsong,  loquacious,  and  to  all  appearances  uncritical. 
His  Biblical  paraphrases  are  rough  and  right  and  reverent;  it  is 
possible  that  he  has  been  true  to  the  sea;  but  he  has  not  done 
his  best  by  poetry.  Mr.  Carlin's  blitheness  in  song  rings  as  of 
a  purer  kind.  His  is  the  folk  note,  the  friendly,  Irish-village 
voice.  Refreshing  because  naturally  gay,  all  that  he  needs  to 
be  as  truly  joyful  as  Burns  is  to  be  as  truly  profound,  which 
he  is  not. 

Mr.  Burt  writes  with  a  communicative  rush  which  might  be 
other  than  youthful  were  it  not  so  eager  and  innocent.  He  is 
never  reflective,  though  his  spiritual  pores  are  wide  open,  and 
he  begins  to  breathe  soundly  if  a  little  virtuously.  When  at 
last  he  shall  speak  thoughts  all  his  own,  it  is  hoped  that  he  will 
not  have  lost  his  really  very  lovely  gift  of  expression,  his  round, 
elegant,  springtime  pregnancy  and  shapeliness  of  phrase — the 
phrase  of  glib,  high-minded  British  youth,  the  phrase  and 
cadence  of  Rupert  Brooke.  Mr.  Davidson,  also  in  a  fine  state 
of  communication,  has  drawn  his  utterance  from  a  source  which 
also  is  fervent  and  pure:  the  Hebrew  Psalms.  His  rhythmical 
prose,  though  unnecessarily  laden  with  Old  Testament  lingo, 
seems  genuine  on  the  whole,  and  speaks  a  clear  humility. 

Mr.  Neilson's  "Songs  to  a  Wife,"  though  sincere,  do  not 
achieve  any  effect  of  passion;  their  adoration  is  excessively 
spare  and  cool,  while  their  simplicity,  resolute  as  it  may  be, 
has  none  of  the  perfection  that  moves.  Neither  imagery  nor 
declaration  is  sustained;  there  is  no  sure  ring  of  metal,  no 
clean  glint  of  starshine.  The  poet's  gait  too  often  is  stiff  with 
inversions  and  hobbled  with  prose.  He  has  escaped  Victorian 
verbiage,  but  he  has  not  yet  captured  the  jewel  of  seventeenth- 
century  felicity  which  it  is  evident  that  he  desires.  Mr.  Law- 
rence's preface  poses  spontaneity  as  an  ideal,  promising  poetry 
that  "just  takes  place."  That  is  interesting,  but  it  does  not 
explain  Mr.  Lawrence's  poetry,  which  here  as  always  betrays 
elaborate  trouble  in  its  preparation.  The  piece  called  Appre- 
hension is  an  excellent  yet  complicated  metaphor;  Seven  Seals, 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


415 


the  best  thing  in  the  volume  and  one  of  the  most  passionate 
of  contemporary  poems,  recalls  the  torture  no  less  than  the 
genius  of  John  Donne. 

Mr.  Moore,  whose  book  for  children  comes  enlarged  from  the 
edition  of  1905,  altogether  avoids  jingle,  altogether  shuns  the 
sweet  and  easy.  He  deliberately  fumbles  his  rhythms  in  order 
to  secure  quiet,  brown,  ingenuous  truth.  His  halting  syntax, 
unauthorized  and  quaint,  often  makes  for  stupidity,  but  it  makes 
occasionally  for  a  solemnity  and  honesty  of  prattle  which  beyond 
doubt  is  effective.  Mr.  Moore  speaks  slowly,  plainly,  primly, 
with  only  once  in  a  while  a  dash  of  cunning  like  this: 

A  little  brown  wood-mouse 

His  ample  fur-cloak  dons; 

Then  ties  his  comforter, 

Wool  white  as  down  of  swans; 

And  as  he  left  the  house, 

To  see  his  tail  was  there, 

He  turned  his  head; 

Then   off   he   sped, 

To  look  if  beech  nuts  were 

Silver  or  red. 

Mr.  Graves  writes  nursery  rhymes  for  the  young  and  ballads 
for  the  old  with  equal  simplicity  and  gusto.  By  virtue  of  an 
unusually  definite  touch  he  renders  ballad  dialogue  in  England 
contemporary  and  usable  as  well  as  native.  His  verses  for  chil- 
dren, far  as  they  are  from  being  as  exquisite  as  those  of  Walter 
de  la  Mare  and  William  H.  Davies,  are  yet  affectionate  and 
happy,  and  they  inescapably  call  to  play. 

What  might  be  called  the  transparent  tradition  in  English 
poetry  is  represented  without  much  significance  by  Mr.  Roberts 
but  with  a  good  deal  of  significance  by  Francis  Ledwidge  and 
John  Drinkwater.  It  is  the  tradition  of  soothing  ratiocination 
and  simple  song,  executed  in  lucid  octosyllabic  quatrains  or 
couplets.  Francis  Ledwidge  was  an  honest  songster,  a  poet  of 
the  blackbird  in  a  time  of  hawks  and  vultures,  a  peasant  poet 
not  afraid  to  be  gentle  and  archaic — to  write  "athwart"  and 
"adown"  and  "anon" — when  others  beat  on  loud  new  gongs.  He 
was  in  no  sense  an  important  poet,  it  must  be  said;  there  was 
a  monotony  about  his  processes,  a  sameness  about  his  exclama- 
tions and  cadences;  he  struck  out  no  one  stanza  that  is  sure 
to  resist  the  mould.  Mr.  Drinkwater  belongs  first  and  last 
among  the  Withers,  the  Brownes,  the  Marvells,  and  the, Dyers 
of  British  verse,  the  dewy,  pastoral  octosyllabists  who  are  the 
furthest  of  all  away  from  solemn  laughter  and  excited  tears. 
He  is  dull  when  speculative  or  satirical;  he  is  never  dull  when 
practicing  the  folk,  the  minstrel,  the  country  note.  He  sparkles 
as  soon  and  as  long  as  he  describes  Derbyshire,  Worcestershire, 
Gloucestershire,  the  Cotswolds,  and  the  Lakes,  as  soon  and  as 
long  as  he  moves  among  men  and  trees.  His  only  defect — and 
it  is  serious  enough — is  a  streak  of  poetical  cant.  He  fondles 
blossoms  and  blackbirds  more  for  their  poetry  than  for  them- 
selves. He  is  somewhat  femininely  on  the  defensive  for  roses 
and  dreams  and  things — he  cannot  mention  them  merely  and 
let  them  go,  but  must  expound  them.  Herrick  saw  more  and 
sighed  less:.  Dimples  and  ghosts  and  buttercups  once  called 
for  a  wink,  a  frisk,  or  a  frosted  phrase;  now  they  find  reverence 
and  girlish  worship. 

Not  many  ventures  outside  the  circle  of  song  are  destined  in 
any  generation  to  more  than  a  respectable  success.  Mr.  Johns's 
monologues,  sketches,  and  weird  "plays  in  chiaroscuro"  abound 
in  ambitious  irrelevancies  and  irresponsibilities  after  the  man- 
ner of  T.  S.  Eliot,  without,  however,  that  poet's  huge-handed 
animal  spirits  to  enliven  them.  Mr.  Walsh  has  composed  a 
medieval  and  monastic  narrative  in  effete,  Tennysonian  pentam- 
eters which  singly  are  good  but  which  in  the  aggregate  are 
wearisome.  Vividness,  and  so  vitality,  he  has  sacrificed  to  an 
archaic  blur  like  that  of  William  Morris.  Mr.  Wood  is  anything 
but  effete  and  archaic,  though  he  goes  back  as  far  as  the  Old 
Testament  for  material  and  momentum.  His  aim  is  the  ener- 
getic documentation,  by  description,  recitative,  and  song,  of  an 


ancient  tongue-encounter  between  a  band  of  Israelites  and  a 
band  of  Kenites.  "Jehovah"  suffers  from  a  too  constant  strenu- 
ousness  of  reach  and  a  too  mighty  savagery  of  diction;  there 
is  more  motion  than  flow,  more  activity  than  strength.  Yet 
certain  of  the  songs  genuinely  mount;  and  Uz,  the  wrinkled 
patriarch,  spokesman  for  the  Kenites,  is  a  triumph  in  portrait- 
ure— Uz,  trudging  craftily  out  before  his  troops  to  push  in- 
credible claims  with  a  soft  and  terrible  confidence  in  answer 
to  the  taunts  of  Joab,  the  Israelite  leader. 

Mr.  Woodberry's  latest  volume  includes  his  occasional  pieces 
of  the  past  five  years,  the  sonnet-sequence  called  Ideal  Passion 
which  he  printed  more  or  less  privately  in  1917,  and  a  long 
philosophical  poem  begun  twenty  years  ago  but  finished  only 
now.  As  an  occasional  poet,  Mr.  Woodberry  is  not  exciting 
after  the  occasion  has  passed;  in  the  present  period  of  en- 
forced listlessness  toward  the  war,  his  poems  on  that  occasion, 
at  least,  seem  good  work  thrown  away,  seem  good  words  robbed 
of  their  right  to  ring.  No  general  looks  large  enough  any 
more  to  fill  a  sonnet,  no  victory  looks  certain  enough  to  de- 
serve an  ode.  Mr.  Woodberry  is  more  surely  a  poet  when  he 
is  a  Platonist,  as  in  Ideal  Passion,  on  the  whole  the  most 
vibrant  portion  of  his  recent  output,  wherein  tributes  are  paid 
with  an  almost  plaintive  clarity  to  that  Ideal  Beauty  which  leans 
and  touches  a  poet's  temples.  The  Roamer  is  estimable  blank 
verse,  but  like  some  others  of  Mr.  Woodberry's  major  efforts  it 
produces  less  poetry  and  less  philosophy  than  it  promises.  A 
narrative  of  the  soul's  search  for  what  is  ultimately  good,  it 
proceeds  with  vague  and  thin  distinction  to  a  banal  conclusion. 

Mark  Van  Doren 


Lloyd  George 


The  Prime  Minister.     By  Harold  Spender.     George  H.   Doran 

Company. 
]V/f  R.  SPENDER'S  portrait  of  the  Prime  Minister  can  claim 
*■  *■  in  one  respect  only  to  be  a  faithful  one.  It  is  Mr.  Lloyd 
George  as  he  appears  to  himself — not  to  his  Maker.  His  biog- 
rapher enjoys  in  common  with  his  subject  the  facile  romanti- 
cism which  can  pick  out  telling  incidents  and  work  them  up, 
ignore  faults  and  failures,  and  present  a  heroic  figure  before  a 
short-memoried,  uncritical  public.  For  the  lighter  sort  of 
modern  "hero"  he  has  enough  material  to  work  upon.  The  poor 
Welsh  village  boy,  tended  by  the  pious  shoe-maker  uncle  who 
has  premonitions  of  his  greatness,  his  "catechism"  rebellion  in 
the  national  school  before  the  days  of  "conscience  clauses,"  his 
discovery  of  the  gift  of  speech,  the  emergence  of  the  village 
Hampden,  his  bearding  of  the  local  potentates  as  young  solic- 
itor and  candidate  for  Parliament,  his  early  struggles  for  the 
cause  of  Welsh  nationalism  in  the  House,  his  bold  fight  against 
the  criminal  imperialism  of  the  Boer  War,  his  admission  into 
the  1906  Government  as  a  chief  of  free-lance  radicalism,  the  chal- 
lenge to  the  Lords  in  his  famous  1909  budget,  followed  by  his 
"revolutionary"  land  policy — all  these  incidents  supply  move- 
ment and  color  to  Mr.  Spender's  story.  The  working  up  is 
flamboyant  and  rhetorical,  filled  with  interjectory  commendation, 
such  as  "ever  ready  to  face  the  music,"  "sound  at  heart  but  not 
a  saint,"  "My  audience  is  the  country." 

But  since  every  statesman  now  stands  or  falls  on  his  war 
record,  Mr.  Spender's  best  industry  is  given  to  showing  how 
fortunate  the  country  and  the  world  have  been  in  having  at  its 
disposal  in  this  supreme  emergency  a  man  of  just  intuition  and 
magnificent  energy,  who  would,  at  the  crisis  of  his  country's 
cause,  resist  the  scruples  which  might  have  made  a  lesser  states- 
man hesitate,  and  seize  the  reins  of  power  that  were  his  by 
right.  The  account  given  by  Mr.  Spender  of  the  ejectment  of 
Mr.  Asquith  by  Mr.  George  ("torpedoing"  the  unkind  critics 
called  it)  attains  some  degree  of  accuracy  by  sticking  to  a  bare 
record  of  events,  and  eschewing  all  reasonable  speculations  upon 
motives  and  manners.     Here  we  have  a  characteristic  example 


416 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


of  the  qualities  and  defects  of  this  biography.  Mr.  Asquith  was 
without  question  a  poor  leader  of  his  nation  in  a  struggle  de- 
manding resource  and  initiation.  Mr.  George  had,  and  knew  he 
had,  these  advantages.  The  action  he  took  was  for  the  good  of 
the  country.  But  the  pretense  that  the  patriotic  motive  was 
paramount,  that  no  alloy  of  self-glory  and  personal  will  to 
power  was  present,  is  quite  unconvincing  to  any  one  who  has 
followed  closely  Mr.  George's  career. 

Not  merely  by  such  false  interpretation  of  events  but  by  false 
attribution  of  qualities  and  acquirements  Mr.  Spender  fabri- 
cates his  hero.  He  attributes  to  him  "insight  into  deep  truths" 
and  treats  his  generous  feelings  as  solid  principles.  He  has 
even  the  audacity  to  speak  of  Mr.  George  as  "well  read"  and  he 
tells  us  (on  the  strength  of  a  short  trip)  that  he  "knew  Ger- 
many." Now  Mr.  George  has  no  principles  of  statecraft,  knows 
little  of  past  history,  or  of  the  current  history  of  other  coun- 
tries. To  do  him  justice,  he  never  professes  to  deal  in  prin- 
ciples. Politics  is  to  him  the  art  of  opportunism,  each  issue  to 
be  dealt  with  when  it  comes  up  "on  its  merits,"  and  conformably 
with  the  expediencies  of  the  moment,  with  very  little  regard  to 
distant  events,  which  may  or  may  not  occur.  In  one  sense  he  is 
a  realist.  "Things  are  what  they  are"  to  him.  But  to  hold 
that  "their  consequences  will  be  what  they  will  be"  would  be 
carrying  causation  or  speculation  too  far.  His  realism,  more- 
over, is  tempered  by  a  spice  of  sentimentalism  where  visible  op- 
pression of  class  or  nationality  comes  in.  This  justifies  Mr. 
Spender  in  representing  him  as  temperamentally  upon  the  side 
"of  the  under  dog."  But  this  sympathy  goes,  after  all,  a  very 
little  way  as  guaranty  of  sound  statecraft.  Mr.  George  is 
primarily  an  orator  and  at  a  time  when  oratory  is  most  dan- 
gerous. He  is  an  improviser  of  policies  at  a  time  when  far- 
seeing  judgment  is  most  necessary.  He  is  always  at  the  mercy 
of  other  people's  sources  of  information,  having  no  stock  of 
knowledge  of  his  own.  He  is  quick  at  picking  the  brains  of 
those  about  him,  but  not  so  good  at  choosing  whom  to  put 
about  him.  And  his  pick  does  not  go  deep.  Never  in  modern 
English  history  has  so  light  a  man  been  at  the  head  of  affairs 
in  so  grave  a  time. 

All  the  risks  involved  in  such  a  situation  Mr.  Spender  ig- 
nores. His  consistent  policy  (or  should  I  say  dialectical  device?) 
is  to  slur  over  or  ignore  facts  that  damage  his  hero.  For  Ameri- 
can readers  his  treatment  of  the  Bullitt  incident  will  suffice  to 
illustrate.  "The  proposal  brought  by  Mr.  Bullitt  [from  Russia] 
was  not  an  offer  from  the  Bolshevists  but  the  suggestion  of  an 
offer  by  the  Allies — a  very  different  thing."  And  he  adds :  "The 
proposals  were  not  written  down  by  the  Bolshevists  but  con- 
veyed to  Mr.  Bullitt,  who  placed  them  on  record."  Now,  as 
readers  of  The  Nation  are  aware,  Mr.  Bullitt  took  out  to 
Russia  a  draft  in  the  handwriting  of  one  of  the  British  secre- 
taries, which,  though  not  a  formal  proposal,  was  intended  to 
convey  the  terms  acceptable  to  Mr.  George.  He  brought  back 
a  reply  to  the  effect  that  an  offer  along  the  lines  of  the  draft 
with  certain  other  provisions  would  be  favorably  considered 
by  the  Bolshevists.  Mr.  Spender  says  not  a  word  of  the  false- 
hoods told  by  Mr.  George  to  Parliament  relating  to  his  acquain- 
tance with  Mr.  Bullitt. 

Even  more  audacious  is  the  account  of  the  1918  general  elec- 
tion.     Not    a    word    of    Mr.    George's    furious    appeal    for    the 

Kaiser's  head  and  the  whole  cost  of  the  war  in  indemnities 

election  pledges  which,  futile  as  they  turn  out  to  be,  were  deeply 
responsible  for  the  base  peace  which  Clemenceau  and  his  col- 
leagues put  upon  Mr.  George  and  Mr.  Wilson.  But  Mr.  Spen- 
der's treatment  of  this  whole  historical  episode  is  one  of  elabo- 
rate sophistication.  He  defends  the  secret  conduct  of  negotia- 
tions, and  pretends  that  the  innumerable  violations  of  the  prin- 
ciples which  the  Allies  solemnly  undertook  to  embody  in  the 
peace  were  a  justifiable  compromise  between  the  idealism  of 
Mr.  Wilson  and  the  proposals  of  Clemenceau,  which  latter  he 
euphemistically  terms  "a  peace  of  security!"  And  yet  he  assures 
us    that    Mr.    George    and    Mr.    Wilson    were    "really    kindred 


spirits."  "Both  came  from  Puritan  stock,  and  the  high  idealism 
and  noble  integrity  of  President  Wilson's  character  must  have 
often  recalled  to  Mr.  Lloyd  George  that  splendid  uncle  who 
had  taught  and  nurtured  him!"  The  book  is  rich  in  such 
strokes  of  undesigned  humor.  Perhaps  the  finest  is  Mr.  Spen- 
der's presentation  of  the  man  who  is  practicing  every  wile  of 
statecraft  to  hold  together  his  discordant  band  of  profiteers, 
so  as  to  maintain  a  working  majority  and  keep  office,  as  a  high- 
souled  patriot  filled  with  "the  vision  of  a  state  deliberately 
consenting  to  sink  faction  in  the  cause  of  a  larger  purpose — of 
a  community  which,  with  all  its  passion  for  the  healthy  strife 
of  party,  can  tell  when  to  forego  that  strife,  and  can  scent  the 
danger  from  afar."  Few  men  save  Mr.  Spender  could  have 
penned  that  sentence.  Yes,  Mr.  George  has  a  keen  nose  for 
dangers  that  threaten  his  safety.  But  this  keenness  has  cost  his 
country  and  the  world  pretty  dear.  For,  in  maneuvering  to 
keep  in  power,  he  has  had  to  stoop  to  the  lowest  depths  of  popu- 
lar passion  and  credulity,  to  support  terms  of  peace  he  knew 
to  be  impracticable  and  disastrous,  to  buy  Mr.  Churchill  and 
his  following  with  the  Russian  war,  and  Sir  Edward  Carson 
with  what  now  comes  near  an  Irish  war. 

Mr.  Spender  represents  his  hero  typically  as  a  man  of  vision, 
faith,  and  sympathetic  imagination.  There  is  one  supreme  test 
of  this  time — the  League  of  Nations.  Mr.  George's  biographer 
indulges  in  desperate  wriggles  to  support  his  assertion  that  "he 
profoundly  believes  in  the  League  of  Nations."  Apart  from  the 
fact  that  profundity  is  the  last  expression  to  apply  to  any  of 
Mr.  George's  facile  beliefs,  this  is  Mr.  Spender's  own  admission 
that  the  Prime  Minister  felt  "there  was  an  element  of  unreality 
in  the  drafting  of  a  set  constitution  for  the  League,"  and  pre- 
ferred that  it  should  grow  insensibly  out  of  the  Peace  Con- 
ference. This,  of  course,  is  what  has  happened  and  has  made 
it  not  a  league  of  nations.  J.  A.  Hobson 


History  and  History 

The   United  States:  An  Experiment  in  Democracy.     By  Carl 

Becker.     Harper  and  Brothers. 
The  United  States  in  Our  Own  Times  1865-1920.     By  Paul  L. 

Haworth.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons. 
'T^O  the  mind  of  the  speculative  student  these  two  books  on 
*■  American  history  will  suggest  a  long  line  of  interesting  re- 
flection. Both  are  by  American  scholars  of  approved  training 
and  academic  distinction.  Mr.  Becker  is  professor  of  European 
history  at  Cornell  and  doubtless  more  occupied  with  the  gigantic 
labors  of  Diderot  than  with  the  multitudinous  volumes  of 
American  Foreign  Relations.  Mr.  Haworth  is  acting  professor 
of  American  history  at  Indiana  University  and  more  at  home 
with  the  Congressional  Record  than  with  that  mighty  pile,  the 
Moniteur.  Mr.  Becker  writes  a  series  of  essays  on  the  evolu- 
tion of  American  democracy  in  its  relation  to  government,  land, 
slavery,  education,  diplomacy,  immigration,  and  equality,  ending 
in  a  serious  discussion  of  pressing  problems  and  a  suggestion 
that  education  holds  the  promise  of  the  future.  Mr.  Haworth 
writes  a  textbook  in  recent  history  for  college  students,  giving 
us  a  clue  to  what  an  able  and  experienced  teacher  thinks  proper 
and  acceptable  in  the  realm  of  higher  education  to  which  we 
are  to  look  for  guidance  and  salvation. 

The  first  of  these  books  is  the  story  of  the  way  in  which  the 
aristocracy  of  colonial  times  has  been  supplanted  by  a  political 
democracy,  slavery  disposed  of,  the  public  domain  parceled  out 
into  homesteads,  the  alien  brought  to  our  shores,  and  education 
made  universal.  It  is  a  plain  story  told  by  a  man  with  an 
eye  for  the  real  instead  of  the  mythical.  Mr.  Becker  does  not 
resort  to  special  dispensation  or  to  heroic  qualities,  but  finds 
the  secret  of  American  democracy  in  the  conditions  of  Ameri- 
can life.  He  knows  the  limits  of  our  boasted  toleration  and 
the  intimate  character  of  our  prosperity.  He  refuses  to  work 
up  a  frenzy  over  the  trade  union  "dictation"  manifest  in  the 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


417 


Adamson  law.  On  the  contrary  he  coldly  remarks  that  for  a 
quarter  of  a  century  capitalists  "dictated"  to  the  government  at 
Washington  (for  which  he  has  the  high  authority  of  President 
Wilson)  and  that  now  two  are  playing  the  same  game.  He 
thinks  that  the  trade  unionist  has  historic,  if  not  ethical,  justi- 
fication for  selling  as  little  as  possible  for  as  much  as  he  can  get. 
He  does  not  shed  any  tears  over  Mr.  Haworth's  "great  general 
public"  which  imagines  itself  so  virtuous.  He  casts  doubt  upon 
the  benevolence  of  our  business  men,  suggesting  that  the  average 
among  them  does  not  even  have  the  interest  in  his  employees 
that  induced  the  master  of  a  slave  gang  to  see  that  his  chattels 
were  well  fed  and  comfortable.  In  fact,  he  thinks  Americans 
are  one  flesh  with  all  the  world  and  that  now  the  free  land  is 
gone  we  face  the  same  problems  that  Europe  faces.  Being  a 
historian  and  not  a  preacher  he  offers  no  simple  remedies ;  but  he 
evidently  believes  that  we  may  expect  a  widening  of  the  func- 
tions of  the  state.  Moreover  he  seems  to  rely  upon  education 
to  point  the  way  out — not  the  education  that  merely  reflects 
and  confirms  the  conditions  of  life,  but  the  education  that  under- 
stands and  surmounts  them. 

Mr.  Haworth  evidently  does  not  believe  that  a  college  course 
in  recent  American  history  can  break  with  the  accredited  pre- 
conceptions. He  gives  us  a  straightforward,  chronological  ac- 
count of  the  last  fifty  years.  Here  we  find  the  recognized 
staples:  the  force  bill,  Ku  Klux  Klan,  Greenbacks,  resumption, 
the  Hayes-Tilden  dispute,  the  frontier,  "rum,  Romanism,  and 
rebellion,"  free  silver,  imperialism,  the  Sherman  Act,  the  strenu- 
ous life,  reclamation,  "onward-Christian-soldiers,"  and  the-world- 
safe-for-democracy.  They  are  all  presented  in  an  easy,  flowing 
style  which  carries  the  reader  along  on  the  current  of  narra- 
tion. All  the  ceremonials  are  performed  with  clean  hands. 
Greenbackism  was  "a  craze,"  Russia  was  a  traitor  to  the  Allies, 
the  recent  labor  disturbance  in  Seattle  was  an  attempt  to  start 
the  Bolshevist  revolution,  Ole  Hanson  was  the  "courageous" 
mayor  who  saved  the  day  (reward  not  mentioned),  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice  really  discovered  a  Bolshevist  plot  to  overthrow 
our  government,  and  everything  the  Kaiser  did  was  a  part  of 
the  great  conspiracy  against  the  babes  in  the  woods.  To  social 
and  industrial  questions  Mr.  Haworth  assigns  "a  large  share  of 
space,"  but  he  cautions  us  against  "swinging  too  far  in  that 
direction."  In  accordance  with  that  caution  he  gives  seven  lines 
to  the  rise  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor,  without  de- 
scribing its  peculiar  policies  in  detail,  and  thirteen  entertaining 
lines  to  Cleveland's  very  interesting  courtship  and  marriage. 
Thoroughly  conversant  with  modern  movements,  Mr.  Haworth 
recognizes  the  antithesis  between  political  democracy  and  eco- 
nomic plutocracy  and  in  his  concluding  chapter  he  mentions  the 
new  phases  of  the  old  struggle:  "populism,  progressivism,  so- 
cialism, and  Bolshevism."  But  of  the  many  reforms,  he  thinks  it 
fitting  to  discuss  in  some  detail  only  one,  namely,  a  heavy  in- 
heritance tax  to  disperse  concentrated  wealth — a  device  which, 
as  he  says,  now  has  the  support  of  many  eminent  men  like 
Vice-President  Marshall.  Perhaps,  after  all,  this  is  as  far  as 
we  need  to  go  in  view  of  the  fact  that  Mr.  Roosevelt's  "vigorous 
deeds  and  denunciations  of  dishonesty"  drove  away  "the  noxious 
vapors  that  were  poisoning  American  public  and  private  life." 

In  short,  it  appears  that  the  college  teacher  of  history  should 
discard  none  of  the  pontificalia  approved  by  the  elder  statesmen 
of  the  American  Historical  Association.  He  should  never 
apply  to  the  reputable  lore  of  the  middling  orders  the  Socratic 
elenchus  or,  as  Lord  Morley  would  say,  any  other  engine  of 
skepticism  or  verification.  He  must  make  no  frontal  assault 
upon  the  great  commonplace.  He  must  upset  no  reliquaries  or 
thuribles.  He  must  omit  no  rubrics  or  lectionaries.  He  cannot 
essay  the  role  of  Jeremiah  against  the  Philistines  or  invoke  the 
spirit  of  Buckle  or  Darwin.  If  such  is  the  evident  judgment 
passed  upon  collegiate  instruction  in  history  by  a  scholar  of 
understanding  and  discernment,  like  Mr.  Haworth,  how  can  Mr. 
Becker  expect  the  emancipation  of  education  from  "the  pressure 
of  economic  and  social  tendencies"? 

Charles  A.  Beard 


Divine  Personality  and  Human  Life 

Divine  Personality  and  Human  Life.     By  Clement  C.  J.  Webb. 

The  Macmillan  Company. 
HP  HIS  volume  contains  the  second  part  of  the  Gifford  Lectures, 
*■  delivered  in  the  University  of  Aberdeen  in  1918-1919.  Mr. 
Clement  Webb  is  facile  princeps  among  English  writers  upon 
the  philosophy  of  religion,  and  he  has  what  is  not  common  in 
his  class,  a  singularly  simple  and  lucid  style.  He  is  at  his  best 
in  criticism;  his .  well-known  critical  handling  of  Durkheim's 
group-theory  of  religion  is  a  much  more  convincing  piece  of 
work  than  the  present  volume  or  its  predecessor,  "God  and 
Personality."  Perhaps  this  is  inevitable.  It  is  no  doubt  easier 
to  expose  the  defects  in  another  man's  view  than  it  is  to 
make  a  wholly  water-tight  case  for  your  own.  This,  however, 
must  not  be  taken  as  meaning  that  the  book  now  before  us  is 
only  second-rate.  On  the  contrary  it  belongs  to  the  front 
ranks  of  its  class.  The  trouble  is  simply  that  works  on  the 
philosophy  of  religion  are  always  fated  to  end  with  a  note  of 
interrogation. 

It  is  not  easy  to  define  Mr.  Webb's  philosophical  position.  He 
differs  from  the  Absolute  Idealists  in  affirming  that  in  some 
sense  or  other  the  ultimate  ground  and  meaning  of  the  Universe 
is  personal.  He  believes  in  a  "personal"  God.  On  the  other 
hand  he  denies  the  validity  of  the  position  of  the  Personal 
Idealists  who  "give  to  the  personal  principle  of  unity  in  our  ex- 
perience a  priority  over  the  rational."  He  retains  the  ration- 
alism of  the  Oxford  Hegelian  school  without  allowing  it  to  carry 
him  over  to  that  arid  and  cheerless  devotion  to  the  Absolute 
which  is  meat  and  drink  to  Mr.  Bradley.  That  is  to  say,  Mr. 
Webb  is  not  merely  a  philosopher  of  religion;  he  is  a  religious 
philosopher. 

In  the  first  series  of  the  Gifford  Lectures,  Mr.  Webb  argues 
for  the  idea  of  a  "personal  God,"  meaning  by  the  definition  a 
God  with  whom  men  may  have  personal  intercourse.  But  the 
expression  "personal  God"  is  intended  to  express  not  so  much 
the  notion  of  "the  personality  of  God"  so  much  as  that  of  "per- 
sonality in  God."  And  if  this  seems  to  the  reader  to  be  a  dis- 
tinction without  a  difference,  it  must  be  answered  that  the  dis- 
tinction is  very  important  indeed.  For  the  phrase  "the  per- 
sonality of  God"  may  suggest  a  unitary  God,  and  according  to 
Mr.  Webb,  the  God  of  the  Christian  tradition  is  a  Trinity.  When 
you  speak  of  "personality  in  God,"  you  leave  the  door  open  to 
a  conception  of  God  as  being  fully  personal,  that  is  to  say, 
social.  The  Doctrine  of  the  Trinity  gives  you  a  God  who  not 
only  has  personality,  but  is  a  society.  Now  in  this  second 
series,  Mr.  Webb  turns  to  an  examination  of  how  the  concep- 
tion of  divine  personality  is  affected  by  those  specialized  activi- 
ties in  which  human  personality  expresses  itself.  He  inquires 
how  far  the  idea  of  a  personal  God  fits  into  the  attitudes  and 
necessities  of  the  economic  life,  the  scientific  life,  the  aesthetic 
life,  the  moral  life,  the  political  life;  and  concludes  with  an  ex- 
amination of  the  value  of  the  individual  in  the  philosophy  of  the 
Absolute  and  Personal  Idealists,  and  a  final  chapter  on  the  des- 
tiny of  the  individual  person.  It  is  unnecessary  to  tell  those 
who  know  Mr.  Webb's  work  that  the  whole  inquiry  is  very  care- 
fully and  candidly  carried  through.  The  lecturer  cannot  be 
charged  with  unfairly  weighting  the  scales  in  favor  of  his  own 
argument.  Sometimes  indeed  he  seems  to  give  gratuitous  over- 
weight to  considerations  that  obstruct  the  conclusion  that  he 
wishes  to  reach;  though  it  must  also  be  admitted  that  in  one 
or  two  places  he  appears  to  infer  more  from  friendly  considera- 
tions than  is  legitimate.  It  is,  for  instance,  difficult  to  follow 
him  when  he  says  that  the  conception  of  "corporate  personality" 
(as  applied,  say,  to  the  state)  helps  us  to  a  conception  of  per- 
sonality in  God.  It  all  depends  upon  how  you  conceive  of  the 
state,  and  one  suspects  a  little  residuum  of  the  Hegelian  doctrine 
of  the  state  in  Mr.  Webb's  view  of  it.  But  these  are  minor  and 
infrequent  blemishes  in  what  is  a  massive  and   (so  far  as  the 


418 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


subject-matter  allows)  a  convincing  argument.  It  is  not  impos- 
sible that  Mr.  Webb's  interpretation  of  "personality  in  God" 
may  provide  that  much-needed  philosophical  via  tertia  for  those 
of  us  who  cannot  go  the  narrow  road  of  Absolutist  Monism  or 
the  broad  road  of  Pragmatist  Pluralism. 

This  brief  notice  gives  no  idea  of  the  extent  of  ground  which 
Mr.  Webb's  inquiry  covers.  For  instance,  in  his, chapter  on  the 
aesthetic  life,  there  is  an  important  analysis  of  William  Blake's 
theological  scheme;  and  in  the  chapter  on  Naturalism  and  the 
Value  of  the  Individual,  the  problem  of  the  pathological  disso- 
ciation of  personality  is  discussed  in  connection  with  the  ques- 
tion of  the  relative  priority  of  the  personal  and  rational  prin- 
ciples in  the  handling  of  human  experience.  These  are  but  two 
examples  of  the  range  over  which  Mr.  Webb'?  investigation 
carries  him,  and  they  suggest  how  broad  and  varied  is  the 
survey  of  the  relevant  data  from  which  he  weaves  his  argu- 
ment. Altogether  the  reading  of  the  book  is  a  rich  experience, 
and  its  comparative  freedom  from  the  jargon  of  the  philosophi- 
cal schools  makes  it  available  for  a  much  wider  circle  of  readers 
than  is  usually  the  case  with  this  kind  of  literature. 

R.  R. 


Sociology  in  Two  Dimensions 

The  Principles  of  Sociology.     By  Edward  Alsworth  Ross.     The 
Century  Company. 

THE  most  obvious  feature  of  this  work  is  its  comprehensive- 
ness. Professor  Ross  has  not  only  duly  registered  and 
pigeonholed  a  vast  variety  of  social  phenomena,  but  has  like- 
wise undertaken  the  far  more  delicate  task  of  helping  people 
" arrive  at  wise  decisions  as  to  social  policies."  Unfortunately 
the  rationale  of  his  system  is  not  explicitly  set  forth  either  for 
its  theoretical  or  its  practical  implications.  Why  he  employs 
his  particular  categories  in  the  order  given  remains  far  from 
clear,  and  we  are  left  with  the  suspicion  that  the  mode  of 
presentation  is  one  that  has  come  from  experience  in  the  class- 
room. For  the  practical  philosophy,  too,  there  is  no  overt  state- 
ment, but  her©  the  deficiency  is  of  lesser  moment  because  the 
author's  basic  principles  generally  stand  out  with  sufficient 
transparency.  Another  salient  characteristic  of  the  book  is  the 
range  of  the  data  from  which  illustrative  material  is  culled. 
Mr.  Ross  is  a  far-traveled  writer,  who  has  literally  surveyed 
mankind  from  China  to  Peru.  His  instances  have  frequently 
the  piquancy  of  an  eye-witness's  report,  and  even  apart  from 
personal  reminiscences  he  reveals  a  genuine  talent  for  the  use  of 
striking  and  even  convincing  examples.  The  admirable  open- 
ing paragraphs  of  the  chapter  on  Ossification  may  be  cited  by 
way  of  illustration.  From  this  it  follows  that  Mr.  Ross  has 
none  of  the  speculative  writer's  horror  of  facts.  He  has  a  com- 
plex in  quite  the  opposite  direction:  of  all  the  numerous  prob- 
lems treated  there  is  probably  not  a  single  one  that  is  settled  by 
an  appeal  to  first  principles  or  argued  out  on  its  merits.  The 
author  has  very  decided  opinions  on  the  most  difficult  moot- 
questions;  but  apparently  he  has  arrived  at  them  intuitively  or 
for  some  obscure  reason  has  covered  the  tracks  of  his  reasoning 
processes. 

Mr.  Ross's  treatment  of  the  race  problem  is  especially  il- 
luminating as  to  this  intellectual  idiosyncrasy,  precisely  because 
he  is  not  at  all  an  extremist  on  this  subject.  He  recognizes  the 
influence  exerted  by  social  conditions  and  he  rejects  "the  doc- 
trine of  the  intellectual  superiority  of  whites  over  the  rest  of 
humanity";  he  finds  no  ground  for  believing  that  any  people 
is  warranted  in  oppressing,  dispossessing,  or  exterminating  any 
portion  of  mankind;  the  comparative  brain  power  of  the  races 
is  represented  as  not  yet  finally  settled.  But  this  exemplary 
caution  goes  hand  in  hand  with  an  astonishingly  extravagant 
credulity.  He  quotes  himself  with  approval  regarding  the  innate 
superiority  of  the  Nordic  in  ethical  endowment  over  the  South 
European  as  proved  by  comparison  of  their  conduct  at  marine 


disasters.  While  on  one  page  the  establishment  of  racial  dif- 
ferences is  made  to  depend  on  the  future  development  of  psycho- 
logical experimentation,  the  preceding  page  shows  a  quite  naive 
acceptance  of  what  "unbiased  observers"  say  about  the  Chinese 
in  relation  to  the  Japanese,  about  the  aboriginal  Peruvian 
superiority  to  the  Indian  of  Ecuador,  and  so  forth.  "Some  of 
these  contrasts  may  be  due  to  opportunity,  stimulation,  or  social 
inheritance,"  we  are  told,  "but  surely  not  all."  Why  not  all? 
And  if  so,  by  what  objective  criterion  can  one  determine  what  is 
due  to  race  and  what  to  social  circumstances?  On  this  funda- 
mental question  there  is  complete  silence.  Again,  the  author  is 
convinced  that  the  famous  Celtic  temperament  is  no  myth: 
"I  believe,"  he  says,  "that  the  innate  mental  differences  between 
Celtic  Irish  and  'John  Bull'  English  or  between  Bretons  and 
Normans  exceed  those  between  the  Chinese  of  North  China  and 
the  old  Americans."  It  would  be  interesting  to  get  the  evidence 
for  this  bold  generalization  and  also  to  have  it  formulated  in 
intelligible  biological  terms. 

It  is  not  the  position  assumed  by  Mr.  Ross  that  is  primarily 
criticized  here,  but  his  short-hand  method  of  arriving  at  results 
without  disclosing  their  foundation  and  his  failure  to  note  that 
he  is  advancing  mutually  contradictory  conceptions.  While  this 
refusal  to  go  to  the  bottom  of  a  problem,  this  phobia  of  philo- 
sophical argumentation,  is  typical  of  the  theoretical  portion  of 
the  book,  its  practical  doctrines  are  marred  by  a  corresponding 
fault.  Many  of  them  are  sound  enough,  but  they  are  sound  to 
the  point  of  being  truisms  meaningless  without  further  develop- 
ment. Mr.  Ross  liberally  showers  us  with  counsels  of  perfec- 
tion, but  how  to  apply  them  in  a  universe  far  from  the  best  con- 
ceivable is  another  matter.  Apropos  of  miscegenation  we  read: 
"When  precious  culture  elements  are  in  danger  of  being  diluted 
and  finally  lost  by  fusion,  the  prohibition  of  intermarriage  is 
justifiable."  Very  well;  but  who  is  to  decide  when  there  is 
danger  and  what  is  precious?  Again,  who  ever  denied  that  all 
important  posts  in  society  should  be  manned  by  the  talented 
rather  than  the  "dunderheads."  But  that  experimental  psy- 
chology of  itself  will  suffice  to  oust  the  numbskulls  supported  by 
privilege  and  their  self-interest  is  to  lay  a  severe  tax  on  our 
optimism.  To  cite  one  more  example  that  hardly  requires  com- 
ment: "In  the  piloting  of  society  no  valuable  element  should 
have  either  too  little  influence  or  too  much  influence." 

Alike  baneful  from  a  theoretical  and  practical  angle  is- Mr. 
Ross's  conception  of  progress.  He  realizes  that  spiritual  and 
social  progress  is  not  so  obvious  as  material  advancement,  yet 
characteristically  enough  there  is  not  the  slightest  attempt  at 
demonstrating  its  reality.  It  never  seems  to  have  dawned  upon 
him  that  other  aspirations  than  those  of  Western  civilization 
might  have  claims  to  equal  consideration,  and  Western  civiliza- 
tion itself  appears  in  that  somewhat  specialized  and  attenuated 
form  it  assumes  in  Ottumwa  and  Kalamazoo  from  which  some 
of  us  shrink  in  Nietzschean  anguish.  Passages  there  are,  to 
be  sure,  in  which  the  common-sense  cosmopolitanism  bred  of 
travel  asserts  itself,  but  they  are  submerged  in  the  habitual  and 
essential  attitude.  So  trivial  a  feature  as  the  all-day  service  of 
the  dining-cars  in  Russia  is  mentioned  as  an  example  of  the 
inferiority  of  Russian  standards.  In  the  course  of  an  extraor- 
dinary dialogue  between  an  imaginary  emotionalist  and  an  in- 
tellectual occurs  the  following  passage:  "The  emotionalist  urges: 
'How  cruel  to  ostracize  this  girl  for  giving  herself  outside  the 
marriage  relation!'  The  intellectual  [sic]  queries:  'Is  there  any 
other  way  to  keep  girls  from  yielding  to  their  tempters?'" 

As  a  final  sample  of  his  thinking  may  be  cited  Mr.  Ross's 
comments  on  alien  religions.  He  completely  fails  to  understand 
that  the  "lower"  religions  represent  values  to  their  votaries  that 
are  quite  as  definite  and  unassailable  as  those  associated  with 
our  own.  That  "the  value  difference  between  religions  is 
enormous"  is  true  only  in  the  sense  that  to  any  believer  his 
own  faith  is  to  all  others  as  infinity  to  zero.  Some  religions 
may,  indeed,  "embody  man's  highest  aspirations,"  but  I  know  of 
none  that  can  fairly  be  said  to  "embody  his  animal  impulses." 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


419 


In  short,  Mr.  Ross's  cardinal  fault  is  lack  of  historical-minded- 
ness.  He  accepts  as  absolute  the  standards  found  or  conceived 
in  his  own  social  environment  and  seems  generally  incapable  of 
a  Kantian  critique  of  their  validity.  One  need  not  wonder  that 
he  brands  as  decadent  the  noble  efforts  of  the  great  critical 
thinkers  of  France  and  elsewhere.  Yet  with  all  its  defects  "The 
Principles  of  Sociology"  remains  a  work  of  real  utility.  Though 
the  author's  resolute  determination  not  to  think  anything 
through  may  deter  the  philosophical  student,  the  vast  scope  of 
the  book  with  its  wealth  of  illustrative  material  may  well 
commend  it  to  the  teacher  of  sociology. 

Robert  H.  Lowie 


Ladies  and  Women 

The  Learned  Lady  in  England  1650-1760.     By  Myra  Reynolds. 

Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 
The  Working  Life  of  Women  in  the  Seventeenth  Century.     By 

Alice  Clark.     Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 

DOROTHY  OSBORNE  writes  to  her  lover,  about  1652:  "The 
heat  of  the  day  is  spent  in  reading  or  working,  and  about 
six  or  seven  o'clock  I  walk  out  into  a  common  that  lies  hard  by 
the  house,  where  a  great  many  young  wenches  keep  sheep  and 
cows  and  sit  in  the  shade  singing  of  ballads."  As  befits  a 
"learned  lady,"  Dorothy  is  reminded  of  classic  pastorals.  Only 
now  and  then  do  the  learned  ladies  throw  light  on  the  working 
life  of  their  sisters.  Had  the  Dorothy  Osbornes  and  Dudleya 
Norths  guessed  that  a  twentieth  century  woman  "research 
student  of  the  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Sci- 
ence" would  pore  over  household  accounts,  state  papers,  private 
letters,  and  the  records  of  parishes,  courts,  and  gilds,  in  the 
effort  to  picture  woman's  place  in  the  economic  organization  of 
their  day,  they  might  have  made  her  task  easier  by  doing  a 
little  volunteer  field  work  in  sociology.  Field  work  would  per- 
haps have  saved  Dudleya  North  from  that  fatal  "sedentary 
distemper"  which  carried  her  off  after  her  conquest  of  Greek, 
Latin,  and  the  Oriental  languages.  Most  of  the  learned  ladies 
whose  achievements  fill  Miss  Reynolds's  rather  formidable  vol- 
ume were  of  noble  or  gentle  birth.  A  gardener's  daughter  or  so 
does  not  destroy  the  general  impression  of  class  accomplish- 
ment. And  though  the  economic  motive  for  authorship  emerges 
before  the  close  of  the  period  studied,  and  the  desire  to  see 
themselves  in  print — even  under  a  pseudonym — becomes  com- 
mon, their  learning  was  mainly  for  the  solace  and  delight  of 
themselves  and  their  circle  of  friends  and  relatives. 

"Learned"  signifies  in  seventeenth-century  usage  anything 
from  the  solid  Anglo-Saxon  scholarship  of  Elizabeth  Elstob  to 
a  mere  taste  for  books  and  a  facility  in  the  composition  of  slight 
poems.  Ladies  were  learned  if  their  chosen  pursuits  had  to  do 
with  things  of  the  mind,  or  if  they  were  demanding  new  free- 
dom of  self-expression,  new  training,  new  opportunities.  Ac- 
tresses of  the  Restoration  stage  are  caught  in  Miss  Reynolds's 
net,  because  they  opened  up  a  new  profession  for  women,  though 
their  pursuits  (having  to  do  largely  with  King  Charles's  cour- 
tiers) were  far  from  intellectual.  The  accident  of  a  favorable 
home  environment  fostered  the  learned  lady's  development. 
Schools  for  anything  but  deportment  and  trivial  accomplish- 
ments— where  one  might  learn  to  embroider  in  lively  colors  "four 
hundred  new  sorts  of  Birds,  Beasts,  Fish,  Flyes,  Worms" — were 
virtually  non-existent.  The  efforts  of  a  Mrs.  Makin  or  a  Mary 
Astell  to  organize  sound  education  for  girls  did  little  but  pro- 
mote discussion.  But  in  homes  of  cultured  leisure,  like  those  of 
the  Norths  or  the  Evelyns,  a  studious  girl  met  with  encourage- 
ment. An  archbishop  might  direct  her  training,  or  a  John  Locke 
teach  her  divinity  and  philosophy.  At  the  least,  she  might,  like 
Lady  Mary  Wortley  Montagu,  have  the  run  of  a  fine  library. 
Usually  the  "learned"  bent  revealed  itself  early.  The  "match- 
less Orinda"  read  the  Bible  through  before  she  was  four  and 
carried  away  whole  sermons  in  her  memory.  Amazing  that  her 
gift  for  gracious  intercourse  survived  these  appalling  religious 


performances!  Mrs.  Lucy  Hutchinson  as  a  child  inflicted  grave 
instruction  upon  her  playmates  and  "plucked  all  their  babies  to 
pieces."  On  the  whole,  even  in  favorable  cases,  there  was  little 
of  the  systematic  study,  the  exacting  mental  discipline,  provided 
even  for  girls  a  century  before  in  several  great  Tudor  house- 
holds. Miss  Reynolds  sums  up  the  period  as  one  of  beginnings, 
promises  with  few  results,  "a  lavish  sowing  of  seed,  a  steady 
infiltration  of  new  ideas,  a  breaking  up  of  old  certainties  as  to 
woman's  place  in  domestic  and  civic  life,  and  an  accumulation  of 
examples  proving  women  capable  of  the  most  varied  aptitudes 
and  energies." 

What  held  back  the  intellectual  development  of  women?  Why 
(as  Lady  Mary  wrote  from  the  safe  refuge  of  Italy)  was  no  art 
omitted  to  stifle  their  natural  reason?  Why  does  the  eccentric 
Duchess  of  Newcastle  hope  that  her  book  may  be  received  "for 
the  good  encouragement  of  our  sex,  lest  in  time  we  should  grow 
irrational  as  idiots"?  The  reason  lies  partly  in  the  firm  clutch 
on  the  seventeenth-century  mind,  male  and  female,  of  the  terse 
Miltonic  "He  for  God  only,  she  for  God  in  him."  The  most 
advanced  demanded  little  more  for  women  than  freedom  to  read 
and  study  if  they  so  desire.  Even  Mrs.  Makin,  educational  pio- 
neer, claims  only  that  her  training  will  make  wives  more  reason- 
ably and  intelligently  submissive.  The  Marquis  of  Halifax,  it 
is  true,  admits  that  a  weak  husband  must  be  controlled — but 
with  all  outward  deference — for  his  own  good:  "You  must  be 
very  undexterous,"  he  advises  his  daughter,  "if  when  your  hus- 
band shall  resolve  to  be  an  Ass,  you  do  not  take  care  he  may  be 
your  Ass."  To  be  submissive,  however  intelligently,  to  an  Ass — 
little  intellectual  stimulus  there!  But  if  the  husband  happened 
to  be  a  man  of  culture,  a  Sir  William  Temple,  or  a  Colonel 
Hutchinson  (who  saw  his  future  wife's  Latin  books  before  he 
saw  her  face  and  promptly  fell  in  love) ,  a  wife  might  best  please 
her  husband  by  developing  her  mind. 

Miss  Clark  gives  due  weight  to  this  doctrine  of  female  sub- 
mission in  accounting  for  the  decline  in  the  standard  of  woman's 
education  and  in  her  social  and  economic  position  during  the  cen- 
tury. But  her  study  reveals  the  operation  of  economic  forces 
as  well.  The  basis  of  production  was  beginning  to  shift  from  the 
still  predominating  "family  industry"  organization  to  the  cap- 
italistic. Family  industry  offered  wide  scope  for  woman's  ener- 
gies; the  family  (including  servants  and  apprentices)  was  a 
productive  unit  for  goods  to  be  sold  or  exchanged ;  the  workshop 
was  within  the  home  precincts,  the  family  owned  stock  and  tools. 
Wives  of  independent  farmers  and  of  husbandmen,  who  sup- 
plemented the  family  income  by  day  labor  but  worked  their  own 
little  plots  of  ground  as  well,  fed  and  clothed  their  families — 
spinning  wool  and  flax,  brewing,  baking,  gardening,  raising  poul- 
try, managing  dairies,  helping  in  the  harvest.  Woolen  and  linen 
thread  not  needed  by  the  family  was  sold.  In  the  towns  the 
wives  of  craftsmen  in  skilled  and  semi-skilled  trades  and  of 
shopkeepers  and  retailers  were  the  business  partners,  assistants, 
and  frequently  successors  of  their  husbands.  Servants  relieved 
them  of  mere  domestic  drudgery.  Though  specialized  training 
in  the  trades  was  seldom  given  to  women,  there  was  ample  scope 
for  their  general  intelligence  and  common  sense.  Women  were 
engaged  in  the  provision  trades;  we  read  of  the  unruly  oyster 
wives,  tripe  wives,  and  herb  wives  of  London.  And  up  and  down 
the  bad  country  roads  went  women  peddlers,  pack  on  back,  and 
buyers  and  sellers  of  butter,  eggs,  and  poultry.  Laws  to  curb 
profiteering  and  prevent  corners  in  food  were  often  enforced 
against  these  poor  women,  in  the  interest  of  their  strong  com- 
petitors, the  shopkeepers;  while  the  "great  Ingrossers,"  quite  in 
the  modern  fashion,  escaped. 

The  woolen  industry  was  already  organized  on  capitalistic 
lines  and  drew  largely  on  women  for  its  supply  of  spinsters. 
Women  who  had  to  depend  upon  their  spinning  for  subsistence 
were  unorganized  and  badly  exploited,  and  in  the  frequent 
seasons  of  depression  starving  women  and  children  came  on  the 
parish.  Linen  spinners  were  also  mainly  women,  of  the  pauper 
class,  recruited  from  the  undernourished  wives  of  the  landless 
day  laborers.    Women  were  thus  beginning  to  be  forced  into  the 


420 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


open  labor  market,  without  organization  or  specialized  training, 
and  their  product  diverted  from  the  family  to  the  benefit  of  the 
capitalist  or  consumer.  The  sweated  woman  wage  earner  at  the 
bottom  of  the  scale  is  a  portent  of  change.  Equally  significant 
is  the  appearance  at  the  top  of  the  parasite  leisure  class  woman. 
Though  the  records  of  the  century  show  able  business  women  in 
every  class  (many  ladies  of  the  aristocracy  managed  large 
estates,  especially  during  the  troubled  Civil  War  days),  they  also 
reveal  a  diminishing  contact  with  business  and  affairs  as  the 
century  progresses.  Wives  of  men  who  became  capitalists  with- 
drew from  productive  activity.  The  rapid  growth  of  wealth 
opened  up  possibilities  of  idleness  to  women  of  the  upper  class. 
New  theories  of  the  state  made  no  place  for  women  in  public 
affairs.  Fortunately  considerate  husbands  like  Pepys  saw  the 
necessity  of  "making"  work  for  wives  who  were  not  always  duly 
appreciative.  Mrs.  Pepys,  in  fact,  became  convinced,  he  tells  us, 
that  "my  very  keeping  of  the  house  in  dirt  ...  is  but  to 
find  her  employment  and  keep  her  within  and  from  minding  of 
her  pleasure,  which,  though  I  am  sorry  to  see  she  minds  it,  is 
true  enough  in  a  great  degree." 

Dorothy  Brewster 


A  Slav  in  the  Austrian  Consular  Service 

The  Inside  Story  of  Austro-German  Intrigue:  or,  How  the  World 
War  Was  Brought  About.  By  Dr.  Joseph  Goricar,  formerly  of 
the  Austro-Hungarian  Foreign  Service,  and  Lyman  Beecher 
Stowe.  Doubleday,  Page  and  Company. 
T  N  the  spring  of  1914  Professor  William  M.  Sloane  of  Columbia 
*  University  published  a  volume  in  which  he  ventured  to  depart 
from  the  field  of  history  into  the  dangerous  realms  of  prophecy 
so  far  as  to  say:  "This  [Serbia]  is  the  land  which  by  reason  of 
its  name  and  language  aspires  to  leadership  and  control  in  the 
creation  of  the  Greater  Serbia.  The  passion  for  this  ideal  among 
all  Serbo-Croats  is  a  species  of  imperial  insanity.  The  Serbians 
of  little  Serbia  expound  it  in  their  newspapers,  they  set  it  forth 
in  their  school-books,  nourishing  their  young  on  wind;  it  is  the 
stock  in  trade  of  the  demagogue,  the  theme  of  the  rhymer,  the 
subject  of  baby  talk  and  cradle  song."  Before  the  end  of  that 
very  year  the  age-old  dream  of  the  oppressed  Slavs  of  Austria- 
Hungary  and  the  theme  of  the  rhymers  of  little  Serbia  had  been 
converted  into  action,  and  the  eyes  of  the  world  were  opened  as 
to  the  manner  in  which  the  Jugoslavs  could  fight  and  endure  for 
the  accomplishment  of  a  national  ideal.  Which  simply  proves 
how  far  one  can  go  wrong,  even  if  one  is  a  distinguished  author- 
ity, in  deciding  off-hand  that  shadowy  national  aspirations  are 
always  vain.  It  is  not  as  a  scoffer,  therefore,  that  one  must 
approach  the  main  theme  of  Dr.  Goricar's  interesting  book — the 
theme  of  a  great  Pan-Slav  union,  reaching  from  Siberia  to  the 
Adriatic,  from  the  Baltic  to  the  Aegean.  Yet  it  must  frankly 
be  said  that  it  is,  and  probably  will  remain,  a  dream — and  noth- 
ing but  a  dream. 

Dr.  Goricar  tells  us  that  the  new  Jugoslav  state  is  to  be  the 
prototype  for  all  Slavdom  hereafter.  But  making  one  state  out 
of  the  Southern  Slavs  is  a  very  different  thing  from  making  one 
state  out  of  the  Southern  Slavs  and  the  Western  Slavs  and  the 
Eastern  Slavs.  Between  the  Serbs,  Croats,  and  Slovenes  (who 
compose  the  South  Slav  bloc)  there  are,  indeed,  differences  of 
religion,  customs,  and  orthography;  yet  the  spoken  language  of 
all  three  is  identical,  the  national  traditions  and  ideals  are  iden- 
tical, the  sufferings  of  the  various  sections  of  the  people  under 
foreign  masters,  Turk  and  Magyar  and  Austrian,  have  been 
identical,  and  in  addition  there  are  no  geographic  or  economic 
factors  which  make  union  really  difficult.  But  consider  uniting 
the  various  nations  which  own  themselves  as  Slavic;  imagine,  for 
example,  a  union  of  the  Bulgars  with  the  Serbs,  of  the  Ruth'enes 
with  the  Poles,  of  the  Ukrainians  with  the  Poles,  of  the  Poles 
with  the  Russians.  Not  only  are  there  present  great  differences 
m  religion  and  in  written  language,  but  the  speech  of  one  section 
is  entirely  incomprehensible  in  another,  there  are  utterly  dis- 


similar customs  and  ideals,  there  is  a  history  of  bitter  strife  and 
persecutions,  a  present  of  jealousies  and  exploitations,  and  a 
future  of  antagonistic  ambitions.  With  the  original  components 
of  the  Southern  Slav  bloc  there  have  been  comparatively  few 
admixtures  of  alien  stocks — some  Turkish  (but  the  Turkish 
strain  is  not  enduring  like  the  Semitic),  some  Albanian,  a  little 
Austrian,  and  that  is  about  all.  But  literally  over  fifty  non- 
Slavic  stocks  have  mingled  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  with  the 
tribes  that  go  to  make  up  Slavdom  as  a  whole.  The  Bulgars 
were  originally  Turcoman  and  so  remain,  despite  their  adoption 
of  a  Slav  dialect;  the  Albanians  are  not  Slav,  and  would  be 
included  in  Pan-Slavia  only  over  their  undying  protests;  the 
Poles  are  very  largely  Germanized  and  the  Serbs  of  Lusatia 
completely  so.  Then  there  has  been  a  considerable  admixture  of 
Turkish  and  various  Caucasian  bloods  in  the  south,  of  Finnish, 
Lithuanian,  Esthonian,  and  a  dozen  other  non-Slav  strains  in 
the  north,  of  Tartar,  Mongol,  and  Kirghiz  stock  (there  are  over 
four  million  Kirghiz  dwelling  compactly  in  the  southern  Siberian 
steppes)  to  the  west,  not  to  speak  of  the  vast  and  widespread 
masses  of  Jews  (about  five  millions)  who  cling  to  their  religion 
and  preserve  their  separate  habits  and  ideals  with  the  greatest 
persistence.  Slavdom,  which  Dr.  Goricar  tells  us  would  com- 
prise well  over  a  hundred  and  fifty  million  persons,  is  a  mighty 
but  unhomogeneous  collection  of  peoples,  and  the  possibility  of 
their  ever  submitting  to  union  under  one  strong  government  can- 
not but  be  considered  as  remote — to  western  European  peoples, 
comfortably  remote. 

Dr.  Goricar  is  a  Jugoslav  from  the  mountainous  province  of 
Styria,  formerly  a  part  of  the  Hapsburg  Empire.  We  are 
informed  that  he  entered  the  Austro-Hungarian  consular  service 
with  the  idea  that  as  many  representatives  of  the  oppressed 
races  as  possible  should  have  a  share  in  executing  the  policies  of 
the  government  under  which  they  were  forced  to  live.  He  was 
sent  in  1907  to  be  Austro-Hungarian  consul  at  Belgrade,  where 
at  that  time  the  notorious  Magyar  nobleman,  Count  Forgach, 
was  minister.  It  was  while  Dr.  Goricar  was  in  Belgrade  that 
the  Nastich  "revelations"  of  supposed  anti-Austrian  plots  were 
framed  as  a  hopeful  casus  belli  against  Serbia;  and  the  next 
year,  when  he  was  consul  at  Nish,  Austria-Hungary  turned  its 
"temporary  administration"  of  Bosnia-Herzegovina  into  out- 
right annexation,  thereby  throwing  the  whole  Slav  world  into  a 
ferment  and  creating  a  situation  where  war  was  averted  only  by 
Russia's  and  Serbia's  moderation.  Apparently  during  the  Bos- 
nian crisis  Dr.  Goricar  allowed  some  of  his  Slav  sympathies  to 
find  expression,  for  he  was  recalled  from  Serbia  and  ordered  to 
a  quiet  post  at  Denver,  Colorado,  on  the  eve  of  a  third  Austrian 
attempt  to  provoke  war,  this  time  by  means  of  new  "revelations" 
which  were  vouched  for  by  a  celebrated  Viennese  historian,  Dr. 
Friedjung.  Dr.  Friedjung  alleged  that  the  Serbian  Government 
was  engaged  in  planning  with  the  leaders  of  the  Serbo-Croat 
Coalition  party  in  Croatia  for  the  overthrow  of  the  Hapsburgs, 
and  to  support  the  accusation  he  produced  a  set  of  documents 
which,  when  published  in  the  Neue  Freie  Presse,  provoked  a 
wave  of  chauvinism  across  the  two  Central  Empires.  The  entire 
Serbo-Croat  coalition  promptly  sued  him  for  libel,  but  dropped 
the  charge  under  pressure  from  the  government  when  Dr.  Fried- 
jung admitted  the  documents  to  be  forgeries  and  made  a  public 
retraction  of  his  wild  statements.  There  is  no  opportunity  here 
for  a  review  of  the  closely-woven  chain  of  Germanic  intrigue  on 
which  Dr.  Goricar  establishes  his  thesis  that  the  Central  Powers 
had  determined  not  to  postpone  a  decisive  war  with  Russia  and 
Serbia  beyond  1916,  and  if  possible  to  provoke  it  in  1914  or  1915. 
The  various  steps  in  the  plan,  culminating  in  the  excellent  oppor- 
tunity for  aggression  furnished  by  the  murder  of  the  Archduke, 
are  interestingly  though  repetitiously  described. 

Although  the  greater  part  of  the  historical  material  intro- 
duced by  Dr.  Goricar  is  not  new,  he  manages  to  throw  a  number 
of  fresh  side-lights  on  the  general  program  of  the  German- 
Austrian-Magyar  war  parties,  especially  by  making  use  of 
numerous  quotations  from  the  press  of  Vienna  and  Berlin. 
Reliance  on  newspaper  opinion  is  notoriously  dangerous,  but  Dr. 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


421 


Goricar  quotes  so  profusely  and  intelligently  that  his  case  is 
materially  strengthened.  After  the  extraordinary  scenes  in 
which  Nastich,  Forgach,  Friedjung,  and  the  other  opera  bouffe 
characters  hold  the  center  of  the  stage,  perhaps  we  are  most 
interested  by  the  chapters  dealing  with  the  intrigues  of  Berlin 
and  Vienna  to  prevent  the  formation  of  any  sort  of  a  Balkan 
confederation,  even  one  under  the  influence  and  control  of 
Austria.  A  hostile  confederation  of  Serbia,  Montenegro,  Ru- 
mania, and  Bulgaria  would  have  been  a  decided  menace,  and 
Austria  determined  to  prevent  its  formation  at  all  costs;  but  a 
confederation  friendly  to  Austria  was  not  considered  more  desir- 
able, since  in  that  case  Austria  would  be  somewhat  embarrassed 
in  dealing  relentlessly  with  any  member  state  that  might  be  in 
the  way  when  the  time  came  to  strike  toward  Salonica  and  Con- 
stantinople. 

The  almost  inevitable  bias  of  the  author  is  not  so  much  Jugo- 
slav as  Slav,  so  that  he  is  able  to  contemplate  seriously  the  possi- 
bility of  forming  the  United  States  of  Slavia  and  to  look  forward 
hopefully  to  a  time  when  the  Slav  race  will  "surpass  the  western 
Europeans  in  numbers  and  importance."  But  this  bias,  which  is 
quickly  recognized  and  discounted,  does  not  detract  from  the 
interest  and  instructiveness  of  the  book;  rather  does  it  add  to 
them,  by  introducing  the  reader  into  a  genuine  and  enthusiastic 
Pan-Slavist  atmosphere. 

Hamilton  Fish  Armstrong 


Foreign  Rights  in  China 

Foreign  Rights  and  Interests  in  China.     By  Westel  W.  Wil- 
loughby.    The  Johns  Hopkins  Press. 

PROFESSOR  WILLOUGHBY  very  aptly  describes  his  treatise 
as  a  handbook  to  the  international  commitments  of  China. 
The  work  is  seriously  conceived  for  the  information  of  those  who 
need  to  know  what  privileges  are  enjoyed  by  foreigners  doing 
business  in  the  country.     It  is  documented  from  treaties  and 
diplomatic  papers  and  bristles  with  schedules  and  statistics,  yet 
it  has  a  quality  that  renders  it  easily  read  from  beginning  to 
end.     This  happy  issue  must  be  ascribed  in  due  degree  to  the 
author's  admirable  style  and  control  of  his  material;  but  while 
the  book  is  a  model  of  what  a  thesis  should  be,  it  possesses, 
besides  its  usefulness  as  a  work  of  reference,  a  human  interest 
that  is  altogether  compelling.    The  subject  unfolds  as  a  national 
tragedy.     The  self-sufficient  empire  of  a  century  ago,  that  ac- 
knowledged no  rival  and  feared  no  enemy,  has  been  bound  by 
stipulations  which  have  ravished  it  of  pride,  prestige,  and  the 
control  of  its  own  property.     The  outline  of  the  story  is  by  this 
time  fairly  familiar  to  even  Western  ears,  but  its  denouement, 
comprised  in  the  complex  claims  and  preferential  interests  now 
fastened  upon  China,  and  understood  by  only  a  few  in  this  part 
of  the  world,  is  nowhere  more  strikingly  exposed  than  in  this 
sober  summary  of  conditions  as  they  are.     The  situation  has 
aspects  that  are  pregnant  with  suggestion   to  the  philosopher 
and  statesman,  and  it  is  these  that  call  for  discussion.     Princi- 
ples  of  public  law  are  reasonably   determined   among   nations 
that  exercise  authority  within  their  own  borders,  but  (to  quote 
the  longest  sentence  in  Professor  Willoughby's  book)  "when,  as 
in  the  case  of  China,  we  have  a  Power  which  permits  the  exercise 
within  its  limits  of  all  kinds  of  extra-territorial  rights  or  priv- 
ileges; when  there  exist  within  its  territory  spheres  of  interest, 
special  interests,  war  zones,  leased  territories,  treaty  ports,  con- 
cessions, settlements,  and  legation  quarters;  when  there  are  in 
force  multitudes  of  special  engagements  to  foreign  Powers  with 
reference   to  commercial   and   industrial   rights,   railways   and 
mines,  loans  and  currency;  when  two  of  its  chief  revenue  ser- 
vices— the  maritime  customs  and  the  salt  tax — are  under  foreign 
overhead  administrative  control  or  direction;  when  the  proceeds 
of  these  and  other  revenues  are  definitely  pledged  to  meet  fixed 
charges  on  foreign  indebtedness;  when,  at  various  points  within 
its  borders,  there  are  stationed  considerable  bodies  of  foreign 


troops  under  foreign  command — when  we  have  these  and  other 
phenomena  all  carrying  with  them  limitations  upon  the  free 
exercise  by  the  central  government  of  its  ordinary  administra- 
tive powers  or  its  discretionary  right  to  deal  as  it  deems  best 
with  the  individual  nations  with  which  it  maintains  treaty  rela- 
tions, we  then  have  a  condition  of  affairs  which  furnishes  abun- 
dant material  not  only  for  theoretical  or  academic  discussions  by 
students  of  international  jurisprudence,  but  for  serious  conflict 
and  dispute  between  the  nations  concerned." 

To  add  to  these  complications  we  must  remember  also  that 
commitments  have  been  made  in  recent  years  by  local  governors 
which  have  never  been  approved  by  the  Chinese  Parliament  and 
are  therefore  technically  illegal  under  the  existing  constitution. 
In  these  issues,  where  money  has  been  received,  public  opinion  in 
China  is  still  honest  enough  to  acknowledge  financial  obligations, 
but  it  protests  concessions  granted  to  foreign  agents  that  are 
liens  upon  the  natural  resources  of  the  country.  Nice  ethical 
questions  are  involved  in  undertakings  assumed  by  irresponsi- 
ble mandarins  which  might  seem  to  release  an  upright  govern- 
ment from  recognizing  obligations,  but  the  case  is  made  worse 
when  it  is  realized  that  many  of  them  have  been  concocted 
secretly,  so  that  the  government  itself  does  not  know  all  of  its 
liabilities.  In  such  instances,  and  in  the  quite  indefinite  mean- 
ing attached  to  the  content  of  the  most-favored-nation  clauses 
in  all  treaties,  lie  sources  of  doubt  and  international  disturbance. 

Some  idea  of  the  wide  range  of  the  interests  involved  in  the 
covenants  under  which  China  labors  is  obtained  from  a  mere  list 
of  the  categories  examined  in  this  solid  volume.  They  are: 
Extra-territoriality,  foreign  commerce  (including  the  tariff,  cus- 
toms administration,  likin,  and  posts),  patents,  leases  and  set- 
tlements (including  missionary  rights),  spheres  of  interest, 
Japanese  claims  and  encroachments,  the  Open  Door,  foreign 
loans,  and  railway  control.  In  countries  really  autonomous  most 
of  these  are  instantly  recognized  as  matters  of  domestic  concern. 
When  they  are  not  the  state  is  actually  a  dependency  of  some 
one  or  more  outside  Powers ;  if  of  more  than  one  they  are  bound 
sooner  or  later  to  quarrel  over  interpretations.  One  has  only 
to  follow  the  evolution  of  the  items  on  this  list  to  comprehend 
the  subtle  and  inevitable  force  of  economic  pressure  in  the  polit- 
ical world  when  competing  nations  strive  for  mastery  in  a 
country  at  once  unable  and  unwilling  to  defend  itself  by  military 
force.  They  may  begin  softly — as  we  have  done — when  there  is 
no  acute  urgency  at  home,  but  they  become  greedy  in  time.  The 
increment  of  foreign  aggression  in  China  has  been  due  to  eco- 
nomic need,  mitigated,  however,  by  the  dangers  involved  in  an 
attempt  to  conquer  and  govern  such  a  homogeneous  mass  as  the 
people  of  China.  As  the  corpus  vile  among  modern  nations  this 
mass  has  been  condemned  to  sundry  and  various  experiments  by 
statesmen  and  capitalists  of  the  great  Powers  whose  cooperative 
action  during  eighty  years  has  resulted  in  fashioning  bonds  and 
stipulations  the  like  of  which  have  never  been  seen  before  in  the 
woild's  history.  There  it  stands  today,  a  marvel  of  impotence, 
and  none  so  poor  as  to  do  it  reverence  as  a  nation,  yet  with  such 
enormous  potential  strength  and  value  that  none  would  be 
allowed  by  the  others  to  seize  and  exploit  it.  How  long  can  the 
unstable  equilibrium  created  by  this  anomalous  condition  en- 
dure? A  triumphant  Germany  might  have  tried  to  incorporate 
its  vast  domain  in  her  empire;  Japan  would  willingly  renew  the 
ambition  of  Hideyoshi  but  for  the  fear  of  Europe  and  America 
combined  against  her.  China  may  yet  be  parceled  out  when  the 
economic  pressure  is  severe  enough  to  compel  the  harpy  Powers 
to  reach  some  agreement.  There  is  time  before  this  crisis  ar- 
rives, however,  for  her  regeneration  through  an  effective  cen- 
tralized government  and  the  administrative  reforms  necessary 
to  equip  a  state  for  modern  subsistence,  but  this  must  be  at- 
tained by  the  mediation  of  those  who  have  brought  her  to  this 
parlous  state.  To  help  China  to  regain  control  over  her  domes- 
tic concerns  seems  to  be  the  only  alternative  to  awaiting  the 
climax  of  partition. 

Frederick  Wells  Williams 


422 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


Treitschke's  History 

History  of  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth  Century.  By  Heinrich 
von  Treitschke.  Volumes  V,  VI,  and  VII.  Translated  by 
Eden  and  Cedar  Paul.    Robert  M.  McBride  and  Company. 

THE  completion  of  the  translation  of  Treitschke's  "History  of 
Germany"  finds  one  conjecturing  how  many  readers  the 
monumental  work  is  now  likely  to  have.  In  the  early  period  of 
the  great  war  when  it  was  not  considered  too  preposterous  to 
speak  of  Bernhardi,  Treitschke,  and,  Nietzsche  as  the  triumvirate 
who  had  corrupted  modern  Germany,  the  bare  mention  of  the 
temperamental  Berlin  professor's  name  was  a  signal  for  heated 
argument.  Whatever  he  had  written  was  sure  to  be  read  with 
keen  interest  and  interpreted  in  the  light  of  current  events. 
Now,  however,  people  are  too  much  involved  in  the  lamentable 
sequelae  of  the  war  to  care  to  probe  much  into  its  causes, 
proximate  or  remote.  But  no  matter  what  its  reception,  it  is 
well  that  the  translation  has  been  carried  through  to  the  end; 
the  work  ought  long  since  to  have  been  available  for  English- 
speaking  readers.  On  the  whole,  the  translators  have  per- 
formed their  task  acceptably.  It  is  assuredly  no  easy  matter 
to  give  an  adequate  rendering  into  a  foreign  language  of  a 
writer  who,  as  is  sometimes  said,  combined  the  prophetic  elo- 
quence of  Carlyle  with  the  sprightly  clearness  of  Macaulay. 
No  one  would  claim  for  a  moment  that  Eden  and  Cedar  Paul 
have  achieved  this  unparalleled  result.  But  their  translation 
runs  smoothly  enough  and  does  not  often  suggest  the  foreign 
idiom. 

The  introductions  to  the  various  volumes  by  William  Harbutt 
Dawson,  summarizing  admirably  the  contents  and  pointing  out 
the  salient  qualities  of  Treitschke  as  they  appear  in  connection 
with  the  various  periods,  almost  render  the  work  of  a  reviewer 
superfluous.  For  an  Englishman  writing  about  one  of  his 
country's  arch-enemies  Mr.  Dawson  is  singularly  unbiased.  He 
does,  indeed,  rebuke  Treitschke  for  "ill-conditioned  snarling  at 
England,"  but  he  recognizes  unstintingly  his  insight,  acuteness, 
and  complete  mastery  of  his  material.  One  simply  does  not  look 
for  impartiality  or  inclusive  sympathy  in  Treitschke.  He  was 
by  nature  too  dogmatic  and  intensely  subjective  for  that;  when 
he  wrote  he  nearly  always  had  a  theory  to  substantiate,  a 
prejudice  to  humor,  or  a  pet  aversion  to  gratify.  His  frank 
object  was  patriotic  edification.  He  said  in  the  preface  to  the 
edition  of  1889:  "I  write  for  Germans.  Much  water  will  flow 
down  the  Rhine  before  foreigners  will  permit  us  to  speak  of 
our  country  with  the  pride  which  has  ever  characterized  the 
treatises  on  national  history  composed  by  Englishmen  or  by 
Frenchmen."  Treitschke  could  not  conceive  of  Prussia  ever 
being  in  the  wrong  or  of  any  other  country  being  in  the  right 
if  it  refused  to  accept  the  Prussian  view  of  things.  All  this  we 
must  put  down  to  his  excess  of  patriotism  and  not  allow  it  to 
detract  from  our  appreciation  of  his  vigor,  eloquence,  and  en- 
thusiasm, his  powerful  characterizations,  and  the  many  sa- 
gacious reflections  which  are  interspersed  through  a  narrative 
which  with  all  its  weight  and  erudition  nevertheless  continues 
always  to  march  with  a  sure  tread. 

Volume  V  in  the  translation  covers  a  comparatively  short 
period — the  several  years  immediately  preceding  and  following 
the  Revolution  of  July,  1830.  Questions  of  present-day  import 
such  as  the  status  of  Belgium,  Polish  independence,  the  position 
of  Schleswig-Holstein,  are  here  discussed  in  their  beginnings. 
One  notes  in  passing  a  characteristic  remark  of  Treitschke's: 
"Small  states  are  apt  to  appear  ridiculous,  for  the  state  is 
power,  and  weakness  stultifies  itself  immediately  should  it 
attempt  to  masquerade  as  power."  There  is  no  word  of  rebuke 
for  German  rulers  whose  idea  of  statesmanship  was  to  allow 
grievances  to  accumulate  indefinitely  at  compound  interest.  Of 
course,  an  exception  is  made  in  the  case  of  Austria,  which  as 
the  hostile  rival  of  Prussia  lay  outside  the  range  of  Treitschke's 
Germanic    sympathies.      He    exults    in    the    blindness    of    the 


Austrian  rulers  in  sacrificing  to  Prussia,  in  return  for  the 
simulacrum  of  political  hegemony,  the  real  fruits  of  economic 
predominance  and  the  control  of  federal  defense.  "There  had 
come  into  existence  two  organizations  within  the  Germanic 
Federation:  a  fictitious  Germany  centered  in  Frankfort  and  a 
Germany  of  honest  work  centered  in  Berlin." 

The  most  attractive  chapter  is  the  one  dealing  with  the 
radical,  semi-journalistic  agitation  known  as  the  Young  Ger- 
many movement.  All  the  "advanced"  thought  of  the  thirties 
respecting  politics,  sociology,  religion,  and  ethics,  may  be  in- 
cluded under  the  title.  As  might  be  expected,  Treitschke  issues 
a  harsh  and  sweeping  condemnation  of  the  whole  movement. 
He  avers  that  the  minds  of  the  new  generation  were  so  corroded 
by  the  evil  influences  of  French  culture  that  "the  most  out- 
standing product  of  Protestant  Germany,  the  reconciliation  of 
liberty  with  piety,  was  now  altogether  beyond  their  under- 
standing." He  does  not  even  try  to  be  just  to  Heine,  who  is  the 
head  and  front  of  the  offending  tendencies.  Heine,  he  says, 
possessed  "what  the  Jews  have  in  common  with  the  French, 
gracefulness  of  vice  which  makes  even  the  base  and  the  odious 
seem  alluring  for  a  moment."  And  again  he  asserts,  referring 
to  the  attacks  of  Borne  and  Heine  upon  Prussian  reaction: 
"The  Aryan  nations  have  their  Thersites  and  their  Loki,  but 
such  a  character  as  Ham,  who  uncovered  his  father's  nakedness, 
is  known  only  to  Jewish  saga."  "When  we  speak  German,"  said 
Goethe  in  a  morose  moment,  "we  lie  if  we  are  polite."  For 
Treitschke  the  radicalism  of  Young  Germany  may  be  summed 
up  in  the  outrageous  paradoxes:  property  is  theft,  God  is  sin, 
marriage  is  unchastity.  He  is  the  true  progenitor  of  Adolf 
Bartels  and  other  German  anti-Semites  of  today,  much  more 
surely  than  he  is  the  progenitor  of  certain  other  offspring 
ascribed  to  him  in  a  great  many  quarters. 

The  sixth  volume,  dealing  in  the  main  with  German  home 
policy  from  1830  to  1845,  particularly  in  its  political  aspects,  i3 
the  least  interesting  of  the  three  which  lie  before  us.  Even ' 
steady  economic  progress  cannot  be  made  dramatic  if  it  is  ac- 
companied by  political  stagnation.  It  is  a  striking  merit  in 
Treitschke  that  he  had  the  courage  to  lay  bare  the  weakness  of 
the  character  of  Frederick  William  IV  of  Prussia,  who,  he 
asserts,  understood  his  own  heart  as  little  as  he  understood  the 
hearts  of  others.  The  grotesque  flirtations  of  that  romantically 
minded  monarch  with  the  Roman  Catholic  church  come  in  for 
unsparing  ridicule.  Treitschke  thinks  that  the  uprising  of  '48 
might  have  been  averted  if  only  Prussia  and  Bavaria  had  been 
ruled  by  men  of  greater  sagacity.  The  destruction  in  1831  of 
the  independence  of  Cracow,  which  had  been  guaranteed  by 
treaty,  gives  rise  to  this  characteristic  comment:  "The  eternal 
progress  of  human  affairs  cannot  be  stayed  by  the  letter  of 
treaties." 

In  the  concluding  volume  the  author  brings  before  us  the 
portents  of  revolution.  It  seems  at  first  glance  like  a  cruel 
irony  that  he  had  to  lay  aside  his  pen  just  as  he  was  about  to 
tell  the  story  of  1848.  That  year  manifestly  marks  the  parting 
of  the  ways  for  Germany.  Should  she  now  go  forward  con- 
sciously and  resolutely  as  a  standard-bearer  of  intellectual  and 
political  progress,  or  fall  back  still  further  into  the  morass  of 
stagnation  and  obscurantism?  Left  to  themselves  the  Germans 
would  unquestionably  have  chosen  the  worthier  and  safer  alter- 
native. But  that  is  precisely  the  last  conclusion  in  the  world 
that  Treitschke  would  ever  have  drawn.  His  version  of  the 
Revolution  of  1848,  if  it  had  ever  been  written,  would  have  been 
a  demonstration  of  the  futility  of  liberalism  and  of  all  other 
forms  of  idealism  in  politics.  It  would  have  been  an  additional 
heavy  item  on  the  debit  side  of  the  account  when  his  influence 
came  to  be  summed  up.  For  it  was  a  great  misfortune,  as 
later  years  were  to  show,  that  in  Treitschke's  brilliant  master- 
piece the  Germans  saw  themselves  idealized,  their  achievements 
magnified,  their  importance  and  place  in  the  world  and  the  com- 
munity of  nations  distorted  and  thrown  out  of  balance. 

W.  K.  Stewart 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


423 


The  Irreconcilable  Blind 


E.  P.   Dutton  and 


Bolshevism:    An    International    Danger.      By    Paul    Miliukov. 

Charles  Scribner's  Sons. 
Sovietism.     By  William   English   Walling. 

Company. 

WHEN  the  Russian  revolution  broke  out  and  different  groups 
and  parties  endeavored  to  organize  the  first  provisional 
government,  there  was  much  discussion  about  the  distribution  of 
portfolios;  on  one  point,  however,  there  was  nearly  no  discussion: 
it  was  generally  conceded  that  Paul  Miliukov  was  the  only  man 
fit  to  occupy  the  post  of  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs.  True,  he 
had  his  old  idee  fixe,  the  idea  of  the  acquisition  of  Constantinople 
by  Russia,  but  it  was  confidently  hoped  that  he  would  understand 
the  new  situation  created  by  the  revolution  and  would  give  up 
the  "liberal  imperialism"  which  he  had  learned  from  his  political 
friend  Sir  Edward  Grey.  Unfortunately,  Miliukov  the  his- 
torian and  public  man,  Miliukov  the  eloquent  orator  of  the  Duma 
platform  and  leader  of  a  powerful  political  party,  proved  to  be 
a  very  poor  statesman;  less  than  two  months  after  the  revolu- 
tion he  was  compelled  to  resign,  and  he  left  behind  him  a 
reputation  as  a  short-sighted  and  stubborn  politician  who  could 
not  see  the  woods  for  the  trees.  One  might  say  that  as  soon  as 
the  Czar  was  overthrown  Miliukov  lost  his  social  vision.  Those 
who  heard  his  utterances  in  favor  of  a  monarchy  with  Nicholas 
IPs  brother  as  its  head,  or  witnessed  his  practical  politics  during 
the  revolution,  could  not  believe  that  this  really  was  Miliukov 
who  now  did  such  strange  things. 

Now,  after  a  long  period  of  silence,  Miliukov  has  written  a 
book.  It  was  to  be  expected  that  far  from  Russia,  in  the  ob- 
scurity of  private  life  in  Great  Britain,  Miliukov  might  have 
regained  his  old  masterful  qualities  as  thinker  and  observer. 
But  in  this  respect  his  book  proves  a  disappointment.  He 
denies  that  it  is  in  the  nature  of  a  capitalistic  state  to  be  im- 
perialistic and  to  menace  the  peace  of  the  world :  "Not  capitalism 
in  itself,  but  the  exclusively  national  system  of  capitalistic  pro- 
duction is  dangerous."  At  the  same  time  he  refuses  to  see  any- 
where but  in  imperial  Germany  such  an  "exclusively  national" 
system  of  production.  On  one  page  he  says  that  "the  first 
[Russian]  revolution  was  national  and  patriotic  and  was  led  by 
the  Duma  representatives";  and  six  pages  later  he  forgets  this 
and  confesses:  "The  Duma  was  prepared  to  deal  with  a  dynastic 
overthrow  [Miliukov  called  it  revolution].  .  .  .  The  Czar  de- 
cided to  dissolve  the  Duma.  At  that  very  moment,  but  without 
any  connection  with  the  dissolution  of  the  Duma,  a  real  revolu- 
tion broke  out,  starting  from  different  sources  and  basing  itself 
on  forces  differing  from  such  as  had  been  confidently  expected 
by  the  Duma." 

Miliukov  pays  little  or  no  attention  to  the  political  conditions 
and  economic  factors  which  are  now  prevailing  in  the  world. 
He  attributes  everything  to  the  wickedness  and  corruption  of  the 
Bolshevist  leaders,  who,  Miliukov  still  insists,  were  paid  German 
agents.  He  tries  to  prove  that  they  demoralized  the  Russian 
army,  that  their  chief  goal  was  to  corrupt  the  soldiers'  minds, 
and  that  in  this  they  succeeded.  Yet  a  few  chapters  later  he 
again  confesses:  "I  personally  as  a  member  of  the  Duma  re- 
ceived many  letters  from  soldiers  at  the  front  which  proved  that 
the  demoralization  of  the  army  had  already  begun  before  the 
revolution  of  March,  1917" — when  no  Bolshevist  leaders  were  to 
be  found  on  the  territory  of  Russia. 

The  documentation,  too,  lacks  accuracy  and  power  of  convic- 
tion: many  quotations  from  Geneva  and  Zurich  correspondents 
to  the  London  Times  and  Morning  Post  based  on  anonymous 
"absolutely  reliable  sources"  "prove"  that  Lenin  was  an  agent 
of  William  II.  From  these  facts  Miliukov  draws  the  conclusion 
that  in  financing  the  German  Spartacists  "the  Bolsheviks  were 
repaying  the  German  'capitalists'  who  supplied  them  with 
money  for  their  original  propaganda  and  'direct  action.' " 
Again,  not  the  stress  and  strain  of  the  war  and  the  Versailles 


BRENTANOS 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth.  Avenue   and    27th    Street,   New  York    City 

BOOKS  ON  PRESENT  DAY  TOPICS 


The  Peace  Conference  Day-By-Day 

A  Presidential  Pilgrimage  Leading  to  the  Discovery 
of  Europe.  By  Charles  T.  Thompson.  With  an 
introductory  letter  by  Col.  E.  M.  House.  $2.50 

It  is  a  day-by-day  chronicle  of  just  what  occurred, 
with  all  the  sidelights;  what  the  leading  figures  in  that 
memorable  assemblage  said  and  did;  the  fine  play  of 
intrigue  and  statesmanship;  the  dramatic  incidents; 
the  secret  conclaves  and  understandings;  the  rise  and 
fall  of  the  Fourteen  Points;  the  shattering  of  high 
ideals;  the  battle  of  Covenant  versus  Alliance;  the 
struggle  for  the  Spoils  of  War;  the  matching  of  wits 
between  Europe  and  America  in  the  greatest  diplo- 
matic game  of  all  time.     It  is  the  truth  at  last. 

The  Place  of  Science  in  Modern  Civilization 
and  Other  Essays 

By  Thorstein  Veblen  $3.00 

A  collection  of  timely  papers  published  in  various 
economic  and  sociological  periodicals  during  the  past 
twenty  years. 

Russia  as  an  American  Problem 

By  John  Spargo  $2.25 

There  are  opportunities  in  Russia  that  up  to  now  only 
Japan  has  seen.  The  author  brings  them  home  to  the 
American  business  man,  while  for  the  general  reader 
he  clears  the  haze  of  controversy,  giving  a  definite 
authoritative  picture  that  shows  among  other  things 
why  Bolshevism  cannot  last  in  Russia. 

The  Greatest  Failure  in  All  History 

By  John  Spargo  $2.50 

The  author  in  this  book  gives  us  the  cumulative 
benefit  of  his  extensive  study  of  the  Russian  situation. 

Bedouins 

By  James  Huneker  $2.00 

This  new  volume  of  James  Huneker  contains  his  re- 
cent essays,  beginning  with  a  searching  study  of  Mary 
Garden  and  her  thrice-subtle  art.  Miss  Garden  is 
critically  considered  as  singer  and  actress.  Her  rare 
personality  is  painted  with  forthright  frankness.  Such 
diverse  Fantasts  and  Bedouins  as  Debussy,  Mirbeau, 
Caruso,  Poe,  Anatole  France,  and  Botticelli  may  be 
found  among  others.  Several  fictions  of  exotic  color- 
ing are  included. 

Books  in  General 

By  Solomon  Eagle  $2.00 

For  the  past  six  years  The  New  Statesman  (London) 
has  each  week  had  a  page  of  delightfully  friendly 
gossip  by  Solomon  Eagle.  Witness  some  of  the  chap- 
ters; The  Beauties  of  Baldness,  The  Muse  in  Liquor, 
Shakespeare's  Women  and  Mr.  George  Moore,  Moving 
a  Library,  and  forty  other  chapters. 

The  Story  of  Opal 

The  Journal  of  an  Understanding  Heart.  By  Opal 
Whiteley  $2.00 

Teeming  with  human  interest,  humor,  and  tragedy, 
this  story  has  startled  the  world  of  cultivated  readers 
by  its  self-taught  wisdom  and  its  naive  charm. 

Postage  Additional 

BRENTANOS 

Retail  Book   Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27th  Street 
New  York  City 


424 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


peace  animated  extremism  in  Germany,  but  Lenin.  Miliukov 
quotes  another  "fact"  which  is  of  special  interest  for  the  Ameri- 
can reader.  Colonel  Raymond  Robins  brought  with  him  from 
Russia  a  carload  of  platinum — apparently  as  a  Bolshevist  com- 
pensation for  services  rendered.  This  is  the  sort  of  "facts"  given 
by  Miliukov.  Beyond  any  doubt,  he  here  renders  a  great  service 
to  the  Bolshevist  cause  by  using  "propaganda  stuff"  which  is 
so  easy  to  refute.  One  might  expect  from  a  man  like  Miliukov 
a  sounder  criticism  of  Bolshevism,  because  it  can  and  must  be 
criticized  from  an  entirely  different  angle.  The  Machiavellian 
and  Hobbesian  principles  of  Bolshevist  philosophy;  the  central- 
ized, omnipotent,  bureaucratic,  though  socialist  state;  the  sup- 
pression of  individual  initiative;  the  almost  blind  devotion  to 
mass  movement  which  is  at  times  bound  to  become  the  movement 
of  a  mob — all  these  elements  are  easy  to  criticize  and  easy  to 
denounce;  but  Miliukov  does  not  even  mention  them,  much  less 
apply  to  them  the  analysis  which  his  hostility  to  Bolshevism 
might  have  suggested. 

The  famous  Winnipeg  strike,  the  recent  American  miners' 
strike,  the  general  economic  unrest  and  political  instability  in 
the  New  and  the  Old  Worlds,  are  all  interpreted  alike:  Bolshe- 
vist propaganda!  As  if  national  economic  and  political  life 
were  such  a  percarious  thing  that  every  propagandist,  every 
soap-box  orator  could  shatter  the  very  foundation  of  social  equi- 
librium! As  if  only  propaganda  were  the  cause  of  the  decline 
of  Greece  or  Rome  and  the  Holy  Roman  Empire  and  of  Old 
Europe  of  today,  and  not  the  weakness  and  wickedness  of 
cultures  and  social  orders! 

The  book  is  nevertheless  interesting  as  a  document  which  helps 
us  to  study  the  psychology  of  those  of  the  old  world  who  witness 
their  own  passing.  Miliukov  is  at  times  very  sincere.  Thus  he 
reports:  "When  asked  by  Prince  Lvov,  I  told  him  that  a  strong 
power,  which  would  necessitate  a  policy  like  that  of  Noske's, 
must  be  established."  "I  refused  to  agree,"  he  confesses  further, 
"to  the  so-called  policy  of  'peace  without  annexations  and  con- 
tributions' on  the  self-determination  principle  because  I  knew 
there  was  German  intrigue  and  the  spirit  of  Zimmerwald  be- 
hind it."  The  same  German  and  Zimmerwald  spirit  is  dis- 
covered by  Miliukov  even  among  the  Kerensky  and  Menshevik 
parties,  because  at  the  reception  of  Albert  Thomas  and  Arthur 
Henderson  in  Petrograd  their  speeches  were  continually  in- 
tercepted by  queries  "What  about  Ireland?  and  India?  and 
Morocco?"  To  plead  the -cause  of  Egypt,  Miliukov  says,  is  to 
carry  on  the  old  German  and  Bolshevist  plan  of  sowing  revolt 
among  the  British  colonial  subjects.  Analyzing  the  testimonies 
of  "professional  men  in  the  intelligence  service,"  Messrs.  Tunney 
and  Archibald  Stevenson,  Miliukov  concludes:  "In  the  United 
States  as  well  as  in  other  Allied  countries,  but  in  far  larger 
measure  than  elsewhere,  the  Bolshevist  activities,  just  as  the 
Irish,  the  Indian,  the  Canadian,  are  closely  interwoven  with  the 
previous  anti-Ally  and  pro-German  propaganda." 

Mr.  Walling,  too,  in  his  "Sovietism"  fails  to  attack  Bolshevism 
in  its  weakest  point  and  repeats  and  emphasizes  the  same 
charges  of  pro-Germanism  and  anti-Britishism.  But  quod  licet 
Jovi  non  licet  bovi.  What  Miliukov  may  say  Mr.  Walling  has 
hardly  the  right  to  say,  because  he  does  not  possess  even  a  frac- 
tion of  the  facts  which  Miliukov  has  observed.  Nine-tenths  of 
the  book  is  made  up  of  quotations  taken  chiefly  from  the  hostile 
press.  With  bare  quotations  one  can  easily  prove  that  Jesus 
Christ  was  a  monarchist  or  else  an  anarchist.  It  is  worthy 
of  note  that  Mr.  Walling  seems  to  have  found  one  of  the  clues 
of  Bolshevist  philosophy:  he  emphasizes  the  militarization  of 
industry  which  took  place  in  some  parts  of  Russia  and  which  is 
incompatible  with  the  principle  of  industrial  democracy.  It  is 
really  a  strong  point,  and  one  should  begin  with  it;  but  un- 
fortunately Mr.  Walling  mentions  it  only  accidentally  and  then 
again  dives  into  the  characteristic  anti-Bolshevist  hysteria, 
which  actually  denounces  anything  but  Bolshevism  and  renders 
a  service  to  anything  but  democracy  and  reconciliation. 

Gregory  Zilboorg 


The  Politician  of  the  Middle  Valley 

Life    of    Walter    Quintin    Gresham,    1882-1895.      By    Matilda 

Gresham.    Rand,  McNally  &  Company. 
"Marse   Henry":   An   Autobiography.      By    Henry    Watterson. 

George  H.  Doran  Company. 
My  Quarter  Century  of  American  Politics.     By  Champ  Clark. 

Harper  &  Brothers. 
HPHESE  three  heroes  of  history,  Gresham,  Watterson,  and 
*  Champ  Clark,  belong  to  the  middle  valley  formed  by  the 
Ohio  and  Missouri  rivers.  They  are  descended  from  those 
pioneers,  Scotch-Irish,  German,  and  English,  who  crossed  the 
Virginia  mountains  at  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century  and 
settled  in  Tennessee  and  Kentucky,  whence  two  of  the  families, 
the  Greshams  and  Clarks,  made  their  way  to  Indiana  and  Mis- 
souri, respectively.  This  middle  valley  has  passed  through  ex- 
periences that  have  made  it  less  partisan  and  more  tolerant 
than  other  sections.  When  the  slavery  issue  in  the  middle  of 
the  last  century  became  acute,  there  were  not  to  be  found  here 
the  irreconcilables  of  New  England  and  Louisiana.  On  both 
sides  of  the  Ohio  and  along  the  Missouri  Valley  lived  men 
familiar  with  slavery  in  its  milder  aspects. 

It  was  in  the  environment  of  this  middle  valley  that  all  three 
of  these  historic  figures  grew  up.  The  shadow  of  the  "War 
between  the  States,"  the  popular  name  for  the  struggle  in  this 
region,  hung  over  all  three  of  the  men  and  darkens  many  pages 
of  the  narratives.  Mr.  Clark,  being  only  a  boy  during  the 
war,  passes  over  the  story  rather  lightly;  but  Mrs.  Gresham  in 
the  life  of  her  husband  and  Mr.  Watterson  in  his  autobiog- 
raphy devote  many  pages  to  this  greatest  episode  in  the  history 
of  the  valley;  and  both  attempt  to  correct  popular  misconcep- 
tions by  a  more  tolerant  interpretation  of  the  attitude  of  both 
sides.  Gresham  was  a  brigadier  general  in  the  Union  army  and 
Watterson  an  officer  in  the  Confederate;  their  boyhood  and 
young  manhood  were  passed  under  the  threat  and  actuality  of 
armed  strife. 

Although  the  three  men  differ  widely  in  character,  educa- 
tion, and  experience,  they  all  express  the  same  tolerance  to- 
ward their  opponents,  even  the  most  partisan  of  them.  Mr. 
Clark  is  excessive  in  his  admiration  of  his  Republican  friends 
and  has  slight  criticism  of  their  policies.  His  may  be  the  typical 
attitude  of  the  politician;  still  he,  as  did  the  two  others, 
breathed  in  the  air  of  the  Ohio  Valley,  where  only  the  breadth 
of  a  river  divided  the  land  of  freedom  from  that  of  slavery  and 
where  men  learned  by  wholesome  fear  of  the  pistol  shot  a  respect 
for  the  opinions  of  others. 

The  clause  "fear  of  the  pistol  shot"  is  not  used  in  a  meta- 
phorical sense,  for  in  the  middle  valley  it  was  a  very  real  factor 
in  forming  public  opinion.  All  three  works  give  evidence  that 
frontier  methods  of  settling  disputes  passed  only  yesterday 
from  this  land,  if  it  can  be  said  to  have  passed;  and  all  seem 
to  take  it  for  granted  that  such  sudden  endings  of  disputes  be- 
long to  the  natural  order  of  things.  Mrs.  Gresham  tells  the 
story  of  a  lawyer  being  shot  down  at  her  husband's  side  by  "a 
delicate,  silent  young  man  but  a  thorough  gentleman."  "Marse 
Henry's"  notices  of  such  shootings  are  frequent,  and  he  says 
that  the  common  knowledge  of  his  own  prowess  with  the  gun 
kept  some  of  the  readers  of  his  newspaper  from  violent  assault. 
Mr.  Clark's  memories  of  bloody  encounters  are  very  vivid,  scenes 
of  bloodshed  having  been  frequent  in  his  life  almost  from  baby- 
hood, and  he  describes  them  with  great  gusto.  When  still  a 
boy  he  viewed  with  interest  the  swinging  bodies  of  victims  of  a 
lynching.  The  Speaker  of  the  House  vouchsafes  us  this  picture 
of  himself  in  his  first  campaign  for  congressman  in  1892:  "We 
both  (the  candidates)  went  armed  to  the  teeth,  expecting  a 
shooting  match  every  time  we  met,  but  the  very  fact  that  we 
did  expect  it,  I  think,  prevented  it." 

As  books,  these  memoirs  are  crude  and  in  their  crudities 
represent  the  undeveloped  side  of  the  masses  of  this  middle 
valley.     The  men  have  lived  and  lived  hard;  so  it  is  thought 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


425 


they  have  something  worth  saying.  Unfortunately  neither  Mrs. 
Gresham  nor  the  two  men  possess  the  literary  ability  to  write 
a  narrative  filling  two  volumes.  In  all  three  cases  the  unity 
of  the  narrative  is  badly  jumbled;  a  literary  hack,  hired  to 
revise  the  manuscripts,  would  have  cut  them  down  from  a  third 
to  a  half  and  with  ease  have  straightened  out  the  illogical  ar- 
rangements, the  crudities  of  the  paragraphs,  the  vain  repeti- 
tions, and  tiresome  platitudes.  Not  all  of  the  errors  noticed  may 
be  explained  by  the  garrulousness  of  old  age.  Clark's  fitness 
for  a  literary  career  was  assured  by  the  fact  that  the  reading 
of  Wirt's  "Life  of  Patrick  Henry"  marked  a  turning-point  in 
his  career  and  by  his  admiration  of  Senator  Vest's  "Eulogy  on 
the  Dog";  he  calls  it  a  "gem  of  oratory." 

It  might  be  expected  that  the  books  would  be  failures  as 
literary  productions,  but  certainly  they  should  be  replete  with 
political  information.  In  this  also  the  reader  is  for  the  most 
part  disappointed.  Mr.  Watterson's  judgment  of  most  of  the 
men  he  describes  would  not  require  greater  familiarity  with 
them  and  their  careers  than  could  be  obtained  at  a  dinner  party 
or  at  a  poker  game;  his  picture  of  President  Cleveland  engaged 
in  the  latter  diversion  is  both  interesting  and  enlightening; 
but  in  most  of  his  portraits  Mr.  Watterson's  pen  has  failed 
him.  He  is  at  his  best  in  describing  the  Liberal  Republican 
Convention  that  nominated  Horace  Greeley,  and  his  portrait  of 
the  candidate  has  in  it  much  to  praise,  and  the  account  of  the 
Tilden  campaign  with  its  aftermath  is  also  well  told.  Strange 
to  say  he  has  little  good  to  say  of  the  two  Democratic  presidents, 
Cleveland  and  Wilson.  There  is  in  Mr.  Clark's  autobiography 
little  more  of  real  information  than  could  be  obtained  in  any 
good  textbook  on  the  history  and  civil  government  of  the 
country.  An  exception  should  be  made  of  his  account  of  the 
fight,  which  he  himself  led,  against  the  Speaker's  usurpation 
of  power.  This  portion  of  the  book  is  well  worth  reading, 
and  historians  will  also  find  his  narration  of  the  Baltimore 
convention  of  value.  The  objectivity  of  his  story  is  well 
exhibited  by  the  following  quotation :  "It  was  on  the  fourteenth 
ballot  that  William  Jennings  Bryan  violated  his  instructions 
and  by  base  and  false  insinuations — to  use  no  uglier  word — 
robbed  me  of  the  nomination  to  which  I  was  entitled  by  all  the 
rules  of  decency,  justice,  honesty,  common  sense,  and  fair 
dealing." 

Mrs.  Gresham's  life  of  her  husband  is  of  much  more  value 
as  far  as  political  and  economic  information  is  concerned  than 
the  two  other  works.  The  greater  part  of  her  two  volumes  is 
devoted  to  Gresham's  career  in  the  army  and  on  the  bench,  in 
both  of  which  Mrs.  Gresham  justly  takes  great  pride.  She 
gives  a  very  full  and  satisfactory  account  of  Gresham's  de- 
cisions in  the  railway  cases,  in  particular  that  concerning  the 
Wabash  Railroad,  and  in  his  execution  of  receiverships.  Still 
there  are  many  pages  devoted  to  distinctly  political  matters. 
The  story  of  local  politics  in  southern  Indiana  is  illuminating; 
but  more  general  interest  will  be  found  in  the  chapters  con- 
cerned with  national  politics.  The  story  grows  fuller  of  politi- 
cal interest  with  the  account  of  the  Republican  convention  of 
1888  at  which  Gresham  was  placed  in  nomination  for  the  presi- 
dency. Mrs.  Gresham  relates  a  most  interesting  inside  history 
of  the  convention  and  asserts  that  her  husband,  if  he  had  been 
willing  to  m?ke  terms  with  Senators  Piatt  and  Quay,  would 
have  been  nominated.  Gresham's  experiences  at  the  convention 
drove  him  slowly  into  the  opposition  and  prepared  him  to  accept 
the  appointment  as  Secretary  of  State  when  Cleveland  was 
elected.  The  appointment  did  not  meet  the  approval  of  Champ 
Clark,  who  writes:  "The  unalloyed  joy  of  Democrats  was  of 
short  duration.  March  the  5th  President  Cleveland  announced 
his  Cabinet,  and  thereby  slapped  every  Democrat  betwixt  the 
two  seas  squarely  in  the  face  by  appointing  General  Walter  Q. 
Gresham,  of  Chicago,  Secretary  of  State.  The  appointment 
had  the  effect  of  an  ice-bath  upon  the  enthusiasm  of  old,  battle- 
scarred  Democrats — who  believed  that  the  election  of  1892  was 
a  Democratic  triumph,  pure  and  simple." 

Clarence  W.  Alvord. 


id?   Plymouth -Co}Mi 


NATION  READERS 

will  find  their  kind  of  books 
at  this  store.  C.  Send  to  us 
for  the  titles  that  attract 
you  in  this  number  of  The 
Nation. 

Mail  orders  promptly  filled 


MARXIAN  SOCIALIST  BOOKS 


Recent  European  history  and  current  news  from  Europe  can  not  be 
understood  without  knowing  the  Marxian  theories  by  which  the  modern 
working-class  movement  is  animated.  These  are  best  explained  in  the 
books  here  described : 


The  Communist  Manifesto 


By  Marx  and  Engels 


First     published     in     1848 ;     still     the     textbook     of     internationalism. 
75  cents. 


Socialism,  Utopian  and  Scientific 


By  Frederick  Engels 


A  graphic  prophecy  of  the  wonderful  events  now  unfolding,  with  an 
explanation  of  their  economic  causes  and  their  inevitable  outcome. 
75   cents. 

Socialism,  Its  Growth  and  Outcome 

By  Morris  and  Bax 

A  condensed  economic  history  of  the  world,  showing  the  swift 
changes  from  slavery  thru  feudalism  and  the  successive  stages  of  capital- 
ism to  the  new  social  order.     75  cents. 

The  Origin  of  the  Family,  Private  Property  and  the 
State  By  Frederick  Engels 

Explains  the  economic  basis  of  social  institutions,  and  their  necessary 
changes  in  response  to  new  economic  conditions.     75  cents. 

CAPITAL:  A  Critique  of  Political  Economy^ 

By  Karl  Marx 

Greatest  of  all  socialist  books  ;  a  critical  analysis  of  the  social  system 
under  which  we  live,  showing  the  source  of  profits.  Cloth,  three 
volumes,  2535  large  pages,  $7.50. 

For  sale  at  bookstores  or  sent  by  insured  mail  on  receipt  of  price. 
Address 


CHARLES  H.  KERR  &  CO. 


347  East  Ohio  Street 


Chicago 


426 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


Nationalization 

The  Case  for  Nationalization.    By  A.   Emil   Davies.    London: 
George  Allen  and  Unwin,  Limited. 

THE  position  of  A.  Emil  Davies  is  unusual  even  in  England. 
He  is  general  manager  of  the  British,  Foreign,  and  Colonial 
Banking  Corporation,  a  successful  "City  man,"  an  authority  in 
financial  writing,  a  member  of  the  London  County  Council,  and 
chairman  of  the  Railway  Nationalization  Society.  When  he  is 
not  organizing  skilful  amalgamations  or  describing  ripe  plums 
in  investment,  he  is  pushing  the  mass  mind  on  to  ever-in- 
creasing areas  of  socialism.  It  was  pleasant  to  see  him  at  the 
Coal  Industry  Commission.  The  coal  owners  had  "nothing  on 
him";  he  is  an  "insider"  in  their  world.  They  attempted  a 
little  cross-examination  and  found  it  disastrous,  and  "dropped" 
him,  as  Dodson  and  Fogg  dropped  Samuel  Weller.  It  was  then 
that  he  volunteered  the  secret  of  why  he,  a  financier,  was  back- 
ing British  labor  against  high  finance  and  big  business.  The 
reason  is  that,  in  his  opinion,  public  ownership  and  democratic 
management  mean  better  finance  and  business.  With  the  old 
game  played  out,  the  old  order  interred,  it  is  the  job  of  a  prac- 
tical man  to  help  in  creating  the  new  social  order.  To  the  coal 
owners  he  said:  "It  is  quite  conceivable  that  the  miners  or  the 
railway  workers  might  ask  more  than  the  conditions  of  an 
industry  justify.  But  so  long  as  you  have  all  this  capital- 
mongering,  they  feel  that  the  industry  is  making  millions.  Let 
those  profits  be  pooled  over  the  whole  industry,  as  they  would 
be  if  it  were  nationalized,  with  their  representatives  on  the 
Board  of  Management,  so  that  they  know  that  there  was  no 
hanky-panky;  it  would  be  possible  to  show  the  miners  and  the 
railway  workers  that  there  did  come  a  point  when  they  were 
asking  more  than  the  industry  really  could  stand.  I  am  think- 
ing of  the  trade  and  industry  of  this  country,  which  is  de- 
pendent on  cheap  coal.  If  you  nationalize  this  particular  in- 
dustry, you  will  bring  the  workers  to  what  you  may  call  a 
reasonable  frame  of  mind." 

This  off-hand  reply  of  Mr.  Davies  can  be  taken  as  the  text  of 
his  published  work.  His  latest  book,  "The  Case  for  Nationaliza- 
tion," is  an  underscoring  of  "The  Collectivist  State  in  the  Mak- 
ing." Alderman  Davies  believes  in  private  enterprise,  but  he 
sees  that  with  certain  vital  services  and  industries  the  profit- 
making  incentive  becomes  a  hindrance  to  social  development. 
Profit-making  has  brought  mines  and  railways  to  low  efficiency. 
The  great  organized  groups  of  workers  will  no  longer  give  high 
production  in  a  system  which  pays  profits  to  a  small  group, 
partly  non-producing.  Mr.  Davies  wishes  to  avoid  a  class  war. 
"Mixing  as  I  do  with  men  occupying  leading  positions  in  finance 
and  business,  I  was  appalled  at  the  depth  of  class  feeling  that 
was  evidenced"  in  the  railway  strike.  He  analyzes  the  "public," 
and  finds  it  to  be  "considerably  less  than  one-fourth  of  the  popu- 
lation." From  a  lifetime  of  experience  as  a  master  in  the  mod- 
ern business  world,  he  has  no  illusions  about  the  governing  class. 
"This  class  is,  on  the  whole,  incompetent  and  not  even  educated. 
How  is  it  that  the  man  who  in  business  may  have  risen  to  the 
top  proves,  when  he  assumes  office  in  a  Government  department, 
to  be  just  as  inept  as  his  brother  at  the  War  Office  and  his 
cousin  at  the  Home  Office?  Because,  directly  the  searchlight  of 
publicity  is  thrown  upon  him,  his  weaknesses  are  revealed."  The 
book  is  filled  with  illustrations  of  community-owned  undertak- 
ings. If  any  responsible  person  differs  with  Mr.  Davies,  he 
has  before  him  the  material  on  which  Mr.  Davies  formed  an 
opinion.  He  must  disprove  the  facts,  or  point  to  a  hiatus  m  the 
induction.  There  are  lively  chapters  on  The  Right  to  Strike, 
The  Workers'  Share  in  Management,  The  Press.  Men  like  Emil 
Davies,  Sidney  Webb,  Seebohm  Rowntree,  R.  H.  Tawney,  Jus- 
tice Sankey,  Bertrand  Russell,  each  in  his  kind,  contribute  a 
spirit  and  an  intelligence  which  are  enabling  England  to  make  a 
vast  social  change  without  violence  and  paralysis. 

Arthur  Gleason 


A  Conservative  on  the  League 

American   World  Policies.     By   David   Jayne  Hill.     George  H. 

Doran   Company. 
"TT  is  not,"  says  Mr.  Hill,  "my  purpose  here  to  frame  poli- 

*  cies,"  and  this  comes  much  nearer  describing  the  book  than 
does  the  title.  It  is,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  an  analytical 
discussion — a  destructive  analysis — of  the  Covenant  of  the 
League  of  Nations.  As  such  it  should  be  welcome  to  all  think- 
ing Americans,  whatever  their  attitude,  for  it  comes  near  being 
the  only  pamphlet  on  the  subject  that  bears  comparison  with  the 
papers  advocating  the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  which  we 
combine  under  the  title  "The  Federalist." 

Mr.  Hill  does  not,  indeed,  quite  rise  to  Hamilton,  Madison, 
and  Jay.  He  does  not  avoid  the  tone  of  personal  rancor  that 
President  Wilson  seems  always  to  excite.  The  chapter  Nations 
and  the  Law  is  surprising  in  its  historical  statements  and  inno- 
cent in  its  logic.  International  law  is  extolled  both  as  "natural" 
and  "created  through  the  treaty-making  power."  "Here  is  a 
process  by  which  a  complete  system  of  world-law  can  eventually 
be  created;  and  it  can  be  accomplished  as  soon  as  the  Great 
Powers  are  prepared  to  act  under  a  rule  of  law."  Has  the 
learned  doctor  forgotten  his  "History  of  Diplomacy"  and  the 
occasional  insistence  by  two  Powers  upon  the  existence  of  such 
a  law,  even  while  fighting  vigorously  over  what  it  was?  He 
also  thinks  "one  simple  sentence  .  .  .  would  have  provided 
all  the  guaranty  necessary  for  [the  Peace  Treaty's]  execution; 
.  .  .  that  any  attempt  to  evade  the  obligations  of  the  treaty 
.  .  .  would  be  regarded  as  an  offense  to  all  of  them."  Is  the 
doctor  an  impractical  idealist  who  thinks  each  of  the  allies 
would  have  scorned  a  generous  ransom  somewhat  conditioned 
on  winking  at  a  scanted  payment  to  another? 

What  is  really  deep  down  in  his  heart  is  concern  over  the 
Constitution  of  the  United  States.  This  he  finds  endangered, 
first,  by  President  Wilson's  handling  of  the  Treaty,  particularly 
his  disregard  for  the  Senate,  and,  secondly,  by  the  League  itself. 
This  negative  part  is  well  done  and  thoroughly  worth  consid- 
eration. He  presents  no  alternative  proposal,  and  while  he 
expresses  himself  as  favoring  some  kind  of  international  asso- 
ciation, there  is  no  evidence  of  conviction  with  regard  to  it. 
His  ideal  of  procedure  apparently  would  have  been  to  make 
peace,  then  to  have  a  world  conference  to  formulate  inter- 
national law — or  rather  to  accept  the  American  interpretation 
of  it — and  then  to  draw  up  articles  of  association  to  ad- 
minister it.  It  is  doubtful  whether  he  is  unduly  optimistic  or 
cynically  pessimistic  as  to  the  outcome  of  such  a  procedure.  On 
pages  184-190  he  seems  to  doubt  whether  any  form  of  self- 
government  can  evolve  a  real  foreign  policy;  on  page  90  he 
says:  "In  truth,  by  whatever  name  it  may  be  called,  whether 
'League'  or  'Alliance,'  such  an  association  has  no  value  except 
as  it  is  in  fact  an  entente  and  continues  to  be  one."  On  the 
other  hand,  he  says  that  the  world-community  which  he  admits 
to  exist  today  can,  unlike  other  communities,  maintain  its  peace 
"upon* the  principle  of  free  cooperation  under  the  regulation  of 
accepted  law,"  without  a  government.  He  is  undoubtedly  an 
anarchist  in  international  affairs,  but  one  remains  in  doubt 
whether  he  is  a  cheerful  anarchist  looking  to  the  perfectibility 
of  nations,  or  a  doleful  one  advising  the  only  perfect  nation  to 
avoid  contamination  from  the  rest. 

Mr.  Hill,  then,  opposes  the  Treaty  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  conservative.  It  is  the  League  that  disturbs  him  and  not 
the  Treaty  of  Peace,  with  regard  to  which  he  seems  to  regret 
chiefly  that  Germany  was  not  forced  to  surrender  uncondition- 
ally. His  discussion,  while  at  times  heated  and  failing  in  logic, 
is  thoughtful  and  provokes  thought.  It  seems  much  in  the 
spirit  of  the  Republican  platform.  Sixty  pages  of  appendix  con- 
tain the  Covenant  of  the  League,  the  Senate  reservations,  and 
other  documents. 

C.  R.  Fish 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


427 


The  Advancing  Hour 

The  Advancing  Hour.     By  Norman  Hapgood.     Boni  and  Live- 
right. 

MR.  HAPGOOD'S  observations  take  a  wide  range — too  wide, 
in  fact,  to  permit  him  to  expand  any  topic  very  much  or 
to  enter  with  any  fulness  into  details.  The  advancing  hour 
which  he  studies,  like  all  the  hours  that  have  been,  holds  wealth 
of  light  and  shade;  and  one  who  would  comprehend  at  all  the 
world  which  is  being  revealed  must  turn  his  eyes  all  too  rapidly 
from  point  to  point,  happy  if  in  doing  so  he  does  not  lose  all 
sense  of  a  common  ground,  a  common  effort,  and  a  common  hope. 
One  needs  courage,  too;  and  courage,  as  it  happens,  is  the  note 
which  Mr.  Hapgood  strikes  first  of  all.  The  world  which  he 
examines  is  a  world  in  revolution;  and  for  those  who,  in  the 
trying  years  through  which  we  have  of  late  been  passing,  sought 
refuge  in  the  "storm  cellar"  of  silence,  evasion,  or  weak  sub- 
mission to  the  demands  of  surcharged  patriots  and  bitter-enders, 
he  has  no  kind  words.  Then  there  was  the  "blockade  of  thought," 
when  men  who  knew  better  fancied  that  they  did  God  and 
country  an  honorable  service  by  lying,  by  concealing  the  truth, 
by  painting  every  enemy  black  and  every  patriot  white,  and 
by  besmirching  the  character  and  the  intelligence  of  all  who 
ventured  dissent.  To  this  dark  spot,  also,  Mr.  Hapgood  points 
with  mingled  sarcasm  and  contempt.  And  were  they  not  indeed 
rather  a  sorry  lot,  these  liberals  and  intellectuals,  during  the 
war? 

But  the  war  is  over,  and  there  are  other  issues  now.  Broadly 
speaking,  the  issues  are  two:  the  relations  between  classes  and 
the  relations  between  states.  The  dangers  of  the  new  nation- 
alism which  has  sprung  from  the  war  are,  in  Mr.  Hapgood's 
opinion,  so  great  that  they  can  be  overcome  only  by  a  league 
of  nations;  and  he  is  still  for  the  Versailles  League,  even  with 
its  defects,  as  the  only  practicable  step  toward  the  more  per- 
fect internationalism  which  in  time  may  be  worked  out.  We 
have  a  feeling  that  in  this  he  is  hoping  against  hope,  for  he 
frankly  admits  that  "for  the  desirable  issue  of  the  conflict  be- 
tween the  classes  the  outlook  is  much  more  promising  than  is 
the  outlook  for  preventing  further  conflicts  between  the  na- 
tions." Turning  hopefully,  then,  to  the  economic  field,  he  finds 
in  the  program  of  the  British  Labor  Party  a  basis  upon  which 
all  liberals  may  stand.  That  leads  him  naturally  to  hope  for  a 
new  political  party  in  this  country  which  shall  represent  social 
and  industrial  needs.  With  Eussia  as  an  object-lesson,  how- 
ever, he  is  less  sure  of  socialism  than  he  is  of  cooperation  as  a 
remedy  for  present  ills.  Russia,  indeed,  appears  to  be  quite  the 
larger  item  in  Mr.  Hapgood's  range  of  interest,  one-fourth  of 
his  book  being  devoted  to  a  long  chapter  in  which  he  discusses 
"our  follies  in  Russia,"  the  issue  of  Bolshevism,  and  the  achieve- 
ments  of  cooperation. 

In  the  chapter  entitled  The  Answer  of  Liberalism  Mr.  Hap- 
good sums  up  his  economic  creed.  Private  capital  in  some  form 
will  remain.  Labor  will  insist  upon  regular  employment,  safety, 
and  a  shaie  with  capital  in  management.  How  large  the  share 
shall  be  will  depend  upon  circumstances,  but  there  must  con- 
tinue to  be  saving  for  capital,  and  there  should  be  a  minimum 
of  government  control.  The  chapter  is  a  fair  enough  statement 
of  a  common  liberal  position  so  far  as  it  goes ;  yet  we  feel  bound 
to  say  that  anyone  who  today  really  accepts  mere  liberalism  as  a 
creed  is  halting  between  two  faiths — an  old  one  which  he  has  all 
but  rejected  and  a  new  one  which  he  has  not  quite  embraced.  We 
would  not  do  Mr.  Hapgood  an  injustice,  however.  Writing  out 
of  a  long  and  varied  experience  as  student,  author,  editor,  and 
public  man,  and  with  an  enviable  record  of  courage  in  cham- 
pioning good  causes  and  opposing  wrong,  he  is  trying  only  to 
analyze  a  period  of  transition.  There  are  unhappily  many  who 
will  find  even  his  moderate  progressivism  too  vigorous  for  their 
blood,  but  we  suspect  that  historians  will  characterize  as  an 
advance  the  hour  which  he  has  described. 

William  MacDonald 


Open  Court  Books 
Are    Long  -  Lived 

The  Early  Mathematical  Manuscripts 
of  Leibniz 

Published  by  Carl  Immanuel  Gerhardt.  Translated  from  the 
Latin  Texts  with  Critical  and  Historical  Notes  by  J.  M.  Child. 
Oxford  University.  Cloth,  $1.50 

Paracelsus 

A  celebrated  15th  century  German-Swiss  physician  and  alchemist, 
important  in  the  history  of  medicine  chiefly  on  account  of  the 
impetus  which  he  gave  to  the  development  of  pharmaceutical 
chemistry.  By  John  Maxson  STILLMAN,  Emeritus  professor  of 
Chemistry,  Stanford  University.  Cloth,  $2.00 

An  Ethical  System  Based  on  the  Laws 
of  Nature 

By  M.  Deshumbert.  Translated  from  the  French  by  Lionel 
Giles,  M.A.  This  book  has  already  appeared  in  seven  different 
languages,  and  will  shortly  appear  in  three  others. 

Pages  231.     Paper  Edition,  75c 

Saccheri's  Euclides  Vindicatus 

Edited  and  translated  by  George  Bruce  Halsted.  Latin- 
English  Edition  of  the  first  non-Euclidean  Geometry  published 
in  Milan,   1 733.  Pages  280.     Cloth,  $2.00 

Rival  Philosophies  of  Jesus  and  Paul 

By  Ignatius  Singer.  The  author's  contention  is  that  there  are 
two  distinct  and  mutually  destructive  philosophies  in  the  Gospels, 
one  by  Jesus  and  one  by  Paul.  Cloth,  $2.00 

The  Gospel  of  Buddha 

By  Dr.  Paul  Carus.  Edition  de  Luxe.  New  Edition  enlarged 
and  revised.  Beautifully  illustrated  in  old  Buddhist  style  by 
O.  Kopetzky.  Price,  $3.00 

The  Elements  of  Non-Euclidean  Geometry 

By  D.  M.  Y.  So.MMERVILLE,  M.A.  "An  excellent  text-book  for 
teachers  of  geometry  who  wish  to  understand  the  position  in  which 
Euclid's  parallel-postulate  has  been  placed  by  modern  thought." — 
Journal  of  Education.  Cloth,  $2.00 

Letters  to  Teachers 

By  Hartley  B.  Alexander,  University  of  Nebraska.  A  col- 
lection of  papers  addressed  to  all  who  realize  the  importance  of 
a  critical  reconstruction  of  public  education  in  America. 

Cloth,  $1.25 

Education  in  Ancient  Israel 

By  Fletcher  H.  Swift,  University  of  Minnesota.  This  book  is 
the  first  attempt  in  English  to  give  a  full  account  of  the  debt 
which  Christendom  owes  to  Judaism  for  its  religious  and  edu- 
cational  conceptions,  standards   and   ideals.  Cloth,  $1.25 

Anatole  France 

By  Lewis  Piacet  Shanks,  Assistant  Professor  of  Romance 
Languages  and  Literatures  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  '  Best 
book  on   the  greatest  living  writer  of   to-day." — The  Nation. 

Cloth,   $1.50 


The  Open  Court  Publishing 
Company 

22  South  Michigan  Avenue,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Publishers  of  educational  and  scientific  boofys.     Send  for  catalog. 


428 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


Steel  and  Oak 

Potterism.     By  Rose  Macaulay.     Boni  and  Liveright. 

One   After   Another.      By    Stacy    Aumonier.      The    Macmillan 

Company. 
""POTTERISM"  has  had  a  very  uncommon  reception  in  lit- 

A  erary  London  with  Frank  Swinnerton  leading  the  chorus 
of  praise;  it  is  quite  likely  that  that  reception  will  be  duplicated 
in  New  York  and  Chicago.  Whether,  on  the  other  hand,  the  great 
middle  class  reading  public  will  be  either  stirred  or  stung  by 
Miss  Macaulay's  gay  yet  ultimately  tragic  satire,  remains  to 
be  seen.  To  call  a  man  yellow  in  Peking  would  cause  no  com- 
motion though  you  shouted  at  the  top  of  your  voice.  To  de- 
nounce Potterism  in  Birmingham  or  Topeka  may  leave  large 
and  respectabla  populations  unmoved.  Matthew  Arnold  had  his 
battle  with  Potterism  and  barely  scratched  its  hide;  aesthetes 
and  philosophers  innumerable  have  sped  their  little  arrows.  The 
monster  plunges  on.  Northcliffe  or  Ochs  is  in  the  saddle  or — 
Bulmer  or  Potter.  For  Potterism  is  but  another  name  for 
Philistinism,  the  same  old  human  lust  for  "second-rate  senti- 
mentalism  and  cheap  short-cuts  and  mediocrity"  and  "muddle 
and  cant."  But  through  the  mouth  of  Arthur  Gideon,  her  cen- 
tral figure,  Miss  Macaulay  gives  what  is,  perhaps,  the  complet- 
est  and  most  incisive  brief  description  on  record.  "Potterism 
has,  for  one  of  its  surest  bases,  fear.  The  other  bases  are 
ignorance,  vulgarity,  mental  laziness,  sentimentality,  and  greed. 
The  ignorance  which  does  not  know  facts,  the  vulgarity  which 
cannot  appreciate  values,  the  laziness  which  will  not  try  to 
learn  either  of  these  things,  the  sentimentality  which,  knowing 
neither,  is  stirred  by  the  valueless  and  the  untrue;  the  greed 
which  grabs  and  exploits.  But  fear  is  the  worst.  The  fear  of 
public  opinion,  the  fear  of  scandal,  the  fear  of  independent 
thought,  of  loss  of  position,  of  discomfort,  of  consequences,  of 
truth." 

A  group  of  young  men  and  women  set  out  to  fight  Potterism. 
Among  them,  honestly  convinced,  are  John  and  Jane,  offspring 
of  the  great  newspaper  magnate  Potter  and  of  his  wife  Leila 
Yorke,  the  novelist,  who  shares  the  popularity  of  Ethel  Dell 
and  Florence  Barclay.  The  rest  are  Juke,  who  seeks  an  un- 
trodden path  to  the  ancient  goal  of  Christian  freedom,  Kathe- 
rine  Varick,  a  new  woman  with  a  very  old  ache  in  her  soul,  and 
the  half  Jewish  journalist  Arthur  Gideon,  who,  having  a  really 
incorruptible  mind,  is  forced  to  play  a  Laodicean's  part  amid 
the  fevered  factions  of  the  world  and  is  killed  because  he  wears 
no  badge  but  that  of  humanity  and  has  no  party  but  the  truth 
itself.  Jane  and  John,  though  on  a  slightly  higher  plane,  revert 
to  type.  Ease  and  worldly  success  seduce  both.  And  that,  in- 
deed, is  what  makes  Potterism  so  supremely  insidious.  The 
intoxication  of  the  world's  applause,  the  softness  of  creature 
comforts,  are  on  its  side.  Once  in  a  while  the  Potterite  pays — 
as  in  war.  But  since  the  child  of  light  pays  too,  and  pays,  in 
addition,  for  something  he  never  wanted,  his  earthly  reward  is 
reduced  to  the  satisfaction  of  his  own  mind.  No  wonder  his 
kind  is  rare. 

Miss  Macaulay's  narrative  technique  shares  the  keenness  and 
distinction  of  her  intellectual  outlook.  Each  section  of  the  book 
is  told  by  one  of  its  characters  and  thus  the  characterization  is 
of  a  rare  completeness  and  inwardness.  The  section  written 
by  Leila  Yorke  is  masterly  in  its  revelation  of  a  third-rate  mind 
rendered  impenetrable  by  the  shoddy  goodness  of  its  own  inten- 
tions. But  from  the  various  narratives  there  arises  not  only  a 
picture  of  these  conflicting  minds;  there  arises  also  a  swift  and 
tragic  action  saved  from  any  taint  of  melodrama  by  a  constant 
scrupulousness  in  the  treatment  of  the  psychical  values  involved. 
Thus  Miss  Macaulay's  book  is  both  brilliant  and  skilful,  a 
notable  story  and  an  incisive  criticism  of  life. 

Mr.  Aumonier  has  returned  to  the  sources  in  life  and  art 
from  which  he  drew  his  early  stories.  He  has  broadened  his 
scene  and  enlarged  his  range  of  characters.  But  his  essential 
method  is  that  of  "The  Friends,"  and  so  "One  After  Another" 


is  easily  the  best  novel  he  has  written.  Despite  the  exploits  of 
the  glowing  and  pathetic  Laura,  the  book  is  a  quiet  one.  But 
its  quietude  is  that  which  comes  from  a  deep  absorption  in  the 
common  and  concrete  things  of  life.  Once  more  Mr.  Aumonier 
has  his  early  solidity,  his  sane  earthiness,  his  thick  and  crusty 
masses  of  reality.  What,  in  the  end,  affects  the  mind  most 
strongly  is  the  picture  of  The  Duchess  of  Pless,  the  old  public 
house  in  Camden  Town,  and  the  life  and  death  of  Purbeck  the 
publican.  Purbeck  is  almost  the  last  of  his  kind.  The  world, 
as  his  children  who  love  him  feel  very  clearly,  cannot  endure 
him  any  more.  Even  in  his  own  time  the  stiff-necked  old  Puri- 
tan caused  himself  and  others  endless  and  needless  misery.  But 
Mr.  Aumonier  has  made  him  a  massive  and  memorable  figure — 
hale,  earth-rooted,  carved  as  of  oak. 

Purbeck,  queerly  enough,  married  a  Spanish  woman,  and  his 
two  children  felt  the  effect  both  of  that  anomalous  marriage 
and  of  the  changing  world  into  which  they  were  plunged.  Tom 
goes  through  life  well  enough,  though  with  adventures  along  the 
road  that  would  have  sickened  his  father;  Laura  tarnishes  the 
beauty  that  was  in  her — the  inner  beauty  of  her  mother  un- 
tempered  by  her  father's  strength — and  becomes  all  healthless 
body  and  ruined  nerves.  A  third  generation  appears  in  the 
person  of  Tom's  daughter — a  cooler,  clearer,  better-poised  gen- 
eration that  will  know  how  to  live  far  more  competently  than 
the  distracted  children  of  the  old  publican.  By  this  sharp 
definition  of  the  generations  blended  with  his  brooding  sense  of 
life's  fundamental  continuance,  Mr.  Aumonier  has  made  his 
book  as  suggestive  as  it  is  entertaining  and  as  philosophical  as 
it  is  concrete.  L.  L. 

Notable  Fall  Books 

AMERICAN  PROBLEMS 
Canby,  H.   S.     Everyday  Americans.     Century. 
Chafee,  Zechariah,  Jr.     Freedom  of  Speech.     Harcourt,  Brace 

and  Howe. 
Erskine,  John.     Democracy  and  Ideals.     Doran. 
Fosdick,  R.  B.     American  Police  Systems.     Century. 
Friedman,  E.  P.  (editor).    America  and  the  New  Era.     Dutton. 
Kerlin,  R.  T.     The  Voice  of  the  Negro.     Dutton. 
Meiklejohn,  Alexander.     The  Liberal  College.     Marshall  Jones. 
Stevens,  Doris.     Jailed  for  Freedom.     Boni  and  Liveright. 
Storey,  Moorfield.     Problems  of  Today.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Thompson,  F.  U.    The  Schooling  of  the  Immigrant.    Harper. 

ART,   ARCHAEOLOGY,   MUSIC. 

Brangwyn,  Frank.     Book  Plates.     Lippincott. 

Dana,  Ethel  N.  (editor).  The  Story  of  Jesus:  Pictures  from 
Paintings  by  Giotto,  Fra  Angelico,  etc.     Marshall  Jones. 

Dickins,  Guy.     Hellenistic  Sculpture.     Oxford  University  Press. 

Grove's  Dictionary  of  Music  and  Musicians.  Vol.  VI.  American 
Supplement.     Macmillan. 

Hill,  G.  F.  The  Medallic  Portraits  of  Christ.  Oxford  Uni- 
versity Press. 

Marriott,  Charles.  Masters  of  Modern  Art.  3  vols.:  Augustus 
John;  Charles  Shannon;  Frank  Brangwyn.     Stokes. 

Pennell,  Joseph.     Art  Talks.     Lippincott. 

Pennell,  Joseph.  The  Graphic  Arts.  University  of  Chicago 
Press. 

Pennell,  Joseph.  Pen  Drawing  and  Pen  Draughtsmen.  Mac- 
millan. 

Pilsworth,  E.  S.  The  Technique  of  Practical  Drawing.  Mac- 
millan. 

Rothenstein,  William.  Literary  Portraits:  Twenty-four  Draw- 
ings of  Contemporary  Men  of  Letters.  Harcourt,  Brace 
and  Howe. 

Siren,  Oswald.    Essentials  in  Art.     Lane. 

Stewart,  Basil.     Japanese  Colour-Prints.     Dodd,  Mead. 

Taft,  Lorado.  Modern  Tendencies  in  Scripture.  University  of 
Chicago  Press. 

van  Dieren,  Bernard.    Jacob  Epstein  and  his  Work.     Lane. 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


429 


BIOGRAPHY  AND  MEMOIRS 

Adams,  Charles  Francis,  Charles  Francis,  Jr.,  and  Henry.     A 
Cycle  of  Adams  Letters:   1861  to  1865.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
2  vols. 
Adams,  Henry.     Letters  to  a  Niece  and  Prayer  to  the  Virgin  of 

Chartres.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Asquith,  Margot.     Antobiography.     Doran.     2  vols. 
Austen-Leigh,    Mary    A.      Personal    Aspects    of    Jane    Austen. 

Dutton. 
Barrus,   Clara.     John  Burroughs,   Boy  and   Man.     Doubleday, 

Page. 
Barton,  W.  E.    The  Paternity  of  Abraham  Lincoln.    Doran. 
Bernstein,  Eduard.     My  Years  of  Exile.     Harcourt,  Brace  and 

Howe. 
Bishop,  J.  B.     Theodore  Roosevelt  and  his  Time  Shown  in  his 

Letters.     Scribners.     2  Vols. 
Bok,  Edward.    The  Americanization  of  Edward  Bok.     Scribner. 
Brown,  P.  Hume.    The  Life  of  Goethe.    Holt.    2  vols. 
Buckle,  G.   E.     The  Life  of  Benjamin  Disraeli.     Vols.  V,  VI. 

Macmillan. 
Burgess,  W.  H.    John  Robinson,  Pastor  of  the  Pilgrim  Fathers. 

Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Carnegie,  Andrew.     Autobiography.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Chapin,  Charles.     Charles  Chapin's  Story.     Putnam. 
Deschanel,  Paul.     Gambetta.     Dodd,  Mead. 
Dombrowski,  Eric.     German  Leaders  of  Yesterday  and  Today. 

Appleton. 
Drinkwater,  John.    Lincoln  the  World  Emancipator.     Houghton 

Mifflin. 
Ellis,  S.  M.     George  Meredith.     Dodd,  Mead. 
Fleury,  Comte.     Memoirs  of  the  Empress  Eugenie.     Appleton. 

2  vols. 
Forkel,  I.  N.    John  Sebastian  Bach.    Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Geddes,  Patrick.     The  Life  and  Work  of  Sir  Jagadis  C.  Bose. 

Longmans,  Green. 
Gibbons,  H.  A.    Venizelos.    Houghton  Mifflin. 
Gorki,  Maxim.    Reminiscences  of  Tolstoy.     Huebsch. 
Hamilton,  Sir  Ian.    Gallipoli  Diary.    Doran.    2  vols. 
Hazen,  C.  D.     The  Kaiser  vs.   Bismarck;   Suppressed   Letters. 

Harper. 
Hindenburg,  General.     Memoirs  from  My  Life.     Harper. 
Huneker,  James.     Steeplejack.     Scribner.     2  vols. 
James,  William.    Letters.    Atlantic  Monthly  Press.    2  vols. 
Kartini,  Raden  Adjeng.    Letters  of  a  Javanese  Princess.   Knopf. 
Klein,  Herman.     The  Reign  of  Patti.     Century. 
Koche  Doi  and  Omori,  Annie  Shepley.     Diaries  of  Court  Ladies 

of  Old  Japan.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Lehmann,  Liza.    The  Life  of  Liza  Lehmann  by  Herself.    Dutton. 
The  Letters  of  Dante.     Edited  by  Paget  Toynbee.     Oxford  Uni- 
versity Press. 
Levine,  I.  D.    (editor).     Letters  from  the  Kaiser  to  the  Czar. 

Stokes. 
Loria,  Achille.     Karl  Marx.     Seltzer. 

Mallock,  W.  H.     Memoirs  of  Life  and  Literature.     Harper. 
Martin,  E.  S.    Life  of  Joseph  Hodges  Choate.    Scribner.    2  vols. 
Mazzini,  Giuseppe.     Letters  to  an  English  Family.     Lane. 
Paine,  A.  B.    A  Short  Life  of  Mark  Twain.     Harper. 
Raymond,   E.   T.     A   Life  of   Arthur  James   Balfour.     Little, 

Brown. 
Rochechouart,  Count  de.     Memoirs.     Dutton.     [Diplomatic  rec- 
ords, 1788-1816.] 
Sharp,  W.  G.    My  Embassy  at  the  Heart  of  Conflict.    Harper. 
Skeltcn,  O.  D.     Life  and  Letters  of  Sir  Wilfred  Laurier.     Cen- 
tury.    2  vols. 
Spender,  Harold.     The  Prime  Minister  [Lloyd  George].     Doran. 
Thackeray,  W.  M.     Letters.     Edited  by  R.  R.  Wilson.     Boston: 

Privately  printed.     2  vols. 
Vaughan,  W.     The  Life  and  Work  of  Sir  William  Van  Home. 

Century. 
Whiteley,  Opal.    The  Story  of  Opal.    Atlantic  Monthly  Press. 


c 


TALES  of  MYSTERY 
and  HORROR 

By  Maurice  Level :  Translated  from 
the  French  by  Alys  Eyre  Macklin 

Twenty-six  pitiless,  fascinating  little  tales 
which  have  made  their  author  famous  in 
France  as  "a  new  master  of  the  terrible." 
"Certainly  entitle  him  to  a  place  in  the  first 
rank  of  contemporary  writers  of  short  stories." 
— New  York  Times.  "In  spots  better  than  the 
similar  work  of  Edgar  Allan  Poe  and  in  gen- 
eral better  than  that  of  Ambrose  Bierce." — 
Chicago  Evening  Post.  "Understanding  of 
elementals  in  the  muck ;  a  bit  of  submerged 
fantasy ;  grim  chuckling  over  the  ironies  of 
reality — all  this  plus  the  physician's  under- 
standing of  the  sick,  human  brain.  Such  are 
the  tales." — Chicago  Daily  News.  Second 
Printing.  $2. 

THE  CORDS  of  VANITY 

By  James  Branch  Cabell 

With  an  introduction  by  Wilson   Follett 

A  lightly  written  but  acid  study  of  our  own  times.  First  published 
eleven  years  ago,  it  has  been  thoroughly  revised  by  the  author  and  is 
now  reissued  in  a  format  uniform  with  Jurgen,  The  Cream  of  the 
Jest,  etc.  $2,  net. 


Early 

Fall 

Publications 

of 

Robert 

M. 

McBride 

&  Co. 
New  York 


THE  BROKEN  LAUGH 


By  Meg  Villars 


"I  turn  the  pages  of  this  book,  'The  Broken  Laugh,'  with  the  elation 
that  has  come  to  me  once  or  twice  in  the  last  year.  Verily  a  jewel. 
.  .  .  A  book  so  joyously  written,  so  charmingly  unconventional  in 
its  acceptance  of  the  facts  of  life  without  grumbling ;  so  deliciously 
human  in  its  attitude  toward  tragedy  and  joy.  So  free  from  literary 
pretense  and  ponderosity  when  dealing  with  themes  as  wide  and  deep 
and  terrible  as  life.  .  .  .  You  will  ponder  over  its  tremendous  force. 
.  .  .  A  book  that  breathes  the  breath  of  life." — Harry  Hansen  in  the 
Chicago  Daily  News.  $2. 


HIGH  LIFE 


By  Harrison  Rhodes 


A  story  filled  with  delicate  humor,  adroit  and  slightly  satirical  char- 
acter drawing.  High  Life,  which  appeared  serially  in  the  Saturday 
Evening  Post,  is  followed  by  six  short  stories,  each  told  with  a  suavity 
and  a  distinction  that  readers  familiar  with  Mr.  Khodes'  work  will 
recognize  as  his  special  characteristics.  $2,  net. 

THE  GREEN  EYES  of  BAST     *s«JM«er 

A  romance  of  Ancient  Magic  at  work  in  modern  times.  Ranging  in 
scene  from  the  Egypt  of  forgotten  mysteries  to  the  London  of  today, 
it  contains  all  the  glamour  and  excitement  that  characterize  the  best 
previous  work  of  Mr.  Rohmer.  $2,  net. 

THE  MAN  WHO  CONVICTED  HIMSELF 

By  David  Fox 

A  really  original  mystery  story,  dealing  with  the  activities  of  "The 
Shadowers,  Inc.,"  a  band  of  retired  criminals  who  have  organized  a 
unique  crime  prevention  bureau.  $1.90,   net. 


SOUTH  of  SUEZ 


By  William  Ashley  Anderson 

An  absorbing  account  of  several  years  of  wandering  and  adventuring 
through  East  Africa.  Mr.  Anderson  went  to  Aden,  Arabia,  in  1915,  for 
an  American  trading  firm ;  later  he  spent  much  time  in  Mombasa, 
Zanzibar,  Port  Said  and  in  trekking  the  great  African  game  country. 
He  was  one  of  the  few  white  men  who  witnessed  the  tragically  pictur- 
esque civil  war  which  followed  the  death  of  Menelik  the  Great,  an 
uprising  marked  by  a  medieval  display  of  valor  and  treachery  and 
knight-errantry.  Later  as  an  officer  of  the  King's  African  Rifles  he 
led  a  troop  of  blacks  against  the  Germans.  This  book  is  in  no  sense  a 
war  book.  Rather  it  is  a  series  of  impressionistic  sketches  and  colorful 
descriptions ;  the  record  of  a  man  whose  eye  sees  the  unusual  and 
bizarre  and  who  describes  it  with  vividness,  humor  and  rare  charm. 
"Every  page  is  surcharged  with  his  own  emotional  reactions  to  the 
sights  he  saw,  every  line  is  alive  with  poetic  thought  and  overlaid  with 
his  personality." — New  York  Times.  With  thirty-one  pages  of  illustra- 
tions. $3,  net. 

A  TOUR  THROUGH  INDIANA  in  1840 

Edited  by  Kate  Milner  Rabb 

The  Diary  of  a  young  Virginian  who  traveled  through  Indiana  in  the 
year  of  Harrison's  campaign,  visiting  the  important  cities  and  meeting 
their  principal  citizens.  It  is  at  once  a  fascinating  picture  of  bygone 
times  and  a  valuable  contribution  to  local  history.  With  sixteen  illus- 
trations. $3.75,  net. 

A  TANKARD   Of   ALE     Compiled  by  Theodore  Maynard 

"A  really  glorious  collection"  (according  to  The  Nation)  of  the  best 
English  Drinking  Songs  from  the  fifteenth  century  to  the  present  day. 
"So  sinful,  shameful  and  delightful  that  I  am  afraid  to  read  it. 
It  puts  riotous  and  forbidden  images  in  my  skull.  This  book  has  power 
to  crack  the  will  of  a  revenue  agent." — Benjamin  de  Casseres  in  N.  Y. 
Times.  $2,  net. 

ALL  THINGS  ARE  POSSIBLE  ByUosi*^ 

Bold  and  unorthodox  comments  upon  literature,  philosophy  and  poli- 
tics by  one  of  the  leading  living  Russian  critics.  $2. 


430 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


Villiers,  Frederic.     Villiers:   His  Five  Decades  of  Adventure. 

Harper. 

DRAMA 
Duran,  Leo  (translator) .    Plays  of  Old  Japan.    Seltzer. 
Forbes,  James.  The  Famous  Mrs.  Fair  and  Other  Plays.   Doran. 
Glaspell,  Susan.     Plays.     Small,  Maynard. 
Goodell,  T.  D.    Athenian  Tragedy.     Yale  University  Press. 
Gregory,  Lady.    The  Dragon.     Putnam. 
Gregory,  Odin.    Caius  Gracchus.    Boni  and  Liveright. 
Lee,  Vernon.     Satan:  the  Waster.    Lane. 

Mantle,  Burns.    The  Best  Plays  of  1919-1920.     Small,  Maynard. 
Odell,  G.  C.  D.     Shakespeare  from  Betterton  to  Irving.     Scrib- 

ner.    2  vols. 
O'Neill,  Eugene.     Gold. — The  Straw.     Boni  and  Liveright. 
Shay,  Frank,  and  Pierre  Loving.    Fifty  Contemporary  One-Act 

Plays.    Stewart  and  Kidd. 
Symons,  Arthur.    Cesare  Borgia.    Brentano's. 

ESSAYS  AND  CRITICISM 
Baker,  R.  P.    A  History  of  English-Canadian  Literature  to  the 

Confederation.     Harvard  University  Press. 
Balfour,  A.  J.    Essays  and  Addresses.     Doran. 
Barbellicn,  W.  N.  P.     Enjoying  Life  and  Other  Literary  Re- 
mains.   Doran. 
Beers,  H.  A.    The  Connecticut  Wits.    Yale  University  Press. 
Bourne,  Randolph.   The  History  of  a  Literary  Radical.    Huebsch. 
Browne,  Edward  G.     A  History  of  Persian   Literature  under 

Tartar  Dominion  (A.  D.  1265-1502).    Macmillan. 
Burroughs,  John.     Accepting  the  Universe.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Canfield,    Dorothy.     French   Portraits.     Harcourt,    Brace    and 

Howe. 
Croce,  Benedetto.     Shakespeare,  Ariosto  and  Corneille.     Holt. 
Crothers,   S.  M.     The  Dame   School  of  Experience  and  Other 

Papers.    Houghton  Mifflin. 
Eaton,  W.  P.    In  Berkshire  Fields.     Harper. 
Edson,  C.  L.    The  Gentle  Art  of  Columning.    Brentano's. 
Elton,  Oliver.  A  Survey  of  English  Literature:  1780-1880.   Vols. 

III-IV.     Macmillan. 
Erskine,  John.    The  Kinds  of  Poetry.     Duffield. 
Fellowes,  E.  H.     English  Madrigal  Verse.     Oxford  University 

Press. 
Fowler,  W.  W.     Roman   Essays  and  Interpretations.     Oxford 

University  Press. 
Goldring,  Douglas.     Reputations.     Seltzer. 

Grandgent,  C.  H.     Old  and  New.     Harvard  University  Press. 
Harris,  Frank.     Contemporary  Portraits.     Frank  Harris. 
Hearn,  Lafcadio.    Talks  to  Writers.     Dodd,  Mead. 
Laski,  H.  J.    The  Foundations  of  Sovereignty  and  Other  Essays. 

Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Lindsay,  Vachel.     The  Golden  Book  of  Springfield.     Macmillan. 
Masefield,  John,  Dean  Inge,  and  Others.     Ruskin  the  Prophet. 

Dutton. 
Maurice,  A.  B.    The  London  of  the  Novelist.     Doubleday,  Page. 
Mencken,  H.  L.     Prejudices:  Second  Series.     Knopf. 
Moore,  F.  Frankfort.     A  Garden  of  Peace.     Doran. 
Murry,  J.  M.     The  Evolution  of  an  Intellectual.     Knopf. 
Perry,  Bliss.    A  Study  of  Poetry.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Pound,  Louise.    Poetic  Origins  and  the  Ballad.    Macmillan. 
Repplier,  Agnes.     Points  of  Friction.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Santayana,    George.      Character    and    Opinions    in    the    United 

States.     Scribner. 
Shay,  Frank.    A  Bibliography  of  Walt  Whitman.    Friedman's. 
Shelley,  P.  B.     A   Philosophic  View  of  Reform,  1820    [Edited 

from  manuscript].     Oxford  University  Press. 
Shestov,  Leo.    All  Things  Are  Possible.     McBride. 
Thorndike,  A.  H.    Literature  in  a  Changing  Age.    Macmillan. 
Trent,  W.  P.,  John  Erskine,  Stuart  P.  Sherman,  and  Carl  Van 

Doren.     The  Cambridge  History  of  American  Literature. 

Vol.  III.    Putnam. 
Turquet-Milnes,  A.     Some  Modern  French  Writers.     McBride. 


Van  Doren,  Mark.     The  Poetry  of  Dryden.     Harcourt,  Brace 

and  Howe. 
Van  Vechten,  Carl.     Interpreters.    Knopf. 
Wendell,    Barrett.      The    Traditions    of    European    Literature: 

From  Homer  to  Dante.     Scribner. 
Whitman,  Walt.    Gathering  of  the  Forces.    Edited  by  Cleveland 

Rodgers  and  John  Black.    Putnam. 
Woodberry,    G.    E.      Collected    Essays.      Harcourt,    Brace    and 

Howe.     6  vols. 
Wright,    C.    H.    C.      French    Classicism.      Harvard    University 

Press. 
Wyld,  H.  C.    A  History  of  Modern  Colloquial  English.    Dutton. 
Zweig,  Stefan.    Romain  Rolland.     Seltzer. 

FICTION 

Aleichem,  Shalom.    Jewish  Children.     Knopf. 

Anderson,  Sherwood.     Poor  White.    Huebsch. 

Andreyev,  Leonid.     Satan's  Diary.     Boni  and  Liveright. 

Asch,  Sholom.     Uncle  Moses.     Dutton. 

Aumonier,  Stacy.    One  After  Another.     Macmillan. 

Beerbohm,  Max.     Seven  Men.     Knopf. 

Beresford,  J.  D.     An  Imperfect  Mother.     Macmillan. 

Brown,  Alice.     Homespun  and  Gold.     Macmillan. 

Cabell,  J.   B.     Domnei    [Originally  published   as   The   Soul   of 

Melicent].     McBride. 
Cather,  Willa.    Youth  and  the  Bright  Medusa.     Knopf. 
Churchill,  Winston.     The  Green  Bay  Tree.     Macmillan. 
Couperus,  Louis.    The  Inevitable.    Dodd,  Mead. 
Delafield,  E.  M.    Tension.     Macmillan. 
Dell,  Floyd.    Moon-Calf.    Knopf. 
De  Morgan,  William.     The  Old  Man's  Youth.     Holt. 
Dodd,  L.  W.     The  Book  of  Susan.     Dutton. 
France,    Anatole.      Little   Pierre. — The   Bride   of   Corinth    and 

Other  Poems  and  Plays. — The  Seven  Wives  of  Bluebeard 

and  Other  Marvellous  Tales.     Lane. 
Frank,  Waldo.    The  Dark  Mother.    Boni  and  Liveright. 
Galsworthy,  John.    In  Chancery.     Scribner. 
Gardner,  Gilson.     The  New  Robinson  Crusoe.     Harcourt,  Brace 

and  Howe. 
George  W.  L.    Caliban.    Harper. 

Goldberg,  Isaac  (translator) .    Brazilian  Tales.     Four  Seas. 
Howe,  E.  W.     The  Anthology  of  Another  Town.     Knopf. 
Howells,  W.  D.    The  Vacation  of  the  Kelwyns.    Harper. 
Huneker,  J.  G.    Painted  Veils.      Boni  and  Liveright. 
Jacobsen,  J.  P.     Mogens  and  Other  Stories.     N.  L.  Brown. 
James,  Henry.    Master  Eustace.    Seltzer. 
Jammes,  Francis.     Romance  of  the  Rabbit.    N.  L.  Brown. 
Leacock,  Stephen.    Winsome  Winnie  and  Other  Nonsense  Novels. 

Lane. 
Level,  Maurice.    Tales  of  Mystery  and  Horror.    McBride. 
London,  Jack.    Hearts  of  Three.     Macmillan. 
Macaulay,  Rose.    Potterism.    Boni  and  Liveright. 
Masters,  E.  L.    Mitch  Miller.    Macmillan. 
Merrick,  Leonard.    The  House  of  Lynch.     Dutton. 
New  Decameron,  The:  Second  Day.    McBride. 
Nexo,  M.  A.    Ditte,  Girl  Alive!     Holt. 
Poole,  Ernest.    Blind.    Macmillan. 

Saltus,  Edgar.     The  Imperial  Orgy.     Boni  and  Liveright. 
Sinclair,  May.    The  Romantic.     Macmillan. 
Sinclair,  Upton.     The  Story  of  a  Patriot.     Upton  Sinclair. 
Vorse,  Mary  Heaton.     Men  and  Steel.     Boni  and  Liveright. 
Watts,  Mary  S.     The  Noon  Mark.     Macmillan. 
Wharton,  Edith.    The  Age  of  Innocence.     Scribner. 
Woolf,  Virginia.     Night  and  Day.     Doran. 

HISTORY 

Ames,  Fisher.  The  American  Red  Cross  in  France:  Civilian 
Relief.     Macmillan. 

Bayley,  Harold.     Archaic  England.     Lippincott. 

Becker,  Carl.  The  United  States:  An  Experiment  in  Democ- 
racy.    Harper. 

Boulenger,  Jacques.     The  Seventeenth  Century.     Putnam. 


i 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


431 


Studies   in   the  History   of   Human    Society. 
A  History  of  the  [American]  Transport  Ser- 
The  Lafayette  Flying  Corps. 

Scrib- 


Brinkley,  F.,  and  Baron  Kikuchi.  A  History  of  the  Japanese 
People.     Doran. 

Bruce,  P.  A.  History  of  the  University  of  Virginia:  1819-1919. 
Macmillan.     5  vols. 

Corbett,  Sir  Julian  S.  Naval  Operations  [of  the  Great  War]. 
Vols.  I-II.     Longmans,  Green. 

Dunning,  W.  A.  A  History  of  Political  Theories.  Vol.  Ill: 
From  Rousseau  to  Spencer.     Macmillan. 

Fay,  C.  R.  Life  and  Labour  in  the  Nineteenth  Century.  Cam- 
bridge University  Press. 

Fayle,  C.  E.  Seaborne  Trade  [during  the  War].  Vol.  I.  Long- 
mans, Green. 

Frank,  Tenney.  The  Economic  History  of  Rome.  Johns  Hop- 
kins Press. 

Giddings,   F.   H. 
Macmillan. 

Gleaves,  Albert, 
vice.     Doran. 

Hall,  J.  N.,  and  Nordhoff,  C.  B. 
Houghton  Mifflin.     2  vols. 

Haworth,  P.  L.     The  United  States  in  Our  Own  Times, 
ners. 

Henry,  R.  M.     The  Evolution  of  Sinn  Fein.    Huebsch. 

Hibben,  Paxton.     Constantine  I  and  the  Greek  People.  Century. 

Hindus,  M.  G.    The  Russian  Peasant  and  the  Revolution.     Holt. 

History  of  the  American  Field  Service  in  France:  Friends  of 
France,  1914-1917.  Told  by  its  Members.  Houghton  Mifflin. 
3  vols. 

Hyndman,  H.  M.  The  Evolution  of  Revolution.  Boni  and  Live- 
right. 

Jackson,  Foakes,  and  Kirsopp  Lake.  The  Beginnings  of  Chris- 
tianity.    Part  I.     Macmillan. 

Lake,  Kirsopp.  Landmarks  in  the  History  of  the  Early  Chris- 
tian Church.     Macmillan. 

Laski,  H.  J.  English  Political  Thought  from  Locke  to  Bentham. 
Holt. 

McMaster,  J.  B.  The  United  States  in  the  Great  War.  Vol.  II. 
Appleton. 

M  rriam,  C.  E. 
millan. 

Neihardt,  J.  G. 

O'Shaughnessy,    Edith. 
Doran. 

Parsons,  W.  B.    The  American  Engineers  in  France.     Appleton. 

Penty,  A.  J.  A  Guildsman's  Interpretation  of  History.  Sun- 
wise Turn. 

Pollard,  A.  F.    The  Evolution  of  Parliament.    Longmans,  Green. 

Raven,  C.  E.    Christian  Socialism:  1848-1854.     Macmillan. 

Repington,  C.  a  C.  The  First  World  War.  Houghton  Mifflin. 
2  vols. 

Sims,  Admiral,  and  Hendrick,  B.  J.  The  Victory  at  Sea.  Dou- 
bleday,  Page. 

Smith,  Preserved.     The  Age  of  Reformation.     Holt. 

Taylor,  H.  O.  Thought  and  Expression  in  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury.    Macmillan.    2  vols. 

Thwing,  C.  F.  The  American  Colleges  and  Universities  in  the 
Great  War.     Macmillan. 

Turner,  F.  J.    The  Frontier  in  American  History.    Holt. 

Tussaud,  J.  T.    The  Romance  of  Madame  Tussaud.     Doran. 

Vander  Linden,  H.    Belgium.    Oxford  University  Press. 

Wells,  H.  G.     The  Outline  of  History.     Macmillan.     2  vols. 

Wright,  T.  G.  Literary  Culture  in  Early  New  England.  Yale 
University  Press. 

LABOR,  INDUSTRY,  TRADE 

Boyle,  J.  E.  Speculation  and  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade.  Mac- 
millan. 

Budish,  J.  M.,  and  George  Soule.  The  New  Unionism  in  the 
Clothing  Industry.     Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 

Cole,  G.  D.  H.    Chaos  and  Order  in  Industry.     Stokes, 

Cox,  Harold.    Economic  Liberty.    Longmans,  Green. 


American  Political  Ideas — 1865  to  1917.     Mac- 

The  Splendid  Wayfaring.     Macmillan. 

Intimate    Pages    of    Mexican    History. 


Messrs.  Newson  &  Compart])  announce  the  publication  of 
the  following  book  that  will  make  a  strong  appeal  to 
teachers  of  English: 

Effective  English  Expression 

By  Edward  Harlan  Webster 

Head  of  the  Department  of  English,  The  Technical  High 

School,    and   Director   of   English,   Junior   High    Schools, 

Springfield,  Massachusetts 

This  book  emphasizes  in  nearly  every  exercise  the  four  steps  of 
procedure  associated  with  the  successful  working  out  of  The 
Project  Method;  viz.,  purposing,  planning,  executing,  judging. 
The  pupil  is  made  to  approach  each  exercise  with  his  purpose 
clearly  defined  and  stated  as  a  guide,  by  means  of  which  he  is 
encouraged  to  plan  (select  and  arrange  material),  present  or 
execute  his  organized  thought,  and  finally  revise  or  judge  his 
product.  This  emphasis  upon  purpose  guarantees  unity,  coherence, 
emphasis,  and  gives  to  each  exercise  a  vitality  and  an  interest 
always  associated  with  the  purposeful  act.  The  subjects  for  writing 
and  speaking  deal  with  social  and  business  life  and  incorporate  the 
various  school  projects  characteristic  of  student  activities  today. 

NEWSON  &  COMPANY,  Publishers 

7  3  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
6  2  3    South     Wabash    Avenue,    Chicago 


NATURE  CURE 

PHILOSOPHY     AND     PRACTICE 


Based  on  the  Unity  of  Disease  and  Cure 


By  HENRY  LINDLAHR,  M.  D. 

Founder  and  Medical  Director  of  the  Lindlahr  Sanitarium  at 
Chicago  and  the  Lindlahr  Health  Resort  at  Elmhurst,  Illinois. 

This  book  contains  a  Scientific  Regimen  for  the  restoration 
and  maintenance  of  health  and  a  complete  System  of 
Treatment  for  all  forms  of  acute  and  chronic  ailments.  It 
supplies  at  once  the  inspiration  and  the  means  to  the  fullest 
possible  development  of  Physical,  Mental  and  Moral  Powers. 

A  Regimen  for  Wholesome  Living  and  prevention  of 
Disease.  Treatment  of  all  acute  diseases  by  a  few  sim- 
ple natural  methods.  Treatment  of  Chronic  Diseases. 
Natural  Dietetics:  teaches  food  values  and  scientific 
combinations  of  foods  in  health  and  disease;  Relation- 
ship of  foods  to  acid  diseases;  Fasting,  when  indicated 
and  how  managed.  Prenatal  and  Postnatal  Baby 
Culture. 

Hydrotherapy;  importance  of  water  treatment;  Why 
we  use  cold  water;  Application  in  acute  and  chronic 
diseases;  Packs,  how  to  use  them;  Air  and  Light  Baths; 
Importance  of  skin  as  organ  of  elimination.  Correct 
Breathing.  Physical  exercises,  classified  and  described. 
Constipation,,  cause  and  cure.  Natural  Treatment  for 
the  eyes.  First  Aid.  Nervous  Diseases.  Origin,  na- 
ture and  treatment  of  mental  and  emotional  diseases. 
A  Complete  Course  in  the  Cure  of  Acute  and  Chronic 
Diseases  and  the  promotion  of  Threefold  Health. 

438  pages;  Cloth;  $2.15  postpaid. 
Descriptive  literature  FREE. 

LINDLAHR  PUBLISHING  CO. 

521  So.  Ashland  Blvd.  :  :  CHICAGO 


432 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


Durstine,  Roy  S.     Making  Advertisements  and  Making  Them 

Pay.     Scribners. 
Foster  W.  T.    The  Great  Steel  Strike.    Huebsch. 
Friday,  David.     Profits,  Wages,  and  Prices.     Harcourt,  Brace 

and  Howe. 
Furniss,  E.   S.     The  Position  of  the  Laborer  in  a   System  of 

Nationalism.     Houghton  Mifflin. 
Gompers,  Samuel.    Labor  and  the  Employer.    Dutton. 
Goodrich,  C.  L.     The  Frontier  of  Control:  A  Study  of  British 

Workshop  Politics.     Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Hodges,  Frank.     Nationalization  of  the  Mines.     Seltzer. 
Interchurch  World  Movement,  Commission  of  Inquiry.     Report 

on  the  Steel  Strike  of  1919.    Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Laughlin,  J.  L.     Banking  Progress.     Scribner. 
MacDonald,  J.  R.    The  Policy  of  the  Labour  Party.    Seltzer. 
Mendelsohn,  Sigmund.    Labor's  Crisis.    Macmillan. 
Moulton,  H.  G.     The  Financial  Organization  of  Society.     Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press. 
Schwab,  Charles  M.    Succeeding  with  What  You  Have.  Century. 
Tead,  Ordway,  and  H.  C.  Metcalfe.     Personnel  Administration. 

McGraw-Hill. 
Warne,  F.  J.    The  Workers  at  War.     Century. 
Williams,  Albert.    The  New  Labour  Outlook.    Seltzer. 
Williams,  Whiting.     What's  on  the  Worker's  Mind.     Scribner. 
Withers,  Hartley.    The  Case  for  Capitalism.    Dutton. 

PHILOSOPHY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  RELIGION 

Alexander,  Hartley.  Latin  American  Mythology.  Marshall 
Jones. 

Babson,  R.  W.    Religion  and  Business.    Macmillan. 

Bergson,  Henri.    Mind-Energy.    Holt. 

Bosanquet,  Bernard.    What  Religion  Is.    Macmillan. 

Committee  on  the  War  and  the  Religious  Outlook.  The  Church 
and  Industrial  Reconstruction.     Association  Press. 

Dewey,  John.     Reconstruction  in  Philosophy.     Holt. 

Foster,  G.  B.  Christianity  in  its  Modern  Expression.  Macmil- 
lan. 

Freud,  Sigmund.  A  General  Introduction  to  Psychoanalysis. 
Boni  and  Liveright. 

Graham,  J.  W.    The  Faith  of  a  Quaker.     Macmillan. 

Hall,  G.  S.  Morale:  The  Supreme  Standard  of  Life  and  Con- 
duct.    Appleton. 

Herbert,  S.     Fundamentals  in  Sexual  Ethics.     Macmillan. 

James,  William.  Collected  Essays  and  Reviews.  Longmans, 
Green. 

Jastrow,  Joseph.     Science  or  Spiritualism.     Seltzer. 

Jastrow,  Morris,  Jr.    The  Book  of  Job.     Lippincott. 

Kautsky,  Karl.    The  Origin  of  Christianity.     Seltzer. 

Langfeld,  H.  S.  The  Aesthetic  Attitude.  Harcourt,  Brace  and 
Howe. 

Marett,  R.  R.     Psychology  and  Folk-Lore.     Macmillan. 

Marvin,  F.  S.  (editor).  Recent  Developments  in  European 
Thought.    Oxford  University  Press. 

Mathews,  Shailer,  and  A.  B.  Smith.  A  Dictionary  of  Religion 
and  Ethics.     Macmillan. 

McDougall,  William.    The  Group  Mind.    Putnam. 

Patterson,  W.  P.   (editor).     The  Power  of  Prayer.     Macmillan. 

Singer,  Ignatius.  Rival  Philosophies  of  Jesus  and  Paul.  Open 
Court. 

Swisher,  W.  S.  Religion  and  the  New  Psychology.  Marshall 
Jones. 

Tridon,  Andre.     Psychoanalysis  and  Behavior.     Knopf. 

Watkin,  E.  I.  The  Philosophy  of  Mysticism.  -Harcourt,  Brace 
and  Howe. 

Whitehead,  A.  N.     The  Concept  of  Nature.     Macmillan. 

POETRY 
Aikin,  Conrad.    The  House  of  Dust.    Four  Seas. 
Benet,  S.  V.    Heavens  and  Earth.     Holt. 
Benet,  W.  R.    Moons  of  Grandeur.    Doran. 


Blackwell,  Alice  Stone   (translator).     Some  Spanish  American 

Poets.     Brentanos. 
Blok,   Alexander.     "12"    [the   famous   poem   of  the   Bolshevist 

Revolution].     Huebsch. 
Bodenheim,  Maxwell.     Advice  and  Other  Poems.     Knopf. 
Braithwaite,  W.  S.  (editor).    Anthology  of  Magazine  Verse  for 

1920.     Small,  Maynard. 
Gibran,  Kahlil.    The  Forerunner.    Knopf. 
Gibson,  W.  W.     Neighbors.     Macmillan. 

Guiterman,  Arthur.     Chips  of  Jade  [Versions  of  Oriental  prov- 
erbs].   Dutton. 
Hewlett,  Maurice.    Flowers  in  the  Grass.    Dutton. 
Hills,  E.  C.  (editor).     The  Odes  of  Bello,  Olmedo,  and  Heredia 

[Spanish  text].     Putnam. 
Huxley,  Aldous.     Leda.    Doran. 
Masefield,  John.     Right  Royal.    Macmillan. 
Masters,  E.  L.     Domesday  Book.     Macmillan. 
Maynard,  Theodore  (editor).    A  Tankard  of  Ale.    McBride. 
Miscellany  of  American  Poetry.    Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Nichols,  Robert.    Aurelia  and  Other  Poems.     Dutton. 
Noguchi,  Yone.    Japanese  Hokkus.    Four  Seas. 
Ridge,  Lola.    Sun-Up.    Huebsch. 
Robinson,  E.  A.    The  Three  Taverns.     Macmillan. 
Sandburg,  Carl.  Smoke  and  Steel.     Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Scott,  Evelyn.     Precipitations.     N.  L.  Brown. 
Symons,  Arthur.    Lesbia  and  Other  Poems.    Dutton. 
Teasdale,  Sarah.     Flame  and  Shadow.     Macmillan. 
Untermeyer,   Louis.     The   New   Adam.     Harcourt,   Brace   and 

Howe. 
Walsh,  Thomas  (editor).    Hispanic  Anthology.    Putnam. 
Wells,  Carolyn    (editor).     An  Anthology  of  Humorous  Verse.' 

Doran. 

RECONSTRUCTION   AND   INTERNATIONAL   AFFAIRS 

Barbusse,  Henri.    The  Creed  of  a  Fighter.     Seltzer. 

Baruch,  B.  M.  The  Making  of  the  Reparation  and  Economic 
Sections  of  the  Treaty.     Harper. 

Beck,  James  M.    The  Passing  of  the  New  Freedom.    Doran. 

Blatch,  Harriot  Stanton.  A  Woman's  Point  of  View:  Some 
Roads  to  Peace.    The  Woman's  Press. 

Brailsford,  H.  N.    After  the  Peace.    Seltzer. 

Brandes,  Georg.     The  World  Tragedy.     Seltzer. 

Buell,  R.  L.     Contemporary  French  Politics.     Scribner. 

Croly,  Herbert.     The  Breach  in  Civilization.     Macmillan. 

Eckel,  E.  C.    Coal,  Iron  and  War.    Holt. 

Fenwick,  C.  G.    Political  Systems  in  Transition.    Century. 

Garner,  J.  W.  International  Law  and  the  World  War.  Long- 
mans, Green.    2  vols. 

Gilchrist,  R.  N.     Indian  Nationality.    Longmans,  Green. 

Glasier,  J.  B.     The  Meaning  of  Socialism.     Seltzer. 

Hapgood,  Norman.    The  Advancing  Hour.    Boni  and  Liveright. 

Harris,  J.  H.     Africa,  Slave  or  Free?     Dutton. 

Haskins,  C.  H.,  and  R.  H.  Lord.  Some  Problems  of  the  Peace 
Conference.     Harvard  University  Press. 

Howe,  F.  C.  Denmark:  A  Cooperative  Commonwealth.  Har- 
court, Brace  and  Howe. 

Hurley,  E.  N.    The  New  Merchant  Marine.    Century. 

Leyds,  W.  J.    The  Transvaal  Surrounded.     Dutton. 

Paish,  Sir  George  (editor).  The  Nations  and  the  League.  [Es- 
says by  various  writers.]     Lippincott. 

Piggott,  Sir  Francis.  The  Freedom  of  the  Seas.  Oxford  Uni- 
versity Press. 

Postgate,  R.  W.    The  Bolshevik  Theory.    Dodd,  Mead. 

Problems  of  Population  and  Parenthood :  Report  of  the  National 
Birthrate  Commission  of  Great  Britain.     Dutton. 

Rolland,  Romain.   The  Forerunners.   Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 

Russell,  George  [JE~\.    The  Economics  of  Ireland.     Huebsch. 

Sanger,  Margaret.     Woman  and  the  New  Race.     Brentano's. 

Scheltema,  J.  F.  The  Lebanon  in  Turmoil.  Yale  University 
Press. 

Spargo,  John.    The  Greatest  Failure  in  All  History.    Harper. 


Oct.  13, 1920] 


The  Nation 


433 


4th  Printing 

THE  BLACK  KNIGHT 

By  Mrs.  Sidgwick  and  Crosbie  Garstin 

An  absorbing,  vivid,  modern  story  of  love  and  adventure, 
richly  colored  with  humor  and  romance.    Price  $2.00. 

A  Baffling  Mystery 

CAPE  CURREY 

By  Rene  Juta 

A   strange,  baffling,  mystery  story  set  in  picturesque   Cape 
Colony  in  1820.    Price  $1.75. 

Russia's  Problem 

THE  RUSSIAN  PEASANT 

AND  THE  REVOLUTION 

By  Maurice  G.  Hindus 

A    study   of   the  motives   that   govern   the   actions   of   the 
Russian  masses.    Price  $2.00. 

Ein s tein's  Explanation 

RELATIVITY 

By  Albert  Einstein 

This  is  Einstein's  own  explanation  of  his  epoch-making  dis- 
covery.   Written  clearly  and  simply.    Price  $2.50. 

Industrialism  and  War 


COAL,  IRON  AND  WAR 

By  Edwin  C.  Eckel 

An    examination   into    the   basis    of    modern    industrialism. 
Price  $2.00. 


3rd  Printing 

DITTE,  GIRL  ALIVE! 

By  Martin  Andersen  Nex© 

The    poignant    story    of    a    Danish    child's    struggles    with 
poverty,  by  the  author  of  'Telle,  the  Conqueror."    Price  $2.00. 

A  Brilliant  Novel 

TRUE  LOVE 

By  Allan  Monkhouse 

One  of  the  cleverest  novels  of  the  year,  by  the  Literary 
Editor  of  The  Manchester  Guardian.    Price  $1.75. 

America' s  Expansion 

THE  FRONTIER  IN 
AMERICAN  HISTORY 

By  Frederick  J.  Turner 

The  significance  of  the  West  in  America's  political  develop- 
ment.   Price  $2.50. 

By  Henri  Bergson 

MIND-ENERGY 

By  the  author  of  "Creative  Evolution" 

"A  great   feast  for  the  psychologist  and  the  philosopher." 
Boston  Transcript.    Price  $2.50. 

Increasing  Production 


THE  SIX-HOUR  SHIFT 

By  Lord  Leverhulme 

An  important  discussion  of  the  author's  successful  methods 
of  dealing  with  labor.    Price  $3.50. 


For  Your  Boys  and  Girls 


THE  LIGHT  HEART 

By  Maurice  Hewlett 

A  splendid  story  of  fearless  men  who 
lived  and  fought  in  the  days  of  the 
Vikings.    Price  $1.50. 


TRUE  BLUE 

By  T.  E.  Grattan-Smith 

A  corking  good  war  story  set  in 
Australia.  Full  of  action.  Illus.  Price 
$1.50. 


THE  WHIRLING  KING 

By  H.  M.  Olcott 

A  delightful  collection  of  fairy  tales 
adapted  from  the  French  and  illustrated 
with  silhouettes.    Price  $1.50. 


FIRST  STEPS  IN  THE  ENJOYMENT  OF  PICTURES 

By  Maude  I.  G.  Oliver 

The  purpose  of  this  book  is  to  help  people,  especially  children,  to  appreciate  the  beauty  of 
the  pictures  in  American  galleries.     55  illustrations.    Price  $1.50. 


HENRY     HOLT    AND     C 


19    WEST    44th    STREET 


P  AN  Y 


NEW    YORK    CITY 


~  »"—■-"" 


ii'Wiwriiit 


434 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2884 


Sweetser,  Arthur.    The  League  of  Nations  at  Work.    Macmillan. 

Taft,  W.  H.    Taft  Papers  on  the  League  of  Nations.    Macmillan. 

Tawney,  R.  H.  The  Acquisitive  Society.  Harcourt,  Brace  and 
Howe. 

The  Protocols  and  the  World  Revolution.     Small,  Maynard. 

Wambaugh,  Sarah.  A  Monograph  on  Plebiscites.  Oxford  Uni- 
versity Press. 

Webb,  Sidney  and  Beatrice.  A  Constitution  for  the  Socialist 
Commonwealth  of  Great  Britain.    Longmans,  Green. 

Zangwill,  I.  The  Voice  of  Freedom:  The  World  and  the  Jew. 
Macmillan. 

Zilboorg,  Gregory.  The  Passing  of  the  Old  Order  in  Europe. 
Seltzer. 

SCIENCE 

Alexander,  S.     Space,  Time,  and  Deity.    Macmillan.    2  vols. 
Eddington,  A.   S.     Space,  Time,  and   Gravitation.     Cambridge 

University  Press. 
Einstein,    Albert.      Relativity:    The    Special    and    the    General 

Theory.     Holt. 
Fabre,  J.  H.     More  Hunting  Wasps.     Dodd,  Mead. 
Fabre,  J.  H.    The  Secret  of  Everyday  Things.     Century. 
Schlick,   Morris.      Space   and    Time   in    Contemporary   Physics. 

Oxford  University  Press. 
Soddy,  Frederick.     Science  and  Life.     Dutton. 
Thomson,  J.  A.    The  System  of  Animate  Nature.    Holt.    2  vols. 
Yerkes,  R.  M.    The  New  World  of  Science.    Century. 

TRAVEL  AND  DESCRIPTION 

Anderson,  W.  A.     South  of  Suez.    McBride. 
Berger,  Maurice.     Germany  After  the  Armistice.     Putnam. 
Bouton,  S.  M.    The  Kaiser  Abdicates.    Yale  University  Press. 
Brown,  W.  A.,  Jr.     An  American  Democrat  in  Revolutionary 
Russia.    Yale  University  Press. 


Budge,  Sir  E.  A.  Wallis.     By  Nile  and  Tigris.     Dutton.    2  vols. 

Hergesheimer,  Joseph.     San  Cristobal  de  la  Habana.     Knopf. 

Hudson,  W.  H.    Birds  of  La  Plata.     Dutton. 

James,  G.  W.  New  Mexico:  The  Land  of  the  Delight  Makers. 
Page. 

Lansbury,  George.    What  I  Saw  in  Russia.    Boni  and  Liveright. 

Lumholtz,  Carl.     Through  Central   Borneo.     Scribner.     2  vols. 

O'Brien,  Frederick.     Drifting  Among  South  Sea  Isles.     Century. 

Pollard,  S.    In  Unknown  China.     Lippincott. 

Reed,  Earl  H.    Tales  of  a  Vanishing  River.     Lane. 

Robinson,  Albert.    Old  New  England  Houses.     Scribner. 

Safroni-Middleton,  A.     South  Sea  Foam.    Doran. 

Stefansson,  Vilhjahmur.     The  Friendly  Arctic.     Macmillan. 

Tomlinson,  H.  M.    The  Sea  and  The  Jungle.    Dutton. 

Wharton,  Edith.    In  Morocco.     Scribner. 

Williams,  Mary  W.  Social  Scandinavia  in  the  Viking  Age.  Mac- 
millan. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Bryce,  Viscount.     Democracy.     Macmillan.     2  vols. 

Foch,  Marshal.  Precepts  and  Judgments. — The  Principles  of 
War.    Holt. 

Holmes,  0.  W.  Collected  Legal  Papers.  Harcourt,  Brace  and 
Howe. 

Laut,  Agnes.     The  Book  of  Furs.     Macmillan. 

Saintsbury,  George.    Notes  on  a  Cellar-Book.     Macmillan. 

Spingarn,  J.  E.  (editor).  The  European  Library:  Titles  An- 
nounced: People,  by  Pierre  Hamp;  The  World's  Illusion,  by 
J.  Wasserman;  The  Loyal  Subject,  by  Heinrich  Mann;  The 
New  Society,  by  Walter  Rathenau;  A  Poet's  Loves,  by  Louis 
Barthou;  Sonatas,  by  Ramon  del  Valle-Inclan ;  The  Reform 
of  Education,  by  Giovanni  Gentile;  The  Culture  of  Ideas, 
by  Remy  de  Gourmont.    Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 


EW  AND  STANDARD  BOOKS 


V^,:.mi.' 


FORTHCOMING 

THE  GRAPHIC  ARTS.  By  Joseph  Pennell.  A  new  volume 
in  the  series  of  Scammon  Lectures  at  the  Art  Institute 
of  Chicago.  This  volume  deals  with  the  modern  de- 
velopment of  all  the  graphic  arts  and  is  richly  illus- 
trated.    $5.00. 

MODERN  TENDENCIES  IN  SCULPTURE.  By  Lorado 
Taft.  An  important  volume  in  the  series  of  Scammon 
Lectures  at  the  Art  Institute  of  Chicago.  This  book, 
by  the  famous  Chicago  sculptor,  discusses  the  work  of 
Auguste  Rodin,  other  European  sculpture,  and  Augus- 
tus Saint-Gaudens  and  American  sculpture.  Profusely 
illustrated.     $5.00. 

THE  FINANCIAL  ORGANIZATION  -  OF  SOCIETY.  By 
H.  G.  Moulton.  A  study  of  the  financial  aspects  of 
modern  society.  Money,  credit  facilities,  and  our 
financial  institutions  are  closely  interwoven  with  the 
entire  economic  organization.  They  should  be  studied 
in  this  relation  and  not  as  isolated  economic  agencies. 
$4.00. 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ACCOUNTING.  By  A.  C.  M.  Hodge  and 
J.  O.  McKinsey.  Designed  to  help  those  who  expect  to 
become  executives  or  expert  accountants  as  members 
of  the  organization  of  a  particular  business  enterprise, 
rather  than  as  public  accountants.     $3.00. 

INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  SOCIOLOGY.  By 
Robert  E.  Park  and  Ernest  W.  Burgess.  This  book 
is  based  on  the  belief  that  the  use  of  concrete  material 
makes  possible  a  clearer  understanding  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  sociology  than  has  been  possible  with  the 
method  of  presentation  in  the  past.  It  defines  and 
illustrates  the  concepts  and  principles  of  socioloev 
$4.50.  . 


FOR  THE  MODERN  MAN 

THE   RELIGIONS   OF  THE   WORLD    (Revised   Edition). 

By  George  A.  Barton.  The  author  gives  a  keen  and 
sympathetic  interpretation  of  all  the  great  religions,  as 
well  as  such  facts  concerning  their  origin  and  history 
as  one  must  have  in  order  to  interpret  them.     $2.00. 

CHRISTIAN  FAITH  FOR  MEN  OF  TODAY  (Revised 
Edition).  By  E.  Albert  Cook.  This  volume  contains 
a  clear  and  reasonable  interpretation  of  life  from  the 
modern  point  of  view,  and  some  definite  formulation 
of  those  beliefs  that  have  proved  most  effectual  in  the 
development  of  individual  character  and  the  promo- 
tion of  the  welfare  of  society.     $1.50. 

THE  NEW  ORTHODOXY.  By  Edward  S.  Ames.  A  state- 
ment of  the  modern  point  of  view  in  religion.  This 
book  seeks  to  present  in  simple  terms  a  view  of  re- 
ligion consistent  with  the  mental  habits  of  those 
trained  in  the  sciences,  in  the  professions,  and  in  the 
direction  of  practical  affairs.      $1.25. 

THE  PROBLEM  OF  DEMOCRACY.  Edited  by  Scott  W. 
Bedford.  An  up-to-date  discussion  of  the  problem  of 
democracy.  This  volume  includes  papers  on  the  fol- 
lowing subjects:  A  Working  Democracy,  Democracy 
and  Our  Political  System,  Organized  Labor  and 
Democracy,  Democracy  and  Community  Organiza- 
tion, Religion  and  Democracy,  Bolshevism  and  Democ- 
racy, and  Democracy  and  Socialism.     Paper;  $1.50. 

A  GUIDE  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN  RE- 
LIGION. Edited  by  Gerald  B.  Smith.  A  compre- 
hensive survey,  by  twelve  well-known  scholars,  of 
progress  in  the  new  scholarship  of  the  past  twenty-five 
years,  in  its  relation  to  the  Bible  and  theology.  $3.00. 


Postage  extra  on  direct  orders.     A  new  descriptive  catalogue  will  be  sent  upon  request. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO  PRESS 

5807  ELLIS  AVENUE  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW   YORK,   WEDNESDAY,    OCTOBER    20,    1920 


No.  2885 


Contents 


EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    435 

EDITORIALS  : 

That   League  Issue    438 

Spies   and   Spying 439 

The  German   Shipping   Plot    440 

The  Gulf  of  Henry  James 441 

Jenny    Lind     441 

TURNING  THE  LIGHT  ON  IRELAND 442 

THE  OLD  KEY-MAKER.     By  Leslie  Nelson  Jennings 443 

REDWOODS.      By    Alice    Corbin 443 

OUR  SQUANDERED  HERITAGE.     By  Gifford  Pinchot 444 

THE  CHILEAN  ELECTION.     By  Charles  E.   Chapman 445 

THE  PUBLIC  PAYS.     By  Watson  Williams 447 

THE  I.  W.  W.     By  Lewis  S.  Gannett 448 

A   NEEDED   FUNCTIONARY.     By   Grant   Showerman 449 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 450 

CORRESPONDENCE     451 

THUS  MY  DREAMS.     By   Thomas  Walsh 453 

BOOKS: 

Wisdom  and  Irony.     By  C.   V.   D 453 

Youth  in  America    454 

The  Casual   Laborer    455 

Books  in   Brief    455 

DRAMA : 

Trade-Goods.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 458 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  SECTION 459 

British   Correspondence  and   Sinn  Fein 459 

Court-Martial   Justice   in   Ireland 461 

Balbriggan    641 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.   GANNETT 

LUDWIG   LEWISOHN 

ERNEST  H.  GRUENING  CARL  VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE   NATION,   20    Vesey   Street,   New   York   City.      Cable   Address:     Nation, 

New  York.     Chicago  Office:     1170   People's   Gas   Building.      British   Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 


"  T  BELIEVE  that  since  the  armistice  the  present  admin- 
X  istration  has  made  a  failure  by  all  the  tests  that  we 
can  apply."  Mr.  Hoover's  unsparing  criticism  of  the  Wilson 
administration  is  absolutely  justified.  It  is  a  pity,  indeed, 
that  the  election  is  so  confused  by  foreign  issues  that  the 
electorate  cannot  pass  direct  judgment  upon  the  sins  of  the 
Wilson  government  in  the  actual  conduct  of  the  nation's 
business  and  the  working  of  the  governmental  machine.  In 
the  bitterness  of  the  quarrel  which  has  arisen  over  the 
treaty,  says  Mr.  Hoover,  "the  Democratic  administration 
has  so  disintegrated  as  to  be  incapable  of  a  developed  pro- 
gram for  the  great  measures  of  reconstruction  which  must 
follow  from  the  war.  We  have  simply  drifted  for  the  last 
two  years.  In  political  leadership,  this  party  has,  at  least 
for  the  present,  ceased  to  function."  This  is  the  simple 
truth,  except  that  the  disintegration  began  long  before  the 
peace  treaty.  Mr.  Wilson  has  done  away  with  team  play 
entirely,  has  paralyzed  the  usefulness  of  the  Cabinet  by 
ignoring  it  and  has  let  his  departments  go  their  way,  hit 
or  miss,  without  coordination.  For  this  alone,  leaving  out 
all  question  of  the  treaty  and  of  the  crimes  against  our 
civil  liberties,  the  Democratic  Party  ought  to  lose  every 
State  in  the  Union.  Nor  is  this  truth  weakened  by  the  fact 
that  the  Republicans  are  also  without  a  program  of  recon- 
struction and  that  Mr.  Harding,  in  our  judgment,  is  totally 
incapable  of  producing  one. 


rjlEE  NATION'S  special  correspondent  at  the  Front 
JL  Porch  has  resigned,  writing  that  he  feels  "uncom- 
fortable in  drawing  a  salary  as  a  humorist  and  satirist," 
and  that  "The  Nation  really  needs,  for  the  lighter  touch 
that  I  was  supposed  to  furnish,  only  to  send  an  ordinary 
stenographer  with  Mr.  Harding  or  to  excerpt  the  press  dis- 
patches." "When  I  wrote,"  concludes  The  Nation's  corre- 
spondent, "that  Harding,  in  answer  to  a  heckler's  question 
'Do  you  believe  that  two  and  two  make  four,'  had  replied, 
'While  sympathizing  in  a  general  way  with  the  principle,  I 
would  want  to  consider  carefully  the  circumstances.  It 
depends,  I  think,  on  what  two  and  two  you  have  in  mind,'  I 
knew  the  satire  to  be  slight,  but  still  I  felt  that  I  was  earn- 
ing my  weekly  stipend.  Now  Senator  Harding  has  com- 
pletely invaded  my  domain  and  made  my  craft  impossible, 
by  appropriating  practically  my  exact  words.  Rest  assured 
that  it  is  a  sense  of  honor  and  not  professional  jealousy 
of  the  candidate  that  makes  my  last  contribution  the  in- 
closed verbatim  press  account  of  Mr.  Harding's  latest  intel- 
lectual gymnastics": 

The  Jim  Crow  issue  was  raised  here  (Oklahoma)  for  the 
first  time,  the  daily  Oklahoman  submitting  the  following  ques- 
tions: Do  you  or  do  you  not  favor  race  segregation?  Do  you 
or  do  you  not  favor  separate  cars  for  the  white  and  black  races; 
separate  schools,  restaurants,  amusement  places,  etc.?  Senator 
Harding's  answer  was:  "I  have  not  come  from  older  Ohio  to 
tell  you  how  to  solve  your  peculiar  problems  of  the  South. 
Somebody  asked  what  I  would  do  about  the  racial  question. 
I  cannot  come  and  answer  that  for  you.  That  is  too  serious  a 
problem  for  some  of  us  to  solve  who  do  not  know  it  as  you  do 
in  your  daily  lives.  But  I  would  not  be  fitted  to  be  Pres- 
ident if  I  did  not  tell  you  in  the  South  precisely  the  same 
thing  I  would  say  in  the  North.  I  want  you  to  know  that  I 
believe  in  equality  before  the  law.  That  is  one  of  the  guaran- 
ties of  the  American  Constitution.  You  cannot  give  one  right 
to  a  white  man  and  deny  the  same  right  to  a  black  man;  but 
while  I  stand  for  that  particular  principle,  I  want  you  in  Okla- 
homa to  know  that  that  does  not  mean,  and  I  do  not  ever  intend 
that  it  mean,  that  the  white  man  and  the  black  man  must  be 
made  to  experience  the  enjoyment  of  their  rights  in  each  other's 
company." 

GOVERNOR  COX  and  Hamilton  Holt  alike  wonder  why 
Mr.  Taft  and  Mr.  Wickersham  and  Mr.  Oscar  Straus 
do  not  bolt  Mr.  Harding  as  Mr.  Herbert  Parsons  has  done, 
now  that  the  Republican  candidate  has  come  out  against  the 
treaty.  Governor  Cox  opines  it  is  hardly  proper  for  these 
lights  to  continue  to  work  for  Harding  upon  the  theory 
that  he  is  going  to  eat  his  words,  swallow  his  campaign 
promises  and  break  with  the  Republican  anti-Leaguers  when 
he  is  elected.  Mr.  Harding's  playing  fast  and  loose  with 
both  sides  is  certainly  a  monstrous  spectacle;  he  must,  if 
elected,  betray  either  the  Borahs  and  Johnsons  or  the  Tafts 
and  Wickershams.  The  truth  is  that  the  latter  stick  by 
Mr.  Harding — for  whom  it  is  impossible  that  they  can  have 
a  high  opinion  intellectually — because  they  are  thick  and 
thin  partisans  and  will  not  bolt  under  any  circumstances. 


436 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


How  can  they,  in  view  of  what  they  said  about  Theodore 
Roosevelt  when  he  undertook  to  wreck  the  party  in  1912? 
Mr.  Harding  knows  this  and  takes  advantage  of  it,  with  the 
result  that  the  whole  thing  becomes  nothing  but  hocus- 
pocus  practiced  upon  the  innocent  voter  and  affords  another 
clear  illustration  of  the  way  party  chains  operate  to  make 
men  do  violence  to  their  consciences.  Nor  will  this  situation 
change  now  that  Mr.  Cox  has  established  the  fact  that 
four  changes  proposed  by  Mr.  Taft  during  the  Paris  con- 
ference were  embodied  in  the  League  of  Nations,  and  five 
each  made  by  Messrs.  Root  and  Hughes.  This  merely  in- 
creases the  likelihood  of  a  determined  Republican  drive  to 
put  us  into  the  League  as  soon  as  Mr.  Harding  is  elected— 
a  drive  that  only  the  "irreconcilables"  can  stop. 

SENATOR  HARDING'S  proposal  for  a  new  Cabinet 
office  to  deal  with  the  social  welfare  of  the  United 
States  merits  praise  as  one  of  the  few  really  constructive 
suggestions  that  have  come  from  the  candidates.  The  ad- 
mirable work  done  by  the  Children's  Bureau  under  Julia 
Lathrop's  able  guidance  has  pointed  the  way ;  but  there  are 
limitless  fields  of  activity,  now  either  wholly  ignored  by 
the  Federal  Government  or  barely  touched  by  some  division 
of  one  or  other  of  the  departments,  which  the  Government 
should  enter.  Such  a  problem,  for  instance,  as  providing 
great  areas,  now  destitute,  with  adequate  nursing  and  medi- 
cal service  must  at  least  be  studied  by  Washington.  It 
stands  to  the  credit  of  Governor  Smith  of  New  York  that 
he  has  called,  though  as  yet  vainly,  upon  the  Legislature  at 
Albany  to  move  in  that  direction.  A  Department  of  Hu- 
manity— what  might  it  not  do  for  the  United  States  and 
all  its  people  if  it  had  but  a  tithe  of  the  money  we  devote 
to  the  instruments  of  death  and  destruction?  Meanwhile, 
we  hear  encouraging  rumors  from  Marion  that  Mr.  Harding 
and  his  associates  are  actually  planning  the  Department  of 
Public  Works  for  which  Mr.  Hoover  is  contending,  and  that 
Mr.  Hoover  is  to  be  its  head.  If  anything  like  that  is  really 
in  prospect,  the  Senator's  stock  should  rise  not  a  little.  Mr. 
Hoover's  wise  suggestion  has  been  to  combine  in  one  bureau 
— to  replace  the  existing  Department  of  the  Interior — all 
the  various  engineering  and  development  functions  now  dis- 
tributed among  various  departments — to  take  the  Panama 
Canal,  for  instance,  and  the  rivers  and  harbors  and  other 
civilian  tasks  away  from  the  War  Department,  where  they 
in  no  wise  belong,  and,  together  with  the  Alaskan  Railroad 
and  a  host  of  other  engineering  and  planning  enterprises,  to 
place  them  under  one  head  in  a  scientifically  organized  and 
managed  department.  That  would  be  a  step  forward  which 
would  redound  to  the  honor  of  any  Administration  that 
achieved  it. 

PEACE  in  Poland  at  last!  We  are  so  glad  to  welcome 
it  that  we  care  not  at  all  whether  Poles  or  Russians 
got  the  better  of  the  boundary  dispute,  or  whether  their  haste 
to  end  the  strife  marks  great  Bolshevist  weakness  or  does 
not.  We  can  only  rejoice  that  another  bit  of  the  tortured 
earth  is  freed  from  the  most  horrible  of  scourges ;  that  the 
blood-letting  which  has  gone  steadily  on  in  Poland  and 
eastern  Russia  for  more  than  six  terrible  years  has  come 
to  an  end.  There  ought  to  be  Te  Deums  in  every  church 
on  earth,  and  a  resolute  determination  on  the  part  of  all 
humanitarians  to  stop  any  further  hostilities  in  Russia.  The 
Wrangel  enterprise  is  now  actually — if  dispatches  tell  the 
truth — to  be  headed  by  the  redoubtable  French  general  with 


the  German  name,  Weygand,  with  the  full  aid  of  the  French 
Republic.  Against  that  aggression  every  friend  of  the  French 
people  ought  to  cry  out,  for  it  is  a  dire  blow  to  the 
already  fading  reputation  that  France  acquired  during  its 
defense  of  its  own  soil.  As  for  the  Bolsheviki,  they  will  be 
taunted  now  for  having  made  peace  so  cheaply;  it  will  be 
said  that  they  are  yellow  as  well  as  red;  that  they  were 
compelled  to  grant  better  terms  than  they  first  offered.  It 
will  be  forgotten  that  at  the  beginning  they  offered  amaz- 
ingly generous  terms — more  territory  than  the  British  asked 
them  to — and  actually  tried  to  compel  the  blood-guilty  Polish 
Government  to  promise  land  to  the  widows  and  orphans  of 
the  men  who  wantonly  invaded  Russian  territory.  Surely 
this  was  the  most  humane  peace  condition  ever  demanded  of 
one  antagonist  by  another.  The  whole  peace  negotiation 
with  Poland  reflects  enduring  credit  on  Petrograd. 

IT  is  with  a  sinking  heart  and  a  sense  of  the  desperate 
tragedy  of  Ireland  that  one  reads  Mr.  Lloyd  George's 
angry  refusal  to  face  the  facts.  Mr.  Asquith  calls  it  a 
"declaration  of  insolvency."  It  is  worse;  it  is  a  declaration 
of  war.  There  has  been  war  in  Ireland,  but  unavowed;  and 
believers  in  the  British  sense  of  fair  play  had  hoped  that 
recognition  of  the  facts  would  bring  a  new  spirit,  and  that 
the  publicity  which  has  been  given  the  police  "reprisals" 
would  bring  a  revulsion  of  feeling  throughout  England.  It 
is  not  so;  Mr.  Lloyd  George  calls  the  police  "these  gallant 
men  who  are  doing  their  duty  in  Ireland"  and  Sinn  Fein  a 
"murder  gang."  After  toadying  to  Sir  Edward  Carson's- 
threats  of  force,  Mr.  Lloyd  George  now  mounts  a  moral 
horse  and  says  that  to  give  Ireland  freedom  now  would 
mean  being  "bullied  by  assassins."  A  free  Ireland,  he  says, 
would  mean  the  constant  threat  of  war,  the  necessity  of 
conscription  in  England,  and,  because  of  Ulster,  "civil  war 
at  our  own  door."  But  England  has  civil  war  at  her  door 
now;  and  cannot  England  learn  from  the  generous  response 
to  her  own  generous  policy  in  South  Africa  what  would  be 
the  result  of  generosity,  or  even  justice,  to  Ireland?  Mr. 
Lloyd  George  does  not  yet  believe  that  Ireland  is  a  nation 
of  Irishmen,  not  one  of  Englishmen  under  another  name; 
Mr.  Asquith  and  Viscount  Grey  and  other  Englishmen  who 
have  long  been  half -blind  are  seeing  new  light;  but  until 
the  rest  of  England  wakes  up  sufficiently  to  force  Lloyd 
George  to  change  his  course  the  Irish  question  cannot  even 
begin  to  be  solved. 

ONE  more  coat  of  whitewash  has  been  given  to  the 
American  administration  in  Haiti  in  the  report  of 
Major  General  John  A.  Lejeune,  Commanding  General  of 
the  Marine  Corps,  on  the  work  of  his  Marine  forces  in  Haiti 
— who  ever  heard  of  a  general  censuring  his  subordinates 
under  such  circumstances? — and  in  Secretary  Daniels's 
covering  letter.  Secretary  Daniels  explains  that  "the  orders 
given  by  me  were  uniformly  to  all  officers  to  regard  them- 
selves as  friendly  brothers  of  the  Haitians."  We  suppose  he 
includes  in  his  friendly  attitude  his  own  approval  of  the 
recommendation  of  his  Judge  Advocate  General  a  year  ago 
to  set  aside  the  verdict  of  a  court-martial  against  an  officer 
who  admitted  ordering  his  troops  "to  shoot  all  native  pris- 
oners captured  by  them  if  such  prisoners  were  considered 
cacos  or  persons  in  revolt."  General  Lejeune  finds  the  coun- 
try peaceful;  he  was  actually  able  to  travel  through  the 
country  without  a  guard  and  found  no  evidence  of  hostility. 
But  before  the  American  occupation,  lone  American  women 


\/ 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


437 


could  and  did  ride  through  the  country  districts  unmolested. 
He  found  "throughout  Haiti  a  strong  sentiment  of  grati- 
tude to  the  Marines."  Naturally ;  Haitians  who  had  showed 
themselves  ungrateful  in  the  past  had  had  their  salaries 
stopped,  if  not  worse.  Why  should  they  not  be  grateful? 
General  Lejeune  remarks  that  he  "found  in  the  guardhouse 
several  marines  who  had  been  tried  by  court-martial  for 
engaging  in  brawls  with  Haitians."  And  he  comments: 
"Affairs  of  this  kind  are  of  course  very  regrettable  but  are 
nevertheless  unavoidable."  Such  partisan  "investigation"  will 
not  do;  Congress  must  send  a  fearless  and  unbiased  com- 
mission to  Haiti,  and  witnesses  must  be  safeguarded  against 
reprisals.  And  our  marines  must  come  out  and  leave  Haiti 
free. 

GENEROUS  and  just  and  heaven-sent  at  this  particular 
hour — these  are  the  only  words  to  apply  to  the  action 
of  the  British  Government  in  preparing  their  plan  to  retreat 
from  Egypt  and  to  live  up  to  the  solemn  Gladstonean  pledge 
to  let  that  country  go  her  own  way.  The  more  the  details 
of  the  arrangement  leak  out,  the  better  they  sound.  True, 
we  do  not  yet  know  the  full  scope  of  the  release,  and  the 
plan  has  yet  to  go  before  the  Egyptians  for  ratification  and 
acceptance — their  various  leaders  in  Paris  are  reported  to 
have  accepted  it.  But  in  an  hour  of  rampant  imperialism,  of 
cynical  disregard  for  the  rights  of  small  nations  and  sub- 
ject peoples,  this  action  is  like  a  refreshing  breeze,  all  the 
more  arousing  because  we  Americans  are  so  guilty  in  Haiti 
and  Santo  Domingo.  But  how,  if  England  can  be  so  just  to 
,  Egypt,  can  her  Government  still  refuse  to  be  equally  unselfish 
and  enlightened  toward  India  and  Ireland  ?  That  the  British 
did  many  admirable  things  in  Egypt  will  not  be  denied. 
Their  experience  with  the  Egyptians  proves,  however,  that 
it  is  by  no  means  enough  to  improve  the  courts,  develop  the 
railroads,  increase  the  crops,  and  better  the  schools  and  the 
public  health.  The  English  have  never  been  able  to  win 
the  regard  of  the  natives;  mankind  is  getting  beyond  that 
stage  in  which  peoples  accept  favors  handed  down  from 
above  by  those  who  rule  without  the  consent  of  the  gov- 
erned. Still,  it  is  possible  heartily  to  approve  Lloyd  George's 
decision  to  confine  English  relationship  to  Egypt  to  some- 
thing corresponding  to  that  between  Cuba  and  the  United 
States. 


"I  HAVE  come,"  began  Mrs.  Arthur  G.  Hayes,  of  the 
1  Civil  Liberties  Bureau,  "to  see  if  Mount  Vernon  is  a 
city  where  free  speech  is  prevented "  whereupon  Police- 
Lieutenant  Silverstein  answered  her  question  by  taking  her 
and  two  men  who  made  much  the  same  remark  to  Police 
Headquarters.  The  seal  of  the  law  was  thus  put  on  extra- 
constitutional  government  in  Mount  Vernon  by  order  of  no 
less  a  person  than  Mayor  Kincaid.  The  Mayor  has  taken 
unto  himself  powers  that  even  the  Department  of  Justice 
might  consider  arbitrary.  By  an  ancient  city  ordinance  re- 
cently revived,  no  open  air  meetings  may  be  held  in  Mount 
Vernon  without  a  permit  from  the  Mayor;  the  Mayor  dis- 
approves of  socialism ;  as  a  result  no  Socialist  meetings  may 
be  held.  Little  things  like  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  mean  nothing  to  Mayor  Kincaid.  Special  Counsel 
Esser,  of  Mount  Vernon,  took  the  stand  that  the  ordinance 
was  unconstitutional  and  advised  the  three  persons  arrested 
to  make  a  test  case  of  their  detention;  Mayor  Kincaid  ac- 
cordingly suspended  Mr.  Esser  and  will  ask  the  Common 
Council  to  make  his  suspension  permanent.    Not  for  nothing 


have  the  dragons'  teeth  of  autocracy  been  sown  for  eight 
years  by  the  Administration ;  from  coast  to  coast  the  fearful 
crop  is  being  gathered  in. 

THE  railroads  are  taking  great  pride  in  the  improved 
showing  they  are  making  in  the  handling  of  freight. 
Thus  they  are  setting  forth  that  the  amount  of  freight 
handled  by  the  railroads  in  August  broke  all  records  for 
that  month  by  4,000  car  loads.  In  July  the  average  mileage 
per  freight  car  increased  to  25.7  miles  per  day,  or  4.4  miles 
per  day  more  than  the  record  for  July,  1919.  The  Pennsyl- 
vania system  delivered  15,212  cars  of  coal  in  May,  1920, 
and  in  August  ran  the  figure  up  to  41,849.  In  August, 
8,616  cars  of  ore  were  loaded  in  Cleveland,  as  contrasted 
with  2,759  in  March  and  5,045  in  May.  Taking  the  country 
as  a  whole,  there  were  3,704  freight  trains  dispatched  daily 
in  August  as  against  3,538  in  July.  The  number  of  locomo- 
tives awaiting  repairs,  or  undergoing  them,  has  been  re- 
duced from  1,600  a  day  at  the  termination  of  Federal  con- 
trol to  1,000  at  the  beginning  of  September,  while  "bad 
order"  freight  cars  have  been  decreased  from  26,000  per  day 
in  the  same  period  to  8,700.  Individual  roads  are  making 
special  efforts  to  speed  up  unloading,  to  enlarge  the  load 
per  car,  and  to  increase  the  car  mileage.  Thus,  the  Chesa- 
peake &  Ohio  has  increased  its  average  freight  car  mileage 
by  33  per  cent,  contrasting  July,  1920,  and  July,  1919.  The 
New  York  Central  is  setting  forth  in  display  advertising 
the  very  considerable  equipment  orders  it  has  placed  and 
the  rapid  progress  made  in  restoring  the  broken  down  equip- 
ment turned  over  to  it  by  the  Government.  All  this,  if  true, 
is  distinctly  encouraging,  especially  as  the  coal  situation  in 
the  East  appears  to  be  much  improved.  Evidently  the  rail- 
roads are  realizing  that  this  is  their  last  chance  to  show 
that  railroads  managed  for  private  profit  can  and  will  serve 
the  public.  Time  will  prove  whether  they  will  be  successful, 
or  whether  they  will  yield  to  the  old  temptations  to  run  the 
roads  with  sole  regard  for  private  profit. 

OUR  new  poetry  is  beginning  to  strike  the  imagination 
of  Europe.  In  the  Mercure  de  France  (August  1) 
Jean  Catel  is  graceful  and  sound  on  the  work  of  Edward 
Arlington  Robinson.  But  it  is  clear  that  John  Gould 
Fletcher,  Carl  Sandburg,  and  Vachel  Lindsay  correspond 
more  closely  to  his  preconceived  vision  of  an  American 
poetry.  He  is  acutest  on  Miss  Amy  Lowell.  He  sees,  of 
course,  that  her  polyphonic  prose  is  quite  unlike  Paul  Fort, 
but  makes  the  curious  mistake  of  allying  it  to  English 
blank-verse  which  he  thinks  an  ungirdled  and  prosaic  form. 
No  one,  however,  has  more  closely  noted  her  "sharp  and 
almost  morbid  perception  of  the  external  world,"  and  the 
"tenuousness  of  her  Japanese  'stylization'."  In  the  Neue 
Rundschau  for  June,  Fraulein  Claire  Goll  treats  primarily 
Masters,  Sandburg,  and  Lindsay  with  emphasis  on  what 
she  feels  to  be  the  limitless  and  dithyrambic  element  in  their 
work.  Her  imagination,  more  even  than  M.  Catel's,  is  fired 
by  what  seems  to  her  an  appropriate  American  contrast  to 
the  tameness  of  European  art.  She  illustrates  her  articles 
by  some  notably  fine  versions  from  the  "Chicago  Poems" 
and  the  "Spoon  River  Anthology,"  and  is  amusingly  well 
informed  concerning  the  "little"  magazines  of  the  minute. 
Both  critics  have  in  mind  a  somewhat  mythical  America 
which  they  read  into  our  verse.  But  both  are  almost  as 
instructive  through  their  misconceptions  as  through  their 
just  appreciations. 


438 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


That  League  Issue 


BUNCOMBE  has  always  been  characteristic  of  political 
campaigns;  it  is  particularly  characteristic  of  the 
present  campaign,  and  the  discussions  of  the  League  of 
Nations  "issue"  have  been  almost  100  per  cent  flapdoodle. 
Both  Republicans  and  Democrats  have  misrepresented  facts 
with  an  almost  violent  contempt  for  truth,  and  the  public, 
certain  only  that  it  is  weary  of  an  issue  that  does  not  even 
remotely  touch  the  pressing  economic  problems  of  daily  life, 
will  elect  Senator  Harding  not  only  because  it  is  utterly  sick 
of  Wilson  and  his  works  but  because  it  has  come  to  believe 
that  Harding  will  keep  us  out  of  the  League,  out  of  Europe, 
out  of  war. 

We  are  not  so  sure.  Senator  Harding  is  a  master  of  am- 
biguous utterance.  In  the  same  speech  in  which  he  declared 
himself  "against  the  proposed  League"  and  said  "I  do  not 
want  to  clarify  these  obligations;  I  want  to  turn  my  back 
on  them;  it  is  not  interpretation  but  rejection  that  I  am 
seeking,"  he  also  predicted  that  "we  shall  have  an  associa- 
tion of  nations  for  the  promotion  of  international  peace,  but 
one  which  shall  so  definitely  safeguard  our  sovereignty  and 
recognize  our  ultimate  and  unmortgaged  freedom  of  action 
that  it  will  have  back  of  it  not  a  divided  and  distracted  senti- 
ment but  the  united  support  of  the  American  people."  Sen- 
ator Borah  and  Senator  Johnson  appear  satisfied  with  this. 
It  is  certainly  far  enough  from  the  Senator's  previous  state- 
ments that  "if  the  League  has  been  so  entwined  and  inter- 
woven into  the  peace  of  Europe  that  its  good  must  be  pre- 
served in  order  to  stabilize  the  peace  of  that  continent,  then 
it  may  be  amended  or  revised"  (August  28),  and  "We  are  all 
agreed  now  that  amendment  or  revision  and  reconstruction 
is  possible  and  vastly  better  than  reservations"  (September 
5).  But  to  us  it  sounds  like  straddling,  like  a  step  toward 
acceptance  of  a  modified  league.  Lloyd  George  thinks  that 
after  the  elections  the  United  States  will  come  into  the 
League.  We  fear  it  will — unless  a  sufficiently  determined 
group  of  wilful  men  stand  firm.  There  has  been  no  clear- 
cut  unambiguous  statement  from  Senator  Harding  about 
this  issue.  He  is  against  "this  league" ;  he  is  for  an  "asso- 
ciation of  nations";  he  is  against  Article  X;  he  is  for  the 
Hague  Tribunal,  and  the  Root  plan  of  a  League  Tribunal. 
Big  business  wants  America  in  the  League.  The  govern- 
ments of  Europe  want  America  in  the  League,  and  are  ready 
to  make  concessions,  modifications,  interpretations,  amend- 
ments, or  reservations,  to  win  our  support,  and  Senator 
Harding  has  not  yet  indicated  that  he  will  not  be  bought 
upon  such  terms,  or  what  changes  he  would  demand.  The 
United  States  elected  Woodrow  Wilson  President  upon  the 
issue  "He  kept  us  out  of  the  war,"  and  five  months  after  the 
election  Woodrow  Wilson  plunged  us  into  the  war;  shall  it 
elect  Senator  Harding  upon  the  issue  "He'll  keep  us  out  of 
the  League"  only  to  find  itself,  five  months  after,  facing 
another  cold  plunge? 

Throughout  the  campaign  the  fundamental  defects  of  the 
League  have  been  neglected.  There  has  been  no  discussion 
of  its  form,  guaranteeing  to  the  great  powers  associated 
against  Germany  in  the  late  war  a  perpetual  domination 
over  the  small  nations,  the  neutrals,  and  their  late  enemies ; 
there  has  been  no  protest  against  the  nullifying  provision 
that  no  amendment  can  be  made  without  the  unanimous 
agreement  of  all  members  of  the  Council  of  the  League,  nor 


against  the  majority  control  of  that  Council  by  the  five 
"great  powers";  no  campaign  voice  has  been  raised  to  de- 
mand that  the  League  be  democratized,  that  it  be  made  rep- 
resentative of  and  responsible  to  the  peoples  of  the  world, 
rather  than  solely  to  the  governments,  at  a  time  when  gov- 
ernments, and  particularly  the  governments  of  the  four 
dominant  powers,  are  acting  with  an  arbitrariness  and  irre- 
sponsibility almost  unique  in  recent  history.  Instead,  there 
has  been  unmitigated  poppycock ;  talk  of  England's  six  votes 
in  the  League,  talk  of  solving  the  Irish  problem  by  present- 
ing it  to  the  League,  talk  of  what  Article  X  may  or  may 
not  be  interpreted  to  mean.  The  British  Empire  has  indeed 
six  votes  in  the  Assembly  of  the  League,  but  the  Assembly 
has  no  power,  and  if  it  had,  Franklin  Roosevelt's  cynical 
reply  holds  true:  the  United  States,  without  a  semblance  of 
right,  controls  the  votes  of  half  a  dozen  Caribbean  republics 
which  are  at  present  pocket  boroughs  of  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment. The  Irish  case  might  indeed  be  presented  to  the 
Council  of  the  League,  but  the  Council  can  take  no  action 
unless  it  be  unanimous,  and  with  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  British 
Government  represented  on  the  Council,  unanimous  action 
of  any  help  to  Ireland  would  be  impossible. 

Whatever  may  be  the  merits  of  the  various  controversies 
between  protagonists  and  antagonists  of  the  League,  such  as 
the  present  Wilson-Spencer  dispute,  there  emerges  from  this, 
as  indeed  from  all  other  clarification,  defense  and  explana- 
tion by  the  League's  most  distinguished  champion,  the  cer- 
tainty that  his  panacea  for  world  peace  was  conceived  in 
secrecy  and  intrigue.  The  American  people,  as  indeed  the 
French  and  British  and  Italian  and  every  other  people, 
have  a  right  to  know  every  single  word  that  was  said  by 
their  representatives  at  Paris  or  Versailles;  no  man,  how- 
ever highly  placed,  has  a  right  to  conceal  from  them  any 
promise  or  any  statement  made  on  their  behalf  or  in  their 
name;  and  one  of  the  greatest  among  the  many  Wilson  be- 
trayals is  this  practice,  he  himself  so  unsparingly  con- 
demned, of  a  vicious  secret  diplomacy  which  led  to  such 
signal  failure  at  Paris,  and  continues  in  Mr.  Colby's  star- 
chamber  methods  at  Washington. 

But  Mr.  Harding  does  not  denounce  secret  diplomacy;  he 
does  not  promise  that  all  his  dealings  with  foreign  peoples 
or  governments  will  be  open  and  aboveboard;  he  shows  no 
penetration  of  the  fundamental  vices  of  Weltpolitik  which 
gave  birth  to  the  war  and  to  the  abortive  League  covenant, 
nor  any  vision  of  a  generous  league  of  peoples  meeting  the 
tragedy  of  the  after-war  world  in  a  spirit  of  reconciliation 
and  cooperation.  He  uses  the  League  merely  as  an  instru- 
ment for  attack  upon  the  Wilson  Administration,  and  the 
Democrats  reply  with  the  fair  phrases  and  idealistic  catch- 
words which  inspired  the  world  two  years  ago,  but  which 
were  not  realized  in  and  do  not  apply  to  the  deformed  Paris 
"Covenant."  "Bunk"  is  the  word  to  apply  to  the  campaign 
talk  about  the  League.  The  League  as  formed  has  not 
stopped  war  in  Europe,  and  even  with  the  participation  of 
the  United  States  it  would  not  and  could  not  stop  wars,  for 
it  is  an  instrument  of  the  Great  Powers  which  are  responsi- 
ble for  the  twenty-odd  wars  in  Europe  today.  And  Senator 
Harding's  "outright"  repudiation  of  the  League  leaves  us 
with  no  conviction  that,  once  elected,  he  too  will  not  lead 
us  by  a  camouflaged  route  into  the  dishonored  League. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


439 


Spies  and  Spying 


NO  more  striking  evidence  of  the  allegation  that  in  war 
hostile  nations  exchange  characteristics  can  be  found 
than  in  the  development  of  espionage  in  the  United  States. 
A  recent  dispatch  to  the  New  York  Evening  Sun  places  the 
annual  cost  of  government  spies  at  $50,000,000,  but  admits, 
no  doubt  correctly,  that  "Uncle  Sam  is  spending  considerably 
more  than  that  sum."  When  the  faithful  historian  attempts 
to  weigh  the  good  and  evil  results  of  our  participation  in  the 
war,  he  will  balance  against  the  valor  of  our  troops  and  the 
striking  technical  achievements  of  mobilization  and  trans- 
port, the  growth  of  a  loathsome  cancer  in  the  democracy  at 
home.  The  destructive  effects  of  war  on  all  decent  impulses, 
on  humanity,  kindliness,  fair  play,  and  honest  thought,  have 
been  painfully  evident  in  the  last  five  years.  But  few  who 
love  America  for  the  ideal  that  is  hers  would  have  believed 
possible  so  grievous  and  fundamental  a  departure  from  in- 
herited traditions. 

Expanding  rapidly,  in  keeping  with  the  war  machine,  not 
less  than  four  large  organizations,  official  and  semi-official, 
devoted  to  detection,  infiltrated  the  entire  land.  In  every 
city,  town,  hamlet,  their  agents  were  appointed,  usually  from 
the  upper  walks  of  life,  friends  of  friends  in  the  original 
organization  nuclei,  or  members  of  local  branches  of  security 
and  defense  societies.  These  amateur  sleuths  accepted  the 
important  task  of  passing  upon  the  acts,  beliefs,  and 
thoughts  of  their  neighbors.  With  the  war  hysteria  rapidly 
created  by  official  propaganda  and  a  shrieking  press, 
straitjacket  standards  of  opinion  were  rigidly  formulated 
and  the  country's  thought  conscripted  into  an  army  of 
mental  regulars.  The  phantasm  of  German  intrigue,  pass- 
ing from  mouth  to  mouth,  spread  easily  in  a  country  where 
hundreds  of  thousands  still  believe  that  arms  are  stored  in 
Catholic  Church  basements  with  which  Knights  of  Colum- 
bus drill  regularly.  It  is  an  ancient  story,  but  the  people  of 
today  are  not  informed  of  the  Spanish  Inquisition,  the  Cal- 
vinistic  persecutions,  the  Titus  Oates  plots,  and  the  other 
Terrors,  nor  would  they,  even  if  informed,  apply  the  obvious 
moral.  The  present  is  always  a  different  story!  Yet  at 
least  American  history,  excepting  the  minor  febrility  during 
the  Alien  and  Sedition  Acts,  over  one  hundred  years  ago,  had 
been  singularly  free  from  Russo-Prussian  methods.  But 
now  not  only  was  the  Hun  at  the  gates — he  was  among  us. 

That  scholarly  professor  who  had  studied  in  Leipzig  and 
would  not  join  in  reviling  all  German  science;  that  lover  of 
fair  play  who  remarked  that  the  Germans  were  putting  up 
a  great  fight ;  that  student  of  affairs  who  alleged  that  Italy's 
motives  seemed  less  lofty  than  those  of  the  other  Allies ;  that 
sincere  preacher  unable  readily  to  accept  the  gospel  of  the 
Mannings  and  the  Hillises  that  "Jesus  was  no  mollycoddle 
pacifist" ;  that  peaceable  old  farmer  with  the  German  name, 
suspiciously  minding  his  own  business  and  not  mingling 
with  the  "Soys"  at  the  store;  that  employer  who  would  not 
promptly  discharge  his  faithful  German  employees,  or  those 
of  German  descent;  that  "defeatist,"  who  said  that  the  war 
Would  last  a  long  time  and  that  Germany  would  be  hard  to 
beat;  that  optimist  who  said  that  victory  would  be  easy  and 
that  there  was  no  need  of  extending  ourselves ;  that  humani- 
tarian who  did  not  believe  babies  of  any  nationality  should 
be  starved,  not  even  German  ones;  that  economist  who 
thought  that  the  expenses  of  the  war  should  be  raised  wholly 
by  taxation ;  that  liberal  who  quoted  Thomas  Jefferson,  Wen- 


dell Phillips,  or  Abraham  Lincoln  on  the  subject  of  rights 
and  liberties;  that  philosophical  radical,  anticipating  by  two 
years  Woodrow  Wilson's  opinion  that  this  was  a  commercial 
war ;  that  young  fellow  who  said  honestly  that  he  didn't  like 
the  idea  of  getting  shot:  each  one  of  these  was  reported  to 
the  authorities.  The  acquaintance  with  whom  he  rode  daily 
in  the  train,  the  "friend"  with  whom  he  lunched  at  the  club, 
the  fellow  worker  at  the  next  desk,  the  nodding  acquaintance 
who  strolled  over  for  a  bit  of  a  chat  about  the  war,  these 
listened,  often  agreeing;  they  duly  noted,  they  transcribed, 
they  transmitted  to  Washington.  Meantime  they  also  spread 
the  report,  for  there's  nothing  like  giving  a  dog  a  bad  name, 
and  no  hearsay  rumor  was  too  vague,  too  casual,  to  be  glori- 
fied into  a  Washington  department  dossier,  to  be  trans- 
formed in  turn  into  an  efferent  force  to  hunt,  to  persecute, 
and,  in  the  language  of  the  day  to  "get"  the  object  of  sus- 
picion. If  possible  his  job  was  taken  away  from  him  by 
false  and  malicious  reports,  with  the  implication  to  any 
hesitant  employer  that  he,  too,  might  be  suspected.  The  loss 
of  the  job  then  became  proof  of  guilt,  to  be  used  for  further 
persecutions.  The  opportunities  for  satisfying  personal 
grudges  were  immense.  The  informer,  of  course,  always 
remained  safely  invisible,  incognito,  and  the  victim  was 
given  no  chance  to  clear  himself.  Innocent  persons  might 
be  persecuted,  but  the  excuse  that  Blasco  Ibanez  so  effec- 
tively placed  in  the  mouths  of  German  officers  was  as  cur- 
rent here,  "Maybe,  but  this  is  war,  and  the  country  must  be 
given  the  benefit  of  the  doubt." 

What  a  tragic  farce  it  all  was!  What  a  jest  to  perpetrate 
on  a  nation  proud  of  its  sense  of  humor!  Judge  Anderson, 
United  States  District  Attorney  in  Massachusetts  at  that 
time,  and  therefore  well  informed,  found  99x/2  per  cent  of  all 
the  alleged  plots  entirely  spurious.  And  doubtless  the  re- 
maining one-half  per  cent,  like  the  Administration  beer  of 
equal  content,  was  exceedingly  thin.  Bernstorff's  recent 
memoirs  reveal  his  appreciation  of  being  credited  with  a 
far-reaching  organization  which  existed  only  in  minds  bent 
on  "seein'  things  at  night." 

Indeed  the  great  German  spy  system  in  America  was  but 
another  colossal  myth,  the  deep-laid  Teuton  conspiracies: 
newspaper  yarns,  motion  picture  scenarios,  dime  novel  plots. 
Except  the  self-proclaimed  German  agents — the  Boy-Eds, 
Papens,  and  von  Igels,  unearthed  by  their  own  conspicuous 
acts  and  the  ubiquitous  British  secret  service  long  before 
our  entry  into  the  war,  who  were  the  super  plotters,  the 
"master  spies"?  A  few  miserable  Hindus,  a  handful  of  in- 
surgent Irish,  some  scattering  loose-tongued  aliens  and  hair- 
brained  radicals  were  the  only  minnows  in  our  vast  net. 
Not  a  single  first-class  spy  was  caught,  and  had  such  existed 
it  is  doubtful  whether  any  one  on  the  fifty  million  dollar 
salary  roll  could  have  recognized  him.  For  the  great  one- 
half  per  cent  efficient  army  of  gum-shoe  informers  was  99^ 
per  cent  in  one  respect  only.  It  was  a  detective  force  of 
Americans  to  detect  Americans,  as  the  honor  roll  of  an 
Archibald  Stevenson  "list"  made  thoroughly  clear. 

The  war  has  been  over  for  two  years,  sanity  is  slowly 
returning,  and  the  sick  old  world  is  trying  to  throw  off  the 
poison  injected  by  men  loudly  boasting  100  per  cent  Amer- 
icanism, but  with  no  real  concept  of  American  ideals,  no 
instinct  of  honor  and  square  dealing.  When  justifying  their 
sneaking  and  spying  on  friends  and  neighbors  by  refuge  to 


440 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


"patriotism,"  and  the  allegation  that  the  Hun  was  in  our 
midst,  they  were,  after  all,  right.  They  themselves  were  the 
Huns— shadow  Huns,  if  you  will,  the  foes  within  of  de- 
mocracy. 

The  virus  still  remains  in  our  body  politic.  Red-hunting 
has  replaced  Hun-hunting  with  the  same  injustices,  the 
same  persecution  of  decent  and  harmless  persons,  the  same 
letter-steaming  and  telephone  tapping.  The  infection  of  the 
spy  idea  has  permeated  other  departments  of  the  Govern- 
ment. The  prohibition  amendment  has  opened  a  new  para- 
dise for  under-cover  informants.  Not  needed  to  enforce 
the  law,  they  are  merely  furnishing  endless  opportunities 
for  graft,  bribery,  and  law-breaking  on  their  own  part. 
The  public,  of  course,  pays  the  bills  in  staggering  taxes. 
The  New  York  police  department  has  just  been  handed  an 
extra  $100,000  to  help  its  work  on  the  utterly  unsolved 
Wall  Street  explosion  mystery,  but  thus  far  federal  and 
municipal  agents  have  succeeded  only  in  arresting,  terrify- 
ing and  beating  up  a  few  innocent  alien  laborers.  Private 
industry,  meanwhile,  has  taken  a  leaf  from  the  Government 
book,  as  the  Interchurch  steel  report  so  graphically  revealed, 
and  the  political  opinions  of  workmen  rather  than  the  qual- 
ity of  their  work  are  becoming  in  many  instances  the  deter- 
minants of  their  employment.  How  long  will  the  American 
people  stand  for  all  this?  How  long  will  they  continue  to 
pay  for  a  Czarist  system  of  espionage,  never  needed,  never 
in  the  least  justified  in  this  country,  which  poisons  the  well- 
springs  of  our  national  life,  creates  ill-will,  distrust  and 
hatred — of  all  things  best  spared  in  the  world  just  now? 
"Until  it  is  eliminated,"  to  quote  Judge  Anderson,  "decent 
human  relations  cannot  exist  between  the  employers  and  em- 
ployees, or  even  among  employees,"  which  means  that  decent 
human  relations  cannot  exist  at  all  until  the  spy  is  routed 
out  of  American  life. 


The  German  Shipping  Plot 

THAT  another  German  plot  to  injure  the  United  States 
has  been  discovered  must  now  be  apparent  to  every 
one  who  peruses  the  daily  press.  The  contract  between  the 
Hamburg-American  Line  and  the  Harriman  shipping  in- 
terests has  been  so  beclouded  by  charges  and  counter- 
charges, by  criminations  and  recriminations,  by  revelations 
as  to  the  conduct  of  Hamburg-American  officials  during  the 
war,  that  any  reader  is  entitled  to  feel  that  the  Germans 
have  been  caught  once  more  at  their  old  tricks.  True, 
Admiral  Benson  is  most  emphatically  in  favor  of  the  con- 
tract, and  somehow  one  does  not  regard  a  Harriman  as  the 
kind  of  person  who  readily  has  the  wool  pulled  over  his 
eyes;  but  even  this  will  not  avail.  Plainly,  America  has 
been  gulled  once  more. 

Yet  the  simple  facts  of  the  case  are  worth  recalling. 
What  is  the  one  outstanding  difficulty  in  the  way  of  the 
establishment  of  a  great  American  merchant  marine?  It 
is  that  while  we  have  the  ships  and  the  men  to  man  them 
obviously  we  lack  technical  experience  and  knowledge  in 
the  handling  of  ocean-going  vessels.  No  one  can  go  into  the 
business  of  running  ships  with  complete  success  if  his  busi- 
ness has  hitherto  been  the  buying  of  bonds  or  the  selling 
of  automobiles.  This  business  has  its  technical  difficulties 
and  pitfalls,  like  any  other  trade  which  requires  experts  to 
manage  it.  No  new  owner  of  American  tramp  ships  can 
hope  to  compete  off  hand  with  the  great  English  firms  whose 


experience  in  handling  tramp  steamers  has  been  acquired 
by  more  than  a  century  of  familiarity  with  the  handling  of 
cargo  vessels.  Such  a  family  as  the  Runcimans  of  Newcastle- 
on-Tyne,  for  instance,  inherits  skill  in  this  field  from  the 
labors  of  four  successive  generations.  All  the  great  English, 
French,  and  German  lines  have  brought  together  technical 
staffs  of  the  highest  training  and  of  long  service;  and  these 
were  kept  together  during  the  war  even  when  the  ships  of 
the  various  lines  were  taken  over  for  war  purposes  by 
their  governments.  No  such  staffs  existed  in  America  when 
the  war  broke  out,  with  possibly  two  or  three  exceptions. 
They  cannot  be  created  over  night.  Every  new  group  of 
capitalists  which  since  the  sudden  expansion  of  our  fleet  has 
entered  the  field  with  the  idea  of  running  ships  on  regular 
routes  or  of  handling  tramps  that  wander  from  harbor  to 
harbor,  has  been  confronted  with  this  difficulty. 

It  is  no  wonder,  therefore,  that  Americans  like  Mr.  Harri- 
man and  Admiral  Benson  saw  in  the  opportunity  of  bringing 
together  American  ships  and  German  technical  skill  an  ar- 
rangement the  advantages  of  which  were  overwhelmingly 
on  the  American  side.  The  German  lines  are  stripped  of 
vessels;  up  to  this  time  they  have  been  able  to  purchase  no 
vessels  abroad,  not  even  to  repurchase  any  of  their  old  ves- 
sels turned  over  to  the  Allies.  They  may  not  be  able  to 
build  or  buy  for  years  to  come.  Naturally  they  welcome  the 
opportunity  to  turn  over  their  former  trade  lines  to  Ameri- 
can ships,  giving  them  all  their  facilities,  such  as  docks  and 
wharves  in  foreign  ports,  and  the  benefit  of  their  technical 
knowledge  and  equipment  so  that  they  may  keep  their  staffs 
intact  toward  the  day  when  in  the  far  distant  future  they 
may  be  able  to  reestablish  their  own  great  fleets.  The 
informal  initiative  in  this  matter  came  from  the  United 
States  and  at  the  very  time  the  contract  was  concluded 
at  least  a  half-dozen  other  countries  were  seeking  the  privi- 
leges which  Mr.  Harriman  obtained.  Of  course,  this  will  not 
satisfy  the  super-patriots  who  think  that  we  should  never 
deal  with  Germans  again,  but  it  looks  to  us  suspiciously 
like  good  American  business  sense  and  enterprise. 

It  may  well  be  that  certain  clauses  of  the  contracts  are 
vague,  and  that  the  arrangement,  if  successful,  will  improve 
Germany's  trade  status  and  that  ships  built  by  American 
taxpayers'  money  will  help  to  bring  about  this  result.  It  does 
not  seem  true  to  us  that  rates  may  be  so  fixed  by  the  Germans 
as  to  enable  them  to  underbid  us  in  the  export  markets  of  the 
world.  There  is,  moreover,  a  clause  in  the  contract  that  it 
may  be  terminated  by  either  side  if  it  does  not  work  out  well. 
If  the  Germans  profit  unduly  the  arrangement  can  be  ended 
at  once.  We  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  if  this  contract 
does  not  stand  Great  Britain  or  some  Scandinavian  country 
will  be  remarkably  happy  to  take  it  over.  At  any  rate,  the 
contract  is  now  before  the  public.  If  there  are  jokers  in  it 
which  are  not  apparent  to  the  naked  eye,  they  can  be  un- 
earthed by  the  experts.  If  Congress  wishes  to  appoint  a 
committee  to  overhaul  the  whole  shipping  situation,  as  it  is 
likely  to,  the  facts  are  now  open  to  it.  Now  the  contract  is 
being  attacked,  as  Admiral  Benson  has  said,  chiefly  by  rival 
business  interests,  and  he  himself  regards  the  contract  as  a 
"heaven-sent  opportunity."  Certainly,  we  have  not  too 
many  such.  The  task  of  keeping  an  American  fleet  upon 
the  seas  is  going  to  be  tremendously  difficult  and  will  call 
for  wisdom  and  statesmanship  in  unusual  degree.  Can  use 
really  be  found  for  all  the  ships  now  in  commission  as  well 
as  purchasers?  Truly,  Admiral  Benson  is  justified  in  seek- 
ing legitimate  aid  in  any  quarter. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


441 


The  Gulf  of  Henry  James 

ACROSS  a  vast  gulf  those  who  like  Henry  James  view 
with  contempt  those  who  do  not,  and  in  return  those 
who  do  not  like  him  view  with  incredulity  those  who  do. 
Neither  his  alleged  obscurity  nor  his  avowed  cosmopolitan- 
ism explains  this  gulf.  Rather  may  it  be  ascribed — though 
it  has  not  been — to  the  fact  that  he  attempted,  in  a  demo- 
cratic age,  to  write  courtly  romances.  He  did  not,  of  course, 
go  back  for  his  models  to  the  "Romance  of  the  Rose"  or  the 
"Morte  d' Arthur"  or  Sidney's  "Arcadia"  or  the  "Grand 
Cyrus."  But  he  did  devote  himself  almost  entirely  to  those 
classes  in  modern  society  which  descend  from  the  classes 
represented  by  the  romancers  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
Renaissance.  His  characters,  for  the  most  part,  do  not  toil 
or  spin,  do  not  trade  or  make  war,  do  not  bear  children  in 
pain  or  bring  them  up  with  sacrifices.  The  persons  who  do 
such  things  in  his  novels  are  likely  to  be  the  servants  or 
dependents  of  others  more  comfortably  established.  His 
books  consequently  lack  the  interest  of  that  fiction  which 
shows  men  and  women  making  some  kind  of  way  in  the 
world — except  the  interest  which  can  be  taken  in  the  arts 
by  which  the  penniless  creep  into  the  golden  favor  of  the 
rich  or  the  socially  unarrived  wriggle  into  an  envied  caste. 
Henry  James  is  the  laureate  of  leisure.  Moreover,  the 
leisure  he  cared  to  write  about  concerns  itself  in  the  slight- 
est degree  with  any  action  whatsoever,  even  games  or  sport. 
Love  of  course  concerns  it,  as  with  all  novelists.  Yet  even 
love  in  this  chosen  universe  must  constantly  run  the  gauntlet 
of  a  decorum  incomprehensible  to  all  but  the  initiate. 

Decorum  is  what  damns  James  with  the  larger  public. 
In  one  of  Chretien  de  Troyes's  romances,  Lancelot,  on  his 
way  to  rescue  Guinevere  from  a  most  precarious  situation, 
commits  the  blunder  of  riding  part  of  the  way  in  a  cart  and 
thereby  brings  upon  himself,  since  he  is  seen  doing  it,  a 
disgrace  which  his  most  gallant  deeds  can  scarcely  wipe 
away.  Sensible  citizens  who  may  have  happened  upon  this 
narrative  in  the  twelfth  century  must  have  felt  mystified 
at  all  this  pother  much  as  do  their  congeners  in  the 
twentieth  who  stare — and  then  yawn — at  the  wounds  which 
James's  heroes  and  heroines  suffer  from  blunders  in- 
trinsically no  more  serious  than  Lancelot's.  How  much 
leisure  these  persons  must  enjoy,  the  sensible  citizen 
thinks,  to  have  evolved  and  to  keep  up  this  mandarin 
formality!  And  how  little  use  they  make  of  it!  Only 
readers  accustomed  to  such  decorums  can  walk  entirely  at 
ease  in  the  universe  James  constructed.  They  have,  in- 
deed, the  privileges  of  a  domain  unprecedented  and  un- 
matched in  modern  literature.  It  is  not  merely  that  he  is 
the  most  fascinating  historian  of  the  most  elegant  society 
of  the  century.  He  is  the  creator  of  a  world  immensely 
beautiful  in  its  own  right:  a  world  of  international  dimen- 
sions, peopled  by  charming  human  beings  who  live  graceful 
lives  in  settings  lovely  almost  beyond  description;  a  world 
which  vibrates  with  the  finest  instincts  and  sentiments  and 
trembles  at  vulgarity  and  ugliness ;  a  world  full  of  works  of 
art  and  learning  and  intelligence,  a  world  infinitely  refined, 
a  world  perfectly  civilized.  In  real  life  the  danger  to  such  a 
world  is  that  it  may  be  overwhelmed  by  some  burly  rush  of 
actuality  from  without.  In  literature  the  danger  is  that 
such  a  world  may  gradually  fade  out  as  dreams  do.  De- 
corums die;  it  is  only  the  simpler  manners  of  men  and 
women  which  live  forever. 


Jenny  Lind 


AT  a  recent  charming  celebration  in  New  York  of  the 
Jenny  Lind  Centennial,  Mr.  Thomas  Wise,  speaking  in 
the  guise  of  the  late  P.  T.  Barnum,  said  that  no  great 
singer  ever  dies,  as  there  is  always  another  great  singer 
to  take  his  or  her  place.  It  was  a  pretty  compliment, 
directed  most  deservedly  toward  Mme.  Frieda  Hempel,  who 
had  just  given  an  exquisite  impersonation  of  the  "Swedish 
nightingale."  If  it  had  been  entirely  true,  however,  it  is 
doubtful  whether  we  would  be  paying  tribute  today  to  an 
artist  who,  for  most  of  us  at  least,  would  be  no  more  than 
a  name  and  a  tradition  were  there  nothing  else  to  recom- 
mend her.  Jenny  Lind  has  been  called  the  greatest  singer 
of  her  time.  Yet  both  in  voice  and  in  execution  she  was, 
from  all  accounts,  equaled,  if  not  surpassed  by  her  rival, 
Grisi,  and  her  successor,  Patti.  Nevertheless,  she  had  long 
reigned  supreme  in  the  great  Continental  opera  houses 
when  P.  T.  Barnum,  relying  on  her  European  reputation, 
as  well  as  on  his  own  inward  conviction  that  the  public  was 
gullible,  brought  her  to  this  country  by  means  of  a  fabulous 
contract,  without  either  having  seen  or  heard  her.  Barnum's 
faith  in  his  own  deductions  was  more  than  justified.  The 
famous  cantatrice  stayed  over  here  for  about  two  years, 
giving,  in  that  time,  fully  one  hundred  concerts,  and  making 
a  fortune  both  for  her  manager,  and  for  the  numerous  char- 
ities to  which,  with  characteristic  generosity,  she  donated 
her  share  of  the  receipts. 

Yet  her  prolonged  popularity  can  scarcely  be  attributed 
either  to  the  spectacular  advertising  methods  of  her 
showman-impressario,  or  to  his  practice  of  capitalizing 
her  generosity.  Sensationalism  seldom  has  lasting  effects, 
and  certainly  no  amount  of  glorified  press-agenting  could 
make  any  one  so  loved  as  Jenny  Lind  was  loved.  There 
must  indeed  have  been  some  compelling  quality  of  spirit  or 
mind,  some  flowering  virtue  or  grace  that  could  so  dis- 
tinguish her  art  above  that  of  her  great  contemporaries, 
and  keep  her  memory  fresh  and  fragrant  so  long  after  her 
passing.  Wherever  she  went,  she  was  received  with  honors. 
People  literally  fought  their  way  into  her  concerts,  where 
she  would  arouse  them  to  storms  of  almost  terrifying  en- 
thusiasm. We  have,  in  our  own  day,  witnessed  much  deep 
and  touching  devotion  to  singers.  We  have  seen  audiences 
rise  in  reverence  when  Marcella  Sembrich  came  upon  the 
stage.  We  have  watched  lines  of  men  and  women  stand 
for  hours  in  the  bitter  cold,  and  for  as  many  more  again  in 
the  stifling  heat,  in  order  to  hear  Caruso  sing.  But  only 
once  have  we  known  people  to  go  mad  with  the  disappoint- 
ment on  being  refused  admission,  and  beat  with  their  fists 
against  the  closed  doors  of  an  overcrowded  concert  hall. 
This  was  at  the  recital  of  a  Russian  singer  who  made  no 
pretence  either  to  the  art  of  Sembrich  or  to  a  voice  of 
gold,  but  who  merely  tried  to  sing  her  native  folk  songs 
in  the  way  her  hearers  would  understand.  Jenny  Lind,  too, 
sang  simple  ballads  and  folk  songs,  with  a  wealth  of  ten- 
derness and  simplicity  that  has  done  more  to  hallow  her 
name  than  all  the  dazzling  fioratura  with  which  she  embel- 
lished her  arias.  And  it  was  because  she  sang  them,  to 
use  Beethoven's  phrase,  "vom  Herzen  zum  Herzen,"  that 
the  world  pauses  now,  as  it  did  then,  to  do  her  homage,  and 
in  pausing  to  do  homage  to  a  great  artist  and  a  lovely  woman 
recalls  us  most  happily  from  the  anxieties  and  the  material- 
ism of  the  hour. 


442 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


Turning  the  Light  on  Ireland 


WHEN,  four  weeks  ago,  The  Nation  began  sending  out 
invitations  to  persons  who  it  thought  would  be 
willing  to  become  members  of  a  Committee  of  One  Hundred 
for  the  investigation  of  outrages  in  Ireland,  it  felt  confident 
that  the  response  would  be  generous  and  nation-wide.  The 
result  thus  far  has  more  than  met  expectation.  The  Com- 
mittee of  One  Hundred  has  grown  to  be  a  committee  of 
nearly  150,  and  the  number  continues  to  grow.  "Add  name 
Cardinal  Gibbons  to  Committee"  was  the  stirring  message 
brought  by  telegraph  on  the  day  these  lines  are  written.  The 
presence  of  the  venerable  and  beloved  Cardinal  on  the  Com- 
mittee— only  one  of  the  numberless  services  which  he  has 
rendered  to  his  country  and  to  humanity — emphasizes  more 
than  almost  anything  else  could  do  the  national,  nonpartisan, 
and  nonsectarian  character  of  that  body.  United  States  Sen- 
ators and  Congressmen,  governors,  mayors  and  city  officials, 
Catholic  and  Protestant  bishops  and  clergymen,  Jewish 
rabbis,  editors  of  conservative  and  liberal  journals,  uni- 
versity and  college  presidents  and  professors,  lawyers, 
authors,  officials  of  labor  organizations,  business  men,  men 
and  women  long  and  widely  known  for  their  work  in  varied 
lines  of  social  betterment — all  have  given  their  names  and 
their  influence,  not  at  all  because  any  of  their  own  pro- 
fessional or  public  interests  will  be  directly  served  thereby, 
but  solely  that  they  may,  by  helping  in  the  determination  of 
facts,  aid  the  people  of  Ireland  and  Great  Britain  in  a  time 
of  desperate  need  and  make  a  tangible  contribution  to  the 
cause  of  world  peace  and  happiness. 

It  was  fondly  hoped  that  the  announcement  of  the  forma- 
tion of  such  a  Committee,  divorced  as  the  Committee  was  to 
be  from  consideration  of  any  mere  political  questions,  might 
strengthen  the  influences  which  were  working  for  the  release 
of  Mayor  MacSwiney  and  other  hunger-strikers  who  were 
suffering  and  dying  for  Ireland  in  Irish  and  English  prisons 
and  jails.  It  was  hoped  that,  once  the  nonpartisan  and 
friendly  character  of  the  proposed  inquiry  was  known,  and 
the  deep  concern  of  representative  American  citizens  over 
the  grave  events  in  Ireland  was  realized,  there  might  be 
some  mitigation  cf  the  lawless  outbreaks  which  were  terror- 
izing Ireland  from  one  end  to  the  other.  Those  hopes,  un- 
fortunately, have  been  disappointed.  With  the  Commission 
of  inquiry  on  the  point  of  beginning  its  sittings,  the  dis- 
tressing events  in  Ireland  must  not,  of  course,  be  prejudged. 
Day  by  day,  however,  the  newspapers  have  continued  to  tell 
the  appalling  tale  of  murder,  assault,  and  robbery,  of  towns 
and  villages  sacked  and  burned,  of  whole  populations  terror- 
ized and  rendered  homeless,  of  mails  rifled  and  public  build- 
ings raided,  of  police,  soldiers,  and  citizens  fighting  in  the 
streets  or  sniping  at  one  another  from  ambush  or  conceal- 
ment. The  air  is  heavy  with  charges  and  counter-charges, 
allegations  and  denials.  British  partisans  blame  Sinn  Fein, 
Sinn  Fein  blames  the  British,  and  many  outsiders  blame 
both.  What  are  the  facts  in  this  unprecedented  reign  of 
terror?  At  whose  door  is  to  be  laid  the  responsibility? 
These  are  the  questions  which  the  Committee,  acting  through 
a  Commission  whose  members  it  is  to  select,  will  undertake 
to  answer. 

It  was  not  to  be  expected  that  the  undertaking,  novel  as  it 
is  from  the  point  of  view  of  ordinary  procedure,  should  pass 
without  a  great  variety  of  criticism.     Comments  of  every 


shade  of  dissent  and  approval  have  been  received ;  some  have 
been  based  on  a  misunderstanding  of  the  purpose  of  the 
Committee  and  the  Commission;  a  few  have  been  ill-tem- 
pered. One  writer  affects  to  see  in  the  proposal  some  deep- 
laid  scheme  for  setting  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain 
by  the  ears,  thereby  endangering  peace  rather  than  further- 
ing it.  Another  sees  in  it  a  British  plot  to  draw  a  red  herring 
across  the  path  of  British  wrongdoing.  Still  another  per- 
ceives in  it  an  example  of  Sinn  Fein  propaganda.  Some 
hold  that  the  plan  constitutes  an  unwarranted  interference 
in  the  affairs  of  the  British  Empire;  others  that  it  is  a 
constructive  effort  toward  improving  international  rela- 
tions; some  express  doubt  whether  the  project  can  be  effec- 
tive; others  see  in  it  a  hopeful  method  of  allaying  one  of 
the  greatest  sources  of  national  and  international  irrita- 
tion. It  has  been  varyingly  held  practical,  idealistic,  impu- 
dent, dignified,  constructive,  destructive,  sensible,  foolish, 
epoch-making,  unimportant. 

These  criticisms,  whatever  their  source  and  kind,  are  grate- 
fully received,  not  only  because  it  is  upon  the  public  opinion 
that  they  represent  that  the  success  of  the  inquiry  depends, 
but  also  because  they  give  an  opportunity  to  state  once  more, 
and  in  fuller  fashion  than  has  heretofore  appeared  neces- 
sary, precisely  what  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred  stands 
for  and  what  it  is  hoped  the  investigation  by  the  Commis- 
sion will  accomplish.  From  the  very  inception  of  the  idea,  ■ 
every  important  step  in  the  organization  of  the  Committee 
and  in  the  work  of  preparing  for  the  Commission  has  been 
given  to  the  press  of  this  country  and  of  Great  Britain.  The 
text  of  the  invitation  which  was  extended,  the  names  of 
members  of  the  Committee,  the  names  and  addresses  of  wit- 
nesses invited  from  Ireland,  and  the  opening  of  a  public 
subscription  for  meeting  the  expenses  of  the  Commission — 
all  these  things  have  been  made  public  so  far  as  the  press 
was  disposed  to  use  or  circulate  the  news.  In  addition, 
every  reasonable  inquiry  by  mail  or  telegraph  that  has 
reached  the  office  of  The  Nation  has  been  answered. 

The  list  of  persons  to  whom  invitations  have  been  sent 
includes  all  the  members  of  the  United  States  Senate;  many 
members  of  the  House  of  Representatives;  the  governors  of 
all  the  States;  the  mayors  of  about  75  leading  cities;  the 
editors  of  some  20  leading  newspapers,  including  such 
papers  as  the  New  York  Times,  the  Chicago  Tribune,  the 
Boston  Transcript,  the  Philadelphia  Ledger,  and  the  Pitts- 
burgh Leader;  some  35  heads  of  universities  or  colleges  and 
professors ;  bishops  of  the  Roman  Catholic,  Protestant  Epis- 
copal, and  Methodist  Episcopal  churches ;  a  large  number  of 
heads  of  labor  unions  or  other  labor  organizations ;  and  men 
and  women  in  other  walks  of  life.  Where  the  person  invited 
was  a  public  official,  the  character  and  importance  of  the 
office  was  the  only  test  applied.  Where  the  person  invited 
was  a  private  citizen,  the  test  of  inclusion  was  the  business, 
professional,  or  other  interests  which  he  represented  as  well 
as  his  repute  as  a  public-spirited  and  fair-minded  citizen. 
In  less  than  a  score  of  instances  were  the  views  regarding 
any  phase  of  the  Irish  question  of  the  persons  invited  known 
to  the  Editors  of  The  Nation,  and  in  no  case  has  any  inquiry 
as  to  such  views  been  made.  If  the  present  membership  of 
the  Committee  is  felt  by  anyone  to  lean  more  to  one  side 
than  to  another,  the  preponderance  is  due  solely  to  the  fact 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


443 


that  some  who  were  invited  accepted  while  others  declined. 
As  for 'the  personal  opinions  of  the  members  regarding  Ire- 
land, The  Nation  in  most  cases  does  not  know  them  and  will 
make  no  effort  to  ascertain  what  they  are. 

It  is  not  proposed  that  the  Committee  shall  itself  conduct 
the  investigation.  With  a  body  of  150  members  such  a 
course  would  be  impracticable.  The  first  function  of  the 
Committee  is  the  choice  of  a  Commission  of  not  exceeding 
seven  members,  which  will  make  the  inquiry ;  and  the  ballots 
for  that  purpose  are  now  being  sent  in.  Each  member  of  the 
Committee  will  exercise  in  the  balloting  precisely  the  same 
weight  as  any  other.  It  is  hoped  that  the  choice  of  the  Com- 
mission will  be  completed  by  the  time  this  issue  of  The. 
Nation  reaches  its  readers. 

In  preparation  for  the  meeting  of  the  Commission  a  list  of 
outrages  in  Ireland  is  being  prepared,  and  a  number  of  im- 
portant witnesses  have  been  invited  to  come  to  this  country 
and  testify.  Other  important  witnesses  will  continue  to  be 
summoned  until  the  Commission  begins  its  sessions. 
Once  the  Commission  is  ready  to  take  up  its  duties,  however, 
the  direct  connection  of  The  Nation  with  the  inquiry  will 
cease,  and  the  Commission  will  prosecute  its  investigation  in 
any  way  and  to  any  extent  that  it  may  deem  proper. 

The  Nation  has  repeatedly  stated  that  the  proposed  in- 
vestigation does  not  extend  to  a  consideration  of  any  polit- 
ical question,  but  is  limited  to  the  determination  of  the 
facts  and  the  fixing  of  responsibility  in  the  matter  of  alleged 
atrocities  in  Ireland.  It  has  incorporated  the  statement  in 
the  invitation  which  members  of  the  Committee  of  One 
Hundred  have  accepted,  and  the  same  statement  will  be 
made  to  the  Commission.  There  is  no  political  purpose 
in  the  investigation,  and  the  public  may  rest  assured  that  the 
Commission  will  carry  on  its  inquiry  regardless  of  the  indi- 
viduals, factions,  or  parties  that  may  be  affected  by  it.  For 
the  first  time  since  trouble  between  England  and  Ireland 
began,  an  opportunity  is  now  to  be  afforded  to  all  persons 
and  parties  who  have  knowledge  of  outrages  in  Ireland,  by 
whomsoever  perpetrated,  to  testify  to  the  facts  before  an 
impartial  body  having  no  political  connection  with  the  coun- 
tries or  peoples  that  are  in  turmoil,  and  governed  by  no  other 
purpose  than  that  of  arriving  at  the  truth  regarding  the 
alleged  acts. 

Since  the  last  issue  of  The  Nation  appeared,  an  important 
contribution  to  the  progress  of  the  investigation  has  been 
received  in  the  form  of  a  statement  authorized  by  Arthur 
Henderson,  George  Lansbury,  Robert  Smillie,  C.  T.  Cramp, 
Robert  Williams,  and  W.  C.  Anderson,  members  of  the  Brit- 
ish Labor  Party,  "strongly  deprecating  Irish  outrages  and 
more  strongly  deprecating  reprisals,"  declaring  an  "inde- 
pendent inquiry  advisable,"  and  expressing  "full  sympathy" 
with  The  Nation's  proposal,  but  urging  that  the  inquiry,  in 
order  to  be  complete,  should  take  place  in  Ireland.  In  reply 
the  editors  of  The  Nation,  while  expressing  their  grateful 
appreciation  of  the  sympathetic  support  accorded  to  the  un- 
dertaking, have  pointed  out  that  the  proposed  investigation 
must  go  on  as  planned,  in  the  confident  expectation  that 
neither  from  the  British  Government  nor  from  any  other 
source  was  opposition  or  impediment  to  be  anticipated,  and 
that  only  in  the  event  of  an  incomplete  result  here  should 
the  question  of  continuing  the  investigation  further  in  Ire- 
land be  considered.  A  full  account  of  the  steps  which  have 
been  taken  in  the  organization  of  the  Committee  and  the 
Commission  has  been  sent  to  Mr.  Henderson  and  his  asso- 


ciates, and  it  is  believed  that  their  cooperation,  so  far  as  co- 
operation is  possible  at  this  time,  may  be  counted  upon.  In 
pursuance  of  the  same  policy  of  perfect  frankness  and  im- 
partiality, full  accounts  of  the  work  and  purposes  of  the 
Committee  have  also  been  sent  to  Sir  Auckland  Geddes  and 
President  De  Valera. 

The  following  names  are  to  be  added  to  the  lists  of  mem- 
bers of  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred  already  published  in 
The  Nation: 

His  Eminence  Cardinal  Gibbons,  Baltimore,  Md.;  the  Rt.  Rev. 
James  Atkins,  Bishop  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  Nash- 
ville, Tenn.;  Mary  Austin,  New  York  City;  Abraham  Baroff, 
International  Ladies'  Garment  Workers'  Union,  New  York  City; 
Mayor  Martin  Behrman,  New  Orleans,  La.;  the  Rt.  Rev.  E. 
Thomas  Demby,  Protestant  Episcopal  Suffragan  Bishop  of 
Arkansas,  Little  Rock;  Clemens  J.  France,  Seattle,  Wash.;  Zona 
Gale,  Portage,  Wis.;  William  Hard,  Washington,  D.  C;  the 
Rt.  Rev.  R.  L.  Harris,  Protestant  Episcopal  Bishop  of  Mar- 
quette, Mich.;  Mayor  John  F.  Hylan,  New  York  City;  John  S. 
Leahy,  St.  Louis,  Mo.;  Bertha  H.  Mailly,  Rand  School  of  Social 
Science,  New  York  City;  Basil  M.  Manly,  Washington,  D.  C; 
Mrs.  Katherine  M.  Meserole,  Bellport,  L.  I.;  the  Rt.  Rev.  H. 
C.  Morrison,  Bishop  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South 
Leesburg,  Fla.;  the  Rt.  Rev.  Thomas  Nicholson,  Bishop  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  Chicago,  111.;  Edward  N.  Nockels 
of  the  New  Majority,  Chicago,  111.;  the  Rt.  Rev.  Charles 
Tyler  Olmstead,  Protestant  Episcopal  Bishop  of  Central  New 
York,  Utica;  the  Rt.  Rev.  E.  L.  Parsons,  Protestant  Episcopal 
Bishop  Coadjutor  of  California,  San  Francisco;  J.  C.  Skemp, 
International  Union  of  Painters  and  Decorators,  Lafayette, 
Indiana;  William  H.  Johnston,  President  International  Machin- 
ists' Union,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  Archbishop  James  J.  Keane, 
Dubuque,  Iowa;  the  Rt.  Rev.  John  J.  O'Connor,  Bishop  of  New- 
ark, N.  J.;  J.  H.  Walker,  President  Illinois  State  Federation 
of  Labor,  Springfield;  William  J.  Mulligan,  Chairman  Knights 
of  Columbus  Committee  on  War  Activities. 


The  Old  Key-Maker 

By  LESLIE  NELSON  JENNINGS 

The  old  Key-maker  took  his  file  and  drew 

Its  edge  across  the  metal.    "This,"  he  said, 
"Fits  a  dark  door  I  never  once  passed  through, 

For  all  I  keep  the  lock."    He  shook  his  head, 
And  gave  his  vise  another  turn.     "I  make 

This  one  to  please  a  fool  who  offered  me 
His  hoped-for  immortality  to  take — 

Shaped  like  a  woman's  lips,  this  little  key! 


"How  can  I  serve  you  ?    Is  it  you  would  gaze 
Into  the  secret  garden  where  is  grown 

Tomorrow's  rose;  or  fain  of  Yesterday's 
Lost  magic,  would  you  wander  back  alone?' 

But  I  had  come  there  just  to  watch  a  while 

The  old  Key-maker  bend  above  his  file. 


Redwoods 

By  ALICE  CORBIN 

Where  are  the  giants 

Who  could  top  your  boughs, 

0  tall  Sequoia  tree? 

Under  your  shade 

We  faint,  and  cry  for  sun. 


444 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


Squandering  Our  Heritage 

By  GIFFORD  PINCHOT 

THE  people  of  these  United  States  are  the  most  wasteful 
in  the  world — wasteful  in  living,  wasteful  in  manu- 
facturing, and  wasteful  in  their  failure  to  conserve  our 
natural  resources.  Ever  since  the  white  man  set  foot 
upon  American  soil  he  has  been  destroying  forests  and 
making  no  effective  provision  for  their  renewal.  The  early 
settlements  were  built  chiefly  in  the  Eastern  valleys,  which 
were  covered  with  unbroken  stands  of  hardwood  forest. 
In  these  valleys  the  early  pioneers  found  the  best  agricul- 
tural land,  which  they  had  to  clear  in  order  to  make  it 
available  for  farming  purposes— a  practice  which  became 
so  general  that  it  was  accepted  as  normal  and  necessary. 
As  a  result  we  have  today  almost  endless  miles  of  barren 
mountain  slopes  which  are  producing  no  crop  of  any  value. 
Of  the  822,000,000  original  acres — matchless  miles  of 
virgin  forest— only  137,000,000  now  remain,  and  our 
total  forest  area,  good,  bad,  and  indifferent,  amounts  to 
but  little  more  than  half  of  what  we  once  had— 463,000,000 
acres  to  be  exact.  Of  these  137,000,000  are  still  virgin 
forest;  112,000,000  are  of  second  growth,  saw  timber  size; 
133,000,000  are  also  of  second  growth,  but  below  saw  timber 
size;  and  81,000,000  have  been  cut  over  without  restocking. 
This  shows  the  deplorable  condition  of  what  we  have  left. 
The  aggregate  area  of  this  81,000,000  acre  desert  is  equiva- 
lent to  the  combined  forest  areas  of  Germany,  Denmark, 
Holland,  Belgium,  France,  Switzerland,  Spain,  and  Portu- 
gal. And  this  is  not  the  whole  story  of  our  unproductive 
forest  land,  for  there  is  in  addition  an  enormous  area  upon 
which  the  growth  of  real  timber  is  so  small  in  amount  and 
so  inferior  in  quality  that  its  commercial  value  is  negligible. 

Then  another  enormous  difficulty  is  that  the  source  of 
raw  material  for  the  wood-using  industries  has  shifted 
until  the  distance  between  markets  and  forests  is  now  in 
many  cases  so  great  as  to  make  shipping  prohibitive,  or  at 
least  unduly  costly  and  uncertain  because  of  an  unsettled 
labor  situation,  inadequate  railroad  facilities,  and  congested 
shipping  conditions. 

The  real  significance  of  the  present  forest  situation  may 
be  set  forth  most  vividly  by  considering  for  a  moment  the 
present  condition  of  the  newsprint  industry.  The  begin- 
ning was  in  1840  when  Keller  patented  his  process  in 
Germany  for  a  wood-pulp  grinding  machine.  The  process 
was  not,  however,  placed  upon  a  commercial  basis  until 
1854,  and  it  was  introduced  into  the  United  States  by  War- 
ner Miller  as  late  as  1866.  Since  then  the  growth  of  the 
industry  in  America  has  been  prodigious.  Within  a  half 
century  it  has  developed  from  practically  nothing  until  in 
1900  two  million  cords  were  consumed  and  six  million  in 
1919.  The  amount  of  pulpwood  used  annually  if  stacked 
upon  an  acre  would  make  a  solid  pile  over  four  miles  high. 

The  estimated  value  of  the  paper  products  derived  from 
pulp  is  at  present  about  $780,000,000,  made  up  according  to 
the  War  Industries  Board  as  follows:  newsprint  papers, 
$136,000,000;  book  paper,  $125,000,000;  paper  boards,  $156,- 
000,000;  fine  writing  paper,  $142,000,000;  wrapping  paper, 
$89,000,000,  and  all  other  miscellaneous  paper,  $132,000,000. 
The  annual  per  capita  consumption  of  newsprint  is  now 
at  least  33  pounds,  of  all  kinds  of  paper  about  100  pounds, 
and  there  is  no  basis  for  assuming  that  it  will  be  materially 


less  in  the  near  future.  Our  country  was  self-supporting  in 
newsprint  as  late  as  1909 — a  decade  later  we  were  dependent 
upon  foreign  supplies  to  the  extent  of  two-thirds  of  our 
newsprint  or  the  raw  material  from  which  it  is  manufac- 
tured. It  seems  to  be  true  that  the  present  newsprint  short- 
age goes  back  fundamentally  to  overcentralization  of  the 
industry  during  its  formative  period,  and  to  overcutting  and 
neglect  of  the  pulp-producing  lands  of  the  Northeast  and  the 
Lake  States.  As  late  at  1904,  for  example,  most  of  the  Wis- 
consin pulp  mills  found  their  supplies  within  the  State. 
About  ten  years  later  it  became  necessary  for  the  same  mills 
to  procure  considerable  quantities  of  wood  from  a  distance 
of  700  to  750  miles  and  some  wood  is  now  being  shipped  to 
the  Wisconsin  mills  from  a  distance  of  1,000  to  1,200  miles. 
Furthermore,  it  is  clear  that  in  the  not  distant  future  they 
must  go  farther  yet.  The  lumber  industry  is  necessarily 
and  decidedly  migratory.  It  must  move  from  place  to  place, 
always  following  the  supply  of  raw  material.  But  the  eco- 
nomic conditions  of  the  pulp  industry  are  different.  There 
the  initial  investment  is  so  heavy  that  it  prohibits  a  migra- 
tory existence,  and  requires  the  transportation  of  raw  ma- 
terials from  remote  regions. 

Forest  depletion  in  America  has  reached  a  critical  stage, 
which  is,  unfortunately,  not  realized  by  the  public  in  gen- 
eral. People  still  think  that  conditions  can  be  remedied  in 
a  few  months — an  entirely  incorrect  and  untenable  point  of 
view.  There  appears  to  be  little  hope  of  relieving  our  news- 
print and  other  paper  shortage  by  any  possible  increase  of 
importation.  The  pulpwood  resources  of  Canada  have  been 
grossly  overestimated,  and  the  utmost  possible  importations 
from  Europe  will  do  little  more  than  temporarily  alleviate 
the  existing  situation.  There  is  greater  hope  in  the  develop- 
ment of  untouched  native  supplies — immense  supplies  in  the 
national  forests  of  the  West  which  are  still  almost  wholly 
undeveloped.  The  Tongass  National  Forest  in  southeastern 
Alaska  has  about  seventy  billion  board  feet  of  material  suit- 
able for  pulpwood  in  a  narrow  belt  along  the  coast  with  ade- 
quate waterpower  and  excellent  sites  available  for  the  loca- 
tion of  mills.  But  the  forests  of  the  West  and  Alaska  can- 
not supply  all  the  demands  of  the  future.  Neither  would  it 
be  wise,  even  if  it  were  possible,  to  localize  the  industry  in 
the  West  and  Alaska.  Increased  production  on  the  severely 
cut  and  continuously  burned  lands  of  the  East  will  not  only 
prolong  the  life  of  the  existing  mills  but  help  stabilize  the 
industry  by  restoring  our  endless  mountain  waste  to  produc- 
tivity. Idle  mountain  land  has  no  place  in  a  well-balanced 
economic  system.  It  is  an  economic  crime  to  maintain  un- 
productive wastes  when — if  handled  properly — the  cut-over 
forest  lands  would  yield  a  continuous  flow  of  products  to 
benefit  us  and  future  generations. 

The  first  step  in  the  restoration  of  these  profligate  wastes 
is  the  stopping  of  forest  fires,  which  are  the  most  formidable 
foe  of  our  forests.  It  is  our  business,  as  well  as  our  civic 
duty,  to  give  our  forests  adequate  protection  and  provide  for 
a  systematic  and  scientific  renewal  of  a  forest  growth  on  all 
soil  mainly  valuable  for  growing  trees.  Increased  produc- 
tion is,  however,  not  a  solution  unless  it  stop  the  stupid 
waste  of  raw  material  in  the  process  of  manufacture. 

Shortage  and  the  high  price  of  wood  and  woodpulp  affect 
the  whole  nation.  The  restoration  of  thrifty  forests  to  our 
unproductive  hillsides  is  the  only  thoroughgoing  remedy 
for  a  scarcity  which  is  already  serious  and  may  soon  be- 
come critical.  We  must  have  wood,  and  since  we  can  get  it 
nowhere  else,  we  must  grow  it  at  home. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


445 


The  Chilean  Elections 

By  CHARLES  E.  CHAPMAN 

BY  a  majority  of  one,  the  electoral  vote  finally  standing 
177  to  176,  Arturo  Alessandri,  the  Liberal  Alliance 
candidate,  has  been  declared  President  of  Chile.  When  the 
popular  election  was  held  the  vote  for  presidential  electors 
stood  179  for  Alessandri  and  175  for  Barros  Borgono,  the 
candidate  of  the  National  Union,  but  the  final  decision  as  to 
who  should  be  the  next  president  lay  with  a  Court  of  Honor 
formed  with  the  consent  of  both  parties  to  pass  on  the  quali- 
fications of  the  electors.  This  Court  decided  in  favor  of 
Alessandri  by  a  vote  of  five  to  two,  and  the  Chilean  Con- 
gress has  accordingly  proclaimed  him  president,  and  has 
ended  an  election  which  was  the  greatest  and  most  signifi- 
cant that  ever  took  place  in  Chile. 

In  the  Constitution  of  1833,  the  fundamental  document 
of  Chile,  there  is  the  following  statement:  "There  is  no 
privileged  class  in  Chile."  Justice  requires  one  to  say  that 
there  has  been  a  steady  and  notable  social  advance  in 
Chilean  affairs  since  that  sentence  was  written,  but  candor 
compels  one  to  add  that  it  never  was  and  is  not  yet  repre- 
sentative of  the  truth.  There  has  always  been  a  more  or  less 
dominant  aristocracy  in  Chile,  made  up  largely  of  the  great 
land-owners  and  the  church.  For  many  years  they  were  the 
directing  force  in  all  branches  of  Chilean  life.  The  first 
great  break  from  traditional  influences  came  during  the 
presidency  of  Balmaceda,  toward  the  close  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  Meeting  with  tremendous  opposition  in  his  efforts 
for  reform,  Balmaceda  illegally  assumed  dictatorial  powers. 
There  followed  the  revolution  of  1891,  in  which  Balmaceda 
was  defeated,  committing  suicide  rather  than  surrender  to 
his  opponents. 

Balmaceda's  reforms,  many  of  which  were  aimed  against 
the  church,  have  since  his  death  in  great  part  been  attained, 
but  it  is  not  precisely  on  their  account  that  he  stands  out  as 
a  great  figure  in  Chilean  history.  Rather  it  is  because  he  is 
looked  upon  as  the  martyr  in  the  fight  on  behalf  of  the 
masses.  Their  cause  has  made  great  strides  since  1891. 
The  Conservatives,  the  traditionalist  party  in  Chilean  poli- 
tics, are  no  longer  dominant,  though  they  have  heretofore 
held  the  balance  of  power — and  may  yet.  The  Liberals  are 
now  the  most  numerous  element,  but  they  have  split  into 
four  groups:  Liberals  proper  (Doctrinarios) ;  Liberal  Dem- 
ocrats (or  Balmacedists)  ;  Nationals;  and  Nationalists.  The 
Liberals,  however,  are  no  longer  the  chosen  prophets  of  the 
people.  Two  new  parties  have  appeared,  one  of  which,  the 
Radical,  has  pushed  forward  so  rapidly  that  it  is  now  the 
most  numerous  single  group  in  Chilean  politics.  The  Radi- 
cals represent  what  was  until  recent  years  a  new  element  in 
Chilean  society.  They  contain  the  bulk  of  the  fast-growing, 
educated  "middle  class."  They  are  the  party  of  the  youth 
of  Chile,  standing  for  social  and  political  reforms  which 
are  not  at  all  "radical,"  as  that  word  is  understood  in  the 
United  States,  but  more  in  line  with  what  North  Americans 
would  term  "progressive."  They  are  bitter  enemies  of 
the  traditionalist  elements,  and  are  greatly  feared  by  the 
church.  A  second  party,  the  Democrats,  is  made  up  mainly 
of  laborers,  whose  radicalism  is  more  extreme  than  that 
of  the  Radicals.  They  had  not  heretofore  attained  to  any 
considerable  power,  but  the  importance  of  their  role  in 
the    recent    election    cannot    be    denied.     There    are    also 


some   other   insignificant   groups — Socialists,    for   example. 

Straight  through  and  across  these  groups  there  is  another 
line  of  cleavage,  made  necessary  by  the  cabinet  system  and 
the  election  of  a  president  both  of  which  demand  a  major- 
ity. Thus  there  has  sprung  into  being  what  amounts  to  two 
parties,  the  National  Union  and  the  Liberal  Alliance.  Both 
have  their  origin  in  the  Liberal  party.  Strangely  enough, 
some  members  of  a  single  group  may  belong  to  the  Alliance 
and  others  to  the  Union.  Most  of  the  Liberals,  however, 
lined  up  with  the  Union.  The  real  strength  of  the  Alliance 
was  the  Radical  party.  The  Democrats  and  Socialists  were 
also  enthusiastic  supporters  of  the  Alliance.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  Conservatives  threw  their  weight  to  the  Union. 
Both  candidates  for  the  presidency — Seiior  Alessandri  and 
Barros  Borgono — were  not  only  Liberals,  but  also  Doc- 
trinarios, belonging,  that  is,  to  the  same  group,  but  the 
real  battle  was  between  the  Radicals  and  Conservatives,  as 
personified  in  the  opposing  candidates. 

A  natural  query  on  the  part  of  North  Americans  would 
be :  What  were  the  issues  in  the  recent  campaign  ?  A  study 
of  the  two  platforms  would  lead  one  to  believe  that  there 
were  none,  for  both  proclaimed  the  same  things,  differing 
only  in  phraseology  and  in  degree.  Thus,  both  came  out 
strongly  for  educational  reform,  emphasizing  the  same 
needs;  both  stood  for  the  protection  of  national  products; 
and  both  called  for  legislation  on  behalf  of  the  workingman. 
And  yet  there  is  a  profound  difference  between  the  two 
parties,  though  it. is  mainly  psychological  and  exists  to  a 
great  extent  in  the  minds  of  each  with  respect  to  the  other. 
The  Union  holds  that  its  members  are  the  "true  Chileans," 
not  opposed  to  reforms,  but  wishing  to  advance  toward  them 
at  a  safe  and  sure  pace.  The  Alliance  considers  the  Union- 
ists reactionaries,  opposed  to  any  and  all  reform,  lest  it 
injure  their  selfish  interests,  and  its  own  members  to  be 
progressives,  standing  for  a  hastening  of  internal  reforms. 
The  Union  regards  them  as  dangerous  innovators,  ready  to 
ruin  the  country  to  vent  their  spite  on  the  church  and  the 
aristocracy. 

These  feelings  found  perfect  expression  in  the  two  can- 
didates. Barros  is  the  type  of  man  who  would  appeal  to 
certain  elements  of  the  better  educated  classes.  Member  of 
an  old  Chilean  family  which  has  produced  one  of  the  great- 
est historians  in  Hispanic-American  historiography  (Barros 
Arana) ,  he,  too,  has  won  distinction  as  historian  and  man  of 
letters;  for  years  he  was  a  professor  in  the  University  of 
Chile;  his  political  achievements  have  been  more  than 
usually  notable,  especially  in  his  capacity  of  Minister  of  For- 
eign Affairs ;  and  to  round  out  a  long,  varied,  and  successful 
career,  he  is  at  present  one  of  the  leading  figures  in  the  most 
powerful  banking  institution  of  the  country.  Nor  can  it  be 
claimed  that  he  is  an  out-and-out  reactionary.  Indeed,  his 
nomination  displeased  the  Conservatives,  because  in  the  past 
he  has  advocated  reforms  that  were  unwelcome  to  the 
church;  before  they  would  join  the  Union  they  exacted  cer- 
tain pledges  from  him.  Barros  is  therefore  a  figure  that 
commands  respect.  But  he  does  not  possess  the  divine  fire 
that  wins  the  multitude. 

Alessandri  is  just  the  opposite  kind  of  man.  He  is  a  new 
man,  of  Italian  descent,  a  self-made  man,  and  a  young  man 
for  a  Hispanic-American  presidential  candidate,  for  he  is 
only  in  the  forties.  For  some  twenty  years  he  has  been  well- 
known  as  a  lawyer  and  politician.  As  Deputy,  Senator,  and 
Cabinet  Minister,  he  has  won  a  reputation  for  fearlessness 
and  for  moving  oratory,  such  that  he  is  known  popularly  as 


446 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


"the  Lion  of  Tarapaca"  (the  province  he  represents).  He  is 
distinctly  a  man  for  the  attack.  If  Barros  is  in  a  sense  a 
Chilean  edition  of  Nicholas  Murray  Butler,  Alessandri  is 
another  Hiram  Johnson.  Like  the  Senator  from  California 
he  has  a  wonderful  personal  magnetism  that  binds  the  crowd 
to  him  body  and  soul.  No  man  in  Chile  has  been  more 
severely  maligned.  Every  other  person  one  meets  will  tell 
you  of  "crooked  deals"  that  Alessandri  has  been  mixed  up  in, 
but  the  masses  either  do  not  believe  these  charges  or  do  not 
care  about  them.  Never  have  I  known  a  man  to  be  so  enthu- 
siastically accepted  as  the  prophet  of  the  people. 

On  June  25  the  election  was  held.  In  Santiago  there  were 
mounted  carbineers  and  lancers  everywhere;  policemen  and 
soldiers,  be  it  said  in  passing,  do  not  possess  the  vote.  The 
day  was  more  like  the  occasion  of  a  glad  picnic,  however, 
than  a  riot,  for  the  manifest  Alessandri  sentiment  was  over- 
whelming, almost  to  the  complete  exclusion  of  any  in  favor 
of  Barros.  On  ensuing  days  news  items  were  given  out  pro- 
claiming— what  seemed  incredible — that  Barros  was  win- 
ning, or  at  least  making  it  clear  that  Alessandri  could  win 
by  only  a  narrow  margin.  Then  indeed  there  was  a  little 
trouble.  Business  houses  closed  (with  shutters  down), 
street  cars  stopped  running,  crowds  of  ragged  commoners 
filled  the  center,  and  soldiers  were  at  all  strategic  corners. 
Now  and  then  there  were  mild  clashes,  serious  only  in  that 
they  might  have  become  worse.  Alessandri  himself  saved 
the  situation,  calling  upon  the  people  to  return  to  work.  The 
prophet  had  spoken,  and  all  became  again  serene. 

Chile  has  long  been  a  country  of  two  principal  and  widely 
separated  classes,  the  aristocracy  and  the  rotos  (literally, 
the  "broken"),  as  the  common  people  are  usually  called.  The 
lot  of  the  roto  has  indeed  improved,  and  many  have  emerged 
therefrom  into  the  comparatively  new  middle  class,  but  the 
majority  of  Chileans  are  still  utterly  poor,  illiterate,  and 
almost  without  hope.  Leading  politicians  can  refer  to  them 
as  "canaille"  or  "rag-bags"  (chusma)  without  fear  of  dam- 
age to  their  career ;  indeed,  that  happened  during  the  recent 
campaign.  To  be  sure,  great  numbers  of  the  rotos  do  not 
possess  the  vote,  since  the  law  disfranchises  those  who  can- 
not read  and  write,  but  there  are  many  who  do  vote.  They 
certainly  do !  For  in  Chile  vote-buying  has  not  been  frowned 
down  by  public  opinion.  In  past  elections  the  roto  got  five 
or  ten  pesos  ($1  or  $2).  This  time  it  was  different.  The 
Alliance  organized  a  League  Against  Vote-buying,  which 
their  opponents  styled  a  "League  to  Monopolize  Vote-buying 
for  the  Alliance,"  and  the  rotos  resolved  to  stand  by  Ales- 
sandri. Unquestionably  many  votes  were  bought,  and  by 
both  parties,  even  though  the  price  went  up  to  fifty,  a  hun- 
dred, and  as  much  as  two  hundred  pesos.  Many  took  these 
sums  from  Union  supporters,  but  voted  for  Alessandri  just 
the  same.  But  the  real  heroes,  of  whom  one  hears  on  every 
side — I  have  even  heard  men  of  opposite  party  refer  to 
them  with  a  certain  amount  of  pride — were  the  thousands 
in  all  parts  of  Chile  who  refused  even  the  semblance 
of  being  bought.  In  some  cases  they  took  the  money, 
and  tore  it  to  shreds  before  the  eyes  of  their  would-be 
corrupters.  This,,  to  my  mind,  is  the  most  admirable 
and  by  all  odds  most  hopeful,  sign  in  Chilean  poli- 
tics in  recent  years.  It  gives  one  confidence  in  the  future 
of  Chile.     Here  there  is  the  making  of  a  real  democracy! 

Outwardly  the  Chilean  method  of  electing  a  president  is 
quite  like  our  own.  The  people  vote  for  electors,  who  a 
month  later  cast  ballots  for  the  president.  One  important 
difference  in  the  Chilean  system  is  that  electoral  districts 


are  separate.  Thus  the  vote  of  each  province  (state)  and 
even  of  each  department  (county)  does  not  go  as  a  unit,  but 
may,  and  usually  does,  split.  Speaking  generally,  northern 
Chile,  the  mining  district,  went  for  Alessandri.  The  Union 
displayed  most  strength  in  central  Chile,  an  agricultural  sec- 
tion of  vast  estates  and  the  nucleus  of  the  country.  The  far 
south,  the  new  and  coming  Chile,  a  land  of  great  variety 
(though  mainly  agricultural),  leaned  toward  the  Alliance. 
Santiago,  though  in  the  center,  seemed  to  be  all  for  Alessan- 
dri, but  on  the  official  return  he  carried  the  department  by 
twenty  to  nineteen,  and  lost  the  province  twenty-nine  to 
twenty-two.  Great  numbers  of  those  who  cheered,  sang,  and 
paraded  in  his  honor  must  have  been  non-voting  illiterates. 
It  was  five  days  before  the  vote  of  Santiago  was  declared. 
Three  days  more,  and  the  full  count  for  the  country  was  an- 
nounced as  179  for  Alessandri  to  175  for  Barros  Borgono. 
Not  until  the  last  day  was  the  former  assured  of  his  ma- 
jority. Late  in  July  the  electors  cast  their  ballots.  One 
month  afterward  Congress  was  to  pass  judgment  on  the 
legitimacy  of  the  electoral  vote,  but  at  the  suggestion  of 
Eduardo  Juarez  Mujica,  former  Chilean  Ambassador  to  the 
United  States,  the  Court  of  Honor  was  formed  instead,  and 
both  parties  agreed  to  abide  by  its  decision. 

In  addition  to  the  political  factors  already  indicated  for 
which  this  election  is  significant — the  rise  of  a  new  democ- 
racy and  the  installation  in  the  presidency  of  the  first  candi- 
date of  the  people  in  Chilean  history — there  are  two  others 
worthy  of  note.  One  is  that  the  presidency  is  returning  to 
its  one-time  prestige.  Formerly  the  president  was  the  prin- 
cipal element  in  the  Government,  even  going  so  far  as  vir- 
tually to  choose  his  successor.  The  revolution  against  Bal- 
maceda  ended  that.  Then  Chile  went  to  the  opposite  ex- 
treme, making  Congress  the  arbiter.  In  imitation  of  the 
English  system,  the  cabinet,  representing  the  majority  in 
Congress,  took  charge  of  the  executive  branch.  The  presi- 
dent was  merely  to  "preside,"  as  the  king  of  England 
"reigns,"  but  was  not  to  "rule."  This  system  has,  however, 
proved  something  of  a  failure,  because  of  the  instability  of 
Congressional  majorities.  The  average  life  of  a  cabinet  has 
been  about  three  months ;  during  four  months  recently  there 
were  four  cabinets.  Inevitably,  therefore,  the  president  has 
been  recovering  prestige  and  power,  even  though  legally  he 
is  still  a  figurehead.  The  importance  which  all  classes  attach 
to  the  present  election  is  proof  enough  that  the  presidency 
is  no  longer  what  the  victors  of  1891  intended  it  to  be.  At 
the  least  it  amounts  to  an  active  party  leadership. 

It  seems  inevitable  that  some  change  in  the  method  of 
choosing  the  president  will  be  made.  The  Unionist  papers 
are  advocating  the  French  system,  of  election  by  Congress. 
There  are  two  preliminary  questions  that  ought  first  to  be 
solved,  it  would  seem.  Is  it  possible,  or  advisable,  to  have 
that  system  when  the  president  is  not  in  fact  an  innocuous 
abstraction  like  the  president  of  France?  Is  it  advisable,  or 
possible,  to  have  it  until  such  time  as  a  thoroughgoing  re- 
form shall  have  removed  Congress  from  even  the  suspicion 
of  the  venality  and  graft  from  which  few  Chileans  of  the 
present  day  absolve  it?  The  basic  question,  after  all,  is  not 
one  of  constitutional  systems,  but  rather  the  development  of 
a  civic  righteousness  which  will  insist  upon  clean  politics — 
whatever  the  system — and  will  then  abide  by  the  result. 
Such  a  spirit,  I  believe,  has  made  its  appearance  (at  least  in 
one  of  its  aspects)  in  the  present  election.  This  is  a  new 
force,  of  which  it  is  to  be  hoped,  for  the  good  of  Chile,  that 
the  leaders  of  both  parties  will  avail  themselves. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


447 


And  the  Public  Pays 

By  WATSON  WILLIAMS 

STREET  railway  fares  in  Minneapolis  have  just  been 
raised  to  six  cents,  with  a  provision  for  an  automatic 
increase  to  seven  cents,  or  four  tickets  for  twenty-five  cents, 
on  December  15.  The  question  has  long  been  before  the 
public.  For  three  years  it  has  taken  up  much  of  the  city 
council's  time;  the  State  legislature  has  been  bombarded 
with  it;  a  year  ago  the  mayor  sought  to  stop  a  city  ordi- 
nance which  practically  guaranteed  the  street  railways 
company  a  seven  per  cent  income  on  what  he  characterized 
as  a  capitalization  $8,000,000  in  excess  of  actual  value;  and 
finally  last  November  the  citizens  of  Minneapolis  rejected 
this  same  proposition  with  a  decisive  vote  of  three  to  two. 

But  the  cat  came  back  this  summer  with  all  her  wounds 
healed  and  a  nice  new  coat  of  fur.  Something  novel  in  cor- 
poration tactics  was  injected  into  this  last  and  successful 
campaign ;  and  since,  because  of  its  success  here,  it  is  likely 
to  be  tried  elsewhere,  it  should  be  of  interest  outside  Minne- 
apolis. This  time  the  initiative  was  practically  taken  by  the 
company  employees.  Dissatisfied  with  their  wage  of  fifty 
cents  an  hour,  they  made  representations  in  June  to  the 
president  of  the  company,  Mr.  Horace  Lowry.  He  informed 
them  through  their  representatives  that  the  company's 
finances  would  not  allow  the  increase  requested  unless  he 
was  permitted  to  increase  fares.  Whereupon  Mr.  Lowry 
and  his  employes  held  consultations,  the  outcome  of  which 
were  representations  from  both  to  city  council  and  public, 
the  employer  setting  forth  his  financial  needs  and  the  em- 
ployees their  wage  demands  with  a  threat  by  the  latter  to 
strike  unless  the  desired  increases  were  given  by  the  end 
of  June.  In  interviews  Mr.  Lowry  deplored  the  situation 
and  declared  himself  unable  to  avert  the  threatened  tie-up 
of  traffic  if  he  did  not  have  increased  fares.  The  employees 
backed  his  stand  with  reiterated  assurances  that  they  would 
certainly  strike  if  the  matter  was  not  settled  by  the  date 
fixed.  The  city  council  became  alarmed.  The  public,  so  used 
to  traction  controversies,  scarcely  took  heed.  Besides,  it 
was  summer,  and  many  were  away.  One  commercial  organ- 
ization did  arise  in  its  indignation  and  declare  in  scorching 
terms  what  it  chose  to  consider  this  newest  attempt  of  the 
street  railways  company  to  mulct  the  public. 

Nor  were  those  lacking  who  thought  that  they  saw  un- 
usual elements  in  this  situation.  They  observed  that  Mr. 
Lowry  for  the  first  time  dealt  with  a  militant  organization 
of  his  employees;  that  he  sat  in  a  joint  meeting  with  them 
and  listened  to  their  strike  threats  without  turning  a  hair 
and  even  issued  a  statement  to  the  public  that  he  was  help- 
less. It  was  recalled  that  almost  three  years  ago  his  com- 
pany had  locked  out  a  group  of  mild  insurgents  merely 
because  they  wore  union  buttons;  and,  in  defiance  of  the 
recommendations  of  the  War  Labor  Board,  these  had  not 
been  readmitted  to  work  until  the  buttons  disappeared. 
The  nascent  union  was  ruthlessly  broken,  and  more  tractable 
employees,  drawn  largely  from  the  country  and  small  towns, 
have  since  been  selected  by  the  company.  It  was  therefore 
a  matter  of  great  surprise  that  Mr.  Lowry  now  felt  himself 
so  helpless,  for  no  one  believes  him  to  be  a  timid  man  where 
his  own  interests  are  involved. 

The  city  council,  a  majority  of  which  has  always  been 
friendly   to   increased   fares,   was    duly   alarmed,    but   de- 


clared itself  unable  to  pass  on  the  question  by  the  end  of 
June.  A  compromise  with  the  militant  employees  was  ef- 
fected and  accountants  were  called  to  verify  the  company's 
estimates  of  the  fares  necessary  to  grant  the  men's  demands. 
Definite  resolutions  were  not  placed  before  the  council  for 
its  consideration  until  the  last  of  July.  The  company's 
proposal  was  a  seven  cent  fare,  but  a  poll  of  the  council 
showed  that  this  could  not  pass.  Also  it  was  known  that 
the  mayor  would  veto  such  an  ordinance.  The  action  finally 
taken  gave  the  employees  sixty  cents  an  hour  for  a  nine- 
hour  day  and  seventy  cents  for  overtime,  while  the  com- 
pany, awarded  the  increased  fares  set  forth  above,  will  have 
some  surplus  for  improvements  and  further  dividends.  For 
awhile  it  was  thought  that  the  mayor  would  veto  the  ordi- 
nance on  the  ground  that  the  automatic  increase  to  seven 
cents  provided  for  December  15  does  not  properly  protect 
the  public,  since  there  is  a  large  probability  that  it  will  not 
be  needed.  He  proposed  that  the  question  of  a  further  in- 
crease should  either  be  left  until  the  need  was  ascertained 
or  that  a  provision  should  be  included  in  the  ordinance  that 
the  higher  rates  should  take  effect  only  in  case  the  finances 
of  the  company  demonstrated  the  necessity.  But  the  council 
was  obdurate. 

However,  the  mayor  did  not  veto  the  ordinance,  as  was 
confidently  expected  by  many,  stating  that  he  wished  the 
city  council  to  have  the  undivided  responsibility  for  the  act. 
It  was  well  known  that  the  act  could  not  have  been  passed 
over  his  veto,  because  eleven  of  the  twenty-six  councilmen 
were  opposed  to  the  ordinance.  Seven  of  these  are  Socialists 
and  the  four  others  are  more  or  less  sympathetic  with  labor. 
It  is  significant  that  some  of  the  strongest  supporters  of 
the  ordinance  are  anti-labor  in  their  allegiance.  In  the 
twin-city  of  St.  Paul,  where  half  of  the  city  commissioners 
are  labor  representatives,  a  similar  proposition  by  the  same 
street  railways  company  was  rejected,  although  the  com- 
pany in  St.  Paul  is  less  prosperous  than  that  in  Minneapolis.* 

Neither  was  organized  labor  favorable  to  the  increase  in 
fares,  appearing  to  regard  it  as  an  employer's  ruse,  the 
more  so  because  the  employees  of  the  traction  company  are 
not  unionized.  Organized  labor  appeared  fearful  lest  the 
public — the  great  body  of  unorganized  workers  and  con- 
sumers— begin  to  think  that  labor  is  uniting  with  capital 
to  exploit  them  in  their  long-suffering  and  much-profiteered 
condition.  What  the  public  itself  thinks  of  it  can  be  ascer- 
tained only  at  the  fall  elections,  if  at  all.  There  was  then 
no  press  in  Minneapolis  which  reflected  its  views.  But  the 
significance  of  this  instance  of  cooperation  between  capital 
and  labor  for  common  ends  cannot  easily  be  overlooked. 
Is  it  the  end  of  an  old  system  or  the  prophecy  of  a  new 
order?  In  the  northwest  the  two  leading  old  parties  have 
recently  been  fusing  their  strength  to  delay  the  final  victory 
of  new  movements  awakening  in  the  public  consciousness. 
Possibly  certain  types  of  capital  and  labor  are  here  forced 
to  make  together  their  last  stand  in  their  old  and  outworn 
policies  of  disregarding  the  public  interest.  Or  is  it  a 
sign  of  a  new  harmony  between  long  discordant  elements 
to  bring  through  their  combined  powers  an  awakening 
of  the  public  to  its  obligations  to  the  workers  as  well  as  to 
capital  engaged  in  those  industries  which  serve  it? 

*  On  September  13  St.  Paul  adopted  an  ordinance  similar  to  that  adopted 
by  Minneapolis  early  in  August,  after  renewed  and  increased  agitation  by 
employees  of  the  street  car  company  in  concert  with  employers.  The  Minne- 
sota Daily  Star  (Farmer-Labor)  said  of  this  ordinance:  "St.  Paul,  too,  has 
now  surrendered  to  the  threats  of  the  street  car  company.  But  the  St.  Paul 
city  council  has  the  defense  that  the  fight  there  was  hopeless  after  th« 
Minneapolis  council  surrendered  to  the  company  without  setting  up  safe- 
guards for   the   public." 


448 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


The  I.  W.  W. 

By  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 


A  LEGEND  has  been  built  up  about  the  I.  W.  W.  The 
Department  of  Justice,  federal  district  attorneys  and 
local  prosecutors,  the  newspapers  and  the  copper  interests 
have  joined  in  spinning  a  veritable  saga  about  these  men. 
They  are  pictured  as  cut-throat,  pro-German,  or,  latterly, 
bolshevik,  desperadoes  who  burn  harvest-fields,  drive  iron 
spikes  into  fine  timber  and  ruin  the  mill-saws,  devise  bomb 
plots,  who  obstructed  the  war  and  sabotaged  the  manufac- 
ture of  munitions — veritable  supermen,  with  a  superhuman 
power  for  evil,  omnipresent  and  almost  omnipotent.  And  as 
a  result  of  this  legend  which  has  crept  deep  into  the  con- 
sciousness of  millions  of  honest  and  well-meaning  Ameri- 
cans, they  have  been  hounded  and  harried  as  no  other  organ- 
ization in  American  history  has  ever  been,  tarred  and  feath- 
ered, lynched,  shot  outright,  imprisoned  by  the  thousand, 
deported  into  the  parched  desert  of  Arizona ;  every  I.  W.  W. 
headquarters  in  the  country  has  been  raided,  its  furniture 
smashed,  its  records  carried  off,  its  money  taken  from  it,  and 
some  fifteen  States  have  passed  laws  intended  to  make  mere 
membership  in  the  I.  W.  W.  a  crime  sufficient  to  warrant  the 
imprisonment  of  the  member. 

Yet  the  I.  W.  W.  persist.  Despite  the  "criminal  syndical- 
ism" law  they  still  virtually  control  the  lumber  industry  of 
the  State  of  Washington ;  they  are  the  strongest  labor  organ- 
ization in  Montana,  and  former  dues-paying  members  of  the 
I.  W.  W.  who  have  never  recanted  are  running  for  State 
office  there  on  the  Democratic  ticket  with  Cox  and  Roosevelt; 
they  are  strong  in  Arizona  and  Oklahoma,  and  they  control 
the  waterfront  of  the  Delaware  River  in  the  East. 

Who  and  what  are  the  I.  W.  W.,  and  how  much  truth  is 
there  behind  the  legend?  They  are  the  cheerful  left  wing 
of  American  labor,  the  militant  industrial  unionists  of  haz- 
ardous and  irregular  trades.  They  preach  and  practice  an 
outspoken  doctrine  of  class  solidarity ;  they  have  no  mutual 
welfare  funds  piling  up  in  the  banks,  few  of  them  have 
homes,  and  most  of  them  are  men  who  literally  have  nothing 
but  their  chains  to  lose  and  a  world  to  gain.  They  are  a 
rollicking  jovial  lot;  the  only  group  in  American  labor  which 
sings.  Their  "preamble,"  denounced  as  seditious  during  the 
war,  but  which  had  been  widely  circulated  ever  since  its 
adoption  in  1905,  is  their  credo: 

The  working  class  and  the  employing  class  have  nothing  in 
common.  There  can  be  no  peace  so  long  as  hunger  and  want 
are  found  among  millions  of  the  working  people  and  the  few, 
who  make  up  the  employing  class,  have  all  the  good  things  of 
life.  Between  these  two  classes  a  struggle  must  go  on  until  the 
workers  of  the  world  organize  as  a  class,  take  possession  of  the 
earth  and  the  machinery  of  production,  and  abolish  the  wage 
system.  .  .  .  Instead  of  the  conservative  motto,  "A  fair 
day's  wage  for  a  fair  day's  work,"  we  must  inscribe  on  our  ban- 
ner the  revolutionary  watchword,  "Abolition  of  the  wage  sys- 
tem." It  is  the  historic  mission  of  the  working  class  to  do  away 
with  capitalism.  The  army  of  production  must  be  organized, 
not  only  for  the  everyday  struggle  with  capitalists,  but  also 
to  carry  on  production  when  capitalism  shall  have  been  over- 
thrown. By  organizing  industrially  we  are  forming  the  struc- 
ture of  the  new  society  within  the  shell  of  the  old. 

The  I.  W.  W.  do  not  believe  in  separate  unions  for  each 
craft  within  an  industry.    They  want  all  grades  of  labor  to 


act  together  for  their  common  interest.  "A  craft  union," 
says  Haywood,  "is  just  a  little  job  trust." 

The  entire  case  against  the  I.  W.  W.  as  revealed  in  the  big 
federal  prosecutions  is  based  upon  their  speeches  and  writ- 
ings. The  I.  W.  W.  were  charged  with  organizing  an  anti- 
war conspiracy:  the  prosecutors  produced  only  isolated  edi- 
torial articles  and  speeches  of  rebellious  individuals.  The 
I.  W.  W.  were  charged — in  the  newspapers — with  spending 
German  gold;  in  court  the  prosecutors  admitted  that  they 
could  find  no  trace  of  it.  They  were  charged  with  sabotag- 
ing wartime  production :  the  record  shows  that  the  I.  W.  W. 
had  three  strikes  in  the  whole  course  of  the  war  (the  Bisbee 
copper  strike,  in  connection  with  which  1,169  I.  W.  W.  and 
suspected  I.  W.  W.  were  deported  into  the  desert;  the  Butte 
copper  strike,  in  the  course  of  which  Frank  Little  was  taken 
out  of  his  bed  and  lynched;  and  the  intermittent  Washing- 
ton lumber  strikes)  while  the  "patriotic"  American  Federa- 
tion of  Labor  had  more  than  2,000  strikes!  An  I.  W.  W. 
union  loaded  every  shell  shipped  from  the  Delaware  River 
during  the  war.  The  I.  W.  W.  have  been  charged  with  vio- 
lence, but  in  none  of  the  big  I.  W.  W.  prosecutions  has  any 
evidence  been  introduced  to  show  actual  violence  by  the  men 
convicted.  The  MacNamara  dynamitings,  the  violent  team- 
sters' and  longshoremen's  and  street  car  strikes  of  the  past, 
have  been  American  Federation  acts.  The  I.  W.  W.  have 
been  charged  with  sabotage,  a  word  of  many  meanings. 
They  have  been  charged  with  burning  Kansas  wheat-fields; 
that  was  never  proved,  but  it  was  proved  that  the  wheat- 
fields  in  question  had  been  heavily  insured  by  their  owners. 

The  I.  W.  W.  call  slacking  on  the  job,  poor  work,  a  form  of 
sabotage,  and  admit  they  practice  it.  But  their  General 
Executive  Board  defines  their  position  on  violence  thus : 

.  .  .  [The  I.  W.  W.]  does  not  now  and  never  has  believed 
in  or  advocated  either  destruction  or  violence  as  a  means  of 
accomplishing  industrial  reform;  first,  because  no  principle  was 
ever  settled  by  such  methods;  second,  because  industrial  history 
has  taught  us  that  when  strikers  resort  to  violence  and  unlawful 
methods,  all  the  resources  of  the  Government  are  immediately 
arrayed  against  them  and  they  lose  their  cause;  third,  because 
such  methods  destroy  the  constructive  impulse  which  it  is  the 
purpose  of  this  organization  to  foster  and  develop  in  order  that 
the  workers  may  fit  themselves  to  assume  their  place  in  the  new 
society. 

The  one  court  case  in  which  violence  has  actually  been 
proved  against  them  was  the  Centralia  case.  Their  head- 
quarters had  been  burned  down  by  "loyal"  citizens.  They 
had  been  warned  that  their  new  headquarters  would  be  at- 
tacked, and  armed  men  were  ready  to  defend  it.  The  Armis- 
tice Day  parade  left  its  prescribed  route  to  pass  the  hall; 
the  evidence  differed  as  to  who  started  the  firing;  at  any 
rate  both  ex-service  men  in  the  parade  and  I.  W.  W.  members 
were  killed.  Wesley  Everett,  lynched  as  an  I.  W.  W.,  was 
bunkmate  of  Sergeant  LaMay,  another  I.  W.  W.,  who  is  said 
to  have  won  more  medals  in  France  than  any  other  private 
or  non-commissioned  officer  in  the  American  Army,  and  who 
was  paralyzed  for  life  after  his  return,  by  a  falling  tree  in 
the  woods  of  Washington. 

That  is  the  fact-record  of  the  I.  W.  W. — a  record  of  radi- 
cals preaching  syndicalism,  opposed  to  the  existing  order, 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


449 


uninterested  in  the  European  war,  but  not  a  record  of  vio- 
lent revolutionaries.  For  this  between  three  and  four  thou- 
sand have  been  jailed;  a  thousand  are  still  in  jail.  They 
have  been  convicted  wholesale:  ninety-three  at  Chicago,  thir- 
ty-eight at  Kansas  City,  etc.  The  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals 
has  just  reaffirmed  the  Chicago  sentences,  and  the  men  out 
on  bail  are  ordered  back  to  prison.  Twelve  of  the  ninety- 
three  have  served  out  their  sentences.  One,  a  nineteen- 
year-old  Harvard  boy,  sentenced  to  five  years  in  prison,  had 
a  change  of  heart  and  went  to  Washington  to  tell  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice.  He  was  pardoned  a  week  later — a  curious 
commentary  on  the  official  statement  that  no  one  is  im- 
prisoned for  "opinion."  Thirty-three  face  ten-year  sen- 
tences; sixteen,  twenty-year  sentences.  And  among  the 
sixteen  who  face  twenty  years  is  Big  Bill  Haywood — 
wheezy,  one-eyed,  gentle — yes,  gentle,  Bill  Haywood  who, 
despite  the  legend,  could  not  kill  a  fly  and  cannot  be  per- 
suaded to  denounce  even  an  apostate  I.  W.  W.,  a  purchaser 
of  immunity  from  prosecution  by  writing  denunciatory  ar- 
ticles for  the  Sunday  papers — who  has  given  all  his  life  to 
the  labor  movement,  and  talks  of  "the  boys"  in  the  affec- 
tionate tones  of  a  father.  The  movement  for  amnesty  and 
the  spirit  of  revolt  both  gain  by  the  reassertion  of  the 
verdict. 


A  Needed  Functionary 

By  GRANT  SHOWERMAN 

I  DIDN'T  mean  to  do  it:  the  cat  was  excited  at  the  pros- 
pect of  the  supper  I  was  about  to  set  down  for  him  and 
got  between  my  legs,  and  I  stepped  on  his  paw.  At  the 
terrific  squawk  he  uttered,  I  too  became  excited,  and  in  the 
blind  effort  to  spare  him  brought  my  heel  square  down  on 
his  tail. 

It  was  excruciating,  but  economical.    Ever  since,  the  cat 
has  kept  clear  of  people's  feet. 

"There's  good  pedagogy  in  that,"  said  my  friend  the 
father  of  eight  boys.  "The  cat  got  his  lesson.  It's  the  same 
with  children.  A  single  good  sharp  cut  of  a  switch  across 
the  legs,  one  that  really  and  truly  hurts,  will  break  up  a  bad 
habit  or  institute  a  good  one  in  a  moment's  time  where  a 
year's  employment  of  the  'reasoning'  they  are  always  talking 
about  will  leave  the  case  exactly  where  it  was.  I  am  not 
advocating  harshness,  or  tyranny,  you  understand — only,  I 
believe  in  good,  hard  shock  for  proper  cause  at  the  proper 
time.  There  is  such  a  thing  as  surprising  the  system  out  of 
or  into  mental  and  physical  habit.  Take,  for  example,  the 
case  of  lifelong  invalids  or  cranks  who  have  been  shocked 
into  health  or  sense  by  accident  of  some  kind,  or  even  by 
merciful  conspiracy.  You've  read  about  them,  haven't  you?" 
"It's  kind  of  like  a  machine  sometimes,"  I  said.  "It  hesi- 
tates, and  sticks,  or  jams,  until  you  get  out  of  patience  and 
give  it  a  kick,  and  then  it  goes  beautifully." 

"Only,"  I  continued,  "I  suppose  you  must  be  careful  and 
not  smash  the  machine — or  hurt  your  foot.  You  must  kick 
judiciously." 

"Nonsense!"  he  cried,  "that's  some  more  of  the  'never 
punish  in  anger'  sort  of  rot.  Exactly  what  you  need  with 
both  machine  and  child  is  to  get  out  of  patience.  Punish- 
ment ought  to  be  as  quick  as  the  lightning-stroke.  Any 
machine  worth  talking  about,  or  any  child,  will  be  in  no 
danger  of  permanent  injury  from  a  good  jolt." 


"That's  just  the  word,"  I  said. 

He  went  on.  "Within  limits,  of  course,  I  am  assuming 
ordinary  intelligence  and  a  human  disposition.  And  I  am 
talking  of  real  children,  not  the  kind  you  read  about." 

"It  makes  me  think,"  I  said.  "The  jolt  is  a  good  thing 
for  grown  people  as  well  as  for  children,  cats,  and  dogs. 
You  know  Dulley,  don't  you?  I've  seen  him  come  down  the 
street  a  thousand  times  with  ladies  who  had  their  hands 
full,  never  offering  to  take  a  thing.  But  one  day,  I  happen 
to  know,  he  was  with  little  Miss  Fitz,  letting  her  struggle 
along  with  a  heavy  pack  of  books,  when  all  of  a  sudden  she 
stopped  stock  still  and  literally  threw  them  into  his  arms. 
'There!'  she  said,  'carry  those  books  for  me,  will  you?  It's 
no  more  than  manners.'  It  made  him  mad,  of  course,  but  it 
was  exactly  what  he  needed.  Since  then  he's  been  a  regular 
parcels  post.  He  simply  can't  do  enough  draying — and  all 
because  of  a  merciless  jolt  at  precisely  the  proper  moment. 
It  put  his  machine  into  good  running  order,  you  see. 

"Then  I  was  attending  a  concert  service  at  church  the 
other  Sunday  evening — " 

My  friend  threw  up  his  hands.  "Yes,  I  know  what  you're 
going  to  say,"  he  said,  "And  you're  right.  Of  all  the  mad- 
dening torment  that  people  who  love  music  have  to  undergo 
in  this  land  of  ours,  where  idiots  go  to  a  concert  as  if  it  were 
a  reception,  or  a  convention,  or  a  mass-meeting — !  Some  of 
the  worst  crimes  are  not  in  the  statute-books."  He  was  al- 
most incoherent. 

"Well,"  I  said,  "for  once  I  did  my  bit  to  abate  the  nui- 
sance. There  was  a  couple  sitting  beside  me.  I  endured 
their  whispering  through  the  prayer,  and  then  part  way 
through  a  delicate  Handel  organ  number,  and  was  just  nerv- 
ing myself  to  endure  to  the  end,  when,  quite  to  my  surprise, 
the  great  God  of  Jolts  suddenly  turned  me  in  my  seat  and 
made  me  say,  'Would  you  mind  not  talking  while  the  music 
is  going  on?'  Of  course  they  both  glared  at  me,  and  of 
course  I  have  made  two  enemies  for  life;  but  there  are  also 
two  people  who  will  never  expose  themselves  to  that  again." 
"You're  a  public  benefactor,"  said  my  friend  warmly,  "and 
we  ought  to  have  a  score  or  two  like  you  distributed  through 
every  concert  hall,  and  theater,  and  church.  It  would  do 
more  for  manners  at  public  functions  than  ten  thousand 
reams  of  'reasoning.'  " 

"But  it  would  take  a  lot  of  courage,  and  it  would  stir  up  a 
lot  of  ill  feeling,  wouldn't  it?  They'd  call  us  ill-tempered, 
and  bad  neighbors,  and  undemocratic." 

"It  would  be  worth  the  price,"  he  said.  "And  I  am  not  so 
sure  about  the  ill  feeling.  I  have  had  experiences  of  my 
own.  Of  course  I  don't  look  back  with  delight  upon  either 
the  process  or  its  authors,  but  at  the  same  time  I  am  ever- 
lastingly thankful  for  the  result.  Oh,  I  could  tell  you  some 
interesting  stories  about  jolts  that  I  have  known,  if  I  only 
cared  to." 

"So  could  I,"  I  said,  "but  I  don't  care  to,  any  more  than 
you.  I'm  not  great  enough  a  character  to  make  it  safe  for 
me  to  publish  my  confessions.  Saint  Augustine  could  lay 
bare  all  his  weaknesses  and  not  be  afraid.  But  I  am  no 
saint." 

"Anyway,  we  seem  to  have  proved  the  virtues  of  jolting," 
he  said,  "and  since  that  thought  about  the  concert  halls  and 
theaters,  I  have  been  wondering  whether  we  couldn't  turn 
our  conclusions  to  account.  I  just  happened  to  think  of 
years  ago  when  we  used  to  maintain,  or  pretend  to  maintain, 
a  useful  servant  of  the  public  called  the  Fool-killer.     You 


450 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


remember?  He  used  to  make  inspectional  tours  once  or 
twice  a  year.  It  used  to  be,  'When  the  Fool-killer  comes 
round  — '  " 

"Yes,  I  remember,"  I  answered.  "We  used  to  save  up  all 
the  cases  for  him." 

"Precisely,"  he  said.  "But  in  these  days  of  shorthanded- 
ness  and  economy,  we  can't  afford  to  destroy  anything  that  , 
can  be  made  serviceable  by  reconstruction,  especially  if  re- 
construction involves  nothing  more  expensive  than  jolting. 
The  difference  between  a  fool  and  a  philosopher  is  often  only 
the  matter  of  a  good,  vigorous  jolt.  Why  not  a  Jolter,  and 
have  him  come  round  every  so  often?" 

"A  sort  of  Lord  High  Jolter,  after  the  fashion  of  the  Lord 
High  Executioner,"  I  suggested.  "He'll  have  'em  on  the 
list — and  they'll  none  of  'em  be  missed." 

"Perfectly,"  he  agreed.  "And  you  and  I'll  help  him  make 
out  his  little  list." 

"For  example, — "  I  suggested. 

"First  of  all,"  he  responded,  promptly,  "the  aforesaid 
nuisances  at  musical  functions." 

"And  at  the  theater,"  I  added.  "Not  forgetting  the  bush- 
men  who  come  late  with  their  females  and  spoil  the  whole 
first  act  crawling  over  you  to  their  seats  and  getting  set- 
tled." 

"And  actors  with  absurd  mannerisms  which  they  think 
captivating,"  he  said. 

"And  preachers  who  use  Billy  Sunday  vocabularies  before 
Jonathan  Edwards  congregations,"  I  said. 

"And  tell  slangy  stories,  thinking  they  are  putting  them- 
selves on  a  level  with  the  common  people,"  he  said. 

"And  there  are  some  private  nuisances  we  mustn't  for- 
get," he  added.  "We  must  put  down  the  people  who  stop  you 
when  you  are  in  a  hurry  and  take  fifteen  minutes  to  say 
what  could  be  said  in  two,  or  didn't  need  saying  at  all." 

"The  buttonholers,"  I  said. 

"Yes,"  he  answered,  "they  need  a  jolt  to  get  their  machin- 
ery to  running." 

"And  then  there's  the  other  kind,"  I  said,  "the  ones  that 
talk  so  fast  and  so  long  you  never  get  a  chance  to  say  a  word 
of  your  own.  Every  time  you  try  it  they  simply  increase  in 
speed  and  volume,  and  leave  you  overwhelmed  and  gasping." 

"The  steam  roller  sort,"  he  said. 

"Yes,"  I  said.  "Total  recall,  I  believe,  is  the  name  they 
give  it.  We'll  have  them  on  the  list.  The  Jolter  will  surely 
do  them  good." 

My  friend  hesitated. 

"I  doubt  it,"  he  said.  "Jolting  really  does  better  for  slow 
machinery  than  for  gearing  that  works  with  such  absolute 
smoothness." 

"But  these  people  have  never  once  in  the  course  of  their 
whole  lives  had  it  occur  to  them  that  what  is  of  interest  to 
them  is  not  every  bit  as  interesting  to  everybody  else,"  I 
said.    "Couldn't  the  Jolter  jolt  it  into  their  heads?" 

For  the  first  time  my  friend  looked  discouraged. 

"Yes,  I  know,"  he  said,  "but  how  is  he  to  get  at  them? 
Wouldn't  they  go  right  over  him,  the  same  as  with  the  rest 
of  us?" 

I  remembered  various  experiences.  "Yes,"  I  said,  "I'm 
afraid  they  would." 

My  friend  was  thoughtful  for  a  moment.  "I'm  afraid  re- 
construction in  some  cases  is  impossible,"  he  said.  "I  don't 
know  but  we'll  have  to  retain  the  Lord  High  Executioner  for 
occasional  service,  after  all." 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  exigencies  of  modern  travel  forced  the  Drifter  into 
a  drawing-room  car.  His  negotiations  with  the 
porter  for  a  seat  that  wasn't  to  be  had  were  about  ending, 
when  he  was  forced  to  step  aside  to  let  a  girl  pass.  She 
had  obviously  overheard  the  conversation  and  paused  now, 
to  look  at  the  Drifter.  He  was  shabby,  but  presentable. 
"If  you  care  to,  you  may  have  a  seat  in  my  drawing-room 
as  far  as  Philadelphia."  The  Drifter  settled  himself  with 
his  back  to  the  engine,  wishing  he  might  smoke,  while  his 
new  found  friend  sat  opposite  and  discoursed  of  cabbages 
and  kings.  The  Drifter  didn't  in  the  least  care  what  she 
talked  of,  as  long  as  she  talked,  for  she  was  comely  to  look 
at  and  her  face  lighted  pleasantly  when  she  was  interested. 
Her  grandmother  had  just  sold  her  New  York  house  and 
there  had  been  several  happy,  dusty  days  in  the  attic. 
She  exhibited  part  of  her  spoil,  opened  one  book,  and 
began  to  read.  The  Drifter  unfolded  a  newspaper,  but  was 
interrupted  by  a  giggle  and  the  book  was  passed  across  to 
him.  It  was  a  small  "Guide  to  New  York,  Its  Buildings, 
Places  of  Amusement,  Churches,  Banks,  &c,  &c."  On  the 
title-page  was  printed  the  announcement  "Not  to  be  taken 
from  the  Hotel  Astor"  and  the  date  1867.  The  Drifter 
wondered  what  crinoline  lady  or  foppish  beau  had  slipped 
the  little  book  into  pocket  or  handbag.  On  the  open  page 
he  read: 

Politeness  in  Railroad  Cars 

1 — Always  show  your  ticket  (without  getting  in  a  bad  humor) 
whenever  the  conductor  asks  for  it.  Observe  this  as  a  rule,  it 
will  pay. 

2 — A  gentleman  should  not  occupy  more  than  one  seat  at  a 
time. 

3 — Gentlemen  will  not  spit  tobacco  juice  in  the  cars  where 
there  are  ladies;  it  soils  their  skirts  and  dresses. 

4 — Ladies  without  escort  in  travel  should  be  very  particular 
with  whom  they  become  acquainted. 

5 — "If  you  your  lips  would  keep  from  slips, 
Five  things  observe  with  care. 
With  whom  you  speak,  to  whom  you  speak 
And  how  and  when  and  where." 


THE  Drifter  looked  up  to  meet  a  pair  of  twinkling  eyes 
opposite. 

6 — Where  you  see  a  fellow  overzealous  for  your  comfort  and 
pushing  himself  forward  saying  "are  you  traveling  alone? — 
allow  me  to — "  etc.,  etc.,  just  say  to  him  "Thank  you,  sir,  I 
require  no  assistance."  By  observing  this  rule,  ladies  will  often 
save  themselves  and  others  trouble. 

7 — Ladies  traveling  with  children  should  invariably  have  a 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Gifford  Pinchot,  formerly  chief  of  U.  S.  Forest  Service, 
is  professor  of  forestry  at  Yale  and  president  of  the 
National  Conservation  Association. 

Watson  Williams,  a  writer  resident  in  Minneapolis,  is  a 
student  of  economic  questions. 

Grant  Showerman  is  professor  of  classics  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin  and  a  contributor  to  literary  maga- 
zines. 

Charles  E.  Chapman,  associate  professor  of  history  at 
the  University  of  California,  is  at  present  U.  S.  ex- 
change professor  to  Chili. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


451 


basket  of  eatables,  a  tumbler  or  goblet  for  the  children  to  drink 
from,  and  keep  the  children  in  their  seats. 

8 — Keep  your  head  and  arms  inside  the  windows. 

9 Never  sit  in  a  seat,  in  warm  weather,  with  a  man  weigh- 
ing 244  pounds. 

10 — Always  carry  greenbacks  instead  of  individual  promises 

to  pay. 

11 — Ladies  who  wear  hoops  should  make  them  small  before 

leaving  home. 

12 — Never  let  your  bandbox,  valise,  or  cloak  occupy  a  seat 
when  there  is  a  rack  for  them;  it  looks  bad  for  you  to  occupy 
a  whole  seat  when  there  are  passengers  standing  without  seats. 

13 — Always  be  polite  to  everybody  while  traveling,  don't  get 
into  a  bad  humor. 

14 — Never  give  information  without  being  asked,  then  you 
will  not  be  contradicted. 

15 — When  a  lady  enters  a  car  and  there  is  no  vacant  seat, 
rise  and  offer  her  yours,  it  is  true  politeness. 

16 — Never  smoke  in  a  car  where  there  are  ladies.  No  gentle- 
man would  be  guilty  of  such  an  act. 

*       *       *       *       * 

JUST  here  the  Drifter's  young  companion  interrupted  to 
offer  him  a  cigarette  from  a  neat  leather  case. 

17 — Never  use  profane  language  in  a  railroad  car. 

19 — Never  talk  politics  in  the  cars; — it  is  usually  disagree- 
able to  some  of  your  fellow  travelers. 

20 — Never  sit  beside  a  person  who  is  hard  of  hearing  and  has 
never  traveled  any;  get  away,  there  are  too  many  questions  to 
be  answered. 

21 — Never  talk  loud  while  the  train  is  in  motion;  it  may  not 
annoy  anyone,  but  it  will  injure  your  lungs. 

22 — Making  love  should  be  done  outside  of  railroad  cars.  By 
being  too  affectionate  in  the  cars  people  will  talk. 

The  Drifter 


.  Correspondence 

Maupassant  and  Spoon  River 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  One  of  Maupassant's  tales  seems  to  anticipate  the  Spoon 
River  Anthology.    In  the  collection  La  Main  Gauche,  in  the  story 
La  Morte  [1890],  a  young  man,  crazed  by  the  death  of  his  mis- 
tress, passes  the  night  in  the  cemetery  where  she  is  buried.    His 
delirium  grows  as  the  darkness  falls,  and  the  stone  upon  which 
he  is  seated  seems  to  be  shaken.     He  jumps  aside  and  reads  on 
the  cross  marking  the  grave:  "Ici  repose  Jacques  Olinant,  decede 
a  l'age  de  cinquante  et  un  ans.     II  aimait  les  siens,  fut  honnete 
et  bon,  et  mourut  dans  la  paix  du  Seigneur."     But  a  skeleton 
rises  from  the  open  tomb,  effaces  the  epitaph,  and  changes  the 
second  sentence  to  read  as  follows:  "II  hata  par  ses  duretes  la 
mort  de  son  pere  dont  il  desirait  heriter,  il  tortura  sa  femme, 
tourmenta  ses  enfants,  trompa  ses  voisins,  vola  quand  il  le  put 
et  mourut  miserable."    And  as  the  young  lover  looks  around  him 
he  sees  that  all  the  graves  have  opened  and  that  skeletons  are 
engaged  in  scratching  out  "les  mensonges  inscrits  par  les  parents 
sur  la  pierre  funebre  pour  y  retablir  la  verite.     Et  je  voyais  que 
tous  avaient  ete  les  bourreaux  de  leurs  proches,  haineux,  deshon- 
netes,    hypocrites,    menteurs,    fourbes,    calomniateurs,    envieux, 
qu'ils  avaient  vole,  trompe,  accompli  tous  les  actes  honteux,  tous 
les  actes  abominables,  ces  bons  peres,  ces  epouses  fideles,  ces  fils 
devoues,  ces  jeunes  filles  chastes,  ces  commercants  probes,  ces 
hommes  et  ces  femmes  irreprochables."    And  in  horror  the  young 
man  turns  to  the  tomb  of  his  beloved.     In  place  of  the  simple 
epitaph  he  had  engraved  there  "Elle  aima,  fut  aimee  et  mourut/' 
he  reads:  "Etant  sortie  un  jour  pour  tromper  son  amant,  elle 
prit  froid  sous  la  pluie  et  mourut." 

I  am  not  suggesting  La  Morte  as  the  "source"  of  Spoon  River. 
Very  few  of  the  true  histories  of  those  villagers  recall  at  all  the 


stories  of  Maupassant,  so  few  that  one  is  surprised  at  not  find- 
ing more.  I  have  noted  nothing  closer  than  Nellie  Clark  and 
Madame  Baptiste.  Masters  may  owe  nothing  directly  or  even 
indirectly  to  Maupassant,  but  the  parallel  seems  close  enough  to 
permit  a  query  as  to  whether  La  Morte  may  have  suggested  the 
fundamental  idea  of  the  Anthology. 

Benjamin  M.  Woodbridge 
University  of  Texas,  September  2 

Socialism  Yesterday  and  Today 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Why,  oh  why,  do  persons  as  intelligent  as  Mr.  F.  Lin- 
coln Hutchins,  persist  in  making  statements  like,  "I  abhor  the 
doctrine  of  the  Socialists  that  calls  for  governmental  regulation 
of  our  lives,  and  that  would  put  all  the  industries  of  the  country 
under  the  control  of  government  agents?"  [The  Nation,  Octo- 
ber 6,  1920].  Any  one  who  has  taken  the  trouble  to  discover 
what  present-day  Socialists  advocate,  can  tell  that  the  foregoing 
conception  of  Socialism  is  as  extinct  as  the  dodo,  except  in  the 
minds  of  those  who  are  still  under  the  influence  of  the  mid- 
Victorian  fear  of  the  Coming  Slavery.  The  Socialists  of  today 
demand  that  industries  be  controlled  by  the  workers  themselves, 
through  democratically  elected  shop,  district,  and  national  coun- 
cils or  committees.  There  is  nothing  to  indicate  a  desire  on  their 
part  of  control  by  "government  agents."  Similarly,  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  see  how  the  modern  Socialist  advocates  "government  reg- 
ulation of  our  lives."  On  the  contrary,  everything  in  Socialist 
theory  indicates  an  overwhelming  desire  for  complete  individual 
freedom,  such  as  is  impossible  under  the  capitalist  system. 

■  Brooklyn,  October  6  Alexander  Fichandler 


Are  We  Marching  or  Marking  Time? 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Headed  by  the  motto,  "The  Spirit  of  1776,"  a  letter  has 
gone  out  broadcast  from  the  Chicago  headquarters  of  the  Na- 
tional Young  Men's  Republican  League  declaring  the  League's 
purpose  to  educate  Young  America  "to  respect  and  cooperate 
with  the  constructive  business  thought  of  the  nation,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  socialistic  thought  of  the  agitator,"  and  ap- 
pealing for  financial  support  "in  our  work  for  Republicanism 
and  against  bolshevism." 

One  must  be  very  young,  indeed,  in  years  and  in  politics,  to 
indorse  the  proposition  of  these  embryonic  statesmen — that  the 
constructive  economic  thought  of  the  country  is  embodied  in  the 
philosophy  of  smug  standpatism,  while  the  belated  suggestion 
that  this  is  a  campaign  against  bolshevism  will  scarcely  appeal 
to  any  intelligence,  however  undeveloped,  outside  the  Department 
of  Justice,  and  that  is  safely  beyond  the  reach  of  Republican 
reasoning.  The  wildest  stretch  of  the  imagination  fails  to 
establish  any  connection  between  the  marching  revolutionary 
spirit  of  '76  and  the  static  reactionary  time-markers  of  1920. 

Rock  Island,  Illinois,  September  10  E.  W. 


Education  by  Celluloid 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Within  the  week  I  have  seen  two  moving  picture  films. 
One  was  called  "The  Riders  of  the  Dawn,"  the  other  "The 
Flame  of  Hell  Gate."  The  acting  in  the  first  was  clever,  in  the 
second,  abominable,  crude,  and  ludicrous.  The  effects  of  each, 
the  ideas  suggested  to  the  mind  of  the  spectator,  were  vicious 
in  the  extreme.  In  the  first,  a  lynching-bee  was  applauded  by 
the  crowded  house.  A  raid  upon  a  labor-camp  supposedly 
I.  W.  W.  was  cheered.  The  I.  W.  W.'s  were  chased  out  of  town 
with  bull-whips,  much  to  the  enjoyment  of  the  spectators.  For 
misrepresentation  of  the  I.  W.  W.  it  would  be  hard  to  beat  "The 
Riders  of  the  Dawn." 


452 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


In  the  second  film,  outlawry  was  idolized.  Extra-legal 
methods  of  securing  justice,  of  getting  revenge,  were  applauded. 
Government  was  held  up  to  contempt.  Due  process  of  law  was 
ridiculed  as  entirely  inadequate  and  undependable  in  both  films. 
Violence  of  the  mob  was  pictured  as  the  only  means  of  pun- 
ishing I.  W.  W.'s  in  the  first  film  and  of  punishing  a  cattle-thief 
in  the  second.     Thus  do  the  movies  teach  Americanism! 

Perhaps  Freud  would  explain  it  in  terms  of  the  sadistic 
impulse.  In  the  movies,  people  have  a  means  of  obtaining 
vicarious  satisfaction  for  their  suppressed  desires.  But  the 
suggestions  in  such  films  do  harm  that  is  beyond  the  possibility 
of  calculation.  There  was  a  boy  in  our  neighborhood  who, 
having  stolen  a  revolver  and  jewelry,  set  fire  to  several  build- 
ings. At  each  place  he  left  a  sign  "The  Black  Mask."  It  is 
easy  to  see  where  he  got  the  suggestion. 

Berkeley,  California,  August  20  Allen  Oak 


Catching  Up  With  George  Washington 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  these  days  of  buzzing  of  the  Department  of  Justice, 
and  of  general  reluctance  to  lay  aside  the  philosophy,  hatreds 
and  superstitions  of  war,  it  is  of  interest  to  come  across  the 
following  statement  of  George  Washington,  in  a  letter  of 
acknowledgment  to  a  committee  of  Congress,  which  had  in- 
formed him  of  his  extended  military  powers.  Washington's 
letter  was  dated  Trenton,  Jan.  1,  1777. 

".  .  .  Instead  of  thinking  myself  freed  from  all  civil  obliga- 
tions by  this  mark  of  .  .  .  confidence,  I  shall  constantly  bear  in 
mind  that,  as  the  sword  was  the  last  resort  for  the  preservation 
of  our  liberties,  so  it  ought  to  be  the  first  thing  laid  aside  when 
those  liberties  are  firmly  established." 

Also,  those  who  feast  at  the  table  of  your  trenchant  journal, 
may  be  comforted  by  some  assurance  that  it  is  not  in  the  present 
generation  only  that  the  world  has  been  going  to  the  dogs.  It 
had  started  dogwards  at  least  as  far  back  as  December  30,  1778, 
when  Washington  wrote  to  Colonel  Benjamin  Harrison  (Speaker 
of  the  Virginia  House  of  Delegates),  what  might  have  been  an 
editorial  in  The  Nation,  had  that  been  then  existent: 

".  .  .  .  If  I  were  to  be  called  upon  to  draw  a  picture  of  the 
times  and  of  men  from  what  I  have  seen,  heard,  and  in  part 
know,  I  should  in  one  word  say,  that  idleness,  dissipation,  and 
extravagance  seem  to  have  laid  fast  hold  of  most  of  them;  that 
speculation,  peculation,  and  an  insatiable  thirst  for  riches,  seem 
to  have  got  the  better  of  every  other  consideration,  and  almost 
of  every  order  of  men ;  that  party  disputes  and  personal  quarrels 
are  the  great  business  of  the  day;  whilst  the  momentous  con- 
cerns of  an  empire,  a  great  and  accumulating  debt,  ruined 
finances,  depreciated  money,  and  want  of  credit  (which  in  its 
consequences  is  want  of  everything) ,  are  but  secondary  consid- 
erations, and  postponed  from  day  to  day,  from  week  to  week,  as 
if  our  affairs  wore  the  most  promising  aspect.     .     .     ." 

Dorset,  Vermont,  September  28  Viola  I.  Paradise 

The  Rights  of  Conscience 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  A  few  days  ago,  on  glancing  through  the  1920  World 
Almanac,  I  came  across  the  tabulated  list  of  the  qualifications 
for  voting  in  the  various  States.  The  last  column  enumerates 
those  who  cannot  vote.  I  glanced  down  that  column,  and  my 
attention  was  suddenly  arrested  by  the  word  "atheist."  I  found 
that  it  had  to  do  with  requisites  for  voting  in  the  sovereign 
State  of  North  Carolina.  I  looked  again,  and  yes  there  it  was. 
Atheists  are  denied  the  vote  in  North  Carolina. 

It  struck  me  as  very  strange.  I  had  come  to  believe  that  it 
was  an  axiom  that  in  this  free  land  each  could  believe  according 
to  the  dictates  of  his  conscience,  whether  it  be  the  belief  in  an 
Almighty  God  or  the  denial  of  the  existence  of  such  a  being,  as 
long  as  such  belief  did  not  disturb  the  welfare  of  society.     The 


Almanac  was  in  error,  thought  I.  Why,  the  unabridged  exercise 
of  one's  conscience  in  matters  religious  was  the  bulwark  of  the 
Bill  of  Rights  in  the  United  States  Constitution,  in  fact,  formed 
the  very  basis  for  the  founding  of  this  great  land.  Surely  no 
State  could  deprive  a  citizen  of  such  fundamental  right. 

I  turned  to  another  page  of  the  Almanac,  and  there  read 
through  the  United  States  Constitution.  Yes,  religious  liberty 
is  guaranteed  to  us  all,  and  furthermore  it  is  provided  that  no 
State  shall  deprive  a  citizen  of  his  rights  as  guaranteed  to  him 
by  the  United  States  Constitution,  among  which  rights  is  the 
right  of  believing  according  to  the  dictates  of  conscience.  Fur- 
ther on  I  also  saw  the  provision  that  no  religious  test  shall  ever 
be  required  for  holding  any  office  under  the  United  States. 
Surely  no  State  could  ever  get  around  all  these  defenses. 

In  the  Library  of  Congress  I  obtained  the  latest  official  copy 
of  the  North  Carolina  constitution. 

I  glanced  quickly  down  the  page.  Ah,  there  it  was.  Art.  1, 
Sec.  26. 

"All  men  have  a  natural  and  unalienable  right  to  worship 
Almighty  God  according  to  the  dictates  of  their  own  conscience, 
and  no  human  authority  should  in  any  case  whatever  control  or 
interfere  with  the  rights  of  conscience." 

The  second  half  of  that  section  certainly  seemed  reassuring. 
If  no  human  authority  can  interfere  with  the  rights  of  con- 
science then  it  would  seem  that  one  could  believe  that  there  is 
no  God  and  yet  be  entirely  within  the  law.  Yet  who  knows  the 
intricacies  of  legal  phraseology?  What  about  the  first  half  of 
the  article?    I  must  search  on  further.     At  last  I  have  it. 

"Art.  6.  Suffrage  and  Eligibility  to  Office."  I  read  the  section 
enumerating  the  lequisites  for  voting,  and  hallelujah,  there  is 
not  a  word  about  religion.  The  vile  Almanac.  Casting  calumny 
on  the  fair  name  of  a  great  State!  But  something  made  me 
read  on,  and  holy  Jehosaphat,  what  do  my  eyes  behold. 

"Art.  6,  Section  8.  The  following  classes  of  persons  are  dis- 
qualified for  office.  (1)  All  those  who  shall  deny  the  existence 
of  Almighty  God."  ' 

I  hastened  for  the  open  air. 

Is  Article  1,  Section  26  annulled  by  Article  6,  Section  8,  or  is 
it  vice  versa,  or  is  it  neither,  or  are  they  both  treasonable  and, 
if  so,  should  not  A.  Mitchell  Palmer  get  busy?  If  a  man  cannot 
hold  office  unless  he  believes  in  God,  is  it  not  depriving  him  of 
the  free  exercise  of  his  conscience? 

Let  us  be  duly  thankful  that  the  Almanac  was  somewhat  in 
error.  It  is  not  the  voter  who  must  believe  the  religion  laid 
down  for  him,  but  rather  the  seeker  for  office.  And  perhaps 
those  who  seek  office  in  North  Carolina  will  not  be  over  scrupu- 
lous in  such  a  little  thing  as  the  belief  in  a  God,  and  will  take 
the  requisite  oath  with  due  piety. 

Washington,  D.  C,  September  2U  Herman  Berman 


The  Community  Church 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  The  decadence  of  the  pulpit  is  often  remarked  upon  in 
the  public  press.  There  is  in  New  York  City  a  pulpit  that 
stands  out  from  the  multitude — as  progressive — from  which  the 
truth -is  told  as  fearlessly  as  it  is  found  in  The  Nation.  I  am 
confident  that  thousands  of  your  readers  would  be  glad  to  hear 
John  Haynes  Holmes  or  Dr.  John  Herman  Randall  if  they  once 
found  the  place  where  they  preach.  It  is  in  the  Lyric  Theatre, 
Forty-second  Street,  near  Seventh  Avenue,  every  Sunday  morn- 
ing at  11  o'clock.  These  men  discuss  the  issues  of  today,  and 
their  message  is  always  constructive  and  inspiring.  Here  is 
no  catering  to  vested  interests  and  rich  pewholders.  The  Com- 
munity Church  for  which  they  speak  has  no  creed  but  brother- 
hood. It  is  like  old  Plymouth  Church  was  when  the  great 
Beecher  was  hurling  his  thunders  at  Slavery.  Here  Protestant, 
Catholic,  and  Jew  meet  on  common  ground,  and  worship  God 
by  rousing  their  own  enthusiasm  to  work  for  mankind. 

New  York  City,  September  18  Charles  H.  Cochrane 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


453 


Thus  My  Dreams 

(From  the  Spanish  of  Roberto  Lievano  of  Bogota,  Colombia) 
By  THOMAS  WALSH 

A  nightingale  with  silver  flourish  told 

Of  thine  approach,  high  in  the  lemon-tree, 

And  lo!  before  me  rises  dreamily 
Thy  form  upon  the  lily  paths  of  old. 
How  thy  hands  tremble  as  with  light!     How  cold 

The  starry  glisten  of  thine  eyes  on  me ! 

How  lightly  stir  thy  breasts  (in  them  I  see 
Twin  doves  that  whisper  love  where  branches  fold) . 

The  breeze  is  sifting  through  the  grove;  it  shakes 
The  sacramental  lemon-trees  in  flakes 

Of  snow  upon  thy  breast  and  silken  hair; 
Dawn  rises,  veiling  thee  in  mist  that  seems 
To  take  its  whiteness  from  thee ;  thus  my  dreams 

Behold  thee,  flowerlike  in  thy  bridal  wear. 

Books 

Wisdom  and  Irony 

The  Three  Taverns.    By  Edwin  Arlington  Robinson.    The  Mac- 
millan  Company. 

IV/fR-  ROBINSON  has  never  learned  the  arts  by  which  some 
*■  *■  verse  men  can  lighten  three  or  four  serious  poems  with 
trifling  pieces  until  they  will  float  a  volume.  Every  volume  he 
publishes  is  packed;  and  every  poem,  as  such  things  go  in  the 
world,  is  perfect.  After  his  two  longer  poems  "Merlin"  and 
"Lancelot,"  he  now  returns  to  collecting  certain  brief  pieces 
written  in  the  intervals  of  the  last  few  years.  Separate  enough 
in  themselves,  they  yet  stand  with  respect  to  each  other  in  a 
sort  of  pattern,  like  the  monoliths  of  a  Druid  circle.  Like  those 
monoliths,  too,  these  poems  seem  to  be  more  than  mortised  in 
the  underlying  granite;  they  seem  to  grow  out  of  it  in  the  mere 
course  of  nature.  And  like  the  Druid  stones  they  wear  each 
an  air  of  ominous,  enormous  mystery,  themselves  substantial 
enough  to  the  casual  eye  and  yet  hung  about  with  dim  memo- 
ries and  unargumentative  though  powerful  significance.  What 
holds  them  in  the  pattern  is  that  tone  of  mingled  wisdom  and 
irony,  that  color  of  dignity  touched  with  colloquial  flexibility, 
that  clear,  hard,  tender  blank  verse  and  those  unforgettable 
eight-line  stanzas  and  dramatic  sonnets  which  go  to  make  up 
one  of  the  most  scrupulous  and  valuable  of  living  poets. 

Five  of  the  larger  poems  in  "The  Three  Taverns"  are  epi- 
sodes based  upon  history:  Rahel  telling  Varnhagen  of  the  ad- 
ventures of  her  heart  before  her  marriage  to  him;  Hamilton 
and  Burr  in  1795  at  the  not  quite  conscious  parting  of  their 
ways;  Paul  at  the  Three  Taverns,  to  which  the  brethren  of 
Rome  came  out  to  meet  him,  greeting  them  with  his  doctrine; 
John  Brown,  on  the  eve  of  his  execution,  defending  the  revolu- 
tion he  had  attempted;  Lazarus,  back  from  the  tomb,  shaken 
by  his  return  and  able  to  say  no  more  than  that  he  forgives 
the  Master  for  bringing  him  to  life  again.  These  characters, 
as  so  often  with  the  characters  in  whom  Mr.  Robinson  inter- 
ests himself,  appear  at  some  moment  of  transition  from  an 
old  order  which  they  have  outlived  to  a  new  one  about  which 
they  are  uncertain  but  which  they  face  with  a  courage  born 
of  humility — humility  toward  the  ungovernable  flood  of  destiny 
on  which  they  ride. 

If  the  world 
Were  not  a  world  of  aches  and  innovations, 
Attainment  would  have  no  more  joy  of  it, 
says  Paul. 


When  our  eyes 
Have  wisdom,  we  see  more  than  we  remember; 
And  the  old  world  of  our  captivities 
May  then  become  a  smitten  glimpse  of  ruin, 
Like  one  where  vanished  hewers  have  had   their  day 
Of  wrath  on  Lebanon. 
****** 

But  think  you  not  the  world  is  ashes  yet, 

And  you  have  all  the  fire.    The  world  is  here 

Today,  and  it  may  not  be  gone  tomorrow; 

For  there  are  millions,  and  there  may  be  more, 

To  make  in  turn  a  various  estimation 

Of  its  old  ills  and  ashes,  and  the  traps 

Of  its  apparent  wrath. 

Again  and  again  these  poems,  and  others  in  the  volume,  recur 
to  the  pains  of  change,  now  tragically,  now  with  a  caustic 
lightness : 

Longer  ago  than  cave-men  had  their  changes 

Our  fathers  may  have  slain  a  son  or  two, 

Discouraging  a  further  dialectic 

Regarding  what  was  new; 

And  after  their  unstudied  admonition 

Occasional  contrition 

For  their  old-fashioned  ways 

May  have  reduced  their  doubts,  and  in  addition 

Softened  their  final  days. 
Neither  conservative  nor  revolutionary  can  take  excessive  com- 
fort from  a  poet  who  unites  the  fullest  courage  of  innovation 
with  the  unhurried  wisdom  which  the  most  exciting  movement 
of  the  current  day  cannot  excite  out  of  an  aloof  and  profound 
reflectiveness. 

It  is  not,  of  course,  by  being  topical  that  Mr.  Robinson 
achieves  his  immense  pertinence  to  the  moment.  He  speaks 
only  by  indirection  of  actual  events,  but  almost  every  line  bears 
acutely  on  the  times.  The  False  Gods  is  a  magnificent  epi- 
graph on  the  evanescence  of  trivial  ideals.  Demos,  a  pair  of 
sonnets,  says  nearly  all  that  can  be  said  on  the  high  ground 
which  Mr.  Robinson  takes,  as  a  friend  of  democracy,  between 
its  fanatics  and  its  foes.  In  The  Old  King's  New  Jester,  with 
the  stern  seriousness  of  a  poet  and  the  whimsical  grace  of  a 
man  of  the  world,  he  unforgettably  advises  all  those  who  out 
of  discontent  with  the  new  wrongs  of  the  world  turn  back  to 
approbation  and  acceptance  of  the  old  wrongs.  It  is  these  same 
persons  whom  Mr.  Robinson  symbolizes  in  The  Wandering  Jew, 
a  quiet  comment  upon  that  strange  folk-figure  as  if  he  had 
been  met  in  New  York  and  heard  reviling  the  world  for  its 
pitiful  emptiness. 

For  now  the  gloom  that  hid  the  man 
Became  a  daylight  on  his  wrath, 
And  one  wherein  my  fancy  viewed 
New  lions  ramping  in  his  path. 
The  old  were  dead  and  had  no  fangs, 
Wherefore  he  loved  them — seeing  not 
They  were  the  same  that  in  their  time 
Had  eaten  everything  they  caught. 
***** 

Where,  then,  was  there  a  place  for  him 
That  on  this  other  side  of  death 
Saw  nothing  good,  as  he  had  seen 
No  good  come  out  of  Nazareth? 
***** 

Whether  he  still  defies  or  not 
The  failure  of  an  angry  task 
That  relegates  him  out  of  time 
To  chaos,  I  can  only  ask. 
But  as  I  knew  him,  so  he  was; 
And  somewhere  among  men  today 
Those  old,  unyielding  eyes  may  flash, 
And  flinch — and  look  the  other  way. 


454 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


The  penalty  of  looking  and  flinching  and  turning  away  is  worse 
than  death. 

Such  moments  of  blindness  furnish  Mr.  Robinson  with  one  of 
his  most  frequent  dramatic  themes — the  contrast  between  a 
woman  who  sees  and  a  man  who  does  not,  as  in  The  Evangelist's 
Wife,  London  Bridge,  Tact,  Rahel  to  Varnhagen ;  or  between  one 
of  them  who  sees  what  the  other  cannot  bear  to  see,  as  in  the 
vivid  little  tragedy,  Late  Summer.  And  it  is  a  blindness  as 
regards  the  world  without  and  an  "invidious  insight"  as  re- 
gards oneself  which  characterizes  the  actionless  protagonist  of 
Tasker  Norcross,  the  most  memorable  poem  in  this  volume. 
He  is  nothing,  and  he  has  no  illusions. 

He  knew,  and  in  his  knowledge  there  was  death. 
He  knew  there  was  a  region  all  around  him 
That  lay  outside  man's  havoc  and  affairs, 
And  yet  was  not  all  hostile  to  their  tumult, 
Where  poets  would  have  served  and  honored  him, 
And  saved  him,  had  there  been  anything  to  save. 
But  there  was  nothing,  and  his  tethered  range 

Was  only  a  small  desert. 
****** 

"Art,"  he  would  have  said, 
"Is  not  life,  and  must  therefore  be  a  lie"; 
And  with  a  few  profundities  like  that 
He  would  have  controverted  and  dismissed 
The  benefit  of  the  Greeks.     He  had  heard  of  them, 
As  he  had  heard  of  his  aspiring  soul — 
Never  to  the  perceptible  advantage, 
In  his  esteem,  of  either.     "Faith,"  he  said, 
Or  would  have  said  if  he  had  thought  of  it, 
"Lives  in  the  same  house  with  Philosophy, 
Where  the  two  feed  on  scraps  and  are  forlorn 
As   orphans   after  war."     He  could   see  stars, 
On  a  clear  night,  but  he  had  not  an  eye 
To  see  beyond  them.     He  could  hear  spoken  words, 
But  had  no  ear  for  silence  when  alone. 
He  could  eat  food  of  which  he  knew  the  savor, 
But  had  no  palate  for  the  Bread  of  Life, 
That  human  desperation,  to  his  thinking, 
Made  famous  long  ago,  having  no  other. 
It  is  difficult  to  determine,  Mr.  Robinson  seems  to  say,  whether 
it  is  worse  to  see  and  not  suspect  the  truth,  like  the  Wandering 
Jew,  or  to  suspect  it  without  really  seeing  it,  like  Tasker  Nor- 
cross.    The  supreme  tragedy  of  human  existence  is 

That  earth  has  not  a  school  where  we  may  go 
For  wisdom,  or  for  more  than  we  may  know; 

and  yet  there  is  no  cure  and  no  hope  except  in  wisdom.  In 
this  uncompromising  position  may  be  found  the  secret  of  Mr. 
Robinson's  failure  ever  to  catch  the  hasty  ears  of  his  genera- 
tion— and  the  secret  of  his  power  over  all  who  have  taken  the 
pains  to  understand  him.  C.  V.  D. 


Youth  in  America 

Youth  in  Harley.    By  Gordon  Hall  Gerould.     Charles  Scribner's 

Sons. 
Prologue.  By  Phyllis  Duganne.  Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
T  N  the  days  when  the  election  of  Grover  Cleveland  made  good 
*■  New  Englanders  feel  that  the  country  was  headed  for  de- 
struction, a  Litchfield  youth  named  Stephen  Quaid,  having  grad- 
uated from  Harvard  College,  became  principal  of  the  academy 
in  Harley,  Massachusetts.  He  remained  just  one  year,  during 
which  he  became  engaged  to  Cynthia  Darnell  and  determined  to 
study  law  and  become  a  force  in  the  affairs  of  the  nation  and 
the  world  of  men.  The  story  of  that  year  is  the  subject  matter 
of  Mr.  Gerould's  novel.  He  writes  with  none  of  the  disdainful 
tension,  lapsing  into  grisliness,  of  his  wife,  Mrs.  Katherine 
Fullerton  Gerould.  His  style  is  amorphous  within  and  fuzzy 
without.    But  he,  too,  is  by  implication  a  violent  anti-modernist 


and  intent  on  showing  the  strength,  serenity,  and  comeliness  of 
an  older  order  of  American  life. 

A  great  and  impassioned  and  tragic  novel  could  be  written  on 
that  theme.  The  passing  of  things  venerable  and  long  loved  has 
all  but  the  highest  spiritual  and  literary  values.  Yet  the  efforts 
of  the  praisers  of  things  past  among  us  seem  always  to  miss 
those  special  values  altogether.  Is  the  fault  in  themselves  or  in 
their  theme?  We  expect  Mr.  Gerould  to  show  us  plain  living  and 
high  thinking;  he  shows  us  dull  living  and  no  thinking  at  all.  We 
expect  Emerson  and  are  put  off  with  a  future  party-politician. 
We  wait  for  a  flicker  of  the  spirit  of  Thoreau  and  get  discus- 
sions of  the  "unsettling  effects"  of  "Robert  Elsmere."  Mr. 
Gerould,  if  we  are  to  trust  his  report,  appeals  to  the  wrong 
period.  The  old  New  England  hardihood  of  thought  had  died 
out.  Stephen  Quaid,  one  may  be  sure,  was  a  corporation  attor- 
ney in  1914  and  is  now  a  war  millionaire  and  a  reactionary,  and 
weighs  nearer  two  hundred  pounds  than  he  likes  to  be  told. 
The  great  New  England,  the  immortal  New  England,  was  as 
tameless  and  as  revolutionary  as  the  world  which  now  fills  Mr. 
Gerould  with  dismay.  It  was  unbelieving  and  radical;  it  was 
full  of  heretics  and  abolitionists — enemies  of  the  dominant  order 
in  matters  of  convention  and  property.  How  do  people  as  clever 
as  the  Geroulds  miss  that  essential  point?  To  appeal  to  the 
barren  and  prosaic  nineties  is  mere  self-stultification.  Revolu- 
tion is  the  note  of  a  great  age  even  as  change  is  the  note  of  life 
itself.  Mr.  Gerould's  Stephen  Quaid  is  an  ugly  little  material- 
ist; Cynthia  has  no  vision,  only  stubbornness  and  bad  temper. 
Among  the  village  elders  an  older  and  a  better  tradition  faintly 
glows.  But  youth  in  Harley  was  opaque  and  stodgy;  it  knew 
what  it  wanted  and  wanted  nothing  worth  having.  It  was  not 
austere,  only  strait-laced;  not  self -mastered,  only  pig-headed; 
not  even,  in  a  deep  and  fine  sense,  conservative,  but  only  profit- 
ably correct. 

One  can  imagine  Stephen  Quaid  and  his  Cynthia  aghast 
at  Rita  Moreland,  the  ultra-modern  minx  of  Miss  Duganne's 
"Prologue."  Consider  Rita's  excessively  visible  silk  stockings, 
bobbed  hair,  and  one-piece  bathing  suit.  Consider,  furthermore, 
that  she  was  kissed  by  half  a  dozen  men  between  her  sixteenth 
and  her  twentieth  year  and  that  she  very  nearly  went  to  live 
with  one  of  them.  No  wonder,  since  in  her  middle  teens  she  read 
"Mile,  de  Maupin"  and  Marie  Bashkirtseff  and  George  Moore's 
"Confessions  of  a  Young  Man."  She  had  her  Oscar  Wilde 
period  before  she  proceeded  to  Shaw  and  Wells;  she  fore-gath- 
ered with  radicals  and  labor  people;  she  worked  in  an  editorial 
office,  discussed  sex,  and  drank  cocktails,  and  quoted  Karl 
Marx.  And  yet,  if  Margaret  Fuller  could  come  back  from  the 
other  shore,  and  see  Cynthia  and  Rita,  to  which  of  the  two  would 
she  feel  herself  more  closely  akin?  The  question  is  a  pretty  one. 
For  one  thing  is  indisputable:  Rita  is  the  one  who  is  spiritually 
by  far  the  more  alive.  She  is  giddy,  careless,  raw.  But  she 
seeks  vision.  She  starts  out  with  a  pagan  clearness  to  discover 
the  nature  of  things.  She  accepts  their  reality — the  character 
of  her  mother — for  instance — with  an  honesty  not  untinged  by 
sadness;  she  is  self-centered  and  yet  capable  of  a  sane  detach- 
ment. There  is  flexibility  in  her  and  sympathy  and  hope.  If 
one  could  expose  today  the  inner  history  of  the  marriage  of 
Stephen  and  Cynthia,  one  would  probably  find  a  good  deal  that 
is  furtive  and  cruel,  ugly  and  tyrannous.  Its  outer  show  has 
always,  of  course,  been  beyond  criticism.  Rita  marries,  too. 
"All  the  things  that  I  could  not  have  alone,"  she  says,  "that  I 
do  not  want  alone,  are  waiting  for  me  now.  I  think  that  mar- 
riage is  less  fair  to  a  man;  for  me  it  means  freedom,  all  the 
things  I  desire.  But  for  Donald  there  is  a  certain  amount  of 
restraint,  of  responsibility.  But  he  says  that  he  doesn't  care.  I 
shan't  let  him  care;  I  shall  make  life  and  marriage  very  beauti- 
ful for  him."  How  wise  the  minx  is  and  how  those  kisses  seem 
actually  to  have  made  for  a  fundamental  decency  and  honesty 
and  justice  in  her  view  of  human  relations.  Miss  Duganne 
writes  with  a  clear,  staccato,  bird-like  note;  she  visualizes  men 
and  things  with  cool  precision. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


455 


The  Casual  Laborer 

The  Casual  Laborer  and  Other  Essays.  By  Carleton  H.  Parker, 
with  an  Introduction  by  Cornelia  Stratton  Parker.  Harcourt, 
Brace  and  Howe. 

IN  a  recent  book  on  employment  management,  edited  by  Daniel 
Bloomfield,  and  containing  selections  from  the  writings  of 
more  than  half  a  hundred  business  men,  industrial  engineers, 
and  social  economists,  the  position  of  initial  importance  is  given 
to  Carleton  Parker's  Motives  in  Economic  Life.  It  is  signifi- 
cant of  the  place  which  Carleton  Parker  achieved  in  the  newly 
shaping  world  of  industry.  Among  forward-looking  business 
men  his  name  is  now  as  familiar  as  the  names  of  Taylor,  Hoxie, 
Gilbraith,  Gantt.  He  is  an  accepted  industrial  engineer,  but  an 
engineer  of  a  new  type.  He  laid  hold  of  the  deeply  important 
fact  that  economic  enterprise  is  human  enterprise,  and  that  no 
amount  of  analysis  of  pecuniary  values  and  laws  will  avail  if 
an  understanding  of  the  human  element  is  omitted.  He  brought 
up  with  a  round  turn  a  one-sided  and  pseudo-psychological 
economics.  He  showed  how  helpless  it  was  in  the  face  of 
present  crises.  "Why,"  he  asked,  "are  economists  mute  in  the 
presence  of  the  most  obvious  crisis  in  our  industrial  society? 
Why  does  an  agitated  officialdom  search  today  in  vain  among  our 
writers  for  scientific  advice  treating  labor  inefficiency  or  indus- 
trial disloyalty?  .  .  .  The  fair  answer  seems  to  be  this: 
We  economists  speculate  little  on  human  motives.  We  are  not 
curious  about  the  great  basic  facts  which  dynamic  and  behavior- 
istic  psychology  has  gathered  to  illustrate  the  instinct  stimulus 
to  human  activity.  Most  of  us  are  not  interested  to  think  of 
what  a  psychologically  full  or  satisfying  life  is.  .  .  .  Our 
economic  literature  shows  that  we  are  but  rarely  curious  to 
know  whether  industrialism  is  suited  to  man's  inherited  nature, 
or  what  man  in  turn  will  do  to  our  rules  of  economic  conduct  in 
case  these  rules  are  repressive." 

The  conclusions  which  Carleton  Parker  reached  are  already 
creating  a  new  economics  and  a  new  type  of  business  enterprise. 
In  Bloomfield's  book,  for  example,  we  find  such  titles  from  busi- 
ness men  and  engineers  as  Humanizing  the  Management  of  In- 
dustry; The  New  Profession  of  Handling  Men;  The  New  Art  of 
Hiring  and  Firing;  A  New  Profession  in  American  Industry; 
Playing  Fair  with  the  Workers;  Foremen  Such  as  America 
Needs.  And  we  find,  almost  on  every  page,  the  recognition  of 
the  human  turnover  as  the  great  problem  of  industry.  We  are 
apparently  entering  the  second  stage  of  the  industrial  revolution. 
We  are,  in  short,  passing  beyond  the  understanding  and  use  of 
the  mere  machine  to  the  understanding  and  use  of  the  human 
creature  who  runs  the  machine.  We  need  not  speculate  as  to 
what  has  carried  us  to  this  second  stage.  No  doubt  the  shortage 
of  labor  following  the  war  has  brought  business  men  to  a  sharp 
realization  of  a  more  careful  conservation  of — which  means  a 
more  careful  consideration  for — the  scanty  labor  supply  they 
have.  Were  there  no  shortage  no  doubt  the  old  ways  would 
still,  in  the  main,  be  the  good  ways.  Nevertheless,  even  in  the 
good  old  days  of  a  beneficent  "labor  reserve"  business  men  had 
begun  to  be  disquieted.  It  was  not  pleasant  to  know  of  human 
wreck  and  ruin  all  about  one.  Then  in  1913  an  eager  young 
economist  was  sent  to  "cover"  the  Wheatland  strike  in  Cali- 
fornia. The  outcome  of  his  seeing  was  a  new  understanding 
on  his  part  of  the  human  fundamentals  of  the  whole  economic 
situation,  an  understanding  which,  communicated  to  others,  has 
been  widening  and  deepening  throughout  the  country  ever  since, 
so  that  today  it  is  creating  a  new  type  of  industrial  attitude  and 
organization. 

Carleton  Parker's  thesis  was  very  simple — so  simple  one  won- 
ders that  it  had  not  been  discovered  by  economists  before  him. 
Self-expression,  he  felt,  and  therefore  freedom  of  choice  and 
movement,  were  presuppositions  to  a  satisfying  human  state. 
Check  self-expression  and  there  is  sure  to  be  a  psychic  revolt, 
"a    slipping    into   abnormal    mental    functioning";    and    society 


finds  on  its  hands  the  revolutionist,  the  alcoholic,  the  supersensi- 
tive, the  violent  anarchist,  the  insane.  If  society  prefers  not  to 
have  revolutionists,  alcoholics,  etc.,  the  way  is  clear:  let  it 
remove  the  checks  to  self-expression. 

It  is  this  conclusion  which  forward-looking  business  is  taking 
to  heart  nowadays.  The  "new  art"  of  the  employment  manager 
is  the  art  of  fitting  round  pegs  into  appropriate  round  holes,  of 
keeping  men  and  women  happy  at  their  work,  of  supplying 
variety,  interest,  outlook.  The  "new  art"  of  the  industrial  rela- 
tions manager  is,  by  invoking  the  participation  of  the  workers 
in  the  organization  of  the  going  enterprise,  to  give  them  that 
sense  of  self-respect  which  is  fundamental  to  full  human  self- 
expression.  Keeping  Men  at  their  Jobs  correlates  with  Making 
the  Job  Worth  While;  and  Making  the  Job  Worth  While  corre- 
lates with  New  Men  for  Old;  while  basic  to  all  of  them  is  the 
understanding  of  what  Parker  seemed  to  find  in  his  Motives  in 
Economic  Life. 

For  the  psychologist,  the  study  of  instinct  equipment  opens 
up  fields  as  yet  but  hastily  traversed.  It  will  be  easy,  by  a  too 
swift  acceptance,  to  make  a  pseudo-science  out  of  Parker's  eager 
tentatives.  It  will  be  easy,  too,  to  reject  the  tentatives,  because 
they  are  not  yet  scientifically  accurate.  The  truer  attitude  of 
the  psychologist  will  be  to  recognize  that  he  has  here  an  oppor- 
tunity for  immense  service  to  the  new  economics  that  is  even 
now  in  the  making.  For  the  economist,  the  book  is  like  one  of 
those  impressive  events  that  make  history.  It  marks  the  clos- 
ing of  a  chapter. 

To  those  who  have  read  "An  American  Idyll"  it  need  hardly 
be  said  that  Mrs.  Parker's  introduction  is  of  the  very  essence  of 
the  book.  We  shall  never  be  able  to  separate  her  clear  and 
warm  perception  from  the  eager  questing  of  the  young  econo- 
mist. It  is  they — the  two  of  them  together — who  have  written 
this  new  chapter  in  the  economic  life  of  America. 

H.   A.   OVERSTREET 


Books  in  Brief 

fpHE  question  which  most  naturally  occurs  to  a  reviewer  of 
*  "An  Ethical  System  Based  on  the  Laws  of  Nature"  (Open 
Court  Publishing  Company) ,  now  translated  from  the  French 
of  M.  Deshumbert  by  Lionel  Giles,  is — why  is  such  a  book,  why 
is  this  book  interesting  to  people  of  many  tongues?  Portuguese, 
Rumanian,  Dutch,  Spanish,  Japanese,  Russian,  Hindi,  Bengali, 
English — all  these,  besides  the  original  French,  surely  bespeak 
a  varied  and  moving  appeal;  the  book  is  clearly  a  phenomenon, 
interesting,  if  not  for  the  subtlety  of  its  thought,  certainly  for 
its  power  to  evoke  response.  Assuredly  it  is  not  a  subtle  book. 
It  is  in  four  parts,  of  which  the  first  is  a  statement  of  the  theory 
— a  vague  "cult  of  life,"  and  of  a  Nature  which  everywhere 
strives  for  the  fullness  of  life,  and  of  a  Good  which  is  "every- 
thing that  contributes  to  the  conservation  and  the  enlargement 
of  life,"  all  sustained  by  an  array  of  curious  information,  mostly 
Darwinian  in  inspiration,  about  the  life-conserving  habits  of 
plants  and  animals.  But  Nature  is  obviously  quite  as  swift  in 
the  infliction  of  death  as  she  is  in  the  generation  of  life;  hence 
a  second  part  is  devoted  to  answers  to  objections  that  might  be 
raised — as  the  first,  "Since  Nature's  desire  is  for  life,  why 
should  there  be  death?"  And  so  of  disaster,  disease,  pain, 
cruelty,  evil.  The  answer  given  is  the  old  one,  of  compensa- 
tion, or,  where  this  seems  somehow  futile,  the  ancient  one  of 
Cleanthes:  there  is  no  ill  save  sin's  self -blindness.  "Law"  is 
made  to  bear  the  heavy  burden  of  justification,  and  "the  Whole" 
is  idolized  as  the  harmonizer  of  all  desires:  "Let  us  love  the 
Whole  with  a  great  and  passionate  love.  Let  us  pursue  the 
object  which  it  pursues,  let  us  go  wheresoever  it  goes,  let  us 
help  the  Whole  to  live  its  great  life."  The  note  is  that  of  the 
Stoics,  and  indeed,  in  the  next  part,  which  is  devoted  to  Duties 
and  Precepts,  the  sages  of  antiquity,  especially  Marcus  Aurelius 
and  Epictetus,  are  quoted  along  with  Confucius,  Mencius,  and 
among  moderns  an  odd  group  of  physicians  and  hygienists — all 


456 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


very  sensible  and  many  very  high-minded.  The  author  adds 
epigrams  of  his  own  which  are  quite  in  the  tradition  of  French 
letters  and  worthy  of  the  company  they  keep:  "The  chief  value 
of  thoughts  lies  in  the  acts  which  they  engender";  "Devotion  to 
others  is  admirable;  devotion  to  an  idea  is  sublime."  These 
are  examples.  But  one  need  not  have  read  so  far  to  discover 
the  source  of  M.  Deshumbert's  appeal:  it  is  not  in  realism,  it  is 
not  in  logical  acuteness  or  consistency,  it  is  not  in  depth  of  in- 
sight; it  is  in  a  moral  zeal  which  amounts  to  religious  fervor, 
and  the  religion  is  the  worship  of  Nature  conceived  with  that 
plenitude  of  emotion  which  makes  the  word  equivalent  to  God. 
The  book  belongs  with  the  Meditations  of  the  Stoic  emperor, 
with  the  Discourses  of  the  lame  freedman;  and  its  appeal  to 
American  and  Japanese,  to  Rumanian  and  Hindu  lies  without 
doubt  in  its  possession  of  the  same  high  and  tranquil  mag- 
nanimity of  spirit  which  marks  these  reflections  of  the  past 
with  an  eternal  humanity.  The  last  part  of  the  volume  is  a 
consolatory  discourse  On  Death.  Marcus  Aurelius  is  still 
quoted  on  the  last  page.  But  has  M.  Deshumbert  forgotten,  is 
there  no  truth  in,  the  dark  and  bitter  thoughts  of  his  own  great 
countryman  on  this  same  subject — of  La  Rochefoucauld,  vis-a- 
vis with  death? 

IT  is  a  commonplace  of  knowledge  that  Wagner  harked  back 
to  Greek  practice  for  the  union  of  music  and  dramatic  action. 
It  is  a  much  less  appreciated  fact  that  of  all  the  really  great 
masters  of  the  musical  art  he  was  the  only  one  who  enjoyed  a 
thorough  classical  education.  At  thirty-five  he  resumed  the 
study  of  Greek  and  mastered  Aeschylus,  as  he  says  himself, 
"with  real  feeling  and  understanding."  Miss  Pearl  Cleveland 
Wilson,  author  of  "Wagner's  Dramas  and  Greek  Tragedy"  (Co- 
lumbia University  Press),  appears  successful  in  her  attempt  to 
dispel  the  impression  that  Wagner's  dramas  uphold  the  doctrine 
of  might  and  glorify  the  hero  who  forces  his  will  upon  the  world 
about  him.  She  demonstrates  the  opposite  truth,  that  Wagner 
upheld  constantly — even  in  the  pagan  drama  of  the  Ring — the 
Christian  ideal  of  sympathy  and  self-sacrifice.  Those  who,  like 
Nietzsche  and  Bernard  Shaw,  interpret  his  dramas  differently, 
have  either  been  misled  by  such  incidental  motives  as  the  self- 
glorification  of  Wotan,  or  else  they  have  grown  enthusiastic 
over  Siegfried  the  Ubermensch.  It  is  here,  then,  that  the  paral- 
lel with  Greek  tragedy  comes  in.  "As  the  Greek  tragic  poets 
were  constantly  showing  how  insolent  pride  (tf/3/ns)  brought 
destruction  on  the  man  who  flaunted  it,  so  Wagner  shows  how 
greed  (for  gold  or  for  power)  destroys  those  who  harbor  it; 
and  as  the  Greeks  exalt  the  virtues  of  moderation  and  self-con- 
trol (both  included  in  ffoxppoawri) ,  so  Wagner  exalts  the  love 
that  rises  from  sympathy  and  leads  to  forgetfulness  of  self  in 
the  service  of  others."  It  was  by  Aeschylus  that  Wagner  was 
most  influenced.  With  Sophocles  he  had  perhaps  nothing  in 
common  except  the  perfect  command  of  his  chief  medium  of 
expression.  But  there  is  an  Aeschylean  grandeur  in  his  scores 
whose  harmonies  like  the  images  of  the  Greek  poet  blaze  with 
imagination  and  glow  with  passion  without  losing  for  a  moment 
their  essential  majesty.  Even  more  striking  than  the  resem- 
blance of  form  is  the  parallelism  of  substance.  "Aeschylus 
makes  us  realize  that  there  is  no  punishment  more  terrible  than 
that  which  sin  draws  upon  itself;  Wagner  makes  us  see  that 
there  is  no  action  more  noble  than  that  which  begins  in  the  sor- 
row of  sympathy  and  ends  in  the  joy  of  self -forgetfulness  in 
heroic  service."  This  point  is  amply  illuminated  by  several 
detailed  comparisons,  the  most  compelling  of  which  is  the  one 
drawn  between  the  "Oresteia"  and  the  "Ring  of  the  Nibelung" 
as  dramas  of  crime  and  atonement. 

VT  OW  that  we  have  a  new  Laocoon  and  a  new  Job,  a  new 
Inferno  and  a  new  Lear,  it  is  pleasant  to  welcome  among 
this  society  of  revenants  "A  New  Robinson  Crusoe,"  resur- 
rected by  Gilson  Gardner  (Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe).  The 
lonely  outcast  on  the  desert  island  is  metamorphosed  into  a 
textbook  of  elementary  economics — "baby  eke"  it  is  called  in 


colleges — and  into  a  tract  for  the  very  gentlest  brand  of  social- 
ism. By  his  own  experiences  and  unaided  reflection  he  learns 
the  truths  once  divined  by  Adam  Smith;  thence  he  proceeds  to 
Ricardo  and  thence  to  Marx,  ending  up  at  about  the  Sidney  and 
Beatrice  Webb  stage,  without  diving  into  the  more  intricate 
theories  of  J.  B.  Clark,  Carver,  and  such.  He  learns  that  gold 
on  his  island  is  a  drug,  not  worth  its  weight  in  grass;  that  men 
work  partly  for  exercise  and  partly  to  support  themselves;  that 
tools  and  other  "capital"  add  to  the  productive  power  of  labor. 
But  after  all  he  could  not  have  gone  very  far  with  his  re- 
searches but  for  the  opportune  plantation  of  a  colony  of  politi- 
cal exiles  in  neighboring  islands.  Association  with  them 
teaches  Crusoe  the  advantages  of  trade,  the  law  of  supply  and 
demand,  the  effects  and  limits  of  competition.  These  sweet  des- 
peradoes start  taking  the  land  on  Crusoe's  island,  but  he  pro- 
tests and  they  acknowledge  his  rightful  title  to  the  land  he 
has  discovered  first.  By  monopolizing  the  natural  resources  at 
his  command,  he  soon  reduces  his  neighbors  to  a  proletariat, 
himself  representing  the  capitalist  class.  He  sets  up  a  church 
and  a  constitutional  government,  taking  care  to  allow  only  his 
henchmen  to  be  elected  to  office.  Finally,  he  has  himself  elected 
president,  thus  remaining,  as  before,  monarch  of  all  he  surveys. 
He  marries,  begets  children,  and  makes  a  will  leaving  the 
archipelago  to  them.  But  then  a  fatal  accident  happens.  His 
docile  subjects  discover  the  diary  in  which,  for  the  mere  pleas- 
ure of  thought,  he  has  recorded  his  economic  observations.  They 
discover  that  the  whole  source  of  his  power  is  his  monopoly  of 
natural  resources;  they  turn  him  out  to  sea  in  an  open  boat, 
make  him  revoke  his  old  testament  and  sign  a  new  testament 
leaving  all  the  land  to  the  community.  And  thus  they  leave 
him,  and  us,  to  conjecture  what  happens  to  their  communism. 
The  historical  novel  has  long  been  recognized ;  the  economic . 
novel  is  somewhat  less  exploited.  Could  not  other  sciences  be 
taught  thus  delightfully?  An  anthology  of  poems  to  birds 
would  form  a  nice  textbook  of  ornithology;  Zola's  "Pot-Bouille" 
would  not  need  much  changing  to  make  it  give  instruction  in 
anatomy;  and  "Twinkle,  twinkle,  little  star'r  would  form  a 
pleasant  introduction  to  astronomy  and  celestial  physics. 

"rpHE  Hart,  Schaffner  and  Marx  Labor  Agreement"  (Hart, 
*  Schaffner  and  Marx)  is  a  brief  monograph  indispensable 
to  every  student  of  collective  bargaining.  It  supersedes  a  pam- 
phlet issued  in  1916,  and  brings  down  to  date  the  essential  infor- 
mation about  the  most  successful  and  most  highly  developed 
machinery  of  labor  adjustment  in  the  United  States — perhaps 
in  the  world.  Since  this  agreement  was  first  reached  in  Janu- 
ary, 1911,  there  has  not  been  a  strike  in  the  large  Hart,  Schaff- 
ner and  Marx  establishment,  although  the  employees,  virtually 
all  of  whom  are  members  of  the  Amalgamated  Clothing  Workers 
of  America,  have  gained  a  long  succession  of  improvements  in 
hours,  wages,  working  conditions,  and  shop  control.  This  book 
contains  the  text  of  the  original  agreement,  with  its  subsequent 
modifications,  and  the  rulings  of  the  Trade  Board  and  Arbitra- 
tors which  have  developed  it,  as  court  decisions  have  developed 
the  English  common  law.  It  also  contains  articles  by  Earl  Dean 
Howard,  the  labor  manager  of  the  firm,  and  by  Ray  Stannard 
Baker,  who  described  the  system  for  the  New  York  Evening 
Post.  The  significance  of  this  "industrial  constitution"  is  en- 
hanced by  the  fact  that  in  many  respects  it  has  become  the  model 
for  others,  including  not  merely  the  shops  of  one  firm,  but  the 
employers  of  entire  clothing  markets,  such  as  Chicago,  New 
York,  Baltimore,  Rochester,  and  Boston.  It  is  in  documents  such 
as  this  that  future  historians  will  find  the  sources  of  an  indus- 
trially civilized  society. 

A  LTHOUGH  the  apostasy  of  Marie  Ganz  furnished  the  occa- 
■**•  sion  for  her  "Rebels:  Into  Anarchy  and  Out  Again"  (Dodd, 
Mead),  it  is  the  period  of  her  rebellion  that  engages  one's  in- 
terest and  gives  the  book  its  attraction.  Her  rebellion  defied  all 
sociological  classification.  The  papers  called  her  an  anarchist, 
but  she  was  no  more  an  anarchist  than  a  socialist.    Her  rebellion 


. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


457 


arose  from  that  direct  and  sympathetic  pain  of  which  hunger, 
overwork,  and  an  easy  sensibility  to  the  sufferings  of  those 
about  her  made  her  the  victim.  So,  suffering  and  unrestrained 
by  the  dictates  of  any  manual  of  manners,  she  uttered  what  she 
felt.  She  made  no  elaborate  preparations.  She  got  up  on  a 
soap-box  on  an  East  Side  corner  and  spoke  her  mind.  Then 
they  called  her  anarchist  because  they  thought  her  manner  in- 
temperate and  her  disrespect  for  the  law  obvious.  Today,  in  the 
midst  of  comfortable  surroundings  and  removed  from  that 
squalor  the  consciousness  of  which  so  sharply  pained  her,  she 
enunciates  the  doctrine  of  content.  Yet  her  memory  will  not 
permit  her  to  make  an  unconditional  surrender.  "No  matter  how 
conservative  I  may  possibly  become  under  broadening  influ- 
ences," she  writes,  "I  know  I  shall  never  be  able  to  recall  with- 
out bitterness  and  without  a  stirring  of  the  old  hatreds  the  hard- 
ships and  cruelties  that  darkened  our  lives." 

FIVE  hundred  pages  are  not  excessive  for  a  book  which, 
according  to  the  publisher's  jacket,  undertakes  to  give  "a 
complete  treatment,  clearly  and  concisely  stated,  of  the  entire 
field  of  business  law."  Judge  A.  B.  Frey's  treatment  of  the 
subject  reviewed  in  his  "American  Business  Law"  (Macmillan) 
is  undeniably  concise.  So  far  as  it  goes,  it  is  clear.  But  it  is 
complete  only  in  the  sense  that  something  is  said  about  all  of 
the  apposite  judicial  attitudes  that  have  become  crystallized  into 
formulated  rules.  A  thirteen-page  treatment  of  the  entire  law 
of  partnerships  and  corporations  can  hardly  be  called  complete. 
Perhaps  such  books  have  their  place,  notwithstanding  their 
offense  against  the  maxim  that  a  little  learning  is  a  dangerous 
thing.  But  they  must  be  handled  with  care.  The  bite  of  the 
law  is  in  its  applications,  not  in  definitions  or  generalizations. 
As  Mr.  Justice  Holmes  reminds  us,  "general  propositions  do  not 
decide  concrete  cases."  To  definitions  and  generalizations 
Judge  Frey  adds  illustrations  of  their  application,  but  he  sel- 
dom ventures  into  the  why  and  the  wherefore.  His  effort  on  the 
whole  seems  like  an  attempt  to  substitute  an  escalator  for  the 
royal  road  to  learning.  His  escalator  is  as  good  as  any 
of  those  with  which  it  competes.  He  has  done  well  enough  what 
he  set  out  to  do.  Whether  it  was  worth  doing  is  another  ques- 
tion, on  which  opinions  may  differ. 

THE  awakening  of  Canada's  national  self-consciousness  man- 
ifested in  the  studious  zeal  with  which  Canadians  are 
beginning  to  collect  and  publish  the  records  of  their  country's 
history  is  strikingly  exemplified  in  the  recent  appearance  of  a 
voluminous  work,  "Louisbourg  from  Its  Foundation  to  Its  Fall 
1713-1758"  (Macmillan),  by  the  Hon.  J.  S.  McLennan.  While 
Senator  McLennan's  laborious  compilation  lacks  most  of  the 
graces  of  literary  craftsmanship,  it  will  be  welcomed  by  stu- 
dents of  North  American  colonial  development,  for  it  furnishes 
either  through  its  text  or  bibliography  exhaustive  and  appar- 
ently complete  guidance  to  all  of  the  many  and  widely 
scattered  sources  of  information  concerning  one  of  the  most 
interesting  attempts  of  the  French  nation  to  establish  itself  on 
this  continent.  In  spite  of  its  thoroughness,  however,  apart  from 
considerable  new  material  on  the  social,  governmental,  and 
economic  aspects  of  the  early  struggles  of  the  much  neglected 
and  long  suffering  French  emigrants  to  maintain  themselves  at 
Louisbourg,  there  is  surprisingly  little  in  this  latest  account  of 
the  rise  and  decline  of  "the  Dunkirk  of  America"  that  is  not 
to  be  found  in  the  older  recitals  of  this  same  series  of  episodes 
in  New  World  conquest  and  settlement.  Especially  is  this  true 
of  its  author's  treatment  of  the  first  and  second  captures  of 
Louisbourg.  Nevertheless  it  must  be  said  that  Senator  Mc- 
Lennan has  made  it  more  evident  than  any  of  the  previous 
chroniclers  of  those  events  that  the  earlier  of  the  two  was 
largely  an  unprovoked  attack  on  the  part  of  the  British,  brought 
about  by  the  secret  machinations  and  the  selfish  ambitions  of 
officials  who  found  themselves  in  authority  over  the  New  Eng- 
land colonists.  Had  the  rank  and  file  of  the  transplanted 
French  and  English  provincials  been  left  to  follow  their  own 


BRENTANCTS 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth.  Avenue   and   27th    Street,   New  York    City 

BOOKS  ON  PRESENT  DAY  TOPICS 

The  Peace  Conference  Day-By-Day 

A  Presidential  Pilgrimage  Leading  to  the  Discovery 
of  Europe.  By  Charles  T.  Thompson.  With  an 
introductory  letter  by  Col.  E.  M.  House.  $2.50 

It  is  a  day-by-day  chronicle  of  just  what  occurred, 
with  all  the  sidelights;  what  the  leading  figures  in  that 
memorable  assemblage  said  and  did;  the  fine  play  of 
intrigue  and  statesmanship;  the  dramatic  incidents; 
the  secret  conclaves  and  understandings;  the  rise  and 
fall  of  the  Fourteen  Points;  the  shattering  of  high 
ideals;  the  battle  of  Covenant  versus  Alliance;  the 
struggle  for  the  Spoils  of  War;  the  matching  of  wits 
between  Europe  and  America  in  the  greatest  diplo- 
matic game  of  all  time.     It  is  the  truth  at  last. 

The  Place  of  Science  in  Modern  Civilization 
and  Other  Essays 

By  Thorstein  Veblen  $3.00 

A  collection  of  timely  papers  published  in  various 
economic  and  sociological  periodicals  during  the  past 
twenty  years. 

Russia  as  an  American  Problem 

By  John  Spargo  $2.25 

There  are  opportunities  in  Russia  that*  up  to  now  only 
Japan  has  seen.  The  author  brings  them  home  to  the 
American  business  man,  while  for  the  general  reader 
he  clears  the  haze  of  controversy,  giving  a  definite 
authoritative  picture  that  shows  among  other  things 
why  Bolshevism  cannot  last  in  Russia. 

The  Greatest  Failure  in  All  History 

By  John  Spargo  $2.50 

The  author  in  this  book  gives  us  the  cumulative 
benefit  of  his  extensive  study  of  the  Russian  situation. 

Bedouins 

By  James  Huneker  $2.00 

This  new  volume  of  James  Huneker  contains  his  re- 
cent essays,  beginning  with  a  searching  study  of  Mary 
Garden  and  her  thrice-subtle  art.  Miss  Garden  is 
critically  considered  as  singer  and  actress.  Her  rare 
personality  is  painted  with  forthright  frankness.  Such 
diverse  Fantasts  and  Bedouins  as  Debussy,  Mirbeau, 
Caruso,  Poe,  Anatole  France,  and  Botticelli  may  be 
found  among  others.  Several  fictions  of  exotic  color- 
ing are  included. 

Books  in  General 

By  Solomon  Eagle  $2.00 

For  the  past  six  years  The  New  Statesman  (London) 
has  each  week  had  a  page  of  delightfully  friendly 
gossip  by  Solomon  Eagle.  Witness  some  of  the  chap- 
ters; The  Beauties  of  Baldness,  The  Muse  in  Liquor, 
Shakespeare's  Women  and  Mr.  George  Moore,  Moving 
a  Library,  and  forty  other  chapters. 

The  Story  of  Opal 

The  Journal  of  an  Understanding  Heart.     By  Opal 

Whiteley  $2.00 

Teeming   with    human    interest,    humor,    and    tragedy, 

this  story  has  startled  the  world  of  cultivated  readers 

by  its  self-taught  wisdom  and  its  naive  charm. 

Postage  Additional 

BRENTANOS 

Retail   Book   Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27th  Street 
New  York  City 


458 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


inclinations  it  seems  that  they,  and  even  the  Indians,  too,  might 
have  prosecuted  in  fairly  amicable  rivalry  their  fish  and  fur 
trading  enterprises  for  at  least  as  long  as  the  natural  resources 
of  the  eastern  seaboard  were  not  seriously  depleted.  Moreover 
Senator  McLennan  discounts  the  military  glory  usually  ascribed 
to  the  New  Englanders  for  their  victorious  assault  on  Louis- 
bourg  in  1745,  emphasizing  not  only  their  awkward  and  undis- 
ciplined maneuvers  in  conducting  the  siege  and  their  orgies  of 
drunkenness  afterwards,  but  also  their  downright  cowardice 
during  various  stages  of  their  operations  against  an  inferior 
enemy  and  their  wanton  cruelty  once  they  had  occupied  the  sur- 
rendered town.  There  is  here  also  much  evidence  confirming  the 
fact  that  the  French  settlers  in  Cape  Breton  Island  and  its 
environs,  like  the  English  colonists  along  the  coast  to  the  south 
of  them,  were  the  victims  of  an  unbelievably  gross  and  stupid 
indifference  on  the  part  of  their  governing  superiors  who  re- 
mained at  home. 

HASBROUCK  0.  PALEN  has  brought  together  in  "The 
American  Voter's  Handbook"  (Poughkeepsie:  The  Helper 
Press)  a  body  of  material  which  should  be  of  interest  to  every 
independent  voter  in  the  country.  His  pamphlet  contains  the 
platforms  of  the  Republican,  Democratic,  Prohibition,  Socialist, 
Farmer-Labor,  and  Single  Tax  Parties,  with  certain  important 
American  state  papers  and  statistics,  and  a  minimum  of  editorial 
matter,  which  has  the  stamp  of  a  liberal  spirit  trained  in  the 
traditional  doctrines  of  American  liberalism. 

Drama 

■     Trade-Goods 

THE  managers  are  at  ease  in  their  particular  Zion.  Why 
should  they  not  be?  Dr.  Nicholas  Murray  Butler,  Presi- 
dent of  Columbia  University,  philosopher  and  publicist,  wit- 
nessed a  performance  of  "Poldekin"  and  saw  that  it  was  good. 
Every  morning  paper  chronicles  his  words:  "Poldekin  is  at 
once  the  most  interesting  and  amusing  play  that  I  have  seen  in 
years."  It  reminds  one  of  the  great  days  when  Mr.  Wilson 
called  "Friendly  Enemies"  a  beautiful  play  and  the  posters  rep- 
resented him  in  his  box — lank  of  jaw,  glittering  of  eye,  with 
lifted  forefinger,  half  menacing  and  half  paternal.  If  one 
desired  to  be  quite  irreverent,  one  would  say  that  Dr.  Butler 
really  means  "Swat  the  Bolshevik!"  even  as  Mr.  Wilson  meant 
"Swat  the  Hun!"  The  significance  of  these  critical  perform- 
ances grows  clear  if  one  tries  to  imagine  M.  Clemenceau  or 
the  Rector  of  the  University  of  Paris — both  good  reactionaries 
— commending  a  brainless  farce  of  the  boulevards  on  account  of 
its  political  intention.  Yet  beneath  even  this  depth  one  fears 
a  lower  still.  What  if  Mr.  Wilson  sincerely  believed  "Friendly 
Enemies"  to  be  a  good  play?  What  if  Dr.  Butler's  words  are 
those  of  soberness  and  truth?  Then  why  should  we  poor  scrib- 
blers seek  to  tamper  with  masterpieces?  And  did  not  "Friendly 
Enemies"  make  a  great  fortune?  Why  should  the  managers 
not  be  at  ease?  Mr.  Wilson  is  in  the  White  House  and  all's  right 
with  Broadway. 

There  was  a  time  when  Mr.  Edward  Knoblock  had  neither 
changed  his  name  nor  his  nationality  and  was  a  promising  play- 
wright. Now  he  is  pontifical  and  dull  and  shrinks  from  nothing. 
To  justify  the  furious  nonsense  of  "One"  (Belasco  Theater) 
he  quotes  Leonardo  da  Vinci  and — Bulwer-Lytton.  Were  he  to 
write  again  on  so  indelicate  a  subject  as  the  body  of  man,  he 
would,  no  doubt,  quote  Lord  Lister  and  the  lamented  Munyon. 
Today  he  is  all  soul.  In  beautiful  Belascan  stage-dusks — you 
must  not  miss  the  patch  of  starry  sky  in  the  last  act — he  lets 
two  sisters  discover  that  each  has  only  half  a  soul.  They  speak 
to  each  other,  using  red  roses  as  wireless  instruments,  across 
three  thousand  miles.  This,  clearly,  could  not  go  on.  One  of 
the  two  had  to  die  a  death  of  sacrifice.  She  does.  Her  half 
soul  slides  into  the  survivor  who  is  now  one,  or,  like  a  well- 


known  shoe-polish,  "two-in-one."  Perhaps  Mr.  Harding  or  Mr. 
Cox  would  find  this  sweet  and  consoling.  They  might  even 
learn  from  it,  speak  to  each  other  across  the  political  gulf,  and 
in  the  end  come  tenderly  together. 

They  could  not  but  be  pleased  with  "Anna  Ascends"  (The 
Playhouse)  by  Harry  Chapman  Ford.  For  here  we  have  the 
great  theme  of  Americanization.  Perhaps  Mr.  Brady  could 
entice  Mr.  Mitchell  Palmer  to  pronounce  an  encomium.  Anna 
is  a  Syrian.  Observe  the  delicacy  of  this  choice.  Central  and 
Eastern  Europeans  cannot  be  mentioned  in  good  society.  The 
Swedes  were  suspected  of  error  during  the  war.  The  Italians 
are  heading  for  naughtiness.  Suppose  Anna  had  been  from 
Milan  where  they  have  just  declared  for  the  third  Internationale! 
But  a  Syrian,  since  neither  French  nor  British  oil  magnates  are 
in  the  audience,  is  blameless  and  her  Americanization  a  matter 
for  edification.  So  Anna  foils  designing  men  and  at  twenty-odd 
is  a  distinguished  and  successful  author,  affianced  to  a  rich  man's 
son.  This  proves,  does  it  not,  both  the  beauty  of  the  Syrian 
character  and  of  our  institutions?  Miss  Alice  Brady  gives  a 
duskily  brilliant  and  eloquent  performance.  But  how,  being  so 
intelligent  and  gifted,  could  she  have  endured  the  play  at  all? 

Mr.  Edgar  Selwyn  opens  his  new  Times  Square  Theater  with 
"The  Mirage,"  by  himself.  He  retells  the  story  of  "Iris"  and 
of  "The  Easiest  Way."  He  cannot  be  said  to  approach  the 
strength  of  Pinero's  statement  of  the  case;  he  does  not  improve 
on  the  moral  muddling  of  Eugene  Walters.  He  deserves  praise, 
however,  for  at  least  seeking  the  stuff  of  drama  where  it  really 
is.  If  he  fails  to  illuminate  an  obscure  problem  of  human  con- 
duct, it  is  because  he  takes  all  moral  attitudes  at  their  public 
and  advertised  value.  He  shows  us  a  soul  whom  degradation 
could  not  corrupt.  But  he  lets  that  soul  be  overwhelmed  by 
sharing  the  opinion  of  others  that,  under  the  circumstances,  the 
stain  must  have  soaked  in.  If  Irene  was  the  woman  whom  Mr. 
Selwyn  describes  and  whom  Miss  Florence  Reed  projects  so 
richly  and  meltingly,  she  would  have  risen  in  her  own  defense 
and  sent  both  men  magnificently  about  their  business.  But 'on 
Broadway  Nora  and  Magda  have  protested  in  vain  and  the 
ballot  has  not  touched  the  mid-Victorians'  assumptions.  There 
are  "good"  women  and  "bad"  women — none  are  human.  Mr. 
Selwyn's  heroine  is  human.  That  is  his  play's  virtue.  But  he 
thinks  he  ought  to  believe  her  bad.    That  is  its  undoing. 

The  comedies  are  more  agreeable  because  they  are  less  pre- 
tentious. "The  Tavern"  (G.  M.  Cohan  Theater)  is  half  morality 
play,  half  burlesque  on  melodrama.  An  obscure  author  wrote 
it  with  stodgy  seriousness.  Then  it  was  "Cohanized,"  not,  cer- 
tainly, without  adroitness  and  wit.  But  the  result  is  a  jumble 
in  which  Arnold  Daly,  once  the  delight  and  glory  of  our  stage, 
postures  with  a  tawdry  romantic  elegance.  To  have  seen  him 
in  Shaw  and  Bahr  and  now  to  see  him  here  tinges  one's  thoughts 
with  a  wintry  sadness.  "Welcome  Stranger"  (Cohan  and  Harris 
Theater) ,  is  excellent  in  intention  and  rich,  during  one  act,  with 
authentic  observation.  But  since  it  was  doomed  to  end  in  the 
spirit  of  Tiny  Tim,  the  exact  human  data  of  that  act  are  swept 
aside.  Mr.  Aaron  Hofman  understands  his  theme  and  knows 
how  to  build  a  play.  But  the  cheap  optimism  that  makes  for 
long  runs  was  too  much  for  him.  "Three  Live  Ghosts"  (Green- 
wich Village  Theater),  although  written  by  Mr.  F.  S.  Isham  of 
Detroit,  is  cockney  in  scene  and  subject.  It  is,  moreover,  easily 
the  most  amusing  play  of  the  season.  Being  farce,  it  is  non- 
sensical. But  the  nonsense  is  full  of  human  nature,  of  natural 
gaiety,  and  spontaneous  high  spirits.  Tbe  characterization, 
within  the  limits  of  its  kind,  is  sharp  and  racy.  Miss  Beryl 
Mercer  as  Mrs.  Gobbins  gives  one  of  her  priceless  portraitures. 
Her  art  is  prosaic,  but  it  is  quite  perfect.  It  is  like  a  realistic 
etching  in  which  every  touch  tells  and  every  touch  is  supremely 
right.  The  public  runs  after  gaudy  displays  of  second-rate 
personalities.  Here,  far  too  •  little  known  and  sparingly  ap- 
plauded, is  an  artist  of  first-rate  intelligence  and  finish  who 
saves  or  adorns  every  play  that  has  the  good  fortune  of  her 
presence.  Ludwig  Lewisohn 


International  Relations  Section 


British  Correspondence  and  Sinn  Fein 

THE  Irish  Bulletin  for  September  10,  a  type-written 
circular  regularly  issued  by  Sinn  Fein,  consists  wholly 
of  charges  against  Dublin  Castle.  The  London  Times  in 
printing  extracts  from  this  circular  confirmed  the  peculiar- 
ities of  type  with  regard  to  "T's"  and  "h's"  noted  by  Sinn 
Fein.     The  text  follows. 

ON  November  11,  1919,  British  military  and  police  raided 
Number  76  Harcourt  Street,  the  headquarters  of  Dail 
Eireann,  the  elected  Government  of  the  Irish  people.  The  armed 
forces  removed  great  quantities  of  literature,  and  members  of 
the  clerical  staff  of  the  raided  officers  saw  the  police  tie  into 
bundles  several  reams  of  the  official  notepaper  of  Dail  Eireann 
and  carry  it  away  with  them. 

On  May  14,  15,  and  16,  1920,  many  of  the  members  of  Dail 
Eireann  received  letters  sent  to  them  through  the  post  and 
bearing  Dublin  City  postmarks.  The  letters  when  opened  were 
found  to  be  typed  on  the  official  notepaper  of  Dail  Eireann. 
Each  letter  was  similarly  worded;  each  consisted  of  these  words 
typed  in  capital  letters: 

"An  eye  for  an  eye 
A  tooth  for  a  tooth 
Therefore  a  life  for  a  life." 
The  addresses  on  the  envelopes  were  also  typewritten  but  in  the 
addresses  small  as  well  as  capital  letters  were  used.     It  was 
obvious  that  all  these  threatening  letters  had  come  from  one 
source.     It  was  obvious  that  that  source  was  hostile  to   Sinn 
Fein.    It  was  obvious  that  at  that  source  there  were  quantities 
of  the  official  notepaper  of  Dail  Eireann.     It  was  obvious  that 
in  Dublin  City  that  source  was  situated. 

On  May  18,  1920,  Mr.  Arthur  Griffith,  acting  president  of  the 
Republic  of  Ireland  and  member  of  Dail  Eireann  for  East 
Caban  and  Northwest  Tyrone,  was  interviewed  by  representa- 
tives of  the  Dublin  press  to  whom  he  stated  that  the  notepaper 
upon  which  the  threatening  letters  were  written  was  the  same 
notepaper  which  had  six  months  previously  been  taken  by 
British  police  from  the  headquarters  of  Dail  Eireann  at  76 
Harcourt  Street.  That  statement  appeared  in  the  Dublin  even- 
ing press  of  May  18  and  the  Dublin  morning  press  of  May  19. 
Eight  days  later,  on  May  27,  Colonel  Edgeworth  Johnstone, 
Chief  Commissioner  of  the  Dublin  Metropolitan  Police,  wrote  the 
following  letter  to  the  Irish  Independent. 

"Sir:  With  reference  to  an  article  appearing  in  your  issue 
of  the  19th  relative  to  threatening  letters  received  by  Sinn  Fein 
members  of  Parliament  and  to  the  statement  that  paper  similar 
to  that  on  which  the  threatening  notices  were  written  had  been 
seized  by  the  authorities  at  76  Harcourt  Street,  I  am  directed  by 
Government  to  inform  you  that  there  is  no  foundation  for  your 
report  that  notepaper  or  any  writing  paper  was  removed  from 
76  Harcourt  Street  or  taken  possession  of  by  the  police  or  by  the 
military. 

"W.  E.  Johnstone,  Chief  Commissioner" 
"Dublin  Castle,  May  27,  1920." 

Colonel  Edgeworth  Johnstone's  phrase  is  important  in  view 
of  the  sequel:  "I  am  directed  by  Government  to  inform  you," 
he  says  to  the  Irish  press,  "that  there  is  no  foundation  for  your 
report  that  notepaper  or  any  writing  paper  was  removed  from 
76  Harcourt  Street  or  taken  possession  of  by  the  police  or  by 
the  military." 

Certain  official  correspondence  of  high  placed  British  Gov- 
ernment officials  in  Ireland  is  now  in  the  hands  of  the  Irish  Re- 
publican authorities.  The  part  of  that  correspondence  which  is 
treated  of  in  the  following  has  been  photographed  and  copies  of 
these  photographs  are  now  in  the  possession  of  certain  Ameri- 


can citizens  and  other  persons  to  whom  the  original  letters  have 
been  submitted  for  examination.  A  full  set  of  these  photo- 
graphic reproductions  has  been  sent  to  the  editor  of  the  London 
Times.  One  of  these  letters  is  a  report  by  Inspector  McFeely 
of  the  "G"  Division  (political)  of  the  Dublin  Metropolitan 
Police.    It  reads : 

"15th  January,  20. 
"Frenchman  Lands  at  Kingstown 

"I  beg  to  report  that  the  above  named  turned  out  to  be  Paul 
Roger  Chauvire,  professor  of  French  in  the  National  University, 
and  a  native  of  Paris.  He  served  in  the  French  army  during 
the  war,  returned  to  Dublin  on  February  26,  1919,  and  lodged 
at  19  Fitzwilliam  Place.  He  changed  to  45  Lower  Leeson  Street 
about  April,  1919,  where  he  has  since  resided.  He  has  visited 
Paris  two  or  three  times  during  1919,  the  last  time  being  on 
13th  ultimo,  remaining  away  for  a  month.  He  has  a  wife, 
daughter,  and  maid.  His  movements  were  watched  on  14th  and 
15th  instant  and  he  attended  the  University,  Earlsfort  Terrace, 
during  teaching  hours  on  both  days.  No  known  Sinn  Feiners 
called  to  his  lodgings,  and  he  was  not  observed  to  associate  with 
any  extremists  now  or  at  any  time. 

"W.  McFeeley,  Inspector." 

This  report  is  initialed  on  the  margin  in  the  following  man- 
ner: "The  I.  G.  Transmitted.  W.  C.  F.  Redmond,  Ass.  Comm. 
16/1." 

The  report  is  typed  on  the  back  of  a  sheet  of  the  official  note- 
paper  of  Dail  Eireann. 

That  report  is  dated  "15th  January,  20."  It  was  initialed 
at  Dublin  Castle  on  January  16,  1920,  by  Assistant  Commis- 
sioner Redmond  of  the  Dublin  Metropolitan  Police  (assistant 
to  Colonel  Edgeworth  Johnstone  who  denied  that  any  such 
notepaper  was  in  the  possession  of  the  police  of  the  military) 
and  was  transmitted  on  that  date  to  the  "I.  G.,"  viz.:  the  In- 
spector General  of  the  Royal  Irish  Constabulary. 

The  following  letter  was  written  on  April  8,  1920.  It  is  ad- 
dressed from  the  North  Dublin  Union  ("N.  D.  U.")  which  was 
then  and  is  still  in  the  possession  of  the  British  military  au- 
thorities : 

"N.  D.  U.,  8/4/20 

"Dear  Ward:  Thanks  so  much  for  your  letter  which  I  passed 
on  to  Hyam,  who  sends  many  loving  messages  to  you. 

"We  have  a  typist  (lady,  cela  va  sans  dire)  and  Hyam  is  well 
away,  she  has  ginger  hair  so  draw  your  own  conclusions. 

"Reverse  your  deductions  about  the  Howth  show  and  you 
will  be  nearer  the  mark,  things  have  been  rather  quiet  here  of 
late.  I  am  just  back  from  a  show  and  its  now  4.0  a.  m.  or 
should  I  say  04.00  hrs.? 

"How  does  it  feel  being  a  'civvy'  again?  I  expect  we  shall 
miss  the  army  a  bit  when  we  leave  it.  In  case  you  feel  inclined 
to  change  your  political  views  I  inclose  a  pamphlet  which  might 
interest  you! 

"No  news  at  all  here,  everything  just  the  same,  except  we  had 
a  fine  day  yesterday. 

"All  the  best,  Old  Thing,  a  line  any  time  you  feel  inclined 
to  write  will  be  greatly  appreciated. 

"Yrs  to  the  sticky  end, 

"P.  Attwood." 

The  signature  is  that  of  Lieutenant  P.  Attwood,  Royal  Sus- 
sex Regiment.  Lieutenant  Attwood  is  a  member  of  the  General 
Staff  (Intelligence)  of  the  British  Army  of  Occupation  in 
Ireland. 

The  letter  is  written  on  the  official  notepaper  of  Dail  Eireann 
of  which  it  covers  the  whole  of  the  front  of  one  sheet  and  half 
of  the  back. 

The  man  Hyam  mentioned  in  the  letter  is  Captain  A.  F.  Hyam, 
First  South  Lancashire  Regiment,  who  is  also  a  member  of  the 
British  General  Staff. 

On  April  24,  1920,  the  following  report  was  forwarded  to  the 


460 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


Chief  Commissioner  of  the  Dublin  Metropolitan  Police.  It  is 
addressed  from  the  General  Staff  (Intelligence)— "G.  S.  (I.)." 
It  is  specially  stamped  "Secret." 

"G.  S.   (I.),  24/4/20 
"The  Chief  Commissioner,  D.  M.  P. 
"On  reliable  information  received  today: 

"1.  Before  May  6  a  'grand  coup'  will  be  made  by  Sinn  Fein 
unless  forestalled.  It  is  believed  that  the  capture  of  Govern- 
ment securities,  etc.,  is  the.  aim,  and  in  consequence  will  con- 
sist of  simultaneous  raids  on  or  burning  of  post  offices,  etc., 
throughout  the  country.  It  is  definitely  stated  that  whatever 
this  plan  may  be,  it  should  be  completed  by  May  5/6. 

"2.  It  is  also  stated  that  officers  and  soldiers  will  be  shot  in 
future  under  similar  circumstances  to  the  murders  of  police. 

"3.  When  the  hunger  strike  was  decided  on  by  the  leaders 
of  Sinn  Fein  in  Mountjoy  Prison,  the  rank  and  file  were  or- 
dered, under  the  same  system  as  hostile  raids  are  conducted, 
to  join  the  strike. 

"The  above  system  was  especially  mentioned  in  order  to  ter- 
rorize those  who  were  unwilling  to  join  the  movement  (inci- 
dentally there  were  many  against  it).  The  result  of  this  is 
that  a  number  of  Sinn  Feiners  whose  sentiments  were  greatly 
in  favor  of  their  respective  leaders,  but  who  had  never  had  an 
opportunity  of  knowing  their  methods,  are  now  assured  that  the 
organization  is  largely  carried  on  by  the  leaders  at  the  expense 
of  the  rank  and  file  and  also  through  sheer  terrorism.  During 
the  strike  the  leaders  were  freely  given  whiskey  by  the  warders, 
and  at  the  end  of  the  strike  were  very  little  the  worse,  whereas 
the  rank  and  file  were  in  a  bad  way.  The  leaders,  i.  e.,  Hunter, 
Clancy,  Brennan,  Gallagher,  etc.,  shook  hands  with  each  warder 
before  leaving  the  prison. 

"F.  Harper  Shove, 
"Captain,  General  Staff  (I)  Dublin  District 
"Lr.  Castle  Yard,  Dublin,  K.  P." 

The  signature  is  that  of  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove,  General 
Headquarters  Staff,  Ireland. 

The  report  is  typewritten.  Wherever  a  capital  "T"  and  a 
small  "h"  occur  together  a  marked  unevenness  in  the  alignment 
of  these  two  letters  is  noticeable.  Certain  other  inequalities  are 
evident  in  the  typing.  These  peculiarities  are  as  clearly  marked 
in  the  typewritten  addresses  on  the  envelopes  containing  the 
threatening  letters  sent  to  the  members  of  Dail  Eireann.  An 
expert  on  typescript  has  been  given  the  envelopes,  letters,  and 
this  secret  report  for  examination.  He  has  reported  that  he  is 
prepared  to  -swear  on  oath  that  the  threatening  letters,  the  en- 
velopes, and  the  above  secret  report  were  all  typed  on  the  same 
typewriting  machine,  which  is  an  "Underwood." 

Thus  far  it  is  demonstrated: 

1.  That  Colonel  Edgeworth  Johnstone,  chief  commissioner 
of  the  Dublin  Metropolitan  Police,  lied  when  on  May  27  under 
the  direction  of  his  Government  he  informed  the  Irish  press  that 
no  official  notepaper  was  seized  or  was  taken  into  the  possession 
of  the  British  police  or  military  authorities. 

2.  That  on  January  15  an  inspector  of  the  "G"  Division  of 
the  Dublin  Metropolitan  Police  sent  a  report  to  the  Assistant 
Commissioner  of  that  force,  which  report  was  typed  on  the  back 
of  a  sheet  of  the  official  notepaper  of  Dail  Eireann. 

3.  That  the  Assistant  Commissioner  initialed  that  sheet  with 
his  own  hand  on  January  16. 

4.  That  a  letter  was  written  on  the  official  notepaper  of 
Dail  Eireann  by  a  British  staff  officer  on  April  8,  1920,  showing 
that  at  that  date  that  notepaper  had  for  some  reason  passed 
into  the  hands  of  members  of  the  General  Staff  in  Ireland. 

5.  The  reason  why  some  of  that  notepaper  passed  into  the 
possession  of  British  staff  officers  was  made  clear  on  May  14- 
15-16,  when  members  of  Dail  Eireann  received  death  notices 
typed  on  one  of  the  typewriters  at  the  British  Military  Head- 
quarters at  Dublin  Castle — on  the  same  typewriter  as  that  on 
which  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove  of  the  General  Staff  had  had 
typed  on  April  24  his  lying  secret  report  on  the  Mountjoy 
hunger  strike. 


One  other  of  the  letters  of  British  officials  written  during  the 
last  four  months  is  necessary  to  these  disclosures.  It  is  quoted 
as  written,  the  spelling  and  grammar  unaltered. 

"St.  Andrew's  Hotel,  Exchequer  Street, 
"Dublin,   2nd    March,   1920. 

"Dear  Hardy:  Have  duly  reported  and  found  things  in  a 
fearful  mess  but  think  will  be  able  to  make  a  good  show.  Have 
been  given  a  free  hand  to  carry  on  and  everyone  has  been  very 
charming.  Re  our  little  stunt  I  see  no  prospects  until  I  have 
got  things  on  a  firmer  basis  but  still  hope  and  believe  there  are 
possabilities.  As  I  intend  to  put  in  for  my  allowances  for 
February  should  be  awfully  grateful  if  you  would  kindly  tell 
me  the  War  Office  rates  for  Ration-Servant,  Lodging  Fuel  and 
Light  and  shall  I  send  them  to  you  for  signature  or  put  them 
thro'  Irish  Command? — Hill-Dillon  tells  me  they  are  trying  to 
get  me  G.S03  and  not  F.F.  is  this  correct?  and  will  you  please 
send  me  the  number  of  my  warrant  to  Ireland  as  I  have  mislaid 
it  and  cannot  claim  travelling  allowance  without  it.     .     .     . 

"Yours  very  sincerely, 

"F.  Harper  Shove." 
Of  all  the  documents  quoted  this  letter  is  the  most  sinister.  It 
it  written  by  a  British  staff  officer  to  a  British  secret  service 
agent.  It  is  dated  March  2.  In  it  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove, 
from  whose  office  at  Dublin  Castle  the  notices  threatening  the 
members  of  Dail  Eireann  with  assassination  were  sent  out  two 
and  a  half  months  later,  mentions  that  he  has  "been  given  a 
free  hand  to  carry  on."    It  refers  to  "our  little  stunt." 

The  little  stunt  is  the  assassination  of  prominent  Republicans 
in  various  parts  of  Ireland. 

Oh  March  2,  1920,  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove  of  the  General 
Staff  saw  no  prospects  "until  I  have  got  things  on  a  firmer 
basis."  But  he  still  hoped  and  believed  "there  are  possabilities."- 
Within  eighteen  days  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove  and  those  whom 
he  was  "given  a  free  hand"  to  direct  had  got  things  on  a  firmer 
basis.  Alderman  Thomas  MaeCurtain,  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork, 
was  assassinated  by  British  police  on  the  morning  of  March  20. 
Before  the  end  of  March  two  other  prominent  Republicans  had 
been  assassinated,  James  MacCarthy  at  Thurles,  County  Tip- 
perary,  and  Thomas  O'Dwyer  of  Bouladuff  in  the  same  county. 
The  method,  even  the  hour  of  assassination,  was  similar  in  all 
three  cases.  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove  had  got  things  "on  a 
firmer  basis."  "The  little  stunt"  was  being  successful.  It  was 
then  decided  that  the  members  of  Dail  Eireann  should  be  made 
to  feel  the  effects  of  it.  On  May  14-15-16  the  chief  directing 
agent  of  the  assassinations  sent  from  his  office  at  Dublin  Castle 
his  death  notices.  The  object  in  using  the  official  notepaper 
of  Dail  Eireann  is  not  difficult  to  understand.  The  British  Gov- 
ernment tried  to  explain  away  the  assassination  of  Lord  Mayor 
MaeCurtain  as  Captain  F.  Harper  Shove  carefully  planned  they 
should  be  able  to  explain  away  the  assassination  of  Dail 
Eireann  members.  The  receipt  by  the  men  who  had  been  killed 
of  death  notices  on  the  official  notepaper  of  Dail  Eireann  would 
have  been  used  by  British  propaganda  as  proof  that  these  mem- 
bers were  shot  down  by  the  "small  group  of  Sinn  Fein  terror- 
ists" to  whom  Mr.  Lloyd  George  even  now  attributes  the  murder 
of  Alderman  Thomas  MaeCurtain.  It  was  to  provide  the  mur- 
derers gathered  under  the  "free  hand"  of  Captain  F.  Harper 
Shove  with  this  shield  that  the  official  notepaper  passed  in 
April,  1920,  from  the  possession  of  British  police  who  up  till 
then  had  used  it  for  their  reports,  into  the  possession  of  the 
British  General  Staff  whose  purpose  for  it  was  a  cover  for  a 
campaign  of  assassination  by  which  they  had  hoped  to  rid 
themselves  of  the  Irish  people's  demand  for  national  independ- 
ence.    This  plan  of  assassination  has  not  yet  been  carried  out. 

It  is  still  the  policy  of  high  placed  officers  on  the  Head- 
quarters Staff  of  the  British  Army  of  Occupation  in  Ireland. 

The  originals  of  the  letters  quoted  above  are  in  the  possession 
of  the  Republican  movement  in  Ireland.  They  are  here  ac- 
curately copied  and  truthfully  described.  The  conclusions 
drawn  from  them  have  been  come  to  cautiously  after  an  ex- 
haustive investigation. 


Oct.  20, 1920] 


The  Nation 


461 


Court-Martial  Justice  in  Ireland 

THE  following  letter,  signed  by  men  well  known  in  the 
United  States  as  well  as  in  England,  is  reprinted  from 
the  Times  (London)  for  September  14. 
To  the  Editor  of  The  Times: 

Sir:  On  August  24  a  conference  in  Dublin  of  moderate  men 
of  all  parties  demanded,  among  other  things,  as  the  preliminary 
condition  of  an  Irish  settlement,  the  abandonment  of  the  policy 
of  repression. 

Few  Englishmen  have  any  idea  of  the  lengths  to  which  this 
policy  has  been  carried.  Most  Englishmen  know  simply  that 
some  eighty  members  of  the  Royal  Irish  Constabulary  have 
been  murdered,  and  they  take  it  for  granted  that  the  Govern- 
ment's repressive  measures  are  necessary  to  put  an  end  to  these 
outrages,  and  that  they  are  designed  for  this  and  no  other  pur- 
pose. Consequently,  the  actual  state  of  government  and  justice 
in  Ireland  has  not  been  scrutinized  carefully,  and  Englishmen 
hear  little  of  proceedings  that  are  bringing  danger  and  dis- 
honor upon  us.  If  these  proceedings  were  of  a  kind  to  put  an 
end  to  outrages  and  not  to  cause  further  mischief,  they  would 
not  have  called  down  the  condemnation  of  men  like  Lord  Mon- 
teagle,  Lord  Shaftesbury,  Sir  Horace  Plunkett,  and  the  other 
leading  Irishmen  who  took  part  in  the  conference  at  Dublin. 

The  Coercion  Act,  with  the  regulations  issued  for  its  admin- 
istration, marks  the  climax  of  this  policy.  Court-martial  justice 
will  become  the  rule.  It  is  provided  that  men  may  be  kept  in- 
definitely in  prison  without  trial.  A  court  may  sit  in  secret.  If 
a  court  believes  that  a  particular  person  is  able  to  give  evidence, 
he  or  she  may  be  arrested.  Any  person  who  does  an  act  with 
a  view  to  promoting  or  calculated  to  promote  the  objects  of  an 
unlawful  association  is  guilty  of  an  offence  against  these  regu- 
lations. As  the  Gaelic  League,  which  was  founded  to  re- 
vive Irish  culture,  and  Dail  Eireann,  which  represents  two- 
thirds  of  the  Irish  people,  are  unlawful  associations,  all 
but  a  small  minority  of  Irishmen  may  be  convicted  on  this 
charge.  This  is  not  a  system  of  justice  adapted  for  the  detec- 
tion and  punishment  of  crime;  it  is  designed  for  the  punishment 
of  a  political  movement,  and  it  puts  every  Irishman  who  holds 
the  opinions  held  by  the  great  majority  of  Irishmen  at  the  mercy 
of  the  military  authorities. 

.  Not  for  a  century  has  there  been  such  an  outbreak 
of  military  violence  in  these  islands.  The  Government  have 
failed  to  restrain  or  punish  this  violence,  and  they  have  now 
taken  steps  to  prevent  any  civilian  court  from  calling  attention 
to  it.  They  have  issued  an  order  forbidding  the  holding  of 
coroners'  inquests  in  nine  counties.  This  removes  the  last  ves- 
tige of  protection  from  the  civilian  population.  In  the  "Manual 
of  Military  Law"  it  is  laid  down  that,  whereas  a  man  acquitted 
or  convicted  by  a  civil  court  may  not  be  retried  by  a  military 
court,  a  person  subject  to  military  law  is  not  to  be  exempted 
from  the  civil  law  by  reason  of  his  military  status.  The  Gov- 
ernment have  now  decided  that  if  soldiers  or  policemen  fire  a 
town  or  shoot  civilians  they  are  to  be  immune  from  the  danger 
of  an  inquiry  by  a  court  not  under  military  direction. 

In  Ireland  Englishmen  are  judged  by  their  actions  alone.  No 
assurances  of  good  will  have  the  slightest  effect  on  public  opin- 
ion there;  no  English  promises  make  it  easier  for  moderate 
opinion  to  get  a  hearing.  Every  solution  of  the  Irish  question 
presupposes  a  friendly  feeling  between  England  and  Ireland, 
and  we  are  stimulating  hatred.  Thus  only  by  changing  our 
executive  policy  can  we  create  the  atmosphere  necessary  to  the 
successful  working  of  any  solution  whatever  of  the  Irish  ques- 
tion. 

We  are,  sir,  yours  faithfully, 

Ernest  Barker,  Philip  Gibbs,  Charles  Gore,  Hubert  Gough, 
J.  L.  Hammond,  L.  T.  Hobhouse,  Desmond  MacCarthy,  John 
Masefield,  C.  E.  Montague,  Gilbert  Murray,  C.  P.  Scott, 
H.  G.  Wells,  Basil  Williams. 


Balbriggan 

THE  sack  of  Balbriggan  took  place  on  September  21. 
The  account  given  below  is  reprinted  from  the  Man- 
chester Guardian  of  the  following  day. 

The  police  reprisals  in  Balbriggan  this  morning  are  indis- 
putably the  worst  that  have  yet  occurred  in  Ireland.  In  its 
brutality,  wantonness,  and  destructiveness  last  night's  work  of 
the  uniformed  forces  of  the  Crown  is  comparable  only  to  the 
story  of  some  Belgian  village  in  the  early  days  of  the  war.  Two 
men  were  dragged  from  their  homes  to  the  police  barracks, 
bayoneted,  and  beaten  to  compel  them  to  reveal  secrets,  and 
then  taken  out  into  the  street  and  shot  in  cold  blood,  their  bodies 
left  to  be  picked  up  by  any  passer-by.  When  I  reached  Bal- 
briggan at  noon  today  smoke  was  still  rising  from  rows  of 
burned  cottages,  shops,  and  public  houses.  People  were  fleeing 
the  town  in  conditions  as  pitiable  as  any  set  of  refugees  ever  left 
Louvain  or  district. 

If  English  people  are  really  to  understand  the  things  that  are 
done  in  the  name  of  the  British  Government  in  Ireland  and  that 
the  Cabinet  allows  to  go  unchecked,  one  must  go  into  the  history 
of  last  night's  happenings  in  some  detail.  The  origin  of  the 
trouble  was  the  shooting  of  two  policemen.  District  Inspector 
Burke  was  killed,  and  his  brother,  Sergeant  Burke,  wounded. 
This  was  not  a  police  murder  of  the  common  type.  The  two 
Burkes  had  no  connection  with  the  district,  but  were  out  on  a 
motor  ride  from  Dublin  with  five  or  six  other  police  and  all  were 
in  plain  clothes.  They  stopped  at  Miss  Smyth's  public-house  in 
Balbriggan  and  remained  here  for  well  over  an  hour.  They 
became  noisy,  and  the  landlord  sent  down  to  the  police  barracks. 
Constables  came  up,  but  things  were  quiet  and  they  returned. 
The  noise  apparently  broke  out  again,  and  this  time  the  local 
Republican  Volunteers  were  called  in  and  cleared  the  bar.  What 
happened  then  is  obscure,  but  there  was  some  shooting,  but 
whether  it  was  on  the  Volunteers'  side  one  cannot  say. 

The  wounded  men  were  taken  to  the  house  of  a  doctor.  All 
was  over  by  9:30.  An  hour  later  an  invasion  of  the  "Black  and 
Tans"  began.  These,  one  should  perhaps  say,  are  the  new  re- 
cruits of  the  Royal  Irish  Constabulary,  enlisted  in  England  at  a 
pay  of  10s.  a  day  and  perquisites.  They  mostly  wear  the  khaki 
uniform  of  soldiers  with  a  constable's  black  cap.     . 

In  the  three  hours  of  terror  that  followed  one  can  trace  no 
sequence,  for  all  the  frightened  people  kept  to  their  houses,  ex- 
cept those  who  were  driven  out  when  their  roofs  began  to  burn 
over  their  heads.  One  party  seems  to  have  gone  first  to  the 
barber's  shop  of  James  Lawless,  just  opposite  the  police  barracks 
in  Bridge  Street.  The  family  of  Lawless,  his  wife  and  their 
eight  young  children,  were  in  bed.  Hearing  the  smashing  of  the 
shop  windows  and  loud  cries  of  "Lawless,  are  you  there?"  Law- 
less ran  downstairs,  to  be  seized  by  the  police  and  taken  across 
to  the  barracks. 

The  family  were  then  told  to  get  out  as  the  shop  was  to  be 
fired.  That  did  not  happen,  but  I  saw  this  afternoon  evidence 
of  the  wanton  wreckage  that  followed.  There  is  hardly  a  piece 
of  furniture  or  crockery  left  whole.  The  family  were  scattered 
among  neighbors  and  relatives.  One  woman  in  the  same  street 
described  to  me  how  "Black  and  Tans"  came  to  her  door  and 
handed  over  two  of  Lawless's  little  children — a  girl  of  three  and 
a  boy  of  four.  Lawless  did  not  see  his  family  again,  for  he  was 
shot  shortly  before  dawn. 

Other  "Black  and  Tans"  meanwhile  had  begun  incendiarism 
in  another  part  of  the  town.  Two  grocers'  shops,  large  and 
well  built,  were  attacked,  the  bottles  thrown  out  into  the  road, 
petrol  poured  about  the  place,  and  bombs  thrown  in.  The  two 
buildings  were  utterly  consumed  by  the  fire — even  the  solid  outer 
walls  have  broken  down  in  places.  All  that  is  left  of  the  con- 
tents is  the  twisted  bars  of  bedsteads  and  piles  of  smouldering 
ashes. 

In  Drogheda  Street,  the  principal  thoroughfare,  half-a-dozen 


462 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2885 


houses  and  shops  were  fired.  When  the  public-house  of  Mr. 
James  McGowan  was  attacked  he  and  his  young  family  escaped 
by  ladders  from  a  back  window.  Armed  men  rushed  round  to 
them,  and  they  had  barely  got  clear  of  the  yard  when  a  rick  of 
hay  in  it  burst  into  flames.  The  burning  of  the  house  and  a 
cottage  next  to  it  followed.     .     .     . 

No  street  suffered  more  than  Clonard  Street,  in  which  I 
counted  twenty  houses  of  which  only  the  outer  walls  stand. 
One  best  realizes  here  the  cruelty  and  wickedness  of  which  the 
police  are  guilty.  On  one  side  of  the  street  was  a  long  row  of 
one-story  thatched  cottages,  the  homes  of  the  poorest.  They  are 
now  black  and  ruined,  their  thatch  lying  smouldering  like  a  mass 
of  hay  and  all  their  contents  destroyed.  People  ran  from  these 
houses  into  the  fields  around  and  sheltered  under  hedges  and  in 
ditches.  Men  and  women  told  me  of  how  they  had  rushed, 
clothes  in  hand,  to  the  fields  and  dressed  there  while  their  home 
was  blazing.  Across  the  street  five  stoutly-built  brick  houses  in 
the  middle  of  a  row  are  gutted.  From  one  of  these  two  bed- 
ridden women  of  over  eighty  years  were  carried  out  into  the 
fields.  I  saw  in  one  house  in  this  street  evidence  of  the  in- 
cendiary methods.  Two  petrol  tins  lay  among  the  debris,  and 
one  of  them  had  been  pierced  by  eight  bayonet  thrusts  to  empty 
the  liquid  the  sooner.  I  did  not  see  a  whole  pane  of  glass  in  the 
street.  Where  the  house  had  not  been  burnt  the  windows  had 
been  broken  by  rifle-butt  or  bayonet. 

Not  only  has  a  good  proportion  of  the  town  been  made  home- 
less, but  many  of  these  poor  people  will  be  workless  as  well. 
A  party  of  "Black  and  Tans"  set  on  fire  the  big  hosiery  factory 
of  Deedes,  Templar,  and  Company.  It  was  completely  destroyed. 
The  damage  may  run  up  to  £75,000.  The  company  is  an  English 
one.  Three  hundred  people  will  be  rendered  idle,  150  of  whom 
were  in  direct  employment  and  the  rest  workers  who  took  out 
hosiery  for  manufacture  in  their  own  homes.  The  largest  mill 
in  Balbriggan,  Messrs.  Smyth's,  was  saved  from  destruction  by 
the  local  constables  of  the  old  Royal  Irish  Constabulary,  who 


dissuaded  some  "Black  and  Tans"  who  had  already  gone  so  far 
as  to  break  windows  in  the  mill. 

What  one  has  said  so  far  can  be  verified  and  tested  by  ex- 
amining the  ruins  and  by  questioning  many  victims.  It  is  much 
harder  to  arrive  at  the  true  facts  of  the  murder  of  Lawless  and 
Gibbons.  One  can  gather  little  of  what  happened  after  they 
were  taken  into  the  police  barracks  until  their  bodies  were 
found  in  a  side  street  close  by.  The  evidences  of  their  fate  are 
clear.  Two  pools  of  blood,  now  covered  with  ashes,  lie  in  the 
street.  The  wall  behind  is  pitted  with  bullet  marks  and  spatters 
of  blood.  I  picked  up  a  small  piece  of  metal  which  is  plainly 
part  of  the  outside  cover  of  a  service  bullet.  The  bodies  them- 
selves are  in  an  outhouse  unguarded  and  one  may  see  them  with- 
out formality.  The  wounds  are  appalling,  a  description  would 
be  sickening,  but  they  suggest  that  the  men  were  not  merely  shot 
but  battered  and  stabbed  with  bayonets.     . 

One  has  given  these  details  badly.  To  realize  the  full  horrors 
of  the  night  one  has  to  think  of  bands  of  men  inflamed  with 
drink  raging  about  the  streets,  firing  rifles  wildly,  burning 
houses  here  and  there,  and  loudly  threatening  to  come  again 
tonight  and  complete  their  work.  From  beginning  to  end  there 
was  no  apparent  check  on  them,  if  one  excepts  the  efforts  of 
the  few  local  police  who  tell  me  they  took  no  part  in  the  business 
and  hate  it.     .     .     . 

The  only  news  that  the  authorities  in  Dublin  have  yet  received 
of  the  Balbriggan  reprisals  is  the  following  official  telegram, 
which  is  a  very  clear  indication  of  how  little  trust  may  be  put  on 
the  reports  issued  by  police.     ...     It  reads: 

"Head  Constable  Burke,  of  the  Royal  Irish  Constabulary, 
Dublin,  was  shot  dead  at  Balbriggan  at  9:30  last  night.  His 
brother,  Sergeant  William  Burke,  was  wounded  by  revolver 
shots  at  the  same  time.  He  has  been  removed  to  the  Mater 
Hospital.  Two  civilians  have  been  shot  dead  and  several  houses, 
including  one  of  the  hose  manufactories  (sic!)  have  been  de- 
stroyed by  fire." 


Rupert  Blue  says: 

Surgeon-General    U.  S.  Army, 

"Dr.  Stokes'  work  is  a  splendid  presentation  of 

the  subject,  and  a  book  which  should  be  in  the 

hands  of  all  workers  who  are  participating  in  the 

fight  against  the  scourge  of  syphilis." 

The  author  is  Dr.  John  H.  Stokes,  of  The  Mayo 

Clinic.  $2.50 

At  Bookstores  or 

W.  B.  SAUNDERS  COMPANY 


Philadelphia 


THE   NEGRO    YEAR    BOOK,    1918      1919 

Fifth    Annual    Edition    523    Pages 
Covers  every  phase  Negro  activity.     Reviews  progress 
in    all    lines.      Presents    all    phases    Race    Problem. 
Price:  Paper  cover,  75c;  board  cover,  $1.25. 
NEGRO  YEAR  BOOK  COMPANY,  Tuskegee  Institute,  Alabama 

When  you  write  to  an  advertiser,  please  say  that 
you  saw  his  advertisement  in  The  Nation.  It  will 
help  you.  him,  and  The  Nation. 


790 


BOOK  BARGAINS 

Publishers'  Remainders  and 
Overstocks  —  at  an  average 
half  of  publishers'  prices.  Every  book 
perfect.      Send    for   new    catalogue    No.   7. 

HOCHSCHILD,  KOHN  &  CO. 
Baltimore,  Md. 


Studies  in  History,  Economics, 
and  Public  Law 

Edited   by   the  Faculty   of   Political   Science  ef 
Columbia    University 

No.  206    India's    Demand    for    Trans- 
portation. 

By    W.    E.    WELD, 

Paper  covers  $1.25 

No.  208   International   Labor   Legisla- 
tion. 

By   I.    F.    AYUSAUA, 

Paper   covers   $2.00 


LONGMANS,  GREEN  &  CO.  Publishers 

FOURTH  AVE.  AND  30TH  ST.,  NEW  YORK 


d^arijera'  Agwtroa 


THE  FISK  TEACHERS'  AGENCIES 

I  Everett   O.   Fisk   &  Co. ,   Proprietors. 

Boston,  2a  Park  Street.  Chicago,  814  Steger  Bids 

New  \ork.  225  Fifth  Ave.      Denver,  317  Masonic  Bid* 
Syracuse,  402  Dillaye  Bid.     Portland,  509  Journal  Bldg 
Pittsburg,  549  Un.  Arcade.    Berkeley,  2161  Shattuck  At. 
Birmingham.  809  Title  Bid.    Los  Angeles,  510  Spring  St. 
Send   to  any  address  above  for  registration  form. 


filiations  Hantefl 


A  YOUNG  woman,  thoroughly  educated, 
wishes  employment  as  editor's  assist- 
ant. Address,  117  East  21st  Street,  New 
York  City. 


WRITER  of  experience,  discrimination, 
clarity ;  with  knowledge  of  literature, 
science,  current  questions ;  several 
languages ;  desires  connection.  Special  ability 
to  make  "heavy"  subjects  intelligible  and  in- 
teresting to  average  readers.  Publishers. — Have 
you  work  for  such  a  writer  on  re-writing, 
editing,  compiling,  making  popular  scientific 
series  ?     Address  Box  No.  56,   The  Nation. 


INDIVIDUAL  NEWS  SERVICE 

for  students,  lecturers,  research  de- 
partments— concerning  all  economic 
and  working  class  developments.  In- 
dustrial and  social  facts  soft-pedaled 
or  suppressed  by  the  big  dailies  and 
news  associations.  $20  a  year;  $6  for 
3  months. 

THE  FEDERATED  PRESS 


31   Union   Square, 


New  York   City 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW    YORK,   WEDNESDAY,   OCTOBER    27,    1920 


No.  2886 


Contents 


EDITORIAL    PARAGRAPHS     463 

EDITORIALS : 

Last   Aid   to   Voters 46G 

Murder    Will    Out 467 

The    China    Consortium 468 

The   Ancient   Hunger   Strike 469 

Sports     and     Arts 460 

WHAT   HAPPENED   IN   ITALY.      By   Hiram   K.   Moderwell 470 

CHANGING  PRICES  AND  THE  COST  OF  LIVING.     By  W.  Jett  Lauck  471 

SEAMS.     By   Hazel   Hall 473 

POETRY   AND   WORK.     By  John   Erskine 473 

IN   THE   DRIFTWAY.     By  The  Drifter 475 

CORRESPONDENCE     476 

PLATFORM    OF   THE    FARMER-LABOR    PARTY 476 

BOOKS: 

Middle-of-the-Roadism.     By  George  Soule 478 

"A  Country  Without  a  Guide  Book."     By  Irita  Van  Doren. 479 

Medieval  Economics.     By  Charles  A.  Beard 480 

America  and  the  Gods 480 

A    New    Miscellany 481 

Books   in   Brief 482 

DRAMA : 

The    Real    Thing 483 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  SECTION: 

The    Constitution    of    Fiume 484 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate  Editors 

WILLIAM  MacDONALD  FREDA    KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 

ERNEST    H.   GRUENING  CARL   VAN   DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising :  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 

WITHOUT  even  a  noteworthy  dying  flurry  the  Demo- 
cratic campaign  comes  to  its  foredoomed  end.  That 
Governor  Cox  faces  an  overwhelming  defeat  is  now  freely 
conceded  by  the  political  correspondents  of  even  the  pro-Cox 
newspapers.  For  this  he  is  in  no  wise  responsible.  True, 
he  has  not  bettered  his  chances  by  his  campaign,  or  made 
them  much  worse.  He  has  not  been  the  issue,  and  so  the 
public  has  cared  very  little  what  he  has  said,  as  it  cares 
precious  little  about  the  League  of  Nations.  The  one  funda- 
mental issue  is  now  evident :  it  is  Woodrow  Wilson  himself. 
Upon  that  issue  the  electorate  of  the  United  States  made 
up  its  mind  long  ago  and  it  now  looks  as  if  it  would  be  so 
nearly  unanimous  as  to  place  the  verdict  beyond  insinuations 
that  it  was  due  to  money,  to  the  Irish,  to  the  Germans,  or 
to  any  other  of  the  seventeen  groups  whom  Governor  Cox 
is  charging  with  a  wicked  conspiracy  to  defeat  him — he  has 
now  forgotten  all  about  the  alleged  Republican  purchase  of 
the  presidency.  Doubtless  there  are  seventeen — and  more — 
groups  determined  to  turn  out  the  Democrats,  but  that  only 
means  that  Wilsonism  with  its  administrative  inefficiency, 
its  incredible  hypocrisy  and  insincerity,  its  needlessly  put- 
ting us  into  the  war  which  has  neither  ended  war  nor  safe- 
guarded democracy,  its  betrayal  of  American  idealism  at 
Paris,  has  gradually  offended  one  set  of  Americans  after  the 
other.  Let  us  hope  there  are  seventy  groups  who  still  value 
the  old  qualities  of  sincerity  and  intellectual  honesty,  who 
still  have  consciences  to  be  reckoned  with,  who  still  burn 
with  sufficient  loyalty  to  our  institutions  to  turn  out  their 
unworthy  servants  from  the  highest  offices  of  the  land. 


IN  New  York  political  interest  centers  upon  the  candidacies 
of  Governor  Smith  and  Senator  Wadsworth,  with  the 
women  of  the  State  making  a  special  campaign  to  defeat 
the  latter.  Thoroughly  does  he  deserve  defeat.  Not  because 
of  his  opposition  to  suffrage.  He  had  a  right  to  stand  by  his 
opinion  however  antedeluvian,  and  the  issue  is  now  dead.  It 
is  his  generally  reactionary  attitude  which  marks  him  as  one 
who  should  be  retired  from  public  life.  His  grandfather 
died  in  the  Wilderness  as  a  major  general.  Senator  Wads- 
worth,  as  ardent  a  militarist  as  any  Prussian,  failed  to  go 
with  his  troop  of  cavalry  to  the  Mexican  border  and  hastily 
resigned  his  commission  before  the  war  with  Germany.  He 
is  none  the  less  for  universal  military  service  in  peace  time 
and  automatic  conscription  in  war  time — the  author  of  the 
first  universal  training  bill  reported  in  the  Senate.  If  he 
were  to  control  America  we  should  be  in  Germany's  old 
place  in  no  time.  But  his  militarism  is  only  one  of  the 
counts  against  him.  There  is  nothing  of  the  democrat  about 
him;  he  is  distinctly  a  representative  of  corporation  con- 
trol in  politics  and  it  is  a  disgraceful  thing  that  the  Repub- 
lican nomination  went  to  him  almost  by  default,  for  he  is 
without  the  ability  or  the  industry  requisite  for  the  posi- 
tion. Yet  the  prospect  is  that  the  Republican  tidal  wave 
will  sweep  him  back  into  the  office  he  in  no  wise  adorns. 

FOR  Governor  Smith,  on  the  other  hand,  who  deserves  re- 
election, the  prospect  is  less  favorable.  Whereas  Sen- 
ator Wadsworth  comes  from  perhaps  the  most  patrician  of 
our  great  land-holding  families,  "AT  Smith,  as  everyone 
calls  him,  comes  right  out  of  the  plain  people  that  throng 
the  East  Side  of  New  York  City.  His  rise  is  the  sort  of 
thing  that  Americans  were  once  proudest  of  as  most  typical 
of  this  republic,  and  it  is  conceded  that  he  has  made,  as 
Governors  go,  an  excellent  Governor.  A  product  of  Tam- 
many Hall,  he  none  the  less  has  the  respect  of  all  the  enemies 
of  that  institution — the  founder  of  the  Citizens'  Union,  Mr. 
R.  Fulton  Cutting,  so  long  a  leader  of  the  reform  forces,  is 
working  for  his  reelection.  Governor  Smith  bravely  vetoed 
the  reactionary  bills  passed  by  the  Republican  Legislature 
last  spring  which  practically  abolished  freedom  of  education 
in  New  York  State  and  appropriated  $100,000  for  the  crea- 
tion of  a  State  secret  service  bureau  to  hunt  down  "criminal 
anarchy,"  and  met  with  amazingly  little  criticism  for  so 
doing.  He  has  outlined  numerous  constructive  suggestions 
for  the  Legislature,  some  of  which  have  been  adopted.  If 
he  and  the  Legislature  have  not  even  scratched  the  surface 
of  the  housing  problem,  his  desire  to  aid  the  State  and  his 
own  personal  rectitude  are  such  that  he  frequently  does 
things  unscathed  which  would  get  others  into  serious  trou- 
ble. Thus,  to  the  Legislature  which  expelled  the  Socialists, 
Governor  Smith  recommended  in  his  annual  message  nine 
out  and  out  socialistic  proposals,  ranging  from  the  State's 
going  into  the  business  of  producing  and  distributing  milk 
to  the  owning  and  operating  of  grain  elevators.  Yet  not 
even  the  New  York  Times  scolded  him  for  it.  The  Governor 
will  run  thousands  upon  thousands  of  votes  ahead  of  his 
ticket. 


464 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


THE  noisy  patriots  who  howled  down  Major  George  Haven 
Putnam  at  the  lecture  he  tried  in  vain  to  deliver  at  the 
Erasmus  Hall  High  School  in  Brooklyn  were  absolutely  in 
the  wrong  and  deserve  unequivocal  condemnation.  Nor 
should  any  one  take  more  than  the  hastiest  pleasure  in  the 
fact  that  poetic  justice  has  returned  with  the  neatness  of 
melodramas  and  boomerangs  upon  the  head  of  a  man  who 
has  done  as  much  as  any  private  citizen  in  America  to  en- 
courage the  kind  of  lawlessness  which  here  exercised  its 
tyranny  upon  one  of  its  instigators.  Major  Putnam  feels 
that  his  seventy-six  years  as  an  American  give  him  the  right 
to  be  heard;  we  should  say  that  the  mere  fact  of  his  exist- 
ence gives  him  the  right  to  be  heard  by  any  one  whom  he  can 
get  to  hear  him.  Speech  must  be  free,  no  matter  whose 
speech  it  is.  Retaliations  are  as  obnoxious  in  one  place  as 
another,  and  all  the  more  regrettable  in  this  particular  case, 
since  those  who  practiced  retaliation  may  be  said  to  repre- 
sent, doubtless  unconsciously,  the  cause  of  those  American 
citizens  who  were  repressed  during  the  war  and  who  still 
continue  to  be  repressed  whenever  they  venture  upon  a 
minority  opinion.  Those  who  repressed  Major  Putnam 
ought  to  know  that  such  behavior  discredits  a  cause  which 
becomes  more,  not  less,  sacred  in  proportion  as  it  suffers 
from  official  usurpation.  That  the  authorities  of  Mount 
Vernon,  New  York,  on  October  12  arrested  John  Haynes 
Holmes,  Rose  Schneidermann,  and  Norman  Thomas  for  read- 
ing the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  in  the  open  streets 
of  that  spotless  town,  is  surely  enough  lawlessness  for  one 
week.  Fortunately,  an  able  and  upright  judge— Judge 
Keogh— has  declared  the  offending  local  ordinance  uncon- 
stitutional, and  he  is  a  judge  who  is  rarely  reversed. 

THAT  the  long  delayed  trial  of  strength  between  the 
British  miners  and  the  Government  should  take  place 
over  a  slight  difference  between  the  wages  asked  and  the 
wages  offered  is  utterly  regrettable.  The  miners  may  be 
asking  for  only  what  is  their  just  due,  but  this  is  no  time 
for  a  strike  over  a  shilling  or  two  a  day  forced  by  the  failure 
of  the  Government  to  live  up  to  its  promises.  A  great 
part  of  Europe  depends  upon  British  coal  and  to  forbid  its 
export  was  one  of  the  first  acts  of  the  Government.  From 
France  to  the  Near  East  the  news  of  the  strike  will  bring 
consternation  to  peoples  for  whom  the  struggle  for  exist- 
ence is  already  drear  enough.  In  England,  too,  the  price  to 
be  paid  by  innocent  sufferers  is  likely  to  be  staggering  if 
the  struggle  lasts  long.  The  Government  could  and  should 
settle  the  question  by  honestly  applying  the  findings  of  its 
own  commission.  But,  meanwhile,  democratically  as  this 
strike  has  been  called,  it  seems  unlikely  that  it  will  have  the 
sanction  of  public  opinion  or  of  that  part  of  it  which  has 
been  standing  behind  the  miners  in  their  fight  for  lower 
prices  of  coal,  for  state  ownership,  and  for  decent  living 
conditions  for  the  mineworkers.  Finally,  the  strike  is  a 
tactical  mistake;  if  Lloyd  George  should  seize  upon  it  as  an 
excuse  to  go  before  the  voters  for  a  fresh  mandate  raising 
the  cry  of  bolshevism  and  dictation  by  a  minority,  he  would 
in  all  likelihood  be  returned  to  a  fresh  lease  of  power — and 
that  is  something  which  for  the  sake  of  the  peace  and  prog- 
ress of  the  world,  to  say  nothing  of  Ireland  and  England, 
ought  not  to  come  to  pass. 


B 


RITAIN,  it  seems,  sees  her  future  better  secured  by  a 
peaceful  Europe  producing  and  demanding  goods  than 


by  a  Europe  tearing  itself  to  fragments  in  an  endless  com- 
petition in  slaughter.  If  peace  and  productivity  involve 
"shaking  hands  with  murder"  the  British  statesmen  now  in 
control  will  find  themselves  able  to  grasp  the  hands  of  the 
erstwhile  bloody  Bolsheviki  without  flinching.  If  Germany 
must  be  restored  in  the  process  of  making  Europe  again 
a  valuable  property,  why,  Germany  will  be  restored  and  old 
promises  to  the  British  people  will  be  quietly  forgotten. 
England  wants  no  more  wars  than  her  own  empire  and  its 
fringes  and  outposts  have  already  provided  for  her.  Whether 
the  British  Government  will  go  to  the  length  of  an  actual 
alliance  with  its  recent  enemy  may  well  be  doubted,  but 
the  crumbling  of  the  Entente,  presaged  since  the  early  days 
of  the  Peace  Conference  by  a  hundred  rumors  denied,  differ- 
ences "adjusted,"  and  incidents  "minimized,"  can  no  longer 
be  questioned.  For  the  hour  Great  Britain  wants  peace  and 
trade  and  a  chance  to  settle  the  affairs  of  her  own  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  globe.  If  the  Russian  debt  is  left 
unpaid,  if  the  German  indemnity  goes  by  the  boards — so 
much  the  worse  for  France.  That  seems  to  be  the  current 
British  attitude,  and  the  responsibility  for  the  strain  on 
Anglo-French  relations  cannot  by  any  means  be  wholly  attri- 
buted to  the  indefensibly  warlike  policy  that  dominates  the 
present  government  of  France. 

WHETHER  France  can  produce  another  war  against 
Russia,  as  "authoritative  French  quarters"  have  re- 
cently hinted,  is  not  altogether  certain.  The  Polish  peace 
was  undoubtedly  a  blow  to  the  busy  imperialists — French- 
and  Russian  and  Polish — gathered  at  Paris.  It  gave  Poland 
a  better  line  than  she  is  likely  to  be  able  to  hold,  but  the 
Bolsheviki  are  still  the  masters  of  Russia,  and  the  Czar's 
debts  are  still  bad  debts.  A  recent  dispatch  to  the  New 
York  Tribune  stated  that  conversations  with  the  object  of 
initiating  anti-Bolshevik  policies  are  taking  place  "under 
French  inspiration  among  all  the  border  peoples  from  the 
Baltic  to  the  Black  Sea."  The  Poles,  it  reports  further, 
"intend  to  take  the  leadership  in  the  new  operations"  using 
the  armistice  and  peace  with  Russia  as  "an  interval"  in 
which  they  can  "prepare  a  new  offensive."  Thus  would  the 
upholders  of  Western  idealism  and  honor  put  an  end  to  those 
breakers  of  treaties,  the  Bolsheviki.  The  fact  is,  however, 
that  France  and  her  friends  may  not  be  able  to  indulge  their 
malevolence  to  the  extent  that  "authoritative  quarters" 
would  like  the  American  public  to  believe.  The  various 
minor  imperialisms  have  doubtless  men  enough  to  make  a 
showing;  men  are  cheap  and  hungry  and  work  is  every- 
where scarce.  But  France  will  have  to  resolve  the  bitter 
contentions  now  existing  between  the  small  nations  them- 
selves; she  will  have  to  exercise  considerable  finesse,  for 
instance,  to  induce  her  present  protege,  Hungary,  to  battle 
on  the  same  side  with  her  former  protege,  Rumania,  and 
Lithuania  to  side  with  the  Poles.  Moreover,  wars  cost 
money  and  the  small  nations  have  none  to  draw  upon  and 
France  has  none  to  lend — unless  the  United  States  helps  out. 
Incidentally,  the  reported  decision  of  our  War  Department 
to  send  further  supplies  to  Poland  is  worth  investigation. 

AUSTRIA,  feeble  remnant  of  the  old  and  mighty  Aus- 
trian Empire,  wants  to  join  Germany.  It  was  so  obvi- 
ous at  the  time  of  the  "Peace  Conference"  that  she  wanted 
to  join  Germany  and  that  annexation  to  Germany  was  the 
only  way  to  avoid  her  economic  ruin  that  the  treaty  with 
Germany  included  a  clause  forbidding  Germany  to  accept 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


465 


Austria,  and  the  treaty  with  Austria  a  clause  forbidding 
Austria  to  join  Germany,  unless  the  League  of  Nations  gave 
its  sacred  permission.  As  the  League  cannot  give  its  permis- 
sion except  by  unanimous  vote  of  its  Executive  Council,  and 
as  France,  haunted  by  the  fear  of  an  imperialist  Germany 
redivivus,  has  a  representative  on  that  Executive  Council, 
the  loophole  left  for  Austria  was  small  indeed.  But  the 
Austrians,  with  a  pitifully  faint  hope  in  the  past  utterances 
of  Entente  statesmen  about  self-determination  and  the 
League,  are  taking  a  plebiscite  vote  on  the  question  of  an 
appeal  to  the  League.  The  now  almost  universal  realization 
in  Europe  of  Austria's  desperate  plight  might  give  the  Aus- 
trians some  hope  if  there  were  left  any  reason  to  expect  any 
change  of  mind  and  heart  from  French  statesmen;  instead 
their  real  hope  is  that  France  may  look  with  favor  on  the 
proposal  that  they  join  clerical  Bavaria,  and  thereby 
strengthen  the  forces  opposing  both  radicalism  and  Prussia 
in  present-day  Germany.  England  and  Italy  appear  at  last 
to  have  realized  the  necessity  of  union,  and  our  own  Gov- 
ernment has  as  yet  shown  no  intent  to  intrude. 

LENIN'S  strenuous  conditions  for  admission  to  the 
Third  Internationale  seem  to  many  of  the  tried  leaders 
of  western  Socialism  too  high  a  price  to  pay  for  entrance 
to  any  show.  But  the  rank  and  file,  convinced  that  Russia 
has  the  only  real  live  revolution  now  running,  seem  ready 
to  gamble  any  stakes  to  join  hands  with  it.  Most  of  the 
old  leaders  of  the  German  Independent  Socialists  balked  at 
the  sacrifice  of  the  party's  independence  of  action  involved 
in  acceptance  of  Moscow's  conditions,  but  the  delegates  over- 
whelmed them  and  insisted  upon  Moscow  at  any  price.  The 
party  is  left  almost  leaderless,  the  leaders  almost  partyless. 
In  France  the  Confederation  of  Labor,  where  Jouhaux, 
Gompers-like,  still  holds  the  throne,  voted,  as  was  expected, 
two  to  one  against  joining  Moscow,  but  the  Socialist  Party 
will  probably  follow  the  German  lead  and  crowd  to  the 
Moscow  show.  The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Swiss 
Socialist  Party  has  withdrawn  its  previous  adherence  to  the 
Third  Internationale,  but  the  membership  referendum  may, 
as  in  Germany,  overrule  the  action  of  the  leaders.  Mean- 
while the  Italians  seem  quite  content  to  make  their  own 
revolution  in  their  own  way,  while  demanding  the  recogni- 
tion of  the  Soviets,  and  the  British  continue  their  tradi- 
tional course,  independently  of  continental  winds.  The 
split  between  dictatorial  Communists  and  Social  Democrats 
is  wider  than  ever. 

THE  first  of  the  Cork  hunger  strikers  has  died,  there 
have  been  more  murders  in  Ireland,  and  there  has  been 
no  indication  of  any  change  in  the  attitude  of  the  British 
Government.  Reprisals  and  counter-reprisals  are  the  order 
of  the  day,  and  the  public  is  still  left  in  the  dark,  uncertain 
amid  the  welter  of  charges  and  counter-charges  where  lies 
the  truth.  Daily  the  necessity  for  the  Committee  of  One 
Hundred  on  Ireland  organized  at  the  suggestion  of  The 
Nation  becomes  more  apparent.  Viscount  Grey,  Lord  Morley, 
and  Mr.  Asquith  have  demanded  an  immediate  change  in 
British  policy;  Lord  Robert  Cecil  has  called  for  investiga- 
tion by  a  British  constitutional  tribunal.  But  obviously  the 
findings  of  no  official  or  semi-official  British  tribunal  would 
be  accepted  as  impartial  outside  of  England,  and  should  the 
tribunal  hold  its  sessions  in  England  or  in  Ireland  under 
present  conditions  witnesses  would  hardly  feel  safe  in  speak- 


ing their  minds  freely  and  the  suspicion  would  be  inevitable 
that  the  bitter  edge  of  the  truth  was  dulled  by  fear  of  re- 
prisal. Preparations  for  the  public  sessions  of  the  Com- 
mittee of  One  Hundred  are  proceeding  steadily;  the  five 
members  of  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  which  will  actually 
hold  the  sessions  are  now  being  chosen  by  vote  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred,  which  has  grown 
to  a  Committee  of  One  Hundred  and  Fifty. 

JOHN  REED  was  of  the  fellowship  of  adventure,  of  ex- 
plorers and  prophets.  He  had  in  him  a  capacity  for 
living  and  daring  and  loving  that  made  him  a  flaming  em- 
bodiment of  the  rebellious  spirit  of  the  younger  generation. 
He  had  already  distinguished  himself  before  he  left  Har- 
vard; from  college  he  went  to  the  American  Magazine, 
where  he  published  one  of  the  finest  tributes  ever  penned  to 
William  James.  His  power  of  painting  pictures  with  words 
made  him  a  natural,  perhaps  sometimes  too  vivid  and  dra- 
matic, reporter;  the  Metropolitan  Magazine  sent  him  to 
Mexico,  where  he  found  in  Villa  a  temporary  hero  of  ro- 
mance; he  told  colorfully  the  story  of  the  Colorado  massa- 
cres in  the  1914  strike;  then,  when  the  war  broke  out,  he 
became  of  course  a  war  correspondent — and  one  of  the  most 
highly  paid  in  America.  But  unlike  Sir  Philip  Gibbs  he 
could  not  reserve  three-quarters  of  the  truth  he  saw  for 
later  telling,  but  poured  out  all  his  soul,  and  lost  his  job. 
He  wrote  as  well  as  ever,  but  as  his  observations  and  always 
intense  sympathies  dictated,  not  as  he  was  told,  and  so  the 
paying  magazines  would  have  no  more  of  him.  When  the 
Russian  Revolution  broke  out,  the  Masses  sent  him  to  Rus- 
sia, where  he  lived  enthusiastically  in  the  era  of  realization. 
He  came  back  filled  with  a  new  dream  and  a  new  vision  and 
found  life  in  America  and  the  American  Socialist  Party  dull 
and  halting.  He  was  arrested  here  and  there,  but  always 
acquitted — it  would  be  hard  to  persuade  any  jury  to  convict 
John  Reed ;  he  organized  the  Communist  Labor  Party,  edited 
two  or  three  radical  magazines,  spoke,  wrote,  and  then — not 
to  escape  trial,  for  that  he  had  faced  time  and  again,  but  as 
a  moth  turns  to  the  flame — returned  to  Russia.  And  there, 
not  yet  thirty-three,  still  crusading,  he  has  died  of  typhus. 

THE  publishers  of  books  are  unhappy.  They  wonder 
loudly  how,  at  the  present  cost  of  production,  they 
are  going  to  continue  to  provide  us  with  reading  matter. 
Like  other  people  they  would  like  to  double  their  prices. 
But  since  they  know  that  their  wares  are  considered  far 
more  dispensable  than  lip-sticks  or  chewing-gum,  they  are 
wary  of  demanding  what  they  need.  Ice-cream  sodas  have 
gone  up  from  ten  cents  to  twenty  and  more;  the  $1.50  novel 
has  crept  timidly  to  $1.90  or  two  dollars.  The  difficulty  is 
very  real.  But  the  publishers  themselves  are  not  quite 
guiltless  of  clouding  their  situation.  If  you  are  so  hard 
put  to  it,  the  intelligent  public  may  well  ask,  why  do  you 
waste  labor  and  material  on  volumes  of  third-rate  verse  and 
insignificant  essays?  A  notable  volume  should  command 
publication  without  question.  But  why,  to  take  a  recent 
example,  make  a  handsome  book  of  twelve  literally  worthless 
poems  by  a  British  editor?  Why,  in  addition,  do  certain 
houses  continue  the  bad  old  habit  of  gambling  in  cheap  and 
lurid  fiction?  For  one  such  book  that  makes  money  a  dozen 
barely  pay  the  printer's  bill.  In  brief,  the  slogan  "fewer 
and  better  books,"  which  was  tentatively  raised  recently, 
is  needed  not  only  from  a  literary  but  also  from  an  economic 
point  of  view. 


466 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


Last  Aid  to  Voters 


THE  position  that  The  Nation  has  taken  in  the  present 
campaign  against  both  Cox  and  Harding  and  in  favor 
of  a  vote  either  for  Christensen  or  Debs,  has  aroused  con- 
siderable inquiry,  much  approval,  and  some  dissent  among 
our  readers.  Some  have  assumed,  because  we  declined  to 
subscribe  in  toto  to  either  the  Socialist  or  the  Farmer-Labor 
platforms*,  that  we  did  not  want  to  see  either  Debs  or 
Christensen  elected  and  were  advocating  a  protest  vote  for 
them  which  we  would  not  advise  if  they  had  any  chance  of 
success  at  the  polls.  But  the  choice  is  rarely  poor  this  year 
and  we  would  rather  see  Christensen  or  Debs  or  Macauley 
chosen  than  Cox  or  Harding.  We  do  not  accept  all  that 
any  one  of  them  stands  for,  but  practical  politics  is  usually  a 
compromise;  few  thinking  men  ever  have  had,  or  ever  will 
have,  a  chance  to  vote  for  a  party  whose  platform  they  ac- 
cept in  its  entirety.  The  point  is  that  the  Farmer-Labor 
and  the  Socialist  programs  present  at  least  the  basis  for 
more  hopeful  development  than  the  old  party  policies,  which 
fail  to  meet  any  of  the  demands  of  the  new  age  which  is 
upon  us. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  determining  factor  in  this  campaign 
is  a  desire  to  rebuke  and  put  an  end  to  the  policies  of  the 
Wilson  administration.     So  strong  is  this  desire  that  many 
intelligent  voters  make  no  attempt  to  distinguish  between 
the  indistinguishable  Governor  Cox  and  Senator  Harding. 
The  state  of  war  with  Germany  would  probably  continue 
longer  under  Cox  and  we  might  more  immediately  and  un- 
critically be  committed  to  the  League.  Harding,  on  the  other 
hand,  might  easily  lead  us  into  war  with  Mexico  or  sponsor  a 
high  tariff  measure.    To  the  average  voter,  however,  these 
possibilities  are  of  no  consequence  beside  his  desire  to  get 
rid  of  Wilsonism.    To  do  this  he  imagines  the  most  effective 
way  is  to  vote  for  Harding.    We  do  not  think  so.    By  elect- 
ing Harding  the  country  will  get  rid  of  Wilson  next  March. 
But  in  his  place  will  be  an  unenlightened  and  reactionary 
Republican  machine,  its  face  set  flintily  toward  the  past, 
totally  out  of  touch  with  the  spirit  of  a  new  age  to  which  it 
will  be  unwilling  and  unable  to  adapt  itself.    What  the  coun- 
try needs  above  all,  to  borrow  one  of  the  Wilsonian  phrases 
which  have  never  been  taken  from  their  oratorical  shelves 
for  use,  is  to  "give  the  government  back  to  the  people." 
Something  closely  akin  to  this  desire  underlies  the  electo- 
rate's purpose  to  rid  itself  of  the  autocrat  in  the  White 
House.    Yet  the  idea  that  this  can  be  accomplished  by  voting 
for  the  self-effacing  Mr.  Harding  seems  ludicrous  when  one 
considers  the  prospect  of  Boies  Penrose  and  the  Senatorial 
clique  as  Mr.  Harding's  collaborators  in  the  task  of  restoring 
the  government  to  the  people. 

Who  is  against  Wilson?  Nearly  everyone,  if  one  may 
exclude  the  solid  South,  where  voting  Democratic  is  as  much 
a  religion  as  a  political  faith,  and  those  still  considerable 
though  steadily  dwindling  voters  for  whom  party  regularity 
transcends  policies,  facts,  and  the  urge  of  a. changing  time. 
Lifelong  Democrats  and  hereditary  Republicans  unite  in 
their  determination  to  shuffle  off  Wilsonism.  Why  is  it  that 
the  opposite  poles  of  political  faith,  from  reactionary  to 
radical,  with  the  many  shades  of  average  American  be- 
tween, are  linked  in  their  detestation  of  Wilsonism?  Well, 
for  one  thing,  because  of  its  insincerity.     Reactionary  as 

*  The   Farmer-Labor  platform  is  printed  in   full  in  this   issue. 


Union  League  Club  Republicanism,  Wilsonism,  with  its 
spurious  liberal  professions,  has  never  secured  the  confi- 
dence of  American  Bourbons.  Moderate  conservatives,  lib- 
erals, and  radicals  on  the  other  hand  are  the  more  incensed 
because  of  the  varying  degrees  of  deception  to  which  they 
were  subjected  by  its  erstwhile  fine  phrases  and  flowery 
rhetoric.  Essentially  there  is  no  difference  between  the  two 
major  parties,  but  superimposed  on  the  reaction  that  each 
spells  the  Democrats  are  accountable  for  conspicuous  incom- 
petence and  glaring  hypocrisies.  That  is  the  motif  of 
the  present  campaign  and  the  reason  Wilson  and  all  his 
works  will  be  overwhelmingly  rejected  despite  the  pathetic 
ineffectiveness  of  Harding ;  despite  the  widespread  antagon- 
ism to  Old  Guard  control,  dating  from  1912;  despite  the 
Lusks  and  the  Sweets  who  balance  Palmer  and  Burleson; 
despite  the  knowledge  of  millions  who  will  vote  for  Harding 
that  he  will  not  and  cannot  touch  problems  which  most 
vitally  affect  them.  It  will  be,  as  we  have  said,  "election  by 
disgust." 

Recommend  so  gloomy  a  prospect  to  our  readers?  Never! 
To  vote  for  Harding  in  order  to  repudiate  Wilson  is  in  effect 
setting  the  stamp  of  approval  on  the  very  system  which 
quadrennially  offers  only  so  nauseating  a  lack  of  choice.  "A 
yellow  dog  year,"  was  the  boast  last  spring  of  the  Repub- 
lican Old  Guard.  Did  the  spectacle  of  Democratic  misman- 
agement and  wrongdoing  stimulate  the  Republican  powers 
to  pick  as  good,  as  able,  and  as  antithetical  a  candidate  as 
they  could  find?  On  the  contrary.  It  impelled  them_  to 
select  as  incompetent,  as  inconsequential,  and  as  hitchable  an 
Ohio  politician  as  they  thought  they  could  "put  over"  on 
the  writhing  electorate. 

No !   The  course  for  every  one  who  values  American  tradi- 
tion and  ideals,  who  believes  in  the  persistence  of  what  was 
and  is  good  in  our  national  life,  who  desires  the  elimination 
of  what  is  bad,  who  looks  for  progress  and  hopes  for  better 
things,  seems  so  unmistakably  clear  as  to  disparage  dis- 
cussion.   It  is  to  vote  against  the  old  parties,  except  where 
individual  candidates  who  have  conspicuously  and  valiantly 
stood  up  against  the  tide  of  reaction  deserve  election  on 
their  personal  merits.    Eclectic  voting  is  always  preferable 
to  blind  party  adherence.    There  are  men  running  for  Con- 
gress on  all  four  tickets  who  could  form  a  progressive  bloc 
which  might  often  tip  the  scales.     But  for  President,  the 
choice  is  clear.    A  vote  for  Cox  or  Harding  means  nothing; 
only  a  protest  vote  will  count.     Neither  Farmer-Labor  nor 
Socialist  parties  will  elect  the  President  this  year,  but  votes 
cast  for  them  will  have  unmistakable  political  meaning.   The 
Nation  makes  no  recommendation  of  choice  between  Farmer- 
Labor  and  Socialist  Party  beyond  the  suggestion  that  in 
certain  regions  where  one  party's  prospects  are  unmistak- 
ably fair  its  choice  would  be  logical.    In  South  Dakota,  for 
instance,  where  the  Farmer-Labor  has  an  excellent  chance 
of  carrying  the  State,  it  is  the  Liberal's  duty  to  support 
Christensen.     Finally,  if  there  be  those  too  timid  to  cast 
their  political  lot  with  a  party  the  doctrines  of  which  they 
cannot  wholly  or  even  in  large  part  indorse,  who  do  not 
realize  the  crying  need  of  new  purpose  and  new  vision  in 
national  politics,  let  them  stay  away  from  the  polls  this  year 
and  spend  election  day  tramping  the  woods  or  the  fields 
where  the  air  is  pure  and  the  sky  is  clean. 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


467 


Murder  Will  Out 


THE  truth  will  out — even  about  Haiti,  and  despite  the 
daily  newspapers.  Major  General  George  Barnett's 
report  of  "practically  indiscriminate  killing"  in  Haiti  more 
than  confirms  the  charges  which  The  Nation  alone  in  the 
American  press  has  made  about  the  foul  record  of  our 
Administration  in  Haiti.  The  Nation  has  been  maligned, 
abused,  denounced,  sneered  at,  for  printing  the  truth  about 
Haiti.  Only  three  days  before  General  Barnett's  report  was 
published,  the  New  York  Times  wrote  that 
Mr.  Harding  got  his  information  about  conditions  in  Haiti 
from  a  weekly  paper  in  this  city  which  if  not  actually  Bolshevist 
is  so  near  it  that  the  distinction  is  not  visible  to  the  naked  eye. 
Will  he  get  his  information  when  he  is  President  from  profes- 
sional admirers  of  Lenin  and  Trotzky,  part  of  whose  creed  is 
that  their  own  country  is  always  wrong?  And  will  he  continue 
to  talk  about  "thousands"  as  he  did  of  the  Haitian  brigands 
killed  by  our  marines  when  the  facts  show  that  there  were  only 
a  few  hundreds? 

Now  that  General  Barnett  states  that  3,250  Haitians — even 
more  than  The  Nation,  and  Senator  Harding,  using  the  data 
of  The  Nation,  had  charged — were  killed — and  time  will 
reveal  that  the  killing  was  in  many  instances  deliberate  cold- 
blooded murder — the  Times  does  not  apologize  for  its  past 
prevarications  or  for  its  slurs  at  those  who  told  the  truth ;  it 
merely  says :  "The  American  people  have  not  had  the  details. 
They  have  not  known  what  was  going  on."  Whose  fault  was 
it  if  not  that  of  the  newspapers  pledged  to  give  "all  the 
news  that's  fit  to  print,"  of  the  newspapers  which  denounced 
those  who  did  tell  the  public  what  was  going  on  as  "profes- 
sional admirers  of  Lenin  and  Trotzky,  part  of  whose  creed 
is  that  their  country  is  always  wrong"?  The  New  York 
Evening  Post  calls  General  Barnett's  revelations  "a  shock  to 
those  who  have  cherished  the  conviction  that  American  mili- 
tary rule  did  not  imitate  the  coercive  methods  of  some  more 
experienced  and  more  callous  governments."  But  General 
Barnett's  revelations  were  no  news  to  the  editors  of  the 
Evening  Post,  who  read  The  Nation  regularly;  when  Mr. 
Seligmann,  three  months  ago,  compared  our  record  in  Haiti 
to  that  of  Belgium  in  the  Congo,  of  Germany  in  Belgium, 
and  of  England  in  Egypt  and  India,  the  Evening  Post 
remarked  that  "he  only  excites  distrust  of  his  own  judg- 
ment."   None  so  blind  as  those  who  will  not  see! 

The  Nation  hopes  to  print  extended  extracts  from  General 
Barnett's  report  in  a  later  number.  The  meager  summaries 
published  in  the  daily  press  give  sufficient  indication  of  the 
shameful  data  which  exist  in  the  files  of  the  Navy  Depart- 
ment, and  throw  a  curious  light  upon  General  Lejeune's 
whitewashing  report  issued  only  a  week  before  the  Barnett 
report,  and  upon  Secretary  Daniels's  note  published  at  the 
same  time  regarding  his  own  instructions  to  treat  the 
Haitians  "as  friendly  brothers"  and  his  statement  that, 
"with  a  very  few  exceptions,  the  officers  and  men  carried 
out  in  letter  and  in  spirit  the  order  to  set  an  example  in 
helpfulness  and  kindness  in  the  discharge  of  a  difficult 
duty."  Thirty-two  hundred  and  fifty  Haitians  killed,  as 
against  a  total  American  loss  of  one  officer  and  twelve  men 
is  a  strange  "example  of  helpfulness  and  kindness" ! 

General  Barnett  tells  us  that  there  are  further  records 
which  have  disappeared  from  the  files  of  the  Marine  Corps, 
and  further  reports  which  have  not  been  made  public.  The 
American  people  cannot  and  will  not  permit  these  facts  to  be 


hidden  permanently.  Their  honor  is  at  stake;  it  is  not 
helped  by  concealment  of  disgraceful  truths,  and  can  only 
be  preserved  by  the  relentless  publication  of  the  whole  truth 
and  the  unhesitating  punishment  of  those  responsible,  up  to 
the  very  top  of  the  naval  hierarchy.  They  will  not  be  sat- 
isfied to  know  that  a  Lieutenant  Brokaw,  guilty  of  atrocities, 
has  since  been  committed  as  insane;  they  will  want  to  know 
why  Secretary  Daniels  reinstated  Captain  George  D. 
Hamilton,  convicted  of  giving  orders  to  shoot  prisoners; 
they  will  want  to  know  why  the  Navy  Department  has  syste- 
matically concealed  and  suppressed  the  truth,  and  lied  about 
it  when  it  leaked  out;  and  they  will  demand  that  the  wrong 
done  to  Haiti  be  redressed. 

The  silence  of  our  American  newspapers  regarding  the 
news  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  has  been  one  more  proof  of 
the  low  estate  to  which  the  press  has  fallen.  The  facts  which 
The  Nation  has  revealed  and  which  General  Barnett  has  con- 
firmed are  not  new  facts;  they  are  merely  revelations  of  a 
festering  canker  which  has  existed  for  five  years.  Indeed, 
there  are  indications  that  conditions,  in  Haiti  at  least,  are 
somewhat  better  than  they  have  been.  The  big  daily  news- 
papers with  their  immense  staffs  of  skilled  reporters  and 
highly  paid  correspondents  have  done  nothing  to  tell  the 
American  people  the  facts  regarding  the  conduct  of  the 
United  States  Marine  Corps.  The  evening  edition  of  the 
New  York  World,  thick  and  thin  apologist  for  the  Adminis- 
tration, sent  a  reporter  to  the  island.  He  gave  us  only  offi- 
cial eye-wash,  and  now  the  morning  edition  attempts  to 
deprecate  even  General  Barnett's  damning  report.  The 
newspapers  which  boast  of  their  freedom  and  independence 
have  tamely  acquiesced  in  the  censorship  and  have  cast  slurs 
upon  those  who  protested.  It  took  the  protest  of  a  presiden- 
tial candidate  in  a  campaign  year  and  the  report  of  a  major 
general  to  squeeze  mention  of  the  facts  into  their  news  col- 
umns. And  if  these  revelations  force  the  printing  of  more 
news  than  hitherto,  we  may  confidently  expect  it  to  be  of  the 
apologetic  and  deprecatory  character  of  the  editorials  on  the 
Barnett  report  in  the  World  and  Evening  Post.  We  shall 
watch  the  Republican  papers  to  see  whether  their  sudden 
interest  in  Haiti  survives  the  election.  For  Haiti  is  as  truly 
as  Russia  the  acid  test  of  our  democracy,  and  it  is  the  acid 
test  of  our  press  as  well. 

A  bumper  harvest  of  excuses  is  sure  to  follow  upon  the 
Barnett  report.  The  fact  that  men  in  American  uniform 
have  shot  down  Haitians  en  masse  and  in  cold  blood  has 
been  established  beyond  cavil  or  doubt;  we  shall  now  be  told 
that  these  Haitians  were  "bandits,"  "niggers,"  "bad  actors." 
It  will  be  hard  for  the  defenders  of  our  course  to  continue 
their  oft-repeated  assertions  that  the  shootings  were  in 
self-defense,  or  in  retaliation  for  the  murder  of  Americans. 
Thirteen  Americans  in  all  were  killed:  for  every  American 
killed,  two  hundred  and  fifty  Haitians  met  death.  This  was 
not  defensive  warfare,  it  was  not  even  war;  it  was 
slaughter.  Despite  the  statements  of  the  New  York  World 
which  must  know  better,  we  were  not  invited  by  Haiti  to 
land  our  forces;  we  forced  ourselves  upon  Haiti.  We  did 
not  prevent  bloodshed  nor  have  we  increased  the  safety  of 
travel  in  Haiti.  The  thing  for  us  to  do  is  to  cease  making 
lying  excuses  and  to  get  out,  and  make  such  belated  amends 
for  our  murders  as  we  can. 


468 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


The  China  Consortium 


IN  the  formation  of  the  new  China  consortium,  the  bankers 
of  the  United  States  have  committed  this  country  to  a 
foreign  policy  beside  which  the  ratification  of  the  League  of 
Nations  covenant  may  be  academic  and  unimportant.  The 
consortium  is  nothing  less  than  a  working  league  of  nations, 
whose  officials  are  financiers  and  whose  covenant  is  the 
agreement  reached  last  week  by  bankers  representing 
France  and  England,  Japan  and  the  United  States.  Whether 
this  financial  league  is  to  be  a  league  for  peace  or  for  war, 
for  preserving  the  rights  of  a  backward  nation  or  for  assert- 
ing the  ambitions  of  groups  and  interests,  depends  upon  the 
men  who  dominate  it,  and  the  methods  they  use.  Mr. 
Thomas  W.  Lamont  has  said  that  the  consortium  is  to  be 
"an  international  partnership  for  the  purpose  of  assisting 
China  in  the  development  of  her  great  public  enterprises." 
It  may  result  in  such  a  partnership  or  it  may  not;  but  the 
first  thing  the  bankers  and  the  State  Department  should  do 
to  prove  their  honest  intention  is  to  publish  the  entire  agree- 
ment. 

The  public  cannot  take  any  one's  word  for  the  contents 
or  intentions  of  that  document;  too  much  is  at  stake  and 
too  many  conflicting  interests  are  involved.  When,  during 
the  Peace  Conference,  bankers  representing  the  four  great 
Powers  met  at  Paris  on  the  suggestion  of  our  Department  of 
State  to  negotiate  a  new  consortium,  the  attitude  of  the 
United  States — always  humane  and  honest  in  its  intentions 
toward  China — seemed  for  the  moment  to  prevail.  It  was 
not  a  time  when  selfish  desires  and  dishonorable  plans  could 
safely  be  revealed.  But  elements  of  dissension  were  present, 
and  after  Japan  had  concluded  her  successful  negotiations, 
after  Mr.  Wilson  had  even  yielded  up  Shantung,  the  Japa- 
nese Foreign  Office  repudiated  the  action  of  the  Japanese 
bankers  in  submitting  to  American  domination  at  Paris  and 
announced  that  Japan  would  enter  the  consortium  only  with 
certain  "reservations."  Specifically  it  demanded  that  Mon- 
golia, Manchuria,  and— at  that  time— Shantung  be  exempted 
from  the  operations  of  the  consortium.  The  Government  of 
the  United  States  refused  this  demand,  but  Japan  set  to 
work,  none  the  lers,  to  spread  the  impression  that  the  Powers 
had  assented  to  the  Japanese  reservations. 

Mr.  Lamont's  mission  to  Japan  and  China  was  undertaken 
to  induce  the  Japanese  Foreign  Office  to  withdraw  its  reser- 
vations and  enter  the  consortium,  and  to  undo  the  harm 
Japan  had  wrought  in  China  by  its  propaganda.  The  delays 
and  shifts,  the  promises  and  procrastinations  of  the  Japa- 
nese Government  made  the  final  outcome  a  dubious  victory. 
After  endless  conferences  Mr.  Lamont  was  assured  that  the 
Japanese  Government  would  join  the  consortium  without 
reservations.  Official  announcement  of  this  action  was  to  be 
made  at  a  public  dinner  with  Mr.  Lamont  taking  part.  Both 
Mr.  Lamont's  and  the  Japanese  representative's  speeches 
were  prepared  in  advance,  and  submitted  to  both  sides  for 
approval;  copies  were  given  in  advance  to  the  press.  On 
the  day  prior  to  the  dinner,  the  Kokusai  (the  Japanese  semi- 
official news  service)  distributed  throughout  China  and 
Japan  a  version  of  the  speeches  that  made  it  appear  that 
Japan's  reservations  had  been  accepted  by  the  American 
group.  From  that  time  until  the  present,  Japan's  press 
propaganda  in  China  has  maintained  by  innuendo  and  even 


by   direct   assertion   that   Japan's   reservations   have   been 
accepted  as  the  basis  of  her  entering  the  consortium. 

However,  it  has  been  announced  by  the  group  of  bankers 
which  has  just  consummated  the  new  agreement  in  New 
York  that  Japan  has  entered  the  China  consortium  on  equal 
terms;  that  Chinese  representation  will  be  welcomed  (an 
ironical  bit  of  liberality)  ;  that  the  originally  disinterested 
aim  of  the  United  States  to  keep  the  "open  door"  at  least 
a  crack  open  has  been  maintained.  But  more  than  mere 
assurance  is  needed.  If  the  consortium  should  be  dominated 
by  Japan's  reservations  it  would  become  nothing  better  than 
an  international  agreement  to  rob  China  of  her  last  shred 
of  independence;  while  even  if  it  is  not  actually  controlled 
by  Japan,  a  widespread  suspicion  to  the  contrary  in  China 
would  quite  as  effectively  ruin  its  chances  of  usefulness. 
Sir  Charles  Addis,  British  representative  at  the  New  York 
conference,  said :  "Without  the  assent  and  goodwill  of  China 
the  consortium  is  not  only  powerless  to  act,  but  has  no 
desire  to  act."  The  assent  and  goodwill  of  China  can  only 
be  gained  by  throwing  open  every  channel  of  publicity  and 
proving  by  the  terms  of  the  agreements  that  the  proposed 
domination  of  Japan  is  not  being  secretly  ratified. 

The  people  of  the  United  States  have  every  reason  to 
demand  the  facts.  Not  only  is  American  honor  at  stake, 
not  only  is  the  question  of  peace  or  war  in  the  East  involved 
in  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  but  American  money  must- 
stand  behind  any  loan  to  China.  Great  Britain  and  France, 
and  Japan,  too,  can  lend  money  to  China  only  by  first  bor- 
rowing it  from  the  United  States.  There  seems  to  be  little 
doubt  among  students  of  the  Far  Eastern  question  that 
foreign  intervention  is  required  in  the  development  of  China. 
The  United  States  is  in  a  position  to  insist  that  such  inter- 
vention be  sincere.  We  can  force  Great  Britain  and  France 
and  even  Japan  to  cooperate  on  our  own  terms.  We  can 
insist  that  the  foreign  concessions  be  merged  under  the  con- 
trol of  the  consortium  and  prevent  future  incursions  of 
greedy  concessionaires.  We  can  keep  the  door  into  China 
open.  We  can  preserve  to  China  at  least  what  is  left  of  her 
rather  technical  independence.  We  can  utilize  Chinese  help 
in  the  administration  of  the  consortium.  The  issue  really 
amounts  to  this :  Is  the  United  States  about  to  yield  its  tra- 
ditional policy  in  China  in  favor  of  a  policy  dictated  in 
Europe  and  Japan,  and  to  lend  American  money  to  sustain 
that  policy;  or  will  the  United  States  insist  upon  the  adoption 
of  its  own  policy — which  has  been  formally  assented  to  by 
all  the  Powers— and  refuse  credits  to  Governments  which 
oppose  it?  Only  the  publication  of  the  consortium  agree- 
ment can  answer  that  question.  A  copy  of  the  text  of  the 
agreement  is  certainly  in  the  hands  of  the  Department  of 
State;  copies  have  presumably  been  sent  to  the  Governments 
represented  by  the  cooperating  groups;  the  financial  inter- 
ests involved  have  copies  of  their  own.  If  public  opinion  in 
China  is  to  be  mollified  and  public  opinion  in  the  United 
States  enlightened,  if  reasonable  suspicions  are  to  be  re- 
moved, the  text  of  the  agreement  should  immediately  be 
made  public,  for  all  of  the  public  has  not  forgotten  that  on 
March  18,  1913,  Woodrow  Wilson  said  of  the  original  pro- 
posal that  the  responsibility  it  involved  was  "obnoxious  to 
the  principles  upon  which  the  Government  of  our  people 
rests." 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


469 


The  Ancient  Hunger  Strike 

THE  fast  of  the  devoted  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  and  his 
fellow  hunger-strikers  has  become  an  international 
drama,  its  tension  heightening  week  by  week.  This  lonely 
and  hideously  slow  adventuring  into  the  Dreadful  Valley  is 
different  from  any  other  kind  of  martyrdom:  it  demands  a 
courage  which  only  scientific  or  religious  fanatics  have 
shown.  Indeed  the  psychology  of  suicide  as  a  means  of  de- 
fense, a  method  for  justice,  is  hardly  known  today  although 
every  hunger-strike  tends  to  establish  this  form  of  social 
protest  more  potently.  The  roots  of  this  method  go  deep. 
It  was  practiced  by  ancient  Hindu  and  Celt  and  in  modern 
India  survived  to  be  condemned  in  the  English  penal  code  as 
"barbarous  and  immoral."  In  Ireland  today  its  recurrence 
takes  on  for  those  who  know  Irish  legend  the  character 
of  repeated  episode  in  a  long  epic  tradition.  The  "fast  for 
constraint"  as  it  was  practiced  in  Irish  antiquity  has  been 
learnedly  dealt  with  in  the  Putnam  Anniversary  Volume  of 
Anthropological  Essays  (1909)  and  elsewhere.  Only  a  few 
examples  need  be  given  to  prove. the  brotherhood,  not  only 
by  blood  but  by  custom,  of  the  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  and  hi3 
dying  associates  with  those  who  have  so  long  gone  before 
them. 

The  Brehon  laws  of  Ireland,  traditionally  ascribed  to  St. 
Patrick's  fifth  century  day,  give  some  curious  details.  Fast- 
ing upon  debtors  was  evidently  one  way  of  getting  swift 
settlements.  If  the  faster  died,  his  debtor  owed  not  only  his 
original  debt  but  also  the  death  fine,  a  kind  of  Celtic  wergild. 
If  the  debtor  offered  food  to  the  faster  but  gave  no  pledge 
of  payment,  he  owed,  according  to  law,  double  the  amount 
of  his  original  debt.  On  the  other  hand  if  he  offered  the 
pledge  and  gave  security  and  still  the  faster  would  not  break 
his  fast,  the  latter  forfeited  his  legal  rights.  If  the  debtor 
would  give  no  pledge,  he  was  in  the  eyes  of  the  law  "an 
evader  of  all,"  to  be  paid  neither  by  man  nor  God. 

In  old  Irish  literature  the  fastings  are  of  the  most  pictu- 
resque character.  Thus,  a  father  fasts  against  three  rebellious 
sons  to  make  them  grant  him  a  month's  truce;  three  landless 
men  fast  even  on  the  Tuathade  Danann  until  they  are  given 
a  domain.  St.  Finnen  and  his  followers  fast  on  a  re- 
calcitrant pagan  until  he  admits  them  to  his  home.  Evil 
living  men,  whether  kings  or  nobles,  were  fasted  upon  by 
the  saints  until  ruin  or  remorse  overtook  the  sinners.  In 
their  turn  mere  mortals  made  fasts  upon  saints  to  constrain 
them  to  grant  victories  or  to  intercede  with  God  on  their 
behalf.  In  such  cases  it  was  conceived  that  mortal  will  and 
mortal  suffering  created  as  it  were  immortal  obligation.  At 
need  the  saints  might  even  fast  upon  God  himself.  In  a  re- 
cently published  sixteenth  century  Life  of  Columcille  (Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1918)  the  story  is  told  that  St.  Columba 
did  thus  so  fast  upon  God  that  he  obtained  from  Him  a 
victory  for  his  friends  though  the  boon  was  so  ill-pleasing 
to  God  that  He  required  in  expiation  Columba's  perpetual 
exile  from  Erin. 

There  are  many  other  beloved  legends  of  a  people  always 
mystically  minded,  to  prove  that  what  has  seemed  an  in- 
congruous resistance  to  imperial  law  has  merely  followed  a 
custom  and  spirit  older  than  the  British  empire  itself.  It  is 
a  dull  heart,  indeed,  that  does  not  feel  something  echo  from 
"the  hid  battlements  of  Eternity,"  before  this  spectacle  of 
historic  continuity. 


Sports  and  Arts 

THE  report  that  Man  o'  War,  having  beaten  Sir  Barton 
on  the  great  day  that  saw  Carpentier  knock  out  Levin- 
sky  and  saw  the  Indians  take  the  World  Series  from  the 
Robins,  will  now  retire  to  private  life  and  give  up  racing 
forever,  has  shocked  all  those  who  believe  the  report.  This, 
say  the  eugenists,  is  asking  too  much  of  the  present  genera- 
tion for  the  sake  of  the  next ;  it  is  like  always  getting  ready 
for  the  millennium  and  yet  never  enjoying  it.  The  true- 
blue  sportsman  naturally  repines  that  so  much  sport  is 
spoiled  by  the  decision.  The  moralist  complains  that  for  the 
sake  of  mere  money-making  the  toils  of  life  are  being 
avoided.  And  the  poets  twang  their  lyres  and  lift  up  their 
most  elegiac  voices.  No  more,  sing  they,  will  the  keen  hoof 
cut  the  flying  track  in  the  full  rapture  of  contest.  No  more 
will  the  happy  mane  flash  in  the  mad  wind  of  the  scamper. 
No  more  the  paddock  tingling  with  expectation,  the  grand- 
stand a  turmoil  of  hope,  the  familiar  dust  and  the  arousing 
glory  of  the  races.  After  these  felicities,  the  snuffy  life  of 
chores  and  respectability. 

Peace,  poets !  It  might  not  be  a  bad  idea  to  wait  a  little 
until  you  can  find  out  whether  the  rumor  of  Man  o'  War's 
retirement  is  really  true.  Do  you  not  remember  all  the  fare- 
wells which  Patti  made  one  after  another  in  the  country  of 
her  most  profitable  audiences?  And  as  men  of  letters  your- 
selves, do  you  not  understand  the  device  by  which  books  are 
issued  in  limited  first  editions  so  that  they  will  ever  have  the 
special  value  of  the  rare  and  the  precious?  What  has  hap- 
pened is  merely  that  the  wiles  of  the  arts  have  entered  into 
the  domain  of  sportsmanship.  Patti  came  back,  you  will 
remember,  after  every  last  appearance  but  one.  When  the 
first  edition  of  a  book  has  been  exhausted  there  is  every 
reasonable  certainty  that  there  will  soon  be  another  one,  if 
the  populace  demands  it  vigorously.  Man  o'  War  of  course 
will  never  be  three  years  old  again,  but  there  are  more 
seasons  yet  to  come,  and  something  tells  us  that  the  horse  is 
not  finally  tucked  away  under  the  extinguishing  bushel. 

But  if  he  is  shelved  forever,  we  anticipate  for  him  some- 
thing like  the  immortality  which  has  recently  come  upon 
John  Barleycorn  since  he  left  these  shores  for  less  pestered 
regions.  Books  about  John  multiply  almost  daily.  The 
anthologists  follow  his  trail  through  a  thousand  tomes  of  a 
thousand  years  and  take  down  all  his  paeans  and  epitaphs 
to  preserve  them  in  graceful  volumes  assembled  in  commem- 
oration. Now  that  he  is  dead  there  are  more  recipes  for 
making  him  than  there  ever  were  while  he  was  in  the  pride 
of  his  strength.  Professor  Saintsbury,  whose  erudition  in 
matters  literary  is,  like  the  sequoias  of  California,  merely 
without  an  equal,  now  turns  out  to  be  what  gossip  said  he 
was — as  learned  in  liquor  as  in  letters.  His  "Notes  on  a 
Cellar  Book"  (Macmillan)  will  stand,  though  all  the  world 
turn  to  perpetual  drouth,  as  a  monument  of  the  day  when 
things  were  different. 

Drinking,  perhaps,  though  associated  enough  and  too 
much  with  sports,  was  never  itself  a  sport.  But  it  and 
they  are  now  making  common  cause  at  least  in  their  dex- 
terous encroachments  upon  the  art  of  the  arts.  Although 
they  have  so  far  progressed  no  further  than  through  the 
initial  stages,  more  will  come.  John  Barleycorn  will  yet 
have  his  Homer;  some  Carpentier  will  have  his  adequate 
Rembrandt;  and  some  Man  o'  War  his  exultant  Pindar. 


470 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


What  Happened  in  Italy 

By  HIRAM  K.  MODERWELL 


Rome,  September  2U 

THE  chief  difficulty  in  the  way  of  writing  news  of  Italian 
events  for  American  publications  is  the  impossibility 
of  writing  a  last  sentence.  Events  develop  out  of  each 
other  so  restlessly  that  it  is  never  possible  to  narrate  the 
end  of  the  story.  Even  if  one  uses  the  cable,  one's  con- 
clusion is  likely  to  be  absurd  by  the  time  the  dispatch  is 
printed.  The  present  industrial  upheaval — by  far  the  most 
significant  Italy  has  experienced  since  the  armistice — began 
with  a  simple  wage  demand  on  the  part  of  the  metal  work- 
ers' union.  The  union  made  such  demands  a  year  ago, 
struck,  and  won  its  strike.  In  August  of  this  year  it  made 
new  demands,  designed  to  meet  the  still  rising  cost  of  living, 
and  met  with  a  stubborn  refusal.  Instead  of  going  on 
strike  and  losing  several  weeks'  wages,  it  initiated  "ob- 
structionism," which  it  has  reduced  to  a  science.  Now  this 
loafing  on  the  job  may  be  very  annoying  for  the  owners, 
but  it  is  far  removed  from  social  explosion.  A  year  ago 
revolution  was  in  the  air.  This  year  it  is — or  was — dis- 
tinctly under  a  cloud.  The  collapse  of  the  Turin  general 
strike  of  last  spring  had  left  the  revolutionary  forces  di- 
vided, discouraged,  and  perplexed.  The  metal  agitation 
looked  like  a  mere  incident.  The  leaders,  convinced  that 
the  times  were  unpropitious,  were  noticeably  cautious  in 
framing  their  demands. 

Then,  overnight,  this  discreet  agitation  transformed  it- 
self into  a  revolutionary  act.  In  five  hundred  factories  the 
employees  turned  their  employers  out,  raised  red  flags  over 
the  plants,  painted  the  sickle  and  hammer  over  the  doors, 
placed  red  guards  on  the  walls,  and  elected  Soviets — pardon, 
councils — to  direct  the  daily  work.  Since  that  time  many 
other  factories  have  been  so  occupied.  Not  one  has  been 
abandoned,  save  those  whose  owners  accepted  the  principle 
of  workers'  control.  Italy  was  astonished,  certainly.  The 
workmen's  leaders  themselves  were  astonished.  In  view 
of  the  accomplished  fact  they  demanded  the  least  that  could 
possibly  be  considered  commensurate  with  the  reality  of  the 
situation.  They  demanded,  in  addition  to  the  original  in- 
crease in  wages,  acceptance  of  control  over  all  factory  opera- 
tions to  be  exercised  by  committees  of  the  workers  them- 
selves. 

The  Socialist  Party,  seeking  the  leadership  of  the  move- 
ment, demanded  the  convocation  of  parliament  to  enact 
factory  control  into  law.  Strange  phenomenon,  that  the 
Socialists  who  were  elected  on  the  pledge  that  they  would 
sabotage  parliament,  should  be  clamoring  for  parliament  to 
help  them.  But  stranger  still,  the  bourgeois  parties,  elected 
on  the  pledge  that  they  would  preserve  the  orderly  function- 
ing of  parliament,  sabotaged  by  every  evasion  the  pro- 
jected convocation.  The  revolutionists  placed  their  faith 
in  bourgeois  institutions,  the  bourgeois  in  the  class  struggle. 

This  is  only  the  beginning  of  the  paradoxes  and  mys- 
teries of  the  situation.  I  fancy  a  foreigner,  reading  the 
narrative  of  this  episode,  must  wonder  if  he  is  not  by  mis- 
take reading  the  history  of  the  planet  Mars.  The  foreigner 
— par  excellence,  for  example,  the  Frenchman — exclaims: 
"Why  did  not  the  government  send  the  troops  to  restore 
the  factories  to  their  rightful  owners?"    Or,  why  did  the 


industrialists  abjectly  concede  control  to  the  workers?  Or, 
why  did  a  loudly  proclaimed  "strong"  government  declare 
itself  neutral  in  the  face  of  such  a  massive  act  of  illegality? 
Or  why,  after  declaring  itself  "neutral,"  did  it  take  the  side 
of  the  law-breakers  and  bring  every  pressure  upon  the  in- 
dustrialists to  surrender  to  them?  Yet  Italy  is  not  Mars. 
It  is  simply  a  portion  of  post-war  Europe.  The  foreigner 
may  hope  to  see  some  sense  in  the  situation  if  he  will  apply 
himself  diligently  to  realities,  and  forget,  for  one  bright 
half  hour,  the  slogans  taught  him  by  hard-working  editorial 
writers  whose  knowledge  of  the  labor  movement  is  confined 
to  the  observation  of  subway  guards. 

First,  the  diligent  foreigner  must  understand  that  the 
seizure  of  the  Italian  factories  was  not  the  work  of  "agi- 
tators." The  agitators  in  the  case  urged  caution.  They 
were  so  cautious  that  they  did  not  even  have  courage  to 
risk  a  strike.  They  insisted  on  the  safer,  less  glorious, 
resource  of  "ca'  canny."  The  factories  were  seized  by  the 
workmen  themselves,  on  their  own  initiative.  One  day, 
soon  after  obstructionism  had  commenced,  the  Romeo  fac- 
tory in  Milan  announced  a  lockout.  The  workers,  gathered 
for  the  day's  work,  simply  tore  down  the  notice,  and  enter- 
ing the  factory,  went  to  their  jobs  as  usual.  The  news 
spread  through  Milan.  The  fear  of  a  lockout,  and  a  repeti- 
tion of  last  year's  six  weeks'  strike,  stirred  the  workers  to 
action.  Without  waiting  for  the  lockout  to  come,  they 
ejected  their  employers,  elected  their  committees,  chose 
their  red  guards,  and  raised  the  red  flag.  Within  forty- 
eight  hours  all  the  important  metal  factories  in  Milan, 
Turin,  and  Genoa  were  thus  seized  and  guarded  with  guns 
in  hand,  day  and  night.  In  those  cases  where  the  workers 
werfe  slow  to  act,  the  troops  got  there  first.  But  these 
cases  were  few.  The  "agitators"  began  agitating  for  parlia- 
mentary action. 

Next,  the  student  must  clearly  grasp  that  these  workers 
did  not  fancy  they  could  run  the  factories  without  direction 
and  discipline.  On  the  contrary,  so  highly  did  they  prize 
direction  that  they  arrested  their  directors  and  threatened 
them  with  dire  penalties  if  they  did  not  go  on  directing. 
In  many  instances  the  technical  chiefs  stayed  on  the  job 
and  the  majority  of  the  minor  bosses  and  specialized  clerks 
openly  cast  in  their  lot  with  the  manual  workers.  And 
though  some  of  the  technicians  were  kidnapped  from  their 
homes  arid  compelled  to  go  to  work,  not  one  has  been  mis- 
treated by  his  subordinates.  Again,  so  highly  did  the  work- 
ers prize  discipline  that  they  instituted  a  regime  far  more 
severe  than  any  which  the  employers  would  have  dared  im- 
pose. Any  man  loafing  on  the  job  was  subject  to  punish- 
ment at  the  hands  of  the  factory  council.  No  worker  might 
leave  the  grounds  without  special  permit  (except  the  women, 
who  were  required  to  go  home  at  night) .  The  lunch  period, 
in  many  factories,  was  cut  by  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  The 
introduction  of  alcoholic  liquors  into  the  factories  was  se- 
verely prohibited.  Sleeping  bunks  in  the  factories  were 
assigned.  Disorderly  sports  in  the  factories  in  the  evening, 
or  anything  approaching  rowdyism,  were  severely  pro- 
hibited. Choral  singing  was  not  discountenanced,  but  the 
reading  of  improving  books  was  recommended  as  preferable. 

And  again,  the  searcher  after  truth  must  know  that  the 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


471 


concept  of  workers'  control  was  not  drawn  from  the  essays 
of  Lenin.  It  arose  from  the  realities  of  the  industrial  situa- 
tion itself.  In  the  present  wage  dispute,  as  in  all  previous 
ones,  the  industrialists  protested  that  their  industry  was 
already  losing  money  and  an  increase  in  wages  was  eco- 
nomically impossible.  The  workers  quoted  figures  to  prove 
their  side  of  the  dispute.  The  industrialists  replied  with 
better  ones.  They  proved  with  figures  that  they  could  not 
grant  increased  wages.  I  do  not  know  whether  or  not  their 
proof  was  valid.  Neither  did  the  workers.  That  is  just 
the  point.  So  they  decided — not  by  any  fancy  imitation 
of  Russian  theories,  but  by  a  simple  Q.E.D.  out  of  experi- 
ence^— that  they  had  better  know.  They  felt  the  helpless- 
ness of  their  situation  in  the  face  of  the  mystery  that  is 
called  business.  They  quite  simply  did  not  want  to  be  help- 
less. "  So  they  asked  for  "control,"  which  means  merely 
"supervision  of  the  books."  The  movement,  then,  has  taken 
its  form  from  the  spontaneous  thought  and  action  of  the 
masses,  reacting  simply  and  logically  to  their  experience. 
The  "agitators"  have  merely  made  the  best  of  it.  Each  of 
their  acts  and  declarations  has  been  subsequent  to  a  clear 
act  of  the  masses. 

The  workers  on  the  first  day  of  the  occupation  issued  rules 
for  discipline.  The  central  committee  followed  with  a  mani- 
festo on  the  need  for  discipline.  The  workers  decided  to 
drop  obstructionism  and  intensify  labor.  The  committee 
harangued  them  on  the  need  for  hard  work.  The  workers 
sent  committees  to  ask  other  groups — factory  workers,  rail- 
road men,  seamen — for  fuel  and  raw  materials.  The  cen- 
tral committee  appointed  a  Technical-Commercial  Commit- 
tee for  the  supply  of  raw  materials  and  fuel.  The  workers 
undertook  to  sell  their  products  in  order  to  finance  them- 
selves. The  committee  formed  a  commission  to  centralize 
sales.  The  work  done  has,  of  course,  been  unequal.  In  the 
large  Pirelli  rubber  factories  it  has  been  100  per  cent.  In 
others,  because  of  lack  of  materials  or  of  technical  direc- 
tion, it  has  been  little  or  nothing.  On  the  whole,  this  ex- 
periment in  self -management  has  worked  lamely  enough  on 
the  economic  side.  The  metal  industry  is  too  complicated, 
too  ramified,  to  be  taken  over  in  a  day.  Even  when  all  else 
went  well,  the  workers  found  themselves  up  against  the 
stone  wall  of  lack  of  credits.  With  the  banks  in  the  hands 
of  their  enemies,  they  could  achieve  no  final  results.  This 
may,  it  is  said,  show  them  the  folly  of  their  ways.  Or 
again,  it  may  put  a  new  idea  into  their  heads. 

In  any  case,  the  solidarity,  the  moral  resistance,  the 
realism  of  the  movement  have  been  proved.  And  the  final 
result  has  been — there  is  my  difficulty,  I  cannot  write  the 
final  sentence.  In  another  article  I  must  set  down,  if  not 
a  final,  at  least  a  subsequent  conclusion.  I  must  try  to  ex- 
plain the  mystery  of  the  government's  action.  And  I  must 
tell  how  the  leaders  plan  to  develop  their  present  success — 
if,  by  the  time  I  next  write,  it  proves  to  have  been  a  success 
at  all. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Hiram  K.  Moderwell  is  an  American  journalist  now  trav- 
eling abroad. 

W.  Jett  Lauck  is  the  consulting  economist  for  the  rail- 
road brotherhoods. 

John  Erskine  is  professor  of  English  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity. 


Changing  Prices  and  the  Cost  of 

Living 

By  W.  JETT  LAUCK 

THE  reported  tumbling  in  prices  has  perhaps  created 
more  interest  than  any  other  news  since  the  armistice. 
During  many  weary  months  people  of  all  conditions  in  all 
countries  have  been  struggling  with  an  ever-increasing  cost 
of  living.  Hoping  and  praying  for  a  change  they  now  joy- 
ously contemplate  a  possible  escape  from  the  stressful  con- 
ditions under  which  they  have  labored.  On  every  hand,  the 
uppermost  questions  are:  "What  are  the  causes  of  declining 
prices?"  "How  far  will  the  reductions  go?"  "Will  they  be 
permanent?"  "Will  they  find  concrete  expression  in  an 
actual  decrease  in  the  cost  of  living  for  the  average  indi- 
vidual and  his  family?" 

The  factors  depressing  prices  at  present  are  not  difficult 
to  ascertain.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  may  be  said  to 
have  started  the  movement.  By  its  action  in  suggesting 
the  calling  or  curtailment  of  loans  based  on  luxuries  and  of 
loans  arising  from  attempts  to  control  the  domestic  supplies 
of  foodstuffs  and  other  necessaries,  credit  was  made  avail- 
able for  the  increased  production  of  essentials.  Before  long 
the  bottom  fell  out  of  attempts  by  profiteers  to  manipulate 
arbitrarily  the  supply  and  prices  of  certain  necessaries  such 
as  sugar. 

Then  came  the  decline  in  the  purchasing  ability  of  foreign 
countries,  probably  the  most  important  factor  in  price- 
dropping.  Raw  materials,  as  well  as  foodstuffs  and  manu- 
factured products,  could  not  be  disposed  of  abroad  because 
foreign  countries  had  exhausted  their  purchasing  power  in 
money  and  credit.  Exports  remained  at  home,  adding 
greatly  to  the  domestic  supply.  And  the  resulting  price 
decline  has  been  further  accentuated  by  the  action  of  large 
domestic  consumers  of  raw  materials,  such  as  cotton  and 
wool,  in  curtailing  the  normal  demand  for  these  products. 
The  temporary  closing  of  their  mills  by  certain  textile  manu- 
facturing companies  is  in  point. 

Several  months  ago  the  orgy  of  profiteering — in  full  swing 
since  the  signing  of  the  armistice — reached  the  limits  of 
human  endurance,  and  an  awakened  and  nearly  desperate 
public  decided  to  take  matters  into  its  own  hands  by  refus- 
ing to  purchase  goods  at  prevailing  prices.  This  unorgan- 
ized but  effective  movement  forced  the  retail  merchants, 
especially  those  dealing  in  shoes,  clothing  and  fabrics,  to 
cut  prices  in  order  to  meet  their  obligations,  and  to  clear 
their  shelves  for  new  consignments. 

These  tendencies  in  general  have  been  accompanied  by  a 
deflation  in  prices  and  credit,  or  a  writing  down  of  values, 
with  no  decrease  in  production,  but,  on  the  contrary,  with 
an  increase  in  available  supplies.  The  voluntary  action  of 
Henry  Ford  and  other  manufacturers  in  cutting  the  prices 
of  their  products  has  also  in  the  same  way  had  a  beneficial 
and  wholesome  effect.  In  addition  large  agricultural  crops, 
an  increase  in  the  production  of  mines  and  mills  by  the 
lessening  of  industrial  controversy  and  conflict,  and  the 
gains  in  the  productive  efficiency  of  labor,  have  greatly  as- 
sisted the  forces  of  supply  and  demand  in  asserting  them- 
selves against  speculation,  manipulation,  profiteering  and 
arbitrary  price  control. 

The  most  important  questions,  however,  in  the  minds  of 


472 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


the  public  are  to  what  extent  has  the  cost  of  living  been 
reduced,  and  what  further  permanent  reductions  in  prices 
may  be  expected?  Unfortunately  when  one  turns  from 
hopeful  press  reports  to  hard,  cold  facts,  one  finds  that 
actual  living  costs  have  been  only  slightly  reduced,  and  that 
the  prospect  for  material  relief  in  the  near  future  is  not 
encouraging.  By  way  of  illustration,  the  wholesale  price 
index  number  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Sta- 
tistics dropped  from  272  in  May  to  250  in  August,  a  decline 
of  8  per  cent.  The  decline  in  wholesale  prices  was  not  re- 
flected in  retail  prices  for  several  months.  The  retail  food 
price  index  number  rose  from  217  in  May  to  219  in  June, 
remained  the  same  in  July  and  then  dropped  to  207  in 
August,  a  decline  of  slightly  less  than  5  per  cent. 

These  decreases  are,  of  course,  important,  but  it  is  by  no 
means  clear  that  they  represent  a  permanent  price  reaction 
to  a  level  below,  or  at  least  very  much  below,  the  price  level 
of  the  past  several  months.  Examination  of  the  very  recent 
price  changes  in  comparison  with  those  of  preceding  years 
and  an  analysis  of  the  particular  groups  of  commodities  in 
which  the  decreases  have  taken  place  throw  an  interesting 
light  upon  the  probable  tendencies  of  future  prices.  Thus, 
a  general  drop  in  wholesale  prices  of  8  per  cent  between 
May  and  September  of  this  year  is  in  itself  not  particularly 
significant.  Similar  periods  of  decline  have  at  various  times 
interrupted  the  general  upward  trend  of  prices  since  the 
beginning  of  the  European  war.  In  the  Autumn  of  1919  a 
general  slump  in  prices  was  widely  heralded  as  the  turning 
point.  Dun's  wholesale  price  index  number  had  slumped 
from  200  in  August,  1919,  to  197  in  September,  and  to  191 
in  October,  a  total  decline  in  four  months  of  almost  5  per 
cent,  yet  after  October  the  upward  movement  was  resumed 
almost  without  interruption  until  last  May. 

Again,  it  may  be  noted  that  despite  the  recent  sharp  de- 
cline in  wholesale  prices,  present  prices  still  remain  at  a 
level  higher  than  existed  at  the  armistice.  Moreover,  the 
decline  in  general  wholesale  prices  as  represented  by  the 
usual  index  numbers  has  been  confined  chiefly  to  two  gen- 
eral groups  of  commodities,  food  products  and  clothing. 
Fuel  and  light  have  mounted  steadily,  as  have  house-fur- 
nishing goods.  Certain  other  important  groups,  such  as 
drugs,  chemicals,  lumber,  and  building  materials,  have  shown 
only  the  slightest  decreases.  In  other  words,  the  recent 
price  decreases  have  been  largely  limited  to  products,  the 
market  conditions  of  which  have  been  abnormal,  with  noth- 
ing to  indicate  a  continued  downward  trend. 

The  above  facts  are  emphasized  by  an  examination  of 
recent  cost  of  living  figures  of  the  National  Industrial  Con- 
ference Board,  a  federation  of  manufacturers'  associations, 
which,  through  its  research  department,  issues  monthly 
reports  on  prices  and  the  cost  of  living.  The  figures  of  this 
Board  showed  that  the  cost  of  living  in  July,  1920,  was  104.5 
per  cent  higher  than  in  1914.  By  September,  1920,  the 
Board's  figures  showed  a  decline  to  99.4  per  cent  as  com- 
pared with  the  first  year  of  the  war.  An  examination  of  the 
commodity  groups  making  up  this  total,  however,  reveals 
that  the  decrease  was  solely  in  food  and  clothing.  Thus,  the 
percentage  figure  for  food  dropped  in  July  from  119  to 
107  in  September,  while  clothing  dropped  from  166  to  155. 
On  the  other  hand,  during  the  same  period  the  cost  of 
shelter  or  housing  increased  from  58  to  59,  fuel,  heat,  and 
light  from  66  to  78,  and  sundries  from  85  to  88.  The  cost 
of  living  figures  of  the  Massachusetts  Commission  on  the 
Necessaries  of  Life  are  even  more  striking.    Here  the  most 


recent  data  available  show  that  the  cost  of  living  was  98.4 
per  cent  higher  in  July,  1920,  than  in  the  year  1914.  By 
August  this  percentage  had  fallen  to  94.4  per  cent  as  against 
1914,  but  this  reduction  of  only  4  per  cent  in  the  general 
cost  of  living  was  again  due  solely  to  a  decrease  in  food 
prices. 

Retail  prices  of  foodstuffs,  fabrics,  and  clothing  have  not 
as  yet  perhaps  fully  responded  to  the  fall  in  wholesale  prices, 
and  other  things  being  equal  some  further  decrease  in  retail 
prices  may  be  expected.  There  is  no  ground  for  the  hope, 
however,  through  the  forces  now  at  work,  for  any  radical 
and  permanent  reduction  in  the  cost  of  living.  There  has 
been  some  deflation  and  wiping  out  of  arbitrary  domestic 
values  through  the  policy  of  the  banks,  the  voluntary  action 
of  certain  producers,  and  the  adverse  conditions  of  foreign 
trade.  There  is  no  evidence,  however,  of  a  widespread  re- 
plenishing of  stocks  of  commodities,  an  increased  supply,  or 
a  greatly  accelerated  production,  which  would  permanently 
relieve  the  scarcities  created  by  the  war  throughout  the 
world,  or  remove  the  fundamental  conditions  which  have 
made  it  possible  to  profiteer;  that  is,  to  take  advantage  of 
abnormal  conditions  to  charge  arbitrary  and  excessive 
prices.  The  provision  of  credit  for  foreign  trade,  or  greater 
stability  in  international  relations  might  give  such  a  vent 
to  our  raw  materials  and  foodstuffs  as  to  destroy  the  tem- 
porary price  reduction  which  has  arisen  from  their  recent 
confinement  to  domestic  markets.  Moreover,  a  reactionary 
control  of  the  federal  government  might  have  the  same  effect 
even  if  it  is  not  possible  to  stiffen  prices  by  securing  access 
to  the  foreign  demand. 

The  chief  significance  of  the  present  political  campaign 
is  to  be  found  in  this  fact.  No  legislation  to  curb  profiteer- 
ing or  to  reduce  the  cost  of  living  has  been  permitted  to  go 
through  Congress  since  the  termination  of  the  war.  If  reac- 
tionary interests  strengthen  their  hold  on  the  federal  gov- 
ernment in  the  November  elections,  not  only  will  all  further 
attempts  at  remedial  legislation  be  blocked  but  positive 
measures  will  be  adopted  to  insure  the  extension  of  the 
present  era  of  profiteering  and  exploitation.  And  such  a 
prospect  is  more  than  probable.  Behind  a  smoke-screen  of 
meaningless  campaign  verbiage  centering  mostly  about  the 
League  of  Nations  the  program  of  "Big  Business"  has  al- 
ready been  carefully  planned  and  made  manifest.  A  protec- 
tive tariff  measure  will  first  be  passed  for  the  purpose  of  per- 
petuating an  exorbitant  level  of  retail  prices  through  the 
elimination  of  possible  foreign  competition.  At  the  same 
time  the  margin  of  profits  will  be  further  increased  by  ex- 
ploiting the  producer  of  raw  materials.  Any  reductions  in 
the  cost  of  living  which  might  otherwise  be  obtained 
through  increased  production,  the  shutting  off  of  foreign 
markets,  or  the  free  play  of  supply  and  demand,  will  thus 
be  effectually  denied.  Profiteering  and  exploitation  will 
continue  until  modified  by  the  more  complete  recovery  of  the 
world  from  the  devastating  effects  of  the  war,  coupled  with 
a  genuine  purpose  on  the  part  of  government  to  check  those 
evils. 

The  abnormal  conditions  created  by  the  war,  as  was  to  be 
expected,  greatly  increased  prices  and  the  cost  of  living. 
The  war-time  era  of  destruction,  restricted  production  and 
unproductive  consumption,  reduced  pre-existing  stocks  of 
goods  and  made  additional  accumulations  more  difficult,  and 
thus  brought  about  an  excess  of  demand  for  commodities 
over  the  supply  available.  The  net  result  has  been  scarcity 
values  and  constant  rises  in  prices  during  and  since  the  war. 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


473 


These  fundamental  causes  of  high  prices  are  still  opera- 
tive and  but  slightly  modified  by  post-war  production.  They 
must,  of  course,  be  corrected  by  greater  production,  thrift, 
and  economy.  This  will  require  time  and  sustained  effort 
by  all  the  principal  commercial  and  industrial  nations  of 
the  world.  There  is  no  indication  in  our  recent  price  flur- 
ries that  we  are  approaching  any  consummation  of  this 
much  desired  object,  or  that  there  is  any  hope  offered  for 
an  immediate  and  substantial  reduction  in  the  cost  of  living. 
On  the  other  hand  it  is  evident  that  the  scarcity  situation 
arising  from  the  war  is,  and  will  continue  to  be,  taken  ad- 
vantage of  by  conscienceless  producers,  distributors,  and 
speculators,  to  exact  huge  and  indefensible  profits  from  all 
classes  of  the  people.  This  condition  of  affairs  must  be 
remedied  if  we  are  to  have  any  relief  from  excessive  living 
costs  while  we  are  waiting  for  the  economic  structure  of 
the  world  to  right  itself.  Prices  must  be  reduced  to  con- 
form to  costs  of  production,  and  indefensible  profits  must  be 
eliminated. 

The  obvious  emergency  solution,  if  practical,  would  be 
governmental  price  control.  Although  this  method  has  been 
continued  abroad  since  the  armistice,  it  was  abandoned  here 
soon  after  the  termination  of  hostilities.  There  are  other 
measures,  however,  which  have  been  put  forward  and  which 
would  be  even  more  effective.  One  of  the  most  advantageous 
would  be  the  enactment  of  a  law  requiring  that  all  com- 
modities entering  into  interstate  commerce  should  be 
marked  with  the  price  at  which  they  left  the  producer.  All 
succeeding  profits  would  thus  be  made  evident  to  the  ulti- 
mate consumer,  and  public  opinion  could  be  relied  upon  to 
see  that  they  were  reasonable.  Supplementary  legislation 
limiting  the  period  during  which  goods  might  be  left  in  cold 
storage  and  requiring  that  they  should  be  marked  with  the 
price  at  which  they  were  placed  in  storage,  together  with  a 
law  licensing  all  corporations  and  firms  engaged  in  inter- 
state commerce,  would  constitute  an  effective  program  for 
preventing  arbitrary  price  exactions  and  making  possible 
substantial  reductions  in  the  cost  of  living.  Consumers 
should  not  permit  themselves  to  be  unduly  encouraged  by 
present  price  reduction,  but  should  demand  the  adoption  of 
such  a  program  if  they  would  secure  immediate  and  proper 
relief  from  the  existing  pressure  of  unwarranted  living 
costs. 


Seams 

By  HAZEL  HALL 

I  was  sewing  a  seam  one  day — 

Just  this  way — 

Flashing  four  silver  stitches  there 

With  thread,  like  this,  fine  as  a  hair, 

And  then  four  here,  and  there  again, 

When 

The  seam  I  sewed  dropped  out  of  sight. 

I  saw  the  sea  come  rustling  in, 

Big  and  gray,  windy  and  bright.     .     .     . 

Then  my  thread  that  was  as  thin 

As  hair,  tangled  up  like  smoke 

And  broke. 

I  threaded  up  my  needle,  then — 

Four  here,  four  there,  and  here  again. 


Poetry  and  Work 

By  JOHN  ERSKINE 

THE  problem  of  work  in  the  world  is  a  problem  of  poetry. 
To  state  the  matter  in  these  terms  is  to  raise  questions, 
if  not  derision.  To  speak  of-  poetry  and  of  work  together  at 
any  time  would  suggest  to  most  hearers  two  separate  inter- 
ests, as  though  the  words  brought  into  contrast  the  luxury 
and  the  discipline  of  life.  At  any  time  such  a  juxtaposition 
would  raise  the  unsympathetic  query  whether  when  the 
worker  has  accomplished  his  hours  we  shall  advise  him  to 
dilate  his  soul  with  a  book  of  verse,  or  whether  the  poet 
should  sing  of  the  delight  of  labor,  in  the  hope  of  casting 
upon  drudgery  some  alleviating  magic.  If  the  mention  of 
poetry  and  work  together  produces  little  enthusiasm,  the 
reason  probably  is  that  we  understand  but  vaguely  the 
nature  of  poetry. 

Many  brilliant  definitions  of  poetry  have  set  the  matter 
clear  enough  before  us  in  times  past  and  in  our  own  day. 
In  Max  Eastman's  "Enjoyment  of  Poetry"  the  first 
chapter,  which  describes  "poetic  people,"  reminds  us  that 
on  every  ferryboat  some  of  the  passengers  are  inter- 
ested in  crossing  the  river,  and  others  are  interested  merely 
in  getting  across.  All  the  people  in  the  world,  or  all  the 
moods  of  people,  said  Mr.  Eastman,  may  be  divided  in  the 
same  way.  Those  who  are  interested  in  arriving  at  ends 
are  the  practical  people;  and  those  who  realize,  as  they 
go  through  an  experience,  all  the  quality  it  has  to  yield, 
are  the  poetic  folk.  There  could  hardly  be  a  simpler  or 
truer  indication  of  the  poetic  attitude.  A  statement  of  it, 
however,  can  be  quoted  from  a  book  already  immortal. 
"Not  the  fruit  of  experience,"  says  Walter  Pater  at  the 
close  of  his  study  of  the  Renaissance,  "not  the  fruit  of 
experience  but  experience  itself  is  the  end" — that  is,  in  Mr. 
Eastman's  words,  not  getting  across  the  river  but  being 
aware   of  the   experience   of   crossing,   is   success   in   life. 

In  other  words,  the  essence  of  poetry  is  the  realization  of 
life,  of  the  flavor  of  experience;  it  is  the  awakening  to  the 
quality  of  what  we  see  or  hear  or  do  or  think  or  feel.  Habit 
dulls  our  sight  and  our  hearing,  and  the  tendency  of  all 
experience  is,  in  the  old  phrase,  to  live  much  rather  than 
well,  to  survive  many  moments  without  distinguishing  each 
moment  as  it  passes.  From  time  to  time,  however,  impelled 
by  some  unfamiliar  stimulus,  we  become  unusually  sensitive 
to  what  life  at  that  moment  is,  and  such  a  realization  ia 
poetry — not  verse,  but  the  living  poetry  which  may  go  into 
verse  or  into  some  other  art  or  which  may  simply  be  ab- 
sorbed in  conduct.  This  poetic  experience  may  be  of  a  very 
humble  physical  order,  no  more  than  the  exhilaration  of  the 
senses  after  a  good  night's  rest,  when  all  colors  of  the  land- 
scape, all  sounds  of  the  fields  or  of  the  streets,  seem  un- 
usually vivid ;  or  it  may  be  the  exultation  of  a  Newton  when 
he  first  imagines  the  true  motion  of  heavenly  bodies;  but 
in  either  case  whether  the  experience  realized  is  of  the 
senses  or  of  the  mind,  the  realization  itself,  the  poetry  is  of 
the  spirit.  Nothing  is  more  natural  than  such  a  realizing 
of  life.  If  as  we  grow  older  the  ability  to  seize  the  flavor 
of  experience  fades  from  us,  it  is  only  because  we  are  jaded 
by  unreflective  living;  at  least  we  begin  life  sensitive  to  the 
world  about  us. 

Wordsworth  is  an  inevitable  example.  One  desire  directed 
his  days  from  boyhood  to  old  age — to  have  a  passionate 


474 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


acquaintance  with  life.  There  might  seem  to  be  a  break  in 
his  career  when  he  abandoned  hope  of  sharing  personally 
in  the  French  Revolution  and  took  up,  in  a  quiet  English 
village,  his  daily  round  of  plain  living  and  high  thinking; 
the  change,  however,  is  only  on  the  surface,  and  is  more 
apparent  than  real.  In  both  periods  he  desired  to  live  pas- 
sionately. Having  learned  by  experience,  however,  that  im- 
mense and  feverish  activity  does  not  end  in  a  deeper  reali- 
zation of  life,  but  rather  in  a  deadening  to  it,  he  tried  the 
other  method ;  he  relaxed  his  nerves  and  opened  his  heart  in 
tranquillity  for  the  universe  to  lay  myriad  hands  upon  him. 
And  in  an  age  of  increasing  activity,  of  more  and  more  cruel 
noise  and  friction,  men  turned  to  Wordsworth  as  a  seer,  a 
prophet ;  even  those  who  cared  little  for  verse  could  see  that 
happiness  lay  in  the  refinement  rather  than  in  the  number 
of  our  sensations,  and  that  the  simple  life  was  the  solution 
for  modern  perplexities — the  life,  that  is,  in  which  men 
keep  themselves  calm  and  steady  to  receive  that  wealth  of 
experience  which  might  be  different  in  quality  but  which 
could  not  be  greater  in  quantity  in  one  place  than  in  an- 
other. 

Almost  at  the  same  time  something  threatened  to  take 
from  modern  society  any  opportunity  to  become  sensitive. 
The  invention  of  machines,  the  application  of  power  to 
looms,  the  organizing  of  the  factory,  that  symbol  of  our 
latest  world,  took  from  us  not  only  leisure  to  observe  life 
as  it  streams  by,  but  at  last  even  the  ability  to  observe  it 
when  we  have  the  leisure.  It  is  considered  in  some  quarters 
the  sign  of  a  feeble  brain  to  protest  at  this  late  hour 
against  the  development  of  machinery.  "Too  bad  that  life 
shouldn't  continue  picturesque  and  poetic  and  that  sort  of 
thing,  but  machinery  has  come  to  stay,  and  we'll  have  to 
put  up  with  it."  It  may  have  come  to  stay,  but  apparently 
they  are  least  willing  to  put  up  with  it  who  have  to  use  it; 
they  seem  more  and  more  reluctant  to  use  it  for  any  long 
period  at  a  time ;  they  show  an  invariable  delight  in  getting 
free  of  it,  into  some  other  form  of  work.  They  express 
their  discontent  by  demanding  higher  wages,  but  higher 
wages  cannot  make  them  happy,  for  the  machine  has  taken 
from  them  the  capacity  to  distinguish  among  experiences, 
to  realize  the  quality  of  life — in  short,  to  find  the  poetry 
of  it.  A  college  class  might  judge  Pater  academic,  but  a 
group  of  tired  mill-hands  would  hear  their  own  thoughts 
when  he  says:  "To  burn  always  with  this  hard,  gemlike 
flame,  to  maintain  this  ecstasy,  is  success  in  life.  In  a  sense 
it  might  even  be  said  that  our  failure  is  to  form  habits; 
for,  after  all,  habit  is  relative  to  a  stereotyped  world,  and 
meanwhile  it  is  only  the  roughness  of  the  eye  that  makes 
any  two  persons,  things,  situations,  seem  alike."  Unfor- 
tunately, the  machine  and  the  factory  make  a  stereotyped 
world,  compel  the  eye  to  be  rough,  blot  out  distinctions  of 
persons  and  things.  To  the  shoemaker  each  shoe  that 
leaves  his  hands  has  its  personality  and  therefore  its  inter- 
est; each  is  an  adventure  toward  the  perfect  shoe  he  will 
some  day  make.  In  the  factory,  however,  the  perfection 
sought  for  is  an  identical  quality  in  all  the  shoes.  When 
Wordsworth  found  joy  in  the  "mighty  sum  of  things  for- 
ever seeking"  he  assumed  that  the  innumerable  experiences 
of  life  are  infinitely  varied.  If  the  touch  of  the  universe, 
however,  should  turn  out  to  be  but  one  finger  laid  on  the 
same  nerve  incessantly,  without  variation  or  hope  of  respite, 
we  should  not  grow  more  sensitive  to  it;  we  should  become 
callous,  or  we  should  go  insane. 

Even  if  we  could  greatly  diminish  the  amount  of  machin- 


ery in  the  world,  we  should  not  thereby,  with  any  certainty, 
diminish  drudgery  or  the  callousness  that  monotony  in- 
duces. So  much  at  least  should  be  said  on  behalf  of  the 
machine  advocates.  Doubtless  the  woman  who  made  gar- 
ments by  hand  often  missed  the  poetry  of  life  as  she  plied 
her  needle,  and  the  first  news  of  a  sewing-machine  was  to 
her  the  tidings  of  leisure  and  release.  For  those  women 
who  do  not  earn  their  living  by  sewing,  it  would  be  foolish 
to  deny  that  the  sewing-machine  has  proved  indeed  a  useful 
instrument,  a  means  of  escape  from  fatigue.  But  when  we 
see  the  men  and  women  at  their  machines  in  a  sweat-shop, 
we  question  whether  the  mechanical  invention  was  a  bless- 
ing or  a  snare.  The  inventor  thought  he  had  solved  a 
problem  for  humanity,  but  the  solution  brought  a  new  world 
into  being,  with  problems  of  its  own. 

In  America  we  have  become  exponents  of  efficiency  and 
prophets  of  scientific  management.  Certainly  there  is  no 
reason  why  in  some  good  sense  all  work  should  not  be 
efficient,  nor  why  whatever  must  be  managed  at  all  should 
not  be  managed  scientifically;  but  when  we  reflect  on  the 
large  possibility  of  loss  in  what  we  call  efficiency,  and  the 
not  inconsiderable  element  in  scientific  management  which 
is  really  unscientific,  we  find  it  easy  to  be  pessimistic  or 
even  cynical.  Many  waste  motions  in  all  labor  can  be  saved 
by  forethought;  it  is  better,  for  example,  that  the  brick- 
layer should  have  the  bricks  on  a  table  near  the  level  at 
which  he  works  than  that  he  should  stoop  to  the  ground  for 
every  brick.  So  far  without  question  scientific  management 
confers  blessing  upon  us.  But  this  diminution  of  drudgery 
does  not  in  itself  make  the  bricklayer's  toil  more  interest- 
ing. There  is  nothing  in  efficient  management,  so  far,  to 
teach  him  the  meaning  of  the  house  he  puts  up,  or  to  make 
it  in  any  way  his  personal  concern.  Moreover,  scientific 
management  goes  further  and  suggests  that  labor,  which 
once  was  varied,  should  be  subdivided  and  thereby  made 
monotonous ;  that  one  man  should  give  all  his  time — literally 
all  his  lifetime — to  a  single  motion  or  to  a  very  brief  series 
of  motions.  At  this  point  we  begin  to  talk  of  the  maximum 
product  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  producer,  but  from 
the  point  of  view  of  the  laborer  we  begin  to  think  of  hell. 
We  are  not  surprised  when  several  passages  in  Taylor's 
book  on  scientific  management  advise  us  that  for  certain 
kinds  of  work  we  should  seek  a  man  of  dull  intelligence  or 
of  no  intelligence  at  all,  since  a  finer  brain  would  be  wasted 
on  such  drudgery.  From  the  point  of  view  of  the  employer 
this  may  be  good  sense,  but  what  shall  we  think  of  it  from 
the  point  of  view  of  those  to  whom  it  seems  unfortunate 
that  any  of  the  human  race  should  remain  dull  or  brutish, 
or  should  be  set  to  work  which  will  make  them  so? 

It  would  be  profitable  to  know  what  Europeans  think  of 
us,  in  this  matter  of  the  poetry  of  life.  They  will  grant 
that  we  are  idealists.  But  idealism  and  poetry  are  not 
quite  the  same  thing.  Although  the  European  credits  us 
with  generous  purposes,  and  applauds  our  execution  of 
them,  he  will  not  altogether  admit  that  we  get  the  flavor 
of  our  energy  as  we  exercise  it,  nor  that  we  realize  emo- 
tionally or  intellectually  the  bearings  of  our  own  good  in- 
tentions. We  are  becoming  a  bit  mechanical,  he  feels,  even 
in  our  virtues;  we  care  more  for  efficiency  than  for  life. 
At  the  end  of  the  war,  a  report  on  industrial  conditions  in 
the  United  States  was  made  by  a  labor  commission  to  the 
government  of  a  small  country  allied  with  us.  The  condi- 
tion of  the  small  country  at  that  moment  was  so  wretched 
that  any  American  would  have  said  his  own  land  was,  in 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


475 


comparison,  absolutely  happy.  Yet  the  report,  based  upon 
interviews  with  laboring  men  and  employers  here,  and 
upon  inspection  of  many  of  our  industrial  centers,  con- 
cluded that  Europe  had  quite  as  much  to  avoid  as  to  imi- 
tate in  our  devotion  to  efficiency.  M.  Brieux  has  said  as 
much  for  the  French  opinion  of  us  in  "Les  Americains  Chez 
Nous."  In  significant  phrases  the  French  workingman 
gives  the  American  employer  some  comments  on  our  in- 
dustrial system.  "Economy  of  effort,  maximum  product, 
Taylorism,  as  you  say.  ...  I  call  it  terrorism.  .  .  . 
You  must  stand  in  front  of  a  machine  and  obey  it,  wait  on 
it.  .  .  .  Tick,  tick,  tick,  steady  as  clock-work,  always 
driving  on,  driving  on,  driving  on.  It  never  gets  tired; 
it  is  steel,  it  can't  think.  .  .  .  And  you  must  obey  it 
and  move  with  it.  .  .  .  If  you  miss  once,  it  rings  a  bell, 
and  registers  your  failure.  I  tell  you,  it  is  madness.  .  .  . 
It  is  humiliating.  You  feel  that  if  you  are  there  at  all, 
it  is  only  because  the  engineers  have  not  yet  discovered  how 
to  replace  you  by  a  more  efficient  connecting-rod  or  spring. 
.  .  .  Each  nation  has  its  own  character.  In  France  the 
workman  likes  to  know  what  he  is  doing;  he  likes  some- 
times to  flirt  with  his  work,  as  it  were;  he  has  pride  in 
doing  well,  he  has  the  pleasure  of  trying  to  do  better. 
When  you've  finished  a  job,  you  caress  it  with  your  hand, 
and  you  say:  'It's  done,  sure  enough:  it  will  do  as  it  is; 
but  I'll  give  it  just  a  touch  here  and  there.'  " 

Not  every  American  will  agree  that  M.  Brieux  has  por- 
trayed us  correctly,  sympathetic  though  he  is,  but  he  has 
indicated  for  us  what  are  the  ideals  of  his  own  countrymen. 
Not  all  nations,  fortunately,  have  been  swept  into  the  mael- 
strom of  unreflecting  activity.  France  is  the  notable  in- 
stance of  a  whole  people  preferring  the  poetic  experience 
even  at  the  cost  of  commercial  advancement  and  physical 
luxury.  There  is  a  profound  reason,  therefore,  why  poets 
and  artists  from  the  rest  of  the  world  should  make  their 
pilgrimage  to  this  one  land  where  life  is  still  lived  simply 
and,  as  far  as  the  outer  eye  can  see,  quietly,  but  where 
spiritual  and  intellectual  excitement  is  most  intense  and 
most  refined.  Indeed,  France  is  today  a  challenge  to  the 
other  nations,  and  especially  to  the  United  States  and  to 
Great  Britain,  an  incarnate  question  whether  any  place 
shall  be  left  in  the  world  for  a  people  who  would  rather  live 
simply  and  poetically  than  efficiently  and  monotonously.  If 
the  American  or  the  Englishman  does  not  find  himself  com- 
fortable in  France,  he  need  not  go  there;  but  he  ought  to 
observe  that  the  Frenchman  finds  our  superior  railways, 
elevators,  and  bathrooms  but  an  inadequate  substitute  for 
that  higher  kind  of  convenience  which  he  has  left  at  home — 
the  privilege  of  enjoying  the  moments  of  existence  as  they 
pass,  and  of  selecting  from  them  the  experiences  which 
have  meaning. 

Shall  we  say  that  the  United  States  is  not  France,  and 
that  with  us  the  question  of  poetry  in  our  lives  is  an  aca- 
demic rather  than  a  vital  issue?  In  our  workmen,  at  least, 
it  begins  to  become  vital.  They  feel  very  much  as  the 
French  workman  does;  they  do  not  like  a  mechanical  life; 
they  have  insisted  on  leisure,  and  they  will  insist  on  more 
of  it.  Not  among  the  workmen  but  among  the  employers 
must  you  look  for  the  difference  between  the  French  and 
the  American  points  of  view.  The  French  employer  still 
respects  the  workman's  desire  to  be  a  craftsman,  an  artist, 
a  maker,  rather  than  a  "hand."  Until  the  American  em- 
ployer understands  and  encourages  this  desire,  we  cannot 
be  happy  again  in  our  work,  nor  can  he  be  happy  in  his — for 


he  too,  alas,  has  missed  for  the  most  part  the  poetry  of 
life.  And  if  we  have  more  leisure,  we  must  have  the  means 
and  the  training  for  spending  it  poetically,  not  on  the  pleas- 
ures which  pass  the  time,  but  on  those  which  give  quality 
and  distinction  to  each  fragment  of  time  as  it  passes. 

Here  is  a  gigantic  task  in  education.  It  is  worth  our 
while  to  plead  for  more  attention  to  it,  for  the  sake  of 
poetry,  or,  if  the  word  "poetry"  still  frightens  the  prac- 
tical, then  for  the  sake  of  a  better  kind  of  efficiency;  for 
if  all  spiritual  meaning  departs  from  the  labor  of  the  mo- 
ment, if  we  are  allowed  or  encouraged  to  ignore  the  far  off 
end  to  which  that  labor  contributes,  we  shall  become  des- 
perate even  to  the  point  of  starving  before  we  will  work 
at  all. 


In  the  Driftway 


THE  Drifter  walked  briskly  along  the  road  and  the  gor- 
geous, flaming  autumn  marched  with  him  shoulder  to 
shoulder.  Gray  branches  bowed  with  bittersweet  were  on 
his  right  hand,  and  a  young  maple  whose  leaves  were  pure 
gold  on  his  left.  He  had  just  come  from  an  orchard  where 
the  branches,  heavy  with  ripe  fruit,  bent  and  touched  the 
earth.  He  knew  that  if  he  were  to  climb  the  elm  tree  just 
ahead,  whose  trunk  was  wreathed  with  blood-red  creeper, 
he  would  see  not  only  the  shining  ribbon  of  the  Hudson  but 
Bear  Mountain  in  all  its  vivid  autumn  beauty.  He  could 
feel  his  soul  expanding  genially  as  his  lungs  expanded  with 
the  clear,  sharp  air.  Life  was  very  good,  and  all  dull  and 
dusty  things  were  a  thousand  miles  away.  There  was  no 
particular  reason,  he  reflected,  why  they  should  not  remain 
so.  He  owned  an  excellent  though  very  tiny  house  whose 
staunch  oak  beams  had  withstood  the  weather  for  upwards 
of  200  years ;  it  boasted  not  one  fire-place  but  two,  each  big 
enough  to  hold  a  six-foot  log  with  ease;  it  was  set  in  a 
valley  so  beautiful  and  gracious  at  every  season  of  the  year 
that  it  was  impossible  to  tell  which  was  most  desirable; 
why  not  stay  there,  and  forever  abandon  all  less  simple 
things,  even  driftways?  Just  then,  for  no  reason  at  all,  the 
Drifter  remembered  that  he  had  forgotten  to  order  the 
winter's  coal  as  he  had  promised,  and  that  the  electrician 
was  coming  next  day  to  do  something  to  the  electric  wires ; 
also  that  he  had  an  appointment  with  a  man  for  lunch.  Life, 
after  all,  was  not  simple;  it  was  unutterably  complex.  And 
while  it  was  quite  possible  to  settle  permanently  in  his  house 
in  the  valley,  it  was  unlikely  that  he  ever  would.  He  reached 
absent-mindedly  in  his  pocket  and  pulled  forth — a  railroad 

timetable. 

*       *       *       *       * 

WHILE  never  in  the  least  able  to  sympathize  with  the 
indignation  of  certain  of  our  gentlemanly  elite  over 
the  wearing  of  silk  shirts  by  workmen,  the  Drifter  always 
had  been  puzzled  to  understand  why  anyone  should  want  to 
wear  a  silk  shirt.  The  Drifter  has  at  last  been  enlightened 
by  the  explanation  of  Captain  Kelly  of  the  New  York  police 
who  apologized  for  not  interfering  with  the  waving  of  the 
American  flag  and  the  singing  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner 
which  so  effectively  prevented  a  lecture  by  Major  George 
Haven  Putnam.  "The  audience,"  protested  the  doughty 
police  captain,  "was  a  well-dressed  and  educated  one  and 
not  an  audience  the  police  could  have  sailed  into  with  their 
night  sticks." 

The  Drifter 


476 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


Exhibit  A  in  Re  Mr.  Colby 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  May  I  submit  the  following  as  Exhibit  A  in  the  inquiry, 
"Does  the  Secretary  of  State  attempt  to  twist  and  taint  public 
opinion  and  to  duck  responsibility  therefor?"  On  July  24  the 
New  York  Evening  Post  printed  on  page  2  a  "special  dispatch" 
signed  with  the  initials  of  H.  C.  McMillan,  its  Washington  cor- 
respondent, a  story  beginning  as  follows: 

"Washington,  July  24. — Some  of  the  highest  officials  in  the 
Wilson  administration  are  for  war  with  the  Bolshevists.  If 
there  was  not  an  election  coming  on  there  is  no  telling  how  far 
the  Washington  bureaucracy  (the  term  as  used  is  descriptive, 
not  derogatory)  would  go  in  cooperation  with  the  European 
Allies  to  aid  Poland  and  oppose  Soviet  Russia. 

"The  United  States  is  bourgeois.  The  vast  majority  of  Ameri- 
cans have  or  want  property,  expect  to  work  to  get  it,  revere  the 
institution  of  property  possessed  by  achievement  or  inheritance, 
and  detest  communism.  So  said  one  of  the  highest  officials  of 
the  Government  to  the  Evening  Post  correspondent  today.  This 
statement  was  part  of  his  call  'to  arms.'  'America,  wake  up/ 
the  slogan  which  placarded  the  country  in  1917  and  before,  just 
about  expresses  what  this  official  had  to  say  today." 

This  high  nameless  official  was  then  directly  quoted  as  follows : 

"What  I  want  to  drive  home  to  Americans,  to  the  vast  ma- 
jority who  believe  in  the  individual  right  to  achieve  and  possess 
property,  is  that  that  right  is  now  threatened.  In  America  every 
other  average  boy  of  fifteen  years  has  $100  in  the  savings  bank. 
That  is  the  bourgeois  spirit.  The  workers  in  Henry  Ford's 
factory  are  bourgeois.  They  save  and  own.  Every  lot  owner 
and  small  farmer  is  bourgeois.  The  proletarian  classes  in  the 
United  States  are  very  few  in  number.  The  number  of  Ameri- 
cans who  have  no  land  or  other  producing  possessions  is  too 
small  to  count  anything.  ...  In  Minnesota,  within  a  few 
days,  a  labor  union  convention  approved  the  soviet  form  of  gov- 
ernment. This  economic  epidemic,  like  influenza,  has  spread  all 
over  the  world,  moving  from  East  to  West,  and  only  an  inten- 
sive study  can  determine  the  relative  severity  of  the  local  ab- 
sorption of  the  germs." 

His  concluding  statement,  also  in  direct  quotes,  was: 

"There's  a  lesson  there  for  communities  like  ours  where  indi- 
viduals have  always  had  the  right  to  possession  of  land,  to  the 
possession  of  other  property,  as  aids  to  comfort  and  pleasure; 
communities  where  thrift,  one  of  the  highest  virtues,  has  been 
rewarded,  where  the  tyranny  of  labor  unionism  has  been  curbed. 
Bolshevism  is  the  overdevelopment  of  unionism." 

On  July  27  business  took  me  to  Washington,  where  I  asked 
a  group  of  three  newspaper  men,  frequenters  of  official  inter- 
views with  government  officers,  who  was  this  nameless  one  who 
spoke  too  intelligently  to  be  either  Palmer  or  Burleson.  The 
newspaper  men  said,  "That's  Colby."  I  remarked  that  no  story 
sent  out  on  July  24  named  Colby,  and,  of  course,  could  not. 
They  said,  "Oh,  of  course  not."  I  tested  another  newspaper 
man  by  reading  extracts  from  the  clipping.  He  said  at  once, 
"Secretary  Colby."  I  asked  whether  any  press  correspondent 
at  the  interview  had  objected  to  what  the  Secretary  said.  The 
newspaper  man  replied,  "A  fellow  named  Todd,  represents  labor 
papers,  wanted  to  know  Colby's  evidence  on  unions,  I  believe. 
Colby  got  angry." 

Now,  two  months  after  the  above  interview  comes  the  news  of 
the  exclusion  of  Mr.  Todd  and  his  colleague,  Mr.  Paul  Hanna, 
from  the  press  sessions  at  the  State  Department  on  the  ground 
that  Mr.  Hanna  had  asked  the  Secretary  of  State  to  defend 
himself  from  charges  of  "forbidding  reporters  to  tell  what  the 
Secretary  of  State  had  said  to  twist  or  taint  the  news."  Is  it 
impertinent  to  ask  Mr.  Colby: 

1.  Did  you  try  to  get  the  country's  press  to  publish  Bol- 
shevism as  the  overdevelopment  of  unionism? 

2.  If  that  is  your  sincere  belief,  on  which  you  act  officially, 
why  do  you  object  to  letting  the  press  say  so? 

New  York,  October  8  Heber  BLANKENHORN 


Platform  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party 

[Note:  In  response  to  numerous  requests  The  Nation 
prints  herewith  the  platform  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party. 
That  of  the  Socialist  Party  will  appear  in  next  week's  issue.] 

PREAMBLE 

THE  American  Declaration  of  Independence,  adopted  July  4, 
1776,  states  that  governments  are  instituted  to  secure  to 
the  people  the  rights  of  life,  liberty,  and  pursuit  of  happiness 
and  that  governments  derive  their  just  powers  from  the  consent 
of  the  governed. 

Democracy  cannot  exist  unless  all  power  is  preserved  to  the 
people.  The  only  excuse  for  the  existence  of  government  is  to 
serve,  not  to  rule,  the  people. 

In  the  United  States  of  America  the  power  of  government,  the 
priceless  and  inalienable  heritage  of  the  people,  has  been  stolen 
from  the  people — has  been  seized  by  a  few  men  who  control  the 
wealth  of  the  nation  and  by  the  tools  of  these  men,  maintained 
by  them  in  public  office  to  do  their  bidding. 

The  administrative  offices  of  the  Government  and  Congress  are 
controlled  by  the  financial  barons — even  the  courts  have  been 
prostituted — and  the  people  as  a  result  of  this  usurpation  have 
been  reduced  to  economic  and  industrial  servitude. 

Under  the  prevailing  order  in  the  United  States,  wealth  is 
monopolized  by  a  few  and  the  people  are  kept  in  poverty,  while 
costs  of  living  mount  until  the  burden  of  providing  the  neces- 
saries of  life  is  well-nigh  intolerable. 

Having  thus  robbed  the  people  first  of  their  power  and  then  of 
their  wealth,  the  wielders  of  financial  power,  seeking  new  fields 
of  exploitation,  have  committed  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  against  the  will  of  the  people,  to  imperialistic  policies 
and  seek  to  extend  these  enterprises  to  such  lengths  that  our 
nation  today  stands  in  danger  of  becoming  an  empire  instead 
of  a  republic. 

Just  emerging  from  a  war  which  we  said  we  fought  to  extend 
democracy  to  the  ends  of  the  earth,  we  find  ourselves  helpless 
while  the  masters  of  our  Government,  who  are  also  the  masters 
of  industry  and  commerce,  league  themselves  with  the  masters 
of  other  nations  to  prevent  self-determination  by  helpless  people 
and  to  exploit  and  rob  them,  notwithstanding  that  we  committed 
ourselves  to  guaranty  of  self-government  fo*  all  such  peoples. 

Following  the  greedy  spectacle  of  the  peace  conference,  the 
money-masters  feared  an  awakening  of  the  people  which  threat- 
ened to  exact  for  mankind  those  benefits  for  which  the  war  was 
said  to  have  been  fought.  Thereupon  these  masters,  in  the 
United  States,  through  their  puppets  in  public  office,  in  an  effort 
to  stifle  free  discussion,  stripped  from  the  inhabitants  of  this 
land,  rights  and  liberties  guaranteed  under  American  doctrines 
on  which  this  country  was  founded  and  guaranteed  also  by  the 
Federal  Constitution. 

These  rights  and  liberties  must  be  restored  to  the  people. 

More  than  this  must  be  done.  All  power  to  govern  this  nation 
must  be  restored  to  the  people.  This  involves  industrial  freedom, 
for  political  democracy  is  only  an  empty  phrase  without  indus- 
trial democracy.  This  cannot  be  done  by  superficial,  palliative 
measures  such  as  are,  from  time  to  time,  thrown  as  sops  to  the 
voters  by  the  Republican  and  Democratic  parties.  Patch-work 
cannot  repair  the  destruction  of  democracy  wrought  by  these 
two  old  parties.    Reconstruction  is  necessary. 

The  invisible  government  of  the  United  States  maintains  the 
two  old  parties  to  confuse  the  voters  with  false  issues.  These 
parties,  therefore,  cannot  seriously  attempt  reconstruction, 
which,  to  be  effective,  must  smash  to  atoms  the  money  power  of 
the  proprietors  of  the  two  old  parties. 

Into  this  breach  step  the  amalgamated  groups  of  forward 
looking  men  and  women  who  perform  useful  work  with  hand 
and  brain,  united  in  the  Farmer-Labor  Party  of  the  United 
States  by  a  spontaneous  and  irresistible  impulse  to  do  righteous 
battle  for  democracy  against  its  despoilers,  and  more  especially 
determined  to  function  together  because  of  the  exceptionally 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


477 


brazen  defiance  shown  by  the  two  old  parties  in  the  selection 
of  their  candidates  and  the  writing  of  their  platforms  in  this 
campaign.  This  party,  financed  by  its  rank  and  file  and  not 
by  big  business,  sets  about  the  task  of  fundamental  reconstruc- 
tion of  democracy  in  the  United  States,  to  restore  all  power  to 
the  people  and  to  set  up  a  governmental  structure  that  will 
prevent  seizure,  henceforth,  of  that  power  by  a  few  unscrupu- 
lous men. 

The  reconstruction  proposed  is  set  forth  in  the  following  plat- 
form of  national  issues,  to  which  all  candidates  of  the  Farmer- 
Labor  Party  are  pledged. 

1.  100  PER  CENT  AMERICANISM 
Restoration  of  civil  liberties  and  American  doctrines  and  their 
preservation  inviolate,  including  free  speech,  free  press,  free 
assemblage,  right  of  asylum,  equal  opportunity,  and  trial  by 
jury;  return  of  the  Department  of  Justice  to  the  functions  for 
which  it  was  created,  to  the  end  that  laws  may  be  enforced 
without  favor  and  without  discrimination;  amnesty  for  all  per- 
sons imprisoned  because  of  their  patriotic  insistence  upon  their 
constitutional  guaranties,  industrial  activities,  or  religious  be- 
liefs; repeal  of  all  so-called  "espionage,"  "sedition,"  and  "crimi- 
nal syndicalist"  laws;  protection  of  the  right  of  all  workers  to 
strike,  and  stripping  from  the  courts  of  powers  unlawfully 
usurped  by  them  and  used  to  defeat  the  people  and  foster  big 
business,  especially  the  power  to  issue  anti-labor  injunctions 
and  to  declare  unconstitutional  laws  passed  by  Congress. 

To  Americanize  the  federal  courts,  we  demand  that  federal 
judges  be  elected  for  terms  not  to  exceed  four  years,  subject  to 
recall. 

As  Americanism  means  democracy,  suffrage  should  be  uni- 
versal. We  demand  immediate  ratification  of  the  nineteenth 
amendment  and  full,  unrestricted  political  rights  for  all  citizens, 
regardless  of  sex,  race,  color,  or  creed,  and  for  civil  service 
employees. 

Democracy  demands  also  that  the  people  be  equipped  with  the 
instruments  of  the  initiative,  referendum,  and  recall,  with  the 
special  provision  that  war  may  not  be  declared  except  in  cases 
of  actual  military  invasion,  before  referring  the  question  to  a 
direct  vote  of  the  people. 
2.     ABOLISH  IMPERIALISM  AT  HOME  AND  ABROAD 
Withdrawal  of  the  United  States  from  further  participation 
(under  the  Treaty  of  Versailles)  in  the  reduction  of  conquered 
peoples  to  economic  or  political  subjection  to  the  small  groups 
of  men  who  manipulate  the  bulk  of  the  world's  wealth;  refusal 
to  permit  our   Government  to   aid  in  the   exploitation   of  the 
weaker  people  of  the  earth  by  these  men;  refusal  to  permit  use 
of  the  agencies  of  our  Government   (through  dollar  diplomacy 
or  other  means)    by  the  financial  interests  of  our  country  to 
exploit  other  peoples,  including  emphatic  refusal  to  go  to  war 
with  Mexico  at  the  behest  of  Wall  Street;   recognition  of  the 
elected  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Ireland  and  of  the  Gov- 
ernment established  by  the  Russian  people;  denial  of  assistance 
financial,  military,   or  otherwise,  for  foreign   armies   invading 
these  countries,  and  an  embargo  on  the  shipment  of  arms  and 
ammunition  to  be  used   against  the  Russian  or  Irish  people; 
instant  lifting  of  the  blockade  against  Russia;   recognition  of 
every  government  set  up  by  people  who  wrest  their  sovereignty 
from  oppressors,  in  accordance  with  the  right  of  self-determina- 
tion for  all  peoples;   abolition  of  secret  treaties   and   prompt 
publication  of  all  diplomatic  documents  received  by  the   State 
Department;    withdrawal   from   imperialistic   enterprises   upon 
which  we  already  have  embarked  (including  the  dictatorship  we 
exercise  in  varying  degrees  over  the  Philippines,  Hawaii,  Haiti, 
the  Dominican  Republic,  Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  Samoa,  and  Guam)  ; 
and  prevention  of  the  imposition  upon  the  people  of  the  United 
States  of  any  form  whatever  of  conscription,  military,  or  in- 
dustrial, or  of  military  training. 

We  stand  committed  to  a  league  of  free  peoples,  organized 
and  pledged  to  destruction  of  autocracy,  militarism,  and  eco- 
nomic imperialism  throughout  the  world  and  to  bring  about  a 


world-wide  disarmament  and  open  diplomacy,  to  the  end  that 
there  shall  be  no  more  kings  and  no  more  wars. 

3.  DEMOCRATIC   CONTROL   OF   INDUSTRY 

The  right  of  labor  to  an  increasing  share  in  the  responsibili- 
ties and  management  of  industry;  application  of  this  principle 
to  be  developed  in  accordance  with  the  experience  of  actual 
operation. 

4.  PUBLIC  OWNERSHIP  AND  OPERATION 
Immediate  repeal  of  the  Esch-Cummins  Law;  public  owner- 
ship and  operation,  with  democratic  control  of  all  public  utilities 
and  natural  resources,  including  stockyards,  large  abattoirs, 
grain-elevators,  water-power,  and  cold-storage  and  terminal 
warehouses;  government  ownership  and  democratic  operation 
of  the  railroads,  mines,  and  of  such  natural  resources  as  are  in 
whole  or  in  part  bases  of  control  by  special  interests  of  basic  in- 
dustries and  monopolies  such  as  lands  containing  coal,  iron, 
copper,  oil,  large  water-power  and  commercial  timber  tracts; 
pipe  lines  and  oil  tanks;  telegraph  and  telephone  lines;  and 
establishment  of  a  public  policy  that  no  land  (including  natural 
resources)  and  no  patents  shall  be  held  out  of  use  for  speculation 
or  to  aid  monopoly;  establishment  of  national  and  state-owned 
banks  where  the  money  of  the  government  must,  and  that  of 
individuals  may,  be  deposited;  granting  of  credit  to  individuals 
or  groups  according  to  regulations  laid  down  by  Congress  which 
will  safeguard  deposits. 

We  denounce  the  attempt  to  scuttle  our  great  government- 
owned  merchant  marine  and  favor  bringing  ocean-going  com- 
merce to  our  inland  ports. 

5.  PROMOTION  OF  AGRICULTURAL  PROSPERITY 
Legislation  that  will  effectively  check  and  reduce  the  growth 
and  evils  of  farm  tenancy;  establishment  of  public  markets; 
extension  of  the  federal  farm  loan  system,  making  personal 
credit  readily  available  and  cheap  to  farmers;  maintenance  of 
dependable  transportation  for  farm  products;  organization  of  a 
state  and  national  service  that  will  furnish  adequate  advice  and 
guidance  to  applicants  for  farms  and  to  farmers  already  on  the 
land ;  legislation  to  promote  and  protect  farmers'  and  consumers' 
cooperative  organizations  conducted  for  mutual  benefit;  com- 
prehensive studies  of  costs  of  production  of  farm  and  staple 
manufactured  products,  and  uncensored  publication  of  facts 
found  in  such  studies. 

6.  GOVERNMENT  FINANCE 
We  demand  that  economy  in  governmental  expenditures  shall 
replace  the  extravagance  that  has  run  riot  under  the  present 
administration.  The  governmental  expenditures  of  the  present 
year  of  peace,  as  already  disclosed,  exceed  $6,000,000,000 — or 
six  times  the  annual  expenditures  of  the  pre-war  period.  We 
condemn  and  denounce  the  system  that  has  created  one  war- 
millionaire  for  every  three  American  soldiers  killed  in  the  war 
in  France,  and  we  demand  that  this  war-acquired  wealth  shall 
be  taxed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  the  shifting  of  the 
burden  of  taxation  to  the  shoulders  of  the  poor  in  the  shape  of 
higher  prices  and  of  increased  living  costs. 

We  are  opposed,  therefore,  to  consumption  taxes  and  to  all 
indirect  taxation  for  support  of  current  operations  of  the  Gov- 
ernment. For  support  of  such  current  operations,  we  favor 
steeply  graduated  income  taxes,  exempting  individual  incomes 
amounting  to  less  than  $3,000  a  year,  with  a  further  exemption 
allowance  of  $300  for  every  child  under  eighteen  and  also  for 
every  child  over  eighteen  who  may  be  pursuing  an  education 
to  fit  himself  for  life.  In  the  case  of  state  governments  and  of 
local  governments  we  favor  taxation  of  land  value,  but  not  of 
improvements  or  of  equipment,  and  also  sharply  graduated  taxes 
on  inheritance. 

7.     REDUCE   THE   COST   OF   LIVING 

Stabilization  of  currency  so  that  it  may  not  fluctuate  as  at 

present,  carrying  the  standard  of  living  of  all  the  people  down 

with  it  when  it  depreciates;  federal  control  of  the  meat  packing 

industry;   extension   and  perfection  of  the   parcel  post  system 


478 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


to  bring  producer  and  consumer  closer  together;  enforcing  ex- 
isting laws  against  profiteers,  especially  the  big  and  powerful 


ones. 


8.  JUSTICE  TO  THE  SOLDIERS 
We  favor  paying  the  soldiers  of  the  late  war  as  a  matter  of 
right  and  not  as  charity,  a  sufficient  sum  to  make  their  war-pay 
not  less  than  civilian  earnings.  We  denounce  the  delays  in  pay- 
ment, and  the  inadequate  compensation  to  disabled  soldiers  and 
sailors  and  their  dependents,  and  we  pledge  such  changes  as  will 
promptly  and  adequately  give  sympathetic  recognition  of  their 
services  and  sacrifices. 

9.  LABOR'S  BILL  OF  RIGHTS 
During  the  years  that  Labor  has  tried  in  vain  to  obtain 
recognition  of  the  rights  of  the  workers  at  the  hands  of  the 
Government  through  the  agencies  of  the  Republican  and  Demo- 
cratic parties,  the  principal  demands  of  Labor  have  been  cata- 
logued and  presented  by  the  representatives  of  Labor,  who  have 
gone  to  convention  after  convention  of  the  old  parties — to  Con- 
gress after  Congress  of  old-party  office-holders.  These  conven- 
ti  ns  and  sessions  of  Congress  have  from  time  to  time  included 
in  platforms  and  laws  a  few  fragments  of  Labor's  program, 
carefully  rewritten,  however,  to  interpose  no  interference  with 
the  oppression  of  Labor  by  private  wielders  of  the  power  of 
capital.  It  remains  for  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  the  people's 
own  party,  financed  by  the  people  themselves,  to  pledge  itself 
to  the  entire  Bill  of  Rights  of  Labor,  the  conditions  enumerated 
therein  to  be  written  into  the  laws  of  the  land  to  be  enjoyed 
by  the  workers,  organized  or  unorganized,  without  the  ameliora- 
tion of  a  single  word  in  the  program.  Abraham  Lincoln  said: 
"Labor  is  the  superior  of  Capital  and  deserves  the  highest  con- 
sideration." 

We  pledge  the  application  of  this  fundamental  principle  in 
the  enactment  and  administration  of  legislation. 

(a)  The  unqualified  right  of  all  workers,  including  civil 
service  employees,  to  organize  and  bargain  collectively  with  em- 
ployers through  such  representatives  of  their  unions  as  they 
choose. 

(b)  Freedom  from  compulsory  arbitration  and  all  other  at- 
tempts to  coerce  workers. 

(c)  A  maximum  standard  8-hour  day  and  44-hour  week. 

(d)  Old  age  and  unemployment  payments  and  workmen's 
compensation  to  insure  workers  and  their  dependents  against 
accident  and  disease. 

(e)  Establishment  and  operation,  through  periods  of  depres- 
sion, of  governmental  work  on  housing,  roadbuilding,  reforesta- 
tion, reclamation  of  cut-over  timber,  desert  and  swamp  lands, 
and  development  of  ports,  waterways,  and  water-power  plants. 

(f)  Reeducation  of  the  cripples  of  industry  as  well  as  the 
victims  of  war. 

(g)  Abolition  of  employment  of  children  under  sixteen  years 
of  age. 

(h)  Complete  and  effective  protection  for  women  in  industry, 
with  equal  pay  for  equal  work. 

(i)  Abolition  of  private  employment,  detective  and  strike- 
breaking agencies  and  extension  of  the  federal  free  employment 
service. 

(j)  Prevention  of  exploitation  of  immigration  and  immi- 
grants by  employers. 

(k)  Vigorous  enforcement  of  the  Seamen's  Act,  and  the 
most  liberal  interpretation  of  its  provisions.  The  present  pro- 
visions for  the  protection  of  seamen  and  for  the  safety  of  the 
traveling  public,  must  not  be  minimized. 

(1)  Exclusion  from  interstate  commerce  of  the  products  of 
convict  labor. 

(m)  A  federal  department  of  education  to  advance  democ- 
racy and  effectiveness  in  all  public  school  systems  throughout 
the  country,  to  the  end  that  the  children  of  workers  in  indus- 
trial and  rural  communities  may  have  maximum  opportunity 
of  training  to  become  unafraid,  well-informed  citizens  of  a  free 
country. 


Books 

Middle-of-the-Roadism 

The  New  Frontier.    By  Guy  Emerson.    Henry  Holt  and  Com- 
pany. 

MR.  EMERSON  begins  with  a  search  for  the  sources  of  Amer- 
ican character.  He  finds  our  difference  from  other  peoples 
not  in  love  of  liberty  or  in  adherence  to  republican  principles  of 
government,  but  in  survival  of  the  traits  of  the  frontiersman. 
Self-reliance,  versatility,  a  combination  of  courage  and  prac- 
tical ability — characteristics  such  as  these,  he  contends,  are 
dominant  in  us.  This  theory  of  the  influence  of  the  frontier, 
which  Mr.  Emerson  borrows  from  Professor  Turner,  is  a  ser- 
viceable one,  provided  it  is  applied  with  discrimination.  Ob- 
viously it  does  not  account  for  our  differences  from  Canada, 
Australia,  South  Africa,  New  Zealand,  much  of  South  Amer- 
ica, and  Siberia,  which  are  also  frontiers.  But  it  is  useful  in 
any  analysis  of  our  inheritance.  As  types  of  the  frontiersman 
Mr.  Emerson  cites  five  surveyors:  Washington,  Daniel  Boone, 
Andrew  Jackson,  Thoreau,  Lincoln. 

Another  of  Mr.  Emerson's  primary  assumptions  is  that  the 
dominating  portion  of  our  population  is  "liberal,  rather  than 
radical  or  conservative."  Later  he  defines  these  much  abused 
terms.  He  roughly  divides  us  into  five  groups,  ranging  from 
the  extreme  left  to  the  extreme  right:  "violent  radicals,"  who 
he  says  are  typified  by  the  syndicalists;  "law  abiding  radicals," 
among  whom  he  places  socialists;  "liberals,"  in  the  mathemati- 
cal center;  "conservatives,"  at  their  elbow;  and  "reactionaries," 
who,  he  assures  us,  are  more  tolerable  than  syndicalists  be- 
cause they  "do  not  believe  in  violence." 

This  mechanistic  terminology  obscures  much  truth,  because 
it  confuses  temperament  and  method  with  economic  doctrine. 
If  we  used  the  words  in  their  traditional  senses,  we  should  see 
that  many  syndicalists  and  socialists  are  at  heart  liberal,  and 
that  no  one  is  more  conservative  than  the  doctrinaire  socialist 
or  anarchist.  We  should  see  that  those  who  "believe  in  vio- 
lence" are  distributed  among  all  economic  groups,  as  are  those 
who  do  not.  We  should  understand  that  many  a  reactionary 
is  a  violent  radical.  But  as  Mr.  Emerson's  definitions  are 
substantially  in  accord  with  contemporary  popular  usage,  they 
help  to  define  his  own  attitude  and  program. 

The  liberals  who,  according  to  his  definition,  take  the  "mid- 
dle of  the  road,"  are  in  a  vaguely  explained  way  the  inheritors 
of  the  pioneer  tradition.  They  are  the  "practical  men"  who 
stand  between  the  "now"  of  the  radical  and  the  "never"  of  the 
conservatives  with  their  "not  yet."  Somehow  one  doubts  that 
if  Lincoln's  father  had  taken  the  middle  of  the  road  he  would 
ever  have  reached  Kentucky.  If  John  Brown  was  a  violent 
radical — as  he  certainly  seems — Lincoln  was  at  least  a  law- 
abiding  radical.  Would  not  anyone  say  that  Andrew  Jackson 
was  more  a  radical  than  a  liberal?  And  as  for  Thoreau, 
imagine  him  on  the  twelve-hour  shift  at  the  bottom  of  the 
military  hierarchy  in  a  steel  mill,  and  then  ask  yourself  whether 
he  would  have  stayed  safely  in  the  center  of  the  highway,  or 
would,  have  plunged  into  the  untracked  wilderness. 

More  important  than  argument  about  terms,  however,  is  the 
present  content  which  they  are  given.  This  middle-of-the-road 
liberal — what  does  he  think  about  existing  problems?  Two 
hints  are  given  by  Mr.  Emerson  near  the  beginning.  The  first 
is  that  he  believes  the  Harvard  Liberal  Club  to  be  more  radical 
than  liberal.  The  second  is  that  he  believes  Governor  Coolidge 
of  Massachusetts  was  reelected  by  liberal  rather  than  by  con- 
servative votes.  Probably  Mr.  Emerson  does  not  know  all  the 
facts  about  the  grievances  of  the  Boston  police  and  about  their 
strike.  But  many  liberals  would  say  that  if  ever  there  was 
illiberal  action  it  was  that  of  Governor  Coolidge  in  his  vindic- 
tive refusal  to  reemploy  the  policemen  after  the  strike  had  been 
broken,  although  it  had  been  demonstrated  that  neither  the  pub- 
lic nor  the  government  had  taken  the  slightest  pains  to  remedy 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


479 


their  grievances  before  they  took  matters  in  their  own  hands. 
And  if  ever  there  was  a  radical  acceptance  of  a  radical  doc- 
trine, it  was  the  acceptance  by  Governor  Coolidge  and  his  par- 
tisans of  the  doctrine  of  the  sanctified  supremacy  of  the  state — 
the  very  doctrine  which  we  had  so  recently  condemned  in  Ger- 
man historians.  One  wonders  whether  there  would  have  been 
such  a  soul-stirring  rally  to  this  standard  if  the  power  of  the 
state  had  been  invoked  to  confiscate  property  rather  than  to 
deny  unionism  to  policemen. 

The  labor  problem  Mr.  Emerson  approaches  in  a  truly  liberal 
temper.  His  language  is  the  language  of  a  moderate  and  a 
generous  man.  He  advocates  the  rule  of  reason  in  industrial 
disputes;  he  admits  the  danger  of  violence,  but  believes  any 
large  break  between  owner  and  worker  can  be  avoided  if  both 
sides  "get  together"  without  undue  hostility.  Slavery  might 
have  been  abolished,  he  thinks,  without  secession  and  a  war, 
if  only  the  compromisers  had  dominated  the  extremists.  It 
would  be  interesting  to  propound  just  the  opposite  theory. 
During  the  critical  decades  before  the  Civil  War,  the  Northern 
compromisers  actually  did  rule.  They  hesitated  to  predicate 
that  slavery  must  go;  they  tried  simply  to  localize  it  and  make 
terms  with  it.  Lincoln,  who  understood  that  no  nation  could 
endure  half  slave  and  half  free,  did  not  arrive  until  the  breach 
was  imminent.  Suppose  Lincoln,  with  his  radical  view  of 
slavery,  and  his  practical  and  progressive  way  of  attaining  his 
ends,  could  have  come  to  power  in  1830.  Then,  truly,  slavery 
might  have  been  abolished  without  a  war.  But  just  because  no 
radical  like  Lincoln  could  control  affairs  in  the  early  stages  of 
the  conflict,  it  ripened  into  hostilities.  This  view  is  surely  as 
tenable  as  Mr.  Emerson's.  And  its  analogy  to  the  conflict  over 
the  wage  system  is  no  less  pertinent. 

Mr.  Emerson  is  not  against  unions,  but  he  insists  that  unions 
must  be  of  the  conservative  variety,  who  believe  in  the  "in- 
violability of  contracts"  and  in  the  present  economic  order. 
Yet  his  understanding  of  the  facts  is,  to  say  the  least,  super- 
ficial. Does  he  know  that  many  more  contracts  have  been 
violated  by  so-called  conservative  unions  than  by  socialist  bodies 
like  those  in  the  clothing  industry?  Does  he  know  that  the 
preservation  of  agreements  depends  not  half  so  much  upon 
good  faith  on  the  part  of  officials  as  it  does  upon  the  democratic 
structure  of  the  unions,  and  the  flexibility  of  the  agreements 
in  question? 

In  defense  of  unionism  he  uses  probably  the  worst  possible 
example — the  New  York  printers'  strike  of  last  year.  To  him, 
informed  as  he  was  by  the  employers  and  their  press,  this  seems 
a  simple  case  of  attempted  violation  of  agreement  by  a  Bolshe- 
vistic rank  and  file,  who  were  nobly  opposed  and  defeated  by 
their  own  officials.  He  does  not  know  that  the  president  of  the 
union  chiefly  concerned  had  been  accused  by  its  members  of 
misappropriation  of  funds,  and  that  the  controversy  is  still 
pending  in  the  courts.  He  does  not  know  that  this  president 
unconstitutionally  changed  the  mode  of  election  and  so  kept 
himself  in  office  contrary  to  the  Will  of  the  majority.  He  does 
not  know  that  the  striking  pressmen  violated  no  agreement,  but 
merely  an  informal  understanding  arrived  at  between  this  un- 
popular president  and  an  employers'  association.  Similarly, 
in  spite  of  Mr.  Emerson's  verbal  approval  of  unionism  and 
conference,  he  condemns  Fitzpatrick  and  Foster  for  calling  the 
steel  strike. 

It  would  be  possible  similarly  to  analyze  his  acknowledgment 
that  the  workers  justly  desire  a  greater  control  over  the  in- 
dustrial process.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  he  accompanies  this 
statement  with  another:  "There  is  nothing  uncompromisable 
between  the  demands  of  labor  and  the  reservations  of  capital, 
except  where  either  the  demands  of  labor  or  the  reservations 
of  capital  prove  to  be  inconsistent  with  the  American  form  of 
government."  His  emphasis  is  not  upon  the  exception,  but 
upon  the  assertion.  It  is  evident  that  he  does  not  contemplate 
giving  the  workers  a  real  voice,  or  allowing  them  to  make 
many  changes.  To  him,  their  participation  would  be  rather  in 
the  nature  of  satisfying  the  ego  and  discovering  the  difficulties 


of  the  employer.  For  he  goes  on  to  praise  thrift  and  to  assert 
that  the  chief  cure  for  capitalism  is  more  capitalists.  He  is 
enough  an  economist  to  see  the  fundamental  need  of  "more 
production,"  but  not  enough  to  see  that  production  depends  on 
something  more  than  hard  work,  or  to  inquire  into  the  relation 
between  production  and  the  control  of  industry. 

For  the  rest,  he  recommends  universal  military  training, 
higher  salaries  for  teachers  and  clergymen,  better  vocational 
education,  more  attention  by  business  men  to  the  press  in  order 
that  radical  propaganda  may  be  counteracted  by  "truth,"  and 
participation  by  America  in  the  League  of  Nations,  not  because 
it  is  yet  perfect,  but  because  "half  a  loaf  is  better  than  none." 

In  making  adjustments  to  a  limited  environment,  the  "prac- 
tical man"  is  doubtless  more  successful  than  one  who  thinks 
more  radically.  Where  there  is  a  road  in  good  condition,  mid- 
dle-of-the-roadism  wins.  But  the  world  just  now  is  full  of 
examples  of  what  happens  to  the  counsel  of  such  men  when 
the  road  is  broken  by  floods,  and  a  new  country  appears  over 
the  hill-top.  The  limitations  of  their  practicality,  their  knowl- 
edge, and  their  temperament  are  revealed.  Sometimes  there 
is  more  danger  in  keeping  to  the  road  than  in  blazing  a  new 
trail.  George  Soule 


"A  Country  Without  a  Guide  Book" 

In  Morocco.  By  Edith  Wharton.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons. 
I  N  1918  Mrs.  Wharton,  under  the  guidance  of  a  French  mili- 
*■  tary  mission,  in  a  French  army  motor,  spent  a  month  trav- 
eling in  Morocco.  Her  account  of  her  travels  in  a  country 
without  a  guide  book  is  for  the  benefit  of  the  travelers  who 
she  feels  sure  will  flood  the  land  when  the  war  is  over.  All 
the  properties  of  an  Arabian  Nights  tale  are  here — camels  and 
donkeys,  white-draped  riders,  palmetto  deserts,  camel's  hair 
tents,  and  veiled  women;  and  in  the  midst  of  blazing  sands 
such  incongruities  as  the  rescue  of  the  French  official  motor, 
stuck  fast  in  the  desert,  by  a  passing  army  of  turbaned  white 
figures  on  pilgrimage  under  many-colored  banners  to  pray  at 
some  holy  tomb.  Towns  are  few,  in  scattered  oases  or  fertile 
valleys  marked  from  afar  by  minarets  rising  from  olive  gar- 
dens and  inclosed  in  red  earthen  walls  overhung  by  fig  and 
stunted  cork  trees.  An  odor  of  spices  rises  from  the  bazaars. 
Within  the  walls  are  turquoise-blue  and  white  buildings,  orange 
gardens,  irises  and  blue  aloes  around  secret  pools  to  which 
childless  women  are  brought  to  bathe;  mosques  with  inlaid 
ivory,  ebony,  and  sandalwood,  and  inscrutable  cedar  doors; 
bazaars  where  men  of  all  tribes  and  nationalities  offer  their 
wares;  ghettos,  filthy  and  dark,  in  which  babies  are  nursed  on 
date  brandy,  and  fat  grandmothers  still  in  their  thirties  shuffle 
along  by  the  side  of  "incalculably  aged  ancestors";  and  close 
by  the  jasmine  and  the  rose. 

There  are  fascinating  pictures  of  Sale,  where  Robinson  Cru- 
soe was  held  prisoner;  of  Volubilis,  the  ruin  of  a  Roman  city; 
of  Moulay  Idriss  [Mrs.  Wharton  uses  the  French  spelling  of 
proper  names],  the  sacred  white  city  of  Morocco,  forced  only 
as  late  as  1916  to  admit  the  Christian  tourist  and  the  French 
uniform;  of  the  crumbling  ruins  of  imperial  Meknez,  built  in 
the  seventeenth  century  by  Moulay  Ismael  with  his  Black 
Army  of  150,000  men  all  trained  and  brought  up  by  his  orders 
from  the  age  of  ten,  and  by  25,000  Christian  captives.  It  was 
here  that  "any  prisoner  who  died  at  his  task  was  built  into  the 
wall  he  was  building."  From  Marrakech  come  the  beautiful 
"pomegranate  red"  book  bindings  made  by  the  guild  of  Mo- 
rocco workers.  Under  the  reed-roofed  streets  of  Fez  the  song 
of  the  blind  beggars,  "Dust  and  ashes,  dust  and  ashes,"  con- 
stantly symbolizes  the  life  of  this  land  where  there  is  no  merry- 
making in  the  Occidental  sense  of  the  word,  where  even  the 
dances  are  all  static  or  ritualistic,  and  where  dreams  and  reali- 
ties are  inextricably  intermingled  by  the  all-pervading  spirit 
of  languor. 

Under  the  guidance  of  the  French  Ministry  of  Fine  Arts  and 


480 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


as  the  guest  of  Madame  Lyautey,  Mrs.  Wharton  found  herself 
admitted  to  many  ceremonials  from  which  she  as  a  foreigner 
and  as  a  woman  would  under  ordinary  circumstances  have 
been  doubly  barred.  She  was  entertained  by  the  ladies  of 
various  harems,  and  in  all  found  the  same  lassitude  and  dul- 
ness,  relieved  only  by  the  passionate  fondness  of  the  women  for 
their  children,  who  if  girls  are  married  at  eight  or  nine  and 
if  boys  are  "given  their  first  negress"  at  twelve. 

Mrs.  Wharton,  who  has  long  loved  France,  has  unqualified 
admiration  for  the  way  in  which  the  French  Ministry  of  Fine 
Arts  has  gone  about  its  task,  and  the  tact  shown  by  General 
Lyautey  in  dealing  with  the  native  problems.  She  accepts 
without  question  the  general  theory  of  imperialism — "and  the 
European  powers  were  attempting,  in  the  confusion  of  an  un- 
governed  country,  to  assert  their  respective  ascendencies.  The 
demoralized  condition  of  the  country  justified  these  attempts 
and  made  European  interference  inevitable."  In  the  light  of 
this  premise  it  is  easy  to  see  how  she  regards  General  Lyautey's 
"pacification"  of  Morocco  as  an  act  of  accommodation  to  the 
Moroccans  and  the  French  occupation  as  a  benevolent  institu- 
tion. Caillaux's  complacent  revelations  throw  a  somewhat  dif- 
ferent light  on  the  matter.  Irita  Van  Doren 


Medieval  Economics 

An  Essay  on  Mediaeval  Economic  Teaching.   By  George  O'Brien. 
Longmans,  Green  and  Company. 

THE  thesis  of  this  volume  may  be  briefly  stated.  It  is  doubt- 
ful whether  the  Church  at  Jerusalem,  as  described  in  the 
Acts,  practised  communism  at  all  apart  from  great  liberality 
and  benevolence;  if  there  was  communism  it  was  communism  of 
use,  not  of  ownership ;  and  furthermore  it  was  purely  voluntary. 
The  Church  Fathers  cannot  be  drawn  to  the  support  of  an 
attack  on  private  property.  On  the  contrary  they  believed  that 
property  was  one  of  the  normal  and  legitimate  institutions  of 
human  society.  The  great  rule  with  regard  to  the  user  of  prop- 
erty in  the  Middle  Ages  was  "liberality"  and  "a  wise  and  prudent 
saving  of  money  for  investment  would  be  considered  a  course  of 
conduct  within  the  meaning  of  the  word  liberalitas."  In  the 
matter  of  human  slavery  as  well  as  of  property  it  is  possible  to 
cite  many  critical  texts,  but  the  burden  of  patristic  reasoning 
was  in  favor  of  bondage.  "Slavery  wa^  declared  to  be  a  bless- 
ing, because,  like  poverty,  it  afforded  the  opportunity  of  practis- 
ing the  virtues  of  humility  and  patience."  As  to  the  sale  of 
property  or  goods  the  Fathers  believed  strongly  in  "the  just 
price,"  although  modern  writers  have  some  difficulties  in  dis- 
covering whether  the  "just  price"  was  subjective  or  objective. 
The  just  price  for  labor  is  not  very  much  discussed  in  medieval 
economic  writings,  because  "the  proper  remuneration  of  labor 
was  so  universally  recognized  as  a  duty  and  so  satisfactorily 
enforced  that  it  seems  to  have  been  taken  for  granted  and  there- 
fore passed  over.  .  .  .  What  the  workers  of  the  present  day 
look  to  as  a  desirable  but  almost  unattainable  ideal  was  the  uni- 
versal practice  in  the  ages  when  economic  relations  were  con- 
trolled by  Christian  principles."  The  Church  dignified  labor. 
The  Fathers  looked  upon  commerce  as  a  dangerous  occupation, 
but  "the  attitude  toward  commerce  seems  to  have  grown  more 
liberal  in  the  course  of  the  Middle  Ages."  The  Fathers  con- 
demned usury  firmly  and  squarely,  but  they  did  not  condemn 
interest.  By  various  fine  and  reasonable  distinctions  under  the 
titles  poena  conventionalis,  damnum  emergens,  lucrum  cessans, 
and  periculum  sortis,  they  showed  how  just  it  was  under  certain 
circumstances  for  the  lender  to  receive  back  more  money  than  he 
lent.  The  scholastics  recognized  the  legitimacy  of  unearned 
income  and  the  lawfulness  of  rent.  Medieval  economic  teaching 
"aimed  at  extended  production  through  its  insistence  on  the 
importance  and  dignity  of  manual  labor."  Respecting  the  dis- 
tribution of  wealth,  the  Church  "insisted  [it]  must  be  regulated 
on  a  basis  of  strict  justice."  Socialism  "is  founded  on  a  philo- 
sophical basis  which  conflicts  with  the  very  foundations  of  Chris- 


tianity.    .     .     .     As  an  economic  system  it  finds  no  support  in 
the  teaching  of  the  scholastic  writers." 

Mr.  O'Brien's  book  is  not  a  weighty  treatise.  It  is  a  tract — 
a  polemical  tract — based  mainly  on  secondary  sources.  Its 
design  is  to  give  aid  to  those  who  are  somewhat  uncomfortable 
under  capitalism  and  would  escape  in  the  direction  of  sweetness 
and  charity  rather  than  Moscow.  At  the  same  time,  it  will 
reassure  those  who  have  been  frightened  by  Christian  socialism 
buttressed  by  patristic  learning.  It  therefore  fits  neatly  into 
one  of  the  most  obvious  niches  in  our  present  intellectual  life. 

With  such  an  enterprise  I  have  no  quarrel.  I  should  be  inter- 
ested to  know  how  it  happened  that  men  living  in  the  ideal  state 
portrayed  by  Mr.  O'Brien  ever  came  to  choose  Protestantism, 
the  French  Revolution,  and  our  "admittedly  diseased  society." 
As  to  the  rest  I  am  content.  So  far  as  I  am  concerned  anyone 
who  thinks  that  private  property  is  an  institution  caused  by  the 
fall  of  man  may  continue  to  do  so.  Anyone  who  thinks  that 
medieval  economic  practice  grew  out  of  medieval  teaching  and 
was  "controlled"  by  the  Church,  may  continue  to  do  so.  After 
laborious  days  among  manorial  records,  capitularies,  charters, 
deeds,  statutes,  and  court  rolls,  I  am  of  opinion  that  religion 
controlled  economic  life  in  the  Middle  Ages  about  as  much  as  it 
did  slavery  in  America,  capitalism  in  France,  communalism  in 
old  Russia,  and  syndicalism  in  Spain.  But  I  have  no  desire  to 
enter  the  lists  with  those  who  think  otherwise.  Anyone  who 
believes  that  there  was  a  consistent  and  closed  system  of  eco- 
nomic reasoning  in  what  appears  to  my  poor  mind  to  be  a  con- 
fused jumble  of  patristic  writings  may  continue  to  do  so. 
Against  him  I  lift  no  cry.  Neither  am  I  disposed  to  wrangle 
with  Utopians  of  any  kind.  Mr.  O'Brien  believes  that  Utopia  was 
in  the  Middle  Ages.  The  classical  school  associated  Utopia  with 
anarchy  and  the  police  constable.  Adolescent  socialists  place  it 
in  the  future,  not  even  at  Petrograd.  Judge  Gary  with  equal - 
rectitude  places  it  in  Pittsburgh,  now. 

Still,  this  is  a  reassuring  book.  The  treasurer  of  St.  Mary's 
in-the-Woods  may  cut  the  coupons  from  steel  fives  with  the  same 
sweet  insouciance  that  gave  seraphic  rest  to  the  bailiff  of  St. 
Thomas's  in-the-Fields  as  he  collected  beer  and"  barley  from  the 
villeins.  Charles  A.  Beard 


America  and  the  Gods 

The  Dark  Mother.     By  Waldo  Frank.     Boni  and  Liveright. 
100%.   The  Story  of  a  Patriot.    By  Upton  Sinclair.    Pasadena: 

Upton  Sinclair. 
THHE  author  of  "Our  America"  has  given  us  a  picture  of  life 
*■  in  the  country  of  which  he  would  be  a  prophet.  He  has 
chosen  a  highly  impressionistic  method  of  conveying  his  per- 
ceptions and  observations.  There  are  few  or  no  connectives. 
Sentences  and  paragraphs  stand  alone  and  unfriended.  Indi- 
vidually they  are  pitched  in  an  extremely  high  key.  The  result 
is  both  nerve-racking  and,  in  the  end,  without  true  effectiveness. 
Where  everything  is  emphatic,  nothing  is;  where  simplicity  is 
an  outcast,  subtlety  loses  its  edge;  a  tension  that  never  relaxes 
gives  an  impression  of  terror  rather  than  of  power.  Where 
breakfast  ends  with  "coffee  that  cuts  mental  mists,"  what 
heightening  of  speech  will  be  adequate  for  love  or  hate  or  death? 
No,  this  cultivation  of  a  special  and  esoteric  way  of  seeing  and 
recording  things  is  a  clever  man's  substitute  for  the  creative 
energy  he  would  himself  like  to  possess  and  see  the  literature 
of  his  country  display.  Without  sharing  many  of  Mr.  Frank's 
views,  we  have  a  very  vivid  sympathy  for  his  situation.  His 
is  an  essentially  critical  mind.  Like  so  many  American  minds 
it  is  rootless.  It  tries  to  deposit  a  cultural  and  creative  soil 
for  its  own  health  and  nurture.  Its  dilemma  is  really  a  tragic 
one.     But  the  thing,  obviously,  cannot  be  done. 

Who  are  these  New  Yorkers  in  "The  Dark  Mother"  into 
whose  circles  David  Markand  and  Tom  Rennard  are  drawn? 
They  are  themselves  accidental,  unrelated  to  any  permanency, 
hopelessly  deracines.    Modern  life,  Mr.  Frank  may  urge,  makes 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


481 


against  the  permanent  and  the  home-rooted.  But  there  is  such 
a  thing  as  inner  stability  and  a  spiritual  alliance  with  large 
and  vital  forces.  There  are  other  homes  than  houses.  But 
these  people  are  indescribably  vague  and  dreary;  they  are 
strangers  by  their  own  hearths  and  in  their  own  breasts, 
strangers,  moreover,  who,  unlike  their  creator,  do  not  long  for 
home.  If  Mr.  Frank  had  desired  to  add  to  our  understanding 
of  American  life  by  describing  these  paltry  creatures,  he  should 
have  stood  above  them  with  irony  not,  if  he  pleased,  unrelieved 
by  compassion,  in  his  mind.  But  he  accepts  and  magnifies  them. 
Once  only  does  he  show  some  glimpse  of  the  real  nature  of  their 
case  when  he  lets  Tom  Rennard  say  to  his  sister:  "We  are 
neither  the  old  nor  the  new.  I  sometimes  think  we  are  nothing. 
We  are  not  happy.  We  are  not  strong.  We  have  no  gods  at 
all."  A  great  novel  might  have  been  written  on  that  theme. 
But  Mr.  Frank  has  not  even  attempted  that  task.  The  real  and 
creative  motive  of  his  book  seems  to  have  come  to  him  as  an 
afterthought  when  most  of  it  had  been  written.  Yet  that  mo- 
tive is  at  the  center  of  his  own  failure  in  power.  He  is  him- 
self neither  the  old  nor  the  new,  neither  happy  nor  strong. 
He  tried  to  make  him  some  gods  in  "Our  America,"  but  they 
are  only  manikins  in  mask  and  buskin.  He  must  seek  gods, 
not  try  to  create  them  in  his  own  image. 

Let  him  observe  Upton  Sinclair.  Mr.  Sinclair  does  not  need 
to  go  about  in  studios  and  drawing-rooms  seeking  idols  for  his 
worship.     He  has  "great  allies."     His 

friends  are  exultations,  agonies 
And  love,  and  man's  unconquerable  mind. 
Mr.  Frank  may  be  a  little  disdainful  of  our  using  those  strong, 
immortal  words  in  connection  with  Upton  Sinclair  and  his 
rudely  named  narrative  published  by  himself  at  Pasadena.  They 
happen  to  fit  the  case.  Mr.  Sinclair  has  no  graces  and  no  fine 
gestures;  he  is  too  busy  to  search  for  new  modes  of  expression 
or  a  new  narrative  technique.  Sometimes,  in  the  matter  of 
mere  words,  he  writes  thickly  and  shabbily.  But  he  has  aban- 
doned the  Zolaist  symbolism  and  declamation  of  his  earlier 
books  and  has  chosen  an  intellectual  and  artistic  method  which 
is  none  other  than  that  of  Swift.  Throughout  the  long  story 
of  Peter  Gudge,  red-blooded,  one-hundred-per  cent  American, 
Mr.  Sinclair  is  studiously  dry  and  calm.  He  permits  himself 
no  outcry,  no  passion,  no  invective,  no  over-emphatic  word. 
The  grim,  quiet,  unhurrying  irony  marches  steadfastly  on.  It 
has  no  need  of  haste  or  rhetoric.  For  Mr.  Sinclair  has  gods 
and  a  great  subject  burning,  literally  burning,  out  his  heart. 
And  so  it  comes  about  that  this  pedestrian  mass  of  graceless 
prose  achieves — in  the  most  fundamental  sense — literary  values 
that  young  intellectuals  seeking  cultural  modes  for  our  Ameri- 
can life  can  never  reach. 

Mr.  Sinclair  tells  the  story  of  Peter  Gudge,  who  becomes,  in- 
voluntarily enough,  a  spy  and  an  agent  provocateur.  He  is 
perfectly  fair  to  Gudge  and  to  the  accesses  of  sincere  patriotic 
sentimentality  that  persuaded  the  fellow's  weak  mind  to  every 
treachery  and  every  infamy.  Through  Gudge's  career  Mr.  Sin- 
clair tells  us  more  concretely  and  therefore  more  creatively  than 
anyone  else  has  done,  how  the  Mooney  Case  was  framed  up; 
how  Big  Business,  under  cover  of  the  Department  of  Justice, 
pursued  the  Reds  during  and  after  the  war;  how  men  and 
women  were  betrayed  and  beaten  and  killed  for  their  opinions; 
and  how,  in  the  name  of  privilege  tricked  out  as  patriotism, 
our  country  has  become  darkened  and  shamed  by  wrongs  that 
have  no  parallel  except  in  the  Spain  of  the  Inquisition  and  the 
Russia  of  the  Czars.  At  the  end  of  the  story,  which  is  authenti- 
cated in  every  detail  not  only  by  Mr.  Sinclair's  appendix  but 
from  a  thousand  other  sources,  all  that  one  has  of  honor  or 
humanity  is  justly  set  on  fire.  The  book  will  not,  of  course, 
be  reviewed  or  advertised  in  the  press  controlled  by  Big  Busi- 
ness. Hence  it  is  the  more  necessary  to  repeat  that  it  is  a 
literary  achievement  of  high  and  solid  worth  and  that  it  illus- 
trates— especially  for  Mr.  Waldo  Frank  and  his  friends — that 
literature  is  born  when  passion  compels  speech  and  the  gods 
who  are  within  will  not  be  denied  their  resistless  utterance. 


A  New  Miscellany 


A  Miscellany  of  American  Poetry,  1920.    Harcourt,  Brace  and 
Howe. 

I  F  this  volume,  anonymously  edited  and  ordered,  makes  no 
*■  claim  that  it  offers  the  best  recent  work  of  only  or  all  the 
representative  American  poets,  it  must  at  least  be  said  to  con- 
tain some  reasonably  representative  poems  by  those  eleven  "in- 
dependent personalities"  who  separately  consented  to  appear 
here  in  what  the  publishers  call  a  first  "biennial  exhibition." 
Containing  whatever  it  does,  it  vindicates  with  unusual  ac- 
curacy the  critical  preferences  which  seem  to  prevail  just  now 
and  so  embarrasses  the  reviewer  who  would  like  to  declare 
something  newer  than  that  John  Gould  Fletcher,  Robert  Frost, 
Vachel  Lindsay,  Amy  Lowell,  Edwin  Arlington  Robinson,  and 
Carl  Sandburg  are  better  than  other  poets  today — better,  for 
instance,  to  take  up  the  "Miscellany"  itself,  than  Conrad  Aiken, 
James  Oppenheim,  Jean  Starr  Untermeyer,  Louis  Untermeyer, 
and  Sara  Teasdale,  the  last  at  any  rate  as  she  is  found  here, 
in  less  than  her  true  form. 

Mr.  Fletcher  and  Miss  Lowell,  by  this  evidence  if  no  other, 
continue  to  lead  such  poets  as  confine  themselves  to  rich  and 
rare  appearances,  and,  loving  words  mostly  for  their  color  or 
their  shape,  write  for  other  poets.  Mr.  Fletcher,  in  Noon,  The 
Stone  Place,  Sunset,  and  Exit,  carves  four  of  the  most  solid 
landscapes  that  purely  literary  hands  are  likely  to  achieve  for 
a  time.  The  earth  he  looks  down  upon  is  granite  and  marble, 
pale  brown  and  gray,  with  occasional  lines  of  scarlet  cliff  or 
creamy  strand.  Miss  Lowell,  on  every  page  her  customary 
vigorous  self,  distributes  epithets  with  brisk  and  admirable 
precision,  particularly  in  New  Heavens  for  Old,  an  allegory  of 
the  quiet  life  no  less  vivid,  but  of  course  infinitely  less  resigned, 
than  George  Herbert's  The  Collar. 

My  fellows  call  to  me  to  join  them, 

They  shout  for  me, 

Passing  the  house  in  a  great  wind  of  vermilion  banners.     .     .     . 

They  roar  down  the  street  like  flame, 

They  explode  upon  the  dead  houses  like  new,  sharp  fire. 

But  I— 

I  arrange  three  roses  in  a  Chinese  vase: 

A  pink  one, 

A  red  one, 

A  yellow  one. 

I  fuss  over  their  arrangement. 

Then  I  sit  in  a  South  window 

And  sip  pale  wine  with  a  touch  of  hemlock  in  it, 

And  think  of  the  winter  nights, 

And  field-mice  crossing  and  re-crossing 

The  spot  which  will  be  my  grave. 

Mr.  Lindsay,  Mr.  Sandburg,  Mr.  Frost,  and  Mr.  Robinson 
reap  richer  rewards  only  because  they  work  in  deeper  material. 
Mr.  Lindsay's  sympathies  cavort  with  their  old  agility  between 
the  corners  of  the  world,  from  Carmi,  Illinois,  to  the  moon,  and 
from  a  golden-haired  girl  in  Louisiana  to  the  horses  of  the  sea. 
Mr.  Sandburg's  loyalties  and  angers  are  fierce  as  few  things 
are  in  poetry  or  in  life;  they  shoot  like  bolts  into  sockets,  with- 
out hesitation,  without  restraint,  without  any  undue  fear  of 
noise.  Perhaps  no  poem  in  the  volume  is  as  profound  as  The 
Runaway,  by  Mr.  Frost,  wherein  behind  an  absolutely  lifelike 
surface  lie  spaces  only  half  seen  through,  spaces  dim  with  the 
mystery  of  familiar  fact,  spaces  hooded  with  the  falling  white 
silence  of  a  poet's  puzzled,  affectionate  thought. 

Once  when  the  snow  of  the  year  was  beginning  to  fall, 
We  stopped  by  a  mountain  pasture  to  say  "Whose  colt?" 
A  little  Morgan  had  one  forefoot  on  the  wall, 
The  other  curled  at  his  breast.     He  dipped  his  head 
And  snorted  to  us.     And  then  he  had  to  bolt. 
We  heard  the  miniature  thunder  where  he  fled 


482 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


And  we  saw  him  or  thought  we  saw  him  dim  and  gray, 
Like  a  shadow  against  the  curtain  of  falling  flakes. 
"I  think  the  little  fellow's  afraid  of  the  snow, 
He  isn't  winter-broken.     It  isn't  play 
With  the  little  fellow  at  all.     He's  running  away. 
I  doubt  if  ever  his  mother  could  tell  him  'Sakes, 
It's  only  weather':    He'd  think  she  didn't  know. 
Where  is  his  mother?    He  can't  be  out  alone." 
And  now  he  comes  again  with  a  clatter  of  stone 
And  mounts  the  wall  again  with  whited  eyes 
And  all  his  tail  that  isn't  hair  up  straight. 
He  shudders  his  coat  as  if  to  throw  off  flies. 
"Whoever  it  is  that  leaves  him  out  so  late, 
When  other  creatures  have  gone  to  stall  and  bin, 
Ought  to  be  told  to  come  and  take  him  in." 
Thought  is  provoked  here,  rather  than  expressed,  as  thought 
is  provoked  by  anything  that  really  and  quietly  happens  in  the 
world.     Mr.  Frost  says  nothing  about  life,  but  he  has  a  sense 
of  it  which  he  can  communicate.     The  earth  is  not  empty  while 
he  speaks;  it  is  filling  with  all  the  mountain  pastures  that  one 
had  forgotten  existed,  with  all  the  sounds  and  sights  that  never 
are  heard  or  seen. 


Books  in  Brief 

THE  Book  of  Genesis  has  been  interpreted  in  countless  ways 
both  by  Jewish  and  non-Jewish  authors.  But,  according  to 
Professor  Julian  Morgenstern  in  "The  Book  of  Genesis.  A  Jew- 
ish Interpretation"  (Department  of  Synagogue  and  School  Ex- 
tension), "the  Jewish  interpreters  have  confounded  Biblical 
myths,  legends,  and  traditions  with  what  they  have  mistakenly 
called  Biblical  history."  On  the  other  hand  the  work  of  the  non- 
Jewish  scholars  has  been  almost  entirely  analytic  in  character. 


"They  have  picked  Genesis,  and  the  entire  Bible  in  fact,  to 
pieces.  They  have  resolved  it  into  its  component  sources,  and 
have  determined  with  quite  reliable  accuracy  when  and  under 
what  conditions  these  were  written.  .  .  .  But  singularly 
enough  they  have  failed  almost  completely  to  determine  the  ends 
for  which  these  sources  were  combined,  and  the  thoughts  and 
aims  which  animated  the  editors.  .  .  .  Therefore  they  have 
failed  to  realize,  except  in  the  most  superficial  manner,  that  the 
Bible,  and  particularly  the  Torah,  is  entirely  a  Jewish  work, 
written  by  Jewish  authors,  and  edited  by  Jewish  thinkers,  the 
product  of  Jewish  religious  genius,  and  a  unit  of  Jewish  religious 
thought  and  doctrine,  and  that  it  must  be  animated  throughout 
by  some  deep  Jewish  purpose,  and  can,  in  the  final  analysis,  be 
correctly  understood  only  when  interpreted  from  a  positive  Jew- 
ish standpoint."  To  fill  this  gap  is  the  purpose  of  Professor 
Morgenstern's  own  book.  While  accepting  the  most  advanced 
results  of  Biblical  criticism,  the  author  tries  to  bring  out  the 
truths  which  were  meant  to  be  conveyed  by  those  who  gave  the 
Bible  its  final  shape  and  are  still  of  value  to  modern  man.  Thus, 
the  first  chapters  of  Genesis,  while  consisting  of  myths  and  folk- 
tales similar  in  many  details  to  those  of  other  primitive  peoples 
and  in  some  respects  borrowed  from  non-Israelite  sources,  "yet 
breathe  throughout  the  spirit  of  the  one  living  God,  the  Creator 
of  the  university  and  of  life,  who  looks  out  upon  what  he  has 
made  and  finds  it  very  good."  The  story  of  Eden  is  here  con- 
ceived as  the  attempt  of  a  nomadic  people  to  explain  why  man 
is  compelled  to  work.  The  account  of  Jacob,  which  is  regarded 
as  a  compilation  of  various  Jacob  legends,  is  interpreted  to  con- 
vey Jacob's  objectionable  character  and  his  ultimate  repentance 
and  change  of  mind. 

rPHROUGH  the  exploits  of  their  soldiers  in  Siberia  and  the 

*■     standing  which  their  country  has  gained  among  the  nations 

of   Europe,   Bohemians   have  in  recent  years   acquired   a   new 


ALFRED  '  A '  KNOPF 
MOON-CALF 


220  W.  42,  Street,  NEW  YORK 

l^«^ll^*^ll(£«^IIe£«2allBk>2allBt«2alliv*.dll^^0ll^*^ll^*.<al 
By  Floyd  Dell    Author  of  "Were  You  Ever  a  Child?" 


"IV/r  OON-CALF  is  by  far  the  most  distinguished  and  most  significant  first  novel  by 

an  American  that  has  ever  been  offered  me  for  publication.  It  will,     /!U/<jus(^L/^u>^L 
I  believe,  command  wide  attention  and  universal  respect.    $2.50.  "  D\ 


LETTERS  OF  A  JAVANESE   PRINCESS 

By  Raddl  Adjetlg  Kartilli        With  an  Introduction  by  Lonis  Couperus 

This  remarkable  autobiography  of  the  first 
feminist  of  the  Orient  should  be  studied  by 
everybody  who  is  interested  in  education  for 
women  anywhere,  in  the  political  situation  in 
the  East  Indies,  and  in  oriental  literature. 
Couperus  says  in  his  introduction :  "The  soul 
of  this  girl  was  one  with  the  soul  of  her  peo- 
ple ;  Holland  may  well  be  grateful  to  the  hand 
that  revealed  it."    $4.00. 


YOUTH    AND    THE   BRIGHT    MEDUSA 

By  Willa  Cather 


PSYCHOANALYSIS 
AND  BEHAVIOR 

By  Andre  Tridon 


Max  Beerbohm's 

SEVEN  MEN 

("The  best  of  his  books."— J.  C. 
Squire   in    The   New   Statesman) 


is  ready 


Author  of  "Psychoanalysis" 

One  of  the  most  important  features  of  Mr. 
Tridon's  newest  book  is  the  summary  and  dis- 
cussion of  the  four  schools  of  psychoanalysis — those  of  Freud, 
Jung,  Kempf  and  Adler.  This  book  duplicates  none  of  the  ma- 
terial in  Mr.  Tridon's  earlier  book  but  discusses  mainly  (from 
the  standpoint  of  a  successful  practitioner)  the  relations  of  the 
science  to  every-day  life.    $2.50. 


The  first  American  edition  (lim- 
ited to  two  thousand  numbered 
copies)  contains  an  Appendix  and 
six  original  illustrations  by  Max 
never  before  published.     $4.00. 


Author  of  "My  Anton  ia,"  etc. 

Eight  distinguished  stories.  "Her  vision  has 
come  to  be  one  of  an  intense  and  naked  clear- 
ness and  she  herself  one  of  our  few  thoroughly 
serious  artists.  The  book  is  more  than  a  ran- 
dom collection  of  excellent  tales.  It  constitutes 
as  a  whole  one  of  the  truest  as  well  as,  in  a 
sober  and  earnest  sense,  one  of  the  most  poeti- 
cal interpretations  of  American  life  that  we 
possess." — The  Nation.    $2.25. 


THE  FORERUNNER 

By  Kahlil  Gibran        %^t^°i£$%2r 

"An  imagination  which  goes  to  the  mountains 
and  elements  for  strength." — The  Dial.  With 
five  original  drawings  by  the  author.    $1.50. 


SONGS  FOR  THE  NEW  AGE 

By  Jame8  Oppenheim  Author  of  "The  Book  of  Self 

A  new  edition  of  Mr.  Oppenheim's  first  work  which  brought  him 
recognition.  "A  milestone  in  our  poetic  progress." — Boston 
Transcript.     $2.00. 


^^%%gfg^^i5SHgsnggJ^ 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


483 


dignity  in  the  minds  of  Americans.  To  take  advantage  of  the 
prevailing  mood  of  appreciation,  Mr.  Thomas  Capek  has  writ- 
ten "The  Czechs  in  America"  (Houghton  Mifflin).  The  work  is 
in  the  nature  of  a  compilation,  bringing  together  the  available 
facts  in  an  evidently  painstaking  and  accurate  manner.  The 
history  of  the  Bohemians  in  this  country  is  not  an  eventful  one, 
and  their  contribution  to  American  life  not  brilliant,  though  in 
every  way  respectable  and  creditable.  They  began  arriving  in 
large  numbers  simultaneously  with  an  important  stratum  of 
German  immigration,  after  the  revolution  of  '48.  The  sub- 
stantial quality  of  the  immigrants  may  be  inferred  from  the 
two  records  which  they  made  at  Ellis  Island:  Mr.  Capek  points 
out  that  they  stand  lowest  in  the  percentage  of  illiteracy  and 
highest  in  the  percentage  of  skilled  labor.  They  spread  freely 
over  the  farming  areas  of  the  Middle  West,  and  agriculture 
became  their  chief  occupation.  In  the  cities  they  were  general 
laborers  and  tailors,  the  second  generation  also  contributing  its 
quota  of  clerks,  salesmen,  and  mechanics.  While  they  enjoy 
their  share  of  the  country's  prosperity,  they  are  conspicuously 
absent  from  the  ranks  of  big  business.  As  might  be  expected, 
they  have  poured  into  the  general  current  men  of  public  affairs, 
professional  men,  and  scientists,  though  but  few  of  national  dis- 
tinction. They  have  also  had  their  own  intellectual  movements, 
fed  from  European  sources,  their  waves  of  rationalism  in  re- 
ligion and  of  radicalism  and  socialism  in  politics.  In  their  cul- 
tural habits  and  ideas  they  have  been  closely  akin  to  the  Ger- 
mans, with  whom  they  have  frequently  intermarried  in  this 
country.  This  is  not  to  say  that  they  have  merged  their  na- 
tional loyalty.  They  have  tenaciously  adhered  to  their  native 
grouping  and,  like  all  the  ether  strains  in  our  population,  have 
piously  preserved  the  ties  which  bound  them  to  the  land  of 
their  origin.  They  have  organized  their  own  fraternal  orders, 
supported  newspapers  in  the  parent  language,  and  maintained 
schools  for  teaching  that  language  to  their  children.  Their  de- 
votion culminated  in  a  liberal  and  enthusiastic  response  to  the 
appeal  of  Professor  Masaryk  for  aid  in  obtaining  Bohemian  in- 
dependence. Of  their  showing  on  this  occasion  they  are  justly 
proud,  and  no  patriotic  American  has  seen  fit  to  reproach  them 
for  it.  It  would  seem,  after  all,  that  it  is  not  the  hyphen  that 
is  objectionable  so  much  as  the  thing  hyphenated. 


Drama 

The  Real  Thing 

rpHE  Neighborhood  Playhouse  is  opening  its  first  season  as 
*  a  regular  repertory  theater.  Performances  will  be  given 
six  nights  a  week;  the  actors  are  professionals;  the  maximum 
price  of  the  ticket  has  been  kept  at  one  dollar.  The  directors, 
consciously  or  not,  are  testing  the  theatrical  temper  of  New 
York.  For  if  any  competent  critic  had  been  asked  to  name  the 
conditions  of  such  a  test,  he  would  have  replied  without  hesi- 
tation: first-rate  plays  adequately  presented  at  a  very  moderate 
entrance  fee.  The  fact  that  the  Playhouse  is  on  Grand  Street 
makes  the  test  no  less  fair,  though  a  little  more  searching. 
A  slothful  impulse  will  have  to  be  overcome. 

Galsworthy  wrote  "The  Mob"  in  1913.  It  grew  out  of  his 
memories  of  the  Boer  War,  and  it  was  his  intention  to  state 
dramatically  the  case  for  a  parliamentarian  who  opposes  his 
country's  wrong-doing  and  suffers  martyrdom  at  the  hands  of 
the  populace.  Now  Galsworthy's  intellectual  courage  was,  even 
in  those  days,  gallant  and  clean.  But  his  moral  courage  was 
impaired  by  a  touch  of  sentiment  and  a  fear  of  impropriety. 
The  consequence  is  that  he  sacrificed  a  great  deal  to  an  artificial 
lucidity  and  balance  which  give  the  play  a  structure  as  cal- 
culatedly  geometrical  as  Hervieu's  own.  His  protagonist,  hav- 
ing thought  thus  far,  could  not  but  have  thought  a  good  deal 
farther.  But  in  1913  Galsworthy  was,  evidently,  quite  as  afraid 
of  making  Stephen  More  a  "crank"  as  More's  wife  was  of  hav- 
ing him  called  one.    Ibsen,  dour  old  soul  that  he  was,  saw  deeper 


and  more  intensely.  Dr.  Stockmann  is  indeed  something  of  a 
crank.  What  does  it  matter?  What  have  these  vain  fashions 
of  the  world  to  do  with  everlasting  issues?  Galsworthy  stops 
just  short  of  that  perception  and  so  he  stops  where  greatness 
begins.  He  would  write  an  exquisite  panegyric  of  Socrates. 
He  would  not  dine  with  the  old  man.     There  are  table  manners ! 

Another  and  an  external  circumstance  tends  to  diminish  the 
original  force  of  the  play.  The  World  War  has  taught  us  the 
insufficiency  of  its  vision  and  its  protest,  the  thinness  of  its 
voice.  Either  the  predatory  imperialisms  are  curbed  or  man- 
kind goes  under.  It  is  they  who  sting  the  mob  to  madness. 
From  the  grimy  confusions  of  the  oppressed  and  deceived  Gals- 
worthy would  today,  one  hopes,  turn  to  sinister  and  immaculate 
old  men  in  foreign  offices  and  banks.  When  these  two  deduc- 
tions have  been  duly  made,  "The  Mob"  remains  a  noble  work 
of  art  and  its  production  a  service  of  the  highest  order  to  our 
theater. 

That  production  has  moments  of  excess  in  its  emotional  ex- 
pression. The  interpretation  of  the  leading  part  is  spasmodic 
where  all  should  have  been  impassioned  firmness.  But  there 
are  also  not  a  few  moments  of  beauty  both  to  the  mind  and  to 
the  eye.  And  ripeness  and  more  inner  harmony  will  doubtless 
come  as  time  goes  on.  The  directing,  especially  in  the  mob 
scenes,  leaves  no  room  for  criticism.  But  in  all  these  matters 
the  true  friend  of  our  theater  will  let  a  too  tender  sensitive- 
ness stay  at  home.  A  good  production  of  "The  Mob"  enriches 
and  clarifies  us;  a  superb  production  of  "Call  the  Doctor"  adds 
to  our  poverty  and  our  confusion. 

The  Theater  Guild  begins  its  season  with  David  Pinski's 
"The  Treasure."  The  play  has  been  before  the  public  in  book- 
form  for  some  years  and  is  tolerably  well  known.  It  is  a 
somber  comedy  of  life  in  a  Jewish  village  of  the  old  Russian 
pale  and  deals  in  a  fashion  that  is  at  once  concrete  and  sym- 
bolical with  man's  lust  for  gold  and  for  possessions  as  instru- 
ments of  both  distinction  and  liberation.  The  production  is, 
on  its  own  theory,  of  unexceptionable  excellence.  But  the 
theory  is  a  mistaken  one.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  play  has 
universal  values,  though  the  expression  of  those  values  suffers 
cruelly  through  the  omission  of  the  epilogue.  But  because  it 
has  universal  values,  it  occurred  to  the  producers  to  file  down 
the  concreteness  of  its  folk  characteristics  and  to  emphasize 
the  universal  at  the  expense  of  the  particular.  But  that  is 
precisely  what  the  nature  of  art  forbids.  Not  too  often  nor 
too  insistently  can  a  certain  saying  of  Goethe's  be  quoted:  "All 
that  happens  is  a  symbol  and,  by  representing  itself  perfectly, 
it  reveals  the  significance  of  all  else."  The  particular  contains 
the  universal;  man  is  most  broadly  human  when  he  is  most 
highly  individual.  In  proportion  as  these  Jewish  villagers  are 
utterly  themselves  will  they  instruct  us  concerning  the  nature 
of  all  men. 

In  the  actual  production  the  theory  of  stressing  the  universal 
alone  could  not,  of  course,  be  faultlessly  carried  out  even  on 
its  own  ground.  Miss  Celia  Adler,  whose  art  is  much  more 
admirable  in  English  than  in  Yiddish  because  it  is  far  more 
disciplined  from  within,  could  not  help  giving  a  thoroughly 
authentic  interpretation  of  the  girl  Tille.  Mr.  Dudley  Digges, 
persuaded  by  his  innate  sense  of  the  preciousness  of  the  homely 
truth,  is  admirably  and  unexpectedly  Jewish  in  speech  and 
gesture.  The  others,  among  whom  are  such  gifted  players  as 
Edgar  Stehli,  Helen  Westley,  Henry  Travers,  and  Erskine  San- 
ford,  are  neither  Jew  nor  Gentile.  They  are  neither  concrete 
nor  symbolical,  because  only  the  sharply  concrete  can  be  the 
broadly  symbolical.  Hence  the  character  of  "The  Treasure"  as 
a  Jewish  folk-play  is  deliberately  blurred  for  the  sake  of  those 
universal  implications  which  that  very  blurring  obliterates. 
Yet  it  must  be  clear  from  these  very  considerations  that  even 
the  Guild's  errors  are  on  a  plane  of  artistic  perception  and 
creative  intelligence  that  renders  its  productions  unique  and 
uniquely  valuable.  The  modern  art  of  the  theater  still  keeps 
its  abiding-place  among  us  on  the  stage  of  the  Garrick. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


International  Relations  Section 


The  Constitution  of  Fiume 

THE  Constitution  of  the  free  State  of  Fiume,  dated 
August  27,  1920,  was  written  by  Gabriele  d'Annunzio, 
Regent  and  Director  of  Foreign  Affairs.  The  following 
translation  was  made  by  the  courtesy  of  Mr.  Whitney  War- 
ren, official  representative  in  the  United  States  of  Com- 
mander d'Annunzio  and  the  National  Council  of  Fiume. 

The  Perpetual  Will  of  the  People 

Fiume,  for  centuries  a  free  Italian  commune,  by  the  unani- 
mous vote  of  her  citizens  and  through  the  lawful  voice  of  the 
National  Council,  openly  dedicated  herself  wholly  and  entirely 
to  her  mother  country,  on  October  30,  1918.  Her  right  is  three- 
fold like  the  impenetrable  armor  of  Roman  myth. 

Fiume  is  the  guardian  out-post  of  the  Giulian  Alps;  it  is  the 
remote  fortress  of  Italian  culture;  it  is  the  last  bearer  of  the 
standard  of  Dante.  It  was  by  her  efforts  that,  throughout  the 
centuries,  through  vicissitude  after  vicissitude,  struggle  after 
struggle,  and  suffering  after  suffering,  the  Quarnero  of  Dante 
was  preserved  Italian.  Through  her  were  kindled  and  are  still 
kindled  the  spirit  of  Italian'  national  character  from  shore  to 
shore,  from  island  to  island,  from  Volosca  to  Laurana,  from 
Moschiena  to  Albona,  from  Veglia  to  Lussino,  from  Cherso  to 
Arbe.    This  is  her  historical  right. 

Fiume,  originally  the  old  Tarsatico  situated  at  the  southern 
extremity  of  the  Liburnian  Valley,  rises  and  stretches  over  the 
Giulian  Alps.  It  is  wholly  inclosed  within  that  circle  which 
tradition,  history,  and  science  attest  to  be  the  sacred  confine  of 
Italy.    This  is  her  terrestrial  right. 

Fiume,  firm  of  will,  heroic  in  her  endurance  of  pain,  insidious 
plotting,  and  violence  of  all  sorts,  has  for  the  past  two  years 
been  vindicating  her  right  to  choose  her  own  destiny  and  her 
own  task  by  virtue  of  that  principle  expressed  to  her  people  by 
one  of  her  own  unjust  adversaries.    This  is  her  human  right. 

Iniquity,  greed,  and  foreign  arrogance  dispute  her  three- 
fold right;  sorrowful  Italy  does  not  oppose  these,  but  leaves  her 
very  victory  to  go  unrecognized  and  to  be  of  no  avail.  For  this 
reason  the  people  of  the  free  city  of  Fiume,  ever  mindful  of 
their  Latin  destiny  and  intent  upon  the  fulfilment  of  their  lawful 
desire,  resolve  to  arrange  their  affairs  according  to  the  spirit  of 
their  new  life,  and  will  limit  the  privileges  to  that  territory 
which  under  the  title  of  "Corpus  Separatum"  was  assigned  to 
the  Hungarian  Crovn,  but  will  extend  these  privileges  in  a 
fraternal  spirit  to  those  Adriatic  communities  which  may  decide 
to  cease  delaying,  to  shake  off  their  oppressive  sadness,  and  to 
revolt  and  rise  again  in  the  name  of  the  new  Italy. 

And  so,  in  the  name  of  the  new  Italy,  the  people  of  Fiume, 
bound  together  by  justice  and  liberty,  solemnly  swear  to  fight 
with  all  their  might  to  the  bitter  end  to  preserve  against  any 
contestant  the  contiguity  of  their  land  to  the  mother  country, 
perpetual  champion  and  defender  of  the  Alpine  boundaries 
established  by  God  and  Rome. 

Fundamental  Principles 

1.  The  sovereign  people  of  Fiume,  availing  themselves  of 
their  unassailable  and  inviolable  sovereignty,  take  as  the  center 
of  their  free  state  the  "Corpus  Separatum"  with  all  its  railways 
and  its  entire  port.  But,  just  as  they  are  determined  to  preserve 
the  contiguity  of  their  land  to  the  mother  country  on  the  west, 
they  do  not  renounce  their  right  to  a  more  just  and  more  secure 
confine  on  the  east,  which  may  be  eventually  determined  by 
future  political  changes  and  by  agreements  made  with  rural  and 
maritime  communities  attracted  by  the  free  port  rights  and  by 
the  liberality  of  the  new  statutes. 

2.  The  Italian  Regency  of  Quarnero  consists  of  the  territory 
of  Fiume,  the  islands  of  ancient  Venetian  tradition  which  have 


voted  to  share  her  fortunes,  and  all  those  kindred  communities 
which  because  of  their  sincere  act  of  adherence  can  be  admitted 
according  to  the  spirit  of  an  appropriate  prudential  law. 

3.  The  Italian  Regency  of  Quarnero  is  a  government  purely 
of  the  people — res  populi — which  has  as  its  basis  the  power  of 
productive  labor,  and  for  its  plan  the  most  liberal  and  most 
varied  forms  of  autonomy  such  as  were  understood  and  prac- 
ticed during  the  four  glorious  centuries  of  our  communal  period. 

4.  The  Regency  recognizes  and  confirms  the  sovereignty  of 
all  its  citizens,  without  any  discrimination  as  to  sex,  race, 
language,  class,  or  religion.  But  it  amplifies  and  elevates  and 
sustains  above  every  other  the  right  of  the  producers;  it  abol- 
ishes or  reduces  the  excessive  monopoly  of  power;  it  divides  the 
powers  and  duties  so  that  through  harmonious  cooperation  com- 
munity life  may  become  more  vigorous  and  rich. 

5.  The  Regency  protects,  defends,  and  preserves  the  liberties 
and  rights  of  the  people;  it  insures  internal  order  through  dis- 
cipline and  justice;  it  seeks  to  instil  into  the  daily  life  a  sense 
of  that  virtuous  joy  which  ought  to  revive  the  spirits  of  a 
people  liberated  at  last  from  the  yoke  of  restraint  and  falsehood ; 
it  constantly  strives  to  elevate  the  dignity  and  increase  the  pros- 
perity of  all  its  citizens;  so  that  citizenship  will  come  to  be 
considered  by  the  foreigner  as  a  noble  title  and  the  highest 
honor,  as  was  the  case  under  the  Roman  law. 

6.  Under  the  new  law  all  citizens  of  the  state,  regardless  of 
sex,  are  and  consider  themselves  equal.  The  exercise  of  the 
rights  recognized  by  the  Constitution  cannot  be  lessened  or  sup- 
pressed in  any  case  except  by  public  judgment  and  solemn  con- 
demnation. 

7.  The  fundamental  liberties — freedom  of  thought  and  of  the 
press,  of  meeting  and  association — are  guaranteed  by  the  statutes 
to  all  citizens.  Any  religious  cult  is  permitted  and  respected, 
and  can  build  its  own  temple;  but  no  citizen  can  invoke  his 
beliefs  and  his  religious  rites  to  escape  performance  of  the  duties 
prescribed  by  the  existing  laws.  The  abuse  of  constitutional 
liberties,  when  it  tends  toward  an  illicit  end  and  disturbs  the 
equilibrium  of  the  community,  can  be  punished  by  laws  drawn 
up  for  this  purpose;  but  these  laws  must  in  no  way  impair  the 
principle  of  these  same  liberties. 

8.  The  statutes  guarantee  to  all  citizens  of  both  sexes: 
primary  instruction  in  light  and  healthful  schools;  physical 
training  in  open  and  well-equipped  gymnasiums;  labor  rewarded 
by  the  minimum  required  to  enable  one  to  live  comfortably; 
assistance  in  time  of  sickness,  infirmity,  and  involuntary  idle- 
ness; a  pension  for  old  age;  the  right  to  enjoy  wealth  lawfully 
acquired;  the  inviolability  of  the  home;  the  right  of  habeas 
corpus;  compensation  for  damages  in  case  of  judicial  error  or 
abuse  of  power. 

9.  The  state  does  not  recognize  ownership  as  the  absolute 
dominion  of  the  person  over  the  thing,  but  it  considers  it  the 
most  useful  of  social  functions.  No  property  can  be  reserved 
exclusively  by  a  person  as  if  it  were  a  very  part  of  him;  nor  is 
it  lawful  for  a  slothful  proprietor  to  allow  it  to  remain  idle  or 
to  dispose  of  it  unwisely,  to  the  exclusion  of  others. 

The  sole  lawful  claim  to  dominion  over  any  means  of  produc- 
tion and  exchange  is  labor.  Labor  alone  is  master  of  the  thing 
made  most  advantageous  and  most  profitable  to  general  economy. 

10.  The  port,  station,  and  railroads  included  in  the  territory 
of  Fiume  are  the  perpetual,  incontestable,  and  inalienable  prop- 
erty of  the  state.  By  a  statute  of  the  free  port,  ample  and  free 
carrying  of  commerce,  industry,  and  navigation  is  granted  to  all 
strangers  as  well  as  inhabitants,  with  equality  of  treatment  to 
all,  and  the  same  immunity  from  exorbitant  duties,  and  safety 
of  persons  and  things  is  guaranteed. 

11.  A  national  Bank  of  Quarnero,  under  the  supervision  of 
the  Regency,  is  intrusted  with  the  task  of  issuing  paper  money 
and  of  carrying  out  all  other  credit  transactions.  A  special  law 
will  determine  the  methods  and  rules,  setting  forth  at  the  same 
time  the  rights,  obligations,  and  burdens  of  the  banks  already 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


485 


operating  in  the  territory,   and  those  about  to  be  established 
there. 

12.  All  citizens  of  both  sexes  have  the  full  privilege  of  choos- 
ing and  carrying  on  any  industry,  profession,  art,  or  trade. 

Industries  undertaken  or  fostered  by  foreign  money  and  every 
enterprise  permitted  to  strangers  will  be  guided  by  a  liberal  law. 

13.  Three  types  of  spirits  and  forces  contribute  to  the  found- 
ing, progress,  and  growth  of  the  community:  citizens,  corpora- 
tions, communes. 

14.  Three  religious  beliefs  are  exalted  above  all  others  in  the 
united  communes: 

Life  is  beautiful  and  worthy  to  be  lived  earnestly  and  mag- 
nificently by  the  man  re-created  by  liberty; 

The  re-created  man  is  he  who  every  day  discovers  some  virtue 
for  his  own  needs,  and  who  every  day  has  a  new  gift  to  offer  to 
his  brothers; 

Labor,  even  the  most  humble  and  the  most  obscure,  if  it  is 
well  done,  tends  to  beautify  and  embellish  the  world. 

Citizens 

15.  The  following  have  the  rank  and  title  of  citizens  in  the 
Regency:  all  citizens  actually  enrolled  in  the  free  city  of  Fiume; 
all  citizens  belonging  to  other  communities  who  request  admit- 
tance to  the  new  state  and  whose  request  is  granted;  all  those 
who  by  public  decree  of  the  people  are  invested  with  the  rights 
of  citizenship;  all  those  who,  requesting  legal  citizenship,  have 
obtained  it  by  decree. 

16.  The  citizens  of  the  Regency  are  invested  with  all  civil 
and  political  rights  upon  reaching  the  age  of  twenty-one. 
Regardless  of  sex,  they  become  lawful  voters  and  are  eligible  to 
hold  any  office. 

17.  The  following  citizens  will  be  deprived  of  political  rights : 
those  accused  of  infamy;  those  who  rebel  against  military  ser- 
vice in  defense  of  the  territory;  those  whose  taxes  are  in  arrears; 
incorrigible  parasites  who  are  a  burden  to  the  community, 
unless  physically  unable  to  work  owing  to  illness  or  old  age. 

Corporations 

18.  The  state  is  the  common  will  and  the  common  aim  of  the 
people  for  an  ever  higher  material  and  spiritual  vigor;  only 
constant  producers  of  the  common  wealth  and  constant  creators 
of  the  common  power  are  the  real  citizens  of  the  republic,  and 
constitute  with  it  a  single  operating  substance,  a  single  ascend- 
ing fullness.  Whatever  the  kind  of  work  contributed,  whether 
manual  or  intellectual,  in  industry  or  art,  in  planning  or  doing, 
all  are  obliged  to  be  enrolled  in  one  of  the  ten  existing  Corpora- 
tions which  reflect  in  their  organization  the  spirit  of  the  Com- 
mune, but  are  free  in  the  manifestations  of  their  energy  and 
freely  determine  the  mutual  obligations  and  rewards. 

19.  In  the  first  Corporation  are  enrolled  the  salaried  work- 
men in  industry,  agriculture,  commerce,  and  transportation; 
and  the  artisans  and  small  landed  proprietors  who  perform 
their  own  rural  tasks  or  who  have  a  few  casual  helpers. 

The  second  Corporation  comprises  the  technical  and  executive 
staff  of  every  private  industrial  and  rural  establishment,  exclud- 
ing the  proprietors  themselves. 

In  the  third  are  enrolled  all  those  attached  to  commercial 
establishments,  who  are  not  strictly  workmen;  and  in  this  too 
joint  proprietors  are  excluded. 

The  fourth  Corporation  unites  the  promoters  of  industry,  agri- 
culture, commerce,  and  transportation,  provided  they  are  not 
merely  proprietors  or  joint-proprietors,  but  according  to  the 
spirit  of  the  new  laws,  wise  leaders  seeking  to  further  the  inter- 
ests of  their  company. 

The  fifth  is  composed  of  all  public,  communal,  and  civil  em- 
ployees of  all  ranks. 

The  sixth  comprises  the  intellect  of  the  land:  the  young  stu- 
dent body  and  its  instructors ;  teachers  in  the  public  schools  and 
students  in  the  higher  institutions,  sculptors,  painters,  decora- 
tors, architects,  musicians,  and  all  those  who  carry  on  the  fine 
arts,  scenic  arts,  and  decorative  arts. 


In  the  seventh  are  enrolled  all  those  who  practice  professions 
of  their  own  choice  which  have  not  been  included  in  the  preced- 
ing classifications. 

The  eighth  is  composed  of  cooperative  societies  in  production, 
labor,  consumption,  whether  industrial  or  agricultural;  and  only 
the  executives  of  these  same  societies  can  be  represented. 

The  ninth  comprises  all  sea-faring  people. 

The  tenth  has  neither  art,  nor  number,  nor  title.  Its  coming 
is  expected  like  that  of  the  Tenth  Muse.  It  is  reserved  to  the 
mysterious  forces  of  the  people  in  toil  and  attainment.  It  is 
almost  a  votive  figure  consecrated  to  the  unknown  genius,  to  the 
apparition  of  the  new  man,  to  the  ideal  transfiguration  of  labor 
and  time,  to  the  complete  liberation  of  the  spirit  over  pain  and 
agony,  over  blood  and  sweat. 

It  is  represented,  in  the  civic  sanctuary,  by  a  burning  torch 
upon  which  is  inscribed  an  old  Tuscan  word  of  the  time  of  the 
Communes,  a  remarkable  allusion  to  a  spiritualized  form  of 
human  labor:  Fatica  Senza  Fat\ca  (Toil  without  Toil). 

20.  Every  Corporation  is  invested  with  the  rights  of  a  com- 
petent juridical  person  duly  recognized  by  the  state.  It  chooses 
its  own  consuls,  voices  its  desires  in  its  meetings,  makes  its  own 
conditions,  articles,  and  agreements,  rules  according  to  its  wis- 
dom and  experience,  provides  for  its  own  needs,  and  adds  to  its 
patrimony  by  exacting  from  its  members  a  sum  commensurate 
with  their  wages,  salary,  company  profits,  or  professional  gain. 
It  defends  its  own  class  at  all  times  and  seeks  to  increase  its 
dignity;  it  strives  to  perfect  the  technique  of  the  arts  and 
trades;  it  seeks  to  discipline  labor  by  modeling  it  after  patterns 
of  modern  beauty.  It  incorporates  small  workers  to  encourage 
them  and  to  spur  them  on  to  greater  efforts;  it  makes  mutual 
aid  a  sacred  obligation;  it  determines  provisions  to  be  made  for 
sick  or  infirm  coworkers.  It  chooses  its  own  standards,  its  em- 
blems, its  music,  its  songs,  and  its  prayers;  it  introduces  its  own 
ceremonies  and  rites;  it  contributes  generously  to  the  common 
festivities  and  anniversaries,  and  to  sports  on  land  and  sea.  It 
reveres  its  dead,  respects  its  elders,  and  honors  its  heroes. 

21.  The  relations  between  the  Regency  and  the  Corporations, 
and  between  the  various  Corporations,  are  regulated  according 
to  the  same  plan  outlined  by  the  statutes  in  regulating  the 
dependency  between  the  central  powers  of  the  Regency  and 
the  Communes,  and  between  the  various  Communes.  The  mem- 
bers of  each  Corporation  constitute  a  free  electoral  body  eligible 
to  elect  representatives  to  the  Council  of  Provisors.  First  place 
in  public  ceremonies  is  reserved  for  the  Consuls  of  the  Corpora- 
tions and  their  staff. 

Communes 

22.  There  is  restored  to  the  Communes  the  ancient  "norma- 
tive power"  which  is  the  right  to  full  autonomy;  the  special 
right  to  make  their  own  laws  within  the  limits  prescribed  by 
universal  right.  They  exercise  in  themselves  and  for  them- 
selves all  the  powers  which  the  Constitution  does  not  grant  to 
the  legislative,  executive,  and  judicial  departments  of  the  Re- 
gency. 

23.  Every  Commune  has  the  privilege  of  creating  for  its  own 
use  a  body  of  municipal  laws,  evolved  in  various  ways  from  its 
own  customs  and  peculiar  character,  from  its  energy,  and  from 
the  new  conscience. 

But  every  Commune  must  request  the  approval  of  the  Regency 
for  the  statutes  proposed.  This  will  be  granted  when  the  statutes 
do  not  contain  anything  openly  or  covertly  violating  the  spirit 
of  the  Constitution;  or  when  these  statutes  are  approved, 
accepted,  and  voted  upon  by  the  people,  and  can  be  revised  or 
amended  at  will  by  a  free  majority  of  citizens. 

24.  The  right  of  the  Communes  is  recognized,  in  matters  of 
legislation  and  administration,  to  draw  up  agreements  among 
themselves,  arrange  terms,  and  make  treaties.  But  they  are 
obliged  to  submit  them  to  the  central  executive  power  for  con- 
sideration. If  the  power  decides  that  such  agreements,  terms, 
and  treaties  violate  the  spirit  of  the  Constitution,  they  are 
referred  to  the  Court  of  Reasons  for  its  decision,  from  which  no 


486 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


appeal  can  be  made.  If  this  court  declares  them  unconstitutional 
and  invalid,  the  executive  power  of  the  Regency  provides  for 
their  nullification. 

25.  When  the  internal  order  of  a  Commune  is  disturbed  by 
factions,  counter-factions,  plots,  or  any  other  form  of  violence 
or  intrigue,  or  when  the  integrity  and  dignity  of  a  Commune 
are  threatened  or  injured  by  another  prevaricating  Commune, 
the  executive  power  of  the  Regency  intervenes  as  mediator  or 
pacificator,  provided  either  that  the  communal  authorities 
mutually  agree  to  the  intervention,  or  the  intervention  is  re- 
quested by  one-third  of  the  citizens  exercising  political  rights  in 
that  place. 

26.  To  the  Communes  belong  the  special  duties  of  establish- 
ing a  primary  system  of  instruction  based  on  the  standards  set 
forth  by  the  scholastic  council  of  the  state;  of  nominating  com- 
munal judges;  of  instituting  and  maintaining  a  communal  police 
system;  of  levying  taxes,  and  of  negotiating  loans  within  the 
Regency  and  even  outside  the  Regency — the  latter  being  sanc- 
tioned by  the  Government  only  in  cases  of  manifest  need. 

Legislative  Power 

27.  The  legislative  power  is  exercised  by  two  bodies  chosen 
by  election:  the  Council  of  the  Best,  and  the  Council  of  the 
Provisors. 

28.  The  Council  of  the  Best  is  elected  according  to  the  meth- 
ods of  universal  suffrage,  directly  and  secretly,  by  all  citizens 
of  the  Regency  who  have  attained  their  twenty-first  year,  and 
who  are  fully  invested  with  political  rights. 

Every  voting  citizen  of  the  Regency  is  eligible  to  the  Council 
of  the  Best.  Members  of  the  Council  of  the  Best  hold  office  for 
three  years.  They  are  elected  on  the  basis  of  one  for  every 
thousand  electors;  but  in  any  case,  their  number  cannot  be  less 
than  thirty.  All  the  electors  form  a  single  electoral  body.  The 
election  is  carried  out  according  to  the  methods  of  universal  suf- 
frage and  proportional  representation. 

30.  The  Council  of  the  Best  has  executive  and  legislative 
power  in  dealing  with  the  penal  and  civil  code,  the  police, 
national  defense,  secondary  public  instruction,  the  arts,  and 
the  relationship  between  the  state  and  the  Communes.  The 
Council  of  the  Best  normally  assembles  once  a  year,  in  the 
month  of  October,  for  a  very  brief  session. 

31.  The  Council  of  Provisors  is  composed  of  sixty  electors, 
elected  by  a  secret,  universal  suffrage  and  governed  by  the  law 
of  proportional  representation. 

Ten  Provisors  are  elected  by  the  industrial  and  inland  work- 
men, ten  by  the  sea-faring  people,  ten  by  the  promoters  of  in- 
dustry, five  by  agricultural  and  industrial  technicians,  five  by 
executive  officers  of  private  concerns,  five  by  teachers  in  the 
public  schools,  students  in  the  higher  institutions,  and  others 
belonging  to  the  sixth  Corporation,  five  by  the  followers  of  lib- 
eral professions,  five  by  public  employees,  and  five  by  coopera- 
tive societies  of  production,  labor,  and  consumption. 

32.  The  members  of  the  Council  of  Provisors  hold  office  for 
two  years.  They  are  not  eligible  unless  they  belong  to  the  Cor- 
poration which  they  represent. 

33.  Normally  the  Council  of  Provisors  meets  twice  a  year,  in 
May  and  November,  and  employs  the  Laconian  method  of  debate. 
It  has  executive  and  legislative  power  in  dealing  with  the  com- 
mercial and  maritime  code,  labor  laws,  transportation,  public 
improvements,  commercial  treaties,  customs,  tariffs,  and  the 
like,  technical  and  professional  instruction,  industries  and  banks, 
arts  and  trades. 

34.  The  Council  of  the  Best  and  the  Council  of  Provisors 
meet  as  one  body  once  a  year,  at  the  beginning  of  December, 
forming  a  great  national  Council  under  the  title  of  "Arengo  del 
Carnaro."  The  Arengo  deals  with  and  passes  upon  relations 
with  other  states,  finance  and  treasury  matters,  higher  educa- 
tion, revision  of  the  Constitution,  the  extension  of  freedom. 

Executive  Power 

35.  The  executive  power  of  the  Republic  is  exercised  by  seven 


directors  elected  by  the  National  Assembly,  the  Council  of  the 
Best,  and  the  Council  of  Provisors.  The  Director  of  Foreign 
Affairs,  the  Director  of  Finance  and  the  Treasury,  and  the 
Director  of  Public  Instruction  are  elected  by  the  National  As- 
sembly. The  Director  of  the  Interior  and  Justice  and  the  Direc- 
tor of  National  Defense  are  elected  by  the  Council  of  the  Best. 
The  Council  of  Provisors  elects  the  Director  of  Public  Economy 
and  the  Director  of  Labor.  The  Director  of  Foreign  Affairs 
assumes  the  title  of  Prime  Director,  and  represents  the  Republic 
in  dealing  with  other  states  primus  inter  pares. 

36.  The  office  of  the  seven  Directors  is  permanent  and  con- 
tinuous. Its  function  is  to  deal  with  matters  which  do  not  come 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  present  Administration.  The 
Prime  Director  is  chairman  of  the  debate  and  has  a  decisive 
vote  in  case  of  a  tie.  The  Directors  are  elected  for  one  year,  and 
can  be  reelected  only  once,  but  after  an  interval  of  one  year 
they  can  be  renominated. 

Judicial  Power 

37.  The  following  have  a  voice  in  the  judicial  power:  the 
Good  Men,  labor  judges,  civil  judges,  criminal  judges,  the  Court 
of  Reasons. 

38.  The  Good  Men,  elected  through  popular  trust,  by  all  elec- 
tors of  the  various  Communes  in  proportion  to  their  number, 
pass  judgment  in  civil  and  commercial  controversies  involving 
an  amount  of  not  more  than  5,000  lire,  and  dispose  of  those 
cases  concerning  offenses  whose  maximum  penalty  is  one  year. 

39.  The  labor  judges  pass  judgment  upon  controversies  in- 
volving salaried  employees  and  employers,  and  between  wage- 
workers  and  employers.  They  constitute  colleges  of  judges 
nominated  by  the  Corporations  which  elect  the  Council  of  Pro- 
visors, in  the  following  proportion:  two  by  the  industrial  and 
inland  workers,  two  by  the  sea-faring  people,  two  by  the  pro- 
motors  of  industry,  one  by  the  industrial  and  agricultural  tech- 
nicians, one  by  the  members  of  the  liberal  professions,  one  by 
the  executive  attaches  of  private  organizations,  one  by  public 
employees,  one  by  the  teachers,  students  in  higher  institutions, 
and  other  members  of  the  sixth  Corporation,  and  one  by  the 
societies  cooperating  in  production,  labor,  and  consumption. 

The  labor  judges  have  the  privilege  of  dividing  their  colleges 
into  sections  in  order  to  facilitate  judgments,  and  thus  expedite 
justice.  The  right  of  appeals  is  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
joint  sessions. 

40.  The  civil  judges  try  all  those  civil,  commercial,  and  penal 
cases  over  which  the  Good  Men  and  the  judges  of  labor  have  no 
jurisdiction;  criminal  cases  are  excepted.  They  constitute  the 
Tribunal  of  Appeals  for  sentences  imposed  by  the  Good  Men. 
They  are  chosen  by  the  Court  of  Reasons  through  contest  among 
citizens  holding  the  degree  of  doctor  of  laws. 

41.  Seven  sworn  citizens,  assisted  by  two  deputies  and  pre- 
sided over  by  a  civil  magistrate,  compose  the  Criminal  Tribunal 
which  tries  all  cases  of  political  offense  and  all  crimes  punish- 
able by  a  term  of  imprisonment  exceeding  three  years. 

42.  The  Court  of  Reasons,  elected  by  the  National  Council,  is 
composed  of  five  active  members  and  two  deputies.  At  least 
three  of  the  active  members,  and  one  of  the  deputies  must  be 
chosen  among  the  doctors  of  law.  The  Court  of  Reasons  passes 
judgment  upon  the  acts  and  decrees  issued  by  the  legislative 
power  and  by  the  executive  power,  and  decides  upon  their  con- 
stitutionality; all  statutory  conflicts  between  the  legislative 
power  and  the  executive  power,  between  the  Regency  and  the 
Communes,  between  the  various  Communes,  between  the  Regency 
and  the  Corporations,  between  the  Regency  and  private  indi- 
viduals, between  the  Communes  and  private  individuals;  all 
cases  of  high  treason  against  the  Regency  on  the  part  of  those 
citizens  having  legislative  and  executive  power;  all  attempts 
against  the  rights  of  the  people;  civil  disputes  between  the 
Regency  and  the  Communes,  and  between  the  various  Com- 
munes; transgressions  committed  by  those  in  power;  questions 
involving  citizenship  and  exile;  questions  pertaining  to  the 
ability  of  the  various  judicial  magistrates. 


Oct.  27, 1920] 


The  Nation 


487 


The  Court  of  Reasons  is  the  final  judge  of  all  sentences  pro- 
nounced and  nominates  the  assisting  magistrates.  Those  serv- 
ing in  the  Court  of  Reasons  are  not  allowed  to  hold  any  other 
office,  whether  in  the  locality  where  the  court  is  located  or  in 
any  other  Commune;  nor  are  they  allowed  to  pursue  any  pro- 
fession, industry,  or  trade  during  their  term  of  office. 

The  Chief 

43.  When  the  Regency,  in  time  of  extreme  danger,  realizes 
that  its  salvation  lies  in  the  devoted  will  of  a  single  person 
capable  of  uniting,  arousing,  and  rallying  the  forces  of  the  peo- 
ple to  struggle  and  victory,  the  National  Council  solemnly  assem- 
bled in  "Arengo"  can  nominate  such  a  one  Chief  by  verbal  vote 
and  intrust  to  him  supreme  unlimited  power.  The  Council 
determines  the  duration  of  his  command,  remembering  that  in 
the  Roman  Republic  dictatorship  lasted  six  months. 

44.  The  Chief,  during  the  period  of  his  command,  assumes  all 
political,  military,  legislative,  and  executive  powers.  Those 
who  share  the  executive  power  assume  the  responsibilities  of 
secretaries  and  commissioners  under  his  supervision. 

45.  When  the  time  of  his  command  has  expired,  the  National 
Council  meets  to  consider  reinstating  the  Chief,  or  substituting 
another  citizen  in  his  place,  or  deposing  him,  or  banishing  him. 

Any  citizen  invested  with  political  rights,  regardless  whether 
or  not  he  has  any  power  in  the  Regency,  may  be  elected  to  this 
high  office. 

National  Defense 

47.  In  the  Italian  Regency  of  Quarnero  all  citizens  of  both 
sexes  between  the  ages  of  seventeen  and  fifty-five  are  liable  to 
military  service  in  defense  of  their  land.  After  classification 
the  men  who  are  physically  fit  are  to  serve  in  the  land  or  naval 
forces,  those  who  are  less  fit  and  women  whose  health  is  normal 
are  to  serve  in  the  ambulance  corps,  in  hospitals,  in  the  various 
departments,  in  munition  plants,  and  in  any  other  auxiliary 
work  according  to  individual  aptitude  and  skill. 

48.  The  state  pledges  itself  to  aid  all  citizens  who  may  con- 
tract an  incurable  disease  while  in  military  service,  and  promises 
help  to  their  needy  families.  The  state  pledges  itself  to  adopt 
the  children  of  those  who  have  met  a  glorious  death  in  defense 
of  their  country;  it  aids  their  relatives  in  case  of  need,  and 
recommends  their  names  to  the  memory  of  future  generations. 

49.  In  time  of  peace  and  safety  the  Regency  does  not  main- 
tain a  standing  army;  but  the  whole  nation  is  armed  according 
to  methods  prescribed  by  a  law  concerning  this  question,  and 
with  wise  efficiency  keeps  in  training  its  forces  on  land  and  sea. 
Strict  military  service  is  limited  to  the  period  of  instruction  and 
to  the  periods  of  actual  warfare  or  immediate  danger.  During 
the  period  of  instruction  and  in  time  of  war,  a  citizen  does  not 
lose  his  civil  and  political  rights,  and  he  can  exercise  these  when 
they  are  compatible  with  the  requirements  of  active  discipline. 

Public  Instruction 

50.  For  all  people  of  noble  origin  culture  is  the  mightiest  and 
the  most  far-reaching  of  weapons.  For  the  Adriatic  people  who 
for  centuries  have  been  engaged  in  a  relentless  struggle  against 
the  barbarous  usurper,  it  is  more  than  a  weapon ;  it  is  as  indom- 
itable a  power  as  right  or  faith.  For  the  people  of  Fiume  in 
their  very  moment  of  rebirth  to  freedom,  it  becomes  the  most 
effective  instrument  of  salvation  and  success  in  dealing  with  the 
foreign  intrigues  which  have  for  centuries  pressed  heavily  upon 
it.  Culture  is  the  aroma  which  destroys  corruption.  Culture  is 
steadfastness  opposed  to  weakness.  In  the  Quarnero  of  Dante 
the  knowledge  of  the  language  of  Dante  results  in  respect  for 
and  preservation  of  that  which,  throughout  the  ages,  has  been 
considered  the  most  priceless  treasure  of  the  people,  the  highest 
testimony  to  their  noble  origin,  the  supreme  mark  of  their  sense 
of  moral  domination.  Moral  domination  is  a  war-like  necessity 
in  the  new  state.  The  exaltation  of  beautiful  human  ideals 
arises  from  its  will  to  conquer. 

In  accomplishing  its  unity,  gaining  its  freedom,  and  restoring 


its  justice,  the  new  state  must  above  and  beyond  all  its  princi- 
ples resolve  to  defend,  preserve,  and  champion  its  unity,  its  free- 
dom, and  its  justice  in  the  kingdom  of  the  spirit.  The  spirit  of 
Rome  must  have  a  place  in  its  culture.  The  spirit  of  Italy  must 
dominate  its  culture. 

The  Roman  rhythm,  that  fatal  rhythm  of  achievement,  must 
lead  anew  along  healing  paths  the  other  troubled  race  which 
deludes  itself  into  thinking  that  it  can  efface  our  glorious  foot- 
steps and  falsify  our  noble  history.  In  this  land  of  Latin  ex- 
traction, in  this  land  tilled  by  the  Latin  plowshare,  the  other 
race  will  be  fashioned  sooner  or  later  according  to  the  creative 
spirit  of  Latinity,  which  is  nothing  more  than  a  well-balanced 
harmony  of  those  forces  which  contribute  to  the  formation  of  the 
free  man. 

Here  is  fashioned  the  free  man.  And  here  is  prepared  the 
kingdom  of  the  spirit,  purified  by  hard  toil  and  persistent  effort. 
For  this  reason  the  Italian  Regency  of  Quarnero  considers  as 
the  apex  to  its  laws  the  culture  of  the  people;  it  builds  its  patri- 
mony upon  the  patrimony  of  the  great  Latin  culture. 

51.  There  shall  be  instituted  in  the  city  of  Fiume  a  free 
university,  its  site  to  be  chosen  with  a  view  to  allow  ample 
increase  in  the  curriculum  and  in  the  number  of  its  student 
body;  it  is  to  be  governed  by  statutes  as  are  the  Corporations. 

There  shall  be  constituted  in  the  city  of  Fiume  a  school  of  fine 
arts,  a  school  of  decorative  arts,  and  a  school  of  music,  based 
upon  the  abolition  of  every  academic  vice  and  prejudice,  guided 
by  the  most  sincere  and  ardent  spirit  of  research  after  new 
truths,  inspired  by  a  motive  strong  enough  to  purge  them  of 
the  encumbrance  of  the  poorly-gifted,  to  separate  good  from 
better,  and  to  aid  the  better  to  a  true  discovery  of  themselves 
and  the  new  relations  between  stubborn  matter  and  human  sen- 
timent. 

52.  The  Council  of  the  Best  supervises  the  work  of  the  ele- 
mentary schools;  the  Council  of  Provisors  that  of  the  technical 
and  professional  schools;  and  the  National  Council  supervises 
the  higher  branches  of  learning. 

In  all  schools  of  all  Communes  the  teaching  of  the  Italian 
language  has  marked  preference.  In  the  elementary  schools  the 
teaching  of  the  various  dialects  spoken  in  the  Italian  Regency 
of  Quarnero  is  compulsory.  Prime  importance  is  attached  to  the 
language  spoken  by  the  majority  of  the  inhabitants  of  each  Com- 
mune, and  parallel  courses  are  given  in  the  language  spoken  by 
the  minority.  If  any  Commune  attempts  to  withdraw  from  the 
obligation  of  instituting  such  courses,  the  Regency  exercises  its 
right  to  provide  such  instruction,  charging  the  Commune  with 
the  expense  involved. 

53.  A  scholastic  council  determines  the  plan  and  method  of 
primary  instruction  which  is  compulsory  in  all  schools  of  the 
Communes. 

First  place  is  given  to  the  teaching  of  choral  singing,  founded 
on  themes  of  the  most  ingenuous  peasant  poetry,  and  to  the 
teaching  of  decorative  art  modeled  after  the  most  authentic 
rustic  art. 

The  Council  is  composed  of  a  representative  from  each  Com- 
mune, two  representatives  from  the  elementary  schools,  two 
from  the  technical  and  professional  schools,  two  from  the  insti- 
tutions of  higher  learning,  chosen  by  the  instructors  and  stu- 
dents,,two  from  the  school  of  music,  two  from  the  school  of  deco- 
rative arts. 

54.  No  religious  emblems  or  political  posters  should  be  hung 
on  the  light,  airy  walls  of  the  school-room.  The  public  schools 
welcome  the  followers  of  all  religious  creeds,  the  believers  of  all 
religious  faiths,  as  well  as  those  who  can  live  without  an  altar 
and  without  a  God.  Liberty  of  conscience  is  strictly  respected. 
And  each  one  can  offer  his  own  silent  prayer.  But  let  there  be 
written  on  the  walls  those  inscriptions  which  stir  the  soul,  and 
which,  like  the  themes  of  a  heroic  symphony,  though  repeated 
over  and  over  again,  never  lose  their  power  to  thrill  us.  Let 
there  be  hung  on  the  walls  the  imposing  images  of  those  master- 
pieces which  with  their  lyrical  power  interpret  the  perpetual 
aspirations  and  dreams  of  men. 


488 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2886 


Constitutional  Reform 

55.  Every  seven  years  the  great  National  Council  meets  in 
special  assembly  to  consider  revision  of  the  Constitution.  The 
Constitution  can  be  revised  at  any  time  when  requested  by  a 
third  of  the  citizens  who  have  the  right  to  vote. 

The  following  have  the  privilege  of  proposing  amendments  to 
the  Constitution:  members  of  the  National  Council,  representa- 
tives of  the  Communes,  the  Court  of  Reasons,  the  Corporations. 

The  Right  of  Initiative 

56.  All  citizens  belonging  to  the  electoral  bodies  have  the 
right  to  propose  laws  which  pertain  to  matters  coming  within 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  respective  Councils.  But  the  motion  is 
not  valid,  unless  seconded  and  supported  by  at  least  one-fourth 
of  the  electors  of  either  Council. 

Popular  Referendum 

57.  All  laws  sanctioned  by  the  two  legislative  bodies  may  be 
subjected  to  popular  vote,  for  public  approval  or  disapproval, 
when  requested  by  a  number  of  electors  equal  to  at  least  one- 
fourth  of  the  citizens  possessing  the  right  to  vote. 

Right  of  Petition 

58.  All  citizens  have  the  right  to  submit  petitions  to  the  legis- 
lative bodies  duly  elected  by  them. 

Incompatibility 

59.  No  citizen  can  exercise  more  than  one  function  nor  take 
part  in  two  legislative  bodies  at  the  same  time. 

Recall 

60.  Any  citizen  can  be  removed  from  office  when  he  loses  his 
political  rights  by  sentence,  confirmed  by  the  Court  of  Reasons, 
when  the  removal  is  indorsed  by  simple  vote  of  one-half  plus 
one  of  those  enrolled  in  the  electoral  body.  » 

Responsibility 

61.  All  who  enjoy  its  privileges  and  all  public  officials  of  the 
Regency  are  legally  and  civilly  responsible  for  the  damage  done 
to  the  state,  the  Commune,  and  the  plain  citizen  through  their 
transgressions,  abuse,  carelessness,  cowardice,  and  incapacity. 

Compensation 

62.  To  all  public  officials  designated  in  the  statutes  and  con- 
stituting part  of  the  new  plan,  a  fair  compensation  is  granted, 
the  amount  of  which  shall  be  determined  from  year  to  year  by 
the  National  Council. 

Edileship 

63.  There  is  instituted  in  the  Regency  a  College  of  Ediles, 
chosen  carefully  among  men  of  pure  taste,  perfect  skill,  and 
modern  education.  More  than  the  Roman  edileship  the  College 
recalls  those  "officials  in  charge  of  the  decoration  of  the  city" 
who  in  our  "Quattrocento"  designed  a  street  or  a  public  square 
with  that  same  musical  sense  which  guided  them  in  the  prepa- 
rations for  a  state  celebration  or  a  carnival.  It  supervises  the 
daily  living  of  the  citizen ;  it  looks  after  the  welfare,  upkeep,  and 
sanitation  of  public  buildings  and  individual  houses;  it  prevents 
the  defilement  of  city  streets  with  poorly  constructed  buildings. 

It  arranges  civic  festivals  on  land  and  sea  with  sober  ele- 
gance, having  in  mind  those  ancestors  of  ours  for  whom,  in 
order  to  create  miracles  of  joy/there  sufficed  a  soft  light,  a  few 
delicate  garlands,  and  the  knowledge  of  the  art  of  instilling 
grace  and  elegance  in  human  movements  and  gatherings.  It 
makes  the  workman  feel  that  to  decorate  the  most  humble  dwell- 
ing with  some  sign  of  popular  art  is  a  pious  act,  and  that  there 
is  a  religious  sentiment  of  human  mystery  and  profound  nature 
in  the  most  simple  sign  that  is  handed  down  from  generation  to 
generation,  be  it  carved  or  painted  on  the  kneading  trough,  the 
cradle,  the  loom,  the  distaff,  the  coffer,  or  the  yoke.  It  seeks  to 
revive  in  the  people  a  love  for  beautiful  lines  and  colors  in  the 


things  used  in  every-day  life,  pointing  out  to  them  what  our 
ancestors  were  able  to  create  with  a  simple  geometric  motif,  a 
star,  a  flower,  a  heart,  a  serpent,  or  a  dove  represented  on  a 
pitcher,  a  jug,  a  jar,  a  bench,  a  basket,  or  a  platter.  It  seeks  to 
show  the  people  why  and  how  the  spirit  of  ancient  communal 
liberty  was  expressed  not  only  in  the  lines,  reliefs,  and  connec- 
tions of  the  stones,  but  even  in  the  human  imprint  placed  upon 
the  utensil  which  has  been  made  to  live  and  to  have  power. 

Finally,  convinced  that  architecture  expresses  the  character 
and  energy  of  a  race,  it  aims  to  make  architects  and  construc- 
tors understand  that  the  new  materials — steel,  glass,  and  cement 
— are  only  waiting  to  be  lifted  up  to  their  proper  place,  and  to  be 
fused  in  harmonious  creations  of  modern  architecture. 

Music 

64.  In  the  Italian  Regency  of  Quarnero  music  is  a  religious 
and  social  institution.  Every  thousand  years  or  every  two  thou- 
sand years  there  springs  from  the  depths  of  humanity  a  hymn 
that  lives  through  the  ages.  A  great  race  is  not  only  that  race 
which  creates  its  god  in  its  own  image,  but  that  race  which 
also  knows  how  to  create  its  own  hymn  for  its  god.  If  every 
rebirth  of  a  noble  race  is  a  lyric  effort,  if  every  unanimous  and 
creative  sentiment  is  a  lyric  power,  if  every  organization  is  a 
lyric  organization  in  the  dynamic  and  impetuous  sense  of  the 
word,  music  considered  as  a  ritual  language  is  the  exalting 
motive  of  any  action  and  of  any  creation  in  life. 

The  advent  of  every  great  spiritual  awakening  always  seems 
to  be  announced  to  the  expectant  and  anxious  multitude  through 
the  medium  of  some  overpowering  musical  masterpiece.  The 
reign  of  the  human  spirit  has  not  yet  begun.  "When  matter 
working  upon  matter  shall  be  able  to  free  men  from  the  clutches 
of  toil,  then  the  spirit  will  begin  to  see  the  dawn  of  its  liberty,"- 
so  said  a  man  from  the  Adriatic  shores,  a  man  from  Dalmatia ; 
the  blind  prophet  of  Sebenico.  As  the  crowing  of  the  cock 
invokes  daybreak,  so  does  music  invoke  dawn,  excitat  auroram. 
Meanwhile  music  finds  its  movement  and  its  utterance  in  the 
instruments  of  labor,  in  gain  and  in  play,  and  in  the  roaring 
machinery  which  also  follows  as  exact  a  rhythm  as  does  poetry. 
From  its  pauses  is  formed  the  silence  of  the  tenth  Corporation. 

65.  In  all  Communes  of  the  Regency  there  will  be  formed 
choral  and  orchestral  groups  aided  by  state  contribution.  In 
the  city  of  Fiume  there  has  been  intrusted  to  the  Ediles  the 
building  of  a  rotunda  capable  of  accommodating  an  audience 
of  at  least  ten  thousand,  furnished  with  comfortable  seats  and 
a  large  pit  for  the  orchestra  and  for  the  chorus.  The  big  choral 
and  orchestral  celebrations  are  "entirely  free" — as  the  Fathers 
of  the  Church  say  about  the  grace  of  God. 

Correspondence  Course   in 

APPLIED    MARXIAN    ECONOMICS 

in  15  Lessons,  by  Mary  E.  Marcy :  $5.00  ;  ready  Oct.  15th.  We  supply  study 
booklets  and  aid  union  locals  in  analyzing  their  own  industries.  Special  offers 
to  Clubs.  The  labor  leaders  who  are  beginning  to  stand  out  all  over  the  world 
ara  those  who  are  APPLYING  MARX  TO  INDUSTRY.  Join  now  I  Address: 
Charles  H.   Kerr  &  Co.,  347  E.  Ohio  St.,  Chicago. 


De  Maupassant  Stories,  25c. 


This  book  by  the  greatest  short  story  writer  contains  his  twelve  master- 
pieces.    A  great  opportunity  to  enjoy  De  Maupassant. 

APPEAL  TO  REASON,  GIRARD,  KANSAS. 


The  Wilson  Administration 

As    viewed    by    Anatole    France,    Maynard    Keynes,    Count 
Bernstorff,  and  William  Bayard  Hale. 

A  symposium  on  the  Democratic  administration  which  will 
appear  exclusively  in  the  November  Pearson's.  Other  features 
are  a  letter  from  Bernard  Shaw  concerning  his  latest  (and  last) 
play ;  the  adventures  of  Charlie  Chaplin  in  New  York,  and 
numerous  original  articles. 

Out  October  15.  All  newsstands,  25  cents. 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER  3,   1920 


No.  2887 


Contents 

EDITORIAL    PARAGRAPHS     489 

EDITORIALS : 

The    Soul    of    MacSwiney 491 

The     Farmers'     Distress 492 

Reaction    and    the    Jew 493 

What  to  do   in   Haiti 493 

"Murdering    Beauty"    494 

The    Paradox    of    Literature 495 

THE   END   OF   THE   ENTENTE.      By   Robert  Dell 496 

TWILIGHT    OF   THE    GODS.      By   Leonora    Speyer 497 

U.    S.    STEEL   VS.   MARGOLIS.      By    Swinburne    Hale 498 

THE   FAILURE   OF   THE   LEAGUE.     By   Otto   H.    Kahn 499 

THE    IRISH    COMMITTEE    CHOSEN 500 

NATIONAL    PLATFORM,    SOCIALIST    PARTY,    1920 502 

IN   THE   DRIFTWAY.     By   the  Drifter 503 

CORRESPONDENCE     504 

BOOKS : 

Religion     Psychologically     Justified 506 

Reparation     507 

General    Booth    507 

Persian   Literature    507 

A    Psychoanalyst    of    Poetry 508 

Susan    Glaspell    509 

An   Elder  America    510 

Books    in    Brief 511 

ART:    OUR   NATIONAL   PRINT   ROOM 512 

INTERNATIONAL    RELATIONS    SECTION: 

The  Doctrine  of  the  Natural  Frontiers  of  France.    By  James  Westfall 

Thompson     514 

OSWALD  GARRISON   VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate   Editors 

WILLIAM  MACDONALD  FREDA    KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 

ERNEST    H.    GRUENING  CARL   VAN   DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising :  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 

IN  a  wholesale  slanging  match  the  campaign  has  ended. 
Had  it  lasted  two  weeks  longer,  the  chief  actors  must  all 
have  been  calling  each  other  unvarnished  liars.  As  it  was, 
everybody  seemed  to  be  misquoting  everybody  else.  Gov- 
ernor Cox  failed,  however,  to  draw  a  retraction  from  Ex- 
Senator  Root,  who  denied  after  his  only  campaign  speech, 
that  he  had  misrepresented  the  Governor's  position.  But 
Mr.  Root  reversed  himself  in  that  speech  as  contrasted  with 
a  previous  utterance,  just  as  has  every  other  politician  in 
this  campaign,  the  prize  going  to  Mr.  Taft,  however,  for 
boxing  the  League  of  Nations  compass  more  times  than  any- 
one else,  and  cutting  quite  the  most  pitiful  figure.  To  his 
joy,  Governor  Cox  succeeded  in  fastening  the  fateful  figure 
of  14  upon  Senator  Harding  by  proving  easily  that  he  has 
taken  fourteen  different  positions  on  the  League,  and  the 
Philadelphia  Public  Ledger  printed,  side  by  side  on  the  same 
day,  a  statement  by  Mr.  Taft  that  Harding  would  not  scrap 
the  League  and  one  by  Senator  Johnson  that  the  candidate 
would  scrap  the  League.  Mr.  Harding,  to  the  bitter  end, 
reversed  himself  daily  in  his  unsuccessful  efforts  to  tell  us 
where  he  really  stands.  So  dissonant  a  chorus  was  surely 
never  heard  in  a  campaign  before,  and  all  about  an  issue 
in  which  the  great  public  was  not  in  the  least  degree  inter- 
ested. No  stage  army  ever  put  up  a  more  valiant  or  a  more 
Falstaffian  fight.  Heaven  preserve  us  from  another  like  it, 
at  least  for  four  years  to  come!  Let  us  hope  that  we  have 
reached  a  period  when  we  may  breathe  a  little  fresh  air 
again,  unhindered  by  transcendent  political  hypocrisies. 


THE  editor  of  the  New  Republic  is  profoundly  distressed 
to  discover  that  liberalism  has  undergone  an  eclipse 
since  1912  when  the  bulk  of  the  Progressives  turned  to  Wil- 
son as  their  Moses.  Mr.  Croly  attributes  this  eclipse  chiefly 
"to  the  unreality  which  liberals  have  allowed  to  pervade  lib- 
eralism." Close  at  hand  is  a  much  clearer  and  better  reason. 
The  temporary  knell  of  American  liberalism  was  sounded 
the  minute  its  false  leader  put  it  into  the  war.  This  fact 
naturally  does  not  appeal  to  the  New  Republic,  because  its 
editors  have  boasted  that  they  helped  to  put  the  country 
into  the  struggle.  Their  quarrel  with  things  as  they  are  is 
that,  having  let  loose  the  dogs  of  war,  Mr.  Wilson  failed  to 
confine  the  dogs'  attention  exclusively  to  the  Germans  and 
let  them  wreak  havoc  at  home  as  well  as  abroad.  But,  bless 
us,  whenever  liberalism  strikes  hands  with  war  it  inevitably 
goes  down.  Cobden  and  Bright  are  the  great  figures  they 
are  in  history  because  they  denounced  and  fought  against 
the  Crimean  war.  Campbell-Bannerman  bulks  as  large  as 
he  does  because  his  British  liberalism  opposed  the  Boer  war, 
formed  no  coalition  government,  and  came  gloriously  back 
to  power,  to  make  retribution  in  South  Africa.  British  lib- 
eralism is  in  complete  eclipse  today  because,  betrayed  by 
Grey  and  Lloyd  George,  it  struck  hands  with  its  political 
enemies  and  approved"  and  fought  the  war.  American  liber- 
alism is  deservedly  in  eclipse  today  because  it,  too,  went  into 
the  war.  For  war  and  liberalism  to  lie  down  together  any- 
where, at  any  time,  with  any  excuse,  means  only  one  thing — 
disaster  to  liberalism.  When  war  is  declared  on  a  foreign 
foe  it  is  also  declared  on  every  forward-looking  cause,  every 
liberal,  every  reformer  at  home. 

THE  Allies  seem  to  be  showing  a  little  more  energy  and 
determination  in  their  treatment  of  Poland  in  the  Vilna 
affair  than  they  showed  in  the  case  of  Italy  and  Fiume. 
Whatever  the  secret  hopes  of  France  may  be,  it  has  joined 
with  Great  Britain  in  a  belated  demand  that  Poland  disavow 
the  action  of  General  Zellgouski  in  occupying  Vilna  and  yield 
to  the  authority  of  the  League  of  Nations.  Poland's  reply  is 
characteristic  of  a  nation  that  has  successfully  played  the 
spoiled  child  so  long  that  it  has  every  reason  to  expect  a 
complaisant  acceptance  of  any  excuses  it  may  see  fit  to  offer. 
The  Franco-British  protest  it  answers  by  an  assertion  that 
withdrawal  from  Vilna  might  result  in  "uprisings  in  the 
Polish  army,"  by  a  plaintive  hope  that  the  Powers  will  not 
take  advantage  of  Poland's  difficulties  by  advocating  such 
renunciation,  and  by  a  request  that  the  Allies  put  no  difficul- 
ties in  the  way  of  the  reconstruction  of  Poland.  A  similar 
situation  in  Klagenfurt,  where  Jugoslav  troops  have  occu- 
pied territory  whose  inhabitants  had  voted  to  remain  with 
Austria,  only  brings  up  more  sharply  the  one  important 
question  involved.  What  power  has  the  League  of  Nations? 
Each  incident  is  an  armed  challenge  to  the  League  to  assert 
its  authority  in  behalf  of  disinterested  justice.  The  Jugo- 
slav commanders  at  Klagenfurt  have  declared  that  they  do 
not  recognize  the  Allied  plebiscite  commission;  Zellgouski 


490 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


has  rejected  a  suggestion  from  Lithuania  that  negotiations 
be  opened  after  the  Polish  troops  have  been  withdrawn  and 
the  city  turned  over  to  the  League  of  Nations  commission. 
The  future  of  the  League  depends  largely  on  its  ability  to 
deal  with  these  cases,  and  its  ability  depends  wholly  on  the 
disinterested  sincerity  of  France  and  Great  Britain,  and  on 
their  willingness  to  cooperate.  It  will  be  interesting  to  see 
how  the  League  meets  its  first  real  test. 

THE  Franco-British  rift  grows,  for  it  has  its  basis  in  a 
real  conflict  of  interests.  In  the  international  game 
of  freeze-out  played  at  Versailles,  Britain  got  the  tangible 
assets,  France  the  I.  0.  U.'s  These  France  is  now  unable 
to  convert,  but  that  does  not  disturb  Britain.  Living  Brit- 
ishers will  not  need  to  fear  Germany,  stripped  of  navy, 
merchant  marine,  and  colonies,  as  a  commercial  rival,  while 
as  a  market  for  English  goods,  as  a  stabilizer  of  Balkanized 
central  Europe,  as  a  bulwark  for  the  unknown  that  may 
come  out  of  Russia,  Germany  appears  a  prudent  object  of 
British  good-will  and  succor.  In  so  far  as  it  hastens  the 
international  healing  process  such  a  policy  is  desirable,  but 
not  at  the  expense  of  reparation  to  France.  Misguided  as 
has  been  French  policy  since  the  armistice,  its  Catonian 
attitude  is  based  upon  a  very  understandable  fear.  Apart 
from  France's  dire  need  of  funds,  and  the  obvious  justice 
of  forcing  reparation  for  wanton  destruction  which  in  many 
cases  served  no  military  purpose  but  was  a  deliberate  effort 
to  delay  French  economic  rehabilitation,  the  whole  Euro- 
pean situation  fills  the  French  with  gloomy  foreboding.  If 
Germany  can  so  soon  flout  her  treaty  obligations,  they 
argue,  is  she  not  unchastened,  merely  biding  her  time  to 
reassault  a  France,  always  smaller  than  she  and  soon,  per- 
haps, isolated  from  her  former  Allies?  It  is  this  fear 
which  has  erected  the  fire-breathing  chauvinist  France  of 
today,  rattling  her  saber  from  Rhine  to  Vistula  and  increas- 
ing thereby  the  very  peril  that  she  fears.  Her  premise  is 
sound :  Germany  should  pay  all  that  she  possibly  can ;  repa- 
ration is  one  of  the  first  and  most  fundamental  steps  toward 
peace,  stability,  and  good-will.  But  Germany  can  pay  only 
with  the  fullest  cooperation  of  the  outside  world,  only  if 
she  receives  raw  materials,  the  use  of  ships  and  credit. 
England  has  all  of  these;  hers  is  the  duty  and  opportunity 
to  enable  Germany  to  meet  the  obligation  to  France.  A 
declaration  of  such  a  purpose  would  go  far  to  revive  the 
fast  vanishing  Entente. 

THE  fifty-seven  Oxford  professors  who  have  proposed  a 
resumption  of  amicable  relations  with  German  and 
Austrian  scholars  voice  sentiments  that  must  warm  the 
heart  of  every  generous  and  fair-minded  person,  no  matter 
what  his  political  or  national  affiliations.  "In  the  field  where 
our  aims  are  one,  our  enthusiasm  the  same,  our  rivalry  and 
ambition  generous,"  so  runs  the  letter  from  Oxford,  "we 
can  surely  look  to  be  reconciled,  and  the  fellowship  of  learn- 
ing offers  a  road  which  may — and  if  our  spiritual  ideals  be 
alive  must — lead  to  wider  sympathy  and  better  understand- 
ing between  our  kindred  nations."  It  cannot  be  said  too 
often  that  the  most  pitiful  and  sordid  and  unnecessary 
adjunct  of  war  is  the  shunning  of  any  science  or  literature 
or  music  because  it  belongs  to  an  enemy.  The  things  by 
which  men  live — certain  economic  and  political  considera- 
tions— may  with  some  amount  of  logic  be  said  to  appertain 


to  a  certain  race  or  group,  though  nations  are  steadily  if 
very  slowly  blundering  on  toward  complete  internationalism. 
But  about  the  arts  and  sciences,  which  are  the  things  by 
which  men  live  well,  there  should  never  be  any  question. 
They  belong,  not  to  France  or  England  or  Germany,  but  to 
the  world.  And  the  world  has  been  deprived  long  enough 
of  the  contribution  which  Germany  and  Austria  have  made 
in  the  past  and  may  make  in  the  future.  As  for  the  Oxford 
professors,  it  ought  to  be  a  cause  for  pride  in  every  English- 
man that  they  have  led  the  way  toward  that  spiritual  inter- 
course which  should  never  have  been  interrupted.  When 
will  our  professorate  follow  suit? 

THE  throne  of  Greece  is  on  the  bargain-counter  once 
more,  but  it  matters  little  who  makes  the  highest  bid 
and  wins  the  name  of  king;  Venizelos  is  king-maker  and 
dictator,  the  most  powerful  potentate  in  Europe  today. 
When  Constantine  was  engineered  off  the  throne  in  1917, 
Venizelos  passed  over  the  Crown  Prince  and  made  the  23- 
year-old  Prince  Alexander  king;  and  whether  Alexander's 
younger  brother  or  a  western  prince  succeeds  him,  Venizelos 
will  continue  to  be  the  real  power.  Even  should  Greece  be- 
come a  republic  in  name,  Venizelos's  dictatorship  would  in 
fact  continue.  It  is  reported  that  there  is  a  powerful  group 
in  Greece  seeking  the  return  of  the  ex-King  Constantine; 
but  after-war  restlessness,  discontent  with  economic  con- 
ditions which  have  only  been  aggravated  by  the  extension  of 
frontiers  and  military  expeditions  into  Asia  Minor,  and 
revolt  against  the  iron  hand  and  iron  will  of  Venizelos  will 
certainly  have  more  to  do  with  any  such  movement  than 
personal  popularity  of  the  ex-king.  A  king  in  exile  acquires 
a  certain  romantic  charm  which  a  king  powerless  in  the 
palace  is  sure  to  lack.  Both  the  glamor  of  dynasties  and 
the  frenzy  of  national  pride  fade  in  the  face  of  pressing 
daily  difficulties. 

TO  the  average  layman  unversed  in  legal  technicalities 
the  verdict  of  United  States  District  Judge  Knox  of 
New  York  affirming  the  deportability  of  communists  ap- 
pears less  valid  than  the  contrary  decision  rendered  last 
June  by  Federal  Judge  Anderson  of  Boston.  In  both  in- 
stances mere  membership  in  the  party  alleged  to  advocate 
"overthrow  of  the  Government  by  force  or  violence"  was 
chiefly  at  issue.  Judge  Anderson  held  that  "the  only  force 
.  .  .  .  advocated  by  the  party  is  the  general  strike." 
Now,  contrary  to  the  widely  prevailing  impression,  a  strike 
— even  a  general  strike — is  not  violence.  Indeed  the  organ- 
ized cessation  of  work — the  negation  of  activity — has  come 
to  be  generally  accepted  in  America  as  the  workers'  legiti- 
mate means  of  securing  redress  for  grievances  when  all 
other  methods  of  adjustment  fail.  Strikes  may  lead  to 
violence,  but  the  history  of  labor  disputes  in  which  it  has 
occurred  shows  that  the  blame  lies  in  no  small  proportion  of 
cases  with  the  employing  side.  However  strongly  one  may 
disapprove  or  deprecate  the  general  strike  with  its  inevita- 
ble harvest  of  suffering  and  its  undeniable  reproach  to  the 
civilization  which  now  permits  it,  the  strike  per  se  is  no 
more  violence  than  the  shutdown  of  mills  by  an  employer  is 
violence.    But  Judge  Knox  asserts : 

if  force  and  violence  be  not  within  the  contemplation  of  the 
party  it  would  be  a  simple  matter  to  have  the  absence  of  such 
thought  clearly  appear.  As  it  is,  the  language  used  would  seem 
designed  to  mean  all  things  to  all  men  and  to  be  fairly  suscepti- 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


491 


ble  of  meaning,  even  though  it  does  not  unequivocally  declare  in 
favor  of  force  and  violence. 

Curiously  this  characterization  also  applies  to  the  Repub- 
lican and  Democratic  platforms;  and  one  may  well  wonder 
at  the  validity  of  a  decision  which  while  admitting  the 
absence  of  the  proscribed  verbiage  finds  in  the  failure  to 
call  attention  to  such  absence  a  confession  of  guilt.  What 
then  becomes  of  the  traditional  "presumption  of  innocence"? 
An  interpretation  admittedly  so  unrelated  to  the  facts  re- 
calls the  error  of  our  Federalist  judges  of  more  than  a  cen- 
tury ago  who  convicted  of  intent,  if  in  their  opinion  ten- 
dency to  incite  disaffection  was  found. 

ORGANIZED  labor  can  only  benefit  by  the  thorough 
exposure  of  the  scandal  in  the  building  trade  in  New 
York,  for  organized  labor  has  suffered  too  long  from  the 
flag-waving  and  super-patriotic  yet  grafting  type  of  labor 
leader.  There  has  been  no  labor  group  in  New  York  more 
solidly  hostile  to  innovation,  more  bitterly  anti-Socialist, 
anti-bolshevist,  pro-Gompers,  and  pro-Tammany  than  the 
very  men  who  have  now  been  discovered  in  cahoots  with 
their  own  employers,  calling  strikes  and  calling  off  strikes 
for  blackmail,  robbing  their  own  workers  as  well  as  the 
public.  Mr.  Samuel  Untermyer,  counsel  for  the  Lockwood 
investigating  committee,  and  the  New  York  World,  which 
made  the  preliminary  investigation,  are  to  be  congratulated 
upon  their  service  to  the  public.  Mr.  Palmer's  agents  had 
investigated  the  alleged  building  combine  before,  but  with- 
out result;  now  Mr.  Untermyer  uncovers  an  amazing  card 
index  system  which  has  effectively  eliminated  competitive 
bidding  among  building  contractors,  kept  prices  artificially 
high,  and  seriously  discouraged  building;  and  he  finds  lead- 
ers of  organized  labor  working  hand  in  hand  with  these  con- 
tractors, sharing  the  profits  of  conscienceless  profiteering.. 
The  investigation  cannot  go  too  far;  such  housecleaning  is 
a  healthy  thing;  it  will  do  labor  good. 

NEWSPAPER  editors  are  showing  small  appreciation  of 
the  significance  of  the  deportation  order  issued  by  the 
British  authorities  against  Mr.  E.  J.  Costello,  managing 
editor  of  the  Federated  Press,  and  the  seizure  of  his  papers 
in  London.  Mr.  Costello  was  accused  of  no  crime,  nor  even 
of  propaganda;  he  had  not  been  to  Russia,  which  seems  to 
have  replaced  murder  as  a  punishable  offense  in  these 
gallant  days ;  he  had  merely  conferred,  in  a  neutral  country, 
with  Russians,  regarding  American  rights  to  the  service  of 
a  Russian  news  agency  with  which,  it  is  reliably  reported, 
the  Associated  Press  was  also  bargaining,  and  he  had 
strengthened  the  connection  between  the  Federated  Press 
and  the  London  Herald,  the  daily  organ  of  the  British  Labor 
Party,  with  a  circulation  of  more  than  350,000.  Mr.  Cos- 
tello represented  a  chain  of  labor  papers;  but  if  labor  edi- 
tors can  be  dealt  with  in  such  summary  and  high-handed 
fashion,  other  editors  can  too;  and  in  these  days  no  editor 
whose  paper  has  any  editorial  policy  whatever  can  be  sure 
that  he  or  his  correspondents  will  not  find  themselves  in  pos- 
session of  evidence  which  the  authorities  do  not  care  to  see 
printed.  The  action  is  a  flagrant  violation  of  the  most 
elementary  freedom  of  the  press;  and  the  refusal  of  our 
State  Department  to  protest  is  in  accord  with  Mr.  Colby's 
policy  of  secrecy  and  manipulating  of  news.  The  evil  heritage 
of  the  war  is  still  with  us;  and  the  worst  of  it  is  that  we 
have  become  too  dulled  to  resent  the  robbing  of  our  liberties. 


The  Soul  of  MacSwiney 

"Terence    MacSwiney    dies    in    Brixton    prison    on    the 
seventy- fourth  day  of  his  fast." — News  Item. 

Thou  wilt  be  dead  tomorrow. — Nay,  tomorrow 
The  land  will  be  awake.     What  recks  it  then 
Who  will  be  dead,  or  I  or  anyone 
Amongst  us  who  must  fall?     The  land  will  live. 

'Twere  sweet  to  sink  in  Death  for  Truth  and  Freedom ! 
Yes,  who  could  hesitate,  for  who  could  bear 
The  living  degradation  we  must  know 
If  we  do  dread  death  for  a  sacred  cause? 

THESE  are  the  words  of  the  martyr  himself.  While  yet 
a  boy  Terence  MacSwiney  penned  them  and,  rare  mor- 
tal that  he  was,  lived  up  in  maturity  to  the  sentiments  he 
professed  in  immaturity.  He  has  sunk  in  Death  for  Truth 
and  Freedom,  but  his  soul,  too,  now  goes  marching  on. 
With  marvelous  fortitude  and  superhuman  endurance,  he 
has  lived  an  incredible  seventy-four  days,  suffering  tortures 
beyond  purgatory,  giving  his  life  for  his  country  more  truly, 
more  nobly,  with  rarer  devotion  than  any  soldier  that  ever 
wore  His  Majesty's  uniform.  For  there  is  no  blood  guilt 
upon  him ;  no  stain  upon  his  hands.  Once  more  passive  re- 
sistance, most  deadly  of  weapons,  has  triumphed.  Once 
more  the  whole  world  is  quickened  and  inspired  and  glori- 
fied, by  the  example  of  one  who  placed  his  cause  above  his 
existence,  yea,  above  the  happiness  of  life  with  wife  and 
child,  which  could  have  been  his  had  he  yielded  but  one  inch. 
From  Frongoch  Prison  he  wrote  in  July,  1916:  "Indeed, 
in  all  truth  I  feel  that  when  my  body  is  laid  to  rest  at  night 
my  spirit  for  the  time,  not  charged  with  its  keeping,  must 
often  take  a  flight  over  the  fair  hills  of  holy  Ireland."  And 
over  the  fair  hills  of  holy  Ireland  will  his  spirit  keep  watch 
for  time  eternal. 

Selfish  some  may  call  him;  plain  suicide  others;  madman 
he  will  be  termed  by  those  who  sit  in  palaces,  in  the  seats  of 
the  mighty — but  who  today  is  more  certain  of  immortality? 
He  will  live  on  by  the  side  of  Robert  Emmet,  in  ballad,  in 
epic,  in  saga,  in  the  hearts  of  generations  yet  unborn,  who 
will  need  to  know  nothing  more  than  that  his  soul  triumphed 
over  the  flesh  that  a  free,  independent,  and  happy  Ireland 
might  at  last  come  to  pass.  "His  eyes,"  writes  one  who 
knows  him  well,  "seemed  fixed  on  the  distance  of  his  dreams 
.  .  .  an  expression  of  spiritual  brooding  and  trouble 
seemed  native  there.  The  lips  were  gentle  and  sensitive — 
he  often  smiled,  though  not  for  long.  The  voice  was  low  and 
pleading,  its  more  urbane  quality  kept  for  'foreign'  sub- 
jects.   The  black  hair  was  a  revolutionary  mass." 

And  Ireland?  When  John  Brown  died,  Wendell  Phillips 
said:  "Men  walked  Boston  streets  when  night  fell  on  Bun- 
ker's Hill,  and  pitied  Warren,  saying,  'Foolish  man!  Thrown 
away  his  life!  Why  didn't  he  measure  his  means  better?' 
Now  we  see  him  standing  colossal  on  that  blood-stained  sod, 
and  severing  that  day  the  tie  which  bound  Boston  to  Great 
Britain.  That  night  George  III  ceased  to  rule  in  New  Eng- 
land. History  will  date  Virginia  emancipation  from  Har- 
per's Ferry."  The  roots  of  British  government  in  Ireland 
are  loosened.  May  not  some  future  Wendell  Phillips  saj 
of  that  government  that  it  only  breathed  and  did  not  live  ik 
Ireland  from  the  hour  that  Terence  MacSwiney's  soul  sped 
on  its  way? 


492 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


The  Farmers'  Distress 


"rpHERE  is  a  revolution  on  among  the  farmers  of  this 
L  country,"  writes  one  of  the  best-posted  Washington 
correspondents.  He  then  describes  the  excitement  of  the 
delegations  of  farmers  now  reaching  Washington  in  order 
to  beseech  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  for  aid.  They  are 
not  a  bit  interested  in  whether  Cox  or  Harding  is  to  be 
elected ;  they  have  forgotten  what  they  ever  knew  about  the 
League  of  Nations;  they  are  concerned  only  whether  they 
are  to  be  ruined  by  the  drop  in  prices.  A  traveling  sales- 
man who  has  just  traversed  Iowa,  Kansas,  and  Nebraska 
reports  a  veritable  panic  in  the  smaller  towns.  The  banks 
are  being  compelled  by  the  bigger  city  banks  and  the  Fed- 
eral Reserve  Board  to  call  in  loans,  and  the  farmers,  being 
unable  to  sell  their  crops  at  anything  save  a  heavy  loss,  are 
in  despair,  and  cannot  pay  their  loans.  In  some  regions 
they  have  been  unable  to  market  their  crops  because  the 
elevators  were  still  full  of  1919  wheat  and  cars  were  almost 
impossible  to  obtain.  In  other  sections  the  fault  is  squarely 
the  farmer's ;  he  has  been  holding  back  his  crop  in  the  hope 
of  three-dollar  wheat,  and  the  deserved  fate  of  the  would-be 
profiteer  is  his.  But  whether  he  is  or  is  not  at  fault,  the 
truth  is  that  the  farmer  is  in  a  blue  funk.  The  weekly 
news-letter  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  for  October 
20  declares  that  comparatively  few  farmers  have  been  mak- 
ing large  profits  during  the  recent  years  of  high  prices. 
While  the  average  return  on  their  investment  increased  only 
from  four  per  cent  in  1913  to  seven  per  cent  in  1918,  most 
of  them  are  still  making  less  than  $500  cash  over  and  above 
the  products  of  the  farm  used  by  the  family  for  its  living. 
They  have  no  margin  of  safety  for  so  gcave  a  crisis  as 
this. 

Now  what  is  true  of  the  farmers  is  also  true  in  consider- 
able degree  of  the  cotton  planters  and  cattle  raisers.  To 
save  the  cotton  situation  in  the  South  where  the  familiar 
Southern  lawlessness  has  begun  to  show  itself  in  Ku-Klux 
riding,  cotton-gin  burning,  threats  of  personal  violence,  etc., 
the  Southern  bankers  at  the  meeting  of  the  American  Bank- 
ers' Association  in  Washington  last  week  agreed  upon  the 
formation  of  a  twelve  million  dollar  corporation  to  aid  in 
exporting  cotton,  particularly  to  those  countries  like  Ger- 
many, which  cannot  pay  spot  cash  for  cotton.  This  shows  a 
commendable  spirit  of  self-help,  but  it  still  leaves  a  doubt 
as  to  many  things  which  the  public  would  like  to  have 
explained.  Why,  it  asks,  should  there  be  a  credit  famine 
and  such  high  rates  of  interest  when  we  are  told  by  the 
Comptroller  of  the  Currency  that  the  banking  resources  of 
the  United  States  amount  to  $53,079,108,000;  that  these 
resources  "break  all  records  anywhere,  exceeding  the  com- 
bined bank  assets  of  all  other  leading  nations  of  the  world." 
We  know  that  America  is  the  credit  reservoir  of  the  globe ; 
we  have  more  than  one-third  of  all  the  gold  in  the  world, 
and  we  have  ten  times  the  credit  resources  we  had  twenty 
years  ago.  Yet,  besides  the  cotton  situation  and  the  wheat 
crisis,  there  is  no  credit  for  the  wool  grower  or  for  the 
cattle  man.  The  value  of  our  farm  products  is  not  far  from 
$24,000,000,000  a  year,  and  it  is  upon  these  products  that 
most  of  us  live.  Yet  the  producers  allege  that  they  are 
being  sabotaged  by  the  banks  which  will  not  give  them 
credit  with  which  to  hold  their  produce-  until  they  can 
realize  a  price  at  least  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  pro- 
duction. 


So  the  public  is  beginning  to  ask  the  banking  world  if  it 
is  true  that  the  banking  resources  are  largely  "frozen  in 
speculation."  It  grants  that  there  are  certain  specific  causes 
of  trouble  beyond  the  control  of  the  banks,  as  for  instance 
the  export  trade.  But  for  two  years  past  every  conceivable 
commodity  has  been  speculated  in  at  home  by  brokers,  com- 
mission merchants,  and  bankers,  and  these  speculators  have 
been  aided  by  the  banks  of  our  great  cities  in  the  process 
of  hoarding  for  further  rises.  More  than  a  billion  dollars, 
according  to  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency,  was  being 
loaned  on  Wall  Street  as  call  money  at  the  very  moment 
when  the  farmers  of  the  West  were  vainly  seeking  funds 
with  which  to  move  their  produce.  Billions  of  dollars  have 
been  taken  from  useful  pursuits,  such  as  the  building  of 
homes  and  the  handling  of  crops  in  order  to  maintain  this 
speculative  structure  now  endangered  by  the  break  in  prices, 
due,  among  other  causes,  to  the  boycott  of  the  buying  public. 
The  bank  loans  which  are  at  the  bottom  of  this  speculation 
cannot  today  be  called  even  though  orders  to  this  effect 
come  from  on  high;  the  interests  of  borrowers  and  those 
who  loan  are  too  closely  intertwined.  The  banks  themselves 
might  go  down  if  they  forced  a  liquidation  on  a  declining 
market.  In  consequence,  the  credit  resources  of  this  coun- 
try seem  tied  up  in  what  appears  for  the  moment  an  untie- 
able  knot.  In  addition,  the  country  is  wasting  its  enormous 
resources  for  army  and  navy  and  expenditures  due  to  the 
present  and  previous  wars — ninety-three  per  cent  of  our 
huge  expenditure  going  for  these  purposes  during  the  fiscal 
year  ending  June  30th  last.  We  are  daily  lending  more 
money  to  Europe ;  the  recent  French  loan  aggregated  $800,- 
000,000  and  it  was  subscribed  while  our  Western  farmers 
were  in  great  distress. 

The  Federal  Reserve  banking  system  is  the  one  achieve- 
ment upon  which  all  Democrats  pride  themselves.  They 
dare  not  disclose  any  weaknesses  thereof,  and  the  Repub- 
lican Party  is  too  closely  identified  with  the  banking  inter- 
ests to  grapple  vigorously  with  the  banking  problem.  So 
the  public  for  the  present  is  asking  what  has  happened  to 
the  record-breaking  credit  resources  of  this  country:  Are 
they  being  used  for  speculation  when  they  are  needed  for 
production,  and  is  an  undue  proportion  being  loaned  abroad? 
Or  is  the  prevailing  phenomenon  merely  due  to  the  decrease 
of  inflation  and  the  necessary  checking  of  over-expansion? 
Are  our  farmers  merely  paying  the  price  of  the  stringent 
readjustment,  such  as  has  fallen  to  the  lot  of  the  silk  manu- 
facturers, who  are  down  practically  to  pre-war  prices,  and 
the  leather  producers,  who  are  actually  back  to  the  1914 
rates  ? 

We  shall  all  probably  have  to  pay  a  price  for  the  wicked 
waste  and  extravagance  of  the  war,  and  perhaps  those  are 
to  be  congratulated  who  are  having  their  reaction  now.  But 
none  the  less,  the  plight  of  our  producers  of.the  great  crops 
is  such  that  we  are  persuaded  the  new  Congress  will  have 
to  inquire  into  the  situation  at  once  and  to  establish  the 
truth  with  genuine  zeal  if  the  revolutionary  farmer  out- 
bursts at  Washington  are  not  to  become  of  grave  political 
significance  and,  for  instance,  make  the  Nonpartisan  League 
the  dominating  political  factor  in  the  West.  The  progres- 
sive element  in  the  new  Congress  can  do  no  greater  service 
than  to  take  up  this  economic  issue  which  the  two  major 
party  candidates  have  studiously  ignored. 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


493 


Reaction  and  the  Jew 

A  WAVE  of  anti-Semitism  is  once  more  sweeping  the 
world.  The  Poles  in  their  nationalistic  frenzy  are 
trying  to  exterminate  the  three  million  Jews  within  their 
boundaries ;  the  Pan-Germans  in  the  festering  powerlessness 
of  their  defeat  are  furbishing  the  old  weapons  of  reaction; 
a  virulent  British  pamphlet,  "The  Jewish  Peril,"  has  been 
insinuatingly  presented  in  what  passes  for  the  mind  of 
Henry  Ford,  his  paper,  the  Dearborn  Independent,  which 
has  diluted  it  in  a  series  of  articles ;  open  letters  of  an  anti- 
Semitic  tinge  are  beginning  to  appear  in  our  conservative 
press;  public  anti-Jewish  meetings  have  been  held  in  the 
streets  of  Brooklyn,  and  clergymen  of  the  hectic  and  sensa- 
tional type  are  at  their"  old  game  of  finding  an  Anti-Christ, 
and  are  loudly  identifying  the  godless  Bolshevik  with  the 
Jew. 

The  chief  responsibility  for  the  revival  of  this  hoary 
shame  among  us  in  America  attaches  to  Henry  Ford.  His 
name,  like  his  car,  reaches  the  common  man  who  reasons 
that  the  multimillionaire  mechanic  cannot  be  wholly  wrong. 
Yet  it  is  this  latest  exploit  that,  once  and  for  all,  confirms 
and  stamps  the  ethical  and  intellectual  character  of  the 
Detroit  manufacturer.  He  pretended  to  be  a  pacifist;  he 
fitted  out  and  set  sail  in  a  "peace  ship."  Today  he  betrays 
the  very  spirit  of  peace  and  flings  another  torch  into  an 
already  blazing  world.  For  beneath  every  accidental  and 
temporary  cause  of  human  discord  lurks  the  most  lasting 
and  malignant  of  all — the  blind  and  bloody  hatred  of  tribe 
for  tribe,  race  for  race,  the  denial  of  that  universal  and 
purely  human  solidarity  which  is  the  one  ultimate  hope  of 
peace  and  civilization  among  men.  Whoever  stirs  up  these 
ancient  and  barbarous  hatreds  of  race  or  creed  or  color, 
whoever  sets  Gentile  against  Jew,  white  against  black,  the 
races  of  the  West  against  those  of  the  East,  approaches 
mankind  with  the  kiss  of  the  betrayer  and  the  dagger  of 
the  assassin.  There  can  be  no  compromise,  no  shadow  of 
wavering  on  this  supreme  issue.  We  are  imprisoned  upon 
this  little  earth ;  the  universal  forces  are  careless  of  our  wel- 
fare; earthquakes  and  storms  tumble  down  our  frail  shel- 
ters and  disease  gnaws  at  our  perishable  bodies.  How  shall 
we  fight  our  way  out  of  the  darkness  if  not  as  brothers? 
How  shall  we  build  a  humane  civilization  if,  in  the  maze  of 
ghastly  figments  and  cruel  superstitions,  we  persecute  and 
wound  and  darken  each  other's  souls? 

The  common  source  of  Mr.  Ford's  propaganda,  of  the 
pamphlet  "The  Jewish  Peril,"  and  of  "The  Cause  of  World 
Unrest,"  published  with  sinister  anonymity  by  G.  P.  Put- 
nam's Sons,  is  an  old  and  absurd  forgery  that  is  sufficiently 
and,  we  hope,  finally  exposed  by  Mr.  Lucien  Wolf  in  the  Lon- 
don Spectator.  At  every  great  revolution  in  human  affairs 
since  the  days  of  the  Protestant  Reformation,  this  fable  of 
a  world-wide  Jewish  conspiracy  against  the  safety  of  civil- 
ization and  the  vested  interests  of  the  age  has  been  an  easy 
weapon  in  the  hands  of  the  reactionaries.  The  Puritan 
Revolution  in  England  was  attributed  to  "Quakers,  free- 
thinkers, and  godless  Jews,"  and  numerous  French  writers 
from  1797  to  1883  sought  to  father  the  French  Revolution 
itself  on  Masonic  and  Jewish  conspiracies.  The  old  forgery 
known  as  "The  Protocols  of  the  Learned  Elders  of  Zion" 
was  revamped  by  a  Prussian  postal  clerk  who  was  himself 
discharged  from  the  service  for  forgery  in  1868.     But  a 


Russian  edition  of  his  work,  attributed  to  a  "Professor 
Sergyei  Nilus,"  was  used  as  a  pogrom  weapon  during  the 
Russian  Revolution  of  1905  and  a  French  version  of  the 
latter  was  published  in  1911.  It  is  the  work  of  this  entirely 
mythical  Nilus  which  forms  the  immediate  basis  for  "The 
Jewish  Peril,"  the  articles  in  Mr.  Ford's  paper,  and  the 
more  recent  "The  Cause  of  World  Unrest." 

The  motive  for  the  emergence  of  these  old  forgeries  and 
slanders  at  this  moment  in  history  is  clear  enough.  The 
industrial  revolution  of  today  is  attributed  to  Jewish  con- 
spirators precisely  as  was  the  Puritan  Revolution  in  Eng- 
land, the  French  Revolution,  and  the  Russian  Revolution  of 
1905.  The  technique  of  reaction,  whether  economic  or  politi- 
cal, has  not  changed  with  the  ages.  Its  essence  has  always 
been  to  divert  the  attention  of  the  masses  from  real  to 
fancied  dangers,  and  to  blind  them  to  their  true  interests 
by  playing  upon  their  superstitious  fears  and  their  tribal 
prejudices.  The  Czars  veiled  their  iniquities  by  staging 
pogroms ;  the  Polish  imperialists  seek  to  stifle  the  conscious- 
ness of  typhus,  hunger,  and  needless  warfare  by  setting 
the  people  against  their  Jewish  compatriots;  international 
finance  having  sown  the  wind  and  reaped  the  whirlwind, 
finds  it  easy  and  useful  to  point  to  Eisner,  Trotzky,  and 
even  to  Morris  Hillquit,  not  as  to  thinkers  and  revolution- 
aries, but  as  to  members  of  a  conspiracy  undertaken  by  an 
alien,  dangerous,  and  mysterious  folk. 


X 


What  to  do  in  Haiti 

AFFAIRS  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  have  at  last  been 
brought  publicly  to  the  attention  of  the  American 
people;  the  question  now  is,  what  is  the  American  people 
going  to  do  about  it?  It  is  not  enough  to  send  half  a  dozen 
admirals  and  major  generals  investigating,  with  the  in- 
evitable result  of  more  or  less  white-washing  reports.  The 
important  question  is,  what  shall  be  American  policy  to- 
ward these  Carribbean  republics  whose  independence  we 
have  taken  from  them  and  whose  government  is  now  in 
the  hands  of  the  United  States  Marine  Corps? 

Investigation  there  must  be,  and  consequent  punishment, 
but  the  investigation  should  be  made  by  Congress  and  not 
by  interested  parties,  and  the  punishment  must  not  be  con- 
fined to  isolated  cases  of  boys  who,  taking  from  their  su- 
periors the  current  attitude  of  contempt  for  the  natives, 
were  guilty  of  excesses  such  as  have  in  all  time  character- 
ized all  armies  of  occupation  lording  it  over  a  suppressed 
people.  Nor  should  penalties  stop  even  with  a  few  brutal 
lieutenants  with  possibly  a  captain  or  two  or  a  major  to 
give  an  appearance  of  thorough  expiation.  The  fundamen- 
tal atrocity  of  American  rule  in  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo 
is  the  very  fact  of  unwarranted  military  interference,  rather 
than  the  shooting  of  unarmed  prisoners  or  brutal  torture. 
It  will  take  a  broad-minded  committee  of  the  ablest  men 
in  Congress — men  without  color  prejudice — to  study  the 
question  in  its  largest  aspects.  There  must  be  no  such 
hasty  generalizations  as  characterized  that  bold  Congres- 
sional committee  which  reported  on  conditions  in  the  Virgin 
Islands  after  spending  thirty  hours  there!  If  such  a  com- 
mittee is  not  appointed  by  Congress  in  its  coming  session 
the  Republicans  will  convict  themselves  of  having  exploited 
the  agony  of  a  subject  people  merely  for  campaign  material. 

Haitians  have  indeed  rejoiced  that  their  case  has  at  last 
come  before  the  American  people  and  the  world.   The  Nation 


V 


494 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


is  proud  of  its  share  in  bringing  this  about.  But  publicity 
is  of  value  to  the  Haitians  only  as  a  first  step  toward  their 
independence  which  it  is  now  America's  solemn  duty  to 
guarantee  effectively  and  for  all  time  as  a  pledge  of  our 
good  faith  and  as  partial  atonement  for  our  dastardly  as- 
sault upon  it.  The  United  States  must  retire  from  Haiti 
at  the  earliest  possible  moment.  Meanwhile  it  is  our  clear 
duty  to  repair  the  damage  done,  to  indemnify  the  innocent 
victims  of  wanton  brutality,  to  aid  in  restoring  the  govern- 
ment we  have  demolished  and  to  reestablish  the  economic 
and  financial  structure  of  the  country.  While  never  solid, 
the  economic  status  of  Haiti  has  in  no  wise  been 
strengthened  and  in  many  respects  it  has  been  weakened 
by  the  exploiting  interests  which  have  sought  to  entrench 
themselves  under  cover  of  our  occupation.  Our  first  step 
should  be  the  withdrawal  of  our  military  and  naval  forces. 
It  is  a  question,  of  course,  whether  such  withdrawal  can  be 
made  suddenly.  The  curse  of  military  rule,  as  has  been 
shown  all  over  the  world,  is  that  it  leaves  anarchy  and 
upheaval  in  its  wake.  If  the  United  States  withdraws  its 
troops  suddenly  from  a  country  whose  self-governing  func- 
tions have  been  atrophied  for  five  years  and  whose  people 
have  been  made  resentful  by  cruel  oppression,  grave  dis- 
orders might  conceivably  follow.  In  fact  there  are  ugly 
rumors  that  those  desirous  of  maintaining  our  illegitimate 
hold  upon  Haiti  permanently,  plan  some  such  course  in 
order  to  justify  prompt  reoccupation.  But  no  such  con- 
sideration should  for  a  moment  obscure  the  necessity  of 
declaring  in  unmistakable  terms  our  purpose  of  withdraw- 
ing within  a  definite  and  comparatively  short  period  of 
time — three  to  five  years  at  the  utmost — and  of  utilizing 
the  interval  for  intelligent  reconstruction.  We  did  it  in 
Cuba;  we  can  do  it  again.    It  should  be  our  pride  to  do  so. 

The  task  of  reestablishing  civil  government  should  be 
entrusted  to  joint  commissions  of  Americans  and  Haitians 
or  Dominicans;  and  after  the  years  in  which  we  have  sent 
"deserving  Democrats"  and  parish  politicians  to  the  un- 
happy island,  the  naming  of  the  American  members  would 
give  opportunity  to  restore  our  reputation  in  Latin-America. 
There  should  be  both  white  and  colored  Americans  among 
them.  Such  a  joint  commission  could  proceed  to  the  task 
of  holding  local  or  municipal  elections,  then  provincial, 
where  such  are  in  order,  and  finally  to  the  election  of  new 
national  assemblies  which  could  replace  the  caprice  of  mar- 
tial law  and  "executive  order"  with  republican  administra- 
tion. Meanwhile  the  commission,  calling  on  the  best  talent 
available,  should  make  a  thorough  survey  of  Haiti's  re- 
sources and  potentialities,  and  base  the  reconstruction  pro- 
gram on  facts,  scientifically  established  by  competent  and 
careful  experts. 

There  is  more  than  this.  The  Haitian-American  treaty, 
forced  on  an  unwilling  Haitian  Assembly,  must  be  de- 
nounced; the  new  Constitution,  passed  under  the  aegis  of 
American  military  rule,  with  its  special  provisions  designed 
to  facilitate  American  business,  should  give  way  to  the  old 
rule  of  Haiti  for  the  Haitians.  We  have  killed  one  in 
every  four  hundred  Haitians,  two  hundred  and  fifty  Hai- 
tians to  every  American  killed,  and  that  such  ratios  are  not 
those  of  decent  warfare.  We  owe  Haiti  more  than  to  get 
out;  we  owe  positive  amends  for  the  past.  It  is  not  easy 
for  a  proud  people  to  confess  that  it  has  erred;  but  the 
facts  in  this  case  are  so  flagrant  and  so  sure  that  not  other- 
wise can  a  proud  honor  be  satisfied. 


"Murdering  Beauty 


i  * 


AT  the  Butirki  prison  in  Moscow,  say  certain  Frenchmen 
who  were  formerly  there  as  involuntary  guests  of  the 
Bolsheviki,  there  is  a  beautiful  Lettish  girl,  at  about  the 
remorseless  age  of  fifteen,  who  acts  as  official  executioner, 
shooting  her  victims  expertly  in  the  back  when  they  have 
been  chosen  by  lot  and  led  before  her.  The  brawny  Jack 
Ketch  of  the  old  tradition  has  yielded  to  a  mere  "flapper," 
"with  unerring  aim  and  a  lust  for  blood." 

The  French  will  be  French !  Our  minds  go  back  to  some 
thousands  of  fine  poems  and  of  gallant  speeches  which  have 
been  made  by  this  fine  and  gallant  race  upon  the  theme  of 
"murdering  beauty."  What  after  all  is  so  deadly  as  a  lovely 
eye?  It  stabs  deep  with  a  glint,  slays  with  a  glance,  and 
utterly  consumes  with  a  level  gaze.  There  is  no  armor  proof 
against  it.  Whenever  beauty  walks  abroad  it  leaves  its  path 
strewn  with  the  wrecks  of  foolish  men  who  have  encoun- 
tered it.  It  rises  in  the  morning,  like  the  sun  for  glory,  and 
kills  off  a  few  swains  who  are  outside  its  casement  when 
first  it  looks  out  at  the  new  day.  It  lisps  its  dutiful  orisons, 
tastes  matutinal  nectar,  and  comes  forth  to  begin  its  proper 
business.  Walking  beside  some  clear  brook  it  topples  one 
venturer  after  another  into  the  sympathetic  flood.  On  the 
smooth  enameled  green,  where  daisies  pie  the  meadow, 
beauty  does  its  fatal  work  no  less  ruthlessly  than  in  secluded 
arbors  or  umbrageous  grottoes.  Then  mounted  on  its  favor- 
ite courser  it  takes  to  the  hunt,  leaving  to  others  the  lighter 
task  of  bringing  down  the  boar  or  catching  up  with  the  fox, 
but  itself  more  deadly  among  the  human  quarry  who,  though 
hunters,  are  at  last  the  hunted.  Finally  twilight,  the  end 
of  the  day,  candles,  spinet  and  dulcimer  and  the  soft  record- 
ers, witching  sounds,  and  more  bewitching  silences ;  but  still 
beauty  goes  on  its  conquering  course.  Not  even  midnight 
dims  it.  When  beauty  has  retired  from  mortal  sight,  the 
lover  who  had  not  the  luck  to  come  within  its  range  and  so 
be  slaughtered,  lies  disconsolate  upon  his  couch  waiting  for 
another  day  and  another  chance  to  dare  the  killing  eyes  of 
beauty. 

The  French  will  be  French!  Even  in  the  dungeon,  say 
the  old  gallants,  they  longed  for  the  most  murderous  gleam 
of  beauty.  Better  that  and  annihilation  than  the  long  night 
of  safety.  Leaning  out  of  his  desperate  window  this  or  that 
prisoner,  if  he  beheld  some  lady  walking  in  the  courtyard, 
would  fix  his  admiration  upon  her  and  bend  every  effort  to 
draw  in  his  direction  that  killing  look.  Is  there  not  a  story 
by  Kenneth  Graham  about  a  headswoman  in  some  Ruri- 
tanian  region  who  became  so  popular  that  the  whole  world 
masculine  swarmed  to  her  begging  to  be  slain  as  a  tender 
personal  favor?  And  did  they  not  swarm  so  numerously 
that  it  embarrassed  the  land  and  almost  stripped  it  of  its 
finest  heroes  because  they  chose  death  by  the  delicate  heads- 
woman  rather  than  life  at  any  less  exquisite  hands  what- 
ever? 

We  do  not  know  whether  it  was  in  this  fashion  that  the 
prisoners  of  the  Bolsheviki  behaved,  but  we  suspect  that 
something  of  the  sort  might  have  happened,  so  true  to  form 
does  their  ancient  gallantry  seem  to  have  run.  It  might 
have  happened;  it  must  have  happened.  For  this  is  not, 
after  all,  history  we  are  talking  about.  It  is  romance,  the 
latest  child  of  propaganda — romance  joyfully  conscripted  in 
the  war  against  the  enemies  of  the  old  order  and  naturally 
using  the  old,  old  tricks. 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


495 


The  Paradox  of  Literature 


WHEN  his  dark  hours  are  upon  him  the  man  of  letters 
will  often  envy  the  practitioners  of  other  arts.  Their 
medium  is  so  fresh  and  plastic,  his  own  so  stained  and 
rigid.  Theirs  is  free  and  self-existent,  his  is  entangled 
in  all  the  base  uses  of  the  world.  He  listens  to  the  third 
Etude  of  Chopin,  to  the  Andante  of  Beethoven's  twenty- 
third  sonata,  and  he  despairs.  Such  divine  freedom  and 
purity  of  utterance  is  not  for  him.  The  dust  of  all  trodden 
ways  blows  on  his  lips ;  the  sound  of  all  harsh  and  meaning- 
less voices  is  in  his  ears.  There  are  glossy  shadows  on  the 
broad,  bright  stream;  a  shiver  runs  rustling  through  the 
innumerable  leaves  of  a  tree.  So  long  as  he  contemplates 
these  objects — identifies  himself  with  them  or  absorbs  them 
into  himself — he  is  safe.  The  moment  he  speaks  his  agony 
begins.  For  the  names  he  uses  are  the  names  neither  of 
these  things  nor  of  his  vision  of  them,  but  of  a  thousand 
blunted  perceptions  and  half-obliterated  memories.  He  can- 
not, like  the  musician,  invent  an  expression  never  heard 
before.  He  must  take  the  shabby  old  names  of  things  and, 
by  a  trickery  that  threatens  always  to  make  an  artifice  of 
his  art,  seek  to  lend  them  some  freshness  and  immediacy 
and  sting.  And  even  while  he  labors  thus,  he  loses  bit 
by  bit  the  uniqueness  of  his  relation  to  the  things  contem- 
plated, which  alone  made  his  moment  worth  recording. 

He  is  in  far  worse  case  when  he  comes  to  deal  with  the 
operations  of  the  mind  and,  above  all,  when  he  deals  with 
moral  qualities  and  moral  facts.  The  names  by  which 
these  go  are  of  a  Byzantine  conventionalism — remote  and 
bloodless  and  inflexible.  He  may  mean  to  bless  and  succeed 
in  cursing.  For  his  words  bristle  with  alien  angers  and 
false  judgments  and  with  all  the  moral  rancor  of  the  dead. 
Let  him  speak  of  a  noble  selfishness,  and  he  will  be  accused 
of  vain  singularity ;  or  of  a  spiritual  use  of  sensual  experi- 
ence, and  he  will  be  held  to  blaspheme.  For  these  words 
have  so  lost  touch  with  the  facts  of  life,  and  have  become 
so  merged  in  a  militant  conceptualism,  that  men  no  longer 
use  them  to  name  things,  but  rather  do  violence  to  all 
things  in  order  to  crush  them  into  what  is  considered  the 
appropriate  mould.  But  since  men  are  willing  to  suffer 
hunger  and  disease,  to  fight  and  to  die  for  mere  names, 
it  is  clear  that  the  artist  in  literature  will  often  him- 
self be  snared  by  words.  So  that,  in  order  to  speak 
beautifully  and  truly,  he  must  struggle  not  only  against  the 
dead  weight  of  nearly  all  his  fellows,  but  often  against  the 
confusions  of  his  own  mind.  Let  him  love  liberty  and  praise 
it,  some  one  will  discover  that  he  has  counseled  license. 
The  ugly  word  may  startle  him  and  even  keep  him  from 
seeing  that  no  such  thing  exists,  but  that  it  is  a  name 
men  use  for  stigmatizing  the  liberties  which  they  them- 
selves do  not  want  to  exercise. 

It  is,  when  one  reflects,  as  though  from  the  beginning 
man  had  been  haunted  by  a  great  fear,  and  in  that  fear  had 
sought  deliberately  to  darken  and  to  simplify  the  beautiful 
and  various  world  as  well  as  his  own  subtle  and  divided 
heart.  Thus  he  took  all  sharp  perceptions  and  unborrowed 
passions  and  far-ranging  thoughts,  and  gave  to  these  in- 
finitely multiform  things  a  few  quite  bleak  and  rigid  names. 
And  the  power  of  these  names  in  keeping  out  freedom  and 
fear  was  such  that  he  came  to  believe  that  they  exhausted 
the  varieties  of  his  experience,  and  grew  angry  if  anyone 
offered  to  extend  his  narrow  world  a  little  farther  toward 


the  wide  boundaries  of  reality.  The  proof  of  this  uncon- 
scious process  is  marvelously  revealed  when  one  compares 
different  languages  and  the  people  who  speak  them.  There 
are  languages  that  contain  names  for  moods  and  for  moral 
perceptions  and  distinctions,  as  well  as  for  qualities  in  the 
external  world,  that  are  blankly  absent  from  our  own.  Are 
we  then  incapable  of  these  moods  and  perceptions?  No; 
for  we  acquire  them  when  we  perfectly  acquire  that  other 
tongue.  But  so  long  as  we  are  confined  to  one  language 
we  are  imprisoned  within  the  moral  twists  and  self-imposed 
limitations  of  those  dead  speakers  of  it  who  checked  the 
growth  of  certain  moods  and  perceptions  and  distinctions 
by  giving  them  either  deprecating  names  or  the  names  of 
other  things.  Thus  men  have  named  things  out  of  existence, 
and  actually  impoverished  human  life  by  forcing  upon  deli- 
cate and  subtle  phenomena  both  of  the  world  and  of  the 
mind  the  harsh  names  of  what  all  knew  and  approved.  This 
universal  nominalism  is  far  more  dangerous  than  is  com- 
monly thought;  it  can  drain  life  and  kill  things  and  cripple 
the  soul. 

This,  then,  is  the  paradox  of  literature.  The  artist  de- 
sires to  reveal  and  interpret  reality.  But  he  must  use  a 
medium  built  from  the  beginning  to  darken  and  conceal  it. 
Not  until  he  is  himself  liberated  from  the  medium  of  his 
art  can  he  begin  to  practice  it  truly;  not  until  he  has  died 
to  all  words  can  the  world  be  born  again  in  his  own  soul. 
He  must  return  to  the  eternally  concrete  and  name  no  thing 
until  he  has  grasped  it  in  its  real  nature,  nor  compare  it 
to  another  until  he  has  known  it  to  be  essentially  incom- 
parable. To  know  human  thoughts  and  actions  he  must 
have  learned  to  see  them  as  unique  and  without  name;  he 
must  recover  a  complete  innocence  of  vision  and  let  no 
words  betray  him  into  violating  it.  And  when  he  has  done 
all  that  and  has  at  last  made  himself  worthy  of  his  art — 
then  comes  his  hardest  hour.  He  cannot,  after  all,  invent 
new  symbols;  he  is  bound  to  the  use  of  speech.  Now  that 
he  knows  the  full  treachery  of  words,  he  must  use  them  to 
reveal  that  very  treachery  and  to  lead  men  back  to  all  the 
things  these  words  have  stunted  or  defamed  or  left  un- 
spoken. He  has  substituted  realities  for  myths  in  his  own 
mind,  but  myths  are  all  he  has  with  which  to  body  forth 
realities  in  art.  He  shifts  the  meaning  of  a  symbol  here 
and  alters  a  connotation  there.  For  all  that,  he  has  the  fore- 
knowledge of  ultimate  failure.  All  that  he  says  will  still 
hide  his  direct  vision  of  reality  and  leave  his  agonies  and 
exaltations  blurred  and  dim. 

Yet  his  career  of  failure  is  not  without  its  luminous 
moments.  His  aim  is  so  high  that  a  fleeting  success  recon- 
ciles him  to  his  fate.  For  such  success  is,  in  the  truest 
sense,  creative.  It  gives  men  not  only  beauty  but  vision, 
not  only  delight  but  life.  It  increases  the  number  of  living 
realities,  extends  the  possibilities  of  experience,  and  creates 
both  things  and  thoughts  that  would  else  be  lost  to  the  con- 
sciousness of  man.  This  is  what  the  ten  thousand  scrib- 
blers do  not  understand.  They  heap  words  upon  words  and 
tribal  formularies  on  tribal  formularies.  The  true  artist  in 
letters  gives  life  and  creates  freedom.  In  the  paradox  of 
literature  he  finds  both  his  pain  and  his  reward.  His  suc- 
cess is  difficult  and  rare.  But,  when  it  comes,  it  breaks  the 
fetters  of  the  world  and  adds  to  the  sum  of  our  unalterable 
good. 


496 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


The  End  of  the  Entente 


By  ROBERT  DELL 


London,  Oct.  8 

TO  understand  the  French  and  British  foreign  policies 
of  today  and  their  increasing  divergence,  which  has 
led  to  the  practical  dissolution  of  the  Entente  Cordiale,  one 
must  go  back  to  the  Peace  Conference.  It  is  the  general 
belief  in  England  that  M.  Clemenceau  had  it  all  his  own 
way  at  the  Conference,  but  that  is  not  the  fact,  although, 
as  Mr.  Maynard  Keynes  has  said:  "So  far  as  the  main 
economic  lines  of  the  Treaty  represent  an  intellectual  idea, 
it  is  the  idea  of  France  and  Clemenceau."  Lloyd  George 
has  encouraged  this  belief  for  his  own  purposes.  Now  that 
the  Treaty  of  Versailles  is  becoming  more  and  more  un- 
popular in  England,  and  its  impossibilities  and  disastrous 
results  more  and  more  generally  recognized,  it  suits  Lloyd 
George  to  represent  himself  as  an  innocent  victim,  who  has 
no  responsibility  for  what  is  worst  in  the  Treaty.  Perhaps 
one  of  Lloyd  George's  most  useful  qualities  is  his  remark- 
able power  of  detachment.  During  the  general  election  cam- 
paign of  1918,  he  asked  an  astonished  company  in  a  pri- 
vate house  after  dinner  whether  they  did  not  agree  with 
him  that  the  "stunt"  about  hanging  the  Kaiser  that  "those 
people"  were  running  was  very  absurd.  Although  it  got 
him  his  majority,  he  is  quite  capable  of  saying  during  the 
next  general  election  campaign  that  that  "stunt"  never  had 
his  approval.  He  always  manages  to  lay  the  blame  for 
everything  that  goes  wrong  on  one  or  more  of  his  colleagues 
while  he,  personally,  takes  the  credit  for  everything  that 
goes  right.  He  never  commits  himself  definitely  to  any 
policy ;  somehow  or  other  he  manages  to  leave  himself  a  way 
of  escape,  so  that  he  can  turn  out  to  have  been  right  in  any 
event.  I  shall  never  forget  the  speech  in  the  House  of  Com- 
mons about  a  year  ago  when,  with  Winston  Churchill  writh- 
ing in  agony  on  the  bench  beside  him,  he  calmly  repeated 
and  made  his  own  all  the  arguments  against  intervention 
in  Russia,  informed  the  House  that  he  had  always  said  that 
it  would  be  a  failure,  and  took  credit  for  deep  foresight. 
Not  one  of  his  followers  rose  and  asked  him  why  he  had 
spent  an  hundred  million  pounds  on  an  enterprise  that  he 
knew  to  be  futile.  Lloyd  George  has  acquired  a  reputation 
for  statesmanship  by  the  simple  method  of  frankly  declar- 
ing, when  his  policy  has  proved  a  failure,  that  he  always 
knew  it  would  fail.  Nine  out  of  ten  Englishmen  know  him 
to  be  a  charlatan  and  a  trickster,  but  they  flatter  them- 
selves that  he  cannot  humbug  them,  and  believe  that  his 
wiles  are  as  useful  to  the  country  as  to  himself.  It  is  a 
fond  illusion. 

Had  Mr.  Lloyd  George  gone  to  Paris  with  the  intention 
of  making  a  peace  on  the  basis  of  the  Fourteen  Points  and 
backing  Mr.  Wilson,  he  and  Mr.  Wilson  could  have  done 
what  they  liked.  But  he  was  handicapped  in  the  first  place 
by  his  own  election  pledges  about  hanging  the  Kaiser  and 
making  Germany  pay  for  the  war;  and  hampered  in  the 
second  place  by  the  necessity  of  satisfying  the  appetites 
of  the  group  of  capitalists  that  surround  him  and  upon 
whom  he  is  dependent  for  election  and  propaganda  funds, 
since  he  has  no  political  organization  behind  him.  He  soon 
got  on  the  weak  side  both  of  Wilson  and  of  Clemenceau. 
Mr.  Keynes  has  given  an  amusing  description  of  the  suc- 
cessful humbugging  of  poor   Mr.   Wilson,   who   seems  to 


have  been  an  easy  victim.  Clemenceau  was  a  more  difficult 
nut  to  crack,  but  Lloyd  George  cracked  it.  Clemenceau 
had  one  idea :  the  political  and  economic  destruction  of  Ger- 
many. On  that  point  he  was  intractable.  It  was  useless 
to  point  out  to  him  that  the  economic  restoration  of  Ger- 
many was  a  necessary  condition  of  an  indemnity  to  France. 
He  preferred  to  go  without  an  indemnity  rather  than  allow 
Germany  to  recover.  Lloyd  George  saw  at  once  how  this 
crazy  fanaticism  could  be  exploited.  He  gave  M.  Clemen- 
ceau his  "Carthaginian  Peace,"  well  knowing  that  it  would 
land  France  in  such  insoluble  difficulties  that  she  would 
sooner  or  later  be  obliged  to  make  concessions,  and  fully 
intending  to  get  round  it  on  the  first  opportunity.  And, 
having  thus  squared  Clemenceau,  he  carried  off  all  the  ma- 
terial advantages.  This  was  made  the  easier  by  Clemen- 
ceau's  ignorance  of  and  indifference  to  economic  questions, 
which  led  him  gaily  to  surrender  even  the  oil  of  Mosul, 
which  had  been  secured  to  France  by  a  secret  agreement 
during  the  war.  Thus  Lloyd  George  satisfied  his  capitalist 
friends ;  got  rid  of  the  German  navy  and  mercantile  marine ; 
secured  the  greater  part  of  the  German  colonies;  and  in 
fact  carried  off  the  substance  while  Clemenceau  gloated  over 
the  shadow.  France  got  Alsace-Lorraine  and  an  indemnity 
that  Germany,  as  Lloyd  George  well  knew,  could  never  pay. 
It  was  not  long  before  the  French  people  began  to  realize 
the  true  state  of  affairs.  Of  course  the  French  people  had 
themselves  to  blame,  for  they  should  never  have  thrown 
themselves  into  the  arms  of  Clemenceau.  The  grotesque  adu- 
lation of  that  old  gentleman  illustrated  a  weakness  of  the 
French  character,  which  is  always  looking  for  traitors  on 
the  one  hand  and  saviors  on  the  other.  One  of  the  results 
of  the  discovery  that  Clemenceau  had  been  humbugged  was 
a  wave  of  Anglophobia  accompanied  by  the  revival  of  the 
ridiculous  legend  that  Clemenceau  was  an  English  agent. 
The  Anglophobia  has  now  become  almost  as  violent  and 
quite  as  silly  as  in  the  days  of  the  Fashoda  trouble  and  the 
feeling  against  America  is  only  less  bitter,  although  Mr. 
Wilson  won  unexpected  praise  by  his  support  of  French 
policy  in  Poland.  One  of  the  chief  grievances  against  the 
English  and  the  Americans  is  the  depreciation  of  the  franc, 
which  is  attributed  to  deliberate  and  Machiavellian  intrigues 
on  their  part.  Another  quite  legitimate  grievance  against 
England  is  the  high  export  price  of  English  coal,  which 
enables  it  to  be  sold  to  the  home  consumer  below  its  market 
value.  This  exploitation  of  our  late  Allies,  from  which  Italy 
suffers  still  more  than  France,  is  disgraceful.  Unfortu- 
nately, instead  of  recognizing  that  their  discomfiture  at  the 
Peace  Conference  was  due  to  a  deficient  sense  of  the  realities 
and  acting  accordingly,  the  French  are  now  seeking  to 
satisfy  their  amour-propre  by  an  ambitious  foreign  policy 
aiming  at  the  political  hegemony  of  Europe.  And  they  are 
still  trying  to  make  German  economic  restoration  impos- 
sible, although  the  economic  restoration  of  Continental 
Europe  as  a  whole,  including  France  herself,  depends  upon 
it.  It  must  be  said  that  the  French  people  are  still  terrified 
of  Germany.  They  have  been  persuaded  by  the  govern- 
mental press  that  Germany  is  still  an  imminent  danger  and 
that  France  will  never  be  safe  until  Germany  is  dismem- 
bered and  politically  annihilated.    This  feeling  is  intensified 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


497 


by  the  fact  that  the  guaranties  given  to  France  by  the 
Peace  treaties  have  disappeared.  The  alliance  with  Amer- 
ica and  England  has  fallen  through — happily  for  America 
and  England — and  the  League  of  Nations  is  an  impotent 
sham.  The  French  forget  that  the  latter  fact  is  the  fault 
of  their  own  Government  more  than  any  other,  for  it  is  the 
French  Government  that  obstinately  opposes  the  admission 
of  the  late  enemy  countries  into  the  League,  without  which 
it  can  never  be  of  any  value. 

All  these  causes  have  led  to  the  present  restless  and  mis- 
chievous activity  of  French  foreign  policy.  It  is  trying  to 
separate  Bavaria  from  Germany  and  unite  it  to  Austria 
under  a  Wittelsbach  sovereign.  It  is  trying  to  restore  the 
monarchy  in  Hungary  and  perhaps  also  to  link  it  up  with 
Austria  and  Bavaria.  It  is  trying  to  use  Poland  as  a  cats- 
paw  against  Communist  Russia.  It  wants  to  set  up  a  num- 
ber of  reactionary  states  under  French  influence  to  be  used 
as  buffers  against  Germany  on  the  one  hand  and  Russia 
on  the  other,  failing  the  restoration  of  Czarism  in  the  latter 
country,  which  is  the  aim  of  the  French  protege,  Wrangel, 
one  of  whose  generals  is  well  known  as  a  relative  of  the 
late  Czar.  The  secret  treaty  with  Belgium,  which  the 
French  and  Belgian  Governments  have  refused  to  com- 
municate to  the  League  of  Nations  in  defiance  of  the  terms 
of  the  Covenant  of  the  League,  probably  has  as  its  ulterior 
object  the  separation  from  Germany  of  the  territory  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  Rhine  now  occupied  by  the  Allied  forces, 
and  its  establishment  as  a  vassal  state.  Outside  Europe 
there  is  the  senseless  Syrian  expedition  which  will  bring 
France  nothing  but  expensive  glory. 

This  policy  is  likely  to  be  disastrous  to  France.  One  of 
its  consequences  is  an  increase  of  four  billion  francs  in  the 
army  estimates  for  the  coming  year.  At  least  the  same 
amount  has  been  diverted  from  the  sums  voted  by  Parlia- 
ment for  the  restoration  of  the  devastated  region  to  be 
spent  on  equipping  the  Polish  army  and  that  of  Wrangel. 
The  country  is  rushing  headlong  on  the  road  to  ruin.  The 
policy  is  equally  disastrous  to  Europe.  Czecho-Slovakia, 
Jugo-Slavia,  and  Rumania  have  already  formed  a  defensive 
alliance  against  Hungary,  and  the  Continent  is  being  di- 
vided into  hostile  armed  camps.  Austria  is  starving  to 
death  and  cannot  survive  unless  she  is  allowed  to  unite 
with  Germany  or  Hungary.  The  great  majority  of  Aus- 
trians  desire  union  with  Germany,  but  that  is  forbidden 
by  the  Treaty  of  St.  Germain,  and  France  will  not  hear  of  it. 
At  any  moment  there  may  be  an  explosion. 

If  England  and  Italy  acted  together  on  the  right  lines 
they  could  probably  bring  France  to  reason.  But,  unfortu- 
nately, Lloyd  George  has  no  consistent  policy.  The  British 
Foreign  Office,  true  to  its  old  tradition  of  the  balance  of 
power,  is  naturally  hostile  to  the  French  policy.  It  is  not 
to  the  interest  of  England  that  Germany  should  be  destroyed 
or  that  France  should  secure  the  hegemony  of  Europe. 
Instinctively  England  throws  her  weight  in  the  balance  on 
the  side  of  Germany.  Lloyd  George  is  working  in  an  under- 
hand way  for  the  revision  of  the  treaties,  in  favor  of  Ger- 
many and  Austria,  but  he  dares  not  openly  avow  his  aim, 
since  he  has  no  intention  of  revising  the  treaties  in  any 
points  affecting  British  interests.  His  policy  in  regard  to 
Russia  varies  according  to  the  military  successes  or  failures 
of  the  Russian  army,  and  the  negotiations  for  the  resump- 
tion of  trade  relations  are  now  being  delayed  in  the  hope, 
probably  vain,  that  the  present  Russian  Government  is 
about  to  fall.    The  result  is  that  he  has  hopelessly  estranged 


French  feeling  without  any  corresponding  advantage.  Eng- 
land would  be  less  disliked  in  France  had  he  adopted  a 
frank  and  consistent  policy  opposed  to  that  of  the  French 
Government.  One  cannot  open  a  French  comic  paper  with- 
out finding  Lloyd  George  caricatured  as  the  incarnation 
of  British  hypocrisy  and  the  personification  of  "perfide 
Albion." 

It  was  possible  to  maintain  Anglo-French  friendship  only 
on  one  condition — that  of  making  a  just  and  democratic 
peace.  From  the  moment  that  Lloyd  George  and  Clemen- 
ceau  decided  to  make  an  imperialist  and  Carthaginian  peace, 
a  quarrel  over  the  division  of  the  spoils  was  inevitable. 
The  only  way  to  save  Europe  now  is  to  scrap  the  imperialist 
and  Carthaginian  peace  and  make  a  new  one  on  different 
lines.  That  involves  the  sacrifice  of  the  spoils  that  Eng- 
land, or  rather  Lloyd  George's  capitalist  friends,  have  ap- 
propriated. England  camiot  ask  France  to  revise  the 
treaties  until  she,  herself,  has  clean  hands.  Nor  can  France 
be  asked  to  consent  to  a  revision  of  arrangements  touching 
her  interests,  or  supposed  interests,  unless  England  con- 
sent to  a  revision  of  the  arrangements  that  touch  England, 
such  as  those  concerning  the  German  colonies.  I  see  little 
hope  so  long  as  England  is  governed  by  a  charlatan  whose 
sole  concern  is  to  stick  in  office.  The  one  ray  of  hope  is 
the  apparent  disposition  of  the  French  Government  to  dis- 
cuss the  question  of  reparations  directly  with  Germany. 
A  satisfactory  understanding  between  France  and  Germany 
would  go  far  to  make  European  peace  at  last  possible.  But 
if  it  led,  as  the  Vossische  Zeitung  desires,  to  a  Continental 
alliance  against  England,  all  the  mischief  would  begin  over 
again.  The  remedy  is  the  United  States  of  Europe  with 
Free  Trade  and  disarmament.  We  must  come  to  that  or 
perish.  • 


Twilight  of  the  Gods 

By  LEONORA  SPEYER 

Tonight 

Dusk  shuddered  away  from  the  autumn  sky 

Too  cruel-bright: 

Into  the  comfort  of  the  West 

She  slipped,  a  wound  in  her  shadowy  breast, 

Glowing  and  deep  and  red, 

Out  of  the  day — to  grieve  and  die, 

Hanging  her  head. 

But  I 

Will  wear  my  one-time  bliss  of  you 

More  valiantly! 

Pinned  to  my  gown  like  a  meadow-flower 

Or  the  proud,  red  gem  of  my  woman's  dower, 

And  never  its  wound  revealed — 

The  aching,  eloquent  kiss  of  you, 

Unhealed ! 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

James  Westfall  Thompson  is  Professor  of  History  at 
the  University  of  Chicago. 

Otto  H.  Kahn  is  a  leading  figure  in  the  financial  world. 


498 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


U.  S.  Steel  vs.  Margolis 


By  SWINBURNE  HALE 


TO  any  one  who  has  read  the  Interchurch  World  Report 
on  the  Steel  Strike,  or  the  Twelve  Lawyers'  Report  on 
the  Department  of  Justice,  the  disbarment  of  Jacob  Mar- 
golis comes  as  no  surprise.  Mr.  Margolis  has  been  deported 
from  the  legal  profession;  that  is  all.  He  has  been  de- 
ported exactly  as  union  organizers  have  been  deported  from 
steel  towns.  He  has  been  deported  exactly  as  alien  radicals 
have  been  deported  from  the  country.  He  has  been  put  out, 
ejected,  by  "force  and  violence"  one  might  almost  say,  from 
the  means  of  earning  a  living,  because  he  holds  views 
widely  divergent  from  the  accepted  views  of  the  people  who 
run  Allegheny  County,  Pennsylvania. 

The  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Allegheny  County,  which 
has  acted,  sits  in  the  very  heart  of  the  Pittsburgh  Steel 
district.  Judges  Shafer  and  Ford  are  the  same  two  judges 
who,  upon  being  prayed  to  enjoin  Mayor  Babcock  and  the 
police  from  interfering  with  a  local  union  holding  its  busi- 
ness meetings  (not  even  mass  meetings,  but  business  meet- 
ings), denied  the  writ,  saying  that  "it  must  be  left  to  the 
reasonable  discretion  of  the  officers  charged  with  keeping 
the  peace,  when  such  intervention  is  made."  This  is  the 
same  Allegheny  County  whose  Sheriff  proclaimed  that  any 
assembling  and  loitering  of  three  people  in  the  streets  of 
Pittsburgh  constituted  an  unlawful  assembly.  This  is  the 
county  upon  which  centered  the  influences  that  the  Inter- 
church World  Commission  reported  as  follows: 

The  maintenance  of  the  non-unionism  alternative,  therefore, 
entailed  for  the  steel  companies  activities  running  from  spies 
in  church  offices  in  New  York  to  sealed  carloads  of  Negroes 
shipped  into  the  Pittsburgh  plant  yards  at  night.  For  com- 
munities and  for  States  the  alternative  contained  activities  of 
greater  import  and  greater  menace.  These  affected  civil  lib- 
erties in  whole  communities,  local  legislative  bodies,  police  au- 
thorities, judges,  State  police  troops,  Federal  Government  de- 
partments, and  the  United  States  Army. 

Specifically,  Jacob  Margolis  was  charged  before  this  hon- 
orable court  "with  conduct  totally  destructive  of  the  Gov- 
ernment which  he  took  an  oath  to  support."  Specifically 
it  was  held  by  this  honorable  court  that  Margolis  "has 
done  his  utmost  to  breed  unrest  among  the  lawless  and 
vicious  and  to  incite  them  to  acts  of  violence  and  disloyalty." 
Specifically  the  evidence  shows  merely  and  absolutely  that 
Jacob  Margolis,  being  a  fluent  and  profound  student  of 
radical  philosophies,  had  come  to  believe  primarily  in  the 
Tolstoyan  doctrine  of  pacifist  non-resistance,  and  secon- 
darily in  a  combination  of  the  Tolstoyan  doctrine  of  the 
unnecessariness  of  government  as  such,  and  the  syndicalist 
doctrine  of  producers'  control  of  industrial  process;  and 
further,  that  Mr.  Margolis,  having  accepted  these  doc- 
trines, proceeded  to  impart  them  to  other  persons  either 
individually  or  in  general  meetings.  No  act  of  any  kind  in 
derogation  of  the  actual  existing  authority  of  Government 
by  Mr.  Margolis  was  shown  or  indicated.  No  credible  sugges- 
tion of  any  advocacy  of  resistance  to  law  is  to  be  found  in 
the  record  beyond  the  usual  kind  of  evidence  familiar  to 
the  point  of  nausea  in  deportation  cases  and  in  the  Senate 
investigation  of  the  steel  strike — namely,  that  Mr.  Margolis 
had  defended  members  of  the  I.  W.  W.  in  court;  that 
I.  W.  W.'s  held  syndicalist  views;  that  one  W.  Z.  Foster 


had  once  written  a  "little  red  book"  about  syndicalism,  in 
which  he  said  that  the  syndicalist  allows  no  considerations 
of  legality  or  patriotism  to  stand  in  the  way  of  effective 
tactics;  and  that,  therefore,  Mr.  Margolis  must  be  taken  to 
be  a  lawyer  who  allowed  no  consideration  of  legality  to 
stand  in  the  way  of  a  forcible  eviction  of  the  government  at 
Washington. 

The  court  found  that  Mr.  Margolis  is  an  Anarchist,  a 
Syndicalist,  a  Bolshevik,  an  I.  W.  W.,  and  an  active  sup- 
porter of  an  organization  called  the  Union  of  Russian 
Workers,  "whose  principal  publication  is  Nova  Misky." 

Now,  a  man  may  at  the  same  time,  in  the  view  of  the 
Pittsburgh  judges,  be  an  anarchist  who  believes  in  no  gov- 
ernment and  be  a  Bolshevik  who  believes  in  about  the  most 
strongly  centralized  government  ever  devised.  But  it  is 
quite,  quite  true  that  no  such  "publication"  as  Nova 
Misky  has  ever  been  issued  by  anybody  anywhere,  as  a 
principal  publication  or  otherwise.  There  is  a  pamphlet 
entitled  "Two  Dictatorships"  by  Novomirsky,  which  was 
published  in  Odessa  in  1905  for  the  purposes  of  the  Russian 
revolution  of  that  year,  and  there  is  a  "Manifesto"  of  the 
same  Novomirsky,  published  in  Odessa  in  1907  after  the 
failure  of  the  previous  Russian  revolution.  These  Odessa 
editions  have  been  in  the  New  York  Public  Library  for 
years,  familiar  to  students  of  radical  literature.  They 
were  taken  out  of  the  New  York  Public  Library  by  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Union  of  Russian  Workers  to  be  reprinted  for 
Russian  readers,  together  with  books  on  botany,  philosophy, 
arithmetic,  and  other  subjects,  and  they  have  been  used  by 
Mr.  Palmer  and  his  Department  of  Justice  agents  to  scare 
people  with  ever  since. 

It  is  worth  noting  that  the  evidence  did  show  that  private 
letters  addressed  to  Mr.  Margolis,  and  in  the  custody  of  the 
Post  Office  Department,  were  somehow  or  other  copied  or 
photostated  before  they  got  to  him;  that  private  telephone 
conversations  between  Mr.  Margolis  and  his  acquaintances 
were  somehow  or  other  tapped  and  written  down;  and  that 
somehow  or  other  private  telegrams  sent  by  radicals  found 
their  way  into  the  possession  of  the  Department  of  Justice 
— an  interesting  sidelight  on  the  criminal  espionage  which 
has  come  to  be  a  part  of  modern  American  institutions. 

The  essence  of  Mr.  Margolis's  testimony  was  as  follows: 

I  have  such  faith  in  our  common  humanity  that  I  believe  if 
we  got  rid  of  the  central  question,  which  is  the  question  of 
owners  versus  producers,  and  if  we  could  get  the  new  ideological 
basis,  upon  creation  rather  than  possession,  and  every  individ- 
ual in  our  society  would  contribute  his  work,  there  would  be  no 
need  for  any  government. 

The  difficulty  of  the  court's  mental  process  lay  in  the 
impossibility  of  its  conceiving  that  any  lawyer  could  have 
such  faith  in  a  possible  reconstruction  of  society,  and  at 
the  same  time  support  the  Constitution  and  live  according 
to  the  laws.  With  equal  logic  could  Mr.  Morris  Hillquit 
be  disbarred  for  believing  in  and  urging  "a  system  of 
social  production  for  collective  use"  in  direct  disagreement 
with  the  Constitution.  That  either  Mr.  Margolis  or  Mr. 
Hillquit  intends  to  recognize  and  to  act  under  the  Consti- 
tution while  it  remains  the  Constitution,  is  a  fact  incapable 
of  lodgment  in  the  judicial  mind  of  Allegheny  County. 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


499 


The  Failure  of  the  League 


By  OTTO  H.  KAHN 


FOR  the  troublous  state  and  the  continuing  dispeace  of 
the  world,  the  wrongs  and  faults  of  the  Peace  Treaty 
of  Versailles  (and  that  of  St.  Germain)  are  more  responsi- 
ble, in  my  opinion,  than  any  other  factor,  next,  of  course, 
to  the  war  itself.  A  strongly  contributory  element  has  been 
the  unpreparedness  and  painlessness  of  our  Government  for 
those  economic  tasks  which,  with  the  cessation  of  the  war, 
became  incumbent  upon  us. 

The  Peace  Treaty  is  not  reconcilable  with  either  good 
faith  or  good  sense.  The  Treaty  falls  grievously  short  of 
realizing  the  high  hopes  of  the  world  for  a  peace  worthy  of 
the  spirit  which  animated  the  Allies  and  America  during  the 
war.  The  ill-omened  instrument  has  come  to  plague  its  very 
beneficiaries  and  to  cause  discord  and  ill-feeling  among 
those  who  had  been  comrades  in  arms.  Liberal  opinion  in 
the  allied  and  neutral  countries  is  unanimous  in  condemning 
it.  Among  the  many  people  whom  I  had  occasion  to  see  dur- 
ing my  recent  journey  in  Europe,  there  were  very  few  in- 
deed outside  of  the  immediate  circle  of  its  responsible 
authors,  who  would  deny  its  faultiness. 

The  representatives  of  the  United  States  should  never 
have  yielded  to  that  Treaty,  not  only  because  their  more  de- 
tached view  ought  to  have  shown  them  the  harmful  conse- 
quences which  were  bound  to  flow  from  it,  but  because  in 
spirit  and  in  letter  it  failed  to  carry  out  pledges  made  by  us 
— pledges  to  our  own  people,  to  the  enemy  people,  and  to  the 
world  at  large. 

Given  the  commanding  prestige  which,  at  the  time,  ad- 
hered to  America  and  her  spokesman,  and  given  the  need 
and  expectation  of  the  Allied  governments  of  America's 
financial  and  economic  aid,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  it 
was  in  our  power  to  secure  a  treaty  which  would  have  com- 
plied with  declarations  solemnly  made,  which  would  have 
befitted  the  spirit  in  which  the  war  was  fought  to  victory 
and  which  would  have  brought  to  the  world,  real  peace. 

The  League  of  Nations  Covenant  was  inserted  in  the 
Treaty  upon  President  Wilson's  insistence  and  against  the 
opposition,  originally,  of  his  fellow  treaty  makers.  They 
finally  consented  to  the  insertion  of  such  a  Covenant,  mainly 
as  a  means  to  obtain  his  acquiescence  in  the  conditions  of 
the  Treaty,  and  to  assuage  his  scruples.  They  became  more 
and  more  reconciled  to  it  as  they  succeeded  in  shaping  the 
Covenant  according  to  their  intent  and  making  out  of  it, 
largely,  an  instrument  of  political  dominion,  containing, 
moreover,  no  effective  provision  either  as  to  disarmament 
or  as  to  the  much-vaunted  "freedom  of  the  seas."  They 
became  wholly  for  it  when  Article  X  guaranteed  the  coopera- 
tion of  the  United  States  in  preserving  the  world  forever  as 
the  treaty  makers  had  arbitrarily  carved  up  and  apportioned 
it,  and  when  another  provision  of  the  Covenant  sought  to 
make  their  handiwork  trebly  ironclad  by  stipulating  that  no 
essential  modification  could  be  effected,  except  by  unanimous 
consent  of  the  principal  Powers  concerned  and  advantaged. 
In  what  instance  in  the  record  of  European  diplomacy  was 
there  ever  unanimity  when  selfish  interests  were  at  stake, 
except  unanimity  purchased  by  equally  selfish  compromises 
and  bargainings?  Does  the  present  state  of  Europe  under 
the  dispensation,  for  the  past  eighteen  months,  of  the  Su- 


preme Council,  composed  of  representatives  of  the  leading 
nations,  encourage  faith  in  the  effective  and  beneficent 
workings  of  international  unanimity? 

It  has  been  well  said  by  a  distinguished  English  Liberal, 
a  former  member  of  the  Cabinet: 

"If  you  are  to  ask  the  world  to  guarantee  the  world's 
peace,  it  is  essential  to  begin  by  establishing  a  foundation 
on  which  peace  can  stand.  This  treaty  has  done  the  exact 
opposite.  It  has  established  conditions  full  of  menace  for 
the  future  and  it  asks  the  League  of  Nations  to  guarantee 
that  they  shall  continue.    It  is  asking  too  much." 

In  the  shape  in  which  it  emerged  from  the  deliberations  of 
the  treaty  makers,  I  consider  the  League  of  Nations  Cove- 
nant insincere,  ineffective,  unsuited  to  the  aim  of  preserving 
peace  and  promoting  international  justice,  and  involving  the 
United  States  in  commitments  which  are  uncalled  for  and 
irreconcilable  with  our  traditions,  institutions,  aims,  and 
ideals. 

Nothing  that  America  fought  for  in  the  late  war,  or  prom- 
ised, makes  it  incumbent  upon  us  to  entangle  ourselves  in 
the  age-long  racial  squabbles  and  intrigues  of  Europe  and 
Asia,  or  to  become  the  guardians  and  guarantors  of  an  arbi- 
trarily and  artificially  remodeled  world,  put  together  accord- 
ing to  the  perceptions,  predilections  and  compromises  of  a 
few  men  assembled  in  secret  conclave,  far  removed  from  the 
informing  and  vitalizing  currents  of  public  opinion,  and  not 
sufficiently  removed  always  from  considerations  of  domestic 
political  expediency. 

Nothing  that  we  fought  for,  or  promised,  makes  it  incum- 
bent upon  us  to  relinquish  our  fundamental  national  policies 
and  traditions. 

We  helped  mightily  to  win  the  war.  Alone  among  the 
victors,  we  asked  for  none  of  the  spoils.  We  sought  no  gain 
in  return  for  what  we  freely  gave  in  men,  in  money  and  in 
effort.  We  obtained  no  material  advantage.  Surely,  we  are 
not  justly  called  upon  to  set  America's  signature  to  an  in- 
strument that  would  leave  us  poorer  in  those  intangible 
national  assets  which  we  have  jealously  guarded  heretofore 
and  which  we  rightly  prize. 

I  believe  that  our  participation  in  the  League  as  now  con- 
stituted, with  its  cumbersome  machinery,  complexity  and 
rigid  formulae,  instead  of  promoting  harmony  and  good- 
will, would  be  apt  rather  to  breed  misunderstandings,  irrita- 
tion and  ill-feeling  between  European  nations  and  ourselves. 

Many  of  those  who  advocate  our  "going  in"  admit  that  the 
Covenant  (as  well  as  the  Treaty)  is  faulty,  but  urge  that  the 
necessary  corrections  can  and  will  be  made  after  we  have 
joined.  I  consider  that  the  time  to  correct  admitted  faults, 
in  the  charter  and  by-laws  of  an  association  you  propose  to 
join,  is  before  you  have  joined  and  not  afterwards,  especially 
when  it  is  provided  that  after  you  have  joined,  modifications 
cannot  be  effected  except  by  unanimous  consent. 

The  argument  is  often  heard  that,  inasmuch  as  some  forty 
nations  have  joined  the  League,  we  cannot  expect  so  large  an 
aggregation  of  nations  to  abide  by  our  views  as  to  the  con- 
ception and  working  methods  of  an  association  of  peoples. 
The  argument  has  a  plausible  sound,  but  is,  I  believe,  devoid 
of  substance.    I  have  personally  no  doubt  whatever  that  any 


500 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


readjustment  or  modification  of  the  Covenant  which  is 
agreed  upon  between  England,  France,  and  America,  before 
we  "go  in,"  will  meet  with  the  ready  acquiescence  of  all 
other  nations  concerned. 

I  deplore  the  fact  that  this  subject  has  become  a  matter  of 
political  controversy.  My  own  views  are  in  no  way  colored 
by  political,  personal,  or  any  other  preconceptions,  by  any 
spirit  of  undue  leniency  toward  Germany,  or  by  any  inclina- 
tion to  condone  her  fearful  wrong. 

I  am  in  favor  of  any  wise  and  fitting  pact  to  preserve  the 


peace  of  the  world.  I  am  in  favor  of  America's  taking  her 
full  share  in  the  burden  of  that  responsibility  which  right- 
fully goes  with  power.  But  after  mature  consideration  I 
am  bound  to  agree  wholly  with  Senator  Harding's  position 
as  outlined  in  his  speech  of  August  28,  and  further  elabo- 
rated in  his  Des  Moines  speech  on  October  7. 

The  truly  great  service  which  we  can  and  ought  to  render 
to  a  world  sorely  in  need,  and  which  it  is  our  duty  and  our 
self-interest  to  render  without  delay  and  without  stint,  is 
not  political,  but  humanitarian  and  economic. 


The  Irish  Committee  Chosen 


JUST  as  we  go  to  press  the  acceptances  of  the  five  mem- 
bers of  the  Commission  of  Inquiry,  elected  by  members 
of  The  Committee  of  One  Hundred  on  Ireland,  have  been 
received.  The  balloting  was  completed  Monday,  and  ac- 
ceptances were  received  within  twenty-four  hours.  The 
Nation  takes  great  pleasure  in  announcing  the  names,  as 
follows:  Jane  Addams,  former  Governor  Joseph  W.  Folk, 
Frederic  C.  Howe,  James  H.  Maurer,  United  States  Senator 
David  I.  Walsh.  Miss  Addams  received  more  than  twice  as 
many  votes  as  any  other  nominee,  and  the  others  were 
closely  bunched. 

A  brief  biography  of  each  of  the  members  of  the  Com- 
mission follows: 

JANE  ADDAMS:  As  a  worker,  lecturer,  and  writer  for 
social  betterment  she  has  won  a  reputation  that  makes  her 
one  of  the  most  distinguished  women  in  the  world,  one  who 
has  never  refused  a  call  to  high  public  service.  For  over 
thirty  years  Miss  Addams  has  been  head  of  Hull  House, 
Chicago.  She  is  Chairman  of  the  Woman's  Peace  Party 
and  of  the  International  Committee  of  Women  for  Perma- 
nent Peace,  and  in  1919  served  as  President  of  the  Inter- 
national Congress  of  Women  held  in  Switzerland. 

JOSEPH  WINGATE  FOLK:  A  native  of  Tennessee,  his 
public  career  has  been  largely  identified  with  the  State  of 
Missouri.  He  won  his  spurs  as  circuit  attorney  in  St.  Louis 
by  fearlessly  exposing  political  corruption.  He  was  subse- 
quently elected  Governor  of  the  State  on  the  Democratic 
ticket  by  a  large  majority  in  a  Republican  year.  His  record 
as  Governor  stands  as  one  of  the  particularly  bright  spots 
in  American  political  life.  During  the  Wilson  administra- 
tion he  served  for  a  time  as  solicitor  for  the  State  Depart- 
ment, and  since  1914  has  been  chief  counsel  for  the  Inter- 
state Commerce  Commission.  He  is  also  general  counsel 
for  the  St.  Louis  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

FREDERIC  CLEMSON  HOWE:  He  is  one  of  the 
foremost  American  authorities  on  economic  and  social  sub- 
jects, particularly  on  taxation  and  municipal  government. 
He  has  been  Professor  of  Law  at  the  Cleveland  College  of 
Law,  lecturer  on  Taxation  at  Western  Reserve  University, 
and  lecturer  on  Municipal  Administration  and  Politics  at 
the  University  of  Wisconsin.  He  has  held  several  public 
offices,  including  that  of  Commissioner  of  Immigration  at 
the  Port  of  New  York,  from  1914  to  1919.  He  rtndered 
conspicuous  service  as  an  expert  on  international  affairs 
attached  to  the  American  delegation  at  the  Peace  Con- 
ference. 

JAMES  H.  MAURER:  For  many  years  he  has  been  Pres- 
ident of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Federation  of  Labor.  He  is 
known  as  an  authority  on  labor  conditions  and  problems,  and 
is  a  power  in  the  progressive  wing  of  the  American  Fed- 


eration of  Labor.  Mr.  Maurer  has  served  several  terms  as 
a  member  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Legislature  from 
the  Reading  district. 

DAVID  I.  WALSH:  He  has  had  a  notable  public  career 
in  his  native  state.  Admitted  to  the  bar  in  1897,  he  began 
his  public  service  as  moderator  at  town  meetings,  was 
elected  to  the  Massachusetts  House  of  Representatives,  and 
served  subsequently  as  Lieutenant  Governor  and  Governor. 
He  was  chosen  as  delegate  at  large  to  the  Massachusetts 
Constitutional  Convention  of  1917.  His  term  in  the  United 
States  Senate  began  last  year,  and  as  a  new  member  his 
vigorous  personality  immediately  made  itself  felt.  "If  I 
considered  my  personal  desires  I  would  decline  the  service 
offered,"  he  wired  The  Nation,  "but  the  patriotic  and  human- 
itarian aspects  of  this  service  compel  me  to  forget  self.  I' 
will  serve  with  other  members  who  will  undertake  this  work 
with  open  mind  and  without  prejudice  of  any  kind." 

The  Nation  congratulates  the  members  of  the  Committee 
of  One  Hundred  on  securing  the  services  of  Americans  of 
such  conspicuous  ability  to  make  this  earnest  attempt  to 
find  a  way  toward  peace  in  Ireland.  The  Commission  will 
meet  to  organize  at  the  earliest  possible  moment,  and  at  that 
point  The  Nation's  direct  connection  with  the  matter  will 
end.  It  is  expected  that  the  taking  of  testimony  will  begin 
at  Washington  within  a  fortnight. 

The  need  for  making  a  beginning  without  delay  is  empha- 
sized day  by  day  in  the  news  from  Ireland.  The  alarming 
increase  of  legalized  lawlessness  and  terrorism  in  that  hap- 
less land,  following  the  overwhelming  vote  in  the  British 
Parliament  against  Arthur  Henderson's  motion  for  an  Irish 
investigation,  makes  a  competent,  non-political  American 
inquiry  all  the  more  necessary  and  urgent. 

The  realization  of  the  urgency  of  this  matter  has  been 
reflected  in  letters  we  are  receiving  from  all  parts  of 
the  country,  alike  from  friends  of  Irish  welfare  and  friends 
of  British  honor,  and  from  impartial  Americans  who  never 
hesitate  to  respond  when  they  hear  of  people  suffering  and 
dying.  Not  a  few  of  these  letters  are  accompanied  by  sub- 
stantial evidence  of  support.  Since  Mr.  John  E.  Milholland 
opened  the  nation-wide  fund  for  the  inquiry  with  a  contribu- 
tion of  five  hundred  dollars,  contributions  large  and  small 
have  been  coming  in  from  persons  of  every  shade  of  opinion, 
including  a  Jewish  workingman  born  in  Poland,  who  sent 
in  his  mite  to  assist  an  alien  race  toward  justice  and  peace. 
English,  Scotch,  and  Irish  societies  in  this  country  have 
been  requested  to  "adopt"  witnesses  and  bring  .them  over 
from  Ireland  for  the  inquiry,  and  several  have  responded 
with  pledges  for  $1,000,  which  sum  will  cover  the  cost  of 
bringing  over  a   single  person.     The  organization  of  the 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


501 


Irish  County  Societies  here  has  taken  up  the  matter  of 
raising  funds  for  the  inquiry,  and  several  of  these  organiza- 
tions are  actively  at  work.  In  short,  a  start  has  been  made 
toward  providing  for  the  work  of  the  Commission.  Neces- 
sarily the  inquiry  will  be  costly,  but  if  the  Commission  can 
contribute  toward  bringing  to  an  end  the  horrible  plight  of 
the  Irish  people,  the  amount  is  insignificant. 

His  Eminence  Cardinal  Logue  has  cabled  from  Ireland 
that  "every  assistance  shall  be  given  to  the  Committee,"  and 
messages  of  sympathy  and  support  have  come  from  many 
persons  in  Canada. 

Following  a  formal  assurance  received  from  the  British 
Embassy  that  "no  one  will  be  refused  a  passport  on  the 
ground  that  he  or  she  desires  to  give  evidence  on  either 
side,"  the  Secretary  of  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred  has 
received  the  following  letter  from  Sir  Auckland  Geddes : 

British  Embassy,  Washington, 
23rd  October,  1920 
Sir: 

I  have  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  letter  of  the  8th 
instant  respecting  your  proposal  to  form  an  unofficial  Commit- 
tee of  Inquiry  with  reference  to  recent  occurrences  in  Ireland. 
To  this  I  have  given  careful  consideration. 

I  venture  to  say  that  no  one  who  realizes  what  the  present 
position  in  Ireland  involves  in  the  sorrow  and  suffering  of 
men,  women,  and  children  can  fail  to  be  anxious  that  a  way 
should  be  found  to  bring  tranquillity  to  that  country.  The 
British  Government  has  more  to  gain  than  anyone  in  insuring 
that  the  truth  is  made  known  to  the  whole  world.  I  am,  how- 
ever, unable  to  bring  myself  to  believe  that  the  truth  can  be 
established  until  there  has  been  a  period  of  quiet  in  Ireland. 
Any  inquiry  undertaken  just  now,  more  especially  any  inquiry 
undertaken  by  persons  of  less  than  the  greatest  experience  of 
the  laws  of  evidence  and  without  power  to  compel  the  produc- 
tion of  books,  papers,  records,  etc.,  would,  in  my  opinion,  lead 
to  a  mass  of  statements,  unsupported  by  verifiable  facts,  being 
made  for  propaganda  purposes. 

Sincere  friends  of  Ireland  should,  it  appears  to  me,  do  every- 
thing in  their  power  to  persuade  all  desirous  of  obtaining  a 
solution  of  the  age-long  Irish  problem  that  the  first  and  deep- 
est interest  of  Ireland  is  to  secure  that  period  of  quiet  which 
will  alone  make  settlement  possible  by  providing  the  oppor- 
tunity for  voices  now  inaudible  to  make  themselves  heard 
above  the  din. 

As  you  were  informed  in  the  letter  from  this  Embassy  of 
October  11th,  the  British  Government  will  refuse  no  one  a 
passport  to  the  United  States  on  the  ground  that  he  or  she 
desires  to  give  evidence  on  either  side  before  your  committee. 
It  was  added  that,  while  His  Majesty's  Government  would  take 
no  steps  against  any  British  subject  who  might  elect  to  give 
evidence  before  the  committee,  they  could  not  guarantee  that 
no  reprisals  would  be  enforced  by  Sinn  Fein  extremists  in 
Ireland  against  persons  who  have  given  evidence  against  cer- 
tain elements  in  that  movement,  should  such  persons  return  to 
Ireland.  I  may  add  that  nothing  will  be  done  by  the  British 
Government  to  encourage  the  holding  of  this  inquiry  or  to 
assist  witnesses  to  appear  before  the  committee. 

Yours  truly, 

(Signed)     A.  Geddes 
William  MacDonald,  Esq. 
"The  Nation," 

20  Vesey  Street, 
New  York. 

We  trust  that  the  work  of  the  Commission,  as  it  develops, 
will  enlist  the  support  of  Sir  Auckland,  at  least  to  the  extent 
of  furthering  the  presentation  of  the  British  side  of  the 


situation.  We  believe  that  he  underrates  the  seriousness 
of  the  feeling  aroused  throughout  our  citizenship  by  the 
tragic  case  of  Ireland.  The  action  of  Parliament  on  October 
19  in  rejecting  by  a  great  majority  the  motion  for  an  official 
Irish  inquiry  makes  it  plain  that  in  that  body  there  is  little 
realization  of  the  feeling  here.  The  Parliament's  prompt 
support  of  the  frank  appeal  to  brutality  made  by  Sir  Hamar 
Greenwood  can  not  but  fill  every  lover  of  Ireland  and  every 
lover  of  England  in  this  country  with  amazement  and  dis- 
may. "Yes,  they  were  murders;  call  them  murders,"  de- 
clared Sir  Hamar,  in  defiant  response  to  an  outcry  against 
his  defense  of  the  British  policy  of  repraisals  in  Ireland. 
While  he  stated  in  a  formal  and  perfunctory  manner  that  the 
Government  deplored  the  lawless  terrorism  of  its  armed 
forces  in  Ireland,  he  proceeded  most  vigorously  to  defend  the 
outrages  and  laud  the  perpetrators. 

Both  Sir  Hamar  Greenwood  and  Andrew  Bonar  Law 
assured  the  House  that  reprisals  and  disorders  in  Ireland 
had  been  "greatly  reduced"  by  the  Government's  policy. 
Dispatches  from  Ireland  on  the  day  this  statement  was  made 
and  on  the  two  preceding  days,  printed  in  the  New  York 
Times,  scarcely  bear  out  this  statement.  A  summary  of  the 
dispatches  follows: 

Oct.  18. 

Two  civilians  fatally  shot  in  military  raid  on  public  hall 
in  Dublin,  said  to  be  a  reprisal  for  the  wounding  of  two  officers 
in  a  "commandeered"  launch. 

Bombs  thrown  at  several  shops  in  Tipperary  by  uniformed 
men. 

Police  barracks  at  Ruan,  County  Clare,  raided  by  civilians. 

Oct.  19. 

Two  farmers  at  Ballydavid  in  Tipperary  roused  from  bed  at 
midnight  and  shot  dead  by  a  party  of  men  in  military  uniform. 

A  man  named  Doyle  at  Ballygar,  County  Galway,  called  to 
the  door  of  his  home  at  night  and  shot  through  the  heart  by 
policemen.  In  a  series  of  domiciliary  visits,  on  the  same  even- 
ing, shots  were  fired  through  windows  and  four  men  were  ar- 
rested by  the  police. 

Three  creameries  and  a  public  hall  burned  as  reprisal  by 
British  forces  near  Traloe,  where  Sinn  Feiners  recently  seized 
military  stores. 

The  population  terrified,  windows  smashed,  and  one  civilian 
wounded  in  raids  by  "Black  and  Tans"  in  military  cars  at 
Drogheda. 

Oct.  20. 

Raids  by  crown  officers  in  force  on  Sackville  Street,  Dublin. 
One  civilian  wounded. 

Michael  Walsh,  "an  Urban  Councillor  and  a  well-known  Sinn 
Feiner,"  taken  from  his  shop  by  armed  men.  His  body,  with 
bullet  wounds  in  the  head,  "was  subsequently  found  in  the  river. 
Recently  his  house  had  been  twice  raided  and  bombed." 

There  is  every  reason  to  hope  that  the  forthcoming  in- 
quiry under  the  auspices  of  an  American  Committee  of  dis- 
tinguished membership  will  suggest  to  the  governing  group 
in  Great  Britain  a  way  out  of  the  maze  of  horrors  in  which 
they  are  wandering  in  Ireland.  It  is  of  vital  importance, 
before  any  measure  of  improvement  can  come  in  Ireland, 
that  the  facts  in  the  case  be  impartially  established.  This 
necessary  groundwork  the  Commission  of  Inquiry  will  per- 
form. Its  high  mission  will  be  to  assist  toward  opening  a 
way  to  peace  in  Ireland.  In  this  it  will  render  to  Great 
Britain,  to  Ireland  and  to  the  world,  a  service  beyond  price. 


502 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


National  Platform,   Socialist 
Party  1920 

[Pursuant  to  the  request  of  many  of  The  Nation's  readers,  we 
print  herewith  the  platform  of  the  Socialist  Party,  1920.] 

IN  the  national  campaign  of  1920  the  Socialist  Party  calls 
upon  all  American  workers  of  hand  and  brain,  and  upon  all 
citizens  who  believe  in  political  liberty  and  social  justice,  to 
free  the  country  from  the  oppressive  misrule  of  the  old  political 
parties,  and  to  take  the  government  into  their  own  hands  under 
the  banner  and  upon  the  program  of  the  Socialist  Party. 

The  outgoing  administration,  like  Democratic  and  Republican 
administrations  of  the  past,  leaves  behind  it  a  disgraceful  record 
of  solemn  pledges  unscrupulously  broken  and  public  confidence 
ruthlessly  betrayed. 

It  obtained  the  suffrage  of  the  people  on  a  platform  of  peace, 
liberalism,  and  social  betterment,  but  drew  the  country  into  a 
devastating  war,  and  inaugurated  a  regime  of  despotism,  reac- 
tion, and  oppression  unsurpassed  in  the  annals  of  the  republic. 

It  promised  to  the  American  people  a  treaty  which  would 
assure  to  the  world  a  reign  of  international  right  and  true 
democracy.  It  gave  its  sanction  and  support  to  an  infamous 
pact  formulated  behind  closed  doors  by  predatory  elder  states- 
men of  European  and  Asiatic  Imperialism.  Under  this  pact 
territories  have  been  annexed  against  the  will  of  their  popula- 
tions and  cut  off  from  their  source  of  sustenance;  nations  seek- 
ing their  freedom  in  the  exercise  of  the  much-heralded  right  of 
self-determination  have  been  brutally  fought  with  armed  force, 
intrigue,  and  starvation  blockades. 

To  the  millions  of  young  men  who  staked  their  lives  on  the 
field  of  battle,  to  the  people  of  the  country  who  gave  unstintingly 
of  their  toil  and  property  to  support  the  war,  the  Democratic 
administration  held  out  the  sublime  ideal  of  a  union  of  the 
peoples  of  the  world  organized  to  maintain  perpetual  peace 
among  nations  on  the  basis  of  justice  and  freedom.  It  helped 
create  a  reactionary  alliance  of  imperialistic  governments, 
banded  together  to  bully  weak  nations,  crush  working-class  gov- 
ernments, and  perpetuate  strife  and  warfare. 

While  thus  furthering  the  ends  of  reaction,  violence,  and  op- 
pression abroad,  our  administration  suppressed  the  cherished 
and  fundamental  rights  and  civil  liberties  at  home. 

Upon  the  pretext  of  war-time  necessity,  the  Chief  Executive 
of  the  republic  and  the  appointed  heads  of  his  administration 
were  clothed  with  dictatorial  powers  (which  were  often  exer- 
cised arbitrarily),  and  Congress  enacted  laws  in  open  and  direct 
violation  of  the  constitutional  safeguards  of  freedom  of  expres- 
sion. 

Hundreds  of  citizens  who  raised  their  voices  for  the  mainte- 
nance of  political  and  industrial  rights  during  the  war  were 
indicted  under  the  Espionage  Law,  tried  in  an  atmosphere  of 
prejudice  and  hysteria,  and  many  of  them  are  now  serving  in- 
humanly long  jail  sentences  for  daring  to  uphold  the  traditions 
of  liberty  which  once  were  sacred  in  this  country. 

Agents  of  the  Federal  Government  unlawfully  raided  homes 
and  meeting  places  and  prevented  or  broke  up  peaceable  gather- 
ings of  citizens. 

The  Postmaster-General  established  a  censorship  of  the  press 
more  autocratic  than  ever  tolerated  in  a  regime  of  absolutism, 
and  has  harassed  and  destroyed  publications  on  account  of  their 
advanced  political  and  economic  views,  by  excluding  them  from 
the  mails. 

And  after  the  war  was  in  fact  long  over,  the  administration 
has  not  scrupled  to  continue  a  policy  of  repression  and  terrorism 
under  the  shadow  and  hypocritical  guise  of  war-time  measures. 

It  has  practically  imposed  involuntary  servitude  and  peonage 
on  a  large  class  of  American  workers  by  denying  them  the 
right  to  quit  work  and  coercing  them  into  acceptance  of  inade- 
quate wages  and  onerous  conditions  of  labor.  It  has  dealt  a  foul 
blow  to  the  traditional  American  right  of  asylum  by  deporting 


hundreds  of  foreign-born  workers  by  administrative  order,  on 
the  mere  suspicion  of  harboring  radical  views,  and  often  for  the 
sinister  purpose  of  breaking  labor  strikes. 

In  the  short  span  of  three  years  our  self-styled  liberal  admin- 
istration has  succeeded  in  undermining  the  very  foundation  of 
political  liberty  and  economic  rights,  which  this  republic  has 
built  up  in  more  than  a  century  of  struggle  and  progress. 

Under  the  cloak  of  a  false  and  hypocritical  patriotism  and 
under  the  protection  of  governmental  terror  the  Democratic 
administration  has  given  the  ruling  classes  unrestrained  license 
to  plunder  the  people  by  intensive  exploitation  of  labor,  by  the 
extortion  of  enormous  profits,  and  by  increasing  the  cost  of  all 
necessities  of  life.  Profiteering  has  become  reckless  and  ram- 
pant, billions  have  been  coined  by  the  capitalists  out  of  the 
suffering  and  misery  of  their  fellow  men.  The  American  finan- 
cial oligarchy  has  become  a  dominant  factor  in  the  world,  while 
the  condition  of  the  American  workers  has  grown  more  pre- 
carious. 

The  responsibility  does  not  rest  upon  the  Democratic  Party 
alone.  The  Republican  Party  through  its  representatives  in 
Congress  and  otherwise  has  not  only  openly  condoned  the  politi- 
cal misdeeds  of  the  last  three  years,  but  has  sought  to  outdo 
its  Democratic  rival  in  the  orgy  of  political  reaction  and  repres- 
sion. Its  criticism  of  the  Democratic  administrative  policy  is 
that  it  is  not  reactionary  and  drastic  enough. 

America  is  now  at  the  parting  of  the  roads.  If  the  outraging 
of  political  liberty,  and  concentration  of  economic  power  into 
the  hands  of  the  few  is  permitted  to  go  on,  it  can  have  only  one 
consequence,  the  reduction  of  the  country  to  a  state  of  absolute 
capitalist  despotism. 

We  particularly  denounce  the  militaristic  policy  of  both  old 
parties  of  investing  countless  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars 
in  armaments  after  the  victorious  completion  of  what  was  to 
have  been  the  "last  war."  We  call  attention  to  the  fatal  results 
of  such  a  program  in  Europe,  carried  on  prior  to  1914,  and  cul- 
minating in  the  Great  War;  we  declare  that  such  a  policy, 
adding  unbearable  burdens  to  the  working  class  and  to  all  the 
people,  can  lead  only  to  the  complete  Prussianization  of  the 
nation,  and  ultimately  to  war;  and  we  demand  immediate  and 
complete  abandonment  of  this  fatal  program. 

The  Socialist  Party  sounds  the  warning.  It  calls  upon  the 
people  to  defeat  both  parties  at  the  polls,  and  to  elect  the  can- 
didates of  the  Socialist  Party  to  the  end  of  restoring  political 
democracy  and  bringing  about  complete  industrial  freedom. 

The  Socialist  Party  of  the  United  States  therefore  summons 
all  who  believe  in  this  fundamental  doctrine  to  prepare  for  a 
complete  reorganization  of  our  social  system,  based  upon  public 
ownership  of  public  necessities;  upon  government  by  represen- 
tatives chosen  from  occupational  as  well  as  from  geographical 
groups,  in  harmony  with  our  industrial  development;  and  with 
citizenship  based  on  service;  that  we  may  end  forever  the  exploi- 
tation of  class  by  class. 

To  achieve  this  end  the  Socialist  Party  pledges  itself  to  the 
following  program: 

1.     SOCIAL 

1.  All  business  vitally  essential  for  the  existence  and  welfare 
of  the  people,  such  as  railroads,  express  service,  steamship  lines, 
telegraphs,  mines,  oil  wells,  power  plants,  elevators,  packing 
houses,  cold  storage  plants,  and  all  industries  operating  on  a 
national  scale  should  be  taken  over  by  the  nation. 

2.  All  publicly  owned  industries  should  be  administered 
jointly  by  the  government  and  representatives  of  the  workers, 
not  for  revenue  of  profit,  but  with  the  sole  object  of  securing 
just  compensation  and  humane  conditions  of  employment  to  the 
workers  and  efficient  and  reasonable  service  to  the  public. 

3.  All  banks  should  be  acquired  by  the  government,  and  in- 
corporated in  a  unified  public  banking  system. 

4.  The  business  of  insurance  should  be  taken  over  by  the 
government,  and  should  be  extended  to  include  insurance  against 
accident,  sickness,  invalidity,  old  age,  and  unemployment,  with- 
out contribution  on  the  part  of  the  worker. 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


503 


5.  Congress  should  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  Thirteenth, 
Fourteenth,  and  Fifteenth  Amendments  with  reference  to  the 
Negroes,  and  effective  federal  legislation  should  be  enacted  to 
secure  to  the  Negroes  full  civil,  political,  industrial,  and  educa- 
tional rights. 

2.     INDUSTRIAL 

1.  Congress  should  enact  effective  laws  to  abolish  child  labor, 
to  fix  minimum  wages,  based  on  an  ascertained  cost  of  a  decent 
standard  of  life,  to  protect  migratory  and  unemployed  workers 
from  oppression,  to  abolish'  detective  and  strike-breaking 
agencies,  and  to  establish  a  shorter  work-day  in  keeping  with 
increased  industrial  productivity. 

3.     POLITICAL 

1.  The  constitutional  freedom  of  speech,  press,  and  assembly 
should  be  restored  by  repealing  the  Espionage  Law  and  all  other 
repressive  legislation,  and  by  prohibiting  the  executive  usurpa- 
tion of  authority. 

2.  All  prosecutions  under  the  Espionage  Law  should  be  dis- 
continued, and  all  persons  serving  prison  sentences  for  alleged 
offenses  growing  out  of  religious  beliefs,  political  views,  or  in- 
dustrial activities  should  be  fully  pardoned  and  immediately 
released. 

3.  No  alien  should  be  deported  from  the  United  States  on 
account  of  his  political  views  or  participation  in  labor  struggles, 
nor  in  any  event  without  proper  trial  on  specific  charges.  The 
arbitrary  power  to  deport  aliens  by  administrative  order  should 
be  repealed. 

4.  The  power  of  the  courts  to  restrain  workers  in  their 
struggles  against  employers  by  the  Writ  of  Injunction  or  other- 
wise, and  their  power  to  nullify  congressional  legislation,  should 
be  abrogated. 

5.  Federal  judges  should  be  elected  by  the  people  and  be 
subject  to  recall. 

6.  The  President  and  the  Vice-President  of  the  United 
States  should  be  elected  by  direct  popular  election,  and  be  sub- 
ject to  recall.  All  members  of  the  Cabinet  should  be  elected 
by  Congress  and  be  responsible  at  all  times  to  the  vote  thereof. 

7.  Suffrage  should  be  equal  and  unrestricted  in  fact  as  well 
as  in  law  for  all  men  and  women  throughout  the  nation. 

8.  Because  of  the  strict  residential  qualification  of  suffrage 
in  this  country,  millions  of  citizens  are  disfranchised  in  every 
election;  adequate  provision  should  be  made  for  the  registration 
and  voting  of  migratory  voters. 

9.  The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  should  be  amended 
to  strengthen  the  safeguards  of  civil  and  political  liberty,  and 
to  remove  all  obstacles  to  industrial  and  social  reform,  and  re- 
construction, including  the  changes  enumerated  in  this  program, 
in  keeping  with  the  will  and  interest  of  the  people.  It  should 
be  made  amendable  by  a  majority  of  the  voters  of  the  nation 
upon  their  own  initiative,  or  upon  the  initiative  of  Congress. 

4.     FOREIGN  RELATIONS 

1.  All  claims  of  the  United  States  against  allied  countries 
for  loans  made  during  the  war  should  be  canceled  upon  the 
understanding  that  all  war  debts  among  such  countries  shall 
likewise  be  canceled.  The  largest  possible  credit  in  food,  raw 
material,  and  machinery  should  be  extended  to  the  stricken 
nations  of  Europe  in  order  to  help  them  rebuild  the  ruined 
world. 

2.  The  Government  of  the  United  States  should  initiate  a 
movement  to  dissolve  the  mischievous  organization  called  the 
"League  of  Nations"  and  to  create  an  international  parliament, 
composed  of  democratically  elected  representatives  of  all  nations 
of  the  world,  based  upon  the  recognition  of  their  equal  rights, 
the  principles  of  self-determination,  the  right  to  national  ex- 
istence of  colonies  and  other  dependencies,  freedom  of  interna- 
tional trade  and  trade  routes  by  land  and  sea,  and  universal 
disarmament,  and  be  charged  with  revising  the  Treaty  of  Peace 
on  the  principles  of  justice  and  conciliation. 

3.  The  United  States  should  immediately  make  peace  with 
the  Central  Powers  and  open  commercial  and  diplomatic  rela- 
tions   with    Russia    under   the    Soviet    Government.      It    should 


promptly  recognize  the  independence  of  the  Irish  Republic. 
4.  The  United  States  should  make  and  proclaim  it  a  fixed 
principle  in  its  foreign  policy  that  American  capitalists,  who 
acquire  concessions  or  make  investments  in  foreign  countries, 
do  so  at  their  own  risk,  and  under  no  circumstances  should  our 
government  enter  into  diplomatic  negotiations  or  controversies 
or  resort  to  armed  conflicts  on  account  of  foreign  property- 
claims  of  American  capitalists. 

5.     FISCAL 

1.  All  war  debts  and  other  debts  of  the  Federal  Government 
should  immediately  be  paid  in  full,  the  funds  for  such  payment 
to  be  raised  by  means  of  a  progressive  property  tax,  whose 
burdens  should  fall  upon  the  rich  and  particularly  upon  great 
fortunes  made  during  the  war. 

2.  A  standing  progressive  income  tax  and  a  graduated  in- 
heritance tax  should  be  levied  to  provide  for  all  needs  of  the 
government,  including  the  cost  of  its  increasing  social  and  in- 
dustrial functions. 

3.  The  unearned  increment  of  land  should  be  taxed,  all  land 
held  out  of  use  should  be  taxed  at  full  rental  value. 


In  the  Driftway 


OBERON,  impenitent  poet,  was  so  wroth  at  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Madison  Square  Church  that  he  threatened 
to  leave  for  Paris — and  the  Drifter  recorded  and  sympa- 
thized with  his  woes.  Now  comes  a  venturesome  spirit 
from  Montreal,  who  not  only  suggests  the  substitution  of 
Montreal  for  Paris,  but  declares  thus  that  beauty  is  not 
after  all  without  honor  even  in  the  purlieus  of  Wall  Street: 

Suppose  you  advise  Oberon  to  come  to  Montreal?  It  is  nearer 
than  Paris,  and  here,  too,  they  treat  venerable  objects  with  con- 
sideration. There  is  that  little  romanesque  church  building  on 
the  east  side  of  Beaver  Hall  Hill,  with  its  neatly  proportioned 
campanile.  When  trade's  unfeeling  train  usurped  the  district 
and  dispossessed  the  parishioners,  did  they  tear  it  down?  No, 
sirree!  Read  the  large  sign  in  bold  gilt  letters  on  the  facade: 
Rapid  Electrotype  Company.  Beaver  Hall  Hill  leads  up  to 
Beaver  Hall  Square,  with  the  smoked  and  streaked  sandstone 
fronts  of  its  sober  mansions,  its  patch  of  green,  and,  obscuring 
all  in  somber  shadow,  its  rows  of  veteran  elms — as  Irving  called 
them,  the  distinction  of  ancient  families  and  the  despair  of  a 
modern  aristocracy.  I  used  to  marvel  how  it  had  withstood  the 
industrial  and  commercial  siege.  Yet  it  had  not:  commerce  and 
industry  had  long  since  taken  possession,  but  in  a  spirit  of 
reverence.  One  side  of  the  square  is  occupied  by  a  pulp  and 
paper  company.  There  is  a  sign  informing  you  of  the  fact, 
but  it  does  not  obtrude.  It  is  there  merely  for  the  benefit  of 
those  who  seek.  In  Montreal  the  declining  number  of  Episco- 
palians south  of  Phillips  Square  is  not  enough  to  scrap  a  thing 
of  beauty.    Let  Oberon  come  here. 

Yet,  come  to  think  of  it,  was  not  that  Madison  Square  church 
an  intruder?  Did  it  not  deliberately  trespass  upon  territory 
long  since  ceded  to  commerce  and  industry?  True,  most  Ameri- 
cans did  not  know  it  was  there,  but  what  mercy  had  it  a  right 
to  expect  once  its  presence  was  felt  and  discovered?  How 
different  the  treatment  accorded  another  building  which  found 
itself  obstructing  the  progress  of  the  Metropolitan!  Some  of 
us  still  remember  the  black  and  white  marble  structure  which 
once  occupied  the  northwest  corner  of  Fourth  Avenue  and 
Twenty-third  Street — a  bank  building  or  something.  Its  walls 
were  taken  down  stone  by  stone  with  religious  care,  then  put 
up  again  in  the  same  order,  stone  by  stone,  and  now  inclose 
the  Church  of  Our  Lady  of  Lourdes  on  West  142d  Street.  A 
church  house  becomes  an  electrotype  foundry;  a  bank  building 
becomes  a  church  house:  thus  is  the  supremacy  of  beauty 
vindicated. 

That  bank  building  was  no  interloper,  so  could  claim  consid- 
eration.    Witness  also  old  St.  Paul's  and  Trinity.     It  dizzies  me 


504 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


to  try  to  compute  the  gold  value  of  the  ground  they  occupy. 
Yet  there  they  stand,  not  merely  tolerated  but  treated  with 
propitiatory  courtesy.  They  even  determine  the  style  of  archi- 
tecture  of  neighboring  edifices.     Who   shall   say   that  beauty 

does  not  count  in  America? 

***** 

THE  Drifter  has  never  attended  the  noon  services  in  old 
Trinity,  so  he  does  not  know  whether  the  brokers  flock 
to  hear  the  word  of  God  in  a  house  of  beauty,  nor  do  his  Sun- 
day mornings  find  him  near  enough  to  investigate  whether 
any  but  reporters  hear  the  Rev.  William  T.  Manning's  well- 
reported  weekly  diatribes,  but  he  does  cherish  the  warm 
brown  stone  that  smiles  benignly  upon  the  cold  rushing 
canyon  of  Wall  Street,  and  his  visits  to  the  office  of  The 
Nation  would  lose  half  their  adventure  did  they  not  offer 
occasion  for  new  discoveries  in  the  church-yard  of  St.  Paul's. 
But  though  his  undiscerning  eye  neglected  the  Madison 
Square  Church  dear  to  the  heart  of  Oberon,  the  Drifter 
still  holds  it  against  civilization  and  the  subway,  against 
New  York  and  America,  that  St.  John's  Church,  which  used, 
in  his  reporter  days,  to  grace  his  nightly  return  through 
Varick  Street,  has  gone  the  way  of  all  good  things  that 
stand  in  the  way  of  straight  wide  streets  and  rapid  motor- 
ways. The  peaceful  Varick  Street  of  those  days,  troubled 
only  by  an  occasional  horse-car,  has  become  a  horror  of 
mighty  power  trucks,  peaceful  only  in  the  wee  small  hours, 
one  side  still  the  quaint  relic  of  a  more  restful  city  but  the 
other  the  scarred  victim  of  the  subway  and  new  traffic  de- 
mands. And  the  Drifter,  who  sometimes  rather  enjoys  a  fit 
of  passing  melancholy,  insists  upon  the  privilege  of  mild 
protest. 

The  Drifter 

Correspondence 

A  British  View  of  Ireland 

To  the  Editor  op  The  Nation: 

Sir  :  The  need  for  an  impartial  committee  to  investigate  Irish 
atrocities  was  never  so  urgent  as  now.  The  following  quotation 
from  the  leading  editorial  in  the  London  Nation  of  October  2nd 
gives  a  British  point  of  view.  How  many  people  in  America 
realize  the  true  state  of  affairs? 

"  'Formerly  in  Ireland  if  a  police  officer  were  murdered  there 
was  no  thought  of  direct  reprisals  in  the  minds  of  the  R.I.C.; 
they  thought  only' of  bringing  the  murderer  to  justice,  confident 
that  he  would  be  dealt  with  quickly  and  adequately  by  the  courts. 
But  now  the  machinery  of  the  law  having  broken  down,  they  feel 
there  is  no  certain  means  of  redress  and  punishment,  and  it  is 
only  human  that  they  should  act  on  their  own  initiative.  Pun- 
ishment FOR  SUCH  ACTS  IS  A  DELICATE  MATTER,  FOR  IT  MIGHT  BE 
INTERPRETED  AS  SETTING  AT  NAUGHT  THE  HOPED-FOR  EFFECT  OF 
THE   TRAINING   THE    OFFICERS    HAVE  GIVEN    THEIR    MEN.' — General 

Macready  to  a  representative  of  the  Associated  Press  of  Amer- 
ica, September  10,  1920. 

"Is  the  British  Government  to  lose  its  place  among  the  civilized 
governments  of  the  world,  and  to  sink  under  their  odium  and 
contempt?  That  and  nothing  less  is  the  question  on  which  the 
British  people  have  to  make  up  their  minds.  Few  who  read  the 
report  of  General  Macready's  comments  on  Balbriggan  to  an 
American  interviewer  could  have  believed  that  they  were  in 
truth  reading  the  language  of  a  British  general;  few  could 
have  believed  that  if  a  British  general  had  so  spoken,  any 
British  Government  would  have  left  'him  for  twenty-four  hours 
in  his  command.  The  interview  was  published  in  the  evening 
papers  of  Saturday.  Tuesday's  papers,  instead  of  announcing 
the  general's  recall,  reported  another  episode  of  the  kind  that 


he  finds  it  a  "delicate"  matter  to  punish,  forty  houses  having 
been  burnt  to  the  ground  in  the  town  of  Trim  in  the  early  hours 
of  Monday  morning.  Next  day  another  town — Mallow — suf- 
fered the  same  fate. 

"For  every  hour  this  barbarian  force  remains  in  existence, 
the  British  Government  remains  outside  the  civilized  order. 
It  can  say  nothing  about  Lenin's  Chinese  executioners.  It  can 
call  in  the  famous  report  on  the  Belgian  atrocities,  and  ask 
Lord  Bryce  to  make  a  public  apology  to  Germany  for  the  rude 
things  he  said  about  her  soldiers.  For  it  has  come  to  this,  that 
we  have  raised  a  mercenary  force  in  England — it  being  no 
longer  possible  to  recruit  for  the  R.I.C.  in  Ireland — among  de- 
mobilized officers  out  of  a  job,  that  we  give  these  men  a  sov- 
ereign a  day  with  their  keep,  and  let  them  understand,  by  one 
kind  of  sous-entendu  or  another,  that  as  soon  as  they  find  them- 
selves on  the  other  side  of  the  Irish  Sea  they  may  kill,  wound, 
burn,  and  loot  as  they  please.  Even  so  determined  an  opponent 
of  Nationalist  Ireland  as  Mr.  Garvin  calls  this  force  by  the 
name  of  "Bashi-Bazouks,"  and  it  needs  no  special  insight  to  tell 
us  that  men  recruited  under  these  circumstances  for  such  a 
job  are  the  last  men  in  the  world  to  be  trusted  with  this  hor- 
rible discretion  over  the  lives  of  men  and  women.  Among 
the  millions  who  went  through  the  war  there  are  left  idle  at 
this  moment  a  number  of  reckless  and  desperate  men,  ac- 
customed to  its  excitement  and  barbarism,  who  find  settled  life 
forbidding,  and  for  such  men  paid  lawlessness  in  Ireland  has 
greater  attractions  than  any  prospects  of  adventure  that  offer 
themselves  at  home.  The  Government  have  deliberately  re- 
cruited for  service  in  Ireland  a  body  of  men  to  whom  Ireland 
means  nothing  more  than  the  opportunity  for  violence  pre- 
sented in  any  occupied  enemy  country  and,  having  recruited 
such  a  body,  they  allow  it  or  encourage  it  to  become  what  such 
a  force  became  in  Russia.  They  are  called  the  "Black  and 
Tans."     But  their  real  name  is  the  "Black  Hundreds." 

"This  is  nothing  less  than  the  deliberate  overthrow  of  the 
civilized  order  and  the  proclamation  of  Anarchy  as  God  and 
Law.  It  is  a  return  to  primitive  times  and  primitive  habits. 
It  looks  as  if  we  were  bent  on  bringing  on  ourselves  a  worse 
reproach  than  Germany  earned  in  1914  when  she  went  into  a 
great  crime  almost  without  a  protest.  The  German  politicians 
had  at  least  the  excuse  that  their  country  was  at  war.  That  is 
a  bad  excuse,  but  it  is  better  than  any  that  Englishmen  will 
find  for  their  silence  today." 

New  York,  October  21  John  T.  Wentworth 

The  American  Legion's  Indorsements 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  your  issue  of  October  13  there  is  a  paragraph  re- 
ferring to  the  American  Legion  Convention  at  Cleveland,  and 
criticizing  several  of  the  things  done  there;  namely,  indorse- 
ment of  bonus  legislation,  compulsory  military  training,  pro- 
hibition of  immigration  from  Japan. 

The  first  of  these  certainly  represents  not  only  the  opinion  of 
the  Legion,  but  the  opinion  of  90  per  cent  of  the  ex-service 
men  of  the  country,  whatever  may  be  your  opinion  of  the 
wisdom  of  the  action.  The  last  of  these  was  indorsed  after  con- 
siderable discussion,  the  viewpoint  of  most  of  the  delegates 
being  that  the  ex-service  men  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  who  were  on 
the  ground  and  in  close  touch  with  the  facts  of  the  case,  were  a 
unit  on  the  proposition,  and  that  it  was  up  to  the  ex-service 
men  of  the  rest  of  the  country  to  help  them  out. 

On  the  matter  of  conscription,  however,  the  action  was  taken 
in  such  a  way  that  no  discussion  of  it  was  possible.  It  came  up 
in  the  report  of  the  Committee  for  Military  Affairs.  While 
this  report  was  being  read,  the  Convention  was  presided  over 
by  one  of  the  vice-presidents — a  gentleman  who  knew  nothing 
about  parliamentary  procedure,  and  who  also  was  so  deaf  that 
he  could  scarcely  hear  the  motions  which  were  made.  Conse- 
quently, between  his  efforts  to  hear  and  his  efforts  to  find  out 
what  he  should  do  next,  he  failed  to  call  for  any  discussion  of 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


505 


the  report  and,  before  most  of  the  delegates  knew  what  he  was 
doing,  took  a  vote  on  the  adoption  of  the  report.  Immediately 
thereafter  a  delegation  of  women  was  received  and,  about  an 
hour  afterwards,  when  their  part  of  the  program  was  com- 
pleted, it  was  announced  that  the  report  of  the  Military  Affairs 
Committee  had  been  adopted. 

After  these  proceedings,  I  asked  about  twenty  of  the  dele- 
gates if  in  their  opinion  the  report  had  indorsed  universal  com- 
pulsory military  training  in  time  of  peace.  Most  of  them 
were  so  confused  about  the  proceedings  that  they  did  not  know 
what  had  happened,  but  none  of  them  believed  that  the  Legion 
had  put  itself  on  record  as  favoring  conscription.  Further- 
more, only  one  of  them  stated  that  he  was  in  favor  of  con- 
scription; the  other  nineteen  being  opposed  to  it. 

From  the  above  you  can  judge  just  what  the  Legion  indorse- 
ment of  conscription  amounts  to.  It  is,  indeed,  unfortunate 
that  such  things  as  this  are  possible,  and  it  is  the  hope  of  all 
friends  of  the  Legion  that  its  organization  will  become  so  demo- 
cratic that  action  on  important  questions  such  as  this  shall 
originate  with  the  local  posts,  instead  of  with  the  national 
organization. 

The  resolution  of  the  National  Executive  Committee  calling 
for  the  dismissal  of  Louis  F.  Post  is  another  example  of  un- 
democratic control  which  the  Legion  must  do  away  with  before 
it  can  ever  expect  to  become  the  One  Big  Union  of  ex-service 
men  to  which  it  aspires. 

Wallace  S.  Thomas, 
Delegate  from  Ohio  to  the  Nat'l  Convention  at  Cleveland. 

Springfield,  Ohio,  October  15 

Misuse  of  America's  Power 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  A  public  service  of  unusual  value  was  performed  by  you 
in  exposing  the  conditions  of  the  American  occupation  in  Haiti 
and  Santo  Domingo.  Few  people  were  aware  of  the  extent  to 
which  this  country  had  been  committed  by  the  Secretaries  of 
State  and  the  Navy,  and  the  pains  which  had  been  taken  to 
keep  them  in  ignorance  of  the  facts  are  evidenced  by  the  many 
"statements,"  "explanations,"  and  "reports,"  now  being  issued 
— none  of  which  goes  to  the  heart  of  the  issues  raised  by  Mr. 
Johnson's  articles  and  your  editorials.  In  exposing  the  misuse 
of  America's  power  The  Nation  has  lived  up  to  its  best  tradi- 
tions, and  deserves  the  thanks  of  all  citizens,  irrespective  of 
party,  who  believe  in  justice  to  little  nations  as  well  as  to  big 
ones. 

Washington,  October  11  S.  M.  Kendrick 

Whom  Gompers  Supports 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Press  reports  quote  Samuel  Gompers,  president  of  the 
American  Federation  of  Labor,  as  saying  in  a  speech  on  October 
13  at  Baltimore  before  the  International  Brotherhood  of 
Bookbinders:  "I  am  urging  all,  not  to  cast  their  votes  for 
Harding  and  that  police-baiter,  Coolidge,  but  for  Cox  and  Roose- 
velt." In  his  Labor  Day  speech  at  Columbus,  Mr.  Gompers 
praised  President  Wilson  and  classed  him  with  Washington, 
Jefferson,  and  Lincoln.  Yet  Mr.  Wilson,  under  date  of  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  November  5,  1919,  sent  this  telegram  to  Governor 
Calvin  Coolidge: 

"I  congratulate  you  upon  your  election  as  a  victory  for  law 
and  order.  When  that  is  the  issue  all  Americans  stand  to- 
gether." 

Is  that  message  of  commendation  to  the  "police-baiter"  one 
of  the  acts  constituting  Wilson  a  great  man  in  the  estimation 
of  Gompers?  Does  the  candidate  of  Mr.  Gompers  indorse  the 
Wilson  telegram?  Will  Gompers  ask  Cox  to  repudiate  the 
action  of  Wilson?  Wilson  has  indorsed  Cox.  Cox  has  in- 
dorsed Wilson. 

Cincinnati,  October  U  Alfred  Henderson 


Wherein  the  Difference  Lies 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  I  want  to  thank  you  for  your  keenly  analytical  editorial, 
"Don't  Throw  Away  Your  Vote,"  which  should  be  in  the  hands 
of  every  voter  before  Election  Day. 

When  the  newspapers  of  the  country  are,  whether  malevolently 
or  maliciously,  withholding  not  only  the  purposes  and  plans  of 
"the  Farmer-Labor  Party,"  but  even  the  fact  that  there,  is  such 
a  party,  it  is  important  that  such  reliable  opinion-makers  as  is 
your  Nation  should  bring  the  fact  before  the  people — and  it  is 
proportionately  appreciated. 

In  reply  to  the  letter  in  your  issue  of  the  sixth,  from  Mr. 
Hutchins  of  Baltimore,  I  would  like  to  say  that  while  I  have  no 
grievance  with  any  one  who  wants  to  vote  the  Socialist  ticket 
and  for  Mr.  Debs,  and  while  I  most  heartily  commend  his  spirit 
of  protest  against  those  who  are  seeking  to  destroy  the  very 
spirit  of  Americanism,  I  object  very  seriously  to  calling  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party  a  "replica  of  the  two  main  parties." 

To  mention  a  few  particulars  in  which  the  Farmer-Labor 
Party  differs  from  the  two  main  parties:  It  stands  for  the 
"restoration  of  civil  liberties  .  .  .  including  free  speech, 
free  press,  free  assemblage,  right  of  asylum,  equal  opportunity, 
and  trial  by  jury;  return  of  the  Department  of  Justice  to  the 
functions  for  which  it  was  created."  It  stands  for  a  plebiscite 
before  the  declaration  of  war,  except  in  case  of  actual  military 
invasion;  for  a  refusal  to  permit  our  troops  to  aid  in  the  ex- 
ploitation of  weaker  people,  as  they  are  now  doing  in  Haiti 
and  Santo  Domingo,  under  one  of  the  "two  main  parties";  it 
stands  for  a  recognition  of  the  elected  governments  of  Ireland 
and  Russia;  it  stands  for  the  democratic  control  of  industry 
"in  accordance  with  the  experience  of  actual  operation";  for 
public  ownership  and  operation  of  public  utilities,  including  rail- 
roads, mines,  stockyards,  grain  elevators  and  storage  plants. 

To  quote  all  the  differences  between  the  Farmer-Labor  Party 
and  the  "two  main  parties"  would  be  to  waste  costly  paper,  but 
that  a  comparison  of  the  platforms  of  each  of  the  three  parties 
concerned  would  be  convincing.  The  one  big,  outstanding  dif- 
ference is  the  spirit  of  the  Farmer-Labor  Party,  which  is  that 
of  service:  the  spirit  of  the  "two  main  parties"  is  that  of  the 
divine  right  of  kings. 

Denver,  October  7  H.  E.  Kahn 


The  Single  Tax 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  Just  what  is  the  matter  with  the  Single  Tax?  Pray 
tell  us  in  a  near  issue.  You  so-called  liberals  all  seem  to  dodge 
it.  In  a  way,  you  are  worse  than  the  reactionaries — you're 
trying  to  make  the  worn-out,  rickety,  wobbly-wheeled  old  social 
machine  work — an  impossibility.  It  can't  be  diddled.  You 
occupy  the  exact  position  of  Henry  Clay,  in  the  50's.  Patch  it 
up — compromise — put  a  hitch  here  and  a  stitch  there — do  this — 
do  that — do  anything  except  the  right  thing.  Why  are  you  so 
afraid  of  realities?  I  don't  see  how  anyone  who  stands  for  the 
institution  of  private  monopoly  of  land  can  object  to  the  late 
war,  the  failure  at  Paris,  or  Article  X;  they're  all  of  the  same 
breed  of  crawling  things — all  about  a  trumpery  title  and  a 
patch  of  ground.  Your  railing  doesn't  hurt  Wilson  or  Palmer 
or  Burleson,  at  all;  they  are  not  afraid  of  you  in  your  present 
position.  But  just  say  Single  Tax  to  them,  and  see  them  coil 
up  for  a  strike! 

Avoid  it  as  you  will,  gentlemen,  dodge  it  as  you  may,  the 
land  question  is  the  one  that  will  be  fought  out,  sooner  or  later, 
just  as  the  slavery  question  finally  had  to  be  recognized  in  the 
60's.  That,  and  that  alone,  is  the  chancre  from  which  emanates 
all  this  poison ;  it  must  be  cured  first.  It  is  not  the  only  remedy 
necessary,  but  it  IS  THE  FIRST.  Not  more  machinery,  but  a 
new  machine! 

East  St.  Louis,  October  17  Ed.  Carsey 


506 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


Books 

Religion  Psychologically  Justified 

The  Religious  Consciousness.   A  Psychological  Study.    By  James 
Bissett  Pratt.    The  Macmillan  Company. 

IN  religion,  as  in  other  matters,  the  testimony  of  an  impartial 
witness  is  desirable  and  that  of  an  "unwilling  witness"  has 
always  been  considered  peculiarly  precious.  "The  incomparable 
Boyle  observes,"  wrote  Cotton  Mather,  "that  as  to  religious 
books,  in  general  those  which  have  been  written  by  laymen  and 
especially  by  gentlemen  have  (caeteris  paribus)  been  better  re- 
ceived and  more  effectual  than  those  published  by  clergymen." 
So  in  the  next  age  Lord  Chesterfield,  commending  the  habit  of 
religious  observances  to  his  son,  clinches  his  argument  by  ref- 
erence to  the  belief  in  the  justice  and  mercy  of  God  avowed 
by  that  arch-freethinker  Voltaire.  In  our  own  time  likewise 
we  find  many  people  who  are  eager  for  some  form  of  religious 
assurances  turning  away  from  the  professional  and  accredited 
exponents  of  religious  truth  to  accept  the  unwilling  testimony 
of  laconic  ouija-boards,  agitated  table-legs,  and  photographic 
plates,  which,  with  no  conceivable  prejudice  or  predisposition, 
are  thought,  by  certain  men  of  scientific  reputation,  to  have 
testified  to  the  reality  of  the  spiritual  world. 

The  spirits  who  think  it  worth  their  while  to  keep  up  a  tittle- 
tattle  with  this  world  through  table-legs  and  such  devices  are 
obviously  beings  of  no  consequence  in  time  or  eternity,  the 
riffraff  of  Elysium  to  whom  immortality  has  become  a  burden. 
"I  never  heard  of  anybody,"  said  the  elder  Henry  James,  "whose 
wits  were  improved  by  conversation  with  these  gentry."  Any 
one  desirous  of  conversing  with  the  dead  who  yet  live  may 
decently  do  so  by  opening  the  Bible  of  any  of  the  religions  of 
the  earth,  where  on  any  page  he  will  find  more  evidence  of  the 
reality  of  the  spiritual  world  than  will  ever  be  accumulated  by 
those  who  "listen  in"  on  the  wireless  telephones  employed  by 
Sir  Oliver  Lodge  and  the  rest.  And  yet  there  is  a  certain 
struggling,  misguided  Tightness  in  our  contemporary  passion 
for  consulting  table-legs!  In  a  rather  gross  and  comical  and 
pathetic  fashion  it  represents  our  rejection  of  the  faiths  that 
have  not  a  leg  to  stand  on.  It  grotesquely  symbolizes  our 
search  for  a  witness  that  will  rap  out  the  hard  facts  uncolored 
by  emotion. 

Professor  Pratt's  point  of  view  in  the  present  volume  is 
avowedly  scientific.  He  aims  to  describe  the  religious  con- 
sciousness as  it  presents  itself  for  observation  to  the  modern 
psychologist,  that  is  to  say,  without  any  attempt  to  press  be- 
hind phenomena  into  the  realm  of  the  Unknown  or  the  Un- 
knowable. An  interesting  feature  of  his  treatment  is  a  con- 
stant use  of  the  results  of  recent  questionnaires  sent  out  to 
ascertain  the  present  state  of  the  religious  consciousness  among 
various  classes  of  Americans.  Not  quite  incidentally,  he  in- 
forms us  that  "among  physical  scientists  50.7  per  cent  believe 
in  immortality;  biologists  37  per  cent;  historians  51.5  per  cent; 
psychologists  19.8  per  cent.  It  is  especially  significant  that  the 
percentage  of  believers  among  the  more  eminent  psychologists 
was  only  8.8  per  cent."  The  predisposition,  therefore,  of  a 
modern  psychologist  to  corroborate  the  testimony  of  the  talka- 
tive table-leg  is  almost  nil. 

With  the  impartial  curiosity  of  a  psychologist,  then,  Profes- 
sor Pratt  enters  the  field  of  "comparative  religion."  His  ac- 
count of  phenomena  is  remarkably  fresh  and  instructive;  and 
it  differs  commendably  from  some  of  its  predecessors  in  em- 
phasizing rather  normal  than  exceptional  types  of  expprience. 
He  has  supplemented  his  acquaintance  with  religious  literature 
by  wide  first-hand  observation.  He  has  studied  the  forms  of 
Protestantism  in  America,  especially  among  the  better  edu- 
cated classes,  enriching  his  collections  of  individual  experience 
by  extensive  use  of  the  questionnaire  and  by  conferences  with 
a  generation  of  students.  Roman  Catholicism  he  has  studied  in 
Europe  and  at  home  under  conditions  which  have  enabled  him 


to  describe  its  power  over  the  simple-hearted  and  over  the 
mystic  with  sympathy  and  insight  altogether  unusual  in  one 
of  Protestant  upbringing.  Finally,  as  those  who  have  read  his 
book  on  the  faiths  of  India  are  aware,  he  has  made  his  pil- 
grimage through  India,  Burma,  and  Ceylon,  seeking  initiation 
into  the  ktter  and  the  spirit  of  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  and  Mo- 
hammedanism in  mosque  and  shrine  and  temple,  from  peasants, 
teachers,  priests,  and  holy  men. 

The  first  effect  of  the  comparative  study  of  religions  upon  an 
unsophisticated  mind  is  probably  unsettling — is,  at  any  rate,  to 
shake  pretty  thoroughly  its  faith  in  the  unique  virtues  of  the 
cult  in  which  it  was  reared.  But  the  second  effect,  the  effect 
following  reflection  and  criticism  upon  such  data  as  Professor 
Pratt  has  amassed,  is  to  persuade  one  that  religion  is  rooted 
where  it  cannot  be  eradicated,  in  our  "whole  psycho-physical 
organism."  Most  of  us  are  "incurably  religious"  because  the 
natural  and  instinctive  response  of  our  bodies  and  minds  to 
our  total  environment  and  to  our  racial  and  social  inheritance 
produces  in  us  an  attitude  towards  the  Determiner  of  Destiny, 
however  we  may  conceive  it;  and  produces  also,  inevitably, 
expression  of  that  attitude,  individual  or  collective.  Thus  pri- 
vate belief  and  public  worship  are  to  be  regarded  as  functions 
of  the  constant  constitution  of  man. 

A  scientific  investigator  who  has  reached  a  conclusion  so 
important  cannot  be  expected  to  sustain  his  air  of  impartiality 
after  he  has  reached  his  conclusion.  And  from  casual  comment 
and  criticism,  scattered  here  and  there  through  the  volume, 
emerges  Professor  Pratt's  own  idea  of  the  religion  of  an  edu- 
cated man.  It  does  not  differ  by  the  world's  breadth  from  that 
of  the  cultivated  Brahmin.  It  has  much  in  common  with  the 
religion  of  Pater's  Marius.  It  is  rational  up  to  the  limits  of 
reason.  "What  is  highest,"  he  declares,  "in  the  religious  genius 
is  to  be  sought  in  his  conscious  states  rather  than  in  some  form 
of  insensibility." 

What  psychology  and  the  study  of  various  religions  suggests 
of  especial  interest  is  the  genuine  value  of  much  of  the  "tech- 
nique" of  the  religious  life,  which  many  have  taught  themselves 
to  despise  and  discard.  "Objective  worship  of  the  sort  that 
aims  to  please  the  Deity"  is  for  the  man  of  our  age  "a  thing 
of  the  past."  Yet  prayer  and  praise  and  social  worship  are 
still  "psychologically  justified"  as  means  of  self-culture,  as 
methods  of  obtaining  a  vital  feeling  of  the  "reality"  of  those 
truths  and  aspirations  which  the  intellect  approves.  It  is  sig- 
nificant that  the  last  five  chapters  of  the  book  deal  with  mysti- 
cism, the  milder  forms  of  which  Professor  Pratt  finds  not  in- 
compatible with  his  belief  that  in  vigorous  intelligence  divinity 
is  most  likely  to  be  found  resident.  As  things  are  going  now, 
he  declares  very  truly,  there  is  little  danger  of  an  overemphasis 
upon  the  value  of  that  "clear  dream  and  solemn  vision,"  ex- 
perienced, for  example,  by  men  like  Milton — a  kind  of  luminous 
ecstasy  in  which  the  enriched  mind  becomes  delightedly  aware 
of  its  relations  with  the  mind  of  the  world. 

Stuart  P.  Sherman 


Reparation 


v 


The  Making  of  the  Reparation  and  Economic  Sections  of  the 

Treaty.  By  Bernard  M.  Baruch.  Harper  and  Brothers. 
OTRIPPED  of  a  certain  veneer  of  diplomatic  courtesy,  Mr. 
^  Baruch's  argument  is  that  the  treaty  is  a  poor  treaty,  but  the 
best  that  could  be  obtained  in  view  of  the  impossible  election 
pledges  of  the  British  and  of  the  war  psychosis  of  the  French. 
That  is,  after  all,  the  only  honest  justification  of  the  treaty  pos- 
sible, and  the  political  situation  in  America  might  have  been  quite 
different  had  Woodrow  Wilson  had  the  intellectual  honesty  to 
adopt  it. 

Mr.  Baruch  was  economic  adviser  to  the  American  Commis- 
sion at  the  Peace  Conference,  and  American  member  of  the 
Economic  Drafting  Committee,  the  Reparation  Commission,  the 
Economic  Commission,  and  of  the  Supreme  Economic  Council; 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


507 


no  one  is  better  qualified  to  tell  the  story  of  the  drafting  of  the 
economic  sections  of  the  treaty.  Mr.  Keynes,  who  took  an 
almost  equally  active  part  in  the  discussions,  said  that  "there 
can  have  been  few  negotiations  in  history  so  contorted,  so  miser- 
able, so  utterly  unsatisfactory  to  all  parties."  Mr.  Baruch 
speaks  with  more  caution  and  charity,  although  his  conclu- 
sions are  not  as  different  from  Mr.  Keynes's  as  they  seem. 
"Public  opinion  in  the  various  Allied  and  Associated  countries," 
he  says,  "had  been  aroused  to  a  white  heat  of  fear,  hatred,  and 
distrust.  Facing  these  facts,  one  can  easily  realize  the  impos- 
sibility of  arriving  at  a  treaty  free  from  passion  and  a  sense 
of  wrong."  "From  a  superficial  survey  of  the  conditions  that 
prevailed  at  the  Peace  Conference,  one  would  have  been  quite 
justified  in  assuming  that  many  of  the  participants  preferred 
war  with  all  its  horrors  to  any  peace  short  of  that  which  they 
demanded."  Insistence  upon  an  "ideal  peace"  would  have  meant 
"the  overthrow  of  at  least  three  of  the  major  governments"  and 
the  return  of  more  violent  rather  than  more  moderate  suc- 
cessors. And  he  concludes  that  the  treaty  under  these  circum- 
stances "embodies  all  that  could  have  been  obtained."  But  he  is 
far  from  concluding  that  it  was  a  good  treaty;  though  he  lacks 
Mr.  Keynes's  moral  indignation  he  is  just  as  insistent  that  the 
apparent  stringency  of  the  treaty  will  have  to  be  modified  to 
meet  economic  inevitabilities;  he  differs  chiefly  in  that  he  sees 
in  the  Reparations  Commission  an  elastic  agency  capable  of 
securing  such  modifications.  So  that  he  refuses  to  judge  the 
treaty  finally  as  it  stands:  "the  measure  of  its  worth  lies  in 
the  processes  of  its  execution  and  the  spirit  in  which  it  is  car- 
ried out  by  all  the  parties  to  the  contract."  As  to  that  spirit 
he  expresses  a  restrained  hope  but  no  judgment. 

His  book  is  less  an  argument  than  an  exposition.  Its 
authoritative  story  of  the  brave  fight  made  by  the  American 
delegates  at  Paris  for  an  honest  interpretation  of  the  pre- 
armistice  negotiations  as  the  contractual  basis  for  the  peace 
terms,  is  its  most  interesting  section.  Mr.  Lloyd  George  had 
just  waged  a  dishonest  election  campaign  in  large  part  upon 
the  issue,  "Make  the  Germans  pay  the  whole  cost  of  the  war." 
The  French  Finance  Minister,  facing  a  budget  impossible  to 
balance,  dared  not  admit  how  little  could  be  retrieved  from 
Germany.  Financial  experts  of  both  France  and  England  ad- 
mitted the  impossibility  of  retrieving  the  total  costs  from  Ger- 
many, but  wished,  for  political  reasons,  to  assert  the  principle 
of  full  indebtedness  and  postpone  discussion  of  actual  payment 
to  an  indefinite  future.  The  American  delegates  insisted,  vir- 
tually alone,  that  the  acceptance  of  the  Fourteen  Points  as  a 
basis  for  the  terms  of  peace,  with  a  reservation  regarding 
reparations,  bound  the  Entente  powers  to  the  terms  of  that 
reservation.  The  matter  finally  went  from  the  Commission  on 
Reparations  to  the  Council  of  Four.  Mr.  Wilson  was  on  the  ocean, 
but  he  sent  a  message  to  the  American  delegation  to  dissent, 
"if  necessary  publicly,"  from  the  proposed  procedure.  The 
result  was  the  acceptance  of  the  American  principle.  It  was 
the  brave  and  honorable  course  for  the  President  to  take;  its 
success  confirms  the  belief  that  he  might  have  had  other  suc- 
cesses had  he  appealed  more  frequently  and  boldly  to  public 
opinion  instead  of  agreeing  at  the  outset  to  a  veil  of  secrecy 
which  mildewed  the  entire  conference.  But  the  result  upon 
the  American  delegation  appears  to  have  been  to  lead  them  to 
fear  public  conflict  in  which  they  might  have  been  maneuvered 
into  an  attitude  of  apparent  pro-Germanism.  The  position  was 
difficult  enough;  Mr.  Baruch  calls  the  American  attitude 
"charity,"  but  the  rapid  verdict  of  history  is  hardly  confirming 
that  judgment. 

There  were  other  conflicts  of  opinion,  and  in  the  most  im- 
portant the  American  delegation  was  defeated.  Mr.  Baruch 
tells  little  of  the  discussion  regarding  the  obviously  unjustified 
inclusion  of  military  pensions  and  separation  allowances  under 
the  heading  "damage  done  to  the  civilian  population";  but  he 
attributes  the  final  decision  to  the  influence  of  General  Smuts. 
This  is  a  charge  of  which  more  is  likely  to  be  heard.  The  re- 
fusal to  fix  the  final  amount  which  Germany  would  be  called 


upon  to  pay  was  perhaps  the  most  disastrous  of  the  failures 
of  the  American  delegation,  although  the  issue  was  one  of 
those  which  it  fought  hardest.  Mr.  Baruch  gives  us  the  Ameri- 
can argument;  it  would  be  good  reading  had  he  given  us  some 
of  the  debate  on  the  subject,  as  he  does  on  the  cost  of  the  war 
question.  The  American  argument  for  an  honest  facing  of  the 
situation  seems  irrefutable,  but  political  considerations  pre- 
dominated, and  the  Americans  were  solaced  with  provisions 
which  gave  the  Reparations  Commission  power  to  modify  and 
interpret  the  treaty.  This  is,  of  course,  being  done,  by  con- 
ferences of  the  prime  ministers;  it  is  not  being  done,  as  Mr. 
Baruch  hints,  by  the  Reparations  Commission,  which  is  ham- 
strung by  the  severe  necessity  of  unanimous  decision.  Mr. 
Baruch  trusts  that  time  will  bring  a  more  liberal  view  to  the 
Entente  statesmen  and  that  the  treaty  is  sufficiently  elastic 
to  admit  of  its  own  rewriting  without  a  new  peace  conference. 
It  is  not,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  potentially  elastic  terms  of 
the  treaty  which  are  so  modifying  its  terms;  sections  of  the 
treaty  are  being  scrapped  by  virtually  forced  agreement  of  the 
major  Powers  at  conferences  of  the  prime  ministers  which  are 
in  effect  new  peace  conferences. 

There  will  be  no  such  storm  of  discussion  aroused  by  Mr. 
Baruch's  book  as  by  Mr.  Keynes's.  Mr.  Baruch  has  too  much 
of  that  impractical  optimism  which  was  so  characteristic  of 
the  American  delegation  throughout  the  Peace  Conference  and 
so  fatal  to  its  endeavors.  It  is  a  very  slight  book  in  size;  half 
its  bulk  is  a  reprint,  with  marginal  comments,  of  the  repara- 
tions and  economic  sections  of  the  treaty.  But,  though  Mr. 
Baruch  is  still  somewhat  under  the  influence  of  the  pall  of 
Paris,  he  lifts  something  of  the  veil  of  secrecy,  and  when  he 
does  he  speaks  with  authority,  and  not  as  the  journalists.  It  is 
an  invaluable  contribution. 

Mr.  Baruch  leaves  the  reader  very  proud  of  the  series  of 
positions  taken  by  the  American  delegation.  Whether  or  not 
the  verdict  of  history  be  that  it  might  have  fought  still  more 
vigorously,  or  more  publicly,  against  the  stagnating  atmos- 
phere of  the  Conference,  history  must  justify  close  to  every 
position  it  took.  On  two  points  only  is  it  likely  to  be  con- 
demned: on  its  refusal  to  continue  the  inter- Allied  economic 
controls  after  the  war,  and  on  its  refusal  to  share  in  the  after- 
war  financial  burdens  of  our  Allies.  Mr.  Baruch,  like  Mr. 
Keynes,  suggests  that  this  might  have  led  to  a  mitigation  of 
the  vindictiveness  of  the  terms  of  reparation;  it  might  also 
have  led  to  a  profound  change  in  the  baffled  sense  of  despera- 
tion which  has  undoubtedly  been  responsible  for  much  of  the 
French  post-war  diplomacy.  But  on  both  of  these  points  Ameri- 
can public  opinion  then  and  now  has  been  in  accord  with  the 
course  of  our  representatives  at  Paris.  It  will  take  time  for 
us  too  to  see  the  light.  L.  S.  G. 


General  Booth 

The  Life  of  General  William  Booth,  the  Founder  of  the  Salva- 
tion Army.  By  Harold  Begbie.  The  Macmillan  Company. 
2  vols. 

WILLIAM  BOOTH  was  born  in  a  dilapidated  family  which 
took  little  interest  in  religion.  Circumstances  snatched 
him  from  a  private  academy  and  put  him  behind  the  counter  of 
a  pawnbroker.  Inner  experience — in  which  the  renunciation  of 
a  silver  pencil,  dishonestly  acquired,  played  an  important  part — 
there  transformed  his  heart.  For  a  considerable  period  he 
divided  his  activities  between  being  a  pawnbroker  by  day  and 
being  a  preacher  by  night.  Through  the  help  of  a  friend,  rather 
than  through  any  sense  of  the  incompatibility  of  his  pursuits,  he 
became  a  clergyman.  But  his  sincerity  and  strenuousness  found 
the  limitations  of  ecclesiasticism  more  unbearable  than  those  of 
the  pawnshop,  and  he  left  the  churches  to  set  up  an  independent 
mission  for  the  submerged  of  London.  "We  are  moral  scaven- 
gers, netting  the  very  sewers,"  he  wrote.  Of  this  mission  he  was 
"General    Superintendent."     The   masterfulness   of  his   nature 


508 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


made  his  fellow  workers  drop  the  noun  rather  than  the  adjective, 
and  he  was  "General"  before  there  was  an  army.  Gradually 
metaphor  was  metamorphosed  into  reality  and  an  army  arose 
to  match  the  General.  The  chief  officers  sprang  from  his  own 
household,  multiplied  his  personality,  and  confirmed  his  autoc- 
racy. His  rise  from  persecution  to  popularity  was  rapid.  Only 
a  few  years  separate  virulent  attacks  upon  him  by  mobs  and 
bishops  from  interviews  with  all  the  rulers  of  the  world  and 
throngs  hanging  upon  his  words  in  vast  halls.  This  most 
characteristic  portion  of  his  career  the  brave  General  thus  sums 
up:  "My  arms  are  not  long  enough.  I  find  that  when  I  am  in 
touch  with  the  poor,  I  lose  my  hold  upon  the  rich,  and  when  I 
reach  up  to  the  rich,  I  let  go  of  the  poor.  I  very  much  doubt 
whether  God  Almighty's  arms  are  long  enough  for  this."  The 
period  of  popularity  was  broken  into  by  anxieties,  disappoint- 
ments, family  misunderstandings,  and  sore  bereavements.  The 
Army's  offensive  was  complicated  by  problems  of  the  commis- 
sariat. The  General  discovered  that  salvation  reaches  into  the 
outer  as  well  as  into  the  inner  world.  The  great  evangelist 
became,  of  dire  necessity,  agricultural  overseer,  colonizer,  and 
diplomat.  He  was  compelled  to  keep  men  saving  in  order  to  keep 
them  saved.  Then  he  became  a  world-ambassador  and  fought 
old  age  with  immense  journeyings,  a  restricted  diet,  and  never- 
failing  summonses  of  crowds  to  penitent  benches.  Blindness  fell 
upon  him.  "I  have  done  what  I  could  for  God  and  the  people 
with  my  eyes,"  he  at  once  told  his  son.  "Now  I  shall  do  what 
I  can  for  God  and  the  people  without  my  eyes."  On  dying,  he 
exacted  a  promise  from  his  son  for  the  homeless  and  for  China, 
and,  smiling  over  the  "bonnie  handful"  left  to  do,  he  fell  asleep. 
When  we  finish  these  volumes,  we  hang  his  picture  on  the  line — 
where  Paul  and  Hildebrand  and  Francis  and  Luther  hang. 

He  loved  the  masses — not  as  pathetic  objects  but  as  lost  and 
blameworthy  children  of  God.  He  did  not  wish  to  feed  but  to 
restore  them.  "Kindness  without  an  effort  at  conversion,"  he 
thought,  "will  do  more  harm  than  good."  He  always  heard  "the 
tramp  of  the  multitudes  as  they  march  down  to  the  gates  of 
hell."  "All  you  chaps  who  belong  to  Nobody,  follow  me,"  he 
always  seemed  calling.  Toward  the  end  of  his  own  journey,  his 
diary  records:  "Poor  night.  Turning  and  twisting  for  hours 
with  a  strange  weight  at  my  heart.  It  is  strange  how  the 
world's  sin  and  miseries  are  allowed  to  pile  themselves  up  in  the 
chambers  of  the  soul." 

He  had  an  incomparable  intensity  of  nature.  Almost  every 
page  of  the  book  seems  an  illustration  of  his  assertion:  "You 
can  only  keep  company  with  God  by  running  at  full  speed." 
And  he  had  to  run  on  a  narrow  track.  As  Mr.  Begbie  puts  it: 
"For  the  sake  of  Christ,  he  denied  his  period."  On  one  of  his 
rare  trips  toward  scholarship  he  wrote  in  his  diary:  "Visited 
the  British  Museum.  Walked  up  and  down  there  praying  that 
God  would  enable  me  to  acquire  knowledge  to  increase  my  use- 
fulness." Indolence  was  hateful  to  him.  His  daughter  ex- 
tracted a  promise  from  him  in  his  old  age  to  lie  still  until  she 
brought  tea.  Soon  she  heard  him  bustling  about.  In  answer  to 
her  reproof  he  said:  "I've  been  thinking  of  all  the  sufferings  of 
little  children  in  the  cities  and  I  can't  sleep."  We  even  dis- 
cover him  kneeling  with  Cecil  Rhodes  in  a  railway  compartment, 
praying  for  Rhodes's  soul. 

Booth  was  an  autocrat,  conscious  of  power  and  achievement. 
He  boasted  that  he  was  general  to  his  own  children  before  he 
was  father.  He  dared  address  his  missioners  thus:  "Confidence 
in  God  and  me  are  absolutely  indispensable  now  and  ever." 
Again:  "I  am  determined  that  evangelists  must  hold  my  views 
and  work  on  my  lines."  He  wished  this  question  uppermost 
among  his  officers:  "What  does  the  General  believe  and  what 
does  the  General  do?"  Even  Gladstone  was  amazed  at  the  auto- 
cratic regulations  of  the  Army.  He  was  decidedly  self-aware. 
"The  whole  human  family,"  he  wrote  his  wife,  "are  being  laid 
under  obligation  to  us  more  and  more  day  by  day."  He  even 
rejoiced  that  though  saved  by  grace  he  was  to  be  judged  by 
works. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  Mr.  Begbie  has  laid  us  all  under 


immense  obligation  through  the  unusual  blend  of  candor,  in- 
sight, and  reverence  with  which  he  has  limned  the  picture  of 
this  noble  soul.  And  yet  we  must  confess  to  a  feeling  of  disap- 
pointment. At  important  places  the  story  lacks  clarity.  The 
process  of  Booth's  conversion,  the  details  of  his  break  with 
Methodism,  the  transition  of  the  mission  into  the  army,  the 
most  significant  attitude  of  the  General  to  the  Sacraments,  are 
all  too  insufficiently  treated.  That  the  book  cannot  be  regarded 
as  the  definitive  account  of  the  General  is  clear  because  Mr. 
Begbie  has  felt  it  unwise  and  declares  it  unnecessary  to  con- 
sider Booth's  serious  disagreements  with  his  children.  How  far 
his  undeniable  English  patriotism  and  his  love  of  arbitrary 
authority  may  have  got  the  better  of  his  concern  for  the  Army 
cannot  be  known  apart  from  that  controversy.  Occasionally  his 
concern  for  the  Army  seems  to  transcend  his  sympathy  for  the 
humanity  it  was  organized  to  serve.  Perhaps  the  most  serious 
disappointment  of  all  is  the  paucity  of  reference  to  General 
Booth's  immediate  touch  with  the  outcast.  We  miss  the  bugles 
and  the  tears  of  the  Army  too  much.  For  them  we  could  have 
forfeited  details  of  royal  audiences  and  some  of  the  "fine  writ- 
ing" of  the  first  volume.  Perhaps  Mr.  Begbie  did  not  wish  to 
trench  on  the  material  covered  in  "Twice-Born  Men,"  that  mar- 
velous work  of  his  which  captivated  William  James. 

A.  W.  Vernon 


Persian  Literature 

A  History  of  Persian  Literature  under  Tartar  Dominion  (A.  D. 

1265-1502).  By  Edward   G.   Browne.     Cambridge   University 

Press. 
HP  HE  literature  of  Persia  has  found  a  most  able  and  enthusi- 
*■  astic  interpreter  in  Professor  Edward  G.  Browne,  of  the 
University  of  Cambridge,  who  has  already  published  two.  ex- 
haustive volumes  entitled  "A  Literary  History  of  Persia,"  bring- 
ing the  subject  down  to  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century. 
Now  comes  a  third,  covering  the  period  from  1265  to  1502.  It 
is  practically  a  continuation,  if  not  so  in  name  and  form,  of  the 
other  two  standard  volumes,  and  takes  its  place  by  the  side  of 
them  as  a  masterpiece  of  sound  scholarship  and  critical  judg- 
ment. 

The  present  book,  of  nearly  six  hundred  pages,  keeps  the  his- 
toric background  ever  in  view  and  treats  with  great  detail  the 
literary  epochs  that  marked  the  long  period  between  the  re- 
nowned Sa'di  and  the  great  mystic  and  lyric  poet  Jami.  The 
well-known  monuments  in  prose  and  verse  which  belong  to  the 
different  eras,  are  fully  discussed;  not  only  that,  but  the  scope 
of  the  work  is  so  far-reaching  that  some  of  the  out-of-the-way 
authors  presented  are  not  wholly  familiar  even  to  the  more 
special  student  of  Persian  literature.  In  fact,  in  a  number  of 
instances  they  are  now  made  available  for  the  first  time  through 
translations  directly  from  manuscripts  that  are  not  ordinarily 
accessible.  In  these  and  in  other  cases  the  reproduction  of  the 
Persian  text  itself  adds  materially  to  the  value  of  the  volume. 

Persia's  famous  lyrist,  Hafiz,  comes  in  for  elaborate  consid- 
eration in  fifty  pages,  extremely  useful  information  being  given 
also  regarding  the  many  translations  of  this  anacreontic  poet 
of  Shiraz.  Hafiz,  it  may  be  noted,  lamented  in  more  than  one 
verse  when  the  wine-shops  in  his  native  city  were  closed  by  an 
austere  ruler  of  the  Province  of  Fars,  but  broke  forth  in  a  song 
of  rejoicing  when  strict  prohibition  was  relaxed  by  that  ruler's 
more  lenient  successor.  It  could  be  wished  that  so  skilled  a 
translator  as  Professor  Browne  had  added  more  of  his  own 
renderings  of  the  celebrated  singer  of  the  nightingale  and  the 
rose,  but  he  refrained  from  so  doing,  in  order  to  give  space  to 
some  of  the  noteworthy  versions  by  others. 

Everyone  will  agree  that  the  author's  enthusiastic  praise  of 
Jami  as  "at  once  a  great  poet,  a  great  scholar,  and  a  great 
mystic"  is  not  overdone;  the  selections  given  in  the  last  forty 
pages   of  the  book   will   abundantly   prove   the   truth   of  this. 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


509 


Added  value  is  lent  to  the  work  by  a  dozen  photographic  repro- 
ductions from  rare  Persian  manuscripts  as  illustrations  of  the 
text. 

It  may  interest  after-dinner  speakers  to  find,  on  page  242, 
that  the  story  of  the  mouse  who  accidentally  tasted  a  few  drops 
from  a  wine-jar  and  then  boldly  began  to  inquire  where  the 
accursed  cat  was,  is  as  old  in  substance  as  a  Persian  poem  by 
Ubayd-i  Zakani,  who  died  in  1371!  But  the  English  translator 
has  not  heard  the  tale  in  the  form  in  which  it  went  the  rounds 
of  late.  Certainly  our  modern  toastmasters  could  not  have 
imagined  that  their  story  had  been  anticipated  in  Persia  more 
than  five  hundred  years  ago;  so,  after  all,  there  is  something 
new  in  the  Land  of  the  Lion  and  the  Sun. 

A.  V.  Williams  Jackson 


A  Psychoanalyst  of  Poetry 

Skepticisms.    By  Conrad  Aiken.    Alfred  A.  Knopf. 

MR.  AIKEN  welcomes  the  decay  of  judicial  criticism  as  the 
poet-critic's  opportunity.  When  there  is  no  judge  to  con- 
trol the  verdict  of  public  opinion,  the  way  lies  open  for  the 
special  pleader;  and  all  creative  artists,  he  tells  us  in  the 
Apologia  Pro  Specie  Sua  prefixed  to  his  collected  reviews,  are 
competitors  for  a  favorable  verdict,  all  are  consciously  or  un- 
consciously engaged  in  glorifying  their  own  predilections.  They 
must  not  only  create  works  of  art,  but  secure  the  acceptance  of 
standards  adapted  to  the  nature  of  their  output.  Hence  when 
a  poet  sets  out  to  review  the  work  of  his  rivals  we  may  watch 
for  the  knife  under  the  cloak. 

The  papers  which  follow  this  confession  of  malice  prepense 
do  not  disappoint  the  reader's  expectation  of  pungent  comment. 
As  his  title  implies,  Mr.  Aiken  has  his  doubts  of  the  widely 
heralded  merits  of  contemporary  poetry.  The  British  product 
seems  to  him  in  the  mass  thin  in  substance,  the  American 
undistinguished  in  form.  "For  the  present,"  he  remarks  of  his 
lyric  countrymen,  "the  majority  of  our  poets  are  not  so  much 
poets  as  symptoms."  To  determine  the  poetic  malaise  of  the 
moment,  accordingly,  he  listens  to  each  successive  volume  of 
verse  as  the  psychoanalyst  listens  to  the  soliloquies  of  the  pa- 
tient. His  conclusions  are  brilliant  and  keenly  reasoned  disclo- 
sures of  the  temperamental  limitations  and  mistakes  of  his  poetic 
colleagues,  sometimes  tempered  at  the  end  with  a  handsome  com- 
pliment to  the  victim's  well-known  professional  ability.  In  so  far 
as  Mr.  Aiken's  lucid  and  discriminating  opinions  may  offset  the 
mawkish  and  meaningless  eulogy  of  "poeteering"  journalists, 
we  may  be  unqualifiedly  grateful  to  him. 

He  does,  however,  invite  disagreement  with  his  critical  prin- 
ciples by  announcing  them  with  excessive  candor.  One  might 
quarrel  with  Mr.  Aiken's  view  that  criticism  is  a  "branch  of 
psychology"  on  the  ground  of  the  age  of  the  one  and  the  youth 
of  the  other,  but  it  is  more  important  to  note  that  his  psycho- 
logical bent  frequently  tempts  him  to  pursue  ignoble  game.  It 
lures  him  away  from  the  poetry  of  Miss  Amy  Lowell  to  dash 
after  her  prose;  it  impels  him  to  tree  Mr.  Braithwaite  on  two 
several  occasions,  and  to  bring  to  earth  with  arrowy  sarcasm 
many  a  "dawn-twitterer"  of  sentimental  lyrics.  His  attitude  of 
diagnostician,  moreover,  leads  him  to  take  an  abnormal  interest 
in  abnormality,  so  that  his  book  tends  to  become  a  catalogue  of 
the  weaker  qualities  of  the  worst  poets.  This  emphasis  on  the 
faulty,  perhaps  more  than  the  accidents  of  reviewing,  may 
explain  the  omission  of  any  extended  consideration  of  Robert 
Frost  and  the  purely  descriptive  treatment  accorded  to  John 
Masefield  in  Mr.  Aiken's  pages.  With  healthy  men  the  physi- 
cian can  do  no  business.  And  finally,  Mr.  Aiken's  aesthetic 
perceptions  gain  as  much  and  as  little  by  being  translated  into 
the  semi-scientific  jargon  of  Freud,  Pavlov,  and  Kostylev  as 
Hamlet's  soliloquies  might  if  translated  into  Eskimo. 

It  is  when  he  forgets  to  play  the  amateur  psychologist  and 
speaks  as  a  skilful  craftsman  of  his  art  that  Mr.  Aiken  con- 


tributes passages  of  notable  subtlety  and  depth  to  contempo- 
rary criticism.  At  his  best  he  is  capable  of  flawless  interpre- 
tation, even  of  poetry  antithetical  to  his  personal  tastes. 
Nothing  in  its  way  could  be  better  than  his  appreciation  of 
John  Gould  Fletcher's  color  symphonies.  He  calls  them  ".  .  . 
a  sort  of  absolute  poetry,  a  poetry  of  detached  waver  and 
brilliance,  a  beautiful  flowering  of  language  alone,  a  partheno- 
genesis, as  if  language  were  fertilized  by  itself  rather  than  by 
thought  or  feeling.  Remove  the  magic  of  phrase  and  sound, 
and  there  is  nothing  left:  no  thread  of  continuity,  no  relation 
between  one  page  and  the  next,  no  thought,  no  story,  no 
emotion.  But  the  magic  of  phrase  and  sound  is  powerful,  and 
it  takes  one  into  a  fantastic  world  where  one  is  etherialized, 
where  one  has  deep  emotions  indeed,  but  emotions  star-pow- 
dered, and  blown  to  flame  by  speed  and  intensity  rather  than 
by  thought  or  human  warmth."  Though  himself  tempera- 
mentally inclined  toward  realistic  and  narrative  poetry,  poetry 
of  which  the  appeal  is  "not  merely  aesthetic,  but  intellectual  and 
emotional  also — in  the  richest  sense,  human,"  Mr.  Aiken  is 
liberal  and  catholic  in  his  appreciation  of  poems  in  the  deco- 
rative and  lyric  tradition.  Except  when  he  leans  violently 
toward  the  absolute  in  art  to  counterbalance  Mr.  Untermeyer's 
inclination  toward  the  sociological,  he  rarely  sways  from  the 
true  critical  perpendicular.  And  this  momentary  loss  of  poise 
is  a  matter  of  practice  rather  than  of  theory:  all  that  the 
robust  Mr.  Untermeyer  urges  us  to  admire  in  poetry  might  be 
included  in  Mr.  Aiken's  definition  (given  in  a  calmer  moment)  : 
".  poetry  to  be  poetry  must  after  all  rise  above  a 

mere  efficiency  of  charmingness,  or  efficiency  of  accuracy,  to 
this  sort  of  piercing  perfection  of  beauty  or  truth,  phrased  in 
piercing  perfection  of  music." 

George  F.  Whicher 


Susan  Glaspell 


Plays.  By  Susan  Glaspell.  Small,  Maynard  and  Company. 
¥  N  the  rude  little  auditorium  of  the  Provincetown  Players  on 
*  MacDougall  Street  there  is  an  iron  ring  in  the  wall,  and  a 
legend  informs  you  that  the  ring  was  designed  for  the  tethering 
of  Pegasus.  But  the  winged  horse  has  never  been  seen.  An 
occasional  play  might  have  allured  him;  the  acting  of  it  would 
invariably  have  driven  him  to  indignant  flight.  For,  contrary 
to  what  one  would  expect,  the  acting  of  the  Players  has  been 
not  only  crude  and  unequal;  it  has  been  without  energy,  without 
freshness,  without  the  natural  stir  and  eloquence  that  come 
from  within.  This  is  the  circumstance  which  has  tended  to 
obscure  the  notable  talent  of  Susan  Glaspell.  The  Washington 
Square  Players  produced  "Trifles"  and  thus  gave  a  wide  repute 
to  what  is  by  no  means  her  best  work.  "Bernice,"  not  only  her 
masterpiece  but  one  of  the  indisputably  important  dramas  of 
the  modern  English  or  American  theater,  was  again  played  by 
the  Provincetown  Players  with  more  than  their  accustomed 
feebleness  and  lack  of  artistic  lucidity.  The  publication  of  Miss 
Glaspell's  collected  plays  at  last  lifts  them  out  of  the  tawdriness 
of  their  original  production  and  lets  them  live  by  their  own 
inherent  life. 

That  life  is  strong,  though  it  is  never  rich.  In  truth,  it  is 
thin.  Only  it  is  thin  not  like  a  wisp  of  straw,  but  like  a  tongue 
of  flame.  Miss  Glaspell  is  morbidly  frugal  in  expression,  but 
nakedly  candid  in  substance.  There  are  no  terrors  for  her  in 
the  world  of  thought;  she  thinks  her  way  clearly  and  hardily 
through  a  problem  and  always  thinks  in  strictly  dramatic  terms. 
But  her  form  and,  more  specifically,  her  dialogue,  have  something 
of  the  helplessness  and  the  numb  pathos  of  the  "twisted  things 
that  grow  in  unfavoring  places"  which  employ  her  imagination. 
She  is  a  dramatist,  but  a  dramatist  who  is  a  little  afraid  of 
speech.  Her  dialogue  is  so  spare  that  it  often  becomes  arid; 
at  times,  as  in  "The  Outside,"  her  attempt  to  lend  a  stunted 
utterance  to  her  silenced  creatures  makes  for  a  hopeless  ob- 
scurity.    The  bleak  farmsteads  of  Iowa,  the  stagnant  villages 


510 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


of  New  England,  have  touched  her  work  with  penury  and  chill. 
She  wants  to  speak  out  and  to  let  her  people  speak  out.  But 
neither  she  nor  they  can  conquer  a  sense  that  free  and  intimate 
and  vigorous  expression  is  a  little  shameless.  To  uncover  one's 
soul  seems  almost  like  uncovering  one's  body.  Behind  Miss 
Glaspell's  hardihood  of  thought  hover  the  fear  and  self-torment 
of  the  Puritan.  She  is  a  modern  radical  and  a  New  England 
school  teacher;  she  is  a  woman  of  intrepid  thought  and  also 
the  cramped  and  aproned  wife  on  some  Iowa  farm.  She  is  a 
composite,  and  that  composite  is  intensely  American.  She  is 
never  quite  spontaneous  and  unconscious  and  free,  never  the 
unquestioning  servant  of  her  art.  She  broods  and  tortures  her- 
self and  weighs  the  issues  of  expression. 

If  this  view  of  Miss  Glaspell's  literary  character  is  correct, 
it  may  seem  strange  upon  superficial  consideration  that  four 
of  her  seven  one-act  plays  are  comedies.  But  two  of  them,  the 
rather  trivial  "Suppressed  Desires"  and  the  quite  brilliant 
"Tickless  Time,"  were  written  in  collaboration  with  George 
Cram  Cook,  a  far  less  scrupulous  and  more  ungirdled  mind. 
Her  comedy,  furthermore,  is  never  hearty.  It  is  not  the  comedy 
of  character  but  of  ideas,  or,  rather,  of  the  confusion  or  false- 
ness or  absurdity  of  ideas.  "Woman's  Honor"  is  the  best  ex- 
ample of  her  art  in  this  mood.  By  a  sound  and  strictly  dramatic 
if  somewhat  too  geometrical  device,  Miss  Glaspell  dramatizes 
a  very  searching  ironic  idea:  a  man  who  refuses  to  establish 
an  alibi  in  order  to  save  a  woman's  honor  dies  to  prove  her 
possessed  of  what  he  himself  has  taken  and  risks  everything  to 
demonstrate  the  existence  of  what  has  ceased  to  be.  The  one- 
act  tragedies  are  more  characteristic  of  her;  they  cleave  deep, 
but  they  also  illustrate  what  one  might  almost  call  her  taci- 
turnity. That  is  the  fault  of  her  best-known  piece,  "Trifles." 
The  theme  is  magnificent;  it  is  inherently  and  intensely  dra- 
matic, since  its  very  nature  is  culmination  and  crisis.  But  the 
actual  speech  of  the  plan  is  neither  sufficient  nor  sufficiently 
direct.  Somewhere  in  every  drama  words  must  ring  out.  They 
need  not  ring  like  trumpets.  The  ring  need  not  be  loud,  but  it 
must  be  clear.  Suppose  in  "Trifles"  you  do  not,  on  the  stage, 
catch  the  precise  significance  of  the  glances  which  the  neighbor 
women  exchange.  There  need  have  been  no  set  speech,  no  false 
eloquence,  no  heightening  of  what  these  very  women  might 
easily  have  said  in  their  own  persons.  But  one  aches  for  a 
word  to  release  the  dumbness,  complete  the  crisis,  and  drive 
the  tragic  situation  home. 

The  same  criticism  may  be  made,  though  in  a  lesser  degree, 
of  Miss  Glaspell's  single  full-length  play,  "Bernice."  No  pro- 
duction would  be  just  to  the  very  high  merits  of  that  piece 
which  did  not  add  several  speeches  to  the  first  and  third  acts 
and  give  these  the  spiritual  and  dramatic  clearness  which  the 
second  already  has.  Crude  people  will  call  the  play  "talky." 
But  indeed  there  is  not  quite  talk  enough.  Nor  does  Miss 
Glaspell  deal  here  with  simple  and  stifled  souls.  That  objection 
is  the  only  one  to  be  made.  The  modern  American  drama  has 
nothing  better  to  show  than  Miss  Glaspell's  portrait  of  the 
"glib  and  empty"  writer  whose  skill  was  "a  mask  for  his  lack 
of  power"  and  whose  wife  sought,  even  as  she  died,  to  lend  him 
that  power  through  the  sudden  impact  of  a  supremely  tragic 
reality.  The  surface  of  the  play  is  delicate  and  hushed.  But 
beneath  the  surface  is  the  intense  struggle  of  rending  forces. 
Bernice  is  dead.  The  soft  radiance  of  her  spirit  is  still  upon 
the  house.  It  is  still  reflected  in  her  father's  ways  and  words. 
Her  husband  and  her  friend  hasten  to  that  house.  And  now 
the  drama  sets  in,  the  drama  that  grows  from  Bernice's  last 
words  to  her  old  servant.  It  is  a  dramatic  action  that  moves 
and  stirs  and  transforms.  There  is  hardly  the  waving  of  a 
curtain  in  those  quiet  rooms.  Yet  the  dying  woman's  words 
are  seen  to  have  been  a  creative  and  dramatic  act.  Through 
a  bright,  hard  window  one  watches  people  in  a  house  of  mourn- 
ing. They  stand  or  sit  and  talk  haltingly  as  people  do  at  such 
times.  Nothing  is  done.  Yet  everything  happens — death  and 
life  and  a  new  birth.     What  more  can  drama  give? 

Ludwig  Lewtsohn 


An  Elder  America 

The  Age  of  Innocence.    By  Edith  Wharton.    D.  Appleton  and 

Company. 
The  Vacation  of  the  Kelwyns.  By  William  Dean  Howells.  Har- 
per and  Brothers. 
\\J  E  can  no  more  do  without  some  notion  or  other  of  an 
*  »  age  more  golden  than  our  own  than  we  can  do  without 
bread.  There  must  be,  we  assure  ourselves,  a  more  delectable 
day  yet  to  come,  or  there  must  have  been  one  once.  The  evi- 
dence of  prophecy,  however,  is  stronger  than  that  of  history, 
which,  somehow,  fails  to  find  the  perfect  age.  Mrs.  Wharton 
has  never  ranged  herself  with  the  prophets,  contented,  ap- 
parently, with  being  the  most  intellectual  of  our  novelists  and 
surveying  with  level,  satirical  eyes  the  very  visible  world.  By 
the  "Age  of  Innocence"  she  means  the  seventies  in  New  York 
during  the  past  century;  and  the  innocence  she  finds  there  is 
"the  innocence  that  seals  the  mind  against  imagination  and 
the  heart  against  experience."  To  the  hotter  attacks  which 
angrier  critics  have  recently  been  making  upon  that  age  she 
does  not  lend  herself.  Her  language  is  cool  and  suave.  And 
yet  the  effect  of  her  picture  is  an  unsparing  accusation  of  that 
genteel  decade  when  the  van  der  Luydens  of  Skuytercliff  were 
the  ultimate  arbiters  of  "form"  in  Manhattan,  and  "form"  was 
occupation  and  religion  for  the  little  aristocracy  which  still 
held  its  tight  fortress  in  the  shaggy  city  so  soon  about 
to  overwhelm  it.  The  imminence  of  the  rising  tide  is  never 
quite  indicated.  How  could  it  be,  when  the  characters  of  the 
action  themselves  do  not  see  it,  bound  up  as  they  are  with 
walking  their  wintry  paths  and  hugging  their  iron  taboos? 
Newland  Archer  suspects  a  change,  but  that  is  because  he  is 
a  victim  of  the  tribal  order  which  sentences  him  to  a  life  with-  - 
out  passion,  without  expression,  without  satisfaction.  The 
Countess  Olenska  suspects  it,  but  she  too  is  a  victim,  too  fine 
for  the  rougher  give-and-take  of  her  husband's  careless  Euro- 
pean society  and  yet  not  conventional  enough  for  the  dull 
routine  which  in  her  native  New  York  covers  the  fineness  to 
which  also  she  is  native.  The  peculiar  tragedy  of  their  sacri- 
fice is  that  it  is  for  the  sake  of  a  person,  Archer's  wife,  who 
is  virtuous  because  she  is  incapable  of  temptation,  competent 
because  she  is  incapable  of  any  deep  perturbation,  and  willing 
to  suit  herself  to  the  least  decorum  of  their  world  because  she 
is  incapable  of  understanding  that  there  is  anywhere  anything 
larger  or  freer.  The  unimaginative  not  only  miss  the  flower 
of  life  themselves  but  they  shut  others  from  it  as  well. 

Mrs.  Wharton's  structure  and  methods  show  no  influence  of 
the  impressionism  now  broadening  the  channel  of  fiction;  she 
does  not  avoid  one  or  two  touches  of  the  florid  in  her  impas- 
sioned scenes;  she  rounds  out  her  story  with  a  reminiscent 
chapter  which  forces  in  the  note  of  elegy  where  it  only  par- 
tially belongs.  But  "The  Age  of  Innocence"  is  a  masterly 
achievement.  In  lonely  contrast  to  almost  all  the  novelists  who 
write  about  fashionable  New  York,  she  knows  her  world.  In 
lonely  contrast  to  the  many  who  write  about  what  they  know 
without  understanding  it  or  interpreting  it,  she  brings  a  su- 
perbly critical  disposition  to  arrange  her  knowledge  in  signifi- 
cant forms.  These  characters  who  move  with  such  precision 
and  veracity  through  the  ritual  of  a  frozen  caste  are  here  as 
real  as  their  actual  lives  would  ever  have  let  them  be.  They 
are  stiff  with  ceremonial  garments  and  heavy  with  the  weight 
of  imagined  responsibilities.  Mrs.  Wharton's  triumph  is  that 
she  has  described  these  rites  and  surfaces  and  burdens  as 
familiarly  as  if  she  loved  them  and  as  lucidly  as  if  she  hated 
them. 

"The  Vacation  of  the  Kelwyns,"  a  novel  written  by  William 
Dean  Howells  about  1910  but  for  unannounced  reasons  not 
then  published,  also  turns  back  to  the  idyllic  seventies,  when 
Professor  Kelwyn  and  his  family  went  from  a  New  England 
college  to  spend  the  summer  in  a  house  rented  by  them  from  a 
Shaker  community  and  run  for  them  by  a  pair  of  rustics  so 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


511 


impossible  in  customs  and  manners  that  they  have  to  be  dis- 
charged. To  the  task  of  discharging  them  the  Kelwyns's  entire 
vacation  is  devoted.  About  this  trivial  theme  play  all  the 
warmth  and  grace  and  gentleness  which  marked  the  later 
Howells.  But  here  is  more  than  farce  and  timid  hesitancy: 
here  is  a  document  upon  that  pastoral  age.  Genteel  New  Eng- 
land, no  less  than  genteel  New  York,  stood  on  precarious  foun- 
dations. Democracy  menaced  it.  In  a  thoroughly  aristocratic 
society  the  impossible  Kites  could  have  been  discharged  in  a 
sentence;  in  a  thoroughly  democratic  society  there  could  have 
been  some  meeting  of  the  different  minds,  and  a  mutual  adjust- 
ment. In  the  half-and-half  society  of  the  seventies  there  was 
nothing  to  do  but  twist  and  turn  and  hint  and  hope. 

C.  V.  D. 


Books  in  Brief 

H  DENNIS  BRADLEY'S  "Not  For  Fools"  (London:  Grant 
Richards)  began  as  a  series  of  newspaper  articles 
written  during  the  war.  Mr.  Bradley  is  a  business  man  in 
London  whose  business  was  decided  to  be  essential,  and  so  he  was 
not  called  upon  for  military  service.  Instead  of  greeting  this  im- 
munity with  grateful  silence  he  made  it  an  opportunity  to  attack 
the  government  with  great  vigor,  and  particularly  those  depart- 
ments having  to  do  with  expenditures  and  propaganda.  At  first 
no  newspaper  would  print  his  denunciations,  and  he  had  to 
insert  them  as  paid  advertisements,  but  after  awhile  he  became 
a  welcome  contributor  to  many  journals  and  gathered  a  large 
following.  Of  course  it  is  not  news  today  that  money  was  wasted 
idiotically  during  the  war,  and  that  free  speech  was  abrogated, 
and  that  the  old  men  who  could  not  fight  were  a  great  deal  more 
eager  for  the  slaughter  than  the  young  men  who  could  and  had 
to.  But  when  Mr.  Bradley  first  enunciated  these  propositions 
they  were  less  obvious  and  a  good  deal  more  shocking.  Un- 
luckily, his  genuine  success  as  a  critic  of  official  stupidity  and 
dishonesty  filled  him  with  a  considerable  admiration  for  himself 
as  a  brilliant  and  unfettered  thinker,  and  so  he  embellishes  his 
war  papers  with  specimens  of  his  ratiocination  in  other  fields. 
A  specimen  epigram:  "My  only  objection  to  business  is  that  it 
interferes  with  pleasure."  Another:  "The  average  musical 
comedy  is  an  unmusical  tragedy  of  stupidity  and  cupidity."  The 
book,  rather  oddly,  is  illustrated  with  excellent  designs  in  color 
by  Rilette  and  Jacques  D'Or. 

AMASS  of  useful  data  for  the  student  of  Italian  literature 
or  the  lover  of  the  drama  is  collected  between  the  covers  of 
"Goldoni  and  the  Venice  of  his  Time"  (Macmillan),  by  Joseph 
Spencer  Kennard.  After  briefly  sketching  the  history  of  Italian 
comedy  before  Goldoni  and  tracing  to  their  probable  origins  the 
characters  and  masks  of  his  plays,  the  author  takes  up  the  life 
of  the  playwright;  then,  in  the  final  half  of  the  study,  the 
comedies  are  discussed  and  the  evolution  of  plots  and  characters 
set  forth;  until  the  reader  comes  to  realize  how  Goldoni  gathered 
the  threads  of  the  past,  the  golden  thread  of  classical  comedy 
and  the  coarser  homespun  of  the  commedia  dell'  arte,  in  order  to 
mingle  them  and  prepare  the  woof  for  modern  comedy.  It  is  a 
painstaking,  if  somewhat  loosely  discursive  production,  docu- 
mented with  footnotes  and  a  bibliography  which  is  the  best  evi- 
dence of  the  attraction  scholars  everywhere  have  felt  toward  the 
amiable  Carlo;  grouped  around  his  portrait  the  author  has 
placed  the  portraits  of  all  his  friends  and  foes.  Of  course,  some 
of  this  discursiveness  was  needed  to  correct  the  Memoirs,  written, 
like  Goldoni's  letters  and  prefaces,  with  all  the  actor's  regard  to 
his  audience,  and  present  to  us  the  real  Goldoni  in  his  prosaic 
but  lovable  simplicity.  Certainly,  to  know  the  playwright 
through  his  biography  and  his  comedies  is  to  know  Goldoni's 
Venice,  for  rarely  if  ever  has  an  author  so  clearly  mirrored  in 
deeds  and  works  the  thought,  the  atmosphere,  the  very  soul  of 
his  environment. 


BRENTANOS 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fifth  Avenue   and   27th    Street,   New  York    City 

BOOKS  ON  PRESENT  DAY  TOPICS 


Problems  of  Today 

By  Moorfield  Storey  $1.50 

In  this  timely  book,  Mr.  Storey  brings  his  long  ex- 
perience with  affairs  and  keen  analytic  mind  to  the 
study  of  such  pressing  topics  as  the  Use  of  Parties, 
Lawlessness,  Racial  Prejudices,  the  Labor  Question, 
and  Our  Foreign  Relations.  He  writes  always  with 
penetration,  lucidity,  and  a  wealth  of  illustration,  and 
from  a  point  of  view  at  once  progressive  and  well 
balanced. 

Chaos  and  Order  in  Industry 

By  G.  D.  H.  Cole  $2.75 

Mr.  Cole  does  not  pretend  that  industry  is  a  problem 
that  can  be  isolated  from  the  whole  question  of  social 
structure.  In  so  far  as  he  has  so  treated  it  it  has  been 
purely  for  the  purpose  of  stimulating  discussion.  The 
book  as  a  whole  is  constructive  and  points  the  way 
to  what  the  author  considers  a  far  better  and  more 
efficient    social    and    industrial    system. 

Labor's    Crisis:    An    Employer's    View    of 
Labor  Problems 

By   Sigmund    Mendelsohn  $1.50 

The  question  of  labor  reform  is  taken  up  by  this  em- 
ployer from  the  employer's  point  of  view.  He  ana- 
lyzes labor's  propositions  to  remedy  the  existing 
unrest,  argues  that  the  labor  scarcity  is  not  entirely 
due  to  decrease  in  the  number  of  laborers,  and  sug- 
gests many  effects  of  the  unrest  itself  on  production 
and  on  labor.  It  is  a  thoughtful  study  by  a  keen, 
open-minded  employer,  contributing  to  one  of  the 
most  important   discussions   of   the   day. 

A  Constitution  for  the  Socialist  Common- 
wealth of  Great  Britain 

By  Sidney  and  Beatrice  Webb  $4.25 

What  is  here  presented  is  more  than  a  Constitution 
(though  as  a  practicable  and  characteristically  Brit- 
ish scheme  for  Parliamentary  and  Local  Government 
reform  it  may  receive  the  attention  of  statesmen  and 
students).  It  is  more  even  than  a  fully  worked-out 
plan  for  Nationalization  and  Municipalization,  with 
"workers'  control."  With  its  proposals  for  the  de- 
velopment of  the  Cooperative  Movement,  for  the  re- 
organization of  the  Vocational  World,  and  for  the 
coordination  of  all  factors,  from  the  Crown  to  the 
Works  Committee,  it  sets  forth  a  complete  Socialist 
Commonwealth. 

The  New  World 

By  Frank  Comerford  $2.00 

Frank  Comerford  made  a  searching  study  of  unrest 
in  Europe  from  Ireland  to  the  Bolshevik  Front.  Upon 
his  return  he  was  special  prosecutor  for  the  State  of 
Illinois  in  the  celebrated  Red  cases  in  which  twenty 
men  were  found  guilty  of  conspiring  to  overthrow 
the  Government  and  sentenced  to  the  penitentiary. 
Mr.  Comerford  trailed  unrest  in  Europe  and  America 
and  literally  interviewed  the  specter  which  is  menac- 
ingly hanging  over  the  world.  He  has  given  voice 
to  the  mass  mind  of  a  brooding  world.  It  is  a  great 
human  document,  in  which  the  truth  thrills  the  reader. 

Postage  Additional 


BRENTANOS 


Retail   Book  Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27th  Street 
New  York  City 


512 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


LEAVING  the  radicals  to  Mr.  Palmer,  the  steel  workers  to 
Judge  Gary,  and  the  Negroes  to  the  lynching  parties,  Henry 
Seidel  Canby  studies  the  virtues  and  shortcomings  of  "Every- 
day Americans"  (Century).  This  group  comprises  the  com- 
fortable middle-class  "old"  Americans,  of  at  least  high-school 
education,  who  would  certainly  agree  with  Mr.  Canby  that  "the 
hope  of  the  founders  to  establish  a  stable  and  prosperous  re- 
publican government  where  life,  property,  conscience,  and  opin- 
ion were  safe  has  been  realized."  So  it  has,  for  them.  Every- 
day Americans  are  not  so  addicted  to  the  free  exercise  of  their 
minds  as  to  run  any  risk  of  arrest  for  heretical  opinions.  They 
are  too  busy  reading  the  great  national  advertising  weekly. 
"Conservative  liberals"  in  their  thinking,  they  are  often  radical 
in  business  and  philanthropic  enterprise.  Physical  and  moral 
radicals  Mr.  Canby  calls  the  great  business  organizers  who 
ruthlessly  scrap  old  machinery  and  the  philanthropists  who 
uplift  millions  by  destroying  the  hook-worm  or  the  saloon.  But 
intellectual  radicals  are  rare.  Our  liberalism — an  admirable 
eighteenth  century  product — is  cherished  largely  as  a  tradition. 
Our  education  provides  us  with  a  set  of  ideals  "like  a  row  of 
preserved  vegetables  canned  and  hermetically  sealed  for  future 
contingencies."  We  rather  fear  to  take  off  the  lids;  the  con- 
tents may  have  "worked."  Our  political  and  economic  thinking 
is  a  museum  of  what  John  Stuart  Mill  called  dead  beliefs — 
beliefs  we  profess  but  do  not  practice.  And  the  stagnation 
and  inertia  of  our  traditional  liberalism:  "its  blindness  to  the 
new  waves  of  freedom  sweeping  upward  from  the  masses  and 
on  in  broken  and  muddy  torrents  through  the  world  are  poignant 
dangers." 

HARVARD  plans  no  second  Memorial  Hall  to  commemorate 
the  death  of  her  sons  in  the  Great  War.  But  as  endur- 
ing, as  valuable,  and  more  telling  are  the  "Memoirs  of  the 
Harvard  Dead  in  the  War  Against  Germany"  (Harvard  Uni- 
versity Press)  by  M.  A.  DeWolfe  Howe.  These  volumes  leave 
to  unknowing  posterity  no  mere  names  chiseled  in  stone,  but  a 
complete  picture  of  each  of  the  young  men  who  gave  their 
lives.  The  first  volume,  "The  Vanguard,"  includes  thirty  biog- 
raphies of  those  who  died  before  April,  1917,  "who  held  with 
their  blood  the  pledge  of  the  overwhelming  sentiment  in  favor 
of  the  Allies  which  in  time  was  to  make  our  country  an  active 
participant  in  the  fight."  The  stories  are  simply  told.  Their 
fullness  varies  with  the  material  supplied  by  friends  and  family. 
Each  has  its  appeal,  each  its  rich  emotional  chord,  that  of 
Harry  Gustav  Byng  striking  a  shade  deeper  than  the  rest. 
But  the  book  amply  fulfills  the  hope  of  an  offering  that  is 
worthy  and  that  will  carry  its  message  to  the  sons  of  sons. 

Art 

Our  National  Print  Room 

rpHE  Print  Room  at  the  Library  of  Congress  has  never  yet 
*■  been  appreciated  as  it  deserves.  In  spaciousness,  propor- 
tions, lighting,  arrangements  for  exhibition  and  for  students, 
few  can  compete  with  it.  Berlin  and  Vienna  have  nothing  so 
fine,  nor  has  Paris  in  the  Cabinet  des  Estampes  at  the  Biblio- 
theque  Nationale.  Even  the  new  Print  Room  in  the  British 
Museum  is  far  from  being  so  well  planned  and  equipped  for 
practical  use.  It  is  true  that,  on  the  other  hand,  older  Print 
Rooms  contain  treasures  that  Washington  cannot  boast,  and 
that  their  collections  are  apt  to  be  more  complete  in  the  work 
of  certain  artists  and  certain  periods.  But  Washington  has 
not  had  their  chances;  it  is  still  too  young  in  comparison;  and 
this  is  the  very  reason  why  more  should  be  known  of  what  it 
has  done  and  what  it  is  doing.  Generous  American  collectors 
hitherto  have  preferred  to  lavish  their  generosity  on  local 
museums  and  galleries.  If  they  realized  the  great  beginning 
at  Washington  and  the  opportunities  offered,  they  might  make 
it  their  ambition  and  pride  to  fill  up  the  gaps  left  by  inade- 


quate government  appropriations  and  to  see  that  our  National 
Print  Room,  in  its  possessions  as  in  its  architecture,  becomes  as 
important  as  any  of  the  much  older  collections  of  Europe. 

The  exhibition  now  on  display  at  Washington  is  particularly 
helpful  in  showing  what  is  being  done,  for  it  is  devoted  to 
recent  accessions.  It  does  not  pretend  to  share  the  historical 
or  technical  aim  of  those  exhibitions  arranged  of  late  by  Mr. 
Weitenkampf  in  the  New  York  Public  Library  which  have 
proved  of  so  much  interest  to  artists,  students,  and  collectors. 
The  Washington  Print  Room  is  a  national  institution  and  has 
a  national  duty  to  perform.  It  must  let  the  people  of  the  coun- 
try, who  are  its  real  owners,  see  from  time  to  time  what  it  has 
acquired  for  them  by  purchase  or  gift  or  by  the  tax  imposed 
by  the  law  of  copyright  upon  the  publisher.  Unless  this  fact 
is  remembered,  the  first  impression  might  be  a  trifle  discon- 
certing. One  passes  with  something  of  a  shock  from  a  six- 
teenth century  wood  block  to  a  contemporary  colored  aquatint, 
or  from  an  eighteenth  century  line  engraving  to  a  Cubist  litho- 
graph, or  from  the  big  war  lithographs  to  proofs  of  the  little 
drawings  on  wood  made  by  Whistler  in  the  sixties.  There  is  no 
attempt  at  definite  sequence  or  chronological  order  in  the 
arrangement,  no  division  of  prints  into  classes  according  to 
mediums,  though  such  an  arrangement  would  have  been  more 
suggestive  technically.  The  endeavor  has  been  rather  to  place 
the  prints  to  the  best  advantage  in  the  cases  and  to  space  and 
balance  them  so  that  they  can  be  seen  with  the  greatest  degree 
of  comfort  and  pleasure.  In  this  the  exhibition  is  altogether 
successful.  Again,  had  the  object  been  to  show  only  the  finest 
prints,  more  than  one  now  included  would  have  been  omitted. 
But  others  besides  the  finest  prints  have  their  use  in  a  national 
collection,  and  a  glance  at  the  last  catalogue  of  the  Print  Room 
compiled  before  these  recent  acquisitions  might  explain  the 
presence  of  many  of  the  less  important.  The  main  interest, 
however,  is  not  so  much  in  the  prints  considered  individually 
as  in  the  policy  that  evidently  guided  their  selection. 

There  is  hardly  a  Print  Room  that  is  not  the  poorer  because 
it  failed  to  acquire  certain  prints  when  the  artist  produced 
them  and  they  could  be  had  for  a  sum  within  the  reach  of  the 
thriftiest  government — and  most  governments  have  a  way  of 
growing  thrifty  when  it  is  a  question  of  art.  Of  course,  some 
prints  whose  price  is  today  prohibitive,  if  they  can  be  had  at 
all,  were  made  in  years  when  there  were  no  Print  Rooms  to 
store  them  in.  But  some,  sold  today  for  fabulous  figures, 
could  have  been  obtained  no  longer  ago  than  yesterday  for  the 
proverbial  song.  Curators  and  directors,  however,  are  some- 
times timid,  distrustful  of  their  own  judgment,  and  fearful  of 
criticism,  and  they  miss  their  chance.  In  this  connection  the 
names  of  Whistler  and  the  now  overesteemed  Meryon  will  at 
once  leap  to  the  mind  of  all  who  know  anything  about  prints. 
It  is  another  thing  with  those  etchers  of  our  own  times  whose 
fantastic  fame  and  extravagant  prices  have  been  manufac- 
tured deliberately  by  dealers  and  in  the  auction  room,  their 
etchings  floated  like  so  much  oil  or  mining  stock.  It  is  just 
because  the  price  their  work  fetches  gives  them  an  artificial 
prominence  that  their  contemporaries  are  fought  shy  of  by  the 
average  private  or  public  collector  who  has  neither  knowledge 
of  art  nor  genuine  feeling  for  it,  but  who  makes  cost  his  cri- 
terion. In  the  Library  of  Congress  Print  Room,  fortunately, 
the  effort  is  to  avoid  all  such  artificial  values  and  distinctions. 
Even  though  the  wise  tendency  is  to  acquire  modern  work, 
the  older  work  is  by  no  means  neglected,  and  it  is  likely  that, 
if  there  are  gaps,  it  is  because  the  prices  of  much-needed  exam- 
ples soared  too  far  above  the  Print  Room's  purse.  .But  it  is 
clear  that  great  attention  is  given  to  the  work  of  men  still 
living  or  who  died  only  yesterday — men  like  the  French  Buhot, 
Bracquemond,  Jacquemart,  the  British  Spencer-Pryse,  Shannon, 
McBey,  the  American  Piatt,  Pennell,  MacLaughlan.  Mistakes 
may  have  been  made  and,  here  and  there,  a  print  chosen  might 
better  be  dispensed  with  now  and  forevermore.  But  the  ten- 
dency to  acquire  modern  work  is  in  the  right  direction. 

N.  N. 


International  Relations  Section 


The  Doctrine  of  the  Natural 
Frontiers  of  France 

By  JAMES  WESTFALL  THOMPSON 

"  A/T  AN'"  once  wrote  Robert  Louis  Stevenson,  "shall  not 
1VA  live  by  bread  alone,  but  principally  by  catch-words." 
Every  great  nation  has  some  traditional  and  unwritten  law 
which  it  has  continually  invoked,  and  which  has  profoundly 
influenced  its  history.  With  Great  Britain  it  is  the  "sov- 
ereignty of  the  sea" ;  with  the  United  States  it  is  the  Mon- 
roe Doctrine;  in  the  history  of  France  for  centuries  the 
cry  has  been  "natural  frontiers,"  i.e.,  the  Rhine,  the  Alps, 
and  the  Pyrenees. 

This  doctrine  has  had  profound  influence  upon  the  politi- 
cal policy  and  the  territorial  expansion  of  France,  both  in 
medieval  and  in  modern  times,  especially  during  the  reign 
of  Louis  XIV,  the  period  of  the  Directory,  the  Napoleonic 
era,  and  under  the  Second  Empire.  It  is  the  root  of  the 
Alsace-Lorraine  question.  French  publicists  have  long 
recognized  and  clearly  formulated  the  nature  and  princi- 
ples of  this  doctrine  although  the  import  and  influence  of  it 
have  been  curiously  ignored  or  misunderstood  outside  of 
France.  The  declaration  of  the  French  Government  on 
September  18,  1917,  concerning  the  French  recovery  of 
Alsace-Lorraine  asserted:  "No  enemy  maneuver,  no  indi- 
vidual weakness,  can  turn  France  from  her  unshakable 
determination.  That  determination  she  draws  from  the 
purest  traditions  of  our  race."  Since  the  armistice  of 
November  11,  1918,  French  imperialists  have  stretched  this 
"pure  tradition"  to  the  old  dimensions  of  the  ambition  of 
Louis  XIV  and  Napoleon,  and  have  boldly  claimed  for 
France  the  whole  left  bank  of  the  Rhine.  On  December  9, 
1918,  one  of  the  imperialist  deputies  announced:  "The 
Rhine  is  the  true  frontier  of  Gaul — Caesar  said  so."  That 
this  imperialist  program  is  advocated  by  the  French  mili- 
tary party  and  by  Marshal  Foch  admits  of  no  doubt. 

In  the  light  of  recent  history  it  seems  worth  while  to 
trace  the  origin,  genesis,  development,  and  application  of 
this  doctrine  of  natural  frontiers. 

Three  men  of  destiny,  who  lived  almost  equidistant  from 
one  another,  have  profoundly  influenced  the  history  of 
France — Caesar,  Charlemagne,  and  Napoleon.  But  the  na- 
tional tradition  of  France  was  not  influenced  by  these  three 
great  leaders  in  the  chronological  order  in  which  each  ap- 
peared in  history.  The  order  of  their  influence  is  Charle- 
magne, Caesar,  and  Napoleon. 

From  the  time  of  Philip  Augustus  to  Napoleon,  Charle- 
magne has  haunted  the  imagination  of  France.  "It  is  in 
the  deeds  of  the  great  emperor,"  says  Sorel,  "that  one  must 
find  the  earliest  origin  of  a  political  tradition  which,  by  a 
strange  atavism,  was  destined  in  the  nineteenth  century, 
before  the  frightened  eyes  of  Europe,  to  realize  that  pro- 
digious western  empire  which  the  medieval  poets  had 
represented  as  a  marvelous  legend  to  popular  imagination." 
When  Napoleon  was  crowned  French  emperor  it  was  not 
an  act  of  vainglory  on  his  part,  but  one  in  harmony  with 
the  whole  drift  of  French  political  thought  and  French 
political  aspirations  for  centuries  past. 

Tinder  Philip  the   Fair  the  Charlemagnic  tradition   ac- 


quired new  force  and  new  extension.  Pierre  Du  Bois,  a 
French  legist  whose  mind  was  saturated  with  the  popular 
poetry  of  the  crusading  epoch,  and  who  accepted  the  deeds 
of  Charlemagne  related  in  the  chansons  as  actual  history, 
wrote  a  famous  tract  in  which  he  passionately  advocated 
French  territorial  aggrandizement.  The  Rhinelands  and 
Italy,  in  his  mind,  ought  to  be  provinces  of  a  Greater 
France,  such  as  Charlemagne's  empire  had  once  been. 
Charlemagne  had  held  sway  over  those  lands.  Why  not  the 
king  of  France?  The  kings  of  France  were  the  lawful 
heirs  of  the  imperial  Frankish  dynasty;  the  Hapsburgs 
were  usurpers  and  pretenders.  Anticipating  by  five  hun- 
dred years  the  secularizations  of  the  Treaty  of  Westphalia 
and  of  Napoleon  in  Germany  in  1801,  Du  Bois  argued  that 
those  German  nobles  who  would  be  dispossessed  by  the 
establishment  of  French  domination  on  the  left  bank  of  the 
Rhine  might  be  compensated  by  secularization  of  the  lands 
of  the  church  in  Germany. 

No  fact  is  more  significant  of  French  designs  upon  Ger- 
man and  imperial  territory  at  this  time  than  the  history  of 
the  apocryphal  treaty  of  Vaucouleurs,  reputed  to  have  been 
signed  in  1299  between  Philip  IV  and  Albert  of  Hapsburg, 
in  which  the  German  sovereign  is  alleged  to  have  admitted 
the  legitimacy  of  French  claims  to  the  Rhine.  In  the  fif- 
teenth and  sixteenth  century  the  legend  was  still  current 
that  a  bronze  marking-post  might  be  seen  in  the  Rhine  at 
low-water,  which  was  a  monument  of  that  delimitation. 

After  the  days  of  Jeanne  d'Arc  and  the  French  national 
recovery  there  was  a  renascence  of  the  long-eclipsed  tradi- 
tion of  national  aspiration  and  territorial  aggrandizement 
of  which  Philip  the  Fair  had  been  the  founder.  The  guerre 
des  limites  began  again.  In  1444,  at  the  inception  of  his 
expedition  to  conquer  Lorraine,  Charles  VII  summoned  the 
cities  of  Metz,  Toul,  and  Verdun  to  recognize  French  rule 
"qui  d'enciennete  souloient  estre  et  appartenir  d  noz  prede- 
cesseurs  roys  de  France."  In  the  same  year  he  unsuccess- 
fully attempted  to  conquer  Alsace. 

It  matters  little  that  this  expedition  failed  of  achieve- 
ment. The  French  monarchy  is  an  admirable  example  of 
the  principle  of  line  upon  line,  precept  upon  precept.  Time, 
a  king  of  France  once  said,  ripened  events  like  peaches  in 
the  sun. 

In  the  "Debate  between  the  Heralds  of  France  and  Eng- 
land," written  between  1453  and  1461,  we  have  even  more 
striking  evidence  as  to  the  influence  of  the  Charlemagnic 
legend  and  the  conquering  aspirations  of  France.  The 
French  herald  says: 

Charlemagne  was  a  noble  king  and  performed  great  acts  of 
valor,  especially  against  the  Saracens;  and  he  brought  over 
all  the  Spains  to  the  Catholic  faith,  and  conquered  many  lord- 
ships, both  in  Germany  and  Lombardy.  .  .  .  The  same 
Charlemagne  was  afterwards  emperor,  and  you  yourselves  in 
England  were  subject  to  him.  For  his  great  acts  of  valor  he 
is  placed  in  the  number  of  the  Nine  Worthies.  Roland  and 
Oliver,  who  performed  so  many  valiant  and  memorable  feats 
against  the  Saracens,  were  Frenchmen.  Godfrey  de  Bouillon, 
who  conquered  Jerusalem  and  is  one  of  the  Nine  Worthies, 
was  a  native  of  France,  and  count  of  Boulogne.  These  are 
what  I  call  wars  of  great  magnificence  and  honor,  which  well 
deserve  to  be  related,  and  to  form  the  subject  of  chronicles. 
They  are  not  wars  compelled  by  necessity.  I  pass  lightly  over 
the  common  wars  which  the  French  have  made  against  the 
Germans   and   their   other   neighbors,   and   which   it  would   be 


514 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


tedious  to  relate;  since  in  the  romances  and  chronicles  there 
are  wonderful  accounts  of  them,  and  such  common  wars  are  not 
to  be  mentioned  or  chronicled  with  wars  of  magnificence. 

The  dream  of  Charles  VII  became  the  reality  of  Henry  II 
in  1552,  when  the  Three  Bishoprics  were  wrested  from  the 
hand  of  Charles  V.  This  famous  acquisition  was  regarded 
by  France  in  the  sixteenth  century  as  a  just  step  in  the 
realization  of  her  natural  frontiers. 

For  in  this  century  we  find  the  first  definite  formulation 
of  this  political  doctrine.  Even  in  the  Middle  Ages,  though 
the  influence  of  the  Charlemagnic  legend  had  been  of  far 
greater  weight  in  motivating  the  territorial  aspirations  of 
the  kings  of  France,  the  idea  of  natural  frontiers  had  not 
been  without  force.  Honorius  of  Autun,  who  lived  in  the 
twelfth  century,  in  the  "Imago  Mundi"  had  bounded  Ger- 
many by  the  Rhine,  the  Alps,  and  the  Elbe,  and  France  by 
the  Rhine,  the  Alps,  and  the  Pyrenees. 

The  classical  renaissance  out  of  Italy  added  new  signifi- 
cance to  this  doctrine  of  natural  frontiers.  Had  not  Caesar 
written  that  all  Gaul  was  divided  into  three  parts,  between 
the  Celts,  the  Aquitani,  and  the  Belgae,  the  last  of  whom 
were  nearest  the  Germans  who  dwelt  beyond  the  Rhine? 
Strabo's  Geography  was  made  to  buttress  Caesar's  Commen- 
taries. The  argument  for  the  natural  frontiers  of  France 
was  justified  by  imperial  Roman  history  as  well  as  by  Caro- 
lingian  imperial  history.  "The  Commentaries,"  says  Sorel, 
"which  were  the  admiration  of  the  literati  became  the  bre- 
viary of  the  politicians.  The  kings  and  their  legists  took 
from  the  Romans  the  ideas  of  the  frontier  of  Gaul  as  they 
had  taken  the  precepts  of  public  law  from  them.  ...  It 
was  a  war  of  citations  and  of  syllogisms,  in  which  the 
subtleties  of  the  Digest  were  combined  with  the  quibbles  of 
scholasticism,  geography  and  astrology,  history  and  legend, 
Caesar's  Commentaries  and  the  deeds  of  Charlemagne,  the 
Theodosian  Code  and  the  laws  of  the  barbarians,  the  pre- 
cedents of  the  Roman  Empire  and  the  charters  of  the  Middle 
Ages." 

Henry  II  was  urged  to  seize  the  whole  left  bank  of  the 
Rhine  and  not  alone  the  Three  Bishoprics.  It  was  plausibly 
argued  that  France  might  exact  "recompenses"  and  "satis- 
factions" for  her  intervention.  The  Marshal  Vieilleville, 
arguing  for  the  French  conquest  even  of  German  Lorraine, 
said  to  the  king:  "By  so  doing  your  Majesty  will  win  about 
forty  leagues  of  territory  without  losing  a  man,  and  have 
an  impregnable  rampart  for  the  protection  of  Champagne 
and  Picardy,  besides  a  good  road  always  open  for  the 
acquisition  of  Luxemburg  and  the  countries  below  it  down 
to  Brussels."  The  French  chauvinists  in  1552  were  bitterly 
disappointed  that  the  king  had  not  seized  the  whole  left 
bank  of  the  Rhine  when  he  might  have  done  so. 

Fifty  years  later,  when  Henry  IV  seized  Bresse  and 
Bugey,  i.e.,  both  banks  of  the  upper  Rhone  as  far  as  the 
Lake  of  Geneva,  his  minister,  the  Duke  de  Sully,  remon- 
strated with  him  when  the  king  declared  that  identity  of 
language  was  the  most  just  and  almost  the  only  ground  of 
territorial  annexation.  In  an  age  when  dynastic  claims  were 
given  all  weight,  and. when  the  rights  of  the  people  were 
lightly  regarded  by  the  cabinets  of  Europe,  this  utterance 
of  Henry  of  Navarre  shines  like  generous  recognition  of  a 
just  social  principle  in  a  world  of  military  force  and  diplo- 
matic intrigue.  Sully  was  an  ardent  advocate  of  the  idea  of 
natural  frontiers,  and  counted  off  upon  his  fingers,  to  his 
sovereign,  a  magnificent  list  of  possible  territorial  acquisi- 
tions France  might  make,   enumerating  Alsace,  Lorraine, 


Savoy,  Franche  Comte,  Artois,  Hainaut,  the  Spanish  Neth- 
erlands, Luxemburg,  and  even  Cleves  and  Julich  as  rightful 
"spheres"  of  French  influence. 

Richelieu  had  not  the  scruples  of  Henry.  IV,  and  the  doc- 
trine of  natural  frontiers  in  his  time  became  a  prolific 
source  of  French  aggrandizement.  In  1627  Malherbe  wrote 
a  memoir  which  attracted  the  cardinal's  attention,  in  which 
he  said:  "The  region  between  the  Rhine  and  the  Pyrenees 
is  none  too  large  for  the  fleur  de  lys."  In  1633  Richelieu 
addressed  a  memoir  to  Louis  XIII  of  his  own  writing,  in 
which  he  advocated  French  intervention  in  Germany  in 
favor  of  the  protestants,  because  "it  would  extend  his  king- 
dom as  far  as  the  Rhine  without  striking  a  blow,"  and 
argued  that  the  German  princes  could  be  made  to  put  "every- 
thing which  they  possess  on  this  side  of  the  Rhine  into  the 
king's  hands  as  the  recompense  of  his  services."  Further, 
the  cardinal  ordered  one  of  his  counsellors  to  prepare  a 
memoir  in  which  the  French  doctrine  of  natural  frontiers 
was  elaborately  set  forth  with  all  the  weight  behind  it  of 
Roman  and  Carolingian  history,  dynastic  claims,  and  legal- 
istic arguments.  By  1640  Richelieu  had  routed  the  ancient 
enemy  of  the  house  of  Hapsburg  on  every  frontier,  Alsace 
and  Lorraine  were  occupied  by  French  troops,  even  part  of 
the  bend  of  the  Rhine  was  in  France's  possession.  The 
natural  frontiers  of  France  had  been  expanded. 

In  the  very  last  year  of  his  life  Richelieu  caused  another 
memoir  to  be  published  embodying  the  same  familiar  argu- 
ments of  natural  frontiers,  and  invoking  the  legend  of 
Charlemagne  and  the  authority  of  Julius  Caesar.  It  was 
followed  in  1643  by  "An  Inquiry  into  the  Rights  of  the  King 
and  Crown  of  France  over  the  Kingdoms,  Duchies,  Counties, 
Towns,  and  Countries  Occupied  by  Foreign  Princes."  One 
has  but  to  read  the  arguments  in  these  pamphlets  to  realize 
how  intensely  popular  and  national  the  guerre  des  limites 
had  become  by  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century.  The 
wars  of  Louis  XIV  have  here  their  raison  d'etre.  Although 
the  pretexts  or  the  claims  of  those  wars  were  dynastic  or 
based  on  technical  legalities,  as  wars  they  harmonized  with 
the  territorial  aspirations  of  the  French  people. 

Mazarin,  like  Richelieu,  was  imbued  with  the  idea  of 
France's  natural  frontiers.  Conde's  victory  at  Rocroy  in 
1643  fixed  French  hold  firmly  on  Lorraine,  while  Turenne 
overran  Alsace.  The  two  captains  together  then  captured 
Philipsburg,  Mannheim,  Speyer,  Worms,  Oppenheim,  and 
Landau.  Turenne  boasted  that  he  had  "returned  the  Rhine 
to  its  former  masters." 

Louis  XIV  was  more  fertile  in  discovering  pretexts,  more 
ingenious  in  finding  pretensions  for  territorial  aggrandize- 
ment than  Richelieu  and  Mazarin  had  been.  But  if  the 
means  somewhat  changed,  the  purpose  remained  constant. 
The  persistency  of  French  determination,  the  constancy  of 
French  design  had  its  sanction  in  the  deeply  rooted  deter- 
minism of  the  traditional  doctrine  of  France's  frontiers. 
Louis  XIV  justified  the  seizure  of  Alsace  on  the  ground  that 
it  was  "good  to  unite  to  the  body  of  the  monarchy  an 
ancient  patrimony  of  our  forefathers  which  had  long  been 
separated,"  although  the  theory  was  untenable  except  upon 
the  hypothesis  that  Caesar's  Gaul  and  Charlemagne's  empire 
had  been  a  "greater  France."  When  he  acquired  Franche 
Comte  in  1678  the  king  wrote  in  his  Memoirs:  "It  is  a 
grand  province,  fertile,  important,  which  by  language  and 
law  now,  as  in  former  times,  ought  to  form  a  part  of  the 
realm  of  France." 

No  man  ever  more  adroitly  manipulated  the  public  law 


Nov.  3, 1920] 


The  Nation 


515 


of  Europe  for  territorial  aggrandizement  than  did  Louis 
XIV.  Voltaire  said  of  the  territorial  seizures  practiced 
under  the  euphemism  of  "reunion,"  that  Louis  XIV  made 
peace  a  time  of  conquest.  In  theory  France's  seizure  of 
Saarburg,  Saarlouis,  Pont-a-Mousson,  Germersheim,  Falken- 
berg,  Zweibriicken,  Blamont,  Montbeliard,  Colmar  Schlett- 
stadt,  Landau,  and  Strasbourg  were  just  "revindications"  in 
order  to  restore  "greater  France."  The  same  theory  was 
used  to  justify  Louis  XIV's  seizure  of  the  Palatinate  and 
the  whole  bend  of  the  Rhine,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the 
population  there  was  wholly  German  in  blood  and  language. 

When  an  outraged  Europe  finally  combined  against  the 
territorial  aggressions  of  France  and  defeated  the  French 
armies,  nevertheless  Louis  XIV  was  able  still  to  retain  much 
of  the  left  bank  of  the  Rhine,  though  half  beaten.  "France 
is  not  always  modest  in  the  hour  of  victory,"  a  living  Eng- 
lish historian  has  written,  "but  however  crushing  her  de- 
feat, she  professes  an  imprescriptible  claim  to  territory 
which  she  has  once  possessed." 

Even  the  gulf  of  the  French  Revolution  could  not  break 
the  continuity  of  the  Bourbon  doctrine  of  France's  natural 
frontiers.  As  the  Reformation  and  the  chambers  of  reunion 
had  earlier  been  used  to  further  the  ends  of  French  terri- 
torial aggrandizement,  so  in  the  Revolution  the  doctrine  of 
the  Rights  of  Man  performed  the  same  function.  In  1791 
the  Legislative  Assembly  renounced  wars  of  conquest.  But 
after  Valmy  France  grew  hungry  for  the  Austrian  Nether- 
lands, Savoy,  and  the  bend  of  the  Rhine.  Rousseau's  fortu- 
nate allusion  to  the  Rhine  and  the  Alps  as  "limits  traced 
by  nature"  justified  the  change  of  heart.  Gregoire  and 
Danton  urged  a  guerre  des  limites.  A  decree  of  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  in  1792  declared  that  "the  French  armies 
will  not  lay  down  their  arms  until  the  enemies  of  the  repub- 
lic have  been  driven  across  the  Rhine."  One  of  the  republi- 
can orators  affirmed  the  imprescriptible  right  of  France  to 
annex  territories  of  all  peoples  whom  the  "rights  of  man" 
ought  to  redeem.  Robespierre,  with  astonishing  inconsist- 
ency with  the  tenets  of  the  revolutionary  propaganda,  justi- 
fied French  territorial  aggrandizement  on  the  same  grounds 
that  Frederick  the  Great  had  annexed  Silesia.  The  French 
Revolution,  as  Sorel  has  said,  manifested  itself  as  a  sort  of 
"fierce  rejuvenescence  of  the  classic  ambition  of  France." 
The  conquests  of  Custine  and  Hoche  in  the  bend  of  the 
Rhine  in  1792  were  of  a  piece  with  those  of  Conde  and 
Turenne. 

Never  was  the  war  for  natural  frontiers  waged  more 
ardently  than  in  the  years  1792-1802.  On  October  21,  1792, 
the  French  under  Custine  entered  Mainz.  Two  days  later 
"La  societe  des  amis  allemands  de  la  liberte  et  de  l'egalite" 
was  formed,  whom  Georges  Forster  on  November  15  ad- 
dressed in  these  words:  "The  Rhine,  that  great  navigable^ 
river,  is  the  natural  frontier  of  a  great  republic  which  de- 
sires no  conquest  but  accepts  nations  which  agree  to  join 
it."  On  March  30,  1793,  the  Convention  proclaimed  the  new 
"increase  by  assimilation." 

The  military  reverses  of  the  summer  of  1793,  however, 
overturned  things.  Again  the  Rive  Gauche  was  conquered 
in  1794,  after  Jourdan's  victory  of  Fleurus;  but  the  Pala- 
tinate was  not  entirely  in  French  power  until  October,  1795, 
and  the  fortress  of  Mainz  was  not  occupied  until  December 
30,  1797. 

The  history  of  the  wars  of  Louis  XIV  repeated  itself  too 
sharply  in   1794  for  the  inhabitants  of  the  Rhineland  to 


indulge  in  any  illusions  about  "liberty,  equality,  fraternity" 
and  the  blessings  of  "democracy."1  The  arbitrary  contribu- 
tions imposed  by  the  victorious  French  armies  upon  the 
conquered  region,  the  pillage  of  homes,  farmsteads,  vine- 
yards, the  wantonness  and  atrocities  of  the  French  soldiery4 
first  created  dismay  and  then  wrath  and  terror  among  the 
peaceful  dwellers  of  the  Palatinate.  Goethe  has  immortal- 
ized this  mixture  of  despair  and  fury  of  a  frightened  and 
outraged  German  peasantry  in  "Hermann  und  Dorothea." 

France  was  little  changed  at  heart  by  the  sentimental 
catch-phrases  of  the  Revolution.  Even  Camille  Desmoulins 
advocated  a  second  burning  of  the  Palatinate  as  punish- 
ment for  German  refusal  to  receive  the  principles  of  the 
Revolution.  Merlin  de  Thionville,  in  whom  the  spirit  of 
Louvois  had  rebirth,  not  only  approved  the  ravages  of 
Pichegru's  army,  but  also  advocated  another  destruction  of 
the  Palatinate  as  a  means  of  terrorizing  Mainz  into  sur- 
render. The  principle  was  actually  laid  down,  which  Louis 
XIV  had  espoused,  that  France  ought  to  girdle  herself  with 
deserts,  and  "commissioners  of  evacuation"  were  even  ap- 
pointed for  this  purpose. 

The  fall  of  the  Terror  Government  on  July  27,  1794,  and 
the  establishment  of  the  Directory  involved  no  change  of 
military  or  foreign  policy.  Sieyes,  the  maker  of  the  new 
constitution,  had  formulated  plans  of  conquest  which  ap- 
pealed most  subtly  to  the  warlike  ardor  of  the  French  nation. 
The  left  bank  of  the  Rhine  was  to  be  annexed;  Germany 
was  to  be  forcibly  "reconstructed."  It  was  the  dream  of 
which  Napoleon  was  to  become  the  executor. 

The  war  party  had  clever  lawyers  to  support  its  views 
with  plausible  arguments.  They  were  no  whit  inferior  to 
the  legists  of  Philip  the  Fair  and  the  publicists  of  Louis 
XIV.  Their  argument  was  an  ingenious  adaptation  of  the 
ancient  theories  of  natural  frontiers  and  reunion  to  the  new 
conditions  and  the  new  doctrines  of  the  "rights  of  man"  and 
popular  sovereignty  promulgated  by  the  Revolution.  They 
distinguished  between  territorial  annexation  by  aggran- 
dizement (accroissement  par  agglomeration)  and  territorial 
annexation  by  assimilation  (accroissement  par  assimila- 
tion). The  former  policy  was  stigmatized  as  the  infamous 
policy  of  monarchical  and  autocratic  despoilers  like  Fred- 
erick the  Great  in  the  case  of  Silesia  (they  forgot  that 
Robespierre  had  justified  Frederick),  and  the  trinity  of 
despotism  which  had  partitioned  Poland.  But  "assimila- 
tion" was  in  entire  harmony  with  the  principles  of  the 
Revolution;  it  was  an  extension  of  liberty  and  popular  sov- 
ereignty to  peoples  living  unwillingly  under  the  abuses  of 
absolutism. 

The  policy  of  the  Directory  was  aggressively  to  push 
the  theory  of  natural  frontiers.  Victorious  warfare  was  the 
only  method  which  the  decrepit  and  corrupt  Directory  could 
use  to  keep  itself  in  power,  and  the  cry  of  the  natural  fron- 
tiers for  France  became  a  slogan  to  cover  a  war  for  terri- 
torial aggrandizement,  with  the  prostitution  of  the  real 
principles  of  the  Revolution,  under  the  guise  of  making  a 
"crusade  for  democracy."  With  this  purpose  was  joined 
the  purpose  of  rehabilitating  the  dilapidated  finances  of 
France  by  exacting  exorbitant  terms  of  peace,  and  imposing 

1  ".  .  .  The  imported  'fraternity'  turned  into  brutal  arrogance,  'equality' 
into  oppression,  'liberty'  into  unwilling  annexation." — Herbst,  Heinrich  Vosa, 
Leipzig,   1872,   II,  109. 

2  In  five  years  these  impositions  amounted  to  150,000,000  francs. — Fisher, 
Napoleonic  Statesmanship  in  Germany,  352.  Rose,  Nationality  in  mod.  Europe, 
37.  For  a  frank  admission  of  this  by  a  French  commander,  see  Memoires  of 
Dumouriez,  ed.  Barriere,  II,  1  f.,  113-15.  Friedrich  Leopold,  Graf  zu  Stol- 
berg,  the  poet,  wrote  a  poem  in  condemnation  of  the  French  atrocities,  called 
"Die  West-Hunnen."    See  his   Oden,   Lieder,  und  Balladen,   II,   119-22. 


516 


The  Nation' 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2887 


enormous  indemnities  upon  the  conquered  in  event  of  vic- 
torious war.  The  generals  of  the  armies  of  France  were 
capitalized.  Pichegru  was  valued  at  100  millions,  Tour- 
dain  and  Moreau  at  72  millions,  Bonaparte  at  25  millions 
in  August,  1795. 

Among  the  first  acts  of  the  Directory  was  approval  of  a 
decree  of  the  Convention  made  on  October  1,  1795,  based 
upon  a  long  report  which  had  been  presented  the  day  pre- 
vious, which  affirmed  that  the  Rhine  was  the  natural  frontier 
of  France.  Like  all  governments  the  Directory  invoked  the 
ancient  tradition.  "We  must  consummate  the  salutary  work 
begun  at  Westphalia,"  it  said,  "which  remains  unfinished." 
It  was  just  and  necessary  that  a  nation  like  France  should 
be  at  least  as  great  as  Prussia,  Austria,  and  Russia,  who 
"in  the  system  of  Europe  had  anticipated  the  equivalents 
which  France  should  have."  Cambaceres,  Dubois-Crance, 
Merlin  de  Douai,  Boissy  d' Anglais,  and  Sieyes  were  ardent 
partisans  of  the  doctrine  of  natural  frontiers. 

The  history  of  the  Directory  is  one  of  the  most  notable 
chapters  in  French  history,  both  for  formulation  of  political 
theory  and  for  action  in  the  matter  of  France's  alleged 
natural  frontiers.  At  the  Congress  of  Rastadt,  "after  pro- 
claiming for  six  years  that  the  Rhine  was  the  natural  boun- 
dary of  France,  the  French  Government  discovered  that  a 
river  cannot  be  made  a  military  frontier  at  all.  Of  what 
service,  urged  the  French  plenipotentiaries,  were  Strasbourg 
and  Mainz  so  long  as  they  were  commanded  by  the  guns  on 
the  opposite  bank?  If  the  Rhine  was  to  be  of  any  use  to 
France,  France  must  be  put  in  possession  of  Kehl  and  Castel 
upon  the  German  side." 

Of  a  piece  with  its  handling  of  the  Rhinelands  was  the 
Directory's  treatment  of  Switzerland.  In  1797  France  an- 
nexed Mulhausen  and  Basel  as  part  of  the  Rhinelands,  and 
Geneva,  because  the  Lake  of  Geneva  was  the  source  of  a 
French  river.  Invasion  of  the  interior  of  Switzerland  soon 
followed.  Berne  was  entered  by  French  troops  on  March  6, 
1798.  "The  treasure  of  Berne,  amounting  to  about  £800,000, 
accumulated  by  ages  of  thrift  and  good  management,  was 
seized  in  order  to  provide  for  Bonaparte's  next  campaign, 
and  for  a  host  of  voracious  soldiers  and  contractors." 

The  achievements  of  Napoleon,  in  germ,  are  almost  all 
to  be  found  in  the  idea  of  natural  frontiers  for  France. 
Napoleon's  famous  rejoinder  to  the  Allies  in  the  spring  of 
1814,  when  he  stood  at  bay  in  Champagne,  "Not  an  inch 
of  territory,"  had  its  root  in  France's  ancient  tradition. 
The  sting  to  France  in  the  alliance  formed  by  the  Powers 
on  March  1,  1814,  at  Chaumont,  pledging  themselves  not  to 
make  peace  with  Napoleon  until  France  was  again  reduced 
to  the  boundaries  of  1791,  was  that  it  pricked  the  pride  of 
France  in  its  tenderest  spot — namely,  France's  natural 
frontiers. 

In  1840  the  Eastern  question  was  precipitated  anew,  and 
the  recoil  from  that  issue  revived  all  the  ancient  aspirations 
of  France  for  the  Rhine.  The  storm  passed,  but  while  it 
lasted  it  had  fanned  into  flame  again  the  ancient  fires  of  the 
Revolutionary  and  Napoleonic  era.  The  thought  of  "revenge 
for  1815"  inspired  France,  and  the  cry  of  public  speakers  and 
balladists  was  "On  to  the  Rhine."  One  knows  how  mala- 
droitly  Napoleon  III  made  war  while  he  professed  to  be  an 
advocate  of  peace  and  how  Nice  and  Savoy  were  annexed  by 
France  by  right  of  natural  frontiers.  Napoleon  Ill's  aspira- 
tion to  acquire  Luxemburg  was  in  alignment  with  the  tradi- 
tional policy  of  France  since  the  days  of  Louis  XIV  and 
before.     Sully  had  told  Henry  IV  that  the  territory  was  a 


"natural"  part  of  France,  but  Napoleon  III  tried  to  acquire 
by  intrigue  what  Louis  XIV  had  seized  by  force  of  arms. 

It  was  a  typical  intrigue  of  the  Second  Empire.  The 
French  invasion  of  Belgium  was  actually  considered.  The 
emperor  suspected  an  entente  between  Belgium  and  Prussia. 
It  was  toward  England,  however,  and  not  Prussia,  that 
Belgium  looked.  The  Belgian  Prime  Minister,  Frere-Orban, 
went  to  Paris  in  order  to  pacify  the  emperor,  but  resolved 
not  to  compromise  the  neutrality  of  his  country.  In  order 
to  give  the  impression  that  France  had  not  been  completely 
rebuffed,  the  creation  of  a  mixed  commission  was  proposed. 
The  real  purpose  of  the  French  Government,  as  the  docu- 
ments published  by  M.  Hymans  show,  was  to  profit  by  the 
occasion  to  compel  Belgium  to  sign  a  treaty  of  alliance  with 
France.  It  was,  in  fact,  a  part  of  Napoleon  Ill's  plan  for  a 
system  of  general  alliances  against  Prussia.  But  Frere- 
Orban  avoided  the  trap  by  asserting  that  the  alliance  would 
be  a  violation  of  Belgian  neutrality,  which  was  guaranteed 
by  the  five  great  Powers. 

Napoleon  III  attributed  his  discomfiture  to  Bismarck, 
whereas,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it  was  the  attitude  of  England 
which  was  the  governing  factor.  This  resentment  was 
aggravated  by  the  question  of  the  Spanish  succession  in  the 
same  year,  in  which  Prussia  was  pitted  against  France,  and 
which  was  the  immediate  occasion  of  the  Franco-Prussian 
War.  The  French  emperor's  purpose  in  that  conflict  was 
not  merely  to  rehabilitate  his  injured  prestige,  and  to  humili- 
ate Prussia.    It  was  also  to  get  the  Rhine  frontier. 

History  never  repeats  itself.  But  history  is  largely  a 
business  of  endeavoring  to  put  new  wine  into  old  bottles ;  the 
record  of  old  aspirations,  strivings,  and  victory  under  a  new 
name;  of  changing  the  coin,  but  not  the  coinage.  If  Lord 
Morley's  Recollections  have  been  translated  into  French  it 
would  be  well  for  that  school  of  French  imperialists  who 
still  clamor  for  la  rive  gauche  du  Rhin  to  reflect  upon  those 
eloquent  words  on  the  last  page  of  the  second  volume,  in 
which  he  deplores  the  disastrous  influence  of  "grand  abstract 
catch-words  veiling  obscure  and  inexplicable  purposes,  and 
turning  the  whole  world  over  with  blood  and  tears  to  a 
strange  Witches'  Sabbath." 


The  following   documents    will    be 
published    in     coming    issues    of    the 
International     Relations     Section     of 
The  Nation: 

Secret    Documents   from    the    Hungarian 
Legation  at  Vienna. 

Documents  on  the  British  Coal  Crisis. 

The   South-African   Native  Affairs   Bill — 
Labor  in  East  Africa. 

Housing  Conditions  in  Europe. 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER  10,  1920 


No.  2888 


Contents 

EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS   517 

EDITORIALS : 

The    Defeat   of   Wilsonism 520 

British   Industry   in   a   Deadlock 521 

The   Rush   to   the   Colleges 521 

"More    Thrilling    Than    Fiction" 522 

Those   Declining   Prices 523 

The   New    England   Fisherman 523 

A  QUESTION  TO  DEMOCRACY.     By  Faith  Adams 524 

A  LETTER  TO  MR.  J.  C.  SQUIRE.     By  Samuel  Roth 526 

CHILDREN   OF   THE    SUN.      By   James   Rorty 527 

THE   SPREAD   EAGLE    VS.    ALIEN   PROPERTY   RIGHTS.      By    A.    E. 

Hinrichs    528 

THE    IRISH    COMMITTEE    AT    WORK 530 

IN   THE   DRIFTWAY.      By   the  Drifter 532 

CORRESPONDENCE     532 

CRITICISM.      By    Maxwell    Bodenheim 533 

BOOKS: 

A   Panorama   of  Labor.     By   George    Soule 533 

The  American   Frontier.     By  Carl   Becker 536 

The    Epic    of    Dulness 536 

Alaska.     By   Frederick    O'Brien 537 

Notes   and   News 538 

DRAMA : 

Ripeness  and  Youth.     By  Ludwig  Lewisohn 539 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS   SECTION: 

The    British    Coal    Strike 540 

British    Trade   with    Soviet   Russia 542 

OSWALD  GARRISON  VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate   Editors 

WILLIAM  MACDONALD  FREDA    KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LEWIS  S.  GANNETT 

LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 

ERNEST    H.    GRUENING  CARL   VAN   DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising :  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd..  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 

MR.  HARDING'S  ancestry  does  not  interest  us  in  the 
least.  It  may  be  true,  as  cynics  say,  that  Harding's 
election  proves  the  truth  of  the  old  American  adage  that 
"any  boy  born  in  America  may  become  President,"  but 
whatever  the  unpleasant  truth  of  politics,  the  only  test  of 
a  Presidential  candidate  ought  to  be  his  fitness  for  the  office 
as  proved  by  his  own  record.  The  scandalous  underhanded- 
ness  of  the  whispering  campaign  of  the  Democrats,  and  the 
indignation  of  the  Republicans  at  the  suggestion  that  their 
candidate  might  have  Negro  blood  in  his  veins,  only  prove 
the  spuriousness  of  all  their  protestations  of  belief  in  equal 
rights  for  black  and  white.  It  is  to  the  credit  of  the  World 
that  alone  among  the  New  York  newspapers  it  spoke  out  in 
this  matter  declaring  that  there  was  in  the  story  "nothing 
that  reflects  in  the  slightest  degree  upon  his  [Harding's] 
character  or  his  capacity."  It  is  a  reproach  to  the  intelligence 
of  the  American  people  that  a  trace  of  black  blood  should 
be  a  bar  to  any  job,  office,  or  position  for  which  the  capacity 
of  a  man  fits  him,  and  it  is  moreover,  a  crime  against  the 
very  soul  of  our  institutions  and  our  democracy  to  talk  of 
the  suggestion  of  Negro  blood  in  anyone's  veins  as  an  "un- 
speakable disgrace." 

IF  you  call  a  sheep's  tail  a  leg,  the  answer  to  the  old 
conundrum  runs,  a  sheep  still  has  only  four  legs.  And 
if  you  call  black  white,  and  say  that  all  is  and  has  been 
well  in  Haiti,  black  is  still  black  and  conditions  in  Haiti 
are  unchanged  by  the  statement.    All  is  harmonious  at  the 


sessions  of  Mr.  Daniels's  committee  of  admirals  investigat- 
ing Haiti,  and  black  is  painstakingly  labelled  white,  or  gray 
at  most;  General  Barnett  has  reduced  the  Haitian  casualty 
list  from  3,250  to  2,250  (which  is  still  183  Haitians  to  every 
American  killed)  and,  after  first  reporting  that  1,763 
Haitians  were  killed  in  the  attack  on  Port-au-Prince  on 
January  15,  1920,  and  in  the  operations  immediately  fol- 
lowing, he  now  gives  ninety  as  the  total  number  of  Hai- 
tians killed  in  all  the  first  six  months  of  1920.  The  "in- 
discriminate killing"  is  being  reduced  to  two  cases;  in  fact 
it  is  perfectly  plain  that  this  investigation  is  no  investiga- 
tion, but  a  mere  deprecation.  Senator  McCormick  promises 
a  Congressional  committee  which  will  really  investigate.  If 
it  investigates  fearlessly  and  fully,  on  the  spot  and  in  the 
United  States,  and  calls  before  it,  not  the  commanding  offi- 
cers, but  privates  in  the  Marine  Corps  and  Haitians,  it  will 
learn  that  but  a  small  fraction  of  the  truth  has  yet  been 
told,  and  that  the  story  of  torture,  coercion,  and  murder  in 
Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  is  one  to  bring  a  hot  blush  of 
shame  to  every  decent  American  cheek.  The  present  offi- 
cial whitewashing  only  adds  to  the  heat  of  it. 

UNCHANGING  is  the  imperialist  mind  and  unaffected  by 
differences  in  climate  or  by  the  experiences  of  others. 
The  legal  murder  of  Edith  Cavell  was  worth  at  least  two 
army  corps  in  recruits  to  the  British  forces ;  no  other  single 
event  on  land  did  so  much  to  consolidate  the  public  opinion 
of  the  world  against  Germany.  It  is,  and  will  always  be,  a 
classic  example  of  German  militarist  stupidity.  But  that  the 
English  imperialists  have  learned  nothing  from  it  is  per- 
fectly apparent  from  the  readiness  with  which  they  have  sac- 
rificed Terence  MacSwiney.  Doubtless  Lloyd  George,  Car- 
son, Balfour  and  Bonar  Law  are  quite  satisfied  that  the  law 
has  been  thus  "vindicated" — poor  short-sighted  imperialists 
that  they  are,  they  can  look  no  further  than  Von  Bissing. 
If  they  could,  they  would  realize  that  the  power  of  that  man's 
self-sacrifice  has  thrilled  the  world.  Even  our  jingo  news- 
papers have  spoken  respectfully  of  him.  The  New  York 
Herald,  ultra-conservative,  declares,  that  in  starving  himself 
MacSwiney  richly  fed  the  Sinn  Fein  cause.  From  Ireland 
comes  the  word  that,  long  delayed  as  it  was,  the  death  of  the 
Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  "firmly  united  all  the  Republicans  and 
their  sympathizers.  Terence  MacSwiney  has  accomplished 
his  purpose."  "The  French  press,"  reads  a  cable  to  the  New 
York  Tribune,  "is  unanimous  in  expressing  sympathy  with 
the  Sinn  Feiners.  Some  give  expression  to  strong  anti- 
British  sentiments."  Had  the  English  Government  let  him  out 
after  twenty  days,  his  self-starvation  would  have  been  for- 
gotten in  a  week.    As  it  is,  a  whole  world  grieves. 

WHILE  thousands  of  men  and  women  watched  the 
body  of  Terence  MacSwiney  laid  tc  rest  in  the  "Re- 
publican plot"  of  the  cemetery  at  Cork,  while  hundreds  of 
thousands  in  Ireland  mourned  and  hundreds  of  thousands 
in  America  gathered  in  great  meetings  to  pledge  their  faith 
to  the  nation  that  Terence  MacSwiney  died  to  save,  while 


518 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


the  world  seemed  hushed  in  momentary  realization  of  the 
value  of  human  heroism,  the  Irish  town  of  Templemore  was 
still  quivering  after  a  night  of  terror  at  the  hands  of  a  band 
of  drunken  British  regulars.  That  British  troops  should 
avenge  the  killing  of  three  soldiers  by  an  armed  attack  with 
petrol  and  hatchets  and  guns  on  the  innocent  inhabitants  of 
an  undefended  town  would  be  bad  at  any  time.  But  that 
the  moment  when  Ireland  seemed  sobered  and  softened 
rather  than  inflamed  by  the  death  of  her  martyrs  should  be 
chosen  for  this  exhibition  of  military  terror  vividly  il- 
luminates the  grave  danger  of  the  situation.  We  wonder  if 
the  British  fully  realize  the  effect  of  such  methods  on  the 
American  people  as  well  as  the  Irish.  Not  only  the  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  Americans  that  filled  halls  and 
stadiums  in  New  York  and  Boston  and  Philadelphia  to 
honor  Terence  MacSwiney,  but  the  great  mass  of  decent 
men  and  women  everywhere  are  being  filled  with  a  dangerous 
resentment.  Each  hour  renders  clearer  the  need  of  a  rapid 
solution  of  the  present  crisis  if  the  peace  of  the  world  is 
not  to  be  endangered. 

THE  renunciation  last  week  by  Great  Britain,  two  years 
after  the  cessation  of  hostilities,  of  the  right  of  confis- 
cation of  German  property  is  a  notable  act  of  conciliation 
and  good  faith.  It  marks  a  long  step  toward  peace  and  a 
return  to  the  fair  and  honorable  dealing  which  war  makes 
anathema.  Elsewhere  in  this  issue  The  Nation  prints  an 
article  on  our  alien  property  custody — or  rather  confiscation 
— which  makes  clear  our  duty  to  follow  promptly  Great 
Britain's  example  and  to  erase  as  far  as  possible  a  discred- 
itable and  wholly  unnecessary  chapter  of  our  war  making, 
one  whose  continuance  brings  needless  suffering  and  fear  of 
total  loss  of  income  and  property  to  thousands  of  women  and 
children,  widows  and  orphans,  aged  and  infirm  whose  sole 
support  was  derived  from  funds  invested  on  this  side. 

ABIT  of  comedy  and  a  heavy  dose  of  tragedy,  thrice-told 
fish-tales,  a  little  sinister  intrigue  and  a  little  unlimited 
ignorance — stir  them  up  with  a  pinch  of  red  ink,  and  the 
recipe  still  holds  for  Russian  news,  good,  bad,  or  indifferent. 
The  proportions  vary,  but  the  ingredients  are  the  same. 
Now  we  have  it  on  the  word  of  Chicherin  that  Mr.  Washing- 
ton D.  Vanderlip  and  a  group  of  Pacific  Coast  "magnates" 
have  taken  from  the  Soviet  Government  a  concession  for 
Kamchatka.  The  magnates  do  not  deny  it,  and  Mr.  Bain- 
bridge  Colby,  our  ineffable  Secretary  of  State,  even  adds  to 
the  story  a  morsel  of  his  own  usual  authoritative  informa- 
tion. He  says  that  an  American  official  in  the  Baltic  told 
him  that  somebody  said  that  H.  G.  Wells  said  that  Lenin 
said  that  Vanderlip  said  that  he  in  some  way  represented 
Mr.  Harding.  Well,  it  may  be  so,  and  then  again  it  may  not ; 
the  fact  that  Mr.  Colby  says  it  is  sheds  little  light  on  the 
matter.  But  the  Kamchatka  peninsula  is  a  bleak  and  barren 
region,  where  a  really  warm  summer  day  sends  the  tempera- 
ture up  to  54 ;  it  is  very  far  from  Soviet  Russia,  and  if  it  is 
under  anyone's  control  today,  it  is  under  Japanese  control. 
So  the  news  that  the  owner  of  that  bitter  anti-union  sheet, 
the  Los  Angeles  Times,  and  Mr.  E.  L.  Doheny,  of  Mexican 
oil  fame,  were  interested  with  Mr.  Vanderlip  in  opening  up 
Soviet  Russia,  via  Kamchatka,  to  foreign  trade,  becomes 
more  curious  still,  arid  the  fact  that  all  these  magnates  come 
from  a  Japanese-hating  section  may  shed  even  more  light  on 
the  proportions  of  the  ingredients  of  the  present  recipe. 


CUBA'S  moratorium,  like  the  Japanese  panic  of  April  and 
May,  is  but  an  acute  local  symptom  of  the  world  process 
of  deflation  through  which  all  nations  will  have  to  pass  in 
the  coming  decade.  When  the  bottom  dropped  out  of  the  silk 
and  cotton  markets,  and  the  price  of  raw  materials  was  cut 
in  half,  Japanese  merchants  who  had  speculated  on  the  basis 
of  the  inflated  war  and  armistice  prices  were  caught,  and 
banks  and  stock  exchanges  were  closed  while  temporary 
adjustments  were  being  made.  Cuba's  difficulties  are  simi- 
larly caused  by  the  sensational  drop  in  the  price  of  sugar 
and  rice.  Sugar  alone  accounts  for  three-quarters  of  Cuba's 
total  exports,  and  when  the  artificially  high  prices  in  the 
United  States  broke,  Cuban  banks,  which  had  been  lending  on 
the  basis  of  prices  one  hundred  and  fifty  per  cent  in  excess  of 
those  now  prevailing,  were  inevitably  short.  American 
bankers  can  tide  Cuba  over  her  present  crisis,  but  the  adjust- 
ment must  be  disastrous  for  many  who  had  speculated  upon 
the  high  prices.  A  similar  process  is  inevitable  elsewhere; 
and  just  as  the  burden  of  war  prices  was  borne  by  the  work- 
ingmen  and  middle  classes,  so  the  onus  of  deflation  is  dis- 
charged upon  the  workmen  in  the  form  of  lowered  wages 
and  jobs  abolished,  while  retail  prices  drag  far  behind  raw 
materials  in  the  promised  price  drop. 


/ 


FROM  Berlin  we  have  received  a  cablegram  begging  for 
American  aid  because  the  Allies  are  now  demanding 
810,000  cows  in  four  yearly  instalments  in  addition  to  the 
140,000  required  within  three  months  of  the  signature  of  the 
Treaty  of  Versailles  as  part  of  the  restitution  to  France  and 
to  Belgium.    If  Germany  obeys  this  order,  so  the  cablegram 
reads,  it  means  the  death  of  thousands  upon  thousands  of 
children — most  of  them  born  since  the  Armistice — and  a 
grave  blow  at  the  vitality  of  the  aged  and  the  sick.     We 
heartily  wish  that  the  Allies  might  have  played  the  part  of 
good  Samaritans,  particularly  as  there  is  now  far  less  dis- 
tress for  lack  of  milk  in  Belgium  or  France  than  in  the 
countries  of  their  recent  enemies.     Berlin  now  has   only 
190,000  liters  of  milk  per  day  as  against  1,000,000  before  the 
war.    But  if  the  Allies  insist  upon  their  pound  of  flesh,  the 
Germans  must  do  their  share — their  rulers  had  no  thought 
of  the  French  and  Belgian  children  during  the  war.    As  the 
Germans  promptly  yielded  the  ships  and  docks  demanded  of 
them,  are  giving  up  their  arms  and  are  lately  delivering  the 
coal  pledged  in  larger  than  specified  quantities,  so  will  they 
doubtless  yield  the  cattle  asked.    But  this  means  that  The 
Friends'  Relief  Committee  in  Germany  will  have  to  work 
harder  than  ever  and  that  American  generosity  will  have  to 
make  still  greater  sacrifices  for  the  innocent  victims  of  the 
Versailles  Treaty.    It  is  a  great  opportunity  for  our  German- 
Americans  and  we  hope  that  they  will  live  up  to  it.     They 
have  by.no  means  gone  deeply  into  their  pockets — not  even 
in  response  to  Mr.  Hoover's  appeals.     There  are  ships  in 
plenty  to  be  had,  and  there  has  been  such  a  marked  falling  off 
in  the  export  of  condensed  milk  from  this  country  that  it 
would  be  a  godsend  to  the  industry  if  it  should  now  receive 
large  orders  for  shipment  abroad. 

CIVIL  war  continues  in  the  West  Virginia  mine  region, 
and  civil  war  is  likely  to  break  out  at  any  time  in  the 
Alabama  mines.  Shootings,  such  as  that  of  October  31,  are 
more  or  less  chronic  in  the  company-owned  towns  of  Mingo 
County,  West  Virginia,  where  the  miners  are  unorganized, 
and  until  the  conditions  described  by  Mr.  Arthur  Gleason 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


519 


in  The  Nation  last  May  are  remedied  murder  is  likely  to 
continue.  The  mines  of  Alabama  have  been  under  martial 
law  for  a  month,  and  the  State  Federation  of  Labor  has 
just  demanded  the  impeachment  of  Governor  Kilby  for  defy- 
ing the  State  Constitution  in  suppressing  the  civil  rights  of 
free  speech  and  free  assembly.  The  Alabama  mines  are 
non-union  mines;  they  defied  the  Federal  government  dur- 
ing the  war  and  refused  to  carry  out  many  of  the  Garfield 
awards;  today  they  are  surrounded  by  barbed  wire  fences, 
and  workers  are  allowed  to  enter  only  upon  showing  a  pass. 
American  Federation  of  Labor  organizers  on  occasion  have 
been  tarred  and  feathered  and  driven  out  of  the  mine  towns ; 
today,  by  order  of  Brigadier  General  Steiner,  commanding 
the  State  troops  in  the  region,  mass  meetings  and  proces- 
sions are  forbidden,  and  the  unions  cannot  hold  even  pri- 
vate business  meetings  except  upon  giving  notice  to  the 
troops,  who  sit  in  at  these  meetings  and  occasionally  stop 
them  to  arrest  a  speaker  who,  they  think,  goes  "too  far." 
Such  repression  inevitably  breeds  revolt ;  but  it  has  achieved 
unintended  good  in  that  it  has  given  rise  to  a  new  sense  of 
comradeship  between  colored  and  white  miners. 

IS  the  general  public  for  militarism?  Delaware  County, 
New  York,  answered  that  question  with  a  decided  and 
unmistakable  No!  in  this  year's  primaries.  John  D.  Clarke, 
candidate  for  Congress  on  the  Republican  ticket,  came  out 
squarely  against  peace-time  conscription.  His  opponent  de- 
clined to  take  a  stand  on  the  matter.  The  largest  number 
of  voters  turned  out  that  the  county  has  ever  seen,  double 
the  number  of  last  year,  and  gave  3,543  votes  to  Clarke  out 
of  something  over  4,700.  The  vote  for  the  Republican 
candidate  for  Governor  was  several  hundred  less  than  for 
Congressman,  so  that  there  can  be  no  question  where  the 
interests  and  sympathies  of  the  people  lay.  Some  day  there 
may  be  a  national  referendum  on  the  same  question,  and 
there  is  little  doubt  that  the  answer,  if  not  perhaps  so 
overwhelming,  would  be  the  same.  Meanwhile,  we  pay 
our  warmest  respects  to  the  editor  of  the  Walton  Reporter, 
a  Democratic  journal  in  a  Republican  county,  who  by  his 
brave  pen  has  sent  this  Congressman  to  Washington — nomi- 
nation is  equivalent  to  election.  No  wonder  this  gallant 
editor,  Mr.  John  P.  White,  has  won  for  his  paper  the  largest 
circulation  of  any  rural  weekly  in  New  York  State.  A 
Democrat  who  can  control  a  Republican  primary  is  a  wonder 
anywhere.     Fortunately  his  cause  was  of  the  best. 

IN  the  "Clansman,"  that  epic  of  one  hundred  per  cent 
American  race  hatred,  the  hooded  knights  of  the  Ku 
Klux  find  guilty  and  "execute"  a  Negro  because  the  Klan 
physicians  (all  leading  citizens,  these  clansmen!)  when  peer- 
ing into  the  terrified  victim's  eye  discovered  upon  the  retina 
an  image  of  the  "slain  girl's  face."  Retinal  photography  is, 
of  course,  a  myth,  as  impossible  a  feat  as  recovering  the 
sound  of  an  explosion  by  listening  at  the  blast  victim's  ear. 
The  night-riders  of  1920  hand  out  the  same  brand  of  "rough 
justice"  but  their  sphere  of  activity  is  much  enlarged.  Take 
it  from  the  words  of  their  own  "Imperial  Wizard,"  Colonel 
William  J.  Simmons.  "It  is  designed,"  he  says,  "to  memori- 
alize the  clan  of  the  reconstruction  period  and  to  perpetuate 
the  principles  for  which  it  stood."  (That  means  you, 
Negroes!)  "Its  membership  is  composed  of  native-born 
white  American  citizens  who  owe  no  allegiance  to  any 
foreign  power  or  organization,  religious  or  political."  (No 
Catholics  need  apply.)     "It  stands  for  the  preservation  of 


American  ideals  and  institutions,  the  protection  of  the  home 
and  the  chastity  of  womanhood,  the  maintenance  of  the 
blood-bought  rights  and  liberties  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  Race." 
And  that,  of  course,  includes  labor  leaders  who  are  against 
the  "blood-bought  right"  of  exploiting  workers,  cotton  gin- 
ners  who  will  not  cooperate  in  the  "American  ideal"  of  keep- 
ing the  price  of  cotton  up,  and  persons  in  general  toward 
whom  an  imperial,  royal  or  ducal  wizard  may  happen  to  feel 
feudishly  inclined.  Yes,  it  is  wholly  natural  that  the  renas- 
cent knights  have  enlarged  their  scope  and,  in  addition  to 
"the  principles  for  which  it  stood,"  are  carrying  a  side-line 
of  anti-Catholic,  anti-labor,  anti-liberal  propaganda. 

IN  discussing,  in  our  issue  of  September  25,  the  Root  plan 
for  an  international  court  we  pointed  out  that  the  court 
could  not  rise  higher  than  its  source,  which  was  the  Cove- 
nant of  the  League  of  Nations,  and  that  the  Covenant  ham- 
strung the  court  by  specifying  that  a  party  to  a  dispute 
could  not  be  brought  into  court  save  by  his  consent.  The 
Root  draft  undertook  to  overrule  this  by  providing  obliga- 
tory jurisdiction.  Last  week  it  was  submitted  to  the  Council 
of  the  League  of  Nations  at  Brussels,  which  promptly 
declared  that  it  could  not  recommend  the  obligatory  juris- 
diction for  the  precise  reason  that  the  plan  "went  further 
than  the  Covenant."  If  our  forecast  was  correct,  we  take 
only  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  it.  For  any  world  court  to 
succeed,  obligatory  jurisdiction  over  all  parties  to  a  dispute 
is  essential.  The  most  discouraging  feature  of  it  all  is  that 
Norway  and  Denmark,  two  small  nations,  were  the  ones  that 
protested  at  Brussels — the  very  type  of  nation  that  ought  to 
cherish  the  idea  of  a  court  that  could  compel  the  attendance 
of  any  great  bully  of  a  country  as  well  as  the  smallest  mem- 
ber of  the  family  of  nations.  Discouraging  as  this  is,  it 
simply  means  that  there  is  more  educational  work  to  be  done. 

THE  war  and  its  aftermath  have  numbed  the  power  of 
quick  and  sensitive  sympathy.  What  can  the  indi- 
vidual do  against  a  world  in  ruins?  But  the  intellectual 
workers  of  America  must  let  no  fatalism  or  sluggishness 
overcome  them  in  the  matter  of  the  distress  of  the  creative 
spirits  of  Europe.  This  distress  is  by  no  means  confined 
to  Central  or  Eastern  Europe.  A  recent  letter  from  M. 
Paul  Fort,  assuredly  one  of  the  glories  of  contemporary 
France,  depicts  his  pitiful  case.  With  his  aged  parents,  his 
wife  and  three  small  children,  he  is  living  in  a  single  un- 
heated  attic  room.  The  Mercure  de  France  will  not  publish 
his  new  volume.  Paper  is  too  high.  In  the  name  of  his 
war  services  he  applied  for  government  relief.  But  France 
has  no  funds  today  for  the  men  and  the  interests  on  which 
her  true  fame  rests.  Last  summer  Hugo  von  Hofmannsthal, 
once  heir  to  a  considerable  estate,  always  an  internationalist 
in  the  noblest  sense,  begged  for  nourishing  food  for  his 
adolescent  children.  If  such  is  the  condition  of  men  of  the 
stature  and  reputation  of  Fort  and  Hofmannsthal,  it  is  not 
difficult  to  picture  to  oneself  the  dire  misery  of  lesser  men — 
especially  of  those  younger  creative  spirits  in  all  the  arts 
on  whom,  quite  literally,  rests  not  only  the  hope  of  their 
own  country  but  of  the  world.  Here  is  a  task  for  our  faculty 
and  authors'  clubs,  our  poetry  societies  and  drama  leagues, 
which  will  be  far  more  productive  of  fine  scholarship,  of 
poetry  and  of  drama  than  many  of  the  activities  in  which 
they  are  now  engaged.  Bread  cast  upon  these  waters  will 
come  back  in  the  form  of  permanent  spiritual  values. 


520 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


The  Defeat  of  Wilsonism 


TO  the  fable  of  Phaethon  must  one  turn  for  any  analogy 
to  the  fate  which  has  overtaken  Woodrow  Wilson — the 
one  fell  from  the  heavens  after  his  wild  ride  in  the  chariot 
of  the  Sun-God;  the  other  has  fallen  from  the  highest 
pinnacle  of  human  hopes  and  aspirations  which  any  modern 
has  attained.  Rejected  now  by  millions  of  his  countrymen 
and  countrywomen,  he  is  at  once  the  most  tragic  and  the 
most  guilty  figure  on  the  globe.  Less  than  two  years  ago  he 
sailed  for  Paris  bearing  with  him  a  charter  of  liberty  for 
the  race;  upon  him  were  centered  the  faith  and  all  the  hopes 
of  the  plain  people  of  the  whole  world.  Alas,  no  one  could 
measure  the  disappointment  and  the  heartbreak  with  which 
those  who  had  knelt  before  him,  actually  and  spiritually, 
witnessed  the  revelation  that  the  new  Moses  was  of  such 
common  clay  as  to  abandon  the  tablets  upon  which  he  had 
himself  inscribed  another  Messianic  code  for  the  government 
of  tribes  and  nations,  that  he  had  stooped  to  scramble  in  the 
market-place  of  the  victors.  At  once  the  hero  fell  from  his 
pedestal;  months  ago  Europe  lost  the  last  vestige  of  interest 
in  Woodrow  Wilson.  Today  we  have  the  final  touch  in  the 
crushing  repudiation  of  the  man  and  his  works  by  his  own 
people,  and  the  tragedy  becomes  the  grimmer,  the  more 
pitiful,  when  one  considers  the  physical  suffering  of  the 
man,  for  whom  every  humane  heart  can  hold  only  pity. 
History  may  yet  judge  that  there  was  a  pathological  reason 
for  the  disaster  of  Paris. 

For  the  philosopher  and  moralist  there  is  material  in  this 
overwhelming  tragedy  for  themes  without  end  in  the  cen- 
turies to  come.  Terrible  as  it  is,  it  is  also  profoundly  stimu- 
lating, for,  paradoxically,  it  is  both  disheartening  and  full  of 
encouragement  to  struggling  humanity.  If  Woodrow  Wilson 
fell  as  fell  the  angels,  let  us  rejoice  that  his  true  measure 
was  so  quickly  taken,  that  so  correct  a  judgment  has  been 
passed  upon  him.  There  is  no  room  here  for  lasting  discour- 
agement and  no  time  for  vain  regrets.  The  unerring  instinct 
of  the  plain  American  people  has,  in  a  situation  of  extraor- 
dinary complexity,  administered  a  rebuke  so  stunning  as  to 
carry  its  warning  for  generations  to  those  who  espouse  lib- 
eralism and  then  betray  it;  to  that  most  dangerous  of  poli- 
ticians, the  pseudo-liberal,  who  stops  at  no  compromise,  who 
in  the  supreme  hour  when  liberalism  is  put  to  the  test  takes 
on  the  manner  and  thought  of  the  reactionary;  to  the  poli- 
tician who,  voicing  the  loftiest  of  ideals,  finds  himself  unable 
to  give  these  ideals  reality  and  substance  when  the  final 
opportunity  is  at  hand.  That  in  order  to  administer  this 
rebuke  the  American  people  felt  itself  compelled  to  the  choice 
of  the  candidate  of  a  group  who  mean  still  less  well  for  the 
Republic  is  the  dark  side  to  the  shield.  The  Nation  would 
have  had  the  people  destroy  both  the  old  parties ;  but  one  at 
a  time  has  been  the  popular  decision  in  the  absence  of  a  real 
and  vigorous  liberal  party  and  liberal  leadership.  There  are 
times  when  the  fire  seems  entirely  preferable  to  the  frying 
pan — if  one  does  not  dare  to  try  for  the  hearth  beyond.  In 
this  instance  it  was  perhaps  inevitable  to  set  the  unequivocal 
seal  of  disapproval  upon  the  man  who  has  betrayed  liberalism 
in  its  own  home ;  who  was  too  proud  to  fight  and  then  fought 
unnecessarily ;  who  was  for  peace  without  victory  and  then, 
five  months  later,  was  for  complete  and  crushing  defeat  of 
the  enemy;  who  by  faithlessness  to  the  ideals  he  helped  to 
•et  up  has  done  inestimable  harm  by  destroying  men's  faith 


in  the  attainment  of  the  supreme  objectives  he  outlined,  and 
in  the  possibility  of  those  ideals  themselves.  We  are  fortu- 
nate, indeed,  that  the  verdict  leaves  no  room  for  a  Burleson 
or  a  Palmer  to  claim  that  their  baseness  has  met  with  pop- 
ular approval. 

In  place  of  moral  instability  and  moral  insincerity,  reac- 
tion in  all  its  stark  nakedness  is  eminently  preferable.  The 
prime  need  is  to  doff  sheep's  clothing,  to  have  men  show 
clearly  under  which  flag  they  fight.  One  can  deal  frankly 
with  a  Leonard  Wood  or  a  Harding  because  with  them  there 
is  no  danger  of  any  illusions,  or  misunderstandings,  or 
deceptions.  One  knows  where  they  are  to  be  found,  how- 
ever skilfully  balanced  their  phrases,  however  apt  their 
opportunism.  At  least  they  do  not  use  the  language  of  ideal- 
ism to  conceal  their  thoughts;  they  do  not  address  their 
appeals  to  the  stars  when  they  are  bent  only  upon  things 
earthy,  when  they  are  frankly  materialistic  and  frankly  for 
the  old  order  of  special  privilege  and  profit.  The  enemy  will 
be  in  front  and  not  in  the  rear  ranks.  Discouragement? 
Not  for  any  real  liberal.  The  horizon  has  cleared.  Crass 
reaction  we  shall  indubitably  have  to  face,  and  repression 
and  suppression  as  well.  We  shall  see  greater  materialism, 
more  control  of  the  processes  of  government  and  of  our 
social  life  by  that  invisible  government  which  Woodrow  Wil- 
son entered  office  in  1912  to  destroy  and  has  left  more  firmly 
in  the  saddle  than  ever.  But  if  the  "New  Freedom"  is  still 
in  the  offing,  the  louder  the  call  to  liberals  to  gird  on  their 
spiritual  armor.  The  bigger  and  the  clearer  the  fight,  the 
better  the  struggle,  the  sooner  will  ideals  be  clarified  and  the 
lines  be  drawn. 

As  for  Mr.  Harding,  nothing  that  he  or  his  party  or  his 
campaign  speeches  have  done  has  affected  the  result.  His 
election  is  the  gift  of  Mr.  Wilson,  and  of  no  one  else.  The 
League  of  Nations  debate  has  appealed  only  to  the  intellec- 
tuals, and  so  Mr.  Harding's  choice  was  fore-ordained  months 
ago.  He  receives  the  greatest  office  in  the  world  with  the 
slightest  record  of  achievement.  Upon  his  lap  has  been 
placed  this  prize  through  no  effort  of  his  own,  first  by  act  of 
a  small  group  of  professional  politicians  at  Chicago,  and  sec- 
ondly, by  the  vote  of  the  people  given  with  no  enthusiasm 
and  often  with  the  profoundest  shame  that  such  a  choice 
should  be  laid  before  the  American  electorate.  His  negative 
campaign,  his  unimpressive  personality,  his  inability  to 
arouse  popular  interest  in  himself  or  his  cause — all  these 
bode  ill  for  the  success  of  his  administration.  For  him  we 
have  few  congratulations  and  much  pity.  The  great  eco- 
nomic forces  which  are  shaping  the  destinies  of  the  world 
are  likely  to  have  no  mercy  for  him,  since  he  neither  under- 
stands them  nor  apprehends  their  existence.  The  champion 
of  an  outworn  order,  he  can  no  more  oppose  the  slow  sweep 
of  peaceable  economic  revolt  than  could  King  Canute  the  tide. 
Moreover,  Mr.  Harding  has  not  been  able  to  make  it  clear 
what  position  he  will  take  toward  the  one  great  achievement 
of  his  party,  which  is  the  defeat  of  the  Treaty.  But  of  this 
we  may  be  sure :  He  will  labor  in  a  fiercer  light  of  publicity 
than  has  beaten  upon  any  man  of  late  years,  and  against  the 
system  that  he  represents  will  stand  united  the  battalions  of 
all  the  liberals  and  the  progressives  and  the  reformers  and 
those  supporters  of  the  League  of  Nations  who  have  really 
believed  that  it  promises  a  better  international  order. 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


521 


British  Industry  in  a  Deadlock 

THE  British  coal  crisis  seems  at  this  writing  likely  to 
terminate  in  a  compromise  granting  the  miners  an  im- 
mediate increase  but  making  future  wages  partially  depend- 
ent upon  output.  The  fundamental  questions  of  nationaliza- 
tion and  control  are  left  untouched.  Such  peace  can  only  be  an 
armistice  while  the  opposing  forces  measure  their  strength 
for  future  combat.  The  miners  know  that  they  were  worsted 
in  the  preliminary  negotiations  and  maneuvered  into  letting 
the  issue  center  no  longer  round  a  question  of  principle  that 
clearly  concerned  every  consumer,  but  round  a  mere  wages 
issue  on  which  a  considerable  part  of  that  amorphous  mass 
called  the  "public"  must  be  against  them.  From  the  moment 
when  the  miners  allowed  their  original  demand  for  a  reduc- 
tion in  the  price  of  coal  to  fall  into  the  background,  it  was 
evident  that,  if  they  fought,  they  would  fight  at  a  serious 
disadvantage.  The  leaders  of  the  trade  unions  in  other 
industries  clearly  did  not  want  a  general  industrial  crisis. 
Had  it  come  they  would  sooner  or  later  have  thrown  in  their 
lot  with  the  miners;  but  in  some  cases  it  would  have  been 
done  grudgingly  or  partially. 

Something  like  a  deadlock  has  been  reached  in  the  world 
of  labor  in  Great  Britain,  and  this  because  the  trade  unions 
lost  their  opportunity  immediately  after  the  Armistice.  The 
acute  industrial  unrest  of  February,  1919,  was  a  turning- 
point;  the  miners  were  threatening  immediate  industrial 
action  for  public  ownership  and  democratic  control  of  the 
mines,  and  in  almost  every  industry,  great  or  small,  acute 
industrial  troubles  seemed  imminent.  The  Government 
bought  off  the  miners  by  what  seemed  the  very  big  conces- 
sion of  the  Royal  Commission  on  the  Coal  Industry,  with  a 
pledge  that  its  recommendations  would  be  carried  into  effect. 
It  quieted  discontent  elsewhere  by  summoning  the  National 
Industrial  Conference,  on  which  the  attitude  of  the  employ- 
ers clearly  showed  that  they  were  prepared  to  make  consid- 
erable concessions.  But  by  the  time  these  two  bodies  reported 
the  psychological  moment  had  passed. 

The  Government  refused  to  carry  out  the  recommenda- 
tions either  of  the  Coal  Industry  Commission  or  of  the  Indus- 
trial Conference,  although  in  the  latter  case  the  proposals 
were  put  forward  unanimously  by  employers  and  workers 
alike.  Repeated  efforts  have  been  made  peacefully  to  per- 
suade the  Government  to  alter  its  attitude;  but  it  has  come 
more  completely  under  the  domination  of  the  big  industrial 
and  financial  interests;  and  these  interests,  having  consoli- 
dated their  forces  and,  as  they  believe,  taken  their  oppo- 
nents' measure,  are  less  ready  to  abate  any  of  their  powers. 

This  increased  confidence  of  the  British  ruling  classes  is 
founded  partly  on  the  rapid  collapse  of  the  artificial  indus- 
trial prosperity  caused  by  the  war,  and  the  rapid  return  of 
the  unemployment  which  temporarily  ceased  during  the  war 
years.  But  when  unemployment  passes  a  certain  intensity, 
which  it  seems  likely  soon  to  reach,  it  changes  its  effect, 
especially  under  present  psychological  conditions.  Men  are 
not  prepared  to  tolerate  the  perpetual  insecurity  which  has 
been  characteristic  of  British  industrial  conditions  with  the 
old  acquiescence  and  fatalism;  they  will  now  be  moved  far 
more  easily  to  positive  resentment.  The  employers,  how- 
ever, have  come  to  believe  that  the  British  workers'  bark  is 
far  worse  than  their  bite,  and  that  there  is  after  all  not  the 
substance  which  they  had  supposed  behind  their  new  policies 


and  their  demands  for  control.  One  salutary  lesson,  a  good 
many  employers  may  be  heard  to  say,  will  serve  to  prick  the 
bubble  of  labor  extremism. 

The  outcome,  so  far,  of  the  miners'  dispute  may  seem  to 
justify  this  view.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  case  that  many  of 
the  hopes  and  fears  which  have  been  built  on  British  labor 
are  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  reality,  and  that  labor  is  still 
unprepared  for  any  great  or  decisive  step.  Still  conscious  of 
its  weakness  even  more  than  of  its  strength,  British  labor 
hesitates,  and  will  for  some  time  hesitate,  to  fling  out  to  the 
Government  or  to  the  employers  a  final  challenge.  It  will 
again,  as  it  has  done  several  times  already,  march  almost  up 
to  the  ramparts  of  British  capitalism  only  to  beat  at  the  last 
moment  a  strategic  retreat.  But  the  game  of  maneuver  at 
which  all  three  parties — employers,  Government,  and  labor — 
are  at  present  playing  is  an  intricate  game.  A  false  move 
by  any  of  the  parties  may  precipitate  a  conflict  more  decisive 
and  widespread  than  any  of  them  intends,  and  it  would  be  a 
very  hard-fought  and  protracted  struggle,  on  the  outcome  of 
which  neither  side  could  reckon  with  confidence.  Such  a 
situation  almost  arose  on  the  occasion  of  the  national  rail- 
way strike  of  1919.  But  both  sides  accepted  a  compromise 
as  soon  as  they  realized  whither  the  conflict  was  tending; 
and  this  time  again  the  settlement  seems  likely  to  be  mean- 
ingless and  temporary. 

Such  compromises,  however,  settle  nothing.  The  root 
problems  which  are  impeding  efficiency  and  causing  a  slow 
disintegration  of  the  economic  system  are  left  untouched. 
At  present  neither  party  has  the  intensity  of  will  necessary 
for  a  definite  reaction  or  a  clean-cut  advance.  Great  Britain 
drifts.  Drifting  steadily  worsens  the  position,  and  makes 
the  material  task  of  reorganization  more  difficult.  The 
change  of  system  might  still  be  accomplished  peaceably  and 
without  a  quite  chaotic  period  if  the  working-class  organiza- 
tions possessed  a  definitely  realized  and  imagined  policy  of 
economic  reorganization.  They  are,  indeed,  gradually  devel- 
oping that  policy;  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  can  reach 
maturity  in  time  to  avert  much  trouble. 


The  Rush  to  the  Colleges 

THE  early  reports  of  college  and  university  enrolment 
indicate  that  1920-21  is  to  see  an  even  larger  number 
of  students  than  1919-20  and  that  the  remarkable  increase 
in  attendance  which  has  been  going  on  for  the  past  five  or 
six  years  is  still  unchecked.  Columbia  University  reports 
over  16,000  actual  candidates  for  degrees,  and  probably  as 
many  more  will  receive  some  sort  of  instruction  from  one 
department  or  other  of  the  University  during  the  year. 
The  College  of  the  City  of  New  York  reports  over  15,000; 
the  University  of  California  over  11,000;  New  York  Uni- 
versity over  9,000;  Boston  University  and  the  University 
of  Illinois  over  8,000  each;  the  University  of  Wisconsin 
over  7,000;  Northwestern  University  over  6,000;  and  Chi- 
cago, Cornell,  and  Harvard  over  5,000  each.  In  the  smaller 
institutions  there  is  much  the  same  rise  in  attendance,  in 
several  cases  an  advance  of  more  than  300  per  cent  over 
1917.  The  Institute  for  Public  Service  has  issued  an  inter- 
esting bulletin  on  the  increases  from  1914  to  1917,  and 
from  1917  to  1920.  The  210  colleges  and  universities  cov- 
ered by  this  survey  had  in  1914  a  total  enrolment  of  187,000; 
in  1920  the  total  was  294,000.    If  they  increase  by  the  same 


522 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


number  of  students  annually  they  will  have,  the  Institute 
for  Public  Service  calculates,  471,000  in  1930  and  831,000 
in  1950.  If  they  increase  by  the  same  percentage  annually, 
they  will  have  659,000  in   1930,  and  1,138,000  in  1950. 

Even  though  it  is  highly  improbable  that  the  present 
rate  of  increase  will  be  maintained  for  a  generation,  the 
certain  increases  are  sufficient  to  tax  the  powers  of  all  the 
higher  institutions  now  in  existence.  The  burden  is  al- 
ready great.  As  every  college  student  in  America  has 
ordinarily  cost  far  more  than  he  paid  for  his  education,  the 
effect  of  the  multiplication  of  students  has  naturally  been 
a  multiplication  of  annual  deficits.  Where  additional  funds 
were  forthcoming  from  an  increase  of  fees  or  from  gifts 
the  burden  has  not  been  altogether  unendurable.  But  in 
certain  of  the  State  universities,  where  the  rise  in  atten- 
dance has  been  especially  marked,  the  situation  is  pre- 
carious. Many  of  the  States  are  in  the  convulsions  of 
economy  which  regularly  follow  wars.  Needed  building 
cannot  be  undertaken  to  house  the  swarms  of  students,  or 
to  provide  them  with  class-rooms  and  laboratories.  Libra- 
ries are  suffering.  Lecture  groups  and  quiz  sections  have 
to  be  larger  than  before,  and  too  large  for  the  best  re- 
sults. The  heaviest  burden  falls,  as  usual,  upon  the  pro- 
fessor, who  with  only  a  slight  increase  of  his  salary — in 
spite  of  much  talk  of  "drives"  in  the  newspapers — has  to 
do  more  work  than  ever  before,  without  even  recourse  to 
the  sort  of  assistants  who  could  once  be  hired  to  do 
part  of  the  drudgery  of  teaching,  but  who  now  cannot  be 
obtained  because  there  is  no  money  to  pay  them.  Lucky 
the  professor  in  a  State  university  who  has  received  as 
much  as  fifteen  per  cent  increase  in  his  salary  since  1914, 
and  who  has  to  teach  only  thirty  per  cent  more  students 
than  he  then  taught! 

Emphasis  cannot  be  laid  too  often  upon  the  fact  that  the 
status  of  the  American  university  professor  has  under- 
gone, in  various  respects,  a  steady  deterioration  in  the  past 
hundred  years.  This  is  particularly  true  as  regards  money 
payment.  In  1876  the  salary  of  a  professor  at  Columbia 
was  fixed  at  $7,500  and  that  of  a  tutor  as  $2,000;  in  1919 
the  salary  of  a  professor  in  the  same  university  was  fixed 
at  from  $6,000  to  $8,000  and  that  of  an  instructor  at  $2,000. 
At  other  universities  much  the  same  set  of  facts  might 
be  cited.  Yet  when  the  new  salary  schedules  for  various 
universities  were  announced  last  year  the  general  opinion 
seemed  to  be  that  something  handsome  had  been  done  for 
the  professors.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  merely  a  new  step  had 
been  taken  in  the  exploitation  of  the  American  scholar. 
Ever  since  the  Civil  War  his  academic  duties  have  grown 
heavier.  As  students  have  become  more  numerous  in  the 
different  departments  and  tutors  or  instructors  have  had 
to  be  added,  the  professors  in  charge  have  allowed  the  per 
capita  payment  for  the  teachers  of  the  department  to  fall 
lower  and  lower.  Less  and  less  competent  instructors  have 
been  added,  and  when  in  turn  they  have  become  professors 
by  the  operation  of  seniority  they  have  seemed  worth  less 
than  the  full  stipend  and  so  have  dragged  the  salary  level 
down.  The  plea  that  these  were  scholars  making  sacrifices 
for  the  sake  of  poor  and  deserving  young  men  is  largely 
nonsense.  The  majority  of  college  students  are  able  to  pay 
the  full  cost  of  what  they  receive,  and  many  of  them  have 
larger  sums  for  spending  money  than  their  teachers  have 
for  salaries.  What  earthly  excuse  is  there  for  charging  a 
rich  man's  son  half  what  he  ought  to  pay  and  then  paying 
a  professor  half  what  he  ought  to  get?    There  is  none. 


"More  Thrilling  than  Fiction* 

LITTLE  by  little  the  truth  about  the  war  prevails.  One 
of  its  mightiest  warriors — of  the  stay-at-home  variety 
— John  R.  Rathom,  editor  of  the  Providence  Journal,  late 
in  1917  wrote  a  series  of  articles,  "Germany's  Plots  Ex- 
posed," for  the  World's  Work,  widely  advertised  as  follows : 
How  the  devilishly  cunning  plots  to  kill  our  people,  sink  our 
ships,  dynamite  our  factories,  and  disrupt  our  national  life  were 
run  down  and  thwarted.  More  thrilling  than  fiction,  and,  withal, 
the  most  patriotic  service  to  America  since  the  war  began.  It 
is  the  modestly  told  story  of  a  brave  editor  and  resourceful  re- 
porters who  beat  the  Germans  at  their  own  game. 

But  after  one  issue,  "The  Great  Rathom  Series,"  sched- 
uled to  appear  for  one  year,  which  the  World's  Work  pre- 
dicted would  make  it  the  "most  talked  of,  the  most  quoted, 
the  most  eagerly  sought  for  magazine  in  America"  was 
suddenly  withdrawn.  Rathom,  who  in  frequent  public  ad- 
dresses was  modestly  admitting  his  exploits,  explained  that 
the  cessation  of  the  articles  was  decided  upon  from  "mo- 
tives of  patriotism."  Now  it  appears  that  on  February  12, 
1918,  Rathom,  at  the  instance  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment and  by  advice  of  counsel,  signed  a  confession  admit- 
ting the  falsity,  or  such  exaggeration  that  it  equaled  fal- 
sity, of  almost  all  of  these  revelations  and  exposures. 

No  one  who  is  in  any  doubt  about  the  shameful  decep- 
tion that  was  practiced  in  this  country  throughout  the  war 
— and  indeed  in  every  country,  for  it  is  an  inevitable  by- 
product of  war — should  fail  to  study  the  amazing  confession 
of  John  Revelstoke  Rathom,  British-born  and  bred,  arch- 
patrioteer  and  super-spy-hunter,  editor  and  moulder  of 
public  opinion,  director  and  member  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee of  the  Associated  Press.  While  "patriotism"  was 
smeared  thick  over  all  his  utterances  and  works,  Rathom's 
role  was  wholly  un-American.  The  vaunted  exploits  of  his 
editors  and  reporters  he  has  now  admitted  were  myths,  and 
what  little  information  he  did  have  as  the  basis  for  his 
sensations  was  supplied  by  British  secret  agents  whose  tool 
he  was,  and  who  used  him  for  their  own  purposes.  And 
this  dime-novel  clap-trap  was  the  sort  of  propaganda  with 
which  the  country  was  drugged,  as  The  Nation  has  repeat- 
edly shown.  As  for  Mr.  Rathom,  he  is  aptly  characterized 
by  the  New  York  World,  which  declares  in  an  editorial  en- 
titled "Confessions  of  a  Faker,"  that  his  confession  is  "one 
which  for  comprehensive  avowals  of  downright  falsehood 
has  few  parallels  in  the  annals  of  mendacity." 

On  the  other  hand,  the  incident  sheds  no  enviable  radiance 
on  Mr.  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt,  Mr.  Francis  G.  Caffey,  and 
other  officials  behind  the  scenes,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
controversy.  Mr.  Rathom  recently  made  charges  deroga- 
tory to  the  naval  administration  of  Roosevelt;  a  United 
States  District  Attorney  owing  his  appointment  to  Roose- 
velt's political  party  makes  public  facts  long  possessed  by 
the  Government;  facts  which  should  instantly  have  been 
given  to  the  American  people,  but  are  only  now  divulged 
for  the  sole  purpose  of  discrediting  personally  a  political 
opponent  of  the  Administration.  That  they  do  this  suc- 
cessfully does  not  for  one  moment  lessen  the  indecency  of 
the  procedure.  The  Government  which  suppressed  this 
important  information,  contributing  in  that  way — among 
others — to  the  war  hysteria  and  terrorism,  and  publishes  it 
only  to  aid  the  political  ends  of  one  of  its  henchmen,  is  an 
accessory  after  the  fact  to  Mr.  Rathom's  malfeasance. 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


523 


Those  Declining  Prices 

PRICES  are  coming  down;  the  newspapers  say  so,  and 
the  banks  say  it,  so  it  must  be  true;  but  the  poor  con- 
sumer, sadly  totaling  up  his  weekly  milk  and  egg  and  potato 
and  meat  bill,  learns  little  of  the  bruited  drop  except  what 
he  reads  in  the  papers.  The  New  York  truckmen  heard  a  lot 
about  it  when  they  were  told  that  they  must  work  ten  hours 
for  the  old  nine  hours'  wage  because  "labor  costs  must  be 
reduced  in  proportion  to  the  lower  costs  of  commodities." 

About  the  only  commodity  which  has  markedly  reduced  in 
cost  to  the  consumer  is  sugar;  the  other  reductions  have 
been  stopped  on  the  way.  But  raw  material  prices  have 
fallen  generally:  Japan  silk  has  fallen  to  but  a  trifle  more 
than  a  third  of  its  January  peak  price ;  wool  has  dropped  off 
forty  per  cent,  and  the  world  is  so  overstocked  with  wool 
that  the  poor  consumer  surely  ought  to  be  able  to  reckon 
on  a  substantially  cheaper  suit  a  year  hence — if  he  can  wait 
that  long;  rubber  is  at  less  than  a  third  of  its  wartime  peak 
and  even  below  the  pre-war  price;  wheat,  which  sold  over 
three  dollars  last  spring,  is  hovering  about  the  two  dollar 
mark  today — far  enough  though  that  be  from  the  pre-war 
dollar  rate;  hides  cost  less  than  half  what  they  did  a  year 
and  a  half  ago,  and  shoes  should  soon  be  cheaper  for  those 
who  can  make  their  present  shoes  hold  out;  cotton  prices 
have  been  cut  in  half  since  May,  and  are  only  60  per  cent 
over  the  1913  level.  Iron  and  oil — monopoly-controlled  prod- 
ucts— hold  their  own,  petroleum  higher  than  during  the  war.* 

Factories  are  stilled;  the  textile  mills  of  New  England 
have  laid  off  most  of  their  employees,  and  labor  everywhere 
is  solemnly  warned  that  it  must  consent  to  wage  reductions. 
As  a  matter  of  fact  price  reductions  have  begun,  and  will 
soon  reach  the  consumer,  particularly  in  clothes;  and  the 
consumer  can  fairly  claim  a  large  share  of  the  credit  for  it. 
While  the  newspapers  were  still  heralding  Mr.  Palmer's 
footless  anti-profiteering  crusades,  and  printing  abstruse 
explanations  of  the  economic  basis  of  higher  costs  when 
they  were  not  denouncing  labor  as  their  cause,  the  public 
quietly  stopped  buying.  The  overalls  parades  were  but  the 
foam  on  a  wave  that  ran  deep  and  strong.  Ordinary  citi- 
zens did  not  don  overalls  and  their  trousers  were  too  worn 
to  be  turned,  but  they  had  patches  put  in  the  seat,  rein- 
forced the  elbows  of  their  coats,  stitched  down  the  cuffs, 
and  managed  to  get  along  without  new.  Under  the  profits 
system  which  dominates  our  industrial  life  the  result  was 
not  an  immediate  reduction  of  prices  to  a  reasonable  level; 
instead  manufacturers  chose  to  close  their  factories  in  the 
hope  that  by  thus  creating  an  artificial  shortage  of  goods 
they  might  hold  prices  up.  But  the  spontaneous  public  boy- 
cott has  continued,  and  retail  prices  are  slowly  creeping 
down.  Some  manufacturers  are  suffering  in  this  process  of 
deflation ;  retailers  who  were  caught  overstocked  with  goods 
purchased  at  the  old  price  levels  are  naturally  reluctant  to 
order  new  goods  at  prices  which  will  spell  a  dead  loss  on 
their  present  stocks;  and  both,  the  former  through  closing 
the  factories,  the  latter  through  delaying  the  reductions, 
attempt  to  throw  the  burden  on  the  hapless  consumer.  One 
thing  which  the  deflation  process  makes  undeniable,  if  proof 
were  needed,  is  that  there  has  been  unconscionable  .profit- 
eering somewhere,  and  that  the  blame  for  high  prices  was 
not  justly  cast  on  labor. 

*  The  Standard  Oil  Company  of  Indiana  has  just  cut  one  of  the  largest 
"'melons"  of  recent  years,  declaring  a  stock  dividend   of  150  per  cent. 


The  New  England  Fisherman 

WE  have  been  celebrating  this  year  the  three  hundredth 
anniversary  of  the  landing  of  the  Pilgrims,  and  dis- 
cussing variously  the  human  product  that  English  heritage 
and  New  England  environment  gave  to  America  and  the 
world.  But  some  of  the  Pilgrims  never  landed;  or,  if  they 
did,  they  hardly  waited  for  their  feet  to  touch  firm  founda- 
tion before  they  turned  again  to  the  sea,  which  they  have 
been  following  ever  since.  Their  descendants  today  are  the 
New  England  fishermen,  who  have  won  a  brief  moment  of 
fame  by  virtue  of  the  contest  between  the  Gloucester 
schooner  Esperanto  and  her  Canadian  rival  the  Delawanna. 
It  is  characteristic,  of  course,  that  this  moment  of  fame 
should  come  to  the  fishermen  out  of  their  play  rather  than 
out  of  their  work;  that  it  should  be  won  by  a  brief  relaxa- 
tion from  the  toil  and  danger  that  constitute  their  real  lives. 

The  New  England  fisherman  is  the  perpetuation  into  the 
present  century  of  the  old-time  American  sailor.  He  is  the 
link  between  the  glorious  days  when  our  clipper  ships,  with 
their  towering  sails,  were  the  queens  of  the  seas  and  this 
newer  day  when  American  steamships  are  making  our  mer- 
chant fleet  once  more  an  inspiration  for  song  and  story.  It 
is  true  that  the  New  England  fisherman  has  latterly  become 
somewhat  internationalized.  The  Gloucester  fleet,  especially, 
is  now  manned  by  more  "blue  noses"  from  Novia  Scotia  than 
Down  Easters;  but,  after  all,  the  maritime  provinces  of 
Canada  are  only  an  annex  of  the  State  of  Maine,  and  the 
product  is  all  one  breed.  The  same  juice  flows  in  the  veins 
of  all,  and  there  is  as  much  salt  in  the  blood  and  tar  in  the 
hair  of  the  fisherman  who  is  sailing  today  out  of  Gloucester 
or  Boston,  Portland,  or  Provincetown,  as  was  true  of  the 
men  who  a  century  ago  put  out  from  New  Bedford  to  chase 
the  sperm  whale  over  the  Seven  Seas,  or  returned  from  the 
East  Indies  with  cargoes  of  silks  and  spices  for  the  original 
John  Jacob  Astor  in  the  days  when  royal  and  skys'l  yards 
rose  above  South  Street  like  a  forest  rimming  the  edge  of 
Manhattan  Island. 

Yes,  today's  New  England  fisherman  is  the  true  and  un- 
sullied successor  of  the  old  American  tar.  He  is  more;  he  is 
the  legitimate  scion  of  all  the  bold  sea  rovers  of  history  from 
Noah  to  Captain  Kidd.  His  is  no  idyllic  life  of  angling,  no 
quiet  Izaak  Walton  existence.  He  faces  fog  and  storm  and 
ice  to  harpoon  the  swordfish  on  Georges  Banks:  to  seine 
mackerel  off  the  Cape  Shore ;  to  trawl  the  halibut  on  Quereau, 
the  Funks,  and  the  bleak  coast  of  "the  Labrador";  or  to  be 
gone  all  summer  "salt  fishing"  on  the  Grand  Banks.  As  he 
says  of  himself  in  his  own  doggerel : 

I've  seen  all  kinds  of  fishing 
From  Western  Banks  to  Grand; 
I've  been  after  frozen  herring 
Way  down  on  Newf  ndland. 

And  the  boats  in  which  he  sails  are  real  boats,  built  to 
last  fifty  years  and  stand  the  pounding  of  the  fiercest  seas. 

Hard  a-lee!  Make  sea  room  for  the  New  England  fisher- 
man, that  perpetual  Pilgrim,  who  asks  for  the  security  of  no 
Plymouth  Rock  and  is  never  so  happy— though  he  would 
stoutly  deny  it — as  when  he  hears  the  last  moaning  of  the 
whistling  buoy  off  the  granite-bound  shores  of  Cape  Ann  and 
points  his  schooner  toward  the  open  sea  with  the  magic 
words:   "Drive 'er!" 


524 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


A  Question  to  Democracy 


By  FAITH  ADAMS 


THE  Gold  Star  has  disappeared  from  my  neighbor's  win- 
dow, for  two  years  have  elapsed  since  the  Armistice. 
The  boy  who  went  out  from  the  house  next  door  was  the 
eldest  of  the  family.  I  know  that  he  died  for  Democracy. 
Yet  I  never  saw  the  gold  emblem  that  marked  his  sacrifice 
without  being  conscious  of  a  vague  uneasiness  because  I 
know  that  my  neighbor's  son  died  for  something  he  had 
never  known  and  would  not  have  known  had  he  lived. 

When  the  L s  first  moved  into  our  street  in  B they 

caused  no  small  commotion.  They  were  the  only  middle 
class  colored  people  in  our  small  suburban  community.  There 
are,  of  course,  plenty  of  colored  people  beyond  the  railroad 
in  Shantytown,  plenty,  that  is  to  supply  our  needs  in  regard 
to  laundresses,  scrubwomen,  and  children's  nurses,  but  the 
idea  of  a  colored  physician  and  his  family  moving  into  one 
of  the  best  houses  on  Elm  Street  was  preposterous.  As  the 
nearest  prospective  neighbors  of  the  invaders,  we  were 
objects  of  sympathy.  Our  friends  expected  us  to  become 
the  leaders  of  an  opposition  and  I  do  not  know  exactly  why 
we  failed  to  live  up  to  their  expectations.  In  some  ways  it 
would  have  been  easier,  but  something  in  me — perhaps  a 
strain  of  Abolition  ancestry — asserted  itself  in  a  sudden 
burning  shame  at  the  thought.  We  declined  to  lead  a  move- 
ment to  make  it  impossible  for  the  L s  to  enter  the 

home  they  had  bought.  But  in  spite  of  our  defection  they 
did  not  succeed  in  entering  their  house  until  a  lawsuit  bit- 
terly contested  at  every  point  had  been  won  by  them  in 
several  courts.  In  coming,  they  brought  with  them  a  prob- 
lem which  has  never  been  solved  and  which  has  maintained 
its  rigid  outline,  through  all  the  patriotic  enthusiasm  that 
swept  away  a  dozen  hyphens  and  consolidated  every  other 
element  in  our  community  during  the  war,  a  problem  which 
persisted  in  spite  of  the  Gold  Star  that  used  to  hang  in  my 
neighbor's  window. 

The  trouble  encountered  by  the  L s  was  not  an  isolated 

phenomenon.  It  was  a  characteristic  and  attendant  circum- 
stance of  every  act  of  their  lives.  I  wonder  if  any  reader, 
whatever  his  or  her  views  on  the  Race  question,  has  ever 
paused  to  consider,  not  so  much  its  profound  and  significant 
aspects  but  the  comparatively  simple  one  which  finds  its 
origin  in  the  mere  inconvenience  of  being  a  Negro  in  a 
hostile  white  community,  especially  the  daily  and  hourly  in- 
convenience of  being  that  complex,  highly  sensitized  crea- 
ture, an  intellectual  Negro  in  a  hostile  white  community. 
"But  why  do  they  come  here?"  lamented  my  white  neigh- 
bors. "Why  don't  they  stay  with  their  own  people?"  ask 
those  who  feel  that  the  troubles  are  of  their  own  making. 
I  believe  that  the  answer  is  simple.  They  want  the  same 
advantages  for  their  children  that  we  want  for  ours.  They 
moved  to  Elm  Street  to  obtain  those  advantages  in  the  face 
of  our  antagonism,  rather  than  live  in  Shantytown,  or  in 
the  South  from  which  they  came,  or  in  the  crowded  insani- 
tary districts  which  are  usually  the  only  ones  accessible  to 
urban  negroes.  So  far  as  possible  in  our  Christian  Demo- 
cratic community,  we  have  made  it  impossible  for  them  to 
achieve  this.  Of  course  we  have  not  been  entirely  successful. 
We  are  a  Northern  community  and  there  are  still  traces  of 
respect  for  the  individual's  civil  rights  written  into  our 
laws  and  upheld  by  our  courts.    We  have  so  far  succeeded, 


however,  that  I,  who  gave  no  sons  to  my  country,  cannot 
remember  the  Gold  Star  that  used  to  hang  in  my  neighbor's 
window  without  a  feeling  of  humiliation. 

Primarily,  the  problem  of  my  neighbors  concerns  their 
children.  If  America  means  anything  to  us,  it  means  the 
future  of  our  children,  a  future  presumably  freer,  happier, 
surer  than  that  of  any  children  in  the  world.     It  does  not 

mean  this  to  the  L s.     They  have  three  children  since 

their  elder  boy  was  killed,  two  daughters  of  sixteen  and  ten, 
respectively,  and  a  boy  of  eight.  The  second  daughter, 
Katherine,  is  the  one  I  know  best.  She  and  my  ten-year-old 
daughter  are  classmates.  They  walk  to  and  from  school 
together  and  are  friends  after  a  fashion,  and  yet  I  know 
that  there  is  not  an  aspect  of  their  environment  that  is  the 
same  to  both.  The  very  feeling  of  the  sun  and  wind  on 
her  face  is  a  different  thing  to  my  colored  neighbor's  little 
daughter  than  it  is  to  mine  because  she  is  colored.  My  ten- 
year-old  is  a  tomboy.  In  her  short  vigorous  life  she  has 
never  stopped  to  think  whether  she  was  "nice"  or  as  good  as 
anyone  else.  Her  speech  and  manners  are  free,  emphatic, 
and  quite  devoid  of  grace.  She  tears  her  clothes,  falls  into 
the  pond,  climbs  trees,  walls,  roofs,  and  anything  else  which 
can  be  climbed,  hitches  her  sled  on  to  passing  teams  despite 
emphatic  warnings  and  stands  cheerfully  somewhere  be- 
tween the  foot  and  the  middle  of  her  class.  She  goes  forth 
unconcernedly  on  errands,  or  pursues  adventurous  ends  of 
her  own.  She  is  a  perfectly  ordinary,  very  healthy  and 
really  nice  child,  far  less  talented  than  sensitive  little  Kath- 
erine, but  she  has  never  in  her  life  been  afraid  or  unwel- 
come or  very  unhappy.  Her  world  has  boundless  horizons 
and  endless  possibilities  of  adventure.  It  may  seem  a  small 
thing  to  you  but,  remembering  my  own  childhood,  there  is 
nothing  for  which  I  am  more  thankful  than  that  my  chil- 
dren can  have  adventures.  Our  town  and  the  world  are 
decently  safe  for  Elizabeth  or  relatively  so.  She  may  break 
an  arm  or  a  leg  one  of  these  days,  but  I  know  that  her  heart 
and  her  spirit  will  not  be  broken.  I  realize  that  Katherine's 
mother  does  not  share  this  security,  that  there  is  no  aspect 
of  life  in  our  charming  village  that  is  not  haunted  for  her 
by  shapes  of  shame  and  terror.  Each  day  she  wakes  to  a 
dread  of  things  unbelievably  ugly  from  which  she  cannot 
shield  her  child.  I  know  that  she  awaits  Katherine's  return 
from  school  each  day  in  fear  of  seeing  in  the  child's  face 
that  some  irreparably  cruel  thing  has  happened  to  her. 

Meanwhile  Katherine's  clothes  are  always  immaculate, 
her  ways  are  gentle,  her  speech  is  soft  and  punctiliously 
correct.  She  stands  well  in  school  and  is  particularly  gifted 
in  music  and  drawing.  If  the  color  line  does  not  hem  them 
in  too  closely,  by  the  time  she  graduates  my  neighbors  hope 
to  send  her  to  an  art  school  for  a  year  and  then,  perhaps,  to 
Europe.  It  will  take  money,  of  course,  and  their  means  are 
slender,  but  where  else,  they  ask  passionately,  can  she  pos- 
sibly fulfill  the  promise  that  is  in  her. 

Barbara,  the  older  daughter,  will  enter  college  this  fall. 

She  was  to  have  had  the  R College  scholarship,  awarded 

every  year  to  a  member  of  the  graduating  class  of  the  High 
School,  but  as  the  L s  say  quietly,  "something  hap- 
pened." Something  usually  does  happen  in  such  cases  it 
seems,  so  they  were  not  much  surprised.    Whether  or  not 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


525 


they  are  right,  I  cannot  say,  but  they  and  hundreds  of 
colored  people  like  them,  people  of  sober  judgment  and  in- 
tegrity believe  that  in  such  contests  they  are  habitually 
cheated  by  white  people.  Barbara  was  admittedly  the  best 
student  in  her  class.  If  the  scholarship  had  been  awarded 
according  to  precedent  it  would  have  gone  to  her  as  the 
holder  of  the  highest  general  average  for  the  entire  four 
years,  but  this  year  the  Faculty  Committee  departed  from 

precedent  and  awarded  it  to  Ruth  H ,  our  minister's 

daughter  and  holder  of  the  second  highest  average.  Ruth's 
work,  they  said,  showed  more  originality.  Is  this  happy 
result  merely  a  departure  from  hide-bound  academicism  and 

as  such  to  be  applauded  or  just  what  the  L s  think  it, 

the  cheating  of  a  sixteen-year-old  child  out  of  the  fruits  of 
four  years'  work?  In  any  case,  everyone  was  glad  for  Ruth, 
a  general  favorite,  and  her  father  has  allowed  her  to  accept. 
Barbara  will  enter  college,  of  course,  but  she  will  have  to 
work  a  little  harder  to  make  both  ends  meet.  Already  she 
is  a  little  older,  a  little  quieter. 

And  so  it  goes!  The  only  one  of  my  neighbor's  children 
who  still  seems  quite  merry  is  Archie,  the  youngest.  He 
is  delicate  and  does  not  go  to  school,  but  studies  at  home 
with  his  mother.  I  like  to  see  him  laughing  and  tumbling 
about  the  lawn  like  any  other  boy  of  eight,  but  I  know  that 
if  he  were  to  venture  outside  the  gate  and  a  block  or  so 
down  the  street,  he  would  find  the  hereditary  enemy  lying 
in  wait  for  him.  He  did  venture  once,  and  his  mother  had 
to  explain  to  him  when  he  came  back  bruised  and  troubled 
why  the  white  boys  called  him  names  and  threw  things  at 
him.     They  weren't  "tough"  boys  either,  nor  members  of 

the  white  gangs  that  the  L s  moved  from  the  city  to 

avoid,  but  the  nice  little  sons  of  some  of  our  leading  citi- 
zens.   When  they  discussed  the  invasion  of  the  L s  at 

home  and  abroad  in  loud  and  angry  tones,  those  same  citi- 
zens did  not  intend  to  suggest  to  their  sons  that  it  was  a 
good  game  to  hunt  down  Archie,  but  somehow  the  boys  have 
learned  that  he  is  an  intruder  and  so  in  the  good  old  tribal 
fashion  transmitted  by  their  parents,  they  threw  stones 
and  shouted  "nigger."  Archie  never  goes  out  alone  now  and 
Katherine  usually  goes  to  school  with  Elizabeth.     "It's  a 

little  safer  for  a  girl!"  Mrs.  L s  says  wistfully.     Just 

how  safe  it  is,  I  know  from  what  Elizabeth  has  told  me  of 
the  jeers  that  Katherine  daily  endures.  It  is  Elizabeth,  and 
not  Katherine,  who  resents  those  jeers  and  who,  on  occa- 
sions, puts  Katherine's  tormentors  to  flight,  while  Kath- 
erine walks  on  quietly,  "just  as  if  she  didn't  care !" 

You  see,  Katherine  is  not  only  a  little  ten-year-old  girl; 

she  is  a  representative  of  her  race,  and  so  are  all  the  L s. 

The  freedom  and  unconsciousness  of  normal,  happy  child- 
hood are  not  for  her,  as  they  were  not  for  Barbara  and  as 
they  will  not  long  be  for  Archie.  Compared  with  her,  how 
robust  and  spontaneous  my  Elizabeth  seems.  Elizabeth  can 
forget  herself.  This  is  just  what  Katherine  can  not  do. 
Her  shrinking  self-consciousness  is  a  distressing  thing.  But 
even  if  she  could  lose  herself  in  work  or  play,  how  quickly 
she  would  be  forced  to  remember.  Alone,  Katherine  might 
perhaps  forget  for  a  moment  that  she  is  colored,  but  the 
world  about  her  never  forgets.  To  that  world  she  is  colored 
first,  and  a  child  with  a  child's  needs  afterwards. 

As  it  is  with  the  children,  it  is  with  their  elders  in  a  far 
greater  degree.  They,  too,  are  the  representatives  of  their 
race  first,  human  beings  only  secondarily.  Just  what  this 
means  in  actual  nervous  strain,  if  in  no  other  way,  is  a  diffi- 
cult thing  for  any  of  those  who  belong  to  the  dominant  race 


to  estimate.  It  means  eternal  vigilance  and  eternal  self- 
consciousness.  It  means  doubt,  hesitation  and  never-ending 
complications  in  the  most  commonplace  incidents  of  daily 
living.     It  means,  even  under  such  favorable  conditions  as 

obtain  in  B ,  a  constant  uncertainty  of  life,  health  and 

happiness.  How  great  a  gift  my  own  careless  certainty  of 
a  very  few  elementary  things  now  seems  to  me!  In  par- 
ticular the  certainty  I  have  of  meeting  in  the  ordinary  walka 
of  life  with  ordinary  courtesy,  decency  and  fair  play;  of 
always  meeting  in  an  emergency  with  deep  kindliness,  dor- 
mant before  perhaps,  but  called  into  being  by  nothing  more 
than  my  need  of  it;  my  certainty  of  fellowship,  of  equality, 
of  respect  if  it  is  due  me;  my  certainty  of  getting  pretty 
generally  anything  which  I  honestly  work  or  pay  for  and 
sometimes  more  than  this,  and  of  foretelling  the  morrow 
with  some  accuracy  and  laying  my  plans  accordingly  for  my- 
self and  my  children.  Can  you  imagine  being  able  to  take 
none  of  these  things  for  granted?  If  you  can,  your  imagi- 
nation serves  you  better  than  most  in  trying  to  realize  what 
daily  life  means  to  the  L s. 

In  one  of  our  "high-brow"  monthlies,  an  American  woman 
wrote  recently  of  her  readiness  to  kill  in  defense  of  what 
"middle  class  America"  meant  to  her.  It  meant  just  such 
a  safe,  sure,  happy  freedom  from  dependence  on  the  irra- 
tional and  violent  in  human  nature  as  it  does  to  me.     It 

does  not  mean  this  to  the  L s,  and  yet  they,  too,  are  of 

"middle  class  America."  They  give  it  their  passionate 
loyalty  and  hold  it  to  be  good,  except  in  so  far  as  it  ex- 
cludes them  or  others  because  of  race,  creed  or  color — a 
loyalty  which  is  constantly  and  tragically  betrayed  by  the 
reality,  while  the  weakness  of  my  own  weaker  faith  in  its 
institutions  is  constantly  being  justified.  Do  you  think  I 
am  exaggerating?  Then  consider  for  a  moment  these 
parallels  in  the  lives  of  two  middle-class  Americans,  Mrs. 
L.  and  myself. 

If  I  want  to  go  away  for  the  hot  weather,  all  I  have  to 
do  is  to  look  up  some  jolly  mountain  or  seashore  spot  within 
my  means,  pack  my  bags  and  go.  Mrs.  L.  cannot  do  this. 
Of  all  the  wealth  and  loveliness  of  our  natural  resources, 
the  greater  part  is  closed  to  her.  Hotels,  boarding  houses, 
and  camps  are  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of  white  people 
who  exclude  colored  ones.  There  are  a  few,  a  very  few, 
resorts  for  colored  people  but  they  are  generally  crowded 
and  not  always  desirable.  To  rent  or  buy  a  summer  cottage, 
however  simple,  is  difficult  and  expensive.  Too  many  white 
people  refuse  to  have  colored  neighbors!  Long  trips  are 
not  to  be  thought  of  because  it  is  necessary  to  depend  on 
hotel  and  sleeping-car  accommodations.  Just  once,  in  the 
flush  of  youth,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  L.  did  attempt  a  trip.  They 
took  their  oldest  children  to  see  Niagara  and  the  Great 
Lakes.     The  experience  was  one  they  have  never  cared  to 

repeat.     So  the  L s  spend  the  summer  in  sunbaked  B. 

There  are  worse  hardships,  of  course,  and  yet  why  should 
the  desirable  thing  which  for  me  is  so  simple,  that  is,  to 
give  Elizabeth  the  wild  freedom  of  the  woods  or  an  outing 
at  the  beach  for  two  months  each  year,  be  impossible  for 
them?  They  do  spend  a  few  days  sometimes  in  a  small 
colored  hotel  at  a  glittering  resort  on  the  Jersey  coast,  but 
they  do  not  call  it  "taking  their  children  to  the  country," 
and  neither,  I  think,  would  you. 

Again,  let  us  say  that  a  member  of  my  family  is  stricken 
suddenly  with  a  serious  illness,  or  requires  an  immediate 
operation.  It  is  a  hard  time  and  an  anxious  one,  but  how 
comparatively   smooth   and   simple  my   course   will   be.     I 


526 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


speak  as  a  representative  of  middle-class  America  who  ran 
pay  more  or  less  for  what  she  needs,  and  leave  aside  for 
the  moment  all  question  of  economic  injustice.  My  family 
physician  will  make  all  arrangements.  I  have  my  choice 
of  the  best  doctors,  the  best  private  accommodation,  the 
best  nurses  I  can  afford,  and  I  will  be  pretty  sure  of  sym- 
pathetic  interest  and   helpfulness   from   all   with   whom   I 

come    in    contact.     When    Barbara    L s    was    suddenly 

stricken  with  appendicitis,  there  was  not  a  hospital,  public 

or  private  in  B ,  or  in  the  nearest  big  town,  where  she 

could  get  a  room.  They  finally  rushed  her  to  the  nearest 
big  hospital  and  took  their  chances  in  the  ward,  already 
overcrowded,  knowing  that  for  the  urgent  care  she  needed, 
they  had  to  depend  upon  overworked,  indifferent  nurses,  and 
doctors  in  an  institution  which  excluded  colored  people 
as  doctors,  nurses,  or  private  patients.  "It's  when  you're  in 
a  hurry  that  being  colored  really  matters"  was  Mrs.  L's 
comment  on  this  occasion.  These  serious  discriminations 
have  their  more  trivial  counterparts  in  almost  every  inci- 
dent in  our  daily  lives.  If  I  wish  to  go  down  town  to  shop 
or  for  any  other  purpose,  it  is  a  simple  matter.  I  can  be 
served  with  reasonable  promptness  and  civility  in  any  store 
I  see  fit  to  enter,  while  Mrs.  L.  may  be  obliged  to  wait  in- 
definitely or  be  ignored  altogether  by  saleswomen  who  do 
not  like  her  complexion.  If  I  cannot  get  home  to  luncheon 
I  eat  downtown  at  the  first  tea-room  or  dairy  lunch  that 
comes  to  hand.  Once  when  Mrs.  L.  was  delayed  beyond 
the  noon  hour,  she  tried  to  get  food  in  three  or  four  such 
places  and,  failing  to  obtain  service  in  any  of  them,  finally 
lunched  on  a  bar  of  chocolate  in  the  public  square.  It  is 
possible  that  she  would  eventually  have  been  served  had 
she  persisted.  There  is  a  law  on  the  statute  books  cover- 
ing such  cases,  but  she  preferred  an  unsatisfactory  luncheon 
and  her  subsequent  headache  to  further  rebuffs.  Again, 
if  a  good  concert  or  a  good  play  comes  to  town,  I  take 
Elizabeth  as  a  matter  of  course.  She  has  not  so  far  evi- 
denced any  great  enthusiasm  for  the  concerts.  Mrs.  L. 
does  not  take  Katherine,  who  is  really  musical  and  would 
love  to  go,  because  she  can  never  be  sure  that  the  tickets 
she  buys,  or  perhaps  reserves  by  telephone,  will  really  be 
honored.  If  they  are  for  the  gallery,  the  chances  are  that 
they  will  be,  but  even  this  is  not  a  certainty.  Besides  she 
does  not  always  want  to  sit  in  the  gallery.  You  and  I  could 
do  this  with  no  feeling  of  discomfort.  It  is  a  part  of  our 
white  freedom  that  we  can,  but  then  we  have  never  been 
segregated  into  galleries  or  winced  under  the  phrase 
"nigger  heaven." 

For  our  freedom  is  far  more  than  the  freedom  from 
unpleasant  occurrences.  It  is  freedom  from  the  expecta- 
tion of  such  occurrences;  from  the  constant  apprehension 
of  unfairness  and  of  hostility  or  condescension  in  those  we 
meet.  It  is  freedom  from  the  constant  necessity  of  being 
on  the  defensive,  of  living  forever  isolated  in  a  lonely  little 
hell  of  self-consciousness.  It  is  the  priceless  freedom  of 
the  mind  and  it  contains  the  possibility  of  a  fellowship  as 
wide  as  the  world.  I  cannot  believe  that  even  the  close 
bond  of  suffering  which  unites  those  we  exclude  from  it 
compensates  them  for  its  loss.  That  there  are  some  com- 
pensations cannot  be  denied.  Their  lives  gain  in  intensity. 
They  know  race  loyalty  and  kinship  and  pride  such  as  few 
of  us  even  dream,  and  also  sometimes  practice  detachment 
and  irony  to  a  degree  few  of  us  suspect,  but  surely  these 
are  shadowy  substitutes  for  the  whole  of  life.  To  live 
warped   and   ingrowing,   however   intensely,    however   sus- 


tained by  pride,  or  irony,  or  the  sense  of  having  a  cause,  is 
not  a  substitute,  it  seems  to  me,  for  living  fully  and  freely 
and  to  the  limit  of  our  powers. 

The  war  which  cut  so  sharply  across  our  lives,  obliterat- 
ing race  and  class  lines,  once  seemed  about  to  wipe  out 

even  the  barriers  which  separated  the  L s  from  the  rest 

of  us.  We  were  all  Americans  with  a  common  cause — 
Democracy.  In  the  name  of  Democracy  we  drafted  black 
and  white  Americans  impartially  and  sent  them  out  to 
die.  We  taught  them  both  to  make  sacrifices,  to  work  and 
fight  and  save.  We  sold  them  both  Liberty  Bonds  and 
Thrift  Stamps  and  urged  on  both  alike  the  need  of  war 
time   effort   and   economy.     But   there   Democracy   ended. 

It  drafted  Robert  L s.    It  has  since  taken  his  life.    But 

it  excluded   his  mother  from   the  workrooms   of  the  Red 

Cross  organization  in  B just  as  it  has  excluded  and 

separated  colored  people  the  country  over  in  every  kind  of 
war  and  war  relief  work.  Democracy  does  not  mean  social 
equality,  I  may  be  told  at  this  point,  and  there  are  many 
whose  chosen  work  it  seems  to  be  to  popularize  this  mis- 
conception. But  if  it  does  not  mean  equality,  it  means 
nothing.  We  did  not  knowingly  go  out  to  fight  for  "De- 
mocracy-within-caste-limits."  It  is  not  an  inspiring  slogan. 
Certainly  it  was  not  for  such  a  qualified  Democracy  that 

Robert  L s  and  other  young  colored  Americans  died. 

What  they  really  died  for,  I  do  not  know.  Neither  do  I 
know  what  of  faith  or  despair  or  necessity  drove  them  to 
their  death  in  the  American  Forces.  But  I  do  see  in  the 
memory  of  my  colored  neighbor's  Gold  Star  the  most  in- 
sistent question  that  has  yet  been  put  to  our  Democracy. 


A  Letter  to  Mr.  J.  C.  Squire 

Editor  of  the  London  Mercury 

DEAR  MR.  SQUIRE :  Since  the  appearance  of  the  first 
number  of  your  huge  monthly  I  have  searched  eagerly 
through  each  succeeding  issue  for  some  trace  of  a  curiosity 
there  is  said  to  be  in  England  concerning  contemporary 
American  poetry.  That  such  an  interest  does  exist  I  have 
only  on  the  word  of  Robert  Nichols,  one  of  your  infant 
prodigies  and  lately  an  honored  guest  in  the  United  States, 
who,  however,  when  I  asked  him  how  it  happens  that  Amer- 
ican poetry  does  not  sell  in  England,  replied :  "But,  you  see, 
we've  such  a  bally  lot  of  our  own  stuff  to  buy  and  read." 

In  the  absence  of  any  sincere  criticism  in  the  Mercury  of 
the  work  of  the  younger  American  poets  I  am  grateful  that 
you  have  not  shamed  silence  by  publishing  the  opinions  of 
the  terrible  children  whom  your  foreign  office  lately  granted 
passports  to  America  as  the  representatives  of  literary  Eng- 
land. They  came  here,  their  pockets  bulging  with  manu- 
script poems  in  praise  of  Nature,  expecting  to  see  the 
disheveled  children  of  Punch's  Uncle  Sam,  and  not  a  little 
disappointed  to  find  us  fairly  critical  if  always  exuberant 
hosts.  Before  they  could  obtain  anything  like  an  insight 
into  the  true  poetry  and  people  of  America  their  lecture 
tours  were  finished,  their  shekels  collected;  they  were  once 
more  feasted  and  toasted,  and  then  they  scuttled  back  to 
London  and  a  more  fitting  obscurity. 

Tell  me,  please,  who  sends  those  children  here?  Can  noth- 
ing be  done  to  regulate  the  problem  of  who  is  to  come  and 
whom  we  are  to  receive  as  the  representatives  of  literary 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


527 


England?  We  love  and  understand  English  poetry,  and  al- 
though very  much  of  what  you  now  write  is  not  worth  read- 
ing, we  gobble  up  pretty  nearly  everything  you  publish.  Your 
own  Mercury,  I  dare  say,  is  read  with  rather  more  enthusi- 
asm in  New  York  than  in  London.  There  is  no  limit  to  our 
gratitude.  And  when  we  hear  that  an  English  poet  is  com- 
ing to  visit  us  we  do  not  even  inquire  into  his  poetry.  We 
throw  aside  all  consideration  of  taste  and  caution  and  hasten 
to  make  holiday. 

Witness  for  yourself  the  bitterness  of  our  lot:  Thomas 
Hardy,  Gilbert  Keith  Chesterton,  and  Ralph  Hodgson  re- 
main in  England,  while  Robert  Nichols  and  Cecil  Roberts 
come  here  to  receive  from  us  the  homage  we  are  eager  to 
pay  to  English  genius.  I  am  not  trying  to  put  in  a  bill  of 
complaint  against  their  poetry,  though,  as  a  matter  of 
national  pride,  some  better  English  poet  should  make  it  his 
business  to  go  through  their  baggage  and  edit  some  of  it. 
Their  very  behavior,  even,  has  become  a  matter  of  grievance 
to  us.  We  wonder,  if  this  continues,  how  long  we  shall  con- 
tinue our  attitude  of  friendliness  and  geniality.  We  have 
only  the  solace  that  for  our  Robert  Frost  you  have  sent  us 
your  William  Butler  Yeats,  and  for  our  T.  S.  Eliot  you  have 
graced  us  with  John  Masefield:  and  that  for  your  Robert 
Nichols  and  Cecil  Roberts  you  have  had  for  several  years 
our  Gertrude  Stein. 

There  is  Vachel  Lindsay,  who  is  said  to  be  on  his  way  to 
you.  In  The  Potato  Dance,  The  Chinese  Nightingale,  Gen- 
eral William  Booth  Enters  Heaven,  Mr.  Lindsay  has  writ- 
ten such  beautiful  poetry  that  he  is  entitled  to  a  high  place 
in  our  affections.  But  it  is  in  the  less  authentic  Vachel 
Lindsay  that  your  poetasters  have  found — and  will  continue 
to  find — the  representative  American  poet.  Your  prompt 
acceptance  of  Vachel  Lindsay  at  first  mystified  us.  Why 
should  you  have  seized  upon  his  louder  jingles  when  you 
might  read  Edwin  Arlington  Robinson  and  Robert  Frost 
and  Carl  Sandburg — or  the  finer  work  of  Mr.  Lindsay  him- 
self? Even  were  Robinson  or  Frost  or  Sandburg  out  of 
your  reach,  you  had  on  your  very  doorstep  the  works  of  Ezra 
Pound  and  T.  S.  Eliot.  But  we  are  not  any  longer  mystified. 
You  have  determined  that  our  arts  must  be  savage;  so  you 
applaud  wildly  the  uproarious  ballads  of  the  later  Vachel 
Lindsay  and  continue  to  maintain  for  our  poet-exiles  in 
London  eyes  which  do  not  see  and  ears  which  do  not  hear. 

You  have,  of  course,  an  answer  ready  made  if  you  care  to 
make  it.  Why  do  we  take  your  little  countrymen  so  seri- 
ously? Well,  we  acknowledge  that  the  blame  in  the  long  run 
must  fall  on  us,  or  rather,  on  certain  of  our  hero-hunting 
ladies  to  whom  the  sound  of  English  speech  is  sweet  on  very 
English  tongues  and  in  whom  the  illusion  of  distance  is  as 
strong,  almost,  as  an  instinct.  It  is  they  who  pay  the  rich- 
est honors  to  your  adventurous  countrymen.  Indeed,  they 
might  even  honor  Thomas  Hardy  or  some  great  man  if  they 
had  a  chance.  But  they  do  the  best  they  can  with  what  they 
get;  and  what  they  get  is  in  a  way,  I  suppose,  as  much  the 
fault  of  the  English  who  send  such  very  minor  poets  over  as 
of  the  Americans  who  rave  about  them  when  they  come. 

At  least,  however,  though  we  absurdly  accept  these  visi- 
tors so  nearly  on  their  own  terms  that  we  may  seem  quite 
uncritical,  it  is  pleasant  to  be  able  to  say  that  not  all  of  us 
suffer  from  this  confusion  of  judgment.  We  know  what 
certain  of  our  recent  poetical  visitors  think  of  us  in  their 
hearts.  Why  may  we  not  through  you  indicate  something 
of  what  we  think  of  them?  Samuel  Roth 

New  York,  October  15 


Children  of  the  Sun 

By  JAMES  RORTY 

At  length  after  many  days  and  much  folly,  after  eating 
the  sour  crusts  of  obedience,  and  drinking  deep  draughts 
of  bitter  virtue  guttered  from  the  roofs  of  the  hovels 
men  live  in  because  they  are  afraid  to  face  the  sun — 

At  length  after  many  days  of  strutting  in  the  tall 
hat  of  piety  and  the  shiny  broadcloth  of  goodness  and 
the  white  gloves  of  service  and  the  stiff  shirt  of  denial, 
until  the  piteous  gods,  perplexed,  moaned  and  were  faint 
at  the  sight  of  so  much  solemn-frantic  miming  on  the 
earth — 

At  length  I  went  to  live  with  Lilith,  the  witch,  and  to- 
gether we  put  away  childish  things. 

(Her  hair  is  darker  than  the  sweet  night  that  bloomed 
after  the  Seventh  Day  when  the  Lord  rested  and  the 
scent  of  the  honeysuckle  went  up  over  the  earth,  and  her 
breasts  are  swelling  and  fragrant  like  apples  of  the  Sep- 
tember harvest,  and  from  the  red  bow  of  her  lips  my 
soul  is  loosed,  a  shaft  flying  forever,  and  by  her  strong 
clasp  I  am  anchored  deep  in  the  earth  where  the  feet  of 
the  joyous  God  are  planted.) 

Yes,  Lilith  and  I  sat  together  on  the  curbstone  of  the 
world  and  admired  our  bodies  that  were  warm  where  the 
sun  shone  on  them,  and  we  laughed  because  Eden  had 
blossomed  for  us  out  of  the  hard  pavements  of  the  earth, 
and  we  were  clean  again  like  the  happy  beasts  that  roll 
where  the  grass  is  thick  in  the  sunshine. 

And  I  said  to  Lilith:  "The  church  bells  are  ringing, 
whom  shall  we  worship  ?  The  terrified  people  go  darkly 
to  worship  a  Fear  they  have  fashioned."  Said  Lilith, 
"We  worship  the  sun." 

So  we  worshiped  the  sun  that  is  careless  and  kind  to  the 
cow  in  the  pasture,  the  bird  in  the  tree:  Lilith  and  I, 
sitting  on  the  curbstone  of  the  spinning  world,  laughing 
and  kissing,  without  respect,  impudent  in  the  wide  smile 
of  the  Lord. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Faith  Adams  is  a  graduate  of  a  New  England  college 
who  has  settled  in  a  small  town  not  far  from  the  north 
.    Atlantic  seaboard. 

A.  E.  Hinrichs  is  a  member  of  the  New  York  bar,  espe- 
cially versed  in  international  law. 

James  Rorty  is  a  young  American  poet  and  writer  of 
short  stories. 

Samuel  Roth  is  a  poet  and  essayist,  and  the  editor  of 
The  Lyric. 


b2S 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


The  Spread  Eagle  vs.  Alien  Property  Rights 


By  A.  E.  HINRICHS 


A  GERMAN  woman  taught  her  native  language  for 
twenty-five  years  in  the  schools  of  New  York  and 
saved  a  few  thousand  dollars  which  she  invested  in  Ameri- 
can securities  and  put  into  the  hands  of  an  American 
banker.  Just  before  the  war,  she  retired  upon  her  savings 
and  returned  to  her  German  home  to  end  her  days.  When 
war  threatened  she  was  troubled  about  her  American  prop- 
erty and  consulted  her  banker.  He  advised  her  that  it 
would  be  safe  here,  and  she  left  it  in  his  hands.  Her 
securities  have  been  seized  and  sold  by  the  Alien  Property 
Custodian,  and  the  proceeds  are  in  the  United  States 
Treasury. 

The  American  agent  of  a  German  house  collected  $40,000 
for  his  principal.  War  had  been  declared,  but  there  was 
as  yet  no  Trading  with  the  Enemy  Act.  By  advice  of 
counsel,  the  money  was  invested  in  bonds  of  the  First 
Liberty  Loan.  Counsel  said  that  by  international  law  gov- 
ernment bonds  are  valid  obligations,  war  or  no  war,  in  the 
hands  of  friend  or  foe;  though,  of  course,  payment  of  inter- 
est to  an  enemy  would  be  suspended  during  war.  These 
bonds  have  been  seized  by  the  Alien  Property  Custodian. 

A  manufacturer  in  Saxony  had  for  years  maintained  a 
sales  branch  in  this  country.  The  American  branch,  bear- 
ing the  same  name  as  the  German  house,  was  incorporated 
under  the  laws  of  New  York,  the  capital  stock  being  held 
in  trust  by  an  American.  The  business  was  a  small  one; 
it  was  in  no  way  connected  with  the  German  Government 
or  the  German  imperialists.  In  1916  when  intercourse 
with  Germany  became  difficult  and  uncertain,  imports 
stopped  and  no  money  was  sent  abroad.  Counsel  advised 
that  the  company  here  be  not  liquidated,  because  it  could 
not  be  supposed  that  in  case  of  entering  the  war,  the  United 
States  would  confiscate  private  enemy  property.  This  legal 
advice  was  followed.  When  America  declared  war,  every 
effort  to  communicate  directly  or  indirectly  with  the  Ger- 
man owner  ceased.  It  was  a  fact  and  the  American  branch 
company  was  ready  to  prove,  that  a  continuance  of  its 
ownership  in  trust  for  the  German  proprietor  would  neither 
help  the  German  Govarnment  nor  hinder  the  United  States 
Government  in  the  war;  and  the  company  would  have  been 
glad  to  submit  to  such  supervision  as  would  have  assured 
our  Government  against  any  attempt  to  hold  intercourse 
with  the  enemy.  But  the  business  was  seized  and  sold  as 
a  going  concern  by  the  Alien  Property  Custodian,  at  "bar- 
gain rates."  The  proceeds  are  in  the  United  States  Treas- 
ury. The  purchaser  carries  on  the  business  under  the  old 
name,  incidentally  selling  goods  of  American  manufacture 
under  the  old  trade-marks  which  used  to  be  a  guaranty  of 
German  origin  and  quality. 

Did  the  banker  and  the  lawyers  give  unsound  advice? 
It  was  based  on  international  law.  Our  President  and  his 
spokesmen  repeatedly  assured  us  that  we  had  no  quarrel 
with  the  German  people;  that  we  were  waging  war  to  vindi- 
cate international  law  and  justice;  that  we  were  seeking  no 
material  advantage.  All  legal  writers  agree  that  bonds 
of  a  belligerent  in  the  hands  of  an  enemy  must  not  be 
annulled;  and  that  whatever  may  have  been  the  earlier 
custom,  private  enemy  property  in  a  belligerent  state  has 
long  been  secure  against  confiscation.    During  the  wars  of 


the  nineteenth  century,  only  one  case  of  confiscation  oc- 
curred. Denmark  in  1807  tried  by  ordinance  to  confiscate 
debts  owed  by  its  nationals  to  citizens  of  Great  Britain.- 
Denmark's  attempt,  however,  was  abortive.  After  the  war, 
a  British  creditor  caught  his  Danish  debtor  in  England 
and  sued  him  before  Lord  Ellenborough.  The  Dane  pleaded 
the  war  ordinance  as  a  defense.  His  Lordship  brqshed 
aside  the  plea,  asserting  that  the  ordinance  was  not  con- 
formable to  the  usage  of  nations,  and  not  binding  either 
on  the  parties  or  on  the  court.  This  legal  decision  has  never 
been  controverted. 

The  advice  given  to  their  clients  by  the  American  banker 
and  the  American  lawyers  was  therefore  sound.  It  was 
based  upon  international  law;  it  expressed  a  sense  of  our 
national  honor  and  a  far-reaching  sense  of  our  moral 
obligations.  While  the  Act  was  pending  in  Congress,  Secre- 
tary Redfield,  Secretary  Lansing,  Assistant  Attorney-Gen- 
eral Warren,  and  Congressman  Adamson  of  Georgia,  chair- 
man of  the  Committee  in  charge  of  the  Bill,  asserted  that 
the  Act  was  designed  solely  to  cut  off  commercial  inter- 
course with  the  enemy  during  the  war;  that  nothing  like 
confiscation  was  contemplated;  that  the  Act  would  cause 
no  permanent  injury  to  anybody.    Secretary  Redfield  said: 

No  person  not  trading  with  the  enemy  is  affected  by  this  bill. 
Anybody  who  is  trading  with  the  enemy  in  such  a  way  as  to  do 
the  United  States  no  harm,  and  can  show  it,  or  the  enemy  no 
good,  and  can  show  it,  will  be  permitted  under  this  bill,  or  may 
be  permitted  under  this  bill,  to  continue  operating,  and  the 
whole  effort  has  been  to  make  the  thing  as  little  onerous  as' 
necessary.  The  creation  of  an  Alien  Property  Custodian  is  a 
novelty  and  is  in  line  with  that  same  effort  toward  equity  which 
impels  us  to  indicate  an  earnest  desire  to  show  to  the  people 
with  whom,  unfortunately,  we  are  engaged  in  war,  that  here  is 
the  opposite  of  confiscation  and  here  is  the  opposite  of  requisi- 
tion. ...  I  do  not  know  who  was  the  originator  of  the  idea, 
but  whoever  was  has  created  something  as  fine  in  its  way  as  the 
return  of  the  Boxer  indemnity,  because  the  enemy  property  is 
all  in  our  hands  to  bear  its  share  of  the  expense  in  fighting  the 
enemy,  and  all  of  it  is  safeguarded,  so  that  if  it  be  the  will  of 
Congress,  under  proper  conditions,  it  may  be  returned  to  him 
intact  and  safeguarded  by  ourselves  during  the  whole  period 
of  the  war. 

Branches  of  enemy-owned  business  operating  here  were 
to  be  licensed;  business  that  was  not  helping  Germany  or 
hurting  us  in  the  conduct  of  the  war  was  not  to  be  inter- 
fered with;  American  corporations  doing  a  business  other- 
wise lawful  were  not  to  be  affected  by  the  enemy-ownership 
of  stock,  although,  of  course,  no  dividends  could  be  sent 
to  enemies  during  the  war.  In  short,  we  had  enemy  prop- 
erty here,  which  we  were  entitled  to  sequester,  in  order  to 
render  it  incapable  of  giving  aid  to  the  enemy,  but  we 
were  supposed  to  return  it  after  the  war  and  virtually 
promised  to  do  so. 

The  Act  as  passed  was  entirely  consistent  with  the  gen- 
erous professions  of  the  Administration.  It  gave  power  to 
the  War  Trade  Board  to  investigate,  supervise,  license,  or 
sequester.  It  provided  that  if  no  license  were  granted  to 
the  contrary,  enemy-property  must  be  delivered  to  the  Cus- 
todian. He  was  given  the  powers  of  a  common  law  trustee 
over  such  property,  but  not  power  to  sell  except  "if  and 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


529 


when  necessary  to  prevent  waste  and  to  protect  such  prop- 
erty." 

The  immediate  result  of  the  passage  of  the  Act  was  a 
prompt  compliance  with  its  terms  by  such  persons  and  cor- 
porations as  held  property  of  an  alien  enemy,  or  were  con- 
ducting a  business  owned  or  controlled  by  an  alien  enemy, 
and  who  had  a  reasonable  hope  of  obtaining  licenses.  These 
were  the  concerns  that  were  not  engaged  in  any  way  in 
assisting  the  German  Government  to  wage  war,  but  were 
prepared  to  prove  to  our  Government  that  a  continued  hold- 
ing of  the  enemy  property,  or  a  continuance  of  the  enemy- 
owned  business,  would  neither  harm  the  United  States  nor 
help  the  enemy  during  the  war.  But  it  is  only  necessary 
to  turn  to  the  Report  of  the  Alien  Property  Custodian  for 
proof  that  in  every  single  case  of  which  the  War  Trade 
Board  or  the  Custodian  had  notice,  general  licenses  were 
refused,  and  demands  for  turning  over  the  property  were 
made.  In  fact,  no  inquiry  was  made,  beyond  establishing 
the  fact  of  enemy  ownership.  If  stock  of  a  corporation  was 
owned  in  Germany,  no  other  fact  mattered,  and  the  stock 
had  to  be  transferred  to  the  Custodian.  If  a  business  had 
a  German  partner,  no  other  fact  mattered,  and  the  firm 
must  be  liquidated.  Reasons  for  refusing  licenses  were  not 
stated.  The  uniform  formula  was  a  refusal  "with  regrets" 
from  the  War  Trade  Board,  followed  by  a  demand  from  the 
Custodian  that  the  property  be  turned  over  to  him. 

The  War  Trade  Board  and  the  Custodian  had  formulated 
a  theory  of  their  own,  and  acted  upon  it.  That  theory  was 
that  we  were  waging  an  economic  war,  that  enemy  property 
ought  to  be  confiscated,  and  that  enemy  business  ought  to 
become  American  business. 

Here,  however,  the  powers  of  the  Custodian  fell  short  of 
his  desires,  because  he  had  no  right  to  sell  enemy  property 
save  "when  necessary  to  prevent  waste  and  to  protect  such 
property."  But  on  March  28,  1918,  by  a  rider  to  an  Appro- 
priation Bill,  and  at  the  suggestion  of  the  Custodian,  Con- 
gress amended  the  Act  so  as  to  give  him  a  general  power 
of  sale  of  all  the  properties  which  had  been  reported  and 
transferred  to  him.  This  amendment  was  passed  with  little 
discussion  or  debate.  The  Custodian  then  entered  upon  a 
selling  campaign,  which  continued  unabated  after  the  Armis- 
tice, and  according  to  his  report  of  February,  1919,  was  to 
continue  indefinitely.  As  late  as  last  summer,  his  advertise- 
ments of  sales,  under  the  familiar  spread  eagle,  continued 
to  appear  in  the  New  York  papers. 

So  the  matter  stands  at  this  writing.  The  Administra- 
tion said  that  there  would  be  no  confiscation,  but  every 
forced  sale  of  property  involves  confiscation.  The  forced 
sale  of  a  going  business,  even  if  the  assets  bring  a  fair 
price,  involves  the  confiscation  of  all  those  intangible  but 
valuable  properties  that  go  to  make  up  "good-will,"  and  con- 
stitute the  difference  between  the  worth  of  a  going  concern 
and  that  of  a  concern  in  liquidation.  Every  forced  sale  also 
involves  confiscation  to  the  extent  that  it  prevents,  or  ren- 
ders extremely  difficult,  reestablishment  of  the  old  business 
by  its  former  owners,  and  thus  cuts  off  future  profit. 

The  American  people  were  promised  that  there  would  be 
no  confiscation,  but  there  has  been  confiscation.  The  Custo- 
dian admits  this  by  his  report,  but  attempts  to  justify  his 
policy  on  three  grounds:  First,  that  it  was  retaliation  for 
German  sales  of  American  property;  second,  that  enemy 
business  in  the  United  States  furnished  headquarters  for 
propaganda;  third,  that  it  was  good  for  American  business 
to  put  the  Germans  out  of  our  markets  by  selling  property 


of  German  concerns  to  any  American  citizens   interested. 

The  first  reason  now  appears  to  have  been  advanced  by 
mistake.  Germany  sequestered,  but  neither  liquidated  nor 
confiscated  American  properties. 

The  second  reason  may  have  been  true  to  some  extent. 
But  that  is  likely  to  have  been  the  case  in  other  wars  be- 
tween nations,  and  yet  the  world  had  established  the  doc- 
trine that  war  should  not  serve  as  an  excuse  for  the  con- 
fiscation of  private  property.  Moreover,  whether  the  Cus- 
todian sold  a  German-owned  business  did  not  at  all  depend 
upon  whether  that  business  was  giving  aid  to  the  enemy. 
The  Act  as  originally  passed  was  intended  to  control  all 
such  cases  by  a  system  of  licenses.  What  actually  happened 
was  that  no  general  licenses  to  continue  enemy-owned  con- 
cerns were  issued ;  and  all  private  property  that  came  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  Custodian  was  seized  by  him  and  sold. 

The  third  reason  may  be  satisfactory  to  those  Americans 
who  have  profited  by  it.  Doubtless  it  is  a  great  advantage 
to  certain  American  business  men  to  have  acquired  at  bar- 
gain rates  the  assets,  the  good-will,  and  the  future  profits 
of  German  concerns.  Something  for  nothing  is  usually  con- 
sidered good  business. 

But  the  question  remains,  what  shall  be  done  with  the 
proceeds  now  held  in  the  Treasury  of  the  United  States 
which  have  resulted  from  the  sale  of  enemy-owned  property, 
and  from  the  collection  of  debts  owing  to  enemies? 

So  far  as  confiscation  has  gone,  probably  no  amends  can 
be  made.  Even  if  it  were  desirable,  it  would  hardly  be 
practicable  to  unscramble  the  countless  transfers  that  have 
been  completed.  The  Act  states  that  these  proceeds  shall 
be  dealt  with  after  the  war  as  Congress  may  direct.  But 
the  Treaty  of  Versailles  provides  that  neither  the  German 
Government  nor  any  German  citizen  may  ever  question 
anything  that  has  been  done  by  the  United  States  with 
with  reference  to  enemy  property.  Such  property,  or  the 
proceeds  thereof,  may  be  applied  towards  the  payment  of 
claims  the  United  States  may  have  against  the  German 
Government  and  its  nationals,  and  Germany  undertakes  to 
compensate  its  nationals  for  the  sale  or  retention  of  their 
property  in  allied  or  associated  states.  If  the  Treaty  is 
ever  ratified  by  us,  this  last  clause  gives  to  Germans  who 
have  lost  their  American  property  their  only  chance  of 
recovering  it. 

There  is  a  certain  glib  plausibility  about  the  provision 
for  keeping  in  the  United  States  the  proceeds  of  German 
property,  and  using  them  for  the  satisfaction  of  claims  of 
individual  Americans  against  the  German  Government  or 
German  citizens,  leaving  the  latter  to  loek  to  their  Govern- 
ment for  reimbursement.  But  the  prevision  is  unjust,  and 
therefore  un-American.  It  is  unjust  to  use  the  property 
of  A  for  the  payment  of  a  debt  owing  B. 

We  have  killed  off  German  competition  in  this  country. 
We  have  made  it  difficult  for  Germans  to  reestablish  them- 
selves here.  Whether  the  apparent  profit  to  American  busi- 
ness will  be  permanent  remains  to  be  seen  when  in  some 
later  war  American  precedent  is  cited  against  American 
business  in  foreign  lands.  What  has  been  done  in  regard 
to  the  spread  eagle  sales  has  been  done  and  is  irretrievable. 
But  we  have  not  yet  irrevocably  confiscated  the  hundreds 
of  millions  of  dollars  resulting  from  those  sales  which  have 
been  turned  into  the  U.  S.  Treasury  by  the  Alien  Property 
Custodian.  It  is  a  large  sum,  but  not  a  staggering  one  as 
international  finance  goes,  nowadays.  We  could  afford  to 
give  it  back.     Can  we  afford  to  keep  it? 


530 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


The  Irish  Committee  at  Work 


THE  preliminaries  of  organization  for  the  Irish  inquiry 
are  ended  and  the  time  for  action  has  arrived.  The 
American  Commission  on  Ireland,  chosen  by  the  Committee 
of  One  Hundred  on  Ireland,  held  its  first  meeting  in  Wash- 
ington last  Friday  and  Saturday  and  issued  the  following 
preliminary  statement: 

The  American  Commission  on  Ireland  has  accepted  the  task 
intrusted  to  it  with  the  sincerest  desire  to  improve  the  rela- 
tions between  the  United  States,  Great  Britain,  and  Ireland,  to 
obtain  facts  as  to  what  is  actually  happening  on  Irish  soil,  and 
to  discover  ways  and  means  of  offering  continuing  mediation, 
if  such  ways  exist.  Firmly  believing  that  the  present  situation, 
if  long  continued,  will  menace  the  peace  of  the  world,  and  realiz- 
ing that  it  is  already  becoming  a  domestic  political  issue  in 
America,  the  Commission  seeks  to  shed  light  upon  what  is  hap- 
pening, in  order  to  present  an  actual  picture  of  the  crisis  to 
the  American  people,  so  that,  with  this  background,  construc- 
tive suggestions  may  arise  as  to  a  way  out. 

The  members  of  the  Commission  are  unanimously  of  the  belief 
that  the  friendship  of  the  English-speaking  peoples  for  one 
another  is  of  such  priceless  value  to  the  welfare  of  the  entire 
world,  that  for  Americans  to  leave  a  single  stone  unturned  to 
preserve  that  friendship  would  constitute  grave  culpability.  The 
Commission  is,  moreover,  profoundly  stirred  by  the  long-con- 
tinued reports  of  lawlessness  and  the  wholesale  shedding  of 
blood  in  Ireland  on  both  sides.  Its  members  cannot  sit  by  un- 
moved at  the  possibility  of  an  outcome  so  terrible  that  it  might 
easily  mean  the  destruction  of  the  bulk  of  the  sorely  harassed 
Irish  people,  a  people  so  gifted  as  to  be  able  to  make  a  unique 
contribution  to  the  culture  and  progress  of  the  world,  a  people 
whose  voluntary  martyrs  have  begun  to  make  the  whole  globe 
realize  that  the  situation  of  Ireland  has  reached  a  pass  where 
brave  men  prefer  death  to  its  continuance. 

If  in  such  an  hour  the  constitution  of  an  unofficial  commission 
of  citizens  of  a  friendly  nation  seems  unusual,  it  is  to  be  ex- 
plained by  the  unprecedented  circumstances  in  Ireland,  by  the 
fact  that  millions  of  Americans  of  Irish  blood  can  know  neither 
contentment  nor  happiness  until  peace  is  restored  to  their  kin 
across  the  Atlantic,  and  by  the  historic  American  devotion  to 
those  peaceful  ideals  which  but  recently  animated  its  troops  in 
the  World  War.  An  America  inactive  in  the  face  of  the  tragic 
events  in  Ireland  would  be  an  America  recreant  to  its  tradi- 
tions and  to  its  faith. 

The  Commission  expects  to  effect  its  organization  this 
week  and  to  make  arrangements  for  beginning  its  public 
inquiry  on  November  17.  It  seems  also  probable  that,  in 
order  to  facilitate  its  work,  the  Committee,  consisting  of 
Miss  Jane  Addams,  ex-Governor  Joseph  W.  Folk  of  Mis- 
souri, Frederic  C.  Howe,  James  H.  Maurer,  and  Senator 
David  I.  Walsh,  will  increase  its  membership. 

One  of  the  first  acts  of  the  Commission  was  the  draft- 
ing of  a  cable  to  Cardinal  Logue,  who  occupies  a  position  in 
Ireland  similar  to  that  of  Cardinal  Mercier  in  Belgium,  re- 
questing that  a  deputation  of  Irish  Bishops  be  sent  to  this 
country  to  place  before  the  Commission  first-hand  testimony 
on  conditions  in  Ireland.  The  invitation  was  the  result  of 
several  suggestions  that  have  come  from  Ireland  to  the 
Committee  of  One  Hundred.  The  Commission  further  an- 
nounced that  a  number  of  the  mayors  of  Irish  cities  will  im- 
mediately be  invited  to  hasten  to  this  country  to  give  their 
testimony.  These  officers  will  include  both  English  and 
Irish  partisans.  A  select  list  of  American  witnesses,  com- 
posed of  citizens  who  have  recently  returned  from  visits  to 
Ireland,  is  also  being  compiled  by  the  Commission. 


The  editors  of  The  Nation,  having  fulfilled  their  function 
in  gathering  together  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred  on 
Ireland,  acting  as  a  secretarial  medium  for  that  body  during 
the  period  when  it  was  electing  an  executive  commission  to 
conduct  the  proposed  investigation,  and  having  initiated  the 
appeal  for  funds  to  defray  the  expenses,  have  now  with- 
drawn from  direct  connection  with  the  matter.  The  Ameri- 
can Commission  on  Ireland  is  in  full  charge  and  every  mem- 
ber of  the  staff  of  The  Nation  wishes  the  Commission  God- 
speed in  its  task  of  high  service.  The  full  Committee,  sup- 
porting the  Commission,  numbers  144  members.  This  body 
is  representative  of  all  that  is  best  in  American  opinion  and 
aspiration.  Its  complete  membership  is  printed  for  the  first 
time  below: 

Jane  Addams,  Hull  House,  Chicago,  111. 
Hon.  Charles  F.  Amidon,  U.  S.  District  Judge,  Fargo,  N.  D. 
U.  S.  Senator  Henry  F.  Ashurst,  Prescott,  Arizona. 
Bishop  James  Atkins,  M.  E.  Church  South,  Nashville,  Tenn. 
Mary  Austin,  writer  and  lecturer,  New  York  City. 
Abby  Scott  Baker,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Governor  Simon  Bamberger,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
Abraham  Baroff,  International  Ladies'  Garment  Workers'  Union, 

New  York  City. 
Rt.  Rev.  Troy  Beatty,  P.  E.  Bishop  of  Tennessee. 
Mayor  C.  F.  Beck,  Akron,  Ohio. 
Mayor  Martin  Behrman,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Fred  G.  Biedenkapp,  Brotherhood  of  Metal  Workers,  New  York. 
William  Harman  Black,  former  member  National  War  Labor 

Board,  New  York  City. 
Alice  Stone  Blackwell,  Boston,  Mass. 
Harriot  Stanton  Blatch,  New  York  City. 
Lucy  Branham,  New  York  City. 
J.  M.  Budish,  United  Cloth,  Hat,  and  Cap  Makers  of  America, 

New  York  City. 
Rt.  Rev.  Hugh  L.  Burleson,  P.  E.  Bishop  of  South  Dakota. 
Rt.  Rev.  C.  E.  Byrne,  Bishop  of  Galveston,  Texas. 
Governor  Thomas  E.  Campbell,  Phoenix,  Arizona. 
Rt.  Rev.  John  J.  Cantwell,  Bishop  of  Monterey  and  Los  Angeles. 
U.  S.  Senator  Arthur  Capper,  Topeka,  Kansas. 
Governor  Robert  D.  Carey,  Cheyenne,  Wyoming. 
Frank  E.  Carstarphen,  Special  Counsel  for  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, New  York  City. 
J.  J.  Castellini,  merchant,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
Parley   P.    Christensen,    Presidential   candidate,    Farmer-Labor 

Party,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
Professor  Arthur  C.  Cole,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
George   W.    Coleman,   President   of  the   Open    Forum    National 

Council,  Boston,  Mass. 
Martin  Conboy,  former  Director  of  the  Draft,  New  York  City. 
Henry  W.  L.  Dana,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Rev.  William  Horace  Day,  former  Moderator  of  the  National 

Council  of  Congregational  Churches  of  U.  S.,  Bridgeport, Conn. 
Rt.  Rev.  E.  T.  Demby,  P.  E.  Suffragan  Bishop  of  the  Colored 

Race,  Province  of  the  Southwest,  Little  Rock,  Ark. 
Dr.  W.  E.  B.  Du  Bois,  editor  of  the  Crisis,  New  York  City. 
Professor  Horace  A.  Eaton,  Syracuse  University,  Syracuse,  N.Y. 
Governor  Edward  I.  Edwards,  Trenton,  New  Jersey. 
Hon.  Maurice  F.  Egan,  former  Minister  to  Denmark,  New  York. 
John  Lovejoy  Elliott,  Hudson  Guild,  New  York  City. 
Hon.  J.  W.  Folk,  former  Governor  of  Missouri,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Mrs.  Andre  Fouilhoux,  Short  Hills,  N.  J. 

Clemens  J.  France,  former  Collector  of  the  Port  of  Seattle,  Wash. 
Royal  W.  France,  lawyer,  New  York  City. 
Governor  Lynn  J.  Frazier,  Bismarck,  N.  D. 
Zona  Gale,  writer,  Portage,  Wis. 
John  F.  Galvin,  former  Chairman,  Board  of  Water  Supply,  N.  Y 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


531 


Gilson  Gardner,  Washington  correspondent,  Newspaper  Enter- 
prise Ass'n. 

His  Eminence  James  Cardinal  Gibbons,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Mayor  C.  P.  Gillen,  Newark,  N.  J. 

Arthur  Gleason,  writer,  New  York  City. 

Hon.  James  H.  Graham,  former  Congressman,  Springfield,  111. 

Mayor  Frank  J.  Hague,  Jersey  City,  New  Jersey. 

William  Hard,  writer,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Rt.  Rev.  Robert  Le  Roy  Harris,  P.  E.  Bishop  of  Marquette,  Mich. 

Dr.  Gillette  Hayden,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Professor  Carlton  J.  H.  Hayes,  Columbia  University,  New  York. 

Mayor  J.  J.  Hayes,  Vicksburg,  Miss. 

William  Randolph  Hearst,  newspaper  publisher,  New  York  City. 

U.  S.  Senator  Charles  B.  Henderson,  Elko,  Nevada. 

Mayor  Joseph  Herman,  Newport,  Ky. 

Morris  Hillquit,  lawyer,  New  York  City. 

Rabbi  E.  E.  Hirsch,  Professor  of  Rabbinical  Literature  and 
Philosophy,  University  of  Chicago. 

Mayor  Daniel  W.  Hoan,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Judge  George  Holmes,  Omaha,  Neb. 

Rev.  John  Haynes  Holmes,  President  Free  Religious  Association, 
New  York  City. 

Rt.  Rev.  J.  M.  Horner,  P.  E.  Bishop  of  Asheville,  N.  C. 

Frederic  C.  Howe,  former  Commissioner  of  Immigration  of  the 
Port  of  New  York. 

Bishop  John  Hurst,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Mayor  John  F.  Hylan,  New  York  City. 

Dr.  Edmund  J.  James,  President  Emeritus,  University  of  Illinois. 

U.  S.  Senator  Hiram  W.  Johnson,  San  Francisco,  California. 

James  Weldon  Johnson,  Secretary  of  the  National  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Colored  People,  New  York  City. 

William  H.  Johnston,  International  Machinists  Union,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Rev.  Paul  Jones,  formerly  P.  E.  Bishop  of  Utah,  New  York  City. 

Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan,  Chancellor  Emeritus,  Leland  Stanford 
Jr.  University,  California. 

Most  Rev.  James  J.  Keane,  Archbishop  of  Dubuque,  Iowa. 

Mayor  H.  W.  Kiel,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Edwin  P.  Kilroe,  Assistant  District  Attorney,  New  York  City. 

Richard  R.  Kilroy,  editor,  Anaconda  Standard,  Butte,  Mont. 

Dr.  George  W.  Kirchwey,  Head  of  Department  of  Criminology, 
New  York  School  of  Social  Work,  New  York  City. 

Rev.  G.  S.  Lackland,  Denver,  Col. 

U.  S.  Senator  Robert  M.  La  Follete,  Wisconsin. 

Hon.  F.  H.  La  Guardia,  President  of  the  Board  of  Aldermen, 
New  York  City. 

John  S.  Leahy,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Owen  R.  Lovejoy,  General  Secretary,  National  Child  Labor  Com- 
mittee, New  York  City. 

Professor  Robert  Morss  Lovett,  Dean  of  the  Junior  Colleges, 
University  of  Chicago. 

Hazel  MacKaye,  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Pageantry  and  the 
Drama,  Y.  W.  C.  A.,  New  York  City. 

Rabbi  Judah  L.  Magnes,  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee, 
Jewish  Community  (Kehillah)  of  New  York  City. 

Mayor  James  B.  McCavitt,  Anaconda,  Mont. 

Allen  McCurdy,  Secretary  of  the  National  Executive  Committee, 
Committee  of  48,  New  York  City. 

U.  S.  Senator  Charles  L.  McNary,  Salem,  Oregon. 

Bertha  H.  Mailly,  Executive  Secretary,  Rand  School  of  Social 
Science,  New  York  City. 

Hon.  Dudley  Field  Malone,  former  Assistant  Secretary  of  the 
U.  S.  Treasury,  New  York  City. 

Basil  M.  Manly,  Director  of  the  Scripps  Economic  Bureau,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Mayor  Elliott  Marshall,  St.  Joseph,  Mo. 

Anne  Martin,  publicist,  Reno,  Nev. 

Congressman  William  E.  Mason,  Chicago,  111. 

James  H.  Maurer,  President  Pennsylvania  State  Federation  of 
Labor,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Miss  Katherine  M.  Meserole,  Bellport,  Long  Island,  N.  Y. 


John  E.  Milholland,  business  man  and  writer,  New  York  City. 

A.  P.  Moore,  editor  of  the  Pittsburgh  Leader,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Mrs.  Agnes  H.  Morey,  Brookline,  Mass. 

Bishop  H.  C.  Morrison,  M.  E.  Church  South,  Leesburg,  Fla. 

William  J.  Mulligan,  Supreme  Director  of  the  Knights  of  Colum- 
bus, Thompsonville,  Conn. 

Mrs.  William  Spencer  Murray,  Catskill,  N.  Y. 

President  William  A.  Neilson,  Smith  College,  Northampton,  Mass. 

Professor  William  A.  Nitze,  head  of  the  Department  of  Romance 
Languages  and  Literatures,  University  of  Chicago. 

Albert  J.  Nock,  editor  of  the  Freeman,  New  York  City. 

Edward  N.  Nockels,  associate  editor  the  New  Majority,  Chicago, 
111. 

Rt.  Rev.  John  J.  O'Connor,  Bishop  of  Newark,  New  Jersey. 

Daniel  C.  O'Flaherty,  Richmond,  Va. 

Rt.  Rev.  Charles  T.  Olmsted,  P.  E.  Bishop  of  Central  New  York. 

M.  O'Neill,  Akron,  Ohio. 

Rt.  Rev.  Edward  L.  Parsons,  P.  E.  Bishop  Coadjutor  of  Califor- 
nia, San  Francisco. 

Captain  Julius  C.  Peyser,  Washington,  D.  C. 

U.  S.  Senator  James  D.  Phelan,  San  Francisco,  California. 

Rev.  Watson  L.  Phillips,  Shelton,  Conn. 

Amos  R.  E.  Pinchot,  lawyer  and  publicist,  New  York  City. 

Mayor  Willis  H.  Plunkett,  Phoenix,  Ariz. 

Rev.  Levi  M.  Powers,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mayor  George  A.  Quigley,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Mayor  Edward  W.  Quinn,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Congressman  Charles  E.  Randall,  Kenosha,  Wis. 

U.  S.  Senator  Joseph  E.  Ransdell,  Louisiana. 

Mrs.  James  Rector,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Raymond  Robins,  formerly  Commissioner  in  command  of  the 
American  Red  Cross  Mission  to  Russia,  Chicago,  111. 

Gilbert  E.  Roe,  lawyer,  New  York  City. 

Mrs.  John  Rogers,  Jr.,  New  York  City. 

Rev.  John  A.  Ryan,  Professor  of  Theology,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Professor  Ferdinand  Schevill,  Professor  of  Modern  History,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago. 

Rose  Schneidermann,  Woman's  Trade  Union  League,  New  York. 

Mayor  Cornell  Schrieber,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

Hon.  R.  0.  Sharon,  Peoria,  111. 

Congressman  Isaac  R.  Sherwood,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

Dr.  John  S.  Simon,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

J.  C.  Skemp,  International  Union  of  Painters  and  Decorators, 
Lafayette,  Ind. 

Mayor  E.  P.  Smith,  Omaha,  Neb. 

Mrs.  Anna  Garlin  Spencer,  minister,  educator,  White  Plains,  N.  Y. 

U.  S.  Senator  Selden  P.  Spencer,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

Emma  Steghagen,  Woman's  Trade  Union  League,  Chicago,  111. 

Doris  Stevens,  New  York  City. 

Mayor  Peter  F.  Sullivan,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Rev.  Norman  M.  Thomas,  editor  of  The  World  Tomorrow,  New 
York  City. 

Richard  C.  Tolman,  Associate  Director  Fixed  Nitrogen  Research 
Laboratory,  War  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Albert  B.  Unger,  Assistant  District  Attorney,  New  York  City. 

Hon.  James  K.  Vardaman,  former  U.  S.  Senator,  Jackson,  Miss. 

Mrs.  Henry  Villard,  Dobbs  Ferry,  N.  Y. 

Congressman  Edward  Voight,  Sheboygan,  Wis. 

John  H.  Walker,  Illinois  State  Federation  of  Labor,  Springfield, 
111. 

U.  S.  Senator  David  I.  Walsh,  Boston,  Mass. 

J.  Barnard  Walton,  General  Secretary,  Advancement  Committee, 
General  Conference  of  the  Religious  Society  of  Friends,  Phil- 
adelphia, Pa. 

Dr.  James  P.  Warbasse,  President  of  the  Cooperative  League  of 
America,  New  York  City. 

William  Allen  White,  editor  of  the  Emporia  Gazette,  Emporia, 
Kan. 

Rt.  Rev.  Cortlandt  Whitehead,  P.  E.  Bishop  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

L.  Hollingsworth  Wood,  lawyer,  New  York  City. 


532 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


In  the  Driftway 

THE  Drifter  cannot  understand  why  intellectuals  should 
be  so  maligned  as  negligible  butterflies  fluttering  idly 
over  the  clover-fields  of  present-day  society.  What  would  the 
Peace  Conference  have  been  without  the  bushy  head  of 
Poland's  piano  president,  the  parchment  visage  of  author 
Clemenceau,  and  the  resplendent  verbiage  of  Professor 
Wilson?  Or  Czecho-Slovakia  without  its  President  Pro- 
fessor Masaryk?  And  as  to  the  revolutionists,  what  are 
Lenin  and  Trotzky  if  not  intellectuals?  The  Drifter  recalls 
reading  of  the  arrest  of  the  actor  Alexander  Moissi,  the 
finest  Hamlet  he  ever  saw,  for  Communist  propaganda  in 
Vienna;  he  has  beguiled  many  hours  with  the  cinemato- 
graphic exploits  of  the  poet-pirate-novelist-hero-constitu- 
tion-maker d'Annunzio;  and  now  he  reads  that  the  composer 
Mascagni  is  inflaming  the  shipyard  workers  of  Leghorn 
with  his  bolshevist  orations.  Defame  the  intellectuals  if  you 
will,  but  you  cannot  call  them  negligible. 


NO  such  storm  of  anti-war  poetry  and  prose  disturbs  the 
Drifter's  peace  of  mind  in  America  as  would  be  his 
lot  were  he  reading  his  paper  on  the  quai  d'Inconnu,  with 
Mme.  Lecomte's  blue  jay  peering  over  his  shoulder,  instead 
of  in  the  Mercantile  Lunch  on  Park  Row.  He  hears  that 
Henri  Barbusse's  "Le  Feu"  has  passed  the  three  hundred 
thousand  mark;  and  his  mail  tells  him  daily  of  the  work  of 
Duhamel,  Vildrac,  Romains,  Leon  Werth,  Marcel  Martinet, 
Roland  Dorgeles,  Henri-Jacques,  and  others  less  known  or 
unknown  to  him.  The  name  of  Noel  Gamier  has  long  in- 
trigued him — the  poet  of  "Le  Don  de  ma  Mere."  And  now  he 
learns  that  it  has  intrigued  the  French  Minister  of  War  as 
well — and  that,  for  j;his  thin  booklet  of  pacifist  poems,  the 
name  of  Noel  Gamier  has  been  stricken  from  the  list  of 
Legion  of  Honor  by  order  of  the  Minister,  and  that  he  has 
been  deprived  of  the  right  to  wear  the  croix  de  guerre.  The 
Drifter  little  dreamt  that  a  book  of  poems  could  so  stir  a 
Minister  of  War.  During  the  war  it  was  otherwise:  Noel 
Gamier  wrote  poems  on  permission  and  on  repos,  but  he 
kept  them  to  himself,  and  it  was  the  poetry  of  action  which 
intrigued  Marshal  Petain  into  writing: 

Order  No.  15352-D. 

M.  Gamier,  Noel,  second  lieutenant  in  the  11th  regiment 
of  hussars,  attached  to  the  15th  battalion  of  chasseurs,  is 
named  to  the  order  of  the  Legion  of  Honor,  with  the  rank 
of  knight: 

A  young  second  lieutenant  transferred  at  his  own  request 
from  the  cavalry  to  a  battalion  of  chasseurs.  Volunteered 
to  establish  communication  between  two  companies  placed, 
on  September  14,  in  a  very  delicate  position;  struck  by 
three  bullets  in  the  thigh  and  one  in  the  arm,  very  seriously 
wounded,  he  succeeded  in  dragging  himself  across  the 
ground  to  fulfil  his  mission.  Had  himself  carried  on  a 
stretcher  to  his  chef  de  corps  and  before  mentioning  his 
wounds  gave  a  detailed  report  on  his  reconnaissance.  Proved 
a  heroism  which  will  never  be  surpassed.    Two  citations. 

Petain 

It  is  not  required  of  patriotism  that  it  be  always  and  ever 
patriotic,  but  poetry,  it  seems,  must  be  patriotic,  or  else 


past  action  is  forgotten.     Fortunately  there  are  others  be- 
sides Ministers  of  War  to  judge  of  both. 

The  Drifter 


Correspondence 

Mr.  Wilson's  Limited  Democracy 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  a  recent  article  you  say,  referring  to  President  Wil- 
son, "who  had  battled  for  that  democracy  at  Princeton,"  etc. 

A  friend,  one  of  the  ablest  of  the  younger  generation  of  col- 
ored men,  said  to  me  recently — he  is  from  New  Jersey — "In  se- 
lecting a  college,  I  thought  of  Princeton,  but,  because  of  the 
race  prejudice  there,  under  Wilson,  was  advised  to  go  else- 
where." He  went  to  Harvard.  Another  friend,  a  teacher  in  the 
colored  public  schools  in  Washington  City,  -said,  when  I  told 
her  this,  "Yes,  Princeton  is  now  about  like  the  University  of 
Virginia." 

If  Wilson  "battled  for  democracy"  at  Princeton,  it  must  have 
been  white  democracy,  the  only  part  of  which  he  has  the  re- 
motest conception.  How  the  intelligent  colored  people  of  this 
country  must  love  him! 

Bird-in-Hand,  Pa.,  June  28  Marianna  G.  Brubaker 

[Our  correspondent  is  correct.  Mr.  Wilson's  democracy  has 
always  stopped  at  the  color  line  as  it  .did  at  the  sex  line  until 
it  was  to  his  political  advantage  to  become  converted.  Prince- 
ton's doors  are  closed  to  colored  Americans. — Editor.] 


What  Europe  Thinks  of  Us 

To  the  Editor  op  The  Nation: 

Sir:     Shortly   before    he    died    in    Switzerland,    Dr.    George 
Nasmyth,   organizer  for  the  World  Alliance  for  International 
Friendship  through  the  Churches,  addressed  a  letter  to  Newton" 
D.  Baker  which  I  feel  sure  would  interest  your  readers: 
"My  Dear  Mr.  Secretary: 

"In  my  travels  through  Europe  it  has  been  impressed  upon 
me  of  late,  how  greatly  the  influence  of  American  ideals  and 
America's  international  policies  is  being  weakened  by  the  con- 
tinuous imprisonment  of  political  prisoners  and  conscientious 
objectors. 

"During  the  past  eight  months  I  have  traveled  through  Eng- 
land, France,  Italy,  Switzerland,  Holland,  the  Scandinavian 
countries,  Greece,  and  most  of  the  countries  of  Eastern  Europe. 
I  have  been  surprised  to  find  how  widespread  is  the  knowledge 
of  American  conditions  in  this  regard  and  how  long  we  have 
delayed  in  proclaiming  amnesty — a  measure  of  social  reconcilia- 
tion which  has  long  been  adopted  in  all  the  belligerent  countries 
of  Europe. 

"I  find  this  discussion  and  a  growing  protest  against  America's 
policy  which  is  charged  with  being  liberal  abroad  while  tyran- 
nical and  Czarist  at  home,  not  only  in  the  Labor  and  Radical 
press,  but  also  in  the  Conservative  and  Nationalist  papers.  For 
example,  in  Italy,  the  country  from  which  I  have  just  returned, 
I  find  long  articles  on  the  subject  in  the  Idea  Internazionale, 
the  most  jingoistic  newspaper,  as  well  as  in  the  Avanti,  the 
organ  of  the  radical  Socialist  Party.  This  anomalous  situation 
in  our  political  life  at  home  constitutes  the  chief  obstacle  which 
prevents  the  democratic  forces  of  Italy  from  rallying  their  full 
strength  in  support  of  President  Wilson's  Fiume  policy  and  the 
League  of  Nations  convenant. 

"George  W.  Nasmyth." 

When  will  Americans  awaken  to  the  menace  of  our  growing 
isolation,  and  to  the  ill  reputation  which  is  replacing  our  past 
popularity  in  Europe? 

Ellis  Ogle,  M.D. 

Boston,  Mass.,  October  27 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


533 


Criticism 

By  MAXWELL  BODENHEIM 

Dead  men  sit  down  beside  the  telephones 

Within  your  brain  and  carefully  relate 

Decisions  and  discretions  of  the  past, 

Convinced  that  they  will  not  deteriorate. 

But  you  have  not  their  certainty :  you  try 

A  question  now  and  then  that  cautiously 

Assaults  their  whispered  indolence  until 

Their  sharp  words  once  more  force  you  to  agree. 

Then  you  insist  that  certain  living  men 

Whose  tones  are  half -discreet  may  be  allowed 

To  greet  their  masters  through  the  telephones, 

Provided  that  their  words  are  not  too  loud. 

The  new  men  imperceptibly  entice 

Their  elders,  and  a  compromise  is  made, 

Both  sides  discovering  that  three  or  four 

Excluded  men  must  be  correctly  flayed. 

And  so  the  matter  ends:  conservative 

And  radical  revise  their  family-tree, 

While  you  report  this  happening,  with  relief, 

To  liberals  and  victorious  cups  of  tea. 


Books 

A  Panorama  of  Labor 

What's  on  the  Worker's  Mind?    By  Whiting  Williams.    Charles 

Scribner's  Sons. 
Why  Men  Strike.    By  Samuel  Crowther.     Doubleday  Page  and 

Company. 

The  New  Industrial  Unrest.  By  Ray  Stannard  Baker.  Double- 
day  Page  and  Company. 

The  Workers  at  War.  By  Frank  Julian  Warne.  The  Century 
Company. 

The  Position  of  Labor  in  a  System  of  Nationalism.  By  Edgar 
S.  Furniss.    Houghton  Mifflin  Company. 

Life  and  Labor  in  the  Nineteenth  Century.  By  C.  R.  Fay.  Cam- 
bridge University  Press. 

Humanizing  Industry.  By  R.  C.  Feld.  E.  P.  Dutton  and  Com- 
pany. 

The  Human  Factor  in  Industry.  By  Lee  K.  Frankel  and  Alex- 
ander Fleischer.    The  Macmillan  Company. 

Personnel  Administration,  Its  Principles  and  Practice.  By  Ord- 
way  Tead  and  Henry  C.  Metcalf.  The  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Company. 

Labor's    Challenge    to    the    Social    Order.      By    John    Graham 

Brooks.     The  Macmillan  Company. 
The  Church  and  Industrial  Reconstruction.     By  the  Committee 
on  the  War  and  the  Religious  Outlook.    Association  Press. 

LET  us  start  with  the  simple  assumptions  of  those  who  write 
ordinary  newspaper  editorials  and  address  employers'  asso- 
ciations. Lefc  us  suppose  that  there  is  nothing  in  particular  the 
matter  with  our  industrial  system  or  our  economic  order.  Its 
obvious  failure  to  function  satisfactorily  is  due  not  to  any  struc- 
tural defect,  but  to  original  sin  on  the  part  of  wayward  indi- 
viduals. The  first  thing  to  do  is  to  deport,  imprison,  and 
silence  agitators.  The  next  thing  is  to  instil  into  the  workers, 
by  persuasion  if  possible,  but  by  economic  and  political  force  if 
necessary,  a  proper  respect  for  the  employer.  Why  is  the  cost 
of  living  high?  Because  millions  of  laborers  throughout  the 
world  are  lazy  and  will  not  work  hard  enough ;  because  they  are 
avaricious  and  use  their  organized  power  to  extract  wages 
higher  than  those  they  deserve.    The  remedy  for  this  is  an  open- 


shop  campaign  to  break  up  their  unions,  lengthen  their  hours, 
and  put  the  fear  of  starvation  and  the  boss  into  their  hearts. 
With  a  long  pull,  all  together,  we  shall  be  able  to  defeat  labor, 
and  then  we  can  live  at  our  ease. 

A  man  with  a  mind  so  uncritical  as  to  accept  these  assump- 
tions without  question  is  probably  not  given  to  reading  books. 
But  if  at  any  moment  a  tiny  doubt  should  open  a  crevice  in  the 
smooth  surface  of  his  complacency,  Mr.  Whiting  Williams's  book 
may  profitably  be  inserted.  Mr.  Williams  is  not  a  revolutionary. 
He  was  a  prominent  official  in  a  large  steel  fabricating  concern. 
He  wished  to  fit  himself  for  the  position  of  employment  manager, 
and  thought  it  a  part  of  his  preparation  to  find  out  what  it  was 
like  to  be  a  workman.  Therefore  he  left  home  with  a  few 
dollars  in  his  pocket  and  looked  for  a  job.  This  is  the  story  of 
his  adventures  in  a  basic  steel  plant,  a  rolling  mill,  a  coal  mine, 
an  oil  refinery,  a  shipyard,  and  other  resorts  of  toil. 

If  Mr.  Williams  can  be  trusted,  the  life  of  the  worker  is  not 
entirely  an  affair  of  leisure  and  silk  shirts.  Neither  is  the  man 
on  the  job  a  dull  individual  who  will  respond  to  no  stimulus  but 
hard  driving,  when  he  is  not  listening  to  the  wild  words  of  an 
incendiary.  He  is  much  like  anybody  else,  with  his  small  and 
great  annoyances,  his  ambitions,  prides,  and  fears.  If  he  is 
dissatisfied,  and  dissatisfied  along  with  many  others,  his  dissat- 
isfaction is  just  as  likely  to  have  a  reasonable  basis  as  that  of 
editors,  directors,  or  presidents.  Although  Mr.  Williams  does 
not  omit  to  relieve  his  picture  with  authentic  colors  of  humor 
and  pleasure,  it  leaves  no  doubt  of  certain  devastating  influences 
in  the  worker's  life.  One  is  his  insecurity,  his  fear  of  unem- 
ployment, his  utter  dependence  on  the  will  of  the  boss.  Another 
is  his  frequent  lack  of  any  feeling  of  participation  in  the  whole 
process  of  production;  his  pride  in  doing  a  good  job  and  his 
creative  instinct  are  usually  allowed  to  lie  dormant  or  are 
positively  rebuffed  by  poor  management  and  alien  control.  No 
one  after  reading  this  book  can  hold  any  illusions  as  to  the 
inhumanity,  the  unpopularity,  and  the  inefficiency  of  the  twelve- 
hour  shift  in  the  steel  industry.  Nor  will  he  be  deceived  by  rosy 
pictures  of  high  wages  or  living  conditions  in  the  steel  and  coal 
towns.  He  will  see  why  the  miners  are  in  a  continual  turmoil 
about  wages  and  insufficient  employment.  He  will  understand 
the  physical  and  nervous  difficulty  of  much  of  the  work  in  most 
of  the  occupations  Mr.  Williams  tried. 

Mr.  Williams  does  not  put  forward  any  solution  of  the  "labor 
problem"  with  much  assurance.  He  sees  the  matter  chiefly  as 
one  of  personal  relations  and  understanding.  It  is  easy  to  point 
out  a  hundred  places  in  which  better  management  would  smooth 
over  difficulties  and  increase  efficiency.  But  how  is  this  better 
management  to  be  achieved?  Why  has  industrial  development 
gone  on  so  long  without  approaching  it?  Is  there  much  chance 
of  introducing  it  now,  except  in  scattered  and  ineffective 
instances  where  there  happens  to  be  a  manager  with  more  than 
average  intelligence?  These  are  questions  which  Mr.  Williams 
does  not  raise. 

"Why  Men  Strike,"  the  confident  title  of  Mr.  Crowther's  book, 
might  lead  us  to  expect  a  somewhat  more  authoritative  treat- 
ment of  these  matters  than  Mr.  Williams's.  On  the  contrary, 
however,  it  is  a  genial  and  smoothly  written  but  ill-informed 
piece  of  work.  It  starts  with  the  assumption  that  workmen  on 
the  average  have  been  making  extravagant  expenditures,  and 
comes  to  the  conclusion  that  if  they  would  only  invest  their  sur- 
plus, the  increased  capital  would  at  the  same  time  bring  about 
increased  production  to  satisfy  their  material  wants  and  also 
give  them  a  sense  of  ownership  which  would  make  them  work 
better.  It  is  germane  to  such  an  argument,  however,  that  yearly 
incomes  of  more  than  half  the  wage-earners  probably  have  not 
kept  pace  with  the  cost  of  living,  that  never  has  such  a  super- 
abundance of  capital  been  stored  up  as  in  America  during  the 
war,  and  that  the  result  has  not  increased  but  has  decreased 
production.  It  is  furthermore  doubtful  whether  the  investment 
of  a  few  hundred  dollars,  even  if  the  average  worker  could  ever 
make  it,  would  render  him  immune  to  the  other  disturbing 
features  of  his  life. 


534 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


Mr.  Baker's  analysis  is  that  of  a  competent  and  fair-minded 
journalist.  He  found  out  what  any  good  investigator  could  have 
found  out  concerning  the  labor  policy  of  the  steel  corporation 
and  the  objections  of  the  steel  workers  to  the  twelve-hour  day 
and  other  expressions  of  that  policy.  He  tells  us  about  the  new 
aspirations  of  the  labor  movement,  about  the  founding  of  the 
national  Labor  Party,  about  the  hopeful  experiments  with  shop 
committees  and  industrial  councils,  about  the  highly  developed 
form  of  conciliation  in  the  clothing  industry.  If  we  had  had  a 
liberal  press  or  a  "liberal  group  of  employers  with  any  power  at 
all,  this  attitude  would  have  found  expression  during  the  recent 
industrial  conflicts,  and  it  would  now  have  some  influence  in 
shaping  the  labor  policy  of  the  nation.  Instead  of  this  we  see 
the  old  prejudices  expressed  daily  in  the  pages  of  the  great 
journals,  and  the  open  shop  offensive  in  full  career.  There  is 
nothing  the  matter  with  Mr.  Baker's  observation,  as  far  as  it 
penetrates,  but  it  does  not  penetrate  to  the  causes  which  main- 
tain the  struggle  in  spite  of  anyone's  reasonableness  or  good 
intentions. 

So  far,  our  elementary  student  of  labor  troubles  would  have 
received  little  intimation  that  they  ever  arose  before  the  armis- 
tice, or  that  the  labor  movement  has  a  history,  and  an  economic 
background  outside  the  shop.  "The  Workers  at  War,"  by  Frank 
Julian  Warne,  formerly  manager  of  industrial  relations  for  the 
United  States  Housing  Corporation,  would  open  the  nearest  of 
these  vistas.  He  shows  how  the  war  for  democracy  abroad 
interrupted  the  workers'  struggle  for  industrial  democracy  at 
home,  and  how  they  abandoned  the  latter  for  the  time  being  in 
return  for  certain  guaranties  from  the  Government.  The  rapid 
extension  of  collective  bargaining  during  the  war  was  in  one 
sense  an  extension  of  the  unions'  power,  but  in  another  sense  it 
prevented  them  from  extracting  anywhere  near  the  benefit  they 
might  otherwise  have  gained  from  the  immense  demand  for  new 
products  and  the  shortage  of  labor.  The  rise  in  prices  following 
the  war  naturally  stimulated  industrial  unrest,  but  the  Govern- 
ment made  an  about-face  in  its  labor  policy.  It  refused  to 
encourage  wage  advances  to  meet  increased  living  costs,  and 
instead  held  back  the  railwaymen  and  took  legal  action  against 
the  miners  while  it  made  an  ineffective  attempt  to  reduce  prices. 
Mr.  Warne  reminds  us  how  the  large  employers  deliberately  set 
their  faces  against  industrial  peace  at  the  President's  Industrial 
Conference,  regardless  of  the  workers  and  of  the  public.  He 
recognizes  that  the  welfare  of  the  public  necessitates  a  diminu- 
tion of  strikes  and  lockouts,  but  he  is  not  so  foolish  as  to  suppose 
that  this  end  can  be  attained  by  a  complete  surrender  of  all 
other  interests  to  those  of  the  employers.  Rather  he  seeks  a 
way  out  of  the  vicious  circle  by  an  increased  control  over  pro- 
duction and  prices  by  workers  and  consumers.  He  suggests  that 
consumers  organize  themselves.  "One  of  the  functions  of  the 
organization  of  the  consumer  is  to  join  hands  with  the  organized 
wage  worker  and  together  demand  and  enforce  the  return  to  the 
people  of  the  benefits  of  social  values  to  which  industrial  autoc- 
racy lays  unjust  claim  and  of  which  it  is  in  possession."  This 
sentence,  if  our  pupil  could  understand  its  implications,  would  be 
pretty  strong  doctrine  for  him.  Coming  at  the  end  of  the  book's 
argument,  it  would  mark  a  far  removal  from  his  original 
assumption  that  our  economic  machinery  would  hum  if  only  a 
little  grit  were  removed  from  the  bearings. 

Let  us  now  take  a  bold  leap  through  the  vista  opened  and 
alight  in  the  eighteenth  century.  Mr.  Edgar  S.  Furniss,  in  his 
scholarly  study,  "The  Position  of  Labor  in  a  System  of  Nation- 
alism," furnishes  a  guide  to  the  labor  policy  of  the  English 
Mercantilist  school  of  economists.  Their  ideas  are  germane, 
because  in  their  time,  as  during  the  recent  war,  the  national 
welfare  was  assessed  in  terms  of  broad  national  purposes  rather 
than  in  terms  of  individual  happiness.  They  spoke  of  "national 
wealth,"  meaning  by  it  the  amount  of  money  in  the  country, 
rather  than  capital  goods  or  individual  standard  of  living.  They 
introduced  our  long-lived  friend,  "favorable  balance  of  trade." 
To  them,  labor  was  important  as  one  of  the  chief  sources  of 
national  wealth.    It  seemed  desirable  to  buy  as  little  as  possible 


abroad  and  to  sell  as  much  as  possible;  domestic  raw  materials 
should  undergo  manufacture  before  being  exported,  because  the 
domestic  labor  expended  upon  them  "increased  their  value"; 
imports  should  consist  as  largely  as  possible  of  raw  materials 
rather  than  of  finished  goods  so  that  domestic  labor  might  manu- 
facture them  for  export  in  turn.  The  consequences  of  this 
theory  were  disastrous  to  labor.  It  discouraged  the  consump- 
tion of  goods  by  the  home  population.  Labor,  it  taught,  should 
not  be  paid  more  than  the  barest  minimum  of  subsistence;  as  a 
matter  of  fact  much  of  the  labor  of  the  period  was  below  the 
poverty  level.  As  large  a  laboring  population  as  possible  was 
necessary.  Furthermore,  there  was  an  obligation  on  every 
laborer  to  work  as  much  as  possible.  Unemployment  was  a  sin, 
not  against  the  unemployed,  but  against  the  state.  Attempts 
were  made  to  guard  against  it  by  rigorous  laws.  In  spite  of  the 
fact  that  the  Mercantilist  theories  were  long  ago  discarded  by 
economists  in  favor  of  the  laissez-faire  interpretation,  it  would 
seem  as  if  the  Republican  Party  and  its  substantial  business 
men  had  received  much  of  their  economic  education  in  1750. 

As  Mr.  Furniss  points  out,  however,  the  manifestations  of  any 
particular  system  of  nationalism  will  vary  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  national  goal.  The  Mercantilist  practice  was  the 
result  of  political  dominance  by  the  rising  class  of  traders  and 
capitalists.  Our  abandonment  of  laissez-faire  doctrine — such 
parts  of  it  as  we  had  really  clung  to — during  the  recent  war, 
and  our  inauguration  of  various  national  controls  of  trade  and 
labor  supply,  were  due  to  the  predominant  demands  of  the  war- 
making  machine.  When  the  machine  vanished,  these  particular 
controls  vanished  as  a  matter  of  course.  "Mercantilism  teaches 
us  that  in  working  out  a  system  of  public  policy  based  upon 
nationalistic  purposes  the  dominant  class  will  attempt  to  bind 
the  burdens  upon  the  shoulders  of  those  groups  whose  political 
power  is  too  slight  to  defend  them  from  exploitation  and  will 
find  justification  for  its  policies  in  the  plea  of  national  neces- 
sity." What  is  now  the  dominant  class  in  American  politics? 
Is  it  not  the  traders  and  capitalists?  Then  we  may  know  what 
to  expect.  If  the  great  majority  of  wage-earners  and  small, 
consumers  should  ever  become  the  dominant  class,  and  individual 
welfare  should  become  the  national  goal — but  to  speculate  on 
that  is  perilously  close  to  sedition. 

Mr.  C.  R.  Fay  of  Cambridge  University  carries  on  the  tale  in 
his  economic  lectures,  printed  under  the  title  "Life  and  Labor  in 
the  Nineteenth  Century."  The  novice  will  here  make  the  dis- 
covery that  the  labor  movement  itself  is  over  a  century  old.  He 
will  learn  that  there  were  unrest  and  strikes  before  Bolshevists 
were  ever  heard  of,  and  that  there  was  a  strange  Englishman 
named  Robert  Owen  who  preached  socialism  before  Karl  Marx, 
with  his  vicious  German- Jewish  theories,  had  written  his  first 
German  word.  Mr.  Fay  passes  on  in  a  most  entertaining  man- 
ner from  Chartism  to  Cobdenism,  Capitalism,  Socialism,  and  the 
Cooperative  movement. 

After  this  excursion  we  may  return  again  to  the  subject  of 
management  in  the  modern  plant.  "Humanizing  Industry"  is 
an  attempt  to  present  in  story  form  the  case  for  welfare  meas- 
ures of  the  sort  approved  by  many  employers,  and  it  seems 
unimportant  against  the  wider  background.  "The  Human  Fac- 
tor in  Industry"  is  a  more  technical,  but  still  a  superficial  text 
book  on  employment  management.  "Personnel  Administration" 
gives  many  evidences  that  its  authors  are  aware  of  the  historical 
labor  movement  and  of  the  deeper  social  currents  of  the  present. 
Technical  and  competent  in  detail,  it  is  also  sound  in  a  larger 
sense,  because  it  endeavors  to  relate  the  science  of  personnel 
management  with  the  labor  movement  as  it  exists,  and  with  the 
evolution  of  industry.  The  authors  probably  do  not  believe  that 
good  management  alone  would  solve  the  "labor  problem,"  but 
they  point  out  truly  that  any  advance  in  administrative  methods 
is  a  positive  advance,  no  matter  what  the  nature  of  industrial 
control.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  their  technique  requires  collective 
bargaining,  shop  committees  with  a  large  measure  of  control, 
and  industrial  councils.  There  is  no  question  that  if  any  con- 
siderably group  of  employers  should  put  into  intelligent  practice 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


535 


such  a  technique  as  is  elaborated  in  this  book,  the  unrest  of  the 
worker  would  be  appreciably  diminished.  There  is  a  question, 
however,  whether  any  large  group  of  employers  would  or  could 
put  such  a  technique  into  practice  under  the  existing  regime  of 
credit  and  production.  There  lies  the  rub  in  all  attempts  to 
introduce  gradual  amelioration  of  the  industrial  system.  The 
attempt  is  a  worthy  one,  and  those  who  denounce  it  because  they 
believe  it  impracticable  are  guilty  of  illogic.  But  we  should  be 
rash  to  build  too  much  on  its  success. 

The  first  of  this  long  series  of  writers  frankly  to  envisage  the 
probability  of  a  new  social  order  is  the  ripest,  the  best  informed, 
and  the  most  temperate  among  all  these  students  of  the  labor 
movement.  John  Graham  Brooks  begins  by  asserting  that 
"power  has  so  far  gone  to  labor  that  it  cannot  be  turned  back." 
And  this  statement  is  made  with  a  full  knowledge  of  labor's 
obstacles.  "Capitalism  will  fight  long  and  it  will  fight  with 
cunning  and  with  desperate  weapons.  In  the  open,  it  will  wel- 
come the  more  popular  'remedies.'  Whether  socialist,  syndicalist, 
or  anarchist,  few  labor  agitators  have  ever  learned  the  defensive 
power  of  private  property."  The  book  is  not  an  organized  whole, 
but  rather  a  series  of  notes — reminiscences,  bits  of  information, 
observations — not  one  of  which  fails  to  be  suggestive.  All 
together,  they  furnish  a  picture  rich  in  detail.  What  is  the 
labor  movement  actually  up  to?  What  is  it  learning  about  the 
science  of  government  and  administration  within  its  own  ranks? 
How  strong  are  the  various  factions  within  it,  and  what  do  they 
promise?  How  about  government  ownership,  cooperation,  or 
communism  where  they  are  or  have  been  in  practice?  What  are 
well-intentioned  employers  doing,  and  what  will  be  the  upshot 
of  their  activities?  Here  is  one  of  the  few  really  informed  books 
about  economic  and  social  evolution  as  it  is  manifested  in  events. 
The  sense  one  chiefly  gets  from  it  is  of  the  operation  of  a  vast 
and  chaotic  educative  process,  from  which  somehow  a  new  order 
will  emerge.  Like  many  persons  intimate  with  the  labor  move- 
ment, Mr.  Brooks  inclines  to  the  opinion  that  the  most  fruitful 
of  the  formal  theories  of  the  new  order  is  that  developed  by  the 
national  guildsmen. 

The  attitude  of  most  of  these  writers  is  passive.  They  do 
not  themselves  take  any  position  regarding  the  desirability  of 
the  present  or  any  other  system ;  they  observe  that  the  worker  is 
dissatisfied,  and  in  so  far  as  they  register  any  displeasure  of 
their  own,  it  is  secondary  to  that  of  someone  else.  We  are,  in 
the  main,  left  with  a  sense  of  something  impending,  of  a  doom 
over  which  we  have  little  control,  which  may  be  good  or  ill. 
This  sense  may  be  the  only  one  which  accurately  corresponds 
with  the  facts,  but  in  spite  of  all  the  rigor  of  the  realist,  most 
human  beings  like  to  luxuriate  in  moral  motives.  After  all, 
what  ought  to  happen?  What  do  we,  as  moral  beings,  desire? 
So  prevalent  is  this  attitude  among  people  at  large  that  even 
the  most  scientific  of  observers  cannot  disregard  it  as  one  of  the 
strong  social  motives  which  have  to  be  reckoned  with. 

It  has  remained  for  a  group  of  prominent  clergymen  to  make 
a  thorough  analysis  of  the  social  order  as  it  affects  moral  values. 
Boldly  assuming  that  the  teachings  of  Jesus  are  the  only  ulti- 
mate reality,  and  that  the  human  race  gets  into  trouble  by  dis- 
regarding them,  "The  Church  and  Industrial  Reconstruction" 
attempts  to  apply  Christian  principles  to  the  industrial  problem. 
The  book  is  supremely  concerned,  not  so  much  with  questions  of 
physical  prosperity  as  with  questions  of  motive  and  spiritual 
values — and  in  this  it  is  probably  nearer  to  the  heart  of  the 
matter  psychologically  than  are  most  of  the  economists.  The 
supreme  worth  of  individual  personality,  the  ideal  of  universal 
brotherhood,  the  law  of  service — such  principles  do  not  allow  us 
to  disregard  the  distribution  of  wealth  and  the  organization  of 
production.  The  ideal  society  according  to  the  Christian  doc- 
trine "would  be  a  cooperative  social  order  in  which  the  sacred- 
ness  of  every  life  was  recognized  and  everyone  found  oppor- 
tunity for  the  fullest  self-expression  of  which  he  was  capable;  in 
which  each  individual  gave  himself  gladly  and  whole-heartedly 
for  ends  that  are  socially  valuable;  in  which  the  impulses  to 
service  and  to  creative  action  would  be  stronger  than  the  acquisi- 


tive impulses,  and  all  work  be  seen  in  terms  of  its  spiritual 
significance  as  making  possible  fulness  of  life  for  all  men;  in 
which  differences  of  talents  and  capacity  meant  proportional 
responsibilities  and  ministry  to  the  common  good;  in  which  all 
lesser  differences  of  race,  of  nation,  and  of  class  served  to  min- 
ister to  the  richness  of  an  all-inclusive  brotherhood;  in  which 
there  hovered  over  all  a  sense  of  the  reality  of  the  Christ-like 
God,  so  that  worship  inspired  service,  as  service  expressed 
brotherhood."  Is  this  merely  a  beautiful  Utopia?  "To  this 
question  the  Christian  answer  is  definite  and  unmistakable. 
This  ideal  can,  indeed,  be  realized."  Here  is  a  refreshing  wind 
of  hope  and  confidence. 

The  present  order  is  therefore  unchristian  in  its  impersonal 
view  of  labor,  leading  to  lack  of  continuous  opportunity  to  work, 
inadequate  income,  inadequate  leisure,  dwarfing  of  the  person- 
ality, child  labor,  and  improper  protection  of  women  workers. 
It  is  unchristian  because  it  denies  the  spirit  of  brotherhood  by 
a  selfish  and  competitive  motive  in  production  and  by  extreme 
inequalities  in  the  distribution  of  wealth.  It  is  inconsistent  with 
the  duty  of  service,  for  it  emphasizes  the  acquisitive  motive  and 
the  unsocial  use  of  economic  power.  In  all  these  matters  the 
authors  of  the  book  see  that  their  protest  is  substantially  iden- 
tical with  the  protest  of  the  labor  movement  itself. 

The  book  goes  on  to  a  more  careful  inquiry  into  these  objec- 
tions, and  to  examination  of  immediately  practicable  steps 
toward  its  ideal.  It  avoids  one  frequent  pitfall  in  the  way  of 
those  who  adopt  the  moral  approach,  by  acknowledging  that 
many  improvements  cannot  be  made  for  labor  by  others,  but 
must  be  won  by  labor  fighting  for  its  own  rights.  In  its  view 
of  the  longer  future  it  is  unsure  concerning  such  questions  as 
the  abolition  of  private  property  in  capital  goods,  but  it  insists 
firmly  that  any  change  must  be  accompanied  by  a  development 
of  Christian  character  in  order  to  be  effective,  and  that  what  is 
most  necessary  is  education  in  cooperation. 

And  so  we  confute  our  writer  of  newspaper  editorials.  He  is 
beset  by  the  conclusions  of  one  who  has  actually  experienced 
the  life  of  the  workman,  by  a  candid  journalist,  by  an  experi- 
enced industrial  administrator,  by  economists  and  historians, 
by  personnel  managers,  by  a  life-long  student  of  the  labor  move- 
ment, and  by  a  group  of  seventeen  of  the  most  respected  Protest- 
ant clergymen  in  the  country — not  one  of  these  authors  having 
the  slightest  personal  stake  in  unionism,  or  having  a  reputation 
to  sustain  as  an  "agitator."  Will  he  budge?  Not  an  inch.  He 
will  accept  only  the  accomplished  fact.  He  listens  only  to  prac- 
tical men — that  is,  those  now  in  control  of  industry.  Is  there 
not  even  the  slightest  chance  that  those  for  whom  he  speaks  will 
disprove  the  theory  of  economic  determinism  by  giving  way, 
against  their  temporary  interests,  to  the  power  of  ideas?  It  does 
not  seem  likely,  as  we  look  about  the  world  today.  Yet  we  should 
be  cautious  enough  to  admit  the  possibility.  Those  who  are 
trying  to  educate  and  persuade  the  people  whom  socialists  call 
the  "bourgeoisie"  deserve  every  encouragement. 

George  Soule 


R.  H.  Macy  <§  Co. 

Herald   Square  Inc.  New  Yorl 


Herald   Square 

Maintains  the 
largest  and 
most  complete 
Book  Depart- 
ment in  New 
York    City. 


536 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


The  American  Frontier 

The   Frontier   in   American   History.      By    Frederick    Jackson 
Turner.     Henry  Holt  Company. 

TWENTY-SEVEN  years  ago  Professor  Turner,  then  of  the 
University  of  Wisconsin,  read  before  the  American  Historical 
Association  a  paper  on  "The  Significance  of  the  Frontier  in 
American  History."  The  paper  opened  with  a  quotation  taken 
from  a  Bulletin  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Census  of  1890, 
to  the  effect  that  the  progress  of  settlement  had  proceeded  so 
far  that  now  "there  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  a  frontier  line,"  and 
that,  accordingly,  the  "discussion  of  its  extent,  its  westward 
movement,  etc.  .  .  .  cannot  .  .  .  any  longer  have  a  place 
in  the  census  reports."  This  brief  official  statement,  said  Mr. 
Turner,  "marks  the  closing  of  a  great  historic  movement.  Up 
to  our  own  day  American  history  has  been  in  large  degree  the 
history  of  the  colonization  of  the  Great  West.  The  existence 
of  an  area  of  free  land,  its  continuous  recession,  and  the  ad- 
vance of  American  settlement  westward,  explain  American  de- 
velopment." 

To  suggest  in  a  general  way  how  the  existence  of  the  frontier 
might  explain  American  development  was  the  object  of  Mr. 
Turner's  paper.  "In  the  case  of  most  nations,"  he  said,  "the 
development  has  occurred  in  a  limited  area;  and  if  the  nation 
has  expanded,  it  has  met  other  growing  peoples  whom  it  has 
conquered.  But  in  the  case  of  the  United  States  we  have  a 
different  phenomenon.  Limiting  our  attention  to  the  Atlantic 
coast,  we  have  the  familiar  phenomenon  of  the  evolution  of 
institutions  in  a  limited  area,  such  as  the  rise  of  representative 
government;  the  differentiation  of  simple  colonial  governments 
into  complex  organs;  the  progress  of  primitive  industrial  so- 
ciety, without  division  of  labor,  up  to  manufacturing  civiliza- 
tion. But  we  have  in  addition  to  this  a  recurrence  of  the 
process  of  evolution  in  each  western  area  reached  in  the  process 
of  expansion.  Thus  American  development  has  exhibited  not 
merely  advance  along  a  single  line,  but  a  return  to  primitive 
conditions  on  a  continually  advancing  frontier  line,  and  a  new 
development  for  that  area.  American  social  development  has 
been  continually  beginning  over  again  on  the  frontier.  This 
perennial  rebirth,  this  fluidity  of  American  life,  this  expansion 
westward  with  its  new  opportunities,  its  continuous  touch  with 
the  simplicity  of  primitive  society,  furnish  the  forces  dominant 
in  American  character." 

Not  only  did  this  westward  expansion  profoundly  influence 
the  outstanding  issues  in  American  history — the  rise  of  national- 
ism, the  growing  detachment  from  Europe,  the  slavery  struggle ; 
it  was  above  all  the  persistence  of  a  primitive  society  on  the 
frontier,  above  all  this  "perennial  rebirth,"  that  preserved  for 
us  our  earlier  ideals  of  democracy  and  gave  to  us  in  large  share 
our  characteristic  intellectual  qualities.  "To  the  frontier  the 
American  intellect  owes  its  striking  characteristics.  That 
coarseness  and  strength  combined  with  acuteness  and  inquisi- 
tiveness;  that  practical,  inventive  turn  of  mind,  quick  to  find 
expedients;  that  masterful  grasp  of  material  things,  lacking  in 
the  artistic  but  powerful  to  effect  great  ends;  that  restless, 
nervous  energy;  that  dominant  individualism,  working  for  good 
and  for  evil,  and  withal  that  buoyancy  and  exuberance  which 
comes  with  freedom — these  are  traits  of  the  frontier,  or  traits 
called  out  elsewhere  because  of  the  existence  of  the  frontier." 

In  1893  this  was  novel  doctrine.  Time  has  not  diminished  the 
validity  of  it,  although  it  has  perhaps  brought  into  stronger 
relief  certain  traits  of  American  character  which  we  owe  in 
large  part  to  the  frontier  also.  In  American  mentality  a  strong 
sense  of  freedom  is  not  incompatible  with  a  strong  instinct 
towards  conformity,  a  spirit  of  intolerance  which,  under  stress, 
easily  rises  to  the  level  of  fanaticism.  The  frontier  placed  a 
premium  upon  individual  initiative  and  the  quick  finding  of 
expedients;  but  on  the  whole  the  initiative  required  was  an 
initiative  working  within  a  rather  narrow  field,  the  expedients 
that  needed   to  be  found   were  expedients   that   everyone  was 


seeking  and  ready  to  use  when  found.  Generally  speaking,  the 
initiative  which  Americans  admire  is  initiative  within  the  sphere 
of  the  practical,  the  material  world,  the  initiative  that  brings 
material  gain  to  the  individual  or  practical  advantage  to  the 
community.  Confronted  with  initiative  or  originality  of  another 
sort,  with  conduct  which  the  provincial  standard  regards  as 
"bad,"  or  thinking  which  that  standard  regards  aS  "wrong,"  the 
first  instinct  of  the  American  is  "to  do  something  about  it";  and 
so  it  may  often  happen  that  his  genius  for  finding  expedients 
is  directed  to  the  suppression  of  those  who  are  sufficiently  in- 
dividual to  be  in  a  conspicuous  minority. 

If  we  can  now  see  that  such  traits  as  these  are  due  to  our 
peculiar  environment  quite  as  much  as  to  our  English  or  Euro- 
pean inheritance,  it  is  in  part  because  Mr.  Turner's  original 
paper  on  the  frontier  was  to  prove  an  epoch-making  event  in 
the  investigation  of  American  history.  The  field  which  he  then 
sketched  he  has  himself  assiduously  cultivated  for  a  quarter 
of  a  century.  The  present  volume,  a  collection  of  monographic 
studies,  articles  in  periodicals,  and  addresses  before  learned 
societies  and  at  various  universities,  gives  us  in  convenient 
form  a  part  of  his  published  work.  The  high  significance  of 
this  work  has  long  been  recognized  by  writers  on  American 
history;  but  if  the  influence  of  Mr.  Turner  were  to  be  estimated 
on  the  basis  of  his  published  work  alone,  it  would  be  accounted 
far  less  than  it  has  in  fact  been.  For  a  quarter  of  a  century 
he  has  been  training  an  army  of  students ;  and  there  are  now  in 
our  colleges  and  universities,  among  the  teachers  and  students 
of  American  history,  very  many  men  who  have  been  profoundly 
influenced  by  his  ideas  and  inspired  to  fruitful  publication  by 
the  magic  spell  of  his  personality.  One  who  has  been  long  under 
that  spell  may  not  be  the  best  judge;  but  I  think  it  is  safe  to 
say,  at  least  I  will  venture  to  say  it,  that  in  giving  direction  to 
the  methods  of  investigating  American  history  and  in  furnish- 
ing new  light  for  its  interpretation,  the  share  of  Mr.  Turner  has 
been  the  most  profound  and  abiding  of  this  generation. 

More  than  this  cannot  reasonably  be  expected  of  any  man. 
Yet  students  of  American  history,  well  pleased  as  they  are  sure 
to  be  to  have  these  now  familiar  studies  in  one  convenient 
volume,  may  be  pardoned  for  still  looking  forward  to  some  more 
comprehensive  and  systematic  exposition  of  our  history,  or  a 
portion  of  it,  from  the  point  of  view  which  they  are  so  well 
prepared  to  understand.  Carl  Becker 


The  Epic  of  Dulness 


Main  Street.  By  Sinclair  Lewis.  Harcourt,  Brace  and  Howe. 
Poor  White.  By  Sherwood  Anderson.  B.  W.  Huebsch,  Inc. 
HHHE  Middle  West  gives  birth  to  prophets  but  also  to  destroy- 
*■  ers.  Let  it  take  what  brief  comfort  it  can  in  its  Meredith 
Nicholsons  and  Booth  Tarkingtons.  Garnett,  Kansas,  produced 
Edgar  Lee  Masters;  Warsaw,  Indiana,  nurtured  Theodore  Drei- 
ser; out  of  Camden,  Ohio,  came  Sherwood  Anderson,  and  out 
of  Sauk  Center,  Minnesota,  Sinclair  Lewis.  No  doubt  these 
towns  are  careless  today  of  their  wild  sons.  Main  Street  is 
bent  more  closely  than  ever  on  its  immediate  business.  But  the 
imaginative  record  of  that  business  with  all  its  implications  is 
already  the  most  massive  in  American  literature.  Suffering  and 
rebellion  have  wrung  from  these  men  of  the  Middle  West  an 
iron  authenticity.  They  bring  us — these  lovers  of  beauty  once 
caged  in  insupportable  hideousness — the  acute  vision  of  their 
oppressed  and  distorted  youth.  They  needed  not  to  observe  in 
order  to  write;  memory  and  a  kind  of  despair  stung  them  to 
embody  in  expression  the  civilization  from  which  they  came. 
They  know  it.  "It  is  negation  canonized  as  the  one  positive 
virtue.  It  is  the  prohibition  of  happiness.  It  is  slavery  self- 
taught  and  self-defended.     It  is  dulness  made  God." 

Dreiser  alone  and  at  his  best  remains  superior  to  Sinclair 
Lewis.  He  has  hours  of  a  more  rapt  absorption,  of  a  more 
visionary  identification  of  himself  with  the  objects  he  renders. 
Mr.  Lewis,  on  the  other  hand,  has  a  clearer  and  more  orderly 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


537 


intelligence  and  a  precise  and  cultivated  style.  Dreiser  has  the 
more  brooding  eye,  Mr.  Lewis  the  acuter  and  more  sensitive 
ear.  Thus  while  his  narrative  masses  are  less  impressive,  his 
dialogue,  which  he  uses  very  freely,  is  brilliant.  The  exactness 
of  this  dialogue  is  a  literary  achievement  of  a  very  high  order. 
Novelists  and  playwrights  put  us  off  with  symbols  and  adum- 
brations. Mr.  Lewis  has  given  literary  permanence  to  the 
speech  of  his  time  and  section.  But  the  dialogue  in  "Main 
Street"  is  anything  but  literature  in  the  sense  of  Verlaine;  it 
is  living  talk.  When  Dr.  Kennicott  declares  (to  take  an  in- 
ferior but  brief  and  quotable  example)  that  "Miss  Sherwin  in 
the  high  school  is  a  regular  wonder — reads  Latin  like  I  do 
English,"  we  know  where  we  are.  We  know  that  we  have 
heard  that  very  remark  in  Springfield  or  Peoria  and  have  heard 
it  from  a  physician.  To  produce  such  authenticity  of  speech 
once  or  twice  would  be  merely  clever;  never  to  miss  it  in  four 
hundred  and  fifty  pages  is  magnificent. 

In  building  his  book  Mr.  Lewis  has  not  permitted  his  larger 
purpose  to  crowd  or  distort  the  things  that  were  actually  to  be 
communicated.  His  thesis  is  the  standardization  of  the  innume- 
rable Main  Streets  of  our  small  towns,  the  savorless  flatness  of 
that  life,  the  complete  substitution  of  the  mechanical  for  the 
vital,  the  tawdry  spiritual  poverty  of  a  people  that  "has  lost 
the  power  of  play  as  well  as  the  power  of  impersonal  thought," 
and  the  menacing  extension,  like  a  creeping  paralysis,  of  this 
form  of  existence,  so  that  the  Minnesota  Swedes  exchange  "their 
spiced  puddings  and  red  jackets  for  fried  pork-chops  and  con- 
gealed white  blouses,"  and  trade  "the  ancient  Christmas  hymns 
of  the  fjords  for  'She's  my  Jazzland  Cutie.'  "  He  has  a  stern 
enough  sense  of  the  danger  of  what  Alice  Meynell  once  called 
"decivilization"  and  of  the  incredible  arrogance  of  the  actors  in 
that  process.  He  has  notes  toward  an  "American  Credo" 
(pp.  152-3  and  244-5)  that  should  be  inscribed  on  tables  of  brass 
as  both  record  and  warning.  But  he  is  never  tempted  into  the 
didactic  or  prophetic.  His  business  is  with  Gopher  Prairie, 
Minn.  He  makes  nothing  symbolical;  he  lets  it  be  so.  He 
neither  strays  nor  preaches.  His  method  is  undeviatingly  crea- 
tive; he  is  secure  in  the  knowledge  that  to  show  things  truly  is 
to  show  them  up. 

His  people  are  many  and  they  have  not  only  mobility,  the 
appearance  of  gesture  and  speech  that  come  from  an  inner 
impulse;  they  have  the  rarer  quality  of  solidity;  they  detach 
themselves  from  the  page  and  are  in  space,  smelling  of  flesh  and 
hair,  cloth  and  leather.  Carol  Kennicott,  through  whose  sensi- 
tive and  feebly  rebellious  soul  we  see  Gopher  Prairie,  is  not  the 
most  exact  or  convincing.  But  Dr.  Will  and  Sam  Clark,  Mrs. 
Bogart  and  her  son  Cy,  Vida  Sherwin  and  the  "Red  Swede," 
Professor  Mott  and  the  Rev.  Zitterel — these  are  all  triumphs. 
There  are  no  minor  characters.  Some  are  more  involved  in  poor 
Carol's  adventures  and  some  less.  But  we  know  the  Harry  Hay- 
docks  and  the  Jack  Elders  and  even  the  Nels  Erdstroms  as  well 
as  we  do  Guy  or  Erik.  It  is  a  richly  peopled  world — a  world 
that  may  become  some  day  like  the  worlds  of  Fielding  or  Haupt- 
mann.  Mr.  Lewis,  unlike  the  masters  with  whose  beginnings  his 
present  work  may  justly  be  compared,  has  done  a  good  deal  of 
shoddy  work  in  his  time.  Was  he  not  even  responsible  for  a 
certain  play  called  "Hobohemia"?  He  is  making  a  full  atone- 
ment. "Main  Street"  would  add  to  the  power  and  distinction 
of  the  contemporary  literature  of  any  country.  He  must  not 
again  forget  the  responsibility  which  his  talent  involves,  nor  his 
own  sure  knowledge  that  our  literature  and  our  civilization 
need  just  such  books  as  this. 

The  appearance  of  "Main  Street"  at  almost  the  same  moment 
as  "Poor  White"  tends,  somewhat  unjustly  no  doubt,  to  dull  the 
impression  of  Mr.  Anderson's  book.  His  period  is  a  slightly 
earlier  one;  his  scene  Ohio  instead  of  Minnesota.  But  his  theme 
is  the  same;  a  civilization  in  which  the  clutter  of  cheap  and  ugly 
things  has  crippled  and  drained  dry  the  souls  of  men.  But 
where  Mr.  Lewis  shows,  Mr.  Anderson  only  tells.  And  neither 
his  description  nor  his  narrative  cling  or  bite.  He  shifts  his 
narrative  method  and  changes  his  point  of  attack  and  convinces 


us  of  both  his  earnestness  and  his  knowledge.  But  neither 
Columbus  nor  Bidwell  nor  the  farm  are  creatively  there.  The 
best  scenes  are  the  early,  Southern  ones.  Later  the  sensory 
perceptions,  and  hence  the  vividness  of  the  things  to  be  rendered, 
seem  to  become  dulled.  Hugh  McVey,  moreover,  is  romantically 
and  symbolically  conceived.  Clara  is  concreter.  But  the  defi- 
niteness  of  both  characters  and  events  is  blunted  by  structural 
looseness  and  a  diction  that  alternates  between  the  pretentious 
and  the  mean.  In  veracity  and  intellectual  honesty  Mr.  Ander- 
son's book  is  incomparably  superior  to  most  of  our  novels.  But 
compared  to  "Main  Street"  it  lacks  fire  and  edge,  lucidity  and 
fulness. 


Alaska 


A    Winter   Circuit   of  Our  Arctic   Coast.     By   Hudson   Stuck. 

Charles  Scribner's  Sons. 
The  Land  of  Tomorrow.    By  William  B.  Stephenson,  Jr.   George 

H.  Doran  Company. 
IT  UDSON  STUCK,  Archdeacon  of  the  Yukon  and  the 
■*  *■  Arctic,  was  of  the  tribe  that  leavens  our  era,  an  explorer 
for  souls  to  save,  for  bodies  to  cleanse;  a  fighting  priest  who 
hearkened  to  the  whisper  of  the  weakest  of  the  whites  of  the 
tundra  and  the  beach,  but  who  would  face  the  polar  bear  on  the 
hummocked  floe  to  help  one  of  his  charges.  Any  long-time  resi- 
dent of  Alaska  realizes  the  real  impossibility  of  covering  in  one 
book  a  land  which  from  strange  frozen  seas  sweeps  south  many 
leagues  to  warm  westward  isles  where  the  breath  of  the  Japan 
current  fills  the  air.  But  Stuck,  in  his  fourth  book  on  Alaskan 
travel,  wrote  an  absorbing  narrative  of  a  six  months'  journey 
by  dog-sled  round  the  entire  Arctic  coast,  that  bleak  top  of  the 
world  where  the  ink  freezes  as  it  issues  from  the  fountain  pen 
and  the  winter  lights  play  above  vast  plains  of  sterile  white. 

There  is  a  quiet  and  peculiar  charm,  distinctly  of  the  North, 
in  this  narrative  of  what  would  have  been,  to  many  riien,  monot- 
onous day-to-day  travel.  To  the  Archdeacon,  whose  mind  was 
a  storehouse  of  remembrances,  even  the  grimmest  and  dreariest 
incident  of  the  trail  was  enough  to  set  him  off  on  brief  but 
delightful  excursion  into  the  unexpected.  When  his  party 
comes  upon  the  frozen  body  of  a  dog  which  had  been  set  up  on 
its  feet  in  the  snow  by  the  trail,  the  author  records  the  sniffing 
of  each  malamute  in  his  own  teams  at  this  grisly  Eskimo  joke, 
and  then,  presto,  he  is  off  on  the  modus  operandi  of  the  sense  of 
smell;  there  comes  a  tantalizing  glimpse  of  Fabre's  insect  lore 
and  a  whiff  of  musk  from  the  days  of  Marie  Antoinette,  before 
the  Archdeacon  again  "hits  the  trail."  Despite  the  introduction 
of  much  history  and  some  philosophy  born  of  the  silent  places 
of  the  North,  the  writer  was  nothing  if  not  practical,  and  his 
book,  though  written  primarily  to  set  forth  the  general  condi- 
tion and  needs  of  the  Eskimo,  might  be  used  as  a  handbook  on 
Arctic  travel. 

He  pays  tribute  to  the  malamute,  without  which  travel  in  the 
Arctic  would  be  impossible,  notwithstanding  the  growing  use  of 
reindeer  for  this  purpose  in  some  localities;  and  there  are  some 
sidelights  on  the  sport  of  dog-racing  in  the  North — notably  at 
Nome.  Alaskans,  adventurers  and  gamblers  all,  must  bet  on 
something,  and  ordinary  gambling  is  denied  them  by  law.  The 
Archdeacon  writes  with  sorrow  that  the  pure-bred  malamute  is 
becoming  a  thing  of  the  past,  owing  to  the  crossing  with  bird- 
dogs,  hounds,  and  others,  in  the  effort  to  secure  speed.  "The 
malamute  dog  has  been  virtually  bred  out  of  existence  to  make 
a  Nome  holiday,"  and  the  resultant  breed,  though  noted  for 
speed,  cannot  stand  up  under  the  hardships  of  the  long  trail. 

Archdeacon  Stuck  in  his  long,  earnest  work  among  the  natives 
of  the  North  did  more,  perhaps,  than  any  other  man  to  redeem 
the  Eskimo  from  the  debauching  influence  of  the  renegade  whites 
of  the  old  whaling  days,  when  there  was  "neither  law  of  God 
nor  man  north  of  Fifty-three."  Of  the  Eskimos  he  says  they 
are  the  "truest,  the  cheeriest,  the  most  industrious,  the  most 
hospitable,  and  altogether  the  most  winning  native  people"  he 


538 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


has  any  knowledge  of.  He  relates  much  of  interest  about  their 
manner  of  life,  their  whaling,  otter-,  seal-  and  polar  bear-hunt- 
ing, their  igloos,  education,  marriage  customs,  and  dancing. 
One  is  rather  surprised  to  learn  that  the  Archdeacon,  unlike 
most  of  the  clergy,  was  pleased  with  the  native  dancing  and 
believed  it  should  be  encouraged.  Another  surprise  is  that 
along  with  the  gospel  has  come  the  thermos  bottle  and  solidified 
alcohol,  both  now  considered  necessities  by  the  up-to-date 
Eskimo,  and  both  a  great  comfort  in  that  frigid  country. 

Another  interesting  though  quite  different  book  on  Alaska 
is  "The  Land  of  Tomorrow,"  by  William  B.  Stephenson,  Jr.  Mr. 
Stephenson  was  formerly  United  States  Commissioner  at  St. 
Michael,  an  important  post  near  the  mouth  of  the  Yukon  River. 
He  has  written  an  excellent  book  of  general  information  about 
those  portions  of  Alaska  where  the  white  man  has  settled,  and 
with  considerable  artistry  he  has  managed  to  put  into  his  book 
some  of  the  lure,  the  freedom,  and  the  thrill  of  life  in  that  land 
of  the  last  fronti-er,  that  country  of  the  will-o'-the-wisp  and  the 
blood-red  midnight  sun  that  doubles  back  on  its  trail  when  the 
year  is  at  its  full.  Along  with  much  valuable  information  of 
interest  to  one  intending  to  settle  in  the  North,  Mr.  Stephenson 
gives  us  Alaska  in  the  summer,  with  the  woods  and  tundra 
athrill  with  flowers  and  sunshine;  the  great  volcanoes  and  the 
vast  coal  and  oil  deposits;  the  fox-ranches  and  canneries;  the 
copper  ledges  and  gold  mines.  He  tells  of  the  "iron  trails" 
through  the  wilderness,  the  result  of  some  of  the  most  brilliant 
feats  of  engineering  the  world  has  known.  He  gives  us  Alaska 
of  the  totem-pole  and  the  basket,  of  old  carved  ivory  and  quaint 
Indian  villages  hidden  in  crescent  coves.  In  short,  he  has  writ- 
ten a  book  which  even  the  Alaskan  "sour-dough,"  who  has  long 
ceased  to  expect  that  anything  true  shall  be  written  of  his  coun- 
try, would  not  only  read  with  interest  and  approval,  but  would 
actually  go  out  and  buy  for  himself. 

Frederick  O'Brien 


Notes  and  News 


1/ 


THE  reference  in  a  Nation  editorial  of  the  issue  of  October  6 
to  certain  neglected  American  books  has  brought  numerous 
inquiries  regarding  these  books,  which  it  appears  are  so  much 
neglected  that  a  large  number  of  Nation  readers  have  never 
heard  of  them.  Americans  cannot  be  said  to  deserve  a  litera- 
ture if  they  overlook  what  is  good  in  what  they  have.  And  yet 
our  critics  and  guides  have  been  remiss,  certainly  as  remiss  as 
the  publishers,  who  are  anxious  to  give  their  readers  what  they 
want  if  they  want  it.  John  Woolman's  Journal  is  included  in 
Everyman's  Library  (Dutton),  but  Samuel  Sewall's  Diary  re- 
mains buried  in  the  Collections  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical 
Society,  from  which  at  least  a  small  volume  ought  by  all  means 
to  be  extracted  for  popular  amusement.  The  Scribners  have 
recently  published  in  "Benjamin  Franklin  and  Jonathan  Ed- 
wards" a  selection  of  the  writings  of  those  worthies  edited  by 
the  Literary  Editor  of  The  Nation.  Frank  Cushing's  "Zuni  Folk 
Tales"  was  published  by  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 
Davy  Crockett's  Autobiography  is  out  of  print  except  in  various 
incomplete  versions  intended  for  boys,  but  a  new  and  sound 
text  will  be  issued  about  the  beginning  of  the  new  year.  Uncle 
Remus  appears  at  his  best  in  "Uncle  Remus  and  His  Friends" 
(Houghton  Mifflin).  The  vivid  lyrics  of  Emily  Dickinson  are 
published  by  Little  Brown,  and  those  of  Father  Tabb,  who  ap- 
pears from  various  publishers,  may  perhaps  best  be  read  in  a 
volume  of  selections  issued  by  Small  Maynard.  "Typee"  and 
"Omoo"  and  "Moby  Dick"  are  of  course  all  by  that  remarkable 
genius  Herman  Melville,  and  are  all  in  the  Everyman  Library — 
an  English  series,  Melville  having  always  been  neglected  by  his 
countrymen.  His  "Mardi"  has  never  been  reprinted  since  its 
first  appearance  in  1849,  for  all  its  elaborate  quaintness  and 
fantastic   energy.     Charles    Warren    Stoddard's   "Idyls    of   the 


ALFRED  '  A  '  KNOPF 

{^♦!PM^*^ll^*5MI^*3Hll^*5MI^*3^ll^*3BllB5i31IW>31lll5tS,l 


2,2,0  W.  42  Street,  NEW  YORK' 


l5t:SU^^II^*2BSI,i^*^BllB5*5B||«5*2B||B?:*5"Hg?*5all«5*2ai||B?*3ai 


SAN  CRISTOBAL  de  la  HABANA  by  Joseph  Hergesh 


eimer 


WHILE  "San  Cristobal  de  la  Habana"  is  undoubtedly  written  about  the  city  of  Havana,  it  would  be  vain  to 
search  its  pages  for  the  details  of  government,  history,  or  statistics.     It  surrenders  at  the  outset  all  pretence 
of  useful  information  and  improving  facts.     Here  a  daiqueri  cocktail  is  more  important  than  the  bones  of 
Christopher  Columbus — a  cigar,  perhaps,  is  the  principal  monument.     A  charming  figure  on  a  balcony,   a  tiled  patio 
with  myrtles,  the  insistent  music  of  the  danzon,  are  the  bright  threads  from  which  it  is  spun.     .     .     .     The  record 
of  a  happy  impression  of  a  city  elusively  lovely,  an  affair  of  marble  whiteness  under  the  formal  greenery  of  royal 

($3.50  net) 


palms  on  a  sea  reaching  fantastically  blue  from  its  promenade  wall  and  parks. 


HUNGER   by  Knut  Hamsun 

Translated  from  the  Norwegian  by  George  Egerton  with  an  introduction 
by  Edwin  Bjorknian 

Hamsun,  who  has  just  been  awarded  the 
Nobel  Prize  for  1920,  is  unquestionably  the 
greatest  Scandinavian  writer  since  Ibsen.  His 
books  have  been  translated  into  twenty-three 
languages.  "Hunger"  is  his  first  novel  to  be 
published  in  America.  It  should  bring  him  the 
reputation   here   which   he  deserves.       ($2.00) 


THE  FOUNDATIONS  o/SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

by  James  Mickel  Williams 


PREJUDICES :    Second  Series 
by  H.  L.  Mencken 

Here  are  discourses  on  journalism  in  the 
United  States,  on  Theodore  Roosevelt,  on  the 
curious  aesthetic  moratorium  prevailing  in  the 
South,  on  the  fundamental  psychology  of 
Prohibition,  and  on  the  mental  processes  of 
the  American  professor.  There  is  also  a  very 
Menckenesque  essay  on  death,  and  a  short  sec- 
tion on  women— a  sort  of  appendix  to  the  author's  In  Defense  of 
Women.  ($2.50  net) 


THE    FORZOI    1920 


is  a  unique  and  interesting  little 
book,  a  record  of  five  years'  pub- 
lishing. It  contains  original  con- 
tributions (never  before  '  pub- 
lished) by  Joseph  Hergesheimer, 
Willa  Cather,  H.  L.  Mencken, 
Carl  Van  Vechten,  and  others ;  a 
Who's  Who  of  Borzoi  authors;  a 
catalog  of  all  Borzoi  books;  and 
much  other  valuable  matter.  Pro- 
fusely illustrated  and  attractively 
printed  and  bound — and  the  price 
is  only  one   dollar. 


Altogether  neglected  and  yet  of  greatest  im- 
portance is  the  psychological  basis  of  the  social 
sciences — the  "human  aspect"  of  modern  in- 
dustrial and  political  problems;  and  this  is 
what  Professor  Williams  attacks  in  a  revolu- 
tionary yet  thoroughly  scientific  book.  Charles 
A.  Beard,  comparing  it  to  James  Madison's 
tenth  number  of  The  Federalist,  says:  "No- 
body can  read  the  book  without  learning 
something  important.  Those  who  will  dis- 
agree most  violently  can  learn  the  most,  if 
they  will."  ($6.00  net) 

^]J  The  first  reviews,  which  have  just  corn- 
el menced  to  come  in,  are  unusually  su- 
perlative and  point  to  the  importance  and 
distinction  of  three  new  publications  — 
YOUTH  AND  THE  BRIGHT  MEDUSA,  by 
Willa  Cather,  author  of  "My  Antonia"($2.50) ; 
MOONCALF,  Floyd  Dell's  first  novel  ($2.50);  and  SEVEN 
MEN,  by  Max  Bcerbohm  (first  edition  2,000  numbered  copies, 
with  six  hitherto  unpublished  illustrations  by  Max).     ($4.00) 


j    ....     .         .  „,,,,,,  ,^„^„  '  U,U1C11U  unpuDiisnca  illustrations  by  Max).     ($4.00) 

A   thirty-two  page  illustrated  booklet  on  JOSEPH  HERGESHEIMER  has  been  brinted  hv  Mr    V»n*t  „~a  l    z.  j  / 

pamed  by  ten  cents  in  stamps  to  cover  postage,  or  free  from  any  bookseller.  *  Pf       *  m°y  be  h°d  °H  """"*  aCCOm~ 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


539 


South  Seas"  may  be  read  in  a  Scribner  edition  with  a  charming 
introduction  by  William  Dean  Howells.  Certain  of  Thoreau's 
essays  on  public  affairs  are  being  collected  for  mid-winter  pub- 
lication. E.  W.  Howe's  "Story  of  a  Country  Town"  has  re- 
cently been  reissued  by  the  Harpers.  Emerson's  essay  on 
Illusions  is  in  the  volume  called  "The  Conduct  of  Life";  Haw- 
thorne's Seven  Vagabonds  may  be  found  in  his  "Twice  Told 
Tales"  and  his  Ethan  Brand  in  "The  Snow-Image."  Henry 
James's  remarkable  short  stories — The  Lesson  of  the  Master, 
The  Next  Time,  The  Altar  of  the  Dead — are  all  in  the  New 
New  York  edition  (Scribner).  "The  Leatherwood  God"  (Cen- 
tury) is  by  William  Dean  Howells;  "The  Mysterious  Stranger" 
(Harper)  by  Mark  Twain;  "Winesburg,  Ohio"  (Huebsch) 
by  Sherwood  Anderson;  "North  of  Boston"  (Holt)  and  "Moun- 
tain Interval"  (Holt)  by  Robert  Frost;  "Mont  St.  Michel  and 
Chartres"  (Houghton  Mifflin)  by  Henry  Adams;  "Xingu  and 
Other  Stories"  (Scribner)  by  Edith  Wharton;  "Twelve  Men" 
(Boni  and  Liveright)  by  Theodore  Dreiser;  "The  Fugitive 
Blacksmith"  (Century)  by  Charles  D.  Stewart. 

AN  ambitious  piece  of  social  portraiture  is  "The  Influence 
of  Oversea  Expansion  on  England  to  1700,"  by  James 
E.  Gillespie,  Ph.D.  (Columbia  University  Studies  in  History, 
Economics,  and  Public  Law:  Longmans,  Green).  The  au- 
thor's interesting  ambition  is  to  describe  both  by  generaliza- 
tion and  in  detail  the  effect  on  English  manners,  morals,  in- 
dustry, philosophy,  and  art  of  foreign  food,  drink,  clothing, 
jewelry,  metals,  moneys,  and  ideas  during  the  sixteenth  and 
seventeenth  centuries.  He  handles  large  quantities  of  fascinat- 
ing material  with  dexterity  and  good  sense. 

Drama 

Ripeness  and  Youth 

HP  HE  firm  but  intricate  dramaturgic  pattern  of  John  Gals- 
*■  worthy's  "The  Skin  Game"  shows  up  clearly  and  beautifully 
in  the  production  at  the  Bijou  Theater.  He  has  written  more 
resonantly  for  the  stage;  he  has  never  written  more  delicately 
or  precisely.  He  has  never,  assuredly,  merged  the  symbolic 
so  completely  with  the  plainly  human  or  an  allegory  with  a 
plot.  That  the  allegory  was  there  one  suspected  from  the  pub- 
lished version  of  the  play;  the  representation  removes  all  doubt. 
We  shall  not  say  that  the  Hillcrists  are  England  or  the  Horn- 
blowers  Germany  or  their  conflict  the  World  War.  Galsworthy's 
intention  was  neither  quite  so  crude  nor  quite  so  ambitious. 
What  his  imagination  saw  was  a  small  and  transitory  quarrel 
in  a  backwater  of  life  which  was  carried  on  on  the  same  terms, 
had  its  origin  in  the  same  human  traits  and  circumstances, 
and  led  to  a  similar  and  undividedly  tragic  end.  The  Hill- 
crists are  fine  and  true,  but  not  fine  and  true  enough  to  assume 
the  office  of  arbiters  and  enemies  of  change.  Hornblower  is 
rude  and  pushing  and  swaggeringly  ambitious.  But  his  quali- 
ties are  rooted  in  profound  human  needs.  He  is,  after  all,  but 
a  Hillcrist  of  several  generations  ago.  Not  being  glutted,  he 
is  hungry.  Thus  his  defeat  lends  him  a  tragic  quality.  To 
be  sure,  he  fought  from  the  beginning  as  best  he  could,  and 
Hillcrist  sincerely  desired  to  fight  like  a  gentleman.  But  it  is 
not  long  before  he  and  his  are  likewise  hitting  below  the  belt. 
Neither  gentility  nor  rusticity  can  stand  the  fire  of  conflict. 
Bitterness  and  humiliation  are  its  end. 

The  production  is  one  of  the  most  harmonious  that  our  stage 
has  known.  It  has,  what  is  so  rare,  the  rhythm  of  life  quickened 
and  abbreviated  by  art  and  not  the  vicious  noise  of  the  theater. 
Thus  the  figure  of  Chloe,  played  by  Miss  Josephine  Victor,  is 
a  scarlet  splash  on  the  steady  and  subdued  gray  of  the  play's 
texture.  But  it  is  not  isolated  or  heightened  to  a  false  promi- 
nence. It  rises  from  the  life  of  the  action  and  melts  back  into 
that  life  which  goes  on  briefly  but  with  no  loss  of  significance 
after  the  girl's  tragic  act.  No  attempt  is  made,  on  the  other 
hand,  to  obliterate  the  full  human  presence  of  characters  who, 


from  the  point  of  view  of  ordinary  stage-management,  are 
secondary.  Thus  it  is  fruitful  to  watch  here  Mr.  A.  Bowyer's 
excellent  portrayal  of  Dawker.  The  man,  too,  has  his  intense 
moment — of  a  very  earthy  intensity,  no  doubt.  But  that  mo- 
ment is  given  its  full  value  within  the  human  economy  of  the 
play.  Mr.  Marsh  Allen's  Hillcrist  is  a  little  febrile,  but  whole- 
hearted and  not  without  charm;  Mr.  Herbert  Lomas's  Horn- 
blower  has  the  right  impulsiveness  and  rudeness  and  exhibits 
impressively  in  the  last  scene  the  inner  hurt  from  which  he 
suffers.  Miss  Joan  Maclean  as  Jill  is  like  an  arrow — strong 
and  slim  and  vibrant.  She  is  both  sharp  and  sweet,  boyishly 
virginal  yet  warmly  human.  Jill  is  one  of  Galsworthy's  hap- 
piest creations;  Miss  Maclean's  acting  of  the  part  is  one  of  the 
happiest  experiences  of  recent  seasons. 

It  is  not  a  little  depressing  to  turn  to  the  production  of  Max 
Halbe's  "Youth"  at  the  Greenwich  Village  Theater.  One  has 
difficulty  in  believing  that  Mr.  Reicher  was  indeed,  as  the  play 
bill  asserts,  responsible  for  it.  The  stage-setting  and  the  light- 
ing are  good.  Everything  else  is  irremediably  wrong.  As  a 
result  the  influential  critics  of  the  daily  press  jeered.  Why 
should  they  not?  Their  knowledge  of  the  modern  drama  is 
unfortunately  imperfect;  they  betray  the  possession  of  small 
French  and  less  German.  Mr.  Heywood  Broun,  who  is  a  man 
of  wit  and  sense,  thinks  that  a  good  production  might  have 
revealed  in  "Youth"  qualities  akin  to  those  in  "Fruhlings 
Erwachen."  As  if  there  could  be  anything  in  common  between 
the  acrid,  neurotic,  self-tormenting  passion  of  Wedekind  and 
the  elegiac  lyricism  of  Halbe!  "Jugend,"  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
is  a  play  with  a  touch  of  immortal  beauty.  It  employs  homely 
devices;  it  ends  absurdly.  No  one  has  ever  questioned  that 
since  its  appearance  in  1898.  But  nowhere  else  in  all  litera- 
ture has  the  sting  of  adolescence,  the  pang  of  youth,  its  yearn- 
ing and  its  pathos,  been  expressed  with  a  note  more  clear  or 
piercing.  The  scenes  between  Annchen  and  Hans  are  in  the 
original  magical  and  haunting.  To  have  been  young  and  then 
to  have  heard  or  read  those  scenes  and  have  remembered  one's 
own  youth — that,  too,  is  a  major  experience  in  one's  contact 
with  the  modern  literature  of  the  theater.  Perhaps,  indeed, 
it  is  an  experience  that  goes  deeper  than  one's  admiration  for 
the  balance,  the  just  perfection,  the  noble  but  intellectualized 
workmanship  of  "The  Skin  Game." 

But  in  this  production  whatever  is  not  blundering  is  per- 
verse. The  atmosphere  of  the  play  is  as  sweet  but  also  as 
sharp  and  pure  as  an  early  spring  wind  in  a  northern  land. 
Father  Hoppe  is  impassioned  but  self-governed,  kindly  and 
sardonic  by  turns,  aglow  with  virility  despite  his  sixty-two 
years.  That  is  why  he  speaks  of  crushing  the  Polish  priest 
with  his  peasant  fists.  Mr.  Adolph  Link  makes  him  a  senti- 
mental dotard  and  thus  hopelessly  wrenches  the  moral  equili- 
brium of  the  action  from  the  first.  Similarly  Halbe's  Father 
Schigorski  is  a  cold  and  gloomy  zealot.  But  he  is  honest  and 
sincere.  Mr.  Reese  makes  him  another  sentimentalist  and  at- 
tributes to  him  a  furtive  eroticism  of  which  Halbe  never 
dreamed.  Thus  instead  of  two  men  we  have  two  wretched 
Broadway  puppets,  blurred,  sweetish,  and  unclean.  What 
chance  have  the  need  and  bitter  purity  of  youth's  instincts  in 
an  atmosphere  created  by  a  senile  sentimentalist  and  an  erotic 
semi-villain?  Miss  Lois  Churchill  as  Annchen  has  moments 
that  are  almost  girlish;  Mr.  Sheffield  as  Hans  has  a  few  that 
recall  the  pathos  of  youth's  ignorant  idealism.  But  all  these 
moments  are  brief.  Instead  of  a  Gretchen  and  a  young  dreamer 
and  lover  we  have — ugly  but  unavoidable  words — a  flapper  and 
a  half-back.  It  is  like  translating  Homer  into  the  fashion  of 
Forty-Second  Street.  It  is  Briseis  in  a  "harem  skirt,"  and  the 
young  Telemachus  with  a  frat-pin.  The  spectacle  is  heart- 
rending and  ignoble.  Mr.  Reicher  remains  a  wise  and  gifted 
director  and  "Youth"  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  moving 
plays  in  the  world.  But  to  stain  and  cheaply  to  sophisticate 
simple  and  eternal  things  is  like  tricking  out  violets  in  spangles 
or  substituting  near-beer  for  dew. 

Ludwig  Lewisohn 


International  Relations  Section 


The  British  Coal  Strike 

THE  demand  made  of  the  Government  by  the  Miners' 
Federation  on  July  7,  1920,  was  for  an  immediate  re- 
duction of  14s.  2d.  per  ton  in  the  price  of  household  coal, 
and  an  advance  in  wages  of  2s.  per  day  flat  rate  for  adults 
over  eighteen  years  old,  Is.  between  eighteen  and  sixteen, 
and  9d.  below  sixteen.  On  July  26  Sir  Robert  Home  an- 
nounced for  the  Government  that  these  terms  could  not  be 
met,  and  one  month  later,  August  25-26,  the  result  of  the 
first  strike  ballot  was  announced  as  606,782  for  a  strike  and 
238,865  against.  September  25  was  decided  on  by  the  con- 
ference of  miners'  delegates  as  the  date  when  the  strike  was 
to  begin.  Meanwhile  conferences  were  being  held  between 
the  miners'  representatives,  the  owners,  and  the  Govern- 
ment, and  on  September  17,  at  the  Board  of  Trade  Confer- 
ence, the  Government  made  a  tentative  offer  of  a  wage  ad- 
vance based  strictly  on  output.  That  offer  was  developed 
more  fully  by  Mr.  Lloyd  George  in  a  letter  to  Mr.  Robert 
Smillie  on  September  23.  This  letter,  with  subsequent 
letters  from  Mr.  Smillie  and  the  Prime  Minister,  were 
printed  in  the  Daily  Herald  (London)  for  September  24. 
The  text  follows. 

Dear  Mr.  Smillie:  On  perusing  the  report  of  yesterday's 
interview  I  gather  the  impression  that  while  the  Miners'  Execu- 
tive is  not  averse  in  principle  from  basing  an  increase  of  wages 
on  output,  it  has  some  difficulty  in  presenting  to  its  delegates  a 
proposal  which  is  at  present  only  in  outline. 

The  Government  has  great  hesitation  in  attempting  to  make 
a  detailed  scheme  for  the  reasons  so  well  stated  by  Mr.  Smillie 
— that  increased  production  depends  not  merely  on  the  miners 
but  on  the  cooperation  of  the  owners  with  those  who  work  in 
the  mines.  On  this  ground  the  Government  was  and  is  of 
opinion  that  the  only  satisfactory  method  of  procedure  is  for 
representatives  of  the  owners  and  miners  and  the  Coal  Depart- 
ment to  sit  down  together  and  work  out  the  details.  At  the 
same  time,  I  recognize  the  anxiety  of  your  delegates  to  know 
more  than  at  present  has  been  stated,  and  I  add  to  what  I  said 
yesterday  the  following  explanations  of  what  is  in  the  mind  of 
the  Government. 

There  will  be  fixed  certain  datum  lines  on  which  rates  of 
wages  will  be  calculated  in  the  following  way.  If  output 
reaches : 

x  tons  wages  will  be  increased  by Is.  per  shift 

x  -\-  y  tons    2s.  per  shift 

x  -\-  y  -{-  z  tons    3s.  per  shift 

If  after  increases  have  been  obtained  there  are  subsequent 
diminutions  of  output  the  increases  will  come  off.  It  is  im- 
possible for  us  now  to  say  what  figures  would  be  represented 
by  these  letters.  These  must  obviously  be  arranged  in  confer- 
ence between  representatives  of  the  owners,  miners,  and  the 
Mines  Department,  but  I  think  it  will  be  apparent,  looking  to 
recent  figures  of  output,  that  there  is  so  much  room  for  im- 
provement that  the  miners  can  make  a  certainty  of  increased 
pay. 

To  give  the  scheme  a  beginning  the  figures  of  output  for 
October  will  be  taken,  and  any  increase  in  output  will  be 
remunerated  according  to  the  arrangements  set  out  above,  as 
from  October  1,  payment  being  made  retrospectively. 

These,  as  you  will  understand,  are  only  the  general  outlines 
of  a  scheme  which  might  come  into  effect  for  the  next  quarter. 
There  are  many  other  factors  which  will  require  further  de- 
termination for  the  purposes  of  a  permanent  scheme,  but  these 
can  be  adjusted  by  yourselves  and  the  owners  in  consultation 
with  the  Mines  Department. 


The  results  of  a  coal  strike  would  be  so  serious,  both  for  the 
miners  themselves  and  the  whole  country,  that  I  am  anxious 
to  make  sure  that  it  will  not  occur  on  any  misunderstanding, 
and  if  there  is  anything  in  this  communication  of  which  you 
desire  an  explanation,  the  Government  will  be  glad  to  give  it. 

D.  Lloyd  George. 

Dear  Mr.  Prime  Minister:  Your  letter  of  even  date  delivered 
by  hand  was  duly  placed  before  our  Executive  Committee  today. 

We  thank  you  for  the  additional  information  and  for  the  ex- 
planatory comment  contained  therein. 

Our  Committee  fully  understood  from  their  interviews  with 
both  yourself  and  Sir  Robert  Home  the  nature  of  your  proposals 
for  the  future  regulation  of  wages  in  our  industry.  We  must 
state,  however,  that  the  creation  of  a  scheme  for  the  permanent 
regulation  of  wages  is  a  question  of  such  magnitude  as  demands 
much  thought  and  attention.  Many  meetings  of  the  interests 
concerned  would  be  necessary  and  the  consent  of  our  member- 
ship secured  before  any  scheme  could  be  adopted.  Our  Execu- 
tive repeat  their  assurance  to  the  Government  that  when  the 
present  wage  claim  is  disposed  of  they  will  be  prepared  to 
undertake  an  inquiry  into  the  whole  wage  system  prevailing  in 
the  industry  with  the  view  of  putting  it  upon  a  modern  basis, 
and  which  will  have  to  receive  the  approval  of  the  men  as  a 
whole. 

Robert  Smillie, 
Frank  Hodges. 

Dear  Mr.  Smillie:  I  have  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
your  letter  in  reply  to  the  communication  which  I  sent  you  this 
morning. 

Although  a  scheme  for  the  permanent  regulation  of  wages  in 
the  coal  industry  might  take  a  little  time  to  arrange,  the  pro- 
posal of  the  Government  involved  a  plan  which  could  be  made 
immediately  operative,  and  would  give  to  the  miners  an  in- 
creased rate  of  wages  in  return  for  an  enlarged  output,  which, 
as  you  yourself  are  confident,  can  be  readily  obtained. 

The  plan  proposed  would  meet  your  "present  wage  claim," 
and  in  our  belief  would  give  to  the  miners  great  and  permanent 
advantages,  whilst  contributing  to  the  prosperity  of  the  com- 
munity as  a  whole.  If,  however,  you  still  reject  this  suggestion, 
I  would  remind  you  that  a  peaceful  method  of  settling  the  wage 
claim  is  still  open  to  you  by  a  means  similar  to  that  which  is 
adopted  by  the  railwaymen  and  the  majority  of  your  colleagues 
of  the  Triple  Alliance. 

D.  Lloyd  George. 

The  miners  having  previously  withdrawn  their  demand 
for  a  decrease  in  the  retail  price  of  coal  published  their 
revised  offer  in  the  Manchester  Guardian  for  October  1. 
The  owners'  offer  was  printed  on  the  same  day. 

Miners'  Offer 

1.  The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Miners'  Federation  agree 
that  an  increase  in  the  output  of  coal  is  essential  to  the  well- 
being  of  the  country. 

They  agree  that  output  can  be  improved  by  mutual  goodwill 
between  the  owners  and  workmen,  and  to  give  practical  effect 
to  this  good  will  agree  to  the  setting  up  of  national  and  district 
committees  to  obtain  an  increased  output. 

2.  As  a  temporary  measure  and  until  a  permanent  scheme 
for  the  national  regulation  of  wages  by  means  of  a  national 
wage  board  has  been  agreed  upon  between  owners  and  work- 
men, the  workmen's  side  agrees  to  the  principle  of  a  datum  line. 

3.  For  the  purposes  of  the  present  claim  of  2s.,  Is.,  and  9d. 
per  shift  respectively  the  output  for  the  current  (September) 
quarter  shall  be  accepted  as  the  datum  line.  This  increase  to 
date  as  and  from  July  14,  1920. 

If  the  output  during  the  month  of  October  shows  an  increase 
which  yields  a  tonnage  at  the  rate  of  244  million  tons  per 
annum,  an  additional  advance  of  6d.  per  shift,  with  a  propor- 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


541 


tionate  increase  for  youths  and  boys,  shall   be  payable   from 
November  1. 

When  the  output  in  any  succeeding  month  has  reached  a 
figure  which  yields  a  tonnage  at  the  rate  of  248  million  tons 
per  annum,  then  a  further  increase  of  wages  of  6d.  per  day, 
with  a  proportionate  increase  for  youths  and  boys,  respectively, 
shall  be  payable  as  and  from  the  first  day  of  the  month  follow- 
ing. 

4.  The  number  of  shifts  in  respect  of  which  these  increases 
in  wages  are  paid  shall  be  as  in  the  case  of  the  Sankey  wage. 

5.  These  proposals  as  to  the  payment  of  increased  wages 
are  based  upon  the  existing  number  of  men  employed  at  the 
collieries. 

6.  The  period  from  October  1  to  December  31  next  is  to  be 
regarded  as  an  experimental  financial  period,  and  the  proposals 
now  submitted  are  to  be  subject  to  review  in  the  light  of  the 
financial  results  obtained  from  the  operation  of  this  scheme. 

7.  The  proposed  system  of  relating  wages  to  output  to  apply 
to  all  members  of  the  Miners'  Federation  of  Great  Britain. 

Owners'  Offer 

1.  If  during  the  first  fortnight  in  October  there  is  evidence 
that  the  output  is  in  process  of  materializing  at  the.  rate  of  242 
million  tons  per  annum,  an  output  bonus  of  Is.,  6d.,  and  41/£d. 
per  day,  respectively,  will  be  given; 

if  at  the  rate  of  250  million  tons,  the  output  bonus  shall  be  2s., 
Is.,  and  9d.  per  day,  respectively,  and 

if  at  the  rate  of  260  million  tons,  the  output  bonus  shall  be 
3s.,  Is.  6d.,  and  Is.  %d.  per  day,  respectively — all  as  from 
October  1. 

If,  however,  it  is  found  that  at  the  end  of  October  the  respec- 
tive outputs  before  referred  to  have  been  forthcoming,  the  cor- 
responding output  bonus  will  be  paid  as  from  October  1  in 
respect  of  such  output.  For  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the 
annual  rate  of  output  a  fortnight's  output  shall  be  multiplied 
by  twenty-six. 

2.  An  adjustment  having  been  made  in  respect  of  the  output 
bonus  found  to  be  payable  as  against  the  rate  of  output  produced 
in  the  period  of  the  first  fortnight  in  October  or  for  the  whole 
month  of  October,  thereafter  periods  of  four  weeks  shall  be 
taken  upon  which  future  adjustments  of  output  bonus  shall  be 
based  in  relation  to  the  corresponding  output  herein  agreed 
upon,  and  the  output  bonus  thereby  determined  shall  be  paid 
as  from  the  commencement  of  the  first  pay  following  the  close 
of  that  period  until  the  output  bonus  is  again  revised  under  the 
scale  of  output  and  bonus  hereby  agreed. 

Within  the  principle  herein  laid  down  it  would  be  understood 
that  the  output  bonus  determined  in  respect  of  the  month  of 
October  would  apply  during  the  month  of  November  pending 
the  ascertainment  of  figures  at  the  end  of  the  four  weeks  re- 
ferred to.  The  ascertainment  of  the  figures  for  November  will 
determine  the  output  bonus  applicable  to  December. 

3.  The  number  of  shifts  in  respect  of  which  this  output 
bonus  payment  is  paid  shall  be  the  same  as  in  the  case  of  the 
Sankey  wage. 

4.  These  proposals  as  to  the  payment  of  an  output  bonus  are 
based  upon  the  existing  number  of  men  employed  at  the  col- 
lieries. 

5.  The  period  from  October  1  to  December  31  next  is  to 
be  regarded  as  an  experimental  financial  period,  and  the  pro- 
posals now  submitted  are  to  be  subject  to  review  in  the  light 
of  the  financial  results  obtained  from  the  operation  of  the 
scheme. 

6.  The  proposed  system  of  output  bonus  payment  is  con- 
fined to  colliery  workers. 

7.  It  is  suggested  that  the  objects  sought  to  be  obtained  by 
this  scheme  will  be  better  secured  by  the  application  of  percent- 
age advances  in  place  of  flat  rate  advances. 

8.  The  owners  are  prepared  to  cooperate  with  the  men  to  the 
fullest  extent  in  setting  up  the  necessary  committees — district 
and  national — to  obtain  an  increased  output. 


The  strike  notices  had  been  suspended  for  one  week,  to 
October  2,  and  on  October  1  the  miners'  delegates  decided 
to  suspend  them  still  further,  and  to  take  a  second  ballot  on 
the  owners'  offer.  Mr.  Smillie  urged  acceptance  of  the 
offer,  but  on  October  11-12,  when  the  second  ballot  was 
taken,  the  vote  stood  181,428  for  acceptance  and  635,098 
against.  Every  effort  at  fairness  was  apparently  made,  the 
owners'  offer  having  been  stated  in  full  on  the  reverse  side 
of  the  ballot.  When  the  result  of  the  vote  was  announced 
the  miners'  delegates  decided  that  October  16  must  stand 
as  the  date  for  the  termination  of  the  strike  notices.  Mr. 
Smillie  notified  the  Prime  Minister  of  this  decision.  His 
letter  and  Mr.  Lloyd  George's  reply,  published  in  the  Lon- 
don Times  for  October  15,  are  reprinted  below. 
Dear  Mr.  Prime  Minister: 

We  are  instructed  by  a  conference  of  the  above  Federation 
to  inform  you  of  the  ballot  vote  of  our  membership,  which  re- 
sulted in  181,428  for  accepting  the  owners'  offer  and  635,098 
against  the  owners'  offer;  or  a  majority  of  77.78  per  cent  of 
the  total  vote  are  against  the  owners'  offer. 

In  view  of  this  overwhelming  majority  the  conference,  which 
is  in  session  today,  decided  that  the  notices  which  have  been 
suspended  on  two  occasions  in  response  to  your  request,  should 
expire  on  Saturday  next,  16th  instant,  and  that  a  cessation  of 
work  should  take  place  after  that  day  with  a  view  to  securing 
an  advance  in  wages  of  2s.  per  shift  for  persons  of  eighteen 
years  and  upwards,  Is.  per  day  for  persons  between  sixteen 
and  eighteen  years  of  age,  and  9d.  per  shift  for  persons  under 
sixteen  years  of  age. 

On  behalf  of  the  Miners'  Federation  of  Great  Britain, 

Robert  Smillie,  President. 
Frank  Hodges,  Secretary. 
Dear  Mr.  Smillie: 

I  have  received  with  the  greatest  possible  regret  your  intima- 
tion that  a  conference  of  the  Miners'  Federation  has  today 
decided  that  work  should  cease  throughout  the  coalfields  of  this 
country  next  Saturday,  with  a  view,  as  you  put  it,  "to  securing 
an  advance  in  wages." 

It  is  impossible  to  conceive  of  any  action  more  likely  to  bring 
about  a  serious  disaster  to  the  trade  of  this  country,  especially 
when  it  is  recollected  that  at  the  present  time  industry  is  con- 
fronted with  great  and  increasing  difficulties,  and  the  prospect 
of  unemployment  amongst  the  masses  of  our  people  is  causing 
grave  anxiety.  Nor  is  it  only  in  these  isles  that  the  injurious 
effect  of  your  action  will  be  felt.  Many  struggling  peoples  on 
the  continent  of  Europe  are  today  dependent  upon  the  supply 
of  coal  which  this  country  is  in  a  position  to  give  to  them,  and 
it  is  impossible  to  exaggerate  the  privations  and  hardships  which 
a  cessation  of  their  supplies  will  bring  upon  them. 

The  Government  has  exhausted  every  effort  to  prevent  this 
calamity.  We  have  suggested  to  your  Federation  two  possible 
remedies. 

In  the  first  place,  we  proposed  that  your  claim  to  an  increase 
of  wages  should  be  referred  to  a  tribunal  peculiarly  fitted  to 
deal  with  the  matter  with  complete  impartiality,  and  experi- 
ence and  knowledge  of  similar  questions.  Such  a  method  of 
settlement  is  now  very  familiar  in  this  country,  and  indeed  it  is 
the  means  of  decision  which  would  most  readily  recommend 
itself  to  civilized  communities.  Many  other  of  the  great  trade 
unions  of  this  country  have  their  wages  questions  settled  in 
this  way,  and  the  majority  of  your  brethren  of  the  Triple  Alli- 
ance resort  to  such  an  arrangement  for  the  decision  of  similar 
questions  which  affect  them.  It  is  significant,  in  connection 
with  the  present  difficulty,  that  some  of  the  most  prominent 
leaders  of  your  Federation  favored  this  method  of  settlement 
and  that  their  proposals  were  supported  by  a  very  large  body 
of  opinion  in  your  delegates'  conference. 

In  the  second  place,  we  put  before  you  a  means  by  which  your 
members  could  be  assured  of  the  increased  wage  which  they  ask 


542 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


by  giving  the  country  once  more  the  measure  of  output  which 
the  mines  yielded  in  the  first  quarter  of  this  year.  You  will 
readily  understand  the  position  of  the  Government  in  this  mat- 
ter, because  you  yourself  have  acknowledged,  on  behalf  of  your 
Federation,  the  anxiety  which  you  feel  over  the  declining  output 
of  coal.  It  is  very  unfortunate  that  recent  increases  in  wages 
have  been  followed  almost  automatically  by  a  reduced  produc- 
tion. In  order  to  arrest  this  decline,  fraught  with  so  much 
danger  to  our  trade  and  commerce,  we  were  willing  to  make 
what  some  would  regard  as  a  generous  arrangement,  so  that 
the  miners  should  have  an  increased  incentive  to  give  the  country 
the  benefit  of  a  larger  supply  of  coal.  To  the  same  end,  we 
obtained  a  pledge  from  the  coal  owners  that  they  would  pro- 
vide every  possible  facility  in  the  way  of  equipment  and  devel- 
opment. If  this  plan  had  been  approved  by  your  members,  it 
would  at  once  have  benefited  them  and  the  great  mass  of  our 
people;  it  would  have  increased  the  revenue  of  the  country  and 
lowered  the  cost  of  living;  it  would  have  provided  cargo  for  our 
outgoing  ships  and  helped  to  pay  for  the  commodities  which, 
as  an  island  people,  we  must  import.  I  cannot  express  too 
strongly  my  disappointment  that  this  proposal  has  been  rejected 
in  your  recent  ballot.     .     .    . 

In  facing  the  trials  which  the  decision  of  your  conference 
today  has  imposed  upon  our  people,  the  country  will  no  doubt 
be  fortified  in  its  determination  to  endure,  by  the  fact  that  the 
proposals  made  by  its  elected  Government  have  received  the 
support  of  the  most  responsible  and  experienced  minds  within 
your  Federation.    .    .     . 

D.  Lloyd  George. 

In  the  course  of  a  speech  to  the  Welsh  National  Liberal 
Federation  on  October  8,  before  the  result  of  the  second 
ballot  was  known,  Mr.  Lloyd  George  discussed  the  position 
of  the  Government  on  the  coal  situation.  The  excerpt 
printed  below  is  taken  from  the  London  Times  for  Octo- 
ber 9. 

.  If  you  won't  mind  me  digressing  for  one  moment  I 
will  refer  to  a  controversy  which  is  going  on  at  the  present 
moment,  and  I  should  like  to  say  one  word  about  it.  There  was 
a  danger  at  one  time  that  the  three  .industries  which  are  more 
intimately  concerned  with  the  vital  necessities  of  life  in  this 
country  than  probably  any  others — the  miners,  the  railwaymen, 
and  the  transport  workers — should  combine  in  a  great  hold-up  of 
the  community.  I  cannot  think  of  any  greater  peril  that  the 
community  could  face.  Well,  I  will  tell  you  quite  simply  my 
view  about  it.  I  am  all  for  strict  fairness,  for  justice,  for  equity 
in  dealing  with  every  demand  which  comes  from  men  who  con- 
tribute to  the  wealth  >f  the  nation,  but  I  am  equally  resolved 
that,  whatever  happens,  you  cannot  surrender  the  rights  of  the 
community  to  any  minority,  however  powerful.  If  a  minority 
can  hold  up  the  community  by  denying  to  them  the  necessities 
of  life,  there  is  an  end  of  democratic  government  in  this  coun- 
try.    .     .     . 

I  am  very  glad  to  see  signs  of  reason  and  common-sense  pre- 
vail. There  are  two  methods  of  settling  the  controversy.  One 
is  by  the  decision  of  an  impartial  tribunal — which  is  the  means 
which  civilization  has  imposed  in  all  disputes  between  indi- 
viduals and  sections  of  the  community,  and  I  hope  to  see  it 
imposed  upon  nations.  The  other  method  suggested,  and  on 
which  the  miners  are  balloting  at  the  present  moment,  is  that 
there  should  be  an  increase  of  wages  corresponding  to  the  in- 
crease in  the  output.  Unfortunately,  the  increase  in  wages  up 
to  the  present  has  resulted  in  a  decrease  in  the  output,  and  a 
very  serious  decrease,  and  the  community  suffered.  All  we  ask 
for  is  that  the  miners  shall  produce  the  same  quantity  of  coal 
as  they  had  produced  the  first  quarter  this  year,  which  shows 
that  it  can  be  done.  The  miners  would  then  get  their  2s.  each. 
If  they  still  increase,  they  will  get  their  half  a  crown  a  day 
extra,  and  if  they  still  increase,  they  will  get  an  increase  of  3s. 
But  it  is  in  return  for  something  that  they  give  to  the  com- 
munity.    .     .     . 


British  Trade  with  Soviet  Russia 

THE  text  follows  of  the  draft  trade  agreement  between 
Great  Britain  and  Soviet  Russia.  The  agreement  was 
made  public  on  October  4  and  has  not  yet  been  ratified  by 
the  British  Government. 

Whereas  it  is  desirable  in  the  interest  both  of  Russia  and  of 
the  United  Kingdom  that  peaceful  trade  and  commerce  should 
be  resumed  forthwith  between  these  countries,  and  whereas  for 
this  purpose  it  is  necessary  pending  the  conclusion  of  a  formal 
treaty  between  the  Governments  of  these  countries,  by  which 
their  permanent  economic  and  political  relations  shall  be  regu- 
lated, that  a  preliminary  agreement  should  be  arrived  at  between 
the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  Russian  Soviet 
Government, 

The  aforesaid  parties  have  accordingly  entered  into  the  fol- 
lowing agreement,  without  prejudice  to  the  view  which  either 
of  them  may  hold  as  to  the  legal  status  of  the  other,  and  subject 
always  to  the  fulfilment  of  the  conditions  specified  in  the  British 
note  dated  June  30,  1920,  and  accepted  in  the  telegram  from  the 
Russian  Soviet  Government,  dated  July  7,  1920,  with  regard  to 
the  mutual  cessation  of  hostilities  and  propaganda  directed 
against  the  institutions  or  interests  of  the  other  party,  and  the 
repatriation  of  prisoners. 

1.  Both  parties  agree  to  remove  forthwith  all  obstacles  hith- 
erto placed  in  the  way  of  the  resumption  of  trade  between  the 
United  Kingdom  and  Russia  in  any  commodities  (other  than 
arms  and  ammunition)  which  may  be  legally  exported  from 
or  imported  into  their  respective  territories  to  or  from  any  for- 
eign country,  and  not  to  exercise  any  discrimination  against 
such  trade  as  compared  with  that  carried  on  with  any  other  for- 
eign country. 

Nothing  in  this  provision  shall  be  construed  as  overriding  the 
provisions  of  any  international  convention  which  is  binding  on . 
either  party,  by  which  the  trade  in  any  particular  article  is 
regulated. 

2.  British  and  Russian  merchant  ships,  their  masters,  crews, 
and  cargoes  shall  in  ports  of  Russia  and  of  the  United  Kingdom 
respectively,  receive  in  all  respects  the  treatment,  privileges, 
facilities,  immunities,  and  protection  which  are  usually  accorded 
by  the  established  practice  of  commercial  nations  to  foreign 
merchant  ships,  their  masters,  crews,  and  cargoes,  visiting  their 
ports. 

Provided  that  nothing  in  this  Article  shall  impair  the  right 
of  either  party  to  take  such  precautions  as  are  authorized  by 
their  respective  laws  with  regard  to  the  admission  of  aliens  into 
their  territories. 

3.  Each  party  may  nominate  such  number  of  its  nationals  as 
may  be  agreed  from  time  to  time  as  being  reasonably  necessary 
to  enable  proper  effect  to  be  given  to  this  agreement,  having 
regard  to  the  conditions  under  which  trade  is  carried  on  in  its 
territories,  and  the  other  party  shall  permit  such  persons  to 
enter  its  territories,  and  to  reside  and  carry  on  trade  there,  pro- 
vided that  either  party  may  restrict  the  admittance  of  any  such 
persons  into  any  specified  areas,  and  may  refuse  admittance  to 
or  sojourn  in  its  territories  to  any  individual  who  is  persona 
non  grata  to  itself,  or  who  does  not  comply  with  this  agreement, 
or  with  the  conditions  precedent  thereto. 

Persons  admitted  in  pursuance  of  this  Article  into  the  terri- 
tories of  either  party  shall,  while  residing  therein  for  purposes 
of  trade,  be  exempted  from  all  compulsory  service  whatsoever, 
whether  civil,  naval,  military,  or  other,  and  from  any  contribu- 
tions, whether  pecuniary  or  in  kind,  imposed  as  an  equivalent 
for  personal  service,  and  shall  have  right  of  egress. 

Persons  admitted  into  Russia  under  this  arrangement  shall  be 
permitted  freely  to  import  commodities  destined  solely  for  their 
household  use  or  consumption. 

4.  Either  party  may  appoint  one  or  more  official  agents  to 
reside  and  exercise  their  functions  in  the  territories  of  the  other, 


Nov.  10, 1920] 


The  Nation 


543 


who  shall  enjoy  all  the  rights  and  the  privileges  set  forth  in  the 
preceding  article,  and  also  immunity  from  arrest,  provided  that 
either  party  may  refuse  to  admit  any  individual  as  an  official 
agent  who  is  persona  non  grata  to  itself,  or  may  require  the 
other  party  to  withdraw  him  should  it  find  it  necessary  to  do 
so  on  grounds  of  public  interest  or  security.  Such  agents  shall 
have  access  to  the  authorities  of  the  country  in  which  they  reside 
for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  the  carrying  out  of  this  agree- 
ment and  of  protecting  the  interests  of  their  nationals. 

Official  agents  shall  be  at  liberty  to  receive  and  dispatch 
couriers  with  sealed  bags  subject  to  a  limitation  of  three  kilo- 
grams per  week,  which  shall  be  exempt  from  examination. 

The  official  agents  shall  be  the  competent  authorities  to  visa 
the  passports  of  persons  seeking  admission,  in  pursuance  of  the 
preceding  Article,  into  the  territories  of  the  parties. 

5.  Each  party  undertakes  to  insure  generally  that  persons 
admitted  into  its  territories  under  the  last  two  Articles  shall 
enjoy  all  protection,  rights,  and  facilities  which  are  necessary  to 
enable  them  to  carry  on  trade. 

They  shall  be  at  liberty  to  communicate  freely  by  post,  tele- 
graph, and  wireless  telegraphy,  and  to  use  telegraph  codes  and 
ciphers,  under  the  conditions  and  subject  to  the  regulations  laid 
down  in  the  International  Telegraph  Convention  of  St.  Peters- 
burg 1875   (Lisbon  Revision  of  1908). 

Each  party  undertakes  to  account  for  and  to  pay  all  balances 
due  to  the  other  in  respect  of  terminal  and  transit  telegrams  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  said  International  Tele- 
graph Convention  and  Regulations. 

6.  Passports,  documents  of  identity,  Powers  of  Attorney,  and 
similar  documents  issued  or  certified  by  the  competent  authori- 
ties in  either  country  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  trade  to  be 
carried  on  in  pursuance  of  this  agreement,  shall  be  treated  in 
the  other  country  as  if  they  were  issued  or  certified  by  the 
authorities  of  a  recognized  foreign  government. 


7.  The  preceding  Articles  shall  continue  in  force  until  the 
expiration  of  six  months  from  the  date  on  which  either  party 
shall  have  given  notice  to  the  other  of  its  intention  to  terminate 
them.  The  parties  mutually  undertake  even  in  the  event  of  such 
notice  having  expired,  to  continue  to  afford  all  the  necessary 
facilities  for  the  completion  or  winding-up  of  any  transactions 
entered  into  in  pursuance  of  such  Articles. 

8.  The  Russian  Soviet  Government  hereby  declares  that  it 
recognizes  its  liability  to  pay  compensation  to  British  subjects 
in  respect  of  goods  supplied  or  services  rendered  to  it  or  to  the 
former  Government  of  Russia,  or  to  Russian  citizens,  for  which 
payment  has  not  been  made  owing  to  the  Russian  Revolution. 
The  detailed  mode  of  discharging  this  liability,  together  with  all 
other  questions  with  regard  to  the  liability  of  each  of  the  parties 
towards  the  other  party  or  its  nationals,  shall  be  regulated  by 
the  treaty  referred  to  in  the  preamble. 

The  British  Government  makes  a  corresponding  declaration. 

9.  In  consideration  of  the  declaration  in  the  preceding  Article 
the  British  Government  hereby  declare  that  they  will  not  take 
or  encourage  any  steps  with  a  view  to  attach  or  to  take  posses- 
sion of  any  gold,  securities,  or  commodities  (not  being  articles 
identifiable  as  the  property  of  the  British  or  of  any  Allied  Gov- 
ernment) which  may  be  exported  by  Russia  in  payment  for  im- 
ports or  as  security  for  such  payment,  on  the  ground  of  any 
claim  against  Russian  citizens,  or  against  the  Russian  Soviet 
Government,  or  against  the  former  Government  of  Russia. 

10.  The  Russian  Soviet  Government  undertakes  to  make  no 
claim  to  dispose  in  any  way  of  the  funds  of  the  late  Russian 
Government  in  London.  The  British  Government  gives  a  cor- 
responding undertaking  as  regards  British  Government  funds  in 
Petrograd. 

This  Article  is  not  to  prejudice  the  inclusion  in  the  formal 
treaty  referred  to  in  the  preamble  of  any  provision  dealing  with 
the  subject  matter  of  this  Article. 


POTTERISM 


is  THE  NOVEL  of  the  season.    Frank  Swinner- 
ton  said: 


"POTTERISM 


by  Rose  Macaulay,  will  be  read  all  over  England" 
(and  it  was).  N.  P.  D.  writes  in  The  New  York 
Globe : 


"POTTERISM 


is  as  fresh  and  breezy  as  if  all  the  windows  were 
open.  Mr.  Liveright  is  a  public  benefactor  in 
publishing  it."     The  New  York  Tribune  says: 


"POTTERISM 


will  certainly  be  read  as  widely  in  this  country 
as  It  has  been  in  England."  And  The  New  York 
Sun,  in  a  two  column  review  on  its  Editorial 
page,  says: 


"POTTERISM 


is  a  novel  of  superlative  cleverness — a  modern 
tabloid  'Vanity  Fair' — it  is  a  delight  to  see  a  thing 
so  well  done." 


LECTURES  by  FRANK  HARRIS 

The  brilliant  editor  of  Pearson's  will  lecture  every  Wednesday 
and  Sunday  at  8.30  p.  m.,  on  famous  men  of  the  past  forty 
years.  Mr.  Harris  knew  intimately  Browning,  Carlyle,  Mere- 
dith, Wagner,  and  many  other  celebrities,  and  speaks  of  them 
most  forcefully  and  interestingly,  giving  many  intimate  per- 
sonal details  never  before  told. 


57  FIFTH  AVENUE 


Admission  $1.00 


ALICE  KAUSER 

1402  BROADWAY 
NEW  YORK 


DRAMATISTS'  AGENT  -  PLAYS 

ESTABLISHED  1895 

Motion  Picture  Department 

R.    L.   GIFFEN,  Associate   Manager 


FRANCIS  HACKETT 

oi  trie 

"NEW  REPUBLIC" 

will   speak  on 

PRESENT  CONDITIONS 


IN  IRELAND 


Garrick  Theatre 

65  West  35th  St. 


Sunday   Eve.,   Nov.   7tn 

8:30  o"  clock 


Tickets  50c  and   $1.00 


544 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2888 


BRENTANOS 

Retail  Book  Department 
Fiftn  Avenue  and  27tn  Street,  New  York  City 

BOOKS  for  THE  ARTIST  and  HOME  BUILDER 


Color  in  Everyday  Life 

A  Manual  for  lay  students,  artisans  and  artists.  By 
Louis  Weinberg.  With  many  plates.     343  pages.  $3.00 

The  Pleasures  of  Collecting 

By  Gardner  Teall.    Fully  illustrated.   328  pages.   $4.00 

By-Paths  in  Curio  Collecting 

By  Arthur  Hay  den.  With  many  plates.  462pages.  $6.50 

The  Housing  Book 

Containing  photographic  reproductions,  with  floor 
plans  of  workingmen's  homes.  By  W.  P.  Comstock. 
With  81  plates.  $3.00 

Where  the  Great  City  Stands 

A  study  in  the  new  civics.  By  C.  R.  Ashbee.  With 
121  plates.  $12.50 

Old  Persian  Carpets  and  Their  Artistic 
Values 

By  Carl  Hopf.    With  colored  plates.  $3.50 

The  Flemish  School. 

With  65  full  page  reproductions.  $1.25 

The  North  Italian  School 

With  48  full  page  reproductions  $1.25 

American  Painting  and  Its  Tradition 

By  J.  C.  Van  Dyke.  Many  reproductions  by  Inness, 
Wyant,  Martin,  Sargent,  Chase  and  others.        $3.00 

Wood-Block  Printing 

A  description  of  the  craft  of  woodcutting  and  colour 
printing  based  on  the  Japanese  practice.  By  F.  M. 
Fletcher.     With  many  plates.  $2.00 

Engraved  Gems,  Signets,  Talismans  and 
Ornamental  Intaglios,  Ancient  and 
Modern 


By  D.   Osborne, 
reproductions. 


With  32  plates  and  hundreds  of 

$6.00 


Old  English  Mansions 

Edited    by    Charles    Holme, 
plates. 


Illustrated    with    60 
$5.00 


Flats,  Urban  Houses  and  Cottage  Homes 

Edited  by  W.  Shaw  Sparrow.    Profusely  illustrated, 
including  interiors  and  some  plates  in  color.       $4.00 


Postage  Additional 

BRENTANCTS 

Retail  Book  Department 

Fifth  Avenue  and  27th  Street 
New  York  City 


"The  God  Who  Cares" 

and  other  Unitarian  pamphlets  SENT  FREE. 
Address  Mrs.   George  Hodgdon   Ellis,  2   dishing   Road,   Wellesley   Hills,  Mass. 


Rochefoucauld's  Maxims,  25c. 

La  Rochefoucauld,  the  wise  and  witty  French  philosopher,  compressed 
a  vast  amount  of  good  sense  into  brief,  sharply  pointed  maxims.  Brilliant 
and   profound   was  this   teller   of  terse   truths. 

APPEAL  TO  REASON,  GIRARD,  KANSAS. 


ANTHONY  ASTON:  Stroller  and  Adventurer 

The  only  authentic  account  of  the  18th  century  actor-wag.  Based  on 
a  recently  discovered  autobiographical  sketch  which,  together  with 
Aston's  Brief  Supplement  to  Colley  Cibber's  Apology,  is  accurately 
transcribed  from  the  original.  A  strictly  limited  edition.  Large  type, 
on  Dresden  Pamphlet.  Cloth,  $1.25  (postage  10c).  Just  published  by 
the  author. 

WATSON  NICHOLSON,        SOUTH  HAVEN,  MICHIGAN 


COMMUNISM  and  CHRISTIANISM 

Analyzed  and  Contrasted  from  the  Viewpoint  of  Darwinism 

By  Bishop  William  Montgomery  Brown,  D.D. 

The  author,  an  Episcopalian  ecclesiastic,  has  squarely  renounced  all 
orthodox  theology  and  unreservedly  accepted  the  Marxian  philosophy  of 
economic  determinism.  In  this  book,  just  out,  he  approaches  the  sub- 
ject from  a  new  angle  and  has  produced  a  propaganda  work  that  will 
be  of  intense  interest  to  all  students  of  socialism,  especially  to  those 
who  are  still  in  close  touch  with  church  people.  Paper,  184  pages, 
25   cents,    postpaid. 

THE   BRADFORD-BROWN   EDUCATIONAL  COMPANY,   INC., 
BROWNELLA    BOOK   SHOP,   GALION,   OHIO. 


Correspondence  Course  in 

APPLIED  MARXIAN  ECONOMICS 

Conducted  by  Mary  E.  Marcy,  author  of  the  book  entitled  "Shop  Talks 
on  Economics,"  of  which  more  than  200,000  copies  have  been  sold.  Of 
this  book  Eugene  V.  Debs  wrote :  "Mrs.  Marcy  has  a  peculiar  faculty 
for  this  kind  of  work,  and  in  preparing  this  most  excellent  primer  on 
economics  for  the  education  of  the  workers,  she  has  rendered  an 
invaluable  service   to   the   working   class." 

The  course  consists  of  fifteen  lessons  ;  we  supply  study  booklets  and 
aid  local  labor  unions  in  analyzing  their  own  industries.  Price  $5.00 ; 
a  complete  set  of  Marx's  CAPITAL  free  to  any  one  sending  $25.1)0  for 
five  students.  The  labor  leaders  all  over  the  world  who  stand  out  are 
the   ones   who   are  applying  Marx  to  Industry.      Join   now. 

A  copy  of  "Shop  Talks"  and  full  particulars  regarding  the  course 
will  be  mailed  for   12   cents  in  stamps.     Address 

CHARLES  H.  KERR  &  CO.,  347  E.  Ohio  Street,  CHICAGO 


Just  Published 

No.  68.     Illustrated  Catalogue  of 

Rare  Books  in  Beautiful  Old  Bindings 

The  DR.  R.  T.  JUPP  COLLECTION  of 

MSS.,  AUTOGRAPHS,  BOOKS,  etc,  etc.,  by  or  relating  to 

CHARLES  DICKENS 

The  Collection  of  Relics  of  the  Original  Dora  of  DAVID  COPPERFIELD 

BOOKS  ON  THE  FINE  ARTS,  SPORT 

and  an  extensive  collection  of  BOOKS  ON  SHORTHAND 

Pine  Sett  of  First  Editions  of  CHARLES  LEVER,  GEORGE  MEREDITH 
and  CAPTAIN  MARRYAT,  GOULD'S  BIRDS  of  AUSTRALIA,  etc. 

Post  free  from 

HENRY    SOTHERAN   &   CO. 

Bookseller*   to  the  King 

43,  Piccadilly,  W.  1, 

or.  140  Strand,  W.  C.  2. 
Cable  Address:   Bookmen,  London  London,   England, 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1866 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  WEDNESDAY,  NOVEMBER  17,  1920 


No.  2889 


Contents 

EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    545 

EDITORIALS: 

The    Triumph    of    Reaction °J* 

A    Constructive    World    League   Program 549 

On  Hating  the   Provinces 550 

A    Notable    Prison    Report &50 

The    Haul    of    Fame •  •  •  •  • 551 

THE  CENTRAL  EUROPEAN  CONSPIRACY.  By  Eugene  S.  Bagger..  552 
ITALY:    HOW    THE    GOVERNMENT   MET    THE    REVOLUTION.      By 

Hiram     K.     Moderwell £o3 

NEW  MEMBERS  FOR  THE  IRISH  COMMITTEE 554 

COOPERATION,  THE  PEOPLE'S  BUSINESS.   Ky  James  Peter  Warbasse  555 

THE  CONFESSION   OF   JOHN   R.   RATHOM 557 

ON  THE  EARTH  AND  UNDER  IT.     By  Genevieve  Taggard 559 

THE    BUILDING    SCANDAL.      By    George    Soule 560 

CHART-  THE  COURSE  OF  EUROPEAN  EXCHANGE  IN  RELATION 

TO  THE  AMERICAN  DOLLAR 562 

IN  THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 564 

CORRESPONDENCE     564 

BOOKS:  « 

Masters   in   Search  of   a  Masterpiece *>«> ' 

Soviet   Russia    567 

Exposure     568 

Books    in    Brief 569 

DRAMA : 

A  Note  on  Acting 570 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS   SECTION: 
Hungary's    Intrigues : 

The  Irredentist  Plot 571 

Hungarian    Ambitions    and    French    Support 573 

Agents   of   Propaganda   in   Austria 574 

Hungarian    Propaganda    in    America 575 

The    French-Hungarian    Treaties 575 

OSWALD  GARRISON   VILLARD,  Editor 

Associate   Editors 

LEWIS  S.  GANNETT  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 

ERNEST    H.    GRUENING  CARL   VAN   DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising :  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 

SOME  things  to  rejoice  over: 
The  popular  disapproval  of  Burleson  and  Palmer; 

The  defeat  of  Senator  George  E.  Chamberlain  of  Ore- 
gon, arch-militarist,  sponsor  of  universal  military  training ; 

The  failure  of  Senator  James  D.  Phelan  to  win  reelection 
to  the  Senate  despite  his  bitter  anti-Japanese  crusade; 

The  election  to  the  Senate  of  Congressman  J.  W.  Harreld 
of  Oklahoma,  anti-militarist  and  one  of  the  handful  of  Con- 
gressmen who  voted  to  seat  Victor  Berger.  He  ran  25,000 
votes  ahead  of  Harding; 

The  victory  in  the  Fourteenth  Ohio  District  of  C.  L. 
Knight,  publisher  of  the  Akron  Beacon  Journal,  outspoken 
anti-militarist,  who  courted  and  successfully  sustained  the 
attack  of  the  American  Legion,  winning  by  more  than  6,000 
votes ; 

The  coming  appearance  in  the  House  of  Representatives 
of  a  second  woman  Congressman ; 

The  defeat  of  Boss  Barnes  in  Albany,  his  district  electing 
a  Democratic  Congressman  despite  the  Republican  landslide; 

The  extraordinary  splitting  of  tickets  in  New  York  State, 
as  a  result  of  which  Governor  Smith  ran  one  million  votes 
ahead  of  his  party's  candidate  for  President,  very  nearly 
winning  the  election,  while  Senator  Wadsworth,  rightly 
opposed  by  the  women  of  the  State,  ran  half  a  million  behind 
Harding; 

The  defeat  of  Mr.  Burleson's  brother-in-law,  Carlos  Bee, 
in  the  Fourteenth  District  of  Texas,  resulting  in  the  first 


Republican  Congressman  from  Texas  since  Reconstruction 
days; 

The  election  of  Negro  Assemblymen  in  Missouri  and 
Washington ; 

The  breaking  up  of  the  Solid  South,  as  shown  by  the 
heavy  Republican  vote  in  Louisiana,  Florida,  Alabama,  and 
the  election  of  Republican  Congressmen. 

HUMOR  and  color  are  not  lacking  in  the  tales  of  victory. 
Congress  is  not  to  be  without  a  woman  representa- 
tive for  the  next  two  years,  but  its  one  woman  will  be  Alice 
M.  Robertson  of  Muskogee,  sometime  vice-president  of  the 
Anti-Suffrage  Association  of  Oklahoma.  Miss  Robertson  is 
no  such  young  crusader  as  was  Representative  Rankin  of 
Montana;  she  emigrated  to  the  old  Indian  Territory  in  an 
ox-cart  just  after  the  Civil  War,  and  is  66  years  of  age. 
She  is  a  former  postmistress,  and  is  now  proprietor  of  a 
cafeteria  where  service  men  were  fed  free  of  charge  during 
the  war.  Her  entire  campaign  was  waged  in  cafeteria 
advertisements.  Then  there  is  "Alf"  Taylor,  elected  Repub- 
lican Governor  of  Tennessee  in  his  first  political  campaign 
since  he  lost  the  same  office  to  his  Democratic  brother  "Bob" 
thirty-four  years  ago,  in  a  wild  campaign  in  which  the 
brothers  lambasted  each  other  from  one  end  of  the  State 
to  the  other.  "Alf"  then  used  the  Taylor  quartet  of  sons 
and  nephews  to  advertise  his  campaign,  while  "Bob" 
played  solos  on  his  home-made  Happy  Valley  fiddle,  and 
carried  off  the  honors.  Finally  there  is  the  Kentucky  gen- 
tleman who  from  his  jail  cell  waged  a  campaign  against 
the  judge  who  sentenced  him,  won  the  election,  and  was 
pardoned  to  take  his  seat  on  the  bench. 

THE  Farmer-Labor  Party  made  no  very  remarkable 
showing  at  the  polls,  but  its  showing  in  the  newspapers 
was  worse  still.  The  New  York  newspapers  boycotted  it. 
Not  a  paper  gave  the  figures  of  Jeremiah  O'Leary's  re- 
markable run  in  the  Eighteenth  Congressional  District  of 
New  York.  In  this  district  where  John  F.  Carew,  the 
Democratic  incumbent,  won  by  19,000  votes  in  1918,  O'Leary 
polled  10,124,  Carew  12,113,  O'Connor  (Republican)  10,671, 
and  McDonald  (Socialist)  5,438.  Had  the  Farmer-Labor 
and  Socialists  been  able  to  unite,  they  might  have  elected 
their  candidate.  Dudley  Field  Malone's  50,000  votes  for 
Governor  were  a  disappointing  showing.  In  South  Dakota 
and  Washington,  however,  the  Farmer-Labor  tickets  ran 
well  ahead  of  the  Democrats;  reports  indicate  that  in  Mis- 
souri the  new  party  polled  65,000  votes;  that  it  ran  ahead 
of  the  Socialist  Party  in  Indiana;  and  that  in  southern 
Illinois  it  polled  a  large  vote  although  in  Chicago  its  vote 
was  negligible.  Minneapolis  sends  seven  Farmer-Labor 
members  to  the  State  legislature.  No  figures  are  yet  avail- 
able on  Christensen's  national  total,  but  it  is  plain  that  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party  is  far  from  replacing  the  Socialist 
as  the  third  national  party.  Unless  the  new  party  can  win 
solid  trade-union  support,  which  is  unlikely  until  Mr.  Gom- 
pers  is  deposed,  it  cannot  become  an  important  factor  in 
American  politics.  In  the  State  of  Washington,  where  it 
made  its  best  showing,  it  had  that  support. 


546 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


DEBS  polled  three  times  the  1916  Socialist  vote  for 
President,  and. twice  the  Socialist  high  water  mark  of 
1912,  but  the  total,  some  1,800,000,  is  much  less  than  Social- 
ists and  non-Socialist  protestants  had  hoped  for.  Nor  do  lo- 
cal election  returns  give  the  Socialists  great  encouragement. 
Meyer  London  regained  the  Congressional  seat  in  New  York 
which  he  lost  in  1916;  but  Victor  Berger  lost  the  Milwaukee 
seat  which  he  had  won  in  1918  and  held  at  the  special  elec- 
tion in  1919.  For  years  the  Socialists  have  had  just  one 
Congressman,  sometimes  from  Milwaukee  and  sometimes 
from  New  York.  In  other  districts  of  New  York,  Wiscon- 
sin, and  California,  Socialist  candidates  made  close  runs. 
It  is  a  curious  commentary  upon  American  journalism  that 
the  five  Los  Angeles  newspapers  omitted  all  returns  from 
the  Tenth  Congressional  District  of  California  on  the  morn- 
ing after  election  in  order  to  avoid  mention  of  Upton  Sin- 
clair's run.  In  New  York  City  the  Republican  landslide 
swept  two  if  not  three  of  the  five  ousted  Assemblymen  to 
defeat;  but  a  new  Socialist  Assemblyman  will  go  to  Albany 
from  Brooklyn,  and  for  the  first  time  the  Socialists  elected 
a  State  Senator.  Some  industrial  districts,  including  many 
of  the  steel  towns  of  the  Pittsburg  district,  shewed  Debs 
ahead  «f  Cox. 

IN  common  with  other  of  the  lesser  political  organizations 
the  National  Nonpartisan  League  was  drenched  though 
not  drowned  by  the  Harding  cloudburst.  Its  hopes  were  cen- 
tered chiefly  in  North  and  South  Dakota,  Montana,  Colorado, 
Wisconsin,  and  Washington.  The  League  farmers  combined 
with  organized  labor  this  year  in  an  effort  to  capture  the 
State  political  machinery  of  Montana  and  Colorado.  Mainly 
because  the  Democratic  Party  was  regarded  as  dominant  in 
those  States  they  went  into  its  primaries,  and,  having 
gained  control  and  nominated  the  candidates,  were  expectant 
of  victory  in  the  State  elections.  But  the  Harding  senti- 
ment proved  so  overwhelming  that  it  carried  the  Republicans 
to  victory  in  State  as  well  as  in  national  contests.  In  Wis- 
consin, where  the  League  combined  with  the  La  Follette 
Republicans,  it  fared  better.  Thompson,  who  ran  independ- 
ently against  Lenroot  for  the  United  States  Senate,  was 
beaten;  but  J.  J.  Blaine  and  J.  D.  Beck,  whom  the  La  Fol- 
lette-Nonpartisan  forces  succeeded  in  nominating  in  the 
primaries  for  Governor  and  the  seat  in  Congress  now  held 
by  Representative  Esch,  respectively,  were  elected.  More- 
over, about  half  the  Republicans  elected  to  the  Legislature 
were  La  Follette-Nonpartisan  men. 

GOVERNOR  FRAZIER  was  elected  for  a  third  term  in 
North  Dakota,  but  the  Nonpartisan  League  failed  of  a 
majority  in  the  State  Legislature,  as  had  been  feared  since 
it  lost  the  Republican  primaries.  This  will  seriously  hinder 
the  development  of  its  industrial  program.  On  the  other 
hand,  Dr.  E.  F.  Ladd,  the  League's  candidate  for  the  United 
States  Senate,  will  displace  Gronna  in  Washington.  The 
election  of  Dr.  Ladd  is  the  signal  achievement  of  the  League 
in  the  elections.  As  president  of  the  North  Dakota  Agricul- 
tural College  and  author  of  the  State's  progressive  grain- 
grading  law,  he  has  the  confidence  of  the  farmers  of  the 
Northwest,  and,  although  he  may  not  be  able  to  accomplish 
much  in  a  legislative  way  in  Washington,  his  advent  will  be 
a  wholesome  influence  in  a  body  where  an  educator  and  a 
scientist  is  an  unknown  species.  Dr.  Ladd  is  not  a  member 
of  the  Nonpartisan  League;  he  is  not  a  farmer  and  there- 
fore not  eligible.  He  may  fairly  be  described  as  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  vague  body  known  as  "the  public." 


MORE  votes  were  cast  in  New  York  in  1916  than  in  the 
ten  States  of  the  Solid  South  carried  by  the  Demo- 
cratic Party  in  the  present  presidential  election.  These 
ten  States,  Alabama,  Arkansas,  Florida,  Georgia,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Texas,  Vir- 
ginia, cast  in  1916  a  total  of  1,598,015  votes.  In  the  Elec- 
toral College  they  cast  114  votes.  The  total  popular  vote  in 
1916  was  18,526,743,  and  the  total  electoral  vote,  then  as 
now,  521.  Therefore,  what  of  the  South  has  remained  solid 
even  for  Mr.  Cox,  while  actually  casting  but  eight  and  six- 
tenths  per  cent  of  the  total  vote  scores  twenty-one  and  four- 
tenths  per  cent  in  the  Electoral  College.  Again,  New  York's 
1,706,354  votes,  or  108,339  more  than  those  of  the  above  ten 
States,  are  represented  by  but  forty-five  electoral  votes,  or 
about  two-fifths  the  number  of  a  region  which  New  York 
exceeds  in  popular  voting  strength  by  nearly  ten  per  cent. 
When  the  full  figures  of  the  1920  election  are  in,  the  discrep- 
ancy will  be  even  more  flagrant.  For  while  the  Northern 
electorate  will  be  greatly  augmented  by  the  woman's  vote, 
it  will  not  materially  -swell  the  South's  total.  In  the  new 
Congress  Republicans  will  have  the  power,  as  well  as  the 
right  and  duty,  to  put  an  end  to  this  injustice  based  on  the 
counting  of  disfranchised  voters.  If  the  South  insists  on 
denying  the  colored  American  the  supposedly  inalienable 
rights  given  him  under  the  Constitution,  it  may  not  in  addi- 
tion pocket  these  votes  as  its  own. 

"IT  is  war.  It  is  rebellion,"  said  Mr.  Lloyd  George  in 
A  the  House  of  Commons,  explaining,  as  "one  of  those 
unfortunate  accidents  that  always  happen  in  war,"  the 
killing  of  a  woman  with  a  baby  in  her  arms  by  British  sol- 
diers in  County  Galway,  Ireland.  It  is  war.  There  is  re- 
bellion in  Ireland,  and  the  rebels  are  men  of  the  stripe  of 
Washington  and  Kosciuszko  and  Kossuth.  But  Mr.  Lloyd 
George,  who  defends  British  terrorism,  the  burning  of  vil- 
lages and  cooperative  creameries  as  fair  measures  of  war, 
does  not  maintain  his  definition  of  the  situation  in  Ireland 
as  "war."  The  same  dispatch  which  quotes  his  speech  in 
Parliament  gives  an  official  statement  alleging  that  the 
Government's  stern  policy  is  drawing  a  tighter  net  about 
the  "criminals"  and  claiming  a  diminution  of  "crime"  as 
a  result.  What  is  the  truth?  Take  the  previous  day's  dis- 
patches from  Ireland  to  a  New  York  daily.  From  Lon- 
donderry :  five  policemen  shot,  two  of  them  fatally,  two  Sinn 
Fein  shops  burned  to  the  ground,  several  more  wrecked, 
horses  burned  to  death,  automobiles  smashed.  From  North 
Belfast:  fierce  rioting  stopped  by  an  armored  car.  From 
Cork:  a  laborer  shot  dead  by  the  police.  From  Causeway: 
seven  Irish  volunteers  killed.  From  Dublin:  two  civilians 
shot,  and  one  policeman  thrown  into  the  river.  A  railroad 
about  to  cease  operation  because  of  the  unsettled  condition. 
No,  the  policy  of  reprisal  is  not  pacifying  Ireland ;  it  is  only 
alienating  the  rest  of  the  world  from  England. 

EXIT  Baron  Wrangel.  Enter  General  Balakovich,  Rus- 
sia's latest  Jack-in-the-box  "liberator."  True  to  form, 
he  is  being  "hailed"  in  Paris  and  given  his  first  appearance 
in  America  in  the  news  columns  of  the  New  York  Times. 
Soon  it  will  require  mnemonic  wizardry  equaling  that  of  Sir 
William  Gilbert's  major-general,  who  knows  "the  kings  of 
England  and  can  quote  the  fights  historical  from  Marathon 
to  Waterloo  in  order  categorical,"  to  recall  the  procession — 
Kaledine,  Kolchak,  Judenich,  Denikin,  Pilsudski,  Mahkno, 
Wrangel.  Like  the  mysterious  novae  of  our  firmament  which 
appear  suddenly,   shine  brightly,  and  then  fade  into  the 


! 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


547 


night,  each  of  these  adventurers  in  turn  has  been  the  pole 
star  of  the  Allies'  policy  toward  Russia.  Will-o'-the-wisps 
they  were  chasing  every  time,  these  recently  valiant  conten- 
ders for  democracy,  national  aspirations,  self-determination 
and  wraiths,  owing  their  semblance  of  corporeality  to  the 
valiant  columns — not  of  their  followers,  but  of  the  corre- 
spondents on  the  newspaper  front.  The  Times,  by  right  of 
discovery  official  organ  of  Russian  White  Hope-ism,  now 
hails  General  Balakovich  as  "a  modern  Robin  Hood."  Come, 
strategists  of  the  editorial  sanctum,  let  us  have  better 
liaison  work  between  the  Literary  Supplement  and  the  Cur- 
rent History.  Was  not  the  illustrious  Robin  first  to  dis- 
cover the  joys  of  robbing  the  rich  to  endow  the  poor — the 
original  Bolshevik,  forsooth?  And  may  not  his  modern 
exemplar,  General  Balakovich,  like  his  predecessor  General 
Mahkno,  be  found,  ere  long,  on  the  Bolshevist  side? 

THE  picked  and  withered  carcass  of  Turkey  is  to  be 
carved  and  dished  out  to  the  western  Powers  just  as 
Africa  was  a  few  decades  ago.  It  is  the  same  old  game, 
played  by  the  same  old  players  for  the  same  old  stakes  in  the 
same  old  way.  The  only  difference  is  that  this  time  Germany 
is  left  out,  and  England,  France,  and  Italy  have  all  the  pick- 
ings to  themselves.  When  the  official  treaty  with  Turkey 
was  signed  at  Sevres  in  August — and  that  treaty  parceled 
out  a  few  spoils  itself — these  three  pious  Powers  signed 
another  little  treaty  among  themselves,  beginning  of  course 
with  an  unctious  statement  of  desire  to  avoid  international 
friction.  This  treaty  recognizes  the  "special  interests"  of 
Italy  in  southern  Anatolia,  and  of  France  in  Cilicia  and 
western  Kurdistan,  and  by  implication,  of  England  in  most 
of  the  rest  of  what  was  Turkey ;  it  pledges  these  benevolent 
Powers  to  "render  diplomatic  support  to  each  other  in  main- 
taining their  respective  positions  in  the  areas  in  which  their 
special  interests  are  recognized" ;  it  carefully  distributes  the 
railways  among  the  three  Powers  and  allots  the  titles  in 
Constantinople.  The  presidency  of  Constantinople — sweet- 
smelling  title — goes  to  a  British  general,  the  presidency  of 
the  Financial  Commission  to  France,  and  of  the  Railroad 
Commission  to  Italy.  Armenia,  over  which  so  many  diplo- 
matic tears  have  been  shed,  appears  not  at  all ;  but  the  coal 
mines  of  Heraclea  on  the  Black  Sea  get  special  mention. 
The  diplomats  of  the  economic  imperialism  era  still  rule  us ; 
they  have  forgotten  nothing  and  learned  nothing  by  the  war. 

WHAT,  another  threat  to  federalize  the  coal  industry? 
Doubtless,  the  reader  will  say,  it  comes  from  some 
crack-brained  Socialist  or  foolish  backer  of  the  Plumb  Plan. 
Not  at  all.  It  was  voiced  this  time  by  two  of  the  most  con- 
servative Republican  Senators  in  the  country,  William  M. 
Calder  of  New  York  and  Walter  E.  Edge  of  New  Jersey, 
who  are  so  outraged  by  the  conditions  they  have  discovered 
in  the  course  of  their  investigation  of  the  coal  business  as 
to  say  that  if  the  operators  do  not  behave  themselves  and 
reduce  prices  before  Congress  meets  they  will  introduce  a 
bill  to  have  the  Government  take  over  the  whole  industry. 
We  do  not  take  this  threat  too  seriously;  it  is  chiefly  bluff. 
Messrs.  Calder  and  Edge  know  that  they  would  not  be 
allowed  to  carry  out  their  threat.  But  it  is  certainly  inter- 
esting that  two  conservatives  like  these  are  willing  to  resort 
to  such  threats  and  still  more  so  that  they  have  run  across 
such  shocking  exploitation  of  the  public  as  to  arouse  them 
so  profoundly.  They  found  "vast  confessed  profiteering  in 
coal";  and  "crookedness"  on  a  great  scale;  "the  wrongdoing 


has  been  admitted  by  D.  B.  Wartz,  representing  the  National 
Coal  Association;  by  Commissioner  C.  B.  Aitchison  of  the 
Interstate  Commerce  Commission,  and  Daniel  Willard, 
representing  the  railroads" ;  "there  is  general  confession  of 
guilt  on  the  part  of  the  industry,  even  though  guilty  indi- 
viduals have  not  been  identified."  As  a  result  of  the  Sena- 
tors' threat  the  price  of  coal  has  begun  to  come  down  and 
the  outlook  is  that  the  public  will  be  somewhat  protected 
by  early  December.     But  for  how  long? 

BY  a  decisive  majority  California  has  made  it  law  that 
Japanese  can  own  no  land,  can  lease  no  land,  cannot 
act  as  guardians  for  their  American-born  children  in  whose 
name  land  is  held,  and  cannot  own  any  share  in  American- 
controlled  land  owning  companies.  That  this  legislation 
constitutes  the  gravest  injustice  to  the  Japanese  residents 
of  California  few  will  deny.  In  that  State  America's  tra- 
ditional sense  of  fair  play  has  been  swept  away  in  a  ferment 
of  lace  prejudice  and  campaign  buncombe.  The  notion  that 
the  Japanese  land  ownership  constitutes  a  "menace"  in  the 
sense  employed  by  anti-immigrationists  is  entirely  refuted 
by  the  facts.  Of  the  twenty-eight  million  acres  of  farming 
area  which  compose  one-fourth  of  the  State's  total  acreage, 
only  458,000  acres,  or  1.6  per  cent,  are  under  cultivation  by 
Japanese.  But  this  is  not  all.  Of  this  ridiculously  small 
proportion  not  over  twenty-seven  thousand  acres — less  than 
one-tenth  of  one  per  cent — are  owned  by  Japanese,  the  bal- 
ance being  made  up  of  lands  cultivated  by  Japanese  under 
leases,  under  crop  share  contracts,  under  labor  contracts, 
and  finally,  of  48,000  acres  owned  by  American  corporations 
with  some  Japanese  shareholders.  The  California  verdict 
serves  merely  as  the  basis  for  wholly  justified  Japanese 
indignation.  As  such,  it  is  worth  the  earnest  consideration 
of  all  who  in  time  of  peace  would  prepare  to  avoid  war. 
For  while  no  differences  exist  between  the  two  nations  that 
cannot  be  settled  by  amicable  arbitration  despite  the  efforts 
of  racial  jingoes  on  both  sides  of  the  Pacific,  it  is  America, 
speaking  through  California,  that  has  committed  the  first 
overt  act  of  unfriendliness.  Let  us  hope  that  saner  counsels 
may  yet  prevail  and  a  way  be  found  to  emerge  with  justice* 

HOW  like  an  island  set  apart  from  the  rest  of  the  world 
America  is  today,  is  illustrated  by  the  chart  printed 
elsewhere  in  this  issue  of  The  Nation,  showing  the  spectacu- 
lar decline  in  European  exchanges  in  two  years  of  "peace." 
While  Europe  is  still  passing  through  convulsive  transfor- 
mations that  may  spell  death  or  new  life  for  the  future, 
but  which  spell  economic  disease  today,  America  stands 
apart  relatively  unchanged.  The  value  of  European  money 
is  currently  reckoned,  as  on  this  chart,  in  dollars.  During 
the  war  the  neutral  currencies,  by  virtue  of  their  special 
position,  were  well  above  the  par  ratio  to  American  money, 
while  Allied  and  Central  Power  exchange  varied  with  the 
flux  of  the  military  tide.  The  bankers  whose  group  judg- 
ment determines  exchange  ratio  did  not  realize  that  in  this 
war  there  would  be  no  victors,  but  only  many  vanquished. 
The  signing  of  the  armistice  brought  a  sharp  drop  in  neu- 
tral exchange,  and  gave  Allied  exchanges  a  respite  of  good 
health.  But  as  the  unsound  nature  of  the  coming  peace 
became  clear,  and  as  that  peace  began  to  work  its  ill  effects, 
all  European  exchanges,  the  neutrals  dragged  with  the 
others,  began  to  tumble,  and  despite  temporary  recoveries, 
they  are  still  falling.  European  nations  are  still  meeting 
their  current  obligations  by  the  issue  of  paper  money,  and 
America,  receiving  interest  on  their  wartime  borrowings, 
looks  to  them  like  a  sinister  vampire. 


548 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


The  Triumph  of  Reaction 


LET  us  confess  frankly  that  the  Presidential  election, 
on  the  face  of  the  returns,  brought  precious  little 
cheer  to  liberals.  Any  sizable  protest  vote  would  have  been 
lost  in  such  an  avalanche,  and  when  New  York  City  cast 
only  132,000  votes  for  Eugene  Debs,  and  the  Farmer-Labor 
vote  did  not  even  appear  in  the  press  reports,  it  is  perfectly 
clear  that  the  protest  vote  was  negligible.  The  great  army 
of  dissatisfied  protested  by  sweeping  Harding  into  office 
by  majorities  which  may  easily  stand  unsurpassed  during 
the  life-time  of  men  now  of  middle  age.  The  Nation  was 
correct  in  its  prophecy  on  October  27,  that  the  election  was 
going  to  be  "so  nearly  unanimous"  as  to  make  it  impossible 
for  anybody  to  attribute  the  outcome  to  any  one  racial 
group  or  to  any  one  grievance.  It  was  not  pro-Republican, 
and  not  remotely  pro-Harding,  but  was  simply  anti-Wilson ; 
it  was  a  remarkably  unanimous  vote  for  a  new  deal,  an 
entire  change  in  government.  The  country  is  absolutely 
through  with  Woodrow  Wilson  and  his  works,  and  was  so 
bent  upon  cleaning  house  that  it  took  heed  of  no  programs 
and  voiced  nothing  constructive  whatever. 

So  the  country  is  bound  and  delivered  to  the  Republicans. 
They  may  work  their  sweet  will  upon  us  and  interpret  the 
verdict  as  they  see  fit.  They  may  declare  it  a  mandate  for 
additional  protective  tariff  robbery  of  the  public,  or  for  a 
war  with  Mexico,  or  for  complete  withdrawal  from  Europe, 
or  for  further  prosecution  of  liberals  and  radicals,  or  any- 
thing else  that  may  suit  their  convenience.  Who  can  gain- 
say them?  Only  the  more  experienced  among  them  will 
remember  that  no  great  Congressional  majorities  have  held 
together  long  and  that  a  reversal  of  public  interest  in- 
evitably follows  quickly  upon  the  creation  of  so  one-sided 
an  administration.  If  they  would  escape  a  notable  reaction 
by  1922  they  must  use  their  power  with  wise  forbearance. 
But  today  they  may  certainly  look  upon  the  wreck  of  the 
Democratic  Party  as  the  Romans  gloated  over  the  destruc- 
tion of  Carthage.  The  Democratic  Party  is  not  only  de- 
feated; it  is  discredited,  and  it  is  without  a  single  leader 
of  distinction  to  guide  the  reorganization  to  come.  The 
curse  of  Burleson,  and  of  Daniels,  and  of  Palmer  is  upon 
it,  the  cross  of  Wilsonism  upon  its  back.  It  is  paying  dearly 
now  for  that  White  House  policy  which  permitted  few  men 
of  independence,  vigor,  and  promise  to  flourish  under  its 
shadow.  Well  may  the  Republicans  believe  that  the  enemy 
is  theirs  for  a  long  time  to  come. 

But  the  returns  may  tell  one  story  and  time  prove  an- 
other. Certain  things  just  beneath  the  surface  remain  to 
encourage  liberals,  to  keep  up  the  faith  of  all  those  to  whom 
the  outcome  spells  sore  disappointment.  It  is  a  cause  for 
hope  and  for  rejoicing  that  party  bonds  never  sat  so  lightly 
as  now.  When  Governor  Smith  in  New  York  can  run  more 
than  a  million  votes  ahead  of  his  ticket  in  such  a  year, 
and  a  weak  Democratic  district  attorney  be  beaten  for  an 
important  judgeship;  when  Democrats  in  Texas  defeat  the 
brother-in-law  of  Secretary  Burleson  and  elect  a  Republi- 
can; when  William  Barnes  is  defeated  in  his  own  bailiwick 
of  Albany  in  an  unprecedented  Republican  landslide,  there 
is  sufficient  evidence  that  independent  voting  has  waxed 
enormously  and  that  it  is  no  longer  treason  to  split  one's 
ballot,  even  in  the  South.  Indeed,  there  are  signs  without 
number  that  the  electorate  is  thinking.  The  New  York 
World  declares  that,  on  its  face,  the  election  means  that  the 


electorate  has  repudiated  both  the  war  and  the  peace.  One 
does  not  need  to  believe  this  fully  in  order  to  see  that  men 
and  women  chose  at  the  polls  the  way  that  seemed  to  them 
the  most  certain  and  the  surest  to  scotch  what  they  had  be- 
gun to  abominate — the  Wilsonian  brand  of  government. 
That  there  was  a  tremendous  vote  of  dissatisfaction  with 
the  war  and  the  peace  is  true.  One  of  the  most  experienced 
Washington  correspondents,  after  two  months  constant  pre- 
election traveling  in  the  West,  assures  us  that  the  defeat  of 
the  Democracy  was  settled  when  Mr.  Wilson  pledged  in 
Paris  the  reappearance  there  of  American  troops  should 
another  great  war  arise.  The  present  generation,  let  it  be 
said,  desires  no  more  warring  on  Continental  soil,  however 
much  some  few  of  our  fellow  citizens  might  welcome  a 
crusade  to  destroy  British  imperialism  or  navalism,  and 
however  much  some  others  would  like  to  have  America  the 
handmaiden  of  the  British  Government.  Indubitably,  large 
groups  of  citizens  voted  against  the  Administration  for 
specific  reasons;  the  Irish  in  mass  deserted  the  Democratic 
Party,  and  the  German-Americans  and  Scandinavians  were 
likewise  wholly  with  the  Republicans.  In  so  far  as  this 
vote  was  anti-war  or  against  close  foreign  ties,  it  is  a  cause 
for  profound  gratitude. 

As  for  the  women's  vote,  it  proved  the  falsity  of  Gov- 
ernor Cox's  claim  that  the  mothers  of  the  nation  were  for 
the  League;  precisely  the  opposite  was  true.  The  women 
remembered  the  worth  of  Mr.  Wilson's  boast  in  1916  that 
he  had  kept  us  out  of  the  European  war,  and  they  were  slow 
to  take  his  assurance  that  the  League  would  in  perpetuity 
perform  the  same  function.  For  the  rest,  the  effect  of  the 
women's  vote  was  just  what  every  one  but  its  most  ardent 
opponents  and  its  most  fanatical  supporters  knew  it  would 
be — slight  indeed.  It  neither  brought  about  the  defeat  in 
New  York  of  Senator  James  W.  Wadsworth,  Jr.,  nor  of 
Senator  Brandegee  in  Connecticut.  Yet  in  both  States  tre- 
mendous efforts  were  made  to  line  up  all  women  against 
these  two  reactionaries.  Victor  Berger  believes  that  the 
women  contributed  to  his  defeat  in  Milwaukee  through 
their  "natural  conservatism."  The  fact  is,  of  course,  that 
the  women  voted  much  as  the  men  did,  not  because  they 
were  under  the  domination  of  men,  but  because  men  and 
women  are  much  alike  in  their  opinions  and  prejudices. 
Those  persons  who  hoped  that  the  women's  vote  would  pro- 
duce an  immediate  purification  of  politics,  or  a  wave  of 
social  reform,  will  share  the  disappointment  of  those  who 
fought  the  extension  of  suffrage  lest  it  spell  bolshevism 
or  abolish  the  cigarette.  Only  those  are  satisfied  who  be- 
lieve that  universal  suffrage  was  a  necessary  element  in  po- 
litical democracy  and  are  willing  to  trust  to  the  democratic 
method  of  government  by  all  the  men  and  women  of  the 
country,  even  though  it  may  sometimes  result  in  the  elec- 
tion of  a  Harding.  The  election  proves  that  the  gen- 
eral political  temper  of  the  country  will  probably  be  far 
less  radically  affected  by  women's  vote  than  many  people 
hoped  or  feared.  And,  finally,  it  makes  it  clear  that  for 
liberals  there  is  a  long  road  ahead  before  the  United  "States 
can  be  ranked  as  a  politically  progressive  nation.  But  this, 
as  we  said  last  week,  is  merely  the  greater  stimulus  to 
progressives,  and  places  the  greater  burden  upon  them  of 
fighting  more  than  ever  wisely  and  effectively,  for  with 
them  lies  the  spiritual  future  of  our  beloved  land. 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


549 


A  Constructive  World  League  Program 


SPEAKING  for  the  first  time  after  his  election  as  Presi- 
dent, Senator  Harding  declared  at  Marion  that  the 
Versailles  League  of  Nations  is  "now  deceased"  and  reite- 
rated his  statement  that  when  President  he  intends  to  "ask 
for  nations  associated  together  in  justice,  but  it  will  be  an 
association  which  surrenders  nothing  of  American  free- 
dom." He  has  also  reasserted  his  intention  to  invite,  as  soon 
as  he  returns  to  Marion,  a  group  of  prominent  Amer- 
icans to  advise  him  as  to  the  best  plan.  This  is  excellent 
policy  provided  that  his  visitors  are  not  a  narrow  partisan 
body  but  represent  all  the  points  of  view  of  those  who  will 
have  none  of  the  Versailles  Treaty  yet  realize  full  well  that 
some  kind  of  an  international  association  is  urgently  de- 
manded. There  could  be  no  greater  honor  for  the  United 
States  than  to  take  the  lead  in  building  a  really  democratic 
peace  league,  free  from  all  the  defects  of  the  present  League 
— defects  whose  existence  even  its  most  ardent  supporters 
admit — for  no  more  important  service  could  be  rendered  to 
a  world  in  chaos. 

As  a  contribution  to  the  discussion  already  raging  in  the 
daily  press  as  to  the  future  world  organization,  The  Nation 
submits  its  own  constructive  suggestions,  hitherto  made 
from  time  to  time,  for  a  policy  to  take  the  place  of  that 
advocated  by  President  Wilson.    Our  program  is  as  follows : 

1.  The  immediate  calling  of  the  Third  Hague  Conference 
by  President  Harding  as  soon  as  he  takes  office. 

2.  The  inclusion  within  the  call  to  the  Conference  of  all 
nations,  large  and  small,  victors  and  vanquished  alike. 

3.  The  reference  to  the  Conference  of  the  task  of  codifying 
existing  international  law  and  of  creating  additional 
statutes,  which  should  include: 

(a)  The  outlawing  of  war  by  the  Conference,  as  de- 
manded by  Senator  Harding  during  his  campaign, 
by  the  abolition  of  war  as  a  means  of  settling  inter- 
national disputes. 

(b)  The  creation  of  a  genuine  world  court  by  empow- 
ering the  Hague  Court  to  pass  upon  all  disputes 
relating  to  purely  international  matters,  with  power 
to  summon  all  parties  to  a  suit  or  controversy  into 
court  (obligatory  jurisdiction). 

(c)  The  abolition  of  the  doctrines  of  military  necessity 
and  retaliation. 

(d)  Universal  and  immediate  disarmament  by  all  na- 
tions as  the  result  of  the  above  steps. 

(e)  The  remaking  of  the  Treaty  of  Versailles  and  the 
treaties  with  the  minor  Central  Powers  so  that 
absolute  justice  may  be  done. 

(f)  The  nationalization  in  each  country  (as  promised 
by  Lloyd  George  for  England  during  the  war)  of 
every  munition  and  weapon-making  industry,  in- 
cluding the  building  of  warships  of  every  kind. 

The  first  duty  of  The  Hague  should  be  to  outlaw 
war  in  accordance  with  the  demand  first  made  by  Senator 
Knox  during  the  anti-treaty  fight  in  the  Senate  and  by 
Senator  Harding  during  the  campaign.  They  are  both 
absolutely  right.  The  use  of  war  as  a  means  for  the  settle- 
ment of  international  disputes  must  be  abolished,  and  this 
is  the  time  to  do  it.     Of  all  the  defects  which  damned  the 


Versailles  League,  the  worst  is  the  fact  that  it  is  based  upon 
force  and  that  it  throughout  contemplates  the  keeping  up  of 
armies  and  navies.  As  Senator  Knox  so  well  put  it  in  his 
public  statement  of  October  23: 

The  proposed  covenant,  instead  of  abolishing  war,  actually 
sanctions,  breeds,  and  commands  it.  Moreover,  it  absolutely 
requires  that  every  future  war  shall  be  a  potential  world  war 
and  that  we  shall  be  an  active  participant  in  every  such  war. 
.  .  .  Hold  in  mind  that  we  are  to  give  up  the  power  to  say 
when  we  shall  have  war,  when  peace,  what  shall  our  army  num- 
ber, how  many  vessels  of  war  we  shall  have,  how,  when,  and 
where,  and  under  what  conditions  shall  our  army  and  navy  be 
used.     .     .     . 

Senator  Knox  is  a  practical  man  who  has  been  Secretary  of 
State.  He  did  not  hesitate  to  demand  "a  true  League  of 
Nations  under  which  controversies  may  be  judicially  deter- 
mined and  the  curse  of  war  outlawed  and  made  an  inter- 
national crime."  When  a  man  of  this  type  takes  this  posi- 
tion, the  proposal  to  outlaw  war  cannot  be  set  down  as  a 
mere  dream  of  pacifist  theorists  or  of  unpractical  idealists. 

But  Senator  Knox  has  had  other  suggestions  to  make  in 
line  with  the  position  of  The  Nation.  These  are  that  all 
annexations,  exactions,  or  seizures,  by  force  or  duress,  shall 
from  now  on  be  null  and  void.  This  great  step  forward  is 
quite  within  the  power  of  the  Hague  Conference,  but  beyond 
all  this  The  Nation  urges  the  establishment  of  a  real  world 
court.  We  have  recently  [September  25]  pointed  out  how 
utterly  faulty  is  the  organization  of  the  new  world  court 
to  be  established  under  the  existing  League  of  Nations. 
The  Hague  Tribunal,  as  at  present  constituted,  similarly 
cannot  function  in  a  way  to  preserve  the  peace  of  the  world. 
It  should  be  reconstructed  so  that  it  may  settle  all  dis- 
putes relating  to  purely  international  matters;  it  should  sit 
as  a  judicial  body  with  jurisdiction  over  all  parties  to  a  dis- 
pute upon  the  petition  of  any  party  to  the  dispute  or  of  any 
nation  which  has  entered  into  the  agreement  to  make  this 
Tribunal  the  real  international  court  of  the  world  as  su- 
preme in  its  field  as  our  Supreme  Court  within  our 
boundaries. 

The  point  is,  of  course,  that  if  war  is  outlawed  such  doc- 
trines as  those  of  military  necessity,  retaliation,  and  reprisal, 
now  the  excuse  for  many  a  wanton  aggression  and  the  start- 
ing-point of  many  an  imperialistic  land-grabbing  venture, 
would  be  done  away  with.     The  Hague  Conference  would, 
therefore,  have  the  vital  duty  of  preparing  the  codifica- 
tion of  the  existing  international  law.     But  there  is  noth- 
ing more  important  for  the  Conference  to  do  if  it  meets 
at  The  Hague  than  to  demand  immediate  and  universal  dis- 
armament.   We  have  no  doubt  whatever  that  that  would  be 
one  of  the  first  planks  in  Senator  Knox's  platform  and  fore- 
most among  proposals  which  Mr.  Harding  may  make.     Un- 
less disarmament  comes  soon,  the  financial  ruin  of  Europe 
is  inevitable.    The  assertion  of  French  imperialists  that  the 
French  army  shall,  League  or  no  League,  never  be  allowed 
hereafter  to  fall  below  a  permanent  peace  strength  of  700,- 
000  men — a  force  larger  by  nearly  100,000  men  than  the 
Kaiser's  army  in  1913 — shows  what  determined  efforts  must 
be  made  to  do  away  with  the  whole  business.    Disarmament 
is,  moreover,   absolutely  necessary  to  the  welfare  of   the 
United  States,  for,  according  to  official  figures  of  the  United 
States    Government,    92.8    per   cent    of   our    enormous    ex- 
penditure of  $5,686,005,606  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  June 


550 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


30,  1920,  or  $5,279,621,263,  went  to  payments  for  past 
and  future  wars— only  7.2  per  cent  for  all  the  great 
creative  expenditures  of  Government  and  the  cost  of  the 
civilian  machinery!  No  one  can  read  these  figures  and  not 
realize  that  disarmament  is  at  once  the  most  practical  and 
constructive  suggestion  which  can  be  made  at  this  time. 
If  President-elect  Harding  will  but  take  the  lead  in  these 
matters  in  accordance  with  his  pledge,  and  deliberately  call 
the  nations  in  association  to  outlaw  war,  the  Republican 
Party  will  have  much  to  pride  itself  upon  and  the  country 
still  greater  grounds  for  thankfulness  for  the  "decease"  of 
the  Versailles  League.  If  the  United  States  takes  the  lead, 
the  other  nations  must  follow  suit.  There  is  daily  proof 
that  they  will  be  glad  to  do  so. 


On  Hating  the  Provinces 

EMERSON  lived  in  Concord  and  took  villages  for 
granted,  as  natural  microcosms  in  any  one  of  which 
a  sage  might  study  the  world.  Whitman  lived  in  Manhat- 
tan and  sent  his  imagination  on  strong  flights  over  the 
entire  body  of  his  land,  and  to  the  remotest  regions,  neither 
denying  nor  rejecting  whatever  signs  of  life  he  saw.  Lin- 
coln in  Springfield,  whitherto  by  no  means  all  the  philoso- 
phies had  come  and  little  enough  of  culture  in  any  composi- 
tion, mastered  not  only  an  incomparable  wisdom  but  an 
incomparable  style.  To  no  one  of  these  men  could  it  have 
been  quite  understandable  that  a  second  or  third  generation 
after  them  would  begin  to  display  among  certain  of  its 
intellectual  leaders  that  restless  and  intense  hatred  of  the 
"provinces"  which  marks,  for  example,  the  critics  of  Paris 
and  the  professors  of  Berlin.  Yet  something  of  precisely 
this  sort  has  come  to  pass.  Voice  after  voice  is  added  to 
the  regiments  of  criticism  being  raised  against  suburban 
Philistia  and  the  villatic  bourgeoisie. 

That  is  to  say,  a  reaction  is  commencing  against  the 
frontier  which  has  had  so  large  a  hand  in  making  us.  It 
is  no  longer  a  natural  device  to  put  critical  sagacity  in  the 
mouth  of  a  rural  sage.  When  Lowell  created  Hosea  Biglow 
he  did  so  with  the  brash  originality  of  a  young  man  who 
was  taking  venturesome  shots  at  his  age;  no  young  Ameri- 
can of  Lowell's  scholarship  would  think  a  second  time  of 
such  a  device  today.  Josh  Billings  and  Artemus  Ward  to 
all  but  a  few  have  come  to  seem  "old  stuff."  Even  Mr. 
Dooley  was  not  a  crossroads  loafer  but  a  native  son  of  the 
city  streets.  In  return  for  a  long  course  of  ridicule  from 
rustic  philosophers  a  new  order  of  philosophes  is  striking 
back.  We  need  not  wonder,  perhaps,  that  the  riposte  is 
often  acrimonious ;  the  weight  of  all  this  village  ridicule  has 
often  been  heavy.  We  need  not  feel  too  much  distressed 
at  the  look  of  snobbishness  which  some  of  the  critics  of 
our  frontier  somewhat  too  continually  wear;  nothing  ought 
to  be  so  easy  to  forgive  as  a  zeal  for  enlightenment.  It  is 
important  to  remember,  however,  that  there  is  a  point  of 
vantage  a  little  above  this  particular  critical  melee  from 
which  the  battle  appears  less  crucial  than  it  doubtless  ap- 
pears to  those  who  wage  it. 

That  point  of  vantage  is  the  artist's,  at  least  so  far  as  the 
artist  is  concerned  with  the  reproduction  of  life  without  the 
Puritan's  anxiety  to  make  it — or  to  make  it  out — the  kind  of 
life  he  thinks  it  ought  to  be.  The  moralist  condemns  the 
"bad"  people  and  the  wit  condemns  the  dull;  but  these  are 


phases  of  argument.  With  argument  the  dramatist  or 
novelist  is  much  less  concerned.  His  task  is  first  of  all  a 
representation  of  what  he  finds,  and  his  obligation  ends — 
though  he  may  decide  to  do  more — when  he  has  represented 
it.  At  his  lowest  level  he  yields  himself  wholly  to  the 
manners  of  his  society  and  sets  them  forth  with  implied 
approbation,  as  if  they  were  the  laws  of  God.  At  a  higher 
level,  he  turns  violently  against  its  prejudices  and  assails 
them  as  if  they  were  the  sins  of  Satan.  But  there  is  a  level 
higher  still,  from  which,  as  he  looks  upon  his  community, 
he  sees  it  as  men  and  women  involved  in  the  exercises  of 
life,  and  he  makes  his  record  of  them  without  either  un- 
critical admiration  or  vexed  recrimination.  Those  of  our 
novelists  and  dramatists  who  now  hate  our  provinces  most 
are  nearly  all  dissatisfied  men  lately  escaped  from  stodgi- 
ness  and  devoted  to  getting  their  revenges.  In  this  fashion 
the  heretic,  while  his  wounds  still  smart,  lashes  back  at  the 
doctrines  which  oppressed  him.  But  the  truly  emancipated 
spirit  no  longer  has  time  for  recrimination  or  revenge. 
He  goes,  as  artist,  about  his  proper  business,  accepting 
stupidity  as  his  material  as  well  as  intelligence,  vice  as  well 
as  virtue,  gentleness  as  well  as  cruelty.  In  every  com- 
munity, he  knows,  all  the  types  and  tendencies  of  humanity 
may  be  found,  and  it  does  not  occur  to  him  to  be  partisan 
of  one  neighborhood — town  or  country — against  another. 
He  knows,  too,  that  familiarity  with  mankind  comes  partly 
from  affection  for  it,  and  that  the  truth  is  therefore  hot 
unrelated  to  affection.  How  then  shall  he  tell  the  truth 
about  the  provinces  so  long  as  he  feels  nothing  but  ani- 
mosity for  them?  It  was  not  in  this  temper  that  Fielding 
drew  Squire  Western,  or  Scott  his  Caleb  Balderstone,  pr 
Balzac  poor  stupid  Pere  Goriot.  After  long  years  in  which 
this  temper  has  sweetened  and  softened  American  fiction 
far  too  much,  we  do  indeed  need  more  iron  in  it.  But,  like- 
wise, it  is  well  to  remember  that  hatred  rarely  speaks  the 
last  word. 


A  Notable  Prison  Report 

IN  the  midst  of  the  political  reaction  in  which  we  live  it 
is  both  encouraging  and  necessary  to  note  the  steady 
progress  toward  betterment  of  our  social  conditions  along 
various  lines,  else  would  the  faint-hearted  lose  all  faith.  In 
the  matter  of  prison  reform,  for  instance,  the  advance  being 
made  all  over  the  country  deserves  far  more  attention  than 
it  has  received.  We  are  beginning  to  learn  that  prisoners 
are  an  integral  part  of  civilization,  that  they  cannot  be 
brushed  aside  and  forgotten.  The  duty  of  society  so  far 
from  having  ended  has  only  begun  when  the  doors  of  the 
prison  close  upon  the  convicted  man.  Nowhere  else  in  the 
world  are  so  many  kinds  of  men  gathered  together  under 
one  roof  as  in  a  prison.  They  are  alike  only  in  the  fact 
•that  they  have  been  adjudged  guilty  under  the  law.  But 
since  the  theories  of  Lombroso  have  lost  their  sanctity,  we 
are  compelled  to  admit  that  law-breaking,  or  criminal  be- 
havior, is  not  due  to  a  peculiar  quality  carrying  with  it 
definite  physical  stigmata.  All  sorts  of  men  are  criminals 
for  all  sorts  of  reasons.  The  problem  is  well  brought  out  in 
the  remarkable  report  just  issued  by  the  New  York  State 
Prison  Survey  Committee  headed  by  Mr.  Adolph  Lewisohn. 
Says  the  report: 
Before  the  representatives  of  the  committee  there  were  5,300 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


551 


men  ranging  in  ages  from  fifteen  to  seventy-eight,  ranging  in 
education  from  no  schooling  to  post-graduate  work,  ranging  in 
intelligence  from  zero  to  a  maximum  comparable  to  that  in  the 
outside  world,  ranging  in  desire  to  make  good  from  nothing  to 
100  per  cent,  ranging  in  inside  vocational  assignments  from 
floor  cleaner  to  the  task  of  imparting  knowledge  in  schoolrooms. 

In  response  to  the  growing  public  demand  for  better  con- 
ditions in  the  prisons  of  his  State,  Governor  Smith,  of  New 
York,  appointed  the  Lewisohn  committee  to  investigate  and 
report.  Their  recommendations  are  of  the  widest  interest. 
First  of  all  they  urge  an  effective,  scientific  system  of  ex- 
amination and  classification  so  that  prisoners  may  be  treated 
as  their  mental  capacity  and  their  social  background  de- 
mand. This  work  requires  a  laboratory  and  the  appoint- 
ment of  trained  psychiatrists  and  vocational  experts,  and 
already  the  task  of  altering  Sing  Sing  Prison  over  into  a 
clearing  house  and  reception  station  is  under  way — in  itself 
a  wonderful  step  forward.  When  one  considers  the  revolting 
immoralities  and  brutalities  which  have  gone  on  in  this  in- 
stitution for  decades  past,  and  recalls  that  the  whole  spirit  of 
that  institution  has  been  to  confirm  old  offenders  in  their 
bad  ways  and  to  make  professional  prisoners  of  first  of- 
fenders, the  sounding  of  the  old  prison's  knell  marks  a  revo- 
lution indeed. 

Next  in  importance  to  the  classification  of  convicts  is 
industrial  training,  a  matter  usually  neglected  or  carried 
on  in  antiquated  workshops  for  more  or  less  useless  labor, 
the  men  working  listlessly  through  processes  that  make  cer- 
tain their  unfitness  for  the  industrial  system  in  the  world 
beyond  the  prison  walls.  They  work  as  inefficiently  as 
slaves  work,  without  interest  or  incentive;  their  technical 
wage  is  only  an  insult  to  their  ambition.  The  committee 
recommends  a  carefully  regulated,  honest  wage  system  based 
on  the  actual  output  of  the  shops.  Not  only  will  this  pro- 
vide an  incentive  to  labor  and  help  produce  that  habit  of 
steady  industry  which  so  many  inmates  need,  but  it  will 
solve  the  acute  problem  of  supporting  the  prisoners'  fami- 
lies on  the  outside.  That  the  incarceration  of  the  bread- 
winner of  a  family  should  throw  upon  his  wife  the  double 
task  of  housework  and  financial  support  or  force  her  to 
apply  for  charity  seems  grossly  absurd.  The  committee  had 
the  assistance  of  industrial  experts  and  union  leaders  in 
working  out  a  solution  of  the  problem  which  would  not 
injure  the  interests  of  free  labor.  Coupled  with  proper 
equipment  and  adequate  pay,  the  committee  advocates  vo- 
cational guidance  and  training  to  fit  the  prisoner  for  a 
trade  or  profession  in  line  with  his  own  interests  and 
abilities. 

The  report,  of  course,  urges  necessary  improvements  in 
the  physical  conditions  of  prisons,  in  recreation,  in  diet,  in 
religious  influences;  it  discusses  the  use  of  farm  lands  for 
prison  labor.  It  speaks  a  cautious  word  of  commendation  of 
the  famous  Mutual  Welfare  League  that  is  worth  quoting : 

By  this  time  it  must  be  evident  that  the  committee  looks  with 
favor  upon  any  prison  organization  which  introduces  a  new 
set  of  impulses  which  emphasize  the  social  aspects  of  life,  and 
develop  initiative  and  cooperation  of  individuals  and  of  groups. 

Governor  Smith  deserves  a  large  share  of  the  credit  for 
the  excellent  work  of  the  committee  and  the  reforms  already 
under  way.  More  than  any  other  Governor  he  has  shown 
sympathetic  understanding  of  prison  problems.  Much  of 
the  work  undertaken  during  his  administration  will  neces- 
sarily be  left  undone  when  his  term  expires.  The  citizens  of 
the  State  must  see  to  it  that  his  successor  puts  into  effect 
the  excellent  suggestions  of  the  Lewisohn  committee. 


The  Haul  of  Fame 

FAME  has  drawn  up  her  quinquennial  net  on  University 
Heights  and  out  of  177  men  tried  for,  six  unusually 
valuable  ones  have  been  caught:  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens, 
James  Buchanan  Eads,  Patrick  Henry,  William  Thomas 
Green  Morton,  Augustus  Saint-Gaudens,  and  Roger  Wil- 
liams. Of  twenty-seven  women  but  one  is  selected  for  this 
particular  eminence :  Alice  Freeman  Palmer.  Hardly  ever  be- 
fore has  a  choice  been  made  by  the  electorate  of  the  Hall  of 
Fame  to  which  fewer  exceptions  could  be  taken.  Mrs.  Pal- 
mer deserves  fame,  for  she  had  greatness.  If  Morton,  the 
discoverer  of  ether,  should  not  be  famous,  few  benefactors 
of  mankind  have  any  right  to  be.  Eads  and  Saint-Gaudens 
in  their  different  ways  were  both  geniuses.  It  is  pleasant 
to  find  Mark  Twain  in  this  new  list — the  first  of  our 
humorists  to  attract  such  recognition. 

But  what  are  Roger  Williams  and  Patrick  Henry  doing 
in  this  gallery?  Did  not  Williams  lift  up  his  voice  against 
the  anointed  heads  of  Massachusetts ;  and  did  he  not  contend 
with  them  on  points  of  doctrine  and  government  until  they 
could  no  longer  endure  him;  and  did  they  not  threaten  to 
send  him  back  to  England  till  he  slipped  out  and  set  up  his 
own  plantation  in  Rhode  Island,  where — so  bitter  was  his 
radicalism — he  even  refused  to  persecute  the  Quakers  and 
engaged  in  only  literary  controversies  with  them?  And 
Patrick  Henry,  of  all  Americans!  He  incited  to  revolution 
if  ever  a  man  did.  And  not  only  was  he  a  rebel  against 
the  distant  king  in  England,  but  he  was  remarkably  shaky 
as  regards  the  gentry  and  the  old  regime  in  Virginia,  snub- 
bing the  rich  planters  and  championing  the  rights  of  the 
Dissenters.  Both  Williams  and  Henry,  as  it  turned  out, 
were  on  the  winning  side  in  their  controversies,  and  per- 
haps some  of  the  harshest  feeling  about  them  has  died 
down.  But  we  cannot  believe  that  any  red-blooded  Ameri- 
can will  make  allowances  for  that.  These  men  stood  up 
against  the  laws  of  their  country;  they  desired  to  change 
them ;  they  were  willing  to  make  a  row  about  it. 

Or  is  there  something  in  the  effect  of  time  that  makes 
radicalism  harmless  as  time  passes?  Roger  Williams  was  a 
radical  in  the  seventeenth  century,  Patrick  Henry  in  the 
eighteenth.  But  in  the  twentieth  century  it  is  different. 
For  that  matter  the  nineteeth  is  still  not  quite  safe.  There 
are  the  names  of  Walt  Whitman  and  John  Brown  and  Susan 
B.  Anthony,  among  others,  on  the  list  of  candidates  for  the 
Hall  of  Fame  who  got  some  votes  but  not  enough  for  elec- 
tion. If  Whitman  is  not  a  great  seer  and  poet,  no  Ameri- 
can is;  but  his  metrical  innovations  have  never  been  for- 
given him.  John  Brown  marched  with  all  the  armies  in 
Europe  during  the  late  war,  but  he  fought  in  a  controverted 
cause,  and  agreement  as  to  him  is  still  impossible.  The 
recent  victory  of  woman  suffrage  might  reasonably  have 
assigned  Susan  B.  Anthony  to  the  winners,  and  so  to  the 
deservers  of  fame;  but  there  are  still  anti-suffragists 
abroad.  Long  after  great  men  and  women  have  survived 
their  own  antagonists  the  spiritual  and  intellectual  sons  and 
daughters  of  their  antagonists  live  on  and  in  various 
fashions  temper  the  fame  which  naturally  seeks  the  great. 
Not  even  three  hundred  years,  however,  seem  to  have  been 
enough  to  win  a  place  in  the  Hall  of  Fame  for  that  early 
American  here  known  as  Pocahontas  Rolfe — now  in  the 
Elysian  Fields  doubtless  consoled  for  her  exclusion  by  the 
kindly  words  of  Eve  Adam  and  Cleopatra  Caesar. 


£^ft> 


~ 


• 


552 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


The  Central  European  Conspiracy 


By  EUGENE  S.  BAGGER 


THE  publication  by  the  Social  Democratic  press  of 
Vienna  and  Prague  of  a  series  of  secret  documents 
taken  from  the  archives  of  the  Hungarian  Legation  in 
Vienna  furnishes  first-hand  evidence  as  to  the  reality  of  the 
danger  that  threatens  the  peace  of  Europe — poor  unstable 
edifice  at  best — at  the  hands  of  the  reckless  militarists  now 
controlling  the  government  of  Hungary.  On  September  22 
the  first  batch  of  these  state  papers  appeared  simultaneously 
in  Vilagossag,  the  weekly  organ  of  the  Magyar  (non-Bol- 
shevik) Independent  Socialist  refugees  in  Vienna,  the 
Arbeiter-Zeitung  of  the  same  city,  and  the  Pravo  Lidu,  the 
right-wing  Social  Democratic  daily  of  Prague.  Further 
disclosures  followed,  and  were  discussed  on  the  floor  of  the 
Austrian  National  Assembly ;  and  although  they  encountered 
a  very  broadside  of  denials  on  the  part  of  the  Magyar  gov- 
ernment, their  authenticity  is  established  beyond  doubt  by 
intrinsic  and  circumstantial  evidence,  and  has  been  officially 
recognized  by  the  Austrian  and  Czecho-Slovak  governments. 

Essentially  these  documents — mostly  confidential  reports 
sent  by  Colonel  Arpad  Reich,  head  of  the  press  bureau  of 
the  Magyar  legation,  to  Dr.  Tibor  Eckhardt,  who  occupies 
the  corresponding  post  in  the  Budapest  Foreign  Office — con- 
tain little  that  was  not  known  and  suspected  before.  That 
the  government  of  the  Hungarian  White  Terror  is  fostering 
an  irredentist  movement  and  preparing  an  armed  uprising 
in  Slovakia;  that  its  agents  are  organizing  and  financing 
anti-Semitic  and  royalist  propaganda  in  German- Austria; 
royalist  and  disruptionist  propaganda  in  Bohemia,  was  only 
too  well  known.  Nevertheless  the  documents  are  astound- 
ing, not  only  because  their  official  character  puts  the  stamp 
of  finality  upon  the  case,  but  also  because  of  the  over- 
whelming bulk  of  detail  and  of  the  unmatched  picture  they 
present  of  the  mentality  of  the  present  rulers  of  Hungary 
and  the  plans  of  their  French  abettors. 

It  is  in  their  bearing  upon  the  intrigues  jointly  engineered 
by  French  militarists  and  Horthy's  government  that  the 
Vienna  revelations  possess  the  greatest  importance. 
Throughout  the  documents  runs  the  red  thread  of  what  is 
at  Budapest  euphemistically  called  the  "French  orientation" 
— in  other  words,  the  working  agreement  between  the  Mag- 
yar government  and  certain  very  influential  circles  at  Paris 
by  which  the  former  actually  submits  to  French  military 
and  economic  vassalage  in  exchange  for  a  promise  to  rectify 
the  Hungarian  frontiers  as  set  down  by  the  Treaty  of 
Trianon,  and  a  connivance  at  monarchist-militarist  resto- 
ration. 

The  French-Magyar  agreements,  Az  Ember  says,  grew 
out  of  the  treaty  negotiating  the  lease  of  the  Hungarian 
state  railways — which  today  are  Hungary's  soundest  finan- 
cial asset — to  a  French  syndicate  for  fifty  years.  Already 
this  railroad  convention  contains  a  political  clause  of  an 
amazing  nature.  According  to  Sections  VIII  and  IX,  the 
Hungarian  government  is  bound  to  consult  the  diplomatic 
representative  of  the  French  government  concerning  every 
measure,  those  of  domestic  policy  expressly  included,  which 
has  a  bearing  on  any  clause  of  the  treaty ;  and  the  sugges- 
tions of  the  French  diplomatic  representative  must  be  an- 
swered within  three  days.  If  this  does  not  mean  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  French  protectorate  over  Hungary  in  the  good 


old  straight  Central  African  sense,  it  means  nothing  at  all. 

The  gist  of  the  simultaneously  concluded  political  treaty 
is  that  France  agrees  to  the  relegation  of  the  Treaty  of 
Trianon  to  the  well-known  heap  of  scraps  of  paper.  That 
treaty  abolishes  universal  military  service  in  Hungary  and 
reduces  the  Magyar  army  to  a  strength  of  35,000.  The 
French  now  authorize  Hungary  to  retain  universal  military 
service.  The  size  of  the  army  is  not  stated,  but  Hungary 
can  apparently  suit  herself  about  that,  subject  only  to 
French  approval.  France  also  agrees  to  secure  for  Hungary 
a  rectification  of  the  frontiers  set  down  by  the  Treaty  of 
Trianon — at  the  expense,  it  should  be  added,  of  Czecho- 
slovakia and  Rumania,  her  formal  allies.  Finally,  the  third 
agreement  is  a  military  convention  by  which  Hungary 
offers  to  furnish  an  army  of  150,000  against  Soviet  Russia 
and  to  put  it  under  French  command. 

Nothing  is  more  natural  than  that  the  French  govern- 
ment should  have  issued  a  denial  of  these  treaties,  admit- 
ting only  the  existence  of  a  certain  arrangement  concerning 
the  lease  of  the  Hungarian  railroads.  On  the  other  hand, 
Count  Teleki,  the  Magyar  premier,  in  an  open  session  of 
the  Hungarian  National  Assembly,  boasted  of  the  "alliance" 
with  France  as  the  greatest  achievement  of  his  regime ;  and 
several  of  the  Paris  newspapers,  notably  the  Matin,  simi- 
larly spoke  of  the  alliance  as  an  accomplished  fact.  Ac- 
cording to  Becsi  Magyar  Ujsag,  the  organ  of  the  bourgeois 
refugees  in  Vienna,  the  inconspicuous  retirement  from  the 
Quai  d'Orsay  of  M.  Paleologue,  former  French  ambassador, 
to  Petrograd  and  originator  of  the  French-Magyar  rap- 
prochement, was  due  to  the  realization  of  this  particular 
blunder.  The  same  newspaper  is  informed  that  the  British 
government  formally  protested  in  Paris  against  the  agree- 
ment concerning  the  lease  of  Magyar  state  railways  on  the 
ground  that  all  assets  of  the  Hungarian  government  are  tied 
down  as  security  for  reparations  and  cannot  be  disposed  of 
without  consent  of  the  Reparation  Commission. 

In  a  sense  the  rapprochement  of  Millerand's  France  and 
the  Hungary  of  Horthy  is  the  consequence  and  acknowl- 
edgment of  the  debacle  of  the  European  "order"  created 
by  the  Treaty  of  Versailles.  On  the  one  hand,  Czecho- 
slovakia and  Rumania  refuse  to  be  the  dupes  and  tools  (to 
use  the  blunt  expression  of  M.  Take  Jonescu,  the  Rumanian 
Foreign  Minister)  of  France  against  Soviet  Russia,  and 
have  launched,  in  conjunction  with  Jugoslavia,  a  foreign 
policy  of  their  own,  culminating  in  the  formation  of  the 
Little  Entente.  On  the  other  hand,  France  fears  the  union 
of  Austria  with  Germany  even  more  than  she  hates  Soviet 
Russia,  and  is  prepared  to  prevent  that  outcome  by  letting 
loose  the  detachments  of  Horthy's  terrorist  army  upon 
Vienna.  Collusion  with  the  Hungarian  government  is  the 
logical  concomitant  of  a  French  policy  which,  in  Bavaria, 
favors  and  finances  the  Wittelsbach  restoration  regardless 
of  the  fact  that  the  Bavarian  royalists,  while  professing 
separatist  sentiments  in  the  presence  of  their  French 
backers,  are  at  the  same  time  in  close  contact  with  the 
Ludendorff  group  of  Pan-German  restorationists.  That  this 
French  policy,  if  allowed  to  run  its  whole  length,  will  land 
Europe  in  another  war  and  France  in  complete  disaster  has 
been  pointed  out  and  requires  no  repetition  here. 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


553 


Italy:  How  the  Government  Met  the  Revolution 


By  HIRAM  K.  MODERWELL 


IN  the  official  version  of  foreign  newspapers,  the  recent 
seizure  of  Italian  factories  by  the  workmen,  resulting 
in  a  nation-wide  compact  for  workers'  supervision  in  in- 
dustry, was  made  possible  only  by  the  "incredibly  supine 
attitude  of  the  Italian  Government."  "Why,"  asked  the 
press,  especially  the  French  press,  "did  Giolitti  not  send 
the  troops  to  eject  the  lawless  workers?  What  can  you 
expect  when  a  government  is  too  spineless  to  enforce  its  own 
laws?" 

This  explanation  of  the  Italian  workers'  success  is  suffi- 
cient to  those  who  have  forgotten  (if  they  ever  knew)  that 
Europe  has  been  shaken  by  a  great  war;  that  revolution  is 
in  reality,  and  not  merely  in  headlines,  stalking  abroad; 
and  that  the  Peace  of  Versailles  has  condemned  everybody 
to  grab  what  he  can  get.  These  truths  are  obscured  from 
the  American  editor,  who  never  really  felt  the  war  and  who 
understands  the  labor  question  only  in  a  Palmeresque  sense. 
They  are  obscured  from  the  French,  who  are  still  shaken 
with  the  reaction  from  the  terror  of  the  German  invasion. 
The  British,  who  were  at  the  time  dealing  respectfully  with 
their  Miners'  Union,  were  more  sympathetic.  But  few  per- 
sons outside  of  Italy  or  the  defeated  lands  could  quite  ap- 
preciate how  hollow  was  the  fashionable  chatter  about 
"firmness"  and  "ruthless  suppression." 

Premier  Giolitti's  official  explanation  of  the  Italian  Gov- 
ernment's attitude,  presented  to  the  Senate  after  the  busi- 
ness was  settled,  was  full  of  good  sense.  He  pointed  out 
that  a  social  adjustment  was  taking  place  the  world  over, 
that  government  must  take  account  of  new  facts  and  not 
act  merely  on  the  ancient  slogans;  that  if  the  workers  had 
temporarily  seized  private  property,  they  had  perhaps  taken 
the  hint  from  the  army  of  profiteers  (including  some  of  the 
owners  of  these  same  factories)  who  had  seized  the  public 
wealth  during  the  war.  He  asserted  that  to  have  sent  the 
soldiers  to  seize  and  hold  all  the  Italian  factories  before  the 
workers'  occupation  would  have  been  to  "lock  up"  the 
greater  part  of  the  army  in  places  where  it  could  be  be- 
sieged and  where  it  would  be  useless  for  the  maintaining  of 
public  order;  that  on  the  other  hand,  to  have  dislodged  the 
workers  after  the  seizure  would  have  been  to  cause  great 
bloodshed  and  to  punish  with  death,  in  many  hundreds  or 
thousands  of  cases,  the  mere  misdemeanor  of  technical  theft. 
His  words  were  informed  with  an  understanding  that  the 
world  is  in  change,  and  that  it  is  not  safe  to  keep  the  law 
a  lifeless  imitation  of  a  bygone  age. 

But  premiers  in  their  public  apologies  do  not  admit  more 
than  they  must.  And  Giolitti  gave  only  the  least  startling 
reasons  for  his  action.  Indeed,  his  statement,  although  re- 
ceived by  the  Senate  as  "satisfactory,"  is  scarcely  convinc- 
ing. The  public  does  not  soberly  believe  that  premiers, 
especially  premiers  like  Giolitti  who  advertise  themselves 
as  "strong,"  hesitate  to  "punish"  with  death  an  armed  de- 
fiance of  the  authority  of  the  state.  Few  premier  hearts 
bleed  thus !  If  Giolitti  withheld  the  order  to  seize  the  fac- 
tories by  force,  it  was  for  more  substantial  reasons. 

Sober  middle-class  Italian  men  of  affairs  say  that  he 
withheld  the  order  because  he  believed  the  army  was  in- 
fected with  revolution  and  would  not  have  obeyed.  I  can- 
not believe  that  this  is  true.     Sober  middle-class   Italian 


men  of  affairs  are  anything  but  sober  when  the  working 
class  makes  unaccustomed  gestures.  They  are  quite  the 
most  hysterical  individuals  in  Italy.  They  see  red  revolu- 
tion where  an  experienced  revolutionist  sees  nothing  but  a 
demonstration.  They  have  seen  half  a  dozen  revolutions 
approaching  in  Italy  since  the  Armistice,  where  the  pro- 
fessional revolutionists  have  seen  only  one  or  two.  The 
bugbear  of  the  "unreliability  of  the  army,"  therefore,  made 
headway  among  the  sober  middle-class,  though  it  was  never 
taken  too  optimistically  by  the  Socialists.  The  Italian  army, 
that  is  to  say,  the  mercenary  Guardia  Regia  or  national 
police,  is,  like  other  armies,  composed  of  workers  and  peas- 
ants who  believe  most  of  what  is  told  them,  and  do  not  want 
to  be  shot  for  insubordination.  Generally  speaking  it  is 
willing  to  obey  orders,  but  generally  speaking  it  is  not 
willing  to  shoot  its  friends  in  its  own  paese  or  village.  The 
military  authorities  are  aware  of  this  fact  and  commonly 
assign  Sicilian  regiments  to  Milan  and  thereabouts.  Si- 
cilian peasants  are  not  mortally  averse  to  shooting  Milanese 
industrial  workmen.  The  issue  in  Italy  between  revolution 
and  reaction  is  not  yet  sufficiently  universal  and  vulgarized 
to  have  penetrated  every  illiterate  Sicilian  head.  There- 
fore, I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  the  army  would,  on  Gio- 
litti's order,  have  attacked  occupied  factories  at  Milan  and 
quickly  captured  them.  If  the  armed  resistance  had  been 
vigorous  and  general,  it  is  of  course  possible  that  the  army 
would  have  reconsidered  before  moving  to  the  second  at- 
tack. But  I  am  convinced  that  not  even  the  most  sanguine 
revolutionists  anticipated  a  general  revolt  and  mutiny  in 
the  army.  At  the  most  there  would  have  come  a  period 
of  uncertainty  and  anarchy.  From  such  a  period  anything 
might  develop.  The  most  daring  revolutionists  therefore 
hoped  that  Giolitti  would  show  "firmness."  As  usual,  the 
utmost  hopes  of  the  most  daring  revolutionists  were  exactly 
the  hopes  of  the  French  journalists.  But  the  issue  would 
at  most  have  been  doubtful. 

The  Italian  Government  was  in  reality  thinking,  not  in 
military  but  in  economic  terms.  It  feared — and  its  fears 
were  mathematically  accurate — that  the  use  of  force  would 
provoke  a  retaliation  in  kind.  If  the  factories  were  at- 
tacked, they  would  be  sabotaged.  To  have  vindicated  the 
sanctity  of  private  ownership  of  social  capital  would  have 
been  to  damage  that  social  capital  to  the  extent  of  in- 
numerable millions  of  lire.  It  is  useless  to  say  that  this 
social  capital  was  legally  private  property,  and  as  such 
deserving  the  protection  of  the  state.  It  was  also  social 
capital,  and  as  such  of  incalculable  value  not  only  to  the 
capitalist  owners  but  to  the  nation.  It  is  likewise  useless 
to  say  that  the  workers  occupying  the  factories  were  com- 
mon lawbreakers.  If  Italian  industry  were  ruined,  Italian 
export  trade  paralyzed,  Italian  exchange  shot  down  to  a 
level  with  that  of  defeated  Germany,  Italian  economy  bank- 
rupt, and  foreign  grain  practically  unpurchasable  with 
Italian  lire,  the  Italian  people  would  have  been  little  con- 
soled to  be  told  that  this  had  been  done  to  vindicate  the 
dogma  that  Italian  industry  was  not  social  capital  but  pri- 
vate property. 

For  the  use  of  the  troops  would  not  have  provoked  merely 
the   destruction   of  machinery  within   the   occupied  metal 


554 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


factories.  It  would  have  provoked  the  occupying  of  all  the 
other  factories  in  Italy.  The  problem  of  seizing  a  few  fac- 
tories would  overnight  have  become  the  problem  of  seizing 
all  the  factories.  The  movement,  led  by  the  Anarchists 
and  extreme  left  Socialists,  to  extend  occupation  to  all 
Italy,  was  only  restrained  by  the  reasonable  attitude  of  the 
Government,  which  promised  immediate  returns  without 
bloodshed.  As  it  was,  with  all  the  persuasion  the  Gov- 
ernment could  exert,  the  proposal  of  the  Socialists  to  ex- 
tend the  seizure  to  all  Italy  was  defeated  in  the  Trade 
Union  Congress  by  only  three  to  two.  Grant  that  the  army 
could  have  done  its  job.  Grant  that  it  could  have  captured 
one  factory  after  another,  and  could  have  burst  the  barri- 
cades erected  behind  it  during  each  operation,  yet  what 
would  have  been  the  economic  outlook  for  Italy  when  each 
factory  so  captured  would  have  meant  a  factory  destroyed? 
The  result  would  have  been  disastrous. 

This  very  material  analysis  does  not  take  account  of  the 
incommensurable  values  of  proletarian  discontent  following 
such  a  bloody  repression.  The  "labor  morale"  of  Italy, 
already  low,  because  of  the  popular  belief  that  every  em- 
ployer is  a  profiteer,  would  after  the  death  of  several  thou- 
sand workmen  have  turned  into  a  permanent  strike  on  the 
job.  With  such  a  paralysis  of  Italian  production,  Italian 
credit  would  have  suffered  a  debacle.  The  Italian  foreign 
trade  for  the  year  1919  was,  in  round  numbers,  sixteen 
milliard  lire  of  imports  and  five  milliards  of  exports.  For 
1920,  on  the  basis  of  the  figures  for  the  first  three  months, 
the  imports  would  be  thirteen  milliard  and  the  exports  six 
milliard,  reducing  the  deficit  from  eleven  milliard  to  seven. 
This  moderate  improvement  was  foreseen  without  assum- 
ing any  extraordinary  labor  trouble.  But  the  recent  agi- 
tation, it  is  estimated,  took  a  round  milliard  off  the  ex- 
ports. What  would  be  the  result  if  the  whole  Italian  work- 
ing class  were  embittered  by  the  slaughter  of  some  thou- 
sands of  their  comrades ;  by  the  sight  of  Italian  finance  and 
commerce  alone  flourishing  from  the  ever-rising  cost  of 
living;  by  the  knowledge  that  the  blood  and  iron  of  the 
state  had  been  sent  against  them  in  the  service  of  the 
profiteers? 

At  the  very  least,  production  would  have  slumped  as  it 
has  not  slumped  since  the  attempt  at  reconstruction  began. 
The  expected  improvement  of  four  milliards  in  the  trade 
balance  of  this  year  over  last,  already  reduced  to  three, 
would  have  been  wiped  out.  The  foreign  value  of  the  lire, 
which  sank  during  the  dispute  from  sixteen  to  the  dollar 
to  twenty-six,  would  have  rushed  to  join  the  hopeless  mark 
and  crown.  Foreign  capital,  which  the  country  desperately 
needs,  would  have  shunned  Italy  like  a  pest.  The  problem 
of  buying  annually  thirty-two  million  quintals  of  foreign 
grain  would  have  become  well  nigh  hopeless.  The  collapse 
of  public  economy  would  have  precipitated  the  very  social 
anarchy  to  avoid  which  the  flippant  French  journalists  in- 
voked the  troops. 

We  need  not,  therefore,  and  should  not,  put  Giolitti's 
"weakness"  down  to  fear  of  the  military  result  of  barricade 
fighting.  What  menaced  Italy  was  not  full-fledged  revolu- 
tion, but  economic  disintegration.  Giolitti  averted  this  for 
the  time.  He  did  more.  One  of  the  most  expert  politicians 
in  Europe,  he  knew  how  in  one  stroke  to  avoid  defeat  and 
bid  for  victory.  What  he  did  was  not  only  to  avert  the 
disintegration  of  Italian  economy.  It  was  to  threaten  the 
disintegration  of  Italian  revolution.  The  Socialists  were 
nothing  less  than  terrified  by  the  result. 


New  Irish  Commission  Members 

PREPARATIONS  for  the  inquiry  into  conditions  in  Ire- 
land, to  be  conducted  by  the  American  Commission  on 
Ireland,  are  being  pressed  rapidly.  A  special  committee 
consisting  of  United  States  Senator  David  I.  Walsh,  former 
Governor  Joseph  W.  Folk,  and  Dr.  Frederic  C.  Howe  has 
been  appointed  to  arrange  for  the  inquiry,  and  to  draw  up 
the  order  of  procedure  and  the  schedule  of  witnesses. 

The  members  of  the  Commission  have  expressed  much 
concern  over  the  new  outbreaks  of  violence  in  Ireland  dur- 
ing the  past  week,  including  the  burning  of  several  towns  by 
British  Black  and  Tans,  and  several  pitched  battles  be- 
tween Irishmen  and  policemen.  Advices  from  Ireland  in- 
dicate the  increased  gravity  of  the  situation.  In  view  of  all 
the  circumstances  the  Commission  has  raised  its  member- 
ship to  seven,  the  better  to  cope  with  the  tasks  before  it, 
and  may  add  further  to  its  personnel. 

The  two  new  members  are  Raymond  Robins,  of  Chicago, 
and  Alexander  P.  Moore,  editor  of  the  Pittsburg  Leader. 
Each  of  these  men  was  associated  prominently  with  the 
late  Theodore  Roosevelt  in  the  Progressive  movement,  and 
each  took  an  active  part  in  the  recent  Harding  campaign. 
Colonel  Robins  has  been  a  leader  in  numerous  campaigns 
for  social,  political,  and  religious  betterment. 

In  addition  to  the  delegation  of  bishops  from  the  Irish 
hierarchy,  announced  last  week,  the  Commission  has  in- 
vited the  following  witnesses  from  Ireland: 

The  Mayor  of  Belfast;  the  Mayor  of  Londonderry;  the 
Chairman  of  the  Urban  Council  of  Mallow;  John  Derham, 
Town  Commissioner  of  Balbriggan;  Denis  Morgan,  Chair- 
man of  the  Urban  Council  of  Thurles;  Mrs.  Thomas  Mac- 
Curtain,  widow  of  the  former  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork  who 
was  slain  in  March;  Donald  O'Gallachain,  who  has  suc- 
ceeded MacSwiney  as  Lord  Mayor  of  Cork;  Miss  Irene  E. 
Swanzy,  sister  of  police  inspector  Swanzy,  who  was  mur- 
dered at  Lisburn.  Members  of  the  Commission  believe  that 
these  witnesses  and  others  to  be  invited  will  aid  materially 
in  presenting  to  the  public  a  picture  of  the  state  of  affairs  in 
Ireland. 

The  Commission  received  through  Miss  Jane  Addams  a 
message  from  the  Manchester,  England,  branch  of  the 
Women's  International  League,  which  recently  conducted  a 
first-hand  investigation  into  conditions  in  certain  parts  of 
Ireland,  offering  to  send  a  delegation  here  immediately  to 
give  testimony  before  the  Commission.  "We  feel  that  the 
matter  is  very  urgent,"  wrote  the  English  women.  A  cable 
was  sent  to  Manchester  inviting  the  delegation  to  proceed 
by  the  first  available  boat.  Steps  were  also  taken  by  the 
Commission  to  get  in  touch  with  members  of  the  British 
Society  of  Friends,  which  has  been  conducting  an  inquiry 
into  Irish  conditions. 

The  Commission  has  sent  a  letter  to  the  British  Am- 
bassador asking  him  to  use  his  good  offices  to  facilitate  the 
securing  of  passports  for  witnesses  from  Ireland.  So  far 
as  is  known,  none  of  the  Irish  witnesses  has  yet  been  granted 
a  passport,  though  Sir  Auckland  Geddes  assured  the  editors 
of  The  Nation  some  time  ago  that  the  British  Government 
would  not  withhold  passports  from  witnesses  on  the  ground 
that  they  wished  to  give  testimony  here.  The  Commission 
can  be  counted  on  to  press  this  matter  vigorously,  if  there 
is  undue  delay. 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


555 


Cooperation,  the  People's  Business 


By  JAMES  PETER  WARBASSE 


IN  the  turmoil  and  tumult  of  a  world  in  the  throes  of  eco- 
nomic reorganization,  one  mighty  force  is  playing  a  part 
with  system  and  quiet.  The  cooperative  movement  advances 
steadily,  bringing  about  as  it  grows,  revolutionary  changes 
in  the  organization  of  society.  It  does  not  suffer  the  dis- 
advantages of  uncertainty;  its  policy  is  well  formulated;  it 
is  systematized  to  the  point  of  standardization.  It  is  today 
the  most  substantially  organized  international  movement  in 
the  world.  People  who  have  cared  to  get  the  information 
are  aware  that  in  the  European  countries  about  one-third 
of  the  population  is  now  embraced  in  cooperative  societies, 
which  are  carrying  on  almost  every  form  of  social  and  eco- 
nomic activity  from  conducting  their  own  stores  and  fac- 
tories to  running  schools  and  theaters.  It  is  interesting  to 
recall  in  this  connection  that  the  British  Cooperative  Whole- 
sale Society  has  become  the  largest  wholesale  business  in  the 
British  Empire,  and  that  the  largest  bakeries  in  the  world 
are  the  cooperative  bakeries  of  Vienna  and  Glasgow.  For 
three-quarters  of  a  century  in  Europe  they  have  been  stead- 
ily forging  ahead,  building  a  great  economic  bulwark 
against  private  greed,  whereas  in  the  same  period  here  in 
the  United  States  similar  cooperative  societies  have  started, 
made  fatal  mistakes  and  perished.  Three  big  organizations, 
the  Sovereigns  of  Industry,  the  Knights  of  Labor  and  the 
Right  Relationship  League,  in  the  last  century  undertook 
to  start  large  cooperative  enterprises  in  the  United  States. 
The  magnitude  of  their  undertakings,  however,  did  not 
guarantee  their  success.  They  failed  chiefly  because  of  the 
lack  of  understanding  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  co- 
operation. 

Cooperation  is  not  an  experiment.  It  is  a  method.  Knowl- 
edge of  this  method  is  the  only  sure  road  to  success.  The 
fundamental  principles  are:  one  vote  for  each  member; 
invested  capital  to  receive  not  more  than  a  low  rate  of  fixed 
interest;  and  the  savings,  represented  by  the  difference  be- 
tween cost  and  selling  price,  to  be  used  for  the  common 
social  good  or  returned  to  members  in  proportion  to  their 
patronage.  A  central  organization,  the  Cooperative  League 
of  America,  2  West  13th  Street,  New  York  City,  was  formed 
in  1916  to  supply  the  necessary  standardized  information 
and  the  technique  of  administration  for  societies  all  over  the 
United  States.  In  1918  it  called  the  first  national  conven- 
tion of  cooperative  consumers  ever  held  in  this  country.  The 
second  national  cooperative  convention  will  be  held  at  Cin- 
cinnati in  November  of  this  year.  So  rapidly  are  societies 
multiplying  in  this  country  that  at  least  300  a  year  are  added 
to  those  at  present  conducting  stores  and  other  enter- 
prises. The  great  majority  of  consumers'  societies  are  organ- 
ized according  to  Rochdale  principles,  which  were  worked 
out  with  infinite  pains  by  that  little  band  of  weavers  in 
Rochdale,  England,  in  1844,  and  which  have  been  fol- 
lowed everywhere  by  successful  societies.  Some  day  these 
principles  may  come  to  be  recognized  as  the  Magna  Charta 
of  the  new  world  of  industry.  Just  in  proportion  to  the 
degree  in  which  the  letter  and  spirit  of  the  Rochdale  method 
are  lived  up  to  are  societies  now  prospering.  Strict  account- 
ing and  auditing,  educational  work,  expansion  into  other 
fields,  and  a  vision  of  the  aim  and  destiny  of  cooperation 
are  factors  which  are  necessary  for  success.     And  then  in 


all  countries  today  cooperation  is  closely  allied  with  the 
labor  movement.  The  workers  of  the  United  States  are 
awakening  to  its  importance  at  last,  and  turning  to  it  to 
solve  their  problems.  A  significant  omen  is  the  fact  that 
there  are  now  12,000  agricultural  producers'  societies  in 
this  country. 

Cooperative  banks  and  credit  unions  have  made  compara- 
tively slow  progress  in  the  United  States.  When  we  think 
of  the  great  cooperative  banks  of  Germany,  England, 
and  Denmark  we  realize  our  own  weakness.  In  Massachu- 
setts there  are  about  sixty  small  banking  societies  and  one 
large  one.  A  dozen  other  States  are  developing  these  socie- 
ties slowly.  The  principle  of  the  cooperative  bank  is  funda- 
mental :  the  profits  go  to  the  patrons  of  the  bank,  the  lenders 
and  the  borrowers;  stockholding  is  limited;  the  stock- 
holders merely  receive  a  fixed  interest  on  their  capital ;  each 
member  has  but  one  vote. 

Except  in  the  farming  regions,  cooperation  is  generally 
strongest  where  there  is  the  largest  proportion  of  foreign- 
born  people — in  the  Northern  and  Eastern  States — and 
weakest,  naturally,  in  the  Southern  States.  In  some  districts 
there  are  groups  of  distributive  societies.  The  chief  centers 
of  activity  are  in  the  lower  part  of  California,  in  Minne- 
sota, Nebraska,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Wisconsin,  Washington, 
Illinois,  and  western  Pennsylvania.  Scattered  through 
New  England,  eastern  Pennsylvania,  and  the  grain  States 
also  are  many  societies  which  have  gone  into  a  great  variety 
of  enterprises  besides  store-keeping.  Among  them  are 
bakeries,  laundries,  printing  plants,  restaurants,  recreational 
organizations,  banks,  milk  distribution,  slaughter  houses, 
motion  picture  shows,  canneries,  wholesales,  telephone  com- 
panies, housing  societies,  insurance  societies,  and  schools. 
There  are  750  cooperative  societies  in  Kansas  conducting 
retail  stores.  Yet  one  obstacle  to  cooperative  growth  in 
the  United  States  is  the  large  amount  of  spurious  coopera- 
tion. In  every  part  of  the  country  promoters  are  projecting 
societies  which  vary  from  the  wildest  and  most  fanciful 
schemes  of  the  well-meaning  to  the  rankest  sort  of  humbug. 
These  enterprises  are  taking  millions  of  dollars  from  the 
working  people  and  leaving  them  forever  hostile  in  their 
ignorance  to  true  cooperation. 

The  common  expression  of  cooperation  in  this  country  is 
the  grocery  store.  That  serves  usually  as  the  entering 
wedge,  but  some  begin  with  a  bakery,  as  is  the  practice  in 
Belgium.  Such  an  example  is  the  Purity  Cooperative  Asso- 
ciation in  Paterson,  New  Jersey.  This  latter  was  organized 
in  1906.  Private  bakers  have  done  everything  possible  to 
destroy  it — even  to  giving  away  bread.  But  it  grows  every 
year.  Now  it  has  over  1,000  members.  During  the  war 
when  all  of  the  other  bakeries  were  selling  bread  at  ten 
cents  a  pound  the  Purity  sold  it  with  profit  at  six  and  a  half 
cents.  Whereupon  the  private  bakeries  succeeded  in  having 
the  Food  Administration  compel  the  Purity  to  raise  its  price 
to  ten  cents.  This  coercion  held  for  three  days ;  during  that 
time  an  extra  profit  of  $600  was  made.  This  money  was 
paid  back  to  the  consumers,  and  thus  the  majesty  of  the  law 
was  defeated.  This  society  is  responsible  for  keeping  down 
the  price  of  bread  for  a  million  people  in  northern  New  Jer- 
sey, most  of  whom,  however,  have  never  heard  of  it.    The- 


556 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


Purity  society  does  a  bakery  business  of  $250,000  a  year 
with  a  profit  to  the  people  of  $18,000.  It  has  just  erected 
an  additional  building  costing  $70,000  and  has  added  a 
grocery  store  and  meat  market  to  its  enterprises.  The 
profits  of  this  society  are  divided  as  follows  after  paying 
five  per  cent  interest  on  share  capital:  25  per  cent  to  re- 
serve fund,  30  per  cent  to  members  in  proportion  to  pur- 
chases, 10  per  cent  to  Labor  Lyceum,  10  per  cent  to  certain 
educational  and  charitable  institutions,  10  per  cent  to  unem- 
ployment fund,  5  per  cent  to  employees'  insurance,  5  per 
cent  to  education,  and  5  per  cent  to  sinking  fund.  All  of  this 
is  money  which  otherwise  would  go  into  the  pockets  of  pri- 
vate bakers.  A  Finnish  society  in  Brooklyn,  New  York,  has 
just  completed  a  bakery  costing  $120,000.  There  are  30  so- 
cieties with  bakeries  in  the  United  States.  Some  are  exclu- 
sively bread-producing  societies;  some  conduct  other  enter- 
prises. 

The  laundry  has  served  as  the  start  in  some  places.  Little 
Rock,  Arkansas,  has  no  other  cooperative  society,  but  since 
this  laundry  was  started  in  the  spring  of  1919  one  of  the 
largest  private  laundries  has  gone  out  of  business.  At  Chat- 
field,  Minnesota,  there  is  a  laundry  in  connection  with  a 
cooperative  creamery.  In  answer  to  the  question,  "How  can 
we  keep  the  boys  and  girls  on  the  farm?"  the  wife  of  one  of 
the  members  wrote,  "Start  a  cooperative  laundry  and  make 
the  old-time  washday  a  holiday."  This  laundry  pays  ten 
per  cent  savings-returns  on  patronage. 

Milk  distribution  is  successfully  carried  on  by  a  number 
of  societies.  The  Finnish  Cooperative  Society  at  Fitchburg, 
Massachusetts,  found  that  the  farmers  were  killing  their 
cattle  because  they  could  not  make  a  living  producing  milk 
at  7%  cents  a  quart  for  the  private  distributing  companies. 
The  society  made  contracts  with  the  farmers  to  pay  them 
S1/^  cents.  It  now  collects  the  milk  with  its  own  trucks, 
takes  it  to  its  central  pasteurizing  station,  and  distributes 
it  to  the  400  members'  families  at  14  cents,  as  against  18 
cents  charged  by  the  private  dealers.  It  is  delivered  within 
six  hours  of  the  time  it  is  taken  from  the  farms.  Two 
deliveries  daily  are  made  in  the  summer.  These  consumers 
see  to  it  that  no  undesirable  milk  is  taken. 

Of  the  nationalities  which  have  made  the  best  progress 
in  this  country,  the  Finns  are  peculiar  and  supreme.  Theirs 
are  the  most  substantial  societies.  The  United  Cooperative 
Society  has  twenty-eight  branches  in  eastern  Massachusetts 
at  Fitchburg,  Maynard,  Worcester,  and  Norwood.  At  these 
places  the  Finns  have  cooperative  grocery  stores,  clothing 
stores,  restaurants,  boarding  houses,  bakeries,  community 
centers,  printing  plants,  and  milk  routes. 

Of  the  existing  distributive  societies  in  the  United  States 
few  are  more  than  thirty  years  old.  The  society  at  Olathe, 
Kansas,  was  organized  in  1876.  Its  store  does  a  business 
of  $200,000  a  year  and  makes  a  net  surplus-saving  of  $15,000 
a  year  for  its  members.  A  society  at  Ishpeming,  Michigan, 
dates  back  to  1890;  it  has  over  1,000  members,  and  does  a 
business  of  $300,000  a  year.  The  Tamarack  Cooperative 
Association,  of  Calumet,  Mich.,  was  started  in  1890;  it 
has  1,700  members;  every  year  it  has  paid  savings-returns 
on  purchases  varying  from  10  to  13  per  cent ;  in  the  last  20 
years  it  has  paid  back  to  its  members  in  cash  $1,595,185. 

The  next  step  in  the  expansion  of  cooperation  after  the 
consumers'  store  is  the  federation  of  stores  into  wholesales. 
Several  groups  of  societies  have  already  organized  local 
wholesales.  The  Farmers'  Educational  and  Cooperative 
Union  has  a  wholesale  house  at  Omaha,  Nebraska,  which 


sells  groceries,  clothing,  hardware  and  machinery.  It  has 
a  mail  order  department,  the  illustrated  catalogue  of  which 
carries  most  everything  from  mittens  to  mowing  machines. 
Its  annual  business  runs  up  into  the  millions.  There  are 
also  wholesale  societies  with  warehouses  at  San  Francisco; 
Superior,  Wisconsin ;  and  East  St.  Louis,  Illinois.  The  latter 
is  conducted  by  the  Central  States  Wholesale  Cooperative 
Society;  it  has  about  90  stores  connected  with  it,  mostly 
organized  among  the  mine  workers ;  it  has  been  in  existence 
only  two  years,  and  does  a  business  of  $300,000  a  month ;  it 
owns  its  own  building,  and  last  year  added  a  reserve  of 
$20,000  to  its  $300,000  capital;  its  business  is  not  in  the 
hands  of  that  paragon  of  astuteness,  the  "American  business 
man,"  but  is  conducted  by  men  who  have  come  up  out  of  the 
coal  mines  of  Illinois. 

Besides  these  a  number  of  groups  carry  on  collective 
buying  without  a  warehouse.  The  New  England  Coopera- 
tive Wholesale,  with  headquarters  in  Boston,  serves 
thirty  societies  with  a  membership  of  4,500  heads  of  fam- 
ilies. The  wholesale  supplies  these  societies  with  over  $2,- 
000,000  worth  of  goods  yearly.  This  wholesaling  is  carried 
on  at  an  overhead  expense  of  one-half  of  one  per  cent. 

As  the  cooperative  societies  in  the  United  States  become 
federated  in  the  Cooperative  League  they  thus  become  con- 
nected with  the  world  movement  through  membership  in 
the  International  Cooperative  Alliance,  which  holds  an  inter- 
national congress  every  two  years,  and  represents  twenty- 
four  countries  with  a  total  membership  of  50,000,000  heads 
of  families.  Already  international  trade  is  carried  on 
among  these  societies. 

Of  the  3,000  true  cooperative  distributive  societies  in  the 
United  States,  those  which  are  most  successful  are  managed 
by  working  people.  This  is  not  a  movement  in  which  phi- 
lanthropy plays  a  role.  The  members  are  developing  self- 
reliance  and  a  vision  of  the  possibilities  of  their  enterprise. 
The  cooperative  movement  is  teaching  people  to  administer 
their  own  affairs.  When  the  working  man  buys  at  the  pri- 
vate store  the  private  merchant  gets  the  experience  in  the 
administration  of  a  distributing  industry.  But  when  the 
working  man  and  his  neighbors  start  a  store  of  their  own 
to  do  their  distributing  themselves,  they  get  the  experience. 
And  when  they  carry  on  their  own  banking  and  insurance 
business  and  organize  their  own  wholesale  houses,  and  build 
their  own  factories,  and  provide  their  own  lands  and  dwel- 
lings, theaters  and  schools,  telephones  and  steamship  lines, 
they  are  training  themselves  in  their  own  school  for  the 
great  change;  they  are  developing  the  system  of  business 
which  the  world  must  look  to  for  its  safety.  European  co- 
operators  are  doing  all  of  these  things.  American  coopera- 
tors  are  just  beginning. 

The  weakness  of  the  movement  in  the  United  States  is 
that  it  is  growing  faster  than  it  can  educate  men  and  women 
to  administer  it.  Not  propaganda  but  practical  training  in 
the  fundamentals  of  cooperation  is  the  pressing  need.  And 
the  steps  are  now  being  taken  to  meet  it.  The  leaders  in  the 
movement  here  understand  the  needs;  the  members  are 
learning.  Labor  is  grasping  the  idea  that  it  can  peacefully 
and  without  social  shock  supplant  the  present  economic  sys- 
tem of  private  profit.  It  realizes  that  to  do  so  it  must  raise 
up  from  its  own  ranks  the  people  who  can  organize  and 
administer  its  enterprises.  The  cooperative  movement  pro- 
vides the  training  and  the  organization  for  builders  of  the 
new  society  and  offers  them  invaluable  experience.  It  is 
wholly  constructive. 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


557 


The  Confession  of  John  R.  Rathom 


IN  the  matter  of  a  complaint  lodged  by  Franklin  D.  Roose- 
velt against  John  R.  Rathom,  editor  of  the  Providence 
Journal,  Mr.  Caffey,  the  United  States  District  Attorney 
for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York,  on  October  28, 
stated  that  in  his  opinion  no  one  knowing  Mr.  Rathom's 
record  would  believe  his  assertions.  In  this  connection, 
Mr.  Caffey  made  public  the  following  abject  confession 
which  Mr.  Rathom,  on  February  12,  1916,  signed  and  de- 
livered to  the  Attorney  General  of  the  United  States,  upon 
the  advice  and  in  the  presence  of  his  counsel. 

In  view  of  the  widespread  credence  given  to  Mr.  Rathom's 
so-called  revelations  during  the  war,  the  importance  of  his 
position  as  editor  of  one  of  the  newspapers  most  widely 
quoted  while  the  strife  was  on,  and  on  account  of  his  pres- 
ent position  as  a  member  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 
Associated  Press,  this  confession  has  unique  value. 

Only  a  small  portion  of  the  American  press  having  given 
space  to  Mr.  Rathom's  account  of  the  manner  in  which  he 
humbugged  the  American  public,  The  Nation  believes  it  a 
duty  to  print  the  confession  in  full. 

"My  attention  has  been  called  to  the  embarrassment  which 
your  Department  has  been  occasioned  by  the  popular  impression 
which  prevails  that  I  or  the  Providence  Journal  should  be  cred- 
ited with -the  work  which  has  been  accomplished  since  the  out- 
break of  the  European  War  in  the  suppression  of  activities  of 
German  agents  in  this  country,  which  impression  has  arisen  not 
from  the  publication  of  matter  in  the  Providence  Journal,  but 
from  speeches  which  I  have  made  on  a  few  public  occasions,  and 
from  statements  which  I  may  have  made  of  similar  character 
to  private  individuals,  although  I  do  not  recall  any  individual  to 
whom  I  made  statements  of  a  character  similar  to  those  objected 
to  in  my  speeches. 

"I  feel  that  the  general  public  opinion,  which  has  rather  un- 
fortunately credited  us  with  the  actual  bringing  to  justice  of 
German  spies  and  malefactors,  has  been  misdirected  to  the  ex- 
tent that  our  only  possible  claim  to  valuable  constructive  work 
in  the  past  Zl/2  years  ought  in  fairness  to  be  restricted  to  the 
educational  value  of  our  continued  efforts,  and  to  the  newspaper 
enterprise  which  produced  a  great  number  of  stories  printed 
in  our  newspaper. 

"The  belief  that  the  Providence  Journal  has  specifically 
brought  to  justice  any  of  these  individuals  creates  an  unjust 
impression,  and  does  take  away  from  the  Department  of  Justice 
the  full  credit  to  which  it  is  entitled  for  this  work.  We  sincerely 
regret  that  this  situation  has  arisen,  and  frankly  declare  that 
while  we  have  presented  a  great  deal  of  material  of  every  kind 
to  the  Department  of  Justice,  we  have  never  been  able  to  state 
that  in  any  specific  case  we  were  adding  materially  to  the  De- 
partment's own  knowledge  of  the  situation,  and  we  have  aimed 
always  to  give  the  Department  immediately  the  benefit  of  any 
information  which  has  come  to  us  which  we  thought  would  be 
of  any  value  to  it. 

"The  Providence  Journal's  sources  of  information  have  given 
us  valuable  knowledge  of  a  great  many  matters,  and  have  in 
most  instances  been  of  such  a  confidential  character  that  we 
have  felt  compelled  to  cover  them  up  by  intentionally  suggesting 
sources  which  did  not  actually  exist.  One  specific  illustration 
of  this  is  the  statement  that  the  Providence  Journal's  own  rep- 
resentatives were  placed  in  the  German  and  Austrian  Embassies 
and  in  several  of  the  foreign  Consular  offices  throughout  the 
country.  It  is  not  true  that  the  Providence  Journal's  own  rep- 
resentatives ever  occupied  positions  of  this  kind.  It  is,  how- 
ever, true  that  in  many  cases  we  were  enabled,  through  mem- 
bers of  the  Bohemian  National  Alliance  and  the  Croatian  and 
Serbian   National    Societies,   to   secure  information   of  an   im- 


portant character  from  these  Embassies  and  Consulates.  My 
first  connection  with  these  Slavic  elements  came  fifteen  years 
ago,  during  my  period  of  work  on  the  Chicago  Herald,  and  by 
reason  of  helpful  publicity  for  them  then,  the  Slavic  societies 
have  continued  from  that  time  to  show  their  gratitude.  Our 
direct  connection  with  these  Slavic  organizations,  however,  as 
far  as  the  anti-German  work  was  concerned,  came  to  us  origi- 
nally from  British  sources,  through  which  we  were  first  intro- 
duced to  one  or  two  of  the  leaders  in  this  important  work;  and 
the  major  part  of  the  documentary  evidence  which  came  into 
our  possession  came  either  through  the  British,  Canadian,  or 
American  Government  Intelligence  sources.  I,  in  turn,  fur- 
nished copies  of  most  of  the  information  which  came  from  these 
sources  to  your  Department. 

"In  regard  to  the  wireless  revelations,  while  it  is  true  that 
the  Providence  Journal  was  enabled  to  secure  direct  copies  of 
all  messages  sent  to  and  from  Tuckerton  and  Sayville  from  the 
beginning  of  the  European  War,  its  own  wireless  station  was 
not  utilized  in  catching  these  messages.  We  were  aided  in  this 
work  by  receiving  the  entire  output  of  two  of  the  highest  pow- 
ered wireless  stations  on  the  North  American  Continent,  both 
of  them  in  the  control  of  one  of  the  Allied  Governments.  We 
have  worked  in  company  with  officials  of  the  Government  in 
attempting  to  decipher  German  codes  in  these  wireless  messages, 
and  have  from  time  to  time  furnished  representatives  of  the 
Navy  and  Radio  departments  of  the  U.  S.  Government  with 
copies  of  wireless  messages  in  our  possession,  in  order  to  enable 
them  to  check  up  and  correct  their  own  files. 

"The  statement  made  in  my  Boston  address  with  regard  to 
the  arrival  of  Dr.  Heinrich  Albert  in  this  country,  and  which 
had  never  been  referred  to  in  the  columns  of  the  Providence  Jour- 
nal, had  as  its  basis  the  fact  that  one  of  our  own  representatives 
had  the  conversation  described  with  Dr.  Albert,  but  did  not 
represent  himself  as  coming  from  the  German  Embassy.  Dr. 
Albert  believed  that  he  was  talking  with  a  representative  of  the 
Hearst  newspapers. 

"With  regard  to  the  typewritten  statement  which  we  declared 
had  been  handed  by  Ambassador  Dumba  to  Ambassador  Bern- 
storff,  and  which  was  supposed  to  be  Ambassador  Dumba's  un- 
derstanding of  the  attitude  of  the  Administration  as  stated  to 
him  by  Mr.  Bryan,  we  have  never  sought  to  suggest  and  never 
have  suggested  that  Mr.  Bryan  himself  knew  anything  of  the 
contents  of  this  document.  Our  only  claim  was  that  it  was 
presented  by  Ambassador  Dumba  to  Ambassador  Bernstorff 
in  the  form  of  a  statement  as  his  presumption  from  Mr.  Bryan's 
interview  with  him.  A  copy  of  this  document  was  furnished 
us  directly  through  the  sources  outlined  above. 

"The  suggested  interview  between  Captain  Boy-Ed  and  Gen- 
eral Huerta  in  a  New  York  hotel  was  printed  by  us  in  good 
faith,  the  entire  material  having  been  supplied  to  us  from  a 
source  which  we  considered  trustworthy.  We  have  since  ascer- 
tained, however,  by  conferences  with  officials  of  the  Department 
of  Justice,  that  it  is  doubtful  if  such  a  meeting  was  ever  held, 
and  that  in  any  case  no  report  of  any  such  meeting  was  ever 
forwarded  to  the  President  of  the  United  States.  It  came  to 
our  men  second  hand. 

"With  regard  to  the  Werner  Horn  incident,  the  facts  as  stated 
by  me  in  the  Boston  speech  are  practically  correct.  Any  sug- 
gestion that  the  material  was  gathered  by,  or  that  Horn  was 
arrested  at  the  instigation  of,  any  Providence  Journal  repre- 
sentative, is  not  true.  The  information  came  to  us  from  Mr. 
Bielaski. 

"I  did  furnish  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  the  map  in 
respect  to  wireless  matters  in  the  Philippines  and  certain  in- 
formation in  respect  thereto  which  I  had  secured  from  a  former 
superintendent  of  the  Atlantic  Communication  Company,  who 
was  present  with  me  when  I  presented  this  material  to  Secretary 
Daniels. 


558 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


"In  all  my  references  to  passport  cases,  I  have  never  alluded 
to  the  Providence  Journal  as  having  any  connection  with  any 
of  the  prosecutions  arising  from  the  discovery  of  passport 
frauds,  although  we  were  able  to  secure  a  great  many  evidences 
of  passport  frauds  through  the  sources  named  above. 

"I  am  positive  that  the  stenographic  report  of  my  Boston 
speech  in  so  far  as  it  attributes  -to  any  of  the  activities  of  our 
representatives  the  arrest  or  internment  of  Paul  Koenig  or 
any  of  the  Hamburg-American  Line  employees  is  inaccurate. 
I  never  made  or  intended  to  make  any  such  statement.  As  far 
as  we  know,  the  Government  officials  are  alone  responsible  for 
the  Hamburg-American  Line  arrests. 

"The  statement,  by  an  unfair  context  wrongly  attributed  to 
me  in  my  Boston  speech  concerning  Dr.  Goricar's  knowledge  of 
a  plot  to  blow  up  the  Bremerton  Navy  Yard,  is  improper  in  that 
(1)  it  suggests  a  plot  to  blow  up  a  Navy  Yard,  whereas  Dr. 
Goricar's  instructions  simply  were  to  make  investigations  of  the 
location  and  activities  of  that  Yard;  and  (2)  because  this  par- 
ticular incident  related  to  a  period  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the 
European  War.  Every  statement  printed  by  the  Providence 
Journal  with  regard  to  Dr.  Goricar  and  his  relations  with  his 
Government  is  true. 

"With  regard  to  the  activities  and  conviction  of  Consul- 
General  Bopp  in  San  Francisco,  we  did  not  have  any  represent- 
ative of  the  Providence  Journal  in  Bopp's  office,  nor  did  the 
information  furnished  by  us,  as  far  as  we  know,  figure  in  Bopp's 
conviction,  although  we  did  succeed  in  securing  and  publishing 
a  great  many  interesting  details  with  regard  to  this  case,  not 
only  through  Canadian  sources,  but  through  our  own  staff;  nor 
was  any  of  the  material  developed  by  our  staff  in  this  case 
furnished  to  the  Department,  with  the  exception  of  a  most 
important  affidavit,  the  existence  of  which,  as  we  have  been 
notified  only  during  the  past  few  days,  was  known  at  the  time 
to  the  Department. 

"With  reference  to  the  statement  in  my  Boston  address  re- 
garding the  celebration  of  the  Du  Pont  explosion  in  Wilmington 
participated  in  by  Captain  Boy-Ed  and  Captain  von  Papen,  the 
apparent  suggestion  that  the  revelation  of  this  incident  had 
anything  to  do  with  the  elimination  of  these  two  Embassy 
officials,  is  entirely  erroneous  and  without  foundation,  and  no 
such  suggestion  has  ever  been  made,  with  intent,  through  the 
columns  of  the  Providence  Journal  or  by  myself.  This  instance 
was  reported  to  us  by  G.  B.  Means,  who  was  at  that  time  in  the 
confidential  employ  of  Captain  Boy-Ed,  and  in  most  of  whose 
statements  I  had  at  no  time  placed  any  credence.  The  only 
corroboration  I  have  now  of  this  statement  is  the  fact  that 
Captain  Boy-Ed  and  Means  did  make  a  long  automobile  trip 
together  to  Brooklyn  on  the  particular  night  referred  to.  Every 
attempt  of  Mr.  Means  to  get  into  communication  with  us,  and 
every  specific  and  improper  activity  of  his  of  which  the  Provi- 
dence Journal  or  I  ever  had  any  knowledge,  was  made  the 
subject  of  immediate  reference  to  the  Department  of  Justice. 

"The  source  of  my  information  concerning  the  Ottawa  fire 
is  also  Mr.  Means.  It  is  my  specific  recollection  that  in  my 
conversation  with  Mr.  Marshall,  I  told  him  that  the  Ottawa 
Parliament  Building  would  be  the  first  object  of  this  attack, 
although  I  understand  Mr.  Marshall  states  that  he  does  not 
remember  that  any  specific  place  was  mentioned. 

"The  information  which  we  received  concerning  the  damage 
to  interned  ships,  and  of  the  meeting  attended  by  Ambassador 
Bernstorff  at  the  German  Club,  came  through  Bohemian  and 
Slavic  sources. 

"The  matter  of  securing  photographic  copies  in  a  hotel  in 
Washington  from  the  Embassies  is  covered  by  my  first  statement 
with  respect  to  information  obtained  from  the  Embassies  and 
Consulates. 

"My  source  of  information  with  respect  to  the  'hearts'  story 
was  a  set  of  circumstantial  reports  made  to  me  through  the 
Slavic  channels  above  referred  to,  and  the  person  referred  to 
who  made  the  markings  on  the  box  was  a  young  Croatian 
woman,  a  stenographer  in  the  employ  of  Consul-General  von 


Nuber,  who  was  secretly  aiding  the  British  Government. 
"In  connection  with  my  statement  with  regard  to  the  great 
majority  of  the  acts  of  property  destruction,  etc.,  having  been 
performed  by  Austrians,  I  desire  to  say  that  this  statement 
was  made  by  me  in  the  firm  belief  that  it  was  true,  and  that  my 
principal  source  of  information  leading  me  to  generalize  in  this 
way  was  the  continual  reports  made  to  me  by  the  Bohemian  and 
Slavic  agents,  who  appeared  firmly  to  believe  that  this  was  true. 
We  have  not  in  our  possession,  and  had  not  at  that  time  in  our 
possession,  more  than  a  very  few  specific  proofs  of  this  state- 
ment. 

"The  statement  attributed  to  me  in  my  Boston  speech  about 
the  Government  being  in  possession  of  hundreds  of  cases  of 
offers  made  by  Austrians  to  damage  plants,  is  not  correct.  Our 
knowledge  of  these  matters  is  compassed  by  a  number  of  com- 
munications forwarded  by  Austrian  employees  of  plants  to 
Austrian  Consular  officers,  and  which  communications,  inter- 
cepted by  above-named  agents,  were  sent  by  us  to  the  De- 
partment of  Justice.  Only  one  or  two  of  these  specifically  offer 
to  perform  improper  acts,  the  majority  of  them  asking  for 
advice  as  to  how  they  could  be  of  use  in  performing  improper 
acts.     The  total  number  does  not  exceed  six  or  eight. 

"With  regard  to  the  statement  in  my  article  as  originally  pre- 
pared for  the  January,  1918,  World's  Work,  detailing  the 
method  by  which  information  was  procured  over  the  wireless, 
that  I  was  able  to  enlist  the  assistance  of  persons  in  whom  the 
German  Embassy  had  confidence  in  getting  representatives  into 
the  Embassy  and  Consulates,  this  was  intended  to  cover  up  the 
situation  as  above  outlined  and  for  the  necessary  protection  of 
our  sources  of  information,  and  is  not  literally  true. 

"With  respect  to  the  'World  Almanac'  wireless  message 
printed  in  the  February,  1918,  World's  Work,  this  message 
was  taken  by  us  from  a  sheet  dated  from  Newcastle,  N.  B.,  as 
being  sent  out  from  Nauen  with  no  station  named,  and  was  part 
of  a  page  of  other  material  furnished  through  a  foreign  gov- 
ernment. 

"I  do  not  mean  to  give  the  impression  that,  by  my  reference 
to  the  Slavic  and  Bohemian  people,  I  was  directing  a  large 
force  of  these  men  in  their  work,  but  simply  that  I  secured 
from  a  number  of  their  leaders  with  whom  I  was  in  personal 
touch  information  which  they  were  able  to  obtain.  During  our 
work  in  connection  with  German  activities  we  have  at  no  time 
had  any  staff  of  people,  outside  of  our  own  force,  in  our  per- 
manent employ.  Beyond  the  activities  of  our  own  force,  the 
work  has  been  covered  for  us  in  a  temporary  way  at  various 
times  for  brief  periods  by  from  forty  to  fifty  persons  through- 
out the  entire  country.  This  number  of  persons,  whose  total 
special  employment  reached  over  one  month  of  actual  work, 
would  probably  total  thirty,  and  the  employment  of  none  of  them 
exceeded  one  year.  The  regular  staff  of  the  Providence  Journal 
has  not  increased  by  more  than  six  or  seven.  It  is,  however,  a 
fact  that  many  hundreds  of  Bohemian  and  Slavic  people  have 
been  constantly  at  our  call  for  whatever  services  we  might  ask 
them  to  render,  and  that  they  have  repeatedly  rendered  such 
services  directly  to  us  without  the  intervention  or  aid  of  any 
other  organization  of  government  whatever,  always  with  grati- 
fying results  and  with  no  thought  of  reward  except  the  knowl- 
edge that  the  Providence  Journal  desires  and  constantly  advo- 
cates the  autonomy  of  their  countries  at  the  close  of  the  present 
war. 

"The  statement  with  respect  to  spies  attributed  to  me  in  the 
New  York  Times,  purporting  to  be  a  partial  report  of  my  speech 
before  the  Society  of  the  Genesee  on  January  18,  1918,  is  in  the 
main  a  fair  transcript  of  my  remarks.  I  spoke  of  two  men,  not 
'three,'  having  been  arrested  at  Detroit.  In  another  part  of  the 
same  report,  I  said,  with  reference  to  other  persons,  'one  of 
them,  it  seems,  has  a  sick  wife.'  I  did  not  say,  as  reported,  'but 
some  of  them,  it  seems,  have  sick  wives.' 

"I  do  not  know  the  names  of  any  German  spies  taken  at  De- 
troit beyond  those  which  have  become  public  property  through 
the  newspapers  and  court  proceedings  in  that  city.     The  infor- 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


559 


mation  with  regard  to  the  release  of  German  spies  after  having 
been  caught,  was  brought  to  me  voluntarily  in  my  rooms  at  the 
Hotel  Statler  in  Detroit  on  the  morning  of  Sunday,  December 
10,  1917,  by  an  officer  of  the  United  States  Army,  who  thought  I 
ought  to  know  the  conditions  existing  in  Michigan  with  regard 
to  the  running  down  of  spies  in  that  territory.  The  information, 
with  the  exception  of  the  names  of  the  men  referred  to,  was 
specific. 

"My  informant  said  that  two  Germans  had  been  picked  up  at 
the  Aviation  Field  at  Camp  Custer,  after  an  attempt  had  been 
made  to  partially  saw  through  the  wires  of  aeroplane  supports, 
and  other  wire  ropes  and  guys  had  been  treated  with  acids  so 
that  any  severe  strain  in  fast  flights  would  wreck  the  planes. 
He  added  it  had  been  discovered  that  these  men  had  previously 
boasted  in  the  Post  Tavern  at  Grand  Rapids — 'a  place  filled  with 
German  agents' — that  they  were  part  of  the  same  gang  that 
had  caused  a  disastrous  accident  to  four  Canadian  aviators  two 
weeks  prior  to  that  time,  at  the  Aerodrome  Camp  on  Lake 
Ontario,  and  that  the  work  had  been  done  in  the  same  way. 
He  added  that  for  some  mysterious  reason  these  men  were 
allowed  to  go  free,  although  every  army  officer  in  camp  was 
convinced  of  their  guilt.  He  said  also  that  the  great  trouble 
at  Camp  Custer  was  that  the  Battle  Creek  representative  of 
the  Department  of  Justice  was  all  alone;  that  under  those  cir- 
cumstances, with  thirty  thousand  men  under  arms,  he  could  not 
possibly  cope  with  the  situation;  and  that  by  reason  of  the  lack 
of  power  of  the  Army  Intelligence  Division,  to  which  my  in- 
formant was  attached,  it  was  impossible  to  keep  away  from  the 
camp  great  numbers  of  suspects  who  continually  visited  there 
under  every  kind  of  pretext. 

"With  respect  to  the  statement  concerning  spies  who  were 
freed  after  arrest,  I  may  say  that  I  did  not  intend  to  impute 
any  improper  motives  to  any  one  connected  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice;  and  since  I  have  received  further  information 
with  regard  to  such  cases,  I  am  satisfied  that  there  is  now  no 
such  case  of  which  I  have  knowledge  where  a  person  should  be 
returned  to  custody. 

"There  was  in  my  New  York  address  a  general  criticism  of 
the  methods  of  the  Department  of  Justice.  I  have  always  felt 
that  the  Department  was  far  too  cautious  in  weighing  legal 
reasons  against  drastic  action  toward  malefactors.  It  has  been 
explained  to  me  by  Department  of  Justice  officials  several  times, 
both  before  and  since  this  particular  speech,  that  the  Depart- 
ment has  always  had  to  consider  serious  complications  that  might 
follow  undue  haste  or  action  without  complete  legal  warrant, 
even  when  evidence  in  hand  might  be  considered  by  the  news- 
papers, or  by  the  general  public,  to  amply  warrant  arrest.  I 
may  have  been  wrong  in  my  opinion,  but  my  point  of  view  on 
this  subject  remains  unchanged. 

"There  is  no  specific  evidence  which  I  could  give,  in  testifying 
before  the  grand  jury,  on  which  action  for  a  violation  of  any 
Federal  law  could  be  based;  but  I  have  information  concerning 
a  number  of  matters  which  I  feel,  if  properly  followed  up,  might 
lead  to  the  development  of  violations  of  a  Federal  statute.  I 
shall  place  at  the  disposal  of  any  representative  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Justice  at  any  time  all  matters  and  information  in  my 
possession  having  to  do  with  possible  violations  of  Federal 
statutes  or  neglect  of  duty  on  the  part  of  any  Federal  officer. 
I  also  stand  ready  at  any  time  to  furnish  you  a  full  and  com- 
plete statement  of  facts  with  respect  to  any  incident  which 
through  oversight  was  not  brought  to  my  attention  and  is  not 
covered  by  this  letter,  if  it  be  of  the  character  herein  outlined. 

"I  desire  to  point  out  to  you  that  almost  all  of  the  matters 
above  referred  to,  and  toward  which  criticism  has  been  very 
properly  directed  by  the  Department,  relate  to  speeches  made 
by  me  since  the  United  States  has  been  at  war  with  Germany, 
and  only  in  an  infinitesimal  degree  refer  to  the  great  number 
of  revelations  published  by  the  Providence  Journal  during  that 
time. 

"As  it  is  the  opinion  of  officials  of  the  Department  of  Justice, 
expressed  to  me  within  the  past  few  days,  that  public  addresses 


made  by  myself  at  the  present  time  with  regard  to  the  war 
situation  may  serve  to  keep  alive  the  mistaken  impression  that 
the  Providence  Journal  has  sought  to  take  to  itself  some  share 
of  the  credit  that  properly  belongs  to  the  Department  of  Justice, 
and  that  such  an  impression  might  be  created  even  though  no 
specific  reference  should  be  made  to  the  Journal's  work,  I  have 
decided  to  accept  no  more  such  invitations  for  the  time  being. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  several  hundred  of  these  invitations  have 
been  declined  during  the  past  two  months,  following  a  policy 
decided  on  by  the  president  of  the  Providence  Journal  Company 
and  myself  some  time  ago." 

(Signed)  John  R.  Rathom 


On  the  Earth  and  Under  It 

By  GENEVIEVE  TAGGARD 
For  a  Tired  Girl 

Put  her  away  some  place  between  two  hills, 

Away  from  the  sea  and  the  sun. 

She  has  so  much  to  think  of,  must  she  run 

On  your  bright  bosom  always,  Mother  Earth? 

Put  her  away,  and  let  some  other  birth 

Bring  her  back  to  the  sound  of  the  sea,  and  the  sun. 

After  she  ponders  under  silent  hills, 

Beneath  your  swarming  bosom,  Mother  Earth, 

She  will  have  words  for  her  beloved  one. 


Thirst 

There  is  a  bird  that  hangs  head-down  and  cries 
Between  the  mango  leaves  and  passion  vines. 
Below,  the  spotted  serpent  twines 
And  blunts  its  head  against  the  yellowing  skies. 
Along  the  warping  ground  a  turtle  scrapes, 
And  tortured  lie  glazed  fishes  in  marsh  grass. 
Across  the  sky  that  burnishes  like  brass 
A  bat  veers,  stupid  with  the  yeast  of  grapes. 

Dead  Man 

Sap  stirs  near  me,  roots  stretch  and  seize 

Sundering  stones. 

And  rivers  waken,  start  in  monotones 

Their  later  tunes. 

Oaks  bend  their  knotted  knees 

In  labor,  and  the  full  earth  groans 

Like  women  big  with  their  increase; 

While  underground  my  body  lies, 

With  open  eyes, 

In  this  stiff  pose  of  peace. 


Contributors  to  This  Issue 

Eugene  S.  Bagger  is  a  New  York  journalist  who  has 
made  a  special  study  of  Central  European  affairs. 

Hiram  K.  Moderwell  is  an  American  journalist  traveling 
in  Europe. 

George  Soule  is  a  writer  on  industrial  questions  for  The 
Nation. 


560 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


The  Building  Scandal 

By  GEORGE  SOULE 

AT  last  we  are  getting  at  a  few  of  the  facts  behind  the 
housing  shortage.  The  inquiry  now  being  conducted 
in  New  York  by  Samuel  Untermyer  and  the  Lockwood  Com- 
mittee is  beginning  to  show  that  there  were  some  decidedly 
human  elements  in  the  high  price  of  building  materials. 
What  seems  about  to  be  proved  is  that  dealers  in  materials, 
building  contractors,  dispensers  of  credit,  and  bosses  of 
labor  were  in  a  conspiracy  to  keep  prices  high  and  restrict 
production. 

The  manifold  aspects  of  the  collusion  have  not  all  been 
made  plain  as  yet,  and  to  recite  them  in  detail  would  re- 
quire many  pages.  While  the  people  of  the  city  were  being 
bled  white,  and  overcrowded  until  they  were  so  exasperated 
that  a  reactionary  legislature  passed  some  of  the  most 
radical  rent  laws  that  ever  came  into  existence,  plumbing 
rings,  stone  rings,  rings  in  almost  all  of  the  thirty-two 
building  trades,  were  keeping  their  bids  up  artificially  by 
s  nding  them  through  central  clearing  houses,  whose  task 
was  to  see  that  no  bid  was  too  low  and  to  distribute  the 
work  according  to  prearranged  schedules.  Any  contractor 
who  refused  to  work  with  these  rings  was  disciplined  on 
the  one  hand  by  national  groups  who  controlled  materials, 
and  on  the  other  by  the  withdrawal  of  his  labor.  On  the 
side,  crooked  labor  bosses  extracted  huge  bribes  as  a  price 
for  their  complicity.  They  were  protected  by  the  contrac- 
tors in  spite  of  these  extortions,  because  they  could  expose 
the  evil  doings  of  the  contractors,  and  it  was  necessary  for 
the  preservation  of  the  rings  to  maintain  dishonest  auto- 
crats in  control  of  the  unions.  The  few  witnesses  already 
examined  have  testified  that  they  alone  were  forced  to  give 
in  the  neighborhood  of  $50,000  to  Robert  P.  Brindell  or  his 
agents — Brindell  being  president  of  the  local  central  body 
of  building  unions  known  as  the  Building  Trades  Council. 
This  sum  is  merely  a  trifle  compared  to  the  probable  total 
of  his  extortions  from  contractors.  And  from  labor  itself 
he  profiteered  also.  His  income  from  one  small  union  is 
shown  to  have  been  $40,000  a  year.  Brindell  is  by  no  means 
solely  responsible  for  the  situation,  but  he  happens  to  have 
been  one  of  the  first  points  of  attack.  He  has  had  worthy  pre- 
decessors, such  as  "Sam"  Parks  of  New  York,  and  "Skinny" 
Madden  of  Chicago.  Since  his  type  seems  to  be  one  which 
often  finds  root  in  the  building  trades,  and  since  its  preva- 
lence has  a  bearing  on  the  whole  union  movement,  we  may 
confine  the  present  article  to  accounting  for  Brindell.  In 
this  connection,  it  is  well  to  understand  the  political  back- 
ground. Brindell  belongs  to  the  "conservative"  wing  of  the 
trade-union  movement  which  opposes  the  Socialists  and  the 
Farmer-Labor  Party.  One  prominent  member  of  his  execu- 
tive committee  is  Alderman  Keneally,  a  strong  Tammany 
man.  Just  before  the  storm  broke,  the  Building  Trades 
Council  had  endorsed  the  candidacy  for  judgeship  of  Dis- 
trict Attorney  Swann,  a  Democratic  nominee.  In  the  labor 
movement,  Brindell  worked  hand  in  hand  with  Peter  J. 
Brady,  a  union  official,  who  was  given  a  $6,000  job  by  the 
Hylan  administration,  and  with  James  Holland,  a  Democrat, 
and  president  of  the  New  York  State  Federation  of  Labor. 
Governor  Smith  recently  appointed  Brindell  to  a  hospital 
commission,  on  the  recommendation  of  Holland.  The  sup- 
port of  the  Building  Trades  Council  in  the  next  election  was 


offered  to  Mayor  Hylan  if  he  would  award  the  contract  for 
a  new  court  house  to  a  certain  bidder.  This  series  of  facts 
illustrates  the  close  connection  of  Brindell  with  machine 
politics. 

Two  years  ago  the  Central  Federated  Union,  which  was 
the  delegate  central  body  of  all  the  New  York  local  unions, 
got  out  of  the  control  of  the  Brindell-Brady-Holland  com- 
bination. It  founded  a  Labor  Party,  passed  resolutions 
in  favor  of  trade  with  Soviet  Russia,  and  otherwise  be- 
came active  in  a  way  displeasing  to  the  old  machine.  In 
particular,  its  political  wing  proposed  that  housing  be  made 
a  public  utility,  and  that  the  profit  system  in  building  be 
superseded  by  a  building  guild.  So  uncomfortable  was  its 
proximity  that  the  Tammany  union  officials,  making  use 
of  the  prestige  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor  Execu- 
tive Council,  and  especially  of  Samuel  Gompers  himself,  be- 
gan a  movement  for  its  "reorganization."  The  plan  was  to 
oust  the  "radicals"  and  to  install  the  "conservatives"  in 
power,  under  the  sacred  aegis  of  "Americanism."  Tam- 
many wanted  to  kill  the  Labor  Party,  and  the  Brindell- 
Holland-Brady  group  wanted  to  scotch  its  embarrassing 
rival.  For  reasons  too  complex  to  relate  here,  the  plan  did 
not  succeed  and  the  "radicals"  are  now  in  control  of  the 
reorganized  body. 

The  Central  Federated  Union,  however,  was  not  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  Brindell,  since  it  has  no  industrial  power. 
It  is  merely  a  consultative  body  which  can  pass  resolutions ; 
its  funds  are  small  and  it  does  not  call  strikes  or  make 
collective  agreements.  What  Brindell  had  to  control  was 
the  central  body  of  the  building  trades  unions  themselves. 
This  used  to  be  known  as  the  Board  of  Business  Agents — 
the  business  agents  being  the  paid  union  officials  who  con- 
duct negotiations  with  employers.  Where,  as  in  the  build- 
ing trades,  there  exist  a  number  of  craft  unions  who  work 
for  the  same  employers  and  on  the  same  jobs,  there  has  to 
be  some  central  body  to  facilitate  cooperation  among  them. 
The  employers,  on  their  side,  have  associations  to  regularize 
their  practice  in  dealing  with  labor.  The  most  natural 
thing  in  the  world  is  for  collective  bargaining  to  arise  be- 
tween the  central  body  of  the  building  unions  and  the  cen- 
tral association  of  employers.  Such  relations  are,  if  honestly 
conducted,  highly  beneficial  to  all  concerned,  because  they 
tend  to  standardize  labor  policy  and  to  substitute  consti- 
tutional government  in  industry  for  the  constant  guerrilla 
warfare  of  small  craft  strikes.  The  Untermyer  inquiry, 
however,  has  proved  the  baneful  possibilities  of  this  ar- 
rangement under  the  wrong  kind  of  control. 

How  did  Brindell  get  his  control?  In  the  first  place, 
he  established  a  reputation  by  winning  large  concessions 
for  the  union  of  which  he  was  an  official — the  Dock  Builders. 
He  seemed  to  have  plenty  of  money  to  spend,  and  created 
a  personal  following.  The  Dock  Builders  affiliated  with  the 
Carpenters,  who  are  numerically  the  largest  factor  in  the 
building  trades.  Depending  on  this  support,  he  constructed 
his  machine  among  the  old-line  officials.  Then  he  strength- 
ened the  prestige  of  the  old  Board  of  Business  Agents  by 
changing  it  into  a  Building  Trades  Council — a  regularized 
body  with  a  charter  from  the  Building  Trades  Department 
of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor.  But  he  did  not  abide 
by  the  provisions  of  that  charter.  He  had  himself  elected 
president  of  the  Council  for  life.  He  decreed  that  mem- 
bers of  the  rank  and  file  of  the  constituent  unions  could  not 
be  delegates  to  the  Council,  but  that  all  delegates  must 
be  business  agents.    He  decreed  that  these  business  agents 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


561 


must  be  elected  for  a  term  of  three  years,  and  must  be 
paid  seventy-five  dollars  weekly.  He  decreed  that  there 
should  be  only  one  copy  of  the  minutes  of  the  Council,  that 
one  being  in  the  possession  of  the  secretary — thus  pre- 
venting the  rank  and  file  from  knowing  what  the  Council 
did.  By  these  few  strokes  he  removed  the  Council  from 
the  supervision  of  the  constituent  locals,  and  established  his 
supremacy  over  the  delegates,  who  had  him  to  thank  for  a 
secure  tenure  at  a  good  salary.  In  all  these  matters  he 
violated  the  laws  of  the  national  Building  Trades  Depart- 
ment, and  of  the  various  constituent  unions.  Here  is  the 
first  point  at  which  organized  labor  itself  is  to  blame.  For 
his  violations  brought  forth  no  effective  protests  from  any 
of  the  higher  officials — the  "conservatives" — of  the  unions. 
They  were  not  sufficiently  alive  to  the  danger  of  departure 
from  democratic  principles,  or  sufficiently  vigorous  in  their 
guardianship  of  good  administration.  As  for  the  local  rank 
and  file,  the  trading  attitude  of  the  old  or  conservative 
unions  made  them  value  above  democracy  the  concessions 
they  thought  Brindell  could  gain  for  them. 

One  local  group,  however,  did  protest.  The  Painters, 
many  of  whom  are  Socialists  or  Farmer-Laborites,  refused 
to  elect  their  delegates  for  more  than  a  year,  or  to  fix  their 
salaries  at  Brindell's  dictation.  Rather  than  surrender, 
they  suffered  expulsion  from  the  Council.  Fortunately  for 
themselves,  the  majority  of  painters  work  for  independent 
contractors  who  are  not  members  of  the  employers'  asso- 
ciations. Those  master  painters  who  are  subject  to  the 
Building  Trades  Employers'  Association,  however,  were 
soon  used  to  discipline  the  refractory  "radicals."  When  the 
painters  struck  last  September,  the  few  organized  employers 
would  not  deal  with  them,  although  virtually  all  the  inde- 
pendent contractors  granted  the  new  demands  within  a  few 
days.  The  obdurate  employers  advertised  that  they  were 
fighting  the  painters  in  behalf  of  "the  public."  They  said 
the  painters  were  "ultra  radical"  and  were  "un-American," 
but  that  if  the  public  would  have  a  little  patience,  a  new 
painters'  union  would  be  formed  to  include  the  "American 
element."  Sure  enough,  in  a  few  weeks  Brindell  chartered 
a  painters'  union  of  his  own.  He  had  no  right  to  do  this 
under  the  laws  of  the  American  Federation  of  Labor.  His 
new  union  had  no  members  to  speak  of.  But  he  was  using 
his  alliance  with  the  employers  to  bring  the  regular  Paint- 
ers' Union  under  autocratic  control.  "Americanism"  was 
simply  euphemistic  for  autocracy  and  graft. 

A  similar  experience  of  the  House  Wreckers'  Union  has 
been  fully  explained  in  the  hearings.  In  the  case  of  the 
dissenting  building  laborers,  Brindell  actually  succeeded  in 
forming  a  large  union  in  competition  with  the  established 
organization,  and  virtually  wiped  out  its  New  York  mem- 
bership, on  account  of  the  apathy  of  its  national  officials. 
The  Bricklayers  did  not  join  the  Council,  but  apparently 
they  were  too  strong  for  Brindell  to  defeat  until  he  had 
isolated  them.  The  Ironworkers  joined  the  Council  on 
account  of  their  special  situation.  Unlike  most  of  the  other 
trades,  they  had  not  been  able  to  eliminate  open-shop  con- 
ditions from  New  York.  Contractors  told  them  they  would 
be  glad  to  recognize  the  union,  but  that  the  Steel  Trust 
threatened  to  withhold  their  materials  if  they  did  so.  Brin- 
dell promised  the  Ironworkers  that  if  they  would  join,  he 
would  not  allow  work  to  proceed  on  any  building  on  which 
they  were  not  recognized.  This  promise  induced  them  to 
accept  his  conditions  of  affiliation.  For  awhile  he  kept  his 
promise  on  some  buildings,  but  not  on  others.     The  reason 


for  the  lapses  appeared  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  Unter- 
myer  hearings,  when  a  builder  testified  that  he  had  paid  a 
large  bribe  for  the  resumption  of  work  on  a  building  where 
a  strike  had  been  occasioned  by  the  employment  of  non- 
union ironworkers.  To  Brindell,  the  adherence  of  the  Iron- 
workers apparently  meant  not  a  chance  to  help  them,  but  a 
chance  to  collect  money.  At  any  rate,  after  awhile  all  help 
ceased  and  it  was  rumored  among  the  ironworkers  that  the 
Erectors'  Association  had  "reached"  Brindell.  Now  the 
ironworkers,  as  well  as  many  of  the  other  crafts  are  ready 
to  join  the  painters  and  the  bricklayers  in  revolt. 

It  is  significant  that  the  element  in  labor  which  aspires 
to  the  elimination  of  private  profit  in  industry  is  the  same 
element  which  struggles  against  autocracy  and  corruption 
under  the  present  system.  The  "radicals,"  the  "un-Ameri- 
cans" — these  are  the  ones  who  have  fought  against  Brindell 
and  his  allies  in  politics,  the  ones  who  have  proposed  a  build- 
ing guild  for  the  production  of  houses  without  profit.  They 
are  also  the  ones  who  have  striven  to  preserve  democracy 
and  open  diplomacy  in  the  trade-union  movement.  They 
are  the  ones  who  have  done  their  best  to  break  Brindell's 
unholy  alliance  with  the  contractors'  rings.  It  is  clear  that 
the  interests  of  the  public  and  of  the  radicals  are  identical 
in  the  building  trades  at  least.  It  is  clear  that  the  chief 
impetus  toward  honesty  and  cleanliness  in  the  trade-union 
movement  has  in  this  case  come  not  from  Gompers  and  the 
"old  crowd,"  but  from  the  insurgents. 

Clearly,  the  first  necessity,  quite  apart  from  the  punish- 
ment of  those  found  guilty  under  the  law,  is  the  reorganiza- 
tion of  the  building  unions'  central  body  on  democratic 
lines,  with  the  leadership  of  the  union  officials  who  under 
considerable  difficulties  have  proved  themselves  honest. 
There  is  no  reason  why  the  Council  itself  should  not  be 
democratically  composed,  and  why  the  rank  and  file  should 
not  know  what  the  Council  is  doing.  Delegates  to  it  should 
be  working  members  of  the  rank  and  file,  and  should  be 
elected  for  short  terms.  Its  minutes  should  be  regularly 
distributed  to  the  constituent  unions,  as  is  the  established 
union  practice  elsewhere.  A  body  of  this  sort  might  be 
both  as  efficient  and  as  honest  as,  for  instance,  the  New 
York  Joint  Board  of  the  men's  clothing  workers,  where 
graft  is  unknown. 

Without  control  of  the  building  unions,  the  contractors' 
rings  could  not  easily  operate.  The  keystone  of  their  arch 
would  have  been  removed.  Yet  the  foundation — private 
profit  and  private  control — would  remain.  Until  this  is  de- 
stroyed there  is  danger  of  a  new  keystone,  and,  in  any  case, 
the  building  industry  will  not  serve  the  public  as  it  should. 
The  building  unions  should  go  on  from  an  honest  beginning 
to  demand,  in  common  with  the  public,  that  the  building 
of  homes  for  the  people  be  made  a  public  utility  under  public 
control.  State  credit,  at  low  rates,  should  be  extended  for 
this  purpose,  and  a  non-political  commission,  composed  of 
representatives  of  tenants,  unions,  and  professional  men, 
should  be  created  to  administer  the  credit.  Power  should 
be  granted  to  commandeer  materials,  and  if  necessary,  to 
manufacture  them.  The  work  should  be  done  by  a  building 
guild,  composed  of  practical  builders — unions,  architects, 
and  engineers — operating  on  a  non-profit  basis.  This  plan 
is  the  one  actually  recommended  by  the  local  Farmer-Labor 
Party,  long  before  Mr.  Untermyer  began  to  uncover  the 
unsavory  details  of  the  existing  system.  And  the  Farmer- 
Labor  Party  is  largely  composed  of  the  "radicals"  who  were 
engaged  in  fighting  Brindellism  within  the  unions. 


562 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


T//£  COUfiSE  OF  El/ROP£AH  ExCHAh 


so 

45 

1314 

46 

\  ■* 

I 

i 

0 

/c 

/5 

to 

i 

tA 

1 

/ 

Jo 

1 

^4o 
\  45 

tec 

70 

75 

So 
8£ 

( 

*k) 

3J 

/fk\ 

flAJ 

/9J4\ 

\f1ov.  Dec. 

/s/e 


K/ar?.  tet>.  Mar.  Apr.  /day  June  Jujj  Aug.  Sept.  Oct.  /for.  DccVJbrr.  ted.  Afar.  Apr.  Afafi  Ju/rJu/i/Aig. 


/9f8 


Ap 


m 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


563 


Wlf  R£LAT/Ort  TO  TH£  AMEMCA/1  DOLLAR 


I I I I L^J I I I I i  .  i    -t r—i      i      I      I      I I    "1 t — 1_ 

n  fed.  Afar.  Apr.  May June Ju/y  Aug.  3epf.  Ocf.    Jlov.  Dec.  I  Jan.  Jib.  Afar.  Apr.  May  June  Ju/y  /faff.  Jepf.  Ocf.  /fov.  Dec, 

/319_ JL (3ZO 


564 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


In  the  Driftway 


PARIS  has  lit  another  seven  thousand  street  lamps.  She 
is  not  yet  back  to  her  pre-war  scale  of  night  light,  for 
coal  is  scarce  and  gas  costs  coal,  but  the  seven  thousand 
lights  must  spell  final  death  to  a  Paris  which  for  all  its 
tragedy  had  something  of  romance  and  a  dark  beauty  which 
peace-time  Paris  will  never  repeat.  The  Drifter  will  not 
soon  forget  the  ghostly  aspect  of  Notre  Dame  from  the 
cobbles  by  the  riverside,  on  the  black  nights  of  the  air-raid 
spring  of  1918,  when  the  towers  loomed  into  the  night  with 
a  solemn  dignity  and  gray  equanimity  which  the  flaming 
gas  jets  of  post-armistice  days  spoiled.  And  the  vast  spaces 
of  the  Place  de  la  Concorde  lying  dark  and  unlamped,  bare 
to  the  stars,  were  very  different  from  the  flashing  square 
of  peace  time.  There  was  a  sense  of  mystery  and  yet  of 
comradeship  in  the  black  streets  those  nights  when  heavy 
curtains  barred  even  cracks  of  light  at  the  windows,  when 
the  midnight  wanderer  stubbed  his  toe  incessantly  against 
invisible  poubelles,  and  the  sound  of  every  passer's  feet 
echoed  loud  in  the  hollow  silence.  There  is  nothing  which 
so  isolates  the  individual  as  a  crowd ;  in  those  empty  streets 
one  had  the  same  sense  of  companionship  with  other  belated 
pedestrians  as  unites  travelers  who  meet  in  a  wilderness. 
***** 

THE  Drifter  has  just  returned  from  a  little  journey 
through  the  Dark  Ages.  In  the  Dark  Ages  fashion- 
able young  ladies  wore  skirts  which  touched  the  ground 
when  they  stood  erect  on  two  feet,  and  though  the  Drifter 
does  not  set  himself  up  as  one  well  versed  in  feminine  fash- 
ions, he  knows  that  no  present-day  skirt  could  do  that.  In 
the  Dark  Ages  landlords  filled  columns  of  the  newspapers 
with  plaintive  requests  for  some  kind  tenant  to  occupy  their 
seven-room  flat  for  twenty  dollars  a  month,  or  their  three- 
room  apartment  for  seventeen.  And  the  Drifter  regards  the 
three  rooms  which  he  knows  most  intimately,  and  thought- 
fully multiplies  seventeen  by  several.  On  the  front  page 
of  the  Dark  Age  newspaper,  large  black  headlines  announced 
that  the  King  of  Greece  had  been  assassinated,  and  in 
parallel  columns  the  news  of  the  latest  Turkish  victory  over 
the  Bulgarians  was  reported.  Apparently  there  were  wars 
in  those  days,  too.  But  the  Drifter  has  been  found  out: 
he  had  not  been  to  very  dark  ages  at  all;  he  had  merely 
been  reading  the  New  York  World  for  March  19,  1913. 

***** 

THE  ways  of  prison  officials  are  always  incomprehensible 
to  a  mere  free  man,  such  as  the  Drifter  counts  him- 
self, but  it  is  clear  to  him  that  the  officials  of  Dannemora 
prison  agree  with  the  British  Government.  He  is  told  that 
Ben  Gitlow  is  permitted  to  receive  The  Nation  within  prison 
walls,  but  that  Jim  Larkin  is  forbidden  that  privilege. 
Obviously  the  moguls  of  Dannemora,  too,  fear  an  Irish 
Nation  more  than  a  Jewish. 


IN  Seattle  the  integrity  of  Ole  Hanson's  law  and  order  is 
preserved  with  all  the  dignity  which  blue-coated  angels 
of  the  law  can  muster.  Pausing  by  the  totem  pole  in  Pioneer 
Square  the  Drifter  recently  heard  an  American  Indian  say 
pointed  things  about  the  profit  system  and  Mr.  Palmer's 
habits.     The  Indian  was  interrupted  by  a  policeman,  who 


pushed  his  way  through  the  listening  crowd  and  said:  "If 
ye  don't  loike  this  counthry,  why  don't  yez  go  back  where  ye 
come  from?" 

The  Drifter 

Correspondence 

A  Criticism  of  The  Nation 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  In  the  past  it  has  been  one  of  the  glories  of  The  Nation 
that  on  the  whole  it  has  stood  for  fair  play.  To  maintain  this 
attitude  was  easier,  I  suppose,  for  the  old  Nation,  with  its  com- 
paratively disinterested  critical  spirit,  than  for  the  new  Nation, 
with  its  spirit  of  crusading  radicalism.  I  am  one  of  those  who 
regret  the  passing  of  that  former  Nation,  though  I  recognize 
the  usefulness  of  the  new  journal.  A  skeptical  critic  may  not 
attract  so  wide  an  audience  as  a  reforming  evangelist,  but  I 
suspect  that  he  sees  a  wider  arc  of  truth.  Nevertheless,  I  be- 
lieve that  The  Nation  still  intends  to  play  fair,  and  that  it  has 
done  important  public  service  in  urging  fair  play  for  Russia 
and  Ireland  and  Haiti  and  other  more  or  less  distant  regions. 

But  there  has  been  one  painful  exception.  Against  President 
Wilson,  whom  The  Nation  warmly  supported  in  the  early  days 
of  the  war,  it  has  turned  with  a  peculiar  and  venomous  bit- 
terness, as  against  a  lost  leader.  Much  of  your  criticism  of 
the  President  has,  it  is  true,  been  justified.  He  has  been  forced 
into  many  inconsistencies;  he  has  been  guilty  of  grave  errors 
of  tact  and  judgment;  he  has  kept  in  high  office  men  who  ought 
to  have  been  removed.  It  is  possible  that  at  Paris  he  may  have 
been  overreached  and  outwitted,  though  this  remains  to  be 
tested  by  time.  Such  criticisms  may  be  brought  against  him 
without  unfairness;  but  I  submit  that  to  accuse  him,  as  The 
Nation  has  constantly  done,  of  "insincerity,"  of  "hypocrisy,"  of 
"the  betrayal  of  American  ideals,"  is  totally  and  shamefully 
unfair.  The  fact  is,  of  course,  that  the  President  created  no 
inconsiderable  part  of  the  idealism  which  you  accuse  him  of 
betraying.  His  war  speeches  and  messages  expressed  a  lofty 
aspiration,  and  set  forth  a  magnificent  ideal  program.  In  at- 
tempting to  carry  out  that  program  he  faced  a  condition,  not  a 
theory,  and  he  accepted  a  solution  with  many  compromises, 
one  which  fell  far  short  of  his  ideal.  True;  but  is  it  fair  to 
accuse  him  of  hypocrisy,  of  betraying  the  ideal,  on  that  ac- 
count? Is  a  man's  reach  not  to  exceed  his  grasp?  Is  he  to 
cherish  no  ideal  which  cannot  be  immediately  attained,  or  is  he 
to  refuse  to  take  any  practicable  step  forward  because  that 
step  falls  short  of  his  ultimate  goal?  The  Nation  in  its  mis- 
sionary ardor  seems  to  have  lost  sight  of  the  truth  that,  as 
Lord  Morley  once  wrote,  "politics  are  a  field  where  action  is 
one  long  second-best,  and  where  the  choice  constantly  lies  be- 
tween two  blunders." 

The  Declaration  of  Independence  expressed  certain  lofty 
ideals.  The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  offered  a  most 
imperfect  instrument,  full  of  compromises,  for  approximating 
those  ideals.  Is  there  any  inconsistency  between  Wilson's  ideal 
program  and  the  League  Covenant  more  glaring  than  the  in- 
consistency between  the  Declaration's  "All  men  are  created 
equal"  with  "liberty"  among  their  "unalienable  rights"  and 
the  Constitution's  tacit  recognition  of  slavery?  If  our  revolu- 
tionary fathers  had  taken  the  attitude  toward  the  Constitution 
which  The  Nation  has  taken  toward  the  Covenant,  there  would 
have  been  no  United  States  of  America. 

But  this  is  not  all.  The  most  painful  evidence  of  The  Nation's 
unfairness  toward  the  President  is  its  sneering  attitude  toward 
"Wilson's  war."  Thus  in  a  recent  issue  you  refer  to  "Wilson- 
ism  with  its  needlessly  putting  us  into  the  war  which  has  neither 
ended  war  nor  safeguarded  democracy."  Such  an  utterance 
as  this  fills  me,  as  an  old  friend  and  admirer  of  The  Nation, 
with  indignation  and  shame;  for  it  seems  to  me  stupid,  cow- 
ardly, and  false.     It  is  stupid   and  false  to  say  that  our  en- 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


565 


trance  into  the  war  was  needless,  or  that  a  war  which  crushed 
imperialistic  Germany  and  thwarted  her  designs  of  conquest 
did  not  safeguard  democracy.  It  is  false  and  cowardly  to 
insinuate  that  Mr.  Wilson,  for  some  dark  purpose  of  his  own, 
"put  us  into"  the  war.  Even  the  President's  political  opponents, 
even  such  unscrupulous  partisans  as  Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  have 
not  descended  to  this  level.  They  are  too  intelligent;  they  know 
that  such  insinuations  would  react  upon  their  own  heads. 

Homer  E.  Woodbridge 
Middletown,  Conn.,  November  2,  1920 


Atlanta  University 


To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation  : 

Sir:  The  Ku-Klux  Klan  has  been  revived.  Its  foolish 
mummery  does  not  so  much  terrify  the  Negroes  as  it  arouses 
bitter  resentment,  hatred,  and  the  determination,  if  need  be,  to 
sell  life  dearly. 

American  democracy  fails  most  pitifully  in  our  treatment  of 
the  Negro.  Better  laws  are  needed,  no  doubt.  But  beyond  and 
deeper  is  the  need  for  the  uprooting  of  hatreds  and  misunder- 
standings that  grow  their  ugly  weeds  between  the  races,  and  the 
need  for  watering  and  tending  the  tap  root  of  personal  worth 
and  mutual  regard  in  the  youth  of  both  races. 

Atlanta  University  is  trying  to  do  just  this  thing  for  the 
Negroes.  Primarily  a  place  for  the  training  of  teachers,  it  has 
insisted  upon  giving  a  broad  and  general  education  that  shall 
develop  men  and  women  with  insight  and  a  will  to  take  the 
responsibilities  of  leadership.  We  must  overcome  prejudice  by 
worth.  Retaliation  will  not  work.  Let  the  race  that  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  Ku-Klux  Klan  brand  it  and  shame  it  out  of 
existence. 

For  the  past  fifty  years  the  graduates  of  Atlanta  University 
have  shown  marked  ability  as  teachers  and  have  filled  other 
positions  of  responsibility  acceptably.  One  of  them,  James 
Weldon  Johnson,  has  recently  stirred  the  whole  nation  by  his 
account  of  affairs  in  Haiti.  The  graduates  are  giving  generously 
for  the  support  of  Atlanta  University.  This  year  their  gifts 
and  those  of  other  donors  must  be  supplemented  by  additional 
private  subscriptions  to  keep  our  work  vigorous.  We  are  also 
seeking  $10,000  to  secure  a  like  sum  offered  by  the  General  Edu- 
cation Board,  in  addition  to  substantial  aid,  already  subscribed 
by  them,  for  repairs  and  improvements  of  the  plant.  Will  not 
the  readers  of  The  Nation  help  us  to  keep  aflame  the  beacon  of 
democracy  in  the  hope  of  peace  and  good  will? 

Edward  T.  Ware 
President  of  Atlanta  University 

Montclair,  N.  J.,  November  2 


What  Germany  Thinks 

To  the  Editor  of  The  Nation: 

Sir:  What  do  the  Germans  think,  feel,  and  say?  What  do 
they  think,  feel,  and  say  about  the  War,  about  the  Versailles 
Peace,  about  the  possibility  or  probability  of  another  war,  about 
revenge,  about  the  Kaiser,  about  America?  I  have  not  interro- 
gated every  German,  but  contact  with  many  of  them  has  given 
me  some  idea  of  Germany's  attitude  toward  the  vital  questions 
of  the  day.  The  first  man  to  whom  I  spoke  was  our  car  con- 
ductor. "Of  course,  there  is  going  to  be  war,"  he  said.  "In 
less  than  five  years.  It  is  better  to  die  than  to  live  under  such 
a  yoke!"  The  man  who  made  up  our  beds  in  the  sleeping  car 
said:  "Yes,  we  are  going  to  have  a  war;  and  it  is  going  to  be 
Germany,  England,  and  Russia  against  France."  A  number 
of  people  of  the  "lower"  classes  were  sure  that  another  war 
was  imminent  and  seemed  to  be  eager  for  it.  "France  is  too 
brutal,  too  insulting,  and  no  red-blooded  man  could  stand  it 
for  any  length  of  time." 

But  the  business  and  professional  people  to  whom  I  spoke, 


one  and  all,  pooh-poohed  the  idea  of  a  war,  either  in  the  near 
or  distant  future.  Another  war  would  be  Germany's  coup  de 
grace,  her  death  blow.  While  resenting  France's  wanton  bru- 
tality and  her  gratuitous  insults  as  much  as  the  Junkers,  they 
felt  that  Germany  was  through  with  war  forever;  that  her 
salvation  consisted  in  work,  in  long,  steady,  persistent  work. 
The  idea  of  revenge  is  as  far  from  their  minds  as  the  idea  of 
restoring  the  Kaiser.  While  fully  aware  that  Germany  was 
not  the  only  country  that  was  responsible  for  the  war,  they 
know  that  a  good  share  of  the  responsibility  was  hers;  they 
know  that  German  militarism  was  an  obnoxious  plant,  and  they 
say  that  to  have  uprooted  it  is  worth  almost  all  the  misery 
they  have  endured.  "If  we  had  conquered,"  they  say,  "things 
would  have  been  pretty  bad.  We  might  have  had  more  to  eat, 
but  we  would  have  been  crushed  by  the  heel  of  militarism." 

While  the  people  are  not  enthusiastic  about  the  Ebert  regime, 
they  know  it  is  doing  about  as  well  as  any  other  government 
could  in  the  circumstances.  They  are  afraid  of  revolutions, 
strikes,  and  wars,  and  very  much  afraid  of  Bolshevism.  And 
I  do  not  believe  there  is  the  slightest  danger  of  Bolshevism 
gaining  ground  in  Germany.  I  say  this  regardless  of  what 
our  radicals,  in  whom  the  wish  is  often  father  to  the  thought, 
may  say  to  the  contrary.  And  what  is  more,  the  Russians 
themselves  do  not  wish  Bolshevism  to  spread  in  Germany.  What 
the  Bolsheviki  want  is  manufactured  articles.  And  they  can 
get  manufactured  articles  most  conveniently,  surely,  and 
cheaply  from  Germany.  If  Bolshevism  should  invade  Germany 
and  German  industry  be,  even  temporarily,  disorganized  thereby, 
there  would  be  no  manufactured  articles  for  Soviet  Russia. 
That  there  is  great  dissatisfaction  among  German  workers  is 
true.  I  should  like  to  see  anybody,  whose  insides  are  gnawed 
by  hunger,  contented  and  satisfied.  But  that  the  German  work- 
ers want  a  revolution  because  they  are  hungry,  I  deny.  First, 
they  know  that  a  revolution  does  not  necessarily  mean  more 
food;  they  hear  how  terrible  the  suffering  is  in  Russia;  and 
second,  to  make  a  revolution  you  have  to  possess  a  certain 
amount  of  energy  and  buoyancy;  and  they  know  that  they  are 
too  depressed,  dejected,  and  listless  to  succeed  in  one.  What 
they  might  do  under  the  guidance  of  a  great  leader,  I  don't 
know.  But  great  leaders  have  always  been  scarce,  and  since 
1914  they  have  been  scarcer  than  ever. 

I  have  noticed  no  hatred  in  Germany  against  America,  Eng- 
land, Belgium,  Italy,  or  any  of  the  other  belligerent  countries — 
with  the  exception  of  two.  They  do  hate  France  and  they  do 
despise  Poland.  They  hate  France  for  its  insults,  its  employ- 
ment of  colored  troops  in  the  occupied  area,  and  its  enormous 
bills  for  the  upkeep  of  the  occupation  army.  (By  the  way,  the 
Germans  claim  that  the  bill  for  the  upkeep  of  the  Allied  occu- 
pation army  is  sixty  per  cent  higher  than  the  cost  of  their  entire 
army  before  the  war!  I  wonder  if  it  is  true;  if  it  is,  it  is  an 
outrage  and  a  crime.)  As  to  Poland,  they  do  not  hate  the 
country  itself,  they  just  despise  the  Polish  aristocracy  and 
leaders.  They  do  not  believe  that  Poland  will  remain  an  inde- 
pendent state  for  long,  and  that,  not  on  account  of  external 
attacks,  but  by  reason  of  internal  dissensions.  The  Polish 
nobility,  they  say,  has  always  been  the  vilest  in  Europe;  they 
are  the  lowest  drunkards,  gamblers,  and  debauchees;  they  will 
gamble  their  wives  and  children  away;  and  they  are  both  cruel 
and  autocratic.  How  can  such  people  remain  at  the  helm  of  a 
modern  state?  Let  France  and  America,  they  say,  take  away 
their  financial  and  military  aid  from  Poland,  and  the  country 
will  fall  to  pieces.  Perhaps  so  and  perhaps  not.  This  was  told 
me  by  a  cultivated  business  man,  who  claimed  to  be  a  true  cos- 
mopolitan, one  who  had  no  antagonism  against  the  Polish  people, 
but  who  claimed  to  know  the  Polish  aristocracy.  "No  other 
country  in  Europe  possesses  such  medieval  types,"  he  said.  And 
in  the  meantime,  the  poor  Poles  and  the  poor  Russians  are  kill- 
ing each  other  by  the  thousands,  because  certain  diplomats  are 
indifferent  to  bloodshed  and  prefer  death  and  destruction  to 
peace  and  prosperity. 

New  York,  October  18  William  J.  Robinson,  M.D. 


566 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


Books 

Masters  in  Search  of  a  Masterpiece 

Mitch  Miller.    By  Edgar  Lee  Masters.    The   Macmillan   Com- 
pany. 
Domesday  Book.   By  Edgar  Lee  Masters.    The  Macmillan  Com- 
pany. 

WHEN  the  "Spoon  River  Anthology"  arrived,  now  nearly 
six  years  ago,  it  was  at  once  everywhere  acclaimed  as 
the  first  book  of  a  new  author.  Research  in  time  discovered 
that  Mr.  Masters  was  already  forty-six  and  that  he  had  been 
an  author  ever  since  the  year  of  the  War  with  Spain,  experi- 
menting with  verse  in  various  measures,  and  of  course  with 
disquisition  and  the  drama,  to  the  extent  of  half  a  dozen  vol- 
umes. Since  1915  he  has  now  published  half  a  dozen  more, 
which  have  all  inherited  the  fame  of  the  "Anthology"  but  which 
betray,  hardly  less  than  the  unconsidered  ventures  of  his  non- 
age, the  restless  and  nervous  habit  of  experimentation  which 
makes  up  a  large  share  of  his  poetical  character.  There  comes 
to  mind  the  figure  of  a  blindfolded  Apollo,  eager  and  lusty, 
who  continually  runs  forward  on  the  trail  of  poetry  but  who, 
because  of  his  blindfoldedness,  only  now  and  then  strikes  the 
central  track.  During  the  "Spoon  River"  episode  he  held  the 
track  long  enough  to  produce  a  masterpiece,  and  since  then  he 
has  occasionally,  in  crossing  it,  struck  out  certain  bright,  me- 
morable flashes;  but  the  blindfold  continues  to  impede  him. 

Mr.  Masters's  two  latest  volumes  wear  the  colors  of  experi- 
mentation. In  "Mitch  Miller"  he  has  attempted  to  write  a  new 
"Tom  Sawyer"  for  the  Spoon  River  district;  in  "Domesday 
Book"  he  has  applied  the  method  of  "The  Ring  and  the  Book" 
to  the  material  of  Starved  Rock.  The  impulse  back  of  the  first 
must  have  been  much  the  same  as  Mark  Twain's:  a  desire  to 
catch  in  a  stouter  net  than  memory  itself  the  recollections  of 
boyhood  which  haunt  disillusioned  men.  But  in  proportion  as 
Mr.  Masters  is  less  boylike  than  Mark  Twain — an  immense 
proportion — "Mitch  Miller"  is  less  purely  and  singly  a  book  for 
or  about  boys  than  "Tom  Sawyer."  Elegy  and  argument  in- 
trude. Mitch  and  Skeet,  the  Tom  and  Huck  of  this  story,  live 
so  much  of  their  lives  in  imitation  of  their  prototypes  that 
Mitch  can  call  "Tom  Sawyer"  the  "Bible  of  grown  folks."  These 
boys  in  their  adventures  parallel  altogether  too  singularly  the 
careers  of  Tom  and  Huck;  their  too  mythical  excursion  to  Han- 
nibal in  search  of  their  juvenile  divinity  is  a  mere  apologue  of 
disillusionment.  Mitch's  pre-adolescent  passion  for  Zueline 
sounds  like  an  argument  on  the  side  of  Freud,  and  almost  as 
much  like  an  obsession  as  the  frenzy  of  Doc  Lyon,  who  brings 
into  the  story  its  tincture  of  horrible  disease.  There  are  im- 
plications, too,  of  a  fierce  hatred  for  the  politics  and  theology 
of  Spoon  River.  Can  a  story  of  boyhood,  that  slim,  spare, 
muscular  age,  carry  such  a  burden  of  doctrine?  At  least  this 
story  does  not  carry  it  without  penalties.  The  narrative  is 
tangled  in  a  snarl  of  moods.  Its  movement  is  often  thick,  its 
wings  gummed  and  heavy.  Only  in  flashes  does  the  powerful 
imagination  of  Mr.  Masters  shake  itself  free  and  burn  with 
the  high,  hot  light  which  so  often  glows  in  the  "Anthology." 
The  great  shadow  of  Lincoln  lies  over  the  book  as  it  lies  over 
all  the  books  of  all  Illinois  authors;  there  are  touches  of  ad- 
mirable comedy  and  strong  strokes  of  character  and  some  racy 
prose;  but  as  a  whole  "Mitch  Miller"  falls  regrettably  between 
the  clear  energy  which  might  have  made  it  popular  and  the 
profound  significance  which  might  have  made  it  great. 

The  scheme  and  the  machinery  of  "Domesday  Book"  are  ad- 
mirable. Elenor  Murray  is  found  dead  on  the  shore  of  the 
Illinois  River  a  mile  above  Starved  Rock.  Coroner  Merival, 
a  sort  of  philosophical  amateur  in  office,  undertakes  to  trace 
the  mystery  not  only  to  its  immediate  cause  but  up  to  its  pri- 
mary source  and  out  to  its  remotest  consequences.  He  summons 
as  his  jury  his  chosen  friends  and  brings  before  them,  in  person 
or  by  deposition  or  letter,  all  the  acquaintances  of  Elenor 
Murray   until   he   has   pieced   out   her   tragic    story,   from   the 


moment  she  was  conceived  to  the  hour  she  died,  and  has  placed 
it  in  its  larger  setting.  To  Mr.  Masters,  at  times,  the  tale  of 
Elenor  Murray  seems  an  allegory  of  America  during  the 
troubled,  roiled,  destroying  years  of  the  war,  although  he  does 
not  keep  the  allegory  steadily  enough  in  mind  to  do  more  than 
hint  at  it.  Rather,  he  intends  his  book  to  be  a  "census  spiritual" 
of  American  society.  Elenor  Murray,  as  he  sees  her  birth  and 
loves  and  sufferings  and  desperate  end,  is  pure  nature,  "essen- 
tial genius,"  acting  but  its  fated  processes  in  a  world  of  futile 
or  corrupting  inhibitions.  But  Mr.  Masters  has  less  skill  at 
portraying  the  pure  genius  of  Elenor  Murray  than  at  arraign- 
ing the  inhibitions  of  her  society.  When  he  steps  down  from 
his  watch-tower  of  irony  he  can  hate  as  no  American  poet 
does,  and  in  this  book  he  has  piled  up  his  loathings  for  the 
muddy  days  which  the  war  has  left  behind.  His  hates,  alas, 
do  not  always  pass  into  poetry;  they  too  frequently  remain 
hard,  sullen  masses  of  animosity  not  fused  with  his  narrative 
but  standing  out  from  it  and  adding  a  fierce  personal  rhythm 
to  the  rough  beat  of  his  blank  verse.  So,  too,  do  his  masses 
of  turgid  learning  and  his  scientific  speculations  often  remain 
undigested.  A  good  many  of  his  characters  are  cut  to  fit  the 
narrative  plan,  not  chosen  from  reality  to  make  up  the  narra- 
tive. The  total  effect  is  often  crude  and  heavy,  now  preten- 
tious, now  hopelessly  flat;  and  yet  beneath  these  uncompleted 
surfaces  are  the  sinews  of  enormous  power,  a  greedy  gusto  for 
life,  a  wide  imaginative  experience,  tumultuous  uprushes  of 
emotion  and  expression,  a  restless  if  undisciplined  intelligence, 
an  abundance  of  the  veritable  stuff  of  existence — all  this,  and 
yet  not  an  authentic  masterpiece.  "Spoon  River  Anthology" 
still  has  no  rival  from  the  hand  of  its  creator.  C.  V.  D. 

Soviet  Russia 

Barbarous  Soviet  Russia.  By  Isaac  McBride.  Thomas  Seltzer. 
'T'HE  sagacious  Dr.  Arbuthnot  somewhere  offers  prudent 
*  counsel  on  the  refutation  of  lies.  If  a  baseless  report  is 
being  circulated  that  some  eminent  person  is  dying,  it  should 
not  be  countered  with  an  assertion  that  the  person  was  not  even 
sick,  but  with  an  explanation  that  in  fact  the  critical  point  of 
the  illness  had  been  passed  and  the  patient  was  well  on  his  way 
to  recovery.  The  friends  of  Soviet  Russia  should  take  this 
lesson  to  heart.  The  misrepresentations  and  calumnies  of  in- 
terested propaganda  are  not  effaced  by  a  thoughtless  applica- 
tion of  whitewash.  Concealment,  exaggeration,  distortion, 
whether  used  on  one  side  or  the  other,  may  be  trusted  to  de- 
feat their  own  ends.  In  order  to  gain  sympathy  for  the  present 
regime,  it  is  not  necessary  to  sanctify  its  leaders  or  to  repre- 
sent its  governmental  program  as  millennial.  Russia's  cause 
will  gain  much  more  from  a  presentation  which  gives  evidence 
of  intelligence  and  discrimination  than  from  one  in  which  good- 
will is  the  chief  ingredient.  In  the. past  year  one  special  corre- 
spondent after  another  has  bewildered  the  public  with  a  version 
of  Russian  affairs  irreconcilably  at  odds  with  that  supplied  by 
the  regular  press  and  diplomatic  agencies.  Clearly,  there  is  an 
important  set  of  facts  to  be  opposed  to  the  daily  stories  of  star- 
vation and  disintegration  issuing  from  the  newspapers;  on  the 
other  hand,  it  is  impossible,  in  view  of  this  smoke  of  stories, 
to  visualize  as  truth  the  unclouded  landscape  of  the  apolo- 
gists. One  side  makes  everything  of  the  faults  in  execution, 
the  other  views  only  the  ideal  aim  and  seldom  brings  critical 
sense  to  test  it.  What  we  have  not  yet  seen  is  a  book  which 
combines  a  frank  confrontation  of  the  point  of  view  of  the 
Soviets  with  a  clear-eyed  estimate  of  its  principles  and  a  fair 
description  of  the  successes  or  failures  resulting  in  the  ope- 
ration. 

Mr.  Isaac  McBride  has  failed  to  write  such  a  book,  but  he 
has  at  least  shown  that  the  materials  for  it  are  not  lacking. 
"Barbarous  Soviet  Russia"  consists  of  two  parts.  In  the  first 
Mr.  McBride  shows  us  what  a  good  time  he  had  as  a  corre- 
spondent in  that  most  hospitable  of  lands,  talking  with  its 
celebrities  and  being  shown  the  interesting  mechanism  of  its 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


567 


government.  While  he  reveals  nothing  new  about  personalities 
and  attempts  no  criticism  of  institutions,  his  account  of  his 
own  experiences  is  animated  and  readable.  The  impression 
that  he  intends  to  leave  with  his  readers  is  that  affairs  are 
organized  in  the  best  possible  fashion  and  the  machine  is  func- 
tioning with  a  maximum  efficiency.  But  there  is  a  second  part 
to  Mr.  McBride's  book,  made  up  of  documents,  from  which  a 
somewhat  different  tale  may  be  constructed.  The  problems  and 
difficulties  with  which  the  government  is  struggling  are  patent 
in  the  Code  of  Labor  Laws,  the  resolutions  of  the  Congress  of 
Trade  Unions,  and  in  the  reports  of  the  financial  and  industrial 
officials.  Better  than  from  anything  in  Mr.  McBride's  story 
one  can  discover  in  these  documents  light  on  some  of  the  ques- 
tions which  most  insistently  occur  concerning  the  workings 
of  the  communist  plan. 

An  examination  of  the  Code  of  Labor  Laws  shows  it  to  be 
inspired  by  a  wholesome  interest  in  the  well-being  of  the  work- 
man as  a  person,  by  the  idea  that  the  industry  exists  for  the 
workman  at  least  as  much  as  the  workman  for  the  industry; 
but  some  of  the  regulations  raise  doubts  of  the  efficiency  of 
the  system.  The  provision  for  compulsory  labor  is  indeed  not 
as  bad  as  it  is  represented  by  the  enemies  of  the  system.  The 
penalty  for  refusal  to  work  is  only  the  loss  of  "right  to  em- 
ployment" and  the  unemployment  subsidy.  A  more  serious  fail- 
ure of  communist  theory  is  suggested  by  the  measures  deemed 
necessary  to  insure  production.  The  code  itself  provides  for  a 
grading  of  wages  according  to  the  kind  of  labor,  the  danger, 
the  complexity,  the  responsibility,  and  the  standard  of  educa- 
tion and  experience  required.  But  not  content  with  this,  the 
Trades-Union  Congress  took  a  leaf- straight  out  of  the  capitalist 
economics  in  a  resolution  for  encouraging  production,  inciden- 
tally running  directly  counter  to  the  principles  of  American 
unionism.  "Wage  scale  regulations  must  be  based  on  the  sys- 
tem of  compensation  of  labor  power  which  would  serve  as  an 
incentive  for  the  laborers  to  outdo  each  other  in  their  desire 
to  raise  the  productivity  of  labor  in  the  nationalized  enterprises, 
i.  e.,  the  piece-work  and  premium  system  founded  on  a  rock- 
bottom  standard  of  production,  with  a  firmly  fixed  schedule  of 
either  increased  pay  or  decreased  hours  of  work  in  compensa- 
tion for  production  above  the  standard  requirements."  One 
can  imagine  that  a  great  discrepancy  of  income  would  result 
between  the  highest  employee  in  the  best  paid  industry  and 
the  lowest  in  the  most  poorly  paid.  But  the  Commissariat  of 
Finance  here  comes  to  the  rescue  with  a  proposal  which  "com- 
pels the  citizen  to  yield  that  part  of  his  savings  which  is  above 
a  certain  standard." 

There  is  much  matter  for  discussion  in  the  functioning  of 
the  trade  unions  and  their  relation  to  the  government.  It  needs 
to  be  understood  at  the  outset  that  these  unions,  organized 
nationally  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Soviet  of  Deputies,  are 
laying  claim  to  supreme  political  power.  They  are  the  active 
civilian  army  of  the  Communist  Party,  a  Pretorian  army  im- 
posing its  will  upon  tributary  commanders.  They  boldly  pro- 
fess their  aim  to  prepare  the  laboring  masses  "for  the  task  of 
managing  not  only  production  but  the  entire  apparatus  of 
government,"  and  they  categorically  demand  that  the  Commis- 
sariat of  Labor  be  subordinated  to  them  and  "be  required  to 
embody  in  its  legislation  the  fundamental  decisions  of  the  Con- 
gress of  Professional  Unions  and  that  all  special  obligatory 
regulations  be  submitted  to  the  unions  for  approval."  In  view 
of  the  strategic  position  which  they  arrogate  or  enjoy,  their 
tactics  assume  considerable  importance,  especially  in  relation 
to  the  charge  of  a  minority  dictatorship.  While  ostensibly 
aiming  to  organize  all  strata  of  workers,  they  stipulate  as  a 
condition  "complete  submission  to  proletarian  discipline."  No 
individual  union  is  admitted  into  the  All-Russian  and  local 
associations  unless  it  recognizes  "the  revolutionary  class-strug- 
gle for  realization  of  socialism  by  means  of  the  dictatorship  of 
the  proletariat."  No  union  may  be  represented  at  the  Trades- 
Union  Congresses  unless  in  its  activity  it  is  "guided  by  the 
principles  of  the  international  class  struggle  of  the  proletariat." 


It  might  be  presumed  that  the  unions  would  be  hospitable  and 
not  stop  to  scrutinize  converts  too  minutely;  the  only  question 
that  would  occur  is,  how  ready  have  all  strata  of  workers  shown 
themselves  to  join  forces  with  the  new  power?  It  is  something 
of  a  shock  to  find  a  clause  of  exclusion  like  this:  "It  would 
be  the  greatest  error  at  the  present  stage  of  development 
of  our  trade  union  movement,  with  its  insufficient  degree  of 
organization,  to  infuse  into  it  the  craftsmen  and  small  shop- 
owners  who,  due  to  their  isolation  and  unorganized  state,  do 
not  allow  of  proletarian  control;  the  same  applies  to  the  labor 
'Artels,'  'unions  of  labor  communes,'  and  so-called  professional 
people  who  are  not  wage  workers.  Being  the  representatives  of 
the  dying  crafts  and  petty  bourgeois  industry,  these  elements, 
permeated  with  the  conservative  economic  ideology  of  indi- 
vidual and  small-scale  production  (artel)  due  to  their  numeri- 
cal size  [reviewer's  italics],  are  liable  to  disorganize  the  ranks 
of  the  economically  organized  proletariat."  When  it  is  noted 
that  the  All-Russian  Congress  which  passed  this  resolution 
represented  3,422,000  workmen,  it  will  have  to  be  granted  that 
those  who  complain  of  a  dictatorship  by  the  minority  are  not 
complaining  without  reason. 

Mr.  McBride's  account  raises  no  misgivings  about  the  pro- 
cesses of  production,  but  when  one  turns  to  the  reports  of  the 
responsible  officials  one  meets  not  only  expressions  of  justi- 
fiable pride  in  progress  achieved,  but  figures  which  show  how 
heavy  is  the  burden  under  which  industry  is  fainting  and  how 
painfully  short  production  still  remains.  "Our  large  industry," 
writes  Mr.  Vindelbot  with  inimitable  frankness,  "has  been  get- 
ting into  even  greater  difficulties.  A  number  of  crises  weigh- 
ing on  it  are  breaking  down  its  last  forces.  Of  these  the  most 
acute  and  serious  are  the  fuel  and  food  crises,  the  latter  de- 
moralizing labor."  When  friendly  reporters  learn  to  face 
facts  with  the  same  intelligence  and  to  declare  them  with  the 
same  honesty  as  is  here  shown  by  a  Soviet  official,  they  will 
serve  Russia's  turn  more  effectively  than  by  their  present 
method  of  blinking  partisanship.  Jacob  Zeitlin 


Expo< 


>sure 

The  Romantic.    By  May  Sinclair.    The  Macmillan  Company. 
Tension.    By  E.  M.  Delafield.    The  Macmillan  Company. 

THERE  is  a  faintly  bitter  savor  that  means  freshness  and 
health;  there  is  a  harshness  that  is  tonic  as  the  sting  of  an 
autumnal  wind;  there  is  a  brevity  of  expression  that  has  noth- 
ing in  it  of  poverty  but  is  like  the  agile  grace  of  an  athlete's 
body.  That  savor,  that  harshness,  and  that  grace  belong  to  the 
new  books  of  Miss  Sinclair  and  Miss  Delafield.  Both  have  put 
on  the  "purged,  considerate  minds"  of  Arnold's  admonition  and 
survey  the  human  scene  with  a  vision  no  less  sympathetic  for 
its  clear  directness.  Their  consciousness  has  lost  the  last  tinge 
of  the  notion  that  they  are  shocking  anyone.  Not  theirs  to 
dumfound  the  Philistine;  they  speak  in  a  bright  and  serene 
world  beyond  his,  and,  taking  a  fundamental  inner  liberation 
for  granted,  address  themselves  to  the  small  company  of  equal 
minds.  Neither  has  produced  a  piece  of  great  literature;  both 
are  at  once  factor  and  symptom  in  a  cultural  process  of  in- 
calculable importance. 

Miss  Sinclair  is  serious  and  quiet.  She  is  still  under  the 
influence  of  Miss  Dorothy  Richardson's  impressionistic  method 
and  refuses  to  have  any  dealings  with  conjunctions.  But  her 
substance  is  entirely  her  own.  Her  Charlotte  Redhead  is  new 
and  authentic  both  as  a  type  and  as  an  individual.  The  girl's 
instinctive  view  of  basic  human  relations  is  one  that  merges 
into  the  virile.  For  purity  she  substitutes  honor,  for  sentiment 
veracity,  and  for  jealousy  justice.  It  is  Gibson,  the  partner 
of  her  first  affair,  who  is  the  sentimentalist,  the  deceiver  of 
others  and  himself,  and  it  is  he  who,  in  the  end,  is  guilty  of  both 
the  sentimentalist's  cruelty  and  his  lack  of  shame.  Charlotte 
is  conscious  of  the  weak  but  genuine  pathos  of  poor  Effie  in 
the  dim  background  and  of  the  moral  slovenliness  of  trying  to 
live    amid   mended    shards.      Fortified   but    not   thoroughly    in- 


568 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


structed  by  this  experience,  she  meets  the  romantic  John  Roden 
Conway.  Together,  but  merely  as  friends,  they  join  an  ambu- 
lance unit  in  Belgium.  Here  John's  image  in  Charlotte's  soul, 
and  with  it  their  relation  to  each  other,  begins  to  crumble. 
Gibson  had  sentimentalized  about  love  and  had  "funked  and 
lied";  Conway  had  sentimentalized  about  war.  He  had  been 
dashing  and  radiant  and  gone  as  a  knight  on  a  great  adventure. 
All  the  banners  of  his  mind  had  streamed.  Now  he,  too,  funks 
and  lies.  He  abandons  the  wounded  under  fire,  sends  Charlotte 
on  difficult  missions  alone,  and  collapses  shamefully  at  every 
crucial  moment.  When  the  danger  is  past  he  recaptures  his 
perfectly  sincere  romanticism  of  gold  and  glory;  on  exposed 
ridges  he  slinks  out  of  sight.  A  bullet  in  the  back  ends  the 
poor  romantic's  career.  Charlotte,  who  has  been  loyal  to  him 
in  her  own  honest  fashion,  is  crushed.  But  a  clever  psycho- 
analyst heals  her  inner  wound  with  his  explanation.  It  is  the 
inferior  mind  that  is  sentimental  and  romantic.  It  knows  that 
it  cannot  meet  or  endure  reality.  Its  dreams  and  heroisms,  its 
persistent  glorification  of  itself  and  others  and  the  world  are 
but  the  activities  of  a  defense  complex  which  it  builds  up  to 
live  at  all  and  to  sustain  its  own  self-respect.  The  brave  and 
sane  man  hates  war;  the  romantic  glorifies  it  to  save  himself 
from  flight.  The  implications  of  Miss  Sinclair's  fable  and 
analysis  are  of  the  broadest  significance.  The  hundred  bedizen- 
ments  of  life  spring  from  a  fear  of  it;  sentiments  are  cushions 
between  the  world  and  feeble  souls;  the  romantic  does  not  seek 
to  remake  that  world  on  the  basis  of  reality  as  given,  but  to 
push  its  true  nature  out  of  consciousness  and  substitute  a 
softer  and  more  endurable  image.  He  trims  the  universe  to  his 
stature  and  tricks  it  out  to  suit  his  taste.  It  is  these  implica- 
tions that  give  Miss  Sinclair's  book  an  extraordinary  intel- 
lectual suppleness  and  strength. 

Miss  Delafield  is  a  great  deal  younger  than  Miss  Sinclair. 
She  is  still  a  little  angry  over  the  discrepancy  between  feigning 
and  fact,  sentiment  and  truth.  Thus  her  studiedly  cool  and 
detached  manner  does  not  always  serve  to  conceal  a  remnant 
of  vindictiveness.  This,  since  Miss  Delafield  is  a  very  able 
artist  indeed,  takes  the  form  of  a  sharp  and  tireless  irony. 
The  chief  characters  of  her  fable  are  subsidiary  from  the  point 
of  view  of  her  theme.  That  is  embodied  in  the  person  of  Lady 
Rossiter.  And  Lady  Rossiter  is  a  noteworthy  creation.  She 
was  large  and  fair  and  sweet  and,  though  she  would  have  died 
rather  than  have  betrayed  it,  unsatisfactorily  married.  Thus 
she  went  about  scattering  seeds  of  kindness,  bringing  a  little 
radiance  into  other  lives,  furiously  and  fatuously  sentimental- 
izing a  world  and  a  situation  that  did  not  please  her.  Beneath 
that  sentimentality  she  was  a  malignant  snob  and,  as  the  story 
proves  with  great  accuracy,  a  dangerous  gossip.  But  she  was 
wholly  deceived  by  her  own  pretenses.  "She  often  said  that 
flowers  were  literally  a  necessity  to  her — an  opinion  frequently 
held  by  those  whose  financial  situation  has  never  compelled 
them  to  regard  flowers  as  an  alternative  to,  let  us  say,  butter 
for  breakfast."  Miss  Delafield  is  not  often  so  explicit.  But 
that  sentence  illustrates  admirably  her  chief  method  in  the 
exposure  of  Lady  Rossiter.  A  second  and  subtler  method  is  her 
description  of  Lady  Rossiter's  effect  on  her  husband.  Sir 
Julian  had  an  uncommonly  austere  and  veracious  mind,  though 
enough  of  generous  humanity.  His  wife's  false  sweetness  wore 
on  him  through  the  years  but  could  not  harden  his  sensitiveness 
to  its  ugly  softness.  He  fell  into  a  habit  of  sardonic  repartee 
and  cynical  exposure  to  which  she  was,  of  course,  wholly  im- 
pervious. In  view  of  her '  incurable  self-deception  he  came  to 
despise  himself  for  his  futile  little  shafts,  but  found  himself 
pow>  rless  to  resist  the  temptation.  The  interplay  between  these 
two  temperaments  is  one  of  the  most  searching  things  in  recent 
fiction.  But,  indeed,  Miss  Delafield,  is  very  rich  in  creative 
vigor.  The  two  terrible  children  of  poor  Mark  are  masterly; 
so  are  the  faded  yet  insolent  teachers  at  the  Commercial  Col- 
lege. Nor  is  Miss  Delafield  devoid  of  the  kindlier  emotions 
which  she  shows  in  her  portrait  of  Miss  Marchrose.  But  the 
scalpel  is  her  favorite  instrument. 


Books  in  Brief 

MR.  MOORFIELD  STOREY'S  services  to  many  good 
causes  have  won  for  him  that  crown  which  a  republic  be- 
stows when  it  calls  one  of  its  sons  a  "good  citizen."  The  moral 
qualities  which  have  animated  his  long  career  as  a  private  ser- 
vant of  the  state  find  unconscious  expression  in  the  Godkin 
Lectures  delivered  last  March  at  Harvard  and  now  published 
under  the  title  "Problems  of  Today"  (Houghton  Mifflin).  Mr. 
Storey  is  at  his  best  when  he  is  considering  conditions  that  are 
not  complex,  where  rightmindedness  and  neighborly  feeling  and 
a  willingness  to  do  one's  share  are  enough  to  remedy  human  ills. 
His  words  on  participation  in  politics,  on  freedom  of  speech,  on 
obedience  to  law,  on  the  treatment  of  Negroes,  and  on  our  rela- 
tions with  foreign  nations  make  clear  the  way  of  righteousness 
to  the  young  men  to  whom  they  were  addressed.  What  he  says 
on  these  subjects  is  true  for  any  age.  When  we  turn  to  dis- 
cussion of  the  distribution  of  wealth  and  the  relations  between 
employer  and  employed  we  find  Mr.  Storey  less  adequate.  His 
simple  system  of  individualistic  morals  is  not  the  universal 
solvent  that  he  seeks  to  make  it.  His  kindliness  of  spirit  is 
unwittingly  frustrated  by  his  horror  of  any  other  methods  than 
kindliness  of  spirit.  In  making  Mr.  Gompers  the  special  object 
of  his  opprobrium,  Mr.  Storey  betrays  how  little  he  compre- 
hends the  issues  and  the  alignments  in  the  labor  struggle  of 
today.  For  a  moment  he  seems  to  be  the  apostle  of  a  new  order 
when  he  says  that  "we  must  not  make  the  idle  comfortable  at 
the  expense  of  the  virtuous";  but  this  soon  turns  out  to  be  only 
an  apology  for  what  some  of  us  now  enjoy,  when  we  find  Mr. 
Storey  saying  that  we  must  give  men  the  inducement  to  work 
to  make  their  children  comfortable.  Though  under  this  system 
some  will  acquire  great  wealth  and  leave  children  who  are  mere 
idle  wasters,  "it  is  always  true  that  any  power  may  be  abused, 
and  anything  in  itself  good  may  be  wasted  or  misused."  The 
generation  that  studied  its  economics  in  the  day  of  the  Bradley- 
Martin  ball  will  be  surprised  to  meet  the  old  fallacy  that  "no 
money  can  be  invested  or  spent  without  doing  some  good"  and 
to  be  reminded  of  the  "dressmakers,  milliners,  waiters,  and  the 
producers  everywhere  who  supply  the  dainties  which  are  con- 
sumed." The  economics  of  these  lectures  is  of  value  only  as  it 
marks  how  far  we  have  moved  from  the  unquestioning  attitudes 
of  not  so  long  ago,  and  illustrates  in  how  short  a  span  the  eager 
reformer  may  become  the  doctrinaire  apologist  for  the  estab- 
lished order. 

T'HE  exactness  in  much  of  the  investigation  into  natural  phe- 
*■  nomena  and  the  far-flung  imagination  of  some  of  the  most 
distinguished  investigators  have  tempted  many  thinkers  in  other 
fields  to  filch  the  lingo  of  physics  and  biology  and  use  it  as  a 
cloak  to  conceal  their  inability  to  pursue  the  rigorous  and  con- 
trolled methods  of  genuine  science.  A  fresh  instance  of  failure 
to  resist  this  temptation  appears  in  the  first  of  three  lectures 
given  by  John  Henry  Wigmore  on  the  Barbour-Page  Founda- 
tion at  the  University  of  Virginia  and  now  printed  in  "Problems 
of  Law"  (Scribner).  Here  Dean  Wigmore  demonstrates  anew  the 
wide  range  of  his  intellectual  rummaging  and  the  queer  quirks 
of  his  marvelous  mind.  After  rejecting  the  helix  and  various 
odd  circles  and  lines  as  analogies  to  help  explain  the  law's  evolu- 
tion, the  lecturer  lights  on  "the  analogy  of  the  planetary  sys- 
tem, with  its  numerous  local  inter-dependent  motions."  Very 
vividly  he  continues:  "To  illustrate  concretely,  I  hold  here,  in 
my  left  hand,  a  bicycle  wheel,  free  to  rotate  on  its  axis."  With 
his  right  hand  he  makes  it  so  rotate,  whirling  it  round  and  round 
as  well  as  over  and  over,  meanwhile  elucidating  physical  for- 
mulae as  the  experiment  is  going  on.  The  drift  of  this  oral  and 
ocular  duet  seems  to  be  that  the  law's  evolution  is  the  resultant 
of  a  conflict  of  complex  social  forces  which  both  condition  and 
direct  the  motions  in  which  the  law  indulges.  This  is  rein- 
forced by  a  wealth  of  references  to  custom  and  law  from  the 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


569 


Third  Inter-Glacial  Period  to  times  nearer  our  own.  Whether 
the  bicycle  wheel  could  serve  any  other  purpose  than  to  fasci- 
nate the  audience  with  dizziness  is  somewhat  doubtful.  The 
second  lecture  on  Methods  of  Law  Making  is  intelligible  and 
sensible.  Mr.  Wigmore  thinks  that  so  long  as  legislators  are 
free  to  put  their  whimsicalities  on  the  statute  book  we  might 
leave  a  lot  more  to  the  discretion  of  the  judges  and  relax  our 
reverence  for  the  canon  of  stare  decisis.  He  would  change  the 
legislature  into  an  expert  body,  small  in  numbers,  well  paid,  and 
with  long  terms  and  continuous  sessions.  Perhaps  with  remem- 
brance of  his  hot  defense  of  the  court-martial  system  and  his 
virulent  attack  on  Mr.  Justice  Holmes  for  his  plea  for  freedom 
of  speech  in  the  Abrams  case,  Mr.  Wigmore  avows:  "I  believe 
in  democracy.  And  I  would  rather  emigrate  or  die  than  see  the 
American  people  Prussianized.  But  I  do  not  believe  that  democ- 
racy has  to  be  synonymous  with  incompetency."  The  conclud- 
ing lecture  suggests  a  way  for  getting  uniform  commercial  law 
throughout  the  world.  Congress  should  allow  the  States  to  make 
compacts  with  foreign  nations;  codes  should  be  drafted  by  inter- 
national conferences  in  which  the  American  States  are  repre- 
sented; these  codes  should  then  be  adopted  by  State  legislation. 
There  is  wisdom  in  the  proposal,  but  it  is  not  likely  to  be 
adopted  with  undue  haste. 

PAUL  CLAUDEL  writes  French  free  verse,  says  Pierre 
Chavannes  in  an  introduction  to  "Three  Poems  of  the  War" 
(Oxford  University  Press),  with  a  "respiratory  rhythm." 
Breathing  has  stopped  in  Edward  J.  O'Brien's  English  trans- 
lation, so  that  the  poems  scarcely  at  all  take  effect.  They  are 
said  to  have  affected  large  numbers  of  Frenchmen  while  the 
war  was  on,  but  they  will  move  few  Anglo-Saxons  now.  Utter- 
ance must  be  more  than  patriotic  if  it  is  to  be  known  very  long 
as  solid  and  shining  and  profound,  or  if  it  is  to  travel  very  far 
from  the  land  of  its  birth. 


D 


rama 


A  Note  on  Acting 


/CRITICISM  of  acting  alternates,  as  a  rule,  between  ungov- 
^  erned  ecstasy  and  rough  disdain.  Whether  Hazlitt  cele- 
brates the  praise  of  Mrs.  Siddons  or  some  contemporary  that  of 
John  Barrymore,  what  we  get  is  the  impression  made  by  a  com- 
manding or  romantic  personality  rather  than  the  record  of  an 
artistic  achievement.  Lesser  actors,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
dismissed  without  a  word  of  interpretation  or  instruction. 
Nothing  in  their  work  is  clearly  defined  or  accurately  under- 
stood by  the  criticism  they  receive,  and  little  is  left  them  but  to 
defy  their  censors  and  to  blunder  on.  Yet  actors  deserve  help- 
fulness and  close  understanding.  Their  artistic  life  is  pre- 
carious and  transitory.  An  approach  to  perfection  before 
middle  age  is  their  one  hope.  Only  so  can  they  expect  a  few 
rich  and  untroubled  years  before  the  lights  go  out  upon  them 
and  their  audiences. 

Nor  paint  nor  pencil  can  the  actor  save — 
Both  art  and  artist  have  one  common  grave. 

The  matter,  closely  looked  upon,  is  not  forbiddingly  intricate. 
When  toward  the  end  of  his  life  Johnson  was  asked  to  sum  up 
the  virtues  of  Garrick,  he  said:  "A  true  conception  of  charac- 
ter, and  a  natural  expression  of  it,  were  his  distinguished  ex- 
cellencies." We  speak  more  subtly  today  and  deal  in  finer 
shadings;  the  intimate  nature  of  the  modern  drama,  the  with- 
drawal of  the  stage-picture  into  its  frame,  and  the  consequent 
abandoning  of  all  declamation,  have  given  the  words  "natural 
expression"  a  far  intenser  meaning.  But  to  the  substance  of 
the  old  critics  little  need  be  added.  Actors  are  still,  as  Colley 
Cibber  declared  them  to  be,  "self-judges  of  nature,  from  whose 


superficial  book  is  always  a  disappointment,  for  the  thoughtful  reader  wants 
facts  well  told,  not  half  truths  or  shallow  imaginings.  Oxford  books  are 
never  commonplace. 


cA  selection  of  those  recently  issued. 
HELLENISTIC  SCULPTURE 

By  Guy  Dickins  Net  #8.00 

A  scholarly  monograph,  beautifully  illustrated,  for  the  art 
lover  and  student. 

BELGIUM 

"By  H.  Vander  Linden  Net  #3.75 

An  authoritative  and  fascinating   account   by  the  Professor 
of  History  at  the  University  of  Liege. 

SPACE  AND  TIME  IN  CONTEMPORARY 
PHYSICS 

"By  MORITZ  SCHUCK  Net  #2.50 

An  adequate,  yet  ctaar  and  simple  account    of  Einstein's 
epoch-making  th*orie«  of  relativity. 

ENGLISH  MADRIGAL  VERSE  1588-1632 

By  E.  H.  Fellowes  Net  #6.25 

A  selection  from  the  original  song  books  of  an  important 
body  of  English  verse  which  has  not  hitherto  been  collected. 

SWIFT'S  TALE  Or  A  TUB 

Edited  by  A.  C.  Guthkelch  and  D.  N.  Smith 

Net  #12.00 
A  definitive   library  edition  containing  much  new  matter. 


Complete  catalogue  on  request. 
SPANISH  PROSE  AND  POETRY 

By  Ida  Farnell  Net  #5.25 

A  splendid  collection  of  translations,  with  a  critical  appreci- 
ation of  each  author. 

REDEMPTION :  HINDU  AND  CHRISTIAN 
By  Sidney  Cave  Net  #5.25 

A  comparative  study  of  this  doctrine  in  living  Hinduism 
with  that  of  the  Christian  Gospel. 

THE  COLUMBIAN  TRADITION 

'By  Henry  Vignaud  Net  #3.00 

The  author  maintains,  that  Columbus  set  sail  not  for  Asia 
but  in  search  of  some  islands  about  which  he  had  been  told. 

GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  THE  UNITED  STATES 
By  J.  Travis  Mills  Net  #2.50 

A  critical  review  of  their   historical    relations    in    lectures 
delivered  to  men  of  the  Army  of  Occupation  in  Germany. 

RECENT  DEVELOPMENTS  IN  EUROPEAN 
THOUGHT 

Edited  by  F.  S.  Marvin  Net  #6.25 

Twelve  essays  by  noted  scholars  summarizing  the   work  of 
the  leading  European  thinkers  in  the  last  fifty  years. 


cAt  all  booksellers  or  from  the  publishers. 


OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS  cAmerican  'Branch 


35  WEST  32nd  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


OXFORD  BOOKS 


zJne  standard  of  textual  excellence " 


^d 


£h 


&*s^& 


570 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


various  lights  they  only  take  their  true  instruction."  It  is  when 
they  are  such  that  we  hear,  in  the  fine  words  of  Lessing,  "that 
natural  music  which  unfailingly  opens  all  hearts  because  we 
feel  that  it  conies  from  within  and  shows  us  that  art  has 
shared  in  it  only  in  so  far  as  art  and  nature  can  become 
identical." 

The  actor's  art,  then,  however  difficult  to  practice  is  not 
difficult  to  understand.  His  intelligence  must  grasp  the  poet's 
intention  and  his  imagination  lend  it  the  concreteness  of  life. 
But  his  imaginative  activity  must  always  be  the  servant  of  what 
he  has  observed  in  himself  and  others.  Nature  must  be  his 
teacher  and  his  norm.  He  has  never,  to  be  sure,  seen  a  Hamlet 
or  an  Iago,  an  Osvald  or  a  Henschel.  But  he  has  seen  men  in 
spiritual  perplexity,  sardonic  mirth,  bleak  despair,  and  dumb 
confusion.  Having  built  up  the  concrete  projection  of  a  char- 
acter from  his  imaginative  observation,  he  must,  with  that  per- 
sonal plasticity  which  alone  justifies  his  calling,  melt  into  the 
being  which  the  poet  and  he  have  combined  to  fashion,  and 
speak  and  act  and  live  outv/ard  from  within  that  being's  very 
soul.  His  faults  may  therefore  be  referred  to  a  failure  in  one 
of  the  three  basic  elements  of  his  art — intelligence,  imaginative 
observation,  plastic  expression.  Or  else  he  may,  yielding  to  a 
frequent  temptation  of  powerful  or  peculiar  personalities,  aban- 
don the  art  he  is  well  fitted  to  practice  and  depend  on  a  con- 
tinuous display  of  his  own  self  under  this  or  that  borrowed 
name. 

The  commonest  fault  of  our  actors  today  is  a  failure  in  the 
second  element  of  their  art.  Their  eyes  are  turned  upon  the 
theater,  upon  some  vivid  personality  of  the  stage,  upon  their 
careers  and  persons,  upon  anything  except  nature  and  its  spon- 
taneous expression  amid  the  varying  moods  of  life.  They  are 
not  unskilful  in  portraying  sharp  moments  of  passionate  ex- 
citement. There  are  few  actresses  who  cannot  weep  convinc- 
ingly. They  have  all  wept  and,  like  many  modern  people,  in- 
voluntarily watched  the  adequate  expression  of  their  grief.  But 
in  the  level  passages  of  a  play,  in  attempting  to  depict  the  life 
from  which  the  passions  arise,  these  very  actresses  will  be  of  an 
insufferable  and  vulgar  artificiality.  They  have  never  taken 
the  trouble  to  observe  themselves  or  others  at  common  tasks  or 
in  quiet  hours;  they  have  no  ear  or  eye  for  the  kind  of  speech 
and  gesture  by  which  the  subdued  but  important  business  of 
nine-tenths  of  life  is  carried  on.  They  disdain  nature  and, 
rather  than  observe  it,  transfer  to  their  private  behavior  the 
metallic  graces  of  the  stage,  mouthing  and  languishing  at  home 
and  abroad.  On  the  stage  they  are  passable  or  even  eloquent 
when  the  situation  is  tense.  But  they  say  "good  morning"  or 
lay  the  cloth  for  breakfast  with  the  air  of  pinchbeck  princesses 


R.  H.  Macy  <§  Co. 

Herald   Square  Inc.  New  Yorl 


Herald   Square 

Maintains  the 
largest  and 
most  complete 
Book  Depart- 
ment in  New 
York   City. 


STEINWAY  r; 


The  Instrument 
the  Immortals 


in  disguise.  The  men  are  more  aware  of  the  texture  of  common 
existence.  But  instead  of  observing  nature,  they  substitute 
personal  mannerisms  that  are  realistic  enough  but  wear  thin  by 
constant  and  wearying  repetition  in  play  after  play.  Mr.  Sidney 
Toler  has  a  quaint  glance  and  Mr.  Wallace  Eddinger  an  amus- 
ing aspect  of  hurt  innocence.  But  since  neither  one  has  ob- 
served life,  his  mannerism  has  become  a  mere  trick  and  his  art 
an  exhibition  of  that  single  possession.  The  personal  manner- 
isms of  Mr.  Dudley  Digges  cannot  be  studied  from  the  stalls. 
When  we  see  him  we  lose  him  and  dwell  solely  with  the  excel- 
lence and  truth  of  what  he  has  created. 

The  ambition  of  the  average  American  actor  is  not  to  inter- 
pret drama  or  create  character,  but  to  be  John  Barrymore.  In 
regard  to  Mr.  Barrymore's  artistic  intelligence  and  fascinating 
gifts  there  can  be  no  question.  But  as  Fedya  in  "Redemption," 
as  Gianino  in  "The  Jest,"  and  as  Richard  III  he  played  but 
variations  upon  the  theme  of  himself.  There  was  the  same 
morbidezza,  the  same  sense  of  inferiority  becoming  fierceness  or 
malign  splendor,  the  same  white  profile,  the  same  stricken  grace. 
In  each  piece  one  became  primarily  aware  not  of  a  creature  of 
a  given  world  and  kind,  but  of  John  Barrymore's  somewhat 
hectic  idealization  of  himself.  It  was  not,  first  of  all,  acting,  but 
superb  day-dreaming  upon  the  stage.  Mr.  Lionel  Barrymore,  de- 
void of  his  brother's  poignant  charm,  is  a  far  more  scrupulous 
practitioner  of  his  art.  His  Neri  in  "The  Jest"  was  shaggy, 
boisterous,  full  of  excess  and  gorgeous  wildness;  his  Mouzon  in 
"La  Robe  rouge"  was  polished,  quietly  cynical,  hard,  and  grace- 
less in  an  inimitably  truthful  modern  way.  The  two  creations 
had  nothing  in  common  but  his  intelligence,  his  powers  of  ob- 
servation, his  ability  to  project  what  he  had  grasped  and  seen. 
The  contrast  illustrates  this  brief  argument  and  sums  it  up.  To 
emulate  John  Barrymore  is  both  foolish  and  impossible;  to 
imitate  his  brother  is  to  have  a  just  and  fruitful  notion  of  the 
actor's  art.  Ludwig  Lewisohn 


Bertrand  Russell's  Great  New  Book 

BOLSHEVISM: 

PRACTICE  AND  THEORY 

By  the  Author  of  "Proposed  Roads  to  Freedom" 


In  these  luminous  pages,  based  on  his  articles 
which  attracted  wide  attention  when  they  ap- 
peared in  The  Nation,  one  of  the  great  thinkers 
of  our  age  answers  two  questions:  What  should 
an  impartial  and  unbiassed  mind  think  of  the 
present  masters  of  Soviet  Russia?  And  what  ele- 
ments of  truth  and  falsehood  reside  in  the  theories 
of  social  reconstruction  enunciated  by  the  leaders 
of  Bolshevism?  The  answer  to  the  first  question 
was  made  possible  by  a  visit  to  Russia  itself,  and 
Mr.  Russell  thus  sums  up  his  conclusions : 

"If  Bolshevism  remains  the  only  vigorous  and  effective 
competitor  of  capitalism,  I  believe  that  no  form  of  So- 
cialism will  be  realized,  but  only  chaos  and  destruction. 
This  belief  is  one  of  the  grounds  upon  which  I  oppose 
Bolshevism.  But  to  oppose  it  from  the  point  of  view 
of  a  supporter  of  capitalism  would  be,  to  my  mind, 
utterly  futile  and  against  the  movement  of  history  in 
the  present  age." 

Just  ready,  $2.00,  by  mail,  $2.10' 

H ARCOURT,  BRACE  &  HOWE,  \&  47A5 


International  Relations  Section 


Hungary's  Intrigues 

THE  collection  of  documents  printed  below  was  taken 
from  the  office  of  the  Hungarian  Legation  at  Vienna 
by  an  official  of  the  Legation  who  was  in  sympathy  with  the 
Socialist  refugees.  They  were  photographed  and  returned. 
The  texts  were  published  in  Vilagossag  (Vienna)  and  in 
the  Vienna  Arbeiter  Zeitung. 


The  Irredentist  Plot 

THE  first  report  published  in  Vilagossag  from  Minis- 
terial Councillor  Reich  of  the  Hungarian  Legation  at 
Vienna  deals  with  irredentist  activities  in  Slovakia  and 
other  districts  formerly  belonging  to  Hungary.  It  is 
headed:  "Strictly  confidential.  File  separately,  in  closed 
envelope.  To  be  shown  to  none  except  those  immediately 
concerned.  Two  copies.  Return  original."  The  report  is 
addressed  to  Dr.  Eckhardt  of  the  Hungarian  Foreign  Office. 

In  the  matter  of  the  irredentist  movement  in  upper  Hungary 
the  protracted  verbal  negotiations  (which  for  considerations  of 
space  cannot  be  reported  here)  resulted  in  the  organization  of 
the  Irredentist  Union  and  various  irredentist  committees. 

Our  authorized  agents  assigned  to  the  occupied  districts  have 
everywhere  achieved  connections  as  desired,  have  organized  the 
movement,  assigned  tasks  and  roles,  and  have  in  most  places 
fixed  things  up  also  on  the  financial  side.  Today  the  situation 
is  that  this  skilfully  woven  network,  the  fruit  of  much  exertion, 
includes  practically  every  hamlet.  The  whole  of  the  Highlands 
[meaning  Slovakia,  formerly  northern  Hungary]  has  been  di- 
vided, for  the  purposes  of  the  movement,  into  four  districts,  each 
in  charge  of  a  committee.  The  territories  inhabited  by  the 
Ruthenes,  the  so-called  Ruskaland  or  Carpatherussia,  form  a 
separate  district  with  a  separate  committee  in  charge,  which, 
although  in  close  connection  with  the  other  committees,  handles 
things  independently  and  within  its  own  jurisdiction.  It  submits 
its  reports,  however,  to  the  central  committee  at  Vienna  as  well 
as  to  the  Ministry  of  National  Minorities;  it  has  a  separate 
administrative  fund  and  a  separate  press  fund,  its  press  being 
directed  from  Budapest  and  informed  from  Vienna. 

I  suggest  that  the  four  committees  be  assigned  to  the  follow- 
ing four  cities:  1.  Pressburg,  2.  Kassa,  3.  Pesztercebanya,  4. 
Ersekujvar. 

Follows  a  lengthy  discussion  of  the  respective  merits  of 
these  cities  as  propaganda  centers,  the  chief  argument 
being,  in  the  case  of  the  former  two,  their  ancient  Magyar 
culture  and  historic  tradition,  in  the  case  of  the  latter  two 
their  geographical  situation.    The  report  then  proceeds: 

In  regard  to  the  organization  of  the  four  committees  I  am  in 
the  position  to  report  the  following  accomplished  facts: 

The  whole  movement  belongs  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Ministry  of  National  Minorities.  Yet  this  ministry  handles  mat- 
ters only  provisionally,  since  it  is  engaged  chiefly  in  the  affairs 
of  western  Hungary  [assigned  to  Austria  by  the  peace  treaty]. 
The  province  of  the  old  Ministry  of  Propaganda  has  been 
divided  up  in  the  manner  known  to  you  and  its  work  assigned 
to  two  centers  (I  mean  Budapest  and  ourselves).  As  I  pointed 
out  in  detail  in  a  former  report  (and  I  see  that  my  argument 
has  carried  conviction  at  Budapest)  that  city  is  not  at  all  a 
convenient  basis  for  our  activities,  on  account  of  its  difficult 
communications  with  the  Czechs.  On  the  other  hand,  we  can 
handle  these  things  much  better  here  in  Vienna,  where  our  press 
activities    and    extended    system    of   espionage    are   excellently 


organized.  Pressburg  can  be  reached  from  here  in  two  hours 
by  tramcar. 

In  the  Czech  legation  we  have  our  agents  who  furnish  us 
with  comprehensive,  fresh,  and  timely  information  whenever 
necessary.  These  men  are  absolutely  reliable  and  we  need  not 
fear  lest  they  deceive  us  with  spurious  information.  As  to  the 
local  transactions  and  political  efforts  of  the  Czech  legation 
we  are  kept  constantly  informed  by  other  legations  that  are 
sympathetic  with  us.  It  often  happens  that  no  sooner  is  an  im- 
portant, confidential  political  parley  over,  no  sooner  does  Renner 
[the  Austrian  Secretary  for  Foreign  Affairs]  leave  a  room  or 
does  a  caller  leave  than  we  have  accurate  information  of  all  that 
transpired.  Our  organization  is  most  complete  as  regards  Czech 
affairs.  We  endeavored  from  the  beginning  to  lay  emphasis  on 
this  side,  for  we  knew  that  this  fruit  would  ripen  for  us  first. 
We  also  have  connections  with  several  of  the  Prague  news- 
papers. We  receive  our  information  from  the  Czech  parliament 
directly  by  means  of  couriers,  and  it  is  owing  to  this  fact  that 
we  are  able  to  consolidate  our  results  abroad,  chiefly  in  France. 

We  are  now  in  communication  with  two  additional  members 
of  the  Prague  National  Assembly — both  well  initiated  in  affairs. 
The  value  of  the  activities  of  these  two  is  inestimable  for  us. 
As  soon  as  a  change  takes  place  we  shall  have  to  insure  the 
political  advancement  of  both.     .     .     . 

The  tasks  of  the  committees  are  partly  political,  partly  mili- 
tary. The  military  affairs  and  the  military  organization  are 
conducted  by  high  military  persons  assigned  to  each  committee, 
according  to  reports  to  date  with  the  best  results.  I  shall  later 
return  to  this.  .  .  .  Each  committee  reports  to  Vienna  to  the 
central  committee  and  receives  therefrom  its  instructions,  direc- 
tions, and  orders. 

The  outlines  of  civilian  organization  have  been  issued  to  each 
committee.  Plans  are  worked  out  to  the  smallest  detail  and 
must  be  carried  into  effect  in  the  same  way  if  we  want  to  count 
on  full  results.  To  sum  up  briefly,  the  task  of  the  civilian  sub- 
committees of  the  four  committees  is  to  enrol  the  population  of 
upper  Hungary  into  one  organization.  This  concentration,  how- 
ever, must  not  take  place  within  the  framework  of  a  society, 
but  by  way  of  a  determined  and  ostensibly  not  interconnected 
propaganda. 

Since  the  population  is  very  religious — Catholic — the  values 
of  religion  must  be  exploited  first  of  all.  For  this  end  it  is 
necessary  to  win  over  every  priest  except  those  known  to  be 
expressly  pro-Czech.  It  is  from  the  priests  that  we  can  expect 
the  most  prompt  results  and  upon  them  we  must  rely.  .  .  . 
Besides  the  priests  we  must  count  upon  the  teachers,  male  and 
female,  and  the  village  clerks.  Our  contact  with  these  is  a 
matter  of  course  and  causes  no  difficulty.  The  fate  of  the 
people  is  in  the  hands  of  this  so-called  village  intelligentsia  and 
therefore  we  must  lay  stress,  not  upon  the  people,  but  on  these 
men.  The  people  belong  where  these  persons  belong,  go  where 
these  persons  direct,  and  act  as  they  are  told.  I  do  not  mean 
to  say  that  the  population  should  be  entirely  neglected,  but 
discontent  and  with  it  irredentism  must  be  fostered  in  this  way. 
In  the  several  district  and  county  seats  we  also  have  our  agents 
performing  duties  partly  active,  partly  passive.  They  keep  us 
posted  on  all  measures,  on  the  administration,  and  all  other 
apparently  insignificant  proceedings.  They  also  support  the 
movement  among  the  intelligentsia  of  the  towns  and  help  to 
bring  discontent  to  its  proper  expression. 

Above  I  have  outlined  civilian  organization  which  is  nothing 
but  the  application  of  the  snowball  method.  It  begins  in  the 
villages  and  reaches  its  climax  through  the  towns  in  the  terri- 
torial committees  which  again  converge  in  the  central  committee. 
Our  work  falls  into  two  groups:  preparation  and  action.  The 
preparations  will  last  until  about  the  beginning  of  harvest  time 
and  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  wind  them  up  by  then.  It 
would  be  too  lengthy  and  inconvenient  to  relate  here  the  details 


572 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


of  preparatory  work,  as  plans  have  been  drawn  up  for  each 
committee  separately.  In  brief,  it  will  consist  partly  of  press 
propaganda,  partly  of  personal  canvassing.  The  result  of  this 
civilian  activity  will  be  that  the  population  of  the  occupied  areas 
will  start  trouble  in  regard  to  food  supplies  and  will  refuse  to 
sell  their  produce  to  the  Czech  authorities,  which  will  cause 
serious  difficulties  to  the  Czechs  in  the  work  of  provisioning 
their  own  country.  This  will  necessarily  result  in  forcing  the 
Czech  Government  into  terroristic  measures,  which  may  even 
modify  the  results  achieved,  but  this  is  exactly  what  we  want 
and  our  cause  is  helped  thereby.  These  terroristic  measures 
will  necessarily  result  in  intensifying  the  discontent  and  bitter- 
ness of  the  population  to  the  utmost,  and  we  will  have  an  easy 
job  in  exploiting  the  situation  thus  created. 

Another  branch  of  our  propaganda  should  also  be  mentioned, 
the  execution  of  which  has  been  undertaken  by  other  intermedi- 
aries and  is  already  in  progress.  Those  agricultural  laborers 
who  for  known  reasons  have  been  imported  this  year  from  the 
occupied  territories  in  unusually  great  numbers — in  fact,  in 
excess  of  the  actual  need — to  do  the  harvesting  on  the  Hun- 
garian large  estates,  will  be  exposed  to  the  proper  influences 
and  it  will  be  the  business  of  just  these  men  to  carry  with  them 
the  idea  of  irredentism  in  its  extreme  form,  to  spread  it,  and  at 
the  proper  moment  to  act  in  its  behalf. 

Here  follows  a  discussion  of  the  Magyar  press  in  Slovakia. 
It  is  pointed  out  that  as  the  Czechs  did  not  interfere  with 
freedom  of  the  press,-  the  old  editorial  staffs,  sympathetic 
with  the  irredentist  cause,  have  remained  mostly  intact. 
The  anti-chauvinist,  pro-Czech  influence  of  the  organs  of  the 
Viennese  emigres,  Becsi  Magyar  Ujsdg  (the  bourgeois 
radical  daily)  and  Az  Ember  (Social  Democratic  weekly)  is 
deplored.  These  two  have  a  large  circulation  in  Slovakia, 
as  the  Czechs  recognize  them  as  excellent  weapons  against 
the  Magyar  plans.  The  intrigue  aimed  at  purchasing 
Becsi  Magyar  Ujsdg  and  transforming  it  into  an  organ  of 
Hungarian  imperialism  is  touched  upon.  The  report  then 
proceeds : 

The  sympathies  of  the  French  have,  owing  to  the  great 
political   changes,   turned   toward    us.  The    French 

know  very  well  that  the  present  Central  European  situation 
cannot  last  and  that  everything  must  be  undone.  On  the  other 
hand  they  can  merely  countenance  our  activity,  or  pretend 
ignorance  of  it,  or,  if  necessary,  they  may  even  outwardly 
oppose  it,  but  in  reality  they  approve  of  and  support  our 
efforts.  As  to  their  political  assistance  .  .  .  all  I  want  to 
say  is  that  my  latent  negotiations  in  press  matters  with  French 
journalists  and  politicians  have  led  to  the  best  results.  I  have 
succeeded  in  securing  the  support  of  a  part  of  the  French 
press,  and  the  realization  of  this  support  will  set  in  as  soon  as 
the  political  emergency  permits  it.  True,  the  Czechs  have  their 
journalistic  friends  in  Paris,  even  some  influential  and  leading 
personalities,  but  these  will  soon  have  played  themselves  out 
completely,  because  the  whole  political  orientation  will  have 
passed,  and  with  it  passes  the  enthusiasm  of  the  press.  The 
French  regret  that  it  was  just  the  French  politicians  who  have 
Balkanized  Europe  and  that  the  French  press  furnished  the 
accompaniment  to  this  policy;  but  that  was  the  necessary  pro- 
cess of  war,  of  exploiting  victory,  and  of  the  obligations  assumed 
by  the  war  statesmen  toward  our  renegade  nationalities.  That, 
however,  the  French  say,  was  the  policy  of  war  and  victory, 
and  today  the  French  are  pursuing  the  policy  of  peace.  They 
want  exactly  what  Hungary  wants.  They  esteem  Our  historic 
past  and  no  one  knows  better  than  they  the  Czech  state's  lack 
of  vitality.  To  be  sure,  there  are  in  France  plenty  of  politi- 
cians of  the  opposite  opinion,  but  they  are  losing  influence  and 
the  future  belongs  to  those  whom  we  need  and  who  approve  of 
our  political  endeavors. 

The  civilian  propaganda  is  closely  interconnected  with  our 
military  activities.     I  am  not  in  the  position  to  go  into  details 


here,  but  I  shall  outline  it  in  order  to  round  off  this  report  and 
to  complete  the  impression  imparted.  Many  important  officers, 
occupants  of  high  positions  in  the  present  Czech  army,  are  in 
touch  with  us  and  accordingly  we  are  in  the  position  closely  to 
follow  every  military  move  of  theirs.  Only  a  very  few  officers 
repudiate,  out  of  conviction  or  fanaticism,  the  camaraderie  of 
the  old  army.  Really,  it  is  only  now  that  we  can  fully  appre- 
ciate the  splendid  results  achieved  by  the  old  military  education. 
That  education  even  today  keeps  together  the  officers'  corps 
like  a  big  family,  and  even  though  compulsion  or  the  necessity 
of  making  a  living  forces  them  into  foreign  service,  in  their 
souls  they  remain  our  brethren  who  even  now  regard  themselves 
as  officers  of  the  monarchy  and  not  of  the  Czech  state.  The 
officers  secure  the  future  for  us.  We  have  in  our  possession 
military  secrets  which  in  themselves  suffice  to  awaken  in  us  the 
confidence  of  success.  The  officers  of  Slovak  origin  who  served 
in  the  war,  be  it  in  Magyar  or  Slovak  regiments,  have  grad- 
uated from  Magyar  schools,  have  studied  Magyar  history,  and 
have  become  Magyars  who  will  never  repudiate  these  senti- 
ments. Those  fragments  which,  on  account  of  their  immaturity, 
are  still  wavering,  or  which  profess  other  loyalties,  may  well  be 
disregarded. 

The  organization  of  the  reserve  officers  in  the  Highlands 
[Slovakia]  is  in  progress;  most  of  the  officers  in  active  service 
are  already  organized.  It  is  of  especial  help  to  us  that  we 
have  our  men  in  the  [Czech]  Ministry  for  Slovak  Affairs,  who 
are  in  touch  with  this  organization  and  can  keep  us  posted  as  to 
the  results.  Our  principal  aim  is  to  focus  the  attention  of  the 
soldiery  on  the  Czech  state's  lack  of  vitality  and  to  make  them 
understand  that  their  present  comrades-in-arms,  the  Czechs,  be- 
trayed them  as  they  betrayed  us  in  the  war,  that  thousands 
of  Slovaks  perished  in  the  war  owing  to  Czech  treachery.  We 
shall  arouse  resentment  against  the  long  term  of  military 
service,  and  we  shall  explain  that  the  Czech  state  will  be 
wrecked  just  by  the  necessary  permanent  military  preparedness. 
Measures  have  been  taken  to  induce  the  Slovak  soldiers,  to 
refuse  service  on  Czech  territory  and  to  demand  assignment 
to  home  districts.  This  means  that  in  an  emergency  not  only 
is  military  discipline  undermined,  but  that,  when  the  moment 
arrives,  these  troops  will  come  over  to  us  and  expel  their 
oppressors  themselves.  Those  officers  who  have  been  picked 
for  the  most  important  posts — today  members  of  the  Czech 
army — do  their  part  splendidly.  I  have  no  means  to  give  fur- 
ther information  in  regard  to  details. 

The  plans  discussed  meet  with  the  strongest  sympathy  on  the 
part  of  the  French,  but  it  would  be  untimely  as  yet  to  boast 
of  this.  Their  representatives  are  already  on  their  way  and 
will  assume  with  our  politicians  either  at  Budapest  or,  if  the 
Regent  has  already  left,  at  Godollo,  the  necessary  negotiations 
aimed  at  effecting  an  early  change.  At  any  event  the  return 
of  Kassa  and  the  Pressburg  district  may  be  taken  for  granted, 
but  the  Magyar  politicians  demand,  under  the  pressure  of  the 
military,  full  surrender,  for  it  will  be  no  more  difficult  to  make 
a  tabula  rasa  than  to  settle  things  in  instalments. 

Our  strategic  plans,  embracing  the  whole  of  the  Highlands, 
are  already,  completed,  and  they  are  so  excellent  that  they  com- 
pensate for  the  lack  of  modern  equipment  against  the  Czech 
military,  especially  when  they  [the  Czechs]  will  awaken  to  the 
surprise  of  a  rear  attack  from  Slovakia. 

Under  French  pressure  I  believe  it  will  be  possible  to  conclude 
an  alliance  with  Rumania,  or  rather  to  assume  the  burden  of 
forced  friendship.  To  be  sure,  the  Rumanians  demand  too 
many  guaranties,  but  on  the  other  hand  we  also  shall  have 
our  guaranties  which  under  the  present  circumstances  alone 
count.  The  French  statesmen  and  generals  have  undertaken  to 
negotiate  this  friendship,  the  idea  of  which  was  conceived 
during  the  Rumanian  Queen's  sojourn  at  Paris.  The  Rumanian 
King  received  the  plan  with  great  enthusiasm,  and  it  is  alleged 
that  he  will  exert  his  full  influence  with  the  Western  Powers  in 
favor  of  concluding  this  alliance  against  his  former  allies  be- 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


573 


cause  this  is  the  demand  of  a  sensible  policy  of  the  day.  They 
would  not  oppose  the  return  of  the  Hapsburgs,  for  the  Rumanian 
King  cherishes  a  personal  sympathy  for  Charles  dating  from  the 
days  of  the  war  when  the  latter  addressed,  in  several  instances, 
friendly  letters  to  the  Rumanian  King  asking  him  to  look  after 
certain  mutual  interests.  The  French  politicians  will  carry 
through  the  plans  of  this  alliance.  True,  the  Czechs  are  already 
advised  and  I  am  told  details  have  even  penetrated  into  certain 
Austrian  circles,  and  Renner,  I  hear,  is  preparing  for  a  counter- 
move.  The  feeling  among  the  Czechs,  at  any  rate,  is  very 
agitated,  their  legations  make  constant  representations  at 
Paris,  where  they  are  fed  on  polite,  evasive,  and  diplomatic 
answers  and  where  the  French  strive  to  down  them  within  the 
limits  of  the  political  code  of  honor.  We  have  authentic  infor- 
mation to  the  effect  that  the  Austrians,  through  Renner,  have 
conducted  negotiations  to  avert  the  approaching  menace,  and 
that  in  the  nearest  future  they  will  conclude  an  open  alliance, 
defensive  and  offensive,  with  Prague  and  Belgrade.  However, 
we  need  not  fear  this  alliance  very  much,  for  a  change  of 
course  is  certain  in  Austria  after  the  elections.  That  will 
eliminate  Austria  automatically;  Belgrade  will  be  counterbal- 
anced by  Italy  and  won't  stir  up  much  trouble  even  if  it  isn't. 
The  local  Austrian  politicians  keep  on  running  to  the  Entente 
missions,  who  merely  feed  them  with  words  of  which  we  are 
immediately  advised. 

This,  in  a  word,  is  our  future  policy;  everything  depends  on 
this.  At  any  event  we  shall  soon  see  what  results  will  be 
achieved  by  French  intervention. 

In  Slovakia  the  lion's  share  of  the  work  belongs  to  the  land- 
lords and  the  Magyar  gentry.  These  gentlemen  are  the  greatest 
strength  of  the  movement,  and  the  best  of  it  is  that,  being 
Slovak  citizens,  it  is  difficult  to  check  them  politically. 

As  a  supplement  to  my  report  I  attach  the  plans  concerning 
the  organization  of  the  committee  and  the  assignment  of  roles. 
As  regards  the  propaganda  concerning  Karolyi,  the  Social 
Democrats,  and  the  emigre  activities  I  shall  advise  in  detail  in 
my  next  report. 

(Signed)  Arpad  Reich 
Ministerial  Councillor 

Hungarian  Ambitions  and  French 
Support 

THE  report  following,  published  in  Vilagossag  for  Sep- 
tember 22,  was  headed  "Hungarian  Legation  in 
Vienna,  Press  Department"  and  was  addressed  as  "strictly 
confidential"  matter  to  the  Ministry  of  National  Minorities 
and  the  Head  of  the  Press  Division  in  the  Hungarian 
Foreign  Office. 

The  favorable  turn  in  our  favor  which  the  latest  negotia- 
tions at  Paris  and  Budapest  took  exerts  a  great  influence  on 
the  activities  and  direction  of  our  propaganda,  for  on  the  one 
hand  it  insures  to  us  more  elbow-room,  and  on  the  other  we 
may  now  invest  it  with  a  certain  prestige  of  official  foreign 
policy. 

The  French  official  circles,  under  pressure  of  their  financiers, 
are  today  openly  supporting  our  policy,  and  the  official  and 
semi-official  newspapers  and  other  press  organs  of  Paris  have 
already  received  instructions  to  boost  the  new  orientation.  Our 
successes  are  enhanced  by  the  fact  that  the  Entente  is  about 
to  turn  away  completely  from  its  favorite  to  date,  Bohemia; 
and  just  as  the  sympathies  of  the  Entente  have  created  Bo- 
hemia, the  loss  of  these  sympathies  will  undo  her.  In  Bohemia 
this  change  of  sentiment  is  well  known  and  the  change  in 
Benes's  policies  is  the  result  of  that  change  of  sentiment. 
Benes  is  right  in  apprehending  the  loss  of  the  spoils  carved  out 
for  the  Czechs  from  our  body  and  from  that  of  Austria,  and 
having  lost  his  old  protector  will  have  to  look  for  a  new  one. 
Thus  the  idea  suggests  itself  that  he   had   better  re-discover 


the  pan-Slav  conception  and  he  is  now  intent  upon  forming  a 
new  political  bloc  on  the  basis  of  Slav  relationships.  The 
settlement  of  the  Teschen  question,  unfavorable  for  the  Czechs, 
has  greatly  decreased  Benes's  authority  and  his  successes  are 
overshadowed  by  this  great  failure;  he  wants  to  mend  this  and 
to  this  end  he  regards  the  alliance  with  Belgrade  and  Vienna 
as  an  excellent  stunt. 

In  his  uncertainty  and  fear  Benes,  who  in  this  represents 
the  Czechs  in  general,  goes  even  to  the  length  of  seeking  rela- 
tions with  his  hereditary  enemies  the  Germans,  in  order  to 
forestall  a  final  collapse.  Renner  on  his  part  is  supporting 
Benes's  policy  most  effectively,  naturally  without  the  slightest 
regard  for  what  the  Austrian  population  thinks  of  it  and  what 
the  answer  of  our  policy  would  be.  We  have  revealed  these 
things  at  Paris  at  the  appropriate  moment  and  they  were  met 
with  the  greatest  aversion  on  the  part  of  the  Paris  politicians, 
who  for  some  time  have  looked  askance  upon  Renner's  policy. 
In  Paris  they  are  encouraging  us,  and  even  regard  as  one  of 
our  main  tasks  to  supervise  and  counteract  Renner's  policy; 
this  is  necessary  to  the  French  for  reasons  of  national  welfare. 

Halmos  has  been  in  Paris  for  several  weeks  and  reports  that 
not  only  his  financial  transactions,  but  also  the  accompanying 
political  negotiations  are  netting  the  best  results.  To  be  sure, 
we'll  have  to  pay  for  French  sympathy  with  heavy  sacrifices,  but 
we'll  be  able  to  compensate  ourselves  for  these  sacrifices  else- 
where. 

It  would  be  a  good  idea  if  the  above  points  which  embody 
the  most  important  events  of  our  latest  foreign  policy  were 
worked  into  some  shape  by  the  Press  Division  and  put  at  the 
disposal  of  one  of  the  Christian  dailies,  to  be  used  as  an  edi- 
torial which  also  might  serve  as  a  semi-official  statement  of 
the  Government's  attitude. 

After  settling  the  economic  questions,  Halmos,  with  the  aid 
of  the  political  agent  assigned  to  him  (Cs.  from  the  Foreign 
Office)  and  advised  by  Major  Burjan,  would  start  a  new  set 
of  negotiations,  ostensibly  by  way  of  private  conversations,  but 
in  reality  this  would  be  the  official  overture  to  the  policy  which 
the  French  would  authorize  us  to  pursue  toward  the  Czechs. 
This  would  make  it  necessary  that  we  should  be  prepared  to 
parry  certain  diplomatic  moves  of  the  Czechs.  (As  regards  this 
the  French  absolutely  refuse  to  commit  themselves  officially; 
nevertheless  their  attitude  is  decidedly  friendly  and  the  counter- 
move  of  the  Czechs  and  their  counter-propaganda  at  Paris  will 
be  fruitless.) 

Seventeen  copies  of  documents  from  the  Ministry  of  Slovak 
Affairs  have  been  put  at  our  disposal  by  D.  (the  elder)  and 
there  is  a  prospect  that  we  may  receive  some  day  next  week 
copies  of  state  papers  from  Prague  also,  or  at  least  extracts 
from  the  negotiations  conducted  between  Benes  and  Renner. 
You  may  imagine  how  important  these  are  considering  that 
the  negotiations  are  directed  against  us — that  is  to  say,  at  the 
prevention  of  the  policy  of  which  the  Czechs  are  so  afraid, 
but  which  they  are  unable  to  prevent,  since  their  calculations 
.  have  been  crossed  at  Paris  in  every  respect.  Now  is  the  time 
for  us  to  press  the  button  of  propaganda,  so  that  our  suc- 
cesses here  may  support  in  all  respect  our  successes  in  the 
diplomatic  field. 

The  monarchist  movement  is  making  satisfactory  progress. 
The  local  monarchist  committee  issued  to  them  lately  1,500,000 
francs  from  the  Swiss  fund;  moreover  the  Swiss  courier,  ap- 
pointed by  Chum  in  his  time,  is  on  his  way  to  obtain  new  funds 
from  there.  As  far  as  expenses  are  concerned,  the  propaganda 
in  Bohemia  can  hardly  be  compared  to  the  one  here.  It  would 
be  a  good  thing  if  Windischgratz  would  admonish  them  to  prac- 
tice economy  and  to  do  more  work.  Windischgratz  wanted  to 
concentrate  the  other  propaganda,  too,  in  his  hands,  but  this 
was  prevented  in  time  by  the  minister,  and  rightly,  too,  because 
that  would  merely  have  spoiled  matters. 

The  Pressburg  sub-committee  asks  us  to  detail  a  few  clever 
journaliats  to  them  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  local  men  are 
not  equal  to  such  tremendous  tasks.    I  think  this  would  be  very 


574 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


sensible,  the  more  so  since  we  have  a  few  excellent  men  whom 
we  could  very  conveniently  use  in  just  such  a  way.  The  ex- 
penditure might  be  defrayed  jointly;  it  would  at  any  rate  not 
be  difficult  to  get  an  appropriation.  I  should  think  either  we 
would  have  to  authorize  the  outlay,  or  the  Pressburg  sub- 
committee might  assume  it,  or  else  the  men  could  receive  their 
salaries  directly  from  Budapest.  I  have  recommended  Mandl 
[a  prominent  Vienna  journalist]  but  he  declines,  and  in  a  sense 
I  think  it  is  for  the  better  as  we  need  him  right  here  for  he  is 
a  journalist  with  good  connections  among  the  leading  papers 
here  and  is  in  a  position  to  place  inspired  articles  in  our  favor. 
I  do  not  wish  to  interfere  further  in  this  matter;  it  would  be 
better  to  settle  it  from  Budapest. 

The  other  day  Santaffy  called  on  me;  he  had  spoken  at 
Prague  with  several  men  in  the  Foreign  Office,  but  it  seems  he 
did  not  hit  the  right  ones.  For  that  matter,  I  have  received 
unfavorable  information  regarding  this  man.  I  suggest  that 
he  be  eliminated  altogether  or  at  least  not  assigned  to  any 
important  task.  We  have  plenty  of  dependable  men;  why  play 
with  uncertainties?  But  as  a  spy  he  may  have  his  uses.  Con- 
cerning the  army  captain  from  Marienbad,  I  have  had  con- 
versations and  I  am  sure  the  thing  can  be  done.  Information 
as  to  his  person  is  fully  satisfactory.  Moreover,  he  is  no  Czech, 
but  a  Saxon  from  Transylvania. 

The  other  day  I  urged  that  150,000  sokols  [Czech  kronen] 
be  advanced  against  the  appropriated  expenditure.  The  matter 
is  urgent,  please  get  action  at  once.  It  would  be  best  to  transmit 
the  money  for  the  propaganda  division  in  foreign  exchange, 
French  francs  for  instance,  so  as  to  forego  losses. 

It  seems  that  the  employment  of  Captain  Belumat  is  a  failure 
— or  perhaps  he  does  not  take  things  seriously.  I  am  inclined 
to  think  this  to  be  the  case  as  he  never  made  the  impression 
of  an  energetic  person  on  me.  .  .  .  The  Prague  police 
has  a  few  members  who  could  be  drawn  into  the  monarchist 
movement,  but  in  my  opinion  this  is  not  yet  timely.  We  might 
take  this  up  in  the  end,  for  from  this  source  trouble  may  easily 
arise. 

I  am  about  to  exhaust  my  discretionary  fund  (concerning 
propaganda)  considering  that  the  disposition  of  the  Kassa  as- 
signments cost  an  awful  lot  to  begin  with.  Moreover,  the 
member  of  the  Czech  National  Assembly  whose  coming  was 
announced  over  the  telephone  actually  did  call.  He  intimated 
in  a  very  subtle  yet  unmistakable  manner  that  he  was  hard  up 
financially.  As  we  can  expect  a  good  deal  from  him  I  could  not 
refuse  assistance.  Please  transmit  to  me  the  O.  K.  for  this 
with  a  view  on  the  accounting. 

I  have  compiled  the  list  of  the  newspapers  we  intend  to  sup- 
port on  the  occupied  territories,  together  with  the  sums  allotted, 
but  as  the  money  ^s  at  the  moment  not  available  here,  I  ask 
you  to  disburse  it  as  soon  as  possible.  I  included  in  the  list 
only  those  papers  which  can  actually  earn  the  assistance  and 
deliver  the  goods,  in  the  second  place  those  which  are  in  a  very 
bad  hole  and  whose  cessation  would  hurt  our  interest.  Of 
course  it  is  very  hard  to  discriminate  in  this  matter  as  all  pub- 
lishers are  intent  on  proving  that  they  are  in  stressed  circum- 
stances and  that  the  survival  of  their  respective  papers  is  all- 
important  for  the  irredentist  propaganda.  Nevertheless  I  think 
I  have  hit  the  right  clew.  The  expenditures  in  this  field  will 
amount  to  about  400,000  Czech  kronen,  or  2,000,000  kronen  in 
our  money.  I  could  get  the  Czech  exchange  at  a  favorable 
rate  by  way  of  the  Ergon  [a  Hungarian  trading  corporation  in 
Vienna  which  last  summer  was  involved  in  smuggling  arms  to 
Hungary]. 

I  have  taken  steps  in  regard  to  the  delivery  of  arms,  but 
this  matter  is  not  pressing.  Polivka  says  they  will  be  loaded 
on  ships  in  the  port  at  Pressburg;  this  he  can  vouch  for  as  he 
has  good  connections  with  the  workers  there  and  knows  the 
ways.  Nevertheless,  I  should  recommend  that  this  matter  be 
reconsidered  and  the  weapons  left  where  they  are,  or  else  that 
they  be  transported  in  small  shipments  to  Sarvar,  Bartfa, 
Kassa,  and   Locse.     Here  we  still  need  everything;   the  other 


places,  more  or  less,  are  provided  with  what  they  most  need. 

On  my  return  from  Budapest  I  shall  prepare  a  report  on  the 
subsidies  to  newspapers.  For  the  present  I  want  to  discuss  this 
in  the  Foreign  Office. 

Our  man  in  the  Prague  Foreign  Office  is  sick.  That's  why 
I  could  not  get  a  report  from  him  for  two  weeks.  His  Excel- 
lency made  inquiries  yesterday  and  I  reported  to  him  at  length. 
He  had  with  him  the  courier  and  Csapek  whose  narrative  he 
heard  with  interest.  We  should  give  a  separate  assignment  to 
Csapek. 

(Signed)     Arpad  Reich 

Vienna,  August  22,  1920  Ministerial   Councillor 


Agents  of  Propaganda  in  Austria 

A  FURTHER  report  on  the  activities  of  the  Hungarian 
Legation  was  published  in  the  Vienna  Arbeiter 
Zeitung  of  September  22.  It  is  addressed  to  the  Hon.  Tiber 
Eckhardt,  Head  of  the  Press  Division,  Foreign  Office, 
Budapest. 

The  printing  of  leaflets  for  the  Vereinigung  Tausender  gleich- 
gesinnter  Deutschosterreicher  [Union  of  Thousands  of  Like- 
Minded  German-Austrians]  has  been  completed  and  measures 
for  mailing  and  distributing  same  are  taken.  I  shall  send  by 
courier  a  certain  number  of  these  leaflets  to  the  proper  address 
at  Budapest. 

In  my  opinion  we  ought  to  stick  to  this  nomenclature  (Ver- 
einigung Tausender  gleichgesinnter  Deutschosterreicher)  because 
it  is  rather  general,  has  no  pronounced  political  flavor,  and  for 
the  time  being  is  excellent  as  a  camouflage.  This  name  suits 
the  local  Christian  Socialist  Party,  too,  and  this  is  the  main 
thing,  after  all,  for  any  change  of  name  would  concern  it  in  the 
first  place  and  would  have  to  suit  its  purposes.  As  you -know 
the  Vienna  Social  Democratic  papers,  the  Arbeiter  Zeitung  in 
the  first  place,  have  launched  vehement  attacks  against  the 
Christian  Socialist  Party,  accusing  the  leaders  of  having  re- 
ceived money  from  us  for  electioneering  purposes  and  charging, 
also,  that  in  case  of  a  victory  in  the  elections  the  party  would 
assume  a  friendly  attitude  toward  us  in  the  matter  of  Western 
Hungary  [allotted  by  the  peace  treaty  to  German-Austria]. 
These  speeches  and  articles  have  been  vigorously  answered  not 
only  by  the  Reichspost,  but  also  by  Deputy  Kunschak.  The 
suspicion  is  dispelled  and  it  seems  that  the  attacks  will  not  be 
repeated  for  the  time  being.  The  above  reasons  explain  why 
the  party  was  averse  to  having  the  offensive  launched  under 
its  own  name,  for  in  that  case  the  Social  Democratic  papers 
would  have  attacked  it  sharply  and  initiated  a  campaign  of 
lies  which  might  have  alienated  from  it,  in  many  respects, 
the  sympathy  of  the  workers  which  is  about  to  incline  to- 
ward it. 

I  believe  the  publication  and  distribution  of  the  leaflets 
and  the  whole  campaign  in  general  were  extremely  timely 
and  were  sprung  at  the  right  moment.  The  Volksturm,  in 
accordance  with  the  instructions  received,  will  similarly  start 
a  powerful  offensive.  The  Eiserne  Besen  and  the  Staatswehr 
will  do  the  same.  Of  course,  we  cannot  expect  much  from 
the  Staatswehr,  as  it  pursues  an  expressly  military  policy, 
and  as  no  propaganda  is  needed  to  convert  its  readers  (mem- 
bers of  the  former  officers'  corps  and  the  legitimists)  to 
our  cause. 

Just  now  the  chairman  of  the  Antisemitenbund  and  the  edi- 
tors of  the  Eiserne  Besen  have  put  at  my  disposal  all  the  papers, 
that  is  to  say,  a  full  list  of  those  Austrian  papers  whose  moral 
and,  if  necessary,  financial  support  would  be  important  and 
desirable  in  the  present  fateful  hour.  I  shall  transmit  this 
list  and  some  pertinent  suggestions. 

In  view  of  the  terrible  dearth  of  paper  and  the  high  wages, 
the  printing  and  financing  of  these  leaflets  and  of  the  coming 
issues  will  cost  colossal  sums.     As  my  discretionary  fund  has 


Nov.  17, 1920] 


The  Nation 


575 


been  raised  in  accordance  with  our  last  discussion  at  Buda- 
pest, I  have  assumed  this  expenditure.  But  I  have  figured 
wrongly,  inasmuch  as  I  did  not  estimate  the  expenses  at  such 
a  tremendous  sum.  In  view  of  this  and  also  because  these 
accounts  are  of  a  wholly  confidential  nature,  further,  because 
these  items  must  be  accounted  for  in  some  acceptable  form  or 
other,  I  am  afraid  that  these  tremendous  items  will  be  too  con- 
spicuous in  my  accounting  and  will  not  be  in  keeping  with  the 
old  province  and  with  the  previous  expenditure  of  the  Press 
Bureau  head. 

I  should  deem  it  convenient  if  I  had  less  to  do  with  the 
finances  of  this  propaganda  so  as  to  be  able  to  devote  myself 
in  a  larger  measure  than  heretofore  to  intellectual  leadership. 
For  this  reason  I  make  the  following  suggestion:  the  whole 
affair  should  be  assigned  to  the  political  department,  so  that 
in  this  way  the  financing  of  the  propaganda — in  other  words, 
not  only  the  personal  expenditure  but  the  entire  propaganda 
expenditure,  including  printing  expenses — may  be  taken  over 
by  the  Minister,  as  his  slush  fund  will  bear  such  tremendous 
expenses  more  easily  and  it  will  be  easier  for  him  to  account  for 
such  expenses  of  a  political  nature. 

As  to  the  men  of  the  Antisemitenbund,  our  contact  with  them 
is  restored  and  we  are  already  tackling  the  task  of  their  or- 
ganization.- The  membership  is  large  enough,  only  it  is  a  pity 
their  leaders,  apart  from  a  few  energetic  men,  are  not  worth 
a  damn.  But  the  work  of  organization  is  well  under  way  and 
justifies  the  best  expectations.  Several  members  of  the  Awaken- 
ing Magyars,  men  of  excellent  organizing  ability,  are  now 
staying  in  Vienna.  They  maintain  a  constant  connection  with 
them  (the  Antisemitenbund)  and  they  will  reorganize  the  whole 
thing  on  the  Budapest  pattern.  In  such  a  manner  we  shall 
achieve  this  end:  that  the  solidarity  of  the  Jews  will  be  counter- 
acted by  our  compact  organization  and  that  this  society,  sup- 
ported by  our  parallel  work,  will  break  the  local  Red  wave 
completely. 

In  addition  to  this  the  Awakening  Magyars  have  established 
contact  with  the  local  Frontkampfervereinigung  (Union  of 
Fighters  at  the  Front),  but,  to  tell  the  truth,  I  do  not  expect 
much  from  this  direction,  for  there  is  too  much  discord  in  the 
society;  the  officers  would  hardly  like  to  join  it.  Colonel  Wolff 
conducts  propaganda  against  them.  Nevertheless  I  think  it 
advisable  to  cherish  this  connection.  Perhaps  they  don't  need 
financial  assistance;  even  if  they  cannot  accomplish  much,  they 
may  accomplish  something,  and  in  my  modest  view  we  cannot 
afford  today  to  refuse  even  the  slightest  support. 

I  have  seen  to  it  that  the  leaflets  should  reach,  through  our 
confidential  agents,  into  the  factories,  into  the  hands  of  the 
working  people.  I  have  negotiated,  furthermore,  to  the  end 
of  having  these  leaflets  published  in  the  Christian  Socialist 
newspapers  as  advertisements.  Needless  to  say,  the  editors 
have  granted  my  request  with  the  greatest  pleasure.  As  to 
the  business  side  of  the  matter,  we  shall  reach  some  agreement 
or  other.  I  shall  try  to  fix  a  moderate  price,  but  I  do  not  want 
to  strain  this  overmuch.  The  fact  is,  this  is  our  only  chance 
to  support  the  poorer  papers.  Thus,  at  least,  nobody  will  be 
able  to  say  that  Horthy  has  bought  the  local  newspapers — as 
the  Jewish  papers  assert — and  yet  the  financial  support  will  be 
available. 

My  accounts  for  the  expenses  and  outlay  and  my  confidential 
financial  statement  I  shall  send  at  the  earliest  opportunity;  I 
shall  also  transmit  a  confidential  report  of  all  these  matters. 
In  view  of  the  fact  that  these  expenditures  run  into  the  hundred 
thousands  I  think  it  necessary  that  somebody  higher  up  should 
assume  them. 

(Signed)     Reich 

Press  Chief,  Ministerial  Councillor 
Vienna,  August  3,  1920 

One  copy  to  Budapest 
One  copy  to  the  Minister 
Strictly  confidential 

Return  original  to  me 


Hungarian  Propaganda  in  America 

ANOTHER  report,  of  which  only  the  first  part  is  here 
reproduced,  introduces  the  United  States  as  a  field  for 
anti-Czech  propaganda.  It  is  addressed  to  Dr.  Eckhardt  at 
the  Hungarian  Foreign  Office  from  the  Press  Division  of  the 
Hungarian  Legation  at  Vienna. 

1.  I  have  the  honor  respectfully  to  advise  you  that  I  have 
succeeded  today  in  introducing  to  Dr.  Bela  Szekely,  editor  of 
the  Amerikai  Magyar  Nepszava,  Dr.  Charles  Bulisza,  one  of  the 
local  Slovak  leaders,  and  on  this  basis  an  agreement  was  reached 
to  start  propaganda  on  a  larger  scale  among  the  American 
Slovaks  against  the  Czechs.  In  the  first  place  the  Amerikai 
Magyar  Nepszava  and  the  big  Slovak  daily  over  there  will 
publish  interviews  in  which  Dr.  Charles  Bulisza  and  other  local 
leaders  will  express  themselves  to  enlighten  the  misguided  por- 
tion of  American  Slovaks  as  to  the  oppressive  policy  of  the 
Czechs. 

Arrangements  have  been  made  to  the  effect  that  the  Ameri- 
can Slovaks  should  organize  demonstrations  before  the  Foreign 
Affairs  Committee  of  the  Senate  at  Washington,  by  means  of 
delegations  and  memoranda,  protesting  against  Czech  rule  and 
the  epithet  "Czecho-Slovak";  further  they  will  demand,  above  all, 
a  plebiscite  in  the  territories  occupied  by  the  Czechs.  Arrange- 
ments have  been  made  to  feature  constantly  in  the  biggest 
American  newspapers  the  anti-Czech  attitude  of  the  Slovaks.  .  .  . 

Very  respectfully  yours, 

Charles  Lendvay. 


The  French-Hungarian  Treaties 

THE  following  summary  of  three  treaties,  reported  to 
have  been  concluded  by  representatives  of  the  French 
and  Magyar  Governments,  was  published  in  Az  Ember,  the 
weekly  organ  of  the  Hungarian  Social  Democratic  refugees 
in  Vienna. 

1.  The  Railway  Treaty 

This  document  confirms  the  purchase  of  the  Hungarian  state 
railways — the  most  important  economic  asset  left  in  possession 
of  the  Magyar  Government  after  the  Treaty  of  Trianon — by  a 
group  of  French  financiers.  The  agreement  was  signed  on 
July  19  at  the  royal  hunting  lodge  at  Godollo,  near  Budapest, 
by  the  Hungarian  Minister  of  Finance,  Baron  Koranyi,  and  the 
plenipotentiary  of  the  French  purchasing  syndicate,  Count  de 
Saint-Sauveur. 

Nominally  the  treaty  provides  not  for  the  sale,  but  for  the 
lease  of  the  state  railways.  Section  I  provides  that  the  Hun- 
garian Government  assume  the  obligation  to  have  the  treaty 
accepted  and  ratified  without  any  change  whatever.  Neither 
the  treaty  nor  any  of  its  provisions  must  be  published  within 
five  years. 

Section  II.  The  treaty  is  valid  for  a  period  of  fifty  years, 
but  it  may  be  cancelled  by  either  contracting  party  on  a  notice 
of  two  years. 

Section  III.  The  French  syndicate  acquired,  for  the  duration 
of  the  treaty,  a  complete  title  deed,  registered  in  the  Hungarian 
State  Office  of  Abstracts,  for  all  factories,  plants,  and  shops  and 
any  other  property,  movable  or  immovable,  of  the  Hungarian 
state  railways.  Attached  a  complete  inventory  dated  May  4, 
1920. 

Section  IV.  The  Hungarian  Government  renounces,  for  the 
duration  of  the  treaty,  all  sovereign  rights  in  relation  to  the 
state  railways. 

Section  V.  The  Hungarian  Government  assumes  the  obliga- 
tion to  settle  all  administrative  details  within  three  months  from 
signature. 

Section  VI.    The  Hungarian  Government  shall  raise,  not  later 


576 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2889 


than  January  1,  1921,  all  railway  passenger,  and  freight  rates 
as  follows:    passenger  rates  fivefold,  freight  rates  eightfold. 

Section  VII.  The  Hungarian  Government  shall  guarantee  to 
the  French  syndicate  all  rights  enjoyed  by  the  old  board  of 
directors  of  the  railways  and  pending  ratification  obliges  itself 
to  submit  all  measures  related  to  the  railways  to  the  syndicate 
through  the  French  charge  d'affaires. 

Sections  VTII-IX.  The  Hungarian  Government  is  bound  to 
consult  the  diplomatic  representative  of  the  French  Republic 
as  to  every  measure  that  can  be  construed  to  bear  on  any  pro- 
vision of  this  agreement,  including  measures  of  purely  domestic 
policy.  The  suggestions  of  the  diplomatic  representative  must 
be  considered  and  answered  within  three  days. 

Section  X.  The  Hungarian  Government  is  bound  to  ratify 
without  change  this  treaty,  with  every  clause  and  implication, 
not  later  than  January  1,  1921.  It  is  bound  to  see  that  the  treaty 
is  upheld  by  all  successive  governments. 

On  its  side  the  French  syndicate  agrees  to  these  terms. 

1.  It  cedes  30  per  cent  of  its  stock  to  the  Hungarian  treasury. 

2.  It  guarantees  the  yearly  net  receipts  at  400,000,000  francs, 
regardless  of  exchange  fluctuations. 

3.  It  is  bound  to  pay  over  to  the  Hungarian  treasury  20  per 
cent  of  these  net  earnings,  by  January  31  of  every  year. 

4.  The  syndicate  is  bound  to  respect,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
advice  of  the  Hungarian  Ministers  of  War  and  of  Commerce. 

5.  All  employees  of  the  railways  will  retain  their  positions. 

6.  Employees'  salaries  must  be  in  proportion  to  those  of  other 
public  employees. 

7.  This  clause  deals — about  200  printed  pages — with  the  obli- 
gations of  the  French  syndicate  to  improve  the  inventory.  Most 
important  of  all,  the  syndicate  is  to  raise,  within  ten  years,  the 
rolling  stock  to  its  level  of  August  1,  1914. 

8.  This  clause  provides  for  the  composition  of  the  board  of 
directors.  The  Hungarian  Minister  of  Commerce  is  vice-president. 


The  treaty  is  signed  on  the  Hungarian  side  by  Regent  Horthy, 
Finance  Minister  Koranyi,  and  Premier  Teleki;  on  the  French 
side  by  Saint- Sauveur,  Fouche,  and  Aulier.  Attached  vouchers 
are  dated  Neuilly,  July  21,  and  signed  Millerand  and  Cambon. 

2.  The  Political  Agreement 

This  document  was  signed  on  July  23,  1920.  It  provides  that 
inasmuch  as  the  Hungarian  National  Assembly  would  refuse  to 
ratify  the  railroad  treaty  the  Hungarian  Government  is  bound 
to  force  through  a  law  empowering  the  Regent  to  dissolve  the 
Assembly  and  to  ratify  the  railroad  treaty  by  decree. 

The  Hungarian  Government  is  authorized  to  continue  univer- 
sal military  service  in  force.  It  is  entitled  to  supplement  its 
armed  establishment  by  calling  to  the  colors  the  classes  of  1890- 
1900,  beginning  August  1,  1920.  The  French  Government  re- 
serves the  right  to  pass  upon  the  numerical  strength  of  the 
Hungarian  army. 

The  French  Government  undertakes  the  rectification  through 
the  League  of  Nations  of  the  frontier  settlement,  as  laid  down 
by  the  Treaty  of  Trianon. 

The  document  is  signed  by  Horthy,  Teleki,  and  Kania  for 
Hungary;  by  Fouche  and  Derain-Roul  for  France. 

3.  The  Military  Convention 
Signed  July  27. 

Hungary  offers  an  army  of  150,000  to  assist  against  Soviet 
Russia.    The  army  is  to  be  under  French  command. 

An  exchange  of  notes  is  added  to  this  convention,  according 
to  which  Hungary  is  authorized  to  occupy  the  territories  within 
its  former  boundaries  in  case  a  soviet  government  is  established 
in  any  of  the  border  states.  Further  measures  are  to  be 
specified  by  the  French  War  Ministry.  If  German-Austria  joins 
Germany,  Hungary  is  authorized  to  occupy  frontier  cities — 
including,  of  course,  Vienna.  If  Hungary  is  attacked  France  - 
will  render  active  help. 


BAiKofTHE  HARPER  NAEE-103  YEARS  of  GOOD  BOOKS 

Baruch's  Book 
On  The  Peace 

THE   MAKING   OF  THE 
REPARATION    AND    ECONOMIC 
SECTIONS  OF  THE  TREATY 

By  Bernard  M.  Baruch 

Economic  Adviser  to  the  American  Peace  Commis- 
sion, Member  of  the  Supreme  Economic 
Council,  etc. 

The  New  York  Times  says:  "It  is  the  first  scientific 
and  realistic  account  of  the  procedure  by  which  the 
reparation  and  economic  clauses  of  the  Treaty  were 
adopted.  .  .  .  Mr.  Baruch  is  a  plain  man  telling 
a  plain  story,  but  he  has  the  judgment  and  sense  of 
proportion  necessary  to  the  historian." 

TheWmll  Street  Journal  says:  "No  one  is  in  better 
position  than  Mr.  Baruch  to  make  clear  the  facts. 
.  .  .  There  is  nothing  partisan  or  political  in  this 
book.    .    .    ." 


WHEREVER  BOOKS  ARE  SOLD. 


$3.00 


Est.  1817 


HARPER &  BROTHERS 


New  York 


FOR  THE  BUSY  EXECUTIVE 

BOOKS  THAT  TELL  HOW,  WHEN,  AND  WHERE 

Sent  on  ten  days'  approval,   ask  for  them  on  your  letterhead 

EMPLOYEES'  MAGAZINES 

By   Peter  F.   O'Shea,   Organizer  and   consulting  specialist  on  house 
organs. 

Employees'  house  organs  properly  conducted  can  aid  the  manage- 
ment by  promoting  cooperation,  by  education,  by  improving  morale, 
and  in  other  ways.  Mr.  O'Shea  tells  you  the  kind  of  articles  that  can 
be  used  most  profitably  and  how  to  get  them  from  the  employees 
themselves,  also  practical  hints  about  the  editorial  staff,  scheduling  of 
work,   etc.     Practical  from  cover  to  cover.  $1.80   postpaid. 

STANDARD  PRACTICE  IN  PERSONNEL  WORK 

By    Eugene   J.    Benge,    of   the    Department    of   Industrial  Relations, 
Atla7itic    Refining    Company;    formerly    Fellow    in    Industrial    Re- 
search,   Carnegie   Institute   of    Technology. 
Mr.    Benge   has    the   advantage    of   practical    experience    in    industrial 
employment   and    Army    Personnel   Work,    plus    the    results   of   intensive 
study    and    research    of    personnel    problems — a    rare    combination.      He 
presents  methods  of  selection,  training,  and  retention  that  have  proved 
successful    in    practice.      About    300    pages    and    workable    suggestions. 

$3.00  postpaid. 
2400  BUSINESS   BOOKS   AND 
GUIDE  TO  BUSINESS  LITERATURE 

An  analytical  list  of  books,  directories,  periodicals,  and  other  worth- 
while printed  matter  on  every  phase  of  business,  in  simple  alphabetic 
arrangement.  Tells  you  where  to  find  the  very  book  or  perhaps  only 
the  chapter  of  a  book  that  deals  with  the  problem  in  hand.    456  pages. 

$5.00   postpaid. 

INDUSTRIAL  RELATIONS  SERIES 

3  Volumes  by  Daniel  Bloomfieid,  associate  editor  "Indus- 
trial Relations,"  partner  of  Bloomfieid  &  Bloomfieid,  Bos- 
ton, consultants  in  Employment  Management  and  Industrial 
Relations. 

EMPLOYMENT  MANAGEMENT  ) 

LABOR  PROBLEMS  }■  *2A0  each 

MODERN    INDUSTRIAL    MOVEMENTS  J  postpaid 

In  these  three  compact  volumes  you  find  the  most  important  pro- 
nouncements by  recognized  authorities,  on  such  questions  as :  Labor 
maintenance :  Supply  of  Labor ;  Cost  of  Labor ;  Turnover ;  Causes  of 
friction  and  unrest ;  Labor  disputes  and  adjustments ;  Limitation  of 
output ;  Cooperative  movements ;  arranged  in  logical  sequence  for  the 
busy  executive  who  wants  to  get  at  the  root  of  the  matter  quickly. 
Any  and  all  of  these  books  will  be  sent  on  ten  days'  approval 
if  asked  for  on  your  letterhead 

THE  H.  W.  WILSON  COMPANY 
950  University  Avenue  New  York  City 


The  Nation 


FOUNDED     1865 


Vol.  CXI 


NEW  YORK,  WEDNESDAY  NOVEMBER  24,  1920 


No.  2890 


Contents 

EDITORIAL  PARAGRAPHS    577 

EDITORIALS : 

Should   the   Democratic   Party  Die  ?    580 

Free    Trade    and    Peace 581 

War,  Waste,  and   Business 582 

The    Strolling    Player 582 

Rome   Rolls    Around    Again 583 

OUR  DEBT  OF  HONOR.     By  Harold   A.   Littledale 584 

BIGOTRY  IN  THE   SOUTH.      By  Charles   P.   Sweeney 585 

THE  RUSSO-POLISH  PEACE.     By  Henry  G.  Alsberg 587 

BIRTH  CONTROL  AND  THE  WORLD  CRISIS.     By  S.  A.  Knopf,  M.D.  589 

A  WESTERN   REVERIE.    By  Natalie  Curtis 591 

IN   THE  DRIFTWAY.     By  the  Drifter 593 

CORRESPONDENCE    593 

MR.   FLOOD'S  PARTY.     By  Edwin  Arlington  Robinson 594 

BOOKS: 

The  Latest  Horrors  of  War.    By  Heber  Blankenhorn 594 

Morale  as  Morality.     By  Preserved   Smith 595 

Real    Terror   and    False 596 

Books  in   Brief 597 

DRAMA : 

Entertainments.      By   Ludwig   Lewisohn 598 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS   SECTION: 

The  South  African  Native  Affairs   Bill 599 

Native  Labor  in  East  Africa , 600 

OSWALD   GARRISON   VILLARD,   Editor 

Associate   Editors 

LEWIS  S.  GANNETT  FREDA  KIRCHWEY 

ARTHUR  WARNER  LUDWIG  LEWISOHN 

ERNEST   H.   GRUENING  CARL   VAN  DOREN 

Managing  Editor  Literary  Editor 

Subscription  Rates — Five  dollars  per  annum  postpaid  in  the  United  States  and 
Mexico ;  to  Canada,  $5.50,  and  to  foreign  countries  of  the  Postal  Union,  $6.00. 

THE  NATION,  20  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  Cable  Address:  Nation, 
New  York.  Chicago  Office:  1170  People's  Gas  Building.  British  Agents  for 
Subscriptions  and  Advertising:  Swarthmore  Press  Ltd.,  72  Oxford  St.,  London. 

IT  was  rather  a  rollicking  speech  that  Mr.  Lloyd  George 
made  at  the  Lord  Mayor  of  London's  banquet  the  other 
day.  Even  its  solemner  periods  were  pronounced  in  a  tone 
of  persistent  cheer  that  could  not  be  kept  out  of  the  news- 
paper reports.  The  Prime  Minister  was  obviously  impressed 
with  the  fact  that  Mr.  Lloyd  George  was  securely  fixed 
in  his  heaven  and  all  was  right  with  the  world — except,  Mr. 
Lloyd  George  was  forced  to  admit,  for  a  general  orgy  of 
hate  that  seemed  to  pervade  the  international  atmosphere, 
and  too  many  guns  on  too  many  Germans,  and  the  existence 
of  that  "ludicrous,"  "impossible,"  "crazy"  creed  of  bol- 
shevism,  and  war — he  called  it  war — in  Ireland,  and  labor 
troubles  in  England.  These  things  are  as  clouds  on  the 
vast  horizon  that  Mr.  Lloyd  George  cheerfully  surveys  from 
his  celestial  position.  And  while  he  shakes  a  finger  at 
the  Germans,  and  a  gun  at  the  Irish,  and  holds  dignified 
conversations  with  persons  of  the  bolshevist  persuasion 
who,  he  realizes,  are  hardly  nice,  he  keeps  his  vision  un- 
troubled and  his  soul  sweet  by  contemplating  the  spectacle 
of  "the  greatest  empire  in  the  world  .  .  .  that  empire 
in  the  height  of  its  power  .  .  .  that  empire  in  the 
greatest  day  of  its  glory."  No  wonder  there  were  "loud 
and  prolonged  cheers"  as  Mr.  Lloyd  George  sat  down. 

FORTY-ONE  nations  have  sent  their  representatives  to 
Geneva  to  attend  the  opening  session  of  the  Assembly 
of  the  League  of  Nations.  It  is  an  imposing  gathering. 
The  Hague  conferences  never  brought  together  so  many 
nations.  But  there  are  two  profound  differences  between 
this  assemblage  and  the  meetings  at  The  Hague.  Two  great 
nations,  Germany  and  Soviet  Russia,  are  ostracized,  un- 
invited to  the  meeting ;  and  the  little  nations  enter  this  con- 


ference not  with  equal  rights  but  as  lesser  partners  in  aii 
enterprise  bound  to  the  chariot-wheel  of  the  Entente  vic- 
tors. It  is  this  stringent  domination  of  the  so-called  great 
Powers  which  infects  the  very  basis  of  the  League;  this, 
the  difficulty  of  amendment  of  the  covenant,  and  the  unani- 
mity required  for  important  decisions  which  render  the 
Council  of  the  League  as  helpless  as  the  old  Polish  diet  in 
which  any  one  member  could  veto  the  decisions  of  all  the 
others.  Article  Ten  and  the  six-to-one  provisions  are  harm- 
less compared  to  this  essential  fault;  and  even  though  the 
League,  to  secure  the  adherence  of  the  United  States,  should 
modify  those  provisions,  the  chronic  disease  would  not  be 
reached.  Meanwhile  the  League,  born  as  a  splendid  dream 
of  international  peace,  is  settling  down  to  a  task  of  inter- 
national clerking  which  it  can  do  well  and  which  it  is  well 
that  some  such  organization  should  do.  But  success  at 
settling  the  Aland  Islands  question  or  at  regulating  cable 
control,  should  deceive  no  one  into  believing  that  this  is  the 
league  to  end  war  for  a  vision  of  which  men  died. 

AND  so,  now  after  all  the  tumult  and  all  the  shouting  have 
died,  and  the  captains  and  kings,  premiers  and  presi- 
dents have  departed,  Italy  quietly  falls  heir  to  Zara,  nearly 
all  of  Istria,  the  islands  in  the  Gulf  of  Quarnero,  a  strip  of 
land  connecting  Fiume  with  Italian  territory,  a  strategic 
frontier  along  the  north,  and  a  small  slice  of  Dalmatia. 
D'Annunzio  wins  his  fight — for  Fiume  will  be  an  "inde- 
pendent state"  with  boundaries  carefully  drawn  to  insure 
its  Italian  character  and  provision  made  for  its  possible 
future  annexation  to  Italy.  From  the  point  of  view  oi 
"self-determination"  and  "the  rights  of  small  nations"  the 
settlement  is  indefensible ;  by  its  terms  millions  of  Slavs  will 
fall  under  Italian  rule.  From  the  point  of  view  of  peact 
it  is  probably  the  best  settlement  that  could  have  been  se- 
cured; and  for  better  or  worse  the  people  of  the  world  are 
now  in  a  state  of  mind  to  welcome  peace  even  at  the  ex- 
pense of  pure  justice.  Whether  lasting  peace  can  resuh 
from  the  present  arrangements  is  doubtful.  The  best  that 
can  be  said  is  that  the  Jugoslav  delegates  accepted  them  witt 
a  good  grace,  while  the  Italians  displayed  skilful  diplomacy 
in  emphasizing  not  their  triumph  but  their  "generous  sacr>- 
fices"  and  in  proposing  "minimum  terms"  which  were  later 
modified.  Of  course,  Italy's  sacrifices  consist  only  in  modi- 
fications of  the  terms  of  the  Treaty  of  London  which  stili 
leave  Italy  great  areas  of  alien  territory;  while  the  "mini- 
mum terms"  proposed  during  the  present  conferences  at 
Santa  Margherita  would  have  provided  the  Jugoslav  state 
with  an  enormous  "Slavia  Irredenta." 

VENIZELOS'S  amazing  defeat  in  the  Greek  elections- 
amazing  because  of  his  complete  control  of  the  politi- 
cal machinery,  the  strict  censorship  he  maintained,  and  the 
persecution  of  his  opponents  as  seditious  traitors — closes  s 
stirring  chapter  in  Greek  history,  and,  following  close  on 
the  heels  of  the  Wrangel  debacle,  may  mean  a  turning- 
point  in  Near  Eastern  politics.  It  is  too  early  to  give 
adequate  judgment  on  Venizelos:  a  fervid  Greek  patriot. 


578 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2890 


J 


\ 


imperialist,  expansionist,  dictatorial,  often  identifying  his 
country  with  himself  and  his  own  ideas,  he  has  achieved  an 
enormous  extension  of  Greek  frontiers  at  the  expense  of 
wars  abroad  and  civil  strife  at  home.  Many  observers  called 
him  the  ablest  statesman  at  the  Paris  Peace  Conference. 
He  alone  among  the  spokesmen  of  the  lesser  Powers  was 
feared  by  France  and  England.  If  his  defeat  does  indeed 
mean  the  return  of  King  Constantine — we  hope  not — it  is  a 
terrific  blow  to  both  French  and  British  prestige  in  the 
East,  for  it  was  Senator  Jonnart  of  France  who,  with  the 
aid  of  French  marines,  engineered  the  final  coup  which 
deposed  Constantine  and  set  up  Venizelos  as  virtual  dictator 
of  Greece  in  1917,  while  England  profited  by  his  campaigns 
in  Asiatic  Turkey.  If  it  means  abandonment  of  the  footless 
war  in  Asia  Minor  and  consolidation  of  the  truly  Greek 
territories  which  have  been  returned  to  their  motherland, 
if  it  leads  to  a  policy  of  reconciliation  with  Greece's  north- 
ern neighbors,  Bulgaria  and  Albania,  the  election  day  will 
be  a  red  letter  day  in  Balkan  and  Near  Eastern  history. 

NOW  that  the  sovereign  state  of  South  Russia  with  its 
leader,  Baron  Wrangel,  has  retired  in  rather  bad  order 
to  the  deck  of  the  French  warship  Waldeck-Rousseau,  it  is 
time  to  analyze  this  last  ill-fated  adventure  of  French  im- 
perialism. The  French  continental  policy  received  a  serious 
blow  when  the  Russian-Polish  peace  was  signed  at  Riga  and 
the  Russian  army  was  set  free  to  turn  on  Wrangel.  But 
Poland  and  France  were  publicly  so  busy  gloating  over  the 
terms  of  the  treaty,  that  attention  was  distracted  from 
the  almost  certain  fate  of  the  last  White  hope.  It  takes  the 
final  success  of  bolshevik  arms  to  prove  how  dead  the  hopes 
of  France  must  be.  With  Wrangel  gone  she  will  have 
to  seek  far  for  armies  to  fight  her  insane  battles  in  the 
East.  Rumania  will  certainly  look  askance  at  the  job;  even 
Hungary  may  think  twice.  Poland,  to  be  sure,  is  com- 
placently in  possession  of  her  leagues  of  alien  territory,  but 
even  the  childish  imagination  of  the  Polish  patriot  class 
can  hardly  lead  it  to  think  that  she  can  keep  them.  Russia  is 
wholly  victorious  on  the  field;  her  diplomatic  defeat  at  Riga 
was  turned  to  immediate  account.  Poland  remains  to  be 
reckoned  with,  but  the  blow  to  France  involved  in  the  de- 
feat of  Wrangel  means  that  Poland  can  no  longer  count  on  a 
bloc  of  anti-Bolshevik  states  marshaled  under  French  pres- 
tige to  support  its  impossible  ambitions.  The  delegates  of 
the  Soviet  Government  at  Riga  ought  to  use  their  recent 
victory  to  force  a  bloodless  revision  of  the  terms  of  that 
"Punic  peace"  with  Poland  which  hands  over  millions  of 
Russian  peasants  to  a  handful  of  Polish  landlords,  and 
attempts,  as  the  London  Nation  has  pointed  out,  to  "re- 
build the  eighteenth  century  on  the  ruins  of  the  nineteenth." 

SUDRE  DARTIGUENAVE,  President  of  the  Republic  of 
Haiti,  tells  the  American  correspondents  in  Haiti  that 
the  Haiti-American  treaty  "has  been  violated  and  not  car- 
ried out,  because  Haiti  has  been  under  the  oppression  of  the 
American  Minister  and  his  financial  adviser."  M.  Darti- 
guenave  took  office  supported  by  the  guns  of  American 
marines,  and  has  always  been  regarded  as  the  most  pro- 
American  of  Haitians.  "Responsible  American  business 
men  long  resident  in  Haiti,"  the  Chicago  Tribune  tells  us, 
agree  that  President  Dartiguenave  has  been  "constantly 
hampered  by  lack  of  cooperation  and  by  high-handed  meas- 
ures. The  island  has  been  governed  by  a  clique  of  which 
Minister  Bailly-Blanchard  is  one."  Between  October,  1919, 
and   October,    1920,   United   States   Marines   killed,   on   an 


average,  three  Haitians  a  day,  according  to  the  testimony 
of  Major  Turner,  brigade  adjutant,  before  the  naval  board 
of  inquiry,  and  prior  to  October,  1919,  there  are  no  records 
sufficiently  trustworthy  to  give  any  adequate  estimate  of 
the  number  killed.  Yet  within  the  same  week  in  which 
these  damning  facts  appear,  Secretary  Colby  makes  public 
the  report  of  his  special  investigator,  Admiral  Knapp,  who 
found  the  Haitians  contented  and  "grateful."  The  facts 
which,  when  The  Nation  first  exposed  them,  were  termed 
"sensational  lies,"  are  being  confirmed  in  sober  court  testi- 
mony almost  every  day.  President  Dartiguenave,  dissatis- 
fied with  the  naval  board  of  inquiry,  has  asked  for  a  full 
Congressional  inquiry;  there  can  no  longer  be  any  question 
that  it  is  needed. 

THE  Irish  sympathizers  in  this  country  who  tear  down 
and  burn  British  flags  and  manhandle  supposed  British 
subjects,  do  not  serve  the  cause  for  which  Terence  Mac- 
Swiney  died.  They  are  hoodlums,  and  their  case  is  one  for 
the  police.  But  the  policemen  are  often  conveniently  absent 
or  looking  the  other  way.  If  these  episodes  recur  it  should 
be  the  earnest  endeavor  of  all  true  friends  of  Ireland  to  hold 
their  misrepresentatives  in  check;  it  is  the  duty  of  local 
authorities  to  grasp  the  grave  issues  involved  and  to  lend 
every  effort  to  protect  possible  innocent  victims  and  to 
apprehend  the  guilty ;  and  it  is  the  part  of  the  British  public 
to  understand  clearly  that  these  acts  of  wanton  violence  have 
the  unqualified  condemnation  of  all  right-thinking  Ameri- 
cans. As  a  manifestation,  however,  of  deeper  currents  of- 
feeling,  these  recent  outbursts  are  not  without  ominous 
significance.  The  dragon's  teeth  of  violence  so  long  sown 
in  Ireland  are  growing  to  strange  crops.  Unless  some  speedy 
adjustment  of  the  Irish  question  is  reached  and  a  return  to 
peace  effected,  Anglo-American  relations  will  be  subjected 
to  increasingly  severe  strain.  It  is  precisely  with  the  hope 
of  preventing  such  development,  and  the  extension  of  what 
Lloyd  George  has  just  termed  "war,"  that  The  Nation's 
Committee  of  One  Hundred  was  formed. 

THE  first  skirmish  over  the  constitutionality  of  the  rent 
laws  enacted  by  the  recent  special  session  of  the  New 
York  Legislature  has  been  won  by  the  tenant,  Justice  Ed- 
ward R.  Finch  of  the  State  Supreme  Court  having  upheld 
the  legislation  as  a  legitimate  exercise  of  the  police  power  in 
the  existing  emergency.  We  have  already  commented  on 
these  laws,  which  substitute  the  State  for  the  landlord  as 
the  rent-fixing  power  in  the  case  of  apartments,  leaving  it 
to  the  courts  to  determine  the  rental  in  disputed  cases.  An 
appeal  will  be  taken,  of  course,  from  Justice  Finch's  de- 
cision but,  apart  from  the  question  involved,  it  is  noteworthy 
for  its  recognition  that  the  Legislature  is  the  proper  body 
to  determine  the  facts  at  issue.  In  overruling  argument 
that  the  emergency  does  not  justify  the  legislation  enacted, 
Justice  Finch  says,  "the  court  will  not  substitute  his  judg- 
ment for  that  of  the  Legislature."  This  is  good  sense  and 
sound  law,  especially  to  be  commended  at  a  time  when  our 
courts  are  under  just  criticism  for  their  tendency  to  usurp 
legislative  and  executive  functions. 

A  MAN  named  Ballin  has  been  indicted  in  New  York  City 
for  violating  the  postal  regulations  by  writing  scare 
letters  warning  of  imaginary  bomb  plots.  The  incident  adds 
to  the  widespread  suspicion  that  many  of  the  so-called  plots 
have  been  "framed."  The  Department  of  Justice  has  given 
wide  publicity  to  violent  anonymous  circulars  signed  "Amcr- 


Nov.  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


579 


ican  Anarchist  Fighters"  or  with  other  fire-eating  names, 
suggesting  that  radical  groups  were  plotting  the  destruction 
of  society.  But  violence  in  action  has  not  been  proved 
against  any  of  the  radical  groups  which  Mr.  Palmer's  agents 
have  been  persecuting.  The  Communists  who  now  stand  con- 
victed have  been  found  guilty  only  of  writing  manifestos 
which  can  be  interpreted  as  mild  or  violent,  as  judge  and 
jury  may  see  fit,  but  which  were  public  expressions  of  opin- 
ion, and  which  have  never  been  connected  with  the  spec- 
tacular "bomb  plots."  The  Department  of  Justice  has  yet  to 
show  any  connection  between  bomb  outrages  and  the  radical 
groups.  The  sensational  stories  in  the  New  York  Evening 
World  have  fallen  flat;  they  have  produced  not  a  scintilla 
of  real  evidence,  but  only  a  vague  chain  of  circumstances  to 
suggest  a  possible  motive  in  the  row  among  the  house- 
wreckers'  unions.  Many  radicals  are  firmly  convinced  that 
the  outrages  have  been  deliberate  "frame-ups"  intended  to 
incite  the  public  against  the  Reds.  This  is  difficult  to  be- 
lieve ;  but  later  evidence  at  least  casts  grave  doubt  upon  the 
advertised  assumption  that  the  Wall  Street  explosion  was 
due  to  a  bomb.  The  Government  expert  who  analyzed  the 
street  sweepings  reported  that  the  explosion  was  due  to 
blasting  gelatine. 

CHILDREN  throughout  Central  and  Southeastern  Eu- 
rope have  learned  a  new  and  beautiful,  but  pitifully 
half-true  meaning  for  the  word  America  as  a  result  of  the 
Hoover  child-feeding  work  which  alone  has  kept  thousands 
of  them  alive  this  past  year.  Now  Herbert  Hoover  writes 
that  money  is  in  hand  to  carry  on  only  until  January,  and 
that  "three  and  a  half  million  children  call  to  the  heart  and 
resources  of  America  for  these  daily  supplies,  not  available 
in  their  own  countries,  that  are  vital  to  their  survival  and 
to  the  rebuilding  of  their  physical  well-being.  .  .  .  Twen- 
ty-three million  dollars  must  be  raised  without  delay."  The 
Literary  Digest,  with  an  immense  circulation,  sets  itself  the 
task  of  raising  the  fund.  It  will  be  difficult,  with  hard  times 
imminent,  to  raise  so  large  a  sum;  it  will  be  tragic  if  it  is 
not  raised.  Readers  of  The  Nation  do  not  need  to  be  told 
of  the  misery  in  Central  Europe ;  we  hope  they  will  be  gen- 
erous in  response  to  the  appeal.  Checks  should  be  sent  to 
The  Literary  Digest  Child-Feeding  Fund,  354-360  Fourth 
Avenue,  New  York.  We  only  wish  that  the  children  of 
Soviet  Russia  were  not  excluded. 

THE  Red  Cross  is  appealing  for  more  money.  But  the 
American  Red  Cross  is  no  longer  the  generous  open- 
hearted  organization  of  pre-war  days  which  asked  only 
where  help  was  most  needed,  and  gave  in  proportion  to  the 
need.  If  it  be  "the  greatest  mother  of  them  all"  in  size, 
it  is  a  queer  kind  of  mother:  a  cold,  calculating  mother, 
who  inquires,  not  whether  her  children  be  hungry  and  ragged, 
but  what  are  their  politics.  The  Red  Cross  has  become 
a  propaganda  tool  of  the  State  Department.  It  has  given 
no  aid  in  Ireland;  it  says  it  is  waiting  to  be  asked.  By 
whom?  By  Mr.  Lloyd  George,  forsooth?  Its  publicity 
advertises  no  help  to  Haiti  or  to  India.  Newspaper  reports 
indicate  that  it  has  concentrated  its  attention  upon  the  foes 
of  Soviet  Russia.  We  read  of  warehouses  groaning  with 
food  held  in  the  Baltic  provinces  to  be  rushed  into  Russia — 
not  when  or  where  starving  people  need  it,  but  when  and 
where  the  Soviet  Government  is  overthrown.  It  is  revealed 
that  Red  Cross  supplies  were  one  of  Wrangel's  best  forms 
of  propaganda,  and  one  of  the  last  acts  of  that  adventurous 


baron  prior  to  his  hasty  flight  to  a  French  battleship  was 
to  award  to  high  officials  of  the  American  Red  Cross  deco- 
rations which  must  have  something  of  the  same  value  as  an 
officer's  commission  in  the  Swiss  navy.  The  Red  Cross 
threw  away  in  the  war  its  fine  old  motto,  "Neutrality — 
Humanity,"  and  a  different  spirit  now  masquerades  under 
the  name  which  has  such  glorious  traditions.  Money  given 
to  it  today  is,  among  other  things,  money  given  for  a  pe- 
culiarly mean  form  of  political  propaganda — propaganda 
by  starvation. 

DUDLEY  FIELD  MALONE,  Collector  of  the  Port  of 
New  York  when  the  Lusitania  started  on  her  final 
voyage,  revealed,  in  the  course  of  his  campaign  as  Farmer- 
Labor  candidate  for  Governor  of  New  York  State,  the  fact 
that  the  Lusitania  carried  large  quantities  of  ammunition 
consigned  to  the  British  Government,  including  4,200  cases 
of  Springfield  cartridges  containing  some  eleven  tons  of 
black  powder.  The  revelation  is  not  so  important  in  its 
bearing  upon  the  Lusitania  case — for  it  does  not  lessen  the 
cruelty  of  the  sinking  nor  legally  alter  the  status  of  the 
outrage — as  in  its  bearing  upon  the  methods  of  the  Wilson 
Administration.  The  Wilson  Administration  refused  to 
permit  publication  of  the  fact.  One  of  the  principal  charges 
upon  which  the  attempt  to  expel  Robert  M.  La  Follette  from 
the  Senate  was  based  was  that  he  had  falsely  declared  that 
the  Lusitania  carried  ammunition;  the  State  Department 
refused  to  grant  the  Senator  access  to  the  official  records  to 
verify  his  statement;  and  the  persecution  of  the  Senator 
was  dropped  only  when  Mr.  Malone  offered  to  testify  in  his 
behalf.  Upon  such  sands  of  hypocrisy  was  the  structure  of 
war-time  "Americanism"  built.  Gradually  the  truth  is 
leaking  out  and  honest  foundations  are  being  laid  for  a  truer 
patriotism;  but  there  is  more  to  come. 

AT  the  health  meeting  of  the  annual  convention  of  the 
General  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  last  June  the 
five  hundred  delegates  unanimously  passed  a  resolution  de- 
manding "the  speedy  removal  of  all  barriers  due  to  legal 
restrictions,  tradition,  prejudice  or  ignorance,  which  now 
prevent  parents  from  access  to  such  scientific  knowledge  on 
this  subject  [voluntary  parenthood]  as  is  possessed  by  the 
medical  profession."  The  New  York  State  Federation  last 
month  voiced  the  same  demand.  Let  those  who  occasionally 
despair  of  progress  lift  up  their  hearts.  The  action  of  these 
representative  women,  all  voters  now,  signifies  the  revolt 
of  intelligence  and  enlightened  citizenship  against  utterly 
senseless  and  archaic  taboo,  which  years  ago  inscribed  into 
our  federal  and  State  anti-obscenity  laws  the  scientific  facts 
about  one  of  the  subjects  most  vital  to  the  human  race. 
An  amendment  to  the  existing  law,  which  will  legalize  the 
dissemination  of  information  now  obtainable  by  practically 
all  women  of  means,  will  come  before  Congress  at  its  next 
session.  It  is  likely  to  pass — there  is  no  valid  argument 
against  it — for  it  will  have  the  backing  of  the  Senate  Com- 
mittee on  Public  Health,  seven  of  whose  eleven  members, 
including  the  chairman,  Senator  Joseph  I.  France,  himself 
a  physician,  are  known  to  be  favorable.  Elsewhere  in  this 
issue  a  distinguished  scientist  discusses  a  few  of  the  many 
phases  of  birth  regulation,  the  full  realization  of  which 
will  go  further  toward  promoting  human  happiness — by 
eliminating  needless  death,  disease,  poverty,  mental  anguish, 
and  physical  pain — than  any  other  single  reform  readily 
achievable  by  present-day  society. 


580 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2890 


Should  the  Democratic  Party  Die? 


IT  was  a  Wilsonian  Senator  from  the  South,  not  even  a 
mild  reservationist,  who  prophesied  last  spring  that  after 
the  election  there  would  "not  be  enough  left  of  the  Demo- 
cratic Party  to  make  a  funeral  worth  while."  It  was  his 
belief  that  an  amalgamation  with  the  conservative  Repub- 
lican forces  would  be  all  that  would  be  left  to  the  party 
which  Mr.  Wilson's  policies  had  even  then  condemned  to 
overwhelming  defeat.  Today  post  mortems  without  number 
are  on,  as  well  as  efforts  to  galvanize  the  remains  into  life. 
The  job  of  reviving  the  Democracy  is  being  offered  to  vari- 
ous statesmen  and  also  to  some  successful  financiers  of  Wall 
Street  experience  in  reorganizing  defunct  corporations.  But 
there  are  many  who  actually  believe  with  the  Southern  Sen- 
ator that  hope  for  a  resurrection  does  not  exist. 

We  must  confess  that  glad  as  we  should  be  to  lay  flowers 
on  the  Democracy's  bier  there  are  still  too  many  signs  of 
life  to  make  us  feel  sure  that  it  is  time  to  send  for  the  priest. 
Parties  do  not  die  so  easily.  Theodore  Roosevelt  was  sure 
that  the  Republican  Party  was  as  dead  as  a  door-nail  after 
it  "stole"  the  nomination  from  him  in  1912.  He  said  in  so 
many  words  that  the  party  which  he  had  led  was  so  rotten 
as  to  be  beyond  the  last  rites,  so  dead  as  to  be  beyond  con- 
cern. Its  managers  he  declared  to  be  "second-story  bur- 
glars," and  equal  to  "porch-climbers"  in  their  lack  of  mo- 
rality. Mr.  Taf t  was  "a  receiver  of  stolen  goods" ;  anybody 
who  voted  for  him  was  "on  a  level  with  a  receiver  of  stolen 
goods";  "he  is  a  dishonest  man  and  unfit  to  associate  with 
honest  men."  The  election  of  1912  settled  the  matter  in  Mr. 
Roosevelt's  mind.  The  Republican  Party  was  beyond  hope 
done  for;  in  1916  the  Progressive  Party  would  walk  off  with 
the  prize.  But  1916  saw  the  Progressives  tricked  and  be- 
trayed by  Mr.  Roosevelt  himself,  as  it  saw  the  election  of 
Mr.  Wilson  on  the  peace  issue.  More  than  that,  the  year 
1920  has  witnessed  the  extraordinary  spectacle  of  every 
member  of  the  Colonel's  immediate  family  working  hard  for 
the  same  Republican  Party  which  he  had  declared  to  be 
"carrion,"  fit  only  for  vultures — working  for  it  although  it 
was  still  engineered  by  the  very  same  "second-story  men," 
"burglars,"  "crookod  bosses,"  and  "rotten  politicians"  whom 
Colonel  Roosevelt  denounced  so  vehemently.  It  takes  more 
than  words  or  wishes  to  kill  a  political  party. 

So  we  are  not  ready  to  assert  that  the  Democracy  is 
dead,  much  as  we  should  like  to  record  its  demise.  Grave 
its  plight  is,  for  it  is  not  only  defeated,  but  morally  bank- 
rupt, and  not  for  a  long  while  can  it  possibly  live  down 
the  taint  of  its  Burlesons  and  its  Palmers  and  the  rest. 
It  is  at  this  hour  practically  without  leaders  who  have  the 
confidence  of  the  nation,  and  it  is  without  first-rate  leader- 
ship of  any  kind ;  for  this  the  Wilsonian  policy  of  refusing 
to  tolerate  men  of  independent  judgment  and  outspoken 
faith  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  White  House  is  largely 
responsible.  But  miracles  do  happen  in  politics  and  new 
issues  and  new  men  spring  up  suddenly.  The  enormous  and 
unwieldly  Republican  majorities  in  House  and  Senate  carry 
within  them  by  their  very  numbers  the  seeds  of  disaffection. 
So  overwhelming  a  party  representation  breeds  dissension 
and  gives  rise  to  splits  within  the  party  between  conserva- 
tives and  liberals  precisely  as  was  the  case  after  the  great 
Republican  victory  in  1908.  If,  for  instance,  a  foreign  issue 
should  arise,  like  the  question  of  Irish  independence,  and 
should  be  exploited  by  the  Democrats,  or  if  another  tariff 


law  of  such  flagrant  immorality  as  the  Payne-Aldrich  Tariff 
Law  of  1910  should  offend  the  consciences  of  the  people  a 
year  hence,  the  Republicans  might  have  their  work  cut  out 
for  them  within  four  years.  Indeed,  it  would  be  contrary  to 
all  our  political  precedents  if  there  were  not  a  reaction  from 
Republicanism  in  the  next  Congressional  elections. 

As  every  one  knows,  the  election  of  Mr.  Harding  was  not 
a  vote  of  confidence  in  the  Republicans  but  merely  the  regis- 
tering of  a  remarkably  unanimous  vote  of  disapproval  upon 
Wilson's  record — one  not  to  be  glossed  over  by  our  success- 
ful participation  in  the  greatest  of  wars.  There  was  no 
pledge  in  that  vote  of  November  2  that  the  American  people 
are  ready  indefinitely  to  endure  further  misgovernment  at 
the  hands  of  the  Republicans.  If  they  are  disappointed 
again  they  will  take  a  similar  revenge,  and  the  only  question 
will  be  through  what  means.  If  the  Democracy  can  re-win 
as  much  popular  faith  and  enthusiasm  as  it  did  in  1912  by 
its  pretense  that  it  was  bent  on  freeing  us  from  our  "invis- 
ible government"  and  bestowing  upon  us  the  priceless  boon 
of  that  freedom  from  privilege  and  exploitation  which  most 
Americans  crave,  then  it  may  come  back  into  power.  If  it 
cannot  obtain  that  confidence,  then  some  new  weapon  will 
be  forged;  we  shall  see  that  line-up  between  conservatives 
and  progressives  foretold  by  the  Southern  Senator  quoted, 
an  alignment  that  would  clarify  the  real  issues  before 
the  people  and  give  us  a  choice  not  between  two  reactionary 
parties,  but  one  reactionary  and  one  truly  progressive.  No 
man  can  prophesy  how  long  it  will  take  to  bring  about  this 
inevitable  division;  that  will  depend  upon  the  economic 
forces  at  work  far  more  than  upon  politics  and  politicians. 

That  the  day  is  not  far  off  and  that  a  beginning  has  really 
been  made  in  the  Northwest,  The  Nation  devoutly  hopes. 
We  cannot  believe  that  the  Democracy  will  once  more  fool 
people  into  thinking  that  it  points  the  way  to  freedom.  For 
one  thing,  we  cannot  feel  that  today  it  has  within  it  even 
a  germ  of  the  new  liberalism  the  country  needs  and  craves, 
just  as  it  has  no  one  to  voice  that  liberalism  did  it  exist. 
Its  bosses,  the  Taggarts,  the  Murphys,  the  Nugents,  the 
Roger  Sullivans,  and  all  the  rest  accepted  Mr.  Wilson's 
brand  of  "New  Freedom"  when  compelled  to  in  1912,  not 
because  they  had  the  slightest  sympathy  with  it,  but  be- 
cause after  his  nomination  there  was  nothing  else  to  do, 
and  then  they  soon  felt  that  his  eloquence  and  personality 
spelled  success.  His  political  end  finds  them  more  than  ever 
in  control,  without  having  even  to  fear  Mr.  Bryan's  ill  will 
as  they  did  at  the  Baltimore  convention.  No  one  is  in  revolt 
against  them  in  their  bailiwicks.  More  than  that,  the  De- 
mocracy cannot  be  a  liberal  party  and  remain  the  party  of 
the  white  South  as  it  is  today.  From  the  beginning,  Mr. 
Wilson's  liberalism  limped  because  he  opposed  woman  suf- 
frage and  never  lifted  his  voice  in  protest  against  the  dis- 
franchisement of  the  Negroes,  whose  representatives  in  the 
departments  at  Washington  he  was  the  first  President  to 
segregate,  thus  establishing  by  an  act  of  the  Federal  Execu- 
tive two  distinct  classes  of  American  citizens.  To  woman 
suffrage  he  later  turned  when  it  was  expedient  to  do  so. 
But  not  in  a  single  utterance  of  his  in  eight  years  is  there 
any  reference  to  the  Negro  or  his  problems,  though  Mr. 
Wilson  is  ruler  over  ten  millions  of  them.  He  is  quite  con- 
tent that  they  should  be  taxed  without  representation  and 
denied  a  voice  at  the  Capitol.    Just  so  long  as  Mr.  Wilson's 


Nov.  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


581 


party  is  tied  up  to  the  Democratic  leadership  in  the  South, 
so  long  is  it  tied  to  the  body  of  death.  So  long  as  it  con- 
nives at  the  disfranchisement  of  millions  of  American  citi- 
zens because  of  the  color  of  their  skin,  so  long,  it  is  now 
clear,  can  it  pretend  to  be  liberal  only  by  sheerest  hypocrisy. 
Truly,  the  Democratic  Party  has  been  poisoned  by  the 
hypocrisy  of  its  leaders.  Its  members  who  believe  in  holding 
down  the  working  classes,  in  privilege,  in  government-made 
profits,  in  Protection,  and  a  free  charter  to  "big  business" 
to  govern  this  country  unopposed,  belong  in  the  Republican 
camp,  not  merely  for  this  campaign,  but  permanently.  Those 
of  its  members  who  in  good  faith  were  misled  by  the  Wilson 
promises,  who  did  ardently  desire  the  "New  Freedom"  and 
all  that  Mr.  Wilson  defined  it  to  mean,  should  now  join 
hands  with  farmers  and  labor  men  to  form  a  new  party,  to 
voice  and  to  serve  the  aspirations  and  ardent  desires  of  all 
forward-looking  American  men  and  women.  Reorganize 
the  Democratic  Party?    Let  it  die! 

Free  Trade  and  Peace 

THE  conference  which  framed  the  Treaty  of  Versailles 
has  been  compared,  not  without  justice,  with  the  pred- 
atory group  that  composed  the  Congress  of  Vienna  in  1815. 
But  with  all  its  shortcomings  the  Vienna  gathering  took  at 
least  one  step  in  advance  of  anything  attempted  by  its 
modern  imitator.  Without  having  held  before  it  fourteen 
points  alleged  to  be  idealistic  or  any  moral  principle  what- 
ever, it  nevertheless  took  steps  to  remove  from  one  part  of 
the  world  certain  economic  barriers  to  trade.  To  the  fail- 
ure of  the  Big  Four  at  Versailles  to  take  similar  action  may 
be  justly  attributed  much  of  the  warfare  that  has  followed 
the  "war  to  end  war,"  especially  the  war  between  im- 
perialist Poland  and  its  Russian,  Ukrainian,  and  Lithuanian 
neighbors,  and  in  a  large  measure  the  misery  and  chaos 
which  reigns  in  what  was  once  the  Empire  of  Austria- 
Hungary. 

When  the  Vienna  Congress  sanctioned  the  renewed  parti- 
tion of  Poland  it  added  thereto  a  provision  for  absolute  free 
trade  between  the  politically  separated  sections.  There  were 
to  be  no  custom  houses  between  the  Russian,  Austrian,  or 
Prussian  parts  of  Poland.  The  use  of  rivers  and  canals 
within  the  boundaries  of  1772  was  made  equally  free  to  all 
inhabitants  of  the  old  kingdom.  Thus  Polish  industry  on 
all  sides  of  international  boundaries  was  equally  free  to 
obtain  coal  from  the  rich  deposits  in  the  southwest."  The 
salt  mines  under  Austrian  domination  could  supply  the 
wants  of  Russian  and  Prussian  subjects.  Iron  ore  mined  in 
Russian  territory  could  be  transported  free  of  duty  to 
Prussia  and  Austria.  Zinc  produced  under  Prussian  rule 
could  be  taken  to  Austria  and  Russia.  Free  trade  in  Poland 
had  naturally  the  same  results  as  interstate  free  trade  in 
the  United  States.  Industry  flourished.  There  came  a  won- 
derful growth  of  cities  and  towns  comparable  only  to  similar 
growth  in  the  United  States.  From  a  small  town  Lodz  grew 
into  a  city  of  several  hundred  thousand  inhabitants.  War- 
saw also  increased  in  importance  as  a  manufacturing  center. 
There  were  metal  factories  and  furniture  factories,  lime 
and  cement  works,  and  many  other  kinds  of  industries. 

Although  the  Russian  Government  proved  a  cruel,  tyran- 
nical master  in  many  respects,  it  was  liberal  to  Poland 
in  so  far  as  encouragement  to  trade  and  manufactures 
was  concerned.    In  1859  the  free  trade  area  was  extended 


from  Russian  Poland,  or  the  "Kingdom  of  Poland"  as  it  was 
then  still  called,  throughout  the  whole  region  from  the 
Prussian  boundary  to  the  Bering  Sea.  But  Russia's  pro- 
tected interests  objected  to  this.  Lodz  became  at  once  so 
formidable  a  rival  of  Moscow  that  petitions  went  to  the 
Czar  complaining  of  the  direful  results  of  Polish  competi- 
tion. Whatever  may  be  said  of  these  complaints  they  were 
free  at  least  from  hypocritical  pleas  in  behalf  of  the  work- 
ingman.  They  did  not  charge  the  Poles  with  maintaining 
pauper  labor.  Not  that  Polish  wages  were  actually  high 
but  rather  the  reverse.  But  low  as  Polish  wages  were  they 
were  higher  than  Russian  wages ;  long  as  were  the  hours  of 
Polish  labor  they  were  not  so  long  as  Russian  hours.  In 
Lodz  the  average  working  day  was  11  hours,  for  which 
wages  ranged  from  30  to  50  cents.  But  in  Moscow  wages 
were  less  and  the  working  day  ranged  from  14  to  16  hours. 
Judged  by  modern  standards,  of  course,  there  was  little  that 
was  wonderful  in  the  better  conditions  in  Poland.  And 
these  conditions  had  results  impairing  the  value  of  free 
trade.  With  the  growth  of  industrial  centers  came  increase 
of  rents  to  such  an  extent  that  it  was,  and  may  still  be,  a 
frequent  thing  for  a  dozen  persons  to  live  in  one  room.  But 
that  is  another  story.  Just  as  better  paid  American  labor 
today  is  able  to  meet  poorly  paid  foreign  labor  on  its  own 
ground  in  successful  competition,  so  the  products  of  Polish 
labor  met  successfully  the  competition  of  more  poorly  paid 
Russian  labor  in  purely  Russian  territory.  This  came  to  an 
end  in  1869  when  the  shadowy  "Kingdom  of  Poland"  was 
abolished  and  become  the  Vistula  provinces  of  the  Russian 
Empire.  Closer  political  union  was  then  forced  upon  the 
Polish  people  but  economic  union  was  more  restricted.  Free- 
dom of  commerce  was  still  allowed  with  the  Ukraine  but  was 
cut  off  from  the  rest  of  the  Empire.  Finally  in  1882  this 
remnant  of  freedom  was  also  withdrawn.  It  does  not  appear 
that  the  protective  system  thus  established  had  any  of  the 
results  which  the  American  Protective  Tariff  League  holds 
must  always  follow. 

Prussia  and  Austria  did  not  wait  so  long  as  Russia  to 
violate  the  trade  provisions  of  the  Vienna  treaty.  In  1861 
a  Polish  representative  in  the  Prussian  Landtag  introduced 
a  resolution  calling  attention  to  disregard  of  treaty  obliga- 
tions demanding  restoration  of  free  trade.  The  plea  met 
but  good-natured  contempt.  What  was  this  treaty  but  a 
"scrap  of  paper"?  Again  in  1879  the  Polish  delegation  in 
the  Imperial  Reichstag  demanded  of  Bismarck  the  commer- 
cial rights  guaranteed  their  country  at  Vienna.  Of  course 
the  attempt  failed.  Bismarck,  with  the  political  and 
economic  ideals  of  a  Taft,  McKinley,  or  Penrose,  could  not 
be  expected  to  do  otherwise  than  refuse  an  appeal  for  free 
trade.  Protectionism  was  allowed  to  have  its  way,  breeding 
international  friction,  bickering,  and  hatred,  and  finally 
doing  its  share  in  bringing  about  the  cataclysm  of  1914. 
Whether  the  Polish  and  Russian  representatives,  who  met 
to  arrange  terms  of  peace,  have  taken  free  trade  into  con- 
sideration has  not  been  reported.  Whether  Poles  and  Lith- 
uanians will  take  this  matter  up  when  they  finally  meet  is 
also  doubtful.  But  the  incorporation  of  such  a  provision  is 
essential  to  permanent  peace.  The  history  of  Poland  makes 
this  fact  so  clear  that  it  is  hard  to  see  how  the  delegates 
from  that  country  can  avoid  taking  the  initiative  in  its 
reestablishment.  Those  to  whom  bolshevism  is  a  bugbear 
will  find  in  a  policy  of  economic  justice  a  reliable  barrier 
against  its  spread,  and  free  trade  is  an  essential  part  of 
such  a  policy. 


582 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2890 


War,  Waste,  and  Business 


BIT  by  bit  facts  are  emerging  which  show  that  our  par- 
ticipation in  the  European  War  was  attended  with  the 
same  orgy  of  graft  and  incompetence  that  has  been  present 
in  other  conflicts.  Many  persons  had  hoped  that  the  higher 
ideals  professed  would  lead  to  a  better  morality  in  public 
service,  and  available  information  up  to  the  close  of  the 
war  seemed  to  bear  this  out.  But  that  was  due,  it  now 
appears,  partly  to  the  shortness  of  hostilities  and  partly 
to  the  fact  that  the  social  and  legal  code  which  ruled  during 
the  war  made  it  impossible  for  anybody  to  utter  a  word  of 
criticism  without  being  branded  by  his  associates  as  pro- 
German  or  prosecuted  by  the  Government  for  sedition.  The 
revelations  of  folly  in  aircraft  construction  provided  the 
first  considerable  jar  to  our  self-complacence.  These  have 
been  followed  by  evidence  of  outrageous  profiteering  on  the 
part  of  many  of  our  most  patriotic  business  enterprises; 
by  charges  that  the  War  Department  has  held  food  and 
other  supplies  out  of  the  domestic  market  so  as  not  to  lower 
prices  to  the  disadvantage  of  business  interests,  and  has 
scrapped  or  sold  for  a  song  a  vast  amount  of  material 
abroad;  and  now  by  testimony  before  a  Congressional  in- 
vestigating committee  which  shows  the  United  States  Ship- 
ping Board's  activities  to  have  been  redundant  with  incom- 
petence, waste,  and  graft  and  its  personnel  to  have  em- 
braced an  extraordinary  number  of  incompetents,  scoun- 
drels, and  plain  unvarnished  thieves. 

It  is  only  fair  to  allow  for  a  generous  amount  of  igno- 
rance and  extravagance  in  connection  with  our  shipping 
program.  The  job  was  at  least  second  in  importance,  if 
not  superior,  to  that  of  the  War  Department,  but,  whereas 
the  army  had  a  body  of  trained  officers  and  an  organization 
to  begin  with,  the  Shipping  Board  had  to  create  out  of 
thin  air  an  industry  which  had  become  virtually  extinct  in 
America — that  of  building  and  operating  deepwater  vessels. 
The  need  of  new  tonnage  was  vital;  speed  was  a  prime  con- 
sideration. How  to  find  or  train  technically  the  men  to 
create  and  manage  this  new  industry  was  a  stupendous 
problem.  But  it  is  clear  that  the  Shipping  Board's  activities 
have  suffered  not  merely  by  haste  and  lack  of  knowledge 
but  by  the  presence  of  scores  of  officers  and  other  employees 
who  have  loafed  in  well-paid  jobs,  winked  at  graft  in  plain 
sight,  or  deliberately  lined  their  pockets  with  plunder.  And 
the  worst  of  it  is  that  this  not  only  took  place  during  the 
pressure  of  the  war  but  has  been  going  on  ever  since. 

According  to  investigators  for  the  Walsh  Committee, 
heavy  and  inexcusable  losses  were  sustained  by  contracts 
for  shipyards  so  far  inland  that  canals  would  have  to  be 
dredged  in  order  to  launch  ships.  One  company  was 
awarded  a  contract  for  ten  vessels,  but  after  six  months  the 
only  visible  construction  was  a  tool  house.  The  National 
Shipbuilding  Company  of  Savannah  established  a  yard  a 
mile  from  the  place  where  it  had  represented  itself  to  have 
a  going  plant,  and  the  Government  had  to  supply  money  to 
dredge  a  marsh  before  operations  could  be  started.  The 
yard  did  not  complete  a  ship.  The  case  is  now  in  the  hands 
of  the  United  States  District  Attorney,  but  it  is  declared 
that  every  effort  is  being  made  to  shelve  the  prosecution. 
This  same  yard,  which  cost  $285,000  and  contained  materials 
valued  at  $245,000,  was  recently  sold  for  $39,000,  although 
the  Shipping  Board  had  a  standing  offer  of  $65,000  for  it 
without  the  materials.    One  thrifty  contractor  is  cited  who 


bought  lifeboats  from  the  salvage  service  of  the  Navy  for 
$10  and  sold  them  to  the  Shipping  Board  for  $110.  In  the 
assignment  of  vessels  for  operation,  well-established  com- 
panies have  found  it  impossible  to  get  vessels,  while  inex- 
perienced and  irresponsible  organizations  known  as  "war 
babies"  have  obtained  allocations.  Among  other  companies 
successful  in  getting  ships  was  one  headed  by  a  dealer  in 
theatrical  costumes.  Gratuities  and  bribes  have  been  com- 
mon and  political  influence  has  been  prominent.  The  finan- 
cial affairs  of  the  Shipping  Board  are  in  such  condition  that 
4,000  employees,  costing  $8,000,000  annually,  are  still  trying 
to  straighten  out  the  tangle.  If  we  were  not  dulled  to 
emotional  appeals  we  should  all  hang  our  heads  with  shame 
at  this  exposure. 

The  Shipping  Board  scandals  are  an  indictment  of  the 
methods  of  present-day  American  business.  For  the  Ship- 
ping Board  was  above  everything  else  the  contribution  to 
the  war  of  our  best  business  minds.  It  was  organized  and 
directed  by  Edward  N.  Hurley,  Charles  M.  Schwab,  and 
others  of  our  most  eminent  captains  of  industry.  American 
business  has  loved  to  regard  itself  as  the  most  efficient  in  the 
world.  It  is  true  that  in  the  direction  of  standardization 
and  quantity  production  we  are  leaders,  but  extravagance 
and  carelessness  made  it  impossible  for  us  adequately  to 
compete  in  the  international  market — the  acid  test  of  indus- 
trial supremacy — until  the  European  War  gave  us  a  unique 
and  abnormal  advantage.  We  are  now  facing  a  period  of 
business  deflation.  If  it  is  met  honestly  and  intelligently, 
we  shall  benefit  by  it.  If,  instead,  our  business  men  try  to 
save  their  faces  and  their  jobs  by  reducing  the  wages  of 
their  workers  and  making  organized  labor  a  scapegoat,  they 
will  invite  and  deserve  disaster.  To  begin  at  the  bottom 
and  work  up  is  a  good  way  in  certain  circumstances;  but 
what  our  modern  business  system  needs  is  an  overhauling 
that  will  begin  at  the  top  and  work  down. 


The  Strolling  Players 

THE  strolling  players  of  Scarron  have  joined  those  others 
who  traveled  in  the  car  of  Thespis.  The  wandering 
comedian  belongs  to  a  dying  race.  Yet  it  dies  hard.  The 
instinct  of  the  mime  is  strong  and  the  roads  of  the  earth 
are  many.  We  thought  we  had  seen  our  last  company  of 
such  players  suddenly  and  somewhat  forlornly  descend  upon 
a  Knights  of  Pythias  hall  in  a  Southern  village  many  years 
ago,  when,  behold,  in  1914,  in  Marion,  Ohio — as  yet  unknown 
to  fame — we  came  upon  another  boldly  strutting  through 
a  curious  two-act  play  about  a  Kentucky  colonel,  a  Yankee 
villain,  and  a  wronged  wife.  And  two  years  later,  in  an 
amusement  park  on  the  straggling  outskirts  of  a  larger  city 
of  the  Middle  West,  there  turned  up  a  strange,  brave  little 
troupe  playing,  of  all  things,  Ibsen's  "Ghosts,"  and  playing 
it  far  from  contemptibly,  before  a  handful  of  astonished 
yokels,  a  group  of  tight-lipped  priests  who  had  wandered  in 
from  a  neighboring  vicarage,  and  a  large  bat  that  whirred 
through  the  barn-like  hall  and  thudded  softly  against  the 
hanging  lamps.  The  players  slipped  away — lonely  symbols 
of  an  ancient  and  perishing  mode  of  life  and  art.  There 
may  be  still  other  troupes,  shadowy  and  obscure  survivals. 
No  one  sets  down  the  story  of  their  doings  or  their  fate. 
How  many  people  know  that,  till  but  the  other  day,  the  old 
show-boats  still  plied  up  and  down  the  Ohio  River?  The 
crew  consisted  of  actors ;  the  captain  was  manager  and  lead- 


Nov.  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


583 


ing  man.  The  boats  contained  a  hall  and  a  stage,  dropped 
anchor  at  remote  landings  and  lit  their  lights,  and  the  villa- 
gers came  on  board  to  see  old  melodramas  acted  and  to 
listen  to  sad  stories  of  the  deaths  of  kings.  The  late  David 
Graham  Phillips  introduced  a  show-boat  into  his  story  of 
Susan  Lenox.  But  his  account  is  tawdry  and  episodic  and 
no  reliable  history  of  these  strange  craft  exists;  they  have 
still  no  Scarron. 

It  is  not  the  moving  picture  show  that  has  given  the 
strolling  players  their  coup  de  grace ;  it  is  the  road  company. 
The  members  of  these  companies  are  anything  but  adven- 
turous mimes  seeking  the  open  roads  of  a  gay  world.  They 
are  employees.  They  might  as  well  be  in  shops.  To  them 
one-night  stands  in  the  Canadian  Northwest  are  as  stripped 
of  essential  adventure  as  working  on  the  "subway  circuit" 
in  Brooklyn  or  the  Bronx.  Pullman  coaches  connect  the 
houses  controlled  by  the  theatrical  trusts  from  Alaska  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  players  carry  the  echoes  of  last 
year's  Broadway  hits  from  Fargo  to  Mobile.  The  wildest 
of  the  ancient  arts  is  organized  on  a  nation-wide  business 
basis  and  seventy-five  dollars  a  week  plus  railroad  expenses 
paid  from  the  New  York  office  drains  the  last  drop  of  adven- 
turousness  from  the  player's  bones.  Tales  of  stranded  road- 
companies,  of  shifts  and  quaint  accidents  are  out  of  date. 
All  the  hotels  serve  grape-fruit  for  breakfast  and  the  same 
dishes  with  the  same  names  in  bad  French  for  dinner.  The 
development  of  civilization,  in  flat  contradiction  of  Spen- 
cer's definition,  is  from  variety  to  sameness,  and  soon  the 
dusty  fellow  with  a  collapsible  merry-go-round  will  be  the 
last  representative  of  the  wandering  mimes  who  were 
proud,  shabby,  and  eloquent  upon  the  roads  to  Babylon  and 
in  the  shadow  of  the  great  cathedrals. 

No  wonder  that  romantic  souls  have  been  eager  somehow 
to  revive  the  long  tradition  of  the  traveling  show.  From 
Greenwich  Village  came  last  season  the  announcement  of  a 
Caravan  Theater.  But  no  one  seems  to  have  summoned  it. 
A  similar  message  comes  from  England  this  season  and 
they  who  send  it  may  have  better  luck.  Mr.  Stuart  Walker's 
"Portmanteau  Theater"  remains,  however,  the  typical  ex- 
periment of  its  kind.  It,  too,  has  left  the  roads.  But  for 
certain  seasons  it  fared  up  and  down  the  land.  Only,  alas, 
it  did  not  go  to  the  people.  No  square  or  town-hall  was 
suddenly  lifted  into  passion,  poetry,  and  wonder  because  of 
its  coming.  It  was  cannily  summoned  with  expenses  guar- 
anteed by  Drama  League  centers  and  women's  clubs.  It 
lacked  robustness,  breadth,  and  popularity  in  the  nobler 
sense.  The  little  plays  were  tenuous  and  neo-romantic  and 
far  more  like  millinery  than  like  folk-ballads.  Later  on 
Mr.  Walker  gave  some  superb  productions  and  wrote  one 
very  beautiful  play.  But  he  was  too  aloof  and  also  too  artful 
to  revive  the  tradition  of  the  strolling  players.  If  ever  we 
are  to  have  such  again,  they  must  be  more  like  Vachel 
Lindsay  in  the  days  when  he  chanted  his  rhymes  for  a 
supper  and  a  night's  lodging.  They  must  flee  the  hot  atmos- 
phere of  the  scented  studio  and  the  "little  theater"  and  all 
contamination  of  experts  in  the  decorative  arts.  A  plat- 
form, a  passion,  a  burning  thought  and  youth — these  are 
their  only  needs.  Perhaps  some  day  a  group  of  young  col- 
legians— we  have  seen  and  known  possible  ones — instead  of 
drifting  to  schools  of  acting  or  "arty"  cliques,  will  take  to 
the  road  and  act  both  Shakespeare  and  Ibsen  on  the  Main 
Streets  of  towns  and  villages  and  redeem  hungry  souls  from 
the  toils  and  graces  of  the  stars  of  the  "Realart,"  the 
"Metro,"  and  the  "Universal." 


Rome  Rolls  Round  Again 

IN  the  austere  days  of  the  Republic  the  Romans,  Senators 
and  plain  men  alike,  often  used  the  Tiber  for  their  baths, 
satisfied,  according  to  Seneca,  with  a  weekly  ablution  and 
not  disposed  to  demand  too  much  in  the  way  of  luxurious 
surroundings.  Scipio  Africanus  had  a  warm  bath  in  his 
villa  at  Liternum,  and  Maecenas  went  so  far  as  a  whole 
swimming  tank  of  hot  water.  But  with  the  Empire  came 
the  fleshpots;  baths  private  and  public  (balneae)  and  Im- 
perial (thermae)  crowded  the  city.  No  less  a  person  than 
Galen  drew  up  rules  for  what  became  a  ritual  as  well  as  a 
regimen,  and  the  thermae  grew  into  centers  of  fashionable 
life.  Is  something  like  this  going  on  in  Washington?  The 
Potomac  is  no  longer  enough  for  our  Senators.  Not  even 
the  private  baths  of  the  town  seem  to  suffice.  Only  eight 
years  ago,  when  the  power  in  Congress  swung  from  the 
aristocratic  Republicans  to  the  simple  Democrats,  the  newly 
installed  Senatorial  baths  came  under  the  lash  of  the  Jeffer- 
sonians,  and  for  eight  years  have  been  undeveloped  and 
deserted.  Now,  however,  there  is  a  stir  in  these  quarters. 
The  extravagance  of  letting  the  equipment  lie  unused,  some 
Senators  think,  is  as  great  as  the  extravagance  of  using  it. 
A  committee  has  consequently  been  chosen  to  save  the  coun- 
try's money  by  spending  that  of  the  Senators,  who  will  have 
baths  as  sumptuous  as  the  toils  of  their  office  require. 

It  is  a  pretty  picture  that  comes  to  mind  at  the  thought. 
The  Senators,  if  the  great  Greco-Roman  traditions  are  kept 
up,  will  take  off  their  togas  in  the  apodyterium,  move  on  to 
the  elaeothesium  to  be  anointed  with  oil,  and  thence  proceed 
to  the  violent  exercise  of  games  such,  no  doubt,  as  in  modern 
terminology  are  called  hand-ball  or  medicine-ball.  Then 
through  the  tepidarium,  a  room  mildly  warm,  into  the  cali- 
darium,  where  the  heat  will  amount  to  something;  after 
this  to  the  frigidarium,  for  the  shock  of  a  cold  bath,  which 
our  Senators  can  take  with  accessories  of  needle  and  drench 
showers  which  would  have  frightened  Scipio  Africanus  and 
sent  Cato  Major,  in  a  Spartan  huff,  back  to  his  Sabine  farm. 
The  climax  for  the  Senators  of  Washington  will  of  course 
come  when,  having  gone  in  turn  through  the  calidarium 
again,  they  emerge  into  the  laconicum  or  hot  air  room, 
devised  in  ancient  times  by  the  wise  Lacedaemonians.  After 
that  the  toga  again,  and  ready  for  the  fray. 

It  is  a  pretty  picture,  and  such  disturbing  elements  as  the 
electric  cabinet  or  shocks  from  the  static  machine  cannot 
spoil  the  antique  look  of  the  picture.  Here  some  conscript 
father  with  whiskers  of  tender  pink  sits  languidly  upon  a 
slab  of  purple  marble  and  swaps  votes  with  a  rough-hewn 
Senator  from  the  State  Sherman  marched  through  to  the 
sea.  Here  the  most  literary  of  the  Senators  floats  lightly 
in  the  plunge  bath  and  talks  of  the  lives  of  Washington  and 
Webster  to  the  Republican  Senator  who  most  stubbornly 
withstood  the  innovation  of  suffrage  for  women.  Yonder 
the  Senator  who  most  violently  longs  for  war  with  Mexico 
thumps  the  punching  bag  until  the  sound  of  his  blows 
echoes  into  the  laconicum  and  even  into  the  apodyterium. 
Elsewhere  Democrats  and  Republicans,  between  whom  the 
election  has  drawn  sectional  lines,  fight  the  Civil  War  again 
with  medicine  balls.  Outside  in  the  vestibule  lounge  the 
secretaries,  holding  clients  and  constituents  at  bay.  Life 
swarms  and  eddies  round  the  Senatorial  baths;  the  League 
and  treaty  wait;  prices  stay  up;  ideals  stay  down.  Within 
the  baths  the  great  tradition  of  government  goes  on. 


584 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2890 


Our  Debt  of  Honor 

By  HAROLD  A.  LITTLEDALE 


TWO  years  after  the  Armistice  our  debt  to  the  soldiers 
who  were  overseas  is  still  unpaid.  Whatever  the 
varieties  and  shades  of  opinion  of  Americans  on  the  war,  its 
purposes,  conduct,  and  consequences,  none  will  deny  that 
America's  foremost  and  most  solemn  obligation  is  the 
proper  care  of  her  wounded  veterans,  the  boys  who  went 
forth  so  bravely,  who  dared  so  greatly,  who  sacrificed  so 
much,  and  today  are  crippled  and  helpless.  Yet  America 
which  loves  to  pride  herself  on  many  virtues,  among  them 
a  sense  of  honor,  and  on  many  accomplishments,  among 
them  efficiency,  has  in  this  crucial  issue  been  neither  hon- 
orable nor  efficient. 

First,  more  than  a  year  passed  before  any  machinery  was 
set  up  to  care  for  our  war  cripples.  Not  till  June  27,  1918, 
was  the  Rehabilitation  Law  passed.  It  established  two 
classes  of  disabled  soldiers.  First,  those  who  because  of 
disabilities  could  not  return  to  their  pre-war  occupations; 
these  were  to  be  trained  and  supported  by  the  Government. 
Second,  those  who  could  ultimately  return  to  former  occu- 
pations; these  were  to  be  trained  free,  but  required  to  sup- 
port themselves.  The  law  placed  the  important  work  of 
rehabilitation,  with  its  many  aspects — medical,  vocational, 
industrial,  social,  and  human — with  the  Federal  Board  for 
Vocational  Education.  This  Board  had  been  created  long 
before  the  war  for  an  entirely  different  purpose,  namely  to 
foster  vocational  education  in  schools  and  colleges.  As 
originally  established  it  belonged  to  no  department  of  the 
Government,  owing  no  responsibility  except  that  of  making 
a  report  to  Congress,  which  would  be  duly  printed,  pigeon- 
holed, and  left  unread.  It  was  composed  of  the  Secre- 
taries of  Labor,  Agriculture,  and  Commerce,  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Education  and  three  others,  representing  respec- 
tively, manufacture,  agriculture,  and  labor.  Now  the  Cabi- 
net members  and  the  Commissioner  of  Education  are  vir- 
tually ex-officio  members.  Those  who  actually  control  the 
Board  are  the  representatives  of  the  economic  groups,  James 
P.  Munrie,  Calvin  F.  Mcintosh,  and  Arthur  E.  Holder. 

The  foundation  of  the  rehabilitation  structure  was  there- 
fore most  unpromising.  But  that  was  not  all.  There  was 
a  joker  in  the  law.  A  clause  gave  the  Vocational  Board 
no  authority  to  act  unless  the  applicant  had  first  been  found 
entitled  to  compensation  by  the  Bureau  of  War  Risk  Insur- 
ance, a  wholly  separate  agency  located  in  the  Treasury 
Department.  The  story  of  the  War  Risk  Bureau's  failure 
at  that  time  is  well-known.  The  wounded  began  to  pour 
back.  With  the  coming  of  the  Armistice  thousands  were 
discharged  from  army  hospitals  and  camps.  The  Bureau 
became  clogged,  and  was  utterly  unable  to  take  care  of  the 
rush  of  applications. 

During  all  this  heart-breaking  delay,  the  Vocational 
Board  did  nothing.  The  remedy  which  it  secured  a  year 
later,  and  could  have  had  then  for  the  asking,  it  made  no 
move  to  obtain.  It  held  up  the  disabled  men,  who  had  been 
so  speedily  and  efficiently  shipped  to  the  front,  on  a  red- 
tape  entanglement  as  cruel  and  unpardonable  as  any  in 
No  Man's  Land.  Finally  with  the  confusion  unutterable, 
the  Board  went  to  Congress  and  asked  to  be  separated  from 
the  Bureau.  Congress  acted  immediately  and  made  the 
Board  a  free  agent,  able  to  put  men  in  training. 


Did  the  Board,  freed  from  red-tape  but  that  of  its  own 
creation,  make  up  for  the  precious  time  lost?  On  the  con- 
trary, it  adopted  the  policy  that  all  cases  must  be  passed 
upon  in  Washington.  Whether  a  man  lived  in  Maine  or 
California,  his  case  must  be  solemnly  bruited  over  by  the 
Central  Office  Case  Board.  Its  members  never  saw  the 
man.  They  merely  saw  papers  in  a  folder.  So  the  total 
casualty  grist,  the  documents  of  nearly  150,000  men  clamor- 
ing for  training,  fell  upon  the  Board  at  once.  Meanwhile 
the  Board  came  under  fire.  The  stories  of  neglect  filled 
the  newspapers  and  reached  Congress.  At  this  juncture  a 
happy  inspiration  came  to  a  high  official  of  the  Board.  He 
wrote  out  a  list  of  eleven  "Hints"  to  expedite  the  work  of 
his  harassed  subordinates.    Among  them  were: 

The  organs  used  in  approving  cases  are  the  eyes  and  the 
brain.     The  ears  and  the  heart  do  not  function. 

Be  Hard  Boiled.  Members  of  the  District  Office  staffs  will 
beat  you  over  the  head  with  verbal  pressure.  District  pressure 
causes  all  our  mistakes.  Put  cotton  in  your  ears  and  lock  the 
door.  If  you  are  naturally  sympathetic  work  nights  when 
nobody  is  there. 

Accept  advice  from  Central  Office.  Take  all  the  cigarettes  you 
can  get  from  members  of  the  District  Office  staffs,  but  no  advice. 

This  was  the  famous,  or  rather  infamous,  Hard  Boiled 
Order.  For  cynical  callousness  it  is  unique.  The  Vocational 
Board  asserts  it  was  censored.  Undoubtedly  it  was,  but 
when?  And  did  the  censored  copy  go  out?  Of  that  proof 
is  lacking,  but  it  has  been  proved  that  the  original  order, 
unsigned,  it  is  true,  did  go  out.  It  went  out  in  govern- 
ment franked  envelopes.  That  should  make  it  official 
enough.  Agents  of  the  Board  admit  receiving  it,  and  some 
of  them  still  have  it.  From  one  of  them  the  New  York 
Evening  Post  obtained  a  copy  and  printed  it.  The  ensuing 
storm  of  protest  precipitated  a  Congressional  investigation. 
This  was  conducted  by  the  House  Committee  on  Education, 
and  came  to  a  close  the  day  Congress  adjourned.  The  re- 
port recommended  certain  legislation  which  can  be  enacted 
only  when  Congress  reassembles.  The  author  of  the  Hard 
Boiled  Order  was  discharged  and  the  system  of  centraliza- 
tion was  discontinued. 

What  is  the  situation  today?  Out  of  132,644  declared 
eligible,  but  42,854  are  now  receiving  the  training  to  which 
they  are  entitled.  To  this  number  may  be  added  another 
7,197  taking  preliminary  training  in  hospitals,  9,238  men 
who  gave  up  training,  1,753  who  completed  it,  and  we  find 
71,602  men,  fifty-four  per  cent  of  those  declared  eligible, 
who  have  been  neglected.  When  one  thinks  of  the  thou- 
sands of  deserving  injured  whom  a  "hard-boiled"  function- 
ary declared  ineligible,  and  of  the  heart-breaking  efforts  of 
the  forty-six  per  cent  who  managed  finally  to  secure  train- 
ing, the  record  is  shocking  enough. 

Such  a  state  of  affairs  must  not  continue.  The  responsi- 
ble men,  Munroe,  Mcintosh,  and  Holder,  should  be  removed 
at  once.  Then  the  work,  now  so  intertwined  between  the 
Vocational  Board,  the  Compensation  Division  of  the  War 
Risk  Bureau,  and  the  Hospital  Division  of  the  Public  Health 
service  should  be  coordinated  under  one  efficient  and  respon- 
sible head,  possibly  a  Cabinet  member.  Only  in  some  such 
way  can  we  begin  the  repayment  of  our  hitherto  sadly  de- 
faulted debt  of  honor. 


Nov.  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


585 


Bigotry  in  the  South 

By  CHARLES  P.  SWEENEY 


THE  election  of  Thomas  E.  Watson  of  Georgia  to  the 
Senate  necessarily  calls  attention  to  the  growing 
menace  of  racial  and  religious  intolerance  in  the  United 
States.  Race  hatred  and  prejudice  have  long  festered  in  our 
body  politic,  and  made  mockery  of  some  of  our  most 
cherished  and  highly  vaunted  professions.  Bigots  there 
have  been  in  important  public  offices  and  even  in  the  Senate, 
but  never  before  has  so  conspicuous,  so  violent,  so  flaming 
an  apostle  of  every  variety  of  race  hatred  been  invested 
with  the  power  and  dignity  of  the  Senatorial  Toga.  Wat- 
son's election,  while  due  to  a  variety  of  circumstances  and 
a  combination  of  issues,  is  essentially  the  victory  of  a  Fifth 
Estate,  of  the  sinister  forces  of  intolerance,  superstition, 
prejudice,  religious  jingoism,  and  mobbism.  It  may  be 
thought  that  Watson  rode  into  office  on  the  tide  of  revulsion 
against  Wilsonism  and  the  League  of  Nations,  for  he  bit- 
terly opposed  the  war,  fought  conscription  tooth  and  nail; 
and  was  both  prosecuted  and  persecuted  for  it.  His  oppo- 
sition to  the  League  of  Nations  has  been  as  violent  as  his 
antagonism  to  the  war,  but  his  attacks  on  the  League  and 
the  Treaty  were  neither  those  of  an  intelligent  seeker  after 
peace  nor  of  an  ordinary  political  dissenter.  Watson  pro- 
claimed and  induced  thousands  of  his  credulous  followers  to 
believe  that  the  League  was  an  agency  through  which  the 
Vatican  seeks  to  impress  a  Romanist  and  Jesuit  super-gov- 
ernment upon  the  world.  President  Wilson,  he  painted  as 
the  tool  of  the  Pope  whose  political  agent,  according  to  Mr. 
Watson,  is  Mr.  Joseph  P.  Tumulty,  the  President's  secre- 
tary. The  reaction  from  the  war  and  against  Wilsonism 
undoubtedly  played  their  part  in  electing  Watson,  but  it 
was  a  small  part.  For  years  he  has  been  a  powerful  figure 
in  Georgia  politics,  his  violence  and  his  intransigeance 
gaining  him  the  role  of  fearless  prophet  and  leader. 

The  World  War  has  of  course  left  in  its  wake  a  rising 
tide  of  every  kind  of  tribal  hate,  an  intensification  of  every 
primitive  human  passion,  but  anti-Catholicism  is  not  a  new 
phenomenon  in  the  Southern  States.  Men  are  swept  to 
Congress  on  it,  men  ride  into  executive  mansions  on  it,  and 
whole  legislatures  and  county  and  city  administrations  are 
elected  on  that  single  issue.  It  stands  second  only  to  the 
hatred  of  the  Negro  as  the  moving  passion  of  entire  South- 
ern communities.  Already  the  waves  of  hatred  whipped 
up  by  Watson  and  his  fellow  mobbists  have  resulted  in  the 
midnight  burning  of  a  Catholic  church  and  school  building 
and  in  several  unsuccessful  attempts  at  similar  outrages. 
Permitted  a  steady  development  we  might  some  day  expect 
to  see  the  burning  of  Catholics  at  the  stake  and  such  other 
of  the  monstrous  delights  of  inflamed  ignorance  as  are  now 
practiced  on  the  Negro  population.  At  Watson's  door,  for 
instance,  can  be  chiefly  laid  the  responsibility  for  the  orgy 
of  anti-Semitism  that  culminated  in  the  ghastly  lynching 
of  Leo  Frank,  of  whose  complete  innocence  of  the  murder 
charged  to  him  there  is  not  the  slightest  doubt.  In  his  long 
campaign  of  journalistic  frightfulness  against  Frank  and 
against  all  Jews  at  the  time,  Watson  convinced  Southerners 
by  the  thousands  that  the  Jewish  faith  condoned  and  en- 
couraged atrocious  crimes  against  the  children  of  Chris- 
tians. As  a  result  of  Watson's  carnival  of  falsehood  against 
Frank,  which  led  to  Frank's  legal,  and  later  to  his  actual, 


lynching,  the  belief  became  widespread  in  Georgia  that  one 
of  the  Hebraic  rituals  is  the  drawing  of  the  blood  of  chil- 
dren and  the  drinking  of  it  by  adults.  The  lives  of  Jews 
were  unsafe  in  Atlanta  during  the  height  of  Watson's  cam- 
paign, conducted  through  his  newspaper,  the  Jeffersonian. 
Since  that  paper  was  suppressed  for  alleged  disloyalty  dur- 
ing the  war,  Mr.  Watson  speaks  through  the  Columbia 
Sentinel. 

But  the  anti-Semitism  developed  through  the  Frank  case 
to  improve  Watson's  political  strength  and  enhance  the  Jef- 
fersonian's  circulation  has,  generally  considered,  been  mild 
in  comparison  with  the  anti-Catholic  madness  of  Georgia, 
Alabama,  and  Florida.  The  city  of  Birmingham,  Alabama, 
has  but  10,000  Catholics  out  of  200,000  population.  Never- 
theless, the  good  people  of  Birmingham  have  been  led  to  be- 
lieve that  Catholics  are  plotting  control  of  the  city,  state, 
and  national  governments  in  the  name  of  the  Pope,  that 
they  seek  the  destruction  of  the  public  schools,  and  that  they 
are  a  menace  to  the  existence  of  the  home  as  the  basic  unit 
of  organized  society.  So  firmly  do  the  great  majority  of 
inhabitants  believe  these  things  that  they  go  to  the  polls 
and  elect  men  to  public  office  on  the  single  issue  of  pro- 
tecting the  Government  and  the  community  from  Popery. 
Thus,  the  present  Governor  of  Alabama,  Thomas  E.  Kilby, 
was  elected  because  he  induced  the  voters  to  believe  him  a 
stauncher  foe  of  Catholicism  than  his  opponents.  One  of 
the  rash  pledges  he  made  in  his  campaign,  but  has  failed 
to  redeem,  was  a  promise  to  find  legal  means  to  compel 
priests  to  marry.  One  pledge  that  he  has  kept,  was  for 
the  enactment  of  a  "Convent  Inspection  Law."  It  is  now 
in  force.  In  its  original  form  it  directed  sheriffs,  upon 
written  application  of  twenty-five  citizens,  at  any  time  of 
day  or  night,  to  proceed  to  the  convent  named  in  the  appli- 
cation, thoroughly  to  inspect  the  place,  and  to  inquire  from 
every  woman  there  if  she  was  held  against  her  will.  There 
were  objections  to  the  form  of  the  bill  as  presented  origi- 
nally and  a  compromise  was  effected.  The  bill  adopted  and 
signed  by  the  Governor  establishes  a  State  Commission  to 
inspect  the  institutions  at  regular  intervals.  In  Florida, 
where  the  grotesque  Governor  Sidney  J.  Catts  sailed  into 
office  on  a  wave  of  anti-Catholic  and  anti-Negro  prejudice, 
a  similar  law  has  been  adopted.  The  delusion  inspiring 
this  rare  statute — that  convents  are  polygamous  institutions 
maintained  for  the  Catholic  clergy — is  general  wherever 
Watson  and  his  associates  have  carried  their  campaigns. 

The  anti-Catholic  prejudice  is  thoroughly  organized.  In 
Birmingham,  for  instance,  if  you  don't  belong  to  the 
"T.  A's"  you  are  suspect.  "T.  A's"  means  True  Ameri- 
cans, a  vast  and  rapidly  growing  secret  organization  hav- 
ing the  extermination  of  Catholicism  as  its  sole  object. 
"No  Catholics  in  public  office"  is  its  watchword.  The  present 
county  administration  of  Jefferson  County,  which  embraces 
Birmingham,  was  elected  on  an  issue  confined  to  the  dis- 
missal of  a  Catholic  young  woman  stenographer  in  the 
county  treasurer's  office.  The  "T.  A's"  had  ordered  the 
former  treasurer  to  dismiss  her.  He  refused.  The  issue 
was  joined.  The  treasurer  and  those  who  stood  with  him 
were  defeated,  and  the  young  woman  was  promptly  dis- 
missed.    The  present  city  administration  of  Birmingham 


586 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2890 


was  elected  because  the  "T.  A's"  supported  it.  When  it 
took  office  all  Catholics,  save  two  policemen,  were  dismissed. 

In  1916  two  public  school  buildings  were  mysteriously- 
burned  in  Birmingham.  The  city  became  inflamed  against 
the  Catholics,  agitators  charging  that  they  had  burned  the 
schools  in  retaliation  for  the  midnight  destruction  of  a 
Catholic  church  and  school  building  at  Pratt  City,  near 
Birmingham,  two  years  before.  Federal  agents  warned  the 
pastors  of  the  two  Catholic  churches  in  Birmingham  that 
a  plot  was  under  way  to  destroy  their  churches  and  schools 
and  on  their  advice  armed  guards  were  employed.  On  two 
occasions  parties  in  automobiles  were  driven  from  the 
church  properties  in  the  small  hours  of  the  morning.  The 
Birmingham  anti-Catholics  are  convinced  the  Catholics 
burned  the  public  schools,  just  as  the  Catholics  believe  the 
"T.  A's"  burned  the  church  and  school  at  Pratt  City.  The 
city  editor  of  the  Birmingham  Age-Herald,  Mr.  McKinley, 
when  the  writer  asked  him,  said  he  believed  the  Irish  Cath- 
olics burned  the  public  schools.  The  newspapers  themselves 
are  not  above  prejudice.  A  reporter  now  employed  on  an 
Atlanta  paper  was  summarily  dismissed  from  a  Birming- 
ham daily  because  he  openly  expressed  his  opinion  that  the 
"T.  A's"  were  "low-down."  The  Birmingham  Age-Herald 
and  the  Birmingham  News,  which  control  the  field,  not  only 
tolerate,  but  by  editorial  silence  and  frank  news-column 
recognition  of  anti-Catholic  activities  actually  encourage 
the  prejudice  in  the  community.  The  efforts  to  dislodge 
Catholics  from  their  jobs  was  carried  out  systematically 
and  with  considerable  success,  numbers  of  merchants  fear- 
ing ruin  at  the  hands  of  the  "T.  A's"  and  other  secret  and 
fraternal  societies  which  are  parties  to  the  prejudice.  Each 
employer  was  visited  by  a  vigilance  committee,  which  de- 
manded dismissal  of  Catholic  workers  under  penalty  of  a 
boycott.  It  must  be  said  for  most  of  the  Jewish  merchants 
that  they  invited  the  committee  to  leave  their  stores  and  de- 
fied the  threat  of  boycott.  Birmingham,  as  well  as  other 
cities  and  towns,  abounds  in  anti-Catholic  literature.  At 
newsstands  one  buys  Watson's  paper,  or  the  Menace,  or  any 
one  of  a  number  of  lesser  organs  of  prejudice,  and  is  given 
free  a  booklet  bearing  Abraham  Lincoln's  likeness  on  the 
cover  and  containing  inside  the  information  that  Catholics 
assassinated  all  of  our  martyred  presidents,  and  quoting 
Lincoln  in  an  incredibly  violent  and  bitter  attack  on  Roman 
Catholics,  concluding  with  an  expression  of  Lincoln's  con- 
viction that  Catholics  must  not  be  permitted  to  enjoy  po- 
litical freedom  in  the  United  States.  It  so  happens  that 
Robert  T.  Lincoln  has  on  several  occasions  branded  this 
entire  quotation  as  a  sheer  invention,  but  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  Southerners  believe  it  and  are  moved  by  every 
word  of  it.  The  back  cover  of  the  booklet  comprises  an 
application  blank  for  membership,  apparently  in  the 
"T.  A's,"  although  the  name  of  the  organization  does  not 
appear,  nor  does  the  name  of  the  printer,  or  the  union  label 
or  any  other  mark  by  which  the  circulators  of  the  libel  on 
Lincoln  can  readily  be  identified. 

It  has  become  a  matter  of  almost  routine  necessity  in 
Alabama  for  candidates  for  public  office  to  make  announce- 
ment of  their  stand  against  Catholicism.  The  following  is 
part  of  the  platform  of  M.  B.  Grace,  candidate  for  Con- 
gress, as  printed  in  the  Birmingham  papers  last  April  14. 

Americanism 
There  is  said  to  be  in  this  country  a  designing  and  militant 
force  which  is  inimical  to  our  Government  and  American  insti- 


tutions, which  force  is  dominated  by  a  foreign  ecclesiastical 
power.  Church  and  state  must  forever  be  kept  separate.  This 
is  not  a  religious  issue,  it  is  a  political  issue.  I  stand  solidly  for 
the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  I  am 
against  that  which  is  gnawing  at  the  vitals  of  our  American 
civilization  undermining  the  hope  of  universal  democracy  and 
piling  up  inflammable  material  for  the  torch  of  terrorism  and 
anarchy.  The  citizens  of  this  American  Republic  must  always 
be  free  to  exercise  their  political  rights  as  they  desire,  to  belong 
to  the  church  of  their  preference,  and  to  worship  their  God 
according  to  the  dictates  of  their  conscience.  ...  I  am 
a  member  of  the  First  Methodist  Church  of  Birmingham, 
Knights  of  Pythias,  Elks,  and  Odd  Fellows. 

Governor  Catts,  of  Florida,  is  responsible,  along  with 
Watson,  for  the  widespread  belief  that  the  Pope  has  planned 
an  invasion  of  Florida,  there  to  set  up  the  Vatican  which 
"is  soon  to  be  driven  from  Italy  by  the  anti-Catholics." 
On  the  subject  of  Catholicism,  Catts  has  made  statements 
that  can  scarcely  be  attributed  to  a  sane  person.  As  an 
illustration  of  his  qualities  of  statesmanship  on  issues  other 
than  the  religious,  the  following  excerpt  from  a  news  article 
in  the  Fort  Myers  (Fla.)  Press  is  of  interest: 

Governor  Catts,  in  the  course  of  a  speech  delivered  in  the 
court-house  of  Lee  County  at  Fort  Myers  today  sought  to  arouse 
the  ire  of  his  hearers  against  the  League  of  Nations  by  declaring 
that  if  the  United  States  joined  the  international  family  of  the 
world,  nine  men,  one  of  them  a  thick-lipped  gazabo  from  Liberia, 
would  run  everything  over  here. 

"Why  feller  citizens,"  he  enthusiastically  declared,  "if  we  had 
a  League  of  Nations  those  foreigners  would  take  Judge  White- 
hurst  off  this  bench  here  and  what  would  they  do?  I'll  tell  you 
what  they'd  do.  They'd  go  to  your  homes  here  in  Fort  Myers, 
and  look  at  your  washing  hung  on  the  line  in  the  back  yard; 
they'd  glance  into  your  garbage  pails;  they'd  pry  into  your 
kitchens,  and  they'd  peer  into  your  bureau  drawers.  And  they 
wouldn't  stop  there.  What  else  would  they  do?  These  foreign- 
ers would  peer  into  your  wife's  closets  and  examine  her  clothes — 
her  intimate  wearing  apparel.  And  you  know  what  would  hap- 
pen, don't  you?  I'll  tell  you.  There'd  be  black  eyes  and  broken 
bones  next  morning.     That's  what  those  foreigners  would  get." 

Fraternalism  is  the  machinery  employed  for  organizing 
the  anti-Catholic  prejudice.  The  Masonic  lodges,  Ameri- 
can Mechanics,  Knights  of  Pythias,  Modern  Woodmen  of 
the  World,  Odd  Fellows,  Junior  Order  American  Mechanics, 
are  everywhere  in  evidence,  and,  besides  the  "T.  A's,"  there 
have  grown  up  a  number  of  other  societies  devoted  exclu- 
sively and  actively  to  anti-Catholicism,  among  them  the 
Guardians  of  Liberty,  the  Sons  and  Daughters  of  Wash- 
ington, and  the  Ku  Klux  Klan.  "These  cities  and  towns  are 
cursed  with  fraternalism,"  said  a  newspaper  man  in 
Charlotte.  "If  you  don't  belong  to  one  of  those  orders  you 
might  as  well  be  on  your  way.  I  joined  the  Elks  but  re- 
fused to  join  any  other  club  or  society.  The  boss  thinks 
I'm  a  friend  of  the  Catholics,  whereas  I  merely  refused  to 
take  part  in  organized  hatred  of  Catholics  or  anybody  else. 
The  result  is  I'm  in  wrong." 

All  the  while  Watson  and  his  associates  are  ranting  about 
safeguarding  liberty  and  American  institutions  they  are 
largely  responsible  for  the  widespread  belief  existing  in  the 
South  today  that  lynch  law  is  God's  law — if  the  party 
to  be  lynched  is  black  of  face,  goes  to  confession,  or  reads 
the  Talmud!  Intolerance  when  it  joins  so  many  citizens  in 
a  common  hatred,  and  dominates  the  politics  of  whole  Ameri- 
can States,  is  a  proper  and  immediate  subject  for  serious 
reflection  by  the  whole  people,  for  freedom  of  conscience  and 
of  action  are  menaced  while  it  continues  to  advance. 


Nov.  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


587 


The  Russo  Polish  Peace 


By  HENRY  G.  ALSBERG 


Riga,  October  12 

PRELIMINARY  peace  and  armistice  between  Russia  and 
Poland  have  just  been  signed.  I  have  just  come  from 
the  great  Schwarzhaupter  Hall,  where  the  merchant  princes 
of  Riga  used  to  hold  high  revel,  and  watched  the  deed  ac- 
complished. I  must  admit  that  the  scene,  as  such  things  go, 
was  very  impressive,  far  more  so  than  the  hurried  and  hel- 
terskelter  signing  at  Versailles.  It  took  place  in  a  very 
large  square  room,  whose  walls  are  covered  with  huge  por- 
traits of  Czars  and  Czarinas,. mostly  on  horseback,  including 
one  of  the  Great  Catherine,  beautiful  and  buoyant,  modernly 
in  knickerbockers  and  astride  a  magnificent  charger,  a 
slender  and  springlike  Catherine,  indeed,  who  without  rank 
might  easily  have  attracted  the  eyes  of  mankind.  Over  the 
doors  and  decorating  the  balconies,  one  saw  rich  carving 
and  plaster  work  in  which  the  figure  of  a  Moor,  who  seems 
to  have  played  a  prominent  part  in  Rigan  history  and  was 
the  special  founder  of  this  hall,  is  ever  present.  The  ceiling 
is  frescoed  in  the  Venetian  style.  On  the  afternoon  of  the 
ceremony,  the  two  delegations  were  grouped  in  the  center 
of  the  room  on  either  side  of  a  long  table.  Since  the  Rus- 
sians spoke  Russian  and  the  Poles  Polish,  each  side  had  to 
have  an  interpreter.  At  least,  it  was  considered  necessary, 
although  all  the  Poles  understood  Russian  and  most  of  the 
Bolsheviks  could  speak  Polish.  At  heated  moments  during 
the  previous  conference  sittings,  Dombski  and  Joffe  had 
often  conversed  together  direct.  At  this  one,  the  interpre- 
ters sat  behind  their  respective  delegations  in  lonely  gran- 
deur. Then  there  were  little  tables,  branching  off  from  the 
corners  of  the  long  table,  at  which  clustered  stenographers 
and  other  anonymous  personages.  Behind  the  Polish  dele- 
gates stood  a  whole  galaxy  of  showily  dressed  military  offi- 
cers, in  braid  and  gilt  shoulder  ropes  and  clinking  spurs. 
On  the  Bolshevik  side  there  wasn't  a  single  uniform.  About 
the  one  end  of  the  room  was  a  half-moon  of  tables,  at  which 
sat  the  Fourth  Estate.  In  the  little  balcony  sat  the  foreign 
missions,  Colonel  Tallents,  Mr.  Young,  and  others,  all  repre- 
senting countries  not  recognizing  the  Bolsheviki,  but  in- 
tensely interested  nevertheless.  There  were  practically  no 
women  spectators,  which  was,  so  far  as  impressiveness  went, 
an  improvement  on  Versailles.  Paderewski's  forest  of  hair, 
flaming  gray,  however,  was  notably  absent. 

The  ceremony  itself  was  deadly  dull,  consisting  of  read- 
ings and  translations  of  the  treaty  and  armistice.  Then, 
just  before  the  inevitable  flashlight,  the  signing  took  place. 
I  asked  Joffe  what  he  felt  about  the  treaty  just  a  few 
minutes  after  it  was  signed.  Joffe  has  a  wise  Egyptian 
kind  of  face,  with  wide-set  eyes  and  features  flattened  a  bit, 
like  the  little  bust  done  in  red  granite  of  a  Pharaoh  in  the 
Metropolitan  Museum.  He  is  a  god  of  peace  who  regards 
the  world  of  facts  patiently,  as  having  to  be  recognized,  and 
to  which  something  must  inevitably  be  conceded.  He  be- 
lieves in  making  peace,  in  letting  natural  forces  work  out 
inevitable  results.  But  I  know  he  did  not  like  making  this 
particular  peace.  "It  might  have  been  worse,"  was  the  con- 
tent of  his  reply  to  me. 

On  the  way  out  of  the  building,  I  crossed  Dombski's  path. 
He  came  sailing  along  happy  and  flushed,  with  his  one  arm 
full  of  crysanthemums  which  some  admirer  had  sent  him. 


"I  told  you,  didn't  I,  at  our  interview,  that  we'd  have  peace?" 
So  said  Dombski.  And  so  he  had  told  me  when  I  first  spoke 
to  him.  And  now  he  was  radiant.  This  peace,  if  it  lasts 
and  some  Polish  marplot  does  not  smash  it,  will  make 
Dombski  prime  minister  and  will,  at  the  next  elections,  put 
his  Peasant  Party  into  power. 

Now,  perhaps,  it  will  be  better  to  go  back  to  the  beginning 
of  these  things.  I  arrived  at  Riga  from  Moscow  with  the 
Russian  delegation.  The  latter  had  been  delayed  in  Mos- 
cow almost  a  week  because  the  Poles  would  not  state  when 
their  delegation  would  leave  Warsaw.  Arrived  at  Riga,  the 
Russian  delegation  waited  four  days  before  the  Poles  ar- 
rived. When  the  Poles  finally  came,  there  was  another 
delay  of  two  or  three  days  before  the  first  meeting  came 
off.  Then  occurred  only  a  formal  exchange  of  credentials, 
the  only  notable  feature  of  which  was  that  the  Poles  did 
not  object  to  Manuilski,  representative  of  the  Ukraine. 
Finally,  after  ten  days  lost  time,  during  which  the  Polish 
situation  at  the  front  grew  all  the  while  better,  a  real 
meeting  took  place.  At  this  session,  to  which  the  press  had 
access,  Joffe  won  his  first  strategic  victory.  He  read  the 
declaration  of  the  Central  Executive  Committee  at  Moscow, 
by  which  all  the  Minsk  terms  were  abandoned,  and  even  the 
claims  as  to  a  plebiscite  in  Eastern  Galicia  were  tacitly 
although  not  openly  disavowed,  and  a  better  line  was  offered 
than  the  one  Curzon  had  allowed.  After  this  the  Polish 
declaration  in  answer  to  the  Minsk  terms  fell  laughably 
flat.  Dombski,  I  think,  at  this  time  somewhat  lost  his  tem- 
per. At  the  conference  itself  there  were  several  passages 
at  arms  between  him  and  Joffe.  The  latter  called  for  the 
formation  at  once  of  armistice  and  other  commissions.  He 
pointed  out  that  the  Russian  offer  had  only  been  made  to 
prevent  a  winter  campaign  and  untold  suffering  and,  con- 
sequently, there  was  a  provision  in  the  offer  limiting  its 
duration  to  ten  days.  Hence  the  need  of  speed.  However, 
commissions  were  not  formed,  owing  to  Polish  delays.  This 
was  not  due  really  to  Dombski's  personal  unwillingness  to 
hurry  matters.  On  the  contrary,  from  conversations  I've 
had  with  him,  I'm  convinced  he  wished  to  hasten  peace,  but 
he  had  his  own  people  to  deal  with.  On  the  Russian  dele- 
gation, Joffe  was  the  undoubted  and  undisputed  chief.  On 
the  Polish  aggregation,  Dombski  was  only  one  of  three 
factions.  Grabski  represented  the  National  Democrats,  the 
party  of  the  landholders  and  imperialists;  Perle  and  Bar- 
liczki,  the  Social  Democrats.  And  then  Foreign  Minister 
Prince  Sapieha  was  always  hanging  about  in  the  offing  and 
threatening  to  come  up  from  Warsaw  and  take  matters  into 
his  own  hands.  During  the  whole  of  the  ensuing  negotia- 
tions, Perle  and  Barliczki,  I  have  learned,  were  more  for 
pushing  the  Russians  to  the  limit  than  Grabski.  They  even 
went  so  far  as  to  oppose  the  signing  of  any  armistice  at  all. 
I  was  told  that  their  attitude  was  really  shameful  and  de- 
serves to  bring  them  a  reading  out  of  even  the  Right 
Socialist  parties.  Nevertheless,  it  seems  true,  as  he  repeat- 
edly told  me,  that  Dombski  had  the  power  to  force  peace  as 
long  as  the  constellation  of  the  coalition  cabinet  in  War- 
saw remained  as  it  was.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  before  the 
conference  finished  its  sittings,  the  National  Democrats 
left  the  cabinet,  thus  strengthening  Dombski's  position. 


588 


The  Nation 


[Vol.  Ill,  No.  2890 


The  danger  at  Riga  was  that  a  series  of  minor  irrita- 
tions, especially  unnecessary  delays,  might  keep  Joffe  and 
Dombski  apart,  and  so  prevent  any  real  understanding  be- 
tween them.  At  this  point,  perhaps,  it  is  well  to  state  that 
Joffe  told  me,  and  his  first  interviews  at  Riga  bear  this 
out,  that  he  had  been  against  making  the  concessions  to  the 
Poles  contained  in  the  Moscow  declaration.  In  fact,  this 
document  only  came  over  the  wires  early  in  the  morning 
of  the  day  upon  which  Joffe  dropped  it  like  a  bombshell 
among  the  chauvinistic  Poles.  Joffe  said  that  he  thought 
any  settlement  which  didn't  provide  for  Polish  disarma- 
ment wouldn't  be  of  much  value  to  Russia.  But  Moscow 
ruled  otherwise.  Lenin,  who  has  always  believed  in  mak- 
ing peace  and  securing  the  Russian  moral  position,  at  last 
rejected  the  Bucharin,  Zinoviev,  and  the  Third  Interna- 
tional viewpoint  of  an  immediate  world  revolution,  which 
had  momentarily  prevailed  during  the  drive  on  Warsaw,  and 
forced  the  C.  I.  K.  to  make  peace  at  any  cost,  even  if  a  new 
Brest-Litovsk  treaty  were  necessary.  There  is  no  disput- 
ing the  fact  that  at  Minsk  the  Russians  squandered  the 
wealth  of  good  opinion  they  had  earned  through  three  years 
of  suffering  and  generosity  in  foreign  politics.  At  Riga, 
Joffe  was  ordered  to  do  that  which  would  reestablish  bol- 
ahevik  moral  credit.  It  is  true,  naturally,  that  Russia 
needs  peace,  yearns  for  it  deeply.  Until  the  Minsk  con- 
ference the  Polish  war  could  have  been  called  the  only 
popular  war  Russia  has  had  since  Napoleon  was  driven 
across  the  Niemen.  That  terrible  mistake,  which  squan- 
dered or  seemed  to  have  squandered  all  that  had  been  fought 
for,  probably  deeply  shook  the  Russian  people's  faith.  But 
at  Riga  has  been  regained  the  hope  of  peace,  which  Russia, 
exhausted  and  stripped  bare,  needed  so  much.  Had  the 
Polish  terms  at  Riga  been  such  as  to  force  a  continuation 
of  war,  there  would  have  been  an  end  of  Poland.  Inci- 
dentally Russia  would  have  suffered  unbelievably  as  well; 
starvation,  disease,  and  suffering  would  have  stalked  Dan- 
tesque  through  the  land.  The  point  has  come  where  the 
Allies  may  perhaps  make  an  end  of  Russia  as  a  nation,  as 
a  people,  by  intervention  on  a  grand  scale;  but  only  by  a 
process  of  extermination  and  manufacture  of  chaos  among 
120,000,000  people  can  an  end  be  put  to  the  present  gov- 
ernment. No  other  government  exists  as  a  possibility  to 
take  its  place.  This  is  not  merely  my  own  opinion,  but 
that  of  everybody  .vho  has  recently  been  in  Russia.  It  is 
also  the  opinion  of  leading  Russians. 

To  return  to  the  peace  negotiations.  Two  days  after  the 
session  at  which  the  Moscow  C.  I.  K.'s  declaration  had  been 
read,  a  secret  session  of  the  Conference  was  held.  Here 
Dombski  read  the  Polish  answer  to  this  last-named  docu- 
ment. And  by  way  of  parenthesis  it  may  be  stated  at  once 
that  none  of  the  Polish  proposals  ever  were  seriously  dis- 
cussed, being,  as  they  were,  vague  and  flabby  in  context, 
and  for  the  most  part  intended  for  purposes  of  delay. 
At  this  same  meeting,  Joffe  presented  a  complete  draft  of 
a  preliminary  treaty  and  armistice,  including  a  boundary 
roughly  known  as  the  Brest-Litovsk  line.  In  order  to  pre- 
vent further  mystification  and  delay,  this  document  by  a 
studied  indiscretion  was  given  out  to  the  press,  a  thing 
which  to  a  certain  extent  strained  the  relations  between 
the  two  delegations. 

I  think  about  now  or  at  some  time  shortly  afterwards, 
occurred  an  incident  which  rather  characterizes  the  differ- 
ence between  the  two  bodies.  The  Poles  presented  one  of 
their  proposals,  a  long  document  and  very  complex.     The 


hope,  no  doubt  was,  that  a  delay  of  several  days  would 
intervene  while  the  Bolsheviks  prepared  their  answer.  But 
lo  and  behold!  Joffe  and  Lorens,  his  secretary,  and  the 
other  Russian  delegates  went  into  the  other  room  for  con- 
sultation, and  after  half  an  hour  returned  with  the  answer 
complete,  in  pencil  it  is  true  and  not  very  legible,  but 
complete! 

Now,  however,  after  this  last  conference,  the  patient 
took  a  turn  for  the  better.  Joffe  and  Dombski  met  pri- 
vately, where  Perle,  Barliczki,  and  Grabski  couldn't  mess 
into  matters.  In  short,  secret  diplomacy  was  inaugurated. 
And  by  the  way,  right  here,  although  it  may  be  to  my  disad- 
vantage as  a  pressman,  I  must  state  quite  frankly  that  no 
peace  negotiation  is  possible  except  in  secret.  The  open 
sessions  of  the  Riga  conference  showed  that.  The  formal 
interchange  of  speeches  through  interpreters,  often  about 
matters  which  could  be  arranged  in  a  minute's  private  con- 
versation, the  inability  to  be  frank  and  let  the  other  fellow 
know  what  one  really  wanted  because  the  Argus-eyed  one 
was  hovering  about  to  make  a  scandal — these  things  proved 
themselves  insuperable  obstacles  to  making  peace  and  gave 
the  mischief  makers  like  Grabski  an  endless  opportunity 
for  obstruction.  But  when  Joffe  and  Dombski  began  to  talk 
privately,  things  looked  up.  Some  of  the  experts  at  the 
conference  told  me  it  was  laughable  to  see  Grabski  and 
Perle  and  Barliczki's  anxiety  to  be  present  at  these  talks. 

At  any  rate,  despite  the  formal  declarations  at  the 
plenum,  the  whole  problem  now  resolved  itself  into  a  ques- 
tion of  boundaries.  The  result  is  now  well  known.  I  think 
Joffe  hated  to  yield  the  corridor  between  Russia  and  Lithu- 
ania, not  so  much  as  an  injury  to  Russia,  but  more  as  an 
abandonment  of  the  Lithuania  with  which  he  had  made  a 
peace  more  or  less  providing  for  communicating  boundaries 
which  would  let  Lithuania  live.  The  minor  questions,  par- 
ticularly that  of  the  gold  payment,  occupied  many  hours 
and  discussions  of  the  commission.  The  Poles  started  by 
demanding  310,000,000  rubles  gold,  and  ended  up  by  taking 
a  hazy  promise  to  have  some  sort  of  accounting  after  peace 
is  signed.  But  eventually,  despite  delays,  despite  Polish 
success  at  the  front,  Joffe  and  Dombski  settled  the  boun- 
daries in  their  private  talks,  and  then  came  the  signing, 
I  know  that  the  Russians  intend  to  keep  this  peace  and 
turn  it  into  a  permanent  one.  I  am  sure  Dombski  wants  to 
do  the  same.  But  the  Poles  are  megalomaniac,  as  the  Vilna 
affair  shows.  If  they  recommence  the  war,  after  having 
given  the  Bolsheviki  time  to  settle  with  Wrangel,  the  Red 
Army  will  be  in  Warsaw  finally. 

From  what  I  learned  at  very  reliable  sources  in  Riga, 
this  peace  is  considered  by  the  British  as  a  French  victory, 
especially  with  its  adjunct  of  Vilna,  a  thing  which  was 
planned  even  during  the  negotiations.  I  think  the  British 
are  getting  ready  to  shake  the  French  connection.  The  new 
combination,  which  I  have  heard  mentioned  frequently  by 
Britishers,  is  Britain,  Germany,  and  Russia. 


In  the  next  issue  of  THE  NATION 

The  New  German  Spirit 

By'Kuno  Francke 


Nov.  24, 1920] 


The  Nation 


58^ 


Birth  Control  and  the  World  Crisis 


By  S.  ADOLPHUS  KNOPF,  M.D. 


NOW,  if  ever,  is  the  time  for  the  discussion  of  birth  con- 
trol, in  spite  of  the  recent  great  loss  of  manhood  in 
Europe,  and  to  some  extent  in  our  own  country.  To  any 
unbiased  mind  it  must  be  evident  that  our  actual  experi- 
ence before,  during,  and  after  the  World  War,  which  has, 
alas,  not  yet  come  to  a  complete  termination,  answers  all 
objections  to  judicious  birth  control  in  its  medical,  social, 
economic,  moral,  and  even  spiritual  aspects.  What  this 
world  needs  now— after  the  fearful  catastrophe  which  was 
started  by  a  nation  in  which  unlimited  procreation  among 
rich  and  poor,  the  educated  and  the  uneducated,  the  well 
and  the  sick,  was  not  only  encouraged  but  officially  rewarded 
— is  not  a  greater  but  a  better  population.  The  empire 
which  sought  world  dominion  and  the  enslavement  of  other 
nations  had  the  highest  birth-rate  and  the  most  rapid 
growth  of  population,  and  yet  it  was  France,  which  by  its 
birth  control  had  produced  not  so  many  but  better  soldiers, 
that  withstood  the  most  terrific  onslaughts  of  the  enemy. 

The  world  needs  now  and  for  all  the  future  the  very  best 
kind  of  men  and  women,  not  servile  masses  blindly  obeying 
war-drunk  monarchs  and  militaristic  rulers;  not  a  mass  of 
weaklings,  bound  to  succumb  before  reaching  manhood  or 
womanhood,  unable  to  serve  or  to  produce.  We  need  chil- 
dre